fffdmanamSfBROS JItv/T hacpilfim.tVARAI ' 
fectOn,iis c ent t net . \ 
W THE 
Fworkes 1 
' of that famous 
C hiruroion 
Ambrofe Pa rev 
CT" f /iff 
ra tulated eu t cp 
dttt iican<fconi-!2aiva 
■ Z ( (^Tf 
the french. 
A Tho: John fori. 
Where unto are added threeTraetatcS 
, Adrianas Spigelian 
Arteries, TjrNerves , 
a / with large P\<£U.rQ$ . ' i 
a Table of the Ctooltes ani Chapters. 
London . 
Printed ly C ot_CS > and 
Willi.- Du-gfar cl, (mi are to lejotihy 
.Clarke , entrina TO 
THE RIGHT 
HONOVR.AB LE 
E D W A R D LOROHubbit of 
Cherbury andCaftle Ifland} and one 
of his Majefties moft Honorable 
Counfell of War. 
My Lord, 
T is not the far-fetcht pedegree of noble Ance* 
ftors, nor thofe Honours your Lordfhip de- 
fervcdly poffcfles, that make mee crave your 
Patronage to this my Labour; but it is that 
Heroickmind, enriched with the choice en- 
dowments of Nature and Art, and that earneft 
affe&ion wherewith your Honour entertains 
all Sciences, Arts,and Artifts,with thatexquifite ludgment which 
fees into the inner man, which embolden and incite me to file for 
your Honors affiftancejn proteSfmg the fame of him, who by your 
many favours is made yours.I know the feeming and lelf-pleafing 
Witdomof our times, confifts much in cavilling and unjuftly 
carping at all things that fee light, and that there are many who 
earneft ly hunt after the publike fame of Learning and Judgment, 
by this cafily trod, and defpicable path, which notwithstanding 
they tread with as much confidence as folly; forthat oft-times 
which they vainly and un juftly brand with opprobrie, outlives 
their Fate, and flouriflies when it is forgot that ever any fuch as 
they had being. 
I know your Lordfhips difpofition to be far diffenting from 
thefe men,and that you rather endeavour to build up the fame of 
your Learning and Judgement uponaftrong laid foundation of 
your own,than Heroftratws like, by pulling down any howfoever 
fair built fabrick of another. I heartily wifh that your Honour 
A could The Epiflle Dedicatory. 
could propagate this good, and that all Detra&ors might be turned 
into A&ors,and then 1L know it would much mitigate their rigour 
in ccnluring others, when as they themfelves were alio expofed 
unto the fame Hazzard* 
I think it impertinent to acquaint your Honour with the Na- 
ture of the Work,my Pains in tranflating,or the Benefit that may 
enlae thereon,for that I know your Honour ignorant of 
nothing in this kind j neither doubt I of your fa- 
vourable acceptance of the good will of 
him, that thinks himfelf much 
honoured by being 
'•Yours, 
Thomas Johnson, 
TO To the Reader. 
Have here for the publike good taken pains to fubjeft my felf to' 
common cenfure, the which I doubt not but to find as various as 
the faces of the Ccnfurers; but I expert no thanks,nor hunt after o« 
ther praife,than that I have laboured for my Countries good,If that 
deferve any. I fear not Calumniation (though fure to hear of it) 
and therefore I will not Apologize,but inform thee of fome things 
concerning the Author his work,and the reafon that induced me to 
the tranflation thereof, with fome few things befides. For the Au- 
thor, who was principall Surgeon to two or three Kings of Franct, 
he was a man well verfed in the writings of the Antient and modern Phyfitiaris, and Sur- 
geons, as you may evidently find by fundry places alledged in his works. For his ex- 
perience, or praftift (the chief help to attain the higheft perfeftion in this Art) it was 
wonderfull great,as you may colleft by his voyages recorded in the laft part of this work; 
as alfo by that which James GuiUemau, Surgeon to the French King, a man both learned 
and judicious in his profelfion, avers, (peaking of his own education and progrefle 
in the Arc of Surgery. I fo laid (* faith he) the firft foundation of this Art iii the Ho- 
ipitall of Para-, being as it were, an ample Theater of wounds and difeafes of allkmdcS, 
that for two whole years, during which time I was there nothing was con- 
fulted of, nothing performed, the Phy fitians,and Surgeons being prefent, whereof I was, 
not an Auditor or A&or. There flourifhed at thefe times, and yet doth, dmhrofe t PareJ9i 
principal! Surgeon to the moft Ghriftian King, the Author of this great work, moft re- 
nowned for the moft gracious favour of Kings, Princes a,nd Nobles towards him, for his 
Authority amongft his equals, for his Chirurgicall operations ;ajnongft all men. Tfier,e4 
fore I earneftly endeavoured to be received into his family, as unto another < Machaen, 
or PodahriM: once admitted, I fo by all dutifulnefle and due re/peft acquired his 
that Ke, unlefle f were prefent and alfifting, did nothing (fuch is his natural! gentleneflc 
and cilrtefie to all fiich as are ftudious of the Ar t) at home or abfoad, in the field, in the 
tents, orlaftly in this famous City, of Parity about the bodies of Dakes, NoWemen, ok 
Citizens, in whole cure, he by the ardent defire of them all, had ftill theprijne place. 
Now for this work,hear what this fame man iif the fame place affirmeth further; I not 
content with thefe means, which may feem fufficient,and too much, as defirous to fatisfic 
my long thirft, determined to try whether I could draw, or borrow any thing from ftran- 
gers, which our men wanted, to the fuller knowledge of Surgery. To this parpofe I 
travailed over and then for four years fpace I followed the Spani(b Army in the 
Low-countries; whereas I did not only carefully cure the wounded Souldier, but alfo 
heedfully and curioufly oblcrve what way of curing the renowned Spa- 
nifb Surgeons obferved, who together with me were imployed in the Hofpitall, for the 
healing of the wounded and lick. I obferved them all to take no other courfe than that 
which is here delivered by Pare). Such as did not underftand French, got fome pieces ol 
this work for large rewards, turned into Latin, or filch Languages as they underftoodj 
which they kept charily,and made great ftore of; and they efteemed,and admired,and em- 
braced this work alone, above all other works of Surgery,&c. Our Author alfo himfelf, 
not out of a vain-glorious often tation, but a mind confcious of the truth of his aflertion, 
affirms thus much of this his work. I have f faith he) fo certainly toucht the mark whereat 
J aimed, that Antiquity may feem to have nothing wherein it may exceed us, befides the 
glory of invcntion,norpofierity any thing left, but a certain (mail hope to add fome 
things, as it is eafie to add to former inventions. Thus much concerning our Author, and 
the excellency of his work. 
Now come I to my tranflation, the which, as defiring more a publike good, than per 
vate praife,! have performed plainly and honeftly, labouring to fit it to the capacity of th< 
meaneft Artift ; for theft are they to whom I chiefly commend this work, and from whon 
I expe&acceptation. I being by the earneft perfwafions of fome of this profelfion, chiefly 
and almoft wholly perfwaded and incited to take this pains, who knowing the difabilitj 
of underftanding this Au thor in Latin or French, in many of the weaker members o 
the large body of their profelfion, difperfed over this Kingdomeand the reft of hi: 
Majefties Dominions, whofe good, and encreafe in knowledge may be wi{ht,that-fo they 
may be the better inabled to do good to fuch as fha.ll implore their aid in their profeflion 
* In his Epift ic 
prefixed before 
rhe Latin edi- 
rion of this j 
Author. To the Reader. 
There are fome (I know) will blame me for Englifhing this work, as laying open the 
myfteries of a worthy Art, to the unworthy view of the vulgar. To Inch I could anfwer as 
* Arifletledld to Alexander: but for the prelent I will give them thefc, which I think may 
fatisfieany but the purpofely malicious: the firft is drawn from the goodneile of the thing, 
as intended for thole that want fuch guides to direft them in their Art; foF'lc is com- 
monly granted, that, Bonutn quo communius eo melius. Secondly, it hath been the cuftome 
of moft Writers in all Ages and Countries thus to do : Hippocrates, Galen, and the other 
Greeks, writ in their mother tongue the myfteries of their Art; thus did Celfaf, Serenus, 
and others in Latin : Mefue, Avicen, Serapio, and others, in Arabick ; as alfo, to go no 
further, our Author writ this work in his native French, and learned men have done the 
like in this, and all other Arts. And it is a great hinderance to us in thefc dayes, that we 
muft be forced to learn to underftand two or three tongues, before we can learn any fei- 
ence,whereas the Ancients learned and taught theirs in their mother tongue: fo that they 
fpent a great deal lefle time about words, and more upon the ftudy of that Art or Science 
they intended to learn and follow. Thirdly, I muft tell you? that, Ex librit nemo evafit 
Artiffx, No man becomes a workman by book; fo that unleflc they have had fome infight 
in the Art, and be in fome fort acquainted both with the tearms of Art; as allo with the 
knowledge andufeoftheinftruments thereto belonging, if by reading this, or any other 
book of the like naaurc they becomes Surgeons, I muft needs liken them (asGalen doth a- 
nother fort of men *) to Pilots by book only; to whofe care,I think none of us would 
commit his fafety at Sea, nor any if wife, will commit themfelves to thefe at land, or Sea 
either,unlefle wholly deftitute of other. 
The other things whereof I muft alfo give you notice, are thefe. The figures in the A- 
natomy are not the fame ufed by my Author (whofe were according to thofe of VefaliuF) 
but according to thofe of Bauline, which were ufed in the work of Dr. Creokj and thefc 
indeed arc the better and more compleat. Alfo pag. 5 »8. I thought it better to give the 
true figure of the Helmet floured Aconite, mentioned out of P/znj,than to referve the faig- 
nedpiftureof Matthiolus, which in our Author was encreafed with the further fiftion 
of a Helmet. I have in fome few places in the margent, which you fhall find marked with 
a ftar, put (hort annotations, for the beftft illuftration of that which is obfeure, &c. I 
have alfo in the Text to the dime purpofe, here and there put two or three words, con- 
tained in thefe limits [ ], which I find here and there turned into a plain Parenthefis,cfpe- 
rially toward the latter end of the book, but the matter is not great. Further I muft ac- 
quaint you that the Apdlogie and Voiages, being the laft part of this work, and not in 
the Latin,but Frewfe editions,were tranflated into Englifh oat of French by George Bakgr, a 
Surgeon of this City,fince that time, as I hear, dead beyond the Seas. 
This is all, Courteous Reader, that I have thought neceflary to acquaint thee withall 
concerning this, which I would defire thee to take with the fame mind that it is prefented 
to thee,by him that wifticth thee all happpinefle. 
Vide Aul. Gel. 
I.1OC.4. 
Gd.defiinp.1.6. 
Kvfiifvnntf. 
Thomas Jqhhsom; THE 
AUTHORS 
epistle d edicatorie 
ToHenry the third,the moftChriftian 
King of France and Poland. 
Ven as (moft Chriftian King) wefee the members of 
mans body by a friendly conf ent are always s bufied, 
and ftand read) to perform tbofe functions for 
which they are appointed by nature, for the prefa* 
vat ion of the whole ,ofwhich they are parts; fo it 
is convenient that we, which are, as it Were, Citi* 
Kens of this earthly Common-weal fbould be dili* 
gent in the following of that calling which (by Gods appointment) we 
have once taken upon us : and content with our pref ent eft ate,not carried 
away with rafbneffe and envy,defire different and divers things whereof 
we have no fyowledg.He which doth otherwife,perverts & defiles with 
bated confujianthe order and beauty, on which this Univers confifts. 
Wherefore when I confidered with my felf, that I was a member of this 
great Mundane body,andt hat no ' altogether unprofitable',! endeavoured 
earneftly, that all men fbould he acquainted with my duty, and that it 
might be known bow much I could profit every man. VFor God is my 
witneffe, and all good men known that I have now laboured fifty 
years with ad care and pains in the illuflration and amplification ef 
Chirurgery ; and that 1 have fo certainly touched the mark whereat I 
aimed,that Antiquity may fam to have nothing wherein it may exceed 
ut,be fide the glory of invent ion,nor pofterity any thing left but a certain 
fmall hope to add fome things, as it is eafieto add to former inventions. 
In performance whereof, I have been fo prodigall of my felf, my watch* 
ings, faculties and means, that I fpared neither time,labour, nor coft, 
whereby 1 might fat ufie and accomplifb my own defires, this my great 
work,add the defires of the ftudiouf Neither may Tire doubt but theirftu- 
dies would at length wax cold,if they only fur mfbed with the Tbeorick 
and Precepts in Schools and that with much labour, fbould fee no mamt- 
all operation, nor manifeft way of performing the Art* For which 
caufe I faking thepraife and profit ofthe French Nation, even with the 
A J binder* The Authors Epiftle Dedicatory. 
hinderance of my particular efiate, ha}>e endeavoured to illufirate and 
increafe Ch irurgery,hitherto obfcuie either by the infelicity of the for- 
mer ages, or the envy of thereof effors, and not only with precepts and 
rules,but being a lover of carved worfis 1 beautified it with 300. forms, 
or graven figures,and apt delineations, in which whofoever (ball at- 
tentively loofiflallfind five hundred anatomic all or organicall figures be- 
longing to the Art,(ifthey be reckoned particularly) . fo every oftbefe 
I have given their names and Jbewed tl eir ufe , lefi they fhould feem 
to have been put in vainly for oflentation or delight. But although there 
be few men of this profeffion which can bring fo much authority to their 
writings either with reafon, or experience as I can; notwithflanding I 
have not been fo arrogant,but intending to pMifb my Ifirfi com- 
municated it with men the mofi excellent in the Art of who 
ga<ve me greater incouragement toper fed and publifb it, that it might 
be in common ufe: profefling they wijbed nothing more,thantbat it might 
be turned into Latin, (o by which means it fbould bee knoTon to forain 
Nations, that there is no kind of Learning which is not delivered with 
great dexterity of wit in this Kingdom over which you rule. And thus, 
much I dare boldly affirm,that there is fcarfe any,be he never fo fiately or 
fuperciliousy but that he may here find fome thing which may delight 
him,and by which he may better his knowlrdg. Therefore I doubted not 
to conf ecrate this unto your Majefly both as a P attern and treafury 
of my labours, afweU in refpetl of my duty, who am yours by nature and 
education, as that I might manifefl: to all, your Highneffe exceeding 
bounty towards me,in placing me,(having heretofore injoyed the office of 
pr incipall Chirurgeon under three Kings your Majefiies Predecefforsjin 
the fame dignity,and that of your own accord. And moreover I did con- 
jecture that it would fall out,as now it doth, that this my worker arried 
through the world by the fame of your Majefiies name, fbould neither 
fear theface nor view ofany,(upperted by the favour and Majefly of a 
mofi invincible Monarch and mofi excellent and renowned Prince* NeL 
ther did King Charles the ninth of happy memory,incited by the relati- 
on of tie mofi gracious Queen his Mother, refufe to read it, being be un- 
der flood it proceeded from him,who having happily paffed alibis time in 
private and publike imployments, and converfed with all men of all 
forts,was judged mofi worthy to obtain this favour, as to have the front 
of this work, adorned and beautified with the fplendor of his prefixed 
name» 1 encouraged by this hope, defired that my requeft ffould paffe as 
by a cert ain continuation and fucceffionfrom a mofi power-full, to a mofi 
Invincible King-,and do wholly confecrate thefe my labours taken for my 
Countries good unto your facred Majefly. God grant that your Majefly 
may have happy fucceffeof all your enterprifes aboundantly added to 
Neftors years. 
Patis,8.Feb;Anno D01H.157P, Your moftCbriflian Majeflits 
faithfull Servant 
Ambrofe Party. The Preface. 
Oft men derive theOriginall of Phyfickfrom 
heavenffor thofe who held the beft opinion of 
the Creation of the world, affirm, the Elements 
being created and feparated each from other, 
man being not as yet made , incontinently by 
the divine decree,all herbes and plants with in- 
finite variety of flowers, endued with various 
fents,taftes,colours,and forms,grew and fprung forth of the bowels 
of the Earth,enriched with fo many and great vertues, that it may 
be thought a great offence to attribute to any other than the deity, 
the benefit of fo great a bleffing fo neceflary for fo many ufes. 
Neither could Mans Capacity ever have attained to the knowledg 
of thofe things without the guidance of the Divine power. For 
God the great Creator and fafhioner of the World, when firfl; he 
infpired Adam by the breath of his mouth into a living and breath- 
ing man,he taught him the nature,the proper operations, faculties 
and vertues ofall things contained in the circuit of this Univerfe. 
So that if there be any who would afcribe the glory of this inven- 
tion to man,he is condemned of ingratitude even by the judgment 
of Tliny. But this knowledg was not buryed in oblivion with A- 
damhxit by the fame gift of God was given to thofe whom he had 
chofenand ordained for Phyfick,to put their helping hands to o- 
thers that ftood in need thereof. Whi ch opinion was not only re- 
ceived in the common manner and by the tacite confent of all Na- 
tion s,but confirmed by Mofes in the Scripture. Which thing Jefua 
the fon of Sirach the wifeft amongft the Jews, hath confirmed fay* 
ing fHonor the Fbyfitian with the honor due unto him,for the mofl High 
hath created him becaufe of neceffity :■ and of tie Lord cometh the gift 
of healing. The Lord bath created Medicins ofthe Earth, and he that is 
wife will not abhor them»G Replace and honour to the tian,for God 
hath created him Jet him not go from thee for thou haft need of him.The 
Grecians who firft fecm more fully and with greater fame to have 
profeffed the Art of Phy fick, do in a manner confent With this o- 
pinion,in acknowledging dpollo to have been the inventer thereof, 
neither did they it without a reafonable caufe. For whether by 
Apollo they may underftand the Sun who by its gentle and vital 1 
heat doth bring forth,temper and cberifh all things 5 or elfe fortie 
Meros* 
Genef.r 
Ecclef.tfL.is The Preface. 
Hew,who incited by an excellent and almoft divine underftand- 
ing firft taught and put in pra&iie the M edicinall vertues of Herbs; 
in which fenfe Ovid brings him in fpeaking thus: 
Herbes are of mine through all 
The worldJt bey methefirjl F byjit ian call. 
The originall of Phyfickarifing from thofe beginnings (ball al- 
way es be celebrated.as celeftiall,and wasincreafed principally af- 
ter this manner. After Apollo his fon inftru&ed by his 
father reduced this Art being as yet rude and vulgar into a little 
better and more exquifite form, for which caufe he was reputed 
worthy to be accounted as one of the Gods. At the fame time 
flouriffied Chiron the QentaurejNho for that he excelled inknow- 
ledg of Plants,and taught /Ejculapiui ("as many report) their facul- 
ties,is thought by Fliny and fome others to have been the inventor 
of Phyfick.had two fons, Todalirius and Machaon* 
who following their fathers ftepsand profeffing Phy fick,did prin- 
cipally beautifieand pra&ife that part thereof which is called Chir- 
urgcry, and for that caufe were accounted the Inventers thereof. 
After thofe Afclepiades left this Art much inlarged as hereditary to 
his pofterity; by whofe ftudy and diligence, that part of the Art 
was invented and annexed, which by a more curious skill fearch- 
cth and cure th thofe difeafes which lye hid within the body. Hip- 
pocrates the Goan the fon of Heraclidas* born of the noble race of 
AfclepiadesjFnnee of the Phyfitians that were before him,perfe&ed 
Phyfick and reduced it into an Art and wrote divers Books thereof 
in Greek.Gd/e» fuccceded him fix hundred years after, who was a 
man moft famous not only for his kno wledg in Phy fick,but alfo in 
all other fciences,who faithfully interpreting every thing that was 
obfeureand difficult in the writings of Hippocrates* enlarged the 
fcience with many volumes. Thus therefore was thebeginning, 
thus the increafe and perfe&ing the Art of much as can 
be hoped for from mans induftry.Although indeed we cannot de- 
ny but that Experience hath much profited this Art, as it hath 
and doth many other.For as men perceived that fome things were 
profitable, fome unprofitable for this or that difeafe, they fet it 
down,and fo by diligent obfervationand marking of Angularities, 
they eftabliffied univerfall and certain precepts and fo brought it 
into an Art.For fo we find it recorded in ancient Hiftories, before 
the invention of Phy fick, that the Babylonians and Afjyrians had a 
cuftom amongft them to lay their fick and di leafed perfons in the 
porches and entries of their houfes, or to carry them into the 
ftreets and market places, that luch aspaffed by and law them, 
might give them counfei to take thofe things to cure their difeafes, 
which they had formerly found profitable in themfelves or any o- 
ther inthe like affefts,neither might any pafie by a fick man in fu 
lence, 
PIifl.I.7»C.2. 7 be Preface. 
lenee* Alfo Strabo writes that it was a cuftom in Greece that thofe 
which were fick fhould refort to his Temple in Epi* 
dawum* that there as they flept,by their dreams they might be ad- 
moniflied by the God what means they fhould Hie to be cured 
when they were freed from their difeafes,they writ the manner of 
their infirmities and the means by which they were cured in tables 
and fattened them to the pillars of the Temple, not only for the 
glory of the God,but alfo for the profit of fuch, as fhould after- 
wards be affe&ed with the like maladies. All which tables(as fame 
reports} Hippocrates tranfccibcd, and fo from thofe drew the Arc 
of Phyfick.Beafts alfo have added much to this Art. For one man 
was not only inftru&ed by another, but learned alfo much from 
brute beafts,for they by the only inftinS: of nature have found out 
divers herbs, and remedies, by which they freed and preserved 
themfelves from infirmities, which might prefently be transferred 
tomansufe. Wherefore confidering that fuch and fo many have 
concurred to bring this Art to perfeftion, who hereafter dare cadi 
in queftion the excellency thereof? chiefly if he refpe& the fiib- 
jeft thereof,Mans body, a thing more noble than all ocher Mun- 
dane things, and for which the reft were created. Which thing mo- 
ved Herephilus in times paft to call Phyficians The hands of the 
Gods* For as we by putting forth our hand, do help any man out 
of the water or mud into which he is fallen: even fo we do fuftain 
thofe that are thrown down from the top of health to the gates of 
death by violence of difeafes, with happy medicins,and asic were 
byfome fpecialland divine gift deliver them out of the jaws of 
death. Homer the Prince of Greek Poets affirms that one Phyfitiaa 
is far more worthy than many other men. All Antiquity gave Phy- 
fitiansfuch honour, that they worshipped them with great vene- 
ration as Gods,or the fons of their Gods.For who is it which is not 
much delighted with the divine force of healthful 
which (we fee by dayly experience) Phyfitians, as armed with 
Mercuries rod, do bring back thofe languifhing fouls which are c- 
ven eritring the gates of death Hence it cometh to paffe that the 
divine Poets of ancient times,as Mnfreus* and Hefiod , 
and themoft renowned Philofophers, Pythagoras, Plato* Arifiotle9 
TheophraJius*Chryfippus*Cato Cenforiw*and Varro,efteemed nothing 
more excellent than to excell in the knowledg of Medicins,and to 
teftifie the lame by written monuments to Pofterity.For what can 
be more noble and worthy of a generous difpofition than to attain 
to that by the benefit of Phyfick,that adorned with theornaments 
of dignity thou may eft have power over other men, and favoured 
of Princes, Kings,and Emperours, mayeft appoint and prefcribe 
to them thofe things which are profitable to preferve health, 
and cure their difeafes? But if you look for benefit by fei- The Preface. 
ences;then know that the profeffors hereof have befidefufficien t 
gain,acquired much honour and many friends.Hippocrates coming 
to Abdera to cure Democritus of hismadneis, not only the men of 
the City,but alfo the women,children, and people of every age, 
fexe and rank, went forth to meet him, giving him with a com- 
mon confent and loud voice the title of a Tutelary Deity and fa- 
ther of their Country. But the Athenians, for freeing their coun- 
try from the plague,with triumphant pompe celebrated playes to 
his honour, and bountifully fet upon his head as if he had been a 
King, a Crown of gold weighing a 1000. pieces of their golden 
coin5and ere&ed his ftatue,f a perpetuall monument of his piety 
and the Nephew of Arifiotleby his daughter, 
received, freely given him by Ttolomy King of Egypt .for the cure of 
his fon,i oo.Talents of Gold. The Empcroar Angufius honoured 
An'oniws Mufa with a golden ftatue. Quintus Stertinius yearly re- 
ceived out ofthe Emperours Treafury 12000.500. pieces of gold- 
In the time of our Grandfathers fetrus Aponenfis called Conciliator 
vjis fo famous through all Italy for his knowledg in Phyfick, that 
he could fcarfe be intreated to come to any man of fafliion that was 
fick,unlefs he gave him 50. crowns, for every day he was abfent 
from home: but when hce went to cure Honorius the Bifhop of 
Rome, he received 400. crowns for every day he was abfent. Our 
French Chronicles relate in what credit &eftimation James Cotte- 
rim the Phyfitian was with Lewis the 11 .King of Frances for they 
report he gave him monethly out of his Treafury 10000. crowns. 
Phyfick in times paft hath been in fiich efteem with many famous 
and noble perfonages,that divers Kings and Princes delighted with 
the Rudy thereof,and defirous to attain glory and credit thereby, 
called fundry herbs after their own names. For lb Gentian took its 
name of Gentius King of the herb Lyfimachia of Lyfimachns, 
the King of Macedon,the or Scordium, of Mithri- 
dates the King of Tonins & Bithinia, Achilla of Achy lies ,C enteric of 
Chiron the Centanre \ Art ent if!a of Artemifia the Queen of Caria. 
Attains King of Btrgamus,Sal onion of Judea, Evax of Arabia, and 
luba the King Mauritania,were not only inflamed with a defire of 
the knowledg of Plants •, but either they have written books of it, 
or for the great commodity of pofterity,in vented by their skil ma- 
ny choife antidotes compounded of divers fimplesjneitherthc de- 
fire of learning this noble fcience is yet altogether extinS:. As may 
appear by that Indian plant Tobaco,called by fome the noble herb, 
Catherine herb and Medices herb,but commonly the Queens herb, 
becaufe Catherine Medices the mother of our Kings,bv her fingular 
Rudy and induftry made manifeft the excellent virtue it hath in 
curing malign ulcers and wounds, which before was unknown to 
the French. For thefc worthy men underftood that their glory, 
thus 
In what efteem 
Phy fitians have 
formerly been. 
Names given 
to Plants. 7 be Preface. 
thus faftenedxind ingrafted into the deep, and as it were ever li- 
ving roots of plants,would never decay flwuld be propagated 
toallpofterity in many fucceeding ages, growing up with theii 
fprouting and budding fhouts,ftalks? flowers and fruits.Neither did 
thefe famous men whil'ft they adorned this part of Phy fick fuffer 
the other,which treats of the difl'e&ion of mans body,be buried in 
oblivion, and without their knowledge as inftru&ed with the pre- 
cepts and learning of the wifeft men,ho w artificial! and unimita- 
ble by mortall hand this fabrick of our body is. Neither is it proba • 
ble that and Ptolemy Kings of Alexander 
the greatyMithridateS)4ttabto, feeing they dedicated themfelves 
wholly to the contemplation of naturall negle&ed the ufe 
of Anatomy,and being men moftdefirous to know thcmfelves,to 
have been ignorant of the ftru&ure of their own bodies being the 
habitations of their fouls immortal and made to the Image of God: 
feeing they obferved with certain judgment the different lights of 
the Sun,Moon and over fo many lands, fo many 
feas,fo many regions, fo far remote one from another,by wayes fo 
terrible by reafon of cold, uncouthnefs,darknefs, by rocks,by fire 
and fword,with great labour,charge and danger of life, only that 
they might fatisfie their minds thurfting after the knowledg of 
things*,and to have left untoucheda thing truly noble, admirable, 
and nioft worthy of knowledg, eafie to be attained by any and to 
be acquired without any danger of life, or fortunes. 
Seeing there be three parts of that Phy tick which at this time1 
we which by the ufe of the hand, Diet which i 
with a convenient manner of feeding and ordering the body,and 
Pharmacy that by medicins attempt to expell difeafes,and preferve 
health j The prime Phyficians do not without reafon contend 
wch of thefe may be accounted thechieECertainly Her op hilus had 
Pharmacy in fuch efteem,that he thought medicins were firft mix- 
ed and adminiftred to the fick by Apollo Antiquity thought 
a great Deity .J And Pliny had fo good an opinion of Diet, that he 
exclaims;The true remedies and Antidotes againft difeafes are put 
into the pot and eaten every day by the poor people. Verily all 
learned men confefle that the manner of curing which is per- 
formed by diet,is much more facile & profperous, than that which 
is done by medicins;as thofe things which fought with much labor 
and coft are taken with much loathing,and taken are fcarce retain- 
ed,but retained they oft work with much labourand pain: Which 
things long ago moved Afclepiades to exclude the ufe of medicins, 
as hurtfull to the ftomach. Yet if we will beleeve neither of 
thefe parts merit the preheminence,but both of them give place to 
Chirurgery.For feeing that fortune is very powerfull in difeafesy 
and the fame Meats and Medicins are often good and often vain, 
truly 
Phyfi ck is divi- 
ded into three 
pans. The Preface. 
:ruly it is hard to fay,whether the health is recovered by the bene- 
it of Diet and by the ftrength of the body .Moreover 
n thofe cafes,in which we moft prevail with medicins, although 
the profit be more manifeft, yet it is evident that health is often 
fought in vain eVen by thefe things,and often recovered without 
them. As it may be perceived by fome troubled with fore eyes, and 
others with Quartain feavers,who having been long troubled by 
Phy fitians are fometimes healed without them. But the effect of 
Chirurgery as it is very neceflary,fo it is the moft evident amongft 
all the parts of phyfick. For who without Chirurgery can hope to 
cure broken,or luxated parts,who woundsand ulcers,who the fal- 
ling of the matrix,the ftonein the bladder,a member infefted with 
a Gangrene or Sphacele? Befides,this partalfo is the moft ancient \ 
for Podalirius and Macbaon following their Generali Agamemnon 
to the Trojane wars, yeelded no fmall comfort to their fellow 
Souldicrs. Whom notwithftanding Homer affirms not to have gi- 
ven any help in the Peftilence,nor in divers other difeafes,but on- 
ly were accuftomed to heal wounds by inftruments and medicins. 
And if the difficulty of learning it argue the excellency of the 
Art, who can doubt but Chirurgery muft be the moft excellent, 
feeing that none ought to be accounted a Chirurgeon or which 
can perform his duty, without the knowledg of Diet and Phar- 
macy) But both the other can perform their parts without Chir- 
urgery if we may beleeve Galen. But if we confider the matter 
moreneerly according to truth; we fliall underftand thofe three 
parts have a certain common bond and are very near of kindred, 
fo that the one implores the aid of the other; neither can the Phy- 
fitian do any thing praife-worthy without the confpiracy and 
joint confent of thefe three; therefore in ancient times there was 
but one performer and ufer of all the three parts. But the multi- 
tude of men daily increafing, and on the contrary mans life de- 
crcafing,fo that it did not feemable to fuffice for to learn and ex- 
ercife all the three,the workmen divided themfelvcs. Wherefore 
that which happens to any man either by lot,or counfell, that let 
him follow,maintain and only ufe, as mindfull how (hort his life 
island how long the Arc. 
The excellency 
of Chirurgery. 
THE A Table of the Books and Chapters- 
, ■ • • . 
;Har Chirurgery is, I 
[ II. Ofchiruigp all operations, ib. 
, III. Ofthings natural!, 3 
IV Of elements, 71&. 
V. Of temperaments, 4 
Vf. Of humors, 8 
VII. Of the prafltceof the aforefaid rules of tempera- 
ments, I 3 
VIII. Ofthe facultie', IS 
IX. Of the affions 17 
X Ofthe fpirirs, J 8 
XI. Of rhe adjunffs of things natural!, 20 
XII. Of things not 21 
XIK. Ofthe air, 
XIV. Of meat and drink, 2? 
XV. Of morion and reft, 
XVI. Sleep and watching, 26 
XVII. Repletion,inanition oremptireiTe, 28 
XVHI. Of rhe perturbations or paftions of the mind,29 
XiX Of things againft nature, and Mil of thccaufcof a 
dtfeafe, 30 
XX Oiadifeafe, > 
XXL Ofalymptome, y*1 
XXII. Of indication ■=, 32 
XXIII. Of certain wonderful! anti extravagant wdyes of 
coring difeafes, 3 7 
XXIV. Of certain juggling and dcceitfull wayes of | 
curing, 
-- •>'/>. 
Jbe fecond Of living c recitures and tf the gx cellency of 
man, from to pig, 59. 
H:e 7 rearing of the Anatomy of mans body, 60 
I. The divifion or partition of mans body, 63 
IL Of the containing parts of the Epigaftrium and the 
preparation to anaromicalladmimftration, 66 
III. Of the outmoft skin or cuticle, 67 
>V. Of the true skin, jfr. 
V. Of the Hefhy pan icle, 68 
VI 01 the Far, 69 
VII. Cf he common coat of rhe niufcl-s,: 7o 
VIII. What a mufje is, and how many differences 
there be thereof, ' fa 
IX. Ofthe parts of a mufde, 73 
X. Annie particular inquifmon into each parr of a muf- 
' ib. 
XI. Ofthr mafcles of the Epigafiriwn,ot lower belly,74 
XTL Of the white-line, and Peritoneum, or ritn of rhe 
belly, 7y 
XIII. Ofthe Epiplt>M9 Omentum, or Zirb&, that is. the 
__ ka,l> 78 
XfV. Of > he ventricle or ftomaebi 70 
XV. Of rhe guts, g* 
XVI. Of rhe mefenrery, 
XVIL Ofthe glandules in general','and ofthe 
or fweci-brcad, 
XVIII. Of the liver, g4 
XIX. Ofthe bladder ofthe gtll, gq 
XX Ofthe fpleen or rmlt, 86 
XXI. Ohhe Porta,and gate-vein,and thediftribu- 
tion thereof, 
XXII. Ofthe originall ofthearrery, and rhe divifionof ' 
rhe branch.dtfcending ro the naturall parts, 87 
XXIII.Of the diftribution ofthe nerves to the naturall 
- ,partS 89 
XXW. The manner of/aking our rhe gins, 
XXV. The originalland diftribution of the defeendent 
Chap. 
Chap. fag.' 
hollow-vein, . ■ 2b. 
XXVI. Ofthe kidneys or rein*, pt 
XXVII. Ofthe fpermatick vHTcls, p2 
XXylll. Of rl'e reft ides or hones, >! ib. 
XXIX. Of rhe various bodies or paraftat's, and of rhe' 
c jacularorie vefft ls,and rhe glandulous or ptoftates,o3 
XXX. Of the ureters, 
XXXI Of the bladder, ib. 
XXXil. O1 the yard, py 
XXXIH. Of the fpermatick veflels and tefticlesin wc- 
men, ib„ 
XXXIV. Of the womb, pp 
XXXV. Of the coats containing the infant in the 
wombjand ofthenavill jca 
XXXVI. Ofrhenavill, 
The fourth Ti eating of thebtud parts contained in 
the Cheft. 
I. What the Thoraxot the cheft is,into what parts it may 
be di vrded,and the nature of thcfe parts, I o$ 
II. Of the containing a«d contained parrs of the cheft,I q6 
III- Of the brcafts or dugs, 107 
I Vi Ofthe clavicles,orcollar-bones and ribs, > lb. 
V The anatomicalladminiftrarion of the fternon, joSl 
VI. Ofthe P/fMr<t,or coat inverting of the ribs, 1 Op 
VII. Of rhe Mediaftinump v, , 
VIII. Of theDiafbragma,or midrifFe, uq 
IX Of the lungs, • . 
Of the Pericardium or purfe ©f the heart, 111- 
X. Of the hear, m 
XI. Of the or ihces and valves cf the heart, - J14 
XII. Of,he diftribution of rhe Pena Arteriofa, and the 
Arteriapenofa, jb. 
XIII. Ofthediftiiburion of the hollow-vein, lif 
XIV. rhedifl ribuhon ofthe nerves or finews of the 
fixih conjugation, jjp 
XV. 1 ha di vifion of the arteries, z£. 
XVI. I2I 
XVII Ofthe Afpera artery or weazon* 122 
XVIII. Ofihegullet, i2j 
The fifth Of the animal! parts contained in the bead. 
I A generaildefcription ofthehead, 1*4 
II. Ofthe mufculous skin of the head, (commonly called 
the hairy fcalp ) and of rhe Pericranium, 12$ 
III. Of the futures, * ib. 
IV. Of theCranium, or skull, 126 
V. Ofrhe Meninges, that is, rhe two membranes called 
Dura Mater and Pia Mater, 12& 
VI. Ofthe brain, ib. 
VII. Of the ventricles and mamillary ptocefles of the 
brain, , 130 
VIII. Of the feven conjugations of theperves of the 
brain, fo called ,becaufc they al waves (hew the nerve 
conjugated and doubled, that is,on each fide one,i 33 
IX. Of the Ktte Mirabile, or wonderfull net, and ofthe 
wedg bone, 155 
X Of rhe holes of the inner bafts of rhe skull, 1 36 
XLOfthe perforations ofthe externall bafts of the brain, 
XII. Ofthe fpinall marrow, or pith ofthe back, 137 
. 4 
Theftxthboo\, treating ofthe mufclet and bones, and the 
ether ex tre»m parts ofthe body, 
I. Of the bones of the face, . •, 
* xi. of A Table of the and Chapters. 
Page 
II. Of the teeth, 139 
HI Of the broad mu fde, 140 
IV. Ol the eye-lidsandeye.brows, 142 
V. Of the eyes, 
VI. O r the mufcks, humors of the eye, 144 
Vlt. Of the nofe, 
Vlll Or the mufcles of the face, 146 
IX. Ol the mufcles of the lower jaw, ib. 
X. Of the Cars and Parot ides, or kernels of rhe eats, 148 
XI. Of the bone Hyoides 3ax\i the mufcles thereof. 140 
XU. Of the tongue, 
XIII. Olthe mouth, 
XIV. Of the Gargareon,ot Vvula, fa 
Xv. Of rhe Zazzwx.or throrle, 
XVI, Of the neck and parts thereof, if 3 
XVII. Oi rhemufcles oftheneck, 
XVIII, O the rii Ides ofrhechefl and loins, 161 
XIX Ofthe mufcles of rhe ff.ouldtfr blade, I 63 
X X. The defcriprion ofthe hand taken in generall. 164 
Xxl. I he dertriburion of the fubefavian vein,andfirft 
of the Cephalira,or Humerarift, 165 
XXfl. The defcriprion oft! e Axillary vein, ib 
XX1II. The dirtribution of the axillary artery, 166 
XXIV. Of the nerves of rhe neck,back,and arm, ib, 
XXV. The defcriptfon of the bone of the atm, and the 
. mufcles which move ir, 168 
XXVI. A ddcnpiion of rhe bohes of the cubit, and the 
mufcles moving them, 170 
XXVII, A defcriprion of the bones of rhe wrifl, after- 
wrirt and fingers, 171 
XXVIII. Of rhe mufcles which feared in thccubit move 
the wand,and with it the hand, 173 
XXIX. Of the mufcles ofthe infide of the hand, 174 
XXX. A defcriprion ofrhe legtaken in general), 1/5 
XXXI A de criprion cf rhe crurall vein, j;6 
XxXII A defcriprion ofthe crurallartery, 177 
XXXIJI. OI thenerves of rhe loins, holy-bone, and 
thigh, jfa 
XXXIV - Of rhe proper parts ofrhe thigh, 178 
XXXV. Ofthemufclesmoving thethigty ibo 
XXXVI, Ofthe bones ofthe leg or fhank, l81 
XXX VII, of rhe mufcles ofthe legs, 182 
XXXVIII. Of the bones of the foot, 183 
XXXIX. Ol rhemufcles moving'he 185 
XL. Of rhe mufcles moving he toes of the feer, i%6 
XLI» Anepirome or brief recital! of the bones in mans 
. 187 
XLH- An epitome ofthe names and kinds of compofme 
ofthe bones, jp0 
Thefeventh Book. t Of tumors tgainft nt ture in general/. 
I. What a tumor againfl nature, vulgarly called an Impo- 
ftume,is,and what be the differences thereof, i$5 
II. Of the generall caufes of rumors, 195 
III. The figns ol importumes or rumors in generall, ib. 
IV. Of the Prognoflicks in impoflusoes, 197 
V. Of (he generall cure of rumors againfl nature, 178 
VI« Ofthe four principal! and generall tumors, andofo- 
rher rmpoflumes which may be reduced to them, 199 
VII. Ofa Phlegmon, ib. 
VIII. Ofihecaufesandfignsofaphlegmon, 203 
IX. Ofthe cure of a true Phlegmon, tb. 
X Ofthe cure of ansi cerated phlegmon, 202 
XI. Of fe avers, and the cure ofthe leavers which accom- 
pany a P hlegmon, 204 
XII. Of an £ry/7pr/rfr,or inflamma'ion, 20$ 
XIH, Of the cure of an Eiyfipelm, ib. 
XIV. Ofthe Herpes,thit is,tcatcts,or ringworms,or fuch 
like, 208 
XV. happen upon cry fepelous tumors 
XVI. Of an Oedema or cold phlegmatick tumor, 209 
XVII. Ofthe cure of flatulent and warerifh tumors,2n 
XV III. Ofthe cure of a flatulent and warerifh tumor ,tb, 
XIX Of an Stea tomn,and Melicerit, * 12 
XX« Ofthe cure oflupi/, that is, wens, or ganglions 
2Ij 
XXL Of a Ganglion more particularly fo called, 214 
XxII. Ofthea5'/wn<e or Scrofhttla, that is, thje Kings 
e villa 21 f 
Chap. Pag 
XXHt Ofthe fea ver which happens upon an «dem<v« 
tons tumor, 216 
XXIV. Of Scirrhm or an hard tumor proceeding of 
melancholy, 2 17 
XXV. Of the care of a Sctrrkw, 218 
XXVI. Ofa cancer aheady generated, //?. 
XXVII. Of the caufes,kinds,and prognoflicks of a can- 
I ctr, . 2 Ip 
XXVIII. Of the cure of a cancer beginning and not yer 
ulcerated, 22Q 
XxlX. Of the cure of an ulcerated cancer, 
XXx. Ofthctopick medicins to beapplyedan to ul- 
cerated,and not ulcerated cancer, 221 
XXXI. Ol the feaver which happeneth in Scirrbow tu- 
mors, 22 j 
XXXH.Ofa* -dNmrT/zMjthat is,the dilatation or fpriug- 
ing of an artery vein or fmew, 324 
The Eighth bocf> Of the particular tumors againft'Natufe, 
I. Of an Hydrocephalos, or watery tumor which com- 
monly affefls the heads of infants, q'6 
II Of a Poly pifi being an eating difeafe in the nofe, 22 7 
III. Of rhe Parotides9 that is, certain fw tilings about the 
ears, 22* 
IV. Of the Epulis, or overgrowing of rhe flefhof the 
Gums, 21 jf 
V. Of the Kavula, ibt 
VI. Of the fwclling of the glandules, or almonds of the 
throat, 2 30 
VII. Of the inflammation and relaxation in the Vvulaoic 
Columella, ib. 
VHf. Of the Angina or fquinzy, 222 
IX. Of the Bronchocele, or rupture of the throar, 233 
X. OfthcPiurifie, 234 
XL Of the Dr op fie, jb» 
XII. Ofthe cu'e ofthedropfie, 23$ 
XI i I. Of the the tumor and iclaxation of the navell, 2$& 
XIV- Of the tumors ofthe groins and cods called Zfezi'ne, 
that hjRuptures, ib, 
XV. Of rhe cure of ruptures, 239 
XVI. the golden ligature or the Vunfius Aureus they 
call it, 342 
XVH.Ofthecureof other kinds of ruptures, 244 
XVIII. Of the falling down oi t he fundament, 246 
XIX. Of fa 
XX- Of the fwclling of the knees, 247 
Xxl. Ofthe Drone#/*#, ib, 
Tbe ninth Beck.', Of wo units in&eneiaH. 
Z. What a wounds is, what the kinds and differences 
thereof are,and from whence they may be drawn,or de- 
rived, 2,4 
II. Of the caufes of wounds, s52 
III. Of rhe figns of wounds, ib. 
IV. Of Prognoflicks to be made in wounds, 25$ 
V. Of the cure of wounds in general!, zl. 
VI. Of futures, 257 
VII. Of rhe Flux of blood, which ufually happens m 
wounds, 2 56 
VIII. Of the pain which happens upon wounds, 277 
IX. Ofconvulfion by teafon ofa wound, ib. 
X. The cure ofa convullion, 258 
XI. Of the cure of a convullion, by fympathy and pain, 
XII. OfdiePalfie, ib. 
XII I. Of the cure of the palfie, 260 
XIV. Offwouning, 261 
XV .Of Delirium (j.) raiing,talking idly,or doting, th. 
The tenth Book., Of the green and bloudy wounds of each 
part. 
I. Of the kinds and differences ofa broken skull, 262 
II. Of the caufes and figns of a broken skull, 
III. Of rhe figns of a broken skull, which are manifefl to 
ourfenfe, 26? 
TV. Of A Table of the Booty and Chapters. 
Chap. Fa& 1 
IV. Ofa fifliire being the firft kind ofa broken skull, ib. I 
V. Ofacontufion, which is the fecond part of a fra* 
fliare. . 
VL Of an effrafture, depreflion of the bone, being the 
third kind of a fraflure. 269 
VII. Ofa fear,being the fourth kind of a broken skull. 
271 
VI1L Ofa Zefonitw, orcounterfiflure, being the fifth 
kind of fratlure, . tb' 
1X» o f the moving or co ncuflion of the bram, a?2 
X. Of prognoftieks to be made in fraflures of the 
skull 274 
XI. Why when'the brain is hurt by a wound of the head, 
there may follow a convulfion of the oppofite part,27$ 
XII. A convulfion of the deadly figns in the wounds 
of the head, 275 
X 111. Of falurary figns in wounds of the heads, 277 
XIV. Of the generall cure ofa broken skull, and of the 
fymptomes ufually happening thereupon, ib. 
XV. Of the particular cure of wounds of the head, and 
ofthemufculous skin, 279 
XVL Of the particular cure of a fraflure or broken 
skull ■ 1 281 
XV Why we ufe trepaning, in the fratlures of the 
skull, 2*J2 
XVIII. A dcfcription©firepans, 3 
XIX, Of the places of the skull,whereto you may notap. 
ply a trepan, 
XX. Of the corruption and Car/w, or rottennefle of the 
bones of the head, 2£5 
XXL Of the difcommodities which happen to the 
by fraflures ofthe skull, 287 
XXII. Of the cure of the brain being fhaken or moved, 
289 
XXIII. Of the wounds of the face, 290 
XXIV. Ofthe wounds of the eyes, 291 
XXV. Of the wounds of the cheeks, 293 
XXVI. Ofthewounds ofthenofe, 294 
X XVII. Ofthe wounds of the tongue, ib. 
XXVIII. Of the wounds of the ears, 295 
X XIX. Ofthe wounds of the neck and throat, ib. 
XXX. Of the wounds of the chert, 296 
XXXI. Of the cure of the wounds of the chert, 297 
XXXII. Ofthe differences,caufes,figns, and cure of an 
299 
XXX HL Ofthe wounds of the Epigaftriuntjind ofthe 
whole lower belly, 301 
X X XIV. Of rhe cure of wounds of the lower belly, 302 
XXXV. Ofthewounds ofthe groins, yard and tefti- 
des, 303 
XXXVI. Ofthe wounds of the thighs and legs. ib. 
XXXVII* Ofthewounds ofthe nerves, and nervous 
parts, ib. 
XXXVIII. Of the cure of the wounds of the nervous 
parts, 304 
XXXIX. Ofthewounds ofthe joints, 305 
XL Ofthe wonndsofthe Ligaments, 306 
Ofwounds made by Gunfhot, other fiefyEngints, and ofall 
fort j of weapons; the eleventh book: The Preface. 
The firft difcourfe wherein wounds made by gunfhor,are 
freed from being burnt,or cauterized according to Pigoes 
method. 309 
Another difcourfe of thefe things, which King Charles 
the ninth,returning from the Expedition* and taking of 
inquired of me concerning wounds made by 
gunfhor, ' ' 311 
I. Adivflionof wounds drawn from the variety of the 
wounded parrs and the bullets which wound, 319 
II. Ofthe figns of wounds made by gunfhot, ib, 
III. How thefe wounds mu ft be ordered at the firfl dref- 
fing, ib. 
IV. A defcriprion of fit inftrumenti to draw forth bullets, 
and other ftrange bodies; 316 
V. WhardrefTing muft firft be ufed, after the ftrange 
bodies are plackt or drawn our of the wound, 318 
VI. How you fhall order tr at the fecond drefling. 319 
VII. By what means ftrange bodies, left iftat thefitft 
drcfling, may be drawn forth, 3 20 
VIII. Of indications to be obferved in this kind of 
wctinds, " ' jb, 
Chap. Pag. 
IX. What remains for the Chirurgcon to do in this kind 
of wounds, 32I 
X. Of bullets which remain in rhe body, fora long 
time after the wound is healed up, 322 
XL How to correfl the conftiwioas of rhe air, fo that 
the noble parts may bs ftrengthened, and the whole 
bodybefide, 
XII. Certain memorable hiftories, /£. 
XUI. An apology concerning wounds made by gun- 
fhot, 
XIV. Another apology, againftthofe who have labour- 
ed with new reafons, to prove that wounds made by 
gunfhor are poy foned, 3 26 
XV* How wounds made by arrows differ from thofe 
made by gunfhor, 327 
XVf. Ofthediverfity of arrows and darts, ib. 
XVII. Of the difference of the wounded parts 328 
XVIII. Of drawing forth arrows, ib. 
XIX. How arrows broken in a wound maybe drawn 
forth, 329 
XX. What to be done, when an arrow is left faflened or 
flickingin a bone, ib: 
XXI. Ofpuyfonoiis wounds, ib. 
Of Cantufiens anil Gangrenes, the twelfth book; 
I. Ofaconrufion, 
II. Ofthegencrali cure of great and enormous contufi- 
ons, fa 
III. How we mull handle con.tufions when they are 
joined with a wound, 3 ; e 
IV. Of thofeconrufions whichare withouta wound, ib. 
V. By what means the contufed part may be freed from 
the fear, and imminent danger «f a gangrene, ib. 
VI. Of that firangekindof fymptome which happens 
upon contulions of rhe ribs, '*'* 332 
VII- Adifeourfeof Mwnmia, or mummy, fa 
VIII. Ofcombuflionsandtheirdifferences, 333 
IX« Of hot and attraOive medians to be applyed ta 
burns, 334 
X. Ofa gangrene and mortification, 3? ? 
XI. generalland particularcaufes of a gangrene,#. 
XII ♦ OI the antecedent caufes of a gangrene, ib; 
XHI. Of the figns of a gangrene, 33$ 
XIV. Of the prognofticks in gangrenes, 337 
XV. Of the gcnerall cure of a gangrene, #. 
XVI. Of rhe particular cure ofa gangrene, 
XVIIThe figns of a perfefl mortification, JJ 8 
XVIII* Where amputation mnft be made, ib; 
XIX. How the fedion or amputation muft be per- 
formed, ;.j 339 
XX. How to Ranch the bleeding when the member is 
taken off, jbj 
XXI. How after the bloudis Ranched, you muft drefle 
the wounded member, 340 
XXII. How you muft flop the bleeding , if any of the 
bound up veffels chance to ger loofe, ib; 
XXIII. How to perform thcrefiducofthecure of the 
amputated member, ib; 
XXIV. What juft occafion moved the Author to devife 
this new form of remedy, to Ranch the blond after the 
amputation of a member,and to forfakc the common 
way ufed almoft by all Chirurgeons; which is by ap- 
plication of affuall cauteries, 341 
XXV* The praflice of the former precepts is declared,to- 
gether with a memorable hiftory of a certain fouidier, 
whofe arm was taken off at the elbow, 
the thirteenth bookj 
I. Of the nature,caufes and differences of ulcers, j 4 3 
II. Of rhe figns of ulcers, 344 
III. Of the Prognofticks of ulcers, ib. 
IV. Ofthe general! cute of ulcers, 34C 
V. Of adifteiaperedulcer, 346 
VI. Of an ulcer with pain. 347 
VII. Of ulcers, with overgrowing or proudheffe of 
flefh, ib. 
VIII. Of an ulcer putrid and breeding worms, ib; 
IX. Ofa fordid 348 
X. Of a virulent and malign ulcer,which is termed ctcte*\ 
1 ' lhft9 and efaChirotiianUker, , ib» 
*a XI. Anr A Table ofthe Booty and Chaffers. 
Chap. pAg* 
XL An advertifementto the young Chirurgeon touch- 
ing the diftancc of times wherein malign ulcers are 
tobedreffed, 349 
XII. How to bind up ulcers. ib. 
XIII. Of the cure of particular ulcers, and firft of 
thofe of the eyes3 3 5 o 
XIV. Of the and ulcers of the nofe, ib. 
XV. Of the ulcers of the mouth, ib. 
XVI. Of the ulcers of the ears, 3 51 
XVII. Of the ulcers of the windpipe,weazon,ftomach, 
and guts, ib. 
XVIII. Of the ulcers of the kidnies and bladder, 352 
XIX. Of the ulcers of the womb, 353 
XX. Of the varices,' and their cure by cutting, ib. 
XXI. Of fiftula's, 314 
XXII. Of the cure of fiftula's, 3 55 
XXIII. Of the fiftula's in the fundament, tb. 
XXIV. Ofhxmorrhoides, 3 
Of Bandages or Ligatures, the fourteenth Book: 
I. Of the differences of bandages, 3 $7 
IL Sheweth the indications and gencrall precepts of fit- 
ting of bandages and ligatures, ib. 
III. Of the three kinds of bandages neceffary in fra- 
ctures, 358 
I-V. Of the binding up of fraftures affociated with a 
wound, 3 $9 
V. Certain common precepts of the binding up of fra- 
ctures and luxations, ib. 
VI. Of the uies for which ligatures ferve, 360 
VII. Of bolfters or compreffes, ib. 
VIII. Oftheufe of fplints, junks, and cafes, 361 
. «ri;, ■ 
Of Fraftures, the fifteenth Book: 
I. What a Feature is, and what the differences there- 
of are, 361 
II. Of tfie figns of a fraCture, 36 z 
Hit Prognofticks to be made in fraftures, ifr, 
IV. The gcnerall cure of broken and diflocated 
bones, 363 
V. By what mean? you may perform the third intenti- 
on in curing fractures and diflocations, which is, the 
hindering and correction of accidents and fym- 
ptoms, 3 64 
VI. Of the fracture of the nofe, 365 
VII. Of the fraCiure of the lower jaw, jb, 
VIII. Of the fraCture of the clavicle, or collar 
bone, 366 
JX. Of the fr aft ure of the Ihoulder blade, ib. 
X. Of the fracture and depreffion of the Sternon, or 
breaftbone, 367 
XI. Of the fradture ©f the ribs, ib. 
XII. Of certain preternaturall affcfts which enfue up- 
on broken ribs, 3 68 
XIII. Of the fracture of the vertebra, or rack bones of 
the back, and their proceffes, 3 6a 
XIV. Of the frafture of the holy bone, ib. 
XV. Of the fraCture of the rump, ib. 
XVI. Of the fraCture of the hip, or os ilium, ib. 
XVII. Of a fraCture of the ihoulder, or arm bone, ib. 
XVIII. Of the fraCture of the cubit, .or ell and • 
wand, 570 
XIX. Of the fraCture of a hand, ib. 
XX. Of the fraCturc of a thigh, ib. 
XXI. Of the fraCture of thethigh nigh to the joint, or 
the upper or lower head of the bone, ib. 
XXII. Of the fraCture of the Patella, or whirle bone of 
the knee, ib. ■ 
XXIII. Of a broken leg, ib. ' 
XXIV. Of fomething to be obfcrved inligation, when - 
a fraCture is affociated with a wound, 37 $ 
XXV. What was ufed to the Authors leg after the firft - 
drefling, ib. 
XXVI. What may be the caufe of the convulfion twitch- 1 
ings of broken members, 376 J 
X X VILCertain documents concerning the parts where- 
on the Patient muft neceffarily reft, whilft he lyes in 2 
his bed, ib. 
UXXVIJL By what we may know the CaVus is a 2 
breeding, 
; XXIX. Of thofe things that may hinder the generation 
> of a Callus, and how to correct the fault thereof, if it 
. be ill formed, ,7£ 
f XXX. Of fomentations which beufed in Broken bones 
' 379 
. XXXI. Of the fraftures of the bones in the feet. ib. 
Of Difl ocas tens er Luxations, thefixteenth Beefa 
* I. Of the kinds and manners of diflocations, ,79 
' II. Of the differences of diflocations. 
' III. Of the caufes of diflocations, 
IV. The figns of diflocations, 
' V. Of prognofticks to be made upon luxations, 381 
I VI. Of the general! cure of diflocations, j8z 
VII. The defcription of certaine engins, ferving for 
■ the reftoring of diflocations, 
, VIII. Of the diflocation of the jaw bone, 383 
IX. How to fa the jaw diflocated forwards on both 
"des, 3g4 
X. Of reftoring the jaw diflocated forwards but on one 
• "de, ii. 
XI. Of the luxation of the collar bone, ib. 
vttt -Uxation °f the fpine, or back bone, 385 
AJII, Of the diflocation of the head, jb. 
XIY* rhe diflocation of the vertebra or rack bones 
of the neck, 
XV. Of the diflocated vertebra of the back. 386 
vwJttH°W to rcftore thc fPine outwardly diflocated, z>. 
A A mQi e Particular inquiry of the diflocation of 
theproceeding from an internall cayfe, 387 
Xylll, Prognofticks ot the diflocated vertebra of the 
backj 
XIX. Of the diflocation of the rump, 388 
XX. Ofthe luxation of the ribs, 
Xxl. Of a diflocated Ihpulder, 
XxTI. Of the firft manner of fating a flioulder, which 
is with ones fift. Q 
XXIII. Qf the fecond manner of reftoring a Ihoulder, 
that is, with the heel ; when as the Patient by reafon 
of pain can neither fit, nor ftand. (390} 
XXIV. Of the third manner of reftoring a fhoafder, zi. 
X?V\ the f°urth manner of reftoring a diflocated 
moulder, (jpi) 
XXVI. Of the fifth manner of putting the Ihouldcr in- 
to joint, which is performed by a Ladder, if, 
XxVII. The fixth manner of reftoring a flioulder, 
luxated into the arm-pit, (39O 
XXVIII. How to reftorc a flioulder diflocated for- 
wards, £394) 
XXIX. Of the fhoulder luxated outwardly, (?90 
XXx. Of the fhoulder diflocated upwards. ib. 
XXXl. Of the diflocation of the elbow, ib. 
XXXII. How to reftore the elbow, diflotated out- 
wardly, (396) 
XXXHL Of the diflocation of the elbow to the infide, 
and of a compleat and uncompleat luxation, (397) 
XXXIV. Of the diflocation of the StyUformis or bod- 
kin-like proceffe of the cubit or ell, ib. 
XXXV. Of the diflocation ofthewrift, 
XXXVI. Of the diflocated bones of the wrift, tb. 
XxXVII. Of the diflocated bones of the after-wrift, 
389 
XXXVIII. Of the diflocated finger, ib. 
XXXIX. Of a diflocated thigh, or hip, ib. 
XL. Prognofticks belonging to a diflocated hip, 390 
XLI. Of the figns of the hip diflocated outwardly, or 
inwardly, ib. 
XLII. Of the thigh bone diflocated forwards, 391 
XLHI. Of the thigh bene diflocated backwards , ib. 
XLI V. Of reftoring the thigh bone diflocated inwards, 
39* 
XLV. Of reftoring the thigh diflocated outwardly, 
393 
XLVI. Of reftoring the thigh diflocated forwards, 394. 
XLVU. Of reftoring the thigh diflocated backwards, 
ib. 
XLVIIL Of the diflocation of the whirl bone of the 
knee, ib. 
XLIX, Of the diflocated kaee, 395 
L.Qf A 7 able ofthe Boofy and Ch apt err. 
Ciaf» Pag. 
L. Of a knee diflocated forwards, 39$. 
LI.Of*the reparation of the greater andjefier focile, ib. 
LU. Of the leg bone or greater focile diflocated, and 
divided from the paflerbone, it. 
LUI. Of the diflocation of the heel, 
LIV. Of the fymptomes which follow upon the contu- 
fion of the heel, ib. 
LV. Of the diflocated paflern, or ancle bone, 397 
LVI. Of the diflocation of the Inftep and back of the 
foot, ib. 
LVil. Of the diflocation of the toes, ib. 
LVIII* Of the fymptomes, and accidents which may 
befall a broken or diflocated member, 398 
Of drvers other preternatural! affeits wtefe curt is commonly 
performed by Surgery, The feventeemh 
I. Ofan Alepecfaor the falling away of the hairs of the 
head, 399 
II- Of the vena or fcald head, it. 
HI. Of rhe vertigo or giddinefle, 40£ 
IV. Gf the he mi crania or megrim, ib, 
kV. Of certain affefls of the eyes,and fitft of flaying up the 
upper eye. lid when it is too lax, 402 
VI. Of lagepthalmui, or the hare-eye, 403 
VU. Of the Chalazion, or hail ftone,and the ffordetlam, 
or barly corn ofthe eye-lids, ib. 
VlII. Of the /dydaw,ot fatnefle of the eye-lids, ib. 
IX- Of the eye-1 ids fattened or gltwed together, 404 
X. Ofthe itching of the eye-lids, ib. 
XI. Of lippitudo,or blear-eyes, 405 
XII. Of the Opthalmiator inflammation ofthe eyes, ib. 
XIII. Of the proptofa, that is, rhe falling or the flatting 
forth of the eye, and of the phtbifis and camofis of rhe 
fame, 406 
XIV. Of the ungufaor web. ib. 
XV- Ofthe ttgilop/rftfail* lac ry mt fa or weeping fiftula 
of the eye, 407 
XVI. Of the ftapbyloma or grape- like fwelling, 408 
XVII. Of the hypopyon, that is, thefuppurate or putrid 
eye, . 
XVIII, Ofthe mydriafis, or dilation of the pupil of the 
eye, ib. 
XIX Ofacararaft ib. 
XX. Of the Phyficall cure of a beginning eatarafl, 410 
XXI-By what figns ripe and curable cacarafl$}may be dif- 
covered from unripe and uncurable ones, 4I1 
XXII. Of the couching a cat arafl, ib. 
XXIII. Ofthe flopping of the paflage of the ears, and of 
rhe falling of th mgs thereinto, 412 
XXIV. Of getting little bones, and fuch like things out 
of the jaws and throat,; 412 
XXV. Of the tooth ach, ib, \ 
XXVI- Of other affefls ofthe teeth, 414 
XXVII. Of drawing of teeth, 4tf 
XXVIII. Of denting the teeth, 417 ■ 
XXIX. Of the impediment and contraflisn of the 
tongue, ib, < 
XXX. 01 fuperfluous fingers, and fuch as flick toge- ' 
ther, ib. 
XXXI. Of rhe too fhort a prepuce, and of fuch as have 1 
been circumcifed, 418 
XXXII. Ofphimojfaandparaphimofis, thatisto great a « 
conflriflionoftheprepuceabout the the glans or nut 
that it cannot be bared or uncovered ar pleafure, ib, 1 
XXXIII. Ofthofe whofe glans isnor rightly perfora, 1 
ted,and of t he too fhort or too (Wait ligament bridle, 
or coard ofrheyard. 419 
XXXIV. Ofthe caufes of the ftone, ib. X 
XXXV. Ofthe figns of the ftonc in the kidneys and 
bladder, 420 X 
XXXVI. Prognoflicksinthe flone, 421 
XXXVII. VVhat cure istobe tjfcd whenwefear the I 
ftORC, 422 
XXXVIII. What is to be done when the flone fallcth 
out of the kidney into the ureter , 443 X 
XXxIX. What mnft be done the ftone being fallen X: 
into the neck of the bladder, 4x4 X 
XL. What courfc mutt betaken , if the ftoneflicking 
ia the ureter, ot urinary paflage, «annot be gotten our I 
by the art, 4 2 5 
1$. XLl.What manner offeflion is ro be made, when aiftonc 
>s in a boyes bladder, 
nd XLII. How ro cur men,for the taking out of the ftone i» 
rhe bladder, 
6 XLHI. What cure muft be ufed co the Wound wh ' 
it- ftonc is taken forth, 
XI,IV. How to lay rhe patient after the ftenc . - - > 
>7 . away, 
* XLV. How to cure the wound made by the incifia-i; 
'• XLVR Whar cure is ro be ufed to ulcers, when is the 
d* urine flows through them,tong after theft one is drawn 
lI out» 433 
* XLVII. How to take Hones out of womens blad- 
ders, 4J? 
ly XLVIII. Of rhe fuppreflion of the urine by internail 
caufes, 4j4 
|e XLlx. A digreflion concerning the purgingoffuchas 
p are unprofitable in the whole body by the urine, f 
k L.By what external! caufes the urine is fuppreft,and prog* 
t noflicks concerning the fuppreflion thereof, z'0» 
fc, LI. Of bloudy urine, 
ie Lil. Of the figns of the ulcerated Kidneys, z&' 
2 Ofthe figns ofthe ulcerated bladder, 437 
j LIV. Prognoftiks of the ulcerated reins and bladder,r#,' 
J Whar cure muft be ufed in the fuppreflion of the 
.' urine« 437 
. LVI. Of the diabete,or inability to hold rhe urine, 4 z g 
. LVII. Qfrhe flrangury, /J. 
LVIU, Of the colick, 
* LlX. Of phlebotomy orb loud-letting, 441 
, LX. How to open a vein or draw blood from 
, thence, 443 
' LXI. Ofcupping-glaflesorventofec, 445 
j LxIL Of leeches and their ufe, 44 J 
1 . 
- Ofthe Gmt; the eighteenth 
I 
I I. Ofthe defcriprion of the gout. 446 
IT. Of rhe occult caufes of rhe gour, tb. 
III. Of the manifeft caufes of rhe gour, 44$ 
IV* Out of what part the matter of rhe gout may flow 
down upon the joints, ib» 
i V♦ The figns of the Arthritick humor flowing from rhe 
brain, , 449 
VI. The figns of a gouty humor, proceeding from the 
liver, 
■ VIL By what figns we may underftand this or that hu- 
mor, ro accompany rhe gout in malignity, ibt 
VII J. Prognofticks in the gout, 47© 
IX. The generail method of preventing and curing the 
gour, 4j£ 
X. Ofvomiring, 45* 
XI. The other general! remedies for rhe gout, ib. 
XII. What diet is convenient for fuch as have the gour, 
453 
XIII. How t» flrengthen the joints, 454' 
XIV. Ofthe palliativecure ofthe gour, and rhe materi- 
al! caufes thereof, 455 
XV. Of locall medicins that may be ufed ro a cold 
gour, 45<5 
XVI. Oflocall medicins to be appfyedtoahororfan- 
guinegeur, 458 
XVII. Oflocall medians for a cholerick gout, ib. 
XVIII. What remedies muft be ufed in pains of rhe 
joints proceeding of a diftemper only, without mat- 
ter, 46a 
XIX. What is to be done after the fit of the gout is o- 
ver, ib, 
XX. Ofthe ttfhi, or knots which grow at the joints of 
fuch as are troubled with the gout, 461 
XXL Ofthe flatulencies conraincdin the joints, and 
counterfeiting true gouts, and of the remedies ro be 
ufed thereto, 
XXII. Of the IfchiM, hip gout,or SctAti ca, ib. 
XXIII. The cute of the fciatica, 463 
XXIV. Ofthe flatulent convulfion,orconvalfive con- 
traction, which is commonly called by the French 
Gout Stamped by the Englifb rhe cramp, 4*4 A Table of the Booty and Chapters. 
Chap. f>ag; 
ferve our bodies in fear of the plague, and cure thofe 
already infcfted therewith, 
VIII. Of locall medicins to be applyed outwardly, 542, 
IX. Of other things to be obfcrved for prevention, in 
fear of the plague, 
X. Of the office of Magift rates in time of the 
XL What caution muft be ufed in choofing Phylitians, 
Apothecaries, and Surgeons, who may have care of 
fuch as are taken with the plague, 5 4 
XII. How fuch as undertake the cure of the plague 
ought to arm themfelves, ib. 
XIIL Of the figns of fuch as are infefted with the 
plague, , 546 
XIV. What figns in the plague are mortall, 547 
XV. Signs o f the plague coming by contagion of the 
air without any fault of the humours, 54S 
XVI. Signs of the plague drawn into the body by the 
fault and putrefaftion of humours, 
XVII. Of the prognoftication that is to be inftitutcj 
in the plague, 549 
XVIII.How apeftilcnt fever comes to be bred inus,$ 
XIX. Into what place the Patient ought to betake him- 
felfe fo foone as he finds himfelfe infefted, 5 $ E 
XX. What diet ought to be obferved, and firft of the 
choice of meat, * 
XXI. What drink the Patient infefted ought to ufes 
XXII. Of antidotes to be ufed in the plague, 5 y j 
XXIII. Of Epithems to be ufed for the ftrengthening 
of the principal parts, $56 
XXIV. Whether purging and blood-lettingb e necefla- 
ry in the beginning of peftilent difeafes, 5 57 
XXV. Of purging medicins in a peftilent difeafe, 5 58 
XXVI. Of many fymptomes which happen together 
with the plague, and firft of the pain of the head, 56a 
XXVII. Of the heat of the kidnies, j6e 
XXVIII. Ofthe eruptions and fpots, which commonly 
are called by the name of purples, and tokens, ib. 
XXIX. Of the cure of eruptions and fpots, $62. 
XXX. Of a peftilent Bubo or plague fore, 56 j 
XXXI. Of the cure of Buboes or plague fores, ib. 
XXXII. Ofthe nature, caufes, and fignes of a pefti- 
lent carbuncle, 566 
XXXIII. What prognofticks may be made in peftilent 
buboes and carbuncles ib. 
XXXIV. Of the cure of a peftilent carbuncle, 568 
XXXV. Of the itching and inflammation happening 
in peftilent ulcers, and how to cicatrize them, $69 
XXXVI. Of fundry kinds of evacuations, and firft of 
fweating and vomiting, ib. 
XXXVH. Of fpitting, ialivation, fneezing, belching, 
. hicketting, and making water, 570 
XXXVIII. Of the menitruall and hxmorrhoidall pur- 
gation, 571 
XXXIX. Of procuring evacuation by ftool, or a flux 
of the befly, $7* 
XL. Of flopping the flux of the belly, ibd 
XLI. Of evacuation by infenfible tranfpiration, 574 
XLII. How to cure infants and children taken with 
the plague, ib. 
The three and twentieth Book, of the meaner and manner 
to repair or [up pl) the defers of mans Bod). 
I. How the lofle ofthe naturall or true eye may be co- 
vered, hidden, or lhadowed, 576 
IL Bywhatmeancs apart of the nofe that is cut oft, 
may be reftored 5 or how in ftead of the nofe that is 
cut off, another counterfeit nofe may be faftned, or 
placed in the ftead, $77 
III. Ofthe placing of teeth artificially made in ftead of 
thofe that are loft or wanting, 5 7 8 
IV. Of filling the hollownefl'e of the palat, ib. 
V. How to help fuch as cannot fpeak by reafon of the 
lofle of fome part of the tongue, 580 
V I. Of covering and repairing certaine defeats or de- 
faults in the face, ib* 
VII. Of the defefts of the ears, $81 
VIII. Of amending the deformity of fuch as are 
crook-back't, ib. 
IX. How 
The nineteenth Book,. 
Chap. 
I. Of the lues venerea, and thofe fymptomes which hap- 
pen by the means thereof, 
11J Of the caufes of the Ims venerea, 46$ 
In what humor the malignity of the Inez venerea 
rclides, 
IV. Of the fign s of the lues venerea, 
V. Of prognofticks, ib. 
VI* How many and by what means there are to oppugn 
this difeafe, 
VII. How to make choice of the wood Guaicum, tb. 
VIII. Of the preparation of the decoftion of Gudz'cum, 
469, 
IX. Ofthe fecond manner of "curing the lues venerea 
which is performed by friftion or unftion, 47 o 
X. Of the choice preparation and mixing of Hydrargy- 
rum, ibi 
XI. How to ufe the unftion, "* 471 
XII. What cautions to be ufed in rubbing, or anointing 
the Patient, 47 v 
XIII- Ofthe third manner of cure, which is performed 
by cerates and emplaifters, as fubftitutes of unftions, 
473 
XIV. Ofthe fourth manner of curing the lues venerea, 
475 
XV. Of the cure of the fymptomes, or fymptomatique 
affefts of the lues venerea, and firft of the ulcers of the 
yard, ib. 
XVI. How a gowr/jaeadiffereth from a virulent ftran- 
gury, e 476 
XVII. Of the caufes and difference of the fcalding, or 
ffiarpneffeof the urine, ib. 
XVIII. Prognofticks in a virulent ftrangury, 477 
XIX. The chiefe heads of curing a Conor r hoea, 478 
XX. The generail cure both of the fcalding of the wa- 
ter, and the virulent ftrangury, ib. 
XXL Of the proper cure efa virulent ftrangury, ib. 
XXII. Of caruncles,or fleffiy excrefcences which fome- 
' times happen to grow in the urethea by the heat or 
fcalding of the urin. 479 
XXIII. What other remedies (hall be ufed to caruncles 
occafioned by the lues venerea, 481 
XXIV. Ofvcnereall Buboes, or fwellings in the groins, 
482 
XXV. Of the exoftofts, bunches, or knots growing upon 
the bones, by reafon of the lues venerea, 48 3 
XXVI. Why the bones become rotten, and by what 
means it may be perceived, ib. 
XXVII. Of aftuall and potentiall 488 
XXVIII. Of the vulnerary potion, ib. 
XXIX. Of tetters, ring-worms, orchops, occafioned 
by the lues venerea, 489 
XXX. Of curing the Ines venerea in infants and little 
children, 
I 1 " ■ 
The twentieth Book, Ofthefmallpox and measles} 
asalfi of Wormsand the leprofie, from 
491.to 503. 491 
The one and twentieth'Book, Of poyfons , and of the 
biting, and fringing of a mad dog, and the bitings 
and ftingings of other venemous creatures, 
frompag.504. topag.534. $04 
The two and twentieth Book, Of the Plague. 
I. The defcription of the plague, 535 
II. Of the divine caufes of an extraordinary plague, ib. 
III. Of the naturall caufes of the plague, j 3 6 
IV. Of the preparation to humors to putrefaftion, and 
admiffion of peftiferous impreffions, 537 
V. What fignes in the air and earth prognofticate a 
plague,' 
VI. By ufing what cautions in air and diet, one may 
prevent the plague, 539 
y H. Of the cordiall remedies by which we may pre- A Table of tbe Boofy and Chapters. 
Chap. Pag. 
IX. How to' relieve fuch as have their urine flow from 
• them againft their wils, and fuch as want their yards, 
582 
X. By what means the petiffied funftion or action r,f a 
thumb or finger may be corrected and amended, 3 
XI. Of the helping thofe that are vari or valgif crook 
legged, or crook footed,inwards,or outwards, 584 
XII. By what means arms,legs,and hands may be made 
by art, and placed in the fteadof natural! arms, legs, 
or hands, that are cut oft, and loft, $85 
XIII. Of amending or helping lamenefs or halting, 589 
Of tl:e Generation of Man, the four and twentieth Book» 
I. Why the generative parts are endued with great plea- 
fure, 59° 
II. Of what qnalitie the feed is, whereof the male, and 
whereof the female is engendred, 592 
III. What is the caufe why females of all brute bcafts, 
being great with young, do neither defl re nor admit 
the males, untill they have brought forth their young, 
591 
IV. What things are to be obferved, as neceflary unto 
generation in the time of copulation, $ 9 3 
V. By what flgns it may be known, whether the woman 
httve conceived or not, ib> 
VI. That the womb fo foon as it hath received the feed, 
is prefently contracted or drawn together, 594 
VII. Of the generation (»of the navell, tb. 
VIII. Of the umbilical! veflels, or thc'.veffels belonging 
to the navell, 595 
IX. Of the ebullition or fwelling of the feed in the 
womb, and of the concretion of the bubbles or blad- 
ders, or the three principall cntrals, ib. 
X. Of the third bubble or bladder , wherein the head 
and the brain is formed, 596 
XI. Of the life or foul, 597 
XU. Of the naturall excrements in generail, and elpc- 
ciallyof thofe that the child or infant being in .the 
womb excludeth, 599 
XIII. With what travel! the child is brought into the 
world, and of the caufe of this travell, 601 
XIV. Of the fituation of the infant in the womb, ib. 
XV. Which is the legitimate artel naturall, and which 
the illegitimate or unnatural! time of childbirth, 602 
XVI. Signs of the birth at hand, 603 
XVII. What is to be done prefently after the child is 
born, 604 
XVIII. How to pull away the fecundine or after-birth, 
606 
" XIX. What things muft be given to the infant by the 
mouth, before he be permitted to fuck the teat or 
dug, ib. 
XX. That mothers ought to give fuck to their owne 
children, 607 
XXI. Of the choife of nurfes, 
XXII. What diet the nurfe ought to ufe, and in what 
fituation ihc ought to place the infam in the cradle, 
609 
XXII f. How to make pap 'for children, 610 
XXIV. Of the weaning of children, 611 
XXV. By what fignes it may be known whether the 
child in the womb be dead or alive, 612 
XXVI. Of the chirmgicall extractions of the child 
from the womb, cither dead or alive, ib. 
XXVII. What muft be done urtto the woman in tra- 
vell, prefently after her deliverance, 615 
XXVIII. What care muft be ufed to the dugs 'and teats 
of thole that are brought to bed, 616 
Xxlx. What the caufes of difficult and painfull travell 
in childbirth are, 617 
XXX. The caufe of abortion or untimely birth, 618 
Xxxl. How to preferve the infant in the womb when 
the mother is dead, 619 
XXxH. Of fuperfetation, • 620 
XxXIII. Of the tumor called mola, ora mole grow- 
ing in the womb of women, ib. 
XXXIV. How to difeerne a true conception from a 
falfe conception or mola, 621 
XXXV. What cure muft be ufed to the mola, 623 
Ckap. pag. 
XXXVI. Of tumors or fwellings happening to the 
pancreas or fweet-bread,and the whole mefenterie,624 
XXX VII. Of the caufe of barrennefle in women, 62$ 
XxXVIII. Of the barrennefle or unfruit fulncffe of 
women, ;) 626 
XXIX, The figns of a diftempered womb, 617 
XL. Of the falling down, or -perverfion, or turning of 
the womb, . 628 
XLI. The cure of the falling down of the womb, tb< 
XLII. Of the tuniclc or membrane called hymen, 630 
XL HI. A memorable hiftory of the membrane called 
hymen, 631 
XLIV. Of the ftrangulation of the womb, : p 632 
XLV. The fignes of imminent ftrangulation of the 
wpmb, < A . .. .* ■. 633 
XLVL. How to know whether the woman be dead in 
the ftrangulation of the womb, or not, > ib. 
XLVII. How to know whether the ftrangulation of 
the womb eomes of the fuppreflion of the Bowers, or 
the corruption of the feed, 634 
XLVIII. Of the cure of the ftrangulation of the 
womb, ib. 
XLIX. Of womens monthly flux or courfes, 636 
L. The caufes of the monthly flux or courfes, 637 
LI. The caufes of the fuppreflion of the courfes or 
menftruall flux,. 638 
LIT. What accidents follow the fuppreflion or flopping 
of the monthly flux or flowers, zi. 
Lili. Of provoking the flowers or courfes, 639 
LIV. Of the flame's of the approaching of the menftra- 
ail flux, 
LV. Accidents follow immoderate fluxes of thq flow* 
ers or courfes, 64® 
LVI. Of flopping the immoderate flowing of the flow- 
ers and courfes, 641 
LVIl. Of locall medicines to be ufed againft the im- 
moderate flowing of the courfes, ib. 
LVIII. Of women fluxes or the whites, il. 
LIx. Of the caufes of the whites, 642 
LX. The cure of the whites, ib. 
LXI. Of the hamoni.oides and warts of the neck of the 
womb, 64? 
LxII. Of the cure of the warts that are in the neck of 
the womb, 644 
LXIIL Of chaps, and thofe wrinckled and hard exerc- 
fcences, which the gieeks call condylomata, 645 
Lxl V. Of the itching of the womb, tb. 
LxV, Of the relaxation of the great gut, or intcftinc, 
which happeneth to women, 646 
LX VI. Of the relaxation of the navell in children, tl>. 
LxVII. Of the pain that children have in breeding of 
teeth, tb. 
. . - . .. 
Of Monfiers and prod'giei, the five and twentieth 
frompag. 648.topag. 695. 648 
Of the faculties offimple medicines as alfe if their coni- 
pofinen andufe, the fix and twentieth boo 
I. What a medicine is, and how it differeth from n6u- 
rilhment, 696 
II. The differences of mcdicins in their matter and 
fubftance, ib. 
III. The difference of fimples in their qualities and 
■ effects, 697 
IV. Of the fecond faculties of medicines, 698 
V. Of the third faculties of medicines, 699 
VI. Of the fourth facultie of medicines, ib. 
* VII. Oftaftes, 7°o 
VIII. Of the preparation of medicines, 701 
IX. Of repellin g,or rcpercuflive medicines, 702 
X. Of attractive medicines, 703 
XI. Of refolving •medicines, 7° 4 
X'l. Of fuppiiratives, 7° 5 
XIII. Of mollifying things, 
XIV. Of deterfives, or mundificatives, 70S 
XV. Of farcoticks, 7°7 
XVI. Of epuloticks, or skinning medicines., tb. 
XVII. Of agglurinatives, . 7°&. 
xvni. Of A Table of the Booths and Chapters. 
Chap-. pag. 
XVIII. Ofpyroticks,or cauftick medicinsj 708 
XIX. Ot anodynes, or fuch as mitigate or affwage 
paine, " 709 
XX. Of the compofition and ufe of medicines, 710 
XXL Or the weight and meafures,and the notes of both 
of them, 71* 
XXII. Of Clyfters, ib. 
XXIII. Of fiippolicoties, nodules, and peffaries, 71? 
XXIV. Of oils, 714 
XXV. Of liniments, 71 5 
XXVI. Of ointments, ib. 
XXVII. Of ceiats and empl afters, 717 
XXVIU. Ofcataplafms and pultiles, 720 
XXIX. Of fomentations, ib 
XXX Ofembrocations, 721 
XXXI. Of epithems, ib. 
XXXII. Of potcntiall cauteries, 7 21 
X XXII I. Of vcficatories, 7*3 
XXXIV. Otcolferia, 7*4 
X Of errhines, and fternutatorics, th. 
XXXVI. Of apophlegmatifms, or matticatories, 725 
XXXVII. Ofgargarifms, ib. 
XXXV11I. Of dentifrices, 7*6 
XXXIX. Of baggi,or quilts, 727 
XL. Of fumigations, ib. 
XLI. Of a particular, orhalfebath, 728 
XLIL Of baths, ib. 
XL1IL Of ftoves, or hot-houfes, 731 
XLIV. Of fnci, that is, walhes, and fuch things for the 
fmoothing and beautifying of the skin, ib. 
XV. Of the grata rofacea, or a fiery face, 735 
XLVI. 7 o black or colour the hair, 734 
XLVIL Of FJifothra,or depilatories, and alfoof Iwcct 
waters, ib. 
Of DiJi illation , the feven and twentieth Bctf. 
I. What dift illation is, and how many kindes thereof 
Clap. pag. 
there be, 73$ 
JI. Of the matter and form of fornaces, it>. 
III. Of rebels lit for diftiliation, 736 
IV. things are to be coniidered in diftiliation, th. 
V. Of what faihion the veflels for the diftilling of wa- 
ters, ought to be, (737 
VI. How the materials muft be prepared before diftilia- 
tion, 738 
VII. Of the art of diftilling of waters, 739 
VIII. How to diftill aqua vine,or the fpirits of wine,740 
IX Of the manner of rectifying,that is,how to increafe 
the ftrength of waters, that have beenonce diftilled, 
741 
X. Of diftiliation by flitting 
XI. What and how many wayes there are to make oils, 
742 
X I Of extracting of oils of vegetables by 
XIII. Another manner how to draw the efl'ence and fpi- 
rits of herbs, flowers, feeds, and fpices, as alfo of ru- 
barb, agarick, turbith, hermodaftyls, and other pur- 
gers; , 744 
XIV. How to extrafi oil out of gums, condenfed jui- 
ces, and rolins, as alfo out of fome woods, ifa 
XV. Of extracting of oils out of the harder forts of 
gums, as myrrh,maftick,frankincenfc,and the like, i£. 
XVI. The making of oil of vitriol 1, 746 
XVII. A table or catalogue of medicines and inftru- 
ments ferving for the cure of dileales, 747 
//iw to make reports, and to embalm the dead, the 
eight and twentieth 
The nine and twentieth Book,, ATreatifi containing 
divers voyages,. 
A Table of the Chapters ofthe three Tracts. 
Chap. „ pag. 
I. DEckons up the branches or propagations of the 
vena pon<£ , or the gate-vein, and explaines an 
aphorifm of Hippocrates, that makes very much'to the 
purpofe, i 
II. Treats of the fuperior, or afcendent trunk of the ve- 
na cava, or hollow vein, and the branches which it fcat- 
ters through the head, 5 
III. Shews how the axillary vein is diftributed through 
the arm, 9 
IV. Explaines the lower, or defcendent trunk of the 
hollow vein, x x 
V. Reckons up the propagations, and branches of the 
outer Iliacall branch dilieminated through the crus, or 
great foot, that reaches from the lower part of the 
buttock to the end of the toes, 1 4 
An explanation of the Table of the Veins, 17 
The fee end Treatife concerning the Arteries. 
I. Shewes the upper or afcendent trunk of the great Ar- 
tery,with its propagations that are distributed through 
the head, x Zj 
II. Declares the hiftory of the axillary artery being di- 
ftributed through the arm, 2,3 
III. Shewes the jnfcriouror defcendent trunk of the 
Chap. pag. 
great Artery, and the propagation thereof through the 
middle and loweft bellies, tb. 
IV. The propagations of the outer Tliacall branches 
which are diftributed through the crtu, or great foot, 
containing rhe thigh, leg, and foot, 3 o 
An explanation of the Table of the Arteries, 31 
The third Treatife concerning the Nerves. 
I. Ofthe nerves of the brain, 
II. Concerning the nerves of the fpinall marrow pro- 
perly fo called, and firft ofthofe of the rack bones of 
the neck, 40 
HI. Concerning the nerves of the marrow of the rack 
bones of the cheft, 42 
IV. Concerning the marrow of the rack bones of the 
loines, 4-3 
V. Concerning the nerves of the marrow of Os foerwn 
or the great bone, 44 
VI. Concerning the nerves which are diftributed 
through the arms, 4$ 
VII. Of the nerves that are diftributed through the 
crura, or thighs, legs, and feet, 47 
An explanation of the two Tables of the Nerves, 
* 4P & 50 
an Chap. t>2. 
1 
A N 
INTRODVCTION 
OR 
COMP ENDIOV S\'WAT 
T 0 
CHIRURGERY. 
CHAP. 1. 
What Chirurgery it. 
-1IRVRGERX is an Art, which teacheth the way by reafon, how 
by the operation of the hand we may cure;, prevent, and mitigate 
difeafes, which accidentally happen unto us. Others have thought 
good to defcribe it otherwife 5 as that, It is that part of Phyfick 
which undertaketh the cure of Difeafes by the foie induftry of the 
Hand: as, by cutting, burning, fawing off, uniting fraftures, refto- 
ring diflocations, and performing other works, of which we fhall 
hereafter treat. Chirurgery alfo is thus defined by the Author of 
the Medicinal! Definitions ; The quick motion of an intrepid hand 
joyned with experience • or, an artificial! aftion by the hand ufed in Phyfick, for fbme 
convenient intent. Yet none muft think to attain to any great perfeftion in this Art, 
without the help of the other two parts of Phyfick; 1 fay, of Diet and Pharmacie, and the 
divers applications of proper Medicines, refpefting the condition of the Caufes, Difeafes, 
Symptomes, and the like circumftances, which comprehended under the names of things 
natural!, not natural!, and befides nature, (as they commonly call them) we intend to de- 
fcribe in their proper place. But if any reply, that there be many which do the works of 
Chirurgery, without any knowledgof filch like things, who notwithftanding have cured 
defperate Difeafes with happy fuccefs: Let them take this for an anfwer, That filch things 
happen rather by chance, than by the induftry of the Art; and that they are not provident 
that commit themfelves to fiich. Becaufe that for fome one happy chance, a thoufand dan- 
gerous errors happen afterwards, as Galen (in divers places of his Method) fpeaks againft 
the Empericks. Wherefore feeing we have fet down Chirurgery to be a diligent opera- 
tion of the hands, ftrengthened by the affiftance of Diet and Pharmacy, we will now fheW 
what, and of what nature the operations of it are. 
The definiridri 
Of Chirurgery. 
Whar neceflar/ 
foraChifuff- 
geori. 
CHAP. IL 
Of Chirurgicall Operatiomi 
things are proper to the duty of a Chirurgeon; To take away that which is 
W foperfluous; to reftore to their places fuch things as are difplaced; to feparate 
thofe things which are joyned together ; to joyn thofe which are feparated;and 
*3t*®*w to fupply the defeats of nature. Thou (halt far more eafily and happily attain 
to the knowledg of thefe things by long ufe and much exercife, than by much reading of 
Books, or daily hearing of Teachers. For fpeech, how perfpicuous and elegant foever it 
be, cannot fo vively exprefs any thing 5 as that which is fob jetted to the faithfol 1 eyes and 
hands. 
B We 
The nature oli 
Chirurgeon# 
Experience 
more neceffarj 
for a einrur- 
geon, An Introduction, or 
2 
Examples of 
raking away 
that which is 
fuptrfluous. 
We have examples of taking away that which abounds in the Amputation or cutting 
off a finger, if any have fix on one hand, or any other monftrous member that may grow 
out: in the lopping off a putrefied part inwardly corrupted; in the extraftion of a dead 
child, the fecondine, mole, or filch like bodies out of a womans womb : In taking down 
of all Tumors, as Wens, Warts, Polypus, Cancers, and fie/hy excrefcences of the like na- 
ture j in the pulling forth of bullets, of pieces of maile, of darts, arrows, fhells, fplinters, 
and of all kind of weapons in what part of the body foever they be. And he taketh 
away that which redounds, which plucks away the hairs of the ey-lids which trouble the 
ey by their turning in towards it: who cuts away the web, poflefling all the * and 
part of the * Cornea : who letteth forth fuppurated matter: who taketh out ftones in 
what part foeVer of the body they grow ; who puls out a rotten or otherwife hurtfull 
tooth; or cuts a nail that runs into the flefh : who cuts away part of the Vvula, or hairs 
that grow on the ey-lids: who taketh off a Cataraft 5 who cuts the navill or foreskin 
of a childe newly born ; or the skinny caruncles of womens privities. 
Examples of placing thofe things which are out of their naturall fite, are manifeft in 
reftoring diflocated bones ; in re-placing of the guts and kali fallen into the cods, or out 
of the navill or belly by a wound ; or of the falling down of the womb, fundament, or 
great gut, or the eye hanging out of its circle, or proper place. 
But we may take examples of disjoyning thofe things which are continued 5 from the 
fingers growing together, either by fome chance, as burning ; or by theimbecillity of the 
forming faculty : by the disjunction of the membrane called H)mens or any other trou- 
ling the neck of the womb ; by difleftion of the ligament of the tongue, which hinders 
children from fucking and /peaking, and of that which hinders the Glans from being unco- 
vered of the foreskin ; by the divifion of a varicous vein, or of a halfcut nerve or tendon, 
caufing convulfion 5 by the divifion of the membrane flopping the auditory paflage, the 
nofe, mouth, or fundament, or the ftubborn flicking together of the hairs of the ey-lids. 
Refer to this place all the works done by Caufticks, the Saw, Trepan, Lancet,Cupping- 
glafles,Incifion-knife, Leeches, either for evacuation, derivation, orrevulfionfake. 
The Chirurgeon draws together things feparated, which healeth wounds byftitching 
them, by bolftering, binding, giving reft to, and fit placing the part: which repairs fra- 
ctures ; reftoring luxated parts: who by binding the veflel, ftayeth the violent eflufion of 
blood: who cicatriceth cloven lips, called Hare-lips : who reduceth to equa- 
lity the cavities of Ulcers and Fiftula's. 
But he repairs thofe things which are defective either from the infancy , or afterwards 
by accident, as much as Art and Nature will fuffer 5 who fits on an ear, an ey, a nofe, 
one or more teeth; who fils the hollownefs of the palat eaten by the Pox, with a thin 
plate of gold or filver, or fiich like ; who fiipplies the defect of the tongue in part cut 
by fome new addition ; who faftens to a hand, an arm, or leg with fit ligaments, work- 
manlike: who fits a doublet bumbafted, or made with iron plates to make the body 
ftreight; who fils a fhoo too big with cork, or faftens a flocking or lock to a lame mans 
girdle to help his gate. We will treat more fully of all thefe in our following Work. 
But in performing thofe things with the hands, we cannot but caufe pain : ( for who can 
without pain cutoff an arm, or leg, divide and tear afunder the necKof the bladder, re- 
flore bones put out of their places, open Ulcers, bind up wounds, and apply cauteries, and 
do fiich like? ) notwithflanding the matter often comes to that pate, that unlefs we ufe a 
judicious hand, we muft either die, or lead the remnant of our lives in perpetuall mifery. 
Who therefore can juftly abhor a Chirurgeon for this, or accufe him of cruelty ? or defire 
they may be ferved, as in ancient times the Romans ferved who at the firft made 
him free of the City; but prefently after, becaufe he did fomewhattoo cruelly burn, cut, 
and perform the other works of a good Chirurgeon, they drew him from his houfe into 
the Campus and there ftoned him to death, as we read it recorded by Sextus Cbero- 
Plutarch's nephew by his Daughter. Truly it was an inhumane kind of ingratitude,fb 
cruelly to murder a man intent to the works of fo neceflary an Art. But the Senate could 
not approve the aft, wherefore to expiate the crime as Well as then they could, they made 
his Statue in Gold,placed it in ALfculatius his Temple, and dedicated it to his perpetuall 
memory. For my part, I very well like that faying of Celfus: A Chirurgeon muft have a 
ftrong, ftable, and intrepid hand, and a mind refblute and mercilefs; fo that to heal him 
he taketh in hand, he be not moved to make more hafte than the thing requires; or to cut 
left than is needfull; but which doth all things as if he were nothing affefted with their 
cries; not giving heed to the judgment of the vain common people, who fpeak ill of Chi- 
rurgeons becaufe of their ignorance. 
*Two funicles 
of theeys. 
Examples of 
te placing* 
Example of 
fe parating 
things joined 
together. 
Examples of 
uniting things 
disjoined. 
Examples'of 
defers. 
Archtgmu the 
Chirurgeon. 
In 
The properties 
of a good 
Chirurgeon. 
CHAP. Chap.3,4- 
Compendious way to Cbirurgery. 
3 
CHAP. III. 
of things Naturall. 
Hat the Chirurgeonmay rightly,and according to Art perform the forelaid works, 
he muft fet before his eys certain Indications of working: Otherwife he is 
like to become an Emperick, whom no Art, no certain reafon, but only a 
blind temerity of fortune moves to boldnefs and a&ion. Thefe Indications of 
iftions are drawn from things (as they call them) naturall, not naturall, and befides na- 
ture, and their adjuncts, as it is Angularly delivered of the Ancients, beingmen of an ex- 
cellent underftanding. Wherefore we will profecute according to that order,all the (pe- 
culation of this Art of ours. Firft therefore things Naturall are fo termed, becaufe they 
conftitute and contain the nature of mans body, which wholly depends of the mixture and 
temperament of the four firft bodies, as it is ftiewed by Hipocrates in his book de Natura 
humana: wherefore the confideration thereof belongs to that part of Phyfick, which is 
named Phyftologia as the examination of things not naturall to or Diet, becaufe 
by theufe of fuch things itendevours to retain and keep health : but 1'heraputice, or the 
part which cures the Difeafes, and all the afte&s befides nature, challenges the contempla- 
tion of thofe things which are not agreeable to nature. But the things which are called 
Naturall,may be reduced to feven heads: befides which there comes into their fellowlhip, 
Tirkiz-Vi tXTP tprm innPVfrl 
From whence 
U'e niuft draw 
Indications. 
What things 
are called na- 
turall. 
To what part 
of phyfick 
things not na- 
rurall pertain. 
Towhat things 
befides nature. 
Elements 
Temperaments 
Humors 
Parts or members 
Faculties 
Actions * 
Spirits. 
Age ■ * 
Sex 
Colour 
Composure 
Time or feafon 
Region 
Vocation of life. 
The ieven principal 1 
heads of things* 
Naturall; are 
To thefe are an- 
nexcd,and fom- 
what near; 
Air'*- • 
CHAP. mi. 
of Elements. 
Element (by the definition which is commonly received amongft I)hyfitians)is 
the leaft and moft fimple portion of that thing which it compoleth: or that my 
Ipeech may be the more plain : the four firft and fimple bodies are called Ele- 
ments; Fire, Air, Water, and Earth ; which accommodate and fiibjeft themfelves 
as matter to the promilcuous generation of all things which the Heavens engirt, whether 
you underftand things perfectly, or unperfeftly mixed. Such Elements are only to be con- 
ceived in your mind, being it is not granted to any externall fenfe to handle them in their 
pure and ablblute nature. Which was the caule that Hipocrates exprefled them not by the 
names of lubftances, but of proper qualities, faying. Hot, Cold, Moift, Dry ; becaufe feme 
one of thefe qualities is inherent in every Element, as his proper and eflentiall form, not 
only according to the excels of latitude, but allb of the attive faculty; to which is adjoined 
another fimple quality, and by that reafon principall, but which notwithstanding attains 
not to the higheft degree of his kind, as you may underftand by Galen in his firft book of 
Elements. So, for example lake, in the Air we oblerve two qualities, Heat and Moifture, 
both principall, and not remitted by the commixture of any contrary quality, for other- 
wife they were not fimple. Therefore thou maift fay. What hinders that the principall 
effefts of heat lhew not themfelves as well in the Air, as in the Fire > becaule, as we laid 
before, although the Air have as great a heat according to his nature, extent, and degree, 
no otherwife than Fire hath, yet it is not lb great in its a&ive quality. The reafon is, be- 
caufe that the calfaftory force in the Air is hindered, and dulled by fociety of his compa- 
nion and adjoyned quality, that is, Humidity which abateth the force of heat, as on the 
contrary, drinefs quickneth it. The Elements therefore are endewed with thefe qualities. 
What an Ele- 
ment is. 
Elements are 
underftood by 
reafon, not by 
fenfe. 
Why Hzpp.ex- 
preffed the Ele- 
ments bythefe 
names of 
qualities. 
Two principal 
qualities are in 
each Element. 
Why the Air 
hears not fo 
vehemently, as 
the Fire. 
Fire 
Air < 
Water 
Earth 
Hot and dry 
tyjoift and hot 
jCold and moift 
Cold and dry. 
Names of the 
litbftances. 
Names of the 
qualities.. 
Thefe four Elements in the compofition of naturall bodies, retain the qualities they 
formerly had, but that by their mixture and meeting together of contraries, they are fome- 
what tempered and abated. But the Elements are fo mutually mixed one with another,and 
all with all, that no Ample part may be found 5 no more than in a mafs of the Emplaifter 
Diacalcitheos you can fhew any Axungia oiE, or Litharge by it telf; all things are fo confuted 
B 2 and 
How the Ele- 
ments may be 
underftood. ta 
be mixed in 
compound 
bodies* 4 
An Introductionor 
and united by the power of heat, mixing the fmalleft particulars with the fmallcft,and the 
whole with the whole, in all parts. You may know and perceive this concretion of the 
four Elementary fubftances in one compound body, by the power of mixture, in their 
diflblution by burning a pile or heap of green wood: For the flame exprefles the Firejthe 
(moke,the Air 5 the moillure that fweats out at the ends,the Water 5 and the allies,the Earth: 
You may ealily perceive by this example fo familiar and obvious to the fenfes, what difio- 
lution is, which is fiiccecded by the decay of the compound body 5 on the contrary, you 
may know |hat the coagmentation,or uniting and joyning into one of the firft mixed bo- 
dies is fuch, that there is no part fincere or without mixture. For if the heat which is pre- 
dominant in the fire, Ihould remain in the mixture in its perfect vigor, it would conftime 
the reft by its pernicious neighborhood 5 the like may be faid of Coldnefs, Moifture, and 
Drinefs 5 although of theft qualities, two hay? the title of Aftive, that is, Heat and Cold- 
nefs, becaufe they are the mo re powerlull; the other two Palfive, becaufe they may feem 
more dull and flow, being compared to the former. The temperaments of all fiiblunary 
bodies arifefrom the commixture of thefe fubftances and elementary qualities, which hath 
been the pr incipall caufe that moved me to treat of the Elements. But I leave the force and 
eftefts of the Elementary qualities to fome higher contemplation, content to have noted 
this, that of thefe firft qualities, ( fo called, becaufe they are primarily and naturally in 
the four firft bodies) others arife and proceed, which are therefore called the fecond quali- 
ties : as of many, thefe, Heavinefs, Lightnefs, varioufly diftributedby the four Elements, 
as the Heat or Coldnefs, Moiftnefs or Drinefs have more power over them. For of the 
Elements, two are called light, becaufe they naturally aneft to move upwards: the other 
two heavie, by reafon they are carryed downward by their own weight. So we think the 
fire the lighteft, becaufe it holds the higheft place of this lower world 5 the Air, which is 
next to it in fite, we account light 5 for the water which lies next to the Air, we iudg 
heavie 5 and the earth the center of the reft we judg to be the heavieft of them all. Here- 
upon it is, that light bodies, and the light parts in bodies, havemoft of the lighter Ele- 
ments 5 as on the contrary heavie bodies have more of the heavier. This is a brief defcri- 
ption of the Elements of this frail world,which are only to be difterned by the underftan- 
ding, to which I think good to adjoin another defcription of other Elements, as it were 
arifing or flowing from the commixture of the firft: For befides thefe, there are faid to be 
Elements of generation, and Elements of mans body. Which as they are more corporall,fo 
alfo are they more manifeft to the fenfe. By which reafon Hippocrates being moved, in his 
Book de Natura humana, after he haddefcribed the nature of Hot, Cold, Moift, and Dry, he 
comes to take notice of theft by the order of compofition. Wherefore the Elements of our 
generation, as alfo of all creatures which have blood, are feed and menftruous blood. But 
the Elements of our bodies, are the folid and fimilar parts arifing from thoft Elements of 
generation. Of this kind are bones, membranes,ligaments, veins,arteries, and many others 
manifeft to the eys, which we will defcribe at large in our TreatiftofAnatomie. 
Why of the 
firft qualities, 
two are aflive, 
and two paf- 
fi ve. 
Why the firft 
qwaliries are fo 
called.- 
What the fe- 
cond qualities 
are. 
What Ele- 
ments light, 
what heavy, 
What the Ele- 
ments of gene- 
ration are. 
What the Ele- 
ments of mixt 
bodies. 
CHAP. V. 
of Temperaments. 
Temperament is defined, a proportionable mixture of hot, cold, moift, and dry ; 
otj it is a concord of the firft dilagreeing faculties. That harmony fprings from 
the mixture of the four firft bodies of the world. This whether Temperament 
or Concord is given to Plants and brute Beafts for the beginning of their life, 
and fo confequently for their life and form. But as Plants are inferior in order and dignity 
to beafts, fo their * life is more bafe and infirm, for they have only a growing faculty, by 
which they may draw an Alimentary juice from the earth, as from their mothers breafts, to 
preferve them and their life, by which they may grow to a certain bignefs; and Jaftly, by 
which they may bring forth their like for the perpetuall continuance of their kind. But 
the* life of beafts, have to the three former, the gift of fenfeannexed: by benefit whereof 
as by a certain inward knowledg they fliun thole things that are hurtfull,and follow thofe 
which profit them; and by the power of their will, they move themfelves whither they 
pleafc.. But the foul of man far more perfeft and noble than the reft, arifeth not from that 
earthly mixture and temper of the Elements, but acknowledged! and hath a far more di- 
vine off-fpring; as we mall teach hereafter. 
They divide a Temperament at the firft divifion, into two kinds; as one a temperate, 
another an untempef ate. The untemperate is of two forts: The one wholly vicious, which 
hath altogether exceeded the bounds of mediocrity: The other, which hath fomewhat 
ftrayed from the mediocrity of temper, but notwithftanding is yet contained within the 
limits of health : as that which brings no fucn evident harm to the actions, but that, it 
fomewhat hinders them,fo that they cannot fo well and perfectly perform their duties. But. 
the vicious Temperament doth three manner of wayes corrupt the fijnft ons, cither by 
weak- 
What a Tem- 
perament is,' 
♦ Anima, 
Vhar the life 
performs in 
Plants. 
* Anitna. 
What in beafts. 
Mans foule 
comes from a- 
bove. 
The manifold 
divifionof a 
Tempera- 
ment. 
A Tempera- 
mext}adFon> 
tfw. Chap. V. 
Compendious way to Cbirurgery, 
5 
weakning, depraving, or abolifhing them. For fo ftupor, or aftonifhniene, diminiffieth and 
floweth the quicknefs of motion; convulfion depraves it; the Pal lie abolifheth it, and 
taketh it away. The temperate Temperament is alfo divided into two kinds ; which is 
cither to equality of weight or juftice. It is called a Temperature to weight which ari- 
feth from the equall force of exaftly concurring qualities, and as placed in a perfeft bal- 
lance, draws down neither to this hor that part. They think the example of this Tempe- 
rament tc appear in the inner skin of the fingers ends of a man tempered to Juftice. For 
feeing the moft exquifite touch refides there, they ought to be free from all excels of con- 
trariety ; for otherwife being corrupted by too much heat or cold, moifture or drinefs, 
they could give no certain judgment of the tangible qualities. For which thing nature 
hath excellently provided in the fabrick and coagmentation of the parts, of which the skin 
confifts. For it is compoted of hot and moift flefh, and therefore foft, and of a tendon and 
nerve cold and dry, and therefore hard; which are not only equally fitted and conjoyned, 
but wholly confuted and mixed together, by which it comes, that removed from all ex- 
tremes of oppofition, it is placed in the midft, as a rule to judg of all the excefles that 
happen to the touch. So it was fit the eye, which was to be the inftrument of fight, 
fhould be tinftured with no certain colqBr, that it might bt the lefs deceived in 
the judgment of colours. So it was convenient the hearing fhould not be troubled with 
any diftinft found, whereby it might more certainly judg of equall and unequall founds, 
notdiftinguifhed by a ratable proportion; neither was it fit the tongue fhould have any 
certain tafte, left the accefs of that tafte fhould deceive it in knowing and judging of fo 
many different taftes. The Temperature tempered to juftice, is that, which although it 
is a little abfent from the exaft and tevere parility of mixed qualities,yet hath that equa- 
lity which doth fully and abundantly fuffice for to perform all the fiinftions fitly and per- 
feftly, which nature doth require, wherefore we can judg no otherwite of it than by the 
integrity of the Aftions. For hence it took its name; for as diftributive Juftice 
equally gives to every one rewards, or punifhment according to their detects ; fo Nature, 
having regard to all the parts of the body, gives them all that temper which may fuffice to 
perform thote duties, for which they are ordained. Let us for an example confider a Bone; 
no man doubts,but that, like as the other fimilar parts of the body,proceeds from the mix- 
ture of the four Elements : but neverthelefs nature weighing the ute of it, and ordaining 
it to fupport the reft of the body, would have more of the terrene and dry Element infii- 
fed into it, that it might be the ftronger and firmer to fuftain weight. But a Ligament,tee- 
ing it was made for other ufes, hath lefs of that earthly drinefs than the bone, but more 
than the flefh,altogether fitted to its nature. So it hath teemed good to nature to endue all 
the parts of the body, not only with an equall portion,but alfo proportion of Elements 
and qualities ; we call that a Temperament to juftice:and we fay,that it is in Plants,brute 
Beafts, and all naturall bodies, which enjoy that temper and mediocrity, which may be 
agreeable to their nature. Hereupon by comparifon arite eight kinds of intemperate tern" 
pers: As 
Ad pondus, vel 
adjuftitiam. 
A Tcmpera« 
ment ad juft i- 
tiam. 
The tempera- 
ment ota bone, 
'Hot 
\Cold 
\Moift 
.Dry 
temperate in 
temperate in 
Drinefte and 
Moiflure. 
The klndes of 
unremperate 
tempers* 
Four temple 
'Heat and 
, Cold. 
Hot and Moi fl 
Hot Thy 
\Cold and Moi ft 
Cold and Dry. 
Four compounds 
But thefe Temperaments are either of the whole Body, or of fome part thereof; 
the Train 
Ithe Heart 
)the Liner 
the Stones. Or 
Principal, as* 
And that either 
Of the reft of the parts competed 
of other which have no prin- 
. cipality in the body. 
Again, fuch Temperaments are either healthfull, which fuffice perfeftly to perform their 
aftions •, or unhealthfull, which manifeftly hurt them, the fignes whereof may be read de- 
ferred by Galen. And you muft obferve that when we fay the body,or any part of it is hot, 
we underhand more hot than is fit for one of that kinde which is tempered to juftice ; as 
when we fay a man hath a hot liver, we mean his liver is hotter,than a manjuftly tempered 
fhould have ; for all other tempers,whether of the whole body, or any of the parts thereof, 
are to be referred to this; and in the cure of difeafes we muft look upon it, as the mark, 
and labour to preterve it by the ute of convenient things, as much as lies in our power. 
Wherefore, becaufe it is very neceflary to know the diftin&ion of Temperaments, 1 have 
B thought 
Lib.s.deTem? 
per- fyin ' 
medic'd. 6 
An Introduction, or 
thought good in this place, briefly to handle the Temperaments of the parts of the body, 
ages, feafons of the year, humors, and medicines. Therefore the temperaments of the parts 
ofourbodyareof this nature, not only by the judgment of the touch of a mans hand, 
which is juftly tempered, (who is often deceived by flowing heat, which fpread from the 
heart into all the body, imparts a certain kind of heat to all the parts) but alfo by the 
rule of their reafon, compofure and fubftance, as '* 
A Bone is the moft dry and cold. 
A Grille lefs than it. 
A Ligament lefs than a Grille. 
A Tendon is lb much dryer and colder than the membrane, by how much 
it in the fame temper exceeds a Vein and Artery. Then follow the harder Veins, for the 
fofterare in a middle temper of drynefs andmoifture, like as the skin ; although all, both 
foft and hard, are of a cold temper. Wherefore all thefe parts of their own nature are 
cold and without blood: although the Veins and Arteries wax hot, by reafon of the heat 
of the blood they contain, which notwithftanding alfo borroweth that heat from the 
heart, as apart moft hot, andfofter than the skin ; the liver next followeth the heart, in 
the order of the hotter parts, which is far fofter than the skin it lelf: for if, according to 
Galens opinion, the heart is fbmewhat lefs hard than the skin,and that is far harder than the 
liver, as appears by touching them, it muft neceflarily follow that the liver much exceeds 
the skin in foftnefs; I underftand the skin limple, and feparated from the flelh lying under 
it, to which it firmly cleaves. The flefli is more moift and hot than the skin, by reafon of 
the blood difperfed in it. The fpinall marrow is colder and moifter than the skin ; but 
the brain fb much exceeds it in moifture, as it is exceeded by the fat. The lungs are not fo 
moift as the fat; and the fpleen, and kidneys are of the like nature, and neverthelefs they 
are all moifter than the skin. 
According to the diverfities of ages, the temperaments both of the whole body, and all 
its parts, undergo great mutations; for the bones are far harder in old men than in chil- 
dren, becaufe our life is, as it were, a certain progrefs to drynefs ; which when it comes 
to the height, confequently caufeth death. Wherefore in this place we muft (peak of the 
Temperaments of ages, when firft we fhall have defined what an age is. Therefore an age is 
defined, A fpace of life in which the conftitution of the body of its felf and own accord, 
undergoeth manifeft changes. The whole courfe of life hath four fitch Ages. The firft is 
Childhood, which extends from the birth to the eighteenth year of age, and hath a hot 
and moift temper, becaufe it is next to the hot and moift beginnings of life,feed,and blood. 
Youth followeth this, which is prolonged from the eighteenth to the twenty fifth year, 
and is temperate, and in the midft of allexcefles. Mans eftate fucceedeth youth, which 
they deny to extend beyond the thirty fifth year of age, in its proper temper it is hot and 
dry; whereby it. cometh to pafs that then the heat is felt more acride and biting, which 
in childhood feemed milde; becaufe the progrefs of the life to drynefs, hath much wafted 
the native humidity. 
Then fucceeds Old-age, ever divided into two parts; the firft whereof extends from the 
thirty fifth, to the forty ninth year; thofe of this age are called Old-men, but we commonly 
call them middle-ag'd men.The latter is, as it were, divided by Galen into three degrees ; the 
firft whereof are thofe, who having their ftrength found and firm, undergo civil affairs and 
bufinefles: which things thofe which are in the fecond degree of Old-age cannot do, be- 
caufe of the debility of their now decaying ftrength : but thofe which are in the laft de- 
gree, are afflicted with moft extreme weaknefs and mifery, and are as much deprived of their 
fenfes and underftanding,as of the ftrength of their bodies; whereof arofe this Proverb, Old 
inenjwice children.Thofe Old men of the firft rank are pleafant and curteous;and thofe we fay, 
are beginning to grow Old, or in their green Old-age; thofe of the fecond fort delight in 
nothing but the boord and bed ; but old decrepit men of the laft order, think of nothing 
elfe, than their graves and monuments. Their firm and folid parts are of a cold and dry 
temperature, by reafon of the decay of the radicall moifture,which the inbred heat caufeth 
in the continuance of fo many years. Which thing may happen in a fhort fpace, by the 
vehement flame of the fame naturall heat, turned by fevers into a fiery heat. But if any to 
prove Old men moift, willobjeft, That they cough up, and fpit much, I will anfwer him, 
as an old Do&or once faid; That a pitcher filled with water, may pour forth much moi- 
fture ; yet no man will deny but that fuch a veflel of its own terrene nature and matter 
is moft dry; fo old men may plainly be affirmed to bemoift, by reafon of their defeft of 
heat,and abundance of excrements. But this defcription of ages is not to be taken fb ftriftly 
as alwayes to be meafuredby the fpacesand diftances of years,for there are many which by 
their own mifdemeanor feem elder at forty, than others do at. fifty. 
Laftly, the famous Philofopher Pythagoras divided mans life into four ages, and by a cer- 
; tain proportion compared the whole courfe thereof to the four feafons of the year; as 
■ Childhood to the Spring, in which all things grow and fprout out, by reafon of plenty 
and abundance of moifture. And Youth to the Summer, becaufe of the vigor and ftrengtn 
which men enjoy at that age. And mans eftate, or conftant age, to for that then 
after 
What the tem- 
peraments of, 
mans body are. 
Adfinem, lib, 
de temper* 
The tempera- 
ments of ages. 
What an age is. 
Old-age divi- 
ded into two 
parts. 
* Three de- 
grees of rhe 
Second part of 
Old-age. 
Old men have 
their folid 
parts dry. 
A comparison 
of rhe four ages 
to rhe four fea- 
fons of rhe year Compendious way to hirurgery. 
7 
after all the dangers of the fore-pafled life, the gifts of difcretion and wit acquire a feafo- 
nablenefs or ripenefs,like as the fruits of the earth enjoy at that feafon. And laftly,he com- 
pares Old-age to the fterile and fruitlefs Winter, which can cafe and confblate its tediouf- 
nefsby noothermeans, than theme of fruits gathered and ftored up before, which then 
are of a cold and troublefome condition. But for extreme Old-age, which extends to 
eighty or a hundred years, it is fo cold and dry, that thole which arrive at that decrepit 
age are troublefome, harlh, touchy, froward, crabby,and often complaining, untill at the 
length deprived of all their lenles, tongue, feet, and underftanding, they doting, return 
again to childifhnefs, as from the ftaff to the ftart. And thus much of the Temperaments 
of ages. 
But now in like manner we will explain the Temperatures of the feafons of the year, 
which are four; the Spring, Summer,Autumn,Winter. The Spring continues almoft from 
the twelfth or thirteenth day of March to the midft of May ; Hippocrates feemeth to make 
it hot and moift; which opinion leemeth not to have Iprung from the thing it felf, but 
from an inveterate error of the ancient Philofophers, who would fit the Temperaments of 
the four feafons of the year, as anfwering in proportion to the temperatures of the four 
ages. For if the matter come to a juft tryall, all men will fay, the Spring is temperate, as 
that which is in the midft of the excefs of heat, cold, moifture and drinefs; not. only by 
comparifon, becaufe it is hotter than Summer, and colder than Winter ; but bccaufe it 
hath that quality of its own proper nature. Wherefore it is faid of Spring 
is moft holelbme,and leaft deadly ; if fo bethat it keep its native temper, from which if it 
decline, or fiicceed a former untemperate feafon,as Autumn or Winter,it will giveoccalion 
to many difeafes defcribed by Hippocrates 5 not that it breeds them, but becaufe it brings 
them to fight, which before lay hid in the body. Summer is comprehended in the fpace of 
almoft four months; it is of a hot and dry temper, a breeder of fuch difeafes as proceed 
fromcholer, becaufe that humor at this time is heaped up in many bodies by aduftion of 
blood bred in the Spring; but all fuch difeafes do fpeedily run their courfe. The begin- 
ning of Autumn,is from the time the Sun enters into Libra, and endures the like Ipace of 
time as the Spring. But when it is dry, it hath great inequality of heat and cold, tor the 
mornings and evenings being very cold, the noondays on the contrary are exceeding hot. 
Wherefore many difeafes are in Autumn, and then long and deadly, efpecially if they in- 
cline towards Winter; becaufe all daily and fodain changes to heat and cold are dangerous. 
The Winter poffefles the remnant of the year, and is cold and moift, it increafes naturall 
heat, ftirs up the appetite, and augments Phlegme. It encreafes heat by Antiperiftajis, or 
contrariety of the encompaffing air, which being then cold, prohibits the breathing out of 
heat: whereby it happens that the heat being driven in and hindered from diflipation, is 
ftrengthenedby couniting its forces. But it augments Phlegme, for that men are more 
greedy,the Appetite being encreafed by the ftrengthened heat: from whence proceeds much 
crudity, and a large ftore of difeafes, efpecially Chronick or Long, which fpread anden- 
creafe rather in this winter-feafon than in any other part of the year. To this difeourfe 
of the temper of the feafons of the years, is to be revoked the variety of tempers which 
happens every day, which certainly is not to be neglefted, that there may be place of ele- 
ftion, efpecially if nothing urge. For hither belongs that faying of Hippocrates; When in 
the fame day it is one while hot>another cold,Autumnall difeafes are to be expefted.There- 
fore an Indication taken from hence is of great confequence to the judgment of difeafes; for 
if it agree with the difeafe, thedifeafeis made more contumacious, and difficult to cure. 
Whereupon the Patient and Phyfitian- will have much trouble 5 but if on the contrary it 
reclaim and diflent, the health of the Patient is fooner to be expefted. Neither is it a 
thing of lefs confequence to know the cuftoms and habits of the places and Countreys in 
which we live; as alfo the inclination of the Heavens, and temperature of the Air; but let 
us leave thefe things to be confidered by Naturall Philofophers, that we may deliver our 
judgment of the temperaments of Humors. Blood, as that which anfwers to the Air in 
proportion, is of a hot and moift nature, or rather temperate,as Galen teftifies; for,faith he, 
it is certain and fure, that the Blood is neither hot nor moift, but temperate, as in its firft 
compofiire none of the four firft Qualities exceeds other by any manifeft excefs,as he repeats 
it upon the 3 9th Sentence. Phlegm, as that which is of a waterifh nature,is cold and moift; 
no otherwife than Choler being of a fiery temper, is hot and dry. But Melancholy aflimi- 
lated to earth, is cold and dry. This which we have fpoken in generail of Phlegm and Me- 
lancholy, is not always true in every kind of the faid Humors. For fait Phlegm is of a hot 
and dry temperature; as alfo all kinds of Melancholy which have arofe or fprung by ad- 
uftion from the native and alimentary, as we will teach in the following Chapter. Now 
the temperaments of Medicines have not the fame form of judgment, as thofe things which 
we have before fpoken of; as, not from the Elementary quality, which conquering in the 
contention and mixture, obtains the dominion ; but plainly from the effefts, which taken 
orapplyed,they imprint in a temperate body. For fo we pronounce thofe things, hot, 
cold, moift, or dry, which produce the effefts of Heat,Colanefs,Moifture, or Drynefs. But 
we will defer the larger explication of thefe things to that place, where we have peculiarly 
appointed 
The tempers 
pf the fcafons 
of the year, 
How the fpring 
is temperate. 
Aphor. io» 
Autumn uh* 
equal!. 
How Winter 
enrteafes the 
native heat. 
Aphor.4fetl.& 
The tempera- 
ments of Hu» 
mors. 
Lib. de natura 
bumana,nd fent. 
$6, Seft. 1. 
The tempera** 
ture of the 
Blood. 
From whence 
we judg oi rhe 
temperature of 
Medicines, 8 
An or 
appointed to treat of Medicines 5 where we will not fimply enquire whether they be hot 
or cold, but what degree of heat and cold, or the like other quality : in which fame place 
W'e will touch the temperature and all the nature of taftes, becaufe the certaineft judgment 
of Medicines is drawn from their taftes. Hitherto of Temperaments y now we muft fpeak 
of Humors, whole ufe in Phyffcall {peculation is no lefs than that of Temperaments. 
CHAP. VI. 
of Humors. 
O know the nature of Humors, is a thing not only neceflary for Phyfitians, but 
alfo for Chirurgeons, becaufe there is no difeafe with matter which arifeth not 
from fome one,or the mixture of more Humors. Wh ich t hing Hipocrates underftan- 
ding,writ, every Creature to be either fick or well according to the condition 
of the Humors in the body. And certainly all putrid leavers proceed from the putrefadion 
of Humors. Neither do any acknowledg any other originall or diftinftion of the differences 
of Abfcefles or Tumors : neither do ulcerated., broken, or otherwife wounded members 
hope for the reftauration of continuity, from other than from the fweet falling down of 
Humors to the wounded part. Which is the caufe that often in the cure ofthefe affeds,the 
Phyfitians are neceflarily bulled in tempering the Blood, that is, bringing to a mediocrity 
the four Humors composing the mafs of blood, if they at any time offend in quantity, or 
quality. For whether if any thing abound or digrefs from the wonted temper in any ex- 
cefs of heat, cold, vifeofity, grofnefs, thinnefs, or any fuch like quality,none of the accu- 
ffomed fundions will be well performed. For which caule thofe chief helps to preferve and 
reftore health have been divinely invented: blood-letting,which amends the 
quantity of too much blood 5 and Purging, which correfts and draws away the vicious 
quality. But now let us begin to fpeak of the Humors, taking our beginning from the defi- 
nition. 
An Humor(is called by Phyfitians)what thing fb ever is liquid and flowing in the body 
of living Creatures endued with Blood, and that is either natural!, or againft nature. The 
naturall is fb called becaufe it is fit to defend, preferve and fiiftain the life of a Creature. 
Quite different is the nature and reafon of that which is againft nature. Again,the former 
is . either Alimentary or Excrementitious: The Alimentary which is fit to nouriffi the body, 
is that Humor which is contained in the veins and arteries of a man which is temperate 
and perfectly well 5 and which is underftood by the general! name of Blood, which is let 
out at the opening of a vein. For Blood otherwife taken, is an Humor of a certain kind, 
diftinguifhed by heat and warmnefs from the other Humors comprehended together with 
it,in the whole mafs of the blood. Which thing,that it may the better be underftood,! have 
thought good in this place to declare the generation of Blood by the efficient and materiall 
caufes. All things which we eat or drink, are the materials of Blood 5 which things drawn, 
into the bottom of the Ventricle by its attractive force, and there detained, are turned by 
the force of concodion implanted in it, into a fubftance like to Almond-butter. Which 
thing, although it appear one and like it felf, yet itconfifts of parts of a different nature, 
which not only the variety of meats, but one and the fame meats yeelds of it felf. We term 
.this (when it is perfectly conceded in theftomach.) But the * Gate-vein receives it 
driven from thence into the finall Guts, and fucked in by the Meferaick-veins,and now ha- 
ving gotten a little rudiment of change in the way, carries it to the Liver, where by the 
Blood-making faculty, which is proper and naturall to this part, it acquires the abfolute 
and perfed form of Blood. But with that Blood, at one and the fame time and adion all the 
Humors are made, whether alimentary or excrementitious. Therefore the Blood, that it 
may perform its office, that is, the faculty of nutrition, muft neceflarily be purged and 
cleanfed from the two excrementitious Humors : of which the bladder of Gall draws one, 
which we call yellow Choler; and the Spleen the other,which we term Melancholy. Thefe 
two Humors are naturall, but not alimentary or nourifliing, but of another ufe in the 
body, as afterwards we will fhew more at large. The Blood freed frdm thefe two kinds of 
Excrements, is lent by the veins and arteries into all parts of the body for their nourifh- 
ment. Which although then it feem to be of one Ample nature, yet notwithftanding it is 
truly fuch, that four different and unlike fubftances may be obferved in it, as. Blood, pro- 
perly fo named, Phlegm, Choler, and Melancholy, not only diftind in colour, but alfo in 
tafte, effeds, and qualities. For, as Galen notes in his book deNatura humana, Melancholy is 
acide or four,Choler bitter,Blood fweet,Phlegm unfavory. But you may knowr the variety 
of their effeds, both by the different temper of the nourilhed parts, as alfo by the various 
condition ofthedifeafes fpringing from thence. For therefore fuch fubftances ought to be 
tempered and mixed amongft themfelves in a certain proportion, which remaining, health 
remains ; but violated,difeafes follow. For all acknowledg, that an Oedema is caufed by 
Phlegmatick 5 a ScinhM&y Melancholick 5 an Eryfipel^s,by Cholcrick j and a Ehlegmone,by 
.. . * pure 
The knowledg 
of the Humor 
is neceflary. 
Lib. De natura 
Humana, 
The helps of 
Health. 
What an 
Humor is* 
The manifold 
divifion of 
Humors. 
The material! 
and efficient 
caufcs of Blood 
Whar the 
Chyhn is. 
* Vena porta* 
Where the 
Blood is per- 
fected. 
The receptacles 
ofCholer and 
Melancholy. 
Four unlike 
Humors in the 
Blood. Compendious n>ay toQhirurgery 
9 
pure and laudable blood. Galen teaches by a familiar example of new wine prefently 
taken from the Prefs, that thefe 4 fubftances are contained in that one mafs,and mixture of 
theblood.In which every one obferves 4diftinft Eflences;for the flower of the wine work- 
ing up, Iwims at the top, the dregs fall down to the bottom, but the crude and watery 
moifture,mixed together with the iweet and vinous liquor,is every where diftiifed through 
the body of the wine: the flower of the wine, reprefents Choler, which bubbling up on 
the fuperficies of blood, as it concretes and grows cold,fhineth with a golden colour; the 
dregs,Melancholy, which by reafon of its heavinefs ever iinketh downward, as it were, 
the mud of the blood ;the crude and watery portion, Phlegm ; for as that crude humor, 
except it be rebellious in quantity, or ftubborn by its quality, there is hope it may be 
changed into wine,by the naturall heat of the wine ; fo Phlegm,which is blood half con- 
coctcd, may by the force of native heat be changed into good and laudable blood. Which 
is the caufe that nature decreed or ordained no peculiar place as to the other 2 Humors, 
whereby it might be fevered from the blood: But the true and perfeft liquor of the wine 
reprefents the pure blood, which is the more laudable and perfeft portion of both the hu- 
mors of the confufed mafs. It may eafily appear by the following fcheme, of what kind 
they all are,and alfo what the diftinftion of thefe four Humors may be. 
A comparifon 
of blood anri 
new wine. 
Phlegm is 
Blood half 
concofted. ' 
Why irharh 
ho properre» 
cepracle. 
1 
NATURE. 
CONSISTENCE. |COLOUR. I 
TASTE.! 
USE. 
Blood is 
Of Nature aery, 
hot, and moift, 
or rather tem- 
perate. 
Of indifferent con- 
fiftence°9 neither 
too nor too 
thin. 
Of Colour red9 
rofie, or crim- * 
fon. 
7afte 
fweet. 
Of fuch ufe, that it chiefly 
Jerwes for the nounfbment 
of the flefijy parts} and 
carryedby the veffels firn- 
parts heat to the whole 
body. 
Phkgni is 
Of Nature wa- 
tery, cold and 
moifl. 
Of Confiftence, 
liquid. 
Of Colours 
white. 
Of fiafies 
jweet, or 
rather un 
fawory,for 
we com- 
mend that 
water 
which it 
unfovary. 
Fit to nourifb the brain, 
and all the other cold and 
moifi partSs to temper the 
heat of the blood5 and by 
its flipperineffe to help 
the motion of thejoynts. 
Choler is 
Of Nature fiery, 
hot and dry. 
Of Confiftence, 
thin. 
Of Colour yel- 
lows or pale. 
■OfT'aftes 
bitter. 
It provoke the expulfiv. 
faculty of the guts, atte- 
nuates the Phlegm clea- 
ving to them, but the 
alimentary is fit to nou- 
rifb the parts of like tem- 
per with it. 
Melan- 
choly is 
Of Nature 
earthly5 cold, 
and dry. 
Of Confidences 
groffe and muddy. 
Of Colours 
blackifb. 
Of Taftes 
acidesfour 
or biting. 
Stirs up the appetite, nou- 
rishes the Spleen, and all 
the parts of likg temper to 
it, as the bones. 
Blood hath its neareft matter from the better portion of the Chylus: and being begun to 
be laboured in the veins, at length gets form and perfeftion in the Liver; but it hath its 
remote matter from meats of good digeftion and quality, feafonably eaten after moderate 
exercife; but for that, one age is better than another, and one time of the year more con- 
venient than another. For blood is made more copioufly in the Spring,becaufe that feafon 
of the year comes neareft to the temper of the blood, by reafon of which the blood is ra- 
ther to be thought temperate, than hot and moift5 for that Galen makes the Spring tempe- 
rate 5 and befides, at that time blood-letting is performed with the beft (uccefs: Youth is 
an age very fit for the generation of bloodjor by Galens opinion, rather that part, of life that 
continues from the 25, to the 35 year of our age. Thole in whom this Humor hath the 
dominion,are beautified with a frefh and rofie colour, gentle, and wel-natured, pleafant, 
merry, and facetious. The generation of Phlegm, is not by the imbecillity of heat, as fome 
of the Ancients thought; who were periwaded that Choler was caufed by a raging,Blood 
by a moderate, and Phlegm and Melancholy by a remifs heat. But that opinion is full of 
manifeft error: for if it be true that the Chylus is laboured and made into blood in the 
fame part, and by the fame fire, that is,the Liver ; from whence in the lame moment of 
time fhould proceed that ftrong and weak heat, feeing the whole mafs of the blood diffe- 
rent in its four eflentiall parts, is perfe&ed and made at the fame time, and by the fame 
cquall temper of the fame pait,aftion,and blood-making faculty 5 therefore from whence 
have 
Lil\I, de tempi 
One arid the 
fame hear is 
the efficient 
caufeof all 
humors at rhe 
fame lime. An Introduction, or 
10 
have we this variety of Humors > From hcnce,for that thole meats by which we are nouri- 
ffied, enjoy the like condition that our bodies do,from the four Elements,and the four firft 
Qualities : for it is certain, and we may often obferve, in what kind focver they be united 
or joined together, they retain a certain hot portion imitating the fire; another cold, 
the water ; another dry, the earth 5 and laftly, another moift like to the air. Neither can 
you name any kind of nourifhment, how cold foever it be, not Lettuce it fell, in which 
there is not ibme fiery force of heat. Therefore it is no marvail, if one and t'..■ \. .; < heat 
working upon the fame matter of Chjlw3 varying with fo great diflimilitude c, ; 1C . ices, 
do by its power produce fo unlike humors,as from the hot,Choler;from the cold, Phlegm; 
and of the others, fuch as their affinity of temper will permit. 
There is no caufe that any one fhould think that variety of humors to be caufed in us, 
rather by the diverfity of the aftive heat, than wax and a Hint placed at the fame time, and 
in the fame flotation of climat and foil,this to melt by the heat of the Sun, and that fcarce 
to wax warm. Therefore that diverfity of effe&s is not to be attributed to the force of 
the efficient caufe, that is of heat, which is one, and of one kinde in all of us; but rather 
to the materiall caufe, feeing it is compofed ofthe conflux, or meeting togetherofvarious 
fitbftances, gives the heat leave to work , as it were out of its ftore, which may make and 
produce from the hotter part therof Choler,and ofthe colder and more rebellious Phlegm. 
Yet I will not deny, but that more Phlegm, or Choler may be bred in one and the fame 
body,according to the quicker,or flower provocation of the heat;yet neverthelefs it is not 
confequcnt, that the originall of Choler fhould be from a more acide, and of Phlegm from 
a more dull heat in the fame man. Every one of us naturally have a flmple heat, and of one 
kind, which is the worker of divers operations, not of it fel£ feeing it is always the fame, 
and like it felfj but by the different fitnefs, pliablenefs, or refiftance of the matter on which 
it works. Wherefore Phlegm is generated in the fame moment of time, • in the fire of the 
fame part, by the efficiency of the fame heat, with the reft of the blood, of the more cold, 
liquid, crude, and watery portion of the Chylw. Whereby it comes to pafs, thatitfliews 
an exprefs figure of a certain rude or unperteft blood,for which occaflon nature hath made 
it no peculiar receptacle, but would have it to run friendly with the blood in the fame 
paflages of the veins,that any neceffity hapning by famin,'or indigency,and in defeft of bet- 
ter nourifhment, it may by a perfeder elaboration quickly aflume the form of blood. Cold 
and rude nourifhment make this humor to abound principally in winter, & in thofe which 
incline to old-age,by reafon ofthe ilmilitude which Phlegm hath with that feafon and age. 
It makes a man drowfie,dul,fat,and fwollen up,and haftneth gray-hairs.Choler is as itwere, 
a certain heat and fury of humors, which generated in the Liver , together with the blood 
is carried by the veins and arteries through the whole body. That of it which abounds, is 
fent, partly into the guts, and partly into the bladder of the gall, or is confitmed by tran- 
fpiration,or fweats ; It is fomewhat probable that the Arteriall blood is made more thin, 
hot,quick, and pallid, than the blood of the Veins, by the commixture of this Alimentary 
Choler. This Humor is chiefly bred and expel'd in youth, and acrid and bitter meats give 
matter to it: but great labours of body and mind give the occaflon. It maketh a man 
nimble, quick, ready for all performance, lean, and quick to anger, and alfo to concoft 
meats. The mclancholick humor, or Melancholy, being the grofler portion of the blood, 
is partly lent from the Liver to the Spleen to nouriffi it, and partly carried by the vellels 
into the reft of the body,and {pent in the nourifhment of the parts endued with an earthly 
drinefs ; it is made of meats of grofs juice, and by the perturbations of the mind,turncd to 
fear and fadnefs. It is augmented in Autumn, and in the firft and crude Old-age; it makes 
men fad, harfh, conftant, froward, envious and fearfull. All men ought to think,that fuch 
Humors are wont to move at fet hours of the day, as by a certain peculiar motion-or tide. 
Therefore the blood flows from the ninth hour of the night,to the third hour of the day; 
then Choler to the ninth of the day 5 then Melancholy to the third of the night; the reft 
of the night that remains, is under the dominion of Phlegm. Mariifeft examples hereof 
appears in the French-Pox. From the elaborat and abfblutc mafs of the blood, (as we faid 
before) two kinds of Humors, as excrements of the fecond concocfion,are commonly and 
naturally feparated,- the one more grofs, the other more thin. This is called either abfo- 
lutely Choler,or with an adjunci,yellow Choler. That is called Melancholy,which drawn 
by the Spleen in a thinner portion, and elaborate by the heat of the Arteries,which in that 
part are both many and large, becomes nourifhment to the part; the remnant thereof is 
carried by the veiny Veflel into the orifice of the ventricle, whereby it may not caufe but 
whet the appetite, and by its aftriftion ftrengthen the aftions thereof. But yellow Choler 
drawn into the bladder of the gall, remains there fb long, till being troublefbme, either 
in quantity or quality, it is excluded into the guts, whereby it may caft forth the excre- 
ments refiding in them ; the expuliive faculty being provoked by its acrimony,and by its 
bitternefs kils the worms that are bred there. This fame Humor is accuftomed to die the 
urine of a yellow colour. There is another ferous Humor;which truly is not fit to nouriffi 
but profitable for many other things, which is not an excrement of the fecond, but of the 
hrft concoftion. Therefore nature would that mixed with the Chylm, it fhould come to 
The heat of 
the Sun alone 
doth melt wax 
and harden 
clay. 
The divers 
condition of 
the matter a» 
lone* is rhe 
caufe of va- 
riety. 
The effefl of 
Phlegm. 
Theeffefls of 
Ciioler. 
Theeflfefls of 
Melancholy. 
What motions 
are inearh 
quarter of the 
body. 
The Melan* 
choly Humor 
doth nor caufe, 
bur whet the 
appetite. 
A ferous or 
wheyifh humor Chap. 6. 
Compendious top ay to Cbirurgery. 
11 
the Liver, and not be voided with the excrements, whereby it might allay the grofnefs of 
the blood, and ferve it for a vehicle ; for otherwife the blood could fcarce pals through 
the capillary veins of the Liver, and palling the fimous and gibbous parts thereof, come to 
the hollow vein. Part of this ferous humor feparated together with the blood which ferves 
for the nourilhment of the Reins, and ftraight carried into rhe bladder, is turned into that 
urine which we daily make 5 the other part therefore carryed through all the body toge- 
ther with the blood, performing the like duty of tranlportation, is excluded by Iweats 
into which it degenerates. Befides the forenamed, the Arabians have mentioned four other 
humors, which they term Alimentary and fecondary, as being the next matter of nourilh- 
ment, as thofe four the blood contains, the remote. They have given no name to the firfl 
kind, but imagin it to be that humor, which hangs ready to fall like to little drops in the 
utmoft orifices of the veins. They call the fecond kind, * Dew 3 being that humor, which 
entred already into the fubftance of the part, doth moiften it. The third they call by a 
barbarous name. Cambium, which already put to the part to be nouriflied, is there faftned. 
The fourth named Gluten, or Glew, is only the proper and fubftance-making humidity of 
the fimilar parts,not their fubftance. The diftinftion of the degrees of nutrition recited by 
Galen in his books of Naturall faculties, anfwer in proportion to this diftinction of hu- 
mors. The firft is, that the blood flow to the part that requires nourilhment then that 
being there arrived, it may be agglutinated; then laftly,that having loft its former form of 
nourilhment, it may be aflimilated. 
Thofe humors are againft nature, which being corrupted, infeft the body and the parts 
in which they are contained by the contagion of their corruption, retaining the names 
and titles of the humors, from whole perfection and nature they have revolted, they all 
grow hot by putrefadion, although they were formerly by their own nature cold. And 
they are corruptcd,either in the veins only,or within and without the veins: In the veins 
Blood and Melancholy 5 but both without and within the veins, Choler and Phlegm. 
When Blood is corrupted in its thinner portion, it turns into Choler, when in its thicker, 
into Melancholy 5 for the Blood becomes faulty two manner of ways,either by the corru- 
ption of its proper fubftance by putrefa&ion, or by admixtion of another fubftance by in- 
feftion. TheMelan.aoly humor which is corrupted in the veins, is of three forts: The 
firft is of a Melancholy juice putrefying, and by the force of a ftrange heat, turned, as it 
were,into alhes,by which it becomes aduft, acrid and biting. The other arifeth from that 
Choler which refembles the yolks of eggs, which by aduftion becomes leek-coloured, then 
aeruginous, or of a blewilh green, then red, and laftly black, which is the very worft kind 
of Melancholy, hot, malign, eating, and exulcerating, and which is never feen or voided 
with fafety. The third comes from Phlegm putrefying in the veins, which firft degenerates 
into fait Phlegm, but ftraight by the ftrength of extraneous heat degenerates into Melan- 
choly. 
Secundary 
Humors. 
* 
Humors <t" 
gain ft nature. 
Into what Hu- 
mors rhe blood 
when it cor- 
rupts, doth 
degenerate. 
The Melan- 
choly Humor 
corrupted, is of 
three kinds. 
Acide and very crude,as which hath had none or very 
|little impreffion of heat, but that which it fird had in 
.the domach. 
' Salt,which is bred by the fweet, putrefying and adufl, 
or mixture of adud ana fait particles. 
In the Veins, 
and is either 
Watenlh, as is that thin moilture which diltils from 
the brain by the nodrils. 
Mucous, as when that waterifh is thickned into filth 
by the help of feme accidental! or fmall heat. 
Glaffie, or * Albuminous,refembling molten glafs,or 
rather the white of an egg, and is mod cold. 
fas or Plaider-like, which is concrete into the 
hardnefs and form of chalk,as you may fee in the joints 
of the fingers in a knotty gout, or in inveterate didilla- 
tions upon the Lunes. 
Phlegm not natural/, 
is bred} either 
Or without 
the Veins 
& is of four 
• forts j either 
* Jlhuminea. 
In the Veins, as the * vitelline (like in confidence to the yolk of a raw 
egg) which the acrimony of drange heat breeds of yellow Choler, 
which fame in difeafes altogether deadly,degenerates into green, aeru- 
ginous,& ladly into a blue,or colourlike that which is dried by woad. 
* Piteflina. 
Choler not natural! 
is bred3 either 4 
i he hrir is called or leek-coloured, refeni- 
bling the juice of a leek in greennefs. 
Tne fecond 3 or seruginous, like in colour 
to verdig reafe. 
The third blewifh,or woad-coloured, like the colour 
died by woad. 
The fourth red, differing in this from blood, whole 
colour it imitates, that it never cometh into knots, or 
clods like blood. 
The fifth very red, generated by the excefs of the for- 
which caufeth burning feavers. The 
Or in the ca- 
pacity of the 
upper belly, 
as the ven-< 
tricle, and 
this is of five 
kinds: 12 
An Introduction, or 
The kinds of fuch Choler, are often caft forth by vomit in difeafes, the ftrength of the 
difeafe being paft; being troublefbme to the parts through which they are evacuated, by 
their bitternefs, acrimony, and biting. 
The ftgnes of a Sanguine perfon. 
1 Think it manifeft,becaufe the matter and generation of flefh is principally from blood, 
that a man of a flefhy, denfe, and folid habit of body, and full ot a fweet and vaporous 
juice, is of a Sanguine complexion. And the fame party hath a flourifhing and rofie colour 
in his face, tempered as with an equal mixture of white and red ■, of white, by reafon of 
the skin lying utmoft; of red,becaufe of the blood fpread underneath the skin: for always 
fuch as the humor is, fuch is the colour in the face. In manners, he is curteous, gentle,eaiie 
to be fpoken to, not altogether eftranged from the love of women,of a lovely countenance 
and fmooth forehead, feldom angry, but taking all things in good part ; for as the incli- 
nation of humors is, to alfo is the difpofition of manners. But blood is thought the mild- 
eft of all humors ; but the ftrong heat of the inward parts maketh him to eat and drink 
freely. Their dreams are pleafant, they are troubled with difeafes arifing from blood, as 
frequent Phlegmons, and many (anguine puftles breaking through the skin,much bleeding, 
ana menftruous fluxes. Wherefore they can well endure blood-letting, and delight in the 
moderate ufe of cold and dry things ; and laftly, are offended by hot and moift things. 
They have a great and ftrong Pulfe, and much urine in quantity, but milde of quality, of 
an indifferent colour add fubftance. 
The ftgnes of a perfon. 
CHolerick men are of a pale or yellowifh colour, of a lean,flender and rough habit of 
body, with fair veins and large Arteries, and a ftrong and quick pulfe : their skin 
being touched, feelshot, dry, hard, rough andharfh, with a pricking and acrid ex- 
halation which breathes forth of their whole body. They caft forth much choler by 
ftool, vomit and urine. They are of a quick and nimble wit, ftout, hardy and fharp vindi- 
cators of received injuries,liberall even to prodigality, and fbmwhat b''o defirous of glory. 
Their fleep is light, and from which they are quickly waked; their dreams are fiery, burn- 
ing, quick, and full of fury; they are delighted with meats and drinks which are fome- 
what more cold and moift, and are fubjeft to Tertian and burning feavers, thePhrenfie, 
Jaundife, Inflammations, and other Cholerick puftles, the Lask, Bloody flux, and bitter- 
nefs of the mouth. 
The ftgnes of a 
THofe in whorti Phlegm hath the dominion, are of a whitifh coloured face, and fome- 
times livid and fwollen, with their body fat, foft, and cold to touch. 
They are molefted with Phlegmatick difeafes, as Oedematous tumors, the Dropfie,Quo- 
tidian reavers, falling away of the hairs, and catarrhes falling down upon the Lungs,and 
the Aftera Arteria-pr Weafon : they are of a flow capacity,dull, flothfiill,drowfie ; they do 
dream of rains, fn-ows, floods, fwimming,and fuch like, that they often imagin themfelves 
overwhelmed with waters; they vomit up much watery and Phlegmatick matter , or 
otherwife fpit and evacuate it, and have a foft and moift tongue. 
And they are troubled with a dog-like hunger, if at any time it fhould happen that their 
infipid Phlegm become acide; and they are flow of digeftion, by reafon of which they have 
great ftore of cold and Phlegmatick humors; which if they be carried down into the 
windings of the Colick-gut, they caufe murmuring and noife, and fometimes the Colick. 
For much wind is eafily caufed of fiich like Phlegmatick excrements wrought upon by 
a fmall and weak heat, filch as Phlegmatick perlons have, which by its naturall lightnefs 
is diverfly carried through the turnings of the guts, and diftends and fwels them up, and 
whiles it ftrives for paflage out, it caufeth murmurings and noifes in the belly, like wind 
breaking through narrow paflages. 
Signes of a perfon. 
THe face of Melancholy perlons is fwart, their countenance cloudy and often cruell, 
their afpeft is fad and froward ; frequent Scirrhous, or hard fwellings, tumors of the 
Spleen, Haemorroids, Tarices (or fwollen Veins) Quartain feavers, whether continuall 
or intermitting; Quintain, Sextain, and Septimane feavers : and to conclude, all fuch 
wandering feavers or agues let upon them. But when it happens the Melancholy humor 
isfharpned, either by aduftion, or commixture of Choler, then Tetters, the black Mor- 
phew, the Cancer fimple and ulcerated, the Leprous and filthy fcab, fending forth cer- 
tain fcaly and branlike excrefcences, (being vulgarly called Saint Manis his evil;) and 
the Leprofie it felf invades therh : They have fmall veins and arteries, becaufe coldnefs 
hath dominion over them ; whole property is to ftraiten, as the quality of heat is to di- 
late. But if at any time their Veins leem big, that largenefs is not by reafon of the 
laudable 
Such as the 
humor is,fuch 
is the colour. 
The manners 
and difeafcs of 
Sanguine per- 
fons. 
Cholerick are 
not commonly 
far. 
The manners 
and difeafcs of 
Cholerick 
perfons. 
The manners 
and difeafcs of 
phlegmarick 
pcrfons. 
From whence 
noife or rum- 
bling in the 
belly proceeds. 
Difeafesfami- 
jiar to Melan- 
choly perfons* Chap. 7. 
Compendious way to Cbirurgery. 
13 
laudable blood contained in them, but from much windinefs; by occafion whereof it is 
fomewhat difficult to let them blood ; not only, becaufe that when the Vein is opened, 
the blood flows (lowly forth, by reafon o>f the cold (lownefs of the humors; but much 
the rather, for that the vein doth not receive the impreffion of the Lancet, Aiding this way 
and that way, by reafon ofthe windinefs contained in it,and becaufe that the harffi drinefs 
of the upper skin, refills the edg of the inftrument. Their bodies feem cold and hard to 
the touch, and they are troubled with terrible dreams , for they are obferved to feem to 
fee in the night Devils, Serpents, dark dens and caves, fepulchers, dead corpfes, and many 
other fuch things full of horror, by reafon of a black vapor, diverfly moving and dis- 
turbing the brain, which alfo we lee happens to thofe, who * fear the water, by rea- 
fon of the biting of a mad dog. You (hall finde them froward, fraudulent, parfi- 
monious, and covetous even to bafenefs, flow (peakers, fearfull, (ad, complainers, carefull, 
ingenious, lovers of (blitarinefs, man-haters, obftinate maintainers of opinions once 
conceived, flow to anger, but angred not to be pacified. But when Melancholy hath ex- 
ceeded natures and its own bounds, then by reafon of putrefaftion and inflammation all 
things appear full of extreme fury and madnefs,fo that they often caft themfelves headlong 
down from fome high place, or are otherwife guilty of their own death, with fear of 
which notwithftauding they are terrified. 
But we muft note that changes of the native temperament, do often happen in the courfe 
of a mans life, fo that he which a while agone was Sanguine, may now be Cholerick, Me- 
lancholick, Qr Phlegmatick ; not truly by the changing of the blood into fuch Humors, 
but by the mutation of Diet, and the courfe or vocation of life. For none of a Sanguine 
complexion but will prove Cholerick if he eat hot and dry meats, ( as all like things are 
cheriffiedandprefervea bytheufe of their like, and contraries are deftroyed by their 
contraries) and weary his body by violent exercifes, and continuall labors ; and if there 
be a luppreffion of Cholerick excrements , which before did freely flow, either by na- 
ture or art. But whofbever feeds upon Meats generating grofs blood, as Beef, Venifon, 
Hare, old Cheefe, and all (alt meats, he without all doubt Aiding from his nature, will 
fall into a Melancholy temper; efpecially if to that manner of diet, he (hall have a voca- 
tion full of cares, turmoils, miferies,ftrong and much ftudy, carefull thoughts and fears; 
and alfo if he fit much, wanting exercife, for (b the inward heat, as it were, defrauded of 
itsnouriffiment, faints, and grows dull, whereupon grofs and droflie humors abound in 
the body. To this alfo the cold and dry condition of the place in which we live, doth 
conduce, and the fuppreflion of the Melancholy humor accuftomed to be evacuated by the 
Haemorrhoids, courfes, and (tools. 
But he acquires a Phlegmatick temper, whofoever ufeth cold and moil! nourifhment, 
much feeding, who before the former meat is gone out of the belly, (hall ftuff his paunch 
with more, who prefently aftermeat runs into violent exercifes, who inhabit cold and 
moift places, who lead their life at eafe in all idlenefs; and laftly, who fuffer a (uppreffion 
of the Phlegmatick humor accuftomly evacuated by vomit, cough, or blowing the nofe,or 
any other way, either by nature or art. Certainly it is very convenient to know thefe 
things, that we may difeern if any at the prefent be Phlegmatick, Melancholick, or of any 
other temper, whether he be fuch by nature, or neceffity. Having declared thofe things 
which concern the nature of Temperaments, and deferred thedefcription of the parts of 
the body to our Anatomy, we will begin to fpeak of the Faculties governing this our life, 
when firft we (hall have (hewn by a prafticall demonftration of examples, the ufe and cer- 
tainty of theaforefaid rules of Temperaments. 
From, or by 
whar their 
Veins are 
fwollcn* 
Their dt earns. 
* Hjdrophobi. 
Their manners. 
From whence 
the change of 
the native 
temper. 
How one may 
become Cho- 
lerick. 
How Melan- 
cholick. 
How Phlegms- 
tick. 
CHAP. VII. 
Of the Praff ice of the aforefaid rules of Temperaments. 
{at we may draw the Theorick of the Temperaments into practice, it hath 
feemed good for avoyding of confufion which might make this our Introdu- 
ction feem obfcure.if we would profecute the differences of the Tempers of all 
men of all Nations, to take thofe limits which Nature hath placed in the 
world; as South, North, Eaft, and Weft, and, as it were, the Center of thofe 
bounds,thatthe defcribed variety of Tempers,in colour,habit,manners,ftudies, actions, and 
form ot life of men that inhabit thofe Regions fituated lb far diftant one from another,may 
be as a fure rule, by which we may certainly judg of every mans temperature in particular, 
as he fhall appear to be nearer or further off from this or that Region. Thofe which 
inhabit the South, as the Africans, Ethiopians, Arabians, and Egyptians, are for the 
nioft part deformed, lean, duskie coloured, and pale. With black eys and great lips, 
curled hair, and a fmall and fhrill voice. Thofe which inhabit the Northern parts, 
as the Scythians, Mu [covites, Polomans, and Germanes;) have their faces of colour white,mixed 
with a convenient quantity of blood, their skin foft and delicate, their hair long, hanging 
C down 
Four bounds 
or Regions of 
the woild. 
The forces of 
temperatures 
in particulars. 
The tempera- 
ture of the 
Southfern . 
people. 
Of the Nor- 
thern. An Introduction, or 
Cha p.7. 
14 
down and fpreading abroad, and of a yellowifb,or reddiffi colour; of ftature they are com- 
monly tall, and of a well proportioned,fat and compact habit ofbody,their eyes gray,their 
voice ftrong, loud and big/ But thofe who are fituated between thefe two former, as the 
Italians and Frewh,have their faces fomewhat fwart,are well favoured,nimble, ftrong,hairy, 
{lender,well in flefh,with their eyesrefcmbling the colour of Goats-eyes, and often hollow 
eyed,having a cleer,thrill and pleating voyce. 
The Southern people are exceeded fo much by the Northern in ftrength and ability of 
body,as they furpafs them in wit and faculties of the mind. Hence is it you may read in 
Hiftories,that the Scythians3Goths and Vandals vexed and Spain with infinite incurli- 
ons, andmoft large and famous Empires have been founded from the North to South ; but 
few or none from the South to the North. Therefore the Northern people thinking all 
right and law to confift in Arms, did by Duell only determine all caules and controver- 
lies arifing amongft the Inhabitants, as we may gather by the ancient laws, and cuftomcs 
of the Lumbards, Englfrb, Eurgonians, Danes and Germans ; and we may lee in Saxo the 
Grammarian that liich a law was once made by Fronto King of The which 
cuftome at this day is every where in force amongft the Muscovites. But the Sou- 
thern people have alwayes much abhorred that, fafliion, and have thought it more 
agreeable to Beafts than IVJcn. Wherefore we never heard of any fuch thing tiled by 
the Adrians, ./Egyptians, Perjians or Jews. But moved by the goodnefs of their 
wit, they erefred Kingdomes and Empires by the onely help of Learning and hid- 
den fciences. For feeing by nature they are Melancholik, by reafon of the drynefs of 
their temperature , they willingly addift thcmfelves to folitarinefs) and contempla- 
tion, being endued with a lingular lharpnefs of wit. Wherefore the 
Africans, and Indians,have invented manyfeurious fciences, 
revealed the Myfteries and fecrets of Nature,digefted the Mathematiques into order, obfer- 
ved the motions of the heavens,and firft brought in the worftiip and religious facrifices of 
the gods: Even fo far that the Arabians who. live only by ftealth,aud have only a Waggon 
for their houfe, do boaft that they have many things diligently and accurately obferved 
in Aftrology by their Anceftors, which every day made more accurate and copious, they, 
as by an hereditary right, commend to pofterity, as it is recorded by Leo the African. But 
• the Northern people, as the Germans, by reafon of the aboundance of humors and 
blood, by which the mind is as it were oppreft, apply themfelves to works obvi- 
ous to the fenfes, and which may be done by the hand. For their minds oppreft with 
the earhtly mafs of their bodies, are eafily drawn from heaven and the contemplation of 
Celeftiall things, to thefe inferior things, as to find out Mines by digging, to buy and 
caft metalls, to draw and hammer out works of Iron, fteel andbrafs. In which things they 
have proved fo excellent, that the glory of the Invention of Guns and Printing belongs 
to them. 
The people who inhabit the middle regions between thefe, are neither naturally fit 
for the more abftrufe fciences, as the Southern people are, nor for Mechanick works, as 
the Northern, but intermeddle with civil affairs, commerce and Merchandizing. But 
are endued with fiich ftrength ofbody as may luffice to avoid and delude the crafts and arts 
of the Southern Inhabitants;and with liich wildom as may be fufficient to reftrain the fury 
and violence of the Northern. How true this is, any one may underftand by the example 
of the Carthaginians and Africans, who when they had held Italy for fome years by their fiib- 
tile counfels,crafty Heights and devices ; yet could not elcape, but at the length their Arts 
being deluded,and they fpoiled of all their fortunes, were brought in fubjeftion to the Fo- 
mans. The Gothes,Hunnes and other Northern people have fpoiled and overrun the Romane 
. Empire by many incurfions and inroads, but deftituteof counfell and .providence, they 
j could not keep thofe things which they had gotten by Armes and valour. Therefore the 
opinion of all Hiftorians is agreeing in this,that good Iaws,the form of governing a Com- 
mon-wealth,all politick ordinances, the Arts ofdifputing and fpeaking,have had their be- 
ginnings from the Greeks, Romans and French. And from hence in times paft and at this day 
a greater number of Writers, Lawyers andCounfellors of State have Sprung up, than in 
all the whole world belides. Therefore that we may attribute their gifts to each Region , 
we affirm that, The Southern people are born and fit for the Studies of learning, the Nor- 
thern forwarres, and thofe which be between them both for Empire and rule. The 
Italian is naturally wife, the Spaniard grave and conftant; the French quick and di- 
ligent , for you would fay hee runs when he goes, being compared to the flow and 
womaniffi pace of the Spaniard, which is the caufe that Spaniards are delighted 
with French fervants for their quick agility in difpatching bufinefs. The Eaftern 
people are ipecially indued with a good,firm and well tempered wit, not keeping their 
counfels fecret and hid. For the hafte is of the nature of the Sun, and that part of 
the day which isjnext to the rifing of the Sun is counted the right fide and ftronger; and 
verily in all things living the right fide is alwayes the more ftrong and vigorous. But the 
Weftern people are more tender and effeminate, and more clofe in their carriage and mind, 
not 
The Southern 
people prevail 
in wit,rhe 
Northern in 
fticngth. 
The Southern 
people learned 
and religious* 
The Northern 
famous War- 
riours, and Ar- 
tificers. 
The endow- 
ments of fuel 
as inhabit be- 
tween them* 
The Northern 
know how to 
overcome, but 
not how to ufe 
the viftory. 
Theaboun- 
dance of coun- 
fcllors-and 
Lawyers from 
France and 
Italy. 
The manners 
of the Eaftern 
people. Chap. 8. 
Compendious way to Cbiriirgery. 
15 
not eafily making any one partaker of their fecrets. For the Weft is as it were fubjeft to 
the Moon, becaufcat the change it alwayes inclines to the Weft,whereby it happens,that it 
is reputed as no&urnall,finifter andoppofite to the Eaft; and the Weft is lefs temperate and 
wholfome. Therefore of the winds none is more wholfome than the Eaftwind which 
blows from the Weft with a moftfreffi and healthfall gale,yet it feldome blows, and but 
only at Sun-let. 
The Northern people are good eaters,but much better drinkers, witty when they are a 
little moiftened with wine,and talkers ofthings both to be fpoken and concealed,not very 
conftantin their promifes and agreements,but principal keepers and prefervers of ffiamefaft- 
nefs and chaftity, far different from the inhabitants of the South, who are wonderfull fpa- 
ring,fober, fecret and fubtle, and much addi&ed to all forts of wicked Luft. AriMe in his 
Problemes faith that thofe nations are barbarous and cruell, both which are burnt with 
immoderate heat, and which are oppreft with exceffive cold, becaufe a foft temper of the 
Heavens, foftens the mannersand the mind. Wherefore both, as well the Northern, as 
Scythians and Germans; and the Southern, as Africans,are cruell ; butthefe have this of 
a certain naturall ftoutnefs, and fouldierlike boldnefs, and rather of anger then a wilfull 
defire of revenge; becauiethey cannot reftrain by the power of reafbn the firft violent 
mouions or their angei by reaion of the heat of their blood. But thofe of a certain in- 
bred and inhumane pravity of manners, wilfully and willingly premeditating they per- 
form the works of cruelty, becaule they are of a fad and melancholy nature. You may 
have an example of the Northern cruelty from the Tranfilvanians againft their feditious 
Captain George, whom they gave to be torne in pieces alive and devoured by his Souldi- 
ers,(being kept falling for three dayes before for that purpofe)who was then unboWelled 
and rolled, and fo by them eaten up. The cruelty of Hannibal the Captain of the Cartha- 
ginians may fuffice for an inftance of the Southern cruelty. He left the Roman Captives 
wearied with burdens and the length of the way,with the foies of their feet cut off; But 
thofe he brought into his tents,ioyning brethren and kinfmen together he caufed to fight 
neither was latisfied with blood before he brought all the viftors to one man. Alfo we 
may fee the cruell nature ofthe Southern Americans, who dip their children in the blood 
ot their flain enemies, then fuck their blood, and banquet with their broken and fqueafed 
And as the Inhabitants of the South are free from divers Plethorick difeafes, which are 
caufed by aboundance of blood,to which the Northern people are fubjeft, as Feavers, De- 
flexions, Tumors, Madnefs with laughter which caufeth thofe which have it to leap and 
dance, (the people commonly tearm it S.vitturiis evilf) which admits of ho remedy but 
Mulick : fo they are often molefted with the Frenfie invading with madnefs and fury; by 
the heat whereof they are often fo ravilhed and carried befide themfelves that they foretell 
things to come; they are terrified with horrible dreams, and in their fits they fpeak in 
Itrange and foram tongues, but they are fo fubjed to the feurfe and all kind of fcabs and 
to the Leprpfie as their homebred difeafe, that no houfes are fo frequently met withall by 
of Leajw^11 thfOU§h eitherof the Mauritania's, as Hofpitalls provided for the Lodging 
- Jh°i eLwho i.nha^it ,roilSh and Mountainous places, are more brutiffi,tough and able to 
induce labour: bu t fuch as dwell in Plains,efpecially if they bemoorifkor fennifh,areof a 
tender body,and fweat much with a little labour; the truth of which is confirmed by the 
Hollanders and Frizlanders. But if the Plain be fuch as is feorched by the heat of the Sun, 
and blown upon by much contrariety of winds, it breeds men who are turbulent, not to 
be tamed,deftrous of fedition and novelty,ftubborn,impatient of fervittide, as may be per- 
ctIved by the foie example of the Inhabitants of Narbon a province of France. 
Thole who dwell in poor and barren places are commonly more witty and diligent and 
moft patient of labours; the truth of which the famous wits of the and 
the plain country ofthe Laotians in Greece, of the Campanians in Italy .and ofthe 
reft of the Inhabiters adjoining to the Ligurian Sea, approves. 
TheEaft wind 
healthful!. 
The Northern 
people great 
eaters and 
drinkers. 
Who are to be 
counted Bar- 
barous. 
The Northern 
and S'ourhcrn 
have each their 
Crudues. 
Pater. Max. lib; 
9*cap,i. 
The difeafes of 
the Southern 
people. 
CHAP. VIII. 
of the Faculties. 
Facuity is a certain powerful efficient caufe,proceeding from the temperament 
or the part, and the performer of fome aftions of the body. There are three 
principal! Faculties governing mans body as long as it enjoyes its integrity5 
the Animall,Vital and Natural.The Animall is felted in the proper tempera-* 
. , , ment of the Brain,fiom whence it is diftributed by the Nerves into all parts of 
t e o y Wch have fenfe& motion.This is of three kinds,fbr one is Moving, another feifi- 
rVefSe thlr" PrLinciPall-The fenfitive confifts in the five external fenfes,fight,heariilg,tafte, 
imei sc touch.Themoving principally remains in the MufcleS & nerves as the fit inftniments 
C 2 ©I 
What a faculty 
is. 
3. Faculties. An Introduction, or 
C H A P.8. 
16 
of voluntary motion. ThePrincipall comprehends the Reasoning faculty,the Memory and 
Fantalie. Galen would have the common or inward fenicto be comprehended within the 
compals of the Fantalie, although Arifiotle diftingmlh between them. 
The Vitali abides in the Heart, from whence heat and life is diftributed by the Arteries 
to the whole body : this is principally hindered in thedileafes of the Brtft; as the Princi- 
pal! is, when any difeale aflails the Brain ; the prime action of the vital! faculty is Pulia- 
tion,and that continued agitation of the Heart and Arteries, which is of threefold ule to 
.the body: for by the dilatation of the Heart and Artcrks the vitall Ipirit is cherilhedby the 
benefit of the Air which is drawn in ; by the contraction thereof the vapours of it are pur- 
ged and fent forth,and the native heat of the whole body is tempered by them both. 
The laft is the Naturallfaculty which hath chofen its principal 1 feat in the Liver, it 
fpreads or carries the nourilhment over the whole body ; but it is diftinguilhed into 3. o- 
tner faculties ; The Generative,which ferves for the generation and forming of the I Hue in 
the wombe ; the Growing or increafing faculty,which flourilheth from the time the lilue is 
formed, untill the perfeft growth of the folid parts into their full dimenfions of length, 
height and bredth. The nourilhing faculty,which as ftrvant to both the other repairs and 
repays the continuall efflux,and wafte of the threefold fubflance; for Nutrition is nothing 
elie but a replenifhing,or repairing whatfoever is wafted or emptied. This nourilhing fa- 
culty endures from that time the Infant is formed in the wombe untill the end of lite. It 
is a matter of great confequence in Phyfick to know the pother faculties,which as lervants 
attend upon the nourilhing faculty; which are the Attractive,Retentive,Digcftive,and Ex- 
pulfive faculty. The Attraftivedraws that juyce which is fit to nourilh the body,that I fay 
which by application may be aflimilated to the part. This is that faculty which in fuch as 
arc hungry draws down the meat fcarce chewed,and the drink fcarfe tailed, into the gnaw- 
ing and empty ftomack. The Retentive faculty is that which retains the nourilhment once 
attrafted untill it be fully laboured and perfectly conceded ; And by that means it yeelds 
no fmall afliftance to the Digeftive faculty. For the naturall heat cannot perform the office 
of concoCtion, unlefs the meat be embraced by the part,and make fome ftay therein. For o- 
therwife the meat carry ed into the ftomach never acquires the form of Chy Ins, unlefs it ftay 
detained in the wrinkles thereof,as in a rough paflage,untill the time of Chylification. The 
Digeftive facultie aflimilates the nourilhment, being attrafted and detained, into the fub- 
ftance of that part whofe faculty it is, by the force of the inbred heat and proper difpofiti- 
on or temper of the part. So the ftomach plainly changes all things which are eat and 
drunk into the Liver turns the Chylns into blood. But the Bones and Nerves 
convert the red and liquid blood which is brought down unto them by the capillary or 
imall veins, into a white and folid liibftance. Such concoCtion is far more laborious in a 
Bone and Nerve,than in the Mufculous flelh. For the blood being not. much different from 
its nature,by a light change and concretion turns into fielh. But this ConcoCtion will ne- 
ver fatisfie the defire of Nature and the parts,unlefs the nourilhment purged from its excre- 
ments,put away the filth and drofs,which mull never enter into the of the part. 
Wherefore there do not only two forts of excrements remain of the firft and fecondCon- 
r co&ion, the one thick,the other thin,as we have laid before; but alfo from the third Con- 
coCtion which is performed in every part. The one of which we conceive only by reafon, 
being that which vanilheth into Air by inlenfible tranfpiration. The other is known 
fometimes by fweats,fometimes by a thick fatty fubftance ftaining the fhirt; fometimes by 
the generation of hairs and nails, whofe matter is from fuliginous and earthly excrements 
of the third ConcoCtion. Wherefore the fourth faculty was neceflary which might yeeld 
no fmall help to nourilhment; it is called the Expulfive,appointed to expell thofe luper- 
fiuotis excrements which by no aCiion of heat, can obtain the form of the part. Such facul- 
ties lerving for nutrition are in fome parts two-fold;as fome common,the benefit of which 
redounds to the whole body, as in the ventricle, liver and veins 5 Others only attending 
the lervice of thofe parrs in which they remain,and in fome parts all thele 4. aiwell com- 
mon as proper,are abiding and refidingas in thole parts we now mentioned : fome with 
the 4. proper have only two common, as the Gall, Spleen,Kidnies and Bladder. Others are 
content only with the proper,as the fimilar and Mufculous parts, who if they want any 
of theft 4. faculties,their health is decayed either by want of nourilhment,and ulcer, or o- 
therwile. The like unnaturall affefts happen by the deficiency of juft aud laudable nouriffi- 
' ment. But ifit happen thole faculties do rightly perform their duty , the nourilhment 
is changed into the proper part, and is truly aflimiiated as by thele degrees. Firft it 
mull flow to the part,then be joyned to it,then agglutjnated,and laftly as we have fald,affi- 
niilatcd. Now we muft (peak of the Actions which arife-from the faculties. 
The triple ufe 
of rhe Pulfe. 
The 
faculty isthtcc- 
fold. 
What Nutriti- 
on is* 
Four other fa- 
culties attend 
upon the nou* 
rifhmg faculty. 
The neceflity 
of the retentive 
faculty. 
Two excre- 
ments of every 
concoflion. 
The work of 
rhe expulfive 
faculty. 
By what de- 
grees the nou- 
rifhment is 
aflimilatcd. 
CHAP. Chap. 9. 
Compendious way to Cbirurgery. 
17 
CHAP. IX. 
of the Actions. 
N Aftion or Funftion is an aftive motion proceeding from a faculty ; for as the 
faculty depends on the Temperamentjib the Aftion on the faculty, and the Aft 
or work depends upon the Aftion by a certain order of confequence. But al- 
though that the words Aftion and Aft or work are often confounded, yet there 
is this difference between them, as that the Aftion lignifies the motion ufed in the perfor- 
mance of any thing ; but the Aft or work, the thing already done and performed : for ex- 
ample, Nutrition and the Generating of flefli are naturall Aftions; but the parts nourilh- 
ed, and a hallotv ulcer filled with flefh are the works of that motion,or aftion. Wherefore 
the Aft arifeth from the Aftion,as the Aftion arifeth from the faculty,the integrity or per- 
feftion of the inftruments concurring in both. For as, if the faculty be either defeftive, or 
hurt,no Aftion will be well performed: fo unlefs the Inftruments keep their native and 
due conformity (which is their perfeft health,the operator of the Aftion proper to the in- 
ftrument) none of thole things, which ought tobe,will be well performed. Therefore for 
the performance of blamclefs and perfeft aftions,it is fit a due conformity of the inftrument 
concur with the faculty. But Aftions are two fold 5 for they are either Naturall, or Vo- 
luntary. They are tearmed Naturall,becaufe they are performed not by our will, but by 
their own accord and againft our will : As are, that continuall motion of the Heart, the 
beating of the Arteries, the expullion of the Excrements, and fuch other like which are 
done in us by the Law of Nature whether we will,or no. Thefe Aftions Haw either from 
the Liver and veins,or from the Heart and Arteries. Wherefore we may conlprchend them 
under the names of Naturall and Vitali Aftions. For we muft attribute his Aftion to each 
faculty, left we may feem to conftitute an idle faculty, and no way profitable for ule. The 
unvoluntary vital! aftions,are the dilatation and contraftion of the Heart and Arteries,the 
which we comprehend under the foie name of the Pulle: by that they draw in,and by this 
they expel!, or drive forth. The unvoluntary vital! aftions be. 
What ara Afti- 
on is. 
An aft ion and 
and Aft are 
different. 
Naturall aflt- 
ons. 
Generation 
Growth and 
Nutrition 
which proceed from the1 
Generative 
Growing,and 
Nouri {hinc 
facultie. 
Generation is nothing elfe then a certain producing or acquiring of matter, and an in- 
troducing of a fubftantiall form into that matter;this is performed by the affiftance of two 
faculties of the Altering,which doth diverfly prepare and difpofe the feed and menftru- 
qus blood to put on the form of a Bone, nerve, lpleen,flefh and filch like: of the Forming 
faculty,which adorns with figure, fite,and compofition, the matter ordered by fo various 
a preparation. 
Growth is an inlarging of the folid parts into all the dimehfions,the priftineand anci- 
ent form remaining fare and found in figure and folidity.For theperfeftion of every growth 
is judged only by the folid parts ; for if the body fwell into a mafs offlefh, or fat, it fhall 
not therefore be laid to be grown : but then only when the folid parts do in like manner 
increafe,efpecially the bones,bccaufe the growth of the whole body follows their increase, 
even although at the fame time it wax lean and pine away. 
Nutrition is a perfect affimilation of that nouriftiment which is digefted,into the nature 
of the part which digefts. It is performed by the affiftance of 4. fubfidiary or helping acti- 
ons, Attraftive,Retentive, Digeftive,and Expullive. 
1 he voluntary aftions which we willingly perform,are fb called, becadfe We can at our 
pleaiure hinder,ftirup,flow or quicken them. They are three in general],the fenfitive,mo- 
ving, and principal! Aftion. The fenfitive * Soul comprehends all things in five fenfes, 
in Sight, Hearing, Smell, Tafte and Touch. Three things muft neceflarily concur to the 
performance of them, the Organ, the Medium or mean, and rhe Objeft. The principal! Or- 
gan, or Inftrument, is the Animal! fpirit difliifed by the nerves into each feveral part of the 
body, by which fiich aftions are performed. Wherefore for the prefint we will ufethe 
Parts themfelves for their Organs. The Mean is a Body , which canyes the Objeft to 
the Inftrument. The Objeft is a certain externall quality, which hath power by a 
fit Medium or Mean to ftir up and alter the Organ. This will be more manifeft 
by relating the particular funftions of the fenfes by the neceflary concurring of thefe 
three. 
Sight, is an aftion of the feeing faculty, which is done by the Eye, fitly compofed of 
its coats and humors, and fo confequently the Organicall body of this Aftion. The Ob- 
ject is a vifible quality brought to the Eye. But fuch an Objeft is twofold; for either 
it is abfolutely vifible of its felf, and by its own Nature, as the Sun, the fire, the 
Moon and Stars: or defires as it were the help of another that it may be aftual- 
ly fuch, for fo by the coming of the light colours, which were vifible in power 
onely, being brought to the Eye, they do feem and appear fiich as they actually are; 
C 3 But 
What Growth 
is. 
What Nutriti- 
on is. 
Aftion volun* 
tary. 
* fen-' 
tienf. 
How fight is 
performed. 18 
An Introduction, or 
But fuch Objefls cannot arrive at the Eye, but through a clear and illuminate Medium 3 as 
the Air,Water, Glaffe and all forts of Cryftall. 
The Hearing hath for its Organ the Ear and Auditory paflage, which goes to the 
ftonybone furnilhed with a Membrane inverting it, an Auditory Nerve, and a certain in- 
ward fpirit there contained. The Object is every found ariling from the (mitten or 
broken Air, and the Collifion of two bodies meeting together. The Medium is the en- 
compaffing Air which carries the found to the Ear. 
Smelling (according to Galem opinion) is performed in the Mamillary procefles pro- 
duced from the proper fubftance of the brain, and feated in the upper part of the nofe : 
although others had rather fmelling fhould be made in the very foremoft ventricles of 
the brain. This ARion is weak in man in comparifbnof other Creatures: the Object 
thereof is every fmell, or fumid exhalation breathingout of bodies. The Medium by 
which the Objeft is carried to the nofes of Men, Beafts and Birds, is the Air, but to 
Fifties the Water it felf. The Aftion of tafte is performed by the tongue being tempered 
well and according to nature, and furnilhed with a nerve fpred over its upper part from 
the third and fourth conjugation of the brain. TheObjeft is* Tafte,of whofe nature and 
kinds w7e will treat more at large in our Antidotary. The Medium by the which the Objeft 
is fo carried to the Organ, that it may affeft it, is either externall or internall : The ex- 
ternal! is that fpattle which doth as it were anoint and fupple the tongue ; the internall 
is the fpongy flefh of the tongue it fel£> which affefted with the quality of the Objeft 
doth prefently fo poflefs the nerve that is implanted in it, that the kind and quality there- 
of by the force of the fpirit may be carryed into the common fenfe. All parts endued with 
a nerve enjoy the fenfe of touching, which is chiefly done, when a traftable quality doth 
penetrate even to the true and nervous skin, which lyeth under the Cuticle, or fcarf-skin; 
we have formerly noted, that it is moft exquifite in the skin which invefts the ends of the 
fingers. The Objeft is every traftable quality, whether it be of the firft rank of qualities, 
as Heat, Cold, Moifture, Drynefs, or of the fecond, as Roughnefs, Smoothnefs, Heavinefs, 
Lightnefs, Hardnefs, Softnefs, Rarity, Denfity,Friability, unftuofity, Grofnefs,Thinnefs. 
The Medium by whofe procurement the inftrument is affe&ed, is either the skin or the flefh 
interwoven with many Nerves. 
The next Action, is that Motion, which by a peculiar name we call voluntary; this is 
performed and accompliftied by a Mufcle, being the proper Inftrument of voluntary Mo- 
tion. Furthermore every motion of a member poflelfing a Mufcle is made either by bend- 
ing and contradion, or by extention. Although generally there be fo many differences 
of voluntary motion, as there are kinds of lite in place; therefore Motion is faid to be 
made upward, downward, to the right hand, to the left, forward and backward; Hither 
are referred the many kinds of motions, which the infinite variety of Mufcles produce in 
the body. Into this rank of Voluntary Aftions, comes Refpiration, or breathing, becaufe 
it is done by the help of the Mufcles j although it be chiefly to temper the heat of the Heart. 
For we can make it more quick, or flow as we pleafe, which are the conditions of a vo- 
luntary Motion. 
Laftly, that we may have fomewhat in which we may fafely reft and defend our felves a- 
gainft the many queftions which are commonly moved concerning this thing, wee muft 
hold, that Refpiration is undergone and performed by the Animal! faculty,but chiefly in- 
ftituted for the vitall. 
The principall Aftion and prime amongft the Voluntary is abfolutely divided in three, 
Imagination,Reafoning and Memory. 
Imagination is a certain expreffing, and apprehenfion which difeerns and diftinguifheth 
between the forms and fhapes of things fenfible, or which are known by the fenfes. 
Reafoning is a certain judicial! eftimation of conceived or apprehended forms or figures, 
by a mutual! collating or comparing them together. 
Memory is the lure ftorer of all things,and as it were the Treafury which the mind of- 
ten unfolds and opens, the other faculties of the mind being idle and not imployed. But 
becaufe all the forementioned Aftions whether they be Natural!, or Animal! and volunta- 
ry, are done and performed by the help and afliftance of the Spirits ; therefore now we 
muft f'peak of the Spirits. 
How hearing. 
How fuelling, 
How the tafle. 
* Super. 
How touching. 
Of motion. 
How refpirati- 
on may be a 
voluntary mo- 
tion. 
The thir4 prin- 
cipal! Aflion. 
C H A P. X. 
of the Spirits. 
What a fyirit is* 
He Spirit is a fubtile and aery fubftance, raifed from the purer blood that 
it might be a vehicle for the faculties ( by whofe power the whole body 
is governed ) to all the parts 3 and the prime inftrument for the perfor- 
mance of their office. For they being deftitute of its fweet approach doe pre- 
fently ceafe from aftion3 and as dead do reft from their accuflomed labours. From hence it 
is Chap.io. 
Compendious way to Chirurgery. 
19 
is that making a variety or Spirits according to the numberof the faculties,they have divi- 
ded them into three; as one Animall5another Vitali, another Natural!. 
The Animal 1 hath taken his feat in the brain ; for there it is prepared and made, that 
from thence conveyed by the Nerves, it may impart the power of fenfe and motion to all 
the reft of the members. An argument hereof is, that in the great cold of Winter, whether 
by the intercepting them in their way,or by the concretion, or,as it were,freezing of thofe 
fpirits the joynts grow ftiff, the hands numb, and all the other parts are dull, deftitute of 
their accuftomed agility of motion, and quicknefs of fenfe. It is called Anima!!, not be- 
caufe it is the * Life, but the chief and prime inftrument thereof: wherefore it hath a moft 
fubtil and aery fubftance; and enjoys divers names, according to the various condition of 
the Senfories or feats of the fenfes into which it enters; for that which caufeth the light, 
is named the Vifive: you may fee this by night, rubbing your eys , as fparkling like hre' 
That which is conveyed to the Auditory paflage, is called the Auditive or Hearing: 
That which is carried to the inftruments of Touching, is termed the Taftive; and fo of 
the reft. 
This Animal! fpirit is made and laboured in the windings and foldings of the Veins and 
Arteries of the brain, of an exquifit fubtil portion of the vitall brought thither by the 
Carotid# Arter i#, or fleepy Arteries ; and fometimes alfo of the pure air, or fweet vapour 
drawn in by the Nofe in breathing. Hence it is, that with Ligatures we flop the paflage of 
this fpirit, from the parts we intend to cut off. An Humor which obftrufts or flops its 
paflage, doth the like in Apoplexies and Palfies, whereby it happens that the members 
lituate under that place do languilh and feemdead, fometimes deftitute of motion, fome- 
times wanting both fenfe and motion. 
The Vitall fpirit is next to it in dignity and excellency, which hath its chief manfion 
in the left ventricle of the Heart, from whence, through the Channels of the Arteries, it 
flows into the whole body, to nourifh the heat which refides fixed in the fubftance of each 
part,which would perilh in fhortftime, unlefs it fhould be refreffied by heat flowing thither 
together with the fpirit. And becaufe it is the moft fubtil next to the Animall, Nature 
(left it fliouid vanifh away) would have it contained in the Nervous coat of an Artery, 
which is five times more thick than the coat of the Veins, as out of hath 
recorded. r 
It is furnifhed with matter from the fubtil exhalation of the blood, and that air which 
we diaw in breathing. Wherefore it doth eafily and quickly perilh by immoderate diflipa- 
tions of the fpirituous fubftance, and great evacuations; fb it is eafily corrupted by the 
putrefaftion of humors, or breathing in of peftilent air and filthy vapours; which thing 
is the caufe of the fo fuddain death of thofe which are infefted with the Plague. This 
fpirit is often hindred from entring into fome part, by reafon of obftruftion, fulnefs, or 
great inflammations; whereby it follows,that in a fliort (pace,by reafon of the decay of the 
fixed and inbred heat, the parts do ealily fall into a Gangrene,and become mortified. 
The Natural! fpirit (if fiich there beany) hath its ftation in the liver and Veins. It is 
moi e grofs and dull than the other, and inferior to them in the dignity of the Aftion, and 
the excellency of the ufe. The ufe thereof is to help the concoction both of the whole 
body, as alfo of each feverall part, and to carry blood and heat to them. 
Belides thofe already mentioned, there are other Spirits fixed and implanted in the 
fimilar and prime parts of the body,which alfo are natural 1, and Natives of the fame place 
in which they are feated and placed. And becaufe they are alfo of an aery and fiery nature, 
they are fo joined or rather united to the Native heat, that they can no more be feparated 
from it than flame from heat; wherefore they with thefe that flow to them, are the 
principal! inftruments of the Aftions which are performed in each feverall part; And thefe 
fixed Spirits have their nourifhment and maintenance from the radicall and firft-bredmoi- 
fture, which is of an aery and oily fubftance, and is, as it Were, the foundation of thefe 
bpints, and the inbred heat. Therefore without this moifture, no man can live a moment. 
But alio the chief Inftruments of life are thefe Spirits, together with the Native heat. 
Wherefore this radicall Moifture being diffipated and wafted, (whichis the feat,fod- 
der, and nouriflmicnt of the Spirits and heat) how can they any longer lubfift and re- 
h1**!1/' k a her€l°re the confiimption of the natural! heat, followeth the decay of this fweet 
and iubftance-making moifture, and confequently death, which happens by the diifipating 
and refolving of natural! heat. rr j r a 
But fince then thefe kind of Spirits with the natural! heat, is contained in the fubftance 
oteachhmilarpartof our body, (for otherwife it could not perfift) it muft neceffarily 
follow, that there be as many kinds of fixed Spirits, as of fimilar parts. For becaufe each 
part hath its proper temper and encreafe, it hath alfo its proper Spirit, and alfo its 
w^nLr-°pCriho and lmPlantcd heat, which here hath its abode, as well as its Originall. 
Wherefore the Spirit and heat which is feated in the bone, is different from that which is 
impaft into the fubftance of a Nerve, Vein, or fuch other fimilar part; becaufe the temper 
of thefe parts is different, as alfo themixture of the Elements from which they firft arofe 
and fprung up. Neither is this contemplation of Spirits of fmall account, for in thefe 
conf.ft all the force and efficacy of our Nature. Thefe 
Spirits three- 
fold. 
The Anirnalf 
fpuir. 
Why fo called* 
* Anima. 
How it is made# 
The Vitali 
fpirit. 
What the mat- 
ter of it is. 
There is fome 
doubt of rht 
Naturall fpirit* 
Fixed Spirits. 
The radical! 
Moiflijre. 
Natural death. 20 
An Introduction, or 
Chap. ii. 
7 he ufe and 
neceBity of the 
Spirits. 
Thefe being by any chance diflipated or wafted, we languish > neither is any health to 
be hoped for, the flour of life withering and decaying by little and little. Which thing 
ought to make us more diligent, to defend them again# the continuall efflux of the 
threefold fubftance. For if they be decayed, there is left no proper indication of curing 
the difeafe; fo that we are often conftrained, all other care laid alide, to betake our (elves 
to the re ftoring and repairing the decayed powers. Which is done by meats of good juice, 
eafie to be concofted and diftributed; good Wines, and fragrant fmels. 
But (bmetimes thefe Spirits are not diflipated, but driven in and returned to their foun- 
tains, and fo both opprefs and are oppreft 5 whereupon it happens we are often forced to 
dilate and fpread them abroad by binding and rubbing the parts. Hitherto we have (poke 
of thefe things which are called Naturall, becaufe we naturally confift of them ; it remains 
that we now fay (omewhat of their Adjuncts and Affociates by familiarity of Condition. 
What the re- 
medy for the 
diflipation of 
the Spirits. 
What the re- 
medy for op- 
preOion of the 
Spirits is. 
Age: of which, byreafonof the fimilitude of the Argu- 
ment, we were conftrained to fpeak,whcn we handled the 
Temperatures. 
Sex. 
Colour : of which we have already fpoken. 
The conformation of the Inftrumentall parts. 
Lime: whofe force we have alfo confidered. 
Region. 
Order of Diet, and condition of Life. 
The Adjuncts and Aflbciates 
to things Naturall: are, 
CHAP. XL 
of the A&funfts of things Xaturrtll, 
What fex is. 
X is no other thing than the diftinftion of Male and Female; in which this is 
moft obfervable, that for the parts of the body, and the lite of thefe parts, there 
is little difference between them;but the Female is colder than the Male. Where- 
fore their fpermaticall parts are more cold, foft, and moift ;-and all their naturall 
aftions lefs vigorous and more depraved. 
The Nature of Eunuchs is to be referred to that of women, as who may leem to have 
degenerated into a womanilh nature, by deficiency of heat; their fmooth body, and foft 
and thrill voice do very much aflimilate women. Notwithftanding you muft confider, that 
there be lome Manly women, which their manly voice,and chin covered with a little hairi- 
nefs, do argue: and on the contrary,there are fome womanizing, or womanilh men, which 
therefore we term dainty and effeminate. 
The Hermaphrodite is of a doubtfull nature, and in the middle of both fexes feems to 
participate of both Male and Female. 
The Colour which is predominant in the habit and fiiperficies of the body, and lyes 
next under the skin, fhews the Temperament of what kind foever it be ; for as Galen notes 
in Comment. adjtybor. 2. fett. 1. Such a colour appears in us, as the contained Humor hath. 
Wherefore if a rofie hew colour the cheeks, it is a fign the body abounds with blood, and 
that it is carried abroad by the plenty of Spirits. But if the skin be dyed with a yellow 
colour, it argues Choler is predominant; ifwith a whitifh and pallid hue,Phlegm 5 with 
a fable and duskie, Melancholy. So the colour of the Excrements which are according to 
Nature, is not of the leaft confideration. For thus, if an Ulcer being broken fend forth 
white matter, it argues the foundnefs of the part from whence it Rows ; but if fanious or 
bloody, green, blackifh, or of divers colours, it fhews the weaknefs of the folid part,which 
could not aflimilate by concoftion the colour of the excrementitious humor. The like rea- 
fon is of unnaturall T umors: F or, as the colour, fo the dominion of the Humor caufing 
or accompanying the fwelling commonly is. 
The conformity and integrity of the Organicall parts is confidered by their figure, 
greatnefs, number, fituation, and mutuall connexion. We confider the figure, when we 
fay, almofl: all the externall parts of the body are naturally round, not only for flhew, but 
for neceflity, that being fmooth and no way cornered, they fhould be lefs obnoxious to 
externall injuries; we fpeak of Greatnefs, when we fay, fbme are large and thick, 
fome lank and lean. But we confider their Number, when we obferve fome parts to 
abound, fome to want, or nothing to be defective or wanting. We infinuate Site and Con- 
nexion, when we fearch, whether every thing be in its proper place, and whether they be 
decently fitted, and well joined together. 
We have handled the varieties of the four feafbns of the Year, when we treated of Tem- 
peraments. But the confideration of Region (becaufe it hath the fame judgment that the 
Air) (hall be referred to that difquifition or enquiry which we intend to make of the Air, 
amongft the things not naturall. 
The 
The nature of 
women. 
Of Eunuchs. 
Of Herma- 
phrodites. 
Colour the be- 
wrayer of the 
Temperament. 
The perfeftion 
of the organ i- 
call parts, con- 
fiftsin four 
things. Compendious way to Cbirurgery. 
Chap.12. 
21 
The manner of life., and order of Diet are to be diligently oblerved by us., becaule they 
have great power either to alter, or preferve the Temperament. But becaule they are of ai- 
moft infinite variety, therefore they fcarcefeempoflible to fall into Art, which may pro- 
fecute all the differences of Diet and Vocations of life. Wherefore if the Calling of Life 
be laborious, as that of Husbandmen, Mariners, and other fuch trades, it {Lengthens and 
dries the parts of the body. Although thole which labour much about Waters, are moll 
commonly troubled with cold and moift difeafcs, although they almofi kill themlelves 
with labour. 
Again, thofe which deal with Metals, as all forts of Smiths, and thole which caft and 
work brafs, are more troubled with hot difeafcs, as heavers. 8at if their Calling be Inch, 
as they fit much, and work all the day long fitting at home, as (hoomaktrs ; it makes the 
body tender, the flefli effeminate, and caufeth great quantity of excrements. A life as well 
idle and negligent in body, as quiet in mind, in all riotoulnefs and exceflesof Diet, doth 
the fame. For from hence the body is made lubjeft to the Stone,Gravel, and Gout. 
That calling of life which is performed with moderate labour, clothing, and diet,feems 
very fit and convenient to preferve the naturall temper of the body. The ingenious Chi- 
rurgeon may frame more of himfelf that may more particularly conduce to the examina- 
tion of thefe things. Therefore the things naturall,and thole which are near or neighbou- 
ring to them being thus briefly declared; the Order feems to require,that we make enquiry 
of things not Naturall. 
Diet* 
The commo- 
dities of an 
indifferent 
Diet. 
CHAP. XII. 
Of things not Naturall. 
>He things which wemuft now treat of, have by the later Phyfitians been termed 
Not-naturall , becaufe they are not of the number of thole which enter into 
the conftitution orcompofureofmans body ■, as the Elements, Humors, and 
all fuch things which we formerly comprehended under the name of Natural: 
although they be fuch as are neceflary to preferve and defend the body al- 
ready made and compofed. Wherefore they were called by Galen Preferversi becaufe by the 
due ufe of them the body is preferved in health. Alfo, they may be called Doubtfull, and 
Neuters, forthat rightly and fitly ufed,they keep the body healthfull, but inconfideratly, 
they caufe difeafes. Whereby it comes to pafs, that they may be thought to pertain to 
that part of Phyfick which is of prefetvlng health j not becaufe fome of thefe things 
fhould be abfolutely and of their own nature who 1 Com, and others unwholfom; but only 
by this, that they are, or prove fb by their convenient, or prepofterous ufe. Therefore we 
confider the ufe of fiich like things from four conditions. Quantity, Quality, Occafion, 
and Manner of ufing : If thou fhalt obferve thefe, thou fhalt attain and effe& this, That 
thofe things which are of are, as it were, doubtfull, fhall bring certain and 
undoubted health. For thefe four Circumftances do fo far extend, that in them,as in the 
perfe&ion of Art, the Rules which may be prefcribed to preferve health are contained. 
But Galen in another place, hath in four words comprehended thefe things not Natural 15 
as, things Taken, Applyed, Expelled, and to be Done. Things Taken, are thofe which 
are put into the body, either by the mouth,or any other Way 5 as the air, meat and drink. 
Things Applyed, are thofe which muft touch the body, as the Air now mentioned, affe- 
cting the body with a diverfe touch of its qualities of heat, cold, moifture, or drinefs. 
Expelled, are what things foever being unprofitable are generated in the body,and require 
to oe expelled. To be Done, are labour, reft, fleep, watching, and the like. We may 
more diftin&ly, and by expreftion of proper Names, revoke all thefe things to fix: 
Why they are 
called things 
not natural!* 
Galen 1. ad 
Glauconem* 
Lib> de [Mint, 
tuenda. 
Air. 
Meat and 
Labor and Kef?. 
Sleep and JTatching. 
Repletion and Inanition 5 or things to be expelled, or retained 
and kept. 
.Perturbations of theMinde. 
Which are 
CHAP, An Introduction, or 
Chap.15. 
22 
CHAP. XIII. 
of the Air. 
I R is fo neceflary to life, that we cannot live a moment without it 5 if fo be that 
breathing,and much more tranlplration5be riot to be leparatcd h orn life.Where- 
fore it much conduceth to know, what Air is wholfom, what unwholfom, and 
which by contrariety of qualities fights for the Patient againft the difeaic ; or 
on the contrary by a fimilitude of qualities (hall nourilh the difeafe, that if it may fcem 
to burden the Patient by increasing or adding to the dileale, we may correct it by Art. So 
in curing the wounds of the head, Specially in winter, we labour by all the means we 
may to make the air warm. For cold is hurtfull to the Brain, Bones, and the wounds of 
theie parts; and heat is comfortable and friendly. But alfo the Air being drawn into the 
body by breathing when it is hotter than ordinary, doth with a new warmth over-heat 
the heart, lungs, and foirits, and weaken the ftrength by the diffipation of the Spirits too 
much attenuated; fo being too cold, in like manner the ftrength of the faculties faints 
and grows dull, either by liippreffion of the vapors, or by the infpiflation or thickning 
of the Spirits. 
Therefore to conclude, that Air is to be efteemed healthfull, which is clear, fubtil, and 
pure,free and open on every fide,and which is far remote from all carion-like finds of dead 
carkafles, or the flench of any putrefying thing whatfoever : the which is far diftant from 
ftanding pools,and fens, and caves,lending forth ftrong and ill vapors; neither too cloudy 
nor moift by the nearnefs of fome river. 
Such an Air, 1 fay, if it have a vernall temper, is good againft all diieafes. That Air 
which is contrary to this, is altogether unhealthfull; as that which is putrid, fhut up,and 
preft by the ftraitnefs of neighbouring Mountains, infefted with fome noifom vapor. And 
becaufe I cannot profecute all the conditions of Airs, fit for the expelling of all diieafes, 
as which are almoft infinite; it fhall fuffice here to have let down, what we muft under- 
ftand by this word Air- 
Phyfitians commonly ufe to underftand three things by the name of Air ; The prelent 
ftateofthe Air; the Region in which we live; andthefeafon of the Year. We fpoke 
of this laft, when we treated of Temperaments. Wherefore we will now fpeak of the two 
former. The preleilt ftate of the Air, one while for fome (mail time, is like the Spring, 
that is, temperate; otherwhiles like the Summer, that is, hot and dry; otherwhiles like 
the Winter, that is, cold and moift; and fometimes like the Autumn, which is unequall; 
and this laft conftitution of the Air is the caule of many diieafes. When upon the fame 
day, it is one while hot, another cold, we muft expeft Autumnall difeafes. Thele tempers 
and varieties of conftitutions of the Air, are chiefly and principally ftirred up by the 
winds; as which being diffufed over all the Air, fhcw no finall force by their fodain 
change. Wherefore we will briefly touch their natures : That which blows from the 
Fall, is called the Eaft-wind, and is of a hot and dry nature, and therefore healthfull. But 
the Weftcrn-wind is cold and moift, and therefore iickly. The South-wind is hot and 
moift, the Author of putrefaftion and putrid difeafes. The North-wind is cold and dry, 
therefore healthy : wherefore it is thought, if it happen to blow in the Dog-days, that 
it makes the whole year healthfull, and purges and takes away the feeds of putrefaftion, if 
any chance to be in the Air. But this deicription of the four Winds, is then only thought 
to be true, if we confider the Winds in their own proper nature, which they borrow from 
thefe Regions from which they firfl proceed. For otherwife they affeft the Air quite con- 
trary, according to the dilpofition of the places over which they came; as Snowie places, 
Seas,Lakes, Rivers, Woods, or landy Plains, ' from whence they may borrow new qualities, 
with which they may afterwards poflefs the Air, and fo confequently our bodies. 
Hence it is we have noted the Weftern-wind unwholfom, and breeding difeafes, by 
reafon of the proper condition of the Region from whence it came; and fuch, that is cold 
and moift; the Gafcoins find it truly to their fo great harm, that it feldom blows with 
them, but it brings fome manifeft and great harm, either to their bodies, or fruits of the 
earth. And yet the Greeks and Latins are wont to commend it for healthfulnefs, more than 
the reft. But alfo the rifing and letting of fome more eminent ftars, do often caule fuch 
cold winds, that the whole Air is cooled, or infefted with fome other malign quality. 
For vapors and exhalations are often railed by the force of the Stars, from whence winds, 
clouds, ftorms, whirlwinds, lightnings, thunders, hail, fnow, rain, earthquakes, inunda- 
tions, and violent raging of the lea , have their originall. The exaft contemplation oJ 
which things,although it be proper to Aftronomers,Colmographers,and Geographers, yei 
Hippocrates could not omit it, but that he muft fpeak fomething in his book De Aere 
Aquis ; where he touches by the way, the defcription of the neighbouring Regions, anc 
luch as he knew. 
From this force of the Air, eit'her hurtfull, or helping in diieafes, came that famou 
obferva 
How neceflary 
for life the Air 
is. 
What Air is 
hurtfull. 
Three things 
are underftood 
by the name of 
rhe Air. 
Apbor.4- fefl.2. 
The force of 
the Winds, 
How the winds 
acquire other 
faculties, than 
they naturally 
have. 
The Weftwind 
of it felf un- 
wholfom. 
What force 
ftars have upon 
the Air. Chap.14. 
Compendious way to Cbirurgery. 
23 
obfervation of Guido of Cauhoi , That wounds of the head are more difficult to cure at 
Fam, than at Avignion, and the plain contrary of wounds of the legs; for the air of Par if 
compared to that of is cold and moift, wherefore hurttull andoffenfive to the 
wounds of the head. On the contrary., the fame air, becauie it obfcures the fpirits, in- 
craflates the blood, condenfates the humors, and makes them lefs fit for defluxions, makes 
the wounds of the legs more ealle to be healed,by reafon it hinders the courfe of the humors, 
by whofe defluxion the cure is hindred. But it is manifeft, that hot and dry places make a 
greater diflipation of the naturall hear, from whence the weaknefs of the powers ; by 
which fame reafon, the Inhabitants of fuch places do not fo well endure blood-letting; 
but more eafily fuffer purgations, though vehement, by reafon of the conttimacie of the 
humor, cauled by drinefs. To conclude, the Air changes the conftitutions of our bodies, 
either by its qualities, as if it be hotter, colder, moifter, or drier ; or by its matter, as 
be grofler, or more fubtil than is fit, or corrupted by exhalations from rhe earth, or by 
a iddain and unaccuftomed alteration, which any man may prove, who makes a fcdaiii 
change out4of a quiet air into a ftormy and troubled with many winds. But becaufe, next 
to the Air, nothing is fo neceflary to nouriffi mans body, as Meat and Drink, I will now 
begin to ipeak of them both. 
How the air of 
Purii comes 
to be ill for , 
wounds of 
the head, and 
good forthofe 
of the leggs. 
By what mean s 
the air changes 
ottr bodies. 
CHAP. XIIIL 
of Meat and Drink. 
Hat this our Treatife of meat and drink may be more brief and plain, I have 
thought good to part it into thefe heads, as to confider the goodnefs and ilnefs 
of both of them, their quantity, quality, cuftom, delight, order, time, and to 
accommodate them all to the ages and feafons of the year. We judge of the 
goodnefs and pravity of meats and drinks, from the condition of the good or vicious hu- 
mours, or juice which they beget in us. For evill juice caufeth many difeafes. As on the 
contrary, good juice drives away all difeafes from the body, except the fault happen from 
fome other occafion, as from quantity, or too much excels. Wherefore it is principally 
neceffary, that thofe who will preferve their prefent health, and hinder the accefs of difea- 
fes, feed upon things of good nourifhment and digeftion, as are good wine, the yolks of 
egs, good milk, wheaten bread well baked, the flefh of Capons, Partridge,Thrufhes,Larks, 
Veal, Mutton, Kid, and fiich like other, which you may find mentioned in the Books 
which Galen writ, De Alimentorumfacultatibits; where alfo he examins thole which are of 
evill juice by their manifeft qualities, as acrimony, bitternefs, faltnefs, acidity, harfhnefs, 
and fuch like. 
But unlefs we ufe a convenient quantity andmeafure in our meats, howfbever laudable 
they be, we fhall never reap thefe fruits of health we hoped for. For they yeeld matter of 
difeafes, by the only excels of their quantity ; but we may by this know the force of quan- 
tity on both parts, becaufe often the poifonous quality of meats of ill nourifhment doth 
not hurt, by reafon they were not taken into the body into a great quantity. That mea- 
fure of quantity is chiefly to be regarded in difeafes: for as Hippe crates faith, If any give 
meat to one fick of a Feaver, he gives ftrength to the well, and increafes the difeafe to the 
fick,efpecially if he do not ufe a mean. Wherefore it is a thing of no final! confequence, 
to know what difeafes require a flender, and what a large diet; of which thing there is 
large relation made in the i Sett. of the Aphorifms of Hippocrates ; where he teacheth, the 
fick muft feed more largely in the beginnings of long difeafes, whereby they may be ena- 
bled to endure the length of the difeafe, and laft to the ftate thereof. But in fharp and vio- 
lent difeafes, which prefently come to their height, we muft ufe a flender diet; butmoft 
(lender, when the difeafe is in the height; and befides, all our confultations in this kinde, 
muft be referred to the ftrength of the Patients. But thofe who enjoy their perfect health, 
muft ufe a quantity of meat, agreeable to their evacuation and tranfpiration; for men, by 
reafon of the ftrength of their heat, and the more copious diffipation of the triple fubftance, 
have greater appetite than women ; altogether by the fame reafon, that young people, and 
fuch as grow, need more frequent and plentiful! nourifhment, than old men ; and alfo 
amongft young men of the like age, fome do rightly require more copious nourifhment 
than otherfome, that is, according to the quantity of their evacuations and cuftom. Cer- 
tainly for gluttony, it is fiich as may be extended to all; but we all fhould take fo much 
meat and drink, that our powers may be refrefhed and not opprefled; for by the decree of 
Hippocrates, thefe be the two compendiary ways of preferving health ; not to be over-filled 
with meat, and to be quick to work ; and thus much of the quantity of meats. Neither 
muft thefe who are either found, or fick, have lefs regard to the qualities of their Meats; 
and thofe are either thefirft, as heating, cooling, moiftening, drying ; or the fecond, atte- 
nuating, incraflating, obftrufting, opening, or fome other-like, working according to the 
condition of their nature. The manner of our diet is not only to be framed according 
to 
The goodriete 
of nourish- 
ments. 
Their quantity 
The quantic- 
of meats muG 
be efteemcd 
according to 
the nature of 
the difeafe,and 
fhength of the 
Patient. 
The qualities 
of meat. 24 
An or 
Chap. 14. 
to thefe, but alfo to be varied; for the prefent hate of fuch as be in health, requires to be 
preferved by the me of like things. As hot and moift nourifhment is to be prefcribed to 
children, as to thofe which are hot and moift: and cold and dry to old men, as to thofe 
who are cold and dry ; if fo be that vulgar faying betrue, that. Health delights in the ufe of 
like things. Yet becaufe Old-age how green and new-begun howldever it be, is of it felf, as 
it were, a difeafe, it feems to be more convenient, both to truth, and for health, that old 
people ihould eat meats contrary to their nature, that is, hot and moift, that fo we may 
defer as much as we can, the caules of death, cold and drinefs, which haften the dcftru&ion 
of that age. For we muft refift difeafes by the ufe of their contraries, as thofe things which 
arc contrary to nature. For otherwife, as much meat as you give to the lick, you add fo 
much ftrength to the difeafe. And the fame is the caufe why Hippocrates faid, that a moift 
diet is convenient for all fuch as are lick of Feavers,becaufe a Feaver is a dry diftemperature. 
Therefore we muft diligently pry into the nature of the difeafe, that knowing it, we may 
endevour to abate its fury by the ufe of contraries. 
But if Cuftom (as they fay) be another nature, the Phyfitian muft have a great care of it, 
both in found and lick. For this fometimes by little and little, and infenlibly, changes 
our naturall temperament, and in ftead thereof gives us a borrowed temper. Wherefore if 
any would prefently or fodainly change a Cuftom which is fometimes ill, into a better, 
truly he will bring more harm than good; becaufe all fodain changes (according to the 
opinion of Hippocrates) are dangerous. Wherefore if necefftty require that we fhould with- 
draw any thing from our Cuftom, we muft do it by little and little, that fo nature may by 
degrees be accuftomed to contraries without violence, or the difturbance of its ufuallgo- 
vernment.For that meat and drink which is fomwhat worfe,but more pleafant and familiar 
by cuftom,is to bepreferred(in Hippocrates opinion)before better,but lefs pleafant and accu- 
ftomed. Hence is it,that Country-men do very well digeft Beef and Bacon,which commonly 
they ufe; but will turn into nidorulent vapors, Partridg, Capons,and other meat of good 
nourifhment, fooner than change them into good and laudable Chy Ins. The caufe of which 
thing is not only to be attributed unto the property of their ftronger, & as it u ere,burning 
heat, but much more to Cuftom; which by a certain kind of familiarity, caufeth that meats 
of hard digeftion, are eafi ly turned into laudable blood. For the force of Cuftom is fo 
great, that accuftomed Meats are more acceptable; whereby it comes to pafs, that while 
the ftomach delights in them, it more ftraitly embraces them, and happily digefts them, 
without any trouble of loathing, vomiting, or heavinefs. All the contrary meet and 
happen in the ufe of Meats which are uhpleafant to the tafte and ftomach. For the ven- 
tricle abhorring thofe things,makes manifeft how it is troubled by its acide and nidorulent 
belchings, loathing, naufeoufnefs, vomit, heavinefs, pain of the head, and trouble of the 
whole body. 
Wherefore we muft diligently enquire, what Meats the Patient chiefly delighted in,that 
by offering them, his appetite languifhing by reafon of fome great evacuation, vomit, or 
the like, may be ftirred up. For it will be better and more readily reftored by things acce- 
ptable, though they be fomewhat worfe, as we noted a little before out of Hippocrates. By 
which words he plainly taught, that it is the part of a good and prudent Phyfitian to fub- 
fcribe to, and plcafe the palat of his Patient. 
But feeing that order is moft bcautifull in all things , it is truly very neceflary in eating 
our Meat: for how laudable foever the Meats be in their quantity and quality, howfbever 
familiar by ufe, and gratefull by cuftom, yet unlefs they be eaten in due order, they will 
either trouble or moleft the ftomach, or be ill, or flowly and difficultly concofted; 
wherefore we muft diligently obferve, what Meats muft be eaten at the firft, and what at 
the fecond courfe; for thofe Meats which be hard to concoft, are not to be eaten 
before thofe which are eafie of digeftion; neither dry and aftringent things, before moifte- 
ning andloofing. 
But on the contrary, all flippery,fat, and liquid things,and which are quickly changed, 
ought to go before, that fo the belly may be moiftned ; and then aftringent things muft 
follow, that the ftomach, by their help, being fhutand drawn together, may more ftraitly 
comprehend the Meat on every fide, and better perform the Chylification by its proper 
heat united and joined together. 
For this caufe Hippocrates, Lib.devitfu inacutis, commands thofe things to be always 
eaten in the morning,which are fit to loofen the belly, and in the evenings fuch as nourifh 
the body. Yet notwithftanding drink ought not to precede or go before meat, but on the 
contrary meat muft precede drink, by the order prefcribed by him. 
Whether ought we in our eating to have lefs care of the time, than we have of the order; 
for the time of eating of fitch as are healthfull, ought to be certain and fixt; for at the 
accuftomed hour, and when hunger prefles, any found man, and which is at his own dif- 
pofure may eat, but exercife and accuftomed labors ought to go before; for it is fit, ac- 
cording to the precept of Hippocrates, that labor precede meat, whereby the excrements 
of the third concoftion may De evacuated; the native heat increafed, and thefblid parts 
confirmed and ftrengthened, which are three commodities of exercife very neceflary to 
the 
Old-age is a 
difeafe. 
Aphor. 16. 
[eft. 1* 
The force of 
Cuftoirb 
Jphor.p' • 
fed. 2. 
Aphor. 38. 
feft. 2> 
Accuftomed 
meats arc more 
grate full, and 
fo by that 
means more 
nourifliing. 
The order of 
eating our 
meats. 
We muft begin 
our meals with 
moiftor liquid 
meat. 
The time of 
earing. 
The profit of 
labour before 
nieau Chap.15. 
Compendious way to Chirurgery. 
25 
the convenient taking of' meat. But in lick perfons we can fcarce attend and give heed to 
thefe circumftances of time, and accuftomcd hour of feeding ; for that Indication of 
giving meat to the fick, is the bell of all, which is drawn from the motion of the difeafe, 
and the declining of the fit: for if you give meat in leavers, fpecially the fit then taking 
the Patient, you nourifh not him, but the difeafe. For the meat then eaten, is corru- 
pted in the ftomach, and yeelds fit matter for the difeafe: For meat(as we noted before 
out of Hippocrates J is ftrength to the found, and a difeafe to the lick, unlefs it be eaten at 
convenient time, and diligent care be had of the ftrength of the Patient, and greatnefs of 
the difeafe. 
But neither is it convenient that the meat fhould be fimple, and of one kind, but of 
many forts, and of divers difhes dreffed after different forms, left nature by the continuall 
and hatefull feeding upon the fame meat, may at the length loath it, and fo neither ftraitly 
contain it, nor well digeft itj or the ftomach accuftomedto one meat, taking any loath- 
ing thereat, may abhor all other; and as there is no delire of that we do not know, lb the 
dcjefted appetite cannot be delighted and ftirred up with the pleafure of any meat which 
can be offered. For we muft not credit thofe fuperftitious or too nice Phyiitians, whQ 
think the digeftion is hindred by the much variety of meats. 
The matter is far otherwife, for by the pleafure of what things fbever the ftomach allu- 
red doth require, it embraces them more ftraitly, and concofts them more perfectly. And 
our nature is defirous of variety. 
Moreover, feeing our body is compofed of a folid, moift, and airy fubftance, and it may 
happen, that by fo many labors, which we are compelled to undergo and fuftain in this 
life, one of thefe may liiffer a greater dilfipation and lofs than another; therefore the 
ftomach is neceflarily compelled to feek more variety, left any thing ihould be wanting to 
repair that which is tvafted. Butalfo theageandfeafon of the year, yeeld Indications of 
feeding, for fome things are convenient for a young man, fome for an old 5 fome in fum- 
mer, fome in winter. Wherefore we ought to know what befits each age and feafon. 
Children need hot, moift, and much nourifhment, which may not only fuffice to nourilh, 
but increafe the body. Wherefore they worft endure falling, and of them, efpecially thofe 
who are the moft lively and Ipiritfull. With old men it is otherwife, for becaufe their 
heat is final!, they need little nourifhment, and are extinguifhed by much. Wherefore old 
men eafily endure to fall5 they ought to be nourifhed with hot and moift meats, by which 
their folid parts now growing cold and dry , may be heated and moiftned, as by the fweet 
nourilhment of fuch like meats. Middle-ag'd men delight in the moderate ufe of con- 
traries, to temper the excefs of their too acrid heat. Young people as temperate, are to 
be preserved by the ufe of like things. 
The manner of Diet in Winter muft be hot, and inclining to drinels. Wherefore 
then we may more plentifully ufe roft-meats, ftrong wines and fpices 5 becaufe in the 
Winter-feafon we are troubled with the cold and moift air, and at the fame time, have 
much heat inwardly 5 for the inner parts, according to are naturally moft 
hot in the Winter and the Spring, but feaverifh in Summer 5 fo the heat of Summer is to 
be tempered by the ufe of cold and moift things, and much drink. In the temperate Spring 
all things muft be moderate 5 but in Autumn, by little and little, we muftpafs from our 
Summer to our Winter diet. 
We muftnot: 
give meat in a 
hr of aFeaver. 
Variety of 
meats. 
Why variety 
of meats is 
good. 
Indications of 
feeding, takes® 
from the age, 
Indication 
from rhe time 
of the year. 
CHAP. XV. 
Of Motion and Ref, 
Ere Phyfitians admonifh us, that by the name of Motion, we muft underftand all 
forts of exercifes, as walking, leaping, running, riding, playing at tennis,carry- 
ing a burden, and the like. Friftion or rubbing is of this kind, which in times 
paft was in great ufe and efteem, neither at this day is it altogether neglefted by 
Phyfitians. They mention many kinds of it, but they may be all reduced to three ; as, one 
gentle, another hard, a third indifferent 5 and that of the whole body, or only of fome 
part thereof. The Friftion is called hard, which is made by the rough, or ftrong prefliire 
of the hands, fpunges, or a courfe and new linnen cloth: it draws together, condenfates, 
binds and hardens the flefh, yet if it be often and long ufed, at length it ratifies, diflblves, 
attenuates, and diminifhes the flefh, and any other fubftance of the body 5 and alfo it cau- 
feth revulfion, and draws the defluxion of humors from one part to another. The gentle 
Friftion, which is performed by the light rubbing of the hand, and filch like, doth the 
contrary 5 as, foftens, relaxes, and makes the skin fmooth and unwrinkled; yet unlefs it 
be long continued, it doth none of thefe worthy to be fpoken of. The indifferent kinds, 
confifting in the mean betwixt the other two, increafeth the flefh, fwels or puffs up the 
habit of the body, becaufe it retains the blood and fpirits which it draws, and fuffers them 
not to be diffipated, D The 
What motion 
fignifies* 
Three kinds of 
Friflions. 
Hard» 
Gentles 
Indifferent 26 
Anlntroduftion, or 
Cha p.i6. 
The ufe of 
cxercifts. 
The benefit of exercife is great, for it increafcs naturall heat, whereby better digellion 
follows, and by that means nourifhment, and the expulfion of the excrements; and laftly, 
a quicker motion of the fpirits, to perform their offices in the body, all the ways and 
paflages being cleanfed. Befides, it ftrengthens the refpiration, and the other aPiions of 
the body, confirms the habit, and all the limbs of the body, by themutuall attrition of 
the one with the other 5 whereby it comes to pafs they are not fo quickly wearied with 
labor. Hence we fee that Country people are not to be tired with labor. 
If any will reap thefe benefits by exercife, it is neceflary that he take opportunity to be- 
gin his exercife, and that he feafonably defift from it, not exerciling himfelf violently and 
without diferetion ; but at certain times according to reafon. 
Wherefore the bell time for exercife will be before meat (that the appetite may be increa- 
fed by augmenting the naturall heat) all the excrements being evacuated, left nature being 
hungry and empty, do draw and infufe the ill humors contained in the guts and other 
parts of the body, into the whole habit, the liver, and other noble parts. Neither is it fit 
prefently, after meat, to run into exercife, left the crude humors and meats not well con- 
ceited, be carried into the veins. The meafure and bounds of exercife muft be, when the 
body appears more full, the face looks red, fweat begins to break forth, we breath more 
ftrongly and quick, and begin to grow weary ; if any continue exercife longer, ftiffnefs 
and wearinefs affails his joints, and the body flowing with fweat fuffers a lofs of the fpiri- 
tuous and humid fubftance, which is not cafily repaired ; by which it becomes more cold, 
and lean even to deformity. 
The quality ofexercife which we require, is in the midft of exercife, fo that the exercife 
muft be neither too flow and idle , neither too ftrong nor too weak, neither too hafty nor 
remifs, but which may move all the the members alike. Such exercife is very fit for found 
bodies. But if they be diftempered, that fort of exercife is to be made choice of, which by 
the quality of its excefs, may correPt the diftemper of the body, and reduce it to a certain 
mediocrity. Wherefore fuch men as are fluffed with cold, grots, and vifeous humors, ffiall 
hold that kind of exercife moftfit for them,which is more laborious,vehement,ftrong,and 
longer continued. Yet fo, that they do not enter into it before the firft and fecond con- 
ception, which they may know by the yellownefs of their urine. But let fuch as abound 
with thin and cholerick humors, chute gentle exercifes, and fuch as are free from conten- 
tion, not expecting the finiffiing of the fecond conception, for the more acride heat of the 
folid parts delights in fuch halfconcoPted juices, which otherwife it would fo bum up, all 
the glutinous fubftance thereof being wafted, that they could not be adjoynedor fattened 
to the parts. For the repeating or renewing of exercife, the body fhould be fo often exer- 
cifed, as there is a defire to eat. For exercife ftirs up and revives the heat which lies buried 
and hid in the body: for digeftion cannot be well performed by a fluggiffi heatjneither have 
we any benefit by the meat we eat, unlefs we ufe exercife before. 
The laft part of exercife begun and performed according to reafon, is named, * The orde- 
ring of the body., which is performed by an indifferent rubbing and drying of the members; 
that fb the fweat breaking forth, the filth of the body,and fuch excrements lying under the 
skin, may be allured and drawn out 5 and alfb that the members may be freed from ftiffnefs 
and wearinefs. At this time it is commonly tiled by filch as play at Tennis. 
' But, as many and great commodities arife from exercife conveniently begun andper- 
• formed, fo great harm proceeds of idlenefs 5 for grofs and vicious juices heaped up in the 
body commonly produce crudities, obftruftions, ftones both in the reins and bladder, the 
Gout, Apoplexie, and a thoufand other difeafes. 
What rhe fit- 
ter fl rime for 
cxercife. 
The quality 
of extreife. 
For whom 
fltong exer- 
cifes are con- 
venient. 
What difcom- 
moduies pro-, 
ceed from idle- 
ncfs. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Of Sleep and Watching. 
4at this our fpeech of Sleep and Watching, which we now intend, may be more 
plain, we will briefly declare, what commodity or diftommodity they bring; 
what time and what hour is convenient for both; what the manner of lying rauft 
be,and the choice thereof; what the dreams in fleeping,and what pains or heavi- 
nefs and chearfiilnefs after deep may portend. 1 
Sleep is nothing elfe than the reft of the whole body, and the ceflation of the Animall 
faculty from ienie and motion. Sleep is caufed,when the iubftance of the brain is poflefled, 
and after fome fort overcome and dulled by a certain vaporous, fweet and delightfome 
humidity; or when thefpirits almoft exhauft by performance of fome labor, cannot any 
longer iuftain the weight of the body, but cauie reft by a neceflary coniequence, by which 
means nature may produce other from the meat by concoftion turned into blood. 
Sleep fitly taken much helps the digeftion of the parts, becauie in the time of reft, the 
heat being the worker of all conco&ion, is carried back to them, together with the 
fpirits 
What fleep to 
The ufe of 
fleep. Chap. 16. 
Compendious n>ay to Cbirurgery. 
27 
fpirits. Neither doth deep only give eafe to the wearied members, but alfo leflens our 
cares, and makes us to forget our labors. 
The night is a fit time to fleep and to take our reft in, as inviting deep by its moifture, 
filence and darknefs. For the heat and Spirits in the thick obfcurity of night, are driven 
in and retained in the center of the body 5 as on the contrary by the daily, and as it were, 
friendly and familiar light of the Sun, they are allured and drawn forth into the fuper- 
ficies, and outward part of the body 5 from whence they leave deeping, and begin to 
wake. Befidcs alfo, which makes not a little to that opportunity and benefit which we 
look for from deep., the night feafon fuffices for .the work of juft and perfect conco&ion. 
Which is one reafon amongft many that deep on the day time may be hurtfull. For we 
are wakened from our deep by the heat and ipirits, called forth to the skin either by the 
light, or noife on the day time, before that the conco&ion which was begun be finiffied; 
But that deep cannot but be light which comes without neceflity of deeping. Wherefore 
the concoftion being attempted, but not perfe&ed, the ftomach is filled with 
diftended with acide or four belchings, and the brain troubled with grofs vapors and ex- 
crementitious humidities. From whence proceeds pain and heavinefs of the head, and 
ftore of cold difeafes. But although deep on the night time be wholfome, yet it is fit,that 
it be reftrained within the limits of an indifferent time. For that which exceeds, hinders 
the evacuation of excrements both upwards and downwards: but in the mean time 
the heat which is never idle, draws from them fome portion or vapor into the veins,prin- 
cipall parts and habit of the body, to become matter for fome difeafe. We muft meafure 
this time, not by the fpace of hours, but by the finiffiing the work of conco&ion , which 
Is performed in fome fooner than in other fome. Yet that which is longeft is perfected and 
done in feven or eight hours. The ventricle fiibfiding and falling into its felf and its pro- 
per coats, and the urine tin&ured yellow, gives perfect judgment thereof. For on the con- 
trary the extenfion of the ftomach, acide belching, pain of the head, and heavinefs of the 
whole body, ffiew that the concoftion is unperfeft 
In deeping we muft have fpeciall care of our lying down 5 for firft we muft lye on oiir 
right fide, that fo the meat may fall into the bottom of our ftomach, which being fleffiy, 
and lefs membranous, is the hotter, and more powerfull to aflimilate. Then a little after 
we muft turn upon our left fide, that fo the Liver with its Lobes, as with hands may on 
every fide embrace the ventricle, and as fire put under a kettle, haften the concoftion. 
Laftly, towards morning it will not be unprofitable to turn again upon our right fide, 
that by this fituation the mouth of the ftomach being opened, the vapors which arife 
from the elixation of the Chylut may have freer paflage. Lying Upon the back is wholly to 
be avoided 5 for from hence the Reins are inflamed, the Stone is bred, Palfies, Corivulfion, 
and all difeafes which have their originall from the defluxion into the fpinall marrow, 
and to the Nerves taking beginning from thence. To lye upon the belly is not unprofi- 
table for fuch as have ufed to lye fo, if they be not troubled with defluxions into the ey Sj 
for fo the humor will more eafily flow into the part affefted. But thus the work of con- 
co&ion is not a little furthered, becaufe by that form of lying,not only the inward heat is 
contained and gathered together about the ventricle,but the encompaffing warmnefs of the 
foft feathers of the bed aids and affifts it. 
Neither are the Dreams which we have in our fleep to be neglefted, for by the diligent 
confederation of thefe, the affeftions and fuperfluous Humors which have cnief power in 
the body are marvailoufly known.For thofe who have raging choler running up and down 
their bodies while they fleep, all things to them appear bright, fhining, fiery, burning, 
full of noife and contention. Thofe who abound with Phlegm, dream of floods, fhows, 
fhowers,and inundations and falling from high places. Thofe who are Melancholy dream 
of gapings and gulfs in the earth, thick and obfeure darknefs, fmokes, caves, and all black 
and difmall things. But thofe whofe bodies abound in blood, dream of marriages,dances, 
embracings of women, feaftsjefts, laughter, of orchards and gardens 5 and to conclude, of 
all things pleafant and fplendent. 
Alfo we muft obferve how the Patient doth after fleep, whether more lively and chear- 
full, or moreheavie: for by the opinion of Hipocrates, 
Cum labor a [omno eft, Irthalem collide tnorbum: 
Sin profit [omnus, nihil hinc Lethale timendum eft. 
Pain fleep enfuing, an ill difeafe doth ffiow : 
But if fleep profit bring, no harm from thence will flow. 
And as fleep,fo watching, if it exceed meafure, is hurtfull 5 for it hurts the temperature 
of the brain, weakens the fenfes, waftes the ipirits, breeds crudities, heavinefs of the head, 
falling away of the flefh, and leannefs over all the body 5 and to conclude, it makes ulcers 
more dry, and fo confequently rebellious, difficult to heal and malign. There are many 
other things may be fpoxen of fleep and watching, but theiemay fuffice a Chirurgeon. 
D 2 CHAP. 
Fir time for 
fleep and rhe 
nature of the 
night. 
Sleep oh the 
day-time. 
There ought 
to be a mode- 
ration of our 
nights fleep. 
How to Be 
known. 
What the form 
and fire of our 
body ought to 
be while we 
fleep. 
The harm of 
lying on our 
backs. 
Upon our 
bellies. 
The confide* 
ration of 
dreams* 
Aphor.i.feti-%. 28 
An Introduction, or 
Cha p.17. 
CHAP. XVII. 
Of Refiction, and Inanition,, or Emftinefs. 
Here are, to be fhort,two forts of Repletion., or of all excefs; one is of a Ample 
quality, without any defluxion, or fociety of any humor., as appears in dis- 
tempers without matter : the other is of quantity and mafs, the body being 
diftended with too much meat, or too great quantity of humors; from 
whence proceed an infinite number of difeafes. They call the Repletion of 
meats, fatiety or ftilnefs ; and it is of two kinds: The one which is called * Repletion or 
Fulnefs to the veffels ; the other * Repletion to the ftrength. 
We judg of fatiety to the veflels, by the diftention and Swelling of the veins and en-> 
trails, as the ftomach. We call fatiety to the ftrength, when the body is loaded with more 
meats than it can well bear. But alfo there is a double Repletion of humors. For either 
it is of fbme one humor, or of all the humors •, they call this by a peculiar name, Plethora. 
For Galen defines Plethora an equal excefs of all the humors. For it at any time he define a 
Plethora to be an excefs of blood only; then verily by the name of blood,he underftands an 
equal comprehenfion of the four humors ; as it is taught in Phyfick Schools. 
The Repletion which is caufed by Some one humor, is termed by Galen in the place be- 
fore mentioned, Cacochynia* (that is, An evil juice) whether the Repletion proceed of a 
Cholerick, Melancholick, Phlegmatick, or ferous Humor. 
Now Inanition,or evacuation is no other thing than the expulsion or eflufion of humors 
which are troublefome,either in quantity or quality. Of Evacuations,Some are univerfall, 
which expell foperfluous humors from the whole body ; fuch are purging, vomiting , 
tranfpiration,fweats,Phlebotomy. Some particular,which are performed only to evacuate 
fome'part,as the brain by the nofe,palat,eys,ears; the lungs by the weazon ; the ftomach 
by vomit and ftool 5 the guts by ftool; the liver and the Spleen by urine and ordure. Thefe 
evacuations are Sometimes performed by nature, freeing it Self of that which is trouble- 
fome to it; otherwhiles by the Art of the Phyfitian in imitation of nature. 
And again, one of thefe is good and requifite, when only the humor which is hurtfull 
either in quantity or quality, is evacuated; The other not requifite, or immoderate,when 
the profitable Humors,together with the unprofitable, are expelled. 
But what evacuations foever thefe be, they are performed and done, either by the 
Scratching and rubbing of the skin, as when a Cholerick, fait, or Serous Humor, or Some 
windinefs lying between the skin and the flefh, caufe itching. For by Scratching tire skin, 
it gets paflage out, which is manifeft by the efflux of a ferous matter burning, or caufing 
Scabs and ulcers, 4f the humor be fomewhat grofs, but infenfible and not fo manifeft, if it 
be windinefs, the skin by that rubbing being ratified, and the grofs flatulency attenuated. 
Wherefore they do ill who hinder their Patients from fcratching, unlefs they Scratch fo 
cruelly and hard, that there may be danger (by reafon of the great heat and pain thereby 
caufed) of Some defluxion or falling down of fiuftiors into the part. 
Or thefe evacuations are performed by much matter evacuated from an opened Bile, or 
running Ulcer,a Fiftula,or foch like fores. Or by Sweats which are very good and health- 
full, efpecially in fharp difeafes, if they proceed from the whole body, and happen on the 
criticall days. By vomit, which often violently draws thefe humors from the whole body, 
even from the utmoft joints, which purging medicins could not evacuate,as we may lee in 
the Palfie, and Sciatica, or Hip-gout. By Spitting, as in all who are Suppurated either in 
the fides or lungs. By Salivation, or a Phlegmatick flux by the mouth, as in thofe who 
are troubled with the French-pox. By Sneezing and blowing the noSe; for by thefe, the 
brain oppreft with moifture, disburdeneth its Self,whether it be done without, or with the 
help of fternutatories and errhines ; wherefore children, and Such as have fomewhat moift 
brains, purge themfelves often this way. By hicket and belching ; for by thefe the windi- 
nefs contained in the ftomach, is often expelled. By urine, for by this not only Seavers', 
but which is more to be admired, the French-pox hath often been terminated and 
cured. 
For there have been fbme troubled with the Pox, in whom a flux of the vicious and 
venenate humor could not by Unftions of quickfilver be procured,either from the mouth 
or belly; yet have been wonderfully freed t by abundance of urine, both from danger of 
death and their difeafe. By bleeding; for nature hath often found a way for grievous 
difeafes, efpecially in young bodies, by bleeding at the note, and by their courfes in V:o- 
men. By a flux,orlask, purgation, fweats; infenfible evacuation andtranfpiration ; for 
fo tumors, the matter being brought to Suppuration, do Sometimes vanifti away and are 
diflblved, both of their own accord, as alfo by diflblving or difcufflng medicins. We do 
the fame by exercife, diet, hot-houfes, long fleep, waking, and fhedding of tears. By 
fucking, as with cupping-glafles, and horf-leeches, in wounds made by venemous bitings. 
In 
The kinds of 
Repletions, or 
rather of Ex- 
cetfcs. 
* Re Sad vafa 
pletio£ ad vires 
Gil. Meth. 13. 
cap. 6. 
What Caco- 
ctymia* 
The kinds of 
evacuation. 
The commo- 
dities of mode- 
rate fcratching. 
The force of 
vomits. 
Salivation. 
The whole 
body is alfo 
purged by 
urine. Chap. 18. 
Compendious way to Cbirurgery. 
29 
In all fuch kinds of evacuations, we muft confider three things, the quantity, quality, 
and manner of evacuation. As for an example,when an Empyema is opened,the matter which 
runs out, ought to be anfwerable in proportion to the purulent matter, which was con- 
tained in the capacity of thebreafts; otherwife, unlefs all the matter be emptied, there 
may happen a relapfc; the matter fhould be white, fbft, equal, and nothing {linking : 
Laftly5you mull let it forth not all together,and at one time,but by little and little, and at 
feverall times, otherwife not a little quantity of the Spirits and heat doth flow out toge- 
ther, with the unprofitable matter,and fo confequently a diflblution of all the powers. 
We muft ob« 
ferve three 
things in every 
evacuation* 
CHAP. XVIII. 
of the or Pafions ofthe minde. 
He Perturbations are commonly called the Accidents of the minde , becaufe aS 
bodily accidents from the body, fo may thefe be prefent and abfoit from the 
mind, without the corruption of the fubjeft. The knowledg of thefe muft not 
be lightly pafled over by the Chirurgeon; for they flir up great troubles in the 
bodies, and yeeld occafion of many and great difeafes ; of which things, joy, hope, and 
love, may give an apparent teftimony. For by thefe motions the heat and fpirits are fome- 
times gently, fometimes violently diffufed over all the body, for the enjoying of the pre- 
fent, or hoped for good. For then the heart is dilated, as to embrace the thing beloved, 
and the face is died with a rofie and lively colour. For it is likely, that the faculty it felf 
is ftirred by the objeft, by whofe power the heart it felf is moved. 
Foritisfirftneceflary, before we be moved by any Paflions, that the fenfes in their 
proper feats, in which they are feldom deceived, apprehend the objefts, and ftraight, as 
meflengers carry them to the common fenfe, which fends their conceived forms to all the 
faculties. And then, that each faculty, as a Judge may afrefh examin the whole matter, 
how it is, and conceive in the prefen ted objects fome fliew of good, or ill, to be defired, 
or fhunned. For what man that was well in his wits, did ever fall into a laughter, unlefs 
he formerly knew, or faw fomewhat faid or done, which might yeeld occafion of laugh ter? 
Therefore Joy proceeds from the heart, for the thing cauflng mirth or joy, being concei- 
ved, the faculty moves the heart, which fhaken and moved by the faculty which hath do- 
minion over it, is dilated and opened, as ready to embrace the exhilarating object. But 
in the mean time by the force of that dilatation, it fends forth much heat, and fpirits to- 
gether with the bloud into all the body. A great part of which comming to the face, di- 
lates it, the forehead is fmooth and plain, the eies look bright, the cheeks become red, as 
died with Vermilion, the lips and mouth are drawn together, and made plain and fmooth; 
fome have their cheeks dented with two little pits(which from the effects are called laugh- 
ing cheeks) becaufe of the contraction or curling, which the mufcles fuffer by reafbn of 
their fulnefs of bloud and fpirits, all which to be brief is nothing but to laugh. 
Joy recreates and quickens all the faculties, flics up the fpirits, helps concoCtion, makes 
the body to be better liking, and fattens it, the heat, bloud, and fpirits flowing thither, 
and the nourifhing dew or moifture, watering and refrefhing all the members ; from 
whence it is, that of all the paflions of the mind, this only is profitable, fo that it exceed 
notmeafiire; for immoderate and unaccudomed joy carries fb violently the bloud and 
fpirits from the heart, into the habit of the body, that fbdain and unlookt for death en- 
lues, by a fpeedy decay of the flrength, the lafting fountain of the vitall humour being ex- 
haufted. Which thing principally happens tothofe whoarelefs hearty, as women and 
old men. 
Anger caufeth the fame effufion of heat in us, but far fpeedier than joy; therefore the 
fpirits and humors are fo enflamed by it, that it often caufes putrid feavers, efpecially if 
the body abound with any ill humour. 
Sorrow, or grief dries the body by a way? quite that of anger, becaufe by 
this the-heart is fo ftraitned , the heat being almoft extinft, that the accuftomed generati- 
on of fpirits cannot be performed; and if any be generated, they cannot freely pafs into 
the members with the bloud; wherefore the vitall faculty is weakned, the lively colour 
of the face withers and decays, and the body wafteS away with a lingering confumption. 
./ Fear in like fort draws in and calls back the fpirits, and not by little and little as in 
\<6rrow, but fodainly and violently ; hereupon the face growes fodainly pale,the extreme 
parts cold, all the body trembles or fhakes, the belly in fome is loofed, the voice as it were 
flays in the jawes, the heart beats with a violent pulfation, becaufe it is almoft oppreft 
by the heat, ftrangledby the plenty of bloud, and fpirits aboundantly rufhing thither; 
The hair alfb ftands upright, becaufe the heat and bloud are retired to the inner parts, 
and the utmoft parts are more cold and drie than ftone; by reafon whereof the utmoft 
skin and the pores, in which the roots of the hairs are faftned, are drawn together. 
D 3 Shame 
Why the Paf- 
fions ofthe 
minefe are cal- 
led Accidents* 
Their force. 
From whence 
they have their 
force. 
The reafon 
of Joy, 
The effefls of 
Joy* 
Anger, 
Sonow 
Feaft. 
Hippr>cr, lib. 4. 
de ' 30 
An Introduction, or 
Cha p.19. 
Shame. 
Shame is a certain affeftion mixed, as it were, of Anger and Fear 5 therefore if, in that 
conflift of, as it were, contending paflions, Fear prevail over Anger, the face waxeth pale, 
(the blood flying back to the heart 5 ) and thefe or thefe Symptoms rife, according to the 
vchemency of the contrafted and abated heat. But if on the contrary, Anger get the domi- 
nion over Fear,the blood runs violently to the face,the eyes look red, and fometimes they 
even tome at the mouth. 
There is another kind of fhame,which the Latins call Verecundia (we Shamefaftnefs ) in 
which there is a certain flux, and reflux of the heat, and blood, firft recoiling to the 
heart, then presently rebounding from thence again. But that motion is lb gentle, that the 
heart thereby fuffers no oppreflion, nor defeft of fpirits 5 wherefore*no accidents worthy 
to be fpoken of,arile from hence : this affeft is familiar to young maids and boyes, who if 
they bluffi for a fault committed unawares, or through carelefncfs, it is thought an argu- 
ment of a vertuous and good difpofition. 
But an agony,which is a mixt paflion of a ftrong fear, and vehement anger, involves the 
heart in the danger of both motionsjwherefore by this paflion,the vitall facultie is brought 
into very great danger. To thefe fix Paflions of the mind, all other may be revoked,as Ha- 
tred and Difcord,to Anger : Mirth and Boafting, to Joy 5 Terrors, Frights and Swound- 
ings,to Fear; Envy, Defpair and Mourning, to Sorrow. 
By thefe it is evident, how much the paflions of the mind can prevail, to alter and over- 
throw the Rate of the body 5 and that by no other means, than that by the compreflion 
and dilatation of the heart, they diffufe and contraft the fpirits blood, and heat 5 from 
whence happens the diflipation,or oppreflion of the fpirits. 
The fignes ofthefe Symptomes quickly (hew themfelves in the face 5 the heart,by reafon 
of the thinnefs of the skin in that part, as it were painting forth the notes of its affeftions. 
And certainly the face is a part fo fit to difclqfe all the affeftions of the inward parts, that 
by it you may nianifeftly know an old man from a young,a woman from a man, a tempe- 
rate perfon from an untemperate, an Ethiopian from an a Frenchman from a Spaniard; 
a fad man from a merry, a found from a ficK, a living from a dead. Wherefore many affirm 
that the manners,and thofe things which we keep fecret and hid in our hearts, may be un- 
derftood by the face and countenance. 
Now we have declared what commodity and difeommodity may redound to the man 
from thefe forementioned paflions,and have fhewed that anger is profitable to none, unlefs 
by chance to fome dull by reafon ofidlenefs,oroppreft with fomecold, clammy andphlcg- 
matick humor 5 and fear convenient for none, unlefs peradventure for fuch as are brought 
into man iftft and ext ream danger of their life by fome extraordinary fweat, immoderate 
bleedingjor the like unbridled evacuation:Wherefore it behoves a wife Chirurgeon to have 
a care, left he inconfiderately put any Patient committed to his charge into any of thefe 
paflions, unlefs there be fome neceflity thereof, by reafon of any of the forementioned oc- 
cafions. 
Shamefaftnefs. 
An agony. 
Why the fir ft 
fignsofpafti' 
ons of the mind 
appear in the 
face* 
The life of paf- 
fionsofthe 
mind. 
C H A P. XIX. 
of things again ft of the Caufe ofa difeafe. 
Aving intreated of things naturall, and not naturall, now it remains we fpeak of 
things (which are called) againft nature, becaufe that they are fuch as are apt to 
weaken & corrupt the ftate of our body .And they be three in number;The caufe of 
a difeafe, a Difeafe, and a Symptome.The caufe of a difeafe is an affeft againft na- 
ture,which caufes the difeafe. Which is divided into Internall and Externall. The Exter- 
nal,originall or primitive comes from feme other place,and outwardly into the bodyjfuch 
be meats of ill nouriffiment,and fuch weapons as hoftilely wound the body. 
The Internall have their eflence and feat in the body,andare fubdivided into antecedent 
and con junft. That is called an antecedent caufe, which as yet doth not aftually make a 
difeafe, but goes near to caufe one ; fohumors copioufly flowing, or ready to flow into 
any part, are the antecedent caufes of difeafes; The conjunct is that which actually caufes 
the difeafe,and is fo immediately joyned in affinity to the difeafe,that the difeafe being pre- 
fen t, it is prefent,and being abfent, it is abfent. 
Again,of all fetch caufes,fome are born together with us,as the over-great quantity and 
malign quality of both the feeds,and the menftruous blood from difeafed Parents are caufes 
of many difeafes,and fpecially of thofe which are called Hereditary. 
Other happen to us after we be born,by our diet and manner of life,a ftroke,fall or fuch 
other like. Thofe which be bred with us,cannot be wholly avoided or amended, but fome 
of the other may be avoided,as a ftroke and fall; fbme not,as thole which neceflarily enter 
into ourbody,as Air,Meat,Drink, and the like. 
But if any will reckon upamongft the internal,inherent,and inevitable caufes,the dayly, 
nay hourely diffipation of the radicall moifture,which the naturall heat continually preys 
upon; 
What things 
againft nature 
are. 
What,and how 
many the catr 
fes of difeafes 
be. 
The primitive 
caufe. 
Internal! ante- 
ccdcnt- 
Internal! con- 
jund» 
The congenit, 
©r inevitable 
caufc of death. Compendious way to Chirurgery. 
Chap.20,21. 
31 
upon ; I do not gainfay it, no more than that divifion of Caufes celebrated and received 
of Philofophers, divided into Materiall, Formall, Efficient, and Finall; for fuch a curious 
contemplation belongs not to a Chirurgeon, whom I only intend plainly to inftruft. 
Wherefore that we have written may fuffice him. 
CHAP. XX. 
of a Difeafe. 
Difeafe is an afte&againft Nature, principally, and by it felf, hurting and depra- 
ving the aftion of the part in which it refides. The diviAon of a Difeafe is 
threefold; Diftemperature, ill Conformation, and the Solution of Conti- 
nuity. 
Diftemperature is a Difeafe of the limilar parts diflenting, and changed from their pro- 
per and native temper. That digreffion from the native temper, happens two ways; either 
by a Ample diftemperature from the excefs of one quality; and this is fourfold. Hot, 
Cold, Moift, and Dry ; or by a compound diftemperature, by the excefs of two qualities, 
which alfo is fourfold. Hot and Moift, Hot and Dry; Cold and Moift, Cold and Dry. 
Again, every diftemper is the fault of one Ample and Angle quality, as an inflammation; 
or hath fome vicious humors joined with it,as a Phlegmon.Again,a Diftemperature is either 
equal, as in a Sphacele y or unequal, as in a Phlegmon} beginning or increaflng. 
Ill Conformity is a fault of the organicall parts, whole compofure is thereby depraved. 
This hath four kinds; theflrftis, when the flgure of the part is faulty, either by nature 
or accident, or lome cavitie abolilhed; as if a part which nature would have hollow for 
fome certain ufe,do grow or dole up : Or laftly, if they be rough, /or Anooth otherwife 
than they fhould, as if that part which Ihould be rough, be fmooth, or the contrary. Ano- 
ther is in the magnitude of the part increafed, or diminilhed contrary to nature. The 
third is in the number of the parts increafed or diminilhed; as if a hand have but four or 
elfe Ax fingers. The fourth is m the Ate and mutuall connexion of the parts; as if the 
parts which Ihould be naturally united and continued be pluckt afunder, as happens 
in Luxations; or the contrary. The third generail kind of difeafe, is the folution of 
continuity, a Difeafe common,both to the Amilar and organicall parts,acquiring diverfity 
©f names, according to the variety of the parts in which it refides. 
What a difeafc 
is, and how 
various. 
A Diftempc* 
rature. 
Ill Conforma- 
tion. 
Solation off 
Continuity,, 
CHAP. XXL 
of a Spnptome. 
E do not in this place take the word Symptome in the moft generall acceptation, 
for every change or accident which happens to man befides his own natures but 
more refervedly and fpecially, only for that change which the difeafe brings,'and 
which follows the difeafe, as a fhadow doth the body. 
There be three kindes of a Symptome properly taken. The firft is, when the a&ion is 
hurts I fay hurt, becaufe it is either abolifhed,weakned, or depraved s fo blindnefs is a 
deprivation or abolifhing of theaftionof feeing 5 dulnefs of fight, is a diminution or 
weakning thereof s and a fuffufion, fuch as happens at the beginning of a Cataraft, when 
they think flies, hares, and fuch like bodies fly to and fro before their eys,is a depravation 
of the fight. 
The fecond is a fimple affeft of the body, and a Rill fault of the habit thereof being 
changed, happening by the mutation of fome qualities: fuch is the changing of the native 
colour into a red by a Phlegmon, and into a livid and black by a Gangrene 5 fuch is the 
filthy ftench the nofe affefted with a Polypus fends forth 5 the bitter tafte, in fuch as have 
the Jaundife s and the rough and rugged skin in them which are Leprous. 
The third is the fault of the overmuch retention of excrements which fhould be expel- 
led,and expulfion of fitch as fhould be retained 5 for the evacuation of an humor profitable 
both in quantity and quality, is againft nature, as bleeding in a body not full of ill Hu- 
mors, nor Plethorick 5 and alfo the retention of things hurtfull in fubftance, quantity 
and quality, as theCourfes in women, the urine, and the ftone in the bladder. 
What a Sym Je- 
rome is. 
Three kinds 
thereof. 
CHAP, An Introduction, or 
ChAP.22. 
32 
CHAP. XXII. 
of Indications. 
Heknowledg andexercifeof Indications befits that Chirurgeon, whom no blind 
raftmefs of fortune, but reafon 5 no chance, but counfcll direfts in the under- 
taking and performing the works of his Art. For an Indication is a certain 
fate and Ihort way, which leads the Phyfitian,as by the hand, to the attainment 
of his purpofedend, of preferving the found,or curing the fick. 
For Galen doth define an Indication to be a certain infinuation of what is to be done, or 
a quick and judicious apprehenfion of that which may profit or hurt. And as Faulconers, 
Mariners, Plowmen, Souldiers, and all manner of Artizens, have their peculiar terms and 
words5which are neither known,nor ufed by the vulgar; fo this word Indication is proper 
and peculiar to Phylitians and Chirurgeons, as a Term of Art nou vulgarjby coniideration 
of which, as by fome lign,or fecret token,they are admonilhed what is to to be done to re- 
ftore health, or rcpell an imminent danger. 
There are three prime and principall kinds of Indications,every of which is fubdivided 
into many other. The firft is from things naturall.The (econd from thofe things which are 
termed not natural!. The third from thofe things which are contrary to nature. Things 
naturall Ihew they muft be preferved by their like,and in the compafs of thefeare contained 
all the Indications which are drawn from the nature of the Patient, that is, from his 
ftrength, temper, age, fex, habit, cuftome, diet. 
Things not naturall may be doubted as uncertain, for one while they indicate the fame 
things with things naturall,that is, they coindicate with the ftrength, temper and the reft; 
otherwhiles they confent with things againft nature, that is, they coindicate with the dif- 
eafe. Wherefore Galen when he faith, that Indications are drawn from three things 5 
The difeafe, the nature of the Patient, and the encompaft ng air; by propofing the 
familiar example of the air, he would have us to underftand the other things not natu- 
rall j becaufe we may fhun or imbrace them more or lefs as we will our felves, but 
we muft, whether we will or no, endure the prefent ftate of the air. Therefore 
the air indicates fomething to us, or rather coindicates ; for if it nourifh the difeafe, as 
confpiring with it,it will indicate the fame that the difeafe,that is, that it muft be preferved 
in the fame ftate. 
Things contrary to nature indicate they muft be taken away by their contraries; there- 
fore that we may more accurately and frilly handle all the Indications drawn from things 
naturalljWe muft note, that fome of thefeare concerning the ftrength of the Patient,by care 
topreferve which, we are often compelled for a time toforfake the cure of the proper 
difeafe : for fo a great (baking happening at the beginning of an ague or feaver, we are of- 
ten forced to give fuftenance to the Patient, to (Lengthen the powers fhaken by the vehe- 
mency of the (baking, which thing notwithftanding lengthens both the generall and parti- 
cular fits of the ague. Other pertain to the temper, other refpeft the habit, if the Patient 
be (lender, if fat, if well fle(bt,if of a rare, or denle conftitution of body. Other refpeft the 
condition of the part affefted in fubftance, confidence, fbftnefs, hardnefs , quick or dull 
fenfe, form, figure, magnitude, fite, connexion, principality, fervice, funftion and uie. 
From all thefe, as from notes,the skilfull Chirurgeon will draw Indications according to 
the time and part affe&ed: for the fame things are not fit for fore eyes, which were con- 
venient for the ears, neither doth the phlegmon in the jaws and throat admit the .fame 
form of cure, as it doth in other parts of the body. For none can there outwardly apply 
repercuffives, without prefent danger of (uffocation. So there is no u(e of repercuffives in 
defluxions of thofe parts which in fite are neer the principall. Neither muft thou cure a 
wounded Nerve and Mufcle, after one manner. The temperature of a part, as iMoifture,al- 
wayes indicates its prefervation, although the difeafe be moift,and give Indication of dry- 
ing, as an ulcer. The principality of a part alwayes infinuates an Indication of aftringent 
things, although the dileafe require diflblving , as an Obftru&ion of the Liver; foro- 
therwife unlefsyou mix aftringent things with d(fiolving,you will fo diflblvethe ftrength 
of thepart,that hereafter it cannot fuffice for fanguification.If the texture of a part be rare, 
it (hews it is lefs apt,or prone to obftruftion ; if den(e,it is more obnoxious to that difeafe, 
hence it is that the Liver is oftener obftrufted than the Spleen. If the part be fituate 
more deep,or remotest indicates the medicines muft be more vigorous and liquid,that they 
may (end their force fo far. The lenfiblenefs, or quick-fenfe of the part, gives Indication of 
milder medicines, than peradventure the figns, or notes of a great difeafe require. F or 
the Phyfitian which applies things equally (harp to the Horny tunicle of the eye being 
ulcerated,and to the Leg,muft need be counted either cruell, or ignorant.Each fex and Age 
hath its Indications, for fome difeafes are curable in youth, which we muft not hope 
to cure in old age; for hoarfnefs'and great diftillations in very old men, admit no digefti- 
' on,as Hipocrates faith. 
What Indica 
tion is. 
See Method, 
Cap. 7. Lib, de 
opt «fefla,Cap, 
II. 
The kinds of 
Indications. 
Lib, 9.Method, 
cap.g. 
Indications 
drawn from 
things natural!. 
What the con 
ditions of the 
parts affeficd 
do indicate, 
Indications 
from the ages. 
liii Chap.22. 
Compendious way to Chirurgery. 
33 
decrepitus Branchujn coquit., atque Coryzam. 
The feeble Sire, for age that, hardly goes, 
Ne're well digefts the hurtfull Rheume or pole. 
Moreover according to his decree the difeafes of the Heins, and whatfoever pains moleffi 
the bladder, are difficultly healed in old men ; and alfo reafon perfwades that a Quaata.in 
admits no cure in Winter,and fcarce a Quotidian; and ulcers in like manner are more hard} 
to heal in Win ter; that hence we may underftand certain Indications to be drawn from time;, 
and to increafe the credit of the variety and certainty of Indications, fome certaine time, 
and feafons in thofe times command us to. make choife of medicines; for as Hippocrates 
teftifics; 
■Aphcr 6fell *6- 
f$+ 
Canis ardorem facilis purgatio non eft. 
In Dogdayes heat it is not good, 
By purging for to cleauic the blood. 
Neither {halt thou fo we] 1 preferibe a {lender diet in Winter,as in the Spring, for the air 
hath its Indications. For experience teaches us, that wounds of the head are far more diffi-. 
cultly and hardly cured, at Rome9Napks9 and Rachel/ in Xantoigne. But the times of difeafes 
yeeld the principall Indications, for fome Medicines are only to be ufed at the beginning 
and end of difeafes,others at the increafe and vigour of the difeafe. Wee muft not contemn 
thole Indications which are drawn from the vocation of life,and manner of Diet; for ypu 
muft otherwife deal with the painfull Husbandman (when he is your Patient) which leads 
his life fparingly and hardly,than with the Citizen who lives daintily and idlely. To this 
manner of life and Diet may be referred a certain fecret and occult property,by which many 
are not only ready to vomit at eating of fome meats, but tremble over all their bodies 
when they hear them but fpoken of. 1 knew a prime Nobleman of theFreaffi Nobility, 
who was fo perplext at the ferving in of an Eel to the Table, at the midft of dinner and 
amongft his friends, that he fell into a fwound, all his powers failing him. Galen in his 
book de Cotfuetudine tells that Ar ins the died fodainly, becaufe compelled by 
the advice of thofe Phyfitians he ufed, he drank a great draught of cold water in the 
intolerable heat of a Feaver. For no reafon, faith than that, becaufe he know- 
ing he had naturally a cold ftomachfrom his childhood, perpetually abftained from cold 
water. 
For as much as belongs to Indications taken from things againft nature; the length and 
depth of a wound or ulcer indicates one way;the figure cornered,round,equall and finooth, 
unequall and rough, with a hollownefs ftreight or winding, indicate otherwife ; the fitc 
right, left, upper, lower in another manner, and otherwife the force and violence of ante- 
cedent and conjunct caufes. For oftentimes the condition ofthecaufe indicates contrary 
to the difeafe, as when abundance of cold and grofs humors caufe and nouriffi a Feaver. So 
alfo a Symptome often indicates contrary to the difeafe, in which contradiftion, that In- 
dication muft be moft efteemed, which doth moft urge; as for example fake, if fwound- 
ing happen in a Feaver, the feaverilh burning fliall not hinder us from giving wine to the 
Patient. 
Wherefore thefe Indications are the principalleft and moft noble which lead us,as by the 
hand, to doe thefe things which pertain to the cure, prevention and mitigating of difeafes. 
But if any objeft, that fo curious a fearch of fo many Indications is to no purpofe, becaufe 
there are many Chirurgeons,which fetting only one before their eyes,which is drawn from 
the Eflence of the difeafe, have the report and fame of skilfull Chirurgeons, in the opini- 
on of the vulgar 5 But let him know that it doth not therefore follow, that this indicati- 
on is iufficient for the cure of all difeafes ; for we do not alwayes 'follow that which the 
Eflence of the difeafe doth indicate to be done. But chiefly then, where none of the forer 
recited Indications doth refift or gainiay ; you may underftand this by the example of a 
P/ethorrfjWhich by the Indication drawn from the Eflence of the thing requires Phlebotomy; 
yet who is it,that will draw blood from a child of three months old?Befides,filch an Indica- 
tion is not artificial! but common to the Chirurgeon with the common people, For who 
is it that is ignorant, that contraries are the remedies of contraries ? and that broken bones 
muft be united by joyning them together ? but how it muft be performed and done, this is 
of Art and peculiar to a Chirurgeon, and not known to the vulgar. Which the Indicati- 
ons drawn from thofe fountains we pointed at before, aboundantly teaches, which, as by 
certain limits of circumftanccs,encompafs the Indication which is taken from the Eflence of 
the difeafe, left any ffiould think, we muft truft to that only. For there is fome great and 
principall matter in it, but not all. For fo the meaneft of the common people is not igno- 
rant, that the folution of continuity is to be cured by repairing that which is loft. But in 
■what parts we may hope for reftitution of the loft fiibftance,and in which not,is the part of 
a skilfull Chirurgeon to know and pronounce. Wherefore he will not vainly beftow hi$ 
labour 
From our diet; 
Hatred artfing 
from fecret 
properties. 
Indications ta- 
ken from 
things a gain ft 
nature. 
We do not ai» 
wayes follow 
the Indication! 
which is from 
the difeafe. 
In what parti 
we cannot 
hope for re- 
ftoringoffo- 
hinon of conti- 
nuity An Introduction, or 
Caap.oo. 
34 
labor to cure the nervous part of the T>iaphra^may or Midriffe being wounded,or the Heart., 
fmall Guts, Lungs,Liver, Stomach,Brain or Bladder ; and that I may fpeak in a word,Em- 
pericks are not much more skilfu.il than the common people, although they do fo much 
extoll themfelves above others by the name of experience. For although experience be ano- 
ther inftrument to find out things with reafon, yet without reafon, it will never teach, 
What the fubftance of the part in which the difeafe lies, may be 5 or what the aftion, ufe, 
lite, connexion,from whence fpeciall and proper Indications are drawn ; With which the 
Chirurgeon being provided and inftrufted fhall not only know by what means to find out 
a remedy,but alio , left he may fecm to mock any with vain promiles, he fhall difcern what 
difeafes are uncurable,and therefore not to be medled withall. 
But implicit or intricate difeafes require each to be cured in their feverall order, except 
fome one of them be defperate,or lb urge & prefs that the Phyfitian think it neceflary after 
prepofterous order,to begin with it,although often he be forced to make fbme one of thefe 
difeafes incurable, or give occafion of caufing fome new one:into which ftraits we are necef- 
farily compelled to fall, when, (for example) we determine to pull, or take away fbme ex- 
traneous body 5 for the performance whereof we are compelled to inlarge the wound. So 
we are forced by neceffity to open the neck of the bladder, (that fo we may draw forth the 
ftone therein contained) with a wound which often degenerates into an uncurable Fiftula. 
Forthat difeafe which threatens danger of prefent death is of fuch moment, that to fhun 
that it may be counted a fmall matter, and commodious for the fick to bring in other 
difeafes, though uncurable. For if a convulfion happen by pricking a Nerve, which we 
cannot heal by any remedies, then by cutting the Nerve afunder we end the convulfion,but 
deprive the part into which that Nerve did goe, of the ufe of fbme voluntary motion. So 
if in any great joynt there happen a Luxation with a wound,becaufe there is danger of con- 
vulfion by trying to reftore and fet right the luxated part, we are forc'd for fhunning there- 
of, to attend the wound only, and in the mean time to let alone the Luxation. Other- 
wife in implicit difeafes if there be nothing which may urge, or call us from the ordinary 
cure, we muftobferve this order, that beginning With that affeft, which hinders the cure 
of the principal! difeafe, we profecute the reft in the fame and their proper order, untill all 
the difeafes being overcome we fhall reftore the part affe&ed to its integrity. Therefore let 
us take for an example, an ulcer in the Leg,a F4r/x(or big fwollen vein)and a Phlegmonous 
tumor round about it ; and laftly, a body wholly plethorick and filled with ill humors ; 
order and reafon require this, that ufing the advifeoffome learned Phyfitian we prefcribe 
a convenient diet, and by what means we may,bring him to an equality by purging and 
blood-letting, and then we will fcarifie in divers places the part where it is moft fwollen , 
then prefently apply Leeches,that fo we may free it from the burden of the con junft matter; 
then ufe Cauteries to help the corruption of the bone, and in the mean time change the cir- 
cular figure of the ulcer into an ovall, or triangular; then at the length we will under- 
take the cutting of the and cure the ulcer which remains according to Art*, and fo at 
the length cicatrize it. In all this whole time the Patient fhall neither walk,nor ftand, nor 
fit,but ly quietly,having his Leg orderly and decently rowled up.But if(as it often happens) 
the temper of the hurt part, be different from the temper of the whole body,the manner of 
curing muft be fo tempered,that we increafe the dofis of hot or cold medicines,according to 
the ratable proportion of the indications requiring this or that, therefore imagine the part 
ulcerated to be fuch,as that it is two degrees dryer than the juft temper;but the whole body 
to exceed the fame temper in one degree of humidity: reafon and Art will require, that the 
medicin applyed to the ulcer be dryer by one degree than that which the part would other- 
wife require if it were temperate; but on the contrary let us fiippofe thus : the whole body 
to be one degree more moift then the temper requires, and the ulcerated part to be one de- 
gree dryer: truly in this cafe the medicine that is applyed to the ulcer by reafon of the part 
it felf,fhall not be increafed in drynefs, but wholly compofed and tempered to the Indicati- 
on of the ulcer,becaufe the force of the moifture exceeding in the like degree, doth counter- 
poife the fuperfluous degree of drynefs. But it is more eafie by an conjecture to 
determine of all fuch things,than by any rules or precepts. 
To thele fo many and various Indications,! think good to add two other; the one from 
fimilitudejthe other of a certain crafty devife, & as the latter Phyfitians term it,of a certain 
fiibtile ftratagem. We draw Indication from fimilitude, in difeafes which newly fpring up 
and arife, as which cannot be cured by Indications drawn from their contraries, as long as 
their Eflence is unknown and hid; wherefore they think if neceflary to cure them by a way 
and Art like thofe difeafes, with which they leem to have an agreeing fimilitude of Sym- 
ptomes and Accidents; Our Anceftors did the fame in curing the French Pocks, at thefirft 
beginning thereof, as long as they affimilated the cure to that of the Leprofie, by reafon of 
that affinity, which both the difeafes feem to have. But we follow crafty devices and Tub- 
tile counfels, when the Eflence of the difeafe we meet, with is wholly fecret and hid,either 
becaufe it is altogether of a hidden and fecret nature,and which cannot be unfolded by ma- 
nifeft qualities, or elferefides in a fubjeft which is not fiifficiently known to us, nor of a 
phyficall contemplation, as the Mind, For then we being deftitute ofH indications taken 
from 
Experience 
without reafon 
is like a blind 
man without a 
guide. 
Indications in 
implicit dif- 
eafes. 
An example of 
Indications in 
implicit 
difeafcs. 
What we muft 
do when rhe 
temper of the 
part is different 
from the tem- 
per of rhe 
Whole body. 
An artificial! 
conjecture is of 
much force in 
Indications* 
Indication from 
Similitude. 
Indicationofa 
fubtile device. ChAP.22. 
Compendious waytoCbirurgery. 
35 
from the nature of the thing,are compelled to turn our cogitations to impoftures and crafty 
counfels; and they fay this Art and Craft is of chief ufe in Melancholy affefts and fi&ions, 
which are often more monftrous and deformed than the Chimera fo much mentioned in the 
fables of the Ancients; to which purpole, I will net think much to recite two Exam- 
ples. A certain man troubled with a Melancholick difeafe, I know not by what errourof o- 
pinion,had ftrongly pcrfwaded himfelf that he was without a head; the Phyfitians omitted 
no thing., by which they might hope to take this mad opinion out of his mind. But when 
they had in vain tryed all medicines,at length they devifed this crafty, but profitable device, 
they fattened and put upon his head a moft heavy helmet,that fo by the pain and trouble of 
his head nodding and drawn down by that weight, he might be admonilhed of his error. 
It is reported, another moleftcd by the obfeurity and darknefs of the fame difeafe, did 
verily beleeve, that he had horns upon his head;neither could he be drawn or diverted from 
that abfurd and monftrous opinion, untill that binding up his eyes, they miferably bruited 
and feratched his forehead with the bony roughnefs of the lower parts of an oxes horns,that 
io he begun to believe by the painfull drawing of the blood that ran down his face, that 
thofe bloody horns were forcibly plucked from him. Ingenious Chirurgeons in imitation 
of thefe examples may in like cafes do the like. For that cafe requires a man of a quick ap- 
prehenfion and advice, who may give manifeft proof of his diligence and skill by medicinall 
ftratagems,as who forthwith can politickly devife ftratagems of divers forts. 
But, now coming to the end of this our traft of Indications, we muft chiefly and princi- 
pally obferve; That of Indications feme are Indicative; which abfblutely and of them- 
felves command this to be done; other conidicative, which indicate the fame with the In- 
dicative, and joyntly fhew it to be done,but in fome fort fecondarily and not primitively; 
fome are repugnant, which of themfelves and their own nature perfwade quite 
contrary to that the indicative primitively did perfwade us ; other correpugnant, which 
give their voice after the fame form and manner with the repugnant againft the indicative, 
as the coindicative confent to and maintain them. Let this ferve for an example of them all. 
A Plethora, or plenitude of humors of its own nature, requires and indicates blood- 
letting,the Spring time perfwades and coindicates the fame,but to this counfell is quite op- 
posite and repugnant, a weak faculty, and childhood is correpugnant. 
Wherefore thefe four muft be diligently weighed and confidered when we deliberate what 
is to be done, and we muft rather follow that which the indicative, or repugnant -fhew and 
declare, as what the difeafes and ftrength of the Patient require, than that which the coin- 
dicative,orcorrepugnantfhallperfwade, becaufe they have a weaker and but fecundary 
power ofindicating,andnot eflentiall &primitive.But becaufe the kinds of Indications are 
fo many and diver s,therefore that the knowledg of them may bemoreperfpicuous and left 
confuted, I have thought good to defcribe and diftinguifh them by this following fcheme. 
Examples. 
A Ph) fiiian 
fhould be of a 
quick apprc- 
hcnfion. 
Indications in- 
dicative. 
Coindicative. 
Repugnant* 
Correpugfiant. 
A 36 
Cha p.22. 
A. Table of Indications. 
For whofeprefervation,oftentimes the proper cure of 
thedifeafe muft be neglefted; for whet e the fee fail,it is 
impofftble the Chirurgeon (bould pet form what he de= 
'From the ftrength ( 
and faculties of 
the patient. ' 
From the tempe ' 
r ament»as if the, 
Patient fa a ll be 
From the habit of 
the body, as the pa-' 
tientfaall be ; 
s 
From the native 
condition of tie 
hurt or affc&ed 
part,in which we 
conjider,either 
From the Age, for each age 'yeelds his peculiar Indications, may 
ebferve tnojl difeafes to be incurable in old men, which areeafly cured in 
young, others which in youth admit ofno cure, unlefs by the change of age 
and the erfuing temperament. 
From Sex, for medicines workupon women far more eaftly than upon 
, men. . 
From the time of the year,for fame meats and medicines are fit inWinter,fame 
in Summer. . 
From the Region, for at there are diverfities of fituations and habits of 
places, fo alfo there are motions ef humors,and manners of difeafes: hence 
it is that wounds 09 the head at Paris, and fore fains at Avignion are 
; more difficult to be cured. 
From the times ofdifeafas9for fame things in the beginning 9 others in the 
increafe,fiate and declining ofthe dtfeafe, are more convenient. 
From the manner of diet,for this, as the proper temper, mujt be preferved. 
Wherefore fuchmuft be fed otherwife who live daintily, thanthofe who 
lead their lives fparingly and hardly. Hereunto add certain peculiar 
natures, which by a certain hidden property are offended at this, or that 
kind of meat. For there are fame which not onely cannot concofi Pts fan, 
Apples, Soles,Partridge, Water andfueh like,but can fear ce behold them 
without iMufeoulhefi. 
'Sanguine, 
' Idelancholtck. 
[Of prefervation of which the Chirur- 
fleon mufl have care, 'and if they 
fwarvefrom equality,to reduce them 
to that which formerly they natu- 
I ralh were. 
'Dainty and delfcate, 
>Slender and weak. 
) Low of feature. 
.Rare, orelfedenfe andcompaff. 
rThefirft is drawn from 
things naturall which in- 
dicate their prefervation 
by their like, of this kind 
are many other which are 
drawn, 
either 
i 
i 
Thefecond is drawn from things\ 
not natural!, which one while in- 
dicate their frefervation by their' 
like, another while their change 
by their contraries-, farfo j 
I 
The third from 
things contras 
rary to nature, 
which fliew, 
they muftbe 
taken away 
by the ufe of 
their contra- 
ries, as 
The fid) fiance thereof,at for as much as it u ]imuar,we 
confider whether it be het, cold, moi fl,dry, or as it it 
orgariicall, and then whether it be a principal and 
noble parlor a fubordinate and ignoble park. 
Or the fenje, whether quicks or dull, by reafon 
whereof rhe eye cannot endure fuch jharpe and acrid 
medicines,as fimpleflefh can. 
Or the form,figure, magnitude, number,fits,connexi* 
zim jiff inn u (p 
An Indication ft 
a certain plain 
and compendious 
way which 
leads the Chit- 
urge on to a. 
tain,determinate 
and prop ofed end 
fir the cure of 
the prefent aif- 
tafer, of which j 
there are three J 
kinds. 
confpiredwitb thedifeafeby acertainfimi- 
litude of qualities to the deflruCtion of the Patient, it mufl be cor- 
rected by its contraries, according to Jrt. . n. 
But if by the disagreement of qualities it repfl the dijeafe, it mujt be 
kept in the fame temper. 
From that « 
which it 
tneft urgent 
From the 
caufe 
and 
From that, 
without 
which the 
difeafe can- 
not be taken 
.away: 
Bitternefs 
ofpain, a 
defluxion 
intea 
part,a 
Varix, or 
big fwol- 
len vein* 
a diftem ■ 
per a ture, 
if they be 
joyned 
with a 
difeafe. 
"In impli- 
cit, or 
. mixed di* 
feafawe 
may draw 
l Indicati- 
ons from 
\jhefe three 
beadf.i 
The great- 
nefs 
The compli- 
cation or 
commix- 
tion with 
.other-, fi 
fucb 
are 
the difetfe, 
the Indi ca- 
tion being 
drawn fem 
thefe, 
»« 
i 
Caufe 
of the 
difeafe 
Spn?. 
tome. 
which two often indicate and require medicines contrary to the difeafe. Chap. 25. 
IF,ay to Cbirurgery 
37 
CHAP. XXIII. 
Of certain wonder full and extravagant ways ef curing Difeafes. 
S monfters fometimes happen in nature, fo alfo in difeafes, and in the events and 
cures of difeafes. I underftand by monfters certain marvailous fuccefles in dif- 
eafes, or certain ways of curing them, which fwerve from Art, and happen be- 
fides reafon, nature, and common ufe. 
Alexander ab Alexandra, and Peter Gilius tell, that in Apulia a part of Italy they have a 
certain kind of Spider very frequent; the natives call it Tarantula., Petrus Rhodius cals it 
Phalangium$ The Inhabitants find thefe Spiders inthefirft heat of Summer fo venehate 
and deadly, that whomfoever they touch with their virulent biting, he prefently, without 
he have fpeedy remedy, deprived of all fenle and motion fals down, or certainly if he 
efcapexhe danger of death, he leads the remnant of his life in madnefs. Experience hath 
found a remedy by Mufick for this fo fpeedy and deadly a difeafe: Wherefore as foon as 
they can they fetch Fidlers and Pipers of divers kinds, who by playing and piping 
may make mufick; at the hearing whereof, he which was fallen down by reafon of the 
venemousbite, rifes cheerfully, and dances fo long to their meafures and tunes, untill by 
the painfull and continued fhaking and agitation of the whole body, all the malignity iS 
dilfipated by tranfpiration and fweats. 
Alexander adds, that it happened once in his fight, that the Muficians their wind and 
hands failing them ceafed playing, and then the Dancer prefently fell down as if he had 
been dead; but by and by the Mufick beginning anew, he rife up again and continued 
his dancing till theperfeft diflipation of the venome. And that it hath happened befides, 
that one not fo perfeftly healed, certain reliques of the difeafe yet remaining, when a long 
time after he heard by chance a noife of Muficians,he prefently fell a leaping and dancing, 
neither could he be made to leave before he was perfeftly cured. 
Some affirm according to the opinion of Ajclepiades, that fuch aS are frantick aremuch 
helped with a fweet and muficall harmony. Theophraftus and Aldus Gellius fay, that the pain 
of the Gout and Sciatica are taken away by Mufick. And the facred Scripture ttftifies, 
that David was wont by the fweet found of the Harp to refrefh and eafo king Saul when 
he was miferably tormented by his evil fpirit. Herodotus in Clio tels, that Crcefus the king 
of Lydia had a Son, which of a long time could not fpeak, and when he came to mans 
eftate was accounted dumb: butwhen an enemy with his drawn fWord invaded his fa- 
ther (overcome in a great fight, and the City being taken in which he was) not knowing 
that he was the King, the young man opened his mouth endevouring to cry out,and with 
that ftriving and forcing of the Spirit, he broke the bonds and hinderances of his tongue, 
and (poke plainly and articulately, crying out to the enemy that he fhould not kill King 
Crcrfus. So both the enemy with-held his fword, and the king had his life, and his fon had 
his fpeech always after.Plutarch in his book,Of the benefit to be received from our enemies, 
tels, That a Theffalian called Proteus, had a certain inveterate and incurable Ulcer in a cer- 
tain part of his body, which could not be healed, before he received a wound in a conflict 
in the fame place, and by that means the cure being begun afrefh,the wound and ulcer were 
both healed. 
Quintus Fabius Maximus, as Livie writes, was long and very fick of a quartain Ague, 
neither could have wifhed fuccefs from medicins adminiftred according to Art, untill skir- 
mifhing with the AUobroges, he fhaked off his old feaverifh heat, by a new heat and ardent 
defire of fighting. It was credibly reported to me of late by a Gentleman of the Lord 
of Lanfackes Chamber, that, there was a French Gentleman in Polonia, who was grievoufly 
tormented with a quartain Feaver, who on a time walking upon the bank of the river 
Wixell, to takeaway the irkfomnefs of his fit, was thruft in jeft into the River by a friend 
of his that met him by chance, by which (although he could fwim, as he alfo knew 
that thruft him in) he conceived fo great, fear, that the Quartain never troubled him after. 
King Henry the fecond commanded me to go from theCamp at Amiens to the City Dorian, 
that I might cure thofe that were hurt in the conflift with the Spaniards, the Cap- 
tain £. Arbin, although at that time he had a fit of a Quartain ague, yet would he 
be prefent at the fight, in which being ihot through the fide of his neck with a Bul- 
let, he was ftrucken with fiich a terror of death, that the heat of theFeaverwasaflwa- 
ged by the cold fear, and he afterwards lived freed fromh is Ague. 
Francifcus Valeriola the famous Phyfitian of Arles, tels, That John Ferlam his fellow 
Citizen troubled with a Palfey of one fide of his body for many years, his houfe taking 
fire, and the flame coming near the bed in which he lay, he ftrucken with a great fear, 
foddenly railed himlelf with all the force he had, and prefently recovering the ftrength 
of his body, leaps out at the window from the top of the houfe, and was prefently 
E cured 
MonftroUs 
difeafes* 
The rVonder- 
full force Of the 
hire of a cer- 
tain Spider. 
Mnfick rhe 
remedy thereof. 
Mufick gives 
cafe co pain> 
A firbng per* 
riirbatiuF) of 
the mind 
by moving rhe 
fpirirs. 
Chance fome. 
limes exceeds 
Arc; 
Otyi'/v.l.lib.i., 38 
An Introdu$ions&c. 
Chap 24. 
cured of his difeafe, fenfe and motion being reftored to the part, fo that afterward he 
went upright without any fenfe of pain, who lay unmovaole for many yeers before. 
He tells the like in the lame place of his coufen John Sobiratiw, hee was a longtime 
lame at Avignion, by reafon that the Nerves of his hams were Ihrunk and drawn up, 
fo that he could not go 5 being moved with a vehement and fodain palfion of 
anger againft one of his fervants whom hee endevoured to beat, he fo ftirred his 
body that forthwith the Nerves of his hams being diftended and his knees made 
pliant he began to go and ftand upright without any fenfe of pain, when he had 
been crooked about the fpace of fix years before, and all his life after he remained 
found. 
Galen tels he was once fetched toftanch the bleeding , for one who had an Artery cut 
neer his Anckle,and that by his means he was cured without any danger of ij 
a relaxation of a veinous veflell 5 and befides by that accidental! wound he was freed from 
moft grievous pain of his hip,with which he was tormented four yeers before:but although 
this eafing of the pain of the Sciatica happened according to reafon by the evacuation 
of the conjunct matter, by the artery of the anckle of the lame fide being opened; yet bc- 
caufe it was not cut for this purpofe,but happened only by chance,! judged it was not much 
diflenting from this argument. 
Pliny writes that there was one named Phalerew,which calling up blood at his mouth,and 
at the length medicines nothing availing, being weary of his life, went unarmed in the 
front of the battell againft the enemy, and there receiving a wound in his breaft,(hed a great 
quantity of blood, which gave an end to his fpitting of blood,the wound being healed,and 
uievein which could not contain the blood being condenfate. 
At Paris.) Anno 1572. in Z»Zy, a certain Gentleman being of a modeft and curteous cariage 
fell into a continual! Feaver, and by that means became Fran tick, moved with the violence 
of which he caft himfelf headlong out of a window two ftories high, and fell firft upon the 
fhoulder of Vaterra the Duke of Alenzons Phyfitian, and then upon the pavement; with 
which fall he cruelly bruifed his ribs and hip, but was reftored to his former judgment 
and reafon. There were prefent with the'Patient befides Valterra, witnefles of this accident 
thefe Phyfitians, Alex if, Magnus, Duretus, and Martins. The fame happened in the like 
difeafe, and by the like chance to a certain Gafcoyn lying at the houfe of Agrippa in the Pa- 
ved ftreet. 
Othomamw Doctor of Phyfick of Mompelier and the Kings Profeflbr, told me that a cer- 
tain Carpenter at Broquer a village in Switzerland, being frantick caft himfelf headlong out 
of an high window into a river, and being taken out of the water was prefently reftored to 
jiis underftanding. 
But if we may convert cafualties into counfel and Art,! would not caft the Patient head- 
long out of a window. But would rather caft them fodainly and thinking of no fiich thing 
into a great ciftern filled with cold water, with their heads foremoft, neither would I take 
them out untill they had drunk a good quantity of water, that by that fodain fall and 
ftrong fear, the matter caufing the Frenzy might be carryedfrom above downwards, from 
the noble parts to the ignoble 5 the poflibility of which is manifeft by the forecited exam- 
ples,as alfo by the example of fuch as bit by a mad Dog,fearing the water are often ducked 
into it to cure them. 
Capult.lib.de 
cur.rat per fan- 
guinit mifs. 
Galen by a 
dream cures 
rhe Sciatica. 
Thecaufcof 
the laft recited 
cures. 
CHAP. XXIV. 
*of certain juggling and deceitfully ayes of Curing. 
Ere I determine to treat of thofe Impoftors,who raking upon them the perlon of 
a Chirurgeon, do by any means either right or wrong, put themlelves upon the 
works of the Art; but they principally boaft themfelves amongft the ignorant 
common fort, of letting bones which are out of joint and broken,affirming as 
fallly as impudently,that they have the knowledg of thole things from their Anceftors; 
as by a certain hereditary right 5 which is a mo ft ridiculous fiftion; for our minds when 
we are born,is as a Imooth table5upon which nothing is painted. Otherwile what need we 
take fuch labour and pains to acquire and exercile fciences > God hath endued all brute 
beafts with an inbred knowledg of certain things neceflary for to preferve their life, more 
than man. 
But on the contrary he hath enriched him with a wit furniffied with incredible celerity 
and judgment, by whole diligent and laborious /agitation he fubjeds all things to his 
knowledg. For it is no more likely, that any man ffiould have skill in Chirurgery becaufe 
his father was a Chirurgeon, than that one who never endured Iweat, duft nor Sun 
in the field, ffiould know how to ride and govern a great horle, and know how to 
carry 
Sciences are 
n©t hereditary* Way to Cbirwrgery. 
Chap. 24. 
39 
carry away the credit in tilting, only becaufe he was begot by a Gentleman and one fa- 
mous in the Art of War. 
There is another fort of Impoftors far more pernicious and lefs fufferable, boldly and 
infolently promifing to rcftore to their proper unity and feat,bones which are broken and 
out of joint, by the only murmuring of fome conceited charms, id that they may but 
have the Patients name and his girdle. In which thing I cannot fiifficiently admire the idle- 
nefs of our Country-men fo eafily crediting fo great and pernicious an error; not obler- 
ving the inviolable law of the ancient Phyfitians, and principally of Divine Hzftwnrtw, by 
which it is determined, that three things are neceflary to the fetting of bones diflocated 
and out of joy nt; to draw the bones afunder; to hold the bone receiving, firmly im- 
moveable with a ftrong and fteddy hand; to put the bone to be received into the ca- 
vity of the receiving. For which purpole the diligence of the Ancients hath invented fd 
many engines, Gloflbcomies and Bands,left that the hand ffiould not be fiifficieiit for that 
laborious work. What therefore is the madnefs of filch Impoftcrs to undertake to do that 
by words,which can fcarce be done by the ftrong hands of fo many Servants, and by many 
artificial! engines? 
Of late years another kind of Impofture hath Iprung up in Germany, they beat into fine 
powder a ftone which in their mother tongue they call Bembruch,d.nd give it in drink to any 
who have a bone broken,or diflocated,and affirm that it is fufficient to cure them.Through 
the fame Germany there wander other Impoftors who bid to bring to them the Weapons 
with which any is hurt; they lay up in a fecret place and free from noile,and put and ap- 
ply medicines to it, as if they had the patient to drels,and in the mean time they fiiffer him 
to go about his bufinefs,and impudently affirm that the wound heals by little and little by 
reafon of the medicine applyed to the weapon. 
But it is not likely that a thing inanimate which is deftittiteofall manner of fenfe, 
Ihould feel the efleft of any medicine ; and lefs pr obable by much,that the wounded party 
Ihould receive any benefit from thence. Neither if any ffiould let me fee the truth of fuch 
juggling by the events themlelves and my own eyes, would I therefore beleevethat it w'ere 
d jne naturally and by reafon,but rather by charms and Magick. 
In the laft aflault of the Caftle of Hifdin the Lord of Martigues the elder was (hot through 
the breaft with a Musket bullet. 1 had him in cure together with the Phyfitians,and Chir- 
m-geons of the Emperour Charles the fift and Emanuel Philibert the Duke of Savoy, who be- 
caufe he entirely loved the wounded prifoner, caufed an aflembly of Phyfitians and Chir- 
urgeons to confult of the beft means for his cure. They all were of one opinion, that 
the wound was deadly and incurable, becaufe it palled through the midft of his lungs, 
and befides had call forth a great quantity of knotted blood into the hollownefs of his 
breft. 
There was found at that time a certain Spaniard, a notable Knave, and one of thole Im- 
poftors, who would paw n his life, that he would make him found; wherefore this Hono- 
rable Perfonage being in this defperate cafe was committed unto his care. Firft of all hee 
bid they Ihould give him the Patients ffiirt, which he tore into Ihreds and peeces, which 
prelently framing into a Crofs, he laid upon the wounds whifpering fome conceived or 
coined words,with a low murmure. For all other things he wiffied the Patient to reft con- 
tent,and to ufe what diet he pleafed,for he would do that for him,which truly he did. For 
he eat nothing but a few prunes, and drunk nothing but fmall beer, yet for all this the 
wounded Prince died within two days; the Spaniard flipt away, and fo leaped hanging.And 
while ft I opened the body in the fight of the Phyfitians and Chirurgeons to embalm him, 
the figns and accidents of the wound did evidently and plainly appear to be as we had pro- 
nounced before. 
And there be alfo other Jugling companions of this tribe, who promile to cure all 
wounds with lint, or.Tents, either dry, or macerated in oyl or water,and bound to the 
wound, having murmured over fome charm or other,who have had fometimes good fuc- 
cefs,as I can witnefs-But the wounds upon which try all was made were fimple ones,which 
only i equired union,or doling for to perfeft the cure. So verily the bones of beafts when 
they be broke,grow together by the only benefit of nature.But when the affeft filial be com- 
pound by diverfity ofSymptomcs, as a wound with an ulcer, inflammation, contufion and 
trafture of a bone, you muft hope for no other from Tents or Lints, nor charms than 
death. Therefore the common fort who commit themlelves to thele Impoftors to be cured 
do not only injure themfelves, but alfo hurt the Common-wealth, and the com- 
mon profit of the Citizens; for whole good and juftice lake a prudent Magiftrate 
ought to deprive Impoftors of all freedome in a free and Chriftian common- 
weal. 
Witches, Conjurers, Diviners, Soothfayers, Magicians, and filch like, boaft of curing 
many difeales; but if they do or perform any thing in this kind, they do it all by 
Heights,fiibtilties and forbidden Arts, as Charms, Con jurations, Witcheries, Charafters, 
Knots, Magicall Ligatures,Rings,Images, Poyfons, laces tyed acrofs, and other damna- 
nable tricks, with which they pollute, pervert and defame the prime and facred Art of 
E 2 Phyfick 
A mortimpu* 
dent fort of 
Importers. 
Three things 
neceffary for 
rhe cure of a 
Luxation. 
What wounds 
may be cured 
only by lim, oit 
by rears and 
Water, An Introduciionz&c. 
Chap.24. 
40 
Phyfick, and that with the danger of mtns lives. Who certainly are to be banifhed by the 
laws of our Countrey,efpecially feeing it is decreed in Mofes law. Let none be found amongyou 
that ufeth witchcraft, or a regarder of times, or a marker of the dying of Fowls, or a Sorcerer, 
or a Charmer, or that counfelleth with Spirits, ora Soothfayer, or that asketh counfell 
at the dead ; for all that do fuch things, are abomination to the Lord, and becaufe of 
thefe abominations the Lord thy God doth call them out before thee. But the Miracles of 
our Lord Jefus Chrift the Son of God, and of his Saints and Apoftles in curing difeafes 
beyond nature and all Art, are of another kind, which we ought to beleeve fo firmly and 
conftantly, that it fhould be counted an impiety for a Chriftian to doubt of them. All 
holy Writings are full of thefe =, as to give fight to the blinde, hearing to the deafj power 
to go to thole fick of the Palfie, to drive forth Devils, to cure the Leprofie, to give fruit- 
fulnefs to women, to raife the Dead, and perform by the holy Ghoft other Miracles which 
exceed the condition and law of Nature 5 whom here we earneftly intreat to free and 
proteft us from unclean Devils, and the fpirits of diabolicall deceit, and to give us the 
mind that we may will and be able always to afpire to Heaven, and fatten the hope, fafety, 
and anchor of all our fortunes in God alone. Amen. 
Deur4 18» 
The End of the firfi Boo\.. Lib. 2. 
41 
The lecond Book, 
O F 
LIVING CREATVRES, 
And of the Excellency of 
MAN. 
Efore I come to Ipeak of the Anatomy of Mans body, I have 
thought fit to fay a little of the nature of brute Beafts. There is 
between Beafts a great deal of difference by nature; for of thefe, 
fome are hardy and bold., others fearfull; fome wilde and la- 
vage, others tame; fomewalking in herds, others wandring 
alone 5 < fome covered and defended with fliels and fcales, as the 
Crocodile, the Tortois, and many kinds of fim; others have 
flings and prickles. 
The Horfehath his hard and ftrong hoofs,his creft (as being a 
. generous beaft) befet with a thick and harfli mane. The defence 
of the magnanimous Lion, are his teeth, his crooked paws and tail. Buis are formidable 
by their horns. The Boar by his tusks ftanding out, as it were naturall hunting fpears. 
The Hare being a timerous creature, is naked and unarmed 5 but in recompence thereof 
Nature hath made her nimble and Iwift of foot. For what the more noble and courageous 
beafts have in arms, is fupplyed in the fearfull by nimblenefs and celerity. Infinite are the 
other endowments of brute beafts, and fiich as can hardly he imagined or defcribed. For 
if we diligently fearch into their nature, we (hall obferve the impreflions and fhadows of 
many vertues, as of magnanimity, prudence, fortitude, clemency, and docility : for they 
entirely love one another, follow thofe things that are good, fhun thofe that are hurtfull, 
and gather and lay up in ftore thofe things that are neceflary for life and food. Laftly, they 
give undoubted prefages of the weather and air. They have taught men many things, and 
are ofamoft exquifit and quick fenfe; of rare art in vocall mufick, prudent and carefull 
for their young, and faithfull lovers of their native foil. They arc religioufly obfervant 
of the rights of friendfhip and chaftity. They have their weapons whereby they are pre- 
pared, both to invade, and to defend themfelves being invaded. They fubmit themfelves 
to the difcipline of man, praftife and imitate his fpeech, and mutually prattle and chant 
one to another. They have a kind of weal-publick amongft themfelves, and know how 
to preferve their prefent welfare, and to depell the contrary, being in this their own 
counfellors, and not tutored by man. Yea, man is beholden to them for the knowledg of 
many wholfome things. The confideration of which bred fo great a doubt amongft the 
ancient Philofophers, that it was a queftion amongft them, whether beafts had ufe of rea- 
fon, or no ? Therefore alfo the wife Salmon fends us for examples of parfimony and dili- 
gence unto the Ant or Pifmire 5 and EfaiM in exprobration of the people of Ifrael for 
their ingratitude and rebellion againft God, fends them to the Ox and Afsj for they do not 
only know, but reverence their mafters. 
But from whence is the knowledg of thefe Medicins, wherewith the Art of Phyfick 
is fo richly adorned, but from brute beafts, as Pliny affirmeth? The infallible vertue of the 
herb DiftamtM, in drawing darts out of the flefh, was taught us by the Hart, who 
wounded with the Huntfmans darts or arrows, by means hereof draws out the weapons 
which remain flicking in her. Which is likewife pra&ifed by the Goats of Candle, as 
Ariftotle writeth. The wonderfull effeft which Celandine hath upon the fight, was learnt 
by thepraftife of Swallows, who have been obferved with it to have befmeared, and fo 
ftrengthened the eys of their young. Serpents rub their ey-lids with fennell, and are 
thought by that means to quicken and reflore the decaying fight of their eys. The Tor- 
tois doth defend and ftrengthen her felf againft the biting of Vipers, by eating offavorie. 
Bears by eating of Pifmircs, expell that poifon that they have contrafted by their ufe of 
E 3 Mandrakes. 
The difference 
of brute beafts. 
Somefhadow 
of venue in 
beafts* 
Lib.i *• 42 
Of living Creatures, and 
L I B. 2. 
Mandrakes. And for correction of that drouzinefs and doth which growes upon them by 
their long fleep in their dens, they eat the hearb of Cuckopint. But the Art 
they ufe in the enticing and catching ofPifmires is very pretty, they go foftly to the holes 
or hils of the Pilmires, and there lay themfelves all their length upon the ground,as if they 
were dead, hanging out their tongue wet with their foam,which they draw not again intp 
their mouth, before they feel them full of Pifniires,which are enticed by the fweetnefs of the 
foam : And having taken this as a purging medicine, they expell by the guts, thole ill hu- 
mors wherewith they were offended. We fee that Dogs give themfelves a vomit,b'y eating a 
kind ofgrafs3which is from thence called Dog-grafs.Swine, when they find themfelves tick, 
will hunt after fmalt,or river lobfters. Stockdoves, Blackbirds,and Partridges,purge them- 
felves by Bay leaves. Pigeons,Turtles, and all fort of Pullen, disburden themfelves of grofs 
humors, by taking of Pellitory of the wall. The bird Ibis (being not much unlike the 
Stork) taught us the ufe of Clyfters. For when he finds himfelt opprefled with a burden of 
hurtfull humors, he fills his bill with faitwater, and fo purgeth himfelf by that part, by 
which the belly isbcft difcharged. The invention of the way of removing the Cat a raft of 
the eye, we muft yeeld unto the Goat,who by (hiking by chance againft the thorny bufhcs, 
pulls off the Cataraft which hinders the fight, and covers the ball of the eye, and fo reco- 
vers his fight. The benefit of Phlebotomie, we owe unto the Hippotamus or River-horfe, 
being a kind of horfe, and the Inhabitant of the River NUm; who being a great dev outer, 
when he finds himfelf fiircharged with a great deal of blood,doth by rubbing his thigh a- 
gainft the fharp lands on the bankfide, open a vein, whereby the iuperfluous blood is dif- 
charged, which he ffoppeth likewife when it is fit, by rowling himfelf in the thick mud. 
The Tortois having chanced to eat any of the flefh of a Serpent, doth make origanum and 
marjoram her Antidote. The Ancients found help from brute beafts,even againft the dread- 
full and non-fparing force of lightning 5 for they were of opinion that the wings of an 
Eagle were never ftruck with lightning, and therefore they put about their heads little 
wreaths of thefe feathers. They were perfwaded the fame thing of the Seal, or Sea-calfjand 
therefore were wont to encompafs their bodies with his skin, as a moft certain fafeguard 
againft lightening. It were a thing too long, and laborious, to fpeak of all thofe other 
muniments of life and health ( obferved here and there by Aiiftotk and which we 
have learnt of brute beafts. I will therefore end this Chapter, after that I have firft added 
this ; That we are beholding to beafts not only for the skill of curing difeafes, and of 
prefervation of health, but for our food, our rayment, and the ornament and beautify- 
ing the bodies. 
Of the Faculty of brute Beafls in prefacing. 
1* He firft knowledg and skill of Prognoftication, and obfervation of weather by the 
Air, was fit ft delivered unto us from beafts of the land and water, and from fowl. For 
we fee in dayly obfervation, that it is a fign of change of weather, when Lambs and Rams 
do butt at one another with their horns,aud playing wantonly do kick,and keep up their 
heels. The fame is thought to be prefaged when the Oxe licks himfelfagainft the hair,and 
on the fodain fils the Air with his lowing, and finels to the ground, and when he feeds 
more greedily than he ufed to do. But if the Pifmires in great multitudes fetch their prey 
fo haftily,that they run and tumble one upon another in their narrow paths, it is thought 
a fign of rain ; As is alfo the bufie working ofMoals, and the Cats rubbing and ftroaking 
of her head and neck,and above her ears, with the bottome of her feet. Allo when Fifties 
play and leap a little above the water,it is taken for a fign of rain. But if the Dolphins do 
the fame jn the fea,and in great companies,it is thought to prefage a fodain ftorm and tem- 
peft. Whereby the Mariners forewarned,ufe all care poflible for the fafety of themfelves and 
their fliips,and if they can caft Anchor. And it is fufliciently known what the louder croak- 
ing of Frogs than ordinary portends. 
But the facultie of birds in this kind of prefaging is wonderfull. If Cranes flie 
through the air without noife,it is a fign of fair weather,and of the contrary, if they make 
a great noifeand flie ftragglingly . As alfo if Sea fowl Hie far from the Sca-and light on the 
land. The cry or fcrieching of Owls portends a change of the prefent weather,whether 
foul or fair. Plutarch faith, that the loud cawing of the Crow betokens winds and (bow- 
ers, as alfo when he flaps his fide with his wings. Geefe and Ducks, when they dive 
much, and order, and prune, and pick their feathers with their beaks, and cry to one 
another, foretell rain; and in like manner Swallow's, when they flie fo low about the 
water, that they wet themfelves, and their Wings. And the Wren, when he is ob- 
ferved to fing more fweetly than ufiiall, and to hop up and down. And the Cock 
when he chants, or rather crows prefent ly after the letting of the Sun. And Gnats, 
and fleas,when they bite more than ordinary .If the.Hern foar aloft into the air,it betoken- 
e eth fair weather, if on the contrary he flie clofe by the watter, rain. If Pigeons come 
late home to the Dove-houfe, it is a fign of rain. If Bats flie in the evening, they fore- 
fhew wet weather. And laftly the Crocodile layes her egs in that place, which muft 
» be the bounds of the overflowing of the River JSlilus-, And therefore he that firft meets 
with 
The crafdnefs 
of Bears. 
The bird Ibis 
the hi ft inven- 
tcr,or lhewcr 
of Clyftcrs* 
The invention 
of removing a 
Catataft. 
The invention 
of Phelcboto- 
niy. 
A prefervative 
againft thun- 
der. 
What the but- 
ting of Rams 
Signifies, 
Prefages of 
rain. 
The fign at fea 
of aft oi mat 
hand. 
TheCrocodih 
by laying her 
egs,fhews the 
hounds of rh< 
jujcreale of th< 
River tfilw. of the Excellency of tSMBan; 
Lib. 2. 
43 
V, 1th thefe eggs, tels the reft of the Countrey people, and (hews them how high the flood 
tv ill t ife, and what inundation it will make upon their grounds : A thing moft worthy 
ofadmiration, that in this monfter there Ihould be that ftrong faculty of prefaging. 
Of the induflry of Fifbes. 
MAny fea-Fifhes, when they feel a tempeft coming, do gravell or balaft themfelves, 
to the end they may not be tolled up and down at the pleafure of the waves. Others 
when the fury of the fea is at the height, hide themfelves in the holes of rocks. But 
in that they fwim againft the ft ream, they do it for this caufe and reafon, that the force 
of the ftream and the flood may not take from them, and ftdke off their Icales, and that 
their gills may not fill with water which would hinder their fwimming, and intercept 
their relpiration. As by the fame advice Cranes fly againft the wind;whereas if they fhould 
fly down the wind, their feathers would be difplaced and broken, and they would not be 
able to fly. 
Of the induflry of Birds in the building of their Neffs. 
THe induflry of Birds in the building of their nefts is fuch,thar it doth far exceed the art 
and skill of all Mafons and Architefts. From whence it is become a Proverb,? W men 
fyonyind can do all things but makf Birds-nefts. They are built within with wooll and feathers, 
and iuch kind of lb ft things, which are as a kind of a pallet for the young ones. Swal- 
lows build their nefts in a round form, that they may be the more firm, and lefsfubjeft 
to be hurt by any thing that fhall ftrike againft them, and likewife more capacious. They 
choofe their matter out of dirt and chart, (interlacing it with many ftraws) as it were 
their plafter or lime. Thofethat build in trees, do make choice of the foundeft boughs,, 
as if they meant to have them as a Pure foundation for the building which they fhould 
creft thereon. The Cock and the Hen do by turns fit over their eggs, and likewife fetch 
their meat, interchanging each others labor; neither do they ever forfake their young, 
before they are able to get their own living. I had at my houfe a great number of Spar- 
rows nefts in earthen pots ; and when the young ones begun to wax pretty big, ana to 
be covered with feathers, I made the whole neft be taken down and let upon the ground, 
that I and my friends might delight our felves in beholding the care of the old ones in 
the feeding of their young 5 for they feed them every one in order, skipping none, nei- 
ther will they (to the wrong of the reft) give one two parts, although he gape, and be 
importunate for it; dividing moft juftly to every one his own fhare, according to tha 
exaft rule of diftribution. And oftentimes for experiment, I would make triall with a 
ft range Sparrow of the fame age, laid near, or put among the reft of the young ones, 
whether the old ones would feed the ftranger, as if it were legitimate. But this as a 
ftranger and a baftard they would fufler to ftarve, skipping it when it gaped after 
the meat. And in like manner Lambs and young Kidds do in the fields, in the 
midft of a great flock, run every one to his own dam 5 who being moft certainly able todi- 
ftinguifh between the legitimate and a baftard, will not fufler her felf to be fuckt but by 
her own young. 
Of the induflry of Spiders. 
THe Spider fpins her web with wonderfull artifice, hanging and fattening it to every 
tack or ftay that is nigh, drawing of his thread, and running upwards and down- 
wards,and every way. And although the diligence of the chamber-maid beats down and 
mars this pendulous and new-begun work, yet her feat and her hold,the Spider keeps ftill, 
neither is fhe, or will fhe defift from the work fhe hath begun, but in a very fhort time 
weaves a great deal more unto the ruins of her former work, than can be unweaved again 
with much labor. So that from hence all cloth and linnen Weavers, all Embroiderers and 
workers with the needle(you will eafily think)have learnt their Arts,if either you obferve 
the exaftnefs of the weaving, the finenefs of the thred, or the continuation and iridiflb- 
luble knitting together of the whole web; for being abrupt, and troubled with no ends 
ofthreds at all,it refembles a thin membrane, anointed with a kind of glew, wherewith, 
when the prey is entangled, the Spider runs prefently in, and,as it were,draws her nets,and 
infolds, and takes the captive after the manner of huntfmen. If this were not daily feeh 
with our eys, it would be thought fabulous. 
Of Bees. 
1 Cannot pafs in filence the great induflry of Bees: For having eftablifhed a kind of 
Weal-pubiick, they make eleftion of a King, who is fuch a one, as in procerity of body, 
and excellency of feature exceedeth all the reft. He is remarkable by his fhort wings, his 
ftreight legs, his grave gate ; and in ftead of a Diadem or rcgall Crown, either he hath 
no fting, or elfe doth not ufe it,which is the Artillery of the reft. He never goeth unatten- 
ded out of the hive, but always invironed with a Princely retinue, the reft qfhis train 
following after neither goes he at any time abroad , but upon urgent affairs which 
concerns 
How Fifhes 
provide for 
their fafefy 
agamft a 
ftonn. 
How they 
fwim again It 
the ftieain. 
Of what things 
birds build 
their nefts. 
In what fhape. 
With what care 
Sparrows feed 
their young. 
How the Spi- 
ders weave. 
Row they 
catch 
prey. 
Bees choofe 
themfelves a 
King. 44 
Of living Creatures, and 
L1B, 2. 
concerns the whole ftate. His progrefs is forewarned by the voice and found of trumpets, 
and as it were with finging, and they all draw nigh. Every one gets as near to his perfon 
as he can, and when he is weary with flying, they all bear him up with their own bodies. 
On what place foever he alighteth, there they forthwith pitch their tents. If he chance 
to die, they go not abroad to feed, but (land all mourning round about the corpfe $ then 
carry him out of the hive, and (as it were) follow his hearfe and bury him : and laftly, 
having with folemnity performed all the feverall rites and obfequies, they choofe thcm- 
felves another King, for without a King they cannot live. He then taketh care of all 
things, having his ey every where, whilft that the reft intend the performance of the work. 
And fupervifing all, giveth them encouragement, and chaftifeth negligence. For their 
time of going forth for food, they choofe a clear and fair day j for they have a naturall 
faculty of prefaging of the weather. They are fuch obfervers of juftice and equity, that 
never, either with their fting, or by any other way, do they moleft any creature, neither 
do they exercife and prepare their (pears againft any, but tor the fafegard of themfelves 
and their hives. 
Of the care of Bees. 
THey manage and order their affairs in this manner 5 in the day-time they appoint 
before their gates aftation of watchmen and guarders. In the night they reft from 
their labors, fo long, till that one (who is appointed to this charge) by one or two 
humms, as by a found of a Trumpet, rowfeth all the reft. Then come they together to 
obferve what is the ftate of the weather, which if they forefee will be fair, then abroad 
go they into the fields and paftures. Some therefore bring into the hive little fafcicles of 
flowers on their thighs 5 others water in their mouth, and others a dewie moifture ga- 
thered on their bodies. Thefe are met by others, who receive their burdens, which they 
difpoie in their due and proper places. Thofe that are fent out into the fields for food, are 
the youngeft and the finalleft; And therefore if the wind chance to rife any thing high, 
they expeft untill it ceafe, and that the force and violence thereof be over. But if it con- 
tinue violent, then do they ballaft themfelves with a little ftone flying clofeby the 
ground, to prevent their being driven to and fro by the force of the wind. They are 
exceeding diligent in all their bufinefs, and do punifti the floth of the lazie oftentimes 
with death. Some of them are the builders, others polifh the building, and the reft bring 
in their materials. 
The building in their arched hives is with wonderfull artifice, being made with two 
doors, one to come in, and the other to go out at. They have all things alike, left that 
the inequality, either of their food or labor, fhould give occafi on of diflention. Their 
care is, that their houfes may fhew both ftate and handfbmnefs. Idle drones, born for no- 
thing but to eat, and confume the fruits of their labors, they chafe from their hives. 
Thole that chance to lofe their ftings, are utterly difabled, and in a fhort time their guts 
come out that way, and they die. They bring to their owners wonderfull increafe of 
wax and honey. 
Ariftomachus the Philofbpher doth boaft, that for fifty eight years together, he had with 
great care been a nourifher of Bees, only that he might the better attain to the knowledg 
of their ftate and condition. 
Of Pifmires and Ants. 
N Either truly is the induftry, diligence, and experience of the Pifmire lefs worthy 
of admiration, than that of the Bees. Infomuch as that Solomon bids the fluggard to 
take an example of diligence from the Pifmire. Truly, if experience did not witnefs it, 
it would feem incredible, that fo fmall a creature fhould be able to ftore up liich abun- 
dance of corn, to difpoie and manage her affairs in that good order that we fee flie doth. 
Pliny faith, that they have among them the form'of a wel-govern'd and wel-order'd 
Common-weal. For how pretty a fight is it to fee them, when they feife upon a grain 
they have a mind to carry away, how they fet to it, and lift it with head and fhoulders. 
And how left the corn which they carry to their fhould put forth' and grow, 
they bite it at one end. If it be fo bigg that they cannot carry it into their little hole, 
they divide it in the middle. If it be dampifh, they lay it out to dry in the Sun and open 
air. When the Moon is at the full, they follow their work in the night 5 when fhe doth 
not fhine, they take their reft, whereby they fhew themfelves to have fome know- 
ledg of heavenly things. Pliny affirmeth that they have their fet Fairs and Markets,whither 
they come in great companies, and where they ufe to eftablifh leagues of amity and friend- 
fhip one with another. And when one marks them well, would he not think that they 
were in conference one with another, and that they did difeourfe among themfelves of 
their bufinefs > Dowenotfee that the often trampling of their little feet doth wear a 
path even upon hard flint ftones ? 
From whence we may note, what in all kind of things is the effeft of afliduity. They 
fay alfo that they perform the rites of buriall one unto another, after the manner of men. 
What 
Their pitching 
their tents. 
Their obfe- 
quies for their 
dead King. 
Their juftice. 
Their watch. 
Their divers 
employments. 
They punifh 
floth with 
banifhment. 
Ariftomachw' a 
diligent obfer- 
verofBees. 
Lib.iU&lo. 
Wonderfull 
care. 
There is no> 
thing but may 
be attained by 
diligence. Lib. 2. 
of the Excellency of Mau. 
45 
What words (hall I ufe (faith Plutarch') to exprels fufficiently the diligence and induftiy of 
the Pifmires > There is not among all the great things in nature, a light of greater won- 
der than thele: For in the Pifmires are feen the marks of all venue. Their great meetings 
argue that they maintain a kinde of friendlhip. 
Their alacrity in the undergoing of their labors, feemsto fhew their fortitude and 
magnanimity j and laftly, they are eminent examples of temperance, providence, and ju- 
ftice. Their niutuall charity appeareth in this, that if one of them that is not loaden meets 
another, (in one of their narrow paths) that is, he will give him the way, that he may the 
better go on in his intended journey. They lay that the firft entrance into their hole, is 
not freight, but full of many diverticlcs and crooked paths, which all end, which will 
bring you to three little cels j in one of which they have their conventicles ; in the other, 
they lay up their provilions; and in the third they bury the carkafles of their dead. This 
doth Plutarch fpeak concerning Pifmires. 
f Of Silk-Worms. 
XA7T th the induftry of thele creatures, I lhall not unfitly joyn that of the Silk-worms, 
' V of whole pains and care, both in the making of their nefls, and the (pinning of their 
thred and bottoms (w7herewrith Kings are fo magnificently adorned) Philofophers have 
written very ft range things. 
And who can chulebut wonder at thole great endowments of skill and knowdedg, and 
that exceeding induftry, (the mother of lb much wealth) in the little bedy of fo Imall a 
creature? The providence therefore ofGod, doth not only appear in this, that he hath 
adorned each creature with a peculiar and proper endowment,but in this efpecially,that on 
theleaft creatures of all, he hath bellowed the greater portion of skill,induftry, and inge- 
nuity to fupply their deleft of bodily ftrength. 
Of the love of Eeafls one towards another, and to their young. 
pLutarch writeth. That all kind of creatures bear a lingular love, and have a kind of 
* care of thofe that are generated of them, and the induftry of the Partridges this way 
is much commended; tor during the time that their young ones are weak and unable to 
fly, they teach them to lye upon their backs, and to hide themlelves among the clods on 
the ground, that fo being almoft of the fame colour, they may not be dilcerned by the 
Faulkoner. But if notwithftanding, they fee any body coming, and that he is near them, 
they do with a hundred dodges and ftoopings of themfelves , as if they were weary with 
flying, entice him away from their young to follow after them, and when they have their 
purpofe,they then, as if they had recovered fome frelh ftrength,fly quite awayjwho can but 
wonder at this both affeftion and fubtilty > 
In Florida part of the Weft-Indies, they have a beaft, which for the variety and de- 
formity of it I cannot pafs over in filence ; the natives call it the Canibals, S'w, 
The forms of 
all venues cx- 
p re Rin Pif- 
mircs. 
Diligence the 
mother of 
wealth. 
Theinduflry 
ofParrridg in 
preferving 
their young. 
It keeps for the moft part about the rivers, and the fea-fhore, and lives by prey. When he 
perceiveth that he is purfued by ths Huntlman, he gets his young ones upon his back, and 
with his tail, which is very long and broad, he covereth them, and fo flying, provideth 
both 46 
Of living Creatures, and 
L I B.-2. 
both for his own and their fafety ; neither can he be taken by any other way but by pits, 
which thote lavage men ule to dig in the places near which he is to run, into which at 
unawares he tumbles headlong. This pi&urc of him here, I drew out of 7 hcvets Cofmo- 
graphie. 
Neither are thole things lefs wonderfull that are reported of Hares, for when they 
would go to their feat, they fever their young, and commit them to the truftof divers 
places, it may be two acres afunder one from another, led peradventure a Huntfman , a 
dog, or any man fhould chance to come that way, and they might be in danger to be loft 
at once. And then after they have traced up and down, hither and thither, and every way 
that the dogs may not trace them, nor the huntfman prick them, they take a leap or two, 
and leap into their forms. 
Nor inferior to this is the craft of the Hcdghog, for when the Fox purfucth him, and 
is now at his heels, herowls himlelf up in his prickles like a chefnut in the outward 
lhell, fo that every part being rounded and encompafled with thele (harp and dangerous 
pricks, he cannot be hurt: and fo faves himlelf by this trick. For his young he provides 
in this manner: 
In the time of Vintage he goes to the vines, and there with his feet he ftrikes off the 
boughs and the grapes, and then rowling his body makes them flick upon his prickles,and 
fo doth (as it were) take his burthen upon his back, and then retufns to his hole you 
would think that the grapes did move of themfelves 5 the prey he divides between himfelf 
and his young. 
. the affetfion of Birds, and of Dogs towards their Mafters. 
T He young Stork provides for the old, which is difabled by age; and if any one of 
their equals come to any milchance, that he is not able to fly, they will give him their 
afliflance, and bear him on their backs and wings. And therefore this affeftion and piety 
towards the old ones, and (as it were) brotherly love towards their equals, is commended 
in the Stork. 
The Hen in any kind of danger gathers her chickens under her wings, and (as it were) 
With that guard, defends them as well as lhe can. For their fake lhe expoteth her ft If to the 
cruelty of the fierceft beaft£; and will fly in the eys of a Dog, a Wolf, or a Bear, that by 
chance offers to meddle with her chickens. 
But who is there that doth not admire the fidelity and love of dogs towards their 
Mafters, whereby they recompence them for their keeping ? A Dog will never forlake his 
Mafter, no, if he be never fo hardly ufed. For there is no man can find a ftick hard enough 
to drive that Dog clean away from him which hath once taken a love to him. There is no 
kind of creature that doth more certainly and readily remember his mafter; he will know 
the voice of all the houfliold, and of thofe which frequent the houte. There cannot be 
a truftier keeper, (as Cicero himfelf faith) than a Dog is 5 I fpeak not of their faculty of 
flnelling, whereby they follow their Mafters by the foot, and find them,neither do I fpeak 
of thofe infinit examples of the fidelity of Dogs, which were too long to rehearfe. 
Pigeons , as well the cock as the hen, although they are all very venercous, yet they 
know no adultery; yea, and the Hen will bear with the froWardnefs of the cock, 
neither will flie ever leave him, but reconciling him unto her by her officious diligence, 
bring him to his wonted dalliance and kifles, neither is the love of either of them lefs 
towards their young. 
There is the like mutuall bond of love between Turtles; for if one of them die,thefur- 
viver never folicits Hymen more, neither will he ever chute other feat thana dry withered 
bough. 
Of the ftrengthspiety, docility, clemency, chaftity, and gratitude of Elephants. 
A Mong the beafts of the field, there is none more vaft, more ftrong, or more to be fea- 
red than the Elephant. His flrength is fufficiently ffiown by thole towred Caftles 
of armed men which he carries, and fiercely rulheth with into the battail. The Roman 
fouldiers, being otherwite of undaunted fpirits, yet in that battail which they fought 
againft Pyrrhus, being terrified with the vaftnefs and humanity of thefe bodies, which 
they had never before teen, pretently turned their backs and fled; which notwithftan- 
ding, it is a wonderfull thing what Stories naturall Philofophers tell of the vertues of the 
Elephant. 
Plinie writeth, that an Elephant cometh very near to the underftanding that men have, 
and that he hath a rude kind of knowledgsof language; that his facility and obtequiouf- 
nefs is wonderfull, that his memory in the performance of his wonted duties, is no lefs 
wonderfull. And for Religion ("Plutarch faith) that they pray unto the gods, and fprinkle 
and purge themfelves with fait water, and that with great reverence they worlhip the Sun 
at his riling, lifting their trunks up towards heaven for want of hands. Plinie addeth, 
that they do with the like reverence worlhip the Moon and the Stars. For it it related in. 
the 
Tom i.lib.z}* 
tap. I. 
How Hares 
provide for 
rhemfelves and 
theiryoung, 
for fear of 
hunters. 
The care of the 
Hedghog to 
provide for her 
young. 
The piety of 
Storks* 
The fidelity 
of Dogs. 
Doves free 
from adultery. 
Turtles never 
couple twice. 
Lib,8. cap,I, 
The religion of 
the Elephant, of the Excellency of Man 
Lib. 2. 
47 
the Hiftories of the Arabians., that at a new Moon the Elephants go by troops down unto 
the rivers, and there walh themlelves with Water i and being thus purged, kneel down and 
worfhip the Moon, and then return to the woods, the eldeft going firft, and the other fol- 
lowing after according to their age. 
Plutarch reporteth, that it hapned once3that among the Elephants which were taught at 
Rome 48 
Of living Creatures, and 
L1 b.-j. 
Rome againft the Pancgyrick (hews, there was one that was fomething dull, and not fo 
docile as the reft, which made him be defpifed by his fellows, and often beaten by his 
mafter. But that this Elephant, that he might fopply by diligence what he wanted in wit, 
was oftentimes obferved in the night, by the light of the Moon, to be praftifing and 
conning what he had learnt of his mafter in the day-time.For they were wont to be taught 
to make letters, and alfo to prefent garlands to the fpeftators, and other f'uch like tricks. 
But they can never be brought to go aboard a fhip, to be carried over the fea into any 
ftrange land, unlefs their mafter give them his word to allure them that they ftiall return 
again to their own native foil. They never hurt any one that doth not firft provoke them. 
They never gender but in private out of fight, an argument of their modefty. 
Of the Lamprey. 
LEft that the heat of afle&ion may leem to lie quenched under the waters, let us by 
one example, (Jit were an infinit thing to fpeak of all) fee in what kind of mutuall 
love the creatures of the water come Ihort of thole of the land. The Lamprey of all the 
creatures of this kind doth worthily bear the praife for its piety towards thole of whom 
it was generated, its affeftion towards thole that are generated of her ; for firft the breeds 
eggs within her, which in a Ihort time after arefpawned. But fhe doth not as loon as her 
young ones are formed and procreated, bring them ftraight-way forth into the light after 
the manner of other fifties, that bring forth their young alive, but nourilheth two within 
her, as if Ihe brought forth twice, and had a fecond brood. Thefe flie doth not put forth 
before they are of fome bignefs, then Ihe teacheth them to fwim and to play in the water, 
but luffers them not to go far from her ; and anon gapes and receives them by her mouth 
into her bowels again, iuffering them to inhabit there, and to feed in her belly fo fong as 
fhe thinks fit. 
7he favagv < brute beafts may be made tame. 
THevet reporteth, that the Emperor of the Turks hath at Caire (it was once called 
Memphis') and at Conftantinople, many favage beafts kept for his delight, as Lions, Ti- 
gers, Leopards, Antilopes, Camels, Elephants, Porcupines, and many other of this kind. 
Thefe they ufe to lead about the City to ftiew. The mafters of them are girt with a girdle 
hung about with little bels, that by noife of thefe bels the people may be forewarned to 
keep themfelves from being hurt by thefe beafts. But in hope of reward and of gifts, they 
Ihew them to Ambafladors of ftrange nations, before whom they make thefe beafts do a 
thoufand very delightfiill tricks, and in the interim they play their countrey tunes and 
mufick upon their pipes and other inftruments, and make many (ports in hope of gain. 
That Fifbes alfo may be tamed. 
BUt it is far more wonderfull, that the creatures of the water Ihould be made tame,and 
be taught by the art of man. Among which, the ch iefeft are held to be the Eel. The 
lame things alfo are reported of the Lamprey. For we have it recorded, that Marcus Craffus 
had a Lamprey in his Filh-pool, that was fo tame, and fo well taught, that he could com- 
mand her at his pleafure. Therefore as a domefticall and tame beaft he gave heraname,by 
which when he called her, fhe would come. And when this Lamprey died, he mourned for 
her in black, as if fhe had been his daughter. Which when his colleague Cneus Vomitius 
objefted to him by way of reproach, he replying, told him. That he had buried three 
wives, and had mourned for none of all them three. 
Of the Lion, the Ichneumon., and thofe other beafts which are not eafily terrified. 
THe Lion when he goes,hath his claws always clutched, and(as itwere)put up in their, 
(heaths, not only becaufe he would leave no mark of his feet, .whereby he may be tra- 
ced and fo taken, but becaufe by continuall walking he Ihould wear off, and blunt the 
points of his claws. Buis when they fight charge one another with their horns, and like 
valiant fouldiers, provoke and animate one another to the battail. 
The Ichneumon feems to imitate the moft valiant fouldier in his preparation and accefs 
to battail; for he bedawbs himfelf with mud, and doth (as it were) buckle and make tite 
his armor, efpecially when he is to encounter with the Crocodile; who although he bee a 
vaft beaft, is put to flight by this little creature. And this truly hath been obferved to be 
by the Angular providence of Nature, that the moft vaft creatures are*terrified by the leaft 
things, and fuch from whence there can arife no danger 5 fo they fay the Elephant doth 
ftartle at the grunting of an Hog; and the Lion, at the crowing of a Cock ; although it be 
reported of the Lion, that no fear can make him turn his face. Thefe kind of fears,terrors, 
and aflrightments,arifing upon light and moft ridiculous occafions, we find as well in the 
ancient as modern Hiftories of our times,to have difperfed and put to flight mighty legions 
of fouldiers, and moft potent armies. 
That men were taught by Beafts to polifb and to whet their weapons, and to lye in ambufr. 
S Ouldiers are carefull to keep their weapons from ruft, and therefore they carry them 
to the Armorers to be polifhed. But in this care, many beafts are nothing inferior un- 
to 
F/z'n, Zzi.8. 
Cofinogrtipl. 
Tom. 2. lib. ip» 
cap. 7. 
The provi- 
dence of the 
Lion in his 
going. 
The greateft 
are terrified 
by the leaft» of the Excellency of tZMan 
Li B.-2. 
49 
to thenr j for Boars whet their tusks againft they fight. And the Elephant knowing that 
one of his teeth is doubled with digging at the roots of trees to get nieatjkeepeth the other 
fharpp and touches nothing with it, preferving it for his combat with the Rhixocerot his 
F 
weniy 5 Of UvingCreaturer, and 
Lib. 2. 
50 
enemy ; but the craft of the Rhinocerot is very remarkable, that being in continuall en- 
mity with the Elephant, at the time when he prepares for the battail, he whets his horn 
againft a rock, as if it were with a whetftone ; nor (if he can chufe) will he ftrike any 
other part of the Elephant but the belly, becaufe he knows that part of the Elephant is lb 
tender, that it may be eafily pierced. This beaft is in length equall to the Elephant, but in 
height he is inferior unto him,by reafon of the ftiortnefs of his feet j he is of a palilh yel- 
low colour, and full of many fpots. 
Of Cockj. 
COcks are kingly Birds, and therefore Nature hath adorned them with a comb, as with 
a princely Diadem; and wherefocver they come, their magnanimity and courage 
makes them kings. They fight with their beaks and their (purs, and with their martiall 
voice they fright the Lion, who is otherwife the king of beafts. 
Of Conies. 
GOnies have taught us the art of Undermining the earth, whereby the moft lofty Cities 
and ftruftures reaching the very skies, are by taking away their foundation levelled 
with the ground. 
Marcus Varro writes, that in Spain there was a town, and that no mean one, which han- 
ding on a fandie ground, was fo undermined by a company of Conies, that all the houfes 
tumbling and falling down to the ground, the inhabitants were fain to depart aud feck 
new dwellings. 
Of Wolves. '■ 
MEn have learnt the arts of waging War from the Wolves, for they come oufcby 
troops, and lye in ambulh near the towns which they have appointed, and then one 
of them runs unto the town and provokes the dogs. And making as if he run away, in- 
cites the Dogs to follow him, untill he hath gotten them unto the place where their am- 
bufh lyeth, which on a fodain appeareth, and ruflieth out upon them. And fo they kill 
and cat all,or as many of the dogs as they are able to catch. 
Of the Fox. 
IN fubtilty and craft the Fox exceedeth all other beafts: when in the chafe the Dogs are 
at his heels, he berays andbepifles his tail, and fwings it in the face and eys of the Dogs 
that follow him, and fo blinding them, in the mean time gets ground of them. To fetch 
tire Hens down from their pearch, he hath this devUe, he (hakes and fwings his tail up- 
wards and down wards, as if he meant to throw it at them; which they fearing tumble 
down, and he takes up one of them for his prey. His warineft when he pafleth over a 
River that is frozen, is wonderfull; for he goes foftly to the bank, and lays his ear to 
liften, if he can hear the noift of the water running under the ice. For if he can, back he 
goes, and will not venture to pafs over. The knowledg of which thing he could never 
meerly by his fiibtilty and craft attain unto, but that of neceffity he muft have fbme faculty 
of reafoning joined with it; which by difeourfe, and by proving one thing by another, 
arrives at this Conclufion : whatfoever is liquid and maketha npife,is in motion; what- 
foever liquid is in motion, is not concrete and frozen; that which is not concrete and 
frozen, is liquid; whatfoever is liquid, will not bear a heavier body; whatfoever will 
not bear a heavier body, cannot with fafety be adventured on; and therefore back again 
muft I go, and not pafs over this River. 
Of Swine. 
S Wine, if in the woods, they hear any one of the fame herd with them crying out, they 
ftraightmake aftand; and marfhalling their forces,hafte all, as if they had been warned 
by the found of a martiall trumpet, to the alfiftance of their fellows. 
Of the fifbes Scarus «w</Anthia. 
pLutarch reports of the Scari, that when one of them chances to fwallow a hook, and 
be taken, the reft of the fame kind come to his refeue, and (hearing the Line with their 
teeth, fet him at liberty. But the readings of the Anthia to the mutuall affiftance of one 
another, is yet more manifeft; for by calling the Line upon which the hook hangeth on 
their back, with the lharpnefe of their fins they cut it afunder, andfo fet free themfelves 
and their captived fellows. 
Of the Pilot-jfp. 
THere is great kindnefs between the Pilot-filh and the Whale; For although in bulk 
of body the Whale fo far exceed him, yet he leads the Whale, and goes always before 
him 
The craft of 
s the Rhinocerot 
about to fight 
with the 
Elephant. 
Cocks are 
kingly and 
mar rial I Birds. 
Conies have 
taught us un- 
dermining. 
The deceits 
and ambuflies 
of Wolves. 
The craft of 
the Fox. 
The Fox feems 
to reafon with 
himfelf. 
His Scriiei. 
The lore of 
Fifties one to 
another. L I B.-2. 
of the Excellency of <S\Aan. 
51 
him as his Pilot, to keep him from running himfelf into any ftraight or muddy place, 
whence he might not eafily get out. And therefore the Whale always follows him,and very 
willingly luflers himfelf to be led by him, it being for his own good. And in like manner 
he gets into the Whales mouth, and there lodging himfelf, fleeps when he fleeps, and leaves 
him not either by day or night. 
Of Cranes. 
CRaneswhen they are to take a long journey into fome Countrey crofs the leas, put 
their company in fo good order, that no Captain can put his fouldiers in better. For 
before they ftir out of any place, they have (as it were) their trumpets to call them toge- 
ther, and encourage them to fly. They come together, and then fly up on high, that they 
may fee afar off, choofing a Captain whom they are to follow. They have their Serjeants 
to take care of their ranks, and keep their nightly watches by turns. Plutarch tels us that 
the Crane, which is appointed to Hand Sentinell for all the reft, holds a ftorte in her 
foot, to the end, that if (he chance to give way to nature and deep, fhe may be waked by 
the noife of the falling ftone. The leader lifting up his head, and ftretching out his long 
re.k, looks about him far and wide, and gives warning to the reft, of any danger that 
may befall them. The ftrongeft lead the way, that they may the better with the flapping 
of their wings break the force of the air, and this they do by turns. And that they may 
the eafilyer prevail againft the force and oppofition of the winds, they difpofe their com- 
pany into a wedg in the form of the Greek letter a ora triangle; and being skilfull in the 
ftars, they forefee when tempefts are coming,and fly down to the ground to keep themfelves 
from the injury of the approaching ftonn. 
Of Gcefe, 
T He Gcefe of57cz7ze do with great warinefs take care, that by tlieir keeking and their 
noife, they do notexpofe themfelves to the rapacity of Birds of prey : for Plutarch 
faith, that when they are to fly over the hill Taurus, for fear of the Eagles that are there, 
they hold ftones in their mouths to keep themfelves from gagling, untill that they come 
unto a place where they may be fecure. 
Of Eragons. 
N Either are the Dragons lefs crafty ; for thus do they overcome thofe vaftand other- 
wife invincible beafts the Elephants. They lye in ambufh, and Todainly fet upon the 
Elephants where they fear no fitch matter, and involve their legs with the twines of their 
tail, in fuch fort, that they are not able to go forward; and ftop their noftrils with tlieir 
heads, fo that they cannot fetch their breath,they pull out their eys, and wherefoever they 
find the skin moft tender, there they bite and fuck the blood untill they make them fall 
down dead. Pliny faith, that there are Dragons found in of ten Cubits long, but 
that in India there are Dragons of an hundred foot long, that fly fo high, that they fetch 
Birds, and take their prey even from the midftof the clouds. 
Of the Fife called the Fifherman. 
T'His fifh is called the Fifherman, becaufe he hunts and takes other Fifhes,which he doth 
almoft by the fame cunning which the Cuttell ufes; for he hath hanging at his throat a 
certain bag, like the Wattels of aTurky-cock. This when he lifteth he cafteth out, and 
layeth before the little Fifhes for a bait, and then by little and little draws it up again,un- 
till he catch for food the little Fifhes feifing upon it as a prey. 
Of the Cuttell Fifh. 
\ Onderfiill *s t^ie Cuttell-fifhes, for they carry a bladder at their neck 
V * full of a black juice or ink,which they pour forth as foon as they feel themfelves 
taken; that fb they may blind the eys of the Fifhermen, as Plutarch faith, and as Ariflotle 
witnefleth, they with their long fangs do not only hunt and take little Fifhes, but often- 
times alfo Mullets. 
Of the arms or weapons of brute Beafts. 
BPkUte beafts are naturally fo furnifhed with arms,that they have no need to get,make or 
borrow in any other place. 
And fome of them neverthelefs are fo furnifhed with fuch arms, that they captivate 
thofe which hold them prifoners; an example of this is the Torpedo, which doth not only 
hurt by touch, but alfo by the net being between, he breaths fuch a quality from him, as 
ftupifies the hands of t|je Fifhermen, fo that they are forced to let go their nets, and fo 
let him go ; moreover if it touch a fhip it makes it ftay. 'Ihevet writes, that the Perfian bay 
towards Arabia, nourifhes a fifh equal in length and thicknefs to a Carp, on everv 
F 2 fide 
The Whales 
pilot or guide. 
Cranes order 
rhemfelves in 
ranks. 
The fenrinell 
Crane. 
The care of the 
Geefc that their 
gagling do 
them no harm. 
The craft of 
Dragons fighr<» 
ing againftjhe 
Elephant* 
Lib 8. cap. ii, 
& 12o 
The craft of the 
Fifherman-fifh 
hi taking her 
prey. 
The craft of 
rhe Cutrch to 
fave herfelf. 
Lib. 9. de Hift» 
animal, cap.yp 
Cefmogr.tbin. i. 
fib,io.)cap.ib, Of IrvingCreatwes, and 
Lib. 2. 
52 
fide encompaflcd with (harp and ftrong pricks, like our Porcupine, with which he fights 
againft all kinds of filh. It a man chance but to be lightly hurt either with thefe or his 
teeth, he will die within 24 hours. 
Of the fifb 'Vtelif. 
HE faith moreover, That as he was carryedby force of tempeft through the Atlantick 
Ocean, he faw this fifh, having(as it were) a Saw in his forehead of three foot long, 
and four fingers broad, armed on each fide with fharp fpikes ; they call it Vtelif in their 
Gountrey fpeech. 
Of the fifh Caftilly. 
THere is another filh to be feen in the Arabian-gult, which the Arabians call Cafpilly, 
it's two foot long, and as many broad, it hatha skin not much unlike a Dogfilh, but 
armed with fpikes, one whereof he carries in his forehead a foot and half broad, in fharp- 
nefs and force of cutting not much Ihort of a grader or chiflell: with this weapon, when 
flie is oppreft with hunger,the aflails the firft filh lhe meets, neither doth lhe give over, before 
lhe carry her as a prey whither lhe pleafe, as 7hevet faith he hath feen. 
Of Crabs. 
CRabs and Lobfters, though in the quantity of their body they be but finall, yet they 
ufe their forked claws before,not only in feeding but alfo in defending themfelves and 
aflailing others. 
Of the docility of Beaftsy and firft of the Dog. 
BEafts are apt to learn thofe things which men defire, whereby they fhew themfelves 
not wholly Void of reafon, For Dogs, and Horfes learn to creep through the 
Juglers hoops, and rife on their hinder feet, as though they would dance. Plutarch tels, 
that a Jugler had a Dog which would reprefent many things uponr the ftage befit- 
ting theoccafion and argument of the Play; amongft the reft, he exceeded all admiration 
in that, that taking a fopotifick medicin, he excellently feigned himfelf dead; for firft,as 
taken with a giddinefs in his head he begun to tremble, then prefently fell down, and 
lying on the ground, as it were contrafted his dying members, and laftly, as if truly 
dfead he wax'd ftiff; and moreover fuffered himfelf diverfly to be fitted according to di- 
vers parts of the Theater, the fable fo requiring. But when he, by thofe things that 
were faid and done, knew it was time to rife, he firft begun to move his legs by little and 
little, as if he had been wakened from a found deep; then prefently with his head a 
little lifted up, he looked this way and that way, to the great admiration of all the behol- 
ders ; and finally rife up and went familiarly and chearfully to him he fhould; the which 
fight the Emperor Veftafian (who was then prefent in Marcellus his Theater) never faw any 
which more delighted him. 
Of the Af>e. 
AN Ape is a ridiculous Creature, and which makes men much fport in imitating their 
aft ions. There hath been feen an Ape which would pipe and fing, and befides dance 
and write, and endevour to perform many other things proper to men. I remember I faw 
in the Duke of Somes houfe a great and curft Ape, who becaufe he much troubled many, 
had his hands cut off, who flittering himfelf to be cured, when the wound was cicatrized, 
he grew more milde and docile. Wherefore cloathed in a green coat, and girt over 
his loins with a girdle, he carried hanging thereat a cafe of fpeftacles, a pair of knives, 
and a childs handkerchief. He was committed to the charge of the Mafter-cook to teach, 
becaufe he had taken up his lodging in the Chimney-corner, he was taught many tricks 
and feats. If at any time he fwerved from his doftrine and precepts, in a trice the whip was 
upon his back and loins, and much was abated of his daily allowance; for as Perfius faith, 
The belly is the Matter of Arts, and lharpener of wit. By thefe means he profited fb in a 
Ihort time,that he much exceeded all the Apes of his time in the glory of his wit; and there 
was none counted more skilful 1 in leaping and dancing to the pipe, running up a pole,and 
nimbly leaping through his Matters legs. To conclude,he performed all the aftions of a 
ftrong Ape, and very reverently carried up ditties with the waiters and ferving-men, and 
made clean the ditties and platters by licking,and did much other drudgery, fo that he was 
commonly called, Matter johnDo-afi. At dinner and fupper fitting in a chair, he faid grace, 
and caft his eys up towards heaven, and rouled them this way and that way, and fmote his 
breaft with the flumps of his hands with much lamentation, and imitated prayer by the 
gnafhing or beating together of his teeth. He would turn up his tail to any that offended 
him, (for his coat fcarce covered half his buttocks left he fhould have filed it)he made much 
other paftirne, always going upright by reafon of the cutting away of his hands, unlefs at 
any time through wearinefs he were forced to fit on his buttocks. 
Of 
Tom.I. lib.f. 
cap. 2. 
The wonder- 
full docility of 
Dogs. 
A fpeflack fall 
of admiration 
and truth. 
Gal. lib. i, de 
u/h partiwn. Of living ani 
Li B.2. 
53 
Of the Camels. 
THe Cornell is a very domefticall and gentle beaft, and which is eafily tamed and 
taught all kind of obedience and fervice; although fome ot them are cruel3wilde and 
trouble- 
F3 54 
Of living Creatures, and 
Lib. 2. 
troublefome by biting and ftriking fuch as they meet, no lefs than untamed horfts. There 
is no need to houfe them in the night, for they may be left in the plain fields in the open 
and free air, feeding upon the grafs and trees and cropping the tops of the thirties, nei- 
ther in the morning do they any whit the worfe undergoe or carry their burdens. They 
are not put to carry burdens before they be four year old. The Arabians geld them young, 
that they may enjoy their labour the longer, neither being gelt do they rage for love or 
defire of Venery. At the putting in of the Spring they endure hunger and thirft for eight 
dayes j they are fo dutiful!, that at the beck of the Turkifli Haves, or but touched on the 
neck with a twig, they prefently kneel on the ground to take up their burden, neither 
do they lift themfelves up before that they find they have afufficient load laid upon them. 
Thofe that have but one bunch upon their back are of Africkj but fuch as have two bun- 
ches are of A fra , or Scjthia. Thofe kind of Camels that are the bigger are ufed to carry 
packs, but the lefler are ufed to ride upon, as our horfes are. They love nothing fo well 
as beans, and yet they live content with four handfuls of beans fora day. The greateft 
wealth of the Arabians confifts in Camels, and fo they eftimate their riches , not by the 
quantity of lilver,or gold, but by the number of Camels. The Turkjfb Emperour (7hmt 
being the reporter)made a Captain over the heards of his Camels,giving him a great troop 
of African and Chriftian Haves, that they might be the better looked unto. I have heard it 
reported(faith7hewt)by certain Arabian, African and Jewifb Merchants who were prefent, 
at that time when Sultan Selim the firft of that name, befieged Caire in jEgjp, (which in 
former times was called there thenwas in that Emperors army iixty thoufand 
Camels, befides a mighty company of Mules. 
Of ravenous Birds. 
BUt let us take a view of Falconers teaching ravenous Birds, how With (wift wings 
carried aloft into the air, they may feife upon other Birds, and caft them down dead 
to the ground; in performance whereof, they often too freely (bare up to the clouds, fo 
that they carry themfelves out of the Falconers fight, with a defire to fun themfelves, 
negle&ing in the mean time their defigned prey. 
" The Hern when flic fees her felf kept under and below the Falcon carried up by his 
ftrong wings with a marvailous (wiftnefs, with her beak, which is long and (harp, hid 
under her wings, and turned upwards, (he receives the Falcon blinded with the heat of 
fight and defire of prey, carelefly flying down and ruflung upon him j fo that he often 
ftrikes him through the gorge, fo that oft times they both fall down dead to the ground. 
But if the Falcon without harm efcape the deceits by art, and the happy turning of his 
body, and the Hern be not caft down, the Faulconer calling her back with never fo loud a 
voice, yet by letting up her Feathers ftie dares her to the pretended fight. 
That Birds have taught us muftcall tunes. 
THe Nightingales are Iweet and excellent fingers, tuning their notes with infinite 
quaverings, and diverfities of founds, fo prettily and fweetly, that humane induftry 
can (caret equal the Iweetnefs thereof by (b many muficall inftruments ; fo that we (ay, he 
fings like a Nightingale,who varies his voice with much variety. In which thing Birds 
much excell men, becaufe they have that admirable fweetnefs of finging from nature it 
felf without any labor of men can fcarce attain to in any fchool of mufick, 
by having their ears a thoufand times pluckt by the hand of a curft mafter. 
That Beafts know one anothers voice. 
BEafts know one another by their voice, fo that they may leem to talk and to laugh 
together, whilft flattering with their ears, they pluck in their nofes with a pleafant 
alpeft of their eys •, and as fpeech is given to men, fo Birds have their naturall voice, 
which is of the fame ufeto them, as fpeech is to us. For all Birds of the fame fpecies, as 
men of the fame countrey, chant and chirp to one another, when men underftand not 
the fpeech of other men, unlefs of the fame Nation. Wherefore the Scythian tongue is 
no more profitable to one living in Egypt, than if he were dumb 5 nor the Egyptians 
underftand it no more than it they were deaf. Wherefore an Egyptian is dumb ana deaf 
to> a Scythian. This thofe which travail well underftand how many dangers, how many 
troubles they undergo, becaufe they canriot exprefs their minds, and require things ne- 
ceflary for life. Wherefore to the afliftance of this unprofitable tongue, we are compelled 
to call the reft of the members, and to abulc the geftures of the head, eys, hands, and 
feet. Truly the condition of brute beafts is not fo miferable, feeing that all of the fame 
kind wherefoever they be,may anlwer each other with a known voice. Truly if any (hould 
hear a German, Briton, Spaniard, Englishman, Polonian, and Greek, fpeaking amongft 
themfelves in their native tongues, not underftanding any of them, he could fcarce difeern, 
and certainly judg, whether he heard the voice of men or of beafts. 
* Tha 
Camels both 
tame and 
wilde. 
The eafie and 
not chargeable 
keeping of 
Camels, 
Camels know 
when they 
have a fuffia 
cienc load. 
Camels both 
to carry bur- 
dens, and to 
ride upon. 
,4 mighty troop 
of Camels, 
The diligence 
of Falconers 
in training up 
their Hawks. 
The fight of 
the Hern and 
Falcon. 
To fing like a 
Nightingale. 
The voice to 
hearts is of the 
fame ufe, as 
fpeech is to 
men. 
We are as ill 
as deaf, when 
we hear an 
unknown lan* 
guage. Lib. 2. 
of tbe Excellency of Man 
55 
That Birds may counterfeit Mans voice. 
iInets3Larks,Pies, Rooks., Daws,Crows, Stares3 and other fuch like Birds, fpeak, fihg, 
- whittle, and imitate the voices of men3and other creatures. In this Pai rats cxcell all o- 
ther,being wondrous skilfull imitaters of mens voiccs3and very merry,but fpecially when 
they have drunk a little wine. 
Plutarch reports that there was a Barber at Rome,who kept a Pie in his lhop3 which fpoke 
exceeding well, and that of her own accord, none teaching her, when (he firft heard men 
talking together;(hee imitated the voice or cry of all beafts (hee heard, as alfo the found of 
Drums,and the found of Pipes,and Trunipets;to conclude,there was nothing which (he did 
not indevour to imitate. There have been Crows that have (poken and articulately lung 
longs and Pfalmes, and that oflome length. To which purpole the Hiftory of Macrobius is 
notable,for he tels that there was one amongft thole, who went forth for luck fake to meet 
with Auguftut Gefar, returning from the war againft Antonin, who carried a Crow, which 
he had taught plainly to pronounce this falutation, Salve Itnperator Auguttiijime, that 
is, God \ave thee, 0 moft jacred Emperor Catjar. Ctfar taken with the novelty of this fpefta- 
cle, bought this obtequious bird with a thoufand peeces of filver. Pliny and FWerw.have 
reckoned up amongft prodigies,Oxen and Afles that havefpoken.l omit infinit other things 
recorded by the ancients,P/4to,^rz/?ot/e,P/zMj? Plutarch, and other Philofophers of great cre- 
dit., of the docility of beafts, and their admirable felicity of underftanding. Which things,' 
if untrue, thefe learned men would never have recorded in writing, leftfo they might brand 
with vanity3(then which nothing is more bale) the reft of their writings to pofterity in all 
enfuing ages. 
Of the Sympathy and Antipathy of Living Creatures 
amongft thdnfelves. 
HAving briefly deteribed the underftanding of brute beafts, it teems not impertinent 
to fet down lome things more worthy of knowledg, happening unto them by reafon 
of Sympathy and Antipathy ; that is, mutuall agreement and dilagreement, which hap- 
pens not only to them living, but alfo dead, by a certain hidden property, through oc- 
cafion whereof fome defire, other fhun, and others protecute one another even to death. 
In teftimony whereof; The Lyon the King of Beafts excelling all other in courage and 
magnanimity,fears the Cock,for he is not only terrified by his pretence, but alfo by his 
crowing being abfent. So an Elephant fears a Hog,but he is fo afraid of Mice and Rats,that 
he will not touch the meat that is given him,ifhe fmell that it hath been defiled with fuch 
creatures. There is deadly hatred between the Elephant and Rhinocerot; yet when the 
Elephant is furious and angry, he becomes quiet and calm at the fight of a Ram. A Horfe 
is fo afraid of a Camel, that he cannot indure his fight. The Dog hates the Wolf,the Hart 
flies the Dog. The Snake flies from and fears a naked man,and followes him being clothed. 
There is deadly hatred between the Afpis and Ichneumon, for he when he hath rowled 
himtelfin the clay, dries himtelf in the Sun, and fo being covered over ( by doing thus 
divers times) as it were with (hells, or armour, he enters into combat, ftretching out his 
tail,and pretenting his back, untill he get opportunity to choak his adverfary, by leaping 
and fattening on her jaWs, by which ftratagem he alfo kils the Crocodile. The green Li- 
zard is a capitall enemy to the Serpent, but moft friendly to man, as Erafrnn witnefleth by 
many Hiftories concerning that matter, in his Dialogue of Sympathy and Antipathy. 
There is a great deal of hatred between a Man and a Wolf, which is moft manifeft Jjby this, • 
that if the Wolves firft fee a man, his voice is taken away, and his intended cry hindered. If 
the Weatell intend to fet upon the Alpis that moft venemous Serpent, fhee arms her telf by 
eating Rue, as a moft certain Antidote. The Ape fears the Torpedo, as Erafmus manifefts by 
apleafant hiftory in the forementioned Dialogue; where alfo he prettily (hews the deadly 
hatred between the ferpent called A reus and the toad.The like hate is between the Owl and ' 
Crows, fo that the Owl dares not go out3fly abroad, or feek her food unlefs by night.The 1 
Water or River fowl are afraid of the if they but hear her bells,they had rather 
be killed with ftaves and ftonesr, than take wing to flie into the air. So the Lark 
yeelds hertelf to be taken by a man, left (heefall into the talons of the Hobby. The 
Caftrill, or Merlin is naturally a terror to Hauks, fo that they both fhun his voice 
and pretence. 
The Kites are all at perpetual enmity with the Crows,wherefore the Crow alwayes gets i 
away the Kites providen. All kind ot Pullen fear the Fox. The Chicken fears neither a b 
Horte, or an Elephant, but tearce hatched, itpretently runs away at the voice or fight of * 
a Kite, and hides it telf under the hens wings. The Lambe and Kid flie from the Wolf 
when they firft tee him, neither doth death give an end to that hatred, but it fupervives 
their funeral 1. An Experiment whereof (they fay) is, that if one Drum be headed with L 
Wolves skins and another with Sheeps, and beaten up together, you (hall tearce hear the VS 
found of the Drum covered with iheeps skins. And befides, if you firing one Harp with d< 
fixings made of (heeps guts, and another with firings of Wolves guts, you cannot bring 
■ ' it 
Parrrars arf 
wonderM'i 
imirarers'of 
mans voice. 
A talking Pie. 
Lib z. Saturn. 
cap.4. 
The Lion fears 
a cock. 
A horfe fears S 
Camel!. 
Whit foul feai 
the Falcon, 
The enemy 
between the 
Kites and 
Crows* 
fhe d if co rd 
•erwem rhe 
amb and 
V'olfjs notch- 
ed by death 56 
of the Excellency of 
L I B.2. 
it to pafs, by any art, to make them acree and go in one tune. It is reported from the 
experiments of many men, that if a Wolves head be hanged up on high in the place where 
Sheep are, that they will not touch the grafs how.good and freffi locver it be, nor reft 
quiet in any place, but tumultuoufly run up and down, untill all fuch kind of terror be 
taken away. The hate betwixt Mice and Wcafels appears by this, that if you mix never 
fo little of the brains of a Weafell in the rennet, with which you crudle you Cheefe, the 
Mice will never gnaw or touch that cheefe. The Linnet doth fo hate the bird Florw} that 
both their bloods put into one veffel cannot be mixed together. A Wolves head hung up 
in a dove-houfe, drives away Poll-Cats and Weafels. The Panther and Hyaena burn with 
fo great hatred, that if both their skins be laid one againft the other, the Panthers will 
ffied the hair, the hairs of the Hyaena remaining entire and not moved; which thing,they 
fay, happens to the feathers of other birds if any one chance to tye them up in a bundle 
with the Eagles. Let theft fuffice for fome few examples of many, of the Antipathy 
amongftbeafts. But of the Sympathy and conftnt of beafts amongft themfelves, I think 
needlefs to write any thing, being itisfufficicntly known to all, that one Jay aflbciates 
another, and the cruel Bears agree amongft themfelves; and beafts of the fame fpccies do 
wonderfully confent one with another. 
7 hat Man excells all beasts. 
INow think it fit to affay to write of that excellency of man over beafts, which I have fo 
long intended. Neither would I that Epicures and other too much naturall and mate- 
riate Philofophers, fb take thoft things 1 have written of the endowments of beafts, as 
though we ffiould think, there were no difference between man and beaft. I had no fuch 
meaning, no fuch intention ; but only that man ffiould not become too ftately,or too in- 
grate in lefs acknowledging God to be the Author of fb many benefits with which he 
abounds. For whatfoever we have largely fpoken of beafts, yet there is no comparifon be- 
tween beafts and man, for there is too great a difference between them. For mans mind 
is adorned with religion, juftice, prudence, magnanimity, faith, piety, modefty, clemency, 
fortitude,and other verities as lights,which fhine much more bright in man than in beafts. 
For they' are fometimes all in fome one man,each whereof are thought great in beafts. For 
feeing that man is made to the Image of God,it cannot be,how much loever he defile him- 
ftlfwith the pollution of vices, that he can fo obfeure that inbred light,but that alwaies 
fbme beam of the divine wifdome will be inherent & ffiine in him. But although by collati- 
on to fome beafts,he may feema defeftive and weak yet no fortitude nor ftrength 
of beafts can befo great as to equallthe fortitude of man. For God hath ingraven in 
man the character of his divine vertue, by the affiftance whereof, he might have all beafts 
under and obedient to him. And though by that we have formerly faid, beafts may feem 
to have a certain ffiadow of reafon, yet that fmall light is not fit for many and divers ufts, 
but there is only given them fo much providence,as ffiould be fufficient for them and the 
preftrvation of their bodies. But men have reafon given them to crop or gather the fruits 
of eternall life, (as LafiantiM faith) whereby it comes to pafs, that man only, amongft fo 
many creatures, hath ftnfe and underftanding of divine things. Which Cicero thought to 
be known by that,becaufe man only had a certain knowledg of God in his mind.Whereforc 
he was inriched by God with reafon, fpeech and hands as helps for the performance of 
all his aftions; moreover by his lingular and almoft divine withe eafily excels all brute 
beafts. Forfirft, reafon being his guide, he invented things neceffary for lift , fitly im- 
pofed names on the things invented befitting their natures, framed letters and Charafters, 
invented all liberall Arts and handy-crafts,and found means to meafure the Land and Sea. 
He hath obferved and drawn into an Art the fpaces of the Celeftiall Globe, the diftinftions 
of the Stars, the changes and orders of dayes and nights, of times and feafbns, the ri- 
ling and fetting of Stars, and their power and effefts over theft lower bodies. Laftly , he 
records in writing to perpetuall memory that which concerns his own nature, or the na- 
ture of other things, the precepts and ordinances of life and manners: by which lingular 
gift,we can now confer with Socrates3 Plato-, Ariflotle} and other Philofophers of ancient 
times, as if they were living. 
What benefit man hath by reafon of his native nakednefs and ignorance, 
BUt as Mans body is by nature naked and unarmed, fo is his mind like a fmooth table 
in which nothing is painted, nothing graven 5 but for help of his nakednefs he hath 
hands, and for fupply of his ignorance, reafon and fpeech. And by theft three being as it 
were the minifters of infinite variety of things, he clothes and defends his body with all 
things needfull: and inriches his mind with the knowledg of Arts and Sciences. Now if he 
had certain weapons born with him, he ffiould ufe them only j if he ffiould be born skil- 
fullinany Art, he would meddle with none elft. Therefore becauft it was more expe- 
dient to ufe all forts of weapons with the hand, and be skilfull in all Arts ; therefore he 
muft be born wanting and ignorant of all. very wittily called the hand the inftru- 
ment of inftruments:in imitation ofwhich fpeech,one may rightly affirm, that reafon is the 
Art 
Howto majce 
cht cfe that 
Mice will not 
gnaw. 
Mans bears 
Gods image. 
Man hath gi- 
ven names to 
things. 
Gal. up.lib» 
I.de fa parti-* 
utn. 
u4s the hand is 
rhe ihftrument 
of inft rument s 
fo reafon is 
the art of arts. * Lib. 2. 
of the Excellency of Man. 
57 
Art of Arts:for as the hand in worth exceeds the other inftruments,becaufe it can make,han- 
dle and fit them for ufe; fo reaion and fpeech, though names of no Art,yet comprehend and 
cifereafe all Arts. Therefore man leeing he hath his mind intruded by Art, that is, by rea- 
fon ; it is tit he fhould have his body defended with a ■weapon, or inftiument, that is, tire 
hand, which in agility and excellency fhould excell all other inftruments. For fo Man 
hath of his hands in ftead of all weapons, which he may ufe in war and peace as the inftru- 
ments of all Arts ; he wants not the Buis horns, the Boars tuskes, the horfes hoofs, nor to 
conclude, any arms of any other Beaft. For by the benefit of his hands he can handle o~ 
ther arms far more profitable and fafe; as a Lance, Sword,Spear,halberd ; but man allo can 
ufe at fome diftance the bow, fling and handgun, when the diorn and the hoof cannot be 
ufed but neer at hand. But fome may fay ; A Lyon exceeds a man in (wiftnefs of foot; 
what then ? is man therefore inferiour to him > no,for by the means of his hands and the 
guidance of his reaion he bridling and riding upon a horie, out runs the Lyon, and being 
viftor follows him to and again as he himfelf pleafes, or vanquished flies away, and from 
the horfes back as from a tower wounds the Lyon with what weapons he pleafes. To 
conclude, man is aboundantly provided with means, to defend himfelf from the violence 
of all other beafts. For this purpofe he doth not only harnefs himfelf as with brafen wals, 
but alfo makes ditches and Bulwarkes, he makes by the miniftery of his hands all kind of 
weapons, weaves himfelf garments, calls into the water and draws forth nets to catch 
fife 5 and to conclude, he performs all things to his own contentment, and having that 
priviledge granted him by God, he rules over all the earth; all things which lye hid in ( 
the bowels of the earth, which go, or creep upon the earth, which fwim in the Sea,and flie 
through the air, or are any where (hut up in thecompafsof the skic, are in mans domi- 
nion. 4 
How wonderfull God hath fbewed himfelf inmalfngman. 
GOds Deity and providence hath principally fhewed it felf in the creation of man; 
neither his fo admired light hath lb ihone in the produftion of other creatures, feeing 
that God would have them to live and have their being,only for mans fake,that they might < 
ferve him. Therefore man is, if we diligently confider all his endowments, a certain pat- 
tern and rule of the divine majefty and (if I may lb lay) Artifice. For being made to Gods 
image, he is as it were his coin, exceeding the capacity of all humane underftanding. Which 
feemed a juft reafon to the ancient Philofophers, that he (hould be called IMicrocojmos.) ora , 
little wTorld, becaufe the particles of all things contained in the compafs of heaven and 1 
earth, are contained in his mind and body, that in the mean time I may in filence pafs over 
his foul more great and noble than the whole world. 
Why Nature hath not given Man the faculty of prefaging. 
THis feems the reafon, that men by theinftinft of nature do not forefee the future fea- 
fons & dilpofitions ofthe heaven & air;becaufe,feeing they have received certain (parks 
of prudence from God,by whofe care and guidance they are led to the knowledg of things 
by no deceitfull but certain judgment,being not obnoxious to the conditions and changes 
of times and feafons, as beafts are. Wherefore knowing all thefe airy changes to be placed 
under them, that is to fay,their minds, according as occafion ferves, and their minds defire, 
they give themfelves to mirth when the air is wet>ftormy and dark,and on the contrary, in 
a clear and fair feafon,to a fincere and grave meditation of things fublime and ful of doubt. 
But beafts accommodating themfelves to that difpofition of the air which is prefent and 
at hand, are lively, or fad,not from any judgment according to the temper and 
complexion of their bodies following the inclinations ofthe air, and ofthe humors one 
while diffufed, another while contra&ed. Neither ought we to blame man, becaufe he 
can imitate the voice of beafts, but rather much commend him, that he can infinitely wreft 
and vary one thing, that is,his voice; for men can barke like Fb.xes and dogs; grunt like 
hogs; whet and grind their teeth like boars ; roare like Lyons ; bellow like bulls ; neigh 
like horfes; knack their teeth like Apes; houl like Wolves; bray likeAfles; bleat like 
Goats and Sheep; mourn like Bears, Pigeons, and Turtles ; Keeke and gaggle like geefe ; 
hifs like Serpents; cry like Storks; caw like a Crow, and crow like Cock; clock like hens; 
chatter as Swallows and Pies; fing like Nightingales ; croak like Frogs; imitate the fing- 
ing of Wafpes, and Humming of Bees ; mew like The firiging of Birds fcarce 
feems to merit the name of MuficalL, compared to the harmony of men fitted and tuned 
with infinit variety of voiccs.For with this tfiey pdflefs the ears of Kings and Princes; pro- 
voke and temper their wrath, and carry mens minds beyond themfelves, and tranfforme 
them into what habits they pleafe. But if thofecruell beafts have any humanity, they 
owe it all toman. For he tames Lyons, Elephants, Bears, Tigers, Leopards, Panthers, 
and fuch other like- 
Of 
Man under 
God is the king 
and Emperour 
of the world. 
Mao is the end 
of ail mundane 
things, 
Wan a little 
vorld,yea al- 
noft a great 
vorld. 
Man is nor 
obnoxious to 
the air and 
fiats. 
One man w ill' 
sounrerfeit the 
voices ofinfi- 
lite varieties of 
icafls. 
The power of 
Mufick. 58 
Of living Creatures, and 
L I B.2, 
Of the Crocodile. 
PLutarch reports of the Crocodile ( whofe figure is delineated) that being tamed, and 
taught by man, he doth not only hear mans voice, and anfwers to his call, but fuffers 
himfelf to be handled, and opening his throat, lets his teeth be fcratched and wiped with 
a towell. How fmall a part of Phyfick is that, which beafts are taught, by nature > Cer- 
tainly nothing in comparifon of man , who by the ftudy and praftileof a few years can 
learn at his fingers ends all the parts of Phyfick : andpraftife them not only for his own, 
but alfo for the common good of all men. But why cannot beafts attain unto the know- 
A tame Croc o- 
dilc» 
ledg ofPhyfick lb well as men > I think, becaufe fo great an Art as Phyfick is, cannot be 
attained unto by the dull capacities of Beafts. 
Bnc Lib. 2. 
of tbe Excellency of Man. 
59 
But for that I have written of the Religion of Elephants, if 1 muft fpeak according to 
the truth of the matter, we cannot fay they worfhip God, or have any fenfe of the divine 
Majefty. For how can they have any knowledge of fublime things or of God, feeing they 
wholly following their food, know not how to meditate on celeftiall things ? Now for 
that they behold and turn themfelves to the Moon by night,and to the Sun in the mor- 
ning, they do not that as worfhipping5or for that they conceive any excellency or divinity 
in the Sun ; but becaufe nature lb requiring and leading them, they feel their bodies to 
rejoyce in that light,and their entrails and humors to move and ftir them to it. Therefore 
when we attributed religion to Elephants,we faid it rather popularly,than truly,and more 
that we might exhort men to the worihip of God, than that we thought Elephants had 
any knowledg of divine worlhip implanted in their minds. 
man may attain unto the tyowledg of all voices and tongues. 
•T'He docility ofmans wit is fo great, and facility of the body obeying that divine gift of 
wit fuch, that he is not only able to learn to underhand and fpeak the tongues of di- 
vers nations differing in fo many peculiar languages ; and not only to imitate and coun- 
terfeit the voices of all beafts though fo much different from man, which many flattering 
and jugling companions, followers of other mens tables, will do ; but alfo may be able to 
know and underftand both what they pretend and fignifie.In confirmation of which thing 
they cite the Philofopher Apollonius moft famous in this kind offtudy aud knowledg. He 
walking on a time amongft a company of his friends through the field, and feeing a Spar- 
row come flying and chirping much to divers other Sparrows fitting upon a tree, is repor- 
ted to have faid to thofe which were with him: That bird which came flying hither,told 
the other in her language, that an Afs laded with com was fallen down at the City gate, 
and had fhed the wheat upon the ground. Wherefore Apollonius and all his friends which 
minds were with him went thither to fee whether it were fo, and found that it was fo, as 
he had told them, andobferved that the Sparrows moved thereto by the coming of the o- 
ther,were eating up the grains of Corn fhed on the ground. 
But for Crows and Pies artificially taught to counterfeit mens voyces, it is too fmall a 
thing, that for that caufe they fhould contend with men. For they have quickly babied 
all they have learnt with longer coft and labour, tedioufly finging ftill the fame fong,and 
whatfoever they prate they do it without fenfe,underftanding or any reafbnfor what they 
fay. But man alwayes contemplating fomewhat more high, ftill thinks of greater things 
than thefe prefent, and never rcfts.But burning with an infinite and endlefs defire of know- 
ledg, he doth not only covet to know thefe things which appertain to food and cloa- 
thing, but by calling up his eyes towards heaven, and by the light of his mind,he learns 
and underftands things divine. Which is fo certain an argument of the celeftiall originall 
of our foul,that he which confiders thofe things can no wayes doubt,but that we have our 
minds feafoned, by the univeriall divine underftanding. But now it is time for us to let 
thait upon the defcription of the body,the habitation and fit inftrument of al the funitionf 
of divnemind. 
in whatfenfe 
we faid Ele- 
phants had 
religion. 
Man not only 
the irairarer, 
but the 
prerer oft he 
voices of beafts 
and birds, 
The Urtqftefi. 
chable define 
of learning in 
man. 
Tbe End of tbeficond Beefy Lib.3. 
60 
The third Book, 
TR.E ATING 
Of tbe Anatomy of tWZ ANS BO DT. 
Following the cuftom and the manner of fuch as before me have written 
of Anatomy ,will firft,(that I may make the minds of the Readers more; 
attentive and defirous of thefe ftudies) declare how it is, and 
alfohow profitable,and then ihew the order to be oblerved in it, before 
I come to the particular defCription of mans body. 
Furthermore how Anatomy may be defincd,and the manner of the de- 
finition of the parts. Fur the firft, the knowledg of Anatomy feems in 
my judgment very necefiary to thofe that defire to excell, or attain to. 
perfection of Phyfick j that is, whereby they may be able to preferve the prefent health of 
the body,and the parts thereof, and drive away difeafes. For how can either Phylitian of 
Chi rurgeon-preferve health by the ufe of the like things, which confifls in the tempera- 
ment,conformation,andnaturall union of the partsjor expell the difeafe which hurts thofe 
three,by the like ufe of their contraries,unlefs he fhall know the nature and compofure of 
the body,and underhand as by the rule of this knowledg, how much it fwerves 'from the 
nature thereof ? Wherefore it is excellently faid of Hippocrates 5 that the Phylitian called 
to cure the fick Patient,ought diligently to coniider,whether thofe things that are in him, 
or appear to be in him, be like or unlike, that is, whether the Patient be like himfelf and 
his own nature in all his parts and functions,temperature, compofure and union j that he 
may preferve thofe which are yet contained in the bounds of nature, and reftore thofe that 
are gone aftray.Which thing Galen hath alfo confirmed,fpecially where he faith,he mufl wel 
know the nature and ftrufture or compofure of the bones, who takes upon him to reftore 
them broken or diflocated to themfelves and their proper feats or places. Moreover feeing 
that healing doth not only confift in the knowledg of the difeafe,but as well in prefcribing 
fit medicines and like application of them to the body and the parts thereof, all which 
by their natural! diflimilitude, do require unlike medicines, according to Galens opinion : 
1 prethe tell mee,who can perform this, which is ignorant of the defcription of the whole 
and the parts thereof,taught by Anatomy > We may fay the like of the Apothecary, who 
ignorant of the fituation of the parts in the body cannot apply Emplaifters, Ointments, 
Cataplafms,Fomentations, Epithemcs, bags to the fit places, as to the futures of the skull, 
to the Heart,Liver,Stomach,Spleen, Reins, Wombe or Bladder. For example,let us imagine 
the Liver to be troubled with a hot diftemperature, but on xhe contrary,the ftomach with a 
cold(which commonly happens,feeing the Liver hotter than it ought to be,fends up many 
vapours to the head,from whencecold humors fall into the ftomach)ifhot things to be ap- 
plied to the ftomach by the Phylitiaris prefcription,be by the Apothecary making no diffe- 
rence, applied both to the ftomach and neighboring Liver (which may chance if he be ig- 
norant that the ftomach bends fomewhat to the left fide under the breaft-blade ; but the li- 
ver fo takes up the right fide of the body that with a great part thereof, it covers almoft all 
the ftomach) will not he much offend by increafing the hot diftemper of the liver, and not 
thereby giving eafe, or help to the difeafe ? Shall not by this his ignorance, the Patient be' 
fruftrated of his defire,the Phylitian of his intent,and the medicine of its effect:? By thefe 
examples I think it moft manifeft,that the Anatomicall knowledg of the parrs of the body 
is exceeding necefiary to all Phyfitians, Chirurgeons, and Apothecaries, who will praClife 
Phyfick with any praifeto the glory of God, and the benefit and good of man, for whole 
lake we have writ thefe thing$,and illuftrated them by figures,fubjeCting the parts to the 
eye,and fitly putthem in their proper places. 
But Anatomy is commodious four manner of wayes ;the firft is,becaufe thus we are led to 
the knowledg of God the Creator,as by the effect to thecaufejfor as we read in St.Prfw/,The 
invifible things ofGod are made manifeft by the vifible.The fecond is, that by means here- 
of we know the nature of mans body,and the parts thereof,w' hereby we may more eafily and 
certainly judg and determine of ficknefs and health- The third is, thatby the knowdedg of 
the body and its parts,and together therewith its aifeftions and difeafes,we may prognofti- 
cate what is to come,and foretel I the events of difeafes.La ftly, the fourth is,that confidering 
the nature of the dileafed part, we may fitly prefcribe medicines, and apply them in their 
due places. 
Now we muft declare in what order Anatomy may be fitly delivered; but firft we muft 
obferve there is a threefold Method j The firft is called of Compofition , being very 
commodious for the teaching of Arts, which hath ufed in his Works of Logick, 
and natitrall Philofophy, the order and beginning taken from the leaft and moft 
fimple to the more.compound. The lecond of Divifion,fit for the inventing or finding out 
of fciences.Galen hathTollowed this order in his Books of Anatomical! Adminiftrations, 
and 
The neceftiry 
of iheknow- 
Jedg oFAnato 
my. 
Initio lib. de 
Ojfic.medicit 
Lii.de.cJJibiit. 
Metb: 
Why v. hen 
the liver is hot 
the ftomach is 
commonly 
cold. 
The Know- 
ledgof Anato- 
my, is commo- 
dious four 
manner of 
waves. 
There is a 
threefold me- 
thod. Lib. 3. 
of Mans Rady. 
61 
and of the ufe of the parts. The third of Definition, which ffiewcth the nature and eflence 
of things, as appears by Galen in his Book De Arte Pana. And becaufe this order doth al- 
fo profccute the divifion s, therefore it is commonly accuftomed to be comprehended in 
the compafs of the lecond. Therefore I will follow this in my Anatomicall Treatife, di- : 
viding mans body into its parts, which I will not only fubjeft to the eye in the way of i 
knowing them, but alfo to the mind in the faithfull underftanding them. For I will ad- 
joyn thole things that are delivered of them by Galen in his Book of Anatom, Admini- 
ftrations,with thofe which he hath taught in his Books of the ufe of the parts.For there he 
fitly laies the parts of mans body before our eyes,to thefenfe. But here he teaches to know 
them, not to lee them 5 for he lhews why, and for what ufe they are made. Having briefly 
handled thefe things, we muft declare what Anatomy is ; that as Cicero faith out of Plato's 
it may be underftood of what we difpute. And becaufe We attain that by definition 
( which is a fliort and plain fpeech, confifting of the Genus and difference of the things de- 
fined, being the eflentiall parts, by which the nature and eflence of the thing, is briefly and 
plainly explained) firft we define Anatomy, then prefently explain the particular parts of 
the definition. /' 
Wherefore Anatomy,(if you have regard to the name) is a perfeft aud abfolute divifion, 
or artificial! refolution of mans body into its parts,as well generall as particular , as well n 
compound as fimple. Neither may this definition feem illegitimate,fpecially amongft Phy- 
fitians and Chirurgeons. For feeing they are Artizans humiliated to the fenfe,they may nfe 
the proper and common qualities of things for their eflentiall differences and forms. As t 
on the contrary,Philofophers may refufe all definitions as Ipurious, which confift not of 
the next Genus and themoft proper,and eflentiall differences. But feeing that, through the Jj 
imbecillity of our underftanding,fuch differences are unknown to us,in their places we are 
compelled in defining things,to draw into one many common and proper accidents, to fi- 
nifh that definition which we intend, which for that caufe we may more truly call a de- 
fcription, becaufe for the matter and eflentiall form of the thing, it prefents us only the 
matter adorned with errtain accidents. This appears by the former definition, in wich Dz- 
wijion and Resolution ftand for the Gefl«j,becaufe they may be parted into divers others, as it 
were into [pecies. That which is added over and befides,ftands in place of the difference, be- 
caule they feparate and make different the thing it felf from all other rafh and unartificiall 
difle&ions. We muft know an artificiall divifion,is no other than a feparation of one part 
from another,without the hurt of the other, obferying the proper circumfcription of each 
of them; which if they perifh or be defaced by the divifion,it cannot be laid to be artificiall; 
and thus much may fuffice for the parts of the definition in generall. 
For as much as belongs to the explication of each wordjwe faid of Mans body, becaufe as 
much as lies in us, we take care of, preferve the health, and depell the difeafes thereof, by • 
which it may appear that mans body is the fobjeft of Phyfick,notas it is mans,or confifts of 
matter and form,but as it is partaker of health and ficknefs. 
We underftand nothing elfe by a part, according to Galen, than fome certain body, j 
which is not wholly disjoined,nor wholly united with other bodies of their kinds; but 1 
fo that,according to his opinion,the whole being compofed therewith,with which in fbme 
fort it is united,and in fome kind feparated from the fame,by their proper circumfcription. 
Furthermore by the parts in generally underftand the head, breaft, belly, and their adjunfts. . 
By the particular parts ofthofe,! underftand,the fimple parts,as the fimilar, which are nine 
in numberas a griftle,bone,ligament,membrame,tendon,nerve,vein5arterie, mufculotis flefti; 
fome add fibers,fat,marrow,the nails and hairs; other omit them as excrements; but we muft 
note that fuch parts are called fimple,rather in the judgment of the fenfe,than of reafon.For 
ifany will more diligently confider the nature,they fhall none abfolutely fimple, becaule 
they are nourilfied, have life and fenfe, either manifeft oroblcure, which happens not 
without a nerve, vein,and artery. 
But if any fhall objeft, that no nerve is communicated to any bone, except the teeth ; I 
will anfwer,that neverthelefs the bones have lenfe by the nervous fibers, which are commu- 
nicated to them by the PeriofieMn, as by whofe mediation the Periofteum is connext to the 
bones,as we fee it happens to thele membranes,which involve the bowels. And the bones, 
by this benefit of the animall lenle expell the noxious and excrementitious humors from 
themlelves into the (paces between them and the Periofteum, wkich as indued with a more 
quick lenfe,admonilheth us,according to its office and duty, of that danger which is ready 
to feis upon the bones,unlefs it be prevented. Wherefore we will conclude according to 
the truth of the thing,that there is no part in our body fimple, but only fome are fo named 
and thought, according to the fenle ; although alfo otherwise fome may be truly named 
fimple,as according to the peculiar and proper fleffi of each oftheir kinds. Thole parts are 
called compound which arc made or compofed by the mediation, or immediately of thefe 
fimple, which they term otherwife organical l,or inftrumentall: as an arm, leg, hand, foot, 
ana others of this kind. 
And here weemuft oblerve, that the parts are called fimple and fimilar, becaufe they 
cannot be divided into any particles but ofthe fame kind; but the compound nre called 
G diftimilav 
The Aiiihors 
intent. 
What An?.ro« 
my is. 
How a defin 1- 
ri on differs 
from a defcrip* 
[ion. 
The fnbjcftof 
Phyfick. 
1.& 
p*rt di&. 
The fimilaf 
parts are nine0 
How the 
bones comer#' 
feet 
The coin* 
pound,or orga* 
nicall parts« 62 
Of the Anatomy 
Lib. 3. 
diflimilar from the quite contrary reafon.They are called inftrumentall and organically be- 
caufe they can perform fuch aftions of themielves, as ferve for the prefervation of them- 
felves and the whole ; as the eye of it felf, without the afliftance of any other part,feeth, and 
by this faculty defends the whole body,as alfo it felf. Wherefore it is called an inftrument 
or organe, but not any part of it, as the coats , which cannot of it felf perform that aft. 
Whereby we muft underftand, that in each inftrumentall part we muft diligently obferve 
four proper parts. One by which the aftion is properly performed, as the Cryftalline hu- 
mor in the eyejanother without which the aftion cannot be performed,as the nerve and the 
other humors of the eye. The third, whereby the aftion is better and more conveniently 
dohe,as the tunicles and mufcles.The fourth,by which the aftion is preferved,as the eye-lids 
and circle of the eye.The fame may be faid of the hand, which is the proper inftrument of 
holdingjfor it performs this aftion, firft,by the mufole,as the principall part; Secondly,by 
the ligament, as a part without which fuch aftion cannot be performed 5 Thirdly, by the 
bones and nails,becaufe by the benefit of thefe parts,the aftion is more happily performed; 
Fourthly ,by the veins,arteries and skin,for that by their benefit and ufe,the reft,and fo con- 
fequently the aftion it felf is preferred. 
But we muft cbnfidcr,that the inftrumentall parts have a fourfold order.They are laid to 
be of the firft order, which are firft and immediately compofed of the Ample , as only the 
authors of fome one aftion,of which kinds are the mufcles and veflels. They are of a fecond 
which confift of thefe firft fimple, and others befides,as the fingers. They are counted of the 
third rank, which are compofed of parts of the fecond order and fome befides, as the hand 
taken in generall. The fourth order is the moft compofed,as the whole body,the organ and 
inftrument of the foul. But you muft obferve,that when we fay the mufcles and veflels are 
fimple parts,we refer you to the fenfe and fight,and to the underftanding, comparatively to 
the parts which are more compoundfout if any confider their eflence and conftitution,he fhal 
underftandthey are truly compound,as we faid before.Now it remains,that we underftand, 
that in each part,whether fimple or compound,nine things are to be confidered,as fubftance, 
quantity or magnitude,figure,compofition,number, connexion, (by which name, we alfo 
underftand the originall and infertion)temperature,aftion, and ufe 5 that by the confidera- 
tion of thefe things, every one may exercift the art of Phyfick, in preferving health, curing 
difeafes,or forefeeing their events and ends. 
But alfo we muft note,that of the organicall parts,there be three,by whole power the bo- 
dy is governed 5 which for that caufe they call regent and principall, becaufe they govern, 
all the reft 5 they are the liver,heart,and brain. But they are called principall,not only, be- 
caufe they are neceflary for life,(for the ftomach, wind-pipe,lungs, reins, bladder, and fuch 
like parts perhaps are equally as neceflary for life)but becaufe from each of thefe three,fome 
force,power,and faculty,or alfo matter neceflary for the whole body,flow over all the body, 
when no fuch thing proceeds from the reft of the parts. For from the liver a matter fit for 
nourifhmentjis diftributed by the veins through all the bodyjfrom the heart the vitall force 
difliifed by the arteries, imparts life to the whole body ; from the brain by the nerves a 
power or faculty is carried through all the parts of the body, which gives them fenfe and 
motion. 
Galen would have the Tefticles to be of this kind, not for the neceflity of the indiv iduall, 
or peculiar body , but for the prefervation of the Species or kind. And moreover in his 
book de Semine comparing the Ttfticles with the Heart, hee makes them the more noble by 
this reafon,that by how much it is better to live wel and happily,than Amply and abfolute- 
ly to live, by fo much the tefticles are more excellent than the heart, becaufe with them we 
may live well & pleafantly,but with this Amply live,as we fee by the example of Eunuches, 
and fuch as aregelt,by which the Tefticles feem rightly to be accounted amongft the princi- 
pal partsjfor nature feeing it defired,that this its work fhould be immortal,for the attaining 
of that immortality which it intends,frames thofe parts,like as prudent founders of a City, 
who do not only procure to furnifh their City with many Inhabitants, fo long as they are 
in building it, but alfo that it may remain in the fame ftate and condition for ever, or at 
leaft for many ages. And yet notwithftanding of fo many cities built in the firft memory of 
man, there remains none, whofe fame and ftate,together with the builders name, is not de- 
cayed and perifhed. But this humane work of nature,ftands yet fecure for this many thou- 
fand of y ears,and fhal endure hereafter,becaufe it hath found a way,by which every one may 
fubftitute another in his place before he depart. Hence it is that all creatures have members 
fit for generation,and pleafures inferred in thofe members, by which they might be inticed 
to mutuall embraces and copulations. But the mind, which hath dominion over thofe 
members hath an incredible defire of propagating the iflue, by which alfo brute beafts in- 
cited, defire to propagate their kinds forever. For feeing that nature underftands all 
thefe her works confidered particularly by themfelves , are frail and mortall, it hath 
done what it could to recompence that fatall neceflity of dying, by a perpetuall fucceflion 
of individualls. 
Hitherto we may feem to have aboundantly fhewed what neceflity of knowledg in 
Anatomy belongs to all Artizans in Phyfick, and alfo what order is to be obferved in the 
x ~ fame. 
Four particles 
robe obferved' 
in each orga- 
nicall part. 
Four forts of 
inftrumentall 
pans. 
Nine thing? to 
beconfidered in 
each part. 
Why the thre 
pr incipall 
parts are fo 
called. 
Lib.de Arte me- 
died. 
Theufe and 
funflion of 
rhe pans fer- 
ving for gene- 
ration. Lib. 3. 
of Mans "Body. 
63 
fame. And laftly, how it is defined, and the reafon of the parts of the definition. Where- 
fore it remains that we profecute what we have taken in hand: which is, that we fhew and 
declare how to know all and every the parts of mans body, how many, and what they be, 
and to underftand wherefore they be. For although the trueknowledg of Anatomy may 
be perfefted by the fight of the ey, and touching and handling each part with the hand, 
yet neverthelefs the labor of defcribing Anatomy is not unprofitable. For by reading,fuch 
as have often exercifed themfelves in the difle&ing of mens bodies, may refreffi and help 
their memories, and fuch as have not, may make plain and eafie the way to the underftan- 
ding of diffc&ions. 
CHAP. I. 
The divifion or partition of mans Body. 
y reafon the partition of Mans body can hardly be underftood, if the diftin&iori 
of the proper faculties of the foul be not underftood, for whole caufe the body 
enjoys that form (which we lee) and divifion into divers inftruments ; There- 
fore I thought good in few words to touch that diftinftion of the faculties 
of theToub, for the better underftanding of the partition of the body which we 
intend. Wherefore the foul, the perfeftion of the body, and beginning of all its functi- 
ons, is commonly diftinguilhed, and that in the firft and general! divifion,into three facul- 
ties, which are the Animall, Vitali, and Naturall. But the Animall is divided into the 
principall, fenfitive, and motive; Again the Principall is diftinguilhed into the imagina- 
tive, reafonable, and memorative: And the Senfitive into feeing,hearing,fmelling,tafting, 
and touching : But the Motive into progreflive and apprehenfive. And the Vital is divided 
into the dilative and contra&ive faculty of the heart and arteries, which we know or un- 
derftand by the pulfiflck faculty. But the Naturall is parted into the nutritive,auftive,and 
generative facultiesjwhich three perform their parts by the help and miniftery of five other1 
faculties,which are, the attraftive, retentive, concoftive, afiimilative, and expullive. 
After the felf-lame manner, the organ or inftrument of the foul, to wit*. Mans body, at 
the firft divifion is diftinguilhed into three parts,which from their office they call Animall, 
Vitali, and Naturall. Thele again, according to the fubdivifion of the fubalternall facul- 
ties, are divided particularly into other parts 5 fo that any one may know the organ of 
each faculty, by the property of the funftion. For while other Anatomifts divide mans 
body into four univerfall and chief parts, they diftinguilh from the three firft, thole which 
they call the Extremities; neither do they teach to what rank of the three prime parts each 
extremity Ihould be reduced. From whence many difficulties happen in reading the wri- 
tings of Anatomifts; for Ihunning whereof, we will profecute, as we have laid,that diftin- 
ftion of mans body,which we have touched before. 
Wherefore, as we faid before, mans body is divided into three principall and general! 
parts, Animall, Vitali,and Naturall. By the Animall parts, we underftand not only the 
parts pertaining to the head, which are bounded with the crown of the head, the collee- 
bones, and the firft "Vertebra of the breaft, but alfo the extremities, becaule they are organs 
and inftruments of the motive faculty; Hippocrates feems to have confirmed the fame,where 
he writes; Thofe who have a thick and great head, have allo great bones, nerves, and 
limbs. And in another place he faith, thole who have great heads, and when theyftoop 
lhew a long neck, fuch have all their parts large, but chiefly the Animall. Not farthat 
Hippocrates would therefore have the headthebeginning and caule of the magnitude and 
greatnefs of the bones and the reft of the members 5 but that he might lhew the equality 
and private care or government of nature, being mo ft juft and exaft in the fabrick of mans 
body, as if ffiehath well framed the head, it Ihould not be unlike that lhe idly orcarelelly 
neglefted the other parts which are lefs leen. I thought good to dilate this paflage,left any 
might abtile that authority of Hippocrates find gather from thence, that not only the bones-, 
membranes, ligaments, grilles, ana all the other animall parts, but alfo the veins and arte- 
ries depend on the head as theoriginall.But if any obferve this our diftinftion of the parts 
of the body, he will underftand we have a far other meaning. 
By the Vitali parts, we underftand only the heart, arteries, lungs, winde-pipe,and other 
particles annexed to thele. But by the Naturall,we would have all tholeparts underftood 
which are contained in the whole compafs of the Peritoneum or Rim of the body, and 
the procefles of the Er)throides3 the fecond coat of theTefticles. For as much as belongs 
to all the other parts, which we call containing; they muft be reckoned in the number 
of the Animall, which notwithftanding, we muft thus divide into principall, lenfitive, 
and motive ; and again, each of thele in the manner following. For firft,the principall is 
divided into the imaginative, which is the firft and upper part of the brain, with its two 
ventricles and other annexed particles ; into the reafoning, which is a part of the brain, 
lying under the former, and (as it were) the top thereof with its third ventricle 5 into 
the memorative, which is the cerebellum or afterbrain, with a ventricle hollowed in its fub- 
ftance. Secondly, the Senfitive is parted into the vifive,which is in the eys; the auditive,in 
G 2 uhe 
What the fotrf 
iSj and wirh 
how many 
faculties it it 
endued- 
All the parts of 
mans body are 
diftinguifhed \ 
into three. 
What parts 
are here called 
Animal!# 
Lib. 6 Ep'dem. 
What parts are 
called Vitali. 
The divifion 
of the animal! 
parts. 64 
Oftbe Anatomy 
L IB.5. 
the ears; the fuelling,in the nofe;the tailing,in the tongue andpalatejthe taftive5or touch- 
ing which is in the body, but moftexquifite in the skin which invtfts the palms of the 
hands.Thirdly,the motive is divided into the progrefiive/which intimates the.legs, and the 
comprehenfive,which intimates the hands.Laftly,into limply motive?which are three parts, 
called bellies,for the greatcft part terminating and containing 5 for the vitall, the inftru- 
ment of the faculty of the heart, and dilatation of the arteries, are the direft or (freight, fi- 
bers,bur of the conftriftive the tranfverfe; but the three kinds of fibers together,of the pul- 
fi fick j or if you pleafe you may divide them into parts ferving for refpiration, as arc the 
lungs,and weazon,and parts ferving for vitall motion,as are the heart and arteries,furnilh- 
ed with thefe fibers,which we formerly mentioned. Thedivifion of the naturall parts re- 
mains,which is into the nourifhing,auftiveand generative,which again are diftributed into 
attraftive,univerfall,and particular;retentive, concoftive, diftributive, aflimilative, and ex- 
pulfive.The attraftive,as the gullet and upper orifice of the ventricle ; the retentive, as the 
Pylorus or lower paflage of the llomach; the concoftive,as the body of the ventricle, or its 
inner coat;the diftributive,as the three (mall guts;- the expulfive, as the three great guts; we 
may fay the fame of the liver,for that draws by the mefaraick and gate veins, retains by the 
narrow orifices ofthe veins dilperled through the fubftance thereof; it concofts by its proper 
flefh;diftributes by the hollow vein,expels by the fpleen, bladder of the gall and kidnies. 
We alfo fee the parts in the tefticles divided into as many funftions ; for they draw by the 
preparing velfels ; retain by the various crooked paflages 5 in the fame veflels they concoft 
the feed by the power of their proper fubftance and faculty ; they diftribute by the ejacula- 
tory ,at the glandules called Proftafa, and the horns of the wombc, fupplying the place of 
proftates; Laftly,they expel 1 or call forth by the proftates, horns, and adjoining parts. 
For as much as belongs to the particular attraftion,retention,concoftion,diftribirtion,a(li- 
milation of each part,that depends of the particular temper,and as they term it,occult pro- 
perty of each fimilar and fimple part. Neither do thefe particular aftions differ from the 
univerfall, but that the general! are performed by the affiftance of the three forts of fibers, 
but the fpecial by the feverall occult property of their flefti, arifing from their temperature, 
which we may cal a fpecifick property .Now in the compofition of mans body,nature princi- 
pally aims at three things.The firft is,to create parts neceflary for lite,as are the heart,brain, 
and liver. The fecond,to bring forth other for the better & more commodious living,as the 
eyes, nofe, ears,arms and hands. The third is,for the propagation and renewing the fpucies 
or kind, as the privie parts,tefticles, and wombe. And this is my opinion, of the true di- 
ftinftion of mans body,furnilhed with lb many parts , for the performance of fomany fa- 
culties ; which you, if you pleafe, may approve of and follow. If not, you may follow 
the common and vulgar, which is, into three bellies,or capacities,the upper,middle, lower, 
(that is, the head, breft and lower belly) and the limbs or joints. In which by the head 
we do not underftand all the Animall parts,but only thofe which are from the crown of the 
head to the firft vertebra of the neck, or to the firft of the back, if according to the opi- 
nion of Gdkn0 Lib. de oijibus, where hemakes mention of Enarthrojis and Arthrodia, we reckon 
the neck amongft the parts of the head. By the breft, whatfoever is contained from the col- 
ter bones to the ends of the true and baftard,or fhort ribs,and the midriffe. By the lower 
belly,the reft of the trunck of the body,from the ends ofthe ribs to the fhare-bones ; by the 
limbs,we underftand the arms and legs. We will follow this divifion in this our Anatomi- 
call difeourfe, becaufe we cannot follow the former in diflefting the parts of mans body,by 
reafon the Animall parts are mutually mixed with the vitall and naturall, and firft ofthe 
lower belly. 
Nature would not have this lower belly bony,becaufe the ventricle might be moreeafily 
dilated by meat and drink,children might grow the better, and the body be more flexible, 
it is convenient we begin our Anatomical adminiftration from this,becaufe it is morefub- 
jeft to putrefaftion than the reft,both by reafon of its cold and moift temperature,' as alfo 
by reafon of the feculent excrements therein contained. Yet before we go any further,if the 
Anatomicall adminiftration muft be performed in publick, thebody being firft handfomely 
placed,and all the inftruments neceflary for difleftion made ready,the belly muft be divided 
into its partSjofwhich fome contain, and other fome are contained. 
They are called containing,which make all that capacity which is terminated by the Pe- 
ritoneum or Rim of the belly. The upper part whereof is bounded by Galen within the com- 
pafs of the direft mufclessand by a generall name is called or the upper part of 
the lower belly. That again is divided into three parts, that is, into that which is above 
the navil,and which carries the name of the whole,into that which is about the navil,and is 
called the umbilicall or middle part 5 and laftly, into that which is below the navill,called 
the Hypogaftriuniyor the lower part of the lower belly. 
In every of which three parts there be two laterall, or fide parts to be confidered, as in 
the the right and left Hypochondria, which are bounded above and below, in 
the compafs of the midriffe,and the ftiort ribs.In the umbilicall the two I uir.baresQfome call 
them Latera fides ) which on both fides from the loweft parts of the breft, are drawn 
to the flanks or hanch-bones; in the Hypogafti ium, the two Ilia9 or flanks, bounded 
with 
The divifion 
of rhe vitall 
parts. 
The divifi ;n 
of the nartirall 
parts. 
The vulgar di* 
vifionofmans 
body* 
Why the belly 
is not bony. 
The divifion of 
the lower be!-. 
iy. 
The fyfockiii" 
dria. Lib. 3. 
of <£Mans Body. 
65 
with the hanch and (hare-bones.Neither am I ignorant,the Ilia,or flanks,which the Greeks 
call Aa>6ej fignifie all the empty parts, from the ends of the ribs, even to the hanch-bones, 
whereupon they alfo call them Kt as ifyou (houldfay empty (paces,becaufe they are 
not encompafled with any bone. Yet I thought good that this doftrine of dividing [the 
belly (hould be more diftinft,to call the parts which are on each fide the navell Lumbares, 
and thofe on the lower part of the lower belly Ilia, flanks. But we muft obftrve that the 
Ancients have been fo diligent in deciphering the containing parts,that as exactly as might 
be, they defigned the bowells contained in the belly, which being divers lie in fundry pla- 
ces ; for the greater portion of the liver lies under the right Hytosr.ondriutn ; under the left 
almoft all the ventricle and fplcen. Undenthe tyigaftrium the lower orifice of the ventricle, 
and the fmaller portion of the liver; In the Lumbares,or fides, in the right and upper part the 
right kidney,in the lower part towards the flanck,the blind gut;in the middle part thereof 
the colick and empty guts. In the upper part of the left fide lies the left Kidney, in the 
middle part, the reft of the empty and colick guts. Under "the region of the navell, lies 
the girdle or upper part of the kali, the collick gut thrufting it (elf alfo through that way. 
Under the Ilia,or flanks,the right and left,lie the greater part of the gnt lleon, the horns of 
the women big with child,and the fpermaaick veflels in men and women.Under theHjpoga- 
ftrium in the lower part, lies the right,er ftralt gut,the bladder,won.b,and the reft of the kal. 
If we know,and well underftand theft things,we (hall more eaiily diftern the parts affeft 
by the place of the pain,and cure it by fit application of remedies, without the hurting of 
any part.The diftinftion of fuch places,aud the parts in thofe places, as fteming moft pro- 
fitable,! have thought good to illuftrate by the placing theft two following figures, in 
which thou haft deciphered,not only the forefaid parts,containing, and contained, 
of thehvhole body,and many other things which may ftem to conduce to the knowldge of 
the mentioned parts.The Figures are theft. 
The Figure jhewing the foreparts of the body. 
A moil cer« 
tain note of 
the part af- 
fefled by the 
place where 
the pain is* 
A The hairy Scalp, cald umbiiiealis,or rhe middle part of 
b rhe forehead eald Front rhe lower belly. 
c rhe temples cald tempo'atx.gfrti<pQl A. The navill The root 
From bro d The compafs of the of the belly 
face, BB. The fide 
e The greater or inward corner of in our Anchor Lunbi feu Lwnba- 
the e; cs,cald Cantl.w intern**, rii regia, 
f Thelefferor externall angle of C. Hypogafiriumythe warer.coUrfe, 
the eye,cald Citnthw externus. Aqualicnlw , the lower part of 
* The lower eybrow which is iiH- the lower belly,nlgey, 
movable, Palpebra. 1 he flanks called Hja, and 
g The cheek-bal cald tna!a,pdi\n, Mfid'vtf. 
b The cheek-pufcald bucca, The Groin called pubes oh 
8©. peffen,K,']eif ntftnftn. 
i Ihe ridg of rhe nofe cald Nafiss FF. The Leskecald inguen where 
extern*,fit. thofe tumors are cald Butenes. 
The northrils cald nares, /xux'h- O. The yard w th the fore-skin/ 
gif, penis cum praputie. 
I The outward eur,auris externa. H. The hones of teflicles, with the 
m The mouth made of the two tod or fcroturn, 
lips,Or. II. ThefhoulderSjtM/TzerZjfcjrtBjuf- 
n The chin called mentum, fvetW' Af. 
o The n.ck, coliume dw/fv and KK. I hearm* 
E. The bowt of the aim, called 
From o.to e the pillar of the neck, Gibber,d.M>v> 
truncm and oKpJ&, M.Thc outfide ofthe lower part of 
pp The hollew ofthe neck, called the arm called cubitw fttf. 
N. The wrift called Brachiate, 
qq 1 he patel bones,c/dvejjKABsfitf. Wf7R>r. 
r The chert, O- The after wri fl pcftbracbiale, 
f The right breft. 
f The left breflj to this Region we P. ThePalm called Palmd or void 
apply cordiall Eptthemations mania,Qwag. 
moiftanddty. ® The back of the hand, Dorfen 
tt The nipples ofthe bxe^,papilla, manw,o'rn(fdt.vap. 
&MXoy. Q9c The fore and middle part of 
u The trench of the heart which the thigh, where we apply cup « 
the Ancient called The pingglaffestb bring down wo- 
Larines fcr obi cull* Cordis. This 
pait is anointed for the mouth of RR. The knee,genu. -fsv, 
the tiomach. SS. The \eg,ttba, 
From u. to e.the lower TT. The calf ofthe leg, fur a., 
x The Epigaftriwn or upper part 
of rhe lower belly* VV. The inflep,tarp4<» 
yy The Hypochondria or Pracffrdia. XX, The top of the foot,Dor/jtfflt 
* The outward Liver-remedies are pedis,croJlof. 
applied to this place. YY. t he inner Anckles,fftpugf., 
z I he region of the navill, called ZZ. The outward anckles, a« the 
toes of the feet ft the place under rhe inward anckle,wherc the vein called Saphena is opened. 
G 3 he 66 
Of the Anatomy 
Lib. 
fgwe °f back-parts of a Man. 
A. The forepart of the hexd,fynciput9 fyeyjuJ. 
B the top or crown of the head, vertex, uovtpn 
C. the hinder-part of the head, occiput, jcon'f ksu 
\vtiv. 
, From D. to D. the hce, facies, 
♦E. the eybrows, fpercilia, 
F. the upper eylid, CKtpagyv. 
G. thetipof the nofe, called globulus nafi. 
H. the back-part of rhe neck,called cervix,dvyfv, 
and the nuke or nape of the neck. There is a 
hollownefs at the top of this cervix, where we 
apply Seatons. 
I. the back pair of the fhouldertop, called axilla, 
KK.the fhoulder blades,fcapuldt, apo7r\ct7t». 
1,2,?. On this place we fee Cupping=glafles, 
the back, dorfwn, Vunp. 
9, the ridg, fpinadorfi. idyis, 
L- the armhole, ala* v 
* The 0bow, gibber brachii, 
MMMM. the Tides, latera, 
N N. the loins, Iwnbifir the region of the kidneys, 
aerpygf. 
O O. rhe place of the hips, coxendices, where we 
apply remedies for the Sciatica. 
P. the place of rhe Holy bone, or Os facrutn,'where 
we apply remedies in thedifeafes of the right gut. 
Q. the place of the rump or Coccyx, 
RR. rhe buttocks,nates, KkutKs. 
SS. rhe back parrs of the thigh,femen, 
TT. rhe ham, pop les, lyyis, 
VV. the calf of rhe leg, Jura, 
X X. the foor, or parvus pes, nods. 
Y Y. the utter ank.le9 malleolus exteinus, 
Z Z. the heel, calx, or calcaneus, 
a a, the foie of the foot, plant* pedu, 
b. the in fide of the lower part of the arm, called 
ulna, ciKivn- 
c. the ou fide of the fame, cubitus, 
d d. the wrift, carpus, 
e e. the back-part of rfe hand, dorfum inanus, £.the 
forefinger,index. h. rhe rhumb,pollcx, 
i, the middle finger, medius, pl 
k» rhe ring finger, annularis, medicus, /aT&xfc- 
I, the little finger, awicularis, minimus,arms. 
CHAP. II. 
of the containing parts of the Epigafrium, and the preparation 
to Anatomic all adminiftration. 
The contai- 
ning parts of 
rhe lower 
belly. 
de containing parts of the are the Epidermis, or thin outward skin; 
the true skin; the flelhy or fatty Pannicle; the eight mufcles of the Epigaftrium, 
with their common coat; the Rim of the belly; the five vertebra's of the loins; 
all the holy-bone; the hanch-bone; fhare-bone; the white line and midriff. Of 
thefe parts, feme are common to the whole body, as the three firft; the other proper to 
the parts contained in the Epigaftrium taken in generall. Which that you may fee in their 
order, firft you muft cut round about the navell, to the upper fuperficies of the mufcles, 
that fo we may keep it, till fuch time, as occafion fhall offer it felf, to (hew the umbilicall 
veflels lying in that place,which are one vein,two arteries, and the Vrachus (if it be there.) 
Which being done, you muft draw a ftreight line from the cheft, over the breft-blade, even 
to the fhare-bone, which may divide the common-containing parts, even to the white 
line. 
Then prefently it will be convenient to draw two other lines acrofs or overthwart, of 
the like depth on each hand, from the circumference of the navell, even to the fides, that 
fo on each part we may draw the skin more commodioufly from the parts lying under it; 
the fight of which otherwife it would hinder. Thefe things being done, the skin muft 
be Lib. 5. 
of Mans Hody. 
67 
be divided from t.'ne parts lying under it from the defigned circumference left about the 
navell. We muft each how the skin is twofold., the true and tidle, and render a reafon of 
the name, which v e will every where do, as far as the thing will luffer, and it (hall lye in 
our power. And i n doing or examining thefe things, it will be convenient diligently to 
enquire into the r ine things mentioned in the Preface. We will begin with the Skin, be- 
caufe that part it h rll obvious to our lenles. 
CHAP. III. 
Of the utmoft Skin or Cuticle, 
He skin b< ng the firft part., and fpred over all the body, is twofold, that is, the 
true and b ftard skin : The true is called by the which may 
almoft every where be.pulled from the parts lying under it, which it invefts; 
except in the face,ears, the palms of the hands, loles of the feet, fingers, and 
privi its, w ere it flicks fo clofe that it cannot be Ieparated. 
The baflard (which fir? of all we will declare, becaufe it firfl prefents it felf to our 
fight) is by the Greeks called Epidermis, becaufe it covers the true skin, they term it 
commonly the Cuticle. The fubftance of it is excrementitious, and (as it were) a certain 
dry flouring, or produftion of the true skin. That it draws not its fubftance from the 
feed is apparent by this, that as it is eafily loft, fo it is eafily repaired, which happens not 
in parts truly fpermaticall. This utmoft thin skin, or Cuticle, may two manner of ways 
be made apparent by it felf, and ieparated from the other, as by burning with fire, or 
ardent heat of the Sun, (in fome delicate bodies, and fuch as are not accuftomed to be 
converfant in Sunihine.) The quantity in thicknefs is very final!, but the extent is moft 
large, becaufe it covers all the skin ; the figure of it is round, and long, like thofe parts 
which it invefts. Thecompofure of it is obfcure; yet becaufe this Cuticle is the excre- 
ment of the true skin ; we fay it hath its matter from the excrementitious fuperfluity of the 
nerves, veins, arteries, and fubftance of the true skin. 
It is in number one, like as the true skin which it outwardly covers, that it might be 
a medium between theobjeft and fixed faculty of touching, diffufed over all the true skin, 
which every where lies under it. For the temperature, by the common confent of Phy- 
fitians, it is in the midft of all excefs ; for that feeing it is the medium between the object 
and faculty, if it fhould be hotter, colder, moiAe* or drier, it would deceive the faculty 
by exhibiting all obje&s, not as they are of then elves, but as it fhould be ; no otherwife 
than as to fuch as look through red or green fpeAaclcs, all things appear red or green. 
Wherefore for this reafon it was convenient the Cut' 'e fhould be void of all fenfe. It 
hath no aftion in the body; but it hath ufe, for it prek es and beautifies the true skin; 
for it feems to be given by the Angular indulgence of nature, to be a muniment and orna- 
ment to the true skin. This providence of Nature, the induftry of fome Artizans (or ra- 
ther Curtizans) doth imitate; who for to feem more beautiful!, do finooth and polifh 
it. By this you may underftand, that not all the parts of the body have aftion, yet have 
they their ufe, becaufe, according to Ariftotles opinion,Nature hath made nothing in vain. 
Alfo you muft note that this thin skin or Cuticle being loft, may every where be regene- 
rated, unlefs in the place which is covered with a fear. For here the true skin being defi- 
cient, both the matter and former faculty of the Cuticle is wanting. 
The skin two- 
fold 
From what 
parts rhe skin 
cannot be fe. 
parated. 
The matter of 
the Cuticle. 
The quantity. 
The figure. 
The compo- 
fare. 
Tire number. 
The tempera- 
ture. 
The life. 
Why the C«- 
ricie cannot be 
reftored in 
fears. 
CHAP. IIII. 
Of the true Skin, 
-le true skin called by the Greeks is of a fpermatick fubftance, where- 
fore being once loft, it cannot be reftored as formerly it was. For in place 
thereof comes a (car, which is nothing elfe but flelh dried beyond meafure. It 
is of fufficient thicknefs, as appears by the feparating from the flefh. 
But for the extent thereof, it encompafles the whole body, if you except the 
eys, ears, nofe, privities, fundament, mouth, the ends of the fingers where the nails grow, 
that is, all the parts by which any excrements are evacuated. The figure of it is like the 
Cuticle, round and long, with its produflions, with which it covers the extremities of 
the parts. 
It is compofed of nerves, veins, arteries, and of a proper flelh and fubftance of its kind, 
which we have faid to be fpcrmaticall, which arifeth from the procefs of the fecundine, 
which lead the fpermatick veflels even to the navell; in which place each of them into the 
parts appointed by nature, fend forth fuch veflels as are fpred abroad and diftufed from 
the generation of the skin. Which alfo the fimilitude of them both, that is, the skin 
and 
The fubilancte 
Magnitude* 
Figure. 
Compofure, 68 
Of the Anatomy 
Lib.?. 
and membrane Chorion do argue. For as the Chorion is double, without fe nfe, encompafling 
the whole infant, lightly fattened to the fit ft coat, which is called Amnios':, io the skin is 
double, and of itfelf infeniible, (for otherwife the nerves were added i n vain from the 
parts lying under it) ingirting the whole body, lightly cleaving to t'he flefhy Pannicle. 
But if any objeft, That the Cuticle is no part of the true skin, feting p is tvholly diffe- 
rent from it, and ealily to be feparated from it, and wholly void of ftnfy: I will anfwer, 
tfiefe arguments do not prevail. For that the true skin is more crafs, th ck,fenfible, vivid, 
and flefhy, is not of it ftlf, being rather by the afliftance and admixture of the parts,which 
derived from the three principall it receives into its proper fubftancej which hap- 
pens not in the Cuticle. Neither if it Ihould happen, would it be better for it, but 
verily exceeding ill for us, becaufefo our lifeftiould lye ft and open t > receive athoufand 
externall injuries, which encompafsus on every fide, as the violent aud contrary accefs of 
the four firft qualities. 
There is only one skin, as that which Ihould cover but one body, the which it every 
where doth,except in thofe places I formerly mentioned. It hath coi nexion with the parts, 
lying under it by the nerves, veins, and arteries, with thofe lubjaccnt parts put forth into 
the skin invefting them, that there maybe a certain communion of all the parts of the 
body amongft themfelvcs. 
It is cold and dry in its proper temper, in refpeft of its prop r flefh and fubftance, for it 
is afpermaticall part. Yet if any confider the fineWs, veins, arteries, and flefhy threds 
which are mixed in its body, it will feem temperate, and placed (as it were) in the midft 
of contrary qualities, as which hath grown up from the like portion of hot, cold, moift, 
and dry bodies. The ufe of the skin is to keep fafe and found > he continuity of the whole 
body,and all the parts thereof,from the violent aflault of all externall dangers ; for which 
caufe it is every where indued with fenfe, in fome parts more exaft, in others more dull, 
according to the dignity and neceflity of the parts which it ingirts, that they might all be 
admonifhedof their fafety and prefervation. Laftly, it is penetrated with many pores, 
as breathing-places, as we may fee by the flowing out of Iweat, that fo the arteries in 
their diaftole might draw the encompaffing air into th body, for the tempering and nou- 
rifhing of the fixed inbred heat, and in the (yftole pell the fuliginous excrement, which 
in Winter fuppreft by the cold air encompafling uc makes the skin black and rough. We 
*have an argument and example of breathing tmough thefe, by drawing the air in by 
tranfpiration, in women troubled with the mother, who without refpiration live only 
for Ibme pretty (pace by tranfpiratiom 
The skin of it 
fe!f is void of 
fenfc. 
I he number* 
Connexion. 
Temperature* 
life. 
The 'reafon 
why the skn 
is blacker and 
rougher in 
Winter. 
CHAP. V. 
Or the flefhy Pannicle. 
Fter the true skin, follows the membrane, which Anatomifts call the flefhy Pan- 
nicle, whole nature that we may more eafily profecute and declare, we muft firft 
(hew what a Membrane is,and how many ways the word is taken. Then where- 
fore it hath the name of the flefliy pannicle. A membrane therefore is a fimple 
part, broad and thin, yet ftrong and denie, white and nervous, and the which may eafily 
without any great danger be extended and contraded. Sometimes it is called a coat,which 
is, when it covers and defends fome part. This is called the flefhy Pannicle; becaufe in 
fome parts it degenerates into flefh, and becomes mufculous, as in a man from the coller- 
bones, to the hair of the head, in which part it is therefore called the broad mufcle, 
whereas in other places it is a fimple membrane, here and there intangled with the fat 
lying under it, from whence it may feem to take or borrow the name of the fatty Pan- 
nicle. But in beafts (whence it took that name, becaufe in thofe a flefhy fubftance maketh 
a great part of this Pannicle) it appears manifcftly flefhy and mufculous over all the body, 
as you may fee in Horfes and Oxen ; that by that means being moveable, they may drive 
and fhake off their flies, and other troublefome things, by their fhaking and contra&ing 
their backs. Thefe things confidered, we fay the flefliy Pannicle in its proper body, is of a 
nervous or membranous fubftance, as that which hath its originall from the coat Anmios> 
(which is next to the infant) dilated near to the navell, and ftretched forth for the genera- 
tion of this Pannicle; in which thing I think good to note, that as the membranes Chorion 
and Amnios mutually interwoven with fmall nervous fibers, encompafs and inveft the child 
as long as it is contained in the womb 5 fo the skin and flefhy Pannicle, knit together by 
fuch like bands, engirt the whole body. 
Thereforethe flefhy Pannicle is equal in magnitude and like in figure to the true skin, 
but that it lyes under it, and is contained in it, in fome places mixt with the fat, in 
others increafcd by the flefh interwoven with it, and in other fome is only a fimple mem- 
brane. 
The composition of it is fuch, as the fight of it prefents to our ey, that is, of veins, 
arte- 
What a mem- 
brane is. 
Why it is foni- 
rimcs called a 
coat, fomtimes 
theflefhy and 
fatty Pannide. 
Why beads 
have this Pan* 
nicle wholly 
ftefhy or 
mufculon*. 
The fubftance. 
The magnitude 
arid figure. 
Number* 
Compofure, L I B. 5. 
of ansBo'ly. 
69 
arteries,nerves,and the proper Hem, fonie whites mixed and interlaced with fat, and lome- 
times with mufculous flefh. It is but one, by rcafon of the ute we lhall prelently lhew; 
it is lituated between the skin and fat, or common coat of the nmfcles, annexed to thele 
and the other parts lying under it, by the veins, nerves and arteries amending from thele 
in ward parts, and implanting themfelves into the fubftance thereof, and then into the-true 
skin. 
The temperature thereof is diverfe, according to the variety of the parts interwoven 
with it. The ufe of it is, to lead, direft, and strengthen in their pallage, the veflels which 
are difleminated into the true skin, and the whole luperficies of the body. But in beafts it 
hath another commodity, that is, it gives a lhaking or trembling motion to their skin and 
back, for that caufe we formerly touched. 
The tempera- 
ture. 
The ufe. 
CHAP. VI. 
of the Fat, 
de Fat coming near the condition of an excrement, rather than of a part (as 
we faid, when we treated of the limilar parts) is of an oily fubftance, bred 
of the aery and vaporous portion of thebiood, which fweatjng through the 
pores of the coats, or mouths of the veflels, becomes concrete about the mem- 
branes, and nerves, and cold bodies, and turns into fat by the coJdnefs of the 
place. Whereby we may know, that cold, or a more remifs heat, is the efficient caufe of 
fat, which is manifeft by contemplation not only of creatures of divers kinds, but alfo by 
thole of the lame Ipecies and lex, if fo be that the one be colder than the other. 
By which we may underftand that the fat is the more oriels in quantity, according to 
the different temper of the whole body, and of its particular parts; for its cpmpoiition, 
it conllfts of that portion of the blood which we formerly mentioned, with 
certain membranes, nervous fibers, veins and arteries. The greateft part of it lyes between 
the fleffiy Pannicle, and the common coat of the Mulcks. * Qtherwile it js diffufed over all 
che body, in lome places more, in fome left, yet it is always about the nervous bodies, to 
which it delights to cleave. Moll Aiaatomifts enquire whether the fat lye above or beneath 
the fleffiy Pannicle. But me thinks this queftion is both impertinent and idle 5 being we 
often fee the fat to be on both lides. a It is of a middle temper, between heat and cold,being 
it arifeth of the more aery portion of the blood; although It may feem cold in refpeft 
of the efficient caufe, that is, of cold by which it concretes. For the reft, moifture is pre- 
dominant In the fat. b Theufe thereof is, to moiften the parts which may become dry by 
Long falling, vehement exercife,or immoderate heat; and befides to give heat, or keep the 
parts warm. Although it do this laft rather by accident, than of its own nature, as heated 
by exercife, or by fume fiich other chance •, it heats the adjacent parts, or may therefore 
be thought to heat them, becaufe it hinders the diffipation of the native and internail 
heat; like as cold heats in winter,whereby the bellies are at that time the hotter. I knotv 
fome learned Phylitians of our time ftiffly maintained, that the fat was hot, neither did 
they acknowledg any other efficient caufe thereof,than temperate heat and not cold. But I 
think itbeft to leave the more fubtil agitation of thefe queftions to naturall Philofophers. 
But we mull note, c that at the joints which are more ulually moved, there is another fort 
of Fat, far morefolid and hard, than that which we formerly mentioned, often found 
mixed with a vifeid and tough humor like the whites of Eggs, that fo it might be fuffi- 
cient for a longer time to moiften thefe parts, fubjeft to be hurt by dryneft, and make 
them llippery, and fo fitter for motion, in imitation whereof they ulually greafe hard bo- 
dies, which muft be in frequent motion, as Coach-wheels and axletrees. And there is ano- 
ther kind of fat, which is called Sevum9 learn, in one thing differing from the ordinary 
fat,that is much dryer ; the moifter and fofter portion of the fat being diffipated by the 
ragingheat of the place. For it is found principally about the midriff, where there are 
many windings of arteries and veins; and it is alfo about, the reins, loins, and balls of the 
heart. The Fat is wafted by long falling 5 is dryed and hardened by vehement exercife and 
immoderate heat. Hence it is that it is much more compact in the palms of the hands, and 
foies of the feet, about the eys and heart,fo that it refembles the fleffi in denllty and hard- 
nefs 5 becaufe by the continuall motion and ftrong heat of thefe parts, the thinner portion 
being diffipated and diffufed,the more grols and tcrreftriall remain. 
The Fat is 
rather an 
excrement 
than a p?rr. 
The fub 
The efficient 
caufaof Far. 
The quantity. 
The compo'* 
hire. 
The fire. 
Iwaspre'ent at 
the opening of a 
body,Feb. 1030. 
in which the fat 
in the lower part 
of the lower 
belly was in 
thicknefs ab»ve 
8 inches, upon 
the breaft be- 
tween 4 and y 
inches'; which I 
thought good to 
remember in 
this place both 
for the rarity of 
the*thing,as alfo 
because it was 
encreafed byr£» 
port, and the 
place miftaken, 
fome faying the 
Omtntum or Call 
was fo thick, 
which was falfe, 
for it did not 
much exceed the 
quantity of "that 
part, in other fat 
men. 
* The temper. 
4 The ufe. 
cThe folider fat* 
orfeame. 
In what pares ;t 
and for what 
caufethe fat is 
more denies 
CHAP- Of the Anatomy 
Lib. 9. 
70 
CHAP. VII. 
Of the common coat of the Mufcles. 
I he fubftance. 
Ext under the Fat, appears a certain coat, fpred overall theMufcles, and called 
the common coat of theMufcles, it is of a nervous fubftance,as all other mem- 
branes are. The quantity and breadth thereof is bounded by the quantity of the 
Mufcles which it involves, and fits it felf to, as that which encompaflcs the 
Mufcles of the Epigaftrium, is of equal largenefs with the fame Mufcles. The figure of it 
is round: it is compofed of veins, nerves, arteries, and its peculiar flelhconfifting of 
three forts of fibers 5 thebeginning of it is from the Perio/iium, in that part where the 
bones give ligaments to the Mufcles ; or according to the opinion of others, of thener- 
vous and ligamentous fibers of theMufcles, which rifing up and diffufed over the flelhy 
fuperficies thereof, are united for the generation of this coat. But this membrane arifing 
from the Perioftium (as every membrane which is below the head takes it originall from the 
' Perioftium either primarily, by the interpofition of no Medium,or fecondarily) is ftretched 
over the Mufcles by their tendons. But if any objeft, That this membrane pluck'd front 
the belly of the Mulcle, may feem to end in a ligament. I will anlwer, that it is the 
condition of every nervous part, fo to binde or fallen it felf to another part of his own 
kinde as to a ftay, fo that it can Icarce be pluck'd from thence. We fee the proof hereof, 
in the Peritoneum or Rim in the Epiga/irium or lower part of the lower belly. That which 
covers the Mufcles of the Epigafirturn is but one, unlefs you had rather part it in two, the 
right and the left diftinguilhed by the interpofition of the Linea Alba, or white Line. It 
is lituate betwixt the Fat and Mufcles; for it is fattened above and below to thefe parts 
with fibers, which in fmalnefs and fitnefs exceed the Spiders web. But by its veflels, it par- 
ticipates with the three principall parts, and is of a cold and dry temper. The ufe of it is, 
to contain theMufcles in their naturall union,and to keep them as much as in it lyes,from 
putrefadion, which may happen to them frompw or matter, which is often caft forth of 
the fimilar parts into the empty {paces and diftances of the Mufcles. Wherfore going about 
to feparate the Fat of the Epigaftrium (where thou mutt begin the difleftion of mans body) 
you mutt have a care that you hurt it not with your knife, but that, before you touch the 
Mufcles,fee you artificially take it away,that you may the more eafily feparate the Mufcles 
lying under it,diftinguilhed by a manifeftfpace at the white Line, which is made by the 
meeting together of the proper coats of all thofe Mufcles. 
The quantity. 
The compo- 
rt! re. 
The Originall, 
The number. 
The ftte. 
Theufe. 
What the 
white line is. 
CHAP: VIII. 
What a Mufcle and how many differences there he thereof. 
What a Muf- 
cle is. 
Mufcle is the inftrument of voluntary motion ; and fimple voluntary motion is 
performed fix manner of ways, upwards, downwards, forwards, backwards,to 
the right hand and to the left; but the compound one way,which is circularly, 
the which is performed by the continuall fucceffion of the motion of the Mus- 
cles ingirting the part. Such a motion Falconers ufe when they ftretch forth their hand 
and lure their Hawk. We have fbmc parts, which have motion without a Mufcle, but 
that motion is not voluntary; fuch parts be the heart, ftomach, guts, both the bladders, 
'(that is, that of the gall and that of the urine) and divers other which have the motions 
of attraftion, expulfion and retention, by the means of the three forts of fibers; for 
they draw by the right, expell by the tranfverfe,and retain by the oblique. The differences 
of Mufcles which are many and diverfe,are taken from their fubftance,originall, infertion 
into the part which they move, form or figure, holes or openings, magnitude, colour,fite, 
kindeof fibers, their conjugation or connexion, heads, bellies, tendons, oppofition in 
aftion and office. Some in fubftance are nervous, venous, arterious, becaufe they have ma- 
nifeft nerves, veins, and arteries, as the the Intercoftall or Epigaftrick Mufcles, and 
many more,and that for their difference from other Mufcles, into which neither nerve,nor 
vein, or arteries are manifeftly inferted,although fecretly they admit them all for fenfe and 
motion,life and nourifhment; fuch are the Mufcles of the wrift, the wormy Mufcles of the 
hands and feet; for if there be any nerves obferved in them, they are very fmall. Some had 
rather make the difference of Mufcles thus, that fome of them are flefhy, fome nervous, 
others membranous. From their Originall, fome arifefrom the bones,as thefe which move 
the hands, arms, and legs; others from grilles, as the Mufcles of the throat; others from 
membranes which inveft the tendons, as the wormy Mufcles of the hands and feet; others 
from ligaments, as the Extenders of the fingers; others from other Mufcles, as the two 
lower Mufcles of the yard which proceed from the Sphin&er Mufcle of the fundament. 
Others have no originall,as the membrane which we call the flefhy Pannicle aflumes flefh 
in 
How the circu- 
lar motion is 
performed. 
From whence 
the differences 
of Mufcles are 
drawn. 
Differences of 
Mufcles from 
their fubftance 
Differences of 
Mufcles from 
their original!* Lib. 5. 
of tLMansBody. 
71 
in certain places,and degenerates into a Mufcle 5 fuch are the Crcmafier or hanging Mufcle' 
of the tefticles, the large Mufcles of the face, and if you pleafe the Midriff, as that which 
is compofed of two coats, the one encompaffing the ribs and the Peritoneum, hath flefh in 
the midft between the two membranes. And moreover fome Mufcles have their originall 
from one only bone, as thefe which bend and extend the Cubit 5 others arifcqf many 
bones,as the oblique defeending, the Doriall and many Mufcles of the neck , which arile 
together from many ipondyls and lides of fpondyls. There be others, according to the 
opinion of fome men, both from the bones and grilles of? the Pubir at the right or direct 
Mufcles of the Epigaftrium, yet by their favor I think otherwife. Becaufe by the Anato- 
micall and received axiome,A muicle is there thought to take his beginning, from whence 
he receives a nerve 5 but thefe Mufcles take a nerve from the intercoftall mufcles, wherefore 
their originall ought to be referred to the fides of the breft-blades, as fhall be fhewed in 
due place. From their infertion arife thefe differences, fome are inferted into a bone, as 
thole which move the head, arms and legs 5 others into a grifle, as thofe oftheThrotle 
ey-lids, nofe, and the oblique afeendent mufcles of the Epigaftrium ■> lome inter a bone and 
grifle both, as the right mufcles of the Epigaftrium and the Midriff; fome into the skin, as 
the mufcles of the lips; others into the Coats,as the mufcles of the eys ; others into Li- 
gaments,as the mufcles of the yard. But thefe differences following may be drawn, both 
from their infertion and originall. For fome mufcles arifing from many parts,are inferted 
into fome one part, as divers of thefe which move :the arm and the fhoulder,which arifing 
from many fpondyls, are inferted into the bone of the fhoulder, and the fhoulder-blade 
Others arife from one part, and infect themfelves into more, as thofe which arife from the 
bottom of the fhouldcr-blades,are extended and inferted into fome eight, or nine of the up- 
per ribs,to help refpiration; and the benders and extenders of the fingers and toes : Others 
arifing from many bones, are inferted into as many, as fome of thofe which ferve for refpi- 
ration,to wit thofe which we call the hinder Saw-mufcles and the Semi]}inatM,which fends 
a tendon into all the ribs. Others have their originall from many bones,and end in grilles 
of the feven ribs, as thofe two which lye under the Sternon. Moreover alfo thefe differences 
of mufcles may be drawn from the originall and infertion, that fome proceed from bones, 
and are inferted into the next bone, to help and ftrengthen the motion thereof,as the three 
mufcles of the Hip : Others arife from an upper bone and are not inferted into the next, 
but into fome other, as the long mufcles. Some are named from the part they move,as the 
temporal! mufcles, becaufe they move the temples 5 others from their office, as the grinding 
mufcles, becaufe they move the skin as a mill,to grinde afundcr the meal. From their form 
or figure, becaufe fome are like Mice, other like Lizards which have their legs ciit off, for 
that they imitate in their belly, body or tendon, the belly or tail of fuch creatures, and 
from whence the names of Mujculw and La cert us are derived. Such are thofc which bend the 
wrift, and which are faftned to the bone of the Leg, and which extend the foot; others are 
triangular, as that which lifts up the arm, called Epomir or Deltoides, and that which draws 
the arm to the breft,called the Peftorall mufcle. Others quadrangular, as the Rhomboides, 
or Lozenge-mufcle of the fhoulder-blade,and the two hindefom-mufcles ferving for refpi- 
ration, and two of the wrifts which turn down the hand; others confift of more than four 
angles, as the oblique defeending, and that mufcle which joins it felf to it from the fhoul- 
der-blade ; others are round and broad, as the Midriff ; others circular, as the Sphinfter- 
mufcle of the fundament and bladder ; others are of a pyramidicall figure, as the feventh 
mufcle of the ey, which compares the optick nerve in beafts but not in men. Others have 
a femicircular form, as that which ffiuts up the ey, fcated at the lefler corner thereofjothers 
refemble a Monks cowl, or hood, as the trapezius of the ffioulder-blade. Befides others at 
their firft originall are narrow, but broad at their infertion, as the Saw-mufcle of the 
fhoulder, and the tranfverfe of the Epigaftrium ; others are quite contrary, as the three 
mufcles of the Hip; others keep an equal breadth or bignefs in all places,as the intercoftall 
mufcles and thefe of the wrift ; others are long and (lender,as the long mufcle of the thigh; 
others are long and broad, as the oblique defeending mufcles of the Epigaftrium others are 
direftly contrary, as the Intercoftall, which are very narrow. From their perforations,for 
fome are perforated, as the Midriff which hath three holes, as alfo the oblique and tranf- 
verfc of the Epigaftrium.> that fo they may give paflage forth to the preparing fpermatick 
veflels, and to the ejaculatory veflels, the Coat Erythroides affociating and ftrengthening 
them; others are not perforated. From their magnitude, for fome are moil large, as the 
two mufcles of the Hip ; others very fmall, as the eight fmall mufcles of the neck, and the 
proper mufcles of the Throtle, and the wormy mufcles. Others are of an indifferent mag- 
nitude. From their colour, for fome are white and red, as the Temporall mufcles, which 
have tendons coming from the midft of their belly; others are livid, as the three greater 
mufcles of the calf of the leg, which colour they have by the admixtion of the white, or 
tendinous nervie coat with the red flelh, for this coat by its thicknefs darkning the colour 
of the fleffi, fo that it cannot (hew its rednefs and frefh colour, makes it feem of that livid 
colour. From their fituation, for fome are fuperficiary, as thofe which appear under the 
skin and fat j pothers deep in and hid, as the fmooth and four twin mufcles; fome are 
ftsetched 
Where a 
Mufcle hath 
its originall. 
Differences of 
mufcles from 
their inferciori; 
Differences of 
Mufcles taken 
from their 
figure. 
Differences 
from their 
perforations. 
From their 
magnitude. 
From their 
colour. 
From their 
fire. Of the Anatomy 
72 
Lib. 5, 
ftretched out, and (as it were') fpred over in a ftreight and plain paffage, as the mufcles 
of the thigh which move the leg, except the Ham-mufcle; others oblique, asthofe of the 
Epigaftrium ; otherfome tranfverfe, as the tranfverfe of the Epigaftriunt', where you mull 
obferve, that although all the fibers of the mufcles are di reft, yet we call them oblique 
and tranfverfe, by comparing them to the right mufcles, as which by the concourfe of the 
fibers make a ftreight or acute angle. 
From the forts of fibers ; for fome have one kinde of fiber; yet the greateft part enjoy 
two forts running fo up and down,that they either are croffed like the letter X,as happens 
in the pe&orall and grinding mufcles ; or elfe do not concur, as in the Trapezii. Others 
have three forts of fibers, as the broad mufcle of the face. 
From their coherence and connexion, or their texture of nervous fibers ; far fome 
have fibers fomewhat more diftant and remote immediatelyat their original!,than in other 
places, as you may fee in the mufcles of the buttocks t Others in their midft and belly, 
which by reafon thereof in fuch mufcles is more big or tumid, their head and tail being 
(lender, as happens in moft of the mufcles of the arm and leg, in which the denfe mafs 
of flelh interwoven with fibers, disjoins the fibers in fo great a diftance; in otherfome the 
fibers are more diftant in the tail, as in the greater Saw-mufcle arifing from the bottom of 
the flioulder-blade; in others they are equally diftant through the whole mufcle, as in 
the mufcles of the wrift and between the ribs. 
* From their head; for in fome it is flclhy, interwoven with few fibers, as in the mufcles 
of the buttocks; in others it is wholly nervous, as in the moft-broad-mufcle common 
to the arm and flioulder-blade, and in the three mufcles of the thigh,proceeding from the 
tuberofityof the hucle-bone; in fome it is nervous and flefhy, as in the internail and 
externall mufcle of the arm. Befides, fome have one head, others two, as the bender of the 
elbow, and the externall of the leg; others three, as the Threeheaded mufcle of the thigh. 
But we muft note that the word Nerve or Sinew is here taken in a large lignification, for a 
ligament, nerve and tendon, as Galen faith, (Lib. de Ojsibus)a.nd moreover we muft obferve, 
that the head of a mufcle is one while above, another while below, otherwhiles in the 
midft, as in the Midriff, as you may know by the infertion of the Nerve, becaufe it enters 
the mufcle by its head. 
From their belly alfo, there be fome differences of mufcles taken; for fome have their 
belly immediately at their beginning, as the mufcles of the buttocks ; others at their 
infertion, as the Midriff 5 others juft at their head, as thofe which put forth the Calf of 
the leg ; in others it is fomewhat further off, as in thofe which draw back the arm, and 
which bend the leg; in others,the belly extends even from the head to the tail, as in the 
intercoftall mufcles,and thefe of the wrift; in others it is produced even to their infertion, 
as in thofe of the palms of the hands and foies of the feet; fome have a double belly diftin- 
guifhed by a nervous fubftance; as thofe which open the mouth, and thofe which arife 
from the root of the lower procefs of the flioulder-blade. 
Moreover the differences of mufcles are drawn alfo from the Tendons, for fome have 
none, at leaft which are manifeft, as the mufcles of the lips and the fphinfter-mufcles , the 
intercoftall and thofe of the wrift; others have them in part, and want them in part, as 
the Midriff; for the Midriff wants a Tendon at the ends of the (hotter ribs, but hath two 
at the firft Vertebra of the Loins in which it is terminated : Others have a Tendon indeed. 
But fome of thefe move with the bone, fome not, as the mufcles of theeys; and befides, 
fome of thefe have broad and membranous tendons, as the mufcles of the eys and Epiga- 
ftrium, except the right mufcles: In others they are thick and round, as in the benders of 
the fingers; in others they are lefs round, but more broad than thick, fuch is the Tendon 
arifing from the twin mulcles and Soleus of the leg; others have fliort Tendons, as the 
mufcles which turn down the hand; otherfome long, as thofe of the palms of the hands, 
and foies of the feet; befides others produce Tendons from the end of their belly, which 
Tendons are manifeft; others from the midft,as the Temporall mufcles. 
Befides alfo, others diflufemany Tendons from their belly, as in the hands the benders 
of the fingers, and the extenders of the feet. Otherfome put forth but one, which fome- 
times is divided into many, as thofe which bend the third articulation of the foot; other- 
while many mulcles by their meeting together make one Tendon, as the three mulcles of 
the Calf of the leg, and thofe which bend the cubit and leg. All Tendons have their or i- 
ginall, when the nerves and ligaments difperfed through the flefliy fubftance of a mufcle, 
are by little and little drawn and meet together, untill at laft carried to the joint, they are 
there faftned for the fit bending andextenfion thereof. From the contrariety of their Acti- 
ons, for fome parts have contrary mufcles, benders and extenders; other parts have none, 
for the Cods and fundament have only lifters up. From their funftion, for fome are 
made for direft motions, as thofe which extend the fingers and toes; others for oblique, 
as the Supinators of the hand, and the Pronators; others perform both, as the peftorall 
mufcle, which moves the Arm obliquely upward and downward, as the upper and lower 
fibers are contrafted ; and alfo outright, if all the fibers be contrafted together, which 
alfo happens to the Deltoides-and Trapezius. I have thought it good to handle particu- 
larly 
From their 
Fibers. 
From their 
connex ion. 
From their 
head. 
From their 
belly. 
From their 
Tendons* 
From their 
aftion. 
From their 
funftion. L I B. 5. 
of ans Body. 
73 
larly thefe differences of mufcles,becaufe that by uriderftanding them the prognoftick will 
be more certain; and alfo the application'of remedies to each part; and if any occafion 
be either to make incifion,or future, we may be more certain whether the part affe&ed be 
more or lefs nervous. 
CHAP. IX. 
Of the parts of a Mufcle. 
Aving declared the nature and differences of a Muffle., we muff note that fome 
of the parts thereof are compound or univerfall, others fimple or particular. 
The compound are the head, belly, and tail. The iimple are ligaments,a nerve, 
flefh, a vein, artery and coat. For the compound parts, by the head,we under- 
Hand the beginning and originall of a muffle, which is one while ligamentous and ner- 
vous, other whiles alfo flefliy. By the belly, that portion which is abfblutely fleihy ; But 
by the tail we underftand a Tendon confifting partly of a nerve, partly of a ligament pro- 
miffuoufly comming forth from the belly of the muffle. Forasmuch as belongs to the 
iimple, which are fix in number, three are called proper, and three common. The proper 
are a Ligament from a bone, a nerve proceeding from the Brain or fpinall marrow, and 
fleffi co'mpaft by the concretion of blood. The common are, a vein from the Liver or 
trunk from thence; an artery proceeding from the Heart, a Coat produced by the 
nervous and ligamentous fibers fpreading over the fuperficies of the muffle. But for the 
fimple ufe of all fuch parts, the nerve is (as it were) the principall part of a Muffle,which 
it ffnff and motion, the ligament gives ftrength, the flefh contains the nervous and 
ligamentous fibers of the Muffle, and ftrengthens it, filling up all the void {paces, and alfo 
it preffrves the native humidity of thefe parts, and cherifheth the heat implanted in them; 
and to conclude, defends it from all externall injuries; for like a fan it oppofeth it 
felt againft the heat of the Sun; and is as a garment againft the cold; and is as a cufhion 
in all fals and bruiffs ; and as a buckler or defence againft wounding weapons. The vein 
nourifhes the muffle, the artery gives it life, the coat preffrves the harmony of all the 
parts thereof, left they fhould be any ways disjoined or corrupted by purulent abffefles 
breaking into the empty or void fpaces of the Muffles, as we fee it hapneth in a Gangrene, 
where the corruption hath invaded this membrane, by the breathing out of the more acrid 
matter or filth. 
The com- 
pound and 
fimple pans of 
a mufcle. 
What ule each 
fimple particle 
hath in a 
rnufcle.' 
CHAP. X. 
A more particular inquifition into each part of a. mufcle. 
gone thus far, it remains, that we more particularly inquire into each 
part of a mufcle, that (if it be poflible) nothing may be wanting to this dif* 
courfe. Wherefore a Ligament properly fo called,is a Ample part of mans bo- 
dy, next of a bone and grifle,the moft terreftriall, dry,hard, cold,white,taking 
itsoriginall immediatly, or by the interpofition of fome Medium from the 
Bones or Grilles (from whence alfo the Mufcles have their beginning)whereby it comes to 
pafsjthat a ligament is void of fenfe, unlefs it receive a nerve from fome other place; (for 
fo the ligaments which compofe and ftrengthen the tongue and yard,are partakers of fenfe, 
and it inlerts it felf into the bone and grille,that fo it may bind them together,and ftreng- 
then and beautifie the whole joint or connexion; (for thefe three be the principall ufes of 
a ligament)then diffufing it felf into the membranes and mufcles to ftrengthen thofe parts. 
A Nerve, to fpeak properly, is allb a Ample part of our body,bred and nourilhed by a grols 
and phlegmatick humor, luch as the brain,the originall of all the nerves,and alfo the Spi- 
nall marrow endued with the faculty of feeling,and oftentimes alfo of moving.For there 
be divers parts of the body which have nerves, yet are deftitute of all voluntary motion., 
having the fenfe only of feeling,as the membranes, veins, arteries, guts, and all the entrails. 
A nerve is covered with a double cover from the two membranes of the brain, and beAdes 
alfo with a third proceeding from the ligaments which fallen the hinder part of the head 
to the Vertebra s}orel(e from the Pericranium. We underftand no other things by the fibers 
of a Nerve, or of a Ligament, than long and (lender threds, white,folid, cold, ftrong, more 
or lefs, according to the quantity of the lubftance, which is partly nervous and fenfible, 
partly ligamentous and infallible. You mull imagine the fame of the flelhy fibers in their 
Kinde; but of thefe threds fome are ftreight for attraction; others oblique,tor retention of 
that xvhich is convenient for the creature; and laftly,fome traniverle, for expulfion of that 
which is unprofitable.But when thefe tranfverfe threds are extended in length,they are lef- 
ned in bredth;but when they aredireftly contrafted,they are Ihortned in length.But when 
they are extended all together as it were withan unanimous confent,the whole member 
H is 
The nature at 
a Ligament. 
The threefold 
life of a Liga- 
ment. 
What a nertc 
is. 
What we mean 
by the nervous 
and ligamen- 
tous hbcr«0 74 
Of the Anatomy 
Lib. 3. 
is wrinkled as contra&ed into it felf, as on the contrary it is extended tvhen they are re- 
laxed. Some of thefe are beftowed upon the animal! parts, to perform voluntary motions} 
others upon the vitall to perform the agitation of the heart and arteries ; others upon the 
naturall for attraction, retention, and expullion. Yet we mutt obferve, that the attraction 
ofno fimilar part is performed by the help of the forefaid fibers or threds, but rather by 
the heat implanted in them,or by the ftiunning of emptinefs, or the familiarity of the fub- 
ftance. The flelh alfo is a fimpleand foft part, compoied of the purer portion of the blood 
infinuating it felf into the fpaces between the fibers, fo to inveft them for the ufes for- 
merly mentioned. This is (as it were) a certain wall and bulwark againft the injuries of 
heat and cold, againft all falls and bruifes, as it were a certain foft pillow or culhion yeel- 
ding to any violent impreflion. There be three forts of flefli; one more ruddy, as the mu- 
fculous flelh of perfect creatures, and Inch as have blood; for the flelh of all tender and 
young things having blood, as Calves, and alfo of all forts of filh, is whitilh, by reafon of 
the too much humidity of the blood. The fecond kinde is more pallid, even in perfeft 
creatureshaving blood, fuch is the flelh of the heart, ftomach, weafond, guts, bladder, 
womb. The third is belonging to the entrails, or the proper fubftance of each entrail, as 
that which remains of the Liver (the veins, arteries and coat being taken away) of the 
bladder of the gall,brain,kidneys,milt: Some add a fourth fort of flelh which is fpongy, 
and that they fay is proper to the tongue alone. 
A Vein is the veflel,pipe,or channel of the blood,or bloody matter; it hath a fpermatick 
fubftance,confifts ofone coat compofedof 3 forts of fibers. 
An Artery is alfo the receptacle of blood, but that fpirituous and yellowilh, conlifting 
in like manner of a fpermatick fubftance; But it hath two coats with three forts of fibers, 
the utmoft whereof is moft thin, confifting of right fibers, and fome oblique : But the 
inner is five times more thick and denfe than the utmoft, interwoven with tranfverfe fibers; 
and it doth not only contain blood and fpirit, but alfo a ferous humor,which we may be- 
leeve becaufe there be two emulgent Arteries as well as veins. 
But the inner coat of an Artery is therefore more thick, becaufe it may contain blood 
which is more hot, fubtil, and fpirituous; for the fpirit, feeing it is naturally more thin 
and light, and in perpetual! motion, would quickly fly away, unlefs it Were held in a 
ftronger hold. There is other reafon for a Vein,as that which contains blood grofs, pon- 
derous, and flow of motion. Wherefore if it had acquired a denfe and grofs coat, it could 
fcarce be diftributed to the neighbouring parts : God the maker of the Univerfe,forefeeing 
this, made the coats of the veflels contrary to the confiftence of the bodies contained in 
them. The Anaftomafis of the Veins and Arteries, that is to fay, the application of the 
mouths of the one to the other, is very remarkable, by benefit of which they mutually com- 
municate and draw the matters contained in them, and fo alfo transfiife them byinfen- 
lible paflages, although that anaftomofts is apparent in the Vein and Artery that meet toge- 
ther at the joint and bending of the arm, which I have fometimes lhewedin thePhyfick 
fchools,at fuch time as I there diflefted Anatomies. 
But the aftion or funftion of a Mufcle is either to move or confirm the part according 
to our will, into which it is implanted; which it doth when it draws it felf towards its 
originall,that is to fay,its head. But we define the head by the infertion of the nerve,which 
we underftand by the manner of the working of the Mufcle. 
By what power 
the fimilar 
parrs, princi • 
pally draw 
or tcrafl. 
What and of 
how many 
forts the flefh 
is. 
What a vein is. 
What an arte- 
ry is, 
Why an artery 
is more thick 
and denfethan 
a vein. 
The mutual! 
Anaftomofis of 
the veins and 
arteries. 
Where it is 
manifeft. 
From whence 
amufcle hath 
its beginning 
or head. 
CHAP. XL 
of the mufcles of the Epigaftrium, or loxver Belly 
Ow feeing that we have taught what a Mufcle is,and what the differences thereof 
are, and what Ample and compound parts it hath, and what the ufe, aftion, and 
manner of aftion in each part is ; it remains that we come to the particular ex- 
plication of each Mufcle,beginning with thofe of the lower belly,as thofe which 
we firft meet withall in difle&ion. 
Thefe are 8 in number, four oblique,two on each fide,two right or direft, one on the 
right,another on the left in like manner two tranfverfe.All thefe arealike in force, 
magnitude and adion,fo mutually compofed,that the oblique defendant of one fide, is 
conjoined with the other oblique defendant on the other fide, and fo of the reft. 
We may add to this number the two little Supplying or Aififting mufcles, which are of 
a Pyramidal/ and arife from the Share-bone, above the iniertion of the right mufcles ; 
Of the oblique Mufcles of each fide the one afends, the other defends, whereupon it 
comes to pais, that they are called the Oblique defendant and afendant Mufcles. Thofe 
oblique which we firft meet with, are the defendant, whofe fubftance is partly fan- 
guine, partly fpermatick ; for they are fleihy, nervous, ligamentous, veinous, arterious, 
and membranous. Yet the fleihy portion is predominant in them,out of which refpeft Hip- 
pocrates is wont to exprefs the mufcles by the name of flelhes 5 their greatnefs is indifferent 
be- 
Eight mnfcles 
of theEpiga- 
ftrium* 
The oblique 
dtfeendant- 
Their fub- 
ftaace. 
Their greatnes 
aad figure. Li B.q. 
of tCMansBody. 
75 
between the large and the fmall mufcles ; their figure is three fquare. They are competed 
of the forementioned parts, they are two in number ; their lite is oblique, taking their 
beginning from the touching of the great faw-mufcle, and from the fixt and feventh true 
ribs, or rather from the (paces between the fix lower ribs, and rather on the forepart of the 
mufcles, than of the ribs themfelves, from whence (hunning the Vertebra's of the Loins, 
the flefliy parts of them are terminated in the externall and upper eminency of the Haiinch- 
bone, and the membranous end in the lower eminency of the Share-bone and the White- 
line. Yet Columbus diflenting from this common defcription of the oblique Muteles, 
thinks that they are only terminated in the White-line, and not in the Share-bone. For 
(faith he) wherefore fhould they be inferred into the Share-bone which is not moved? But 
becaufe it would be an infinit labor and trouble to let down at large thefeverall opinions 
of all Authors of Anatomy; I have thought it fufficient for me to touch them lightly by 
the way. Their connexion is with the oblique afcendant lying under them, and with the 
direft or right. Their temperament is twofold,the one hot and moift, by reafon of the 
belly and the flefhy portion of them;the other cold and dry,in refpeft of their ligamentous 
and tendinous portion. Their aftion is to draw the parts into which they are infected to- 
wards their originall, or elfe to unite them firmly. Yet each of thefe privately and pro- 
perly draws the hip in an oblique manner towards the Cartilage Scutiformif or 
Then follow the oblique afcendant, who have the fame iubfiance, quantity, figure, compo- 
iure,number and temper the defeendant have. They are fituate between the descendant and 
tranfverfe with whom they have connexion, efpecially by the vefiels which art brought 
from the parts beneath. All the flefhy parts ariiefrom the rackbones of the Haunch to the 
ends of the baftard ribs,which they teem to admit above and below,being flefhy even to the 
fourth, and then becoming membranous, they take their way to the White-line, with a 
double aponeurojis, which pafies through the right Muteles above and below, as we may 
plainly tee from the navell downwards. In their flefhy part they draw their original from 
the (pine of the Haunch-bones a little lower than the deteendent end in their flefhy part* 
But tor their membranous parts, they arife before from the (harebone, but behinde from the 
fpondyls of the Holy-bone, and Vertebra's of the Loins obliquelyateending upwards tofrhe 
White-line,into which they are terminated by an aponeurojis or membranous tcndon(whicli 
teems to penetrate the right Mutele upwards and downwards, efpecially under the navell) 
but by their flefhy part at the ends of all the baftard ribs, which they teem to receive above 
and below. And becaute thete mufcles are terminated in the White-line, they have alfo 
another ute, yet fuch as is common to all the muteles of the Epigaftrium, that is, to prefs 
down the Guts. Their aftion isfif they perform it together) to draw down thecheft, and 
dilate the breft; but if their aftions be teparate, they draw the cheft to the hip with an ob- 
lique motion. After thefe follow the right mufcles, fo called becaufe they defeend 
according to the length of the body, and becaufe they have right or (freight 
fibers. 
We will lay nothing ( to fhun prolixity, which in all other places we will avoid) of 
their fubftance and other conditions, which they have common with the fore-mentioned 
Mufcles. They are fituate in the eminenteft or extuberating region of the belly, bounding 
the Epigaftrium taken in generail, (or the fuperficiary belly) they are divided by the mani- 
feft intercourfe of the White-line, even to the Navell, in which place they teem to be unir 
ted even to the place of their intertion. They draw their originall riot from the Share- 
bone, as fome would have it, but according to the infection of their nerVes from the (ides 
of the Cartilago [cutiformis, and the ends of the fixth, teventh and eighth ribs; but they end 
in the Share-bone,where they make a common Tendon fufficiently ftrong and fhort. Syl- 
viMjVefaliw, and Columbus think they arife-from the Share-bone, becaute they cannot be 
inferted into that bone,becaufe it is unmovable. You may perceive in thete Mufcles certain 
nervous and tranfverfe interfeftions, oftentimes three in number for the ftrength of thete 
Mufcles,(of which Galen makes no mention,although they may be teen in Apes.) And alfo 
in the inner fide of thete mufcles you may tee four veins, and as many arteries, of which 
fome creep upwards, others run downwards. The Upper, called the Mamillary, deteend 
from the Axillary by the fide and lower parts of the (tenderer portions thereof 
being diftributed by the way to the Mediafiinum, arid about the fourth and fift rib to the 
Dugs, from whence they take their name. 
That which remains breaking out by the fides of the Breft-blade,interts it telfiflto thote 
mufcles, creeping along, even almoft to the navell; in which place they are manifeftly uni- ' 
ted (that is,the veins with the veins, and arteries with the arteries) with the Epigaftrick, , 
which afeend from the upper part of the Iliacks on each'fide under the faid muteles, untill ; 
they meet with thete four mamillary vefiels. That yoti may finde this concourte of the 
veins and arteries about the navell, you muft follow both the upper and the lower (bme- 
what deep into the flefh, prefling the blood on both fides from above downwards, and 
from below upWard, untill you (hall finde the eXoteulation of thete vefiels,which will ap- 
pear by this, That the bloocl will flow from this into that, and from that into thisjother- 
wite you can tearce perceive it, by reafon of the finalilefs of fuch vefiels which want blood* 
H i Bus 
Their com po- 
inte and fire. 
Their con- 
nexion. 
Their tempe- 
rament. 
Their afliort. 
Tfaeobiiqiie 
afeendant. 
Their fiteand 
connexion. 
"Their afliori# 
The right 
tnufcles of the 
fyigaftrinm> 
Their fire. 
OrigiiaalL 
The meeting 
together of tlie 
Epigaftrickafid 
mamillatyveihs 
and atteriesj Of the Anatomy 
Lib. 3. 
76 
But that by the benefit of fiich concourfc of the veflels, the matters may be communicated 
and tranfported both from the womb to the dugs, and again from the dugs to the womb, 
appears in Nurfes whoi want their courfes, when the milk comes into their dugs; and on 
the contrary lofe their milk when their courles flow plentifully. Otherwife to what pur- 
pofc fhould there be fuch concourfe between the veflels of the paps and womb ? for there 
are veins and arteries diffufed to the (ides of the womb from the root of the Epigaftricks; 
for indeed the Epigaftricks which in their afcent meet with the mamillary, go not to the 
womb,though they be next to them, and arife from the fame trunk with the Hypogaftrick 
vein of the womb. The aftion of thefe Mufcles is,to move or draw near together the parts 
of the Hypogaftrium to the p record/a or Hypochondries. Their u Ccfin Columbus opinion,is, 
to draw the breft downwards fo to dilate the ends of thefe,nature hath produced two 
other final I .Mufcles from the upper part of the Share-bone, of a triangular figure, for the 
fafety of the thick and common tendon of the right Mufcles; whereupon they are called 
Succenturiati, or alfifters. 7 he firft figure of the Lower belly. 
A ABCD. The upper, lower 
andlacera.il parrs of rhe Teri- 
ton<fum. 
EE. The whire Line from 
rhe grille of the Breaft-bone, 
called the Bread-blade, ro the 
commiffure or meeting of the 
Sharebones. 
F» The Grille of the Bread « 
bone, Curtilage enfiformis, or 
the Bread- blade. 
G. The Navel!, which all the 
Mufcles being taken away, 
muft be kept for rhe ceman- 
ftration of the Umbilical! 
Veflels. 
H H. The produflions of the 
Peritoneum, which contain the 
fcminary Veflels on cither fide. 
** The hole which givcth 
way to rhe fcminary Veflels of 
men, 
II. A vein and an artery from 
rhe Epigaftricks which being 
carried upward under the right 
Mufcles, dd here hang down, 
ard are diftributed into the 
lower part of the Abdomen. 
K K. A Vein and an artery, 
from the internal! Mammary 
proceeding from under the 
Bone of the Bread, are carried 
downward through the right 
mufcles,&are difleminated into 
the upper part of the Abdomen. 
1,2 rhe place wherin the right 
mufcles arife,which being here 
cut off, do hang down, thrt 
their Veflels may the better be 
feen, 3,4.The Anaflomafis or 
inoculation of the forefaid 
Veflels, making the confenrof 
the Abdomen and the Note,and 
of rhe Womb with the Brefts, 
as fome think. LL< Branches of Veins running into the fides of rhe Peritoneum, N. The place of the Haunch- 
bone bared, to which the Oblique and the Tranfverfe mufcles do grow. 
Some (moved with I know not what reafon) would have thefe two fmall Mufcles to 
help the ereftion of the yard. Columbus thinks they fhould not be feparated from the right, 
and that they only are the flelhy beginnings of the right. But on the contrary, Fallopius 
manifeftly proves them different andfeparate from the right, and (hews their ufe. The 
Tranfverfe remain to be fpoken of, fo called by reafon of their fibers, which make right 
angles with the fibers of the right Mufcles. They have a quadrangular figure lituate up- 
on the greateft part of the Peritoneum., to which they ftick fo clofe that they fcarce can be 
feparated. They take their originall from the produftion of the loins,the cminency of the 
Haunch-bone, the tranfverfe produ&ions of the vertebra's of the loins, and the ends of the 
baftard-ribs; contrary to the opinion of many,whom the infection of the nerve convinces, 
but they end in the White-line, as all the reft do. 
Their aftion is to prefs the guts, efpecially for the expulfion of excrements. 
But all the eight recited Mufcles, befides their proper ufe, have another common, that 
is, they ftand for a defence or bulwark for all the parts lying under them, and ferve for the 
expulfion both of the excrements, infant, and vapors, and alfo for the ftrengthening 
of 
Their aflion. 
Their ufe. 
FIG. I 
fig. n. 
The Pyramidal 
or aflifting 
Mufcles. 
The rranfverfe 
mufcles of the 
Epigajlriunu 
Their figure 
and fite. 
Their afkon. 
The common 
ufe and aflion 
(/ft he eight 
WHifcJesofthe 
tyjgaftriutth L1 b. 3. 
of Body. 
77 
of the voice, as experience thews in thole who found Trumpets and Cornets. 
Therefore thefe mulcles do equally on every fide prefs the Belly ; but the Midriff, the 
intercoftall mulcles aflifting it, doth drive from above downwards, from which confpiring 
contention follows the excretion of the excrements by the fundament; but unlefs the Mid- 
riff fhould aflift, thefe mufcles would prefs the excrements no more downwards, than up- 
ward to the mouth. 
Although to this excretion of the excrements, it is not fufficient that the Epigaftrick, 
Midriff, and intercoftall mufcles prefs the belly, but the mufcles of the throtlemuft be alfo 
fhut. For the mouth being open, the excrements never go well forth ; becaufe the vapors 
that pafs out of the mouth, which being reftrained and driven to the Midriff,by ftretching 
it powerfully thrufts down the excrement. Wherefore Apothecaries when they give gly- 
fters, bid the Patient to open his mouth, that the glyfter may eafilyer go up, which other- 
wile would fcarccly go up, the mouth being Ihut, becaufe fo we fhould have no place empty 
in us,into which the glyfter might be admitted. 
Gf the White-line, and Peritoneum or Pirn of the belly. 
1' He White-line is nothing elfe, than the bound and extremities of the mufcles of the 
Fvigaftrium, diftinguilhing the belly in the midft into two parts,the right and left.lt is 
called white,both of its own colour,and alfo for that no flefhy part lyes under it,or is pla- 
ced above it. It is broader above the navell, but narrower below, becaufe the right mulcles 
do there grow into one. Now we muft treat of the Coat or membrane, Peritoneum or Rim 
of the belly ; it is fo called, becaufe it is ftretched over all the lower belly, and particu- 
larly over all the parts contained in the ventricle, to which alfb it freely lends a common 
coat. It hath a fpermatick fubftance, as .all other membranes have; the quantity of it in 
thicknefs is very final 1, (for it is almoft as thin as a Spiders web) yet differing in divers 
places in men and women ; for men have it more thick and ftrong above the navell,that fo 
it may contain the extenfion of the ftomack, often ftretched beyond meafure with meat 
and drink. On the contrary women have it fo thick and ftrong below their navell, that 
it feems double, that fo they may more eafily endure the diftention of their womb, caufed 
by the childe contained in it. But above the navel], men and women have the Peritoneum 
of an equal ftrength, for the felf-fame reafon. The longitude and latitude of it is known 
by the circumfcription of the belly. 
The figure is round and fomewhat long;. it puts forth fome produ&ions, like finger- 
ftalls, both for the leading and ftrengthening the fpermatick veflels, and the Cremafter 
mufcles of the Tefticles, and befides it the ejaculatory veflels, as alfo to impart a coat to 
the Tefticles and all the naturall parts. 
It is compofed of (lender, membranous and nervous fibers, certain (mall branches of 
veins and arteries concurring with them, which it receives for life and nouriihment from 
the adherent parts. 
This membrane is one in number, and befides every where one and equal, although 
Galen would have it perforated in that place where the fpermatick veffels defeend to the 
Tefticles; But in truth we muft not think hole, but rather a produftion, as we 
faid before,. 
The later Anatomifts have obferved,the Coat Peritoneum is doubled below the Navel,and 
that by the fpaces of thefe reduplications the umbilicall arteries afeend to the Navell. 
It is fituate near the naturall parts, and compafles them about, and joined by the coat, 
which it gives them, as alfo on the fides, it is joined to the vertebra's of the loins, from 
whofe {ligaments (or rather Periofteum) it takes the originall: On the lower part, it 
cleaves to the (hare-bone, and on the upper to the Midriff, whofe lower part it 
wholly invefts; on the fore or outer part it fticks fo clofe to the tranfverfe mufcles, that 
it cannot be pluckt from them but by force, by reafon of the complication and adhaefiori 
of the fibers thereof with the fibers of the proper membrane of thefe mufcles, which mem- 
brane in Galens opinion proceeds from this Peritoneum, that fo it is no marvail that we may 
more eafily break than feparate thefe two coats. It is of temperature cold and dry, as all 
other membranes are. 
It hath many ufes, the firft whereof is, to inveft and cover all the parts of the lower 
belly,' fpecially the Kall, left it (hould be fqueezed by great compreflures and violent at- 
tempts into the empty fpaces of the mufcles, as it fometimes happens in the wounds of the 
Ejigaftrium, unlefs the lips of the ulcer be very well united; for then appears a tumor 
about the wound by the Guts and Kall thrufting without the Peritoneum into thofe fpaces 
of the mufcles; from whence proceeds cruel pain. 
Another ufe is to further the cafting forth of the excrements by prefling the ventricle and 
guts on the forefide, as the Midriff doth above, as one fhould do it by both their hands 
joined together. 
The third ufe is, it prohibits the repletion of the parts with flatulency after the expul- 
fion of the excrements, by ftraitning and prefling them down. 
The fourth and laft is, that it contains all the parts in their feat, and binds them to the 
back-bone, principally that they fhould not fly out of their places by violent motions, as 
leaping and falling from on high. H 3 Laftly, 
Why when rhe 
mouth is open 
the excrements 
go more flowly 
forth. 
What the 
White 9 me is. 
What the Pe- 
ritoneum is. 
Thefubflance, 
and quantity. 
The figure * 
The compo- 
firion. 
The number. 
Lib, de fem. 
The fire and 
connexion. 
Lib. 6. Metfy 
life. 78 
Of the Anatomy 
Lib. 3. 
Laftly,we muft know,that the Rim is of that nature, that it will eafily dilate it felf, as 
we fee in Dropfies, in women with childe, and in tumors againft nature. 
CHAP. VIII. 
of the JEpifloon, or Zirhus, that the Kail. 
The fubftance, 
magnitude, 
figure* 
Ftcr the containing parts, follow the contained, the firft of which is the Epiploon, 
(or Kall) fo called, btcaule it (as it were) fwinis upon all the guts. The fub- 
ftance of it is fatty and fpermatick, the quantity of it for thicknefs is diverle, 
in divers men according to their temperament. The latitude of it is defcribed 
by the quantity of the guts. It is in figure like a purfe, becaufe it is double. It is compo- 
fedof veins, arteries, fat and a membrane, which Aiding down from the gibbous part of 
the ventricle,and the flat part of the gut Duodenum and fpleen over the Guts, is turned back 
from the lower belly to the top of the Colon. It is one as we faid covering the Guts. It 
hath its chief connexion with the firft Vertebra's of the lLoins,from which place in beafts it 
feems to take a coat,as in men from the hollow part of the Spleen, and gibbous of the ven- 
' tricle, and deprefled part of the Duodenum, from whence doubled it is terminated in the 
fore and higher part of the Colick-gut. Which moved Galen to write, that the upper part 
of the membrane of the Kall was annexed to the ventricle; but the lower, to the laxer 
part of the Colick-gut. From the veflels of which parts it borrows his,as alfo the nerves, 
if it have any. The temper of it in lean bodies is cold and dry,becaufe their Kall is with- 
out fat; but in fat bodies it is cold and moift by reafon of the fat. The ufe of it is two- 
fold : The firft is to heat and moiften the Guts, and help their concoftion, although it 
do it by accident, as that which through the denfity of the fat hinders the cold air from 
piercing in, and alfo forbids the diflipation of the internail heat. Another ufe is, that in 
want of nourifhment in times of great famin, for fometimes it cherifhes, and (as it were) 
by its dew preferves the innate heat, both of the ventricle and neighbouring parts, as it is 
Written by Galen. Moreover we muft obferve, that in a rupture or relaxation of the Perz- 
the Kall fals down into the jcrotum, from whence comes that rupture we call Epz- 
plotele. But in women that are fomewhat more fat, it thrufts it felf between the bladder and 
the neck of the womb, and by its compreflion hinders, that the feed comes not with full 
force into the womb,and fo frufttates the conception. Befides, when by a wound or fome 
other chance, any part of it be defective, then that part of the belly which anfwers to it 
will afterwards remain cold and raw, by reafon of the forementioned caufes. 
The Jicond figure of ibe lower belly. 
A A9Bb. The inner parr ofthe Peri to* 
nanm car inro four parrs, and fo turned 
backward. 
B. The upper B fheweth rhe implantation 
of the Umbilical! vein into rhe Liver. 
C. The Navel feparared from rhe Perito- 
From D to the upper B the Umbi> 
licalf veins. 
£, S. The forepart of the ftomach blown 
up, neither covered by the Liver nor Kall. 
F, A part of the Gibbow fide of the Liver. 
G. Veflels difleminated through the Peri' 
tontum, * The Breft blade. 
The bottom of rhe Bladder of urine. 
I. The connexion of the Peritoneum to 
the bottom of rhe Bladder. 
K,K,K,K. The Kall covering the Guts. 
M, N. Veflels and finews embracing the 
bottom ofthe ftomach. 
0 The meeting of the Vettels of both 
fides ; fo that M, Nt and 0, fhew the feam 
which Arifietle mentions, 3 Hi ft. & 4 
part.Anim. where he faith, That rhe Kall 
arifes and proceeds from the midft of the 
belly. 
Branches of Vettels running alongft 
the bottom ofthe ftomach. 
Certain branches ofthe Vettels 
diftnbured to rhe upper membrane©! the 
Omentum, an! compared with fat 
a, a The t*o Umbilical! arteries going 
down by the fides of the bladder to a 
branch of the great artery. 
b The Ligament of the Bladder which is 
fhewed for the Uracbui. 
CHAP. 
The cotnpo- 
fure. 
The con- 
nexion* 
Lib. Anatom, 
adminijh 
The temper. 
The nfe two- 
fold. 
Lib. 4. de ufu 
partiu/n, 
A caufe of 
friiftraring 
conception.. 
jJWf 
ffiGhn Lib. 3. 
of Mans Body. 
79 
C H A P. X 1111. 
Of the Ventricle or Stomach. 
Jw we muft (peak of the Stomach, the receptacle of the food neceflary for the 
whole body,the feat of appetite,by reafon of the Nerves difperfed into its upper 
orifice,and fo into its whole fubftance. The fubftance thereof is rather fpermatick 
than fanguine,becaufe that for one flefhy membrane, it hath two nervous; The 
quantity or magnitude of the ventricle is divers,accordingto the various magnitude of bo- 
dies,and gluttony of men. The figure of it is round and fomewhat long, like a Bagpipe. 
The ftomach is compofedof two proper coats,and one common from the Peritoneum, toge- 
ther with veins, finews,and arteries; the innermoft of its proper coats is membranous Wo- 
ven with right fibers, for the attraction of meats, it is extended and propagated even to the 
mouth thereof, whereby it comes to pafs that the affections of one part may eafily be 
communicated to the other by fympathy, or confent. This coat hath its originall from the 
membranes of the brain which accompany the nerves defeending from the third and fourth 
conjugation to the mouth thereof. And in like fort from other productions defeending 
by the paflages of the head, from whence alfo another reafon maybe drawn from that, 
which they commonly bring from the nerves of the fixt conjugation; why in wounds of 
the head,the ftomach doth fo foon fuffer by confent with the brain. The exterior or outer 
is more flefhy and thick,woven with oblique fibers, to retain and expell. It draws it ori- 
ginall from the Pericranium, which as foon as it comes to the gullet, takes unto it certain 
flefhy fibers. There be nerves fent into the ftomach from the fixt conjugation of the brain, 
as it fhall be fhewed in its proper place. Veins and arteries are fpread into it from the Ga- 
firica, the Gajhepiploides, the Coronaria and fplenick, from thefecond, third, and fourth 
diftribution of the Vena porta, or gate-vein ; and the third of the defeendent artery to the 
naturall parts, as foon as it pafles forth of the midriffe. 
It is one in number. The greater part of it is fituated on the left fide between the ipleen, 
the hollownefs of the liver, and the guts, that affifted by the heat of fuch neighbouring 
parts, it may more cheerfully perform the concoftion of the meat. Neither am I ignorant 
that Galen hath written,that a great part of the ftomach lies on the left fide. But infpefti- 
on it felf, and reafon makes me derogate from Galens authority, for becaufe there is more 
empty fpace on the left fide,by reafon the ipleen is lefs than the liver, it was fit it fhould lie 
more on the left fide. The more proper connexion of it is with the gullet and guts, by its 
two orifices; with the brain by its nerves; with the liver and fplecn by its veins; with the 
heart by its arteries; and with all the naturall parts by its common membrane. 
The temper of the ventricle in men of good*habit,is temperate, becaufe it is almoft com- 
pofed of the equall commixture of fanguine and fpermaticK parts; or according to Galens 
opinion, it is cold of its felf, and by the parts compofingit; and hot by the vicinity of 
the bowels. But in fome it is hotter, in others colder, according to the divers temper and 
complexion of divers bodies. That ftomach is to be thought well tempered, that powerful- 
ly draws down the meat and drink, and embraces and retains them fo drawn,untill by con- 
coction and elixation, they fhall be turned into a juice like cream (which the Greeks call 
Cfylos; ) and laftly, which doth ftrongly fend from it, and repell the excrements of this 
firft concoftion. 
The ftomach is known to be hotter by this, that it better conco&s and digefts courfe 
and hard meats, as beef, hard egs, and the like, than fbft meats eafie of digeftion, which it 
corrupts and turns into belchings. For fo a. young chickin, is fboner burnt than well ro- 
fted at a great fire. The ftomach which is colder, defires much meat,but is flow in concoCt* 
ing them, Specially if they be cold and hard of digeftion, which for that caufe quickly 
turn fowre. The aftion of a well conditioned ftomach is twofold, one common, another 
proper. The common is to attenuate,mixe and digeft the meats taken in at the mouth, for 
the nutrition of it felf and the whole body ,after the liver hath performed its duty , which 
before it be done,the ventricle only enjoyes the fweet pleafure of the Chylus, and comforts 
its felf againft the impurity of the adjacent parts, thereof it is called the work-houfe oi 
concoftion. Its firft aftion is to attraft, retain, andaffimilate to it felf that which is con- 
venient ; but to expell whatfoever fhall be contrary, either in quantity, or quality, or in 
the whole fubftance. 
It hath two orifices,one above,which they commonly call the ftomach and heart, the o- 
ther lower,which is called the Pylorus, or lower mouth of the ftomach. The upper bends to 
the left fide neer the back bone; it is far more large and capacious than the lower, thdtfo it 
may more commodioufly receive meats halfchewed, hard and grofs, which Gluttons caft 
down with great greedinefs ; it hath an exquifite fenfe of feeling, becaufe it is! the feat of 
the appetite, by reafop of the nerves incompafling this orifice, with their mutuall imbra- 
cings ; whereby it happens that the ventricle in that part is endued with a quick fenfe, that 
perceiving the want and emptinefs of meat,it may ftir up the creature to feek food.For albeit 
nature 
What the ven- 
tricle is 
Thefubftancc* 
The magni- 
tude. 
The figure. 
The comp o- 
(ure. 
ThecaufeOf 
the content of 
rhe month and 
ftomach. 
The nurtibe t. 
partiwn* 
The connexi- 
on. 
The temper. { 
9. Metbi 
Notes of a hot 
ftomach. 
The adiorc 
twofold# 
The two 
orifices of the 
ftomach. 80 
Of the Anatomy 
Lib.3. 
nature hath beftowed four faculties on other parts,yet they are not fenfib le of their wants, 
but are only nourifhed by the continuall fucking of the veins, as plants by juice drawn 
from the earth. 
This orifice is featedat the fifth Vertebra of the cheft, upon which they lay it almoft refts. 
Yet 1 had rather fay that it lies upon the twelfth Vertebra of the cheft, and the firft of the' 
loins; for in this place the gullet perforates the midrifle,and makes this upper orifice. The 
lower orifice bends rather to the right fide of the body, under the cavity of the liver. It is 
far ftraiter than the upper, left any thing fhouldpafs away before it be well attenuated and 
conco&ed ; and it doth that by the help or afliftance of, as it were,a certain ring,like to the 
fphin&er mufcle of the fundament, which fome have thought a glandule made by the tranf- 
pofition of the inner and flefhy membrane of the ventricle into that which is the outer of 
the guts. I know Columbia laughs at this glandulous ring, but any one that looks more 
attentively fhall perceive that the Pylorut is glandulous. The ftomach in its lower and inner 
fide, hath many folds and wrinclcs, which ferve to hold and contain the meats, untill they 
be perfeftly concofted. In the ventricle we obferve parts gibbous and hollow 5 the hol- 
low is next to the liver and midriffe 5 the gibbous is towards the guts. Now we muft note, 
that the ventricle when it is much refolved or loofed , may Aide down even to the navilT 
near the bladder, the which we have oblerved in fome bodies difle&ed after their death. 
The fire. 
The glandu- 
lotis ring of 
the ?ytorui> 
The falling 
down of the 
ftomach. 
The firft figure (hews 
thefore-fideof the 
ftomach and gul- 
let. 
A. lheweth the orifice 
of the gullet cut 
from the throat. 
B. the ftraight and di- 
reft courfe of the 
gullet from A.to B. 
C. how the gullet a- 
bove the firfl: rack 
bone of thecheft , 
from B. to C. in- 
clineth to the right 
hand. 
D. his inclination to 
the left hand, from 
C. to D. 
EE. the two glan- 
dules called the Al- 
monds, fetclofeto 
the gullet in the 
end of the throaty 
called allb and Salwiares glandule. FF. Another glandulous body in. 
the midft of the gullet,about the fifth rack bone,from which place the gullet gives place to 
the great arterie, fomewhat declining to the right fide : Va[aliusy Lib. 5. Cap. 3. and Colum- 
bus Cap. ult. lib.9.write, that thofe Glandules are filled with a certain moifture, with which 
the gullet ismoiftened, that the meats may Aide down moreeafily into the ftomach, as 
through a flippery paflage. No otherwife than the GlanduLe filled with a kind- 
of grofs and oily moifture, fmooth the paflage of the urine, that fo it may flow through 
it, with a more tree and lefs troubled courfe. G. theconnexion of the gullet with the fto- 
mach , where rhe upper orifice of the ftomach is fafhioned. H. the lower orifice of the fto- 
mach called Pylorus. I. K. the upper part of the ftomach at I. the lower at K. LL. the fore- 
fide of the ftomach. P. the gut called 'Duodenum. T. V. the right and left nerves of the fixth 
pair encompafling about the gullet and the uppermoft left orifice of the ftomach. 
The third and fourth figure. 
WO* 
FIG. 
Thefecond Figure fbeweth the parts of the Ventricle and Gullet, 
A. EE. FF. G. H. P. TV. fhew the like parts as in the former. From C. to D. the incli- 
nation of the ftomach to the left hand. M. N. O. the backfide of the ftomach. M. fheweth 
the prominence of the left fide. N. of the right. O. fheweth the dock or impreffion, where 
it refteth upon the rack bones. paflage of the bladder of the gall into the Duode- 
num at R. S, a glandulous body growing under the Dwodenwm,bearing up the veflels X. Y. a 
nerve on the left fide creeping up to the top of the ftomach, andfo running out to th* liver. 
CHAR Lib. 3. 
of Mans 'Body. 
81 
CHAP. XV. 
of the Guts. 
He Guts the inftruments of diftribution and expulfion, are of the fame fubftance 
and compofure with the ftomach, but that the lite of the coats of the ftomach is 
contrary to thofe of the guts. For that which is theinnermoftcoat of the fto- 
mach is the outermoft oftheguts, and fo on the contrary. The figure of the guts 
is round,hollow and capacious, fome more,fome lefs,according to the divers bignefs. 
But for the quantity of the guts, fome are final 1, fome great, more or lefs, according 
to the variety of bodies. But they are fix in number: tor there be three finall; the Pwodt- 
«M»i,the empty gut,and the Ikon. Three great, the Blind, the Colick, and the 
Right gut. All which have had their names for the following reafons ; the firft, becaufe it 
is extended the length of twelve fingers , like another ftomach, without any turning, or 
winding 5 of which greatnefs it is found in great bodied men, fuch as were more frequent- 
ly to be met withall in Gakns time,than in this time of ours,in which this gut is found no 
longer than feven,eight, or nine fingers at the moll. The caule of this length is, that there 
may be a free paflage to the Gate-vein, coming out of the liver , as alfo to the artery and 
nerve which run into it.For feeing that this gut may fometimes rife to the top of the liver, 
it would poflefs the fpace under the bladder of the gall ( with which it is often tinftured) 
if it had any revolutions that way,which is the paflage for fuch like veflels. Others give a- 
nother rcaion ofthis figure,which is,that there fhould be nothing to hinder the ealie and fit 
diftribution of the perteftly concofted Ctylufi to the liver. 
The fecond is called Jejunumpr the empty gut,not becaufe it is abfolutely fo,but becaufe 
it contains little in comparifon of the other. There is a triple caufe of this emptinefs,the 
firft the multitude of the meferaick veins and arteries which are about it, whereupon there 
is a greater and quicker diftribution of the Chylus. The fecond is the vicinity or neighbor- 
hood of the liver ftrongly drawing the Chylus contained in it 5 the third is the flowing 
down of the chollerick humor from the bladder of the Gall into it, which ever and anon 
by its acrimony cleanfes away the filth, and by continual! flowing folicits ittoexpulfi- 
on. The third is called Ikon becaufe it lies between the Ilia or flanks; it differs nothing 
from the reft in fubftance and magnitude, but in this one thing, that there is more matter 
contained in it than in the reft, by reafon of the paucity of the veflels terminated in it,that 
it is no marvell that there can be no exaft demonftration made of them. The fourth is cal- 
led Cecum or the blind, becaufe it hath but one paflage to fend out and receive in the mat- 
ter. This gut hath along andftrait produftion, which according to the opinion of fome 
(though altogether erroneous) often falls down into the Scrotum in the rupture, or rela- 
xation of the Rim of the Belly; for that produftion in the lower belly ftrongly fticks to 
the Peritoneum or Rim, which hinders fuch falling down. But Galen feems by filch a blind 
gut to have meant this long and narrow produftion, and certainly fo thinks the common 
fort of Anatomifts, but here Vejaliuf juftly rreprehended Galen. Wherefore Sylvius that he 
might free Galen of this fault, would have us by the blind gut to underftand the beginning 
of the colick gut. The fifth is called Colon (or colick gut ) becaufe it is greater and more 
capacious than the reft. The fixt and laft, the Right gut, by reafon of the rightnefs or 
ftreightnefs of the paflage. This,in beafts efpecially, hath a certain fatnefs in it to make the 
paflage flippery,and left the gut fhould be exillccrated in the paflage,by the fharpnefs of hard 
and acrid excrements. 
The fite of thefe guts is thus:The Duodenum upon the backbone bends to the right hand; 
the Jejunum poflefles a great part of the upper umbilical! region, diffufes it felf into both 
fides with windings, like to thefe of the gut Ileum, even to the flanks.The gut Ikon is fituate 
at the lower partoftheumbilicall region,going with many turnings and windings,even to 
the hollo wnefles of the holy-bone above the Bladder and fide parts of the Hypogaflrium, 
they call the flanks. 
The Blind bends to the right hand,a little below the kidney , above the firft and fourth 
Vertebra of the loins. The Colon or Colick gut is crooked and bent, in the form of a Scy- 
thian bow.filling all the fpace from the blind gut, below the right kidney even to the hol- 
lownefsof the fiver,and then it goes by the gibbous part of the ftomach above the fmall 
guts,even to the hollownefs of the Spleen; from whence Aiding under the left kidney,with 
fome turnings,it is terminated upon the Vertebra's of the loins. 
By ail which turnings and windings of the colick gut,it is eafie to diftinguifh the pain of 
the ftoneof the kidneys,which remain fixt in one certain place, from the colick wandring 
through thefe crooked paflages we mentioned. The right gut tends with an oblique fite 
towards the left hand,upon the holy bone even to the very fundament. They have all one 
and a common connexion ; for they are all mutually joined together by their coats, be- 
caufe there is but one way from the gullet even to the fundament, but they are joined to 
the principall parts by their nerves,veins,and arteries. 
But a more proper connexion is that,where the Duodenum on the upper part of it, is join- 
ed 
The ir fub« 
fiance. 
Figure. 
Their numbef 
The Duode • 
num* 
The frjwwn. 
lie on. 
C<£twri. 
Colon. 
Reliuin» 
Their fire* 
The difiinfti-* 
on between 
rhe colick and 
the fionc in the 
kidneys. 
Their connexi-1 
on. Of the Anatomy 
Lib.3. 
82 
ed with the Pylorutbut on the lower part to the Jejunum, and the parts lying under it, by 
the coat of the Peritoneum. The Jejunum, or empty gut,is joyned to the Duodenum and Ucon. 
The Ileum with the empty and blind guts. The blind with the Ikon and Colon, and with the 
right fide of the backbone where it is tied more ftraitly. The Colon with the blind and 
right guts,and in his middle part,with thekidntys and gibbous part of the ftomach; where- 
by it comes to pafs,that being diftended with wind in the colick, it overturns and prefles 
the ftomach,and fo caules vomiting. 
Laftly, the right gut is annexed with the colick gut and fundament. At the end whereof 
there is a mufcle fattened,of figure round and circular, called the Sphinfler, arifing from the 
lower Vertebra's of the holy bone and rump,by the benefit of which as of a dore or gate, the 
excrements are reftrained at ourwil,left man born for all honeft aftions,without all frame, 
in every time and place, fhould be forced every where to eafe his belly. For fuch as have 
loft the benefit of this mufcle by the palfy,have their excrements go from them againft their 
wills. There is a body lituate at the end of the right gut, of a middle fubftance between 
the skin and flefti, as it were arifing from the mixture of them both, like the extremities 
ofthe lips, of th? fame ufe with the Sphinficr , but that it is not altogether lb powerfull. 
But there are alfo certain veins lituate about it called the Hemorrhoidal 1,of which we will 
(peak in their place. 
Befides there are two other mufcles that defeend to the end of this gut, being broad and 
membranous on each fide, one arifing from the fide and inner parts of the lhare and hip- 
bones, which inferted above the Sphinfier pull up the fundament falling down, wherefore 
they are called Lev at ores Ani,or the lifters up of the fundament. Wherefore when as either 
they are too weak, or refolved, or the fundament opprefled wifh the weight of flegmatick, 
falt,cholerick and lharp humors,the gut is fcarce reftored into its place,that there is need of 
the help of the fingers for that purpole. 
The guts follow the temper of the ftomach. Their a&ion is the diftributing the Chyluf 
by the meleraick veins(which of duty belongs to the three finall guts)and the receiving the 
excrements of the retention of them,till a fit time of expulfion, which belongs to 
the third quarter. Befides,thele finall guts finilh up tire work of concoftion, begun in the, 
ftomach,al though they be not altogether made for that ufe. But nature is often accuftomed 
to abufe the parts of the«body for fome better ufe. 
The fifth figure of the lower belly. 
Why vomiting 
happens in the 
colick. 
The Sphinfler 
mufcles of rhe 
fundament. 
Gal lib. de 
ufu partium. 
cap. 14. 
Laiatorei Ani, 
The art ion of 
the guts* 
A. The breft blade, Cart il ago} Enfi- 
formif. 
BB. The Rim, with the midriffe 
and broken ribs bent outwards. 
CC. the gibbous part of the liver. 
D. ligament tying the liver to the 
midriffe. 
E. part of the umbilicall vein. 
FF. the ftomach fild full of meat. 
G. a part of the fpleen. 
H. blind gut of the late writers, 
for the Ancients took the top of 
the colon for it. 
I. the beginning of the great or 
thick guts. 
I. and fo to K. fheweth the pallages 
of the colick gut from the right 
kidney to the liver. And fo the 
colick and the ftone on this fide 
are in one place, and therefore 
hardly diftinguilhed. 
K. to L. the lame colick gut lyeth 
under the tvhole bottome of the 
ftomach,which is the reafen that 
thole which are troubled with 
the colick calf fo much. 
L. to M. The pallage of the Colon 
from the fpleen to the lhare bone, 
by the left kidney,a way, which 
maketh the pain of the ftone and 
. . ..n. the Colick on the left fide very 
hard to diftinguilh.N.TheCo/onending in the right gut. O. The beginning of the right gut 
unto the bladder. funken or fallen fide of the Colon at P.and his Chambers or Cels' 
at Q. R.S.T.The leffer guts especially lying under the NaveU.a.The two umbilicallarte- 
ries Jj.The bottome of the bladder. * The connexion of the bladder and the Peritoiwan. 
But of Mans 'Body. 
Lib. 3. 
83 
But we muft note,that for the compofure of the guts, they have only tranfverfe fibers,for 
cxpulfions fake , unlefs that at the beginning of rhe Co/o«,and the end of the right gut,you 
may fee certain right fibers added to the tranfverfe to ftrengthen them,left thefe guts ihould 
chance to be broken and torn by the paflage of hard excrements, and the laborious endea- 
vour of expullion (fpecially in brute beafts.) 
But if any aske, how they have retention,being they want oblique fibers ; he may know 
that the feces are retained in the right gut,by the force of the Sfeinftcr mufcle, but oft times 
in the blind,by their hardnefs and abundance, whereby they flick in the paflage; but in the 
reft,by reafon of their conformation into many windings and turnings. The length of the 
guts,is feven times more than the length of the whole body ; to this length they have 
windings, left the nourishment Ihould quickly Hide away, and left men Ihould be with- 
drawn by gluttony from action and contemplation. For io we lee it comes to pafs in moft 
beafts,which have one Gut, ftretched fireight out from the ftomach to the fundament5 as 
in the Lynx and fuch other beafts of inlatiable gluttony, alwayes, like plants, regarding 
their food. 
T heir fibers. 
How the guts 
become fit to 
retain. 
Their length. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Of the Mefentery. 
Fter the Guts followes the Mefentery3being partly of a fatty and partly of a fper- 
matick fubftance. The greatnefs of it is apparent enough, although in fome it 
be bigger, and in fonie lefler according to the greatnefs of the body. It is of a 
ground figure and not very thick. It is compofed of a double coat arifing from 
thebeginning and root of the peritoneum. In the nridft thereof it admits nerves from the 
Coftall of the fixt conjugation, veins from the Vena Porta or Gate vein ; Arteries from the 
defeendent artery, over and belides a great quantity of fat and many glandulous bodies, to 
prop up the divilion of the veflels fpred over it, as alfo to moiften their fubftance. It is in 
number one, fituate in the middle of the guts, from whence it took its name. Yet fome 
divide it into two parts, to wit, into the Mejerow, that is, the portion interwoven with 
the frnall guts,and into the Me\ocolon which is joyned with the Great. It hath connexion by 
its veflels, with the principallparts,by its whole fubftance with the guts,and in fome fort 
with the kidney s,from whofe region it feems to take its coats. 
It is of a cold and moift temper,if you have refpeft to his fatty fubftance ; but if to the 
reft of the parts, cold and dry. 
The aftion and ufe of it is,to bind and hold together the guts,each in his place, left they 
fhould rafhly be folded together, and by theMeferaick veins (which they term the hands 
of the Liver)carry the Ctylus to the liver. 
In which you muft note, that all the Meferaick Veins come from the liver, as weun- 
derftand by the difle&ion of bodies; although fome have affirmed, that there be fome 
veins ferving for the nourifliment of the guts,no wayes appertaining to the Liver,but which 
end in certain Glandulous bodies,difperfed through the Mefentery, of whofe ufe we will 
treat hereafter. 
The 
Magnitude. 
Figure. 
Compoftire. 
Number. 
The connexi- 
on. 
The temper«, 
The aflioti 
aind ufe. 
All rhe mtferai- 
ick veins come 
from the liver* 
CHA P. XV IL 
of the Glandules in generally and of the fiveet-breade 
Glandule is a Ample part of the body, fometimes of a fpungy and foft iub- 
ftance,fometimes of a denfe and hard. Of the foft Glandules are the PonftlLe, or 
Almonds,like in fubftance to blanched Almonds; theThjmns., Pancreas, Tefticles, 
Pro ft at*. But the denfe and hard are the Parotides and other like.The Glandules 
differ amongft theemflvesdn quantity and figure,for feme are greater than o- 
ther fome,and fome are round and others plain,as the 'Ibyinus and Pancreas- 
Others are compounded of veins,nerves, arteries, and their proper flefli, as the Almonds 
of the ears,the milky glandules in the breafts and the tefticles. Others want nerves, at leafl 
which may be feen,as the Parotides,the axillary ,or thofe under the armholes and others.The 
number of glandules is uncertain, by reafon of the infinite multitude and variety of (port- 
ing nature. You (hall find them alwayes in theft places,where the great divifions of veflels 
are in the middle ventricle of the brain,in the upptr part of the Chcft,in the Mefen- 
tery and other like places. 4 
Although otherfome be feated in fuch places,as nature thinks needfull to generate and 
caft forth of them a profitable humor to the creature; as the almonds at the root of the 
tongue,the kernels in the dugs,thefpermatick veflels in the fcrotum and at the fides of the 
wombe; or where nature hath decided to make emun&ories for the principall parts, 
as 
Sub fiance ofi 
the glandules. 
Quantity and 
figuie. 
Compoficioff. 
Number; 84 
Of the Anatomy 
Lib.3. 
as behind the ears,under the armholes, and in the groins. The connexion fof glandules is 
not only with the veflels of the parts concurring to their composition, but alfo with thole,, 
whole divilion they keep and preferve. They are of a cold temper, wherefore Pllyfitians 
fay the blood retri/cere (ZJ to become raw again in the dugs, when it takes upon it the 
form of milk. But of theie fome have aftion,as the almonds,which pour our fpatle ulefull 
for the whole mouth,the dugs milk,the Tefticles feed; others, ufe only,as thofe which are 
madeto preferve, underprop aud fill up the divifions of the veflels.Befides this we have Spo- 
ken of glandules in general!, we mull know that the Pancreas is a glandulous and flelh-like 
body, as that which hath every where the lhape and refemblance of flelh. It is fituate at the 
flat end of the liver,under the Duodenum with which it hath great connexion, and under the 
gate-vein,to ferve as a bulwarke,both to it and the divifions thereof, whilft it fils up the 
empty Spaces between the veflels themSeIves,and So hinders,that they be not pluckt aSunder, 
nor hurt by any violent motion,as a fall or the like. 
Connexion. 
Temper. 
Afiion and ute. 
The fubftance 
of the Pancrcot* 
The Gte. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
Of the Liver, 
\ving gone thus far, order of difleftion now requires,that we fbould treat of the 
diftribution of the gate-vein 5 but becaufe it cannot well be underftood unlefs all 
the nature of the liver from whence it well known, therefore putting it 
off to a more fit place, we will now fpeak of the Liver. Wherefore the Liver (ac- 
cording to Galens opinion, lib. deform, foetus) is the firft of all the parts of the body, which 
is finifhed in conformation, it is the fhop and Author of the blood,and the originall of the 
veins 5 the fubftance of it, is like the concrete mud of the blood,the quantity of it is divers, 
not only in bodies of different, but alfo of the fame fpecies 5 as in men amongft themfelves, 
of whom one will be gluttonous and fearfull,another bold,and temperate,or fober 5 for he 
fhall have a greater liver than this, becaufe it muft conceive and concoft a greater quantity 
of Chylus: yet the liver is great in all men , becaufe they have need of a great quantity of 
blood for the repairing of Id many fpirits and the fubftantifick moifture,which are refolved 
and diffipated in every moment by aftion and contemplation. But there may be a twofold 
reafbn given,why fuch as are fearfull have a larger liver. The firft is, becaufe in thofe the 
vitall faculty (in which the heat of courage and anger refides)which is in the heart,is weak) 
and therefore the defeft of it muft be fupplyed by the ftrength of the naturall faculty. For 
thus nature is accuftomed to recompence that which is wanting in one part,by the increafe 
and acceffion of another. The other reafon is, becaufe cold men have a great appetite, for 
by Galens opinion In arte parua, coldnefs increafes the appetite 5 by which it conies to 
pafs that they have a greater quantity of Chylus, by which plenty the liver is nourifhed 
and grows larger. Some beafts, as Dogs, and fwine,have the liver divided into five or more 
Lobes, but a man hath but one Lobe, or two, or three at the moft ; and thefe not fo 
much diftinguifhed, as which cherifli the upper and hollow region of the ventricle, with 
embracing to help forward the work of concoftion. Therefore the liver is almoft con- 
tent with one Lobe, although it is alwayes rent with a fmall divifion, that the umbilicall 
vein piercing into the roots and fubftance of it, may have a free paffage 5 but alfo often- 
times there is as it were a certain fmall lobe of the liver, laid under that umbilicall vein, as 
a culhion. 
The figure of the liver is gibbous ; rifing up and finooth towards the Midriffe; towards 
the ftomach is the fimous or hollow fide of it fomewhat unequall,and rough by reafon of the 
diftance of the Lobes,the original of the hollow vein,and the fite of the bladder of the Gall. 
The compofition of the liver is of veins, nerves, arteries, the coat and proper fubftance 
thereof which we call the grofs and concrete blood,or Parenchima. Veins and arteeies come 
to it from the navill 5 but nerves immediately from thefe which are diffiifed over the fto- 
mach according to Hippocrates yet they penetrate not very deep into its fubftance, for it 
feems not to ftand in need of fuch exaft fenfe, but they are diftributed upon the coat and 
iiirface thereof, becaufe this part made for diftribution over the whole body , keeps to it 
felf no acrid or malign humorjfor the perception of which it fhould need a nerve,although 
the coat invefting it, fends many nervous fibers into its fubftance, as is apparent by the ta- 
king away of the coat from a boiled liver 5 we muft think the fame of the other entrails. 
The coat of the liver is from the Peritoneum,wanting fmall from the umbilicall vein, when 
it divides it felf for the generation of the gate and hollow veins, as is obferved by Galen, 
Lib. de format. Fetus. The liver is only one, fituate in the greater part on the right fide, but 
with the lefler part on the left, quite contrary to the ftomach. Its chief connexion is with 
the ftomach and guts,by the veins and membranes of the Peritoneum-,by the hollow vein and 
artery, with the heart; by the nerve with the brain,and by the fame ligatures with all the 
parts of the whole body. It is of a hot and moift temper,and foch as have it more hot, have 
large veins and hot blodd 5 but,fuchas have it cold, have fmall veins, and a difcoloured 
hew. 
What the liver 
is. 
Itsfubftancc 
and quantity. 
Why cowards 
have great li- 
vers, 
The figure. 
The compo- 
fure. 
T he vefiels. 
The number 
and fite.g 
The connexi- 
on* 
The temper. of Mans Body. 
85 
Lib. 3. 
fhew. The attion of the Liver is the converlion ot Chy Lm into the blood, theworkofthe 1 e - 
cond concoftion.For although the Chy Im entring into the meferaick veins, receive fonie re- 
femblance of blood,yet it acquires not the form and pcrfe&ion of blood,before it be elabo - 
rate, and fully concoft in the liver. It is bound and tyed with three ftrong ligaments, two 
on the fides in the midft of the baftard ribs, to bear up its fides, and the third more high ' 
and ftrong,defcending from the breaft-blade , to fuftain its proper part, which with its 
weight would prefs the lower orifice of the ftomach, and fo caufe a falling ordrawing 
down of the fternon and coller bone. And thus much may fuffice for its proper ligaments, 
for we before mentioned its common; the veins, arteries,nerves, and coat of the Perztozte- 
by which it is knit to the loins and other natural 1 parts. But we muft note, that befides 
thefe three proper ligaments,the liver is alfo bound with others to the baftard ribs; as Syl-i 
awobferves in his Anatomicall obfervations, and Holler: us in his Praftife,C<zp Jep/zzrztzJe. 
l he adion* 
Theligamcn'tji 
CHAP. XIX. 
Of the bladder of the Gall. 
Ow we mtiftcometo the bladder ofthe Gall, which is of a nervous fiibftance, 
and of the bignefs of a fmall pear; it is of figure round, with the bottom more 
large, but the fides and mouth more narrow and ftrait. It is compofed of a dou- 
ble coat, one proper, confifting of three forts of fibers, the other from the perito- 
neum. It hath a vein from the Porta or gate-vein, and an artery from that which is diffu- 
sed into the liver, and a nerve from the fixt conjugation. It is but one and that hid on 
the right fide under the greater lobe of the liver, it is knit with the touching of its own 
body, and of the paflages and channels made for the performance of its aftions with 
the liver,and in like manner with theDuodenum, and not feldome with the ftomach alfo, by 
another to conclude to all the parts by its veins, nerves, arteries, and common 
coat.lt is of a cold temper, as every nervous part is.The a&ion ofit is to feparatefrom the 
liver the cholerick humor,and that cxcrementitious, but yet naturall by the help of the 
right fibers, for the purifying of the blood, and by the oblique fibers,fo long to keep it be- 
ing drawn, untill it begin to become troublefome in quantity,or quality,or its whole fub- 
ftance, and then by the tranfverfe fibers, to put it down into the Duodenum to provoke the 
cxpulfive faculty ofthe guts. I know Fallopius denies the texture of fo many fibers, to be 
the minifter of fuch aftion to the gall. But Vtfalius feems fufficiently to have anfwered him. 
The bladder of the gall hath divers channells, for coming with a narrow neck, even to 
the beginning of the Gate-vein, it is divided into two paflages, the one whereof fuffer- 
ing nodivifion is carry ed into the Duodenum, unlefs that in fome it fend another branch 
into the bottome of the ftomach,as is obferved by Galen-, which men have a miferable and 
wretched life, being fubjeft to cholerick vomitings, efpecially when their ftomachs are 
empty, with great pains of their ftomach and head, as is alfo obferved by Galen, Cap. 74. 
Aft is Med. The other coming out ofthe body ofthe liver divides it felf into two oc 
three paflages, again entring the fubftance of the liver,is divided with infinite branches,ac- 
companying fo many branches of the Gate-vein through the fubftance of the liver, that fb 
the blood unlefs it be moft elaborate and pure,may not rife into the hollow vein,all which 
things Difle&ion doth manifeftly teach. 
The fubftariee,,' 
greatnefs, and 
figure thereof. 
The compofi- 
tion,. 
Number and 
connexion, 
Temper* 
The 
of the gall. 
Lib. 2. cfe 
te/nfer» 
The yixth Figure of the bladder ofthe Cal/, 
M. Pylorus joyncd to the Duodenum. 
N. Duodenum joynedto the Pylorus. 
P. (hews the bottom of the bladder 
of the gall. 
Q_Qx,thc holes of the bladder of gall 
diipcried through the liver, betwixt 
the roots of the hollow and Gate- 
veins. R. the root ofthe Gate vein 
in theliver.S.the root ofthe hollow 
• vein in the liver, d.the concourfe or 
meeting of the pailages of choler in- 
to one branch, b. the nedk of the 
. r , . rr r i 11. , , bidder into which the pailage is 
inferted c.the palTage of the Gall into the Duodenum.d.the Duodenum opened, to manifeft 
i e Mn J the bilPri: e-in a!'t'r5f g°ingto the hollow pare ofthe liver,and 
the bladder oi the gall. f. a fmall nerve belonging to the liver and the bladder of gall, 
from the rib branch of the lixth pair, gg. the ciftick twins from the gate-veins. 
' CHAP. 
FIG.II 86 
Ofthe Anatomie 
Lib. 3.' 
CHAP. XX. 
Of the Spleen or Milt. 
lit becaufe we cannot well fhew the diftribution of the gate-vein, unlefe the Spleen 
befirft taken away,and removed from its feat:therefore before wego any further, 
I have thought good to treat of the Spleen.Therefore the Spleen is of a foft, rare, 
and fpongious fubftance(whereby it might more eafily receive and drink up the 
dregs of the blood from the liver) and of a flefh more black than the liver.For it 
refembles the colour of its muddy blood,from which it is generated. It is of an indifferent 
greatnefsjbut bigger in fome,than in otherfome, according to the diverfe temper and com- 
plexion of men.lt hath as it were a triangular figure,gibbous on that part, it fticks to the ribs 
and midriffe, but hollow on that part next the ftomach.lt is compofed of a coat , the proper 
flefh; a vein, artery, and neive.The membrane comes from the Peritoneum, the proper flefh from 
the feces or dregs of bloud,or rather of the naturall melancholy humour , with which it is 
nourifhed. The fourth branch of the vena porta, or gate vein, lends it a vein ; 
the firft branch of the great defcend ent artery prefently, after the firft entrance without the 
Midriff,lends it an artery. But it receives a nerve,from the left coftall/rom the fixe conjugate 
on on the inner part, by the roots of the ribs; and we may manifeftly fee this nerve, not only 
difperfingit fclfihrough the coat oftheliver,but alto penetrating with itsveffels the proper 
flefh thereof,after the felf fame manner,as yve fee it is in the heart and lungs. It is one in num- 
ber,fituate on the left fide,bet ween the ftomach and the baftard ribs , or rather the midriffs 
which defcends to their roots.For it oft times cleaves to the midriffe, on its gibbous part,by a 
coat from the alfo on the hollow part to the ftomach, both by certain veins 
which lends it into the ventricle,as alfo by the kail.It hath connexion,either primarily, orfe* 
cundarily,with all the parts of the body,by thefe its veflels. 
It is of a cold and drie tempers the aftion and ufe of it is to feparate the melancholick hu- 
mor, which being feculent and droflie,may be attenuated by the force of many arteries difper- 
fed through its fubftance.For by their continuall motion,and native heat, which they carry 
in full force with them from the heart,that grofe blood puts offitsgrofnefe, which the Spleen 
fends away by paflages fit for that purpofe, retaining the fubtler portion for its nourifh- 
ment. The paflages by which it purges it felf from the grofnefle of the melancholy bloud, 
are a vein afcending from it into the ftomach to ftirup the appetite by its fourneffe, and ftren- 
then the fubftance thereof by its aftriftion;and alfo another vein, which fometimes from the 
Spleen branch, fometimes from the Gate-vein,plainly under its orifice,defeends to the funda- 
ment, there to make the Hsemorrhoidall veins. 
Thefubftance, 
Magnitude, 
Figure, 
Compofition, 
Number and 
Site. 
Connexion. 
Temper and 
ufe. 
CHAP. XXI. 
of they cm Porta, and Gat e-vein, and the dijlribution thereof. 
The fub fiance 
and figure* 
He gate-vein, as alfo all the other veins, is of a fpermatick fubftance, of a manifeft 
largenett,of a round and hollow figure,like to a pipe or quill.lt is compottd of its 
proper coat, and one common from the Pmtentum.lx. is only one,and that fituata 
in the fimous or hollow part of the liver,from whence it breaks forth ( or rather 
out of the umbilicall vein) into the midft of all the guts,with which it hath con- 
nexion,as alfo with the ftomach, of the fundament and Peritentumjoy the coat 
which it receives from thence. It is of a cold and dry temper.The A&ion of it is, tofock the 
Cbylw out of the ventricle and guts}and fo to take and carry it to the Liver,untill it may car- 
ry back the fame turned into blood for the nutriment of the ftomach,fpleen and guts. This 
gate-vein coming out of the fimous part of the Liver, is divided into fix branches,that is3 four 
fimple, and two compound,again divided into many other branches. Thefirftofthe fimple 
attends from the forepart of the trunk to the bladder of the Gall by the p adage of the Cho- 
ler(and are marked withg. g. ) with a like artery for life and nouriihment, and this 
diftribution is knowne by the name of Cyftic£ gemelLe or Cyftick twins. The fecond 
is called the Gjftrica or ftomach vein, arifing in like manner from the forepart of the 
trunk , is carried to the Pylorus and the fimous or back part of the ftomach next 
to it. 
The third is called Gaftreptylois, the ftomach and kali vein,which coming from the right 
fide of the gate-vein goes to the gibbous part of the ftomach next to the Pyltrus and the right 
fide of the kail. 
The fourth going forth from behind and on the right hand of the gatc-vein3attends above 
the root of the Mettraick branch even to the beginning of the gut along 
the gutDWe«Hw, from whence it is called or the gut vein. And thefe 
' are 
Compofition. 
Number and 
Site. 
Temper and 
/Iflion, 
Dzvifion there- 
of into 6 bran. 
ches, of which. 
4 Ample. 
I 
CjJlicagemell# 
z 
Gaftrica. 
3 
Gaflrepiploist 
4 
[Hteftintiis, Lib. 3. 
rfManrBedy. 
87 
are the foure fimple branches. Now we will fpeak of the compound. 
The firft is the fplenick, which is divided after the following manner. For in its firft be- 
ginning and upper part, it fends forth the Coronalx-pr crowne vein of the ftomach, which 
by the back part of the ftomach afcends into the upper and hollow part thereof; to which 
place, as foon as it arrives, it is divided again into two branches, the one whereof climbs 
up even to its higher orifice,the other defcends downe to the lower, fending forth by the 
way other branches to the fore and back parts of the ftomach. Thefe engirt and on every 
fide incompafs the body of the ventricle,for which caufe they are named the crown veins. 
I have fom etime obferved this comming forth of the trunk, a little above the orifice of 
the fplenick branch .But this fame fplenick branch on its lower pftrt, produces the branch 
of the Haemorrhoidall veins,which descending to the fundament above the left fide of the 
loines, diffufes a good portion thereof into the leaft part of the colick gut, and the right 
gut,atrthe end whereof it is often *feen to be divided into five Haemorrhoidall veins, fome- 
times more,fometimes lefs. 
SilviM writes that the Haemorrhoidall branch defcends fromthe mefenterick, and truly 
we have fometimes obferved it to have been fo. Yet it is more futable to reafon, that it 
fliould defcend from the fplenick,not only for that we have feen with our eyes that it is 
fo, but alfo becaufe it is appointed by nature for the evacuation of the excrementitious 
melancholick humor.But this fame fplenick branch out of the middle almoft of its upper 
part produces the third branch going to the gibbous part of the ftomach,and the kalfithey 
terme it the greater,middle and left Gaftrepiplo#. But on the lower part towards the fpleen 
it produces the fimple Epp/ofi-,or kali-vein,which it diffufes through the left fide of the kail. 
Moreover from its upper part,which touches the liver, it fends forth a fhort branch called 
•vm venojum 3to the upper orifice of the ventricle for ftirring up the appetite. 
We have oftentimes and almoft alwayes obferved, that this venie veflell, which Galen cals 
was breve-pomes from the very body of the fpleen, and isjterminated in the midft of the fto- 
maeh on the left fide,but never pierces both the coats thereof. Wherefore it is fomewhat dif- 
ficult to find,how the melancholy juyce can that way be powrcd,or fent into the capacitie 
of the ftomach.Now the fplenick branch,when it hath produced out of it thofe five fore- 
mentioned branches, is wafted and difperfed into the fubftance and body of the fpleen. 
Then followes another compound branch of the vena the mefenterick, which 
is divided into three firft and leaft whereof goes to the blind gut and to the right 
and middle part of the colick-gut, divided into an infinite multitude of other branches. 
The fecondand middle is wafted in the Ikon-,as the third and greater in the Jejunum or emp- 
ty gut. It is called Mefenterick becaufe it is diffufed overall the Mefentery; as the fplenick 
is in the fpleen. And thus much we have to fay of the divifion of the gate vein, the which if 
at any time thou (halt find to be otherwife,than I have fet downe, you muft not wonder at 
itjfor you fhall fcarce find it the fame in two bodies, by reafon of the infinite varietie of 
particular bodies,which (as the Philofbphers fay) have each their owne, or peculiar gifts. 
Our judgment is the fame of other divifions of the veflels. Yet we have fet down that which' 
we have moft frequently obferved. 
To 
I 
Ramm fpleni-. 
cus fending 
forth. 
I 
Cc-re nuliit 
t 
2 
Jfamerrhoida* 
lit. 
int?rna» 
3» 
Gaflrepiplois 
majtr finijtrai 
4- 
Epi pl sis Jimp-j 
lex. 
5- > 
Vai brn>efe» 
•uenefiun. 
Lib»4<deufit 
partium* 
2 
Ramm mefin- < 
tericwdevidedi 
into three 
CHAP. XXII. 
Of the original! of the and the divifion of the branch, 
depending to the naturall parts. 
Hofe things being thus finished and confidered, the guts fhould be pulled away, 
but feeing that if we fhould do fo, we fhould difturb and lofe the divifion of 
the artery defending to the naturall partsjtherefore I have thought it better to 
handle the diviiion thereof before the guts be pluckt away. Therefore we muft 
fiippofe,according to Galens opinion., that as all the veins come from the liver, 
16 all arteries proceed from the heart.This prefently at the beginning is divided into two 
branches,the greater whereof defends downwards to the naturall parts upon the fpine of 
the back,taking its beginning at the fifth vertebra thereof,from whence it goes into the fol- 
lowing arteries.The firft called the intercoftall,runs amongft the intercoftall mufcles, and 
xhediftances of the ribs,and fpinall marrow,through the perforations of the nerves on the 
right and left hand from the fifth true,even to the laft of the baftard ribs. 
This in going this progrefs makes7.little branchings,diftributed after the forementioned 
manner,and going forth of the trunk of the defendent over again# each of the intercoftall 
Mufcles. 
The fecond being parted into two goes on each fide to the Midriffe, whence it may be 
called,or exprefled by the name of theT>iafhragmatica or the midriffe artery.The 
third being of a large proportion,arifing from the upper part of the arterie prcfently after 
it hath palled the midriffe,is divided into two notable branches,whereof on goes to the fto- 
xnach,fpleeiiykall,to the hollow part of the liver and the gall 5 the other is fent forth to the 
I 2 
The original! 
ofarteries. 
The divifion 
of the great 
dependent ar? 
tery,is fa to 
thefe. 
■Arttria intefic 
coflalis. 
z 
Phreniau 
C&liaca. 88 
Of the Anatomic 
LIB.3; 
mefentery and gats after the fame manner, as we faid of the meteraick veins, wherefore it is 
called the Cceliaca3 or ftomach artery. But we muft note,all their mouths penetrate even to 
the innermoft coat of the guts,that by that means they may the better and more eafily at- 
trad the Chjluf contained in them. 
The fourth is carryed to the reins, where it is named the Reinall or Emulgent, becaufe 
it fucks fit matter from the whole mafs of blood. 
The fifth is fent to the tefticles with the preparing Spermatick veins, whence alfo it is 
named the Spermatick Artery /which arifes on the right fide,from the very trunk of the de- 
fcendcnt Artery; that it may aflbciate the fpermatick vein of the fame fide, they run one a- 
bove another,beneath the hollow vein, wherefore we muft have a great care whilft we la- 
bour to lay it open,that we do not hurt and break it. 
4' 
Umulgent. 
5- 
S'permauca. 
*lhe fevchlh figure ef the lower Belly. 
A, A, The midriffe turned back with 
the ribs and the peritoneum. 
BB, The cave or hollow part of the li- 
ver, for the liver is lifted up that the 
hollow part, of it may be better feen. 
C, Theleaft ligament of the liver. 
D, The Umbilicall vein. 
|E, The hollowncfs in the liver, which 
giveth way to the ftomach. 
F, The left orifice of the ftomach. 
G G, Certain knubs,or knots, and jm- 
preflions in the hollow part of the 
liver. 
The bladder of gall. 
I, The Gate-vein, cut off, and branches' 
which go to the bladder of gall. 
K, A nerve of the liver coming from the 
ftomachicall nerve. 
L, An Artery common to the liver and 
bladder of gall. 
M, Nerve common alio to them both, 
coming from the right coftal! Nerve of 
the ribs. 
N, the paflage of the Gall to the Guts 
cut off. 
O O, The hollow of the fore parts of 
the Spleen. 
P, The line where the veflels of the 
Spleen are implanted. Q. The trunk 
of the hollow vein. R, The trunk of 
the great Artery. S, The C celiac al! Ar- 
tery cut off. T, V, The Kidneys yet 
wrapped in their membrane. X?Y,The fatty veins called vena adipofe.a9b9 The Emulgent 
veins with the Arteries under them, c c3d d, The Ureter from either kidney to the blad- 
der. e,f, The fpermaticall veins to the tefticles,the right from the hollow vein, the left 
from the Emulgent. g,g. Veins coming from the fpermaticall to the peritoneum. h3i} the 
fpermaticall Arteries. The lower mefentericall Artery. /, The afcending of the great 
Artery above the hollow vein,and the divilion of it, and the hollow vein into two 
trunks, w, the Arteries of the loins called lumbarir. n, The holy Artery called Sacra.o, A 
part of the right gut. p,The bladder of Urine. * The connexion of the bladder with 
the peritoneum. q, A part of the veflels which lead the feed from the Tefticles, is here re- 
flected. r,/,the jcrotumsor cod,that is,the skin that invefts the yard and tefticles. t, The 
flefhy pannicle or membrane which is under the cod.w,The coat which is proper to the 
tefticles with his veflels.pc,A part of the yard excoriated or flayed,and hanging dowrn. 
The fixth going from the fore and upper part of this dependent arterie, defends ;with 
the Haemorrhoidall veins to the fundament 5 preiently from his beginning, fending forth 
certain branches alongft the colick gut, which by Anaftomafis are united with other bran- 
ches of the Caliacall Arteries; for whofoever (ball look more attentively, he (hall often ob- 
ferve that veins are fo united amongft themfelves,and alfo Arteries, and fometimes alfo the 
veins with the Arteries. For an anaftomajis is a communion and communicating of the veflels 
amongft themfelves3by the application of their mouths, that fo by mutuall fupplies they 
may cafe each others defers.But they call thi| the lower meferaick Artery. 
The feventh proceeding from the trunk with fo many branches as there be ycrreWt 
in 
ffamorrboidalit 
feu inefentericu 
inferior. 
7* 
Lwrilfarisi LIB.3. 
ofMitnsbody. 
89 
in the loines,gots to the loines and the parts belonging to them, that is, the Ipinall mar- 
row of that. part,and other parts encompafling there Vertebra's, whereupon it is ftiled the 
Lumbar is or Loine Artery. 
The eight maketh the Iliack arteries, untill liich time as it departs from the Peritoneum 
where the Crurall Arteries take their originall. This Iliack Artery lends many divaricati- 
ons towards the Holy bone where it takes its beginning,and to the places lying neer the 
Holy bone,which bccaiife they run the fame couife as the Iliak veins, for br evities fake, we 
will let pal's further mention of them,till wc come to treat of the Iliack veins; > 
llzacdt-. 
CHAP. XXIII; 
Of the diftribution of the Nerves to the natural! farts. 
T remains,that before the bowels be taken away, we (hew the nerves fent to the 
entrails and natural parts,that as wife and provident men we may'feem to have 
omitted nothing.Firft we muft know that thefe nerves are of the fixt conjugati- 
on,which defcend as well to the ftomach all alongft the Gullet and the rides 
thereo£>as thofe at the roots of the ribs on both iidcs within. But when they 
are palled through the Midriffe,thofe which are diftributed amongft the naturall parts fol- 
low the turnings of the veins and arteries, but fpecially of the arteries. Wherefore if you 
have a mind to follow this diftribution of the nerves, you muft chiefly look for it in thofe 
places, in which the artery is diftributed amongft the Guts above the loins. 
Thefe nerves are butfmall, bccaufe the parts ierving for nutrition, needed Hone but lit- 
tle nerves,for the performance of the third duty of the nerves,which is in the difeerning & 
knowing of what is troublefome to them. For unleffe they had this fenfe, there is nothing 
would hinder, but thefe bowels neceffary for lite,being polfefied with fome hurtfull thing, 
the creature Ihould prefently fall down dead; but we have this benefit by this fenfe, that 
as foon as any thing troubles and vellicates the bowels, we being adnionilhed thereof may- 
look for help in time. 
And betides if they were deftitute of this fenfe,they might be gnawn, ulcerated and pu- 
trefied by the raging acrimony of the excrements tailing into and flaying in themjbut now1 
(by means hereof)as foon as they find themfelvcs pricked, or pluckt,preicntly by the ex- 
pulfive faculty they endeavour to expell that which is troublefome, and io free themfelvcs 
of prefent and future dangers. 
The original! 
of the nerves 
which are atr- 
ryed ro the nz, 
rural! parrs. 
Their magni* 
tudc and ufe* 
CHAP. XXIIII. 
7 he manner of taking out the Giltsi 
FJenthe Guts are to betaken begin with the right Gut. 
mdft divide it,being firft ftraitly tyed in two different places, at a juft diftance a- 
boiitfour fingers from the end, with a (hjirp knife between the two ligatures. 
Then you muft [hew its proper coats,and fibers,and that common one which it 
hath from the Peritoneum. This being done, you muft in like manner bind the trunk of the 
gateveirte as Heer the originall as you canjthat fo all his branches being in like manner ty- 
ed there may be no feare of effiifion of blood .-you muft doe the like with the Cocliack Ar- 
tery at the left Kidney,and in the lower ?/Ielenteriek, which defends to the right Gue 
With the Hacmorrhoidall veins.ThiS being done, ptill away the guts even to the Duodenum, 
which being in like manner tyed in two places, which ought to be below the infertion of 
the or paflage of the you may [hew the oblique infertion thereof 
into that gut,for the obliquity of its infertion is worth obfervation, as that which is the 
caufe that the Gall cannot flow back into its bladder, by the compreflion of this Gut'from 
below upwards.Then all thefe windings of the Guts may be taken away from the body, 
CHAP. XXV. 
7 he Original! and diftribution of the defcendent Hollow veine. 
scatlfe the reft of the natural! parts, do almoft all depend upon the defcendent 
Hollow vein,therefore before we goe any further,we will (hew its originall and 
diftribution.We faid before that all veins proceeded from the Liver, but yet in 
divers places.For the gate vein goes out of the hollow part, and the hollow 
vein out of the Gibbous part of the liver, which going forth like the body ofa 
tree,is divided into two great branches,the lefler of which goes to the vital & animal parts, 
I 3 and 
T&? Original? 
f >. holIovA 
veins* 
It is di vidcd 
into two 
Hunks. 90 
Oftbe Anatomy 
Lib.2. 
and the extremeties at thefe parts, as we (hall (hew in their place. The greater defeending 
from the bafk part of the Liver above the Vertebra's of the loins to the parts beneath, goes 
in the manner following.The firft divifion thereof is to the membranes of the reins, which 
come from the Wherefore there it produces the Vene adipo]*, or fatty veins,fo cal- 
led, bccaufe they bring forth a great quantity of fat in thofe places; Of thefe fatty veins, 
there is a diverfe originall,for the right doth oftentimes arife from the right emulgent, be- 
caufe it is higher; out the lefs comes from the very trunck of the hollow vein be- 
caule the Emulgent on that fide is lower, and you (hall fcarfe fee it happen other- 
wife. 
The fecond being the Kidney or Emulgent veins, go to the Reins, which at their en- 
trance, or a little before, is divided into two branches, like as the Artery is,the one higher, 
the other lower, and thefe again into many other through the fubftance of the Kidneys,as 
you may learn better by ocular infpeftion, than by book. They are thick and broad,that 
the fei ous humor may without impediment have freer paffage. Their originall is different, 
for the right Emulgent oftentimes comes forth of the hollow vein fomewhat higher 
than the left; that feeing their office and duty is to purge the mafs of blood from the cho- 
] erick and ferous humor, that if any part thereof Hide by the one, it may not fo fcape, but 
fall as it were into the other. Which certainly would not have happened if they had 
been placed the one juft oppofite to the other. For the ferous or wheyiffi humor would 
have flayed equally/ ballanccd or poifed, by reafon of the contrariety of the acti- 
on and traftion, or drawing thereof. But we muft remember that in diflefting of bodies, 
1 have oft-times found in iuch as have been troubled with the ftone,feven Emulgent veins 
and fo many arteries; four from the left fide coming from divers places, of which the 
laft came from the I Hack ; three from the right hand iikewife in divers places. 
The third divifion is called the Spermatick or feed vein, it goes to the Tefticles; the ori- 
ginall thereof is thus,that the right arifes on the forepart of the trunck of the hollow vein; 
but the left moft commonly from the Emulgent. Befides you (hall fometim(| find that thefe 
have companioriswith them,to the right Emulgcntjbut to the left,another from the hollow 
vcin,in fome but on one fide,in others on both. But alfo I have fometimes obferved the left 
emulgent to proceed from the fpermatick or feed vein. 
The fourth becaufe it goes to the loins is called Lumbar ir, which in his originall and in- 
fection is wholly like the Artery of the loins. But there are 4 Lumbares or Loin-vJnson 
each fide,that is, one in each ofthe 4 (paces of the 5 Vertebra's of the loins. 
The fift divifion makes the Iliace3 untill paffing through the Peritoneum, they take the 
names of Crural! veins; Thefe are firft divided into the mufculous, fo called, becaufe they 
goe to the oblique afeendentand tranfverfe mufcles, and to the Peritoneum. Sometimes 
they have their originall from the end of the Trunk. And then the fame Hiace3 are divi- 
ded into the Sacre3 or Holy; which goe to the (pinall marrow of the Holy-bone, through 
thofe holes, by which the nerves generated of this marrow,have their paflage. 
Thirdly, the Iliac*divided into the Hypogaftricefo called, becaufe tfiey were diftribu- 
ted' to all the parts of the Hypogaftrium, or lower part of the lower belly,as to the right Gut, 
the muffles thereof, the mufculous skin,(in which place they often make the externall Hve- 
morrhoidall, ordained for the purging of fuch blood as offends in quantity, as thofe o- 
ther, [that is, the inward Hemorrhoidal!] which defeends to the right Gut from the 
Gate-vein by the fplcenick branch, ferves for cleanfing of that which offends in quality,)to 
the bladder and the neck thereof, even to the end of the yard, to the womb and even 
to the neck of the Wumbe and utmoft parts of the privities, from whence it is likely 
the courfes break forth in woemen with child and Virgins. But this fame vein alfo 
fends a portion alfo without theEpigaftrium by that perforation which is common to the 
(hare and haunch bones, which ftrengthened by meeting of the other internail Crurall vein 
defeends even to the Ham, but in the mean time by the way it is communicated to the 
muffles of the thigh called Obturatores and other parts within. Fourthly, the Iliac* 
duce the Epigaftric* which on both fides from below afeend according to the length of the 
right mufcles, fpreading alfo by the way fome branches to the oblique and tranfverfe mu- 
ffles and alfo to the Peritoneum. Fiftly, thefe produce Iliac* the Pudend* or veins of the pri- 
vities, becaufe they go in women to their privities,and into men to the Cods, where 
they enter that fleffiy coat filled with veins,and go to the skin of the yard, they take their 
beginning under the Hypogaftric*. 
Thedlvifion 
of the greater 
branch of the 
holloa vein* 
I. 
Adipoja, 
2. 
E'liulgent. 
Spirmatica. 
iMnvwif* 
5- . 
lliacae which 
•redivided 
into* 
I. 
Mufculofae, 
2. 
Baers. 
3- 
jtypogaftriu, 1 
whieh produce 
the'Hsemor- 
xhoidalcs ex» 
<ernae. 
ftyigiijfrit* 
puzfadd, 
CHAP. Lib. 3. 
ofMansRody. 
91 
CHAP. XXV I. 
Of the Kidneys or Reins.' 
Ow follow the Kidney s,which that they may be more eafily feen, (after that you 
have diligently obierved their fituation) you (hall difpoil of their fat,if they have 
any about themes alfo of the membrane they have from the Pento%e«m.Firft, you 
fhall lhew all their conditions;, beginning at their fubftance. 
The fubftance of the Kidneys is flefliy, denfcand fol id, left they fhould be hurt by the 
fharpnefs of the urine. Their magnitude is large enough, as you may fee. Their figure is 
fomewhat long and round almoft refembling a femicirclc, and they arc lightly -flatted a- 
bove and below. They are partly hollow and partly gibbous ; the hollow lies next the 
hollow vein, andon this fide they receive the Emulgent veins and Arteries, and fend forth 
the Ureters, their gibbous part lies towards the loins. They are compofed of a coat coming 
thorn the Peritoneum, their own peculiar flelh, with the effufion of blood about the proper 
vellels, fas happens alfo in other entrails) generates a final 1 nerve, which fpringing from 
the Coftall of the fixt conjugation is diffufed to each Kidney on his fide into the coat of the 
kidney it felf, although others think it alwayes accompanies the vein and artery. 
Their fufe» 
fiance* 
Magnitude; 
Figure. 
Compofition, 
7 be ninth and tenth figure ofthe veflels of feed and urine. 
Thefirft figure fheweth 
the forefide,the fecond the 
hinder-fide. 
a. i.The forepart of the 
right kidney. 
b. b. b. 2. The back part of 
the left kidney. 
e. i. the outfide. 
cl. d. 19 2. The inner-fide. 
e. 13 2. The two cavities 
whercinto the emulgcnt 
veflels are inferred. 
f. f. i, 2. The trunk of the 
hollow vein. 
£•£• i a 2. The trunk of the 
great artery. 
b.i.1,2. The emulgent vein 
and artery. 
KA-b2- The right fatty 
vein. 
/. i. The left fatty vein. 
*. i. The Coeliacall artery'. 
m.n, ij 2. The ureters. 
o.p. <?. ij 2. The right (per- 
matick veine which ari- 
feth neerp.theleft neer q. 
r. i. The place where the 
Arteries of the feed arife. *. 
f. ij2. Small branches di- 
ftributed from the fper- 
- 3BL3 .1 niaticall veins to the Peri* 
tontrnn. t. i,2. The fpiry varicous body, called Paricofum Vat fjrimiddle. »u. 1, 2.The 
farafatte, or. Epididymis. x. 1. The tefticle yet covered with its coat. J. 1,2. The 
place where the leading veflell called uas deferens 3 doth arife.« 1,2. The defiant of the 
fame leading yeflell. /?, 1, 2. The revolution of the fame leading veflell. 
paflage of the fame veflell,reflefted like a recurrent nefve. * 2. The meeting'of the 
lame leading veflels. *>152. The bladder ofurine, the firft fignrc fheweth it Open,th« 
fecond fheweth the back parts. 1. The imall bladder of the feed opened. 2. The 
Glandules called Glandule Proftate. 9,i. The Sphinfter mufcle of the bladder.nji52.The 
two bodies which make the fubftance of the yard. 1. The veflels which go unto 
the yard and neck of the bladder, a, i.The paflage which is common to the urine and 
feed, cut open'. % 2. The implantation of the ureters into the bladder. 
But 'Fallopius that moft diligent Author of Anatomy hath obferved, that this nerve is not 
only oftentimes divaricated into the coat of the kidneys, but alfo pierces into th$ir fub- 
J» 1 G XX. 
FI C. Of tbc Anatomie 
Lib. 3; 
92 
Munaber. 
ftance. They are two in number., that if the one of them Ihould by chance be hurt,the other 
might lupply thole neccflities of nature,forwhich the Kidneys arc made. They lye upon the 
loy ns at the 1 ides of the great veflels3on which depend by their proper veins and arte- 
they flick to them, as it were by a certain fecond coat, left that they might be fha- 
ken by any violent motions.Wherefore we may fay that the Kidneys have two coats, one 
proper adhering to their lubftance, the other as it were coming from the Peritoneum on 
that part they flick to it. The right Kidney is almoftalwayes the highcr3for thole reafons I 
gave3fpeakingofthe original! of the Emulgent veflels. Columbus feems to thinke the con- 
trary, but fuch likecontroverfies may be quickly decided by the Eye.They have connexion 
with the Principall veflels by the veins3nerves and arteries, by the coats with the loins & 
the other parts of the lower belly,but efpecally with the bladder by the ureters. They are 
of a hot and moift temper ,as all flelhy parts are. Their a&ion is to cleanfe the Mafle of the 
blood from the greater part of the ferous and cholcrick humor. 1 faid the greater part, be- 
caufe it is needfull that Ibmc portion thereof Ihould go with the alimentary blood to the 
folid parts,to ferve in flead of a vehicle, left otherwile it Ihould be too thick. 
Belides you mu ft note that in each Kidney there is a cavity bounded by a certain me*t- 
brane,incompafltd by the divilion of the Emulgent veins and arteries, through which the 
urine is ftrained partly by the expulfive faculty of the Kidneys, partly by the attra&ive of 
the ureters,which run through the fubftance of the Kidneys on the hollow fide, no other- 
wile than the Poruf choLtgpgus through the body of the Liver. 
Site. 
Connexion. 
Temper. 
Their ftraincr. 
the 
CHAP. XXVII. 
Osv wefhouldhave fpokcn ofthe ureters, becaufeas we faid before, they are paf- 
fages derived from the Kidneys to carry the urine to the bladder.But becatife 
they cannot be diftinguifhed and fhewed unlefle by the corrupting and vitiating 
the fite ofthe ipermatickveflels ; therefore I have thought it better to pafs to the 
explication of all the fpermatick parts. 
And firft of all you muft gently feparate them, (that fo the declaration of them may be 
more eafie and manifeft) and that from./he coat which comes from the peritoneum, and the 
fat which invefts them even to the fhare-bone,having diligently confidered their fite before 
you feparate them.Then you (hall teach that the fubftance of thefe veffels, is like to that of 
the veinsand arteries. Their quantity is fmall in thicknes,but of an indifferent length by 
reafon of thediftance of their originall from the Tefticles. They are longer in men than in 
women,bccaufe thefe have their Tefticles hanging without their belly, but women have 
them lying hid within their belly. Their figure and compofureis wholly like the figure 
and composition ofthe veines and arteries, except in this one thing, that from that place 
where they goc forth of the great capacity of the Peritoneum, they are turned into many in- 
tricate windings, like crooked fwoln veins, even to the Tefticles. That the fpermatick 
matter in that one tract,which yet is no other than blood,may be prepared to concoftion, 
or rather be turned into feed in thefe veflels,by the irradiation of the faculty of the Tefti- 
cles.Thefe veflels, are fix in number, foure preparing,and two ejaculatory,of w hich we wTill 
fpeak hereafter.Therefore on each fide there be two preparing veflels,that is, a vein and an 
artery,arifing as we told you when we (poke ol the diftribution of the hallow vein. They 
are inferred into the Tefticles through that coate which fome call Epidid)mif,others Dar- 
ton.Their fite is oblique above the loins & flanks,whileft they run downe between the ends 
of the (bare and haunch bone,they are knit to the parts lying under them, both by certaine 
fibers which they Tend from them, as alfo by the membrane they have from the Peritoneum, 
They have like temperature as the veines and Arteries have. Their aftion is to carry blood 
to the Tefticles,for generating of iced. 
Their fub- 
ftance. 
Quantity. 
Figure and 
compofurc* 
Number* 
iir< 
CHAP. XXVIII. 
Of the JefticldSi or Stones. 
He Ttflicles are fof a.Glandulous, white, foft and looie fubftance, that fo they 
may the more e.afily receive the fpermatick matter:their magnitude and figure 
equall,and refemble a fmall pullets Egge fomewhat flatted 5 their compofure is 
ot veinSjarterieSjeoats and their proper flclh. Their veins and arteries proceed 
from the Ipermatick veflels,their nerves from the fixt conjugation,by the roots 
of the ribs and out ofthe holy bone. They are wrapped in foure coats, two whereof are 
common,and two proper. The common are the Scrotum or skin of the Cods, proceeding 
from the true skin;and the flefliy coat,which confifts of the flefliy Pannicle in that place re- 
ceiving a great numberjof veflels,through which occafion it is fo called. The proper coats 
are firfl the Erythrorif arifing from the prbeefs of the PeritoMim, going into the 5 crotwn to- 
- -■ .m '■ gether 
Their fub. 
fiatice. 
Magnitude 
and figure. 
Compofition,' 
The coat Lib.9. 
of Mans body. 
93 
gether with the fpermatick veflels which it involves and covers; this appears red both by 
reafon of the veflels as alfo of the Cremafter mufcles of the Tefticles ; Then the Epididymis 
or Vartos which takes its original! of the membrane of the fpermatick preparing vdfels.The 
flefli of the Tefticles is as it were acertaine eflufion of matter about the veflels, as we faid 
of other entrails. But you muft obfervc that the Erythrois encompafles the whole ftone, except 
its head3in which place it Hicks to the Epididymis,which is continued through the whole fub- 
fiance of the Tefticle. This Epididymis or Darios was therefore put about the ftones, becaule 
the Tefticles of themfelves, are loofe, fpongious, cavernous and loft, fo that they cannot fafe- 
ly be joined to the fpermatick veflels,which are hard and ftrong. Wherefore Nature that it 
might join extreams by a fit Medium or mean, formed this coat Epididymis.This is fcarce ap- 
parent in women by reafon of its fmalneffe. The two forementioned common coats, adhere 
or ftick together by their velfels not only amongft themfelves,but alfo with the Erytbrois. You 
muft befides obfervc the Cremafter mufcles are of the faid fubftance with other mufcles, final! 
and thin,of an oblique and broad figure,arifing from the membrane of the Peritoneum,which 
fas we faid before ) afliimes fiefh from the flanks. Their compofition is like that of other 
mufdes.They are two,on each fide one.They are fituate from the ends oftheflanks,even to the 
fiones. They have connexion with the proccfsof the Peritoneum andTefticles.Their temper is 
like that of other mufcles. Their action is to hang and draw up the Tefticles towards the bel- 
ly ?whence they are called hanging mufcles.The Tefticles are moft commonly two in number, 
on each fide onejfometimes there be three,fometimes one alone, as it happens alfo in the Kid- 
rfies-for fome have but one Kidney.They lie hid in the Scrotum at the very roots of thefhare- 
boncjconncxed to the principal! parts of their veflels,with the neck ofthe bladderand yard; 
but by theif coats they adhere to the parts from whence they have them.They are of a cold 
and moift temper,becaule they are glandulousjakhough they may be hot by accident, by rea- 
fon of the multitude ofthe veflels flowing thither.Thofewhole tefticles are more hot arc 
prompt to venery,and have their privities and the adjacent parts very hairy, and befides their 
tefticles are very large and compaft. Thofe on the contrary that have them cold are flow to 
venery, neither do they beget many children, and thofe they get are rather female than male, 
their privities have little hair upon them,and their tefticles are lmall,foft and flat. 
The aftion of the tefticles is to generate feed, to corroborate all the parts of the body, and 
by a certain manly irradiation to breed or encreafc a true mafeuline courage. This you may 
know by Eunuchs or fuch as are Gelt$ who are of a womanilh nature, and are oftentimes 
more tender and weak than women. As Hippocrates teaches, example of the&yrtam/, 
lib.de Aerejocit & 
The Effidid)- 
tniffOr Dartoa 
TheCremafle? 
mufclcs. 
Temper d 
Afiiorts 
CHAP.XXIX. 
Of the varicous bodief or Paraftat's, and of the ejaculatory vejfels9 
and the glandulcm or Proitatef, 
He varicous Paraftete are nervous and white bodies, like as the nerves wound and 
dole woven amongft themfelves, they are ftretched even from the top to the bot- 
tom of the tefticles,from whence prefently by their departure they produce the Vafa 
ejacMlatoria, or leading vefiels. But unlefs we doe very well diftinguifh their names, 
they (hall fcarce (bun contufion.For that which I call Pdraft ate',that is, as it were the head 
of the tefticle, being as it were like another ftone, is called Epididjmii by Galen.lib.i. de femine. 
But I by the example and authority of many Anatomies, underhand by the Epididymis the 
proper coat of the tefticles,of which thing 1 thought good by the way to admonilh you of. 
Their Aftion is by their crooked paffages to hinder the feed from departing out of the pre- 
paring into the leading veilcis before it (hall bee moft perfectly laboured and 
concofted in thefr veflels by the power and force of the tefticles. For in the firft win- 
dings, the blood lookes in the laft it is not fo red,but fomewhat whitifh For Nature 
commonly doth thus delay the matter in its padage cither by ftraitnefs, or obliquity,which it 
defires to make more perfeft and elaborate by any new concoftion;this we may learn by the 
foldings of the Rete mirabils the windings of the Guts, the wrinkles in the bottome of the 
ftomach, the liraitnefie of the Py/erw, the capillary veinsditperled through she body of the 
Livetj certainly nature hath intended fome fuch thing in the making of the fpermatick vef- 
fels. Their quantity is vifible, and figure round, tending fomewhat to (harpnefle. They 
are compofed of veins, nerves, and arteries , which they enjoy from the veffels of the 
tefticles, from the Epididymis, or the coat, from the Peritoneum and their proper fub- 
ftance. Their temper is cold and dry. They bee two in number, one to each tefticle, But 
thefe varicous bodies are called Paraft ate 5 Aflifters, becaufe they fuperficially 
affift, and arc knit to the tefticles according to their length, or long wayes. Ont 
of the Par aft ate proceed the Va\a ejdculatoria, or leading vefiels, being of the fame 
(ubftanee as their Progenitors; that is,folid, white and as it were nervous. Their Quantity 
is indifferent, their figure round, and hollow,that the feed may have a free paffage 
through them, yet they feem not to bee perforated by any manifeft paflage , 
unlefs 
Their fub° 
fiance. 
Here the au- 
thor fpeaka 
otherwife 
then Galen. 
Aflion. 
Their quantify 
figure, and 
compofure» 
Their temper 
and number. 
Vtfa ejaculate* 
*M,the cjacak. 
tory or leading 
▼eflelfo Of the Anatomy 
Lib.3. 
94 
unlefs by chance in fuch as have had a long Gonorrhoea. They have like temper as the Para- 
krtw,between which and the Profiates they are feared,immediately knit with them both; as 
both in the coat and the other veflels with the parts from whence they take them. 
But we muft note,that fuch like veflels coming out of the parafiates afeend from the bot- 
tom of the ftones even to the top, in which place meeting with the preparing veflels, 
they rife into the belly by the fame paflages, and bind themfelves together by nervous 
fibers,even to the inner capacity of the belly; from whence turning back, they forfakc the 
preparing,thatfo they may run to the bottom of the Ihare'bone, into the midft of two 
glandulous bodies which they call profiates lituate at the neck of the bladder, that there 
meeting together they may grow into one paflage. 
7he tenth figure, wherein thofe things /hewed in the former figure, are more exactly fet forth; 
J aa, A part of the Midriffe 
and of the Peritoneum 
with the ribs broken. 
bb, The Convex or gib- 
bous part of the Liver 
marked with bb. the 
hollow or concavous 
part with cc. 
d e, The right and left li- 
gaments of the Liven 
f. The trunk of the gate 
vein. 
g, The trunk of the hol- 
low vein. 
h, I, The fatty veins both 
left and right. 
i. The afccnt of the great 
artery ofaboie the hol- 
low vein3and the divifi- 
on thereof. 
The CtliacaU artery. 
w, n, The emulgent vef- 
fels. 
ooj pp;> The fat tunicles or 
coats torn from both 
the kidneys. 
qq, The ureters that go 
unto the bladder. 
t, u, The right fpermati- 
call vein which arifeth 
near to u, x, y, The 
double original! of the left fpermaticall vein. x. from the emulgent.j, from the hol- 
low vein. The original! of the fpermaticall arteries, 13, Certain branches from the 
fpermatick arteries which run unto the Peritoneum. 7, Thepaflage of the fpermaticall 
veflels through the productions of the Peritoneum., which mufl be obferved by »fuch as 
tile to cut for the Rupture. <At Thcfpiry bodden bodies entrance into the it is 
ca\\cd Corpus varicojumpyramidale.&Th.eParaftat<e, GTheftone or tefticle covered with 
his inmoft coat. J(,The defcent of the leading veflell called Kw deferent y}The Bladder. 
* The right gut. £, The glandules called proftate into which the leading veflels are in- 
fected. p, The mulcle of the bladder, stv, Two bodies of the yard,?, and r, and to his vef- 
The coat of the Tefticle. The mufcle of the Tefticle 4>hit veflels ®. 
For thus of three paflages, that is, of the 2 leading veflels, and 1 paflage of the bladder, 
there is one common,one in men for the calling forth of feed and urine. A Caruncle riling 
like a creft at the beginning of the neck of the bladder argues this uniting of the paflages, 
which receiving this lame pallage which is fufficiently large, is oft-times taken by fiich as 
are ignorant in Anatomy for an unnaturall Caruncle, then elpecially when it is iwoln 
through any occalion. Theft leading veflels are two in number,on each fideone.Their afti- 
on is to convey the fted made by the tefticles to the Proftats,& fo to the neck of the bladder, 
lb to be caft forth at the common paflage.But if any ask whether that common paflage 
made by the two leading veflels between the two glandulous bodies be obvious to fenft or 
no: We anfwer,it is not manifeft,though reafon compell us to confefsthat that way is per- 
forated by reafon of the Ipermatick, grofs and vifcous matter carryed that way .But perad- 
venture the reafon why that paflage cannot be ften is,becauft in a dead carcafs all final! 
palfagcs are dofcd and heat and Spirits being gone9 and the great appear much left, 
by 
Their number 
jiifehflicn. ofMansbody, 
L1 B.3. 
95 
by reaafon all the perforations fide, and fall into themfelves. Yet certainly thefe paflages 
nmft needs be very ftrait,even in a living man,feeing that in a dead they will not admit the 
moint of a needle. Wherefore we need not fear,left in fearching, whilft we thruft the Cathe- 
ter into the bladder,it penetrate into the common paflage of the leading veflels which runs 
within the Caruncle, unleis peradventure byfome chance,as a orfome great 
fhleemonjt be much dilated befidts naturc.For I have fometimes fecn fuch paflages fo open, 
that they would receive the head of a Spathern ; which thing Ihould admonilhus, that in 
iearching we take great care,that we do not ralhly hurt this Caruncle,for being fomewhat 
ralhly handled with a Catheter it calls forth blood, efpccially if it be inflamed. Butalfo the 
concourfe of the fpirits flowing with great violence together with the feed,much helps for- 
ward fuch ejaculation thereof performed through thele ftrait pallages by the power of the 
imaginative faculty in the Aft of generation. 
After the leading veflels follow the Fro/to,being glandulotis bodies of the fame fubftance 
and temper that other Glandules are. Their quantity is large enough,their figure round,& 
fomewhat long,fending forth on each fide a loft produ&ion of an indifferent length-They 
are compofed of veins,nerves, arteries, a coat f which they have from the neighbouring 
parts)and laftly their proper flelh, which they have from their firft conformation. They are 
two in number, lituate at the root of the neck of the bladder, fomewhat ftraitly bound or 
tyed to the fame,to the leading veflels,and the parts annexed to them.But alwayes obferve, 
that every part which enjoyes nourilhment,life and fenfe,either firft or 1 aft hath connexion 
with the principall parts of the body, by the intercourfe of the veflels which they receive 
from thence. .... , , , „ , 
The ufe of the Proftates is, to receive in their proper body the feed laboured in the tefti- 
cles,and to contain it there,untill it be troublefome either in quantity or quality,or both. 
Befides they contain a certain oily and vifeid humor in their glandulous body, that conti- 
nually diftill ing into the paflage of the urine, ifrnay preferve it from the acrimony & fharp- 
nefs thereof.But we haveobferved alfo on each fide other Glandules, which Rondeletiw calls 
appendices dependences to arife from thefeproftatcs,in which alfo there 
is teed referved. 
This Carun- 
cle muft be obi 
fcrvedand djr 
ftinguifhed 
froma type r. 
fur cofi4 or 
flefhy ex<cre* 
fence. 
The 
Their quantity 
and figure. 
Number and 
fire. 
4/n anatom?- 
call axiome# 
Their ufet. 
R olid in me, 
thed,medtnd 
morbof. 
CHAP. XXX. 
Of the Prefers. 
Ow it feems fit tofpeak of the Vreters&ladder and parts belonging'to the bladder. 
Therefore the Ureters are of a fpermatick, white, denfe and (olid lubftance ofaii 
indifferent bignes in length and thicknes.Their figure is round and hollot/.They 
are compofed of two coats, one proper, confiding of right and tranfverfe fibers 
which comes from the emulgent veins and arteries; the other common, from the Periton*- 
arn;befides they have veins,nerves and arteries from the neighbouring parts. 
They be two in number,on each fide one; they are fituate between the Kidneys (out 
of whofe hollow part they proceed) and the bladder. But the manner how the Ureters in- 
fert or enter themfelves into the bladder,and the into the Duodenum^exceeds 
admiration;for the ureters are notdire&ly but obliquely implanted neer the orifice of the 
t>ladder,and penetrate into the inner fpace thereof; for within they doe as it were divide 
the membrane or membranous coat of the body of the bladder,and infinuate themfelves in- 
to that, as though it were double. But this is opened at the entrance of the urine, but (hue 
at other times,the cover as it were falling upon it,fo that the humor which is fain into the 
capacity rof the bladder cannot be forced or driven back, no not fo much as the aire blown 
into it can come this way out,as we fee in fwines bladders blown up and filled with aire. 
For we fee it is the Aire contained in thefe which fills them thus,neither can it be prefled 
forth but with extraordinary force. 
For as this skin orcoat turned in by the force of the humor gives way,fo it being pref- 
fed out by the body contained within,thrufls its whole body into the paflage as a ftopple; 
like to this is the infection of the Form Cholagogut into the Guts. * ' 
The ureters have connexion with the above mentioned parts, with the mufclcsof the 
loins;upon which they run from the Kidneys to the bladder. 
Wherefore nothing hinders,but that the ftone Aiding through the ureters into the blad- 
der,may ftupefie the thigh as much as it did when it was in the "Kidney. They are of a cold 
and dry temper. 
Their ufeis,to ferve as paflagcs,or channels for carrying the urine into the bladder. 
The fubfta'ncej1 
magnitude, 
figure and 
compofure of 
rhe Ureters. 
Number and 
Cite. 
Connexion* 
Temper and 
ufe. 
CHAP. XXXI. 
Of the Bladder* 
He bladder is of the fame fubftance that the ureters, that is,nervous,that fo i t may 
be the more eafily dilated. 
It is of a large proportion, in fome bigger, in fome left, according to the dif 
ference of age, and habit, of body. It is of around figure and'as it were 
Pyramidal L " 
The fiibilanctf. 
Figure* Lib. 
96 
Oftbe Anatomy 
Compelirion 
It is compofcd of the two coats,one proper, which is very thick and ftrong, compofed of 
the three forts of fibers,that is,in the inner fide of the direftj without of the tranfverfe;and 
in the midft of the oblique. The other common Coat coming from the Peritoneum hath 
veins and arterites on each fide one, from the Hypogafirickjteffeis above the holy-hope, alfo it 
hath nerves on each fide from the fixt conjugation mixt with the nerves of the holy-bone. 
For thefe nerves defcend from the brain even to the end of the holy-bone. 
It is but one and that fituate in men in the lower belly upon the right gut and below the 
lhare-bone,but in women between the womb and that bone, to which it cleaves with its 
membranous ligaments,as it doth to the yard by its neck,and to the right gut by its com- 
mon coat and proper veflels. It is of a cold and dry temper. 
The ufe and aftion thereof is by the fibers continually to draw the urine, and contain it 
as long as need requires,and then to expell it by the neck,partly by comprelfion either of it 
felf, or rather to the mufcles of the Epigafirium and midrifte,becaufe this motion, feeing it 
is voluntary cannot be performed unlefs by a mufcle which the bladder wants 5 partly 
by the dilatation and relaxation of the Sphinfter mufcle compofed of tranfverfe fibers, 
like the fphinfterof the fundament, after the fame manner to fhut up the orifice of the 
bladder,that the urine flow not out againft our will. But the bladder as it fils is dilated, 
but as it is emptyed,it is contracted like a purfe. You may eafily obferve this Mufcle in a 
Sows bladder, it is ftretched from the orifice of the bladder and beginning of the urinary 
paflage even to the privities even in womenjbut in man it is terminated in the Peritoneum as 
foon as it hath left the right Gut. Befides,this mufcle is thus far ftretched forth, that the 
urine by its compreflion fhould be wholly prefled out of the bladder, which by too long 
flay would by its acrimony do fome harm.This is the common opinion of Anatomifts con- 
cerning the Sphinfter of the bladder,which neverthelefs Fallopius allows not of. For (faith, 
he) if this mufcle fhould be fituate beneath the glandulous bodies, the feed in copulation 
could never be caft forth without fome fmall quantity of urine. Wherefore he thinks that 
this mufcle is fituate above the Profiats, and that it is nothing elfe but the beginning of the 
neck of the bladder , which becomes more flelhy whilft it is woven with tranfverfe fibers. 
Yhe eleventh figure of the Bladder and Yard. 
AB, 1 >2,3,4,5,7,9,the t wo 
bodies which make the 
yard. 
CC, 2, 3, the place where 
thefe two bodies do firft 
avife. 
b253,4,5,799, the nut 
of the yard called glans 
penis. 
EE, 4,5, the fungous and 
red fubftance of the bo- 
dies of the yard. 
F, 5, the mutuall con- 
nexion of the bodies of 
the yard,and the nervous 
outward fubftance of the 
fame, compaffing round 
about the former fun- 
gous fubftance. 
G, the paf- 
fage of the Urine, or 
common .pipe running 
under the yard all along 
his length. 
H, the firft pair of 
Mufcles of the yard, 
which in the firft figure 
do yet grow to it, but in 
the fecond they hang 
from their originall. 
K,L,i,2,the fecond pair of 
Mufcles of the yard,in the firft figure growing,in the fecond hanging from their infec- 
tion. M,i, 2,the Sphin&er of the right gut.N,3,7,8,9,the round fphinfter Mufcle of the 
bladder. OO, a Membrane which is over the holes of the fhare-bone.P,2,a round Liga- 
ment from the meeting of the fhare-bones un the head of the thigh. Q,3,7,3.xhe body of 
the bladder. RR,3,7, the Profiate, which into feed when it is perfe&ly laboured, is led. 
SS,3,8,Portions of the ureters.TT*3, Portions of the veflels,which lead down the feed. 
VV,7,S,the umbilicall arteries. X,7,8, the ligament of the bladder cald Urachus. Y,y,8 
the navil or umbilicus-?,7,8,the umbilicall vein.aa, 7,the vein and artery of the 
the artery diftributed through the body of the yard. por 
Temper,ufc'or 
aftion. 
Their Sphin- 
bladder* Lib. 3. 
of Mans 'Body. 
97 
For the neck of the bladder it differs nothing in lublh'nce,compofure,number, and tem- 
per from the bladder,but only in quantity,which is neither ib large, nor round in figure, 
butfomewhat long together with the yard reprelenting thcfliape of the letter S. It is pla- 
ced in men at the end of the right Gut and Perineum fifing upwards even to the roots of the 
yard,and with it bending it felf downwards 5 in women it is lhort,b road,arid (freight, en- 
ding at the orifice of the neck of the womb between the nervous bodies of the Nympho. 
In men it hath connexion with the bladder, the ejaculatory vefiels, the right gut and 
yard,but in women only with the neck ofthe wombe and privities. The life of it is in men 
to call forth feed and urine, in women only urine. But we muft note that the (hare bones 
muft be divided and pulled afunder,in that part where they are joyned,that fo you may the 
more exaft ly obferve the fituation of thefe parts. Befides you mull note that by the Peri- 
njtim we underftand nothing elfe, in men and women, then that fpace which is from the 
fundament to the privities,in which the feam is called 'Iturup 
The neck of 
rhe bladder. 
The connexi- 
on and ufe 
thereof. 
CHAP. XXXII. 
of the Xardt 
Ow follows the declaration of the Privy parts of men and women3and firft we will 
treat of mens.The yard is of a ligamentous fubftance3becaufe it hath its originall 
from bones3 it is of an indifferent magnitude in all dimenfions,yet in fomebig- 
ger, in feme lefs; the figure of it is round,but yet fomewhat flatted above and be- 
neath. 
It is competed of a double coat3 nerves, veins3 arteries, two ligaments,the palfage of the 
urine,and four muteles.lt hath its coats both from the true skin,as alfo from the flelhy pan- 
nicle3 but the veins and Arteries from thete of the lower part of the lower belly which run 
on the lower part of the Holy-bone into the yard, as theteminary veflels run on the up- 
perpart. 
The ligaments of the yard proceed on both fides from the fides and lower commiflure 
of the fliare-bones; wherefore the yard is immediately at his root furnifhed with a double 
ligament, but thete two pretently run into one fpungy one. The paflage of the urine litu- 
ate in the lower part of the yard comes from the neck of the bladder between the two li- 
gaments. 
For the four mufcles3 the two fide ones compofing or making a great part of the yard, 
proceed from the inward extuberancy of the Hip-bone3 and pretently they are dilated from 
their originall; and then grow lefs again. The two other lower aritefrom the mufcles of 
the fundament and accompany the urinary paflage [the length of the perbkeum untill they 
enter the yard ; but thete two muteles cleave fo clofe together3that they may teem one ha- 
ving a triangular form. 
The aftion of thete four mufcles in the aft of generation is, they open and dilate this 
common paflage of urine and teed, that the teed may be forcibly or violently caft into the 
field of nature j and befides they then keep the yard fo ftiffe, that it cannot bend to either 
fide. 
The yard is in number one, and fituate upon the lower parts of the lhare-boue, that it 
might be more ftiffe in ereftion. It hath connexion with the (hare-bone and neighbouring 
parts; by the particles of which it is compoted. It is of a cold and dry temper. The aftion 
of it is to caft the feed into the womb, for pretervation of mankind. 
The head of it begins where the tendons end, this head from the figure thereof is cal led 
Clans and Bal anusj that is, the Nut, and the skin which covers that head is called 
that is, the foreskin. The flelh of this Glandule is of a middle nature between the glandulous 
flclh and true skin. But you muft note that the Ligaments of the yard are fpongy contrary 
to the condition of others, and filled with grofs and black b lood. But all thete ftirred up 
by the delight of defired pleafiire, and provoked with a venereall fire, fwellup and ereft 
the yard. 
The fubftancr, 
quantity and 
figure of the 
yard. 
Composure,1 
The ligaments.' 
The mufcles,' 
i - 
Their AffioriJ 
The Nut 
The Prtputl- 
umfit foreo 
skin. 
CHAP. XXXIII. 
of the (permatick vefels and tefticles in women. 
JO W we fhould treat of the Privy parts in women,but becaufe they depend up- 
on the neck and proper body of the womb,we will firft fpeak of the womb, 
having firft declared what difference there is between the 'fpermatick veflels 
and tefticles of men and women. Wherefore we muft know that the ipernia- 
tick veflels in women do nothing differ from thofe in men in fubftance, fi- 
gure, compofure, number, connexion, temper, originall and ufe 5 but only in magnitude 
and diftribution,for women have them more large and fhort. 
K Tte 
in 'what the 
fpermarick 
veffels in wou 
men differ 
from thofe iirt 
men» 98 
Of the Anatomy 
L IB.£. 
'the twelfth of the fFbmb. 
A. The bottome of the 
womb laid open with- 
out any membrane. 
BB. the neck of the womb 
turned upward. 
CD. a part of the bottom 
of the womb like the 
nut of the yard, (wel- 
ling intothe upper part 
of the neck of the 
womb, in the middle 
whereof the orifice ap- 
peareth. 
EE. a membrane knitting 
the womb to the Perito- 
neum, & holding toge- 
ther the veflels thereof. 
F. the left tefticle. 
G. the (permaticall vein 
and artery. 
H. part of the fpermati- 
call veflels reaching 
unto the bqttom of the 
womb. 
I. one part of the veflels 
coming to the tefticles 
*a veflell leading the 
feed unto the womb. 
K- the coat of the tefticle 
with the implication 
of the veflels. L. the 
cavity of the bladder 
opened. M. the infecti- 
on of the Ureters into 
the bladder.N.the Ure- 
terrcut from the kidnies.O.the infection oi the neck of the bladder into the lap or privity. 
The fecond Figure. 
aa.The (permaticall vein and artery, bb. branches diftributed to the Peritoneum from the 
(permaticalveflels.c.the bottom of the womb J.the neck of the womb, e, certain veflels run- 
ning through the infide of the womb,and the neck thereof, ff.veffels reaching to the bottom 
of the womb produced from the (permaticall vcflel. gg. the leading veflell of rhe feed called 
Tuba3the T rumpet.hh.a branch of the (permaticall veflel comparing the Trumpet.*?.the tefti- 
lower ligaments of the womb,which (bme cal the Cremafters or hanging mufcles 
of the womb. Z. the lap or privity into which the Cremafters do end. w. a portion of the 
neck of the bladder. The third Figure. 
aa.The (permaticall veflels. bb. a branch fromthefe (permaticall veflels to the bottom of 
the womb. cc. the body Or bottom of the womb. d. the neck of the fame. e. the neck of the 
bladder ending into the neck of the womb. ff. the tefticles. gg. the leading veflels,common- 
ly though not fo well called the ejaculatory veflels. hh. thedivifion of theft veflels, one of 
them determining into the horns at double ty. ii. the other branch ending in the neck, by 
which women with child avoid their feed. the horns of the womb. 
The fourth Figure. 
AB.The bofome of the bottom of the womb,at whofe (ides are the horns. CD.a line like 
a future or feam, a little diftinguilhing that bofome. EE.the fubftance of the bottom of the 
womb,or the thicknefs of his inner coat. F. a protuberation or (welling of the womb in 
the middle of the bofom. G. the orifice of the bottom of the womb. HH. the coat or fecond 
cover of the bottom of the womb,coming from the Peritoneum. IIII. a portion of the mem-, 
branes which tie the womb. KK. the beginning of the neck of the womb.L. the neck of the 
bladder infertedinto the neck of the womb.w.the Clitoris' in the top of the privity .n. the in- 
equality of the privity where the hymen is placed.o. the hole or paflage of the privity in the 
cleft, p. the skinny caruncle of the privity. 
It was fit they (hould be more large, becaufe they Ihonld not only convey the matter 
fit for generation of young and nourifhment of the tefticles, but alfo fufficient for the nou- 
rilhment of the womb and child; but fliorter, becaufe they end at the tefticles and womb 
within the belly in women, Where you muft note that the preparing fpermatick vef* 
fels, 
FI G. 1, 
Why womans 
fpermatick vcf- 
fcls they arc 
Jargcr>buc 
fhorterahen Lib. 3. 
of Mans 
99 
fels, little before they come to the Tefticles are divided into two unequall branches, of 
which the teller bended, after the fame manner as we faid in men,goes into the head of the 
tefticle,through which it fends a (lender branch into the coats of the tefticles for life and 
nourilhment,and not only into the coats but alfo into leading veflels.But the bigger branch 
deteends on each fide by the upper part of the wombe between the proper coat and the com- 
mon,from the Peritoneum where it is divided into divers branches. By this difference of the 
fpermatick veflels you may eafily underftand why women caft forth lefs feed than men. 
For their Tefticles,they differ little from mens but in quantity; For they are teller and 
in figure more hollow and flat,by reafori of their defective heat which could not elevate or 
lift them up to their juft magnitude.Their compofure is more fimptejfor they want the fcro- 
tutn or cod, theflelhy coat,and alfo according to the opinion of fome the Erjthroides., but in 
place thereof they have another from the Peritonaeum which covers the proper coat, that is, 
the Dartos, Silvius writes that womens Tefticles wants the Erytbroidesi yet it is 
certain that befides their peculiar coat have another from the pentone,which 
is the Erythroides}or as Fallopius cals it the is as much as the vaginalis or (heath. 
But I think that this hath fp rung from the mif-underftanding th at place in Galen where he 
writes,that womens tefticles want the Epididymis. For we mull not underftand that to be 
fpoken of the coat,but of the varicous paraftats (as I formerly faid). They differ nothing 
in number,but in lite; for in men they hang without the belly at the (hare bone above the 
Per itoneum ;women have them lying hid in their belly, neer the bottome at the fides of the 
wombe,but yet fo as they touch not the body of the wombe. 
But thefe tefticles are tyed to the womb both by a coat from the alfo by the 
leading veflels defcending to the horns of the wombe, but to the reft of the body by the 
veflels and the nerves arifing from the holy bone and Coftall nerves. They are of a colder 
Temper than mans. The ejaculatory, or leading veflels in women differ thus from mens, 
they are large at the beginning, and of a veiny confiftence,or fiibftance, fo that you can 
fcarce diteern them from the coat Peritoneum then prefently they become nervous, and 
waxe fo (lender, that they may teem broken or torn, though it be not fo > but when 
they come nearer to the horns of the wombe, they are again dilated; in their other con- 
ditions, they agree with mens, but that they are altogether more flender and fhort. 
They have a round figure, but more intricate windings than mens; I beleeve, that thefe 
windings might fupply the defeft of the varicous Paraftats. They are feated between 
the tefticles and wombe, for they proceed out of the head of the tefticle, then prefent- 
ly armed with a coat from the Peritoneum3they are implanted into the wombe by its horns. 
In what their 
tefticies differ 
from mtns. 
LU. 
p*rr. 
Site. 
Connexion. 
Temper. 
Their ejacuM* 
tory vcffel s. 
Why they 
have more in* 
tricate win- 
dings. 
Their fir?. 
CHAP. XXXIIII. 
of the Wombe» 
de Wombe is a part proper only to Women,given by nature in ftead of the 5cro- 
tww,as the neck thereof,and the annexed parts in head of the yard; fo that if a- 
ny more exaftly conAderthe parts of generation in women and men, he fhall 
find that they differ not much in number, but only in fituation and ufe. For 
that which man hath apparent without,that women have hid within, both by 
the fingular providence of nature,as alfo by the deleft of heat in women, which could not 
driveand thruft forth thofe parts,as in mcn.The womb is of a nervous and membranous fub- 
fiance,that it may be more eafily dilated and contracted,as need fhall require. 
The magnitude thereof is divers, according to the diversity of age, the ufe of venery,the 
flowing of their courfes, and the time of conception. The wombe is but fmall in one of 
unripe age,having not ufed venery,nor which is menftrous; therefore the quantity cannot 
be rightly defined. 
The figure of the wombe is abfolutely like that of the bladder, if you confider it with- 
out the produftions, which Hcrophilus called horns,by reafon of the Amilitude they have 
with the horns of Oxen at their firft coming forth. It confifts of Ample and compound 
parts. The Ample are the veins,arteries, nerves,and coats.The veins and arteries are four in 
number,two from the preparing fpermatick veflels,the two other afcend thither from the 
after this manner. 
Firft, thefe veflels before they afcend on each Ade to the wombe, divide themfelves into 
two branches, from which otherfome go to the lower part of the wombe,otherfome to the 
neck thereof,by which the menftruous blood, if it abound from the conception, maybe 
purged. z 
Nerves come on both Ades to the wombe,both from the Axt conjugation,defending by 
the length of the back bone, as alfo from the holy bone,which prefently united and joyri- 
ed together,afcend and are diftributed through the wombe,like the veins and arteries. 
The utmoft or common coat of the wombe, proceeds from the PeritonaHm9 on that 
K 2 part 
Wherein thfi 
privy parts in 
women differ 
from thofe in 
men. 
The fubflance 
and magnitude 
of rhewembe, 
Figure. 
The horns of 
the worn be. 
Corrtpofure. 
The veins and 
Arteries. 
Nerved 
Thetis, 100 
Of the Anatomy 
Lib. 
partit touches the holy bone; but the proper it hath from the firft conformation,which is 
compoled of the three forts of fibers, of the right on the infide of the attradion of both 
leeds;the tranfverfe without totxpelhifoccafion be;the oblique in the midfl for the due re- 
tention thereof. 
The wombe admits no divifion, unlefs into the right and left fide, by an obfcure line or 
(earn, luch as we fee in the Jcroti/m,but fcarce fo manifeft ; neither muft we after the manner 
of the ancients, imagine any other cels in the wombe. For by the law of nature,a woman 
at one birth can have no more than two. An argument hereof is, they have no more than 
two dugs. If any chance to bring forth more, it is befides nature,and fomewhat monftrous, 
becaufe nature hath made no provifion of nourifhment for them. 
Nature hath placed the wombe at the bottome of the belly, becaufe that place teems moft 
fit to receive feed,to carry and bring forth the young. It is placed between the bladder and 
right gut, and is bound to thefe parts much more ftraitly by the neck, than by the body 
thereof; but alfo befides it is tyed with two moft ftrong ligaments on the tides, and upper 
parts of the fliarebone,on which it feems to hang; but by its common coat from the Perito- 
neum, chiefly thick in that place,it is tied to the hollow bone, and the bones of the hanch 
and loins. 
By reafon of this ftrait connexion,! woman with child feeling the painfull drawings back, 
and as it were convulfions of thole ligaments, knows her felf with child. It is of a cold and 
moift temper,rather by accident, than of it felf. The adion thereof is to contain both the 
feeds,and to cherifh, preferve, and nourifli it,fo contained,untill the time appointed by na- 
ture ; and alfo befides,to receive,and evacuate the menftruous blood. The compound parts 
of the wombe are,the proper body and neck thereof. That body is extended in women big 
With child,even to the navell,in fome higher,in fome lower. 
In the inner fide the Cotyledones come into our confideration,which are nothing elfe than 
the orifices and mouths of the veins, ending in that place. They fcarce appear in women, 
unlefs prefently after child-bearing,or their menftruall purgation; but they are apparent in 
lheep, Goats,and Kine,at all times like wheat corns, unlefs when they are with young, for 
then they are of the bignels of hafell nuts : but then alfo they (well up in women, and ;are 
likearudepeeceof fleihofa finger and a half thick; which begirt all the naturall parts of 
the infant fhut up in the wombe; out of which refped this (hapeles flefh, according to the 
opinion offome,is reckoned amongft the number ofcoats invefting the infant, and called 
Chorion, becaufe,as in beafts,the Chorion is interwoven with veins, and arteries, whence the 
umbilicall veflels proceed; fo in women this flefhy lump is woven with veins, and arteries, 
whence fuch veflels have their originall. -Which thing, how true agreeable to reafon it 
is,let other men judg. 
There is one thing whereof I would admonifh thee,that as the growth of the Cotyledones 
inbeafts are not called by the name of Chorion, but are only faid to be the dependents there- 
of,fo in women fuch fwollen Cotyledones merit not the name of Chorion, but rather of the de- 
pendences thereof. • 
This body ends in a certain ftraitnefs which is met withall, in following it towards the 
privities,in women which have borne no children, or have remained barren fome certain 
time; for in fuch as are lately delivered,you can lee nothing but a cavity and no ftraitnefs 
at all. This ftraitnefs we call the proper orifice of the wombe, which is moft exadly fhut af- 
ter conception, elpecially untill the membrane, or coats incompafling the child be firnilh- 
ed,and ftrong enough to contain the feed,that it flow not forth, nor be corrupted by enr 
trance of the air; for it is opened to lend forth the leed,and'in fome the courlcs and ferous 
humorsjwhich are heaped up in the wombe in the time of their being with child. 
From this orifice the neck of the wombe taking its originall,is extended even to the pri- 
vities. It is of a mulculous fubftance,compoled of loft flefh,becaule it might be extended and 
contraded,wrinckled,and ftretched forth,and unfolded,andwrefted,and lhaken at the com- 
ing forth of the child,and after be reftoredto its former Ibundnefs and integrity .In procels 
of age it grows harder,both by ufe of venery,and alfo by reafon of age,by which the whole 
body in all parts thereof becomes dry and hard. But in growing,and in. young women,it is 
more tradable and flexible for the neceflity of nature. 
The magnitude is fufficiently large in all dimenfions, though divers, by reafon of the 
infinite variety of bodies. The figure is long, round, and hollow. The compofition is the 
fame with the wombe, but it receives not fo many veflels as the wombe; for it hath none 
butthole which arefentfrom the veins, by the branches afeending to the 
wombe. This neck on the infide is wrinckled with many crefts, like the upper part of a 
dogs mouth, fo in copulation to caufe greater pleafure by that iriequality,and allo to fhor- 
ten the ad. 
It is only one, and that lituate between the neck of the bladder and the right gut, to 
which it clofely fticketh,as to the wombe by the proper orifice thereof, arid to the privities 
by its own orifice; but by the veflels to all the parts from whence they are fent. ' • 
It is of a cold and dry temper, and the way to admit the feed into the wombe, to ex- 
clude the infant out of the wombe,as allb the menftruall evacuation. But it is worth obftr- 
vation. 
No cels in the 
wombe. 
The fire. 
The temper 
and attion. 
TheCotyZe* 
dows. 
CtlumLw jnft* 
ly reproved, 
The orifice of 
the wombe. 
The proper a- 
rifice of the 
wombe is not 
afwayes exafl* 
!y fhut m wo- 
men with 
child. 
The neck of 
the wonabe* 
Its magnitude. 
Compofition. 
Number and 
fire. 
Temper* of am Body. 
Lib.3. 
101 
vationjthat in all this paflage there is no fuch membrane found?as that they called Hymen.* 
which they feigned to be broken at the firft coition. Yet notwithftanding Falfo- 
many other learned men of our time think otherwile3and fay, that in Vir- 
gins a little above the paflage of the urine3may be found and feen fuch a nervous membrane, 
placed overtwhart as it were in the middle way of this neck, and perforated for the paflages 
of-the courfcs.But you may find this falfe by is likely the ancients fell into this 
error through this that in fome a good quantity of blood breaks forth of 
thefe places at the firft copulation. 
But it is more probable ,that this happens by the violent attrition bfcertainveflelslying 
in the inward fuperficies of the neck of the wombe,not being able to endure without break- 
ing fo great extention as that nervous neck undergoes at the firft coition. For a maid which 
is manageable, and hath her genitall parts proportionable in quantity and bignefs to a 
mans;(hall find no fuch eflufion of blood, as we fliall lhew more at large in our Book of 
Generation. 
No Hymen, 
From whence 
the blood pro* 
ceedsthat 
breaks forth 
infome virgins 
ar the firft coi-, 
tion. 
The thirteenth Figure, /hewing the parts of women different 
from thefe in men. 
A.B.C.D .The Peritoneum refleftedor 
turned backward, above and be- 
low. 
E.F. the gibbous part of the liver 
the cave or hollow part F. 
©.thetrunk of the gate-vein. 
H. th,e hollow vein. 
I. the great artery. 
K. the roots ot the Call call artery 
which the gate- 
vein. ; v t 
L. fatty vein going to the coat 
of the kidneys. 
N. O. the fore-part of both the kid- 
neys. 
T. V. the emulgent veins -and arte- 
ries. i 
at. the right ureter at the loWeft a? 
cut from a part which neer to 
fticketh yet to the bladder, becaufe 
the bottome of the bladder is 
drawn to the left fide. 
c. the left ureter inferred into the 
bladder neer to r. 
dd. the fpermatick vein which goeth 
to the left tefticle marked with i. 
ee. the fpermatick vein which goeth 
to the left tefticlc with z?alfo. f. 
the trunk of the great artery from 
whence the ipermatical arteriesjdo 
proceed.gh.the fpermatical arteries. 
ii. the two tefticles. a branch 
which from the fpermatick veflels 
reacheth unto the bottome of the 
wombe. mm. the leading veflel of the feed which 'Faltyius calleth the tuba or trumpet, 
becaufe it is crooked*and reflefted. n. a branch th6 fpermatick veflel,compafling the lead- 
ing veflel. oo. a veflell like a worm which pafleth to the wombe, fome call it Crem after, 
f .the bottome of the wombe called fundus uteri.q.a. part of the right gut. r. f. the bottome* of 
the bladder whereto is inferred the left ureter, and a vein led from the neck of the wombe 
neer unto r. t. the neck of the bladder.M.the fame inferted into the privity or lap.x. apart of 
the neck of the wombe above the privity, yy. certain skinny Caruncles of the privities, in 
the midft of which is the flit,and on both fides appear little hillocks. 
The Figures belonging to the Vugs and Breajis. 
«« The veins of the Dugs which come from thofe, which defcending from the top of the 
fboulder, are offered to the skin. & the veins of the dugs derived from thofe which through 
the arm-hole are led into the hand ?• the body of the Dug or Breaft. the kernels and 
fat between them. «• the veflels of the dugs defcending from thelowcr part of the neck cal- 
led jugulum, under the breaft bone. 
' K 5 . This 102 
Of the Anatomy 
Lib. 3. 
This neck ends at the privities,where its proper orifice is, which privy parts we muft 
treat of, as being the productions and appendices ofthis neck. This Pudendum,or privity, is of 
a middle liibftance,between the flelh and a nerve ; the magnitude is fufficiently large, the 
figure,round,hollow, long.lt is compoled of veins,arteries,nerves, defending to the neck of 
the wombe,and a double coat proceeding from the true skin and flelhy pannicle; both theie 
coats are firmly united by the flelh coming between them ; whereupon it is faid, that this 
part confifts of a mufculous coat. It is one in number,fituate above the Peritoneum. It hath 
connexion with the fundament, the neck of the wombe and bladder by both their peculiar 
orifices. 
It hath a middle temper,between hot,and cold, moiftand dry. It hath the fame ule as a 
mans Preputium or fore-skin,that is,that together with the tymphe it may hinder the en- 
trance of the air, by which the wombe may be in danger to take cold. The lips of the pri- 
vities called by the Greeks by the Latines contain all that region which is 
invefted with hairs; and becaufe we have fain into mention of theie Njmphe,you muft know 
that they are as it were produ&ions of the mufculous skin, which defend on both fidcs, 
from the upper part of the lhare-bone downwards ; even to the orifice of the neck of the 
bladder, oft times growing to fo great a bignefs, that they will ftand out like a mans yard. 
Wherefore in fome they muft be cut off in their young years, yet with a great deal of 
caution, left if they be cut too ralhly, fo great an effufion of blood may follow,that it may 
caufe, either death to the woman, or barrenefs of the wombe by reafon of the refrigeration 
by the too great effufion of blood. The latter Anatomifts, as Columbus and Fallopius, befides 
thefe parts, have made mention of another particle, which ftands forth in the upper part 
of the 'privities, and allo of thp urinary pallage , which joyns together thofe wings 
we formerly mentioned. Columbus cals it Tentigo, Fallopius, Cleitorx, whence proceeds that in- 
famous word Cleitorizein,<jMch lignifies impudently to handle that part.) But becaule it 
is an obfcene part, let thofe which delire to know more of it, read the Authors 
which I cited. 
AU- 
vrlifVyipsf.vti 
Cleitoritjen* 
CHAP. XXXV. 
Of the Coats containing the Infant in the wombe, and of the Navelf 
He membranes or coats containing the Infant in the wombe of the mother, are of 
a fpermatick and nervous fubftance,having their matter from the feed of the mo- 
ther. But they are nervous that fo they may be the more eafily extended, as it 
fhal be neceflary for thechild.They are of good length and bredth,Specially near 
the time of deliverance, they are round in figure like the wombe. 
Their compofition is of veins,arteries,and their proper fubftance.The veins,and arteries, 
are diftributed to them (whether obfeurely or manifeftly,more or fewer) from the wombe 
by the Cotj/edowej,which have the fame office,as long as the child is contained in the wombe, 
as the nipples or paps of the nurfes after it is born. For thus the wombe brings the Cotyle- 
doneSyOr veins,degenerating into them through the coats like certain paps to the infant fhut 
up in them. 
Thefe coats are three in number according to Galen; one called the Chorion, Secundine,or 
afterbirth; the other Allantoides-, the third Amnios. I find this number of coats in beafts,but 
not in women, unlefs peradventure any will reckon up in the number of the coats the 
Cotyledones fwollen up,and grown into a flefhy mafs, which many skilfull in Anatomy do 
write,which opinion notwithftanding we cannot receive as true. I could never in any place 
find the Allantoides in women with child, neither in the infant born in the fixth, feventh, 
eight, or in the full time, being the ninth month, although I have fought it with all poffi- 
ble diligence, the Midwives being fet apart, which might have violated fome of the 
coats. 
But thus I went about this bufinefs,! divided the dead body of the mother crofwife upon 
the region of the wombe,and taking away all impediments which might either hinder,or 
obfeure our diligence, with as much dexterity as was poflible, we did not only draw away 
that receptacle or den of the Infant, from the inward furface of the wombe , to which it 
ftuck by the Cotyledones, but we alfo took away the firft membrane which we called Chorion, 
from that which lies nextunder it,called any rending or tearingjfor thus we 
powred forth no moifture, whereby it might be laid,that any coat made for the containing 
of that humor, was rent or torn. And then we diligently looked,having many witnefles ana 
ipe&ators prefent,if in any place there did appear any diftinftion of thefe two membranes, 
the Allantoides and Amnios,for the feparating the contained humors,and for other ufes which 
they mention. 
But when we could perceive no fuch thing, we took the Amnios filled with moifture on 
the upper fide, and having opened it, two fervants fo holding the apertion, that no 
moifture might flow out of it into the circumference of the Chorion or wombe,then prefently 
with 
Their fub- 
(lance, magni- 
tude,figure, 
and compo- 
sure. 
The number. Lib. 3. 
of Mans cBody. 
103 
with fpunges we drew out by little and little all the humidity contained in it, the infant 
yet contained in it, which was fit to come forth,that fo the coat Amnios being freed of this 
nioifture, we might fee whether there were any other humor Contained in any other coat 
belides. But having done this with lingular diligence and fidelity, we could lee no other 
humor,nor no other reparation of the membranes belides. 
So that, from that time I have confidently held this opinion, that the infant in the 
womb, is only wrapped in two coats,the Chorion and Amnios. But yet not Satisfied by this 
experience, that I might yet be more certain concerning this Allantoides, having palled 
through the two former coats,I came to the infant, and I Jput a quil into its bladder, and 
blew it up as forcibly as I could, fo to try, if by that blowing I might force the air into 
that coat which we queftioned, as fome have written. But neither thus could I drive any 
air from hence, through the navell into the controverted coat, but rather, I found it to fly 
out of the bladder by the privities. Wherefore I am certainly perfwaded that there is no 
Allantoides. Moreover I could never finde nor fee in the navell that paflage called the Ura- 
chus, which they affirm to be the beginning and originall of the coat Allantoides. But if it 
be granted,that there is no filch coat as the Allantoides difeommodity wil arile hereof? 
fpecially feeing the fweat and urine of the infant may ealily, and without any difeommo- 
dity be received, colle&ed, and contained in the fame coat,by reafon of the fmall difference 
which is between them. But if any object, That the urine by its lharpnels and touching 
will hurt the infant: I will anfwer, there can be no fo great ffiarpnefs in the urine of fd 
fmall an infant; and that, if that there be any,it is tempered by the admixture of the gentle 
vapor of fweat. . 
Belides, if you conlider,or have regard to the ufe of fuch an humor (which is to hold 
up the child, left by its weight it break the ties, by which it is bound to the womb;) we 
ffiall finde no humor more fit for this purpole than this lerous, as which by its thicknefs is 
much more fit to bear up a weight, than the thin and too liquid Iweat. For lb we lee the 
fea or falt-water carries greater weights without danger ol drowning than freffi rivers 
do. Wherefore I conclude that there is no need, that the urine ffiould be kept and contai- 
ned in one coat, and the fweat in another. The Ancients who have writ otherwife, have 
written from obfervations made in beafts. Wherefore we make but only two coats, the 
Chorion and Amnios; the one of which,feeing it contains the other,they both fo encompals 
the child, that they veil it on every fide. 
Fallopius in fome fort feems to be of this opinion; for he only makes two coats, the 
Chorion and Amnios; but he thinks the infant makes the water into a certain part of the 
Chor/on, as you may perceive by reading of his Obfervations. Both theie coats are 
tyed between themfelves by the intercourfe of moll flender nervous fibers, and fmall 
veflels penetrating from the outer Chorion to the inner Amnios. Wherefore unlefs 
you warily handle theie coats, you may eafily tear the Amnios in feparating it. They 
are of the fame temper with other membranes. Their ufe is different, for the Chorion 
is made both for the prelervation of the veflels, which it receives from the womb tor the 
generating of the umbilicall veins and arteries, as alfo to keep whole and fafe the parts 
which it invefts. 
But the Amnios is to receive and contain the cxcrementitious and ferous humors, which 
the childe ffiut up in the womb is accuftomed to evacuate. But this coat is very thin and 
loft, but ftrong and finooth, left by its touch it might hurt the infant, whereupon it is 
called the Lambskin-coat. 
He fhews by 
thrte fcverai! 
reafonsthat 
there is no 
Allantoides, 
Their temper 
and ufe. 
CHAP. XXXVI. 
of the Naw ell* 
He Navell follows the(e Coats; It is a white tody, (bmewhat refembling the 
wreathen cord, or girdle of the Francifcan-triers, but that it hath not the 
knots (landing fo far out, but only fwelling in certain places, refembling a 
knot, only lifted up on one fide; it arifes and takes its originall from a 
flefhy mafs, which we exprefled by the name of (welling Cotyledones, and goes 
into the midft of the lower belly of the infant, yea verily into the midft of the whole body, 
whofe root it is therefore faid to be. For even as a tree by the root lucks nourifhment 
from the earth, fo the infant in the womb draws its nourifliment by the navell. The 
greatnefs of it in breadth and thicknefs,equals thebignefs of the little finger. But it is a 
foot and a half long,fo that children are brought forth with it, encompafling their middle, 
neck, arms, or legs. The figure of it is round. It is compofed of two arteries, one vein, 
and two coats. It hath thefe veflels from that great multitude of capillary veins and arte- 
ries, which are feen difperfed over the Chorion. Wherefore the vein entring in at the Na- 
vell, penetrates from thence into the hollow part of the Liver, where divided into two, 
according to Galens opinion,, it makes the gate and hollow veins. But the arteries, carried 
by 
What the 
Navel! is* 
TheNatell 
is the eent?' < 
the body. 
The figure anJ 
compefare. 
Lit. dtftnnati 
film in Httrt, Of the Anatomy 
LI 
104 
by themfelves the length of the Navell, caft themfelves into the ZZz^,which they make, as 
alfo all other, that from thence the vitall fpirit may be carried by them overall the infant. 
It hath its two coats from the Chorion. 
But feeing they are mutually woven and conjoined without anywez/zwm, and are of a 
fufficient ftrength and thicknefs over all the Navell, they may feem to make the infants ex- 
ternal! skin and flefliy Pannicle. I know very many reckon two Umbilicall veins, as alfo 
arteries, and the by, or through which the urine flows in to the coat Allantoides. 
But becaufe this is not to be found in women, but only in hearts, I willingly omit it, be- 
caufe I do not intend to mention any parts, but fuch as belong to humane bodies. Yet if 
there beany, which can teach me, that thefe parts,which I think proper to brute beafts, are 
to be found in women,I willingly confefs,and that to his credit,from whom I have reaped 
fuch benefit. 
The other things that may be required concerning the Navell, as of its number, fite, 
connexion,temper and ufe, may eafily appear by that we have fpoken before. For we have 
apparently let down the ufe, when we faid, the Navell was made for that purpofe, that the 
infant may be nouriflied by it,as the tree by the root, by reafbn of the continuation of the 
veflels thereof, with the preparing fpermatick veflels made by God for that purpofe, to 
whom be honor and glory for ever and ever. Amen. 
There is only 
one Vein in a 
childsNavellj 
bur no Ura- 
chns, 
The End of the third L1 b.4* 
105 
The Fourth Book, 
'Treating of the Vitali parts contained in the 
CHEST- 
The PREFACE. 
\ving finilhed the firft Book of our Anatomy, in explanation of the 
natural! parts contained in the lower belly , now order 
that we treat of the Breft ; that Co the parts in fbme fort already 
explained (I mean the veins and arteries) may be difpatched after 
the fame order and manner, without interpofition of any other 
matter. 
And befides alfo that we may the more exactly and chearfully 
lhew the reft of the parts which remain, as the head and limbs, 
knowing already the originall of thole veflels which are difperfed 
through them. To this purpofe, we will define what, the Cheft is, and then we wil divide 
it into its parts. Thirdly, in thefe we will conlider which parts contain, and which are 
contained, that fb we may more happily finifh our intended difcourfe. 
CHAP. I. 
WhattheThorax or the Cheft is* into what parts it way he divided9 
and the nature of thefe parts. 
He Thorax, or Cheft, is the middle belly, terminated or bounded above with 
the coller-bones, below with the Midriff before with the Sternum orbreft, 
behinde, with the twelve Vertebra's of the back on both fides, with the true 
and baftard ribs, and with the intercoftall and intercartilagineous mulcles. 
Nature hath given it this ftrufture and compofition, left that being a defence 
for the vitall parts againft externall injuries, it fliould hinder refpiration; which is no 
lefs needfull for the prefervation of the native heat diffufed by the vital fpirits,and Ihut up 
in the heart, as in the fountain thereof, againft internall injuries, than the other fore- 
mentioned parts againft externall. ForiftheCheft fliould have been all bony, verily it 
had been the ftronger, but it would have hindred our refpiration or breathing, which is 
performed by the dilating and contrafting thereof. Wherefore left one of thefe fliould 
hinder the other, Nature hath framed it, partly bony and grifly, and partly flefliy. Some 
render another reafon hereof,which is,that Nature hath framed the cheft,that it might here 
alfo obferve the order ufed by it in the fabrick of things, which is, that it might conjoin 
the parts much disagreeing in their compofure, as the lower belly, altogether flefliy, and 
the head all bony, by a medium partaker both of the bony and flefliy fubftance; which 
courft we fee it hath oblerved in the connexion of the fire and water,by the interpofitioil 
of the air ; of the earth and air,by the water placed between them. 
The Cheft is divided into three parts, the upper, lower, and middle; the coller-bones 
contain the upper; the Midriff the lower;and the St er non the middle. The Sternon in Galens 
opinion is compofed of feven bones, I belceveby reafon of the great ftature of the people 
that lived then. Now in our times,you ftiall oft find it compaft of three,four,or five bones, 
although we wil not deny, but that we have often obferved it(efpecially in young bodies) 
to confift of {even or eight bones. 
Wherefore thole who have fewer bones in number in their them larger,that 
they might be fufficient to receive the ribs. This is the common opinion of the Sternon, 
Yet Fdliopiuf hath defcribed it far otherwife; wherefore let thofe who defire to know more 
hereof, look in his obfervations. 
At the lower part of the Sternon, there is a grille, called commonly Furcula, and Malum 
the Pomgranate, becaule it relembles that fruit 5 others call it Cartilagp fcuti- 
formthat is, the breft-b lade. It 
The contai- 
ning parts of 
the Cheft. 
Why nature 
hath made the 
Cheft partly 
bony s partly 
grifly. 
The number of 
the bones of 
theSternoOi 
Cartilago fcutk' 
formis, rhe 
breft-blad?a 106 
Of the Vitali parts 
Lib. 4. 
It is placed there, to be (as it were) a bulwark or defence to the mouth of the ftomac h, 
endued with moft exquifit fenfe; and alfo that it Ihoulddo the like to that part of the 
Midriff which the Liver bears up in that place, fituate above the orifice of the ventricle by 
the ligament coming between,defcending from the lower part of the fame grille into the 
upper part of the Liver. 
The common people think that this grille fometimes fals down. But it fo adheres, and 
is united to the bones of the Sternon3 that the falling thereof may feem to be without any 
danger, although oft-times it may be fo moiftened with watery and lerous humidities, 
with which the orifice of the ftomach abounds, that (as it were) foaked and drunk with 
thelc, it maybe fo relaxed, that it may feem to be out of its place; in which cafe it may 
be prelied and forced by the hand into the former place and feat, as alfo by applying out- 
wardly, and taking inwardly aftringent and drying medicines to exhauft the fuperfluous 
humidity. 
This Grille at its beginning is narrow,but more broad and obtufe at its end,fomewhat 
refembling the round or blunt point of a fword, whereupon it is alfo called Cartilage Enfi- 
formis,or the (word-like grille. In fome it hath a double,in others a fingle point. 
In old people, it degenerates into a bone. Now becaufe we make mention of this 
grille, we will lhew both what a Grille is, and how many differences thereof there be, that 
henceforward as often as we lhall have occalion to Ipeak of a grille, you may underftand 
What it is. 
A Grille is a limilar part of our bodies, next to a bone moft terreftriall, cold, dry, hard, 
Weighty, and without fenfe, differing from a bone in drinefs only, the which is more in a 
bone. Wherefore a Grille being loft, cannot be regenerated, like as a bone, without the 
interpofition of a Callus, 
The differences ofthefe are almoft the fame with bones, that is, from their confiftence, 
lubftance, greatnefs,number, lite, figure,connexion, aftion,and ufe. Omitting the other for 
brevity fake,I will only handle thofe differences which arife from fite,ufeand connexion. 
Therefore grilles, either adhere to the bones, or of, and by themfelves make fome part, as 
the grilles of the ey-lids called Ear ft? of the Epiglottis and throtle. And others which ad- 
here to bones, either adhere by the interpofition of no medium, as thofe which come be- 
tween the bones of the Sternon, thecoller-bones, the fhare and haunch-bones, and others; 
or by a ligament coming between, as thole which are at the ends of the baftard-ribs to 
the Sternon by the means of a ligament, that by thofe ligaments being fofter than a gride, 
the motions of theCheft may be more quickly and fafely performed. The grilles which 
depend on bones, do not only yeeld ftrength to the bones, but to themfelves, and the parts 
contained in them, againft fuch things as may break and bruifethem. The grides of the 
Sternon3and at the ends of the baftard-ribs are of this fort. 
By this we inay gather, that the grides have a double ule, one to polilh and levigate the 
parts to which that dippery fmoothnefs was neceflary for performance of their duty; and 
tor this ule lerve the grides which are at the joints, to make their motions the more 
nimble. The other ufe is to defend tholejparts upon which they areplaced,from externall 
injuries, by breaking violent aflaults, by fomewhat yeelding to their impreflion,no other- 
wile than loft things oppofed againft cannon-fliot. We wil prolecute the other differences 
of grides in their place, as occafion lhall be offered and required. 
What a Grille 
Is. 
The differences 
thereof. 
Their twofold 
ufe. 
CHAP. II. 
Of the containing and contained parts of the Cheft. 
The divifion 
of the Chert 
into its parts. 
He containing parts of the Cheft are both the skins, the flefliy Pannicle, the fat, 
the brefts, the common coat of the Mufcles, the mufcles of that place, the fore- 
mentioned bones, the fcoat inverting the ribs, and the Eiaphragma or Midriff. 
The parts contained are the the pericardium or purfe of the heart, the 
heartjthe lungs and their veflels. Ofthe containing parts, tome are common to all the 
body, or the moft part thereof, as both the skins, the flefliy pannicle and fat. Of which 
being we have fpoken in our firft Book, there is no need now further to infift upon: 
Others are proper to the Cheft,as its mufcles, of which we will fpeak in their place, the 
brefts, the forementioned bones, the membrane inverting the ribs, and the Diaphragma or 
Midriff. 
We will treat of all thefe in order, after we have firft fhewed you the way, how you may 
feparate the skin from the reft of the Cheft. Putting your knife down even to the perfect 
divifion of the skin, you muft draw a ftreight line from the upper part of the lower belly, 
even to the chin ; then draw another ftreignt line, overthwart at the coller-bones even to 
the flioulder-blades 5 and in the places beneath the coller-bones : (if you defire to fliun 
prolixity) you may at once feparate both the skins, the flefliy Pannicle, the fat, and com- 
mon coat of the mufcles > becaufe thefe parts were fhewed and fpoken of in the diflcftion 
©f the lower belly, Yet L1 B.4. 
Contained in the Chejl, 
107 
Yet you muft reterve the brefts in diflc&ing of the bodies of women 5 wherefore from 
the upper parts of the brefts, as artificially as you can, feparate only the skin from the 
parts lying under it, that fo you may Ihew the Pannicle which there becopieth flelhy and 
mufculous, and is fo fpred over the neck and parts of the face, even to the roots of the 
hairs. 
C H A P. 111. 
Of the Brefts or Dugs, 
He Brefts, as we faid, when we (poke of the nature of Glandules, are of a glari- 
dulous fubftance, white, rare, or fpongious; in maids and women that do not 
give fuck, they are more folid and not fo large. 
Wherefore thebignefs of the Dugs is different, although of a fufficient mag- 
nitude in all. Their figure is round, fomewhat long, and in fome fort Pyra- 
midall. Their compofure is of the skin, the flefliy pannicle, glandules, fat, nerves, veins, 
and arteries, defcending to them from the Axil/aris under the betwixt the fourth 
and fifth, and fometimes the fixth of the true ribs. 
And there they are divided into infinite rivelets by the interpofition of the glandules 
and fat, by which fit matter may be brought, to be changed into milk by the faculty of 
the dugs. 
We will fpeak no more of the nature of glandules or kernels, as having treated of them 
before; only we will add this, that fome of the glandules have nerves, as thofe of the 
Brefts,which they receive from the parts lying under them, that is, from the intercoftall,by 
which it comes to pafs,that they have moft exquifit fenfe. Others want a nerve, as thole 
which ferve only for divifion of the veflels, and which have no action,but only ufe. 
They be two in number, on each fide one, feated at the fides of the Sternon upon the 
fourth,fifth and fixth true ribs. 
Wherefore they have connexion with the mentioned parts with their body, but by their 
veflels with all other parts,but efpecially with the womb by the reliques of the 
veins and arteries, which defcend down at the fides of the breft-blade; in which place 
thefe veins infinuating themfelves through the fubftance of the mufeles, are a little above 
the navell conjoined with the originall is in fome fort oppofite to the 
Hypogaftricks.) which fend forth branches to the womb. By the meeting of thefe it is more 
likely that this commerce (hould arife, than from other and thofe almoft capillary bran- 
ches,which are fometimes feen to defcend to the womb from the Epigafirick. 
They are of a cold and moift temper, wherefore they fay that the blood by being con- 
verted into milk * becomes raw, flegmatick and white by the force of the proper flefli of 
the dugs. Their aftion is to prepare nourifhment for the new-born babe,to warm the 
heart from whence they have received heat, and to adorn the breft. 
By this yoiu may know that, fome Glandules have aftion, others ufe,and fome both. At 
the top of the dugs there are certain hillocks, oreminencies called teats or nipples, by 
fucking of which the childe is nouriflied through certain finall and crooked paflages, 
which though they appear manifeft to the fight, whilft you prefs out the milk by prefling; 
the dug, yet when the milk is prefled out, they do not appear, nor fo much as admit the 
point of a needle,by reafon of the crooked ways made by nature in thofe paflages, for this 
ufe, that the milk being perfe&ly made, (hould not flow out of its own accord againft the 
nurfes will. For fo the feed is retained and kept for a certain time in the Proftats. 
Their fuB- 
fiance* 
Magnitude 
Figure. 
Compofure. 
Which Glan- 
dules have 
nerves, and 
which have 
none. 
Their con* 
nexion. 
How the brefltf 
and womb 
communicate 
each with 
other* 
Their temper* 
* faCftuhfitTC* 
Their aflion 
and ufe. 
The Nippies. 
CHAP. 11II. 
of the Clavicles3 or Coller-bones and Riis, 
F we fhould handle thefe parts after the common order, we fhould how treat of 
the Mufcles of the Cheft which move the arm, and ftrve for refpiration, and 
which firft offer themfelves to our fight. 
But for that, they cannot be fitly fhewed, unlefs we hurt the mufcles of the 
fhoulder-lade and neck, therefore I think it better to defer the explanation of theft 
Mufcles, untill fuch time as I have fhewed the reft of the contained and containing parts, 
not only of the Cheft, but alfo of the Head, that having finifhed theft, we may come to a 
full demonftration of all the reft of the muftles, beginning with thofe of the head, which 
we firft meet with, and fb proftcuting the reft even to the muftles of the feet, as they (hall 
ftem to offer themfelves more fitly to difleftion,that fb,as much as lyes in us, we may fliun 
confufion. 
Wherefore to return to our propoftd taskj after the forefaid muftles come the Coller- 
bones, the Sternon, and Ribs. But 108 
Of the Vitali parts 
Lib. 4. 
But that thefe parts may be the more eafily underftood, we muft firft know what a bone 
is, afid whence the differences thereof are drawn. 
Therefore a Bone is a part of our body moft terreftriall,cold,dry,hard, wanting all ma- 
nifeft fenfe, if the teeth be excepted. 
I laid manifeft fenfe, that you may underftand that the parts have a double fenfe of 
touching, the one manifeft, fuch as refides in the fleffi, skin, membranes, nerves, teeth, and 
certain other parts; the other obfeure, yet which may fuffice to difeern the helping and 
hurting taftile qualities, fuch fenfe the bowels and bones have ; for very fmall fibers of the 
nerves are difleminated to theie parts by mediation of their coat, or membrane, I fay, fo 
fmall, that they can fcarce be difeerned by the ey s, unlefs (as Galen faith) by plucking fuch 
coats away from the parts. 
But it is no marvail if Nature would have thefe parts in like manner to have fuch fmall 
veins, contrary to the lungs and moft part of the mufcles, only to yeeld fo much nouriffi- 
ment to the part,as (liould be needfull ; for feeing the fubftance of the bones is cold,hard, 
denfe and folid, it waftes the lefs. 
Wherefore they need not fo much blood for their nouriffiment,as the hot and foft parts; 
and befides the lefler bones have neither veins nor arteries, but draw fit nourifhment, only 
by the force of the attractive faculty implanted in them. 
The differences of bones are taken from many things, as from their dpoptyfes, 
grilles, necks,heads,folidity,cavity,eminencics,marrow,confiftcnce,bignefs, number,figure, 
lite. We will profecute all thefe as they ffiall offer themfelves in the demonftration of the 
bones; to which do&rine we will give a beginning at the Clavicles or coller-bones. 
The Clavicles are two very hard and folid bones, without any great or notable cavity, 
lituate on each fide betwixt the fide and upper part of the Sternon and top of the ffioulder- 
blade, for theftrength and liability of thefe parts, whence they take the name of Clavicul# 
Clavicles, (from the Greek ***'*, which lignifies, a Key or any other Bar or faftning of a 
door.) They carry the lhape of a Surgeons Levatory. 
But you muft note that the Clavicles feem to be faftned to the Sternon by the mediation 
of a grilly bone.lVIoreover the fpace and cavity contained within the coller-bones is called 
by the Latins jugulum, by the French the upper furcula., becaufe the jugular veins pafs that 
way; it flicks to the upper procefs of the fhoulder by a Grille which Galen cals the fmall 
grille bone, although it be nothing elfebut a production of the Osjuguli. 
For the Sternon, which we faid is framed of divers bones, asfometimes 3, fometimes 4, 
5,6,7, and fometimes S, you muft note they are very fpongy and full of pores, and of a 
far fofter confiftence than the coller-bones,wherefore more fubjeft to corruption; befides 
they are mutually joined by interpofition of mufcles. Their ufe is to be as a fhield to de- 
fend the vitall parts. 
The Ribs are 24 in number, on each fide 12. feven of theie are called true or perfect 
ribs, becaule they make a circle, at the one end joined to the Sternon, on the other to the 
■vertebra's-, the other are called baftard or Ihort ribs,becaufe they fall ffiort. in their way and 
come not to the Sternon-, but they are faftned on the fore-fide to the Sternon by grilles and 
ligaments, but on the back-part to the tranfverfe vertebra's of the back-bone, and to the 
fides of the faid vertebra's. But the ffiort ribs are only knit to the vertebra's,wherefore that 
part of the vertebra's is called the root of the ribs. 
The exteriour or fore-part of the baftard or ffiort ribs is grilly, that they ffiould not be 
broken, and that they might be the eafier lifted up in the diftenfions of the ftomach filled 
with meat. They are of a confiftence fufficiently hard, yet more towards their root, than 
at the Sternon, where they come nearer together, and are more hardly broken; they are 
fmooth both within and. without, but in the midft they have fome fign of being double ; 
or hollow to receive the veins and arteries, which nouriffi their bony fubftance; they are 
faffiiioned like a bow; their ule is the fame with the Sternon,and befides to carry and ftreng- 
tben the mufcles ferving for refpiration. 
What a Bone 
is. 
A double fenfe 
Lib. I. de Licit 
afftdif. 
Why the 
bones have 
fnchfma! veins. 
Whence rhe 
difference of 
b®nes may be 
taken. 
The Clavicles 
or colier bone. 
Lib. ufii 
fMl. Clip. II. 
The Ribs. 
Their con- 
fidence* 
CHAP. V. 
'I'heAnatomicall adminiftration of the Sternon 
He coat invefting the ribs, which the common Anatomifts call Pleura, is the lafi 
of the containing parts of the Cheft, which becaufe it lyes hid in the inner part 
thereof, it cannot be fhown unlefs by pulling afunder of the Sternon j wherefore 
We muft now fhew the manner of opening the Sternon, that hereby we may not 
violate the originall or infertion of any of the mufcles. Wherefore firft you muft under- 
ftand that he which will fhew in their proper place their oiyginall and infertion of the 
peftorall mufcles, of the Maftoides, of the two mufcles of the bone Hyoif, of the mufcles 
ought firft of all to feparate all the pe&orall mufcles from 
the Lib.4. 
Contained intheCbeft. 
109 
the Sternon and the grilles from the true ribs; then to cut the ligaments, next the bones 
themfelves, even from the fixth true rib to the clavicles. 
And then (hewing the Mediaftinum ftretched under the Sternon all the length thereof he 
muft feparate the Sternon with his knife, and bend it up to the clavicles,, and there cut it ' 
referving together with it the four mufcles,that is,the two Maftoides, and the two moving 
the bone Hyois, becaufe they either wholly or for the moft part arife from the fternon. " 
Laftly,the Clavicles being fomewhat thruft upwards,the grilles muft on each fide be tur- 
ned outwards towards the arm; that fo the containing parts of the Cheft may not only 
lye open to view, and be eafily (hewed, but alfo the mufcles may be contained in their 
place, untill they come to be (hewed in their order. 
And becaufe the coller-bones muft be lifted up very high, that the recurrent nerves may 
be more eafily feen,and the diftribution of the veins and arteries, the two final! fubclavian 
mufcles, one on each fide muft be (hown by the way, who have their original! from the 
inner and fore-part of the Clavicles, and an oblique defeent to the Sternon towards the 
gride of the firft rib. 
For the Clavicles cannot be thus feparated,but that thefe mufcles muft be violated and 
fpoiled. Alfo you may divide the Sternon in the midft,that you may lhew the inward pecto- 
ral mufcles whole,having feparated the mufcles which arife from the upper, part.All which 
things being performed as they ought,we muft come to the coat invefting the ribs,and then 
to the Mediaftinum, as arifing from it. 
CHAP. VI. 
Of the Pleura, or coat invefling the Ribs. 
He'tunica coat invefting the Ribs,being the laftof the containing 
parts of the Cheft,is a large and a broad membrane anfwerablc in proportion 
of tile and a&ion to the Peritoneum of the lower belly. For as the Peritoneum 
generally and particularly covers all the naturall parts, binding and holding 
them in their places,fo this coat invefts all the vitall parts in generail,becaufe 
it is ftretched over all the infide of the Cheft,but in particular whilft it gives each a coat 
from it ielf. 
It hath its original from the periofleum'(or as others Will have it,from the pericranium tjiri- 
veiling the vertebra's of the Cheft at the roots of the ribs.Wherefore it flicks very fail to the 
ribs,fcarce to be feparated,as alfo to all the parts bounding the Cheft, and contained in it. 
VefaliM reprehends he faid, that this was double on both fides; yet Columbus 
defends and verily it is feen to be double in the inner part of the Cheft,under the ribs 
and the mufcles of the ribs,that in that (pace there may be way for the veins, arteries, and 
nerves* 
Some have made it twofold, and divided it into the internal and extern al; as thole Wnich 
have made two forts of Plurifies, the true and baftard; placing the external above the RibS 
and intercoftal the internal under the ribs,mufcles, Viaphragma arid Sternon. 
But we,to fhun ambiguity,intend only to profecute thofe thirigs which are manifeft to 
the eys; wherefore we fay?, that the ribs are lined on the infide with a double coat; on 
which immediatly and firmly flicks to them on every fide called the perioflium, which is 
common to them and other bones. 
The other which lyes upon that periofleum, and on the infide invefts all the Ribs, 
whence it is called the jubcoflalis tunica. The fubftance,temper and compofure are the fame,as* 
in other membranes. The magnitude in length,as alfb the figure,is the fame with the com- 
pafs of the inner part of the Ch«ft, the thicknefs of it is very little. This coat is commonly 
called the Pleura,from the name of the part which it covers or lines, (for the Greeks call 
the ribs **■**(«•* ) and in like manner which happens betwixt the periofleum and this pleura* 
is called either a true or baftard Plurifie. 
What the 7 
membrane in-; 
veiling the ribs 
is. 
* ' ' 
Its 
Whether, as 
th ere is a two • 
fold Plurifie, 
foalfot-fe ,,, 
double Plctsr<%' 
k 
tudc and figure 
CHAP. Vl I. 
Of the Mediaftinum. 
Ow we muft (peak of the parts contained in the Cheft, feeing we have already 
handled the containing,beginning with the Mediafiinum as being a part which in 
diffe&ion firft prefents it felf to our fight. The Mediaftinumisot the fame fub- 
fiance,thicknes,compofure3number.,temper.)as the Pleura,For the fiibftance'of th£ 
Mediaftinum is membranous5afid though it be ftretched al the length of the Cheft,yet it is of 
a final thickncs5receiving veins,nerves and arteries from al the parts to which it is knit,like 
as the pleura doth •, but efpecially from the mamillary veflels, defeending under the. fternon. 
It is in number one, but it is made of two membranes produced from theliibcoftall, for 
this afeending on each fide by the hollownefs of the Cheft to the/iernon, and then at right 
angles it is reflefted to the bodies of the vertebra's;, whence the pleura hath its original!. 
L Iia 
The fubftatlce 
aid magnitude 110 
Of the 'Vitall partr 
Lib. 4. 
In that refle&ion there is fo much diftance between each membrane, as may be fufficient 
to receive two fingers.For otherWife,feeing that they cannot penetrate through the heart,it 
was fit each fide of the Pleura fhould turn to the Pericardium:, that fo they might arrive at 
the appointed place without offence. Neither yet is that fpace void and empty ,bufwoven 
with many fmall nervous fibers. Columbus adds, that that place is often filled with a certain 
humor befides nature,which you may draw out or evacuate by opening thefternon. 
Yet I would gladly learn whatfigns we may know that fuch an humor 
is contained there. For the figure,the Mediafiinum with the Pleura on each fide, reprefen ts 
the figure of a leather bottle, whofe flat fide is the other fide the Pleura-, 
th£ bottom that part of the Pleura which is next the Midriff; the mouth the upper part of 
the Pleura at the firft ribs. We fhewed the fite and connexion of the Mediaftinum, when we 
declared its originall. 
The ufe thereof is to feparate the vitall partsfas it were) into two cels,the right and left, 
that if peradventure it happen that the one be hurt,the creature may live by the benefit of 
the other. 
And it hath another ufe,which is to prop and hold up the that it fall not 
upon the heart with its weight,but toned with the motions of the heart and Cheft, it may 
move to this or that fide. 
The figure, 
The life. 
CHAP. VI II. 
Of the Diaphragma or Midriff, 
What the 
Midriff is. 
Lthough the Midriff may feem to be accounted rather a part containg than 
contained, yet for commodities fake we have deferred the demonftration 
thereof till now. Therefore it is a mufcle round and long, terminating the 
lower part of the Chert, 
It is of the fame fubftance,compofition and temper,as the muffles of the Epz- 
gaftriumy it is made of two coats,the lower whereof is from the Peritoneum, and the upper 
from the Pleura, Which getting to them flefh, but not there,but in their circumference, by 
the benefit of the blood brought thither by the veins and arteries diftr ibuted through it, 
turn into a mufcle, whole middle is nervous and membranous, but the extremities by 
which it is inferted, one while flefhy,as in that part next to the baftard ribs;another while 
tendonous,as where it touches the firft and fecond 'vertebra's of the loins,for it ends in them 
by two Tendons manifeft enough. It is one in number, interpofed with an oblique fite 
betwixt the naturalland vitall parts. It hath connexion with the lower part of the Ster- 
non and fhort ribs, and the two firft vertebra's of the loins,but by its coats and veffels with 
the parts from whence it received them. 
The extent thereof is equal to the compafs of the lower part of the Chert. The length 
of it is from the breft-blade, even to the firft and fecond vertebra of the loins. The thicknefs 
is diverfe,for it is far thicker in its flefhy extremity,than in its nervous original!. 
The Aftion thereof is to help the expulfion of the Excrements by the mutuall afliftance 
of the Epg<*yh7c/'mufcles,but the chief uff is for refpiration,of which it is one of the prime 
inftruments. This partition the Ancients called Phrenes, becaufe the inflammation thereof 
caufed like fymptomes as the inflammation of the brain,by reafon of the large nerves on 
each fide one,which come to it direftly and primarily from the third,fourth, and fifth ver- 
tebra of the neck.This mufcle differs from other mufcles,fpecially in figure. It is perforated 
in three places,to give way or paflage to the affendent Hollow-vein, to the artery Aorta9 
and the Gullet. 
Its fubftance, 
compofition, 
&c« 
Quantity.] 
Aflion. 
Why the 
Dhphragma 
was called 
Irenes. 
CHAP. IX. 
Of the Lungs, 
Their fub- 
ftance. 
He Lungs are of a foft fubftance and flefh, rare and like a fponge, of a various 
colour pamered 5 their quantity is fufficiently large;for moft commonly they 
are divided into four lobes disjoined with a manifeft and vifible divifion, on 
each fide two,whereby they may be the more eafily opened and contracted ? 
and the air may the better enter. 
Befides alfo in large bodies,who have a very great Cheft, there is found a fifth lobe, ari- 
fing from the fccond lobe of the right fide,as a cufhionor bolfter to bear up the Hollow- 
vein afcending from the Midriff to the heart. 
In little men who have a fhorter Cheft, becaufe the heart is fo near as to touch'the Dia- 
fhragma, this lobe is not feen,yet it is always found in Dogs. 
The Lungs reprefcnt the figure or fhape of an Oxes foot or hoof, for like it they are 
thicker 
Quantity, 
The Lobes 
thereof. 
Figure. L i B.4. 
Contained in the Cbejl 
111 
thicker in their bafis,but flenderer in their circumference, as you may fee in blowing them 
up5by the weazon,with your mouth or a pair of bellows. They are compounded of a coat 
coming from the Pleura} which on each fide receives fufficient number of rierves from the 
lixth conjugation;and alfo of the Vena arteriofa coming from the right ventricle of the 
heart, and the Arteria venofa from the left, as (hall be (hewed in the Anatomy of the heart; 
befidcs the After a arteria or weazon coming from the throat;and laftly its own flefh,which 
is nothing elfe than the concretion of cholerick blood poured out like foam about the 
divifions of the forefaid veflels,as we have faid of other parts. 
The body of the Lungs is one in number, unlefs you will divide it into two, by reafon 
of the variety of its fite,becaufe the Lobes of the Lungs ftretched forth into the right and 
left fide do almoft involve all the heart, that fo they may defend it againft the hardnefs of 
the bones which areabout it, they are tyed to the heart,chiefly at its bafis,biit to the roots 
of the ribs, and their vertebra's by the coat it hath from thence; but by the veflels to thefts 
parts from whence they proceed. But oft times prefently from the firft and naturall con- 
formation they are bound to the circumference of the ribs by certain thin membranous 
produftions which defcend from thence to the Lungs,otherway s they are tyed to the ribs 
by the Pleura. , 
The nourifhment of the Lungs is unlike to the nourifhment of other parts of the body; 
for you cannot finde a part equally rare, light, and full of rare, which may be nourifhed 
with blood equally thin and vaporous. In temper they incline more to heat than to cold 
whether you have regard to their compofiire of cholerick blood, or their life, which is to 
prepare and alter the air, that it hurt not the heart by its coldnefs.The Lungs is the inftru- 
ment of voice and breathing by the weazon or wind-pipe. For the Lobes are the inftru- 
ments of voice, and the ligaments,of refpiration. But the Larinx or Throtle is the chief 
inftrument of the voice;for the Weazon firft prepares the voice for the Throtle,in which it 
being in fome meafiire formed,is perfected in thepalat of the mouth,as in the upper part of 
aLute,or fuch like inftrument,by the help of the Gargareon or uvula as a certain quil to play 
withall. 
But as long as one holds his breath, lie cannot fpeak; for then the mufcles of the 
ribs, the Diaphragmajand the are prefled down, whence proceeds a fiip- 
preflion of the vocall matter,which muft be tent forth, in making or uttering a voice. 
Nature would have the Lungs light for many reafons ; the firft is, That feeing they are 
of themfelves immovable,they might be more obfequious and ready to follow the motion 
of the Cheft; for when it is ftraitned, the Lungs are ftraitned and fubfide with it;and when 
it is dilated,they alfo are dilated, and fwell fo big that they almoft fill up all the upper 
capacity thereof. ' 
Another caufe is,That by this their rarity they might more eafily admit the entring air, 
at fuch times as they have much or fodain neceflity, as in running a race. 
And laftly, that in Plurifies and other purulent abfcefles of the Cheft, the Pm or matter 
poured forth into the capacity of the Cheft,may be fiickt in by the rare fiibftance of the 
Lungs,and by that means the looner lent forth and expeftorated. 
The ufe of refpiration is to cool and temper the raging heat of theheart.For it is cooled 
in drawing in the breath by the cool air,and in fending out thereof by avoyding the hot 
fuliginous vapor.Therefore the Cheft performs two contrary motions,for whilft it is dila- 
ted it draws in the encompafling air,and when it is deprefledjit expels the fuliginous vapor 
of the heart; which any one may eafily perceive by the example of a pair of Smiths bellows, 
Comp®fitiona' 
The flicking 
of the lungs co 
the ribs. 
Th a it noiarilfe ' 
merit. 
Why the iurig§ 
are light. 
re{ 
fpifatpn or 
breathing. 
CHAP. X. 
Of the Pericardium or Purfe «f the Pieart. 
He Pericardium is (as it were) the houfe of the Heart, which arifing at the bafis 
thereof (either the ligaments of the vertebra's fituate there,or elfe the veflels of 
the heart yeeldlng it matter)is of a nervou$,thick and denfelubftance without 
any fibers. It retains the figure of the Heartland leaves an empty fpace for the 
heart to perform its proper motions. Wherefore the bignels of the Pericardiuni 
exceeds that of the heart. 
It confifts of a double coat, one proper, of Which we have fpoken; another common, 
coming from the Pleura*, andalfo of veins, arteries, ahd nerves; the veflels partly Coming 
from the mamillary, partly from the chiefly there where it touches it; the 
nerves come on each fide from the fixt conjugation. 
It is only one, placed about the heart,and annexed to it at the bafis thereof By its mem- 
branes,to the originall of the LungS,and the vertebra's lying under them, and by the veflels 
to the parts from whence it received them. It is of a cold and dry temper, a» every mem- 
brane is. 
Theufe thereof is to cover the heartland prelerveit in its native humidity, by a certain 
1 2 natural! 
Whence it 
hath its mattefi 
Number and 
connexion. 
ftfe, 112 
Of the Vitall part? 
Lib. 4. 
natural! moifture contained in it, unlcfs you had rather fay that the moifture we fee con- 
tained in the Pericardium, is generated in it after death by the condenfation and concretion 
of the ipirits. Although this feems not very likely, becaufe it grows and is heaped up in 
id great quantity in living bodies, that it hinders the motion of the heart, and caufes inch 
palpitation or violent beating thereof, that it often fiiffocates a man. 
For this Palpitation happens alfo to hearty and ftout men, whole hearts are hot, but 
blood thin and waterifh, by reafon of fome infirmity of the ftomach or liver; and this hu- 
mor may be generated of vapors which on every fide exhale into the Pericardium from the 
blood boiling in the ventricles of the heart,where kept in by thedenfity thereof,they turn 
into yellowilh moifture,as we fee it happens in an Alembeck. 
Nature would have the Pericardium of a denfe and hard confidence, that by the force 
thereof the heart might be kept in better ftate;for if the Pericardium had bin bony,it would 
have made the heart like iron by the continuall attrition ; on the contrary, if it had been 
foft and fungous,it would have made it fpongy and foft like the lungs. 
From whence, 
the matter of 
the watery 
humor contain- 
ed in the 
'PtitcArdiwn. 
The Confi* 
ftenee. 
CHAP. XXX. 
He Heart, the chief manfion of the Soul,the organ of the vital! faculty ,the begin- 
ning of life,the fountain of the vitall fpirits, and fo ccnfequently the continuall 
nourilher of the vitall heat, the firft living and laft dying; which becaufc it muft 
have a naturall motion of it felf, was made of a denfe, folid, and more compaft 
fubftance than any other part; of the body. 
The flelh thereof is woven with three forts of fibers, for it hath the right in the inner 
part defending from the bafis into the point, that they might dilate it, and fo draw the 
/blood from the Hollow vein into the receptacles thereof, and the breath or air from the 
lungs by the Arter id venofa; it hath the tranfverfe without, which pafs through the right 
at right angles, to contraft the Heart,and fo drive the vitall fpirits into the great Artery 
Aorta, and the cholerick blood to the Lungs by the Vena arterioja for their nourilhment; It 
hath the oblique in the midft to contain the air and blood drawn thither by the foremen- 
tidned velfels, untill they be fufficiently elaborate by the heart. 
All thefe fibers do their parts by contrafting themfelves towards their original!, a? the 
right from the point of the heart towards the bails, whereby it comes to pafs that by this 
contraftion of the fibers theheart dilated becomes fhorter,but broader,no otherwise than it 
is made more long and narrow by the contraftion ofithe tranfverfe,but by the drawing of 
the oblique, it islelfcnedin that part which looks towards-the^ernZ>r«\,which chiefly ap- 
pears in the point thereof. i : 
It is of an indifferent bignefs,but yet in feme bigger,in fome lefs,according to the diverle 
temper of cold or hot men, as we noted in the liver. 
The figure thereof is pyramidal!, that is, it is broader in the bafis,and narrower at his 
round point. 
It is competed of the moft dente flelh of all the body,by the affufion of blood at the divi- 
fions and foldings of the vefle!s,and there concrete,as it happens alfo to the other entrails. 
For the blood being there a little moredryed, than that which is concrete for the making 
of the Livcr,turns into a flefhy fubftance more denfe than the common flelh,even as in hol- 
low ulcers,when they come to a cicatrize. 
It hath the Coronall veins and arteries,which it receives either on the right fidejfrom 
the Hollow vein,or on the left from the bafis at the entrance of the artery Aorta. You can- 
not by yourey difccrn that theheart hath any other nerves than thole which come to it 
With the Pleura. 
Yet I have plainly enough obferved others in certain beafts which have great hearts, as 
fwine 5 they appeared feated under the fat which covers the veflels and bafis of the heart, 
left the humid fubftance of thete parts Ihould be diflblved and diffipated by the burning 
heat of the heart. Whereby you may perceive that the heat of theheart is different fronv 
the Elementary heat, as that which fufters fat to grow about this .entrail, where otherwUe 
it doth not concrete unlefs by cold or a remils heat, which thing is chiefly worth admi- 
ration. 
The Heart is one alone, fituate moft commonly upon the fourth vertebra of the Cheft, 
which is in the inidft of the Cheft. Yet fbme think that it inclines fomewhat to the left 
fide, becaufe we there feel the motion or beating thereof; but that happens by reafon of its 
leftventricle,which being it is filled with many fpirits, and the beginning or the arteries, 
it beats far more vehemently,than the right. It required that feat by the decree of Nature; 
becaufe that region is the moft fafe and armed,and befides it is here on every fide covered 
(as it were)with the hands of the Lungs. 
It hath connexion with the fore-mentioned Vertebra's, but by the parts compofing 
it, with thofe parts from whence it hath them; with the Lungs by the Vena arteriofa, 
and 
Of the Heart, 
What the 
heart is* andoi 
what fubftancc 
The three forts 
of fibers of the 
heart. 
Themagni* 
rude* 
Figure. 
Compofition. 
The proper 
veflels. 
The Nerves* 
Number and 
fire. 
Connexion. Lib. 4. 
contained in the Cbeft. 
113 
and th e Arteria venofa; and laftly, with all the parts of the body by the Arteries,which it 
fends to them all. 
It is of a hot and moift temper, as every flefliy part is. The aCtion thereof is, firft to pre- 
pare the blood in its right ventricle, for the fit no urifliment of the Lungs, for from hence 
it is that Galen faith, This right ventricle was made for the neceflity of the Lungs. Se- 
condly,to generate the vitall fpirits in its left ventricle for the ufe of the whole body. But 
this fpirit is nothing elfe than a certain middle fubftance between air and blood, fit to 
preferve and cany the native heat,wherefore it is named the Vitall,as being the adthor and 
preferveroflife. In the inner parts of the heart there prefent themfelves to our con fide - 
ration the ventricles and the parts contained in the ventricles and between them; fuch are 
the or valves, the veflels and their mouths, their diftribution into the Lungs, the 
wall or partition, and the two productions or Ears of the heart; which becaufe they are 
doubtfull,whether they may be reckoned amongft the externall or internal! parts of the 
heart, I will here handle in the firft place. 
Therefore thefe Auricula or Ears are of a foft and nervous fubftance, compact of three 
forts of fibers, thatfo by their foftnefs they might the moreeafily follow the motions of 
the heart, and fo break the violence of the matter eptring the heart with great force when 
it is dilated. For otherwife by their violent and abundant entrance they might hurt the 
heart, and(as it were) overwhelm and fuffocate it; but they have that capacity which We 
lee given by nature, that fb they might (as it were) keep in ftore the blood and air, and 
then by little and little draw it forth for the ufe or neceflity of the heart. But if any en- 
quire, if fuch matters may be drawn into the heart by the only force of the ad (h- 
$am vacuifor avoyding of emprinefs; I will anfwer, That that drawing in or attraftion 
as caufed by the heat of the heart,which continually draws thefe matters to it, no other- 
wife than a fire draws the adjacent air,and the'flame of a candle the tallow which is about 
the weik for nourifhments fake. Whilft the heart is dilated it draws the air, whilft it is 
drawn together or contracted it expels it. This mption of the heart is abfolutely naturall, 
as the motion of the lungs is animall. Some add a third caufeof the attraction of the 
heart, to wit, the fimilitude of the whole fubftance. But in my judgment,this rather takes 
place in that attraction which is of blood by the vena corona.es for the proper nourifhment 
of the heart, than in that which is perfumed for attraction of matters for the benefit of 
the whole body. 
Thefe Ears differ in quantity,for the is far more capacious than the left,becaufe it 
was made to receive a greater abundance of matter. They are two in number, on each fide 
one,fituate at the balls of greater at the entrance of the hollow vein into the 
heart, the lefs at the entrancejnnous and of the great Artery,with which parts they 
both have connexion. declared what ufe they have,that is, to break the 
violence of the matters, and to be ftays or props to the Arteria venofa and great Ar- 
tery, which could not. fuftain fo rapid and violent a motion as that of the Heart,by reafon 
of their tendernefs of fubftance. 
Temper and 
aflioni 
What rhlT 
vitall (pirit ii. 
The AuricuU 
Cordii ,or ears 
of rhe heart* 
Theirmaghi' 
rude and 
number. 
Their ufe. 
Of the ventricles of the Heart. 
THe Ventricles are in number two, on each fide one, diftinguilhed with a flefliy parti- 
tion ftrong enough, having many holes in thet fuperficies, yet no where piercing 
through. * 
The right of thefe Ventricles is the bigger, and encompafled with the fofter and rarer 
flefh; the left is the lefler, but is engirt with a threefold more denfe and compaCt flefh ; for 
the right Ventricle was made for a place to receive the blood brought by the hollow vein, 
and for diftributing of it, partly by the Pena arteriofa into the Lungs for their nourishment, 
partly into the left Ventricle,by (wearing through the wall or partition, to yeeld matter 
for the generation of the vitall fpirits. f 
Therefore becaufe it was fhould be fo great a quantity of this blood,it was 
likewife fit that there fhould be a place proportionable to receive that matter. And becaufe 
the blood which wafrtb be received in the right ventricle was more thick, it was not lb 
aieedfull,thaw$fe fleih to contain it fhould be fo compaftjbut on the contrary,the arterious 
blood and vital fpirit have need of a mon; receptacle,for fear of wafting,and left they 
fhould vanifh into air; and alfo lefs roonijthatfo the heat being united,might become thd 
ftronger,and more powerfully fet upon the elaboration of the blood and fpirits. 
Therefore the right Ventricle of the heart is made for the preparation of the blood ap- 
pointed for then ourifhment of the Lungs, and the generation of the vitall fpirits, as the 
Lungs are made for the mitification or qualifying of the Air. Which works were neceflary 
if the Phyficall Axiome be true, That like is nourifhed by as the rare and ipongious 
Lungs with morefubtil blood; the fubftance of the heart grofsand denfe,with the veinous 
blood as it flows from the Liver, that is grofs. 
And it hath its Coronall veins from the Hollow vein,that it might thence draw as much 
as fhould be fufficient. 
But the left Ventricle is for the perfecting of the vitall fpirit, and the prefervarioh of , 
the native heat, L 5 ' Of 
The partin' or 
between the 
ventricles of 
rhe heart. 
Why the right 
ventricle is 
more capacious 
& lefscompaft. 
Why the right 
ventricle is 
more capacious 
Srlefs compel 
The aftion'of 
rhe right ven- 
tricle. 
Theaftion ol 
rhe left ven. 
rriclc. 114 
Of the Vitali farts 
LIB.4. 
Of the Orifices and Valves of the Heart, 
The ufesofthe 
four orifices of 
the Heart, 
THere be four Orifices of the heart, two in the right, and as many in the left ventricle; 
the greater of the two former givespaflage to the vein, or the blood carried by the 
hollow vein to the heart; the lefler opens a paflage to the vena arteriofa, or the cholerick 
blood carried in it for the nourifhment of the lungs. 
The larger of the two other makes a way for the diftribution of the Artery Aorta., and 
the vitall fpirit through all the body; but the lefler gives egrefs and rcgrefs to the Arteria 
venofa-fOr to the air and fuliginous vapors. And becaufe it was convenient that the matters 
fhould be admitted into their proper ventricles by thefe orifices,by the to wit,into 
the right ventricle by the greater orifice, and into the left by the lefler; and becaufe on the 
contrary it was fit that the matters fhould be expelled by the Syjiole from their ventricles, 
by the fore-mentioned orifices; 
Therefore nature to all thefe orifices hath put clcaven valves, that is to fay, fix in the 
right ventricle, that there might be three to each orifice; five in the left, that the greater 
orifice might have three,and the lefler two,for the reafbn we will prefently give. 
Thefe valves differ many ways: Firft, in aftion; for fome of them carry in matter to the 
heart, others hinder that which is gone out, that it come not back again. Secondly, they 
differ in fite, for thofe which bring in, have membranes without, looking in; thole which 
carry out,have them within looking out. Thirdly,in figure,for thofe which carry in,have 
a pyramidall figure, but thofe which hinder the coming back again, are made in the fhape 
of the Roman letter C. Fourthly, in fiibftance, for the former for the moft part are flefhy, 
or woven with flefhy fibers into certain flefhy knots ending towards the point of the heart; 
The latter are wholly membranous. 
Fiftly, they differ in number, for there be only five which bring in, three in the right 
ventricle at the greater orifice, and two in the left at the lefler orifice ; thofe which pro- 
hibit the coming back, are fix in each ventricle, three at each orifice. Laffly, they differ in 
motion; for the flefhy ones are opened in the diaftolefor the bringing in of blood and fpi- 
rit, and contrariwife are fhut in the that they may contain all or the greater part of 
that they brought in. The membranous on the contrary are opened in the fyfiole to give 
paflage forth to the blood and fpirits over all the body, but fhut in the that that 
which is excluded might not flow back into the Heart. But you fhall obferve that nature 
hath placed only two valves at the orifice of the Arteria venofa becaufe it was needfull that 
this Orifice fhould be always open, either wholly or certainly a third part thereof; that 
the air might continually be drawn into the heart by this orifice in infpiration, and lent 
forth by exfpiration in the contraction of the heart. Whereby we may gather this, that 
there is but one third part of that air we draw into the heart in breathing,fent forth again 
in the form of vapor in exfpiration, becaufenature would have but one third part of the 
orifice to lye open for its paflage out. Therefore the exfpiration or breathing out, and the 
fyftole of the heart and arteries,i,s fhorter than the infpiration, fo that we may truly fay,that 
the infpiration,or drawing the breath in, is equally fo long as the exfpiration is together 
with the reftjWhich is in the midft between the two motions. 
The Valves, 
How they 
differ. 
Aflion. 
Site. 
Figure.' 
SubRance. 
Number? 
Motion? 
Why there be 
only two 
Valves that 
Artfrit venefa 
CHAP. XII. 
Of the diftri but ion of the VenA Arteriofa > And the Arteria wenofa. 
Aving hitherto (hewed the originall of each of the veflels of the Heart, we muft 
now fpeak of their diftribution. The Vena arteriofa3or the ArterioUs vein; and 
the Art er i a venofa3or the Veinous artery, each proceeding out of his proper ven- 
tricle, that is, the right and left, are divided into two large branches; one of 
which goes to the right and the other to the left hand, the one lying crofs-ways over the 
other, the vein always riding over the artery, as you may underftana better by the fight of 
your eys,than by reading of books. Theft branches at their entrance of the lungs are di- 
vided into two other large branches,and each of them go to his peculiar Lobe of the lungs; 
and theft again run almoft into infinit other branches, difperfed in three places over the 
Lungs. 
Thefe veflels have acquired their names by reafcn of that tranfmutation of confiftence, 
whereby the compofure of a vein degenerates into an artery, and that of an artery into a 
vein, for the commodity of life. For this is a miracle of prudent Nature to change the 
coats of the veflels of the lungs; producing a vein which in its body fliould imitate an 
artery,and an artery which fliould repreftnt a veimfor if thd vena arteriofa fliould have retai- 
ned its proper confiftence, the arteriotis blood which is carried by it from the heart to 
nourifli the lungs,might by realbn of its (ubtilty penetrate through, and flow away by rea- 
son of the rarity of the veinous texture: and fo nature fliould never have attained her con- 
'• * ceived 
The artety 
always lyes 
under the vein* 
A twofold 
rcafon why 
rhe Vein was 
made arterious 
•r like an ar- 
tery. L1 B.4. 
Contained intbeCbefl 
115 
ceived end,that is,to nouriffi the Lungs, by reafon of the continual! motion of their contra- 
ction and dilatation. 
For nouriffiment cannot be aflimilated to the part, unlefs it be put and cleave to it. 
Wherefore it was fit, that nature ffiould make the body of this vein lolid, that it might be 
immoveable,unffiaken and ftubborn (in refpeft of a vein which by its foftnefs would have 
been too obfequious and yeilding to the agitation of the Lungs)that fo it might have nou- 
riffiment,which might be diflufed into all parts thereof, and which might neither be drawn 
by its diaftole, nor driven back into the heart by its fyftole. But the artery hath the confi- 
dence of a vein, that by that veinous foftnefs according to the neceffity of nature it might, 
be the more readily con traded and dilated, to bring the air in and carry the vapours forth 
of the heart. Here we meet with a difficulty, which is,by what way the blood is carryed out 
of the right into the left ventricle of the heart. 
Galen thinks that there be certain holes in the partition made for that purpofe; and veri- 
ly there are fuch,but they are not perforated. Wherefore Columbus hath found out a new way, 
which is,that the blood is carryed to the lungs by the vena arteriofa, and there attenuated 
and carried from thence together with the air by the Arteria venoja to the left ventricle of 
the heart; this he writes truly very probablely. Eot alius in his treatife de Catarrho hath 
found out a third way,to wit, a vein,which he cals Arter i arum wwtripc,that is, The nurfe of 
the arteries, which creeps a little above the Coronal! to the right ear of the Heart,and then 
goes into the left ear thereof. But yet I am very much afraid,that this vein obferved by Bo- 
talliM') is that veflel obferved by Fallopius whereby the Fam arterialis is joyned to the Aorta., 
and by which all the vitall blood is carried for the forming and nourifhment of the lungs 
whilft the infant is yet in the womb. Of which alfo G?/ew'makes mention,but it had lain hid 
from his time to this day,but that Fallopius railed up the memory of it again. 
Why rhe Ar- 
tery was made 
like a Vein. 
By what way 
blood may 
pafsourof the 
right into the 
left ventricle. 
The vein cal- 
led the nurfe of 
the arteries. 
FaUop. initio tt» 
Gal de ufo 
CHAP. XIII. 
The distribution of the afcendent Hollow vein. 
He Hollow vein riling out of the gibbous part of the Liver,and refembling (ac- 
cording to Galen) the body of a tree,is divided into two notable branches,but 
not of a like bignefs. For the greater, by the hind part of the Liver upon the 
back bone & by the way,receives certain other branches from the fubftance.of 
the Liver which ent red not into the great trunck with the reft. You may often 
fee this defcendent branch even to the back bone upon which it lies in this its defcent, co- 
vered with the fubftance of the liver,fo that it may teem that branch proceeds not from that 
common trunck together with the afcendent, although indeed it alwayes doth. But the 
lefler branch ateends to the upper parts, and is diftributed after this manner following.For 
firft arifing into the midriffe it beftows two finall veins upon it, on each fide one, which 
from that part are called Phrenic*. But from thence when it arrives at the right Ear of the 
Heart, it makes the the Coronall or Crown veins,which compafs the bafts of the 
heart in manner of a Crown. Thirdly,entring fbmewhat more deeply into its right Ear,in 
its greater part it produces thew arterio/a. Fourthly, lifted up abovethe heart, on 
the right fide it produces the vein Azygos or fine pari (that is,without a fellow) which 
defending to the fourth rib , (reckoning from above nourilheth the in- 
tercoftall mufcles and alfo the membranes of the eight lower ribs,on both fides, fending a 
branch into each of the mufcles at the lower part of the rib, which may be fufficient for 
their nourilhment. Befides alfo oftentimes,efpecially in little men, this vein Azygos nou- 
nlhes all the fpaces between all the ribs by the like branches, which it fends in the fame 
manner to the four upper ribs. Moreover alfo this Azygos fometimes,though but teldome, 
is found double, that is, on each fide one. Here you muft chiefly obferve, that this vein 
after it hath nourilhed the fpaces between the lower ribs, in its remainder defcends under 
the Diaphragma and is joyned on the left fide to the Emulgent vein; by which it is manifeft 
how an Abfcefs may be critically evacuated by the urine, in a plurifie. But this fame Azy- 
gos is more deprefled on the right fide,and meets with the Ven* lumbares 3hut efpecially with 
one of them,which goes down to the thigh , whereby Fallopius gathers that it is very con- 
venient in the beginnings of Plurifies to open the vena the vein of the Ham. Fifthly 
above the Azygos (when it is wanting there) it tends forth the branch called Intercoftalis to 
the other fpaces between the upper ribs ; although this is fometimes teen to come from the 
AxillaresjMch Sylvius cals the fabclavi*. Sixtly,it brings forth the Mammarte-fo called, be- 
caufe in their greater part they run to the dugs between the fourth and fifth ribs , for the 
utes formerly mentioned; men and women have on each fide one of thete coming from 
the Subclavi*. They are fometimes found to proceed by a certain common orifice from the 
hollow vein,before it be divided into the Subclavian branches, <but it is rather in beafts than 
in men ; thete veins defeending by the fides of the fternon yeild nourilhment to the two inner 
mufcles of the cheft,to the feven intercoftall mufcles of the true ribs/o the fternon it telf and 
to 
Gal.lib deform-, 
foetWi 
The greater 
dependent 
branch of the 
hollow vein. 
The upper 
branch of rhe 
hollow vein is 
the lefs. 
Vena phrenic a, 
Corenalesi 
Vena Arter zofa. 
Vena 
.fine pari» 
This 
fometimcs 
two. 
How rhe mat- 
ter of a plurifie 
may be evacua - 
ted by urin. 
Interccjlalis. 
MdmirArifa 116 
Of the Vitali parts 
Lib. 4. 
to its ligaments and griftles,as alfo to the Mediaftinum & the upper part of the right mufcles, 
and the adjacent parts. Seaventhly,it produces the Cervicalis, which on both tides through 
the holes of theproduftions of the Vertebra's of the neck, afcends to the head,fending many 
fmall branches into the Ipinall marrow through the holes by w.hich the nerves pafs,and al- 
fo into the membranes, ligaments, griftles, bones, and neighbouring mufclts. Eightly, the 
Mufculofa of mufculous, which alfo arifing out of the Subclavie is divided into two other 
branches,the one whereof goeth upon the breftto the paps nourithing theforemoft mufcles; 
wherefore in abaftard plurifie cupping-glafles may be fitly applied in this place. 
The other branch defcends to the upper mufcles of the cheft,but fpecially to that which 
is called Latifimus. The tenth is the Axillaris. The eleventh the which we will 
treat in their place. The twelfth and laft is the lugularlf properly fo called, which is two- 
fold,the internail and externall. The intemall being the leflcr doth prefently on both fides 
from this very beginning afcends by the fides of the After a Arter ia or weazon even to the 
mouth and skull, yeilding nourilhment to the parts by which it pafles,as to the next mem- 
branes and nerves. But when it comes to the bafts of the Cranium it is divided into two 
branches, the greater whereof going back along the bafts of the Cranium to the hind part 
thereof, fending a branch to the long mufcle lituate upon the cefyhagufftt enters the Cranium 
with the (mail Carotides through the hole of the nerves of the fixt conjugation, where they 
become one common veflell. The leflcr lending a flip to the organ of hearing by the hole 
called Caecum (or the blind) alfo enters the Cranium and is fpent in the thicker meninx neer 
to the hole of the third and fourth conjugation of nerves .The externall Jugular vein being 
greater and fairer,moft commonly fimple,yet fometimes double,either prefently at his be- 
ginning,or a little after,afcends luperficially on both fides of the neck, between the broad 
mufcle,or flefhy pannicle,being there eafie to be difcerned,and other mufcles fituateat the 
fides of the neck,into which as alfo into the skin it fends certain branches for nourilhment. 
The Figure of the hollow vein whole and freed from the reft of the body. 
Ctrvicdie 
Jdufiubfi. 
In what place 
cupping glaffes 
may be fitly 
applyed in a 
baftard pluriGe. 
Axillaris. 
Humertlif* 
ingulctrif inter* 
na,externib 
Into what part* 
the Ingn/arir 
interna goes, 
'into what parts 
the ingularis 
externa goq. 
A, The trunk ot the hol- 
low vein. The lower 
this place of the 
Liver, is feated the left 
part of the vein, anddi- 
ftributeth branches to 
the left fide. 
B, Sheweth how the trunk 
of the hollow vein in 
the cheft (to give way to 
the heart) is curved or 
bowed to the right 
hand. 
Betwixt A.and B. that part 
of the hollow vein 
which is betwixt the 
gibbous fide of the Liver 
and the Midriffe. 
C, The left midriffe vein 
called Pbenica /iniftra , 
from which furcles do 
run in a man unto the 
purfs of the heart, for 
the midriffe and it do 
grow together. 
P. The orifice of the hol- 
low vein which groweth 
unto the heart. 
E. the crown-vein called 
coronatia 9 which like a 
crown compaffeth the 
bafis of the heart, and 
fprinkleth his furcles on 
the outfide thereof as far 
as to the cone or point. 
FF. The trunk of the 
vein Azygos or non parity 
defending along the 
right fide of the rack- 
bones unto the loins. 
GG.the lower intcrcoftal veins,to the branches of the vcinJ^gw3whichgo unto the diftan- 
ces Lib. 4. 
contained in the Cbefl. 
117 
ces betwixt the ribs,and afford farcies unto the mufcles which lie upon rhe ribs and the 
rack-bones, and the membranes of the cheft. H. the divifion of the hollow vein into 
two fabclavian trunks near the lugulum under the breft-bone. II. the fabclaviari branch 
tending on either fide unto the arm; called by fame Axillarw. K. the upper intercoftall 
vein which commonly fendeth three flips unto the diftances of the upper ribs, unto which 
the firft intercoftall vein lent no branches. LL. the defeending mammary vein: this defeend- 
eth under thebreft-bone unto the right mufcles of the Abdomen, andaffordeth farcies to the 
diftances of the griftlesof the true ribs, to the Mediaftinum, the mufcles that lye upon the 
breft and the skin of the Abdomen. M.the conjunftion of the mammary with the Epigaftrick 
vein afeending about thenavill under the right mufcles. N. the vein of the neck called Cer- 
•uicalit, afeending towards the skull,which alloweth furcles to thole mufcles that lie upon 
the neck. 0. the vein called Mufcula, which is propagated with many furcles into the mu- 
fcles that occupie the lower parts of the neck and the upper parts of the theft. P. 'Ikoracica 
faperior, the upper cheft vein which goeth to the mufcles lying upon the cheft, to the skin 
of that place and to the dugs. double Scapulars diftributed into the hollow part of 
the flioulderblade and the neighbour mufcles: fa alfa betwixt P. and R. fometimes fmall 
veins do reach unto the glandules that are in the arm-holes. R. 'Ihoradcd inferior running 
downward along the fides of the cheft, and efpecially diftributed into the mufcle of the arm 
called LatifJiniM. S, the inner Jugular vein which entreth into the Scull after it hath be- 
flowed fame furcles upon the rough artery X the externall Jugular vein. F. the divifion of 
this vein under the root of the ear X. a branch of the externall Jugular which gbeth into 
the infide of the mouth, and is diverfly divided into the parts therein contained. T. the ex- 
terior branch diftributed near the Fauces into the mufcles of the chops and the hole skin of 
the head. Z. a portion of the branch, y. reaching unto the vein of the fore-head. 
4. a portion of it creeping through the temples. * a propagation that goeth unto the 
skin of the Nowl or Occiput.a.a.the vein called or the externall vein of the arm 
which others call Hunter aria.b3 Mufcula fuperior, a propagation of the Cephalica vein which 
goeth unto the backward mufcles of the neck. Betwixt b. and rf. on the backfide ifliieth a 
branch from the Cephalica which pafleth unto the outfide of the blade,and a portion thereof 
runneth betwixt the flelh and the skin. J. d. a vein from the Cephalica which attaineth unto 
the top of the fhoulder,and is confumed into the mufcle that elevatethor lifteth up the arm„ 
and into his skin. e.e. a fmall vein from the Cephalica difperfed through the skin and the 
mufcles of the aim. f. the divifion of the Cephalica into three parts, g. the firft branch rtm- 
neth deep unto the mufcles which arife out of the externall protuberation of the arm./?. the 
fecond branch which goeth to make the median vein. i. i. the third branch tunning oblique- 
ly above the wand and the outfide of the from thisbranch certain circles are divided 
into the skin, the chief whereof is marked with k. I. the third branch at the wrift Which is 
joyned at /. with the branch of the Bafilica marked with x.m. the Bajilica which on die right 
hand is called Hepatica, on the left hand Lienarif. n. o. a branch of the Bajilica going to the 
heads of the mufcles of the cubit at n. and to the mufcles themfelves at o.p. a notable branch 
of the Bajilica running obliquely, and beftowing furcles upon the mufcles that ifliie from 
the externall protuberation.This branch defeendeth together with the fourth nerve.q. divi- 
fion of the Bajilica into two branches and that is noted with <y.is ever accompanied with an 
artery, f. a branch of this vein beftowed upon the skin of the arm. t. a branch of the Bajilica 
which together with the branch of the Cephalica marked withfc. makes the mediana 
dle vein marked with a.u. a branch of the Bajilica going to the inner head of the armj 
xx. a branch ifliiing out of the former that creepeth along unto the Wrift1 and toward the 
little finger conjoyning it felf with a branch or the Cepbd/icrf.y. A vein running out tintx> 
the skin at the outfide of the cubit. Upper «. a propagation ifliiing Out of a branch of 
the Bajilica marked with t. lowers, a branch of the Bajilica. x3 going to the infide of the 
Arm- the Median or common vein. the partition of the Median vein above the wrift: 
This divifion Ihould have been made above ?>>»the Externall branch of the parrition which 
goeth to the outfide of the head. & from which ifliieth a fmall branch to the infide. <» the 
internall branch under which toward the middle and the ring Specially difi 
pofed. i the vein of the thumb difperfed into themountenet er which is con- 
joyned with the branch noted with the trunk of the hollow vein from which iflue 
branches unto the parts feated under the liver. •* the fatty vdn called Adipofa Jtnijlra , ' 
which goeth unto the fat of the kidneys. the two Emulgen3 which lead wheyey blood 
unto the kidneys. the two fpermaticall veins' leading tle matter of the feed lintdthe 
tefticks. the beginning of the bodden veflell called lb the veins of the 
loins called Lumbares3 which are fent in the knots or Wecs to the rackbones, to the mar- 
row of the back, to the mufcles that lie upon the lok'S? and to the Per Bornum.0, the bifur- 
cation of the hollow vein into the Iliack brancK'S,which bifurcation is not uiilike. 
Mufcula juperior3 a tranfverfe branch going to me mufcles of the and fa' the 
Peritoneum. the divifion of the left Iliack veir3 into an inner branch at?, and an utter 
at*>'r' Mujcula media the utter propagation of-fte branch b diftributed through the mu- 
fries of the coxa and the skin of the bur-ocks,an inner propagation of the fame 
branch, 118 
Of the Kit ail parts 
Lib.4. 
branch f» which goeth unto the holes of the holy bone. the vein called Sacra, which 
goeth to the upper holes of the holy bone. x 4, the vein Hypogaftrica diftributed to the blad- 
der, to the muffles of the fundament, and the neck of the womb."* a vein arifing from the 
utter branch marked with o-, which is joy ned with fome branches of the internail vein, 
near the holes or perforations of the fliare-bone. 3 i. a vein which when it hath palled the 
lhare-bone diftributeth one branch into the cup of the coxendix and to the mufcles of that 
place, x, another fmall branch which runneth under the skin at the infide of the thigh. 
the congrefs or meeting of the forefaid vein, with a branch marked with char. 2. and di- 
ftributed into the leg. 1, a propagation of the utter branch perfo- 
rating the Peritoneum, whereto as alfo the mufcles of the Abdomen, and the skin it ofleretli 
branches, the chief branch of this vein is joyned with the defcending mammary above the 
navill at M. Pudenda an inner propagation of the branch. running overthwart unto 
the privities. Saphena or the ancle vein or the inner branch of the crurall trunk, which 
creepeth through the infide of the leg under the skin unto the tops of the toes. A> the firft 
interior propagation of the Saphena offered to the groin, s, the utter propagation there- 
of divided to the forefide or outfide of the thigh, n, the fecond propagation of the Sa~ 
phena going to the firft muffle of the leg. the third propagation of the Saphena 
going to the skin of the whirle-bone, and unto the ham. v the fourth propagation 
of the Saphena dilperfing his muffles forward and backward. branches from this unto 
the forefide of the inward ankle, to the upper part of the foot,and to all the toes. Sii Ifchiar 
minor , called allb Mufcula interior the utter branch of the crurall trunk divided into the 
muffles of the coxendix,and to the skin of that place. 1,2,and this alfo may be called mufcula. 
i, the exterior and leller which pafleth into lome muffles of the leg. 2,the interior greater 
and deeper unto the muffles of the thigh. 3,4, the vein called Poplitea, made of two crurall 
veins divided under the knee.5, From this a furcle is reached upward unto the skin of the 
thigh.6,but the greater part runs by the bent of the knee under the skin as far as the heel. 
7, alfo to the skin of the outward ankle. 8, the vein called Sural# or calf vein,becauff it 
runneth unto the muffles that make the calf of the leg. 9,Thedivifion of the Surallvein 
into an exterior trunk 9, and an interior 14. 10,11 , the divifion of the exterior 
trunk under the knee into an externall branch, which along the brace attaineth unto the 
muffles of the foot. 11, and an internail. 12,13,12,13 .which defcending along the out- 
fide of the leg to the upper part of the foot is cloven into divers branches, and in the back 
of the foot mixeth it felf with Poplitea, or the ham vein. 20.14. t^ie interior branch of the 
Surall vein which runneth into the backfide of the leg, 15, a branch hereof defcending to 
the infide of the heel and the great toe,and is divided into divers fiircles. 17, Ifchias major 
ifluing outoftheinternall trunk at 14, and running through the mufcles of the calf. 
i8,a propagation hereof derived unto the upper part of the foot,and affording two fiircles 
to every toe. 19, the remainder of the inner trunK. 14. behind the inner ankle, approach- 
ed! to the bottom of the foot and is confiimed into all the toes, 20, the commixion of the 
vein Poplitea with the fmall or calf-branch at 13. 
But when it arrives to the bafis of the lower part of the head, it is divided into more 
branches,one whereof is carried to the mufcles of the bone Hyois,the Larinx,the tongue and 
the lower part of the tongue (in which place it is commonly opened in the fquinances,and 
other inflammations of the mouth) and to the coat of the nofe. Another is carried to the 
Dura mater, parting on both fides through a hole lituate under the bone maftoides, and be- 
fides, aff ending to the bone of the back part of the fcull, it comes obliquely to the upper 
part of the future lambdoides, where thefe branches meeting together, pafs into the re- 
duplication of the Vuta mater,dividing the fore-part of the brain,that fo joined and united, 
they may make the torcular5 the third affendent is diftributed upon the back-part and bafis 
of the lower jaw, to the lips, the fides of the noff, and the mufcles thereof 5 and ■ in like 
manner t<» the greater corner of the eyes,to the fore-head and other parts of the face, and 
at length by meeting together of many branches,it makes in the forehead the vein which 
is called •vena Or fronts, that is,the forehead vein. The fourth affending by 
the glandules behind the ears, after it hath fent forth'many branches to them, is divided 
into two others, one parting before, and the other behind the ear, are at length 
1 fpent in the skin of the head. The fifth and laft wandring over all the lower part of the 
head, going to the back pjrt thereof, makes the vena pup#,which extended the length of the 
head by the fagitall future, at\.ngtft gOeth fo far, that it meets with the vena frontis, which 
meeting is the caufe, that a vein opened in the forehead, is good in griefs of the hinder part 
of the head, and fo on the contrary. gut we muft obffrve that in the Cranium of fome, the 
vena pupis by one or more manifeft pd&.&es lends fome portion thereof to the inner part of 
head, fo that the vena pupis being opened majjc pcvulfion o»f the matter which caufeth 
the internall pains of the head, 
i CHAP. 
Whe re the 
external! jwgu* 
Jar vein may be 
fitly opened in 
inflammations' 
of the parts of 
the mouth* 
] 
Vena pUpisi Lib. 4. 
contained in the Cbeft. 
119 
CHAP. XHII. 
The dift rihution of the Nerves, of the fixth conjugation. 
foaufe the diftribution of the arteries cannot be well fhewed, unlefs we violate 
thofe nerves which are carryed over the Cheft,therefore before we fhew the di- 
ftribution of the arteries,we will as briefly as we can,profecute the diftribution 
of theft nerves. 
Now the fixth conjugation brings forth three pair of nerves; for palling out of the skul, 
as it comes down to' the Cheft, it by the way fends forth fome branches to certain mufcles 
of the neck,and to the three afeendent mufcles of the Larinx on each fide of the Sternon and 
upon the clavicles. Then the remainder defeending into the Cheft, is divided on each fide 
into thefe three pair. The firft pair makes the Rams coftalis. The fecond,theK<wn# recurrent. 
The third pair, the Ramus ftrniachicus. The Ramus coftalis,or coftall branch is fo called, be- 
caufe defeending by the roots of the ribs, even to the holy bone, and joining themfelves 
to thefe which proceed from each of the Vertebra's of the Ipine, they are carryed to all the 
naturall parts. 
The Recurrent.) or recurrent is alfo ealled, becauft as it were ftarting up from the cheft,it 
runs upward again,but thefe two Recurrent nerves do not run back from the fame place; 
but the right from below the artery, called by fome the axillary, by others Subclavian,and 
the left from beneath the great artery,defcending to the naturall parts.But each of them on 
each fide afeending along by the weazon,even to the and then they infinuate them- 
felves by the wings of Cartilago feutifarmland Thyroides into the proper mufcles,which open 
and flint the Larinx. 
By how much the nerves are nearer the originall,to wit, the brain, or fpinall marrow, 
they are by fo much the fofter. On the contrary,by how much they are further abfent from 
their originall, they are fo much the harder and ftronger, which is the reafon that Nature 
would have thefe recurrent nerves to run back again upwards, that fo they might be the 
ftronger to perform the motions of the mufcles of the Larinx. But the Stomachics or fto- 
mach-branch is fo called, bccaufe it defeends to the ftomach or ventricle. For this branch 
defeending on both fides by the fides of the gullet, ftnds many branches from it ■ into the 
inner fubftance of the lungs, into the coat thereof, into the Pericardium and heart; and 
then coming into the upper orifice of the ftomach, it is fpent in many branches, which fol- 
ded after divers manners and wayes, chiefly makes that mouth or ftomach, which is the 
feat of the Animall appetite(as they term itand hunger, and the judger of things conveni- 
ent or hurtfull for the ftomach. But from thence they are diverfly diueminated over all the 
body of the ventricle. • 1 
Moreover the fame branch fends forth fome finall branches to the liver and bladder of 
the gall, giving each part by the way, fo much ftpft as fhould be fufficiently neceflary for it; 
Here you muft note, the ftomach branch defeends on each fide one, knit to the gullet, and 
by the way they divide themfelves into two branches, each of which goes to theoppofite 
fide,that it may there join it ftlf to the nerve of that fide. To which purpofe the right is 
carried above the gullet,the left below it, fp that theft two ftomatick become four, and a- 
gain thefe four preftntly become two. 
Three pair ©f 
nerves ofrhe 
fixe conjugati- 
on. 
Ramm Coftalis 
Recurrent 
An anatom icai 
Axioms* 
Why nature 
would have the 
vocall nerves 
recurrent. 
Rama ftomK 
chicusi 
CHAP. XV, 
The Divifion of the Arteries 
-Jc Artery arifing forth of the left ventricle of the heart, is prefently (the two 
Coronall Arteries being firft fpred over the fubftance of the heart)divided into 
two unequall branches. The greater whereofdefcends to the lower parts,be- 
ing diftributed,as we formerly mentioned in the third book, and 22. Chapter. 
The lefferafcendingto the upper parts,is again divided into two other une- 
qual branches,the leffer of which afcending towards the left fide,fends forth no artery from 
it, untill it arrive at the rib of the Cheft, where it produces the fubclavian artery, which 
is diftributed after the manner following. 
Firft, it produces the intercoftall, and by it imparts life to the three intercoftall mufcles 
of the four upper ribs,and to the neighbouring places. 
Secondly, it brings forth the Mammillary branch, which is diftributed as the Mammil- 
lary vein is. 
Thirdly, the which afcends along the neck by the tranfverfe productions to 
theDura ■maters being diftributed as the Vena Cervical# is. 
Fourthly, patting out of the Cheft/rom the back part of the Cheft,it fends forth the mu- 
fc«lop,whereby it gives life to the hind mufcles of the neck,even to the back part: of the head. 
Fiftly, 
The left Branch 
ofcheafcendent 
artery is lefs 
then the righty 
The diftributi- 
on of the left 
fubclavian ar- 
tery into they 
I 
In ter coft alii. 
2 
Mammiria. 
3 
Ceri>icalis, 
4 
Mufculofa, 120 
Of theFitallparts 
Lib.4. 
Fiftly,having wholly left the Cheft, it fends forth the two or fhoulder arte- 
ries,the one whereof goes to the mufcles of the hollow part of the fhoulder blade,the other 
to the joy nt of the arm and the mufcles fituate there, and the gibbous part of the (houlder 
blade. 
Sixthly and laftly, it produces the Dhoracica,which alfo is twofold, for the one goes to 
the fore mufcles of the Cheft, the other to the we laid of the vein, the remnant 
of it makes the Axillaris of that fide. 
The other greater branch likewife afcending by the right fide,even to the firfl rib of the 
Cheft,makes allo the fubclavian of that fide, which befides thofe divifions it makes on this 
fide, like thofe of the left fide, hath alfo another which makes the right and left Carotides 
or fleepy arteries; which afcending undivided with a nerve of the fixth conjugation and 
the internall jugular vein, by the fides of the Afar a Arter ia or windpipe, when they come 
to the Pharinxfaiey are divided on each fide into two branches,the one internall, the other 
externall. The internall and greater is fent to the tongue; then entring 
into the head by the long hole and the back part of the upper jaw, it fends many branches 
to the nofe,eyes,the infide of thetemporal mufcles and to the Crafa mater :the 
remainder of this branch going by the fide holes of the fame, that it might there make the 
Plexus admirabilis as we fee.And then it is fpent upon thebafis'of the brain abundantly diffu- 
fed over the tenuis meninx or Pia mater,8c then the membrane or Plexus Choroides.The external 
or lefler branch of the fleepy arteries goes to the cheeks,the temples, & behind the earsjlaft- 
ly,it fends a branch into the long mufcle of the neck,with which the internal Jugular vein 
infinuates it felf into the Dura mater 3 entring by the hole of the nerves of the fixth con- 
jugation. 
Hume}aria du' 
plex. 
6 
Thoracica du- 
plex. 
The diftributi* 
on of rhe right 
fubclavian 
artery. 
The Carotides, 
or fleepy arte- 
ries. 
Their divifion. 
Thediftributi- 
onofthe inter- 
nal! branch of 
the fleepy 
arteries. 
To what parts 
the external! 
branch of the 
fleepy artery 
arrives. 
The Figure of the Arteries. 
A. The orifice of the great Ar- 
tery 5 or the beginning there- 
of, where it ilfueth out of the 
heart. 
B. Coronaria, id called, becaule 
like a crown it compafleth the 
bafis of the heart. 
C. divifion of the great 'arte- 
ry into two trunks, V. i. 
D. The left fubclavian climbing 
obliquely upward unto the ribs. 
E. the upper in tercoftall artery, 
or a branch which beftoweth 
four propagations unto the 
diftances of the lower rib. 
F. The neck artery which 
through the tranlverle procef- 
fes of the rackbones of thf 
neck, attaineth to the Icull, 
bellowing farcies unto the 
marrow and his neighbour 
mulcles. 
G. The left Mammary artery 
running under the breft-bone, 
and to the navill. 
It diftributeth farcies to the Me- 
diaftinum, the mufcles of the 
breft, and of the Abdomen. 
H. Mufcula, or a branch attaining 
to the backward mufcles of 
the neck. 
I. The Scapular arteries which go 
unto the hollownefs of the 
blade, and of the mufcles that 
lie thereon. 
K. Hutner aria which climbeth o- 
ver the top of the Ihoulder 
L. Thoracic a Superior 3 Iprinkled 
unto the forward mulcles of 
the Cheft.M.Tborrfczca inferior $ 
which palling along the fides 
of the Cheft, attaineth to the broad mufcles of the arm. N. the axillarie artery running 
out into the arm and affording branches unto the mufcles thereof. O, A branch reaching 
to L1 B.4. 
Contained in tbe Cheft 
121 
to the outfide of the cubit lying deep.PP.Branches to the joint of the cubit with the arm. 
Qjhc upper branch of the artery running along the Radin and offering farcies to the 
thumb, the fore-finger,and the middle A furcle creeping unto the outfide of the 
hand,and led betwixt the firft bone cf the thumb and that of the after-wrift, lupportctfi 
the fore-finger where we ufe to feel the pulfe. S. the lower branch of the artery running 
along the Vina and communicating farcies to the little finger,the ring finger,and the mid- 
dle finger. * A little branch unto the mufcles about the little finger.T. thediftribution of 
the upper and lower branches into the hand and the fingers. V. the trunk of the great ar- 
tery afeending to the Jugulum, and the divifion thereof in that place into X,T,Z. X-the left 
Carotis or fleepy artery. T. Subclavian dextra is divided into branches,as the right is divided. 
Z. Carotid dextro,called alfo Apqlefiica andLithargira. a. the divifion of the left Qtrotis in 
the chops, b. the exteriour branch of that divifion going into the face, the temples, and 
behind the ears. c. the inner branch going to the throttle, the chops, and the tongue, d. 
the divifion hereof at thebafis of the skull,into two branches which enter the Jinn of the 
'Dura mater, e.a propagation of the branch b. unto the mufcles of the face. f. the diftri- 
bution of the branch b. under the root of the ear. g. the fore-branch hereof creeping up 
the temples, h. the back branch running on the backfide of the ear under the skin. z. the 
trunk of the great artery ,dcfcending unto the fpondells of the back, ffD the lower Inter- 
cojlall arteries which go unto the diftances of the eight lower ribs, from whiefi are offe- 
red furcles to the marrow, and to the mufcles that grow to the back and to the 
Cheft. I. the artery pf the midriffe called Phxonica or Diaphragmatica. ( , Mefenterica Su- 
perior but you mujft note that above £, the trunk of the Cadi a call artery is taken away,left 
the multitude ofletters in fo fmall a Table fhould breed obfeurity. «,9,the right and 
left emulgents running from the Aorta or great arterie unto the kidnies. kk ,the fper- 
maticall arteries on either fide going to the tefticles. a, the lower Meientericall artery on 
the left below p, running efpecially into the Colick gut on that fide. w, the arteries cal- 
led Lund ares,which run overthwart and like knees, affording furcles to the mufcles that 
grovy to the loins, and to the Peritoneum. v. the lower; Mulcula fuperior running into the 
fides of the Abdomen and the mufcles. vv. the bifurcation of the great artery into two 
trunks, and at the fides, but fomewhat inward are branches which make thofe that are cal- 
led Sucre. T. the divifion of the left trunk into an inner branch at $ and an utter at 
9. %. the inner branch, 0, Mufcula inferzor,the utter propagation of the inner branch 
going unto the mufcles which cover the branch bone and the Coxendix. it. Hypogaftrica,the 
inner propagation of the inner branch going to the bladder,the yard and the neck of the 
womb, f. the umbilical 1 artery. *. the remainder of the branch £, afluming an addition 
from the utter branch neer ?, and fo falling through the hole of the fhare-bone into the 
leg. t. Epigaftrica, it afeendeth upward unto the right mufcle of the Abdomen, and about 
the navellisjoyned with the mammary artery, v. Pudenda, it creepeth overthwart the 
fhare-bone. p. the Crurall trunk without the Peritoneum. X. Mufcula cruralit exterior, going 
into the fore mufcles of the thigh. 4- Mufcula cruralis interior,going unto the muffles of the 
ipfide of the thigh. w.Thc conjun&ion of this artery with the branches, T.Poplitea,going to 
the muffles on the backfide of the thigh.A which communicateth fmall branches to the 
joint of the knee, and the mufcles that make the calfe of the leg. 6. the divifion 
of the Crurall artery under the ham into three branches. A. 'fibiea exterior, it accompa- 
nied! the brace-bone, and is confumed into the mufcles. 5. the chief part of the cru- 
ral! artery. 3. the upper and backer cTibi£a. n$. the lower and backer T'ibiea running 
unto the upper fide of the foot at T. a propagation of the crurall artery going 
to the inner and upper fide of the foot, and fprinkling a branch unto the ankle, 
ft. a propagation unto the lower part of the foot which affordeth furcles to each 
toe. 
But we muft note that there be more veins"in a mans body#than arteries,and befides that 
the veins are far thicker. For there is no need for preferving the native heat in the parts 
themfelves, either of fo many, or fo large inftruments of that kind. Therefore you may of- 
ten find veins without arteries, but never arteries without veins. 
But we underftand that an artery is a companion to a vein,not only when it; touches it, 
or adheres to it by common membranes,as ufually it happens; but alfo when it is appoint 
ted together with the vein for the ufe of the fame part. 
CHAP. XVI. 
of Thymus. 
He Thjmw is a glandule,of a foft, rare, and fpongious fubftance, of large bignefle, 
lituate in the furtheft and higheft part of the Cheft, amongft the divilions cliche 
fubclavian or Jugular veins and arteries, as yet contained in the Cheft , for 
this ule; that it might ferve thele veflcls for a defence againft the bony hardnefle 
of the Cheft, and befides,that as it were by this prop or ftay, the diftributions of thele 
M vefleh 
What the 
Thymm is. 
The ufe. 122 
Of the Vitali part r 
LIB.4. 
veflels might become the ftronger; for fo we fee that nature hath provided for others, e- 
fpecially fuch as are the more noble and worthy. This glandule appears very large in beafts 
and young men,but in fuch as have attained to full growth it is much lefs,and fcarce to be 
leen. 
The magni- 
tude. 
CHAP. XVII. 
Of the Afpera Arteria, the rough Artery or Weazon. 
The Figure of the Afpera Arteria or Weazon. 
&. The orifice of the great 
artery ent from the heart. 
aa. thecoronall arteries of 
the heart. 
B. C. D. the divifion of the 
great artery in two trunks, 
the defending C.the amen- 
ding D. 
E. the left axillarie, or fiib- 
clavian artery. 
F. the right axillarie or fub- 
clavian artery. 
G. the right Carol is or fleepy 
artery. 
H. the left Carolis. 
l. the trunk of the rough 
artery or weazon. 
K.L. The divifion of the 
rough artery into two 
branches, of which the 
right goes into the right, 
and left into the left fide 
ofthelungs; which bran- 
ches are again fubdivided 
into many other. 
M. the head of the Rough 
Artery called the Larinx or 
Throttle. 
N. Certain Glandules or 
Kernells at the root of it. 
OO. the right and lift nerves 
of the fixth and feaventh 
conjugation. P. A revolu- 
tion of finall branches of 
the right nerve to the right 
Axillary Artery. QQ. The 
right Recurrent Nerve. 
R. A revolution of finall branches ofthe left Nerve unto the defending trunk ofthe great 
Artery. SS.The left recurrent Nerve. 
ria i. 
The fabftance* 
He After a Arteria or Weazon feeing it is the inftrument of voice and refpiration , 
is of a griftly,ligamentous,and wholly various fubftance. For if it had been one 
rough, and continued body with the Larinx or throttle,it could not be neither 
dilated,nor comprefled ; opened,nor flint,neither could it order the voice accor- 
ding to our defire. 
It is compofed of veins from the internail Jugular,of arteries arifing from the Carotides3 
and of nerves proceeding from the Recurrent branch,of a double membrane, of which the 
externall comes from the Peritoneum ; the internail, which is the ftronger and woven with 
right fibers, from the inner coat of the mouth,the which is common with the inner coat of 
the cefophdguj or gullet. Andalfoitconfiftsofroundgriftles, yet not drawn into a perfect 
circle,compofed in manner of a channel!,and mutually joyned together in ofder,by the li- 
gaments that proceed from their fides and ends. 
Thefe fame ligaments perfeft the remnant of the circle of this Aft era Arter ia, on that part 
next the gullet; which is thought to be done to this end 5 that that foftnefs of a liga- 
ment, might then give place, when we fwallow harder and greater gobbets of meat. Of 
the two forts of ligaments which are annexed to the grimes of the weazon, fome tie 
and faftcn together the rings or circles, which give means both to it, and thefe circles 
Compofure. 
Why the back 
part of the 
Weazon is]i« 
gStnaentous, L1 B.4. 
Contained in the Chefl. 
123 
to be drawn in length; otherfome bring thefe griftles into a perfeft circle,which alio yceld 
them means of dilatation. Thefe ligaments cover the inner fuperficics, but the griftles are 
placed without, to relift the incurfion of externall injuries. But we niuft note, th.it by 
this communion cf the inner coats of the weazon and gullet; we reap this benefit in the 
commodioufnefs of the aftion,that one of thefe parts being depreflcd,the other is lifted up, 
like a rope running in a wheel or pully. For thus whilft the gullet is depreft to fwallow 
any thing , the weazon is lifted up; and on the contrary when theftomach riles up in vo- 
miting,the weazon is depreft. It is only one, and that felted between the Larinx ( from 
which it takes its beginning) and the lungs in which it ends; firft dividing it felfinto two 
large branches, the right and the left,and belides each of thele entring into the fubftance of 
the lungs, is again divided into two others; to each of the Lobes onejand to conclude,thefe 
be fubdivided into infinite others,through the fubftance of the Lobes. 
All thefe branches are griftlely even to the ends.They arc lituate between the ends of the 
jfrtera venoja , and the Vena arteriofa, that the entrance of the air into the heart by the ar- 
teria venoja might be fpeedier, as alfo the paflage out of the vapour, by the vena arter/oja. 
Thus it hath connexion with thefe in the ends,or utmoft parts thereof, but by the other 
parts compafling it, with the members from whence it takes them. The temperament 
thereof is cold and dry. The aftion is to carry the air to, and vapours from the lungs;that 
by dilating, but this by prefling the griftles together* 
Whv the fore* 
parris griftle* 
The number 
and fi e. 
The divifion of 
the weazoh 
through the 
Lobes of ihc 
Lungs. 
Thetemprf 
and afliori. 
CHAP. XVI IL 
Of the Gullet, 
He Gullet, which is the paflage of the meat arid drink,is of a mid- 
dle fubftance between theflefh and finews, becaufe it confifts of one nervous 
membrane and another flefhy. The nervous is placed the rnnermoft, arid is 
continued to the inner coat of the mouth even to the Lips, (whereby it comes 
to pafs,) that the Lips tremble in difoafes which are ready to be judged by a 
criticall vomiting,and to the inner part of the Appera Arteria it confifts of right Fibers for 
the attraftion of the meat, which we foe is fometimesfo quick and forcible in hungry peo- 
ple, that they have fcarcetime to chaw it, before they find it,to be pluckt down, as it were 
with a hand. The flefliy Coat placed without is woven with tranfverfo fibers,to haften the 
going of the meat into the ftomach,and for expulfion in vomiting and breaking of wind. 
Thefe two coats are continued with the two coats of the ftomach , and have the like fite; 
Befides, the Gullet hath thefe parts compofing it,as a vein from the Gate and Hollow afoen- 
dent vein; a nerve from the lixt conjugation, an Artery from that which creeps alongft 
the bottome of the ftomach with or elfo from the Arteries afcending the 
hollow part thereof; but alfo befides all thefo veflels it may have a third coat from the 
membrane inverting the Ribs,or Pleura. The magnitude of the Gullet is large enough, yet 
Lome be bigger,fome lefs,according to the variety of bodies. The figure of it is round,that 
To it might be more large to fwallow meat,and lefs fubjeft to offence. Ijt is placed between 
the back bone and weazon from the roots of the tongue even to the ftomach. But as it 
defcends alongft the back bone, when it comes to the fourth Vertebra of theCheft, it turns 
to the right fide, to give way to the great Artery Aorta and the defcendent Artery, then, 
it turns to the left fide to the ftomach, or mouth of the ventricle. Nature hath fattened it 
to the Diaphragma with ftrong membranous ties, left that if it had lain upon the Artery it 
fliould have hindred the paflage of the vitall fpirit to the lower parts. It is only one and 
that tyed to the forementioned parts, both by its veflels and membranes. It is of temper 
rather cold than hot,as all thofe parts,which are more nervous than flefhy, are.The Aftion 
thereof is to draw and carry down the meat,and to caft forth filch things by vomit as trou- 
ble the ftomach. Here you muft note, that whilft we fwallow down, the Gullet is drawn 
downwards, and the weazon upwards, which is the caufe that fup and blow, 
fwallow and breath together at the fame inftant; which we muft think to happen by Gods 
Angular providence 5 to whofe name be glory for everlafting, Amen, 
THefabflancb; 
Attractive for£e 
thereof* 
The compd* 
fdrei 
The maighit 
rude. 
The Figure 
Sire* 
Temper and 
aflion. 
nor fap and 
blow at one 
time. 
The End of the fourth Bwfy 
M 2 124 
Lib. 5. 
The Fifth Book, 
Of the Animall farts contained, in the 
HEAD- 
A Generali description of the Head. 
C H A P. I. 
Wing hitherto declared two generail parts of mans body,that is, the 
Naturall and Vital,it is now fit to betake our felves to the laft,that 
is,the Animall,beginning with the Head. 
Wherefore we will firft define the head,then divide it into its parts; 
thirdly,defcribe each of thefe parts; fourthly, demonftrate them af* 
ter the order they offer themfelves to our fight in difieftion. 
The head therefore is the feat of the fenfes, the Palace and habi- 
tation ofreafbn and wifdome,from whence as from a fountain infi- 
nite actions and commodities arife. It is leated above the reft of the 
body,that the Animall fpirit fromthence,as from a tower, may govern and moderate the 
whole body,and perform all aftions according to the praefcript of nature. By the head we 
underftand all that which is contained from the Crown of the head to the firft vertebra of 
the neck. 
Thebeft figure of the head is round, lightly flatted on each fomething to 
the fore and hind part thereof. For from hence is taken an argument of the goodncfs of 
the fenfes; on the contrary, thofe which are exactly round, or acuminate, and fliarp to- 
wards the top, are not thought good. The head is divided into the face,forehcadjtemplcs, 
the forepart, the crown and hindpart. 
By the face we underftand,whatfoever is contained between the Eye-brows and the low- 
er part of the chin. By the £brehead,allthe fpace from the eye-brows even to the Coronall 
Suture. By the temples,whatfoever is hollowed from the Idler comer of the eye,even to the 
ears. By the forepart of the runs in Length from the top of the foreheadftox 
the Coronall Suture,even to the Suture Lambdoides,and on each fide, to theOfla petroja, the 
ftony bones, or fcaly Sutures. By the Crown we figuific a certain point exquisitely in the 
midft of the Sagittal! Suture,which is fuffidently known.By the Occiput or hind part, of the 
head,that which is terminated) by the Suture ltrnibdoides,andi the firft vertebra of the neck. 
Of all thefe parts there be fomefimple, fome compound, befides feme are containing,, 
fome contained. Ofthecontaining fome are common to all the parts of the head,, as the 
skin,the flelhy pannicle and pericranium-, others are proper to certain-parts,a? the flcfby.pan- 
nicle to the neck, face, forehead; and skin covering thp the common coat of the 
mufcles to the fat and face; the skull andibotfi the-Mew/agftf. to the brain. 
The parts contained are the fubftance of the brain, the four ventricfrs, and the bodies 
contained in thetji,the nerves,the mamillary procefles; thePiexwChorwdes or Rett ddmira- 
bile,the Glandula Ba/rLjrfr,and others of which we willfpeak hereafter. 
We muft now fpeak of the containing parts beginning, withthe skin; for the order of 
teaching requires that we take our Exordium from the more Ample, but firft we will lay 
fomething of the hair. 
The hair is nothing elfe than an excrement generated and formed of the more grofs and 
terrene portion of the fuperfluities of the third concoftion, which could not be wafted by 
infenfible tranfpiration. The benefit of it is, that confuming the grofs and fuliginous or 
footy excrements of the brain it becomes a cover and ornament for the head. 
This hair of the head and eye-browes haye their oxiginalllfoam die firft conformation of 
the infant in the womb, the reft of the hairs of the body arife and grow forth as the body 
grows and becomes more dry, of which fort are the hairs which cover the chin, armholes, 
groins, and other parts of our b2dics. 
What the head 
is. 
Why feated in 
thehigheft 
place. 
The figure. 
The divifion 
thereof* 
Thecontaining 
parts of the 
head. 
The parts 
contained* 
Whattfr 
hair is. 
The lift there- 
of. 
CHAP. Lib.5. 
Contained in the Pie ad. 
125 
CHAP. It. 
Of the wufculous skin of the (commonly called the hairy 
fcalpe) and of the Pericranium. 
He skin which covers the skiill, and is covered with the hair, is far more flefhy, 
thick, hard and dry than any other part of the body, Specially which wants 
hair. The skin hath almoft the like condition of quality as thofe parts have, 
which it doth limply cover,but is as it were loft in them,or grown into one with 
them,as in the lips and forehead with the flelhy pannicle, wherefore it is there called mu- 
fculous; in other places it adheres to the grilles, aS on the fides of the noftrills and cor- 
ners of the EyeSjWhereupon it is there called griflely. 
It hath connexion with the Pericranium, becaufe joyned to it,it receives nerves from the 
firft and fecond Vertebra of the neck,and from the third conjugation of the brain which are 
difleminated through all its fubftance, whereby it comes to pafs,that the wounds, contuli- 
ons,and impofthumes,that happen in or upon this skin, are not to be neglefted. 
The * Pericranium, (but I fuppofe it Ihould be the Periofteum) is a moft thin 
which next and immediately covers all the bones of the body, and this on the head is cal- 
led by a peculiar name the Pericranium by reafon of the excellency of the Cranium or skull, 
in other bones it is tearmed the Perioftium: And as the Pericranium takes its Originall from 
the Craffa meninx propagating it felt by certain firings or threds lent forth by the futures 
and holes of the skull,fo all other membranes of the body have their originall either from 
this Pericranium, or Craffa meninx, fending forth their produftions, as well by the holes or 
paflages of the head, as by thefe of the fpinall marrow or back bone it felf,even to the Ho- 
ly bone. 
Of which this is an argument, for in what part foever of the body a membrane is hurt; 
prefently the hurt or fenfe thereof comes to the Craffa meninx. For fo thofe who have but 
their little Toe hurt when they fneefe, or cough, perceive an increafe of their pain,by the 
paflage thereof to the brain. 
The ufe of this Pericranium is to cover the skull; and to give notice of things hurtfull, by 
the power of the quick fenfe which it is endued withall,and the Pereoflium doth the like in 
other bones. Befides itfuftaines and faftens by the futures the Craffa meninx to the skul; left 
it fhould fall by reafon of its weight upon the Pia mater, and fo hurt it,and hinder the pul- 
fation of the brain and arteries that are plenteoufly fpread through both the Menin&s. 
Wherefore the Pericranium hath moft ftrait connexion with the Craffa meninx,becaufe it takes 
the originall from thence. 
We muft think the fame of the other membranes of the body,which thing is very nota- 
ble in the fblution of the continuity of the membranes. 
• - - .... . . ■■■■ .. : - - i - '' -■ - - k _ 
What the hairy 
fcalp is. 
Its connexion 
* Our Author, 
with Fallopim 
and Ldurentius 
confounds the 
pericranium ; 
and periofteutrf 
bur Vefaliuc 
Bauhinw and 
BartheeHnnt 
diftinguifh 
them making 
the pericrani- 
um thin and 
fofr, and the 
periefieiim'mofi 
thin and ner- 
vous,and of 
moft exquifire 
fenfe* 
Why the 
wounds there-j'. 
of mu ft not be 
neglefled.* 
The Pericrani- 
um and perio- 
fteum of the 
fame nature. 
Whence all 
the membranes 
proceed* 
Why when 
any membra 
noys part is . 
hurt many parr 
of the body,the 
head is aflfcfled 
be content* 
The nfeofthe; 
Pericranium. 
C H A P. 11L 
of the Sutures: 
He Sutures do lew or fatten together the bones or the skull; thefe be five in 
number. Three are true and legitimate, two falfe and fpurious. The Coronall, 
the firft of the true Sutures,is feated in the forepart of the head, delcending 
downwards overthwart the forepart of the head to the midft of the temples; it 
is fo called,becaufe Coro/Ze,that is,wreaths,drowns,or garlands,'are let upon that 
place. 
The fecond is called the Sagittal is .fir right future, as'that which running through the 
crown divides the head into two equall parts,as with a ftraight line,running the length of 
it from the Coronall to the Lambdoides or hind Suture. 
But this third Suture fo called becaufe it reprefents this Capital! greet let- 
ter Lambda You muft underftand this defcription of the Sutures, not as alwayes but as 
for the greater part to be thus. For there be feme skulls that want the foremoft Suture, o- 
therfome the hind, and fometimes fuch as have none of the true Sutures,but only the falfe 
and fpurious.But alfo you fhall fometimes find the Sagittal to run to the nofe. 
And oft times there be three or four Sntures in the back part of the head, fo that indeed 
the number of the Sutures is not certain. -Which alfo we find obferved by 'Cornelius 
where he writes,that Hippocrates was deceived by the Sutures by chance, for that he cortje- 
ftured that the bones of the back part of the head,Were brokerijbecaufe his Probe thruft to 
the roughnes of the fecond future Lambdoides ,ftaied as at a Cleft made in the bone by a ftroak. 
The other two are called the falfe,ftony and fcaly Sutures,by reafon they are made by a 
fcaly conjun&ion of the bones,but not by a toothed faw or comb-like connexion. But if 
any ask, why the head confifts not of one bone,that fo if might be the ftronger: I anfwer 
3 it 
i ■ ■ - 
Their ufe ana 
Some skulls 
want Sattfr*sor' 
4®. 126 
Of the Anima!! parts 
Lib. 5. 
Why 
confifts of di- 
vers bones. 
it is, that fo it might be the fafer both from internal! and external! injuries. For the skull 
being as it were the tunnel of the chimney of this humane fabrick, to which all the fmoky 
vapours of the whole body afeend, if it had been compofed of one bone, thefe vapours 
fhould have had no paflage forth. 
Wherefore the grofler vapours pafs away by the Sutures, but the more fubtile by the 
pores of the skull; fome have their Sutures very open, but others on the contrary very 
clofe. 
Therefore nature hath otherwife compendioufly provided for fuch as want Sutures;For 
it hath made one or two holes, fome two lingers bredth from the Lambdordes, through 
which the Venapufis enters into the skul,and they are of that largenefs that you may put a 
points tag into them, that fo the vapours may have free paflage forth, otherwife there 
would be danger ofdeath; thus nature hath been carefull to provide for man againft in- 
ternal! injuries; and in like manner againft external!, for it hath made the head to confift 
of divers bones, that when one bone is broken the other may be fafe, the violence of the 
ftroak being ftayed in the divifion of the bones. 
Whereby you may know,that if the skull chance to be broken in the oppofite fide to that 
which received the blow,that it happens either by reafon of the deleft of futures,or elfe be- 
caufc they are unperfeft,8c too firmly clofed;otherwife it is unpoflible fuch fraftures fhould 
happen by reafon of the feparation of the bones, which breaks the violence of the blow 
that it can go no further. 
And certainly, as it is rare to find a skull without Sutures,fo it is rare to find fuch kind 
of fraftures. Therefore Chirurgeons muft diligently obferve the Sutures andfite of them, 
left they be deceived and take them for fraftures, or unawares apply a Trepan to tliemj 
whence by breaking the veins, arteries and nervous fibers by which the internail parts 
communicate with the external!, there may enfue increafe of pain, a violent defluxion of 
blood upon the Craflameninx , and the falling thereof upon the brain , (the fibers being 
broken by which it ftuck to the Pericranium) and fo confequently a deadly interception of 
the pulfion of the Brain. 
In what bodies 
and by what 
means the vend 
pupis fome- 
times enters 
into the parts 
Within the 
fcHlI. 
In what men 
one part of the 
being head 
ftricken,the 
oppofite is 
broken. 
Why we muft 
not apply a 
Trepan to rhe 
Sutures. 
CHAP. Illi. 
Of the Cranium, or Skull. 
What the Cnt- 
nium or skul is. 
tie Cranium, or Skull covering the brain like an Helmet, is compofed and confifts 
of feaven bones, of which feme are more denfe,thick and hard than other fome. 
The firft is the Os occipitis, orNowlbone featedin the back part of the head, 
more hard and thick than the reft,becaufe we want hands and eyes behind,where- 
by we may keep or fave our felves from falling. 
This bone is circiimfcribed,or bounded by the future Lambdoides?and the * Os b a filar e.The 
eminencies and as it were heads of this bone are received into the firft Vertebra; tor upon 
this the head is turned forwards and backwards, by the force of fourteen mufcles and 
ftrong liganientSjWhich firmly tye theft heads of the Nowl bone in the cavities of this firft 
'vertebra. 
The fecondbone of the skull is in the forepart, and is called the Os coronate or Os fronts 
the forehead bone, it hath the fecond place in ftrength and thicknefs. It is bounded by the 
Coronall future, and the ends of the wedgbone: in this forehead bone there is often found 
a great cavity under the upper part of the eyebrows, filled with a glutinous, grofs, vifeid 
and white matter or fubftance, which is thought to help to elaborate the air for the fenfe 
of fmelling. 
Chirurgeons muft takefpecial notice of this cavity,becauft when the head chances to be 
broken in that place,it may happen,that the frafture exceeds not the firft table; wherefore 
being ignorant of this cavity, and moved with a falft perfwafion that they fee the brain, 
they may think the bone wholly broken, and to prefs the Meninges, whereupon they will 
dilate the womb,and apply a Trepan and other inftruments to lift up the fecond table of 
the bone,without any need at all,and with the manifeft danger of the life of the patient. 
The third and fourth bonps of the skull are the Offaparietalia, or Bregmatic the 
third place of denfity and thicknefs; although this denfity and thicknefs be different in 
divers places of them. For on the upper part of the head, or crown, (where that fubftance 
turns not to a bone in children untill they have all their teeth,fo that it feels foft in touch- 
ing, & through it you may feel the beating of the brain)thefe bones are very tender,fo that 
oft timesjthey are no thicker than ones nail,that fb the moift and vaporous excrements 
of the brain, fhut up where the greater portion of the brain refides, may have a freer paf- 
fage by the Brains diaftole and pft ole. Thefe two fquare bones are bounded above with the 
Sagittall future,below with the fcaly,on the forepart with the coronall, andon the hind 
part with the Lambdoides. 
The fifth and fixth bone of the skull are the two Off a petrofa ftony or fcaly bones, which 
arc 
Why the nowl 
bone is harder 
than the reft. 
* My Author 
means by the 
Oj Bafilare in 
this place the 
wedg bone:but 
fbine Anato- 
mies make it a 
Synonyma. of 
this Os occipi» 
lit. 
The forehead 
bone,next to 
the now! bone 
is harder than 
the reft. 
A Cavity to be 
obfervedinthe 
forehead bone. 
Cffiipdrietalia 
5c Bregmatis, 
Oflapetrify tor 
the fcaly bones. Lib. 5. 
contained intbeHead. 
127 
are next to the former in ftrength. They are bounded with the falfe or baftard Suture,and 
with part of the Lambdoides, and wedgbone. 
The feventh is the Os fphenoides, bafilare, or Cuneiform?, that is,the wedgbone. It is called 
Bafilare, becaufe it is (as it were)the bails of the head. To this the reft of the bones of the 
head are fitly faftned in their places. This bone is bounded on each fide with the bones of 
the forehead., the ftony bones, and bones ot the Nowl and Talat. The figure reprefents a 
Bat, rand its procefles her wings. 
There is befides thefe another bone at the bails of the forehead bone, into which the 
mamillary procefles end, the Greeks call it « -^e'^'fJthe Latins Cribrofum and Spongiojum, the 
fpongy bone,becaufe it hath many holes in it not perforated in a direft paflage,as in a five, 
but winding and anfraftuous, that the air Ihouldnot by the force of attraftion, preiently 
leap or afeend into the brain, and afleft it with its qualities, before it be elaborated- by its 
lingring in the way. There are befides alfo, fix other little bones lying hid in the ftony 
bones at the hole or auditory paflage; on each fide three, that is to fay,the Incus or Anvill, 
the Malleolus or Hammer,and or ftirrop,becaufe in their figure they reprefent thefe 
three things; the ufe of thefe we will declare hereafter. 
But alfo in fome skuls there are found fome divifions of bones,as it were collefted frag- 
ments, to the bignefs almoft of ones thumb, furnifliedand diftinguiffied by their proper 
commiflures, or futures, which thing is very fit to be known to a Chirurgeon in the ufe df 
a Trepan. . 
Verily he may give a conjefture hercof,whilfl he leparates the pericranium from the skul, 
for the pericranium is with greater difficulty pluckt away from the futures,becaufe the Craffa 
rneninx hath ftraiter connexion therewith by his nervous fibers fent forth in fiich places. 
The skuls in women are fofter and thinner than in men, and in children more than in wo- 
men,and in young men more then in men of a middle age. Alfo the ./Ethiopians or Black- 
moors, as alfo all the people inhabiting to the South,have their skuls more hard and com- 
pofed with fewer futures. 
Therefore as it is written by Hippocrates, fiich as have their Skuls the fofter, the fymp- 
tomes in fraftures are more dangerous and to be feared in them. But the Skull by how 
much the fofter it is, by fo much it more eafily and readily yeelds to the perforating Tre- 
pan. Moreover in fome skuls, there be bunches ftanding out befides nature, made either 
round or cornered,which the Chirurgeon muft obferve for two caufes ; the firft is for the 
better confideration of a blow or frafture. For in thefebunches or knots, thefolution of 
the continuity cannot be, if it feem to be ftretched in length, but that the wound muft pe- 
netrate to the inner parts. For in a round body there can be no long wound, but it muft 
be deep,by the weapon forced the deeper, becau ft as a round body touches a plain but on- 
ly in p undo in a prick or point: fo whatfoever fals only lightly or fuperficially upon it,on- 
ly touches a point thereof. But on the contrary ,a long wound muft be upon a plain furface, 
which may be but only fiiperficiall. 
Another cauft is, becauft fiich bunches change the figure and fite of the Sutures. And 
the Chirurgeon muft note that the skull hath two tables,in the midft whereof the Diploe is; 
which is a fpongy fiibftance into which many veins and arteries,and a certain flelhinefs are 
inferred, that the skull ffiould not be fo heavie,and that it might have within it ftlfprovi- 
fion for the lite thereof j and laftly that there might be freer paflage out for the fuliginous 
vapors of the brain. 
The upper table is thicker, denfer, ftrongerandfinoother than the lower. For this 
as it is the flenderer, fo it is the more unequal, that it may give place to the inter- 
nall veins and arteries, (which make a manifeft impreflion into the ftcond table on the 
infide thereof ) from which branches enter into the skull by the holes which contain the 
eys. Which thing fattens the Crajja meninx to the skull, and is therefore very worthy to be 
obftrved. 
For in great contufions when no frafture or fifliire appears in the skull by reafon 
of the great concuffion or fhaking of the brain, thefe veflels are often broken, whence 
happens a flux of blood between the skull and membranes, and laftly death. But it is fit 
the Chirurgeon take good heed to the tender and foft fiibftance of the'Diploe, that when he 
comes to it,having pafled the firft table,he may carefully ufe his Trepan, left by leaning 
too hard, it run in too violently, and hurt the membranes lying underneath it, whence 
convulfion and death would follow. To which danger I have found a remedy,by the.happy 
invention of a Trepan, as I wil hereafter more at large declare in;handling the wounds 
of the head. 
Os fphenoides, 
or the wedg- 
bone. 
Or Ethmoidet, 
or cribrofwn. 
The three , 
bones of rhe 
auditory 
paflage. 
By what means 
a Chirurgeon 
may conjecture 
that there are 
extraordinary 
Sutures in 
certain places 
of the skulp 
The skills of . 
fuchas inhabit 
the Southern 
counrreys, ate 
more hard and 
denfe. 
We muft 
obfervc the 
extuberancieS 
bolides natu.rea! 
which,are in 
fome skills. 
The fire ant!* 
fubftance of 
the Diflte. 
There may be 
a deadly rup- 
ture of the 
vefifclsof the 
brain without 
any fraClurc of 
the skull. 
Caution to be 
had in the ufe 
Char 128 
Of the Animallpartf 
L I B. • 
CHAP. V. 
Of the Meninges, that is, the two membranes called 
Dura Mater and Pia Mater. 
Why thebon< 
Eterno ides is 
peiforated. 
He Craffa meninx is one of the firft and principal! membranes of the body; it 
1 goes forth by the futures and the holes of the nerves that proceed out of the 
skull; and it pafles forth by the bone Ethmoides perforated for that purpote, 
, to carry finds *to the brain, and purge it of excrementitious humors. This 
fame Craffa meninx invefts the inner coat of the Note; alfo it pafles forth of 
the great hole through which the fpinall marrow pafles, veiled with this Craffa meninx,with 
all the nerves and membranes. For which caute if any membrane in the whole body be 
hurt, by reafon of that continuation which it hath with the Meninges,it ftraight communi- 
cates the hurt to the head by content. 
The Craffa meninx is thicker and harder than all other membranes in the body ; where- 
upon it hath got the name of the Dura mater, befides alfo it begirts, produces, and defends 
the other membranes. 
The ute of it is to involve all the brain, and to keep it when it is dilated, that it be not 
hurt by the hardnefs of the skull. For the courfe of nature is fuch, that it always places 
fome third thing of a middle nature,betwixt two contraries. Alfo the Craffa meninx yeelds 
another commodity, which is, that it carries the veins and arteries entring the skull for a 
long (pace. For they infinuatethemtelvesdnto that part, where the duplicated or folded 
Meninges teparate the brain from the Cerebellum, and fo from thence they are led by the fides 
of the Cerebellum, untill they come (as it were) to the top thereof; where being united, 
they infinuate themtelves into that other part of the Craffa meninx, where in like manner 
being duplicated and doubled, it parts the brain at the top into the right and left. Thefe 
united veins run in a direft paflage even to the forehead, after the manner of the Sagittall 
future; They have called this paflage of the mutually infolded veins,the Torcular or Prefs, 
becaute the blood which nourifhes the brain is prefled and drops from thence by the infi- 
nite mouths of thete finall veins. Therefore alfo here is another ute of the Craffa meninx, 
to diftinguifli the brain by its duplication,being itthrufts it telfdeep into its body, into 
two parts,the fore and hind,and preftntly to teparate the fame into the right and left; that 
onepart being hurt,the other may remain fate and found, performing it sduty to 'the crea- 
ture,as we tee in fome that have the Palfey. Columbus obferved that this Meninx was double, 
and verily I have found it true by my own fight. 
The other Meninx or membrane of the brain, called Pm mater, is moft ffefitler intercha- 
ted with divers veins and arteries, for its own and the brain s nourilhment and life. This 
doth not only involve the b ain,as the Craffa meninx doth, but alfo more deeply penetrates 
into the anfraftuous paflages thereof,that it may every where joyn and bind it to it telfpiot 
eafily to be drawn from thence, by many finall fibers whereby it defcends even to the 
cavities of the ventricles thereof Wherefore you muft tee it absolutely inthe fite as 
we have mentioned,and not pluck it away unlefs with the fiibftance of the Brain. 
Thete membranes when they are hurt or afilifted,caufe grievous and moft bitter torment 
and pain;wherefore I dare fay,that thete membranes are rather the authors of fente,than the 
brain it telf, becaute in diteates of the Brain, as in the Lethargy, the party affefted is trou- 
bled with little or no tenfe of pain. 
Theconfi- 
ftenceofthe 
Craffa meninx. 
The ufe* 
What the 
Torcnldr is. 
One part'of 
the brain being 
hurt the other 
keeps the 
creatiire alive, 
The confix 
ftence of the 
Via mater ♦ 
Thefenfeof/ 
the 
CHAP. VI. 
Of the Brain. 
What the 
brain is* 
Ow folloWeth the Brain, the beginning of the nerves and voluntary motion, 
the inftrument of the firft and principal! faculty of the Soul,that is, the Ani- 
malland Rational!. Man hath this part in greater plenty then any other 
Creature,for it almoft fils the whole skull. But if it fliould have filled it all, 
the Brain could not be moved,that is,dilatedand contracted. in the skull. It 
is of a cold and moift Temperature. The laudable temper of the Brain is known by the 
integrity and perfection of the intemall and externallfenfes,the indifferency of and 
waking, the maturity or ripenefs of judgment,and conftancy of opinions, from which,un- 
leis it meet with better and more probable, it is not eafie to be moved. 
Tie 
Tne quantity. 
Tetnpen Lib. 5. 
contained in the Head. 
129 
The firft figure ofthe Head, ar it appears when the skull if away. 
T. he fecond figure (hewing the Brain,the styll and Dura mater being taken off. 
A/ljBB. The'Durameninx 
or thick membrane. 
CCG. T he third Sinw of 
this membrane. 
DZ>. The courfe of the 
veins' as they run 
through the membrane 
or the fecond vein of 
the brain. 
EE. The firft vein of the 
brain. 
IFF, Certain final 1 veins 
which perforate the 
skull and reach to the 
pericranium or skull- 
skin* 
GGG. Fibers of the Dura 
men/rtx patting through 
the Coronall Suture , 
which fibers make the 
Pericranium, 
HH.fibers palling through 
the fagittali Suture. 
II- Othei% palling through 
the Lambdall Suture. 
K. A knub which ufeth to 
grow to the Sinw of 
the Skull. 
E. A cavity in the fore- 
head bone. 
Af. The skulk 
The Fexicranium- or 
skull-skin. 
£ 
AAA. A part of the Crafle 
ftieninx dividing the 
brain. BB. the thirds 
nus of the- feme Clatfe 
membrane opened. 
CC. the beginning of the 
Veiled out of tne thiftl 
Sinn* Motet, 
POT.the propagation or brancfies ofthefe veflers.EEE.the'Pfefnaltr or thin 
ately compafling the brain.FFF.Certain veflcls-Ttmning' through the convolutions or 
ches of the brain. GGG. Certain branches of veins running throughthefldes <S$ifo$dur'am& 
ninx. HHH. The thick membrane reflected downward. 
You (hall know the brain is more hot, by the ofthe fcnfes and motions of the 
body3by fhortnefkof fleep3the fiiddain conceiving of opinions and change of them, by the 
flippery and failing memory, and laftly, by eafily receiving hurt from hot things, as the 
Sun. and Fire. Such as have a cold brain,are flow to learning, and to conceive other things, 
but they do not eafily put away their once conceived- opinions. They have fldw motion 
to aftion,and are fleepy. Thofe who have a dbyBrain,are alfo flow to learn; for you (hall 
not eafily imprint any thing in dry bodies,, but they are moft coriftant retainers of thofe 
things they have once ltarned;alfo the their bodies are quick and nimble.Thofe 
who have a moift brain do eafily learn,bnt haveandlmemory3for with like facility as they 
admit the ipeices of things and imprint them iil their minds, do they fuffer them to Aide 
and* flip out of it again. So clay doth eafily admit what Charafter orimprefiion foever you 
will, but the parts of this clay which eafily gave way to this imprefiion, going together a- 
gain, mixes,obliterates and confounds the fame. Therefore the fenfes proceeding from a 
cold Brain are drill, the motions flow, the fleep profound. 
The aftion ofthe brain is to elaborate the Animall Spirit and neceflary fenfe ferving The Adiorf. 
the whole body, and to lubjeft'irfelfas an inftrumetft to the principal! faculties , as~to 
rcafon. The brain is twofold, the fore and hind. The hind by reafon ofits fimlkiels is' Nambe#, 
call Of the Animall parti 
LIB.5. 
130 
called the Cerebellum; (the little or After-brain). But the fore by reafon of its magnitude 
hath retained the abfolute name of the brain. Again this fore-brain is twofold, the right 
and left,parted by that deprcffion, which we formerly mentioned, of the Meninges into the 
body of the brain. But this divifion is not to be here fo abfolutely taken, as though the 
Brain were exaftly divided and feparated into fo many parts , but in the fenfe as we fay the 
Liver and Lungs are divided a pretty way, whereas at their Bafis they have one continued 
body. The outward furface of the Brain is foft,but the inward hard,callous & very finoothj 
when on the contrary, the outward appears indented and unequal! with many windings, 
and crefted as it were with many wormlike foldings. 
CHAP. VII. 
of the Ventricles and Mamillary proceffes of the Brain, 
The fubftanee 
of the brain is 
porous and 
fweats forth 
blood. 
Or the eafie demonftaation of the ventricles of the brain, it is convenient you 
cut away a large portion thereof, and in your cutting oblerve the blood 
Iweating out of the pores of it. But befides, it is fit you confider the Ipongy 
fubftance by which the excrements of the brain are heaped up, to be prefently 
ftrainedout, and fent away by the hollow paflage. In the fubftance of the 
brain you muft obferve four ventricles,mutually conjoyned by certain paflages, by which 
the Ipirits endued with the [pedes of things fenfible may go from one into another. The 
firft and two greater , one on each fide are placed in ithe upper brain. The third is under 
them in the middle part of the brain. The fourth and laft at the fore fide of the Cerebellum, 
towards the beginning of the fpinall marrow. The two formoft are extended the length 
way of the brain in the form of a iemicircle, whole horns look or bend outwards. They 
are fpacious and large, becaule it was meet the Spirits contained there together with their 
excrements, fhould be there purified and denied 5 but in other ventricles, the pure and al- 
ready elaborate Ipirits are only received. Thefe ventricles are white and fmooth dn their 
inner luperficies; but that on each fide they have an extuberancy at the midft of the femicir- 
cle, lituate at the balls of the Pillar of the middle ventricle towards the nole under the 
Septum lucidum or cleer partition,levering or parting in funder thele two ventricles. 
This Septum cleer or thin partition,is nothing elfe than a portion of the brain 
indifferently lolid, but very clear,that lb through this partition the animall Ipirits con- 
tained in thele two ventricles may mutually pafs and be communicaccd, and yet no other 
grofler fubftance may pierce the thin denfity thereof. 
Wherefore it is nottobefeared,thatt.he water contained in one of the ventricles may 
palsto the other through this partition,as I have oft times oblerved to the great admiration 
of the fpeftators in the dead bodies of fuch as dyed of the Palfy, in which I have found the 
ventricle of that fide which was taken with the Pally much dilated,according to the quan- 
tity of the water contained therein,the other being either wholly empty and without any; 
or certainly no fuller than in any other, dead through any other occafion. For lome af- 
firm that there is a certain kind of waterilhmoifture alwayes to be found in the ventricles, 
which may be made by the condenlation of the Animall Ipirits by the force of the deadly 
cold. But thele two firft ventricles of the brain go into one common paflage, as both the 
bellows of a fomace,whereby the Ipirit inftrufted with the fpecies of things goes into the 
under, or middle ventricle from the former. In thele fame firft ventricles the Plexut Choroides 
is to beconfidered,andin like manner the paflage by which the grofler excrements are dri- 
ven or lent into the pituitary Glandule. 
The four ven • 
trides thereof 
The magnitude 
ofrhe upper 
ventricles of 
the brain. 
The Septum 
Lucidum, 
Why the Palfy 
of one fide is 
not prefently 
communicated 
co the other. 
Tfo third Figure represents the Cerebellum with the wormy pratejfes Separated from it. 
z45.The right and left part 
of the After-brain. 
CD.The anterior and pojie- 
rior regions of the middle 
part or the After-brain. 
E. The anterior wormy 
procefle. 
F. The pefterior wormy 
procefs. 
GG. In this place the Af- 
ter-brain did grow to 
the Ipinall marrow. 
H. The cavity in the Ipi- 
nall marrow makeththe 
r i i . nan morrow maKCUi tne 
roruth ventricle. IK. The anterior mdpofflerior proccfles of the brain, called vermi-formes or 
thcwonnyproceiles, * J 
■' 1 F<* Lib.5. 
Contained in the Head. 
131 
ThisPto# Choroides is nothing elfe, but a produftion of the Pia mater diverfly toldec 
with the mutuall implication of veins and arteries woven in the form of a net.Thefe veflel: 
are of magnitude and capacity fufficient, both to yeild life and nourishment to that parti- 
cle to which they are fattened, as alfo for the generation of the Animal! fpirits, as which 
take fit matter from the veins ftretched forth into the fame the hind artery and vein 
Torculttr and alfo from the air entring into the brain by the mamillary proceflcs. But the 
mamillary precedes are certain common wayes for conveyance of the air and fmells into 
the brain,and carrying of excrements from the brain. 
For thus in them who have the Catarrhe and Coriza or pofe, neither the air, nor fmels 
can penetrate into the brain; whence frequent fneelings enfue, the brain ftrongly moving 
it felf to the expulfion of that which is troublefome to it.But of the excrements of the 
brain,whether bred there,or proceeding from fome other part, fome are of a fumid and va- 
porous nature, which breath infcnfibly through the Sutures of the skull; Others are grofs 
and vifeid, of which a great part is expelled by both thefe produ&ions, or through each 
of them. For thGs in the Pofe you may fee fome who have one of their noftrils ftopt, the 
other running, and fome who have both obftru&ed. The moft proper benefit of the two 
firft ventricles of the brain is to entertain the Phantafie as in a convenient feat and habita- 
tion,feeing the mind there eftimates and difpofes in order the fpecies of things brought in 
from the external! fenfes,that fo it may receive a true judgment of them from reafon which 
rsfides in the middle ventricle. 
The third ventricle is dated between the hindermoft extremities of the former ventricles, 
and the laft ventricle of the Cerebellum. In this fix parts prefent themfelves to our confidera- 
tion, that is, the Pfalloides or Arch, the Conarium3or pine Glandule, the Buttocks,wormlike 
produftions,the Bafon and paflage which is from this middle into the laft & hindmoft ven- 
tricle.The Pfalloides or Arch is nothing elfe,but the covef of the middle ventricle,refembling 
a roof borne up with three ftayes or pillars, the one whereof is extended to the note 
under the Septum the two other on each fide one, look towards the back part of 
the brain. This is the reafon of this figure which is outwardly convexe and inward- 
ly concave, to wit, that there might be freefpace for that motion which the Animall 
fpirit inwardly produces, and beiides that it might more eafily fuftain the burden of 
the brain lying upon it. For an is the moil: convenient of all other to fu- 
ftain a weight. 
The Conarium or Pine glandule, is a fmall Glandule of the fame fubftance with the 
brain, round and fomewhat long, like a Pine Apple, from whence it hath the name; this 
Glandule is feated over againft a fmall hole which defeends to the loweft ventricle. It 
hath this ufe, to ftrengthen the divifion of the veflels led thither with the produ&ion of 
the Pia mater for the generation of the Animall fpirits, and the life and nourishment 
of th? brain. 
The Nates or Buttocks are fubje&ed or placed under this Glandule, that is, bodies 
ofafblid and white fubftance drawn out in length like a childs buttocks, efpecially in 
beafts, and chiefly in a fheep. Thefe buttocks have fiich ;a folid fubftance, that fo 
they may keep open and free the paflage, or channell that runs down from the mid- 
dle to the lower ventricle, by means of which the Brain participates with the Cere- 
bellum. I . 
The worm is a produftion of the Cerebellum or After-brain, to wit, a portion of the 
fame being in the top of'beginning and as it were in the entrance thereof, being like many 
little circles or wheels mutually knit together by flender membranes; and it is fo called 
becaufe it refembles thofe thick white worms which are found in rotten wood. It doth as 
it were perform the office ofa porter to the formerly mentioned paflage, that it may give 
way and entrance into the a neceflary quantity of fpirits,when need requires; 
left that, if they fhould ruffi with a fodain violence into the Cerebellum;, they might con- 
found the imprinted notions of things to be remembred. 
The Pelvis or Baton is a paflage appointed for the carrying away of the grofs excrements 
by the palate, and is fo called becaufe it hath the fimilitude and ufe of a Bafon or Tunnell: 
it defeends from the third ventricle into the Glandule which is feated between the pro- 
cefles of the wedg-bone called the faddle thereof, as you may perceive by putting in a fpa- 
them. Now there remains the laft of the fix parts propofed to our confideration in the 
third ventricle, that is, the Channell or paflage running from this third ventricle into the 
fourth,for the ufe formerly mentioned. 
This Channell defeending in its original! from the Bafon, goes from thence under the 
buttocks into the laft ventricle, the Meninges being perforated; which that you may fhew, 
it is fit you put the end of a foathern through it. The benefit of a third ventricle is, that it 
may be as a Tribunal! or Judgment-featjto the Reafoning faculty, when the mind will 
draw conclufions from things feen. 
1 he Plexw 
Cb oroides. 
The Frccejfd 
MamiUarti. 
The ufe of rhe 
upper 
clesof the 
Brain. 
The fear of the 
third ventricle 
of the brain. 
The parts ro be 
confijered in it.' 
What the For- 
nzxorArch is, 
and rhe ufc 
thereof. 
What the Co- 
nariwnor pine 
Glandule is. 
What the 
Nates or But- 
tocks are. 
What the 
worm fSo 
Hex the Fetid 
or Baton is 
confounded 
with the Turf- 
ueBT 
The Chaftnel! 
from rhe third 
into the fourth1 
ventricle, 132 
Of the 
Lib. 5. 
The fourth and Fifth figure of the Brain. 
Figure 5. 
KRK. The lower fiperficies of the cal- 
lous body refle&ed. 
STy. The triangular furface of the 
Fornix or Arch. 
AXThe lower part of the partition of 
the ventricles continuated with the 
Arch. 
TT. The upper part of the partition 
continued with the callous body. 
Figure 6. 
AAA.The lower furface of the Arch. 
FC. Two corners of the Arch, by 
which it is continuated with the 
ventricles. 
PE.The right and left ventricles. 
FG. Arteries climbing up from the 
fleepy arteries through the lower 
fide of the ventricles for the for- 
ming of that complication of vef- 
lels which is called Plexus choroides. 
H. A veflell iffuing out of the fourth 
Sinus tinder the Arch, and palling 
into the third ventricle. 
Z/CL.The divifion of this veflell,a pare 
whereofgoeth to the right ventricle 
at K. and another to the left at L. 
The Plexus choroides made of the 
artery EG*, and the veflel H. 
00. Small veins palling through th? 
ventricles of the brain , produced 
from the veflels K. and L. P. Other 
veins arifing from the fame, difper- 
fed without the ventricles into the 
Pia mater. Q. A paflage from the 
third ventricle unto the Bafon or 
Tunnell. KS.Canales qv Sinus graven 
or furrowed in thefiibftance of the 
ventricles 5 in which the phlegm is 
led along to the orifice of the fore- 
laid paflage marked with 
FIG.V. 
Sixth figure of the Brain. 
XI. 
X, 
Figure io. 
'A A. Parts of rhe fpinal marrow cut 
from theBrain. 
BC.The places where this marrow 
did grow unto the brain. 
Z)£.TheTefticles.F(J. The but- 
tocks. Zf. the Pine Glandule. 
From I to K. a part of the third 
ventricle going to the fourth,un» 
der the Tefticles. 
KLMN. A part of the fourth ven- 
tricle which is engraven in the 
ttiarrow.O.The top of rhe fourth 
ventricle. F. The place where 
the fpinall marrow goeth out of 
the skull. Figure 11. AB. Parts 
of the optick nerves. CZ>. The 
fleepy arteries. E. The Bafon or 
Tunnell hanging down. F. A 
hole or perforation of the dura 
menimx,through which the Tun- 
nel reacheth unto the Glandule, 
GO .Parts of the fecond conjugati- 
on of finews'. Figure I z. A.The Glandnle.B. The Bafon or Tunnell called Pelvis or InfiwdiMum. CDEF. The 
foxholes through which the phlcgmatick excrement ifliieth. 
The 
XII. Lib. 5. 
contained in tbe Head. 
133 
The fourth ventricle is fcated in the place we formerly mentioned; it is lets than the reft, 
but more folid; lefs as that which was not to receive the fpirit before it was purified, and 
clenfedfrom all impurities; but more folid, that it might contain it the fafer. Theufe 
thereof is,to be as a treafury and ftore-hoiife of the opinion, and judgments which rcafon 
fhall decree,that when need requires, we may fetch and draw them from thence as laid up' 
inftore. I know Galen and the Greek Phylitians have not fo diftinguirhed in places the 
three fore-mentioned facultiesjbut have written that they all are all over confufed through 
the whole fobftance of the brain, which opinion alfo Ferneliw in his Fathologia hath renew- 
ed. Yet I had rather follow this opinion, as commonly received and celebrated by the A- 
The Mamillary procefies are the inftrumentsandpaflages offmelling being of the fame 
fobftance with the brain,and like nerves,which run out from the hind horns of the upper or 
foremoft ventricles of the brain to the EtbwoiJer and fpongy bones of the nofe, that hence 
they may receive the divers kinds of foiells,and carry them into the Brain. But although 
they be like nerves, yet they are not accounted nerves becaufe they go not out of the skul. 
The fourth 
ventricle of rhe 
brain* 
The ufe of the 
Mamillary pfd- 
celfes; 
CHAP. VIII. 
the {even conjugations o{ the Nerves of the Brain9 fo ca!/ed}becaufe they lalwayes 
fbew the Nerves conjugated and doubledjhat on each fide one. 
4e nerves arc the wayes and inftraments of the Animall fpirit and faculty, as of 
which thofe fpirits are vehicles, as long as they are contained in the brain ; 
they confift ot the only and limple marrowey fubftance of the brain,or fpinall 
marrow. But palling forth of the brain, they have another membranous fub- 
ftance which involves them joy ned with them from the two membranes of the 
brain; and according to the opinion of fome Anatomifts, they have alfo a third from the 
ligaments drawn as well from divers others, as from thefe by which they are tyed to the 
Vertebra's-, Yet this opinion feems abfurd to me,feeing filch a membrane,as that which is in- 
fenbfile,wholly repugnes the condition of a nerve, which is to give fenfe to the parts to 
which it is inferted. 
The magnitude of the nerves is different, according to the divers neceflity of fenfe inci- 
dent to the parts into which they are inferted.Their figure is round,and long,like to a con- 
duit pipe to carry water in ; the membranes of the brain,with which the nerves are covered, 
being dilated and ftretched over them, after the fame manner that the procefles of the Pe- 
ritonawn involves the fpermatick veflels, with which they go down to the Tefticles,and take 
life and nourilhment by the capillary veins and arteries, which defcend to them with the 
membranes.They are made for this ufe,that they may impart lenfe to the fenfitive parts,and 
motion to thefe that are fit to be moved. All the nerves defeend from the brain either medi- 
ately or immediately;their Number is feven and thirty pair,or conjugations,whereof fever! 
have their originall immediately from the brain, the other thirty from the Ipinall mar- 
row. 
The firft conjugation of the nerves of the brain is thicker than all the reft, and goes to 
the eyes,to carry the vilive fpirit to them. Thefe arifing from divers parts of the brain, in 
the middle way before they go out of the skull meet together crofwife like the Iron of a 
Mill (which is fattened in the upper ftone) going into one common paflage with their ca- 
vities notvifible to the eyes thatfo the fpirits brought by thofe two nerves may be com- 
municated, and they are mutually joyned and meet together fo, that being driven back 
from one eye they may flie back into the other. An argument whereof may be drawn from 
fuch as aim at any thing, who (hutting one of their eyes fee more accurately ; becaufe the 
force of the neighbouring fpirits united into one eye, is more ftrong than wfiehitis dif- 
perfed into both. This conjugation when it comes into the glaflie humor, is (pent in the 
ftrufture of the net-like coat which contains this humor on the back part. 
The fecond conjugation goes into many parts, at its palfing forth of the skull; and 
in the bottom of the circle of the eye it is diftributed into the feven mufeles naoving the 
eyes. 
The third is twofold, in the paflage out of the skull it is likewife divided into many 
branches, of which fome are carryed to the temporall mulcles,into the or grind- 
ing mufcles into the skin of the face, forehead andnofe; Otherfonx are fent into the 
upper part of the cheek, and the parts belonging to it, as into the teeth, gums and the 
mufcles of the upper lipjand thofe which are the round incompafs the mouth 
on the infide; the laft are wafted in the c>aL °' the tongue, to ieftow upon it the fenfe of 
tatting. ; i; ■ * Z 
The fourth conjugation is muc^111^'^^ is almoft wholly wafted upon the coat of 
the Palat of the mouth,to end'*.11 a"° the fenfe of tafting. 
The fift at its originall a*- * not a? yet palled forth of the skul,is divided into two, 
N , and 
What .1 Nerve 
or Sipevv is. 
Its fubfiance; 
Whether rhe 
nerve have a 
third mem- 
brane from the 
Ligaments of 
the Vertebra Si 
Their magni- 
tude. 
Their figured 
Their ufe* 
Their number• 
The fir fl coh- • 
jwgation ol 
nerves. 
The fecohdf 
conjugation., 
The third cori°' 
jugationr.' 
Thefeuftfr 
conjugation* 
The hit conju- 
gation. Of the Animal! parts 
Lib. 5. 
134 
and fends, the greater portion! thereof to the hole of the ear, or paflage of hearing, that it 
may fupport the auditory faculty;and it fendsforth the other lefler portion thereof to the 
temporal! mufcles by the paflage next to it 5 by which the fecond conjugation pafles forth. 
The fixt being the greateft next to the firft,pafling entire forth of the skull,imparts fome 
fmall branches to certain mufcles of the neck and throttle, and then defcending into the 
cheftjit makes the recurrent nerves,and difperfed over all the parts of the two lower bellies, 
it pafles even to the bladder and tefticles,as we (hewed in the former book. 
The (eventh is inferred and fpent upon the mufcles of the bone the tongue, and 
fome of the throttle,to give them motion 5 it pafles forth of the skull by the hole of the 
nowl bone at the extuberancies thereof. 
T he fixt con* 
j ugation* 
The fevtnrh 
conjugation. 
7 he feventh figure [hewing the eighth conjugation of the Nerves of the Brain, 
The brain. 
i5 2. the After-brain. CCfi,2. the 
fmelling of the brain, which fome 
calKthe mamillary procefles. 
D 1,the beginning of the fpinall mar- 
row out of the Bahs of the brain. 
F i, 2. a part of the fpinall marrow 
when it is ready to iffue out of the 
skull. 
FF 1,2. the mamillary proceffes which 
ferve for the fcnfe of fmelling. 
GG i,2.the optick nerves. 
H i .the coition or union of the optick 
nerves. 
/lij 2. the coat of the eye whereinto 
the optick nerves are extended. 
KK i,2. thefecond pair of the finews 
ordained for the motion of the eyes. 
LL 1,2.the third pair of finews, or ac- 
cording to the moft Anatomifts, the 
lefler root of the third pair. 
MM 1,2. the fourth pair of finews for 
the greater root of the third pair. 
N 2. a branch of the third conjugation 
derived to themufculous skin of the 
forehead. 
O 2. a branch of the fame to the upper 
jaw. 
PP2. another into the coat of the no- 
flrils. 
2. another into the temporal! 
mufcles. R 2, a branch of the fourth 
conjugation crumpled like the ten- 
drill of a vein. <9 2. a branch of the 
fame reaching unto the upper teeth, 
and the gums. T 2. another of the 
fame to the lower jaw. V 2. a Surcle 
of the branch 7, to the lower lip. 
VX 2. another furcle from the branch 
T, to the roots of the power teeth. 
fT 2. the afliimption of the nerves of 
the fourth conjugation unto the coat of the tongue. Z i,2.the fourth pair are vulgarly fo 
called WF.ich are ipent into the coats of the palat. a i,2. the fifth pair of finews which be- 
long to the hearing P, the Auditory nerve fpred abroad into the cavity of the flony bone.*, a 
hard part of the fift conjugation above, the * which may be counted for a diftinft nerve. 
i,2. a fmall branch derived from this harder part of the firfl pair. c. i, 2. a lower branch 
from the fame ordinal!. Ji,2.this nerve is commonly afcribed to the lift pair,but indeed is a 
diftinft conjugation which we will cal the Eighth,becaufe we would not interrupt the or- 
der ofother mens accounts.? 1,2.the fixr pair of finews.f 2.a branch from them derived to the 
neck and the mufcles coached thereupon, g *-another branch to the mufcles of the Larinx 
or throttle.hi-,2.the feventtipair of finews.i i.tht_,?ionoftbe ffevcntbpair with the 
/ 2. a propagation of the feventh pair to thole arj£ from tbe Appendix cal- 
led St>dW.m.Surcles from the feventh conjugation to ti. mufcles of the ton„ue the boile 
iffiieth out of the 
third ventricle ofthebrain to the Tunnell,and the pallagc arteries to 
the ventris Z ** of the Brain, CHAP. 
FIG.I. 
FIG. IL Lib. 5. 
contained in the Head. 
135 
CHAP. IX. 
Of the Rete Mirabile, or wonderful! Net3 and of the Jfedg-bone. 
He Animall fpirit is made of the vitall, lent from the heart by the internal! fleepy 
Arteries to the brain. For it was requilite that it Ihould be the more elaborate, 
becaufe the aftion ofthe Animall is more excellent than that of the vitalljriature 
hath framed a texture of Arteries in many places running crofs one another., in 
the form of a Net divers times doubled; ( whereupon it had the name of the wonderfull 
Net) that fo the fpirit by longer delay in thefe Labyrinthian or maze-like turnings., might 
be perfectly concofted and elaborate;, and attain to a greater fitnefs to perform the Animall 
functions. 
This wonderfull Net lituate at the fades of the clinoides or produ&ions of the 
wedg-bone,is twofold ; that is,divided by the pituitary Glandule which is lituate between 
the laid Clinoides,having the wedgbone lying under them 3 next to the Craffa Me- 
being perforated on the right and left lide,next to which lye bones as rare as a iponge 
even to the Palat, by which the Phlegme is < purged by the mouth and nofe ; and there- 
hence, I think, that fpattle flows,which fuch as have a moift brain,continually fpit out of 
their mouth. 
The exigence ' 
of the Animal! 
fpirir. 
What the Ketf 
•Mirabile{s> 
The fire and 
number, 
The brain, 
the Cerebellum or after-bram. 
procefs of the brain , bur not 
that which is called Mamillarift 
DI). The marrow of the back as it 
is yet within the skull. 
£j the Mamillai) procefs bi inftru» 
merit offmelling. 
F, optick het ve. 
G, the coat of the eye into which the 
optick nerve isfpread. 
//, the nerve that moveth the eye or 
the fecond pair. 
2,the third conjugation,or the har- 
der and leflcr branch of the 
nerves of the third conjugation 
brought forward. 
K, the fourth conjugation of the 
greater and thicker nerve of the 
third pair bending downward. 
L, a branch of the nerve marked 
with I, which goeth to the fore® 
head, 
M, another branch of the nerve I, 
reaching to the upper jaw, NN, a 
nerve proceeding from the branch 
I, inrexed or woven with the 
coat of the note. 09 the nerve of 
the temporal! mufcle iffuing from 
the branch I. P,a nerve contorted 
of the nerves K and a nerve 
proceeding from the branch 
to the fockets of the upper 
teeth, 
jt,a nerve creeping from rhe nerve 
K to the lower jaw.S,a furcle of 
the branch R,offered to the flow- 
er lip, TTjOther farcies from the 
branch R,attaining to rhe lower 
teeth, rr, a branch of the nerve 
Kjdiffufed into the coat of rhe 
tongue. XX, the fourth pair of 
fmews which go into rhe coatof 
the palau 7, rhe fifth pair of 
fmews which are the nerves of 
hearing, a, the membrane of the ear, unto which that fifth nerve goeth. be, two fmall 
the fifth conjugation uniting themfelves wit h the nerve £♦ d, the eight conjugation or a netve o t e P a " 
raining unto the face. ee,thefixt pair of nerves. fa a branch from the nerve e, teaching to the mu c es L ♦ 
fmall branches derived unto rhe throttle or lannx» h, the bifurcation of rhe nerve into two ranc * 
inner branch hanging to the rackbones,and ftrengthningthc intern)flail nerves,and is therefore ca e • J * 
kk, Surcles of the urrer branch going to thi heads of thcmufcles, to the breaft bone and to tie • 'ncwsin- 
Im,branches of the right nerve /, making the right Recurrent nerve, mn, the infection o rhe reeurne 
to themufeks of the litirx. op, branches of the left nerve making rhe left recurrent fi new p. qq. ran. • 
fixt conjugation going to rhe coat of the lungs. r,fmall nerves of the heart and of the purfe thereo c* , 
cardiwn,as alfo fome approaching to the coats of the lungs. J, nerves on either fide fent to r e o < , » 
right ftomach nervegoingto rhe left orifice of the Romach. Uu, (he left rtomach nerve going to rhe r.ghorifice oj 
the ftomach.x,a nerve fromthe branch w,palling into the hollownefs of the fiver, y , the nerve e and 
right fide of the kell.r,the nerve belonging to the colick gut. a nerve creeping te the gut ca-w. . 
N 2 
jria h 
Fhe Eight Figure of the brain. 136 
Of the Animall parts 
Lib. 5; 
the beginning of the jejunum or empty gut* 0, a nerve implanted in the right fide of rhe bottom of the ftomach. 
7,a nerve belonging to the liver & bladder of gall.a nerve reaching unto the right kidney «e.a branch reaching the 
jifefenterium and the guts. & a branch fprinkled to the righr parr of the bladder.«,a branch going through the left 
parr of the kel. Qt,farcies derived ro rhe colick gar and the kel» x, fmall branches inferred into the fpleen xx, a 
nerve approaching to the left fide of the bottom of the ftomach. branch belonging to the left fide of rhe Me- 
fentery and rhe guts. y,a br anc h which attained) to the left kidney. fmall nerves creeping through the left fide' 
of the bladder, o, the feven pair of finews.«r, a branch derived from the fixt conjugation rothemufcles which a* 
tife from the procefs called Styloides. f> a branch offthe feventh conjugation which goethto themufclesof the 
tongue, of the bone byois, and of rhe throttle or larinx. aconjunftionor coifionofthe6. and;, pair into one 
Nerve, 
Theft Apophy/es clinoides are certain productions of the Os bafilare or wedg-bone, (called 
the Saddle thereof,) between which, as I faid, the pituitary glandule lies with part of the 
wonderfull net. There is a great controverlie amongft anatomifts concerning this 
part; for denies that it is in man, Columbus admits it, yet he feems to confound it 
with the Plexus Choroides. Truly I have obferved it alwayes after the manner, as Sylvius al- 
ledges againft Vefalius. It remains, that we recite the perforations of the skull, becauft the 
knowledg ofthefe much conduces to the underftanding of the infections of the veins, arte- 
ries and nerves. 
What the 
J>oph)\es Clh 
noides are. 
Whether the 
Rete mirtbil 
differ from the 
Tlextu Cho. 
rdides. 
C H A P. X. 
Of the holes of the inner Bafts of the 
N the firftplace are reckoned the holes of the bone Ethmoides-, then thofeof the 
optick nerves.Thirdly, of the nerves moving the eyes. Fourthly,of that portion, 
or the nerves of the fourth conjugation which go to the temporall mufcles. 
Fiftly are reckoned,thefe holes fcarcc vifible, fituate under the pituitary glan- 
dule, by which the fpettle is evacuated. Sixthly,that hole which is in the wedg-bone made 
for the entrance of the internall fleepy Arteries, compofing the wonderfull Net, and then 
palling into the brain by a great flit. That perforation which we reckon in the feventh 
place is commonly double, made for the entrance of one of the branches of the internall 
jugular vein. The eight hole is fomewhat long, of an ovall figure, by which, part of the 
third conjugation and all the fourth conjugation pafles forth. The ninth are the auditory 
paflages. The tenth are very fmall holes, and give way to the vein and artery going to the 
auditory paflage,above the foramen caecum. In the eleventh place are reckoned the perforati- 
ons which yeeld paflage forth to the fixth pair of nerves, to part of the fleepy Arteries, and 
of the internall Jugular. In the twelfth thole which yeeld a way out to the feventh con- 
jugation. The great hole of the Nowl-bone through which the ipinall marrow pafles, is 
reckoned the thirteenth.The fourteenth is that,which moft commonly is behind that great 
hole,by which the Cervical! veins and arteries enter in. 
CHAP. XI. 
Of the perforations of the externall Bafts of the Brain. 
is a hole on each fide at the Eye-brows, by which pafles a fmall nerve from 
conjugation coming out of the cavity of theOrb of the eye,and go- 
by t^ie foiehead bone to the eye-brows, that it may give motion to the 
two mufcles of the upper eye-brow and forehead. Yet oftentimes the hole is 
but to be ften on one fide, oft times there is a cleft in ftead thereof, othcrwhiles 
it is not perforated nor cleft at all. The fecond, is the perforation of the greater corner of 
the ey,by which a portion of the nerves of the third conjugation defcends to the coat of the 
nofe 5 in this hole the Glandula Lachrymals is feated. The third is feated under the eye, that 
it may give way to the other portion of the nerves of the third conjugation going to the 
parttofthe face, and the teeth of the upper jaw. The fourth is at the beginning of the 
palat,amongft the cutting or {hearing teeth, through which a vein, an artery and the coat 
of the palat pafles out.In the fifth order are reckoned the perforations of the palat,by which 
the nerves deftend from the fourth conjugation,to give, or caufe thetafte.In thefixt order 
are ranked the holes of the palat ftrving for the respiration, and the flcgm falling from 
the brain by the noftrils. And there is a cleft under the yoak bone attending into the Orb 
of the eye,by which there is a way,as wel for the nerves pf the third conjugation to the tem- 
porall mufcles, as alft> for certain veins and arteries.But alfo there is noted another hole at 
the mamillary procefs, which is not perforated in the judgment of the ftnft. Befides there is 
thought to be another at the hind root of the fame procefs, by which a certain fmall vein 
pafles from the Jugular to the "Icrcular. But I have only noted theft three paflages by the 
way, becaufe there is fo much variety in them, that nothing can be certainly faid of them. 
CHAP. L I • 
Contained in the Head. 
137 
CHAP. XII. 
of the Spiral! Marrow, or Pith of the Back. 
He fpinall Marrow is like a River running from the fountain of the brain. This 
fends nerves for fenfe and motion to all the neighbouring parts under the 
head., fpreading its branches as from the body of a tree. Thefe branches, as we 
fhall hereafter lhew, are on each fide thirty .This fame fpinall marrow is cove- 
red with the two membranes invefting the brain, diftinguifiied by no diftance 
of placets in the brain. But alfo it hath another membrane added to thefe, being very hard 
anddenfe, which keeps it from being broken and violated by the violent bending of the 
body forwards and about. The difeafes of this marrow do almoft caufe the like Symp- 
tomes,as the difeafes of the brain; For they hurt the fenfe and motion of all the parts ly- 
ing beneath them: as for example; If any of the vertebras of the back bone5be moved out of 
their place,there follows a diftortion or wrefting afideof the Marrow ; butthen efpeeially 
if it happen that one of the vertebra's be ftrained, fo (harp and bitter a compreffion urges the 
marrow by reafon of the bony body of the vertebra, that it will either rend it,or certainly 
hinder the paflage of the fpirit by it.But by thefe fame holes of the vertebra's the veins and 
arteries go to the fpinall marrow for to give life and nourilhment to it, as the nerves by 
them pafs f orth into all the lower parts orthe body. 
Figure i.fbeweththe form of the fpinall marrow properly fo called, with its membranes, and the nerves 
proceeding from it. 
Figure 2. the fpinall marrow nailed and bare, together with its nerves, as moft partof Anatomifts have 
defcribed it. 
The tenth Figure of the fpinall marrow. 
What the Spi- 
nal! marrow is* 
Thecoars of 
the fpinall mar- 
row. 
The difeafes 
from the hur* 
ring of rhe fpi= 
nail marrow* 
FI G. I. 
A. Thebeginning of the fpinall mar- 
row where it fals out of the skull. 
B. thicknefs thereof in the fpondek 
or rack bones of the loins. 
C. divifion thereof into firings, or 
hairy threds. 
D. (even nerves of the neck. 
From D. to E» or from 7. to 19. (hew 
the nerves of the back. 
From E.toF. the nerves of the loins. 
From F. to G. the nerves of the Os 
crum or holy bone. 
H. The end of the marrow. 
IKL. Do (hew how the nerves do iflue 
from the marrow in firings. 
MM. The knots of the finewsmadeof 
the conjunftion of thole firings. 
NO. The membrane# that inveft the 
marrow. 
Figure 2. * 
A. The beginning of the fpinall mar- 
row in the skull. 
Charafters fliewf;accor- 
ding to Vefaliuf opinion) how the 
conjugations of the nervesof the brain 
do take their originall from the mar- 
row remaining yet within the skull, 
B. The egrefs of the fpinall marrow 
out of the skull. 
C. The cords or firings whereinto it is 
divided. 
D 7.The marrow of the neck and feven 
pair of finews. E 1 p.Twelve pair or 
conjugations of nerves proceeding 
from the marrow of the Cheft. 
F 24. The marrow of the loins and 
5.pair of finews.G 30. the marrow of 
the holy bone and 6. pair of finews-i 
H. The extremity or end of the fpinall 
marrow. 
N 3 THE 
The End of the Fifth Bwfy 138 
Lie.6. 
The Sixth Book, 
Treating of the sZMufcles and Bone*, and the other 
Extreme parts of the BOD T. 
Fhe Preface. 
Eradventure feme may wonder that I have ended my fifth book of 
Anatomy, before I have fully defcribed all the parts of the head, 
the which feemed as it were only appointed for that purpofe. The re- 
fore I muft yeeld a reafbn of this my in tention.1 have a defire in one 
Treatife and as it were at one breath, to profecute the Anatomy of 
the Mufcles. Wherefore becaufe the parts of the head not yet defcri- 
bed, principally confift of the Mufcles, therefore ! defired to com- 
prehend them together with this fame defcription of the extreme 
parts of the body; beginnings the upper part of the face; to wit, 
the eyes:but having firft defcribed the bones of the face, without the knowledg Of which 
it is impoflible to fhew the originall and infertion of the iMufcles. We have formerly no- 
ted, that by the face is meant whatfoever lyes from the Eye-browes even to the Chin. In 
which there is fuch admirable induftry of nature, that of the infinite multi- 
tude of men you cannot find two fo like, but that they may be diftinguifhed by fbme un- 
likenefle in their faces; alfo it hath adorned this part with fuch exquifite beauty, that 
many have dyed by longing to enjoy the beauty defired by them. This fame face albeit it 
littleexceedshalfeafoot, yet it indicates and plainly intimates by the fodain changes 
thereof,what affe&ions and paflions of hope, fear, forrow and delight poflefle our minds; 
and what ftateour bodies are in, found, fick, or neither .Wherefore feeing the face is of fo 
much moment, let us return to the Anatomicall defcription thereof, which that wee may 
eafily and plainly perform we will begin with the bones thereof,whereby, as we formerly 
faid,the originall and infertion of the Mufcles may be more certain and manifefl to us. 
The defcripti- 
on of the bones 
being un- 
known,it muft 
neceffarily fol- 
low that the 
originall and 
infertion of 
the mufcles 
muft be fo alfo. 
The endow- 
ments of the 
face. 
The counte* 
nance is the 
beymyer of 
the will • 
CHAP. I. 
of the hones of the Face. 
fe bones of the face are i6, or 17. in number. And firft, there be reckoned 6. 
about the orbs of the eyes, that is 5. to each orb, of which one is the big- 
ger, another lefler, and the third between both; each of thefe touch the fore- 
head bone in their upper part. Befides,the greater is joyned with a future to 
the procefle of the ftony bone, and fo makes the Zygoma, that is,the Os Jugale 
or yoak bone, framed by nature for prefervation of the temporall mufcle. The lefler is 
feated at the greater corner of the eye, in which there is a hole perforated to the nofe,and 
in this is the glandule in which the /Egylops doth breed. The middle is in the bottom , 
or inner part of the orb , very (lender and as it were of a membranous thinnefle : then 
follow the two bones of the note which are joined to the forehead bone by a future, but 
on the forefide between themfelves by harmony. But on the back or hind part with two 
other bones, on each fide one, which defcending from the bone of the forehead ( to which 
alfo they are joined by a future) receive all the teeth. Thefe two in Gakns opinion are 
feldome found feparated. But thefe are the thickeft of all the bones of the face hitherto 
mentioned, knit by a future with the greateft bone of the orb , on the back part with 
the wedg-bone, on the inner fide with the two little inner bones of the palat, which on 
theinfide make the extremity thereof, whereby it comes to pafle, that we may call thefe 
bones the hinder, or inner bones of the palat. They reckon one of thefe bones the ele- 
venth and the other the twelfth bone of the head jthefe two little bones on their fides next 
to the winged productions of the wedge-bone,receive on each fide one of the nerves of the 
fourth 
Bones in each 
orb of the Eye. 
What the 2>- 
gotna is, and 
whatufe it 
hath. 
The 
The two bones 
of the note* 
The two inner 
bones of the 
palac. Lib. 6. 
Of the Mufcles and Bones, &-c. 
139 
fourth conjugation,which in the former book, we laid were {pent upon the membrane of 
the palat. 
And in Galens opinion there be other two in the lower Jaw,joined at the middle of the 
chin;although fome think it but one bone,becaufe by the judgement of fenfe there appears 
no divifion or feparation therein. But you may fee in children how true this their fup- 
pofition is, for in men of perfect growth it appears but one bone; thefe two are reckoned 
tor the thirteenth and fourteenth bones. Now thele two bones making the lower Jaw , 
have in in their back parton each fide two produ&ions,as they lye to the upper Jaw, the 
one of which reprefents the point ofa (word, and is called theCoroKej the other is obtufe 
and round j which is infer ted into the cavity feated at the root of the proccfle of the fto- 
ny bone, neer to the paflage of the ear. 
This may be (trained to the forepart by violent gaping, by retraftion of the mufcles 
ariling from the wing4ike procelfcs, and ending at the lower angles of the broader 
part of the fame Jaw. 
This Jaw is hollow as alfo the upper, efpecially in the back-part, being filled with a 
white and glutinous humour, conducing to the growth of the teeth. This humour hath 
its matter from the blood brought thither by the vefiels, veins, arteries and nerves from 
the third conjugation entring in here by a paffage large enough. Whereby it comes to 
pafle,that this part is not only nouriflied and lives , but alfo the teeth receive feiife by the 
benefit of the nerves entring thither with the vein and artery,by final holes to be feen at the 
lower roots of the teeth \ and thence it is that a beating pain may be perceived in the 
tooth-ach, becaufe the defluxion may be by the arteriesj or rather becaufe the humour 
flowing to the roots of the teeth, may prefle the artery in that places befide alfo you may 
lee fome appearance of a nervous fubftance in the root of a tooth newly pluckt out. 
But alfo yon muftconfider, that this Jaw from its inner capacity produces at the fides 
of the chin two nerves ofa fufficient magnitude,over againft the lower dog-teeth, and the 
firftofthe (mailer grinding teeth, as I have noted in the defeription of the nerves of the 
third conjugation. 1 have thought good to put thee in mind of thefe, that when thoti 
(halt have occafion to make incifion in thefe places,thou maift warily and difereetly han- 
dle the matter,that thefe parts receive no harme. 
There remains another bone feated above the palat, from which the griftly partition 
of the note arifes, being omitted of all the Anatomies, for as much as I know. Now there- 
fore that you may the better remember the number of the bones of the face,l will here make 
a repetition of them. 
There are fix of the orbs of the eyes,at each threc.The feventh and eight wee may call 
the Nafall, or nofe bones. The ninth and tenth the Jaw-bones. The eleventh and twelfth 
are called the innee bones of thepalat. The thirteenth and fourteenth the bones of the 
lower Jaw. The partition of the nofe may be reckoned the fifteenth. 
Nowit remains having fpoken of thefe bones, that wee treat of the teeth, the Eye- 
browes,the skin, the flefhy pannicle, the Mufcles, and laftly, the other parts of the face. 
The two bcries 
of the law. 
Two produfii- 
orison each fide 
of the lowet 
law. 
The Luxatiori 
of the lower 
law. 
The lower law 
filled with a 
marrowy hu. 
mOr. 
How the teeth 
feel. 
Why the teeth 
have a beating 
paiii. 
The nerves 
the lower law 
muff be obict- 
vcd. 
The bone of 
the nofe above 
rhe palate, or 
the partititJ#.. 
of the note. 
CHAP. II. 
of the Teeth. 
He teeth are of the number of the bones , and thofe which have the moft have 
thirty two,that is, fixteen above,and fo many below;of which in the fore- 
part of the mouth there are four above and as many beneath,which are called 
Inci for ii cutting or (hearing teeth,to cut in funder the meat,and they have but 
one root. To thefe are joyned two in each Jaw, that is, on each (ide of the 
other one, which are called Canini dentes, Dog-teeth, becaufe they are (harp and ftrong like 
dogs-teeth;thefe alfo have but one root,but that is far longer then the other have. 
Then follow the Molares or Grinders,on each fide five, that is, ten above, and as many 
below,that they may grind, chaw, and break the meat,that fo it may be the fooncr cori- 
coflted in the ftomach; for fo they vulgarly think, that meat well chawed is halfe con- 
cofted; thole grinders which are fattened in the upper Jaw, have moft commonly three 
roots, and oft-times four. But thefe which are fattened in the lower,have only two roots, 
and fometimes three,becaufe this lower jaw is harder than the upper fo that it cannot be 
fo eafily hollowed, or elfe becaufe thefe teeth being fixed and firmly feated, needed not fo 
many ftayes as the upper, which as it were hang out of their feats. The {hearing teeth 
cut the meat becaufe they are broad and fharp; the dog-teeth break it, becaufe they are 
flnarp pointed and firm 5 but the grinders being hard, broad and (harp, chaw and grind it 
afimder. But if the grinders had been fmooth, they could not fitly have performed their 
duty, for all things are chawed and broken afimder more eafily by that which js rough 
andunequall. % . . 
Wherefore they fharpen their Milftones whep they are fmoother than tjjey fhould be, 
by 
The teeth art 
bones. 
The (hearing 
reerh. 
The Dogteeth 
The' Grinding 
teeth. 
Why rhe up- 
per grinding 
teeth have 
more roots. 
The ufe of rhe' 
leerk. 140 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
L1 b.6. 
by picking them with a (harp Iron.The teeth are fattened in thejawesby Gontpbojis, that is, 
as a ftake or nail, fo are they fixed into the holes of their jaws ; for they adhere fo firmly 
thereto in fome, that when they are pluckt out,part thereof followes together with the 
tooth; which I have often obferved to have been alfo with great effufion of blood. This 
adhefion of the teeth fattened in their jaws, isbefides ftrengthned with a ligament, which 
applies it felfe to their roots together with the nerve and veflels. The teeth differ from 
the other bones,becaufc they havea&ion whilft they chaw the meat; becaufe being loft 
they may be regenerated, and for that they grow as long as the party lives , for otherwife 
by the continuall tile of chawing they would be worn and wafted away by one another. 
You may perceive this by any that have loft one of their teeth,for that which is oppofite 
to it becomes longer than the reft,becaufe it is not worn by its oppofite. Befides alfo they 
arc more hard and folid than the reft of the bones, and indued with a quick fenfe by rea- 
fon of the nerves of the third conjugation which infert themfelves into their roots; for if 
you rub, or grind a tooth newly pluckt out,you may fee the remains of the nerve; they 
have filch quick fenfe, that with the tongue they might )udg of taftes. But how feel thej 
teeth, feeing they may be filed without pain? Fal/opius anfwers, that the teeth feel not in 
their upper or exterior part, but only by a membrane which they have within. And the 
teeth have another ufe,efpecially the fore-teeth, which is,they ferve for diftinft and articu- 
late pronuntiation;for thofe that want them faulter in fpeaking, as alfo filch as have them 
too fhort, or too long, or ill ranked.Befides, children fpeak not diftinftly before they have 
their fore-teeth. And you muft note that the infant as yet fhut up in its mothers womb 
hath felid and bony teethjwhich you may perceive by diflefting it prefently after it is 
bora. 
But even as there are two large cavities in the forehead bone at the eye-browes, filled 
with a vifeous humor, ferving for the fmelling; and in likermanner,the air fhut up in the 
mamillary procefles is forbearing; fo in the jaws there be two cavities furnifhed with 
a vifeid humour for the nourifhment of the teeth. 
The teeth are 
fattened in the 
laws by Gom- 
The fattening 
of Hie teeth in- 
t6 the laws is 
to be obferved* 
Wherein the 
teeth differ 
from the other 
bones* 
For what ufe 
the teeth have 
fenfe. 
The fore-teeth 
help for the ar. 
ticu!ation of 
thc voice* 
CHAP. HI. 
Of the Brud Mufcle. 
Ow We fhould profecute the containing parts of the face; to wit , the skin, 
i the flefhy pannicle and fat;but becaufe they have been fpoken ot fufficiently 
! before, I will only defcribe the flefhy pannicle,before I come to the di flexi- 
on of the eye, that wee may the more eafily underftand all the motions per- 
formed by it,whether in the face or forehead, 
t irltjthat you may more eafily fee it, you muft curioufly feparate the skin in fome part 
of the face.For unlefleyou take good heed,you will pluck away the flefhy pannicle toge- 
ther with the skin,as alfb this broad mufcle to which it immediately adheres,and in fome 
places fo clofely and firmly,as in the lips,eye-lids and the whole forehead, that it cannot 
be feparated from it,Nature hath given motion, or a moving force [to this broad mufcle, 
that whilft it extends,or contracts it might ferve to fhut and open the eye.lt will bo 
convenient to feparate the mufcle thus freed from the skin,beginning from the forepart of 
the clavicles even to the chin, afcending in a right line, and then turning back as far as you 
can; for thus you fhall fhew how it mixes it felf with the skin and the mufcles of the lips. 
When thou fhalt come to the eyes, thou fhalt teach how the eye is fhut and opened by 
this one mufcle,becaufe it is compofed of the three forts of fibers;al though by the opinion 
of all who have hitherto written of Anatomy,thofe aftions are laid to be performed by the 
power of two mufcles appointed forthat purpofe;one of which is at the greater corner on 
the upper part, the other refembling a femicircle at the lefler corner, from whence exten- 
ding it felf to the middle of the griftle it meets with the former ending there, but 
they are in part extended over all the eye-lid, whereby it commeth tb pafle that italfo 
in fome fort becomnieth movable. But although in publike difle&ions thefe two 
mufcles are commonly wont to be folemnly fhewed, after the manner I have related; yet I 
think, that thofe which fhew them know no more of them than I do. I have grounded my 
opinion from this , 'that there appears no other mulculous flefh in thefe places, to thofe 
which feparate the flefhy pannicle, or broad mufcle, than that which is of the pannicle it 
felf, whether you draw your incifion knife from the forehead downwards, or from the 
cheek upwards. 
Befides,when there is occafion to make incifion on the eye-browes, we are forbidden to 
doe it tranfverfe, left this broad mufcle falling upon the eye, make the upper eye-lid un- 
moveable : but it fuch a cut be received accidentally,we are commanded prefcntly to flitch 
it up; which is a great argument that the motion of the upper eye-lid is not performed by 
its proper mufcles, but wholly depends and is performed by the broad mufcle. Now if 
thefe fame proper mufcles which we have defcribed ftiould be in the upper eye-lid, it ftiould 
be 
There are no 
particular 
mufcles ap- 
pointed to o« 
pen and fhur 
the eye9for that 
is the work of 
the broad 
mufcle only. 
Divers reafons 
to that purpoft. 
Why yon mail 
take heed of 
making a 
tranfverfe in- 
cifionu pon the 
eycbrowes. Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Tody. 
141 
be meet, ( becaufe when one of the mufcles is in aftion,the other which is its oppofite or 
Antagonlft, refts or keeps holydayj) that when that which is faid to open the eye is im- 
ployed, the oppofite thereof refting, the upper eye-lid fhould be drawn towards its origi- 
nal!, as we fee it happens in convulfions: becaufe the operation of a mufcle is the collecti- 
on of the part which it moves towards its originall. 
Therefore feeing fuch a motion or colle&ion appears not any where in the eye-lid , I 
think it therefore manifeft that all the motion of this upper eye-lid depends upon this 
broad mufcle, and that it alone is the author of the motion thereof. 
The originall of this broad mufcle is from the upper part of the the clavicles, 
the (boulder blades, and all the fpines of the vertebras of the neck : but it is inferred into 
all thele parts of the head which want hair, and the whole face, having divers fibers from 
fo various an originality benefit of which it performs fuch manifold motions in the face 
(Tor it fo fp reads it felf over the face,thatit coversit like a vizard)by realbn of the variety 
of the original and the produftion of the divers fibers of this mufcle.But I have not in the 
defcription of this mufcle profecuted thofe nine conditions,which in the firft book of my 
Anatomy I required in every part,becaufe I may feem to have fufficiently declared them in 
the defcription of the mufcles of the Epigaftrium. Wherefore hence forward you muft ex- 
pert nothing from me in the defcription of mufcles befides their original,infertion,adion3 
compofition,and the defignation of their veflels* 
Theaflionof 
a mufde. 
The original! 
of rhe broad 
mufcle. 
The inferrion 
and reafon why 
we expreffe fo 
many i motions 
with the face, 
CHAP. IV. 
of the Eye-lids and Eye-brow es. 
Ecaufe we have fain into mention of the eye-lids, and eye-browcs, and becaufe 
the order of difle&ion alfo requires it, we muft tell you what they are, of 
what they confift,and how and for what ufe they were framed by nature. 
Therefore the eye-browes are nothing elfe,than a rank of hairs fet in a femi- 
circular form upon the upper part of the orb of the eye, from the greater to the lefler cor- 
ner thereof, to ferv e for an ornament of the body, and a defence of the eyes againft the 
acrimony of the fweat falling from the forehead. 
But the ey-lids on each fide two,one above and another below, are nothing elfe than 
as it were certain (huttings appointed and made to clofe and open the eyes when need re- 
quires, and to contain them in their orbs. Their compofure is of a mufculous skin, a 
griftle and haires fet like a pale at the fidesof them to preferve the eyes when they are 
open, chiefly againft the injuries of (mail bodies,as motes, duft and fitch like. Thefe hairs 
are alwaies of equall and like bignefle,implanted at the edges of the griftly part,that they 
might alwaies ftand ftreight and ftiffe out. They are not thick,for fo they fhould darken 
the eye. The griftle in which they are faftned is encompafled with the pericranium ftretched 
fo far before it produce the Corijunftiva. It was placed there, that when any part thereof, 
fliould be drawn upwards or downwards by the force of the broad mufcle or of the two 
proper mufcles, it might follow entirely and wholly by reafon of its hardnefle.They call 
this fame griftle, efpecially the upper, Tar fa. The upper and lower eye-lid differ in no- 
thing, but that the upper hath a more manifeft motion,and the lower a more obfcure:for 
otherwife nature fhould have in vain encompafled it with a mufculous fubftance. 
What the 'ey«- 
browes are. 
Their ufe. 
What the eye* 
lids are. 
Their compO" 
fare and MKfe< 
What the 7<tf 
/wis.„ . 
CHAP. V. 
Of the Eyes. 
He Eyes are the inftruments of the faculty of feeing,brought thither by the vifive 
ipirit of the optick nerves, as in an aqua-duft. They are of a foft fubftance, of 
a large quantity, being bigger or lefler according to the bignefle of the body. 
They are feated in the head,that they might overlook the reft of the body, to 
perceive and ihun fuch things as might endanger,or endamage the body; for theaftion of 
the eyes is moft quick, as that which is performed in a monent,which is granted to none 
of the other fenfes. Wherefore this is the moft excellent fenfe of them all. For by this we 
behold the fabrick and beauty of the heavens and earth, diftinguifh the infinite varieties of 
colours, we perceive and know the magnitude, figure, number, proportion, fite, motion 
and reft of all bodies. The eyes have a pyramidall figure whole bafis is Without, but the 
Cone or point within at the optick nerves. Nature would have them contained in a hol- 
low circle, that i'o by the profundity and folidity of the place they might be free from the 
incurfions of bruifing and hurtfull things. 
They are compofed of fix mufcles, five coats, three humours, and a moft bright Ipirit, 
(of which there is a perpetual afflux from the brain)two nerves,a double vein,and one ar- 
tery? 
What the eyes 
are. 
Their fite. 
The 
and exeellen«y 
of their adjoin 
F igtir£» 
Compofirfo#/ 142 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib. 6. 
tery, befides much fat, and laftly, a Glandule feated at the greater angle thereof, upon that 
large hole which on both fides goes to the nofe, and that, left that the humors falling 
from the brain fhoiild flow by the note into the eyes,as we fee it fares with thofe whole 
eyes perpetually weep, or water, by reafon of the eating away of this glandule , whence 
that affeft is called, the Fifiula lachrymals, or weeping Fiftula. 
But there is much fat put between the mufcles of the eye, partly that the motion of the 
eyes might be more quick, iu that flipperinefleof the fat,as alfo that the temper and com- 
pletion of the eyes, and chiefly of their nervous parts, might be more conftant and lad- 
ing, which otherwife by their continuall and perpetuall motion would be fubjeft to ex- 
cefftve drynefle. For nature, for the fame reafon hath placed Glandules flowing with a 
certain moifture, neer thofe parts which haveperpetuall agitation. 
Glc.ndu.la La.- 
chrymalit. 
Fifiula La- 
vbrymalis. 
Why fat is pla- 
ced about rhe 
eyes. 
CHAP. VI. 
Of the Mufcles.) Coats and humors of the Eye. 
The number, 
fire and action 
©fche mufcles. 
Here are fix mufcles in the eye, of which four perform* the four direft motions 
of the eyerthey arife from the bottOQi of the orb, and end in the midft of the 
eye encompafling the optick nerve. When they are all amoved with one en- 
devour, they draw the eye inwards. But if the upper only ufe its aftion, it 
draws the eye upwards; if the lower, downwards; if the right, to the right 
fide; if the left, to the left fide. 
The two other mufcles turn the eye about; thefirft ofwhich being the longer and flen- 
derer, arifcs almoft from the fame place, from which that mufcle arifes, which -draws the 
eye to the right fide to the greater corner. But when it. comes to the utmoft part of the 
inner angle,where the Glandula lachrymals is feated, it ends in a (lender Tendon, their pier- 
cing through the middle membrane which is there, as through a ring;from whence it pre- 
fiaptly going back is fpent in aright angle towards the; upper part of the eye, betwixt the 
infections of thofe two mufcles, of the which one draws the eye upwards, the other di- 
reftly to the outward corner, as it is obferved by Fallop iiis-pr rather, which I remember I 
have aMaies obferved, they turn between the mufcles which move the eye upwards,and to 
the inner corner. \ 
This fifth mufcle when it is drawn in towards its beginning, fo draws the eye with its. 
circular tendon, that it carries it to the greater corner. 
The fixt mufcle is contrary to that; for it hath its originall from the lower part of the 
orb at a fmall hole, by which a nerve of the third conjugation pafles forth; and being 
that it is moft (lender,whilft it afcends tranfverfly to the outward corner, it involves the 
eyefoalfo, that it is inferted in it by a fmall Tendon, fo that the Tendons of them 
both are oftentimes taken but for one. That thou mayft truly and accurately obferve this 
anatomicall defcription of the eye;the eye muft not be pluckt out of its orb,but rather the 
orb it felf muft be broken and fcparated. 
For thus thou [halt certainly and plainly fee the forementinoed original of the mufcles. 
For the five coats, the firft which is firft met with in difleftion, comes from the 
and is extended over all the white of the eye, even to the IrS or Rain-bow. The duty of it 
is to ftrengthen,bind and contain the eye in its orb,wherefore it had the name Conjuntfiva, 
others called it or Epipephycos. 
Thefecond is called the Corneay becaufe it refembles a horn in colour and confidence; 
this coat differs and varies from it felf,for in the forepart,as far as the IrS goes, it is clear 
and perfpicu0us,but thick and obfcure in the hind part,by reafon of the diverfe polifhing. 
On the fore-part it is denfe,that it may preferve and contain the Cryftalline and waterifh 
humor,,btit withall tranfparent,fo to give the objeft a freer paflage to the Cryftalline. It 
hath its originall from the Craft a forth from the inner holes of the orb 
of the eye, for it compafles the eye on every fide. 
The third is called the Vvea or Grapy coat, becaufe in the exterior part it reprefcnts 
the colour of a black grape; it arifes from the Pia en compafles all the eye,except 
the pupilia or apple of the eye,for here being perforated , it adheres to the horny coat by 
the veins and arteries which it communicates to it for life and nourifhment. But when it 
arrives at the Ira,then forfaking the Cornea defeends deep into the eye,and in feme fort 
is turned about the Cryftalline humour, to which alfb it moft firmly adheres,fo bounding 
the waterifh humour, and alfo prohibiting that the Albugineous humor do not over- 
whelm the tCryftalline. This grapy coat is as it were dyed on the infide with divers 
colours, as black, brown, blew, or green like a rain-bow, and that for thefe enfuing 
benefits. 
The firft is, if that it had been tinftured withone colour, all objefts would have appea- 
red of the fame coloiir,as it comes to pafle when we look through green or red glafle. But 
it muft be colouredjthat fo it may collet the fpirits diffipated by the Sun and feeing. 
Table, 5. 
The $ coats 
of the eye. 
i 
Conjunctiva, or 
Adnata. 
2 
Cornea, or the 
Horny coat. 
:3 
the 
grapy coat. 
Why thegra- 
py coat re- 
fembles divers 
colour«s Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Eody. 
143 
Table 3. figure i.fheweth the Membranes and humors of the eye by lines drawn after the manner of a 
true eye. 
Figure 2. fbeweth the horny coat with a portion of the Nerve. 
Fig. 3 • (beweth the fame divided by a tranfverje fetfion. 
Fig. 4. fbeweth the tlvea or Grapy coat with a portion of the OptickfNerve. 
Fig. 5. The Grapy coat of a mans eye. 
Fig. 6. The Horny, Grapy and the Choroides. 
Fig. 7. The interiour juperficies of the Grapy coat. 
Fig. 8. The pofteriour part of the horny coat together with the faid Net coat feparated from the Eye. 
Fig. 9. The coat of the vitreous orglaffy humor called Hyaloides. 
Fig. 10. Three humours joine d together. 
Fig. 11. The forward pari of the Cryfialline. 
Fig. 12. The Cryflatline humour covered yet with his coat. 
Fig. 14. The Cryfialline of a mans eye. 
Fig. T5« His Coat. 
Fig. 16. The watery humor difpofed upon the Cryfialline round about. 
Fig. '.1?. The hairy proceffes beamingly fprinlfied through theforefide of the coat of the glaffy humort 
Fig. 18. The forefide of the glaffy humor. 
Fig. ip. The place of the watery humor. 
Fig. 20. The glaffy humor containing or comprehending the Cryfialline. 
*The explcation of the firft Fi- 
gure by it felfe. 
rf, The Cryftalline humor. 
Glaflie humor, 
c. The watery humor. 
d3 The utmoft coat called 
adnata. 
e,The dark part of the 
horny Tunicle which is 
nottranfparent. 
f3The Grapy coat called 
Fvea. 
g, The, Net-like coat cal- 
led Retiformis* 
b3 The' coat of the glafly 
humor cald Hyaloides. 
l z, The coat of the Gry- 
I ftalline. 
AR? The hairy procefles 
cald Proceffut ciliares. 
l3 The impreflion of the 
Grapy coat where it de- 
parteth from the thick 
coat. 
m3 The horny coat, a part 
of the thick coat. 
»»,The fat betwixt the 
Mufcles. 
o. The optick Nerve. 
p3 The Dura meninx. 
q3 The Pia mater or thin 
Meninx. 
rr, The Mufcles. 
'The explication of the other 
19. figures together. 
a 2,4,8.The Optick nerve* 
b 2, 4, The thin Meninx 
cloathing the Nerve, c 2,3* 
The thick Meninx cloa- 
thing the nerve, d 8. the 
pofterior part of the hor- 
ny coat, e 8. The coat called Retina gathered together on an heap.f 2, 3. The rain-bow of 
the eye. g 2, 3. The lefler circle of the eye or the pupilla. h 2, 3. Veflels difperfed through 
the Dura meninx. i 3, 6. The grapy coat, but i3 in the 3. Fig. fheweth how the veflels doe 
join the hard membrane with the grapy coat.R. 6. The horny or hard membrane 
turned over. // 3, 4. Certain fibers and firings of veflels, whereby the grapy coat is tyed 
to 
The figure of the Ere. 
JPIG.I. 144 
Of the Mtfcles and Bones 
Lib. 6. 
to the horny. mm 5. The impreflion of the grapy coat where it recedeth or departeth 
from the horny coat. nn^^)6i']. The pupilla or apple of the eye. 00 7. The Ciliar or 
hairy procefles. p 7. The beginning of the grapy coat made of a thin membrane dilated., 
but p in the 17. figure lheweth the Ciliar procefles fprinkled through the fore part of the 
glaflie humor, r 9. The bofome ordeprerfion of the glaflie humor receiving theCryftal- 
iine. J 11,15. The bredth of the coat of the Cryftalline. t 12,13, 14, 16. The pofterior 
part of the Cryftalline humor, which is fphericall or round, u 1I, I4, 20. The tore part 
of the fame Cryftalline deprefled, x 10, 20. The amplitude of the glaflie humor, j 10, 16, 
19. The amplitude of the watry humor, z 19.The place where the glaflie humour is diftin- 
gtiifhed from the watry by the interposition of the Hjaloides orcoat of the glafly humor. 
« 10, 16. The place where the grapy coat fwimmeth in the watry humor. $ 18. The ca- 
vity or depreflion of the glaflie humor which remameth when the Cryftalline is exempted 
or taken from it. /■ 19. the cavity or depreflion of the watry humor made by the Same 
means. 
Thirdly, it was convenient it Should be painted with infinite variety of colours for the 
preservation of the Sight. For as the extream colours corrupt and weaken the fight, Sb the 
middle refreSh and preServe it, more or lefle as they are neerer, or further remote from the 
extremes.lt was fit it Should be foft, that fo it might not hurt the Cryftalline humor upon 
whole circumference it ends j and perforated in the part objefted to it,left by its obfeurity 
it Should hinder the paflage of the objefts to the Cryftalline, but rather that it might col- 
left by its blackneSfe as a contrary, the great and as it were diffufed variety of colours, no 
otherwife than we fee the heat is ftrengthned, by the opposition of coldjfome call this coat 
ChoroiJe;,bccaufe it is woven with many veins and arteries, like the coat Chorion which in- 
volves the infant in the womb. 
Nowfollowes the fourth coat called Anqhibleflroides or Net-like coat, be- 
cauSe proceeding from the optick nerve dilated into a coat, it is woven like a net wkh 
veins and arteries which it receives from the grapy coat,both for the life and nourishment 
both of it felf, as alfo of the glaflie humor which itencompafles on the back part. The 
principall commodity of this coat is, to perceive when the Cryftalline humor Shall be 
changed by objefts, and to lead the vifive fpirit inftrufted or furnished with the faculty of 
feeing, by the mediation of the glaflie humour, even to the Cryftalline being the princi- 
pall inftrument of feeing. It is Softer than any other coat,left the touch of it Should offend 
that humor. Wherein thou wilt admire the Angular order of nature, which as mother 
things it pafles not from one extreme to another unlefle by a Medium, fo here it hath not 
fitted the hard horny coat to the foft humors, but by interposition of divers media of a 
middle confiftence.For thus after the harder coats .Adnata and Cornea it hath placed the 
grapy coat,by fo much fofter then theSe two,as the Net-like coat is fofter then it,that thus 
it might paSTe from extreme, to extreme as it were by thefe degrees of hardnes and foftnes. 
The fitch and laft coat is called Arachnoides, becauSe it is of the confiftence ofa Spiders 
web. And we may well refemble this coat, to that skin of an union which exceeds the o- 
ther in clearnefs,whiteneSs,and thinnefs.This Araneofa or Cobweb-like coat cncompafles 
the Cryftalline humor on the fore fide, peradventure that fo it might defend it,as the chief ( 
inftrument of feeing, if the other humors Should at any time be hurt. It hath its originall 
from theexcrementitious humidity of the Cryftalline humor, hardned into that coat by 
the coldnes of the adjacent partjabfolutely like the thin skin which encompafles the white 
of an Egg. 
The firft humor of the eye is called the Aqueus or wateriSh,from the Similitude of waterj 
itns feated between the transparent part of the horny coat, the portion of the Cryftalline 
humor lying towards the apple of the eye, and that refleftion of the grapy coat which 
comes from the Iris to the circumference of the Cryftalline humor, that filling the empty 
{pace it may diftend the Cornea, and fo hinder the falling thereof upon the Cryftalline 
which would fpoil the fight;as alfo that by its moifture it might hinder the drying of the 
Cryftalline humor. Peradventure it is made of thewhayifli humor fweating out of the 
veflels of the coats,having their orifices for the moft part in that place,where this waterilh 
humor refides.Thefecond humor and middlemoft in Situation is called the Cryftalline, 
becaufe it imitates Cryftall in thebrightnes and colourjif fo be that we may attribute any 
colour to it.For indeed it was fit that none of the three humors Should be tinftured with 
any colour, as thoSe which would be the instruments of fight,left they might beguile us in 
feeing,as red and green Ipeftaclesdojfor that is true which we have red written by the Phi- 
lofopher; That the fubjeft or matter appointed for the reception of any form Should 
want all impreflion thereof. Hence nature hath created a formlefs matter, the humors of 
the eyes without colours, wax without any figure, the mind without any particular 
knowledg of any thing, that fo they might be able to receive all manner of forms. The 
figure of the Cryftalline humor is round,yet fomewhat flatted on the forefide,but yet more 
flatted behind,that fo the objefts might be the better retained in that, as it were, plane 
figure, and that they might not fly back as from a Globe, or round body, in which they 
could make but Short ftayj left it might be eafily moved from its place by the force of any 
thing 
det or Retifor- 
nvs, Net.Iike 
coat. 
An Anatomi- 
cal! Axiomc. 
r 
Arncbnoidet, 
jive Araneofd, 
the Cobweb* 
coat. 
The 5 humors 
•f the eye. 
i 
'AqutWf or 
watery* 
2 CryftiHinief, 
CfyfiaHine* 
A Philofophi- 
call Axiomc. Lib.6. 
and other extreme part? of the Body. 
145 
thing falling or hitting againft it,becau(e that body which is exaftly round touches not 
a plane body but only in a point or prick.Half this humor fwims in the glaffie humor,tk3t 
fo it may be nourilhed from it by tranfpofition of matter; or rather ( feeing it is encb m- 
pafled on every fide with the fift coat, that the matter cannot eafily be lent from the oile 
into the other ) by thebenefit of the veflcls produced even Unto it- as well by the Nct-like 
coat as by the Grapy, but it is filled with a bright fpirit on the forepart, which lyes next 
to the waterifh humor ,and the fpace of the Apple of the eye. 
Of which thing this is an argument, that as long as a man Remains alive, we fee the eye 
every way full, and fwoln, but lank and wrinkled when he is dead; befides alfo oile of tile 
eyes being flint, the Pupilia of the other is dilated by the fpirit compelled to fly thither. 
And alfo for the fame caufe the horny coat is Wrinkled in very old men,and the Pupil/a is 
ftraitned by the wrinkles fiibfiding into themfelves, width is the caufe that they fee little, 
or not at all;for by age and fuccefs of time the humor is confumed by little and little, the 
implanted fpirit vanifhes away, and fmaller quantity of fpirits flow from the brain, as 
from a fountain which is alfo cxhaufted.The horny coat at his original,that is,in the parts 
next the Im, feemeth to be very nigh the Cryftalline humor, becaufe all the coats in that 
place mutually cohere as touching one another, but as it runs further out to the Pupilla, fo 
it is further diftant from the Cryftalline. Which you may eaiily perceive by Anatomical! 
difle£tion,and the operation of touching or taking away a Catarrhaft: for whereas a Ca- 
tarrhaft is feated between the horny coat, and Cryftalline humor, the needle thru ft in, is 
carried about upwards, downwards, and on every fide through a large and free fpace, 
neither touching the horny coat nor Cryftalline humour, by reafon thefe bodies are 
fevered by a good diftance filled with fpirit and a thin humour. The ufe of it is, that it 
may be like a looking-glafle to the faculty of feeing carried thither with the vifive 
fpirit. 
The third and laft humor is the Vitrew the glaffie,or rather Albugineous humor, called 
fo, becaufe it is like molten glafle, or the white of an Egg.lt is feated in the hind part of 
the Cryftalline humor,that fo it may in fome fort break the violence of the fpirit flowing 
from the brain into the Cryftalline humour, no otherwife than the watry humor is placed 
on the forefide of the Cryftalline to hinder the violence of the light and colours entring 
that way. This glaffie humor is nourilhed by the Net-like coat. 
We have formerly fpoken fufficiently of the nerves of the eye: Wherefore it remains that 
we fpeak of the veins. Some of thefe are internail, carried thither with the coats of the 
veflels of the brain; other fome externall,ft retched over the external I parts of the eye, as 
the Mufcles,and coat Adnata-, and by thefe veins inflammations and rednefs often happen 
in the external! parts of the eye: for which the Vena pupis mutt be opened, and cupping 
glafles and horns muft be applyed to the nape of the neck and Ihoulders: as in the internal! 
inflammations of the eye, the cephalik vein muft be opened to avert and evacuate the mor- 
bifick humor. 
Gal.Cap 5. lib 
ibtdS*Ju 
In uhat place 
Catan hail or 
fuffufion breeds 
3 
Vi t reus feu 
lugineus, that is 
Glaflie ©r like 
rhe white of arj 
E?g- 
The veins of 
the eye. 
What veins 
may be opened! 
in whatinflarn- 
mations of the 
eycs» 
CHAP. VIL 
Of the Nofa 
He Note is called in Greek Rjf, becaufe the excrements of the Brain flow forth 
by this paflage,thou maift underhand it hath a divers fubftance by compofiti- 
on.The quantity,figure and fite are fiifficiently known to all.But it is compe- 
ted of the skin and mufcles,bones,griftles,a membrane or coat nerves, veins 
and ai'teries. The skin and bones both contained and containing, have for- 
merly been explained, as alfo the nerves, veins and arteries. The griftles of the Nofe are fix 
in number; the firft is double, feparating both the noftrills in the top of the note extended 
even to the bone Ethmoides. The tecond lyes Under the former. The third and fourth are 
continued to the two outward bones of the nofe. The fifth and fixth being very, (lender 
and defeending on both fides of the nofe,make the wings or moveable parts thereof.There- 
fore the ufe of thefe griftles is, that the nofe moveable about the end thereof,(hould be lefle 
obnoxious to external! injuries, as fractures and bruifes,and befides more fit for drawing 
the air in and expelling it forth in breathing.For nature for this purpofe hath beftowed 
four mufcles upon thenofe,on each fide two, one within,and another without. 
The External taketh its original from the cheek,and defeending obliquely from thence, 
and after fome fort annexed to that which opens the upper lip, is terminated into the 
wing of the nofe, which it dilates. 
The internall going on the inner fide from the jaw-borie, ends at the beginning of tht 
griftles that make the wings, that fo it may contraft them. The coat which inwardly 
invefts the noftrils and their paflageS, it produced by the five-like bones from the 
Crafa meninx9 as the inner coat of the palat,throttte, weazon, gullet and inner 
that it is no mervail, if the affefts of fiich partS be quickly communicated with the 
brain. This fame coat on each fide receives a portion of a nerve from the third 
O '■ conjtv 
The Grimes 
the note. 
The mufcfes 
thereof. 146 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib.6. 
The temper, 
aftionand life. 
conjugation., through the hole which defcends to the nofe by the great corner of the eye. 
The nofe in al the parts thereof is of a cold and dry temper.The Aftion and profit there- 
of is to carry the air and oft-times fmells to the mamillary procefles, and from thence to 
the four ventricles of the brain,for the reafons formerly (hewed. Butbecaufe the mamil- 
lary precedes being the paflages of the air and finels are double,and for that one of theft 
/nay be obftru&ed without the other, therefore nature hath alfo diftinguiflied the paflage 
of the nofe with a griftly partition put between, that when the one is obftrufted, the air 
by the other may enter into the brain for the generation and prefervation of the animall 
fpirit. The two holes of the nofe firft afeend upwards, and then downwards into the 
mouth, by a crooked paflage, left the cold air, or duft (hould be carried into the lungs. 
But the nofe was parted into two paflages as we fee, not only for the forementiohed caufe,- 
but allo for helping the refpiration and vindicating the fmell from external! injuries jand 
laftly, for the ornament of the face. 
7 . ' 
Why the nofe 
was parted in 
two, 
CHAP. VIII. 
(?f fee Mufcles of the Face, 
Ow we muft defcribe themufcles of the face pertaining as Well to the lips as to 
the lower jaw. Thefe are 18. in number, on each fide nine, that is, four of the 
lips, two of the upper, and as many of the lower. But there belong five to the 
lower jaw. The firft of the upper lip being the longer, and narrower,ari- 
fing from the yoak-bone defcends by the corner of the mouth to the lower lip, that fo it 
may bring it to the upper lip, and by that means Ihut the mouth. The other being (hotter 
and broader, palling forth of the hollownefs of the cheek, or upper jaw ( by which a por- 
tion of the nerves of the third conjugation defcends to thefe two mulcles, and other parts 
of the face ) ends in the upper part of the fame upper lip,which it compoles together with 
the fielhy pannicle and skin,and it opens it by turning up the exterior fibers towards the 
nofe, and (huts it by drawing the internall inwards towards the teeth. 
The firft of the lower lip being the longer and (tenderer, entring out of that region 
which is between the externall perforation of the upper jawfthrough which on the inner 
part of the fame, a nerve palfeth forth to the fame mufcles ) and the mufcle Maffeier, ( of 
which hereafter ) then attending upwards by the corner of the the mouth, it ends in the 
upper lip, that fo it may draw it to the /lower. 
The other broader and (horter begins at the lower part of the chin, and the hollow- 
nefs thereof, and ends at the lower lip which it makes, opening it within and without 
by its internalland externall fibers, as we alfo faidof itsoppofite. And that I may 
fpeak in a word, nature hath framed three forts of mufcles lor the motion of the 
mouth, of which fome open the mouth, others (hut it, and otherfome wreft it and 
draw it awry; but you muft note that when the mufcles of one kind jointly perform 
their funftions(as the two upper which we dettribed in the firft place, on each fide one, 
which draw the lower lip to the upper, and the mulcles oppofite to them ) they make a 
right, or (freight motion; but when either of them moves feverally, it moves obliquely, 
as when we draw our mouth afide. But thefe mufcles arefo faftned and fixed to the 
skin, that they cannot be feparated; fo that it is no great matter whether you call ft a 
mufculous skin, or a skinny mufcle:( Which alfo takes place in the palms of the hands 
and foies of the feet ) but thefe mufcles move the lips the upper jaw being not moved 
at all. 
Their nutnber. 
CHAP. IX. 
Of the Mufcles of the lower Tdw. 
Their number' 
E have faid thefe mufcles are five in number, that is, four Which fhut it, and! 
one which opens it, and thefe are alike on both fides. The firft and greater of 
thefe four mufcles which fhut the Jaw is called Crotophita or Temporall mufcle; 
it arifes from the fides of the forehead and Bregma bones, and adhering to the 
fame and the ftony bone, it defcends under the yoak-bone, from whence it infcrts it felf to 
the procefle of the lower jaw which the Greeks call Cordne3 that it may draw it directly to 
the upper,fo to fhut the mouth. 
But you muft note, that this mufcle is tendinous even to his belly, and that it fils and 
makes both the temples. It is more fiibjeft to deadly wounds than the reft by reafon of 
the multitude of nerves difperfcd over the fubftance thereof, which becaufe they are neer 
their original!, that is,the brain,they infer danger of fodain death by a convulfion which 
ufually follows the affcfts of this mufcle, bnt alfo in like manner it caufes a Fcaver, the 
Phrenfyand Coma, 
"the 
The Tempo- 
tall mufcle. 
Why the 
wounds of the 
temporall 
Mufcle are 
deadly* Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Body 
147 
The figure of the chief mufiles 
of the Face. 
A. The mufile of the forehead and the 
right fibers thereof. 
B. Temp or all mufile. 
A. (s.y. his fimicircular original!. 
D. 7 be mufile of the upper lip. 
G. 7hejoafi-bone under which the tem- 
for all mufiles paffe. 
1. The Maffeters or Grinding mufile; 
K. The upper griftle of the nofi. 
M. A mufile forming the cheeks. 
N. 7 he mufile of the lower lip. 
O. A part of the fifth mufile of the lower 
law called Digaftricus, that is> double 
bellied. 
Qz_R. The fir ft mufile of the bone 
Hyoidesgrowing unto the rough Ar- 
tery. 
S. The ficond mufile of the bone Hyoides under the Chin. 
T. The third mufile of the bone Hyoides ftretched to the Jaw: 
T. K. Thefeventh mufile ofthehead and bis infirtionat T. 1 
V. V. The two venters of the fourth mufile of the bone Hyoides. 
i>. The place where the veffels paffe which go to the headland the nerves which are fint to the Arm. 
Therefore that it fhould be lefle fubjeft or obvious to externall injuries, Nature hath, 
as it were, made it a retiring place in the bone,and fortified it with a wall of bone rai- 
fed fomewhat higher about it. The other Mufcle almoft equall to the former in bignefs, 
being called the Md/eter,or grinding mufcle, makes the defeends from tile loweft 
part of the great eft bone of the orb ( which bends it felf as it were back, that it may make 
part of the yoak-bone) and inferts it felf into the lower Jaw, from the corner thereof to 
the end of the root of the procefle Cotw, that fo it may draw this Jaw forward and back- 
ward, and move it like a hand-mill. 
Wherefore nature hath compofed it of two forts of fibers, of the which fome from the 
neck( the cheek in that place under the eyes ftanding fomewhat out like an apple arifing 
from the concourfe of the greater bones of the orb and upper jaw ) defoend obliquely to 
the corner and hinder part of the lower jaw, that it may move it forwards.Otherfome 
arife from the lower part of the fame yoak-bone, and defeending obliquely interfe ft the 
former fibers after the fimilitude of the letter X, and infert themfelves into the fame lower 
jaw at the roots of the procefle Cor one, that fo they may draw it back:Truely by reafon of 
thefo contrary motions it is likely this mufcle was called the Maffeter or grinder. 
The third, which is the round mufcle, arifes from all the Gums of the upper jaw , and 
is inferted into all the gums of the lower, invefting the fides of all the mouth with the 
coat, with which it is covered on the infide, being otherwife covered on the outfide with 
more fat than any other mufcle. The aftion thereof is, not only to draw the lower Jaw 
to the upper, but alfo as with a fhovell to bring the meatdifperfed over all the mouth un- 
der the teeth, no otherwife then the tongue draws it in. 
The fourth being (hotter and lefle than the reft arifing from all the hollownefs of the 
winged procefle of the Wedge-bone, is inferted within into the broadeft part of the lower 
Jaw, that fo in like manner it may draw the fame to the upper. This is the mufcle through 
whole occafion, we laid this lower Jaw is fometimes di (located. 
FIG.II 
The fitafleier 
er grinding 
tnufcfe* 
The routidl 
mufcfc* 
The lefTer 
mufcle of th © 
lower law. 
The figure of the Mufcle s of the lower Jaw. 
FIG,III. 
A. A hole in the forehead bone in the 
brim of the feat of the eye, fending a 
final/ nerve of the third pair to the 
mu files of the forehead and the upper 
eye-brow. 
B. The Temporal/ mufcle. 
The fi t and laft mufcle of the lower jaw from the procefle ftyloides of the ftony bone. The fifr aia$ 
attends to the forepart of the Chin, neer to the connexion of the two bones ®f this jaw, kft inufdc* 
O 2 tO 148 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib.6 
to draw this Jaw downwards from the upper in opening the mouth .This mufcle is (lender 
and tendinous in the midft,that fo it might be the ftronger, but it is flefliy at the ends. All 
thefe mufcles were made by the Angular providence of nature, and engratfed Into this part 
for the performance of many ufes and aftions, as biting afunder, chawing, grinding and 
fevering the meat intofmall particles,which the tongue by a various and harmlefs motion 
puts under the teeth. Thus much I thought good to fay ot the parts of the face, as well 
containing as contained. 
The ufe of 
thefe menrio- 
nedmufdes. 
C H A P. X. 
Of the Ears and Parotides or kernels of the Ears. 
The nature 
andcompofiri- 
on of rhe ears. 
What rhe Fib)a 
and pinna are. 
The figure and 
the reafon 
thereof. 
He Ears are the Organs of the fenfe of hearing. They are compofed of the skin, 
a little flefh,a griftle, veins, arteries and nerves.They may be bended or folded 
in without harm, becaufe being griftly,they eafily yeeld and give way 5 but 
they would not do fo, if they fliould be bony, but would rather break. That 
lap at which they hang pendants and Jewels, is by the ancients called Fibra, 
but the upper part pinna. They have been framed by the providence of nature into two 
twining paflages like a Snails fhell, which as they come neerer to the foramen tytum or blind 
hole,are the more ftraitned , that fo they might the better gather the air into them, and 
conceive the differences of founds and voices, and by little and little lead them to the 
membrane. 
The Figure of the ears and bones 
of the auditory pajfage. 
FI <1.1, 
'fab. io. fbeweth the ears and the 
divers internal/ parts thereof. 
Fig. I. fbeweth the whole external/ 
eary with a part of the 'temple 
bone. 
Fig. 2. fbeweth the left bone of the 
Temple divided in the midft by the 
inftrument of hearing $ where- 
about on either fide there are 
certain paffages here particularly 
defcribed. 
Fig. 2. and 4. fheweth the three 
little Bones. 
Fig. 5. fbeweth a portion of the 
bone of the temples which is jeen 
neer the hole of Hearing divided 
through the midft 9 whereby the 
Nerves , Bones and Membranes 
may appearyas Vefalius of them 
conceiveth. 
Fig. 6. fbeweth the Veffels 5 Mem- 
branes , Bones and holes of the Or- 
gan of hearings as Platerus hath 
defcribed them. 
Fig. 7s and 8. fbeweth the little 
bones of the hearing of a man 
and of a Calfe9 both joined and fepa- 
rated. 
Fig. 9. fbeweth the Mufcle found out 
by dquapendens. 
For the particular declaration 
fee T>. Crooks Anatomy, pag. 
577' 
This membrane Which is indifferently hard hath grown up from the nerves of the 
fifth Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Body, 
149 
fifth conjugation,which they call the auditory. But they were made thus into crooked 
tvindings, left the founds ruffling in too violently Ihould hurt the fenfe of hearing. Yet 
for all this we oft find it troubled and hurt by the noife of thunder, Guns and Bels. 
Otherwife alfo left that the air too fodainly entring in Ihould by its qualities,as cold,caufe 
lome harm : and alfo that little creeping things and other extraneous bodies, as fleas and 
the like, ihould be flayed in thefe windings and turnings of the waits,the glutinous thick- 
nefs of the cholerick excrement or ear-wax hereunto alfo conducing, which the brain 
purges and fends forth into this part, that is, the auditory paflage framed into thefe intri- 
cate Mseanders. 
But that we may underftand how the hearing is made, we muft know the ftrufture 
of the organ or inftrument hereof. The membrane which we formerly mentioned 
to confift of the auditory nerve, is ftretched in the infide over the auditory paflage 
like as the head of a Drum. For it is ftretched and extended with the air, or auditory 
ipirit implanted there, and (hut up in the cavity of the mamillary procefle and fora- 
men (town, that (mitten upon by the touch of the externall air entring in, it may re- 
ceive the objeft, that is, the found, which is nothing elft then a certain quality a- 
rifing from the air beaten or moved by the collifion and conflift of one or more bodies. 
Such a collifion is fpred over the air,as the water which by the gliding touch of a ftone 
produces many circles and rings one as it were riling from another. So in rivelets running 
in a narrow channel, the water ftruckcn,and as it were, beaten back in its courfe againft 
broken, craggy and fteep rocks, wheels about into many turnings : this collifion of the 
beaten air flying back divers waies from arched and hollow roofed places, as Dens, Ci- 
tterns, Wells, thick Woods and the like, yeelds and produces a double found, and this re*- 
duplication is called an Echo .Wherefore the hearing is thus made by the air,as a medium, 
but this air is twofold, that is, externall and internail. 
The exteriour is that which encompafles us, but the interiour is that which is (hut up 
in the cavity of the mamillary procefle and foramen csicum, which truly is not pure and foie 
air, but tempered and mixed with the auditory fpirit. Thence proceeds the noife or bea- 
ting of the ears, when vapors are there mixed with the air inftead of fpirits,whereby their 
motion is perturbed and confuted. But neither do thefe fit dice for hearing,for nature for 
the more exaft diftinftion of founds hath alfo made the little bones, of which one is called 
the Incus oranvill, another the Malleolus or hammer, the third the Stapes or ftirrop,becaufe 
the fhape thereof refembles a German ftirrop. Alfo it may be called Deltoides, becaufe it is 
made in the fhapeof the Greek letter a. 
They are placed behind the membrane; wherefore the anvill and hammer moved by the 
force of the entrance of the externall air,and beating thereof againft that membrane, they 
more diftinftly exprefle the difference of fbunds,as firings ftretched within under the head 
of a Drum; as for example, thefe bones being more gently moved reprefent a low found 
to the common fenfe and faculty of hearing, but being moved more vehemently and vi- 
olently, they prefent a quick and great fpund; to conclude,according to their divers agi- 
tation, they produce divers and different founds. 
The Glandules fhould follow the Ears in the order of Anatomy, as well thofe 
which are called the emunftories of the brain, that is, the Parotides, ( which ate 
placed as it were at the lower part of the ears ) as thefe which lye under the lower 
Jaw, the mufcles of the bone Hyoides and the tongue, in which the ScrophuU and other 
fuchcoldabfcefles breed. It fhall here fuffice to let down the ufe of all fuch like 
Glandules. 
Therefore the Parotides are framed in that place by nature, to receive the viru- 
lent and malign matter fent forth by the ftrength of the brain, by the veins and 
arteries fpred over that place. The reft ferve to ftrengthen the divifion of the veflels, to 
moiften the ligaments and membranes of the Jaw, left they fhould be dryed by their con- 
tinuall motion. Their other conditions and ufes are formerly handled in our firft book 
of Anatomy. 
For wh.tr ufe 
the ear-wax 
fervcs. 
Tor what ufe 
the membrane 
ftrerched under 
<he auditory 
paffagc fctves. 
What foundjs.* 
T he caufe ot 
an echo. 
The 3 hones 
of rhe auditory 
paffage. 
Their ufe. 
Whence'the 
difference of 
founds, 
CHAP. XI. 
of the hone Hyoides, and the Mi fetes thereof. 
He fubftance of the bone Hyoides is the fame with that of other bones. TEe 
figure thereof imitates thegreek letter u from whence it took the name, ( as 
alio the namev'4Mcw«Ak; and from the letter Ait is in like fort called 
by fome it is ftiled os Gutturis and os Lingua, that is, the Throat- 
bone and Tongue bone. The compofition thereof confifts of many bones 
joined into one by the interpolation of griftles. 
This bone is bigger in beafts and competed of more bones,arid that not only by the in- 
tercourfe of griftlesjbut alfo ofligaments.lt is teated with its balls ( being gibbous on the 
O 3 forepart 
The reafon oif 
the name, 
The Compa'- 
firion. 
Th. lite., 150 
Of the Mufcles and hones 
Lib.6 
forepart for conftancy, and arched on the infide that it might receive and contain the 
root of the tongue ) upon the upper part of that griftle of the throtle which is called 
feirtiformis or Shield-like, ( for this feems to prop it up by the ftrength of two proceffes ri- 
ling at the balls thereof) and the root of the tongue. From this bails it fends forth two 
horns to the Udes of the tongue on each fide one,which in men are tyed to the Appendix 
flyloides by ligaments fent from it felf. Contrary then it is in beafts, who have it of many 
bones united as we faid,by the intercoule of ligaments even to the root of the flyloides . 
Wherefore this bone hath connexion with the forementioned parts,and other hereafter to 
be mentioned. It hath the fame temper ac other bones have. The ufe of it is, to minifter 
ligaments to certain mufcles of the tongue,and infection as well to the twoforemoft and 
upper mufcles of the throtle,as to its own,of which we will now treat. 
The mufcles of the bone H) oi Jer,according to the opinion of fome are eight, on each 
fide four 5 of which there be two,one of which Galen refers to the common mufcles of the 
larinx or throtle;and the other to thofe which move the Ihoulder-blade upwards. Howfoe- 
ver it be, the firft of the four before mentioned arifes from the Appendix Styloidts, and paf- 
fing over the nervous fubftance of the mufcle opening the lower jaw, is infected into the 
horns of the bone Hyoides. This mufcle is very thin, yet fomewhat broad, the which in 
that refpeft may eafily be cut,unlefle you have a care in feparating the mufcle which opens 
the lower Chap. The fecond afeends obliquely from the upper part of the Ihoulder-blade 
ne'er the production thereof called Cor aco ides, tp the beginnings of the horns of the faid 
bone Hyoides. This is round and nervous in the midft that fo it might be the ftronger, as 
that is which we formerly laid opens the lower jaw; and it is refer'd by Galen amongft 
thole which move the Ihoulder-blade upwards.The third ariles from the upper part of the 
flerwcw,and is infected at the root and bafis of the bone Hyoides-, yet Galen refers it to the 
common mufcles of the Larinx-, whofe opinion takes place rather in beafts, than in man, 
feeing in man this mufcle cannot be found either to proceed,or be inferted into the thro- 
tle, as it is in beafts. The fourth and laft defeends within from the chin to the root of the 
bone Hyoides. The firft of thefe mufcles with its companion or partner moves the bone 
Hyoides upwards, the fecond downwards;the third backwards ; and the fourth forwards. 
I would declare whence thefe mufcles have their veflels , had I not abundantly fatisfied 
that thing, when I treated of the diftribution of the nerves, veins and arteries. 
The temper 
and ufe. 
The mufcles of 
the bone Z/yoz- 
der. 
The aftion of 
thefe mufclcs. 
CHAP. XII. 
Of the 
What kind of 
flefh the tongue 
hath. 
HE tongue is of a flelhy, rare, looff and loft fubftance; it enjoyes flelh of a 
different kind from the reft of the flelh, as chiefly appears when you cut it 
from the firft originall of the muffles thereofiwhich thing hath moved fome, 
that they have made a fourth kind of flelh proper to the tongue and different 
from the reft,z/z\z. the fibrous, muffulous, and that ofthe bowells.The quan- 
tity thereof is ffich that it may be contained in the mouth , and eafily moved to each part 
thereof. The figure of it is triangular, which it rather exprefles in the balls, which is at 
the root ofthe bone Hyoides, than in its point, or forepart, wherefrom a triangle it be- 
comes more dilated. It is compofed of a membrane ( which it hath from that which lines 
all the infide of the mouth ) muffles 4. nerves two on each fide, the one whereof is fent 
from the third conjugation, into the coat thereof; the other from the feventh is fent into 
the muffulous lubftance even to the end thereof for motions fake; fo that thoff ff nfifick 
nerves from the third conjugation only give to judg of taftes, compofe the coat, and 
touch or enter not the flelh. Befides it is compofed of veins and arteries on each fide 
one, which it receives from the externall Jugular and Carotides, running manifeftly 
to the end thereof on the lower fide, that fo they might be eafily opened in the diffaffs 
of the mouth and throtle; they commonly term thefe the Vena nigra or black 
veins. 
The muffles of the tongue, are abfolutely ten, on each fide five. The firft narrow at the 
beginning and broader at the end, deffciids into the upper fide of the tongue from the 
Appendix Styloides, and together with its copartner draws it upwards. The fecond hath 
its originall within from the lower jaw, about the region of the grinding-teeth , and is 
inffrted into the lower fide of the tongue, the which with its partner draws it down- 
ward. The third proceeds from the inner part ofthe chin, and goes to the root ofthe 
tongne, that when need requires it may put it forth of the mouth. The fourth the 
greateft and broadeft of them all, compofed of all forts of fibers, pafles forth from the 
balls of the bone Hyoides, and ends at the lower part of the tongue, which 
with its companion plucks it back into the mouth. The fife and laft molt ufu- 
ally ariffs from the upper part of the horns of the bone Hyoides, and goes to the 
roots of the tongue between the two firft a that it may move it to the fides of the 
mouth. 
The quantity# 
The figure. 
Compofure. 
The nerves, 
The mufcles of 
the tongue. and other extreme parts of the 'Body. 
L1 b,6. 
151 
mouth. The temper thereof, as of all other flelh, is hot andmoift. 1 he firft action and 
commodity thereof is,to be the organ of the fenfe of tailing, wherefore it was made fungous 
and fpongy,that by reafon of the rarity of it, it might more cafily admit the tails conjoyn- 
ed with the fpettie,as a vehicle. Another to be an inftrument to dillinguilh the voice by ar- 
ticulate fpeeech.for which it was made movable into each part of the mouth. The third is 
to be a help to chaw and fwallow the meat. For which caufeit islikeafcoop or difh with 
which we throw back the corn into the mill, which hath fcaped grinding. And becaufe, 
when the tongue is dry, it is lefs nimble and quick to perform its motions, as appears by 
thofe which can fcarce (peak by reafon of thirft or a burning Feavcr: therefore nature hath 
placed very fpongy glandules at the roots thereof, on each fide one, which like Iponges 
fuck and receive,both from the brain and other places,a waterifh and fpettlely humor,with 
which they humeft and make more glib,not only the tongue, but allb the other parts of 
the mouth,as the throat and jawesjthefe glandules are called the or Almonds of 
the throat. 
The temper, 
aflion, and ma ■ 
nifoldufe of 
the tongue. 
The tife of the 
glandules pla- 
ced at the roots 
of the tongue. 
CHAP. III. 
Of the Mouth. 
4e mouth is that capacity which bounded with the cheeks and lips contains 
within its precinft s the teeth,tongue,and the beginnings of the throtle and gul- 
let.Therefore the ufe of the mouth is to contain the tongue,and ferve it in the fit- 
ter performance of its aftions; and although many parts hereof have been former- 
ly handled,as the lips,teeth, jawes,tongue,almonds,and paflages of the palat. coming from 
the note,yet it remains,that we declare what the palat,the Vvulva,the Pharinx, 
and fauces or Chops are. The Palat (or as it is commonly called,the Roof of the mouth) is 
nothing elfe but the upper part of the mouth bounded with the teeth gums and upper Jaw. 
In which place the coat common to the 'whole mouth,is made rough with divers wrincles, 
that the meats put up and down between the tongue and the Palat might be broken and 
chawed more eafily by that inequality and roughnefs. If any would find the nerves, 
which defeend into the palat from the fourth conjugation, let him feparate that coat and 
caft it from the fore to the hind part of the mouth; for fo he (hall find them at the (ides and 
hind parts of the bones of the Palat,which incompafs the Palat,and at the beginning of the 
inner holes of the mouth, which defcend from the nofe, and region of the productions of 
the wedgbone called the Saddle. Thefe holes or patfages are open, that we may breath the 
better when we fleep , and that when the note is not well, the excrements which feck 
their paflage by it, may beeafilier drawn away by the mouth. This fame coat is woven 
with nervous fibers, that like the tongue it might judg of tafts ; thefe fibers compofe a 
coat that hath a middle confiftence betwixt foft and hard. For if it fhould have been any 
harder,like a bone or griftle, it would have been without fenfe,but iffofcer,hard, acrid and 
(harp meats would have hurt it. 
What it is. 
Theufe, 
What the palat 
is. 
T he nervrs 
she re of. 
Why the holes 
of the palat are 
open. 
What kind of 
coat the palat 
hath> 
CHAP. XII II. 
Of the Gargareon, or Vuula. 
Y the CdYgareon we underftand a flelhy and Ipongy body, in fliape like a pine 
apple,hanging directly down at the further end of the palat and bafis of the 
bone Ethmoides^where the two holes of the palat come from the nofe,above the 
entrance of the throtle. This littlebody is lituate in this place to break the 
violence of the air drawn in by breathing,and that by delay it might in fome 
fort temper and mitigate it by the warmnefs of the mouth. Belides, that it might be as it 
were the Plefirum, or quil of the voice, io to diffufe the fuliginous vapour fent forth in 
breathing,that it may be difperfed over all the mouth, that refounding from thence it may 
be articulate, and by the motion of the tongue diftinguifhed and formed into a certain 
voice. Which uie is not (mall,when we fee by experience that fuch as have this particle cut 
away,or eaten,or corrupted by any accident, have not only their voyce vitiated and de- 
praved, but (peak ill-favouredly,and as they fay, through the nofe ; and belides in procefs 
of time they fall into a conliimption by realbn of the cold air palling down before it be 
qualified. This fame particle, is alfo a means to hinder the duft from flying down 
through the weazon into theLungs.By the Pharinx and fauces is meant the inner and back 
part of the mouth,fet or placed before the entrance of the 1 hrotle and Gullet 5 being fo 
called,becaufe that place is narrow and ftrait, that as it were by thefe ftraits, the air drawn 
in by the mouth might be forced down by the Throtle, and the meat into the Gullet. 
What the Gar- 
gareon, or 
Vvula is,* 
The fire and 
manifold nfe 
thereof. 
The difcom- 
modifies that 
enfuethelofs 
ofche Vvula* 
What the 
Fharinx and 
fauces mg. 
CHAR 152 
Of tbe Mufcles and Bones 
Lib. 6. 
CHAP. XV. 
Of the Larinx, or 'throttle. 
lift we muft fhew what is meant by the Larinx and Throttle,then proficutc the Ci- 
ther conditions of it after our accuftomed manner. Therefore by the Larinx we un- 
derftand nothing el(e in this place,! han the head & extremity of the rough artery, 
or weazon,which comes neerei to griftly fiibftance,thaH to any other. The quan- 
tity thereof is fufficiently large, yet divers according to the diverfity of bodies. It re- 
fembles in ffiape the head of a Germane pipe. The compofure of it conlifts of 18. mufcles,on 
each fide nine,which as they are like in quantity, fo alfo in ftrength and action ; of three 
griftles, veins,arteries and nerves, as we (hewed, when we (poke of the diftribution of the 
veflels; as alfo of a double coat, the one externall,the other internal], as we (hewed when 
wefpokeof theweazon. Thefe three griftles are joyned together by certain Ligaments 
and mufclesjthe foremoft griftle,which alfo is the greater,is called by the Greeks in 
Latin commonly is (hield-like,becaufe it refembles a fhield. The fecond be- 
ing the hinder and middle in magnitude,wants a name,wherefore it is called the innominata 
or namelefs griftle. The laft and leaft, which notwithftanding may be parted into two, fo 
lyes upon the edges of the other,that it refembles the mouth of an oyl pot, or a pitcher, 
whereupon the Greeks call it Arytenoides.Thefe griftles thus fitted amongft themfelves utter 
a diftinft voice, by the benefit of the Epiglottis, or After-tongue ; and alfo of the mufcles 
opening and (hutting,dilating and comprefling them, whence proceed infinite varieties of 
voices. For thus when they are opened and dilated,they yeeld a heavy,or dull found;whcn, 
they are (hut or drawn together,a quick,or (harp foundjand to conclude, they make it infi- 
nite wayes different according to the infinite variety of the dilatation , or conftri&ion. 
thereof. Therefore becaufe it was fit thefe griftles (hould be moveable, efpecially the Aryte- 
no ides, and Thyroides, nature hath put to them on each fide 9 mufcles, of which three are 
common,and fix proper.The firft of the common lying hid under the third mufcle of them 
that move the bone Hyoides, arifes from the root of the fame bone,and by an oblique d'e- 
feent inferts it felf at the bafis of the fhield-like griftle , to dilate it upwards and down- 
wards. The fecond afeends obliquely from the inner part of the fternon according to the 
length of the weazon (whence it is called Bronchia) to the bottom and fides of the fan;e 
fhield-like griftle,that it may open and dilate it with its wings.This mufcle is feen from the 
firft original thereof,even a great part of the way ftraitlty to cohere with the third mufcle of 
the bone Hjozdejjtherefore under each of the mufcles,there is a glandulous body fpred about 
the fore and upper part of the weazon, on that place where it applies it felf to the throttle; 
this body although it refemble a fleffiy fubftancc, yet it is a glandule,which being phickt 
away by a certain Emperick taking upon him to cure the kings evill, caufed a deleft of 
voice on one fide, becaufe he pulled away the recurrent nerve lying upon the glandule as it 
goes to the throttle, as Galen reports, Lib. de locis affect is. The third and laft arifes from the 
parts of the Vertebra's of the neck lying tranfverfly upon the fides of the gullet,and ends at 
the wings and fides of the fhield-like griftle, that it may tye it more ftraitly to the fecond 
griftle. But thefe three are called common mufcles, becaufe they take their original! from 
lome other place than the throttle,that fo they may be inferted into fome part thereof; for 
they are called the proper mufcles which arife from the Throttle it felf,which we have laid 
to be fix on each fidezthe firft of which arifing from the fore part of the fecond griftle,makes 
a circle under the bafis of the (hieldlike griftle; whilft afeending obliquely to the bafis there- 
of, it is afterwards inferted in a part of it,fo to ftrengthen and dilate it. The fecond in like 
manner arifing from the fecond griftle, from that place where it adheres to the firft, it runs 
obliquely crofting the firft to the inner and forepart of the griftle 7 hyroides ncer to the bafis 
thereofjthat it may joyn it to the fecond.The third from rhe hind bafis of the fecond griftle 
afeends direftly to the bafis of the third griftle Arytenoides , that with the fecond mufcle 
it may open and (hut it. The fourth afeends from the fides of the (econd griftle,neer the ori- 
ginal! of the (econd mufcle, to the fides of the Arytenoides, that with the fecond mufcle it 
may open and (hut it.The fift arifes from the inner middle of the fhield-griftle, and ends in 
the fore-part of the Arytenoides at the infection of the fourth mufcle, that, fo it may prefs 
down the faid griftle. 
The fixt and laft afeends by the hind bafis of the Arytenoides to the fore bafis of the fame, 
to prefs it down. But you muft note,that all fuch mufcles as arife from below upw ai ds,re- 
ceive branches from the recurrent, butefpecially thofe who open and (lint the griftle Ary- 
tenoides. But thefite,temper,connexion,and ufe of the throttle may .eafily be known by that 
we have faidbefore : Although it be a thing very full of difficulty to fearch Pout and de- 
monftrate all the conditions of the organicall parts, by reafon of the diverfity of their com- 
pofition. Wherefore hence-forward concerning the fubftancc, temper, and other circum- 
ftances of fuch parts as we (hall omit, you may have recourfe to thofe things which we 
have written in the Demonftration of the fimple and fimilar parts, of which thefe orga- 
nicall 
Whar is meant 
by the Larinx. 
Themagni* 
rude,figure, 
and compoz 
fur. 
The defcripti* 
on of the 
3 griftlesofthe 
Larinx. 
Whence the 
infinite variety 
of voices pro- 
ceed. 
The mufcles of 
the Larinx. 
Their 
A notable 
hiftory. 
Whence the 
mufcles of the 
Throttle have 
their nerves. Li b.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Tdody 
153 
nicall are compofed 5 as if any (hould ask of what temper the Laritix is,you (hall anfwer,of 
a cold,dry, and hot,and moift,becaufe it confifts both of a grillly and flefhly fubftance. He 
which reckons up all the parts of the mouth , mud not omit that griftly and membra- 
nous body which arifes from the roots of the tongue,which that it might be more quick 
for motion,that is, whereby if might be more eafily eretted and deprefled (for thofe things 
which are more foft do continually Aide away, but thofe which are too hard cannot be 
bended J it was convenient it fliould be neither too hard nor too foft, that it might bee- 
retted whilefl: we breath, but deprefled when we (wallow. It is a principal! inftrument of 
the voice,for it cannot be well articulated unlefs the way were (trait. Therefore it ftrai- 
tens that way,and the paflage of the griftles of the throttle, but fpecially the Arytenoides5 
it is alwayes moift by a certain native, and inbred humidity 5 wherefore if it happen to be 
dried by a leaver,or any other like accident,the fpeech is taken away. It is bound on both 
hides by the common membrane of the mouth to the hides of the Arjtenoides even to the 
back part thereof, that fo like a cover it may open and (hut the orifice of the throttle, 
that none of the meat and drink in fwallowing may fall into the weazon, in fuch aboun- 
dance as may hinder the egrefs and regrefs of the air. For we moft not think that this bo- 
dy doth fo clofely (hut the orifice of the throttle, but that fome fmall quantity of moi- 
flure alwaies runs down by the inner 1 ides, as the walls thereof, to moiften the lungs; o- 
therwife Eckgma's (hould be of no u(e in the difeafes of the Cheft. And becaufe that this 
little body is partaker of voluntary motion, therefore according to the opinion of fbme 
there are four mufcles bellowed upon it, two which may open it and two that (hut it, on 
each fide one. The opening mufcles defeend from the root of the bone Hjatdes, and in 
their infertion growing into one they are terminated in the root of this body, that is, the 
tyiglottn in the back part thereof. The (hutting mufcles (in thofe creatures where they are 
found) arileonthe infide between the coat and griftle thereof. Truly I could never ob- 
ferve and find thefe four mufcles in a man, though I have diligently and earnellly fought ; 
for them,but I have alwayes obferved them in beaft?. Therefore fome have boldly affirmed 
that this little body in fwallowing lies not upon the orifice of the Throttle, unlefs when 
it is prefled down by the heavinefs of fuch things as are to be fwallowed; but that'at all o- 
ther times by reafon of the continuall breathing it Hands upright, the Throttle being o- 
pen. There remain as yet to be confidered, two fmall bo(bmes,or cavities,or rather fiflures, 
which nature hath hollowed in the very throttle under the Efzg/otta,on each fide-one,that 
if by chance any of the meat or drink (hould fall,or flip afide in the Larinx}it might be there 
flayed and retained. Befide that, the Air too violently entring, (hould be in fome fort bro- 
ken by thefe clifts,or chinks,no otherwifethen the blood and fpirit entring into the heart 
through the Auricula or Ears thereof. 
The Epiglottis} 
or After- 
tongue. 
Of potable 
things feme- 
what alwayes 
falls upon the 
Lungs. 
The mufcles ol 
the Epiglottis. 
The ufe of the 
cavities or fif- 
furesofthe 
Throttle* 
CHAP. XVI. 
Of the Neckband the parts thereof. 
Irft we will define what the Neck is, then proftcute the parts thereof as well pro- 
per,as common,especially thofe of which we have not as yet treated.For it were 
fuperfluous to fpeak any more of the skin,the flefhy pannicle,the veins, arteries, 
nerves, gullet, weazon and mufcles amending and defending to the parts into 
which they are inftrted alongft the neck; wherefore you muft not expeft that 
we fhould fay any thing of the neck,mo re than to defcribe the Vertebra or rack bones,being 
the proper parts thereof, and the ligaments as well thofe proper to the neck, as thofe 
which it hath in common with the headland laftly the mufcles as well thofe it hath in com- 
mon with the head and cheft,as thofe of its own. Therefore the neck is nothing elfe,then a 
part of the head, which is contained between the nowl bone and the firft vertebra of the 
back. Firft in the neck the Vertebra's muft be considered, and we muft Shew what they have 
proper and peculiar,and what common amongft themfelves, that we may the more eafily 
Shew the originall and infection of the mufcles growing out of them and ending in them. 
The neck confifts of feven Vertebra or Rack-bones, in which you muft confider their pro- 
per body; and then the holes by which the fpinall marrow paffes 5 thirdly the dpophyjes or 
procefles of the Vertebra', fourthly the holes through which the nerves are difleminated in- 
to other parts from the fpinall marrow, and belides the perforations of the tranfverft 
produftions by which the veins, and arteries, which we call Cervicales, afeend alongft the 
neck, and laftly the connexion of thefe fame vertebra or Rack-bones. For the firft, by the 
body of the vertebra, we underftand the forepart thereof upon which the gullet lies. For 
the hole,that is not alwayes the largeft in thofe vertebr which are nigheft the head;but it is 
alwayes encompafled with the body of the vertebra, and befides with three forts of procef- 
fes, except in the firft Rack-bone,that is right,tranfverfe and oblique. By right we under- 
ftand theft extuberancies in the rack-bones of the neck wrhich are hollowed, direftly in the 
upper part of them,and rift up crefted on each fide tofuftain and receive the bafis of the 
Rack-bone which isfetuponit. By the oblique procefles we underftand the bunchings 
out 
Whattheneck 
i's. j 
What to be 
confidered in 
rhe vertebra of 
•he neck. 
Which be the 
right prrocefs 
of the vertebra 
Wh.ch the 
oblique, Lib. 6. 
154 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Which the 
tranfverfe. 
out by which thefe Rack-bones are mutually knit together by Cinglytnos ; thefe are 
feated between the right and tranfverfe procefles. By the tranfverfe we underftand the pro- 
tuberations next the body, which divide the vertebra or Rack-bone in a ftraight line. 
Thefe procefles are perforated that they may give way to the before defcribcd veins and ar- 
teries, which entring the Spinall marrow by the holes of the nerves noufifli rhe Rack-boncs 
and parts belonging to them. Befides you muft note that the perforations of the Rack- 
bones of the neck, by which the nerves proceed from the fpinall marrow to the outward 
parts,are under the tranfverfe procefs,that is growing or made by the upper and lower ver- 
contrary to all the other which are in the reft of the Rack-bones. For the c>mnexiori 
of the Rack-bones, you muft know that all the vertebra of the fpine have fix connexions, 
two in their own bodies,& four in their oblique procefles.By the two firft connexions they 
are fo mutually articulated in their own bodies that each arc joyned with other both above 
and below.But by the four other by their oblique afeendent & defcendent procefles on tach 
fide twojthey are fo mutually inarticulate, that as the fourth Rack-bone of the neck by its 
oblique afeendent procefles,is received of the defcendent procefles of the third rack-bone;fo 
it receives the oblique afeendent procefles of the firft, by its oblique defcendents,for alwayes 
the oblique afeendents are received, and the dependents receive . Yet we muft except the 
firft Rack-bone of the neck which is contained with four connexions by his lower oblique 
procefles, andby its upper by which it receives the oblique procefles both of the nowl- 
bone, and of the fecond Rack-bone. The fecond vertebra or Rack-bone muft alfo be excep- 
ted which is holden by five connexions, that is to fay, four by its oblique procefles, and 
the fift by its own body,by which it is knit to the body of the third vertebra. But we muft 
note, that whereas nature hath not given a Spine to the firft Rack-bone,yet it hath given it 
a certain bunch or extuberancy in fte ad thereofjin like manner,feeing it makes no compion 
paflage with the fecond Vertebra for the palling forth of the nerve, it is perforated at the 
fides of its body, and it is made very thin on the forefide, as if it were without body, that 
it might receive the fore procefs railed in the upper body of the fecond Rack-hone, w hich 
Hippocrates calls the tooth,to which the principall Ligament of the head is fattened, which 
defeends within from the hind part ofthe head under the 4pophyfes clinoides or procefles of 
the wedg-bone. 
Table 20.figure i .Sheweth all the Backbones ofthe together. t 
figure 2. Sheweth the fore and upper face of the V. Crook,pag.3 98. 
The connexi- 
ons of the ver* 
tthr* of the 
neck. 
The ptocefs 
called the 
tooth. 
xlg.jt 
From J,to B,thefe ven verttbret 
of the neck. 
FromC7,toZ>, thetwelvew/e- 
ofthe cheft. 
From E,to F,the five rack-bones 
i oftheLoines. 
From G, to 2f, the 0 s faerwn, or 
Holy-bone confining, com- 
monly of 6 vertebra* 
From Z, to K, the bone Coccyx or 
the rump-bone according to 
the late writers, 
LL srhe bodies of the vertebra* 
JW,the tranfverfe procefles of the 
vertebra* 
A',the defcendent procefles. 
00,the afeendent procefles. 
FF, the backward procefles, 
holes that are in the fides 
of the vertebra through which 
the nerves are tranfmitted. 
ZLRj A griftly Ligament betwixt 
the vertebra. 
3,4, the hole whereout the 
marrow of the back iflueth. 
B, 2>3> The cavity which admit, 
tech the root of rhe fecond 
rack-bone. 
C, a cavity or Sinus in the 
fame place crufted over with a 
griftle. 
D, a prominence in the out- 
ward region of this Sinus. f 
EF,2,3, the Sinus or cavity of 
the firftrack-bone which ad« 
mitre th rhe 2» heads of the 
no wl -bone. 
fhe tranfverfe procefs 
of the r. Vertebra. 
H, i, the hole of this tranfverfe 
procefs. 
A3 L1b.6. 
and other extreme parts of the 'Body. 
155 
I, j; the Sinus which together with the cavity of the nowl-Jaope marked with £, maketh a common paffage pre. 
pared for the nerves. 
#,3,4, aroughpiace where the fpineofthe firftrack iswancing. 
LL, 4, two cavities of the firii rack receiving rhe 2. bunches of the fecond rack marked with MAT. « 
A7,5,6, the 2. bunches of the fccond rack which fah into the cavities of the hrh. 9,7, the appendix oi tooth 
of rhe fecond rack# P,5, aknubof this appendix qiufted over with a griftle. the backfide of the tooth. 
R,6, the Sinus or cavity of the fame, about which a Ligament is rowled containing the Laid tooth in 
the cavity of the firft rack. ST. 6, Certain cavities at thelidesof the tooth whence the roots iffue of the fore- 
branchof the fecond pair of finews. K, $■ > the point ofthe the tooth. X, §,anafperity orroughnefs whereisi 
hole but not thrilled through. 7,6, a cavity ofthe fecond rack which together with rhe cavity marked 
keth a hole through which rhe nerves do iffue, Z, 4, rhe Sinus ofthedjrft rgpk. a, lhe double fpipp o£ 
rhe fecond rack, b, 1,6,7, the trail fverfe procefs ofthe fecond rack. rhe hole ofthe faid tranfverfe 
d, 6j7, the defeendi ng procefs of rhe fecond rack whofe cavity is marked wirhd, in the6. figure, e, 6,7, rhe- 
place where the body of the fecond rack defeendeth downward, f,gg, 8, rhe lower fide of rhe body of the third 
rack at f, the two eminent parts of the fame a £z>3, rhe afeending proceffcs. I in, 8, the two defending 
proceffes. nopq,8, rhe rranfverfe proceffes. r,8, 9, the fpine or backward procefs. ft, 8, the two tops of thd 
fpine. «,<?, the defeending procefs ofthe third rack, x, 9, fhc afeending procefs. y, the tranfverfe procefs of 
the third rack. £1,8,9, the hole of this tranfverfe procefs, 9, the upper hollowed part of the body ofthe third 
rack. <P,9, rhe Sinus or cavity which maketh the lower parr of a hole through which the conjugations of the 
nerves are led, 6,7, the upper part ofthe fame hole. 
And by this articulation the head is bended forwards andbackwards, as it is moved to 
the fides by the articulation ofthe firft Rack-bone with the fecond. That procefs is bound 
-by two Ligaments, the firft of which being greater and broader is externally comprehend- 
ing in the compafs thereof all the upper articulation, afeending from the rack-bones to 
the head,or rather defending from the head to them,as any otherLigament going from one 
bone to another 5 The other is the ftronger and alio incompafles the articulation mixing 
its felf with the griftle, which by its interpofition binds together all the Rack-bones, the 
firft excepted,as you may fee in pulling afimder the Rack-bones of a Swine; and the whole 
Spine or Back-bone is tyed together and competed throughout with fuch Ligaments. 
The Holy bone is competed of 4. Vertebras (or rather of five, or fix,as in the figure fol- 
lowing) befides the Rump-bone, it receives,and holds faft the Offa Hiunt* or Hanch-bones, 
and is as aBafis to all the Rack-bones placed above it, whereby it comes to pafs that the 
Rack-bones from the Head to the Holy-bone grow ftill thicker, becaute that which fup- 
ports ought to bigger than that which is fupported. There is a certain moifture,tough and 
fatty,put between the Rack-bones,as alfo in other joynts, to make them glib and flippery, 
that fo they may the better move. Whilft this motion is made, the Rack-bones part one 
from another. 
The commodities or utes of the Spine are faid to be four.The firft is, that it is,as it were, 
the teat and foundation of the compofiire and conftruftion of the whole body, as the Car- 
Lafs is in a fhip.The tecond,that it is a way or pallage for the marrow. The third is,becaufe 
3t contains and preferves the fame. The fourth is, that it ferves fora wall or bulwark to 
the entrails, which lye and reft upon it on the infide. And becaute we have fallen into men- 
tion of Ligaments, it will not be amifs to infect in this place, that which ought to be 
known of them. Firft,therefore,we will declare what a Ligament is,then explain the divers 
acceptions thereof, and laftly protecute their differences. 
Therefore a Ligament is nothing elfe than a fimplepart of mans body,next to a bone and 
Griftle the moft terreftriall, and which moft ufually arifes from the one or other of them 
either mediately or immediately, and in the like manner ends in one of them or in a 
Mufcle,or in fome other part;whereby it comes to pafs that a Ligament is without blood, 
dry, hard,cold, and without tente, like the parts from whence it arifes,although it retemble 
a Nerve in whitenefs and confidence,but that it is fomewhat harder. 
A Ligament is taken either generally or more particularly ; in generail, for every part 
of the body, which tyes one part to another, in which tente the skin may be called a Liga- 
inent,becaute it contains all the inner parts in one union. So the .comprehending 
all the naturall parts, and binding them to the back-bone: fo the membrane ihvefting the 
Ribs, (that is,the Pleura) containing all the vitall parts; thus the membranes ofthe brain, 
the nerves, veins, arteries,mufcles, membranes, and laftly all fuch parts of the body, which 
bind together and contain other, may be called Ligaments, becaufc they bind onepart 
another;as the nerves annex the whole body to the brain,the Arteries faften it to the heart 
and the veins to the liver.But to conclude,the name of a Ligament more particularly taken* 
lignifies the part of the body,which we have deteribed a little before. 
The differences of Ligaments are many,for fome are membranous and thjn;others broad, 
otherfome thick and round, fome hard, fomefoft, fome great, fome little, fome wholly , 
griftly, others of a middle confidence beeween a bone and a griftle, according to the na- « 
ture ofthe motion of the parts, which they bind together in quicknefs, vehemency and ( 
. Wc wili &€W the other differences of Ligaments, as they fhall pretent themtelves 
in difleRion. * 
CMAP« 
By what arti 
dilation the 
head is bended 
backwards and 
forwards. 
J 
of the Holy 
bone. 
The manifold 
ufes of rhe 
Backbone* 
What a Liga» 
ment is. 
Why it is 
without fenfej 
What parts 
may be called 
Ligaments in a 
generall figni* 
fication* 
The differed* 
ces 
ments properly 
fo called, 156 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib. 6. 
CHAP. XVII. 
Cfthe Mufcles of the Neck. 
Their number. 
He Mufcles of the neck as well proper as common, are in number twenty, or elfc 
twenty two, that is, ten, or eleven on each fide 5 of which, feven only move the 
head, or the firft vertebra with the head ; the other three or four,the neck it felf. 
Of the feven which move the head, and with the head the firft Vertebra, fomeex- 
tend and ereft it, others bend and decline it,others move it obliquely, but all of them 
together in a fucceflive motion move it circularly, and the like judgment may be of the 
Mufcles of the Neck. 
The fourth Figure of the Mufcles. This Figure [beweth the cavities of the middle and lower 
belliesjhe bowels being takgn out, but moft part of the bones and mufcles remaining. 
AB. The firft mufcle bending 
the neck called Longue. 
CC. The fecond bender of the 
neck called Scalenus. 
DJXDD. The outwardftzterco- 
ftall mufcles. 
E E E E, The inner inter coJiaH 
mufcles. 
FFF} The fecond mufcle of 
the cheft called [erratus maior* 
G9 The firft mufcle of the 
fhoulder-blade called ferra- 
tus minor, ftparated from 
his original 1. 
Hs The firft mufcle of the 
arm called Pe&oralR, fe- 
parated from his original!. 
Z. The fecond mufcle of the 
arm called Deltoides. 
K. The bone of the arm 
without flefh. 
L5 The firft mufcle of the 
cubit callad Biceps. 
M. The fecond mufcle of 
the cubit called Bracbi<eus. 
IFF. The clavicle or coller- 
bone bent backward. 
O. The firft mufcle of the 
cheft called fubclavius. 
P3 The upper procefs of die 
fhoulder-blade. The firft 
mufcle of the head called 
ebliquiw inferior. R. The fe- 
cond mufcle of the head 
tailed Complexes. S. The 
fourth mufcle of the fhoul-> 
der blade called Levator. L V. The two bellies of the fourth mufcle of the bone Hyois. 
XX. a a. The fift mufcle of the back whofe original! is at aa. TT. bb.ee. The fixt mufcle 
of the thigh called original! is ate c. and tendon at b b. ZZ. The feventh 
mufcle of the thigh, d. the holy bone, o o o. The holes of the holy bone3out of which the 
nerves do iffiie. e. A portion of the fifth mufcle of the thigh arifing from the fhare-bone. 
f the fhare-bone bared. The ninth mufcle of the thigh or the firft circumaftor. 
But before I can come to the defcription of their original 1 and infcrtion,! muft admonifh 
thee, that the 2 Mufcles of the (houder-blade muft firft be taken away by difle&ion; that is, 
the Trapezius, or Table-mufcle, and the Rhomboides, or (quare-mufcle5 tvhofc original! 
and infertion that we may the better demonftrate,(or rather the adion'by which we fcek 
that originall and infection.,) they muft be pulled up, beginning at their infertion, which 
is at the fhoulder-blade (as (hall be (hewed in the proper place ) turning them up 
towards their originall, that is, to the Spine. Befides the lefs Rhomboides, the 
hinder, and upper (called alfo the Dent atm or toothed-mufcle) muft be raifed from its 
originall, which is at the three lower Rack-bones of the Neck and the firft of the 
back, and turned up to its infertion, which is at three fpaces of the lower ribs 
nigh Lib.6. 
and other extreme party of the Body. 
157 
nigh to the hind, and upper angle of the Shoulder-blade,as (hall be fhewed in fit place here- 
after. Thefe mufcles thus raifed up, the 4 mufcles which ereft and extend the head 
muft betaken away,and then thofe two which move it obliquely, and laftly one which 
bends, or declines,for thus anatomicall order requires.Yet if you think good,you may, not 
hurting the other, firft of all cut away that which is called the Maftoides, which d ecl ines or 
bends the head.For thefe 4,which lift up and extend the head,the firft from the figure of the 
fpleen is called the Sfleniw,it afcends from the 5, upper fpines of the back and the 4, lower 
of the neck,and is obliquely inferred at the back part of the head and the mamillary procefs, 
whence you may raife it towards its originall. The fecond by reafon of its compo fure is 
called Comylexus 5 this palling from the third, fourth and fifth tranfverf e procefs of the back 
and often from the firft of the neck,afcends direftly to the back part of the head, incompaf- 
fing the lower and fide part of the neck,you may eafily take it up ; if you begin at 
and fo go forwards to the tranfverfe procefles and mamillary proceifes of the nowl-bone. 
This Complexus may be divided into two or three mufcles, but that with fome difficulty,by 
The Splenic; 
The Cwiflti* 
M, 
The fifth Figure of the mufcles in which fome mufcles of the* Head, Cheft,Arm, 
and /boulder-blade are dejeribed. 
Z. The procefs of the fhoulder-blade, called 
the top of the fhoulder. 
0. The fourth mufcle of the arm or the greater 
round mufde, to which Fallopius his right; 
mufcle is adjoined, which fome call the 
lefler round mufcle. 
The fixt mufcle of the arm or the up- 
per bade-rider. 
X. The fecond mufcle of the fhoulder-blade 
or the Levator or heaver. 
Z. The fecond mufcle of the cheft or the 
greater Saw-mufde. 
T, The fift mufcle of the cheft or mufcle called 
Sacrolumbus. 
ag. His place wherein he cleaveth faft to the 
longeft mufcle of the back. 
yy The tendons of . the mufcle obliquely 
infected into the ribs. 
A a. The firft pair of the mufcles of the head 
or the Splinters. 
Ch. 8. 9. Their length whofe beginning at 8 
and infertion at 9. 
10.11. The fides of this mufcle. 
12. That diftance where they depart one from 
the other. 
13. The two mufcles called Comflexi, near 
their infertion. 
The fecond mufcle of the back or the 
Longeft mufcle.\ 7 
The fourth mufcle of the back or the 
Semz-foinatus. 
The fhoulder-blade bare. 
p. A part of the tranfverfe mufcle of 
Abdomen. 
feafonofits folded texture. The third and fourth,which be two of the eight little mufcles* 
being four on each fide, do afcend fomewhat obliquely} the firft truly from the whole 
fide of the fecond Vertebra.The fecond from the whole fide of the procefs of the firft Vertebra, 
Which it hath in ftead of a fpine 5 they afcend to the back part of the head juft againft the 
(pine; thefe two mtifclesby the confent of allAnatomifts are called right, or direft 
mufcles, only moving the head: thefe truly muft not be pluckt from the places of their 
originall, nor infertion , but only bound by a firing put under them, that fb they 
may be the more eafily fhewed. On each fide follow two obliqtie mufcles, one where- 
of only moves the head 5 the other primarily the firft Vertebra, but fecondarjly, and by 
P ~ accident; 
The Refit, 
i right ijiuv- 
dC6» 158 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib. 6. 
accident the head it felf. For the firft, contrary to the opinion of fome, itarifes from the 
tranfverfe procefs of the firft rack-bone, and then is inferted, above the infertion of 
the firft right mufcle: the which in like manner you muft lift up, by fomething put under- 
neath it, but not ieparate it. The other entring forth of the fpine of the fecond 
is inferted at the procefs of the firft, contrary to the originall of the precedent, although 
fome think otherwife. It will be convenient in the like manner only, to lift up this with a 
firing, and not pluck him from his place, that fo you may fee how all thefe make a perfect 
triangle. The aftion of this mufcle is contrary to the a&ion of the precedent, as the con- 
trariety of its originall and infertion (hew. 
The ftxth Figure of the mufales, fbewing fame of the mufcles of the Chefa Shoulder-blade 
and Arm. 
A D. the fecond pair of the mufcles of 
the header the two 
part is at A 2). 
EC. thefecondparrEF, the third part 
riling up under G and inferred at F. 
G. the fourth part of this mufcle or the 
right mufcle of the head according to 
Fullofiw, w hich yefaliw made t he 4 
part of the 2. 
G'G. (Betwixt the ribs) the external! 
Inter co ft all mufcles. 
L. rheoriginall of the a. mufcle of the 
back. 
JU. His tendons at the rack-bone of the 
neck. 
The upper 0 the fourth mufcle of the arm 
or rhe greater round mufcle. 
00» the lower, the 6 mufcle of the 
cheft,«r the Sacrolumbw hanging from 
hi s or i ginall. 
the fixt mufcle of the arm or the up-' 
per BUderider inverted. 
V. the third ligament of the joynt of the 
arm. 
X. the fourth mufcle of the fhoulder* 
blade or rhe heaver. 
Z. the fecond mufcle of the Cheft, or 
the greater Saw mufcle. 
Z. the three mufcles of the neck called 
Trdnfverfalii, 
FI. the 4,mufcle of the neck called Spi- 
natw. 
£♦ rhe firft mufcle of the back , or the 
Square mufcle. 
i>. the 2. mufcle of the back or the Lon* 
geft9 whofe original! is at L and his 
tendons at the.Vertebra at CMM. 
Q, the fourth mufcle of the back called 
Spinouts. 
A the back of the iltoulder- blade flayed; 
Which tmy he 
truly called 
the propet 
mufcleofthe 
neck. 
Wherefore 'when the firft oblique moves the head obliquely forwards, the iecond puls it 
back by the firft this with his aflbeiate of the other fide, may be truly termed the 
proper mufcles of the neck,becaufe they belong to no other part; whereas it is contrary in 
other mufcles.But we muft note, that the head (according to Galens opinion)hath two mo- 
tions,one direftly forwards and backwards,as appears in beckning it forwards,and cafting 
it backwards j the other circular. 
The firft in Galens opinion is performed by the firft Vertebra moved upon the iecondthe 
fecond by the head moved upon the firft Vertebra; for which he is reproved by the latter 
Anatomifts, who teach that the head cannot be turned round or circularly upon the firft 
Vertebra without putting it out of joy nt. 
For the laft which bends the head, it afeends frpm the upper and fide part of the Sternon9 
and the next part of the clavicle, obliquely to the 'jfofhyfa Maftoides or mamillary 
procefs of the hind part of the head, whence it is called the Maftoideus. You may divide 
this by reafon of its manifold originall rather into two, than into three mufcles. 
But it had been better that the head might h<ive moved every way, equally 
... /■•<■■■■ baek* 
The two mo- 
tions Qf [he 
HtcMaJloidfttfi Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Tdody. 
159 
backwards and to the right and left fides; but thus it would often have been ftrained to 
our great damage and danger of life; neither could there have been fiich facility ofmo- 
tion without a loofnefs of the joint. Therefore nature had rather beftow upon the head an 
harmlefs faculty of fewer motions, than one furnifhed with more variety, but with a great 
deal more uncertainty and danger. Wherefore it hath made this junfture not laxe or loofe, 
but ftiffe and ftrong. 
7 he/event h Figure of the mufcles; fbewing fome mufcles of the head and Cheft, the Trapezius 
or 7 able-mufcle being taken away ; as aljo of the blade and arm. 
A. The prominent part of 
the fourth mufcleofthe 
cheft called Serratus po- 
fticw fuperior. 
A' the firft mufcle of the head 
called 
E E. the infection of the fe- 
cond mufcle of the head 
called 
I. the collerbone bared. 
M. the back part of the fe« 
cond mufcle of th£ arm 
called Deltois. 
£ H- his backward originall, 
®. his implantation into the 
arm. 
the fourth mufcleofthe 
arm called Latilfimus. 
Sf*> his originall from the 
fpines of the rack-bones 
and from the holy-bone. 
v. the connexion of this 
mufcle with the hanch- 
bone, which is led in the 
«•, 
a. the place where it lyeth . 
upon the lower angle of 
the Bafis of the fhoulder- 
blade. 
O. the four mufcles of the 
arm called Rotundw major. 
e. fome mufcles of the back 
do here offer themfelves. 
P. the fift mufcle of the arm 
called fuperfcapular# Inferi- 
or. fixt mufcle of 
the arm called Superfcapu- 
laris Swper ior.S.the beginning of the third mufcle of the arm called Latifsimut. V. the third 
mufcle of the blade called RLoniboides. X. his originall from thefpines of the rackbones, 
his infection into the bafis of the fhoulder-blade. the fourth mufcle of the blade 
called Levator. * a part of the oblique defeendent mufcle of the Abdomen. 
After the (hewing of thefe mufcles, we muft come to three or four of the neck, of which 
number two ( which fome reduce to one ) extend, another bends, and the laft moves 
fide wayes, and all of them with a motion fucceeding each other turn it about as we faid 
of the mufcles of the head. The firft of thefe which extend, taking its originall from 
the fix tranfvcrfe precedes of the (lx upper rack-bones of the back, or rather .from the 
root of the oblique, afeends direftly to the fpine of the fecond vertebra of the neck, and the 
oblique procefs thereof; fome call it the T.ran]verfariii9; that is, the-tranfverie-mufcle. 
This, if you defire to take it away, it is beft firft to feparate it from the fpine, then to turn 
it upwards to the tranfverfe precedes ; unlefs you had rather draw it a little from its part- 
ner and companion in that place where their originals are diftinft, feeing it is the laft and 
next to the bones. 
Marvell not, if you find not this diftin&ion of their originall, fo plain and man i ft ft, 
for it is commonly obfeure. For the mufclejpzndrwj, as it moft commonly comes co pafs, 
arifing from the roots of the feven upper fpines of the back, and the laft of the neck,is in- 
fected into other fpines of the neck, fo that it might eafily be confounded with the former 
P 2 by 
The Traftfoer* 
fir ins. 
The SpinatWi Lib. 6. 
160 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
by Galen. The third bends the neck, and arifing within from the body of the five upper 
Vertebra of the back (though with a very obfcure original], fpecially in lean bodies) it a- 
fcends urider the gullet alongft the neck, even to the nowl-bone, into whofe inner part it 
is obfcurely inferred. Wherefore it is likely that it helps not only to bend the neck, 
but alfo the head. This mufcle is made of oblique fibers proceeding from the body of the 
all the way it pafles to the tranlverfe precedes of the other Vertebra. But it 
feems with its copartner which is oppofite to it, to make a certain hollow path upon 
the bodies of the to the gullet, and it is called the long mufcle. The fourth 
and laft, which we faid moves the neck to one fide, is called Scalenus from the figure 
thereof; it afeends from the hinder and upper part of the firft rib of the Cheft, inferring 
its felf into all the tranfverfe procefles or the neck by its fibers, which as it were for the 
Tame purpofe, it hath fufficiently long,that it may faften it felf from the furtheft and loweft 
procefs of the neck into the firft or higheft thereof. The paflage of the nerves through this 
to the arm makes this mufcle feem double or divided into two. For the veins and arteries 
pertaining to the neck, they have been declared in the proper Chapters of the diftributions 
of the veflels ; it remains that you note, all thefe mufcles receive nerves from the Vertebra 
whence they arife. 
The LongW. 
The Sulenw. 
The eight Figure of the mufcles , effecially thofe of the Cheft, Head, and Shoulder blade f 
the Trapezius, Latiffimus, and Rhomboidcs, being way. 
A. The fourth mufcle of the 
cheft, or the upper and hinder 
Saw-mufcle. 
B. the 5 mufcles of the cheft, or 
the lower and hinder Saw- 
mufcle. 
b. a membranous beginning of 
the mufcle of the de- 
fending obliquely down from 
the (pine of the back. 
C. the firft mufcle extending the 
Cubit at c3his originall is from 
the neck of the arm, and from 
the lower bails of the blade at 
d. 
E. the originall of the fourth 
mufcle of the bone tyois from 
the blade. 
GG> the outward intercoftall 
mufcles. 
I. the Clavicle or coller-bonc 
bared. 
N- the upper,the fecond mufcle of 
the arm called Deltoid char. 4,5. 
the beginning of this mufcle. 
N. the third mufcle of the arm or 
the broad mufcle feparated. 
the fourth mufcle of che arm or 
the lower Super-Scapular# or, 
blade-rider. 
1,2,3. Char. His originall at the 
balls of the fhoulaer-blade at 
12. and hisinfertion into the 
joyntof the arm at 3. g.the 
fixt mufcle of the arm or the 
upper Super-Scapularir. X- the 
fourth mufcle of the blade cal- 
led Levator or the heaver. Z.the 
fecond mufcle of the Cheftor the greater Saw-mufcle. 7*7* Char. the ribs, r. the fixt 
mufcleofthecheft, or the mufcle called Sacrolumbuf. A. the firft mufcle of the header the 
fplinter. E E. the fecond mufcle of the head or the infection of the mufcles called complexi. 
the fecond mufcle of the back or the longeft mufcle. ft* the fourth mufcle of the back 
called Semi/pinotM, 
Tne Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Body. 
161 
The ninth Figure of the nw[cles9(bewing the mufcles of the Head and Necki 
AB. the third pair of the Mufcles of 
the head called Betti Majores. 
C. the Mamillary procefs. 
P. the tranfverfe procefs of the firft 
rackbone. 
Ejthe procefs of the fecond rackbone of 
the neck. 
F Gs the fourth pair of mufcles of the 
head called Betti Minores. 
HI3 the fift pair of mufcles of the head 
called obliqui Supepeirior. 
K the fixt pair of mufcles of the 
head called obliqui inferiores. 
X, the fourth pair of mufcles of the 
fhoulder blade. 
A, the fecond mufcle of the neck called 
Scalenus, whwhFalopiw makeththe 
eight mufcle of the cheft. 
n,the fourth mufcleof the neck called 
fpinatus. 
s, the firft mufcle of the back called 
guddratus. 
<» the fecond mufcle of the back called 
Longiflimus. 
the ftnus or bofom of this mufcle, 
whereby it giyeth way unto die 
third mufcle of the back,called Sacer, 
b9 his Original!. 
4, the third mufcle of called 
Sacer. h his Originall. his end. ' 
O' the fourth mufcle of the back called 
Semifoinatus. e> his upper end under 
the fourth mufcleof the neck* 
Of the Mafcles of the Cheft and Loy nr. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
E muft now fpeak of the Muftlcs both of the Cheft which ferve for refplration, as 
alfo of the Loins. But firft we muft know that the hind part of the Cheft called 
the Metafhrenum9 or back, confifts of twelve Vertebrate loins of five,all which 
differ not from the Vertebra of the neck, but that they are thicker in their bodies 
han theft of the neck j neither are they leflerin holes,neither have they their traniverft pro- 
files perforated or parted in two as the rackbones of the neck have. Befides each of theft 
•ack bones alone by it ftlf, on each fide in the lower part thereof makes a hole, through 
which a nerve hath paflage from the fpinall marrow to the adjacent parts , when on the 
:ontrary in the Vertebra of the neck,fuch holes or paflages are not made,but b y meeting to- 
gether of two of them. 
Concerning the procefles of the Rackbones of the Cheft, whether tranfverfe,right or ob- 
lique,they diner nothing from theft of the neck (I mean even to the tenth) but that the 
:ranfverft fteing they are not perforated, as we laid before, do as it were fiiftain the ribs3 
being ftraitly bound to them with ftrong ligaments both proper and common ; but after 
the tenth Vertebra of the back,the two other of the back,and all thoft of the loins are differ* 
mt, not only from thofe of the neck, but alfo from the ten firft of the back, byreafbnof 
their oblique procefles,becaufe from the eleventh (which is received,as well by that Which 
is above it, as by that under it, for the ftrength of the whole back, and the eafier bending 
thereof without fear of frafture or diflocation)the above mentioned procefles of the lower 
tack bones which were wont to receive,are received; as on the contrary they receive which 
Were wont to be received. They differ befides from all the forementioned, by reafbn of 
their fpines, becaufe from the eleventh they begin by little and little to look up wards,con- 
trary to the former. 
But if any ask, how the tenth vertebra of the back may be termed the midft of the 
P 3 fpme 
Irt what the 
neck aadloinf 
agree anddif* 
agree. 162 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib.6. 
How the tenth 
vertebra of the 
back,may be 
faid to be the 
middle of the 
fpihe. 
fpine,being the whole fpine confifts of twenty four vertebra ? He may know that this may 
be true., as thus; if the fix bones of the holy bone,and the fourth of the Rump (being more 
griftly than bony) be numbred amongft the bones of the Spine; for then from the fetting 
on of the head to the eleventh rack bone of the back are feventeen in number,and fo many 
from thence downwards. 
But let us return to the mufcles of the Cheft fcrving for refpiration. Firft, you 
muft know that thefe Mufcles are fourfcore and nine, that is, on each fide forty four, a- 
like in ftrength, thicknefs, fits, and action ; and one befides in the midft which they 
call the Diaphragma or midriffe. Ofthefe forty four, there are twenty two which dilate 
the cheft in drawing in the breathy that is, the Subclaviu*, theI)entatu*,orSerratu*majorin. 
the opinion of fome, both the Rhomboides or Serrati poftici; the oblique afcendent of the 
lower belly, the eleven Intercoftales, and the dxe Intercartilaginei externi. On the contrary, 
as many contraft the breaft in expirations to wit, the Sacrolumbos, the oblique defcen- 
dent, the Right and tranverfe of the lower belly, the inner Trangular, the fix Intercarti- 
laginei, and the eleven inner Intercoftales. Of thefe twenty two dilating the Cheft, the firft 
from the fite is called the Subclavian for it defcends obliquely from the inner and forepart 
of the Clavicula or Caller bone, into the griftle of the firft rib, even to the Sternon, and di- 
lates it. The fecond is the Serrato* major, the greater Saw mufcle arifing according to the 
opinion of fome from the whole bafts of the fhoulder blade on the infide, and it is tranfi* 
verily inferted into the nine upper ribs , ■ producing certain toothed or faw-like procefles 
running further to the bones of the rib, than to the fpaces between them, or Intercoftall 
mufcles, whereupon it hath the name of the Saw mufcles yet fome have referred this mufcle 
to them of the fhoulder blade. The third defeends from the three lower fpines of the neck, 
and the firft of the back,by means of a membranous and moft thin ligament, into the three 
or four upper ribs, running further into their fpaces or Intercoftall mufcles,than into the 
ribs themfelves, whereupon it is called Serratos pofterior & fuperior, that is, the hinder and 
lipper Saw mufcle. The fourth in like manner afeends by means of a membranous and thin 
ligament from the three upper fpines of the loins, and the two laft of the cheft, or back,into 
three or four of the lower, or laft of the baftard ribs, fent forth further into them or their 
bones,than into the Intercoftall mufcles poflefling the fpaces between them, wherefore it is 
called Serratos pofterior & inferior, the hinder and lower Saw mufcle. Moreover thefe two 
laft mufcles have been called by a common name from their figure the Rhomboides, that is, 
the fquare mufcles. The fift which we faid was the afcendent of the Epigraftrium, hath 
already been fufficiently defcribed in his place. The eleven Intercoftales externi, or exter- 
nal! Intercoftall mufcles defeend obliquely from the back part of the lower fide of the 
upper rib, into the forepart of the upper fide of the rib lying next under it, after a quite 
contrary manner to the fix Intercartilaginei, who having like originall and infertion 
amongft the griftles, as the Intercoftall 'amongft the ribs, defeend obliquely from 
the forepart backwards. And thus much of the mufcles dilating the Cheft in infpi- 
ration. 
But the firft , of the other mufcles, being as many in number, which contraft tffe 
Cheft in expiration, arifing from the holy-bone, and the oblique procefles of the loines, 
afeends (firmly and confufedly adhering with the Mufculu* facer, or holy mufcle, which 
we fhall defcribe hereafter) to the roots of the twelve ribs, imparting in the afeent a 
final! tendon to each of them, by which it draws thefe ribs towards the tranfverfe 
procefles 5 and by reafbn of its Originall it is called Sacrolumbu*, that is, the Holy loia- 
mufcle. 
The fecond, third,and fourth, which we laid were the oblique dependent, right, and 
tranfverfe of the Epigaftrium,have been formerly defcribed in their place. 
But by the way you muft note that thefe three mufcles of the Epigaftriumhelp expiration,' 
rather by accident, than of themfelves, to wit, by driving back the midriff towards the 
lungs by the entrails, which alfo they force upwards, by drawing the parts into which 
they are inferred towards their Originall. 'J'he fift which we called the Triangula*, or Tri- 
angular, may be called the compreffor of the griftles, which proceeding from the inner fides 
of the Sternon, goes to all the griftles of the true ribs; this is more apparent under the 
Sternon in beafts, than in men, though it be not very obfeure in them neither. For the in- 
ternal! Intercoftall mufcles,in my judgment,they arife from the lower fides of the upper rib, 
Sc defeending obliquely from the forepart backwards, are inferred into the upper fiae of the 
rib next under it; fo that they may follow the produftion of the fibers of the externall In- 
tercartilaginei', as the fix internall Intercartilaginei follow the fite of the externall Intercoftall 
proceeding from behind forwards; wherefore as well the Intercoftall, as the Intcrcartilagi~ 
nei, every where interfeft each other, after the fimilitude of the letter X. I know fome 
have written that the internall mufcles (whether intercoftall or Intercartilaginei) aicend 
from the upper fide of the lower rib forwards,and backwards. 
But if this were true, it would follow that thefe mufcles admitted their nerves in 
their tail, and not in their head, feeing the nerve alwaycs goes under the rib,an$ not a- 
bove it. 
The 
The number of 
the muffles of 
the Chert, 
The muffles 
dilating the 
Cheft, 
The muffles 
contrafling the 
Cheft. 
The Subcldvuu 
is thefirftofthe 
muffles dila * 
ting the cheft. 
Serratut major < 
Serra tut pefte* 
rior and fupe- 
rior. 
The oblique 
afeendent of 
the lower bel. 
iy. 
The eleven 
Intercejldles 
externi. 
6. Intercirtild- 
ginei.. 
The Sficrolum- 
6w»rhefirftof 
thofe which 
contrafl the 
chert. 
The oblique 
defcendentjthe 
right and tranf- 
verfe of the 
Epigdftrium. 
Trinnguhfi 
mufculw. 
Intercofiales 
interni. 
Inter cdrtdligi- 
tieii;iterni» 
Muffles a!- 
wa.yes receive 
their nerves 
in heir heads* Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Rody. 
163 
The laft mufcle of the cheft, that is, the Diaphragma or Midriffe,is fufficiently defcribed 
before ; wherefore it remains we defcribe the mufcles of the Loins. Thefe arc fix in num- 
ber, on each fide three, cquall in thicknefs, ftrength and fituation;one of thefe bends, 
and the other two extend the Loins 5 it is called by reafon of the figure the Triangulator 
Triangular which bends the Loins,it afeends from a great part of the hind fide of the 
Hanch-bone into the tranfverfe procefles of the Loins, and the laft of the Chefton the 
infide, for which caufe it is made of fibers fliort, long, and indifferent, anfwering to 
the nearnefs or diftance of the laid procefles. The firft of the extenders is tailed the 
Semifpinatut becauft even to the middle of its. body it takes the originall from the 
{pines of the Holy bones and Loins; this with its oblique fibers afeends from all the faid 
{pines to the tranfverfe procefles, as well of the Loins as Ckeft.The other is called 
Sacer3 theHoly-mufcle, becaufe it takes its originall from the Holy-bone, or the fides 
thereofiit afeends with its oblique fibers to the fpines of the tLoins, and of the eleaven 
lower Rack-bones of the Cheft. 
Themidriffe. , 
The mufcles of 
the loins. 
They are three 
Pair. 
iriangufas. 
Sac er, 
CHAP. XIX. 
Of the Mufcles of the Shoulder-blade, 
Owwe muft defcribe the mufcles of the extreme parts, and firft of the Arm 5 
i taking our beginning from thefe of the flioulder-blade. But firft, that we 
' may the better understand their defcription,we muft obferve the nature and 
condition of the flioulder-blade. Therefore the blade-bone on that part, 
■which lies next unto the ribs, is fbmewhat hollowed; wherefore on the o- 
ther fide it fomewhat buncles out. It hath two ribs,one above, another below:by the up- 
per is meant nothing elfethan a border or right line,which looking towards the temples 
is extended from the exterior angle thereof under the collar-bone,even to theProcefle Co- 
racoides which this rib produces in the end thereof: By the lower, theunderfide which lies 
towards the lower belly and the fliort ribs. 
Befides, in this flioulder-blade we obferve the bafis, head and ipine. By the bafts we un- 
derftand the broader part of the flioulder-blade, which looks towards the back-bone. By 
the head we underftand thenarrower part thereof, in which it receives the head of the 
Arm in a cavity, indifferently hollow, which it produces both by it felf, as alfo by certain 
griftles, which there faftned encompafle that cavity. This kind of cavity is called Glene. 
This receives and contains the bone of the arm,by a certain ftrong ligament encompafl* 
ling aud ftrengthning the Joint, which kind of ligament is common to all other joints; 
this ligament arifes from the bottom of the cavity of the flioulder-blade, and circularly 
encompafles the whole joint, taftning it felf to the head of the arm; there are alfo other 
ligaments befides this,which incompafle and ftrengthen this articulation. By the ipine is 
meant a procefle, which rifing by little and little upon the gibbous part of the blade, 
from the bafis thereof where it was low and depreft, becomes higher untill it ends in the 
Acromion, or upper part thereof. Nature hath made two productions in this bone ( that 
is to fay,the Acromion from the fpine, and the Coracoides from the upper fide ) for the 
ftrengthning of the articulation of the arm and flioulder-blade, that is, left the arme 
fliould be eafily ftrained upward or forwards; befides, it is faftned to the clavicle, by the 
procefle Acromion, 
The niufcles which move the flioulder-blade are fix in number, of which four are pro 
per, and two common. The firft of the four proper feated in the forepart, afcends from 
the bones of five or fix of the upper ribs, to the Coracoides, which it drawes forwards, and 
is called Serratos minor, that is, the lefler faw-mufcle;which that you may plainly fliew, it 
is fit you pull the peCtorall mufcle from the collar-bone, almoft to the middle of the Ster- 
non. The other firft oppofite againft it, is placed on the fore fide, and drawsits original! 
from the three lower fpines of the neck, and the three upper of the Cheft, from whence it 
extends it felf, and ends into all the griftly bafis of the flioulder-blade , drawing it back- 
wards; it is called the Rhomboides. The third from its aftion, is called the Levator, or 
the heaver, or lifter up,fcated in the upper part, it defcends from the tranfverfc procefles 
of the four firft Vertebra of the neck into the upper angle and fpine of the blade.The fourth 
called Trapezius, or the Table-mufcle, is feated in the back-part and is membranous at the 
originall, but prefently becomes flefliy : it arifes from almoft all the back-part 
of the head, from all the fpines of the neck, and the eight upper Vertebra of the 
cheft, andthen is infcrtedby his nervous part, almoft into the whole bafis of the blade, 
extending it felf above the mufcles thereof,even to the midft of its ipine,where being flefliy 
it is inferted even to the Acromion, the upper part of the clavicle,and in fome fort to the 
upper rib. This mufcle hath a threefold aftion, by reafon of its triple originall. The firft 
is to draw the flioulder-blade towards its originall, that is, to the nowle, and ipine of the 
peckjthe other is to draw it towards the back, becaufe of the contraction of the middle or 
tranP 
The defcriptfc 
on of rhe ' 
blade-bone, of 
fhoulder-bla<fc*9' 
Thebafis of 
the blades. . 
The head of 
the fhoulder? 
blache.4 
The fpine of 
rhe blade. 
The procefles I 
Acromion and 
Coracoidet. 
The mufcles of 
the ihoulder- , 
blade» 
■Serratw minot] 
Rhomboidtf, 
Levator.  Of the Mufcles and Bones Lib. 6. 
164 
tranfverfe fibers which lead it dire&Iy thitherjand the other is to draw it downwards by 
reafon of the originall it hath from the fifths fixth, feventh and eight (pine of the Vertebra 
oftheCheft. 
But we muft note,that thefe divers aftions are not performed by this mufcle , by the 
afliftance of one only nerve, but by more, which come into it by the fpinall marrow, by 
the holes of the well of the neck as the cheft, from whence it takes the original. 
For the two other which are the common mufcles of the blade, and arm, or fhoulder, wc 
will defcribe them with the mufcles of the fhoulder orarm:for one of thefe which is called 
the LatiflinWt)that is,the broadeft, afcends from the holy-bone to the fhoulder-blade and 
arm. 
The other the'named Pefloralis comes from the Sternon and collar-bone to the fhoulder* 
blade and arm. 
fefhralti 
CHAP. XX. 
The defcription of the Hand taken in generail. 
Dw it befits us to defcribe in order the mufcles of the arm; but firft we muft 
know, what it is that we call the arm. But feeing-that cannot fitly be under- 
flood, unlefle we know what the hand is, feeing that the arm is a part of the 
handjtherefore firft we muft define what a hand is, and then divide it into its 
parts. Therefore the hand is taken two manner of waies,that is,generally and 
fpecially. 
The hand generally taken, lignifies all that which is contained from the joyning of the 
arm to the fhoulder-blade, even to the ends of the fingers.But in particular it lignifies on- 
ly that which is comprehended from the furtheft bones of the cubit, or the beginning of 
the wrift, to the very fingers ends. 
Therefore the hand ingenerall is an inftrument of inftruments,made for to take up and 
hold any thing. It is compofed of three great parts, that is, of the Arm, Cubit, and Hand, 
vulgarly ,;and properly fo called} but the hand taken thus in particular is again divided in 
three other parts, the Carpus or Brachiate* the wrift, the Metacarpium or Pofibrachiale, the 
after-wrift, and the fingers all theft parts ( feeing each of them are not only organicall 
parts, but alfo parts of organicall parts) are compofed of all, or certainly of the moft of 
the fimilar parts; that is, of both the skins , the flelhy pannicle, the fat veins, arteries, 
nerves, mufcles or flefh,coat« both common and proper, bones,griftles,and ligaments, all 
which we will defcribe in their order. 
But firft 1 think good to admonilh you of the differences of the hand taken from the fite 
thereof,and theft differences are fix in number,the fore,the hind,the internal, the external, 
the upper and lower fide or part thereof. 
By the fore we mean that part which looks direftly from the thumb to the Ihoulder: by 
the hind,we underftand the part oppofite to it, which from the little finger looks towards 
the bails of the fhoulder-blade. By the infide we fignifie that part which lies next to the 
iides of the body, when the hand retains its naturall fite;by the outfide, the part oppofite 
to it. The upper and lower fide you may know by the very naming thereof. 
The hand properly fo called is divided into five fingers, that fo it may hold and take up 
bodies of all figures,as round,triangular,fquare and the like,and gather up the leaft bodies, 
with the fingers ends, as needles,pins, and fiich like. 
Nature hath beftowed two hands upon us, that fo they may help each other, each mo- 
ving to each fide. Bnt for the taking up and holding of fmall bodies it was fit, that the 
fins j;ers of theft own nature foft, fhouldbe armed with nails, - that confifting of foft flefh 
and an hard nail, they might ferve for all aft ions; for the nail is a flay to the foft flefh, 
which otherwift would turn away in meeting with an hard body; the ufe of the nails is 
to fcratch,fhave,and pull off the skin, to rend, pinch, and pluck afimder fmall bodies.They 
have not bony hardnefle, that fb they might not break but bend. 
Yet other creatures have hard nails to ferve them in ftead of weapons. Their figure is 
round, becaufe fiich a figure is lefle obnoxious to externall injuries; and by reafon they are 
fubjeft to wearing, they grow continually. 
Nature hath placed flefh on the inner and fide part of the fingers,fo to prefle more ftrait- 
ly, the things they once take hold of,fb that by holding them clofe together we can hold 
water that it may not run out. The length of the fingers is unequall, that when they arc 
opened and ftretched. forth, they make as it Were a circular figure;for fo it comes to pafle, 
that the hand can hold all bodies, but efpecially round. 
It remains that we profecutethe diftribution of the veins,arteries,and finews, which run 
over al the parts of the hand taken in generall and particular,whereby we may more com- 
modioufly hereafter handle all the proper parts thereof. 
CHAP. 
What is meant 
by the hand in 
general!. 
The differences 
of the hand 
from the fire 
thereof* 
Why the hand 
is divided into 
fo many fingers 
Why the nails 
are added to 
the (oft flefii of 
jhc finger*. 
Why the nails 
grow continue 
ally* Lib.6, 
and other extreme farts of the Body. 
165 
CHAP. XXL 
'Ike distribution of the Subclavian and fir Ji of the Cephalica, or Humcraria. 
.Wo large veins defcend from the Subclavian, the one from the lower fide, the 
| other from the higher. Yet fometimes, andmoft ufually, both thefe pro- 
► ceed from the fame common orifice,as in men of a low ftature in thearm.The 
one of thefe is called the Axillarifjhe other the or CepMd'jthere- 
fore this Cephalick palling forth of the Subclavian runs luperficially along 
the forefide,between the mufcle Deltqides., and the Tendon of the pc&orall mufcle , and 
defcends in the midft between the common coat of the mufcles,and the flelhy pannicle,even 
to the bending of the cubit, where in lean bodies it is plainly to be feen, whereas in fat 
bodies it is hardly to be perceived,being as it were buried in abundance of fat. This vein 
having in its defcent,fent forth fonie fmall branches, both to the skin, as alfo to certain 
mufcles over which it runs, is divided into two, a little above the outward protuberation 
of the arm. One of the branches into which it is divided defeending obliquely to the fore 
part of the cubit, a little below the bending of the cubit, it meets, and is united with the 
like branch in the fame place, as fhall belhown hereafter. 
That which ariles from this, concourfe, is called the median vein,becaufe it arifes from 
two branches, and is feated between them. They ufually open this median vein in the 
difeafes of the head and liver, which require Phlebotomyjbut if it lhall not be fufficiently 
nianifeft, when you judg it muft be opened, for a generail evacuation of the whole body; 
you may cut one of thefe branches, by whofe concourfe it is made, which you fhall think 
the fitter; and becaufe each branch draws from the next parts, according to the ftraight- 
nefle of the fibers, rather then from the oppofite fide;if you would evacuate the head, and 
liver equally,by opening either ofthefe branches,it is convenient that opening that branch 
( for example ) which comes from the Cephalick, you prefently lay your thumb upon it, 
untill you fuppofe you have drawn a juft quantity of blood from the liver,by the Bajilicay 
or litfer-vein; which done,you may take off your thumb,and differ the blood to follow 
freely,by the open branch of the Cephalick, un till you have drawn as much blood as you 
fhall judge requifite; otherwife you will draw it but from one part, to wit, the head. So 
you fhall evacuate it only from the liver, if you open the branch which comes from the 
£a(ilica9 and concurs to the generation of the median. 
Moreover, when there is need to open the it fhall be no where confpicuous3' 
the Cephalick or median being eafie to be difeerned at the fame time, you may in ftead 
thereof open the median, or if it be not to be found, the Cephalick,prefling but the trunk 
thereof with your thumb,as we laid before,left the head fhould be evacuated in ftead of the 
liver. You may doe the fame in the if when there fhall be neceflity to open the Ce- 
phalick,it fhall not appear. Moft of thofe which at this day open a vein,in ftead of the me- 
dian, open that branch of the Bafilica which afeends together with the Cephalick to make 
the median. But you muft underftand that the median defcends between the two bones of 
the cubit, even to the end thereof and then divided into many branches, it is at length 
(pent on the back of the hand hehind the thumb, the fore and middle fingers,or the after- 
wrift. Sometimes it runs back into the following branch, and then at the wrift it departs 
from it, to be beftowed upon the forementioned paits.The other branch of the Cephalick, 
Which we may call the fore and outward Cephalick,defeending dire&ly down to the midft 
of the wand, thence wanders overthwart into the hind part of the arm, where encreafed 
with a branch from the Bafilica, it is diftributed over all the back of the hand, which with 
the median it nourifheth. But the branches of thefe veins do fo run through the forenamed 
parts, that by the way they yeeld them neceflary provifion. 
The Cephi- 
lick v eld. 
The median 
vein. 
How by ope- 
ning rhe medi. 
an vein,you 
may draw more 
or leffe blood 
fro mi the head 
or liver, 
CHAP. XXH. 
7he Description of the Axillary vein. 
He Axillary arifing at the infertion of the pe&orall niufcle, of a little higher, 
after it hath produced the two Thoracic* it is divided under the tendon of that 
mufcle into two fair branches, that is to fay,into the inner deep Axillary,and 
the skin or outward Axillary. The deep or inner having ftill for his compa- 
nion in his defcent, the axillary artery, and the nerves of the third conjuga- 
tion, after it hath produced the fmall externall mufculous of the arm , it goes into the 
bending of the elbow,where running fbmewhat deep with the artery, and nerve into the 
mufcles of the cubit,it is divided into three other branches,of which brie defending with 
the wand, Aides under the ring, into the inner fide of the hand, and hath bellowed two' 
fmall branches on the thumb, two others on the fore, and one upon the middle-finger, 
that all of them afceud by the fidcs of thefe fingers, the other defending with the artery. 
The axillary if 
divided into 
ihi deep axil- 
lary, and out- 
ward axillary,' 166 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
L ib.6 
as the former alongft the cubit, fends branches to the reft of the fingers, like as the former. 
The third goes on the forefide between the two bones even to the wrift, and the fquare 
mufcle. 
But you muft note that the veins of which we now treat,do not only make thefe divifi- 
ons mentioned by us,but infinite others befides, as well in the parts which they goe to, as 
alfo in the inner mufcles of the hand which they nourilh. 
And thus much of theinternall and deep axillary vein. For theexternall or skin Axil- 
lary ( which firft appears under the skin,efpecially in lean bodies, a little above the inward 
produftion of the arm ) it is divided in that place into two branches, the one whereof 
delcending to the bending of the arm meets, and is united with the Cephalick branch,foo- 
ner or later, that fo it may produce the median,as we formerly mentioned. 
The other branch having lent forth many fhoots of a different length and thicknefle, as 
Well into the skin,as into the other neighbouring parts, defcending alongft the lower fide 
of the bone of the cubit, properly fo called, is at length fpent upon the fore and outward 
Cephalick branch, which we faid defcendended alongft the wand; and thus united , they 
run over all the hand, where in the right hand, between the middle and fore finger, they 
make the Salvatella-, but in the left, in the fame place,they produce the Splenitica. 
' But alwaies remember, (if in difle&ion you find any thing otherwife than we have deli- 
vered it )that the diftribution of the vellels is fo various,efpecially in the hands)that there 
can no certain rule be delivered thereof. 
The SulvateB* 
and Sf 
CHAP. XXIII. 
The Di flrib ution of the Axillary Artery. 
rle Axillary artery from the firft originally which is preftntly after the two 'Ihora- 
the mufcle called Bicepj,or the two headed mufcle, and 
the Brach mm, with the deep Axillary vein, dift ributes a large branch amongft 
the outward mufcles of the arm, which extend the cubit,and is (pent in the ex- 
ternal! muftles of the fame, which arife without, from the productions of the arm. 
And this is called the Ramus or Mufculous branch,as alfo the vein that accom- 
panies this arterie. Then this artery when it comes to the bending of the cubit, thrufting 
it felf into the mufcles bending the fingers, communicates certain branches to die parts 
pertaining to the dearticulation of the cubit with the (houlder,and other parts there litu- 
ate, as it did in the upper parts, by which it defcended hither. Verily it may be a geuerall 
rulej that every veflell lends or bellows certain portions thereof by the way to all the 
parts by which it pafles. But if you fhould ask,why I have not proftcuted thefe producti- 
ons; 1 would anfwer; I never intended to handle other than large and fair branches of 
veflels, by rafh incifion of which, there may happen danger of death or a difeaft. For it 
would be both an infinit and needlefs bufines to handle all the (mall devarications of the 
veins, arteries, and nerves. Therefore this artery funk into theft mufcles, when it comes 
almoft to the midft of the cubit,preftntly or a little after it is divided into two large bran- 
the, the one of which alongft the wand, and the other alongft the cubit is carryed into the 
hand on the infide under the Ring. For both thefe branches are diftributed and (pent up- 
on the hand after the fame manner as the branches of the interall Axillary vein, that is, 
having fent by the way fome little ftioots into the parts by which they pafie, at the length 
the branch which defeends by the Wand of the remainder thereof,beftows two (prigs upon 
the thumb, on each fide one, and two in like manner on the fore finger, and one on the 
middle; the other which runs alongft the Ell, performs the like office to the little and the 
middle or ring finger,as you may fte by difle&ion. 
An Anatomi- 
call Axiome, 
CHAP. XXIV. 
Of the Nerves of the and Arm. 
The 7 pair of 
nervei of the 
neck. 
Ow we fliould handle the finewes of the Arm,but becaule thefe proceed from the 
nerves of the neck and back;I think it fit therefore to fpeak fomething of them 
in the firft place. 
Therefore from the neck there proceeds (even pair of nerves, the firft of which 
proceeds from the nowl bone, and the firft Vertebra of the neck; as alfo the firft pair of the 
Back from the laft Vertebra of the neck, and the firft of the Cheft. But all thefe nerves are 
divided into two or more branches of the firft pair( that is to fay, on each fide)go,the one 
to the fmall right mufcle,afcending from the firft rack-bone of the neck to the nowl bone, 
the other to the long mufcle on the forefide of the neck. 
The branches of the fecond pair are diftributed, feme with a portion which they receive 
from 
The firft pair. 
The fecond 
pair. Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Body. 
167 
from the third pair over all the skin of the head; the two others go as wel to the mufcles, 
tdlich are from the fecond Vertebra to the backpart of the head., and from the fame to the 
firft as alfo to the long mufcle before mentioned. 
One of the third pair of finewes is communicated to the head., as we /aid before;, but o- 
thers to the Mufcles which extend, or ereft the head and the neck; there is alfo one of thefe 
diftributed into the neighbouring fide mufcle and part ofthe long. 
The nerves of the fourth pair go, one to the mufcles as well of the neck as the headland 
to tfie broad niuTcle;the other after it hath fent fome portion thereof into the long mufcle 
and the fide mufcles of the neck, it defcends with a portion of the fift and fixt pair to the 
Midriffe.One of the branches of the fift pair is beftowed oh the hind mufcles of the neck 
and head,the other upon the long mufcle and midriffe; the third is communicated to the 
'ZLeWorw, or Heaving mufcles of the arm and flioulder. 
One of the nerves of the fixt pair goes to the hind mufcles of the neck and head, another 
to the Midriffe, the third with a portion of the feventh pair of the neck,and of the firft and 
iecond ofthecheft goto the arms and heaving mufcles ofthe fhoulder-blade. 
One of the branches of the feventh pair runs to the broad mufcle and to the neighbou- 
ring mufcles both of the neck and head; another encreafed with a portion of the fift and 
fixt pair of the neck,and a third joyned to the Iecond and third pair of the cheft defcending 
into the arm go to the hand. 
But youmuft note that the mufcles which take their original from many Vertebra whe- 
ther from above downwards, or from below upwards,admit nerves not only from the Ver- 
tebra from whence they take their originall, but alfo from them which they come neer in 
their defeent, or afcent. 
There pafle twelve conjugations of nerves from the rack-bones of the cheft. 
The firft entring forth from between the laft rack-bone of the neck and the firft of the 
cheft, is divided (that is,on each fide,each nerve from his fide)into two or more portions, 
as alio all the reft.Therefore the branches of this firft conjugation go fome of them to the 
arms,as we laid before, others to the mufcles, as well thefe of the cheft, as others arifing 
there, or running that way. . 
The branches of the iecond conjugation are diftributed to the fame parts, that theie of 
thefirftwere. .< 
But the branches of all the otheg conjugations even to the twelfth, are communicated, 
fome to the intercoftall mufcles running within under the true ribs even to the Sternon&nd 
Under the baftard ribs even to the right and long mufcles-, and the coftall nerves of the fixe 
conjugation are augmented by meeting thefe intercoftall branches by the way as they de- 
feend by the roots of the ribs. Other particles ofthe faid nerves are communicated to the 
mufcles as well of the cheft,as (pine,as the feme mufcles pafle forth, or ran alongft by the 
Verte whence thefe nerves have either their originall,or paflage forth. 
Having thus therefore fhewed the originall of the finews of the arm, it remains that We 
(hew their number and diftribution. 
Their number is five or from the fifth, fixth,and feventh Vertebra of the 
neck, and the firft and fecond of the cheft. The firft ofiwhich not mixed with any other* 
from the fifth Vertebra of the neck, goes to the mufcle Deltoides and the skin which co- 
vers it. A , T' *v j : x. k .»•. < • - 
The other 4 or 5 when they have mutually embraced each other, not only from their 
firft originall but even to the Ihoulder, where they free themfelves from this convolution, 
are diftributed after the following manner. . 
The firft and fecond defeending to the mufcle mentioned a little before , and thence 
fometimes even to the hand,,is by the way communicated to the mufcle Bz'qu, and then 
under the feid mufcle it meets and is joined with the third nerve, Thirdly,it is communi-- 
cated with the longeft mufcle of the cubit, in the bending whereof it is divided into two 
branches defeending alongft the two bones of the cubit,untill at laft born up by the flefhy 
pannicle it is fpent upon the skin and inner fide of the hand. 
The third lower than this, is firft united with the fecond, under the mufcle Biceps then 
ftraightway feparated from it, it fends a portion thereof to the arm which lies under it, 
and to, the skin thereof laftly, at the bending, of the cubit on the forefidc, it is mingled 
with the fift pair. < . * . . . 
The fourth the largeft of all thereft,comming down below the thirdbranch under the 
B/cepj,with the internail axillary vein and artery,is turned towards theoutwatd and back- 
part ofthe arm , there to communicate it felf to the mufcles extending the cubit, and alfo 
to the inner skin ofthe arm, and the exterior of the cubit; the remainder of this branch 
when in its defeent it hath arrived at the joint ofthe cubit, below the bending thereof ft 
is divided into two branches, the one whereof defeending alongft the cubit is fpent on the 
outfide of the wrift; the other aflbeiating the wand is on the outfide in like manner in two 
branches beftowed upon the thumb, and in as many upon the fore finger,and by a fift upon 
the middle finger though more obfeurely. 
The fift branch being alfo lower than the reft, Aiding between the mufcles bending and 
exten- 
The third pakc 
The fourth 
pair. 
The fife pair.' 
The fixrpair,,' 
The feventhi 
pair. 
The 12. pair of 
nerves ef rhe 
chert. 
Thefeconci 
pair. 
The otheS 
pairs* 
The nerves 
which arecarrf* 
cd co rhe anps, Lib. 6. 
168 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
extending the cubit,when it comes behind the inner protuberation of the cubit(in which 
place we faid before the third Branch meets with this ) it is communicated to the internall 
mufcles ofthefame,and then divided into three portions,one of which on the outfide a- 
longft the middle of the cubit goes in two fprigs to the little finger, and fo many to the 
middle finger,and one to the ring finger; the other two,the one without & the other with- 
in the ring, goe to the hand,where after each of them hath beftowed what was requifiteon. 
the mufcles of the hand,they are wafted into other five final portions,of which thefe which 
are from that portion which defeends without the ring, fend two fprigs to the little, two 
to the fore,& one to the middle finger;but thefe which come from that which pafles under 
the ring, by fuch a diftribution communicates it felf to other fingers,as two fprigs to the 
thumb, two to the fore and one to the middle finger.The fixth the loweft and laft runs be- 
tween the skin and flefhy pannicle,by the inner pro tuberation of the arm,and then is fpeiM; 
upon the skin of the Cubit. 
CHAP. XXV. 
The defcription of the hone of the and the 
Mufcles which move it. 
Ecaufe we cannot perfe&ly demonftrate the originallof the mufcles of the 
arm, ( efpecially of the two arm mufcles) not knowing the defcription of 
this bone; firft therefore we will defcribe it, then return to the originall of 
the mufcles arifing from thence. The bone of the arm is the greateft of all 
the bones in the body, except the Thigh-bone; it is round, hollow and fil- 
led with marrow, with a great Appendix or head on the top thereof,having 
an indifferent neck, to which it is knit by for appendices are no otherwife uni- 
ted to their bones.In the lower part thereof it hath two proeefles, or protuberations,one 
omthe fore fide, another on the hind,betwecn which fwellings there is a cavity like to half 
the compafle of a wheel, about which the cubit is moved. The extremities of this cavity 
ends in two holes,of which one is the more externall, the other more internail: thefe ca* 
vities receive the heads ofthe cubit, that is, the fore, or-internall receives the fore procefle 
When the arm is bended inwards,but the externall or hinder the exterior as it is extended. 
For the head of the arm it hath a double connexion,the one with its own neck by 
fhy/iss that is, a naturall union of the bones without any motion ; the other with the 
lightly ingraven cavity of the fhoulder-blade,which we call Glene3 by that kind of [dear- 
ticulation which is called Arthrodia-, this connexion is made firm and liable by the mufcles 
defcending into the arm from the fhoulder-blade, as alfo by the proper ligaments defen- 
ding from the circle and brow of the cavity ofthe Acromion and Coracoides to this head of 
the arm;this fame head of the arm is, as it were,more cleft and open on the i nher fide,than 
on the fore fide, that fo it may give way to one of the ligaments coming from the fhoul- 
der-blade to the mufcle Biceps. Forafmuch as belongs to the lower end of the bone of the 
arm ( which we laid hath two proeefles ) we may fay that it is faflned to thebones of the 
cubit by two forts of articulation; that is, by Ginglymos with the Ell or proper bone of the 
cubit, and by Arthrodia with the Radius or wand, which in a lightly engraven cavity re- 
ceives the fore procefle of the arm, and is turned about it for the motion of the hand. The 
hinder procefle is chiefly added for the fafety and prefervation of the veins, arteries and 
nerves, • 
Thefe things thus fliown,it is worth our labour to know the figure of the arm it fcl£> 
as it lies between the forementioned appendices and procefles;that in the cafe of a frafture, 
We may know how conveniently to reftore it; therefore firft we muft underftand, that this 
bone is fomewhat bended and hollowed on the infide under the cleft of the head thereof 3 
but bunching out on the out and fore fide. 
Wherefore feeing it muft be moveable forwards and backwards, upwards and down- 
wards , nature for the performance of fo many motions hath furnifhed it with eight 
mufcles, which are fix proper and two common with the fhoulder-blade. Of which num- 
ber two move it forwards, two back wards, two upwards and downwards. Which muft 
not be underftood fb, as that thefe two mufcles fhould move it direftly forwards iuclining 
neither upwards, nor downwards;and the other two fhould move it fb upwards, as it 
fhould incline neither forward nor backwards;but thus, that it cannnot be moved neither 
to this nor that part unlefle by the help and proper aftion of this, or that mufcle. Thus 
therefore if the peftorall with his aflbeiate perform their duty or aftion,the arm is alwaies 
moved.for wards,as it is lifted up by the aftion of the Veltoides and his companion 3 and fb 
ofthe reft. r ' 
The greatnefle 
Urtd figure. 
The Appendix 
of the Arm. 
Tfac proeefles 
of the arm* 
The figure of 
the arm* 
The 8 mufcles 
thereof. 
Table 24, JL/ I 
and other extreme parts of the Body. 
169 
Table the brain together with the jfter-brain? the fpina'l in arrow and the nerves of the 
whole body. 
Ay That pare ofrhe brain that is next the noftrilg 
Bt That part which is at the tide of the ventricles, 
C, The back part ofthe brain. 
D, The Cerebellum or After- brain. 
The mamillary procetfe in rhe right fide. 
T, The original! ofrhe oprjck nerve. 
G, Their conjunflions. 
Hy The coat into which the oprick nervp is ex ten 
ded* 
7, The fecond pair of the finews of the brain* 
Kt Thefeffer root ofthethird conjugation. 
L, 1 he thick root of rhe fame conjugation accor • 
i ding to thecomtnon opinion. 
■ My Thefourth conjugation of the finews. 
Ny The feller root of the fife pair. 
Oy The bigger root of the fame pair. 
f'jThe final! membrane of the ear which they rail 
the Tjimpiiqiy 
lower branch of the bigger root of rhe 
lift conjugation* 
Sy The fixt pair of finews. 
T, Thefevemh pair. 
P's The beginning of the fpinall marrow out of 
rhcmiddleof the bafis of the brain. 
XT he right finew of the nudriffe cut off. 
T, A branch from the fift pair creeping to the top 
oftheftoulder. 
X The firft nerve of the armi whence there 
goethabranchro theskin. 
A,Thefecond nerve ofrhe arm,and a branch there- 
from into the firA mufcle of the cubic. 
£, The third nerve of the arm and a branch going 
rd the skirt on rhe outfide. 
Cy A branch from rhe third nerve to the fecond 
mufcle of the Cubit. 
P, The congrejfe or meeting of the fecond nerve 
with the third. 
E, A final! branch from the third nerve to the fe- 
cond mufcle of the Radiwf, 
Ey The diftriburion of the fecond nerve into two 
branches. 
* The letter branch of this di vifion lengthned out 
to the skin as far as the thumb. 
tfjThe place ofthe fpinall marrow where it iffueth 
out of the brain r,t,3. &c.Thirry pair of nerves 
arifing from the fpinall marrow' are here noted by 
their Char.rhar is ro fay, 7. of rhe neck, 12*of the 
Cheft, 5. ofthe loins,and 6.of the holy-bone. 
by The thicker branch of rhe 2 nerve divided into 
c ; . • ') MlUU 2 Paits» 
r, Branches of the 3 nerve fprinkled here and there, 
d, Nerves from the third pair to- the thumb, the fore finger and the middle finger. 
ee, ne4 nerveof rhearm fy The pattage hereof through rhe infide ofthe fhoulder. 
A rnpartit ion of this branch where it toucheth the cubit. A branch diftributed from the 4 nerve to rhe 
oatwa'^sklnof,be cubit, z, the upper branch ofthe divifion of the 4 nerve. A branch of z, reaching to » 
the outfide ofthe hand. //, the lower branch of the dtvifion of the 4 nerve patting through the backfide of 
e cubit, w, the fifth nerve ofthe arm* n, branches of this nerve difperfed here and there. 90, A branch of the y 
fCr \c rCj ngrorhe infide of the hand and the fingers, p. A furcle ofthe branch 9, derived ro the outfide of the 
and and rhe fingers. the 6 nerve ofrhe arm and the courfe thereof under the skin. 77, the intercoftall nerves 
there cur off where they are together with the ribs reflefted forward.ff. branches on each fide running backward. 
tty nerves attainingunto the cheft. w;<, the commixrion ofthe with thedefeending branch ofthe 6, con- 
jugation ofthe brain, acx, nerves from the loins ledunto this pUce.y.A branch goiugto the refticle here cut off. 
J, A nerve reaching ro rhe I mufcle of the thigh. c, the 1 nerves of the leg.cd,A furcle ofthe former nerve 
derived to rhe skin arct, and inferred into rhe mufcles ar £ y, the2 nerveof rhcIef.PJ\J'9Anervefromthefor- 
mer,allowed untorheskinaslowasrothefoor,and patting along the infide of the leg 6, a branch ofthe 2 nerve 
running unto rhe tBufcles.£, the 3. nerve of rhe leg. 17, a furcle thereof unto the skin.9, another furcle unto the 
niufcles,/z,the4 nerveof the leg.km,rhe anterior propagations ofthe nerves proceeding from the holy-bone. A, 
the end of rhe fpinall marrow, pt, a branch from the 4 nerve inferred into the mufcles arifing from the Ccxendix 
orbip bone. 7, another branch going to rhe skin of the thigh on the backfi de, a propagation derived to the 4. 
niu fcle of the leg and to the skin of the knee, 00, nerves attaining ro the heads of the mufcles of the foot. <wpf the 
divifion ofthe 4 crurall nerve into two trunks a branch from the trunk m ,difperfed into the outward skin ofthe 
leg. r,a furcle of rhe trunk w,derived to themufclcs.v, another furcle to the skin of the leg on rhe forefide. 9)tt 
branch ofthe trunk p, to the akin ofthe infide ofrhe leg and of the foot. a furcle of the trunk p, to rhe hind, 
moft skin of the leg. J,, a branch of the whole trunk g, led along to the forward part of the leg andthc foot. 0, 
the defeenr ofrhe trunk into the foot. 
But to come to theoriginall and infertion of chtfe mu(cles;the one of theft two which 
move the arm forwards called by reafon of his originall, the Peftorall. arifing from more 
QL 
11 
The original! 
and inferrion 
of rhe pcSora! 
mafcfe. 170 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib. 6. 
than h'S.lf of the Collar bone,and almoft al the the 6,7,and 8. rib, goes up and 
fattens it felfe to the a membrane ora membranous tendon fufficicntly ftrong 
(tor which caufe it is faid to be common to the (hotilder and arm ) and it goes into the 
arm between the mufcles Pcltoides and Biceps with a ftrong tendon competed of fibers crop 
jfing each other,of which fome defeend from the Collar-bone and the upper part of the 
others afeend from the lower originall hereof; that is,from the 6,y,and 8 ribs:and 
although the action of this mufcle be diverfe,by reafbn of the diver (ity ofits fibers arifing 
from divers places, yet alwaies it drawes the arm forwards, whether it be moved upwards, 
downwards, or to the Breft; the other which is his companion defeends from the whole 
lip or brow of the fimous or hollow part of the blade,which it fills in the forepart of the 
arm neer the head thereof. For the two Levatores-pr the lifters up pf the arm, the firft na- 
med Deltoides defeends from almoft halfe the clavicle, the procefs Acromion and all the fpine 
of the fhoulder-blade into the' forefide of the arm the bredth of four fingers below the 
joint. It hath divers aftions according to the diverfity of the fibers, as alfo every mufcle 
hath; yet howfoever it is contra&ed, whether by the fibers from the clavicle alone, or by 
the fpinall alone, or by both at once, it alwaies lifts and heaves the arm upwards. The 
other which is his affociate defeends from the gibbous part of the fhoulder-blade, contai- 
ned between the upper rib thereof, and the fpine between the procefles Acromion and Cora- 
ioidesy to the neck of the arm;and this we wit call the Epomis or Scapular fabat is,the fhoul- 
der mufcle. But the firft and larger of the two mufcles,which draw the arm backwards, a- 
rifes from the greateft part of the utter lip of the gibbous part of the fhoulder-blade, 
which is under the fpine thereof, and lying upon the blade it felf, it goes into the hind 
part of the arm above the neck thereof.The other which is contiguous to it and his pare 
ner in working, but lefler,pafles from the upper and exterior part of the lower rib of the 
fhoulder-blade,and thence as it were in fome fort extending it felf upon the gibbous par- 
ihereof neer unto that rib,it goes into the arm. This mufcle feems to be the lame with the 
former, being flefhy without even above the top of the fhoulder.One and the lefler ofthefe 
two which draw downwards, enters out from the ftreight line of the lower rib of the 
blade, and goes into the loWer part of the arm about the neck thereof The other called 
the Latifftmus or broadeft,afcends from the fpines of the holy-bone, of the loins, and often 
alfo from the. nine lower of the cheft,by the lower corner of the fhoulder-blade into which, 
is inferted by a membranous tendon,as alfo it is into the inner part of the arm neer unto 
neck by another ftrong tendon; whereupon this mufcle is called a common mufcle of the 
fhoulder and arm. But when this mufcle happens to be wounded,the arm cannot eafily be 
ftrctched forth, or lifted up. 
The Deltoidef. 
theEpomif or 
Scapular if. 
CHAP.XXVI. 
7'he defer iption of the bones of the Cubit and the mufcles moving them. 
Fter thele mufcles,follow thofe which bend and extend the cubic., but becaule 
their infertion cannot be fitly demonftrated, unlefle the bones of the cubit be 
firft def cribed;therefore firft of all we will delineate the bones themlelves. But 
verily left this doubtful word cubit fhould caufe oblcurity;firft we muft note,that 
5t hath a threefold fignification,for ofttimes it is ufed for all that part of the hand which 
lies between the arm and wrift,oft-times for the lowrer bone of this part,fometimes for the 
upper part of this bone which is turned within the orb or cavity of the arm (no otherwile 
than a cord in the wheel of a Pulley ) and this is called the Olecranon. Here truly we ule 
this word Cubit in the firft lignification. Wherefore we fay the cubit is compofcd of two 
bones, the one of which we cal the Radius or wand,or the lefler Focile of the armjthe other 
f we properly cal the Cubit or El.Thete two bones ftick together at their ends being firmly 
bound together by ftrong ligamentsjbut the middle parts of them are a prety way diftant 
from each other,and chiefly towards their lower ends, for the better lituation and paf- 
fage of the mufcles and veflels from the inner fide to the exterior , as (hall be (hewed in fit 
place.The wand hath two Epiphyfes or Appendices,the one at the upper end , the other at 
the lower.The upper is round and hollowed on the furface like a bafon,it receives the fore 
procefle of the bone of the arm,bouud to the fame by ftrong ligaments, defcending as well 
from that procefle of the arm, as the Olecranon into the circumjacent parts of this appen- 
dix of the wand.This connexion is made for this ufe,that we may turn our hand upwards 
and downwards by the cubit turned and twined about, this procefs.But the lower appendix 
ofthiswandis hollowed on the infide that fo it might more commodioufly receive the 
bones of the wrift,but gibbous without,that it might be faferjnowthis wand is fofter and 
thicker at the lowTer end,but teller and harder above,where on the infide it hath a (welling 
out,whereby to receive the mufcle befides on the outfide of the middle thereof it is 
ibmewhat gibbous and round,fo to become more fafe from the injuries of external bodies; 
but it is hollowed,or bended on the infide for the better taking and holding any thing in 
the hand. But that fide which lies next to the Ell is flatted for the fitter originall and feat 
of the mufctes;laftly,it is feated upon fihe bone of the Cubit, or Ell,juft againft the thumb. 
But; 
What is meant 
by the Cubit. 
What the 
Olecranum is. 
The 2 bones of 
the Cubit, 
The two Ap- 
pendices of the 
wand. 
The figure and 
fire of the 
wapd. Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Body 
171 
But the £ll,or bone of the cubit properly aud particularly fo called, hath in like manner 
two appendices,the one above,the other beneath.The upper which alfo is the greater,is fit- 
ted to the orb of the arm in which it goes to and again for the extenfion and bending of 
the arm, no otherwife than a rope runs in a pulley but that it turns not abfolutely and 
perfectly round, which is caufedby the two procefles of unequallbigneS , the which are 
therefore flayed in the holes or cavities of the bone of the arm, the greater procefle tvhich 
we called Olecranon is letted by the exterior hole that fo theextenfion of the arm can be no 
further, but the lefler procefle by the inner hole, makes the bending thereof the lefle per- 
feft.The compohire of thefe bones is by it is flrengthned not only by com- 
mon ligaments comming from the mufcles,which move the bones themfelves, but allb by 
proper ligaments defending from the procefles of the arm and the lips of the holes and 
cavities flanging about the appendix of the cubit. The other lower and lefler appendix is 
in feme fort hollow on the infide for the fitter receiving the bones of the wrift, but the 
cutfide is rdtind and ends in a point, whence it is called by the Greeks Styloides. But now 
this Ell ( contrary in this to the wand ) is thicker towards the arm,but (tenderer towards 
the wrift. And befides in the thicker part thereof it is hollowed or bended towards the 
infide,and in the fame place is gibbous or bunching forth on the outfide ; but it is round 
and ftreight,unlefle on that fide which lies next the wand,for the reft,it is hollow and full 
of marrow like the wand. The fite of the Radius or wand is oblique,but that of the cubit 
or Ell is right,that the arm might be the better and more eafily moved;becaufe the motion 
by which the arm is extended and bended is according to a right line, but that by which 
the infide of the hand is turned upwards and downwards, is performed obliquely and cir- 
cularly .Wherefore it was expedient that the wand ftiould be oblique,and the cubit ftreightj 
for the cubit-bone is appointed for to extend and bend the arm,but the wand to perform 
the wheeling and turning about thereof ; and this is the caufe that it was fitting there 
/liquid be a different connexion of thefe bones with the arm. Thefe things were fitting to 
be'fpoken concerning the nature of thefe bones,that in the cure of fractures we may work 
the more fafely and happily, taking indication from that which to nature : 
wherefore now it remains that we come to the defeription of the mufeles which are feated 
in the arm, the cubit-bone,or Ell.Thefe are four in number, two extending it, and two 
bending it. The firft of the benders is called Biceps, by reafon of its two heads, the one 
whereof defeends from the Coracoides, that other from the lip of the cavity of the ffioulder- 
bladeby the fifliire or clift of the head of the bone of the arm. Thefe two heads under the 
neck of this arm becoming flefhy,are firmly united at the belly and midft of the arm, and 
thus united are at the length implanted by a flrong tendon to the inner protuberation of 
the wand. The other is called the by reafon of the ftrait coherence thereof 
with the bone of the arm; this faftned under the Biceps defeends obliquely on the back and 
upper part of the bone of the arm into the top of the wand and the inner fide of the Ell. 
But the firft of the extenders is called the longus or long mufcle, this defeends from the 
lower rib of the flio older,and cleaving to the bone of the arm goes thither ( faftned and as 
it were alwaies moft ftraitly joined with his fellow mufcle,fpecially neer the cubit) where 
you (hall prefently hear. The other termed the Brevis or fhort Mufcle,being the compani- 
on of the long, defeends on the hind part of the neck of the bone of the arm, as it were 
growingJtOjand lying under the former long mufcle, fo that making one common broad 
tendon outwardly flefhy, inwardly nervous,they are inferred into the Olecranumfo by mu- 
tuall affiftance to extend the cubit. 
The Appendi- 
ces of rhe bone 
ofche cubjtj 
The figure of 
rhe cubit bone 
or Ell, 'z 
The mufcled 
moving the 
cubit. 
The Biceps t Qi 
two-headed 
mufcle. 
The Bracbititfi 
The Longuti 
The Breuty 
CHAP. XXVII. 
Ihe Description of the Bones of the Wrift) afterwrift and Fingers, 
£ faid before that the Hand taken more particularly and properly,is divided into 
the Wrift, Afterwrift, and Fingers , and that the hand in this lignification is 
bounded by the ends of the bones of the cubit and All the parts of the 
wrift, which it hath common with the afterwrift,have been already allb plenti- 
ful ly explained,this only remains to be noted, that the skin as well of the hands as of the 
feetjis of a middle nature between pure flelh and pure skin, no otherwife than that which 
covers the forehead, but that this which covers the palms of the hands and foies of the feet 
is unmoveablejbut it is moft thick, efpecially on the feet, left it Ihould be eafily offended 
by continuall going. Beedes the common parts, the wrift is compofed of eight final bones 
mutually knit together in acertain order, and by Viarthrojis with the two bones of the 
Cubit, but mutually and amongft themfelves by by interpofition of griftles 
and ligaments as well common, that is, coming from the mufcles, as proper, 
defending ahvaies from the upper to the lowrer. But thele fame bones are lome lefie 
than otherfome; befides, they are hard and without marrow, gibbous on the out- 
fide for the fccurity and comlinefle of the hand, but hollow on the infide for to give 
Way to the tendons going into the fingers. Thele bones are dilpofed in two ranks. 
W CL 2 The 
Whathhe 
Hand properly 
fo called is, 172 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib.6. 
The firft rank contains only three,but the ftcond five.The three of the firft rank are thus ar- 
rayed,or placed,that one of them may receive the Appendix Stylordes 3ot the cub it; the other 
the Ell and the wand together,aud the third may be received by the wand.But three of the 
five bones of the fecond order fuftain the four bones of the afterwrift and are knit to the 
fame by Synar thro fishier which manner of connexion they are joined to the bones of the 
firft rankjthe fourth fuftains the firft bone of the thumb,to which alfo it is coarticulate by 
Synarthrojis ; the fift and laft is feated on the infide again!! the Ell, chiefly above that bone 
of the firft order, which receives the Appendix Styloidcs of the cubit, this is the leaft and 
weakeft of them all by reafon of its griftly fubftance, which makes the ring with certain 
ligaments running from one of the inner fidcs of the wrift to the other. 
This ring is placed there,as well for the prefervation of the finews, veins, and arteries 
palfing under it ( left when we lean upon our hand or wrift, thefe parts Ihould be hurt by 
compreflion ) as alfo for the commodity of the aftion of the mufcles bending the finger, 
which in the performance of their aftion and the contracting themftlves might deform 
the hand by their pafling forth of the cavity of the wrift. For what attraction foever is 
made by ftrings,if it be free and nothindred,is according to a ftreight line. 
Now follow the bones of the fecond part of the hand, or of the afterwrift. Theft are 
four in number, gibbous without, but arched within, or hollow in the middle; for hence 
is the palm of the hand, or certainly the greater part thereof; their ends next the fingers 
are fomewhat remote from each other, that in theft clifts the mufcles Interoffes might find 
a place and ftat. But thefe ends have each an Appendix, as you may perceive in the Scele- 
ton of a child.But you muft note that by the firft bone of the wrift or afterwrift,wee mean 
that which is in the forefide of the hand, that is to fay, that in the wrift which lies under 
the thumb,and that in the afterwrift, which is ftated under the fore finger, as theft which 
keep in order the fingers which exceed the reft in necelfity and dignity. 
What the An- 
ring is. 
The bones of 
the Afterwrift* 
The Figure of the bones of the Hand. 'The i. [bewsthe infide of the right hand, and the 2. fbews 
the backjtde of the fante. 
The Charaft. 1, 253,4,5, <5, 
7, 8.(hew the eight bones 
of the wrift. 
A, 2. The firft bone of 
the Afterwrift lying un- 
der the thumb. 
I. IL III. IIIL The 4 other 
bones of the Afterwrift 
annexed to the fingers. 
B, The two bones of the 
thumb. 
P,E,F.i,2. The 3 bones of 
the forefinger which are 
the fame in the other .fin* 
gers. 
Fl, i,2.A little bone fome- 
times faftned outwardly 
at the joint of the eight 
bone of the wrift. 
N, 1 • A procefle of the eight bone of the wrift,fwelling out into the ball of the hand. 
O, 1. A procefle of the fift boneof the wrift, from which a ligament proceeds. 
P, 2. An appendix of the bones of the wrift,by which they are articulated to the afterwrift® 
2.Another Appendix which with its headentreth into the cavity of the finger. 
R, 1, 2. Thefpace between the bones of the afterwrift. 
i, 2. Two little feed-bones fet. on the infide and outfide of the firft joint. 
7, i. Two feed-bones in the firft of the four fingers. 
1. One feed-bone in the fecond and third joint of the fingers. 
After thefe follow the fifteen bones of the fingersjthat is,three in each,which are hollow 
andfiftulous,fullofathin and liquid marrow,and not ofgrofle and thick, as in the arm 
and thigh. They are outwardly gibbous,but inwardly hollow and flat for the fitter feat of 
the tendons aftending alongft the fingers on the infide even to the tipper joint. The which 
that nature might the better ftrengthen and preferve,it hath produced from the lips of the 
inner cavities of theft bones a membranous and ftrong ligament, which running over- 
thwart from one fide to the other doth fo ftraitly clofe the tendons to their bones, that 
they cannot goe forth of their places, or incline to either fide. They are connexed on the 
outfide, that they might be more fit to hold any thing. But for the firft bones of the 4 fin- 
gers and thumb, four are joined together with fo many bones of the afterwrift by Sjnar- 
throfis, for the bones of the afterwrift are moved by no manifeft motion; the fift is knit to 
the fecond rank of the bones of the wrift,therefore that bon e cannot be attributed to the 
JTlGr. It 
OTGX& 
The bones of 
she fingers* Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Body. 
173 
afterwrift, as fonie have written, feeing it hath manifeft motion and is knit by Diarthrofa] 
but the bones of the afterwrift are only faftned by Synarthrojis. For the fecond and third 
rank of bones of the fingers,they are knit the fecond to the firft,and the third to the fecond 
by Diarthrofts and befides the manifeft motion they have, they receive each 
other by a iuperficiary cavity, as thole of the firft rank, the bones of the afterwrift, and 
thofe of the fecond rank, them of the firftjthofe of the third them of the fecond* And al the 
bones of the fingers are larger and thicker at their bafis,but fmaller towards the ends, and 
they are bound by ligaments efpecially proper, which(as we faid formerly J delcend from 
the firft to the fecond; fo that the laft bones feeing they have not to whom to communicate 
their nerve, make and produce nails thereof:Wheretore the nails are generated by the fibers 
of the ligaments,and the excrement of the tendons which are terminated at the bottom of 
the nails. Now remain the Offa Sefamoidea, or leed-bones : thefe are j 9 innumber in the 
inner joints of each of the hands, and as many in each foot, fix.two in the firft joint of the 
four fingers and in the fecond of the thumb, and one in each of the reft. For the inner fide : 
of thejoints,you may for the moft part obferve one in each of t.hem;yet in the fecond joint 1 
ofthe thumb there be two, above the two tendons, which are fomewhat griftly. 
They are made for this ufe, that they firm andftrengthen the joints, fo that the 
bones of the fingers may not be turned awry,or thru ft forth of their places by ftrong and 
violent motions,as it fometimes happens in the whirlebone of the knee. They are called 
Sefamoidea from the refemblance they have to the feed of Sefamum which is fomewhat long 
and flat. 
Wherice the 
nails are gene, 
rated. 
TheOji Sefifo 
mbidea, or 
feed- bones. 
Their ufs» 
CHAP.XXVIII. 
Of the mufcles which feated in the cubit move the Wand and with it the Handi 
Ow muft we defcribe the mufcles of the formerly deferibed parts; that is, thole 
which are featcd in the cubit,which are carry ed to the infide of the hand, and 
thofe which are called the Interoffes. Now the mufcles of the cubit are 14, 
feven externall and feven internall;two of the (even external! doe primarily 
twine or turn up the Wand, and fecondarily or by accident turn the palm of 
the hand upwards, whereupon they have called them fupinatores or turners up of the hand; 
two extend the wrift, whereupon they are named Carpitenfores or the wrift-extenders;two 
the fingers,whence they are filled Digitfimtenfores or fingerftretchers;to conclude,the feventh 
and laft is termed dbdutior or Obliquator externut.'The firft of the two fupinatores is called the 
Long,or Longeft,becaufe itdefcends from the outfide of the arm above the procefles there- 
of, and is inlerted by a round and ftrong tendon into the lower Appendix. The other de- 
fends obliquely from the outward and upper procefle of the arm,and is inferted at the 
third part of the wand by a membranous and flelhy tendon before and on the infide there- 
of. The upper of the two extenders of the wrift,delcending above the wand from the exter- 
nal and upper procefle of the arm,is inferted by two tendons into the firft and fecond bone 
of the afterwrift, which fuftain the fore and middle fingers. 
The other and lower, defcending from the fame place as the former, above the cubit is 
inferted into the fourth bone of the afterwrift which bears up the little finger. Thefe 
mufcles whileft they move alone, that is, each with his Antagonift,to wit,the wrift-ben- 
ders,they move obliquely upwards or downwards, the whole hand properly fo called. 
The firft and greater of the extenders of the fingers,or finger-ftretchers arifing from the Ole- 
cranum,or bone of the cubit,defcends fuperficiarily between the two bones of the cubit even 
to the wrift, in which place it is divided into fpur tendons, which paffing under the ring 
feated there end ( each diftinguilhed by a common ligament above the bone of the after- 
wrift ) in the laft joints of the four fingers, adhering neverthele lie firmly to the bones, 
which are above thefe joints. 
The other which is the lefler,arifing almoft in the middle of the wand, goes obliquely 
to the thumb into which it is inferted by two tendons;the one thicker which is inferted 
into the root thereofiand draws it from the other fingers; the other flenderer continued 
even to the u pper joint thereof, and by its adion extending the thumb. 
The feventh which is the Abdufior or is feated at the hind part of the hand; 
that is, towards the little finger; we have often found this divided iu two,yea verily we 
have found it trifide, or divided into 3. this year in three or four dead bodies,one porti- 
on thereof went to the lower fide of the ring-finger with two Tendons, the other in like 
manner to the middle and forefingers, and the third to the thumb. 
And for all that it is thus divided,yet fome have taken and accounted it for one mitfcle, 
becaufe it hath one originall and aftion, which is to draw the fingers backwards, fome 
have added to this the extender of the thumb by rcafon of their common originall; and 
thus of four mufcles they have made one divided into feven tendons, diftributed, as is 
formerly (hewed. But when the Obliquator of the ring-finger is wanting, as it often hap- 
pens, the extender of the finger fupplics tMt defeft by certain productions of tendinous 
firings. But fome alfo have written, that this mufcle which we faid hath feven tendons, 
The mitfcles of 
the cubit. 
The SupinatQi 
ret. 
The Carpi ten- > 
fires. 
The Digitum* 
ten fores. 
The ObliqMW, 
externw. 
Thefirftof the 
Supinatores. 
Thefecond, 
The upper of 
(he Carpitenfi* 
res. 
The lower. 
The greater of 
rhe Dtgitwn- 
tenfores. 
The leffer i 
The Obliquatoft 
or AbduQor ex* 
ternwt 174 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib.6. 
is only a produftion of the deep fore mufcle, which fhould be fent through the fpace be- 
tween the bones of the cubit ;yet I had rather make it a mufcle of it felf, by reafbn of its 
ftrait adhefion with the bones of the arm and wand. And let thus much fuffice for the ex- 
ternal mufcles of the cubit,which you may comprehend in the number of we have 
done; or in fix, if you take away one of the 4. or in nine, if you had rather refol ve it into 
4. with Galen-, or in eight, if you divide this mufcle only into three. For in very deed the 
.AbduCtor or Obliquator of the ring-finger is not often found in men. 
Now muft we come to the inner mufcles of the cubit, the firft o.f which compares the 
skin of thepalme of the hand, whence it is called the Palmarit.The fecond and third joined 
by the communion of their a&ion turn down orprone the wand, and confequently the 
hand,fo that the palme looks towards the feet, whereupon they are called Pronatores. 
The 4. and 5. joined alfb in affinity of a&ion bend the wrift, wherefore they are named 
Carpiflexores9 wrift-benders. Thefixtand feventh are appointed to bend the firft, fecond, 
and third joints of the fingers, wherefore they are termed T)igitamflexores, Fingerbenders. 
For their originally, the leaft and uppermoft of them all, defeends fleffiy from 
the hind proceffe of the inner arm,and a little after ending in a long and {lender tendon, it 
is fpent in the skin of the palm of the hand even to the roots of the fingers. For it was ne- 
ceflary that this skin fhould ftraitly cohere with the fubjacent parts,not only for the fitter 
taking or comprehension of any thing,left that skin in holding fhould be wrinckled and 
drawn away from the palme and fingers, and fo be an impediment; but befides that the 
hand might havea more exaft fenfe to diftinguiffi of hot, cold, moift, dry, fmooth,equall, 
rough, foft, hard, great, little, and fuch other qualities. Then follow the two Pronatores, 
of which one called the round, comes obliquely from the inner fide of the hind procefle 
of the armalmoft to the middle of the wand,to whith it adheres by a membranous and 
flefhly tendon, even to the place appointed for infection. The other fquare three or four 
fingers broad, yetfomewhat {lender, feated within under all the mufcles which defeend on 
the infide to the wrift or fingers, upon the ends of the bones of the cubit,afcends tranfverfe 
from below the Ell, unto the top of the wand,where it ends in a membranous tendon. 
Both the Carpiflexores., or wrift-benders,arife from the hind, but inner procefle, and defeend 
obliquely/ the one more, or lefle than the other ) the one alongft the Ell,but the other a- 
longft the wand; and that which defeends alongft the Ell,is infected into the eight bone of 
the wrift, which we faid made part of the ring;the other which followes the wand is infec- 
ted with his greater part into the bone of the wrift, and with the reft into the firft bone of 
the after-wrift which fuftains the fore finger. 
Now remain the Digitumflexores , or Fingerbenders, which becaufe they lye upon one 
another, the upper is called the Sublimit Jbnt the lower the Pr of undus.The Sub limit or upper, 
arifing from the inner part of the hind procefs of the arm,and from the upper parts of the 
Ell and wand,defeends between thefe two bones of the cubit even to the wrift and ring; 
divided into 4 tendons it is inferted into the fecond dearticulation of the four fingers, 
which it bends by the force of this his proper infertion ; as alfo the firft, as well by the 
power of the common ligament,as by certain fibers coming from it, which it {ends thi- 
ther by the way in its paflage. But thefe 4 tendons neer unto this their infertion are divi- 
ded into two,fo to give paflage and add ftrength to the tendons of the deep mufcles de- 
fending into the third and laft joint of the fingers. 
But this fame Profundus or deep mufcle arifing from the upper and inner parts of the Ell 
and wand, defeends between thefe two bones under the undivided even to the 
wrift,where it is divided into 5 Tendons which it brings forth under the common liga- 
ment, and the divifions of the tendons of the Sublimit even to the laft joint of the 
fingers, which they bend, by this their proper infertion, as alfo the bones of the firft and 
fecond joints of the fingers by the means of the common ligament and fibrous producti- 
ons which they beftow upon them by the way. Befides thefe forementioned th'ere is feen 
alfo a certain membranous ligament which engirts the tendons in the compafleof the fin- 
gers. 
The mufcles 
of the inner 
parr of the cu- 
bit. 
The Palmar is- 
The Pronator 
res* 
The Car pi- 
flexores* 
'TheDigitwn- 
flexores- 
The Sub li mis 
Dsgi turn flexors 
The profundus 
Digitumfiexor* 
CHAP. XXIX. 
Of the Mufcles of the infide of the hand. 
K*"''''''''He mufcles of the infide of the hand are 7 in number; the firft is called 
becaufe it makes the greater part of the Palme; the fecond from the lite is 
called the Hypothenar, the third the externall Abduffor of the thumb .The four 
other are called by reafon of their figure the Lumbrici or wormy mufcles, or 
the Abdu£lores9 or Drawers ofthe four fingers to the thumb. Now the firft cal- 
led Thenar, thicker than the reft,arifes from all the bones of the afterwrift, taking its be- 
ginning from that bone which bears up the ring finger, whence afcending alongft the Vi- 
tali line even to the end thereof at the firft bone of the afterwrift fnftaining the fore finger, 
and it is at length inferted into the laft joint of the thumb by the longeft fibers,but by the 
middle 
The number of 
rhe mufcles ©f 
rhe infide of 
the hand. 
The Thenar» L i b.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Tdody. 
175 
middle and fhorteft fibers almoft into all the inner part of the firft bones of two joints and 
by reafon of this, the thumb is drawn to the other fingers 3 and from them again by his 
lower original!. 
Some divide this mufcle into three, by reafon of his divers aftions, making the firft to 
arife from the root of the bone ot the afterwrift which bears up the ring finger; but the 
other from that middle bone of the afterwrift which fuftains the middle fihger;but of the 
third, from the upper end of that bone which underprops the fore finger, and that the 
infertion ofthemall,is,as we formerly mentioned.But the former opinion likes me better, 
both for fhunning confufion, and abbreviating the doftrin of the number ofmufcles. 
The Hjpothenar arifes from the fourth bone of the afterwrift,and that bone of the wrift 
which fuftains it, and then with its longeft fibers, it is inferred into the fecond joint of the 
ring finger, and by the fhorteft into the firft, through which occafion,as alfo in refpeft of 
its twofold aftion, fome have divided it into twro, that the one of them might lead it from 
the reft, aud the other might draw it to the thumb. 
The externall Abductor of the thumb, defeends from the firft bone of the after- 
wrift,into thefirft and fecond joint ofthethumb,whereforefome havedividedit into two. 
The or four externall Abdufiores of the fore fingers arife from a membrane, in- 
vefting and binding together the tendons of the T)igitumflexores3 or fingerbenders, and at 
length on tlie fides towards the thumb even by a fmall tendon , running even to the fe- 
cond joint pf the four fingers. * * * . ' , 
Now the Interojjes of the afterwrift, remain to be fpoken ofithefe are fix, two in each of 
the fpaces between the fingers, one internalf, the dther externall, of which the internall 
defeending with oblique fibers from the fide of the firft bone of the afterwrift,goes alfo in- 
to the fides of the fingers,that fo it may the more clofely-bkid together the bones of the af* 
terwrift,whole aftion is manifefted when we thru,ft our fingers into a ftrait glove,or when 
we bend our hand.Some think that it helps alfo the drawing of the fingers towards the 
thumb. The externall afeends alfo by oblique fibers from the fides of the fecond bone of 
the afterwrift, to the firft joints of the fingers, interfering the internall which we now 
defcribed after the manner of theletter X,fbr to extend the palm of the hand,and help the 
drawing away of the fingers from the thumb. 
Here concluding the dcfcription of the mufcles of the whole hand taken in generall,you 
(hall note that they are 39. in number, that is, eight appointed to move the arm; four fet 
to move the cubit in generail; feven feated on theoutfide of the cubit, and as many on the 
infide in the fame cubit, moving the wand,and with it the hand; feven on the infide of the 
hand : and laftly,the fix Interoffe.J.Some encreafe this number, faying, there are nine on the 
externall part of the cubit, and eleven on the infide of the hand. 
The typotl'e* 
nar. 
The external! 
■Abdullo r of 
the thumb. 
T he 
The Inter cjfcd, 
The numb'ef 
of the mufdw 
of the whole 
taken ira gene-' 
rail; 
CHAP. XXX. 
A Defcription of the Leg taken in generail. 
Fter the hand followes the defcription of the Leg. Wherefore to take away all 
doubtfulnefle,we will firft define the legjthen divide it into the parts more and 
Idle compound; thirdly 9 we will proiecute all things common to all thele 
parts ; fourthly, thole which are peculiar to each; and then, God Willing, we 
will give an end to our Anatomy. 
Now this word or leg,is ufed two manner of wayes, that is, either generally or 
{penally, and fpecially again after two forts, that is, either ablblutely and limply fo, or 
with an adjunft. It is limply taken for all that which is between the knee and the foot. 
But with an adjunft for the greater bone thereof. But the leg taken in general!, is the iu- 
ftrument of going, containing all whatfoever is from the hips,to the very ends of the toea. 
It is divided into three great parts,that is to fay, the ahigh, the leg, or thank, and the foot. 
By the thigh we mean that which lies between the hip and the knee. By the leg, properly 
fo called, or (hank, that which is contained between the knee and the foot.By the foot all 
from thence to the ends of the toes. 
Again,they divide the foot into three parts; that is, the 'tdrf'w or inftep, the Pedion or 
top of the foot, and the PzgitipeJww, or toes. We underftand by the inftep, that which is 
contained in the firft feven bones, which anfwensin proportion to the wrift of the hand. 
By the top of the foot, that which is comprehended in the five following bones, which is 
anfwerable to the afterwrift. That which remains, we call the toes. But becaufe all thefe 
parts have other common and proper parts,we will only follow the diftribution of the 
veins, arteries., and nerves; feeing we have fuffickntly explained the reft, when we defcri- 
bed the containing parts of the body in generail. 
The divert 
acception ol j 
the leg. 
fnt thigh? 
The leg or 
fhank*, 
The foot. 
Thodivifonof 
the foot. 
The in Hep, 
The top of ttrtj 
foot* 
/he toes? 
CHAP4 176 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib. 6.1 
CHAP. XXXI. 
APefcription of the Crurall vein. 
The beginning 
of the Crural! 
vein. 
He crurall vein begins then, when the hollow vein palling forth of the 
m>and ftretched to the hanch bone,and the fides of the Pubis in the groin,is 
firft divided into two large branches,the one of which defcends on the infide, 
alongft the bones of the whole leg, together with the artery and nerve; the 
other runs down outwardly and fuperficially alongft the leg, between the fat 
lying under the skin, and the mufcles even to the foot, and is fpent in the skin thereof. 
This becaufc ft is alwaies apparent and manifeft, is called properly by the Greeks Sapheia 
but commonly Saphena. 
This vein by the way prefcntly at its originall is divided into two branches, the one 
iiiternall, the other externall;of which the internail is fpentupon the Bubones, and other 
glandules of that place and the skin, and by this branch come the defluxions called Bubo- 
nesj the other branch is wafted in the fore and utter skin of the upper part of the thigh; 
then a little lower, that is, about the bredth of three or four fingers,it is gathered again 
into one branch made of many little ones, which is (pent in the fore and hifrid skin of 
this thigh. Thirdly, a little below the middle of the thigh it is again divided into two 
other branches, of which the one goes into the skin on the forefide, and the other on the 
hindfide. Fourthly, it is diftributed by two other finall fprigs into the skin, on the fore 
and hind part of the knee jwhith oftentimes are not found, efpecially when the Poplitea or 
ham vein, is fomecvhat larger than ordinary. Fiftly, a little below the knee , it produces 
two other branches, lying upon each other in their paflage out into the fore and hind 
skin of that place.You muft note, that branch which runs into the skin of the hind part, 
is carried by a certain other (prig, which it produces, into a branch of the Poplitea pafling 
forth of the two twin mufcles.Sixtly,in the bigger part of the calf of the leg, it is divided 
into two other branches, which in like manner are diftributed into the skinAas well in the 
forefide as the backfide of the leg. 
At length after many other divifions, which for brevitie fake I omit, when it arrives ac 
the fore and inner fide of the ankle ( where it is commonly opened in the difcafes of the 
parts below the midriffe which require blood-letting ) it is parted into two other bran- 
ches, the lefler of which defcends to the heel; the other in many fprigs is fpent upon the 
skin of all the upper and lower part of the foot and toes. 
The fccond branch of this crural vein,which we faid defcends within together with the 
artery and nerve,even into the foot,is divided;firft,piercing fomewhat deep in, it produces 
four divarications;one internal defcending below the original of the into [aphia the mufcle 
, called Obturator and into certain other external mufcles.The three other run out- 
wardly, the firft towards the huckle-bone,by which the Ifchias is made,the two other into 
the fore mufcles of the thigh,neither are thefe fprigs far remote from one another. Secondly, 
- al that branch is divided into two other branches,the one above,the other below,an artery 
alwaies accompanying it; the lower of which is fpent upon many of the hinder mufcles of 
the thigh ending nigh the ham. The upper, befides, that it beftows many branches upon 
the fore and inner mufcles of the thigh; defending to the ham, it produces the Poplitea or 
ham vein,made fometimes of two branches, the one proceeding from above,and the other 
from below. This Poplitea defending by the bending of the ham,is (pent one while upon 
the skin of the calf of the leg, another while upon the knee,otherwhiles encreafed with 
branches of the Sapheiajt goes on the outfide of the ankle to the skin, on the upper fide 
of the foot, and fometimes on the lower. 
Thirdly,a little below the original of the ham vein,and under the bending of the knee, 
it brings forth the Suralis, which is beftowedupon the mufcle of the Sura, or calf of the 
leg, and upon the skin of the inner fide thereof,and of the foot continued fometimes even 
to the inner part of the great toe. 
Fourthly, under the head of the hinder appendix of the bones of the leg, it produces 
between thefe two bones, another vein,which nourilhing the fore mufcle of the leg,is con- 
fumed upon the foot. 
Fiftly and laftly,it brings forth the Ifchiadica major or greater which is divided in- 
to two branches ofan unequall bigneffc;the larger whereof from his originall defcending 
alongft the inner part of the leg bone,infin uates it felf under the mufcles of the calf, be- 
tween this and the heel, into the idle of the foot, upon which it is wafted,divided into ten 
imall fprigs,two for each toe;the other being the lefler defcending alongft the Perone, or 
ihin-bone3is con filmed between it and the heel,yet fometimes it is produced, not only even 
to the mufcle the Abdufior of the toes, but alfo by five furclcs,even to the fourth toe,and 
the fidcs of the middle toe. 
The two Bran- 
ches thereof. 
By what veins, 
the matter cau- 
sing rhofe tu* 
mors called 
Unbones flow 
down. 
Whete and in 
what difeafes» 
the Sapbeia 
muft be opc* 
Vied. 
To what pla- 
ces,and byjhow 
manifold divi- 
sions the inter- 
nal! branch of 
the crural! vein 
goes. 
jjebiMtcavena, 
tyufcula vena. 
foflitwucM. 
Swalisven». 
Tfchiaclicd mt- 
jor> 
CHAP} Li b.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Rody 
177 
CHAP. XXXII. 
The Ttifiribution of the Crurall Artery. 
He crurall artery arifing from the fame place whence the crurall vein proceeded,, 
and defending with the internal! crurall vein, is diflributed as followeth. 
Firft, into the mufcle of the thigh, tvhich fpreading it felf through the 
mufcles thereof meets with theutmoft defending with the vein 
through the common hole of the hackle and (hare bone, and is joined with it. 
Secondly, when it arrives at the ham,between the Condj'los or procelfes of the leg,it, lends 
two branches into the knee. 
Thirdly,a little after it produces another branch,which it fends to the exterior mufcleS 
of the leg,and when it arrives at the middle of the leg, it is divided into two branches, be- 
tween the twin and Soktw, the one internail, the other externally the internal!, 
fome furcles communicated by the way to the parts by which it pafles, but fpecially to the 
joint of the ankle, ftretches it felf over the foie of the foot, between the lower extremity 
thereof and heel, whither when it arrives, it is divaricated into five furcles,of which it he- 
llo wes two on the great toe, two on the next, and one on the middle toe. The external! 
defending in like manner to the foie of the foot, between the fibula and the heel, belidcs 
other iprigs, which it may fpread by the way, it produces one without on the joint of the 
ankle, another in the mufcle, the Abdutfor of the toes, to the wrifl: and back of the foot. 
But the remainder is divided into five portions, of which two arefent to the fourth , and 
two to the little one to the middle. 
Arteria ittufa 
CHldt 
CHAP. XXXIII. 
Of the Nerves of the LoinS)Holy-bone and Thigh. 
Here arife five conjugations of nerves from the loins., divided into externall and 
internal branches;the external are difleminated into the Rathite or chin mufcles, 
the mufcles Semifyinatus and Sacer and the skin lying over them. The internail 
are fent into the oblique afeendent and tranfverfe mufcle of the lower belly,in- 
to the Peritoneum) into the loin and cheft mufcles arifirig there,but after a different manner; 
for fome are abfolutely carried thither,as the nerves of the firft conjugation of the loins, 
and oftentimes alfo of the fecond, but that fometimes they fend a fmall fprig to the tefti- 
cles, when the Coftall have fent none thithefjbiit fqme lower are partly diftributed there, 
and partly fent fome other way; for the greater portions firft united amongft theriilelves , 
then prefently with the portions of thefe of the holy-bone, goe into the thigh,as we fhall 
lhew in the diftribution of the nerves of the holy-bone. 
Now from the holy-bone, proceed fix conjugations of nerves, reckoning that for the 
firft which proceeds from the laft Vertebra of the loins,and firft of the holy-bone, and that 
the fixt which proceeds from the loweft part of the holy-bone, and the firft of the rump ; 
thefe conjugations of nerves are divided into externall and internail branches. 
The lefler externall palling forth by the externall and hinder holes of the holy-bone, 
are diftributed into the parts properly belonging thereto, to wit, the mufcles and skin 
thereof;for every nerve by the law of nature firft and alwaies ycelds to the neighbouring 
pans, that which is needfull, then prefently to others as much as it can. 
Wherefore if thou wouldil know whence each part hath his veflels at the next hand, 
that is, the veins,arteries,nnd nerves, thou muft remember the fite of each part, and the 
courfe of the veflels,and to confider this, that the veins and arteries as fpeedily and conve- 
niently as they can, infinuate themfelves into the parts, fometimes at the head or begin- 
ning, fomewhiles by the middle or extremes thereof, as there is occafion. 
But a nerve principally enters a mufcle at the head thereof, or at leaft not far from 
thence, but never by the tail, whereby it may eafily be underftood by what branch of 
each vein, artery, and nervs, each part may have nourilhment, life, and fenfe. The 
other internail branches of the forefaid conjugations goe, efpccially the four uppermoft 
united from their originall with the three lowermoft of the loins,into all the leg, as you 
fliall prefently hear. But the two lower are confumed upon the mufcles called Levatores 
the Sfhin&er mufcle of the fame place;befides,upon the mufcles of the yard,and neck of 
the bladder in men,but in women upon the neck ofthe womb and bladder. 
For thefe parts admit another in their bottom from the coftall nerve, being of the fixth 
conjugation of the brain; thefe thus confidered, let us come to the nerves of the thigh , 
which ( as wefaid ) from their firft originall, as it were compared and compofed of the 
greater portion of the three inner and lower branches of the loins, and the four upper of 
the holybone,are divided in the thigh into four branches,of which the firft and higher de- 
feending from above the to the little Trochanter) is wafted upon the inward and 
fuperficiary mufcles of the thigh,and the skin which covers them a little above the thigh. 
The 
The fivecon 
gationsof ths 
nerves of (he 
loins. 
Where the 
tefticles have 
their nerves. 
The conjugate 
on of the 
nerves procee- 
ding through 
(he hotybonia' 
call axioftfc 178 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib. 6. 
The fecond, defeending with the crurall vein and artery by the groin, is divided into 
two branches like as the vein,the one internail, the other externall, of which the internal! 
defeending with the vein andarterie is fent into the inner and deep mufcles of the thigh, 
ending above the knee.But the externall defeending fuperficially with the Saphtia, even 
into the foot,gives branches by the way to the skin which covers it. 
The third feated under thefe former, pafling by the hole common to the fhare and 
hanch-bone,fends certain branches to the groins,to the mufcles called Obturatores, to the 
Tricipites,and fometimes to the mufcles of the yard,and it ends at the midft of the thigh. 
The fourth,which is the thickeft,folideftand hardeft of al the nerves in the body,defcen- 
ding wholly from the produftions of the holy-bone,and defeending outwardly, between 
the lower part of the lame bone,and the Os Ilium, or Hanch-bone to the thigh,beftows cer- 
tain (prigs to the hind mufcles thereof proceeding from the protuberation of the Ifchium 
Or huckle-bone,and in like fort it gives otherfome to the skin of the buttocks,and alfo to 
the skin covering the forementioned mufcles. 
A little after, it is parted into two branches defeending undivided even to the bending 
of the knee,they both are communicated by divers furcles of the mufcles of the leg;yet fo 
as the lefler produces another branch from the reft of the portion thereof defeending on 
the fore part of the leg,alongft the (hin-bone unto the top of the foot,where it is divided 
into ten furcles fcarce apparent to the fight, two running to each of the toes. The other 
greater defeending in like manner in the remainder of its portion by the hind part of the 
leg into the foie of the foot, cafts it (elfwith the veins and arteries between the heel and 
leg bone, were firft divided into two branches, each of which prefently parted into five, 
fend two (prigs to the fides of the toes. And thefe are the moft notable andneceflary diftri- 
butions of the veflels and nerves;we purpofely omit others which are infinitejand of which 
dthe knowledge is impertinent. 
CHAP. XXXIV. 
Of the proper parts of the Thigh, 
Aving explained the common parts of the leg in general!; now we muft come 
to the proper, beginning at the Thigh.Thc proper parts of the Thigh, are 
mufcles, bones,and ligaments. Blit becau'fe the demonftration of the mufcles 
is fomewhat difficult, if we be ignorant of the defcription of the bones from 
whence they arife, and into which they are inferred; therefore we judg ic 
worth our labour, firft to ffiew the bones, and the dearticulation of thete of the 
Thigh; beginning with thefe bones which are knit with the upper part of the holy-bone. 
And they are two in number,on each fide one,commonly called the Offa Ilium;each of thefe 
is competed of three bones,of which one is the upper,another the lower and anterior,and 
the third the middle,and after a manner the pofterior. The upper by a particular name is 
called the Os Iliimi, the hanch-bone, and it is the large# and biggeft, having a griftly Ap- 
pendix in the compafle thereof, even to the connexion it hath with the other neighbou- 
ring bones, whofe upper part we term the right line thereofjbut the bafts, which is adjoi- 
ned to it by Symphyfis, we call the lip or brow thereof, becaufe it ftands both fomewhat 
out and in,after the manner ofthe brow.But that which lies between the bafts and ftreight 
line we name the Rib;this fame upper bone hath two hollow fuperficies,the one internal!, 
the other external!. The connexion thereof by Symphyfts, is twofold, the one with the up- 
per part of the holy-bone; the other with that bone we called the middle, and after fome 
fort the pofterior; which taking its beginning from the narrower part of the Os Ilium, 
makes that cavity in which the head of the thigh is received; this cavity the Greeks call 
Coty Ie, the Latins Acetabulum, and it is ended by the fide of the hole common to it,and the 
fhare-bone; this middle, and in fome fort pofterior bone is called properly and particu- 
larly the Os Ifchii, or hucklc-bone,and contains nothing elte but the forementioned cavi- 
ty, but that on the hind and lower part thereof, it brings forth a procefle, which adjoins 
it telfto the fhare-bone at the lower part of the common hole, in which place it appears 
very rough and unequal!, and it is called the tuberofitie of the huckle-bone, at whofe ex- 
tremity alfo it brings forth a little head fomewhat refembling the procefle of the lower 
jaw called Corone. The third bone named Ospubifor the fhare-bone,ftretches it telf even to 
the higheft part of the peften, where meeting with the like bone of the other fide, it is uni- 
ted to it by Sjmphyf softer which manner alfo, all thefe three bones are united;# is repor- 
ted, that this bone opens in women in their travel, yet hitherto I can find no certainty 
thereof. 
You may perceive a manifeft feparation of thefe three bones in the Sceleton-of a child; for 
in thofe who are of more years,the griftles which run between thefe connexions turn into 
bones. 
Now followes the thigh-bone,the biggeft of al the bones of the body;# is round,and fo 
bended that it is gibbous od the exterior and forepart thereof,that fo it might be the fafer 
from 
Of how many 
bones the Ojja. 
Ilium con lift- 
What the Or 
lliurn ftriOly 
taken is. 
What the line, 
lip,brow and 
rib of the Os 
Ilium are. 
The Or Ifcbium, 
or huckle-bone 
The Os pubis, 
et (hare-bone, 
The defcripti- 
©n of the 
thigh-bone. Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Body. 
179 
from externall injuries; but on the hind and inner part5it is hollow or fimousjlike to the 
back of an Afle, whereby the mufcles might have a more commodious originall and infec- 
tion. 
Tfee figure of the Thigh-bone. 
A r,2.The head of the thigh 
going into the cup of the 
hip-bone. 
5, 2. A finus in the head of 
the thigh,into which is in- 
fected a round ligament. 
Ci, 2. The conjunction, of 
the appendix of the thigh 
with the bone it felf. 
P 1,2,3. The neck of the 
thigh. 
E F The two lower heads of 
the thigh. 
G 1, 2. The conjunftion of 
the lower appendix. 
H i, 12. A finus betwixt the 
two heads of the thigh. 
K 2. A part of the lower 
head of the thigh, from 
whence the firft mufcle of 
the foot doth proceed. 
L 2. Another part from 
whence the feebnd and firft 
mufcles arife. 
M 2. Another part to which 
the Tendon of the fife 
mufcleof the thigh is in- 
fixed. 
A' 1, 2 A finus of the out- 
ward fide of the head for 
the fourth mufcle of the leg. 
0 2. A finus of the infide 
through which the tendons 
doe pafle. 
P2. A protuberation at 
which the laid tendons are 
reflefted. 
, Q2. The upper jprocefle of 
the thigh,and betwixt gand P is the finus. R i, 2. The union of the procefle with the 
thigh. 5 5 2. A rough line from the impreflion of the externall procefles. T 1. The an- 
terior impreflion of the internall procefles, betwixt T and Fan other impreflion higher 
than the former. F. 1,2. The fourth impreflion in the top of the procefle. X 3. Four X-> 
fhew the four appendices of the thigh. T 3. Three T, (hew the three heads of the thigh. 
ZZ3 .Two procefles of the thigh, a 1. The interior procefle of the thigh, b 1. The 
cenjunftion of the procefle with the thigh,c c 2. A line defeending obliquely from the in- 
ner procefle J d 2. A line running through the length of the thigh.e 2.The largenefle of the 
thigh in this part, f 1 .A roughnefle from which the eighth mufcle iflueth. g,b 5.A knub of 
the Whirle-bone going into the finus marked with 7,which is betwixt the heads of the 
thigh, i 5. A finus fitted for the inner head of the thigh. 5. A finus agreeing with 
the externall head of the thigh. /. 5. the loxver afperity or roughnefle. m 4. The forefide 
ofthepattell or whirle-bone rough and unequal I. 
FIG. I 
That fimous part a little below the midft thereof, is divided irito tWo lines, the* one 
whereof goes to the internail tuberofity,the other to the externall of the lower appendix 
of the fame thigh. Thefe are chiefly to be obferved, becaufe the oblique fibers of the 
vaft mufcles thence take their originall. 
Befides, this bone hath two appendices in the ends thereof,as eafily in a childs 
thigh; the upper appendix makes the round head of the thigh it (elf, which(as every other 
appendix ) feated upon a long neck, is received in the cavity of the hanch-bolie by E- 
nartbrofisyt is flayed and faftned there by two forts of ligaments,of which the one is com- 
mon, proceeding from the mufcles,which defeend from above,about the neck thereof; the 
other is proper, which is twofold, that is, one membranous and broad, proceeding from 
the 
The two ap- 
pendices of 
the thigh- 
bone. 180 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
L1 b.6- 
the whole cavity of the orb, or cup/lefcending about all the head of the thigh, above the 
neck thereof;the other thick and round, defcending from the lecond cavity of theCotj/e it 
fell,which is extended, even to the common hole at the top of the head thereof. 
Befi des,under this head, that bone hath two procelles, the one great and thick, the o- 
ther little and Ihort. 
The greater leated in the hind part,is called the great Trochanter-, the leflcr lituate in the 
inner part, is named the little Trochanter. 
But you muft note, that the greater Trochanter, on the higher and hind part thereof, 
which looks towards the head of this bone, makes a certain Imall finus or bofome, into 
Which the twin mufcles and others,whereof we fhal hereafter fpeak,are implanted;we muft 
alfo conlider the multitude of holes encompafting this neck,between the head and the two 
Trochanters, which yeeld a pallage to the veliels, that is,the veins, arteries, and nerves, into 
the marrow of the pone it ftlf, whence the marrow it felf becomes partaker offenfe,efpeci- 
ally on that part Which is Covered with a coat,and the bone lives and is nourifhed. 
The other Appendix of the thigh, that is, the lower,is the greateft and thickeft, riling 
as it were with two heads,which are divided by two cavities, the one liiperficiary and on. 
theforelide, whereby it receives the whirl-bone of the knee; the other deep, and on the 
back part, by which itreceives the griftly and as it were bony ligaments, proceeding from 
the eminencie whgdi is feen between the two cavities of the upper appendix of the bone of 
the leg,which .Hipocrates, lib. de frafluris,calls in his tongue Diapyfts. 
The two pro. 
teffes of rhe 
th'gh-bone 
make the two 
Trecbanterr. 
Whence the 
marrow be. 
comes parra- 
ker of fcnfc. 
CHAP. XXXV. 
Of the Mufcles moving the thigh. 
Their number. 
de mufcles of the thigh are juftfourteen in number,that is,two bend it, where- 
upon they arc called the Flexores-pr benders; three extend it,whereupon they 
are called Tezz/wj,extenders; three move it inwards,driving the knee outwards, 
and drawing the heel inwards, as when we erode our legs; yet fome make 
thefe three one, and call it the Trzcepj, or threeheaded mufcle. Six fpread it 
abroad,and dilate it,as happens in the aft of venery. 
Four of thefe arc called Gemini or Twins,by reafon of the fimilitude of their thick nefle, 
Originall infertion and aftion;the two other are called Obturatores, becaufe they flop the 
hole which is common to the fhare and back-bones. 
Now one of the two Flexores, being round, defeends on the infide with fibers of an un- 
equall length from all the tranfverfeprocefles of the loins, above the hind commiflure of 
the hanch and fhare-bones,and is inferted into the little Trochanter-, the other broader and 
larger from the origiuall pafles forth of the whole lip,and inner brow of the hanch-bone, 
and filling the inner cavity thereof,is inferted above the forepart of the head of the 
thigh,into the littleTrochanter by a thick tendon, which it with the fellow mufcle lately 
deferibed, produces even from the flefhy part thereof, wherefore you need to take no 
great pains in drawing or plucking them away. 
The three Tenures or extenders,make the buttocks,of which the firft being the thicker,' 
larger,and externall,arifing from the rump,the holy-bone,and more than half of the exte- 
riotir and hinder lip of the hanch-bone, is inferted by oblique fibers, fome four fingers 
bredth from the great Trochanter at the right line,which we faid,refembled an Afles back. 
The fecond, which is the middle in bignefle and fite, defeends from the reft of the lip, 
and from the fore and outward rib of the hanch-bone,and above the midft of the bone, is 
inferted into the upper part of the great Trochanter, by a triangular infertion above the 
upper and exterior part thereof. 
The third being lefler, fhorter,and thinner,lying hid under thefe fbrmer,proceeds from 
the middle of the externall furface of the hanch-bone; and then is inferted into the grea- 
ter part of the right line of the great Trochanter. 
Thefe three mufcles have a great and large original!, but a narrow infertion, as it were 
by oblique fibers. 
Then follow thofe three mufcles which move the thighs inwards, ftraiten and crofle 
them,fo that the knee ftands forwards or outwards,but the heel is drawn inwards, as you 
may underftand by their infertion,although fome think otherwife.But thefe three mufcles 
by their originall,partly flefhy, and partly membranotis,arife from the upper and forepart 
of the circumference of the fhare-bone,and thence are inferted into the hind line of the 
huckle-bone, fome higher than otherfome; for the lefler and fhorter ftayes at the roots of 
the little Trochanter,the middle defeends a little deeper, the third with the longeft of his 
fibers,defeends eVen to the midft of the line. 
This if it be fo, that is, thefe mufcles proceeding from the fore and upper part, to be 
inferred into the hinder line of the huckle-bone,whilft they alone perform their aftion, 
and draw the thighs together, they will turn them outwards, juft fo as when we put them 
acrofle, 
The two flexo- 
fes. 
The three 
tenfores. 
Three Intromo- 
Rentes, L i b.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Tody 
181 
acrofle, but they Will not draw one heel to another,and put the heel outwards, for inch 
like motion is performed by the inner vaft mufcle of the thigh, moving the leg. Now fol- 
low the fix which move the buttocks. 
The firft, and higher of the Or the four twin mufcles, paflcs forth of the 
commifliire of the holy-bone,with the bone of the rump,or rather from the loweft extreatfi 
of the holy-bone,and thence it is inlerted into the cavity ofthc great Trochanter by a ten- 
don of a fufficient largenefle. 
The lecond proceeding from the hollow part or filliire, which is between the extremity 
of the huckle-bone,and the tuberofity or (welling out of the fame, is inlertcd in like man- 
ner into the cavity of the great Trochanter. 
The third afcends from the inner part of the fwelling our of the huckle-bone, a little 
above, between the two Trochanters, into the cavity of the greater of them. 
The fourth and laft, the loweft and broadeft of them all,proceeds from all the exteriour 
protuberancie of the huckle-bone,and thence is inferted into the'great Trochanter, and thefe 
four mufcles lie hid under the thick and more eminent part of the buttocks-,wherefore that 
you may the better fhew them, they muft be turned up towards their originall. 
The two Obturatores remain to be fpoken ofjthat is, the intemall and external!, both 
which arife from the circuit and circumference of the hole which they ftop, which as we 
laid is common to the (hare andhuckle bone,but the intemall afcends to the exterior root 
of the great Trochanter by the middle fifliire between the upper part of the protuberancy of 
the huckle bone, and the fpine which ftands up in the hinder bafis of the hanch bone. 
But the externall proceeds from the exteriour cavity,and the middle fpace between the 
tuberofity of the huckle bone and cavity thereof,and is inferted into the lower part into 
the cavity of the great Trochanter, together with the GJuadrageinini. 
If you would plainly fee the exteriour Obturator, you muft either cut off the beginning 
of the three-headed mufcle, or handfomely pluck it away, aud then extend it, and turn it 
up; the intemall is eafily difeerned when the bladder is taken away. 
The inoveri of 
ihc burtQck$t 
The two Ofyv 
rttortt. 
CHAP. XXXVI. 
Of the bones of the or Shank. 
Hoff which would defcribe the muffles of the legge, ought firfl to defcribe the 
bones thereof,beginning at the Rotida, or whirle bone of the knee. 
This bone is griftly on the outflde,and round in compafle, but on the inner 
and middle part after fome fort gibbous,but fomewhat flatted at the tides,that 
fo it may be fitlier applied to the joint of the knee,and fitted within the an- 
teriour cavity of the two appendices of the thigh,and the upper and forcmofl of the leg. 
The uft thereof is to ftrengthen the joint of the knee, and to hold the leg at his due ex- 
tent,fo that it may not be bended fo far forwards,ac it is backwards. 
The bones of the leg are two,the one thicker, called by the particular and proper name, 
the Ot 'libit or leg bonejthe other which is letter,is termed Perone, orF/to,but commonly 
the leflcr focz/e,(and in Englifh it may be termed the (hin-bone.) The thicker being hollow 
and marrowie, is feated in the inner part of the leg,having two precedes, the one bigger, 
the other lefle. . 
The bigger (rated on the upper part of the bone,and conjoined to it by Symphyfis3makes 
two fuperficiall and fide cavities disjoined by an indifferent rifingjwherefore this bone is 
connext to the bone of the thigh by Ginglymos. For in the cavities thereof it receives the 
lower and hinder protuberances of the Appendix of the thigh bone, but the middle 
eminencie thereof, is received by it between the two protuberances thereof* 
This joint is ftrengthncd,not only by the force of the tendons, or muffles ending there, 
but alfo of three ftrong ligaments, of which one proceeds from all the externall, another 
from all the internal parts of thar connexionjthe third which we,out of Hippocrates.,called 
Piaphy/ij,from the diftance or fpace between tham. The other precede of the leg bone, 
which we called the lefle, ftated in the lower part thereof, makes as it were a double cavity, 
Whereby it receives the A fir again or pattern bonejbut on the intide it makes the ankle, as 
the Perone makes it without: between theft ankles the A fir again is received on the tides,and 
turned as the nut in a Crofle-bow,as often as there is need to bend or extend the Foot. 
Beiides, this fame leg-bone, being triangular,hath three eminencies made in the (hape of 
an Afles back;the (harper defeends alongft the fore part, called by the Greeks Antionemiony 
the ftcond refides on the inner part,and the third on the outerjall theft mutt be diligently 
observed, and chiefly, that on the forepar tjbecaufe it is as a guide and rule to a Chirur- 
geon in the well (etting of a broken leg. The Perowe, or fhin bone, is ftated, as it were, on 
the outfide, and as behind the leg-bone; it hath alfo two appendices hollow on the in- 
tide, but gibbous on the out .This bone by the upper of theft is faflned and inftrted under 
the inner,and in fome fort the hinder appendix of the leg bone,fo that it is in no fort ar- 
ticulated with the thigh,but ftrves only in (lead ofa leaning flock.But by the lower, this 
fame bone is not only received in the loweft part of the leg,or ankle, or pattern Kone, but 
H aifo 
What the *?Jr. 
teBa,or whirlc 
hone of the 
knee is. 
The life thereof 
Whar,andhow 
many banes 
•he leg hath* 
The legobonej 
is* 
The Fercne jl- 
Wo, or filin' 
bone. 182 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib. 6. 
alfo receives part thereof,which is.joined on the fame fide with the heel, efpecially then 
when we bend our foot outwards. 
This bone is faftned to the forementioned bones by Synarthrofrs,but bound by ftrong li- 
gaments proceeding from the fame bones,and mutually lent from one to another,or if you 
had rather, from the upper into the lower,as we faid in the arm.Butthis fame fibula or fhip 
bone is alfo triangular, having three lines, of which cneftands outwards, another on the 
forefide,and the third behind. 
CHAP; XXXVII. 
Of the Mufcles of the Legs, 
Their number. 
LL the motions of the leg, are performed by eleven mufcles, of which there be fix 
on the forefide,and five on the hind. But of thefe,fbme move the leg only , as 
thofe which take their originall from the bone ot the thighjothers truly move 
the leg, but with the thigh,as thofe which arife above the thigh, that is, from 
the hanch, hackle, and (hare bones. 
The firft of thele on the forefide called the Long,but commonly the Sutoriw (or Tailor 
mufcle, by reafon of its aftion ) it arifes from the lower and fore extremity of the fpine or 
appendix of the hanch bone, and defcending obliquely above the other mufcles,is inferred 
by a large and membranous tendon,in the fore and inner part of the leg under the knee ; 
the action thereof is to crofie the legs, but being firft bended by the mufcles prefently to 
be treated ofy it helps alfo the three headed mufcle in the performance of the formentioned 
aftion. \ , 
Thefecond of thefe four mufcles is termed the membranous., or membran ous,becaufe it is 
wholly fuch,unlefie at the originall where it defcends flefhy from the root and bafis of the 
above mentioned fpine of the hanch bone,and that obliquely with its membranous and 
broad tendon ( mixed with the common coat of the mufcles)into the outward part of the 
leg,which it moves outwards,as alfo the thigh with the four twin mufcles;for as we have 
in another place obferved, of two oblique motions concurring in one,is made a right mo- 
tionsand befides,almoft all the motions of the body,arethus performed;the mufcles which 
perform inch motions are placed and oppofed in an oblique fite, as may be perceived by 
the motions and fite of the mufcles of the hand taken in generail. 
The third, called the Keft«*,or right ( becaufe it defcends above the CfHrewsalongft the 
right fore line of the thigh, between the two vaft mufcles ) comes forth between the ex- 
tremity of the appendix of the hanch bone and cavity thereof, with a very ftrqng liga- 
ment,and then is inferted into the forepart of the leg, paffing over the midft of the whirle- 
bone of the knee; it extends the leg,with the three following, but by accident it may help 
the bending of the thigh. 
The fourth and fifth are called yaftij/aft or huge mufcles, by reafon of their largenefle, 
the one of thefe is internall, the other externall: they both arife with right fibers, from 
their originall, but with oblique at their infection, by reafon whereof they both feem 
to have a compound aftion from a right and oblique motion; the right helping for the 
extenfion ofthe leg,but the oblique to draw one knee to another, or to disjoin both the 
kneesjthe internall comes by its right fibers from the root of the little Trochanter,but by 
its oblique from the inner defeendent line of the thigh. The externall paffes forth by its 
right fibers from the root of the great but by the oblique from the externall 
delcendent line of the fame bone. But all thefe fibers are in certain places lb mixed with 
the Crurevs that they cannot be feparated unlefle you violate the one ofthem; they go in- 
to the leg ( each on his fide ) above the whirlbone of the knee alongft the fides of the right 
mufcle ,with which it makes an unfeparable tendon,as you (ball prefently hear. The fixt 
and laft of thefe fore mufcles called the Crureus-pr thigh mufcle (by reafon of the ftrait and 
firm adhefion,which it hath with the thigh bone,wThich is by fome called Crus ) from the 
fpace between the two Trochanters defcends under the right mufcle and two vaft mufcles 
into the forepart of the thigh, even to the whirlbone of the knee. But wemuft note that 
thefe four laft mufcles make a common thick and broad tendon, with which they cover 
the or whirl bone, and all tlje fore dearticulation of the knee, that they cannot be 
feparated without tearing; wherefore we muft think that this tendon ferves the knee 
for a ligament; now all thefe mufcles performing their action together, extend the 
leg. The five hind mufcles follow to be fpoken of; of which three arife from the tu- 
berofitie of the huckle bone, going into the inner part; the fourth from the middle 
of the Pubif} called Bicepj, that is, the two-headed mufcle into the outfide of the leg. 
Ofthe internall,one paffing from the forementioned tuberofity,defcends ligamentous even 
into the midft ofthe thigh, and then becoming flefhy,is inferted by its tendon , after the 
manner we formerly mentioned. 
The other being {lender, palling forth alfo from the fame place, with its tendon, is. in- 
ferted with the tendon of the long mufcle,and ends in the inner part of the leg , which 
with its companion, it draws inwardly,and brings to the other,which fame thing it per- 
forms in the thigh,by the help ofthe three-headed mufcle. The 
The LongUi 
The Membra* 
The Reblw. 
The two yafti, 
The Grwew, 
The three 
Internal!. Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Body. 
183 
The third being the inner, or hinder, defcends from the middle part of the lhare-bone, 
with a broad and (lender ligament,and is inferted with a round tendon,into the inner part 
of the leg after the manner of the foremeritioned. 
The fourth called Biceps takes one of the two heads,of which it confifts, from the laft 
mentioned tuberolitie, the other from the outer line of the thigh, but is inferted into the 
externall part of the leg, as we formerly faid. 
The fifth and laft called thePopliteus defcends obliquely flefhy from the externall con- 
dyle or knot of the thigh, into the inner and hinder part of the leg,at the joining thereof 
to the (hin-bonej the aftion thereof is, to draw the leg, after a manner inwards. 
The Biceps or 
two-headed 
mufcle. 
The Fopliteut 
or ham mufe/e. 
CHAP. XXXVIH. 
Of the Bones of the Foot. 
He Order of Anatomy requires, that we now profecute the mufeles moving the 
foot;but becaule we ftiould in vain deliver their intertion, the difpofition and 
condition of the bones of the foot, not being firft known,wherefore it firft be- 
hoves us, to fet forth their dcfcription. Therefore the bones of the foot are fix 
and twenty in number,diftinguiflied into three ranksjthat is, the bones of the Tar jus or In- 
ftep,are feven; thofe of the Pedium, theafterwrift,or Back of the foot, five; and thofe of the 
toes,fourteen. O f the fcven bones of the inftep,there are 4 named,and 3 unnamed.The firft 
of the named immediately following the bones of the leg,is called Aftragaluf3the pattern or 
ankle-bone. This hath three connexions,one,as we laid before,in the upper and broader 
part,with the bones of the leg,of which it is received;the other in the lower and hind part, 
by which it receives the upper and inner procefle of the bone of the heel; the third on the 
forefide by which it is received in the cavity of the Os Naviadare or Scathoides, that is, the 
boat- like bone.By the firft connexion the toot is extended and bendedjoy the fecond it is 
moved with the heel to the fides: the two firft connexions are by Diarthrojis, the laft by 
Synarthrofts.But it is ftrengthned by ftrong and broad ligaments,defending and amending 
from one bone into another;alfothey are ftrengthned by membranes, mufoles and tendons, 
defeending to the foot,above and under thefo joints.But this bone hath three proceflcs, aS 
three feet fattened to the bone of the heel; of which the firft and leaft is under the outer an- 
kle; the bigger ( which Galen faith, makes a round head,faftned on a long neck ) looks to- 
wards the forepart of the fooK, over againft the great toe, and the next toe to it; the mid- 
dlemoft is at the heel, behind the leg-bone. 
I pafle over in filence many other thingsjas the fmoothnefs and afperity or roughnefi of 
the bone,which I had rather you ihould learn by ocular infpeftion, than by book. The 
fecond bone lying under this is called the Calcaneum, or heel-bone,being the biggeft of all 
the bones of the foot, upon which all the body relies when we go. It hath two upper pro- 
cefles, the one great,the other little. The great is received ih the hind and outer procefle 
of the A fir again*-., the lefler is received on the infide in the third procefle of the lame bone, 
which we faid had a round head faftned to a long neck.Befides,it is round on the hind part, 
and much disjoined from the leg-bone,but on the fore and longer part,it is knit by Synar- 
throjts to the Die-bone, whole lower and inner part, it feemsto receive; the foperficies 
thereof is wholly unequall, and riling up with many fwellings.On the inner fide it makes 
as it were a channell,lo to give way,as well to the veflels as tendons going to the foie of 
the foot and toes. Laftly, we muft confider the holes by which the veflels pafle into that 
bone to give it nourifhment;by reafon of which veflels thefra&ureof this heelbone,is very 
dangcrouSjbecaufe of the prefling and contufion of the veflels; as Hippocrates thews. For the 
ligaments of this heel,or heel-bone,they are foch, as thele of the Aftragalu*3 to wit,tendons, 
membranes and ligaments properly fo called, cosniig from one bone to another.The third 
bone of the foot is named Scaphoides or boat-like, from the refemblatice it hath to a boat, 
for on that part which fooks towards the paftern bone, it is hollow ; but on that part 
which is next the three Innominata3or namelefs bones ( which itluftains,and of which it is 
received, as it in the cavity thereof receives the head of the Aftragalus) it is gibbous like 
the bottome of a boat. The connexions thereof are by Synarthrojis3a.nd they are ftrength- 
ned by the forementioned ligaments;this fame bone is arched on the upper part,but fome- 
what hollowed or flatted below;the inner part ends in a point,like the prow of a lhip,but 
the outer obtufe like theftern ofafhip. The fourth boneofthefe which have names, is 
called the Cuboid? j, from the refemblance of a Die; although that fimilitude be very ob- 
feure. On the forepart it foftains the toes, which by a certain proportion to the fingers 
of the hand/nay be called the ring and little toes;but it is fuftained on the hind part, with 
the back part of the heel;on the inner fide it is joined with the boat-like bone, and that 
namelefs bone which fuftains the middle toe; on the outfide, it produces a riling like the 
back of an Afle,which on the lower part is extended tranlverfely all the khgth thereofiat 
the two fides of this eminency or rinng,therearc two final cavities, in form of a channel, 
ft 2 The 
Their number. 
The bones of 
the Inftep. 
The Aftragalui 
its three con- 
nexions and 
their ufe. 
Its three pre. 
ccfles. 
The defcripti* 
on of the 
Caleaiwn tit, 
Calx, 
Why a fraflufe 
of the heel is 
fo dangerous. 
Hippocrates 
Sett. 3, Hb, de . 
fra&ur'x. 
The 0/Sca- 
phoids, or 
boat-like- 
bode. ' 
The Of Cuba- 
idee or Die. 
bone* 184 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
L ib.6. 
r ■-- 
Fhe Figure of the bones of the Foot properly ]o called. 
Figure i, and 2. (hew the bones of the right foot faftned together their upper face and their neather face. 
Fig-3} 4, 6./hew the upper., lower., inner and outer fides of the 'lalus or paftern. 
Fig. 7, 8, 9.fbeweth the fame fides of the Hoel. 
Fig. io, and H.fbewcth the forward and backyard fide of the boat-bone. 
Fig. 12, 13. fbewthe fore and back part of the wrift made of four bones. 
b 3,5,6-The protu- 
beration of the Falu* 
joined to the appendix 
of the leg-bone, and of 
this protuberation four 
fides. 
EE 3. A finus infculped in 
the protuberation of the 
Falus. 
FF 3, two bunching parts 
of the Falus. 
G 3, the inner fide of the 
protuberation of the Fa- 
lus crufted over with a 
griftle, joined to the 
inner ankle. 
H 6, the outward finus of 
the potuberation of the 
Falus covered over with 
a griftle, and receiving 
the inner ankle. 
I 5. A rough finus of the 
Falus, receiving a griftly 
ligament from the inner 
ankle. 
K 6,a finus of the Fains re- 
ceiving a griftly liga- 
ment from the outward 
ankle. 
L M 5,6, two finus in the 
hinder part of the Falus. 
N 3, 4, 5, 6. the neck of 
the lalus or paftern bone- 
O 3,4,5,6.the head of the 
lalus going under the 
/zwofthe boat-bone. 
P 7, 8, 9. the head of the 
heel crufted over with a 
griftle, and going under 
the finus oi the Falus or 
the paftern bone. 
Q_4- a large finus of the Falus receiving the head of the heel. Pt 7, 8,9. a finus of the heel 
■wherto the lower part of the head of the Falus is j0ined.S4.the lower power of the head of 
the Falus going into the finus of the heel.TT 4-a (harp finus of the heel receiving a griftly li- 
gament from the paftern bone.X Y Z 2.the place of the heel.YZs.Y 8.Z 9.aprocefleof the 
heel made for the production of mufcles. a b 8,9.frorn a to b the diftance of the upper 
part ofthc heel.c 8,9. the hinder part of the heel, d 2, 3. the inner fide of the heel, e 8. the 
place where the tendons that run to the bottom of the foot are reflected. f 7, 8. the utter 
fide of the heel, g t, 7, 9-here the tendons of the 7 and 8 mufcles of the foot are ftretched 
out-h 7. the forepart of the heel which is joined to the paftern boned 7-that part of the 
heel which is joined to the Cube bone. 11.the finus of the boat bone receiving th e head 
of the Falus. I m n 10. three fiirfaces of the boat bone lightly prominent,which are articu- 
lated to the bones of the wrift. op 11 .the upper part of the boiat bone regarding the top of 
the foot. r 1 o.and q 11 .his lower part.</ io,i 1. A finus through which the fixt mufcle of 
the foot is led. /1« 13. the plain furfaces of the three inner bones of the wrift whereby they 
are articulated to the boat bone.* 13.a (hallow finus of the Cubebone whereby it is articu- 
la ted to the heel.a& 12.the place of the Cube bone to which that bone of the Afterwtift is 
joined which fupporteth the laft toe fave one.?' 12, 13. the place of the Cube bone where 
the third bone of the wrift is at ticulated.th 12,13. that part of the Cube bone which re- 
fpefteth theoutfideof the foot.* 12, 15. the furrace of the Cube bone in the upper part 
of the foot. £ 2, 13. that part of the Cube bone which regardeth the earth." 2,a finus of the 
Cube 
TIG I Lib.6. 
and other extreme part s of the Body. 
185 
Cubebone at which the tendon of the feventh muftle of the foot is reflected. B 13. 
aprocefle of the third bone of the wrift whereinto the lift muftle of the foot is inferred. 
<12. the place of the inner bone of the wrift to which that bone of the Afterwrift which 
fuftaineth the great toe is coupled, ic 12. the place of the fccond bone of the wrift whereto 
the bone oftfie Afterwrift that fupporteth the fore Toe is articulated. a 12. the place of 
the third bone of the wrift whereto that bone of the Afterwrift which fupporteth rhe 
middle Toe is larticulated./x 1, 2. a fmall bone whereby that bone of the Afterwrift which 
fuftaineth the little toe is joined unto the Cubebone.yy 1,2 the diftances betwixt the bones 
of the Afterwrift. 1, 2. the heads of the bones of the Afterwrift, which enter into the 
bofomes of the toes.'T 2, a proceile of the bone of the afterwrift wherein the tendon of the 
feventh muftle of the foot is implanted, f 2,a proceile of the bone of the Afterwrift,which 
fuftaineth the little toc,which proceile receiveth the tendon of the eight muftle of the foot* 
?, 1,2 .the three bones of the forctoe. 4,2, two fted bones placed under that bone of 
the afterwrift which fuftaineth the great toe. * 2 under A. a Iced bone fet to the ftcond 
joint of .the great Toe.r,i, 2. the Trf/w or pattern, a, i, 2. the Heel.©, i, 2, the Boat-bone. 
A,~, i, 2. the bones of the toes. X, i, 2. two bones of the great toe, I,11, IIL, IV3V, 1. 
the five bones of the afterwrift. 
The firft and the greater of the Ofla innominate or nameles bones, fuftains the great toe; 
the letter and fecond,the next toe thereto; the third and middle in bignette,the middle toe. 
Thefe three bones are arched on their upper part,but fomewhat hollowed below.They are 
knit to the three forementioned bones of which they are received , but on 
the hind part with the boat-like bone which they receive.Now we muft come to the bones 
of the ftcond rank, that is, of the Pedium-, or back of the footjtheft are five in number, bea- 
ring up the five bones of the toes. They are iomewhat gibbous on the upper part,but hol- 
low below;each of them hath two procefles at the end thereof, by the lower and firft of 
which they receive the three namelefs and Die-bone,but by the upper made into a round 
head,they are received of the firft bones of the toes. Their connexions, whether with the 
toes, or bones of the inftep,are by Synarthrofts. The ligaments as well proper as common 
are fuch,as we faid of the former.The bones of the third order now remain to be fpoken of 
which we faid, make the toes, and they arc fourteen,two of the great toe, but three of each 
of the other toes.The firft is fomewhat longiih, but the reft are very (hort, except that of 
the great toe, all of them on the upper fide are round and convex, but on the lower fome- 
tvhat hollow, and plain long-wife, that the tendons which bend them , may patte more 
ftraitly and fafely without inclining to either fide,even to their furtheft joints; although 
fuch paflages are much helped by the membranous & common ligament,which riling from 
the fides of theft bones, involves theft tendons,as we mentioned in the fingers.To con- 
clude,each of theft bones,the laft excepred,have a double connexion by Dftrtbro/n3they are 
all unequall in their bignelft, that is, thick at their beginning ( where they receive the 
heads of the precedent bones,upon which they move as & dore upon the hinges)and fo they 
grow Imaller towards the ends,but by their ends,they are received of the following bones: 
at their ends they rift into two eminencies on their fides,diftinguilhed by a cavity between 
them, through which occafion they are far thicker at their ends,than in their middle. The 
Ligaments by which their connexions are faftned,are fuch aS the former.The Offa fejamoidea 
or feed bones of the feet are like in number and lite to theft of the hands. But this is to be 
noted, that thoft fted-bones which are in the firft articulation are fomewhat bigger than 
the reft,and they are round and longiih on the outfide, but fmooth and hollow on the in- 
fide,ftated between two cavities, encompafled by three tilings, of which two are on the 
fides,and the third in the midft of the extremity of the firft bone of the Pcdium, which 
chiefly bears up the great toe. To conclude,before we come to fpeak of the muftles , we 
muft obftrve that the foot was made for two commodities. The firft is to ftay and bear the 
tv hole body,when we ftand, for which caufe nature ftt not the great toe contrary to the 
other, as it placed the thumb on the hand. The other is for apprehenfion, or taking hold 
of,wherefore nature framed and made the foot, and theft moveable and jointed in the toes, 
as in the fingers of the hand.Befides alfo for that we muft goe upon our feet, Nature hath 
made them in fome places hollow on the lower fide,and in otherfom plain in a triangular 
figure,that fo our feet may carry us over every foil3plain,mountainous,equaland 
through all parts of the world. 
The Ofa ifinf - 
minata er 
namelefs 
bones. 
Tire bortes of 
the foot or 
'Pedinn. 
The bones of 
rhe roes* 
The feed 
bones of rhfc 
foot. 
The twofold 
life of the feet* 
CHAP. XXXIX. 
Of the Mufcles moving the foot. 
He mufcles of the Leg moving the foot are abfohitely nine, three in the forepart 
and iix in the hind. Two of the three fore mufcles bend the foot, when they 
jointly perform their aftion,but when leverally,each draws it to his fide 5 the 
third chiefly extends the Toes , for other whiles it feems by its flendererand 
longer tendon(which exceeds not that bone of the Pedium which fuftains the little toe) to 
help alfo to bend the foot. R. 5 The 
Their 186 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
L i b.6- 
Mufculns Fero 
nxw. 
The firft is called Peron£us,becaufe it defcends alongft the bone Perone-, the other the Tibi- 
antic us,tor that it defcends along the Os Tibia:, or bone of the leg. The third from its 
a&ion is called the Pigztmen/or,orToe-ftretcher. For their originall the Peromeus which 
feeins to have two heads,defcends from the upper appendix of the Perone or fiiin-bone by 
its firft head, but by the other from the middle of the fame bone from the fore fide into the 
hind,as the fupcrficies (hews which pafies between the fore and outward line of thefaid 
bones but after it arrives at the lower and hinder appendix of the fame bone, behind the 
outer ankle it produces two tendons, which by the guidance of the Ligaments as well 
proper, as common, goe, the thicker under the foie of the foot , ending in the Die-boqe 
and that bone of the Pedium which fuftains the great toe; the lefler goes on the 
outfide to the Die-bone, and the laft and leaft bone of the Pedium which bears up the 
little toe, fometimes a (lender portion thereof is produced even to the fide of 
the little Toe,extending it and drawing it from the reft. The Tibiaeus anticiu or fore leg 
mufcle proceeding from the upper and outer appendix of the Leg-bone defcends above the 
fiirface of the fame bone,which is between the fore and outer line to which it adheres, as 
alfo to that furface even to the midft, from which place it produces one tendon, which 
dcfcending on the fore and loweft part,ends on the outfide into two of the namelels 
bones,that is, into the firft which is the thicker, and into the middlemoft, but befides by a 
Tender portion thereof it is extended into the firft and greater bone of the pedium, fo to 
extend the great toe,drawing it inwards to the other foot. And this mufcle with the prece- 
dent bends the foot,if they both perform their parts at once;but if fcveral!y,each draws thci 
foot towards his fide. The third which is the Digitumtenjor, or Toe-ftretcher, is twofold; 
the one takes its original! from the top of the leg, and running alongft the fhin-bone,and 
palling under the ringjcarries it ielf into the footjin which it ends by five tendons going 
to all the joints of the Toes, and by a fixth at that bone of the Pedium which fuftains the 
little toe,w hereby ( as we formerly laid) it helps the bending of the foot. The other de- 
fcends into the midft of the (hiii-bone,and fomewhat faftncd thereto, by one tendon paf- 
(ing under the ring it goes to the great Toe. But you muft note that all thefe Tendons 
have nervous, ligamentous and flefhy fibers fo fcparated from each other,that they can e- 
qually alone perform their funftion, as if they were more diftinft mufcles. And we muft 
think the fame of the reft which have diftinft tendons prefcntly from their flefhy part. 
The fix hind mufcles folloWjof which the two firft are called the Gemelli or twins by 
reafon of the fimilitude of their thicknefle,originall, infection and aftion. The third is 
called the Plantarir,becaufe it is fpent upon the foie of the foot, as the Palmaris upon the 
palm of the hand.The fourth is termed the Soleus or foie mufcle by reafon of the refcm- 
blance it hath to the fifh of that name. T he fift the Tibi&ut poflicus or hind leg mufcle which 
defcends alongft the back part of the leg-bone. The fixth and laft the Digitumflexor or 
Toe-bender, equivalent to the deep mufcle of the hand;(bme make but one mufcle of this 
and the Tibiaeus pofticus,which produces three tendons ; others had rather make three, as 
thus, that onef (hould be the Pibijeus,the other the bender of four Toes,the third the bender 
of the great Toe. 
Now for the two Gemelli ortwins, the one is internal!,the other externalljthe internal! 
pafies forth from the root of the inner Condyle of the thigh; but the external! from the 
externa 1 Condyle;and from this their original prefcntly becoming flefhyiefpecially on the 
outfide, they meet together a little after in their flefhy parts,and with the ]o!ew they make 
the thick and great tendon at the midft of the leg, which from thence is infected into the 
back part ofthe heel;in this very tendon breed painfull kibes. The aftion thereof is,to 
help our going by putting forth the foot,whilft it draws the heel towards its original!. 
The Plant ar is the leaft and fiendereft of them all, pafies forth flefhy from the outward 
head ofthe leg-bone,and from thence the fpace of iomefour fingers bredth it ends in a 
ftrong and (lender tendon,which it fends between the twin and foie mufcles to the foie of 
the foot,there to produce a membrane which covers the foie of the foot,and a mufcle equi- 
valent to the upper bender of the Hand. 
The Sole us,or foie mufcle, the thickeft of them all, and feated under the twin mufcles, 
defcends from the commiflure of the leg and (hin-bones,and about the midft ofthe leg, af- 
ter it hath mixed his tendon with that of the twin mufcles,it runs into the forefaid place 
that it may extend the foot for the forefaid ufe. 
The Hbpeuspofticus defcends from the hinder appendix of the leg and (bin-bones, and 
adhering to them almoft as far as they goe,by a ftrong tendon, being as it were bony at 
the end thereof,it is infcrted into the Boat-like bone,and the two firft namelefs bones,fo to 
help the oblique extenfion ofthe foot. 
The laft being the Digitumflexor or Toe-bender is twofold, for one arifes from the leg- 
bone,in that place where the Poplitxus ends,and infcrted into that fame bone it goes evan to 
the backfide of the inner ankle & from thence into the joints of four of the toes.The other 
draws his original from almoft the middle of the (hin-bone,and fomewhat infcrted into it, 
it goes by the heel and paftern bone to the great toe, mixed with the precedent; their acti- 
on is to bend the firft joint of the foes, ratlier by the force of the common ligament,than 
by the fmall portion of the tendon which ends there. Bnt it is their action to bend the 
laft dear ticuiation of the Loes by their proper infcrtion, CHAP. 
Tibiaw anticw. 
The Toe- 
ftretcher is 
twofold. 
The 6 hind 
mufcles. 
The two Ge- 
tnelli or twin 
mufcles. 
In what place 
the kibes breed 
T he Plant ar is. 
The Soleus. 
The Tibi am 
pofticw. 
The Digitum- 
flexor twofold. L1b.6. 
an d other extreme parts of the Body. 
187 
CHAP. XL. 
Of the mufcles moving the Toes of the feet. 
Dw follow the mufcles moving the Toes; thefe are eight in number, one on the 
upper,and feven on the lower fide. The firft proceeds from the Paftern, heel and 
Die bones below the external ankle,or the ligament of thefe bones with the leg- 
bone,and obliquely ftretched to the top of the foot is parted into five fmall ten- 
dons to the fides of the five toes,fo to draw them outwards towards its originall , where- 
upon it is called the Abduftor of the Toes,and ilfo Pediofa becaufe it is ftretched over the 
Pedium or back of the foot. 
The firft of the /even of the lower fide called the flexor fuperior or upper bender , arifes 
from the heel and ftretched alongft the foot under the ftrong membrane, ( which from the 
heel is ftraitly faftned to the extremity of the bones of the Pedium to ftrengthen the parts 
contained under it)is»inferted by four tendons,at the fecond joints of the four toes which 
it bends.Here you muft note,that neer the infection thereof,this mufcle divides it felf, like 
that mufcle of the hand which is called fo it may give way to the deep,which 
(as we (aid J defcends alongft the fingers, to which a certain common membranous liga- 
ment adjoins it felfe,which involves and faftens it to the bone all alongft the lower part of 
the fingers, even to the laft dearticulation. 
The fecond equivalent to that mufcle of the hand which is called Thenar3 feated on the 
inner fide of the foot,arifes from the inner and hollow part of the heel and paftern bones, 
and ends in the fide,and inner part of the great toe,which it draws from the reft, inwards. 
This may be divided into two or three mufcles,as the Thenar of the hand,to draw the great 
toe to the reft,as much as need requires, juft as we faid of the Hand. The third anfwerable 
to that of the hand which is named the Hypothenar pafles from the outer part of the heel, 
and afcending by the fides of the foot it is in like manner inferred into the fide of the little 
Toe,fo to draw it from the reft;to which fame aftion a certain flefh contained under the 
foie of the feet may ferve, which is ftretched even to thefe Toes, that alfo it may ferve to 
hollow the foot. The four Lumbrici or wormy mufcles follow next , which from the 
membrane of the deep Toe-bender are infected into theinnec and fide part of the four toes, 
lb to draw them inwards, by a motion contrary to that which is performed by the Pedio- 
fas. The Interofles or bone-bound mufcles of the Peditmt or back of the foot, remain to be 
Ipoken of: Thefe are eight in number, four above,and as many below,different in their o- 
riginall, infertion and adion;for the upper, becaufe they draw the foot outwards with 
the from the fore and inner part of that bone of the Pediumjwhich bears up the 
little Toefand fo alfo the reft each in its order)and are inferred into the outward and fore 
part of the following bone. The lower on the contrary pafle from the fore and outer part 
of that bone of the Pedium, which bears up the Great Toe ( and fo each of die reft in its or- 
der,) but are inferred into the inner and upper part of the following bone , fo with the 
wormy mufcles to draw it inwards, or to hollow the foot as the outwards, or to flat the 
foot,as we faid of the Interofles of the hand. 
Their number. 
The Abdu&or 
of the roes,or 
Pediofw. 
The Flexor fir, 
perior. 
The mufcle 
equivalent t<3 
the Thenar. 
The 
I rich 
The defer! pt i« 
on of the up- 
per and lowfiff 
CHAP. XLI. 
An Epitome or brief rec it all of the bones 
in a mans body. 
He whole head which hath the leaft confifts of 6 o bones; but that which hatli 
moft of 6 5. that is, j 4 of t he Cranium or skull, 14 or 17 of the face, aud 3 2 
teeth;Of the bones of the fail there be 8 containing,and 6contained;the con- 
taining are, the Os fronts, or Forehead bone, the Nowle-bone, the two bones 
of the Sincipucthe two ftony bones,the Wedgbone,and the Sivc-like or fpon- 
gy bone. But the contained are fix (hut up in the cavity of the Ears, the Anvil, Hammer 
and Sitrrop. 
For the nones of the face, there are fix within or about the orb of the Eye, that is, on 
each fide three,two bones of the Noft,two lefler Jaw bones,and two bigger,which are al- 
■waies in beafts fecn diftinguifhed by a manifeft differcnce,but it is fo rare in men,that I have 
not found it as yet; therefore theft only are diftinguifhed by manifeft difference,tXvo which 
contain all the upper teeth,the two inner of the palate, the two of the lower Jaw in chil- 
dren; Andlaftof all the Os whence the middlegriftle or partition of the Noft 
arift. ' \ 
The two and thirty teeth are equally diftributed in the upper and lower Jaws; and of 
theft there be eight (hearers, four fang s, or Dog teeth, and twenty Grinders. 
And 
The b ones of 
the Scull 14. 
The bones of 
the face if. 
The teeth 32? 188 
Of the Mufcles and Bones 
Lib. 6. 
The bone 
ffyoides. 
And there is another bone at the root of the tongue called Os Hyoides, alwaies compo- 
fed of three bones,fometimes of four. 
Now follow the bones of the Spine, or Back-bone, which are juft four and thirty, that 
is, feven of the neck, twelve ofthe cheft,five ofthe loins,fix of the holy-bone; and four of 
the rump.Befides there are two bones of the throat, or Col lar bones. 
The ribs are twenty four, that is, fourteen true and ten baftard ribs.The bones of the 
Sternon or Breaft-bone moft frequently three,otherwhiles feven, as fometimes in young 
bodies. 
Hence coming to the Arms there are reckoned 6 2,beginning with the Ihoulder-blade; 
as there are two Ihoulder-b lades, two Arm bones;four bones of the cubit; that is, two Ell 
bones and two Wands;fixteen of the Wrift,eight ofthe Afterwrift,and thirty of the fingers; 
Into this number alfo come the Sefamoidea or feed bones,of which fome are internall, and 
thefe alwaies twelve at the leaft, although fometimes there may be more found,a great part 
of which rather merit the name of griftles, than bones;there are others externall if we be- 
leeve Sylvius, 
'the firft fbeweth the forepart ofthe Sceleton of a man3 &c. 
The bones of 
the fpine 344 
i Collar- 
bone ?♦ 
The ribs 24, 
The bones of 
The bones of 
the whole 
arm 62. 
The Declaration of thefe 
three figures put into one., 
\ 
A 3. The Coronall Suture 
called in Greek , 
B 2 3.The future like the let- 
ter x,called 
C 2. The fagittall future 
called 
D 2 3. The fcale-like Con- 
junction called 
* 2 3. Syncipitis.) 
the bone of the Sync iput gal- 
led Os 
1 3. The forehead bone, 
that 
? 2 3.The bone of the nowl 
Or ivix. 
js 2 3. The bones ofthe tem- 
ples or 
, 3. An appendix in the tem- 
ple bone like a Bodkin, 
C 1 2 3. A procefle in the 
temple bone like the teat of 
a dug, called therefore 
Mami Haris and 
E 2 3. The wedge bone, 
*3. The ftony part of the 
fcul. 
43. A procefle of the 
wedg bone much like the 
wing of a Bat,and therefore 
called 
The bones of 
the whole leg 
Now remain the bones of the leg, which (if we reckon the Offa Ilium on each fide three, 
as in young bodies, it is fit they Ihould ) they are fixty fix, befides the fecd-bones,that is 
to fay,two Haunch bones,two ftiare bones, two Buckle bones, two thigh bones, two 
Whirlbones of the knees,four of the leg, that is, two leg bones, and two Ihin bones. 
Fourteen of the Inftep, as two heel, two paftern, two boat-like, two Die, and fix name- 
lefle bones. Ten of the Pedium or back ofthe foot, that is, five in each twen- 
ty eight of the Toes : and as many feed bones in the feet, as the hands enjoy. But I have 
thought good to add thefc figures for the better underftanding of what hath been ipoken 
hereof. _ The L1 b.6. 
and other extreme parts of the Idody. 
189 
7/je 2 and 3 Figure [beweth the backjtde of the Sceleton, 
and the lateral! part oftbe Seeleton, 
F i5253. the yoak bone CoW.G i, 3. the lower jaw. I, K,L, M, N. the back or 
the I to K, the K to L,the Rack bones of the Cheft. 
From L to M, the rack bones of the Loins. From M to N, the holy bone rump 
1, 3. th? breft 1, 3. thefword-like griftle of the breft , 
Chai. 1 ,3*<ts far as to 12. in all three fables,(hew the twelve ribs ofthe Cheft,^8 Q 1. 
the clavicles or collar 1, 2,3. the (houlder-blade, j 2j 3. The 
upper procefle of the (boulder blade,or the top ofthe fhoulder, called the 
lower procefle of the fhoulder blade, called . S 1, 2. the bone ofthe arm called 
V 1,2,3. the cubit 1,2, 3. the wand or the upper bone of the 
Cubit, calledY 1,2,3. the ell or lower bone ofthe Cub it,called ' 3 .the procefle 
of the cubit, ? 13. the procefle like a bodkin or probe, called ZZ. 1,2 3. 
the wrift i, 3. the Afterwriftz"Wf'»».aAA.i. the fingers 0 1,2,3.the bones 
joined to the fides ofthe holy bone, on each fide diftinguithed as it Were into three parts. 
«i, 2, 3.the firft part called the Hanch bone Os Ilium., 1, 2, 3. the fecond part 
the bone of the Coxendix iCxfa. P 1,2, 3. the third part the (hare bone, Os pubis1,2,3. 
a griftle going between the conjunftion of the (hare bones,, a i, 2, 3 -the thi^h,^^^3! J2 
3. the greater outward procefle of the thigh called Rot at or v&e.u i5 2, 3.his lefler 
and inner procefle. a 1,2, 3. the whirlbone of the knee, Pate fa n S 1, 2 . 
the i, 2, 3. the inner and greater bone ofthe leg, I;> 2s 3. the'utter 
andfmaller bone of the leg, called the Brace bone, Fibula.,™#™. <p 2? 3.the procefle ofthe'* 
leg or the inner ankle called Malleolus inter nus. X, i, 2. the procefle of the brace of the out- 
ward ankle,both of them are called in Greek i, 2,3. the bone called the cockall, 
Tct'.Mj 190 
Of the Mufclet and Boner 
Lib. 6. 
'I'alM, balifia, Os the Heel Cc/x, 3. the bone called Os Navi ch lore, 
1, 2, 3.the wrift of the foot called Tarfe, con lifting of four bones,***®'»• 4> e> f- 
1,2,3. three inner bones of the Wrift of the foot,called by feme i3 2> 3- the utter 
bone of the wrift of the foot like a Die, hh 1,2,3. the Afterwrift of the foot called 
Pedium, by feme/"'**">««.», 1, 2,3.the toes of the foot. J; 1, 2,3. the feed bones ofthe foot, 
called offlcula fefamina 
Ihif figure jbeweth the Sceleton of the bones and grilles of a woman, that it may appear all her bones are 
in proportion lefferthan the bones of a man. But in this figure only thofe parts are marked with letters 
wherein a woman differeth from a man in her bones and grifiles. 
J\9 The fagittall future defending 
into the note, and dividing the 
fore-head bone, which is feme- 
times found in women,very rare- 
ly in men, but alwaies in infants. 
BB, The Cheft fomcwhat deprefled 
before, becauie of the Paps. 
CC, the collar tbones not fo much 
crooked as in men, nor intorted 
fo much upward. 
D, the breft bone perforated feme- 
times with a hole much like the 
form of a heart, through which 
veins do run outward, from the 
mammary veins unto the paps. 
E, the grilles of the ribs, which in 
women are fomewhat bony , be- 
caufe of the weight of the Dugs. 
F, a part of the back reflefted >. or 
bent backward above the loins. 
GG,the compafs of the hanch bones 
• running more outward, for the 
womb to reft upon, when a wo-& 
man is with child. 
HH, the lower procefles of the 
ihare bones,bearing outward,that 
the cavity marked with K, might 
be the larger. 
I, the anterior commiflure or con- 
jun&ion of the fhare-bones filled 
up with a thick griftle, that in 
the birth they might better yeeld 
fomewhat for natures nrceflity. 
K, a great and large cavity circum- 
feribed by the bones of the coxen- 
dixandthe Holy-bone. 
L, The rump or coccyx, curved 
backward to give way in die 
time of the birth. 
M, the thigh bones by reafon of the 
largenefle of the forefaid cavity ,havc a greater diftance betwixt them above,whence alfo it 
Is that womens thighs are thicker than mens. 
CHAP. XLII. 
An Epitome of the names and kfnds of compofure ofthe bones. 
Ecaufe it is as neceflary for a Chirurgcon to know the manner of Getting and re- 
pairing broken bones, as to put them in their places when they are diflocated, ol 
out of joy nt; but feeing neither of them can be underftood when the naturall 
connexion ofthe bones is not knowne, I have thought it a workc worth my la- 
bour, briefly to fet down, by what and how many means the bones are mutually knit and 
faflned together. The univerfall compofure and ftrufture of all the bones in a mans body 
is called by the Greeks £celetopButall thefe bones are compofed after two forts, that is,by 
4r$rw*,an Articulat on or joint,and by tympfy/fs a naturall uniting or joining together. 
The 
What the See- 
kiu is. Lib.6. 
and other extreme parts' of the Body. 
191 
There are many other kinds both of thefe forts. For there are two kinds of Articulation, 
that is, Diarthrojls, or Dearticulation, and Syftarthrofts, or Coarticulation 5 which differ as 
thus. Dearticulation is a compofition of the bones vffth a manifeft and vilible motion; 
Coarticulation hath a motion of the bones, yet not fo maniftft, but more obfeure. But 
thefe two do again admit a fubdivifion into other kinds. FdrDiarthrofs contains under it 
Enarthrofts, Arthrodia, and Ginpdymos. Now Enrathrofis or Inarticulation is a kind of De- 
articulation, in which a deep Cavity receives a thick and long head, inch a compofition 
hath the Thigh-bone with the Huckle-bone. • , 
Arthrodia is when a lightly engraven cavity admits a fmdll and Ihort headjfiich a con- 
nexion is that of the arm-bone with the fhoulder-blade-of the firft vertebra with the fecond. 
The Greeks have diftinguifhed by proper names thefe two kinds of Cavities and heads 5 
For they call the thick and long head Cephate, that is,a Head absolutely 5 but the lefter they 
term Corone, or Coronon which the Latines call Capitulum,a Little-head. But they call a deep 
Cavity Cot) le, and a fuperficiary one Glene. The third fort called Ginglymos, is when the 
bones mutually receive and are received one of another; as when there is a cavity in one 
bone, which receives the head of the oppofite bone, and alfo the fame bone hath ahead 
wThich may be received in the Cavity of the oppofite bone;fuch a compofiire is in the Cubit 
knee, that is in the connexion of the Thigh-bone. 
And thus much of Dearticulation and the three kinds thereof, tynarthrofis or Coarticu- 
lation , another kind of jun^ure, hath alfo three kinds thereof (Gal. lib. de Oijibns) 
to wit, Sutura, Gomphofts and Har.mor.ia. 
Suture is a compofition of the bones after the manner of fowing things together, exam- 
ple whereof appears in the bones of the SkulLCpiMpho/rr is when one bone is fattened in ano- 
ther as a pin is fattened in a hole, after which manner the teeth are fattened in their fockets 
in both the Jaws. H armony is when the bones are compofed by the interpolition of a fimple 
line, after which manner many bones of the hole and face are joined together. 
Hitherto we have fpoken of the firft conftruftion of the bones by articulation and the 
kinds thereof; now it follows we treat of 
Symphyfis, or giowing together,as we formerly laid,is nothing elfe, than naturall union 
of the bones; liich union is made two manner of wayes,that is,either by interpolition of no 
other thing;after which fort in fuccefs of time the bones of the lower Jaw grow together, 
which formerly in children were manifeftly diftinguifhed; .or by the mediation of fome 
Medium ; but that happens three manner of wayes, by interpolition of three feverall Media, 
as firft of a Griftleywhich kind of union the Greeks cal Synch^ndrofishier which manner the 
Share-bones grow together and alfo fome Appendices in youngbodies; fecondly, of a Liga- 
ment, and it is named by the Grecians Syneurofis, the Name of a Nerve being taken in the 
largeft lente,for fometimes it is ufed for a tendon, otherwhiles for a Ligament, otherwhiles 
fora Nerve properly fo called and which is the author of fente and motion. But this Sym- 
phyjis or union hath place by Syneurojrt, or interpolition of a Nerve,in certain bones o f the 
Sternon and Haunch. 
Thirdly, the bones grow into one by interpolition of flelh, called in Greek Synfarcojis; 
thus the flelh of the Gums fatten the teeth and makes them pnipovcable. But if fome be lefs 
pleated with this'di villon, by realbn of the obfeurities, in which it feems to be involved, 
this following expreflion comes into my mind, which I was firft admonilhed of by German 
Cort in Doftor of Phyfick, which if you well obferve it, is both blamelefs/and more ealie 
for your underftanding. 
An Epitome or brief recital! of all the Mufcles of mans body. 
As I have formerly reckoned up the bones, fo here, I have decreed to recite the muffles 
of mans body. Wherefore in the face we firft meet with the broad or skin muffle arifing 
from the flelhy pannicle, and covering the whole neck and almoft all the face. Then follow 
4,pertaining to the upper eye-lids.In the Orbs of the eyes lye 14, that is 7,in each Orb, of 
which 4 are called right, two oblique, and one pyrarnidall.Then fucceed 4 of the nofe, two 
externall on each lideone,and two internall, thefe draw it together and the other open it. 
After thefe come the ten muffles of the lower Jaw, of which two arc called the Crotaphit.e or 
Temporall; two Malfeteres or Grinders; two round (which teem to mee rather to pertain 
to the lips,than to this Jaw;) two little ones hid in the mouth, ariling from the winged 
procefs of the wedg-bone;two openers of the mouth being nervous or tendinous in their 
midft. Then follow the 8 muffles of the lips, that is, 4 of the upper,and as many of the* 
lower,(hutting and opening the mouth.The tongue with his ten mufflesis hid as it wu'e in 
the den of the mouth. Wherefore the muffles of the whole face are 51. In the fore part of 
neck are found the muffles of the bone Hyoides and throttle ; now 8 muffles hold the bone 
Hyoides as equally ballanced ; of which there are 2 upper arifing from the Chin ; 2 on the 
iides from the proceffe Styloides, perforated in their midft, through which the 2 openers of 
the mouth in that part nervous do pafs;2 arife from the Sternon,and. laftly 2 from the upper 
rib of the (houlder-blade to the Coracoides, which alfo in their midft are nervous, in which 
place the two Maftoidei lye upon them. 
The 
2 Sorts of Ar* 
ficnprion. 
Wha; Diar* 
threfis anp Sy - 
narthrefis are. 
3 Softs of 
(irthwfis,, 
What Enar- 
thro ft s is4 
WhaulrrZw* 
di a. 
What Cephak 
is. 
. W h'tCorene 
u • 
IS 
What Cotyk is «1 
What Glene fe* 
What Gingly- 
trios, 
% kinds of 
Synarthro/ir* 
What a Suture 
is» 
What Gem- 
is. 
What Harmt- 
nia is. 
What Symptyi 
Jis is. 
Synchondrofif], 
Syneurefi s. 
The things 
lignified by 
the word 
Nerve* 
Synf<ircofa& Lib.6. 
192 
Of the Mttfcler and Bone j 
- United mutually by tymptyfu or union; Dy which uicy aic 10 cuujuihcu Vu««. j.uv> v „ 
no diflimilar, nor heterogenous body,at leaft which maybe difcerned,interpofed between 
them Such union appears in the two bones of the lowerjaw at the Chin, in the bones ot 
the Stermnjte Hanch with the Huckle-bone$,and the Share-bones between 
this union there arc no more kinds, fdr by this it cometh to pafs, tnat the bones which 
were more and diftinft meet together by interposition of one to wit, a Griftle, 
which now indeed is no Griftle.but is turned into a Bone. 
or Conjoined 
by that which 
they call Ar- 
throdi*, or Ar- 
ticulation, as 
when they fo 
concur & are 
bound toge- 
ther,that fome 
Heterogene- 
ous fubftancc 
may be noted 
betwixt them, 
but the bones 
thus composed 
are knit two 
manner of 
L<wayci, that is, 
cither more loofly 
as by Diarfhrofu, 
that is a kind of 
Articulation not 
very ftrait, as by 
which it might 
have opportunity 
to perform diverfc 
motions: of this 
compofnre or Ar- 
ticulation of bones 
there arc three 
kinds, as 
or more ftraitjy, as 
by fynarthrofa, when 
the bones arc more 
ftraitly knit fo that 
they can perform no 
motions in the bo- 
dy. Of this Articu- 
lation there are alfo 
kinds, that is, 
Enartkrofo, when the head of a bone is wholly 
received in the cavity of another, and hid there* 
in,as the Thigh-bone is joyned with the Huckle- 
bone. 
Arthrodia, when in a lightly engraven and 
not much deprefled cavity the head of a- 
nother bpne is not wholly hid, but only 
received in part thereof; fo that unlefs na- 
ture had otherwife provided a fufficient recep- 
tacle for the head of this bone ( as by the liga- 
ments ofthe neighbouring Mufcles) it would o- 
therwife have been in perpetuall danger of diflo- 
cation. Thus the Arm-bone is fattened to the 
(boulder-blade. 
Cingl)fnos9 when the bones mutually receive 
each other, fuch like competition hath the Cubit 
and Arm-bone. 
The bonce>, 
which as 
pillars fu- 
ftain the fa- 
brick of th< 
whole bo- 
dycare ei- 
ther 
Gomphyjh , ai when one bone (o receives a- 
nother as a Pin is faftened in the hole made 
by a piercer , thus the teeth are faftened in the 
Jaws. 
Sutuxa9 like a Saw, or teeth of a combe; 
as the bones of the skull are mutually knit 
together, or as fcales, or tiles are laid, after 
which manner the ftony bones are faftened to 
thefc of the Sjw/fwr. 
Harmonia, which is by interposition of a 
Ample line, which parts bones abutting one 
L upon another, as the bones of the Note. 
The sMOfcc 
Xar/ww. 
The Throttle compoftd of three griftles hath eighteen or twenty mufcles, of which fix 
or eight are common, and twelve proper; Of the common there arc two above,two below, 
and two at the fides of the firft griftle, to which we may add thefe two which ferve for the 
opening of the Epiglottis which are alwayei found in great four-footed beafts for to prefa 
down the Epiglottis, 
The proper are twelv,ewhich almoft all of them come from the fecond griftle , fo to be 
inferred into the firft and third, of which fbme are before, others behind the Zhjrc idef, Be- 
tides thefe {there are the Maftoidei Which bend the head. 
But in the back part of the Neck there arc twelve mufcles alfo appointed for to move 
the head, fo that in all there arc fourteen mufcles ferving for the motion of the head, the 
two fore Maftoidei, and the twelve hind mufcles, that is to fay, the two Splenii, two Com* 
plexi, four Right, and fo many oblique,which arc very fliort, fo that they pafs not beyond 
the firft and lecond vertebra. 
The Neck hath eight Mufcles, of which two are called the long, lying before upon the 
bodies of the Vertebra; the two Scaleni9 which are at the fides j the two Spitiati, which run 
alongft the Spine; the two tranfverfe,which go to the tranfvcrfeprocefs of the Cheft, 
The Chcft hath 81 Mufcles, of which fome are on the fore part, fome on the hind,others 
on the fides;thcy are all combined and coupled together except the Midriffe. Now of thefe 
there are the two SMavii-, the two great Saw-mufcles which proceed from the bafis of the 
fhoulder-blade; the four little Rhomboides or fquare mufcles, that is, two above, and two 
below; the two Sacrolumbiy the two binders of the Griftles within the Cheft. 
Befides there are twenty and two cxternall and as many internalL Intercoftall mufclca, 
twenty four Intercartilaginei9 twelve cxternall and as many intcrnall; fo that the 
Intercoftall, and Intercartilaginei are 68, which with the twelve before mentioned make the 
number of 80 Mufcles. Add to thefe the Midrifie being Without an aflbeiate, and you 
fhall have the number formerly mentioned, to wit, 81. But alfo if you will add to thefe 
the Muffles of the lower belly, I will not much gainfay it, becaufe by accident they help 
infpiration and exfpiration. 
Wherefore of the eight mufcles of the Epigaftrium9 there are four oblique, of which two 
arc defeendeht and fo many afeendent; two right, to which you may add the two Afiifting 
or 
The head i*' 
moved by 141 
Nefclea* 
The 8. mufclce 
of the neck. 
ThcMufdcd 
of the chert 81 
The S.mnftier 
of the lower 
belly. and other extremeparts of the Body. 
Lib.6. 
193 
or Pyramidall mufcles which come from theihare-boue, it it pleaie you to ieparate them 
from the head of the right mufcles. 
There are fix or eight mufcles of the Loins., of which two bend the loins,which are the 
triangular;the two Semijpinatiitwo Sacrr, two are in the midft of the back, which for that 
caufe we may call the Rackit.e or chin-mufcles. Now., that hereafter we may feverally and 
diftinftly fet down the mufcles of the exereme parts,we wrill come to the privities. 
Where for the ufe of the tefticles there are two mufcles called the Cremafteres, or Hang- 
ing mufcles .At the root of the yard,or fcrzna'ww,there are four others, partly for the com- 
modi ous palling of the urin and feed,and partly for ere&ing the yard. The Spbinfier mufcle 
is feated at the neck of the Bladder. 
At the end of the right gut are three mufcles,two Levato're/ Ani,ov lifters up of the fun- 
dament, and one Sphincter or (hutting mufcle.Now let us prdfecute the mufcles of the ex- 
tremities,or limbs.But it will be fufficient to mention only the mufcles of one fide,becaufe 
feeing thefe parts of the body are double,thofe things which are faid of the one may be 
applyed to the other. 
Wherefore the mufcles of the Arm,beginning with thefe of the fhoulder-blade, at the 
leaft,are 42. for there are four of the fhoulder-blade: of the Arm properly or particularly 
fo called, feven or eight; and there are three, four or five proper mufcles of the Cubit; 
that is, appointedfor the performance of the motions thereof; in the inner part of the 
Cubit are feven, and as many in the outer;but thofe of the hand are reckoned thirteen at 
the leaft. 
The fourth ofthe fhoulder-blade are the Tnrt'esz/zf refembling a Monks Cowl, wThich 
moves it upwards and downwards,and draws it backwards; the fecond is the LeWor, or 
lifter-up;the third the great Rkomboides lying under the Trapezius.The fourth,the lefler faw 
mufcle which is inferted into the Cor acoides.The arm is moved forwards, backwards, up- 
wards, downwatds and circularly. 
ThePeftorall mufclearifing from the .Clavicle, Breft-bone and neighbouring ribs, 
draws it forwards; the Humilis or low mufcle coming from the lower rib of the (lionlder- 
blade draws it backwards; the Deltoides upwavds;and the LatiJJimus downwards, and fome- 
what backwards.But the three feated about the fhoulder-blade move it about, orcircu-- 
larty. 
The Epomir or Scapular if upwards;the Superfcapularis, which may feem two', backwards 
and downwards;the Subfcapularis which is in the Cavitie of the fhoulderblade,forwards,fo 
that by a certain viciflitude and fucceflion of aftion they move it circularly. Two mufcles 
bend the Cubit, the one named Biceps or twoheaded, and the other Brachidus or the Arm 
mufcle;but oue,two or three mufcles extend it;for if you have reipeft to the original,this 
mufcle hath two or three heads,but one only infection. 
In theinfide ofthe cubit are (even mufcles, one Palmar if, two wrift bendcrs;two pronato- 
res, one fquare,another in fomefort round;two finger benders,and one Abdutior or Drawer 
afide. Thefe fourtceen internall and externall mufcles ofthe Cubit, do not indeed move 
the Cubit, but only feated there move the wand and with it the hand.Thefe are the thir- 
teen mufcles of the hand; the Thenar which may not only be divided into two, but into 
fix, not only by the diverfe aftions it performs,but alfo by the branches divided by a ma- 
nifeft fpace between them;the fecond is called the Hypothenar , which lies under the little 
finger,as theThenar doth under the thumb;the third is the Abduttor of the thumb;then fol- 
low the four Lumbnci and fix Inter ojfes,al though eight may beobferved. 
The whole leg hath at the leaft 5 o mufcles,for we reckon there are fourteen mufcles in 
the thigh;there are eleven made for the ufe ofthe Leg;there are nine feated in the Leg,three 
before, and fix behind,which fervefor the ufe ofthe foot and toes; in the foot are feated 
fixteen .Therefore of the fourteen mufcles ferving the thigh two bend it, one called the 
Lumbar if, the other arifingfrom the cavity of the Hanch bone;but the three which make 
the Buttocks and the Triceps or Three-headed mufcle,(which if you pleafeeyou may divide 
into it.Befidcs thefe the four twin mufcles, and two Obturators, of which the 
one is internal,and the other external turn the thigh about.The leg hath eleven;that is,the 
Long,the membranous,the four Poftici or hind mufcles(three of which come from the Huc- 
klebone,but the other from the commiffure ofthe Share bone) the right,the two vaft,the 
Crureus or Leg mufcle,and the ham mufcle.Thefe feated in the leg for the ufe of 
the foot and toes are three fore,and fix hind mufcles:two of the fore bend the foot,one of 
which is called the TibixM antic nt,the other Per onxus,which you may divide into two.Thc 
third the bender of thetocs,although it alfb partly bend the foot,to which allo the bender 
of the thumb may be revoked.One ofthe hind is the Toe-bend er,ot hers extend the foot; 
and are in this order; two Twins, one Plantarif, cue Soleus, one Tibixus potticus and thd 
great bender of the toes, to which may be revoked the bender of the thumb. 
Of the fixteen feated in the foot, one is above,feated on the back of the foot, which wee 
call the Abduftor of theToes; another in the foie of the foot; to wit, the little bender of 
the Toes, which goes to the fecond joint of the Toes alongft the infide of the foot; the 
other lends his help to the great Toe,which you may call the Abductor of the thumb; ano- 
S ' the? 
The or 8. of 
the loins. 
The two Cre- 
mate is of the 
Tcfticlcs. 
The three of 
the fundament. 
The mufcles of 
rhe Arm in ge- 
nerall $21 
The mufcles of 
the leg in 
rail So. L iB.6. 
194 
Of tbe Mufcles andBones,&c. 
thef is feated on the outfide for the nfe of the little toe. To thefe are added the four Lwm- 
irfc/,befides the eight Inter offer, or if you had rather,ten. And thus much may fuffice for the 
enumeration of the mufcles. 
7 he Figure of the muffles when the shin with its veins 3 thefat3 and all the fie (by inem branes are taken 
away, that pmt of the flefhy membrane excepted3 which takes upon it the nature of a muffle, as being 
conjoined with the muffles, 
4,the mufeie of the fore- 
head. 
b, the temporall mufcle. 
c, the mufcle (hutting the 
eyelid. 
d , the mufcle opening 
the wings of the nofe. 
e9 the fore part of the 
y oak-bone; 
f, the mufcle of the up- 
per lip tending to the 
nofe. 
g, the beginning of the 
mafleter or grinding 
mufcle. 
b, the broad mufcle cori- 
fifting of a flefhy mem- 
brane. 
the beginning therof 
which rifes immcdiatly 
from the coller-bone 
and the top of the 
fhoulder. 
jjthat part thereof which 
bends forwards to L 
Hi, the mufcle which 
lifts up the arm. 
thepeftorall mufcle. 
o?the membranous pare 
of this mufcle which is 
joined to the nervous 
part of the firft mufcle 
of theAbdomen3or belly* 
q9 q3 the flefhy portion 
thereof from the 6 and 
7 ribs,and the infertion 
thereof, r the mufcle drawing down the arm.£ the oblique defending mufcle of the lower 
belly. t,t, t3 the infertion of the greater law mufcle. u u. the linea alba or white line, at 
which the two oblique defeendent mufcles meet, covering the Whole belly .x,the yard, the 
skin being taken away. y3 the veflels of feed.«the tefticles wrapped in the flefhy membrane* 
$3 the fore mufcle bending the cubit.?,?, the hind mufcle bending the cubit.the mufcle 
extending the cubit.*, the two-headed mufcle extending the wrift. *, the mufcle producing 
the broad tendon on the back of the hand. £, his tendon. », the mufcle turning up the 
Wand.fl, the upper mufcle flatting the Wand. t3 the fecond of the arm-benders, whole be- 
ginning is y., and tendon a**,a portion of the mufcle,whereof one part yeelds tendons to 
the wrift, the other to the thumb.*,the flefhlefle articulation of the thumb, p, a mufcle in- 
ferred into the wrift, lying neer to the following mufcle.r, a mufcle divided into two ten- 
dons, the one whereof is inferted into the firft joint of the thumb,the other into the fol- 
lowing. %the firft mufcle of the thigh, wh'ofe head is at „,and tendon at ?,and infertion at 
x- 4, the end of the fecond mufcle of the thig|i.®,the end of the third mufcle of the thigh, 
i, the fixt mufcle of the beginning at i.almoft wholly membranous at 3. 4, the 
ninth mufcle of the leg.5, the eight of the leg. 6, a portion of the fixth and feventh of the 
thigh. 7, the Glandules of the groins. 8, the eight of the thigh. 9, the fecond of the leg. 
11, the inneimoft of the ankle. 12,the fixth mufcle of the foot,his originall 13 .end 14.15, 
the feventh of the foot. 16,the tendon of the mufcle lifting up the great toe. 17,the mufcles 
extending the four other toes. 18,the abduftor of the great toe. 19, a tranfverfe ligament, 
ao, a tendon of the ninth mufcle of the foot. 21, the firft mufcle.22,the fourth mufcle of 
the foot. 23.the tendon of the third mufcle. a mufcle bending the third bone of the four 
leflertoee. 
The L1 B.7. 
195 
THE 
SEVENTH BOOK 
Of Tumors againft Nature 
in general!. 
CHAP. I. 
IFhat a Fumour againft Nature, 'vulgarly called an Impoflume, it, 
and what be the differences thereof. 
N lmpoltume,coimmonly lo called, is an attect agamit nature, compo- 
fed and made of three kinds of dileafts, Diftempeiature, ill Confor- 
mation,and Solution of Continuity,concurring to the hindering or 
hurting of the Aftion. An humor,or any other matter,anfwering in 
proportion to a humor, aboliffiing, weakning,or depraving of the 
office or fiinftion of that part or body in which it re tides, caufeth it. 
The differences of Impoflumes are commonly drawn from five 
thingsjquantity, matter, accidents,the nature of thepart,which they 
ittett or pollefs; and laftly, their efficient caufes.I have thought good for the better under** 
landing of them, to defcribe them in this following Scheme. 
A 'Table of the differences of Tumors, 
What an 
poftume vul- 
fo called 
is* 
The material! 
caufcs of Impa- 
rl uir.es, or un- 
natural tumorsJ 
p rrom their 
I quantity, 
I by reafon 
whereof 
Impoftumes 
are called k 
Froitn their * 
accidents,as' 
! From the 
matter, of 
which they 
are caufed 
, and made, 
[ which is 
either I 
i i 
From the condition and nature of the parts which they poflefs, from whence 
the Ophthalmia, is a Phlegmon of the eyes. a tumor neer the ears. Fa- 
rony hia or a whitlow at the roots of the nailsjandfo of the reft. 
From the efficient caules, or rather the manner of 'doing. For Ibme impo- 
(iraes are laid to be made by defluxions,others by congeftion, thofe are com- 
monly hot,and the other commonly co Id,as itjhal more manifeftly appear by 
.the following chapter* 
' Great,which are comprehended under the generall name of 
Phlegmons,which happen intheflefliy parts, by tu- 
rn or. contra natural & lib. 2. ad Glauconem. 
Indifferent,or of the middle fort,as Fellons. 
Small, as thofe which Avicen calls Bothoress i. Pufhes and 
Puftules, all kind of Scabs and Leprofies $ and laftly , all fmall 
breakings out. 
C olour, from whence Impoftumes are named white, red, pale, 
i yellow, blew orblack, and Id of any other colour. 
iPain,hardnefs, foftnefs, and fuch like, from whence they are 
faid to be painfull, not painfull, hard, foft,and fo of the reft. 
The diffe- 
rences of 
Impoflames 
are drawn 
principally 
from five 
things, that 
is. 
Natural 
'Hot,and that, 
I either ( 
Cold 3& than 
either, ( 
Sanguin,from whence a tmePhlegmon. 
Gholerick ,fr6 whence a trueErj/ipe/zw. 
Phlegmatick,fr° whence a true 
Melacholickjfro whece aperfectS'czrrJwo 
or 
Not natural!, which 
hath exceeded the 
limits of its natural!, 
goodnefle, from 
whence illegitimate 
tumors, therefore 
'Ui aianguine 
humour, 
of acholerick 
humour , 
of aphlegma- 
tick humor, 
of a melancho- 
lick humor. 
■Carbuncles, Gangrenes, eating 
ulcers, JJphace's ate caufed* 
Of the grofler, the eating Her- 
per,ofthe fubtikr the/fcr/>ei 
[ milidrk is made. 
Watery and flatulent Impo- 
ftamesjthe Kings evil, knots 
and al phlegmanck fwellings 
and excrefcences* 
Theexquifir or perfefl Scir. 
r/w,hardnefles and all forts 
. of cancerous Tumors. 
Sa CHAP, 196 
Oft umorsagainfi Nature in generall. 
Lib. 7.' 
CHAP. II. 
Of the general! caufes of Tumors. 
Here are two generall caufes of Impoftumes,Fluxion,and Congeftion.Defluxi- 
ons are occafioned,either by the part lending, or receivings the part fending 
difcharges it felf of the humors, becaufe the expulfive faculty refident in that 
part is provoked to expell them, moved thereto,either by the troublefomnefs 
of their quantity or quality .The part receiving draws,and receives occalion of 
heat, pain, weaknefle ( whether naturall, or accidental!) openneflc of the paflages , and 
lower fituation. 
The caufes of heat,in what part fbever it be,are commonly three,as all immoderate mo- 
tion ( under which friftions arealfo contained, ) external! heat , either from fire or fun, 
andthe ufe of acrid meats and medicines. 
The caufes of pain are four, the firft is a fodain and violent invafion of fome untempe- 
rate thing, by means of the four firft qualities; the fecond is folution of continuity, by a 
wound, luxation,fracture, contufion, or diftention;the third, is the exquifit fenfe of the 
part,for you feel no pain in cutting a bone, or expofing it to cold or heat; the fourth is , 
the attention,as it were,of the animall faculty; for the mind diverted from the aftuall 
caufe of pain, is lefle troubled, or fenfible of it. 
A part is weak, either by its nature, or by fome accident; by its nature,as the Glandules 
and the Emun&ories of the principal! parts; by accident,as if fome diftemper,bitter pain,or 
great defluxion have feized upon it, and wearied it,for lb the ftrength is weakned, and 
the paflages dilated. And the lownefle of fite yeelds opportunity for the falling down of 
humors. 
The caufes of congeftion are two principally, as the weaknefle of the conco&ive facul- 
tie, which refides in the part, ( by which the affimilation into the fiibftance of the part of 
the nourifliment flowing to it. is fruftrated ) and the weaknefle of the expulfivefaculty;for 
whilft the part cannot expell fuperfluities, their quantity continually encreafes. 
And thus oftentimes cold Impoftumes, have their originall from a grofle and tough hu- 
tnor,and fo are more difficult to cure. 
Laftly,all the caufes of Impoftumes may be reduced to three; that is, the primitive , or 
externall; the antecedent, or internail; and the conjunct, or containing,as we will hereaf- 
ter treat more at large. 
After what 
planner ttf* 
'mours againft 
nature are 
chiefly made. 
Three caufes 
of heat. 
Four caufes of 
. pain. 
Two caufes of 
weaknefle. 
Two caufes of 
eongeflion. 
CHAP. I II. 
The principal! 
Cgns of ru- 
mors are 
drawn from 
the eflence of 
jhe part. 
Efore we undertake the cure of Tumors, it is expedient to know their kinds 
and differences,which knowledg mull be drawn from their proper figns,the 
lame way,as in other difeafes.But becaufe the proper and principall figns of 
tumors are drawn from the eflence of the part they poflefle , we mull firll 
know the parts,and then confider what their eflence and compofition are. 
We are taught both by skill in Anatomy,and the obfervation of the deprived funftion, 
efpecially when the affe&ed part is one of thole which lie hid in the body; for we know 
whether or no, the externall parts are affefted with a tumor againft nature, by comparing 
that with his natural 1 which is contrary. For comparing the found part with the difealcd, 
we (hall eafily judge whether it be fwollen, or no. 
Butbecaufe.it is notfufficientfor aChirurgeon only to know thefe generail fignsfwhich 
are known even to the vulgar ) he mull attentively obferve fuch as are more proper and 
neer. And thele are drawn from the difference of the matter and humors,of which the tu- 
mors confift. 
For this Galen teaches,that all differences of tumors arife from the nature aud condition 
of the matter which flows down and generates the tumor; alfo they are known by filch 
accidents as happen to them,as colour,heat,hardnefs,foftnefs, pain, tenfion, refiflance. 
Wherefore pain, heat, rednefle, and tenfion indicate a fanguine humour;coldnefs, foft- 
neffe, and no great pain, phlegm;tenfion, hardnefs, the livid colour of the part, and a 
pricking pain by fits, melancholy; and yellowifh and pale colour, biting pain without 
hardnef s of the part, choler. 
Andbefides, Impdftumes have their periods and exacerbations following the nature and 
motion of the humors of which they are generated. Wherefore by the motion and fits it 
will be no difficult matter to know the kind of the humor;for as in the fpring, fo in the 
morning the blood is in motion;as in the fiimmer,fo in the midll of the day,choler; as in 
Autumn, fo in the evening,melancholy;as in Winter,fo in the night the *xacei bation of 
phlegm are mofl predominant. For Hipocrates and Galen teach,that the year hath circuits 
ofdifeafes,fo that the fame proportion of the excefs and motion of fiumci S, which is in 
the four feafons of the year, is alfo in the four quarters of each day. Im- 
The ftgnes of Jmpoflumes or Tumors in general/. 
Lib. I. ad 
Glauc,& 13. 
wethsd. 
The proper 
fignsofafan- 
guin tumor, 
of a phlegma- 
tick, of a 
wielancholick, 
©facholerick. 
The knowledg 
of rumors by 
their motion 
and ex ace r ba, 
tion. 
Lib.t, Epidem LIB.7. 
Of 7 umors againfl Nature in Generali. 
197 
Impoftumes which are curable have four times, their beginning,encreafe,ftate, and de- 
clination, and we muft alter our medicines, according to the variety of thefe times. We 
know the beginning by the firft fwelling of the part; The encreafe,when the fwelling, 
pain, and other accidents do manifeftly encreafe,and enlarge rhemlelves ; the ftate, when 
the forefaid iymptomes increase no more,but each ofthem,becauie at their height, remain 
in their ftate immoveable, unlefle the very matter of the tumor degenerate; and change it 
felf into another kind of humor;The declination,when the fwelling, pain, feaver, reftlef- 
nefle areleflened.And from hence the Chirurgeon may prefage what the end of the tumor 
may be;for tumors are commonly terminated four manner ot wayes, if fo be that the mo- 
tion of the humors caufing them be not intercepted, or they without fome manifeft caufe, 
do flow back into the body. 
Therefore firft they are terminated by infallible tranfpiration, or refolution; fecondly, 
by fuppuration when the matter is digefted and ripened; thirdly,by induration, when it 
degenerates into aScirrhus, the thinner part of the humor being diflblved; the fourth, 
Which is the worft of all,by a corruption and Gangrene of the part,which is,whcn over- 
come with violence, or the abundance or quality of the hunior,or both, it comes to that 
diftempcr,that it loies its proper aftion. 
It is beft to terminate a tumor by refolution;and the worft by corruption;fuppuration 
and induration are between both,although that is far better than this.Thefigns by which 
the Chirurgeons may prefage that an Impoftume may be terminated by refolving, are the 
remilfion or flacking of the fwelling, pain, puliation, tenfion, heat, and all other acci- 
dents, and the unaccuftomed liveliness and itching of the part; and hot Impoftumes are 
commonly thus terminated, becaule the hot humor is ealily refolved, by reafon of its 
fobtilty. 
Signs of fuppuration are the intension or encreafe of pain, heat, fwelling, pulfation,and 
the feaver; for according to Hipocrates3pain and the feaver are greater when the matter is 
fuppurating, than when it is fuppurated. 
TheChirurgeon muft be very attentive to know andobfave when fuppuration is made; 
for the purulent matter oft-times lies hid ( as Hipocrates faith ) by reafon of the thicknefs 
ot the part lying above, or over it. 
The figns of an Impoftume degenerating into a Scirrhous hardnefle, are the diminuti- 
on of the tumor, and hardnefs remaining in the paft.The caules of the hardnefs not going 
away with the fwelling,are the weaknefs of nature, the grofnefs and toughnefs of the hu- 
mor, and unskilfulnefs of the Chirurgeon , who by too long tiling refolving things 
hath occafioned, that the more fubtil part of the humor being diflolved, the reft of the 
grofler nature like earthy dregs remains concrete in the part. For fo Potters veflels dried 
in the Sun grow hard. But the unskilfull Chirurgeon may occafion a Scirrhous hardnefs 
by another means;as by condenfating the skin,and incraflating the humors, by too much 
tile of repercuflives. But you may perceive an Impoftume to degenerate into a Gangrene 
thus, if the accidents ofheat,rednefs,pulfation and tenfion fhalbemore intenfe, than they 
are wont to be in fuppuration; if the pain prefently ceale without any manifeft caufe; if the 
part wax livid or black; and laftly, if it ftink. 
But we (hall treat of this more at large when we come totreat of the Gangrene and 
Sphacelus. A fodain diminution of the tumor, and that Without manifeft caufe, is a 
fign of the matter fallen black, and turned into the body again,which may be occafioned 
by the immoderate ufe of refrigerating things. And fometimes much flatulencie mixed with 
the matter,although there be no fault in thofe things which were applied. 
Feavers and many other malign Symptomes, as fwoundings and convulfion, by 
tranflation of the matter to the noble parts,follow this flowing back of the humor into 
the body. ' 
Thebeginning 
of an impo- 
ftume. 
1 he encreafei 
1 Ijo "flate. 
The figns of a 
tumor to be 
terminated 
by refutation* 
The figns of 
fuppuration. 
The figns and 
canfes of a tu* 
mor terminated 
in a Scirrhus,. 
r . . 
The figns of a 
Gangrene at 
hand. 
Of difappea- 
ranceof aru- 
iMO.'jand the 
figns thereof,' 
CHAP. IV. 
Of the Prognoftiques in Impoftumes. 
Ltmorsarifingfromamelancholy,phlegmatick,grofTe,touah,or vifcous humor, Cold tumors 
aske a longer time for their cure,than thofe which are of blond or chokr. And "<J"'|J'ea - 
they are more difficultly cured which are of humors not naturall, than thofe 8 ' 
which are of humors yet contained in thebounds of nature. 
For thofe humors which are rebellious,offcnd rather in quality, than in quantity, and Tumors made 
undergoe the divers forms of things diflenting from nature, which are joined by no firni- of matter nor 
litude or affinity with things naturall, as fuet, poultis, hony, the dregs of oil, and wine ; "aturaI1» ar5. 
yea, and offolid bodies, as ftone,fand, coal, ftrawsj and fometimes of living things, as curcdJ c X 
Wortnes, Serpents, and the like monfters. 
The tumors which pofleflethe inner parts,and noble entrails, are more dangerous and 
deadly, as alfo thofe which are in the joints, or neer to them. And thefe tumors which 
feife upon great veffels.as veins, arteries, and nerves, for fear of great effufion of blood, 
S 5 wafting Of T umors againft Nature in general/ 
198 
L1 B.7. 
wafting of the fpirits and convulfion. So Impoftumes of a monftrous bignefs are often 
deadly by reafon of the great refolution of the fpirits canted by their opening. Thofe 
which degenerate into a Scirrhw are of long continuance and hard to cure, as alfo thote 
which are in hydropick, leprous,fcabby and corrupt bodies,for they often turn into ma- 
lign and ill conditioned ulcers. 
ffippo. Aph,%. 
CHAP. V. 
Of the general/ cure of Tumors againft Nature, 
Htere be three things to be obferved in cure of Impoflumes.The firft is the eflence 
thereof;the fecond,the quality ofthe humor caufing the Impoftume;the third, 
the temper of the part afteCted.The firft indication drawn from the eflence,that 
is, from the greatnefle or fmalnefle of the tumor,varies the manner of curing, 
for the medicines muft be increafed or diminifhed according to the greatnefs of the tu- 
mor. The fecond, taken from the nature ofthe humor alio changes our counfell, for a 
Phlegmon muft be otherwife cured than an Eryfyelw,and an Oidema than a Scirrhut, and a 
fimple tumor, otherwife than a compound.And alfo you muft cure after another manner a 
tumor coming of an humor not natural,than that which is of a natural humor,and other- 
wife that which is made by congeftion,than that which is made by defluxion. The third 
Indication is taken from the part in which the tumor refides; by the nature of the part we 
underftand its temperature, conformation, fite, faculty, and funftion. 
The temperature indicates that fome medicines are convenient for the flefhy parts'', as 
thofe which are more moift;others for the nervous,as more drie;for you muft apply fome 
things to the eye,and others to the throat; one fort of things to thefe parts which by rea- 
fon oftheir rarity are eafily fubjeft to defluxion, another to thofe parts which by their 
denfity are not obnoxious to it. 
But we muft have good regard to the fite of the part,as if it have any connexion with 
the great velfels, and if it be fit to powre forth the matter and humor when it is fuppura- 
ted. 
Galen by the name of Faculty underftands the ufe and fenfe of the part. This hath a ma- 
nifold indication in curing, for fome parts are principall, as the Brain, Heart, and Liver; 
for their vertue is communicated to the whole body, by the nerves,arteries,and veins. 
Others truly are not principall, but yetfo neceflary that none can live without them, as 
the ftomach.Someare endued with a moft quick fenfe, as the eye, the membranes, nerves, 
and tendons;wherefore they cannot indure acrid and biting medicines. Having called to 
mind thefe indications,the indication will be perfected by thefe three following intenti- 
ons,as if weconfider the humor flowing down,or which is ready to flow;the conjunct mat- 
ter, that is, the humor impaft in the part; the correction of accidents; yet fo that we al- 
waies have care of that which is moft urgent and of the caufe. Therefore firft repercuf- 
fives muft be applied for the antecedent matter, ftrong or weak, having regard to the tu- 
mor as it is then, only excepting fix conditions of tumors;the firft is, if the matter of the 
tumor be venenate: the fecond, if it be a criticall abfcefs :the third, if the defluxion be neer 
the noble parts : the fourth,if the matter be grofle, tough, and vifcid : the fifth, when the 
matter lies far in, that is, flows by the veins which lies more deep: thefixth, when it 
lies in the Glandules. But if the whole body be plethorick, a convenentdiet, purging and 
Phlebotomie muft be appointed, friCtions and bathes muft be ufed.Ill humors are amended 
by diet and purging. If the weaknefs of the part receiving draw on a defluxion, it muft be 
ftrengthned. 
If the part be inferior in its fite,let the patient be fo feated, or layed,that the part recei- 
ving,as much as may be,may be the higher. If pain be the caufe of defluxion, we muft aflwage 
it by things mitigating it.Iffthe thinnefs, or lightnefs of the humor caufe defluxion,it muft 
be infpiflate by meats and medicines. But for the matter contained in the part,becaufe it 
is againft nature, it requires to be evacuate by relblving things, as cataplafmes,ointments, 
fomentations,cupping-glafles;or by evacuation,as by fcarifying,or by fiippurating things, 
as by ripening and opening the Impoftume.Laftly, for the conjunft accidents, as the lea- 
ver,painand fuch like,they muft be mitigated by aflwaging,mollifying and malaxing me- 
dicines,as I fhall fhewmore at large hereafter* 
CHAR 
What muft be 
confidered in 
undertaking 
the cure of tu- 
mors. 
What we muft 
undwftand by j 
the nature of 
the parh 
Whar we muft 
underfland by 
the faculty of 
theparr. 
What we muft 
con fide r in 
performing 
the cure. 
What things 
diflwade us 
from ufingrc' 
pctcuflives. Lib.7. 
Of Tumors againft Nature in generail. 
199 
CHAP. XXXV. 
Of the four principall and generail Tumors, and of other Impoflumes which may be reduced to them. 
He principall and chief Tumors which the abundance of humors generate., 
are four,a Phlegmon,Eryftpelas, Oedema and Scirrhjtt;• innumerable others may- 
be reduced to thefe, diftinguiffied by divers names according to the various 
condition of the efficient caufe and parts receiving. Wherefore a Phygethlum, 
Carbuncle, inflammation of the eyes, Squincy,Z>w£o, and laftly, 
all forts of hot and moift tumors may be reduced to a Phlegmon. The Herpes miliarir, the 
eating Herpes, Ringwormes and Tetters and all impoftumes brought forth by choler, are 
contained under an Eryftpelas. Atheromata, Steatomata,Melicerides, the Teftudo, or Talpa, Gan- 
glion, Knots, Kings-Evill, Wens, watery Ruptures, the and Lmoph/egwdt/d may be 
reduced to an Oedema, as alio all flatulent tumors, which the abundance of corrupt Plegm 
produces. 
In the kindred of the Scirrhus are reckoned a Cancer, Eeprolie, Warts, Corns, a Thymus, 
a Varix, Morphew, black and white, and other Impoftumes arifing from a Melancholy 
humor. 
Now we will treat of thefe Tumors in particular, beginning with a Phlegmon. 
What 
may be redu- 
ced to a Phleg- 
mon. 
Which to an 
Erifipelau 
Which to aw 
Oedema. 
Which to i 
ScirrhUil 
CHAP. VII. 
Of a Phlegmon. 
Phlegmon is a generail name for all Impoftumes, which the abundance of 
inflamed blond produces. That is called a true Phlegmon, which is made of 
laudable bloud, offending only in quantity. But a baftard Phlegmon, or a 
Phlegmonous Impoftume hath fomc other, and proper name ; as a Carbuncle, 
Fellon, Gangrene, Sphacel, and the like malign Puftules. So when there is a 
conflux of divers humors into one tumor,divers kinds of Phlegmonous Impoftumes called 
by divers names, according to the more abundant humor, arife 5 as if a fmall portion of 
Phlegm (hall be mixed with a greater quantity of bloud, it (hall be called an Ocdematow 
Phlegmon; but if on the contrary, the quantity of phlegm be the greater, it fhall be named a 
phlegmonous Oedema, and fo of the reft ; alwayes naming the tumor, from that which is 
predominant in it. 
Therefore we muft obferve that all differences of fuch tumors arife from that, either be- 
caufe the bloud caufing it offends only in quantity; which if it do,it caufes that tumor 
which is properly called a Phlegmon; if in quality,it makes a phlegmonous tumor,becau(e 
the matter thereof is much departed from the goodnefs of bloud. 
But bloud is faid to offend in quantity, either by admixture of fbme other matter, as 
Phlegm, Choler, or Melancholy, from whence proceeds Oedematow3EryJipeloMand Scirrhori 
Phlegmons ; or by corruption of its proper fubftance, from whence Carbuncles, and all 
kinds ofGangrens;or by concretion,and when nature is difappointed ofits attempted and 
hoped for fuppuration, either by default of the air,or patient, or by the error oFthe Phy- 
fitian 5 and hence oft times happen Atheroma's, Stcatomas, and Melicerides. Although thefe 
things be fet down by the Ancients, of the Ample and fimilar matter of the true Phlegmon; 
yet you muft know, that in truth there is no impoftume, whole matter exquifitely (hews 
the nature of one, and that Ample humor without all admixture of any other matter ; for 
all humors are mixed together with the bloud, yet from the plenty of bloud predomina- 
ting,they are called Sanguine,as if they were of bloud alone. 
Wherefore if any tumors refemble the nature of one Ample humor, truly they are not of 
any naturall humor,but from fome humor which is corrupt,vitiated and offending in qua- 
lity; for fo bloud by aduftion degenerates into choler and melancholy. 
Therefore a true Phlegmon is defined by Galen-,a. tumor againft nature,of laudable blood, 
flowing into any part in too great a quantity. 
This tumor though moft commonly it be in the flelh, yet fometimes it happens in the 
bones, as Hippocrates and Galen witnefs. 
A Phlegmon is made and generated thus: when bloud flows into any part, in too great 
a quantity; firft the greater veins and arteries of the affefted part are filled,then the middle, 
and laftly, the fmalleft and capillary ; fo from thofe thus diftended, the blood fweats out 
of the pores and fmall paflages like dew ; and with this the void (paces which are between, 
the fimilar parts are firft filled, & then with the fame bloud all the ad jacent parts are filled, 
but efpecially the fle(h,as that which is moft fit to receive defluxions,by reafon of the fpon- 
gious rarity ofits fubftance ; but then the nerves,tendons, membranes, and ligaments, are 
likewife fluffed full; whereupon a Tumor muft neceflarily follow,by reafon of the reple- 
tion which exceeds the bounds of nature; and from hence alfo are tenfion and refiftance;and 
pain 
What a trite 
Phlegmon isi 
A Phlegmon 
one thing,and 
aPhlegmo. 
nous tumor 
another 
Gal.lib.de tu~ 
moribw, 
ad Glauc. 
Hippoc.lib. de 
vubn.capi&at. 
lib.de tumor, 
prater natuwf! 200 
Of!umorsagainflNature in Generali. 
Lib. 7; 
pain alfo happens at the fame time,bo th by reafon of the tenfion and preternatural! heat. 
And there is a manifeft pulfation in the part Specially whilft it fuppuratcs, becaufe the 
veins, arteries, and nerves, are much, being they are not only heated within by the influx 
of the fervid humor, butpreffed without by the adjacent parts. Therefore feeing the pain 
comes to all the forefaid parts becaufe they are two immoderately heated and prelfcd, the 
arteries, which are in the perpetual! motion of their jyftolc & diaftole, whilft they are dila- 
ted, ftrike upon the other inflamed parts, whereupon proceeds that beating pain. 
Hereunto* add, the Arteries then filled with more copious and hotbloud, have greater 
need to feek refrigeration by drawing in the encompaffing Air j wherefore they muft as of 
neceffity,have a conflift with the neighbouring parts which are fwollen and paincd.There- 
fore from hence is that pulfation in a Phlegmon which is defined by Galen, an agitation 
of the arteries, painfull and fenfible to the Patient himfelf 5 for otherwife as long as we are 
in health, we do not perceive the pulfation of the arteries. 
Wherefore thefe two caufcs of pulfation, ora pulfifick pain in a phlegmon, are worthy 
to be obfcrvedjthat is5the heat and abundance of blond, contained in the veflels and arte- 
ries(which more frequently than their wont incite the arteries to motion, that is, to their 
(yftole and diaftole~) and the compreflion and ftraitning of the laid arteries, by reafon of the 
repletion and diftention of the adjacent parts,by whofe occafion the parts afflifted and bea- 
ten by the trembling and frequent pulfation of arteries are in pain. 
Hence they commonly fay,that in the part affefted with a Phlegmon,they feel as it were 
the fenfe or ftroke of a xMallet or Hammer fmiting upon it. But alio befides this pulfation. 
of the arteries, there is,as it were,another puliation withitching from the humors whilft 
they putrefie, and fuppurate, by the permixtion, motion,and agitation of vapours, there- 
upon arifing. 
The caule of heat in a Phlegmon is bloud, which whilft it flows more plentifully into 
the part, is as it were troden or thruft down,and caufes obftruftion, from whence neceffa- 
rily follows a prohibition of tranfpiration,and a putrefaftion of the bloud, by reafon of 
thepreternaturall heat. But the Phlegmon looks red by reafon of the bloud contained in 
it, becaufe the humor predominant in the part fhines through the skin. 
Thecaufeof a 
, beating pain 
in a Phlegmon. 
Coinin.nd A ph. 
Another kind 
of Pulfation 
in a Phlegmon. 
Of the caufes and ftgnes of a Phlegmon. 
CHAP. XXII I. 
The primitive 
caufes of a 
Phlegmon. 
■{e caufes of a Phlegmon are of three kinds for fome are primitive, fome antece- 
dent, and fome conjunct. Primitive are falls,contufions,ftrains,immoderatela- 
bour,fri&ions, application of acrid ointments,burnings,long flaying or labour- 
ing in the hot Sun,a diet unconfiderate,and which breeds much bloud.The ante- 
cedent caufes are, the great abundance of bloud, too plentifully flowing in the veins. The 
con jun<ft,the colledion or gathering together of bloud impact in any part. 
The figns of a Phlegmon are fwelling,tenfion, refiftance,feaveri/h heat, pain, pulfation, 
( efpccially while it hippurates) rednefs, and others, by which the abundance of bloud is 
lignified. 
And a little Phlegmon is often terminated by refolutionjbut a great one by fuppuration; 
and fometimes it ends in a Scirrhus,or a Tumor like a Scirrhusj but otherwhiles in a Gan- 
gren, that is, when the faculty, and native flrength of the part affefted, is overwhelmed by 
the greatnefs of the defluxion,as it is reported by Galen. The Chirurgeon ought to confi- 
der all thefe things, that he may apply and vary fuch medicines as are convenient for the 
nature of the Patient,and for the time and condition of the part affefted. 
The Antece- 
dent and con- 
junfl. 
Theiignsof 3 
Phlegmon, 
G<?Z. l>de Tv.in, 
CHAP. IX. 
Of the cure of a true Phlegmon. 
He Chirurgeon in the cure of a true Phlegmon miift propofe to himfelf four 
intentions. The firft of Diet; This, becaufe the Phlegmon is a hot affeft and 
caufcs a feaver,muft be ordained of refrigerative and liumefting things-, with 
the convenient ufe of the fix things not natural!, that is, air, meat and drink, 
motion and reft, deep and waking, repletion and inanitions and laftly, the 
paflions of the mind. Therefore let him make choife of that air which is pure and cleer,not 
too moift,for fear of defluxion,but fomewhat cool; let him commandmeats which are mo- 
derately cool and moift, Ihunning filch as generate bloud too plentifully, fuch willbe 
broths not too fat, feafoned with a little Borage, Lettuce, Sorrell, and Succory: let him be 
forbidden the ufes of all fpices, and alfo of Garlick, and Onions, and all things which 
heat the bloud,as are all fatty and fweet things,as thofe which eafily take fire. Le t the Pa- 
tient drink final! wine,and much allaied with water: or if the feaver be vehement,the water 
of the deco&ion of Licoris,Barly, fweet Almonds,or water and Sugai'j alwayes having re- 
gard to the ftrength,age,and cuftome of the Patient. For 
What kind of 
diet muil be 
prefcribedin a 
Phlegmon. LIB.7. 
Of Tumors againft Nature in general}. ' 
201 
For if he be of that age,or have fo led his life,that he cannot 'want the ufe of wine, let 
himuic it,but altogether moderately. Reft muft be commanded 5 for all bodies wax hot 
by motion,but let him chiefly have a care that he do not exercife the part poflefled by the 
phlegmon for fear of a new defluxion. Let his Heep be moderate, neither, if he have a full 
body,let him fleep by day, fpecially prefently after meat. Let him have his belly foluble, 
if not by nature, then by art, as by the frequent ufe of glyfters and fuppofitories. Let him 
avoid all vehement perturbations of mind,as hate,anger,brawling; let him wholly abftain 
from venery. 
This manner ofdiet thus prefcribed,we muft come to the fecond fcope,that is,the diver- 
flon of the defluxion, which is performed by taking away its caufe,that is, the fulnefs and 
ilnefs of the humors. Both which we may amend by purging and bloud-lettihg, if the 
ftrength and age of the patient permit. 
But if the part receiving be weak, it muft be ftrengthned with thole things which by 
their aftriftion amend the opennefs of the paflages,the violence of the humor being drawn 
away by cupping-glafles, friftions, ligatures. But if pain trouble the part, which is of- 
ten the occalion of defluxion, it muft be mitigated by medicines affwaging pain. 
The third (cope is to overcome the conjunct caufe. That we may attain to this, we muft 
enter into the confideration of the tumor, according to its times, that is,the beginning,in- 
creafe, ftate, and declination. For from hence the indications of variety of medicines muft 
be drawn.For in the beginning we ufe repercuftives to drive away the matter of the Phleg- 
mon flowing down, as the white of an Egge, Oxycrate, the juices or waters ofHoufleek, 
Plantain, Rofes; Cataplafms ofHenbane,Pomgranate, Pils,Balaufties, Bole arm enick,Terre 
oil of Rofes, Quinces, Mirtils, Poppies. 
Of thefe fimples variety of compound medicines arifes. This may be the form of aCata- 
pjafm.R,pr.foori/ez f ij.Jucci femper vivi, plantag.an.% iij. pul-malicorii,balauftiorum & ij. 
ol.mirtill. & rofar. i. fiat Cataplafma. Another, R, Plantag:folani,hyo[cyam. an. m. ij. caud# e- 
quin.tapfi barb, centinodi#. an. m. i. coquantur perfe fie inoxycrato, piftcntur,trajiciantur, addenda pul- 
weris mirtill. nuc. cuprelfi. & roj. rub. an. iij. prz'zz. fab. $ ij. olei rofar. & cydon. anf% i (5, mixe 
them and make a cataplafm to the form of a liquid pultis. And you may ufe this liniment, 
by dipping linnen clothes in it, and applying to the part 5 R, ol. nymph.& rofar. anfij iij. aq. 
rof.filani & plantag. ah.% ij,aceti § iij,albumin. ovorum n.iij.flat linimentum. Alfo ung. rofatum 6" 
ung. Album, camphor. Rafis are good to apply to it, as in like manner, Emp. Diacalcitheos dif- 
folved in vinegar, and oil of Rofes, and alfo Populeon may be tiled. In the increafe you muft 
have care of the humor flowing down, and of that which already impacted in the part,did 
formerly fall down. Therefore repercuftives muft be tempered and mixed with difeufling 
medicines, but fo that they may carry the chief fway, as R, fol. malv#, abfinth. plantag. an. 
tn. iij. coquantur in oxycrato, contundantur, trajefiis addfarina:fabarum & hordei an.% i. pul. rofar. 
rub. & Abfinth. an. 3 i, ol. rofar. & cham#m. an. 5 i,fiat cataplafma adformam pultisfails liquid#. A- 
notherffk, far in#hord.' % iij, farin# fem. lini & f#nugr#ci, an. i, coquantur in aqua communi, ad- 
denda fub finem pul. miitrllorum, rofarum & cham#meli an. J fi, axungi# anferis & olei rofarum an.% i, 
tnifce,fiat cataplafma. 
But in the ftate the repercuflives,anddifcuflives ought to be alike with fome anodyne, or 
mitigating medicines,if it be painfuLasR,rrf£/.2//tfcele | iiij,malt>#,parietar.ana m.ij,coquantur fub 
cineribus, addenda far in. fabarum & lent ium an. 5 ij,-pulver is ch am#m.& melilot i an.%fi,olei cham#m. 
&rofar. an. i. axungi# gal.% ij. fiat cataplafma. Another, R, mic#panis triticei aqua cdlida mace- 
trati ftp, pulver is rofar. rub.&.abfinth. ana%vi,olei aneth. & mellis com. an. | ij, mifee omnia ft- 
wul &fiat cataplafma ad formam pultis fat is liquid# which is of chief ufe when there is pain. 
But when the violence of pain and other fymptomes are aflwaged, it is likely that the 
plegmon is come to determination. Wherefore then we muft ufe more powerfuil and ftrong 
difcuflives,and only then beginning with the more gentle,left the fb.btiler part of the humor 
being diffolved, the grofler, remaining in the part, fhouId grow hard, bifmal. 
an. m. iij. coquantur, addenda far in# hordei ij, mellis com. i> ol. cham#. & melilot. an. P, fiat ca- 
taplafma. Or R, radi cum Brian. & Cucumer. agreft. an. ij, florum cham#m. & melilot. ana m. 
coquantur in by dr omelite addenda farin#,fem. lini&f#nugr#c. an. | ij. ol. aneth. axungi# anfer. & a- 
nat. an. | i. fiat Cataplafma. And th is plaifter following may here find place* 
R, Diachyl.mag. 5 ij, Empl. de melilot. aneth.& cham#mel. an. | p, diflblve them all to- 
gether and make a medicine for your ufe. Or R, Empl.de mucag.& oxycr.an. 5 ij. EmpldDiachyl, 
Ireat. i, oleiiiliorum & cham#mel. quantum fat is make thereof a fb ft emplaifter. 
The fourth fcope of curing a Phlegmon confifts in correftion of the accidents which ac- 
company it j of which pain is the principal!. 
Whereft>;e the Chirurgeon muft be diligent to aflwage itjfor befides, that it Weakens the 
ftrength, and debilitates and depraves the funftion,it alfo caufes defliixions by drawing the 
bloud and fpirits to the part affe&ed. 
According to the variety of pain there muft be variety of medicines, as R, micypanis dlbi 
in latfe tepilo macerati ft p, vitell. ovorum iij, ol. rofar. ij, croci 9P3 fiat cataplafma. Or R, florum 
melil.an.p. iij,farin#fem. lini. & f#nugr#c. an. § i,fiat cataplafmapultis fatis liquid#. Or 
fk,mucaginrad. alike# &f#nugr#ci an. 5 iij, ol.rofar. & aneth. i, far in. jem.lini. quantum fatis, 
ut inde fornetur cataplafma fails mode. But 
How to divert 
rhe deftuxidn 
of humors. 
The pain mtift 
be aflwaged. 
When we muiX 
ufe repercuf- 
fives. 
What iocjdl 
medicines we 
mu ft ufe in ths 
encreafe. 
ftatc* 
What in rhd 
dediharW 
The cdrrcfii-. 
on of rheacci- 
dents. 
The difcorr- 
modifies of 
pain. 
Medicines 
aflwaging 
pain. / Of Tumors againft Nature in general}. 
202 
Lib. 7.' 
Narcotick me- 
dicines. 
But if the pain remain,and yeeld not to thcfe remedies, we muft flie to ftronger, making 
of narco ticks, or ftupefaftives, but with care leftwebenum, or dead the part; as Be, fol. 
tyofyani-drpapaver. fib. cineribiwcofiorum an.% iij, ddipzsfiill# &ol. rof. an. % i, croci 9 ij, fiat 
cataplafma : or R*, fol. cicut# & filanifuriofi. an. $ iiij, coquantur fib pifientur3 & traji- 
ciantur ' addenda unguent. popul. & ol. rojar. an. i, fatin. fdinugTdec. quantum fatis erit ut inde forme- 
tur cataplafina adformampultis liquid#. 
CHAP. X. 
7 he cure of an ulcerated Phlegm on. 
The Ggnsofa 
Fhlcgmon 
turning to an 
Abfcefs. 
Lit it often happens that the humor is fo impact in the part,that it cannot be re- 
prefled, and Id grofs,that it cannot be difcufled 5 which we may know by the 
greatnefs of the heat and fwelling,by the bitternefs of the pricking pain, the 
teaver,and pulfation,and heavinefs. 
Wherefore laying afide all hope of difcufling, we muft come to the fiippu- 
ratives. For which purpofe Galen foments the fwollen part with water,or oil being warm, 
qr with both of them 5 and then applies this following cataplafm. 
R, farina trie, vel miegpanis § iiij, ol. com. § iij. aqua com. quantum cataplafina 5 Or* 
rad. lilior. alb.& althea, an. parietar. & fenecionis ana m. i. coquantur in hy- 
dromelite, pifcntur trajeflis adde far in. fem. Uni § ij3 axuniga fuU/a, ol. liliorum an.% P, fiat cata- 
plafma: Or R, malva9 bifmalv. wiolar. an. m. i. caricarum ping. n. x. pafful. J i'h coquantur in aq. 
com. tufa9 & trajeflU9 adde mellis com. % ij, ung. bafilicon. & butyri recent, ana | i, fiat 
You may profitably ufe for the fame purpofc'Empl.Viachylonmagnum 9 or Bafilicon. Or R, 
Empl. Diachyl. Mag. J iij, ung. bafilicon. ? i. ol. liliorum J p. Of thefe mixed together make a 
medicine for the forefaid ufe. 
When the heat,pain,feaver, and other accidents (hall remit, when the tumor hath a 
fharpehead, when by the prefling of your finger you, find the humor to flow as it were to 
and fro, then you may know that it is ripe. 
Wherefore without any further delay the tumor muft be opened,left the matter too long 
fhut up, corrode the adjacent parts, and the ulcer become finuous and fiftulous. 
For this ufually happens, efpecially then, when the matter is venenate or malign, or 
when the fwelling is near a joint,or at the fundamennt,or fuch like hot and moift places. 
For by the decree of Hippocrates we (hould anticipate the maturation of fuch tumors by 
opening. 
They may be opened with an incifion knife or cauftick,and that either a&uall or poten- 
tial!. For if the Patient (hall be heartlefs and lefs confident, fo that he either cannot, or 
will not indure any inftrument,you muft make way for the matter by* a potential! cautery. 
You may alfo do the bufinefs by another flight, as thus. 
Thruft the point of a fharpe knife or lancet, through a brafs counter that it may Hand 
faft in the midft thereof 5 then cover it diligently with fbme Emplaifter or Cataplafm, that 
neither the Patient nor ftanders by perceive the deceit; then laying on the plaifter as that 
you would make a paflage for the matter by that means,but when you have fitted the point 
to the part,where it is fit to open the tumor, fo guide the Counter with your fingers, that 
you may prefently make an impreflion into the Tumor, fufficient for excluding the matter. 
I have here exprefled three delineations of fuch Inftruments that you may ufe thefe, either 
bigger, lefler or indifferent,as occafion fhall ferve. 
Lib. 2 ad Gian- 
Cap.7. 
Suppurative 
medicines. 
The Cgns of 
pw or matter. 
'Mp.lib-deFii 
Counters with the points of Knives or Launces put 
through them. 
A. fliews the Counter or peece of Silver. 
B. (hews the point of the Lancet. 
But there are feven things which muft be diligently considered in opening a l forts of 
Impoftumes. The firftis, that you put your knife to that part of the Abfce> which is 
thefofter, and yeelds to the imp reflion of your fingers, and where it rifes into a head,. or 
point. L1B.7. 
Of Tumors againji Nature irigenerall, 
203 
point. The ftcond is, that you make choile of that place for difleftion which is the 
loweft, that fo the contained impuritie may the more readily flow out, and not flay iy the 
paflage. The third is, that it be made according to the wrincles of the skin, and the right 
libers of the Mufcles lying next under the skin. The fourth is, that you turn your knife 
from the larger veflels and Nerves worth (peaking of. The fifth is, that the matter con- 
tained in them be not evacuated too abundantly at once in great Abiceflcs, left thereby the 
ftrength be dejefted, the fpirits being much wafted together with the unprofitable humor. 
The lixth is,that the affe&ed part be handled as gently as you can. The feventh is,that af- 
ter the opening when the matter is evacuated, the Abfcefsbecleanfed, filled with flefh, and 
laftly, confolidatcd and Cicatrized.But feeing that commonly after fuch feftions fome part 
ofthe Tumor remains, all the contained humor being not wholly fuppurated, theChir- 
urgeon may perceive that this is an implicite affeft, that is, a Tumor and Ulcer. But the 
Cure thereof muft be fo, that you take away the Ttimor before the Ulcer; for the Ulcer 
cannot be healed before the part be reftored to its nature. Therefore the (iippuratives for- 
merly prefcribed muft be uled, and the Ulcer muft be drefled for two or three dayes with 
this tollowing Medicine. 
R yitelium uniusovi, terebinth.Venete>& ol. Rojar. an. § fi3fiat medicamentum. Then you 
muft feck to cleanfe it by this following Medicine. 
R Meilis nfar. J i, Syrupi rojar. & tereb. Venet. an. | i 0, far. hordei J ij3 fiat medicamentum ad 
*fum. For this very purpofe there is a Angular Deterfiye made of Appium or Smallage of 
which this is the delcription. 
R Sued appii3plantag. beton. an.% i3 Meilis commun. J v, terebint. Venet. | iiij, farm. Hordei & 
Orobi3 i]3pulveris Aloes3rad.Ireos florent. 3 i3coquatur mel.cum Juccij quibw conjump- 
tis addantur farina 3 & mifeeantur omnia ad formant unguenti. But if you would cleanfe 
it more powerfully, you may ufeVnguentum Apofloloium, or Vnguentum Aureum and JEyptia- 
cum mixed according to the fcope you conceive in your mindsjwhen the Ulcer (hall feem 
fufticiently clenfed, it fhall be filled with flefh and cicatrized after the manner we (ball de- 
clare in the proper treatife of the cure of Ulcers. 
What the cure 
muft be after 
the opening 
of the abfcefa 
Dcrerfiv® 
Ffyuenimndi 
Cther Instruments for opening AbfcefeS, 
Rings in which little knives lye 
fit for to open Abfiefes. 
The Delineation of a Trunke or 
hollow Inftrnment going 
with a [pring. 
A. Shews the thicker pipe. 
EL Shews another which enters and 
is fattened in the other by a 
fcrue. 
C. The point of the Inftrument 
looking out. 
D. The fpring which forces the In* 
flrument. 
CHAP. OfTumors againfl Nature in general. 
204 
Lib.7. 
CHAP. XL 
Of fevers 9 and the cures of thefefeavers which accompany Phlegmons 
TheFeaver of 
a Phlegmon. 
Mongft the Symptoms which moft ufually accompany Phlegmons,and afflift all the 
body of the patient,Feavers are the chief; that is,hot, and dry diftempers kindled 
in the heart, and thence by the Artery is fent over all the body ; yet thefe which 
ufually follow this kind of Tumors are Epkwer<e,that is,Diary,unputrid Synochij 
Of whole nature and order of cure I will here briefly relate what I have learnt from my 
Mafters, that is, Doftors bf Phyfick, as I have been convcrfant with them in the praftife of 
my Art. 
The Ephemera, or Diary [that is, of one is a hot and dry diftemperature kindled in 
the vitall fpirits. It hath that name,becaufe by its own nature it tarries not above the fpace 
of one day or twenty four houres,by reafon it is kindled in a fubtile eafily diflipable matter. 
The efficient caufes of this Feaver are wearines,hunger,and drunkennefs,anger,fury,for- 
row,watching,great 8c piercing cold, Aduftion,Bathe*,and manner of living inclining more 
to heat then ordinary,apply ing,ufing or drinking of acrid medicines, as Poyfons,or of hot 
meats, or drinks; to conclude,all the efficient caufes common to all Feavers, putrefadion. 
only excepted whch properly appertains to putrid feavers. 
For a Bubo alfo,which is a Phlegmon of the Glandules,caufes a Diary,as Hippocrates ffiews. 
All feavers proceeding from the Tumors of the Glandules are evill, the Diary excepted. 
Which Jphorifm muft be underftood warily and with that diftinftion which Galen gives in 
his commentary,where he faith; It is only to be underftood of Tumors riling in the Glan- 
dules without occafion, that is, without any evident and manifeft caufe; for otherwife 
Feavers that thence take their originall,though not Diary,yet are not all evill,as we learn 
by Buboes in Children, and thevenereous Buboes,which happen without inflammation,or 
corruption of the liver;forfuch commonly have no malign Feaver accompanying them, 
which thing is worthy a Chirurgeons observation. 
The common figns of a Diary are, a moderate and vaporous heat feeling gentle to the 
hand, a pulfe fwift and frequent,fometimes great and ftrong, as when the Diary is caufed 
by anger; fometimes little, if the Feaver proceed from forrow,hunger,cold,crudity; for o- 
ther refpefts equall and ordinary. 
The moft certain figns are, if the Feaver come upon one not by little and little but fb- 
dainly and that from fome externall and evident caufe,no loathing of meat, no cauflefs 
wearinefs, no deep fleep,yawning,great pain,reftlefnefs, (hakingnor cold going before,and 
laflly, no other troublefome fymptome preceding. We here make no mention of the 
urine, becaufe moft frequently they refcmble the urines of found bodies; for in fo fhort 
a time as Diaries endure, there cannot fo great a perturbation be raifed in the bloud that 
there may be fignes thereof found in the urine. A Diary is ended in one fit, which by the 
proper nature of this Feaver lafts but one day,although fometimes, otherwife it is extended 
to three, or four dayes fpace; and then it eafily degenerates into a Putrid, Specially any 
error of the Patient, Phyfitian, or thofe whicn attend him concurring therewith, or if the 
externall things be not rightly fitted. 
This Feaver is terminated either by infenfible tranfpiration, or by the moifture of the 
skin, or by a fweat naturall, gentle, and not ill fhielling; to this Diary we may refer the 
unputrid Synochus generated of bloud not putrid, but only heated beyond meafure. For 
ufually there arifes a great heat over all the body, by means of the bloud immoderately 
heated; whence the veins become more tumid , the face appears fiery, the Eyes red and 
burning, the breath hot, and to conculde, the whole habit of the body more full,by reafon 
of that ebullition of the bloud, andthediffufion of the vapours thence arifing over all the 
body : Whence it is, that this kind of Sy nochus may be called, a vaporous Feaver. To this 
Children are incident as alfo all fanguine bodies, which have no ill humors. The cure of 
this and the Ephemera or Diary is the fame; becaufe it may fcarfe teem different from the 
Ephemera in any other thing,than that it may be prolonged for three or four dayes. Where- 
fore whatfoever we (hall fay for the cure of the Ephemera, may be applyed to the Synochus, 
bloud-letting except e d,which in an unputrid Synochus is very neceflary. 
Now the cure ora Diary Feaver confifts in the decent ufe of things not natural,contrary 
to the caufe of thedifeafe; wherefore bathes of warm and naturall water are very pro- 
fitable ; fo that the Patient be not Plethorick, nor fluft with excrements,nor obnoxious 
to catarrhes and defluxions, becaufe a catarrh is eafily caufcd and augmented by the hu- 
mors diffufed and diflblvedby the heat ofa bath ; therefore in this cafe we muft efchew 
friftions,and anointing with warm oil, which things notwithftanding are thought very 
ufefull in thefe kinds of Feavers,efpecially when they have their originall from extreme la- 
bour, by aftri&ion of the skin or a Bubo. Let this be a generall rule, that to every caufe, 
whence this Feaver proceeded,you oppofe the contrary for a remedy ; as to labour, reft; 
to watching, fleep; to anger and forrow, gratefull fociety of friends, and all things re- 
plenifhed 
What aFeaver 
is. 
What an Ele- 
ment,or Diary 
is. 
Thecaufes 
thereof. 
W4' 
The Ggns of a 
Diary. 
Why in a Dia- 
ry the urines 
iiketothefe in 
health. 
The unputrid 
Syntchwt, 
The cure of a 
Diary Fea ver. Lib.7. 
Of Tumors againfi Nature ingenertill. 
205 
plcnilhed with pleaiant goodwill ; and to a the proper cure thereof. 
Wine moderately tempered with water according to the cuftome of the lick patient, is 
good and profitable in all caufes of this Feaver, except he be pained in his hcad,or that the 
Feaver drew its originall from anger, or a Bubo; for in this laft cafe efptcially, the patient 
muft abftain wholly from wine, untill the inflammation come to the fate, and begins to 
decline. This kind of Feaver often troubles infants; and then you muft piefcribe inch me- 
dicines to their Nurfes, as if they were lick, that fo by this means their milk may become 
in dicinable. Alfo it will be good to put the Infant himielf into a bath of naturail and 
warm watcr,and prefeitfly after the bath to anoint the ridge of the back and breft with oyl 
of Violets. But if a Phlegmon poflefs any inward part, or otherwise by its nature be great, 
or feated near any principall Boweljfo that it may continually lend from it either a putrid 
matter or exhalation to the heart, and not only aifett it by a quality or pfeterriaturall heat 
by the continuity of the parts,thence wil arife the putrid if the blood by contagi- 
on putrefying in the greater veflels,confifts of one equall mixture of the four humors.This 
Fewer is thus chiefly known, it hath no exacerbations, or remillions, but niuch lefs *inter- 
miftions; it is extended beyond the fpace of twenty four houreSjUeither doth it then end in 
Vomit,fweat,moifture,or by little and little by inienfible tranfpiration;afcer the manner of 
intermitting Feavers, or Agues but remains conftant, untill it leaves the patient for alto- 
gether; it commonly happens not unlefs to thefe of a good temper and complexion, which 
abound With much bloud,and that tempered by an equall mixture of the four humors. It 
commonly indures not long,becaufe the blood by fome peculiar putrefattion degenerating 
into choler or Melancholy,will prelently bring forth another kind of Feaver, towit$ a 
Tertian or continued Quartain. 
The cure of this Feaver (as 1 have heard of moft learned Phyfitians) chiefly confifts in 
bloodletting. For by letting of blood the fulneis is diminished,and therefore the obftrutti* 
on is taken away, and laftly, the putrefattion. And feeing that in this kind of Feaver there 
is not only a fault of the matter,by the putrefaction of the blood, but alfo of the Temper 
by excefs of heat; certainly Phlebotomy helps not only, as we laid, the putrefaction,but 
alio the hot diftemper. For the blood in which all the heat of the creature is contained, 
whilft it is taken away, the acrid and fuliginous excrements exhale and vanifh away 
with it,which kept in,encrea(ed the Feaverifh heat. Moreover,tlie veins,to fhuri emptinefs, 
which nature abhors, are filled with much cold airinftead of the hot blood which was 
drawn aWay, which follows a cooling of the habit of the whole body ; yea arid many by 
means of Phlebotomy have their bellies looted, arid (weat, both which are much to be de- 
fired in this kind of Feaver. 
This moved the ancient Phyfitians, to write, that we muft draw blood in this difeafe, 
even to the fainting of the Patient. 
Yetbecaufe thus,not a few have poured out their lives together with their blood, it 
will be better andfafcr to divide the evacuations, and draw fo much blood at feve- 
rall times, as thegreatriefs of the difeafe (hall require, and the ftrength of the Patietft 
may bear. 
When you have drawn blood, forthwith injett an emollient and refrigerative clyftef ; 
left that the veins emptied by Phlebotomy may draw into them the impurity of the 
Guts; blit thefe clyfters which cool too much, rather bind the belly, than loofe it. 
The following day the Morbifick matter muft be partly evacuated by a gentle purge, 
as a bole of Caflia., or Catholicon-, then muft you appoint Syrups which have riot only 
a refrigerative quality, but alfo to refift putrefattion , fuch as the Syrup of Lemmons, 
Berberries, of the Juice of Citrons, of Pomgrahats, Sorrell and Vineger; let his diet be 
abfoliitely cooling ahd hrimettirig,ahd alfo (lender; for the native heat much debilitated 
by drawing of a great quantity of blood cannot equall a full diet. Therefore it (hall iuf- 
fice to feed the Patient with chicken and veal broths made with cooling herbs, aS Sor- 
rell, Lettuce, and Purflain. Let his drink be Barly water. Syrup of Violets mixed 
with fome pretty quantity of boiled water,Julepum Alexandrinum}efyecia\ly if he be trou- 
bled xvith fcouring, or laske.But the Phylitian muft chiefly have regard to the fourth day, 
for if then there appear any figns of concottion in the excrements r, the Crifts muft be ex- 
petted on the eventn day,and that cither by a loofnefs of the belly, or an aboundance of 
urine, by vomits, fweats, or bleeding. Therefore We nitift then do nothing but commit tfie 
whole bufihefs to nature. 
But for drinking cold water, which is (b much commended by Galen in this kind of 
Feaver, it is not to be fuffered before there appear figns [of concottion ; moreover in 
the declining of the difeafe the ufeof wine will not be unprofitable to help forwards 
fweats« 
t tHAP; 
The ufc of 
wine in a Dis* 
How a putrid 
fynobfn n 
caufed. 
Phlebotomy 
nrccfljry in a - 
putrid Sinocbwl 
What benefit 
we may reap by 
drawing blood 
even to fainungo* 
Why wemuft 
give a.dyGer 
preiently alter 
blood letting* 
WhatSynlps 
profitable in 
this cafe. . , 
W hy a flendef 
Diet mu ft be 
ufed after let - J 
ting muck 
blood. 
When drrn- 
king of waref 
is to be permit" 
ted in a putrid-1 
Synocfrte. 206 
Of I ttmors againjl Nature in generail. 
Lib. 7. 
CHAP. XII. 
Of an Eryfipelas, or Inflammation. 
declared the cure ofa Phlegmon,caufed by laudable bloody we muft 
now treat of thefe tumors which acknowledg choler the materiall caufe of 
their generation, by reafon of that affinity which intercedes between Cho- 
ler and Blood. Therefore the tumors caufed by natural! Choler, are called 
or Inflammations; thefe contain a great heat in them, which 
chiefly poflefles the skin,as alfo oftentimes feme portion of thefleffi lying 
under it. For they are made by moft thin and fubtle blood (which upon any occafion of 
inflammation eaflly becomes cholerick)or by blood and choler,hotter than is requifit, and 
fometimes of choler mixed with an acrid ferous humor. 
That which is made by fincere and pure choler, is called true and perfeft Ery- 
fipelas. But there arife three differences of Eryfipelaes by the admixture of choler with the 
three other kinds of humors. For if it being predominant be mixed with blood, it (hall be 
termed Eryfipelas Phlegtnonodes ; if with Phlegm, Eryfipelas ariematodes; if with Melancholy, 
Eryfipelas Scirrhodes. Sb that the former and fubftantive word (hews the humor bearing do- 
minion, but the latter or adje&ive that which is inferior in mixture. But if they concur in 
equal! quantity,there will be thereupon made Eryfipelas Phlegmone-, Eryfipelas Eryfife las 
jcirrhus. 
Galen acknowledges two kinds of Eryfipelaes,one Ample and without an ulcer, the other 
ulcerated. For choler drawn & fevered from the warmnes of the blood,running by its fub- 
tlety and acrimony unto the skiri,ulcerates it;but reftrained by the gentle heat of the blood, 
as a bridle, it is hindered from piercing to the top of the skin,and makes a tumor without 
an ulcer. But of unnaturall choler are caufed many other kinds of cholerick tumors, as 
the Herpes exedens ,and Miliar #,and laftly,all forts of tumors which come between the Herpes 
and Cancer. You may know Eryftpelaes chiefly by three figns,as by their colour, which is a 
yellowiffi red;by their quick Aiding back into the body at the lead compreffion of the skin 
(the caufe of which is the (ubtlety of the humor and the outward lite of it under the skip, 
whereupon by fome an Eryfipelas is called a Difeafe of the skin; J taftly, by the number of 
the Symptoms,as heat,pulfation,pain. The heat of an Eryfipelas is far greater than that of a 
Phlegmon,but the puliation is much les;for as the heat, of the blood is not fo great,as that 
of choler,fo it far exceeds choler in quantity and thicknefs, which may caufe compreffion 
and obflruftion of the adjacent muffle. 
For Choler eaflly diftpableby reafon of its fubtlety quickly vaniffies, neither doth it 
fuffer it fclf to be long contained in the empty fpaces between the muffles; neither doth an 
Eryfipelas agree with a Phlegmon in the propriety of the jpain. F or that of an Eryfipelas is 
pricking and biting without tenlion, or heavinefs, yet the primitive, antecedent and con- 
jun&cauffs are alike of both the tumors. Although an Eryfipelas may be incident to all 
parts, yet principally it aflkils the face,by reafon of the rarity of the skin of that place,and 
the lightnefs of the cholerick humor flying upwards. It is ill when an Eryfipelas comes up- 
on a wound,or ulcer,and although it may come to fuppuration, yet it is not good ; for it 
(hews that there is obftruftion by the admixture of a grofs humor, whence there is fome 
danger oferofion in the parts next under the skin. 
Pt is good when an Eryfipelas comes from within outwards ; but ill when from with- 
out it ret ires inward. But if an Eryfipelas poflefs the womb it is deadly, and in like man- 
ner if it fpread too far over the face, by reafon of the (ympathy of the membranes of the 
brain. 
The definition 
of inEryfipe- 
Ids. 
G(il.Cap.2.lib* 
14. Meth.med. 
($- 2t<id GIah. 
Two kinds of 
Eryftpeldt. 
GAl,ljb,1, ad 
Glow. 
Hip. A pho. 79. 
SeS.y. 
Aph.i'y. 
$etl»i6. Aphi 
43- Self. 3. 
CHAP. XIII. 
Of the cure of an Eryfipelas. 
Or the cure of an Eryfyelas wemuft procure two things,to wit,evacuation and 
refrigeration. But becaufe there is more need of cooling, than in a Phleg- 
mon,the chief fcopemuft be for refrigeration. Which being done, the con' 
tained matter muft be taken away and evacuated with moderately refolving 
medicines. We muft do four things to attain unto thefe forementioned ends. 
Firft of all we muft appoint a convenient manner of Diet, in the ufe of the fix things not 
naturall; that is, we muft incraflate, refrigerate and moiften as much as the nature of the 
difeafe and patient will fuffer, much more than in a Phlegmon ; then we will evacuate the 
Antecedent matter,by opening a vein,andby medicines purging choler.And that by cutting 
theCephalickvein,iftherebeaportionof the blood mixed with Chcjer, if the Eryfyelx 
poflefs the face,and if it be fpread much over it. 
But if it (hall invade another part?although it (hall proceed of pure choler,Phlebotomy 
will 
GaI. 14* 
Method. 
'4 Things to be 
performed 
in cutting an 
Eryfipekts. 
In what 
Eryfipeldt it is 
tonvenient to 
let blood, in 
what net, LIB.7. 
Of Tfimors againfi Nature in generally 
207 
xvill nor. be 10 neceliary,becauie the blond which is as a bridle to the choler being taken 
away3there may be danger3left it become more fierce 5 yet if the body be plethoricftit Will 
be expedient to let blond,becaufe this, as Galen teacheth, is oft times the caufe of an Erj- 
>U.It wil be expedient to give a clyfter of refrigerating and humefting things before you 
open a vein ; but it belongs to a learned and prudent Phyfitian to prelcribe medicines., 
purging choler. 
The third care muft be taken for Topick, or locall medicines, which in the beginning 
and encreafe muft be cold and moift,without any cither drynefs or aftri&ion, becauie the 
more acrid matter by life of aftringent things being driven in, would ulcerate and fret the 
adjacent particle* 
Galen and Aviccn much commend this kind of remedy; T ake fair water the Iharp- 
eft Vinegar i, make an Oxycrate3in which you may wet linnen clothes and apply to the 
affefted part and the circumjacent places,and renew them often. Or R, Sued (olani3 plantag. 
&fempervivi9 an. % ij, aceti f ft Mucaginis fem. Pfylii 5 ft fucci hyofeyami | i, Mifce. But if the 
Eryfipelas be upon the face, you muft ufe the medicine following. 
R, Vnguent. Rof % iiij, fled plantagin. & fempervivi, an. 5 i, trochifc. de Camphora £ fi, aceti 
parum , let them be mixed together and make a liniment. But if the heat and pain be into- 
lerable., we muft come to narcotick medicines. AsR3 fucci hyofey ami, folani,cicut*9 an. Ji, 
album, ovorum n. ii, zrcetz J ft opzz & Camphor, an. gra. 9 ft Mucaginis fem. pfyll. & fenigt. 
extrafi* in aq. rof. & plantag. an.$ fol.de papav. 5 i j. fiat liniment urn ung. refrigerant is Gal. 
camphor, q. jot is fit. Yet we mult not uleluch like medicines too long,left they caule an ex- 
tinction of the native heat and mortification of the part. 
Wherefore fuch Narcotick medicines muft be tiled with regard of place3 time and fuch 
other circumftances. Therefore we may three manner of wayes underftand when to defift 
from ufing Narcotick or ftupefa&ive medicines. The firft is when the Patient in the af- 
fected part feels nbt fo much heat, pricking and pain3 as before , The fecond is when the 
part feels more gentle to the touch than before The third when the fiery and pallid co- 
lour begins by little and little to waxe livid and black;for then muft we abltain from Nar- 
cotick.) and ufe refolving and ftrengthening things, whereby the part may be revived and 
ftrengthened by recalling the Native heat j As R, Far in.* horde i & Orobf an. J ij, faring fem. 
Uni 5 i ft coquantur in Hydromelite addenda pulv. rofarum & chamgmel. an J ft ol. ane~ 
thi & chamgm. an. 5 i, fiat cataplafma. Or you may ufe this following fomentation, 1ft Rad. 
Altheg 5 ft fob malv*., bifmal. pariet. abfinthif falvigy an. m. i, flor, chamgm. mehlotf rojar. rub. 
an.m. ij, coquantur in gquis partibus vini & aqug, &fiat fotus cum fpongia. After the fomentation 
you may apply an Emplaifter of Diachylon Ireatum, or Diapalma diflblved in oil of chamo- 
mile and Melilote, and fuch other like. The fourth Intention which is of the correction 
of accidents 3 we will perform by thefe means which we mentioned in curing a Phleg- 
mon, by varying the medicaments, according to the judgment of him which undertakes 
the cure. 
What to pick 
medicines are 
fit ro be ufed in 
rhe beginning 
<rfanEry/ipeli$t 
What cautioft 
muft be had iri 
theufeof nar* 
cotick medi. 
cines. 
Refolving and 
ftrengthening 
medicines, 
CHAP. XIII I. 
Of the Herpes; that is3 Teaters, or Ringwormes3orfuch like. 
Erpes is a tiimor catifed by pure choler leparated from the reft of the humors, 
that vis carryed by its natUrall lightnefs and tenuity even to the outer or 
fcarfe skin, and is diffufed over the furface hereof. Galen makes three forts 
ofthis tumor. For ifperfcft choler of an indifferent fubftance, that is, not 
very thick, caufe this tumor, then the Ample Herpes is generated, obtaining 
the name of the Genus ; but if the humor be not fo thin, but compounded with fome ftnall 
mixture of Phlegm , it will raife little blifters over the skin like to the feeds of Millet, 
whence it was that the Ancients called this Tumor the Herpes Miliaris. But if it have any 
admixture of Melancholy, it will be an Herpes exedens} terrible by reafon of theeroiion or 
eating into the skin and mufcles lying under it. 
Thefe are abfolutely three intentions of curing ; The firft is to appoint a Diet juft Uke 
that we mentioned in the cure of an Eryftpelas , The fecond is to evacuate the antecedent 
caufe, by medicines purging the peccant humor, for which purpofe oft-times clyfters will 
fuffice, efpecially if the patient be fomewhat eafie by nature, and if the urine flow accor- 
ding to your defire; for by this a great part of the humor may be carryed into the bladder; 
The third ffiall be to take away the conjunft caufe by locall medicines ordained for the 
fwellingand ulcer : Therefore the Chirurgeon ffiall have regard to two things, that is,the 
refblving of the tumor, aqd the drying up of the ulcer; for every ulcer requires drying, 
which can never be attained unto, Unlefs the fuelling be taken away. Therefore becaufe 
the chiefeft care muft be to take away the Tumor,which unlefs it be performed there can be 
no hope to heal the ulcer,he ffiall lay this kind of medicine to diflblve and dry,as R Cerufe 
& tuthij prrfar. an. % i, ol. rof. & adipis capon, an. ij, corticif pini & /ocz,| cer<a quan- 
tum jat is, fiat unguentHm. OrR, Farin. hordei & lent. an. | ij, coquantur in decofio corticif 
T 2 mail 
Whataflrr/w 
is, what be 
the kinds 
thereof. 
Gal. 2, ad 
G/auconem, 
What the 
Herpet miliarii 
is. 
What the 
exedens» 
Three intend" 
ons in curing 
A rule for 
healing ulcdrj 
conjoined 
with tumor*. 208 
Of Tumors'againfl Nature in generall. 
L1 B.7 
mali % P, olei Myrtillor. & mel/it com. 
an.3 viyfiat unguentum-yrt art it e/hBut for an Herpe; Miliaris thele muft chiefly be tiled, R,pwfe. 
gal!arum3malicurii, balauft.boli armeni an. 5 i, roj. $ iij, aceti actrri'mi % i, axunge an\er. & 
olei Myrtillor. an. % i 5 hfirtnnguentum ad uyum. I have often lound moft certain 
help in wwgwentwwi enulatuin cum it kills the puftules,and partly wafts the humor 
contained in them. Yet if the ulcer, not yet neither yeelds, but every day diffiifcs it felf 
further arid further, you (ball touch the edges and lips thereof with lome acrid medicine, 
as Aqua fortisPoyl of Vitriole,or fuch like, for by this kind of remedy,! have oft times heal- 
ed fretting ulcers, which feemed altogether incurable. 
The force of 
Pnguentum 
cnulatum cum 
Mercurio. 
Medicines fit 
for reftraining 
eating and 
fpreading 
ulcers. 
CHAP.XV. 
Of Feavers, which happen upon Erpfipelous Fumors 
A vulgar de- 
fcriprion of an 
intermitting 
Tertian feaver. 
S Fe avers fometimes happen upon and Eryfipelaes, which fa- 
vour of the humor whereof they proceed,that is,Choler. Therefore feeing it is 
peculiar to Choler3to move every third day, it is no marvail if great Inflam- 
mations bring with them Tertian Feavers,or Agues, which have their fit eve- 
ry third day;for it is called an Intermitting Tertian which conies every other 
day. 
The Primitive caufeslin general! are ftrong exercifcs, efpecially in the hot Sun,the ufeof 
heating,and drying either meats or medicines, great abftinence joyned with great labour, 
care,forrow; the antecedent caufes are the plenty of cooler in the body,an -hot and dry dif- 
temperature either of the whole body,or of the liver only: theconjunft caufe is the putre- 
faction of the cholerick humor lying in fome plenty without the greater veflels, in the ha- 
bit of the body. 
The figns,a fhaking or fhivering like as when We have made water in a cold winter mor- 
nings great pricking,ftretching,or ftiffhefs,as if there were pins thruft into us over all our 
bodies,by reafon of the acrimony of the cholerick humor driven uncertainly and violently 
over all the body, and the fenfible membranous and nervous particles at the beginning of 
the fit; then prefently the heat becomes acrid, the Feaver kindled,like a fire in dry ftrawjthe 
pulfe is great, quick and equal;the tongue dry;the urine yellowifb,red andthin.The Symp- 
tomes are watchings, thirft, talking idlely, anger, difquictnefs and toffing the body at the 
leaft noife or whifpering. Thefe Feavers are terminated by great fweats. They are incident 
to cholerick young men,filch as are lean,and in Summer;after the fit oft times follow cho- 
lerick vomiting andyellowifh ftools. After the fit there follows an absolute intermiflion re- 
taining no reliques of the Feaver, untill the approach of the following fit, becaufe all the 
cholerick matter by the force of that fit and nature is cafily caft out of the body, by reafon 
of its natural! levity and facility ; whereas in Quotidians there is no fiich thing, as which 
after the fit al wayes leave in the body a fenfe and feel ing of a certain inequality by reafon of 
the ftubborncfs of thePhlegmatick humor,and dulncs to motion.The fit commonly ufes to 
endure 4,5, or 6 hourcs,although at fome time it may be extended to 8 or 1 c. This Feaver 
is ended at 7 fits,and ufually is not dangerous,un lei's there be fome error committed by the 
Phyfitian,Patient,or fuch as attend him.Tertians in fummer are fhorter,in winter longer. 
Wherefore the beginning of the fit is accompanied With ftifnefs,or ftretching, the Hate 
with fweat,whereupon if the note,lips or mouth break forth into pimples or fcabs, it is a 
flgn of the end of the Feaver,and of the power of nature which is able to drive the con- 
junct caufe of the difeafefrom the center to the habit of the body ; yet thefe pimples ap- 
pear not in the declining of all Tertians,but. only then,when the cholerick humor caufing 
the Feaver fhall refide in the ftomach,or is driven thither from fome other part of the firft 
region of the Liver. For hefite the fubtler portion thereof carryed by the continuation of 
the inner coat to the month and nofe,by its acrimony cafily caufes pimples in thefe places. 
The cure is performed by E>iet,and Pharmacy. 
Therefore let. the Diet be fo ordered for the "fix things not natural!, that it may incline 
to refrigeration and humeftio.n,as much as the digeftive faculty will permit,as Lettuce,Sor- 
rel, Gourds,Cowcumbers,Mallows,Barly Creams,Wine much allaid with water,thinjfmall, 
and that fparingly and not before figns ofconcoition fhall appear in the urine ; for at the 
beginning he may not ufe wine,nor in the declining,bnt with thefe conditions, which we 
have prcfcribed. 
But for the time of feeding the patient,on that day the fit is expe£ted,he muft eat nothing 
for three hourcs before the fit,left the aguifli heat lighting on fiich meats as yet crude, may 
corrupt and putrefie them ; whence the matter of the Feaver may be incrcafed, ( bccaufe it 
is as proper to that heat to corrupt all things, as to the native to preferve and vindicate 
from putrefaftion)the fit lengthened,and nature called away from the concoftion and ex- 
cretion of the Morbifick humor; yet We may temper the feverity of this Jaw by having re- 
gard to the ftrength of the patient; for it Will be convenient to feed a weak patient not 
only before the fit,but alfo in the fit it fcl£,but that only fparingly,lcft the ftrength fhould 
be too much imp aired. N oW 
Thecaufes of 
Tertian fea - 
vers. 
Thefignsofan 
intermitting 
Tertian. 
TheSymp- 
tomes 
Why Tertians 
have anabfo- 
Juteceffation 
ofthefeaver at 
rhe end of each 
fit. 
The diet of 
fuch as have a 
Tertian. 
When fn.ch as 
have a tertian 
may ufc wine. 
The time of 
feeding the 
patient. Of Twnors agdinjl Nature in general!. 
L1B.7. 
209 
Now tor Pharmacy It mail be considered, whether the ftrength of the Patient be ihtfici- 
ent, if the humors abound 5 for then you may prefcriBe fimplex,Cajsia newly ex- 
tracted, the deco&ion of Violets, of Citrin Myrobalanes •, Syrups of Violets, Puotes, 
of Pomegranats and Vineger. But if the powers of the Patient languifh , he muft not only 
not be purgedt but allb mu it not draw blood too plenteoufly, becaule Cholerick men 
foon faint, by rcafonof the facile and ealie diffipation of the fiibtle humors andfpirits; 
befides fuch as are fubjeft to tertian Feavers do not commonly abound with blood, 
unlefs it be with Cholerick blond., which muft rather be renued, or amended by cooling 
and humefting things, than evacuated. Yea verily, when it is both commodious 
and necefiary to evacuate the body , it may bee attempted with far more fafety by 
fuch things as work by inlenfible tranfpiration , which provoke fweats, vomit or urine 
by reafon of thefubtlety of the Cholerick humor,than by any other. Allb the frequent 
ule of emollient glyfters made With a decoftion of Prunes, Jujubes, Violets, Bran 
and Barley, will profit much. If the Patient fall into or talk idlely by rea- 
fon of the heat anddrynefsof the head, with a particular exccfs of the cholerick hu- 
mor, the Head muft be cooled by applying to the Temples and Forehead and putting 
into the Nofe oyl of Violets, Roles, or womans milk. Let the feet and legs be bathed in 
fair and warm water, and the foies of the feet be anointed with oyl of Violets and fuch 
like. 
In the declining, a Bath made of the branches of Vines, the leaves of Willowes, Lettuce 
and other refrigerating things boiled in fair water, may be profitably tiled three houres 
after meat eaten iparingly. 
But I would have you lb to underftand the Declination or declining not of one parti- 
cular fit, but of the dileafe in general!, that the humors already conco&ed, allured to the 
skin by the warmnels of the bath, may more eafily and readily breath forth : he which o* 
therwile ordains a bath at the beginning of the difeafe,will caule a conftipation in the skin 
and habit of the body, by drawing thither the humors peradventure tough and grofs,no e- 
vacuation going before; 
Alfo it will be good after general! purgations to caufe fweat by drinking White wine 
thin and well tempered with waterjbut urine by a decoftion of Smallage and DilfCertain- 
ly fweat is very laudable in every putrid Feaver, becaufe it evacuates the conjunct matter 
ofthe difeafe,but chiefly in a Tertian, by reafon that choler by its inbred levity eafily takes 
that way,andby its fubtilty is eafily refolved into fweat.But that the fweat may be lauda- 
ble it is fit it be upon a criticall day,and be forelheWed by figns of concoftion agreeable tc> 
the time and manner of the difeafe. Sweats when as they flow more llowly are forwarded 
by things taken inwardly and applied outwardly 5 by things taken inwardly, as with 
white wine, with a decoftion of Figs, Raifins ftoned, graffe roots and the like opening 
things 5 but by things outwardly applied, and fpunges dipped in a decoftion of hot herbs 
(as Rofmary, Time, Lavander, Marjerom and the like) applied to the Groins, Armholes, 
and ridge of the back. 
You may for the fame purpofe, fill two Swines bladders with the fame deception, or elfe 
ftone bottles, and put them to the feet, fides, and between the thighes. Then let this be 
the bound of fweating, when the Patient begins to waxe cold,that is, when the fweat feels 
no more hot, but cold. 
But by the confent of all,bloud muft not be letten after the third fit, but prefently at 
the beginning ofthe Feaver,according to the opinion and prefcription of Galen, for feeing 
this Feaver for the moft part is terminated at feven fits, if you ftay untill the third fit bee 
paft, the Feaverwill now be come to its ftate 5 but Htypocratef forbids us to move any thing 
in the ftate, left nature then bufied in concoftingthediieale, be called from its begun en- 
terprife. 
VV hen to 
purge the 
paticiit. 
When the time 
is fir to ufea 
Barh» 
Whit kinds 
cvacua ions are 
moil hr in a 
Tertiary. 
When bloorf 
mull be let. 
Apber.ip. 
Sett,*. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Of an Oedema or cold Phiegmatick Tumor, 
Itherto we have treated of hot Tumors, now we muft fpeak of cold; Cold Tu- 
mors are only two., an Oedema and a Scirrhu 5 And tor all that Hippocrates and 
the Ancients ufed the word Oedema for all forts oi Tumor, in generally yer. 
by Galen and thefe Phyfitians, which fucceeded him, it hath been drawn from 
that large and general lignification, to a more firait and fpeciall,oniy to defigri 
a certain fpecies3or kind of Tumor. 
Wherefore an Oedema is afoft,laxe and painlefle Tumor,caufed by colleftion of a Phleg- 
matick humor. , • • * 
The Ancients made eight differences of Tumors proceeding of Phlegm: The firftthey 
termed a true, and lawfull Oedema proceeding from naturall Phlegm; from unnaturall 
phlegm by admixtion of another humor they w ould have three forts of Tumors to arife, as 
T 3 that 
Gal.lib~de turnip 
prater nature 
What an 
Dedemate, 
The difFerert-' 
ce$ of Oedenrf 210 
Of Tumors againfl Nature ingenerall. 
LiB.y. 
that by mixture of blood, Ihould be made an Oedema Phlegmanode j, and fo of the reft. 
Betides,when they perceived unnaturall Phlegm either puffed up by flatulency ,or to flow 
With a watcrilh moifture, they called fbme Oedemaes flatulent, others waterifh; but alfo 
when they law this lame Phlegm often to turn into a certain Plaifter-like fiibftance, they 
thought that hence proceeded another kind of Oedema, which they exprefled one while by 
the name of Atheroma, anotherwhile by 5te<rtow<?,and fometimes by Melicerides, as laftly,they 
called that kind of Oedema which is caufed by putrid and corrupt flegm,S'croph«/e. For we 
muft obferve that Phlegm fometimes is natural!, and offends only in quantity,whence the' 
true Oedema proceeds 5 otherwhiles it is not naturall 5 and it becomes not naturall, either 
by admixtion of a ftrange fubftance,as bloud,Choler or Melancholy,whence arife the three 
kinds of Oedema's noted formerly by the way; or by the putridnels and corruptions of its 
proper fubftance,whence the Strum* and Scrophul* proceed-,or by concretion,whence kernels 
and all kinds of Wens, Ganglia and knots 5 or by refolution, whence all flatulent and wa- 
terilhTumors,as the Hydrocele,Pneumatocele and all kinds of Dropfies. 
The caufes of all Oedema's are the defluxion of a Phlcgmatick or flatulent humor into a- 
ny part,or the congeftion of the fame made by little and little in any part,by reafon of the 
imbecillity thereof in concerting the nourifhment,and expelling the excrement. 
The figns are a colour whitifh and like unto the skin,a foftTumor,rare and laxeby rea- 
fon of the plentifull moifture with which it abounds, and without pain, by reafon this 
humor infers no ienfe of heat nor manifeft cold; when you prefs it with your finger the 
print thereof remains, becaufe of the grofnefs of the humor and flownefs to motion. Oe- 
dema's breed rather in winter than in fummer, becaufe winter is fitter to heap up Phlegm 5 
they chiefly poflefs the Nervous and Glandulous parts, becaufe they are bloudlefs, and fo 
cold and more fit by reafon of their loofnefs to receive a defluxion 5 for the fame caufe 
bodies full of ill humors, ancient, and not exercifed, are chiefly troubled with this kind 
of Tumor. 
An Oedema is terminated fometimes by refolution, but oftner by concrction,feldomer by 
' fuppuration,by reafon of the fmall quantity of heat in that humor. 
A Symptomatical 1 Oedema,as that which follows upon a Droplie or Confumption,' ad- 
mits no cure uniefs the difeafe be firft taken away. 
The generail cure is placed in two things, that is, in evacuation of the cpnjunrt matter 
prohibiting the generation of the antecedent. We attaine to both chiefly by four means. 
The firft truly by ordaining a fit manner of living and prefcribing moderation in the 
ufe of the fix things not naturall. Wherefore we muft make choife of fuch air as is hot, dry 
andfubtilej we muft prefcribe wine of a middle nature for his drink; let the bread be well 
baked 5 let meats be appointed which may generate good bloud, and thefe rather rofted 
than boy led. Let all fruits be forbidden, as alfo broths and milk-meats 5 let him cat fuch 
fifh asare taken in ftony rivers ; the Patient fhall obferve mediocrity in feeding , but prin- 
cipally fobriety in drinking, for fear of crudities5 after meat det him ufe digeftive pow- 
ders,or common drige powder if his belly be not naturally loofe,let it be made fo by art. 
Let the Patient ufe exercife before meat, fo by little and little to fpend this humor, and 
reftore the native he it. Let him fleep little, becaufe much fleep breedeth cold humors 5 let 
him avoid grief and fadnefs. And if he be ofa weak body, let him abftain from venery, left 
by another weakning by the ufe of venery added to his prefent infirmity, he fall into an 
uncurable coldnefs,from whence a greater meafiire of crudity will arife. Otherwile, if the 
body be ftrong and lufty,by fuch cxercifes and the moderate ufe of venery it will be the 
more dryed and heated. 
For fo that fentence of Hippocrates is to beunderftood; That venery is a cure for Phleg- 
matick difeafes,as Galen in his commentaries tels us. The Phyfitian may perform the fecond 
intention by turning his counfcll to that part,from whence the fpring of this Phlegmatick 
humor flows. For if the infirmity arife from the ftomach, or from any other part,the part 
from whence it comes muft be ftrengthened 5 if from the whole habit of the body, let atte- 
nuating,penetrating and opening medicines be prefcribed. We perform the third intention 
by evacuating the humor impaft in the part with locall medicines varied according to 
the four times of the Tumor. 
> For Galen in the beginning and encrealc prefcribeth a fomentation of Oxycratum tiled 
With a fpunge. But if lb be tliat the Oedema be upon the Arm or Leg, a repelling rowler is 
very good, that is, fiich an one as is brought from below upwards. So thele medicines 
following are very fit for the fame purpofe, R, Lixinii ex cineribus jarmentorum, & 
an. §iiija Tartari & Aluminit an.% fi, mixe all together and make a deco&ion, 
wherein wet fponges and foment the place. Alfo you may ufe the following Cataplafin, 
R, farin*hordei iiii, coquantur inLixivio communi, addenda pulweris nucis cuprejsi,corticum gra- 
natorum, balaufli. an. | i, Myrrh*, Aloes, alum. an. f f$, olei Myrtill. ij, fiat Cataplajma. In the 
ftate and declination you muft ufe drying and refolving mediciijes, as Be, Nucxm cuprefsi, 
granat. fumach. balaufli, an. i,Sali/i*, origan, calament. Hyffopi, mehfi* an. m. i, abfinthii, plan- 
tag. eaud *equ. tapfi. barb, centinod. an. m. fl. alum, tartar. & falls com. an. 3 i, coquantur cum lixi- 
foment it with a fpunge, then prefcntly apply this following Cataplafm. R> Rad. 
Brioni* 
By how many 
waies Phlegm 
becomes not 
natural!. 
The Caufcs. 
Thcfigns. 
Theprogno- 
sticks ♦ 
How Oedema's 
arc terminated. 
The intentions 
of curing Ode* 
w«'a 
The diet; 
fixercife, 
What to be 
obferved in the 
ufe of vcnery. 
6»Epid.fe&,$t 
fen. 
Lib. 2 ad G lane. 
W-3- 
A rowlcr. L1B.7. 
Of Tumors againjl Nature in generad. 
211 
Erioni# J ij, ab/inth. plantag. certin. chanwn. meliloti) peleg. an. m.f. coquantur in pi- 
fierturjtrajiciartur, addenda pulver is rof. rub. chamem. melil. an% fiat Cataplalma. 
Laftly, you may here with good fuccefs ufe refolving emplaifters and ointments, firft, 
heating or chafing the part by fri&ion or fomentations, aswellmoiftas dry; otherwile 
emplaifters will fcarlly do their duty, by reafonof the great coldnefs of the part,being not 
fufticient of it felf to affimilate the nourifhment, or to expell the fuperfluous and unprofi- 
table humor.Let a fomentation be made with white Wine,in which Sage,Rofemary, Time, 
Lavander, Chamomile and Alelilote flowers, red Rofes, Orris roots, and fuchlike 
have been boyled, with a little Vinegar added thereunto. Quench hot bricks in the fame 
decoftion, and apply them wrapped in linnen clothes to the affe&ed part, for fo a vapour 
will breath forth which hath an attenuating, piercing,refolving and ftrengthening faculty. 
But you may in ftead of the bricks fitly apply Hogs or Oxc bladders, filled half full with 
the foreiaid decoftion,and that hot. The fri&ions muft be made of hot linnen clothes, for 
fo the native heat together with the bloud and fpirits is recalled to the part, and fuligi- 
nous humors contained under the skin are refolved, whereby the ftrength of the part is in 
fbme part recovered. 
What cautidflf 
to be had in 
application of 
Emplajflers# 
C HAP.XVI I. 
Of the cure of flatulent and jvaterijh Tumors t 
Formerly declared that not only flatulent and wateriffi Tumors were compre- 
hended under this word Oedema, but alfo luch as are bred of congealed Phlegm, 
as Atheromata,Steatomata and Melicerides. Flatulent or windy Tumors are earned by 
vapour and wind kept in or contained fometimes under the skin,fomewhiles un- 
der the membranes, as the Periofteum and Pericranium, whereupoia infues cruell torment by 
reafon of the diftention of thele parts which are endued with moft exquifite fenfe. Some- 
times the Entrails, as the ftomach and Guts are fwolien and ftreoched out with wind,as in 
a Tympany. ' ; ">>>• 
They in this differ from a true and ligitimate (7eJewrf,that when you lay your finger up- 
on them and take it off again,there remains no fign of the prefiure thereof,becaufe they are 
diftent by vapour and not by humor, for the vapour being prefled returns ipeedily again,as 
you may perceive by balls or bladders filled with wind. 
The caufe of fuch Tumors is the weaknefs of the native heat, not being able eafily to re- 
fol ve and wafle the Phlegm by which the windy Tumors are raifed,for fo the morning Sun 
(which in fbme fort refembles our native heat)cannot refolve the mills difperled in the air; 
which at noon it eafily refolves into pure air. Allb after the fame manner our weaker heat 
ftirs up vapours from that Phlegm it could not diflblve, which vapours are the matter of 
inflamations, orlwellings. But oft times although the native heat be fufficiently power- 
fulLyet becaufe the humor lyeth deep,or is kept by the thicknefs of fbme membrane, ten- 
don or Ligament,the ftirred up vapour cannot exhale, whereby it comes to pals, that en- 
creaied by little and little it caules a Tumor. 
The figns of fuch a Tumor are a certain renitency or refiftance perceived by prefling it 
With your finger, and fometimes a noife as if you finite upon a drum, efpecially if much, 
wind be contained therein, fuch as are often gathered together in the hollownefsof the 
belly,and in the fpaces between the larger mufcles. The Tumor is neither red nor hot, but 
rather cold and white as in an Oedema.lt often poflefleth the joints,and efpecially the knees, 
and it is very difficult to be refolvcd. If fuch flatulency be gathered together in the Guts, 
it caufeth the wind Colick, in which fometimes the diftention is fo great that death eH* 
fues by reafon of the renting or tearing the coats of the Guts. 
In what pia<$ 
flatulencies 
may be gathe* 
red. 
Tuwhat flats- 
lent tumors 
differ from a 
true Oedemt* \ 
The caufes of 
flatulent Ta- 
morsf 
The figris of 
fuch Tumor 
CHAP. XVII I. 
of the cure ofaflatulent and tvaterijh Tumoi/1, 
I (hall chiefly and principally cure flatulent and waterifh tumors by three means- 
Firft,by the fame diet which we preicribed in an then by ftrcngthening 
the parts appointed for concoction, as the ftomach and Liver, chiefly by the tem- 
perate u(e of Aromatick things,as 'Diacuminum,Diacalamcntha9AromatKum 
latum, Aromaticum the like, to be prefcribed according to good liking of the 
Phyfitian which overfees the cure 5 laftly, by taking away of the conjunft matter by hot, 
drying and attenuating medicines which they call Carminative, that fo the part being ra- 
rified the humor and flatulency therein contained may be difcufled and diflipated. But re- 
medies of this nature muft be varied according to the variety of the parts 5 for fome things 
are fit to be applyed to the ftomach, others to the Guts,others to the joints, and others to 
the flefhy parts 5 for the Colick you muft injeCt carminative glyfters, let revolving Sacculi 
or Bags be applied, and cupping-glaflcs faftened to the Navel 5 if an outward part be af- 
fcCtcd 
Diet/ 
Things 
ftrengthnirif 
the parts. 
Medic nes eva- 
cuating the 
conjunfl 
ter. 212 
OfTmors againfi Nature in generall. 
LIB.7. 
aftefted,we ufe fomentations,liniments,chiefly if pain torment; as alfo Cataplafmes and 
Emplaifters,as R Florum chamam.melil. rofar. rub, an. p.j.abftnthii ji. hyfopi.,an.m. let 
them be boiled in Lye,adding a little vineger for a fomentation to be ufed with fpunges. 
Galen foments the part with Rofe-vinegar and a little fait put thereto., and would have 
a fpunge dipped therein to lye fomewhat long upon the part. R Olei chamam. aneth. rut. & 
liliorum9 an. ceraalba | vj. aq. vita let them all be mixed together and make a lini- 
ment,with which anoint the part after the fomentation. R Farina fabar. orobi} an. Jiij, co- 
quanutur in de cotto pulegii) origani3 calamenth. addita pulverum chamam. &melilot.an. tn. ft, 
furfur, farina fab. & orobi3 an. %ij:> c&quantur cum lixivio communiaddenda terebinth. Hij, oleor. 
aneth. & rut. an. *ij.make an emplaifter for the forefaid ufe. 
The emplaifter of Vigo with Mercury,and without,is very good for the fame purpofe. 
But you muft note, that fuch medicines muft be applied to the part a&ually hot, and the 
fame heat muft be contained and renewed by putting about it linnen clothes, bricks, bot- 
tles and fuch like hot things. 
The Humor and flatulency which were kept (hut up in the part being refolved, the part 
muft be ftrengthnedjcft now and then it receive or generate the like matter. That may be 
done by the following fomentation and cataplafme.R Nucum cuprefft, corticum granat. fumach. 
berbery balauft. an. equin.arnoglofs.tupfi barb. abftnth.falvia, rorifm.lavendul. an. m.ff.flor. 
chamam. melil.rolar. an.p. j. alum, falls com. an. bulliant omnia in aquis partibus aqua fa- 
brorum & vini bags for a fomentation, or ufe the decoftion for the fame pur- 
pofe with a fpunge.R Farina fab. hordei & lupin, com. Jiiij. pulver.radicis 
tnafiic. an. me 11 is com. |ijfl> of the forefaid deception as much as fhall fuffice,fo to make a 
cataplafme to the form of a poultis liquid enough, let it be applied hot to theaffe&ed 
part having ufed the fomentation before. 
The figns of a waterifh tumor are the fame as of a flatulentjbut over and befides it flaines, 
and at the preffing with your fingers, there is heard a noife or murmur as of a bladder half 
filled with water. 
Therfore the waterifh tumor if it fhal not yeeld to the forementioned refolving medicines, 
the way muft be opened with an incifion knife, after the fame manner, as we mentioned in 
a Phlegmon. For oftentimes this kind of remedy muft be neceflarily ufed,not only by rea- 
fon of the contumacieof the humor which gives no place to the refolving medicines, but 
alfo becaufe it is fhut up in its proper cift or bag, the thicknefle of which fruftrates the 
force of the refolving medicines, neither fuffers it to penetrate into the humor. As I fome 
years agoe found by experience in a maid of 7 years oldjwhich troubled with a Hj/drocele 
or waterifh rupture,to whom when I had rafhly applyed to diflblve it refolving medicines 
of all forts,at length I was forc't to open it with my knifejnot only to evacuate the con- 
tained matter,but alfo that I might pluck out the bag, which unlefle it were cut up by 
the root, would be a mean to caufe a relapfe. John Altine Doftor of Phyfick called me td 
this bufinefle. James Guilemeau the Kings Chirurgeon overfaw the cure. 
Galens foment 
ration. 
Corroborating 
medicines. 
Thefignsof a 
waterifh tu- 
mor. 
Why a ware- 
iift tumor muft 
be opened 
with an inftru* 
went. 
AHiftory. 
CH AP. XIX. 
Of an Atheroma, Steatoma, and Meliceris. 
Lthough thefe tumors may be thought comprehended under one genus with other 
Oedematow tumors, yet they differ as thusjthat is, their matter is fhut up in its 
bladder or bag, as it were in a peculiar cell. But their difference amongft them- 
felves is thus; the matter of the the name fignifieth, is like unto Tal- 
low [ for in Greek fignifieth Tallow,or feamj yet it oft-times is found fluffed with 
other divers hard bodies,ftony, bony or callous like unto the claws of an hen.For Philoxe- 
W reports that he fometimes faw flyes in a Steatoma at the opening thereof,and inch other 
like things wholly diffenting from the common matter of Tumors. The matter contained 
in Anotheroma is like to pap,with which they feed little Children.A Meliccris contains mat- 
ter refembling honey in colour and confiftence; thefe tumors appear and rife without any 
inflamation going before them.Thusyou fhal know thefe tumorsja Steatoma is harder than 
the other two, neither ycelds it to the prefiiire of your finger,but when it once yeelds, it 
doth not fpeedily and callly return to its former figure,becaufe the matter is more grofs; it 
is of the fame colour as the skin, without pain,and of a longifh figure.The Melicerx yeelds 
to the touch, as being a loofe and foft body, and as it is eafily difpofed and diffufcd,fo it 
quickly returns to its former place and tumor. It differs from the Atheroma in figure and 
fqbftance. For it is more globous and of a fubtiler and more fhining matter, belides alfo 
it takes up a large fpace, and is more obfequious to the touch, and for the reft, without 
pain As for the manuall operation of the Chirurgeon in their cure, it feems to be of no 
ereat confequence of what fort the matter is,whether refcmbling tallow, honey, or pap, 
lor there is one fimple manner of operation, which is, that you pluck away the contained 
humor as alfo the receptacle in which it is contained. Yet you mufl note fuch tumors, 
fometimes as it were hanging in the furface of the skin, are eafily to be moved this way, 
* and 
In what an 
Atheroma, 
Mehcerii dif- 
fer* 
OiChirurgcry 
lo be ufed to 
jhcfe tumors. L1B.7. 
Of Twnors againfl Nature in general!. 
213 
and that way; but otherfome again deeper faftned firmly cohere with the adjacent bodies., 
and thefe require an exquifit hand and alfo induftry for fear of a great flux of blood And 
convulfion by cutting a vein.There are many other kinds of tumors,as the Tefludo or Mole, 
the Nat a, the Glandula, Nodus, Bot iwn, Lwpz<z,which as in matter ( for they are all of a thick, 
clammy and vifeous Phlegmatick humor) fo alfo in kind they agree with an 
totna, and Meli'cexisd&it alfo in thefe for the moft part, when they are opened, you may lee 
bodies of all forts far different from the common matter of tumors, as ftones, chalk, fand, 
coals ,fnails,ftraws;or awnefs of corn, hey, horn, hairs, flefh both hard and fpongeous, 
griftles,bones, whole creatures as well living as dead. 
The generation of which things(by the corruption and alteration ofhumors)fhall not 
make us much toi admire it, if we conlider,that as nature of all the feeds and elements of 
the whole great world,hath made man the Microcofme or little world,that he might be, 
as it were, the lively Image of that greater world; fo in him, it being never idle in us, 
would have all the kinds of all motions and actions to ffieW thcmfelves, as long as matter 
for generation is not wanting.But becaufe there is little, or rather no mention of thefe tu- 
mors amongft the ancients, we will briefly (hew the opinions of the later writers concer- 
ning them. 
Now they fay, theTeftudo is a tumor contrary to nature, foft,diffufed, or vaulted,or ar- 
ched like a Tortois,fometimes it arifes in the head in form of a Mole,and then it is 
a Mole. 
The Nat a is a great and fleffiy tumor, not in fhape unlike a Melon,or rather the flefli of 
a mans buttocks,whence it may feem to have had the name, unlefs we had father fay it 
had it, becaufe it more ufually breeds upon the buttocks,than upon any Other part of the 
body. ' .• 
The Glandula takes its denomination from an Acorn,called Glans in Latine, the which 
it fomewhat refembles in the compafle and forni of the tumor; or elfe becaufe it moft com- 
monly breeds in the Glandules, oi'Emunftories of mans body. 
The Nodus or knot, is a found tumor,hard and immoveable,named froni a, rope tied on 
a knot. ' ' J 
Guido Cauliacen/ts affirms knots commonly to grow in riervotiS bodies; but at this tinic 
they more ufually arlfe on the bones of fuch as have the French difeafe. 
Wharthe caufe 
may be,that we 
fometimesfind 
infella in thefe 
T amors* 
What the Te~ 
ftadoy or Talpa' 
ria is. 
What the Nat a 
is. 
What a Gandn» 
la. 
What Noduti 
CHAP. XX. 
Of the cure ofv Lupiw, that IVens, ot Ganglions. 
Wen or Ganglion is a tumor fometimes hard,fbmetime$ foft, yet alwaies ro'fifid 
ufing to breed in dry, hard,and nervous parts. Ahd feeing that foffie of the tu- 
mots mentioned before in the former Chapter,ftick immoveable to the parttc 
which they groW,becdu{e they are contained In rfocift, or bagjotherfome are 
moved tip and down by the touch ofyour fingers, betaufe they are contained 
in a bag or bladder,it commonly comes to pafle that Wens have their bladder wherein to 
contain them,and therefore we think fit,the rather more freely 3 dud particularly to treat 
of their cure,becallfe. they af-e ihofe difficultly cured, efpccia'lfy where they- die inveterate 
and of longftahding. . ' ; <Jj h taL.:r F, 1 
The primitive caitfes of thefe are dull bloWs,fallings from hfgh placesjftrains', and Other 
fuch like occafions. But the antecedent and cortjunft caufes-ffe the fame with tliofe 6f an 
Meroma, Melicerij and Steatotfia. 
The defcription formerly fet doWn, will fernlffiybtt With byWM$i ybh may- 
know when they are prefent;certainly from very fmall beginnings'tfttygfbw'By Iftffednd 
little to a great bignefs,in the fpace of fix or feven yeers,fome of them yeeld much to the 
touch,and almoft all of them are without paim 
You may hinder fuch as are beginning and firft growing, from encreafe by fomewhat a 
ftrong and frequent rubbing with your fingers. For fo their bag or bladder, together with 
the skin wax theconpqfped humor, grows hot,is attenuated and refolved. 
fo you nothing prevail, y Ou,muft lie upon, them-with your whole hand, dr a flatted peeci: 
ofwood as heavy as you can,untill fiich.time as the cifl: or bag be broken by your inibref- 
fion;Then apply andrftrongly bind unto it a.plate of lead,rubbed ,over with 
for 1 have many times found by experience,tfiaf it hath a wonderfull and 
waft the ftibjeft humor.Btft if the Wen be in fuch a place in which you can mafic no ftrong- 
impreflion,as in the.face,cheft,belly,& tbroat,let there be applied an emplaiier whicli hath, 
a refolvingforce,fuchas this following hath; R gumni 
in aceto., & trajicianiur per JetacexM}addendo okililiorwn & laufi, aqu. viix par urn 3 pubveriji 
arnmon.\ulphur .vivi, witrioli romani3 an. let them be all incorporated together 
and make an Eniplaifter according to Art.But if the tumor cannot fye thus refolved,it muft 
be opened with a knife or after the Efchar is rempved?and tfie bag wafted by 
Mercury,and the like,the ulcer muft be cleanfed,replenifhed With flelh, and 
cicatrized, . gemc. 
What a GUri* 
glioii is, 
TlWcaufeQ 
Signes, 
Their cure at 
lhe beginning* 
Plates of Iea$ ■ 
rubbed with 
Q}ick Giver. 
A refolving 
plaifter. 
Things to waft 
Or consume 
rhe bag. 214 
Of 7 wnors againft Nature in generall. 
Lib.7, 
Sometimes Wens grow to fo great a mafle, that they cannot be cured by the defcribed 
remedies,wherefore they muft be taken away by the root,by your hand and inftrument, if 
fo be that there be no danger by reafon of their greatnefs,and fo that they adhere not too 
cloiely to the adjacent parts,and if they be not too nigh to the greater veins and arteries; 
for it will be better in fuch acaufe to let them alone.This (hall be your way to cut them 
off,or take them away.A fmall incifion muft be made,even to the bladder,or bag,by which 
thruft in a probe of a fingers thicknefs,hollowed in the midft,round at the end,and as long 
as need fbal require;then draw it many times about between the skin & the bag,even to the 
root of the Wen,that fo the skin may be divided long waies, then it will be requifite to 
make another incifion overthwart, fo that they may interfeft each other like a crofs; then 
prefently draw the skin from the bladder,from the corners of the Wen,to wards the root, 
and that, with your finger covered with a fine linnen cloth, or elfe with a Razor if need 
require. 
But you muft obferve that in a Wen there are alwaies certain veflels, which are (mail in 
thebeginning, but much encrealed in procefle of time, according to the encreafe of the 
Wen, whereof they are as it were the roots;wherefore if any Hemorrhagic or flux of bloud 
happen,let it be flopped by binding the veflels at their heads and roots,or make a ftrait li- 
gature at the roots of the Wen,with a peece ofwhipcord,or with a many times doubled 
thred, and let the ends hang forth until it fall away of its own accord. Neither will it bee 
fufficient to have cut away all this tumor,but alfo it will be fit to cut away a portion of 
the skin,wherewith the tumor was covered,and only to leave fo much as (hall fuffice to co- 
ver the part,then with a needle and thred draw together the lips of the incifion,but in the 
interim let tents be put into the bottome of the ulcer untill it be perfectly cleanfed,and the 
reft of the cure be workmanlike performed,even to the cicatrizing thereof. 
The Chirurgeon Collo and I ufingthis method,in the prefence of Mafter Dr-ViolaniM the 
Kings Phyfitian,took away a Wen from Martiall Colard,the Major of Burbon, it hanged at 
his neck,as big as a mans head,and it weighed eight poundsjwhich made it fo troubiefome 
and burdenfome to him, that he was forced to carry it bound up in atowell, as in a fcrip. 
Verily if thefe kind of tumors have a flender root and broad top, they muft be ftraitly 
tied and fo cut off. But it is very difficult and full of dangerous chance to take away fuch 
Wens as are i'eated in the neck,neer unto the Jugular veins,thefe under the Arm-holes, in 
the groins, and fuch as are under the ham;by reafon of the deadly force of fuch fymp- 
tomes, as may thence arife. We can only conjecture, not certainly fay, what kind of mat- 
ter may be contained in them. We can only know of what fort it is, when by incifion it 
isprefented to our fight. Yet in fuch as are very hard and do muchrefift the touch, 
there are often found matters, which in confidence may be refembled to little ftones or 
pibles. 
1 being on a time called to open the body of a great Lady, found in one of her brefts a 
body which might equal the bignefs of an Hens egg,hard, and compact like a rough pible; 
it was held,whilft the lived,both by the Phyfitians and Chirurgeons,to be a Owcer,becaufe 
this hardnefs was very painfull to her, when it was but gently prefled down. 
But alfo fome few yeers agon, J being called to the cure of a very honeft woman, which 
was troubled with the famedifeafe, ftrongly withftood the Phyfitians andChirurgeons 
affirming it to be a Cancer, for the tumor had taken no deep root,the habit of the part was 
not changed from the native colour,the veins about it were not fwollen,neither was there 
any other convincing fign of a Cancer. For this fame woman had her courfes at their due 
and ufuall time, and was well liking,and had a good colour in her face and body, was free 
from all fort of pain, unlefle when you prefled down the part affected. Befides thence for- 
ward the tumor grew not at all;no other evill accident befel her,yea verily ffie lives merri- 
ly,and well both in body and mind. 
The manner 
to take away 
Went* 
A Hiftory. 
What Wens to 
be cured by 
ligature* 
Which dange. 
tousrocijrc. 
A Hiftory. 
The matter of 
a Wen isfonie- 
times taken for 
a Cancer. 
Another 
Hiftory. 
How you may 
know a Wen 
from a Cancer. 
CHAP. XXL 
Of a Ganglion more particularly fa called. 
Here are alfo certain fmall tumors of the kind of Liqia or Wens, which grow on 
divers parts of the body,but chiefly on thewrifts of the hands,and ankles of the 
feet,being called by a more particular name $#zg7/4;they appear on the top of the 
skin, neither do they ever lie deep.The caufe of them is either the imbecillity of 
a nerve or tendon got by wrefting, extenfion, a blow, labour, or other fuch like caufe. 
Through which occafion the alimentary juice which flowed to thefe parts , feeing it can 
neither be conceded,nor aflimilated into the proper fubftance, is converted into an hu- 
mor of the like nature cold,and grofs, which in continuance of time heaping it felf up by 
little and little about the fibers,and the very fubftance of the concretes into a tu- 
mor. 
It is not fit to life any iron inftrument to thefe Gvnglia which poflefs the tendons and 
joints, but only apply Ammoniacuin and Galbanum diflblve'd in Vinegar and Aqua vita: as Be 
WhataGdn- 
glien properly 
fo called is. 
The caufesi 
What GangliA 
may not be 
enred with iron 
Inftruments* L1B.7. 
Of Tumors againft Nature in generail. 
215 
ennmi ammon.& fagapeni in aqua vit£ an. *j. coquantur [uper cineres calidor ad formant 
tmpla-krij'ub finem adde vivi fubtiliter pulver if at i empl. ad «>«. Alfo the Emplai- 
fter of Vigo with double Mercury would be good for the fame purpole. 
The tumor foftned by thefe remedies,muft be wrought,rubbed, or preffed,fo long,untill 
the bladder or bag be broken under your fingers,which 1 have divers times done; then it 
will be expedient prefently to apply and bind hard thereunto a plate of lead rubbed with 
Qaick-filver, which may waft and confume the remaindei of the tumor. 
Sometimes there are Ganglia ieen hanging by a final! root,as it were a ftting; wherefore 
they muft be tied with a firing at the root,and cveiy day twitched harder and narder , till 
fuch time as they fall off. The reft of the cure may be eafily performed by the common 
rules of Art. 
CHAP. XXII. 
He Scrophufe are ocdematous tumors arifingin the glandulous parts, as the 
brefts,armholes, groins, but chiefly in the glandules of the neck. They appear 
either one or many,according to the quantity of that matter from whence 
they proceedjcommonly contained in their proper rift,or bag, as Atheromaes, 
and Melicerides are. \ . 
They are made ofagrofle,cold,vifcid,and phlcgmatick matter with fome admixture of 
melancholy .They differ from other glandulous tijmorsffirft in number, for moft ufually 
there appear many of them united together,fpringing from fomewhat a deeper root than 
glandulous tumors doe;fome of them are moveable,otherlbme Woven with the neighbou- 
ring nerves,remaining unremovable. 
Ganglia appear fewer in number,and are without pain; but Scrophule ofttenti mesare 
when they wax hot by putrefaction;fo that fometimes they degenerate 
into cancerous ulcers, not to be touched by inftrunicnts nor acrid medicines. 
Phlegmatick,melancholick, and gluttonous perfons,and fuch as arcaccuftomed to feed 
on cold and moift nouriffiments, as fiih and cold water, and lead a fedentarie and idle life, 
are fubjeft to the ScrofhuU.They are cured by a moft (lender diet, for fo the native heat by 
want of nourifhment turned upon the material cauie of fuch like tumors,wafts it. 
And they are cured by purging of thefuperfluous humors , and alfo by application of 
emollient refolving,and fuppurating topick medicines,after this following manner.R Mm- 
caginis alth.fanugr.& ficuurn ping. an.%i]3olei & cham^m.an.^]3pinguedinis aniern & axun- 
gidiforci 50, 'terebinth. Ven. ammoniaci,&galbani in aceto diffolutorum nov<e quan- 
tum [atidyfiat cerotum [ecundum artem ad modum diachyli magni. 
The ointment for the French difea(e,and the Emplaifter of Vigo with Mercury, are excel- 
lent for this purpofe,efpccially if we continue fo long untill the Patient come to Salivati- 
on,for fo nature will disburden it felf of the humor, generating the ScrophuLe, which I 
have fometimes tried with happy fuccefle.R Emplafiri diachyl. alb. & mag.ceroti afopi dejcnpti- 
onuf Philagriij an. dart ?j. olei liliorum parum, fiat emplaftrum fatit molie. But if the 
ScrophuU cannot by this means be refolved,but as it oft-times happens, tend to iuppurati- 
on, you muft ufe fuppuratives,as R rad. alth. & in aqua pi- 
flentur, trajetfa adde capitum alliorum jub cineribu* co dor urn liliorumy&piiig.anfcrit & anat. 
an. fyfyarino! feminir hni quantum [atif3formetur cataplafma. 
Here we muft admoniffi the Chirurgeon, that he open not the Scrophufe before that all 
the contained humor be fully andperfeftly turned intopz# or matter;otherwife the refidue 
of the humor willjremain crude, and will fcarfe in a long time be brought to maturation; 
ivhich precept muft be principally obfervcd in the Scrophul.? and alfo fometimes in other 
abfceflcs,which come to fuppuration. For we muft not as foon as any portion of the con- 
tained humors appears converted into and haften the apertion. For that por- 
on of thefuppUratcd humor,caufes the reft fooner to turn into pus, which you may oblcrve 
in inanimate bodies.For fruits which begin to perifti and rot,unlefs we prefently cut away 
the putrefying part,the refidue quickly becomes rotten;there is alfo another reafon ; The 
native heat is the efficient caufe of fuppuration; it therefore (the fore being opened ) di- 
miniffied and weakned by reafon of the diffipation of the fpfrits, evacuated together with 
the humor,will caufe the remaining portion of the humor not to (uppurate , or that very 
hardly, and with much difficulty. Yet if the tumified part be fubjeft,by its own nature,to 
corruption and putrefaftion, as the fundament;if the contained matter be malign,or criti- 
cally will be far better to haften the apertion. 
T here is alfo another way of curing the Scrophult .yMch is performed by the hand. Fqr 
fuch as are in the neck;and have no deep roots,by making incifion through the skin, are 
pulled and cut away from thefe parts with which they were intangled. But in the perfor- 
mance of this work, we take fpeciall care,that we doe not violate or hurt with our inftru- 
ment,the jugular veins, the fleepy arteries,or recurrent nerves. If at anytime there be dan- 
ger 
Of the Strumae er Scrophiibjthst/yjthe Kings-evil/. 
What ths 
ScTopnula ok 
Kings-evil is. 
Their material! 
caiife. 
How they di£. 
fcr from other 
glandulous 
cumot5» 
Their cute by 
diet. 
Emollient and 
refolving me- 
dicines* 
A note co be 
obferved in 
Opening Scio- 
phuicus 
Natural! heat 
thecaufeof 
fuppuiation'4 
The ChirurgP 
call manner of 
curing, $ era- 
phul*. 216 
Of Tumors againft Nature in general!. 
Lib.7*. 
ger of any great efflux of bloud,after they are plucked from the skin, they muft be tied at 
their roots, by thrufting through a needle and thred,and then binding the thred ftrait on 
both fides, that fo bound they fall off by themfelves by little and little without any dan- 
ger. The remainder of the cure may be performed according to the common rules of Art. 
CHAP. XXIII. 
Of the Feaver which happens upon an cedematous Tumor. 
tdow an inter- 
inirr ng Quoti- 
dian happens 
upon oedema- 
tons tumors* 
Thecaufeofa 
Quotidian 
fearer. 
Lving (hewed all the differences of oedematons tumors,it remains that we brief- 
ly treat of the Symptomatical feaver,which is fometimes feen to happen upon 
them.This therefore retaining the motion of the humor by which it is made, 
is commonly of their kind,which they name Intermitting Quotidians. Now 
the fit of a Quotidian comes every day, and in that repetition continues the 
fpace of eighteen hours;the refidue of the day it hath manifeft intermiflion. 
The primitive caufeS of this feaver are,the coldnefle and humidity of the air encOmpaf- 
fing us, the long ufe of cold meats and drinks,and of all fuch things as are eafily corrup- 
Summer fruits,crude fi(hes,and laftly,the omiflion of our accuftomed exercife. 
The antecedent caufes are a great repletion of tumors,and thefe efpecially phlegmatick. 
The conjunct caufe, is phlegm putrefying in the habit of the body, and firft region thereof 
without the greater veins. 
The figns of this feaver are drawn from three thingsjas firft natufall ;for this Feaver or 
Ague chiefly feizes upon thefe which are of a cold and moift temper,as Old-men, Women, 
Children, Eunuches,becaufe they have abundance of phlegm; and it invades Old-men by 
its own nature,becaufe their native heat being weak, they cannot convert their meats,then 
taken in a fmall quantity,into laudable blood,and the fubftance of the parts.But it takes 
children by accident,not of its felf,and the own nature,for children are hot and moift;buc 
by rcafon of their voracity,or greedinefs,and their violent,inordinatc,and continual! mo- 
tion after their plentifull feeding,they heap up a great quantity of crude humors fit mat- 
ter for this feaver;whereby it comes to pafle, that fat children are chiefly troubled with 
this kind of feaver, becaufe they have the paflages of their bodies ftrait and flopped, or 
becaufe they are fubjeft to Worms, they are troubled with pain, by corruption of their 
meat; whence arifeth a hot diftemper by putrefaftion,and the elevation of putrid vapors, 
by which the heart being molefted,is eafily taken by this kind of feaver. 
From things not natural!,the figns of this feaver are thus drawn.lt chiefly takes one in 
Winter, and the Spring,in a cold and moift Region,in a fedentary and idle life, by the ufe 
ofmeats,not only cold and moift,but alfo hot and dry,if they be devoured in fuch plenty, 
that they overwhelm the native heat. 
For thus wine,although it be by faculty and nature,hot, and dry, yet taken too immo- 
derately,it accumulates phlegmatick humors, and caufes cold difeafes.Therefore drunken- 
nefsjgluttony,crudity,bathes and exercifes prefently after meat,bcing they draw the meats 
as yet crude into the body and veins;and to conclude, all things earning much phlegm in 
us, may beget a Quotidian feaver. But by things contrary to nature, becaufe this feaver 
ufually follows cold difeafes,the Center, Circumference,and Habit ofthe body being re- 
frigerated. 
Thefymptoms of this feaver are, the pain of the mouth of the ftomack, becaufe that 
phlegm is commonly heaped up in this place,whencc follows a vomiting, or calling up of 
phlegm;the face looks pale,and the mouth is moift, without any thirft, ofttentimes in the 
fit it felf;becaufethe ftomack flowing with phlegm,the watery and thinner portion there- 
of continually flows up into the mouth and tongue,by the continuity of the inner coat 
of the ventricle common to the gullet and mouth. 
It takes one with coldnefs of the extreme parts,a fmall and deep pulfe,which notwith- 
ftanding in the vigour of the fit,becomes more ftrong,great, full,and quick. Juft after the 
fame manner,as the heat of this feaver at the firft touch appears mild, gentle,moift and va- 
porous;but at the length it is felt more acrid, nootherwife than fire kindled in green 
wood,which is fmall, weak,and finoakie at the firft; but at the length when the moifture 
being overcome,doth no more hinder its aftion, it burns and flames freely. 
The Patients are freed froth th.ir fits with fmallfweats,which at the firft fits break forth 
very fparingly,but more plentifully when the Crifis is at hand;the urin at the firft is pale 
and thick,and fometimes thin,that is, when there is obftruftion. But when the matter is 
concoft,as in the ftate,it is reckif at the beginning of the fit they caft up any quantity of 
phlegm by vomit,and that fit be terminated in a plentifull fwcat, it (hews the feaver will 
not long laft;for it argues the ftrength of nature, the yeeldirrg and tenuitie of the matter 
flying up,and the excretion ofthe conjunct caufe of the feaver. 
A Quotidian feaver is commonly long,becaufe the phlegmatick humor being cold, and 
moift by nature,is heavy and unapt for motiomneither is it without fear of a greater dif- 
cafe,becaufe oft-times it changes into a burning, or quartain feaver,efpecially if it be bred 
• • 
The Sighs* 
How children 
come to be 
fubjefl to 
Quotidian 
fearers. 
How phlegtna8 
tick humors 
happen to be 
generated by 
hot and dry 
meats* 
The fymptoms 
of Quotidians* 
•Tne manner of 
rhe pulfe and 
heat in a Quo- 
tidian* 
Critical fweats* 
The uiin* 
Why Quotidi- 
ans are ofttimes 
long. 
Into what dif- 
cafes a Quar- 
rain ufually 
changes. Of Tumors again fl Nature in general. 
L1B.7. 
217 
litialc Phlegme-tor laicneis hath aihnity with bitterntis,wherefore by aduftion it ealily de- 
generates into it,fo that,it need not feem very ftrange,if fait phlegm by aduftion tdrn info 
choler ,or melancholy .Thofe who recover of a Quotidian feaver,fiave their digeftive facul- 
ty very weak; wherefore they muft not be riohrithed with ftore of meats, nor with inch 
as are hard to digeft. Jn a Quotidian the whole body is filled with crude htimors, where- 
by it comes to pafle that this Feaver oft-times lafts fixty daies. But have a care, you be 
not deceived,and take a double tertian for a Quotidian, becaufe it takes the Patient every 
day as a Quotidian doth. Verily it will be very eafietd diftingtiifti thefc Feavers by the 
kind of the humor, and the propriety of the fymptomes and accidents-, befide. Quotidians 
commonly take one in the evening, or the midft of the night,as then when our bodies are 
refrigerated by the coldnefs of the air caufed by the abfence of the Sun. Wherefore then the 
cold humors are moved in us, which were bridled a little before by the prefence and heat 
of the Sun. But on the contrary, double tertians take one about noon. The fhortnefs and 
gentlenefs of the fit, the plentifiill fweat breaking forth,the matter being conco&ed, cau- 
fes us to think the Quotidian Ihort. and falutary. 
The cure is performed by two means; to wit, Diet, and Pharmacy.Let the Pict be flen- 
der and attenuating,let the patient breath in a cleer air moderately hot and dry; let his 
meats be bread well baked,cock or chicken broths in which have been boiled the roots of 
Parfly, Sorrell and the like. , . 
Neither at fometimes will the ufe of hot meats ,as thofe which are fpiced and faltcd, be 
unprofitable,efpecially to fuch as have their ftomach and liver much cooled. Let him eat 
Chickens, Mutton, Partridge and fmall birds , river fifties and fuch as live in ftony 
waters fryed or boiled, rear egs and fuch like. Thefe fruits are alfo good for him, 
Raifons, ftewed Prunes,Almonds and Dttis* Let his drink be fmall white wine 
mixed with boiled,water. Moderateexercifes will be good, as alfo friftions of the 
whole body : deep taken at a fitting time, and proportioned to waking, fo that the 
time of deep fall not upon the time of the fit; for then it hurts very much; for calling 
the heat to the inner parts, it doubles the raging of the feaverifh heat inwardly in the 
bowels. . , , ; ' 
Forthepaflions of the mind, the patient muft be merry, and comforted with a hope 
fhortly to recover his health. Itfeems not amide to iome, at the coming of the fit to 
put the feet and kgs into hot water, in which Chamomill, Dill,Melilot,Marjefom, Sage, 
and Rofemary have been boiled. 
The medicines fhall be fuchfyrups as are called digeftive and aperitive, as fyrup of 
Wormwood, Mints, of the five opening roots , Oxytnel with a decoction of Chamomill, 
Calamint, Melilot, Dill, and the like,or with common decoctions, The Purgatives fhall 
be Diaphenicon, Elefiuariutn Diacarthami* tyera pier a., Agarick, Turbith, of which you fhall 
make potions with the water of Mints,Balm, Hyflbp, Sage, Fennell, Endive or the like, 
fillultaure* are alfo good.Thefe purgatives fhall fometimes be given in form of a bole with 
fugar,as the Phy fitian being prefent fhall think moft fit and agreeable to the nature of the 
Patient. . ■ 
About the ftate of the difeafe, you muft have a care of the ftomach and principally of the 
mouth thereof, as being the chief feat of phlegm; wherefore it will be good to anoint it 
every other day with oil of Chamomill mixed with a little white wine, as alfo to unlade 
it by taking a vomit of the juice of Radifti, and much Oxymel, or With the decoftion of 
the feeds and roots of Alarum and Chamomill; and fyrup of vinegar will be very good, 
efpecially at the beginning of the fit, when nature and the humors begin to move; for an 
inveterate Quotidian,though you can cure it by no other remedy, nothing is thought to 
conduce fo much as one dram of old Treacle taken with fugar in form of a bole , or to 
drink it diflblved in Aqua vita. 
How to diftia- 
guiflj a quoti- 
dian trona a 
double teruari. 
Diet. 
When the aft 
of fpiced and 
faked meats ati 
fir. 
When deep is 
hurtfall* 
Medicine*',1' 
Care muft be' 
had of rhe 
ftomach* 
Vomits. 
The lift of 
Treacle ina$ 
inveterate 
quoudiW 
CHAP. XXIV. 
Of a ScirrhilS, of an hard tumor proceeding of Melancholy* 
Aving (hewed the nature of tumors caufedby blood, choler and phlegm, ic 
remains we fpeak of theft,which are bred of a melancholick humor; of theft 
there are faid to]be four differences. The firft is of a true and legitimate 
Scirrhut;, that is,of an hard tumor endued with little ftnft, and i'o commonly 
without pain,generated of a naturall melancholick humor.The fecond is, of 
an illegitimate Scirrhw9 that is of an hard tumor inftnfible, and without pain, of 1 
a Melancholick humor concrete by too much refolving and refrigerating. The [third i3 
of a cancrous Scirrhut bred by the corruption and aduftion of the Melancholick humor. 
The fourth of a phlegmonous, Ery/tyelow or Oedemata™ Scirrbw, caufed by Melancholy 
mixed with fome other humor. The cauft of all thefe kinds of Tumors is a groflc, 
tough and tenacious humor concrete in any part. But the generation of fuch an hu~ 
morin the body happens either of an ill and irregular diet,or of the unnatural! affe&s 
IF 
What a true 
and legitimate 
tfcirrkw 
What an i'leg'* 
mate ScirrhK 
is* 218 
Of 7 umors againji Nature in generail. 
L i B.7. 
of the liver or fpleen,as obftruftion ; or by fuppreflion of the Hemorrhoids or Courfes. 
The figns are hardnefs,rcnitency, a blackifh colour, and a dilation of the veins of the 
afle&ed part with blackifhnefs, by reafon of the abundance of the grofs humor. The ille- 
gitimate or baftard Scirrhus which is wholly without pain and fenle,and alfo the cancerous 
admit no cure,and the true legitimate fcarce yeeld to any. Thofe which are brought to 
fuppuration,eafily turn into Cancers and fiftulaes j thefe tumors though in the beginning 
they appear little,yet in procefs oftime they grow to a great bignefi. 
The Signs. 
Prognoftick» 
CHAP. XXV. 
Of the cure of a Scirrhus. 
He Cure of a Scirrhw chiefly confifts of three heads. Firft, The Phyfitian fliall 
prefcribe a convenient diet, that is fober and moderate in feeding, tending to 
humidity, and indifferent heat ; for his manner of life, let it be quiet and free 
from all perturbation of anger, grief and fadnefs, as alfo abhorring the ufe 
of venery. The ftcond is placed in the evacuation of the antecedent matter,as by Phle- 
botomy? if need require, and by purging, by procuring the Hemorrhoids in men, and the 
courfes in women; let purgations be prefcribed ofDiacatholicon, Hiera, 
Epythymum according to the mind of the learned Phyfitian. The third conhfts in the 
convenient ufe of Topick medicines, that is, emollient at thebeginning, and then pre- 
fently refolving, or rather fuch as are mixed both of refolving and emollient faculties, 
as Galen teaches ; for by the ufe of only emollient things there is danger of putrefaftion 
and a Cancer, and only of refolving there is fear of concretion, the fiibtiler part being re- 
folved,and the grofler fubfiding. 
The emollient fhallbe thus: R Rad. alth. lib. f. rad. liliorum §iij. coquantur in aqua com. 
pifientur3trajiciantur per fetaceum, addenda olei cham*m. & lilior. an. *ij. oefipi humid* emplafiri 
diacbyl. alb. cnmoleo liliorum difioluti alb* quantum fit fatis, fiat cerotum. Or R gummi 
ammoniac i,galb. bdelliiyfiyracjs liquid* in aceto di achy I. mag. olei liliorum, 
& axungi*anfirif,an. ceroticefip. defcriptione Philagr. |ij. liquefcant omnia fimul3cer* quantum 
fit [at it, ut indefiat cerotum [at if mol/e. When you have Sufficiently ufed emollient things, 
fume the tumor with ftrong Vinegar and *lqua wit* poured upon a piece of a Milftone,flint 
or brick heated very hot;for the fo mollified humor will be ratified, attenuated and refol- 
vcd; then fome while after renew your emollients, aijeFthen again apply your refolvers 
to waft that which remains, which could not be performed together and at once ; for 
thus Galen healed a fcirrhus in Cercilii# his fon. Goats dung is very good to difcuffe 
Scirrhous tumors; but the Emplaifter of Figo with a double quantity of Mercury 
is effeftuall above the reft, as that which mollifies, refolves and wafts all tumors of this 
kind. 
Diet. 
lib. 2»dd 
Glauconem* 
Emollients. 
Lib.2 id Oh** 
The efficacy of 
theEmpl* of 
Vigo with 
Mercury. 
CHAP. XXVI. 
Of a Cancer already generated. 
Cancer is an hard tumor rough and unequal,round,immoveable,of an afh or li- 
vid colour, horrid by reafon of the veins on every fide, iwollen with black 
blood,and fpred abroad to the fimilitudeof the ftretched out legs and claws 
of a Crab. It is a tumor hard to be known at the firft, as that which 
fcarce equalls the bignefs of a Chick, or Czcer, after a little time it. will come 
to thegreatneffeofaHafell nut, unlefs peradventure provoked by fomewhat too acrid 
medicins it fodainly encreafe being grown bigger,according to the meafure of the encreafe 
it torments the patient with pricking pain,with acrid heat, the grofle blood refiding in 
the veins growing hot, and inferring a fenfe like the pricking of needles, from which 
notwithftanding the Patient hath oft-times fbme reft.But becaufe this kind of tumor by 
the veins extended and fpred about it like elaws and feet,being of a livid and afh colour, 
aflbciated with a roughnefs of the skin and tenacity of the humor, represents, as i t were, 
the toothed claws of the Crab, therefore I thought it not amifle here to infert therB igure 
of the Crab, that fo the reafon both of the name and thing might be more perfpicuous. 
The 
What a Cancer 
is. 
The nature of 
the pain. 
The rcafon of 
the name. LIB.7. 
Of Twnors againft Nature in general! 
219 
The figure of the Crab, called Cancer in Latin. 
CHAP. XXVII. 
Cf the caufes, kinds, and prognoflicks of a Cancer* 
£re we ackno wledge two caufes of a Cancer, the antecedent., and conjunct. The 
antecedent caufe depends upon the default of irregular diet, generating and 
heaping up grofle and feculent blood;by the morbifick affeftion of the Liver 
dilpofed to the generation of that blood;by the infirmity or weaknefs of the 
fpleen in attrafting and purging the blood; by the fuppreflion of the Courfcs or Hamor* 
i holds, or any fuch accuftomed evacuation. The conjunct caufe is that grofs and nielan- 
cholick humor flicking and fhut in the affefted part as in a ftrait. That mclah- 
cholick blood which is more mild, and lefs malign, only increafed by a degree of more 
fervid heat, breeds a not ulcerated Cancer, but the more malign and acrid caufes, an ulcera- 
ted. For fo the humor which generated Carbuncles, when it hath acquired great heat, 
acrimony, and malignity, corrodes, and ulcerates the part upon which it alights.A Cancer 
is made more fierce and raging by meats inflaming the blood, by perturbations of the 
mind, anger,heat,and medicines too acrid,oily, and emplaftick,unfitly applied, both for 
time and place. 
Amongft the forts or kinds of Cancers,there be two chiefly eminent, that is,the ulcera- 
ted or manifeft Cancer, and the not ulcerated or occult. But of Cancers fome poflefs the 
internail parts, as the Guts, Womb, Fundament; others the externall,as the Brefts; alfo 
there is a recent,or late bred Cancer,and alfo an inveterate one.There is one fmall,another 
great,one raging and malign,another more mild. Every Cancer is held almoft incurable, or 
very difficult to be cured, for it is a difeafe altogethermalign, to wit, a particular Le- 
profie. Therefore faith Aetius,a Cancer is not eafily ftaied untill it hath eaten even to the 
innermoft of the part which it poflefles.lt invades women more frequently than men, and 
thofc parts which are lax, rare, fungous,and glandulous,and therefore opportune to re- 
ceive a defluxion of a grofs humor, fuch arc the brefts and all the cmunftories of the no- 
ble parts.When it poflefles the brefts, it often caufes inflammation to the armholes, and 
fends the (welling ever to the glandules thereof; whereupon the Patients do complain 
that a pricking pain, even pierces to their hearts. But this fame pain alfo runs to the 
clavicles, and even to the inner fide of the fhoulder-blades and fhoulders. When it is 
Increafed, and covers the noble parts, it admits no cure but by the hand; but in decay* 
ed bodies, whofe ftrengthfail, efpeciallyif the Cancers be inveterate, we muft not at- 
tempt the cure,neither with inftrument, nor with fire,neither by too acrid medicines, as 
potentiall cauteries:but we muft only feek to keep them from growing more violent, and 
from fpreading further,by gentle medicines,and a palliative cure.For thus many troubled 
with a Cancer,have attained even to old age. Therefore Hippocrates admonifhes us, that it 
is better not to cure occult,or hidden Cancers', for the Patients cured(faith he) do quickly 
die,but fuch as are not cured live longer. 
U 2 CHAP, 
The raufeiot 
a Cancen 
The catifcs of 1 
a not ulcerated 
Cancel, 
The forts mJ 
differences of 
Concern 
Aetiia lib* 
The parts ihofl 
fubjefltci can • 
cert» 
What Canteri 
one muff not 
undertake 
trudy to Of 7 nmors againfl Nature in generail. 
L1B.7. 
220 
CHAP. XXVIII. 
Of the Cure of a Cancer be&nnin&and not yet ulcerated. 
Cancer beginning is oft hindred from encreaflng,before it fallen its roots,but when 
it hath once encreafed,it admits no cure but by iron,as that which contemns,by 
reafon of the malignity & contumacy,the force of all medicines. Galen affirms,he 
cured a Cancer not ulcerated. 
Now that cure is performed by medicines5purging melancholy, by Phlebotomy, when 
the ftrength and age of the Patient may well endure it, by ffiunning all things which may 
breed il and faeculent blood. The diftemper of the Liver muft firftbe correfted, the Spleen 
ned,as alfo the part affe&ed; in men the Haemorrhoides, in women their Courfes muft be 
procured. 
Therefore thick and muddy wines, vinegar,btown bread,cold herbs,old cheefe,old and 
faltcd flefh, beef, venifon, goat, hare,garlick, ohions and muftardjand laftly all acrid, acid 
and other fait things, which may by any means incraflate the blood, and inflame the hu- 
mors,muft be efchewed.A cooling and hume&ing diet muft be prefcribed; falling efchewed, 
as alfo watch in gSjimmoderdfce labours,forrow, cares,and mournings; let him ufe ptifans, 
and in his broths boil Mallows, Spinace, Lettuce, Sorrell,Pur£lain, Succory, Hops,Vio- 
lets, Borrage and the four cold feeds. But let him feed on Mutton, Veal, Kid, Capon, Pul- 
let, young Hares, Partridges,Fifties of ftony rivers,rear Egs;and ufe white wine but mode- 
rately for his drink. 
The part affected with the Cancer muft be gently handled, and not overburdened by 
over hard or heavy things, or by too folid or fat Emplaifters;on the contrary gentle and 
mitigating medicines muft be ufcd; applying allb at certain times fuch things as 
refill venome or poyfon, as Treacle and Mithridate. Afles milk is exceeding fit to af- 
fwage the acrimony of the cancerons humor . Therefore it muft not only be taken in- 
wardly , but alfo applyed outwardly to the cancerous ulcer, making thereof a fomen- 
tation. 
fyb.2, addltu. 
Dier. 
Wow ro handle 
the cancerous 
part. 
Antidotes,! 
Affes milk. 
CHAP.XXIX. 
Of the cure of an ulcerated Cancer. 
The Signs. 
M Ulcerated Cancer hath many figns common with that which is not ulcera- 
ted, as the roundnefle of the tumor,the inequality, roughnefs, and pain; to 
the judgment of theeye, the tumor items foit, but it is hard to the touch; 
the LUcer is filthy,with lips,thick,fwoln,hard,knotty,turned out, and Han- 
ding up3haviug a horrid alpeft,and calling forth ichorous, filthy, and carion- 
like filth,fonietimes black,fometimes mixed with rotten filth, and otherwhiles with much 
bloud. This kind of ulcer is malign, rebellious, and untraftable, as that which contemns 
mild remedies, and becomes more fierce, by acrid and ftrong; the pain, feaver, and all the 
iymptoms being increafed/rom whence the powers are dejefted,the wafting and confump- 
tion of the body follows and laftly death. Yet if it be fmall,and in a part which may fiiffer 
amputation,the body being firft purged, and blood drawn,the ftrength of the Patient not 
diflwading, it will be convenient to ufe the hand, and to take hold of, and cutaway 
whatfoever is corrupt,even to the quick,that no fear of contagion may remain, or be left 
behind. The amputation finiflied, the bloud muft not be prefently flopped, but permitted 
to flow out in fome meafure, yea verily prefled forth all about it,that fo the veins fwoln 
with black and melancholy bloud may be disburdened. When you have taken a 
Efficient quantity of blood, the place muft be feared with an a&uall cautery. For 
that will ftrengthen the part affefted, draw forth the venenate quality, and alfo ftay the 
defluxion. Then muft you apply mitigating medicines, and procure the falling away 
oftheEfchar. To conclude, that which remains, muft be performed according to the 
cure of other ulcers. Now we know and underftand that all the Cancer is cut away , and 
all the malignity thereof extinft, when the ulcer cafts forth laudable matter, wheq that 
goodflefh begins to grow by little and little, like to the grains of a Pomegranat, the 
pricking pain, and all the fymptoms being aflwaged. Yet the cure of an ulcerated 
Cancer which fhall poflefs the lips may be more happily and mildly performed,no cau- 
ftick medicine being applyed after feftion, fo alfo that fcarce any deformity will be left, 
when it is cicatrized. Which new and never formerly tried, or written ofway, as far as 
I know, I found and performed in a man of fifty years old. Do&or jfohn Altine, a 
moft learned Phyfitian being called to Counfell, James Guillemeau, and Mafter Euftachii# 
the Kings Chirur,geons, and John Le leune the Dukc of Guije his moft worthy Chirurgeon 
being prefent. 
The way is this; The Cancer muft be thruft through the lips on both fides, above and 
below 
How& where 
a Cancer may 
be cut away* 
What to be 
obferved in 
cutting away a 
Cancer, 
The benefit of 
applying a 
cautery after 
amputation of 
the Cancer. 
Signs that a 
Cancer is well 
taken away. LIB.7. 
Of T:umors againfl Nature in generail. 
221 
below with a needle and thred,that lo you may rule and govern the Cancer with your left 
hand, by the benefit of the thred ( left any portion thereof fliould fcape the inftrument in 
cutti ng)and then with your Sizers in the right hand,you may cut it off all at once;yet it 
inuft be fo done,that fome fubftance of the inner part of the lip, which is next to the teeth 
may remain,(if fo be that the tow be not grown quite through ) which may fcrve as it 
were for a foundation to generate flefh to fill up the hollownels again.Theh when it hath 
bled fufficiently, the fides and brinks of the wound muft be fcarified oh the right and left 
jidcs,within,and without,with fomewhat a deep fcarification , that fo ( when we would 
draw together the tides and lips of the wound,by that manner of Hitching, which is ufed 
in an hare lip)we may have the flefli more pliant aud tra&able to the needle and thred. The 
refidueof the cure muft be performed juft after the fame manner as we ufe in hare lips; of 
which we (hall treat hereafter. 
A new andob* 
fervable way 
of taking away 
a Cane?? from 
the lip* 
CH A P. XXX. 
Of the Topi eke medicines to be applied to an ulcerated, and not ulcerated Cancer. 
i at the beginning ufe repercuflive medicines , fuch as arethe juices of Night- 
fhadc,Pl antain,Henbane, Lettuce,Sorrell, Houfeleek, Water Lentil! or Ducks 
meat, Knotgralle, Pbmegranates,and the like. Alfo oleum fofarum omphacinum,the 
powders of Sumach,Berberies, IJthargc,Cerulc, Burnt-lead,7wtzrf,Qnickfilver, 
and the like. Of which you may compole Forfientations, Liniments, Oint- 
ments, Diacalcitheos diffolved with juice of 
and oil of Roles is very fit for not ulcerated Cancers. Pompholix,or 7 utia, walhed in juice of 
NightlhadcjOr Plantain,is very good for ulcerated Cwfen.Beiides this following medicine 
is very commendable. 
R Lytharg. & cerufi an. , terantur in mart ar io plumb, cum oleo rofar. donee reducantur ad con- 
fiflentiam linimenti vel unguenti-, and there may be ufe of a refol ving and repercuflive oint- 
ment, as R plumbi ufli 31$, abfinth. olei rofarum *iij, cer# 5 vj, 
fucci .dani, quantum fufficit ad unguenti crafitudinetn. They very much oommend Rheodorickes 
Emplaiftcr to affwage the pain of ulcerated Cancers. .7* 
R olei rof. cere alb. an. jucci granat. &[olani, an. cerufe lota bi ufli, loti, & 
tuthiaprapar. an. thuris, maftich. an. 5ij, fiat empl. mo'Je. This following ointment I have 
often uted with good fucceffe, 
R "Jheriac. Veter. & fucci cancrorum fucci l$uc<e & olei rofar. an. ?ip, wild, oiorunt fub 
finer ib.cotf. ij, camphor, %fi.piftcntur omnia in mortar io plumb. &fiat unguentum. 
R Spurn, argent, axungia porci recentx, ctra alb. an. ft(3, olei boni |viij, z/ztef. ovorutn aflat. iiij, 
fiat unguent, fervetur ufui. And when you will ufe it, mix it with a little ointment of Rofes. 
I have alio mitigated great pain by applying Leaches to an unulcerated Cancer fin that part 
where the torment was moll vehement,by disburdening the part of fome portion of the 
malign humorjwhich lame thing I have done by application ofyong Whelps,or Kitlihgs, 
or Pidgeons,or Chickens cut long waies,and prefently applied to the ulcer, and now and 
then changed as foon as their heat Items diflblved;and others applied for the natural! heat 
in an anodyne or mitigating medicine. John Baptifla 'Iheodofius in his Epiflles,writes,that a 
cataplafme of the herb Eryfimum or Cadlock,being beaten, is very good to be applied to a 
Cancer not u!cerated;but if the Cancer be ulcerated,he boils this fame herb in Hydromel, and 
fo by injeftions and lotions clenfes the ulcer,and mitigates the pain. If the Cancer affeft 
the womb, the patient feels the pricking of the pain in the groins above the pecten, and 
in the Kidneyes, and is often troubled with a difficulty of miking water ; but when it is 
ulcerated it poures forth filth or matter exceeding (linking and carion-like, and that in 
great plenty; the filthy vapour of which carryed up to the heart and brain caufes ofteri 
fwounding. Now to mitigate the pains of fuch like places,the following medicines are of 
good ule. 
RMwozg. femin. liniifeenugr. extract. in aqua rofar. &plantaginis quod fatis efl-, pf this being 
warm make a fomentation. 
R Rad. ft {3. coquatur in hydromchte, pifleiur & trajiciatur, dddendo olei rofar. parum, fiat 
Cataplajma. Alfo you (hall make divers peflarics according to the different kinds of pain; 
alfo make injections of the juice of Plantain, Knbtgrafle,Lcttute,Pdrflaiii mixed together, 
and agitated or laboured in a leaden mortar with a little oil of Rofes;for this kind of me- 
dicine is commended by Galen in every kind of ulcerated Cancers. Alfo this following wa- 
ter is very profitable,and often approved by me.R Stercoris bubuh ftiiij.herb<e Roberti.plantag, 
fempervivi, hyfcyami,portulac. laciuc. endiv. an. m.j. cancros fluviatiles, num. xij. let them be all 
beaten together and diftilled in a leaden Alembick, keep the liquor for ufe and with it 
make often injection into the part; or if the fit.e of the part will permit, let the cancerous 
ulcers be wafhed therewith,and pledgets of lint fleeped therein, be applyed and renewed 
U 3 ever 
RepdlihgfflW 
dicines. 
Theodorftki 
Em plainer 
LeachtSs 
The applies th' 
on ofWhfipss 
Chickens, &c> 
Epift. 214 
The eftare of 
Eryfimnm. 
The figasof 
the Cancer 
lhe wombs 
Lib.g. Simffa 222 
Of Tumors againfi Nature in generail. 
L i B.7. 
estop- 
med. fecundnm 
ever and anon;for fo the acrimony and force of the inflammation is rettlnded,and the pain 
aflwaged.Grf/en beats into powder river Crabs burnt;the powder mixed with ointment of 
Rotes is moft profitably applied upon lint to cancerous ulcers. 
It will be very convenient to put into the neck of the womb the following inftrumenc 
made of Gold or 9ilver,whereby the cancerous filth may have free and fafe paflage forth, 
and the filthy and putredinous vapors may more eafily breath forth. Therefore let it be 
hollow quite through, fome five or fix fingers long,and about the bignefs of ones thumb, 
at the upper end,perforated with many holes whereby the filth may have paflage forth. 
Let the outer or lower end be fome two fingers thick in the circumference, make it with a 
neat fpring,that may hold that end open more,or lefs,according to the Phyfitians mindset 
there be two firings or laces put unto it, by which being tyed before and behind to the 
rowler,with which the woman fhall girt her loins,the Device may be kept from falllng,a$ 
you may fee in the following figure. 
A Vent made like a Peffary for the womb affetfed 
with a cancerous ulcer. 
A. tbe upper end perforated with five or fix holes. 
B. Ihe lower end. 
C. That part of the end which is opened by the fpring9 which is marked with the Letter D. 
EE. The firings or laces. 
Lib. 6.[imp. 
Neither is that remedy for not ulcerated Cancers to be contemned, which confifls 
of a plate of lead befineared with Quick-filver; for Galen himfelf teftifies that lead 
is a good medicine for. malign and inveterate ulcers. But Guido Cauliacenfis is awitncfs 
of ancient credit and learning, that filch plates of lead rubbed over with Quick-filver, 
to fuch malign ulcers as contemn the force of other medicines , are as it were Anti- 
to waft and overcometheir malignity and evill nature. This kind of remedy, 
when it was prefcribed by that moft excellent Phyfitian Hol/erius 3 who commanded 
me to apply it to the Lady of Montigni Maid of Honour to the Queen mother, 
troubled with a Cancer in her left breft, which equalled thebignefs o£ a Wallnut, did 
not truely throughly heal it, yet notwithftanding kept it from further growth. 
Wherefore at the length growing weary of it, when fhe had committed herfelf to a cer- 
tain Phyfitian boldly promifing her quick help,lhe tryed with lofle of her life, how dan- 
gerous,and difadvantagious the cure ofa Cancer was, which is undertaken according to 
the manner of healing other ulcers; for this Phyfitian, when he had caft away this our 
medicine,and had begun the cure with mollifying,heating and attraftive things, the pain, 
inflammation and al the other fymptomcs encreafing the tumor grew to that bignefle,that 
being the humor drawn thither could not be contained in the part it felf, it ftretched the 
breft forth fo much,that it broke it in the middle, juft as a Pomgranat cleaves when it comes 
to its full maturity; whereupon an immoderate flux of blood following, for flaying 
whereof hr was forc't to ftrew cauftick powders thereon;but by this means the inflamma- 
tion and pain beco tiling more raging, and Iwoundings coming upon her, (he poor 
Soul in ftead of her promifed health, yeelded up her ghoft in the Phyfitians bofonae. 
Plates of Lead. 
A Hifiory, 
CHAP. L1B.7. 
Of Tumors againf Nature in general}. 
223 
CHAP. XXXI. 
Of the Fewer tvhich in Scirrhows Famors. 
Uch a Feaver is a Quarrain,or certainly coming near unto the nature of a Quar- 
tain,by reafon of the nature of the Melancholick humor of which it is bred.For 
this fhut up in a certain feat in which it makes the tumor, by communication of 
putrid vapours heats-the heart above meafnre, & en flames the humors contained 
therein,whence ariies a Fearer. Now therefore a quartain is a Feaver coming every fourth 
day,and having twodayes intermiffion. 
The primitive caufes thereof arethefe things which encreafe Melancholick humors in the 
body,Inch as the long eating of ptllfe, of courle and burnt bread, of fait flelh and fife, of 
grofs meats,as Beef,Goat, Veni (bn,old Hares, old Cheeic,Cabbage, thick and muddy wines 
and other inch things of the fame kind. 
The antecedent cattles are a heaped up plenty of Melancholick humors abounding over 
all the body. But the con junft caufes are Melancholick humors putrefying without the 
greater veflels, in the (mall veins and habit of the body. 
We may gather the fignsof a Quartain leaver from things which they call naturall,not 
naturall,and againft nature; from things naturall,for a cold and dry temper, old age, cold 
and fat men,having their veins fmall,and lying hid,their fpleen fwollen and weak,are ufu- 
ally troubled with quartain Feavers. 
Of things not naturall; this Feaver, or Ague is frequent in Autiimne,not only becaufe, 
for that it is cold and dry, it is fit to heap tip Melancholick humors ; but chiefly by rea- 
fonthat the humors by the heat of the preceding Summer are cafily i converted into a* < 
duft Melancholy, whence far worfer and more dangerous quartains arife, than of the Am- 
ple Melancholick humor, to conclude,th rough any cold or dry feafon in a region cold and 
dry,men that have the like Temper eafily fall into quartains ; if to thefe a painfull kind of 
life full of danger and forrow doth accrew. 
Of things contrary to nature; becauft the fits take one with painfull (haking,inferring as 
it were the ftnft of breaking or fhaking the bones ; further it taketh one every fourth day 
with an itching over the whole body, and oft-times with a thin skurfe and puftules,efpeci- 
ally on the legs; the pulfe at the beginning is little, flow, and deep, and the urine alfo is 
then white and wateri(h,inclining to fomewhat a dark colour. 
In the declination when the matter is conco&ed the urine becomes black,not occafioned 
by any malign Symptome or preternaturall excefs of heat,(for fo it fhould be deadly) but 
by excretion of the conjunft matter. The fit of the Quartain continues 24 houres, but the 
intermiffion is 48 houres. It often takes its originall from an obftruftion,pain,and Scirrhus 
of the Spleen,and of the ftippreffion of the courfes and Haemorrlioides. 
Quartains taken in the Summer are for themoft part ffiort, but in the Autumn long, e- 1 
fpecially iuchas continue till Winter.Thoft which come by fiicceffion of any diieafeof the 
Liver, Spleen, or any other precedent difeafe are worfe than fuch as are bred of themftlves, 
and commonly end in a Dropfie.But thofe which happen without the fault of any bowels, 
and to fuch a patient, as will be governed by the Phy fitian in his Diet, infer no greater 
harm,but free him from more grievous and long difeafts, as Melancholy, the Falling fick- 
nefsjConvulfions, Madnefs, becaufe the Melancholy humor, the author of fitch difeafts is 
expelled every fourth day by the force of the fit of the Quartain. 
A Quartain Fea ver, if there be no error committed, commonly exceeds not a year, for 
otherwife fome Quartains have been found to laft to the twelfth year according to the 6- 
pinion of Avicen: the Quartain beginning in Autumn is oft-times ended In the following 
ipring; the Quartain which is caufed by aduft blood,or choler, or Salt flegm, is more eafi- 
ly and fooner cured, than that which proceeds from an aduft Melancholy humor;becatift the 
Melancholy humor, terreftriall of its own harder to be difeufled than any o- 
ther humor, is again made by aduftion (the fubtiller parts being diflblved and the grofler 
fubfiding) more ftubborn,grofs, malign, and acrid. The cure is wholly abfolved by two 
means, that is, by Diet and medicines. The diet ought to be prefcribed contrary to the 
caufe of the Feaver in the ufe of the fix things not naturall, as much as lyes in our power. 
Wherefore the Patient fhall efchew Swines flefh, flatulent, vifeid and glutinous meats, fen- 
ny fowls, fait meats and Venifon, and all things of hard digeftion. The uft of White wine 
indifferent hot and thin, is convenient to attenuate and incide the grofs humor, and to 
move urine and fweat; yea veri ly at the beginning of the fit a draught of fuch wine will 
caufe vomiting, which is a thing of (b great moment, that by this one remedy many have 
been cured. Yet if we may take occafion and opportunity to provoke vomit there is no 
time thought fitter for that purpofe then prefently after meat; forthen it is the fooner 
provoked, the fibers of the ftomach being humefted and relaxed,and the ftomach is fooner 
turned to vomiting,whereupon follows a more plentiful,happy & eafie evacuation of the 
Phlegmatique andCholcricK humor, and kfs troublefome to nature: and of all the cru- 
dities 
Why aquarJ 
tain happens 
upon feirr lions 
rumors. 
The 
Why they ar£ 
frequent in 
Aurumne, 
Proghofticfcg 
From wha* 
difeaftjs a 
quatrain 
one* 
Dleft 
How much vo«' 
miring pre*, 
vails to cure a 
quatrain. Of Tumor sagainfl Nature in generall. 
Lib. 7. 
224 
dities with which the mouth of the ventricle abounds in a Quartane, byreafon of the 
more copious afflux of the Melancholick humor, which by his qualities cold and dry, di- 
flurbes all the a&ions and natural 1 faculties. Moreover exercifes and friftions are good be- 
fore meat; iuch pafflons of the mind as are contrary to the caufe from which this Fcaver 
takes his original!, are fit to be cherifhed by the patient; as Laughter, Jefting,Mufick,and 
all filch like things full of pleafure and mirth. At the beginning the patient muft be gently- 
handled and dealt withall , and we mull abllain from all very ftrong medicines untill 
fuchtime, as the difeaft hath been of fome continuance. For this humor, contumacious 
at the beginning when as yet nature hath attempted nothing,is again made more flubborn, 
terrcftriallanddry, by the almoft fiery heat of acrid medicines. If the body abound with 
blood, fome part thereof mull be taken away by opening the Median or Baiilik vein of the 
left arm,with this eaution,that if it appear more grofs and black, we fuffer it to flow more 
plentifully 3 if more thin,and tin&ured with a laudable red colour that we presently flay it. 
The matter of this leaver mult be ripened,conco&ed and diminilhed with the Syrups of Epz- 
of 5co.o/e^rzww,of May den hair,Agrimony,withthe waters of Hops,Bug] ofs,Borage 
and the liked lincerely protcft,next unto God,I have cured very many quartains by giving a 
portion of a littleTreakle diflblved in about fome two ounces of Aqua vita, alfo femetimes 
by two or three grains of Musk diflblved in Muskadine, given at the beginning of a parti- 
cular fit towards the generall declination of the difeafe,after generall purgations the hu- 
mor and body being prepared,and the powers ftrong; And certainly an inveterate Quar- 
tain can fcarce ever bee difeuifed unlefs the body be much heated with meats and medi- 
cines. F herefore it is not altogether to be ditproved which many fay,that they have dri- 
ven away a quartain by taking a draught of wine every day as foon as they came forth of 
their bed, in which fome leaves of Sage had been infufed all the night. Alfo it is good alit- 
tle before the fit to anoint all the fpine of the back with oyls heating all the nervous 
parts, fuchas are the oyl of Rue, Walnuts, of the Peppers, mixing therewith a little Aqua 
but for this purpofethe oyl of Caftoreutn which hath been boyled in an apple of Colo- 
quintida , the Kernels taken out, upon hot coles to the confumption of the half part, 
mixing therewith fome little quantity of the powders of Pepper, Pelitory of Spain 
and Eupborbiutn, is excellent. Certainly fuch like Inunftions are good not only 
to mitigate the vchemency of the terrible (baking, but alfo to provoke fweats ; 
for becaufe by their humid heat they difeufs this humor being dull and rebellious 
to the expulfive faculty,for the Melancholy is as it were thedrofs and mud of the blood. 
Therefore if on the contrary the Quartain Feaver (hall be caufed by adult choler wee muft 
hope for and expeft a cure by refrigerating and humeftive medicines, fuc h as Sorrell, Let- 
tuce, Purflane, broths of the decoftion of Cowcumbers,Gourds, Mellons and Pompions. 
For in this calc if any ufe hot medicines, he (hall make this humor mod obflinate by the re- 
viving of the iubtiler parts.Thus Traffianwboa&s that he hath cured thefe kinds of Quar- 
tane Feaver by the only ule of refrigerating Epithemaes being often repeated a little before 
the beginning of the fit. And this is the fumof the Cure of true and legitimate intermit- 
ting Feavers. That is, of thofe which are caufed by one (imple humor, whereby the Cure 
of thoie which they callbaftard intermitting Feavers, may be cafily gathered and under- 
flood ; as which are bred by a humor impure and not of one kind, but mixt or compofed 
by admixture of fome other matter ; for examp le,according to the mixture of divers hu- 
mors Phlegmatick and chokrick,the medicines muft alfo be mixt, as if it were a confufed 
kind of Feaver of a Quotidian and muft be cured by a medicine compofed of things 
evacuating flegm and choler. 
Medicines. 
What quar* 
tains mu fl be 
cured wjrh | 
refrigerating 
things. 
What baftard 
Agues arc, and 
how they mull 
be cured. 
CHAP. XXXI I. 
Of an Aneurifma, that the or [fringing ef an Artery Sinew. 
What it is. 
N Anewfi[ma is a fbft tumor yeelding to the touch,made by the blood and Ipirit 
powred forth under the flelh and Mufcles,.by the dilatation or relaxation of an 
Artery. Yet the Author of the definitions feems to call any dilatation of any 
venous veflell by the name of an Aneurifria. Galen calls an an opening 
made of the Anaflomafisy of an Artery. Alfo an Aneurifria is made when an Artery that is 
wounded cloleth too flowly, the fubftance which is above it being in the mean time ag- 
glutinated, filled with flelh and cicatrized, which doth not feldome happen in opening of 
Arteries unskilfully performed and negligently cured; therefore AHeurijfnaes are abfolute- 
ly made by the .fpringing,brciking,Ero/zQ;z3and wounding of the Arteries. Thele 
happen in all parts of the body, but more frequently in the throat, efpecially in women 
after a painfull travail. For when as they more ftrongly ftrive to hola their breath, for 
the more powerfull expullion of the birth, it happens that the Artery is dilated and bro- 
ken, whence follows an effulion of blood and fpirits under the skin. Thefignsare, a 
fwelling one while great, another Imall, with a pulfation and a colour not varying from 
the native conftitutioh of the skin. It is a foft tumor, and fo yeelding to the impreflion 
of 
what parts 
they chiefly L1B.7. 
Of Tumors againft Nature ingenerall. 
225 
of the fingers that if it peradventure be final!, it wholly vanilheth,thc Arterious blood and 
fpirits flying back into the body of the Artery, but prefently aflbon as you take your fin- 
gers away, they return again with like celerity. Some Anewifmaes do not only when they 
are prefled, but alfo of thenifelves make a fenlible hilling, if you lay your ear near to 
them, by reafon of the motion of the vitall fpirit ruffling with great violence through the 
ftraitnefs of the paflage* 
Wherefore in Aneurifmaes in which there is a great rupture of the Artery, fuch a noife is 
not heard, becaufe the fpirit is carryed through a larger paflage. Great Aneurifrnaes under 
the Arm pits, in the Groins and other partt wherein there are large veflels,admit no cure, 
becaufe fo great an eruption of blood and fpirit often follows upon Rich an incifion, that 
death prevents both Art and Cure. Which I obferved a few years ago in a certain Prieft of 
Saint Andrews of the Arches,Mr. dwelling with-a chief Prefident Chri/tyherde 
Thou. Who having an Aneuriftna at the fetting on of the fljoulder about the bignefs of a 
Wall-nut, I charged him, he Ihould not let it be opened, for if he did it would bring him 
into manifeft danger of his life, and that it would be more fafe for him to break the vio- 
lence thereof with double clothes fleeped in the juyce of Night-fliade & Houflcek,with new 
and wheyey cheefe mixt therewith : Or with Vnguentum de Balo or Emplaftrum contra rupturam 
and fuch other refrigerating and aftringent medicines, if he would lay upon it a thin plate 
of Lead,and would ufe Ihorter breeches that his doublet might ferve to hold it too, to 
which he might fallen his breeches in Head of a fwath, & in the mean time he Ihould efchew 
allthings which attenuate and inflame the blood, but efpecially he Ihould keep hinflelf 
from all great Graining of his voice. Although he had ufed his diet for ayeer, yet he 
could not fo handle the matter but that the tumor increafed,which he obferving goes to a 
Barber, who fuppofing the tumor to be of the kind of vulgar impoftumes,applies to it in 
the Evening aCauftick caufing an Et'char foto open it. In the Morning fuch an abundance 
of blood flowed forth from the tumor being opened,that he therewith aflonifhed,implores 
all poffibleayd, and bids that I Ihould be called to ftay this his great bleeding, and he re- 
pented that he had not followed my directions. Wherefore I am called, but when I was 
fcarceover the threfliold, he gave up his ghoft with his blood.Wherefore I diligently ad- 
monilh the youngChirurgeon that he do not raflily open Aneurifmaes unlefs they be final in 1 
an ignoble part, and not indued with large veflels, but rather let him perform the cure af- 1 
ter this manner. Cut the skin which lyes over it untill the Artery appear, and 'then fepa- 
rate it with your knife from the particles about it,then thruft a blunt and crooked needle 
with a thicd in it under it, bind it,then cut it off and fo expeft the falling off of the thred 
of it lelf whiles nature covers the orifices of the cut Artery with new flefli, then the refidue 
of the core may be performed after the manner of Ample wounds. The Aneurifmaes which ' 
happen in the internail parts are incurable. Such as frequently happen to thofe who have i 
often had the unftion and fweat for the cure of the French difeafe, becaufe the blood being » 
fo attenuated and heated therewith that it cannot be contained in the receptacles of the 
Artery,it diftends it to that largnefsas to hold a mans Fill; Which I have obferved in the * 
dead body of a certain Taylor,who by an Aneurifma of the Arterious vein fuddenly whilft 
he was playing at Tennis fell down dead,the veflel being broken: his body being opened J 
1 found a great quantity of blood powred forth into the capacity of theCheft, but the 
body of the Artery was dilated to that largnefs I formerly mentioned, and the inner coat 
thereof was bony. For which caufe within a while after I fhewed it to the great admira- 
tion of the beholders in the Phyfitians School whilft I publiquely diflc&ed a body there ; 
the whilft he lived (aid he felt a beating and a great heat over all his body by the force of 
the puliation of all the Arteries, by occafion whereof he often fwounded. Doftor Syluim 
the Kings profeflbr of Phyfick at that time forbad him the ufe of Wine,and wifhed him to 
ufe boy led water for his drink, and Curdsand newCheefes for his meat, and to apply 
them in form of Cataplafms upon the grieved and fwoln part. At night he ufed a ptifan of 
Early meal and Poppy-feeds, and was purged now and then with a Clyfter of refrigerating 
and emollient things, or with Caflia alone, by which medicines he laid he foundhimfelf 
much better. The caufe of fuch a bony conftitution of the Arteries by Anetirijmaes is, for4 
that the hot and fervid blood firfl dilates the Coats ofan Artery, then breaks them; which 
when it happens, it then borrows from the neighbouring bodies a fit matter to reftoreiihe 
loofed continuity thereof. 
This matter whilft by little and little it is dryedand hardened, it degenerates into a 
griftly or clfe a bony fubftance, juft by the force of the lame material! and efficient caufes, 
by which ftones are generated in the reins andbladder.For the more terreftriallportion csf 
the blood is dryed andcondenfed by the power of the unnaturall heat contained in the 
part affefted with an^Aneurifma; whereby it comes to pafs that the fubftance added to the 
dilated and broken Artery is turned into a body of a bony confidence. In which the lin- 
gular providence of nature, the handmaid of God is fhewed, as that Which, as It were by 
making and oppofing a new wall or bank , would hinder and break the violence of the 
raging blood iwelling with the abundance of the vitall fpirits; unlefs any had rather to re- 
fer the caufe of that hardnefs to the continuall application of refrigerating and aftringent 
medicines 
Prognofticfe* 
A Hiflory,' 
muft nor raflW 
ly be opened* 
HoW they muft 
be cured. 
The fe of the 
inward parr# 
incurable. 
A Hiftory.' 226 
Of Tumorsagainft Nature in generall. 
Lib.?. 
£,ib.4.Cipt ult» 
de prrf enpul- 
fa . - 
medicines. Which have power to condenfate and harden,as may not obfeurely be gather- 
ed by the writings of Galen. But beware you be not deceived by the forementioned figns 5 
for fometimes in large Aneurijmaes you can perceive no pulfation, neither can you force 
the blood into the Artery by the prefliire of your fingers, either becaufe the quantity of 
filch blood is greater than which can be contained in the ancient receptacles of the Artery, 
or becaufe it is condenfate and concrete into clods, whereupon wanting the benefit of ven- 
tilation from the heart, it prefently putrefies 5 Thence enfue great pain, a Gangren, and 
mortification of the part,and laftly the death of the Creature. 
A Caution is 
the knowing of 
JjwifiNM* 
The End of the Seventh Roo\. 
PARTICULAR 
TV MO RS 
AGAINST NATVR.E- 
The Eight Book. 
The Preface. 
Ecaufe the Cure of difcafcs muft be varied according to the variety of 
the temper, not only of the body in general], but alfo of each part 
thereof; the ftrength, figure, form, fite, and fenfe thereof being 
taken into confideration: I think it worth my pains, having al- 
ready (pokenof Tumors in general!, if I (hall treat of them in 
particular which affeft each part of the body, beginning with 
thofe which aflail the head. Therefore the Tumor either affe&s 
the whole head, or elfe only fome particle thereof as the Eyes, 
Ears, IN ole, Gums and the like. Let the Hydroctfbalos, and Phyfocepbafos be examples of 
thofe tumors which poflefs the whole head. 
C HAP. I. 
Of an Hydrocephalos or watry tumor which commonly affefls the heads of Infants. 
He Greeks call this difeafe Hydrocephalos, as it were a Dropficof the 
Head, by a waterifh humor; being a diieafe flmoft peculiar to In- 
fants newly born. It hath for an external! caufe the violent com- 
preflion of the head by the hand of the Midwife or otherwife at the 
birth, or by a fall, contufion and the like. For hence comes a 
breaking of a vein, or Artery,and an effufion of the blood under the 
skin.Which by corruption becoming whayifh,laftly degenerateth in- 
to a certain waterhh humor.lt hath alfo an inward caufe,which is the 
aboundance offerous and acrid blood,which by its tenuity and heat 
fweats through the pores of the veflels, fometimes between the Mufculous skin of the head 
and the Pericranium, ibmetimes f between the Pericranium and the skull, and fometimes be- 
tween the skull and the membrane called Dura mater, and otherwhiles in the ventricles of 
the brain. 
The 
What it it. 
The caufes* 
Differences by 
teafon of place. L1b.8. 
Of particular Tumors againft Nature. 
227 
The figns ofit, contained in the fpace between the Mufculous skin and the Pericranium, 
are a manifeft tumor w ithout pain,fott,and much yeelding to the preflure of the fingers.The 
Signs when it remaineth between the Pericranium and the skull,are for the moft part like the 
forenamedjunlefs it be that the Tumor is a little harder, and not fo yeelding to the finger, 
by reafon of the parts between it and the finger; And alfo there is fomewhat more ienie 
of pain. But when it is in the fpace between the skull and Dura mater, or in the ventri- 
cles of the Brain or the whole fubftance thereof, there is a dulnefs of the fenfes as of the 
fight and hearing; the tumor doth not yeeld to the touch, unlefs you ufe ftrong impref- 
fion,for then it linketh fomewhat down, efpecially in infants newly born; who have their 
skulls almoft as foft as waxe, and the junftures of their Sutures laxe, both by nature, as al- 
fo by accident, by reafon of the humor contained therein moiftening and relaxing all the 
adjacent parts; the humor contained here lifts up the skull fomewhat more high, cfpecial- 
ly at the meetings of the Sutures, which you may thus know, becaufe the Tumor being 
prefled, the humor flies back into the fecret paflage of the Brain. 
To conclude,the pain is more vehement, the whole head more fwollen, the forehead 
flands fomewhat further out, the eye is fixt and immoveable, and alfo weeps by reafon of 
the ferous humor fweating out of the brain. 
Fejaliuf writes that he law a girl of two yeers old, whofe head was thicker than any 
mans head by this kind of Tumor,and the skull not bony,but membranous, as it uleth to 
be in abortive births,and that there was nine pound of water ran out of it. 
Abner afts tels that he faw a child whofe head grew every day bigger by reafon of the 
watery moifture contained therein, till at length the tumor became fo great,that his neck 
could not bear it neither {landing nor fitting, fo that he died in a fbort time. I have ob- 
ferved and had in cure four children troubled with this difeafe, one of which beingdifleft- 
ed after it died,had a brain no bigger than a Tennis Ball. But of a Tumor and humor 
contained within under the Cranium,or Skull, 1 have feen none recover, but they are eafily 
healed of an externall Tumor. 
Therefore whether the humor lye under the Pericranium, or under the mufculous skin 
of the head, it muft firft be aflayled with refolving medicines, but if it cannot bexhus o- 
vercome, you muft make an incifion, taking heed of the Temporall Mufcle,and thence prefs 
out all the humor,whether it refemble the wafhingofflefti newly killed,or blackifh blood, 
or congealed or knotted blood,as when the tumor hath been caufed by contufion;then the 
wound muft be filled with dry lint,and covered with double boulfters, and laftly , bound 
with a fitting ligature. 
Signs* 
A Hiflor 
Of a Polypus being an eating difeafe in the Nofe. 
CHAP. II. 
He Polypus is a Tumor of the Note againft nature, commonly arifing from the 0s 
Ethmoides or fpongy bone. It is fo called,becauie it refemblcs the teet of a Sea 
Polypus in figure,and the flefh thereof in confiftences This T umor flops the Nofe* 
intercepting and hindering the liberty of fpeaking and blowing the Nofe.Cel- 
jus faith the Polypus is a caruncle of excrefcence one while white,another while 
reddifh, which adheres to the bone of tht Nofe, and fometimes fills the Noftrils 
hanging towards the lips , fometimes it descends back through that hole, by which 
the fpirit deftends from the Nofe to the throttle; it grows fb that it may bee ften behind 
the Pvulva.) and often ftranglcs a man by flopping his breath. There are five kinds thereof, 
the firft is, a foft membrane, long and thin like the relaxed and deprefled Evulva, hanging 
from the middle griflle of the nofe,being filled with a Phlegmatick and vifeid humor.This 
in exfpiration hangs out of the nofe,but is drawn in and hid by inipiration ; it makes one 
fnaffle in their fpeech and fnort in their fleep. The fecond hath hard flefh, bred of Melan- 
choly blood without adtrftion*, which obftru'fting the noftrils intercepts the refpiration 
made by that part. The third, is flefh hanging from the Griftle,round, and foft, being the 
off-fpring of Phlegmatick blood. The fourth is an hard Tumor, like flefh, which when it 
is touched yeelds a found like a ftonc; it is•• generated of Melancholy blood dryed, being 
fomewhat of the nature of aScirrbus confirmed and without pain. 
The fifth is as it were compofed of many canorous ulcers fpred over the tranfverfe furface 
of the griflle. 
Of all theft forts of Polypi fome are not ulcerated, others ulcerated, which fend forth a 
ftinking and ftrong fmelling fifth. Such of them as are painful l,hard, refifting, and which 
have alivid,or leaden color, muft not be touched with the hand,becauft they favour of the 
Nature of a into which they oft degenerate ; yet by reafon of the pain which op- 
prefles more violently,you may ufe the Anodyne medicines formerly defcribed in a Cancer* 
iiich as this following. 
Be Olei de witell. ovorum % ii9 Lytharg. & T'uthij prtf.an. % Ljucci plat, [olani an.$ i p,Lc- 
pid.lwnatit. & an. f$. Let them be wrought a long time in a leaden mortar, and 
fo make a medicine to be put into the noftrills. Thofe which are foft, loofe and with- 
out 
Thereafon of 
the name. 
Lib.6.Cap JI 
The differences 
hereof 
Which of rhe# 
admit no ma* 
nnall operati> 
on. 
An 228 
Of particular Tumors againfl Nature 
Lib. 8. 
out pain, are fometimes curable, being plucked away with an inftrumentmade for that 
purpofe, or elle wafted by aftuall cauteries put in through a pipe,fo that they touch not 
the found part; or by potentiall cauteries, as Egy'ptiacum compofcd of equall parts of all 
thefimples with vitrio 11 which hath a faculty to wafte fuch like flelb. Aqua fortis and 
oyl of vitrioll have the fame faculty, for thefe take away a Polypus by the root§ j for if any 
part thereof remain it will breed again. But Cauteries and acrid medicines muft be put 
into the noftrills with this Caution, that in the mean time cold repelling and aftringent 
medicines be apply cd to the hofe and parts about it to allwage the pain,and hinder the in- 
flammation. Such as are Vnguentum de bolo&nd of Eggs beat with 
Role leaves,and many other things of the like nature. 
Why it muft 
be taken clear 
away. 
CHAP. III. 
Of the Parotides, that if9 Certain fuellings about the Ears. 
Whit it is. 
We Parot if is a Tumor againft nature, affefting the Glandules and thofe parts 
feated behind and about the Ears, which are called the Emunftories of the 
brain ; for theft becaufe they are looft and fpongy, are fit to receive the ex- 
crements thereof. Of theft fome are critical!, the matter of the diftaft fome- 
what digeftcd being ftnt thither by the force of nature Others Symptoma- 
ticall, the excrements of the brain increaftd in quantity or quality ruffiing thither of 
' their own accord. Such abfeefles often have great inflammation joyned with them, be- 
cauft the biting humor which flows thither is more vitiated in quality than in quan- 
tity. Befides alfo they often cauft great pain, by reafon of the diftention of the parts 
indued with moft exquifite ftnft, as alfo by reafon of a Nerve of the fifth Conjugation 
fpred over theft parts ; as alfo of the neighbouring membranes of the brain, by 
■which means the patient is troubled with the Head-ach and all his face becomes fwoln. 
Yet many times this kind of Tumor ufeth to be railed by a tough, vifeous, and grofs 
humor. 
This difeaft doth more grievoufly afflift young men than old; it commonly brings a 
Feaver and watching. It is difficult to be cured, specially when it is cauftd by a grofs, 
tough, and vifeid humor, lent thither by the Crifis. 
The cure muft be performed by diet, which muft be contrary to the quality of the hu- 
mor in the temper and conliftence of the meats. If the inflammation and rednefs be great, 
which indicate aboundance of blood, Phlebotomy will be'profitable, yea very neceflary. 
But here we muft not uft the like judgment in application of locall medicines as we do in 
other tumors, as Galen admoniffieth us ; that is, we muft not uft repcrcuflives at the begin- 
ning, efpecially if the abftefs be criticall 5 for fo we ffiould infringe or foreflow the indca- 
vors of nature forcibly freeing it ftlf from the morbifique matter. But we muft much lefs re- 
pell or drive it back if thematter which hath flowed thither be venenate, for fo the reflow 
thereof to the noble parts would prove mortall. Wherefore the Chirurgeon fhall rather 
aflift nature in attracting and drawing forth that humor. Yet if the defluxion fhall be fo 
violent, if the pain fo fierce that thence there may be fear of watchings and a Feaver, 
which may dejeft the powers, Galen thinks it will be expedient with many refolving 
medicines to mix fome repelling. Wherefore at the beginning let fuch a Cataplafm be 
applyed. 
R. Far. hord. & few. Un. ana J ij, coquantur cum mulfo aut decoflo cham. addenda but. recen. & 0- 
lei chaw, ana J i3fiatcataplafrna. And the following oyntment will alfo be good. 
R. But. recen. | ij, olei chaw. & lilior.an. i, unguen.de Althea facer jparum : make an oynt- 
ment to be applyed with moift and greafie wooll,to mitigate the paimalfb fomewhat more 
ftrong difeuffing and refolving medicines will be profitable, as: 
R. Rad. dlthee &bryon. fol.rute, puleg. orig. an.m.j, flo. cham<em. melil. an. p. 
coquantur in hydromelite, addenda farin. fanugrtc. orobi. an. § i, pul. Ireos, 
chant, melilot. an. 5 ij, olei aneth. rutac. an. i9 fiat cataplajma. But ifyou determine to refolve 
it any more, you may uft Emplaftrum Oxycroceum & Melilot-Pldifter. If the humor doth 
there concrete and grow hard,you muft betake you to the medicines which were prefcribed 
in the Chapter of the Scirrhuf 5 but if it tend to fuppuration, you fhall apply the fol- 
lowing medicine. 
R. Rad. hliorum & ceparumfub cineribuf cofl. an. % iij, Vitell. ovor. num. ij. axung. fuilld & un» 
guent. % i, fari. Jem.Uni | i ft, fiat Cataplafina. But ifthe matter do fo require, let 
the tumor be opened as wc have formerly prefcribed. 
The differen- 
ces. 
Their Ggns and 
Symptomes. 
Prognoftkk, 
The cure. 
Z.zZ>. ?< de comp, 
med. fee. Loces» 
Hip.nph. 21. 
lib, i. 
Gentle refol- 
ving medicines* 
Stronger re* 
folvets. 
A Ripening 
jnedtcmc* 
CHAP, Lib.8. 
Of particular Tumors againft Nature i 
229 
C HAP. Ill L 
Of the Epulis, or overgrowing of the Jlefb of the Gums, 
He Efulij is'a fleffiy excrefcence of the Gums between the teeth,which is by little 
and little oft-times encreafedto th c bigriefs of an Egge, fo that it both hin- 
ders the fpeech and eating; it calls forth falvioiis and linking filth, and not 
ieldome degenerates into a C<wcer,which you may underftand by the propriety 
of the colour, pain and other accidents; for then you mtift by no means 
touch it with your hand. But that which doth not torment the Patient Witli pain,may be 
pluckt away; and let this be the manner thereof. 
Let it be tyed with a double thred,which mutt be ftraiter twitched untill fuch time as it 
fall off; when it ffiall fall away,the place muft be burnt with a cautery put through a trunk 
or pipe,or with Aqua fortis, or oyl of Vitriol/, but with great care that the found parts ad- 
joyning thereto be not hurt,for if fo be that it be not burnt,it ufually returns. 
I have often by this means taken away fuch large tumors of this kind, that they htfrig 
out of the mouth in no fmall bignefs,to the great disfiguring of the face,which when as nd 
Chirurgeon durft touch,becaufe the flelh looked livid,I ventured upon becaufe they were 
free from pain; and by taking them away and cauterizing the place, I perfectly healed 
them; not truly fodainly,and at once; for although I burnt the place after difleftion ; yet 
neverthelefs they fprung up again, becaufe a certain portion of the bone and focketS in 
which the Teeth ftand faftened,were become rotten.I have often oblerved inch like fleth by 
continuance of time to have turned into a griftly and bony fubftance. Wherefore the cure 
mull be begun as fpeedily as may be; for being but little, and having faftened no deep 
roots,it is more ealily taken away, being then only filled with a vifeid humor, which in 
fuccefs of time is hardered,and makes the taking, a way thereof more difficult. 
What it is* 
The Sy rep, 
tomes* 
The Chirurge-' 
cal! cure* 
Why the cure' 
mull not bf 
deferred. 
CHAP. V. 
Of the Ranula. 
Here is oft-times a tumor under the torfgue,which takes away the liberty of pro- 
nuntiation or fpeech; wherefore the Greeks call it Latins Kann- 
fuch as have this dileafe of the tongue, feem to exprefs their minds by 
croaking rather than by fpeaking. 
It is caufed by the falling down of a cold,moift,grofs,tough,vifcid and phlegmatick mat- 
ter,from the brain upon the tongue,which matter in colour and confiftence reiembles the 
white of an egge,yet fometimes it looks of a citrin or yellowifh colour. 
That you may fafely perform the cure, you muft open the Tumor rather with a cautery 
of hot Iron,than with a Knife,for otherwile it wil return again.The manner of opening of 
it muft be thus. You fhall get a bended hollow and perforated iron plate with a hole in the 
midft, and making the Patient to hold open his mouth, you (hall lb fit it, that the hole 
may be upon the part which muft be opened. Then there you muft open it with an hot 
Iron, for fo you fhall hurt no part of the mouth which is whole; but when you are 
ready to burn it, by thrufting your thumb under the Patients Chin, you may fomewhat 
elevate the Tumor whereby you may open it with more certainty; when it is opened you 
muft thruft out the matter contained therein, and then wafh the Patients mouth with fome 
barly water,hony,and Sugar of Roles; for fo the ulcer will be fafely and quickly healed. 
The Reafora 
why iris fa 
called. 
The Caufc, 
The Cure/ 
The delineation of the Iron plate and crooked actual! Cautery, 
X 
CHAR 230 
Of particular Tumors againjl Nature. 
L1 b.8. 
CHAP. V I. 
Of the fvelhni, of the GhmJulet, or ef the threat. 
Why the Glan- 
dules are called 
Almonds. 
Ature at the jaws near the roots of the Tongue,hath placed two Glandules op« 
pofite to one another; in figure and magnitude like to Almonds, whence alio 
they have their name; their office is to receive the ipittle falling down from the 
brain, both left that the too violent falling down of the humor lliould hinder 
the tongue in (peaking,aS alfo that the tongue might alwaycs havemoifture, 
as it were laid up in ftorc, left by continuall (peaking, it ffiould grow dry and fail.For thus 
this fpittle being confumed by feaveriffi heats, the Patients are fcarfe able to fpeak, unlefs 
they firft moiften their tongue by much walking of their mouth. 
Thefe Glandules becaufe they are feated in a hot and moift place, are very fubjeft to in- 
flammations; for there flows into thefe oft-times together with the blood,a great quantity 
of crude,phlegmatick and vifcous humors, whence arifes a tumor ; which is not feldomc 
occafioned by drinking much and that vaporous wine, by too much Gluttony,and ftaying 
abroad in the open air. 
j Swallowing is painfull and troublefome to the Patient,and commonly he hath a Feaver. 
Oft-times the neig hbouring Mufcles of the throttle and neck are fo fwoln together with 
thefe Glandules/ that as it ufually happens in the Squinzy'yxhx pajfage of the breath and air 
is ftopped,and the Patient ftrangled. 
We refift this imminent danger by purging and blood-letting,by applying Cupping- 
Glafles to the Neck and ffioulders, by friftions and ligatures of the extreme parts, and by 
waffiing and gargling the mouth and throat with aftringent Gargarifms. But if they come 
to fuppuration,you muft with your incifion Knife make way for the evacuation of the Pm, 
or Matter; but if on the contrary, thefe things performed according to art, defluxion be 
increafed, and there is prefent danger of death by flopping and intercepting the breath,for 
the ffiunning fo great and imminent danger, the top or upper part of the Afyera arteria, 
or Weazon muft be opened, in that place where it ufes to ftand moftout; and it may be 
done fo much the fafer, becaufe the jugular veins, and arteries are furtheft diftant from this 
place, and for that this place hath commonly little fleffi upon it. And that the incifion 
may bethe.fitiier made, the Patient muft be wiffied to bend his head back,that fo the Artery 
bethemoreeafilycome to by theinftrument; then you (hall make an incifion overthwart, 
way with a crooked knife between two rings (not hurting nor touching the griftly fub- 
fiance J that is to fay, the membrane which tyes together the griftly rings being only cut; 
you fhall then judg that you have made the incifion large enough,when you ffiall perceive 
the breath to break out by the wound;the wound muft be kept open fo long,untill the dan- 
ger of fuffocation bepaft; and then it muft be fowed up not [touching thegriftle: But 
if the lips of the wound ffiall be hard and callous; they muft be lightly fcarified,that fo they 
may become bloody for their eafier agglutination and union,as we ffiall ffiew more at large 
in the cure of Hare lips. I have had many in cure, who have recovered,that have had their 
Weazon together with the griftly rings thereof cut with a great wound, as we ffiall note 
when we ffiall come to treat of the cure of the wounds of that part. 
Their ufej 
The Caufe of 
their tumor. 
Symptomcs, 
Cure, 
Exfrtme dir- 
cafes muft 
have extreme 
remedies. 
How you muft 
open the 
Weazon, 
CHAP. VII. 
Of the inf annuation and relaxation in the Vvula or Columella. 
What the fVm- 
Atis/mdwhat;' 
the ufe theie- 
of. / 
He Vvula is a little body, fpongy and fomewhat (happened to the form of a Pine 
apple5lianging even down from the upper and inner part of the palat,fb to break 
the force of the Air drawn in,in breathing,and carryed to the Lungs, and to be as 
a quill to form and tune the voyce. It often grows above meafurehy receiving 
moifture falling down from the brain, becoming (harpe Lw litth and little from a broa- 
der and more fwdln Ba/is. Which'thing caufes'many'Symptomes; for by'the continual! 
irritation of the diflilling humor the Cough is* caufM,Whidi alfo hinders the Heep and in- 
tercepts the liberty of fpeech; but alfo by hindering rcfpiration the Patients cannot deep 
unleis With open mouth: they are exerciied with a vain indcavouring to fwallow (having 
as it were a mo ffell flicking in their jaws) and are in danger of being flrangled. 
This difcafe rtiuft be refilled and allailed by purging, bleeding. Cupping, taking of cly- 
fters, tiling aiftringent Gargles,aad a convenient diet; but if it cannot thus be overcome, the 
cure muft be tryed by a catrftic'k of Aqua fortis, which I have divers times done with good 
fucces.fcut if it cannot be fo donfc,it wil be better to put tdyOur hand,than through idlenes 
to differ the patient to remain in ihiminent and deadly danger of flrangling;yet in this there 
muft very great caution be ufed 5 for the Chirurgeon (hall not judg the Vwula fit to be 
touched with an inflrument or cauftick,which is fwoln with much inflamed3or black blood 
after the manner of a Cancer5 but he (hall boldly put to his hand if it be longilh, grow 
fmall 
TheCawftfof 
the f we Hing 
thereof* 
Symptomes/ 
The 
The cure by 
Chirurgery. Lib.8. 
Of particular Tumors againjl Nature. 
231 
fmall by little and little into a iharpe,looie and lore point; it it be neither exceeding red, 
neither fwolne with too much blood, but whitifh and without pain. Therefore that you 
may moreeafily and fafely cut away, that which redounds and is liiperfluo us,delire, the Pa- 
tient to lit in a light place,and hold his mouth open ; then take hold of the top of the 
Vvula with your fizers, & cut away as much thereof as fha 1 be thought unprofitable.Other- 
wife you fhall bind it with the inftrument here-under defcribed ; the invention or this in- 
ftrument is to be afcribed to Honor atm Taflel/anus that diligent and learned man, the Kings 
Phyfitian ordinary, and the chief Phy fltan of the Queen mother 5 Whic h alfo may be ufe 
in binding of Polyp and warts in the neck of the womb. 
The Delineation of conftri&ory rings fit to twitchy or bind the 
Columella, with a tw fled thredi 
A. Shews the ring whofe upper part is fomewhat 
hollow. 
B. A double waxed thred, which is couched in 
the hollownefs of the ring,and hath a runniiagj 
or loolekootupon it. 
An iron rod, into the eye whereof the fore- 
mentioned double thred is put, and it is to 
twitch the Columella when as much thereof is 
taken hold of, as is unprofitable, and fo to 
take it away without any flux of blood.When 
you would ftraiten the thred, draw it again 
through this iron rod,and fo ftrain it as much 
as you fha.ll thigk good, letting the end of 
the thred, hang out of the mouth. But 
everyday it muft be twitched harder than o- 
ther, untill it fall away by means thereof, and 
fo the partand patient be reftored to health. I 
have delineated three of thefe inftruments,that 
you may ufe which you wills as lhall 
be offered. 
A Figure of the Speculum oris, by which the mouth if held and kept open 
tohilft the Ch ir urge on ij bufied in the cutting 
away er binding the Vvula. 
But if an eating ulcer (hall aflbciate this relaxation of the Vvula, together with a flux 
of blood, then it muft be burnt and feared with an hot iron,fo thruft into a Trunk,or Pipe 
with an holcinit,that fo no found part of the mouth may be oflended therewith. 
X 2 Of particular Tumorsagainfl Nature. 
232 
Lib.8. 
A hollow Trunfwith a hole in the with the hot iron inferted., or put therein. 
CHAP. VIII. 
Of tbe Angina, or Squinzy. 
What it is. 
Squinancy,or Squincy,is a (welling of the jaws, which hinders the entring 
of the ambient air into the weazon, and the vapours and the (pirit from pai- 
jjghs (age forth, and the meat alfo from being fwallowed. There are three ditfer- 
ences thereof. The firft torments the patient with great pain, no fwelling be- 
jng outwardly apparent, by reafon the Morbifick humor lyes hid behind the 
almonds or Glandules at the Vertebra of the neck,fo that it cannot be perceived,ualefs you 
hold down the tongue with a (patula or the Speculum for fo you may lee the rednefs 
and tumor there lying hid. The Patient cannot draw his breath,nor fwailow down meat, 
nor drink; his tongue, (like a Gray-hounds after a courfe ) hangs out of his mouth, 
and he holds his mouth open that fo he may the more eafily draw his breath; to conclude, 
his voyce is as it were drownd in his jaws and note; he cannot lye upon his back, but 
lying is forced to fit, fo to breath more freely : and becaufe the paflage is ftopt, the drink 
flies out at his nofe ; the eyes are fiery and (wollen, and Handing out of their orb. 
Thofe which are thus affeRed are often fodainlyfuffocated, a foam riling about their 
difference is faid to be that,in which the tumor appears inwardly, but little 
or (carle any thing at all outwardly, the tongue, Glandules, and jaws appearing fomewhat 
fwollen. 
The third being leaft dangerous of them all,caufes a great fwelling outwardly,but littla 
inwardly. 
The Caufes are either internall, or externall. The external! are a ftroak, fplinter or 
the like thing flicking in the Throat, or the excels of extreme cold,or heat. The internall 
caufes are a more plentifull defluxion of the humors either from the whole body of the 
brain, which participate of the nature either of blood, choler or flegm, but feldome of 
Melancholy. The figns by which the kind and commixture may be known, have been 
declared in the generall treatife of tumors. The Squincy it more dangerous, by how much 
the humor is lefs apparent within and without. Thatislefs dangerous which (hews 
it felf outwardly,becaufe fuch an one Ihuts not up the wayes of themeat, nor breath.Some 
dye of a Squincy in twelve houres, other in two, four or feven dayes. Thofe (faith 
Hippocrates) which fcape the Squincy, the difeafe pafles to the lungs, and they dye 
within feven dayes ; but if they fcape thefe dayes, they are fuppurated; but alfo often- 
times this kind of difeafe is terminated by difappearing, that is,by an obfeure reflux of the 
humor into fome noble part,as into the Lungs (whence the Empyema proceeds)aud into o- 
ther principall parts,whofe violating brings inevitable death; fometimesby refolution,o- 
therwife by fuppuration. 
The way of refolution is the more to be defired; it happens when the matter is final!, 
and that fubtle, efpecially if the Phyfitian fhall draw blood by opening a vein,and the Pa- 
tient ufe fitting Gargarifms. A Criticall Squincy divers times proves deadly by reafon of 
the great falling down of the humor upon the throttle,by which the paflage of the breath 
is fodainly ihut up. Broths muft be ufed made with Capons, and Veal feafoned with Let- 
tuce, Purllain,S@rrell,and the cold feeds. 
Jfthe Patient (hall be fomewhat weak, let him have potehed Egges, and Early Creams, 
the Barly being fomewhat boy led with Raifons in water and Sugar,and other meats of this 
kind. Let him be forbidden wine, in (lead whereof he may ufe Hydromelita9 and Hydrofachara 
that is,drinks made of water and Hony, or water and Sugar as alfo the Syrups of dryed 
Rofes, of Violets, Sorrell and Lemmons, and others of this kind. Let him avoid too 
much deep. But in the mean time the Phyfitian muft be careful! of all, becaufe this 
difeafe 
The differen- 
The fir ft kind. 
The Symp- 
toms. 
The fecund 
kind. 
The third. 
The Caufes. 
Hip.fefa 
prog. A' 
phet.io Jeff.f 
Diet; Lib.8. 
Of particular Tumors againft Nature. 
233 
diieaie is of their kind, which brook no delayes. Wherefore kt the Kaftlica be prelently 
opened, on that fide the tumor is the greater ; then within a fhort time after the lame day, 
for evacuation of the conjunct matter, let the vein undtr the tongue be opened ; let 
cnpping-Glafles be applyed, fometimes with fcarification, fometimes without, to the 
neck and fhoulders,and let friftions and painfull ligatures be ufed to the extreme parts.But 
let the humor impaft in the part be drawn away by clyfters and (harp fuppofitories. Whilft 
the matter is in defluxion, let the mouth without delay be wafhed with aftringent garga- 
rifmes to hinder the de fluxion of the humor, left by its fodain falling down it kill the 
Patient, as it often happens, all the Phyfitians care and diligence notwithftanding. 
Therefore let the mouth be frequently wafhed with Oxycrate, or fuch a gargarifrn: 
R. Pomorum jilveft. nu. iiij, fumach} Pofar. rub. an. m. jf. berber. 3 ij, let them be all boy led 
with fufficient quantity of water to rhe confumption of the half, adding thereunto of 
the wine of foure Pomgranats, J iiij, of Diamoron ij, let it be a little more boy led and 
make a gargle according to Art. And there may be other Gargarifms made of the waters; 
of Plantain, Night-fhade, Verjuice, Julep of Rofes and the like. But if the matter of the 
defluxion fhall be Phlegmatick, Alum, Pomgranat pill, Cyprefs nuts, and a little Vine- 
ger may be fafely added. But on the contrary,repcrcuflives muft not be outwardly applyed, 
but rather Lenities, whereby the external! parts may be relaxed and ratified, and fo the 
way be open either for the diffufing or revolving the portion of the humor. You fhall 
know the humor to begin to be refolved, if the Feaver leave the Patient, if he fwalloW, 
fpeakand breath more freely, if he fleep quietly, and the pain begin to be much aflwaged. 
Therefore then natures endeavour muft be helped by applying refolved medicines, or elfe 
by ufing fuppuratives inwardly and outwardly, if the matter feem to turn into Pm. There- 
fore let gargarifrn s be made of the roots of March-Mai lows,Figs, Jujubes, damask Prunes, 
Dates, perfectly boyled in water.The like benefit may be had by Gargarifms of Cows milk 
with Sugar, by oyl of fweet Almonds,or Violets warm,for fuch things help forward flip- 
puration and aflwage pain; let fuppurating cataplafms be applyed outwardly to the neck 
and throat,and the parts be wrapped with wooll moiftened with oyl of Lillies. When the 
Phyfitian fhall perceive that the humor is perfectly turned into pw, let the patients mouth 
be opened with the Speculum oris} and the abfeefs opened with a crooked and long incifion 
knife; then let the mouth be now and then wafhed with cleanfing gargles; as fy.Aqua hor- 
de i lib. jf. me His ro;.& far. rofar. ftc.au.| gargarifma.Mfo theufe of <mwie/,that is,wine and 
Hony,willbefitfor thispurpofe. The ulcer being denied by thefe means, let it be cica- 
trized with a little roch-Alum added to the former gargarifins. 
Cure. 
Repelling 
Gargat.fms. 
Ripening 
Gargarifajs, 
Detergent 
Gargarifig'j.' 1 
The F igure of an inci fan tyife opene d out of the ch femes for a {berth thereto x 
CHAP. IX. 
Of the Bronchocele, or Rupture of the throats 
which the French call that the Greeks call Eronchocele, the Latins Gut- 
turif Hernia., that is,the Rupture of the throat. For it is a round tumor of 'the 
throatjthe matter whereof coming from within outwards, is contained between 
the skin and weazon; it proceeds in women from the fame caufe as an Aneurtfma. 
But this generall name oiBronchocele undergoes many differences;forfbmetimes it retains 
the nature ofMelicerides, other whiles of or fome there 
isfoundaflefhy fubftance having fbme (mail pain; fbme of thefe arefmall, others «fo great 
that they feem almoft to cover all the throat; fome have a Cift} or bag, others have no 
fuch thing; all how many fo ever they be, and what end they (hall have,may be known by 
their proper figns; thefe which fhall be curable, may be opened With an a&uall or poten- 
tial! cautery, or with an incifion knife. Hence if it be poflible, let the matter be prefently 
evacuated,but if it cannot be done at once, let it be performed at divers tijnesaand difcufled 
by fit remedies3and laftlyjet the ulcer be qonfolidated and cicatrized. 
Thereafonoi 
the name., 
Ths differed 
CCS. 
The Cur# 
p 2 
CHAP. Of particular 7 umors againft Nature. 
Lib.8. 
234 
CHAP. X. 
Of the Pleurifie. 
He Pleurifie is an inflammation of the membrane, inverting the ribs, canted by 
fubtile and cholerick blood, fpringing upwards with great violence from the 
hollow vein into the and thence into the intercoftall veins, and is at 
length fpowred forth into the emptiefpaces of the intercoftall mufcles, and the 
mentioned membrane. Being contained thereof it tend to fuppuration,it commonly infers 
a pricking pain,a Feaver and difficulty ofbreathing. This fuppurated blood is purged and 
evacuated one while by the mouths the Lungs fucking it,and fo carting it into the Weazon, 
and fo into the mouth,otherwhiles by urine,and fometimes by ftool. 
But* if nature being too weak, cannot expe&orate the purulent blood poured forth in- 
to the capacity of the cheft,ithe difeate is turned into an wherefore the Chirurge- 
on muft then be called,who beginning to reckon from below upwards, may make a vent 
between the third and fourth true and legitimate ribs; and that muft be done either with an 
aft u al or potentiall cautery,or with a fharpe knife drawn upwards, towards the back, but 
not downwards,left the veflels ffiould be violated which are difleminated under the rib.This 
apertion may be fafely and ealily performed by this aftuall cautery ; it is perforated with 
four holes, through one whereof there is a pin put higher or lower according to the depth 
and manner of your incifion.then thepoint thereof is thruft through a plate of Iron perfo- 
rated alfo in the midft,into the part defigned by the Phyfitian,left the wavering hand might 
peradventure touch,and fo hurt the other parts not to be medled withall. This fame plate 
muft be fomewhat hollowed, that fo it might be more eafily fitted to the gibbous fide, and 
bound by the corners on the contrary fide with four ftrings.Wherefore I have thought good 
here to exprefs the figures thereof. 
What it is. 
Of a Plemifie 
coming tofup* 
puration. 
Of the change 
thereof into an 
Empyema. 
Of iheapenti- 
on of the fide in 
an Empyema. 
Tire Figure of An atfual! cautery with its plate fit to be ufed in a Pleurifie. 
But if the patient fhall have a large body, Cheft and ribs, you may divide and perforate 
the ribs themfelves with a Trepan; howfoever the apertion oe made, the pus or matter muft 
be evacuated by little and little at feverall times; and the capacity of the Cheft cleanfed 
from the purulent matter by a detergent injection ofvj ounces of Barley water,and 5 ij.ho- 
ny of Rofes,and other the like things mentioned at large in our cure of wounds. 
CHAP. X I. 
Of the Dropfie. 
What the 
Dropfie is* 
He Dropfie is a Tumor againft nature by the aboundanceof waterilh humor, of 
flatulencies,or Phlegm,gathered one while in all the habit of the body, other- 
whiles in fome part,and that efpecially in the capacity of the belly between the 
Peritoneum and entrails. From this diftin&ion of places and matters there arife 
divers kinds of Dropiies. Firft, that Droplie which fils that fpacc of the belly, 
is either moift or dry.The moift is called the Jfotej,by reafon of the fimilitude it hath with 
a leather bottle,or Borachio3becaule the waterilh humor is contained in that capacity, as it 
were in Rich a veflell. 
The dry is called the or Tympany, by reafon the belly fwollen with wind 
founds like a that isaa Drum.But when the whole habit of the body is diftended 
with 
The differen- 
ces thereof. Of particular Twnors againft Nature 
L1 b.8. 
235 
with a phlegmatick humor,it is called Anasarca or Leucofhlegmatia. In this laft kind of 
Droplie the lower parts firft (well, as which by reafon of their lite are more fubjeft to re- 
ceive defluxions, and ijiore remote from the fountain of the native heat; wherefore if you 
prefle them down the print of your finger will remain fometime after;the patients face wil 
become pale anti puffed up, whereby it may be diftinguiffied from the two other kinds of 
Droplie. For in them firft the belly, then by a certain confequence the thighs and feet do 
Iwell. There are befides alfo particular Dropfies,contained in the ftrait bounds of certain 
places. Inch are the Hydrocephalos in the head; the Bronchocele in the throat; the 
cele in the Cheft; the Hydrocele in the Scrotum., or Cod; and fo of the reft. Yet they all arife 
from the famecaufe; that is, the weaknefs or deleft of the altering or concofting faculties, 
cfpecially of the liver, which hath been caufcd by a Scirrhw, or any kind of great diftem- 
per, chiefly cold, whether it happen primarily, or fccondarily by reafon of fome hot difl- 
ftemper diflipating the native and inbred heat, inch a Droplie is uncurablejor elfe it comes 
by confent of fome other higher or lower partjfor if in the Lungs, Mid rift, or Reins there 
be any diftemper,or difeafe bred,it is eafily communicated to the gibbous part of the Li- 
ver, by the branches of the hollow vein, which run thither. But if the milchief proceed 
from the Spleen, Stomach,Mefentery Guts,efpecially the jejunum and Ileum., it creeps into 
the hollow fide of the liver by the meferaick veins,and other branches of the Vena porta or 
Gate vein. For thus fuch as are troubled with the Spleen,Jaundife,and al- 
fo the Phrenlie,fall into a Droplie. 
Laftly,all fuch as have the menftrtiall or hsemorrhoidall blood fupprefled or too im- 
moderately flowing contrary to their cuftome, either overwhelms, diminilheth or extin- 
guiflieth the native heat; no otherwife than fire, which is fuflbeated by too great a quan- 
tity of wood ; or dieth and is extinguilhed for want thereof. We muft look for the fame 
from the excrements of the belly or bladder, caft forth either too Iparingly or too immo- 
derately : Or by too large quantity of meats too cold and ralhly devoured without any 
order; To conclude,by every default of externall caufes, through which occafion,error 
may happen in diet or exercife. 
The Ajcitet is diftinguilhed from the two other kinds of Dropfies, both by the magni- 
tude of the efficient caufe,as alfo by the violence of the Symptoms,as the dejefted appetite, 
thirft,and fweling of the' Abdomen .And alfo when the body is moved or turned upon either 
iide,you may hear a found as of the jogging of water in a veflell half full. Laftly, the hu- 
mor is diverlly driven upwards or downwards, according to the turning of the body 
and compreffion of the Abdomen:, It alfo caufeth various Symptoms by preflure of the parts 
to which it floweth. For it caufeth difficulty of breathing and the cough by prefling the 
Midriffe; by fweating through into the capacity of the Cheft it caufeth like Symptoms as 
the Empyema. Belides alfo the patients often feem, as it were, by the ebbing and flowing 
jofthewateriffi humor, one while to be carried to the skies, and another whiles to be 
drowned in the water, which I have learnt not by reading of any author, but by the re- 
port of the patients themfelves. But if thefe waterilh humors be fallen down to the lower 
parts, they fupprefs the excrements of the guts and bladder by prefling and ftraitning the 
paflages. When the patient lies on his back the tumor feems lefle, becaufe it is fpread on 
both fides;On the contrary when he ftands or fits, it feems greater,for that all the humor 
is forced or driven into the lower belly,whence he feels a heaviness in the Petfen or ffiare. 
The upper parts of the body fall away by defeft of the blood fit for nourilhment in quality 
and confidence, but the lower parts fwel by the flowing down of the ferous and waterilh 
humor to them.Thepulfe is little,quick,and hard with tention. 
This difeale is of the kind of Chronicall or long difeafes;wherefore it is fcarce,or never 
cured, cfpecially in thofe who have it from their mothers womb, who have the Aftion of 
their ftomach depraved,and thofe who are cacheftick, old; and laftly, all fuch as have the 
naturall faculty languilhing and faulty. 
On the contrary, young and ftrong m«n,efpecially if they have no feaver,and finally all 
who can endure labour, and thofe exercifes which are fit for curing this difeafe, eafily re- 
cover,principally if they ufe a Phyfitian before the water which is gathered together do 
putrefie and infeft the bowels by its contagion. 
The Symp- 
romeso 
The Caufe& 
How divers 
diieafcs turn 
into Droplies* 
The figris cf 
an Afcitet. 
The Symp- 
toms. 
CHAP. XII. 
Of the cure of the Dropfte. 
He beginning of the cure muft be with gentle and mild medicines; neither miift 
we come to a Paracentefis unlefs we have formely ufed and tried thefe. There- 
fore it ihal be the part of the Phyfitian to prefcribe a drying diet,and inch me- 
dicines as carry away water, both by ftool and urine.Hipptcrates ordains this 
powder for Hydropick perfons. R Canthar. ablate capitib. & alis Combu- 
rentur in fiatpulvir, of which adminifter two grains in white wine, for nature hel- 
ped by this, and the like remedies hath not feldome been feen to have cured the Dropfie. 
Hip. lib< 4 (fc 
acut. (<r lib.de 
interth Of particular 7 umors againft Nature 
Lib. 8. 
236 
But that we may haften the cure, it will be available to ftir up the native heat of the part 
by appplication of thofc medicines which have a difcuiling forceps bags,baths,ointmcnts, 
and Emplaifters. Let bags be made of dry and harlh Bran, Oats,Salt,Sulphur, being made 
hot, or for want of them,of Sander, or Allies often heated. 
The more effeftuall baths are fait, nitrous, and fulphurous waters, whether by nature 
or art, that is, prepared by the diflolution of fait, niter, and Sulphur; to which if Rue, 
Mar jorom, the leaves of Fennell, and tops of Dill, ot Sta'chas, and the like be added, 
the bufinefs will goe better forwards. Let the ointments be made of theoyl of Rue, 
Dill, Baies, and Squills, in which fome EMpfaor/>z«w,Pellitory Pepper have been 
boiled. Let plaifters be made of Frankincenfe, Myrrh, Turpentine, Bayberries, 
Englilh galengall, hony,the dung of Oxen,Pigeons, Goats, Horfes, and the like, which 
allb may be applied by themfelves. If the difeale continue,we mull come to Sinapijmes and 
Pho'mgwejjthat is, to rubrifying and veficatory medicines. When the blifters are railed,they 
muft be anointed again,that fo the water may by little and little flow fo long untill all 
the humor be exhaufted, and the patient reftored to health. 
Galen writes,the Husbandmen in 4/rrf,when they carried wheat out of the Country into 
the city in Cars,when they wil Real away and not be taken,hide fome ftone jugs till'd with 
water in the midft of the wheat; for that will draw the moifture through the jugs into 
it felf, and encreafe both the quantity and weight. When certain pragmaticall Phyfitians 
had read this,they thought that wheat had force to draw out the water, fo that if any fick 
of the Droplie Ihould be buried in a heap of wheat,it would draw out all the water. 
But if the Phylitian lhall profit nothing by thefe means, he muft come to the exquifitly 
chief remedy,that is, to Paracentefis. Of which becaufe the opinions of the ancient Phy fiti- 
, ans have been divers, we will produce and explain them. 
Thofe therefore which difallow Paracentejis, conclude it dangerous for three realbns. 
The firft is becaufe by pouring out the contained water, together with it,you diffipate and 
refolve the fpirits, and confequently thenaturall, vitall, an d animall faculties. Another 
opinion is,becaufe the Liver wanting the water by which formerly it was born up;thencc 
forward hanging down by its weight,deprefleth and draweth downwards the midriffe and 
the whole Cheft, whence a dry cough, and a difficulty of breathing proceed. The third 
is,becaufe the fubftance of the Peritoneum, as that which is nervous, cannot be pricked or 
cut without danger, neither can that which is pricked or cut be cafily aggluti- 
nated and united, by reafon of the Ipermatick and bloudlefle nature thereof. ErafiftratM 
moved by thefe realbns condemned Paracentefis as deadly : alfo he perfwaded that it was 
unprofitable for thefe following realbns, viz. becaufe the water powred forth, doth not 
take away with it the caufe of the Dropfie,and the diftemper and hardnefs of the Liver,and 
of the other bowels, whereby it conies to pafs that by breeding new waters they may 
eafily again fall into the Dropfie. And then the feaver, thirft,the hot and drie diftemper 
of the bowels, all which were mitigated by the touch of the included water,are aggravated 
by the abfence thereof,being powred forth.-which thing leemeth to have moved Awicen and 
Gordoniw that he fa id none; the other faid very few lived after the Paracentefis:but the refu- 
tation of all fuch realbns is very eafie. 
• For, for the firft Galen infers, that harmfull diffipation of fpirits, and refolving the fa- 
culties happens,when the Paracentejis is not diligently, and artificially performed. As in 
which the water is prefently powred forth; truly if that reafon have any validity,Phlebo- 
my muft Item to be removed far from the number of wholfome remedies, as whereby the 
blood is poured forth, which hath far more pure and fubtil fpirits,than thole which are 
faid to be diffuled and mixed with the Droplie waters. But that danger which 
the fecond reafon threatens lhall eafily be avoided ; the patient being defired to lie upon 
his back in his bed, for fo the Liver will not hang down. But for the third reafo n, the 
fear of pricking the Peritoneumfis childiflufor thofe evils which follow upon wounds of the 
nervous parts,happen-by reafon of the exquifit fenfe of the part,which in the Peritoneum ill 
affefted & altered by the contained water,is either none or very fmal.But reafon and expe- 
rience teach many nervous parts, alfo the very membranes themfelves being far removed 
from a fleffiy fubftance,being wounded admit cure;certainly much more the as 
that which adheres fo ftraitly to the mufclcs of the tMdifle&or cannot fepa- 
rate it from the flelh,but with much labor.But the realbn which leems to argue the unpro- 
fitablenefs of the Paracentefis is refelled by the authority of Celfus.lsfaith he, am not igno- 
rant that Eraftftratus did not like Paraccntejistfor he thought the Dropfie to be a difeale of 
the Liver, and fo that it muft be cured,and that the water was in vain let forth,which the 
Liver being vitiated,might grow again. But firft this is not the fault bf this bowel alone, 
and then although the water had his originall from the Liver,yet unlefs the water which 
ftayeth there contrary to nature being evacuated,it hurteth both the Liver,and the reft of 
the inner parts,whilft it either encreafeth their hardnefs,or at the leaft keepeth it hard,and 
yet notwithftanding it is fit the body be cured. And although the once letting forth of 
the humor profit nothing,yet it makes way for medicines, which while it wan there con- 
tained, it hindered, But this ferpus,fait,and corrupt humor is lb far from being able to 
mitigate 
Bags. 
Bathes- 
Liniments. 
Emplai fters. 
Veficarories* 
Gal. lib t de fa- 
cnl.natnrti» 
Divers opini* 
onsof Parti' 
cen tefts,or ope- 
ning df the 
belly. 
Reafons'a- 
gainfl it. 
ErafififMfi 
his Keatons 
againft itf 
Reatons for it, 
Libi Of particular Tumors againft. Nature 
Lib.8. 
237 
mitigate a leaver and thirft, that cn the contrary it mcreaieth them. And alio it augmen- 
ted! the cold diftemper, whilft by its abundance it overwhelms and extinguish the na- 
tive heat. But the authority of Celiw Aurelianw that moft noble Phyfitian, though a Me- 
thodick, may fatisfie Avicen and Gort/ortiw.TheyJfaith he, which dare avouch that all inch 
as have the water let out by opening their belly have died,do lie;for we have icen many 
recover by this kind of remedy: but if any died,it happened either by the default of the 
flow or negligent adminiftration of t he Paracentefis. I will add this one thing which may 
take all error of controversies : we unwifely doubt of the remedy when the patient is 
brought to that neceflity,that we can only help him by that means. Now mull we lhew 
how the belly ought to be opened. If the Dropfie happen by fault of the Liver, the feftion 
muft be made on the left if of the Spleen,in the right: for if the patient fhould lie 
upon the fide which is opened, the pain of the wound would continually trouble him, 
and the water running into that part where the feftion is, would continually drop, 
whence would follow a diflblution of the faculties. The Seftion muft be made three 
fingers bredth below the Navell, to wit, at the fide of the right mufcle,but not upon that 
which they call the Line a Alba-,neither upon the nervous parts of the reft of the mufcles of 
the Efigaftriimr, that fo we may prevent pain and difficulty of healing. Therefore we muft 
have a care that the patient lie upon his right fide, if the incifion be made in the left, or 
on the left, if on the right. Then the Chirurgeon both with his own hand, as alfo with 
the hand of his fervant affifting him,muft take up the skin of the belly,with the fleffiy pan- 
nicle lying under it,and feparate them from thereftjthen let him dividethem fo feparated 
xvith a Seftion even to the fleffi lying under them,which being done,let him force as much 
as hee can the divided skin upwards towards the ftomach, that when the wound, which 
muft prefently fie made in the fleffi lying there-under,ftall be confolidated,the skin by its 
falling therein,may ferve for that purpole: then therefore let him divide the mulculous 
fleffi and Peritoneum with a fmall wound,not hurting the Call or Guts. 
Then put into the wound a trunk, or golden, or filver crooked pipe, of the thicknefe 
ofa Goofes-quill,and ofthe length offome halfa finger. Let that part of it which goes 
into the capacity of the belly have fomething a broad head,and that perforated with two 
fmall holes,by which a firing being faftened,it may be bound fo about the body , that ic 
cannot be moved,unlefs at the Chirurgec ns plcafure. Let a fpunge be put into the pipe, 
which may receive the dropping humor: and let it be taken out when you would evacu- 
ate the water: but let it not be poured out all together,but by little and little for fear of 
diflipation of the fpirits,and refolution of the faculties, which I once faw happen to one 
fick of the Dropfie. He being impatient ofthe dilealc and cure thereof, thruft a Bodkin 
into his belly,and did much rejoice at the pouring forth ofthe water , as if he had been 
freed from the humor and the difeafe, but died within a few houres, becaule the force of 
the water running forth, could by no means be ftaied, for the incifion was not artificially 
made. But it will not be fiifficient to have made way for the humor by the means afore- 
mentioned,but alfo the external orifice of the pipe muft be flopped & ftrengthned by dou- 
ble cloaths, and a ftrong ligature,left any of the water flow forth againft our wils. But we 
muft note that the pipe is not to be drawn out of the wound, before as much water ffiall 
be iflued forth as we defire,and the tumor requirethjfor once drawn forth, it cannot eafily 
be put in again,and without force and pain be fitted to the lips of the wound,becaufe the 
skin and fleffiy pannicle cover it by their falling into the wound of the fleffi or mufcle. But 
whilft the water is in evacuation, we muft have a diligent care of feeding the patient, aS 
alfo of his ftrength, for if that fail,and he feem to be debilitated, the effiifion of the water 
muft be ftaied for fome daies, which at the length performed acccording to our defire, the 
wound muft be fo confolidated that the Chirurgeon beware it degenerate not into a FP 
flu la. 
Lib. de 
Ch cap. de 
Hydrops 
The'places of 
the apcrtion 
mu ft be divers, 
according to 
the parts 
chiefly affcflcd. 
The manner of 
making apetr/- 
on» 
AHiftor/, 
A caution for« 
taking out the 
pipe. 
The figure of a Pipe in form of a Quill3 to evacuate the water in Dropftes 
Others performe this bufinefs after another man- 
ner j for making an incifion, they thruft through the 
lips of the wound with a needle and thred: but they 
take up much of the flelhie fubftance with the 
left that which is taken up fhould be rent and torn 
by the forcible di awing of the lips together.Thcn the 
thred it felt is wrapped up and down over both ends 
of the needle5fo thruft is ufually done in a 
hare-lipjthat fo the lips of the wound may fo clofely 
cohere., that not a drop of water may get out againft 
theChirurgeons wil.Sometimes fuch as are cured and 
healed of the Dropfie/all into the Jaundife, whom I 
Another 
nerof evacua* 
ting the water | 
after the 
tion. 
ufually cure after this maner. R fterc. anfer. jijjdiflolve it in |iij3 vini alb. coletur: make a 
Potion., and let it be given two hourcs before meat. 
A medicine fot 
ihfjwsdi&t 
CHAP, 238 
Of particular Tumors againft Nature. 
Lib.8. 
CHAP. XIII. 
Of the tumor and relaxation of the Navell, 
The divers 
caufes thereof, 
He Exomphalos orfwelling of the Navel,is caufed by the relaxed 
or brokenrfor by this occafion oft-times the guts,and oft-times the kal,fal in- 
to the feat of the Navel!, and fometimes fuperfluous flefh is there generated; 
( otherwife this tumor is as an Aneurifma by too great a quantity of blond pou- 
red forth in that place: otherwife by a flatulent matter , and fometimes by 
a waterifh humor. If thefiumorbe occafioned by the kail, the part it felfwill retain his 
proper colour, that is, the colour of the skin; the tumor will be foft and almoft without 
pain, and which will refide without noife, either by the preflurc of your fingirs, or of it 
lelf when the Patient lieth on his back;but tumor caufed by the guts, is more unequal!, 
and when it is forced in by the prefliire of your fingers,there is fuch a noife heard,as in the 
Entero ce/e;but if the tumor proceed of fuperfluous flefh it will be harder and more ftubborn, 
not cafily retiring into the body, although |;he patient lie upon his back,and you prefleit 
with your fingers. f \ 
The tumor is fofter which proceeds of wind,but which wil not retire into the body,& 
founds under your nail like a tabcr. If the fwelling be caufed by a waterifh humor,it hath 
all things common with the flatuous tumor , except that it is not fo vifible, and without 
noife. If it be from effufion of blood, it is ofa livid colour,but if the effufed blood fhall 
be arteriall,then there are the figns of an AneurifmaJNheieforc when the tumor is caufed by 
the guts, kali, wind or a waterifh humor, it is cured by Chirurgery: but not if it proceed 
from a flefhy excrcfccnce or fuffufion of blood. The tumor of the navell proceeding from 
the kail and guts, the Patient muft lie upon his back to be cured, and then the 
kali, and guts,muft with your fingers be forced into their due placerthen the skin with 
which the tumor is circumfcribed muft be taken up with your fingers, and thruft through 
with a needle,drawing after it a double twined and ftrong thred,then it muft be fcarified 
about the fides,that fo it may be the eafier agglutinated. Then muft it be thruft through 
with a needle three or four times, according to the manner and condition of the diftenti- 
on and tumor.And fo twitch it ftrongly with a thred,that the skin which is fo bound may 
at length fall ofttogether with the ligatures. But alfo you rpay cut off the skin fo diften- 
ded even to the ligature,and then cicatrize it, as fhall be fit. A flatulent tumor of the na- 
vell fhall be cured with the fame remedies, as we fhall hereafter mention in the cure of a 
windy rupture, but the watery may be poured forth by making a fmall incifion.And the 
Wound fhall be kept open, fo long, until! all the water be drained forth. 
Signs hereof 
bccafioned by 
the kail* 
By the guts. 
By flefh. 
By wind- 
By a ware rifb 
humor. 
By bruited 
blood. 
Which may be 
cured by Chi- 
xurgery, which 
nor. 
The cure by 
Chirurgery. 
CHAP. X11II. 
Thefe are 
only 3 .forts 
of Ruptuiefj 
Of the Juniors of the Groins and Cods called th at Ruptures. 
•ie ancient Phyficians have made many kinds of Ruptures, yet indeed there arc 
only three to be called by that name,that is,the Inteftinaljj,or that of the guts, 
the Zirbdlif, or that of the kali,and that which is mixed of them both. The 
other kinds of Ruptures have come into this order,rather by limilitude, than 
any truth of the thing : for in them the gut or kail doe not forfake their 
places. 
The Greeks have given to all thefe feverall names, both from the {cat of the tumor, as 
alfo from their matter.For thus they have called an unperfeft rupture which defcends not 
beyond the Groins,nor falls down into the cods, Bubonocele: but the compleat which pe- 
netrates into the cod, if it be by falling down of the gut. Enter ocele: if from the kali. Epi- 
plocele : if from them both together,they name it Enteroepiplocele : but if the tumor proceed 
from a waterilh humor, they term it Hydrocele : if from wind, Phyjocele;, if from both, Hy- 
drophydocele$if a flefhy excrefcence (hall grow about the tefticle, or in the fubftance thereof 
it is named Sarcocele. If the veins interwoven,and divaricated divers wayes (hall be fwoln 
in the cod and tefticles,the tumor obtains the name of a Cirfocele. But if the humors {hall 
be {hut up or fent thither, the name is impofed upon the tumor, from the predominant 
humor,as we have notedin the beginning of our Traftate of Tumors. The caufes are 
many, as all too violent motions, a ftroak,a fall from a high place,vomiting, a cough,lea- 
ping, riding upon a trotting horfe, the founding of trumpets,or fackbuts, the carrying, 
or lifting up of a heavy burden,racking,alfo the too immoderate ufe of vifcid and flatulent 
meats; for all fuch things may either relax or break the Peritoneum, as that which is a thin 
and extended membrane. The figns of a Bubonocele are a round tumor in the groin, which 
prefled, is eafily fo c cd in. The figns of an Enterocele are a hard tumor in the cod , which 
forced,returncth back and departeth with a certain murmUr and pain; but the tumor 
proceeding of the kail,is lax ahd feels foft like wool,and which is more difficultly forced 
in, 
Bubonocele, 
Enterocele And 
Eprplocele, 
Hydrocele, 
7>hyfocele„ 
Sirtocete. 
Cv\ocele, 
The Caufcs. 
The Signs. Lib.8. 
Of particular Twnors againft Nature. 
239 
in,than that which proceeds from the guts, but yet without murmuring and pain: for the 
fubftance of the guts,feeing it is one, and continued to it felf they doe not only mutually 
fucceedeach other,but by a certain confequencedoe,as in a dance draw tach other, fo to 
avoid diftention,which in their membranous body cannot be without pain, by reafon of 
their change of place from that which is natural 1, into that againft nature : none of all 
which can befall the kail,feeing it is a ftupid body,and alnloft without fenfe, heavy, dull, 
and immoveable.The figns that the Peritoneum is broken, are the hidden increaie of the tu- 
mor, and a (harp and cutting pain ; for when the is only relaxed, the tumor 
groweth by little and little,and fo confequently with fmall pain j vet fuch pain returns 
fo often, as the tumor is renewed by the falling down of the gut, or kail, which happens 
not the Peritoneum being broken : for the way being once open,and palfablc to the falling 
body, the tumor it renewed w Ithout any diftention, and fa without any pain to fpeak oh 
The reft of the figns fhall be handled in their places. Sometimes it happens that the guts, 
and kalljdo firmly adhere to the procefle of the Peritoneum3that they cannot be driven back 
into their proper feat. This ftubborn adhefion happens by the intervention of the vifeid 
matter, or by means of fome excoriation caufed by the rude hand of a Chirurgeon,in too 
violently forcing of the gut, or kail,into their place. But alfo , too long (lay of the gut 
in the cod,and the neglcft of wearing a Trufle, may give occafion to fuch adhefion. A per- 
fect and inveterate rupture by the breaking of the proccfs of the Peritoneum in men of full 
growth,never, or very feldome admits of cure. But you muft note, that by great ruptures 
of the Peritoneum, the guts may fall into the cod,to the bignefs of a mans head, without 
much pain and danger of lifc,becaufe the excrements,as they may eafily enter,by reafon of 
thelargnefs of the place and rupture,fo alfo they may eafily return. 
What rupture 
is uneatable* 
CHAP. XV. 
Of the cure of Ruptures. 
Ecauie children are very fubjeft to RuptureSjbut thole truly not flefhy or vari- 
cous,but watry, windy, andefpecially of theguts, by reafon of continual! and 
painfull crying and coughing : Therefore in chefirft place we will treat of 
their cure. Wherefore the Chirurgeon,called to irftorc the gut which is fain 
down,(ball place the childjcither on a table, or in a bed,fo that his head (hall 
be low, but his buttocks and th [Ml he force-with his hands by little 
and little, and gently,the gut into his proper place;and (hall foment the groin with the 
aftringent fomentation9defcribed in the falling down of the womb. Then kt him apply 
this remedy. R Prefer/pt. decoftionis quantum fafficit, fawne hordei & fabarum,an.^.pulver. Aloer* 
Mdftiches, Myrtyll. & Sarcoco. an. Boli Armeni |ij. Let thenibe incorporated and made a 
cataplafme according to Art. For the fame purpofe liemay apply Emplaftrwi contra Ruptu- 
nwirbut the chiefof the cure confifts in folded clothes,and t ruffes,and ligatures artificially 
made,that the reftored gut may be contained in its place,for which purpofe he fhall keep 
the child feated in his cradle for 30 or 40 dayes, as we mentioned before; and keep him 
from crying,(houting,and coughing. Acting bids ftceppapcr 3 dayes in water, and apply it 
made into a ball to the groin,the gut being firft put updor that remedy by 5 days adhefton 
will keep it from falling down. But it will be, as I effeftuall,if the paper be 
fteeped not in common, but in the aftringent water , defcribed in the falling down of the 
tvomb. Truly I have healed many by the help of fuch remedies, and have delivered them 
from the hands of Gelders, which are greedy of childrens tefticles,by reafon of the great 
gain they receive from thence. They by-a crafty cozenage, perfwade the Parents, that the 
falling down of the gut into the cod, is uncurable: which thing notwithftanding experi- 
ence convinceth to be falfe, if fo be the cure be performed according to the forementioned 
manner, when the Veritonxum is only relaxed, and not broken : for the procefs thereof by 
which the gut doth fall as in a fteep way, in progress of time and age is ftraitned and knit 
together,whil ft alfo in the mean time the thicker. 
A certain Chirurgeon who deferveth credit,hath told me that he hath cured many chil- 
dren as thusrHe beats a loadftone into fine powder,and gives it in pap,and then he anoints 
with hony the groin,by which the gut came out,and then ftrewed it over with fine filings 
of iron. He adminiftred this kind of remedy for tenor twelve dayes : The part, for other 
things being bound up with a ligature and crude as was fitting.The efficacy of this remedy 
feemeth to confift in this;that the loadftone by a natural defire of drawing the iron which 
is ftrewed upon the groin, joins to it the tleffiy and fatty particles interpofed between 
them, by a certain violent impetuofity, which on every fide prefling and bending the loof- 
nefs of the yea verily adjoining themielves to it, in procefs of time by a firm 
adhefion intercept the paflage and falling down of the gut or kali 5 which may feem no 
more abhorring from reafon, than that we behold the loadftone it (elf through the thick- 
nefs of a table,to draw iron after it any way. The fame Chirurgeon affirmed, that he fre- 
quently and happily tiled the following medicine.He burnt into affies in an oven red fnails, 
ffiut up in an earthen pot, and gave die powder of them to little children in pap, but to 
thofe which were bigger,in broth. But 
Tosvhat rup- 
tures children 
are fubjefi. 
An afiringeftt 
caraplafrne. 
The craft and 
covetoufnefs 
ofGelders* 
Another way 
to cure tup. 
cures* 
The rc-afon eT 
this cure. 
Another raecii4 
cine. 240 
Of particular Tumors againft Nature 
Lib.8, 
A notable 
Hiftory. 
But we muft defpair of nothing in this difeafe, for the cure may happily proceed in men 
of full growth,as of fortie year old, who have filled the three dimensions of the body, as 
this following relation teftifies. 
There was a certain Prieft in the Pariffi of St. Andrews John Moret 3 whole office it 
was to iing an Epiftle with a loud voice as often as the Solemnity o f the day,and the thing 
required. Wherefore feeing he was troubled with the Enterocele} he came to me, requiring 
help, faying, he was troubled with a grievous pain,efpecially then, when he Stretched his 
voice in the Epiftle. 
When I had feen the bignefs of the Erterocele, I perfwaded him to get another to ferve in 
his placejfo having gotten leave ofM.Cwrzo Clerk,and Deacon of Divinity, he committed 
himfelf unto me: I handled him according unto Art, and commanded him he Should never 
go without a TruSlejand he followed my direftions.When I met him fome five or fix years 
after,I asked him how hedid,he anfwered very wel,for he was wholly freed from the difeas 
with which he was formerly I could not perfwade my fe If of, before that I 
had found that he had told me the truth ,by the diligent obfervation of his genitals. But 
fome fix moneths after,he dying of a Pleurifie. I came to Curio's houle where he died, and 
defired leave to open his body, that I might obferve whether nature had done any thing at 
all i n the paflage through which the gut fell down: I call God to witnefs, that I found a 
certain fatty fubftance about the procefle of the Peritoneum about the bignefs of a little eg, 
and it did ftick fo hard to that place, that 1 could fcarce pull it away without the rending 
of the neighbouring parts. And this was the fpeedy cauSe of his cure. But it is moft wor- 
thy of obServation,and admiration, that Nature but a little helped by Art,healeth difeafes 
which are thought incurable.The chief of the cureconfifts in this,that wee firmly ftay the 
gut in its place,after the fame manner as thefe two figures Shew. 
Wfcmuft never 
defpair in dif- 
eafes if Co be 
nature be aiTo- 
chted by art. 
The figure of a man broken on one fide, 
wearing a Truffe, whofe bolfter 
muft have three Tuberoftties, two on 
the upper., and one on the lower part; 
and there muft be a hollowneft be- 
tween them in tbe midft , that they 
may not too ftraitly prefs the fhare- 
lone,andfo caufe pain.The manner of 
fuch a Truffe, I found out not Ung 
it feemed better and fafer 
than the reft for to hinder the falling 
down of the gut and fall. 
A. Shews the ftboulderband which if 
tied before and behind to the girdle of 
the Irujft. 
B. 
C. lhe Cavity left in the midft of the 
'luberoftties. 
In the mean time we muft not omit diet AVe muft forbid the ufe of all things, which may 
either relax, dilate, or break the procefs of the Peritoneum, of which I have already treated 
fufficicntly. Sometimes,but efpecially in old men , the guts cannot be reftored into their 
place,by reafon of the quantity of the excrements hardned in them : In this cafe they muft 
not be too violently forced, but the patient, muft be kept in his bed,and lying with this 
head low,and his knees higher up Jet the following Cataplafmes be applied. 
Another Lib. 8. 
Of particular Tumors againft Nature. 
241 
Another Figure of a man having a 
Rupture on both fades, fbewing by 
what means, what kind of Truffe, 
and what (boulder-band he muft be 
bound on each groin* 
A. Sbeweth the fboulder-band divided 
in the midft far the putting through 
of the head. 
B. two bolftersftetween 
which is a hole for putting through 
the yard. 7he farm of both bolfters 
ought to be the fame with the farmeri 
R rad. alth. & lil. ana *i).feminx Uni &fanu£r. an. $fi3fol. malv£9M.& fariet.anjti.p. let 
them be boiled in fair water,afterwards beaten,and drawn through a fearfe,adding thereto 
of new butter without lalt,and oil of Lillies,as much as fhall fuffice. Make a cataplafine in 
the form of a liquid pultis.Let it be applied hot to the cod,and bottome of the belly ; by 
the help of this remedy when it had been applied all night, the guts have not feldome 
been leen of themfelves,without the hand of a Chirurgeon, to have returned into their 
proper place. The windinefs being refolved, which hindered the going back of the excre- 
ments into another gut, whereby they might be evacuated and expelled. But if the 
excrements will not goe back thus , the flatulencies, yet refilling and undifcufled, 
an emollient and carminative clyfter is to be admitted , with a little Chymicall oyl 
of Turpentine., Dill, Juniper or Fennill. Clyftersof Mulcadine, oyl of Wallnuts,and 
Aqua vita j and a final! quantity of any the aforefaid oyls, are good for the fame 
purpole. 
It often happens that the guts cannot yet be reftored,becaufe the procefs of the Peritone- 
um is not wide enough. For when the excrements are fallen down with the gut into the 
cod; they grow hard by little and little, and encreale by the accefs of flatulencies caufed 
by refolutlon,which caule fuch a tumor as cannot be put up through that hole, by which 
a little before it fell down.'whereby it happens that by putrefaftion of the matter there con- 
tained,come inflammations,and a new accefs of pain;and laftly, a vomiting and evacuation 
of the excrements by the mouth being hindered from the other paflage of the fundament. 
They vulgarly call this affeft Mifcrere mei* That you may help this fymptome, you muft 
rather allay extreme remedies, than fiiffer the patient to die by fo filthy and loath fo me a 
death.And we muft cure it by Chirurgery after this manner following.We wil bind the pa- 
tient lying on his back,u»pon a table or bench;then prefently make an incifion in the upper 
part of the cod, not touching the fubftance of the guts; then we muft have a filver Cane or 
Pipe, of thet hickncfs of a Goofe quill, round,and gibbous in one part thereof,but fomc* 
what hollowed in the other, as is lhewed by this following Figure. 
Y T>.e 
A Ca<aplafm& 
to (often the 
Chymicall oyl# 242 
Of particular Tumorr againft Nature. 
L1 b.8. 
"Ihe Figure of the Pipe or Cane. 
We muft put it into the place of the incifion3 and put it under the produftion of the 
Peritoneum being cut together with the cod3all the length of the prodnftionjthat fo with a 
(harp knife we may divide the procefs of the to that cavity feparated 
from the guts there contained,by the benefit of the Cane in aright line not hurting the 
guts. When you have made an indifferent incilion, the guts muft gently be put up into the 
belly with your fingers,and then fo much of the cut Peritoneum muft be fowed up, as ffiall 
feem fufficient5that by that paflage made more ftrait, nothing may fall into the cod after 
it is cicatrized. 
But if there be fiich abundance of excrements hardned?either by the flay or heat of in- 
flammation,that that incilion is not fufficient to force the excrements into their place,the 
incilion muft be made Cane being thruft up towards the belly : fo that if may 
be fufficient for the free regrefs of the guts into the belly. Then fow it up as is fit5and the 
way will be flint up againft the falling down of the gut or kall;the procefs of the Peritone- 
um being made more ftrait , by reafon of the future; for the reft5thc wound lhall be cured 
according to Art.But before you undertake this work, conlider diligently whether the 
ftrength of the Patient be fufficientjneither attempt any thing before you have foretold , 
and declared the danger to the Patients friends. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Of the golden the Pandas Aureus., as they call it. 
The Chirurgi* 
call cure by 
the golden Tie. 
F the Rupture will not be cured by all thefe means,by reafon of the great rotati- 
on of the continuity of the relax'd or broken Per it on# unhand the patient by the 
confent of his friends there prefent,is ready to undergoe the danger in hope of 
recovcryjthe cure (hall be attempted by that which they call the Puntus Aurew, 
or Golden tie. 
For which purpofe a Chirurgeon which hath a skilftil and fure hand,is to be imployed. 
He lhall make an incilion about the lhare bone, into which he fha.ll thruft a Probe like to 
the Cane,a little before delcribedjand thruft it long wayes under the procefs of the Perito- 
by lifting it up, feparate it from the adjoining fibrous,and nervous bodies , to 
which it adheresjthen prelently draw afide the fpermatick veffcls, with the Cremafter , or 
hanging mufcle of the tefticle; which being done, he (hall draw alide the procefle 
it felf, alone by it felf : And he fhall take as much thereof, as is too lax, with fmall 
and gentle>mulkts,perforated in the midft,and lhal with a needle,having five or fix threds, 
thruft it through as neer as he can to the fpermatick veflels, and Cremafter muffles. But 
the needle alfo muft bee drawn again in to the midft of the remnantof the procefs, taking 
up with it the lips of the woundjthen the thred muft be tied on a ftrait knot,and fo much 
thereof muft be left after the feftion,as may be fufficient to hang out of the wound. This 
thred will of it felf be diflblved by little aud little by putrefaftion : neither muft it be 
drawn out before that nature fhall regenerate and reftore flefh into the place of the liga- 
ture,otherwiff all our labour lhal 1 be fpent in vain. 
And laftly, let the wound be clenled,filled with flefh, and cicatrized, whofe callous 
hardnefs may withftand the falling of the gut or kail. 
There are fome Chirurgeons who would perform this golden ligature after another 
manner.They cut the skin above the lhare bone where the falling down commonly is,even 
to the procels of the they wrap once or twice about it, being uncovered, a 
fmall golden wire,and only ftraiten the paflage as much as may fuffice to amend the loof- 
nefs of this procefs,leaving the fpermatick veflels at liberty;then they twift the ends of the 
wire twice or thrice with finall mullets,and cut off the remnant thereof j that which re- 
mains after the cutting,they turn in, left with the lharpnefs it ffiould prick the flefh grow- 
ing upon it. Then leaving the golden wire there, they cure the wound like to other Am- 
ple wounds, and they keep the patient fome fifteen or twenty daies in his bed, with his 
knees fomething higher, and his head fomething lower. 
Many are healed by this meansjothers have fallen again into the difeafe by reafon of the 
ill twifting of the wire. There 
Anther man- 
ner thereof. Lib. 8. 
Of particular Tumors againft Nature. 
243 
There is alio another manner of this golden tie,which I judg more quick and fafe even 
for that the re is no externall body left in that part after the cure. Wherefore they wrap a 
leaden wire in ftead of the golden,which comes but once about the procefs of the Peritoneum' 
then they twine it as much as need requiresjthat is,not too loolly, left it Ihould leave way 
for the falling down of the body,neither too ftraitly, left a Gangrene thouid come by hin- 
dring the paflage of the fpirits and nourifhment.The ends thereof are fuffered to hang out; 
when in procefs of time,this contiaftion of the Peritoneum feems callous, then the wire is 
untwiftedand gently drawn out. And the reft of the cure performed according to Art. 
But let not the Chirurgeon thruft himlelf upon his work ralhly,without the advice of the 
Phy ft tian, for it diverfe times comes to pafs, that the tefticles arc not as yet fallen down 
into the cod by the too great fluggilhnels of nature, in fome of a pretty growth, but re- 
mains long in the groins, caufing a tumor with pain, which thing may make a good 
Chirurgeon beleeve that it is an Enterocele. Therefore whilft he labors by repelling medi- 
cines and trufles to force back this tumor, he encreafeth the pain, and hinders the falling 
dow n of the tefticles into the cod. I obferved this not long agoe in a Boy, which an un- 
skilful Chirurgeon had long,and grievoufly troubled,as if he had had a ruptureifor when 
I had obferved that there was but one ftone in the cod,and knew the boy was never gelt I 
bid them caft away the plaifters and trufles,and wilht his parents that they fhould fuffer 
him to run and leap,that fo the idling ftone might be drawn into the cod, which thing 
by little and little,and without pain, had the cvent,as I foretold. 
' he third 
manner there- 
of. 
A thing to be 
noted. 
A Hiftory, 
A. Shewes a crooked needle, having dn 
eye not far from the point, through 
which y ou may put the golden wirei 
B. B. The golden wire put through the 
eye of the needle. 
C. 7he mullets or Pincers, to cut away 
the waft or Superfluous ends of the 
wire. 
D. The fpring of the mullets. 
E. 7 he mullets to twifl the ends of 
the wire together. 
That the feafon of this affeft may be underftood, we mull know a man differs from a 
xvoman,only in efficacy of heat;but it is the nature of ftrong heat to drive forth,as of cold, 
to keepi in. Hence it is that the ftones in men hang forth in the cod , but in women they 
lie hid in the lower belly. Therefore it happens that in fome males more cold by nature* 
the tefticles are fhut up fome certain time,untill at length they areforc't down into the 
cod by youthfull heat. But that we may return to ourformer treatife of the cod,although 
that way of curing ruptures wants not pain and danger,yet it is fafer than that which is 
performed by gelding,which by the cruelty thereof expofes the patient to manifcft danger 
of death. For the gelders whilft they fear left when the cure is finifhed, the relaxation may 
lemam, pull with violence the procefs of the from the parts to which u 
Y 2 adheres* Of particular T.umors againf Nature. 
L ib.8. 
244 
adheres, and together with it a nerve of the fixth conjugation which runs to the ftones; 
they offer the fame violence to the fpermatick veffels; by which things enfue great pain , 
convulfion, efflux of blood, inflammation, putrefaftion, and laftly, death,as 1 have obfer- 
ved in many whom I have differed,having died a few daies after their gelding. Although 
fome efcape thefe dangers,yet they are deprived of the faculty of generation for all their 
life after,tor performance whereof,nature hath beftowcd the tefticles, as parts principally 
neceffary for the conlervation of mankind. Through which occafion Galen hath not fea- 
red to prefer them before the heart; becaufe the heart is the beginning of life,but the tefti- 
cles of a better life; for it is far more noble to live well, than limply and abfolutely to 
live;therefore Eunuches degenerate into a womanilh nature, for they remain without 
beards,their voice is weak,their courage fails them,and they turn cowards;and feeing they 
are unfit for all humane a&ions, their life cannot but be miferable. Wherefore I wil never 
fubferibe to the cutting out of the ftones,unlefs a Sarcocele or Gangrene invade them. But 
that the way of performing the Pun&us aureus may be better known, I have thought good 
here to fet the inftruments,by which this operation is performed,before your view. 
Lib. de arte 
tnedica. 
lib.de feint 
Another more eafte and fafe way to re florc the gut and kail. 
Lib,^cap.^jt 
Guido have invented another way of performing this operation. They 
put back into their places the gut and kail being fallen down, the patient being fo 
placed, that his thighs are high and his head is foniewhat low; then they draw afide the 
lower portion of the produftionof the alfo the fpermatick veflels,and cre- 
mafter mufcle to the Jjchium-,then by applying a cauftick fitted to the age and difeafe, they 
burn the other part of the procefs,direftly perpendicular to the (hare bone, where the gut 
did fall down.Then they pull off the efchar thus made with a knife even to the quick,then 
they apply another cauftick in the fame place,which may go even to the bone, then pro- 
cure the falling of this efchar made on the forefaid procefs. And afterwards they heal the 
ulcer which remains,which prelently contra&ing fomewhat a thick CaIIm, fo keeps up the 
guts and kall,that it binds them from falling down into the cod. This way of reftoring 
the gut and kail,though it be fafer and more facile; yet the Chirurgeon muft not attempt 
it,ifthe guts or kail flick fo faft,agglutinated to the procefs of the Peritoneum, that they 
cannot be fevered, nor put back into their places ( for from the guts fo burnt and viola- 
ted,greater mifchief would enfue ) if by the broken and too much dilated procefs,the bo- 
dies thereby reftrained,make an exceeding great tumor by their fa Hing down;if the tefticle 
yet lying in the groin as in a kind of Enterocele, being not yet defcended into 
the Scrotum or cod; if the patients be not come to fuch age as they can keep themfelves from 
ftirring, or hold their excrements whiles the operation is performed. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
Of the cure of other kfnds of Ruptures, 
Piplocele is the falling down of the kail into the groin, or cod, it hath the 
fame caufes as an Enterocele. The figns have been explained. It is not fo 
dangerous,nor infers a confequence of lb many evill lymptomes,as the Eate- 
rocele doth, yet the cure is the fame with the other. 
Hydrocele is a waterilh tumor in the cod; which is gathered by little and little 
Detween tne membranes encompafllng the tefticles, specially the Dartes & Erythroides-, it may 
be called a particular dropiie,for it proceeds from the fame caufes, but chiefly from the de- 
feft of native heat.The figns are a tumor encreafing flowly without much pain, heavy,and 
almoft of a glaflie clearnefs,which you may perceive by holding a candle on the other fide, 
by preffing the cod above,the water flows down, and by prefling it below,it rifes upwards, 
unlefs peradventure in too great a quantity it fills up the whole capacity of the cod,yet it 
can never be forced or put up into the belly as the kail or guts may ,for oft-times it is con- 
tained in a cift or bag; it is diftinguiflied from a Sarcocele, by the fmoothnefs and equality 
thereof. The cure muft firft be tried with refolving,drying and difcufling medicines,repea- 
ted often before,and in the Chapter of the dropfiejthis which fol lowes I have often tried 
and with good fiiccefs. 
R Vng. coniitijfa & deficcat.rub. an. |ij. malaxentur Jhnul, and make a medicine for your 
cafe. The water by this kind of remedy is digefted and refolved,or rather dried up, efpeci- 
ally if it be notin too great quantity .But if the fwelling, by reafon of the great quantity 
of wat er,will not yeeld to thofe remedies, there is need of Chirurgery 5 the cod and 
membranes wherein the water is contained,muft be thruft through With a Seton , that is, 
with a large three-fquare pointed needle, thred with a skean of filk; you muft thruft your 
needle prefently through the holes of the mullets made for that purpole, not touching 
the fubftaive of the Tefticles. The skean of thred muft be left there, or removed twice 
or 
What a Hydro- 
<telt is. 
The figns. 
TheCurei 
A medicine to 
draw forth the 
contained mat- 
ter. Lib. 8. 
Of particular Tumorr againft Nature. 
245 
or thrice a day,that the humor may drop down,and be evacuated by little and little. But if 
thepain be more vehement by reafon of the Seton, and inflammation come upon it,it muft 
be taken away, and neglefting the proper cure of thedifeafe, we muft refift the fymp- 
Some Pra&itioners ule not a Seton,but with a Razor, or incifion knife, they open the 
lower part of the cod,making an incilion fome half fingers bredth Ibiig,penetrating even to 
the contained waterjalwaies leaving untouched the fubftance of the tefticles and veflels, 
and they keep the wound open , untill all the water feems evacuated; truly by this only 
way the cure of a watery rupture whofe matter is contained in a cift, is late, and to be ex- 
peftedjas we have faid in our Treatile of Tumors in generall. 
The Pneumatocele ,is a flatulent tumor in the cod,generated by the imbecillity of heat re- 
ading in the part. 
It is known by the roundnefs,lenity, renitency and Ihining. It is cured by prefcribing a 
convenient diet,by the application of medicines which refolve and difcufle flatulencies, as 
the feeds of Annis, Fennell, Faenugreek, Agnus Origanum,ocher things fet down 
by Avicen in his Treatife of Ruptures.l have often ufed with good fuccels for this purpofe, 
Jjjnplaftrum Vigonis cum Mercurio-, and Emplaftrum Z>zrfC4/c/rko;,diflblved in fome good wine,as 
Mufcadine,with oyl ofBayes. 
A Sarcocele is a tumor again ft nature, which is generated about the ftones by afcir- 
rhous flefh. Grofle and vifcid humors breed fuch kind of flelh,which the part could not o- 
vercomeand aflimilate to itfelf; whence this over-abundance of flelh proceeds like as 
Warts do. Varices, or fwoln veins often aflbciate this tumor;and it increafts with pain.It. 
is known by the hardnefs,afperity, inequality, and roughnefs. It cannot be cured but by 
amputation or cutting it away;but you muft diligently obferve,that the flelh be not growrt 
too high,and have already fcized upon the groin,for fo nothing can be attempted without 
the danger of life. 
But if any may think, that he in fuch a cafe may fomewli at eale the patient by the cut- 
ting away of fome portion of this lame foft flelh,hc is deceived. For a Fungus will grow,i£ 
the leaft portion thereof be but left,being an evil! fure worfe than the former • but if the 
tumor be either fmall or indifferent, the Chirurgeon taking the whole tumor,that is, thfc 
tefticle tumified through the whole fubftance,with the procefs incompalling it, and adhe- 
ring thereto on every fide,andmake an incifion in the cod, even to the tumor; then leparate 
all the tumid body, that is, the tefticle from the cod ; then let him thruft a needle with a 
ftrong thred in it, through the midft of the procefs,above the region of the fwoln tefticle ; 
and then prefently let him thruft it the fecond time through the fame part of. the pro- 
cefs ; then lhall both the ends of the thred be tied on a knot,the other middle portion of 
thePeritoneum being comprehended in the fame knot. This being done, he muft cut away, 
the whole procefs with the tefticle comprehended therein.But the ends of the thred, with 
which the upper part oft he procefs was bound, muft be fuffered to hang fome length out 
of the wound,or incifion of the cod. Then a repercullive medicine lhall be applied to the 
wound,and the neighbouring parts with a convenient ligature. And the cure muft be per- 
formed as we have formerly mentioned. 
The Cirfocele is a tumor of veins dilated, and woven with a various and mutuall impli- 
cation about the tefticle and cod,and levelling with a grofle and melancholy bloud. The 
caufes are the fame as thofe of the Varices the figns arc manifeft. 
To heal this tumor, you muft make an incifion in the cod,the bredth of two fingers to 
the Varix.Then you muft put under the varicous vein, a needle having a double thred in 
it, as high as you can,that you may bind the roots thereof: then let the rteedle be again 
put after the fame manner about the lower part of the fame vein, leaving the fpace of two 
fingers between the ligatures .But before you bind the thred of this loweft ligature,the Va- 
rix muft be opened in the midft ,almoft after the fame manner as you open a vein in the arm 
to let bloud: That fo this grofle blood caufing a tumor in the cod,may be evacuated as is 
ufually done in the cure of the war ices.The wound that remains lhall be by the rules 
of Art after the manner of other wounds: Leaving the threds in it, which prefently fall 
away of themfelves. To conclude then,it being grown callous, efpecially in the upper 
part thereof, where the vein was bound,it muft be cicatrized,for fo afterwards the bloud 
cannot be ftrained or run that way. 
Hernia Humoralis is a. tumor generated by the confufed mixture of many humors in 
the cod, or between the tunicles which involve the tefticles, often alfo in the pro- 
per fubftance of the tefticles. It hath like caufes, figns and cure as other tumors.While 
the cure is in hand/eft, trufles, and fit rowlers to fuftain and bear up the tefticles, are to be 
ufed. 
WhataFwjt 
tnaiocele is* 
The Cure. 
What a Sarto- 
cele is- 
The Signs* 
Prognofticks,' 
7 
The Ctir&i 
What a Cirfc° 
cele is* 
The Care* 
Hernia 
rain. 
* J 
CHAP. 246 
Of particular T.umors againf Nature. 
Lib.8. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
Of the falling down of the Fundament. 
The caiifes. 
ESpJ53gHen the mufcle called the Sphinfier which ingirts the Fundament is relaxed,then 
it comes to pafle that it cannot fullain the right gut. This dileafe is very fre- 
quent to Children by reafon of the too much humidity of the belly ; which 
falling down upon that mufcle mollifieth and relaxeth it or prefleth it down 
by an unaccullomed weight,fo that the mufcles called Levatores Ani, or the lifters up of the 
Fundament, are not fufficient to bear up any longer. A great bloudy flux gives occafion to 
this effeft. A ftrong endevour to expell hard excrements,the Hemorrhoids, which fuppref- 
fed do over-load the right gut, but flowing relax it: Cold,as in thofe which go without 
breeches in winter,or fit a long time upon a cold ftone,a ftroak or fal upon the holy-bone, 
a palfie of nerves which go from the Holy-bone to the mufcles the lifters up of the funda- 
ment : the weight of the ftone being in the bladder. 
That this difeafe may be healed,we muft forbid the Patient too much drinking,too often 
eating of bro th,and from feeding on cold fruits.For locall medicines the part muft be fo- 
mented with an aftringent decoftion made of the rinds of Pomegranats, galls, myrtles, 
knotgrafle, fhepherds purfe, cyprefs nuts, alum, and common fait boiled in fmiths water 
or red wine. After the fomentation,let the gut be anointed with oyl of Rofes or myrtles 
and then let it be gently put by little and little into its place,charging the child if he can 
underftand your meaning, to hold his breath.When the gut fhall be reftored;the part muft 
be diligently wiped left the gut fall down again by reafon of the flipperinefif of the unfti- 
011. Then let the powder prefcribed for the falling down of the womb be put into the 
fundament as far as you can: Then you muft ftraitly bind the loins with a fwath, to the 
midft whereof behind let another be faftned which may be tied at the Pubes coming along 
the Perineum , fo to hold up the fundament;the better to contain it in its place, a fpunge 
dipt in the aftringent decoftion .The patient if he be of fufficient age to have care of himfelf, 
fhall be wiffied when he goes to ftool that he fit upon two pieces ofwood being fet fome 
inch a funder, left by his ftraining he thruft forth the gut together with the excrement; 
but if he can do it ftanding,he fhall never by ftrayning thruft forth the gut. 
But if the gut cannot by the prefcribed means be reftored to its place, Hippocrates bids 
that the Patient hanging by the heels be ffiaken,for fo the gut by that lhaking will return 
to his place: but the fame Hippocrates wiffieth to anoint the fundament, becaufe that reme- 
dy having a drying faculty,hath alfo power to refolve the flatulent humors without any 
acrimony, by reafon of which the gut was the lefs able to be contained in his place. 
the cure. 
Hipptcratts his 
cure* 
CHAP. XIX. 
Of the Paronychia. 
What the Pa* 
rtfyehia ii. 
He Paronychia or Panaris is a tumor in the ends of the fingers,with great inflam- 
mation,coming of 4 malign and vencmous humor, which from the bones by 
the Periofteum is communicated to the tendons and nerves of that part which 
it affefteth, whereof cruell fymptonis do fol low,as pulfifique pain , a feaver, 
rcftlcfnefs, fo that the aflefted through impatiency of the pain are varioufly 
agitated like thofe tormented with Carbuncles: for which caufe Guido and Johanna de Vi- 
go judge this difeafe to be mortalljwherefore youmuft provide a skilfull Phyfitian for the 
cure of this difeafe,which may appoint convenient diet, purging and blood-letting. In 
the mean time the Chirurgeon fhal make way for the virulent and venenate matter,by ma- 
king inci fion in the inner part of the finger,even to the bone alongft the firft joint thereof 
for Vigo faith there is not a prefenter remedy,if fo be that it be quickly done and before the 
maturation of the mattery for it vindicates the finger from the corruption of the bone and 
nerves, and aflwages pain, which I have often and happily tried immediately at the begin- 
ning,before the perleft impreflion of the virulencie.. 
But the wound being made you muftfuffer it to bleed well, then prefently let him dip 
his finger in ftrong and warm vinegar, in which fome treakle being diflblved may draw 
forth the virulencie. But to appeafe the pain, the fame remedies muft be applyed to the 
aflefted part as are ufed in Carbuncles, as the leaves of Sorrell, Henbane, Hemlock, Man- 
drake roafted under the Embers and beaten in a Morter with new Vnguentum Popu- 
or oyl of Roles or new butter without fait?: for fuch like medicines alfo helpe 
forward fuppuration : whilft by their coldnefs, they reprefs the extraneous heart afle- 
ftingthe part; and fo ftrengthen the native heat being the author of fuppuration: which 
reafon moved the ancient Phyfitians to life fuch medicines in a Carbuncle : but if 
by reafon of the feaifulnefs of the patient, or upskilfulncfle of the Chirurgeon, 
n© 
Lib. cap, 4/ 
trail. L1 b.8. 
Of particular Tumors againft Nature 
247 
no incifion being made,a Gangren and Sphacel lhall poflefs the part, it remains that you 
cut off with your cutting mullets as much ofthe part as lhall be corrupt, and perform the 
reft of the cure according to Art. Yet it doth not feldome happen that there may be no need 
to cut off fuch a finger, becaufe it being corrupted together with the bone by little and lit- 
tle diflblve into a purulent or rather fanious or much ftinking filth. But in this 
affeft there is often caufed an Efchar by the aduftion ofputredinous heat, and fuperfluous 
fleffi indued with moft exquifite lenle groweth underneath it,which muft in like manner be 
cut offwith the Mullets that the part may receive comfort,the pain being aflwaged by the 
copious effufion of blood. 
CHAP. XX. 
Of the fuelling of the Knees. 
Fter long and dangerous difeafes there oftentimes arile Tumors iti the knees, and 
t alfo in Plethorick bodies and fuch as have evill juyce after labours and cxercife. 
This kind of dileafe is frequent becaule the humor eafily falls into the part 
which hath been heated by labour. But if fuch tumors follow long difeafes,-they 
are dangerous and difficult to cure,and therefore not to be neglefted,for bitter pain accom- 
panieth them,becaule the humor falling thither diftends the Membranes,which being many 
involve the part; befides that this humor participateth of a certain virulent aud malign 
quality whether it be cold or hot,when it hath fetled into thofe parts,being filch as we find 
in the pains of the joynts,and in the bitings of venemous creatures. 
For the cure if the tumor be cauled by blood,let a (lender and a refrigerating diet be ap- 
pointed,and phlebotomy for the revulfion of the antecedent caufe ; divers locall medicines 
ffiall be ufed according to the variety of the four times.But for to aflwage the pain,^wo<fjwe> 
or mitigating medicines ffiall be appointed ;of all which we have fiifficiently treated in the 
Chapter of the cure of a Phlegmon. 
And becaule thefe parts are of exaft fenfe,if there be neceflity to open the tumor,yet muft 
we not do it raffily or unconfiderately,for fear of pain and evill accidents. 
This kind of tumor is oft-times railed by wind contained there; in which cafe the Chir- 
urgeon muft be very provident, that he be not deceived with the lhew of flowing of the 
humor, which he feems to perceive by the preflure of his fingers, as if there were matter 
and humor contained therein,and fo be brought to open the tumor. For the wind break- 
ing forth in head of the humor, caufeth evill fymptomes by reafon of the feftion raffily 
made in a part fo fenfible. 
But if wateriffi humors fliall tumefie the part,the body ffiall firft be purged with medicines 
purging flegm : And then inciding, attenuating, ratifying, difcuffing and very drying' lo- 
cal! medicines ffiall be ufed. 6 
Of which we have abundan tly fpoken in the Chapter of the Oedema. Yet this humor 
divers times lyes deep between the whirl bone and the joint, which caufeth it that it can- 
be dilcufled and refol ved by reafon of the weaknefs of the part anddefeft of heat, fo that 
the adventitious humor often moves and excludes the bones from their feat. As I have 
obferved it to have happened to many. 
In which caufe Irrigations of red wine falling fomething high,whereby the force of the 
medicine may enter and more eafily penetrate,are much commended. 
Gal, tem idfftiH 
l [er, 4. lib' 
6. Ep id. Gal, 
Com.ad fent.6fi 
The Curw 
C HAP. XXI. 
Of the Dracunculus. 
Cannot chufe, but explain in this place thofe things which may be fpoken of 
that kind of tumor againft nature, which by the ancients is called 
The matter & reafon of thefe hath been varioufly handled by divers 
fo that hitherto we have nothing written of them to which we may by right 
and with good reafon adhere as a firm foundation of their eflence. 
For firft, for Galens opinion, Lib. 6. de Loc. affeft. cap. 3. The generation,faith he, of thofe 
hairs which are evacuated by the urine is worthy no lefs admiration than the Dracunculi, 
which as they fay,in a certain place of Arabia breed in the legs of men being of a nervous 
nature and like worms in colour and thickncfs. 
Therefore feeing I have heard many who have faid they have feen them, but I my felf 
never faw them, I cannot conje&ure any thing exa&ly neither of their originall nor efc 
fence. 
Paulut writes that the Dracunculi are bred in India, and the higher parts of dEg)pft 
like worms in the mufculous par ts of mans body,that is,the arms, thighs,and legs, and al* 
fo creep by the intercoftall mufcles in children with a manifeft motion. 
But whether they be creatures indeed,or only have the fhapeof creatures, they muft be 
cured with a hot fomentation, by which the Dracunculur railed to a juft tumor, may put 
forth it felf,and be pluckt away peecc-meal with the fingers; alfo fuppurating Cataplafms 
may 
hit not ds yeti 
fafficiently 
known what 
DwuncHli ate 
Lib 4', caftulii 
Theatre out 248 
Of particular f umors againft Nature 
Lib.8. 
Cap H.tib.4* 
may be applyed,compofed of water, hony,wheat and barly meal. 
Avicen. being various,having no certainty whereon to reft, inclineth one while to this, 
and another while to that opinion : for now he fpeaketh of the Dracunculi as of creatures, 
then prefently of a matter and humor (hut up in a certain places for the reft he rightly de- 
livers the cure and eflence of this difeafe,as we fliall afterwards fhew. 
Aetius faith, the Dracunculi are like worms, and that they are found fometimes great, 
fometimes fmall,and that their generation is not unlike to that of flat worms, which are 
bred in the guts,for they move under the skin,without any trouble,but in procefs of time, 
the place becomes fuppurate about the end of the Dracunculus. The skin openeth, and the 
head thereof is thruft forth. . 
But if the Dracunculus be pulled it cauletn great grief ; eipecially if it be broken by too 
violent pulling. For that which is leftcaufeth moft vehement pain. Wherefore that the 
creature may not run back,the arm muft be bound with a ftrong thred, and this muft be 
done every day, that theDracunculus going forward by little and little,may be intercepted 
by this binding,but not broken off. 
The place muft be bathed with Aqua Mulfa and oyl in which wormwood or fouthern- 
wood hath been boy led,or fome other of thofe medicines which are prefcribed for the 
worms of the belly. 
But if the Dracunculus going forward of its one accord, maybeeafily drawn forth, we 
muft do nothing elfe : but if it be turned to fuppuration we muft not leave off the Cata- 
plafms, the Aqua Mulj'a and anointing with oyl: It was ufuall with him after the taking 
away of the Cataplafms,to apply Emplaftrum e Baccis Lauri: but when it is come to fuppu- 
ration the skin muft be opened long wayes,and the Dracunculi fo laid open muft be taken 
away, but the skin muft be filled with lint, and the reft of the fuppurative cure ufed, fo 
that the creature being fuppurated and drawn forth, the wound may be incarnated and ci- 
catrized. 
Rhajis writeth,that when the part is lifted up into a blifter,and the vein haftneth its e- 
grefs,it is good for the Patient to drink the firft day half a dram of Aloes, the next day a 
whole dram,the third day two drams 5 and in like manner the place affefted muft be fo- 
mented with Aloes, for lb that which lies hid will break forth: that which (hall come 
forth muft be rolled in a pipe of lead,which may equal the weight of a dram fo that it may 
hang down,for the vein drawn by the weight will come more forth; and when that which 
fliall come forth is grown much and long, it muft be cut off, but not by the root, but fo 
that 1a portion thereof may remain and hang forth,to which the leaden pipe may be faften- 
edjfor otherwife it would withdraw it felf into it skin and its lurking hole, and Co caufe 
a putrid and malign ulcer. 
Therefore we muft gently meet with this difeafe, and the vein muft be drawn by little 
and little out of the body untill it be all come forth that no worfe thing happen: but if 
by chance it fliall happen that as much of the vein as fhal 1 be come forth fliall be cut off by 
the roots, then the Ulcer muft be opened long wayes* with an incifion knife, and that fo 
that whatfbever remains thereof may be wholly taken away. Then for fome dayes the part 
muft be anointed with butter untill whatfoever offuch a fubftance adheres,being confumed 
with putrefa&ion fliall flow away .Then the Ulcer muft be cured with farcotick things. 
Therefore Rhajis thus in the fame text exprefleth the fame thing by divers names, and 
armed with Iron and Lead,he comes to the cure thereof, as if he meant to encounter with 
fome fierce beaft. 
Soranus the Phyfitian,who lived in the times of Galen,was of a quite contrary opinion,as 
Raulus JEgineta in the place being before cited,relates of him;as who denies the Dracunculus 
to be a living creature,but only a condenfation of a certain fmall nerve,which feems both 
to the Phyfitians and Patients to have fome motion under the skin. 
Wherefore Soranus feems to have come neerer the truth than the reft, but yet not fo, as 
throughly to underftand,and know the cflence of this difeafe, as we fliall demonftrate here- 
after. 
Manardus writes, that the Dracunculi are generated of evill and unlaudable blood, grofs, 
hot,and melancholick,or of aduft phlegm very much dryed. 
Gorraus a moft learned Phyfitian of our time, Rib. de Definitionib. medic, denyes any of our 
Phyfitians to be able to fay any thing of the Dracunculi,becaufe it is a difeafe fo unfrequent 
in thefeour regions, that it is fcarfe ever met withall in pra&ice. 
The Author of the Introduftion,andMedicinall definitioos,defines the Dracunculus to be 
a difeafe very like the Varices 5 then caufing great pain,when increafing by little,and little, 
it begins to be moved : Therefore to be cured after the fame manner, and by the fame me- 
thod of Sedion and incifion,as the Varices are. Which thing chiefly feems to have moved 
Guido to refer this kind of difeafe to the Varices in his Traftate of Impoftumes, becaufe it 
bath the fame caufe,and is healed with the fame remedy as the Varices. 
But feeing that divers names have been impofed upon this difeafeby feverall writers,yet 
they have all exprefled it by the name of a vein, for it is called by Avicen and Guido, Vena 
Me^»5becaufe it is a difeafe frequent in the City Medina: by Albucrajisjuena civile. Haliabas 
hath 
The Cure out 
bfAetiw, 
Tr aft at.7. 
cap.34» 
The cure out ol 
Rbafih 
His opinion of 
them. 
Soranm his o« 
pinion* 
Ipift.t, lib»7> Lib.8. 
Of particular T\umors againf Nature. 
249 
hath called it wenafamofa; others have called it Vena Cruris or the leg vein. Truly the con- 
trariety of fo many opinions repugnant not only among# themlelves 3 but alfo with 
themfelves, eafily argueth how little certainty they had of the eflence of this difeafe, who 
have written of it unto us : To which alfo this may be added; that none of the latter Phy- 
htians have written any things thereof. For althoughJacobus Dalechampius a man moft con- 
verfant in every part of Phylick, hath written much of this matter in his book of the 
French Surgery which he fet forth fome years ago : Yet he hath left us no amplier tefti- 
mony of his induftry,than that he was very diligent in collefting the writings of the An- 
cients concerning this thing,interpofing no judgment of his own, the better to afliire us 
of a thing fo controverted. 
But my modefty cannot fo contain me,but that I fhallchufe rather to undergoe the cen- 
fure of being thought too daring, than (as much as in me lyeth J to fuffer this queflion of 
the Dracunculi to remain longer ambiguous and undecided. Therefore for the prefent, I 
will thus order it,that refuting the opinions of the Ancients I may ftrengthenby certain 
reafons,my opinion of the eflence and cure of this difeafe. 
For firft,that Dracunculi are no living things,nor like unto worms, nor of like generati- 
on as the flat worms of the belly,which was the opinion of is eafie to difprove both 
by his writings,as alfo by rcafon it felf. For he writes that the broad worm which he cals 
7<tvfa,is as it were a certain Meiamorphofts or tranfmutation of the inner tunicle of the fmal 
guts into a quick living and movable body. 
But no manever faid,neither will he confefsthat the Dracunculi hath the material caufes 
of their beginning from the Tunicle of the vein,in which they ate clofed,or from the fibers 
of a nervous body,to which often they are adjoined 5 but mnch lefs from the skin under 
which they lye,may they draw their materiall caufcs of their original!. 
Moreover,neither can there beany generation of any other living creatures 
whatfoever, who have their original! from putrefa&ion,unlcfs by the Corruption of fome 
matter,of whofe better and more benign part,nature by the force of the vital 1 heat ,produ- 
ceth fome animate body,as Arifiotle teacheth. Wherefore to produce this effifa, it is fit the 
matter fhould have fuch a difpofition to putrefa&ion as is required for the generation of 
filch a creature as they would make the Dracunculus to be : It is fit the helping caufes fhould 
coucur as afliftants to the principals in thea&ion.And it is meet the place fhould be oppor- 
tune or fit. 
there may be many caufes found which may give life to the for by the 
common confent of all thofe who have written of them, their generation proceeds from 
an humor melancholick,terreftriall and grofs, which by its qualities both by the fir# cold- 
nefs and drynefs, as alfo by the fecond, that is Acidity, is not only thought moft unfit of 
all others for putrefa&ion, but alfo is judged to refift putrefa&ion, as that which is caufed 
by heat and fuperfluous heat humidity. Befides if the materiall caufe of this difeafe fhould 
be from an humor putrefying and turning by putrefaction into fome living creature,it was 
fit there fhould be flench alfo, as being an unfeparable accident of putrefa&ion,for thus the 
excrements in the guts of which the worms are generated,do finell or ftink. 
Therefore that which exhales from their bodies which are troubled with the 
fhould be ftinking, as it happens to thofe lick of the Pthiriafts or Lvwfie-evill. But none of 
thofe who have delivered the accidents or fymptomes of the Dracunculi are found to have 
made mention hereof. But for the efficient caufe whereby fo great heat may be raifedin the 
places next under the skin, by the efficacy whereof fuch a creature may be formed of a mat- 
ter melancholick and moft unapt to putrefie,as they make the Dracunculus to be who fain 
our bodies to be fruitfull monfters 5 efpecially feeing the furface of the body is continually- 
ventilated by the fmall Arteries fpread under the skin , as alio by the benefit of infallible 
tranfpiration, and breathed with the coolnefs of the air incompaffing us. But now the 
materiall and efficient caufes being defeftive,or certainly very weak, for the generation of 
fo laborious an effect; what coadjutory caufe can yeeld afliflance ? Can the humidity of 
meats? for thofe bodies which are fed with warm and moift meats, as milk,Cheefe,Summer 
fruits,ufually breed worms,as we are taught by experience in children. 
But on the contrary Auicen in the place before cited writeth,that meats of a hot and dry 
temper chiefly breed this kind of difeafe,and that it is not fo frequent to moift bodies and 
fuch as are accuftomed to the Bath, moift meats and wine moderately taken. But whether 
may the condition of rhe air of thofe regions in which it is as it were,an Endemiall difeafe, 
confer any thing to the generation of fuch creatures ? Certainly for this purpole a cloudy, 
warm and thick air ,fuch as ufah to be at the beginning of the Spring when all the places 
refound with frogs,toadsand the like creatures breed of putrefaftion. 
But on the contrary Jacobus Dalechampius by the opinion of all the Phyfitians that have 
written of rhe Dracunculiy'wntes that this difeafe breeds in the dry and Sun burnt regions 
of India and Arabia ■, but if at the leaft that part of our body which is next under the skin 
fliould have any opportunity to ingender and nouriffi futh creatures,they may be judged to 
have written that the Dracunculus is a living creature with fome probability .But if there be 
no opportunity for generation in that place,nor capacity for thenourifhment of fuch like 
cita* 
Aetiiii oprnJofl 
confuted. 
Trail, z.ferinoi 
I atp.40. 
4. Me tear 0 log; 
Natural! Me- 
lancho'ik hu*. 
mors is mo ft 
unapt to pa • 
trefie. 
Stink an unfe; 
parable com- 
panion to 
purrefafUon, J 
What things 
ufually breed! 
worms* 
Cap. 83; Chir, 
Qallic. 250 
Of particular 1 umors againfi Nature 
Lib.8. 
creatures as in the guts,if that region of the body be breathed upon with no warmnefs and 
Imothering heat, if it be defiled with none of thofe grofs excrements, as the guts ufually 
are, but only by the fubtiller exhalation,which have an eaiie and infenfible tranfpiration 
by the pores of the skin,which may feem to be a juft caute of fo monftrous and prodigious 
an effeft : but we (hall little profit with thefe-engines of reafon unlefswccaft down at 
once all the Bulwarkes,with which this old opinion of the Dracunculi may ftand and be de- 
fended. 
For firft they lay, why have the ancients eXprefled this kind of difeafe by the name of a 
living thing,that is, of a. Dracunculus or little Serpent ? 1 anfwer,becaufe in Phyfick names 
are often impofed upon diteates rather by fimilitude than from the truth of the thing ; for 
the confirmation whereof,the examples of three difeafes may fuffice,that of the Cancer, Poly- 
pus,and Eleph as. For thefe have thofe names not becaute any Crab,Polypus, or living Ele- 
phant may breed in the Body by fuch like difeafes, but becaufe this by its propagation in- 
to theadjacents parts reprefents the feet and claws of a Crab5 the other reprefents the flefh 
of the Sea-Polypus in its fubftance; and the third becaufe jjfiich as have the iLeprofic have 
their skimwrinckled, rough, and horrid with fcales and knots, as the skin of a living E- 
lephant. So truly this diteate of which we now enquire feems by good right to have de- 
ferved the name DracunculusJjecaufe in its whole conformation, colour, quality and pro- 
duction into length and thicknefs it exprefleth the image of a Serpent. But whence, will 
they fay,(if it be without life)is that manifeft motion in the matter? We reply that the hu- 
mor the caufe of this difeafe is fubtill and hot, and fo runs with violence into the part 
whence it may teem to move. But when the Dracunculi are feparated,why do they put their 
heads as it were out of their holes ? We anfwer,in this the zkneients have been very much 
deceived, becaufe after the fuppuration the ulcer being opened,fome nervous body be- 
ing laid bare, thruft forth and fubjefted it telf to the fight, which by the convulfive and 
fhaking motion might exprefle the crooked creeping ofa Serpent. But they will fay,pain 
happens not unlefs to things indued with tenfe & life,but this Dracunculus when he is drawn 
too violently, efpeeially if he be broken, thereby will caufe extream pain : We doanfwer, 
that the conclufion doth not follow & is of no contequence,for thefe pains happen not un- 
iefle when the unprovident Surgeon draws or puls in ftead of the Dx avunculus feme nervous 
or membranous body fwoln and repleat with an aduft humor,whence there cannot but be 
great pain that part being puld which is the author of fenfe.But it is childifh to fay that the 
Dracunculus feels, for that it caufeth fharp pains to the living body in which it is.Therefore 
that at laft we may determin fomething of the nature, eflence and generation of thefe 
Dracunculi,! dare boldly affirm it is nothing elfe but a tumor and abteefs bred from the heat 
of the blood in a venenate kind. Such blood driven by the expulfive faculty through the 
veins to theExternall parts, efpeeially the limits,that is,the Arms and Legs, cauteth a tu- 
mor round and long often ftretched from the joynt of the fhoulder even to the wrift, or 
from the groin even to one of the Ankles with tenfion, heat, renitency,pricking pain, and 
afeaver. But this tumor is fome while ftretched forth ftreight, otherwhiles into oblique 
and crooked tumors, which hath been the caute that many taken with this kind of diteate, 
and having their limbs fo infolded as with the twinings of a Serpent,would fay they had a 
Serpent* I have thus much to fay of the Z)r4c«»nffi,efpecially of thofe of our own country. 
For the cure, it is not unlike to the cure ofa Phlegmon arifing from a defluxion, for 
here alfo in like manner the remedies muft be varied according to the four times of the 
diteafe,and the fame rule of diet,phlebotomy and purging muft be obterved,which is before 
prefcribed in the cure of a Phlegmon. 
The mention of the Dracunculi cals to my memory another kind of Abfcefle, altogether 
as rare.This our French men name Cridones, I think a Cxinibus. i. from hayrs: it chiefly trou- 
bles children and pricks their backs like thorns. They tofs up and down being not able to 
take any reft. This difeafe arifeth from finall hairs which are fcarfe of a pins length, but 
thofe thick & ftrong. It is cured with a fomentation of water more than warm,after which 
you muft pretently apply an oyntment made of hony and wheaten flower; for fo thefe 
hairs lying under the skin are allured and drawn forth; and being thus drawn, they muft 
be plucked out with fmall mullets. I imagine this kind ofdifeafe was not known to the 
ancient Phyfitians. 
Why they are 
called Drawn- 
culi. 
The Cure. 
So the Malum 
pi I are in Ari- 
flotlecip.il. 
libsjJaifl. ani- 
mal.) 
The End of the Eighth E>ool\. Lib.9. 
251 
OF WOUNDS 
iNGENERALL. 
The Ninth Book. 
CHAP. T 
What a wound what the kinds and differences thereof are, and from 
whence the} ma) be dr awn,or derived. 
Wound is a folution of Continuity, caufed by a flroak, fall, or bite, 
newly done, bloody and with putrefaftion and filth. They alfo call 
it a new limple ulcer; for the iblution of continuity happens to all 
parts of the body; but according to the diverfity of parts, it hath di- 
vers names amongft the Greeks. For in the flefh it is called 
the bone in the nerve in the ligament in the 
veflels the Mufcles Kegnwiand that folution ofcontinui- 
ty, which happens in the veffels,their mouths being open, is termed 
that which happens by erofion, Aneurofts ; that which is 
generated by fweating out and tranfcolation, Diqedcfts. That thefe may be the more eafily 
underftood, I have thought good to defcribe them in the following table. 
vVh-va 
Woundprq. 
perly is. 
Divers J appcl- 
Jationsof 
wounds accor* 
ping to the vax 
rietics of the 
parts. 
A Table of the differences of Wounds. 
- Glandules s 
\Flefh, Fati 
[Marrow, 
Either foft, 
as the 
Or hardy as 
1 Eitherfi- 
milar,and 
thefe9 
Or Organi- 
call,and 
the fed- 
'ther' 
'From the nature of the 
parts in which they are 
made or happen, But 
thebe parts are 
A B'one., 
• A G rifle. 
Membranes 
Ligaments, 
Nerves ,EeinSy 
Arteries. 
Or of a mid- 
dle confi- 
dence , as 
the 
The differences 
of wounds are 
drawn or taken 
Principally 
as the 
Orftrving 
the princi- 
palfas 
Or neither 
'Brainfilearty 
Liver,to which 
fame add the 
Womb and Te- 
(tides. 
Lungs gullet.) 
StomachyGutSy 
The Ears, 
FeetfiandSyand 
other of the 
fame kind, 
frtKi 252 
Of Wwnds in generall. 
Lib,2' 
From their proper ef• 
whence 
they are called) 
From their quantity t 
according to which 
they are called, i i 
From their figure * 
according t* which* 
'they are named) { 
Simple wounds 
Or 
When there is no complication 
of any other difeafe or fympteme 
betides. 
• When there Z> a complication of 
fome one or more dif'afesjvhich 
unleffe they betaken wee 
< muft not hope for to cure the 
Iwound. 
Long, Broad, 
Deev. 
Great, 
'indifferent, 
]Little, 
Narrow, 
[Superficiary, 
Str eight, 
oblique, 
Cornered, 
CHAP.II. 
Of the caufes of Wounds. 
Divers deno- 
minations 
from their 
caufcs, 
}LL things which may outwardly aflail the body with force and violence/may 
[ be counted the caufes of wounds; which are called green,and properly bloody. 
> Thefe things are either animate,or inanimate. The animate, as the bitings, and 
prickings of beads. The Inanimate, as the ftroak of an arrow, fword,club, gun»> 
(lone,a dagger,and all fuch like things. 
From the variety of fuch like caufes, they have divers names: for thofe which are made 
by (harp and pricking things are called pun&ures:thofe caufed by cutting things,are called 
Wounds or gafhes: and thofe which are made by heavy and obtufe things are named Con- 
$ufions,or wounds with contufions. 
CHAP.III. 
Of the figns of Wounds. 
A caution for 
m>k<ng re* 
ports of 
Wounds* 
Ounds are firft known by fight, and by the figns drawn from thence. The Chir- 
urgeon ought firft and chiefly,to confider, what wounds are curable, and what 
not; what wounds will fcarle admit of cure, and what may be eafily cured; for 
it is not the part of a prudent Chirurgeon, to promife cure in a deadly or 
dangerous and difficult wound; left he may leem to have killed him, whom not the un- 
fiifficiency of the Art, but thegreatnefle of the wound hath (lain. 
But when the wound is dangerous, but yet without defpair of recovery, it belongs to 
him to admoniffi the Patients friends which are by, of the prelent danger, and doubtfull 
ftate of the wound, that if Art lhall be overcome by the greatnefle thereof, he (hall not be 
thought ignorant of the Art, neither to have deceived them. 
But as this is the part and duty of a good and prudent Chirurgeon, fo it is the trick of 
a cheating and jugling knave, to enlarge (mail wounds,that fo he may feem to have done a 
great cure, when it is nothing fo. 
But it is agreeable to reafon, that the Chirurgeon profelfing the difeafe eafie to be 
cured,will think himfelf in credit bound by ftich promiles and his duty, and therefore leek 
all means for the quick recovery of thePatient;left that which was of its own nature final, 
may by his negligence become great. Therefore it is expedient, he Ihould know what 
Wounds are to be accounted great. 
This (as Galen faith) is three wayes to be known ; The firft is by the magnitude and 
principality of the part affe&edjfor thus the wounds of the Bra in. Heart,and of the greater 
veflels,thoughfmallofthemfelves,yetarethoughtgreat. Then from the greatnefs of the 
folution of continuity ; for which caufe wounds may be judged great, in which much of 
the fubftance of the part is loft in every dimenfion,though the part be one of thefe which 
are accounted fervile. Then from the malignity 5 through which occafion the wounds of 
the joints are accounted great, becaufe for the moft part,they are ill conditioned. 
A Jugling 
cheating Chi- 
rurgeon* 
Xr'A. 4, Meth. 
Wounds are 
called great 
out ot three 
rcfpcftle 
CHAP. L1B.9. 
Of Wounds in generall 
253 
Of Prognoftickj to be made in Wounds, 
CHAP. IIII. 
Hble Wounds are thought dangerous, wherein any large nerve, vein, or Artery 
are hurt. From the firft there is fear of convulfion,but from the other large ef- 
fufion of the veinous, or arterious blood, whence the powers are debilitated; 
alfo thefe are judged evill,which art upon the arm pits,groins,lesks,joynts and 
between the fingers 5 and likewifc thofe which hurt the head or tail of a 
Mufcle. They are left dangerous of all other which wound only the fleffiy fubftance. But 
they are deadly which are inflided upon the Bladder, Brain, Heart,Liver,Lungs, Stomach 
andfinall guts. But if any Bone,Griftle,Nerve or portion of the cheek or prepuce,ffiall be 
cut away,they cannot be reftored. Contufed wounds are more difficult to cure, than thole 
which are only from a Ample folution of continuity 5 for before you muft think to heal 
them up, you muft fuppurate and clenle them; which cannot be done in a ffiort time. 
Wounds which are round and circular arefo much the worle ; fbr there can be no unity 
unlefle by an angle, that is, a meeting together of two lines. Which can have no place in 
round wounds,becaufe a circular figure conlifts of one oblique line. Belides, wounds are 
by fo much thought the greater, by how much their extreams and lips are the further dif- 
joyned, which happens to round Wounds.Contrary to thefe are cornered wounds or lucli 
as are made alongft the fibers, as fuch as may be eafily healed. 
Wounds may be more eafily healed in young men, than in old, becaufe in them nature 
is ni£>re vigorous, and there is a greater plenty of fruitfull, or good blood, by which the 
lofle of the flelh may be the better and more readily reftored, which is flowlier done in an 
old body, by reafon their blood is fmallcr in quantity and more dry, and the ftrength of 
nature more languid. 
Wounds received in the Spring, are not altogether fo difficult to heal as thofe taken in 
Winter or Summer. For all excefle of heat and cold is hurtfull to them, it is ill for a con- 
vulfion to happen upon a Wound, for it is a fign that fome Nervous body is hurt; the 
braine fuffering together therewith, as that which is the originall of the Nerves. A Tumor 
comming upon great Wounds is good 5 for it (hews the force of nature is able to expelf 
that which is harmfull,and to eafe the wounded part. The organicall parts wholly cut off 
cannot again be united:becaufe a vitall part once fevered and plucked from the trunk of the 
body cannot any more receive influence from the heart as from a root Without which there 
can be no life. The loofed continuity of the Nerves,Veins, Arteriesyand alfo the bones, is: 
fometimes reftored,not truly, and as they lay,according to the firft intention,but by the 
fecondjthat is,by repofition of the like, but not of the fame fubftance. The firft intention 
takes place in the fleffiy parts by converting the Alimentary bloud into the proper fub- 
ftance of the wounded part. But the fecond,in the fpermatique parts in which the loft fub- 
ftance may be repaired by interpolation of lome heterogeneous body, which nature,diligent 
for its ownprefervation,fubftitutes in place of that which is loftdbr thus the body, which 
reftores and agglutinates,is no bone but a Callup whole originall matter is from an humor 
fomewhat grofler than that,from whence the bones have their originall and beginning, 
This humor,when.it ffiall come to the place of the frafture, agglutinateth the ends of 
the bones together, which otherwife could never be fo knit by reafon of their hardnels. 
The bones of children are more eafily and fpeedily united by reafon of the pliantnefs of 
their foft and tender fubftance.Laftly we muft here admoniffi the Chirurgeon, that finall 
Wounds and fuch as no Artifan will judg deadly, do divers times kill by reafon of a cer- 
tain occult and ill dilpofition of the wounded, and incompafling bodies 5 for which caule 
we read it oblerved by Hippocrates,that it is not lufficient for the Phyfitian to performe his 
duty, but alfo external! things muft be rightly prepared,and fitted. 
What wounds 
are dangerous; 
What leaft 
dangcjous. 
What deadly* 
Hip.apbor, jd< 
Lib.6, 
Why round 
Wounds attf 
difficult td 
heal* 
Hip dib, de ul- 
cer.Hip.apht 
6 5 dib . j. 
What a Cattus 
is and whence 
it proceeds* 
Small and con-' 
remprible 
Wounds often 
prove mortal!* 
Apbor.i ,fe$. 
CHAP. V. 
Of the Cure of Wounds in generail. 
He Chirurgeon ought for the right cure of wounds to propofe.unto himfelf the 
common and generall indication: that is,the uniting of thedivided parts, which 
indication in fuch a cafe is thought upon and known even by the vulgar: for 
that which is dif-joyned defires to be united,becaute union is contrary to divifi- 
on. But by what means fuch union may be procured, is only known to the skilfull Arti- 
fan. Therefore we attain unto this chief ana principall Indication by the benefit of nature 
as it were the chief Agent,and the work of the Chirurgeon as the tervant of nature. And 
unlefs nature (hall be ftrong,the Chirurgeon (hall never attain to his conceived,and wiflied 
for end : therefore that he may attain hereto, he muft perform five things the firft is, that 
if there be any ftrange bodies,as peeccs of Wood,Iron,Bones,bruifed fle[hatongealed blood, 
or the like, whether they have come from without, or from within the body, and (ball be 
by accident fattened or ftuck in the wound, he muft take them raway, for otherwite there is 
no union to be expefted. 
, Z Ano* 
Th6 general! 
Indication1 of 
Wounds* 
Five things 
necefary fot 
uniting 
wounds.- Of Wwnds in generail. 
LIB.9. 
254 
Another is,that he join together the lips of the Wound;for they cannot otherwife be ag- 
glutinated and united.The third is,that he keep clofc together the joined lips. The fourth, 
that he preferve the temper of the wounded part/or the diftemper remaining,it is impoffible 
to reftore it to its unity .The fifth is,that he correft the accidents,if any fhall happen,becaufe 
thefe urgingjthe Phyfitian is often forced to change the order of the cure. 
All ftrange and externall bodies muft be taken away,as fpeedily as is polfible,becaufe they 
hinder the aftion of nature intending unity, efpecially if they prefs or prick any Nervous 
body,or Tendon,whence pain or an Abfcefs may breed in any principal! part,or other fer- 
ving the principal 1. 
Yet if by the quick and too hafty taking forth of filch like bodies there be fear of cruell 
pain or great eflufion of blood, it will be far better to commit the whole work to nature 
than to exafperate the Wound by too violent haftening. 
For nature by little and little will excluders contrary to it, or elfe together with the 
Pm,what ftrange body foever fhall be contained in the wounded part. But if there fhall be 
danger in delay,it will be fit the Chirurgeon fall to work quickly,fafely, and as mildly as 
the thing will fuffer: for effufion ofblood,fwooning,convulfion and other horrid fymp- 
tomes,follow upon the too rough and boyftrous handling of Wounds, whereby the Pa- 
tient fhall be brought into greater danger than by the Wound itfelf. 
Therefore he may pull out the ftrange bodies,either with his fingers,or with inftruments 
fit for that purpole: but they are fometimes more eafily and fometimes more hardly pulled 
forth,according as the body infixed is either hard or eafie to be found or pulled out.Which 
thing happens according to the variety of the figure of fuch like bodies, according to the 
condition of the part it felf,foft,hard,or deep,in which thefe bodies are fattened more ftrait- 
ly or more loofly : and then for fear of inferring any worfe harm,as the breaking of fome 
Veflell: but how we may perform this firft intention, and alfo the expreffion of the inftru- 
ments neceflary for this purpofe, fhall be fhown in the particular treaties of Wounds 
made by Gun-lhot,Arrows and the like. 
But the Surgeon ftial attain to the fecond and third fcope of curingWounds by two and 
the fame means,that is,by ligatures & futurcs:which notwithftanding before he ufe he muft 
well obferve whether there be any great flux of blood prefent,for he fhall ftop it if it be too 
violent; but provoke it,if too flow,(unlefs by chance it fhall be powred out into any ca- 
pacity or belly)that fo the part freed from the fuperfluous quantity of blood may be lefs 
lubjeft to inflammation.Therefore the lips of the Wound fhall beputtogether,and fhall be 
keptfo joined by future and ligatures: Not truly of all, but only ofthofe which both 
by their nature,and alfo by the condition of the parts in which they are, are 
Worthy and capable of both the remedies. For a fimple and fmall folution of continuity, 
Hands only in need of the Ligature which we cal incarnative,efpecially,if it be in the Arms 
or Legs,but that which divides the Muffles tranverfly,ftands in need of both Suture and 
Ligature; that fo the lips which are fomewhat far diftantfrom each other, and as it were 
drawn towards their beginning, and ends may be conjoyned. 
If any portion of a flelhy fubftance by reafon of fome great cut fhall hang down, it muft 
neceflarily be adjoyned and kept in the place by Suture. The more notable and large 
Wounds of all the parts, ftand in need of Suture, which do not eafily iadmit a Ligature, by 
reafon of the figure and fite of the part in which they are, as the Ears/N ofc, Hairy-icalp 
Eye-lids,lips,Belly and Throat. * 
There are three forts of Ligatures,by the joint confent of all the Ancients. They com- 
monly call the firft,aGlutinative, or Incarnative; the fecond Expul five, the third Reten- 
tive. The Glutinative or Incarnative is fit for fimple,green and yet bloody Wounds. This 
confifts of two ends, and muft fo be drawn, that beginning on the contrary part of the 
Wound, we may fo go upwards,partly crofting it, and going downwards again, we may 
clofely joyn together the lips of the Wound. But let the Ligature be neither too ftralt, left 
it may caufe inflammation or pain; nor too loofe, left it be of no ufe, and may not well 
contain it. 
The Expulfive Ligature is fit for fanious and fiftulous Ulcers,to prefs out the filth con- 
tained in them. This is performed with one Rowler, having one fimple head ; the begin- 
ning of binding muft be taken from the botome of the Sinuty or bofome thereof; and there 
it muft be bound more ftraihgtly, and fo by little and little going higher, you muft remit 
fome thing of that rigour, even to the mouth of the Ulcer, that fo (as wTehave faid) the 
fanious matter may be prefled forth. 
The Retentive Ligature is fit for fuch parts as cannot fuffer ftrait binding , fuch are 
the Throat,BelIy,as alfo all parts opprefled with pain; For the part vexed with pain, ab- 
horreth binding.The ufe thereof, is to hold to locall Medicines. It is performed with a 
Rowler,which confifts fomeu hiles of one, fome whiles of more heads. All thefe Ro wlers 
Ought to be of linnen,and fuch as is neither too new,nor too old, neither too courfc, not 
too fine.Their breadth muft be proportionable to the parts to wh ich they fhal be applyed; 
the indication of their largenef's, being taken from their magnitude, figure and fite. As we 
fhall (hew more at large in our Tractates of Erasures and Dislocations. 
The 
Ligatures and 
Sutures for to 
conjoynand 
hold together 
the lips of 
wounds. 
Three forts of 
Ligatures. 
Wharan incar- 
narivc Ligature 
is. 
What ai ex- 
pulsive. 
What the re- 
tentive. 
What rhe row- 
lersmuftbc 
made of. L1B.9. 
Of Wounds in generaU 
255 
The Chirurgeon lhall perform the firftfcope of curing Wounds, which is of preferving 
the temper of the Wounded partly appointing a good order of diet by the Prefcript of a 
Phyfitian,byufing univerfall andlocall Medicines. A llender,cold and nioift Diet miift be- 
oblerved,untill that time be palled, wherein the Patient may be late and free from accidents 
which are ufually feared. Therefore let him be fed fparingly,efpecially if he be plefhorick; 
he (hall abftain from fait and fpiced flelh,and alfo from Wine; It he lhall be of a cholerick or 
fanguine nature: In Head of Wine he lhall ufe the deco&ion of Barly or Liquorice,or Wa- 
ter and Sugar. He lhall keep himfelf quiet; for reft is fin Celfus opinion)the very beft Medi- 
cine. He lhall avoid Venery, Contentions, Brawls, Anger, and other perturbations of the 
mind .When he lhall feem to be paft danger,it will be time to fall by little and little to his 
accuftomed manner and diet of life. Univerfall remedies are Phlebotomies and purging, 
which have force to divert and hinder the defluxion,whereby the temper of the part might 
be in danger of change. * ' ; . 
For Phlebotomy it is not alwayes neceflary,as in fmall Wounds and bodies, which are 
neither troubled with ill humors, or Plethoritk: But it is only required in great Wounds, 
where there is fear of defluxion, pain, Dehriwni,Ravingandunquietnefs;and laftly in a bo- 
dy that is Plethorick,and when the joynts,tendons,or nerves are wounded. Gentle purga- 
tions muft be appointed, becaufe the humors are moved and inraged by ftronger ; whence 
there is danger of defluxion and inflammatiomwherefore nothing is to be attempted in this 
cafe,without the advice of a Phylitian. * » 
The Topick and particular Medicines are Agglutinative, which ought to be indued 
with a drying and aftriftive qnality, whereby they may hold together the lips of the 
Wound,and drive away defluxion,having alwayes regard to the nature of the part and the 
greatnefs of thedifeafe. The Simple Medicines are Olibanum, Aloes, Sarcocolla, 
7err a figillata, Sanguis Draconis, Common and Venice, Turpentine, Gum, Elcmni, Plantane, 
Horle-tail, the greater Comfery, Parina Volatilis and many other things of this kind, which 
we lhall ipeak of hereafter in our Antidotary. 
The fifth fcope of healing Wounds, is the correction of thole Symptomes or Accidents 
which are accuftomed to follow Wounds, which thing verily makes theChirurgeon have 
much to do;For he is often forced to omit the proper cure of the difeafe,fo to refill the ac- 
cidents and fymptomes,as bleeeding,pain,inflammation,a feaver,convulfion,palfie, talking 
idly,or diftraClion,and the like. Of which we lhall treat briefly and particularly, after we 
have firft fpoken of Sutures as much as we lhall think fitting for this place. 
Why and how 
the temper of 
the wounded 
Part mud be 
prefetved. 
In what 
wounds blood' 
letting is noc 
necefiaryf 
What medio 
cine sate to be 
judged aggluti- 
native. 
CHAP.VL 
Of Sutures, 
ten Wounds are made alorigft the thighes, legs, and armso they may eafily want 
Sutures,becaufe the folution of continuity is eafily reftored by Ligatures, but 
when they are made overthwart,they require a Suture, becaufe the flefli and all 
fuch like parts,being cut are drawn towards the (bund parts; whereby it comes 
to pafs that they part the further each from other; wherefore that they may be joyned and 
fo kept, they muft be fowed, and if the Wound be deep, you muft take up much flelh with 
your needle; for if you only take hold of the upper part, the Wound is only fiiper- 
ficially healed:but the matter fhut up,and gathered together in the bottome of the Wound, 
will caufc abfcefles and hollow Ulcers: Wherefore now we muft treat of making of 
Sutures. . 
The firft,called Iwterpwn$w*,leaves the diftance of a fingers breadth, and therefore is fit for 
the green Wounds of the flelhy parts,which cannot be cured with a Ligature, and in which 
no heterogeneous or ftrange body remainSjlt is performed after this manner.You muft have 
a fmooth needle with a thred in it,having a three fquare point,that fo it may the better en- 
ter the skin,with the head of it fomewhat hollowed,that the thred may lie therein; for fo 
the needle will the better go through.You muft alfo have a little pipe with a hole or win- 
dow in the end,which you muft hold and thruftagainft the lip of the Wound,that it be not 
moved to the one fideor other, whilft you thruft through the needle: And that we may fee 
through that *Window when the needle is thruft through, and alfo draw it together 
with the thred,and withall hold the lip of the Wound in more firmly, that it follow not 
at the drawing forth of the needle and thred. Having thus pierced the lips of the Wound, 
tie a knot, neer to which cut off the thred; left that if any of it be left below the knot, 
it may fo flick to the Emplafters that it cannot be plucked and feparated from therh with- 
out pain,when they are taken off. But you muft note the firft ftitch muft be thruft through 
the midft of the Wound, and then the fecond muft be in that fpace which is be- 
tween the midft and one of the ends; but when you have made yourftirches, the lips 
of the Wound muft not bee too clolely Joined, but a little fpacemuft be left open between, 
them, that the matter may have tree paflage forth, and inflammation and pain may be 
avoided: otherwife if they fliall be clofely Joined together without any diftance be* 
tween, a tumor after arifing when the matter (hall come to fiippu ration, the lips will 
Z 2 to 
What wouhds 
Hand in no 
need of a 
cite; 
The firft mart » 
ner of future. 
The form of 
your needle. 
Thefdim of I 
the, pipe with a 
window in it? 256 
Of Wounds in general!. 
Lib.9, 
be fo much diftended that they may eafily be broken by the ftifnefs of the thred. But you 
muft neither take hold of too much nor too little flefli with your needle, for too little 
Will not hold, and too much caufeth pain and inflammation. And befides leaves an ill 
favoured fear .Yet in deep wounds, fuch as are thofe which are made in the thicker mufcles, 
the needle muft be thruft home,that fo it may comprehend more of the flefliy fubftance 5 left 
the thred drawn away by the weight ofthe flefli not taken hold of, may be broken. But 
oft-times wounds are feen made in fuch places as it would be needfull, the Chirurgeon 
fhould have a crooked needle and pipe, otherwife the Suture will not fucceed according to 
hisdefire. Wherefore I have thought good to fet forth both their figures, that you may ule 
either as occafion flialll ferve. 
•fhe Figure of Pipes with feneftels in Needles fit for Sutures. 
The 2. means 
ofSuturc* 
The lecond Suture is made juft after the fame manner as the Skinner fows their fels or 
furs. And the guts muft be fowed with this kind of Suture, (if they /hall be at any time 
Wounded) that the excrements come not forth by the wound. 
The third Suture is made by one or more needles having thred in them, thruft through 
the wound, the thred being wrapped to and again at the head and the point of the needle , 
as boyes ufe to faften their needle, for fear of lofing it, in their caps, or clothes. This kind 
of Suture is fit in the curing and healing of Hare-lips, as we fliall fliew you hereafter ex- 
prefled by a Figure. 
The fourth kind of Sutu re is termed invented for the reftoring and uniting 
the great Mufcles of the Epigaflrium9or lower belly,cut with a great wound together with 
the Peritongum lying under them. The manner whereof we fhall fliew in due place. 
The fifth kind is called the dry Suture, which weule only in the wounds of the face, 
which alfo we will defcribe in its proper place. 
Tfic third 
manner of 
Suture. 
The 4. kind of 
Suture termed 
Gajtroraphit, 
The 5.kind 
called the,Dry 
Suture. 
CHAP. VII. 
Of the flux of bloody vphich ufually happens in Wounds. 
The figris of 
blood flowing 
from an artery. 
Et-timcs great bleeding follows upon wounds,by reafon of fome veflel cut,bro- 
ken, or torn,which there is need to heal and help diligently,becaufe the blood 
is the treafure of nature,without which life cannot confift. The blood which 
floweth from an Artery,is thus known. It is mdrelubtile, it runs forth as it 
were leaping,by reafon of the vitall fpirit contained together with it in the 
Arteries. On the contrary that which floweth from a Vein is more grofs, black, and flow. 
Now there are many wayes of ftanching blood. 
The firft and moft ufuall is that, by which the lips of the Wound are clofed, and unlefs 
it be fomewhat deep, are contained by Medicines which have an aflringent, cooling, dry- 
ing,and glutinous faculty 5 As terrg figill. Bolt Armenian a J 
ana 3 ij, Faring volat. molend. | j, Fiatpulvis qui albumine ovi excipiatur. Or R. 7buris & Aloes 
ana partes gquales. Let them be mixt with the white of an Egge, and the down of a hare,and 
let the pledgets be dipped in thefe Medicines,as well thofe which are put unto the Wound 
Thefirft way 
of flaying 
bleeding. 
as thofe which are applycd about it. Then let the Wound be bound up with a double clop 
and fit Ligature, and the part be fo feated as may feem the leaft tronblefome and mofl free 
from pain. 
But if the blood cannot be flayed by this means,when you have taken offall that cover- 
eth it,you (hall prefs the Wound and the orifice of the Veflell with your thumb, fo long 
until! the blood (ball be concrete about it,into fo thick a clot as may flop the paflage. 
But if it cannot be thus ftaycd,then the Suture (if any be)muft be opened, and the mouth 
of the Veflell towards the original! or root,muft be taken hold of, and bound with your 
needle and thred, with as great a portion of theflefhas the condition of the part will 
permit. For thus I have flaid great bleedings, even in the amputation of members, as I 
Ml (hew in fit place. To perform this work, we are often forced to divide the skin 
The 2. manner 
offtanching it. 
The 3 .way 
by binding of 
the veflels. 
which Lib.9. 
Of Wounds in generall 
257 
which covereth the wounded veflell. For if the Jugular vein,or Artery be cut, it will con- 
traft and with draw it felf up wards and downwards.Then the skin it felf muft be laido- 
pen under which it lyeth,and thrufting a needle and thred under it, it muft be bound as I 
Ifsve often done. But before you loole the knotjit is fit the flefh fhould be grown up., that it 
may ftopt the mouth of the veflell,ltft it fhould then bleed. 
But if the condition of the part (hall be fuch as may forbid this comprehenfion; and 
binding of the veflell, we muft come to fuch as are the powder of burnt Vitriol, 
the powder of Mercury, with a fmall quantity of burnt Allum ; and Caufticks which 
caufe an Efcar. The falling away of which muft be left to nature, and not procured by 
art, left it fhould fall away before that the orifice of the veflell fhall be ftopt with the flefh* 
or clotted blood. . ■ . f 
But fometimes it happens that the Chirurgcon is forced wholly to cut ofl7the veflell if 
felf, that thus the ends of the cut veflell withdrawing themfelves,and fhrincking upwards 
and downwards, being hidden by the quantity of the adjacent and iricompaffing parts, 
the flux of the blood, which was before not to be ftaid, may be flopped with lefle labour. 
Yet this is an extream remedy and not to beufed, unlefle you have in vain attempted the 
former. 
An admonition 
The 4 way by 
Efchatoricks. 
The $,wiy by 
cutting off the 
veffcls* 
CHAP. VIII. 
Of the which happen/ upon wounds. 
Pain weakens 
the body,and 
caufcs de- 
lusions. 
He pains which follow upon wounds ought to be quickly aflwaged, becaufe 
nothing fb quickly deje&s the powers, anditalwayes caufes a defluxion, of 
how good foever a habit and temper the body be oflfor Nature ready to yeeld 
affiftance to the wounded part,alwayes fends more humors to it, than'are need- 
full for the nourifhrnent thereof,whereby it conies to pafle that the defluxion 
is eafily increafed,either by the quantity,or quality,or by both. 
Therefore to take away this pain, the author of defluxion,let fitch medicines be applyed 
to the part as have a repelling and mitigating as ft.Olei ij, 
Cert alb. $ i, Farin.fhordei35 /?, Eoli armeni3&terr£ fyillat. ana % vj, Melt the Wax in the oyls, 
then incorporate all the reft, and according to Art, make a medicine to be applyed about 
the part: or R. Emplaft. Diacalcith. § iv, Ole. Rofar. &aceti3 ana J [3, liquifiant jimul, and let 
a medicine be made for the fore mentioned ufe. Irrigations of oyl of Rofes and Myrtiles, 
•with the white of an Egge, or a whole Egge added thereto,may lerve for lenitives, if there 
be no great inflammation; Rowlers and double cloaths moyftened in Oxy crate, will beal- 
fo convenient for the fame purpofe. But the force of fuch medicines muft be often renewed, 
for when they are dryed,they augment the pain.But if the pain yeeld not to thefe, we muft 
come to narcotick Medicines,fuch as are the Oyl of Poppy, of Mandrake, a cataplafm of 
Henbane and Sorrell,adding thereto Mallows and Marfh-mallows,of which we fpoke for- 
merly in treating of a Phlegmon. 
Laftly, we muft give heed to thecaufe of the pain, to the kind and nature of the humor 
that flows down,and to the way which nature affefts: for according to the variety ofthefe 
things,the Medicines muft be varied,as ifheat caufc pain,it will be affwaged by application 
of cooling thingsj and the like reafon oBferved in the contrary; if Nature intend fuppura- 
tion,you muft help forwards its indeavours with fuppurating medicines. 
Divers ano i 
dynes or medic 
tins toaftwage 
paiR* 
CHAP. IX. 
Convulsion is an unvoluntary contra&ian of the Mufcles (as of parts movable 
at our pleafure)towards their originall, that is, the Brain and Spinall Marrow, 
for by this theconvulfed member or the whole body (if the convulfion be Uni- 
verfalljcannot be moved at our pleafure.Yet motion is not loft in a Convulfion 
aS it is in aPalfie, but ,it is only depraved: and becaufe fometimes the Convulfion 
poflefleth the whole body,otherwhiles fome part thereof,you muft note that there are three 
kinds of Convulfions in generail. 
The firft is called by the Greeks ZXanos, when as the whole body grows ftiffe like a ftake 
that it cannot be moved any way. 
The fecond is called Opifthotonos, which is when the whole body is drawn backwards.1 
The third is termed Ewiprofthotonos which is when the whole body is bended or crooked 
forwards. A particular Convulfion is, when as the Mufcle of the Eye,Tongue,and the like 
parts Which is furniftied with a Nerve, is taken with a Convulfion. Repletion or 
Inanition, Sympathy or confent of pain caufe a Convulfion. Aboundahce ot humors 
caufe Repletion, dulling the body by immoderate eating and drink onuflion of ex- 
ercifi ; or any accufl'<med evacuation, as fuppreflion of theHemorrhoides, and coUrfetf: 
for hence are fuch like excrementitious humors drawn into the Nerves , with which 
they being replete and filled, are dilated more than is fit, whence nceeflarily becoming 
Z 5 more 
Of Convulfion by reafon of a Wound; 
WMta Cod* 
vulfiori is* 
Three kinds o? 
an univerfall 
COnYulfion. 
three o( 
a Convulfi©n, 
Caufesoffts. • 
fiction. 258 
Of Wounds in geiieraU. 
Lib.9. 
morefiiort, they fuffer Convulfion. Examples whereof appear in Leather and Lute or 
Viol-ftrings,which fwoln with moifture in a wet fcafon are broken by repletion. 
Immoderate vomitings,fluxes,bleedings,caufe Inanition or Emptinefs,wherefore a Con- 
vulfion caufed by a wound, is deadly: as alfo by burning feavers-For by thefe and the like 
caules,the inbred& primogeneous humidity of the Nerves is wafted,fo that they are 
fled like leather which is ftirunk up,by being held too neer the fire,or as fidle fir ings which 
dryed with Summers heat,are broken with violence,fuch a convulfion is incurable.For it is 
better a Feaver follow a Convulfion,than a Convulfion a Feaver;as we are taught by Hi- 
pocrates that fuch a Feaver be proportionall to the firength of the convulfifique caufe,and 
the Convulfion proceed from Repletion ; for the abundant and grofs humor caufing the 
Convulfion isdigefied and wafted by the feaverilh heat. 
Thecaufes of a convulfion by reafon of pain,are either the pun&ure of a Nerve,whether 
it be by a thing animal,as by the biting of a venemous beaftjor by a thing inanimate,as by 
the prick of a needle,thorn or pen-knife; or great & piercing cold,which is hurtfull to the 
wounds,principally of the nervous parts; whereby it comes to pafs,that by caufing great 
and bitter pain in the nerves they are contra&ed towards their originall,that is,the Brain, 
as if they would crave fuccour from their parents in their diftrefled eftate. Befides alfo, an 
ill vapour carried to the brain from fotne putrefaction fo vellicateth it,that con tracing it 
felfjit alfo contrafteth together with it al the Nerves and Mufcles,as we ice it happeneth in 
thofe which have the falling ficknefs. By which it appears that not only the brain it felf 
luftereth together with the Nerves,but alfo the Nerves with the Brain.The figns of a Con- 
vulfion are difficult,painfull and depraved motions,either of fome part or of the whole bo- 
dy,turning afide of the Eyes and whole Face,a contra&ion of the Lips, a drawing in of the 
Cheeks,as if one laughed,and an univerfall fweat. 
Cantes of 
Inanition, 
'«#&♦ fee-2. 
Cautesof con- 
tusion by 
content of 
Pain. 
Signs of a 
eonvulfioH. 
CHAP. X. 
The cure of a Convulfion. 
The caufeof a 
Convulfionby 
Repletion. 
The cure of a 
He cure of a Convuliion,is to be varied according to the variety of the convul- 
live caufe, for that which proceeds from Repletion muft be otherwilc cured, 
than that which is cauled by an Inanition ; and that which proceeds of pain, 
otherwife than either of them. For that which is caufed by repletion is cured 
by dilcufllng and evacuating medicines; as by diet conveniently appoirited,by 
purging,bleeding,digeftive locall Medicines, exercife, friPtions, lulphurious baths and o- 
ther things (appointed by the prefcription of fome learned Phylitian which lhall overfee 
the cure,which may confiime the luperfluous and excrementitious humors that poflefs the 
fubftance ofthe NerVes,and habit of the body .The locall remedies are Oyls, Unguents and 
Liniments,with which the Neck,back-bone and all the contrafted parts lhall be anointed. 
The Oyls are,the oyl of Foxes, Bayes, Cammomill,Worms, Turpentine, of Cofiut, of Caftore- 
urn: The Oyntments'areFwgwewtww Agrippa, de Althea, Marti at urn. This may be the 
form of a Liniment; R. Olei chanwn. & Laurin, ana | ij, Olei J i, Vnguenti de Althea 
Marti, an.$ J \,Aqux vittg i P, Cer<e quantum fufficit. . Make a Liniment for 
your ufe,or Rc.OleiLumbric.de Spica & de Cafioreo,.an.J iij, Ax ung.hum* i,Sulphuric viwi, J. 
Cerx quantum fufficit.Make a Liniment, or R. Vnguenti Marti at i/r Agrip. an. | iij. Olei de Tere- 
binth* i fi,Olei Salvte, % P, Aqua vite 5 i, Cer* § i fi,fiat linimentum. But this difeafe is cured 
by (lender diet,and fweating with the Deceptions of Guiacumfioecaute by thele remedies the 
grofs,tough,and vifeid excrements,which are in fault,aredigefted. 
A Convulfion proceeding of Inanition is to be cured by the ufe of thole things,which do 
wholefomly and moderately nourifli.And therefore you muft prefcribe a diet conlifting of 
meats full of a good nourilhment,as broaths and cullices of Capons,Pigeons, Veal, & Mut- 
ton,boyling therein Violet and Mallow leaves. Conferves muft be ordained, which may 
ftrengthen the debilitated powers,and humePt the habit of the body, fuch as are, the Con- 
ferves of Buglofs,Violets,Borage and water Lillies. The following broath will be profita- 
ble,R.LattucxfiBuglof. & portul.an M i, quatuor feminum frigid. major, an. § $,feminis Barber it 3 i. 
Let them all be boyled with a chicken,and let him take the broath every morning. If thirft 
opprefs him,the following Julep will begood.Rc.Aquxrofar.% w}Aqu<£ violAL fi,Saccari albif- 
fimi j vi.fiat Iulep,utatur in fiti.lf the Patient be bound in his body,emollient and humePting 
Clyfters lhall be appointed, made of the deception of a lheeps head and feet. Mallows, 
Marlh Mallows,Pellitory ofthe wall,Violet leaves,and other things ofthe like faculty; or 
that the remedy may be more ready and quickly made: let the Clyfters be of Oyl and 
Milk.Topick remedies (hall be Liniments and Baths.Let this be the example of a Liniment. 
R. Olei Viol. & Amygdal. dulc. an. % ij, Olei Lilibr. & Lumbric. an. i, AxungLe porci recentit, 
5 iij, Cer<e nov£ quantum fufficit, fiat Linimentnm, with which let the whole fpine and part 
affePted be anointed: This lhall be the form of an emollient and humefting bath. 
R. Fol. M'alvx, Bit Mahne, Fariet. ana M vi, Seminit Lini & fxnug. ana tb fi, Caquantur in 
aqua communi, addenda Olei Lilior. ft viij. Make a Bath : into which let the Patient 
enter when it is Wann. When he lhall come forth of the Bath, let him be dried 
with 
The cure of a 
Conrulfion 
eautedby ina* 
nition. 
An Emollient 
Liniment for 
any ConvulGon 
An Emollient 
a^dhamefling Lib. 9. 
Of Wonnds in generaU. 
259 
with warm clothes,or reft in his bed avoiding fweat. But if the patient be able to under- 
go the charge, it will be good to ordain a bath of milk, or oyl alone, or of them equally 
mixt together. 
CHAP. XI. 
Of the cure of a Convuljtons by Sympathy and pain. 
Convulfion which is caufed both by confent of pain and Communication of 
the affect, is cured by remedies which are contrary to the dolorifick 
caufe. For thus if it proceed from a puncture or venemous bite, the wound 
mutt be dilated and inlarged by cutting the skin., that id the venen.ate matter 
may flow forth more freely, for which purpole alio medicines which are of a 
thin and liquid confiftence,but of a drying anddigeftive faculty lhall be powred in, to call 
forth and diflblve the virulency, as Treacle and Mithridate,diflblved in. Aqua zhte,with 
a little of fome mercuriall powder: for this is a noble antidote. Alfo cupping glalfcs and 
fcarifications will be good. Laftly, the condition of all dolorifick caufcs, lhall be oppug- 
ned by ths oppofition of contrary remedies,as if pain by reafon of a pricked nerve or ten- 
don,lhall caule a Convulfion,it muft prelently be refilled by proper remedies, as oyl of 
Turpentine, of Euphorbium}mixt with alfo with other remedies appropriated 
to punctures of the nerves. If the pain proceed from excefs of cold, becaufe cold is hurt- 
full to the brain, the fpinall marrow, andnerves ; the patient lhall be placedin a hot air, 
inch as that of a hot-houle,or ftoave,all the fpine of his back and convulfed parts, mull 
be anointed with the hot liniments above mentioned : for that is much better, than fud- 
denly to expofe him from the conceived convulfifick caule to a moft hot fire or warm Bath. 
In the mean time the Chirurgeon muft take diligent heed,that as foon as the ligns of the 
Convulfion to come, oralready prefent,or at hand,do (hew themfelves, that he put a ftick 
between the patients teeth, left they be faft locked by the pertinacious contraction of the 
Jaws: for many in fitch a calc have bit off their tongues,for which purpole he lhall be pro- 
vided of an inftrument called Speculum which may be dilated and contra&ed accor- 
ding to your mind by the means of a fcrew,as the figures underneath demonftrate, the on« 
prefenting it open and fomewhat twined up, and the other as it is Ihut. 
The Cure of a 
Convulfion by 
a punfl ure,or 
bire. 
A worthy A- 
h stifharmucUrri 
or Jhtidore, 
You mu ft hin- 
der rhe locking 
of rhe ceerh. 
'The Figure of a Speculum Oris, to ope ft the teeth 
when they are locked or held faltogether. 
C H A P. X1 L 
Of the Palfte. 
He Palfie is the refolving or mollification of the nerves, With privation of fenfe 
and motion, not truly of the whole body,but of the one part thereof,as of the 
right or left fide. And filch is properly named the Palfie : for otherwife and 
lets properly the refohition of fome one member is alfo called the Palfie : for 
when the whole body is refolved,it is an Apoplexy. Therefore the Palfie fometimes takes 
half the body,otherwhiles the upper parts which are between the navel! and the head, o- 
therwhilesf 
What a Palfie 
is. 
The differen- 
ces thereof. 260 
Of Wounds in generall. 
L I 
therwhiles the lower which are from the navell to the feet; fometimes the tongue, gullet, 
bladder, yard,eyes; and laftly,any of the particles of the body. 
It differs from a Corivulfion in its Whole nature. For in a convulfion,there is a conten- 
tion and coptraftion of the part,but in this a refolving and relaxation thereofibefides, it 
commonly happeneth that the fcnfe is either abolifhed or very dull,which ufually remains 
perfeft in a Convullion. There are fomc which have a pricking,and as it were great pain 
in the part. 
The caufes are internail or externall, the internall are humors obftrufting one of the 
ventricles of the brain,or one fide of the fpinall marrow,fo that the animal! faculty, the 
worker of fenfe and motion,can not by the nerves come to the part to perform its aftioru ' 
The externall caufes area fall, blow,and the like injuries,by which oft-times the joints 
are diflocated,the fpinall marrow wrefted afide,and conftriftions and compreflions of the 
Vertebra arife, which are caufes that the animall fpirit cannot come to the Organs in its 
Whole fubftance. But it is eafy by skill in Anatomy perfeftly to underftand by the refol- 
ved part the feat of the morbifick caufe,for when there is a Palfie properly fo called,that is 
when the right or left fide is wholly feized upon, then you may know that the obftrufti- 
on is in the brain,or fpinall marrow;but if the parts of the head being untoucht,either of 
the fides being wholly refolved,the fault remains in the originall of the fpinall marrow; if 
the armes be taken with this difeafe, we may certainly think that the matter of thcdifeafe 
lies hid in the fifth, fixth,and feventh Vertebra of the neck. But if the lower members lan- 
guid),we muft judge the Paralytick caufe to be contained in the Vertebra of the loins and 
holy bone.Which thing the Chirurgeon muft diligently obferve that he may alwaies have 
recourfe to the originall ofthe difeafe.The Palfie which proceeds from a nerve cut or 
exceedingly bruifed,is incurable,becaufe the way to the part by that means is flint againft 
the animall fpirit.Qld men fcarce or never recover of the Palfie,becaufe their native heat is 
languid, and they are opprefled with abundance of cxcrementitious humors; nei- 
ther doth an inveterate Palfie which hath lo ng pofleft the part, neither that which fuc- 
ceeds an Apoplexy,yeeld us any better hope of cure. It is good for a feaver to come upon 
a Palfie,for it makes the dilfipation of the refolving and relaxing humor, to be hoped for. 
When the member affefted with the palfie,is much wafted,and the oppofiteon the contrary' 
much encreafed in quantity, heat and colour,it is ill : for this is a figne of theextreani 
weaknefs of the afflifted part, which fuflers it felf to be defrauded of its nouriftiment , all 
the provifion flowing to the found or oppofite fide. 
How it differs 
from a Con • 
vulfion. 
The caafes. 
Iris good fora 
feavcrro hap- 
pen upon a 
palfie. 
CHAP. XIII. 
Of the cure of the Palfie* 
N the cure of the Palfie we muft not attempt any thing,unlefs we have firft ufed 
generail remedies,diet and purging ; all which care lyeth upon the learned 
and prudent Phy fitian. The Decoftion of Guaiacum is very fit for this pur- 
pofe/or it procures fweat and attenuates,digefts aud drieth up all the humi- 
dity which relaxeth the nerves: but when fweat doth not flow it (hall not be 
unprofitable to put about the refolved members, bricks heated red hot in the fire and 
quenched in a decoftion of Wine, Vinegar, and refolving herbs, or alfo ftone bottles, or 
Ox and Swine bladders,half filled with the fame decoftionj for fuch heat which is aftuall 
refufeitateth and ftrengthneth the heat of the part,which in this difeafe is commonly very 
languid: Then the patient fliall go into a bathing-tub, which is vailed or covered over 
Juft as we have described in our Treatife of Baths, that fo he may receive the vapour of the 
following decoftion. R fo/. Salvi*,Lavend. Lauri. major. Ab faith. Thym. Angelic*, But*,ana 
M.ft.Florum Cham*m. Melil. Aneth i, Antbof. ana P ij. Baccar. Laur. & Juniper. ConquatTatar 
<ma * ty.Aqu* fatten* & Vini albi,ana ftiv.Let them be all put in the veffel men- 
tioned in rhe Treatife lately defcribed for ufe. The patient fliall keep himfelfe in that Ba- 
thing-tub,as long u his ftrength will give him leave, then let him be put into his bed wel 
covered,where he fliall fweat again, be dried and reft. Then let him be prefently anointed 
with the following ointment, which Ltonellus F avertin much commends, R OleiLaurini 
& de Terebinth.ana | iij.OleiNardini&petrolei, ana \ j.Vini malvatici, * iv.Aqua vit* §ii. Pyre- 
thriy Fiperif,Sinap.Granor.Junip.Gummi heder*,anacard.Ladani 
wmia cum Oleis & Vino-.bulJiant invafe duplici ufquc ad Vini unfumptionem,fafla fati expreljione.adde 
urft,Anatis,Ciconi*3 an ointment in 
form or a liniment,adding a little wax if need fliall require.Or you fliall ufe the following 
remedy approved by many Phyfitians.R Myrrh* & nardi,Sanguinis 
opoponacis, Fdellu, CaTpobaljami3 gummi arabici, ftyrac. liquid*, ladani 
cajtorei, anally Aqua vit*, * j. Terebinthin* venet*, adpondus omnium, pulver abuntur 
pulverijanda & gummi elrquabuntur cum aqua vit* & aceti tantflo. And let them all be put in fit 
veflels, that may be dift i lied in Balneo Mari*, and let the fpine of the back, and paraly tick 
limbs be anointed with the liquor which comes from thence. I have often tried the force 
of this following Medicine,R rad. Angel, Jreos.flerM'gertiM.cyperi, ana ar emat. Ci- 
nam. 
The decoftion 
of Guaiacum i« 
good for a 
palfie. 
Things a flu al • 
ly hot good for 
to be applied 
to paralytick 
members. 
Let>n»F<viMU> 
his ointment. 
An approved 
ointment for 
the palfie. Lib. 9. 
Of Wwnds in general! 
261 
jiam.Caryophil,nucjf Mojch. macis, ana Mj.Salvia major.Iu# 
leg. calamcnt.mentaftri.) ana M fi.florum melil. byperit. anthos/ftxcbad. ana P j. Concha om- 
nia contunduntur. & in Aquavit.& Vini malvat. an. ibij.infandantur. And let them be diftilled in 
balnea the former let the affefted parts be moiftned with the diftilled liquor, of 
which alfo you may give the patient a Ipoon full to drink in the morning with iome Sugar. 
For thus the ftomach will be heated, and much phlegm contained therein as the fuel of this 
difeafe,will be confumed. 
You mu ft alfo appoint exercifes of the afftfted parts , and frequent and hard frictions, 
with hot linnen clothes,that the native heat may be recalled and the excrements contained 
5n the parts digefted : you may alfo ufe the Chymicall oyls of Rolemary, Tyme,Lavander, 
Cloves, Niitmegs;and laftly, of all fpices,the manner of extrafting whereof we fhall here- 
after declare in a peculiar Treatife. 
A diftillcd vva" 
tet good to 
walh them 
outwardly, & 
tofdrink in- 
wardly. 
Exercifes and 
friflions. 
Chemical oy It, 
CHAP. XIV. 
Owning is a fodain and pertinacious defect of all the powers,but efpecially the 
vitall;in this the patients lie without motion and fenfe, fo that the Ancients 
thought that it differed from death only in continuance of time. The caule 
of fowning,which happens to thofe that arc wounded is bleeding, which cau- 
feth adiflipation of the fpirits: or fear,which caufeth adbdain and joint re- 
tirement of the fpirits to the heart. Whence follows an intermiffion of the proper duty, as 
alfo of the reft of the faculties,whilft they being thus troubled,are at a (land-Alfo Sowning 
happens by a putridand vencnate vapour,carried to the heart by the arteries, and to the 
brain by the nerves;by which you may gather, that .all fowning happens by three caufes. 
The firft is,by diflipation of the fpirits and native heat,as in great bleeding. And then by 
the oppreflion of thefe fpirits by obftru&ion, or compreflion , as in fear, or tumult; for 
thus the fpirits fly back haftily from the furface and habit of the body, unto 
the heart and center. Laftly, by corruption, as in bodies filled with hiimours, 
and in poyfonous wounds. The figns of fowning arepalenefs, a dewy and fodairt 
fweat ariling,the failing of the pulfe, a fodain falling of the body upon the ground with- 
out fenfe and motion,acoldnefs poffefling the whole body, fo that the patient may fcem 
rather dead,than alive. For many of thefe who fall into a fown die unlefs they have pre- 
fent help. ... 
Therefore you (hall help them,if when they are ready to fall, you fprinkle much cold 
Vater in their face,if that the fowning happen by diflipation of the fpirits,or if they Ihal be 
fet with their faces upwards,upon a bed or on the ground, as gently as may be; and if you 
give them bread dipt in wine toehold and chew in their mouths. But if it be caufed by a 
putrid vapour and poyfonous air, you (hall givethem a little Mithridate or Treacle in 
Aqua vitg with a (poon,as I ufiially do to thofe which have the plague,or any part affefted 
with a Gangrene,or fpacell. But if the patients cannot be raifed out of their fownes, by 
reafon of the pei tinacious oppreflion and compreflion of the fpirits about the heart, you. 
muft give them all fuch things as have power to diffiife,cal forth and refufcitate the fpirits, 
fuch as are,ftrong wines to drink, fweet perfumes to fmell: You muft call them by their 
own name lowd in their eare,and you muft pluck them fbmewhat hard by the hairs of the 
1 emples,and neck. Alfo rub the temples, noftrils, wrifts and palms of the hands with Aqua 
wit*,wherein Cloves, Nutmegs,and Ginger have been fteeped. 
Of S owning. 
What fawning 
is. 
Three caufes 
of fawning,' 
The cure of 
fawning caufed 
by diflination 
offpirits. 
The cute of 
fawning caufed 
by a venenate 
air. 
The cure of 
fawning caufcd 
by opprcfliari 
& obftrufticn, 
CHAP. XV. 
Of Delirium ( i. ) Raving# Talking idly or Doting. 
What a fyriip' 
romaticall 
Delirium is. 
The cau(c» 
thereof. 
□ting or talking idly,here is ufed for a fymptome which commonly happeneth 
in leavers cauled by a wound,and inflammation; and it is a perturbation of the 
phantalie,and funftion of the mind,not long inducing. Wherefore fiich a do- 
ting happens upon wounds,by reafon of vehement pain, and a feaver, when as 
the nervous parts as the joints,ftomach,and naidriffejfflall be violated. 
01 the Ancients did therefore call the Middriffe Phrena3becaufe when this is hurt as if 
the mind it felf were hurt,a certain phrenfie enfuesjthat is, a perturbation of the animal! 
taculty, which is imployed in ratiocinationjby reafon of the community which the Dia- 
fhragma hath witn the brain, by the nerves,fent from the fixth conjugation,which are ear- 
ned to the ftomach. Therefore doting happens by too much much bleeding, which cau- 
feth a diflipation of the fpirits, whereby it happens that the motions and thoughts of the 
mind erre,as we fee it happens to thofe who have bled much id the amputation of a mem- 
ber. And it happens by the pun&ure of a venenious beaft,or from feed retained or corrupt 
ted m the womb, or from a Gangrene or Sphacel,from a venenate and putrid air carried 
up to the brain,or from a fodaip tumult & fear.Laftly,what things foever with any diftem- 
per efpecially hot, do hurt and debilitate the mind. Thefe may caufe doting by the afflux 
Qf 
Why the brain 
fufters with thi 
midriffe. 
The Cuze» 262 
Of Wowidsingenerall. 
L ib. 9. 
of humoi'Sjfpecially cholerick,by diflipation,oppreflion or corruption of the fpirits.Thcre- 
fore if it (hall proceed from the inflammation of the brain, and Meninges or membranes 
thereofjafter purging and blood-letting by the prefcription of a Phyfitian, the 
fhaved or cut off, the head (hallbe fomented with role vinegar,and then an Emplaifter of 
! diffolved in oyl and vinegar of Roles,Ilia 11 be laid thereupon. Sleep fhall be 
procured with Barly creams,wherein the feeds of white Poppy have been boiled, with 
broths made of the deco&ion of the cold feeds of Lettuce, Purllain, Sorrell,and fuch like. 
' Cold things fhall be applyed to his noftrills, as the feeds ok Poppy gently beaten 
with Rofe water and a little vineganLet him have merry and pleafant companions that 
may divert his mind from all cogitation of forrowful things,and may eafe and free him oR 
cares,and with their fweet intreaties may bring him to himfelf again. But if it happen by 
default of the fpirits, you muft feek remedy from thefe things which have been fee down in 
the Chapter of SoWning. 
1be End of the Ninth 
OF THE GREENE 
AND BLOODY VVOVNDS 
OF EACH PART. 
The T b k th Book, 
CHAP. I. 
Of the tyids or differences of a broken sfyl/. 
Xthat we have briefly treated of wounds in generail, that is, of their 
differences,figns, caufes prognofticks and cure, and alfolhewed the 
realon of the accidents and iymptoms which ufually follow and accom- 
pany them,it remains that we treat of them as they are incident to each 
part,oecauie the cure of wounds muff be diverfly performed according- 
\° k Parts NOW we will begin with the wounds of 
the head.Therefore the head hath the hairy fcalp lightly bruifed with- 
, j r . °Ut.an.y Yol!nd 5 otherwhiles it is wounded without a Contufi- 
on, and fometimes it is both contufed and wounded : but a frafture made in 
the skull,is fometimes fuperficiary,fometimes itdefcends even to the Diploe, fometimes it 
fdr • Th1K t^r°-Ug 1rthe 2 TableMnd the Meninges into the very fubftance of the brain • be- 
fldes,the brain is oft-times moved and fhaken with breaking of the internail veins and 
Pt°niS Ml ™hen TRIe aPPears no wound at all in the head: of all and eve- 
ry of which we will fpeak in order, and add their cure,efpecially according to thXnini- 
on ofthe divine m his Book of the wounds of the head, feems to have made 
f n°n 5 of fra«ur?s ofthe skull. The firft is called a filfureorfra£hire,the 2 a comu- 
S TXT lfion°the 5 18 turned 4 is named &tfw,or a featjthe 5 (if you pleafc 
to add ft) you may call a Counterfilfure,or as the interpreter of cals U 
As when the bone is cleft on the contrary fide,to that which received the ftroak THp * 
many differences of thefe 5 kindsofa broken 
run out to a greater length or brtdth; others are'more con- 
a t° ,n y ,t le fuPerficics5 others defeend to the Ditloe or elfe nierre 
through both the Tables of the skulljfome run in a right line others in an J 
circular;fome are complicated among!} themfelves,as a filfure is neceflarily andalwafcs nc- 
companied with a Colhfion or Contufion;and others are aflociated w fdivers Sms 
as pain3heat,fwelling, bleeding and the like.Sometimes the skull is fo broken rta the 
membrane lying under it is prelfed with (hirers of the bone, as wkh pricSne need es 
A.oK£: 
The differen- 
ces of a • 
broken head* 
The kinds of a 
broken Skull 
•ax oS Hipps- 
crmtej. 
Differe nccs 
from their 
quantiy. 
Differences 
from their 
figure* 
From their 
complication* Lib. io. 
W\wnds of each part. 
263 
A Table of the frachires of the Skull. 
Either ma-1 
nifefl, and 
apparent, 
that is | 
1 
r 
Or obfeure 
and not ma- 
nifefi,when 
as not the 
part which 
received 
the blow is 
wounded, 
but the con- 
trary there- 
to-,and that 
happens 
either 
*' To your fight, 
)To your feeling. 
\or inflrumenti 
' On the fide-, as for 
ex ample.* when th I 
right fide of the 
bone of the fore- 
head is firacken , 
_ the left is cleft. 
Or from above to 
below, as when not 
the fir fl Table 
which receivedtht 
blow is cleft, but 
that which is under 
'In the fame 
that two 
manner of 
| wayes, as 
Keep their 
natural I 
figure and I 
fite tou- 
ching each I 
other, 
whence pro-, 
ceeds that 
fraclure of 
the skull 
which is 
called a fif- 
fure, which 
is 
i 
i 
i 
i 
| Or life 
their fite, 
and that 
..either 
*Contufion, I 
that is, a 
collifion of 
a thing 
bruifing, 
hard,heavy 
and obtufe, 
' which /ball 
fall or bee 
fmitten a- 
gainft the 
, head, or 
' againfi 
which the 
head fba.ll 
be knocked, 
fo that the 
broken 
bones are 
divided, or 
I 
1 
Or by inci- 
fi on of a 
fiArp, or 
cutting 
thing, but 
that incifi- 
onis made, 
\fitherby 
In divers 
bones ,to wit 
in fitch men 
as want fu- 
tures, or 
have them 
very clofe, 
or \difpofed 
otherwaies 
then is ft, 
and this 
opposition 
Sts either 
From the right 
fide to the left,and 
fo on the contrary, 
as when the right 
Bregma is flruck, 
And the left cleft* 
From before to be- 
hind 3 And the con- 
trary, as when the 
forehead is fruit - 
ten, the nowle is 
-cleft. 
A ft allure) 
or folution 
of continui- 
ty in the 
skull is cau- 
fed either 
iy 
Or between both,that is,the obfeure and mani- 
feft,as that which is termed a Capillary fffure, 
and ismanifeftedby fmearing it over with 
writing ink. 
Wholly,fti that the particles of the broken bone 
removed from their feat,and fall: ng down , 
prefs the membrane,whence proceeds that kind 
°f effrattttre which retains a kind-of attrition, 
when as tht bone (truck upon is broken as it 
were into many fragments,(hi vers and ficales, 
either apparent ,or hid in the found bone, p 
that it is prefled down. 
Or in fwe fort-,as when the broken bone is in 
fame part feparated, but in others adheres to 
the whole bone, whence another kind of ef- 
fractuYe y ou may call it Arched, when 
as the bone fo fiwels up,that it leaves an empty 
dt>ace below. 
the bone is fo cut, that in feme part it yet adheres 
to the found bone. 
RefciHioiij when the fragment falls down wholly broken off. 
Or Seat, when the marg of the weapon remains imprinted in the 
wound that the wound is of no more length nor bredth than the weapon 
W Wn- Atmhejf Of Green and Ploedy. 
264 
L ib.iO 
Another Table of the differences of a fra&ured Skull. 
as when they are found[olitary and by 
themfelves. 
Compound 
and that 
either 
• Their nature, ac- 
cording to which 
fractures are 
caldy 
Their Quantity,whence they are great5 indifferent and fmall, 
according to the trifle dimension of length, breadth and fr of un- 
ditie • 
Their figure, from 
whence they are 
called • 
Theirfte, whence they are termed on the fore or back, or the right or 
left,or the upper or lower part-or fuperficiary and profound. 
The part,whence it is called a Fracture of the Forehead, Nowl, Breg- 
ma3 and Stony bones • and hence it is judged, what may be deadly or 
h op efull ofrecovery, eafie or difficult to cure. . 
•Mutually with them]elves , as a 
contufion, orcolliCion with 
fiffure with an effraclure. 
Or 
with other[mptomes, as [welling., 
and 
the like. 
The differences 
of fractures 
common to 
thefe of all o- 
ther parts are 
draw neither 
from 
Right, 
Oblique, 
Tranfverfa 
Round\ 
Triangular* 
CHAP. I I. 
He caufes of a broken Skull are ex.ternall,as a fall,a blow or ftroak with any kind 
of weapon, (harp, obtufe,heavy,hard,the bitings of Beads and many other things 
of the like kind. But the figns by which we come to know that the Skull is bro- 
ken, are of two kinds ; for fome of them are found out by the reafoning and dif- 
courfe of the mind, other by the ftnft,as thole which lay open the wound to the ey & hand. 
The Rationall figns (hew by thefe things which have happened upon the thing it felfj 
whether it be,and of what fort it is. For you may know the skull is broken, if the Patient 
fhall fall down with the ftroak,or if he (hal fal headlong from a high place upon fome hard 
thing.If for fometime after the ftroak,he (hall lie without (peaking,fight and hearing, if he 
fliall have felt and feel much pain,fo that he is often forced to put his hand to the Wound. 
But alfo the weapon is to be confidered,that is,whether if it be heavy, obtufc, pricking or 
(harp. Alfo we muft confider with what and how great ftrength the ftroak was given, and 
With how great anger and from what diftance the weapon tell. Alfo he muft confider whe- 
ther the Patient received the blow5with his head unarmed and naked; whether he fell into 
a fown prefently after the blow; whether when he came tohimfelf,he was in his right ftnfes; 
whether his eys were blinded, whether he were troubled with a giddinefs or dizines, and 
whether he bled at the nofe,mouth,ears,or eyes,and laftly whether he vomited. For Hipo- 
crates wriees,that thofe who have their brain cut, muft neceflarily have a feaver and vomi- 
ting ofcholer to enfue thereupon,which Galen confirming in his Commentary faith, that 
the fame happens alfo when the Wound comes to the Membranes of the brain. 
Alfo a dull found as from a broken veflell coming from the skull, (the hairy fcalp and 
Pericranium being taken off) and it being lightly (mitten upon with an Iron probe,is faid 
to be a fign of a frafture thereof,as it is recorded by Paulus JEgineta. T ruly all theft figns 
make a great conjefture or rather aflurednefs that the skul is wounded,and the brain hurt, 
as which cannot happen unlefs the bone be broken, as Celjw hath written. Yet many have 
had their skulls broken,who had no fuch fign immediately after the blow,;but this is ve- 
ry feldome.But I do not think fit amongft fo many figns, here to omit that which is fet 
down by Guido, lfany(faith he)will know in what place the skull is broke,let the Patient 
hold faft between his fore teeth, one end of a lute firing or thread, and the Chirurgeon 
hold the other in his hand 5 then let him lightly touch or play upon the ftring with his 
fingers 5 for in'the very inftant of the found or ftroke, the Patient will be certainly admo- 
®ilhed,or perfectly perceive the part of the skull that is broken, and as orecome and forc'd 
by 
Of the caufes aUd figns of a broken Skull. 
Theextetnall 
caufcs. 
Rational! can* 
fcs« 
'dphar. $o» 
jec.6» Lib.io. 
Wounds of each part. 
265 
by this fenfe of pain,will by lifting up his hand make demonftration thereof. As yet I have 
not been able to find the truth hereof by experience, although I have made tryall of it in 
many .Wherefore I cannot fay any thing certainly of this iign, as neither of that which is 
mentioned by Hippocrates in Coax Pr<ej. In fuch as you doubt,whether the bones of the skull 
bebijokenjor not,you muft judg by giving them the ftalk of the Alphodill,to chaw on both 
hdes of their jaws,but fo that you bid them withall obferve, whether they perceive any bone 
to crackle, or make a noife in their heads, for thele which are broken teem to make a noife. 
But paffing over thefe things,now let us come to thefe figns, which may be obvious to 
ourfenfes. 
Hippccratce 
and Outdoes 
conjeflurall 
ligns of a bro£ 
ken skull. 
Of the ftgns of a broken skulls -which are tnamfeft to ourjenfe. 
CHAP. 11 I. 
Icfc figns are here faid to be manifeft to fenfe, which when the bone is bared, ma- 
nifeft the wound to our eyes, fingers and probe. But if the hairs ftand upon one 
end in the wound,you may know the bone is broke, becaule the hair which 
yeelds to the violence of the blow, cannot be fo cut, the bone which refills the 
ftroak being not violated, as it is obferved by Hippocrates wherefore we may by the fight 
of this one thing, before any infpeftion of the wound it felf/ufpeft by a probable con- 
je£ure,that the skull is broken,and perfwade thebeholders or ftanders by fo much. 
Moreover we may,before we have cut the skin acrofs,or laid bare the bone, give a guefs 
by our feeling,■whether the skull be broken, or no, if we by prefling down our fingers neer 
thexvound flhall perceive the bone either to Hand up, or be prefled down otherwife than it 
Ihould naturally be. 
The skin being cut crofwife and the bone laid bare,if the fracture be not obvious to the 
eye, you muft try with your probe, which muft neither be too thin nor too (harp, left 
by falling into fomenaturall cranics, it may caufe us to fufpeft without any caule that the 
bone is broken; neither let it be too thick, left the little clifts may deceive you. If when 
your probe comes to the bone,it meets with nothing but that which is finooth and flippe- 
ry,it is a fign that it is whole. 
But on the contrary if you find it any thing rough, fpecially where there is no future, it 
(hews the bone is broken.But let the Chirurgeon confider, that the fra£turc«s are not feldom 
upon the futures; and that the futures have not ahvayes cue and their naturall fite;as allb 
it often comes to pafs that the broken cleft, or cut bone can neither be perceived by your 
fight,nor inftru nient;wherefore if you think there is any fuch thing,by the rationail figns 
above mentionedjanoint the place with writing Ink, andoyl, and fo you fhall find the 
crack or clift, by the means we fhall fhew you hereafter. 
When you are certain of the fracture,then you muft diligently confider the greatnefs of 
the difeafe,and apply medicines fpeedily. Verily when a trafture chances to light upon any 
future,the difeafe is hard to be known,unlefs the fracture be very great, bccaufe the futures 
by their clifts and roughnefs refemble fractures; wherefore Hippocrates faith that he was de- 
ceived by them.Now having briefly delivered the differences and figns of a broken skull, it 
is time to come to the feverall kinds thereof,with a Fiflure. 
Senfible ngn* 
of a broken 
skull before 
the dividing oi 
the skin. 
Lib. de vulner. 
cap. 
What a probe 
muft be uied ict 
fearchiqgfcr at 
fraftute. 
Lib.f Epid.in 
Autonomy of 
Omilwn Hipps 
crates was de. 
ceived by the 
futui es. 
CHAP. Illi. 
Of a Fifiure}being the firfl kind of a brokeniSkull, 
F the Chirurgeon by the forementioned figns (hall know that the skull is bro- 
ken,or crackt, and if the wound made in the mufculous skin /hall not be 
thought fufficient for ordering the fiffure, then muft he lhave off the hair, and 
cut with a razour, or incilion knife, the mufculous skin with the Pericranium 
lying under it,in a triangular or quadrangular figure to a proportionable big- 
nefs,alwayes fbunning as much as in him lyes,the futures and temples; neither muft he fear 
any harm to enfue hereof; for it is far better to bare the bone by cutting the skin, then to 
fuffer the kind & nature of the frafture to remain unknown,by a too religious prelervation 
of the skin ; for the skin is cured without any great ado,though pluckt off to no purpole. 
For it is much more expedient (in Hipocrates opinion)to cure difeafes fafely and lecure- 
ly,though not fpeedily, than to do it in a Ihorter time with fear of relapfe and greater in- 
conveniences. Let this diflcftion be made with a razour,or lharp knife,and if there beany 
wound made in the skin by the weapon, let one of your incilions be made agreeable 
thereto. A Razour3 or Incifton Knife. 
Upon what 
occafion rhe 
hairy fcalpd 
Celfia; 
HipptcnteH 
A a 266 
Oftbe Greene and Bloody 
Lib.10, 
Now therefore the Mufeulous skin together with the Pericranium muft be divided and 
cut with a fharpe razour prefled and guided with a ftrong and fteddy hand;then it muft: be fo 
pluckt from tnebone,or skull lying under it,that none thereof remain upon the bone; for 
if it fliould be rent or torn with the Trepan,it would caufe vehement pain with inflamma- 
tions. You muft begin to pull it back at the corners of the lines crofting each other with 
right angles,with this Chiflell whofe figure you fee here exprefled. 
The manner 
how to pall 
the hairy fcaip 
from the bro- 
ken skull. 
A Chijfell or Inftrument to full b ac\pr or [epar ate the Pericranium from the skull* 
Then you muft fill all the wound with boulfters of fine loft lint, that fo the lips ■'maybe 
kept further a funder. But you fhall apply upon it medicines fit to Ranch blood. But if it 
come fo to pafs that the blood flows forth Id violently,that it can be ftayed by no means 
the veflell it felf muft be bound, after this manner. * 
Firft thruft through the mufculous skin on the outfide with a needle and third then 
thruft the needle back again ; then tye the thrcd on a knot on the outfide, but firft put 
fome lint rolled up to thebigncfs of a Gooie quill between the third and the hairy fcalp 
on both fides thereof, leaft the ftrait twitching of of the thr ed which may ferve to flay the 
bleeding, may ctit and tear the skin, or caufcpain : then muftyou raifehis head fomewhat 
higher. 
I have lately tried,and performed this upon a certain Coach-man,who thrown from the 
Coach upon his head on a pavement of free ftone,exceedingly bruifed the hind part of the 
Jfregma, lor which caufe it was fit to open the mufculous skin, with a crofs incifion, both 
that the congealed blood might be prelfed out, as alfo that the frafture f if there were any) 
might be obferved. But an Artery being cut in performance hereof, when as the Chirnr- 
geon who was there prefent could not flay the blood leaping out with violence; and the 
Coachman already had loft fo great a quantity thereof, that his ftrength was fo much de- 
cayed,that he could not ftir himfelf in his bed, or fcarfe fpeak: I being called,(hewed them 
by experience, that whereas aftringent medicines were ufed before to no purppfe,it was bet- 
ter to ftay the bleeding by binding the veflell,than to let the Patient dye forja childifh fear 
of pricking him. 
JBut that we may return to our former matter,the Chirurgeon (ball the next day confider 
with what kind of frafture the bone is hurt; and if no figns of hurt appear to the eyes,nor 
be perceived with your fingers and probe, yet fome of the rationail figns may caufe one to 
have a conjecture that there is a fra&ure: Then you muft anoint as we told you before,the 
bared done with writing Ink, and a little oyl of Rofes; that the cleft or crack may be dyed 
or coloured therewith, if that there be any there. Then the next dreffing you muft dry the 
bone with a linnen cloth,and fcrape off the Ink, and oyl, with feraping Inftruments made 
for the purpole, if any part thereof fhall be funk into the bone; for if there be any crack, 
it will be black ; Wherefore you muft continue feraping untill nofign of the fiflure re- 
main, or elfe untill you come even to the Dura Mater. But that he may be more certain 
whether the fiflure pierce through both the Tables of the $kull,he muft bid the Patient,that 
flopping his nofe and mouth,he ftrive to breath with a great indeavour. For then bloody 
matter or Janies will fweat through the fiflure: For the breath driven forth of the cheft,and 
prohibited paflage forth, fwells and lifts up the fubftance of the brain,and the Meninges, 
whereupon that frothy humidity and Sanies Iwcats forth. Therefore then the bone muft be 
cut even to thePwrd Mater,with Radula and other fcraping Inftruments,fit for thatpurpofe, 
yet fo as you hurt not the membrane; but if the fiflure fhall be fomewhat long, it will 
not be convenient to follow it all the extent thereof: for nature will repair and reftore 
the remnant of the fiflure by generating a Callus; befides alfo the Chirurgeon according 
to Celjus opinion muft take away as little of the bone as he can, becaufe there is nothing 
fo fit to cover the brain, as the skull. Therefore it fhall fuffice to make a paflage, whereby 
the blood and Sanies may pafs and be drawn forth, left that matter being fupprefled 
may corrupt the bone, and caufe an inflammation in the brain. But the broken bone 
muft be taken, forth within three dayes if it be poffible, efpecially in Summer, for fear 
of inflammation. Yet I have often taken forth with a Trepan and with Scrapers 
the bones of the skull, after the feventeenth day, both in Winter and Summer; and 
that with happy fuccefs. Which 1 have the rather noted, left any fliould at any 
time, fuffer the wounded to be left deftituteof remedy: for it is better to try a doubt- 
full remedy than none; Yet theBy-ftanders ffiallbe admonifhed and told of the danger, 
for many more dye who have not the broken bones of the skull taken out, thanthofe 
<&athaveT 
gut 
The manner 
to bind a vef- 
feil in cafe of 
too much 
blee ding. 
AHhlory, 
Away to find 
a frafttire in 
<the skull, 
when irpre* 
fenrs not it 
felf to the 
view at the 
firH, 
Afign that 
both rhe Ta» 
ties arc bro- 
ken. 
Ton may ufe 
the Trepan 
after the tenth Lib. io. 
IVoundr of each part. 
267 
Ut lhp h,1buments,wirh which the wounded orcleft bones may be tut out arc 
miJhr ™ J Ve caufod forts to be here decyphered, that every une 
- ght take his choice,accordmgro his mind,and as frail be beft for his purpofe.BuE?all of 
-cm may be fcruedmto one handle,the figure whereof I have exhibited. 
Radulas or Scalpri,A) Shavers or Scrapers. 
Radula of another form, for the better cutting of the greater boner. 
tirecon M',U?L<'n.,he.skJ1111 be wounded or broken with a fimple fifliire,tlie Chi.-, 
the bo ™ d hek donef?®ciertt to Patient, and in his Art,if he (hall divide 
th bone and dilate the fiffitre or cleft with the defcribed Inflruments, though he have ufed 
the! ft Tab!thOUg 1 n nfiffilre P''rcethrou8h botl1 Tables. But ifitdoth not exceed 
tC • • Vn°l\mUL aXXou,1' lcraPcrs as foon as you come to the fccond. according to 
betafll'rJn ? buc 'ttl'c bone fhal be broken & ftivered into many peects,they (hall 
be taken forth wnh ht Inftruments,uling alfo aTrepan if need Hull requiro,after K e 
manner as we (hall (hew you hereafter. 1 " 
h is fufficient 
•« a I nr pie EC. 
fore to dilate it 
with your 
Sctlpri only 
and nor to 
Trepan it. 
CHAP. V. 
Of a Contufion, which thefecond fort of fracture. 
Fcchjwo//j,that is5etfiifion of blood, presently concreting under the mufculous 
•f I k Ut any 'vo','"d>',s ot' .ca,ulcd. b.y a violent contufion. This Contufion 
it it (hall be gi eat,io that the skin be divided from the skull,it is expedient,that 
- ... .70u J?1, a.1,1 lncihon, whereby the Mood may be evacuated and emptied.For 
in this you niuft wholly deiift from fuppurative medicinesfwhich otherwife would be 
ftaffbe ihown LrcXr^ hU1 tfuI110 the bones,as 
!ikj Co"Tf'"'1S n.-°,re frc<lllently hlPPtn id children,being eafiiy perceived by the 
fi-ttnefs,and inundation of the contufcd part: forth ofwhich oft-times when I have open- 
ed them with my incihon knife,ferous,clotted and blackilh blood hath iffiied. The refidue 
over rheYk.!? *7 C?-u by m°der3tS, compreffion of the part,and drying medicines. More- 
h> th n l«07bChlrld?nT beprdKd duw";by agreat contulion,even as we fee it happens ; 
fodented m ford ' ' the prelfttre of your finger, thejare • 
Lain '/ P"nt t,h?reof.renlaInsi fometimes they fly back ofth?mfelves,and 
ag i acquire their former platnnefs and equability, which alfo happens in the bones of 
bark GI °n" and uch " are ioft>huniid,& phlegmatick.But if the bones do not fpring 
the Par-. n?1±eS'yAmUft1apply «»PPing-glafs with'a great flame; withall comLaJ 
the Patient,to force hts breath up as powerfully as he can, keeping his mouth and nofe 
A a 2 ' clofc 
What an £c- 
f/jw/ris. 
How a contu - 
fion of the skal 
mull be cured. 
Different cores 
of a depretied 
skull. 268 
Of Green and Bloody 
Lib. io? 
clofefhutj for thus there will be hope, to reftore the deprefled bone to its place, by the fpi- 
rits forc'd upwards to the brain and skull,by the powerfull at- 
traftion of the cupping-glafs. But if fo be that the bone can- 
not by this means be reftored, then you muft make an incifion 
in the skin, and fallen fuch a Trepan, as you fee here delineated, 
into the dep reft, or fetled part of the bone,and fo pull it direftly 
upwards, juft as we fee Coopers raife the ftaves of their cask, 
when they are funk too much in. 
But if the bone fhall be too ftrong, thick,and denfe, fb that 
this Inftrument will not ferve to pluck it forth; then you muft 
perforate the skull, in the very center of the depreflion, and 
with this threefold Inftrument, or Levatory put into the hole, 
lift up and reftore the bone to its naturall fitefor this fame 
Inftrument is of ftrength fufticient for that purpofe. It is 
made with three feet, that fo it may be apply ed to any part of 
the head which is round; but divers heads may be fitted to the 
end thereof according as the bufinefs fhall requite, as the figure 
here placed doth fhew. 
A three footed Levator}. 
But if at any time it comes to pafs3that the bone is not totally broken or dcpreffbut on- 
ly on one fide -,it will be fit3fo to lift it up3as alfo to make a vent for the ifiiiing out of the 
filthj to divide the skul with little faws like thefe3which yee fee here for thus fo 
much of the bone5as (hall be thought needfiill3may be cut off without compreflion3 neither 
will there be any danger of hurting the brain or membrane with the broken bone. 
Lhe figures of Saws fit to divide the shu'd. 
But Lib. io. 
W\onnds of each part 
269 
But if by fuch figns as are prefent,and fball appear,we perceive or judg that the contufi- 
on goes but to the fecond Table,or icarfe fo far; the baring or taking away ofthe bone 
muft go no further than the contufion reachesjfor that will be fufticient to efchew and di- 
vert inflammations and divers other fymptomes. And this (hall be done with a fcaling or 
Defquamatory Trepan,(as they term it)with which you may eafily takeup as much of the 
bone,as you fhall think expedient: And I have here gitfen you the figure thereof, 
jlDefquamrtory or Scaling Trepan. 
A delineation of other Lcvatories. 
A A. Shews the point or tongue of the Levatory, which muft 
be iomewhat dul/fthat jo it may be the more gently and ea- 
fily put betwe.n the Dura Mater and the skull, and th is part 
thereof may be lifted up jo much by the head or handle taken 
in your hand, as the necejfityoftheprejent operation fball 
require. " x, 
B. Intimates the body of the Levatory, which muft be four 
fquare, left the point or tongue put thereon fl.yuld not ft and 
faft, but the end of this Body muft reft upon theftound bone, 
as on afure foundation. 
Lhe uje thereof is, thus-, put the point or tongue under 
the broken or deprefted bone,then lift the handle up with your 
hand, thatfo the deprefted bone may be elevated. - 
G. Shews the firft Arm of the other Lebatory, whofe crooked 
end muft be gently put under the deprefted bone. 
D. Shews the other Arm, which (nuftreft on the found bone, 
that by the firm ftanding thereof, it may lift fa deprefted 
bone. ' > 
CHAP. VI. 
Of an Fffr abjure, depreffion of the bone, being the third kind of Fraciure. 
I Efore 1 come to ipeak or an EftraCture, 1 think it not amils to crave p<ruau o: 
I the curteous and underftanding Reader, for th is reafon. efpecially, that ai in 
the former Chapter, when 1 had determined and appointed to (peak of a 
| Contufion,! infected many things of a Deprcflionsfo allo in this chapter of an 
Effrachire, I intend to intcrmixe fomething of a Contufion j we do nQt this 
through any ignorance of the thing it lelf; for wee kfiow that it is called a Con- 
tufion, when the bone is depreft and crufht, but falls not down. But an Eftra&ure 
is tvhen the bone falls down and is broken by a moft violent blow. But it can (carle 
come to pafs, but that the things themfelves muft be confounded and mixt, both as they 
are done ; andalfo tvhen they arefpoken of: fo that you lhall fcarfe fee a ContufiAn 
without an Effrafture, or this without that. the bonies are often broken off 
and driven down with great and forcible blows,with clubs whether round or Equate, 
or by falling from a high place directly down, more or lefle according to the force of the 
blow,kind of weapon, and condition of the part receiving the fariie : Wherefore you muft 
be provided with diverfity of remedies and inftruments to encounter fherewith.Wherefore 
admit the bone is prefled down,and fliivered into many pieces,now for that tfiefe fplinters 
need not be taken out with a Trepan, you may do the btifinefs with Levatories made and 
neatly fafluoned for that purpofe; fitch as thefe, which are here expreft. 
A a 3 A 
What a cor;tu* 
fion is. 
WhatanEfr 
fraflurc is. 
The caufc of 
Effrafturcs. 
The cure# 270 
Of Green and 'Bloody 
Lib. io 
A Levatorie. 
But we muft have fpeciall care, left that in pulling and taking out of thefe fcales and 
fplinters,we hurt the membranes. 1 hefe fcales are fometimes very rough and prickly, fo 
that they cannot touch the Meninges without fomewhiles the bufinefs is Id in- 
tricate, that they cannot be taken out unlefs by enlarging the frafture. Wherefore in this 
cafe,ifthere be a ipace fo large, as that the ends of thefe mullets may enter, you may eafily 
fhear off fo much of the bone as fhal be neceflary and requifite for the taking away ofithefe 
fcales, without any afliftance of the Trepan,which I have done very often and with good 
fuccefsjfor the operation performed by thefe mullets is far more fpeedy and fafe, than that 
with the Trepanjand in the performance of every operation, the chief commendation is 
pi ven to fafenefs and celeritv. 
Cutting Mullets. commonly called Roftra Pfittaci, or Parrots beaks. 
Moreover I have thought good here tergive you the figures of chiflels,fcrapers, pincers, 
together with a leaden mallct,becaufe fuch inftruments are not only very neceflary to take 
forth the leaks of bones which are broken, but alfo to plain and fmooth thole which re- 
main whole. 
The Figures of Scrapers, Pincers,a leaden mallet, &c< 
But here you muft note,that a Trepan,nor Levato- 
rie,muft never be applyed to a bone quite broken, left 
the membranes lying under it be hurt by the com- 
preffion thereof. Therefore you muft apply them to a 
found bone,but as neer as you can to the fr afture, fo 
that you take away as little of the skull as is poflible, 
1 left the brain defpoiled of its bony cover, take fomc 
| harm thereby. Neither effra&ures, noryetfilfures, if 
they be of fome length , muft be followed to their 
ends, but think your felf well,if you have made a paf- 
fage for the ilfuing forth of the Sanies or filth,& have 
drawn forth that bone,which pricked the membranes. 
For nature is accuftomed by generating a Callus to 
foulder, or unite the bones of the skid,as it alfo doth 
thefcof the other parts:as we have read it written by 
Hippocrates and Galen-, for which purpole it hath by 
lingular providence replenifted both the tables of the 
skull,with a.certain alimentary and bloody matter, 
that with this as with marrow it might repair the 
lofs and defeat of the bone, 
Uip.lib.devuln* 
atp.GalJibG- 
twtb.cap, nit. L I B.IO. 
IVomdsof each part. 
271 
The truth hereof was lately manifefted in the fervant of Mafter Grolo, who had an Effra- 
fture on thecoronall bone,by a grievous blow,given him with the foot of a iMule ; which 
when I underftood,! divided the mufculous skin with a three cornered fedion in that place, 
with an intent to apply a Trepan there; wherefore the day following, the bone being bo- 
red,and when I thought to draw it forth, yea verily endeavoured to pluck it forth, being 
already divided with the Trepan, I perceived afearefull production of an Effra&ure; by 
the moveablenefs of the bone ihaking under my hand; for it reached from the midft of the 
forehead,to the lelfer corner o f the eye. Wherefore omitting both my determination and 
endeavour to pull it forth,! thought I ihould do fufficiently for the patient,if I fhould on- 
ly raife up the bone which was depreft;for fo it did not trouble the Craffa meninx by pref- 
fing it,and the matter,and filth,were let forth by a paffage made with a faw\So that in con- 
clufion,he recovered perfe&ly,but that he loft one of his eyes which was adjoyning to the 
frafture. 
A Hiliory, 
CHAP. VII. 
Tppocrates calls a Seat that kind of Fra ft lire of the fcull,when tha weapon fo falls 
upon the fcull,that thefrafture retaining the print thereofjs neither ftretched 
forth any further, nor contrafted to any lefle (pace. 
And feeing there be many forms hereol,they all whether they fhall be fiiper- 
ficiary,or fhall pierce even to the Diploe,or elfe pafs through both the Tables, 
whether it be with any lofs of the bony fubftance,whether it run long waycs,or elfe be but 
fhort; or otherwife are dilated to fome breadth,or elfe be but narrow ; whether they fhall 
be done with a cut,or with a prick with a dagger, ftylctto, lance or other kind of weapon, 
whether they fhall have this or that accident joined with them,I fay all of them, how ma- 
ny and various foever they be, ought and muft be cured by fome of the formerly defcribed 
Inftruments and means.Yet this muft be noted, which as yet we have not remembred, that 
if it ha'ppen by a violent ftroak,& great wound,that a portion of the bone is wholly fo cut 
off, that it is clean fevered from the reft of the fcull, and hang only by the Pericranium and 
mufculous skinjyetyou muft not pluck it from the Pericranium, and caft it away as unpro- 
fitable, but reftore it to its proper feat and place, fb by the force of nature,to be glewed by 
hath obferved. 
I have tryed the truth of this experiment,in captain Hydron, not very long agoe.He had 
the middle part of the Os Coronate, of the bredth, and length of three fingers, fo cut with a 
fharp fword,that it ftuck not to the reft of the fcarfe adhering to the Pericranium 
and mufculous skinjbut lay turned down over his face, fo that the Dura Mater was plainly 
fee ns wherefore I prepared to pluck it from the skin, and caft it away,but that I remembred 
Hippocrates precept,where he bids,that the Brain fhould not be robbed of its cover and left 
bare. Wherefore firft of all I wiped away the blood which was fallen upon the Dura Mater, 
whole motion you might plainly fee, then I reftored the portion of the bone to its place, 
and faftned it on the upper fide with a future confifting of three flitches; and that the refi- 
due of the matter might havepaflage forth, I filled the places between each flitch with lint, 
by this means,he by the mercie of God recovered,though at the fame time he received many 
other large wounds in his body; which is a certain experiment, that we muft caft away no 
part of the fcull,nor of the Peri cranium,no not of the mufculous skin, unlefs neceflity urges 
therefore much lefs to leave the brain naked and defpoiled of its coverings. 
Of a Scat,being the fourth find of a broken Scull. 
What aSeat 
The cure. 
Lib, 8. cap, 4, 
A Hiftoty, 
Of a RefonituSjOr Counter-fiffure, being the fifth find of Frabiure. 
CHAP. VIII. 
Ometimes the fra&ure is made in the part oppofite to that which received the 
blowjas if the right fide be ftruck, the left is cloven j this kind of fra&ure is very 
dangerouSjbecaufe we cannot find it out by any certain fign, as it is written by 
Hippocrates Lib.de vuln.Capitis. Wherefore if at any time the patient dye of fuch a 
frafture,the Chirnrgeon muft be pardoned. 
And although Paulus jEpjneta laugh at this kind of frafture and thinks that it cannot 
happen to a mans head,asthat which is hard and full,as it happens in empty glafs bottles, 
yet I have fometimes feen and obferved it. 
Neitheris their reafon of any validity ,who th Mik nature therefore to haveframed the head 
of many bones knit together by futures,left the fra&ure of the one fide,Ihould be'ftretch- 
cd to the other. For peradventure this may take place,in fuch as have exprefs futures,feated 
and framed according to nature. But it takes no place in fuch as either want them, or have 
them not feated according to nature, or have them very clofeand fo defaced that it may 
Item one bone growne together of manyjThis (hall be made manifeft by recitall of the fol- 
lowing Hiftorie. 
Afervantof AMm the Pofbmafter had a grievous blow with a ftone, upon the right 
Brenna, 
What a Rcr/c* 
nina is*4 
Lib.6,cap 
In wlipmthis 
traduce may 
rake place in 
divers bones 
ofihefcull* 
A Hiflory., 272 
Of the Greene and Bloody 
Lib.10. 
which made but a fmall wound,yet a great contufion and Tumor. Wherefore that 
it might more plainly appear,whether the bone had received any harme, and alio that the 
(Congealed blood might be pre (fed for th,the wound was dilated, the skin being opened by 
y heodore Herein the Chirurgeon,who as he was a skilfull workman and an honeft manumit- 
ted nothing which Art might do for his cure. When he had divided the skin, the bone was 
found whole,although it was much to be feared,that it was broken, bccaufe he fell prefent- 
ly to the ground with the blow, vomited and (hewed other fignes of a faftured fcull ; fo it 
happened that he dyed on the one and twentieth day of his ficknes. But I being called to 
learn and fearch how he came by his death,dividing the foul with a faw,found in the part 
bppofite to the blow,a great quantity of Sanies or bloody matter, andanAbfcefs in the 
CraffameninXt, and alfo in the fubftance of the very brain, but no futures, but the t wo fcaly 
ones. Therefore that is certain which is now confirmed by the authority of Hippocrates i 
as alfo by rcafon and experience,that a blow may be received on the one fide, atad the bone 
may be fraftured on the oppofite,e(pecially in inch as have either no futures,or elfe fo firm- 
ly united and clofed,that they are fcarfe apparent. 
Neither is it abfurd,that the part,oppofite to that which received the ftroak ,of the fame 
bone and not of divers bones may be cloven,and in thofe men who have their fouls well 
made,and naturally diftinguifliedand compofed with futures 5 and this both was, and is, 
the true meaning of Hippocrates. That this may be the better underffood,we muft note that 
the oppofite part of the fame bone may be underftood two manner of wayes. Firft, when 
the frafture is in the fame furface of the fmitten bone,as if that part of one of the bones of 
the Bregma which is next to the Lambdall future be fmitten, and the other part next to the 
Coronall future be cloven.Secondly, when as not the fame fuperficies and table which re- 
ceives the biow,but that which lyes under it is cleft, which kind of fra&ure I obferved, 
-in a certain Gentleman a Horfinan of Captain Stempans troop He in defending the breach 
of the wall of the Caftle of Hifdin wasftruck with a Musket bullet upon the Bregmajbut had 
his helmet on his head ; the bullet dented in the helmet but did not break it, no nor the 
mufculous skin,nor fcull,for as much as could be difcerned,yet notwithftanding he died a- 
pople&ick upon the fixt day after. 
But 1 being verydefirous to know,what might be the true caufe of his death,dividing his 
fculljobfervcd that the fecond table was broken, and caft off foalesand fplinters, where- 
with as with needles theTubftance of the brain was continually pricked, the firft and upper 
table being whole, for all this:I afterwards (hewed the like example to Cap ell anus and Ca- 
ftelhnus the King and Queens chief Phy fitians in the expedition of Roane. 
But Hippocrates prefcribes no method of curing this fifth kind of frafture, by reafon he 
thinks it cannot be found out by any circumftance, whence it happens that it is for the 
moft part deadly : Yet muft we endeavour to have fome knowledg and conje&ure of fuch a 
frafture,ifit (hall at any rime happen. Wherefore having firft diligently (haven away the 
haire,we muft apply an Emplaifter of Pitch, Tar, Wax, Turpentine, the powder ofIrf ,or 
flower deluce roots,and maftiehjnow if any place of the head (hall appeare more moift,foft 
and iwoln, it is fomewhat likely that the bone is cleft in that place, fo that the Patient, 
though thinking of no fuch thing,is now and then fored to put his hand to that part of the 
fcull.Confirmed with thefe and other figns formerly mentioned, let him call a counfell of 
learned Phyfitiansjand foretell the danger to the Patients friends which are there prefent, 
that there may no occafion of calumnie remain,then let him boldly perforate the (cull 5 for 
that is far better,than forfake the Patient ready to yeeld to the greatnefs of the hidden dif- 
eafe, and fo confequently to dye within a (hort while after.There are fourt forts, or condi- 
tions of fractures,by which the Chirurgeon may be fo deceived,that when the foul! is bro- 
ken indeed,yet he may think there is no fra&ure. The firft is when the bone isfo deprefled, 
that it prefontly rifes up into its true place, and native equability. The fecond is when the 
fifltire is only capillary. The third is when the bone is (haken on the infide, the utter fur- 
face neverthclefs remaining whole, forafmnch as can be difccrned. The fourth is, when the 
bone is ftricken on the one fide and cleft on the other. 
The RefonitUi 
niay be in the 
fame bone of 
the fculL 
A Hiftory» 
WhyHfypocra* 
tes fetdowne 
no way to cure 
a Refold w. 
The manner 
to know when 
the fcull is fra* 
flured by a 
Refonitw, 
CHAP. IX. 
Of the Brain. 
Gahlii.i.de 
comp, medic ■ 
cap,6» &Com» 
adAph.18. 
fefl.7. 
Elides the mentioned kinds of frafturcs by which the brain alfo fuffers; there is 
another kind of affeft belides natureywhich alfo aflailcs it by the violent incur- 
lion of a caufe5inlike manner,exteniall; they call it the Commotion or lhaking 
of the brain,whence Symptomes like thofeof a broken fcull enltie. Falling from 
aloft upon a folid and hard body,dull and heavy blows,as with ftones,clubs, Haves,the re- 
port of a pcece of Ordnance, or crack of Thundetjand alfo a blow with ones hand. 
ThusasHzp/'ocrdtwtellSjthatbeautifull damofell the daughter of Neriuf, when die was 
twenty yeeres old,was fmitten by a woman,a friend of hers3playing with herewith her flat 
hand upon the fore part of the head,and then lhe was taken with a giddines, and lay with- 
out breathing,andwhen lhe came home, lhe fell prefently into a great Feavcr,her head 
aked, 
Epidem, Lib.io. 
Wounds'of each part. 
273 
aked, and her face grew red.Thc feventh day after there came forth fome two or three 
Ounces of flanking and bloody matter about her right eare, and ffie leemed fbmewhat 
betttr and to be at fomewhat moreeafe. The feaver encreafed again,and fbe fell into a hea- 
vy fleepinefs,and loft her fpeech,and the right fide of her face was drawn up,and (he breath- 
ed with difficulty,ffie hadalfo a convulfion and trembling;both her tongue failed her,and 
her eyes grew dull,on the ninth day lhe died.But you muft note, that though the head be 
armed with a helmet,yet by the violence of a blow,the Veines,and Arteries may be broken, 
not only thefe which pafs through the futures, but alfo thofe which'arc diiperfed be- 
tween the two tables in the Diploe, both that they might bind the Crafla meninx to the 
skull, that fo the brain might move more freely, as alfo that they might carry the alimen- 
tary juyce to the brain wanting marrow,that is, blood to nourifh it, as we have formerly 
fhewed in our Anatomic, 
But from hence proceeds the efflux of blood runnin g between the skull, and membranes, 
or elfe between the-membranes and brain ; the blood congealing there, caufeth vehement 
pain,and the eyes become blind,vomiting is caufed,the mouth of the ftomach fuflering to- 
gether with the brain, by reafon of the Nerves of the lixt conjugation, which run from the 
brain thither,and from thence are fpread over all the capacity of the ventricle; whence be- 
coming a partaker of the offence it contracts it felf,and is prefently as it were overturned; 
whence firft, thefe things that are contained therein are expelled-, and then fiich as may 
floWjOr come thither from the neighbouring and common parts, as the Liver and Gall; 
from all which choler, by reafon of its naturall levity and velocity, is firft expelled and 
that in greateft plenty ; and this is the true reafon of that vomiting, which is caufed and 
ufually followes upon fra&ures of the skull and concufflons of the brain. 
Within a fhort while after inflammation ieizes upon the membranes and brain it felf, 
which is caufed by corrupt and putrid blood proceeding from the vettels broken by the 
violence of the blow, and fo fpread over the lubftance of th e brain. Such inflammation 
communicated to the heart, and whole body by the continuation of the parts, caufes 
a feaver. But a feaver, by altering the brain caufes Doting; to which if ftupidity fuc- 
ceed, the Patient is in very ill cafe,according to that of Hippocrates'; Stupidity,and doting, 
are ill in a wound, or blow upon the head. But if to thefe evills, a fphacell, and corrupti- 
on of the brain enfue, together with a great difficulty of breathing, byreafonofthedi- 
fturbance of the Animall faculty,which from the braid imparts the power of moving to 
the mufcles of the Cheft, the inftruments of refpiration, then death muft neceflarily follow. 
A great part of thefe accidents appeared in King Henry of happy memory,a little before 
he dyed. He having fet in order the affaires of France, and entred into amitie with the 
neighbouring Princes, defirous to honour the marriages of his daughter,and fitter,with the 
famous and noble exercife of Tilting, and he himfelf runningdn the Tilt-yard, with a 
blunt lance received fo great a ftroak upon his brcft, that avith the violence of the blow, 
the vifour of his helmet flew up,and the trunchion of the broken Lance hit him above the 
left eye-brow,and the mufculous skin of the forehead was torn even to the letter corner of 
the left eye, many fplinters of the fame? trunchion being ftruck into the fiibftance of the 
fore mentioned eye,the bones being not touched or broken ; but the brain was fo moved 
and fliaken,that he dyed the eleaventh day after the hurt. His skull being opened after his 
death,there was a great deal of blood found between the Pwr<?,and Pia Mater, poured forth 
in the part oppofite to the blow,at the middle ofthe future of the hind part of the head; & 
there appeared figns by the native colour turned yellow, that the fubftancc of the brain 
was corrupted,as much as one might cover with ones thumb. Which things caufed the 
death of the moft Chriftian King, and not only the wounding of the eye, as many have 
falfly thought.For we have feen many others, who have not dyed of farre more grievous 
wounds in the eye. 
The hiftory oft he Lord Saint Johns is of late memory -.he in the Tilt-yard, made for that 
time before the Duke of Guifes houfe, was wounded with a fplinter of a broken Lance, of 
a fingers length and thicknefle, through the vifour of his Helmet,it entring into the Orbe 
under the eye,and piercing fome three fingers bredth deep into the head ; by my help and 
Gods favour he recovered,ValeranM and Kings Phyfitians and James the Kings 
Chirurgeon affifting me. 
What ffiall I fay of that great and very memorable wound of Francis of Loraine the Duke 
otGuife > He in tire fight ofthe City of Bologne had his head fo thruft through with a Lance, 
that the point entring under his right eye by his nofe,came out at his neck between his ear 
and the head or Iron being broken and left in by the violence ofthe ftroak, 
which ftuck there fo firmly,that it could not be drawn or plucked forth, without a pair of 
fmiths pincers.But although the ftrength and violence of the blow was fo great, that it 
could not be without a fra&urc of the bones,a tearing and breaking of the Nerves,Veines, 
Arteries and other parts;yet the generous Prince by the favour of God recovered. 
By which you may learn,that many dye of final 1 wounds; and other recover of great, 
yea,very large anddefperate ones. The caufe of which events is chiefly and primarily to be 
attributed to God, the author and preferver of mankind ;• but fecondarily to the 
variety 
The ♦effete of 
the brain bro- 
ken by rhe 
commotion 
thereof. 
Signes, 
Celfes. 
Thecaufcof -J 
vomiting 
when rhe head! 
is wounded, 
Apbt 
A Hiftoty* 
What was the 
neceffary caufe 
of the death of 
King Henry 
thefccondof 
France. 
A Hiiioryi 
Whyfofne die 
of final! 
wounds arid o« 
(hers recover 
g'catv 274 
Oftbe Greene and Bloody 
Lib.io. 
variety and condition of temperaments. And thus much of the commotion or concuffion of 
the brain;whereby it happens that although all the bone remains perfectly whole, yet fomc 
veins broken within by the ftroak,may cafe forth fome blood upon the membranes of the 
brain,which being there concrete may caufe great pain,by reafon whereof it blinds the eys; 
if fo be that the place can be found againft which the pain is,and when the skin is opened, 
the bone look pale,it muft prefently be cut out,as Cel\us hath written. Now it remains,that 
We tell you how to make your prognofticks,in all the forementioned frafturcs of the skul. 
Of to be made, in fraflures of the sku1J. 
CHAP. X. 
E muft not negleft any wounds in the head, no not thefe which cut or bruife but 
only the hairly fcalp; but certainly much lefs,thefe which are accompanied by a 
frafture in the skill l;ior oft-times all horrid fymp tomes follow upon them, and 
confequently death it felf,efpecially in bodies ful of ill humors,or of an ill habit, 
fiich as are thefe which are affcftcd with the Lae; wnered,leprofie,dropfie, Pthifick,confum- 
ption,for in thefe,fimplewounds are hardly or never cured;for union is the cure of wounds, 
but this is not performed,unlefs by the ftrength of nature, and fufficient (lore of laudable 
blood : but thofe which are lick of luftick leavers and confumptions, want (lore of blood, 
and thofe bodies which are replcat with ill humors, and of an ill habit,have no afflux or 
plenty of laudable blood: but all of them want the ftrength of nature;the reafon is almoft 
rhe fame in thofe alfo which are lately i ecovered of fomc difeafe. 
Thofe wounds which are bruifed are more difficult to cure, than thofe which are cut. 
When the skull is broken, then the continuity of the flefh lying over it muft neceflarily be 
I hurt and broken,unlefs it be in a Refonitus. The bones of children are more loft, thin, and 
replenifhed with a fanguine humidity,than thofe of old men, and therefore piorc fubjed to 
putrefa&ion ; Wherefore the wounds which happen to the bones of children, though of 
themfelves,and their own nature they may be more ealily healed,(bccaufe they are more foft, 
whereby it comes to pals, that they may be more eafily agglutinated, neither is there fit 
matter wanting for their agglutination by reafon of the plenty of blood laudable both in 
confidence and quality) than in old men,whofe bones are dryer and harder, and (b refift 
union,which comes by mixture,and their blood is ferous, and confequently a more unfit 
bond of unity and agglutination; yet oft-times through occafion of thefymptomes which 
follow upon them,that is,putrefaftion and corruption, which fooner arife in a hot and 
moift body, and are more fpeedily cncreafed in a foft and tender, they ufually are more 
fufpeftedand difficult to heal. 
The Patient lives longer of a deadly frafture in the skull,in Winter than in Summer,for 
that the native heat is more vigorous in that time than in this; befides,alfo the humors pu- 
trefie fooner in Summer,because unnaturall heat is then eafily inflamed and more predomi- 
nant,as many have obferved out of Hippocrates, 
The wounds of the brain and of the Meninges or membranes thereof are moft commonly 
deadly, because the action of the mufcles of the cheft,and others ierving for refpiration, is 
divers times difturbed and intercepted, whence death infucs. If a (welling happening upon 
a wound of the head prefently vanifh away,it is an ill fign,unlefs there be fomc good reafon 
therefore,as blood-letting,purging, or the ufe ofrefolvjng locall medicines, as may be ga- 
thered by Hippocrates in his Aphorifms. If a feaver infue prefently after the beginning of a 
wound of the head, that is, upon the fourth or feventh day, which ufually happens, you 
muft judg it to be occaiioned by the generating of Pus or Matter, as it is recited by Hippo- 
crates. Neither is fuch a feaver fo much to be fcared,as that which happens after the feventh 
day,in which time it ought to beterminated;but if it happen upon the tenth or fourteenth 
day with cold or (baking,it is dangerous,becaufe it makes us conjecture that there is putre- 
faftion in the brain,the Menings ,or skill,through which occafioniit may arife,chiefly if other 
figns (hall alfo concur, which may (hew any putrefaftion,as if the wound (hall be pallid and 
of a faint yellowiffi colour, as flefh looks after it is waffied. 
For,as it is in Hippocrates dphorif.2. fe&.y. It is an ill fign if the flefh look livid,when the 
bone is affeCtcd ; fortJ that colour portends the extinftion of the heat, through which oc- 
cafion,the lively,or indifferently red colour of the part,faints and dyes,and the flefh there- 
about is diflblved into a vifeid Pus or filth. 
Commonly another worfc affeft follows hereon,wherein the wound becoming wither- 
ed and dry,looks like faked flefh, fends forth no matter,is livid and black,whence you may 
con jedure, that the bone is corruptcd,efpecially if it become rough,whereas it was former- 
ly fmoothand plain; for it is made rough when Caries or corruption invades it; but as the 
Caries increafes,it becomes livid and black,fanious matter with all fweating out of the Di- 
p/oe,as I have obferved in many: all which are figns that the native heat is .decayed, and 
therefore death at hand; but if fuch a feaver be occafioned from an Eryftpelas which is either 
prefent or at hand,it is ufually lefs terrible. But you fhal 1 know by thefe figns,that the fea- 
ver is caufed by an Ery/ipelas and conflux of cholerick matter; if it keep the form of a Ter- 
tian 
Hip.dc iml,cdpt 
Whether the 
wounds of 
children,or old 
people are bef* 
icr co heal. 
Apb.15.jea. i. 
A^hQrt6<, 
Wounds which 
aredry/ough, 
livid and black 
arc cvlll. 
TheGgnsof a 
afeaver c*uf<d 
by an EryfipdM. Lib. io. 
VP)nnds of each part. 
275 
tian/if the fit take them with coldnefs and end in a fweat; if it be not terminated before 
the cholerick matter is either converted into Pus or elfe refolved;if the lips of the wound be 
fomcwhat fowln,as alfo all the face; if the eyes be red and fiery; if the neck and chaps be fo 
ftiffe,that he can fcarfe bend the one,or open the other;if there be great excefs of biting and 
pricking pain,and heat, and that far greater than in a Phlegmon. For fuch an Eryfaelous dif- 
pofition generated of thin and hot blood,chiefly aflails the face,and that for two caufes. 
The firft is,by rcafon of the naturall levity of the cholerick humor; the other becaule of 
the rarity of the skin of thefe parts. 
The cure of fuch an affect muft be performed by two means,that is,evacuation,and cool- 
ing with hume&ation. If choler alone, caufe this tumor,we muft ealily be induced to let 
bloodjbut we muft purge him with medicines evacuating choler. If it be an Eryfacias phlegm 
muft draw blood from the Cephalick vein of that fide, which is moft a fie ft c d, 
alwayesufing advifeofa Phyfitian.Having ufedthefegenerallmeans,youmuft apply refri- 
gerating and humefting things, fuch as are the juyce of Night-fisade, Houfleek, Purflane, 
Lettuce, Navell wort, Water Lentill, or Ducks-meat, Gourds; a liniment made of two 
handfuls of Sorrell boyled in fair water,then beaten or drawn through a f»arfe,with oynt- 
ment of Rofes,or fome unguent. Populeon added thereto,will be very commodious. Such and 
the like remedies muft be often and fo long renewed until 1 the Unnaturall heat be extin- 
guilhed.But we muft be carefull to abftain from all unftuous and oyly things, becaufe they 
may eafily be inflamed,and fo increafe the difeafe. Next we muft come to rcfblving medi- 
cines;but it is good when any thing comes from within, to without; but on the contrary 
it is ill,when it returns from without inwards, as experience and the Authority of Hippo- 
crates teftific:If when the bone fhall become purulent,puftules fhall break out on the tongue, 
by the dropping down of the acrid filth or matter by the boles of the palat upon the 
tongue,which lyes under. Now when this lymptom appears, few efcape. Alfo it is dead- 
ly when one becomes dumb and ftupid, that is,Apopleftick by a ftroak or wound on the 
head; for it is a fign that not only the bone,but alfo the brain it felf is hurt. But oft-times 
the hurt of the Brain proceeds fo far,that from corruption it turns to a Sphacell, in which 
cafe,they all have not only puftules on their tongues,but fome of them dye ftupid and mute, 
otherfome with a convuliion of the oppofite part;neither as yet have I obferved any which 
have dyed with either of thefe fymptomes,by reafon of a wound in the head,who have not 
hadthefubftance of their brain tainted with a Sphacell, as it hath appeared when their 
skulls have been opened after their death. 
Why an 
felas chiefly 
alfails the face# 
The cure of ara 
EryfipeliK on 
the face* 
Why oyly 
thing* muft 
not be ufed is 
an Eryfiptiat 
of ths face, A 
Aph'Zj'fell, 
Deadly Ggtw h£ 
wounds of the 
hea</. 
CHAP. XI. 
the brain is hurt b) a wound of the headjhere may follow a Convulfan of the oppofae fart. 
Any have to this day enquired, but as yet as far as I know it hath not been liiffici- 
ently explained,why a ccnvuliion in wounds of the head feizes on the part oppo- 
site to the blow. Therefore I have thought good to end that controverlie in this 
place. My reafon is this, that kind of Symptom happens in the found part by 
reafon ofemptinefs and drynefs; but there is a twofold caufe,and that wholly in the woun- 
ded part,of this emptinefs and drynefs of the found or oppolite part ;to wit, pain and the 
concourteof the fpirits and humors thither by the occaiion of the wound,and by reafon of 
the pains drawing and natures violently fending help to the afflicted part. 
The found part exhaufted by this means both of the fpirits and humors,ealily falls into' 
a Convulsion. 
For thus Galen writes; God the Creator of nature,hath fo knit together,the triple Ipiri- 
tuous fiibftance of our bodies, with that tye, and league of concord,by the productions of 
the paflages;to wit of Nerves,Veins,and Arteries,that if one of thefe forfake any part, the 
reft prefently negleft it,whereby it languilheth; and by little and little dyes, through de- 
feat of nourifhment. But if any objeCt that nature hath made the body double,for this pur- 
pofe,that when one part is hurt,the other remaining fafe and found,might fuffice for life 
andneceffity : but I lay,this axiom hath no truth in theveflels and paflages of the body. 
For it hath not every where doubled the veflels,for there is but one only vein, appointed 
for the nourifhment of the brain,and the membranes thereof, which is that they call the 
tforcular sby which when the left part is wounded , it may exhauft thenouriffiment of the 
right and found part,and though that occaiion caufe it to have a convullion,by too much 
drynefs; Verily it is true,that when in the oppolite parts,the mulcles of one kind are equal! 
in magnitude,ftrcngth,and number,the refolution of one part,makes the convulllqn of the 
other by accident;but it is not fo in the brain. 
For the two parts of the brain,the right and left, each by its felf performs that which 
belongs thereto,without the content, confpiration or commerce of the oppolite part; for 
otherwife it ffiould follow, that the Pallie properly fo called, that is of half the body, 
which happens by refolution,caufed either by mollification or obftruftion refiding irt 
either part of the brain,Ihould infer together with it a Convullion of the oppolite part. 
Which notwithftanding dayly experience convinces as falfc. Wherefore we muft certainly 
Accnvulfionis 
canted by dty- 
nefs. 
A twofold 
caufe of con- 
vtiltifick dry- 
RCf». 
ufit 
partium. 276 
Of Green and Bloody 
L IB. IO.' 
think, that in wounds of the head wherein the brain is hurt, that inanition and want of 
nourilhment are the caufes,that the found and oppofite part buffers a convulfion. 
Franck Falechampiw in his French Chirurgery renders another reafon of this queftion ; 
That,(faith he) the truth of this proportion may ftand firm and ratified,we muft fuppole, 
that the convulfion of the oppofite part, mentioned by Hippocrates, doth then only happen, 
when by reafon of the greatnefs ofthe inflammation in the hurt part of the brain, which 
hath already inferred corruption , and a Gangrene to the brain and membranes thereof, 
and within a fhort time is ready to caufe a fphacell in the skull,fo that the difeafe muft be 
terminated by death ; for in this defined ftate of the difeafe,and thefe conditions, the fenfe 
and motion muft neceflarily perifh in theaffefted part,as we fee it happens in other Gan- 
grens, through the extinction of the native heat. Befides,the paffages of the animall fpirit 
muft neceflarily be fo obftruded by the greatnefs of finch an inflammation or phlegmon, 
that it cannot flow from thence to the parts of the fame fide lying there under,and to the 
neighbouring parts of the brain 5 and if it fhouldflow thither 'r will be unprofitable to 
carry the ftrength and faculty of fenfe and motion,'as that w Jch is i n u ymd changed 
by admixture of putrid and Gangrenous vapours. Whereby r cometh to prfis, that the 
wounded part deftitute offenfe,is not ftirred upto expell that which would be ti-ouble- 
fometo it,if it had fen fie; wherefore neither are the Nerves then arifing fcilgd upon,or 
contrafted by a Convulfion. 
It furthermore comes to pafs,that becaufe thefe fame nerves aue deprived of the prefence 
and comfort of the animall fpirit,and in like manner the parts of the fame f ide, drawing 
from thence their fenfe and motion arepoffefled with a palfie ; for a palfie is caufed cither 
by the cutting or obftruCtion of a Nerve, or themadefaCtion,or mollification thereof by a 
thin and watry humor, or fo affected by fome vehement diftemper, that it cannot 
receive the Animall fpirit. 
But for the oppofite part and the convulfion thereof, it is known and granted by all, 
that a convulfion is caufed either by repletion which Ihortens the Nerves by diftending 
them into bredth,or by inanition,when as the native and primitive heat ofthe Nerves be- 
ing wafted, their proper fubftance becoming dry is wrinckled up and contracted 5 or elfe 
it proceeds from the vdlication,and acrimonie of fome vapour, or fanious and biting hu-; 
luor,or from vchemency of pain.So we have known the falling ficknefs caufcd by a yenc- 
nate exhalation carried from the foot to the brain. Alfo we know that a convulfion, is 
caufed in the punfture of the Nerves, when as any acrid and fanious humor is fhut up there- 
an,the orifice thereof being elofed ; but in wounds of the Nerves when any Nerve is half 
cutjthere happens a convulfion by the bitternefs of the pain. 
But verily in the oppofite part,there are manifeftly two of thefe caufes of a convulfion 5 
that is to fay,a putrid and carionlike vapour,exhaling from the hurt,and Gangrenate part 
ofthe brain;and alfo a virulent, acrid and biting Sanies,or filth, fwcatinginto the oppo- 
fite found part, from the affefted and Gangrenous; the malignity of which Sanies, Hipo- 
crates defirous to decipher, in reckoning up the deadly fignsofa wounded head, hatlntx- 
prefled it by the word Icbor-and in his book of fra&ures he hath called this humor Pacry- 
cdes etnon Pyow.fthat is,weeping and notd igeftedd] Therefore it is no marvail if the oppofite and 
found part endued With exquifite and perteft fenfe, and offended by the flowing thereto 
of both the vaporous and fanious matter,ufing its owne force,contcnd and labour as much 
as it can for the expul fion of that which is troublefome thereto. This labouring or con- 
cuffion is followed (as we fee in the falling ficknefs)by a convulfion,as that which is Un- 
dertaken in vain, death being now at hand; and nature over-ruled by the difeafe. Thus 
(faith muft we in my judgement determine of that propofition of Hippofra- 
tes and Ai'icen. . • ■ ' " 1 
• But he addes further,in wounds of the head, which are not deadly, praftitioners obferve 
that fometimes the hurt part is taken with the palfie,and the found with a convulfion ; o- 
therwhiles on the contrary,the wounded part is ftifed by a Convulfion and the found 
by a Palfie;otherwhiles both of them by a convulfion or Palfie, and fomewhiles the one of 
them by a convulfion or Palfie, the other being free from both affe&s ; the caufes of all 
which belong not to this place to explain. Thus much Mechampiiis. 
Opin ion of 
tyaletktHTipiifi 
CHAP. XII. 
A Conclujion of the deadly figns in the Wounds of the head. 
The fignes of 
a deadly 
wosnd from 
the depraved 
facq kies of the 
minde. 
Otv that we may returne to our former di (courfe ; you may certainly foretell the 
patient will dye;when his reafon and judgement being perverted, be lhall'talke 
idly;when his memory fails him ; when he cannot governs his tongue; when his 
fight growes dark and dim, his ears deaf, when he would caft himlelf headlong 
from his bed,or elfe lyes therein without any motion; when he hath a continuall leaver 
with a debris; when the tongue breaks out in puftles,when it is chopt,and become black, 
by reafon of too much dry nels;when : the wound grows dry, and caffs forth little or no 
mattcrrwhen as the colour of the wound which was formerly fnfb, it now become like 
b ' ■ ialtcd 
Froth habire, 
«f the body, ' L I B.IOt 
Woods' of each part. 
277 
faked fleffi yellow and pale;when the llrine,and other excrements fuppreft;when the palfie3convulli- 
on, apoplexie; and laftly3often (owning,with a fmall and Unequallpulfe,invade him. All inch figns 
fometimes appear prefently after the wound, otherwhiks lome few dayes after; therefore when as 
the brain is hurt and wounded by the violence of the incilion,or f]fliire,of the contiifion, compref- 
fion,punfture,cGncuflion,or any other frafture,the forenlentioned figns appear prefently in thefirft. 
dayes;but when they do not appear til many dayes after the blow,you may know that they rife and 
appear,by reafon of an inflammation and phlegmon in the brain , occafioned by the putrefaftion of 
the blond poured forth upon it. 
But we muft obfcrvethis by the way,which alfo belongs to the prognofticks3that flefh is eafily re- 
generated,and reftored in all parts of the head,except in that part of the forehead,which is a little a- 
bove that which lies between the eye-brows,fo that it will be ulcerated ever after,and muft be cover- 
ed with a Plaifter.l bekevethatin that place there is an internail cavity in the bone,lull of air,which 
goes to the live-like bones of the nofe,by which the growth of flefh may be hindered;or clfe that the 
bone is very denfe or compaft in that place,fo that there can fcarfe (Efficient juice fweat forth,which 
may fuffice for the regeneration of flefh; add hereunto a great conflux of excrements flowing to this 
ulcer,which ft >uld otherwife be evacuated by the eyes and note,which hinder by that means thedry- 
nefs of the ulcer,and confequently the healing thereof. 
Hence certainly it comes topafs,that it you defire the Patient thus affefted to breath,(hutting his 
mouth and nofe,the air or breath will come forth of the uleerwith fuch force,as it willeaiily blow 
forth a lighted candle of an indifferent bigrefs held thereto. Which thing I proteft, I obferved in a 
certain man,whom I was forced to trepan in that plav... by reafon rhe bone of the forehead was 
broken and deprefled. 
Frinh® 
time rhar 
fuc 1 figns 
appear. 
Celfint lib.fi, 
cap. 
CHAP. XIII. 
lit on the contrary thefe arefalutary figns,when the Patient hath no feaver,is in his right 
mind,is well at the application or taking of any thing,fleeps well,hath his belly foluble, 
the wound looks with a frelh and lively colour, calls forth digelled and laudable matter, 
the Cralja Meninx hath its motion free and no way hindred. 
let we mull note, which alfo is bbferved by the Ancients and confirmed by experience, that 
we mult think none pall danger,and free from all chance, untill the hundreth day be pall.Wherefore 1 
the Phyfitian ought fo long to have a care of his Patient, that is, to confider how he behaves and ' 
governs himlelf in meat, drink, Heep, venery and other things. * 
But let the Patient diligently avoid and Ihun cold,for many when they have been cured of wounds 
of the head,by careleis taking cold have been brought into danger of their lives. Alfo you mull know 
that the Callus whereby the bones of the skull are knit together,requires almoll the Ipace of forty or 
fifty dayes to its perfeft coagmentation and concretion.Though in very deed one cannot fet down a 
certain number of dayes,by reafon of the variety of bodies, or tempers : For it is fooner fin ished in 
young men,and more llowly in old; And thus much may ferve for prognofticks.Now will we treat as 
briefly and perfbicuoufly as we can of the cure both in generail and particular;wherefore beginning 
with the generail we will firll prelcribc a convenient diet by the moderate ufe of the fix things not 
naturall. 
Of jalutary figns in wounds of the head. 
When the 
Patients aie 
out of ('an- 
ger. 
The Patieht 
muft beware 
of cold, 
Of the genet all cure of a broken skull,and of the Symptomes ufualfy happening thereupon. 
. CHAP. X 1111. 
He firftcure muft be,to keep the Patient in a temperate air;and if fo be,that it be not fuch 
of it felf and its own proper nature,it muft be cor reft cd by Art. As in winter he muft 
have a clear fire rpade in his chamber, left the fmoak caufc fneefing and other accidents; 
and the windows and doors muft be kept fhut to hinder the approach of the cold air 
and wind. Allthetime the wound is kept open to be dreft, fome body {landing by 
{hall hold achafendifh fill of coals or a heated Iron bar over the wound,at fuch a diftance,that a mo- 
derate heat may pafs thence to the wound;and the frigidity of the encompafting air may be corrected 
by the breathing of the diffufed heat.For cold according to the opinion of hzppocratesy is an enemy 
to the Brain,Bones,Nerves,and fpinall marrow; it is alfo hurtfull to ulcers, by filpprefling their ex- 
crements, which {lipprcft do not only hinder fuppuration,but alfo by corrofion makes them finuous. 
Therefore Galen rightly admoniflieth us,to keep cold from thebrain,not only in the time oftrepan- 
ingjbut alfo aftcrwards.For there can be no greater,nor more certain harm befall the fractured skill* 
than by admitting the air,by fuch as areunskilfiill.For if the air fliould be hotter than the brain,then 
it could not thence be rcfrigeratedjbut if the brain fhould be laid open to the air,in the midft 
mer,when it is at the hotteft,yet would it be rcfrigerated;and'unle{s it w;ere relieved with hot things, 
take harm: this is the opinion of Galen, whereby you may underftand that many who have their 
skulls broken,dye more through default of skill in the curing,than by the greatnefs of the fra&ure. 
But (when the wound is bound up with the pledgets,cloths,and rowlers,as is fit) if the air chance 
to be more hot,than the Patient can well indure, let it be amended by {prinkling, and ftrawihg the 
chamber with cold water,oxycrate,thc branches of Willows and Vine.Ncither isit fufficient to (bun 
the too cold air,unlefs alfo you take heed of the over light,chiefly untill fuch time as the moft fear- 
ed and malign fymptomes are paft. 
For a too great light diftipates the fpirits, increases pain, ftrengthens the feaver and 
Hipocrates tvholly forbids wine,therefore the Patient inftead thereof muft drink Barly water, fair 
water boyled and tempered with Julep of Rofes, fyrnp of Violets,vinegar and the like:water wfiere- 
B b in 
Hew the 
air ought ro- 
be. 
dphor.i#. 
!:-li 5. 
I. ib. 2 . de 
Hfapart. 
cap, 2. 
The Air 
though in 
fu miner is 
colder thata 
the brain. 
The dif- 
commodi- 
ties of too 
oratch light* Of Green and 'Bloody 
Lib.io. 
278 
What his 
drink mu ft 
be. 
in bread crams have been fteepcd,water and liigar with a little juyce of Lemons/n pomcciti on ad- 
ded thereto,and fuch like as the ability and tafte of the Patient fhall require. Let him continue fuch 
drinks untill he be free from malign lymptoms, which ulually happen within fourteen dayes. 
His meat fhall be pap, ptifan,fhunning Almond milks;(tor Almonds are Laid to hl the head with 
. vapours and caufe pain)ftued damask Prunes,Raiions and currants,feafoned with lugar, and a little 
cinnamonfwhich hath a wondcrfull power to comfort the ftomach, and revive and exhilarate the 
(pints') Chickens,Pidgcons,Veal,Kid,Leverets,birds of the fields,Pheafons,black-birds,Turtles,Par- 
tridges,Thrufhes,Larks and fuch like meats of gooddigeftion, boiled with lettuce,purflam,Correll, 
borfge,buglofs,fuccory,endive and the like,are thought very convenient in this cale.If he defire at 
any time to feed on theie meats rolled, he may only dipping them in ver juice, m the acid juices of 
Oranges Citrons Lemons, or Poniegranats, fometimes in one, and fometimes in another, according 
to his tall and ability.If any have adefire to eat fifh, he muft mak choyce of Trouts,Gudgeons,Pikes 
and the like which live in running and clear waters,and not in muddy; he fhall elchew all cold Pal- 
lets and pulfe becaufe they fly up and trouble the head:it will be convenient after meat to life com- 
mon drid? powder,or Anifeed,Fennellfeed or Coriander comfits, alfo conferve ofRofcs,orMarmi- 
late of Quinces to (hut up the orifice of the Ventricle, left the head Ihould be offended with -vapours 
arifinf from thence. 
Children muft eat often,but fparingly;for children cannot faft fo long as thofe which are elder, 
, becanfe their naturall heat is more ftrong,wherefore they ftand in need of more nouriflimentjfoalfo 
in winter all forts of people require more plentifull nourifliment, for that then their ftomachs are 
more hot than in Summer. 
When the foureteenth day is paft,if neither a feaver, nor any thing elfeforbid,he may drink wine 
moderately,& by little and little,encreafe his diet,but that relpeftively to each ones nature,ftrength 
and cuftome.He fhall fhun,as much as in him lyes,fleep on the day time,unlefs it happen that a Pb/cg- 
, mon ftife upon the brain or MewzKgej.For in this cafe it will be expedient to fleep on the day time, e- 
fpecially from morning till noon,for in this feafon of the day, as alfo in the fpring blood is predo- 
5 minant in the body, according to the opinion of Hippocrates. For it is fo vulgarly known, that it 
need not be fpoken,that the blood when we arc awake is carried into the habit and furface of the 
body; but on the contrary by fleep it is called into the noble parts,the Heart and Liver.Wherefore if 
that the blood by the force of the Sun cafting his beams upon the earth at his riling iscarryed into 
- the habit of the body, fhould again be more and more diffufed by the ftrength & motion of watch- 
ing,the inflammation in the brain anti Meninges would be much encreafed.Wherefore it will be bet- 
ter, efpecially then to ftayby fleep the violence of the blood running into the habit of the body , 
when it (hall feem to rage and more violently to affeft that way. Watching muft in like manner be 
moderate; for too much depraves the temper of the brain and of the habit of the whole bodyjit cau- 
le fes crudities,pains and heavinefs of the head,and makes the wounds dry and maligne. 
But if the Patient cannot fleep by reafon of the vehemency of the inflammation of the brain and 
Meninges, Galen wifhes,to wafh, befmear and anoint the head, nofe, temples and ears with refrigera- 
ting and humefting things,for thefe ftupefie,and make drowlie the Brain and membranes thereof,be- 
ing more hot than they ought to be. Wherefore for thispurpofe let the temples be anointed with 
Vnguentumpopuleon,ovVnguentum Rojatum with a little rofe vinegar, or oxycratejlet a fpungc moiftened 
in the decoftion of white or black poppie feed,of the rinds of the roots of Mandrages, of the feeds of 
Henbane,lettuce,purflane,plantain, night-fhade and the like. He may alfo have a broath or, barly 
cream, into which you may put an emulfion made of the feeds of white Poppy, or let him have a 
potion made with | i,or 5 i p,of the fyrup of poppy,with J ij,of Lettuce waterjLet the Patient ufc 
thefe things q.houres after meat,to procure fleep. For fleep doth much help concoftion,1 it repdirs 
the efflux of the triple fubftancc caufed by watching a flwageth pain, refreffleth the weary, mitigates 
anger and forrow, reftores the depraved reafon, fo t hat for thefe it is abfolutely neceflary 
that the Patient take his naturall reft. 
If the Patient fhall be plethorick, let the plenitude be leflened by blood-letting, purging and a 
flender diet, according to the difertion of the Phyfitian who fhall overfee the cure. But we muft 
take heed of ftrong purgations,in thefe kinds of wounds,efpecially at the beginning, left the feaver, 
inflammation,pain,and other fuch like fymptoms be increafed by ftirring up the humors. 
Phlebotomy,according to Galens opinion, muft not only be made relpeftively to the plenty of 
bloodjbut alfo agreeable to the greatnefs of the prefent difeafe, or that which is to come,to divert, 
and draw back that humor which flows down, by a way contrary to that which is impaft in the 
part; and which muft be there evacuated,or drawn to the next. Wherefore for example,if the right 
fide of the head be wounded,the Cephalick vein of the right arm fhall be opened,unlefs a great Ple- 
thora or plenitude caufe us to open the Ra/iiica,or Median,yet if neither of them can be fitly opened, 
the Rafilica may be opened,although the body is not plethorick. The like courfe muft be obferved 
in wounds of the left fide ©f the headjfor that is far better by reafon of the ftraitnefs of the fibers, 
than to draw blood on the oppofite fidejin performance whereof you muft have diligent care of the 
ftrength of the Patient,ftill feeling his pulfe, unicfs a Phyfitian be prefent,to whole judgment you 
muft then commit all that bufinels. For the pulfe is, in Galens opinion, the certaineft fhewer of the 
ftrength. Wherefore we muft confider the changes and inequalities thereofjfor as foon as we find it 
to become lefler and more flow,when the forehead begins to a little, when he feels a pain at 
his heart,when he is taken with a defire to vomit,or go to ftool,or with yawning,and when he fhall 
change his colour and his lips look pale,then you muft flop the blood as fpeedily as you canjother- 
wife there will be danger left hepoure forth his life together with his blood. Then he muft be re- 
frefhed with bread fteeped in wine?andput into his mouth,and by rubbing his temples and noftrils 
with 
Almonds 
in create th< 
pain ofthe 
head- 
What fifli 
he may ear* 
Aphor. i 3. 
Cjr l4./eS» 
i. 
Apbor. i J. 
fell. 2. 
Why fleep 
upon the 
day time is 
good for 
the brain 
being in- 
flamed. 
Lib.z» Epi- 
dem. 
The dif- 
commodi- 
tics infiling 
immoderate 
Watching. 
Get I. Me th. 
iS. 
Medicinej 
procuring 
fleep. 
The com* 
modities of 
flecp- 
Liiht.meth. 
lib. de cur 
ferjangHinii 
<nifr. W<oundf of each part. 
Lib.io* 
279 
with ftrong vinegar, and by lying upon his back. But the part (hall be eafed and freed from fome 
portion of the impaft and conjunct humor by gently fcarifying the lips of the wound, or applying 
of Leeches. But it (hall be diverted,by opening thefe veins which are nigheft to the wounded part, 
as the Fenapupfaorthatin the midft of the forehead,or of the temples, or thefe which are under 
the tongue; befides alfo cupping-glafles (hall alfo be applyed to the (houlder fometimes, with fca- 
rification,fometimes without;neither muft ftrong,and long friftions,with courfe clothes, of all the 
whole body,the head excepted,be omitted during the whole time of the cure,for thefe will be avail- 
able though but for this;that is,to draw back and diftipate by infallible tranfpiration the vapours 
which otherwife would afcend into the head, which matters certainly in a body that lyes ftilland 
wants both the ufe and benefit of accuftomed exercife,are much incrcafed. 
But it (hall be made manifcft by this following and notable example, how powerfull blood-let- 
ting is to leflen and mitigate the inflammation of the Brain,or the membranes thereof in wounds of 
thehead.Iwaslately called into the fuburbs of Saint German, there to vifit a young man twenty- 
eight yeercs old, who lodged there in the houfe of lohn Martiall, at the fign of $aint Michael/. This 
young man,was one of the houfhold fervants of Mafter Doucador,the fteward of the Lady Admiral/ 
£rion.Hefell down headlong upon the left Bregma, upon a marble pavement, whence hereceived a 
contufed wound,without any frafture of the skull, and being he was of a fanguin temperature, by 
occaiion of this wound,a leaver tooke him on the (eaventh day with a continuall delirium and in- 
carnation of phlegmonous tumor of the wounded Bericranium.This fame tumor pofleffing his whole 
head and neck by continuation and (ymgathy of the parts,was grown to fuch a bignefs,that his vi- 
fage was fo much altered,that his friends knew him not 5 neither could he fpeak, heare, or (wallow 
any thing but what was very liquid. Which I obferving, although I knew,that the day pad, which 
was the eight day of his difeafe,he had fourefaucers of blood taken from him by Germaine Agace 
Barber-furgeon of the fame fuburbs ; yet confldering the integrity and conftancy of the ftrength of 
the Patient,! thought good to bleed him again ;wherefo re I drew from him fourteen faucers at that 
one time; when 1 came to him the day after,& faw that neither the feaver,nor any of the fore menti- 
oned (ymptomes were any whit remitted,or aflwaged,! forthwith took from him foure faucers more,' 
which in all made two and twenty;the day following when I had obferved, that the fymptomes 
tvere no whit leffened,! durft not prefume by my own only advice,to let him the fourth time blood 
as I delired.Wherefore I brought unto him,that nioft famous Phyfitian Do&or Violenegwho asfoon 
as he felt his pulfe, knowing by the vehemency thereof, the ftrength of the Patient, and moreover 
confldering the greatnefs of the inflammation & tumor which offered it felf to his fight,he bid me 
prefently take out my Lancet and open a vein. But I lingred on fct purpofe, and told him, that he 
had already twenty two faucers of blood taken from him.Then faidhe. Grant it befo, and though 
more have been drawn, yet muft we not therefore delift from our enterprife, efpecially feeing the 
two chieie Indications of blood-letting yet remain,that is,the greatnefs of the difeafe, and the con- 
ftant ftrength of the Patient. I being glad of this,tooke three faucers more of blood, he (landing by, 
and was ready to take more but that he wifhed me to defer it untill the after noon;Wherefore retur- 
ning after dinner I filled two faucers more,fo that in all, this young man to his great benefit, loft 
twenty (cavcn faucers of blood at five times,within the (pace of foure dayes. Now thcenluing night 
was very pleafing to him,the feaver left him about noon, the tumor grew much lefle, the heat of the 
inflammation was aflwaged in al parts,except in his eyelids,and the laps of his ears,which being ul- 
cerated caft forth a great quantity of Pw or matter. I have recited this hiftory purpofay, to take a- 
way the childifli feare which many have to draw blood in theconftant ftrength or the Patient, and 
that it might appear how fpecdy and certain a remedy it is in inflammations of the head and brain. 
Now to return from whence we digrefled, you muft note that nothing is fo hurtfull in fra&ures 
and wounds of the head,as venery ;not only at that time the difeafe is prelent, but alfo long after 
the cure thereof. For great plenty offpirits are contained in afmall quantity of feed, and the grea- 
teft part thereof flowes from the brain; hence therefore all the faculties, but chiefly the Animall,are 
refolvcd, whence I have divers times oblerved death to enfue in fmall wounds of the head, yea when 
they have been agglutinated and united,All paffions of the mind muft in like fort be avoided,becaufe 
they by contraction and diflipation of the fpirits caufe great trouble in the body and mind. Let a 
place be choftn for the Patient as far from noiie as can be,as from the ringing of bells, beatings and 
knockings of Smiths, Coopers, and Carpenters, and from high-wayes through which they u(e to 
drive Coaches;for noife encreafes pain,caufes a feaver,and brings many other fymptomes. 
1 remember when I was at Htfdin at the time that it was befieged by the forces of Charlei the fifth, 
that when the wall was beaten with the Cannon,the noife of the Ordnance caufed grievous torment 
to all thofe which were fick,but efpecially thofethat were wounded on their heads, fo that they 
would fay;that they thought at the difeharging of every Cannon that they were cruelly ftrucken 
with ftaves on that part which was wounded,and verily their wounds were fo angred herewith,' 
that they bled much,and by their pain and feavers encreafed, were forced with much (ighifig to 
breath their laft. Thus much may ferve to be fpoken of the cure in generail, now We will out of 
the monuments of the ancients,treat of the particular. 
The life of 
Fraftures* 
A Hiflory, 
The two 
chief Indi- 
cation s in 
blood-let- 
ting. 
Thedif-, 
commo ds- 
tie of vene- 
■7 in 
wounds 01 
the head. 
How ha-rt* 
full noyfe 
is to the 
fractures of 
the skull. 
A Hi Rory o' 
CHAP. XV. Of the particular cure of wounds of the headland of the mufculow skfn. 
Et us begin with a Ample wound,for whofe cure the Chirurgeon muft propofe one only Qf a 
fcope9to wit,Union;for unleffe the wound pierce to the skull, it is cured like other P|C woun£j 
wounds of the flefhy parts of our bodies. But if it be compound, as many wayes as it is of rhe fleftj 
I complicate,lo many indications fliew themlelves.In thefe the chieieft care muft be had of thc 
the more urgent order and caule, i 
Eb n 
Therefore Of Green and 
Lib.10. 
280 
Therefore if the wound fliall be tiniple and fuperficiary,then the haire muft firft be lhaven away, 
then a plaifter applyed made of the white of an egge, bole Armenick and Aloes.The following day 
you muft apply Emplaflrum de lanua or elfe de gratia Pez, untill the wound be perfeftly healed. But if 
it be deeper and penetrate even to the Chirurgeon (hall not do amifs, if at. the fecond 
dreffing he apply a digeftive medicine (as they call it) which may be made of Venice! urpentine, the 
yolks of eggeSjOyl of Rofes, and a little Saffron , and that f hall be ufed fo long,untill the wound 
co me to maturation;for then you muft add honey of Rofes and Barly floure to the digeftive. Hence 
muft we pafs to thefe medicines,into whole competition no oy ly or unftuous bodic enters, fuch as 
this; EkT.erebinth.veneta£i]Jyrupi rofar.% (S.Let them all be incorpora- 
ted and made into an unguent, which fliall be perfeftly regenerated, then it muft be cicatrized 
with this following powder. granatorum combuft. \an % j, Mifceantur Jimul & 
fiat pulvis : but if the wound be fo large that it require a future,it fliall have fo many flitches,with a 
needle, as need fliall feem to require. ■ I 
Whilft I was at Hz/Jz»,a certain fouldier,by falling of the earth whilft he undermined, had the 
Hairy fcalp fo prefled down even to the fo wholly feparated from the beginning of 
the hind part of his head,even to his forehead,that it hung over his face. I went about the cure in 
this manner; I firft waflit all the wound with wine, a little warmed, that fo I might walh away the 
congealed blood mixed with the earth; then I dryed it with a foft linnen cloth, and laid upon it 
Venice-Turpcntine mixed with a little Aqua-vita wherein I had diffolved fome Sanguis DraconisJAa- 
ftick aad Aloes;then I reftored the hanging skin to its former place, and there ftaied it with fome 
flitches,being neither too ftrait,nor too clofe together, for fear of pain and inflammation, (which 
two chiefly happen whilft the wound comes to fuppuration) but only as much as fliould lerve to 
flay it on every tide,and to keep forth the air,which by its entrance doth much harm to wounds:the 
lower tides of the wound,! filled with fomewhat long and broad tents,that the matter might have 
paflage forth.Then I applyed this following cataplafm to all the head, ft, farina hard. & fabarum an. 
| vi. olei rofatis aceti quantum ad formanpultis-, thi&hath a faculty to dry,cool, 
repell,-mitigate pain and inflammation and ftay bleeding. 
I did not let him blood,becaufe he had bled much,efpecially at certain arteries which were bro- 
t ken neer his temples; he being drefled after this manner grew well in a fliort time. But if the wound 
be made by the biting of a wild beaft,itmuft be handled after another manner, as fliall appear by 
this following hiftory. As many people on a time flood looking upon the Kings Lyons,who were 
kept in the Tilt-yard at Par is, for the delight of King Henry the fecond,and at his charges: it hap- ' 
pened that one of the fierceft of them broke the things wherein he was tyed, and leaping amongft 
the company,he with his paws threw to the ground a Girl of fome twelve yeers old,and taking her 
head in his mouth, with his teeth wounded the mufculous skin in many places , yet hurt not the 
skul. She fcarfe at length delivered by the Mafter of the Lyons from the jaws of Death and the Lyon, 
Was committed to the cure of Row I and Claret Chirurgeon ; who was there prefent by chance at the 
fame time; fome few dayes after,! was called to vitit her;flie was in a feaver,her head,flioulders,brefl, 
and all the places where the Lyon had fet his tecth,or nails,were fwoln,all the edges of the wound 
were livid,and did flow with a waterifh,acrid,virulent, cadaverous,dark green and {linking matter, 
fo that I could fcarfe indure the fmell thereof;flie was alfo oppreft with pricking, biting and very 
■5 great pain; which I obfernng,that old faying came into my mind , which is : That all wounds 
d made by the bitings of beafts,or of men alfo,do fomewhat participate of poyfon. Wherefore there 
muft principally great care be had of the venenate impreflion left in the wounds by the nails & teeth, - 
and therefore fuch things muft be applyed,as have power to overcome poyfon. Wherefore I icarified 
the lips of the wounds in divers places,and applyed Leeches to fuck out the venenate blood, and 
eafe the inflammation of the parts,then I made a Lotion of JEgyptiacum Treacle and Mithridate after 
the following manner. 
RcMithrid. Rtheriac. | ij, agyytio£. 5 diffolvantur omnia cum &Cardui ben. Let the 
. wounds be fomented and wafhed with it warm; betides alfo Treacle and Mithridate were put in all 
the medicines which were either applyed or put into the wound>and alfo of the fame with the con- 
ferees of Rofes and Buglofs diflblved in the water of Sorrell and. Carduus benediflits., potions Were 
made to {Lengthen the heart and vindicate it from malign vapors. 
For which purpofe alfo this following Epithema was applyed to the region of her heart.re- 
far.& nenuphar fcillitici alborum rub.pulver is sfpodii. 
foMithridatiijheriaca an. cordial, pulverijatorum p. zj, diflolve them all together, 
make an Epitheme and apply it to the heart with a fcarlet cloth or fpunge, and let it be often renu- 
cd. Verily flie dreft after this manner,and the former remedies but once ufed,pain,inflammation and 
all the malign fymptomes were much leflened; to conclude,fliee recovered,but lingred and was lean 
fome two years after,yet at length flie was perfeftly reftored to her health and former nature, By 
which you may underftand,that Ample wounds muft be handled after another manner, than thefe 
Which have any touch of poifon. 
>f But now that we may profecute the other affefts of the hairy fcalp ; fay that it is contufed with 
a blow without a wound,that which muft be firft and alwayes done, (that fo theaffcR may better 
" appear,and the remedies which are applyed may take more effeft)the hair muft be {haven away, and 
at the firft dreffing a repelling medicine applyed,fuch as this following Oxyrh odinum. R. ol.rof iij, 
album ovorum nu. nucum cypreffabalauft.alumin. j. Let them, be all incorpo- 
B rated,and make a medicine for the former ufe,or in ftead thereof you may apply the cataplafm pre- 
fcribed before confifting o£ F ar in a h or de i .fab arum., aceto & oleo rofdceo.But Rich medicines muft be often 
jxnued. When the pain and defluxion are appealed,we muft ufe difeufling medicines for diffipation of 
that 
A digeftive 
medicine. 
A fatcotick 
medicine. 
An Epulo- 
tick. 
A Hiftory. 
What 
things we 
nvtft ob- 
ferve in 
fewing* 
When we 
mu ft not let 
blood in 
wounds* 
A Hifiory* 
The bitings 
of man and 
beads are 
vcnenate. 
Therincall 
Me- 
dicines. 
A CsrdictU 
Epithetritt* 
The cure of 
the Hairy 
fcalp when 
it is coutu- 
fed. 
A repelling 
medicine. Wounds op each part. 
L1 B.io. 
281 
that humor which remains impafted in the partjRr Emplaftri de mucilagin.3ij.oxicrocei3& emp.de melilo- 
to3 chanum.& anethi3an.$fi.malaxentur ftmul etfiat emplaftrum ad ujum dictum. Such a fomentation 
willalfo be good.R wnz rub.hbAhj.lixivii.com.lib.ifnuces cuprefsi contufnu.x.pul.myrtillorum %j.rofar.rub< 
chamjem.mclil.an.M.faaluminis cyper arpmatici 
aH.jft.bulliant omnia make adecoftion to foment the grieved part. After fomewhat a long 
fomenting it5whereby it may the better difcufle,dry and exhauft the concrete humor , the headmuft 
be dryed and more difculling things applycd3 inch as the Cerate delci ibed by Vigo called de minio ; 
which hath an emollient and digeftive facultie in this form.R Olti 
pinguedinis vervecis boni tyathum unum3 bulliant omnia fimul baculo agi- 
tando3primum quidem lento igne.mox verb Incident iore3donec tota ma fa colorem nigrum veljubnigrum emtrahaf, 
adde in fine coSur# lerebinth.hbfpulver is maftich. %i].gum.elevii cerx' quantum jufficit3bulhant rurfus una 
ibuditione &fiat empl. molle. But if the humor be not thus difcufledAbut onely grow loft, then the tu- 
mor muft be quickly opened/or when the flefh is inflamed and putrefied through occafion of the 
contained humor,the bone under it putrefies alio by the contagion of the inflamation and the acri- 
mony of the matter falling upon the bone. When you have opened it, wafli away the filth of the ul- ' 
cerwith this following deterlive medicine.ft.fyrMpi ro[.& $.pul:ireos3aloes3 ma- * 
fiichis, an.Zfi. In Head hereof if there be great putrefa&iopj, oEgyptia either by it ' 
ielfe5or mixt with an equall quantity of Vnguentum apofiolorum may be put into the ulcer. When the 
ulcer is denied it will be time to ufe fcaYcotick and cicatrizing medicines. 
Adifeuf, 
fing Fo- 
njcnEqciolh:' 
Cer£tun& 
de Minie, 
Deterfive 
or clean- 
fi ng mcdk 
dae». 
CHAP. XVI. Of the particular cure of d fr allure or broken ftyll. 
Why the 
Pen'cntitf- 
um hath 
fuch ex. 
quit! re 
fenfc. 
F the fkull bebroken,fo that it be needfull to trepan it,or to elevate and lift itup,or fcrape 
it away, the mufculous skin being cut as we formerly noted, the Pericranium (hall be pluck- 
ed from the skull, as We faid before ; which becaufe it can hardly be done without great 
pain,by reafon of its exquifite ienfe and connexion with the membranes of the braine,wce 
muft labour to mitigate the paine for feare of inflammation and other accidents. Therefore the fir ft 
drcfiing ended & the corners of the wound drawn each from other ;at the fecond drafting put to the 
wound,a digeftive (as they terme it) made of the yolk of an egge,and oyle of Rofes, but you muft 
apply no humid thing to the bone,becaufe we defire to keep it found and whole.For Galens opini- 
on is, that bared bones muft not be touched with unftuous things 5 but rather on the contrary all 
dry things muft be applycd to them, which may confume the fuperfluous humidity. Therefore we 
muft lay fome lint and the cephalick powders which we fhall hereafter defcribe, upon the bone we 
intend to preferve,and muft have diligent care that it be not offended either by the ayre,or touch of 
humid medicines.You muft in Trepaning have a fpeciall care of the Crajfa meninx. For I have often 
cbferved a great quantity of blood to have flowed from fome broken veflell, which adhered to the 
focond Tablemeither muft weprefently and forthwith flay fuch bleeding, but foffer it to flow ac- 
cording to the plenitude and ftrength of the patient; for thus the feaver, and together therewith 
the reft of the fymptomes are diminifhed. For the opinion ofHippocratesfm every green wound it is 
good to caufe often bleeding, except in the thus the vehemency ofpain,inflamation and 
other accidents will be lefs troublefome; alfo it is not arnifle too for old ulcers to bleed much, for 
fo they are freed from the burden of the impact humors. When you think it hath bled fufficiently, 
it may be flanched with this following medicine defcribed by Galen* 
R f ulveris Aloes maftiches3 an.3jfi.albumina ovorum nu.ij. agitentur ftmul cum pills leporinis mi- 
nutim inc ifts.fi at me die amentum. When the bleeding is ftayed,you fhall for the aflwaging of pain, drop 
upon the Meninx fome Pigeons blood,yet warmc by opening a Vein under the wing,then it fhall be 
ftrewed over With this following powder,R draconlf an.lbj.Mifiejfiatpulyis 
fubtilis. Alfo you may make an irrigation with Rofe Vinegar, or fome repelling medicine; fuch as 
is a cataplafine exfarinis3& oleo ropceo.Which may be applyed untill the fourth day to affwage and 
mitigate pain. 
Vigoes Cerate will be of good ufe in this cafe,as that which in my opinion is moil fit for fraftures 
of the skull,becaufe it draws powerfully,refolves and dryes moderately, and by reafon of the fmell 
refrefhes theanimall fpirits,and ftrengthens the brain and membranes thereof,as you may edtfily per- 
ceive by things which enter into the compofition thereof. R Olei rof. Omph.reftme pini3gummi Elemi*, 
%ifi.pinguedinls vewecis caftrati fi.foliorum beton.caprifol.antbss an.Mj.dmmeniaci 3fi.gra- 
xorum tinttorum 3zdiquatapinguedineterenda terantur3 & ammoniacum fitnul cum aceto eliquetur, 
deinde bulliant omnia ftmul in lib. ij. vini boni3 lento igne ujque ad confumptionem vini, deinde- 
exprimantur; cum expretfione addantur terebinth. Ven. cer<e alba quantum fufficit3 fiat eerotuni mol- 
le ad uufrn pr<editfum.Alfo let the neck, and all the fpine of the back be anointed with a liniment, 
which hath force of mollifing the they fhould fufler convtilfionjfuch is this. 
R Rut^marrubii3rorifinar.ebulor [alvi<e3berb.paralyf.an. M.fi rad.Ireos3cyperi3 baccarum laurfan. |j. florum 
(bama.melil.typericfan.Mj.pifientur &macerentur omnia in vino alboper nobiem3deinde coquantur invafi duplici 
cum oleo lumbricorum3Uliorum3de terebinthina3axungije3anfiris ad conjunptionem wini3pofte<t 
colentur &incolatura aqu# vita cer# quantum fifiicitifidt linimentum fecundutn 
artem. 
But when the pain is aflwaged,we muft abftain from all foch un&uous things, left they make the 
wound become fordid and malign, and putrefie the adjacent and confequently the Crafia 
meninx and the integrity of all parts may be preserved by their like, arid fuch are dry things 
in a fraftureofthe skull. Wherefore all humid and oyly things muft be flmnned in the cure there- 
of,unlefs peradventure there fhal be fome need to mitigate pain & bring the humor to fuppuration. 
For according to Galenic are ofc forc'd for a time to omit the proper cure of the difeafe, fo to» 
B b 3 refift 
Gal.GjMth 
The bones 
are offen- 
ded wirhrhfi 
application 
of humid 
things, 
Lib,de nicety 
Gal.6, meth£ 
Vigoes Ceri- 
te good for 
a broken 
fkuli; 
A linimCfiC 
good a- 
gainll cun- 
'Gdl.4meibi 282 
Of Green and 'Bloody 
Lib.io. 
refift the fymptonies'; furthermore Hipocrates would have us riot to foment the skull,no not 
with wine,but if we do,to let it be but with very little.Fzd/w interprets that little to be,when there 
is fear of inflamation jfor wine if it be red,tart and aftringent,hath a reprelfing,refrigerating and dry- 
ing faculty:for otherwife all wine although it heats and dryes by its faculty,yet it a&ually humefts 
and cools,both which are very hurtfull in wounds of the head,or a fra&urcd skull, efpecially when 
the bone is barejfor from too much cooling of the brain there is fear of a convulfion, or fome other 
cvill fymptome. Wherefore let this be ratified,that is, We muft not ufe humid and un&uous medi- 
cines in wounds of the head, except for curing of an inflamation, or the mitigation of pain caufed 
thereby .Therefore let the bared skull be ftrewed with catagmatick and cephalick powders,(being fo 
called by the Ancients, forthat they are convenient and good in fraftures of the skull and the reft 
of the bones) for by their drynefs they confume the fuperfluous humidity, and by that means help 
nature in the feparating of the broken bones, and the regenerating of flefh. Such powders ufually 
conlift of fuch things as thefe enfuing.Th ussr ad ix Irides florent.farina Erwirfulvisdloes 
fanuw Gentianr.and generally all fuch fimples as have a dry- 
ing and an abftergent faculty without you muft not ufe thefe things before the pain,in- 
flamation and apoftumation be paftjthat is then,when the membranes muft be clenfed, the bones fca- 
led and the flelh generated.For the skul by how much it is the dryer,by fo much it requires and more 
e eafily endures more powerfull and dryer medicines than the Dura Mater or that which 
in quicknefs of fenfe comes far fhort of thefe two.Whercfore when you would apply the forementi- 
y oned cephalick powders to the'Men/Mger,they muft be aflbeiated and mixed with hony,iyrup of rofes 
o or of wormwood and fuch other like,that fo their too violently drying faculty may be allayed and 
tempered. 
CHAP. XVII. IFby we ufe Trepaning, in the Fractures of the Skull. 
How farre 
humid 
things are 
good for a 
fraflurcd 
skull* 
Why Ce- 
phalick or 
Caragma- 
tick pow- 
ders are 
good. . 
When to 
be ufed. 
How to be 
mixed 
when they 
are to be 
apply ed to 
tne Me- 
Kinoes. 
Here are four caufes of this remedy; The firft is, to raife up the depreft bones,and take forth 
their fragments,which prefs upon the Menin^er, or alfo upon the fubftanceof the brain. 
Thefecondis,that the&www or matter may be evacuated,denied, wafted,and dryed up, 
which by the breaking of any veffell is poured forth upon the Membranes, whereby they 
are, and not they only,but the brain alfo is in great danger of co eruption.The third is,for the fitter 
application of medicines,convenient for the wound and frafture.The fourth is,that fo we may have 
fomething whereby we may fupply the defeft of a Repelling Ligature, & fiich an one as may hinder 
defluxions 5 for fuch a Ligature cannot take > place here as it may in the other parts of the body,by 
reafon of the Sphaericall or Round figure of the head,which doth not eafily admit binding 5 & then 
the denfity and hardnefs of the interpofed skull is a means that the veflels ly i ng Jun de r it(by which 
ufually the defluxion comes)cannot eafily be bound with arowler fufficiently to repell the running 
blood. And the cxternall veflels, (to whom the force of the Ligature >may come) cannot be bound 
without great pain, and danger of inflamation. For by fuch a compreffion the pulfation of the 
Arteries would be intercepted, and the efflux of the fuliginous excrements which ufeth to pafs 
through the futures of the skull, would be foppreft,by reafon of the conftrifton of thefe futures. 
Thefhapeofthislnftrumcntis not much different from a Gimblct,but that the point is three- 
fquare, and not twined like a fcrew ; as you may perceive, by this following figure. 
A Gimblet or piercer to perforate the before the fitting »oftbeTrepan. 
Why a re- 
pelling Li> 
gature 
cannot be 
ufed in fra- 
flures of 
the skull#. 
Befides alfb,the blood would thus be forced from 
the wounded part without, to within into the Mem- 
branes and Brain; when pain,inflammation, a Fea- 
ver,Abfcels, Convulfion, Palfie, Apoplexie,and laft- 
ly, death it felf would infue. 
And thefe are the chief caufes, tha£ Trepaning is 
ncceflary in fra&ures of the skull, and not fo in the 
fraftures of other bones. 
But before you apply or put to your Trepan, the 
Patient muft be fitly placed or ieated, and a double 
cloth muft be many times wrapped about his head, 
and then his head muft be fo laid, or prefled upon a 
Cuftiion or pillow,that when you come to your o- 
peration, it may not fink down any further,but re- 
main firm and ftedy. Then you muft ftop the Pati- 
ents ears with Cot ten-wool I, that fo he may not 
hear the noife made by the Trepan or any other In- 
ftrument. 
But before you put to your Trepan,the bone muft 
be pierced with an Inftrument,having a three fquare 
point, that fo it may be the more fpeedily and cer- 
tainly perforated. The point thereof muft be no 
bigger then the pin of a Trepan, that fo the Tre- 
pan which is forthwith to be applyed may ftand 
the more firmer, and not play to and again in too 
wide a hole. 
How the 
patient 
muft be 
placed 
when you 
Trepan 
liiffl. 
What to be 
done before 
the applica- 
tion of the 
Trepan. 
Skews the bandlf* B. The points which befaewed and fitted inn tie handle, 
CHAP. Lib.io. 
oundt of each part. 
283 
C H A P. X V 111. A Defcription of Trepans. 
Repans are round faws, which cut the bone circularly, more or Ids according rcrthej. 
83 greatncfs jthey muft have a pin ftanding in the middle a little further out than their tcetl* 
gg jgH 10 to a? hold taft die Trepan that it ftir neither to this fide nor that,until it be cn 
tred and you have cut through the firft table at the teaft: then you muft take forth the pin 
left going quite through the bone,it may prick or hurt the Craffa Meninxi Wherefore when yot 
have*taken forth the pin, you may fafely turn it about untill you have cut through both the 
tables j Your Trepans muftalfo have a cap,or fomewhat to ingirt or incompafs them, left no way 
hindred they cut more of the bone than we would,and in conclufion run into the Atawc.They muft 
alfobe anointed with oyl,that fo they may cut the more readily andgently;for thus Carpenters ufe 
to greafe their faws. But you muft,during the time of the operation3often dip them in cold water 
left the bone by attrition become too hot: for all hard folid bodies by quick and often turning a- 
bout,become hot jbut the bone made more hot and dry,is altered and changeth its nature,fo that af- 
ter it is cut,morc of it fcales and falls away. Now you muft know that the bone,which is touched 
with the Trepan,or the Air,alwayes cafts off fcales,for the fpeedier helping forwards whereof, you 
muft ftrew upon it powders made of Rocket,Briony,wild Couctimber & Ariftolochia roots.When the 
bone is fufficiently fcalcd,let this following powder be put upon it,which hath a faculty to cover : 
the bone with flefh,and and to harden it with dry nefs convenient to its kind. & Pulver. Ireos Ifyrica 
Aloesy an. j. Flefh being by this means generated, let it be cicatrized 
by ftrewingupon it the rinds of Pomegranatsand Alum burnt. 
Neither fliall the Chirurgeon forcibly takeaway theft fcales,but commit that whole Work to na- 
ture, which uftth not to caft them off before that it hath generated flefh under them. For o- 
therwift if he do any thing rafhly,he brings new corruption to the bone5 as wc fhall more at large 
declare,when we come to treat of Caries or rottennefs of bones. 6 
He which uftth the Trepan,muft confider this,that the head is of a round figure,and alfo the Tre- 
pan cuts circularly,and therefore it is unpoflible to cut the bone fo equally on every fide,as if it were ■ 
performed upon a plain body. Furthermore the thicknefs of the skull is not alike in all places 
wherefore you muft look, and mark whether the Trepan go not more deep on one fide than on the 
other,which you may do by meafuring it now and then With a pin or needle, and if yee find that it 
is cut deeper on one fide,than on the other,you muft prefs down the Trepan more powerfully upon 
the oppofite part. 
But feeing there are many forts of Trepans invented and exprefled by many men,yet if you weigh 
and rightly confider them all,you fhall find none more fafc,than that I invented and have here deli- 
neated.For it cannot pierce one jot further into the skull,than he pleafti that ufts it, and therefore 
it cannot hurt either the Meninges or the Brain. An Iron head or cover ftayes it as a bar,that it can 
penetrate no further than you fhall think it requifite. This head or cover is to be drawn up and 
down,and ftt higher and lower,as he which ufts it fhall think good, and fo k will flay the Trepan 
that it fhall not goe a hairs bredth beyond your intended depth. So that henceforwards there fhall 
be no Chirurgeon,howfoever ignorant in the performance of his Art, which by the benefit of fuch 
a Trepan may not perform this operation without any danger or fear of danger of couching the P««* 
ra Mater9thc hurting whereof puts the life in jeopardy. 
Theharoj 
rhe bone 
receives by 
being bea- 
red with 
(he T repani 
Wha-r things 
hallen the 
fading of 
rhe bone* 
Thebone 
muft not be 
forcibly 
fcaled* 
A caution in 
Trepaning. 
Afafcand 
convenient 
Trepan, 
The figure °f°"r Trepan opened and The figure of the fame Trepan fitted and put together, 
taipn in pieces. 
A.Shews the whole handle or Brace of tfe 
Trepan. 
'B. The Cover or Cap of the Trepan, 
C. The ferule. 
D. The [crew pins which hold and ftty 
the ferule and Trepan. 
fc.The Trepan without his pin, 
F. The Trepanfurnifbed with its pin, 
A.Shews the Brace and Trepan fitted in 
every paint. 
1 B. The place into which the Trepan is put 
and fitted. 
C. upper end of the trepan which, 
is to befitted and put into the Brain, 
D. The Trepan with its ewer or cap up* 
on it. 
E. The ferule, 
F. A [crew pin by the twining whereof the 
Trepan is fafiened in the Brace. 
G. Another [crew pin which faftenj the 
ferule clofer to the Trepan, 
three [quare point, 284 
Of Green 
Lib. 10. 
In Head of the other Trepan fet forth by the Author,! have thought fit to give you the figure of 
that Trepan that is heremoft in ufe,and the fitteft therefore,as it is fet forth by Mr.-Dottor Crook. 
r TerebeHum c; Gimbletcctip/lmg op three brar.chei, 
A cutting Scraper. 
All thefe particulars of the Trepan taken in funder, you may fee united and fitted together in 
the other figure.But when you cannot bring out the bone which you have cut off with yourTre- 
pan,then you may take it forth with the Cerebellum or Gimblct here expreft, that is, (crewing the 
point thereof into the hole made by the threefquare pin ; the handle of this Inftrument may alto 
ferve in head of a Levatory. When with the Gimblct you have drawn or taken forth that part of 
the skull which was cut away by the Trepan; if there fhall be any fharp fplinters in the ffcond table., 
which may hurt and prick the Meninx3 when it is heaved up by the motion of the brain, they muft 
be fhaved away and planed with this Lentill falhioned ffraper, being to called, becauff it hath the 
head thereof falhioned and fmooth like a Lentill,left being lharpe it fhoUld hurt and prick the mem- 
brane in the finoothing thereof. 
But if by reafon of the thicknefs,the skull cannot be cut with this Lentill-like ffraper, you may 
ufe the cutting ferapers and a Mallet.The mallet muft be of lead, that fo it may (hake the brain as 
little as may be.But you muft diligently with your mullets take forth the fharp fplinters, and pee- 
ces of the bone.But if the fradtured part of the skuI be fuch,that it will not admit that feftion which 
is requifitefor the bared bone,as when the feature is upon the temporall muffle,or at the futures; 
then in the ftead of one Trepan,two or three muft be applycd,ifthe neceflity of the preffnt caff fo 
require,and that within a very fmall compafs; but they muft not be applyed to the fraftureed part, 
but nigh thereto,as we fhall fhew more at large in the following chapter. But the Trepans fhall 
be applyed fb neer to each other,that the ring of the fecond may be joyned with the ring of the firft 
and third.But if a frafture fhall happen to light upon a future,then you muft not apply a Trepan 
to it,but ufe two thereto on each fide;he that fhall do otherwifc,fhall tear in hinder the nervous and 
membranous fibers,andalfo the veins and arteries by which the Dura Mater is faftened to the skull, 
and yeclds matter to the Pericranium.lte which fhall apply one Trepan,that is,but upon one fide of 
the future,he fhall not be able to get forth all the fanies which is fallen down on both fides by rea- 
fon of the partition of the Craffa Meninx, which lies bctween,and rifes up by the future of the skull. 
To conclude,when for what caufe foever we cannot make ufe of a Trepan,we may imploy this in- 
ftrument, if fo be as much of the bone be bared as is needfull.lt is made in form ofa pair of Com- 
pafles, and by means ofa fcrew may be opened more or lefs as you pleafe. You as need fhall require 
may change the points,and put other into their places,for they may be fitted to one fide of thecom- 
pafs with a fcrew. 
The ufe of 
a Leaden 
Mallet. 
Why a 
Trepan 
nwft not be 
applyed to 
the futures. 
Why two 
Trepans 
are to be 
ufed to a 
fraflurcd 
future* 
Apair of cutting Compaffes to cut forth the skull. 
A. Shews the one leg of 
the cutting compares , 
which as you carry it a- 
lout cnts the skull. 
B. The fcrew which fa- 
fiens the point to the leg 
of the compares. 
C. different paints 
which may be fcrewed to 
the leg of the compajjes* 
as need- fball require. 
D. A great fcrew which 
fafiens upon an Iron 
firing3alongft which the 
one of the legs of the com- 
pafs runningynay be wi- 
dened & firaitned as you 
pleafe. 
More- 285 
Lib.IO. 
IFounds of each part 
A crooked Iron Plate fit to (ufiainand hold fteddj one leg of the comp afs upon the head. 
Moreover it is 
fit that the one 
leg of luch cut- 
ting compafles 
Ihould ftand firm 
and fteddy3whilft 
the other is 
drawn circularly 
to cut .Wherefore 
it is fit you have 
an Iron plate 
made full of little 
holes, wherein 
you may firmly 
flay that leg of 
the compafs, left 
it waver again ft 
your will; it is 
requifite that this 
plate be crooked, 
(becaule the head 
is round) that fa 
it may be fitted 
to any part there® 
of. 
'Another pair of Ceirpafies of the like nature and ufe,whicb may bs widened andfiraitnedty afcrew. 
CHAP. XIX. Of the flaces of thefkull whereto y on may not aply a Trefan. 
Irft of all,you (hall not apply a Trepan, to a bone that is fo broken that it is wholly,or in ' 
the greater part thereof divided from the skull by the violence of the ftroak, left by your 
weight & prefling of the trepan,you force it down upon the membrane.Secondly,you muft e< 
not apply one to the fra&ured Sutures, for the reafons mentioned in the former chapter. sJ 
Thirdly ,nor to that part of the forehead which is a little above the eye-browes, for thefe reafons ni 
■we gave you before in the twelfth chapter.For there is in that place under the firft table of the skull p 
it felfe,a large cavity replenilhed with a certain white and tough humor, as alfo with a certain fpi- 
rituous and ayrie fubftance,placed thereby nature,to prepare the aire which afcends to the brain by 
the Noftrifis : unleflethe Chirurgeon obferve and be mindfull hereof, he may be deceived, fuppo- tj 
fing this cavity to be an Etfrafture of the bone and a depreflion thereof. Fourthly,neither in the h 
loweft parts of the skull,left the marrowy fubftance of the Brain,by reafon of its weight,fhould Aide 
through the hole made by the Trepan. Fifthly,neithcr to ,the Bregma bones of Children, as thole 
which as yet have not acquired juft folidity,to endure the impreflion of a Trepan.Sixtly,nor to the 1 
temples by reafon of theTemporall mufcle,the cutting whereof in the opinion of Hipocrates caufes 
convulfion of the oppofite part.For being cut athwart it lofts its proper aftion,that is,to move and 
lift up the lower Jaw ; but then the oppofite Temporall mufcle being whole and perfeft,ufing its 
ftrength,( his antagonift differing it,and not refilling or labouring any thing at al to the contrary J 
it draws the fame law to it,whereupon the mouth and all the parts of the face are drawn awry,and 
iuffer a Convulfion towards the',found part, the other being refolved according to Hippocrates his y 
rule. For as often as themufcles of one kind are eq113.ll in number,magnitude and ftrength on each c 
fide,the refolution of the one part,caufts the Convulfion of the other. 
Neither doth this danger alone arife from the cutting of the Temporall mufcle,but alfo another,' 
which is,that this mufcle when we eat and fpeak,is in perpetuall motion,whereby it comes to pals, c 
that being once cut it. is fcarft ever united again,befides alfo the commifliire or joyning together of £ 
the ftony bones lye under it. But by the fecond caution we are forbid to trepan upon the futures 5 tl 
moreover alfo many vein$,arteries and nerves are fpred over the fubftance thereof, fo that by jcut- r; 
ting is danger of many and malign fymptomes,as pain, inflamation,a feaver,a convul- 
fion not only of the part it felf,but allb of the whole body,whcnce laftly death infues. Wherefore let 
no Chirurgeon be fo fool hardy,as to attempt the cutting of <this mufcle lb to trepan the bone 
which lies under let him apply his Trepan above it,or on the fide thereof,or as neer to the 
affected part as he can,as I did in a Gentleman called Monjteur dela Bretefcbe.He in the triumphant en- 
trance of King Henry the fecond,into the City of Par if 2 was fo hurt with a ftone,that the Os Petrojum 
or fcaly bone,was broken with the violence of the blow, and the temporall mufcle was vehemently 
contufed,yet without any wound.I being called the next dayfviewing the manner of the hurt,&the 
condition of the wounded part) thought good to bring fome Phyfitians,and Chirargeons with me 
to conlult hereof,of whom when fome thought it expedient prefently to divide the temporal mufcle 
that baring the bone we might apply a Trepan,and lb take forth the broken bones : I on the con- 
trary ,begun earneftly to withftand that opinion,citing that faying ofHzppocrates>ex libro de vulnevi-* 
ri/w Opz'bf, wherein Chirurgeon s are forbidden to cut fuch mufcles, for fear of the forementioned 
fymptomesj alfo I cited experience,how that I had often obferved all thofc which had this mufcle 
cut 
A bone a£ 
moft fever- 
ed from the 
skull mu ft 
not be tre- 
parjed* 
A notable 
cavity in 
the fore- 
: head bone» 
L'ib. de VW* 
Arule out 
ofHippo- 
crates. 
What dif- 
commodi'. 
-tiesatife 
from cutting 
the tempo- 
ral! mufclc®. 
A Riftor/, 286 
Of Green and Floody 
Lib. 10. 
cut,dyed with a convuliionjbut that it ihould be far better, that neer above the fradure the bone 
fhouldbetrepaned, not touching the Temporall mufcle at all if he could. When all of them at the 
laft had inclined to my opinion, I prefently divided the mufculous skin which was over the upper 
part of the frafturc with a three cornered feftion : the day following which was the third of his 
difeafe,! trepaned him, and after I haddone,fbme few dayes after,I took out lome foui fplinters of 
the broken bonejand I put in a plain leaden pipe,by which(I wifhing the Patient ever when I dreft 
him to hold down his head,to Hop his mouth and his nofe,and then drive as much as in him lay to 
put. forth his breath)much famous matter came forth,which was gathered between the skull and 
filth which ftuck more faft, I wafhed out with a detergent deco&ion, injeded 
with fuch a fyringe as is here expreftj And I didfo much, God blefhng my indeavours,that at length 
he recovered. 
A little fyringefit to make injections vmhall. 
A plaine leaden pipe for to carry forth tbe banies 
gathered under the skull. 
A hiftory. 
The like chance and fortune befell Mon/zewr de Pienne at the liege of Mets. For he as he fought at 
the bieach of the wall,had the bone of his Temples broken with a ftone ftruck out of the adjacent 
wall,by a pecce of Ordinance (hot from the Emperours campe,he prefent ly fel down with the blow 
and caft blood out of his mouth,noleand ears, with much vomiting,and remained dumb and as it 
were fenflefs almoft fourteen dayes, fo that he knew none of the by-ftanders. He had often palpita- 
tions ; and convulfive twitchings,and his face was fwoln. His forehead bone was trepaned at the 
fide of the temporall mulcle by the hand of Peter Aubert the Kings Chirurgeon : and although on 
the 25 .day,foft flelh endued with exquifite fenfe grew out of the hole made with the Trepan, whofe 
growth could not be hindered by Oathasretick ponders,yet at the leng th he recovered. The Anci- 
ents called this kind of growing flelh a Fungus p.a Mulhrome] forthat it is foft, and grows with a 
(mall root and broad top like a mulhrome:butit increafes and decreales,according to the plenty of 
the flowing matter, and induftry of the Chirurgeon hindering by art the growth thereof. This 
flelh ftinks exceedingly,they commonly call itFicwfantti Fiacrii fz.the fig of S. Fztfcrye.jThis difeafe 
commonly hath its original after this manner.Even as in the bodies of trees from the excrements of 
nourilhment,a certain half putrid,grofs and vifeous humor fweats through the bark, and gathered 
together by little and little grows into a Mu(brom,fo blood melancholy both in temper and con- 
fluence,fprings from the broken veflells of the skull and Cra/a alfo is fent fometimes 
by nature for the neceflary repairing of the flelh in thefe parts, whereupon a certain fungus breeds, 
which in Grfew opinion,favors or partakes of the nature & conditionof the parts to which it grows 
though in generail it be of the nature of malign warts, or excrefcences. But for to take away fuch 
F«flgz,you muft apply medicines which have a fpecifick faculty to waft fuperfluous flelh} fuch are thefo 
which ftrongly dryland gently waft and eat,fuch as this which follows.R Sabina 3 
jenturfonul.) ajpergatur caro excrejcens. Or elle R Hermodactylorum combuftorum make a ponder for the 
rUtr this fungous flelh come to fuch growth,(as it often happens}as to equall 
the bignefs of an egg, it muft be tied and ftrait twitched, clofe to the root with a filken thredjand 
when it fhall fall away by reafon of this binding,the place muft be ftrewed with the forementioned 
pouders, for fo it will be more certainly cured,than with more acrid cathsreticks. 
The gene, 
ration of a 
Fungws. 
C H P. X X. Of the corruption and Caries, or rottenness of the bones of the Head. 
-{ere fometimes follows a corruption and Sphacell of the fra&ured bones of the skull upon 
wounds of the head; which happens either becaufe they are touched by the air,which they 
are not fenfible of; or for that the Sanies putrefying and detained under them,hath infeft- 
ed them with like putrefaftion;or by the cure unskilfully handled,they by the rafh appli- 
cation of liippurating and oyly medicines becoming more moift,and Id undergoing an unnaturall 
change of their proper complexion and native temperas we (hall fhew more at large, when we fhall 
treat of the reafon of the Caries in the Lues venerea.We fhall know this unnaturall change and cor- 
ruption,partly by fight,that is, when from white they become to be yellowifh,livid and black;part- 
lyalfo by putting down a Probe,when as it meets with nothing fmooth and flippery, but feels 
rough in manyplaces,and befides alfo when it enters and eafily penetrates with a fmall thrufting 
down into their fubftance,as if it were fungous. Yet this laft fign may often deceive you,for I have 
come fo ha.d'ltPff°"en bon"',wh'ch being bare had long fu ffcred the injury of the air, to be- 
come lo haid that a Trepan would fcarfe pierce them; for it is putrid humidity which makesthe 
ones foft and fungousjbut the air by drying them exbaufts this humidity, and laftly dryes it 
whence follows luch contumacious harndefs.This fign will befarmorecermin ifthefleft whichh 
grown upon the bone be more foft than is fit,loofe and have little or no fenfe of feeling You may 
thepowdm ™AUes'Gentian t71'f fb°ne Wkh aS WeI1 aftualtas potendall,or with 
nepowcieis of Aloes, Gentian,^rz/ioZocbzd,centaury, cortex pini3 as R, radic.Ireos Flor, arifto'ochH an 
rapted fXKdh But if it be much cor- 
c probe, 
Why when 
the skull is 
broken the 
bones fome- 
times be- 
come foul or 
rotten. 
The figns of 
foulnefs of 
the bone. 
Corrupt 
bones are 
fometimcs 
hard. Lib.10, 
Wounds of each parti 
287 
probe.that fo they may more eafily fcaleand with lefs trouble to nature.But note by the way, that 
the dealing of the bone which hath invironed the Trepan,is commonly performed in the (pace of 
foity or fifty daycs.So long alfo will that caufed by the unufuall appulfe or touch of the air,or ap- 
plication of a cautery,or the afperfion of the Cephalick ponders ; bclides alfo in the fame number of 
dayesbroken bones may be united and joyned together by a Callup which is to them as -a fear, yet 
fometimes fooner,fbmewhilee later, according to the variety of the ages,tempers and habits of di- 
vers men. But if the GmTr or can neither by thefe fore-mentioned remedies be orccomc 
and amended,neither the loofed continuity agglutinated nor united, you mull give the Patient a 
vulnerary potion,for hence I have found happy fuccefs in many. But fometimes not only a certain 
portion of the bone,is taken with a Or/etjbut alfo the whole feifed upon with fphacell,and f 
all fal s out. For in Hippocrates opinion, Lib.de pulneribus capita the bone of the skull being broken r 
falls from the found more or leis,according to the violence of the alfo is confirmed by t 
experience. For which purpofe I think good in this place to recite a Hiftory, whereof I was an 
eye-witnefs,whilft I ferved as Chirurgeon in Piemont under the Marlhall de Montej an ( who was the 
Kings Lieftenant there.) It happened that a Lackey of Monfieur de Goulaines came to me to be cured 5 
he had the Bregma bone of the left fide broken with a fv/ord,neither yet did the frafture come to the 
fecond Table; a few dayes aftebhis recovery the bone being agglutinated and united,it came to paft 
that a company of Gajcoine fouldiers his countrymen came to 7 whom one morning he eat 
plentifully Tripe fryed with Onions and (pices,and drunk a great quantity of ftrong Wine.Where- 
upon he prefently fell into a continual! Feavcr, and loft his (pcech and underftanding ; his head 
lwelled,his eyes looked red and fiery and as though they would have flatted out of his head.Which 
things being confidered,! let him blood,having firft (by the Phyfitians advice)given him a Gly fter, 
and applyed to his head fuch things as were allo I laboured with Frictions and Ligatures of 
the extream parts to draw the humors downwards; yet for all this the part of the head which was 
formerly affected begun to impoftumate;which being opened, there came forth a great quantity 
of matter,and at the length the mufculous skin and Pericrafiium linking down,both the Tables of the 
skull became putrefied and rotten,as you might know by their blacknefs and ftench. Now to take 
away this corruption,! applyed at certain times aftuall cauteries,both to amend the corruption and 
feparatethat which was altered: but mark,after fome months (pace,a great number of worms came 
forth by the holes of the rotten bones from underneath the putrefied skull ; which moved me to ha- 
ften the (eparation and falling away of the putrid bones. Which being done,upon the very Craffa Me- 
n/nx,which is more ftrange,in that place,which nature had covered with flcfli,! obferved three cavi- 
ties of the largenefs of ones thumb filled with w:orms about the bignefs of a points tag, with black " 
heads, diverfly wrapped amongft themlelves. The bone which nature feparated was of the bignefs b 
of the palm of ones hand,fo that it was ftrange that lb large a portion of the skull Ihould be caft off 
by nature,and yet the Patient not dye thereof 5 for he recovered yet beyond all mens expectation, ? 
but after the agglutination of the wound the (car remained very hollow according to the decree 
of Hippocrates. For flefh doth not eafily grow upon a CW/fff,bccaufeit is a thing ftrailge and fuppo- 
fititiousby nature;befides,as a (car is a thing more denle than the skin,(b is a. Callus than the bone,fo 
that through the more compaft fubftance thereof,the blood can neither freely nor plentifully (weat 
through for matter to regenerate flefh.Hence it is,that wherefbever any portion of the-skull is wan- 
ting,you may there by putting to of your hand perceive and feel the beating of the brain, where- 
fore the skull muft needs be much weaker in that place. Now to help infirmity, I wifhed this 
Lucky to were a Cap made of thick leather,fo more eafily to tvithftand externall injuriesrand verily 
thereby he grew much better. Now I think good in this place to lay open the deceit and craft of 
fome Impoftors Falfly filling themfelves Chir.urgeons, who when they are called to cure wounds of' 
the headjwherein any part of the skull is loft, perfwade the Patient and his friends, that they muft 
put a plate of gold in the place of the skull which is wanting. Wherefore they hammer it, in the 
prefence of the Patient,&turne it divers wayes & apply it to the part,the better to fit it;but prefent - 
ly after they (lily convey it into their purfes, andfo leave the patient thus coufened. Others brag 
that they are able to put the dryed rind of a gourd into. the place of the loft bone, and fallen it on 
to defend the partjand thus they groflely abufe thofe which are ignorant in the Art. For this is fo 
far from being done that nature will not (uffer nor endure io much as an haire, or any other final! 
body to be fhut up in a wound when it is cicatrized 5 neither is the reafon alike of a leaden bullet 
which (hot into the body lies there for many years without any harm to the patient;for al- 
though lead have a certain familiarity with mans body,yet is it at length(unlefs the denfity of the 
oppoied flefh,ligamcntjtendon,or fome other fuch like fubftance hinder) thruft forth by nature im- 
patient of all ftrange bodies. And thus much of the rottennefs and corruption of fraftured bones; 
now muft we fpcak of the difeommodities which befall the Meninges by wounds whereby the skull 
is broken. 
The bene- 
fit of a vul- 
nerary po- 
tion. 
A HiHory. 
A great fat- 
lingaway o? 
a corrupt; 
bone* 
Apb.rf. 
Sett.6* 
The cove, 
reous craft 
of'rmpo 
fters. 
C H A P. XXL Of the difeommodities which happen to th e Crafla Meninx by features of the styll. 
Any difcommodities chiefly happen to the Crafla mcninx by a fra&ure of the skull and 
rafh trepaning thereof; for it fometimes chances to be cut and torn. Agglutination is a 
remedy for this dileafe, which Hippocrates wifhes to be procured with the juice ot tie}eta 
f that is5of that calamint9which fmells like Penny-royall ] mixed with barly floure. In 
itead whereof this following powder having the like faculty may take place. 
R croci, [arcocollt mi fee &fiat pulvis . 
[ubtilis.'But to purge the blood and matter which is gathered and lyes between the Craffa nieninx and , 
skulhyou (hall put in a Tent made of a rag twined up fome foure or five fteeped in fy- 
ryp 
Reificdres 
for the Jar 
cer ated 
Mcninm 288 
Of Green nnDEloody 
Lib. jo. 
nip of Pvofcs or wormwood and a little Aqua vittfav thus you fhal prefs down both the Crafla Me- 
lifted up by the accuftomed and native pulfation of the brain,it fhould be hurt by the edges 
of the skull, yet rough by reafon of the fharp fplinters of the bone lately trepaned, and give freer 
paflagc forth for the matter there contained. But as oft as you fhall drefs the Patient, you fhall ve- 
nue the forementioned Tent,untill all the matter be purged forth. And fo often alfo you fhall prefs 
down with the following inftrument the Dura Mater 3 and bid the Patient to ftrive to put forth his 
breath,flopping his mouth and nofe, that fo the matter may more eafily be evacuated. This Inftru- 
ment wherewith you fhall hold down the Dura Mater5mufk have the end round, polifht and fmooth 
as it is here exp reft. 
A fit Infir ament to prefs and hold down the Dura Mater,fo to make way for the Paffate forth $f the Sanies or Matter. 
And let there be laid upon the Dura 
Mater ftrawed over with the former- 
ly mentioned powder, a fptinge moi- 
ftened and wi ting forth of a drying 
decoftion made of aromatick and ce- 
phalick things, fuch as this which 
followes. R Fol. fal,vi<e;)maflran.betonic£srojrar.rub.abflnth.Myrtil.florum cham#m. tnehL fla'chad.utriujque an. 
aroinat.ireoSy caryopbyllat#9anodic#, omnia fleundum artem cum aqua 
fabrorum & zino rubro,flat decotiio ad ujum difium. And in ftead hereof you may ufe claret with a little 
aqua t'zfx*,that fo the contained matter may be evacuated and dry td up. A fpunge is fitter for this 
purpofe to draw than a linnen rag or any other thing,both bccaufe it is good of it fell to draw 
forth the humidity,as alfo for that by its foftnes it yeelds to the pulfation of the Brain.Then apply 
to the wound & all the adjoining parts,an emplafter of diffolved with vinegar,or wine, 
or oyl of Rofes,that fo the plafter may be the more cold and foft. For in Hipfocrates opinion, no- 
thing which is any thing heavy or hard muff be applyed to wounds of the head, neither muft it be 
bound with too ftrait,or hard al igature,for fear of pain and inflammation. 
For Galen tells (as he had it from Mantis) that a certain man had loft his eyes by inflammation 
and inipoftumation arifing, for that an Apothecary had ufed too ftraita ligature to his head and 
facejfor this ftrait ligature fo prefled the futures, that the fuliginous vapours, which ufed to pafs 
through them and the pores of the skull,were flopped from palling that way ;befides, the beating of 
the Arteries was intercepted and hinderedjby which means the pain and inflammation fo encrcafed, 
that his eyes were rent and broke in funder and fell forth of their orb. Wherefore Hippocrates right- 
ly commends an indifferent ligature: alfo he fitly wifheth us to let the emplafters be foft which are 
applyed to the head,as alfb the cloaths wherewith it is bound up, to be of foft and thin linnen, or 
of Cotton,or wooll.When the patient is in drafting,if there come much matter out of the wound, 
you fhall with him if he can, to lye upon the wound, and now and then by fits to ftrive to breath, 
flopping his mouth and nofe, that fo the brain lifted and fwoln upwards, the matter may be the 
more readily caft forthjotherwife fuffer him to lye fo in his bed,as he fhall beft like of,& fhall be leaft 
troublefome to him. You may with good fuccefs put upon the Craffla Meninx oyl of Turpentine 
with a fmall quantity of aqua wit# and a little Aloes and Saffron finely powdred, to clenfe or draw 
forth the Sanies,or matter. Or elfe, R Meilis hord.pulver.aloesimafiich.& Ireos florent.an. 
3^.aqua vit# parumdet them be incorporated together 8c make aldeterfive medicine for the forefaid ufe. 
Sometimes alfo the Crafla Meninx is inflamed after Trepaning,and fwoln by a Jhlegtnon, that im- 
patient of its place,it riles out of the hole made by the Trepan, and lifts it felf much higher then 
the skull,whence grievous fymptoms follow. Wherefore to prevent death,of 'which then wre ought 
to be afraid,we muft inlarge the former hole with our cutting mullets,that the matter contained un- 
der the skull,by reafon of whofe quantity the membrane fwells,may the more freely breath and pafs 
forth; and then we muft goe about by the prefcript of the Phyfitian to let him bleed again,to purge 
and diet him.The inflammation fhall be refilled by the application of contrary remedies,as this fol- 
lowing fomentation. R Scni.lini:>ahh#fla,n.pfl,Ai}roflrub.an.^j.fllaniip>lantag.an. M-flbulliantin aquate- 
pida communi,ex qua flat fotw. Anodyne and repelling medicines fhall be dropped into his eares, when 
it is exceedingly fwoln, that the tumor may fubfide,you fhall caft upon it the meal or floure oflen- 
tills,or vine leaves beaten with Goofc greafe.With all which remedies if the tumor doe not vanifh, 
and withall you conjecture that there is Pus or matter contained therein, then you muft open the 
Dura Mater with your incifion knife,holding the point upwards & outwards, for fo the matter will 
be poured forth and the fub fiance of the brain not hurt nor touched.Many other Chirurgeons, and 
I my felf have done this in many patients with various fuccefs. For it is better in defperate caufes 
to try a doubrfull remedy then none at all; alfo it oft-times happens,whether by the violence of 
the contufion and blow,or concretion or clotting of the blood which is filed, or the appulfe of the 
cold ayre,or the rafli applicatiomof medicines agreeing neither in temper nor complexion with the 
Crafla alf o by the putrefafiion of the proper fubftance,that the Dura Mater it felf becomes 
black. Of which lymptome the Chirurgeon muft have a great and fpeciallcare. 
Therefore that thou may ft take away the blacknefs, caufed by the vehcmency ofthe contufion, 
you fhall put upon it oyl of egges with a little Aqua wit#, and a fmall quantity of Saffron and Or- 
ris roots in fine fhall alfo make a fomentation of difcufiing and aromatick things boy- 
led in water and Figoes Cerat formerly defcribcd fhall be applyed. But if the harm come 
from congealed blood,you fhall withftand it with this following remedie. R Aqua uit# i>. granor. 
tindorum intenuempulverem Meilis Leviter & flmul bulliant 
omnia3& de colatura nigrities fuerit obliter ata. If this afleft come by the touch ofthe 
ayre,it fhall be helped with this following remedy. R Meilis rof. Jij. Fitellum ovi «• 
Afpunge fit 
to foment 
withalh 
Lib.de vuln. 
cap. 
Lib.de 
fafciis. 
The dif- 
commodi- 
tizsof too 
ftrait bind- 
ing of the 
head. 
What 
cloathes we 
muft ufe. 
How rhe 
patient muft 
lye in his 
bed. 
"PauIm lib. 
6.cap, 90. 
Remedies 
for the in- 
flammati- 
on of the 
Craffa Me" 
ninx. 
How we 
muft open 
the Crajja 
Menznx 
■when it is 
impofta- 
mate. 
The caufes 
and reme- 
dies of rhe 
blacknefs 
of the Dwa 
Mater* 
Remedies 
for contir- 
fion. 
For con. 
gealcd 
blood. L I B.IO. 
Wounds of each part 
289 
num farin.hordei $j.farcocol. 3ij.aq.vite Incorf orentur Jimul3& bullianr faululum, This remedy 
Hull beufed untill the blacknefs be taken away,and the membrane recover its priftine colour. 
But if this affeCt proceeds from the rafli ule of medicines, it muft be helped by application of 
things contrary. For thus the offence caufed by the too long ufe of moift and oyly medicines, may 
be amended by ufing catagmatick and cephalick powders; but the heat and biting of acrid medi- 
cineSgfhall be mitigated by the contrary ufe of gentle things 5 for both humid and acrid things 
fomewhat long tiled make the part look black, that truly by generating and heaping up filth, but 
this by the burning and hardening heat.But when fuch blacknefs proceeds from putrefaction, Ighit 
de Vigo commends the following remedy. R aqua But if the affeCt be grown 
fo contumacious that it will not yeeld to this gentle remedy,then this following will be conveni- ' 
ent. R Aq.vitjt Mercur. Jij. unica ebulhtione bulliantfimul ad ujum ditfum. Or R 
aqua & mellid unguenti <egyftiaci 3jp. Sj.vini albi 
boni & odor ant lev iter omnia fimuljolentur ad uium diSum .But if the force ofthe putrefaction 
be fo ftiibborn,that it will not yeeld to thefe remedies, it will be helped with JEgyftiacum ( made 
with plantain water in Bead of Vinegar) ufed alone by it felfj or with the powder of Mercury a- 
loneby it felf,or mixt with the powder of Alome. Neither muft we be afraid to life fuch remedies 
efpecially in this extream difeale of the Dura Mater ; for in Galens opinion the Crafla Meninx after 
the skull is trepancd delights in medicines that are acrid,that is, ftrong and very drying, efpecially 
if it have no Phlegmon ; and this for two reafons ; the firft is, for that hard and dry bodies, fuch as ' 
membranous bodies are,be not eafily affeCted unlefs by ftrong medicines 5 the other is, which muft ' 
be the chiefe and prime care of the Phylitian,to preferve and reftore the native temper of the part < 
by things of like temper to it. But if the auditory paflagenot onely reaching to the hard mem-1 
branes of the Brain,but alfo touching the Nerve which defcends into it from the brain, fuffer moft 
vehement medicins,though it be placed foneer 5 certainly the Crajja Meninx will endure them far 
more eafily and without harm. But if by thele means the putrefaction be not reftrained, and the 
tumor be encrealed fo much, that the Dura Mater riling tar above the skull, remains unfnoveable, 
black and dry,and the patients eyes look fiery, ftand forth of his head and rowl up and down with > 
unquietnefs and a phrenfie,and thele fo many ill accidents be not fugitive,but conftant; then know < 
that death is at hand,both by reafon ofthe corruption of the gangnenqf a noble part, as alfo by 1 
extinction of the native heat. 
For the 
hurt recei- 
ved by the 
ay re. 
What me' 
d joins make 
the Crajfa 
Meninx 
black. 
Medians -1 
again ft that 
on of the 
Men'inx* 
Why the 
CraflAMe* 
ninx eafily 
rndures a- 
:rid medi- 
ans. ♦ 
Signs of 
death at 
hand- 
CHAP. XXII. Of the cure of the Brain being (bahen3 or moved. 
£ have formerly declared the caufes,fignes and fymptomes of the concuflion, or (baking of 
theBrain,without any wound of the mufculous skin, or frafture of the bone; wherefore 
for the prefent 1 will treat of the cure. Therefore in this cafe, for that there is fear that 
fome veflell is broken under the skull,it is fit prefently to open the cephalick vein. And let 
blood be plentifully taken according to the drength of the Patient,as alfo refpeftively to the dif- 
cafe both which is prefent,and like to enfue, taking the advice of a Phyfitian. Then when you 
have (haven away the haire,y ou (hall apply to the whole head and often renue the forementioned 
cataplafme,Ex other like cold and moid repelling medicins. But you 
muft efchew dry,and too aflringent medicins mufl be lhunned3fuch as are Vnguentum de bolo and th? 
likejfor they obflTuft too vehemently 3and hinder the paifage forth of the vapours both by the fu- 
tures and the hidden pores of the skull. Whereforethey doe not only not hinder the inflammation, 
but fetch it when it is abfent,or encrcafe it,when prefent. The belly fhall be loofed with a clyder, 
and the acrid vapours drawnc from the head ; for which purpofe alfo it will be good, to make 
friftions from above downwards, to make draight ligatures on the extream parts, to faften large 
cupping-glafles with much flame to the (houlders and the originall of the fpinall marrow,that fp 
the revullion of the blood running violently upwards to the brain,aud ready to caufe a phlegmon, 
may be thegreater.The following day it will be convenient to open the Vena Pupf>#9which is feated 
upon the Lambdall future,by reafon of the community it hath with the veins of the brain, & (hut- 
ting the mouth and nofe to drive powerfully to breath.For thus the membranes (well up, and the 
blood gathered between them and the skull is thruft forth; but not that which which is (hut up in 
the brain and membranes,ot which if there be any great quantity ,the cafe is almofl defperate,unlefs 
nature aflided with dronger force, cad it forth turned into Pm. But alfo after a few dayes the vend 
front# or forehead vein may be opened,as alfo the Temporall Arteries and Veins under the tongue, 
that the conjunct matter may be drawn forth by fo many open paflages. In the mean (pace the Pati- 
ent mud keep a (pare diet,and abdain from wine,efpecially untill the fourteenth day/or that until! 
that time the fearfull fymptomes commonly reign. But repelling medicins mud be tiled untill the 
fourteenth day be pad,then we mud come to difcuflmg medicins, beginning with the more milde, 
fuchas is this following deception.R rad.^lth.^vj.ire0Sscyf>eri}ca!ami 
M.fi-fal# omniaJimulfecundum artem cum vino rub.& 
aquafabrorUmrfat decotfzo.Let the head be«wa(hed therewith twice a day with afpunge. But yet when' 
you do this,fee that the head be not too much heated by fuch a fomentation,or any fuch likething, 
for fear of pain and inflammation. Then you (hall apply the cerate of Vigo which hath power to 
difeufle indifferently,to dry, and draw forth the humors which are under the skull, and by its a- 
romatick force and power to confirme and drengthen the brain ; it is thus defcribed. R Furfur# be- 
ne tr itur at far indent iwn rof. nryrtillor. foliorum&gr anorum ejMs an. calam. 
mel.melil.M.p.nuces num.v]. ole z rofaceii& cham#m.an.$iij.cer<e alb# ithur#:>mafiich#ian.'3ii).myr- 
rh<t Jij. Infulverem qu# redigi debent ole# cum mifeeanturfimuh&fiat mix'* 
inter formam emflafiri & ceroti. Gc Vigo 
the 
concuhiari 
of the 
brain is® 
The open- 
ing of the 
Vena. Pwp- 
A difcufting 
fomentatir 
on. 
A caution' 
in fomen- 
ting the 
head. 
A delcripri- 
onof/tjw/ 
Cerate. Of Green and 
Lib.io. 
290 
vno faith,that one of the Duke of Wto Gentlemen found the urine hereof to his great good.Hefel 
from his horfe with his head downwards upon hard Marble, he lay as if he had been dead,the blood 
£ulbt out of his nofe,mouth and ears,and all his face was fwollen and of a livid colour;he remained 
dumb twenty dayes,taking no meat but diffolved gellies, and.Chicken and Capon broths with fu. 
gar;yet he recovered.but loft his memory,and faultercd m hisfpeech all his life aftenTo which pur- 
pofe is that Aphorifm in Hippocratw ; Thofe which have their Brain ftaken by what caufe foever, 
muft of neceffity become dumb;yea alfo,as Galen obferves in his Commentary lote both their fenfe 
and motion.That Cent is not of fmall efficacy,but of marvellous and admirable force,which could 
hinder the generating of an abfeefs,which was incident to the bram by reafon of the fall. Yet there 
be many m?n fo far from yeelding to reafon, that they ftifty deny,that any impoftuniation can be in 
rhe brain and augmenting this errour with another,they deny that any who have a portion > of the 
brain cut off can recover, or rife again; but theauthority of ancient writers and experience do a- 
bundantlv refell the vanity of the reafons whereon they rely. Now for the firft,in the opinion of 
HzWnrtw; If thofe which have great pain in their heads have either water or blood flowing 
trom their Nofe,mouth or ears, it helps their difeafe. k • j-t j - riru u 
Kbafoand Avicen affirm that Sanies generated in the brain disburdens it felf by the 
nofe mouth or ears • and I my felf have obferved many who had the like happen to them. 
I was told by Froths Coulen, Ghirurgeon to Menjieur de Langey,that he faw a certain young man 
in the town of Mans, who often ufed to ring a great bell; he once hanging in fport upon the rope; 
* was fnatcht up therewith and fell with his head full upon the pavement,; he lay mute,was deprived 
r* of his fenfes and underftanding, & was befides hardbound in his belly .Wherefore prefentlya feaver 
and delirium with other horrid fymptomes allay led him, for he was not trepaned becaufe there ap- 
peared no lign of frafiure in the skull: on the feaventh day he fell into a great fwcqt with often 
fneefingjby violence whereof a great quantity of matter and Pus flowed forth of his ears, mouth and 
nofe,then he was eafed of all his fymptomes,and recovered his health. 
Now for the fecond,Galen affirms that he faw a boy in Smyrna of Ionia that recovered of a great 
wound of the brain,but fuch an one as did not penetrate to any of the ventricles. But Guido of 
Cauliac faith,he faw one which lived and recovered after a great portion of the brain fell out by 
reafon ofa wound received on the hind part of his head. Intheyearof our Lord 1538. while I 
was Chirurgeon to theMarffiall of Monttj an at Turin, I had one of his Pages incure,who playing at 
quoits received a wound with a ftone upon the right Bregma with a frafture, and fo great an Effra- 
fture of the bone,that the quantity of half a hafell Nut of the brain came forth thereat. Which I ob- 
ferving, prefently pronounced the wound to be deadly 5 a Phy fitian which was prefent contradift- 
ed my opinion, affirming that fubftance was no portion of the brain, but a certain fatty body. But 
I with reafon and experience in prefence ofa great company of Gentlemen, convinced the perti- 
nacy of the Man,with reafon;for that fat cannot be generated under the skull,for although the parts 
there contained be cold, yet becaufe they are heated by the abundance of the moft hot and fubtle 
animall fpirits,and the heat of vapours riling thither from all the body, they do not fuffer fat to 
ccncreat about them. But with experience,for that in the diflefting of dead bodies,there was never 
any fat obferved there; befides alfo fat will fwim on the top of water 5 but this fubftance as mar- 
rowy,caft into the water prefently funk to the bottome. 
Laftly,fat put to the fire becomes liquid and meltsjbut this fubftance being laid upon a hot iron, 
became dry, ffirunkup and contrafted it felf like a peece ofleatherjbut diflblved not at all. Where- 
fore all thofe which were prefent cryed out,that my judgment was right of that fubftance that came 
forth of the skull. Yet though it was cut away,the Page recovered perfectly, but that he continued 
deaf all his life after. 
A Hiftory. 
Apktf.fett 
That there 
may be an 
abfcefs in 
the brain, 
Aph.io. 
feefl.6. 
Gal.lib.de 
inaqUal.in- 
temp.fibaf. 
eap.q. conti 
nent./it'iten 
cap. de exit 
cap.2,0. 
A Hiftory- 
Lib.%.deufa 
part.St cbm. 
ad aph.1%. 
f'M 
Why fat 
cannot be 
generated 
under the 
skull. 
Signs of a 
fatty fub- 
ftance. 
C H A P. X X111. Of the -wounds of the face. 
Aving treated of the wounds of the head by their caufes,figns and cure, it follows that we 
now fpeak of the wounds of the face, if but for this, that when they are carelefly hand- 
led,they leave deformed fears in the moft fpecious and beautifull part of the body. The 
caufes are the fame which are incident to the skull,that is,external!. But this may be ad- 
ded to the kinds and differences of the wounds, that the life may be out of danger though any one 
whole part of the face,(as the ear,eye,nofe,lip)may be cut away by a wound,but not fo in the head 
or skull. Wherefore beginning at the wounds of the eye-brows, we will profecute in order the 
wounds of the other parts of the face. 
This is chiefly to be obferved in wounds of the eye-brows,that they are oft-times cut fo over- 
thwart,that themufcles,and flefhy pannicle which move and lift them up,are wholly rent and tonv 
In which cafe the eye-lids cannot be opened,and the eyes remain covered, and as it were fhutiup in 
the cafes of their that even after the agglutination of the wound, if the Patient would look 
upon any thing,he is forc'd to hold up the eye-lids with his hand j with which infirmity I have 
feen many troubled,yet oft-times not fo much by the violence of the wound,as by the unskilfulnefs 
of the Chirurgeon who cured them; that is,by the negligent application of the boulfters, an unfit 
ligature and more unfit future. In this cafe the skilfull Chirurgeon which is called to the Patient 
fhall cut off as much of the skin and flefhy pannicle as fhall ferve the eye-lids, that fo they may by 
their own ftrength hold and keep open,without the help of the hand: then he fhall fow the wound 
as is fit,with fuch a flitch as the Furriers,and Glovers ufe; and then he fhall pour thereon fome of 
the balfome of my defcription,and fhall lay fuch a medicine to the neighbouring parts. R Olei rc- 
far. 
Why we 
treat in par. 
titular of 
wounds of 
the face. 
A thing co 
be obferved 
in wounds 
of the eye- 
brows. L I B.IO. 
VFwnds of each part. 
291 
far. | fi}album.ovor.nu.ij.bo!i armenis[anguinit Dracon.Maftich.dn.% j. agitentur ftmul}fiat medicameHtum.Then 
let the part be bound with a fitting Ligature. Afterwards you fliall ufe Emplaft. de gratia DeiJLmpl. de 
or fome other like,untill the wound be cicatrized. But fuch like and all other 
wounds of the face may be ealily healed, unlefs they either be alfociated with fome malign fymp- 
tomes,or the Patients body be repleat with ill humors. 
There fometimes happens a quite contrary accident in wounds of the eye-brows, that is, when 
the eye-lids ftand fo up that the Patient is forc'd to deep with eyes open,wherefore thofe which are 
fo affefted are called by the Greeks Lagtfhthalmi.The caufe of this affeft is often internal!, as a .car- 
buncle or other kind of abfcefs,as a blow or ftroak. It fhall be cured by a crooked or femicircular in* 
cifion made above the eye-lids,but fo that the extreanis of the femicircle bend downwards,that they 
may be preffeddown and joyned as much as is needfull to amend the ftifnefs of the eye-lid. But you 
niuft not violate the griftle with your Inftrument,for fo they could no more be lifted up; the refidue 
of the cure muft be performed as is fit. 
mi a is a 
quite con- 
trary to the 
falling 
down of the 
eye-lids. 
CHAP. X X 1111. Of the wounds of the eyes. 
■Ounds ofthe eyes are made by the violence of things pricking, cutting, bruifiiig, or o- 
therwife loofing the continuity. But the cure muff al wayes be varied according to the 
variety of the caufes and differences. The firft head of the cure is,that if any ftrange and 
heterogeneous body fhall be fallen into the eyes, let it be taken forth as foon as you 
can,lifting and turning up the eyelid with the cndofafpatula. But if you cannot dif- 
cern this moat or little body,then put three or four feeds of Clary} or Oculus Chrifii into the pained 
eye.For thefe feeds are thought to have a faculty to cleanfe the eyes and take out the moats, which 
are not faftened deep in, nor do too ftubbornly adhere to the membranes. For in this cafe, you 
fhall ufe this following inftrument, for herewith we open the eye-lids the further, putting it be- 
tween them and the eye,and alfo keeping the eye fteddy by gently prefling it,that fo with our mul- 
lets we may pull out? the extraneous body 5 this is the figure of fuch an Inftrument. 
Fbe delineation of a Speculum oculist to dilate and hold afwtder f. e eye-lids }and keep the eyefieddy}it is fo madtjthat it may be dilated 
and contralled according to thegreatnefs of the eyes. 
Allftrange bodies ta- 
ken out, let this medicine 
be put into the eye. Take 
the ftrains of a dozen cgs, 
I let them be beaten in a 
■A repercuf- 
fivc to be 
put into 
the eye. 
leaden a lit- 
tle Role water 5 and fo 
put into the eye 5 but let 
this repercuflive be laid 
upon the eye and the 
Divers re-, 
percuflives 
ro beap- 
plyed to the 
eye* 
neighbouring parts. R. albumin.ovor.nu.inj.puher.aluminis rocha combufii £ ij.janguinis Draconis %].aqu& 
ro[ar.& plantag.an.% ij.agitentur fimuLynake a repercuflive,which you may frequently ufe.Orelfe apply 
checfe curds well wrung,mixed with rofewater,the white of an cgge,andas much acacia as (hall fuf- 
fice.This which followeth doth more powerfully flay the flowing humor. R gum arab. & tragdc. an. 
5 ij.pfilii.cydon.fi:min.portul.plant.[umach.an.%ij.fiat mucag. cum aqua plantag.folan.& rofar. concinnetUr coUy- 
rium,of which you may drop fome both within and about the eye. 
But note,that all fuch remedies muft be applyed warm,both that they may the better penetrateby 
their moderate heat, as alfo forthat all aftuall cold things are hurtfull to the eyes and fight, be- 
caufe they dull the fight by incruftating the vifivefpirits.For I have known many who have become 
dull of fight by the frequent ufing of medicines aftually cold to the eyes. I have on the contrary 
feen not a few,who have recovered with the fit ufe of fuch like medicines, who have had any part of 
their eye (fo it were not the pupiUa or apple of the eye) fo pricked with a needle or that 
much of the waterilh humor ran forth thereat. 
The milk of a woman which fuckles a girl (forthat is reputed the cooler) mitigates pain and 
clenfes,if it be milked out of the Dug into the ey; to which purpofe alfo the blood of Turtles,Pige- 
ons or Chickens much conducesjbeing dropt into the eye by opening a vein under their wings. Al- 
fo this following cataplafin aflwageth pain and inflammation,and hinders defluxion,being applyed 
to the eye and the adjacent parts.R. Carnis pomorumfub cinere calido decoftorum | v. vitellos ovorum num. 
uj.casjiefifiuld recenter extraffe mucaginis pfilii, althe* & j. farin.hordeiparumfincorporentur 
omniafimul,fiat cataplafrna. Alfo fheeps lungs boyled in milk and applyed warm, and changed as 
they grow cold,are good to afiwage pain.But if the too violent heat and pain, fhall not yeeld to 
fuch medicineSjbut require more vehement,then Foliorum Byo[cyami,tn.j.[ub-. cineribus coquatur, atquein 
wort ar io cum mucagine jeminis aquisfolani &plantag.piftetur .-then let this medicine 
be wrapped in a linnen cloth and applyed to the eyes and temples. The mucilages of Pfillum}Ot Flea- 
wort,and Quince feeds extracted in a decoftion of Poppy heads and mixed with a little Opium and 
Rofe water,are ufed for the fame purpofe. But when there is need of detergent and farcotick medi- 
cines, then R, [yrup.rofitr.ficcar.% ].aqfienic.& rut*an.% ij.aloes lot*, olibani mix them for th'6 
forefaid ufe.The galls of Scates, Hares, and Partridges diflblved in Eye-bright, and Fennill water, 
are fit for clenfing fuch wounds; as alfo this following CoUyrium. PtAqua hordei IJj.fi meUis defpumati, 
3 iij.aloes ter lota in aqua plantaginis & facchari cand. an 5 j, fiat coUyiium. Alfo this infuing medicine is 
very farcotick. R. mucagin.gwnmi olibani, arabici, tragacanth. & farcocol. in aq. hordei extraft, an. 3 iij. 
C c 2 1 aloes 
Things 
adually 
cold are 
hurtfull to 
rhe eyes. 
Anodyne 
medicines 
for the eyesj1 
Narco-* 
ticks. 
Detergent 
medicines. 
1 
medicine fc/ 
the eyes. 292 
Of Green and Ploody 
LlB.IO. 
aloes ter lottinaq. rojarum. %j. cerufi ufit& an. % fi. fiat collyrium. But here you 
muft note,that the coat Adnata often fwells fb much by reafon of a wound or fome other injury,and 
Hands fo forth by the falling down of humors, accefs and mixture of flatulencies, that it hides the 
whole Pupilia, and hangs forth of the eye-lids, like as if it were an unnaturall flcfhy excrefcence, 
and it loofes the native colour,and looks very red,fo that the eye can neither be fhut nor opened. 
Wherewith a young Chirurgeon being deceived,determined to cut away this protuberancy of 
the Adnata,though it had been fome fuperfluous flefh, and then to waft it with cathaeretick pow- 
ders,had I not forbidden him,telling him ofthe certain danger of blindnefs which would thereup- 
on befall the Patient. Wherefore I prefcribed a fomentation of chamomile, melilote, Rofe leaves, 
worm wood,rue,fennill,and anifeeds boy led in milk with the roots of Orris and Marigolds.Then I 
prefently added this following fomentation,being more powerfull and drying. R cuprefsi, 
hiPpurir, flo. chanwn.rof. rub.an. Mfl. bulliaritfimul cum aqua fabrorum,& 
fiat decofium: pro fotu cum fpongi a.Betides alfo you may apply a cataplafm made ofbarly and bean flowre, 
the powders of Maftick,Myrrhe,and Aloes, and fome of the laft defcribed decoftion. The tumor be- 
ginning to decline, I dropt the flowing liquor into the eye, which hath a very aftringent, drying 
and ftrengthening faculty. Roaft a new laid egge in Embers untill it be hard,then pill off the fhel, 
take forth the yolk,and in place thereof put a fcruple of Roman Vitrioll in fine powder, then put 
it in a linnen cloth and wring it hard forth into fome clean thing, and drop thereof for fome 
dayes into the eye,with a little Smiths water wherein Sumach and Rofe leaves have been boy led. I 
have experience force of this remedy ; but if notwithftanding there be a true 
e flefhy excrefcence upon the coat Adnata,it may be taken away by this following powder. R Offls fe- 
pi£,& tcfi.e ovorum calcinate an £5 Vitriol, burnt Alum and the like may be com- 
■ modioufly ufed to this purpofe. Yet you muft warily make uie of all fuch things, and alwayes lay 
repercuffives about the eye,that no harm infue thereof. For divers times acrid humors fall down 
* into the eye with fiich violence,that they break the Horny coat, whereupon the humors of the eye 
are poured out. Remember alfo, that in difeafes of the eyes, the Patient lye with his head fome- 
what high, and that he keep fhut not only the pained,but alfo the found eye, becaufe reft is alwayes 
neceflary for the grieved part.But one eye cannot be moved without fome motion of the other by 
reafon ofthe connexion they have by their optick and moving nerves, both the Meninges and the 
Pericranium,Veins and arteries;which is the caufe that when the one fuffers, the other in fome fort 
partakes therewith. 
But if we cannot prevail by all thefe formerly prefcribed medicines fit to ftay the defluxion,then 
* it remains,that we apply a Seton to the neckjfor it is a Angular remedy againft inveterate defluxions 
into the eyes.For we Know by dayly experience,that many who have had their fight dulled by a 
long and great defluxion,fo that they were almoft blind, have by little and little recovered their 
former fplendourand fharpnefs of fight,when matter once begun to be evacuated by the Seton. 
The truth hereof appeared in Paul the Italian Goldfmith,who dwelt neer the Auftine Friers.For he 
having ufed many medicines of divers Phyfitians, and Chirurgeons in vain, when he was almoft 
blind,he applying a Seton, by mine advice,began by little and little to fee better according to the 
quantity of the matter which was evacuated,untill at length he perfeftly recovered his fight.But at 
laft growing weary of the Seton which he had worn for a year (although matter came dayly forth 
thereof ) yet he would have it taken forth,and healed up;but this way of evacuation being ;fhut up, 
and the humor again beginning to flow into his eyes,fo that he was in danger to become blind, he 
called me and made me again to apply the Seton in his neck.Whereby recovering his former found - 
nefs and perfeftion of fight,he yet wears the Seton. 
I alfo once freed by this kind of remedy,by the appointment of the moft learned Phyfitian HoUe- 
riuf, a certain young man of twenty years old, from the falling ficknefs, who before had many fits 
thereof; the Ichorous humors,the feeders of this difeafe, being by this means,as it is moft probable, 
drawn away and evacuated; 
A drying 
fomentati- 
on. 
A medicine 
to confumc 
aflefhy ex- 
crefcence 
without bi- 
ting. 
A Seton,a 
good retnfi' 
dy againft 
inveterate 
deflaxions 
into the 
eyes. 
A Hiflory. 
A Seton 
good a- 
gainftthe 
falling fick- 
nefs. 
The man* 
ner of ma- 
king a Se- 
ton, 
A figure of the 1* inter squall Cautery and Needle ufed in making a Seton. 
Wherefore feeing a 
Seton is of this life, I 
have thought good 
in this place to let 
down in writing and 
by figure, the manner 
of making thereof, 
for the behoof of 
'young praftitioners: 
' wifh the Patient to fit 
on a low ftool,and to 
bend down his head, 
that fo the skin and 
flclhy pannicle may 
be relaxed; then muft 
t^ie trorn mufcles,and take hold of as much hereof as you cairwitl/your 
SSlJhen,"'.C'eS.°f forfa'- °f *convulfion and othe/fymptome /you 
tall then twitch the skin which is held in the pincers,mofl hai d,when you Ml thruflthe hot Iron 
through L I B.IO. 
Wwndf of each part. 
293 
through the holes made in the midft of them; that allb the nerves being lb twitched, the dolori- 
fick fenfe may the lefs come to the part. The wound muft be made or burnt in long wayes, and nos 
twharting,that fo the matters may be the better evacuated by the ftrait libers. But the cautery or 
hot Iron muft have a three or elfe a four-fquare point & that fl]arp,that fo it may the more ealily and 
Ipeedily enter. Then keeping the pincers immoveable, let him draw through the paftage made by 
the cautery a needle thred with a three or four doubled thred of Cotton [or rather a skean of lilk] 
moiftened in the white of an egge and oyl of Roles; then after you have applyed pledgets dip- 
ped in the fame mcdicine,bind up the part with a convenient ligature. The day lollowiug the neck 
muft be anointed with oyl of Roles, and the pledgets dipped in the former medicine applyed for 
fome dayes after. But it will be convenient to moiften the Seton with a digeftive made of the yolk 
of an Egge and oyl of Roles , untill the ulcer call forth much matter; then you lhall 
anoint the Cotton thred with this following remedy. R terebinthin# ven. 5 iiij.fjrupi rojat. & ab- 
finthii an. 5 fi.pulvexis Ireos sdiacr)diia trochzjcat/s&' omnia fitnul & fiat medi- 
camentum. Which you lhall ufe fo long, as you intend to keep opeii the ulcer. For it hath a faculty 
to draw the humors from the face,and clenle without biting. 
I have found not long lince by experience,that the apertion made with a long thick Triangular 
needle of a good length like to a large pack-needle, is lefs painfull than that which is performed 
with the aftuall cautery ,which I formerly mentioned.Wherefore I would advice the young Chirur- 
geon,that he no more ufe the forefaid aftuall cautery.I have here given you the figure of the needle. 
The Figure of aHriangular Neeiile. 
CHAP. XXV. Of Wounds of the Cheek. 
Eeing a wound of the cheek feems to require a future,it muft have a dry futiirefas they tern 
it) left that the fear fhould become deformed. Forthat deformity is very grievous to ma- 
\ny,asto women who are highly pleafed with their beauties. Therefore you (hall fpread 
two peeces ofnew cloath of an indifferent finenefs,and proportionable bignefs with this 
infiling medicine. R. fulverit Draconif9thurif9farin£ volatil^3tragagcmthacontulie^/i: 
ficifjarcocol!# ij.pic/f nigr& $ i oworum qu£[ufliciantrfat medicamentum. Applythe peeces 
of cloth fpread with this on each fide of the wound one,feme fingers breadth afunder,and let ita- 
lone till it be hard dryed to the skin. Then you fliall fo draw them together with your needle and 
thred3that the flefh by their fticking may 
alfo follow,and be mutually adjoined., 
as you may fee it here expreft. The 
wound dial I be agglutinated by this 
means, together with the ufe of fit medi- 
cincs,pie* 'gets,ligatures.But all the liga- 
tured and ftayes which (hall be ufedfoi 
that purpofe muft be fattened to the Pa- 
tients night-lap. 
But when the wound is great and 
deep, and the lips thereof are much di- 
ftant the one from the other, there can 
be no ufe offuch a dry future. Wherefore 
you muft ufe athree or four fqiiare needb 
£that fo it may the more readily and 
eafily enter into the flefh ) being thred 
with a waxed thred ; and with this you 
muft thruft through the lips of the 
wound, and leave the needle fticking in 
the wound,&then wrap the thred to and 
again over the ends thereof eight or ters 
times,juft after that manner which wo- 
men ufo to faften a needle with thred in 
it,upon their fleeves,or Tailors to their 
hats or caps, that they may not lote 
them. 
The needle thus faftened , fhall be 
there untill the perfect agglutina- 
tion of the wound; this kind of 
future is u fed in the wounds of the lips, as alfo in hare-lips, forfbwe commonly call lips which 
are cleft from the firft conformation in the wombe by the error of the forming faculty . But fuch a 
future will help nothing to agglutination,if there lye or remain any skin between the lips of the 
Gc 3 wound 
The life of 
a dry fu- 
ture. 
How to 
make a dry 
future. 
A Suture fit 
for hare- 
lips. 
The man- 
her thereof 
What 
hire lips 
are© 294 
Of Green and 'Bloody 
Lib.io. 
woundjWherefore you fhall cut away whatfoever thereof fhall be there, otherwife you muft ex- 
peft no union.Other kind of futures are of no great ufe in wounds of thefe parts, for out of the ne- 
ceffity of eating and fpeaking,they are in perpetuall motion; wherefore a third would cut the flefh; 
for which reafon you fhall take up much flefh with fuch Needles mentioned in this laft defcribed 
kind of Suture as this following figure fhewes. 
Thefigure of the future fit for cloven or hare lipr,atalfothe dilineationof theNeedle 
about whofe endt the thred u wrapped over and under, to and again. 
To this purpofe I will recite a hiftory3 to the end,that if a- 
ny Rich thing happen to come to your hands,you may do the 
like.A certain Gaicoin in the battell at Saint Lmewehad his 
upper jaw cut overthwart even to his mouth,tothe great dis- 
figuring of his face. The wound had many wormes in it and 
flank exceedingly3becaufe he could get no Chirurgeon untill 
three dayes after he was hurt. Wherefore I wafhed it with ade- 
coftion ofwormwood, Aloes,and a little JF^ptiacum,both to 
kill the wormes3and to letch away all the putrid matter;! dif- 
cufled the tumor With a diffolvingTomentation and cataplafm, 
I joyned together the lips of the wound with the laft defcri- 
bed future.But I applyed this following medicine to the whole 
part. Br Terebinth. bolt arme- 
drac. aloes9an. incorporentur ftmuljiat 
medicamentum.The wound was agglutinated within a few dayes, 
but that there remained a certain little iole at thejoyning 
ofthe lower jaw with the upper, wherein you could fcarfe 
put the head of the pin;out whereof neverthelefle much ferous and thin moyfture flowed, efpecially 
when lie either eat or fpake;which I have alfo obferved in many others. But for flaying of this wa- 
terifh humidity I dropped Aquafortis into the bottome of the ulcer, and divers times put therein a 
little of the powder of burnt vitriol. Thus by Gods grace he recovered and becane whole. 
A Hiftory. 
Adeeoflion 
good to 
wafh away 
putrefafli- 
on. 
A final! hole 
remaining 
after the 
cureof 
great 
wounds* 
C H A p. XXVI. Of the wounds of the Noje. 
How many 
wayes the 
nofemay 
be hurt- 
He Nofemany wayes fuffers folution of continuityjas by a wound5frafture and contufion, 
and it is fometimes battered & broken on the upper part;which w hen it happens,you fhall 
reftore the depreft bones to their native feat and figure., with the end of a fratula or fit. ftick 
wrapped about with towe?cotton or a linnen rag.Then with pledgets dipped in an aftrin- 
gentmedicine compoled ex albunune (rvi9maftich.bolo armeno3 janguin.drac. & Alumine ufto3 and applyed to 
the fide of the nofe?he fhall labour to ftrengthen the reftored bones3and then bind them with a con- 
venient ligaturejWhidi may not prefle them too much5left the nofe Ihould become flatus it happens 
to many through the unskilfulnefs of Chirurgeons. 
The cure 
of a bro" 
ken note. 
The ufeol 
pipes in 
broken 
n ofes. 
1 he Figure of pipes to be put into theNofir ils. 
Then muft you put little pipes into the no- 
ftrills, and thefe not exaftly round,but fomewhat 
flat anddeprcft,tyed to the night-cap on each fide 
with a thred, left they fhould fall out.By the help 
of theft pipes the bones of the nofe will be kept in 
their place, aiid there will be paflage forth for 
the matter, and for infpiration and exfpiration. 
But if all the nofe, orfome portion thereof fhall 
be wholly cut off,we muft not hope to reftore it. 
But if the Nofe be fo cut, that as yet it adheres to 
much of the adjacent flefh, from whence it may re- 
ceive life and nouri(hmenr,then fow it up. For the 
lower part of the nofe it may be lhaken,deprelt and wrefted afide, feeing it is griftly; but it cannot 
be broken as the other which is of a bony nature. 
CHAP. XXVII. Of the Wounds of the longue. 
How many 
wayes the 
contin wiry 
of the 
tongue 
may be 
loofed. 
He tongue may be fo wounded, that either it may be wholly cut on ana aepnvca of lorn 
portion of the fubftance,or only flit longwayes or atwhart.The Ioffe of the fubftance can 
not be repaired,becaufe every part feparated andpluckt from the living body,from wheno 
it had life,fpirit and blood,prefently dyes.For as the Philofophers fay, Aprivations ad ha' 
bitum non eft regreflits,But when it is cut or flit longwayes or fidewayes,it is eafily reftored by future 
if fo be that the cloven part yet adhere to the living body from whence it may draw both mattei 
and form of life. Therefore a carefull fervant (hall ftraitly hold with a foft and clean linnen clot! 
the body of the tongue,left it fhould flip away by reafon of its flipperinefs, whilft the Chirurgeor 
flitch it above and belowjwhen he thinks he hath fufficiently fowed it, let him cut off the thred a; 
neer to the knot as he can, left beingdeft too long it might be tangled with the teeth as he eats,anc 
fo caufe a hurtfull laceration or reading of the fowed parts. In the mean time let the patient eai 
barly creams,almond milks, Gellyes, culliffes and broths, and the yolks of let him ofter 
hold in his mouth Sugar of Rofes and fyrup of Quinces; for fuch things'befides their nourilhim 
faculty ,perfo rm the part of an agglutinating and detergent medicine. I have learned thefe thing; 
I have here fetdown, neither from my mafters whom I have heard with attention, nor by reading 
The cure 
of a cloven 
tongue. Lib.io, 
Wounds of each part 
295 
of books,but they have been fuch as I have tryed with happy fuccefs in many; as in the fon ofMon- 
heur de Marigny Prefident of the Inquifition,in John Piet a Carpenter dwelling in the fuburbs of 
Saint German. 
But moft apparently in a child of three years old,the fon of the great Lawyer Monfieur Covet, who 
fell with his chin upon a ftohe,and fo cut off a large peece of the end ofhis tongue, which chanced 
to be between his teeth,it hung but at a very fmall fiber of Hefti,fb that I had very little or no hope 
to agglutinate and unite it,which thing almoft made me to pluck it quite away; yet I changed that' 
determination by conftdering the lofs of the moft noble aftion of fpeaking, which would thereup- 
on enfue,and weighing the providence of nature often working wonders and inch things as exceed 
the expectation of the Phyfitian in curing difeafes. 1 alfo thought thus with my felt, the flefli of 
the tongue is foft,loofe,fungous and fpungy,neither is it altogether obvious to the external! inju- 
ries of the ayr ; wherefore after that I had once or twice thruft through the needle and th red up- 
wards and downwards,and for the reft ordered the child to be tiled and dieted after the manner I 
lately mentioned,he grew well within a Ihort time,and yet remains fo,fpeaking well and diftinftly. 
AHillory. 
Nature oft 
doth firangei 
things in 
thejeure; 
of djfeafes. 
CHAP. XXVIII. Of the /Ebunds of the Eares. 
-Ie eares are fometimes wholly cut off, fometimes but in part, otherwhiles they are only 
flit,fo that the rent portion as yet adhering to the reft, is joyncd with it in communi- 
on of life,In this laft cafe it is fit to life a future; but yet fo that you touch not the griftle 
with your needleffor thence there would be in danger of a gangrene which happens to 
many by foolilh curing ; therefore you fhall takeup and comprehend with your needle only the 
skin,and that little fleih which encompaffes the griftle. You (hall perform the reft of the cure with 
pledgets and ligatures artificially fitted,and (hall refift inflammation and other fymptomes with fit 
medicins. But you muft take fpeciall care that no fuperfluous fleih grow in the auditory pailage, 
which may hinder the hearing ; wherefore you (hall keep that paflage free by flopping it with a 
peece of fpunge. But you (hall procure agglutination and confolidation ofthegriftly part( and 
therefore next to a bone moft dry) with dry medicins. But thofe who have their ears quite cut off, 
can do nothing but hide the deformity of their mif-hap with a cap,ftufted with cotton on that fide. 
How many 
wayes the" 
unity of 
ears may be 
violated. 
How to 
fow a 
wounded 
Eate. 
CHAP. XXIX. Of the EEounds of the neckband throat. 
He Wounds of the neck and throat are fomewhiles fimple, as thofe which only ufe the 
continuity of the muffles;otherwhiles compound, fuch as thole which have conjoyned 
with them a fra&ure of the bones, as of the Vertebra-pr hurt of the internall and exter- 
nal! jugular Veins,or fleepy Arteries;fometimes the Trachea Arteria3 or Weazon, and the 
afyhagus or gullet are wounded;fometimes wholly cut off,whence preffnt death enfiies. Wherefore 
let not the Chirurgeon meddle with fuch wounds, unlefs he firft foretell the danger of death, or 
the lofsoffome motion to thofe that are prefent. For it often happens that fomc notable nerve or 
tendon is violated by a wound in the neck,whence a palfie enfues, and that abfolutely incurable, if 
the wound fhall penetrate to the fpinall marrow, alfo hurt therewith. Wounds of the gullet and 
Weazon are difficultly cured becaufe they are in perpetuall motion; and chiefly of the latter by rea- 
fon it is griflly and without blood.The wounds of the gullet are known, by fpitting of blood,by 
the breaking forth of meat St drink by the woundjbut if the gullet be quite cut afunder,the patient 
cannot fwallow at all. For the cut parts are both contracted in themlclves, the one upwards, and 
the other downwards. But we know the weazon is hurt, by calling up blood at the mouth with 
a continual! cough, and by the coming forth of the breath or winde by the Wound. The Wounds 
of the jugular Veins and fleepy Arteries,if they be great, are ufually deadly, becaufe they cannot be 
ftraitly bound upffor you cannot bind the throat hard without danger of choaking or ftrangling 
the patient.But for defect of a ftrait ligature in this cafe the flux of blood proves deadly. If the re- 
current Nerve ofeither fide be cut,it makes the voice hoarfe;if cut on both fides,it takes away the 
ufe of fpeech,by hurting thefe inftruments which impart motion to the muffles of the Larinx. For 
the cure if the wound be final!, and not affociated with the hurt of any notable veffel, nor of the 
Weazon and gullet,it is fpeedily and eafily cured ; and if there fhall be need you fhall ufe a future, 
then you fhall put therein a fufficient quantity of Venice Turpentine mixed, with bole-Armenick; 
or elff fome of my Balfam of which this is the receipt. R Terebinth, veneta lb fl. gum. elemi Jiiij. olei 
armenis& fang.draconis an. |j. aqua vita ant fitnul omnia lento fiat Bal- 
jamum utartis gulverif ireos florent. done wonders with this 
Balfame in the agglutination of Ample wounds,wherein no flrange body hath been. Now when you 
have put it in,lay upon it a plaifter of Diacalcitheos diffolved in oyl of Rofes & vinegar,as that which 
hath power to reprefs the flowing down of humors, and hinder inflammation, or in Read thereof 
you may apply Emg.de Gratia Dei, or Emg.de lanua. But if the jugular veins and fleepy Arteries be 
cut,let the bleeding be flayed,as we have ffiewed in a chapter,treating thereof. When the Weazon or 
Gullet are wounded,the Chirurgeon fhall fow them up as neatly as he carijand the Patient fhall not 
endeavour to fwallow any hard thing,but be content to be fed with gcllyes and broths. When a 
gargarifine is needfull,this following is very good. R hordei M.j.flcrum rojar- g.j. gaflul.mund. jujuba- 
rum omnia flmul3addendo mellisrofi& Julep.roflanflflYj.fiat gargarijina, ut artitefl. 
With which being warm the Patient fhall moyften his mouth,and throat,for it will mitigate the 
harfhnefs of the part,aflwage pain,cleanie and agglutinate, and make him breath more freely. But 
that the Chirurgeon may not defpaire of, or leave any thing unattempted in fuch like wounds, I 
have thought good to demonflrate by fome examples how wonderfull the works of . nature are, 
if they be affifled by Art. A 
The diffe- 
rences of 
wounds of 
the neck & 
I rhroat* 
The palfie 
fo Howes 
upon 
wounds of 
the neck. 
Signes that 
the gullet 
is woun- 
ded* 
The 
wounds of 
the jugular 
veinsand 
fleepy Ar- 
teries are 
deadly by 
accident. 
Byhurting 
the recur- 
rent Nerve 
the voice 
is hurt. 
The de. 
fcription of 
the Au. i 
thorsBal- 
fam. 
.The faculty 
of 'DzdfdZ- 
citheot. 
The cure 
of the 
wounded 
Wcazon 
and gulletd 
A garga- 
rifm. 
The mart*' 
fold ufe 
thcrcofi 296 
Of Green and'Bloody 
LI B. i o. 
A Hiflory, 
■ A certain fervant of Monfieur de Chatnyaignc3 a gentleman ofx4faj<w, was wounded in the throat 
with a fword,whereby one of the jugular veins was cut together with his Weazon. He bled much 
and could not lpeak,and thefe fymptomes remained, untill Inch time as the wound was (owed up, 
and covered with medicines. But if the medicins at any time were more liquid, he as it were fucked 
them by the wound and fpaces between the ftitches,and prcfently put forth at his mouth that which 
he had fucked or drawn in. Wherefore more exactly confidering with my fell, the greatnefs of the 
Woundjthe fpermatick, and therefore dry and bloodlefs nature unapt to agglutination, of the af- 
fected part,but chiefly of the Weazon and jugular veinjas alfo for that the rough Artcry is obnoxi- 
ous to thefe motions which the gullet performs in fwallowing, by reafon of the inner coat, which 
is continued to the coat of the gullet,by which means theie parts mutually ferve each other with a 
reciprocal! motion,even as the ropes which run to the wheel of a pulley j furthermore weighing 
that the Artery wasneceflary for the breathing, and tempering the heat of the heart,as the jugular 
veins ferved for the nourifhment of the upper parts 5 and laftly weighing with my fell the great 
quantity of blood he had loft, which is as it were the treafiire of nature, I told thole which were 
prefent,that death was neer and certainly at hand. And yet beyond cxpe&ation, rather by divine 
favour then our Art,he recovered his health. 
Equally admirable is this hiftory folio wing,Two Englilhmen walked out of the City of Pa- 
ris for their recreation to the wood of Ffiwnwe 5 but one of them lying in wait to rob the other of 
his money and a maflie chain of gold which he wore fit upon him at unawares, cut his throat and 
robbed him,and fo left him amongft the Vines which were in the way, fuppofing he had kill'd 
him,having with his dagger cut the Weazon and gullet. This murderer came back to the cityjthe 
other half dead,crawled with much adoe to a certain Peafants houfe,and being drefled with filch 
medicines as were prefent and at hand,he was brought to the City, and by his acquaintance com- 
mitted to my cure to be cured. I at the firft,as diligently as I could, fowed up the Weazon which 
was cut quite afunder, and put the lips of the wound as dole together as I could 51 could not get 
hold of the gullet becaufe it was fallendown into the ftomach, then I bound up the wound with 
medicins,pledgets and fit ligatures. After he was thus dreft he begun to fpeak, and tell the name of 
the villain the author of this faft,fo that he was taken and faftened to the wheel, and having his 
limbs broken loft his wretched life,for the life of the innocent wounded man who dyed the fourth 
day after he was hurt. 
The like hurt befell a certain Germane,who lay at the houfe of one Perots in the ftreet of 
being frantickjin the night cut his throat with a fword:I being called in the morning by his friends 
who went to fee him,dreft him juft after the fame manner as I drefled the Englifliman.Wherefore he 
prefently recovered his fpeech,which before could not utter one fyliable, freed from fufpition of 
the crime and prifon the fervant, who lying in the fame chamber with him, was upon fufpition 
committed to prifon,and confcfling the thing as it was done, lived foure dayes after the wound be- 
ing nourilhed with broths put into his fundament like clyfters, and with the gratefull vapour of 
comfortable things,as bread newly drawn out of the Oven and foaked in ftrong wine. Having thus 
by Art of Chirurgery made the dumb fpeak for the fpace of foure dayes. 
A flrange 
Hiftory. 
Another 
Hiflory. 
CHAP. XXX. f'f the of the Chefl. 
The diffe- 
rences of 
wounds of 
the Cheft. 
Ome wounds of the Cheft are on the fore fide,lbmc behind, fome penetrate more deep,o- 
thers enter not into the capacity thereof other fome pierce even to the parts contained 
therein,as the hollow vein, and afeendent artery ; O- 
ther fome palfe quite through the body;whereby it happens that fome are deadly, fome 
not. 
You fhall thus know that the wound penetrates into the capacity of the Cheft, if that when the 
patients mouth and nofe be fhut,the breath, or wind breaks through the wound with noile, fo that 
it may diffipate, or blow out a lighted candle being held neer it. If the patient can fcarfe either 
draw,or put forth his breath, which alfo is a figne that there is fome blood fallen down upon the 
By thefc fignes you may know that the heart is wounded : If a great quantity of blood gulh out, 
if a trembling poflefle all the members of the body • if the pulfe be little and faint,if the colour be- 
come pale,if a cold fweat and frequent fowning aflail him, and the extream parts become cold, 
then death's at hand. 
Yet when I was at Turin I faw a certain Gentleman who fighting a duell with another, received 
a wound under his left breft which pierced into the fubftance of his heart, yet for all that he ftruck 
fome blowes afterwards,and followed his flying enemy fome two hundred paces untill befell down 
dead upon the groundshaving opened his body, I found a wound in the fubftance of the heart, fo 
large as would contain ones finger; there was only much blood poured forth upon the midriffe. 
Thele are the fignes that the Lungs are wounded, for the blood comes foamy or frothy out of 
the wounds,the Patient is troubled with a cough,he is alfo troubled with a great difficulty of brea- 
thing and a pain in his fide, which he formerly had notjie lyes moft at eafe when he lyes upon the 
wound,and fometimes it comes fo to pafs, that lying fo he (peaks more freely and eafily,but turn- 
ed on the contrary fide,he prefently cannot ipeak. 
When the Diaphragma} or midriffe is wounded,the party affededis troubled with a weight or 
heavinefs in that place,he is taken with a Delirium., or raving by reafon of the fympathy of the 
Nerves of thefixth conjugation which are fpread over the midriffe; difficulty of breathing,a cough 
& ffiarp paintroubles the patient,the Guts are drawn upwrards;fo that it fometimes happens by the 
vehe- 
Thefignes. 
Signes that 
the heart i$ 
wounded. 
A Hiflory. 
Signes that 
the Lungs 
are woun- 
ded. 
Signes that 
thctaidriffe 
is woun- 
ded. Lib.10. 
W\oundr of each part. 
297 
vefiemencyofbreathing,that the ftomach and guts are drawn through the wound into the capacity 
of the CheGfwhich thing I obferved in two. 
The one of thefe was a Mafon,who was thrtift through the mid ft of the midriffe,where it is nervous., L 
and dyed the third day following. I opening his lower belly, and not finding his ftomach, thought it 
a nionftrous thing j but at length fearching diligently, I found it was drawn into the Chcft, through 
the wound which was fcarfean inch broad.But the ftomach was full of wind,but little humidity in it. 
The other was called captain Franck d'Alon& Native of before Rochell was (hot with a 
Musket Bullet,entring by the breaft-bone neer to the fword-like Griftle, and palling through the? 
flelhy part of the midriffe,went out at the fpace between the fifth and fix th baftardribs. The wound1 
was healed up on the out fide,yet for all that there remained a wcaknefs of the ftomach, whereupon a 
pain of the guts like to the colick took him, efpccially in the Evening, and on the night 5 for which 
caufe he durft not fup but very fparingly. But on the eighth month after,the pain raging more vio- 
lently in his belly then it was accuftomed,he for the mitigating of the vehemency there- 
of Simon Mahnedy and Anthony du Vai both learned Phy fitians omitted no kind of remedy. The body of 
the difeafed was opened by the skilfull Chirurgeon JWj GuiUe<meauy who found a great portion of 
the colick gut fwelled with much wind gotten into the Cheft, through the wound of the 
for all it was fo fmall that you could fcarfc put your little finger in thereat .But now let us return from 
whence we digrefled. 
We underftand that there is blood poured forth into the capacity of the Cheft by the difficulty of' 
breathing,the vehemency of the increafing feaver,the ftinking ofthe breath, the calling up of blood at ] 
the mouth,and other fymptomes which ufually happen to thefe who have putrefied and clotted blood 
poured out ofthe velfels into the belly,infefting with the filthy vapour of the corrupt fubftance, the ' 
parts to which it (hall come. But allo, unlefs the Patient cannot lye upon his back, he is troubled1 
with a defire to vomit,and covets now and then to rife,whence he often falls into a lwound,the vitall * 
faculty which fuftains the body being broken and debilitated both by reafon of the wound, andcon- 
creat or clotted bloodjfor fo putting on the quality of poyfon, it greatly diftipates and dillblves the 
ftrength ofthe heart. 
It is a fign the fpinall marrow is hurt, when a Convulfion or Palfie, that is, a fodain lols of fcnfe1 
and motion in the parts thereunder,an unvoluntary excretion of the Urine and other excrements Or a 
total 1 fuppreffion of them,leifes upon the Patient.When the hollow vein and great Artery are WQUn- 
ded,the Patient will dye in a ftiort time, by reafon of the fodain and aboundant effufionof thebjoo4 
and fpirits, which intercepts the motion of the Lungs and heart,whence the party dyes faffocated. 
A 
'Inothet 
rliftory. 
Signstbat 
rhere is 
blood 
poured into 
the capaci; 
ty of the 
Chcft. 
Signs that 
thcfpiricis 
wounded. 
C H A P. X X X. Of the cure of the Wounds of the Cheft. 
have read in lohn de Vigo, that it is difputed amongft Chirutgeons concerning the confoF" 
lation of wounds oi the Cheft.For fome think that ftich wounds muft be clofed up, and c1" 
:atrized with-all poffiblefoeed, left the cold air come to the heart, and the vitall fpirits fly 
away andbe diflipated.Others on the contrary think that fuch wounds ought to be long 
kept operand alfo if they be not fufficiently large of themtelves, that then they muft be inlarged by 
Chirurgery,that fo the blood poured forth into the capacity of the Cheft may have paflage forth, 
which otherwife by delay would putrefie,whence would enfue an increafe of the feaver,a fiftulous ul- 
cered other pernicious accidents. The firft opinion is grounded upon reafon and truth, if fo be 
that there is little or no blood poured forth into the capacity of the Cheft ; But the latter takes 
place where there is much more blood contained in the empty fpaces of the Cheft. Which < left I may 
feemrafhly to determin, I think it notamifsto ratifie each opinion with a hiftory thereto agreeable. 
Whilft I was at Tarin,Chirurgeon to the Marlhall of Montejan, the King of France his Generali, I 
had in cure a Souldier of Prf/T,whote name was ferved under captain Renovart.He had three 
wounds,but one more grievous than the reft,went under the right brcft,fomewhat deep into the capaci- 
ty of the Cheft,whence much blood was poured forth upon the midrifle, which caufed fuch difficulty o: 
breathing,that it even took away the liberty of his fpeech; befides through this occafion he had a ve- 
hement feaver,coughed up biood,and a (harp pain on the wounded fide. ' The Chirurgebh which firfl 
dreft him,had fo bound up the wound with a ftrait and thick flit ure,that nothing could flow out there- 
at.But I being called the day after,and weighing the prelent lymptomes which threatned fpeedy death, 
judged that the lowing of the wound muft ftraight be looted; which being done there inftantly ap- 
peared a clot of blood at the orifice thereof,which made me to caufe the Patient to lye half out of his 
bedjWith his head downwards, andtoftayhis hands on a fettle which was lower than the bed, and 
keeping himtelf in this pofture,to (hut his mouth and note that fo his Lungs Ihould fwell,the midriffi 
be ftretched forth,and the intercofta.il muteles and thote of the Abdomen Ihould be comprefled, that th< 
blood poured into the Cheft might be evacuated by the wound; but'alfo that this excretion mighi 
fuccced more happily,! thruft my finger fomewhat deep into the wound,that fo I might open the ori- 
fice thereof being flopped up with the congealed bloocfiand certainly I drew out fome feven or eight 
ounces of putrefied & ftinking blood by this means. When he was laid in his bed,I cauted frequent in- 
jettions to be made into the wound of a deco&ion of Barly with Honey of Rotes and red Sugar,which 
being injetted I wifhthim to turn firft on the one,andthen on the other fide,and then,again to lye out 
of his bed as before:for thus he evacuated fmal,but very many clots of blood,together with she liquoj 
lately in jetted; which being done,the fymptomes were mitigated,8c left him by little and 1 it tle.Tht 
next day I made another more detergent injettion,adding thereto wormwood,centaury,and Aloesjbut 
fuch a bitternes did rife up to his mouth together with a defire to call,that he could not longer induce 
it.Then it came into my mind that formerly I had obterved the like eftett of the like remedy in the Ho- 
fpital 
Figo tra&» 
de i/uln.tho" 
lq, 
A 
Why tbktcr 
things muft 
nor be caft 
into the 
Chcft, 298 
Of Green and'Eloody 
Lib. 10. 
fpitall of Par if, in one who had a fiftulous ulcer in his Chcft.Therefore when 1 had confidered with my 
felf that fuch bitter things may cafily pafs into the LungS5and fo may from thence rife into the Wea- 
pon and mouth,! determined that thence for wards I would never ufe Inch bitter things to my Patients, 
for the ufe of them is much more troublefbme than any way good and advantageous.But at the length 
this Patient by this and the like means recovered his health beyond my expeftation. 
But on the contrary, I was called on a time to a certain Germain gentleman who was run with a 
fword into the capacity of his Cheft, the neighbouring Chirurgeon had put a great tent into the 
n wound at the firft drafting,which I made to be taken fortfi,for that I certainly underftood there was no 
'• blood powrcd forth into the capacity of the Cheft becaufc the Patient had no leaver, no weight upon 
• the fpitted forth any blood.Wherefore I cured him in few dayes by only dropping in 
fome of my balfame and laying a plaifter of TJiacalcitbeos upon the wound. The like cure I have hap- 
pily performed in many others. To conclude, this I dare boldly affirm, that wounds of the Cheft by 
11 the too long ufe of tents degenerate into Fiftula's. Wherefore it you at any time ffiall undertake 
. the cure of wounds which penetrate into the capacity of the Cheft, you ffiall not prefently (hut them 
e up at the firft drafting,but keep them open for two or three dayesjbut when you ffiall find that the Pa- 
tient is troubled with none or very little pain, and that the midriffe is prefled down with no weight, 
and that he breaths freely,then let the tent be taken forth,and the wound healed up as fpcedily as you 
can by covering it only with lint dipped in fome balfame which hath a glutinative faculty, and laid 
fomewhat broader than the woundsnever apply linime nts to wounds of this kind,left the Patient by 
breathing draw them into the capacity of the Cheft.Whcrefore alfo you muft have a care that the tent 
put into thofe kinds of wounds may be faftened to the pledgets, and alfo have fomewhat a large head 
left they ffiould be drawn as we faid into the capacity of the Cheft, for if they fall in, they will caufe 
putrefaftion and death. Let Emplaft. Dccalcitheos or fome fuch like be apply ed to the wound.But if on 
the contrary,you know by proper, and certain figns,that there is much blood fallen into the fpaces of 
the Cheft,then let the orifice ofthe wound be kept open with larger tents, untill all the Sanies or 
bloody matteijwherein the blood hath degenerated,ffiall be exhauftcd.But if it happen at any time, as 
afluredly it fometimes doth,that notwithstanding the Art and care of die Phyfitian, the wound dege- 
nerates into a Fi/?w/<«,then the former evill is become much worfe. For Fiftula's of the Cheft,are (carte 
cured at any time,and that, for divers caufes.The firft is,for that the mufcles of the Cheft are in perpetu- 
al! motion ; Another is,becaufe they on the contrary infide.are covered only with the membrane in- 
vefting the ribs, which is without blood. The third is,for that the wound hath no ftay, by means 
whereof it may be comprefled,fowed,and bound,whereby the lips being joyned together, the wound 
may at length be replcniffied with fleffi and cicatrized. 
But the reafon why wounds of the Cheft do every day heap up and pour forth fo great a quantity 
of matter,(eems to be their vicinity to the heart, which being the fountain of blood, there is a perpe- 
tual! efflux thereof from thence to the part affefted. For this is natures care in prelerving the affefted 
parts,that continually and aboundantly without meaffire or mean it fends all its fupplyes, that is, 
blood and Ipirits to the aid. Add hereto,that theaffefted parts by pain,heat,and continual! motion of 
the Lungs and midriffe, draw and allure much blood to themfelves. Such like blood defiled by the 
malignity and filth of the wound,is (peedily corrupted; whence it is that from the perpetual! afflux 
of blood, there is a continuall efflux of matter or filth ,which at the laft brings a man to a confiimp- 
tion j becaufe the ulcerated part like a ravenous wolf coqfumes more blood by the pain,heat and mo- 
tion than can beminiftred thereto by tlieheart.Yet if there be any hope to cure and heal the Fiftula, it 
ffiall be performed, (after the ufe of diet,phlebotomy,and according to the preffiript of the Phyfitian) 
by a vulnerary potion, which you (hall fifid defcribed when we treat of the Caries or rottennefs of 
the bones.Wherefore you ffiall make frequejit injeftions therewith into the Fiftubi, adding and mixing 
with it lyruputfde rofts ftccx and mel do I,if the putrefa&ion be great, fear to mix there- 
with FEgyptiacum. But you muft have a care to remember & obffirve the quantity of the injefted liquor* 
that you may know whether it all come forth again after it hath performed its detergent office. For 
if any thereof remain behind in the corners and crooked paffages,it hurts the part, as corrupted with 
the contagion thereof, 
Read the 
Hirtory of 
Marylliu in 
Gtilen.lib.7. 
de Anatom, 
admimfira. 
What ham 
enfuesthe 
too long uft 
of tents. 
No lini- 
ments mnft 
be nfed in 
wounds of 
i he t heft. 
Wounds of 
the C heft 
eafily dege- 
nerate into 
a Fifiula. 
VVhy there 
flows fuch 
plenty of 
matterout 
of wounds 
of the 
Chert i 
The cure of 
a Fiftula in 
the Chert. 
VVhenzE- 
gyptiacum 
muftbeput 
into the in- 
jeftions. 
'Ibe form of a Syringe fit to injeflion.jwhen a great quantity or liquor m to be injected into any part. 
/liter the 
inje&cd li- 
quor is come 
forth, a pipe 
of gold,filvcr 
or lead, fhall 
be put into 
the fiftulous 
ulcer; and it muft have many holes in it,that fo the filth may pais forth at them ; it mufl be faft tyed 
with firings,that it may not fall into the capacity of the Cheft. A great fpunge fteeped in 
and wrung forth again,fhall be laid hot to the end or orifice thereof, both to hinder the entrance of 
the air into the Fiftulous ulcer,as alfo to draw forth the filth there by its gentle heat,the which thing 
the Patient fhall much further if often times both day and night he hold his breath, flopping his 
mouth and nofe,and lying upon the difeafed fide,that fb the Sanies may be the more forcibly evacuated; 
neither muft we leave the putting in the pipe,before that this fiftulous ulcer fhall be almoft dry,that is, 
whole,as when it yeelds little, or no matter at alljthen it muft be cicatrized. But if the orifice of this 
fiftulous ulcer being in the upper part hinder the healing thereof, then by a chirurgicall Se&ion, a 
paflage fhall be made in the bo" ome,as we faid before in an Ewipjeaw. 7k 
■ -p ■ > . ■ . ' ' ' . ■ < *'-£'1 Wounds of each part. 
299 
LlB.lO< 
T.e delineation of the pipes with their firings andfpunges 
The Reader mu ft note th at the pipes which are fit for th & 
ujejieed not have jo many holes as thefe here expreft 5 but only 
two or three in their ends: for the fiefs growing and getting 
into the reftynakg them that they cannot be plucked forth with- 
out much pain. 
A wound made in the Lungs admits cure, unlefs it 
be very largest'it be without inflammation 5 if it be 
on the skirts of the Lungs, and not on their upper 
parts ; if the Patient contain himfelf from coughing 
muehjand contentious fpeaking,and great breathing: 
for the wound is inlarged by coughing, and thence 
alfo arifes inflammationthe Pits and Sanies whereof, 
whilft the lungs again indeavour to expell by cough- 
ing,by which means they are only able to expell that 
which is hurtfull and troiibleibme to them, the ulcer 
What 
wounds of 
rhe Lungs, 
are curable. 
The harm 
that infues 
upon 
coughing in 
wounds of 
the Lungs, 
How Ecl(?~ 
mu'I inu-ft be 
fwallowed. 
is dilated,the inflammation augmented,the Patient waftes away,and the difeafe becomes incurable. t 
There have bin many defcribed by Phyfitians for to clenfethe ulcer jwhich when the Patient1 
ufeth.he fhall lye on his back, to keep them long in his mouth,fo to relax the mufcles of the Larinx ' 
for thus the medicine will fall by little and little alongft the coats of the weazon, for if it fliould fall 
down in geeat quantity,it would be in danger to caufe cough ing.Cows,Afles, or Goats milk with a 
little honydeft they fhould corrupt in the ftomach,are very fit remedies for this purpofe 5 but womans 
milk exceeds the reft. . 
But Sugar ofRofes is to be preferred before all other medicines,in the opinion of yfz'ften, for that 
it hath a detergent,and alfo an aftri&ive and ftrengthening faculty, than which nothing is more to be 
defired in curing of ulcers. When you fhall think it time to agglutinate the clenfed ulcer, you muft 
command the Patient to ufe emplaftick,auftere,and aftringent medicines, fuch as are Terra]%illata9 bolus 
rfrnjen^,h}p9#^5pIantain,knot-grafs,yti?n(?rb,4Crfcz<? and the like, which the Patient fhall ufe in his 
broaths and Edii'w/j,mixing therewith honey of rofes, which ferving for a vehicle to the reft, may 
carry away the impaled filth which hinders agglutination. But feeing an heftive feaver eafily follows 
upon thefe kinds of wounds,andalfo upon the affe&s of the Cheft and lungs, it will not be amifs to 
let down fomewhat concerning the cure thereof,that fo the Chirurgeon may know to adminifter fome 
help to his Patient,whilft a Phyfitian is ferit for, to overcome this difeafe with more powerfull and 
certain remedies. . 
. The utility. 
'of Sugar of 
' rofes in iff* 
■ cerated or 
' wounded 
; Lungs. 
He&ive feaver is fo called,either for that it is ftubborn and hard to cure and loofe,as things 
which havecontra&ed a habit; for Hexis in Greek lignifies a habit; or elfe for that it feiles 
upon the folid parts of our bodies called by the Greeks Hexeir, both which the Latin word 
Habitm doth fignifie. v .« J 
There are three kinds,or rather degrees of this feaver. The firft is when the he&ick heatconfumcs 
the humidity of the folid parts.The lecond is,when it feeds upon theflefliy fubftance. The third and 
uncurable is, when it deftroyes the folid parts them! elves. For thus the flame of a lamp firft waftes the 
oyljthen the proper moifture of the Weik. Which being done there is no hope of lighting it again 
what ftore of oyl foever you poure upon it.This feaver very feldome breeds of it felf, but commonly 
follows after fome other. 
Wherefore the caufes of a heftive feaver are,fharp and burning feavers not well cured, efpecially if 
their heat, were not reprefled with cooling cpithemes applyed to the heart and Hypochondria. If cold 
water was not fitly drunk.lt may alfo fucceed a Diary leaver which hath been caufed and begun by 
fome long,great and vehement grief or anger,or fome too violent labour,which any of a (lender and 
dry body hath performed in the hot fun. It is alfo oft-times caufed by an ulcer,or inflammation of 
the Lungs,an empyema of the Cheft,by any great and long continuing Phlegmoh of the Liver, ftomach, 
mefentery,wombe, kidney s,B! adder, of the guts Jejunum and Colon, and alfo of the other Guts, if the 
Phlegmon fucceed fome or bloody flux, whence a confumption of the whole bo- 
dy ?and at laft a heftick feaver,the heat becoming more acrid,the moifture of the body being conliimed. 
This kind of feaver as it is mo ft eafily to be known, fo is itmoft difficult to cure; thepulfe in this 
feaver is hard,by reafon of thedrynefsofthe Artery which is a folid part; and it is weak by reafon of 
the debility of the vitall faculty,the fubftance of the heart being aflaulted. But it is little and frequent 
becaufe of the diftemper and heat of the heart,which for that it cannot by reafon of its weaknefs caufc 
a great pulfe to cool it felf, it labours by the oftenncfs to fupply that defeft. 
But for the pulfe,it is a proper fign of this feaver,that one or two houres after meat the pulfe feels 
Wronger than ufiiall; and then alfo there is a more acrid heat over all the Patients body. The heat of 
this flame lafts untill the nouriffiment be diftributed overall the Patients body ; in which time the 
drynefs of the heart in fome fort tempered and recreated by the appulfe of moift nourifhmcnt,the heat 
increafes no otherwife than lime which a little before feemed cold to the touch, but fprinklcd and 
mo jftened with water grows fo hot,as it finoaks and boyls up.At other times there is a perpetuall e- 
quality of heat & pulfe in fmalnefs, faintnefs,obfcurity,frequency,and hardnefs,without any exacerba- 
tion,fo that the Patient cannot think himfclf to have a feaver,yca he cannot complain of any thing,hc 
feels no pain,which is another proper fign of an heftick feaver. The caufe that the heat doth not 
(hew 
CHAP. XXXI I. Of the differences, caufes,figm of an Heflive feaver. 
The reafofi 
of rhe name. 
The differ- 
ences there* 
of. 
The Signe, 
Why in he* 
flicks rhe 
hear is mote 
acrid after 
wear. 300 
Of Green andBloody 
Lib. 10 
The figne: 
of a he- 
flick joy, 
ned wiih a 
putrid fea- 
ver, 
,s ffiew its felf is,it doth not poflefle the furface of the body, that is, the fpirits and humors,but lyes as 
buried in the earthy grofsnefle of the folid parts.Yet if you hold your hand fomewhat long, you ffial 
at laft perceive the heat more acrid and biting,the way being opened therctb by the skin rarifyed by 
the gentle touch of the warm and temperate hand. Wherefore if at any time in thefe kind of feavers the 
Patient feel any pain,and perceive himfelf troubled with an inequality and excefle of heat, it is a 1 ign 
that the heftick leaver is not limple,but conjoined with a putrid feaver, w hich cauftth fuch inequali- 
ty ,as the heat doth more or lefle feife upon matter fubjeft to putrefaftiori ; for a hectick feaver of it 
felf is void of all equality,unlefle it proceed from fome externall caufe, as from meat ; Certainly if an 
Hippocratique face may be found in any difeafe, it may inthis,by icafon of the colliquation, or wa- 
fting away the triple fubftance,In the cure of this difeafe,you muft diligently obferve with what afFcfts 
it is entangled,and whence it was caufed.Wherefore firft you muft know whether this feaver be a dif- 
- cafe; or elfe a fymptome.For if it be fymptomaticall. it cannot be cured, as long as the difeafe the caufe 
. thereof,remains uncuredjas if an ulcer ofthegutsoccafioned by a bloody flix lhall have caufed it,or 
elfe a fiftulous ulcer in the Cheft caufed by fome wound received on that part, it will never admit of 
cure,unlefle firft the fiftulous or dyfenterick ulcer lhall be cured; becaufe the difeafe feeds the fymp- 
• tomes,as the caufe the cffie&.But if it be a Ample and eflentiall heftick feaver, for that it hath its eflence 
confifting in an hot and dry diftemper,which is not fixed in the humors,but in the folid parts, all the 
counfell of the Phyfitian muft be to renue the body,but not to purge it ; for only the humors require 
purging, and not the defaults of the folid parts.Therefore the f olid parts muft be refrigerated and hu- 
niefted; which we may doe by medicins taken inwardly and applyed outwardly. 
The things wThich may with goodfuccefs be taken inwardly into the body for this purpofe, are 
medicinall nourifhments.For hence we fhall find more certain and manifeft g ood, than from altering 
medicins,that is,wholly refrigerating and humefting without any manner of nouriftiment. 
t For by reafon of that portion fit for nutriment which is therewith mixed they are drawn and cari- 
cd'more powerfully to the parts, and alfo converted into their fiibftance : whereby it comes to pafle 
that they do not humeft and coole them lightly and fuperficially, like the medicins which have only 
power to alter and change the body, but they carry their qualities more thfoughly even into the in- 
nermoft fubftance. Of thefe things fome are herbs,as violets, purflain,buglofs,endive,duckf-meat, or 
water fentill,mallowes, efpecially when the belly fhall be bound. Some are fruits,as gourds,cowcum- 
ber.s,apples,prunes,raifons,fweet almonds,andfrefh or new pine-apple kernells; in the number of feeds 
are the foure greater and lefler cold feeds,and thefe new,for their native humidity, the feeds of pop- 
pyesjberberies,quinces. The'flowers of buglofs, violets, water lillies, are alfo convenient;of all thefe 
things let broth be made with a chicken,to be taken in the morning for eight or nine dayes, after the 
firft>conco&ion. 
For meats jin the beginning of the difeafe,when the faculties are not too much debilitated, he fhall 
ufe filch as nourifh much and long,thomjh of hard digeftion ; fuch as the extream parts of beafts,as the 
feet of Calves, Hogs feet not faked, theflelh of a Tortois, which hath lived fo long in a garden, as 
may feiffice to digeft the excrementitious humidity;the flefh of white Snails, and fetch as have been ga- 
thered in a vineyard,of frogs,river Crabs, Eels taken in clear waters, and well cooked,hard egs eaten 
with the juyce of Sorrell Whitings and ftockfifh. For all fuch things becaufe they 
have a tough and glutinous juice, arc eanly put and glutinated to the parts of our body, neither are 
they fo ealily diffipated by the feaverifh heat. But when the patient languifheth of a long heftick, he 
muft feed upon meats of eafie digeftion,and thefe boyled rather than roaftedj for boyled meats humeft 
more,& roafted more eafily turn into choler.Wherefore he may ufe to eat Veal,Kid,Capon,Pullet,boi- 
led with refrigerating andhume&ing hearbs; he may alfo ufe Barly creams, Almond milks, as alfo 
bread crummed and moiftened with rofe water and boyled in a decoftion of the foure cold feeds with 
fugar of rofes; for fuch a Panada cools the liver,and the habit of the whole body,& nourifheth with- 
all. The Tefticles, wings, and livers of young cocks, as alfo figsand raifons. But if the Patient at 
length begin to loath and grow weary of boyled meats,then let him ufe roaft,but fo that he cut away 
the burnt & dryedpart thereof,and feed only on the inner part thereof,& that moiftned in rofe water, 
the juice of Citrons,Oranges or Pomegranats. Let him abftain from fait and dry fifties, and chufe fuch 
fifties as live in ftony waters, for the exercife they are forc'd to undergoein ftiunningthe rocks bea- 
ten upon by the waves.Afles milk newly milked and fcafoned with a little fait, fugar,honey, or fen- 
nelljthat it may not corrupt,nor grow fowre in the ftomach;or womans milk fucked from the dug by 
the Patient,to the quantity of halfe a pint,is much commended;verily womans milk is the more whol- 
fome,as that which is more fweet and familiar to our fubftance, if fo be that the nurfe be of a good 
temper and habit of body.For fo it is very good againft the gnawings of the ftomach, and ulcers of 
the Lungs,from whence a Confeimption often proceeds. Let your milch Afle be fed with barly,oats, 
oakleaves; but if the Patient chance to be troubled with the flux of the belly, you fhall make the milk 
fomewhat aftringent by gently boiling it,and quenching therein pebble ftones heated red hot. But 
forthat all natures cannot away with Afles milk,fetch lhall abftain from it, as it makes to have acrid 
belchings,difficulty of breathing,a hear and rumbling in the Hypochondrias of the head.Let the 
Patient temper his wine with a little of the waters of Lettuce,purflain and water-lillies,but with much 
buglofs water,both for that it moyftens very much,as alfo for that it hath a fpecifick power to recreate 
the heart,whofe folid fubftance in this kind of difeafe is grievoufly afflicted. And thus much of things 
to be taken inwardly. 
Thefe things which are to be outwardly applyed, are inunftuous, baths, epithemes, clyfters. !n- 
un&ions are divcrs,according to the various indication of the parts whereto they are applyed.For Ca- 
fes anoints all the Ipine with cooling and moderate aftringent things,as which may fuffice to ftreng- 
then 
The cure. 
A fympto 
matkall he 
flick. 
Aneflenti 
all heflick 
Thingsto 
be taken 
inwardly. 
The benefi 
of medici- 
nall non- 
rifhmenrs. 
The choice 
of meats. 
How 
milk mnft 
be ufed in 
a heflick. 
Womans 
milk more 
wholfome 
than Affes. 
Things to 
be out - 
wardly a». 
plyed. Lib.10. 
Wounds of each part 
301 
then the parts,and hinder their wafting,& not let thetranipiration;for ifitfficmld be Jetted., the heat 
would become more acrid,by fupprcffing the vapours.Oyl of roles, water lillies, Quinces, the muci- 
lages of Gum tragacanth and arabick extracted into water of nightlhade, with fomelmall quantity of 
camphire,and a little wax if need require;but on the contrary, the parts of the breaft muft be annoin- 
ted with refrigerating and relaxing things;by refrigerating I mean things which moderately cool,for 
cold is hurtfuil to the breaft. But aftringent things would hinder the motion of the mufcles of the 
cheft,and caufe a difficulty of breathing. Such inunctions may be made of oyl of Violets, willowes, of 
the feeds of lettuce,poppies,water-lillies, mixing with them the oyl of fwcet almonds to temper the 
aftriftion which they may have by their coldnefs. But you muft have great care that the Apothecary A 
for covetoufnefs in ftcad of thele oylsmewly made give you not old, rancid and falted oyls, for fo in 
ftead of refrigerating,you fhall heat the part;for wine,honey and oyl acquire more heat by age; in de- o 
fed of convenient oyls,we may ufe butter well walked in violet and nightlhade water.The ule of ftich 
inunftionsjis to cool,htimeft and comfort the parts whereto they are ufcd; they muft be ufed evening 
and morning,chiefly after a bath. 
Now for Baths,we prelcrlbe them either only to moiften, and then plain warm Water wherein the t 
flowers of Violets and water lillies, willow leaves and barly have beed boyled, will be fufficient; or re 
elle not only to moiften5but alfo to acquire them a fairer and fuller habit, and then you may adde to s 
your bath the deco&ion of a (keeps head and Gather,with ibme butter. But the Patient fhall not enter 
into the bath failing, but after the firft concoftion of the ftomach, that fo the nourilhmcnt. may be 
drawn, by the warmnefs j of the bath into the whole habit of the body, for otherwife he which is fick t 
of a confumption and fhall enter the bath with his ftomach empty, fhall fuffer a greater diflipation of n 
the triple fubftance,by the heat of the bath, then his ftrength is well able to endure. Wherefore it is fitc 
thus to prepare the body, before you put it into the bath.The day before in the morning let him take *: 
an emollient clyfter, to evacuate the excrements baked in the guts by the he&ick drynefs; then let him { 
eat to his dinner fome folid meats about nine of the clock; and let him about foure of the clock eatj 
fome w hat fparingly,meats of eafie digeftion to his (upper. A little after midnight let him fup off fome i 
chicken broth or barly cream,or elfe two rear egs tempered with fome rofe water and fiigar of roles in t 
Head of falt.Some 4 or 5 houres after,let him enter into the bath,thefe things which I have fet down/ 
being obferved.When becomes out of the bath, let him be dryed and gently rubbed, with foft linneiv 
cloaths,and anointed as I formerly prefcribed, then le t him fleep if he can for two or three houres im 
his bedrwhen he wakes let him take fome Ptifan,or fome fiich like thing, and then repeat, his bath af-t 
ter the forefaid manner.He fhall ufe this bath thrice in ten day es;But if the Patient be fubjeft to crudi- ■ 
ties of the ftomach,fo that he cannot'fit in the bath without fear of fowning and fuch 
ftomach muft be ftrengthned with oyl of Quinces,Wormwood and maftich,or elfe with a cruft of breadk 
tofted,and fteeped in muskadine,and ftrewed over with the powders of Rofes, Sanders, and fo laid to 
the ftomaehjor behind neer to the thirteenth vertebra of the back,under which place,Anatomy teaches, 1 
that the mouth of the ftomach lyes. Epithemes fhall be applyed tex the liver and heart, to temper the1 
too acrid heat of thefe parts,and correct the immoderate drynefs by their moderate humidity. Now 
they fhall be made of refrigerating and hume&ing things,but chiefly humeRing; for too great coldnefs 
would hinder the penetration ofthe humidity into the part lying within. The waters ofbuglofs,and 
Violets,of each a quartern with a little white wine is convenient for this purpofe.But that which is 
made of French barly,the feeds ofgourds, pompions, or Cowcumbers of each three drams in the de- 
cp£Hon,and mixed with much tempering with oyl of Violets, or of fwcet alraonds,is moft excellent 
of all other .Let cloaths be dipped and fteeped in fitch epithemes, and laid, upon the part, andrenued 
as oft as they become hot by the heat of the part. And becaufe in heftick bodies,by reafon of the weak- 
nefs ofthedigeftive faculty,many excrements are u(bally heaped up, and dryed in the guts, it will be 
convenient,all the time of the difeafe to ufe frequently clyfters made of the decoftion of cooling and 
humefting herbs,flowers,and feeds wherein you (ball diffolye CaJJia with fugar and oyl of Violets, or 
water-lillies.But becaufe there often happen very dangerous fluxes in a confirmed heftick feaver* 
which ffiew the decay of alii the faculties of the body, and wafting of the corporeall fiibftance, you 
(hall refift them with refrigerating and aflifting medicins ; and meats of grqfler nouriffimcnt, as Rice, 
and Cicers;and application of aftringent and ftrengthening remedies; and tiling the decoftion of Oats 
or parched barly for drink.Let the Patient be kept quiet and flecping as much as may be,efpecially if he 
be a child. For this leaver frequently invades children by anger, great and long fear, or the two hot 
milk of the nurie,overheating in the Sun,the ufe ofwint andlother fiich like cSufes; they fhall be kept 
in a hot and moift ayre,have another Nurfe,and be anointed with oyl ofviolets;to conclude,you fhall 
apply medicins which are contrary to the morbifick caufe. 
A caution 
in the 
choice of 
Oyles. 
The diflfe. 
rcnces of 
Why the 
patients 
mu ft not 
enter the 
Bath fa- 
cing. 
,How to 
prepare rhe 
body for 
the Bath. 
Things 
rfticngthen«; 
hpgthe 
ventricle* 
Epitheme * 
What a 
f flux hap- 
pening in s 
, heflick fea- 
, verindi- 
, cares. 
How chil- 
dren be 
cured. 
QH A P. XXXIII. Of the wounds of the Epigaftrium and of the whole lower belly. 
He wounds of the lower belly are fometimes before, fometimes behind, Tome only touch 
furface thereof,others enter in;fomepaffe quite through the body,fo that they often leave the 
weapon thereinjfbme happen without hurting the contained parts; others grievoufly offend 
thefe parts, the liver, fpleen, ftomach, guts,kidneys,womb, bladder, ureters, and great vef- 
felis,fo that oft-times a great portion of the Kall, falls forth. We know the Liver is wounded, when a 
gieat quantity of blood comes forth ofthe wound, when a pricking pain reaches even to the fword- 
like griftle,to which the Liver adheres.Oft-times more choler is caff up by vomit, and the Patient lyes 
on his belly with more eaft and content. 
W hen the ftomach or any of the fmall guts are wounded,the meat & >drink break out at the wound, 
the Ilia ox flanks xwell and become hard,the hicket troubles the Patient,and oft-times he cafts up more 
D d choler, 
Their dif- 
ferences. , 
Signsofa 
wounded 
liver. 
Signs that 
the flo- 
mach and 
fmallerguts 
are woun- 
ded. 302 
Of Green and Bloody 
LlB.lO 
Signs to 
knowwhen 
rhe greater 
guts are 
wounded. 
Signs that 
the K id- 
neyesare 
hurt. 
Signs that 
the'Bladder 
is woun- 
ded. 
Signs that 
the wombe 
is woun- 
ded. 
Progno- 
fticks. 
Lib.6< 
mp.39. 
choler,aud grievous pain wrings his belly, and he is taken with cold fweats, and his extream parts 
i wax colci 
If any of the greater guts (hall be hurt,thc excrements come forth at the wound: When the Spleen is 
wounded,there flows out thick and black blood,the Patient is opprcfled with thirft, and there are al- 
fo the other .figns, which we faid u(e to accompany the wounded Liver. A difficulty of making water 
troubles the Patient whole reins are wounded., blood is pifled forth with the LIrint, and he hath a 
pain ftretched to his groins and the regions of the Bladder and Tefticles. 
The Bladder or Ureters being wounded,the flanks are pained, and there is a Tenfion of or 
(hare, blood is made in Head of urine, or elfe the urine is very bloody, which alfo divers times comes 
forth at the wound.Whcn the wombe is wounded, the blood breaks forth by the privities, and the 
ISymptomes are like thofe of the Bladder. 
The wounds of the liver arc deadly,for this part is the work-houfe of the blood, wherefore necefla- 
ry for life;befides by wounds of the liver the branches of the Gate or Hollow veins are cut, whence en- 
tiles a great flux of blood not only inwardly, but alfo outwardly, and confequently a diffipation of 
thefpirits and ftrength. 
But the blood which is ffied inwardly amongft the [bowels'putrefies and corrupts, whence followes 
pain,a feaver,inflammation,and laftly death. YetP<wd«j dEgineta writes, that the lobe of the Liver may 
be cut away without neceflary confequence of death. Alfo the wounds of the Ventricle and of the (mall 
Guts,but chiefly of the Jejunum are deadly;for many veflclls run to the Jejunum or empty Gut,and it is 
of a very nervous and (lender fubftance,and befides it receives the cholerick humor from the bladder of 
the Gall.Soalfo the wounds ofthe Spleen,Kidneys, Ureters, Bladder,Womb and Gall,are common- 
ly deadly,but alwayes ill,for that the anions of fuch parts are neceflary for life; befides, divers of 
thefe are without blood and nervous others of them receive the moift excrements ofthe whole' 
body,and lye in the innermoftpart of the body,(b that they do not eafily admit of medicins.Further- 
jnore,all woundslwhich penetrate into the capacity of the belly, are judged very dangerous, though 
they do not touch the contained bowels; for the encompaffing and new ayr entring in amongft the 
bowels,greatly hurts them, as never ufed to the feeling thereof;adde hereto the diffipation of thefpi- 
rits which much weakens the ftrength. Neither can the filth of (uch wounds bewailed away accor- 
ding to the mind ofthe Chirurgeon,whereby it happens, they divers times turn into fiftula's, as we 
faid of wounds'of the Cheft,and fo at length by colleftion of matter caufe death. Yeti have drefled 
many who by Gods affiftance & favour have recovered of wounds paffing quite through their bodies. 
I can bring as a witnefs £the fte ward/ofthe Portingall Embafladour, whom I cured atMe/wz,ofa 
wound made with a (word (b running through hii body, that a great quantity of excrements came 
forth of the wounded Guts,as he was a drcffing,yet he recovered. 
Not long agoe Giles le Maiftre a Gentleman of Paris was run quite through the body withaRapi- 
er,(b that he voided much blood at his mouth and fundament divers dayes together, whereby you 
know theGuts were wounded; and yet he was healed in twenty dayes. In like fort the wounds ofthe 
greater veflels are mortall,by reafon of the great effufion of blood and fpirits which enfues thereupon. 
•A HiAory. 
Another 
Hiftory. 
CHAP. XXXIIII. 7 he cure of wounds ofthe lower belly. 
rle firft cogitation in curing of thefe wounds ought to be whether they pierce into the capaci- 
ty of the Belly ;for thole which pafle no further than the Peritoneum (hall be cured like fim- 
ple wounds which only require union. But thofe which enter into the capacity muft be cu- 
red after another manner. For oft times the Kall or Guts, or both fall forth at them. 
A gut which is wounded muft be fowed up with fuch a feam as Furriers or Glovers ufe, as we for- 
merly told youjand then you muft put upon it a powder made of Maftich, Myrrh, Aloes and Bole.Be- 
ing fowed up,it. muft not be put up boyfteroufly together and at once into its place, but by little and 
little,the Patient lying on the fide oppofiteto the wound. As for example, the right fide of the Guts 
being wounded and falling out by the wound,the Patient fhall lye on his left <fide, for the more eafy 
reftoring of the fain down Gut,and fo on the contrary. If the lower part of the Guts being wounded 
Hide through the wound,then the Patient fhall lye with his head low down, & his buttocks railed up 
by putting a pillow under them; If the upper part be hurt, thfcn muft he lye quite contrary, that the 
Guts falling downwards by fuch a fite,may give way to thefe which are tain out through the wound. 
But often in this cafe,the Gutshaving taken cold by the encompafling ayre, fwell up and are diftended 
with wind,the which you muft dilcufs befor£ you put them into their place, with a fomentation of 
thedecoftion of camomill,melilot, anifeeds and fennell applyed with a fpunge, or contained in a 
fc>ladder;or(]elfc with chickens,or whelps cut alive in the midft and laid upon the fwelling;for thus 
they do not only difeufs the flatulency,but alfo comfort the afflifted part. But if the inflation cannot 
thus be difcufled,the wound flial be dilated,th at fo the Guts may return the more freely to their place. 
If the Kall fhall fall out, it muft be fpeedily reftored to its place, for it is very fubjeft to putrefie; 
for the fat,whereof for the moft part it confifts,being expoled to the ayre, eafily loles its native heat, 
which is Imall and weak,whence a mortification cnlues.Hence is that of Plippocratesjlf the Kall fall out, 
it neceflarily putrefies. The Chirurgeon fhall know whether it putrefie, 01 not,by the blacknefle and 
the coldnefs you may perceive by touching it;neither muft you when it putrefies prefently reftore it to 
its place,for fo the contagion of the putrefaftion would fpread to the reft of the parts: but whatfoe- 
verithereof is putrefied fhall be twitched and bound hard with a firing and fo cut off,and the reft re- 
ftored to his proper placeibut it's good after cutting of it away to leave the firing Hill hanging there- 
at,that fo you may pluck and draw forth whatfoever thereof may by being too ftrait bound fall away 
into the capacity of the belly. Some think it to be better to let the Kall thus bound to hang forth un- 
The care of 
a wounded 
Gut. 
Thecate 
when the 
Kall falls 
our. 
Hip. Aph. Lib.10, 
Wrmnds of each pari 
303 
till that portion thereof which is putrefied fall aWay of it felf,and not to cut it off.But they are much 
deceivcdjfor it hanging thus would not cover the guts, which is the proper place. The Guts and 
Kall being put up, if the wound be great and worth fpeaking of,it muft be fowed with that future 
which is termed Gaftrorabhia ; but this kind of future is thus made. The needle at the firft putting in 
muft only take hold of the PeritoiMUtn&nd then on the oppofite fide only'of the flefh, letting the Per it o- 
ruum alone,& fo go along putting the needle from without inwards,and from withiii outwards,but fd 
that you only take the mufculous flefh & skin over it,& then only the Perzt^ww,Until you have fowed 
up all the wound.He which doth otherwife fhall undergo this danger,that whereas the coat Peritoneum 
is of it felf without blood,it being divided,or wounded cannot of it i'elf be united to it fell, therefore 
it requires an intercourfe of flefh : otherwife unlefs it be thus united by the benefit of the flefh inter- 
mixed therewith,there would remain an uncurable tumor after the wound is cicatrized on the outfide; 
But that which wefaid before according to Galens mind,that all the wounds muft be fowed,it is not fo 
to be taken as if that the wound muft be lowed up to the very end-for in the lower part of the wound 1 
there muft be left a certain fmall vent by which the quitture may pafs forth, Which being wholly 
cleanfed and exhaufted,the wound muft be quite healed up.But the wounds which fhall penetrate into 
the fubftance of the liver, fpleen, ventricles,and other bowells,the Chirurgeon fhall not fuffer them to 
be without medicines as if they were defperate, but here fhall fpare neither labour nor care to drefs 
them diligently. For doubtfull hope is better then certain defpair.The bladder,womb,& right gut be* 
ing Wounded,detergent and agglutinative injeftions fhal be put up by their proper pafiages.I have read 
nothing as yet in any Author of the wounds of the fat,for al of them refer the cure therof to the wounds 
of the Mufcles,Yet I wil fay this by the way,that wounds of the fat how deep foever they be,if they be 
only fimple,may be dreffed wihout putting in ofany Tent, but only dropping in fbme of my balfam, 
and then laying upon it a plaifter of Gratia fome fuch like, for fo they will heal in a fhort time. 
LiM.JMgffa 
cap.4> 
The cure of 
the wound- 
ed fat, 
CHAP. XXXV. Of the wounds of the Tard and Teflicles. 
den the Groins and neighbouring parts are wounded, we muft firft con (id er whether they 
pierce to within : and if they do penetrate, to what inward parts they come, whether 
to the bladder, the womb, or right gut: for thefe parts are fuch neer neighbours that oft" 
times they are all wounded with one blow.But for the wounds of theTefticles, and genitall 
parts,becaufe they are neceflary inftruments for the preferving the freezes by generation, or a fucceflion 
of individualls,and to keep all things quiet at home, therefore the Chirurgeon ought to be very dili * 
gent and carefull for their prefervation. Wherefore if they fhould chance at any time to be 
they fhall be drefled as We have formerly delivered, the medicines being varied according to the ftate 
oj the wound, and the appearing and happening fymptomsjfor it would be a thing ofimmenfe la- 
hour to handle all things in particular. 
CHAP. XXXVI. Of the Wounds of the Thighes and Legs. 
Ounds which have been received on the infide of the Thighes, have often caufed fodain 
1 death, if they have come to the vein the great Artery, or the Nerves, the aflbei- 
ates of theie veflels.But when they are Ample,there is noting which may alter the ufuall 
manner of cure. Yet the Patient muft be carefull to lye in his bed; for the vulgar Italian 
so | proverb is true : La mano al la gamba al letto} [that is, the hand on the breaft, and the 
leg on the bed.] But when they penetrate more deeply into the fubflance of the part,they bring horrid 
and feariull fymptomes,as an inflammation,an abicefs, from whence oft-times fiich aboundance of 
matter iflues forth,that the Patient falls into an Atrophia and confumption. Wherefore ,fuch wounds 
and ulcers require a carcfull & induftrious Chirurgeon,who may fitly make incifions neceflary for the 
corrupt parts,& callofity of the fiftulous ulcer.Some Chirurgeons have been fo bold as to lbw together 
the end of the Tendons of the Ham, and of other joints, when they have been quite cut aftmder. But I 
durft never attempt it for fear of pain, convulfions and the like horrid Symptoms.For the wounds of 
that large tendon which is competed in the calf of the Leg by the concourle of three mutcles,and goes 
to the heel, I have oblerved that when it hath been cut with the fword, that the wounds have been 
long and hard to cure; and betides when at the laft they have been healed,as foon as the Patient hath 
got out of his bed,and indeavoured to go, they have grown ill and broke open again. Wherefore in 
inch like wounds let the Patient have a care that he begin not to go or too boldly to ute his hurt leg 
before it be perfeftly cicatrized and the fear grown hard. Therefore that the Patient may be in more 
fafety,! judg it altogether neceflary,that he ufe to go with Crutches,for a good while after the wound' 
is perfectly healed up. 
Why 
wounds of 
the infide 
ofthe.rhigh 
are oft- 
times dead" 
»y- 
The large 
Tendon of 
the heel 
hard to 
confolidyte ; 
CHAP. XXXVII. Of the Wounds of the Herves and nervous parts. 
He continuity of the nervous parts is divers wayes looted by the violent incurfion of exter- 
nal thingsjasby things which contute,batter and grind in iunder3as by the blow of a ftone, 
cudgell3hammer3lance3bullet out of agun,or crofsbow;by the biting of greater teethjor the 
pricking of fome fliarpe thing3as a needle3bodkin,periknife3arrrdw,fplinter;or thepunftUre 
ofiome venenious thing,as of a Sea Dragon;or the edg ofiome cutting fhing,as a iword or rapier; or 
of ftretching things which violently tear afundcr the nervous bodies.Hence therefore it is,that of fuch 
wounds fome are iimple,others compound,and the compound,fbme more compound than other. For 
of thete fome are fuperficiary and ihort3others deep and long, fome run alongft the nervous body, o- 
thers run broadwayes;ibmecut the part quite atemder,others only a portion thereof. The iymptomes 
which follow upon fuch wounds are,vehement pain,and defluxion,inflammation,abfcef$,feaver3cfe/;n- 
D d 2 Hi 
Diffe'chces 
drawn frotn 
things 
wounded, 
Their 
fymptomes, 304 
Of Green and'Hloody 
L ib.iO 
urn3 (owning, convulfion, gangrene, fphacell; whence often death infuesby reafon of that lympatby, 
which all the nervous parts have with the brain.Amongft all the wounds of the nervous parts,there is 
none more to be feared then a puncture,or prick, nor any which caufeth more cruel! and dangerous 
lymptomes.For by reafon of the ftraitnefs of the wound, medicines can neither be put in,nor the fani- 
ous matter pafs fort h; now the famous matter by long flay acquires virulency, whereby the nervous 
parts are tainted and fwoln,fuffer pain,inflammation, convulfions, and infinite other fymptomes; of 
thele the wounds are moft dangerous,by which the nervous and membranous bodies are but half cut a- 
funder.For the portion thereof which remains whole,by its drawing & contracting it felf towardsthe 
originall,caufeth great pain and convullion by fympathy. The truth hereof is evident in wounds of 
the head,as when the is half cut,or when it is cut to apply a trepan.For the cutting thereof 
infers far greater pain,than when it is cut quite afunder.Wherefore it is fafcr to have the nervous body 
quite cut off,for lb it hath no community,nor confent with the upper parts,neither doth it labour,or 
ftrive to refill the contraction of its felf; now this contrariety, and as it were fight, is the caufe of 
pain,yet there arifes another mifery from fuch a wound,for the part wherein to the nerve which is thus 
cut infunder pafles,thence forwards lofeth its action. 
Why a 
punhtue oi 
a nerve is 
deadly. 
CHAP. XXXVIII. Of the cure of Wounds of the Nervous parts. 
A wound of 
of the ner- 
vous parts 
indicates 
contrary to 
the general 
cure of 
wounds, 
A Hiftory. 
T is the ancient doftrine of the antient Phyfitians, that the wounds of the nervous parts 
ffiould not prefently be agglutinated(which notwithftanding the generail and firft indica- 
tion ufually taken from the folution of continuity requires) but rather, chiefly if they be 
too the punftures fhoialfl be dilated, by cutting the *parts which are above them, 
and let them be kept long open that the filth may pafs freely forth,and the medicine enter well in.Yec 
I in many cures have not followed this counfel,but rather that which the common indication requires. 
That cure is in freffi memory which I performed upon Monfieur le Cocq, a Proftor of the fpirituall 
court,who dwelt in our Ladies ftreet;he gathering and binding up Lome loofe papers, run a penknife 
which was hid amongft them, through his hand. Alfb one of his neighbours who went to fpit a piece 
of beefjthruft the fpit through themidft ofhis hand; But I prefently agglutinated both their wounds, 
without any danger,d topping prefently in at the firft drefling a little of my balfam warm,and putting 
about it a repelling and aftringent medicine,aqd by this means they were both of them healed in a fhort 
timeyno fymptome thereupon happening.Yet I would not have the young Chirurgeon to run this ha- 
zard, for firft he muft be well praftifedand accuftomed to know the tempers and habits of mcnjfofthis 
manner of curing would not do well in a.plethorick body,or in a body replete with ill humors, or 
indued with exquilite fenfe.Therefore in inch a cafe it will be fafer to follow the courfe here let down. 
For wounds of the nerves do not only differ from other wounds, but alfb among themfelves in man- 
ner of curing. For although all medicines which draw from far,and wafte fanious humors,may be re- 
puted good for the wounds of the nerves ; yet thofe which muft be applyed to pun&ures and to thofe 
nerves which are not wholly laid open,ought to be farlnore powerful,ffiarp & drying,yet fo that they 
be not without biting,that) fo penetrating more deep they may draw forth the matter,or elfe confume 
and difeufs that which either lies about the nerves,or moiftens their fubftance.On the contrary, when 
the finewB are bared from flefh and adjoyning particles,they ftand in need but of medicines,which may 
only dry. Here you may furnifh your felves with fufficient ftoil of medicines good for the nerves how- 
foever pricked.As ft. terebinth.ven.& olei veteris an.% j.aqua vitaparum. Or ft. olei aqua vita 
3 j- eupfror.% fi.Or Be radices exficcattis,& inpulverem redaSias, mifee 
cum dtcotfo centaur ii3aut oleo, aut exungia veteri; drop hereof warm into the wound as much as fhall fuf- 
fice.Or elfe put fome Hogs,Goofe,Capons,or Bears greafe, old oil, oil of Lillies or the like, to Galba- 
?zwm,pure Bozin,opQpanax diffolved in aqua vita and ftrong vinegar.Or ft. olei hypericonis ftimbutiy&de eu- 
phorbia j.fulphuric vivi ftibtiliter pulvertfati * amrnoni.bdti/ii an.% ij. aceti boni | ij.vermium terreft, 
omnia ftmul ad conjumptionem aceti. Let as much hereof as fhall fuffice be dropped in- 
to the wound;then apply this following cerate,which draws very powerfully, ft. olei [uprajeripti $ j. 
terebinth.venet.% fadiachylo'nis albi cum gummi£ ye.ammmiac.bdellii in aceto diftoluiorum, an.% ij.rejin. pini, gum. 
elemiypicif navalis an.% v. cera quod jufficitftiat ceratum ufe iome whiles one, fome whiles 
another of thefe medicines in punftures of the Nerves with choife and judgment, according to their 
conditions,manner,depth,and the temperaments and habit of the wounded bodies. But if the pain 
yeeld not to fuch remedies,but rather increafe,with the inflammation of the affefted part, a fwelling 
of the lips of the wound,and fweating forth of a ferous,thin and virulent matter or filth, then you 
fhall poure into it fcalding oil, and fhall touch three or four times not only the furface of the wound 
but the bottom thereof with a rag dipped therein and tyed to the end of a ftatula.Yor this will take a- 
way the fenfe from the Nerve,Tendon,or Membrane,likeas if they were burnt with a cautery, and fo 
the pain will becafed.So in the moft grievous pains of rotten teeth,the thrufting of an hot iron into 
their roots,or flopping them with cotten dipped in oyl of Vitrioll, or aqua vita, gives moft certain 
eafe; for by burning the nerve which is inferred into their roots,the fenfe and fb consequently the pain 
is taken away.So alfo in malignant,gnawing,eating, and fpreading ulcers,which are alwaies aflbeia- 
ted with much pain,the pain ceafes by applying an Efcharotick,as the powder of Alum,or iMercury,or 
agyptiacum made fornewhat more ftrong than ufuall. That the young Chirurgeon may be more ready 
for this praftife and the ufe of the former medicines, 1 have thought good to infert the following Hi- 
flory both for the latenefs of the thing and the pleafing memory of the moft laudable Prince. 
Charfts French IFmg, beingffickbfaFeaver5M?z/zmChapelJaii and CaftellanPns Phyfiti- 
ans thought it fit he fliould be let blood; for the performance whereof,there was called a Chirurgeon 
wondrous famous for that bufinGfsjbut when-as he by chance had pricked a nerve in ftead of a vein, the 
King 
Medicins 
fit for 
wounds of 
the nerves. 
What 
wounds of 
the Nerve? 
mu ft be 
burnt. 
A certain 
Anodyne 
in pain of 
the teeth. 
Why E- 
fcharoticks 
mtift be 
ufed to 
fpreading 
ulcers. 
A famous 
hiftory. Lib.io< 
PFounds of each part 
305 
King crycd out,that he felt a mighty pain in that place. Then I bid, that the ligature fhould ftraight-* 
waits beloofcd,otherwife the arm would prefently be much fwelled.But he going ilowly aboudit,behold 
the arm began to fwel with fuch contraftion,that he could not bend it,nor put it forth,and cruel pain 
molcftcd not only the pricked particle, but all the whole member befides. I forthwith laid upon the 
wound a plainer of hinder the agglutination thereof,& then I wrapped al the arm in a double 
linnen cloth dipped in oxycrate, putting upon it an expulfive ligature,which beginning at. the wrift 
and ending at the top of the fhoulder, might keep the blood and fpirits from fear of defluxion and in- 
flammation.This being thus performed,we went afide to confult what was neceflary to be done, both 
to aflwage the pain,as alfo to divert the other fymptoms, which ufually happen upon pun&ures of 
the nerves. I being defined, thus delivered my opinion,that in my mind, there were nothing better, 
then prefently to drop into the wound fome oyl ofTurpentine warmed and mixed with a little aqua 
wit#.And then all the arm fhould be covered with a plaifter of Diacalcitheos diflblved in vinegar and 
oyl of Ro les,bound over and befides with theexpulfive ligature, which we formerly mentioned.For the 
oyl and aqua vite have a faculty to penetrate into the bottome of the wound, and to exhauft and dry- 
up the ferous and virulent humor, which fweats from the fubftance of the pricked nerve; and alfo to 
mitigate the pain by its aftuall heat .Furthermore the emplaifter Diacalcitheos hath a faculty to dilfolve 
the humor which hath already fallen down into the armyand to hinder the entrance and defluxion of 
any new matter. And the ligature is fuch as by its moderate aftri&ion would ferve to ftrengthen the 
mufcles,and to prefs out and repell the humors which were fallen down into the upper part, and to 
prohibit that which is ready to fall down.Mine advice being approved of the Phyfitians both in word 
and deed,the pain was mitigated. But the humor flayed in the part, for the diflblving and [drying 
whereof, this following remedy was ufed. Be. far. hordes & orobi an. 
butyr, recentis fine [ale § i fi.lixivii barbitonforis quod fiifficitrfat cataplajmaadformampultij. By thefe remedies a 
the King at the laft after 3. months fpace was perfeftly healed,fo that there remained no fign of the dj- < 
praved action in the part.But ifat any time there lhall be fo great contumacy,that it will not yeeld to 
thefe means,but that there is imminent danger ofaconvulfion 5 it will be better to cut it in funder 
whether Nerve,Tendon or Membrane,than to expole the Patient to the danger of a deadly co nvulfion; 
for thus indeed the peculiar action of that part will be loft, but the whole body preferved thereby 5 
for fo we had determined by common confent, that if the pain which afflifted the King -would .not 
yeeld to the prefcribed remedies,either to poure in fcalding oyl,or elle to cut the finew quite afunder. 
For the late and fid memory of Miftris Courtin dwelling in the ftreet of the holy-Crofs was in our ' 
minds,who of a vein nop well opened in her arm fell into a Gangrene and totall mortification of that 
whole part,of which fhe dyed,becaufe lhe was not drefled with the formerly mentioned medicins.Yet we 
muft abflain from thefe too powerfull remedies,when the pricked nerve fhall lye bare, for elfe the pain 
would be increafcd,& more grievous fymptoms follow.Wherefore as I formerly wilhed}morc mild me- 
dicins muft be applyed,which may dry up the ferous humor without biting or acrimony, as R. tere- 
binth.venet.in ij. boli armeni [ubtiliter pulveri[ati3% ij. incorporentur fimul.Owc Balfamalfo is ex- 
cellent in this calc,and this of Vigoes whech follows.R olei rojar.omphacini $ j fi.olei de iij. fucci - 
plant p. [emin. hyper iconic aliquantulum contriti3m.fi.tuti<eprapar.3 iij. calcis decies lotjcum aqua plantagin. cc 
3 ij. antimonii 3 j. Jez>i witulini3an.%v.'vermium terreftrium cum Dina lotorum bulliant omnia fimul j 
dempta tutia in cyatho deco ft ionis horde i3ad confumptionem aqu& & Dini3co!entur3rurjumq-,igni admoveantur, addenda 
tutiam3 & fat hnimentum cum cera\alba3&% fi.croci.Thls liniment aflwages pains, & covers the bared nerves 
with flefh.This cure of punftured nerves,may with choifeand judgment and obferving the proportion 
ofthe parts be transferred to the pricked Tendons and membranes.But take this as a generail & com- 
mon rule,that all nervous bodies howfoever hurt, are to be comforted by anointing them withhot\ 
oy Is,fuch as the oyl s of Bayes,Lillics,of Worms,Sage,or fome other fuchlike remedy being applyed r 
to their originalls and more notable paflagesjas to the originall of the fpinall marrow, the armpits ' 
and groins. Neither do I think it fit in this place to omit an affeft which fometimes happens to the 
large Tendon of the heel,of which we formerly made mention. For it oft-times is rent or torn by a 1 
fmalloccafion without any fign of injury or folution of continuity apparent on the outfide as by a 
little jump,the flipping afidc of the foot,the too nimble getting on horfeback, or the flipping oRthe 
foot out of the ftirrop in mounting into the laddie. When this chance happens it will give a crack like 
a Coachmans whip; above the heel,where the tendon is broken,the deprefled cavity may be felt with 
your finger, there is great pain in the part,and the party is not able to go. This milchance may be a- 
mended by long lying and refting in bed, and repelling medicins applyed to the part affe&ed in the be- 
ginning of the difeafe,for fear of more grievous fymptomes, and then applying the Black plaifter, or 
Diacalcitheos or fome other fiich,as need fhall require;neither muft we hereupon promife to our rfelves 
or the Patient certain or abfolute health.But on the contrary at the beginning of thedifeale we muft 
foretell that it will never be fo cured but that Ibmereliques may remain, as thedeprelfion of the 
part affefted and depravation ofthe aftion and going 5 for the ends of this broken or relaxed Tendoa 
by reafoil of its thicknefs and contumacy cannot ealily be adjoined,nor being adjoined,united. 
CHAP. XXXIX. Of the wounds of the ioynts. 
A difcufling 
and drying 
caraplafra. 
A Hiflory, 
■An ano- < 
dyne and 
Sarcotick 
Bal fam. 
A general! 
rule for all 
wounds of 
all Nervous 
parts. 
Ecaufe the wounds of the joynts have fomething proper and peculiar to themfelves, belides 
the common nature of wounds of the Nerves,therefore I intend to treat of them in parti- 
cular.Indeed they are alwayes very dangerous3and for the moft part deadly by reafon of 
the nervous productions and membranous Tendons wherewith they are bound and ingirt 
and into which the Nerves are inferred: whereby it? comes to pafs, that the exquifite fenfe of fuchlike 
parts will eafily bring malign fymptomes3efpecially if the wound poflefs an internal!, or as they term 
it,a domeftique part of themjas for example,the armpits,the bending of the arm9 the inner part of the. 
D d 3 wrife 
Why . ' 
wounds of 
the joynts 
arernalig- 
nant. 306 
Of Green and'Bloody 
LlB.jo 
wrift,and ham,by reafon of the notable Veins, Arteries,and Nerves of thete parts,the looted continui- 
ty of all which brings a great flux of blood,(harpe pain and other malignant fymptomes; all which 
we muft refift according to their nature and condition,as a flux of blond with things flaying, blecd- 
ingjpain with anodynes.If the wound be large and wide,the fevered parts (hall be joined with a fu- 
ture,leaving an orifice in the lower part,by which the quitture may pafs forth.This following pow- 
der of Pigoes deteription mull be flrewed upon the future. R. thuris fang.draconk9boli armen.terr*figrll.an. 
$ ij. pulvis fubtilis. And then the joynt muft be wrapped about with a repercuf- 
five medicine competed of the whites of Egs,a little oil of Rotes,Bole,Maftich,and barly flowre. If it 
be needfull to ufe a Tent,let it be fhort,and according to the wound thick,left it caute pain: and more- 
over let if be anointed with the yolk of an eg,oil of Rotes, waffled turpentine and a little faffron. But 
ifthe wound be more fflort 8c narrow,it fhal be dilated,if there be occafion,that fo the humor may pafs 
away more freely .You muft reft the part,a nd beware of ufing cold,relaxing,mollifying,humefting, and 
unftuous medicines,unlefs peradventure the fharpnefs of the pain muft be mitigated. For on the con- 
trary,aftringent and deficcant medicins are good,as this following cataplafm. R. furfur. 
hordei}& fabarum. iiiy.florum cham£.& melil.an.m.fi.terebinth.% uj.melLs ij.ol.myrtin. 5 j. oxy- 
melitif9 veloxycrat.wel lixivii com.quantum cataplafma ad formant yotimay compote one of 
the lees of wine. Wheat bran,the powder of Oaken bark,cyprefs nuts,galls and Turpentine, and fuch 
like,that have an aftringent,ftrengthening and drying quality ,and thereby affwaging pain, and hin- 
dering the defluxion of humors. This following medicine is aftringent and agglutinative.R terebinth. 
uenet.% ij.aq.vit£ ij.And alfo our balfam wil be goodwill 
this cafe,if fo be that you add hereto fo much powder which dryes without acrimony,as occafion fhal 
ferve.I admonifhed you before to take heed of cold, and now again 5 for it is hurtfull to all wounds 
and ulcers,but efpecially to thefe of the nervous partsjhence it is that many dye of final wounds in the 
might recover of the fame wounds though greater in the Summer.For cold according to 
Hippocrates is nipping to ulcers,hardens the skin, and hinders them from fuppu ration, extinguifheth 
naturall heat,caufes blacknefs,cold aguifli fits,convulfions,and diftentions.Now divers excrements are 
caft forth of wounds of the joynts,but chiefly albugineous,that is,retembling the white of an eg, and 
mucous,and fometimes a very thin water,all which favour of the nature of that humor which nourifli- 
eth thete parts.For to every part there is appropriate for his nourifhment and confervation, a peculiar 
balfam,which by the wound flows out of the fame part,as out of the branches of the vine,when they are 
pruned,their radicall moifture or juyce flowsj whence alio a GfiZw proceeds in broken bones. Now this 
fame mucous,8c albugineous humor,flow &as it were frozen flowing from the wounded joynts,(hews 
the cold diftemper of the parts,which caute pain,not to be orecome by medicins only potentially hot. 
Wherefore to correft that,we muft apply things actually hot,as beafts and {wines bladder half full of 
a difeufling decoftion,or hot bricks quenched in wines.Such aftuallheat helps nature to concoft and 
e difeufs the iuperfluous humor impaft in the joynts,and ftrengthens themjboth which are very necefla- 
ry,becaute the naturall heat of the joynts is fo infirm that it can fcare a&uate the medicin unlefs it be 
helped with medicins actually hot. Neither muft the Chirurgeon have the leaft care of the figure and 
„ pofture of the part, for a vicious pofture increafes ill fymptomes,utes to bring to the very part though 
j the wound be cured,diftortion,numnefs, incurable contra&ionjwhich fault left he (hould run into,let 
him obterve what I (hall now layjlf the forepart of the fhoulder be wounded, a great boulfter muft be 
under the armpit,and you muft carry your arm in a fcarf, fo that it may bear up the lower part of the 
arm,that fo the top ofthe fhouldcr may be elevated fomewhat higher, and that fo it may be thereby 
more fpeedily and happily agglutinated and confolidated. If the lower part be wounded, when flefh 
begins to be generated and the lips of the wound to meet,you muft bid the Patient to move and ftir 
his arms divers wayese ver & anon,for if that be omitted or negligently done,when it is cicatrized,then 
it will be more ftifte and lefs pliable to every motion ; and yet there isa further danger left the arm 
fhould totally lofe its motien.If the wound be upon the joynt of the elbow,the arm fhal be placed and. 
iwathed in a middle pofture,that is,which neither too ftraitly bows it,nor holds it too ftiffly out j for 
otherwite when it is cicatrized,there will be an impediment either in the contra&ion or extention. 
When the wound is in the wrift, or joints ofthe fingers either externally or internal ly,the hand, mu ft 
be kept half (hut,continually moving a ball therein.For if the fingers be held ftraight ftretched forth,af- 
ter it is cicatrized,they will be unapt to take up or hold any thing,which is their proper faculty.But 
if after it is healed, it remain half (hut, no great inconveniency will follow thereonjfor fo he may ufe 
his hand divers wayes to his fword, pike, bridle and in any thing elte. If the joints of the Hip be 
wounded,you muft fo place the Patient that the thigh bone may be kept in the cavity of 'the huckle- 
bone,and may not part a hairs breadth there from,which (hall be done with linnen boulfters and liga- 
tures applyed as is fitting,and lying full upon his back.When the wound fhall begin to cicatrize, the 
Patient (hall ufe to move his thigh every way, left the head of the thigh-bone flick in the cavity of 
the huckle-bone without motion.In a wound of theknee,the leg muft be placed ftraight out,if the Pa- 
tient defire not to be lame.When the joints of the feet and toes are wounded,thefe parts (hall neither be 
bended in nor out,for otherwite he will not be able to got. To conclude,the fite ofthe foot and leg, 
is quite contrary to that of the arm and hand.a 
CHAP. XL. Of the wounds of the Ligaments. 
The cure. 
An aftrin- 
gcntgnd 
drying ca- 
plafm. 
\Apbor.2d)t 
fell, ft 
What 
matter ufn- 
ally flows 
from 
wounds of 
the joynts. 
Why 
things aflu* 
ally hot 
Bttift be ap- 
plycd to the 
wounded 
joynts. 
Of the fite 
and poflure 
of wounded 
pints. 
Ligaments 
more 
dry than 
Nerve ssand 
without 
fenfe. 
He wounds ot the Ligaments,Detiacs tne common manner or tuniig macui mvnujw, 
have nothing peculiar,but that they require more powerfull medicins, for their agglutina- 
tion,deficcation and confblidatingjboth becaufethe Ligamentall parts are harder,and dry- 
er, andalfo for that they are void of fenfe. Therefore the forefaid cure of Nerves,and joints 
may be ufed for thefe wounds:for the Medicins in both are of the fame kind,but here they ought to be 
Wronger Lib.10. 
WQuads of each Part. 
307 
ftrongerand more powerfully drying.The Theory and cure of all the fymptomes whidi (hall happen 
thereupon have been exprefled in the Chapter of curing the wounds of the nervous parts, fo that here 
wefhall need to fpeak nothing of them, for there you may find as much as you will. Wherefore here 
let us make an end ofwounds, and give thankes to God the author and giver of all good for the hap- 
py procefle of our labours,and let us pray that that which rcmaines may be brought to a happy end, 
and fecure for the health and fafety of good people. 
L he end of the tenth 
Of (Founds made by Gunjbot, other fiery Enginest 
and all forts of Weapons. 
THE ELEVENTH BOOK. 
Lhe Preface. 
Have thought good here to premifc my opinion of the originall,encrea(e,and hurt of 
fiery Engines, for that 1 hope it will be an ornament and grace to this my whole 
treatift:as alfo to intice my Reader, as it were with thefe junckets, to our following 
Banquet fo much favouring of Gunpowder. For thus it (hall be known to all whence 
Guns had their originall and how many habits and fhapes they have acquired from 
poore and obfcure beginnings ; & laftly how hurttull to mankind the ufe of them is. 
Polydore Virgill writes that a Germane of rob (cure birth and condition was the in- 
ventor of this new engin which we term a Gun,being induced thereto by this occafion. He kept in a 
mortar covered with a tyle,or flate,for feme other certain ufes a powder(which lince that time for its 
chief and new known faculty,is named Gunpowder.)Now it chanced as he flruck fire with a fteel and 
flint, a (park thereof,by accident fell into the mortar, whereupon the powder fuddainly catching fire, 
cafts the flone or tyle which covered the mortar,up on high ; he flood amazed at the novelty &»ftrange 
effedofthething,and withall obferved the formerly unknown faculty of the powder $ fo that he 
thought good to make experiment thereof in a finall Iron trunk framed for that purpofe according to 
the indention of his mind. When all things were correfpondent to his expectation, he firfl (hewed the 
ufe of his engine to the Venetians, when they warred with the Genovefes about Foffa Clodia, in the 
year of our Lord i38o.Yet in the opinion of Peter Meftas, their invention muft have been of greater 
antiquity ;for it is read in the Chronicles of Alphonfw the eleaventh King of Caftile, who fubdued the 
Ides drgezires, that when he befieged the chiefeTownin the year of our Lord 1343. Thebefitged 
Moores fliotas it were thunder againft the aflailants, out of Iron mortars. But we have read in the 
Chronicles written by Peter Bifhop of Leons of that Atyhonfa who conquered Toledo, that in a certain 
fca fight fought by the King of Tunu,againft the Moorifh King of Sivill, whole part King Alfhonfnt fa- 
voured,the Punetanscaft lightning out ofcertain hollow Engins or Trunks with much noift. Which 
•ould be no other,than our Guns,though not attained to that perfedion of art and execution which 
they now have. 
I think the devifer of this deadly Engin hath this for his recompence, that his name (hould be hid- 
den by the dttrknefsofperpetuall ignorance,as not meriting for this his mofl pernicious invention,a- 
ny mention from pofterity.Yet Andrew PFe-vet in his Cofmography published fome few years agone, 
when he comes to treat of the Suevi, the inhabitants of Germany, brings upon the authority and cre- 
dit of a certain old Manu(cript,that the Germane the inventer of this warlike Engine was by profefi- 
fion a Monk and Philofopher or Alchimift,born at Friburg, and named Conftantine Anclzen. Howfoe- 
verk was,this kind of Engine was called Bombarda (i) a Gun, from that noifeit makes, which the 
Greeks and Latines according to the found call Bombuijthen in the following ages, time,art and mans 
malicioufnefs added much to this rude andunpolifht invention. Forfirfttorthe matter, Brafle and 
Copper, metallsfarre more tradable, fufible and lefle fubjed to ruft, came as fiipplies to Iron. Then 
for the form,that rude and undigefted barrell,or mortar-like made, hath undergone many formes and 
fafliions,even fo far as it is gotten upon wheels,that fo it might run not only from the higher ground, 
but alfo with more rapid violence to the ruin of mankindjwhen as the firft and rude mortars feemed 
not to be fo nimbly traverfed,nor diffidently cruell for our deftrudion by the only calling forth of 
Iron and fire. Henceiprung theft horrible monfters of Canons,double Canons,Baftards,Mufquits,FiGld 
peecesjhence theft cruell and furious beads,Culverins, Serpentines,Bafilifques,Sackers,Falcons,Falco- 
nets,and divers other names not only drawn from their figure and making,but alfo from the effeds of 
their cruelty. Wherefore certainly I cannot fufficiently admire the wifdomeof our Anceftors, who 
have fo rightly accommodated them with names agreeable to their thofe who have not on- 
ly taken them from the fwifteft bi;ds of prey,as alfo from things mofl harmfiill and hate- 
full to mankind,(uch as Serpents,Snakes,and Bafilifques. That fo we might clearly difcern, that theft 
engines were made for no other purpofc,nor with other intent,but only to be imployed for the fpee- 
dy and cruell (laughter of memand that by only hearing them named we might deteft and abhor them, 
an pernicious enemies of our lives. I let pafle other engines of this ofspring, being for their quantity 
finalljbut fo much the more pernicious &harme(ull, for that they necreraffail our lives, may traite- 
roufly and forthwith ftife upon us not thinking nor fearing any fuch thing; fp that we can fcarft 
havs 
Lib.2.de in- 
vent, rerun. 
par.var. left. 
Who the 
inventor of 
Guns. 
The reafon 
ofthcnam®. 308 
Of Wounds made by 
Lib.11 
The dan ger 
of Piftols. 
h?vc any means of efcape;fuch arcPiftolsand other Imall hand-guns, which for fhortnefs you may 
cany *n your pocket,andlb privily and luddainly taking them forth opprefs the carclefs and fecure. 
Fowling peeces which men ufually carry upon their fhoulders,are of the middle rank of thefe engines, 
as alfo Mnskets'and Calcevers,which you cannot wcl difeharge unlefs lying upon a Reft,which there- 
fore may be called Breaft-guns for that they are not laid to the cheek, but againft the Breaft by reafon 
of their weight and ffortnefs; All which have been invented for the commodity of footmen, and light 
horfemen. This middle fort of engine we call in Latine by a general 1 name*$' clip us., in imitation of the 
found,and the Italians who term it 5c/opttere;the French call it Etaic.uebuje3a. word likewife borrowed 
from the Italians,by reafon of the the touch-hole by which you give fire to the peecc,for the Italians 
call a hole Euzio. It is tearmed Arcus (i) a Bow,for that at this prefent it holds the fame place in mar- 
tial 1 affaires,as the Bow did of old ; and as the Archers formerly, fo at this day the Mufquetiers are 
placed in front. From the fame wretched fhop and magazine of cruelty, are all forts of Mines, Coun- 
termines, pots of fire,trains,fiery Arrowc6,Lances, Croflcbowcs,barrels, balls of fire, burning faggots, 
Granats,and all fuch fiery engines and Inventions, which clofely fluffed with fucll and matter for fire, 
and call by the defendants upon the bodies and Tents of the aflailants, eafily take fire by the violence 
of their motion. Certainly amoft mifer&bleand pernicious kind of invention, whereby we often fee a 
thoufand of hcedlefle men blown up with amine by the force of Gunpowder ; otherwhiks in the very 
heat of the conflift you may fee the ftouteft fouldiei s feifed upon with fome of thefe fiery Engines, to 
burn in their harneffe,no waters being fufficicntly powerfull to reftrain and quench the raging and 
wafting violence of fuch fire cruelly fpreading over the body and bowells. So it was not fiifhcient to 
have armeSjIron and fire to mans deftruftion,unlefle alfo that the ftroak might be more fpecdy, we had 
fornilhed them,as it were with wings, fo to fly more haftily to our own perdition, fumifhing fithe- 
bearing death with wings fo more ipeedily to opprefs man,for whofe prefervation,all things contai- 
ned in the wTorld were created by God. Verily when I confider with my felf all the forts of warlike 
Engines,which the ancients uted,whether in the field in fet battlls,as Bowes,Darts,Crofsbowes,Slings ; 
or in the aflault of Cities,& Ihaking or overturning their walls,as Rams,Horfes,woodden to wres,flings 
and fuch like ; they feem to me certain childilh Iports & games made only in imitation of the former. 
For thefemodern inventions are fuch as eafily exceed all the beft appointed and cruell Engines which 
can be mentioned or thought tipon,in the fhape, cruelty and appearance of their operations. For what 
in the world is thought more horrid or fearfull than thunder and lightning?and yet the hurtfulncfs 
of thunder is almoft nothing to the cruelty of thefe infernall Engines; which may eafily appear by 
comparing together both their effefts. Man alone of all creatures is not alwayes killed by being tou- 
ched with thunder 5 but it immcdiatly killcth all other things which are fubjeft to be toucht there- 
with. Nature beftowing this honour upon him,feeing fo many creatures exceed him in ftrength: For 
all things ly contrary to man;andman,unlefs he be overthrown with it, doth not dye thereof. But 
thefe fire-fpitting Engines do no more fpare man, then they do other creatures, and kill without dif- 
ference from whence foever they come, whither foever they are carryed, and howfoever they touch. 
There are many,but more are faid to be the remedies againft thunder ; for befide the charms whereby 
the ancient Romans did fuppofe they might be driven away, they never penetrate deeper into the 
ground than five foot,therefore fuch as was fearfull thought the deeper caves moft fafe.Of thole things 
which grow out of the earth,they do not touch the Bay tree,and that was the caufe that it was coun- 
ted a fign of Viftory both in ancient and moderne times. Wherefore 'liberiw Ctfar otherwife a con- 
temner of God and religion, as he who indued with the Mathematical! fciences thought all things 
governed by Fate,yet becaufe he exceedingly feared thunder, he alwayes carried a Lawrell wreath a- 
bout his neck when the aire was troubled,for that this kind of leafe is reported not to be touched by 
thunder. Some report that he made him tents of Seales skinnes, becaufe it toucheth not this kinde of 
creature of all thefe things that live in the Sea, as neither the Eagle amongft birds, which for that is 
fained to be loves fquire. But on the contrary,charmes,the viftoriotis Bay, the Seale or Sea-calfe, the 
Eagle or any fuch thing profits nothing againft the violence of thefe fiery engines : no not a wall of 
ten foot thick will advantage. Laftly, this argues the immenfe violence of brafen Cannons above 
thinider,for that thunder may be difperfed and driven away with the noife and ringing of Bells, the 
founding of Trumpets,the tinkling of brafen kettles,yea alfo by the fhooting of fitch great Ordnance; 
to wit,the clouds,by whofe collifion and fight the Thunder is caufed, being difperfed by this violent 
agatation of the air,or elfe driven further to more remote parts of the skies. But their fury once pro- 
voked5is ftayed by no oppofition, appeafed by no remedy. As there are certain feafons of the year, fo 
alfo there are certain Regions of the earth„wherein Thunder is feldomeor never heard. Thunders are 
rare in Winter and Summer,and that for contrary caufes 5 for that in Winter the denfe air is thickned 
with a thicker coat of clouds,and the frofty and cold exhalation of the earth extinguifbeth what fiery 
vapours fo ever it receives;which thing keeps Scjthia and the cold countries about it free from Thun- 
der.And on the contrary ,too fotich heat preferves Egypt. For hot and dry exhalations of the earth are 
condenfed into very thin,fubtile and weak clouds. But as the invention, fo alfo the harm and tempeft 
of great Ordnance, like a contagious peftilence is fpread and rages over all the earth, and the skies 
at all times found again with their reports. The Thunder and Lightning commonly gives but one 
blow,or ftroke,and that commonly ftrikes but one man of a multitude; But one great Cannon at one 
{hot may fpoil and kill a hundred men. Thunder,as a thing natural!,falls by chance,one while upon a 
high oak,another while upon the top of a mountain,and fomewhiles on fome lofty towre,but feldom 
upon man.But this hellifh Engine tempered by the malice and guidance of man, aflailcs man only,and 
takes him for his only mark,and direfts his bullets againft him. The Thunder by its noife as a mef- 
fenger fent the (form at hand 5 but, which is the chief mifehief, this infernall Engine 
roars 
A compa- 
rifonofthe 
antienr 
weapons 
with rhe 
modern. 
VUni. Lib. 2. 
Cap-$9. 
Plin.Lib.2. 
Cap.M. 
Suetcn.in 
liberie. 
The won- 
drous force 
of great 
Ordnance. 
P hn.Lil.2. Lib.ii. 
and other fiery Enginsyind allforts of Weapons. 
309 
jliyce therein:then he drained it through a towell without much preHing ; and added the Turpentine 
roars as it. ftrikes, and ftrikes as it roars, fending at one and the fame time the deadly bullet into the 
broadband the horrible noife into the ear .Wherefore we all of us rightfully curfc the author of fo pet' 
nicious an the contrary praife thole to the skies, who endeavour by words and pious ex- 
hortations to dehort Kings from their ufe,or elfe labour by writing and operation to apply fit medi- 
cins to wounds made by thefe Engins. Which hath moved me, that I have written hereof aimed with 
the firft of the French .But before I lhall do this, it feemeth not amide, fo to facilitate the way to the 
treatife I intend to write of wounds made by Gun(hot,to premilc two Dilcourfes,by which I may con- 
fute and take away certain erroneous opinions which havepolleflcd the mindes of diversfior that un- 
lefs thefe be taken away,the ellence and nature of the whole difeafe cannot be underflood,not a fitting 
remedy applyed by him which is ignorant of the difeafe. 
The firft Di fcourle which is dedicated to the Reader,refells and condemnes by realons and examples ■ 
the method of curing prefcribed by John de whereby he cauterizeth the wounds made by Gunlbot, t 
fuppofing them venenate;and on the contrary proves that order of curing which is performed by fup- t 
purativcs,to be fo falutary and gentle, as that prefcribed by Fzgo is full of errour and cruelty. The 
fecond dedicated to the King,teaches that the fame wounds are of themfelves void of all poifon, and l< 
therefore that all their malignity depends upon the fault of the air,and ill humors predominant in the 
bodies of the patients. 
The argu- 
rnents of 
the follow- 
ing difcour-» 
i'es. 
Tbe firfl difcottrfe wherein Wwndsmade by Gunfljot, are freed from 
being burnt .or cauterized according to Vi goes Method. 
N the year of our Lord 152 6 .Franc is the French King/or his afts in war and peace filled 
the Great, fent a puiflant Army beyond the Alpcs, under the government and leading of 
Annas ot Mommorancy high Conftable of France,both that he might relieve 7urin with 
Viftualls,fouldiers,and all things needfull, as alfo to recover the Cities of that Province 
taken by the Marquis of Guaft Generali of the Emperours forces. I was in the Kings Ar- 
my the Chirurgeonof xMonfieur of Montejan Generali ofthe foot. The Imperial's had taken the firaits 
of Swathe Cable of and all the other paflagesjfo that the Kings army was not. able to drive 
them from their fortifications but by fight. In this conflift there were many wounded on both fides 
with all forts of weapons,but chiefly with bullets. I will tell the truth, I was not very expert at that 
time in matters of Chirurgeryjneither was 1 ufed to drefs wounds made by Gunlhot. Now I had read 
in John de Figo that wounds made by Gunlhot were venenate or poifoned,and that by rcafon of the 
Gunpowder;Wherefore for their cure,it. was expedient to burn or cauterize them with oil of Elders 
fcalding hotywith a little Treacle mixed therewith. But for that I gave no great credit neither to 
the author,nor remedy,becaufe I knew that caufticks could not be powred into wounds, without cx- 
ceflivepain; I, before I would run a hazard, determined to lee whether the Chirurgeons, who went 
with me in the army,ufed any other manner of drefling to thefe wounds. I oblerved and faw that, all 
of them ufed that Method of drefling which Figo prefcribes; and that they filled as full as they could, 
the wounds made by Gunlhot with Tents and pledgets dipped in this fcalding Oil,at the firft dreflings; 
which encouraged me to do the like to thofe,who came to be drefled of me. It chanced on a time, that 
by rcafon ofthe multitude that were hurt, I wanted this Oil. Now becaufe there wereTome few left 
to be drefled,! was forced,that 1 might leem to want nothing,and that I might not leave them undreft, 
to apply a digeftive made ofthe yolk of an egge, oil of Rofes, and Turpentine. I could not fleep all 
that night,for I was troubled in mind,and the drefling of the precedent day, ( which I judged unfit) 
troubled my thoughtsjand I feared that the next day I fhould find them dead,or at the point of death 
by the poilon of the wound,whom I had not drefled with the fcalding oil. Therefore I rofe early in 
the morning,! viiited my Patients, and beyond expeftation, 1 found fuch as I had drefled with a di- 
geftive only,free from vehemency of pain to have had good reft, and that their wounds Were not in- 
flamed nor tumifyedjbut on the contrary the others that were burnt with the fcalding oil were leave- 
rifhjtormcnted with much pain,and the parts about their wounds were fwolne. When I had many 
times tryed this in divers others,! thought thus much, that neither I nor any other fhould ever caute- 
rize any wounded with Gun/hot. tVhen we firft came to there was there aChirurgeon far more 
lamous than all the reft fit artificially and happily curing wounds made by Gunlhot; wherefore I la- 
boured with all diligence for two yeers time to gain his favour and love, that fo at the length,! might 
learn of him,what kind of Medicine that was, which he honoured with the glorious Title of Balfamy 
which was fo highly eficemcd by him, and fo happy and fiiccesfull to his patients;yet could I not ob- 
tain it.lt fell out a final! while after that the Marlhall of Montejan the Kings Lieftenant,Generali there 
in Picmont dyed, wherefore I went unto my Chirurgeon,and told him that I could take no pleafiire in 
living there,the favourer and Mxcenas of my ftudies being taken away ; and that I intended forthwith 
to return to that it would neither hinder, nor diferedit him to teach hi$ remedy to me, who 1 
fhould be fo far remote from him. When he heard this,he made no delay, but prefently wifhed me to f 
provide two Whelpes,i pound of earthwormes, 2 pounds of oil of Lillies, fix ounces of Venice Tur- c 
pcntine,and one ounce of aqua vita.In my prefence he boy led the Whelpes put alive into that oil, un- 
till the flefli came from the bones,then prefently he putin the Wormcs, which he had firft killed in 
white wine, that they might fo be cleanfed from the earthy drofle wherewith they are ufually re- 
plcat,and then he boiled them in the fame oil fo long, till they became dry, and had fpent all their 
x juice 
Lib.i. de tul- 
What 
chance miy 
do in find* 
ingout of 
remedies, 
rhe dfe» 
criprion of 
J'il of 
Whefyes, OfPFounds1 made by Gun(hot, 
310 
Lib.h 
to it,and laftly the aqua vita.Calling God to witnefs,that he had no other Balfam, wherewith to cure 
wounds made with Gunffiot,and bring them to fuppuration.Thus he fent me away as rewarded with 
a moft precious gift,requefting me to keep it as a great fecret5and not to reveal it to any. When I came 
to Parisi went to vifit Silwius the Kings profeflor of Phy fick,wel known by name to all fcholars for his 
great learningffie kept me long that id 1 might dine with him,and diligently enquires of me,if I had 
obferved any new Method of curing wounds made by Gunffiot,and com bullions occasioned by Gun- 
pouder. Then I affirmed to him that Gunpouder did not participate any thing of poyibn, for that 
none of thefe things whereof it is compounded are poyfonous;which reaibn ought to tree the wh ole 
compofition from fufpition of poyfon. And that experience confirmed this reafon,for I had feen ma- 
ny fouldiers, who would drink a great quantity of this pouder with Wine, becauie they were perfwa- 
ded,that this drink would free them from malign lymptomes when they were woundedyet I give no 
credit to this perfwafionjand laftly,for thatmany without any harm,ftrew this pouder upon rebelli- 
ous ulcers.For the Bullets,! affirm, that they cannot conceive 1'uch heat,as to become cauftick. For if 
you ffioot them out of a Gun againft a hard ftone, yet you may prefently take them up without any 
harm in your hands,though by ftriking upon the ftone,they ffiould become more hot.For the combu- 
ftions caufed by Gunpouder, I obferved no fpeciall nor peculiar remedy,which might make their cure 
different from other combuftions. To which purpofe I related this infuing hiftory. 
One of the Marffiall of Montejan his Kitchin boyes,fell by chance into a Caldron of Oil being even 
almoftboyling hot;I being called to drels him,went to the next Apothecaries to fetch refrigerating 
medicines commonly ufed in this cafe.-there was prefent by chance a certain old countrey woman, 
who hearing that I defired medicins for a burn,perfwaded me at the firft dreffing,that I ffiould lay two 
e raw Onions beaten with a little fait, for fo I ffiould hinder the breaking out of blifters or puftules, as 
fte had found by certain and frequent experience. Wherefore I thought good to try the force of her 
Medicine upon this greafie fcullion.I the next day found thofe places of his body whereto the Onions 
lay,to be free from blifters,but the other parts which they had not touched,to be all bliftered. 
It fell out a while after,that a German of Montejan his guard had his flafqtie full of Gunpouder let on 
fire,whereby his hands and face were grievoufly burnt: I being called,laid the Onions beaten as I for- 
merly told you,to the middle of his face, and to the reft I laid medicins ufoally applyed to burns. At 
the fecond dreffing I obferved the part dreffed with the Onions quite free from blifters & excoriation, 
the other being troubled with bo th;wherby I gave credit to the Medicin .Befides alfo,I laftly told him 
this,that I had oblerved,that that was the readieft to draw forth Bullets ffiot into the body,which fets 
the Patient in the fame pofture and fite,as he was when he received his hurt. Which things when I had 
told him,together with many other handled at large in this work,the good old man requefted me to 
publiffi in print my opinions concerning thefe things,that fo the erroneous and hurtful! opinion of 
Vigo might be taken out of mens minds. To whofe earned intreaty when I had aflented, I firft of 
all caufed to be drawn and carved many Inftruments fit to draw forth Bullets and other ftrange bodies; 
then a ffiort while after I firft publiffied this work in the year of our Lord 1545. which when I found 
to be well liked and approved by many,! thought good to fet it forth the fecond time fomewhat a- 
mendedin the year 1552. And the third time augmented in many particulars in the year 1564. 
Fori having many Wars, (and detained as Chirurgeon in befieged Cities, as Met s and 
Heflin, had obferved many things under five Kings, whom I ferved with diligence and content. I 
had learnt many things from moft expert Chirurgeons, but more from all learned Phyfitians, 
whofe familiarity and favour for that purpofe I alwayes laboured to acquire with all diligence 
and honeft Arts; that fo I might become more learned and skilfull by their familiarity, and 
difeourfe, if there was any thing efpecially in this matter and kind of wounds, which was hid from 
me,or whereof I was not well affured.Of which number I have known very few, who any thing feen 
in this kind of operation either by ftudy,or experience in Wars,who have not thought that Wounds 
made by Gunffiot ought to be drefled at the firft with fuppurative medicins,and not with fcalding and 
Cauftick oil. For this I affirm,which then alfb I teftified to this goodman,that I have found very ma- 
ny Wounds made in the fleffiy parts by Gunffiot,as eafily cured as other Wounds, which be made by 
contufing things.But in the parts of the body where the bullet meets with bones and nervous parti- 
cles,both becaufe it tears and rends into fmall peeces thofe things which refill,not only where it tou- 
ches,but further allb,through the violence of the blow,therefore it cauleth many andgrievous lymp- 
tomes,which are ftubborn and difficult,and oft-times impoffible to cure,efpecially in bodies replete with 
ill humors,in an ill conftitution of the heaven and air,luch as is hot,mo ill and foggy weather, which 
therefore is fubjeft to putrefaftion; & in like manner a freezing and cold feafon,which ufes to mortifie' 
the wounded parts not only of thofe that are hurt with Bullets,ibut in like fort with any other wea- 
pon;nqt only ip bony and nervous particles,but alfo in mufculous.Whereby<!you may underftand,that 
the difficulty of curing proceeds not from the venenate quality of the Wounds ; nor the combuftion 
made by the Gunpouder,but the foulnels of the Patients bodies,and the unleafonablenefs of the air. 
For proof whereof,I will let down,that which I not long agone, obferved in a Scottiffi Nobleman 
the Earl of Gor don, Lord of Achindon, whom I cured at the appointment of the Queen-Mother. He was 
ffiot through both his thighes with a Piftoll,the bone being not hurt nor touchedjand yet the 2 2 day 
after the Wound he was perfectly healed, fo that he had neither feaver nor any other fymptom which 
came upon the Wound. Whereof there are worthy witneffes,the Archbiffiop of Glaflo, the Scottiffi Em- 
baliadour,Trocar lohn Altine Doftors of Phyfick,as alfo lames Guillemeau the Kings Chirur- 
geon,and Giles a Scottiffi Chirurgeon,who all of them wondred that this Gentleman was fo foon 
healed, no acrid medicin being applyed. This I have thought good to recite and fet down, that the 
Headers may underftand,that I for 30.years ago had found the way to cure Wounds made by Gunffiot, 
with-* 
Gunponder 
not poyfon • 
ous. 
Bullets (hot ' 
out of a 
Gun do not j 
burn. r 
A Hiftory. 
A medicint 
hindering 
bliftrfng in 
burnsjor 
fcalds. 
A Hiftory. 
Wounds 
made by 
Gunfhor 
nauft be 
drcffed with 
fiippura- 
rives. 
The caufes 
of difficul. 
ty in this 
cure. 
A Hiftory, Lib.11. 
and other fiery Engins3and allforts of Weapons. 
311 
without fcalding oil or any other, more acrid medicin j unlefs by accident the ilnefs ofthe Patients 
bodies and of the air caufed any malign fymptomes, which might requirefuch remedies befides the 
regular and ordinary way of curing, which (hall be more amply treated of in the following difcourfe. 
What 
makes Chit* 
ur geons 
fometime.s 
ufc cauftickfi 
in caring 
wounds 
made by 
Gunfhot. 
Another Difcourfe oftbefe things, which King Charles the Ninth, 
returning from the expedition and taking fl/Rovenjizz quired of me 
concerning Hounds made by Gnnfbot. 
Or that it pleafed your Majefty one day, together with the Queen Mother, the Prince of 
the Rockjtfon Toland many other Noble men,and Gentlemen,to inquire of me, what was 
the caufe that the far greater part of the Gentlemen and common Souldiers which were 
wounded with Guns, and other warlike Engines, all remedies ufed in vain, either dy- 
ed, or fcarfe and that with much difficulty recovered of their hurts, though in appea- 
rance they were not very great,and though the Chirurgeons diligently performed all things requifite 
in their Art.: I have made bold to premife this Difcourfe to that Traftate which I determin to pub- 
liffi concerning wounds made by Gunfhot; both to fatisfie the defires of the Princes and of many Gen- 
tlemen,as alfo the expeftation they have of me,as being the Kings chief Chirurgeon, (which place be- 
ing given me by Henry the Second,Charles the Ninth,a Son moft worthy of fuch a Father,had confirm- 
ed)neither make I any queftion,but that many who,too much infift upon their own judgment,andnot 
throughly confider the things themfelves,will marvail,and think it far from reafbn; that I departing 
from the fteps of my anceftors, and diflenting wholly from the formerly received opinions, am far 
from their Tenents,who lay the caufe of the malignity of wounds made by Gunffiot,upon the poyfon 
brought into the body by the Gunpouder, or mixed with the bullets whilft they are tempered or caft. 
Yet for all this,if they will curteoufly and patiently weigh my reafons,they fhall cither think as I do, 
or atleaftfhall judgthis my indeavour and pains taken for the publike good, not to be condemned 
nor contemned. For I fhall make it evident by moft ftrong reafons drawn out of the writings of the 
Ancients both Philosophers and Phyfitians, and alfo by certain experiments of my own, and other 
Chirurgeons,that the malignity and contumacy which we frequently meet withall in curing wounds 
made by Gunfhot,is not to be attributed either to the poyfon carryed into the body by the Gunpouder 
or Bullet,nor to burning imprinted in thewoundedpartby the Gunpouder. Wherefore to come to our 
purpofe,that opinion muft firft be confuted,which accufeth wounds made by Gunfhot of poyfon; and 
we muft teach,that there is neither any venenate fubftance,nor quality in Gunpouder, neither if there 
fhould be any,could it impoyfon the bodies of fuch as are wounded.Which that we may the more ea- 
fily perform,wc muft examin the compofition of fuch pouder,and make a particular inquiry of each 
of the fimples, whereof this compofition confifts, what eflence they have, what ftrength and faculties, 
and laftly, what effeffs- they may produce. For thus by knowing the fimples,the whole nature of the 
compofition confifting of them,will be apparently manifeft. 
The fimples which enter the compofition of Gunpouder are only three, Charcoals of Sallow or 
Willow,or of Hemp ftalks,Brimftone,and Salt-peter,andfometimes a little aquavits. You fhall find 
each of thefe,if conlidered in particular,void of all poyfon and venenate quality. For firft in the Char- 
coal you fhall obferve nothing but drynefs, & a certain fubtlety of fubftance,by means whereof it fires 
fb fodainly,even as Tinder. Sulphur or Brimftone is hot and dry,but not in the higheft degree,it is ofan 
oily & vifcid fubftance,yet fo that it doth not fo fpeedily catch fire as the coal,though it retain it lon- 
ger being once kindled,neither may it be fo fpeedily extinguiffied.Salt-peter is fuch, that many ufe it 
for fait,whereby it is evidently apparent that the nature of fuch fimples is abolutely free from allpoy- 
fpn, but chiefly the Brimftone,(which notwithftanding is more flifpefted than the reft.)For Diofcorides 
gives Brimftone to be drunk, or flipped out of a rear Egg to fuch as are Afthmatick,troubled with the 
cough, ip it up purulent matter, and are troubled with the yellow Jaundife.JBut Galen applyes it out- 
wardly to fuch as are bitten by venemous Beafts,to fcabs,teaters,8c leprofies.For the aqua vfajt is of fo 
tenuous a fubftance that it prefently vanifheth into air,and alfo very many drink it,and it is without 
any harm ufed in frictions of the exteriour parts of the body .Whence you may gather, that this pon- 
der is free from all manner of poyfbn,feeing thefe things whereof it confifts and is compofed,want all 
fufpition thereof. Therefore the Germane horfemen,when they are wounded with ffiot, fear not to 
drink off cheerfully half an ounce of Gunpouder diffolved in Wine; hence perfwading themfelves freed 
from fuch malign fymptomes as uflially happen upon fuch wounds;wherein whether they do right or 
Wrong Ido not here determin;the fame thing many French fbuldiers forced by no neceflity,but only to 
ffiew themfelves more courageous,alfo do without any harm; but divers with good fliccefs ufe to ftrew 
it upon ulcers,fo to dry them. Now to come to thefe,who think that the venenate quality of wounds 
made by Gunfhot,(brings not from the pouder,but from the bullet wherewith fome poyfon hath been 
commixt or joyncd,or which hath been tempered or fteeped in fome poyfonous liquor. This may 
fufficiently ferve for a reply; that the fire is abundantly powerfull to diftipate all the ftrength 
of the poyfon,if any fhould be poured upon or added to the Bullet. This much confirms my opinion 
which every one knows;The Bullets which the Kings Souldiers ufed to (hoot againft the Townfcmen 
in the fiegc of Roz/efl,were free from all poyfon;and yet for all that they of the Town thought that; 
thay were ail poyfoncd,when they found the Wounds made by thcm,to be uncurablc and d?ftdJyFNpW 
Theocca- 
(ion of wri« 
ting tins 
difcourfii 
The argu- 
ment of 
this dif* 
courfe. 
Ganpeude? 
is not Po?2 
fonods. 
• Ofifrhat is 
is made, j 
73* Lib» 
fimPl,Cqk 
36, 
Bullets can«- 
not be poy» 
foncd. Of Wounds made by 
312 
Lib.11 
on the other fide the Townfmen were falfly fufpeded guilty of the fame crime by the Kings Army, 
when as they perceived all the Chirucgrons labour in curing Wounds made by the Bullets (hot from 
be fruftrated by their contumacy and malign fide judging of the magnitude and 
malignity of the caufe from the unhappy fuccefs of the effeft in curing.Even as amongft Phyfitians ac- 
cording to dileafcs are termed pcftilent,wrhich arifing from whatfoever common caule, 
kill many peoplejfo alfo Wounds made by Gunffiot, may in fomc refpeft be called peftilent, for that 
they are more refra£tory,and difficult to cure than others, and not becaufe they partake of any poy- 
fonous quality,but by default of fome common caule, as the ill complexions of the Patients, the in- 
fections of the air,& the corruption ofmeats and drinks.For by thefe caufeswounds acquire an evil na- 
ture,and become lefs ycelding to medicins.Now we have by thefe reafons convinced of error that opi- 
nion which held Wounds made by Gunffiot for poyfbnous; let us now come to overthrow that which 
is heldconcerning their combuftion. 
Firft, it can fcarfe be underftood how bullets which are commonly made of Lead,can attain to fucli 
heat,but that they muft be melted?and yet they are fo far from melting,that being (hot out of a Mus- 
ket they wil pierce through an armour and the whole body befides,yet remain whole,or but a little di- 
miniffit.Befides alfo,if you ffioot them againft a ftone wall,you mayprcfently take them up in your 
hand without any harm,and alfo without any manifeft fenfe of hcatjthough their heat by the finking 
upon the ftone ffiould be rather increafed if they had any. Furthermore,a Bullet ffiot into a barrel! 
of Gunpouder,would prefently fet it all on fire,if the bullet ffiould acquire fuch heat by the (hooting 
but it is not fo.For if at any time the pouder be fired by fuch an accident, wemuft not imagine that 
it is done by the bullet bringing fire with it,but by the ftriking and collifion thereof againft fome 
Iron, or ftone that oppofes or meets therewith, whence fparks of fire proceeding as from a flint the 
ponder is fired in a moment. The like opinion we have of thatched houfes,fbr they are not fired by'the 
bullet which is ffiot, but rather by fome other thing,as linnen rags, brown paper and the like 
which rogues and wicked perfons fatten to their bullets. There is another thing which more confirms 
me in this opinion,which isjtake a bullet of Waxe, and keep it from the fire, forotherwife it would 
melt,and ffioot it againft an inch board,and it will go through it; whereby you may underftand that 
/Bullets cannot become fo hot by ffiooting,to burn like a cautery. But the Orifices (may fome fay') of 
fuch Wounds are alwayes black.This indeed is true,but it is not from the effeft of heat brought thi- 
ther by the bullet,but the force of the contufion. Now the contufion is exceeding great both be- 
caufe the bullet is round,and enters the body with incredible violence. Of which thofe that are woun- 
* Ci k gIVC y°U fufficlcnt teftimony,for there is none of them, which thinks not prefently upon the 
blow,that as it were fome poll,or thing of the like weight,falls upon the affected member,whence great 
pam and ftupidity poflefs the part,whereby the native heat and fpirits are fo much diffipated, that a 
Gangrene may follow. But for the Efchar which they affirm is made by the blow, and falls away af- 
terwards,they are much miftaken.F or certain particles of the membranes and fleffi eontufed and torn 
by the violence of the bullet beguiles them;which prefently putrefying are fevered from the found 
parts by the power of nature and the feparating heat,which thing ufually happens in all great Con- 
tulions. But for all that thefe fo many and weighty reafons may free the Pouder from all fufpition of 
Poilon,and the bullet from all thought of burning ; yet there arc many who infilling upon Philofo- 
H jUmenj Tr?Xfe ncW ftirs'F°rflay they )the difeharging apeice of Ordinance is abfolutely 
like Ihunder and Lightning, which.the rent and torn clouds caft from the middle region upon the 
earth) wherefore tne Iron bullet which is ffiot out of the Cannon muft needs have a venenate and burn- 
ing faculty. I am not ignorant that Lightning generated of a grofs and vifeous exhalation, breaking 
the cloud wherewith it is meompafled,never fals upon the earth,but brings fire with it,one while more 
lubtile,another while more grofs,according to the various condition of the matter whence the exhala- 
tion hath anfen.For Senecawrius that there arc three feverall kinds of Lightning differing in burning 
T-1 1 • of them penetrates or rather perforates by the tenuity of the matter of the 
? l whlcy" lt<touc^es-The other with a violent impctuofity breaks in funder and diffipates the ob- 
jeas,by reafon it hatha moredenfe,compaft & forcible matter,like as Whirlwinds havc.The third, for 
SVnrn- te\reft«all matter, burns what it touches,leaving behind it the impreffion of 
, ? 1 know that Lightning is ofa pcftilent & (linking nature,occasioned by the grofnefs 
and vifcidity of the matter whereof it isjwhich matter taking fire fends forth fo lothfome 8c odious a 
fmel,that the yeiy wild beads cannot mdure it,but leave their Dens,if they chance to be touched with 
fiich a lightnmg.Befides a fo we have read in the Northern hiftoryof Olaw in fome places 
?a "nd ? whole Plain fpread over with Brimftone,which Brimftoncnotwith- 
n 1 th 8 r cxtlngu.11};ed\llnP^ohtable3and of no efficacy. But grant thefe things be thus.vct muft we 
1 d rC^OntludC? th,c of the great Ordnance carry poyfon and fire wid" them inlo 
the wounds.For though there be many things like in Lightning and difeharging great Ordnance yet 
they have no fimilitude either in matter or fubftance,but only in effects,whcixby they ffiake breal/in 
fundei and difperfe the bodies which withftand them; For lightning and thunder do it by'means of 
b^theBun1"Xiedbv the th?n'wllich.is1th^f°re rearmed,a thunderbolt; bitt Ordnance 
n n V InnU k d by the/?rce of the air,more violently driving and forcing it forwards. Neither if 
y ld b7 moie powerful arguments force me to yeeld that the matter of the lightning and ffioot- 
Irr r°f It yCt 1 nOt thcrcfore be forced confefs that Wound! made by Gunffiot 
arc combuft.F or according to PZniy,there arc fome lightnings which confiding ofa mod dry matter do 
ffiattter in funder all that withftands them, but do not burn at all; others thich are of fomeXt a 
r?Unnr nature>burn no more than theformer,but only black fuch things as they touch-Laftlv o- 
divffiHfbut foTthiS C te"uous.P? nature(as faith)wemuft not doubt to be 
? f this icafon3that they will melt gold & filver,not harming thepu rfe;a fword,not hurt- 
ing 
As Galen 
notes ad 
fent»2o& 
21. Je$. S 
Wounds 
ma de by 
Gunfhot 
are not 
burnt. 
The rea- 
fan why 
wounds 
made by 
Gunfhot 
look black. 
The rea- 
fons of our 
adverfaries 
rtfelled. 
lib.2.C(q. 
49- 
The fiink* 
ing fmell of 
Lightning. 
Lib.z.cap. 
5<- 
1 he won- 
derfull na* 
true of 
fome light- 
ning. L I B.II. 
and other fiery Engins}and allfiorts of Weapons. 
313 
ing the purfe;a fword,not hurting thefcabbard;the head of a Lance, not burning the wood, and died 
wine not breaking the veflell. According to which decree I can grant, that thefe Lightnings which 
break in funder,melt and dilfipate,and performe other effefts fo full of admiration,are like in fubftance 
to the [hot of great Ordnance ; but not thefe which carry with them fire and flame. 
In proofe whereof there comes into my mind the hiftory ofa certain Souldier, out of whole thigh 
I remember I drew forth a Bullet wrapped in the taflety of his breeches,which had not any fign of tea- 
ring or burning.Befides,! have feeu many who not wounded, nor fo much as touched, yet notwith- 
ftanding have with the very report and wind ofa Cannon bullet,fliding clofe by their ears,fain down 
for dead,fo that their members becomming livid and black, they have dyed by a Gangrene enfuing 
thereupon.Thefe and fuch effefts are like the effects of Lightnings which we lately/mentioncd, and yet 
they bear no fign nor mark of poifon. From whence I dare now boldly conclude, that Wounds made 
by.Gunlhotare neither poifoned,nor burnt. But feeing the danger of inch Wounds in thefe hft civill 
wars hath been fo great, univerfall and deadly to fo many worthy perfonages and valiant men, what 
then may have been the caufe thereof, if it were neither combuftion, nor the venenate quality of the 
Wound ? This mull we therefore now infill upon and fomewhat hardily explain. Thofe who have 
fpent all their time in the learning and fearching out the myftericsof Natural 1 Philofophy, would 
have all men think and belecve,that the foure Elements have fuch mutuall fympathy,that they may be 
changed each into other;fo that they not only undergoe the alterations of the firft qualities which are 
heat,coldnefle,drynefle and moifture,but alfo the mutation of their proper fubftances by rarefa&ion 
and condensation. For thus the fire is frequently changed into air, the air into water, the water into 
air,and the water into earth;and on the contrary,the earth into water,the water into air, the air into 
fire;bccaufe thefe 4. firft bodies have in their common matter enjoyed the contrary and fighting, yet 
firft and principal! qualities of all. 
Whereof we have an example in the * BalLbellowes brought out of Germany, which are made of 
brafle,hollow and round;and have a very finall hole in them, whereby the water is put in, and lb put 
to the firejthe water by the action thereof is ratified into air,and fo they fend forth wind with a great 
noife,and blow llrongly as foon as they grow throughly hot. You may try the fame with Chefnuts, 
which caft whole and undivided into the fire,prefently fly afiinder with a great crack;becaufe the wa- 
try and innate humidity turned into wind by the force of the fire, forcibly breaks his palfage forth. 
For the air or wind railed from the water by rarifaftion,requires a larger place, neither can it now be 
contained in the narrow filmes, or skins of the Chefnut, wherein it. was formerly kept. luft after the 
fame manner Gunpouder being fiered, turnes into a far greater proportion of air, according to the 
truth of that Philofophicall prop ofition, which faith, Of one part of earth, there arc made ten ofwa- 
terjofone ofwater,ten of airland of one of air are made ten of fire.Now this fire not poffible to be pent 
in the narrow fpace of the peice,wherein the pouder was formerly contained, endeavours to force its 
paflage with violence,and fo calls forth the Bullet lying in the way, yet fo that it prefently vanilhes 
into air,and doth not accompany the Bullet to the mark,or objeft,which it batters,[poiles and breaks 
afundcr. Yet the Bullet may drive the obvious air with filch violence, that men are often Iboner tou- 
ched therewith than with the bullet,and dye by having their bones (battered and broken without any 
hurt on theflelh which covers them ; which as we formerly noted, it hath common with Lightning. 
We find the like in Mincs,when the pouder is once fiercd,it removes & (hakeseven mountains of earth. 1 
In the year of our Lord 1562. a quantity of this pouder which was not very great taking fire by 1 
accident in the Arcenall of Paris, caufed fuch a tempeft, that the whole City (hooke therewith, but it 1 
quire overturned divers of the neighbouring houfes,and (book off tlfe tyles and broke the windowes 
of thofe which were further ofF;& to conclude, likea ftorme of Lightning it laid many here and there ' 
for dead,fbme loft their fight, others their hearing, and otherfome had their limbs torn afunder as if 1 
they had been- rent with wild horfes:,and all this was done by the only agitation of the air into which I 
the fired Gunpouder was turned;luft after the fame manner as windes pent up in hollow places of the f 
earth which want vents.F or in leeking paflage forth, they vehemently (hake the fidcs of the Earth,and 
raging with a great noilc about the cavities, they make all the furface thereof to tremble; fo that by ] 
the various agitation one while up, another down, it overturnes or carries it to another place. For t 
thus we have read that Megara a.nd anciently mod famous Cities of Greece were fwallowed up 
and quite overturned by an earthquake;! omit the great blufterings of the windes ftriving in the cavi- r 
ties ofthe earth, which reprelent to fuch as heare them at fome diftance, the fierce aflailing of Cities, • 
the bellowing of Bullets,the horrid roarings of Lions, neither are they much unlike to the roaring 1 
reports of Cannons.Thefe things being thus premifed let us come to the thing we have in hand. A- ' 
mongft things neceflary for life,there is none caufes greater changes in us than the air; which is conti- : 
nually drawn into the Bowells appointed by nature, and whether we fleep, wake, orwhatelfe foever ' 
we do,we continuall draw in,and breath it out. Through which occafion Hippocrates calls it Divine, r 
for that breathing through this mundane Orbe, itembraces, nourifhes, defends and keeps in quiet c 
peace all things contained therein,friendly confpiring with the ftars from whom a divine vertue is in- 
fufed therein. For the air diverfly changed and afteftedby the ftars, doth in like manner produce va- J 
rious changes in thefe lower mundane bodies. And hence it is that Philofophers and Phy fitiairs do fo 
ferioufly wi(h us to behold and confider the culture and habit of places, and conftitution ofthe air, I 
when they treat of preferving of health,or curing difeafes. For in thefe the great power and dominion 
ofthe air is very apparent,as you may gather by the foure feafons of the year; f or in fummer the air 
being hot and dry,heats and dryes our bodies ; but in winter irproduceth in us the effects of winters c 
qualities,that is,of cold and moifture;yet by fuch order and providence of nature, that although ac- I 
cording to the varieties of feafons our bodies may be varioufly altered, yet [hall they receive no de- <5 
E e triment 
A Hiftory. 
Why the 
wounds 
made by 
Gunihor 
fome few .. 
years agone 
were fo 
deadly. 
I The caufe 
of the 
, tranfmura- 
' tionofthe 
Elements. 
* Thefe 
> bellowes. 
here men- 
tioned by 
' the Au* 
. thor,are 
Bals made 
of Braffe in 
form ofa 
pear,with 
a very final 
hole in 
their letter 
ends:when 
you would 
fill them 
w ith water 
you muft 
; heat them 
very hot, 
and fo the 
air which is 
contained 
in them wil 
be excee- 
dingly rarL 
fied,which 
by puring 
them pre- 
sently into 
water will 
be cond(?n* 
late as . 
much,and 
fo wil 
draw in the 
wafer to 
fup ply the 
place, nede- 
tur vacuum. 
Then pur 
them into 
the fire, & 
it again ra- 
tifying the 
water into 
airwill 
make them 
yeeld a 
firong'con- 
tinued and 
forcible 
blaft.The 
caufe of the 
report and 
blow of a 
Cannon. 
A Hiftory. 
The caufe 
of an 
Earth- 
quake, 314 
Of Wounds' made by Gunfjot, 
Lib.11 
triment thereby,if fo be that the feafons retain their feafonablenefsftrom whence if they happen to di- 
raife and ftir up great perturbations both in our bodies and minds j whole malice we cart 
fcarfe Ihun, becaufe they encompafs us on every hand,and by the law of nature enter together with the 
air into the fecret cabinets of our bodies both by occult and manifeft paflagcs.For who is he,that doth 
not by experience find both for the commodity and difeommodity of his health,the various effects of 
winds, (wherewith the air is commixt)according as they blow from this or that Region, or quarter 
of the world.Wherefore feeing that the South wind is hot and moiffithe North wind cold and dry; 
the Eaft wind clear and frclh; the Weft wind cloudyjit is no doubt but that the air which we draw in 
by infpiration carries together therewith into the bqwells the qualities of that wind which is then 
prevalent.When we read in Hippocrates,that changes of times,whether they happen by different winds, 
or viciflitude of feafons3chiefly bring northerly winds do condenle,and ftrengthen our bo- 
dies,and make them aRivc,well coloured and daring,by refufeitating and vigorating the native heat. 
But fouthern winds refolve and moiften our bodies3make us heavy headed, dull the hearing,caufegid- 
dinefs3and make the eyes and body lefs agilejas the Inhabitants of Narbon find to their great harme, 
who are otherwife ranked among the moft aftive people of France. But if we would make a compari- 
fon ofthe feafons and conftitutions of a year, by H/ppocrates decree, Droughts are more who lefome 
and lefs deadly than RainsJ judg for that too much humidity is the mother of putrefaftion, as you 
learn by thefe countries which are blown upon by a wind from Sea. For in thefe flefh which is kept 
for food3putrefies in the fpace of an hourejand fuch ulcers as in other places are eafily and quickly 
healed,do there by the conflux and collection of matter become inveterate & contumacious.Therefore 
as when the feafons of the year fucceffively fall out agreeable to their when each feafon is fea- 
fonable3then either we are not fick at all3 oraffuredly with lefs danger. So on the contrary the per- 
fect conftitution and health of our bodies becomes worfe and decaies,when the feafons ofthe year arc 
depraved and perverted in time and temper. Now feeing that thefe many years the four feafons ofthe 
year have wanted their feafonablenefs, thefummer wanting his ufuall heat, and the winter its cold, 
and all things by moifture and the dominion of the fouthern winds have been humid and languid, I 
think there is none fo ignorant in naturall Philofophy and aftrology, who will not think that the 
caufes of the malignitie and contumacy of thole difeafes which have fo long affli&ed all France., are 
not to be attributed to the air and Heavens.For otherwife, whence have fo many peftilent and conta- 
gious difeafes tyrannized over fo many people of every age,fex and condition ? whence have fo many 
catarrhcs-jcoughs and heavineffes ofthe head3fo many plurifies,tumors,fmall poxes,meazells,and itches 
not admitting ofdigeftion and remedies prefcribcd by Art ? Whence have we had fo many venemous 
creatures,as Toads,Gralhoppers,Caterpillars,Spiders,Wafpes,Hornets, Beet! es,Snailes,Vipers, Snakes, 
Lizards3Scorpions and Efts or Nutes,unlefs from excelfive putrefaftion which the humidity ofthe air, 
our native heat being liquid and dull3hath caufed intis,and the whole kingdome of France?Hence alfo 
proceeds the infirmity of our native heat, and the corruption ofthe blood and humors whereof we 
confift,which the rainy Southwind hath caufed with its fultryheat. Wherefore in thefe laft years I 
have drawn little blood3which hath not prefently (hewed the corruption of its lubftance by the black 
or greenilh colouraas I have diligently obferved in all fuch as I have bled by the direction ofPhyfiti- 
ans,either for prevention of future, or cure of prelent difeafes. (Whence it conies to paffe that the flelhy 
fubftance of our bodies could not but be faulty both in temper and confiftence ; feeing that the blood 
whence it is generated had drawn the feeds of corruption from the defiled air.Whence it fell out, that 
the Wounds which happend with lofle of fubftance could be fcarfe healed or united,,becaufe ofthe de- 
praved nature ofthe blood. For fo the Wounds and ulcers of thefe which are troubled with the Drop- 
lie, who fc blood is more cold or wholly waterilh; fo of Leprous perfons,whole blood is corrupt, and 
laftly of all fuch as have their bodies replete with ill juice, or elfe are Cacheftick, will not eafily ad- 
mit of cure. Yea afliiredly if but the very part which is hurt fwerve from its native temper the 
Wound will not eafily be cured. Therefore feeing all thefe things,both the putrefaction of the Air, 
and depraved humors ofthe body,and alfo the diftemper of the affc&ed parts confpired together to 
the deftruCtion ofthe wounded, what marvail was it,if in thefe late civill warres, the Wounds which 
were for their quantitie final!,for the condition ofthe wounded parts but little, have caufed fo many 
and grievous accidents and laftly death it lelf > Efpecially3leeing that the Air which encompafleth us, 
tainted with putrefaftion corrupts and defiles the Wounds by infpiration and expiration, the body 
and humors being already difpofcd,or inclined to putrefaftion. Now there came fuch a ftink,which 
is a moft allured lign ofputrefaftion,from thefe Wounds, when they were dreffed,that fuch as flood by 
could fcarfe endure it,neither could this ftink be attributed to the want of dreffmg,or fault ofthe Chi- 
rur§c°n'^or t^lc Wounds ofthe Princesand Nobility flunk as ill as thefe of the common Souldiers. 
. And the corruption was fuch,that if any chanced to be undreft for one day, which fometimes happen- 
ed amongft fuch a multitude of wounded perlons, the next day the Wound would be full of wormes. 
. belides allo, which furthermore argues a great putrefaRion of humors,many had abfeeffes in parts op- 
pofiteto their Wounds,as m the left knee,when as the right Ihoulder was wounded ; in the left arm, 
whenasthc right leg was hurt. Which I remember befell the King of Navarre, the Duke of Nevers, the 
Lord divers others. For all men had nature fo overcharged with abundance of vicious hu- 
ifit expelled not part thereof by impoftumes to the habit of the body, it certainly other- 
wifedifpoied of it amongft the inner parts ofthe bodyjfor in differing dead bodies, we obferved that 
he other Bowells were purulent3and hence it was that the patients by reafon 
ofvapuuis lent from them to the heart Were troubled with continuall feavers. But the Liver all 
pollut£d3& the generation of the laudable blood hindred,they languilhed for 
wa t of fitting nounlhnient. But when the Brain by vapours was drawn in tofympathize with the 
reft, 
How the 
air becomes 
hurtfull. 
'Jpher.ly, 
Flefli 
quickly pu- 
trefies in 
mant ime 
places* 
In what 
bodies ul- 
cers and 
wounds are 
not eafily 
cured* 
An argu- 
ment of 
great putre- 
faflionof 
the humors. Lib.ii. 
a nd other fiery Engins}and allforts of Weapons. 
315 
reft,they were molefted with Ravenings and Conviilfions. Wherefore if any thing fuccceded nnprolper- 
oufly in fo great malignancy of wounds,the Chirurgeon was not to be blamed,for that it were a crime 
to fight againft God and the Air, wherein the hidden fcourges of the divine juftice lye hid. Therefore 
if according to the mind of the great Hippocrates? who commands to bring all contufed Wounds to 
fuppuration,that fo they may be healed,we indeavoured to cure with fuch medicins Wounds made 
with Gunlhot,and therefore contufed;who can rightly be angry with us, if we performed it not fo 
well,by reafon ofthefe putrefaftions,gangrenes,and mortifications which proceeded from the corrupt < 
Air,for all that we tiled not only fuppurativeSjbut were oft-times forced to ule other mediciris ; lb ' 
long turning afide from the cure of the dileafe,untill we had orecome the lymptomes which much in- ' 
danger the Patient,and cuftomarily happen upon fuch Wounds, asalfo upon thole which arc made' 
with a fword or any other kind of weapon; as ihall plainly appear in the following treatife,to which 
it now leems high time that we betake otir fclves. 
All contufcd 
wounds 
mufi be 
brought to 
fiippuratioti 
CHAP. I. A divifton of wounds drawn from the variety of the wounded parts? and the Bullets which wound. 
LI Wounds which are made in mans body by Gunfhot,whether fmple or compound, are ac- 
companied withcOntuiion,dilaceration,diftemper and (welling. I iay,all theie polfefs either 
the noble parts, or ignoble, theflelhy, nervous or bony, feme whiles with rending and 
tearing afunder the larger' vcflclls,fbmctimes without harming them.Now theie Wounds are 
only fuperficiary,or elfe pierce deep and pafs quite through the body.But there is alfo another divifion 
of thefe Wounds taken from the variety of the Bullets wherewith they are made. For Lome Bullets are 
bigger,fome lefSjfome between both,they are ufually made of lead,yet fometimes of ileel,iron,brafs,tin, 
fcarie any of Silver,much lefs of Gold.There arifes no difference from their figureffor almoft all kinds 
of Wounds of this nature are rotind.From thefe differences, the Chirurgeon muft take his Indications 
what to do,and what medicins to apply.The firft care muft be,that he think not thefe horrid and ma- 
lign fymptoms,which ufually happen upon thefe kinds of Wounds,to arifefrom combuftion,or poy- 
fbn carried with the Bullet into the wounded part,and that for theie reafons we have formerly hand- j 
led at large.But rather let him judg they proceed from the vchemency of the contuiion, dilaceration 
and frafture,cauied by the Bullets too violent entry into the nervous and bony bodies. For if at any 
time the Bullet fhall only light upon the flefhy parts, the Wounds will be as eaiily cured,as any other 
Wound ufually is,which is made with a contufing and round kind of weapon, as I have often found 
by frequent experience,whilft I have followed the wars, and performed the part of a Chirurgeon to 
many Noblemen and common Souldiers,according tothecounfell offuch Phyfttians as were there o- 
verfeers of the cure. 
A divifion 
of wounds 
from the 
variety of 
rhe woun- 
ded parts. 
From the 
difference 
ofBulletSi 
Wounds 
made by 
Gunfhot are 
ufually 
round. 
C H A P. II. Of the /igns of Wounds made by Gunfbot. 
Dunds made by Gunfhot are known by their figure,which is ufually round; by their colour, 
as when the native colour of the part decayes,and in ftead thereof a livid,greenifh, violet or 
other colour fucceeds;by the feeling or fenfe of the ftroke,when in the very inftant of the re- 
ceiving thercof,he feels a heavy fenfe as if tome great ftone,or piece oftimber,or fome fuch o- 
ther weighty thing had fain upon it; by the (mall quantity of bloud which ifliies out thereat,for when 
the parts are contufed,within fome fmall while after the ftroak they fwell up, fo that they will fcarfe 
admit a Tent,whence it is that the blood is flopped,which otherwife would flow forth of the orifice 
of the Wound;by heat,which happens either by the violentnefs ofthe motion,or the vehement impul- 
sion of the air8or the attrition of the contufed parts,as the flefli and nerves. Alfo you may conjefture 
that the Wounds have been made by Gunfhot,if the bones fhall be broken,and the iplinters thereof by 
pricking the neighbouring bodies caufe defluxion and inflammation. But the caufe that the Bullet 
makes fo great a contuiion is,for that it enters the body not with any points or corners,but with its 
round and fphericall body,which cannot penetrate but with mighty foTce;whence it cometh to pafs 
that the wound looks black,& the adjacent parts livid:hence alfo proceed fo many grievously mpto ms, 
as pain,Defluxi6n,lnflammation,Apoftumation,Convulfion,Phrenfie,Palfie, Gangrene and mortifica- 
tion, whence laftly death enfues. Now the Wounds do often call forth virulent and very much ftinck- 
ing filth,by reafon of the great contufion,and the rending and tearing of the neighbouring particles. 
A great abundance of humors flow from the whole body,and fall down upon the affe&ed parts,which 
the native heat thereof being dimin ifhcd,forfakcs, and prefently an unnaturall heat feifes upon it. Hi- 
ther alfo tend an univerfall or particular repletion of ill humors, chiefly if the Wounds poflefs the 
nervous parts as the joints.Verily neither a Stag with his horn, nor a flint out of a fling can give fo 
great a blow,or make fo large a Wound,as a Leaden or Iron Bullet (hot out of a Gun, as that which 
going with mighty violence, pierces the body like a Thunderbolt. 
Signs of 
wounds 
from their 
figure. 
From their 
colour. 
From the 
feeling the 
blow. 
From the 
bleeding. 
From the. 
heat of the 
woi nd. 
Whence 
rhefe. 
wounds ate 
fo much 
conrqfed. 
CHAP. III. How thefe founds niufi be ordered at the fir ft drelfing. 
He Wound niuft forthwith be inlarged, unlefs the condition of the part reiut, that Io there 
may be free paflage forth both for the SrfWi,or matter, as alfo for inch things as are farced, 
or otherwife contained therein; fuch as are pieces of their cloaths, bombaft, linnen, papei, 
pieces of Mail or Armour,Bullets,Hail-fliot,fplinters of bones,bruifed flefh and the like, all 
which muff be plucked forth with as much celerity and gentlenefs as may be. For prefently after the 
receiving of the Wound the pain and inflammation are not fo great, as they will be within a. more 
time after.This is the principall thing in performance of this work,that you place the Patient juft in 
filch a pofture as he was in at the receiving of the Wound;for otherwife the various motion and turn- 
E e a lnS 
Strange bo- 
dies mu ft 
firfi be pit- 
ted forth. 
The manner 
how to draw 
them forth* 316 
Of Woundf made by Gunfhot, 
LlB.lt* 
ing of the Mufcles will either hinder or ftraiten the paflage forth of the contained bodies.You fhall if 
it be poflible,fearch for thefe bodies with your finger,that fo you may the more certainly and exa&ly 
perceive thcm.Yet if the bullet be entred fomewhat deep in,then you fhall fearch for it with a round 
and blunt probe,left you put the Patient to pain; yet oftentimes you fhall fcarce by this means find the 
Bullet.As it happened to the Marshall of Briffac in the fiege of Parpignan,who was wounded in his right 
fhoulder with a Bullet,which the Chirurgeons thought to hare entered into the capacity of his body. 
But I, wifhing the Patient to ftand juft in the fame manner as he did when he received the Wound, 
found at length the place where the Bullet lay, by gently prefling with my fingers, the parts near the 
Wound,and the reft which I fufpe&ed;as alfo by the fwelling, hardnefs,pain and blacknefs of the part, 
which was in the lower part of the fhoulder near unto the eight or ninth fpondill of the back. Where- 
fore the Bullet being taken forth by making incifion in the place,the Wound was quickly healed,' and 
the Gentleman recovered.You fhall obferve this,and rather beleeve the judgment of your fingers, than 
of your Probe. 
C H A P. 1111. A description of fit Inftruments to draw forth Bullets and other firange bodies. 
o th the magnitude and figure of Inftruments fit for drawing forth of Bullets and other 
ftrange bodies5are various according to the diverfity of the incident occafions. For fome 
are fmooth,others of another figure and bignefs 5 of all which forts the 
Chirurgeon mull have divers in a readinefs, that he may fit them to the bodies and 
Wound,and not the Wounds and bodies to his Inftruments. 
Jhe Delineation of fuclrtikg Inftruments. 
The creokgd Cranes-bill,with teeth like a Saw. 
The firaight Cranes-bill being 
alfotoothedpt for drawing 
forth hail-pot, pieces of ar- 
mour, fplinters of bones, and 
fuch things as lye deep within. 
The 
ThirDucks-bill hath a 
large round and too- 
thed cavity in the 
end, for fo it more 
eafily taketh hold of 
the Bullet when it 
lies amongft much 
Flefh. 
A toothed Crowes-Bill. 
.Another Inftrument fit for drawing forth of Bullets, which may 
be tearmed a Catch-Bullet. 
Shews the 
B. Shews the rod9 er 
firing which opens 
and puts the joint. 
C. The joint- 
Another LlB.II. 
and other fiery Engins}and all forts of Weapons. 
317 
Another Catcb-Bullet called a Li- 
zards-nofe, made for drawing out 
of bullets which are fomewhat 
flattedjy fir iking upon a bone. 
Jhe Parrots-beakjs made for draw- 
ing forth pieces of mail thruji into 
or bones-, and this is the 
figure thereof. 
Phe Swans bill opens with a fcrcw,)ou may with 
this dilate the JPounds,and fo put in a jfraight 
Cranes-bill9aspincers to pluckjorth flrange bo- 
dies. The figure of both are here expreft. 
Shews the fcrewpin.B. the ho!/ow- 
cd part which receive sjhe round fart 
noted with. C. Which if opened and 
and fhut by the fcrew.D'D.Fal/f, or 
flayes, which govern the running 
branch. 
But if thefe Grange c- 
fpecially.jbullets and hail-fhou 
be not too deep in the Wound, they may be taken forth with your Levatory, or elfe by the help of 
thefe Gimblets. Thel'e Gimblets are fcrewed into their pipes,or canes, and enter with their fcrewed 
points into the Bullets,if that they be of Lead or Tin,and of no harder metallj arid fo being fattened 
in them,bring them out with them. 
'The figure of the Gimblet with hi/pipe or cane. 
Befides the Swans-bill which we lately mentioned, 
there are alfo othq; inftruments fit to dilate and open 
the Wounds, called Dilaters,by whofehelp the 
Wound may be held open,that fo the hidden bodies may 
be feen; for when yon prefs together the two ends of 
this Inftrument, the other two open and dilate them- 
felves. You may alfo ule them in dilating divers other 
parts of the body,as the Noftrils, Fundament, and fucli 
like. 
j)iiaters. 
The Inftruments which follow are called Setoff 
needlesjor Probes; whole life draw through aflamu- 
la,fo to keep the Wound open; that you may the better 
take forth any ftrange body.Befides alfo we life the fame 
needles to fearch, or as it were to found the deepnefs of 
the Wounds}and to find out the Bullcts.For they cannot 
put one t0 much pain becaufe they have fmooth and round ends. So alfo all Probes wherewith we 
E e 3 fearch 318 
Of Wounds made by Gun (loot, 
Lib.11. 
fearch for Bullets, muft have fome- 
what large, finooth and round 
ends.For feeing that the verges of 
the Wound meet together prefcnt- 
ly after the hurt, if the Probes be 
too Imai or Pender,they wil flick in 
the inequality of the flcfh, neither 
will they be able to come to the 
Bullet.But if they be (harp & poin- 
ted,they will caufc and renew the 
pain by pricking the flefh they meet 
withall,& fo hinder your intention 
of finding the Bullet s Now you 
muft be furnifhed with thefe inftru- , 
ments of a different length, accor- 
ding to the various thicknefle of 
the parts jfor you cannot put any 
through the thigh but fuch as are 
of good length. 
Probes for to put flamulaes through a Wound withall. 
What 
probes fit 
to fearch 
thefc 
wounds. 
. TV ■■ ■' V 1 ._ ! ■ 2 
CHAP. IX. ujed, after the firange bodies or drawn out of the Wound 
tai the ftrange bodies are drawn or pluckt out of the Wound, by thefe means we have for- 
merly recited,the chief of the cure muft be to heal the contufion, and amend the diftemper of 
the air if it be hot and moift,that is, fubjeft to putrefa£tion. This fhall be done by medicins 
taken inwardlydapplied outwardly,and put into the Wound. Things to be inwardly ufed in 
diet and Pharmacy I leave to the judgment of learned Phylitians; for the particular and topick medi- 
11 cins,(unlefs from the prefent conftitution of the air,the condition of the wounded part,or from fome 
other caufe there be danger of a Gangrene) you muft ufe fuppuratives, as you ufually do in contufi- 
ons;fuch as are oil of Whelpes and that which we call a digeftive • you muft chiefly forbear fuppura- 
tives,when as the wounded part is of a nervous nature. For all nervous parts require dryer medicins 
than flefliy,as we have formerly delivered fpeaking ofWounds of the joints; wherefore in Wounds of 
the joints and nervous parts you fhall ufe more venice Turpentine than oil. Laurentiw lobertus the 
Kings Phyfitian & Chancellour of the LIniverfity of Mompelier,in a treatife which he writ of Wounds 
, made with Gunlhot,forbids the ufe of Efcharoticks both a&uall and potential!, in thefe Wounds, if 
Ample; for that, they induce pain, inflammation, a feaver. Gangrene and other deadly fymptomes. Be- 
edes alfo an efchar will hinder fuppuration, which is to be defired in this kind ofWounds, that fo 
thecontufed flefh may be fevered from the found, left it be drawn to putrefaftion by contagion. 
Which eafily happens when an Efchar is drawn, as a bar over it,for then the excrcmentitious humor 
remains longer in the part,and the putredinous vapours hundred from palling forth, are encreafed, and 
carryed from the lefler veflels to the bigger, and fo over all the body. Wherefore, when you fufpeft 
putrefa&ion,letting alone fuppuratives,ufe in the firft place fuch things as refift putrefa&ion, as this 
following ointment.R <erif.vitrioli romam3mellis rofat. an. %ij. deeti boni quantum 
fufficit3bulliant omnia fimul fecundum artem3& fiat medicamentum ad formam mellis. This by reafon of the heat 
and fubtlety ofthefubftance,hath a faculty to induce and attenuate the humors, as alfo to call forth 
the native heat drawn in & difllpated by the violent and forcible entrance of the Bullet into the body; 
furthermorealfo it corrects the venembus contagion of the virulent humor. Now this medicine fhall be 
in Venegar or aqua vitt3and be put into the Wour$ witjjtqits, or pledgets. The tents 
which fhall be ufed at the firft dreffing muft be fomewhat long an^ihW? J&atby dilating the Wound, 
they may make way for application of other remedies; otherwife yt>U jhiay make inje&ion with a fy- 
rmge,that fo it may penetrate the more powerfully.But this dtfcriM JEgyptiacum fhal be tempered ac- 
cording to the condition of the affe&ed parts,for the nervous parts Wi|l be offended with it as being 
too acrid; but it may be qualified by admixture of oil of Turpentine ft Saint lohn-wort. Alfo we may 
well be without this jdfpyptiacum when there is no fuch peftilent conftitution of the air, as was leen in 
the late Civil! wars.After the ufe of you fhall with emollient & lenitive medians procure 
the falling away of the Efchar, & fuch a medicine is this following o)l, being fomewhat more than 
warm. ft Olei violate lib.iiij.in quibus coquantur catelli duonuper nati3u[quead diflblutionemoIJium3addendo verme- 
urn terreftnum, ut decetprsparatorum.ib.j. coquanturfimul lento ipne3 dcinde fiat exprefio ad ufim.addende terebinth. 
TJenet sj.This oil hath a wonderfull force to affwagepain,to bring the Wound to fuppu- 
ration,&caufe the falling away of theEfchar.This enfuingoil is made more eafily.R olei fem inis lim3& 
li- fimul & fiat medicamentum ; put.of this a fufficient quantity into 
i C W?und5J°}'t"is being apply ed indifferent hot, hath power to afljyage Pain, to foften and humea 
1 C4 t K ''J5)lln^3 forwards fuppuration,which is the true manner of curing thefe kind 
of Wounds,according to the rule of Hiff aerates., which wifhes every con tided wound to beprefently 
r^llghe to fuppuration,for fo it will be lefle fubjeft to a Phlegmon;and befides,all the rent & bruifed 
ueln mult putrehejdiflolve and turn to quitture, that new and good flefh may be generatedin ftead 
thereof. Laurentius laubertus much commends this following medicine,ofwhofe cfficacy,as yet,I have 
made no tnall. Bcful'ver.mercur.bis porci recent butyri recently ?viij.Camphor £ inaqua 
w f!jJolutie^l)MfiC€^mniaftmul3a^en^0 tantil/um olei liliorum3 autlini. Experience taught him, and reafon 
allo fhewesjthat this kind of remedy is very commendable ; for the powder of Mercury, if mixed with 
a 
A Cant io; 
in the life 
offuppu- 
rarives. 
Why Ef- 
charoticks 
mull be el- 
chewed in 
thcfckinds, 
if they be 
fimple. 
Howan Ef- 
char may 
caufe pu- 
trefaction. 
The di- 
fcription of 
an SEgypti. 
acum. 
How and 
when to 
temper this 
cum. 
Theoil of 
VVhelpes 
a digcftive> 
anodyne, 
and fit me- 
cine to pro- 
cure rhe 
falling a- 
way of an 
Efchar. 
Lib.de ul- 
cer. 
7 he facul- 
ties of the 
powder of 
Mercury. Lib.ii. 
and other fiery Engine?,and all fort? ofW\eapon?. 
319 
a grofle and hume&ing matter,doth in a fhort {pace turn the bruited fleffl into fw, without caiiling a- 
ny great pain. For the Camphire,whether it be hot or cold,in temper, it much conduces to that pur- 
pole,by reafon of thefubtlety of the parts,whereof it confifts. For by means of this quality the medi- ' 
cines enter with more facility into the affected bodies,and perform their parts; befides alfo Camphire c 
refills putrefaction.Some drop into the Wound aqua wit*, wherein they have diflolved feme calcined 
vitrioll.Which kind of remedy is not ftippurative, but yet much refills putrefaction, fo that we may v 
ufe it with good fuccefs,when the weather is hot,moift,andfoggie. But when the Wound is made ve- n 
ry neer at hand3it cannot but be burnt by the flame of the powder; in which remedies ufed for burns,( 
will be ufefull,not omiting fuch as are fit for contufions.But for thefe parts which lye next the Wound,r 
you lhall not,unlefs at the firft drefling,apply refrigerating and aftringent things,but rather emollient< 
and fuppurative.For thole things which have a refrigerating faculty,weakcn the part,and fup- 
puration. For aftringents conftipate the skin, which is the'caufe,that the putrid vapours fhut up and , 
hindred from tranfpiration and paflage forth, a gangrene and mortification eafily feile upon the part. j 
But if the contufion be great and diffufe it fell more largely over the flefh, the part mull be much fca- 
rified;thatfo the contufed and concreat blood,and therefore fubjeCt to putrefadian,may be evacuated. 
But for thefe parts,which fomewhat further diftant from the Wound cncompalfe the contufed ttefh,- 
they require refrigerating and ftrengthening medicins,fo to hinder the falling down and fetling of the j 
humor in that part which is this entiling medicine.]&*ful.boli.armcn. janguin. 'Dracon. Myrrh*, an. ijj. fwcci ( 
folan.fempervivi,Portulac.a?i.^j^.album myovorum.oxj/rhodin.quantum fufficit fiat linimentum,ut decet. You may 
ufe this,& the like untill the fufpefted fymptomc be paftfear. Neither muft'you have lefs care,of bind- ; 
ing up and rolling the part,than of your medicins;fer it doth not a little conduce to the cure,to bind 1 
itfo fitly up as it may be without pain. The Wound at th? beginning of the cure, mull be drefled 1 
but once in 24-houres,that is,untill the Wound come to fuppuration;but when the quitturebegins to ' 
flow from it,and confequently the pain and leaver are encreafed, it lhall be dreft twice a day, that is,, 
every twelve houres. And when the quitture flowes more abundantly than uliiall,ifo that the collecti- 
on thereof is very troublefome to the Patient, it will be requifite to drefle it every 8 houres; that is, 
thrice a day. Now when as this abundant efflux is fomewhat flaked, and begins to decreafe, it will fuf- 
fice to drefle it twice a day. But when the ulcer is filled with flefh, and confequently calls forth but lit- 
tle matter,it will ferve to drefle it once a day,as you did at the firft. 
The force; 
of calcined 
vitriol. 
How 
wounds 
mads by 
Gunfhot 
may be 
combuft. 
Scarificati- 
on. 
An Jftrin- 
genc repel- 
ling medi- 
cine. 
The bind- 
ing up. 
How oft rhe 
wound 
muftbe 
dreft in a 
day. 
r the fecond and following dreflings, unlefs you fufpeft putrefa&ioh, and a Gangrene, you 
fhall only put into the Wound fome of the oils formerly defcribed,adding to them the yolks 
of fome egs and a little faffron; and ufe this medicin,untill the Wound come to perfeft fup- 
puration. Herd you muft note this,that thefe kinds of Wounds are longer before they come 
to fuppuration,than other Wounds made by any other fort of weapons both for that the bullet,as al- 
fo the air which it violently carries before it,by much bruifing the flcft,on every fide,diflipates the na- 
tive heat,and exhaufts the fpirits of the part.Which things hinder digeftion,and often caufe the matter 
to ftinkyis alfo many other pernicious lymptomes. Yet moft uftially or quitture appears within 
three or four dayes,fooner and later according to the various complexion,and temperament of the Pa- 
tients bodies,and the condition of the ambient air in heat and cold.Then by little afid little you muft 
come to deterfives,adding to the former medicin fome Turpentine wafted in Rofe, Barly, or fome o- 
ther fuch like water,which may waft away the biting thereof.If the incompafling air be very cold, you 
may to good purpofe,add fome aqua by Grf/w prefcript,we muft not ufe hot medicins in win- 
ter, & lefs hot in fummer.Then in the next place ufe deterfives,as R. aqua decoflionis hordei quantum [uffi- 
centaurei minor is3an. %].buHiant omnia finwlfin fine decotfionis adde terebinths 
venetx | iij. well is rofat. * ij.farin.hordei $ iij. croci 9 j« Let them be all well mixed together and make a 
Mundihcative of an indifferent confidence. Or R fucci clymenirflantag. abfinth. api ij. tereb.venet. 
5 ij. bulliant omnia fecundum drtemypofled colenturfin colutura adde pulver. a- 
loesjnaftiches} Ireos Florent, j.fiat Mundificativum ad ufum difium. Or clfe R. terebinth, venet. lota 
in aq. rof. | v.olei rof. j.mellis rof. $ iij. ariftoloch. rotunda, an.% i hord.% iij.mifce. 
Make a Mundificative,which you may put into the Wound with tents, but fuch as are neither too 
long,nor thick,left they hinder the evacuation of the quitture and vapours,whence the woundedrpart 
will be troubled with erofion,pain,defluxion, inflammation, abfeefs, putrefaftion; all which feverally 
of themfelves,as alfo by infefting the noble parts, are troublefome both to the part affefted, as alfo to 
the whole body befides. Wherefore you ftall put into the Wound no tents,unlefs fmall ones,and of an 
indifferent left (as I faid) you hinder the patting forth of the matter,or by their hard pref- 
fing of the part, caufe pain,and fo draw on malign fymptomes. But feeing tents are ufed both to 
keep open a Wound fo long,untill all the ftrange bodies be taken forth,as alfo to carry the medicins, 
wherewithal! they are anointed .-even to the bottom of the Wound. Now if the Wound be finuous 
and deep,that fo the medicin cannot by that means arrive at the bottom and all the parts 
muft do yourbufinefs by injeftions made of the following decoction. R. aq. hord.lib. 4. agrimon.centaur. 
minor.pimpihella,abfinth.planta£.M-fi'rad.arifioloch.rotund.$ p. fiat decoftio ad lib.]. in colatura expreffa diffolve a- 
loes iij.mellis rof. % ij. bulliant modicum. Injeft fome of this decoftion three or four times into 
the Wound,as often as youdrefs the Patient; and if this ftall not be fufficient to clenfe the filth, 
and waft the fpongious,putrid and dead fleft,you ftall diffolve therein as much JFpyptiacum as you ftall 
think fit for the prefent neccflity; but commonly you ftall diflblve an ounce of Jtyyptiacum in a pint 
®f the decoftion. Verily JEgyptiacum doth powerfully confume the proud fleft which lies in the ca- 
pacity 
CHAP. VI. How you jball order it at the fecond drejfing. 
Why 
wounds 
made by 
Gunlhoj 
are fo long 
before they 
come to 
fuppurati- 
on. 
WhyTur*' 
pentine 
mull be 
wtfhed, 
Meth. 
A detergent 
median. 
Why tents 
nauft be 
neither ro® 
long nor 
thick. 
When 
you inuft. 
u fe in j edi- 
ons. 
An 
on. 
i Thequanti*. 
ty of &gyp- 
■ tiacum to be 
■ ufed in au' 
i injection. 320 
Of Wounds made by Gunjbot, 
Lib.1I. 
pacity of the Wound ; befides alfo it only works upon fuch kind of flefh. 1 or this purpoie 1 have alio 
made triall of the powder of Mercury ,and burnt Alum equally mixed together, and found them very 
powerfull,even almoft as fublimatc,or Arfenick, (but that theie caufe not fuch pain in their operati- 
on.) I certainly much wonder at the largenefs of the Eichar which arifes by the afperfion of theie 
powders. Many Practitioners would have a great quantity of the injection to be left in the cavities of 
finuous ulcerSjOr Wounds;which thing I could never allow of. 1 or this contained humor caufeth an 
Unnatural teniion in thefe parts,and taints them with fuperfluous moifture,whertby the regeneration of 
flefh is hindered; forthat every ulcer as it is an ulcer,requires to be dryed,in Hippocrates opinion.Many 
alfo offend in the too frequent ufe of Tents; for as they change them every houre, they touch the fidcs 
of the WoundjCaule pain,and renew other malign fymptomes;whcrefore Inch ulcers as caft forth more 
abundance of matter,I could wifli rather to be dreffedwith hollow tents, like thofe 1 formerly defcri- 
bed to be put into Wounds of the Cheft. You fhall alfo prefs a linnen bou lifer to the bottom of the 
Wound, that fo the parts themfelves may be mutually condenled by that prefliire and the quitture 
thruft forth; neither will it be amifs to let this boulfter have a large hole fitted, to the orifice of the 
Wound and end of the hollow tent and pipe,that fo you may apply a fpunge for to receive the quit- 
ture,for fo the matter will be more fpeedily evacuated and fpent, cfpecialiy it it be bound up with an 
expulfive ligature,beginning at the bottom of the ulcer,and fb rapping it up toi the top. All the boul- 
fiers and rowlers,which fhall be applycd to thefe kinds of Wounds,fhall be dipped in Oxycratc or red 
wine,fd to flrengthen the part,and hinderfdefluxion. But you muff have a fpeciall care, that you do 
not bind the Wound too hard,for hence will arife pain,hindering the paflage forth of the putredinous 
vapours and excrements, which the contufcd flefh cafts forth ; and alfo fear of an dtrop hzrf,or want of 
nourifhment, the alimentary juyces being hindered from coming to the part. 
VVhy none 
of the inje- 
ction muft 
be left in 
the wound. 
Hollow 
tenfs or 
pipes. 
The manner 
of binding 
up the 
wound. 
CHAP. V 11. By what means ftrange bodiesfteft in at the firft drefling, may be drawn forth. 
Two caufes 
that make 
ftrange bo- 
dies hard to 
be taken' 
forth. 
)T divers times happens5that certain fplinters of bones, broken and (battered afunderby the 
: violence of the be pulled forth at the firft drefling,for that they either do not 
> yeeld or fall away3or elfe cannot be found by the formerly defcribed inftrunients.For which 
purpofc this is £n approved medicin to draw forth that which is left behind. R radic. Ireos 
Floren.panac. & cappar. iij.ariftoloch.rctund. 3 j. inpofinem redapfa incorporcntur cum mefle 
rofar.& terebinth, venet. an.% ij.or R re/fo. pini ficc* J iij.pumicis combufti & extinfti in vino albo, radic. Ireott 
ariftolochi£9 thuris ij.in foUinem redigantHrjncorporentur cum me He rofato3 fiat medica- 
mentum. 
C H A P. V111. Of Indications to be obferVed in this kind of Wounds. 
4c ulcer being clenfedand purged, and all ftrange bodies taken forth;natures indeavours to 
regenerate fleffi,and cicatrize it,mufl be helped forwards with convenient remedies, both ta- 
ken inwardly, and applyed outwardly.To which things we may be eafily and fafely carry - 
edby indications drawn,firft from the eflence of the difeafe, then from the caufe ; if as yet 
prefent it nourifh thedifeafe For that which Galen fay cs,Lib. 3.Meth, that no indication may be taken 
from the primitive caufe and time; muft be underftood of the time paft, and the caufe which is abfent. 
And then from the principal timesof thedifcafe.>the beginning,increafe,ftate,and declination jfor each 
of thefe four require their remedies.Others are taken from the temperament of the Patient, fb that no 
Chirurgeon need doubt,that fomemcdicins are fit for cholerick, otherfome for phlegmatick bodies. 
Hither refer the indication taken from the age bf the Patient ; alfb it is drawn from his diet, for no 
man muft prefcribe any flender diet to one who is alwayes feeding,as to him who is accuftomed to eat 
once, or twice a day. Hence it is that a diet confifting only of Panada's is more fit for Italians than for 
French mcn;for we rnuft give fomewhat to cuftome,which is as it were another nature. Vocations and 
dayly exercifes,are referred to diet, for other things befit Husbandmen & labourers,whole flefh is denfe 
and skin hardened by much labour,than idle and delicate perfons.But of all other,have diligent regard 
of that indication which is drawn from the ftrength of the Patient ; for we muft prefently, (all elfe 
being neglefted) fuccor the fainting,or decaying ftrength; wherefore if it be needfull to cut off a mem- 
ber that is putrefied,the operation muft be deferred if the ftrength of the Patient be fo dcje&cd, that he 
it performed without manifeft danger of his life. Alfo indication may be drawn from 
the incompafling air,under which alfo is comprehended that, which is taken from the feafon of the 
yeer,region,the ftate of the air and foil, and the particular condition of the prefent and lately by-paft 
time. Hence it is we read in Guido,that Wounds of the head are cured with far more difficulty at Paris, 
than at Avignion, where notwithftanding on the contrary ,the Wounds of the legs are cured with more 
trouble,than at P*r jr;the caufe is,the air is cold and moift at P4rz/;which conftitution feeing it is hurt- 
full to the brain and head,it cannot, but muft beoffenfive to the Wounds of thefe parts. But the heat 
of the ambient air at and difiblves the humors, and makes them flow from above 
downwards.But if any objeCt that experience contradicts this opinion of Guido, and fay,that Wounds 
of the head are more frequently deadly in hot countries ; let him underftand that this muft not be at- 
tributed to the manifeft and naturall heat of the air; but to a certain malign and venenate humor, 
or vapor difperfed through the air,and raifed out of the Seasjas you may eafily obferve in thofe places 
of France and Italy which border upon the Mediterranean Sea. An indication may alfo be drawn from 
the peculiar temper of the wounded parts, for the mufculous parts muff be drefled after one, 
and the bony parts after another manner. The different fenfe of the parts, indicates and requires 
the 
The Indi- 
cation 
which is 
drawn from 
the 'ftrength 
of the Pati- 
ent is the 
chiefeft of 
all other. 
Why 
wounds of 
the head at 
Paw,and of 
the tegs at 
dvignion 
are hard to 
be cured. Lib.ii. 
and other fiery Engines,and allfiorts ofW\eapons. 
321 
the like variety of remedies; for yon (hall not apply fo acrid medicins to the Nerves and Tendons, as * 
to the ligaments which are deftitute of fenfe. The like reafon alfo for the dignity and fun ft ion of/ther 
parts needfull for the prcfervation of life; far oft-times wounds of the brain, or of fome other of the, 
naturall & vitall parts,for this very reafon that they are defixed in thefe parts,divert the whole manner a 
of the cure,which is ufually and generally performed in wounds.Neither that without good caufe, for f 
oft-times from the condition of the parts,we may certainly pronounce the whole fuccefs of the difeafe; v 
for wounds which penetrate into the ventricles of the brain, into the heart,the large veflels, the cheft, * 
the nervous parts of the midriffe,the liver,ventricle,fmall guts,bladder,if fomewhat large are deadly ;as 
alfo thefe which light upon a joynt in a body repleat with il humors, as we have formerly hoted.Nei- 
ther muft you negleft that indication which is drawn frorii the fituation of the part,and the commerce 
it hath tvith the adjacent parts, or from the figure thereof; feeing that Galen himfelf would not have it 
negle&ed.But we muft confider in taking thefe forementioned Indications, whether there be a compo- C 
fition,or complication of the difeafes; for as there is one and that a fimple indication,of one and thatJ 
a limple difeafeyfo muft the indication be various of a compound and complicate difeafe. But therea 
is obierved to be a triple compofition,or complication of affefts befides nature; for either a difeafe is 
compounded with a difeafe,as a wound, or a phlegmon with a fraftufe of a bone; or a difeafe with a 
caufe,as an ulcer with a defluxion;or a difeafe with a fymptome,as a wound with pain, or bleeding. 
It fometimes comes to pafs,that thefe three,the difeafe, caufe, and fymptome, concur in one cafe or af- 
feft. In artificially handling of which , we muft follow Galens counfell, who withes in complica- 
ted and compounded affefts,that we refift the more urgent;then let us withftand the caufe of the dif- 
eafe,and laftly that affeft,without which the reft cannot be cured. Which counfell muft well be ob- 
ferved;fbr in this compofure of affefts,which diftrafts the Emperick ; but on the contrary, the ratio- 
nal! Phy fitian hath a way prefcribed in a few & thefe excellent words, which if he follow in his order 
of cure,he can fcarfc mifs to heal the Patient.Symptomes truly aS they are fymptomes,yeeld no indica- 
tion of curing,neither change the order of the ctire;for when the difeafe is healed, the fymptome va- 
nishes,as that which follows the difeafe,as a fhadow follows the body. But fymptomes do oftentimes 
fo urge and prefs,that perverting the whole order of the cure, we are forced to refift them in the firft 
placets thofe which would otherwife increafe the difeafe.Now al the formerly mentioned indications 
may be drawn to two heads; the firft is, to reftore the part to its native temper; the other is, that the 
blood offend not either in quantity or quality;for when thofe two are prefent,there is nothing which 
may hinder the repletion,or union of wounds nor ulcers. 
; An indies- 
cion ro be 
drawn from 
rhe quick 
and dull 
fenfe of the 
wounded 
part. 
Gal. lib. 7. 
Meih.& 2. 
ad Glanc. 
Cal. lib.7. 
Meth'. 
• How an J 
; when we 
mu ft rake 
; indication 
' of curing 
' from a 
I fymptolnc« 
CHAP. IX. What remains for the Chirurgeon to do in this kfnd of Wounds. 
He Chirurgeon muft firft of all be skilfull and labour to aflwage pain,hinder defluxions, pre- 
fcribe a diet in thefc fix things we call not naturall,forbidding the ufe of hot & acrid things, 
as alfo of wine;for fuch attenuateth humors and make them more apt for defluxion. There- 
fore at the firft let his diet be (lender, that fo the courfe of the humors may be diverted from 
the afteded part;for the ftomach being empty and not well fillcd,draws from the parts about it,where- 
by it confequently follows,that the utmoft and remoteft parts are at the length evacuated; which is the 
caufe,that luch as are wounded, muft keep fo (pare a diet for the next dayes following. Venery is very 
pernicious, for that it inflames thefpirits and humors far beyond other motions; whereby it happens 
that the humors waxing hot,are coo plentifully carried to the wounded and over heated part. The 
bleeding muft not be ftanched prefently upon receiving of the wound, for by the more plentifull ef- 
flux thereof the part is freed from danger of in flammation and fulnefs. Wherefore if the wound bleed 
not fufficiently at the firft,you (hall the next day open a vein,and take blood according to the ftrength 
and plenitude of the Patient; for there ufually flows no great ftore of blood from wounds of this na- 
ture ; for that by the greatnefs of thecontufion and vehemency ofthe moved air,the fpirits are forced 
in,as alfo 1 have obferved in thofe who have one of their limbs taken away with a Cannon bullet.For 
in the time when the wound is received, there flows no great quantity of blood, although there be 
large veins and arteries torn in funder thereby. But on the 4, 5, 6. or fome more dayes after, the 
blood flows in greater abundance,and with more violence,the native heat and fpirits returning into 
the part. The belly muft be fo qualified, that he may have at the leaft one ftool a day,either by nature,' 
or Art;and if by A rt,than rather with a Clyfter than purging medicins taken by the mouth, for that 
the agitation of humors, chiefly in the firft dayes of the difeafe, is to be fufpe&ed, left we increafe 
the defluxion falling down upon the wounded part. Yet Galen writes that both the evacuations are 
here needfull,that is,blood-letting and purging;though the Patient be neither repleat 
with il humors.But the care hereof muft be committed to the judgment of the learned Phyfitian;pain,if 
joyned with inflamation (hall be mitigated,by anointing the parts neerunto the wound With unguent. 
nt/tritam,compofed with the juyce of Plantain, Houfleek,Nightfhade, and the 
cs defcribed by Galen diflblved with vinegar,oil of Poppyes and Rofes is of no lefs cfficacy;nor unguent, 
de 6o/o,nor divers other things ofthe fame faculty,though properly no anodynes,as thofe which are not 
hotandmoift in the firft degree, but rather cold,but yet not lb as to have any narcotick faculty.Now 
thefe forementioned things aflwage pain for that they corrcft the hot diftemper,and ftay the acrid and 
Cholerick defluxions,whole violence is more than cold. After the ufe of repercuflives, it will be good 
to apply this following cataplafm. R. Micgpan# infufe inlatfe •vaccine fb j J3. bull! ant parum addenda olei 
rofar.an. iij.vitel/os ovorum nu.iiij. pulver.rofar.rub. flor.chamem.& meliloti9 an. 3 ij.farin.fabar. & 
hordei an.%j.mifce9fiatcataplafmafecundutnarteni. Alfo in this cafe you may eafily make a medicin, of 
bread crums boy led in Oxycrate and oil of Rofes.The cure of T umors if any aflbeiate the wound,may 
be 
Why fuch 
as are 
wounded 
mufl keep a 
flender di« 
«♦ 
Why wc 
ffluA opera 
a vein in 
fuch as are 
wounded 
by Gunfhor, 
Gai.Lib.4l 
Meth.cdp.tfi 
Gal.Lib. i» 
de comp. t 
gen. c.tf ♦ 
An anodine 
and ripe- 
ning Cara- Of Wounds made by Gunfhot, 
LlB.ii; 
322 
be found in their proper place.Natures motion, whether to fuppuiation,oi any fuch thfiig, muft ftiH 
be obferved,and helped by the Phyfitian and Chirurgeon,as the minifters and fervants thereof. 
C H AP. X. Of Bullets which remain in the body, for a long time after the JFound n healed up. 
Why Lea- 
den Bullets 
lye in the 
body fo 
many years 
without 
doing any 
harm. 
Eaden Bullets lye in force parts ofthe body force wlnles leaven,eight or more years, fo tha' 
they neither hinder the agglutination ofthe Wound.ne.ther doth any other fymptome hap- 
pen thereupon,as I have divers times obferved; tin till at length by theftrengthof nature 
forcing them, and their proper weightmefs bearing; them downwards, they lhew thernfelves 
in fome lower part,by their fwelling or bunching forth,and fo muff be taken forth by the hand of the 
ChirurgeomFor they fay lead hath a certain fympathy and familiarity with mans body, chiefly the 
flefhy parts thereof. Wherefore it neither putrefies it fell, nor caufeth the flefli to putrefie; belides it 
hath an excellent faculty in cicatrizing old ulcers. But bullets of ftone,iron and of any other metall, 
are of another nature/or they cannot remain any long time in the body without hurt $ for Iron will 
grow rufty and fo corrode the neighbouring bring other malign fymptomes.Yet a Leaden 
bullet cannot remain any lon£ time in nervous,or noble parts without danger. 
CHAP. XI. How to correct the constitution of the air,fo that the noble parts may 
be Strengthened,and tbe whole body befides. 
Cordialls to 
ftrengthen 
the noble 
parts. 
Utbecaufe as we have formerly told you,there are fome times wherein even finall Wounds 
made by Gunlhot prove deadly,not by their own fault, but the fault of the air; therefore 
1 alfo the Chirurgeon muft have this care,that he correft the aire with all diligence,& reduce 
it to a certain quality and moderation of fiibftance, and ftrengthen the noble parts and 
whole body befides, which may be performed by the following medicins, which are to be 
taken inwardly and applyed outwardly.In the morning three houres before meat let the Patient take 
fome certain quantity as the Phylitian lhall think fit of the ele&uary Diarrhodon Abbatis3 or Aromaticum 
rofatum9triafantalon9biamofchum3latificans Galeni-prfome fucli other like. And you lhall apply fome fuch 
Epitheme'as is here defcribed to the heart and Liver. R aqu* rofar.$iiij}aqu£ buglojfaaceti boni3an.$ij. co- 
riandri prrfarati JfL caryophil/.cortic.citri cor alii utriujque Qj.croci 9|3. pulver. 
an.^.pul.flo.chamam.&melil.an.^iij.mifce9fiat epithema. Let it be 
applyed warm by dipping a leaflet cloath therein.You lhall frequently put odoriferous and refrigera- 
ting things to the Patients nofe,to ftrengthen the animall faculty,as;R aqu* rofar. & aceti boni 
car)ophyllorum3nucis mofchat.cinamomi conquajfatorum3 & Theriac# Galeni9an.%]. Let a linnen rag dipped here- 
in,be now and then put to the Patients nofe«for the fame purpofe he lhall carry a Pomander about him, 
and often fmell there. As R ro[.rub.violar.an.3n].baccarum myrtij uniper i9fant al. calamit. 
fat is eft: liquefiat fimul cum cer& alba quod fujficit3fiat ceratum ad comprehendendos fupra- 
difios pulveres cum piftillo calido3& ducatur in pomum.Or R rad.Ireos Florent.majoran.calam.aromat.ladaniftenzoi- 
ni9rad.cyperi? pulvis cumgummi tragacanth, quod fufficit. Orelle. R ladani puri 
%j.Benzoini%fi.ftyracis calamit.yvj.ircos Flor.^fi.caryophyll.'Snj.majoran.ro/. rub. calami aromat.an.3fi. in polli- 
nem redigantur omnia3& bulliantcum aqua roj.quantum [ufficit3colentur9 colata liquefiant cum jufta cer<e alba quan- 
titate 3ftyrac is ad modum cerati3& cum piftillo fiat pomum3addita mofchi Jj.Alfo you may corrobo- 
rate the animall faculty by application of frontalis., as allb procure fleep,and eafethe pain of the head; 
asc R rof.& papav.an.%]fi.aceti boni3^j.trocbij.de camphora3 3f3. fiat frontale. Linnen rags dipped 
herein may be applyed to the temples of the forehead,and often renewed;otherwife by their heatsdry- 
nefle,and hardnefs, they will caufe watching in Head of Heep. Neither muft you in the mean time bind 
the head too hard, left by intercepting and hindring the pulfation of the temporall Artery, you en- 
creafe the pain of the head .You lhall make a fire,in the Patients chamber of oderiferous woods, as lu- 
niper,Bay-tree,the primings or cuttings of Vines, Rolemary, and Orris roots. For the lame purpole, 
you may fprinkle the floore with Iweet water;if the Patient be able to undergoe fuch coft. As, R majo* 
faturei^bacca- 
rum lauri9& juniperi9an.M.iij.pulv.caryophyll. nucis rofar.&vit<e9 an.lib.ij. vini albi boni& 
, odorifici.ft).x.bulliant omnia in balnco Marine adufumdiflum. You may alfp make perfumes to burn in his 
chamber,as thusft&.carbonisfalicis ladanipuri mafculiftigni &baccarum xyloa- 
locs3benjoini,ftyracis calamit.an.^fi.Nucis an.3ij.zedoari£9 
calami aromat.anJft.gummi tragracanth.aqua rofar.joluti3quod fit fat is', Make hereof perfumes in what falhion 
you pleafe.Forthe rottennes and corruption of bones we will treat thereof hereafter in its due place. 
A cordiall 
Epithem. 
Pomanders. 
Frontalis to 
caufe reft, 
and ftrcng- 
then rhe 
animallfa. 
cul ty. 
A fweet wa- 
ter. 
Perfumes to 
burn. 
CHAP. XII. Certain memorable Hiftories. 
Ere I thinke good for the benefit of young praftitioners,to illuftrate by examples the former- 
ly prefcribed Method of curing Wounds made by Gunlhot. The famous and moll valiant 
Count of Mansfelt, Governour of the Dutchy of Luxembourg, Knight of the order of Bur- 
gundy ,comming to the aide of the French King, was at the battell of Moncontour, where in 
the conflift he received fo great, a Wound at the joint of the left arme with a Piftoll bullet, that the 
bones were Ihivered and broken in fo many peeces,as if they had been laid upon an Anvill and ftruck 
with an hammer:hence proceeded many malign fymptomes, as cruell and tormenting pain,inflamma- 
tion,a feaver,an ocdematous and flatulent tumor of the whole arm event© the fingers end,and a certain 
inclination to a Gangrane:which to refill, Nicolas Lambert, and Richard Hubert the Kings Chirurgeons, 
had 
The malign 
fynjptomes 
which ufii- 
ally happens 
upon 
wounds 
made by 
Gunihor. Xj I B« 11. 
and other fiery Engines,and allforts of PFeapons. 
323 
had made many.and deep fcarifications. But when I came to vifit and drefs him,by the Kings appoint- 
ment,and hadobferved the great ftenchjandputrefaflion,! wiffied that they would ufe lotions of JE- 
gjf tiacum made fomewhat ftronger than ordinary,and diflblved in vinegar and do other 
things more largely fpoken of in the chapter of a Gangnene. For the Patient had alfo a Viarrhcea or 
flux,whereby he evacuated thepurulent,and ftinking filth which flowed from his Wound.Which how 
it might come to pafs we will ffiow at large when we come to treat of the fupprcffion of the Urine. f 
For this feemed very abfurd tomany,bccaufe that if this purulent humor flowed out ofthe arm into £ 
the belly,it muft needs flow back into the veins, be mixed with the blood, and by its pernicious and d 
contagious paflage through the heart and liver,caufe exceeding ill fymptomes,and laftly death. Indeed ii 
he often fwounded by the aicent of the filthy vapdurs railed from the ulcer to the noble partSjWhich t 
to refill,! wifhed him to take a fpoontull of aqua z//t<ewith fome Treacle diflblved therein. I endea- 
voured to reprefs the osdematous and flatulent Tumor'poflefllng all the arme with ftoups dipped in 
oxycrate,to which was put a little fait and aqua vita thefe Iloups I flayed and held to the part with 
double cloaths,fowed as ftrait as I could. Such a compreffion held the broken bones in their places, 
preffed their Sanies from the ulcers,and forced back the humors flowing to the part into the center of 
the body. If at any time I omitted this compreffion,the tumor was fo'encreafecl, that I was in a great 
deal of fear,left the native heat of the part (hould be fuffocated. NeitUgcould 1 otherwife bind up the 
arm by reafon of the excelfive pain which molelled the Patient upon t® leaft flirting of the Arm.There 
were alfo many Abceflcs about his elbow and over all his arm befides. For the letting forth ofwhofe 
matter I was forced,to make new incifionsjwhich he endured very ftoutly. At length I cured him with 
ufing a vulnerary potion,and by cleaning the ulcers,and correcting the putrefaftion with JEgyptia-1 
cum diflolved in wine or honey of roles, audio poured into the ulcers, and reprefling the growth of c 
proud fleffi,with the powder of burnt Alum, drying it after the deterfion with liniments. Now this Ir 
can truly affirm and profefs,that during the time of the cilre9l took out above threefcore fplinters ofr 
bones,and thofe neceflarily,amongft which there was one ofthe length of ones finger; yet by Gods affi 
fiftanceat length he became found in all things,biit that he could not put forth, or draw in his arm* 
Not long after by the Kings command I went tq fee Charles Philip of Croy, Lord of Auret, the Duke? 
of Afchos brother,not far from Mounts a City ofHenalt.He kept his bed feaven months by reafon of 
a Wound made by a Bullet the fpace of three fingers above his knee. When I came to him, he was affli- f. 
Red with thefe fymptomes, intolerable pain,a continuall feaver, cold fweats, watchings, excoriation r 
of the hippes by reafon of his long lying upon them, his appetite dejected with much thirft. He oft o 
funk down as if he had the falling ficknef$,had a defire to vomit, and a continuall trembling or fha- b 
king fo that he could not put one hand to his mouth without the affiftance ofthe other: he fwounded 
frequently by reafon of the vapours afeending to the noble parts.For the thighbone was broken long- c 
wayes and fidewayes with many fplinters of bones,whereof fome were plucked /out and others remai- 
ned flicking faft in. He befides alfo had an ulcer in his groin which reached to the midfl of his thigh,& 
many other finuous ulcers about his knee. All the mufcles of his thigh and leg were fwoln with a fleg- 
matickjcold and flatulent humor,fo that almoft all the native heat of thofe parts feemed extinft. All 
which things being confidered,I had fcarfe any hope to recover him, fo that I repented my coming 
thither. Yet at length putting fome confidence in his flrength,and prime of youth,I began to have bet-* 
ter hopes. Therefore with his good liking,firfl of all I make two incifions, fo to let forth the matter, i 
which lying about the bone did humeft the fubftance of the mufcles. This had happy fuccefs,and drew v 
out a great quantity of matters then I with a fyringc inje&ed much JEgyptiacum diffolved in wine,and a n 
little aqua viti into thefe incifions,fo to reftrain and amend the putrefaftion,reprefle the fpungic, loofe 
and foft fleffi,refolve the oedematous and flatulent tumor,aflwage the pain, and ftir up and flrengthen 
the native heat almoft oppreft by the aboundance of excrementitious humors, fo that it could 
fcarfely affimilate any nouriffiment and adjoin it to the parts. Then I fomented the affefted part v 
with Sage,Rofe-mary,Time, Lavander,Chamomile and Melilot flowers and Red-rofe leaves boy led in i 
white wine,and lye made of Oake-affies,adding thereto as much fait and vinegar as I judged requifite. it 
This fomentation did attenuate & draw forth the morbfiick humor.Now we ufed them long & often, 
fo to waft the humor more by drying up and breathing thorow the paflages of the skin, more thereof 
than fell into the part.For this fame purpofe,wc ordained that he fhould ufe friRions with hot 1 innen w 
clothes,and that thefe fliould be made from above downwards, from below upwards, and fo on every fo 
fide,andfomewhat long withall:Fora fhort friflion drawes more humor into the partthan it can re- 01 
folve:L wiffied that each other day they fhould lay bricks heated hot in the fire about his leg,thigh, & te 
foal of his footjbut they were to be fomewhat quenched,and fprinkled with Wine and vinegar, with ath 
fmall quantity of aqua watriffi moifture by this moift heat, did fweat out of thefe parts, the 
tumor was leflened,and the native heat by little and little reftored.Then ftoups dipped in lye madeof & 
Oake-affies,wherein Sage,Rofemary,Lavander,fait,and cloves, were boy led,fome aqua vita added, Were te 
applyed theretojbut the rowlers were fo gently, and artificially wrapped about, that he dideafily en- 
dure them without any pain,and that with fuch happy fuccefs, that if they Were omitted but for one 
day,the tumor became very great.But thick linnen boulfters were daid upon the lower cavities of the 
ulcers; that fo the Janies or filth might be moreeafily prefled forth. But I had alwayes a fpeciall care 
that the orifices of the ulcers fhould be kept open with hollow Tents or pipes put therein.and fome- 
times this following cataplafm was applyed to refolve the tumor.R Far. hord. fabar.& orobfan. |vj. mel-A 
Us cyper. Maft. an. oxymel. jimp, f»' 
quantum fifficittfiat cataplafrna ad formarn pultis \atis liquids. And emplafrum de Vigo without Mercury was P 
applyed there to, whereby the pain was much aflwaged,and the tumor leflened .- yet were they not ap- 
plyed before the parts were throughly heated by the fomentation, fri&ious, and evaporations 5 for 
■ u otherwayes 
Matter may 
flow from 
the worm- • 
ded limbes 
into the 
belly* 
A briefe re- 
cital 1 of the 
manner of 
rhe cure', 
Horrid 
fymprome 
occafioned 
by a 
wound 
made by 
Gunflw, 
Fncifions 
wherefore 
made. 
Wherefore 
I ufed fo- 
Mixed or 
found frifli'J 
or»s,as they 
terme 
them. 
A medica- 
red Lyea 
A dlfcuf- 
ling Cata- 
ph (me, OfW\jundf made by Gunfhot, 
L iB.ii. 
324 
otherwayes this Emplafter could never have been activated,by reafon of the cxccffive coldneis of the af- 
fected parts. Neither did we omit catagmatick powders,fit for the taking,and drawing forth of broken 
bones.Hc uftd a vulnerary potion for 15 dayes. Alfo befides the particular frictions of the affefted 
parts,I appointed other generall friftions of the whole body,which was become very leanffor by theft, 
blood together with the fpirit was drawn to the parts, and the acrid, and fuliginous vapours were 
breathed forth. To conclude, his feaver and pains being aflwagcd, his appetite reftored, by feeding 
plentifully upon good meats according to his ftrength,he in a (hort time became more lufty; and laftly 
by the fingular mercy of God,recovered his health perfeftly, but that he could not very well bend his 
kneed thought good to recite theft things,not to glory or brag of the happy (ucceffe of thofe Patients, 
which have recovered by my means,and the favour of God;but that thus I may more fully and per- 
feftly by familianexamples inftruft young pra&itioners,in the operations of Chirurgery. 
Here lately came to my hands abook written by a certain Phyfitian,whereby he endeavours 
to difprove and overthrow,that which I have hitherto writ, of the cure of wounds made 
by Gunfhot. Afliiredly if there were no other harm,but the lofs of my credit enfuing there, 
on,! would willingly hold my peace,and flop his mouth by model! (ilence. But feeing the 
fafety of fo many men, lyes upon the judgement of this point, I have thought good to 
withftand this errour,left it,to the great deftru&ion of mankind, fpread and diffufe it fell any further. 
The ufe(faith he) offuppurative medicins, have killed many who have been but lightly wounded 
with Gunfhot,but acrid medicins, as killed more. Neither is the counfell of Hippo- 
crates to be obferved in curing this fort of wounds,who bids that every contufed wound be brought 
to fuppuration. For feeing this is a new kind of wound,it requires new,and not anciently ufed medi- 
cines.Now the temper of the air changed from the naturall conftitution ought not to indicate change 
of medicinesjbut much lefle muft thunderjand lightning be compared to the (hooting of Great Ordi- 
nance.Thefe are the chief heads of this his book, which becaufe they diflent from the truth, and thefe 
things I have formerly delivered,! have thought good here to confute.Firft,feeing Leaden Bullets which 
areufually (hot out of Guns are round, obtufe and weighty, they cannot wound the body without 
co'ntufion and attritionjNow no contufioncan be cured without fuppuration, not only according to 
the opinion of H ippocrates Jjiit alfo of Galen and all others who have written of Phyfick. Neither muff 
we invent new remedies,for thefe new kinds of wounds j for the lawes of the (acred and divine Art of 
Phyfick are not obnoxious to change,nor fubjeft to the humor of men or times,as the decrees of Kings 
and Emperours are. For thefe are ftablifhed with immutable ncceffity, which conftancy neither con- 
fuming time,nor age,nor tyranny can pervert.Wherefore neither thefe who with great praife arePhy- 
fitians to Kings and Princes,! mean loubert and Potal/uf3 think it lawful! for them to depart from the 
rules of Hippocrates. And this they not only do and follow in curing and doing the works of Art, but 
much and highly commend,confirm and propound to be diligently obferved by all, in their books 
which they have publifhed concerning the cure of thefe kinds of wounds.' And yet thefe Phyfitians are 
fuch,as daylyconverfantin Armies and Kings houfes have healed and dayly cure as many wounded 
by Gunfhot as this Phyfitian our Antagonist hath feen in all his life. Neither only do thefe whom I 
have named thus cure thefe wounds,but almoft all that drefle fuch kind of wounds do the like, fo that 
if there be nothing which may hinder,or indicate to the contrary, they prefently apply fuppuratives. 
And I wonder that he hath not obferved how his neighbour Doublet the Emperick cures defperate 
wounds of this nature,with no other than a fuppurative medicine,compofed of Lard, • the yolk of an 
Egge,Turpentine and a little Saffron. In the year 1538. there was at Turin whileft I was Chirur- 
geon there to theMarfhall of Montejan the Kings Lieutenant Generali in Pienwnt a certain Chirurgeon 
wondrous famous for curing thefe wounds,and yet he ufed nothing elfe but the oil of Whelpes, ( the 
defcription whereof I at length obtained of him with much intreaty and expence) and he ufed it not 
fcalding hot,as fome have imagined,but powred it fcarfe warm into their wounds, and fo did mitigate 
their pain,and happily bring them tofuppuration.'Which afterwards almoftall Chirurgeons, after 
they had got the defcription hereof,when I firft publifhed this Work, have ufed and daily doe ufe with 
happy fuccefle. 
But in contemning and condemning® gjftitfcww ,1 think he hath no there as yet hath 
been found no medicine more fpeedy and powerfull to hinder putrefaction,ifbeginning; or correct it, 
if prefent. Now thefe wounds often degenerate into virulent, eating, fpreading, and maligne ulcers, 
which eaft forth a (linking and carion-like filth,whence the part gangrenates, unlefs you withftand 
them with ./Egypt iacum and other acrid medicins,being greatly approved by the formerly named Phy- 
fitians and all Chirurgeons.But (faith he) this unguent is poyfonous, and therefore hath been the 
death of many who have been wounded by Gunfhot. Verily if any diligently enquire into the compo- 
fition of this ointment,and confider the nature of all and every the ingredients thereof, he (hall un- 
derftand that this kind of Unguent is fo far from poyfon, that on the contrary itdire&ly oppofes and 
refifts all poyfon and putrefaftion which may happen to a flefhy part,through occafion ofany wound. 
It is moft falfe and diflbnant from the doftrine of Hippocrates to affirm, that the feafons of the year 
fwerving from the Law of nature,and the air, not truly the fimple and elementary ,but that which 
is defiled and polluted by the various mixture of putrid and peftilent vapours, cither raifed from the 
earthjor fent from above,make not wounds more malign and hard to cure at fome times than they 
are at otherfome. For the air eithtr very hot, or cold, drawn into the body by infpiration or tran- 
fpiration,generates a condition in us like its qualities. Therefore why may it not, when defiled with 
/ the 
CHAP- [XIII. An wounds made by Gunfbot. 
TheoccaG- 
on of wri- 
tingthis 
Apologie. 
The chiefe 
heads of 
our adver- 
faries Tiea' 
life. / 
AH wounds 
made by 
Gunfhor 
are CQnru- 
fed. 
A fuppura. 
five medi- 
cine of rry- 
ed efficacy. 
The force 
acutn a- 
gainft pu- 
trefaflion. 
The force 
of th: air 
in breed- 
ing and 
augmen- 
ting dif- 
cafes. LlB.II. 
and other fiery Engines,and allforts ofWe apons. 
325 
the putredinous vapours of bodies lying unburied after great battails,and fhipwracks of great Arma- 
does,infeft with the like quality our bodies and wounds ? . ; 
In the year 1562. when the civill wars concerning Religion firft begun in France, at Pens aCaftle A* 
lying upon the River Lot,many (Iain bodies were caft into a Well,fome hundred cubits deep, Io ftink- 
ing and pcftilent a vapour arofe from hence fome two months after, that many thoufimd of people 
dyed all over the Province of Agenois,-as if the Plague had been amongft them, the pernicious conta- 
gion being fpread twenty miles in compafs; which none ought to think ftrange, elpeeially feeing the 
the putrid exhalations by the force of the winds may be driven and carried into divers and moll: re- 
mote regions,difperfed like the feeds of the Peftilence; whence proceeds a deadly corruption of the fpi- 
rits,humors,and wounds,not to be attributed to the proper malignity,or perverfe cure of wounds,but 
to be the fault of the air. Therefore Francis Dalefchatnpe in his French Chirurgery, in reckoning up 
thefe things which hinder the healing of Ulcers,hath not omitted that common caufe which proceeds 
from the air defiled or tainted with the feeds of thepeftilence. For he had learnt from his Matter Hip- h 
pocrates that the mutations of times chiefly bring di!eafes,and he had read in Guido., that this was the/ei 
chief occalion,that wounds of the head at Par is,and of the legs at Avignion, were more difficultly heal- 
ed. Laftly ,even Barbers and fuch as have leaft skill in Chirurgery know,that wounds eafily turn into a 
Gangrene in hot and moift conftitutions of the air. Wherefore when the wind is fbutherly,the But- 
chers will kill no more fleffi than to ferve them for one day. I have formerly declared the malignity in 
of the wounds occafioned by the air in the fiege of Roven, which fpared none,no not the Princes of the cc 
blood,who had all things which were requifite for their health.Which caufed me,made at length more cc 
skilfull by uie Enguentum JEgyptiacum and medicins of the like faculty in Head of fuppu- 
ratives,to wounds during all that feafon, that fo I might withftand the putrefa&ion and Gangrene 
which fo commonly aflailed them. But if the various motion of theftars, can by their influx fend a T 
Plague into the air,why then may it not by depravation of their qualities infeft,and as by poyfoning G 
corrupt both wounds and wounded bodies obnoxious to their changes and that of the air? We learnt u 
long fince by experience, that all pains but principally of wounds, grow worfe in a rainy and moift ai 
feafon,fpecially becaufe in that foutherly conftitution the air replete with thick and foggy vapoursjd 
caufes the humors to abound in the body,which forthwith eafily fall upon the afte&ed parts, and 
caufe increafe of pain. But faith our Adverfary, in the battell at Dreux, and at S. Dennis which were 
fought in winter,there dyed a great number of men who were wounded by Gunfhot; This I confefs is 
truejbut this I deny,that it was occafioned by applying cor ro fives,but ratherby theve- 
hemency and largenefs of their wounds,& the fpoil the bullet made in their memberSjbut above all by 
reafon of the cold. For cold is moft hurtfull to wounds and ulcers, (as Hippocrates teftifies) it hardens < 
the skin and caufes a Gangrene.If this my Gentleman had been with me in the fiege of Metz, he might j 
have feen the Legs of many fouldiers to have rotted, and prefently taken with a Gangrene to have 
fain away,by the only extremity of cold; if he will not belecveme, let him make tryall himfelf 5 and 
go in winter to the Chappell at Mount Senis one of the Alpine hills,where the bodies of fuch as were 
frozen to death in palling that way are buried,and hefnall learn and feel how true I fpeak.In the mean 
time I think it fit to confute the laft point of his repreheiifion. 
He cavills for that I compared Thunder and Lightning with the difeharging peeces of Ordnance. 1 
Firft he cannot deny but that they are alike in effefts.For it is certain that the flame arifing from Gun- t 
powder fet on fire,refembles Lightning 5 in this alfo that you may fee it before you hear the crack or r 
report. I judg for that the eye almoft in amoment perceives its objefts 5 but the ear cannot but in 1 
Lome certain fpace of time,and by diftinft gradaxions.But the rumbling noife is like in both, and cer- J 
tainly the report of great Ordnance may be heard fbmetimes at forty miles diftance, whilftthey make 
any great battery in the befieging of Cities. Bcfides allb,Iron Bullets caft forth with incredible cele- 
rity by the fired Gunpouder, throw down all things with a horrid force,and that more Ipeedily and 
violently by how much they refill the more powerfully by their hardnefs.They report that Lightning 
melts the mony not hurting the purle j Now many by the only violence of the air agitated and vehe- 
mently moved by (hooting a peccfe of Ordnance,as touched with Lightning have dyed in a moment, 
their bones being Ihivered artd broken.no fign of hurt appearing in the skin. The fmcll of Gunpou- 
der when it is fired,is hurtfull, firy and fulphurous,juft like that which exhales or comes from bodies 
killed withLightning.For men do not only ffiun this fmell, but alfo wild Beafts leave their Dens if 
touched withLightnings.Now the cruelty of great Ordnance makes no lefs fpoil amongft 
nor flaiighter amongft men and beafts,than Lightnings do, as' we have formerly fhown by examples, 
not only horrid to fee,but even to hear reported,as of Mines,the Arcenall of Paris,the City ofMalignes. 
Thefe may feem fufficient to* teach,that thunder and lightning have a great fimilltude with the (hoot- 
ing of great Ordnance, which notwithftanding I would not have a like in all things. For they neither 
agree in liibftance, nor matter,but only in the manner of violent breaking aftmder the obje&s. 
Now let us fee and examin what manner of cure of wounds made by Gunfhot our adverfary fubfti- < 
tutes for ours.For he would have fuppuratives ufed and applyed,yet fuch as fhouldnot be hot & moift f; 
in quality,or of an Emplaftick confiftencc,but hot and dry things/For (faith he) here is not the famd t! 
reafon as in Abfcefles,where the Phyiitian intends nothing but fuppuration.But here becaufe a contu- n 
fion is prefent with the wound,this requires to be ripened with fuppuritives, but the wound to be * 
dryed. , , . 
Now to anfwer this objeftion,! will refer him to Galen, who will teach him the nature of fiippu- g 
rativesjfrom whom alfo he may learn that great regard is to be had of the caufe and more urgent order (i 
in the cure of compound would I willingly learn of him, whether he can heal a wound * 
made by Gunfhot,not firft bringing that whi,ch is contufed to perfeft maturity. If he affirm he .can, I 
F i 
A*Hiflor)< 
Hip.Apbj' 
In our fe- 
cond dif- 
courfe. 
The' power 
of rhe flat s 
upon rhe air 
and our bo. 
dies» 
, 'J, 
Aphtr.tQ, 
Mfr. 
The fimih* 
rude be- 
tween 
Thunder 
and great 
Ordnance, 
manrained, 
Our adfyer- 
faries mc- 
thod,and 
manner of 
cure repro- 
ved. 
Gal. lib.g. 
fimpl.lGv 
Metbd. 326 
Of Wounds made by Gunfhot, 
L iB.11. 
will be judged by whatfoever Practitioners he will,to judg how oblcure thefe things are.Whereby you 
may the better underhand there is nothing more commodious than our Ba/ilum and oil of Whelps to 
ripen wounds made, by Gunffiot, if fo be that putrefa&ion, corruption., a Gangrene or fume other 
thing do not hinder. Then would he have Oxy crate poured into thefe wounds to ftay their bleeding, 
which if it cannotfo be hayed., he would have a medicin applyed confiding of the white of an Egge, 
Bole Armenick,oil of Roles and fait.But I leave it to other mens judgment, whether thefe medicins 
have power to hay bleeding if put into the wound;certainly they will make it bleed the niore.For vi- 
negar feeiag it is of a tenuious fubhanceand biting,it is no doubt but that it will caufe pain,defluxi- 
i on and inflammation. To which purpoft I remember I put to ftanch bleeding, for want of another re- 
■t medie,a medicin wherein was fome Vinegar,into a wound received by a Moor, an attendant of the 
'Earl ofKoi£y, hurt with a Lance, run through his arm before Bologne by an Ezg/z/hhorftman. But 
he conies again to me a little after,complaining and crying out that all his arm burnt like firejwhere- 
fore I was glad to drefs him again,and put another medicin into his wound,and laid an aftringent me- 
dicin upon the wound,bnt poured it not therein. And then above all other remedies he extols his 
Balfam wmpofed of oil of Wax, and Myrrh beaten together with the white of an Eggejwhich he faith 
is equall in operation to the naturall Balfam of Peru. For he affirms that this hath a faculty to con- 
fume the excrementitious humidity of wounds, and fo drengthens the part that no fymptom af- 
terwards troubles them. Yet he faith, this doth not fo well heal and agglutinate thefe wounds, as it 
doth others which are cut. Verily it is ridiculous to think thatcontufed wounds can be healed after 
the fame manner as Ample wounds may,which only require the uniting of the loofed continuity. 
Therefore neither can thefe Balfams be fit remedies to heal wounds made by Gunffiot, feeing by 
* reafon of their drynefs they hinder fiippuration, which unlefs it be procured the Patient cannot be 
healed. Wherefore fuch things ought not be put into wounds of this nature, before they be ripened, 
walhed and denied from their filth. Yet can I fcarft conceive, where we fhall be able to find out fo ma- 
ny Chymifts which may fumiffi us with theft things fufficiently to drefs id many wounded fouldiers 
as ufually are in an Army,or whence the iduldiers havefufficient means to bear the charge thcreof.Al- 
fo that which he faith is abfurd,that thefe Balfams mud be put into the wounds without Tents ; and 
preftntly forgetting himfelf,he faith,it will not be amifs, if there be a little and flender Tent put in- 
to the wound,which may only ferve to hinder the agglutination thereof. But how can thefe Balfams 
come to the boftomes of wounds without Tend,when as it is their chief property to carry medicins 
even to the innermoft parts of the wounds9and alwayes keep open a free paflage for the evacuation of 
the quitture > But it is not worthy ,that after he hath rejected unguentum neverthelefs bids 
to apply it, from the beginning untill the contufion come to perfect maturation, diflblving it 
1 in a decoftion of the tops of wormwood,SJehw JF«rt,the lefler Centory and Plantain, and fo inje&ing 
it into the wound. Befides alfo a little after he gives another way of-ufing it,which is, to boil a quan- 
i tity ofHony ofRofts in plantain water,carefully skimming it,untill it be boiled to the confidence of 
Hony,andthen to add as much Agyptiacum thereto,and fo to make an ointment mod fit to bring thefe 
wounds to fiippuration.But I leave it for any skilful in Chirurgery to judg,whether fuch medicins can 
be fuppurativesjor whether they be not rather deterfi vesk Lad of all he writes, that thefe wounds muft 
be dreft but every fourth day. And if there be a frafture of the bone joyned with the wound, then to 
move nothing after the firftdreffing untill the eighthday .after ? then preftntly in another place he 
faithjit will be good,and expedient,to drop ten or twelve drops of the formerly defcribed Balfam eve- 
ryday into the wound. Verily fuch doftrin which neither agrees with its felf nor the truth, cannot 
but much pufle a Novice and young Practitioner in Chirurgery, who is not yet in verfed the Art, or 
the operations thereof. > 
Vinegar 
put into a 
wound dot! 
not flay bu 
caufes blee 
ding. 
A Hiftory, 
Balms are 
fit to heal 
fimple but 
not contu- 
fed wounds. 
how foever 
made is a 
clenfer,nor'a 
fuppurative. 
CHAP. XIII I. Another Apologie3again(l thofe who have laboured with new reafons to 
prove that wounds made by Gunfhot are poyfoned. 
The occafi- 
on of this 
Apology. 
Dme few months agone,I vifited a Patient together with fome learned Phyfitians and skilfull 
Chirurgeons. Now they,as it oft-times happens,in way of difiourfe, begun to argue of the 
condition & quality of wounds made by Gunfhot, & indeavoured to prove that they might 
be poyfoned by five reafons. Not truly through the occafion of the Gunpouder, for they all 
confefled that it was free from poy fon, whether you have regard to its eflence,or to its compofition j 
but by the Bullet,into which the poyfoh may be transfufed and incorporated.The firft reafon is, that 
Lead feeing it is of a rare and fpongious nature,tvhich the eafinefs of melting and foftnefs argues, is 
very fit to drink and foak in what liquors fo ever you pleafi. But methinks this conclufion is very 
weak;for in all mixtures made by Art,fitch as this is whereof we fpeak,there are two things to be con- 
fidered j that is to fay, the matter of the things which enter into the mixture, and the form : for the 
matter,fiich bodies muft be either liquid,or foft,or friablejand laftly fuch as may be broken and divi- 
ded into finall particles,that fo they may eafily in all parts concur and be conjoynod and united. But 
for their form,there ought to be a certain affinity,confent and lympathy.You may perceive this by wa- 
ter and oil;for each of them though of a liquid fubftance, and fuch as may eafily be mixed with divers 
other things,yet cannot they be mixed the one with the other by reafon of their antipathy of forms. 
For thus gold and filver are fo agreeing with lead, that as oft as they are molten lead is mixed with 
them. But brafs Ihuns lead as much as gold and filver fly tin and white lead. If therefore brafs and 
lead being melted cannot be mixed together,though contained under the fame Ge w,and common na- 
ture of Metalls; how then can it be commixt with another thing diftinft in the whole kind, much 
more in /pec/er,and form,to wit, poyfon > Their fecond reafon is this 5 Iron, fay they, which is more 
denfe, 
The reafon 
of onr ad- 
verfaries 
that the Bui. 
lets may be 
poyfoned, 
fet down 
and confu- 
ted. Lib.ii. 
and otherfiery Engines,and all forts offfl\eapons 
327 
denfe,folid, and lefs porous, may receive fome venenate fubftance and quality ,as the Arrows of the 
Ancients which were dipped in poyfon,teftifie; therefore muft Lead much more be capable thereof. I 
anfwcr,that the furface of Iron may be poyforied,but not the inner part or fubftance by mixture there- 
with.But here the queftion is of union,but not of anointing or inundion. The third reafon is thus 
framed; though(fay they)leadcaft off and purges itfelffrom the drofs and unpure parts,yet that is no 
argument that it will not commix, or foak it fclf in feme ftrange liquor or body; for thus Steel,being 
the moft folid Iron,receives the temper which hardens it by the artificial pouring upon it or quench- 
ing it in liquors contrary thereto in their whole kind. I anfwer, that. Steel admits into it by that 
quenching and tempering,none of the juyces or liquors wherewith it is watered or quenched. For if 
that were neceflary,it might be better & more eafily performed, when the rnetall is firft call,than when 
it is beaten into plates or bars;which anfwer fhal ierve to confute their fourth reafon;wherin they fay, 
that bullets may be made fo poyfonous by the commixture of the juyces.of jMuncks-hood, Oleander, 
Crow-foot, and other fuch like things which in their whole fubftance are contrary to ours, that the 
wound wch is made with them cannot butbepoyfbned.But I on the contrary affirm,that mixture is on 
ly of thefe things,which may not only be put,but alfo flick thereto,& be mutually united but how can 
water or any other liquid juice fb much as only ftick to lead,as that which is a folid & firm body, it is 
fo fat from being united,therewith?Ydu may give more certain judgment hereof by experience,than by 
reafbn;wlicrefore let melted lead be put into the forefaid juices or the like; then when the lead is cold, 
weigh each of them feverally and you flial find,that both of them retain the fame weight they formerly 
had.Which is a moft certain argument that neither the lead hath mixed orunited it felf with the juices, 
nor thejuices loft any part of their fubftance. Their fifth reafon is thus; A bullet (hot out of a Gun a- 
gainft fome hard ftone,grows not io hot,but that you may prefently without any harm take it up in 
your hand.Therefore it is falfc,that the poyfon commixt & united With the bullet can be diflipated by 
the fire and flafh of Gunpouder.The aniwer to this obje&ion iseafie. For when we lay, that although, 
the Bullet maybe infected by <poyfon perfectly commixt with the lead,yeaall the force of the poyfoa 
would be diflipated by the fire;we would have you thus to underftand us,that we do not meap this of 
that fire which is made by the ponder at the diicharging of the Peice,but of that by force whereo f the 
molten lead is mixed and conjoined with the venenate juice,fo to make one of many .for t his fire ex- 
ercising its force upon the venenate juices hindered by the intercourfe of no Medium, and that for fome 
fpace of time,and not for an inftant,itmay,ifnot confume,yet much weaken their ftrength. , If there 
be any,who wil not be iatisfied by thefe reafons,let him confult, & read Mathiojus. There areffaith he) i 
fome ofthefe later times wholly ignorant of things, who( ifwemay fay the the truth) have been fo < 
madly fooli(h,that they faid it was fit and requifite to put Treacle and Mithridate and fuch like anti- 
dotes amongft gold arid filver that Was melted to make cups,that fo receiving the faculties of the An- 
tidote they might refift poyfon.But how abfurd and ridiculous their opinion is, letth;m judg (for it 
tieeds no clearer reproof) who havebut a little knowledg in natural! things, but chiefly in metalls. 
Theft are my reafons,thefe the authorities of men excelling in learning & judgment,that confirm me in 
fny ancient & former opinion,that wounds made by Gunffiot do not partake of any venenate quality.* 
In prrfaiJ- 
6.Di»far*} 
CHAP. XV. How toounds made by Arrows differ from fuch as are made by Gun fat. 
bounds 
made wirfa 
Arrows and 
fcctilike 
things,are 
often with- 
out contri- 
tion. But 
are ofr.- 
-timesjoy-* 
foned* 
Thediffeen- 
ccs of Ar- 
rows. 
Ounds made by arrowsand boltsfhdt out ofCfoft-bows and fuch like things,differ chiefly 
in two things,from thefe which are made by gunfhot. The firft is, for that they are oft-times 
without contufion,which the other never are. The other is, for that they oft-times are poy- 
foned.In bqth thefe refpefts,their cure is different from the other .But the cure of thefe wounds 
made by arrows is different in it felf,by reafon of the variety arid divers forts of Darts or Arrows, 
7he figure of divers forts of Arrows 
GiHAP; XVI. Of the diversities of Arrows and Tfaitr. 
jRrows and Darts are dit- 
j ferent amongft themfelves' 
' both in matter arid in1 
form or figure, m num- 
ber3making,faculty or ftrength; In 
mattcr,for that feme ofthcni are of 
wood,fome of reeds,fome are blrint 
headed, others have piles or heads 
of itombrafi, lead, tin, horn, glafle, 
bone. In figure, for that fome are 
round, others cornered, fome are 
fharpe pointed, fome barbed, with 
the barbs Handing either to the 
point,or fhaftS, or elfe acrofle, or 
both wayes,but fome are broad ana 
and cut like a Chiflcll. For their 
bignefle, fome are three foot long, 
fome lefle. For their number, they 
differ in that,becaufc foirie have one 
headjOthers more.But they vaty in 
in making, for that feme of them 
F f 2 have 
In matrefe 
In JlglSa 
In bigaefsc 
In number. 
In reading; 328 
Of Wounds'made by Gun/bot, 
LlB.II, 
In force. 
have the (haft put into the head, others the head into the (haft 5 fome have their heads nailed to the 
(haft,others not,but have their heads fo loofly let on,that by gentle plucking the (haft,they leave their 
heads behind thena, whence dangerous wounds proceed. But they differ in force,for that fome hurt by 
theit Iron only5others befides that,by poylbn, wherewith they are infefted.You may fee the other vari- 
ous lhapes reprefented to you in the preceding Figure, 
C H A P. X V 11. Of the difference of the wounded parts. 
tie wounded parts are either fleffiy or bony 5 fotne are neer the Joints, others feated upon the 
very joints; fome are principall,others ferve them;fome are externall,others internail. Now 
in wounds where deadly figns appear, it's fit you give an abfolutc judgment to that effeft; 
left you make the Art to be fcandalled by the ignorant. But it is an inhumane part, and 
much digrefling from Art,to leave the Iron in the wound;it is fometimes difficult to take it out, yet a 
Charitable and artificial! work.For it is much better to try a doubtfull remedy,than none at all. 
You muft 
not leave 
the weapon 
in the 
wound. 
CHAP. XVII I. Of drawing forth Arrows, 
r Ou muft in drawing for th Arrows fhun incifions and dilacerations of Veins and Arteries, 
Nerves and Tendons. For it is a fliamefull and bungling part to do more harm with your 
SjyljS hand,than the Iron hath done. Now Arrows are drawn forth two wayes, that is, either by 
extra&idn,or impulfion. Now you muft prelently at the firft drefling pull forth all ftrange 
bodies, whieh that you may niore eafily and happily perform,you fliallfet the Patient in the fame po- 
fture,as he ftood when he received his wound; and he muft have «alfo his Inftruments in a readinefle, 
chiefly that which hath a flit pipe and toothed without,into which there is put a fharpe Iron ftyle,like 
the Gimblets we formerly mentioned for the taking forth of Bullets; but that it hath no fcrue at the 
end, blit is larger and thicker, fo to widen the pipe, that fo widened it may fill up the hole of 
the Arrows head whereinto the (haft was put,andlo bring it forth with it, both out of the flelhy as 
alfo out of the bony parts, if fo bethat the end of the fhaft be not broken, and left in the hole of the 
head. That alfo is a fit Inftrument for this purpoft, which opens the other end toothed on the out- 
fide,by prefling together of the handle. You fliall find the Iron or head that lies hid by thefe figns, 
there will be a certain roughnefle and inequality obftrvable on that part if :you feel it up and down 
With your hand; the flelh there will be bruifed,livid, or black, and there is heavinefle and pain felt by 
the Patient b6th there and in the wound. 
The manner 
of drawing 
forth Ar- 
rows, and 
fnch wea- 
pons. 
A delineation of Injtrunieritsfit to draw forth the heads of ar- 
rows9&daYts}which are left in the wound without their fhafti' 
But if by chance either Arrows,Darts or Lances, or 
any winged head of any other weapon,be run through 
and left flicking in any part of the body,as the thigh, 
with a portion of the (haft or ftaffe flivered in pieces, 
or broken off 5 then it is fit the Ghirurgeon with his 
cutting mullets fhould cut off the end of the ftaffe or 
lhaft, and then with his other mullets pluck forth the 
head, as you may feeby this Figure. 
CHAP, 
A hooked Inftrument fit for to draw forth ftrange 
bodies, as pieces of Malc,and fuch other things as it 
can catch hold ofjwhich may alfo be ufed in wounds 
made by Gurrfhot. Lib.ti. 
and other fiery Enginer,and all forts of Weapons' 
329 
CHAP. XIX. How Arrowes broken in a wound may be drawn forth. 
lit if It chance that the weapon is fo broken in the wouridj that it cannot be taken hold on 
by the formerly mentioned Mallets,then mull you draw,or pluck it out with your Crane 
orCrows bill,and other formerly defcribed Inftrumehts. But if the fhaft be broken neer 
the head,to that you cannot take hold thereof with your Cranes bill, then you (hall draw Xw forth 
it forth with your Gimblct which we defcribed before to draw forth bulletSjfor if Inch a Gimblet can ihe weapoit 
befallned in bullets,it may far better take hold of wood.But if the head be barbed,as ufually the Eng- on the con. 
A Delayer ho/lowtit on tbc a Cranes- lilh arrowes ar.-, then if it may be conveniently trai7 hdc' 
bill to tnke hold of the barbed head. done,it will be very fitting to thruft them through 
lilh arrowes ar-, then it it may be conveniently' 
done/it will be very fitting to thrnft them through 
the parts.For it they fhould be drawn out the fame 
way they went in,there would be no fmall danger 
of breaking or tearing the Velfclls and Nerves by 
thefe hooked barbes. Wherefore it is better to make 
a feftion on the other fide whither the head tended,' 
and fo give it pallage forth if it may be cafily done 5 
for fo the wound will be the more eafily clenfed and 
confolidated.Bnt on the contrary,if the point tend 
to any bone, or have many mufcles or thick flefh a- 
gainft the head thereof, as it happens fometimes in 
When, by 
the fame 
w ay it went 
the Thighs, and Armes-.tHen you muft not thruft the head, through, but rather draw it out the 
fame wav it came in ,dl1atinethe wound with fit Inftruments, and by skill in Anatomic fhunriing the 
i'Zr Ne "« and for thispurpofe put a hollow Dilator into thewounded there- 
with take hold of both the barbs or wings of the headjand then take faft hold of the head With yoitr 
Crancs-biil3and fo draw them forth all three toget lei. 
lit if the weapon be fo depart and faftned in a bone that you cannot drive it forth on the 
other fide,neither get it forth by any other way rthara that it entred in by j you inuft firft 
gently move it up anddown,if it flick very faft in, but have a fpeciall care that you do not 
break it,8c fo leave fome fragment thereof in the take it forth with your Crowes 
bill or fome other fit Inftrument formerly defcribed. Then prefs forth the blood,and fuff'er it to bleed 
fomewhat largely,yet according to the ftrength of the Patient and nature of the wounded part. For 
thus the part fhall be eafed of the fulnefs and ilnefs of humors, and lefs molefted with inflammatiori, 
rutrefaftion and other fymptomes which are cuftomarily feared.When the weapon is drawn forth,and 
the wound once drefltd,handle it,if fimple,as you do fimple wounds; if compound,then according to 
the condition and manner of the complication of the effe&Sj Certainly the Oil of Whelpes formerly 
defcribed is very good to aflwage pain. To conclude,you fhall cure the reft of the Symptbmes accord 
aing to the method prefcribcd in our Treatife of wounds in generail, and to that we have formerly de- 
livered concerning wounds made by Gqnfhot. 
C H AP. XX. What to be doneywhen an Arrow'is left faftned or flicking in a bond 
A Cautioii. 
The benefit 
of bleeding, 
CHAP. XXI. Of poyfoned wounds. 
F theie wounds at any time prove poyioneci, tney nave it rrom tneir primitive cauic,w wn.3 
the empoifoned Arrowes,or Darts of their enemies. You may find it out both by the pro- 
perty of the pain,if that it be great and pricking,as if continually flung with Bees,for filch 
pain ufilally enfues in wounds poyfoned with hot poyfon, as Arrowes ufually are ; Alfc 
you (hall know it by the condition of the wounded flc(h;for it will become pale andgroiri 
livid,with fome iigns of mortification.To conclude,there happen many and malign fymptomes upon 
wounds which are empoyfoned, being fuch as happen not in the common nature of ufiiall wounds. 
Therefore preiently after you have plucked forth the ftrange bodies, cncompafs the. wound with ma- 
ny and deep fcarifications,apply ventofes with much flame,that fo the poyfon may be more powerful* 
ly drawn forth jto which purpofe the fucking of the wound,performed by one whole mouth hath no 
foarnefs therein,but is filled with oil,that fo the poifon which he fucks may not 'flick, nor adhere to 
the part,will much conduce. Laftly,it muft bedrawn forth by rubefying,ve(icatory and cauftick medi- 
nine and affnilrd hv ovntments,cataplafmcs,emplaifters,and all forts of locall medicins. 
The figns 
ofpoyfoned 
wounds# 
Remedies 
in poyfo- 
ned 
wonndsd 
A he erd of the Eleventh Book. 
Ff; 
of 330 
L iB.12. 
OfContnfiomand (jangrener. 
THE TWELFTH BOOK. 
CHAP. I. 
Gal.Lib.de 
artis confii 
tut. 
Contufion according to Galenjs a folution of continuity in the flefh or bone,caufed by 
the ftroak of fome heavy and obtufe thing,or a fall from an high. The fymptome of this 
difeafe is by Hippocrates called Me/afixasthat is to fay,blacknefs and blewnefs- 
the Latins term it There are divers forts of thefe Sugillations or blackness' 
according as the blood is poured forth into the more inward or outward part of the 
body.The blood is poured forth into the body,when any (for example) falls from an 
high5orhath any heavy weight falls upon him,as it often happens to filch as work in. Mines, or are 
extreamly racked or torturedjand fometimes by too loud and forcible exclamation. Befidcs alfo by a 
Bullet foot through the body,blood is poured forth into the bellie, and fo often evacuated by the 
paffages of the Guts and bladder. The fame may happen by the more violent and obtufe blowes of a 
hard Trunchion,Club,Stone,and all things which may bruifeand prefs the blood out of the veflells 
either by extending or breaking them. For which caufes alfo the exteriour parts are contufcd or 
bruifedfometimes with a wound,fometimes without,fo that the skin being whole, and as far as one 
can difcern,untoucht,the blood poures it felf forth into the empty fpaces of the mufcles, and between 
the skin and mufclesjwhich affeft the Ancients have tearmed Ecchymofts ; Hippocrates calls it by a pecu- 
liar name that in this affeft the fwoln veins feem as it were to vomit, and verily do vomit 
or call forth the fuperfluous blood which is contained in them. From thefe differences of Contuflons 
are drawn the indications of curing,as foall appear by the enfuing difcourfc. 
Seft.z..lib 
defraSurist 
Caufes of 
Bruifes and 
Sugillari- 
ons. 
Se&.t.lib, 
de frafl. 
CHAP. II. Of the general! cure of great and enormous Contufions. 
rte blood poured forth into the body, muft be evacuated by vifible and not vifible evacuati- 
on. The vifible evacuation may be performed by blood-letting, Cupping-glafles,horns,fca- 
rification,hor(leeches and fit purgative medicinsjiffo be the Patient have not a ftrong and 
continuall feaversThe not vifible evacuation is performed by refolving and fudorifick po- 
tions,baths,and a (lender diet.Concerning Blood-letting Galens opinion is plain,where he bids,in a fall 
from an high place,and generally for bruifes upon what part foever they be, to open a vein, though 
the parties a ft eft cd are not of a full conflitution;for that unlefs you draw blood by opening a vein, 
there may inflammations arife from the concreat blood, from whence without doubt evill accidents 
may enfue. After you have drawn blood give him foure ounces of Oxycratc to drink ■, for that by the 
tenuity of its fubftance hinders the coagulation of the blood in the belly, or in (lead thereof you may 
ufe this following potion. R in Oxycr attain colatura diffblve rhei elecii potio- 
Thefe Medicins difldive,and caft forth by (pitting and vomit the congealed blood, if any thereof be 
contained in the ventricle or lungs; it will be expedient to wrap the Patient prefently in a flieeps skin 
being hot and newly taken from the (heep,and fprinkled over with a little myrrhe,crefles and falt,and 
fo to put him prefently in his bed,& then cover him fo that he may fweat plentifully .The next day take 
away the flieeps-skin, and anoint the body with the following anodyne and refolving ungnent.R un- 
guent.de alth<ea %vj.ol?i fanugra.rofa. rub.pulverifat. 
pul.myrtillorum3 litw ut dittum e/i.Then give this potion which is fudorifick and difldives the 
congealed blood.R Ligni guajaci enuLecamp.con[olid.majori<r3ireosFlorent.pol)pod.querni3 feminis co~ 
riandri3anijt3dn.%fi.glycyrbiz.iij.nepet43centaure£3caryiophyl. cardui m.f.aqu* fontane lib.xij. Let 
them be all beaten and infufed for the fpace of twelve houres,then let them boil over a gentle fire un- 
till the one half be confumedjlet the Patient drink fome half pinte of this drink in the morning, and 
then fweat fome hour upon it in his bed, and doe this for feaven or eight dayes. If any poor man 
light upon fuch a mifchance,who for want of means cannot be at fuch coft, it will be good, having 
wrapped him in a (heet,to bury him up to the chin in Dung mixed tyith fome hay or ftraw,and there 
to keep him,untill he have fweat fufficiently. I have done thus to many with very good fuccefs. You 
(hall alfo give the Patient potions made with fyrups which have power to hinder the coagulation and 
putrefaftionof the bloodjfuch as fyrup of Vinegar,or Lemons, of the juice ofCitrons and fuch others 
to the quantitie of an ounce difldlved in (cabins, or Carduut water. You may alfo prefently after the 
fall give this drink,which hath power t6 hinder the coagulation of the blood, and ftrengthen the 
bowells* R Rheieletf.inpul.redatti 3]3aqitt rubi<e plantagin.an. %j.tberiac<e %fi.(yrupi de rojis facis, 
sfisfiat pot uf. Let him take it in the morning for foure or five dayes.In (lead hereof you may make a po- 
tion of one dram ofSperma ceti difldlved in buglofs or fome other of the waters formerly mentioned, 
and half an ounce of fyrup ofMaiden-hair;ifthedifea(eyeeld not at all to thefe formerly prefcribed 
medicinSjit will be good to give the Patient for nine dayes, three or foure houres before meat (bme of 
the following powder.R rhei gentian*, ariftolo. rotund*, an. give 3). 
hereof with lyrup of Vinegar and Cardun# water. They (ay that the water of green Walnuts,diftilled 
by an Alembick, is good to diflblve congealed ai)d knotted blood.Alfo you may u(e baths made of 
the dccoftion of the roots of Orris,El ecampane,Sorrell, Fennell, Marfhmallowes, Water-fern, or Of- 
mund 
Adfententl, 
lib.de Arti 
culis. 
A potion to 
diffolve and 
evacuate 
clotted 
blood. 
A hot 
iheeps skin. 
A di fc tiffing 
oyn rment. 
A fudori- 
fick potion 
to diflblve 
congealed 
blood. k 
Syrups hin 
dering pu- 
trefadion 8 
congealing 
of blood. 
A drink for 
the fame 
purpofe. 
A powder 
for the fame. 
The diftil- 
led warer of 
green Wal- 
nuts. 
Baths* L1B.12. 
Of Contnfions and Gangrenet. 
331 
mund the waterman,the greater Comfrey., the feeds of Fenugreek, the leaves of Save, Marjerum; the 
flowres of Camomile,Mclilote,and the like. For a warm bath hath power to rarifie the skin to dif- 
folve the clotted blood, by cutting the tough and mitigating the acrid humors, by calling them forth 
into the furface of the body, and relaxing the palfages thereof ; fo that the rebellious qualities being 
orecome, there infues an eafie evacuation of the matter by vomit,or expectoration,if it flote in the fto- 
maehjor be contained in the Cheftfout by ftool & urin,if it lye in the lower parts; by fweats and tran- 
fpiration,if it lye next under the skin.Wherefore bathes arc good for thofe who have a Peripneumonia 
or inflammation of their Lungs, or a Plurifie,according to the mindofH*ppomrt«,iffo be that they be 
ufed,when the feaver begins to be aflwagedjfor fo they mitigate pain, help forwards fuppuration, and ' 
haften the fpitting up of the purulent matter. But we would not have the Patient enter into the bath • 
unlefs he have firft uled general 1 remedies,as blood-letting and purging;for otherwife there will be no 
f nail danger, left the humors diffufed by the heat of the bath,cau(e a new defluxion into the parts af- 
fefted. Wherefore do not thou by any means attempt, to ufe this or thelike remedy,having not firft 
had the advice of a Phyfitian. 
uili.acut. 
lib.7,, de 
'norbi 
CHAP. III. How we mufi handle Contufions3when they are joyned with a wound. 
Zery great Contulion forthwith requires blood-letting,or purging,or botlij and thefe either 
for evacuation,or revullion.For thus Hipocrates in a contulion of the heel, gives a vomitory, 
portion,the fame day,or clle the next day after the heel is broken. And then if the Contulion 
have a wound alfociating it, the defluxion mufl be flayed at the beginning with anoint- 
ment made of Bole Armenick,the whites of egs,and oil of roles,and myrtles, with the"ponders of red 
roles,allome and maftich. At the fecond dreffing apply adigeftive made of theyoalkofan eg, oil of 
violets and turpentine. This following cataplafm lhall beapplyed to the near parts to help forwards 
liippuration. Rr. rad. alth<ee;)& in)dol.malv.'violar.finecionifian.M.fi.coquantur complete^pafientur 
per butyri recent if & olei viol.an.% iij. faring wolatilis quant,, fiujficitfiat cataplafiiia ad fortnam 
fultis UquidadYet have a care in tiling ofCataplafms,thatyou do not too much exceed; for too frequent 
and immoderate life of them makes wounds phlegmonous, fordid and putrid. Wherefore the wound 
after it is come to fuppuration muftbe denied,filled with fldh and cicatrifcedginlefle happily the con- 
tufed flelh lhall be very much torn,fo that the native heatforfake it,for then it muftbe cut away.But if 
there be any hope to agglutinate it,let it be fowed,and other things performed according to Art; but 
the flitches muft not be made fo dole together,as when the wound is Ample, and without contulion ; 
for filch wounds are ealily inflamed and (well up, which would occafion either tlle breaking of ths 
thred or flelh, or tearing of the skin. 
frctth. 
A fuppuri-' 
rive Cara- 
plafa), 
A caution to 
beobfervtdd 
How con tu-1 
fed wounds 
muft be 
fowedj 
CHAP. IV. Of thefe Contufions which are without a wound* 
F the skin being whole and not hurt,as far as can be difcerned, the flefh which lies under it 
be contufed,and the blond poured forth under the skin make an the Patient 
muft be governed according to Art untill the malign fymptomes which commonly happen, 
be no more to be feared. Wherefore in the beginning drawbloud on the oppofite fide, both 
for evacuation and revulfion.The contufed part (hall be fcarified with equall fcarifications ; then lhall 
you apply cupping-glafles or hornsJSoth for evacuation of the bloud which caufes the tumor and teri- 
fion in the part; as alfo to ventilate*and refrigerate the heat of the part, left it turn into an Abfceffe. 
Neither rnuft we in the mean while omit gentle purging of the belly.The firft topick mediems ought 
to be aftriftives,which muft lye fome fhort while upon the part,that io the Veins, and Arteries may be 
as it were ftraitned andclofed up ; and io the defluxion hindred; as alfo that the partit felf may be 
ftrengthened.This may be the form of Rich a remedy, R. dlbumina ovorum nu. iij. olei myrtini grrojaceL, 
an. bolt armenis& fanguin.dracon.an. 5 fi.nucumcupref. aluminis ufti, an. ij. incorporentur omnia 
addenda aceti parum-fiat medic amentum. Then you (hall refolve it with a fomentation, cataplafm and dif- 
cuffing emplaifters. - * 
Scarifying 
Cuppings 
glade s, 
Aftriftives 
how good 
in Conruli° 
ons. 
Af'er afiri- 
flivesmuft 
follow diC' 
caffives. 
CH AP. V. Ey what means the contufedpart may be freed from the fear and imminent danger of a Gdngretie* 
Reat contufions are dangerous even for this caufe, forthat a Gangrene and mortification 
fometimes follows them; which hippocrates teacheth to happen., when as the affected part is 
grown very hard and liquid. Wherefore when the part grows livid and black, and the na- 
tive colour thereof3by reafbn of the efflux of the concreat bloud,is aimoft extinft;chiefly to 
eate the part of that burden,cupping-glafles and horns fflal be applyed to the part it felf being firfl: fca- 
rified with a Lancet,or cite the following Inftruraent termed a hath 18. little wheels 
(harp and cutting likea razour,which may be ftraitened and flacked by the pins noted by P.and P.This 
inflrument is to be commended for that it performs the operation quickly andgently,for it makes 18 
incifions in the (pace that you make one with a Lancet or knife. 
Then fhall you foment the part with ftrong vinegar wherein the roots of radifhorof Dragons, 
Seal, Auripigmentum and the like have been boiled; for fuch acrid things do 
powerfully heat,refblve and draw the concreat blood from the inner part of the body unto the skin, 
which by its felling in the part affefted,prohibits the entrance of the vitall fpirits,the prefervers of its 
integrity; yea alfo extinguifheth the native heat of the fame part. Now we muft not life thefe things 
but with great difcrction, left fo we draw not only that blood which is poured forth of the veffels, 
but 
1 Sett.2.lib: 
: de fratt. 
The can fc of 
a Gangrene. 
The ufe of ar 
Scarificator. 
A fomenta-'' 
tiontodif- ' 
cufle and 
draw to the\ 
skirt. 332 
Of Contufions and Gangrenes. 
LiB.12 
but alfo the other which is contained in the vciiels.Moreover alio we mult not life them,unlefle when 
the defluxion is flayed: For fniallcontu(ions (which judgeth by the foftnefle of the cbiitufed 
part) it will be fufficient to apply 
todifcufle them,Virgins wax dll- 
folved and mixed with Cummin 
feeds, Cloves, the root of black 
Briony, ("which hath a wonder- 
full faculty to difcnilc all black- 
nefles and fugillations: ) for the 
fame purpofe, you may alfo apply 
wormwood bruifed and fo warmed 
in a difh and fprinkled over with a 
little white wine. Alfo fry worm- 
wood with oil of camomill, bran, 
the powder of Cloves, and 
megs, adding thereto a little aqua 
then put all in a linnen cloth 
and apply it hot to the part. The 
following emplaifter doth power- 
fully difeuffe congealed blood. 
R. Picis | ij. G'ww.E/cwi i ftyracis liquid* & terebinth.com.an. % fi.julphuri? vivi |j. Liquefiart 
Eitylaftrurn5and let it be ipred upon leather and fo applyed. 
fa left.t,lib. 
defrafiur. 
A Scarificator. 
A. Shews the cover, B. The Eox}or Cafe 
A difcufl'ing 
plaifler. 
CHAP. VI. Of that ftrange kjnd oflynptome which happens upon contufions of the ribs. 
He fit fh confuted fometimes by great violence becomes mucous and fwoln, or puffed up like 
Veal,which the butchers blow up,the skin remaining whole.Thisis feen and happens chief- 
ly in that flefli which is about the ribs; for this being bruited either by a blow,or fall,or re- 
nitency,or any other fuch like caute; if you prefs it with your hand,a certain windinefs go- 
eth out t tereof with a (mail whizzing, which may be heard,and the print of your fingers wil remain as 
in ££/ew?j.Unlefs you quickly make fit provifion againft this fymptome,there is gathered in that fpace 
which theflefh departing from the bones,leaves empty,a certain purulent pnzet,which divers times fouls 
and corrupts the ribs.lt will be cured,if the mucous tumor be prefently prefled,& ftraitly bound with 
ligatures, yet fo that you hinder not the breathing,when as the affeft happens upon the ribs and parts 
oftheCheft. Then apply to the part a plaifter of Oxycroceum or diachylon Ireatum with the emplaifter 
de melilotoj alfo diffusing fomentations (hall be ufed. The caute of fuch a tumor is a certain mucous 
flegm; teeing that nature is fo weak that it cannot welldigeft the nourifhment, andaflimilateit to the 
part, but leaves fomething as it were half conco&ed. No otherwite than the conjunctive coat of the 
eye is fometime fo lifted up and fwoln by a ftroak, that it harts as it were out of the orb of the eye, 
leaving fuch filth or matter as we fee thofe which are blear eyed to be troubled withall ; becaufe the 
force and naturall ftrength of the eyes is become more weak, either by the fault of the proper diftem- 
pcrature,or the abundance of moifture which flows thither, as it happens in thote tumors which are 
againft nature.For flatulencies are eafily raifed from a waterifh and phlegmatick humor wrought upon 
by weak heat,which mixed with the reft of the humor,the tumor becomes higher. 
HipfAh 3 
lib.de art. 
fent 
Remedies 
for a mu - 
cous and 
flatulent tu- 
mor of the 
ribs. 
The caufe. 
CHAP. VII. A difcourfe of Mumia, or Mummy. 
Eradventure it may feem flrange what may be the caufe,why in thisTreatife of curing contufi- 
ons,or bruifes,! have made no mention of giving Mummy either in bole,or potion to fuch as 
have fain from high placebo r have been otherwife bruited, efpecially feeing it is lb common 
and ufual,yeathe very firft and laft medicin of almoft all our practitioners at this day in fuch 
acafe.But feeing I underftood,and had learnt from learned Phyfitians, that in ufing remedies, the in- 
dication muft alwayes be taken from that which is contrary to the difeafe,how could I ? how can any 
other give Mummie in this kind of difeafe,teeing we cannot as yet know what Mummie is,or what is 
the nature and elfence thereof? So that it cannot certainly be judged ; whether it have a certain pro- 
perty contrary to the nature and effects of contufions. This how it may have,! have thought good to 
relate fomewhat at large; neither do the Phyfitians who prefcribe Mummie,nor the Authors that have 
written of it,nor the Apothecaries that fell it,know any certainty thereof. For if you read the more 
ancient Serapio and Avicen or the modern Match io!-m and 7hmt,you fhall find quite different opinions. 
Ask the Merchants who bring it to us,ask the Apothecaries who buy it of them, to fell it to us, and 
you fhall hear them fpeak diverlly hereof,that in fuch variety of opinions,there is nothing certain and 
manifeft.S'c'Mpzo and Avicen have judged Mummie to be nothing elte but Piflafphalthmn now Pijfajphal- 
thum is a certain froth or foam riling from the Sea,or Sea waters ; this fame foam as long as it fwims 
upon the water is foft and in fome fort liquid : but being driven upon the fhore by force of tempeft, 
' and working of the tea,and flicking in the cavities of the rocks, it concreats into fomewhat a harder 
fubftance than dryed pitch,as DioMrides faith. Belonite faith, that Mummie is only known to A&ypt and 
Greece.Others write that it is mans flefh, taken from the carcates of filch as are dead,and covered over 
in the fands in thedefertsof Arabia-, in which Country they lay the Sands are fometinies carryed anj 
raited up with fuch force and violence ofthe winds,that they overthrow and fuffocate fuch paflenger£ 
as 
Mummie a 
frequent 
and ufuall 
medicin in 
contufions. 
The reafon 
that the 
■Author 
makes no 
mention 
thtreof a- 
mongft his 
medians. 
The opini- 
on of the 
Arabians 
concerning'' 
it. 
Lib.l'.cap. 
84. 
Another 
opinioh of 
Mutnmie, LI B.I2. 
OfContufiont and Gangrenes 
333 
as they meet withalljthe fleffi of thefe dryed by the fand and wind they affirm to be Mummie. Matbio- 
luf following the more ufuall and common opinion writes., that Mummie is nothing eife than a 11- J 
quo r flowing from the Aromatick embalments of dead bodies, which becomes dry anil hard. For un- 
derftanding whereof you muft know from all manner of anitiquity, that the have been moft 
ftudious in burying and embalming their deadjnot for that end that they fhould become mcdicins for 
fuch as live/or they did not fo much as refpeft or imagin fo horrid a wickedncsjbtit either for that they 
held an opinion of the gcnerall refurreftion,or that in thefe monuments they might have fomething, 
whereby they might keep their dead friends in perpetuall remembrance, 'lhevet not much diflenting 
from his own opinion,writes chat the true Mummie is taken from the monuments and ftony tombs of 
the anciently dead in Egypt, the chinks of which tombs were clofed,and cimented with fuch diligence 
but the inclofed bodies embalmed with precious fpices with fuch Arc for eternity ,that the linnen ve- 
ftures which were wrapt about them prefently after their death,may be feen whole even to this day ;but 
the bodies themfelves,are fo freffi that you would judg them fcarfe to have been three daies buried. And 
yet in thofe Sepulchers and Vaults from whence thefe bodies are taken, there have been ionic corps of 
two thoufands years old. The fame,or their broken members are brought to Venice from Syria & Egypt, 
and thence difperft over all Christendom. But according to the different condition of men,the matter of 
their embalments were divers; for the bodies of the Nobility or Gentry are embalmed with Myrrh, 
Aloes,Saffron,and other precious fpices,and Drugs; but the bodies of the common fort whole poverty 
and want of means could not undergo fuch coft,were embalmed with afpha/tum or piffitipbaltum. 
Notv Mathiolut faith that all the Mummie which is brought into thefe parts is of this laftkind & con- i 
dition.For the Noblemen and chief of the province lb religioufly addicted to the monuments of their 1 
anceftors,would never fiiffer the bodies of their friends,and kindred to be tranfported hither for filthy 1 
gain,and fuch detefted ufe,as we ffiall ffiew more at large at the end of this work. Which thing fome- 
times moved certain of our French Apothecaries, men wondrous audacious,and covetous, to fteal by 
night the bodies of fitch as were hanged,and embalming them with Salt and Drugs they dryed them 
in an Oven,fo to fel them thus adulterated in ftead of true Mummie. Wherefore we are thus compelled 
both fooliffily and cruelly to devoure the mangled and putrid particles of the carkafles of the bafeft 
people of Egypt, or of fuch as are hanged,as though there were no other way to help or recover one 
bruifed with a fall from a high place,than to bury man by an horrid infertion in their,that is,in mans 
guts. Now if this Drug were any way powerfull for that they require, they might perhaps have Ibme 
pretence5for this their more than barbarous inhumanity. But the cale ftands thus, that this wicked * 
Lind of Drug, doth nothing help the difeafed,in that cafe, wherefore and wherein it is adminiftred,as ' 
1 have tryed an hundred times, & as Jhewet witnefles,he tryed in himfelfjwhen as he took fome thereof c 
by the advice of a certain lewifb Phyfitian in Egypt, from whence it is broughtjbut it alfo infers many 
troublefome fymptomes,as the pain of the heart or ftomach, vomiting and ftink of the mouth. 
| I perfwaded by thefe reafons, do not only my felf prefcribe any hereof,to my Patients, but alfo in 1 
consultations, endeavour what I may, that it be not prefcribed by others. It is far better according 3 
to Galens opinion zn Metbod.med. to drink fome oxycrate, "which by its frigidity reftrains the flowing 1 
blood,and by its tenuity of fiibftance diflblvcs anddifcufles the congealed clots thereof.Many reafons 
of learned Phyfitians (from whom I have learned thisHiftory of Mummie) drawn from Philo- , 
fophy, whereby they make it apparent,that there can be no life of this or that Mummie in contufions, 
or againft flowing or congealed blood, I willingly omit, for that I think it not much beneficiall to 
Chirurgeons to inlert them here.Wherefore I judg it better to begin to treat of combuftions,or burnj. 
Another. 
Whatctir 
Mutntnit; 
ufuaily is. 
Mtimmie is 
no way 
good for 
contgfions. 
But hurtful!, 
and how? 
rhe effete 
jfoxycrap 
in Cont ufi* 
ons. 
CHAP. VII 1. Oj Combuftions and their differences. 
-L Combu it ions whether occaiioned by Gunpouder, ar by folding oil;, water, fame mctall 
or what things foever elfc3differ only in magnitude.Theieftrft caufe pain in the part, and 
imprint in it an unnaturall heat. Which favouring of the fire, leaves that impreflion, which 
the Greeks call There are more or Idle figns of this impreflion, according to the 
efficacy of the thing burning, the condition of the part burned, and flay upon the lame.If the com- 
bunion be luperficiary,the skin riles into puftules and blifters,unlefle it be fpeedily prevented. If it be 
low or deep in,it is covered with an Eicbar or cruft,the burnt fleih by the force of the fire turning in- 
to that crufty hardnefle. The burning force of the fire, upon whatfoever part it falls,, leaves a hot di- ' 
Hamper therein,condenlates,contraCls,and thickens the skin, whence pain proceeds; from pain there ' 
conies an attraction of humors? from the adjacent and remote parts. Thele humors prelently turned 
into waterifli or ferous moilhire,whilft they feck to pafle forth, and are hindred thereof by the skin, 
condtnfated by the action of the fire,they lift it up higher, and raife the blifters which we lee. Hence 
divers Indications are drawn,whence proceeds the variety of medicins for burns. For fome take away 
the■Enqyreuma3that is,the heat of the fire,(as we term it)Sc allwage the pain;Other hinder the riling of 
blifterSjOtherfome are fit to cure the ulcer,firft to procure the falling away of the Efchar,then to clenfe, 
generate flclh and cicatrize it. Remedies fit to aflwage pain, and take away the fiery heat, are of two 
kindsjfor fome do it by a cooling faculty,by which they extinguilh the preternatural! heat,and reprefs 
or keep back the blood and humors,which flow into the parts by reafon of heat and pain. Others en- 
dued with contrary faculties,are hot and attractive; as which by relaxing the skin, and opening the 1 
pores,refolve and diflipate the lerous humors,which yeeld both beginning,and matter to the puftules,' 
accklent aflwage the pain and heat. Refrigerating things are cold water,the water of Plan- 
tam,Night-lhade,Henbane, Hemlock; the juyces of cooling hearbs, as Purflane, Lettuce, Plantain, 
Houfleek,Poppy9Mandrakc and the like. Of thefe fome may be compounded, aslbmeof the fore- 
named 
The icafon 
and fymp- 
comes of 
combuftions 
The caufe of 
the blifters 
rifing upon 
btunSo 
' Variety of 
: medic ins to' 
take away 
the heat and 
a flwage the 
pain. Of Contufions and Gangrenes 
Lib.12. 
334 
named juices beaten with the white of an egge; Clay beaten and diflblved in ftrong Vmegarproch »A- 
lome diflblved in water,with the whites of egs beaten therein; writing ink mixed with Vinegar, and 
a little CamphirejFHgwesfwm nutritum,and alfo PopuIcon newly made.Thefe and the like lhall be now and 
then renewed chiefly at the firft,untill the heat and pain be gone.But thefe fame remedies muft be 
plyed warm,for if they fliouldbe laid,or put to cold,they would caufe pain, and confequently defluxi- 
un;befides alfo their ftrength could not palTe,or enter into the part, or be brought into aftion ; but fo 
applyed they aflwage pain,hinder inflammation and the rifing of blifters. 
CHAP. IX. Of hot and attractive medicins to be applyed to burner. 
How fire 
may af- 
fwage rhe 
pain of 
burning. 
Vloncft the hot and attractive things which by ratifying,drawing out,and diflblving,aflwage 
the pain and heat of combuftions, the fire challenges the firft place, efpecially when the bur- 
ning is but fmall.For the very common people know and find by day ly experience, that the 
heat of the lightly burnt part vanilhcs away, and the pain is aflwaged, if they hold the part 
which is burnt fome pret?y while to the heat of a lighted candle, or burning coals; for the fimilitude 
caufeth attraction. Tnus the externall fire whileft it draws forth the fire which is internalland inuft 
into the part,is a remedy againft the difeafe it caufed and bred.It is alfo an eafily made and approved 
remedy,ifithey prefently after the burn apply to the grieved part raw Onions beaten with fome fait. 
Now you muft note,that this medicine takes no place, if it be once gone into an ulcer, for it would 
increafe the pain and inflamtnationjbut if it be applyed when the skin is yet whole and not excoria- 
ted,it doth no fuch thing,but hinders the riling of puftles and blifters. Hippocrates for this caufe alfo 
ufes this kind of remedy in procuring the fall of the Ej char. Ifany endeavour to gainfay the ufc of this 
remedy by that principle in Phy lick, which fay es,that contraries are cured by contraries,and therefore 
affirm that Onions according to the authority of G«/e»,bcing hot in the fourth degree, are not good 
for combuftions Jet him know that Onions are indeed potentially hot, and aftually moift, therefore 
they rarifie by their hot quality, and foften the skin by their aftuall moifture, whereby it comes to 
pafs that they attra&,draw forth,and diflipate the imprinted heat, and fo hinder the breaking forth of 
puftles.To conclude,the fire,as we formerly noted,is a remedy againft the fire. But neither aredifeafes 
alwayes healed by their contraries(faith Galen)but fbmetimes by their like;although all healing pro- 
ceed from the contrary,this word contrary,being more largely and ftriCtiy taken,for fo alfo a Phlegmon 
is often cured by refolving medicins,which healeth it by diflipating the matter thereof. Therefore O- 
nions are very profitable tor the burnt parts, which are not yet exulcerated or excoriated. But there 
are alfo many other medicins good to hinder the rifing of bliftersjfuch as new horfe-dung fryed in oil 
of Wai-nuts or Rofes,and applyed to the parts.In like manner the leaves of Elder or Dane-wort boi- 
led in oil of nuts,and beaten with a little fait. Alfo quenched lime powdered and mixed with Vnguen- 
tum Rofatum.Orelfe the leaves of Cuckow-pint and Sage beaten together with a little fait. Alfo Car- 
penters Glue diflblved in water and anointed upon the part with a feather, is good for the lame pur- 
pofe. Alfo thick Vernilh which polifhcrs or fword cutlers ufe. But if the pain be more vehement, thefe 
medicins 3 or 4 times in a day and a night, fo to mitigate the bitternes of this pain. 
Butiffobewe cannot by thefe remedies hinder the rifing of blifters, then we muft presently cut them 
as foon as they rile,for that the humor contained in them,not having paflage forth,acquires fuch acri- 
mony that it eats the flelh which lyeth under it,and fo caufeth hollow ulcers: So by the multitude of 
caufe sand increafe of matter the inflammation groweth greater,not only for nine dayesfas the common 
people prattlejbut for far longer timejalfo fome whiles for lefs time, if the body be neither repleat 
with ill humors,nor plethorick,and you have fpeedily refilled the pain and heat by fit remedies. When 
thecombuftion lhall be fo great as to caufe an Ejchar, the falling away muft be procured by the ufe of 
emollient andhumeCtive medicins,as of grcafes,oils,butter,with a little baftlicon9or the following oint- 
ment. R Mucagin.pftllii.& cum aqua parietaria, olei liliorum |ijp. 
cera neva q.f.fiat unguentum nolle- For ulcers and excoriations you (hall apply fit remedies, which are 
thofe that are without acrimony,luch as unguentum album camphoratum,deficcativum rubrum3unguentum rofa* 
t«w,made without Venegar,or nut r it uni compofed after this manner.R lithargyri auri Jiiij.o/. roJat.Ziij.ol. 
unguentum in mortariopluntbeo fecundum artem. Or oil ofEgs 
tempered in a Leaden mortar.Alfo unquenched lime many times walked and mixed with unguent um 
rofatum,or frelh butter without falt,and fome yolks ofegs hard roafted.' Or R Eutyri recent.frne jale9uftu - 
lati9& colati Jvj. vitcll.ovorAiij.ceruf.lota in jimiliter ufti3& loti, 
omnia fimul,fi at liniment urn ut decet.Orelle,R olei rojat. an.lih.j.bu!liant ft- 
tnul lento igne,pofiea colentur,&>adde olei ovorum tuthi£pr£par.an.$].cer£ alba quantum fufficit, 
fiat unguent, nolle fecundum artemMat the quantity ofdrying medicins may alwayes be encreafed or di- 
minilhed according as the condition of the ulcer lhall feem to require. The following remedies,arc fit 
to aflwage pain,as the mucilages of Line feeds, of the feeds of PfiIlium, or Flea-wort, and quinces ex- 
tracted in rofewater,or fair water,with the addition of a little camphircj and left that it dry too fpee- 
dily,adde thereto fome oil of Rofes. Alfo five or fix yolks of egs mixed with the mucilages of Line 
feed,the feed of PfiUium,and quinces often renewed, are very powerfull to aflwage pain. The women 
which attend upon the people in the Hofpitall in Paris,do happily ufe this medicin againft burns. R 
Rofewater,thcn ftrained through a linnen cloath,then 
walk it foure times with the water of hen-bane or fome other of that kind,then let it be incorporated 
with eight yolks of new laid egs,and fo make an ointment. If the fmart be great, as ufually it is in 
thefe kinds of wounds,the ulcer or fores lhall be covered over with a E piece of Tiffany, left you hurt 
them,by wiping them with fume what a courfc cloth, andfo alfo the matter may eafily come forth, 
and 
Beaten O« 
nions good 
for burns 
and how» 
How often 
in a day 
thefc muft 
be d retted. 
Medicins 
for an £/- 
cfor. 
A defcrip- 
tion of Nh' 
trimtn. 
A remedy 
for burns 
commonly 
ufed in the 
Hofpirall 
sfPur/7. L1 B.12. 
Of Contufions and Gangrenes 
335 
and the medicins eafily enter in. Alfo you muft have a care when the eyelids, lips, fides of the fingers, 
neck, the armpits,hams,andbending.of the elbow are burnt, that you differ not the parts to touch one 
the other,without the interpolition of fome thing ; otherwiie in continuance of time they would 
grow and ftick together.Therefore you (hall provide for this, by fit placing the parts,and putting foft 
linnen rags between them.But you muft note,that deep combuftions,and filch ascaufea thicker Ejchar, 
arelefs painfi.il l,than fuch as are but only fuperficiary.The truth hereof you may perceive by the ex- 
ample of fuch as have their limbs cut off,and feared or cauterifed with an hot Iron ; for prefcntly after 
the cauterifing is performed they feel little pain.For this great combuftion takes away the (en(e, the 
vehemency of the fenfory or thing affefting the fenfe, depriving the fenfitive parts of their fcnfe's As 
we have formerly noted when we treated of wounds and pains of the Nerves. The falling away of 
fuch Efchars (hall be procured by fomcwhat a deep fcarification which may pierce even to the quick, 
that fo the humors which lye under it may enjoy freer perfpiration, and emollient medicins may the 
freelier enter in,fo to foak,moiften and foften the Ejchar that it may at length fall away. The reft of 
the cure (hall be performed by detergent and farcotick medicins, adding to the former oint- 
ments metalline powders,when the prefent neccflity (hall feem fo to require. >But wc cannot juftly fay 
in what proportion and quantity each of thele may be mixed,by reafon of that variety which is in the 
temper and confidence of bodies, and the ftubbornefs and gentlenefs of difeafes. After a burn the (car 
which remaineth is commonly rough,unequal!,and illfavoured:therefore we will telly ou in our trea- 
tife of the plague how it muft be fmoothed,and made even. 
I muft not here omit to tell you,that Gunpowder (et on fire doth often fo penetrate into the flefh, 
not ulcerating nor.taking off the skin,and fo infinuate and throughly faften it felfe into the flefh by 
its tenuity,that it cannot be taken or drawn out thence by any remedies, no not by nor ve- 
ficatories,nor fcarification,nor ventofes,noE horns,fo that the prints thereof alwayes remain,no other- 
wife than the marks which the Barbarians burn in their (laves,which cannot afterwards be taken a- 
way or deftroyed by any Art. 
Why deep 
combufti- , 
onsare lefs 
painfull 
then fuper- 
; ficiary, 
Marks or 
fpots made 
in the face 
by corns of 
Gunpowder 
Cannot be 
taken away. 
C H A P. X. Of a Gangrene and Mortification. 
srtainly the malign lymptomes which happen upon wounds,and the folutions of Continuity 
are many,caufed either by the ignorance or negligence of the Chirurgeon; or by the Patient* 
or fuch as are about hirnjor by the malignity and violence of the difeafe: but there can hap- 
pen no greater then a Gangrene,a$ that which may caufe the mortification and death of the 
part,and oft times of the whole I have thought good in this place to treat of a Gan- 
grenc5firft giving you the definition, then (hewing you the caufes, figns, prognofiicks, and laftly the 
manner of cure.Now a Gangrene is a certain difpofition, and tvaytothe mortification of the part, 
which it feifeth upon,dying by little and little. For when there is a perfeft mortification, it is called 
by the Greeks the Latines Sjdenrtio, our countrymen termeitthe fire of Saint Anthony or 
Saint 
Gnl'i.ad 
GlauconemX 
C H A P. XI. Of the generail andp articular caufes of a Gangrene. 
He moft generall caufe of a Gangrene is,when by the diflblution of the harmony and joini 
temper of thefoure firft qualities,the part is made unapt to receive the faculties,the Natural! 
Vitall,and Animall fpirits, by which it is nourifhed,lives, feels, and moves. Fora part de- 
prived by any chance of thefe as of the light,languifties and prefently dyes. Now the parti- 
cular caufes are manyiand thefe either primitive, or antecedent.The primitive or external! are combu- 
flions caufedby things either actually or potentially burning;aftually,as by fire,fcalding oil or water, 
gunpowder fired and the like. But potentially by acrid medicins 5 as Sublimate, vitriol!, potential! 
cauteries and other things of the fame nature; for all thefe caufe a great inflammation in the part. But 
the ambient air may caufe great refrigerations, and alfb a Gangrene, which caufed Hippocrates lib.de 
Act. to call great refrigerarions of the brain Sph ace! i [me.Therefore the unadvifed and unfit application 
of cold and narcotick things,a frafture,luxation and great contufion,tdo ftrait bandages,the biting of 
beafts,efpecially of fuch as»are vencmous,a punfture of the Nervesand Tendons,the wounds of the ner- 
I vous parts and joints,efpecially in bodies which are plethorick and repleat with ill humors, great 
wounds whereby the veflels which carry life are much cut,whence an laftly many other 
caufes, which perturb that harmony of the foure prime qualities which we formerly mentioned, and 
lb infer a Gangrene. 
: T he gene- 
( rail caufe of 
a Gangrene, 
The parti-' 
cularcanfesc 
Cold cau- 
feth a Gan» 
grene. 
CHAP. XII. Of the Antecedent caufes of a Gangrene. 
Ow the antecedent or intemall and corporeall caufcs of a Gangrene, are plentifull and abun- 
dant defluxions of humors,hot or cold,falling into any part.For feeing the faculty of thepart 
is unapt and unable to fuftain and govern luch plenty of humors, it comes to pafle thatahe 
native heat of the part is fuffocated and extinft for want of tranlpiration. For the Arteries 
are hereby fo (hut or pent up in a ftrait, that they cannot perform their motions of contraction and 
dilatation,by which their native heat is preferved and tempered. But then the Gangrene is chiefly un- 
cureable when the influx of humors firft takes hold of the bones, and inflammation hath its be- 
ginning from them.For in the opinion of G<?/e»,all thefe kind of affefts which may befall the flelh, are 
alfo incident to thcbones.Ncither only a Phlegmon or inflammation, but alfo a rottennefle and cor- 
ruption 
How defle- 
xions caufe 
a Gangrene. 
An uncure-; 
able Gan- 
grene. 
Lib.de tud 336 
Of Contufions and Gangrenes. 
ruption doth oft-times firft invade and begin at the bones; for thus you may fee many who are trou- 
bled with the Leprofie and French difcafe, to have their skin and flelh whole and fair to look on, 
whofe bones notwithftanding are corrupt and rotten, and oft-times are much decayed in their proper 
fubftance.This mifchief is caufed by a venemous matter, whole occult qualitie wecan Icarie exprefle 
by any other name than poyfon inwardly gcnerated.Oft-times alfo there is a certain acrid and (linking 
filth generated in flelh with a malign and old ulcer, with which if the bones chance to be moiftened 
they become foul and at length mortified:of which this laying of Hipocrates is extant, Ulcers of a 
years continuance or longer,muft neceflarily foul the bone, and make the fears hollow. Whither alfo 
belongs this laving of the fame party; An Erifiplas is ill in the laying bare of a bone. But this flowing 
r venenate and gangrenous matter is fomewhilcs hot, as in peftilent Carbuncles, which in the (pace of 
four and twenty hours by caufiiagan efchar, bring the part to mortification ! otherwhiles cold, as we 
fee it divers times happens in parts which are pofleft with a Gangrene,no pain,tumor,blacknels, iior a- 
ny other precedent lign of a Gangrene going before.For lohn de Vigo faith, that happened to a certain 
gentlewoman of Genoa under his cure. 
I remember the fame happened to a certain man in tapping merrily and without any fenfe 
of pain,went to bed,and fuddainly in the nighttime a Gangrene icifed on both his legs, caufed a mor- 
tification without tumor,without inflammation; only his legs were in fome places (bred over with 
livid, black and green fpots,the reft ofthefubftance retaining his native colour : yet the fenfe of thefe 
parts was quite dead,they felt cold to the touch; and if you thruft your lancet into the skin no blood 
came forth. A Councell of Phyfitians being called, they thought good to cut the skin, and flelh ly- 
ing under it,with many deep fcarifications ; which when I had done, there came forth a little black 
thick and as it were congealed blood;wherefore this remedy, as alfo divers other, proved to no pur- 
pofe,for in conclufion a blackilh colour comming into his tace,and the reft of his body, he dyed fran- 
tick.I leave it to the Readers judgement,whetherfo (peedy,and taddainly cruell a milchief could pro- 
ceed from any other than a venenate matter;yet the hurt of this venenate matter is not peculiar, or by 
I its felf. For oft-times the force of cold, whether of the encompafling«air, or the too immoderate ufe 
i of Narcotick medicins,is fo great,that in a few hours it takes away life from lome of the members, 
and divers times from the whole body,as we may learn by their example,who travell in great fnowes, 
and over mountains congealed,and horrd with froft and ice. Hence allb is the extinftion of the native 
heat and the fpirits refiding in the part,and the (hutting forth of that which is (ent by nature to aid 
or defend it.For when as the part is bound with rigid cold,and as it were frozen,they cannot get nor 
enter therein-Neither iftheylhould enter into the part, can they ftay long there, becaufe they can 
there finde no fit habitation,the whole frame and government of nature being fpoiled,and the harmo- 
ny of the four prime qualities deftroyed,by thejoftenfive dominion of pred ominant cold their enemy, 
whereby it cometh to pafle that flying back from whence they firft came; they leave the part deftitutc 
and deprived of the benefit of noui ilhment,life,fen(e and motion. 
A certain Briton an Hodler in drunk foundly after fupper, caft himlelf upon abed ; 
the cold air coming in at? a window left open,fo took hold upon one of his legs,that when he wa- 
ked forth of his deep,he could neither ftand nor goe. Wherefore thinking only that his leg was numb, 
they made him (land to the fire;but putting it very nigh, he burnt the foie of his foot without any 
fenfe of pain,fome fingers thicknefs,for a mortification had already poflefled more than halfe his leg. 
Wherefore after he was carryed to the Hofpitall,the Chirurgeon who belonged thereto, endeavoured 
by cutting away of the mortified leg to deliver the reft ofthe body from imminent death ; but it pro- 
ved in vain;for the mortification taking hold upon the upper parts, he dyed within three dayes, with 
troublefome belching and hicketting,raving,cold fweat, and often (wounding. Verily all that fame 
s winter,the cold was (b vehement that many in the Holpitall of Paris loft the wings or (ides of their 
nbftrills,(ei(ed upon by a mortification without any putrefa&ion. But-youmuft note, that the Gan- 
grene which i s caufed by cold,doth firft and principally feife upon the parts moft diftant from the heart, 
the fountain of heat,to wit?the feet and legs;as alfo fuch as arc cold by nature, as griftly parts, fuch 
as the note and cares. 
fM. 
u4Gangrene 
by efflux of 
scold mat- 
ter! 
A notable 
Hifiory» 
Simple cold 
may caufe a 
Gangrene, 
A Hiftory. 
What part! 
are ufually 
taken by a 
Gangrene 
occafioned 
by cold. 
He figns of a Gangrene which inflammation or a phlegmon hath caufed, are pain and pul- 
fation without manifeft caufe, the fudden changing of the fiery and red colour into a livid 
or black,as Hipocrates fhewes where he (peaks of the Gangrene of a broken heel. I would 
p__ have you here to underftand the pullifick pain not only to be that which is caufcd by the 
quicker motion of the Arteries,but that heavy and pricking which the contention of the naturall heat 
dothproduce by railing a thick cloud of vapours from thele humors which the Gangrene lets upon. 
The figns of a Gangrene caufed by cold, are,if fuddainly a (harp pricking and burning pain aHaileth 
thepirtiiorpenetrabile frigus cold doth burmif a Ihining rednefs as ifyou had handled 
(how,pre(ently turn into a livid colourjif in ftead of the accidental! heat which was in the part, pre- 
iently cold and numbncfs (hall poflelie it,as if it were (hook with a quartain feaver. Such cold if it 
(hall proceed ib far as to extinguifh the native heat, bringcth a mortification upon the Gangrene;al(o 
oft-times convulfions & violent (baking of the whole body, wondrous troublefbme to the brain & the 
fountains of life.But you (hall know Gangrenes caufed by too ftrait bandages, by frafture,luxation, 
and contufion, by the hardnefs which the attra&ion and flowing down of the humors hath caufed, 
little pimples or blifters fpreading or riling upoh the skin by reafon of the great heat,as in a combufti- 
onjby the weight of the part occaiioncd through the dcfc& of the (pirits not now (uftaining the bur- 
den 
CHAP. XIII. Of the figns of a Gangrene. 
Se&.t.tfb. 
defratfur. 
VVhara 
pulfifick 
pain is. 
Signs of a 
Gangrene 
proceeding* 
of cold* 
Signs of 
Gangrenes 
proceeding 
from ft rait 
Hndages,or Of Contnfons and Gangrenes. 
Lib.12. 
337 
den of the laftly from this,the prefling of your finger upon the part,it will leave the print 
thereof as in an aulenw:, and alfo rom this,that the skin cometh from the flelh without any mamfcfi 
caufe. 
Now you (hall know Gangrenes ariiing from a bite,pun&ure,m<*,or wound in 'plethorick and 
ill bodies,and in a part indued with moft exquifite fenfe, almoft by the fame figns as that which was 
caufed by inflammation. For by thefe and the like caufes,there is a far greater defluxion and attraftion 
of the humors than is fit,when the perfpiration being intercepted and the paflages ftopt,the native heat 
is opprefled andfuffocated.But this I would admonifh the young Chirurgeon,that when by the fore- 
mentioned figns he (hall find the Gangrene prefent, that he do not defer the amputation for that he 
finds fome fenfe, or fmall motion yet redding in the part. For oft-times the aftefted parts are in this 
cafe moved not by the motion of the whole mufcle,but only by means, that the head of the mufcle is 
not yet. taken with the Gangrene: with moving it felt by its one ftrength, .alfo moves its proper an 
continued tendon and tail though dead already; wherefore it is ill to make any delay in fuch caufes. j 
Signsofa 
G angrene 
occaiioneJ 
by a bite, 
puntlure, 
&c» 
CHAP. X 11II. Of the in Gangrenes. 
\ving given you the figns and caufes to know a Gangrene ; it is fit we we alio give you the 
prognoftick. The fiercenefle and malignity thereof is fo great, that unlefle it be moft fpeedi- 
ly withftood the part it felf will dye,and alfo take hold of the neighbouring parts by the 
contagion of its mortification : which hath been the caufe that a Gangrene by many hath 
oeen termed an Efthtomenos. For fuch corruption creeps out like poyfon,and like fire eats, gnaws, and 
deftroyes all the neighbouring parts, untill it hath ip read over the whole body. For as Hippocrates 
writes,Lz£>. de vulner.capitis ; Mortui nulla eft proportion (ft) there is no proportion between the 
dead aud living.Wherefore it is fit prefently to leparate the dead from the living ; for unlefle that be 
done,the living wil dye,by the contagion of the dead.In filch as are at the point of death a cold fweat 
flows over all their bodies: they are troubled with ravings, and watchings,, belchings and hicketing 
moleft them; and often iwoundings invade them,by reafon of the vapours abundantly and continual- 
ly railed from the corruption of the humors and fleih, andfo carried to the bowells and principal! 
parts3by the Veins,Ncrves,and Arteries.Wherefore when you have foretold thefe things to the friends 
of the Patient, then make haft to fall to your work' 
Why a , 
Gangrene is 
called Eftbi, 
omeiw. 
The quick , 
impatient of 
the dead. 
CHAP. XV. Of the general/ cure of a Gangrene. 
He Indications of curing Gangrenes are to be drawn from their the cure muft 
be diverfly inftituted according to the eflence and magnitude. For fome Gangrenes poflefle { 
the whole member ; others only fome portion thereof fome are deep; otherfome fuperficiall 
only.Alfo you muft have regard to the temper of the body .For foft and delicate bodies,as of 
children,women,Eunuches,and idle perfons,require much milder medicins, than thofe who by nature 
and cuftome, or vocation of life,are moreftrong and hardy, inch as husbandmen, labourers, mariners, 
huntfmen, porters, and men of the like nature who live fparingly and hardly. Neither muft you have 
refpeft to the body in generail,but alfo to the parts affe&ed; for the flefhy and mufculous parts, are 
different from the folid,as the nerves and joints,or more folid,as the Vertebra. Now the hot arid moift 
parts,as the privities,mouth,womb,and fundament,arc eafilyer and fooner taken hold of by putrefacti- 
on,wherefore we muft ufe more fpeedy means to help them.Wherefore ifthe Gangrene be chiefly occa- 
fioned from an internail caufe, he muft have a dyet prefcribed for the decent and fitting ufe of the fix 
things not naturall. If the body be plethorick,or full of ill humorsjyou muft purge, or let blood by 
the advice of a Phyfitian. Againft the afeending up of vapours to the noble parts,the heart muft chief- 
ly be ftrengthened with Treacle diflolved in Sorrell, or Carduiu water; with a bole of Mithridate, the 
conferves of Rofes and Bugloffc; and with Opiates made for the prefent purpofe according to Art; 
this following Apozeme fliallbe outwardly applyed to the region of the heart. R. aqua rofar. & nenu- J 
phar.an. % iiij. aceli flillitici ].corallorum3 fantalorum alborum & rubrorumjojar. rub. inpulver. redaaarum3& 1 
5 j. mithrid. & thsriaca3an. 3 i j P- trschijcorum de Caphura Jij. flor.cardial, inpollin. redaffarum9 p. ifl 
croci 3 J.ex omnibus in pollmem redaliis3 fiat epithema. Which may be applyed upon the region of the heart 
with a fcarlet cloth or ipunge.Thele are ufually fuch as happen in the cure of every Gangrene. 
Various In- 
dica rions of 
curing a 
Gangrene,' 
What parts 
Foonert ta- 
ken hold hj? 
1 Gangrene 
A cordial/ 
Epiibtma- 
rle cure of a Gangrene,cauled by the too plentifull and violent defluxion of humors fuffo- 
eating the native heat,by reafon of great Phlegmons,is performed by evacuating and dry- 
ing up the humors,which putrefie by delay and colle&ion in the part. For this purpofe 
fcarifications and incifions,great,indifferent,fmall,deep and fuperficiary according to the 
condition of the Gangrene,arc much commended; that fo the burdened part may injoy 
the benefit of perfpiration;and the contained humors,of difflation, or evacuation of their footy exerts 
ments. Let incifions be made when the affeft is great, deep in,and neer to mortification. But Icaritica- 
tions may beufed when the part firft begins to putrefie, for the greatnefle of the remedy mult antwer in 
proportion to that of the difeafe. Wherefore it it penetrate to the bones,it will be fit, to cut the skir 
and flelh with many and deep incifions,With an incifion knife made for that purpofe; yet take.hee o 
cutting the larger nerves and veflels, unlefle they be wholly putrefied, for if thejr be not yet putrene . 
you (hall make your incifions in the {paces between them; if'the Gangrene oeleiie, we miu rei 
0 g latisuec 
CHAP. XVI. Of the particular cure of a Gangrene. 
The cure of 
a Gangrene 
made by 
inflamma* 
tion. LlB.12« 
338 
Of Contnfions' and Gangrenes 
Satisfied with only Scarifying it. When the Scarifications and incifions are nude, we muft Suffer much 
blood to flow forth,that So the conjunft matter may be evacuated.Then muft we apply and put upon it 
Such medicins as may by heating,drying,reSolving,clenfing and opening,amend and correft the putre- 
aftionund by piercing to the bottom may have power to overcome the vn ulencie already impaft m 
the par . For this purpoSe Lotions made of the lye of the Aftes of fig-tree or Oak wherein Lupins 
have been throughly boyled are good.Or you may with leffe trouble make a median with Salt water, 
wherein you ma? diffolve Aloes and adding in theconclulion a for 
vitx and calcined vitrioll are lingular medians fora Gangrene. Or R. aat.otimi Itq.me/.roJ.Jiu). lynf. 
MCt'fi ?iii.to« nm.Jv. WM t-rtz.fc.f. Let the part be frequently wafted with this medi- 
cimtor it hath much force to reprrffe Gangrenes. After your Lotion, lay for a Liniment, 
and put it into the incifionsflor there is no median, more powerfull againft putrefaftion, for by cau- 
ling an Eldur,it Separates the putrid flelh from thefound But we mult not in thiskmdof affeft ex- 
reft that the putrid flefli may of it Self fall from the found;but rather cut offwtth your incifion knife 
or fiffers,whatsoever thereofyou can, and then put to it as oft as need ftall require The 
knowlcdg hereof may be acquired from the colour,fmell,and fenfiblcnefle of the flelh it felt. The de- 
fcription I have often tryed in thefe caufesjs this. R florist- 
ry aluminif rooh.mel/y acerrimi %v.[alur rom.% omnia 
ftmul ad ignemM unguent. If the force of the putrefaction in the part be not io great3 a weaker 
cum may ferve. When you have put in the jEgyptiacum, then prefently lay the following Cataplafm 
thereupon. For it hinders putrefaction,refolvcs,clenfes and dryes up the virulent by the dry 
fubtlety of the parts penetrates into the member,ftrengthens it3and aflwages the pain.R. farin.fabar.hor- 
dei orobiflert.lupin.an.Vb.f.fal.atn.meliy aqua 
flmpl.quantum fujficitifiat Cataplafmamol/e fecundum artem-, Somewhat higher than the 
part aflefted,apply this following aftringent3or defenfitive,to hinder the flowing down of the humors 
into the part,and the rifing up of the vapours from the putrid part into the whole body. R olei rofa- 
ti & plantag. folanijempervivi3an.$ij .album ovorum 5. rfratw, terra flgillatt fubtiliter 
pulverijatorums quantum fujficitjnifcc adufum ditfuni. But thefemedicins muft be often renew- 
ed.If the grief be fo ftubborn3that it will not yecld'to the defcribed remedies,we mull come to ftrongcr, 
to wit,Cauteries,after whofe application,G*/e« bids to put upon it the juice of a Leek with fait beaten 
and diflolved therewith, for that this medicin hath a piercing and drying faculty, and confequently 
to hinder putrefa&ion. But. if you prevail nothing with Cauteries, then muft you come to the laft re- 
medy and refuge,that is,the amputation of the part; For according to Hippocrates3to extream difeafes 
exquisitely extream remedies are beft to be applyed. Yet firft be certain of the mortification of the part, 
for it is no little or fmall matter to cut off a member without a caufe. 
Therefore I have thought it fit to fet down the figns, whereby you make know a perfect and abfo- 
lute mortification. 
The de- 
fcription of 
an Egyptia- 
fum. 
yffiringents 
that may be 
ufed in cure 
of a Gan- 
grene..; 
Gal.i.ail 
Glauctnem. 
Apbor.6. 
fetLll. 
CHAP: XVII. The figns ofaperfefi Necrofis or Mortification. 
Du fhall certainly know that a Gangrene is turned into a Sphacell,or mortification and that 
the part is wholly and throughly dead,if it look of a black colour,and be colder than fton® 
to your touch,the caufe of which coldneffe is not occafionedby the frigidity of the air ; if 
there be a great foftnefle of the part, fo that if you prefle it with your finger it tiles not a- 
gain,but retains the print of the Impreffion. If the skin come from the flefh lying under it; if fo great 
and ftrong a fmell exhale (efpecially in an ulcerated Sphacell)that the ftanders by cannot indure or 
fuffer it; if a fanious moifture,vifcid,green or blackifh flow from thence;if it be quite deftitute of fenfe 
and motion,whether it be pulled,beaten,crufhed,pricked,burnt,or cut off. Here 1 muft admonifh the 
young Chirurgeon,that he be not deceived concerning the lofie or privation of the fenfe of the part. 
For I know very many deceived as thus; the Patients pricked (on that part would fay they felt 
much pain there.But that feeling is oft deceitfull, as that which proceeds rather from the ftrong ap- 
prehenfion of great pain which formerly raigned in the part, than from any faculty of feeling as yet 
remaining. A moft clear and manifeft argument of this falfe and deceitfull fenfe appears after the impu- 
tation of the member; for a long while after they will complain of the part which is cutaway. 
Verily it is a thing wondrous ftrange and prodigious, and which will fcarfe be credited, unlefle by 
fuch as have feen with their eyes,and heard with their ears the Patients who have many months after 
the cutting away of the Leg,grievoufly complained that they yet felt exceeding great pain of that leg 
fb cut off. Wherefore have a ipeciall care left this hinder your intended amputation; a thing pitifull, 
yet abfolutely neceflary for to preferve the life of the Patient and all the reft of his body,by cutting a- 
way of that member which hath all the figns of aSphacell and perfeft mortification; for otherwife 
thenegleftedfire will in a moment fpread over all the body, and take away all hope of remedy ; for 
thus HiWecrates wifheth : That Seftions,Uftions,and Terebrations muft be performed as foon as need 
requires. 
A'note con- 
cerning the 
unfenfible- 
neffe of the 
part. 
A won* 
drousfymp- 
tome. 
Lib. 
G.Epidem, 
CHAP. XVIII. Where Amputation muft be made. 
The contto.. 
vcrfy deci- 
ded. 
T is not fufficientto know that Amputation is neceflary, but alfb you muft learn in what 
place of the dead part,it muft be done, and herein the wifdom and judgment of the Chirur- 
geon isnaoft apparent. Art bids to take hold of the quick, and to cut off the member in the 
found flefhbut the fame art wilheth us,to preferve whole that which is found, as much as 
in us lies. I will fhew thee by a familiar example how thou raaift carry thy felf in thefe difficulties. Let 
u> Lib.12. 
Of Contufions and Gangrenes. 
339 
us fuppofe, that the foot is mortified even to the anckle; hereyou muft attentively mark in what place 
you muft cut it off.For unleffeyou take hold of the quick flefh in the amputation,or if you leave any 
putrefa&ion, you profit nothing by amputation?for it will creep and fpread over the reft of the body. 
It befits Phyfick ordained for the preferyation of man kind,to defend from the iron or inftrunient & al 
manner of injury,that which injoyes lite and heal th. Wherefore you fhall cut off as little of that which 
is found as you poffbly can; yet fo that you rather cut away that which is quick,than leave behind a- 
ny thing that is pecifhed,according to the advice of Cel/k/. Yet oft-times the commodity of the aftion - 
ofthe reft of the part,and as it were a certain ornament thereof, changes this counfell. For if you take ; 
thefe two things into your confideration they will induce you in this propounded cafe and example, 
to cut off the Leg fome five fingers breadth under the knee. For fo the Patient may more fitly ufe the 
reft of his Leg and with leffe trouble,that is,he may the better go on a wooden Leg ; for otherwife, if 
according to the common rules of Art,you cut it off clofe to that which is pcriftied, the Patient will 
be forced with trouble to ufe three Legs in ftead of two. • 
For I fo knew Captain Francis Clerk., when as his foot was ftruckenoff withan iron bullet foot 
forth of a man of war, and afterwards recovered and healed up, he was much troubled and wearied 
with the heavy and unprofitable burden of the reft of his Leg, wherefore though whole and found 
he caufed the reft thereof to be cut off,fome five fingers breadth below his knee ; and verily he ufeth it 
with much more eafe and facility than before in performance of any mot'on. We muft do otherwife if 
any fuch thing happen in the Arm; that is,you muft cut off as little ofthe found part as ypu can. For 
the aftion of the Legs much differ from theie of the Arms, and chiefly in this that the body refts not3 
neither is carried upon the Arms,as it is upon the feet and Legs. 
•v / ?. 
Lib.7. cap* 
33- 
An obiex- 
vable Hifto' 
ry. 
CHAP. XIX. How the fefiion or amputation mlrft be formed. 
■{e firft care iiiuft be of the Patients ftrength, wherefore let him be nourifhed with meats of 
good nutrimcnt,eafie digeftion,and Inch as generate many fpirits; as with the yolks of Egs, 
and bread tolled and dipped in Sack or Mnskadine. Then let him be placed, as is fit, and 
drawing themufcles upwards towards the found parts, let them be tyed with a ftrait liga- 
ture a little above that place of the member which is to be cut off,with a ftrong and broad fillet like 
that which women uftially bind up their hair withall. This ligature hath a threefold ufe; the firft is, 
thatit<hold themufcles drawn up together with the skin, fo that retiring back prefently after the 
performance of the work,they may coyer the ends of the cut bones,and ferve them in ftead of boulfters 
or pillows when they are healed up5Sc fo fuffer with Idle pain the compreflion in fuftaining the reft of 
the body;befides alfo by this means the wounds are the fooner healed and cicatrized;for by how much 
more flefh or skin is left upon the ends of the bones,by fo much they are the fooner healed and cicatri- 
zed.The fecond is,for that it prohibits the flux of blond by prefling and (hutting up the veins and arte- 
ries.The third is,for that it dulls the fenfe of the part by ftupefying it, the animall fpirits by the ftrait 
comprefling being hindred from palling. in by the Nerves. Wherefore when youhave made your 1 iga- 
ture, cut the fldh even to the bone with a (harpe and well cutting inciiion knife, or with a crooked 
knife,fuch as is here exprefled. 
The Liga- 
ture of the 
pan. 
A crooked knife fit for difmembringjor a difmembring kpife 
The Figure offich a Saw. 
Now you muft notqthat there ufually lies between the bones,a portion of certain mufcles which 
you cannot eafily cut with a large mcifion or difmembring knife; wherefore you muft carefully di- 
vide it and feparate it wholly from the bone,with an inftrument made neatly like a crooked mcifion b 
knifc.I thought good to adyertife thee hereof; for if thou (honldeft leave aily thing bolides the bone 
to be divided by the Saw,you would put the Patient to exceffive pain.in the performance thereof; for 
oft things, as flelh, tendons and membranes, cannot be eafily cut with a Saw. Therefore when you 
(hall come to the bared bone,all the other parts being wholly cut afunder and divided,you frail nim- 
bly divide it with a little Saw about fome foot and three inches long, and that as near to the found 
flclh as you can. And then yoti muft fmooth the front of the bone which the Saw hath made rough. 
A canuon t® 
be obferved> 
CHAP. XX. How to ftanch the bleeding when the member if taken off. 
Hen you have cut off and taken away the memberjet it bleed a little according to the ftrength 
of the Patient,that fo the reft of the part may afterwards be lefle obnoxious to inflammation 
and other fymptomes;Then let the veins and arteries be bound up as fpeedily and ftraitly as 
you can ; that fo the courfe of the flowing blood may be flopped and wholly ftayed. Which 
may be done by taking hold of the veflels with your Crows the figure follows. 
G g 2 Lib. is. 
340 
Of Contufions and Gangrenes, 
'Ihe Crowes beakjit pr to draw the veflells forth of the flcfb wherein they lye hidjhat fo they may be tyed or bound faft. 
The ends of the vef- 
fells lying hid in the 
fleflynuft betaken hold 
of and drawn with this 
inftrurnent forth of the 
mufcles whereinto 
they prefently after the 
amputation withdrew 
I themfelvcs, as all parts 
are ftillufed to with- 
draw themfelvcs to- 
wards their originalls. In performance of this work,you need take no great care,if you together with 
the veflells comprehend fome portion of the neighbouring parts, as of the flefh, for hereof will enfue 
no harmejbut the veflells will fo be confolidated .with the more eafe, than if they being bloodlefle 
parts Ihould grow together by themfelves. To conclude, when you have fo drawn them forth, bind 
them with a ftrong double thred. 
Howro 
draw forth 
the veffells 
and bind 
them. 
CHAP. XXI. How after the blood is ftanched, you muft drefte the wounded member• 
How the 
lips of the 
difrnem. 
bred part 
are to be 
joined toge« 
ther. 
Hen you have tyed the Veflells,loofe yotir Ligature which you made above the place of am- 
putationjthen draw together the lips of the wound with four ftitches made acrofle having 
taken good hold ofthe flefhjfor thus you (hall draw over the bones that part of the skin and 
cut mulcles drawn Opwards before the amputation, and cover them as dole as you can that 
fo the air may the lefle come at them,and that fo the wound may be the more fpeedily agglutinated. 
But when we lay,draw together the lips of the wound with four ftitches, you muft not fo underftand 
it,as that you muft endeavour, to draw them fo clofe as to touch each other,for that is impoflible • for 
the ftitches would fooner break out,and fo the part would lye bare. Wherefore it will be fufficient to 
draw them indifferent clofe together,that fo you may fuffer the skin and flefh thereunder to enioy its 
former liberty which it pofleft before the drawing up, and fo in fine by natures afliftance, the wound 
may be the more ealily agglutinated. 
CHAP. XXII. How you muft flop the bleedingftf any of the bound up veffells chance to get loofe. 
He bufinefs hitherto being performed as we faid,if peradventure it happen that any bandage 
of any of the veflels be unloofed3then muft you again bind the member with that kind of Li- 
gature which you did before the amputation thereof.Or elfe, which is better3more eafieand 
lefle painfulljletyour fervant take hold of the member with both his hands., prefling his 
fingers ftrait,ftop the paflage of the looted veflell3for fo he may ftanch the bleeding. Then 
let the work-mafter take a needle Lome four fingers long,fquare,and having lharp edges,drawing after 
it a three or four doubled ftrong thred.With this let him bind the veflell after the following manner. 
Let himthruft his needle on the outfide into the flefli,fome half fingers breadth from the looted veflell 
untill he come to the end thereoi/hen let him put it about it,and bring it back, again,but fo that there 
be no more than the fpace of a fingers breadth between the going in, and coming forth of the needle. 
In this fpace let him put a linnen rag three or four times doubled,and thereupon bind fomewhat ftrait 
the two ends of the thred together. For fo he (hall hinder the knot from hurting theflelh which lies 
under it in the bindings,and alfo add ftrength thereto. For fo the bound up orifice of the veflell 
will in fhort fpace be agglutinated to the adjoyning fle(h,and that fo firmly,that there hath never been 
feen any one drop of blood to have flowed from a veflell fo bound up. But if the blood which flows 
forth proceed from any fmall veflell, you muft not ufe this future and ligature, nor make any 
fuch great matter thereof; for it will quickly be ftanched by the only application of Aftringents pre- 
fently to be mentioned. b r 
The He- 
morrhagic 
of froali vef- 
fels is notto 
be regarded. 
C H AP. XXI IL How toperform the reft due of the cure of the amputated member. 
Ar empla- 
ftick medi- 
cine. 
Ow muft we (hew what medicins are fitting to be applyed after the amputation of a member; 
wparc Emplafticks,as thefe which exceedingly conduce to green wounds. As R boli arm. 
cnjnia [ubtilijj'.&fimul mixtis fiatpulvir, herewith 
j r. r . uthe wound be ftretved,and lay thereupon dry Lint; but let the following repercuffive or 
defenfitive be applyed to the member. R Album ovorum vj.boli arm. [ang.drac.^pftiterra ftgill.aloesjnafiichesy 
redigantur bene agitenturaddenda olei rofarum&imrtil. an.Zj.fiatdefen- 
fitivum ad jormammelln. This ointment muft be applyed uponftoops dipped in Oxycrate, and that fo 
thatitmaynotonly cover thecut member; but alfo be fpread further and cover the neighbouring 
paitsjas when the Leg is cut off,it muft be laid upon the joint, and fpread higher than the knee.fome 
Jour fingers upon the thigh;forit hath not only a repercuflive faculty,but it alfo ftrengthens the part, 
hinders defluxion by tempering the blood,aflwaging pain,and hindring inflammation. It will alfo be 
to moiften your double cloths and bandages in Oxycrate; then muft you place the member in an 
7 ?on k pil TLyith, oaten huskes or chaffe> Stags hair, or wheat bran. It 
m ft not be ftiried after the firft drcfling ( unlefs great neceflity urge ) for four dayes in winter, but 
fomewhat 
Arepercuf' 
five. 
How to 
place the 
member & 
how often 
co drefs it. Lib.12, 
Of Contufions and Gangrenes 
341 
fbmewhat (boner in fummer.For the ligatures wherewith the vefiells are bound,they muft not be Ioo« 
fed,or otherwife taken away,before the mouthes of the vefiells are covered with their glue or flc(h,lcft 
by too much haft you caufe a new flux of blood. This agglutination will be performed by applying 
refrigerating,aftringent,and emplaftick medicins,fuch as this following powder, fy.boli arm.far indoor d., 
Aloes,nucum incorpor'ehtur. omnia ftmu I,fiat pulvis fubtilis: herewith f 
let the whole.ulcer be brewed over far three or four dayes fpace; which being ended, let only the (eats '• 
of the vefiells be powdred therewith,and that for eight or tcndayes,fo that we need no further doubt 
of the agglutination of the vefiells. Jn the mean (pace let the digeftivebe applyedtothe reft of the 
Ulcer untill it be come to fuppuration ; for then you (hall give over yoijr digeftive, and be- 
take you to deterfive and mundificative medicins: As Be- terebinth, ven. lot# in aquavit# I 
wellis rof. colati 5iiij- fucci plantag. Apii, centaur, minoris, an. $ij. bulliant omnia ftmul ulque ad con- 
fwnptionem fuccorum, auferantur ab igne, addenda farin#fqb. &hord. an. |j, theriae.Gal.% ft.aloes, myrrh#, arifto- \ 
ty.fiat mundificativum. But feeing the cafe hands fo that the Patients imagin they have d 
their members yet entire,and yet do complain thereof (which 1 imagin to come to pafs, for. that the c! 
cut nerves retire themfelves towards their original!, and thereby cauie a pain like to convulfions 5 for 
as Galen writes in his book. De motu mufculorum, that contraction is the true and proper aftion of a 1 
nerve and mufele.-and again,extenfion is not fo much an action as a motion:) now wc muft indeavour 
to give remedy to this iymptomc. Which may be done by anointing the fpine of the back and all the 1 
affeftedpart with the following Liniment,which is very powerful againft Convulfions, the Palfie,num-.' 
nefs and all cold effects of the nervous bodies. R falvi£,cham#pyt!:cos,maj&ran£,rorifm.ar. menth. riii#, la- , 
hyperici,an.fi.ij. bpfcarum lauri & juniper i . 
rethri olei lumbr.'aneth. catell. an. |vj. olei terebinth.ifiiftaxung. 
%].vini albiodoriferi lib.j.cer# quantum fufftcit,contundenda contundantur, pulverijanda pulver ifentur, 
deinde macerentur amnia invino per no3cm,poftea coquantur cum oleis & axungiaprsdifiis invafe- duplici,fiat lini- 
mer.tum fecundum artem.infine adde aqu# vit£ 5 iiij, Efefides, in drcfling thefe wounds, the Chirurgeon muft 
ufe diligence to procure the falling away of the ends or fcales of the bones, which the faw and the ap- 
pulfe of the air never before coming hereto, have tainted which may be done by applying to their 
ends a&uall cauteries,that is, hot irons,in tiling of which you muft have a fptciall care that you touch 
not the fenfible parts with fire ■, neither muft tlje bones themfelves be forcibly pluckt off, but gently 
moved by little and little,fo that you (hall think you and the i' Patient have exceedingly well perfor- 
med your parts ifthey fall away at. the thirtieth day after the Amputation. All thefe things being per- 
formed,you (hall hinder the growth of proudflefh with the cathaereticks, (uch as are burnt vitfioll,thc 
powder of Mercury,and other things, amongft which is Alum burnt and powdered, which is excel- 
Jent in thefe kind of wounds,whether by it felf or mixed with.others. You (hall ufe thefe and fuchi 
like,even unto the perfect agglutination and cicatrization of the wound, and you may of your felt 
devife other things,fuch as thefejas occafion (hall offer its felf. 
An cmpki- 
ilick pow- 
der. 
Dererfives.1 
Why after 
difmembring 
rhe Patients 
com > Iain 
of p as if 
the part 
' were yet 
; remaining 
on. 
An oint- 
ment for 
rhefpins oi? 
the back a- 
gain ft all , 
a'teflsofthe 
nerves; 
How to 
procure the 
falling a- 
way of rhe 
ends of the 
bones. 
Cathasre* 
ticks. 
• * ■- - ■' . ' - t . f . i J 
CHAP.' XXII11. J7hat juft occafton moved the Author to devife this now form of remedy ,to ftanch the blood af- 
ter the amputation of a member, and to forfake the common way ufed almoft by all Chirurge- 
ons j which is, by application of afiuall cauteries 
irily I confefs,! formerly have ufedto ftanch the bleeding of members after amputation, after 
another manner than that I have a little before mentioned. Whereof Jam alhamed, and a- 
grieved-,Biit what fhould I do ? I have obftrved my mailers whole method I intended to fol- ' 
low,alwaies to do the like;who thought themftlvcs Angularly well appointed to ftanch a 
ilux of blood, when they were furnilhcd with various ftore of hot Irons and cauftick medicins,wllich 
they would ufe to the difmembred part,now one,then another,as they themftlyes thought meet.Which 
thing cannot be fpoken,orbut thought upon without great horror, much lefle afted.For this kind of 
remedy could not but bring great and tormenting pain to the Patient, feeing fuch frelh wounds made 
in the quick and found flefh are endued with exquifite ftnfe. Neither can any'cauftick be applyed to 
nervous bodies,but that this horrid impreflion of the fire will be prefentiy communicated to the in- 
ward parts,whence horrid lyniptonies enfue,& oft-times death it felf.And verily of Inch as. were burnt, 
the third part fcarfe ever recovered,and that with much adoe,for that combuft wounds difficultly come 
to cicatrization ; for by this burning are cauftd cruell pains,w hence aFeavcr, Convulfion,and oft- 
times other accidents worfe than theft. Adde hereunto,that when the efchar fell away, oft-times a new 
haemorrhage enfiied, for ftanching whereof they-were forced to uft other cauftick and burning Inftru- 
ments.Neither did theft good men know any other courft j fo by this repetition there was great Ioffe 
and waft made of the flcfhy and nervous fubftancc of the part. Through which occafion the bones were 
laid bare, whence many were out of hope of cicatrization, being forced for the remainder of theft 
wretched life to carry about<an ulcer upon that part which was difmembred ; which alfo took away 
the opportunity of fitting or putting to of an artificial! leg or arm in Head of that which was taken 
off. Wherefore I mull earneftly entreat all Chirurgepns, that leaving this old,and too too cruell way 
healing,they would embrace this new,which I think was taught me by the ipediall favour of the 
Tacred Deity,for I learnt it not of my ra liters, nor ofany other, neither have I at any time found it ufed 
by any .Only I have read in Galen* that there was no fpeedier remedy for ftanching of blood, than to 
bind the veflells through which it flowed towards their roots, to wit,the Liver and Heart. This pre- 
cept ofGtZrn,of binding and fowing the Veins and Arteries in the new wounds,when as I t hought it 
might be drawn to theft which are made by the amputation of members,! attempted it in maiiy; yet fo 
that at firft in my budding practife thereof, I alwayes had my cauteries and hot Irons in a read/nefle, 
Gg 3 that 
Hot Irons 
not to be 
ufcd. 
Lib.'yMetK 342 
Of Contufiom and Gangrenes 
Lib.j 2. 
that if any thing happened otherwift then I expe&ed in this my neW work,I might fetch fiiccour from 
the ancient praftice, untill at length confirmed by the happy experience of almoft an infinite number 
of particulars,I bid eternally adieu,to all hot Irons find cauteries which were commonly ufed in this 
work.And I think it fit that Chirurgeons do the like, f or antiquity and cuftome in fuch things as arc 
performed by Art,ought not to have any fway,authority or place contrary to reafon,as they oft- times 
have in civill affairesjwherefore let no man fay unto us,that the Ancients have alwayes done thus. 
CHAP. XXV. The pra&ifecfthe former precepts it declared, together with a memorable 
hifiory of a certain fouldier,whoje arm was takeoff at the Elbow. 
A Hiftory. 
Think it fit to confirm by an example the prefcribed method of curing a Gangrene and 
Mortification. Whilft I was Chirnrgeon to the Marlhall of Monte) an at 'Iwrin, a certain 
common fouldier received a wound on his wrift with a musket bullet,by which the bones 
and tendons being much broken, and the nervous bodies cruelly torn, there followed a 
Gangrene and at length a mortification even to the Elbow; befides alfo an inflammation 
feifed up on the middle part of his Cheft, and there was as it were a certain difpofition to a Gangrene, 
Whereby it followed that he was painfully and dangeroufly troubled with belchings, hickettings, 
Watchings,unquietnefle and frequent fwoundings,which occafioned many Chirurgeons to leave him 
as defperate. But it fo fell out, that I orecome by his friends intreaty, undertook the cure of this 
wretched perfon,deftitute of all humane help. Wherefore knowing the mortification by its figns,I cut 
off the arm by the elbow as fpeedily as I rcould, making firft the ligature, whereof I made mention; 
I fay Itookitoffnotwithafaw, but only with an incifion knife, cutting in funder the ligaments 
which held the bones together,becaufe the fphacell was not paffed the joint of the Elbow'. Neither 
ought this ieftion to be counted ftrange,which is made in a joint; for Hippocrates much commends it, 
and faith that it is eafily healed,& that there is nothing to be feared therein befides fwounding,by rea- 
fon of the pain cauled by cutting the common tendons & ligaments. But fuch incifion being made,the 
former ligature could not hinder,but much blood muft flow from thence,by reafon of the large veflrls 
that run that way .Wherefore I let the blood to flow plentifully fo to disburden the part,and fo after- 
wards to free it from the danger and fear of inflammation and a Gangrene ; then prefently I ftanched 
the blood with an hot Iron,for as yet I knew no other courfe.Then gently loofing the ligature I fcari- 
fie that part of the brawn of the Arm which was gangrenated, with many and deep incifions, (hunning 
and not touching the inner part,by reafon of the multitude of the large veflels and Nerves which run 
that wayjthen I prefently applyed a cautery to fome of the incifions,both to ftanch the bleeding, and 
draw forth the virulent pnzej which remained in the part. And then I aflailed and overcame the fprea- 
ding putrefaftion by 'putting and applying the formerly prefcribed medicins ; lufedallfortsofrc- 
ftriftive medicins,to ftay the inflammation of the Cheft; I al(b apply cd Epithema's to the region of 
theheart,and gave him cordial potions and boles,neitheir did 1 defift from ufing them untill fuch tirtie 
ns his belching, hicketting and fwoundings had left him. Whilft I more attentively intended thefc 
things,another mifehief aflails my Patient,to wit,Convulfions,and that not through any fault of him 
or me,but by the naughtinefle of the place wherein he lay, which was in a Barn every where full of 
chinks and open on every fide, and then alfo it was in the midft of winter raging with froft andfnow 
and all forts of cold jneither had he any fire or other thing ncceflary for prefervation of life, to leflen 
thefe injuries of the air and place; Now his joints were contrafted, his teeth fet, and his mouth and 
face were drawn awry, when as I pitying his cafcmade him to be carried into the neighbouring Sta- 
ble which fmoaked with much horfe dung,and bringing in fire in two chafendifhes, I prefently anoin- 
ted his neck and all the fpine ofhisback,(hunning the parts of the Cheft,with liniments formerly de- 
fcribed for convulfions; then ftraight way I wrapped him in a warm linnen cloth, and buried him 
even to the neck in hot dung, putting a little frefh ftraw about him; when he had ftayed there fome 
three dayes, having at length a gentle (couring or flux of his belly, and plentifull fweat,he begun by 
little and little to open his mouth and teeth which before were fet and dole (hut. Having got by this 
means fome opportunity better to do my bufinefle,! opened his mouth as much as 1 pleafed,by putting 
this following Inftrument between his teeth. 
bring at a 
joint. 
de Art. 
Burying in 
hot horfe 
dung helps 
Convul- 
sions. 
A D i loter made for to open the mouth and teeth by the means of a/crew in the end thereof. 
Now drawing out 
the Inftrument I kept 
)his mouthiopen by 
putting in a willow 
flick on each fide 
therof3that fo I might 
the more cafily feed 
him with meats foon 
made, as with Cows 
milk and rear egs,un- 
till he had recovered 
power to eat,the con- 
vulfion having left 
him.He by this means 
freed from the Con- 
, .. „ vulfion, I then again 
begun the cure of his arm,and with an aStuall cautery fear the end of the bone, fo to dry up the per- 
petuall Lib.13. 
343 
petuall afflux of corrupt matter. It is not altogether unworthy of your knowledg,that he faid,how 
that he was wondroully delighted by the application of fitch actual! cauteries, a certain tickling 
running the whole length of the arm by reafon of the gentle diffulion of the heat by the applying the 
cauftickjwhich fame thing I haveobferved in many others; efpecially in fuch as lay upon the like oc- 
cafion in the Hofpitall of Pari-s> After this cauterizing there fell away many and large fcalesofthe 
bone,the freer appulfe of the air than was fit making much thereto; befides when there was place for 
fomentation,with the decofuoa of red Role leaves, Wo rmwood,Sage,Bay leaves, flowers of Camomil, 
Melilote, Dill, I fo comforted the part that I alfo at the Fame time by the fame means drew and took 
away thclvirulent which firmly adhered to the flclh and bones. Laftly, it came to pafle, that by 
Gods afliftance,thcfe means I uled,andmy carefull diligence,he at length recovered.Wherefore I would 
admonifh the young Chirurgeon,that he never account any fo defperate,as to give him for loft,content 
to have let him gdhvith prognofticks ; for as an ancient Doftor writes; that as in Nature,fo in difeafts 
there are alfo Monfters. Tbe End of the Twelfth Book. 
A 
rion for a 
Convid- 
fion. 
Monflers o. 
miracles in 
difeafes. 
Of Vleers, Fiflulas, and Hzmorrboides. 
THE THIRTEENTH BOOK. 
C H A p. I. Of the hatute, caufes and differences of Ulcers. 
Aving already handled and treated of the nature., differences, caufes, figns and 
cure offrefh and bteody wounds,reafon and order item to require that we now 
fpeak of Ulcers; taking our beginning from the ambiguity of the nanje.For ac- 
cording to name of Ulcer moft generally taken may fignifie all 
or any folutiori of Continuity; In which fenfc it is read that all pain is an Lil- 
cer.Generally,for a wound and Ulcer properly fo called; as appears by hL 
Book, de Flceribw. Properly, as when he faith,it is a fign ot death when an Ul- 
cer is dryed up through an Jtrophia&i' defeft ofnourilhment. We have here de- 
termined to fpeak of an Ulcer in this laft and proper lignification. And according thereto we define an 
Ulcer to be the folution of Continuity in a foft part,and that not bloody, but fordid and unpure, 
flowing with quitture, Sanies or any fuch like corruption,affociated with one or more affefts againft 
nature, which hinder the healing and agglutination thereof; or that we may give you it in fewer 
Words according to Galens opinion; An ulcer is a folution of Continuity,caufcd by Erofion.The cau- 
fes of Ulcers are either intcrnall or externail. The internall are through the default of humors peccant 
in quality rather than in quantity,or elle in both, and lb making erolion in the skin and Ibfter parts 
by their acrimony and malignity; now thefe things happen either by naughty and irregular diet, or 
by the ill difpoiition of the entrails,lending forth and emptying into thchabit of the body this their 
ill difpofure. The externail caufes are,the excefle of cold feifing upon any part, efpecially more re- 
mote from the fountain of heat,whence follows pain,whereunto fucceeds an attraction of humors and 
Ipirits into the part,and the corruption of thefe fo drawn thither by reafon of the debility or extirifti- 
on of the native heat in that part,whence laftly ulceration proceeds.In this number of externail caufes 
may be ranged,a ftroak,contufion,the application of fharp and acrid medicins, as caufticks, burns ; a. 
allo impure contagion,as appears by the virulent ulcers acquired by the filthy copulation or too fa 
miliar converfation of fuch as have the French difeafe. How many and what the differences of Ulcer 
are,you may fee here defcribed in this following Scheme. 
The divers 
acceptions 
of an Ulcer. 
'Sent.34.fefa 
2dib.de 
frail. 
Sefi.l.yrGgi 
What an 
Uker pro- 
perly is. 
Lib.de cea- 
ftit» Artis 
capi 6. 
The intern*} 
allcaufes. 
The extern* 
all caafes. 
A Tabic of the differences of Ulcers. 
An Vker k an impure filutfon of continuity in a foft part. flowin' with filth and matter or other corruption, whereof 
there are two chief differences-, for one 
rlsftmple andfolitary without complication of any other affeft againfl nature, and this varies in 
Proper,which are ufually drawn from three things ; to wit, 
Kound or circular. 
} Sinuous,and variously fptead- 
'(Right, or oblique. 
Cornered as triangular. 
Figure}whence one Fleet, 
is called 
Quantity, <tnd that ei- 
ther according to their 
I Equality or inequality1 
\-which conjifts 
Length', whence anVlcer is long,fbort,indifferent, 
whence anVlcer is broad,narrow,indifferent. 
Profundity- wahfn/'/> tin <7)lc.f>r it deet)»lat>erficiaiy,indifferent- 
Inthoje differences of dimensions whereof we laft treated,! fty in 
.length,breadth and profundity ,wherein they are either alike or oj 
the fame elCe unlike and Io of a different manner.  and H<emorrboidef. 
LtB.iq*. 
344 
i Or common and accidental, andtheje drawn, either 
"From their time ; whence anVlcer is tearmednew, old, of (bort or long cure and duration. 
From their appearance; whence me is called an apparent Vlcer;anc,ther a hidden and occult Vlcer. 
Front their maimer of generation; as if it be made by a heavy, bruifing, cutting, pricking or corroding 
thing-, whence a cut,torn andmixt Vlcer. i „ r irr. 
From their ftte-, whence anVlcer before,behind,above,below,in the head,tail,or beUyofa Mufcle. 
From that part itfeifes upon, whence an Ulcer in theflefb and skin,or feeding upon thcgnftles or boner, 
fuch ns the fe of the nole,the point of the mouth, and cars. 
From other common accidents-, whence a lelephian Vlcer; that is,fuchanVlcer as Telephus had. A Chi- 
nr.ian,which needs the hand and art of Chiron. A Conchy ous,mich rcjembles f Cancer. 
'Is Catarrhoickyr that a 
or depletion of il!humor Catarw3or poifon 
*cheri(bes or feeds. 
| With the caufe9whence 
l an Ulcer 
Withthedifeafe, as 
from 
With the Symptoms/whence, a corroding,eating,painful/,fordid and virulent Ulcer 
With the caufe and difeafe, " J 
With the caufe and Symptoms, 
With the difeafe and Symptome, 
With the caufe,difeafe, and Symptoms. 
Is compound 
and many and 
wariouswayes 
complicated, as 
T)iftetnper whether jtnqle or compound, whence 
an Vlcer is 
Swelling orStumor, whence c 
Solution of continuity3 er any other difeommodity, whence a 
tough,callous,fifluloiw,cavernous3/inuoui Vlcer, with lux at i- 
• ■ ■ ■ ■ 
Het. 
paid. 
Dry. 
} Moi ft. 
Mixt. 
* Pblegmonow 
\Eryfipelow 
r Oedematow 
fScinbow 
.Canc'Tow 
Dicer. 
Examples whereof may be taken from 
that we have formerly delivered. 
C H A P. 11. Of the figns officers. 
The fignsof 
a putrid 
Ulcer. 
are. jailoys fighs of Ulcers, according to their differences. For it is the fign of apUtrid 
Ulcer.it it exhale a noyfbme,grievous,ftinking and carion-like vapour,together with filthy 
matter. An eating Ulcer is known by the eating in, hollownefle and wearing away of the 
part wherein it refides,together with the adjoining parts. A fordid Ulcer may be known by 
the grofneffe and viicidity of the excrements it fends forth,and by the loofeand fpongy l*oftnefle,or the 
cnifled inequality of the flefh which grows over it. A cavernous Ulcer, by the ftraitneffe of the orifice, 
and largeneffe and deepneffe of the windings within. A fiftulous Ulcer, if to thelaft mentioned figns 
theie accicwa callous naiunefle of the Ups or fides ofthe Ulcer.A cancrous Ulcer is horrible to behold 
with the lips turned bacK,hard and fwoln, flowing with virulent and flinking corruption,and fome- 
times ado with bloody matter,together with the fwelling and lifting up of the adjacent veins.An un- 
temperate,or as tney term it,a di (tempered Ulcer, is fuch as is nourished by fome great diftemper whe- 
thcr hot or c°kf)tnoiflor dry,or compounded of theft. An ill * natured or malign Ulcer is 'known by 
the difficulty of curing and rebellious contumacy to remedies appointed according to Art and reafon. 
We knowa catairhqus U.cei, if the matter which feeds it flow to it from fome varices thereunto ad- 
dilated,fWoLcn and broken veins,or from fome entrail, or from the whole body being ill 
affected. An Apoflumatous Ulcer is perceived by the preftnee of any tumor againft nature, whole 
Kind may be found out by fight and handling. Telephian Ulcers,are fuch as affefted Telepbus, and Chiro- 
whoic cure excelled) are Ulcers which may be known by their magnitude not much 
putrid,and confequently riot fending forth any ill fmcll,not eating, not tormenting with pain, but 
aving tacn lips fwoln and hard,and therefore ill to be healed. For although they may be /bmetimes 
Cicatrize .yewit being but (lender may eafily be broken,and the Ulcer renewed. They are almoft like 
lVc\atet Cancel,biiL that they are accompanied with fwelling in the adjacent parts; they are alfo 
» one,t'lan t le e,w alc ten)icd Crfcodhejthat is,ill natured,or malign ; whence it is that Fernelius 
lougiut cy ia a hidden caufe of malignity, befides the common default of the humor, and that 
i .ch as can fcarle be driven away;fuch commonly are felt after the plague.Wherefore Galen thinks fuch 
to be malign as will not Hippurate or yeeld any quitture. 
Gal.cap.'Q 
lib.Metho 
★View ca. 
eoethes. 
Cam.ad a? 
fbor. 23. 
CHAP. III. Of the Prognofticks officers. 
He bone muft neceflanly fcale, and hollow fears be left by malign Ulcers of a years conti- 
nuance or longer,and rebellious to medicins fitly applycd. The bone muft fcale by reafon 
O. die continual! afflux,and wearing by the acrimony of the humor, which loofes the 
compofure and glue by which the parts thereof are joined together. But the fears muft be- 
. . c°n}e hollow, for that the bone(whence all the flefh takes its firft original!) or fome por- 
tion thereof, being taken from under theflefly as the foundation thereof, fo much of the bulk of the 
flelh Lib.13. 
OfOlcerSjFiftula s/tnd Htfinorrb aides'* 
345 
flefh muft neceffarily fink do wn,as the magnitude of the portion of the wafted bone comes unto. 
You may know that death is at hand,when the Ulcers that arife in or before difeafes, arefuddainly 
either livid ordryed,or pale and withered.For filch drinefs (hcweth the deleft of nature, which is not 
able to fend the familiar and accuftomed nutriment to the part ulcerated. But the livid or pale colour 
is not only an argument of dhe overabundance ofcholer and melancholy, but alfo of the extinftion of 
the native heat.ln Ulcers where tumors appear,the patients fuller no convulsions, neither arefrantickj 
for the tumor being in the habit of the body poflelled with an Ulcer, argues that the nervous parts 
and their originall are free from the noxious humors.But thefe tumors fuddainly vanifhing and with- 
out manifeft caufe,as without application of a dilculling medicin,or bleeding, 'thofe who have them on 
their backs have convullions and diftenfions, for that the fpine of the back is almoft wholly 
but fuchas have them on their fore parts,become either frantick, or have a (harp pain of their fide, or 
pleurifie,or elfe a dyfentery if the tumors be reddilh ; for the forepart of the body is replenifhed and 
overlpread with many and large veflells,into whole p»aflages the morbifick matter being tranflated-js 
prefently carryed to thele parts which arc the feats of fuch dileafes. Soft and loofe tumors in Ul- 
cers are good,for they (hew amildnefs and gentlenefs of the humors, but crude and hard Iwtilings are 
naughtffor all digeftion in fome meafure refembles elixation. Ulcers which arc fmooth and (hining 
are ill,for they (hew that there refides an humor malign by its acrimony,which frets afimder the roots 
of the hairs, and depraves the naturall conftruftion of the pores of the skin ; whence it is that fuch as 
are troubled with Quartain agues,the Leprofie or Lues have their hair fall off. A livid flelh 
is ill in Ulcers which catife a rottennefs or corruption of the bones lying under the flelh j for it is an 
argument of the dying heat and corruption of the bone,whence the flelh hath its originall & integrity. 
Thefe Ulcers which happen by occafion of any difeaie, as a Dropfie, are hard to be cured ; as alfo 
thofe whereinto a varix or fwoln veflell continually calls in matter; which a prefent diftempcr fo- 
nientsjwhich have fwoln,hard and callous lips;and fiich as are circular or round. An Hyptr farcer, or 
flelhy excrel'cence ufually happens to Ulcers not diligently mundified $ and ifthey poflels the arms or 
Legs,they caufe a Phlegmon or fome other tumor in the groins,chiefly if the body be full of ill humo rs, 
as Avicen hath noted. For thele parts by reafon of their rarity and weaknels are fit and fubjeft to de- 
fluxions.Yf'«cr<r/n writes that for ninecaules Ulcers are difficultly replenifhed with flelh and cicatri- 
zed. The firft for want of blood,in a bloodlefle body ;the fecond by reafon of ill humors and the im- 
purity of the blood-,the third by the unfit application of unconvenient medicins jthe fourth by rea- 
fon of the fordidnefs of the fifth by the putrefaftion of the foft and cariou-like flelh encom- 
yafling the Ulcer;the fixth when they take their originall from a common caufe which every where 
rages with fury,fuch as are chofe which are left by the peftilence; the feaventh by reafon of the callous 
hardnefs of the lips of the Ulcer. The eighth when the heavens and air are of fuch condition as mini- 
fters fuell to the continuance of the Ulcer,as at Sarogozain Aragons the ninth when the bones which 
lye under it are wafted by rottennefs. An Ulcer that calls forth white, Imooth, equall quitture, and 
little or no (linking,is cafil)healed;for it argues the viftory of the native heat, and the integrity of 
the folid parts.Wc terms that fmooth quitture which is abfolutely concofted, neither yeelds any aipe- 
rity to the touch,whereby we might lulpeft that as yet any portion of the humor remains crude; we j 
call that equall wherein you can note no diverlity of parts;8c white not that which is perfeftly fo, but ( 
that which is of an a(h colour,as Galen obferves. But it is ill,ifwhen the curefis indifferently forward, 
a flux of blood fuddainly break forth in thofe Ulcers which beat ftrongly by reafon of the great in-- 
flammation adjoyned therewith. For as Hippocrates obferves, aneffufion of blood happening upon a 
ftrong puliation in Ulcers is evill-, for the blood breaking out of an Artery cannot be ftayed but by 
force;andalfo this blood is fo furious by reafon of the heat and inflammation the nourifhers of this 
Ulcer that it breaks its receptacles,and hence enfiies the extinftion of the native heat, whencethede- 
feft ofluppuration and a Gangrene enlues. Now for that there flowes two forts of excrements from 
malign Ulcers,the more thin is tearmed Ichor or pnzei,but the more grofle is named jordes'7 that is viru- 
lent and flowes from pricked nerves, and the periaflea when they are evill affeftedfout the other ufually 
flowes from the Ulcers of the joints, and it is the worler if it be black,reddi(h, afh-coloured,if muddy 
or unequall like wine Lees,if it ftink.S'rfMzej is like the water wherein flefli hath been walked 5 itargues 
the preternatural! heat o f the part, but when it is pale coloured, it is faid to (hew the extinftion of 
the heat. 
Hip.progn; 
lib.i .cap.Si 
A ph.6 
feS.6. 
ulc.Gdl.capa 
Me th .4' 
Forwhsc 
caufes Ul- 
cers a re 
hard to 
heal. 
What pwoi 
matter is 
ftnooth,e» 
quail and 
white. 
Jdfentent' •< 
S2.fei}.2'de 
Aph.21. 
Two forts 
ofexcie- 
tnentsflow 
from a mat' 
lign UlceroJ 
C H A P. I V. Of the General! cure of Fleers* 
N Ulcer is either Ample or compound.A Ample Ulcer,as an Ulcer hath one and that a Ample 
indication, that is, exficcationjand that more than in a wound, by how much an Ulcer is 
moifter than a wound.There are many indications propofed for the cure of a compound Ul- 
cer, in refpeft of which Galen would have*us to keep this order, that we have the firft regard 
of the moft urgent,then of the caufe,then ofthat, which unlefle it be taken away,thc Ulcer.canl]ot^e 
healed. By giving you an example you may eafily underftand the meaning.hereof. Imagin on the infide 
of the Leg a little above the ancle,an Ulcer very painfull, hollow, aflociated with the rotten- 
nefle of the bone,circular,having hard and fwoln Lips, and engirt with the inflammation and 
of the neighbouring parts.If you take this to cure, before you do any thing about the Ulcer, unlefle 
you be called upon by that which urges,as by vehemency of pain,you muft firft ufe generall means by 
calling and advifing with a Phy fitian;For in Galens opinion,if the whole body require a preparation, 
then muft that be done in the firft place;for in fome Ulcers purgation only will be fuflicient 5 in iome 
blooddettingjothers arc better by ufing both means,which is as the caufe of the Ulcer proceeds from a 
The curing 
of a .fimplc 
Ulcer con-' 
(iftsinex- $ 
ficcarion. 
(ial.7 WethJ 
Gal.lib.q. de 
compMetf 
J'ecund'ger,! 346 
Officers,Fiflular, and H<emorrboides. 
Lib.13. 
repletion or ilnefte ofhumors.Nowby thefe means having taken away the caufeof the Ulcer, you 
muft come to the particular cure thereof, beginning with that which is moft urgent. Wherefore you 
fnuft firft aflwage the pain by application of things contrary to the caufe thereof,as if it proceed from a 
Phlegmonous diftemper, which hath long pofleft, diftendedand hardned the part, it muft be eafedby 
evacuation.Firft, bathing it with warm water,to mollifie and relax the skin, that io you may the more 
eafily evacuate the contained humors; then fhall you draw away poition of the matter cau- 
fing the (welling and pain by fcarification,ifthe Patient (hall be of fufficient courage, or elfe by appli- 
cation of horfe-leaches if he be more faint-hearted ; and then you (hall temper the heat thereof by ap- 
plying ynguentum refrigerans Galeni. 1 o conclude,you (hall attempt all things which we have former- 
ly delivered (in our treatife of Tumors} to take away the fwelling thereof. When you have brought 
this to that pafle you defire,you (hall come to thofe which are fuch, that it cannot be taken away or 
healed without them, which fhall be done by orderly helping the defers againft nature which were 
conjoined with the Ulcer,to wi t,the rottennefic of the bone,which you fhall help by aftuall cauteries; 
and in the mean while you fhall draw the Ulcer into another form,to wit,cornered, and you fhall cut 
away the callous hardnefle, and help the rottennefic. Then muft you procure the falling away of the 
Efchar,and then provide for the fading of the bone by the means formerly prefcribed,laftly the mun- 
dified Ulcer muft be filled with flefh. For generating of flefh two caufes muft concur, the efficient,and 
materiall;The efficient is,the good temper both of the whole body, as alfo of the Ulcerated part. For 
this prevailing,there will be an attra&ion, digeftion,oppofition and aflimilation of the laudable juice 
to the part afiected;verily the laudable temper is preferved by like things,but the vicious is amended 
by contraries.The matter to be fpent upon Hefti is laudable blood,which offends neither in quality,nor 
quantity. In this regeneration of the flefh there appear two kinds of excrements, the one more thin 
and humid called S antes other more grofle termed Sordes. Both of thefe for that they are contrary 
to nature, do therefore hinder the regeneration of flefh,and therefore muft be taken away by applying 
their contraries,as by things drying in the firft degree, and more ftrongly or weakly detergen t, accor- 
ding to the complexion of the part and the whole body,and the plenty and quality ofthe excremen- 
titious humor,and the uncleannefs of the Ulcer. For the part muft be preferved by the ufe of the like, 
but the Ulcer orecome by application of things contrary thereto. After that by natures endeavour 
and the Chirurgeons help the ulcer is replete with flefh, it muft be cicatrized, that is,covered with a 
callous skin in ftead of the true and native skin. It may be cicatrized by ftrewing of very drying pow- 
dershaving very little or no acrimony .Thus Alum and Vitrioll being burnt& made into powder, and 
thinly ftrewed upon the part, do quickly cicatrize the former flefhy work. To this purpofe alfo ferve, 
the root of Aloes, burnt Lead, Pomegranat pills burnt, and alfo plates of 
Lead befineared with quick fil ver, whofe efficacy for this purpofe Chirurgeons fonietimes find more 
certain and powerfull than any other remedies. 
The things 
conducing 
to the ge- 
nerating of 
flefh. 
WhataScat 
is. 
Things 
caufing ci- 
catrization. 
CHAP. V. Of a diftempered Dicer. 
Signsofa 
diftenspe- 
red ulcer. 
Efore wefpeak ofadiftemperedulcer,it ismeet, left that the Chirurgeon take one diftemper 
for another,briefly to relate the flgns of each. You may know that an ulcer is aflbciated with 
a dry diftemper by your.(ight,as if the ulcer be as it were wrinkled,if it fend forth little or no 
moifturejalfo it is known by touch,ifit feel rough and hard. You (hall correct this diftemper 
by humefting medicins3as fomenting it with warm water according to Galens opinion,or elfe with 
B)drel<eum (z.) Oil and water mixt,but alwayes you muft firft purge, if the body (hall abound with ill 
humoiSjOr ufe Phlcbotomie if the body beplethorick 5 otherwife you fhall draw more humors into 
the part than it can bcar.Now you (hall fo long foment it, untill the flefh which is about it begin to 
look red,wax foft and.moift,and the part it felf be a little fwoln. Ifyou proceed further, you will re- 
folve all the humor which you have drawn thither,andfoyour labour is in vaine. After the fomenta- 
tion apply ftich a remedy to the ulcerated part. Bo cremork hordei in 
%ifi.melfa in mortario &fiat unguentum.* 
You (hall know a moift diftemper aflociates the ulcer by the plenty of the excrementitious humor, 
which the ulcer fends forth, by the fpongy and fungous foftnefle and growth of the flefh about it.You 
(hal amend this by drying remedies,fuch as thefe are,which we tearm farcoticks,having alwayes regard 
to the plenty of the hum or,the proper temper of the part,and other indications formerly mentioned. 
Amongft other remedies Galen much commends Alum water,for it dries,clenfes and corroborates the 
afle&ed part.Alfo this enfuing fomentation may be applyed to good purpofe. be- 
ton. tapfi barbati an.m.j.gallaruni9nucum cuprefii3an.3ij.alumina roch<e $fifiat decoflio in vino auftero3infiitHaturfo~ 
Then let Ltnpl.de cerufla or De tninio be applyed to the ulcer. Al(b I have found by experience that 
the powder of burnt alum lightly ftrewed upon the ulcer is very effedtuall in this cafe. You (hal know 
that an hot diftemper aflociates the ulcer by rednefs,or yellownefle thereof,by the heatmanifeft to your 
touch,and the propriety of your pain.Then muft you have recourfe to refrigerating things, fuch as 
ang.Rojatum Mel.DefrigeransGal.Populeoni ftoops and clothed dipped in Plantain water, Night-fhade 
water,or Oxy crate. I have oft found by experience that fcarification, or Leaches being applyed, did 
more conduce than any other remedy .E or (b the chafed blood,which by that means is apt to corrupt, 
is drawn away,and the part it felf is alfo freed of that burden. 
We know a cold diftemper by the whitifh or pale colour,by the touch oftheChirurgeon,and (peach 
of the Patient complaining of the coldnefle of the ulcerated part. You fhall correft this by applying 
arid putting bottles filled with Waterabout the part, or elfefwines bladders half filled with the fol- 
lowing deception, R, ori^ani3pukgii3 domain,nieliloti3an.m.fiabfinth.maioTan4s[alvi43rorifmar.an,in.fi.'fiat, 
decotfia 
Remedies 
for a dry 
diftetnpe- 
red ulcer. 
Signs ofroo 
moift an ul- 
cer. 
Gal.lib.i. 
fimp.cap.-j 
Signsof a 
hot diilem- 
pered ulcer. 
Signs of a 
cold di- 
fiempered 
tikcr. Lib. i 
OfV leers ,Fiftula s.,and H<emorrb aides 
347 
decMo ,nyim^nero[<,,Mendo viuqnod fufficit. Alfo the Ulcer may be conveniently fomented wit* 
fpnnDes dipped in the fame let there be applyed thereto Empl.OxjcmeL-,m» de mehlote- 
de 7 /£« cum mercummdjine mrrwrw.But if a mixt and compound diftemper be joined to the Ulcer the 
medians muft m like manner be mixt and compofed. The refidueof the Chirurgeons care and pains 
muft be (pent upon the proper and peculiar cure of the Ulcer,as it is an Ulcer; which wefaid in the 
former Chapter was contained in detcrfion,regenerating flelh and cicatrization thereof 
CHAP. V I. Of anVlcer with pain. 
Here oft-times fo great pain accompanied! Ulcers, that it calls thereto the counfell of the 
Phy litian. Wherefore if it proceed from any diftemper, it lhall be taken away by remedies 
proper againft that diftemper,fuch as we mentioned in the former Chapter. Bat it it do not 
fo ceafe,we muftgo on to Narco ticks. Such arecataplafms of the leaves of Mandrakes, Water 
lillics,Hcnbanc,Nightihade,Hemlock,the feeds of Poppy and oils of the lame; to which alfo may be ad- 
ded other things of like faculties.But ifa malign acrimony and virulency of an hu- 
mor corroding and eating the flelh lying under it and the lips about it,caufc and make the pain, you 
lhall neither allwage it by anodynes,nor Narcoticks; for by application of gentle medicins it will be- 
come worfe and worfe.Wherefore you muft betake you toCathsBreticks;For ftrong medicins are fitteft 
for ftrong difeafts.Wherefore let a pledget dipped in ftrong and more than ordinarily powerfull JE- 
gjptirtcawj, or in a little oil of Vitrioll,be applyed to the Ulcer;for thefe have power to tame this ra- 
ging pain,and virulent humors.In the mean feafon let refrigerating things be put about the Ulcer 
left the vehemencyof acrid medicins caule a defluxion. • ' j 
The feattci* 
ofNarcoi 
tick cat*, 
plafms. 
Cat hx re- 
ticks have 
power to af. 
fwage pain. 
C H xA. P. V11. Of Vleers with overgrowing or proudneffe offlefb. 
Leers have oft-times proud or overgrowing flefli in them, either by the negligence of the 
Chirurgeon,or fault of the Patient. Againft this,drying and gewtly eating or confuming me- 
dicins muft be applyed; fuch as are Galls,cortex thuris}Aloes, 'I'utia, Antimony, PompMix* Vi- 
triol],Lead,all of them burnt and walht if need require. Of thefe powders you may alfo make 
ointments with a little oil and waxjbut if the proud flefh,as that which is hard and denft,yeeld not to 
theft remedies,we muft come to caufticks,or elft to iron,fo to cut it off. For in Galens opinion, the ta- 
king away of proud flefli is no work of nature, fas thegenerating,reftoring and agglutinating of the 
flefh isjbut it is performed by medicins whirfh dry vehemently,or elfe by the hand of the Chirurgeon; 
Wherefore amongft the remedies fit for this operation,the powder of Mercury with Lome final 1 quanti- 
ty of burnt Alum, or burnt Vitriol alone,feem very effeftuall to mc.Now for the hard and callous lips 
of the Ulcer, they muft be mollified with medicins which have fuch a faculty,as with Calves, Goole, 
Capons or Ducks greaft,the oils ofLillies,fwect Almonds,Worms, Whelps, Oe/ipus, the mucilages of 
Marfh-mallows, Linfeed, Faenugreekfted, Gum Ammoniacum, Galbanum, which being mixed 
may be made Emplaifters,unguents,and liniments: or you [hall uft Empl. Diachylon, or de 
De Vigo cum tncrcurio. To conclude,after we have for fome few dayes ufed fiich like remedies, you may 
aPP1T to the Ulcer a plate of Lead rubbed over with Quickfilverj for this is very efleftuall to fmooth 
an Ulcer and deprefle the lips:ifyou fhall prevail nothing by this means, you muft come to the cau- 
ftickSjby which if you ftill prevail nothing, forthat the lips of the Ulcer are fo callous that the can- 
flicks cannot pierce into them,you muft cleave them with a gentle ftarification,or elft cut them to the 
quick,fo to make way, or as it were open a window for the medicin to enter in, according to Galen, 
Neither in the interim muft you omit Hippocrates his advice,which is, that by the fame operation we 
reduce the Ulcer if round, into another figure,to wit,long or triangular. 
Things wai 
fling fupcr- 
fhious flefh. 
Lib.'Jf.Metbr 
caf'6.. 
For the cal« 
louslips of 
Ulcers. 
caf,20 
C H xA P. V111. Of an Ulcer putrid and breeding Worms, 
3unds are divers times bred in ulcers, whence they are called wormy ulcers ; the caufe hereof 
is the too great excrementitious humidity prepared to putrefie by unnaturall and immode- 
rate heat.Which happens,either for that the ulcer is neglefted , or elfe by reafon of the di- 
ftemper and depraved hu mors of all the body,or the affc&ed part; or elfe for that theexcrc- 
nientitious humor collefted in the ulcer3hath not open and free paffage forth; as it happens to the ul- 
cers of the ears,nofe,fundament,neck of the womb,and laftly,to all finuous & cuniculous ulcers. Yet it 
doth not neceflarily follow that all putrid ulcers muft have worms in them ; as you may perceive by 
the definition of a putrid ulcer which we gave you before. For the cure of fuch ulcers after generall 
means,the worms muft firft be taken forth, then the excrementitious humor muft be drawn away, 
whence they take their originall. Therefore you (ball foment the ulcer with the enfuing decoftion, 
which is of force to kill them;for if any labour to take forth all that are quick he will be much de- 
ceived;for they oft times do fo tenacioufly adhere to the ulcerated part, that you cannot pluck them 
away without much force and pain. R. abffnth.centaur•majorisqmarrubii3 an.M.j.fiat decotfio ad tb.ff.in qua i 
diffolw aloes % fi.unguenti tgyptiaci Jj. Let the ulcer be fomented and walked with this medicin,and let f 
pledgets dipped herein be put into the ulcer; or elfe if the ulcer be cuniculous or full of windings, * 
make injeAion therewith which may go into all parts thereof. . 
Achigenes much commends this following medicin. R. Cerufapolii montani3an.navalis liquid# G 
quantum fuffcit3mifce in mortariopre linimento. If the putrefaftionbe fuch that thefe medicine will not fuf- n 
flee for the amendment muft conic to more powerfull,or to cauteries alfo,c/r hot Irons, or 
to 
The caafe of 
worms j 
breeding ifl 
Ulcers. 
Afomen« 
ration to 
kill the 
worms. 
med. OfVlcers,Fifhda's, and bolder. 
Lib. 13* 
348 
to feftion- yet you muft ftill begin with the more gentle, fuch as this of Galens defeription. R. cer.e, 
*ii viv£>an.%j. fiat emplafirum. 
Or R'.terebinth.leU alb.e fimul addendo vitnoli calcination. 
%].fiat mundificativttm. Or you muft ufe our JEgyptiacum alone,which hath Sublimate entiing into the 
compofition thereof; but in the interim the circuit of the Ulcer muft be defended with refrigerating 
and defenfative things for fear of pain. 
CHAP. IX. 
Sordid Ulcer after the cure of the body in generail,(hall be healed with detergent mcdicins; 
the indication being drawn from the groffe and tough excrement,which with the excremen- 
titious it were befieging,and blocking up the ulcerated parts,weakens and as it were 
dulls the force of medicins though powerfull, which caufeth us to begin the cure with fo- 
mentations and lotions, as thus. R. Lixivii com.fc.j. abfinth.marrub. apiiiccntaur,utriufqueyhypericonif9 an. 
Mfilcoquantur^olatur^qu* msllx rofati agyptiaci % ft.fiat fotw.Then ufe the following 
deterfive medicin: K. jucci apfii9& plantag. meliis Florent.haloes 
fiat medicamentutn. The Chirurgeon muft well confider, at how many draftings he fball be able to wafh 
away the groffe forties or filth flicking clofe to the Ulcer,and dry up the excrementitious fanies.For oft- 
times thefe things may be done at one drefling;but in others who have more quick fenfe or feeling,not 
fb foon.But when the Ulcer is freed of fuch grofle Sordes or filth, you muft forbear to ufe more acrid 
things for fear of pain,defluxion, inflammation,and erofion, whereby the Ulcer would become more 
hollow.Wherefore then we (hall be content to apply remedies which dry and clenfe without acrimo- 
ny that live may fo help natures indeavours in generating flefh.Such remedies are the pouders of Aloes, 
Maftich,Myrrh,Orris,Litharge,Antimony,roots of Gentian,Barly flower,and the like, which being 
flrewed upon the Ulcer,you fball cover it with Lint,and put over that a plate of Lead, rubbed over 
with quickfilver; and you fball put on thefe deterfivesand deficcatives more or lefle ftrong,as you fball 
find it requilite and neceflary.For the too plentifull ufe of drying and deterfive things, doth in time 
hollow the Ulcers, whereby it comes to pafle that in fhort time in like fort,a greater quantity of Sa- 
nies flows from the Ulcer, the proper fubftance of the flefh being diflblved by the force or 
acrimony of deterfive medicin; as alfo the proper alimentary humor, which flowed to the part, 
being in the like fort, a greater quantity of Sanies flowed from the Ulcer, the proper 
fubftance of the flefh being diflblved by the force or acrimony of the deterfive medicine, 
as alfo the proper alimentary humor, which flowed to the part, being in like fort de- 
filed .• which thing beguiles the unskilfull Chirurgeon. For by how much he fees the Ulcer flow 
more plentifully with Sanies, he endeavours by fo much the more to exhauft and dry up with 
more acrid medicins thefe humidities as if they were excrementitious jBut Galen hath long ago admo- 
nifhed us to take heed hereof, lotting forth a Hiftory of a certain Emperick who drefling a fordid Ul- 
cer with a green,acrid and eating medicin,diflblved the flefh,and fo confequently made the Ulcer more 
hollow,and caufed more pain and defluxion; whereby it happened that continually adding more acrid 
medicins,he continually by his ignorance and unskilfulnefle increafed the colliquation of the flefh, 
the largeneffe ot the ulcer and excrementitious humidity.Wherefore we muft take fpeciall care whether 
the fordid Ulcer grow each day worfe,by its proper fault and the impurity ofthe whole body befides, 
or elfe by the colliquation of the flefh and corruption of the benign and alimentary humor fent thi- 
ther for the nutrition of the part,by the too frequent and unskilful ufe of too acrid a medicin. You may 
conjefture this by the iriefeafe of the pain without reafbn, and by the heat and rednefle of the lips of 
the Ulcer.Thereforcyou muft principally have regard to this,that you give each of your Patients his 
fit meafure,that is, a convenient and agreeable medicin to each of their ftrengths, taking indication 
from the ftrengthjdiftcmper,and confiftence ofthe whole body and affefted part; for there is a great 
deal of difference whether you apply a medicin to a plowman or labourer, or to an Eunuch and wo- 
man,or whether to the Leg,or eyes.For thefe mcdicins which to a denfe and hard body and part arc 
only detergent and drying,the fame are to delicate and tender bodies and parts cathasretick and eating, 
by colliquation of the flefh,and corruption of the nourifhment, making an increafe of Sordes or filth, 
on the contrary thofe things which do laudably and fufficiently clenfe the flefh in a foft body and dry 
up the Sanies,thefe fame things applyed to a hard body encreafe the Sordes and Sanies by fuffering them 
to breed, neither are they Of fufficient power to wafh away the tenacious impurity of a denfe body. 
icre orc the skilfull Chirurgeon will fee when he muft betake himfelf from too ftrongly cleanfing 
and eating medicins,to thefe which are more milde. 
A d etergent 
lotion. 
Detergent 
medicins 
without a- 
crinaony. 
A caution 
very ob* 
fervablein 
ufe of deter* 
gent things. 
A diftinfli- 
on to be 
obferved 
concerning 
the impuri- 
ty of ulcers. 
Diligent re- 
gard muft 
be had of 
rhe parienrs 
bodies and 
rhe affected 
parr. 
How viru- 
lent a nd ea- 
ting ulcers 
differ. 
C H A P. X. Of a and malign "Ulcer which if tearmed of a Chironian "Ulcer. 
nt andeaUng Ulcers differ not unlefle in for we tearm it a virulent 
Ulcer, which fends forth a virulent Jimzef,which is properly called Fzw.This Virus}or vi- 
rulency,when it becomes more malign,gnawes and feeds upon the parts which lye under, 
and are adjoyning to the Ulccr,and makes an eating Ulcer.Such Ulcers are by Galen called 
Pj/p/ktzM,that is,difficultly to be cicatrizedjfor,faith he,it happens that the Ulcer isDy- 
lepuioticK, either for that the part affefted may be vitiated either in the habit or temper thereof, fo 
thatitmaycorrapt the humor which flows thither; fuch an Ulcer is by a particular name tearmed 
fhTnari' °r reafon of the evill quality of the blood flowing thithcr and eating 
P » c part affefted being too moift cannot heal up. He further adds that a Qhironian 
/ ulcer 
de 
comp med. 
fee.genera. 
How a Chi- 
ronian ulcer 
differs from 
an eating, 
fee before, 
Gtf .2... L/i b. 13* 
Of'V leersjFifiula's and H<emorrboides. 
349 
ulcer is far more malign than thefe Ulcers which are termed Cacoethe. For the cure; by rea- 
fon that all thefe Ulcers have a large extent} for forne are more malign and ill to be cicatri- 
zed than otherfome; it is alfo neceflary to have divers medicins ready and at hand diftinft both in 
their faculties and the degrees thereof,fo that it is no marvail if they oft fail of their purpofe3 who 
with thefame medicin drefle and think theylhall heale all malign Ulcers.This following medicin 
fcribed by Afclepiadcs is much commended by Galen. Bc.fyuaime £ris}<eruginis3rdfaanJtj.cer<e lb. [3. refine 
laricisjfjft. qusi hquari fofiunt aridis make an emplafter to be laid only upon the Ulcer;for 
you muft lay a delenlative about the Ulcer for fear of inflammation.But Galen faith.that the following 
Epulotick of Primion excels thereft>as that which todefperate Ulcers(which many have taken in hand 
and left as of certain and approved ufe. R jbreos §iij. alum inis 
thurisgaUarum^an.^dA}.cere.tt>.].& tt).j.&%Gij.ol?i vet tris quantum [ufile it .fiat emplafirum. 
GalJib.q. 
fee Gen. 
Cap. 5.] 
Gel lib.4. 
de comp, 
med. fee 
GeniCap. 6i 
CHAP. XI. An advert ifcment to the young Ch irurgeon touching the difiance 
of times wherein malign Vlcers are to be dreljed. 
O fhew the ufe of jfclepiades his medicins defcribed in the former Chaptered convince the 
error of thefe Chirurgeons, who think they do well for their Patients, if they twice or 
thrice on a day drefle malign ulcersyl have here thought good to digrefle a little from my 
purpofe and to interpole Galens authority. Rightly (faith Galen) hath dfclepiad&s added 
theie words to the formerly defcribed medicin And loole this after three dayes, and fo- 
ment the ulcer,and fatten the fame emplaifter being wafticd,awd apply it again 5 fbr unleffe the medicin 
adhere long to the skin,it will do no good. Which thing notwithftanding-many Phyfitians have been 
ignorant ofjthinking if they wiped away the fames from the ulcer thrice on a day,they fhould do bet- 
ter than thole who did the famebut twice a day.But thole who drelle it but once a day, are reproved 
by the Patients as negligent.But they are much miftakeny for you muft remember,as we have delivered 
in moft of our writings,that the qualities of al neighbouring bodies do mutual actuate and aileft each 
other in fome degree,although the one thereof be much more powerfully for by this reafon in fpace of 
time they be come fomewhat alike,though they otherwife differ much y But when the quality of the 
medicin (hall be like the freezes to the body to be cured,there follows the better fucceffe. Wherefore he 
which moved by thefe reafons firftappointed to ule the emplaifter formerly applyed, is worthy of 
commendationsyand we ought to follow him much the rather,leeing that which he found out by rea- 
fbn,is approved by experience.Ncither did heunadvifedly command to foment the wound every third 
day,that is,every drelfingyfor feeing it is a powerfull medicin,therefore it Hands in need of mitigation. 
Thus much Galen, whofe opinion grounded on reafon,he can again confirm with another reafon. It is 
already fufficiently known,that medicins can do nothing in us unlefle by the force of the native heat, 
which ftirs up the faculty of the medicin to operation.But in ulcers which are abfolutely malign, the 
native heat of the affe&ed part is very languid,being broken and debilitated by the prefence of the pre- 
ternatural! heat y io that it (lands in need of a great (pace of time to actuate the vertue and faculty df 
die medicin.Wherefore,ifin that time,when as the native heat hath much moved and ftirred up the fa- 
culty of the medicin, the ulcer be looied or opened, and that emplaifter caft away which was laid 
upon the part,and a frefh one laid in Head thereofythe heat implanted in the part is either dilfipated 
by the contaft of the air,or is weakened and driven inyand that endeavour which was made by the cm- 
plaifter was to fio purpole,being as it were flopped in the midft of the courfe.But a new emplaifter be- 
ing laid on,the heat of the part muft undergo a new labour,fo to ftir up the faculty to bring it to ait. 
For all medicins are, what they are,in faculty.Equall to this is their error, who by too oft renew- 
ing their emplaifters on the famedayydo too powerfully clenfeyfor fo they do not only take away the 
excrementitious humors, both for des and pvftj,but alfb the alimentary juiceyto wit, the Rob, Cambium, 
and Gluten,which are the next matter for procreating of laudible flefh. Wherefore it is not good to 
drefle ulcers fb often in one day, and to loofc them to apply new emplaifters,unlefle fome greivous 
fymptomc(as pain)force us to do it,which requires to be aflwaged and mitigated by the often change- 
ing and renewing of Anodyne mcdicins. 
GaIJib 4f.de 
cemp.med* 
fee Gen. 
Cap. 3 
Galens rea» 
Con further 
Medicins 
are only 
fuchin fa« 
culty. 
CHAP. XII. How to bind up V leers. 
Or the binding up of ulcers,you muft alwayes begin your bandage at the ulcer. Now the 
Rowler muft be fo large that it may not only cover and comprehend the ulcer, but aifo 
ibrne portion of the adjacent parts above and below ; and let it preflc the ulcer with that 
moderation,that it may only prefle out the excrementition humors. For fo the ulcer will 
become dry,and confequently more neer to healing,as it is oblervedby Hippocrates. Let this be the 
meafure of your binding, that it be neither too ftrait for hence would enliie pain and defluxion ; nor 
too laXjfor fuch is of no ufe. You may moiften your boulfters and Rowlers in oxycrate or in red and 
aftringent wine, efpecially in Summer; when you have bound it up the part muft be kept quiet. For 
according to Hippocrates, thole who have an ulcer in the leg, ought neither to Hand, nor fit, but to lye 
on a bed.Wherefore when the legs are ulcerated the arms muft be exerciied,by handling, lifting up and 
rafting downe of divers things.But on the contrary if thearms be ulcerated,the legs muft be exercifed 
With walking,or friftions from above downwards,if the Patient cannot endure to walk. So the hu- 
mors and fpirits which with more violence and greater plenty run down to the part affe&cd, may be 
drawn back and diverted. 
The begin-' 
nin g of 
your bin- \ 
dingmuft 
be at the 
Ulcer. 
UipMb.d*. 
nit. 
Rcvaf/iora 
into contra* 
ry parts* 
CHAP. OfVlcerSjFiflulds and Htimorrboides 
LIB.I3e 
350 
CH A P. XIII. Of the cure of particular ulcers,andfirfiofthoje of the eyes. 
or tliatfin Gakm opinion) the divers indication in curing difeafes is drawn from the condi- 
of the eyes Theft according to Cesare by Pufluks=OT ' which frets 
or eats in funder thc^.'fe"^O/o£the ulcers of the eyes;If (faith he)a fmall,little and hollow ul- 
Paulus fets down th Grecks tearmed Betrym-, hilt it it be.broader and lefle deep,it is 
cer be upon . ' ]e ot jlc Iris or Rainbow, it is called If it be crufty and fordid, 
h is termedTheft in generall require the famecure as the former, that is.to be: mundified', 
it is tcimcci.tp. Hcatrizeckbut the part affected indicates more gentle medians. Wherefore ha- 
incarnated,dry < n£j tafcCn fomeblood both from hisariy, as allo from his veins and tempo- 
Si APr«rietand bathed him if it be necdfull;to divert the defluxion you frail to his (boulders apply 
• 1 rl with fcarificationjor clfe bread newly drawn out of the oven,and fpnnkled with 
S o"fon e good wine 111311 be aPplycd tO thei or^ina11 Ot tbe fPin?U niarroW* But y°u flia11 aPPty 
to the forchead and temples an aftringent emplaiftermadeof emplafirum contra rupturing. Comitifo 
rubrum mixed together. But this enluing Collyrium deferred by Ce/>and approved by 
Hslleriw (hall be dropped into the eye. ft trit ufiijadmia uft<e & lots, an. f y ex aquafingatur collyrium quill 
liauore oh difTolvatur. But in the mean time you muft diligently obferve whether you put the eye to any 
great pain Wherefore now and then by putting anodyne medians thereto,it will be good to comfort 
it Allo you may make col/jria of the decoftion of Plantain, tenugreek, wormwood, with a little 
quantity of Sugar-candy, and vitrioll diffolved therein. When the ulcer 
mundified the following larcotick will be of good ufe. ftfarcocolfa in latte muliebri $iij. pul. 
diaireosrimplicur?gum.arabici9 quantum fiufficit utindefiat collyrium. But 
you muft note that for moift ulcers, powders are more convenient than Collyria. When the ulcer is 
plained or filled with its proper flefli,it may be cicatrized with the following collyrium. R.ftrtw, cadmi* 
utdecetpr^arata9cerujle3antimonii9olibani3an.^.myrrha}[arcocoll£9 fanguinur Draconis, aloes3opii3an cum a- 
qua plantarinis fiat collyrium-, or the powder only may be conveniently ftrewed thereon. 
Celfw hath noted that the cicatrizing of the eyes is incident to two dangers, that is, left they be 
too hollow,or elfe too thick. If too hollow, they muft be filled by the following remedy,R Papaverif 
lachrymie3>k.iagapeniiopopanacisi 'fy.cumini $iij. piper is 3'tficadmu lota & cerufx, an.%]$. cum a* 
qua pluvial! fiat collyrium. But if the fears be thick or grofle,the following remedy will extenuate them. 
R cinamon.acaci£3 elot^3croci3myrrh£3papaver is lachryma3gum.arabici3an.3]. piper is albi3thuris3 an. 
3i(i.<erif aqua pluviali fiat collyrium. But if the fear be upon the cornea or horny coat, fo 
that it cover the pup ilia or fight,the fight will be intercepted by the denfenefs of the membrane. Here 
you muft alfo obferve,that the fears that are on the Cornea are white, but thefe on the ddnata are red, 
becaufe this is fpred over with more little veins than that. 
4. Metb. 
Lib.6. cap. 
Botiyon. 
Cteloma. 
Argemcn. 
Epicauma. 
The cure* 
A CSWyri* 
um to 
denfe the 
ulcers of 
the eyes. 
A farco- 
tick Colly- 
riwn. 
An epulo- 
rick Colly- 
rium. 
Lib.6.cap. 
6. 
A Collyri- 
wmfor hoi. 
low fears. 
The fears 
of the 
Horny coat 
are white, 
and rhe fe 
of the Ad- 
ip taxed. 
CHAP. XIIII. Of the Ozaena and Fleers of the- Nofe. 
He Oztna is a deep and (linking ulcer in the infide of the nofe,fending forth many crufty and 
(linking excrements.Ce/fai-faith that fuch ulcers can fcarfly be healed.lt is caufed ( as Galen 
faith)by the diftillation of acrid and putrid humors from the head into the noftrills about 
the mammillary procedes.For the cure, the Patient muft eat (paringly, and his meat muft 
neither be (harp nor humor being p repared muft be head dryed and ftrengthened, 
that fo it may neither admit the excrementitious humors5nor fend them downj then muft we come to 
the part affected with the ulcer.The ulcer muft be dryed with a repelling medicine, fuch as is the juice 
ofPomegranats boiled to the half in abrade veflelhthe powder of Calamint, Cre(Tes,white Hellebore, 
the juice of Crefles with Alum and other things which you may read in Cel/w. Galen out of Arcbigenet 
wifhcSjto draw up into the noftrills the juice of Calamint,or that the Calamint it (elf being dryed, 
and made into powder/nay be blown with a quill into the no(e. Others ufe this following powder. 
R ro^.rub.mint.calam.arom>rad.angelic£:igentian.macif:tcario^.dn.3^^amph.dmbr£i gr. vj. fiatful- 
vit [ubtilifimw.Manardte writes that the Urine of an A(fe, though a nafty medicine,is an excellent reme* 
dy in this affeft.But if the inveterate and contumacious evill do not yeeld to thefe remedies,then you 
muft have recourfe toCoprofe,Verdigrcece, [al ammoniacum, and Alum with Vinegar. It divers times 
happens that the ulcer fpreading on, comes to take hold of the Ofla cthtnoidea or live-like bones ; ih 
which cafe you muft not forcibly pluck them out,but refer the whole bufinefs to nature, and expeft 
when they (hall come away ofthemfelves, making in the meanwhile inje&ions into the noftrills of 
aqua z/iu, wherein Cephalick powders have been fteeped for the greater drying. 
Lib.6.cup.. 
S.Gal lib. 
3. de comp, 
mod.fecund. 
locos cap. 3. 
The cure. 
Lib.iQ. 
An inje- 
ction when 
the 
fhall come 
to the OjJj 
Etbtnoidca, 
CHAP. XV. Of the Fleers of the mouth. 
F this tribe are the familiar to little children, according to Hippocrates, They 
oft-times begin at the gums,and by the palat of the mouth creep into the w«/<*,throtle, and 
over all the mouth,as Qilfas faith. Galen makes two kinds of aphtha's ; the one of eafie cure, 
fuch as that which ufually troubles children by reafon of the acrimony of the nurfcs milk ; 
the other is malign by reafon of an afflux of an evill humor (that is, venenate and malign ) into the 
mouth. 
Aph.2y. 
.left}. CeL 
jw lib.6. 
cap. II. Gal. 
/vm.ad 3. 
lib. epidem. Lib.13* 
Of V leers jFiftula's and Hzmorrboides 
351 
mouth. For thecure,it {hall be good to abftain from all acrid things, and if it be a fucking child, it 
will not be amide to temper the nurfes milk with refrigerating meats, bathing the whole body, and 
fomenting the dugs with warm water;for all the members in children are mod tender, and as it were 
mucous,and their mouths are unaccuftomed to meats and drinks.For topick medicins, you muft make 
choice of fuch which may quickly and readily work the effe£t;for here the condition of the aft'e&cd 
part is fuch,that they cannot long remain and adhere thereto.Therefore if the ulcer be malign, it muft 
be lightly touched with aqua forte which hath been ufed in fcparating metalls and which befides is 
tempered with fix parts of common water. >Y ou may for the fame purpole ufe the oils of Vitrioll, Sul- 
phur, Antimony,Mercury water and the like. Aetius wifhes you to touch and correct Inch ulcers with 
a lock of wooll dipped in fcalding oil,and fo faftned to the end of a probe,untill they wax white and 
become fmooth or plain.For fo their eating and fpreading force will at length be bridled, and lauda- 
ble flefh grow up in place of that which is eaten. After fuch burning it will be good to walk the mouth 
with the following g£'rgarifm,which alfo of its felf alone will ferve to cure Aphtha's, which are not 
malign. R border integri decoftio ad tb.j. in qua diffolve mel- 
lis rojati gargarijma. You may alfo make other gargles,of Pomegranate pills, Balau- 
flies,Sumach,Berberies,red rofes being boyled, and dilfolving in the {trained liquor Diamoron and Dia- 
nucurn with a little Alum. For Galen writes, that fimple ulcers of the mouth are healed with things 
which dry withmoderatiomnow Diamoron and Dianucum are fuch. But others hand in need of ftrong 
medicins, with fuch like.If the palat be feifedupon, we muft ufe the more diligence and care; for 
there is danger, left being the part is hot and moift, the bone which lyes under which is rare andhu- 
mide,may be corrupted by the contagion and fall away,and the voice or fpeech be {polled. If the ulcer 
bepocky,omitting thecommon remedies of ulcers, you muft fpeedily betake your felf to the proper 
antidote of that difeafe,to wit,quick-filver. Fiftulous ulcers often take hold on the Gums, whence 
the root of the next tooth becomes rotten,and fo far that the acrimony of the Sanies oft-times makes 
its felf a paffage forth on the outfide under the chin; which thing puts many into a falfe conceit of the 
fcrophuLe or Kings evill, and confequently of an uncurable dileaie. In fuch a cafe and Celfus 
counfell is,to takeout the rotten tooth, for fo theFiftula will be taken away, the Gum prefling and 
thrufting its felf into the place of the tooth which was taken forth; and fo thecaufe nourifhing the 
putrefaftion being taken away,(that is,the tooth) the reft of the cure will be more eafy. The ulcers 
of the tongue may be cured by the fame remedies by which the reft of the mouth ; yet thofe which 
breed on the fide thereof endure very long,and you muft look whether or no there be not lome fhar6 
tooth over againft it,which will notfuffer the ulcer in that place to heal; which if there be, then muft 
you take it away with a file. 
The cure. 
A gargarifiii 
for the 
Aphthtt. 
Lii>.6.methi 
Cap. 10. 
Ulcers of 
the palat 
muft be 
quickly and 
carefully 
drefled, 
Aetiui Lib. 
Cdfw lib. 
CHAP. XVI. Of the Fleers of the Ears. 
are bred in the auditory pafligeboth by an external! caule, as a ftroak, or fall, as alfo' 
by an internal!, as an abfcels there generated. They oft-times flow with much matter, not 
there generated,for fuch ulcers are ufiially butfmall andbefides in afpermatick part,butfor 
that the brain doth that way disburden its felf. 
For the cure, the chief regard muft be had of the antecedent caufe,which feeds the ulcer,and it muft 
be diverted by purging medicins,Mafticatories, and Errhines. This is the form of a Mafticatory ,R.. 
fagr.&pj/reth. anS)].cinam.& caryoph.an. 3j3. fiant Ma/Hcatona, utatur inane & tiejperk But1 
this is the form of an Errhin. R fucci betonic. mercurial . &meliflaf9 an.. vini albi %j, mifee & frequenter 
naribus attrahatur. For topick medicins we muft ftiun all fatty and oily things,as Galen let down in Me- 
thod.wieJcrat/ijWhere he finds fault with a certain follower of 'lhefl'alw who by uling Tetrapharmacum,' 
made the ulcer in the ear grow each day more filthy »than other,which Galen healed with the Trochi-| 
fees of dndroniuf diflblved in Vinegar,whofe compofure is asfolloweth.R balauft,3ij.alumin.'$j.atrament<> 
futor. 3 ij.myrrhs %j.thur.ar iftoloch.gallarum,an.$ij.falis ernnia fiant trochifci.1 
Galen in the fame place wi t- ' 
nefleth,that he hath healed 
inveterate ulcers & of two 
years old of this kind,with 
the fcales of Iron made into 
r powder, and then boiled in 
ftiarp Vinegar until! it ac- 
tjuired the confiftence of 
Honey : Moreover an Oxes gall diflblved in ftrong Vineg ar,and dropped in warm, amends and dryes 
up the putrefaction wherewith thefe ulcers flow. Allo the fcales of Iron made into powder boy led in1 
ftiarp Vinegar,dryed and ftrewed upon them.But if the ftraitnefs of the paflageS (hould not give leave to' 
the matter contained in the windings of the ears to pafle forth,then muft it be drawn out with an Iri- 
ftrument thereupon called a mattcr-drawer,'iwhereof this is the figure. 
Their cat*' 
fcs. 
The cure; 
A maftica* 
rory» 
An Errhitii 
The com- 
petition of 
Androniut 
his trochif- 
ces. 
'Ihe figure of a Pyoulcus,or matter-drawer. 
Scales of 
Iron. 
Of the Pj- 
oulcos Galtft 
raakesmen- 
rion 2 ad 
Glauconem. 
-fcie parts are ulcerated either by an externall caufe, as an acrid medicine, or poyfon (wal- 
lowed doWn;or by an internail caufe,as a malign fretting humor which may equall the force 
of poyfon generated in the body, and reftrained in thefe parts. If the pain be encreafed by 
(wallowing or breathing,it is the (ign of an ulcer in the wcazon,or windpipe joining th,ere- 
to.But the pain is mod fenfibly felt when as that which is (wallowed is either four or acrid, or the 
H h a ai* 
CHAP. XVII. Of the ulcers of the windpipejweazonfomach and Guts, 
The CaU" 
fes. 
Signs. OfV leersJFifiulas and Hxmorrboides 
LiB.13, 
352 
air breathed in,is more hot or cold-than ordinary. But if the caufe of pain lye faftned in the ftomach, 
more grievous (ymptomes urge; for fometimes they (wound, have a naufeous diipofition and vomit- 
ing,convulfions,gnawings,and pain almoft intolerable,& the coldnels of the exti cam partsjall which 
when prefent at once,few fcape unlcfs fuch as are young,and have very ftrong bodies. The fame affeft 
may befall the whole ftomach,but becaufe both for the bitternefs of pain,and greatnefs of danger,that 
ulcer is far more grievous which takes hold of the mouth of the Ventricle, honoured by the Ancients 
with the name ofthe Heart Phyfttians do not make fo great a reckoning of that which hap- 
pens in the lower part of the ftomach.Now we know that the Guts are ulcerated if Pm3 or much pu- 
rulent matter come forth by ftool;if blood come that way with much giiping ? for by the Put flaying 
and as it were gathered together in that place,there is as it were a certain continuall Tenefaus, or de- 
fire to goc to ftool.Now all fuch ulcers are cured by meats and drinks,rather than by medicins,accor- 
ding to G'df'zz.Therefore you muft make choice of all fuch meats and drinks as are gentle, and have a le- 
nitive faculty, (hunning acrid things;for Tutia,Lycharge, Ccrufe,Verdigreece & the like, have no place 
here,as they have in other ulcers. But when as the ulcer (hall be in the Gullet or Weazon, you muft 
have'a care that fuch things may have fome vifeidiry or toughnefle,and be (wallowed by little and 
little,and at divers times;otherwife they will not much avail, becaufe they cannot make any flay,in 
thefe commune wayes of breath and meat; therefore they prefently (lip down and flow away ; where- 
fore all fuch things (hall be ufed in form of an betaken lying on the back, and (wallowed 
. down by little and little,opening the mufcles of the throat, left the medicin paffing down fuddainly 
and in great quantity,caufe a cough,a thing exceeding hurtfull to thefe kinds of ulcers. When they 
muft be denied,you fhall have crude honey,which hath a Angular faculty, above all other detergent 
things,in thefe kind of ulcers. But when they can conveniently fwallow, you (hall mix Gum Traga- 
canth diflblved in (bmeaftringentdecoftion, In ulcers of the flomach all acrid things ( as I have 
formerly advifedJmuft be (hunned,as thofe which may caufe pain,inflammation and vomit,and befides 
hinder the digeftion of the meat .Therefore let them frequently ufe a ptifan,and (ugred gellyes where- 
in gum Tragacanth,and bole Armenick have been put,the deco&ion of Prunes, Dates, Figs, Raifbns 
Honey,Cowes milk boyled with the yolks of egs, and a little- common honey. When they are to be 
agglutinated,it will be convenient to make ufe ofauftere,aftringent, and agglutinative things which 
want all acrimony,and ungratefull taft,fuch as are Hjfocijfa, Pomegranate flowres and pills,terra Jigil- 
decoction of quinces,the Lentisk wood,thetops of Vines,of brambles,myrtles,made 
in aftingent wine,unlefle there be feare of inflammation. Their drink fhall be Hydromel Water with Su- 
gar,fyrup ofViolets and lujubcs.Honey mixed with other medicinsis a very fitting remedy for ul- 
cers of the guts and other parts /more remote from the ftomach ; for ifyou fhall ufe aftringent medi- 
cins alone of themfelves,they will ftick to the ftomach; neither will they carry their ftrength any fur- 
ther;but honey mixed with them,befides that it diftributes them to the reft of the body, and helps 
them forwards to the affefted parts,alfo clenfes the ulcers themfelves. Here alfo Afles milk may with 
good fuccefs be ufed in ftead of Goats or Cowes milk.The ufe of a vulnerary potion is alfo commen- 
dable, iffo be that it be made offuch hearbes and fimples,as by a certain tacit familiarity have refpeft 
to the parts affefted. But the ulcers of the Guts have this difference amongft themfelves, that if the 
greater guts be affefted,you may heal them with a Clyfter and injections, made alfo (harp to correct 
the putrefa&iomfuch as are thofe which are made of Early water,or wine with But if the 
final! guts be ulcerated,they muft be rather healed by potions and other things taken at the mouth, 
fpr tfiat(as Galen faith) thefe things which are put up into the body by the Fundament, do not com- 
monly afeend to thefniall or (lender guts, but fuch as are taken at the mouth cannot come unlefle 
with the lofle of their faculty ,fo far as the great guts. 
de loe.affect. 
cap. $. 
Lib.t..& 5. 
Method. 
The cure. 
How rorake 
medicins 
for ulcers of 
rhethroar. 
Why acrid 
things maft 
be Ihunned 
in rhefe ul- 
cers. 
How pow- 
erfull Ho- 
ney is to 
cure fu ch 
kind of ul- 
cers. 
JEtyptia- 
eMfflgOod 
for rhe ul- 
cers of rhe 
greater guts 
Lib. 'y.metb. 
CHAP. XVIII. Of the Fleers of the Kidneys and Bladder. 
Caufts. 
Leers are caufed in the Kidneys and Bladder,either by the life of acrid meats,drinks,or nie- 
dicins,as Caritharides-bor elle by the colleftion of an acrid humor bred in that place, fent 
or fain thither;or elfe by the rupture offome vcflell,or an abfeefie broken and degenerated 
into an ulcer,as it fomeciniesxcomcs to pafle. They are difeerned by their fite, for the pain 
and heavinefle of ulcers ofthe Reins comes to the Loins,and the Pi» or matter is evacuated 
well and throughly mixed with the Urine. 
Neither doth the Pus which flows from the reins ftink fo ill, as that which is call forth of the 
bladder;the reafon is,for that the bladder being a bloodldfe, flelhlcfle and membranous part,hath not 
fuch power to refill putrefaftion.That Pus which flowes from the Kidneys never flowes without wa- 
tered although by long keeping in an Urinall,it at length fubfides or falls to the bottome,and may 
be feen feparated;yet when it is firft madc,you may fee it perfectly mixed with the Urine; but thatPwj 
which flowes from the bladder is oft-times made alone without Urine; and ufually it comes to pafle 
that the Par,or matter which flowes from the ulcerated Kidneys,hath in it certain caruncles,or as it 
were haires,according to the rule who in a thick Urine have little caruncles,and 
as it were hairs come forth together therewith, they come from their Kidneys ; but on the contrary 
thofe who have certain bran-like fcales come from them in a thick Urine, their bladder is fcabbyor 
troubled with a (cabby ulcer. 
For the cure;it is expedient that the belly be foluble either by nature or Art, and the ufe ofmolli- 
fying Clyfters. And it is good to vomit fometimes, fo to draw back the humors by whofe conflux in- 
to the affefted part the ulcer might be fed and made more fordid and filthy. You muft beware of 
flrong purgationsjieft the humors being moved and too much agitated, the matter fit to nourifli the 
» ■ . ulcer 
Signes. 
Hip A ph or. 
.Aphor.76. 
Apl:or. 77. 
M4. 
The cure. 
Why we 
muft fhun 
ftrong 
purges. Lib.13. 
Of'V leers,Fibulas, and FLemorrboides. 
353 
Ulcer may fall down upon the kidnies or bladder.The enluing potion is very cffeftuall to mundifie thofe 
kind of Ulcers. R. Hordei integri, M.iyglycyrrbiz* raf. & contuf.t$. rad. acetoft & petrafel'antyj. Ji at dece- 
Eiio ad tfe.j. in colatwra diflolve mellis Let him take every morning the quantity of tour ounces. 
Gordonite exceedingly commends the following TrochiCces. Be quatuor fem.frig.maj.muxdatorum/em.pa- 
paVsrif alb i, fem. malvay portnl.cjdon.bdccarHm myrti, tragacanth, gum.ar ab.nucum pine arum mund.pifiacbglycyt- j 
rhiz4 mund.mucaginif amygd.dulc.bordei mund.an. irof'arum>myrrh<ttan. < 
Zfi.eKcipiantttr bydromelite, & fingantur trochijci ftnguliponderii Jij. Let him take one thereof in the morn- J 
fng diffolved inBarley water or Goats milk. Galen bids to mixe honey and diurctick things with medi- J 
cines made for the Ulcers of the reins and bladder,for that they gently move mine, and areas vehicles to ' 
carry the medicines to the part affefted. Ulcers of the bladder are cither in the bottome thereof, or at 
the neck and urinary paffage. If they be in the bottome, the pain is almoft continual!; if in the neck, the ( 
pain then pricks and is molt terrible when they make water and presently aiter.Thc ulcer which is in the 1 
bottome fends forth certain fcaly or skinny excrements together with the Urine; but that which is in the 1 
neck, caufes alraoft a continual! Tentigo, Thofe which are in the bottome are for the moft part incurs- u 
ble, both by reafon of the bloodlefs and nervous nature of the parr, as alfo for that the ulcer is continu- v 
ally chafed and troubled by the acrimony of the urine, fo that it can hardly be cicatrized. For even after ii 
making of water fome reliques of the urine alwayes remain in the bottome of the bladder, which could t( 
not therefore pafs forth together with the reft of the urine, forthat for the palling forth of the urine, 
the bladder being diftended before, fals and is complicated in its felfe. Ulcers of the bladder are healed " 
with the fame medicins as thofe of the reins are; but thefe not only taken by the mouth but allo inje- 
cted by the urinary paffage. Thefe injeftions may be made of Gordonite his Trochilces formerly prefcii- 
bed, being diffolved in fome convenient liquor; but becaufe ulcers of the bladder caufe greater and more 
fharpe pain than thofe of the kidnies,therefore theChirurgeon muft be more diligent in ufing Anodynes. 
For thispurpofe, I haveofeenby experience found,that the oil of henbane made by expreifion gives cer- 
tain help. He (ball do the fame with Cataplafmsand liniments applyed to the /. 
all the lower belly and peri»<«w,as alfo by cafting in of Cly fters. If that they ftink,it will not be amilfe f( 
to make injeftion of a little JEgyptiacum diffolved in wine, plantain, dr role water. For I have often ufed £ 
this remedy in fuch a cafe with very profperous fuccefi. 
Things to 
clcnfe thefe 
ulcers. 
Trochifcei 
for the ul- 
cers of the 
kidnies and 
bladder. 
4. Method., 
Signs to 
know what 
part of the 
aladder is 
ilcerated. 
Why ulcers 
in the hot- 
tome of the 
bladder ye 
uncurable. 
JEgptiAcwn 
for the ul- 
cers of the 
bladder. 
CHAP. XIX. Of the V leers of the Womb. 
Leers arc bred in the womb either by the conflux of an acrid, or biting humour, fretting the 
coats thereof, or by a tumour againft nature degenerating into an abffiefle, or by a difficult 
and hard labour; they are known by pain atthe perineum, and the efflux of Ptif and Sanies by 
the privity. All of them in the opinion of Avicm are either putrid, when as the Sanies break- 
ing forth is of a funking fmell, and in colour referable# the water whereinfleffl hath been waffled 5 or elfe 
fordid,when as they flow with many virulent and crude humours 5 or elfe are eating or fpreadlng ulcers, 
when as they caft forth black Sanies, and have pul fation joined with much paine. Befides they differ a- 
mongft themfelves in fite, for either they poffefs the neck and are known by the fight, by putting in a 
or elfe are in the bottome, and are manifefted by the condition of the more liquid and terous 
excrements, and the fiteofthepain. They are cured with the fame remedies wherewith the ulcers of the 
mouth to wit,with aquafortis the oil of Vitriol and Antimony,and other things tnadefomewhat more 
milde and correfted with that moderation, that the ulcerated parts of the Womb may be fafely touched 
with them; it is requifite that the remedies which are applyed to the ulcers of the womb, do in a mo- 
ment that which is expe&ed of them, for they cannot long adhere or flick in the womb, as neither to the 
mouth. Galen faith that very drying medians are exceeding fit for the ulcers ofthe womb, that fo the pu- 
trefa&ion may be hindred or reftrained, whereto this part as being hot and moift is very fubjeft j befides 
that the whole body unto this part as unto a fink fends downe its excrements. If an ulcer take hold of 
the bottome of the womb,it fflallbecleanfedand the part alfo ftrengthened by making this following in- 
Jeftion. R< bsrdei integri p.ij guajaci.'^].rad.lreos.^.abfinth.plant an. IW.y.fiat deco&.in a- 
qua fabr arum ad ft.ij. in quibw dijfolve mellii rofati, & fyrttpi de abfintbio, injeflio. For amending 
the (linking fmell I have often had certaine experience of this enfuing remedy. R. wini rub. lb. j. unguent, 
agyttiaci %i].btilliant parurn. Thus the putrefa&ion may beCorrefted5and the painfull malieioufnefs of the 
humour abated. Ulcers when they atecleanfed muft prefently be cicatriced- that may be done with A- 
lum water, the water of Plantain wherein a little Vitriol or Alum have been diffolved. Laftly, if reme- 
dies nothing availing, thaulcer turn into a cancer muft be dreffed with anodynes and remedies proper 
fora cancer, which you may findefet down in the proper treatife of Cancers. The cure of ulcers of the 
fundament was to be joined to the cure of thefe of the womb; but I have thought good to referre it to the 
treatife of Fifinit's, as I do the cure of thefe of the urinary paflage to the treadle ofthe Lues wentrea. 
The caufes 
12.trali.2- 
Signes. 
The cure 
ly drying 
things are 
good for ul- 
cers of the 
womb. 
An injefli- 
onforan 
ulcer in the 
bbrtome of 
the wombe. 
An injcfliorf 
hindring 
purrefafli* 
oft. 
CHAP. XX. Of the Varices and their curt by cutting, 
Varix is the dilatation of a vein, fome whiles of one and1' that a Ample branch,other whiles of 
many. Every varix is either ftreight or crooked, and as it Were infolded into certaine windings 
within its felfe. Many parts arc fubjeft to Varices, as the temples, the region of the belly under 
the navill, the tefticles,womb, fundament, but principally the thighs and legs. The matter of 
them is ufiially melancholy bloud, for Varices often grow in men of a melancholy temper 9 and which 
ufually feed on grofs meats, or fuch as breed grofs and melancholy humours. Allb women with child 
are commonly troubled with them, by reafon ofthe heaping together of their (upprelfed menftruall eva- 
Hhj cuaciom 
a Pk- 
■rix is, and 
' what be rhe 
' differences 
I thereof. 
The matt 
ter. OfZ) leersjFifiula'f and Hemorrboides. 
LiB.13, 
354 
The cawfes. 
. cuation. The precedent caufes aixa vehement concuffion ofthe body, leapirir5running,a painful jour- 
ney on foot, a fall, the carrying/* burden, torture or racking. This kind of difeale gives ma< 
nifeft figns therof by the lageneis, tmeknefs, fwelling and colour of the veines, It is heft not to meddle 
with luch as are inveterate; for of luch being cured there is to be feared a reflux ofthe melancholly bloud 
to the noble parts, whence there may be imminent danger of malign ulcers, a cancer,madnefs or ffiffoca- 
tion. When as many Varices and diverfly implicit are in the legs, they often (well with congealed and 
; dryed bloud, and cauft pain which is increased by going and compreffion. Such like varices are to be o- 
pened by dividing the veine with a Lancet, and then the bloud mult be prefled out, and evacuated by pref- 
ling it upwards and downwards; which 1 have oft-times done, and that with happy fuccefs to the Pati- 
ents, whom I have made to refl for fome few dayes, and have applyed convenient medicins. A varix is 
often cut in the infide ofthe leg a little below the knee, in which place commonly the originall thereof is 
feen« He which goes about to intercept a varix downwards from the firft original! and as it were 
fountain thereof, makes the cure far more difficult. For hence it is divided as it were into many rive- 
lets, all which the Chirargeon is forced to follow. 
A varix is therefore cut or taken away fo to intercept the paflage of the blood and humours mixed to- 
» gether therewith, flowing to an ulcer feated beneath- orelfeleft that by the too great quantity of blood 
1 the veflel ffiould be broken,and death be occafioned by a haernorrhagie proceeding from thence. Now this 
( is the manner of cutting it. Let the Patient lye upon his back on a bench or table, then make a liga- 
ture upon the leg in two places thediftance of fome four fingers each from other, wherein the excilion 
r may be made/or fo the vein will fwell up and come more in fight,and befides you may alfo mark it with 
cinke. then takingthe skin up between your fingers cut it long wayes according as you have marked it 
then free the bared vein from the adjacent bodies, and put thereunder a blunt pointed needle (left VOu 
prick the vein) thred with a long double thred, and fo bind it faft, and then let it be opened with a Lan- 
cet in the middle under the ligature juft asyou open a vein, and draw as much therehence as {ball be fit" 
Then ft raight make a ligature in the lower part of the forementioned vein, and then cut away as much of 
the faid vein as is convenient between the ligatures, and fo let the ends thereof withdraw themfelves into 
the fleffi above and below, let thefe ligatures alone untill fuch time as they fall away of themfelves The 
operation being performed , let an aftringent medicine be applyed to the wound and the neighbouring 
parts ; neither muft you flir the wound any more for the fpace of three day es.Then do all other things al 
are fit to be done to other fuch affi&s. 5 
bignes. 
The cure. 
The cutting 
oWaricet. 
For what 
intention ? 
Varix mud 
be cur. 
Pauhx cap, 
82. lib.6. 
Zhemannei 
how to cui 
it. 
CHAP. XXI. 
WhataFi- 
fnila is. 
Fiftulais afinuous, white, narrow, callous, and not feldome unperccivablc nicer It took 
denomination from the fimilitude of a reeden CFiftulaJ that is, a pipe, like whofe hollo wnefs 
it is. A Fiftula is bredm fundry parts of the body, and commonly followes upon abfceffes or 
ulcers not well cured. r *u<wucs or 
• h C^°m " " "rtai"fle9,y white, folid, or denfe and hard,dry and without pain,generated 
by heaping up of dryed excrementitiousphlegme, or elfeaduft melancholy encompaffinp thecircnit If 
theulcer,and ffibftituting it lei fe into the place of laudable flefli. The Sinta or cavity ofa Fiftula is fom. 
tunes dry and other while drops with continuall moifture: fometimes the dropping ofthe ma Jr T 
damly «afa and the orifice thereof is ihut up, that fo it may deceive both theChirurgeon and the Pati' 
'rdd*'^^Ifrffiewofanabfolutecure; for within a while after it will open again and run as formerly 
it thd. Some Fiftula's are bred by the corruption of a bone, others of a nerve, others of membranes and 
others ofother parts of the body.Some run ftratght in,others and that the greater part,have turnSaSd 
wmdmgs;fome have one, others have more orifices and windings.fome are at the joints others nmtL. 
c?,M^Ome T°f tht bndy'aS in\7h"'hcft>!ly,guts,womb, bladder; fome areeafily, others diffi- 
cultly cured,and fome wholly uncurable.There are divers figns of Fiflula's according to the variety of the 
parts they poflefs; for if that which you touch with the end of your probe make refiftance and refound 
then you may know that it is come to the bone, and then if the end of the probe flip ap and down as on » 
fmooth and polite fuperficies,it is a fign that the bone is yet found;but if it flop and (lay in any place as in 
a rough way,then know that the bone is eaten, rough and periffiedjfometimes the bone lies bare and then 
you need not life the probe. Befides alfo it is a fign that the bone is affefted, iftherebe apurule'nt efflux 
of an unftuotis or oily matter,not much unlike that marrow wherewith the bone is nourished For ereJ» 
excrement Ibcwesthe condition of the nourifliment of the part whence it is fens- inaFiflnl. wT? 
penetrates to a nerve, the Patient is troubled with a pricking paine elbreiX5wL„ ±, "h 
fearch with a probe, efpeciallyif the matter which flowes down be more afrid. Oft-times ifit be cold*' 
andUPfified t aIfothe matter whfch flow om then? £ 
more lubtle, and fomewhat like unto that which flowes fronuthe bonps vpi nnt r tnence is 
ous and vifcouveftmbling the condition ofthe alimenuh"mouof rv« 
from an artery. Old FffidaTand fuch L ' 7'"' -cc with fomc ™rmBri„g if 
efpecially inan ancient and weak bSy have run ftfuddainly (hut up, caufe dealh, 
What a Cal 
Jous is. 
The diffe- 
rences of 
Fiftula's. 
The fignes. 
The Ggne 
that the 
bone is bare 
from the 
condition 
of the mat- 
ter which is 
caft forth. 
Aetius tetr. 
4. fe fl. 2.cap. 
55- 
Old Fibu- 
la's ilclofed 
prove naor- 
5«ll» 
CHAP. Lib.13. 
Of O leers,Fiilulds, and Hitmorrboides 
355 
CHAP. XXII. Cf the cure 
Jr the cure ; in the hilt place it will oe expedient to r iitula;and that either with 
a wax fize, a probe of lead, gold or filver, to find outtnedepth and windings or corners 
thereof. But if the Fiftula be hollowed with two or more orifices, and thofe cimiculous, fo 
that you cannot poflibly and certainly fearch or find them all out with your probe ; then 
mint you call an injedion into fomcone of theie holes, and fo obferve the places where it comes 
forth,for fo you may learn how many,and how deep or fuperficiary cavities there be; then by making 
inciftons you mult lay open and cut away the callous parts. You muft make incifions wkh an incifion 
knife or razour,or die apply aftuall or potential! cautcriesjfor nature cannot unkfle the callous fub- 
ftance be firft taken away,rcftoreor generate flefh or agglutinate the diftant bodies. For hard things 
cannot grow together,unlefle by the interpofition of glue, fuch as is laudable blood ; but a callous 
body on all fides poflefimg the lurface of the ulcerated Hefti, hinders the flowing of the blood out of 
the capillary veins for the reftoring of the loft fubftance and uniting of the disjoined parts. If you at 
any time make cauftick injeftions into the Fiftula,you muft prefcntly flop the orifice thereof,that fo 
they may have time to worke the efleft,for which they are intended. Which thing we may conjecture 
by the tumor of the part,the digefture of the flowing matter, and its lefler quantity. Then you mu ft 
haften the falling away of the Efchar,and then the ulcer muft be drefled like other ulcers.But oft-times 
the CaL'ous which poflefles the finuous cavity of a Fiftula,overcome by the power of acrid and efcarco- 
tick medicins comes whole forth,and falls out like a pipe, and fo leaves a pure ulcer underneath it. 
Which 1 oblerved in a certain Gentleman, when I had waftied with ftrong divers times a 
Fiftulous ulcer in his thigh (hot through with a bullet; then prefcntly by putting in my Balfam for- 
merly defcribed,he grew well in a Ihort time. Fiftula's which are neer great vcfiells,Nerves or princi- 
pal! intrailes,muft not bemedled with unlefs with great caution.When a Fiftula proceeds by the fault 
of a corrupt bone,it is to be confidered whether that fault in your bone be fuperficiary,or deeper in,or 
whether it is wholly rotten and periftied.For if the default be fuperficiary it may eafily be taken away 
with a defquammatory Trepan ;but if it penetrate even to the marrow, it muft be taken forth with 
cutting mullets,firft having made way with a 'lerebellum. But if the bone be quite rotten and perifhed, 
it muft be wholly taken away,which may be fitly done, in the joints of the fingers, the radius of the 
Cubit and Lea;;but no fuch thing may be attempted in the focket of the Buckle bone,the head of the 
Thigh bone,or any ofthe Rack bones when they are mortified,neither in thofe Fiftula's,which are of 
their own nature uncurable;but you fhall think you have difeharged your duty and done fufficient- 
lyfor the Patient,if you leave it with aprognoftick. Of this nature arc Fiftula's which penetrate e- 
ven to the bowellsywhich come into the parts orefpread with large veflclls or Nerves, which happen 
to effeminate and tender perfons,who had rathrr dye by much, then to fuffer the pain and torment 
of the operation. Like caution muft be ufed,when by the cutting of a Fiftula there is fear of greater 
danger,as ofconvullion if the difeafe be in a nervous part.In thefe and the like cafes the Chirurgeon 
fhall not fet upon the perfect cure of the difeafe,but fhall think it better to prevent by all means poffi- 
ble that the difeafe by frefh fupplies become no worfc, which may be done if he prevent the falling 
down of any new defluxion into the part 5 if by an artificial! diet he have a care that excrementiti- 
ous humors be not too plentifully generated in the body;or fo order it, that being generated they 
may be evacuated at certain times,or clfe diverted from the more noble to the bafe parts. But in the 
mean fpace it fhall be requifite to waft the faulty flefti,which growes up more then is fitting in the ul- 
cer,and to clenfe thejordet or filth,with medicins,which may do it without biting or acrimony and 
putrefaction. 
Row ro find 
out rhe 
windings 
and cavities 
ofFiftula'$0 
Cauftick 
injefltons» 
Ufa life'. 
Remedies 
fora Viftu- 
la procee- 
ding from a 
corrupt 
bone. 
The care of 
whatFiftu- 
la's may be 
atrempredj 
and which 
may nor. 
A palliative 
cure of a 
FifiulSp 
CHAP. XXIII. Of the Fiftula" s in the Fundament. 
Ill ula's In the Fundament are bred of the fame canfes as other kinds of Fiftula's are; to wit, 
of a wound or abfcefle not well cured,or of a haemorrhoid which is fuppurated. Such as 
are occult,may be known by dropping down ofthe pmdwand purulent humor by the 
Fundament and the pain of the adjacent parts. But fuch as are manifeft by the help of 
your probe you may find whither they goe and how far they reach. For this purpole the 
Chirurgeon lhall put his finger into the Fundament of the Patient, and then put a Leaden probe into 
the orifice ofthe Fiftula,which if it come to the finger without interpolation of any is a fign 
it penetrates into the capacity ofthe Gut.Befides alfo then there flowes not only by the Fundament 
but alfo by the orifice which the malign humor hath opened by its acrimony,much matter,fomewhiles 
famous,and oft-times alfo breeding Worms. Fiftula's may be judged cuniculous, and running into 
many turnings and windings,if the probe do not enter far in, and yet notwithftanding more matter 
flowes therehence then reafon requires (hould proceed from fo fmall an ulcer. You may in the ori- g 
fices of all Fiftula's,perceive a certain callous wart, which the common Chirurgeons tearm a Henst 
arfe. Many fymptomes accompany Fiftula's which are in the Fundament,as a eIenejmu$.) ftrangury and 
falling down of the Fundament- If the Fiftula muft be cured by manuall operation, let the Patient lye 
fo upon his back,that lifting up his legs, his thighs may prefle his belly, then let the Chirurgeon, 
having his nail pared,put his finger belmeared with fome ointment into the Patients 
let him thruft in at the orifice of the Fiftula a thick Leaden needle drawing after it a thread confifting* 
of thread and horfe hairs woven together,and then with his finger taking hold thereof and fomewhat 
crooking it,draw it forth at the Fundament,together with the end of the Thread-Then let him knit 
the two ends of the thread with a draw or loofe knot,'that fo he may ftfaiten them at his pleafure. 
Burts 
The caufei. 
Signs. 
Symp- 
' tomes* 
The art of 
binding 
and cutting 
aFiflulaof 
the Punch? 
mem. 356 
Of V leers jFiftula'r and H<emorrboides 
Lib.13; 
But before you bind them you (hall draw the thread Ibmcwhat roughly towards you as though you 
meant to faw the flelh therein contained,that you may by this means cut the Fiftula without any fear 
of an Hemorrhage, or flux ofblood. It Ibnietimes happens that fuch Fiftula's penetrate not into 
theGutjfothat thefingerby interpofition offome callous body cannot meet with the needle or probe. 
Then it is convenient to put in a hollow Iron or lil ver probe fo through the cavity thereof to thrtift 
a (harp pointed ncedle,& that by pricking and cutting may dettroy ; which thing you cannot 
perform with the formerly defcribed leaden probe, which hath a blunt point,unlefs with great pain. 
A.Shewes the Nee- 
dis. 
probe. 
C. 7 he needle with 
the probe. 
O. The Leaden nee- 
die drawing a 
thread after it. 
1 he Callus be- 
ing waited, the 
Fittula fliall be 
bound as we for- 
merly mentio- 
ned. That which 
is fuperficiary 
needs no bin- 
ding, onely it 
mutt be cut. with 
Callus being confumed, the reft of the cure muftbe performed the manner 
ulcers. But youmuft note,that it any parcell of the Callous body remain untoucht bv the medirin 
or Inftrumentjthe £ tftulareviving again will caufe a relaple. 
The defection of a hollow filver Probe to be ujed with a needle}as aljo a Leaden Probe. 
o 
CHAP. XXIlII. Of 
VVhat 
are. 
ZEmorrhoides, as the word is ufually taken, are tumors at the extreamities of the veins cn- 
compaffing the Fundament, caufed by rhe defluxion of an humor commonly melancholick 
and reprelenting a certain kind of Varices.Some of thefe run at an hole being opened,which 
fometimes in fpace of time contrafts a Callus ; others only fwell,and call forth no moifture; 
fome arc manifeftjother lye only hid within. Thofe which run, commonly cafl forth blood mixed 
with yellowiffl ferous moifture,which ftimulates the blood to break forth,and by its acrimony opens 
the mouths of the veins.But fuch as do not run, are either like blifters,fuch as happen in burns, and 
by practitioners arc ufually called are caufcd by the defluxion of a phlegmatick and fe- 
rous humorjorelie reprefent a Grape, whence they are called fWn, generated by the afflux of blood 
laudable in quality,but overabundant in quantityjor elfe they exprefle the manner of a difeafe,whence 
they are termed proceeding from the lupprefflon of melancholick bloods or elfe they reprefent 
warts,whence they are ftilcd FtTrww/ci,enjoying the fame materiall caufe of the generation as the mo- 
rales do. This affeft is caufe of many accidents in men;for the perpetuall efflux of blood extinguiffl- 
eth thevivid and lively colour of the face, calls on a droplie, overthrows theftrength of the whole 
body. The flux of Haemorrhoides is commonly every moneth, fometimes only foure times in a yeare. 
Great pain,inflammation,an Abfcelfe which may at length end in a Fiftula,unlefle it be refilled by con- 
venient remedies,do oft-times forerun the evacuation of the Haemorrhoides. But if the Hxmorrhoides 
now in a moderate quantity,if the Patients brook it well,they ought not to be flayed, for that they 
free the Patients from the fear of iminent evills,as melancholy,leprofie,ftrangury and the like.Befides? 
if they be flopped without a caufe,they by their reflux into the Lungs caufe their inflammation or 
k rak thc veffclls hereof,and by flowing to the Liver caufe a dropfie by the fuffocation of the na- 
tiveheat; they caufe a dropfiejand univerfall leannefle on the contrary, if they flow immoderately by 
refrigerating the Liver by Ioffe of too much blood; wherefore when as they flow too immoderately 
t ey muft be flayed with a pledget of hares down dipped in the enfuing medicin. Rful.aloesjhurit ba- 
laujt. lang, draconian. incorf orentur Jimul cum ovi medicamentum adufum. When they are 
retched out and fwoln without bleeding,it is convenient to beat an Onion roafted in the embers 
??"J Oxes gall; and apply this medicin to the fwoln places, and renew it every five houres. This 
Kind of remedy is very prevalent for internal! Haemorrhoides; but fuch as are manifeft may be opened 
with horlleachessor a Lancet.The juice or mafic of the hearb called commonly Dead-nettle or Ark- 
angcll,applyed to the fwoln Haemorrhoides opens them,and makes the congealed blood flow there- 
hence.Thef ungus and Thymus being difeafes about the fundament arc cured by the fame remedv Tf 
acrimony,heat and pain do too cruelly afflift the Patient, you muft make him enter into a bath and 
Prcfently after apply to the ulcers (if any fuch be) this following remedy. R Olei rofciii] ceruse I i 
tharg.^.cer^ unguent.fecundum artem.Qr elfe,R thurisjnyrrh*, crock an. *]. opii Qi'Hat 
unguentum cum tleo rojarum& mucagme vitellum wnius ovi. You may eafily profecute the 
refidue-ofthe cure according to the gcnerall rules of Art. 
The end of the Thirteenth 
Theird'ffc' 
Symprotnes. 
Sent.2 7 Jeff. 
6 epid. 
A remedy 
for the im- 
moderate 
flowing of 
rhe Harmor- 
rhoides. 
Forfup- 
preftHea- 
morrhoides Lib.i4' 
357 
OF BANDAGES, 
OR, 
LIGATVRES. 
THE FOURTEENTH. BOOK. 
CHAP. I. Ofthe differences of Bandages. 
Andages,wherewith we ufc to bind,do much differ ambngft themfelves. But their 
differences (in Gakns opinion) are chiefly drawn from fix things 5 to wit, their 
matter,figure,length,breadth,making, and parts whereof they confift. Now the 
matter of Bandages is threefold;Membranous or of skins,which is accommodated 
peculiarly to the fra&ured grilles of the Nofc 5 of Woollen, proper to inflamed 
parts,as thofe which have need of no aftrifl:ion;of Linnen,as when any thing is to 
be faftbound:and of Linnen cloaths,foine are made of flax, otherfome of hemp, as 
hippocrates oMervcs.But Bandages do thus differ amongft themfelves in ftrufture, for that fome there- 
of confift of that matter which is fufficiently clofe and ftrong of it fell, inch are the membranous ; o- 
thers are woven,as the linnen ones.But that linnen is to be made choice of for this ufe,and judged the 
beft,not which is new and never formerly ufed,but that which hath already been worn and fervedfor 
other ufes,that fo the Bandages made thereof may be the more foft and pliable.-yet muft they beof fuch 
ftrength,that they may not break with ftretching,& that they may ftraitly contain & repell rhe humor 
ready to flow down,and fo hinder it from entring the part. Thefe, befides, muft not be hemmed nor 
ftitchcd,muft have no lace nor feam 5 for hems and feams by their hardnefs prefle into, and hurt the 
flcfh that lyes under thcm.Lace,whether in the midft or edges of the rowler, makes the Ligature une- 
quall.For the Member where it is touched with the lace,as that which will not yeeld, is prefled more 
hard:but with the cloth in the middle more gently,as that which is more lax. Furthermore,thefe Li- 
gatures muft be of clean cloth, that if occafion be,they may be moiftened or fteeped in liquor appro- 
priate to the difeafe,and that they may not corrupt, or make worfe that liquor by their moiftening 
therein.Now the Bandages which are made of Linnen clothes muft be cut long-waycs,and not athwart, 
for fo they (hall keep more firm and ftrong that which they bind, and befides, they will be alwaies a- 
like,and notbroadcr in one place then in another.But they thus differ in figure, for that fome of them 
are rowled up,to which nothing muft be fowed,for that they ought to be of a due length to bind up 
the member : others arc cut or divided, which truely confift of one piece, but that divided in the end 
(fuch are ufually taken to bind up the breads)or clfe in the midft; others are fowed together, which 
confift of many branches fowed together,and ending in divers heads, and reprefenting divers figures, 
fuch are the Bandages appropriated to the head. But they thus differ in length, for that fome of them 
are (horter,others longertfo in like fort for breadth; for fome are broader, others narrower. Yet we 
cannot certainly define nor fet down neither the length, nor breadth of Rowlers,for that they muft be 
various,according to the different length and thicknefs of the members Orparts.Generaily they ought 
both in length and breadth to fi; the partSjWhereunto they arelifed. For thefe parts require a bin- 
ding different each from other,the head,the neck, (boulders, arms, breads,groins, tefticles,fundament,' 
hips,thighs,legSjfeet and toes. For the parts of Bandages, we tearm one part their body, another their 
heads.By the body we mean their due length and brcadth;but their ehds, whether they run long-wayes 
or a-crofle,we according to G<den9term them their heads. 
ciis. 
Chir.offic. 
What cloths 
beft for 
rowlcrs. 
Cern.ad Je$i 
22 fefi.2.de 
tflic.ehiri 
C H A P. IL Sheweth the indications and general/ precepts of fitting of Bandages and Ligatures. 
Here are,in fliff cerates opinion, two indications of fitting Bandages or Ligatures; the one 
whereof is taken from the part afiededjthe other from the afieft it felf.From the part affected: 
fo the leg,if you at any time bind it up, muft be bound long-waycs, for if you bind it over- 
thwartjthe binding will loofen as foon as the Patient begins to go, and put forth his leg, 
tor' then the mufcles take upon them another figure. On the contrary the Arm or Elbow muft be 
bound up,bending in and turned to the brcaft,for otherwife at the firft bcnding,ifit be bound when it 
is ftretched forth,the Ligature will be flacked,for that ( as we formerly faid ) the figure of the nmfcles 
is pervcrted.Now for this indication,let each one perlwade himtelf thus much, that the part muft be 
bound up in that figure, where in wc would have it remain. 
Now for that indication which is drawn from the dileafe, if there be a hollow ulcer, finuous and 
cuniculousjcafting forth great ftore of 5rt«zcj,thcn muft you begin the ligature and binding from the 
bottom ofthe /?w,and end at the orifice of the ulcerjand this precept muft you alwayes obferve, whe- 
ther be fealcd in the top,bottom,middle, or fides of the ulcer. For thus the filth therein con- 
tained (hall be emptied and caft forth,and the lips ofthe ulcer too far feparated, (hall be joined toge- 
ther; other wife the contained filth will eat into all that lyes neer it, increafc the ulcer, and make it 
I 
lib.de fr<& 
, VVe muR 
> a! waits be« 
gin our li- 
gatures at 
■ the bottom Lib.14, 
358 
Concerning Bandages, or Ligatures. 
uncurable by rotting the bones which lye under it with this acrid fanies or filth. But fonic Ligatures 
■ are remedies of themftlves,as thofe which perform their duties of thcmfelves,and whereto the cure is 
comm it ted,as are thefe which reftore their native unitie, thofe parts.which are disjoined : others are 
' not ufed for their own fakes,but only to ferveto holdfaft fuch medicins as have a curative facultie. 
This kind of Ligature is either yet a doing,and is termed by Hippocrates Deligatio operans-, or elfe done 
and finilhed,and is called,Deligatio operata;for the firft,that the Ligature may be well made, it is fit that 
it be clofe rowled togcther,and belidcs,that the Surgeon hold it Rifle and ftrait in his hand, and not 
carelefly,for fo he fhall bind up the member the better. Alfo he muft in the binding obferve, that the 
ends of the Rowler,and conftquently their faftning may not fall to be on the aflc&ed or grieved part, 
for it is better that they come above or below,or elfe on the fide : befides alfo, he muft have a fpcciall 
care that there be no knot tyed upon the lame place,01 upon the i egion of the back, buttocks, fides, 
joints,or back part of the head,or to conclude in any other part upon which the Patient ufes to lean, 
reft or lye. Alio on that part where we intend to fow or faften the Rowlcrs,you muft double in their 
endsjthat fo the faftning or future may be the ftronger,otherwife how clofe foever they fhall be wrap- 
ped or rowled about the member, yet will they not remain firm,efpecially if they be of a great breadth. 
For the ftcond kind of Ligature,to wit,that which is already done and finifhed;the Surgeon, the per- 
former thereof,muft confider to what end it was done,and whether he hath performed it well and fit- 
: ly,as alfo neatly and elegantly,to the fatisfa&ion both of himfelf and the beholders. For it is the part 
' of a skilfull Workman every where handfomely and rightly to perform that which may fo be done. 
In fra&ures and luxations and all diflocations of bones,as alfo in wounds and contufions,you muft 
begin your bandage with two or three windings or wraps about upon the place,and thatfif you can) 
more ftraitly than in other places,that lb the ftt bones may be the better kept in their places,and that 
the humors,if any be already fallen thither,may by this ftrait comprefllon be prefled forth as alfo to 
hinder and prevent the entrance in of any other which may be ready to fall down. But in fra&ures fas 
thofe which never happen without contufion)the blood flowes,and is prefled forth of its proper vef- 
fels,as thofe which are violently battered and torn, which caufes fugillation in the neighbouring 
flefh,which firft looks red, but afterwards black and blue by reafon of the corruption of the blood 
poured forth under the skin. Wherefore after theft firft windings, which I formerly mentioned you 
muft continue your rowling a great way from the broken or luxated part; he which does otheiwife 
will more and more draw the blood and humors into the affefted part,and caufe Impoftumcs and o- 
ther malign accidents.Now the blood which flowes,goes but one way downwards, but that which is 
prefled is carryed as it were in two paths,to wit, from above downwards, and from below upwards 
Yet you muft have a care that you rather drive it back into the body and bowels, then towards the 
extremities thereof,as being parts which are uncapable offo much matter,and not furnifhedwith fuf- 
ficient ftrength to fufler that burden, which threatens to fall upon it, without danger and the 
increaftofprenaturall accidents. But when this mafle and burden of humors is thruft back into the 
body,it is then ruled and kept from doing harm by the ftrength and benefit of the faculties remai- 
ning in the bowels and the native heat. 
Sett 2- ojfic. 
Initio i ft$. 
Ligatures 
mu ft nor be 
onlylightly. 
but alio 
neatly per- 
formed. 
Gil.cwtJd 
ljib.de 
frait. 
CHAP. III. Of the three kfnds of Bandages neceffary in features. 
Sent. 2 4.. 
fctt.2. offi c. 
I, Wo forts of Ligatures are principally neceflary for the Surgeon, according to Hippocrates 
j by which the bones afwell broken as diflocated may be held firm when they are reftored 
Mto their naturall place. 
» Of thefe feme are called Hypodejmides, that is, Under-binders : others, Epidefini, that is 
Over-binders. There are fometimes but two under-binders ufed, but more commonly 
three. The firft muft firft of all be caft over the frafture,and wrapped there fome three or foure times 
about,then the Surgeon muft mark and obferve the figure of the frafturesfor as that fhall be fomuft 
he vary the manner of his binding.For the Ligature muft be drawn ftrait upon the fide oppofiteto 
that whereto the luxation or frafturemoft inclines, that fo the bone which ftands forth may be for 
ced into its leat,and fo forced may be the more firmly there contained. Therefore if the right fide be 
the more prominent or ftanding forth, thence muft you begin your ligation,and fo draw your liga- 
ture to the left fide. On the contrary,if the left fide be more prominent,beginning there you (hall goe 
towards the oppolite fide in binding androwling it. Here therefore would I require a Surgeon to be 
having both his hands at command, that fo he may the more exquifitely perform 
fuch variety of ligations.But let him in rowling,bend or move this firft ligature upwards, that is to- 
wards the body,tor the former reafons. But neither is this manner of ligation peculiar to fraftures 
but common to them with luxations:for,into what part foever the luxated bone flew, then when it 
is ieftored,that fide muft be bound the more loofly and gently whence it departed, and that on the 
contrary more hard unto which it went. Therefore the ligature muft be drawn fide where- 
unto the bone wentjfo that on this fide it be more loole and foft,and not ftraitly prefled with boul- 
fteis or rowlers,that fo itmay be more inclined to the fide oppofiteto the luxation. If the ligation 
otherwife performed,it fucceeds not well,for the part is relaxed,and moved out of its natural feat 
herefore there will be no fmall danger,left the bone be forced out again,and removed from its'place* 
wheremto it was reftored by art and the hand. Which thing Hippocrates fo much feared that Jn rhp 
contrary he willed that the fet bone (hould be drawn fomewhat more unto> X"part XntrerX that 
hereunto it was driven by force,than the naturall and proper fite thereof fliould require But to re 
rW?° Tf?kmC^uCOU-fe?t'hr V«atur«:The "nderbinder being put on, we then take 
he fecond,with which we m like fort begin at the fra&ure,but having wrapped it once or twice a- 
bout 
typodefmii 
de/. Lib.14* 
Concerning Bandages, or 
359 
bout there,forthat3as we formerly (aid, we muft not force back, and prefle fo much blood towardsthe 
extremities, as we muft do towards the body and bowels. Wherefore this Ligature [ball be drawn from 
above downwards, gently draining it to prefle forth the blood contained in the wounded part; When 
by rowling you (hall come to the end of the part,then you (hall carry back again that which remains 
thereofto wit,upwards;But otherwite you may take the third under-binder, wherewith you may be- , 
gin to rowle,whereas you left with the fccond, & you may carry it thus,rowling it from below upwards. t 
Thete under-bindings thus fini(hed,apply your boulfteris, after them your over or upper-bindings,which < 
are oft-times two3buc fometimes three. The firft hath two heads, and is Wrapped both from the right ' 
hand and the left, for the pretervation of the firft under-binder and the boulders and reftoringthe mu- J 
foies to their native figure. The two other which remain,confift of one head, anti the oneof them muft 
be rowled from below upwards,the other from above downwards.after inch a manner, that they may be 
directly contrary to theunder-bindeis;asifthey were rowled from the right hand, then thefe muft be 
from the left. Now this is the manner of Hippocrates his Ligation,which, for chat it is now grown out of 
ufe,we muft herefet down that which is in common ufe.They do not at this time.ufe any over-binders,' 
butthat which we termed the third under-binder ferves our Surgeons in (lead ofthe three foremsntio- 
ned over-binders. Wherefore they carry this third under-binder, v rapped from below upwards C as we., 
formerly faidjeontrary to the firft and tecond under-binder-.as if thtfe begun on the right fide, this (ball 
be rowled from the left,and (ball end whereas the firft under-binder ended. And you muft not only draw 
it indifferently hard,but alfo make the fpires and windings more rare. This third rowler is of in 
this manner of Ligation,that is,it reftores the mufcles totheir native figure,fronr whence they were iome- 
what altered by the drawing and rowling ofthe two former Ligatures. But you muft alwaycs have re- 
gard,thzft you obferve that meafurein wrapping your Ligatures,which reafon, with the tenfe ofthe Pati- 
ent,and eafe in fuffering,preferibes;having regard that the tumor become not inflamed. Alfo the habit of 
the body ought to prefcribe a meafure in Ligatiomfor tender bodies cannot away with fo hard binding 
as hard.Verily,in fractures andluxations,the humors by too ftrait binding are prefled into the extreme 
parts of the body grievous and oft-times enormous Oedema's proceed • for healing whereof the 
Ligature muft be looted,and then the tumified parts p&fled by a new rowlirig, which muft be performed 
from below upwards,and fo,by forcing the matter ofthe tumor thither, it may be helped ; for there is nd 
other hope or way to drive the humor back again.He which doth this3forfakes the proper cure of the dif- 
eate, fo to refift the fymptome,which the Surgeon (hall never refute to do, as often as any rieceflary caufe 
(hall require it.For this caufe Hippocrates bids,that the bandages belpofed every three dayes, and then to 
foment the part with hot water3that fo the humors,whtch ( drawne; thither by the vehemency of painj 
have fetled in the part,may bediffolved and difperfedjahd itching and other fuchlike fymptomespre- 
vented.The fear of all accidents being paft,let the Ligation'be fodner or later looted, and more flacked 
then it formerly was accuftomed; that fo the blood and laudable matter, whereof a Caff™ may enfue, 
may flow more freely to the affefted part. 
When the 
third un- 
der-binder 
is necefla- 
£7- 
Epideftttii 
The man* 
ner of 
binding 
now 
What 
mean to 
be obfer- 
vtrd in 
wtapping ■ 
rhe Ligtty 
cures. 
Why 
/lippoc. 
b d- to 
loofe the 
Ligatures 
every third 
day. 
CHAP. Till. Of the binding up of Fra flu res affociated with a wound. 
Tfometimeshappens,thataFraftufc is affociated by a Wound, and yet for all this it is fit to 
bind the part with a Ligature,otherwife there will be nofourll danger of fwelling, inflammati- 
on,and other ill accidents,by reafoh of the too 'plehtifull afflux of humors from the neigbou- 
ringparts,But it is not fit to endeavour to ufe that kind of binding which is performed with 
many circumvolutions or wrappings about.For feeing the wound muft be drafted every day, the part 
muft each day neceflarily bcftirred,and the Ligature,confifting of fo many windings,loofedjwhich thing 
will caufe pain,and conlequently hinder the knitting and uniting which is performed by reft. Therefore 
this kind of binding may be performed by one only rowlihg about the wound, and that with a rowler 
which confiftsof a twice or thrice doubled cloth,made in manner of a boaliter, and fewed with as'much 
conveniency as you can,that it may be fo large as to encompafle and cover all the wound, for thefe rea- 
fons;which (hall be delivered at large in our Treadle of Fractures. But if the wound run long-wayes, 
let theboulftersand fplints be applyedto the fides of the wound, that fo the lips of the wound may be 
prefled together, and the contained filth prefled forth. But if it be made' overthwart,wemuftabftain- 
from boulfters and fplints.-for that,in Galent opinion, they would dilate the wound, and the purulent 
matter would be prefled out,and caft back into the wound. 
How to 
bind ups 
Fraflure 
with a 
wound. 
Ad jerJ.n- 
(efi.de fra fi, 
CHAP* V. Certain common precepts of the binding tip ofF ra&ures and and luxations» 
N every Fra&ure and Luxation,the deprefled,hollow. and extenuated parts,fuch as are neer unto 
the joints3ought to be filled up with boulfters9or clothes put about them, lb to make the part 
equall,that fo they may be equally and on every fide prefled by thefplints, and the bones more 
firmly contained in their feats# So when the knee is bound up,you muft fill the ham or that Ca- 
vity which is there,that fo the ligation may be the better and fpeedilier performed. The fame muftbe 
done under the arm-pits,above the heel,in the arm neer the wrift ; and, to conclude, in all other parts 
which have a conspicuous inequality by reafon of fome manifcft cavicie. When you have finifhed your 
binding, then enquire of the Patient,whether the member feem not to be bound too ftrait. For if he fay, 
that he is unable to endure it fo hard bound,then muft the binding be fomewhat flackned. For,too ftrait 
binding caufes pain,heat, defluxion,a gangrene, and laftly, afphacellor morcificatiombflt too loofe is 
unprofitable,for that it doth not contain the parts in that ftate we defire. Itisafign of a juft ligation 
that is neither too ftrait nor too loofe,tf the enfuing day the part be fwoln with an oedematous tumor, 
\ - caufed 
Hipp.fenti 
37-6-38' 
/e&.i.ae 
frafft 
The figns 
af too 
flraif and. 
loofebin- - 
ding up. 360 
Concerning Bandageor Ligature 
LIB.14. 
canted by the blood prefled forth of the broken place- but of too ftrait ligation3if the part be hard fwoln; 
and of too loofe,ifit be no whit fwoln.as that which hath prefled no blood out of the afle&ed part Now 
if a hard tumor3caufed by too ftrait binding, trouble the Patient, it muft prefently be loofcd3for tear of 
more grievons fymptomes,and the part muft be fomented with warme and another indiffq- 
rent,yea verily, more loofe ligature muft be made in ftead thereof, aslongasthe pain and inflammation 
(hall continue;in which time and for which caufe,you (hall lay nothing upon the part which is any thing 
burdenfome. When the patient begins to recover/or three or four dayes fpace, efpecially if you find him 
of a more compaft habit and a ftrong man,theligature muft be kept firm and not loofed. Ifon the third 
day,and fo untill the feventh,the fpires or windings be found more loofe,and the part affefted more flen- 
der-then we muft judge it to be for the better. For hence you may gather,that there is an expreflion and 
digeftion of the humorsjcaufing the tumor made by force of the ligation. Verily, broken bones fitly bound 
up,are better fet,and more firmly agglutinated,which is the caute,why in the place of the frafture the li- 
gation muft be made the ftraiter,in other places more loofly.If the fraftured bone ftand forth in any part, 
it muft there be more ftraitfy prefled with boulfters and fplints. To conclud, theicventh day being paft 
we muft bind the part more ftraitly then before:for thai then inflammation, pain and the like accidents* 
are not to be feared. But thefc things which we have hitherto fpoken of the three kinds of Ligatures, can- 
not take place in each fra&ured part of the body,as in the chaps,collar-bones, head, nofe, ribs. For,teeing 
fuch parts are not round and long, a Ligature cannot be wrapped about them, as it may on the arms, 
thighs,and legs,bat only be put on their outfidcs. 
Why we 
niuft make 
mere ftrait 
ligation on 
the broken 
part. 
CHAP. VL n/eJfor wbibbLigjtttres ferve. 
The firftbe* 
ttefit of Li* 
garures. 
V that which we have formerly delivered,you may underftand that Ligatures are of ule to re- 
ftore thole things which are leparated and moved forth of 8their places3and join together thole 
which gapejas in fra&ures,wounds,contufions,finewous ulcers, and otherlike affe&sagainft na- 
ture,in which the lolution of continuity (lands in need of the help of Bandages, for the repara- 
tion thereof Befides alfo,by the help of Bandages thefe things are kept afunder or leparated, which o- 
therwife would grow together againft'nature 5 as in Burns, wherein the fingers and the hams would 
mutually grow together; as alfo the Arm-pits to the Cheft, the Chin to the Brcaft, unleffe 
they be hindred by due ligation. Bandages do allo conduce to refrelh emaciated parts: wherefore 
if the right leg waft for want of nourilhment, the left leg, beginning at the foot, may be conveniently 
rowled up even to the groin. If the right arm confume, bind the left with a frrait Ligature, beginning at 
the han (Land ending at the arm-pit.For thus a great portion of blood from the bound-up partis lent 
back into the vent whence it regurgitates into thcalmoft empty veflels of the emaciated paru 
But I would have the found part to be fo bound,that thereby it become not painfulljfor a dolorifick liga- 
tion eaufes a greater attra Nation of blood and fpirits,as alfo exercife: wherefore I would have it during 
that time to be at reft3and keep holy-day. Ligatures alfo conduce to the flopping of bleedings: which 
you may perceive by this,that when you ©pen a vein with your lancet,the blood is prcfently ftayedjay- 
ing on a boulder and making a Ligature. Alfo Ligatures,are ulefull for women prefently after theirde- 
liveryjfor their womb being bound about with Ligatures, the blood wherewith their womb was too 
much moiftened,is expelled, the ftrength of the expulfive faculty being by this means ftirredup to the 
cxpulfion thereof:anditalf> hinders the empty womb from being fwoln up with wind, which other- 
wile would prefently enter thereinto.This fame Ligature is a help to fuch as are with child,for the more 
ealie carrying of their thofe whofe Child lyes fo far down-wards, that lying as it were 
in the den of the hips,it hangs between the thighs,and fo hinders the free going of the mothcrThcrcfore 
the woman with child is not only cafed by this binding ofher womb with this Ligature, which is com- 
monly terniedjthe navill alfo,her child being held up higher in her womb,(he hath freer and 
more liberty to walk.Ligatures are in like fort good for revulfion and derivation: as alfo for holding of 
medians which are laid to a part,as the neck,brcaft or belly. Laftly, there is a triple ufe of Ligatures in 
amputation of members ,as arms and legs.The firft to draw and hold upwards the skin and muicles lying 
under it,that the operation being performed,they may,by their falling down again, cover the ends of the 
cut-off bonesjandfoby that means help forwards the agglutination and cicatrization; and when it is 
healed up,caufe the lame member to move more freely, and with leflTe pain-and alfo to performe the for- 
l°nkith?'aS L B'ereiculhlon °,r bo7lfter of mufculous fleih lying thereunder. The fecend is, they 
a r blee,jbn8 by PpAng together the veins and arteries. The third is,they by ftrait binding inter- 
Xdi he£rCe Piffag' °fanlmaI1 fPin«3and fo deprive thepart which lyes thereunder of the fenfe of 
feeling,by malting it,as it were, ftupid or num. J C Ot 
Thefecqnd. 
The third. 
The fourth, 
Thefifth. 
Thefixth. 
The feventh 
The eighth, 
the particu. 
hr ufe of 
ligatures in 
the amputa, 
tion of 
members. 
CHAP. VII OfBoulfterj orComprejfej, 
The firft 
life of 
Boulftcrs 
?aU.LftnthtTe afdoub*c.afe^e " «to fiU »P cavities and thoG parts which are not of an 
equal! thicknefs to their end. We have examples of cavities in the Arm-pits, C!avicles,Hams 
and Groins5andot parts which grow fmall towards their ends, in the arms towards the 
refts,m the legs towards the Get,m the thighs towards the knees. Therefore youmufthll 
twoorrtreeFiowjersOT'undentaidere' 
thelatterjotqjlwayenjr dowtwigbt?1*^ n,eatl°nedkind'the^lniIft 
iouniayalfouGBoulfters,ieft .hetoo flraic binding ofche Lifan™cauft painand trouble 
new 
The fecond 
ufe ofrhem. 
The third 
wfe of them. Lib.15. 
361 
ncw tet bones. A three or four times doubled cloth will ferve for the thicknefs of your Boulfters, but 
the length and breadth muft be more or Jefs, according to the condition of the parts and diteate fo» 
which they muft be applyed. 
CHAP. VIII. Of the ufe of Splints, Cafes. 
Avingdelivered theliftsof Ligaturesand Boulfters,it remains that we fay fomewhatof 
the other things, which ferve to held the bones in their places j as Splints, Junks, Cafes, 
and fuch other like. Splints are made and com poled of paft-bord, of thin iplinters of 
wood,of leather3fuch as Ihoo-foals aremade the rinds of trees, or plates of latin, 
or lead,and fuch other like,which have a gentle and yeelding ftifnefs ; yet would I have 
them made as light as may be,left they by their weight become troublefome to the affe&ed part. But 
for their length,breadth,and number,let them be fitted agreeable to the part whereto they muft be 
ufed.Let alfo their figure be (freight or crooked according to the condition of the member whereto 
they muftbeapplyed. You muft have a fpeciall care, that they run not fo far as the fwcllings out, or 
cminencies of the boncs;as the ancles,knees,elbows, and the like,left they hurt them by their preffurc: 
alfo you muft have a care,that they be fmaller at their ends,and thicker in their middles,whereas they 
lye upon the broken bone.The ufe of fplints is,to hold faft and firm, that they may ftir no way the 
broken and luxated bones,after they be let and reftored to their places. That they perfbrme this ufe, 
it is fit there be no thick boulfters under them,nor over many fo through fo thick a fpace, 
they would not fo ftraitly prefle the part. Junks are made of(ticks thebignefs of ones finger,wrapped 
about with ru(hes,and then with linnen cloth: they are principally ufed in fractures of the thighs 
and legs.Cafcs are made of plates of latin, or elfe of (bme light woodjtheir ufe is,to contain the bones 
in their due figure, when the Patient is to be carried out of one bed or chamber into another, or elle 
hath need to go to ftool:laftly,ifwe muft reft fomewhat more ftrongly upon the broken or luxated 
members,thefe Cafes will hinder the bones from ftirring or flying out on the right fide or left,above 
or below,we deeping or waking,being willing orunwillingjandin like fort left being riot as yet well 
knit,or more loofly bound up for fear of pain, inflammation,or a gangrene,they hang downe, fall, or 
fly in funder by reafon of the inequalities of the bed.Such Cafes, Junks,and the like, which ferve for 
reftoring and faft holding of broken and luxated bones,we may,according to Hippocrates his mind,call 
them in generall Gloflocomia. All which things,the young Surgeon, which is not as yet exercifed in 
the works of Art, can fcarce- tell what they are.But in the mean time, whileft that he may come to be 
exercifed therein,or fee others perform thefe operations,I, as plainly as poflibly I could,have in worjls 
given him their portraiture or (hape.. 
The matter 
of 
Their ufe,' 
VVhat 
Junks ar6< 
The mattes 
and uft of 
Cafes t 
um,3 gene- 
ral! name! 
for fa ch 
things. 
7he end of the Fourteenth 
OF FRACTVRES. 
THE FIFTEENTH. BOOK. 
. . > ux .. ':.<rn - . 
C H A P. I. What a if, and what the differences thereof aret 
Frafture, in Calebs opinion, is the Solution of continuity in a bone, which by the 
Greeks is called Catagtna.There arc many forts of hurting or offending the bones:as the 
drawing them afunder,luxation,or putting them out of joint 5 their Unnaturall grow- 
ing together,their cutting or dividing afunder; contu(ion,abfceffe,putrefaftion,rotten- 
nefle,laying bare the being violated or loft and laftly, that whereof we now- 
treat,a Fracture. Again,the varieties of Fra&ures are almoft infiriite.For one is complete 
and perfcft,another long-wife,another tranfverfc,anotheroblique ; one while it is 
broken into great pieces3another while into little and fmall fcales,which have either a blunt, or eKe 
a (harp end,and prick the adjacent bodies of the mufcles, nerves, veins Or arteries. ft fometimes hap- 
pens,that the bone is not broken into fplinters3that is, long-wayes, but together, and at once into 
two peeces overthwart,which Ffa&ure is called Raphanedon, that is,after the manner of a Pvadifli. 
A Fraftare is made like a nut,whenas the bone flyes into many fmall peeces, fevered 
each from other,as when a Nut is broken with a hammer,or mallet upon an Anvile:Which fraftureis 
alfo termed Atyhitidonjzy reafon of the refemblance it hath to meal of flour 5 and filch is often lecn in 
fraftutes made by bullets,(hot out of guns and fuch fiery to thefe are thole fraftures 
which are called Sth id addon, as rent into fplinters, or after the manner of a boordor peeceof timber, 
that is, right-down,and alongft the boftc : and thefe fractures are either apparent to the eye,or elfe 
not apparent,and therefore called Capillarie,being fo fmall, as that they cannot be perceived by the 
cye,unlefle you put ink upon them,and then (have them with your Scrapers. Sometimes the bone is 
only preffed down with the ftroke,fometimes in the contrary it flyes up, as if it were vaulted: They 
call it attrition,when the bone is broken into many fmall fragments, and as it were fcales or chips. 
The fragments of fractured dones are fometimes Imooth and polifhed, otherwhiks unequal!, and 
tM, 
Wha t it is 
for a bone 
to be bro- 
ken Rapb** 
nedon. 
What Ci* 
rjedon,ot 
Alpbiiidoii. 
What styl* 
daeideiC' 
• .. 363 
Concerning Fractures. 
werefharp and rough with little teeth,or pricks.Some fraftures touch only the furfacc of the bone, 
fetching off only a change not the lite of featured bones, but only cleaves them 
length-wayes, without the plucking away of any fragment; otherfome penetrate even to their mar- 
row. Furthermore fome traftures are ilmpleand alone by themfelves 5 otherfome are accompanied 
with a troop of other affe&s and fymptomesjas a woundjwBmorrhagie, inflammation, gangrene, and 
the like.Hereunto you may alfo adde the differences drawn from the parts which the Fraftures pof- 
feflejas from the head,ribs,limbs,joints,and other members of the body. Adde alfo thefe which are ta- 
ken from the habit of bodies, aged, young, full of ill humors, well tempered 5 almoft all which have 
i their proper and peculiar indications for curing. Now the caufes of f ractures, are the too violent af* 
faults or ftroaks of all externall things,which may cut,bruife,break,or fhake:in this number of caufej 
may alfo be reckoned fals from high places,and infinite other things, which would be long and ttdiZ 
ous to reckon up. 
The caufes 
of fraftures. 
CHAP. II. Ojthe figns of a Fracture. 
E may know by evident figns that a bone is broken : the firft whereof and mofr certain is 
when by handling the part which we fufpeft to the broken, we feel peeces of the bone feve- 
red afunder,and hear a certain crackling of thefe peeces under our hands, cauled by the attri- 
tion of the/battered bones I Another lign is taken from the impotency of the part, which 
chiefly bewrayes it felf, when both the bones,the leg, and brace-bones, the ell and wand are broken. 
For if only the brace-bone or wand be broken,the Patient may go on his leg, and ftir his arm: for the 
brace-bone ferves for the fuftaining of the mufcles,and not of the body,as the leg bone doth.The third 
fign is drawn from the figure of the part changed befides nature; for it is there hollow, from whence 
the bone is flown or gone,but gibbous or bunching out whither it is run* Great pain in the interim 
torments the Patient by reafont of the wronged f>erioftetony and that membrane which involves the mar- 
row and the lympathy of the adjacent parts which are comprefled or pricked. 
The firft 
figti ofa 
broken 
bone. 
Another. 
A third. 
CHAP. III. Of prognofticfy to beniade in Fractures. 
E muft prognoftkate in Fradures whether they are to end in the deftruftion or welfare of 
the Patient;or whether their core fhall be long of ffiort,cafie, or elfe difficult and dange- 
rousjandlaftly,wlut accidents & fymptomes may happen thereupon.He ffialleafilv attain 
to theknowledg of all thefe things,who is not only Srell feen in the ana"l defX 
„rf r ?lo"^ftbe1boneTs>tIalfoin/hetGmP complexion ofthe Whole body. 
Wherefore in the firft place,! think good to admoniffi the Surgeon of this, that in winter when all is 
ftiffe with cold,by a little fall,or Tome fiich fleight occafion, the bones may be quickly and readily 
broken .For then the bones,being dried,by the drynefs of the air encompaffing us, become more brit- 
tl ejwhich every one of the Vulgar ufually obferve to happen bt>th in waxen and tallow candles • but 
when the feafon is moift,the bones arealfo more moift, and therefore more flexible and veelding to 
the violence of the obvious and offending body. Whereforealfoyvu may gather this to the framine 
of your Prognofticks, That bones by reafon bf their naturafldrinefs areifet'fo eafily acclutinated 
and confolidated as fleflijthough in Children,according to reafon.ofthe abuiidaB« of their 
humidity ,theloft fubflance may be repaired,according (as they term it J to the firft intention, that is 
by' reftonng of the fame kind of fubflance or matter. But in others, about the Fraftures a certain hard 
lubitance ufually concreats,of that nourishment of the broken bone which abounds, wliicTiVIues to- 
gether the fragments thereof,being fitly put together. This fubflance is then termed a Calin* and it is 
lot hardened in time,that the bone thereafter in the broken part is feen to be more firm and hard t han 
it is in< any othentherefore that ufuall faying in Phyfick is not without reafon; That reft is neceflarr 
for the uniting of broken bones For the Ok is eafily diffolved, if they be moved before their 
perteft and folid agglutination. Thcmatter trfiOllus ought to be indifferent and laudable in quan. 
T quallt7'7e£" b ood wh?h floTS for the rc8oif»tion of the loft flefli in wounds. ids St, 
that there may be fufficient matter for fuch a Ok, that the part have a laudable temper otheraftfc 
thereeither will be no Cafe,or certainly it will grow more flowly. Fra&ures are far eafily 
paired in young bodies than in oldifor in thefexhere is olcntv of rhf J i- - 
dt±B h01diAga 
titious.By this y ou may eafily conjcfture, that you cannot certainly fet down a time necefiarv for 
he generating a in fomeit happens later,in fome&oncrrthe caufe oY whkh vXv ilabfo 
° be r v11 tO phe of the year and reg ion,the temper ami diet of the Patient and man- 
i ti of Ligation.For,thofe Patients whole powers are weak and blood wirriffi unJ •*5 u r l 
f nh°Ebet T°tre di®cuIt.'e.fPc,cial?y if the Ok,which is n.hliltuud"be 
thftfe which happen but to one of them. For they are haS aS their 
Acuity, 
Why bones 
are more 
brittle in 
froftie wea- 
ther. 
Why the 
Solution of 
continuity 
in bones is 
not fo eafi* 
ly repaired. 
Galan arte- 
par. 
Whybones 
fooner knit 
injoung 
bodies. 
Meats of 
groife and 
cough nou* 
rifhmep.t 
conduce to 
the genera- 
tion of a 
Callw. 
Fraflures 
at joint dan« 
gcroixs. Lib.15. 
Concerning Fractures. 
363 
ficulty3becaufe that which remains whole., ferves the other tor a reft or ftay to which it may lean. 
Moreover,the re is longer time required to fubftitute a Callus to a great bone,than to a little one. Again 
thefe bones which are more rare and fpungie3are fooncr glued together by the interpofitiOn of a Cal- 
fr#,than thefe which are denfe and folid. A Callus fooner growes in fanguin3than in cholerick bodies. 
But broken bones cannot be fo happily agglutinated,nor reftored in any Body,but that alwayes fome 
ttfperity or unequall protuberancy may be Iccn on that part where the Callus is generated. Wherefore 
the Surgeon ought to make artificial! Ligations, that the may not ft-and out too far, nor fink 
down too low.ThatFra&ure isleaft troublefome which is fimple;on the contrary,that is more trou- 
blefome which is made into fplintersjbut that is moft troublefome and worft of all which is in final! 
and (harp fragments,becaufe there is danger of convulfion by pricking a nerve3or the periofteum. Some- 1 
times the fragments of a broken bone keep themfelves in their due place:they alfo oft-times fly forth 1 
thereof3fo that one of them gets above anotherjwhich when it happens,you may perceive an inequali- ' 
ty by the depreflion of the one part and the bunching forth of the other, as alfo pain by the pricking: 
befides alfo the member is made fhorter than it was,and than the found member on the oppofitefide 
is,and more fwoln by the contraftion of the mufcles towards their originall.Wherefore when a bone: 
is broken3ifyou perceive any thing fo deprelfed.prefently putting your hand on both fides above and ] 
below8ftretch forth the bone as forcibly as you can ; for otherwife, the mufcles and nerves, ftretched ' 
and contra&edjWill never of their own accord fuffer the bones to be reftored to their proper feat and 1 
themfelves.This extenfionmuft be performed in the firftdayes, for afterwards there will happen in- 1 
flammation:which beingprefent3it is dangerous to draw the nerves and tendons too violently 5 for 1 
hence would enfue an impoftume, convulfion,gangrene and mortification. Therefore Hippocrates for- 
bids you to defer fuch extenfion untill the third, or fourth day. Fraftures are thought dangerous, 
whofc fragments are great,and fly out3efpecially in thefe bones which are filled with marrow on the 1 
infide.When broken or dillocated bones cannot bereftored to themfelves and their naturall place, the ' 
part wafts for want of nourifhment;both for that the naturall fite of the veins, arteries and nerves is 
perverted,as alfo becaufe the part it felf lies immovable, or fcarce movable: whereby it cometh to j 
pafle,that the fpirits do not freely flow thereto,as neither thefriutritive juice cometh thither in fuf- r 
ficient plenty.When the diflocated or broken member is troubled with any great inflammation, it is j 
doubtfull whether or no a convulfion will happen3if we attempt to reftore it3or the parts thereof to 1 
their feat:therefore it isbetter3itit may be done,to defer the reducing thereof fo long, untill thehu- 1 
mor which podefies the part be diflblved,the tumor abated, and the bitternefs ofpain mitigated. 
H'ippfeEl. 
iS-dri?., 
fedt-i.de 
frctlhtrif. 
Ligations 
conduce to 
thehand- 
fomnes of a 
Callus, 
Extention 
mutt pie- 
fcntly be 
made after 
the bone is 
broken. 
3.def rati. 
In inflam- 
mations rhe 
lettering of 
the bone 
mutt notbfe 
attempted; 
CHAP. IV. the cure of broken and diflocated bones. 
O cure a broken and diflocated bone,is to reftore it to its former figure and lite. For the per- 
formance whereof,the Surgeon muft propofe three things to himlelf: The firft is, to reftorc 
the bone to its place ; The fecond is,that he contain or flay it being fo reftored : The third 
iSjthat he hinder the increafe of malign fymptomes and accidents; or elfe if they do happen, 
that then he temper and correct their prefent malignity .Such accidents are pain, inflammation, a fea- 
ver,abfcefle,gangrcne and Iphacell.For the firft intention,you may eafily reftore a broken or diflocated 
bone,if prefen tly,as foon as the milchance is got,or elfe the fame day, you endeavour to reftore it:for 
the bitternefs of pain or inflammation,which may trouble the Patient, is not as yet very great, nei- 
ther is the contraftion of the mufcles upwards as yet very much or ftubbom. Therefore firft of all, 
the Patient with his whole body,but efpecially with the broken or diflocated part,as alfo the Surgeon, 
muft be in fome place which hath good and fufficient light.Then let trufty and skilfull attendants be 
there,good ligatures,and alfo,if need fo require,good engins.His friends which are prefent., let them 
fee and hold their peace,neither fay,nor do any thing which may hinder the Work of the Surgeon. 
Then putting one hand above,that is,towards the center of the body, and the other below, as neer as 
he can to the part affefted,lethim ftretch forth the member: for if you lay your hand any diftance 
from the part affected,you will hurt the found part by too much comp reflion, neither will you much 
avail your felf by »ftretching it at fuch a diftance. But if you only endeavour'below with your 
hand or ligature,aflifting to make extenfion thereof, it will be dangerous if there be nothing above 
which may withftand or hold,left that you draw the whole body to you.This being done, according . 
as I have delivered,it is fit the Surgeon make a right or ftreight extenfion of the part affefted:for when 
the bone is either broken or out of joint, there is a contraction of the mufcles towards their origi- 
nall,and confequently of the bones by them,as it is obferved by Galen. Wherefore it is impoffible to 
reftore the bones to their former feat,without the extenfion of the mufcles.But the part being thus ex- 
tendedjthe broken bones will fooner and more eafily be reftored to their former feat.Which being re- j 
ftored,you fhal 1 prefently with your hand prefie it down,if there be any thing that bunches or ftands 
out. And laftly you fliall bind it up,by applying boulfters and fplints as fhall be fit. But if the bone be 
diflocated or forth of joint,then prefently after the extenfion thereof, it will be requifite to bend it 
fomewhat about,and fo to draw it in.The Surgeon is fometimes forced to ufe engins for this work, 
efpecially if the luxation be inveterate, if the broken or luxated bones be great; and that in ftrong 
and ruftick bodies,and Rich as have large jointsefor that then there is need of greater ftrength, than is 
in the hand of the Surgeon alone. For,by how much the mufcles of the Patient are the ftronger, by fo 
much will they be contra&ed more powerfully upwards towards their originals. Yet have a care that 
you extend them not too violently,left by rending and breaking afunder the mufcles and nerves, you 
caufe the forementioned fymptomes,pain,convulfion,a pahie and gangrene : all which fooner happen 
to ftrong and aged bodies,than to children,eunuches,women,youths,and generally all moift bodies, 
I i 2 for 
Three 
things to be 
performcdin 
curing bro.' 
ken and dif« 
located 
bones. 
How to put 
rhe bones ms 
then 
Hipp.ft nt. .. 
6o.feft.2.de 
frali. 
Adfent.u 
fefit.I. de 
fia2> 
When in- 
ft rtunems or 
enginsare 
ncccfft'7< 364 
Concerning Frattwes, 
Lib.jcj 
What bo- 
dies are 
fooner hurt 
by violent 
extension. 
Signs of a 
bone well 
tec.*. 
• for that they are lefs hurt by violent extenfion and pulling, by reafon of their native and much hu- 
midity and ioftnefs.For thus skins of leather,moiftened with any liquor,are ealily retched,and drawn 
f out as one pleafethcbut fuch as are dry and hard,being Icfle tractable, will f oonei rend and tear, than 
ftrctch further out.Therefore the Surgeon flrall ufe a mean in extending and drawing forth of mem- 
bers, as fha.ll be mo ft agreeable to the habits ofthe bodies. You may know the bone is let, and the let- 
ting performed as is fit,if the pain beaflwaged;to wit,the fibres of the mufcles,and the other parts be- 
ing reftored to their former lite,and all compreflion, which the bones moved out of their places have 
made,being taken away;jf,to your feeling there be nothing bunching out,nor rugged, but the furface 
ofthe member remain fmooth and equall 5. and laftly, if the broken or diflocated member compares 
withies oppofite in the compofurc of the joints, as the knees and ancles anfwer juftly and equally in 
length and thicknefs.For which purpofe it muft not fuffice the Surgeon to view it once, but even as 
often as he fhall drclfe it. For it may happen,that the bone which is well fet,may by fome chance, as 
by the Patients uncon fiderate turning himfelf in his bed,or as it were a convuhive < twitching of the 
member or joints whilft he Heeps,the mufcles of their own accord contracting themfelves towards 
their originals,that the member may again fall out;and it will give mayifeft ligns thereof by renew- 
ing the pain,by prefling or pricking the adjacent bodies : which pain will not ceafe, before it be refto- 
red to its place:and hereof the Surgeon ought to have diligent care.For if,whilft the CaUm is in grow- 
ing,one bone ride over another,the bone it felf will afterwards be fo much the Ihorter, and confe- 
quently the whole member;fo that if this errour fhall happen in a broken leg, the Patient will halt 
ever after,to his great grief,and the Surgeons fhame. Wherefore the Patient fhall take heed, as much as 
in him Iycs,that lie ftir not the broken member, before that the CaUw be hardned. Such diligent care 
needs not be had in diflocations. For thefe once fet, and artificially bound up, do not afterwards fo 
cafily fall forth as broken bones. The fecond fcope is, that the bones wich fhall be reftored may be 
firmly kept in their ftate and place. That fhall be done by Bandages 5 as ligatures, boulfters, and other 
thingSjWhereof hereafter we fhall make particular mention. Hither tend proper and fit medicins, to 
wit,applying of oil of Rofes with the whites of Egs,and the like repelling things; and then refolving 
medicins,as the prefent neceflity fhall require.lt will be convenient,to moiften your rowlcrs 8c boul- 
fters in oxy crate for this purpofe,or elfe in Rofe vinegar,ifthe Frafture be Ample, or with red wine, 
or the like liquor warm (in Galens opinionjif a wound be joined to the fracture ; and it will be fit to 
' moiften fractures oftner in SummenFor fo the part is ftrengthened, the defluxion being repelled, 
whereby the inflammation and pain are hindred. You muft defiftfrom hume&ing and watering the 
part when the fymptomes are paft,left you retard the generating of a Callus ; for which you muft la- 
bour by thefe means which we fhall hereafter declare. To this purpofe alfo conduces the reft and ly- 
ing of the part in its proper figure and fife accuftomed in health, that fo it may the longer remain in 
the fame place unftirred.Befides alfo,it is expedient then only to drefle the part, when it is needfull, 
and with thofc things that are rcqui(ite,fliunning,as much as may be, inflammation and pain. That 
figure is thought the beft,which is the middle,that is,which contains the mufcles in their lite, which 
is without pain;fo that the Patient may long endure it without labour or trouble. All thefe things 
being performed,the Patient muft be asked,whether the member be bound up too ftrait ? If he anfwer, 
No, ( unleffe peradventure a little upon the fra&ure or luxation, for there it is fit it fhould be more 
ftraitly bound) then may you know that the binding ismoderate. And this fame firft ligation is to 
be kept in frafturcs without looting for three or four dayes fpace,unlefleperadventure pain urge you 
to the contrary.In diflocations the fame binding may be kept for (even or eight dayes,unlefs by chance 
fome fymptome may happen,which may force us to open it before that time:for the Surgeon muft with 
all his art have a care to prohibit the happening of evill accidents and fymptomes,which,how he may 
bring to pafle,(hall be declared in the following Chapter. 
Cantes and 
figns of the 
rcfapte of a 
fee bone. 
Ad. fent. 
bi fe&.i.de 
fra if. 
What the 
midklle fi- 
gureis and 
why beft. 
Fit time for 
looftngof 
ligatures 
in fraflures 
and diflo« 
cations. 
CHAP.) V. By what means you may perform the third intention in curing fraflures and dislocations 
which isy the hindring and correction of accidents and Jymptomes. 
Fourthoice 
means r0 
hinder acci- 
dents. 
HLat we may attain unto this third fcope, it is requifite wt handle as gently and without 
pain,as we may,the broken or diflocated member., we drive away the defluxion ready to 
fall down upon the part by medicins,repelling the humor,and ftrengthening the part;we 
by appointing a good diet,hinder the begetting of excrements in the body, and divert 
them by purging and phlebotomy. But if thefe accidents be already prefent, we muft cure 
them according to the kind and nature of each of them:for they are various. Amongft which is recko- 
ned itching,which in the beginning torments the Patient: this arifeth from a colle&ion and fuppref- 
iion otlubacrid vapours,ariling from the blood, and other humors under the skin. Whence a light 
biting,which i caufeth a Ample itch,or elfe a more grievous and acrid one,from whence (in Galens opi- 
nionjproceeds a painfull itching.Wherefore fuch matter,as the caufe,being evacuated, all itching cea- 
leth.But this cannot eafily and freely be evacuated and breathed out, becaufe the pores of the part are . 
ihut up,and as it were opprelfed with the burden of the emplaifters,boulfters, and ligatures, which are 
put about the part. Hereunto may be added, that the part its felfdoth notfo perfectly perform and 
enjoy its wonted faculties and a&ions:by which it commeth to palfe, that the heat thereof is more 
, languid than may fuffice to difeufle the fuliginous matter there collefted. Wherefore it will be con- 
venient to loole the ligatures every third day,that as by loofing their tyes, their famous and fuligi- 
nous excrements,ffiut up under the skin,may freely paffe forth,left in continuance they ffiould fret and 
ulceiateitjas it happens to moft of thofe who provide not for it by loofing their ligatures. Befides al- 
io,thG part muft be long fomented with hot water alone,or elfe with a decoftion of fage,chamomile, 
rofes. 
The cautes 
and diffe- 
rences of 
itching. 
Ad fent.A. 
ft ft.I ok 
frail. 
Remedies 
againft ih< 
itching. LIB.15. 
Concerning Fra&ures. 
365 
rcfes,and melilot made in wine and water : for long fomenting attenuates ahd evacuates, but fhorter 
fils and mollifies,as it is delivered by Hippocrates. Allo gentle friftions, performed with yotlr hand, or 
a warm linnen cloth upwards, to the right fide and left, and circularly co every fide, are good. But if 
the skin be already rifen into blifters,they muft be cut,left the matter contained thereunder may cor- 
rode and ulcerate theskimthenmuft the skin be anointed with fome cooling and drying medicin; 
as urg.album Camphoratum rtfatum fine thereto the pow- 
der of a rotten poft,or prepared the like.Other accidents more grievous than thefe, do often 
happen but we will treat of them hercafter.But if the fcales of the bone underneath be quite fevered' 
from the whole,then muft they be prefently taken forth,especially if they prick the mufcles-.but if the 
bone be broken into fplincers,and fo prominent out of the wounded flefti as that it cannot be refto- 
red into its feat,it muft be cut off with your cutting mallets, or parrats beak, as oCcafioh (hall offer 
its fclf.In the interirmyou muft have a care that the pare enjoy perfpiration, and by change of place 
and rifingmow and then it may be as it were ventilated : alio you muft fee that it be not over-burde- 
ned neither too flrait bound, otherwife it will be apt to inflammation. Thus much concerning 
fra&ures anddiflocations in generail: now we muft defeendto particulars, .beginning with the fra- 
dure of the Nofe. 
Hlpp.fenl. 
46 fefi.2.de> 
fra8./ 
CHAP. VI. Of the Frafture of the Nofe. 
He Note is griftly in its lower part,but bony in the upper. Wherefore it fiifTersno fra&ure 
in the griftly part(unlefspcradventure a SedejJbut only a depreflion,diftortion or cdiitufi- 
on.But afra&ure often happens to the bony part,and fo great a depreflion to the innerfide, 
that unlefs it be provided for by diligent reftoring it, the nofe will become flat, or wre* 
fted afide,whence there will be difficulty of breathing. That this kind offrafture maybe 
reftored that bone which ftands too far out,mult be pre'kd down; but that which is depreft, muft be 
lifted up with a fpathem,or little ftick handfomcly faflnoned and wrapped about with cdtten or a 
linnen rag,fo to avoid pain. Therefore you ffiall hold fpathern in one hand, and reduce and or- 
der it with\heother.The bone being reftored, or tents of a convenient bignefs ffiall be 
put into the nofejwhich tents ffiall be made of fpunge, or flax, or a pcece of a beafts or ffieeps lungs. 
For thefe things are foft,and do not only hinder the fones of the Nofe that they fall no more, but 
alfo lift them up higher. And then the Nofe ffiall be in feme fort flayed with boulfters on each fide, 
even untill the perfeft agglutination of the bon$s,lcft ide figure and ftraitnefs ffiould be vitiated and 
fpoiled.l have oft times put golden,filver and leaden pucs into fraftured nofes,and faftned them 
with a thred to the Patients night-cap, which, by oneand the fame means, kept the bones from be- 
ing again depreft,gave the matter free paflage forth,and'nothing hindred the breathing. In the mean 
time we muft fee,thafwe do not prefle the Nofe with too ftrait binding,unlefleperadventure fome o- 
ther thing perfwadejeft they become either too wide,too £• ut,or crooked. If any wound accompany 
the frafture,that ffiall be cured after the lame manner,as the wound: of the head. The fra&ure reftored, 
the following medicin,which hath a faculty to repel and reprefle the defluxion,'to ftrengthen and keep 
the p art in its due pofture,and to dry up and waft the matter which hath already fallen down, ffiall 
be applyed to the Nofe,and all the other dry parts. R thurif, mafiiches, boli armenia9 [anguinif draconic 
an.^fi.alum ini* pini.an. $ij. fulverijentur fubtili/fime: Or elfe, R farina! nolatili* albuminum 
murrum quantum fufficit9incoTforenturfimul9&fiat medicamentum, . . 
Neither ffiall you ufe any other art to cure the cartilagineous part of the nofe being fractured. 
Wherefore Hippocrates termes that folurion of continuity that there happens, A frafture, as if it were 
in a bone;bccaufe he could find no other name more fitly to exprefle it:for a griftle, next to a bone,is 
thehardeft of all the parts of our body. A Callus, ufes to grow infra&urcd nofes, unleflc fomething 
hinder within the fpace of twelve or fifteen dayes. 
jfyp.feto. , 
46.jeR.l-fc 
art. 
How co re» 
duce the 
nofeinro . 
its natural! 
figures 
A fit aftrid* 
'gent and 
'dryingme* 
dicin. 
Sent. Jell, 
2* de art. & 
Gal.in Gw# 
CH A P. VII. Of thefra&ure of the lower Jaw. 
He lower Jaw runnes into two,ai it were,horns Or tops: the one whereof ends (harp, and 
receives a tendon from the tempo rail milicle ; the other ends blunt and round undei 
the mammillary procefs,and it is there implanted in a fmall cavity ;it is joined together ir 
the middle of the chin by Synphyfis, and is marrowie within.The Frafture,which happens 
theretOjis reftoredby putting your fingers into the Patients mouth, and prefling them on the infid< 
and cutfide,that fo the fra&ured bones put together may be (moothed and united. But if they be bro- 
ken wholly athwart,fo that the bones lye over each other, extension muftbe made on both fidesor 
contrary parts,upwards and downwards, whereby the bones may be competed and joined more ea- 
sily to one another. The teeth in the mean while, if they be either (hdten or removed out o 
their fockets,muft be reftored to their former places, and tyed with a gold or filver wyer, or cite ST 
ordinary thred, to the next firm teeth,untill fuch time as they (hall be aften«d,and the bcrties perfect- 
ly knit by a Callut. To which purpofed the ordered fragments of the frafhircd bone (hall be flayed, by 
putting a (plint on the cutfide,made of fuch leather as (hoe foals are made ; the midft thereof being 
divided at the Chin,and of fuch length and breadth as may ferve the Jaw : then you (hall make liga- 
tion with a ligature two fingers broad, and of fuch length as (hall be fufficient, divided at both the 
endsjand cut longwayes in the midft thereof;that fo it may engirt the chin on both fides. Then there 
Will be four heads of fuch a ligature fo divided at the endsjthe two lower whereof being brought to 
tht crown of the head,(hall be there faftned and fowed the Patients night-cap. The two upper 
z 1x3 draw® 
A defer Ipr 
on of rhe 
lower Ja<J 
, The man- 
ner of refloJ 
, ring a bro«! 
ken Jaw, 
The de- 
fcription o* 
a fit ligature 
for the un- 
der jaw* Concerning Fra&wres. 
LlB.Itp 
366 
drawn athwart (hall likewife be (owed as artificially as may be,to the cap in the nape of the neck. It is a 
moft certain (ign,that the Jaw is reftored and well let,if the teeth fahened therein Hand m their due rank 
and order. The Patientfliall not lyedownupon his broken jaw,left Lie nagmentsor the bones(houlo a- 
gain fal out,andeaufc a greater defluxion.UnlelTe inflammation, or form other grievous fymptome (ball 
happen,it is ftrengthened with a CaOM within twenty dayes;for that it is fpungious,hoHow, and full of 
marrow,cfpecially in the midft thereof:yetfomctimes, it heals more floppy, according as the temper of 
the Patient is,which takes alfo place in ocher fra&ured bones. 1 he agglutinating and repelling medi- 
cin,defcribed inthe former chapter,(hall be tifed=as allo others, as occafion (ball offer it ftlf. The Patient 
muft be fed with liquid meats, which ftand notjn need of chewing, unti ifuch timeas the CaLw (hall 
grow hard, left the fcarce or ill-jointed fragments (hould fly in hinder with the labour or chewing. 
Therefore (hall he be nourilhed with water-grewell, ponadoes, cullatks, barley creams, grilles, broths, 
rear egs, reftaurative ]iquorssand other things of the like nature. 
In what 
time it may 
be healed. 
C H A P. VIII. Of thefradure of the Clavicle or Collar-bone. 
>s the nature and kind of the fra ft u red Clavicle (hall be, fo mull the cure and reftoring thereof 
be performed.Bat howfoever this bone (hall be broken,alwaycs theendfaftned to the (boulder 
I and (houlderblade,is lower than that which is joined to the cheft5 for that the arm drawes it 
r downwards, The collar-bone,if broken athwart, is more eafily reftored and healed, than if it 
be cloven long-wayes.For, every bone broken athwart doth more eafily return into its former ftate or 
feat,whiles you lift it up on this or that fide with your fingers.But that which is broken .fchidacidm, or 
into fplinters,or long-wayes,is more difficultly joined and united to the ends and fragments: for thofe 
peeces, which were fet, will be plucked afunder,even by the leaft motion of the arms; and that which was 
' knit with the (boulder,will fall down to the lower part of the breaft. The reaibn of which is, the collar- 
bone is not moved of its felf,but confents in motion with the arm.In reftoring this or any other frafture, 
you muft have a care that the bones ride not one over another5neither be drawn nor depart too farr e in 
(undenthereforc it will be here convenient,that uhe fervant draw the arm backwards, and another pull 
the (houlder towards him the contrary Way;for fo there will be made,as I may Co term it, a counter-ex- 
tenfion. While which is in doing,the Surgeon with his fingers (hall reftore the feature, prefling down 
that which flood up too high, and lifting up thlt which is prefled down too low. Some, that they may 
more eafily reftore this kind of frafture,put a clew of yarn under the Patients arm-pit • fo to fill up the 
cavity thereofithen they forcibly prefle the elbor4 to the ribs,and then force the bone into its former (eat. 
But if it happen,that the ends of the broken bouts (hall be fd depreft,that they cannot be drawn upwards 
by the forementioned means:then muft the Patient be laid with his back, juft between the (houlders, 
upon a pillow hard fluffed,or a tray turned w&h the bottome upwards, and covered with a rug or fome 
fiich thing. Then the fervant (hall fo long prefle down the Patients (houlders with his hands, untill the 
ends of the bones Jying hid and prefled down,fly out and (hew themfelves. Which being done, the Sur- 
geon may eafily reftore or fet the bone. But if the bortebe broken fo into fplinters that it can- 
not be reftored,and any of the fplinters prick and wound theflefh, andfocaufedifficuty of breathing, 
you then muft cut the skin even againft them,and with your inftrument lift up all the depreffed fplinters, 
and cut off their (harp points*fo to prevent all deadly accidents, which thereupon may be feared. Ifthere 
be any fragments,they,after they are fet, (hall be covered with a knitting medicin made of wheat floure, 
frankincenfe,bole armenick,/d»g»M draegni^refoapini,made into powder, and mixed with the whites of 
egs,putting upon It fplints,covered with foft worn linnen rags; covered overlikewife with the fame 
medicin,and then three boulfters dipped in the fame; two whereof (hall be laid upon the fides, but the 
third and thickeft upon the prominent frafture,foto reprefle it and* hold it in. For thus the fragments 
(hall not be able to ftiror lift themfelves up further than they fhould, either to the right fide or left.Now 
thefe boulfters muft be ofa convenient thicknefs and breadth, fufficientto fill up the cavities which are 
above and below that bone. Then (hall you make fit ligation with a rowler, having a double head caft 
crofle-wi(e,ofa hands breadth,and fome two ells and a half long,more or lefs, according to the Patients 
body.Now he (hall befo fowled up,as it may draw his arme fomewhat backwards, and in the interim his 
arm*pits (hall be filled with boulfters,efpecially that next the broken bone $ for (b the Patient may more 
eafily fuffer the binding. Alfo you (hall with the Patient,that he of himfclf bend his arm backwards,and 
fet his hand upon his hip,as the Country Clowncs u(e to do,when they play at leap-frog. But how great 
diligence foever you ufe in curing this fort of frafture, yet can it (carce be fo performed, but that there 
will fome deformity remain in the part.-for that a ligature cannot be rowled about the collar-bone,as it 
may about a leg or an arme. A Call™ oft-times growes on this bone,within the (pace of twenty dayes, 
becaufe it is rare and (pongious. s 
fiflpp.fent. 
63 fttt* 1. 
dun. 
How to rc 
fl ©re the 
fractured 
Thefirft 
way. 
The fecond 
way. 
The third 
way. 
How to 
bind up the 
fraffured 
clavicle. 
It Is a diffi- 
cult matter 
perfectly to 
reftore a 
frafhited 
clavicle. 
CHAP. IX. Of tbt frail fire of the fbouldtr-blade. 
An a'nsto' 
mica!I de- 
fer ip t ion of 
the fhoul- 
der-blade* 
Greeks call that Omoplata, which the Latinos ter me Sc^z//<«5 or Scapula patella,that is the 
(hoElder-btede.lt is faftned on the back to the ribs,nowle, the Vertebra of the cheft and neck. 
but not by articulation >but only by the interpofidon ofmufcles, of which we have (poken 
*n our Anatomie. But on the forepartit is articulated after the manner of other bones with 
the collar-bone,the (boulder, or arm-bone. for with its precede, which reprefents a prick or 
thorn,and by fome, for that it is more long and prominent,is called Acromion fthat is,asyou would (ay 
the top or fpire ofthfl laid fhoulder-bladej it receives the collar-bone. Therefore fome Anatomifts, ac- 
cording to Ytypocrw&i they all this articulation of thecollar-bone with the hollowed pre- 
cede Lib<15, 
Concerning FraEhires. 
367 
cefsofthefnoulder-blade, Acromion. /There is another prqcefs of the faid blade-bone, called Cervix o- 
moplat£ 3or the neck of the fljouldcr-bladej this truly is very fbort,but ending in a broad infinuated head, 
provided for the receiving of the (boulder or arm bone. Not far from this procefs is another,called Co- 
racoides, for that the end thereof is crooked like a Crows beak. This keeps the Pnoulder bone in its place, 
and conduces to the ftrength of that part. The (boulder blade may be featured in any part thereof, thai 
is, either on the ridge, which tuns like a hill, alongft the midft thereof for its fafety, as we fie in the ®er- 
ubr£ of the back. So alfo in the broader pai t thereof it may be thrufl in and depreft- and alfo in that ar- 
ticulation, whereby the top oftbe (houlder is knit to it. According to this variety of thefi frachircd parts, 
the happening accidents are more grievous or gentle. 
We know the (pine or ridge of the (boulder blade to be broken, when'a dcdorificke inequality is per- 
ceived by touching or feeling it. But you may know, that the broader or thinner part thereof is de- 
prefled, if you feel a cavity, and a pricking painemoleft the part, and if a numnelJe trouble the arme, be- 
ing ftretched forth. The fragments, if they yet flick to their bones aqddo not prick the flelb, muft be-; 
yeftoredto their Rate and place,and there kept with agglutinative medicines, and fach as generate si 
Call™, as alfo with boulders and rowlers fitted to the place. But if they do not adhere to the bone, or 
prickethe flelb lying under them, then muft you make incifion in the flefh over againft them, that fo you 
may take them out with your Crows beak. But although they ftir up and down, yet if they (fill adhere 
to the periefteHm and ligaments, (if to be that they trouble not the mufcles by pricking them) then 
Tnuft they not be taken forth : for I have oftner than once obfirved, that they have within feme (bort 
time after grown to the adjacent bones. Biit if they, being wholly (eparated, do not fo much as adhere 
to the^erw)fi«i»}then mnft they neceflarily be plucked awayjotherwife within fame fbort fpace after,they 
will be driven forth by the ftrength of nature, for that they participate not any more in life with The 
whole. For that which is quick, faith Hippocrates, ufes to expel! that which isdead far from it. The 
truth whereof was manifefted in die Marques of FiBars, who at the battell of Vretex was wounded in 
his (boulder with a Pi Roll bullet, certain fplinters of the broken bone were plucked forth with the pieces 
of his harneffe, and of th2 leaden billet j and within fome (bort fpace after, the wound was cicatrized, 
and fully and perfectly haled- But raore than feven years after, a deflaxion and inflammation arifing in 
that place by reafon of his labour in arms, and the heavinefs of his armour at the battell of Mont- contour, 
the wound broke open again; fo that many fhivers of the bone, with the refidue of the leaden bullet, 
came fo! th of themfelves. But if the fracture (hall happen in the neck of d^oulder-blade or dearticu- 
lation of the (boulder, there is fcarce any hope of recovery • as I have of King 
of Navarre; Franeu ofLorrtiv, Duke of Guife ; the Count Rbingrave Philibert, and many otherin thefe 
late civil! Wars. For there are many large veflels about this dearticulation,to wit, the axillary vein and 
artery ,the nerves arifing from the Vertebra of the neck,which are thence difleminated into all t he mufcles 
of the arm. Befides, alfo inflammation and putrefa&ion arifing there areeafily communicated by reafon 
of their neighbour-hood to the heart and other principal parts,whence grievous fymptoms,and oft. times 
death it filfe enfues. 
: How toany 
, wayes rhe 
fhoulder 
blade, may 
i be broken, 
The cure.' 
Lib,de Z'uL 
capitit. 
A hiftory. 
Nature of 
1 its own ac- 
• cord makes 
• it felfeway 
f to caft forth 
j ftrange bo' 
I dies and 
' matters. 
Why a fra- 
flute in the 
joint of the 
ihouldcr is 
deadly. 
CHAP. X. Of the fratture and deprefion of the Sternon, or Ereafi-bone. 
He Sternum is fometimes broken, other whilesoncly thrufl in Without a fra&ure. The inequa- 
lity pereeivable by your feeling, (hewes afrafture,asalfothe«going in with a thruft with your 
finger, and the found or noife of the bones crackling under your fingers, But a manifeft cavity 
in the part, a cough, fpitting ofbloud,and difficulty of breathingbycompreflion of the mem- 
brane inverting the ribs and the lungs, argue the depreffion thereof. For the reftoring of this bone,whe- 
ther broken ordepreft,thePatientmuftbelaidonhisbackwith acuffiion fluffed with tow or hay under 
the vertebra of the back, as we fet down in the fttting of the collar bone.Tben a ftrvant (hall lie ftrongly 
with both his hands on his (boulders, as if he would prefs them down, whileft the Surgeon, in the mean 
time prefling the ribs on each fide, fhallreftore and let the bone withhishand; and then the formerly 
defcribed medicines (hall be applyed for to hinder inflammation, and affwagepain; boulfters (hall be 
fitted thereto, and a ligature (ball be made croffe wayes above the (boulders, but thatnot too ftrait, left 
it hinder the Patients breathing. I by theft means, at the appointment of Anthony of E«r£a»King of Na- 
var, cured Anthony Bemnd a Knight of the order, who had his breaft-plate bended and driven in, with an 
iron bullet (hot out of a Field>peece,as al(b hisflernttm together therewith, and be fell down as dead with 
the blow; he did (pit blond for three months after I had fet the bone ; yet for all this he lives at this day 
in perfect health. 
Signsthas 
the Jiernum 
is broken. 
Signs that 
it is deprefL 
The cure. 
A hiftory» 
CHAP. XI. Of tbi fraSture of tbi ribs. 
He true ribs,for that they arc bony, may be broken in any part of them. But the baftard ribs 
cannot be truly broken tinlclfe at the back bone, becauie they arc only bony in that part, but 
griftly on the forefide toward the breaftbone;wherefore there they can only be folded or croo- 
ked in.Thefe which are fubjeft to fraftures,may be broken inwards and outwards.But oft-times 
it comes to pafs,that they are not abfolutely broken,but cleft into fplinter$,and chat fometimcs inwards, 
but not outwards. Thus the filfurc doth oft-times not exceed the middle fubftance of the rib; but fome- 
times it fo breaks through it all, that the fragments and fplinters do prick and wound the membrane, 
which invefts and lines them on the infidc, and then there is great danger. But when the fra&ure is fim- 
- pie without a wound, compreflion,pun&ure of the membrane, and laftly, without any other fymptomes 
then the danger is lefle. Therefore Hippocrater wiftetb, that thefe, who are thus affe&ed/ill themfelves 
more 
In what 
place the 
fhorrribs 
may be 
broken.. 368 
Concerning 
LIB.15. 
JW. 3. de 
tft. 
more freely with meat; for that moderate repletion of the belly, is («it« ere) a certain prop or (ray for 
the ribs, keeping them well in their place and date; which rule chiefly takes place in fraftures of the ba- 
ftardribs. For fuch as have them broken, ufually feel themfelres better after, thanbefore meat. Forem- 
ptinefs ofmeat.or of the ftomach,makes a fufpenfion of the ribs, as not underpropped by the meat. Now 
that frafture which is outwardly,is far more eafre to heal,than that which »inwardlydor that this prick- 
cth the membrane or Pleura, and caufeth inflammation, w hich may eafrfy end m an Empyema.Adde here- 
' unto, that this is not foeafily to be handled or dealt withall, as the other: whereby it commeth to pafe, 
that it cannot be foeafily reftored; for that thefe things cannot be (o:ally and fredy performed in this 
kinde offraSure, which are neceffary to thefetting ofthebone, as to draw it out hold it and join « 
together. It is therefore healed within twenty dayes, if nothing eHe hinder. T he hgns or fractured ribs 
* are not obfeure; for by feeling the grieVed part with your fingers, yon may eafily perceive the fraflureby 
the inequality of the bones, and their noife or crackling, efpecially if they be quite broke afunder. But 
if a rib be broken on the infide, a pricking pain, far more grievous then in a plurifir,troubles the Patient; 
becaufe the (harpe fplinters prick the Coftall membrane: whence great difficulty in breathing, a cough, 
and (pitting of bloud enfte. For bloud,flowing from the veffels broken by the violence of the thing cau- 
fing the fra&ure, is (ask wcre> fucked up by thelungs,and fo by a dry cough carryed into the weazond, 
• and at length fpit out of the mouth. Some, to pull up the bone that is quite broken and depreft, ap- 
' ply a cupping glafle, and that is ill done 5 for there iscaufed greater dttra&ion of humours, and excefs of 
pain by the preflure and contraction of the adjacent parts, by the cupping glafs, wherefore Hippocratet 
al fo forbids it. Therefore it is better to endeavour to rettore it after this following manner. Let the 
Patient lye upon his found fide, and let there be laid upon thefra&uredfidean emplaitter made of Tur- 
pentine, Rofin, black Pitch, wheat flour, maftick, and aloes, and fpread upon a ftrong and new cloth. 
When it hath fluck there fome time,then pluck if (hddenly with great violence from below upwards; for 
fo the rib will follow together therewith, and be plucked and drawn upwards. It is not fufficient to have 
done this once, but you muft do it often, untill fiich time as the Patient (hall finde himfelte better, and 
to breath more eafily. There will be much more hope of reftitution, if, whileft the Surgeon do this dili- 
gently, the Patient forbeare coughing, and hold his breath. Otherwlfc ifnecefficy urge,as if (harp (pl in- 
ters with moft bitter tormenting pain prick the Coftall membrane overlpread with many nerves, veins, 
and arteries, which run under the ribs, whcnce.difficulty of breathing, fpicting of bloud,a cough and fe- 
ver enfue j then the only way to deliver the Patient from danger of imminent death, is to make incifioh 
on the part where the rib is broken, that fo laying it bare, you may difeern the pricking fragments, and 
take them out with your iaflrument,or elfe cut them off. And if you make a great wound by incifion,then 
(hall you (ew it up, and cure it according to the common rules ofcuring wounds; Now diet,phlebotomy, 
and purgation, which (as Hippscraiej faith ) are not very needfull in a Ample frafture, for that there arc 
no (ymptomes which may require fuch remedies; yet they, by reafon of the complicated fymptomes, as a 
convulsion, feaver, Emfytuia9 and the like,inuft here be prefcribed by the advice of the Phyfician which 0* 
verfees the cure. A Cerate, and other remedies fitting the occafioh, (hall be applyed to the grieved part: 
no other ligatures can be ufed, than fuch as are fit to hold faft and ftay the locall medicins. There is no 
other Hile offite and lying, than fuch as is taken from the will and concent of the Patent. 
Why an 
mrernilTra- 
flure of the 
ribs is 
deadly. 
The fignes, 
The caufe 
©ffpitting 
bloodwhen 
the ribs are 
broken. 
Stott tfdh 
3>dnri. 
*tolue lib. 
6. cap.g6. 
Avietn>4. 
The cure. 
A Em pie 
frafture may 
be cured 
only by 
Surgery. 
CHAP. XII. Of certain affcCt j which enfue Hponhroken rib/. 
Any fymptomes enfue upon fra&ured and confuted ribsjbutamongft the reft,there are two which 
are not common, whereof we will treat in this place. Thefirftis, the inflation, or tiling t?p of 
the contufcd fle(h, which allbenfucs upon light affcfts of the bone, which have been negle&ed 
at fihe beginning. But the fleflj is not meerly puffed up of it felfe, but alfo wit h a certain phleg- 
matick, glutinous and vifcous humour gathering thereinto. The caufe hereof is, the weaknefs of the di- 
geftive faculty ofthe part, occafioned by the ftroak and diftemper; which therefore cannot aflimilate the 
nourifliment flowing more plentifully than it was wont, either drawn thither by means of the pain, or 
fent thither by a blinde violence of nature, ftirred theretb by a defire of its own prefervation.Whereforc 
this halfe crude humor remaining there,raifeth much flatuling from its felfe, or elfe wrought upon by 
the weaker heat, it is refolved into cloudy vapours; whence it cometh tp pafs, that the fleffi is fwoln up 
in that place, and the skin on the contrary grows foft, as if it were blown up with a quil. Therefore lay- 
ing your hand thereon, you may hear the noife of the winde going forth thereof, and fee a cavity left in 
the part,askisufuallyfeeninoedcmatous tumors. Uriels you remedy this inflation, there will enfus 
an inflammation, fearer,abfcefr, difficulty ofbrc«hing;and lately,that fccond kind of atfe# whereof we 
have determined to treat in this chapter,to wit, the putrefadion, corruption, orblafting oftheribs. Au 
abicefle, and the reparation ofthefleffi from the boneis the caufe hereof: for hence it cometh to pafs 
that the bone, defpoiled of itsnaturall and fleffily cloathing wherewith it was cheri(hed,is cafily offend- 
eJ;/(k!tAUihOLttCC?tr,!?gulr' andfo at length it bccometh (as is 
when it happens,they fpit up filth,snd fo fall into a confumption,and at length die. 
To withftand all thefe mconvemencies, you mute as fpeedily as you can, reftor* the frafiured bones by 
the former delivered means. And then this mucous tumor muft be refolvedbyproperheatinganddif- 
cufling medians, and kept down by boulfters and rowlers; that fo the fleffi may touch the bone, and co- 
ver it as it ufually did.Bui the ligature (hall not be made fo ftrai t,as to hinder the ribs from their wonted 
J"?n m cxP,"tI<>p al,d mfpiration.If the tumor degenerate into an abfcefs,it (ball be fpeedily opened 
CHAP. 
The caufe. 
The fignes. 
The cure. LiB.15. 
Concerning Fractures. 
369 
CHAP. XIII. andoftheir proceffis. 
He are fome whiles broken, otherwhiles bruifed,or drained on the infide, whereby It 
cometh to pals, that the membranes which invert the fpinall marrow, as alfo the fpinall 
marrow it felf, arecompreffed and ftraitned, which caufemany malign accidents j which, 
whether they be curable or not, may be certainly foretold by their magnitude. Amongft 
thele fymptomes, are the ftupidity, or numnefs and pallie of the arms, legs, fundament, and 
bladder, which diminifh, or elie take away from them the faculty of fenfe and motion 5 fo that their u- 
rineand excrements come from them againft their wils and knowledg5orelfearewholly (upprert. Which 
When they happen (faith Hippocrates) you may foretellthat death is at hand, by reafcn that the fpinall 
marrow is hurt. Having made fuch a prognoftick, you may make an incifion,foto take forth thefplin- 
ters of the broken vertebra, which driven in, prefs the fpinall marrow,and the nerves rhereof.If you can- 
not do this, at leaft you (hall apply fuch medicins as may aflwage pain, and hinder and 
then the broken bones fbajl be reftored to thei'r places, and contained therein by thdfe means which we 
(hall mention when we to treat of the luxation of the fpine. But if that the procetes only of the 
vertebr* be broken, the fragments (hall be put in their unlefs they be quite fevered from their/eri- 
eJ?e«w.But if they be fevered, you (hall open the skin and take them forth, and then drefs the wounds as 
is fit. We underftand that only the procefles of the vertebr* are broken, if in the abfence of the fore- 
mentioned fymptoms of numnefs and the palfie,you laying your finger upon the grieved part,feel fome- 
thing,as a bony fragment,(baking and moving thereunder,with a certain crackling noife,and cavity,and 
depreflion $and then,ifwhen the Patient holds down his head, and bends his back, he feel far more pain, 
than whenheftands up rtreight upon his feet. For in Hooping, the skin of the back is fomewhatlfretch- 
ed forth, and extended, and alfo forced upon the fliarp fplinters of the fragments, whence proceeds a do- 
lorifick folution of continuity, and a pricking: in Handing ftreight up, on the contrary, the rtretched 
skin is relaxed, and consequently lefs molerted by the fharp fragments. The fraftured proceflcs of the ver* 
tebrx eafily heal, unlefs they be aflbeiated with fome other mere grievoui (ymptome which may hinder* 
fuch as is a certain great eontufion, and the like. For as we formerly faid out of Hippocrates, all rare and 
fpongy bones are knit by a Cabur within a few dayes. 
The affefh 
of the 
Sell. H 
Pror&. 
The cure of 
fraftured 
'ueTiebrfit 
The cure of 
the procef- 
fes. 
Signs that 
onely the 
procefles 
are frailty 
red. 
CHAP. XIV. Of the fraUure of the holy-bom. 
Lib the holy bone in a certain part thereof, which niaybeeafily healed, may be broken by the 
blow of bruifing things, as by a bullet (hot out of a musket,a81 have obierved in many. But if 
the frafture violate, together with the vtrtebr* thereof, the fpinall marrow contained therein, 
then the Patient can icarce fcape death, for the reafons (hewed in the former chapter. 
Wharfra. 
flure off ho 
holy bone 
curable,and 
what not. 
CHAP. XV. Of the fr atture of the rump. 
He Rump is competed of four bones • thefirft whereof hath a cavity, wherein it receives the 
loweft vertebr<£ of the holy other three are joined together by Sjmpbjfis or Coalition; 
at the end ofthefe hangs a certain fmall griftle. Thefraftureof thefe bones (hall be cured by 
putting your finger into the Patients fundament3and fo thrufiing it even to the fractured place. 
For, thus you may thruft the fragment forth, and fit and reftore it to the reft of the bones by your other 
band lying upon the back. But that it may be the fooner healed, itis fit the Patient keep his bed, during 
all the time of the cure.But if there be a neceflity to rifc,he (hall fo fit in a perforated feat, that there may 
be not hing which may prefs the broken part5and fitting remedies for healing fractures (hall be applyed 
as occafion (hall offer it telfe. 
The de- 
fcriprion o f 
rhe rump. 
The cure. 
leHipconfifts of three bones:the firfl: is named Os llium3the haunch bone; the other,Oj Ifcbion, 
thehuckle bonejthe third 0J/wfo5the (hare bone. Thefe three bones in men of full growth are 
fo faft knit and joined together,that they can by no means be feparated;but in children they may 
be feparated without much a do.This bone may be broken in any part thereof3cither by a ftroakj 
or by a fall from high upon any hard body* You (hall know the fra&ure by the fame kind of figns,a s you 
know others, to wit, pain, pricking, a deprefled cavity3 and inequality, and alfo a numnefs of the leg of 
the fame fide. The fplinters of the bones (if quite broke off) muft by making incifion be taken away at 
the firftdreffing • in performance of which operation, you muft have a care that you hurt not with your 
inftrumentthe heads of the muf'cles, nor any veflels,efpecially which are great; nor laftly,that large nerve 
which is (ent into themufcles of the thigh and leg. On the contrary, fuch fragments as are not broken or 
fevered from their periofteum3 (hall be fmoothed and fet in order with your fingers, as is fitting. Other 
things (hall be done according as art and neccffiiy (ball perfwade and require. 
CHAP. XVI. Of the frailttre of the Hip, or Os Ilium. 
The de- 
fcri ption of 
the hip. 
The fignes; 
The cute.' 
CHAP. XVil. Ofafrablure of the/boulder, or arm bone. 
He Arm bone is round,hollow, full of marrow5rifing up with an indifferent neck, and ending 
on the upper part into fbmewhata thick head .On the lower part it hath two procefles,the one 
before,the other behinde; between which there is (as it were) an half circle, or thecavity of a 
pulley ,each end whereof leads into its cavity, of which one is interior, another exterior; that 
by thefe (as it were) flops, the bending and extension ofthe arm might be limited, left that the 
bone 
t The 
! fcriprion of 
the arm, os 
, fhoulder 
boricj Concerning Fraciures. 
LiB.15, 
370 
bone of the cubic, if the circle (bould have been perfeft, Hiding equally this way and that way, might, 
bv its turning, have gone quite round, as a rope runs in a pulley; which thing would much have con- 
futed the motion of the cubit.For fo the extenfion, or bending it back, would have been equal! to the ne- 
ceffary bending it inwards. It is very expedient that a Surgeon know thele things, that fo he may the 
better know howto reftore the fra&ures and luxations of this part. If one of the fragments of this broken 
bone (ball lye much over the other, and the Patient have a goodftroiig body.then the arm (hall be much 
extended, the Patient being To fet upon a low fear, that he may not rile, wnen the frafture (ha 11 be a fet- 
ting, and fo hinder the begun work; and alto, that fo the Surgeon may the more eafily perform his o- 
peration upon the Patient feared under him; yet regarding another thing, would have the 
Patient to fit higher. But you muft have a care that the (boulderbone it (elf be drawn direftly down wards, 
and the cubit fo bended as when you put it into a fcarf. F or if any one let this bone, lifting the arm up- 
wards, or otherwife extending it, then mute itbe kept in that po ..ure; for otherwise, if the figure be 
changed the fetfmg will quickly be fpoiled, when as you come to put the arm in a fcarf. Wherefore the 
Surgeon muft diligently and carefully obtervethat in fetting a broken arm, he put it in filch apofture, 
thatreftingon the bread, it look down towards the girdle. You muft have a care in laying the fplints, 
1 and rowling your ligatures, that they hurt not, nor prefs too hard upon the joints. For, in the opinion 
' of the prdfure of parts which are nervous,flefblefs,and confequently endued with exquifite 
fenfe, by the fplints there is danger of moft grievous pam, inflammation, denudation both of the bone 
and nerve 5 but chiefly, if fuch comprefiion hurt the inner part,towards wh$ h the arm is bended-where- 
fore the fplints made for this place muft be the (hotter. Therefore after the arm-bone is fet,the arm (hall 
be laid upon the breaft in a right angle, and there bound up in a fcarf, left that the Patient, when he hath 
need to ftir, fpoil and undo the fetting, and figure of the broken bone.But the arm muft be kept in quiet 
untill fuch time as the fragments (hall be confirmed with zCali™, which ufually is in forty dayes fooner 
or later, according to the different conftitutions of bodies. 
The cure. 
How the 
arm muft be 
placed when 
the bone is 
fer. 
Sefl-3- effic. 
fefl.i.de 
frafl. 
In whit 
time it will 
knit, 
CHAP. XVIII. Of tbe fracture of tbe Cubit 9 or the £11 andWand, 
Thediffc 
fences. 
T fometimeshappenethjftat the cubit and wand are broken together and atonce,and other- 
i whiles that but the one of them is fra&ured. Now they are broken either in their midft or 
1 ends, their ends (I fay) which are either towards the elbow, or elfe towards the wrift. That 
fra&ure is worft of all, wherein both the bones are broken, for then member is made 
wholly impotent to perform any fort of aftion, and the cure is alfo more difficult . for the 
member cannot id eafily be contained in its ftate: for that bone which remains whole, ferves foraftay 
to the arm, and hinders the mulcles from being drawn back, which ufually draw back andfhrinkup 
themlelves, whenfoever both bones are broken. Henceit is, that that fra&ure is judged die word, where- 
in the cubic or ell bone is broken. Butthat iseaficft of all, wherein only the wand is broken, for To the 
fraftured part is fuftained by the ell bonejw hen both the bones are broken,there muft be made a flronger 
extenfion, for that the mufcles are the more contra&ed. Therefore, whenfocver either of them remains 
whole, it doth more fervice in fuftaining the other, then any either ligatures or fplints, for that it keeps 
the mufcles right in their places. Wherefore, after the bones (hall be let and rowled up with ligatures'and 
fpiintSjthe arm muft be fo carryed up in a Icarf put about the neck,that the hand may not be much higher 
than the elbow, left the blood and other humours may fall down thereinto. But the hand (hall be fee in 
that pofture which is between prone and fupine, for fo the wand ihall lye direftly under the ell, as we 
have read it oblerved by Hippocrates.The reafon is, for that by a fupine figure or fituation,both the bone 
and mulcles are perverted : for firft,for the bone, the ApopbyfiSi fiyloides and Okcranum of the cubit,ought 
to be in an eqnail plain, and to be leated each againft other; which is not fo in a fupine figure,as wherein 
the Proceff™ jljloides of the cubit is fet againft the inner procefs of the arm bone. But in mufcles,for that, 
like as the infertion and fitc of the head of a mulcle is,fuch alfo is the lite of the belly thereof, and Jaftly, 
inch the infertion efthe tail thereof; but by a fupine figure, the mulcles arifingfrom the inner procefs of 
the arm bone and bending the cubit,fhall have the tail placed in an higher and more exteriour fite. In the 
interim3you muft not omit,but that thePatients arm may,with as little pain as poffible you can,be bended 
and extended now and then,left by the too 
long reft of the eyed up part,and the inter- 
miffion of its proper bones of 
the joint may be fowdred together by the 
interpofition, and as it were glue of the 
defluxion which falsabundantly into the 
joint of the elbow, and neighbouring 
parts, whence the ftifnels and unmovea- 
blenefs thereof, as if there were a Callus 
grown there: from whence it may happen 
that the arm thereafter may neither be 
bended, nor extended, which I have ob- 
fervedto have happened to many. Where- 
kind of vitiated conformation A*,k and Jve.Mr.If a wound mention, and cals this 
that you PutaooutitplatesofLatin,orPaflbord, andmakea,convenienteiaisatmv'rer>?rVrfn,|,^ei?^eS 
ments of the bones be kept in thefameflate wherein they were fit and reftored Moreover 7 
armupon a foftpillow,orcu(hion,aSthe precedent figure ftewesyou Moreover,let him lay hts 
The cure. 
Sent. 3 fell. 
I. de fra fl. 
The figure ofa fractured arm3 with a wound bound up3 
and feated3 as is fit. 
Cem.inlib, 
de 
CHAP. Lib.i5» 
Concerning Fracinres. 
371 
CHAP. XIX. Of of a Hand. 
He bones of the Wrift3and After-wrift, may be broken.*but>in Hippocrates opinion, chiefly by 
that kind offeature which is called a Stdej-now ifchey (hall happen to be brokera3this fhall 
be the manner of reftoring them. Let the Patient lay forth his hand upon fome even and 
(mooth tabl.e,then let your fervant ftretch forth the broken bones3 and the workmafter ro 
' (lore them thus extended3and put them in their proper feats. But being reilored, they muft 
be kept in their places by fuch remedies as are ufed in other fractures ; to wit,cerates, comprefles, linnen 
fplints. Now the featured fingers (hall be tyed or bound to their neighbours, that fo they 
may the more eafily,as bound to a llake3be kept in that ftate wherein they have been put by the hand of 
the Workman. Butthefe bones3feeing they ire of a rare and fpongie nature, are in a Chore time and ea- 
fily ftrengthened3or knit by a Calhtf.TheCe things being done,thc hollownefs or palm ofthe hand (hall 
be filled with a Tennis ball3for thus the broken bones (ball not only be more eafily kept in their places, 
but alfo the fingers themfelves (hall be kept in a middle pofture3that is3not wholly open, nor quite (hut. 
If they be kept in any other figure3the enfuing CaUut will either deprave or quite abolifh that a&ion of 
the hand,whereby we take hold of any thing. The cafe (lands otherwife with the featured Toes; for 
they (hall be kept (freight and even out3le(l they (hould hinder our going or (landing. 
Sftf.z.df 
frafl.fint'fi 
The cure* 
To what 
purpoferhe 
carrying of a 
ball in a 
frafiured 
handfervesj 
CHAP. XX. Of the fracture ofthe Thigh* 
is a hard thing to bring the fragments of the broken thigh together to be fet,by reafon of the 
M 61 larFftr°Bg m"fclas of that Pai tjwhich whileft they are drawn back towards their origi- 
nail,by a motion both naturall and conviiliive, they carry together with them the fragment 
of the bone,whereinto they ai? inferred. Therefore, when as thefra&ure of this bone fhall be 
reftoredjthe Patient mutt lye upon his back with his leg ftretched forth, and the Surgeon muft ftrongly 
and with great force extend the thighjbut if he alone (hall not be able fufficiently to extend it, he (hall 
imploy two otherftrong altendants,by whpfe joint-help the fragments may be fitted and fet each againft 
bther.For this as the flrength of the hand was not fufficient, the Ancients ufed an Inftru- 
naent,called a Gloffgcominmywhereof this is the figure. 
In Head of this 
you may make life of my Pul- 
ley 5for Hippocrates in this bone 
when it is broken, doth ap- 
prove of extenfion fo great, 
chat although by the great- 
nefs of the extenfion the ends 
of the fragments be fomewhat 
diftant afunder, an empty 
(pace being left between ; yet 
notwithftanding would he 
have ligature made. For it 
is not here as it is in the ex- 
ten fions of < ther bones, 
whereas the calling about of 
Ligatures keeps the muicles 
immoveable : but here, in the 
extended thighs, the deligati- 
on is not of inch force,as that 
it may (lay and keep the bones and mufcles In that (late,wherein the Surgeon hath placed them.For,fee- 
ing that the mufcles of the thigh are large and ftrong,they overcome the ligation, and are not kept un- 
der by it.Tfre Surgeon,in (etting it,(hallalfo copfider,that the thigh-bone, is hollowed on the inner fide, 
But gibbous Qtythe outfide,therefor? it muft befet in its native figure. Otherwife, if any, unmindfull of 
this confideration,would have it ftreight,he (hall make his Patient halt all his life after : wherefore this 
inner and native hollownefs muft be filled up and preferved by putting in a compreffe or boulfter fpread > 
over with return,or the like glutinous thing that it may not fall offjfbr thus alfo the ligati- 
on fibalj the more faithfully keep the fragments, of the bone in their places. Moreover, Comprefles (hall 
be apply edtothe more (tender and lefs protuberating parts of the thigh, as thoie which are next the 
ham and knee,that(o the whole ligation may be alike, and cOnfequendy the more firm. Now ligatures, 
as we formerly no£ed,are ordained for three things. The firft the bones may be kept in that (late 
wherein they were fee,tmtill they abe (lengthened by a Call™. The fecond is, to hinder defluxion, which 
eafily fate into the broken and luxated parts,both by reafonof pain,as alfo by weaknefs. The third is, to 
$ay and hold faft .the fpliuts and medicins which are applyed. Inflammation is hindred by repreffing , 
and hindring the blood and other humors,ready to flow down,from entring into the part,and by pref- ' 
fing thofe humors3which ?re preternaturally contained in the part,into the neighbouring parts above & 1 
below. Wherefore there muft no fmall care be had of preparing ligatures, to wit, that they be made of 
choice and well woven cloth,yet not tjourfe or let them be of fuch length and breadth, as the 
$urgeon,perfwaded by an artificial! conje&ure, (hall judge to be fit for the thicknefs and length of the 
,member#and greatnefs of the frafture:for ligatures ought to be of breadth to involve and cover all the 
frafturedpart,& a great part of that which is found. But feeing that in my Book of Bandages,! have fet- 
med 
Why the 
bone of 
the thigh is 
more djffU 
cukly fet. 
fbdigureof a Gloffocomiuna/w Extender, 
Sent6?,& 
frtfl. 
The natu- 
ral! and irk 
rernall 
crooked- 
nefie muft 
be prefer - 
ved in fer« 
.ring the , 
bone. 
The part to 
be bound 
up,muft.be 
made plain 
either by na- 
tare or art. Concerning Fr a&nres. 
LiB.iy, 
372 
med chiefly to letdown and approve the manner of binding ufed by now! thing good here 
• in this place to detcribe that which is in common ufeamongft our Surgeons. Our Surgeons there- 
fore at this day require three Ligatures for fraftufes,the firit whereof they prelcntly caft upon the hurt 
part, whether broken or diflocated,or only drained, making the firft wiapptngs upon it ;fb that they 
at moft and ftraitlieft bind it there,butlefle and more loofly on both fides thereof. Such circumvolutions, 
or wrappings,are drawn upwards3and there ended. They mufl be rowled thick) and not wide; for fo if 
e they prefentiy follow3and lye one upon another, they will hold the bones more firmly, and more far 
of and wide prefle forth and reprefle the fuperfiuous blood from the found part. They prefentiy in like fort 
■ caft the fecond ligature upon the very fra&ore,giving it two wraps, then going downwards ■ yet fo, as 
that they are opener or wideband farther diflant each from other, and not fo clofc together, as thecir- 
cnmvolutions of the firft fo they may prefs the humors the leffe to the extremities of the 
an part,asthofe which cannot receive and bear, without inflammation and danger of a gangrene, fuch a- 
. bundance of humors,for that they are not fufflciently fpatious;as alfo more remote from the fountain 
of native heat3which is greater in the center than in the circumference. At the lower end of the hurt part 
the circumvolutions either end3or elfe are twined thence back again. They caft on the third ligature in 
that lower end of the hurt part,and rowl it finoothly and gently upwards, the windings being made 
be contrary to the windings of the firft and fecond ligatures;that they may fo draw back into their natu- 
n' rail ftatc the mufcles, which peradventure have been drawn afide by the force of the former Wrappings 
K Thefe ligations fini(hed,they apply three fplints ofpaft-bord,or fome fuch matter; the firft below the fra- 
ftufe3and that truely more broadband offtiflicient length 5 and then two others, one on each fide diftant 
each from other fome fingers breadth,to the end to keep the bone that it do not flir to this fide or that 
s- being wrapped about with Tow or Cotton.Then they think of placing or laying the part,to which pur- 
? pole they propound to themfelvcs three fcopes. The firft is,that the part may lye foft;the fecond fmooth" 
£ or even;the third/omewhat high. The hurt part ought truely to lye foft,for chat hard lying preffes it 
' and caufes pain and inflammation; which whiles the Patient cannot patiently endure, he is forced to 
r. change hisplace,whilft he every way feekseafeforhispaimand thus he now and then moves the fractu- 
red part,which ought to be kept quiet withoutany motion. Itmuftlyefinooth or even, becaufe anunc- 
quall or uneven fite diftorts or draws awry the part, whilft one portion of the hurt part is born up and 
fuftained by that which lyes under it; but the other hanging down hath nothing thereunder where- 
upon it may reft.Therefore Hippocrates bids us diligently to take heed that the heeLdo not hang down 
nor the foot remain without a pillow/or hence pain and a troublefome defluxion of humors is to be 
feared. But the part ought to lye fomewhat high,that the defluxion may be hindred, which is eafily ftir- 
red up by a prone and declining fitetfor if the foot (hal be placed in a lower figure,the blood which flowes 
thither from the leg,will caufe inflammation. But on the contrary, if it be higher, nothing can flow 
k down thereinto. Therefore abfolutely not only thefoot,but alfo the thigh and leg,arc to be placed high- 
er than the reft of the body .yet keeping fuch a mean, that the part may not 6etoo much diftended a* 
Hippoeratet admoniflieth us. In the mean time, this hurt leg or fide,ought to be of equall length with the 
found,and for that purpofe it muft be flayed on both fides with Junks, as we (hall (hew you hereafter 
when we come to fpeak of a broken leg. The bandage being performed as we have faid,the following 
the next day the Patient feels the member more ftraitly bound, than when it was firft wrai> 
ped-yea, verily the knee is lifted up into a foft tumor by the expreflion of the humor from the woun- 
ded part:but on the contrary, the enfuing day the ligation is flackned and relaxed, fome portion ofthe 
humor contained in the part being digelted. Alfo the next day all things are perceived more loofe there 
being made a larger refolutionof the humor. Then therefore the bandages muft be loofed, and that not 
only 3Ieft that the fragments of the bones (hould fall forth of their place, but alfo that we may gratifie 
the Patient by that alteration or change of place,and befides that we may avoid itching, which ufuallv 
happens to parts too long bound up, by reafon of the fuppreflionof acrid and fuliginous excrements 
which ufe to be gathered in great quantity in a part at reft and bound up, both from the excrementiti- 
ous humors,wherewith the part is moiftened,and the alimentary humors, in a part whichiis idle and at 
qmetjby reafon thedifflation and tranfpiration are hindredby want of exercife, and the pores of the 
skin fhut up by the abundance of the ligaturesdb that by the fuppreflion thereof, many have not only 
an itching,but alfo the skin being brokeby the acrimony of thefe,as well vapours as humors, which are 
kept (hut and pent up,haye ulcers break forth. Therefore when fuch accidents (ball be feared, the part 
fhallfo longbe fomented with warm water and oil,asyou (hall think fit.-for, fuch fomenting afFwageth 
Pain,relaxeth that which was too much ftraitned by the binding, and amends the refrigeration ofthe 
part,caufed by the repercuffion and expreflion of the blood and fpiriw,the native and internail heat be- 
ing by th is means revived. If,together with the tumor, there be a contufion and fugillation it muft be 
e longer fomet|ed,that the excrementitious humor refidingin the part maybe dieefted But if thit 
here be remembred whkh f7h r°n °f a Therefore of muft 
Unn Ir ffi . I faith, That a weak fomentation,and the (fibre time of ufing one doth attraft 
but not difcufle;but a longer and ftronger wafts the flefli. Befides alfo,you muft have retard to thS 
a. part The bodies,draw fuperfiuous humors tothe 
be t0.0fedeVTthifd day UntiU thdr feVGnth the 
rim.?, -V ? • hcreofnotblngcan be certainly and perpetually decreedFor accor- 
S?of theKe Th" 
which are dDne to thePatient at rhe firft JfO(r'1^nOkympt:On;eiir?eAJwOuIdbavenona thefe dung** 
F-yoUfe 
' ' k , for. 
The man- 
ner ofbin- 
dingufedby 
Surgeons ar 
this day. 
VVhy the 
windings of 
the upper 
ligatures 
muft be 
thicker and 
flraiter chan 
the lower. 
VVhy rhe 
third liga- 
ture muft be 
row led con- 
trary ro rhe 
two firit. 
The Surge- 
on mart be 
mindfall of 
three things 
in placing 
the member. 
Sefi.z.de 
I rail. 
Sent.%$.& 
$6.fe&.2. de 
frail. 
When the 
ftrft ligation 
tnuft be 
looted. 
Sent.I 
Z.cktffic, LIB.15, 
Concerning Fractures. 
373 
for., as you fee wood is joined together by glue, and pewter with fowder; fo the fragments of bones are 
by a providence of nature,glued and fowdred together by a Callus. Wherefore broken bones have very 
much need of reft, to the generating of a • otberwife, the matter thereof flowing down, quickly 
flowes away, and nothing is done. You may much help forwards the generation of a Ca/tw, which is be- 
gun about the thirteenth or fifteenth day,by applying an emplailler made with the white of an eg,having 
the powder ofred role leaves, and wheat flour mixed therewith, and othercatagmatick plaifters, which 
(ball hereafter be defcribcd in fpeaking of the fra&ure of a 1 g. 
Reft necef- 
fary for the 
knining of 
fet boiler, 
C H A P. XXL Of tbefrafiure of the Thigh nigh to the joints or the upper or lower bead df the bone. 
Fra&ure fometimes happens at the Joint of the hip in the neck of the thigh bone,as I once ob- 
fervedin an honeft matron* I being called to her, when I had obfervedrhe hurt thigh to be 
fhorter than the whole, with the cutward prominency of the I/cbium, which at the firfl fight I 
fuppofed to proceed from the head of the thigh bone, I prefendy my filf it was a 
diflocation and no frafturejl then therefore extended the bone,and forcedfas I thcughQthe head there- 
of into its cavity. The equality ofboththe legs in bignefs which followed upon thistxtcnfion5encreafed 
my perfwafion that it was a diflocation. The next daylvifited her the (econd time, and found her in 
great painjher hurt leg the (hotter, and her foot wrefted inwards. Thenlloofed all her ligatures, and 
perceived fuch a prominency as I did formerly. Wherefore I endeavoured again to force in the head of 
the bone, as I formerly did. But as 1 wasbufied therein, I heard a little crackling, and alfo 1 confidered, 
that there was no cavity nor depreflion in the joint, by which figns I certainly perfwaded my felf, that 
thebone was broken; and not di (located. Neither only fuch kind offraftures, butalfothefeparationof 
the appendix or head of this bone from its place, may induce one to think it a diflocation; which thing 
hath fometimes deceived fomeheedlefs Surgeons, who have not dreamt of the divulfionor (eparation 
ofthe appendix from the top of the thigh bone,but have judged it only a diflocation.Then therefore (that 
I may return to my former narration) I fet the bone, and joined the fragments together, laid thereupon 
fplints with comprefles, made ligations with a rowler, having two heads wrapped about the joint, and 
the body crofs-wife,and I defended her foot with a cafe,that none of theclo?hs might prefs it.I faftned a 
rope to a poft, and fo letit come down into the midft ofthe bed, and eyed many knots thereon,for the 
better taking hold and lifting up her felf; the which thing you muft alwayes do in fraftures and dido- 
cations of the thigh and leg, that fo your Patients may have feme ftay, whereby they may fuccour them- 
Pelves with their hands, as oft as they defire to rife, or lift themfelves up in their beds, or go to ftool; as 
alfo, that they may give perfpiration, and as it were ventilation to the loins, buttocks, rump, and other 
parts, comprefled and wearied with long lying, for want whereof they are molefted with heat and pain, 
whence ulcers arife, which oft-times torment the Patient with fuch tormenting heat and pain, that he 
is even confumed by a feaver, watchings, and want of reft. This opportunity of railing the body out of 
the bed,is by fo much the more needfull in this place,by how much the fra&ure is nearer the joint; for 
there it is more dangerous than in the midft of the thigh, and conftquently more difficult to drefs and 
heal, for that the part is bloodle(s,and by reafon of the multitude ofthe nerves, tendons and ligaments, 
which are obnoxious to many malignlymptomes. But the Surgeon muft have diligent care in this kind 
of fra&ure, and muft look often that the bone, which is fet, do not fall forth again, which eafi-ly hap- 
pens here by any light flirting of the body, and the like occafion, for that the thigh hath but one only 
bone. Therefore, as oft as the Bandages (ball be loofed,and the frafture dre(Ied,he (hall attentively view 
thefigure ofthe bone, and the magnitudeofthe affe&ed part, comparing it with the found; for the fet 
and compofed fragments of the broken bone, can fcarce fall afonder, but that the one muft lye upon the 
other. But before it be knit, the part muft be extended and reftored to its ftate, that fo the Patient may 
not halt during the refidue of his life. For I have read it written in Avicenjhat fcarce any do fo well re- 
cover a fraftured thigh, that they do not halt thereoftherefore the Patient muft be careful!,that he move 
himfelf, or his body as little as he can. Many of the Ancients have fet downe the time of the confolida' 
tion ofthis bone to be fifty dayes : but (as I formerly faid) there can be no certain or determinate time 
hereof. But in what time foever this bone fliall be knit, the Patient muft not ftand or go thereon pre- 
fentlyupon it j for that there remains a weaknefs in the part a long time after, fo that the Patients are 
forced to ufe cratches to go withall, in the mean fpace while they recover more ftrengtfi. 
A Hiftory, 
Another 
fraflure of 
the thigh, 
refem bling 
a luxation. 
Why rhe 
fraGureof a 
bone near 
a joint is 
more dan- 
gerous. 
6. trdi.i. 
c.14. 
In what 
fpace the 
thigh bon« 
may be 
knit. 
CHAP. XXII. fif 
He whirl bone of the knee is-sft-times contuftfl, but not fo frequently broken; yet when that 
happens, it goes into two or three pieces, frjtnetinies long-wile, ibmetimes athwart. Some- 
times it isbroken in the midft, and fome whiles Ihiyered into many fplinters, andall thefeei- 
ther with, or without a wound. The hgns are? impotency in goings a hollownefs in thdt 
place, and afenfible reparation of the fragments of the hurt part, and the Crackling of thefe 
parts under your hand. It is let after this manner; vyifh the Patient to ftretch forth his leg, yea, hemift 
keep it extended all the while, un till it be knits and therefore left he ftiouid bend it unawares/he hoHow- 
nels of the ham (hall be filled with a boulfter • for by bending of the kneejtheietTragmerits of the whirl- 
bone would again fly in fund erf This being done, the fragments fhall by the hand of thefthirgeon be fee 
as is fitting, and be kept fo fee by the application ofcorivenient remedies, making ligatures, and applying 
junks, as we faid muft be done in the frafture of the thigh bone. And laftly, you muft obferve and do in 
this as inthefra&ureofaleg. For the prognoftick this Iaffirm,thatl have feen none of thole who have 
had this bone fractured, who have not halted during the reft ofcheir lives. The caufc hereof is, the knit- 
K k ting 
The Diffe- 
rences. 
Signs. 
Cure Concerning Frazures. 
374 
Why thbfe 
halt who 
have had 
this bone 
fraflurcd. 
tinebv the concretion ofaCaSw hinders the free bending oftheknee;going,efpecially on even ground, 
i> more esfie to the Patient,but an afcent is far moree difficult, and abfolutely painfull. The Patient mult 
neceffarily for this kinde of frafture lye or keep his bed, at the leaft for forty dayes. 
CHAP. XXIII. Of * broken kg. 
Mil kind of frafturc is cured after the fame manner as that of the arm or cubit. Hippocrtiv 
admonilheth us, that the Tibia, or leg bone is more dangerous to be broken, and more diffi- 
cult and flow to be healed than the Fibula, or (bin,bone; becaufe chat is the thicker, and as k 
were the upholder of the whole bulke of the body; but this other is but as it were a certain 
additament or affiftant, provided for thcftayingor bearing up of themufcles of theleg, 
i which the foot is moved. The leg bone being only broken, the hgnsthcreofare perceived only in the 
mnerpart of he leg; for that the Ihin bone being whole, fuffers it not to throw or caft forth it felfe.On 
thecomrary, when the (bin bone only is broken, tfie figns thereof appear only in the txternall part of 
the leg- becaufe the leg bone, being oppofed thereto,doth not fuffer it to caft in its felf,and with its frag- 
ments to turninwards. But when both the bones are broken, the figns of the frafture may equally ap< 
near both here and there. But when only one of thefc bones are broken, the frafturc is far more eafie to 
drefle and heal, becaufe that which remains whole, is a much more firm ftay to that which Is&urt, than 
any fplintscan be. But that I may the better inftrutt and make ready the Surgeon for the relforing of 
this feature, I will illuftrate the matter by an example from my felf. John FkftorJ>o&(x of Phyfick,Ri- 
dur el Hubert, and I, went together to vifit a Patient at the place of the Frier Minorites. Wherefore in- 
tending to pafs over the Sein within fight of the place, 1 endeavoured to make my horfetake boat, and 
therefore Twitched him over the buttocks. The Jade,madded herewith,fo ftruck at me with his heels,that 
he brake both the bones of my left leg, fome four fingers breadth above my ancle. Then I, fearing fomt 
worfe mifehief, and left the Jade (hould double his blow, flew backs and as I fled back,the broken bones 
flew in funder; and breaking through the fleft, flocking, and boot, (hewed themfelves, whereby I felt as 
much pain, as it is credible a man was able to endure. Wherefore I was prefently carried into the boat, 
that fo I might be carryed to the other fide of the water to be drefled; but the flirting of the boat as they 
rowed, almoft killed me with bitternefs of pain, for that the (harp fragments of the bones were rubbed 
againft the flefti which lay next thcm.Being ferried over,as I was conveyed into the next houfes,my pain 
was much increafed,whileft lifted by the hands of divers perfons,one while up,another down, fometimes 
to the left fide,other whiles to the right with my whole body,and all the parts thereof. When at the 
length I was laid upon a bed,I was fomewhat freed from the bitternefs of my pain,and had time to wipe 
off the fweat, which ran down over all my body. Then was I drefled with luch a medicine, as the time 
and place would afford, we compofed it of the white of an egge, wheat flour, foot of a chimny,and mel- 
ted butter. For the reft, I entreated Ricbar/I Hubert, that he would handle me, as if he knew me not nei- 
ther that, moved for love of me,he (hould remit any thing of the (everity of art,but chiefly,that he would 
ftrctch my foot ftraight out, and if the wound were not (ufficiently wide, that he would enlarge it with 
his incifion knife, that fo he might the more eafily fet the broken bones in their due place; that he would 
with his fingers (whole judgment is far more certain than the beft made inftrumentsj fearch, whether the 
fplinters which were in the wound were quite fevered from the bone, and therefore to be taken forth-that 
he would with his hand prefs forth the blood, and the clods of blood which were in a great quantity 
concrete at the mouth of the wound; that he would bind up and place my leg in that fite and manner 
as he thought beft: which is,that he (hould have three rowlers in a readinefs, the firft whereof he (hould 
caft dire&ly upon the wound,fo that he (hould begin his ligation at the wound:alfo he (hould put fplints 
about it; fome three, but others two fingers bredth,of the length of half a foot, fomewhat deprefled and 
hollowed, whereby they might be the more eafily put about theleg, more ftraitly at their ends, and a 
fingers diftance each from other,which at the laft he Ibould bind with fillets,like thole wherewith women 
ule to bind up their hair;y et lb that the binding might be more ftrait upon the wound.and that he would 
fill the cavity of the bam, and of the ancles with boulftcrs made of flaxe wrapped in linnen clothes: that 
he would fortifie the fides of my leg with Junks made of bents or little flicks,and lined with linnen cloth 
ftretched from my heel to my groin, and bound over in four places; fo that the ftrait figure of the leg 
might fcarcely be perverted by any force: that he would gently, and fmoothly, lift up my ]cg an jn, 
differentiy height: and laftly, that he fliouldarm it from the violence of externall injuries, by putting ic 
in a box or calc. But you muft note, that the fit 
placing or laying rof the leg is a matter of fuch 
Moment, that if any error be here committed, it 
will caufe no lefs than lamenefs. For if it be lif- 
ted up higher than is fit, the will be hol- 
low on the forefide; iffower,then it will be gib- 
bous or bunching forth. Neither alfo do they 
commit a (mall error, who do not fill up the ca- 
vities at the ancles after the aforementioned man- 
ner: for,hereupon the heel will be much afflifted, 
whileft ic is forced to fuftain a tedious and pain- 
full compreflion, which at length brings a hoc 
.. Lr. . diftemper, becaufe the fpirits cannot freely flow 
thereto; whjch ! finding by experience, not knowing the caufe, wift.cd them ever now and than to lift up 
my heel, whereby it might enjoy the benefit of perspiration, and the Ipirits havefree entrance thereinto, 
and 
2.defrtfl. 
Sign* that 
both the 
bones arc 
broken. 
AHiftory. 
made me- 
dicine. 
Whar to do 
when the 
leg is bro- 
ken. 
The figure of 4 Leg fractured with a Wound, 
and bound up. LiB.15. 
Concerning Froiftwres. 
375 
and the contained vapours pafting forth. To conclude, my hurt leg 'was laid upon a culhion after the 
manner you fee defcribed in the page precedent. 
CHAP. XXIV. Of fame things to be obferved intyation, wbenafratiure k ajfociated with a wound. 
Mistaken out of the do&rine of the Ancients,oughttobe kept firm and ratified,that ligati- 
on muft be made upon the wound;otherwifc the wounded part will prefently lift it felfnp 
into a great tumor, receiving the humors prefled thither by the force of the ligation made 
on this Sc that fide,above and below,whence enfuemany malign (ymptorns.You may make 
tryall hereof upon a found fleftiy part* for if you bind it above and below* not touching 
that which is in the nidft, it will be lifted up into a great tumor, and change the flourith- 
ing and native colour, into a livid or blackifh hue, by reafon of the flowing and abundance of the hu- 
mors prefled forth on every fide from the neighbouring parts. Therefore fuch things will happen much 
the rather in a wounded or ulcerated part. But for this caufe, the ulcer will remain unfuppurated and 
weeping, crude and liquid faniis flowing there-hence,like unto that which ufually flowes f rom inflamed 
eyes. it fall uPon tne ones' and ma^e anY ftaY thcre> irs>w5tJ1 the Io«ch thereof,burns and 
corrupts them, and to much the more, if they be rare and fofc. Thele will be the fignsoffuch corruption 
of the bones; ifa greater qiiantity,and that more filthy fitnies* flow from the ulcer, th?.n was accuftomed, 
or the nature of a Ample ulcer requires; if the lips of the ulcer be inverted; if the flefli be more foft and 
flaccid about them; if a forrowlull fcnfe of a beating, and alfo deep pain torment the Patient by fits; if, 
by fearching with your probe, you perceive the bone to be fpoiled of its and laflly.ifyou find 
it icaly and rough; or alfo if your probe be put down fomewhat hard, it run into the fiiblhnce of the 
bone. But we have treated fufficiently hereof in ourparticuhr Treatife of the rottennefs of thebones.But 
certainly fuch rottennefs will never happen to the bone, if the hurt part be bound up, as is fit,and accor- 
ding to art. Wherefore I judge it not ami(s,again to admonifh the Surgeon of this,that as far as the thing 
(hall fuffer, he make his rowlings upon the wound- unlefsby chance there be filch exctffive pain and 
great inflammation, that, through occafion of fuch fymptomes and accidents, he be diverted from this 
proper and legitimate cure of the difeafi. Therefoie then, becaufenothing more can be done,let him on- 
ly do this, which may be done without offence; that is,let him fupply the dcfeft of ligation and rowlers, 
with a linnen cloth, not too weak, nor too much worn, being twice or thrice doubled, and which may 
ferve to compafs the wound and neighbouring parts once about: let him few the edges thereof atthe fides 
cf the wound, left he be forced to ftir the fragments of the bones (which once ft t ought to be kept unmo- 
ved) as often as the wound comes to be drefled. For,broken bones do not require fiich frequent drefling, 
as wounds and ulcers do. By this it appears, that as want of binding, and too much loofnefs in abfence 
of pain and a phlegmon, fo alfo too ftrait ligation, when pain is pretent, brings a phlegmon and ab- 
feefsto the wound. Therefore let all things here,according to the forementioned rules and circumftan- 
ces, be indifferent. I have for this purpofe thought good to reiterate theft things, becaufe you (hall as yet 
find many, who follow the praftife of make many circumvolutions here and there,above and 
below the wound, which prefently they carry crofs-wife. But this croft or lattice-like kind ofligation 
is wholly to be difliked, and that only to be ufed which we have defcribed, according to the mind of Hip- 
pocrates. Now it is time that I returne to the former hiftory of my mifhap, and declare what was done to 
me after that firft drefling, which I have formerly mentioned. 
Th ar rhe Il- 
gar icn mutt 
be moll 
ftrait upon 
rhe 
' v fvm- 
i i< the want 
of oinding 
upon rhe 
wounded 
parr. 
Signs of the 
corruption 
of the 
bones. 
When the 
woun ded 
Parr muftb® 
omitted in 
ligation. 
Earrice. like 
binding ro 
be fhunned. 
CHAP. XXV. PPbat was ufed to the Authors kg after thefirjldrejfag. 
Being brought home to mine own houfe in Paris in the afternoone, they took from me, out of 
the Bafilica of the left arm,fome fix ounces of blood. And then at the fecond dreffing the lips 
or edges of the wound and places thereabout were annointed with ungtentum ropr«w,which by 
a joint confent of the Ancients, is much commended in the beginnings of fra&ures: for it will 
aflwage pain, and hinder inflammation,by repelling the humors far from the wounded part:for it is cold, 
aftringent and repelling, as the compofition thereof (hewes 5 for it is made ex oleo ompbacino* aqua rofacea* 
pauco aceto* & cera alba. Therefore I ufed this ointment for fix dayes; I dipped the comprefles and rowlers 
fomewhiles in oxycrate, otherwhiles in thick and aftringent red wine, for the ftrengtheping of the part, 
and repreffing the humor?; which two things we mtift have a care of in Hippocrates opinion, in fra&ures 
efpecially with a wound. W herefore if at any time the comprefles or rowlers feemed to dry, I now and 
then moiftned them with the oxy crate, or rofevineger: for, by their too much drinefs, pain and inflam- 
mation happen; and if they bind the partfomewhat more ftraic, they hurt it alio by their hard- 
nefs. Youfliall fee many Surgeons, who in this kind of afleft, from the beginning to the end, ufe only 
aftringent and emplaftick medicins, wholly contrary to the method fet down by Hippocrates* and com- 
mended by Ga!en. For, by the continued ufe of fuch things, the pores, and breathing places of the skin 
are (hut up; whence the fuliginous excrement being fuppreft,the externall heat is increafed, and itching 
caufed, and at length an ulcer by the fretting of the acrid and ferous humour long fuppreft.Whereby you 
may learn, that aftringent and emplaftickmedicins muft not be ufed above fix dayes. In fteadhereof you 
Shall ufe the emplaifters, which I (hall prefently defcribe. In the beginning of my difeafe I ufed fo fpare a 
diet, that fortune dayes I ate nothing each day, but twelve ftewed prunes, and fix bread, and 
dranke a Paris pint of fugred water,of which water this was the compofition. WJacciatoif%tij.aiju£ font. 
fitnulfecundum artem: Otherwhiles I ufed fyrup of maidens-hair with boiled wa- 
ter : Otherwhiles, the divine drink (as they term it) whereof this is the compofition. cottt ftvg 
agitentur & tranfaafenturfapius in vafij vitreii. I was purged when need required 
K k 2 With 
rofatum, 
whe dore] 
good in 
fraQtires. 
You IT.tlft 
have acarej 
that rhe 
comprefles 
and rowlers 
grow not 
hard by 
drinefs. 
The defcri* 
prion of a 
fugrcd wa-> 
ist. 376 
Concerning FrMures. 
LiB.15, 
with a bole of Caff a with Rubarb. Jufed alfo fuppofitories of Caftlefoapto make me go to ftoole- for,if 
at any time I wanted due evacuation, a preternatural! heat prefcntly /eifed upon my kidnies. With this, 
though exquifite manner of diet, I could not prevail,but that a fever took me upon the eleventh day of 
my difeafe, and a defluxion, which turned into an abfeefs, long flowing with much matter. I think the 
occafion hereofwas fome portion of the humorfuppreftinthe bottomeof the wound5as alfoby tooloofe 
binding}by reafon that I could not endure juft or more ftrait binding ; andlaftly, fades or (Livers of 
bones quite broke off, and therefore unapt to be agglutinated : for thefe therefore putrefying, drew by 
confent the proper nouriftiment of the part into putrefaftion,and by the putredinous heat thence arifing, 
did plentifully adminifter the materialland efficient caufe to the defluxion and inflammation. I was 
moved to think they were /bales fevered from their bone, by the thin and crude faniet flowing from the 
wound, the much fwoln fides of the wound, and the more loofe and fpongy fleffi thereabouts. To thefe 
caiifes, this alfo did accrew, one night amongft the reft, as I flept, the mufeks fo contrafted themfelves 
by a violent motion, that they drew my whole leg upwardsjjfo that the bones, by the vehemency of the 
convulfion,were difplacedA' preffed the fides of the could they be perfeftly compofed o* 
ret,unlefs by a newexcenfion and impuliion, which was much more painfull to me than the form'er My 
feaver when it had lafted with me/even dayes,at length enjoyed a errand end, partly by the eruption 
of matter, and partly by fweat, flowing from me in a plenteous manner. r 
7 he caufes 
of a fever 
and abfeefs, 
snfuingup- 
ona fra- 
flure. 
Signs of 
fcales feve- 
red from 
their bones 
CHAP. XX VL What may be the caufe of the convulfive twitching of broken memberJ, 
Why rhe 
extream 
parts are 
cold when 
we fleep. 
{is contraction, and (as it were) convulsive twitching, ufually happens to fraftured member? 
in the time of Sleep. I think the caufe thereof is, for that the native heat withdraws its felf 
while we deep,into the center of the body5whereby it commeth to pafi,that the excream Darts 
grow cold. In the mean while, nature, by its accuftomed providence, fends fpirits to the fun 
ply of the hurt part. But becaufe they are not received of the part evill affefted and unapt thereto thev 
betake themfelves together, and Suddenly, according to their wonted celerity, thither from whence thev 
came, the mufcles follow their motion: with the mufcles, the bones, whereinto they are inferted are 
together drawns whereby it comes to pafs, that they are againe difplaced, and with great torment of 
pain, fall from their former fear. This contraction of the mufcles is towards their originall. 
CHAP. XXVII. Certain documents concerning the parts, whereon tbe Patient muft necefTarily 
reffwbilefi he lyes in his bed. 
The natu- 
ral faculties 
Jangujfh in 
the parts by 
idlenefs, 
but are 
fhengchen- 
ed by afti- 
on. 
| Hofe who have their leg or the like bone broken, becaufe they are hindered by the bitternefs of 
I pain, and alto with for their cure or confolidauon, are forced to keep themfelves without fiir- 
| r'ng> and upon theirbacks in their beds fora long time together. In the meanlpace the parts 
whereupon they mutt neceffarily lye, as the heel,backjioly-bone,rump,the mufcles of the bro 
ken thigh or leg,remain ftretched forthand unmovablc,fet at liberty from their ufual functions Where" 
by it conies to pafs, that all their ftrength decaies, and grows dull by little and little. Moreover allo bJ 
the fupprefiion ofthe fuliginous and acrid excrements, and want of perfpiration,they grow preternatu- 
rally hot, whence defluxion, an abfeefs and ulcer, happen to them, but principally to the holy bone rhZ 
rump,and heel: to the former,for that they are defended with fmall ftore of flefh; to the latter for that it 
is of more exquifite fenfe.Now the ulcers of thefe partsare difficultly healed,yea,and oft-times'they caufe 
a gangrene in theflefh,and a rottennefs and mortification in ths bones there-under,and for the nioft part 
a continued feaver, deli- 
rittmi convulfion, and 
( by that fympathy 
which generallyaccom- 
panies fuch affefts ) a 
hicketing. For the heel 
and ftomach are two 
very nervous parts, the 
latter in the whole bo- 
dy thereof, and by a 
large portion of the' 
nerves of the fixth con- 
jugation; but the other 
by the great tendon 
pairing under it, the 
which is produced by 
the meting} and as it 
were growing together 
of the three mufcles of 
the calf of the leg. All 
which are deadly, both 
by diffipation of the 
native beat by the fea- 
verifh,and that which is 
preternaturall; as alfo 
by theinfeftion of the 
noble 
How and 
■what ulcers 
happen up- 
on rhe fra- 
Cure of the 
leg, to the 
rump and 
hoc/, 
The figure of a Cafe. 
the bottom? or belly of the Caffe. BB.TAr wing/ or fide/ to be opened and 
the ™hmi0 thefik or arch Mfitteil- DD.Tbe 
Arcb. EKTbejole.FF, An open ipJCes whereat tbe heel bangs forth of the Caffe. LiB.15. 
Concerning Fractures. 
377 
noble parts, whofeufethe life cannot want, by carrion-like vapours. When as I cqnfidered all theft 
things with my felf, and (become more ski ] full by the example of others ) iinderitood how dangerous 
they were, I wifhedthem now and then to lift my heel up out of the bed; and taking hold of the rope 
which hung over my head, I heaved up my felf, that fo the parts, prefTed with continual! lying, might, 
tranfpire, and be ventilated. Moreover alio I idled thefe parts upon a round cufhion, being open in the 
middle,and fluffed with foft feathers,and laid under my rump and heel,that they might be refrelhed by the 
benefit and gentle breathing of the air:and I did oft-times apply linnen clothes fpred over with unguentum 
rofatum, for the aflwagingof the pain and heat. Befidesalfo, I deviled a Caffe of Lattin,wherein the bro- 
ken leg being laid, is kept in its placc,far more ftirely and certainly than by any Junks-and moreover alfo 
k may all be moved to and again at the Patients pleafure.This Cats will alfo hinder the heel from lying 
with all its body and weight upon the bed, putting a foft and thick boulfter under the calf, in that place 
where the Cafs is hollow: beiides alfo, it arms and defends it again!! ths falling down and weight of 
the bed clothes, having a little arch made over and above of the fame matter. All which (hall be made 
manifeft unto you by the precedent figure. Now it remains, that I tell you u hatremedies I applyed to 
the abfcefs which happened upon my wound. When therefore I perceived an ablcefs to breed, I compo-t 
fed a fappurative medicin of the yolks ofegs, common oil, turpentine, and a little wheat flour, and! 
ufed it untill it was opened; then to clenfe it I ufed this following remedy. R. frrttpi rofati & terebinth, 
zeneta, an.^ij.pulveris radicis inos florentia, aloesy mefticbesjariu* hordei, incorporentur omnia fimul & 
fiat muudificativum: but I had a care,that the place, whereat I conjeftured the quite fevered icales of the 
bones mud break forth, fliould be filled with tents made of fponge or flax,that fo,by this means, I might 
keep the ulcer open at my pleafure. But I put into the bottome of the ulcer catagmatick and cephalick 
powders, with a little burnt alum,to procure the egrefs of the formerly mentioned fcales.Thefe at length 
call: forth, I cicatrized the ulcer with burnt alum. For, this having a drying and aftringent faculty, con- 
firms and hardens the flefli, which is loofe and fpongy, and flowing with liquid fanies, and helps forward 
natures endeavor in cicatrization. F or,the fragments of the bones, they,by reafon of their naturtrfl drp 
nefs and hardnefs, cannot be joined and knit together by themfdves without a medium : but they need a 
certain fubftance, which, thickning and concreting at their ends, doth at length glue them together3and 
(as it were) fallen them with fbder. This fubflance hath its matter of the proper fubftance and marrow 
of thebones- but the former from the native heat,and emplaftick medicins,which moderately heat.For, 
on the contrary, thefe medicins, which, by their too much heat, do difeufs and attenuate,do(as it were) 
melt and diffolve the matter of the Call™, and fo hinder the knitting. Wherefore for this purpofe, I 
would wifh you to make ufe of the following emplaflers, of whole efficacy I have had experience; for, 
hence they are called knitting or confolidating plaifters. R. dei my r till. & r of arum ompbac.an, ft. (3, rad. 
althe* ft.ij. r ad.fr &fel. eju/dimfol.falicu3an.m.j.fiat decottioin fujfi- 
cienti quantitate vininigri, & aquafabroruni) admedietatis conjumptionem, adde in colatura pulverh myrrb* & 
thuris Hbfi.terebinth Jot* tnafiicbes aftri & argenti3an.^X\t beli armeni*,& 
terr* alb* quantum fufficit: fiat emplafirum3ut artis efi.ln Head hereof yotl may 
ufe the black emplaifler, whereof this is thedefcription. R.litbargyri auri tb.j.olei & aceti IfoXycoquantur 
fimul lento igne donee nigrum & fplendens reddatur emplafirum3& non adb*reat digitis. Or elfe, R. olei rofat, & 
myrtid.an.yynftcum cuprefiif/oli armenfanguinis diacbalcitbeos 
ciant fimul3 &fiat emplafirumfccundum artem. In deleft of thefe, you may ufe a Cere-cloth,or tda Gualteri, 
whereof this is the description. fy.pulveris tburisjarin* bo'rarm. refin* pini, nucum cu- 
prefii, rubi* tin£farum9an.%i].fevi arietini & cer* alba an.tb.fi. fiat emplafirum: into which(whilefl it is hot) 
dip a warm linnen cloth, for the forementioned ufe. Emplafirum Diacalcitheos, by the common confent 
of all the Ancients, is much commended for fraftures; but it muft undergo different preparations, ac- 
cording to the condition of the time; for inthe fummer it mull be diflblved in the juice of plantain and 
uight-fliade, left it fliould heat more than is fit. It is convenient,in the interim,to have regard to the tem- 
per of the affefted bodies; for neither are the bodies of children to be fo much dried as thefe of old men: 
otherwife if fuch drying medicins fliould be applyed to young bodies as to old, the matter of the Call™ 
■would be diflblved, it would be fo far from concreting; wherefore the Surgeon muft take great heed in 
thechoice of his medicins. For, oftentimes remedies, good of themfelves,are by ufe made not good,be- 
caufe they are ufed and applyed without judgement: which is the caufe that oft-times pernicious 
accidents happen, or elfe the Call™ becomes more foft, hard, (lender, crooked, or la ft ly, concretes more 
flowly by the great error, and to the great fhame of the Surgeon. 
Remedies 
for the pre-i 
veijrion of 
rhe .fotefaid 
ulcers* 
Theufe oT 
a Lattin 
Cafle. 
A fuppur* 
rative me- 
dicine, 
A deterfivec 
Catagma* 
ti: k pow- 
ders have 
power ro 
caft forth 
rhe fcalej of 
bones, 
The caufed 
both effici- 
ent and ma- 
terial! of a 
Callus, 
Mediciris 
conducing 
to the gcne-> 
ration of a 
Callus, 
The black 
plaifter; 
The Dr- 
fcription of 
a Sparadra- 
pumt or 
Cere-cloth,' 
Medicins 
good of. , 
themfelresj 
not good 
by event* 
CHAP. XXVIII. By wbat means vee may kgorv tbe Callus is a breeding. 
den I knew that my leg begun to knit, when as leCs matter chan was ufaall came from the ul- 
cer, when the pain flackened, and laftly, when as the convulfive twitchings ceaftd ; which 
caufedmetojudge it fittodrefs it feldomerthan I was ufedtodo, For, by the frequent de- 
terfion in dreffing an ulcer,whilefta Callus is breeding, the matters whereof it is to be made, 
are drawn away and (pent, which are (as they term them) Kt?/, and Gluitn1 which 
are tne proper and genuine nourishments both of the bony, as alfo of the fleffly fubftance.I by other figns 
alfo conjc&ured the breeding of rhe Calius, fco wit, by the fweating of a certain dewie blood out of the 
edges and pores of the wound, which gently dyed and bedewed the boulfters and ligatures, proceedi ng 
from the efflux of the fubtler and gen tier portion of that matter, which plenteoufly flowed down for 
the breeding of a Callus. As alfo, by a tickling and pleafing fenfe of a certain vapour, continually creep- 
ing, with a moderate and gentle heat, from the upper parts even to the place of the wound. Wherefore 
thenceforwards I fomewhat loofened the ligation, left, by keeping it too ftrair, I (hould hinder from 
K k 3 ■ ■ ' ' - entrinf 
When the 
Calluses 
breeding 
the u!Cer 
mu ft be fek 
dotne dr cft6 
HipP-ftnt2 Concerning Fraffaires. 
Lib.ic 
378 
entring co the fragments of the bones,the matter of the Callus,which is a portion of the blood,temperate 
in quality, and moderate in quantity .Then therefore I thought good, to nfe nouriftiments fit to generate 
• more grofs,thick and tenacious blood, and fufficient for generating a Callus- fuch as are the extremities, 
* tendinous, and griftly parts of beads, as the heads, feet, legs, and ears of Hogs, Oxen, Sheep, Kids; all 
which I boiled with rice,French barley,and the like,ufing fome whiles one,fome whiles another,to pleafe 
my ftomaeh and palate. I alfo fometimes fed upon frumity, or wheat iodden m Capon broth with the 
yolks of egsi I drank red, thick and aftringent wine, indifferently tempered with water. For my fecond 
courfe J ate chefnuts and medlars: neither do I without fome reafon,thus particularize my diet: for that 
grofs nouriftiments, efpecially ifthcy be friable and fragil , as beef is, are alike hurtfull (forasmuch as 
pertains to the generating of a Callus )as light meats are For that makes the Callus too dry,thefe tooten- 
. der, W her efor pronounces thefe meats only fit for generating a Callus, which are neither fragiL 
nor friable, neither ferous and thin, nor too dry» but indifferent grofs, and allo vifcid, fat and tough* 
Thefe meats, digefted by the ftomach into cbylus, are fent into the guts, and from hence, by the mefara- 
ick veins, into the gate-vein, and the hollow part of the Liver, thence into the hollow vein, and fo into 
the veins difperfed over all the body and the parts thereof. There are alfo fome of thefe veins which car- 
ry blood into the bones; but in the large cavities of the bones is marrow contained,as in the fmall a cer- 
tain marrowy fubftance, proportionable thereto, being their proper nourifhment* The generation of 
marrow is from the gr offer portion of the blood; which flowes into the greater cavities ofthe bones by* 
larger veins and arteries, but into the lefs by leffer, which end in their pores and fmall paflages. For, in 
large bones you may obferve large and apparent paffages, by which the veins and arteries enter for the 
forementioned ufe. By the fame wayes the nerves alfo infinuate themfelves,from whence proceeds a mem- 
brane which involves the marrow of the bones, the which by that means is endued with moft exquifite 
fenfe, as experience teacheth; which is thecaufe that makes many beleeve, that the marrow hath fenfe of 
feeling, becaufe the membranes thereof being hurt caufe moft bitter pain. Therefore out ofthe marrow 
and the proper fubftance of the bone, , there fweats a certain grofs and terreftriall juice, whereof by the 
power of the aflimilating faculty, which ferves in ftead of the formative, a Callus growes and knits.Sim- 
ple fraftures of the leg are ufually knit in fifty daiesjbut through the occafion of the wound and the fcales 
quite broke off, and other accidents which befell me, it was three whole months before the fragments of 
the bones were perfedly knit,and it was alfo another month, before I could go upon my leg without the 
help of a crutch.Going was painfull to me for fome few dayes,becaufe the Callus had taken up fome place 
ofthe mufcles: for, before my former freedome of motion could return again to the broken and knit 
part, it was neceffary,that the tendons and membranes Ihould feparate themfelves by little and little from 
the fear. In the performance of all thefe things, I had the diligent and faithfull affiftance amongftthc 
Surgeons, to omit Phyfitians, of Anthon) Vortal the Kings Surgeon. 6 
Meats fit 
or genera- 
ting a CiB* 
LH.6.meth< 
Why the 
marrow 
may feem 
to have 
fenfe of 
feeling. 
In what 
fpace the 
kg isufnal- 
Jy knit. 
CHAP. XXIX. Of tbofe thing which may binder the gneraMn of a Callup and bow to comU 
the fault i thereof if it be ill formed. 
\ving already fpoken of the figns of a C JZw beginning to concrete,of its generation and the 
manner thereof: itnowremains, that we treat of thofe things which hinder the generation 
thereofjand what on the contrary help forwards the conformation and concretion thereof 
Now thefe things which either wholly hinder, or elfe retard the generation of a Call™ 
have a ftrong and powerful! difcuflive and attenuating elfe they are unftuous oStv' 
andmoift For by fuch, the juice, whereof the to be,is either melted and confumed oreife 
growes foft, and is relaxed. Baton the contrary, thofe things which help forwards a Call™ muft be 
drying, incraffating, thickening,hardning,and emplaftfok, moderately hot and aftringent.But for moift 
and relaxing medians, they ought to have no place here,unlefs when it happens that the Callwis ill for- 
; med, that is, too thick, or crooked, or otherwife ill fliapen, whereby it may be wafted and broken, fo ta 
be reftored again after a better manner. Yetnotwithftanding, fiich things are not to be attempted, un- 
Ids when the C»Uu, is yet green,and Co depraved,that the fault thereof doth very much pervertthe native 
conformation of the part, and exceedingly offend the aSion. Then therefore in fuch Vcafe, the place 
muft be fomented with a dcco&ion of a Sheeps head and guts,wherein ftiall be boiled the roots of Marflr- 
dfl1S-°c^10"y'th- fccdsofL,Jne'^t 2n«Rr«k> Pigeons dung, Bayberries, and the like. You (hat 
a foufe this following ointment and plaifter. 
Then apply thisfollowingemnlaifter' 
R.impUjt.dtrigiieumma-<Mnoarm dtferiptimt Phflagrii, i»3iii.oleiMUbiiii & lilurHm m 
let i.befpred upon leather for the aforefa'd ufe. WiXtt 
« C" 1 k' f"'n J°, be£fu®cient|y mollified,it (hall be broken,and the bones reftored to their natural 
e fate, and the cure of the frafture to be followed as at thebeginning. Ifthe Ca//,„ bebecometonfard 
through age,itisbetternottobreakit,biittoletitalone, left feme worfe accident befall the Parish 
" > kr1C ®ay (° fail out, that by your labouring to break it,the bonemay break in fotne other part before 
u be forbidden; that thus by little and little the Cafltor nay decay and dintintfh Ifon'the° 2? W 
-wayes happen that 
Diftuffing 
and unflii' 
ous medi- 
ans hinder 
the genera- 
tion of a 
Citlw. 
What helps 
forward the 
generation 
thereof. 
WhatCd/fa 
mnft no t b< 
broken, 
though di 
flort, or o 
therwifeill 
conformed 
The caufes 
of too flen. 
deraC'a//w Lib.i6. 
379 
bound# orbecaufe the idle part is longer kept in quiet than is fit, without exercifing ofits proper ftin&i- 
on, (which caufe is to be reckoned amongft the chief caufes of the leannefs,even for this tea ton, for that 
exercifeftirs up the native heat of the part, the worker ofdigeftion and nutrition) orelfefor that they 
feed uponfuch nourilbments as offend in quality,or quantity, or both# or for that the ligature, ufed to 
the part,is too often loofed, orbecaufe the part its felt is toohaflily and before the time put to undergo 
fblid offices and motions. According to the variety of caufes,medicins (ball be applyed. For if the liga- 
ture of the part be too ftrait, it (hall be loofed, yea verily thefraftured place, the ligature being taken 
away, (hall be quite freed from ligation, and a new kind of ligature muft be made.) which muft be rowled 
down from the root of the veflels, that is, from the armpits, if the arm; or from the groin, if the leg 
be broken, to the frafture; yet fo, as that you may leave it untouched or taken in, forthusthe bloud is 
preffed from the fountain and fpring, and forced into the affe&ed part, by a way quite contrary to that, 
whereby we have formerly taught,in fear of inflammation, to hinder it from entrance into the affe&ed 
part. Aho gentle fri&ions and fomentations with warm water may be profitably made, from which you 
muft then defift when the part (hall begin to grow hot and fwell. If any too long continue thefe friftrons 
and fomentations# he (hall refolve that which he hath drawn thither* For this we have oftentimes ob- 
ferved, thatfri&ions and fomentations have contrary effe^ks,according to the (hortnefr and continuance 
oftime.Pfcations will alfo conduce to this purpofe,and other things which cuftomarily are ufed to mem- 
bers troubled with an or want of nourilhment* 
Remedies 
therefore; 
When w» 
muft defift 
from fo- 
menting 
and frifli, 
ons. 
CHAP. XXX. Of fomentations whidi be ujed to brofen bones. 
Tver*fomentations are ufed to broken bones for feverall caufes. When we ufe warm Water for 
a fomentation,we mean that,which is juft between hot and cold, that is, which feels lukewarm 
to the hand of the Phyfitian and Patient, A fomentation of fuch water ufed for fome fhort 
/pace doth moderately heat, attenuate and prepare for refblution, the humor which is in the 
furface ofthe body, it draws blood and an alimentary humor to the part labouring of an atrophia-, it af- 
fwages pain, relaxes that which is too much extended, and moderately heats the member refrigerated 
through occafion of too ftrait binding, or by any othermeans. On the contrary, too hot fomenting 
cools by accident, digefting anddifcuffing the hot humor which was contained in the member.We mean 
a (hors time is (pent in fomenting, when the part begins to grow red and fwellj a juft fpace, wheii the 
part is manifeftly red and fwoln; but we conjedure, that much or too much time is fpent thereon, if the 
rednefi, which formerly appeared, go away,and the tumor, which lifted up the part, fobfide. Alfo in fo- 
menting, you nauft have regard to the body whereto it is ufed. For if it be plethorick,an indifferent fo- 
mentation will diftend the part with plenty offuperfluous humors; but if it be lean and fpare, it will 
make the part morcfiefcy and fucculent. Now it remains, that we fay fomewhat of the frafturc of the 
bones of the feet. . 
VVarmc 
water. 
The effect 
thereof. 
Notes of 
fhorr, juft/ 
and roo 
long fo. 
menting; 
Fomentatif 
ons hurt 
bodies. 
CHAP. XXXI. Of the frattttre of the bone/ of thefeeh 
He bones of the inftep, back and toes of the feet, may be fra&ured as the bones of the hands 
may. Wherefore thefe (hall be cured like them, but that the bones of the toes mutt not be 
kept in a crooked poftqre, as the bones of the fingers muft, left their action (hould perifh 
or be depraved. For as we ufe our legs to walk, io we ufe our feet co ftand« Befides aHo 
the Patient (hall keep his bed untill they be knit. 
T In end of the fifteenth 
Why rhe 
fraflurtd 
bones of 
rhe fooc 
mwft be 
kept in<« 
ftreight 
OF DISLOCATIONS, or LVXATlONS. 
THE SIXTEENTH BOOK. 
CHAP. I. Of the kinds and manners of difiocationt. 
Diflocation is the departure or falling out of the head of a bone from its proper cavity., 
into an accuftomed place befides nature, hindring voluntary motion. There is another 
kind of Luxation, which is caufed by a violent diftetition, and as it were a certain divari- 
cation, and dilatation, or extenfion into length and bredth of the ligaments, and all the 
nervous bodies, which contain, ftrengthen, and bind together the joints.Tbus thofe who 
have been tormented and racked, have that thick ligament which is in the inner cavity of 
the huckk bone too violently extended. Thofe who have fuffered the Strappado, have the ligaments 
encompafling the articulation of the arm bone,with the (boulder blade/orcibly and violently diltended. 
Such alfo irtheir affeft, whole foot is flrained by flipping. There is a third kinde of luxatlqn, when as 
thofe bones which are joined contiguous, and one (a» it werejbound to the (ides of another, gape or fly 
■funder: as in the arm, when the ell parts from the wand; in the leg, when the one focile flycs from the 
other: yet this may be referred to the fccond fort of diflocations, becaufe it happens not without dilata- 
What a' 
Luxation 
properly for 
called is. 
What a 
Luxation 
nor proper- 
ly fa called 
is.J 
The third 
kind of 
location', 380 
Concerning Diflocations,or Luxations. 
Lib.i6 
tioihor elfc the breaking of the ligaments.There is alfo a fourth added to thefejas when the Epipbjfes and' 
heads of bones are plucked from the bone whereon they were placed or faftned: which improperly called, 
kind of Luxation,hath place chiefly in the bones of young people, and it is known by the impotency of, 
the part,and by the noife and grating together of the crackling bones when they are handled. Now the 
bones of young folks are alfo incident to another cafualtyrfor as the bones of old people are broken by 
violence by reafon of their drinefs and hardnefs3thus the bones of children are bended or crooked in by 
reafon-oftheirnaturallfoftnefsandhumidity. r 7,/ :: 
* -- --1 'p - .-v 
The fourth. 
CHAP. H. Of the differences of Diflocations. 
What Lux- 
ations are 
finiple* 
□meL/iiiocations arc »» ......-wun.uu«vc.uuuiuerpre« 
ternaturall affeft joined with liich compound,as are complicated with one or more 
preternaturall affe&sjas when a diflocation is affociatedwith a won niffradu re, great paia,in- 
flammation,and an abfcef».For,through occafion of thefe we are often compelled fo long to let 
alone the luxation,until thefe be remitted of then Gives,or by our art.Some Diflocations are complete and 
perfect as when the bone wholly fals out of its caviry:otherfome are unperM as when it is only lightly 
movcd,& not wholly fallen outjwherefore we only cal them fubluxations or Grains Differences of Luxa- 
tions are alfo drawn from the placerfor fometimesthe bone is wrefted forwards,otherwhiles backwards. 
upwards,downwards ; fomewhiles it may be wrefted,according to all thefe differences offfte, and other- 
whiles only according to fome of them. Differences are allb taken from the condition of thedillocated 
Joint in greatnefle and littlenefs, from the fiiperhciary or deep excavation of the jinw or hollownels 5 
ind laftly from the time, as if it be lately done, or of fbme long continuance. I have judged it fit tofet 
down all thefe,for that there are feverall indications of caring,according to the varietie of each .of thefei 
»s wr* fhall teach hereafter. ' 
What com- 
pound. 
What a 
complete 
Luxation is. 
VVhat a 
fhbluxation 
or flrain. 
CHAP. Ilf. Of the caufes ofDiJlocations, 
Here are three generall caufls of Luxationsjinternalljexternalljand hereditarie. The internail 
are excrementitious humors and flatulencies,which., fltling into the joints with great force 
and plentie, do fo make flippery, foften and relax the ligaments which bind together the 
bones,that they eafily fal out of their cav'des,or elfe they fo fil & diftend thefe ligaments,and 
make them fb (bort,that being contraftedjhcy alfo contraft the appendices of the bones from 
whence they arifl,and fb pluck them from the bone whereon they are placed, or el fe draw the heads of 
the bones out of their cavities 3chiefly if the violence of a noxious humor doth alfo concur, which pof- 
feflingahd filling up the cavities of the joihts,putsthem from their flats, as it oft-times happens to the 
joint of the hip by Sciatic jes,and to the Kertetae of the fpine, by whofe Luxation people become gib- 
bous,or otherwife crooked.Butexternallcaufes ofPiflocations are, fals from high, bruifing and heavy 
blowes,the Rackiftrappadp,flipping in going,and all fuch like things,which may force the heads of the 
bones to fly out of their feats,or cavities,which alfo happens fometimes to infants in their birth, when 
as] they are too carelefly and violently drawn forth by the Midwife, fo that either their arms or 
legs are put out of joint.Hereditarie caufls are fuch as the Parents transfufl into their off-fpring: hence 
it is,that crooked not neceflirily,but oftentimes are generated by crooked,and lame by lame. The truth 
whereof is evident by daily experience. Befides alfo Hippocrates himfelf avers, that infants in the very 
womb may have their Joints dillocated by a fall9blow and com preflion, and by the too much humidity 
and loofnefs of the Joints: whence alfo we fee many crook legg'd and footed from their nativity; fb that 
none need marvell or make any doubt hereof. We have read it obferved by Galen In librum de drtic.that 
children may have impoftumes in their mothers wombs,which may caft forth quitture, the ulcers being 
opened of their own accord, and be cicatrised by the only benefit of nature. It alfo happens to many 
from their firft conformation,that the cavities of their Joints are lefle depreft than they fhould be, and 
that their verges are more dilated than they ought to be • whereby it happens that the heads of the 
bones can the lefle enter into them. It falls out,that otherfome have the ligaments, appointed by nature 
for faftning together the bones of the joint,whether infected or placed about, fo weak, that from their 
firft originall they are not of fufficient ftrength,or elfe abound with much Phlegm, either bred together 
with them,or flowing from fome other placejfo that by their too much flipperinefs they lefle faithful- 
ly contain the knittings or articulations of the bones. In all thefe as the bones are eafily dillocated, fo 
they may prefently be eafily reftored without the afliftancc of a Surgeon, as I have fbmetimes obferved 
infbme. 
Internal! 
caufes of 
diftocari- 
0HS. 
External! 
caufes. 
Heredirarie 
aufes. 
94' 
fea.%2.4- 
fenK3.&4' 
lib.de Art. 
Children 
may have 
Impo- 
flumes in 
their mo - 
thers 
wonjbs. 
CHAP. 1III. The jtynf of di (locations. 
Ome of thefigns whereby we come to the knowledg of a luxated bone5are commo# to all diflo£ 
cationsjothers are proper only to (everall Luxations. It is a common fign9that there is al Wales 
a tumor in that part whereto the bone runs9 and a hollownefs on that fide from whence it is 
flown. Now the proper figns (hall be (hewed., when as we come to treat of the particular kindes 
of Luxations. We know a perfeft Dislocation by the loft aftion of the parr3that is to (ay9 the loft moti- 
onjpain alio breeds a fufpicion of a diflocatiomfor the head of the bone3 which ( moved out of its place) 
is forced into another3prefles the fle(h3and diftends the nerves al(b moved out of their place. Hereto allo 
conduces the comparing of the found joint with that which is hurt,in which collation9it is fit the found 
part,which is compared with the hurt, be no waies, neither by nature nor any accident. Wronged, nor 
defer.. 
Hie conn, 
mon fignof 
all di flota- 
tions. Lib.16. 
Concerning Luxations. 
381 
deformed,nor withered or decayed,nor fwoln above meafure,otherwile it may cozen anddeceiveyou, if 
you be leflewarie. Labour and difficulty of a&ion in moving,isa fign of an uncomplete Luxation *or 
drain. Now we thus know, that the ligaments, feiving to the connexion of the aniculations, are exten- 
ded and relaxed,if the head of the bone,preffid with your fingers,be eafily driven unto the contrary part 
and fodainly fiy thence back again, if thrulling your finger into the joint, it eafily enter, nothing re- 
filling it,as though all were empty withinjifthe motion be difficult,or none at all. 
Signs of ah 
nnperfeft 
dillocatioti. 
C H A P. V. Of Prognoflickj to be upon luxations. 
LI Joints may be perverted or luxated,but all of them cannot in like manner be reftored. For 
the head may be diflocated, but thereupon preient death enlues, by reafon of the compreffion 
' of the whole fpinall marrow prefently at theoriginall thereof; fuch alfo is the dillocation of a 
3and ofthe Jaw-bone,which, flipped forth on both fides, hath caiiled in- 
flammation,and a great tumor before that it be let. The bones of other Joints, as they are more or leflTe 
diflocated,and moved cut of their feats,fo.may they be more eafily or difficultly reffored. For, by how 
much they are the lefle moved out of their places, by fo much they are the more quickly, and by how 
much they are the further,by fo much they are the more flowly and difficultly fet. Alfo an indication, 
taken from the figure of the luxated bone,gives a fign ofthe eafie or hard refloring of the dillocation • 
asintbe Arm,by how much the bones be the more eafily diflocated, by fo much once luxated they are 
the more eafily reftored. Bones do not eafily fallout of join tin fleffiy bodies j but when they chance to be 
put out,they arenot eafily got in again. For in fuch,the articulation is ftraitly on every fide held in by 
What 
ati.ons be 
uneutable. 
VVhy 
rhofe bones 
which are 
hardly diC- 
located, ar« 
hard co be 
fee. 
the thicknefs of the mufcles/nd the plenty of the fat lying thereabouts. On the comrade, fuch as are 
lean,efpecially thofe who formerly have been more fat,have their joints more lax, whereby it comes to 
pafTe,that their bones may eafily be putforth ofjoint: befides alfo, through the default of the digeftive 
iacultie,they have their joints replete with mucous humors; whence it is, that the heads of the bones, as 
Banding in a flippery place,are the leffe ftable,as it is recorded by Hippurates. But Bender bodies, which < 
are naturally dry,compaft and denfe,have their mufcles and ligaments more ftrong and dry • wherefore • 
their bones are the more difficultly difplaccd;and difplaced, the more difficultly fet. Some bones,joined 
amongft themfelves,do fometimes fly affinder,as when the fhoulder blade flyes from the collar-bone at 
the Acromium&nd in the Arm the Ell from the Wand,and in the Leg the one focile from the other, and 
the Heel-bone from the Ancle. Bones thus feparated will never be joined together again,wil! never reco- 
ver their former comely figure,never their ftrength of a&ion. For, then it moft ufually happens, that the 
ligaments are either broke afunder,or elfe refolved and become lax. Thole whole bones are dislocated by 
anexternall caufe,they,after they be fet,may eafily fall out again,for that the ligaments, moiftened and 
bedewed with an excrementitious humor, cannot firmly hold them I oft-times the ligaments are not 
wholly broken,but only in fome portion thereof; and hence the aftion of the part either periffies, or is 
debilitated. Alfo that diflocation is uncurable, when as the ligaments, fteeped and fwoln up with an ex- 
crementitious humidity, are fo much (hortened and contra&ed in their length, as they have acquired in 
their breadth: and thus they draw away and pluck off the appendices of the bones from whence they ariie, 
andbyreafontheboneand the appendix do enter and receive each other by many cavities and promi- 
nencies,therefore they cannot,by how skilfull hand foever they be handled, be again fitly placed and put 
together. Old and inveterate diflocations, therein a tough humor poflefling the cavity is concrete in 
Bead of the head of the bone,are not to be reftored; as neither when the heads of the luxated bones have 
by continuall attrition made themfelves a new cavity in the neighbouring bonejneither if they be reftored, 
is the reftitudon firm and of continuancejbecaufe the naturall cavity is poffefled by another matter,and 
the new made near thereto cannot well and faithfully contain the received head of the bone. Thcffie 
who have their fhoulder diflocated,may ufe their hand for many actions, as well as the oppofite found 
handdor the weight of the body is not fuftained by the hands as it is by the legs* And by how much 
the hand is the more exerci(ed,by fo much the arm becomes the more corpulent.Contrarily,if the thigh- 
bone be diflocated, efpecially if it be wrefted inwards, the whole leg quickly decayes by an atrophia, be- 
caufe the part doth abfolutely lofe all motionjfor by the opinion of Hippocrates, the performance of the 
proper aftion'encreafes ftrength,and makes the part in better plight;but idlenefs debilitates and makes 
itlean.If a great wound and fra ft tire be joined with a luxation,there is danger, left while We ufe extend- , 
on for reftoring the part,we draw the nerves too violently 5 and fo break the nerves, veins and arteries, 
whence would enfue fear of inflammation,convulfion,and other malign fymptomes. Wherefore Hippo- . 
crates judges it better in fuch a concourfe and complication of pjeternatura'I affects, abfolutely not to J 
meddle at all with the fetdngof the diflocated bone:for,by attempting the reftitudon, certain death, but ' 
by omitting it only lamepefs is to be feared. Every diflocation muft be reftored before inflammation j 
be already prefent, you muft prefently be careful Ito take it away. For other things, let 
the Patient reft, left if the affeft be irritated, the increafe and excefle of pain caufe a convulfion,1 
gangrene,and laftly death,as I remember I have fometimes obferved.Therefore when inflammation, and 
other malign fymptomes (hall be mid gated and correcfedjthen may you endevouc to reftorethe lujtati- 
on,efpecially if the habit of the body and member affe&ed may admit it. For if the body be flender,deli- 
cate and tender,then the reftitudon will be more fpeedy and facile. But on the contrary, more difficult,if 
it be grofle and compaCt; And let thus much fuffice for prognofticks in Luxations. 
CHAP< 
Se&.t.dear'. 
tic.fem. 2# 
Celfuilib.%* 
cap. it. 
Why the 1 
plucking of 
an appendix 
from a bone 
is 
ble. 
Mippjtni. 
88 
artt - 
Sent.io. 
fea.'ylib. 6. 
epid& 
de art, 
fetit.SS. ■ 
You truft 
nor en de- 
vour to fer 
an inflamed 
joint, Concerning Luxations. 
382 
Or all that I have heretofore delivered the general! method of curing fraftures and diflocations, 
yet it (hall not be unprofitable to repeat herein this place, thole things which may be accom- 
modated to this Treadle of curing luxations»Now he that will cure diflocations, mutt have re- 
gard to five intentions, which it will befitting to perform in order, i he firft is, of holding; the 
fecond, of drawing or extending; the third, of forcing injthe fourth, of placing in convenient figure and 
fite- the fifth, ofcorre&ing the concomitant, or following fymptomes. 
The firft icope, which we faid was of holding, is meant either of the whole body, or elle of fbme part 
J thereof only. The whole body mu ft beholden by the ftrongembracement of y our lervant or attendant, 
when as the fhoulder, the the thigh bones are diflocated. But in the dillocation of the coilar- 
■ bone, elbow, hand, knee, or foot and leg, it is fufficient only to hold the part ftraitly in your hands. 
There is neceflity of holding either the body, or elfefome part thereof, left, while the diflocated bone 
is extended, the whole body follow by continuance of parts, if there be nothing which may hinder; for 
ifthe body Ihould follow him that draws or extends, all the work-maftcrs labour and endeavour to re- 
ftore it, is to no purpofe. The ufe of thefecond fcope,that is, of drawing or extending,is,that there may 
be a free (pace and diftance between the luxated bones, by which diftance the diflocated bone may the 
'5ore freely be forced into its cavity. But the manner of drawing or extending is different in quantity 
add manner-, according to the various ftrength of the muffles and ligaments,and diflocation of the bones 
to this or that part. Therefore this work is almoft alwayes performed by the hands; which when they 
cannot fuffice,we muft ufe the afliftance of inftruments and engins,whofe figures you (hall fee hereafter de- 
lineated. But that you may not do amifs, you may fo far u(e extenfion, untill the head of the "bone be 
brought juft againft its cavity. When the Surgeon hath brought it to this pafs,then muft he haften to the 
third intention, which is, to put the head of the bone firft moved and gently bended, into its cavity. For 
he muft have a fpeciall care,that he force it no other way'than into its proper cavity: for it would be dan- 
gerous, left he ffiould turn it from one extream into another, and the bone, for examples fake, of the 
thigh, which was diflocated into the fore-part by too violent forcing, by exceeding the middle'cavity 
may be driven and diflocated into the hinder part. To (hun this,the bone (ball be put back the fame way 
that it fell out, which may be eafily done in freffi and late happening diflocations. We underftand that 
1 the bone is fet by the noife, or as it were a popp, or found like that,which folid and founding bodies be- 
ing fully and forcibly thruft into their cavities,do make5by the fitnilitude & confent in figure magnitude 
and all conformation of the affe&ed part with the found, and laftly, by the mitigation of the pain. The 
t fourth feppe, which is of the convenient fite of the part,muft be fo fulfilled,that the bone after it is fet mav 
* be kept in its cavity,and not fly forth again. W herefore if the arm be diflocated,it (hall be carryed bound 
■upinafcarf: if the thigh, knee,leg,or foot be luxated, they (hall be fitly laid in a bed; butin tbe interim 
the Surgeon, prefently after he hath fet them, (hall have a care, that the affe&ed joint be wrapped about 
with ftoups and clothes, or compreffes fteeped in rofe vinegar, and fpred with convenient medicins, then 
let it be bound with an artificial deligation,rowling the ligatures unto the part contrary to that whereto 
the diflocated bone flew. For the which purpofe thicker boulfters (hall be there applied whence the bone 
came out, other wife there will be ffime danger, left it ffiould be again dilplaced; when thefe things are 
d°nc he ffiall for four or five dales fpace meddle with nothing about the di (location,unlefs pain,orfome 
fuch like fy mptome happen. For then the fifth fcope will call us from that ceffation and reft, which is 
to correct the fymptomes and complicate affeftions, as pain,inflamiriation, a wound,frafture,and others* 
whereof we have fpoken abundantly in our Treatife of Fra&ures. Before we attempt to fet inve- 
terate diflocations, we muft endeavour to humeft the ligaments, tendons and mufcles by fomentations 
cataplafms,emplafters, liniments and other remedies, that fo thefe parts may be more obedient to the 
Surgeons hand; then muft the diflocated bones be moved with a gentle motion upand down, to and 
again,thatby this means the excrementitious humour,which by continuance of time hath floweddown 
may wax hot, be attenuated,refolded ormadeflippery, and alfo the fibres of the mufcles, ligaments and 
nervous bodies, placed about the joint for the defence thereof, may be loofed, that fo they may prefentlv 
be more reely extended. But if agreatfwelhng, pain, and inflammation urge, we muft firft think of af- 
fwaging and curing them, then of the reftoring the diflocation. 1 
CHAP. VI. Of the general! cure of Dijlocations. 
Five in ven 
nons in cu 
ring diflo- 
canons 
The benefit 
of holding 
the mem- 
ber in diflo- 
cations. 
The ufeof 
extenfion 
The man- 
ner of fer- 
ting it,or 
putting it 
into its 
place. 
Signs that 
the bone ii 
fet. 
The benefit 
of fir placing 
the member. 
The man- 
ner of bin- 
ding up the 
fet joint. 
"1 " of 
ii;,rc ate 
scions. 
CHAP. VII. he defcriptkn of certain for tberefloringef Dijlocatians. 
The delineation of the three Ligature $. 
Thefe liga* 
tures are not 
for de liga- 
tion, but 
extenfion. 
: Wore I come 
to the parti- 
j eular kinds of 
diflocations, I 
think it not amifs to 
defcribe three forts of 
bandages, and give you 
their figures, as thofe 
which are moft fit to 
hold and extend dislo- 
cations. Thefirft liga- 
ture, defigned by this 
letter is made for 
holding the member. 
The fecond, fflarkBd 
with the letter S3 is fit Lib.i6, 
Concerning Diflocations,or Luxations. 
383 
K r d v . wing or extenfion, and confifts of one knot. The third, whereto the letter C is put, confifting of 
nots, is to hold or bind more ftraitiy. 
I have thought 
good alfb to de- 
lineate the fol- 
lowing Engine, 
made for to 
draw and extend 
more powerful- 
ly, when the 
hand will not 
ferve. It is made 
like a Pulley, 
marked with 
thefe letters® D. 
Within this 
there lye hid 3. 
wheels, through 
whole furrowes 
tuns the rope 
which is to be 
drawn, marked with this letter H.At the ends of the pulley are hooks faftned, the one of which is to fa- 
ftenthe Pulley to a Poft, the other is to draw the ligature faftned to the part. The Boxes or Cates where- 
in the Pulley is kept, is marked with B B. Their Covers are mai ked with -d. A fcrew pin which may 
be twined, and fo faftned to a Poft, that Id one of the ends of the pulley may be 
with C. A Gimlet (marked by F. J to make a hole in a Poft, fo to let in the (crew pin. You may let all 
thefe things expreft in the precedent figure. n 2 
A Pulley, 
Manubrium verfatile9 or, A Handvice, 
Some Practitio- 
ners in fteadofthis 
Pulley5make ufe of 
this defcribcd in- 
ftrument > which 
they termc 
brium vtrfatik, or a 
Handvice. The end 
thereof is faftion- 
cd like aGimblet, 
and is to be twined 
into aPoft. With- 
in that handle lies 
a (crew with a 
hooked end , 
whereto the firing 
or ligature muft be 
faftned. Now the 
(crew rod or male- 
fcrew runs into the female by twining about of the thus the ligature is drawn a s much as will 
fuffice, for the fettingthe diflocated bone. Having delivered theft things thus in generally now I come 
to treat of the Luxations of each part, from the jaw bone even to the toes of the feet. 
CHAP. VIII. Of the dijlocMion of the bo*e» 
3e Jawbone is diflocated by many occasions, and not feldomc by yawning, and 
other more ftrong openings of the mouth. It is more frequently luxated into the 
fore, than into the hinder part, by reafon of the mammillary additaments, which hin- 
der it from falling backwards.Thediflocation is fometimes but on one fide,otherwhi les 
on both. If the one fide only be luxated, it (together with the chin) is drawn awry unto 
the contrary fide which is not diflocated; the place is hollow from whence it is flown, 
but fwoln whither it is gone; the Patient cannot (hut his mouth, but is fordt to gape, fo that he cannot 
cat; the Jaw, together with the teeth therein, hangs (bmewhat forwardsj neither do the teeth anfwer fit- 
ly to one another, but the dog teeth are under the (hearers. But if both fides be diflocated,all the jaw and 
chin hang forwards and towards the breaft; befides alfo, the temporal! mufcles appear diftended, 
fpictle runs out of the Patients mouth againft his will, the lower teeth (land further forth than the upper, 
which is the oceafion that the mouth cannot be (hut, neither the tongue have free volubility to fpeak,the 
Patient ftammeringin his fpeech. When it is diflocated on both fide?, it is more difficultly reftored, and 
all the fymptomes are more vehement; wherefore it muft be fet with all fpeed, otherwife the Patient 
will prefently have grievous pain about his throat, inflammation, a feaver, whereupon oft times death 
cnfues within ten dayes, by reafon of the five branches of nerves, which,arifing from the fecond and fifth 
conjugation of the brain, are diftributed into the moving mufcles thereof, which too violently extended, 
brings 
Thetcaufes, 
Differences., 
Signs chat 
only one 
part is dif- 
locace d. 
Signsthat 
both fides 
arc d allo- 
cated. 
Progno* 
nicks* 
Why death 
quickly en« 
rhcdifloca- 
riots ofbarb 
fides of ihf 
jaw# Concerning Diflocations,or Luxations. 
Lib.i6, 
384 
bring the forementioned fymptomes- Pra&itioncrs affirm, that the Jaw twelve daycs after it is fet,is free 
from the danger of relapfe* If it have been dillocated fome few dayes before you go about toreffore 
it, you muftufefoftning and relaxing medicins to it 5 but when it is put in the joint, apply a medicine 
made of the whites of egs, and oil of rofes to affwage pain, and apply cloths dipped in oxycrate. At the 
fecond dreffing you (ball apply fuch things as have power to agglutinate and ftrengthcn the ligaments and 
otherrelaxed parts, and alfo to keep it beingreftored in its place. Thisfliall be the form of fuch a medi- 
cine. R.T'ulv.boli armeni,Jang,draconis}fjrin<£ volat.maftich.picit> albuminis ouorum q.f.fiat me- 
■ dicamentum* afterwards you may ule emplajWiacalcitheos di fiblved in oil of rofes and vinegar, and other 
things, as occafion (hall be. 
Anaftrin- 
gcnr medi- 
cine. 
CHAP. IX. How to fit the Jaw diflocatedforwards on both fidej. 
The firn 
manner of 
fertinga 
jaw bone. 
Irft of all the Patient mutt be placed upon the ground., or feme low feat with his face upwards 
and his head muft be firmlyheld by your fervant,that fo it may be the more immoveablerthen the 
Surgeon (hall put both his thumbs, wrapped in cloths (left he hurt them by rubbing them upon 
the Patients teeth, as alfo to keep them from flipping) into the Patients mouth, and prefs with 
them the larger teeth of the luxated jaw, but put his other fingers without under his chin, and fo lift up 
the whole jaw with them. But if the operation cannot be thus done, for that the mouth on the infide is 
fofiiut and doled that the thumbs cannot be put thereinto, then muft you thruft in Woodden wedges 
made of foft wood, as hazle or firre, being cut fquare, and of fome fingers thicknefs.Thefe (hall be wedg- 
ed in on each fide above thegrinders-then caft a ligature under his chin,whofe ends your fervant ftial hold 
in his hands, and letting his knees upon the Patients lhoulders,fhall pull them upwards; then at the fame 
time the Surgeon fball prefs downwards the woodden wedges. The jaw bones thus reftored,lhall be kept 
fo by convenient ligation, and dretted with medicins, as it is fitting; and in the mean fpace y ou Auft for- 
bid the Patient to Ipeak, or needlefly to open his mouth. Wherefore he muft abftain from hard meats 
and fuch as require much chewing, untill his pain be quite patted, and ufe only fooon meats, as Bariev-' 
creams, ponadoes, jellies}cullafles, broths, and the like. 
Another. 
Ct'er, 
C H A p. X, Ofre faring the Jaw dijlocatea forwards but on one (ide. 
What the 
Surgeon. 
He Patient mud be placed on a low feat, fo that he may be under the Slirgeonjthen your fer- 
vant, ftanding at his backj (hall hold his head firm and fteddy, that it may not follow the 
Surgeon drawing, extending, and doing other things neceffary for reftoring it Then the 
Surgeon, putting his thumb between the grinders, (hall prefs down the jaw, and gently 
.. r □ rawing it afide,-force it into its cavity; in the mean while alfo the Patient, as much as in 
him lyes, fba 1 help forwards the Surgeons endeavour, in opening his mouth as little as he can left the 
> muiclcs mould be extended; and he (hall only gape fo wide as to admit the Surgeons thumb, for fo the 
temporal! mufcles (hall be reftored to their place and favour the reftitution. If he open his mouth as wide 
as he can,they will be extended after a convulfive manner; if on the contrary he (hut his teeth too clofe, 
there will be no paflage forthe Surgeons thumb unto his grinding teeth.Some there be which affirm that 
the jaw bone may fometimcs be diflocated towards the hind part,and that then the mouth is fo clofe (hut 
that the Patient cannot open it nor gape, and that the lower rank of teeth ftands further in, and neare? 
the throat than the upper. Now for reftoring it, the Patients head mud be ftraitly holden behind,whilft 
the Surgeon, the mean while putting both his thumbs into the Patients mouth,holding his other fingers 
without under the Patients chin, he (hall, by (haking it, draw it to him, or for wards,8 and fo rcftore it 
to its place. For my own part, I confefs I never faw this kind of Luxation, and I eafily perfwade my felf 
that it can fcarce ever happen, for the reafon I gave in the former chapter. But neverthelefs. if it bv anv 
means chance to happen, yet can it not be a perfed luxation, but an impeded one; the jaw being only 
rS k Pfr* thruftback.to * to thofe mammillary additaments. And then it may eafily 
red by lifting or drawing forth the jaw,and fuddenly forcing it from below upwards. * 
What rhe 
Patient 
ought to do 
Signs that 
the jaw is 
diflocated 
backwards. 
The cure. 
Differences 
ofthe luxa- 
ted collar 
uones. 
> the Collar bones may be broken, wrefted and crooked, fo alfo they may be diflocated Now 
vetVotVrhlfr ki^T*'hZrrigaInft th' lkr',xm'or aS?inft the ftouldeZblade, or teri,thereof: 
yet both theic kinds of diflocationsare very rare, bv reafbn of th*. mJ c 
r V'cc"!1"b°ne hath with theforefaidpartssbutchiefly whereitisjoined™theff"?™™ 
it can fcai ce be deprelf, for that it is as it were underpropt with the firft rib. But K mao be diflocated in ' 
wardly, outwardly and fide-wife, and according to this variety there muft bed ms waves oXJt' 
yet generally the collar bone is put into its plate by moving or extending he arm S ' 
3 «h the bottome upw'Xa 
the(houlder and S willftand fXrhT?'"f S k thu8UWi"foCOmePafi,that 
the arm forwardsor backwards, as the bont•l£nfe flown 
years old, whilft he elercifed Gato wnte, that when he was five and thirty 
'M~,thauhe« 
in 
CHAP. XI. Of the Luxation of the Collar bom. 
The cure/ 
Com.ttd [ent 
dz.fefl.l. 
de art. Lib.16. 
Concerning Diflocationsjr Luxations. 
385 
in forty dayes (pace, by fo ftraic and ftrong a ligation, that he perceived the motion of the 
beating arteries under the you (hall find very few,who will fuffer fuchftrait ligation 
fo long, though it be never fo neceffary.Verily,this kind of luxation is hard to be known,but 
far more difficult to be healed. I have known many Surgeons deceived, who have taken the 
luxation of the collar bone for the diflocation of the top of the fhoulder. For then the Spomis 
or top of the (boulder fwel$,and the place from whence the collar bone is flown3is deprefled 
with a manifeft cavity,with vehement pain,inflammation}andimpotency of lifting up, or o- 
therwife moving the arm, or performing other actions which are done by the help of the 
flioulder. Certainly, if this bone,when it is diflocated, be not fet,the Patient (hall be lame du- 
ring his life, fo that he (hall not be able, neither to put his hand to his head nor mouth. 
CHAP. XII. Of the luxation of the Spine, or Backbone. 
He Back bone confiftsof many bony vertebra, like rowls or wheels mutually join- 
ted or knit together, by their fmoothnefs and circular form confpiring to an apt- 
nefs of moving or bending forwards. For if it Ihould conlift of one bone, we 
Ihould ftand continually with the trunk of our bodies immoveable, as thruft 
through with a ftake* The vertebra have a hole palling through the midft of them, 
whereby the marrow, palling this way out from the brain as by a pipe, may fcrve for the ge- 
neration of thefenfitive and motive nerves, and their diftribution into all parts beneath the 
head. For which purpofe it is perforated with many holes on the fides,through each whereof 
certain conjugations of the nerves pafs forth into the reft of the body, and veins and arteries 
paft in for the propagation of nourishment and life. The whole exterior face of the Spine'is 
rough, and as it were armed with four forts of apophjfes, or procefles, whereof fome ftand up, 
others down-fome direft,others tranfverlc. Wherefore from thefe thorny and lharp procefles, 
the whole hath acquired the name of the Spina. The vertebra the further from the neck they 
are, the greater they grow, fo that thofe which are the loweft, are the largely for it is agreea- 
ble to reafon, that that which bears, Ihould be bigger than that which is born. Hence we fee, 
that the holy bone is placed under the reft as a foundation.The fide procefles of the rack bones 
ofthecheftjbefides the benefit of defending thelpinall marrow (hut up therein from extcrnall 
injuries, havealfb another, which is,they firm and fatten the bones of the ribs by a ftrong tye. 
There lyes a griftle, and a tough, and fas it were) albuminous humor between the vertebra, 
which makes them , as alfo all the other joints of the body, flippery, and fit for mo- 
tion: the fpine is flexible with notable agility forwards only, but not backwards, forthat fo 
there would be continuall danger of breaking the hollow afcendcnt vein,and the great defen- 
ding artery running thereunder.Therefore the dearticulations of the vertebra, mutually ftreng- 
thened with ftrong ligaments, do look more backwards.I have thought good to premife the(£ 
things of the nature of the fpine, beforelcome todiflocationshappening thereto:!wil- 
lingly omit divers other things which are moft copioufly delivered by Galen,content only to 
adde thus muchjthat there is nothing to be found in the whole ftrudureof mans bones,which 
more clearly manifefts theinduftry ofGods great workmanfhip, than this compofure ofthe 
fpine and the vertebra thereof. 
An anatctraicaH 
defcription of 
the Spine. 
The variety of 
rhe proceffes of 
the Spine. 
Gal.cap.7 .lib, 
13. deufuptr- 
tiwn. 
partiwn. 
CHAP. XIII. Ofthe diflocation efthehead. 
He head ftands upon the neck knit by dearticulation to the firft vertebra thereof,by 
the interpofition of two procefles which arife from the bafis thereof,near the hole 
through which the marrow of the brain pafles down into the back they 
are received by fit cavities,hollowed in this firft vertebra.Thcfe procefles fometimes 
fall out of their cavities, and caufe a diflocation behind, whereby the fpinall marrow is too 
violently and hard comprefled, bruifcd and extended, the chin is faftned to the breaft,and the 
Patient can neither drink nor fpeak: wherefore death fpeedily follows upon this kind of luxa- 
tion,not through any fault ofthe Surgeon,but by the greatnefs of the di(eafe,refufing all cure. 
The connexi- 
on of the bead 
with the firft 
Rack bone of 
the neck. 
Proguofticks.' 
CHAP. XIV. Ofthe diflocation ofthe vertebrX, or rac\ boner of the neck,. 
He other wrfefof of the neck may be both diflocated and Grained,Dislocation verily,, 
unlefs it be fpeedilyhelped,brings fudden death:for9bythis means the fpinal marrow 
isprefently oppreft at the very original! thereof, and the nerves, therehence arifing, 
fuffer alfo together therewith* and principally thole which ferve for refpiration; 
whereby it cometh to paCs, that the Animal fpirit cannot come and difperle its lelfinto the 
reft of the body lying thereunder; henceproceed Hidden inflammation, the fquinfie, and a dif- 
ficulty, or rather a defeft of breathing. But a Grain or incompleat luxation brings not the 
like calamity:by this the •yerie£r<e,a little moved out of their feats3are turned a little to the hind 
©r fore-part, then the neck is wrefted afide, the face looks b!ack,and there is difficulty of fpeak- 
ing and breathing. Such, whether diflocation or ftcain, is thus reftored. The Patient muft be 
fct upon a low feac3and throne mift lean and lye with his whole weight upon his (boulders; 
kk and 
The danger 
hereof. 
Signsand f>rrr 
proms of rhea# 
fubluKario®. 
The cute, Concerning Dislocations,or Luxations. 
lib.i6. 
386 
and the mean while the Surgeon muft take the Patients head, about his ears,betwixt his h inds, 
and (offtake and move it to every part, untill the vertebra be reftored to its place. We may 
know it is fet by the fudden ceafmg of the pain, which before grievoufly affixed the Patient, 
and by the free turning and moving his head and neck every way.After the reftoring it, the 
head muft be inclined to the part oppofite to the Luxation,and the neck muft be bound up a- 
bout the dearjiculation of the (houlderjbut yet fo, that the ligature be not too ftrait,leftby 
prefling the tveazon and gullet,it ftraicen the paffages of breathing and fwallowing. 
Signs ofrheir 
refti turion. 
C H A P. X V. Of the Diflocated VertebrX of the Back. 
Differences 
and fignes. 
He Rack bones of the back may be diflocated inwards, outwards,to the right 
fide and to the left. We know they are diflocated inwards,when as they leave a 
deprefled cavity in the fpine;outwardly,when they make a bunch on the back 5 
and we know they are luxated to the right or left fide, when as they oblique- 
ly bunch forth to this or that fide. The vertebra are dillocated by a caufe ei- 
ther internal!, or externall, as is common to all other Luxationsjthe i nternall 
is either the defluxion of humors from the whole body,or any part to them and their liga- 
mentsjor elfe a congeftion proceeding from the proper and native weaknefs of theft parts;or an 
attraftion arifing from pain and heat.The externall is a fall from high upon fome hard body,a 
heavie and bruifing blow,much and often ftooping,as in Dreflers and Lookers to Vineyards, 
and Paviers,decrepit old menjand alfo fach,as through an incurable diflocation of the thigh- 
bone,are forced in walking to ftoopdown,and hold their hand upon their thigh. But a ver- 
tebra cannot be forced or thruft inwards,unlefle by a great deal of violence ; and if it at any 
time happen,it is not but with the breaking of the tyes and ligaments, for they will break ra- 
ther than fuffer fb great extenfion. Such a diflocation is deadly>for that the fpinall marrow 
is exceedingly violated by too ftraitcotnpreflion/ whence proceeds dulnefs, and lofleof ftnft 
in the members lying thereunder.Neither is reftitution to be hoped for,becaufc we cannot 
through the belly force it into its place: the urine is then fuppreft,as alfo the excrements of the 
befly/ometimes on the contrary, both of them break forth againft the Patients minde, the 
kneesand legs grow cold, their ftnft and motion being loft. Such things happen more fre- 
quently,when the fpine is luxated inwards, than when it is diflocated outwards, for that the 
nerves,thencearifing,runandare carryed more inwardly into the body. Befides the prefled 
Spinall marrow becomes inflamed5and that being inflamed,the parts of the fame kindle fuch 
as are joined thereto, are alfo inflamed by conftnt,whence it happeneth,that the bladder can- 
not caft forth the urine.Now where thefinews are prefled,they can no more receive the irra- 
diation of the animal faculty.Hence foliowes the deprivation of the ftnft and motion in the 
parts whereto they are carryed, therefore the contained excrements do no more provoke to 
expulfion by their trouble fome ftnft,neither are prefled to keep them injthence proceeds their 
luppreflion,and hence their breaking forth againft their wils.But the fpine outwardly difloca- 
ted,Pearce caufts any compreffion of the marrow or nerves. 
Caufes. 
The danger of 
a vertebra diflo- 
cated inwards. 
Jfyp.fynt.fi. 
/e&.yde art.& 
Gal. in cent. 
CHAP. XVI. How to refl ore tbe Spine outwardly diflocated. 
Thecure. 
C outwardly diflocated, when as they ftand bunching forth,then it is fit to 
SSL ISIt ftretch forth the Patient upon a table,with his face downwards,and ftraitly 
vW tO ak°ut with towels under the arm-pits,and about the flanksand thighs. 
And then to draw and extend, as much as we can, upwards and downwards, yet 
without violenceifor unlefs fuch extenfionbe made,reftitution is not to be hoped for, by rea- 
hollowed cavities of the vertebra t whereby, for the faftcr knitting, 
Another man 
ner of cure. 
they mutu- 
ally receive 
each other. 
Then imuft 
you lye with 
your hands 
upon the ex- 
tuberancyes, 
and force in 
the promi- 
nent vertebra. 
But if it can-* 
notbethusrei. 
ftoredj then 
wil it be con- 
venient to 
wrappe two 
peeces of 
wood , of 
Tour Lib.i6. 
Concerning Diflocationr>or Luxations. 
387 
four fingers long,and one thick.more or lefle,in linnen cloths,and fo to apply one on each fide of 
the diflocated fo with your hands to prels them againft the bunching forth vertebra, 
untill you force them back into their feats, juft after the manner you tee it before delineated. 
In the mean while have a care,that you touch not the procefles which (land up in the ridg 
of the Spine,for they are eafily broken. You may know that the vertebra arereftored by thee- 
quall fmOothnefsofthewholeSpine.lt is fit,after you have reftoted it, to bind up the part, and1 
lay fplints or plates of Lead neatly made for that purpofe upon it 5 butfo, thatchey may not' 
prefs the crifts or middle procefles of the vertebra, which I formerly mentioned, but only the 
fides-.then the Patient (hall be laid upon his back in his bed, and the fplints long kept left 
the vertebra fhould fall out again. 
How to keep 
rhe reflored 
vertebra in 
their placea. 
CHAP. XVIII. A more particular wquirie of the dijlccsttion (f the Vertebi 3E, 
proceeding from an internal! caufe. 
He vertebra are in like fort luxated by the antecedent caute, as we have formerly 
which is caufed by the naturall imbecillitieof the parts, principally of the ner- 
vous ligament, by which all the vertebra are bound each to other. this ligament 
comes not to the fpinall marrow, but only bindcs together the vertebra on their 
outfides. For, befides the two membranes proceeding from the two Meningei of the 
Brain, wherewith the marrow is covered, there is a third ftrong and nervous coat put upon it, 
left-, whilft the fpine is diverfly bended, the bended marrow (hould be broken. This third coat 
arifes from the pericranium, as foon as it arrives at the firft vertebra of the neck. Nowthat liga- 
ment, wherewith we faid the joints of the vertebra were mutually knit and faftried, isencons- 
pafled with a tough and glutinous humor fop the freer motion of the vertebra. Sometimes a- 
nother cold,crude, grofs and vifcid humor, confuted and mixed herewith by great defluxions 
and catarrhs, begets a tumor, which doth not only diflend the nerves proceeding forth ©f 
the holes of the vertebra, but alto diflends the ligaments wherewith they are bound togetherS 
which fo diftended, and fas it were) drawn afide, do draw together with them the vertebra, 
one while towards the right fide,another while to the left, fomewhiles inwards, other whiles 
outwards,and thus move them out of their feats, and diflocace them. .A difloCated 
(landing forth and making a bunch, is termed in Greek Cypbofir, (Thofethus aflefted we may 
csM, Buncb-bacfy. But when it is deprefled, it is named Lordofij, (Such we may term, Saddle- 
But when the fame is luxated to the righ t or left (ide,it maketh a Scslwfij ( or 
nejr, )Cwhich wreftingthe fpine, draws it into the fimilitude of this letter S. Galen adds a fourth 
default of the vertebra, which is, when their joints are moved by reafon ot the loofenefs of their 
ligaments, the vertebra yet remaining in their places, and he cals it a SJJrr (or (baking.) They 
alto note another defeft peculiar to the fpinall marrow, which is, when as it(th-e vertebra being 
not moved whereto it adheres) is plucked and levered from themsthis difeafe is occafioned by 
a fall from on high,by a great flroak,and by all occafions which may much (hake, and confe- 
quently deprefle the fpinall marrow, or by any other means remove, or put it forth of its 
place. Scarce any recovers of this difeafe, for many reafons, which any exercifed in the art, 
may eafily think upon : But let us return to the internall caufe of Luxations. Fluid and (oft 
bodies, fuch as Childrens, ufually are very fubjeft to generate this internall caufe of defluxion. 
If extern all occafions (hall concur with thefe internal! caufes, t\ie vertebra will (boner be dif- 
located. Thus Nurfes, whilft they too ftraitly lace the breads and (ides of girles, fo to make 
them (lender, caufe the breaft-bone to caft its felf in forwards or backwards, orelfe the one 
(houlder to be bigger ©r fuller,the other more fpare and lean. The fame error is committed, if 
they lay children more frequently and long upon their fides, than upon their backs; or if sta- 
king them up when they wake, they take them only by the feet or legs, and never put their o- 
ther hand under their backs, never (b much as thinking that children grow moft towards 
their heads. 
Syphcfis. 
Leidofis, 
Seoliefis. 
Com.adfehtiil 
fefl. Z.lib'deartl 
Seifis. 
T he reparation 
ofthefpinall 
marrow from 
the cn compaf- 
ling vertebra. 
The error of 
Nnrfes in bin- 
ding and la- 
ding of Chil - 
dren. 
F in Infancy it happen that the vertebra of the back (hall be diflocated, the ribs will 
grow little or nothing in breadth, but run outwards before; therefore the cheft lo- 
lethiis naturall latitude, and (lands out with a (harp point. Hence they become aflh- 
inatick, the lungs and miilcles which (erve for breathing, being prefled together and llrartnedj 
and that they may the eafilier breath, they are forced to hold up their heads, whence alfo they 
feem to have great throats. Now becatife the weazen being thus prefled, the breath is carryed 
through a (trait paflage; therefore they wheafe as they breath,arid fnott in their fleep, for that 
their lungs, which receive and fend forth the breath or air, be ofleffe bignefs:befides alfo, they 
ire fubjeft to great diftillations upon their lungs, whereby it cometh to pais, that thev are 
horter lived.But fuch as are bunch-backed below the midriffe, are incident to diieafes of the 
Sidneys and bladder, and have fmaller and flenderer thighs andlegs, and they more llowly 
ind (paringly call forth hair and have beards; to conclude, they are lefle fruitful11, and more 
ubjeft to barrennets, than fuch as have their crookednefi above their midriffe.. The punches 
which proceed from external caufes are oft-times curable; but fuch as have their oiiginal from 
m inward caufe;arc abfolutcly uneatable, unlefs they be withftOodat thcfirft with great care 
CHAP. XVIII. Prognofiicfy of ike 'Dijlcaied Vertebrae ofthe 
Jfipp.fent.6. 
art.  ConcerningDiflocationjyOrLuxationr. 
Lib.i6. 
388 
Why, when 
thefpine is 
luxated, the 
parts belong- 
ing to the eheft 
are nourifhed 
and grow (he 
leffe. 
and induftry. Wherefore fuch as have it by kind, never are helped. Such as, whflftthey are yet 
children, before their bodies be come to perfeft growth, have their fpine crooked and bunching 
out, their bodies life not to grow at the fpine, but their legs and arms come to their per£& and 
full growth} yet the parts belonging to their breaftsand back, become more flender. Neither is it 
any wonder,for feeing the veins,artcries,and nerves are not in their places,the fpirits do neither 
freely, nor the alimentary juices plenteoufly flow by thefe ftraitened paflages, whence leannef? 
muft needs enfue: but the limbs fhall thence have no wrong, for that not the whole body, but 
the neighbouring parts only are infefted with the contagion of this evil. When divers vertebra, 
following each other in order,are together and at one time diflocated, the dillocation is lefs 
dangerous, than if one alone were luxated.For,when one only vertebra is diflocated, it carries 
the fpinall marrow foaway- with it, that it forces it alnaoft into a (harp angle; wherefore being 
morcftraitly prefled, it muft neceflarily be either broken or hurt,which is absolutely deadly for 
that it is the brains fubftitute. But when divers vertebra are diflocated at once,it muft of neceflity 
be forced only into an obtufc angle, or rather a femicircle; by which compreflion it certainly 
differs, but not fo, as that death muft neceflarily enfue thereof. Hereto may feem to belong that 
. which is pronounced by Hippocrates 5 a circular moving of the vertebra out of their places is left 
dangerous than an angular. 
VVhy the lux- 
ation of one 
vertebra is 
more dange- 
rous than of 
many. 
Sem.fi.fe8$ 
lib,dt art* 
CHAP. XIX. Of the diflocation of the rump. 
The figns. 
He rump oft-times is after a fort diflocated inwards by a violent fall upon the but- 
tocks, or a great blow; in this affeft the Patient cannot bring his heel to his buttocks* 
neither,unlefs with much force, bend his knee.Going to ftool is painfull to him 
thfcr can he fit unlefs in a hollow chair. That this (asitwere) diflocation maybe 
reftored, you muft thruftyour finger in by the Fundament,even to the place affefted 
as we have faid in a fra&ure; then muft y ou ftrongly raife up the bone, and with your other hand 
at the fame time join it rightly on the outfide with the neighbouring parts, laftly, it muft be 
ftrengthened with the formerly mentioned remedies, and kept in its place. Now it will be rec o- 
vered about the twentieth day after it is fet. During all which time the Patient muft not go to 
ftool, unkfs fitting upon a hollow feat, left the bone, asyetlcarce well recovered, a- 
gain out of its place. 
The cure. 
CHAP. XX. Of the luxation of the ribs. 
Caufes, 
He ribs may by a great and bruifing ftroak be diflocated, and fall from the wrrtfr* 
whereto they are articulated, and they may be driven inwards, or fidewaies. Of which 
kind of luxation, though there be no particular mention made by the Ancients vet 
they confefs, that all the bones may fall, or be removed from their feats or cavities 
wherein they are received and articulated. The fign of a rib diflocated and flipped on one fide" 
is, a mamfeft inequality; which heremakes a hollownefs, and there a bunching forth- but it is a 
frgn that it is driven in, when as there is only a deprefTed cavity where it is knit and faftned to the 
vertebr£ Such diflocationscaufe divers fymptoms, as difficulty of breathing, the hurt rib hin- 
drmg thc free moving ofthecheft; a painfulnefs in bowing down, or lifting up the body occa- 
boHed by a pain counterfeiting a pleurificj the rifing or puffing up of the mufculous fleffi'about 
the rib, by a mucous and flatulent humor there generated: the reafons whereof we formerly men- 
tioned in our Treatife of Fraftures.To withftand all thefe,the Allocation muft be forthwith rc- 
ftored,then the puffing up of the fleffi muft bei helped. Wherefore,ifthe diflocated rib ffiall fall upon 
the upper fide of the vertebrate Patient ffiall be fet upright,hanging by his arms upon the top of 
tome high door or wmdow.'then the head of the rib, where it ftauds forth, ffiall be prefled down 
until! it be put into its cavity. Again, if the rib ffiall fall out upon the lower fide of the vertebra it 
wil be requifite,that thePatient bend his face down wards,fetting his hands upon his knccs-then 
the diflocation maybe reftored by prefling or thrufting in the knot or bunch which ftands forth 
But ifthe luxated rib fall in wards,it can no more be reftored or drawn forth by the hand nfrhZ 
Surgeon,than a vertebra which is diflocated towards she infide,for the reafpns 
Signs. 
Cure. 
Gal.com,adfent. 
3'fefl.l.deart> 
CHAP. XXL Of a dijlocated fooulder. 
InnC 1? 1 k k • beeral?fethc ligaments of its dearticulation are foft and 
loofe; as aLo for that the cavity oftheflioulder blade is not very deep; and befidesJtis 
every where fmooth andI polite, no ©therwife than that of the (houlder bone for that 
i k* I hCTn recfived;Adde hereunto, that there is no internal! ligament from' bone tn 
bone,which may ftrengthen that dearticulation, as is in the leg and knee Wherein no wkbfl 
ding, we muft not think nature defc&ive, but rather admire Gods providence in Jhis 
that thnart.culationferveanotonlyforextenfionandbending.as that of tbe Elbow 
for a round or circular motion, as that which carries the arm rLnJ betides, 
according to each difference of fite.* The fhoulder bone which Hitt* U#' n0Vf tbeD W0J 
may be diflocated four manner of wayes-upwards downward® rt • es ca ftbc arm bone, 
outwards, but never backwards, or to the hind part For ieeino th*1 °k * aJ'n,'P1^^orwards and 
bone, which receives the head of the ar"e whkh X ' CTy °f thc biade 
•gainft it 5 who itit that can bnt imagin any fuch diflocatioh? In like fonTtb 
' inwardly 
VVhy there is 
no internall li- 
gament from 
the arm bone 
to the fhoulder 
blade. 
Differences of a 
luxated (hoai- 
der. 
Sent.i.fe&.i, 
lib. de art. Lib.i6. 
Concerning Luxation!. 
389 
inwardly, for on this part it hath the flefh of a ftrong mufcle, termed Deltoidesftying over it, be- 
tides alfo the back and acromion of the blade, and laftly, the anker-like, or beak-like prccefs, all 
which four hinder this joint from flipping inwards. Now Hippocrates faith, that he hath only 
foen one kind of diflocation of this bone, to wit, that which is downwards or tothe arm-pit: 
and certainly it is the moft ufoall and frequent; wherefore we intend to handle it in the firft 
place.When the (boulder is diflocared downwards into the arm-pit, a depreffed cavity may be 
perceived in the upper part of the joint; the acromion of the blade (he wes more (harp and (landing 
forth than ordinary ,for that the head of the (boulder bone is f]iptdown,and hid under the aim- 
pit,cau(ing a (welling forth in that place; the elbow alfo cafts it felf (as it were) outwards, and 
Hands further off from the ribs; ar d though you force it, yet cm you not make it to touch them; 
the Patient cannot lift up his hand to his ear on that fide, neithertohis mouth, nor (boulder. 
Which fign is not peculiar to the luxated (boulder, but common to it, affcchd with a contufion, 
frafture> inflammation, wound, ab(cefs,/c/>zr7w,or any defluxion upon the nerves,arifing out of 
the vertebr# ofthe neck, and lent into the arm: alfo this arm is longer than theother. Laftly, 
(which alfo is common to each difference of a luxated (boulder) the Patient can move his arm 
by no kind of motion without fenfe of pain,by reafon ofthe extended and prefled mufcles,fome 
alfo of their fibres being broken. There are fix wayes to reftore the fhoulder luxated downwards 
into the arm-pit. The firft is, when it is performed with ones fill, or a to web the fecond,with a 
clew of yarn, which put under the arm-pit, (ball be thruft up with ones heel;the third .with ones 
fhoulder put under the arm hole, which manner, together with the firft, is moft fit for new and 
eafily to be reftored as in thofe who have (e fleth, and effeminate perfons, as chil- 
dren, eunuches, and women;the fourth,with a ball put under the arm pit and then the arm caft 
overa piece of wood held upon two mens (boulders,or two (landing pofts;thc fifth, with a lad- 
der; the (ixth,with an inftrument,callcd an Ambi. We w ill deicribe thefe fix waies, and prefent 
them to your view. 
Signs of rhe 
Ihoulder diflo- 
cared down, 
wards. 
The wayes to 
reflorc it. 
CHAP. XXII- Of the firft manner of jetting a which is with onesfift. 
Irft, let one offufficient ftrength, placed on the oppofite fide, firmly hold the Patient 
' upon the joint of the (houlder, left he move up and down with his whole body, at 
theneceflary extenfion,working& putting itin:thenletanother,taking hold of his 
»arm above the elbow,fo draw andcxtend it downwards,that the head thereof maybe 
fit juft aaainft its cavity3hollowed in the blade bone.Then at laft let the Surgeon lift 
and force up 
with his fift the 
head ofthebone 
into its cavity. 
Here this is 
chiefly to be ob' 
ftrved , that in 
frefti luxations, 
efpecially in a 
body foft, effe- 
minate, moift: 
and not over 
corpulent, thal 
it femetimes 
somes to pafs3 
that by the only 
means of juft 
extenfion, the 
head ofthebone 
freed from the 
mufcles and o- 
ther particles wherewith it was, aB- it were,entangled>will betake it felt' into its proper cavity-the 
mulclesbeing by this means reftored to their place and figure, and drawing the hope with them, 
as they draw themlelves towards their it were with a hidden gird or twitchrwherefore in 
many, whilft we thought no fuch thing, it fufliced for reftitution only to have extended the arm. 
But if the luxation be inveterate, and the hand cannot ferve, then muft the Patients (houlder be 
faftned to a poft with the forementioned ligature, or elfe committed to ones charge, u?ho may 
Hand at his back and hold him faft.Then the arm (hall prcfently be tyed about, a little above the 
elbow, with afillet, wheretoacord fhallbe being put or faftned to thepulley, fhal 
be drawn or ftretched forth, as much as need (hall require. Laftiy the Surgeon, with a towel, or 
fuch like ligature, faftned about his neck and hanging down, and fo put under the Patients arm- 
pit near to the luxation, (hall, railing himfelfe upon his feet with the whole ftrength of his neck, 
lift up the (houlder, and alfo at the fame time bringing his arm to the Patients bread, fball fet 
the head ofthe (houlder bone, forced with both his hands into its cavity, as you may fee by the 
precedent figure. Then muft youcoverall the adjacent parts with a medicine made ex faring vo- 
armenloi & alwminey beaten into powder, and mixed with the white 
k k 3 c 
Gnl.com. adfent. 
2$,fell.I.dean. 
An exprejjien of the fir ft manner of putting a fhoulder into joint. 
A perfect fee- 
ling rhe luxa- 
ted ihoulder by 
extenfion only. Concerning Dislocations>or Luxations. 
Lib.i6, 
390 
of an eg.Then niuft the hollownefs under the arm be filled with a clew of woollen or cotten yarn, 
or a linnen cloth fpred over with a little oil of Roles or Myrtles, a little vinegar, and unguentum 
or infrigidans Gakni, left it ftick to the hairs, if there be any there. The part mult after- 
wards be bound up with a ligature, confiding of two heads, of fome five fingers bredth, and two 
els long; more or left, according as the body (hall require. The midft thereof (hall be put imme- 
diately under the arm pit, and then eroded over the lame (hoqlder, and fo crofting it as much as 
(hall be fit, it (hall be wrapped under the oppofitearrn. And laftly.the arm (hall be laid upon the 
breaft, and put in a fcarf, in a middlefigurealmoft to right angles, fq,that by lifting up the hand 
he may al mod touch his (bund (houldar, left the bone; newly fet, may fallout again; neither (hall 
the firftdtefling be ftirred, untill four or fivedayes be pa(l,ualefs the greatneft offome happening 
(ymptome divert us from this our purpofe. 
CHAP. XU. Ojthefecond manner of reftoring afbottlder.) that ity with the when as 
the *Patient by reafon of pain can neitherfit3 nor (land. 
He ratienr 
maftbelaid 
with his 
back on the 
ground upon a cover-lid, or 
mat, and a clew of yarn or 
leathern ball, fluffed with 
tow or Cotten, of (uch big- 
nefs as may ferve to fill up 
the cavity, mull be put un- 
der his arm-pit, that fo the 
'bone may ftraightwaies the 
more eafily be forced by the 
heel into its cavity. Then let 
the'Surgeon Fit befide him, 
even overagainft the luxated 
(houlder; and if his right 
fhoulder be luxated, he (hall 
put his right heel to the ball, 
which filled up the arm-pit; 1 
but if the left, then the left 
heel;then let him forthwith - 
draw towards him the Patients arm,taking hold thereof with both his hands,and at the fame inftant of time 
ftrongly prefs the arm-pit with his heel.Whilft this is in doing, one (hall (land at the Patients back, who (hall 
lift up his (houlder with a towel, or fome fuch thing fitted for that purpofe, and alfo with his heel prefs down 
the top ofthe (houlder blade:another alfo (hal fit on the other fide of the Patient,who,holding him (hal hinder 
him from ftirring this way or that way at the neceflary extenfion in letting it, as you may fee it 'expreft by 
the precedent figure♦ r J 
Jfip.fent. 
Iz.feH. 
l.aeart. 
The expref ion of the fecond manner of reft oring a /boulder. 
CHAP. XXIV. Of the third manner 
of reflating a Jboxlder. 
2* be figure ofthe third manner of putting a 
Jhstdder intojoint. 
Ome one who is of a competent 
height and ftrength (hall put the (harp 
part of the top of his (boulder un- 
der the Patients arm-pit , and alfo 
at the fame time (hall ibmewhat violently 
draw his arme towards his owns breaft, 
fo that the Patients whole body may (as it 
were)hang thereby.In the mean time another, 
for the greater impreffion, (hall lay his weight 
on the luxated (boulder, (baking it with his 
whole body.Thus theflioulder, drawn down- 
wards by the one which (lands under the arm- 
hole, and moved and fiiaken by the other, who I 
hangs upon it, may be reftored into its (eat by | 
the help of the Surgeon concurring therewith, | 
and with his band governing thefe violent i 
motions, as this figure (hewcs. 
CHAP. Lib.i6. 
Concerning Diflocations}or Luxations. 
391 
C H AP. XXV. Of the fourth manner of reftoring a dfttcated fhoulder. 
The figure ef the fourth manner ef reft oring the fhouldtr. 
Ou muft take a perch , or 
piece of wood (fomewhat 
refembling that which the 
Water-bearers of Paris u(e 
to put on their (houldersj 
fonie two inches broadband 
iovne fix foot long-, in the midft hereof let 
there be faftned a clew ofyarn, or ball of 
Sufficient bignefs to fill up the cavity of the 
arm-hole. Let there be two pins put in, 
one on each fide of the ball, each alike di- 
ftant therefrom,with which,as with ftaies, 
the (boulder may be kept in, and upon the 
ball, that it flip not away from it. Let two 
ftrong men, taller than the Patient, either 
by nature or art/put this perch upon their 
(boulders; then let the Patient put his arm- 
pit upon that place where the ball (lands 
up5 the Surgeon muft be ready to pull his 
hanging arm downwards. Thus the Pati- 
ent (hall (as it were ) hang on the perch 
with his (boulder, and (b the head of the 
bone (hall be forced into its cavity,as this 
figure declares; wherein you may fee the 
perch or yoak, with the two woodderi 
pins and ball faftned in the midft, deline- 
ated by its (elf. 
CHAP. XXVI. Of the fifth manner of jutting the fboulder into joint, which m terformed 
by a Ladder, 
Ibe delineation of the fifth manner of 
reftoring a fhoulder. 
Ou may alfo reftore a fhoulder difloca* 
ted into the arm-pit, by the help of a 
Ladder, after this manner. Let fome 
roundbody,as a ball, or clew ofyarn, 
which (as we formerly faid) may ferve to fill the 
arm-pit, be faftned upon one of the upper fteps 
of a Ladder; at the foot of the Ladder fet a low 
ftool, whereupon let the Patient mount; then 
bind both his legs, and alfo his found arm be- 
hind his back, left, when you are about your o- 
peration, he hinder and fpoil all you do, by 
laying his hand, or fetting his foot upon the 
ladder. Then let his arm be prefently put over 
the ftep of the Ladder, and his arm pit put upon 
the there faftnedball, the Patient in the mean 
while being wifhed to come with his whole bo- 
dy as near unto the fteps of the Ladder as he is 
able; for otherwife, befides that there is no o- 
ther hope of reftoring the luxation, there would 
be no fmall danger of breaking the fhoulder 
bone. Alfo let him take heed, that he put not 
his head between the fteps.Then his arm,bound 
above the Elbow with filletting, or fome other 
ligature fit forthatpurpofe,ftiall bedrawn down 
by the hand of fome 'thataflitt you, and at the 
fame time let the ftool be plucked from under 
his feet, fothat he may hang upon the ladder. 
Thus by this means the head of the fhoulder will 
be reftored by its fell, the endeavour of the Sur- 
geon aflifting, and preffing down the fhoulder 
blade, and moving it to and again, The bone 
being Concerning Dislocationsyor Luxations. 
Lib.i6. 
392 
being fet, the ftool, which a little before was plucked from under the Patients feet, (hall be put 
there again, that he may, with the more cafe and 1 els pain,pull back his arm from the ftep of the 
Ladder. F or if he fliould lift it high up to draw it over, there would be danger, left being newly 
let, and not well (laid, the head of thebone might fall out again. I have thought good to have 
all thefe things here exprefled, that you may learn this, operation, as if you lee it done before 
you. I have not thought fit in this place to omit the induftry of Nickola Picarts the Duke of 
Guife his Surgeon; who being called to a certain Country-man to let his Ihoulder being out of 
joint, and finding none in the pl ace befides the Patient and his wife, who might alfift him in this 
work, he put the Patient, bound after the forementioned manner, to a Ladders then immediate- 
ly he tyed a ftaffe at the lower end of the Ligature, which was faftned about the Patients arm 
above his elbow; then pu t it fo tyed under one of the fteps of the Ladder, as low as he could, [and 
got aftride thereupon, and late thereon with his whole weight, and at the lame inftant made his 
wife to pluck the ftool from under his feet: which being done, the bone prefently came into its 
place, as you may lee by the following figure. 
Another figure exprefling the fourth manner of refla- 
ting a dijlocated jhoulder. 
Another figure to thefame purpofe. 
If you have never a Ladder, you may ulea peece of Wood, laid ac'-ofs upon two Polls. Alfa 
°°r\aS the oc^cr/gure fliewes, wherein you muft obferve a flat piece of wood or 
fpat a with ftrings thereat, whole ulc (ball be fliown in the following Chapter. 
CHAP, XXV1J. Tbefixth manner of reft oring a frontier, luxated into 
the arm-pit. 
mnft S?* t*?" is,theAeft Way ofal 110 reftor« a diflocated (boulder. You 
of tne fpatula mtift be wrapped ibout with a lin ' e„0P ° r^e 10ll^er* This lipper part 
n maybe the fofter, and hm the left and t hT ° aY°r K" °r fonic fllch that 
throughly penetrate intothe T? t f° thr«ft«nder the arm-pfMhat Lay 
There mufl, befides in this fpatula be rwn hnl • j, ° r' 2n h tJle t^e bone, 
other, through which let foft firings be pur pIjCCS> achalike diftant from 
length thereof even to the fingers, in oneplacea little below aXbt'Jt 
another 
Se8.i.lib.i,de 
artifent.ig. 
The dcfcripti- 
on of rhe G/o£ 
focomium, ter- 
med Ambi, lib.i6. 
Concerning Diflocations>or Luxations. 
393 
another a little above the e!bow,and the third at the wrift/hat fo they may hold it firm. I here 
fore let tfiediftances of the holes be fitted co this purpofe; but principally you mull have a care 
of this that the upper part of the fpatnfa, reaching beyond the head of the arm, enter even to the 
innermoft Cavity of the a rm-pit ;t hen croffe pin or piece of wood muft be made fall through 
two pofts or a frame,and well faftned thereto,and thereupon the Arm with the fyatula mull be fo 
put ovefjthatthe pin may be under the arm-pit, the body weighing one way, and the arm a- 
nother:which being done,the arm muft be drawn down one way, and the body another about 
the pin. Now this erode pin muft be put on fuch a height that the Patient may frand on tip- 
toes. Now this is the very beft way of reftoring a (boulder. In (lead of two polls or a frame, you 
may make (hift with a ladder,doore,bed$ pofts, and fuch like things as (hall be there prefent. I 
have heard Henry very good Surgeon of Orteanj (ay,that he never attempted this manner 
of putting into joint a (houlder diflocated into the arm-pit without good fuccefle, unlefie by 
chance (which alfo is noted by Hi//wc*tfej)that the fiefh is grown into the cavity, and the headj 
of the bone hath made it felf another cavity in the place whereinto it isfalleriifor in this cafe the 
bone will either not be reftored, or elfe not re- 
main in its place, but fall back notwiehftanding 
into the new hollowed cavity, which ferves it in 
{lead of its naturall focket or cavity. But I muft 
here admonifh young Surgeons, that if the bone 
be not reftored at the firft endeavour and dnfer, 
that they doe not defpair and prefendy defift from 
their intended operation, but they muft wind about, 
and gently move the joint: for fo at the length it 
will be more eafily moved,and enter into the naturall 
cavity. When it is in, itmuft be bound up with com- 
prefles and rowlers after the forementioned manner. 
To the former figures I have thought good to 
adde this, which expretfeth the manner of refto- 
ring a (houlder luxated into the arm'pit with a 
[patula after the manner of Hippocratej, This JpA- 
ntla faftned with an iron pin to the (landing frame 
may be turned, lifted up, and pre (Ted down at 
your pleafure. A. fhewes the wooden ftatula. B. 
the frame or (landing pofts. • . 
SeRa.de art, 
pent.21. 
HiWocTAI" bis Glofl'ocomiumwnwrf Ambi. 
Hippfent.64,' 
artic. 
The figure of an Ambi fitted to a diflo criedJbonlder 
For the more certain u(e of this in- 
ftrument the Patient muft fit upon a 
feat which muft be fomewhat lower. 
than the (landing frame, that fo the 
(panda which is thruft into the arm*pit 
may be the more forcibly depreft, foto 
force in the head of the (boulder bone; 
the Patients feet muft alfo be tyedsthat he 
may not raife himfelf up whileft the Sur- 
geon endevours to reft ore it.Now he fliall 
then endevour to reftore it when he (hall 
have bound the ftretched forth arm of 
the diflocated ftioulder unto the fpatula9 
and thruft the one end thereof under the 
flipped forth head of the (boulder bone, 
as we have formerly (hewed; for then by 
prefling down the other end of the fpatula 
which goes to the hand, the bone is for® 
ced into its cavity. You muft diligently 
obferve the wooden fpatula3 which there™ 
fore I have caufed to be expreffed by it 
felf,which Hippocrates calleth Ambi9'whofe 
head is a little hollowed where it is noted 
with this letter B.The whole fpatula is 
marked with this letter A. with three 
firings hanging thereat, provided for the 
binding of the arm, that it may be kept 
fteddy, as you may perceive by rhe an- 
nexedfigure- /, 
How to make 
ofc of the 
Ambi, Concerning Dislocations,or Luxations. 
Lib.i6. 
394 
~ There are other additions to this Ambi,whofe figure I now exhibited to your view, by the in- 
vention of Nichol# Vicart the Duke of terrain's Surgeon3the ufe and knowledg whereof,beftow- 
ed upon me by the inventor himfelf, I would not envie the ftudious reader. 
Another figure of an Ambi with the addit aments, 
AA. Shew the two eares5as it were3ftops made to hold and keep in the top of the fhoulderfleft 
it fhould flip out when it is put into the frame or fupporter. 
BB. The frame or fupporter whereon the Ambi refts. 
CG. The pin or axeltree which fattens the Ambi to the fupporter. 
DD. Screw-pins to fatten the foot of the fupporter that it ftir not in the operation. 
EE.The holes in the foot of the fupporter,whereby you may fatten thefcrew-pins to the floor. 
CHAP. XXVIII. Hew to refit re a /houlder di/lacoted forwards. 
T is feldome that the (boulder is luxated towards the forefide 5 yet there is nothing fo 
ftable and firm in our bodies which may not be violated by a violent aflault , fo that 
thofe bones do alfo fall out of joint, whole articulations are ftrengthncd for the firmer 
connexion with fle(hly,nervous3griftly and bony ftayes,or bars. This you may per- 
ceive by this kind of diflocated (houlder, ftrengthned as it were with a ftrong wall on every 
handjto wit,the Acromium and the end of the collar-bone3(eeming to hinder it3 as alfo the great 
and ftrong mufcles,E/o»»»3 (hut up within the ftrait bounds of the leF 
fer Afiaynev&s (aw this kind of diflocation, which was obferved five times by Gden. I profeffe 1 
have feenit but once3and that was in a certain Nun, which weary of the Nunnery3 caft her (elf 
down out of a windo w,and bore the fall and weight of her body upon her elbow, Co that her 
(houlder was diflocated forwards.This kind ofdiflocation is known by the depravation of the 
conformation or figure of the member, by the head of the (boulder wrefted out towards the 
breaft3asalfo the Patient cannot bend his elbow. It is reftored by the fame meanes as other luxa- 
tions of other parts,to wit,byftrait hold ing,extcnding, and forcing in. Therefore the Patient 
jnuft be placed upon the ground with his face upwards, and then you muft extend the (boulder 
otherwife than you do when it is luxated into the arm-pit. For when it falleth into the arm- 
hole3it is firft drawn forwards3then forced upwards, untill it be brought juft againft the cavity 
whereinto it muft cnter.But in this kind of luxa«on3becaule the top of the (boulder is in the fore 
parts of the dearticulation (hut up with mu(cles,opened both to the outer, as alfo to the inner 
part, you muft worke to the contrary 5 to wit, to the hinde part. But firft of all you muft 
place a (ervant atthe back of the Patient, who may draw back a ftrong & broad Bandagecaft a- 
bout the arm-pitf fuch as is the Carcbtfi which confifls of two contrary and continued 
left that when the arm (ball be extended, the (boulder follow.-alfo you muft put a clew of yarn 
to fill up thcarm-pit. Then muft you extend the arm,/ cafting another ligature a little above the 
clbow,and in the interim have a care that the head thereof fall not into the arm-pit, which may 
be done both by putting the forementioned dew under the arm3 and drawing the head another 
way;then muft you permit, by flacking your extenfion3the joint freed from the encompafting 
mufcleSjto be drawn and forced into its cavity by the mufcles forcible recoiling, as with an un- 
animous confentjintothemfelves and their originals, for thus it will eafily be reftored and fuch 
extenfion only is Efficient thereto* 3 CHAP. 
Cem.td fent.a 
& 2$je8.i.de 
trticxlx. 
Signs. 
Cufc. 
rfitrt. Lib.i6. 
Concerning Diflocations>or Luxations. 
395 
dediflocation alfo of the (houlder to the outward parts (eldome happensjbut yet, if ic 
may at any time happen,the cxtcnlion of the arm will be very difficult, but yet more 
difficult towards the outward part than towards the inward; there is a deprefied cavi- 
ty perceived towards the cheft;but externally a bunching forth, to wit, in that part 
from whence the head oftheffioulder bone is fled. For the reftoring hereof, the Patient muft be 
laid flat on his belly,and the elbow muft be forcibly drawn contrary to that whereto it is fled, 
to wit, inwardly to the breaftjand alfo the Handing forth head of the ami-bone muft be forced 
into its cavity, for thus it (hall be eafily reftored. But into what part foever the (boulder bone is 
diflocated, the arm muft be extended and drawn direftly downwards. After the reflitution fit* 
ting niedicins (hall be put about the joint. Let there be fomcwhat put into the arm-pit which 
may SI it up, and let comprefles or boulftersbe applyed to that part to which the luxated bone fel; ! 
then all theft things (ball be ftrengthened and held faft with a ftrong and broad two headed Jiga- ' 
tureput under the arm-pit, and fo brought acrofs upon the joint of the ffioulderjand thence car- 
ry ed unto the oppofite arm-pit by fo many windings as (hall be judged requifite. Then the arm 
muft be put and carried in a (carfto right angles,which figure muft be obftrved not only in every 
luxation of the (houlder, but in each fra&ure of th e arm alfo, for that it is left painfull,and con- 
sequently, (uch as the arm may ftand the longeft therein without moving. 
CHAP. XXIX. Of the [boulder luxated outwardly. 
Signs. 
The cure. 
VVhat to be 
done to hold 
in the fhoulder 
alter it is reftd- 
red. 
le head of the (houlder alfo may fometimes be luxated into the upper part. Which 
when it happens, itlhewes itfelfby bunching forth at the end of the collar bone, 
the hollowne(s of the arm-pit is found larger than ufaall, the elbow dyes further 
From the ribs than when it fell downwards, now the arm is wholly unable to per- 
form the ufuall a&ions. It is 6c for the reftitution of inch a luxation, that the Sur- 
geon ftoop down, and put his (houlder under the Patients arm, and then ftand up as high as 
he can upon his feet, and therewithal! preis down the head of the (houlder bone into the cavity, 
or el(e make fome other to doic. Otherwife it is fit to lay the Patient upon his back on the 
ground, and whilft fome one extends the afiFe&ed arm by drawing it downwards, the Surgeon 
with his own hand may force down the head of the bone into its cavity. The operation perfor- 
med, the lame things (hall be done as in other luxations, comprefles being applyed to that part 
whereto the bone new, and it being alfo bound up with ligatures. Now you may underftand in 
thele four forementioned kinds ofdiflocations, that the bone which was luxated is reftored, by 
the found which (hall be heard as you forceitin, by the reftitution of the aecuftomed aftions, 
which are perceived by the bending, extending, and lifting it up, by the mitigation of the pain, 
and laftly, by the collation and comparing of the affe&ed arm with the found, and by its fimi- 
litude and equality therewith. 
CHAP. XXX. Ofthi jboulder dijlacated upwards. 
Signs, 
Cure, 
CHAP. XXXI. Of the diflocation o[ tbs elbow. 
He elbow may alfo be four manner ofwayes diflocated; to wit,inwardly5outwardlyj 
and downwards. By the part which is inwards, I mean that which looks 
towards the center of the body, when as the arm is placed in a natural! fite, to wit,in 
a middle figure between prone and fupine; I make the outward part, that which is 
contraiy thereto. By the upper part I mean that which is towards the heaven, and 
by the lower that which is next to the earth: and by how much the joint of the elbow confifts of 
more heads and cavities then that of the Ihoulder, by fo much when it is fixated it is the more 
difficultly let, and it is alfo more fubjeft to inflammation, and to grow hard thereupon, a s Hip- 
pocrates faith. Now the jointof the elbow is more difficultly diflocated than that of the Shoulder, 
and more hardly let, for that the bones of the cubit and arm do receive and enter each other by 
that manner of articulation which is termed Gingljas we have formerly more at large treat- 
ed in our Anatomy, and a little before in our Treatife of fractures. The elbow is therefore diflo- 
cated, for that the proceffis thereof are not turned about the fhoulder bone in a full orb, and by 
an absolute turning. Wherefore if at any time the cubit be bended more flraitly and clofely than 
that the inner procefs can retain its place and ftation in the bottom of its the hind procefs 
falleth out and is diflocated backwards. But when as the fore procefs is extended more violent- 
ly, and forced again ft the bottom of its cavity, it flyes and departs out of its place as beaten or 
forced thence, and this kind of luxation is far more difficultly reftored than the former: adde 
hereunto that the utter extremity of the cubit, which is called Okcranttm, is the higher, but the 
other inner is the lower; whence it is that every one can better and more eafily bend than extend 
their cubits. Therefore fuch a diflocation is caufed by a more violent force, than that which is 
made to the inner fide. *The fign of this luxation is,the arm remains extended, neither can it be 
bended,for the Dinner proceffe ftayes in the externall cavity which'is hollowed in the bottom 
of the Ihoulder bone,which formerly was poflefled by the inner part of the thing 
makes the reliitution difficult,for that this procefle is kept,asit were,imprifoned there.But when 
it falleth out diflocated to the fore part, the arm is crooked, neither is it extended,and it is alfo 
(hotter than the other. But if the elbow be fallen out of its place according to the other manner 
of diflocations, to wit, upwards or downwards, thenaturall figure thereof is perverted,, for the 
thofc C?!£m hath attributed t» a diflocation to the 
1 arm 
The Author 
feetns nor to a> 
gree with Hip, 
Sent.ult. 
fribt.and Celfaf 
in rhe fetring 
down the kinds 
of a dihocated 
Elbow. 
* The Author 
doth not agree 
with 
and in 
fitting down 
the notes of 
rhefediflocati- 
ons;forrhofe 
notes which 
are here attri- 
buted to an 
outward and 
inward luxa« 
tionjthefe 
hath gi- 
ven to an el- 
bow diflocated 
towards the 
fore and out 
part; and thofe 
which are here 
attributed to 
the elbow dip 
located up- 
wards and 
downwards; 
out and infides. 396 
Concerning Diflocations,or Luxations. 
Lib.i6, 
'Inflammation 
h'ndets repeti- 
tion. 
arm is ftretched forth, but little notwithftanding bended towards that part from whence the 
bone went, that r, figured after a middle manner between bending and extending thereof. What 
kind foever of diflocation ffiall befall it, the aftion of the elbow will either not be at all, or cer- 
tainly not well untill that it be reftored to its former place; there is a (welling in the part where- 
into it is flown, anda cavity there from whence it is fled, which alfo happens in the diilocati- 
ons of all other parts. Furthermore, one diflocation ofthe elbow is compleatand perfect, a- 
nother imperfeft. The lattfir as it ealily happens, and through a fmall occafion, fo itiseafily 
reftored; but on the contrary aperfeft, as it hardly happens, and not imlefle with great vio- 
lence, fo it is not fo eafily reftored again, efpecially if that you do not prevent inflammation* for 
being inflamed it makes the reftitution either difficult* or wholly impoffibie, principally that 
which falleth outwards. 
CHAP. XXXII. How to refiore the dijlocated outwardly. 
Signe. 
Ou may know that theelbow is diflocated outwardly, ifat any time you (ball 
obferve the arm to be di (tended, and not able to be bended. Wherefore you mult 
forthwith undertake the reftitution thereof, for fear of defluxion and iuflamma* 
tion which the bitternefle of pain ufoally caufeth, upon what part foever the 
luxation happen. There is one manner of reftoring it, which is, you muft caufe 
one to hold hard and fteddy the Patients arm a little under the joint of the fhoul- 
der, and in the mean while let the Surgeon draw the arm, taking hold thereof with his hand,and 
alfo force the fhoulder bone outwards, andtheeminencyof the cubit inwards, but let him by 
little and little draw and extend the arm , wrefting it gently this way and that way, that 
he may bring back the bone which fell out into its cavity. I have thus expreflely delivered this, 
that the young Surgeon may underftand, that the arm muft not be bended for the reftoring of 
this kind ofdiflocation; for reftitution cannot fo be hoped for, becaufe by this kind of luxation 
the inner procefle of the cubit pofTefleth the place ofthe exteriour proceffe in the cavity of the 
fhoulder bone. Wherefore whilft the arm is bended or crooked, the cubit is only lifted up, and 
not drawn into its feat. But if we cannot attain to the reftitution thereof with our hands alone, 
you muft caufe thediflocated arm lightly bended to embrace a pofte, then muft the end of the cu- 
bit called Olecranum be tyed or bound about with a ftrong ligature or line, and then wrefted into 
its cavity by putting a battoon or ftaff into the ligature,as is demonftrated by this enfuing figure. 
Cure a 
A Caution, 
A figure whichjbews the way how to reft ore the elbows 
by -putting it about a poft3 with a battoon. 
A figure whichJhewej how to refiore the elbow 
by only cafiing a line about it. 
There is alfo another more exquifite way oil 
reftormg it,which.is expreffed by the latter figure! 
whereui a line of fomc inch bredth is caft about! 
theO/ecr^«Wof the arm, embracing a pofr or| 
that the bone is returned into itdlP0C^ted bone be brought into its feat. Now we know 
whole naturall conformation is rC.ftored' whenthe pain ceafeth, and the figure and 
eafie5andnotXfui r red and the bending and extending thereof is 
r • ' CHAP Ln 
Concerning Difloc at ions,or Luxations. 
397 
CHAP. XXXIII. 
Of the Diflocation of the Elbow to the infi demand of a 
comp I eat and uncompleat 
Luxation. 
F the Elbow be diflocated to the inner part, the arme muft bee 
ftrongly and powerfully extended 3 then bended quickly and with 
fudden violence , fo that his hand may fmite upon his (boulder. 
Some put fome round thing into the bought of the Elbow, and* 
upon that do fuddenly force the Elbow to the fhoulder as wee 
have formerly faid. If the Cubit bone [bee onely lighxly moved 
out of its place into the upper or lower place* it is eaiily reftored 
by drawing and forcing it into its cavity , after this following 
manner. Let two extend the arme, taking hold thereof at the (boulder and wrift, and 
each draw towards himfelfe; and al(o the Surgeon (who (hall there be prtftnt) (hall force 
the bone which is diflocated from that part whereunto it is bended, unto the contrary- 
after he (hall thus have reftoredit, hee (hall lay the arme in a ftrait angle, and fo binde 
it up, and apply fit medicins formerly mentioned, and folet him carry it inafcarfe 
put about his neck, as we faid in the diflocation of the (houlder. Hippocrates bids that the 
Patient, after it is fet, (hall often endeavour to bend his hand upwards and* down- 
wards, andalfo extend and bend his arme, yea, and alfo to attempt to lift up fonie 
heavy thing with his hand 5 for fo it will come to pafle, that the ligaments of this 
Joint may become more foft, ready, and able to performe their accuitomed functions 
and alfo the bones of the cubit and (houlder (ball be freed from the atfeft termed /in- 
cjlofij) whereto they are incident by the luxations of this part. Now dAcyfofa is a cer-' 
taine preternaturall agglutination, coagmentation, and as it were union of fundry 
and feverall bones in the fame joint, which afterwards hinders the bending and extenfion 1 
thereof. Now* a CaBw is generated in the elbow fooner than in any other articulation 
whether it remaineth out, or be put into joint, byreafon that by reft and ceflation from 
the accuftomed a&ions, a vifeide humor which is placed naturally in the joints as alfo 
another which is preternatural!, drawne thither by paine, floweth downe, and is hard- 
ned, and gleweth the bones together, as I have obferved in many, by reafon of the idlenefli 
and too long reft of this part. Wherefore, that we may withftand this affeft, the whole 
ligation mult be loofed fooner and ofrner than otherwife, that is to fay, every third 
day, and then the Patients arme muft be gently moved every way. Within the fpace 
of twenty, or twenty five dayes, thefe reftored bones recover their ftrength fooner 
or later, according to the happening accidents. It is neceifary alfo that the Surgeon 
know that the Radiut, or Wand , fometimes fallcth out when the Cubit or Ell is 
wholly diflocated ; wherefore hee muft bee mindful! in fetting the Cubit, that hec 
alfo reftore the Wand to its places in the upper part it hath a round proceffe light- 
ly hollowed, wherein it receiveth the (houlder bone: it hath alfo an eminenev whichad- 
mitteth the two headed mufcle, . ' 
The Cm-fs'c. 
Sent.63.feZk!, 
defraZt. 
Why thcelbow 
is moft fubjeft 
to 
CHAP. XXXIV. 
Of the Diflecation of the or bodkin-liHe 
procefle of the cubit or ell. 
HE precede of the Ell called being articulated to the wrifi by 
Diar thro fit y by which it is received in a fmall cavity, is diflocated, 
and falleth out fometimes inwards, fomewhiles outwards. The caufe 
uftially is the fallingofthe body from high upon the hands. It is re- 
ftored,ifthat you force it into its feat, diligently binde it, and ap- 
ply thereto very aftringent and drying medicines. But yet, though you 
(ball diligently performe all things which may bee done in diflocations, yet you (hall 
never fo bring it to paffethat this bone (hall bee perfeftly reftored, and abfolutely put 
into the place where hence it went : which thing wee have read, obferved by Hip- 
poerttu; when (faith hee) the greater bone, to wit, the Ell, is removed from the o- 
ther, that is, the wand, it fis not eafily reftored to its owne nature againe; for 
17 kkk ' that 
Differences 
and caufcsp 
Cure, 
Sent.i.feZZ. 2/' 
fafent. uh feZt9 
5 de frail. Concerning Dislocations,or Luxations. 
lib,i6. 
398 
that, feeing that neither any other common connexion of two bones, which they call 
Symphyfis or union, when itisdrawneafunder and deftroyed, may be reduced into its 
former nature, by reafonthefe ligaments wherewith they were formerly contained, and 
as it were continued, are too violently diftended and relaxed, whence it happens, that I 
have in thefe cafes often obferved, that the diligence and care of the Surgeon hath nothing 
availed. 
CHAP. XXXV. 
of the diflocation of the Wrift, 
Here, as btfore 
chap. i. the 
Author diflents 
from Celfas 
and ffippocrat. 
in ex prefling 
the names and 
figna of thefe 
diflocations. 
Ee underftandby the Wrift, a certaine bony body, confiftlng of a 
compoftire of eight bones knit to the whole Cubit by Viartkrofij, 
For the Wrift considered wholly in its felfe, is knit and articu- 
lated with the Ell and Wand: with that, againft the little finger, 
with this, againft the thumb: for thus as it were by two con- 
nexions, the joint is made more firme. Yet may it be diflocated 
inwardly, outwardly 3 and towards the fides. Wee fay it is lux- 
ated inwardly when the hand ftands upwards, but outwardly, when it is crookt m 
and cannot be extended. But if it chance to be diflocated fidewayes, it Hands awry 
either towards the little finger, or elfe towards the thumbe, as the luxation befah 
to this or that fide. The caufe hereof may feeme to depend upon the different dear- 
ticulation of the Ell and Wand with the Hand or Wrift. For the Wand, which is 
articulated on the lower part with the Wrift at the thumbe, by its upper part, whilft 
it receives the outward (welling or condyle of the Ell ira its cavity, pertormes the circular 
motions of the hands- But the Cubit or Ell, which in like fort is conneftcd on the lower 
part by Viarthmfij at the little finger with the Wrift, being articulated on the upper 
part with the (houlder bone bends and extends, or ftretches forth the hand. There 
is one way to reftore the formerly mentioned diflocations. The arme on one fide 
and the hand on another muft be extended upon a hard refifting and fmooth place, 
fo that it may lye flat 5 and you muft have a care that the part whence the diflocated 
bone fell, be the lower in its fite and place , and the part whither it is gone, the 
higher. Then to conclude 5 the prominencies of the bones muft be prefled down by the 
hand of the Surgeon,untill by the force of comprellion and fite the luxated bones be thruft 
and forced into their places and cavities. 
CHAP. XXXVI. 
Of the dif orated bones of the Wrift. 
fignei 
HE Wriftconfifts of eight bones, which cannot, unlefle by extraordi- 
naryviolence, be put or fall out of their places. Yet if they (halt at 
any time fall out, they will frew it by the tumour of the part where- 
to they are gone, and by the depreffion of that wherefrom they are 
fled. They may beereftored, if the difeafed hand be extended upon 
a table 5 and if the bones (hall be diflocated inwards, the hand frail 
bee placed with the palme upwards, then the Surgeon (hall, with the 
palme of his hand, prefle downe the eminencies of the bones, and force each bone 
into its place. But if the luxation bee outwards, hee frail lay the palme next to the 
tableland prefle it after the fame manner. To conclude, if the luxation frail be to- 
ward either fide, the luxated bones frail be thruft towards the contrary, and the refto- 
red bones frail be prefencly contained in their places with fit remedies, binding, fowling, 
and carrying the hand in a frarfe. B 
Gw, 
CHAR Lib.16. 
Qmcerrimg Diflocation} or Luxation 
389 
Chap. XXXVII. 
Of the diflocated bones of the After-mefi. 
Here are four bones in the Palm or After-wreft, the twp middlemoft where- 
of cannot bee diflocated fide-waies, becauf they are hindred and kept from ( 
falling afide by the oppofition of the parts, as it were refilling' them. Nei- 
I ther can that which anfwereth to the little finger, nor that whereon the fore- 
finger reft's, bee diflocated towards that fide which is next the middle bones, 
tWfalito' 
Mp.i3, 
whereof wee now foake, but onely on the other fide,free'd from the neighbor-hood of $he 
bones: but all of them may bee diflocated inwardly and outwardly. They may bee refto- 
red as thofe of the Wreft. <3 , 
Chap. XAXVII1. 
Of the diflocated Finger. 
.fo the bones of the fingers may bee four leveral waies inwardly, out- 
wardly, and at each fide. To reftore them, they muft bee laid firaight upon a ta- 
ble, and fo put into joint again. For thus they may bee eafily reftored, by realbn 
their lockets are not deep, and.their joints are fhorter, and ligaments lets ftrong. 
In twelv daiesfpace they will recover their ftrength, asalfo thole diflocations that happen 
to the Wreft and After-wreft. 
Why the difto" 
catedfingers 
maybeeeafily 
reftored. 
Of a diflocated Tbigh> or Hif. 
Chap. 
We Thigh or Hip may bee diflocated, and fall forth towards all the four parts 
But mofl frequently inwards, next to that outwardsbut verie ieldoni either 
forwards or backwards. A fubluxation cannot happen in this joint, as nei- 
ther in the fhoulder, specially from an external caul, contrarie to which it 
ufiially happens in the elbow, hand, knee, and foot. The cauf hereof is, for 
that the heads of the thigh and flioulder-boneare exaftly round, and the lockets tidiich re- 
ceiv them have certain borders and edges encompafling them: hereunto may bee added,that 
ftrong mufcles encompals each dearticulation, fo that it cannot com to pals that part of 
the heads of fuch bones may bee conteined in the cavitie,and other parts ftand or fal forth, 
but that they will quickly bee reftored to their places by the motion and wheeling about of 
the joint, and the Hrength of the encompafling mufcles. But a fubluxation may feem to 
happen in thefe parts from an internal cauf. For then the ligaments and ties being fofr- 
ned and relaxed, cannot draw and carrie back the head of the bone Handing forth lb far 
as the edges of the focket. If the Hip bee diflocated towards the inner part, that leg bee-' 
com's longer and larger then the other, but the knee appear's fomwhat lower, and look's 
outwardly with the whole foot, neither can the patient Hand upon his leg* To conclude, 
the head of the Thigh-bone bewrays it felf lying in the groin, with a fwelling manifelt 
both to the eie and hand; now the leg is longer then that which is found, for that the 
head of the thigh is out of it's focket or cavitie, and lituated lower, to wic, in the groin, 
therefore the leg is made by lb much the larger. New the knee Hand's forth, becaufnecef- 
larily the lower head of the thigh-bone Hand's contrarie to the focket. For this is com- 
mon to all diflocated bones, that when as the diflocation happen*sto the one fide, the o- 
ther end of the bone flic's out to the contrarie. Whence it is, that if the tipper-head of the 
thigh-bone fhall fall inwards, then the other head, which is at the neceflarily 
look outwards. The like happen's in other diflocations. The leg cannot bee bended to- 
wards the groin, for that the diflocated bone hold's the extending mufcles of the lame 
part lb ftiffly Hretched out, that they cannot yeeld, or applie themfelvs to the benders. 
For flexion or bending ought toprecede extension, and extension, flexion. 
' ' ■ 1 3B0d' . - ; ' ' I 1 
Li CHAP* 
Hip.fat.63. 
Gal, com, ad 
de art. 
A fubluxation 
maybefal the 
Thigh from an 
internal cauf. Concerning rDi/location, or Luxation, 
Lib.16. 
390 
CHAP. XL. 
Here is this danger in the diflocations of the Hip, that either the bone cannot 
bee put into the place again, atleaft unlefs with very much trouble, or elf bee- 
ing put in, that it may prefently fall out again. For if the tendons of the muf- 
cles, the ligaments,and other nervous parts of the member bee hard and ftrong, 
, . they, by reafon of their contumacie and ftiffnefs will hardly fuffer the bone to 
return to its place. If that they bee foft, loof, effeminate and weak, they will not contain 
the reftored bone in its place. Neither will it bee any better contained, ifthatfhort, but 
yet Itrong and round ligament, which faften's the head of the Thigh-bone on the infide in 
the Socket or Cavitie of the huckle-bone, bee broken or relaxed. Now it may bee broken 
by fom violent fhock or accident, it may bee relaxed by the congeftion and long flay of 
fom excrementitious, tough and vifcuous humor lying about the joint, through which 
! means itwaxeth foft. But if it bee broken, how often foever the bone bee reftored, it will 
[ prefently fall out again. If it bee relaxed, there is onely this hope to contain the reftored 
bone,that is, To confume and draw away the heaped up humiditie by application of Me- 
dicines and Cauteries of both kindes, for which purpofe thofe are more effeftual which do 
aftuallyburn, for that they drie and ftrengthen more powerfully. Leannefs ofthebodie, 
and the want of JpoNeurofes,that is, of broad tendont and external ligaments, whereof ma- 
ny encompaft the knee, encreafe's the difficultie of containing it in the place. But the parts 
adjoining to the diflocated and not-fet-bone fall away by little and little, and confume 
with an Atrophia or want of nourifhment; bothbecauf the part it felf is forced todefift 
from the accuftomed aftions and funftions, as alio for that the veins, arteries and nervs 
beeing more ftraitned and put out of their places, hinder the fpirits and nourifhment from 
flowing fo freely as they ought, to the part: whence it com's to pals, that the part it felf 
is made more weak, the native heat beeing debilitated through idlenefs, it can neither at- 
traft the alimentarie juice, neither can itdigeft and affimilate that little thereof which 
flow's and falleth thereto. Verily the Thigh-bone, as long as it is forth of the cavitie, 
grow's no more after the manner as the other bones of the bodie do, and therefore in fom 
(pace of time you may perceiv it to bee fhorter then the found bone. Notwithstanding the 
bones of the leg and foot are not hindered of their growth, for that they are not out of 
their proper places. Now for that the whole leg appear's more (lender, you muft think 
that happen's onely by the extenuation and leannefs of the proper mufoles thereof. The 
fame thing happen's to the whole hand, in the largeft acception, when as the (houlder is 
out of joint, unlefs that the calamitie and lofs hereof is the left. For the fhoulder beeing 
forth of joint you may do fomthing with your hand, whereby it will com to pafs that no 
final portion of nourifhent may flow down into thefe parts* But the Thigh-bone beeing 
diflocated, Specially inwards in a childe unborn, or an infant, much left alimentarie nou- 
rifhment flow's to that part, becaufit can much left ufe the foot and leg by reafon of the 
diflocation of the Hip, then it can do the hand by a luxation of the fhoulder. But now 
Wee muft thus underftand that which is faid by Hipocrates, That diflocated bones and not 
reftored do decreaf or are hindered from their juft growth, to bee onely in thofe who have 
not yet attained to their full and naturally-appointed growth in every dimenfion. For in 
men of full growth, the bones which are not reftored,becom more (lender, but yet no (hot- 
ter, as appear's by that which hee hath delivered of the (houlder. 
Prognofticly belonging to a diflocated Hip. 
Why the thigh- 
bone di fl oca- 
ted,is difficult- 
ly reftored, or 
reftored, eafily 
fall's out a- 
gain. 
The breaking 
and relaxation 
of the internal 
ligament. 
Gal. com. ad 
de art. 
Hippotratti ex- 
plained fefai. 
Jib.de art 
CHAP. XL I. 
Of the figns af the Hip dislocated outwardly or inwardly • 
He Thigh-bone or Hip when it is diflocated outwardly, and not reftored, after 
fom time the pain is anwaged, and flefli grow's about it, the head of the bone 
wear's it (elf a new cavitie in the adjoining Hip, whereinto it betake's it (elf, 
fo that at the length the patients may go without a ftaff, neither fo deformed a 
leagftels will wafte their leg. But if the luxation happen inwards, a greater leannefs will be- 
ku them, by reafonthat the veflels naturally run more inwardly, as Galen oblerv's in the 
dmocation of the Vertebra to the infide; therefore it com's to pafs that they are more 
grievoufly opprefled: befides the thigh-bone cannot wag or once ftir againft the (hare- 
*5OIa ' wherefore ifthe bone thus diflocated bee not reftored to its joint again, then they 
m!j!SftLthekle^abouta8theywalk3 juft as wee fee oxen do. Wherefore the (bund leg 
wml it they go,take's much lefs (pace then the lame,becauf this, whil'ft it ftirreth or moov- 
et"Kmuft neceHartly fetch a compafs about,but thatperformeth its motion in a right line, 
belides, whii it the patients (land upon their lame leg to put forwards the found,they are 
orced to Hand crooked, whereupon they arc forced to ftay thcmfelvs witUa ftaff that they 
Further' 
Ad Jetfl. $i. 
ftft&dctrt' Lib. 
Concerning 'Dislocations, or Luxations. 
391 
Furthermore thofewho have this bone dillocated either backwards or outwards,fo that * 
it cannot bee reftored, have the part it felf grow ftiff and hard ; which is the caufwhy the 1 
ham may bee bended without great pain 5 and they may (land , and go upon the tops oP 
their toes ; belides alfo, when they defire to go faller, they are forced to Hoop, and ftreng-1 
then themlelvs by laying their hand on their lame thigh at every ftep, both for that their 
lame leg is the (hotter, as alfo becauf the whole weight of the bodie fhould not lie wholly 
or perpendicularly upon the joint or head of the thigh-bone. Yet in continuance of time, 
when they are ufed to it, they may go without any ftaff in their hands. Yet in the inte- 
rim, the found leg bccom's more deformed in the compofure and figure, becauf whiff! it 
fuccor's the oppofite and lame leg by the firm (landing on the ground , it bear's the weight 
of the whole bodie, in performance whereof the ham muft neceflarily now and then bend. 
But on the contrarie, when as the head of the thigh beeing diflocated inwards is not put 
into the joint, if the patient bee arrived at his full growth, after that the head of the bone 
hath made it felf a cavitie in the neighboring bone wherein it may reft, hee may bee able 
to walk without a fraff, becauf the dillocated leg cannot eafily bee bended toward the 
groin or ham, and hee will fooner .reft upon his heel then upon his toes. This kinde of 
diflocation if it bee inveterate, cau never bee reftored. And thefe things happen,when as the 
thigh-bone is dillocated inwards, or when the internal ligament which fallen's the dearti- 
ticulation (hall bee broken or relaxed. But the contrarie (hall plainly appear if the difld- 
cation (hall happen to bee outwards for then the lame leg becom'sthe (hotter, becauf the 
head of the thign file's into a place higher then its cavitie, and the mufcles of that part are 
contrafted towards their original, and couvulfively draw the bone upward together with 
them. The whole leg, together with the knee and foot looketh inwards, they cannot go 
upon their heels, but upon the (etting on of the toes. The leg may bee bended, which it 
cannot bee in a dillocation of the thigh inwards, as Paulus (hew's. Therforcswee muft di- • 
ligently obferv that (entence of Hipocrates which is read with a negative, in thefe words: t 
Sed nequeconfleftere quemadmodum fanutn crus poffunt, that they ought to bee read with an af- j 
firmative after this manner: Sed confletiere &c. quin & crus ip fam &c. But now the lame leg < 
will better fuftain the weight of the bodie in an external, then in an internal diflocation; 
for then the head of the thigh is more perpendicularly fubjeft to'the whole weight of the 
bodie. Therefore when in thefuccefs of time it (hall by wea ring have made it felf a cavitie 
in the neighboring bone, which in time will bee confirmed, fo that there will remain no 
hope of reftoring the diflocation, neverthelefs the patient (hall bee able to go without a 
ftaff, for that then no fenfofpain will trouble him; whence it follow's, that the whole leg 
alfo will becom lefs lean, for that going is lefs painful, neither are the veflels fo much pref- 
fed as in that diflocation which is made inwardly. 
Signs of the 
thigh-bonedif- 
out- 
wards. 
Paul.tty.lib.6. 
C.S.Hip.fent.yi 
fett.$Jib.de ar* 
tic. 
CHAP XLII. 
Of the thigh-bone diflocated forewards. 
T feldom happeneth that the thigh is diflocated forwards 5 yet when as it 
fhall happen, it is by theft fjgns. The head of the thigh lieth towards the 
fhare; whence the groins fwellup, and the buttock on the contrarieis 
wrinkled and extenuated by reafon of the contraftion of themufcles; the 
patient cannot extend his leg without pain, no verily, not lb much as bend 
it towards the groin, for the fore-mufcle which ariftth from the hanch-bone 
is to prefled by the head of the thigh, that it cannot bee diftcnded; neither can the ham bee 
bended with out very much paine.But the fame leg is equall at the heel with the other leg, 
yet the patient cannot Hand upon the fttting on of the toes; therefore when heeis forced to 
go, hee toucheth the ground with his heel only,yea verily the foie of his foot is left incli- 
ned to the fore fide, neither doth it feldom happen, that the urine, by this accident, is fup- 
pre'lhbecauft the head of the thigh opprefle's the greater nerves from whence thoft arift ; 
which are carried to the bladder, which through the occafion of this compreflion is pain- < 
ed and inflamed by'conftnt: now when inflammation fhall feiz upon the Sfbiflft-mufcle, ' 
the urine can fcarcely flow out, for that it is hindered by the fwelling. 1 
Stepping of u- 
rineby reafon 
of an internal 
di {location of 
the thigh-bone. 
CHAP. XLI11. 
Eldom alibis the thighbone diflocated backwards, becauf the hind-part of the 
cavitie of the huckle-bone is deeper and more deprefled than the fore; whence 
, it is that the dillocation of the thigh to the inner part is more frequent then the 
reft. The patient can neither extend nor bend his leg by reafon of the much 
Compreflion andtenfion of the muicles which encompais the head of the thigh by this kind 
IJ 2 of 
Of the "thigh-bone diflocated backyards. 
Signs# JLiB.ld. 
392 
Concerning T>iflocations, or Luxations. 
of luxation. But the pain is encrealed when hee would bend his ham, forthat then the 
mufcles are more ftrongly extended. The lame leg is Ihorter than the found: when the 
Buttocks are preffed, the head of the thigh is perceived hid amongft the mufcles of that 
part, but the oppofite groin is lax, foft, and depre'ft with a manifeft cavitie. The heel tou- 
ches not the ground, for that the head of the thigh is plucked back again by the mufcles 
of the buttocks amongft which itlieth hid, but principally by that which is the larger,and 
which is faid to make as it were the pillow or cushion of the buttocks; for this is much 
more preffed in this kinde of diflocation then the reft: whence it is, that the patient can- 
not bend his knee, becaufthe extenlion of the nervous production or large tendon which 
covers's the knee is fo great. But if the patient will Hand upon the foot of his luxated 
leg without a ftaff heelhall fall down backwards, for that the bodie is inclined to that 
part, the head of the thigh being not direffly underneath for the propping or bearing up 
of the bodie; wherefore hee is forced to fuftain himfelf upon a crutch on his lame fide. 
Haveing premiled thele things of the differences, figns,lymptoms and prognofticks,it now 
remaineth, that wee briefly defcribe the different waits of rcftoreing them, according to the 
difference ofthe parts whither it is fallen. Firft, you muft place the patient upon a bench 
or table, groveling, or with his face upwards, or upon one fide, laying fom foft quilt or 
coverlid under him, that hee may lie the eafier. Now you muft place him fo, that the part 
unto which the bone is flown,may be higher,but from whence it is fled,the lower.For it the 
thigh-bone bee dillocated outwards or backwards, then muft the patient bee laid grove- 
ling; if inwardly, upon his back; if forwards,then upon hisfide. Then muft extenfion 
and impuliion bee made towards the cavitie, that fo it may bee forced thereinto: but if the 
diflocation bee fielh, and in a foft bodie, as a woman, childe, and fiich like, whofe joints' 
are more lax, it ffiall not bee any waies needful to make great extenfion with ftrong liga-' 
tures for the reftoreing it; the Surgeon's hand fhall fuffice,or a lift or towel caft about it. 
In the interim the bone fhall bee kep't faft with compreffes applied about the joint: then 
the Surgeon fhall extend the thigh, takeing hold thereof above the knee, in a ftraight line 
and fo let itdire&ly againft the cavitie, and then prefently thruft it thereinto. For thus 
fhall hee reftore it,if fo bee that in thruftingit hee lift up the head thereof fomwhat higher, 
left the lips ofthe cavitie force it back, and hinder it from entring. Now becauf unlefs 
there bee juft extenfion, there can bee no reftitution hoped for, it is far better in that 
part, that is, to extend it fomwhat more than is neceflarie, yet fo,that you do not en- 
danger the breaking of any mufcles, tendon or other nervous bodie. For that as Hittocra* 
tes write's, when as the mufcles are ftrong and large, you may fafely extend them, if fo 
bee that you difplace nothing by the force of the extenlion. If your hand will not fuffice 
to make juft extenfion, you muft ufe the help of an Engine, fuch as isour Pulley, faft- 
ned to two pofts, fo much of the rope beeing let forth, and drawn up again as ffiall fuffice 
for the bufinels in hand; in the performance whereof, it is fit that the patients friends ab- 
fent themfevs from this fad fpeftacle, and that the Surgeon bee refolute, and not deterred 
from his bulinefs by the lamentation, neither of the patient nor his friends. But for that 
wee write thele things chiefly for the benefit of young pra&icioners, it leemeth meet, that 
haveing delivered thele things ingenerabof reftoringthe thigh-bone, that wee run over 
thefe generalities in each particular, begining with that diflocation which is made 
inwardly. 
The general 
cure. 
St ft. i.lib.de 
ft act. 
CHAP. XLIV. 
Of reporting the 'Thigh-bone dijlocated inwards. 
T jj to place the patient after the fore fa id manner, upon a table or bench, in the 
mid 11 whereof fhall Hand faftned a woodden pin of a foot's length, and a? thick as 
the handle of a fpade uleth to bee; butitmuft bee wrapped about with fom (oft 
cloth, left the hardnds hurt the buttocks, betwixt which it muft Hand, as wee 
did in the extenl'on of a broken leg.The wooden pin hath this ufe,to 
finn K - od,e j " ma7 not foIlow him tflat draweth or extendeth it;and that the exten- 
thediiu!?,"! a®"^£has"requifite,it may go between the fertowum and the head of 
UDnernari-c f us there is no great need of counter-extenfion towards the 
thePSnrwn ' and hcfideS " heIPeth t0 force back the bone into its cavitie, the help of 
dothdire&nrkp',1,Ckri'n&'yh°nWInirg fomwhiIe' t0 chisJ and otherwhiles to that fide, 
it is needfill vn i?° e?0/ « Eutwhen the extenfion hath need of counter-extenfion,then 
' diflocated flioidrl aVC ufb atures at hand, as wee have mentioned in thereftoreingofa 
the joint of the Mn' to bee dra *'n above the Ihoulder. Oneof thefe (hall bee faflned above 
by another with the lit rXtended by a rong man 5 another fhall bee caft above the knee 
and like lisature (hah °rCe' But lfy°u cannot have a woodden pin, another ftrong 
ofaftron/man veJ Ut-Up°n theloinJ atthehip5 and held ftiff by the hands 
gm n, yet 10 that it my not touch the head of the thigh by puffing it, forfoit 
would 
Seft.i.libde 
frafi. 
How to make 
extenfion and 
counter-exten- 
fion in this 
kinde of for 
ilnre. Lib.rtf. 
Concerning Di [locations, or Luxations. 
393 
would hinder the reftoring thereof. This manner of extenfion is common to four kindes 
of luxation of the thigh-bone. But the manner offorcing the bone into its cavitie muft bee 
varied in each, according to the different condition of the parts whereunto the head incli- 
neth j to wit it muft bee forced outwards if it bee fallen in wards, and contrarie in the reft, 
as the kinde ot the diflocation fhall bee. Somtooclowniih and ignorant knot-knitters fa- 
llen the lower ligature below the ankle, and thus the joints of the foot and knee are more 
extended then that of hip or huckle-bone, for they arcneerer to the ligature, and confe- 
quently to the aftive force : but they ought to do otherwife 5 therefore in a diflocated 
fhoulderyou fhall not faften the ligatures to the hand or wreft, but above the elbow. But 
if the hands fhall not bee fiiflicient for this work,then muft you make ufe of engines. Where- 1 
fore then the patient being placed as is fit, and affe&ed part firmly held, fom round thing j 
ihall bee put into the groin, and the patient's knee, together with his whole leg ihall bee t 
drawn violently inwards, towards the other leg. And in the mean while the head of the t 
thigh ihall bee ftrongly forced towards the cavitie of the huckle-bone, and lb at length i«- ' 
ftored, as the following figure fhew's. 
Ligatures 
made for ex- 
tension muft 
bee faftned 
neer the part 
to bee exten- 
ded. 
A figure which manifefteth the way of restoring the Thigh-bone diflocated inwards. 
When the head ofthe Thigh by juft extenfion is freed from the mufcles wherewith it 
was infolded, and the mufcles alio extended that they may give way and yeeld themielvs 
more pliant, then muft the rope bee ibmwhat flacked,and then you muft alio delift from ex- 
tending, otherwife the reftitution cannot bee performed, for that the ftrongerextenfion of 
the engine will refill the hand of the Surgeon , thralling and forceing it into the cavitie. 
This precept muft bee obferved in the reftoring of this and other diflocations.Y ou Ihall know 
that the thigh is reftored by the equalitie of the legs, by the free and painlefs extenfion and 
inflexion of the lame leg. Lallly, by the application of agglutinative medicines (whereof 
wee have formerly fpoken) the reftored bone Ihall bee confirmed in its place; to which pur- 
pofe ligation Ihall bee made, the ligature beeing firft call upon the place whereinto the head 
of the thigh fell, and thence broughtto the oppofite or found fide by the belly and loins. 
In the mean while the cavitie of the groin muft bee filled with fomwhat a thick bolfter 
which may keep the head of the bone in the cavitie. Neither muft you omit junks ftretched 
down even to the ankles, as wee have obferved in the frafture of the thigh. Then muft 
both the thighs bee bound together, whereby the diflocated member may bee unmoovable, 
and more and more ftrengthned. Neither muft this drelfing bee loofed, untill four or five 
daies bee pafled, unlefs peradventure the bidden happening of fbm other more grievous fym- 
ptom fhall perfwade otherwife. To conclude, the patient muft bee kept in his bed for the 
fpace of a month, that the relaxed mufcles, nervs, and ligaments may have fpace to recover 
their former ftrength, otherwife, there is danger left the bone may again fall out by the too 
forward and fpeedy walking upon it. For the fite of the thigh it muft be placed and kept in a 
middle figure, yet this middle figure confift's in the extenfion, not in the flexion, as it is 
demonftrated by Hippocrates,for that fuch a figure is accuftomable to the leg. J 
A general 
precept. 
Sett. 2. lib, de 
frtft. 
CHAP. XLV. 
Of refioreing the Thigh diflocated outwardly. 
THe patient muft bee placed groveling upon a table in this kinde ofdiflocation alfo, and 
ligatures as before, caft upon the hip and lower part of the thigh, then extenfion muft 
LI 3 bee 394 
Concerning 'Di/locations, or Luxations. 
Lib.16. 
bee made downwards, and counter-extenhon upwards j then preftntly the head of the bone 
muft bee forced by the hand of the Surgeon into its place. If the hand bee not fufficient for 
this purpofe, our pulley muft bee ufed, as the following figure fheweth. 
4figure which exfreffeth the manner of reporting the thigh luxated outwards. 
When it is that 
onely extenon 
fervs for the 
reftoring the 
chflocatcd 
Thigh. 
This kinde of diflocation is the eafilieft reftored of all theft which happen in the thigh 
or hip, fo that I have diverf times obferved the head of the thigh to have been drawn back 
into its cavitie by the onely regrefs of the extended muftles into themftlvs towards their o~ 
riginals, fomwhiles witha noiforpop, otherwhiles without, which beeing don, laying 
a compreft upon the joint, you fiiall perform all other circumftances as before in an inter- 
nal diflocation. 
CHAP. XLVI. 
Ofreftoreing the Thigh di/located forwards. 
Hen the Thigh is luxated forwards, the patient muft bee laid upon his (bund 
fide, and tied as wee have formerly delivered. Then the Surgeon (hall lay a 
bolfter upon the prominent head of the bone, and have a care that his fervant 
firmly hold it: then immediately juft extenfion beeing made, hee fliall with 
his hand force the bone into the cavities but if his hand will not ferv, hee 
(hall attempt it with his knee. Then to conclude, hee fliall ule the reft of the things former- 
ly mentioned to contain the reftored bone. 
CHAP. XLVII. 
Of reporting tbe Thigh di/locateif backyards. 
patient fliall bee placed groveling upon a table or bench, and the member ex- 
tended, as in the reft, one ligature ftretched from the groin, another from the 
knee 5 then the Surgeon fhall endeavor to force back with his hand that which 
hmmH' ftand's up,} and alfo to draw away the knee from the found leg. The bone 
thus placed and reftored, the cure require's nothing elf than to bee bound up and kept long 
in bed, left that the Thigh, if it fliould bee moved, the nervs beeing yet might 
again fall out. For the thigh is in great danger of relapQ for that the cavitie of the hucle- 
bone is onely depreft, as far as it goe'sin, and the burden of the hanging or adjoining 
thigh is heavie. 
CHAP. XLVII1. 
Of the dislocation of tbe Whirl-bone of the pnee. 
THe Whirl-bone of the knee may fall forth into the inner, outer, upper and lower 
part j but never to the hind-part, becauf the bones which it cover's do not fuffer it. 
To reftore it, the patient muft ftand with his foot firmly upon fom even place,and then the 
burgeon muft force and reduce it with his hands from the part into which it ispreter- 
✓ naturally Lib.id. 
Concerning!)tflocations, or Luxations. 
395 
naturally Hidden. When it fhal 1 bee reftored, the cavitie of the ham fhall bee filled up with 
bolfters fo that hee may not bend his leg, for it it bee bended, there is no final danger of the 
falling back of the whirl-bone. Then a cafe or box fhall bee put about it, on the fide efpe- 
cially whereto it fell,beeing madefomwhat flat and round refembling the whirl-bone it felf, 
and it fhall bee bound on with ligatures, and medicines fo faft that it may not ftir a jot. Af- 
ter the part fhall feem to have had fufficient reft, it is fit that the patient trie andaccuftom 
by little and little to bend his knee, until at length hee fhall finde that hee may eafily and 
fafely moov that joint. 
CHAP. XLIX. 
Of the diflocated Knee. 
He Knee alfo may bee diflocated three manner of waies, that is, into the inner, 
outer, and hind-part, but very feldom towards the fore-lide, and that not 
without fom grievous and forcible violence; for the whirl-bone lying upon it, 
hinder's it from flipping out, and hold's it in. The other waies are eafie,becauf 
the cavitie of the leg-bone is fuperficiarie aud very fmooth, but the cavitie of 
the lower end of the thigh-bone is made in the manner of a fpout or gutter, and belides the 
head thereof is verie fmooth and flipperie; but the whole joint is much more lax than the 
joint of the Elbow : id that as it may bee the more eafily diflocated, fb may it the beter bee 
reftored j and as it may bee the more eafily, fb may it bee the more fafely diflocated, for 
that inflammation is lefs to bee feared here, as it is obferved by Hippocrates. Falls from high, 
leaping, and too violent runing are the caffes of this diflocation. The fign thereof is the 
difabilitie of bending or lifting up the leg to the thigh, fo that the patient cannot touch 
his buttock with his heel. The diflocation of the knee which is inwardly and outwardly,is 
reftored with indifferent extenfion and forceing of the bones into their feats from thofe 
parts whereunto they have fallen. But to reftore a diflocation made backwards, the patient 
ihall bee placed upon a bench of an indifferent height, fb that the Surgeon may bee behinde 
him who may bend with both his hands and bring to his buttocks the patients leg put be- 
tween his legs. But if the reftitution do not thus fucceed, you muft make a clew of yarn, 
and faften it upon the mid'ft of a ftaff, let one put this into the cavitie of his ham, upon the 
place whereas the boneftand's out,and fo force it forwardsjthen let another caft a ligature of 
fom three fingers bredth upon his knee, & draw it upwards with his hands,then prefently & 
at once they fhal fo bend & crook the lame leg that the heel thereof may touch his buttocks. 
The diffe- 
rences. 
Ad finem [tft. 
How to re- 
ftore a knee 
diflocated 
backwards. 
CHAP. L. 
Of a Knee diflocated forwards. 
Ut if the Knee bee diflocated forwards ( which feldom happen *s) the patient fliall T, 
bee placed upon a table and aconvenient ligation made aboov, and another dole 1 ecute 
beneath the knee. Then the Surgeon ftiall fo long prefs down with both his hands 
the bone which is out of joint, until itfhall return to its place again. To which 
pu rpofe if the ftrength of the hand wil not lervto make juft extenfion each way you may 
make ufe of our engine, as you may perceiv by this following figure. 
A figure fhewing the manner ofreftoreing a Knee diflocated forwards. 
You Ml know that the bone is reftored by the free and painlcls extenfionof the leg 5 
u.._ then 396 
Concerning Diflocation, or Luxation. 
Lir.16. 
then will there bee place for medicines, bolfters and ftrengthening ligatures. Tn the mean 
(pace the patient fhall forbear going fo long as the part fhall feem to require, 
CHAP. LT. 
Of the feparation of the greater and leffer Focile. 
The joining of 
the leg and 
fliin-bones. 
He FiM* or lefler Focile is faftned and adheres to the tibia, leg-bone, orgreatei 
Focile without any cavitie, above at the knee and below at the ankle. But it may 
bee pluck't or drawn afide three manner of waies, that is, forwards, and to each 
fide : this chance happen's when in going wee take no fure footing, lb that wee 
flip with our feet this way and that way as in aflipperie place, and fo wreft it inwards or 
outwards 5 for then the weight of our bodie lying open upon it, draw's the leg, as it were, 
in funder, fo that the one Focile is diflocated or leparated from the other. The fame may 
happen by a fall from an high place, or 1dm grievous and bruifing blow: befides alfo,their 
appendices are lomtimes leparated fr om them. For the reftoreing of all thcfe into their pro- 
per places, it is fit they bee drawn and forced by the hand of the Surgeon into their feats: 
then fhall they bee ftraitly bound up, putting compreffes to that part unto which the Fibula 
flew; beginning alfo your ligation at the very luxation , for the fore-mentioned realbns. 
The patient fhall reft fortiedaies, to wit, as long as fhall bee fufficient for the ftrengthen- 
ing of the ligaments. 
The cure. 
CHAP. LIL 
Of the Leg-bone or greater Facile dijlocated and divided from the Paftern-lone. 
Differences 
and figns. 
the Leg-bone is fbmtimes diflocated and divided from the Paftern-bone, as 
wel inwardly, as outwardly 5 which may bee known by the fwelling out of the 
bone to this or that part 5 ifitbeeonely afubluxation or ftrain, it may bee 
eafily reftored, by gently forceing it into the place again. After the bone flial 
bee reftored,it fhall bee kept fb by comprefles and fit deligation,by crofs and 
contrarie bindeing to the fide oppofite to that towards which the bone fell, that fo alfo in 
fom meafure it may bee more and more forced into its place. In themean time you muft have 
a care that you do not too ftraitly prefs the great and large tendon which is at the heel.This 
kinde of diflocation is reftored in fortie daies, unlefs fom accident happen which may 
hinder it. 
CHAP. LUI. 
Of the diflocation of the Heel, 
Hofoever leaping from an high place have fallen very heavie upon their heel, have 
their heel diflocated and divided from the paftern-bone.This diflocation happen's 
more frequently inwardly than outwardly, becauf the prominencie of the lefler 
Focile embrace's the paftern-bone; whence it is, that there it is more ftraitly and 
firmly knit. It is reftoredby extenfion andforceingit in, which will bee no very difficult 
matter, unlefs fom great defluxion or inflammation hinder it. For the bindeing up, it muft 
beee ftraiteft in the part affefted, that fo the blood may 'bee prefled from thence into the 
neighboring parts 5 yet ufingfuch a moderation, that it may not bee painful, nor prefs 
more ftraitly than is fit, the nervs and grofs tendon which run's to the heel. This diflocati- 
onis not confirmed before the fortieth day, though nothing happen which may hinder it. 
Yet ufiially it happeneth that many fymptoms enfue by the vehemencie of the contufion. 
Wherefore it will not be amifs to handle them in a particular chapter. 
Ciufes and 
differences. 
The cure. 
CHAP. LIV. 
Of the Symptoms which follow upon the coutufton of the Heel. 
Why blood- 
letting necefla- 
rie in the fra- 
Gureofa heel. 
r happened? by the vehemencie of this contufion, that the veins and arteries do as it 
were vomit up blood both through the lecret pailages of their coats, as alfo by their 
ends or orifices, whence an Ecchymofis or blacknels over all the heel, pain, fwelling, 
' aud other the like enfue,which implore remedies and the Surgeon's help,to wit,convenient 
diet, and drawing of blood by opening a vein, (of which though Hippocrates make's no 
mention, yet it is here requifite by reaion of the Feaver and inflammation) and if need re- 
quire, purgation 5 principally fuch as may divert the matter by caufing vomit, and laftly, 
the 
tie 
frdhrif. Lib.id. 
Concerning T)iflocationsy or Luxations. 
397 
the application of local medicines, chiefly fuch as may Token and rarifie the skin under the 
heel, otherwife ufiially hard and thick (fiich as are fomentations of warm water and oil) 
fo that divers times wee are forced to fcarifie it with a lancet, fhunning the quick flefli. For 
(bat length the blood poured forth into the part, and there heaped up, is more eafily atte- 
nuated,and at length refolved. But thefe things mutt all be performed before the inflamma- 
tion Teiz upon the part,otherwife there will be danger of a convulfion.For the blood,when 
it fall's out of the veflels, readily putrefies,by reafon the denfitie of this part hinder's it from 
ventilation & difperfing to the adjacent parts.Hercto may be added, that the large and great 
tendon which cover's the heel,is endued with exquifite fenf,& alfo the part it felf is on eve- 
rie fide fpred over with many nervs. Befides alfo there is further danger of inflammation by 
lying upon the back and heel, as wee before admonilhed you in the Frafture of a leg. There- 
fore I would have the Surgeon to bee heer moft attentive and diligent to perform thefe 
things which we have mentioned, left by inflammation a Gangrene and Mortification (for 
heer the famous flelh prefently fall's upon the bone) happen together with a continued and 
(harp Fever, with trembling, hicketting and raveing. For the corruption of this part firft 
by contagion aflail's the next, and thence a Fever aflail's the heart by the arteries prefled 
and growing hot by the putrid heat, and by the nervs and that great and notable tendon 
made by the concourf of the three mufcles of the calf of the leg , the mufcles, brain and 
ftomachare evilly affe&edand drawn into confent, and fo cauf convulfions, raveing and 
a deadlie hicketting. 
Why the heel 
isfubjeft to 
inflammation* 
Gal.adfent.23, 
ft ft.i.lib,de 
frail. 
CHAP. LV. 
Of the diflocated Paftern, or Ancle-lone. 
He Aftragalw or Pattern bone may bee diflocated and fall out of its place to e- 
very fide. Wheref ore when it fall's out towards the inner part, the foie of the 
foot is turned outwards, when it fiie's out to the contrarie, the fign is alio con- 
trarie j if it bee diflocated to the foyelide, on the hinde fide the broad tendon 
coming under the heel is hardened and diftended; but if bee luxated backwards, 
the whole heel is as it were hid in the foot: neither doth this kinde of diflocation happen 
without much violence. It is reftored by extending it with the hands, and forcing it into 
the contrary part to that from whence it fell. Beeing reftored it is kept fo by application 
of medicines and fit ligation. The patient muft keep his bed long in this cafe, left that 
bone which fuftain's and bear's up the whole bodie, may again fink under the burden, and 
break out, the finews beeing not well knit and ftrengthened. 
■ Sign, 
Cure, 
CHAP. LVI. 
Of the diflocation of the In-flef and the foot. 
He bones alio of the In-ftep and back of the foot may bee luxated, and that ei- 
ther upwards or downwards,or to one fide,though feldom fidewife, for the rea- 
fon formerly rendred,fpeaking'of the diflocation of the like bones of the band- 
If that they hand upwards,then muft the patient tread hard upon Com plain or 
even place,and then the Surgeon by prefling them with his hand fhall force them 
into their places 5 on the contrary, if they ftand out of the foie of the foot, then mull you 
prefs them thence upwards, and reftore each bone to its place. They may bee leiWed after 
the fame manner if they bee flown out to either fide. But you muft note, that although the 
Ligatures confift but of one head in other diflocations,yet here Hipocrates would have fiich 
ufedas have two heads, for that the diflocation happen's more from below upwards, or 
from above downwards, then fide wife. 
Cure. 
Sent.14. feft.i, 
bb.de frail. 
CHAP. LVII. 
Of the diflocation of the foes: 
Ow the Toes may bee four waies diflocated,even as the fingers of the hand; 
and they may bee reftored juft after the fame manner» that. is, extend them 
direftly forth, and then force each joint into its place,and laftly,binde them 
up as is fitting. The reftitution of all them is ealie, for that (hey cannot far 
tranfgrefs their bounds. To conclude, the bones of the feet are dislocated 
and reftored by the fame means as thofe of the hands, but that when as any 
thing is dillocated in the foot, the patient muft keep his bed j but when any thing isauiiG 
in the hand, hee muft carrie it in a fcarf, The patient muft reft twenty daies, that is, until 
hee can firmly ftand upon his feeu 
CHAP. 
The differed 
CCS. 
Cure* Concerning 'Di/locations, or Luxations. 
Lib.i6. 
398 
CHAP. LVIII. 
Oftbefymptoms, and other accidents which may befal a broken or dislocated member. 
Anie things may befal broken or diflocated members by the means of the fra- 
fture or dfllocation ; fuch as are bruiles, great pain, inflammation, a fever, ini- 
pofhime, gangrene, mortification, ulcer,and atrophia, all which require 
a skilfull and diligent Surgeon for their cure. A contufion happen's by the fall 
offom heavie thing upon the part, or by a fall from high, whence follow's the 
tffuiion ot olood poured out under the skin : which if it bee poured forth in great plentie, 
muft bee fpeedily evacuated by fcarification, and the part cafed of that burthen, left it Ihould 
thence gangrenate. And by how much the blood lhall appear more thick,and the skin more 
denf, by fo much the fcarification lhall be made more deep. You may alio for the fame pur- 
pole applie Leeches. 
Concerning pain wee formerly faid, that it ufually happen's by reafon that the bones are 
mooved out of their places,whence it happeneth that they becom troublefom to the mulcles 
and nervs, by pricking and prefling them. Hence enfue inflammations, as allb impoftumati- 
on and a fever, oft times a gangrene, and in conclufion a mortification corrupting and rot- 
ting the bones; otherwhiles a linuous ulcer or fiftula. But an atrophia and leannels arileth 
by the doth and idlenels of the member decaying all the ftrength thereof,and by too ftraight 
ligation intercepting thepaflages of the blood, otherwife readie to fall and flow thither. 
Now the leannefs which is occafioned by too ftraight ligation receive's cure by the flack- 
ning of the ligatures wherewith the member was bound. That which proceed's from idle- 
ness helped by moderate excrcile, by extending, bending, lifting up, and deprefling the 
member, if fo bee that hee can away with exercile. Otherwile hee lhall ule frictions and fo- 
mentations with warm water. The frictions muft be moderate in hardnels and gentlenels,in 
length and fhortnefs. The fame moderation fhall be oblerved in the warmnefs of the wa- 
ter, and in the time of fomenting. For too long fomenting refolv's the blood that is 
drawn. But that which is too little or Ihort a fpacedraw's little or nothing at all : after 
the fomentation, hot and emplaftick medicines made of pitch, turpentine, eupborbium, pel- 
litorie of Spain, liilphur, and the Tike, fhall bee applied. They fhall bee renued ever!e day 
more often or leldom, as the thing it felf fhall ieem to require. 
Thefe medicines are termed Dropaces, whole form is thus: R picis nigrt, ammoniaci, bdelii, 
gummi elemi in aqua vit& dijfolutorum old laurini pulverif piperis, zinziberis,gr anorum 
paradiJi, baccarutn lauri & juniperi, emplaftrum fecunditm artem, extendatur fuper alutam. 
It is alfo good to binde about the opppfite found part with a ligature, yet without pain; as 
if the right arm lhall decay for want of nourifhment, the left lhall bee bound, beginning 
your ligation at the hand, and continuing it to the arm-pit. If this mifchance lhall feiz 
upofi the right leg, then the left fhall bee fwathed up from the foie of the foot to the groin. 
For thus a great portion of the blood is forced back into the vena cava, or hollow vein , and 
from this being diftended and over full,into the part affected and gapeing with the veilcis al- 
moft emptie; befide alfo it is convenient to keep the found part in rcft,that fo it may draw 
the lefs nourifhment,and bythat means there will bee more ftore to refrelh the weak part. 
Som wilh alfo to binde up the decaying member with moderate ligation ; for thus, fay 
they, the blood is drawn thither: for when as wee intend to let blood by opening a vein 
with a lancet, wee binde the arm. Alfo it is good to dip it into water fomwhat more then 
warm, and hold it there until it grow red, and fwell; for thus blood is drawn into the 
veins, as they finde, which ule to draw blood of the fapbena and falvatella. Now, if when as 
thele things and the like bee don, the lame part grow's hot, red and fwollen, then know 
that health is to bee hoped for; but if the contrarie happen, the cafe is delperate: wherefore 
you need attempt nothing further. 
Furthermore, there is fomtimes hardnels left in the joints, after fraftures and diflocati- 
ons are reftored. It is fit to foften this,by refolving the contained humor by fomentations, 
liniments, cataplalms, emplafters made of the roots of marlh-mallows, brionie, lillies, line 
feed, fenugreek feed, and the like, and alfo of gums dilfolved in ftrong vineger, as ammonia- 
cum,bdelium, opopanax, labdanum,fagapenum, ftyrax liquida, and adeps anferinus, gallinaceus, buma- 
liliorum, and the like. Alfo you muft with the patient to moov the part ever now 
and then, everie day, yet fo, that it bee not painful to him, that fo the pent up humor may 
grow hot, bee attenuated, and at length difculled, and laftly, the part it lelf reftored as far 
as art can perform it; for oft-times it cannot bee helped any thing at all. For if the mem- 
ber bee weak and lame,by reafon that the frafture happened neer the joint, for the refidue 
of his life the motion thereof uleth to bee painful and difficult, and oft-times none at all, 
elpecially if the which grow's there, bee fomwhat thick and great; and laftly, if the 
joint it felf fhall bee contuled ajnd broken by the ftroke, as it oft-times happen's in wounds 
made by gun-(hot. 
OF 
Remedies fo 
a contufion. 
What may hap- 
pen by paim 
Remedies for 
the leannefs 
or Atrophia of 
any member. 
What meafure 
to bee ufed in 
fomenting. 
A dropax. 
Bindeing of 
the found part 
oppofite to the 
emaciated. 
How to binde 
up the emaci- 
tcdparr, 
Signs that an 
Atrophia i> 
cureable. LiB-iy. 
399 
Of diverf other 
PRETER-NATURAL AFFECTS, 
whole cure is commonly performed by Surgeric. 
The Seventeenth Book. 
CHAP. 1. 
Of an Alopecia, or tbe fallingaway of the hairs of the head. 
N Alof ecia is the falling away of the hair of the head, and lomtimes al- 
fo of the eie-brows, chin and other parts ; the French commmonly 
call it the Pelade: Phyficians term it the Alopecia,for old Foxes(fubjeft, 
by reafon of their age to have the fcab) are troubled oft-times with this 
difeaf. This affeft is caufed either through deleft of nourilhraent fit to 
nourifli the hairs, as in old age through want of the radical humiditie, 
or by the corruption of the alimentarie matter of the fame, as after 
long Fevers, in the Lues -venerea,Leprofie, the corruption of the whole 
bodie and all the humors, whence follow's a corruption of the vapors and fuliginous ex- 
crements ; or elf by the vitious conftitution of pores in the skin in raritie, and conftrifti- 
on or denfitie, as by the too much ufe of hot ointments made for coloring the hair, or fiich 
as are ufed to take ofFhair, therefore called Vepilatoria, or by the burning of the skin,or loft 
thereof, haveing a fear in ftead thereof, by reafon of whofe denfitie the hair cannot fpring 
out; as by too much laxitie the fuliginous matter of the hair ftaie's not, but prefentlyva- 
nifhethaway. The Alopecia which com's by old age, a confumption, burn-baldnefs, le-< 
profie,a fcald head,is incureable: that which admit's of cure, the cauf beeing taken away, is , 
helped* Wherefore if it proceed from thecorruption of humors,let a Phyfician beecalled, 
who, as hee fliall think it fit, fliall appoint diet, purgeing and phlebotomie. Then the Sur- s 
geon fliall (have off the hair which is remaining, and fliall firft ufe refolving fomentations, 
applie Leeches and Horns to digeft the vitious humor which is under the skin, then fliall hee 
wafli the head to take away the filth with a Lee wherein the roots of Orris and Aloes have 
been boiled. Laftly, hee fliall ufe both attraftive fomentations and medicines for to draw 
forth the humor which is becom laudable in the whole bodie by the benefit of diet fitly ap- 
pointed. But if the Alopecia fliall happen through defeft of nourifhment, the part fliall bee 
rubbed fo long with a courf linnen cloth, or a fig-leaf, or onions until it wax red; beiides 
alfb the skin fliall bee pricked in many places with a needle, and then ointments applied 
made of Labdanum, pigeons dung, ftaves-acre, oyl of bayes,turpentine and wax, to draw the " 
blood and matter of the hairs. If the hair bee loft by the Lues venerea, the patient fhall bee 
anointed with quick-filver to (ufficient falivation. To conclude, as the caufes of this difeaf 
fhall bee, fb muft the remedies bee fitted which are ufed. 
Gal.c.i.libj, 
de complied, fe- 
am.locos. 
The cauf. 
What Alopecia 
uncureable. 
Whatcureable, 
and how- 
CHAP. IL 
Of tbe Tinea, or Scald-head. 
He Tinea (let mee fo term it in Latine, whil'ft a fitter word may bee found) or 
a Scald-head, is a dileaf pofiefling the mulculous skin of the head or the hairie 
icalp, and eating thereinto like a moth. There are three differences thereof5 the 
firftis called by Galen jcalie or bran-like, forthat whifft it is Icratched itcaft's 
manie bran-like fcales : lorn Praftitioners term it a drie [call, becauf of the great aduftion 
of the humor caufingit. Another is called Ficofa, afig-tyefcaff, becauf when it is delpoil- 
ed of the cruft or fcab which is yellow, there appear s grains of quick and red flefh, like to 
the inner feeds pr grains of figs, and cafting out abloodie matter. Galen name's the third 
richer, and it is alfo vulgarly termed the com five or ulcerom [call, for that the many ul- 
Lib.i'deeonpf, 
me Aft ft, locos. 400 
Of diverfpreternatural 
LiB'iy. 
cers wherewith it abound's are open with manie fmall holes flowing with liquid fames like 
the wafting of fleft, (linking, corrupt and carrion-like, fomwhiles livid, lomwhiles yel- 
lowifh. Theft holes, if they bee fomwhat larger, make another difference which is called 
Cerion or Favofa, (that is, like a honie-comb) becauf as Galen think's, the matter which 
* floweth from theft, refembleth hpnie in color and confiftence. They all proceed of an hu- 
more which is more or lefs vitious,for a lefs corrupt humor cauftth a fcalie, a more corrupt; 
the fig-like, but the moft corrupt produceth the ulcerous. If it ft all happen to an infant by 
reafonofthe fault and contagion of the nurQ or elf prefently after it is bom, it fcarce ad- 
mits of cure; neither muff wee attempt that, before the childecom to that age thathee 
may bee able to endure the cure and medicines. But you may in the mean while applie the 
leavs of Colworts or Beets befmeared with freft butter, or other gentle medicine haveina a 
facultie to mollifie and open the paffage for the ftut-up matter. Thofe who are of fufficient 
age to away with medicine, may bleed, purge,bathe,according to art by the advice of a Phy 
fician. For local medicines in a fcaliefcall, foftening and difcufllng fomentations ftall bee 
appointed, made of the roots of marft-Mallows, Lillies, Docks, Sorrel boiled in lee with 
a little vineger added thereto. The head ftall bee twice in a day fomented with fuch a deco- 
aion, and on the fixth day the hair beeing ftaven off, it ftall bee fcarified, and then leeches 
& horns put to it fo fcanfied.Then it ftal bee forthwith anointed with oyl of ffaves-acre mi- 
xed with blackfope,both to draw and reprefs the malignitie of the humor impa'ft in the part. 
You may alfo ufe the following medicine even to the perfeft cure of the difeaf, as that 
which is much commended m this kinde of difeaf by Vigo, Gordon™ and Gwdo; it is thus 
made. R elleb. albi & mgr i,atr ament.auripigmenti, litbargyri auri, calc is vivt, vitriol alum a alia 
t fulig.cmer.fais vim Ufa, anZft.argfnti viui extintii, giii. trugini, tris $ii. fiat pulvis qui inc or- 
poretur cumfucco boragtms, fcabiofafumarfa oxylafatbi, aceti, an. quart,i. oleiantiqui lib.i. bulliant 
ufque ad confumpt.fuccorum,infine decofaonis cineres gonantur9 addenda vicis cer£ quan- 
tum fufiicit, fiat unguentum: Thefe autors teftifie that this will heal any kinde of fall Cer- 
tainly nonecan difallow oHt who well confidereth the ingredients andcompofure thereof. 
, A cruftiealfo or fig-like fall ftall bee fo longfomented with the preferred fomentation, 
until the crufts or fcabs fall off, yet there is nothing fo good and effectual as Creffes beaten 
or fried with hog s fuet For it will make it fall off in the fp.ee of four and twentie hours, 
befides, if it bee continued it will heal them throughly, as I have known by experience, and 
reafon alfoftandstherewith; for according to Galen, Creffes are hot and drie. When the 
crufts ftall bee fallen away, the parts affe&edfhall bee anointed with the formerly prefcri- 
bed ointment 1 have cured manie with a little oyl of vitriol, and fomtimes alfo with 
gyptiacums made fomwhat then ordinarie. But if the root of the hairs appear 
rotten, they ftall bee plucked out one by one; yet if fuch putrefaftion ftall poffefs the whole 
anie ca p, and trouble all the roots of the hair, that you may pluck them out the more 
readily, and with lefs pain, you may befmear a cotten-cloth on the rougher fide with this 
refill, pul. viridis tris, & vitriol.rom.an2i.vel 
e ommafimulin aceti acerrimi quantitate fufficiente, fiat medic amen- 
tum adufium: let it bee applied to the head, and remain on for two daies; then let it bee 
quickly and forcibly p ucked away againft the hair,that fo the hairs flicking to the plaifter 
may by that means bee plucked away therewith : you ftall ufe this medicine fo long as need 
mall leem to require. 
For the third kinde of Scali which is termed a Corrofive or Ulcerous, the firft indica- 
tion is to cleanf the ulcers with this following ointment. R unguenti enulati cum mercurio du- 
lr albl \n T"l™re,m red<M ncorforentur fimul, fiat unguentum ad 
* foyou ™y ufe the formerly defcribed ointment. Butifany pain or'other accident 
3iiy°U-mUft ltand K by theaffiftance and direction of fan good Phyfician ; verily 
have bcen found out by reafon, and 
Xdby5fe- olei 
an'^n' incrorT°renturfimul in mortario,fiat unguentum. Som take 
the nlr r r!i1C 1 leth 111 a fteep-fold; they ufe that which is liquid, and rub it upon 
cannot «Ponit. But if the padent 
troubIedTnlikedfW r 1 !^thef^ed}cinesSand that you finde his bodie in fom parts thereof 
with anXitnlWd ukerS' 1 WOuId wifh that his head ™g anointed 
anda litcIe<W»r, and then fit fom 
bee applied to the faftion of a cap; alfo fom plaiflers of the fame may 
and all things don aslf 3 rd e?s'and fo let ,bin?bee in a verie warm chamber, 
of J attempted bv v; bfd5h^ej, 'venerea' This kinde of cure was firft (that I know 
heeinvain hadIdiligently^ man' When aS 
verie loathfom to the eiey r Jda 1 U.fuaI med,cincp- A fcalled head oft-times appeareth 
cured, but being old, far mot/r?v,S?leand ftlnking fames; at the firft it is hardly 
think it kill'd, by reafai Xh^0^7, F°r dlverf.times n brca.keth out afreftb when you 
which wholly corrupt's the tpmimpik^IOnc°Mtbe mab^n P remaining in the part, 
y p s the temper thereof.Moreover,oft-times beeing healed,it hath left an 
dlo-pecia 
Cap.B.libcitati. 
The cure. 
Forafcalie 
fcall* 
An ointment 
fora [colled 
head. 
The cure of a 
cruftie fcall. 
A poultis of 
Creffes. 
A plainer to 
pluck away the 
hair at once. 
The cure of ar 
ulcerous fcall. 
A con turn a ci. 
ous fcall muft 
bee cured as 
wee cure the 
Lueivanerta, Lib.17. 
rvhoje Cure is performed by Surgerie 
401 
Alopecia behinde it, a great fliame to the Surgeons. Which is the reafon, that moft of them 
judg it beft to leav the cure thereof to Empericks and women. 
CHAP. III. 
Of tbe Vertigo, or giddinefs. 
He Vertigo is a fudden darkning of the eies and fight by a vaporous and hot (pirK 
which aflcendeth to the head by the fleepie arteries, and fit's the brain, cliftur- 
bing the humors and fpirits which are contained there, and toiling them unequal- 
ly, as if one ran round, or had drunk too much wine. This hot fpirit oft-times 
rifeth from the heart upwards by the internal fleepie arteries to the Kete mirabile, or wonder- 
ful net; otherwhiles it is generated in the brain it (elf, beeing more hot then is fitting 5 al- 
lo it oft-times arifeth from the ftomack, (pleen,liver and other entrals beeing too hot. The 
fign of this difeafe is the fiidden darkning of the fight, and the doling up as it were of the 
eies, the bodie beeing lightly turned about, or by looking upon wheels riming round, or 
whirle-pits in waters, 'or by looking down anie deep or fteep places. If the original of the 
difeafproceed from the brain, the patients are troubled with the head-ach, heaviness of the 
head, and noif in the ears, and oft-times they lofe their fmell. Paulus JEgineta for the cure 
bid's us to open the arteries of the temples. But if the matter of the difeaf arife from fom o- 
ther place,as from fom of the lower entrals,luch opening of an arterie little availeth. Where- 
fore then (dm skilful Phyfitian muft bee confiilted with, who may give direftions for phle- 
botomie, if the original of the dileaf proceed from the heat of the entrals; by purging, if 
occafioned by the foulnefe of the ftomack. But if (uch a Vertigo bee a critical fymptom of 
lorn acnte difeaf affefting the Crijis by vomit or bleeding, then the whole bufineis of freeing 
the patient thereof muft oee committed to nature. 
What the Fer- 
tig«is,and the 
caufcs thereof. 
The Signs. 
Lib. 6. 
A critical Ftr- 
tilt. 
CHAP. IV. 
Of the Hemicrania, or Megrim, 
4e Megrim is properly a difeaf affe&ing the one fide of the head, right, or left. Ii 
fomtimes pafleth no higher then the temporal mufcles,otherwhiles it reacheth to the 
top of the crown. The cauf of fuch pain proceedeth either from the veins and exter- 
nal arteries, or from the meninges, or from the verie fubftance of the brain or from the perx- 
cranium, or the hairiefcalp covering the pericranium, or laftly, from putrid vapors arifing tc 
the head from the ventricle,womb, or other inferior member.Yet an external caufmay bring 
this affeft , to wit, the too hot or cold conftitution of the encompafling air, drunkennefi. 
gluttonie, the ule of hot and vaporous meats, fbm noifbm vapor or finoak,asof Antimonie, 
quick-filver,or the like,drawn up by the nofe,which is the reafbn that gold-finiths,and fuch 
as guild metals are commonly troubled with this difeaf But whencefoever the cauf of the evil 
proceedeth,it is either a Ample diftemper,or with matter : with matter,! lay,which again m 
either fimple or compound. Now, this afltft is either alone, or accompanied with othei 
aifedts, as inflammation and tenfion. The heavinefs of head argue's plentie of humor; 
pricking, beating and tenfion lhew's that there is a plentie of vapors mixed with the hu- 
mors, and fliut up in the nervous, arterious, or membranous bodie of the head. If the pair 
proceed from the inflamed meninges, a fever followeth thereon, efpecially, if the humoi 
caufing pain do putrefie. If the pain bee fuperficiarie, it is feated in the pericranium. If pro- 
found, deep and piercing to the bottom of the eies, it is an argument that the meninges are 
affe&ed, and a feaver enfue's, if there bee inflammation, and the matter putrefie; and then 
oft-times the tormenting pain is lb great and grievous, that the patient is afraid to have 
his head touched, if it bee out with your finger, neither can hee away with anienoiQ or 
final! murmuring, nor light, nor finds however fweet, no nor the fume of Wine. The pain 
is fomtimes continual, otherwhiles by fits- If the cauf of the pain proceed from hot, thin 
and vaporous blood, which will yeeld to no medicines, a verie necdlarie, profitable and 
Ipeedie remedie may bee had by opening an arterie in the temples, whether the dileaf pro- 
ceed from the internal or external veflels. For, hence alwaits enfuethan evacuation* of the 
conjunct matter, blood and fpirits. I have experimented this in manie, but Specially in the 
Prince de la Roche-[ur-you. His Phyficians, when hee was troubled with this grievpus Me- 
grim, were Chaplain, the King's, and Caftellane the Queen's chief Phyficians, and" Lewes 
I>uret, who notwrthftanding could help him nothing by blood-letting, cupping, bathes, 
friftions, diet or anie other kinde of remedie either taken inwardly or applied outwardly. 
I beeing called, faid, that there was onelyhope one way to recover his health, which 
was to open the arterie of tbe temple in the fame fide that the pain was; for I thought it 
probable, that the cauf of his pain was not contained in the veins, but in the arteries, in 
M m which 
The differen* 
ces. 
In whit kindc 
of Megrim the 
opening of an 
Arteric is 
gooH! 
A Hiftorie. Ofdiyerjpretcrnatura I zAfcEts, 
LlB.17. 
402 
whichcaleby the teftimonie of the antients, there was nothing better then the opening or 
bleeding of an arterie, whereof I have made trial upon my felt to my great good. When as 
the-Phylicians had approoved of this my advice, I prefently betake my felf to the work, and 
choof out the arterie in the pained temple, which was both the more fwoln and beat more 
vehemently then the reft. 1 open this,as wee ufe to do in the bleeding of a vein, with one in- 
cilion, and take more then two fawcers of blood flying out with great violence, and leap- 
ing j the pain prefently ceafed, neither did it ever moleft him again. Yet this opening of an 
Arterie is fufpefted by manie, for that it is troublefomto ftay the guftiing forth blood, and 
cicatrize the place, by reafon of the denfitie, hardnefs and continual pulfation of the arte- 
rie j and laftly, forthat when it is cicatrized there may bee danger of an dneurifma. Where- 
fore they think it better firft to divide the skin, then to feparate the arterie from all the ad- 
jacent particles, and then to binde it in two places; and laftly divide it, as wee have formerly 
told you muft beee don in Varices.But this is the opinion of men who fear all things where 
there is no cauf; for I have learn't by frequent experience that the apertion of an arterie 
which is performed with a Lancet, as wee do in opening a vein, is not at all dangerous; 
and the confolidation or healing is fomhat flower then in a vein, but yet will bee don at 
length, but that no flux of blood will happen, if fo bee that the ligation be fitly perform- 
ed, and remain fo for four daies with fitting pledgets. 
No danger in 
opening an ar 
terie. 
CHAP. V. 
Of certain affefls of the Eies, and fir ft of flaying up the upper eie-lid when it is too lax. 
F the difeafes which befal the eies, fom poffefs the whole fubftance thereof, as 
the Ophthalmia, a Phlegmon thereof: others are proper and peculiar to fom parts 
thereof, as that which is termed Guttaferena to the optick nerv. Whence Galen 
made a threefold difference of the difeales of the eies, as that fom happened to the 
eie oy nurting or offending the chief organ thereof; that is the cryftalline humor; others 
by hindering the animal facultie, the chief caufer of fight, from entring into them; and 
laftly,other fom by offending the parts fiiblervient to the prime organ or inftrument. Now 
of all thele dileales, the eie hath fom of them common with the other parts of the bodie, 
fuch as are an ulcer, wound. Phlegmon, contuhon and thelike: other fbm are peculiar and 
proper to the eie, fuch as are the Egilops, CataraflatGlaucoma, and diverf others of this kinde. 
Som have their upper eie-lid fall down, byreafon that the upper skin thereof is relaxed 
more then is Efficient to cover the eie, the griftle in the mean while not relaxing it felf to- 
gether therewith. Hence procced's a double trouble; the firft, for that the tie cannot bee 
ealily opened, the other, becaufthe hairs ofthe relaxed eie-lid run in towards the eie, and 
becom troublefom thereto by pricking it. The cauf of fuch relaxation is either a particular 
palfieofthat part, which is frequent in old people, or the defluxion or falling down of a 
waterifr humor, and that not acrid or biteing; which appear's by this, that thole who 
are thus affe&ed have a rank of hairs growing under the natural rank, by reafon of aboun- 
dance of heaped-up humor, as itis moft probable. For thus a wet and mariffi groundhath 
thegreateft plenty of grafs. Now if this fame humor were acrid, it would cauf an 
itching, and conlequetly becom troublefom co the patient, and it would alfofretin 
funder anddeftroy the roots of the other hairs, fo farre it is from yeelding matter for the 
preternatural generationofnew.lt is fit before you do. any thing for the cure, that you 
with ink the portion there of which is fiiperfluous, and therefore to bee cut away,lead 
if you frould cut off more then is requifite, the eye-lid frould remain turned up, and lb 
caul another kinde of affeft,which the antients have called E<5ropz<w. Then the eie beeing co- 
vered, take and lift up with your fingers the middle part of theskin of the eie-lid,not take- 
rs hold ofthe gnftle beneath it, and then cut it athwart,takeing away juft fo much as (tall 
oee necenarie to make it as it were natural; laftly, join the lips ofthe wound together with 
C' fti/ches, that fo it may bee cicatrized ; for the cicatrization 
strain s the eie-lid from falling down fo loofly,at leaft fom part thereof beeingtaken away. 
1 tO- Se raeaAire and beed taken in the amputation , otherwife you muft 
eie wftlnLT mtO th! °.nre or inconvenie"ce, as if too much bee cut away, then the 
bled to no mm?0?? Iil6 : 0U .^ave don n.otbings and the patient is trou- 
them awarwith e' .^t^ere A'a beemanie hairs grown preternaturally, you frail pluck 
with a pentTe T Lnftr5m?nf m.ade for the fame purpofe ; then their roots frail bee burned 
them from growing agafr.^? klt untouch^for a fcar PrefentI7 arif™g will hinder 
Differences. 
cap. 6. 
The cauf. 
The cure. 
CHAP. Lib.17. 
Vohofe Qure is performed by Surgerie. 
403 
CHAP. VI. 
Of Lagophthalmus, or the Hare-eie. 
Uch as have their eie-lids too (hort, fleep with their eies open, for that they 
cannot bee covered by the too fhort skin of the eie-lids. the Greeks term this 
affeft, The cauf is either internal or external: internal, as 
by a Carbuncle, Impoftume, or Ulcer; external, as by a wound made by a 
fword, burn, fall, and the like. If this mifhap proceed by reafbn of a cicatri- 
zation, it is cureable, if fothat the fhorteie-lid bee of an indifferent thicknefs. But if it 
have been from the firft conformation, or by fom other means , whereby much of the fiib- 
ftance is loft , as that which happen's by burning, and a carbuncle, then it is uncureable. 
For the cure, you (hall ufe relaxing and amollient fomentations, then the skin fliall bee di- 
vided above the whole fear, in figure of an half moon, with the horns looking downwards. 
Then the edges of the inciiion (hall bee opened, and lint put into the middle thereof, that 
fo it may hinder the lips from joyning together again. Then (hall you apply a plafter upon 
the lint, and Co binde up the part with a fitting ligature,that may fbmwhat prefs upon the 
whole eie, left it fhould lift it felf fomwhat upwards again, and fo return into its anci- 
ent, but not natural figure. But in cutting the skin, you muff take care that your incifion 
harm not the griftle; lor if it bee cut, the eie-lid fall's down , neither can it bee afterwards 
lifted up. But now for the lower eie-lid : it is fubjeft to lundrie difeafes, amongfr which 
there is one which anfwereth in proportion to that, which wee late mentioned, which is, 
when as it is lifted upwards little or nothing, but hang's and gape's, and cannot bee joyned 
with the upper, and therefore it doth not cover the eie, which affeft is familiar to old peo- 
ple ; it is called Efiropion, and it may bee helped by means formerly delivered. 
PaulMveginii 
lib.6.cap.io. 
The cure.' 
Eliropion, or 
the turning 
up, or out of 
the eie-lid. 
CHAP. VII. 
Of tbe Chalazion, or Hail-Hone, and the Hordeolum, or Early-corn of the eie-lids. 
Ie Chalazion is a round and cleer pimple, which grow's upon the upper eie- 
lid j it is alfo moovable, and may bee ftirred this way and that way with your 
fingers. The Latines call it Grando, for that it relemble's a hail-ftone. Another 
pimple not much like this grow's fomtimes upon the verges of the eie-lids a- 
bove the place of the hairs. It is termed Hordeolum, by reafon of the fimilitude 
it hath with a barlie-corn. The matter of thele is contained in its proper cift or skin, and 
therefore is hardly brought to fuppuration. At the firft begining it may bee refblved and 
difcufled. But when as it is once grown and concrete into a plafter or ftone-like hardnefs, 
it is fcarce cureable. Wherefore it is beft to perform the cure by opening them, that to the 
contained matter may flow, or bee prefled forth. If the pimple or fwelling bee fmall, then 
thruft it through with a needle and thread, and leav the thread therein of fuch length, that 
you may fallen the ends thereof with a little of the emplafter called Gratia Dei, like glue to 
the fore-head, if it be on the upper eie-lid; or to the cheeks,if on the lower.You muft draw 
through a frelh one every fecond daie, as is ufually done in chirurgicall letons. For thus at 
length the fwelling will bee deftroied, and made plain. 
Pdul.iapt, 
lib.6. 
The cure. 
CHAP. VIII. 
Of the Hydatis, or fatnefc of the eie-lids* 
He Hjidatit is a certain fattie fiibftance, like a piece of fat feated and lying under 
the skin of the upper eie-lid. It is a dileaf incident to children, who are of a 
more humid nature: wherefore it is a loft and loof tumor, making the whole 
eie-lid, which it poflefleth, ocdematous; fo that as if deprefled with a weight, it 
cannot bee lifted up. It hath its name, for that it hath as it were a bladder di- 
ftended with a whayifh humor , which kinde of fault is obferved by Galen in the liver. 
Thole, who are thus afte&ed, have their eies look red, and flow with tears, neither can they 
behold the fun, or endure the light. The cure is performed by cutting off the fuperfluous 
liibftance, not hurting the neighbouring parts ; and then prefently put 1dm fait into the 
place whence it was taken out (unlels the vehemencie of pain hinder) that fo the place may 
bee dried and ftrengthened, and the reft of the matter (if anie fuch bee) may bee confirmed, 
and hindred from growing again. Laftly, you fhall cover the whole eie with the white of 
an egg diflblved in role-water, or 1dm other repercufllve. 
What Uyd/h 
lists. 
Com.ad apher. 
M-f'Ci-7- 
The cure. 
Mm 2 
CHAP. Of diverf preternatural <tAfl: 
LiB'iy. 
404 
CHAP- IX. 
Of the eie-lids faftened or glewed together. 
Omtimes it conieth to pais that the upper eie-lid is glewed or fattened to the 
under, fo that the eie cannot bee opened, or fo that the one of them may ftick or 
bee fattened to the white coat of the eie, or to thehornie. This fault isfom- 
times drawn from the firft originall, that is, by" the default of the forming fa- 
cultie in the womb (for thus manie infants are born with their fingers fattened together, 
with their fundaments, privities and ears unperforated) the eie in all other relpefts beeing 
well computed. The caufof this affeft Ibmtimes proceed's from a wound, otherwhiles from 
a burn, fcald or impottumation, as the breaking of the fmall pox. It is cured by putting in 
a fit inftrument, and fo opening them; but with fuch moderation, that you touch not the 
hornie coat, for otherwile it would fall out. Therefore you muft put the end or poirit of 
your -probe under the eie-lids, and fo lifting them up (that you hurt not the fubftance of the 
eie) divide them with a crooked incifion-knife. 
The incifion made, let the white of an egg beaten with fom role-water bee put into the 
eie, let the eie-lids bee kept open; yea let the patient himlelf bee careful that hee often turn 
it upwards, and lift it up with his fingers, not onely that the medicine may bee applied to 
the ulcer, but allb that they may not grow together again. In the night time let a little 
pledget dipped in water, and that either limple, or wherein fom vitriol hath been dillblved, 
bee laid thereon. For thus you Ihall hinder the eie-lids from joyning together again. Then 
on the third daie the parts or edges of the eie-lids. Ihall bee touched with waters drying 
without biting or acrimonie, that lb they may be cicatrized. But if the eie-lid adhere to the 
hornie coat at the pupilla or apple of the eie, the patient will either bee quite blinde, or verie 
ill of light. For the fear which enfiie's will hinder the fhapes of things from entring to the 
chryftaline humor, and the vifive fpirits from palling forth to the objefts. For prognofticks, 
you may learn out ofCe//«j,that this cure is lubjeft to a it may bee fimnned nei- 
ther by diligence nor induftrie,but that the eie-lid will alwaies adhere and cleav to the eie. 
Paula ctp.i f 
lib.6, 
The cauf. 
The cure. 
Adifeaf fub- 
jed to relapf. 
CHAP. X. 
Anie have their eie-lids itch vehemently by reafon of (alt phlegm,which often- 
times excoriating and exulcerating the parts themfelvs, yeeld's a fanies, which 
joyn's together the eie-lids in the night time as if they were glewed together, 
and make's them watrie and bleared. This affeft doth fo torment the patients, 
that it oft-times make's them require the Phyficians help. Wherefore general 
medicines beeing premifed, the ulcers (hall bee wafhed with the following Collyrium. Bc.aque 
mellisin balneo maria diftillata %iii. faccarii candi $1. aloes lota & inpollinem redatta col- 
lyrium. Which if it do no good, you may ufe this which follow's. R.Z/tog. dijfol- 
wein aqua plantaginis quantitate fufficienti. Let the ulcerated eie-lids bee touched with a toft 
linnen rag dipped therein, but with care that none thereof fall upon the eie. But when the 
patient goe's to bed, let him cauf them to bee anointed with the following ointment, verie 
, effeftual in this cafe. Bc.axungia porci & butyri recently antimon, in aqua 
eupbrafia praparati, campbora gra.iiii* mifce,& in mortario flumbeo ducantur per tres boras,con- 
flatum indeunguentum,ferveturin pyxide plumbed. Sorri commend and ule certain waters fit to 
cleanf, drie, binde, ftrcngthen, and abfolutely free the eie-lids from itching and rednefs ; of 
which this is one. 
R. aquaeuphrag.f<xniculiicbelidon.an%fi.farcocal. nutrita fimul, & 
bulliant unica ebullitions poftea coletur liquor, & [erwetur ad ufum dictum. Or elfaqua rof.&vi- 
ni alb.boni an.$iiii. tuth.prapar.aloes Let them bee boiled ac- 
cording to art, and kept in a glafs to wafh the eie-lids. Or elf, fk.vini albi ibfL falls com. 
let them bee put into a clean Barbar's baton and covered,and kept there five or fixdaies,and 
bee ftirred once a daie, and let the eie-lids bee touched with this liquor. Som with that the 
patients urine bee kept all night in a Barbar's baton,and fo the patients eie-lids bee waflied 
therewith. Verely in this affeft wee muft not fear the ufe of acrid medicines, for I once law 
a woman of fiftie years of age,who wafhed her eie-lids when they itched with the fharpeft 
vinegar fhee could get, and affirmed that fhee found better foccefs of this then of anie other 
medicine. Vigo prefcribe's a water, whole efficacie above other medicines in this affeft, hee 
faith, hath been proved 5 and that it is to bee efteemed more worth then gold, the delcripti- 
on thereof is thus : l&.aq.rof.vini albi odoriferi mediocria vinofitatis myrobalan. citrini trit, 
bulliant omnia fimul ufque ad confumptionem tertia partis 5 deinde immediate addantur 
flares aris Let the liquor be kept in a glafs well flopped for the fore-faid ufe. 
CHAP. 
Of tbe itching of the eie-lids. 
A detergent 
Collyrium. 
You need not 
fear to ufe a- 
crid medi- 
cines in the 
itching of the 
eie-lids. 
Lib.z.cap.g. Lib.17 
rohoje Cure is performed by Surgerie. 
405 
CHAP. XI. 
Of Lippitudo> or Blear-eies. 
Here are manie whofe eies are never drie, but alwaies flow with a thin, acrid, 
and hot humor, which cauleth roughnefs, and upon final occafions, inflammati- 
ons, blear or blood-ihot eies, and at length alfo Strabifmus or fquinting. Lip- 
pitudo isnothingelf but a certain white filth flowing from the eies, which oft- 
times agglutinate's or join's together the eie-lids. This dileaf often trouble's all the life- 
time, and is to bee cured by no remedie in fom it is cureable. Such as have this difeaffrom 
their infancie, are not to bee cured,for it remain's with them till their dying day. For large 
heads, and fiich as are repleat with acrid or much excrementitious phlegm, fcarce yeeldto 
medicines. There is much difference whether the phlegm flow down by the internal veflels 
under the foul,or by the external which are betweeen the skull and the skin, or by both. For 
if the internal veins caft forth this matter, it will bee difficultly cured if it bee cured at all. 
But if the external veflels caft forth, that cure is not unprofitable, which haveing u(ed 
medicines refpefting the whole bodie, applie's aftringent medicines to the fhaved 
crown, as Enip!. contra rupturam, which may ftreighten the veins, and as it were fufpend 
the phlegm,ufeth cupping, and command's fri&ions to bee made towards the hinde part of 
the head, and laftly, maketh a Seton in the neck. There are fom who cauterize the top of 
the crown with an hot iron, even to the bone, fo that it may caft a fcale, thus to divert and 
ftaiethe defluxion. For local medicines, a Collyrium made with a good quantitie of role- 
water, with a little vitriol diflblved therein, may ferv for all. 
What lipfitwto 
is. 
JkCollyrium of 
vitriol to flay 
the deflnxions 
of the eics. 
CHAP. XII. 
Of the Opthalmia, or inflammation of the Eies. 
M Ophthalmia is an inflammation of the coat Adnata and confequently of the 
whole eie, beeing troublelbm by the heat, rednels, beating, renitencie, and 
laftly pain* It hath its original either by fom primitive cauf or occalion, as a 
fall, ftroke,duft,or fmall fand flying into the eies .For the eie is a imooth part, 
lb that it is eafily offended by rough things,as faith Hipocrates Jib. de carnibus. 
Or by an antecedent cauf, as a defluxion falling upon the eies. The figns fol- 
low the nature of the material cauf, for from blood Specially cholerick and thin, it is full 
of heat, rednefs and pain; from the fame allaied with phlegm all of them are more re- 
mils. But if a heavinelspoflels the whole head, the original of the dileaf proceeds there- 
from.But if a hot pain trouble the forehead, the dileaf may bee thought to proceed from lorn 
hot diftemper ofthe Dura mater3 or the pericranium ; but if in the verie time of the rageing 
of the difeat the patient vomit, the matter of the dileafproceed's from the ftomack. But from 
whence foever it cometh there is Icarce that pain of any part of the bodie, which may bee 
compared to the pain of the inflamed eies. Verily the greatnefs of the inflammation hath 
forced the eies out of their orb, and broken them aliinder in diverf. Therefore there is no 
part of Phyfick more blazed abroad then for fore eies.Forthe cure, the Surgeon lhall confi- 
der and intend three things; diet, the evacuation of the antecedent and conjunct cauQ and 
the overcoming it by topick remedies. The diet (hall bee moderate, efchewing al! things 
that may fill the head with vapors; and thole things ufed that by aftri&ion may ftrengthen 
the orifice of the ventricle, and prohibit the vapors from flying up to the head; the patient 
lhall bee forbidden the ule of wines,unlels peradventure the diieaf may proceed from a grols 
and vilcid humor, as Galen deliver's it. The evacuation of the matter flowing into the eie, 
lhall bee performed by purgeing medicines,phlebotomie in the arm, cupping the Ihoulders 
and neck with Icarification, and without: and laftly, by friftions, as the Phyfician that 
hath undertaken the cure lhall think fit. Galen after univerfal remedies for old inflammati- 
ons ofthe eiesjcommend's the opening of the veins and arteries in thefforehead and temples, 
becaufforthemoft part the vdlels thereabouts diftended with acrid, hot and vaporous 
blood, caufgreat and vehement pains in the eie. 
For the impugning of the conjunct cauf, diverf topick medicines lhall bee applied,accord- 
ing to the four lundrie times or leafons that everie phlegmon uliially hath. For in the 
begining when as the acrid matter flow's down with much violence, reperculfives do much 
conduce: and tempred with refolving medicines, are good alfo in the encreaf. R. aq. rof. 
&plantag.an. micagin. gum. Tragacanth. album, ovi quedfufficit, fiat col/yrium, let it bee 
dropped warm into the eie, and let a double cloth dipped in the lame collyrium bee put upon 
it. Or, R. mucag. fem.pfil. & cy don. extract# in aq.plant- an. aq. folan. & laflis muliebris, 
an. Ji. trochifc. alb. rbafiyfiat collyrium, ufe this like the former. The veins of the temples may 
bee ftreightned by the following medicine. R.. bol. arm. fang. drac. et mafi. an. 
alb. ovi, aqux rof. et acet. an. Ji. tereb. lot. et ol. cidon. an. Ji.p. fiat defenfivum. You may alfo ufe 
Mm 3 Vug. 
What Opthal- 
mit is> and the 
caufes thereof. 
Signs. 
The cure* 
Cow.adaphor* 
31 
Lib.x 
cap.ult. 
A revert cuflive 
medicine. 
Aftringenc 
emphfters- 406 
Ofdherfpreternatural (yylffetts, 
JL-iB.iy. 
Ung. de Boft, empl.diacal. or contra rupturam diflblved in oyl of myrtles, and a little vineger. 
But if the bitterncis of pain bee intolerable, the following cataplafm fhall bee applied. 
Bemedul. pomor. fub. ciner.cottorum %iii. lattis muliebris P- let it bee applied to the eie, the for- 
merly prefcribed collyrium beeing firft dropped in. Or, R miog. fem. pfil. & mi- 
c# panic albi in latte infuft. %ii.aqu# rof. ft. fiat cataplafnm. The blood of a 1 urtle-Dove, pi- 
geon or Hen drawn by opening a vein under the wings, dropped into the eie, aflwageth. 
p?in. Baths are not onely anodine, but alfo alfb flay the defluxion by diverting the matter 
thereof by fweats; therefore Galen much commend's them in inch defluxions oftheeiesas 
com by fits. In the ftate when as the pain is either quite taken away or aflwaged, you may 
(life the following medicines. Be. farcocol. in lattemuliebri aides lot# in aq.rofar.. Z)ii. 
trochif.alb. cand. aqu# rof |iii. -fiat collyrium. Or, R. fem. feeniculi, & fxnug. 
an- 3ii./o. cbam#. &melil. an.m. fi.coquantur in aq. com. ad colatur# adde tutbi#pr#p.& 
facroc. nutrit# in latte muliebri. an p. faccbari cand. % ft. fiat collyrium ut artis eft. In the decli- 
nation the eie fhall bee fomented with a carminativcdecoftion, and then this collyrium drop- 
ped thereinto. Bc.facroc. nutrit# %ii. aloes & myrrb.an. & cup brag. an. fat collyri- 
um, ut artis eft. 
An anodine 
cataplafm. 
The efficacie 
of Bathes in 
pains of the 
ties. 
Ad aphor.feff.y. 
Detergent Col- 
Ijria. 
CHAP. XIII. 
Of the Proptofis, that is the falling or parting forth of the eie, and of the 
Phthifis and Chemofis of the fnne. 
He Geerks call that affeftProftofis,theLatines Procidentia or Exitw oculi, when' 
as the t ie (land's, and is call out of the orb, by the occahon ofa matter filling 
and lifting up the eie into a great bigneff, and largenefs of fubflance. The caut 
of this difeafis fomtimes external, as by tOo violent (training to vomit,by hard 
labor in child-birth, by exceflive and wondrous violent fhouting, or crying out. 
It fomtimes happeneth that a great and cruel pain of the head, or the too (trait bindeing ot 
the forehead and temples for the eating thereof, or the pal tie of the mufcles ot the eie, give 
beginning to thisdifeaf. Certainly fomtimes the eie isfo much ditlended by the defluxion 
of humors, that it break's in funder, and the humors thereof are (lied, and blindeneis en- 
fue's thereof, as 1 remember befel the filler of Lewis de Billy merchant, dwelling at Paris neer 
S. Michael's bridg. The cure (hall bee diyerfified according to the caufes.. Therefore univer- 
fal medicines bceing premifed, cupping-glades (hall be applied to the original of the fpinal 
marrow, and the fhoulders j asalfo Cauteries, or Setons: the eie (hall bee prefled or held 
down with cloths doubled and deeped in an allringent decoction made of the juice of Acacia, 
red roles, the leaves of poppie,henbane, rofes and pomgranat pills:of which things poultiff 
les may bee made by addition of barlie-meal and the like. 
There is fomtimes to bee feen in the eie an affect contrarie to this, and it is termed Atro- 
phia. By this the whole fubflance of the eie grOw's lank and decay's, and the apple it felf 
becom's much lefs. But if the confumption and emaciation take hold of the pupil onely, 
the Greeks , by a peculiar name and different from the general, term it a Phtbljis, as Paulus 
teacheth. Contrarie caufes (hall bee oppofed to each affect 5 hot and attractive fomentations 
(hall bee applied j friftions (hall bee u(ed in the neighboring parts, and 1 aftly all things (hall 
bee applied which may without danger be ufed to attract the blood and (pirits into the parts. 
There is another affeft of the eie, of affinitie to the Proftbfis, which by the Greeks is 
termed Chembfis. Now this is nothing elf then when when both the eie-lids are turned up 
by a great inflammation, fo that they can fcarce cover the eies, and the white of the eie is 
' lifted much higher up then the black. Somtimes the Adnata changeing his wont, looketh 
red j befides alfo, this affeft may take its original from external caules, as a wound, contu- 
lion and the like. But according to the varietie of the caufes, and the condition of the pre- 
lent affeft fixed and remaining in the part,diverf remedies (hall bee appointed. 
The cauf. 
The cure. 
The Atrophia 
of the eh. 
The Phthifis 
thereof. 
Lib.$.crp.zz, 
The Chemdfis. 
Paulus 
CHAP. XIV. 
Of the Ungula, or Web. 
BpOi He Ungula, Pterygion or Web is the growth of a certain fibrous and membranous 
flelh upon the uppercoat of the eie called adnata, arifeing more frequently in 
the bigger, but fomtimes in the leffer corner towards the temples. When it is 
ncgle ftfd, it cover's not onely the adnata, but alfo fom portion of the Cornea, 
and coming to the pupil it lelf hurt's the fight thereof.Such a Web fomtimes ad- 
here's not at all to is onely ft retched over it from the corners of the eie,lb that 
you maythruft a probe between it and the Adnata: it is of feveral colors, fomwhiles red, 
ibmwhilcs yellow, fomwhiles duskilh, andotherwhiles white. It hath its original either 
• - from Tohoje Cure is performed by Surgerie 
.Lib. 17. 
407 
from external caufes, as a blow, fall, and the like ; or from internal, as the defluxion of 
humors into the eies. The Ungula which is inveterate, and that hath acquired much thick- 
nefs and bredth, and beiides doth difficultly adhere to the Adnata, is difficultly taken away, 
neither may it bee helped by medicines whereby fears in the eies are extenuated. But that 
which covereth the whole pupil muft not bee touched by the Surgeon, for beeing cut away, 
the fear which is left by its denfltie hindereth the entrance of objefts to the cryftalline hu- 
mor, and the egrefsofthe animal fpirit to them. But oftentimes it is accompanied with 
an inflammation of the eies, a burning, itching, weeping defluxion,and (welling of the eie- 
lids. That the cure may rightly and happily proceed, hee muft firft ule a (pare diet, 
purgeing medicines fhall bee given, and blood taken away by opening a vein, Specially, if 
there bee great inflammation. For particular remedies,this excrelcence ftiall bee eaten away, 
or at leaft kept from growth, by dropping into the eie collyciwn of vitriol delcribed in 
wounds of the eies. But if that wee profit nothing by this means, it remaineth, that wee 
take it away with the hand after the following manner. 
You fhall let the patient upon a fourm or ftool, and make him lean much back, and bee 
lb held firmly, that hee may not fall nor ftir, then muft you open his fore eie,putting there- 1 
in a fpeculum oculi formerly defcribed in treating of the wounds of this part, and then muft 
you lift up the Web it felf with a ffiarp little hook, with the point turned a little in, and 
put under the mid'ft of the you have lifted it a little up, thruft a needle threded 
with almooththred betweenit and the Adnata, then takeing hold of the hook, and the 
two ends of the thred drawn through with the needle, and lifting up the Web by them, you 
fhall gently begin to feparate it from the fubftance of the eie lying there-under, beginning 
at the original thereof with a crooked incifion-knife, and fo profecuteit even to the end,yet 
lb as you hurt no part of the Adnata, nor Cornea. 
What Web cu- 
rable,and 
what incure« 
able. 
The cure. 
' The cutting of 
the Web. 
fbe figures of little books, a needle, and crooked incifion-knife. 
Little books. A needle. A crooked incifion-knife. 
Then muft it bee cut off with a pair of feiflers, and the white of an egg beaten with fom 
Role-water laid thereon, and often renewed* Afterwards the eie muft everie day bee opened, 
leaft coming to cicatrization, the eie-lids fhall bee glewed together in that part whereas the 
Web is taken away, which allb ftiall bee hindered by putting of common lalt, fage and cum- 
min-leeds into the eie, beeing firft champed and chawed in the mouth. There are lorn who 
in ftead of the crooked knife leparate the Web from the Adnata with a horle s hair, others do 
it with a goofquil made readie for the fame purpole, takeing heed that they hurt not the 
caruncle at the corner by the note , for it will follow if that you draw the Web away too 
violently j and if it bee cut, there will remain a hole, through which dureing the reft of the 
life a weeping humor will continually flow,a dileaf by the Greeks termed Rhyas. If after the 
cutting there bee fear of inflammation,linnen rags moiftned in repelling medicines,formerly 
prelcribed in wounds of the eie, fhall bee laid thereupon. 
CHAP. XV. 
Of the Egilops, Fiftula lacrymola, or weeping Fiflula of the Eie. 
AT the greater corner of the eie there is a gfendyle, made for the receiving and con- 
taining the moifture which ferveth for the lubricating and humeflting the eye, leaftit 
' " fhould 
The ufe of the 
glandule at the 
greater corned 
of thesis. 408 
Ofdnerfpreternatural •yl/fitls, 
LiB.iy 
fhould drie by continual motion. This glandule (bmtimes by a (anguin or pituitous de- 
fluxion falling violently from the brain, fwel's, impoftumate's and ulcerates with an ul- 
cer, not feldomdegenerateing into a fiftula, fo that in fuccefs of time it rottech the bone 
that liethunder it: of fuchfiftulae's,(om are open outwardly, and thefeufually have their 
original from a phlegmon; other fom are inwardly, and thole are (uch as at firft (welled by 
the defluxion or congeftion of a phlegmatick matter, (b that there appeareth no hole out- 
wardly, but onely a tumor of the bignels of a peaf, this tumor beeing prefled, floweth with 
a famous, ferous and red or other wife with a white and vifcid matter, aud that either by 
the corner of the eie, or by the infide of the note. Som have this matter flowing continual- 
ly, others have it onely monethly,which is proper alfo to (bm fiftulae's. Such weeping fiflu- 
lae's if they becomold,caufan oftheeie, and (bmtimes blindenefs and a (linking 
breath. Therefore wee muft diligently and fpeedily by phyfical and chirurgical means refift 
the breeding difeaf.Wherefore,haveing uted general medicines,wee muft com to particulars. 
Therefore if the ulcer bee not fufficiently wide, it (hall bee enlarged by putting tents of 
fpunge therein.The flefh of the Glandule encreafing more then is fit, (hall bee corrected by 
putting therein the catheretick ponders of Mercuric, calcined vitriol, or fom aqua forth, or 
oil of vitriol, and laftly, by a potential cauterie. If you cannot prevail by thefe means, and 
that the bonebegin's to rot, and the patient bee (lout hearted, then ufe an a&ual cauterie 
whole ufe is far more effectual, readie, certain and execellent, then a potential cauterie, as I 
have tried in manie with happie (iiccefs. In my opinion it make's no matter, whether the 
cauterie bee of gold, filver or iron 5 for the efficacie it hath,proceedeth not from the matter, 
but from the fire. Yet if wee muft religioufly obterv and make choice of metals, I had rather 
have it of Iron, as that which hath a far more drying and aftringent facultie then gold, for 
that the element of earth beareth the chief (way therein, as appeareth by the waters which 
flow through iron-mines. Wherefore you (hall cauf to bee made a triangular Iron, (harp at 
the end, that it may the more (peedily penetrate. And then the (bund eie and adjacent parts 
being well covered and defended,and the patien'ts head firmly hoi den in one's hand,leaft the 
patient beeing frighted, ftir himfelf in the verie inftant of the operation. But a place of iron 
(bmwhat deprefled in the mid'ft, for thecavitie of the greater corner, (hall bee applied and 
fitted to the pained eie. This plate (hall bee perforated that the hot Iron may pafs thereby to 
the fiftula lying there-under,and (b may onely touch that which is to bee cauterized. 
The differen- 
ces. 
Periodical and 
Typical Fiftu' 
lacs. 
The cure. 
The efficacie 
of an a&ual 
cauteric. 
"the figure of a cauterie, and a plate with a hole therein. 
; After the bone is burnt with the cauterie, a col/yrium made of the whites of eggs beaten in 
plantain and night-fliade waters muft bee poured into the hole it telf, the eie and all the 
neighboring parts; but the patient (hall bee laid in bed, with his head (bmwhat high, and 
the collyrium (hall bee renued as often and as (bon as you (hall perceiv it to grow drie. Then 
the fall of the Efchar (hall bee procured by anointing it with frefh butter 5 when it is fallen 
away,the ulcer (hall bee cleanted, filled with flefh, and laftly cicatrized. 
Things to bee- 
don after the 
cauterizing. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Of the Staphyloma, or grape-like falling. 
Whara Staphy- 
loma is,and the 
caufes thereof. 
and grape-like coat, bred through the 
occafion of an humor flowing down upon the eie,or by an ulcer,the homie coat 
ESftJjgl beeing relaxed, or thru'ft forth by the violence of the puftule generated beneath. 
It in fhape refembleth a grape,whence the Greeks ftyle it Staphyloma. This tumor 
is fomtimes blackifh, otherwhiles whitifli. For if the hornie coat bee ulcerated 
and fretted in funder, fo that the grapie coat (hew it felf, and fall through the ulcer,then the 
Staphyloma will look black like a ripe grape, for the utter part of the Vvea is blackifh. But 
iftne Cornea bee onely relaxed and not broken,then the fwelling appear's of a whitifli color 
like an unripe grape. The Antients have made manie kindes or differences thereof. 
For if it bee but a (mall hole of the broken Cornea by which the Vvea flieweth 
or thrufteth forth its felf, they then termed it Myocephalon , that is , like 
the 
Tatdut and 
Actins. LlB.ltf. 
whofe Qure is performed by Surgerie. 
409 
the head of a flie. But if the hole were large, and abb callous, they called it ClavM, or a 
nail j if it were yet larger, then they termed it Acinus, or a grape But in what lhape or fi- 
gure foever this dileaf (hall happen, it bringeth two difeommodities, the one of blindenefs, 
the other of deformitie. Wherefore here is no place for Surgerie to reflore the fight,which 
is already loll, but onely to amend the deformitie of the eie j which is by cutting off that 
which is prominent. But you muft take heed that you cut away no more then is fit, for fo 
there would bee danger of pouring out the humors of the eie. 
Eyerie Slapbi- 
loma infer'sin- 
cureable blind- 
nefs. 
CHAP. XVII. 
Of the Hypopyon, that is the fuppurate or putrefied eie- 
<7 S', or Quitture is fomtimes gathered between the hornie and grapie coat from 
an internal or external cauf : From an internal, as by a great defluxion, and oft- 
times after an inflammation; but externally, by a ftroke, through which occafion, 
a vein beeing opened hath poured forth blood thither, which may prefcntly bee turned in- 
to Quitture. For the cure, univerfal remedies beeing premiled, cupping-glafles (hall bee 
applied, with fcarifications and fri&ions ufed. Anodine and digettive collycia (hall bee pour-, 
ed from above downwards. Galen write's that hee hath (bmtimes evacuated this matter, the 
Cornea beeing opened at the Iris, in which place all the coats meet, concur and are termi- < 
nated. I have don the like, and that with good fuccefs, James Guillemeau the Kings Surgeon 
beeing prefent, the Quitture beeing exprefled and evacuated after the apertiom The Ulcer 
fhall bee claenfed with Hjdromel,or fbm other other fiich like medicine. 
The cauf. 
Lib. 14. Method, 
lap.ult. 
CHAP. XVHI. 
Oo the Mydriafis, or dilatation of the Pupil of the Eie. 
Ydriafis is the ditatation of the pupil of the eie, and this happeneth either by 
nature or chance: the former proceedeth from the default of the firft confor- 
mations neither is it cureable; but the other is of forts; for it is either from 
an internal cauf, the off-fpring of an humor flowing down from the brain, 
wherefore Phyfical means muft bee ufed for the currthereof. Now that which 
cometh by anie external occaiion, as a blow, fall, or contufion upon the eie, muft bee cured 
by prefently applying repercuflive and anodine medicines, the defluxion muft bee hindered 
by diet skilfully appointed, phlebolomie, cupping, fcarification, fri&ions and other reme- 
dies which may seerfi convenient. Then muft you com to refolving medicines, as the 
blood of a Turtle-dove, Pigeon, or chicken reeking-hot out of the vein, beeing poured up- 
on the eie and the neighboring parts.Then this following cataplafm (hall bee applied there- 
to R. faring fabar.&lwrdei ol.rofar. &* myrtillor. fi.pul. ireos cumfapa 
fiat cataplalma. You may alio ufe the following fomentation- R. rofar.rub. & myrtyl.an m.i. 
flerummelil. & cbamtm.an.p.i. nucum vini aufteri fb.£. aq.rofar. & plantag. 
make a decoftion of them all for a fomementation to bee ufed with a Iponge. 
The Cauf. 
The Cure. 
A digefting 
Cataplafm. 
CHAP. XIX. 
Cataraftis called alfo by the Greeks Hyfocbima, by the Latines fuffufio. How- 
Ibever you term it, it is nothing elf but the concretion of an humor into 
a certain thin skin under the hornie coat, juft againft the apple or pupil, and 
as it were fwimming upon the waterie humor j and whereas the place ought to 
bee emptie, oppofing it lelf to the internal facultie of feeing,whereby it differ- 
eth from (pots and fears growing upon the hornie coat and Adnata. It fomtimes covereth 
the whole pupil, otherwhiles but the one half thereof, and fomwhiles but a final portion 
thereof. According tothisvarietie the fight is either quite loft, weak, or fom what de- 
praved , becaufthe animal vifive fpirit cannot in its entire fubftance pafs through the den* 
fide thereof. The defiuxion of the humor whence it proceed's, is either earned by an exter- 
nal occafion, as a ftroke, fall, or by the heat or coldnefs of the encompalling air ,trouble- 
lom both to the head and eies; or elf it is by an internal means, as the multitude, or elfthe 
acrid hot and thin qnalitie of the humors. This diieaf alfo fomtimes taketh its original 
from grols and fumid humors lent from a crude ftomack,or from vaporous meats or drinks, 
up to the brain, and fo it falleth into the eies, where, by the coldnefs, ftraitnefs and tarry- 
ing in the place, they turn into moifture, and at length into that concretion or film which 
Wee lee: The figns may bee eafily drawn, from that wee have alreadie delivered. For when S 
the cataract is formed and ripe, it refembleth a certain thin membrane fpred over the pupil, 
and 
Of a Cataratf. 
A Catarad. 
The differen- 
ces. 
Caufes. 
Signes. 410 
Of diver [preternatural 
Lib.17. 
and appeareth of a different color, according to the varietie of the humor whereof it confi- 
fteth, one while white, another while black, blue, a(h-colored, livid, citrine, green. It fom- 
times retenibleth quick-iilver,which is verie trembling and fugitive, more then the reft. At 
the firft when it beginneth to breed, they (eem to tee manie things, as flies flying up and 
down, hares, nets, and the like , as if they were carelefly tolled up and down before their 
eies: fomtimes everie thing appeareth two,and fomwhiles lefs then they are; becauf the vi- 
five fpirit is hindered from pafling to the objects by the denfitie of the skin, like as a cloud 
(hadowing the light of the Sun. Whence it is that the patients are duller lighted about noon, 
and furer and quicker flighted in the morning and evening 9 for that the little vifive fpirit 
diflufed through the air, is difperfed by the greater light, but contrafted by the lefs. Now 
if this film cover half the pupil, then all things (hew but by halfs; but if the mid'ft thereof 
bee covered, and as it were the centre of the chryftaline humor, then they teem as if they 
had holes or windows : but if it cover it all, then can hee tee nothing at all, but onely the 
fhadows of vifible bodies, and of the Sun, Moon, Stars, lighted candles, and the like lumi- 
nous things,and that but confufedly, and as by conjefture. 
CHAP. XX. 
Of tbephyfical cure of a beginning Cataract. 
Diet for fuch 
as are troubled 
with a Cata- 
ract. 
Begining Cataraft is hindered from growing and concretion by diet conveni- 
ently and artificially prefcribed, by the abftinence from wine, Specially more 
flrong and vaporous, and forbearing the tile of meats, which yeeld a phlegma- 
tick juice and vaporous: as peaf, beans, tumeps, chefnuts, and,laftly,all fuch 
things as have the facultieof flirting up the humors, and caufing defluxion in 
the bodie, fuch as are all fait and Ipiced meats, as alfo garlike, onions, muftard. The immo- 
derate ufe of Venerie hurts more then all the refl, for that it more violently exagitate's the 
whole bodie, weaken's the brain and head, and beget's crude humors. Let his bread bee fea- 
ibned with fom fennel feeds, for it is thought to have a facultie of helping the fight 3 and 
clearing the eies, and diflipating the miftie vapors in the ftomack before they can aifcend to 
the brain. Wherefore by the lame realon it is good to ule marmelade of quinces, conferv 
of roles,and common drige powder > or anie fuch like compofed of things good to break 
winde, or corroborate the ventricle. Phlebotomie and purging,if they bee requifite, fliall 
bee fitly appointed: Ventofts fliall bee applied to the flioulders and neck; and phlegmatick 
matter lhall bee diverted and evacuated by the mouth with ufingmafticatories in the morn- 
ing. There bee fom which beleev, that a begining Cataraft may bee dilfipated and difculfed 
by often rubbing the eie-lids with his fingers, and in like fort by the often and earneft be- 
holding of the Stars, and the Moon when it is at the full, looking- glalfes, diamonds, and 
all other liich like bright flfining things. I beleev, that by beams plentifully and fuddenly 
brought and diffufed over the eie, directly oppofite againftlbme bright flfining thing, it 
may feem to have a penetrating, dividing, dinolving, as alfo a conluming and drying fa- 
cultie. Befides,allb the hot breath of him who holdeth in his mouth, and chaweth fennel 
feeds, anif-feeds, coriander feeds, nutmeg, cinnamon,cloves, and the like, hath a great fa- 
cultie, the eies beeing firfl: gently rubbed with the finger, it beeing breathed in neer at hand, 
and often received, to heat, attenuate, refolv, digeft and diffufethe humor which is readie 
to concrete. Moreover, this collyrium of John is thought verie powerful to clear the 
eies, ftrengthen the fight, hinder iuffufions, and difeuls them, if at anie time they con- 
crete, and begin to gather. R.hepatis hircini fam'& recentis tbii. calomi aromatici & mellis an. 
rutc, aque chelidonic, foeniculi, verbenic cup be fie, piperir longi, nucis mofeba- 
tc, caryophyllorum croci £)i. florid rorifmarini aliquantum contriti, m.|S. farcocollc, aloes hepa- 
tic*, fellit rate, leporis & perdicis, an.%1. terantur omnia, tritifque adde faccbari albi %ii.mel- 
lis rofati conjiciantur in alembicum witreum, & diftillentur in balneo Marie: Let this diftilled 
liquor bee often dropped into the eies. But if you prevail nothing by all thefe medicines, 
and that the cloudie and heaped up humor doth daily increafand thicken, then muft you 
abftain from remedies, and expeft until it bee no more heaped up, but thickned, yea until 
it feem to bee grown fomwhat hard. For lb it may bee couched with a needle 5 otherwife,if 
this fame skin fliall not bee ripe, but more tender then is fitting, when you fliall com to the 
operation, it will bee broken and thruft through with the needle, and not couched. On 
the contrarie,if it bee too hard, it will refill the needle, neither will it fuffer it felf to bee 
eafily couched. Wherefore it is requifite that the Surgeon know when it is ripe, and hee 
muft diligently obferv the figns whereby hee may difeern a ripe Cataraft from an unripe; 
and that which is cureable,from that which is uncureable.For that onely which is ripe and 
e' cureable is to bee couched; that which is unripe, that is, luch an one as is more tender,and 
as it were crude, and that which is more hard and de»G and laftly, that is uncureable muft 
not bee attempted at all. 
Bread feafoned 
with fennel- 
feeds. 
How bright 
fhining things 
may diffipate 
a begining 
Catarad. 
A Collyrium 
difli paring a 
begining Ca- 
taraft. 
A Cataraft 
muft not bee 
un» 
lefsit bee ripe 
CHAP. Lib.17. 
rvhofe Cure is performed by Surgerie 
411 
CHAP. XXL 
By what figns rife and cureable Cataratts may bee difeerned from unripe and uncureable ones. 
F the found eie beeing fhut, the pupil of the fore or fuffofed eie, after it (hall bee 
rubbed with your thumb,bee prefently dilated &?diffufed,and with the likeceleritie 
return into the pl ace, figure,color and ftate,it is thought by fom to (hew a ripe and 
confirmed Cataraft. But an unripe, and not to bee couched, if the pupil remain 
dilated and diffufed for a long while after. But it is a common fign of a ripe, as alfo more 
denf, and confequently uncureable fuffufion, to bee able to fee nor diftinguifh no vilible 
thing befide light and brightnefs •, for to difcern other objefts ftieweth that it is not yet 
ripe: Therefore the found eie beeing (hut and preffed, the pupil of the other rubbed with 
your thumb, is dilated, enlarged, fwelleth, and is more diffufed; the vifive fpirits by this 
compreffion beeing as it were forced from the found into the fore eie. But thefe following 
Catarafts are judged uncureable, that is, fuch as are great, foch as when the eie-lid is rub- 
bed are nothing dilated or diffufed,whofe pupil becometh no broader by this rubbing: for 
hence you may gather, that the.ftopping or obftru&ion is in the optick: nerv, fo that how 
cunningly and well foever the Cataraft bee couched, yet will the patient continue blinde; 
you (hall do no more good in couching a Cataraft, which is in an eie confumed and wafted 
with a Phtbifis- Alfo that Cataraft is uncureable, which is occafioned by a moft grievous 
difcaf, to wit, by moft bitter and cruel pains of the head, or by a violent blow. Such as are 
of a plaifter-like, green, black, livid, citrine and quick-filver-like color,are ufiially uncure- 
able. On the contrarie, foch as are of a Chefnut color, or of a skie or fea-water color,with 
fom little whitenefs, yeeld great hope of a happie and fuccefsful cure. 
llncureable 
Catara&s. 
Cureable Ca- 
taradi* 
CHAP. XXII. 
Of the couching a Cat ar aft. 
Fter you (hall know by the fore-mentioned figns that the Cataraft is cureable, \ 
it remains that you attempt the couching thereof,but fo,that there bee nothing < 
which may hinder.For if the pain of the head,cough,nauftoufnefs or vomiting 1 
at that time trouble the patient, you fhall then beftow your labor in vain: 
Wherefore you muft exfpeft until thefe fymptoms be gon. Then make choice 
of a feafbn fitting for that purpofe, that is, in the decreaf of the moon, when the air is not 
troubled with thunder nor lightning, and when as the Sun is not in Aries, becaufthat 
fign hath dominion over the head.Then let the Surgeon confult a Phyfician whether purg- 
ing or blood-letting bee convenient for the patient, fo to refill plethorick fymptoms,other- 
waies readie to yeeld matter for relapfl Twodaies after you muft make choice of a place 
furnifhed with indifferent or competent light, and the Patient being falling fhall bee placed 
in a ftraight chair,lb that the light may not fall with the beams direftly upon him, but fide- 
wile. The eie which fhall bee cured muft bee made tnore fteddie, by laying and bindeing 
woollupon the other: Then the Surgeon fhall feat and place himfelf dire&ly againft the 
patient upon a feat fomwhat higher, and bidding the patient put his hands down to his gir- 
dle, hee fhall hold the patient's legs between his knees. One (hall Hand at the patient's back, 
who fhall hold his bead, and keep it -from ftirring; for by a little ftirring hee may lofe his 
fight tor ever. Then mull you prepare and make readie your needle, and thruft it often into 
fom ftrong thick cloth, that it may hee as it were fmooth by this motion , and for the per- 
formance of the work in hand with the left pain fomwhat warmed.lt muft bee made of iron 
or fteel, and not of gold or filver, it muft bee alfo flatted on the fides, and fharp-pointed, 
that fo it may the better pierce into the eie, and wholly couch the Cataraft once taken hold 
of s and leaft it Ihould flip in the Surgeon's hand, and bee left fteddie, it fhall bee put into a 
handle, as you may fee by the following figure. 
When to 
couch a Cata- 
raft. 
The place. 
The needle. 
Aneedle inferted in a handle for the couching ofCatarafis. 
All things beeing thus in a readinefs3you muft bid the patient to turn the fight of hiseie 
towards his nofe5& the needle muft bee boldly thru'ft(for it is received in a place that is void, 
& onely filled with Ipirits)direftly by the coat t in the middle (pace between the Idler 412 
Ofdiy erf preternatural zAffe&s., 
Lib. 17. 
corner and the hornie coat, juft againft themid'ft ot the Cataraft,yet fo,as that you hurt no 
vein of the Adnata, and then by ftirring it as it were diverfly until it com to the mid ft of the 
pupil and iuftuiion. When it is com thither,the needle muft bee inclined from above down- 
wards to the fiiffufion, and there to bee ftirred gently until by little and little it couch or 
bring down.the Cataraft as whole as may bee beneath the compafs of the pupil 5 let him 
ft ill follow it though couched with his needle, and fomwhat violently deprefs and. keep it 
down for fom ihort fpace, that fo it may reft and ftay in that lower place whether it is de- 
preflcd. The Surgeon fhall trie whether it firmly remain there or no, bidding the patient 
prefcntly to move his eie; for if it remain conftantly fo, and do not return again, the cure 
isperfeft. Then muft the needle bee lifted up by little and little, neither muft it prcfendy 
bee taken forth, that if the Cataraft ftiouldbear up, or rife again, that it might again, and 
fo often (whil'ft the work is yet hot, and all things in a readineis) bee couched towards the 
lefler corner, until it bee fully and furely hid. Then muft you draw back the needle gently, 
and after the fame manner as you put it in; left if you uft not moderation, you bring back 
theCataraft from whence you couchedit, orgrievoufly offend the cry ftalline humor, the 
prime inftrumcnt of fight, or the pupil with danger of dilateing thereof. Som as foon as the 
work is don, give the patient fomthing in his hand to look upon: but Paulus approov's not 
thereof, for hee fear's left his endeavoring or ftriveing to fee, may draw back the Cataraft. 
Wherefore it is more wifedom and better, preftntly after the drawing forth of the needle, 
to put on a foft rag the white of an egg beaten in rofe-water with a little choice alum, and 
fo applie it to the eie and neighboring parts for to binde and hinder the then 
alfo you muft together therewith binde up the found eie, left by ftirring to fee, it might to- 
gether therewith draw and move the fore eie, by reafbn of the fympathie and confent they 
mutually have by the optick nervs. After all things are thus performed, the patient fhall 
bee laid in a foft bed, and fo placed, that his head may lie fomwhat high ; let him bee laid 
far from noif, let him not fpeak, nor eat anie hard thing that may trouble his jaws, where- 
fore let him feed upon liquid meats, as panado, barly cream, cullifles,gellies, rear-eggs, and 
other meats of the like nature. At the end of eight daies the ligature that binde's up the eies 
fhall bee loofed, and his eies wafhed with rofe-water, and putting on fpedacles, or fom taf- 
fatie, the patient fhall by little and little accuftom himfelf to the light, left heefhould bee 
offended by the fudden meeting wth light.But if the fuffiifion,after fom fhort while after,lift 
it felf up again,it muft bee couched again,but through a new hole, for the eie is pained and 
tender in the former place. It fomtimes happens by the touch of the needle that the Cataraft 
is not couched whole, but is broken into manie pieces 5 then therefore each of them muft 
bee followed, and couched ftverally: if there bee anie verie finall particle which fcape's the 
needle, it muft bee let alone, for there is no doubt but that in procefs of time it may bee dif* 
. folved by the force of the native heat. There are alfb fom Catarafts which at the firft touch 
of the needle are diffufed and turn into afubftance like to milk or water, for that 
are not throghly ripe, yet theft put us in good hope of recoverie,and it bee but for this,that 
they can never afterwards concrete into one bodie as before. Wherefore at the length they 
are alfo diftuffed by the ftrength of the native heat, and then the eie recovers its former 
fplendor. If that anie other fymptoms com unlooked for, they fhall bee helped by new 
counftls and remedies. 
Gal.hb.io.de 
ufupartium.c.f 
Ctlfdib.7. 
The fign of a 
Cataraft well 
couched. 
Lib. 6,Mp.tl> 
VVhatto bee 
don after the 1 
couching of a j 
Cataraft. 
Of a Cataraft 
which is bro- 
ken to peeces. 
CHAP. XXI11. 
Of the /topping of the pa/fage of the Ears, and the fading of things thereinto. 
The cauf. 
T (bmtimes happeneth that children are born without anie holes in their ears, a 
certain flefhly or membranous (ubftance growing in their bottom or firft entrance. 
The fame may allo happen afterwards by accident, they beeing ulcerated by fom im- 
poftume or wound, and the ear (hut up by (dm flelhly excrefcence or (car. When as the flop- 
ping is in the bottom of the cavitie, the cure is more difficult then if it were in the firft en- 
trance, But there is a double way of cure; for this fubftance, whatfoever it bee, muft ei- 
ther bee cut out,or elfeaten away and confiimed by acrid and catheretick medicines; in per- 
formance of which there is need of great moderation of the minde and hand. For it is a part 
endued with moft exquifite fence and near the brain, wherefore by handling it too roughly, 
there is fear of diftention of thenervs, and confequently of death. 
Somtimes alfo thepreternatual falling of fom ftrange bodies into this paffage maketh a 
flopping of the ears, fuch as are fragments offtone, gold, filver, iron and the like metals, 
pearls, cherrie-ftones, or kernels, peaf and other fuch like pulfl Now folid and bonie bo- 
dies ftill retain the fame magnitude; but peaf, feeds and kernels, by drawing the moifture 
there implanted into them, (well up, and cauf vehement pain by the diftention of the neigh- 
boring parts, wherefore the (boner they are drawn forth, the better it is for the patient. 
This (hall bee don with fmall pine ts and inftruments made in the (hape of ear-picks. But if 
you profit nothing thus, then muft you ufe fuch gimblets as are made for the drawing forth 
of 
The cure. 'whofe Cure is performed by Surgerte 
Lib.17. 
413 
of bullets (hot deep into the bodie. Little ftones and bodies of the like ftonie hardnefs lhall 
bee forced forth by the brain, provoked to concuflion by lheefing, and by dropping ibm oil 
of almonds fir ft into the paflage of the ear, that the way may bee the more flipperie; for it 
will com to pafs by this fneefing, or violence of the internal air forcibly leeking paflage 
out, that at length they may bee caft forth, the mouth and noftrils beeing flopped with the 
hand. But if wee cannot thus prevail, it remain's, that wee cut open the paflage with an in- 
cifion-knife, (b much as fliall bee fiifficient for the putting in and ufing of an inftrument 
for to extraft them. If anie creeping things of little creatures, as fleas, ticks, pifmires,gnats 
and the like, which fomtimes happeneth, fhall get therein, you may kill them by dropping 
in a little oil and vinegar. There is a certain little creeping thing, which for piercing and 
getting into the ears, the French call Perfe-oreil/e Qwee an ear-wig.) This, if it chance to 
get into the ear, may bee killed by the forelaid means,you may alfo catch it, or draw it forth 
by laying half an apple to your ear, as a bait for it. 
Theconcuf- 
five force of 
faceting. 
CHAP. XXIV. 
Of getting of little bones and fuch like things out of the jaws and throat. 
Omtimes little bones and fiich like things in eating greedily u(e to ftick, or as 
it were fallen themfelvs in the jaws or throat. Such bodies if you can com to 
the fight of them, flhall bee taken out with long, (lender and crooked mallets 
made like a Cranefibeak. If they do not appear , nor there bee no means to 
take them forth, they (hall bee caft forth by caufing vomit, or with fwallow- 
a liuu ui bread, or a drie fig gently chawed, and (b fwallowed 5 or elf they (hall bee 
thruft down into the ftomack, or plucked back with a leek, or fom other fiich long and ftiff 
crooked bodie anointed with oil, and thruft down the throat. Ifanie fiich like thing (hall 
get into the weazon, you muft caufcoughing, by taking (harp things, or elffneefing, fo to 
caft forth whatfbever is there troublefom. 
The cure dif- 
ferent 
ing to the pla- 
ces where they 
flick. 
CHAP. XXV. 
Of the tooth-ache. 
F all pains, there is none which more cruelly tormenteth the patients then the 
Tooth-ache . For wee fee them oft-times after the manner of other bones to 
fiiffer inflammation, which will quickly fuppurate, and they becom rotten,and 
at length fall away piece-meal; for wee fee them by daily experience to bee 
eaten and hollowed, and to breed worms, Com portion of them putrefying. 
The caufof fiich pain is either internal, or external and primitive. The internal is a hot 
or cold defluxion of humors upon them, filling their fockets, and thence contequently 
driving out the teeth; which is the reafon that they ftand fomtimes fo far forth , that the 
patient neither dare's, nor can make ufe of them to chaw for fear of pain : for that they 
are loof in their fockets by the relaxation of the gums , caufed by the falling down of the 
defluxion. When as they are rotten and perforated even to the roots, if anie portion 
of the liquor in drinking, fall into them , they are pained as if you thru ft in a pin or bod- 
kin, the bitternefsof the pain is fuch. The fignsofahot defluxion are fharp and prick- 
ing pain, as if needles were thruft into them , a great pulfation in the root of the 
pained tooth and the temples, and fom eaf by the ufe of cold things- Nowthefigns 
of a cold defluxion are a great heavinefs of the head , much and frequent fpitting, 
fbm mitigation by the ufe of hot remedies. In the bitternefsof pain wee muft not 
prefently run to Tooth-drawers, or cauf them prefently to go in hand to pluck 
them out. Firft confiilt a Phyfician , who may prefcribe remedies according to the 
varietie of the caufes Now heer are three intentions of cureing. The firft is con- 
cerning diet; the other for the evacuation of the defluxion or antecedent cauf; the 
third for the application of proper remedies for the affwageing of pain. The two 
former fcopes , to wit, of diet, and diverting the defluxion by purgeing, phlebotomie, 
application of cupping-glafles to the neck and fhoulders, and fcarification, do abfb- 
lutely belong to the Phyfician. Now, for proper and topick medicines they (hall 
bee chofen contrarie to the cauf. Wherefore in a hot cauf, it is good wafhing the 
mouth with the juice of pomgranats, plantain-water, a little vinegar wherein rotes , ba- 
laufiia and fumacb have been boiled- But fuch things as fhall bee applied for the mitiga- 
ting of the pain of the teeth , ought to bee things of verie fiibtle parts, for that the 
teeth are parts ofdenfconfiftence. Therefore the ancients have alwaies mixed vinegar in 
tech kind of remedies. Tk.rofar.rub.fumacb.bordeit an.vn.fi. feminis byofcyami conquaffati Jii. fan- 
talorum an. £i. latfuc* [wnmitatum rubi, [olani, flantaginx>an.m.fi. bulliant omnia in aqu* fb.iiii. 
N n & fauco 
TheTooth- 
ach a moft 
cruel pain. 
The cauf 
thereof. 
The figns of 
this or that 
defluxion. 
Three fcopes 
of cureing. 
A cold and re- 
pcrcufiive lo- 
tion for the 
mouths 414 
Ofdty erf preternatural 
Lib.17* 
&pauco aceto ad bordei crepaturam. Walh the mouth with iuch a decoftion beeing warm. 
You may alfo make Trochifces for the lame purpofe after this manner. R. Jent.byofciami, 
fandaracb*, & cum aceto incorporentur, formentfirque trochifci apponen- 
di dentibus dolentibns. Orel!., R. feminisporttdac*, hyofcyami, coriandri3 lentium, corticis fanta- 
li citrini, rofar. rub. pyretbri, camphor*, an, 3j3. let them all bee beaten together with ftrong vi- 
neger, and made into trochifces, with Which beeing dlffolved in rofe-water, let the gums 
and whole mouth bee wafhed when need requireth. But if the pain bee not aflwagedwith 
thefe, you fhall com to narcoticks, which may ftupefie the nerv ; as, Be. feminis hyofcyami 
albi,opii, camphor*, papaweris albi, an. quantum fujficit, coquantur cum fapA, & denti applicentur. 
Befides, you muft alfo put this following medicine into the ear of the pained fide. R. »pii & 
caftorei, an. Qi.mifceantur cum oleo rofato: It hath fomtimes availed in Iwoln and diftended 
gums, beeing firlt lightly fcarified, to have applied leeches, for the evacuation of the con- 
junct matter, as alfo to have opened the veins under the tongue, or thele which are behinde 
the ears. For I remember that I,by thefe three kindes of remedies, aflwaged great pains of the 
teeth. Yet there bee fom who in this affeft open not thefe veins which are behinde the ears, 
but thole which areconfpicuous in the hole of the ear in the upper part thereof. 
Pain of the teeth arifeing from a cold cauf and defluxion, may bee helped by thele reme- 
dies; boil rolemarie, fage, and pellitorie of Spain in wine and vineger, and add thereto 
a little aqua vit*> in this liquor dilfolv a little treacle, and walh your teeth therewith. Others 
mingle gum ammoniacum diflblved in aqua wit* with a little fandaracba and myrrh,and lay it to 
the pained tooth, after Vigoe's counfel.Mefne think's that beaten garlick carried in the right 
or left hand,alfwage's the pain,as the teeth ake upon the right or left fide. But 1 beeing once 
troubled with grievous pain in thisKinde,followed the counfel of a certain old woman,and 
laid garlick rofted under the embers to my pained tooth, and the pain forthwith cealed. 
The fame remedie uled to others troubled with the like aifed, had like liiccefs. Moreover, 
1dm think it available if it bee put into the auditorie pallage. Others drop into the ears oil 
of caftoratm, or of cloves, or fom iuch other chymical oil. It is good alfo to walh the teeth 
with the following deco&ion. R. rad. pyretbri mentb*& rut* an. p-i. bulliant in aceto, and 
with this decoction beeing warm, walh the teeth. Som like fumes better, and they make 
them of the feeds of Colloquintida andmuftard,'and other like; they take thefmoak by hold- 
ing their mouths over a funnel. Other fom boil pellitorie of Spain, ginger cinnamon, a- 
lum, common lalt, nutmegs, cyprefs-nuts, anif and muftard feeds, and eupborbium in oxy- 
crate, andintheendofthedecoftionaddalittle aquavit*, and receiv the vapor thereof 
through a funnel; as alfo they walh their teeth with the decoftion, and put cotton dipped 
therein into the ear, firft dropping in a little therebf. Som there are which affirm, that to 
walh the teeth with a decodion of Spurge is a verie good and anodine medicine in the tooth- 
ach. I have oft-times alfa waged intolerable pains of the teeth,by applying veficatories under 
the ear, to wit, in that cavitie whereas the lower jaw is articulated with the upper: for the 
vein, arterie and finew which are diftributedto the roots of the teeth ,Iie thereunder. Where- 
fore the blifters beeing opened, a thin liquor run's out, Which doth not onely cauf, but alfo 
nourilh or feed the difeaf But if the tooth bee hollowed, and that the patient will not have 
it pull'd out, there is no fpeedier remedie, then to put in cauftick medicines, as oil of vitri- 
ol, aquafortis, aud allb a hot iron; for thus the nerv is burn't in limder, and lofeth it's fenfi 
Yet lorn affirm that the milkie juice that flow's from Spurge made into a pafte with olibanum 
and amylum, and put into the hollowed tooth,will make it prelently to fall away in pieces. 
When the gums and cheeks are fwoln with a manifeft tumor, then the patient begins to 
bee fomwhat better and more at eafi For fo by the ftrength of nature, the tumor caufing the 
pain is carried from within outwards. But of what nature foever the matter which caufeth 
the pain bee, it is convenient to intercept the courf thereof with Empl.contra rupturam, made 
with pitch and maffick, and applied to the temple on that fide where the 
tooth asketh. . 
Trochifces for 
a hot dcfluxi- 
on« 
Narcocicks, 
Hot fumes. 
Veficatoiies. 
Caufticks. 
CHAP. XXVI. 
Of other affects of t be "teeth. 
He teeth are alfo troubled with other preternatural affefts. For fomtimes they 
fhake by relaxation of the gums, or elf beeconi corrupt and rotten, or have 
Em worms in them3or elf are fet on edg.For the firft3thegums are relaxed either by 
W® an external or primitive cauf, as a fall or blow : or elf by an internal or an- 
tecedent,as by the defluxion of acrid or waterilh humors from the brain , or 
through want of nouriffiment in oldbodies. Iftheteeth grow loofby the means of thede- 
caying gums,the difeaf is then incureable but you may withfland the other canfes by the 
ufe of fuch things as fafan the teeth , (f unning on the eontrarie fuch as may loofcn them. 
There- 
Caufesofloof- 
nefrof the 
teeth. Lib.17. 
Cure is performed by Surgerie. 
415 
Therefore the patient muft not fpeak too earneftly, neither chaw hard things. If they be- 
com loofby a fall or blow,they muft not bee taken forth , but reftored and fattened to the 
next that remain firm,for in time they will bee confirmed in their lockets, as I tried in An- 
tonie de la Rue a Tailor,who had his jaw broken with the pommel of a dagger, and three of 
his teeth loofened, and almoft lhaken out of their lockets; the jaw beeing reftored, the 
teeth were alfo put in their places, and bound to the reft with a double waxed thred; for 
the reft, I fed the patient with broths, gellies,and the like,and I made aftringent gargarifms 
of cyprefs-nuts, myrtle-berries, and a little alom boil'd in oxycrate, and 1 wilhed him to 
hold it a good while in his mouth : by thele means I brought it lb to pafs, that hee within 
a while after could chaw as eafily upon thole teeth, as upon the other. I heard it reported 
by a credible perfon, that hee faw a Ladie of the prime Nobilitie, who inftead of a rotten 
tooth lhee drew, made a found tooth, drawn from one of her waiting-maids at the fame 
time, to bee I ubftituted and infected, which tooth in procels of time,as it were taking root, 
grew lb firm, as that lhee could chaw upon it as well as upon anie of the reft. But as I for- 
merly faid, 1 have this but by hear-lay. 
Now the teeth are corroded or eaten in by an acrid and thin humor penetrating by a 
plenteous and frequent defluxion even to their roots, and beeing there contained, it putre* 
fie s, and becoming more acrid, it doth not onely draw the teeth into the contagion of its 
putrefaction, but alfo perforate's and corrode's them. 
The putrefaction may bee corrected, if after general medicines, you put oil of vitriol or: 
aqua forth into the hole of the eaten tooth: or if you burn the tooth it lelf to the root 
with a fmall iron wier beeing red hot: you fliall thruft this hot iron thorow a pipe or cane 
made for the fame purpole,leaft it Ihould harm any found part by the touch thereof,and thus 
the putrefaCtion,the cauf of the arrolion, may bee ftaied. But if the hole bee on the one fide 
between two teeth,then Ihall you file away fo much of the found tooth, as that you may 
have fofficient libertie to thruft in your wier without doing anie harm. 
A Hiftorie. 
The caufes of 
hollow teeth. 
The cure. 
The forms of Files made for fileing the teeth. 
Worms breeding by putrefaction in the roots of the teeth, (hall bee killed by the life of 
caufticks,by gargles or lotions made of vineger,wherein either pellitorie of Spain hath been 
fteeped,or treacle diflblved; alfo aloes and garlick are good to bee uled for this purpoft. 
Setting the teeth on edg happen's to them by the immoderate eating of acrid or tart things, 
or by the continual alTcent of vapors endued with the lame qualitie, from the orifice of the 
ventricle to the mouth, or by a cold defluxion, efpecially of acrid phlegm, falling from the 
brain upon the teeth, or elf by the too exceflive ule of cold or ftupifying liquorsl This af- 
feft is taken away, if after general medicines and Ihunning thole things that cherilh the dif- 
eaG the teeth bee often walked with aqua vit<e, or good wine,wherein lage,rofemarie,clovs, 
nutmegs, and other things of the like nature have been boiled. 
Caufes of 
worms in ths 
teeth. 
Caufes of fet* 
ting the teeth 
on cdg. 
CHAP. XXVII. 
Of drawing of Teetlfl 
Eeth are drawn, either for that they cauf intolerable pains,which will not yeeld 
to medicines, or elf for that they are rotten and hollowed, fo that they cauf the 
breath to fmell; or elf, for that they infeft the found and whole teeth, and draw 
them into the like corruption, or becaufthey ft and out of order. Beiides, when 
they are too deep and ftrongly rooted, fo that they cannot bee pluck'd out, 
they muft oft-times bee broken of neceftitie, that fo you may drop fom cauftick thing 
into their roots, which may take away the £en£ and conlequently the pain. The hand 
muft bee ufed with much moderation in the drawing out of a tooth; for the jaw is fom- 
times diflocated by the too violent drawing out of the lower teeth. But the temples, 
eies and brain are (haken with greater danger by the too rude drawing of the upper teeth. 
Wherefore they muft firft bee cut about, that the gums may bee loofed from them , then 
Nn 7. lhake 
A caveat in 
drawing of 
teeth. 416 
Of diver[preternatural ctAjfeflsy 
LiB.iy. 
fliake them with your fingers,and do this until they begin to bee loof; for a tooth which is 
faft in, and is plucked out with one pull, oft-times break's the jaw, and bring's forth the 
piece together therewith,whence follow's a fever and a great flux of blood not eafily to bee 
ftaied (for blood or pus flowing out in great plentie is,in Celfus's opinion, the fign of a bro- 
ken bone) and manie other malign and deadlie (ymptoms : Som have had their mouths 
drawn fo awrie,during the reft of their lives, fo that they could fcarce gape. Befides, if the 
tooth bee much eaten, the hole thereof muft bee filled either with lint, or a cork, or a piece 
of lead well fitted thereto, left it bee broken under your forceps, when it is twitched more 
ftraightly to bee plucked out, and the root remain, readie in a fliort time to cauf more grie- 
vous pain. But judgment muftbee ufed, and you muft take Ipecial care, leaft you take a 
(bund tooth for a pained one ; for oft-times the patient cannot tell, for that the bitternefs 
of pain by neighborhood is equally diffufed over all the jaw. Therefore for the better pluck- 
ing out a tooth, obferving thefe things which 1 have mentioned,the patient fhall bee placed 
ima low (eat,bending back his head between the tooth-drawer's legs; then the tooth-drawer 
fhall deeply fcarifie about the tooth , feparating the gums there-from with the inftruments 
marked with this letter A. and then if fpoiled as it were of the wall of the gums, it grow 
loof,it muft bee fhaken and thruft out,by forceing it with the three-pointed levatorie noted 
with this letter B. but if it ftick in too faft. and will not ftir at all, then muft the tooth bee 
taken hold of with (bm of thefe toothed forcipes marked with thefe letters C.D.E.now one, 
then another, as the greatnefs, figure,and fite fhall feem to require. I would have a tooth- 
drawer expert and diligent in the ufe of fuch toothed mullets j for unlefs one know readily 
and cunningly how to ufe them, hee can (carce fo carrie himfelf, but that hee will force out 
three teeth at once, oft-times leaving that untouch't which caufed the pain. 
Lib.'f.cty.rt. 
The maner of 
drawing teeth* 
Inftruments for fcrapeing tbe teetb, and 
a tbree-pointed levatorie. 
Tbe effigies of Forcipes, or Mullets 
for tbe drawing of teetb. 
The form of another Inftrument for drawing of teeth. 
What to bee 
don when the 
tooth is 
pluck'c out. 
After the tooth is drawn, let the blood flow freely, that io the part may bee free'd from 
pain,and the matter of the tumor diicharged. Then let the tooth-drawer prefs the flcfli of 
the gums on both fides with his fingers whereas hee took out the tooth, that fo the locket 
that was too much dilated,and oft-times torn by the violence of the pluck, may bee doled a- 
aIn kaftly»the mouth fhall bee waflied with oxycrate; and if the weather bee cold, the pa- 
tient fhall take heed of going much in the open air, kali it cauf a new defiuxion upon his 
leeth. CHAP. Lib.17. 
whofc Qiwe dperformed by Surgerie. 
417 
CHAP. XXVIII. 
Of the Teeth. 
leces of meat in easing fomtirnes ftick between the teeth, and becoming cor- 
rupt by long flaying there doalfo hurt the teeth themfelvs, andlpoil the 
fweetnefs of the breath. i'Hee chat would efchue this, ought prefently after 
meat to walh his mouthwfthwine mixed with water, or oxycrate, and well 
to cleanfhis teeth, that bo: llimie matter adhere to them. Manie folks teeth 
by their own default gather an eatthie filth of a yellowilh color, which eat's into them by 
little and little, as ruft eat's into iron. This ruftie filthinefs,or as it were mouldinefs of the 
teeth, doth alio oft-times grow by the. omitting of their proper dutie, that is, of chawing. 
Whence foever this flimie filth proceed's, wee muft get Dentifrices to fetch it off withall, 
and then the teeth muft bee prefently rubbed with'ftrtif and aqua vita mixed together, 
that if there bee anie thing that hath leaped the Dentifrices, it may bee all fetched off; yet 
iuch acrid wafhings are hurtful to the found teeth, for that they by little and little confume 
and wafte the flefh of the gums. •f 
Dentifrices fhall bee made of the root of marlh-mallows boiled in white wine and allom; 
and,as when the teeth are loof, wee muft abftain from iiich things as are hard to bee eaten 
& chawed, but much more from breaking of fuch things as are of a bonie confiftence, lb allb 
heer wee muft fhun all things that by their toughnefs flick to the teeth. Manie for the 
cleanfing of the teeth, commend a powder made of fcuttle-bones , purple-fhells, pumice- 
ftone, burnt allom, and Hart's-horn5and a little cinnamon, which is a lingular remedie for 
the teeth howfoever affe&ed. Manie other are content with bread onely tolled and beaten 5 
but this following water is verie effeftuall to whiten the teeth. R. fal.ammon. & gemmei, an. 
%i.aban.rocb .%fi.aqua refrquodfafficit, diffillentur. And let the teeth bee cleanled with this di- 
1 tilled liquor. 
Caufes of foul 
or ruftie teeth. 
The cure. 
A caution in 
the ufe of acrid 
things. 
A water to 
whiten the 
teeth. 
CHAP. XXIX. 
Of the impediment and contraction of the 'tongue. 
-Ie tongue is fomtimes tied and fhort from the nativitie ; as when the libertie of 
the tongue is reftrained by the lubjeft and neighboring, as well membranes as 
mufcles, being either too fhort or too hard. Somtimes this dileaf happen's af- 
ter they are born by lorn accident or preternatural affeft, as by too hard a fear 
. left by the healing of an ulcer under the tongue. The patient at his begiriing 
to /peak, is too flow in lpeaking,but prelently leaving his flownels,hee becom's too quick, 
fb that hee Hammer's. If the dileaf proceed from the aftriftion and Ihortnels of the ligamen- 
tal membrane lying under the tongue, then the incifion fhall bee made broad-wile, having 
great care that the veins and arteries which are there, bee not violated, for fear leaft they 
Ihould caul an hemorrhagic, not eafilyto bee ftaied: Then the mouth lhall bee prefently 
walked with oxycrate, and fom lint dipped in lyrup of dried roles, or honie of roles put 
into the midft of the incilion, leaft the part of the ligament, elpecially on the night time 
when the tongue is filent and at reft, fhould grow to the reft of the ligament. For the lame 
purpole the finger lhall bee often thruft this way , and the tongue more violently rowll'd 
up and down, and thruft out of the mouth. Yet fomtimes this ligament is fo thick and 
Ihort, and therefore hold's down the tongue fo dole, that you cannot com to cut it with 
a knife or lancet without great and manifeft danger of death by bleeding. Therefore in 
luchacale a needle and thred lhall bee thruft through it, and lb the thred lhall bee tied 
ftraighter and ftraighter everie day, until by little and little this ligamental tie of the t 
tongue, which by its immoderate Ihortnefs intercept's the libertie of the motion lhall bee 
conlumed and broken. 
The caufof 
beeing tongue- 
tied. 
The cure; 
Another way 
o cut it. 
CHAP. XXX. 
Of fuperfluoM Fingers, andfucb as together. 
Ach hand hath naturally five fingers onely; whatlbever is more or lels is a- 
gainft nature: and if there bee fewer, it is a fault not to bee helped by art. 
But if there bee more,that for the moft part may bee helped by art: liiperfluous 
fingers ufually grow by the thumb, or the little finger, but leldom otherwile. 
Thefe are either wholly flefliie, or have bones of their kinde and nails upon 
them. Thole which are of a bonie nature doe either arile from the joints of the natural 
fingers, and are jointed like them, and fo are oft-times moovable, or elf from fom mid- 
dle (pace of a joint, and thefe have not power to ftir or moov. Now they are fomtimes 
Nn j equal 
The differen- 
ces. 418 
Of diver)preternatural, 
JLiB.iy. 
equal! in magnitude to the natural fingers to which they grow, yet more frequently they 
are Ihorter. 1 hole which are onely flelhie, are eafrly amputated and made even with a razor; 
but fuch as are allo bonie cannot bee cut off, unlefsayith the cutting mullets hereafter de- 
fcribed, and this is a difeaf of the fingers in number. There is alfo another difeaf in fingers, 
for they fomtimes flick together, and btherwhiles they< are verie little feparated. This fault 
happen's either from thefirft original# by the error-of die formative facuitie, or elf it bap- 
pen's afterwards by accident, as by a,Wound,or bufn ill cured. For neighboring fingers bee- 
ing ulcerated do eafily grow together, unle(s they bee kept afunder by a linnen rig. And if 
they by chance fhall grow together by a little and thin skin and flelh, they (hall forthwith 
bee divided with a (harp razor j but if they bee joined by the interpofition of a more grols 
and denffubftance, to wit, the nervs, tendons, and veflels, being knit together on each fide, 
it will bee beft not to meddle at all with the divideing them. 
Cutting Mullets neatly made for the cutting off juperflous fingers. 
The cure of 
nails running 
into the flefli 
of the fingers. 
Neither muft wee omit, that manie have their nails run with liich bonie fliarpnefs into 
the flelh of their fingers lying under them, that they caufmoft cruel pain; neither com- 
monly do you avail anie thing by parsing them; for growing up within a while after, they 
prefs downwards again with the more violence. Therefore the Surgeon is often forced to 
cut away all the flefh whereinto the fharpnels of the nail run's. Which I have don in 
with happie fiiccefs. Manie have corns growing upon their fingers in divers iafhions: They 
are taken off by paring away by little and little the callous hardnels,and then laying a head 
ofgarlick beaten thereon. Yet the cure is more quick and certain, which is performed by 
caufticks, as aqua forth, or oil of vitriol. 
How t® take 
oft'the corns 
of the fingers. 
CHAP. XXXI. 
Of the too fbort a Prepuce, and of fuch m have been circuntcifed. 
The cauf. 
Hen as the Prepuce or fore-skin is too fhort, it cannot cover the GTdflr.This hap- 
pen's either by nature, to wit, by the firft conformation , or afterwards by fom > 
accident, as to thole whom religion and the cuftom of their nation bid's to bee 
circumcifed. The cure is thus: The Prepuce is turned up, and then the inner 
membrane thereof is cut round, ancbgreat care is had, that the vein and arterie which are 
there between the two membranes of the Prepuce bee not cut in hinder. Hence it is drawn 
downward by extenfion, until it cover the Glans,deficcative emplafter beeing firft put be- 
tween it and the Glans, leaft they fhould grow together. Then a pipe being firft put into the 
urinarie paftage, the Prepuce fhall bee there bound until the incilion bee cicatrized. This 
cure is uled to the Jews, when having abjured their religion full of luperftitions, for hand- 
fomnefs fake»they would cover the nut of their yard with a Prepuce, and lb recover their 
cut offs-kin. 
The cure. 
CHAP. XXXII. , 
Of Phimofis and Paraphimofis/ tiat is,fo great a conftrifiion of the Prepuce about the Glans 
or Nut, that it cannot bee barred or uncovered at pleafure. 
THe prepuce is ftraightened about the Glans two waies for it either cover's the whole 
nut,and fo ftraightly encompafle's the end thereof, that it cannot bee drawn upwards, 
and Lib.17. 
yphofe Qwe is performed by Surgerie 
419 
and con equently the nut cannot bee uncovered ; or eif it leav's the Glans bare under it, be- 
ing faftned fo ftiffly to the roots there of , that it cannot bee turned up, nor drawn down, 
or over the Glans. The firft manner of conitriftion is termed Pbnwo/S j,the later Paraph im ojis. 
The Pbimofis hap pen's either by the fault of the firft conformation'or elf by a fear,through 
which occaiion the prepuce hath grown lefler, as by the growing of warts. Now ParapbG 
wcyiHsxjften occafionedbythe inflammation of the yard,by impure copulation s for hence 
ulcers breed between the prepuce and Glans,with fwelling, and fo great inflammation ,that 
the prepuce cannot bee turned back. Whence it is that they cannot bee handled and cured 
as you would, and a gangrene of the part may follow, which may by the contagion bring 
death to all the bodie* unlels it bee hindered and prevented by amputation : but if a fear bee 
the caul of the conftriftion of the prepuce, the patient beeing plac'd in a convenient fite, 
let the prepuce bee drawn forth and extended , andas much as may bee ftretched and enlar- 
ged, then let the fear bee gently cut in three or four places on the inner fide with a crook- 
ed knife,but fo, that the galhes com not to the outfide, and let them bee an equal diftance 
each from other. But if a flefhlie excrefcence or a wart fhall bee the occafion of this ftrait- 
neteaud conftriftion, it lhall bee confumed by the fame remedies, by which the warts of the 
womb and yard are confiimed or taken off. But when as the prepuce doth clolely adhere to 
the Glans on everie fide, the cure is not to bee hoped for, much lefs to bee attempted. 
The caufes. 
The cure. 
CHAP. XXXIII. 
Of tbofe whofe Glans is not rightly perforated,and of the too fbort orflrait 
ligament, bridle, or cord of the yard. 
Om at their birth, by evil conformation, have not their Glans perforated in the 
middle, but have onely a fmall hole underneath, toward the bridle and ligament 
of the yard, called the cord. Which is the cauf, that they do not make water in 
a ftrait line, unlei's they turn up their yard toward their bellie, neither by the 
fame reafon can they beget children, becauf through this fault of conformation, 
the feed is hindered from beeing call direftly into the womb. The cure is wholly chirurgi- 
cal, and is thus performed. The prepuce is taken hold of and extended with the left hand, 
but with the right hand, the extremitie thereof, with the end of the Glans, is cut even to 
that hole which is underneath. But fuch as have the bridle or ligament of the yard too fhort, 
fo that the yard cannot ftandftraight, but crooked, and as it were turned downwards5 in 
theft alfo the generation of children is hindered, becauf the feed cannot bee caft dire&ly and 
plentifully into the womb. Therefore this ligament muft bee cut with much dexteritie, and 
the wound cured after the manner of other wounds, haveing regard to the part. 
Children alfo are fomtimes born into the world with their fundaments unperforated, for 
a skin preternaturally covering the part, hinder's the paffage forth of the excrement; thoft | 
muft have a paflage made by art with an inftrument, for fo at length the excrements will com 
forth : yet 1 have found by experience, that fiich children are not naturally long live'd, nei- 
therto live maniedaies after fuch ftftion. . h 
The cauf. 
The cure. 
Such as are 
torn without 
i hole in their 
fundament are 
lot long lived. 
CHAP. XXXIV. 
the caufes of the Stone. 
He Stones which are in the bladder have for the moft part had their firft origi- 
nal in the reins or kidnies, to wit, falling down from thence by the ureters in- 
to the bladder.The caufof thefe is twofold, that is,material and efficient.Grofs, 
tough,and vifcid humors, which crudities produce by the diftempers of the 
bowels and immoderate exercifts,chiefly and immediately aftet meat, yeeld mat- 
ter for the ftone ; whence it is that children are more fubjeft to this diftaf then thoft of other 
ages. But the efficient cauf is either the immoderate heat of the kidnies, by means whereof 
the fubtler part of the humors isrefolved, but the grofler and more earthlie fublide's, and is 
hardned as wee fte bricks hardned by the fim and the more remifs heat of the bladder, 
fufficient to bake into a Hone the feces or dregs of the urine gathered in great plentie in the 
capacitie of the bladder. The ftraightnefe of the ureters and urenarie paflage may bee accoun- 
ted as an affiftant cauf. For by this means the thinner portion of the urjny floweth forth, 
but that which is more feculent and muddie being ftaied behinde, groweth as by fcale upon 
ftale, by addition and colleftion of new matter into a ftonie mafs. And as a vyieke often- 
times dipped by the Chandler into melted tallow, by the copious adheiion of the tallowie 
fobftance preftntly becom's a large candle; lb the more grofs and vifcid fecis of the urine 
ftay as it were at the bars of the gathered gravel,and by their continual appulf are at length 
wrought and faffiioned into a true ftone. 
Why children 
are fubjeft to 
the ftone in 
the bladder. 
Thecauf. 
CHAP. 420 
Of diverf preternatural 
Lib.17. 
CHAP. XXXV. 
He figns of the Stone in the Reinsure the fubfideing of red or yellow fand in the 
urine, a certain obfcure itching at the kidnies, and the fenf of a weight orheavi- 
nefs at the loins,a (harp and pricking painin mooving or bending thebodie,a num- 
nets of the thigh of the fame fide, by reafon of the compreffion caufed by the hone, 
ot the nervs descending out of the vertebra of the loins of the thigh. But when the hone is 
in the bladder, the fundament and whole yerinaum is prefled as it were with aheavie weight, 
efpecially if the ftone bee of anie bignefs, a troublefom and pricking pain run's to the verie 
end of the yard, and there is a continual itching of that part, with a defire to fcratchit: 
hence alfo by the pain and heat there is a ten fion of the yard, and a frequent and needlefs 
defire to make water, and fomtimes their urine cometh from them drop by drop. Amoft 
grievous pain torment's the patient in makeing water, which hee is forced to (hew hy Stamp- 
ing with his feet, bending of his whole bodie,and the grateing of his teeth. Hee is oft-times 
fo tormented with excefs of pain, that the Sphincter beeing relaxed, the right gutfalleth 
down, accompanied with the fwelling heat and pain of the Henwrhoid veins of that place. 
The caufoffuch torment is, the frequent ftriveing of the bladder to expel the ftone wholly 
contrarie to the nature thereof whereto by fympathie the expulfive facultie of the guts and 
all their parts of the bellie com as it were for fupplie. The fcdiment of the urine is grofs and 
vifcid, and oft-times like the whites of eggs, which argueth the weaknefs of the native heat 
not attenuateing the juices. The patient looketh of a pale and yellowifli complexion and 
hollow-eied, by reafon of the almoft continual watching which is caufed by the bitternefs 
i of pain; yet may it more certainly bee known by putting in or fearching with a Catheter. 
Which to do, the patient (hall bee wilhed to (land with his bodiefomwhat (looping,leaning 
againft fomwhat with his back, and holding his knees fbm foot afunder. Then the Catbetei 
' beeing bigger or lefler as the bodie (hall require, and anointed with oil or butter (hall bee 
thruft with a skilful hand into the paflages of the urine, and fo into the capacitie of the blad- 
der. But if the Catheter cannot com to that capacitie, the patient (hall bee placed in fuch a 
pofture; then (hall hee bee laid upon his back on a bench,or the feet of a bed,with his knees 
bended, and his heels drawn to his buttocks, after which manner hee muft almoft lie when 
hee is to bee cut for the ftone, as (hall bee (hew'n hereafter. For thus the Catheter is more 
eafily thruft into the bladder, and (hew's there is a ftone by the meeting and obfcure found 
of the obvious, hard and refilling bodie. You muft have (undrie Catheters, that they may 
ferv for everie bodie bigger and lefler, and theft muft bee crooked, finooth and hollow. 
When being thruft into the urihariepaflage (which before unawares 1 omitted)they com tc 
the neck of the bladder, they muft not bee thruft ftraight into the bladder ; but takeing hole 
of the yard with the left hand, they muft bee gently thruft with the right direftly into th< 
bladder,efpecially in men,by reafon of the length and erbok edntfs of the way, which tend'i 
in the form of this letter S. It is not fo in women by reafon of the (hortnefs and ftraitnefi 
c of the neck of the bladder. It is fit your Catheters bee hollzOw or fiftulous in manner of a pipe, 
that they may recei v a filver wiar or ftring, that may-hinder the grofs and vifcid humor,clot- 
tedblood, or the like, from (lopping the further end of the Catheter, through which the 
fupprefled urine ought to pals and bee made. But now aflbon as wee perceiv that the Catbe 
ter is com into the capacitie of the bladder, the wiar muft bee drawn forth, that fo the urint 
may the freelier flow out by thehollownefs of the Catheter. You may perceiv thefhapesol 
theft inftruments by this following figure. 
Ofthe figns ofthe Stone in the Kidnies and Bladder. 
Why the thigh 
is numtn in the 
ftone of the 
reins. 
Signs of the 
ftone in the 
bladder. 
Why such as 
have a ftone in 
the bladder are 
troubled with* 
the falling of 
the fundament. 
Howto fearch 
for the ftone 
in the bladder 
with a Catheter. 
The figure of 
the neck of th< 
bladder is dif- 
ferent in men 
and women* 
"I be figure of Catheters, and of a filver firing or wiar. 
CHAP* Lib.17. 
whoje Qure is performed by Surgerie 
421 
CHAP. XXXVI. 
Progno/iicks in tbe Stone. 
Hen the Stone is caft forth of the kidnie (whereas it bred by little and little) 
and is fb driven into one of the ureters, that it wholly flop it, yet thereupon 
there followeth no fuppreflion of the urine ; for feeing nature hath made diverf 
parts of our bodie double, all the urine floweth into the other ureter. But if 
they fhall bee both flopped with ftones, there is no doubt but the urine will 
bee wholly fuppreft, and death enfue by the fuffocation and extin&ion of the native heat, 
by the urine flowing back by the rivelets of the veins over all the whole bodie. Such as have 
a flnall ftone caft forth of their reins into the cavitie of the uterers,thefe,untill this ftone bee 
fallen into the bladder, have cruel pain with gripeings, with often defire to go to ftool and 
make water, but oft-times do neither. For fuch oft-times have their bellies diftendedwith 
flatulencies: an argument hereof is their continual belching or breaking of winde. But by 
fheefing and coughing, or anie other concuflion of the whole bodie,a pricking pain is forth- 
with felt, whereas the ftone flop's, efpecially if it bee either rough, or have (harp points 
like horns. This pain is communicated to the hip and thigh by lympathie, and fbm have 
the ftones drawn up as it were with great violence. To thefe may bee added the Colick, 
cholerick vomiting, and almoft a general fweat. The ftone in the kidnies is moft common- 
ly bred in fuch as are antient, by reafbn of the weaknefs of the expulfive facultie. But the 
ftone in the bladder happeneth to fuch as are more young, becauf the native heat is more 
vigorous in fiich, and ftrong and inordinate motions encreaf the ftrength of the expulfive 
facultie. When the ftone is in the bladder, and the urine appeareth bloodie, it is thefign 
of a finall, as alto a pricklie and rough ftone, for thus it more eafily entreth into the neck of 
the bladder, and exulcerateth itbeeingflefliie, whence the blood cometh away with theu- 
rine, and moft cruel pain as of needles thruft into the flelh, efpecially after labor and much 
exercife: on the contrarie, a larger and more fmooth ftone will not cauf fuch tormenting 
pain, and it caufeth a milkie water. The lhapes offtones in the kidnies are various, accor- 
ding to the varietie of the ftrainers through which they pafs whil'ft they are bred. Verily I 
have feen ftones which reprefented the figure of grayhounds, hogs and other creatures, and 
things wholly contrarie to man's nature,by the production of their prickles and as it were 
branches. Som are four fquare, others longifli and like a finger,other fom of a round figure 
with manie protuberancies like a pine-apple kernel; neither is the varietie left in magnitude, 
number and color: for fom are yellowiih, others whitifh, red, alb-colored or fom other 
like, according to the various temper of the affeCted bodies. The ftones of cholerick and 
lean men vfiially concrete by preternatural heat and drieneft; but thofe of phlegmatick or 
fat bodies, of a certain congelation as it were and obftruftion of the paflages.A ftone falling 
fomtimes from the bottom of the bladder into the paflages of the urine quite ftop's it up,and 
thence followeth a total fiippreffing of the urine. Therefore then the patient fhall bee placed 
upon his back and his legs beeing lifted up on high, hee fhall bee fhaken and tofled up and 
down, juft as one would (hake up a lack -o fill it; for thus it is forced back into the bladder 
from whence it came, from the paflage of the urine whereinto it was got; yetitmayalfo 
bee forced back by thrufting in a Catheter. The pain which affli&eth fuch as have the ftone 
is fomwhiles continual,yet more frequently it cometh by fits and returns, fomtimes month- 
ly, otherwhiles yearly.Such as have the ftone in the kidnies make for the moft part waterilh 
urine. Women are not fb fubjeft to the ftone as men, for they have the neck of their blad- 
der morefliort and broad, asalfo more ftraight; wherefore the matter of the ftone by 
realbn of the fhortneft of the paflage is evacuated in gravel, before it can bee gathered and 
grow into a ftone of a juft magnitude; yet ftones breed in fom women and thofe equally as 
big as in men, and therefore they are to bee cured by fe&ion and the like remedies. When 
the ftone exceedeth the bigneft of an egg, it can farce bee taken away without tearing of the 
bladder, whence happeneth an unvoluntarie lhedding of the water, cureable by no art, be* 
cauf the bladder, feeing it is nervous and without blood,beeing once torn admitteth no con- 
fblidation, add hereto that inflamation and a gangrene,often following the rending of the 
bladder,bri ng inevitable death. The patient run's the fame hazzard, if a long ftone bee pul- w 
led out fidewife with your inftrument, or if it bee inclofed in a membrane (which kinde of ca| 
ftone can fcarcebee found with a Catheter) and fb bee faftned to the bladder, or otherwife fcC] 
if the ftone it felf bee faftned into the fubftance of the bladder, or laftly if by anie chance bh 
the Surgeon beeing about to pluck out the ftone fhall hurt the bodie of the bladder with his °ui 
infti uments. Yet ftones of a more indifferent bigneft are morcfafely ext rafted out of the Pat 
bladder then thofe which are lefs, and the patient more frequently and happily recovereth. 
For they do not fcape from the inftrument, and the patient beeing ufed a long while to en- 
dure pain, as that which hath been a long time a growing doth more eafi,y and conftantly 
away with the inflamation, pain and other fymptoms which happen after cutting, 
yea in cutting. Haveing thus fpoken of caufes, figns, places, fymptoms and 
pro- 
How death 
miyenfueby 
the fuppreffing 
of urine. 
Why (tones of 
the kidnies 
have fundtie 
fhapes. 
Why men are 
morefubjeftto 
the ftone then 
women. 
What (tones 
cannot bee ta- 
ken out of the 
bladderwitb- 
out tilling the 
patient. 422 
Ofdnerfpreternatural feels, 
Lib .17 
prognofticks, wee muft com to the cure, begining with that part which is termed Frophyla- 
ttice, that is the preventing part. 
CHAP. XXXVII. 
What cure is to bee ufed when wee fear the Stone. 
What diet fuch 
muft ufeas fear 
the ftone. 
let muft firft bee appointed, which by the convenient ufe of the fix things not 
natural (as they term them J may heap up fmall ftore of grofs, tough and vi- 
fcid humors in our bodies. Therfore cold and cloudie air is to bee Ihunned. 
They muft abftain from fifh, beef, pork, water-foul, cheef, milk-meats, 
fried and hard eggs, rice, cakes and all paftrie, unievened bread, and laftly, all 
manner of obftrufting meats* Alfo garlik, onions, leeks, muftard, fpices,and 
laftly, all things which over-heat the blood and humors muft bee Ihunned, specially if you 
fear that the ftone is concrete by the heat of the reins. Standing and muddie waters, thick 
and troubled wines,beer,aud fuch kinde of liquors muft bee efchewed. Satietie in meats and 
drinks is to bee Ihunned, as that which breed's crudities. Alfo long watching and continu- 
al labor becauf they inflame the blood, cauf crudities, and preternatural heat muft careful- 
ly bee efchewed, as alfo more vehement paflions of the minde. If the bodie bee plethorick, 
then it muft bee evacuated by phlebotomie, purgeing and vomiting, which is accounted for 
a Angular remedie for the prevention of this difeaf. For the performance of all which 
things a Phyfician fhall bee confulted with. But becauf Phyficians are not in everie place 
and alwaies as hand, I have thought good to fet down thefe following medicines 5 yet wee 
muft fitft remember this counfel of Galen; the ufe of diureticks, and ftrong purgeing medi- 
cines is hurtful, as often as there is inflammation in the reins and bladder, for fo the 
conflux of the humors to the affefted parts is the greater, whence the inflammation and 
pain are increafed. 
Wherefore firft ufeing relaxing medicines, as fix drams of Cafia newly drawn , with 
of Rubarb in powder mixed therewith, then lenitive and refrigerating medicines fhall 
bee inwardly and outwardly ufed, fuch as is this following fyrrupe. R. fummitatum malv. 
bifmal. & violar.an.m.fi.rad.altb.'Zft. fem. frigid. major, an. |i. fiatdecodio. R. pr<e- 
diEt. decodionis ft p. in colaturd diffolve face, albi fyrupiu fecund, artem$ 
let the patient ufe this often. This following apozeme is alfo verie effe&ual for the fame pur- 
pofe. R. rad. afpar. gramin. polyp, quercini, an. 2$. betonic. berniar. £grimon. omnium 
capiU. & pimpinel. an.m p. 4. fem. frigid, major. & fem. fxnic. an. folior. fen. %vifiat decod. ad 
tb.fyin colaturfi diffolve fyrupi de ,Altb£a& de berniar•an.%i ft. Make a clear apozeme and let it 
bee aromatized with a little cinnamon, for two dofes 5 let him take the firft dofis in the mor- 
ning two hours before meat, and the other at four of the clock in the afternoon. Moreover 
this following broth hath an excellent and certain power to prevent the ftone. R. bordei in- 
tegr p.i. radic. petrofelini, acetof. fcenic. cicbor. brufei an. 5i-4- fewr. frigidornm conquaffatorum 
fol.acetof. portul. laduaejummitatum malvt, & violar. <sw.m.p. bulliant in aqua fluviatili cum gallo 
gallinaceo & crure vitulino j let the broth bee kept, and let the patient take thereof fix ounces 
for four daies ", in the morning two hours before meat, with an ounce of the juice of Ci- 
trons gently warmed with the fame broth at the takeing thereof; for thus, much urine will 
bee made in a fhort while after, full of a fandie fediment and a grots viicid humor. Where- 
by you may certainly gather, that this kinde of broth is verie effeftual to cleanf the paflages 
of the urine, neither in the interim, doth it anie harm to the ftomack and other parts by 
which it pafleth : fothat it may bee rightly termed a medicinal nourifhment. You may alfo 
profitablyufe this following powder. R. nucleorum pul. eled. diamarg. frig. $ii. 
4. fem. frigid, majorum mund. glycyrbiz# razt, fem.faxifrag. £ii fem. milii folis, genift. pimpin. 
brufei & afpar ag.an. £)i. fem altbet, facch. albiff. fiat pulvis5 let him take a fpoonful in 
* the morning three hours before meat. Alfo fom think that lee made of the ftalks and husks 
f of beans is a good prefervative againft this difeaf. Befides the ufe of this following glyfter 
hath done good to manic. R. fol. laduc. fcariol. portul. an m.i: flor. viol. & nenupb. 4?xp.i- fiat 
. decodio. ad lib.i. in colaturddiffolve caffi# me Ilk viol. & face- rub. an. |ip. olei viol.|iiii. 
fiat clyfter. This which followeth is the fitter to aflwage the pain. R. ftor.cham. melil. fum~ 
mitat. anetb. berul. an.p.ii. fiat decodio in lade vaccino ■> in colatura diffolve caffi# fifiul. & faccar. 
alb. an. %i. vitel/os ovorum num. ii olei anetbini, & chamtm. an. $ii. fiat clyfter. In the interim let 
the kidnies bee anointed on the outfide with unguentum rofatum, refrigerant Galen, andpopule- 
on ufed feverally, or mixed together, laying a double linnen cloth dipped in oxycrate. But if 
the concretion of the ftone bee of a cold the remedies muft bee varied, as follow's : R. 
ne terebeinth. venet. cort. citri aqu# cod. potio. Or elf 5 R. cafli* recent.extrad. 3 vi. 
* benedid.lax. $iii. aq. fcenic. aq. afrarag. fiatpotio 5 let him take it three hours before 
dinner: this following apozeme is allb good. R. rad cepet. bardan. & gram. an. bifmal. 
cum toto,beton. an m.p. fem. milii folk, bardan. urtic. melon, glycyrbiz. raf. fi~ 
(us num, /{.fiat decod'. a'd-quart. iii. in expreffa collatura, diffolve firup. de caphon, oxymilitis fcyl- 
Lib. i 
A lenitive and 
lubricateing 
fyrrupe. 
A diuretick 
Apozeme. 
A diuretick 
and lenitive 
broth. 
A diuretick 
powder. 
The Ice made 
of the afhes of 
bean-ftalks a 
diuretick. 
Anodine gly- 
fters in the 
ftonc. 
Remedies a- 
gainft theftone 
of the kidnies 
coming form 
acoldcauf. Lib.I? 
rvhoje Cure is performed by Swrwehe. 
423 
litician. Ji. fl faccha?. albif, apozema pro tribus doftbus, elarificetur & aromatiz. cum qfi. 
cinam. & 3fl {ant. citrin. let him take four ounces three hours before dinner. R. rad. petrofel. 
fenicul. an.%i. faxifrag. pimp. gram. & bardan. an. m.fl quatuor femi num frig. major mundat.& 
milii. folis an. fiat decofiio, cape de colatura tb.p. in qua dijfolve facch. rub.& fyrup.capilb wen.an. 
Ji. (1 Let it bee taken at three dofts, two hours before meat. The following powder is verie 
efteftual to diflblv the matter of the ftone. R. fem. petrofel. & rad. ejufdem mundat. anfem. 
cardui, quern colcitrapam vocantgi. let them bee dried in anoven or ftone with a gentle fire, af- 
terwards let them bee beaten feverally and make a powder, whereof let the patient take £)i.p* 
or two fcruples with white wine,or chicken-broth fafting in the morning by the Ipaceof 
three daies. Or, R.coriand.prtp. §lv. anif.marathri,ganor. milii foils,an. $ii. zinzib. 
& cinam. an. turbitb. eletti 51. cari J)ii. galang- nucis mofchat. & lapid. judiaci an. fol. ferine 
mund, ad duplum diacrydii %ii*fi.mifce,fiat pulvis: the dofis is about 51. with white wine 
three hours before mean the flatulencies which much diftend the guts in this kinde 
ofdiftal) glyfters (hall bee thus made $ fy.malu.bifmal.pariet. origani, calament.flor. cbamcem.i 
fumitat. anetbi, an.rn.fi' anrfi, carvi. cuminirfoenic. baccar.laur. $iii. fem. rutt 
cottio, in colatura, dijfolve bened. lax, vel diapbanic- confeft. bac. lauri facebar. rub. fi. olei 
anetbf cham(em- .& rutar. an. Ji. fiat clyjler. Or, R. olei nucum & vini mal. an. lb. fl aq. viu 
fiat clyjler j let it bee kept long , that fo it may have the more power to dilcuft the 
winde. 
Carminative 
glifters. 
CHAP. XXXVIII. 
trbat if to bee don, when the /lone falleth out of the Kidnie into the Ureter. 
Ft-times it falleth out that the reins lifting their expulfive facultie force down 
f t^le ft°ne Cwh°ft concretion and generation the Phyficians by the formerly pre- 
bribed means could not hinder) from themfelvs into the ureters ; but it ftaieth , 
there either by reafon of the ftraightneis of the place, or the debilitie of the ex- 
pulfive facultie. Therefore then cruel pain tormenteth the. patient in that place whereas the 
ftone fticketh, which alfoby conftnt may bee communicated tb the hip,' bladder, tefticles 
andyard, with a continual defire to make water and go to ftool. In this cafe it behooWth 
the Phyfician that hee fiipplie the defeft of nature, and affift the weak indeavors. 
Therefore let the patient if heebee able mount upon a trotting hor£ and ride Upon J 
him the fpace of fom two miles, or if hee can have no opportunitie to- do fp, * then let hith 1 
run up and down a pair of ftairs untill hee bee Wearie, and even fwcat again 3 For the ftbfie ; 
by this exercift is oft-times fhaken into the bladder; then prefentlyfliall bee given or takeh 
by thc'niouth fuch things as have a lenitive and relaxing faciiltie, as oil of 
newly drawn and that without fire, and mixed with the water of pejlitorie offhe wall: arid 
white wine. Let friftions of the whole bodie bee made from above daWftWards with hot 
clothes; let Ventoftswith a great flame bee applied one while to the loins, and another 
while to the bottom of the bellie, a little below thegrieved place; and unlefs the pzttfcrit Vo- 
mit of his own accord, or by the bitternels of his pain, let vomiting bee procured With a 
draught of water and oil hike-warnr,for vomiting hath much force to drive dbwif the ftone 
by reafon of the ccrtfiprefliom of the parts, which is caufed by fuch an endeavor t Jaftly 3if the 
ftone d'efcend not by the power of theft remedies, then the patient muft bee ptit irito $ Semi- 
cttpiuhtjthat is a Half-bath, made of the following decoftion. R. bifmal. cum tot'6 dti.. 
m ii.'beton. najlurf.j'dxifrag. Icrul.parietar.violar. <m.m.iil fem.rfelonum, milii jothjrflfykert&: ty.1 
eften rub. fb.l.'rad' appii. gram, funiculi, & eringii.an. Jiiii. fufficievrti qittbitfrate aqtrffprfo 
ittcejfu; coquanturifta omnia inclufa jacco •, herein let the patient fit up to the navel; neithefis 
it fit th at the patient tarrie longer in fuch a bath then is requifit'e, for the fpftifs are dlffipa- 
ted, and the powers refolved by too long flay therein. But on the comrade, If the patient 
remain as long as is Efficient in theft rightly made, the pain*h?tnitigated,the extended parts 
relaxed, and the paflages of the urine opened and dilated, and thus the ftone defeehdetfi ffl- 
to the bladder. But if it bee not mooved by this means any thing at all,Otit iff the place ,ancf 
that the lame total foppreflion of urine do as yet remain, neither before die pattern efitfed 
into the bath the putting of a Catheter into the bladder did any thing avail, yet notwith- 
ftanding hee (hall trie the fame again after the patient is com out of the bath, that hee may 
bee throughly (atisfied whether peradventure there may bee anie other thing in theft firft 
paflages of the yard and neck of the bladder, which may. with-hold the urine? for the Ca- 
theter will enter far more eafily, the parts beeing relaxed by the warmneft of the bathtfim 
injeft (bm oil of tweet almonds with a lyringe into the Urethra or paflage of the yard; 
whil'ft all theft things are in doing, let not the patient com into the cold air. But heer I 
have thought good to defcribe a chair for a bath, wherein thepatient may fitly fit. > 
• The 
Signs of the 
ftone flopping 
in the prefer. 
Remedies to 
force down the 
ftone flicking 
in the ureter. 
A decp&on 424 
Ofdhterfpreternatural <zAffeS:s, 
LiB.17' 
The figure of a Chair for a Semicupium. 
K A. Sheweth the whole frame of the Chair. 
9 B. The bole wherein tbe patient mufifit. 
' C. TheCiftern that bold's tbe water. -- 
D. A Cockjo emftie the water when it 
growetb cold. 
E. A Funnel whereby to four in warm 
water. 
There may alfo bee another deco&ion for the bath, as thus: rapb.ahh. an. 
ft.ii. rad. rufc.petrofel.& afparag-an. ft.i. cuminfanicul. ameof an. an. 
fol. marub. parietar. forum chamam. melil. anethi. an. m. ii. bulliant omnia fecundton artem in aqua 
fufficienti, & vini albi odoriferi exiguA quantitate ad confumptionem tertia partis pro Semi cup io. Al- 
fo the lame decoftion may bee ufed for glitters, adding thereto two yolks of eggs, aud four 
ounces of oil of lillies, with 51. of oil of Juniper, which hath a certain force to affwage 
the pain of the ftoneand collick. But a far lefs quantitie of the decoftion in a glitter muft 
bee ufed in thefe difeafes, than ufually is appointed in other difeafes; otherwife there will 
bee danger left the guts beeing diftended ftiould more prefs upon the kidnies and ureters, 
troubled in fom fort with inflammation, and fo increaf the pain and other fymptoms. This 
following cataplafin fhall bee profitably applied to the grieved place, to wit, the loins or 
flanks and bottom of the bellie, for it is verie powerful to aflwage pain, and held forwards 
the falling down of the ftone. R. rad. alth. &raphani, pariet. fanic. [etwcionis, najlurt. 
berul. an. m.i. berniaria m.p. omnibus in aqua fujficienti decotiis, & deinde contriiis, adde clei aneth, 
cbamam. &pingued. cuniculi,an.%u»farin. cicer. quantum [ufficit, fiat cataplafmaad ufumpradiftum. 
After, by thefe means, the ftone forced out of the ureter is fallen into the bladder, the pain 
prefently (if there bee but one ftone, for fomtimes more with much gravel do again fall in- 
r to the ureter} is mitigated, and then the patient is troubled with an itching and pricking 
at the end of his yard and fundament. Therefore then tmlefs hee bee verie weak, it is fit 
that hee ride and walk a foot, and take $iy. of fpecies Lithontribon in four dofes with white 
wine, or the broth of red Cicers three hours before dinner and flipper. Befides, let him 
plentifully drink good wine, and after hee hath drunk, let him hold in his urine as long as 
hee can 5 that fo it beeing gathered in great plentie, it may prefently thruft the ftone out of 
the bladder with the more force5 for which purpofe you may alfo inieft the following li- 
quor into the bladder. R. fjrupi capilf. ven.%1. aqua alkfkfngi Jiii. olei [corpionum. Jp. Let it 
bee injefted into the bladder with a fyringe. 
An anodine 
Cataplafm. 
Signs of the 
ftone fallen 
outofthefftoer 
into the blad- 
der. 
CHAP. XXXIX. 
What rnuft bee don the ft one beeing fallen into the of the bladder, or faffage of the yard. 
Fter the Hone is fallen out of the capacitie of the bladder,and Hops in the neck 
thereof, orpaflage of the yard, the Surgeon (ball have a fpecial care that hee 
do not force or thruft back the ftone from whence it came, but rather that hee 
prefs it gently with his fingers to the end of the yard, the paflage beeing firft 
made flipperie by injefting fom oil of fwect almonds. But if it flop in the end 
of the Glans,it muft bee plucked out with fom crooked infirmr c nt 5 to which it it will not 
yeeld Lib.17. 
whofe Qure is performed by Surgerie. 
425 
yeeldj a Gimblet with a pipe or cate thereto, (hall bee put into the paifage of the yard, and 
fo it (hall bee gotten out, or elf broken to pieces by the turning or twining about of the 
Gimblet,which I remember I have divers times attempted and don 5 for fuch Gimblets are 
made with (harp fcrues, like ordinarie gimblets. 
fhe delineation of a Gimblet made to breaks the ftones in the paffage of the yard, 
together with its pipe, or cafe. 
effigies of another leffer Gimblet, 
Verily what Gimblets foever are made 
for this bufineft, their bodie or point 
muft bee no thicker then a (mall probe-, 
leaft whil'ft they are forced or thruft in- 
to the Urethra, or urinarie paflage, they 
might hurt the bodies next unto them by 
their violent entrance. 
CHAP, XL. 
Wbat courf rnuft bee taken, if the ftone flicking in the Urethra., or urinarie 'faffage, cannot 
bee gotten out by-.tbe fore-meutioned arts. 
Ut if the ftone bee more thick, hard, rough and remote from the end of the 
yard, then that it may bee gotten out by the means formerly mentioned in the 
precedent Chapter., and if that the urine bee wholly fuppreft therewith; then 
muft you cut the yard upon the fide with a ftraight wound: for you muft not 
make incifion on the upper part, for fear of a flux of blood, for a large vein and 
arterie lieth there-under; nothin the lower part, for fo it would (carce ever heal again, for 
that it is a bloodlefs part, and befides, the continual and acrid falling of the urine would 
hinder the agglutination : wherefore the incifion muft bee made on the fide , on that part 
whereas the ftone moft refill's and (well's out. For that part is the more flelhie 5 yet firft 
the end of the skin of the prepuce muft bee much drawn up (b Giant, which 
beeing don, the Urethra (hall bee tied with a thred a little above the ftone,that fo the ftone 
may bee ftaied there, and may not fall back again. Therefore then, incifion beeing made, 
the ftone muft bee taken forth, and the skin which was drawn more violently to cover the 
Glans, is to bee let go back again; for fo it will com to pals that a whole part of the skin 
may cover the cut-yard, and fo it may bee the more fpeedily united, and the urine may na- 
turally flow out. 1 have by this means oft-times taken forth the ftone with the inftruments 
heer delineated. 
When the yard 
may becfafely 
cut* 
Inftrumentsfit to take the ftone forth of the opened Urethra} or 
urinarie paffage of the yard. 
Oo 
Then Ofdiver [preternatural 
Lib.17. 
426 
Then for the agglutination, if need require, it will bee requiiite to few up the lips of 
the wound,and applie this agglutinative medicine following. 
%i.fang dr aeon. & medicamentum ut dictum eft : then the whole yard mutt bee 
covered over with a repercuflive medicine made of the whites of eggs, with the 'powder of 
bole armenick, aloes, farina volatilis, and oil of rofes. Laftly, if need*fo require, a wax- 
candle, or leaden firing anointed with Venice turpentine (hall bee thruftTnto the Urethra, 
to haften the agglutination, and retain the natural fmoothnefs and ftraightnefi of the uri- 
narie paflage, leaft peradventure a caruncle grow therein. 
An agglutina- 
tive medicine. 
How to haften 
the agglutina- 
tion. 
CHAP. XLI. 
What manner of feStion is to bee made when a ftone is in a boy's bladder. 
Itherto wee have lhewed,by what means it is convenient to draw final! ftones 
out of the ureter,bladder and paflage of the urine; now will wee briefly fliew 
the manner of takeing of greater ftones out of the bladder, which is per- 
formed by incifion and iron inftruments,and I will deliver the pra&ice there- 
of firft in children, then in men, and laftly in women. Firft therefore let the 
Surgeon take the boy (upon whom it is determined the work (hall bee per- 
formed) under the arm-holes, and fo give him five or fix (hakes, that fo the ftone may de- 
fcend the more downwards to the necK of the bladder. Then muft you caufa ftrong man, 
fitting upon an high feat, to lay the childe upon his back with his face from him-ward, 
haveing his hips lying upon his knees. The childe muft lie (bmwhat high, that hee may 
breathe the freelier, and let not the nervous parts bee too much ftretched , but let all parts 
bee loof and free for the drawing forth of the ftone. Furthermore, it is fit that this ftrong 
man,the childe's legs beeing bended back,wilh the ch ilde,that puttings his legs to his hams, 
that hee draw them up as much as hee can, and let the other bee fure hee keep them fo; for 
this fite of the childe much conduceth to well performing of the work. Then let the Sur- 
geon thruft two of the fingers of his left hand as far into the childe's fundament as hee is a- 
ble; but let him with his other hand prefs the lower bellie, firft wrapping a cloth about his 
hand, that fo the compreflion may bee the left troublefom, and leaft inflammation fhould 
happen rather by this means then by the incifion. Now the compreffion hath this uft , to 
caufthe ftone to defcend out of the bottom of the, bladder into the neck thereof under the or 
fubis, whither after it is arrived, it muft bee there kept, and as it were governed by the com- 
mand of your hand, leaft it fliould Hide from that place whereto you have brought it. Theft 
things thus don, nothing now remaineth, but that the Surgeon, with a wound fom two 
fingers breadth diftant from the fundament,cut through all the flefli even to the ftone on the 
left fide of the Perineum. But in the interim, let him beware that hee hurt not the inteftinum 
return; for it may, and ufually doth happen, that whil'ft the ftone is brought out of the 
bottom of the bladder to the neck thereof, this gut is doubled in: now, if it bee cut with 
your incifion-knife, it cometh to paft that the excrements may fomtimes com out at the 
wound, and the urine by the fundament, which thing hath in manie hindred the agglutina- 
tion and confolidation of the wound; yet in fbm others it hach don little harm, becauf in 
this tender age manie things happen, which may feem to exceed nature: the incifion beeing 
made, the ftone muft bee plucked forth with the inftrument heer exprefled. 
Why the boy 
muft bee 
fliaken before 
cutting. 
How topbce 
the childe be- 
fore diflcdion. 
Where to di- 
vide the ptri- 
wwn. 
Nature verie 
powerful in 
children. 
Hoofy to pul/ftones forth of childrens bladders. 
The ftone beeing drawn out, a finall pipe (hall bee put into the wound, and there kept 
for fom fpace after, for reafons heerafter to bee delivered 5 then his knees fhall bee bound to- 
gether, for thus the wound will the fooner dole and bee agglutinated. The reiidue of the 
cure (hall bee performed by reduceing the general cure of wounds, to the particular temper 
of the childe's age, and the peculiar nature of the childe in cure. 
General rules 
muft bee redu- 
ced to parcicu- 
hr bodies. 
CHAP. LiB.17. 
IP'hoJe Qure is performed by Surgerie 
427 
CHAP- XL1I. 
. How to cut men, for the talking out of the ftone in the bladder* 
EeingweC cannot otherwile help foch men as have ftonesin their bladders, wee 
• muftcomto the extreme remedie, to wit, cutting. But the patient muft firft bee 
i purged, and if the cafe require, draw fom blood; yet muft you not immediately 
i after this, or the day following haften to the work: for the patient cannot but 
bee weakned by purgeing and bleeding. Alfo it is expedient for fom daies before to foment 
the privities with fuch things as relax and foften,that by their yeelding, the ftone may the 
moreealily bee extra&ed. Now the cure is thus to bee performed: The patient (hall bee 
placed upon a firm table or bench with a cloth manie times doubled under his buttocks, and 
a pillow under his loins and back, fo that hee may lie half upright with his thighs lifted 
up, and his legs and heels drawn back to his buttocks. Then (hall his feet bee bound with a 
ligature of three fingers breadth cslft about his ankles: and with the heads thereof beeing 
drawn upwards to his neck, and caft about it, and fo brought downwards, both his hands 
fhall bee bound to his knees, as the following figure lheweth. 
What to bee 
don before 
diffcdion. 
How to lay 
the patient* 
A figure of a man lying readie to bee cut for the ftone. 
The patient thus bound , it is fit 
you have four ftrong men at hand ; 
that is,two to hold his arms,and other 
two who may lb firmly and ftraightly 
hold the knee with one hand, and the 
foot with the other,that hee may nei- 
ther moov his limbs, nor ftir his but- 
tocks , but bee forced to keep in the 
lame pofture with his whole bodie. 
Then the Surgeon fhall thruft into 
the urenarie paflage even to the blad- 
der, a filver or iron and hollow probe, 
anointed with oil, and opened or flit 
on the out-fide, that the point of the 
knife may enter thereinto, and that 
it may guide the hand of the work- 
man, and keep the knife from pierce- 
ing anie farther into the bodies lying 
there-under. The figure of this probe 
is heer expreft. » 
Why the probe 
muft bee flit 
on the ouc- 
fide* 
Probes with flits in their ends. 
Hee (hall gently wreftthe -probe;beeing fothruft in, towards the left fide, and alfohee 
who ftandeth on the patient's right hand, (hall with his left hand gently lift up his cods>' 
that fo in the free and open (pace of the left fide of the Surgeon may have the j 
more libertie to make the incifion upon the probe, which is thruft in and turned that way. 
But in making this incifion, the Surgeon muft bee careful that hee hurt not the (earn of the 
perineum and fundament. For if that feam bee cut, it will not bee eafily confolidated , for 
that it is callous and bloodlefs, therefore the urine would continually drop f9rth this 
way. But if the wound bee made to near the fundament, there is danger, leaft by forcible 
plucking forth of the ftone hee may break (bm of the hemorrhoid veins , whence a bleeding 
may enfue,which is fcarce to bee flopped by anie means, or that hee may rend the (phinfter- 
Oo 2 mufcle? 
Why the fcatn 
of the perw<e* 
um muft nos 
bee cut. 428 
Ofdiyerfpreternatural zAjfe&s, 
Lib.17. 
bodieof the bladder, fo that it can never bee repaired. Therefore it muftbee 
made the /pace of two fingers from the fundament, according to the ftraightnefs of the fi- 
bres, that fo it may bee the more eafily reftored afterwards. Neither muft the incifion thus 
made, exceed the bignefs of ones thumb, for that it is afterwards enlarged by putting in the 
Crow's beak and the dilater, but more by the ftone as it is plucked forth. But that which 
is cut, is neither fo fpeedily nor eafily healed up, as that which is torn. Then preftntly put 
into the wound fom one of theft filver inftruments delineated heer below, and called by the 
name of Guiders, for that they ftrv as guides to the other inftruments which are to bee put 
into the bladder; theft are made with a round and prominent head, whereby it may bee put 
into the defcribed cavitie of the f robe, and they are noted by theft letters, A*A. then there 
are others marked with the letters, B»B. and called by the like name, and are to bee put un- 
der the former, beeing made forked at the end, that fo it may, as it were , embrace the end 
of the former. 
Where to 
make the 
wound to take 
forth the 
Hone. 
That which is 
torn is (boner 
healed then 
that which is 
cut. 
TCbefigures of Guiders of two forts. 
Now the probe is to bee drawn forth , and the guiders to bee thruft and turned up and 
down in the bladder, and at length to bee ftaied there by putting in the pin yet fuch guid- 
ers as want a pin are fitter for the hand, and are by fbm called ffiathe. Then muft they bee 
held betwixt the Surgeon's fingers. It will bee allo neceflarie for the Surgeon to put an- 
other inftrument called the Duckf-bill between the two guiders into the capacitie of the 
bladder 5 hce muft thruft it in fbmwhat violently, and dilate it fo thruft in with both his 
hands, turning iteverie way to enlarge the wound as much as (hall bee fiifficient for the ad- 
mitting the other inftruments which are to bee put into the bladder; yet it is far better for 
the patient, if that the wound may with this one inftrument bee fufficiently dilated, and the 
ftone pulled forth with the fame without the help of anie other. 
The effigies of an inftrument called a Pucfy-bill. 
Which if you have not in a«adineft,andthelargeneftof the ftone require more dilata- 
tion, then muft you put in this dilaterjfor beeing put into the bladder, and the handle 
prdfed together, it will dilate the incifion as much as you defire* 
• - ■ - - • • - * - Tfo Lib.17. 
T»hoje Cure is performed by Surgerie. 
429 
the figure of a Dilater fhut and opened. 
The wound by the help of this inftrument beeing dilated as much as is fuffident,thcn put 
in the ftraight Duck-bill before described, or the crooked heer expreft. 
Crooked Forcipes's like 
The ftone may bee fought and taken hold of with thefc inftruments, and beeing taken 
hold on, the branches of the inftrument fhall bee tied together, leaft they fhould fuffer that 
to Aide away which they have once taken hold of. Neither (hall the ftone bee fuddenly 
plucked out, but eafily fhaken to and again, and at length gently drawn forth. Yet you 
muft beware that you do not prefsit too ftraightly in the forceps, leaft you fhould break it in 
pieces: Som, leaft it fhould flip away, when they have once taken hold thereof, put their 
two fingers into the fundament, and put them above the ftone that it may not fall out, nor 
flip back again, which I think conduceth much to the eafie extraftion of the ftone. There 
are others who ftrengthen this comprehenfion by putting in on each-fide above and below 
thefc winged inftruments, fo that the ftone can flip forth on no fide. 
Oo 3 
Winded 430 
Of diver] preternatural .Affeftst 
Lib.17 
Winged inftrumentf to bold tbe ftone with tbe 
the figure of another* 
The figure i>f amtherrtlngedinfirimentjie end of wbrfe handle itfafiened by a firue.fnMa 
bended iron-platejwbicb is marked with ibis letter A.for tbe firmer bolding, thereof. 
After the Gone is by thefc means drawn forth, obferv diligently whether it bee worn on 
anie fide, and as it were levigated 5 for thathappeneth by the wearing or rubbing of one or 
more hones upon it 5 yet there is no furer way to know this, then by learching with a Ca- 
theter one end of the following inftrument may fupplie the want of a Catheter or probe, 
and the other may lerv for a (coop or cleanfen 
A clean fir 
A note of 
rnoptf ftonei 
then one. Lib. 17. 
Whofe Qure is performed bySurgerie. 
431 
A cleanfer or fcoop whereby you may jearcb whether there bee ante more ftones bobinde, as alfo 
clean]'or purge the bladder from gravel, clots of blood, and other fucb bodies, as ufe 
to remain bebinde after the drawing forth of the ftone. 
. For if other (Jones remain behinde, they fhallbee drawn forth a: the former, whichbee-1 
ru u"3 l e 0 , e which is crooked and hollowed like a fcoop or fpoon, 1 
fnall bee thruft by the wound into the bladder, and therewith you (hall gather together and 
take out what gravel (oever, clotted blood, and the like refute as (hall bee there, for that 
they may yeeld matt r for another flone. But if you finde that the (lone which is in the bfad- 
der bee too great, (b that it may not bee plucked forth without great and fearful rending of! 
the bladder, it will bee better to take hold thereof with this Crows bill and lb break it 1 
to peeces. 
How to cleatti 
the bladder. 
Howto break 
a ftone that 
cannot bee ta- 
ken out whole 
and at once. 
7be effigies of a toothed Crow's-billmade neatly to breakjgreater ftones> 
with a [crew to force it together. 
This Crows-bill hath onely three teeth, and thole (harp ones on theinfide, of which 
two are placed above, and one below, which is the middle- molt, lb that it falleth between 
the two upper. When the flone is broken, alt the peeces thereof muft bee taken forth, and 
wee muft have a fpecial care, left any peece thereof lie hid; for that in time, increaled by the 
accefs of a tough and vhcuous matter, or conjoined with other fragments by the interpofi- 
tion of the like matter as glcw, may rile to a ftone of a large bignefs. 
CHAP. XLIII. 
i What cure muft bee ufed to the wound, when the ftone is taken forth. 
He ftone beeing drawn out, if the greatnefe of the wound fo require , it (hall 
h ave one or two flitches with a needle and th reed,leaving onely Co much (pace 
as (hall bee fufficient to put in a pipe for the u(e wee (hall hereafter (hew j your 
thned muft bee of crimfon filk waxed, and let it not bee too finall, leaft it by 
bindcing (hould cutafunder the flelhie lips of the wound, or rot in a (horc 
time, either by the moiflure of the urine, or matter flowing from the ulcer. Thereforejrou 
Of few log the 
wound when 
the ftone is ts» 
ken forth, 432 
Of.dnerfpreternatural oydfe'cls, 
Lib.17 
(hall take up much flelh with the skin in ftwing it, leaft the lips of th? wound beeing torn, 
your labor proov in vain, andfo you are forced to trouble the patient with makeing a new 
one. Things beeing thus performed, a filver pipe (hall bee put through the wound into the 
bladder,whereof I have here given you divers forms,that you may take your choice, & fo fit 
them to the wounds, and not the wounds to them, which oft-times in want of inftruments 
the Surgeons are forced to do, to the great harm of the patient. 
Silver pipes to bee put into the bladder when the ftone is drawn out. 
Thefe muft have no holes in their fides 
fas thole here exprefled) but onely in 
their ends, that all the matter of the 
wound, and the filth gathered and con- 
crete in the bladder may flow and bee 
carried forth this way. When cleer urine 
fhall begin to flow out of the wound, 
there fhall bee no more need of a pipe; 
therefore if you continue it and keep it 
longer in the wound, there is fom dan- 
ger leaft nature accuftomed to that way, 
may afterwards negleft to fend the water 
through the Vretbra, or urinarie paflage. 
Neither muft you forget to defend the 
parts near to the wound with the following repercuflive medicine, to hinder the defluxion 
and inflammation, which are incident by reafon of the pain. R. album ovorum.nuXu. pul. bolt 
armeni,fanguinis dracon. oleirof. %i.pilorum leporinorum quantum fufficit, make a medi- 
cine of the confiftence of honey. 
A repercuffive 
medicine. 
CHAP. XLIV. 
LI things which wee have recited beeing faithfully and diligently performed, the 
patient fhall be placed in his bed, laying under him as it were a pillow filled with 
bran, or oat chaff, to drink up the urine which fioweth from him. You muft have 
divers of theft pillows, that they may bee changed as need fhall require. Somtimes 
after the drawing forth of the ftone,the blood in great quantitie falleth into the Cod,which 
unlefs you bee careful to provide againft, with difcufting, drying and confumeing medicines, 
itistobeefearedthatitniaygangrenate. Wherefore if anie accidents happen in cureing 
theft kinde of wounds, you muft diligently withftand them. After fbm few daies a warm 
injeftion fhall beecaft into the bladder by the wound, confifting of the waters of plantain, 
night-ftiade and rofts, with a little lyrup of dried rofts. It will help to temper the heat of 
the bladder cauftd both by the wound and contufion, as alfoby the violent thrufting in of 
the inftruments. Alfb it fomtimes happen's, that after the drawing forth of the ftone, clots 
of blood and other impuritie may fall into the urinaric paflage, and fo flop the urine that 
it cannot flow forth. Therefore you muft in like fort put a hollow probe for fom daies 
into the urethra, that keeping the paflage open, all the grofler filth may flow out together 
with the urine. 
How to lay the patient after the ftone is taken away. 
Remedies for 
the Codjlcaft 
it gangrcnatc. 
CHAP. XLV. 
How to cure the wound made by the incifion. 
What things 
haften the uni- 
on. 
Ou muft cure this wound after the manner of other bloodie wounds, to wife 
by agglutination and cicatrization,the filth,or fiich things as may hinder,beeing 
taken away by detergent medicines.The patient (hall haften the agglutination if 
hee lie croft-legged, & keep a (lender diet until the ftventh or ninth day bee paft. 
Hee muft wholly abftain from wine, unlefsit bee verie weak j in (lead thereof 
let him ufe a decoftion of barlie and licorifli, or mead, or water andfugar, or boiled water 
mixed with fyrrups of dried rofes, maidenhair, and the like. Let his meat bee panado, rat- 
ions, ftewed prunes, chickens boiled with the cold feeds, pur(lain,forrel, borage, ipinage, 
and the like. If hee bee bound in his bellie, aPhyfician (hall bee called, who may help it, 
by appointing either Caffia, a glyftcr,or fom other kinde of medicine as hee (hall think 
good. 
CHAP. Lib.ly- 
xvhoje Cure is performed by Surgerie. 
433 
CHAP. XLV1. 
What cure is to hue ufed to Vleers, when as the urine flow's through them, 
long after the ftone is drawn out. 
Anie, after the ftone is drawn out, cannot have the ulcer confolidated3there- 
fore the urine flow's out this way continually by little & little,and againft the 
patient's will dureing the reft of his life,unle(s the Surgeon helpit. Therefore 
the callous lips of the wound muft bee amputated, Co to make a green wound of 
an old ulcer ; then muft they bee tied up,& bound with the inftrument wee term 
a Retinaculum or ftay; this muft bee perforated with three holes, anfwering to three other 
on the other fide; needles (hall bee thruft through theft holes, takeing hold ofmuchflefh, 
and fhall bee knit about it, then glutinative medicines (hall bee applied, fiich as are Venice 
Turpentine, gum Elemi, fanguis draconis, bole armenick and the like; after five or fix daies 
the needles (hall bee taken out, and alfo the ftay taken away. For then you (hall finde the 
wound almoft glewed, and there will nothing remain but onely to cicatrize it. 
How to make 
efrefli wound 
ofanoldukcr« 
The figure of a Retinaculum, or ftay. 
1 
k. {hew*s the greater. B. the leffer, that you may tyow that you mujtufe diverf according to the 
different bignefs of the wound. 
If a 'Retinaculum or flay bee wanting, you may conjoin the lips of the wound after this 
following manner. Put two quills fomwhat longer then the wound, on each fide one, and 
then prefently thruft them through with needles haveing thred in them, takeing hold of the 
flefli between, as often as need Shall require, then tying the thred upon them. For thus 
the wound (hall bee agglutinated, and the flefliie lips of the wound kept from beeing torn, 
which would bee in danger if the needle and thred wereonely ufed* 
What to do ia 
wantofaftay. 
CHAP. XLVH. 
Ee know by the fame figns that the ftone is in a woman's bladder as wee do in a 
man's,yet it is far more ealily fearched by a Cathetert for that the neck of the blad- 
der is the fhorter, broade • and the more ftreight. Wherefore it may not onely bee 
found by a Catheter put into the bladder, but alto by the fingers thruft into the 
neck Of the womb, turning them up towards the inner fide of the Os fubis, and placeingthe 
lick woman in the fame pofture as wee mentioned in the cure of men. Yet you muft obferv 
that maids younger then feven yeers old, that are troubled with the ftone, cannot bee fear- 
ched by the neck of the womb, without great violence. Therefore the ftone muft bee drawn 
from them by the fame means as from boies, to wit. by thrufting the fingers into the funda- 
ment 5 for thus the ftone beeing found out, and the lower bellie alfb prefled with the other 
hand, it muft bee brought to the neck of the bladder, and then drawn forth by the foremen- 
tioned means. Y et if the riper yeers of the patient permit it to bee don without violence,the 
whole work (hall bee more eafily and happily performed, by putting the fingers into the 
neck of the womb, for that the bladder is nearer the neck of the womb, then it is to the right 
gut. Wherefore the fingers thus thruft in, a. Catheter fhall bee prefently put into the neck 
of the bladder: This Catheter muft bee hollow, or flit on the outfide like thofe before de- 
fcribed but not crooked,but ftraight, as you may perceiv by the following figure. 
How to take ftones out of women's bladders. 
How to fearch 
forcheftonc 
in women* 
XCathe- Ofdiverf preternatural Affects, 
Lib.17 
434 
A Catheter, upon which, beeing put into the bladder, the thereof may bee cut, 
to draw out a ftone from a woman. 
Upon this inftrument the neck of the bladder may bee cut, and then with the D Hater 
made for the fame purpoft, the incifion (hall bee dilated as much as need require's 5 yet 
with this caution, that feeing the neck of a womans bladder is the (horter,it admit's not fb 
great dilatation as a mans, for otherwife there is danger that it may com to the bodie of the 
bladder, whence an involuntarie (hedding of the water may enfue and continue thereafter. 
The incifion beeing dilated, the Surgeon putting one or two of his fingers into the neck of 
the womb, (hall prefs the bottom of the bladder , and then thruft his crooked inftruments 
or forcipes in by the wound, and with theft hee (hall eafily pluck out the ftone, which hee 
fhall keep with his fingers from flipping back again. Yet Laurence Collo the King's Surgeon, 
and both his fbns (then whom 1 do not know whether ever there were better cutters for the 
ftone) do otherwift perform this operation 5 for they do not thruft their fingers into the 
fundament or neck of the womb, but contenting themftlvs with putting in onely the guid- 
ers (whereof wee formerly made mention) into the paflage of the urine, they preftntly 
thereupon make a ftraight incifion dire&ly at the mouth of the neck of the bladder,and not 
on the fide, as is ufually don in men. Then they gently by the fame way thruft the forcipes 
hollowed on the out-fide formerly delineated,and fo dilate the wound by tearing it as much 
as fhall bee fufficient for the drawing of the ftone forth of the bladder. The refidue of the 
curd is the fame with that formerly mentioned in men : yet this is to bee added, that if an 
ulcer grow in the neck of the bladder by reafon of the rending it, you may by putting in 
the fpeculum matricis, dilate the neck of the womb, that fitting remedies may bee applied with 
the more eaf. 
CHAP. XLVIII. 
slides the fore-mentioned caufes of fupprefled urine,or difficultie of making of wa- 
ter, there are manie other, leaft anie may think that the urine is ftop't onely by 
the ftone or gravel, as Surgeons think, who in this cafe prefently u(e diureticks. 
Therefore the urine is fuppreft by external and internal caufes. The internal cau- 
fcs are clotted blood,tough phlegm, warts,caruncles bred in the paflages of the urine,(tones, 
and gravel; the urine is fomtimes fuppreft, becaufthe matter thereof, to wit, the (erous or 
whayifti part of the blood, is either confomed by the fevepifli heat,or carried other waies by 
fweats or afcouring; fomtimes alfo the flatulencie there £ontained,or inflammation ariflng 
in the parts made for the urine and the neighboring members, fiipprefle's the urine. For the 
right gut, if it bee inflamed, intercept's the paflage of the urine, either by a tumor whereby 
it prefleth upon the bladder, or by the communication of the inflammation. Thus by the 
default of an ill-affe&ed liver, the urine is oft-times foppreft in fuch as have the dropfie; or 
elf by dulnefs or decgyof the attractive, or (eparative facultie of the reins by fom great di- 
ftemper, or by the default of the animal-facultie, as in fuch as are in a phrenfie, lethargic, 
convulfion, apoplexie. Befides alfo a tough and vifcid humor falling from the whole bodie 
into the paflages of the urine, obftru&'s and (hut's up the paflage. Alfo too long holding 
the water fomtimes caufe's this affeft. For when the bladder is diftended above meafore, the 
paflage thereof is drawn together,and made more ftraight: heerto may bee added , that the 
too great diftenfion of the bladder is a hinderance that it cannot ufe the expulfive facultie, 
and ftraiten it (elf about the urine to the exclufion thereof; heerto alfo pain focceed's,which 
prefently dejc&'s all the faculties of the part which it (eizeth upon. Thus of late a certain 
young man, riding on horfback before his miftrefs, and therefore not dareing to make wa- 
ter, when hee had great need fo to do, had his urine fo foppreft, that returning from his 
journie home into the citie, hee could by no means poflible make water. In the mean time 
hee had grievous pain in the bottom of his bellie and the ferintum, with gripeings , and a 
fweat all over his bodie , fo that hee almoft (wooned. I beeing called, when I had procured 
him to make water by putting in an hollow Catheter, and prefling the bottom of his bellie, 
whereof hee forthwith made two pintes;! told them that it was not occafioned by the ftone, 
which notwithftanding the ftanders by imagined to bee the occafion of that foppreflion of 
, urine. 
Of the fuppreftion of the Urine by internal caufes. 
In fuppreflion 
of the utine 
wee muft not 
prefent ly flie 
to diureticks. 
Why the.too 
long holding 
the urine cau- 
feth the fup- 
preffion there- 
of. 
An hiftorie. Lib.17. 
trboje (Jure is performed by Surgerie. 
435 
urine. For thence forward there appeared no ligns of the (tone in the youth, neither was 
hee afterwards troubled with the (lopping ofhis urine. 
CHAP. XL1X. 
Adigrefion concerning tbe purgeing of fuch things as are unprofitable 
in the whole bodie by the tbe urine. 
Think it not amils to teftifieby the following hiftories,the providence ofna- 
ture in expelling by urine fuch thing as are unprofitable in the whole bodie. 
Mounfteur Sarret the Kings fecretarie was wounded in the right arm with a 
piftol-bullet; manie and malign lymptoms happened thereupon, but princi- 
pally great inflammations, flowing with much /ariej and fus or quitture: it 
iomtimes happened that without anie reafon this purulent and fanious efflux 
of matter was ftaied in inflammation; whereof while wee follicitoufly inquired the cau£ 
wee found both his ftools and water commixed with much purulent filth, and this through 
the whole courf of the difeaf, whereof notwith handing by God's afflftance hee recovered, 
and remain's whole and found ; wee obterved that as long as his arm flowed with this filthie 
matter, fo long were his excrements of the bellie aud bladder free from the fijnious and pu- 
rulent matter: as long on the contrarieas the ulcers of the arm were drie, fo long were ex- 
crements of the guts and bladder fanious and purulent. The fame accident befel a Gentle- 
man called Mounjleur de laCroixjNho received a deadlie wound with a fword on the left: arm, 
though German Cbaval and Mafter Rafs moft expert Surgeons, and others, who together 
with mere had him in cure, thought it was not fo for this reafon, becauf the pw cannot run 
fo long a way in the bodie, neither if it it were fo, could that bee don without the infecti- 
on and corruption of the whole mafs of blood, whil'ft it flow's through the veins; there- 
fore to bee more probable that this quantitie of filth,mixed with excrements & urine, flow- 
ed out by the default ofxhe liver, or of fom other bowel, rather then from the wounded 
arm: I was of a contrarie opinion for thefe following reafons. Firft for that which was ap- 
parently teen in the patient; for as long as the excrement and urine were free from this pu- 
rulent matter, fo long his arm plentifully flowed therewith; this on the contrarie beeing 
drie, much purulent was voided both by ftool and urine. Another was, that as our whole 
bodie is perfpirable, fo it is alfo fif I may fo term it) confluxible. The third was an exam- 
ple taken from the glafles which the French term Monte-vins (that is, Mount-wines) for if a 
glafs that is full of wine bee let under another that is fill'd with water, you may lee the wine 
raif itfelf out ofthe lower veflel to the upper through the mid'ftof the water, and fo the 
water defoend through the mid'ft of the wine, yet fo, that they do not mix themtelvs, but 
the one take and poflefs the place of the other. If this may bee don by art, by things 
onely natural, and to bee difoerned by our eies, what may bee don in our bodies, in which 
by reafon of the pretence of a more noble foul, all the works of nature are far more perfect? 
What is it which wee may delpair to bee done in the like cate ? For doth not the laudable 
blood flow to the guts, kidnies, fpleen, bladder of the gall, by the impulf of nature together 
with the excrements, which presently the parts themtelvs teparate from their nutriment? 
Doth not milk from the breafts flow fomtimes forth of the wombs of women lately delive- 
red? Yet that cannot bee carried down thither, unlefsbythe paflages of the mammillaric, 
veins and arteriers, which meet with the mouths of the veflels of the womb in the middle of 
the ftraight muteles of the Epzgraftzum.Therefore no marvel if according to Galen the -pus uu- 
mix't with the blood flowing from the whole bodie by the veins and arteries into the kid- 
nies and bladder ,bee caft forth together with the urine.Thete and the like things are don by 
nature, not taught by anie counfel or reafon,but onely afflfted by the ftrength of the tegre- 
gateing and expulfive facultie j and certainly wee prctently diflefting the dead bodie, obter- 
ved that it all, as alfo all the bowels thereof, were free from inflammation and ulceration, 
neither was there anie fign of impreffion of anie purulent matter in anie part thereof. 
An hiftorie* 
An hiftoriei 
How the pus 
may flow from 
the wounded 
arm by the u- 
rine and excre- 
ments. 
Lib.de loc.dtfit.. 
6.cap,q. 
CHAP. L. 
Here are alfo manie external causes, through whofe octafion the urine may bee 
fuppreft. Such are batheing and fwimming in cold water; the too long con- 
tinued application of Narcotick medicines upon the reins, yerintum and (hare; 
the ufe of cold meats and drinks* and ftich other like. Moreover, the difloca- 
tion of fom Vertebra of the loins to theinfide, for that it prefleth the nervs i 
difieminated thence into the bladder; therefore it caufeth a ftupiditie or numnefsof 
the bladder. Whence it is, that it cannot perceiv it felf to bee vellicated by the acrimonie 
of the urine, and confequendy it is not ftirred up to theexpulfion thereof. But from what- 
foever 
'Ey wbat external caufes the urine is fuppreff; and prognofticky concerning the fupprejfion thereof- 
Wbythediflo- 
cationofa&er- 
'ft&rdofthe 
loins may cauf 
a fupprcffion 
qf urine. Of diverfpreternatural zJTjfe'tts, 
Lib.17. 
436 
Why the fup- 
preflion of the 
urine becom's 
deadly. 
foever cauf the oppreffion of the urine proceed's, if it perfevere forfom dales, death is to 
beefeared, unlefe either a fever which may confume the matter of the urine, orafcouring 
or flux, whichmay divert it, lhall happen thereupon. For thus by flay it acquireth an acrid 
and venenate qualitie, which flowing by the veins readily infefteth the mafs of blood, and 
carried to the brain, much moleft's it by reafon of that fimilitude and lympathie of conditi- 
on which the bladder hath with the Meninges, But nature, if prevalent, ealily free'th it felf 
from this danger by a manifeft evacuation by ftool, otherwife it mult neceflarily call as it 
were to its aid, a feverilh heat, which may fend the abounding matter of this feroushu- 
miditie out through the skin, either by a fenfible evacuation as by fweat j becauf fweat and 
urine have one common matter : or elf difperf and breath it out by tranfpiration, which is 
an infenfible excretion. 
A fever fol- 
lowing there- 
on help's the 
fupprtflion of 
urine. 
CHAP. LI. 
Of bloodie Urine. 
Om pifs pure blood, others mix't, and that either with urine, and then that 
which is expelled refemble's the walking of flefh newly killed; or elf with pus» 
or matter, and that either alone or mixed with the urine: There may beediverf 
caufes of this fymptom, as the too great quantitie of blood gathered in the bo- 
die, which by the fuppreflion of the accuftomed and periodical evacuation,by the 
courfes or hemorrhoids, now turn's its courf to the reins and bladder: the fretting afun- 
der of fom veflel by an acrid humor, or the breaking thereof by carrying or lifting of fom 
heavie burden, by leaping, falling from high, a great blow, the falling of fom weight upon 
the loins, rideing Pott too violently, the too immoderate ufe of venerie, and laftly, from 
ahie kinde of painful and more violent exercife, by a rough and fliarp ftone in the kidnies, 
by the weaknefs of the retentive facultie of the kidnies, by a wound of fom of the parts be- 
longing to the urine, by the too frequent ufe of diuretick and hot meats and medicines, or 
elf of things in their whole nature contrarie to the urinarie parts; for by thefe and the like 
caufes, the reins are oft-times fo inflamed, that they neceflarily impoftumate, and at length 
the impoftume beeing broken it turn's iuto an ulcer, calling forth quitture by the urine. 
In fo great varietie of the caufes of bloodie urine, wee may gather whence the caufes of this 
fymptom may arife, by the depraved aftion of this, or that part, by the condition of the 
flowing blood, to wit, pure or mix't, and that either with the urine alone, or with pus. For 
example, if this bloodie matter flow from the lungs, liver, kidnies, diflocated Vertebra, the 
ftraight gut, or other the like part: you may difcern it by the feat of the pain and fym- 
ptoms, as a fever : and the proprietie of the pain, and other things which have preceded, 
or are yet prefent* And wee may gather the fame by the plentie and qualitie, for if, for ex- 
ample, the pus flow from an ulcer of the arm, the purulent matter will flow by turns, one 
while by the urine, fo that little is caft forth by the ulcer; then prefcntly on the contrarie 
the urine becom's more cleer* That purulent matter which flow's from the lungs by reafon 
of an Empiema, or from the liver, or any other bowel placed above the midriff,the pus which 
is caft forth with the urine, is both in greater plentie and more exaftly mixed with the urine, 
then that which flow's from the kidnies and bladder. It neither belong s to our purpofe,or a 
Surgeon's office, either to undertake, or deliver the cure of this affeft. It (hall luffice onely 
to note that the cure of this fymptom is not to bee hoped for fo long as the cauf remain's. 
And if this blood flow by the opening of a veffel,it fhail bee ftaied by aftringent 
if broken, by agglutinative 5 if corroded or fretted afunder, by farcotick- 
The differen- 
ces. 
Caufes. 
Signs of what 
caufes they 
proceed. 
Cure. 
CHAP. LIL 
Had not determined to follow or particularly handle the caufes of bloodie urines, 
yet becauf that which is occafioned by the ulcerated reins or bladder more fre- 
quently happens, therefore I have thought good briefly to (peak thereof in this 
place. The figns of an ulcer of the reins are, pain in the loins, matter howfoever 
mix't with the urine, never evacuated by it (elf, but alwaies flowing forth with the urine, 
and refideing in the bottom of the chamber-pot, with a fanious and red (ediment, flefhie 
and as it were bloodie fibres fwimming up and down in the urine, the fmell of the filth is 
notfogreatasthat which which flow's from, the ulcerated bladder, forthat thekidnies, 
feeing thsy are of a flefhie fubfiance, do far better ripen and digeft the purulent matter then 
the bladder which is nervous and bloodlefs. 
Of the figns of the ulcerated kidnies. 
Why the mat- 
ter which 
flow's from 
the kidnies is 
lefs (linking 
then that 
which flow's 
from the blad- 
der. 
CHAP* Lib.17. 
ypbofe Qure is performed hy Surgerie. 
437 
CHAP. LIII. 
Of the figns of the ulcerated Bladder. 
.cers are in the bottom of the bladder, and the neck thereof. The figns of an 
ulcer in the bladder are, a deep pain at the fliare-bones; the great ftench of 
the matter flowing there-from,white and thin skins fwimmingup and down 
in the water. But when the ulcer poflefleth the neck of the bladder, the pain 
is more gentle , neither doth it trouble before the patient com to make wa- 
ter, but in the verie making thereof, and a little while after. 
But it is common both to the one and the other, that the yard is extended in makeing of 
water, to wit, by reafon of the pain cauled by the urine fretting of the ulcerated part in the 
paflage by : neither is the matter feen mixed with the urine-', as is ufual in an ulcer of the 
upper parts, becauf it is poured forth not together with the urine, but after it. 
Differences. 
CHAP. L1V. 
of the ulcerated Reins and Bladder. 
Leers of the kidnies are more eafily and readily healed then thole of the blad- 
der; for fleftiie parts more fpeedily heal and knit, then bloodlels and nervous 
parts. Ulcers which are in the bottom of the bladder, are uncureable, or cer- 
tainly moft difficult to heal; for belides that they are in a bloodlels part , they 
are daily vellicated and exalperated by the continual afflux of the contained u- 
rine; for all the urine is never evacuated : now that which remaine's after rilakeing water, 
becom's more acrid by the diftemper and heat of the part, for that the bladder is alwaies ga- 
thered about it, and dilated and ftraightned according to the quantitie of the contained u- 
rine: therefore in the Ifchuria, that is, the luppreflion or difficultie of makeing water, you 
may lomtimes fee a quart of water made at once. Thole which have their legs fall away, 
haveing an ulcer in their bladder, are near their deaths. Ulcers arifing in thefe parts, un- 
left they bee confolidated in a Ihort time, remain uncureable. 
Why ulcers of 
the bladder 
are cured with 
more difficul- 
tie« 
CHAP. LV. 
N cureingthefiippreflionof the urine, the indication muft bee taken from 
the nature of the and cauf thereof, if it bee yet prefent or not. But the 
diverfitie of the parts, by which beeing hurt, the Ifchuria happen's, intimate's 
the varietie of medicines, neither muft wee prefently run to diureticks , and 
things breaking the ftone, which manie Empericks do. For hence grievous 
and malign fymptoms often arife,efpecially if this fuppreffion proceed from 
an acrid humor, or blood prefled out by a bruile, immoderate venerie , and all more vehe- 
ment exercife , a hot and acrid potion, as of Cantbar ides ,by too long abstaining from make- 
ing water, by or ulcer of the urinarie parts. For thus the pain and inflammati- 
on are increafed, whence follow's a gangrene, and at length death. Wherefore attempt no- 
thing in this cafe without the advice of a Phyfician, no not when you muft com to Surge- 
rie. For diureticks can fcarce have place in another cafe, then when the urinarie paflages 
are obftru&ed by gravel, or a grots and vifcid humor, or elfin fbm cold countrie, or in the 
application of Narcoticks to the loins, although wee muft not heer ufe thefe before wee 
have firft made ufe of general medicines: now diureticks may bee adminiftred fiindrie waies, 
as heerafter fhall appear. 
R. agrimon.urtic. parietar. jurculos rubros babentx, an.m.i. radaftarag. mundat. gran.alkg- 
tylgi, nu.xx,.[em. malue rad.acor.%i. bulliant omnia fimul infexlibrit aqu# dulcis ad tertias,de- 
inde coletur. Let the patient take Jiiii. hereof with Ji. of fugar candie, and drink it warm 
falling in a morning, three hours before meat. Thirtie or fortie Ivie-berries beaten in white 
wine, and given the patient to drink fomtwo hours before meat, are good for the fame 
purpofe. Alfo of nettle-feeds made into fine powder, and drunk in chicken-broth, is 
good for the fame purpofe. A decoftion alfo of grummel, Goat's-faxifrage, pellitorie of 
the wall, white faxifrage, the roots of parflie , aftaragus, acorns, bruftus, and orris drunk in 
the qu antitie of fbm three or four ounces, is profitable alfo for the fame purpofe. Yet 
this following water is commended above the reft to provoke urine, and open tne paflages 
thereof, from what cauf fbever the flopping thereof proceed. R.radicofound,regal.cjrp.biJ- 
mal.gram.petrofel.faenic.an.$ii. rapb.craffior. in macerentur per nottem in aceto alboacer- 
rimo, bulliant poftea in aqu* fluvialh ib.x. [axifrag. crift.marin.rub.tinh, milii folir, fonmitat.malv*, 
Pp • ' bi foal. 
What cure muft bee ufid in the fuppre/fion of the Urine. 
Scopes of 
cureing. 
To what fup- 
preffion of the 
urine diure-* 
ticks muft not 
bee ufed. 
To wideband 
when to bee 
ufed. 
A diurctick 
water. 438 
Of diverf preternatural Affefis, 
Lib.17 
bifmal.an. p.ii. berul.cicer. rub.an. p.i.fem. melon, citrul.an. alkekengi,gra.xx. glycyrhiz.%.1. 
bulliant omniafimul ad tertias: in colaturti inf unde per notion fol. fen.oriental, ft), fr. fiat iterum parva 
ebullitiojnexprejjione colata infunde cinam. j iterum colatura injiciatur in alembi- 
cum vitreum,poftea teveb.venet.lucid.ft).U' aq.vit# %vi. agitentur omnia fimul diligentiffime. Lutetur 
alembitum Into fapienti£,fiat diftillatio lento igne in balneo war it. Life it after the following 
maniitr : ftcaq. ftillatitfa prefciptt ?it aut iii. According to the operation which it (hall per- 
form, let the patient take it four hours before meat. Alfo radifh-water diftilled in balneo 
mdrith given in the quantitie of |iiii. with fugar, and that with good fuccefs. Baths and 
ferticitpia, or half baths are articificially made, relax, fbften, dilate, and open all the bodic; 
therefore the prefcribed diureticks mixed with half a dram of treacle may bee fitly given at 
the going forth of the bath. Theft medicines following are judged fit to cleanf the ulcers 
of the kidnies and bladder. Syrup of maiden-hair , of rofes, taken in the quantitie of 
with bydromel, or barlie-water: AfTe's or Goat's-milk are alfo much commended in this af- 
feft, becauf they cleanf the ulcers by their ftrousor whayifh portion, and agglutinate by 
their cheef-like. They muft bee taken warm from the dug, with honie of rofts , or a little 
fait, leaft they corrupt in the ftomach; and that to the quantitie of four ounces , drinking 
or eating nothing preftntly upon it. The following Trochifces are alfo good for the fame 
purpoft. Bc.quatuor fem.fr igid-major.feminis papa ver if albi, portulaf, plantag.cydon,myrtil, gum. tra- 
gacanth. & arub.pinear.glycyrrbi.mund.hordei mund.macag.pfilii, amygdal.dulcium, an.%.i. boli armen. 
fanguin.dracon.frodiiy rojar. an.yi. cum oxymelite, conficiantur fecunditm 
artem trocbifri. Let the patient take diffolved in whay, ptifan, barlie-water,and the like; 
they may alfo bee profitably diffolved in plantain-water, and inje&ed into the bladder. Let 
the patient abftain from wine, and inftead thereof let him uft barlie-water , or bydromel, or 
a ptifan made of an ounce of raffins of the Sun, honed and boiled in five pintes of fair wa- 
ter, in an earthen pipkin well leaded, or in a glafs, until one pinte bee confumed, adding 
thereto of liquorice fcraped and beaten of the cold feeds likewift beaten two drams. 
Let it, after it hath boiled a little more, bee (trained through an hypocras bag, with a quar- 
tern of fugar, and two drams of choice cinnamon added thereto, and fo let it bee kept for 
ufual drink. 
Why the ufe of i 
ditireticksis | 
better after 
baching. 
Todeanfthe 
ulcers of the 
ktdnies and 
bladder. 
Trochifces to 
heal the ulcers 
of the kidnits. 
Drink inftead 
of wine. 
CHAP. LVI. 
Of the Diabete, or inabilitie to bold the Vrine. 
What Dinbete 
is. 
He Diabete is a difeaf, wherein prefently after one hath drunk, the urine is pre- 
fently made in great plentie, by the diflblution of the retentive facultie of the 
reins, and the depravation of immoderation of the attractive facultie. The ex- 
ternal caufes are the unfeafbnable and immoderate ufe of hot and diuretick 
things, and all more violent and vehement exercifes. The internal caufes are the 
inflammation of the liver, lungs, fpleen, but efpecially of the kidnies and bladder. This af- 
feft muft bee diligently diftinguifhed from the excretion of themorbifick caufes by urine. 
The loins in this difeaf are molefted with a pricking and biteing pain, and there is a con- 
tinual and unquenchable thirft : and although this difeaf proceed from a hot diftemper, yet 
the urine is not colored, red, troubled, or thick, but thin, and white or waterifh, by rea- 
fbn the matter thereof make's verie fmall flay in the ftomach, liver, and hollow vein, bee- 
ing prefently drawn away by the heat of the kidnies or bladder. If the affeft long endure, 
the patient for want of nourifhment falleth away , whence certain death enfue's. For the 
cure of fo great a difeaf the matter muft bee purged, which caufe's or feed's the inflamma- 
tion or -phlegmon, and confequently blood muft bee let. Wee muft abftain from four cold 
feeds, for although they may profit by their firft qualitie, yet will they hurt by their diure- 
tick facultie.Refrigerateing and aftringent nourifhments muft bee ufed, andfuch as generate 
grpfs humors; as rice, thick and aftringent wine mixed with much water. Exceeding cold, 
yea narcotick things (hall bee applied to the loins, for otherwife by reafon of the thicknefs 
ofthe muftles of thofe parts, the force, unlefs of exceeding refrigerateing things, will not 
bee able to arrive at the reins; of this kinde are oil of white poppie, henbane, opium, pur- 
flain, and lettuce-feed, mandrage,vineger, and the like : of which, cataplafms, plafters, and 
ointments, inay bee made fit to corroborate the parts, and correft and heat. 
The caufcs. 
Signs. 
Why the u- 
rines are wa- 
triih. 
The cure, 
Narcotick 
things to bee 
applied to the 
loins* 
CHAP* LVIL 
Of the Strangurie. 
What the 
Strangurie is. 
THe Strangurie is an affeft haveing fbm affinitie with the Viabete, as that wherein the 
water is involuntarily made, but not together at once, but by drops, continually 
and with pain. The external caufes of a ftrangurie are, the too abundant drinking of cold 
* - • water, 
The caufcs. Lib. 17. 
whole Cure is performed by Surgerie. 
439 
water, and all too long ftay in a cold place. The internal caufes are, the defluxion of cold 
humors into the urinarie parts; for hence they are refolved by a certain palfie,and thefybin- 
fter of the bladder is relaxed, fo that hee cannot hold his water according to his defire: in- 
flammation alfo and all diftemper caufeth this affeft, and whatfoever in fom fort obftruft's 
the paflage of the urine 5 as clotted blood, thick phlegm, gravel, and the like. And becauQ 
according to Galen s opinion, all Ibrts of diftemper may cauf this difeaf, diverf medicines 
ihall bee appointed according to the difference of the diftemper. Therefore againft a cold 
diftemper fomentations fhall bee provided of a decoftion of mallows, roles, origanum, cala- 
mint, and the like, and fo applied to the privities: then prelently after,let them bee anoint- 
ed with oil of bays, and ofO/forewwi, and the like. Strong and pure wine fhall bee prelcri- 
bedforhis drink, and that not onely in this cauf, but allo when the ftrangurie happen's 
by the occalion of obftru&ion, caulfed by a grofs and cold humor, if fo bee that the bodie 
bee not plethorick.But if inflammation,together with a Plethora or fulnefs,hath caulfed this 
affeft, wee may, according to Galen's advice* heal it by blood-letting. But if obftru&ion bee 
in fault, that fhall bee taken away by diureticks either hot or cold, according to the condi- • 
tion of the matter obftru&ing. Wee heer omit to Ipeak of the Ityfuria, or difficultie of 
makeing water, becaufthe remedies are in general the fame with thole which are ufed in 
the Ifchuria, or fuppreflion of urine. 
Cwf.adapbor, 
Ad 
CHAP. LVIII. 
Of the Colicky 
Henfbever the guts beeing obftru&ed s or otherwise affe&ed, the excrements are 
hindred from pafiing forth,and if the fault bee in the fmall guts,the affeft is term- 
ed Volvulus, Ileos, and Miferere mei j but if it bee in the greater guts, it is called the 
Colick, from the part anefted, which is the Colon, that is, the continuitie of the 
greater guts; but efpecially that portion of the greater guts, which is properly and efpeci- 
ally named Colon, or the Colick-gut. Therefore Avicen rightly define's the Colick, A pain 
of the guts, Wherein the excrements are difficultly evacuated by the fundament. Paulus jE- 
gineta reduceth all the caufes of the Colick, how various foever, to four heads : to wit, to 
the grofnefs, or toughnefs of the humors impaft in the coats of the guts : flatulencies hin- 
dred from paffage forth: the inflammation of the guts: and laftly , the colle&ion of acrid 
and biteing humors. Now wee will treat of each of thefe in particular. Almoft the fame 
caufes produce the grofnefs of humors, and flatulencies in the guts, to wit, the ufe of flatu- 
lent and phlegmatick, tough and vifcid meats, yea alfb of fuch as are of good nourilh- 
ment, if fundrie thereof, and of fondrie kindes bee eaten at the fame meal, and in greater 
quanticie then is fit. For hence cruditie and obftru&ion, and at length the colle&ionof 
flatulencies, whereon a tenfive pain enfue's. This kinde of Colick is alfo caufed by the ufe 
of crude fruits, and too cold drink, drunken efpecially when anie is too hot by exercife, or 
anie other way : for thus the ftomach and the guts continued thereto, are refrigerated, and 
the humors and excrements therein contained are congealed, and, as it were, bound up. 
The Colick which is caufed by the inflammation of the kidnies, happen'sby thefym- 
pathieof the reins pained or troubled with the ftone or gravel contained in them or the 
ureters. Therefore then alfbpain trouble's the patient at his hips and loins, becauf the 
nervs, which arifing from the vertebra of the loins , are opprefled by the weight of the 
ftones and gravel, about the joint of the hip are difleminated into the mufcles of the loins 
and thigh. Alfb the ureters are pained (for they feem nothing elf but certain hollow 
nervs) and alfb the cremafter mufcles, fb that the patient's tefticles may feem to bee drawn 
upwards with much violence. Hence great, phlegmatick , and cholerick vomiting, and 
fweat of the whole bodie, all which do not furceaf before that the ftone, or gravel ffiall bee 
forced down into the bladder. Now vomiting happen'® in this affeft, for that the ventri- 
cle, by reafbn of its continuitie and neighborhood which it hath with the guts, fuffer's by 
content or fympathie. For the ftomach is of the fame kinde or matter as the guts are, fb 
that the guts feem nothing elf but a certain produ&ion of the ftomach. Therefore if at anie 
time nature endeavor to expel anie thing that is troublefbm in the kidnies, ureters, coats of 
the gutSj mefenterie, pancreas, and hypochondries, it caufeth a Colick with pain and vomit- 
ing. An hot and drie diftemper alfo caufeth the Colick, produceing a pricking and biteing 
pain, by drying the excrements fhut up in the guts, as alfo by wafting as it were the radi- 
cal humors of that place provided for the lubricateing of the guts. Acrid,vifcid, and tough 
phlegm caufeth the fame. There is alfb another caufof the Colick which is not fb com- 
mon, to wit, thetwineing of the guts, that is, when they are fo twined, folded, and 
doubled, that the excrements, as it were, bound in their knots, cannot bee expelled, as it 
manifeftly happen's in the rupture called Enterocele, by the falling of the guts into the cod. 
Likewife alfo worms generated in the Colick-gut,whil'ft that they mutually fold or twine 
Pp 2 thcmfelvs 
What IleaSjOi 
iliaca pafsio is. 
What Colica 
pttfsio, or the 
Colick is* 
tib.i.c.43. 4 
The manner 
of the ftone- 
colick. 
How a hot di- 
ftemper cauf- 
eth the colich 
The folding 
of the guts the 
cauf of the Ofdiyerfpreternatural 
LIB.I7J 
440 
themfelvs up, do alio twine the Colon it ielf ,and fold it with them. Alfo the too long Hay 
of the excrements in the guts, whether it fhall happen by the peculiar default of the too 
hot and drie bodie of the patient, or by his diet, that is, the ufe of too drie meats, or exer- 
cifes and pains taken in the heat of the fun, or by the greatnefs of bufinefs, the minde bee-> 
ing carried away, caufeth the colick, with head-ach, and plentie of vapors flying upwards. 
I remember I once diflefted the bodie of a boy of fom twelv years old, who had his guts 
folded with manie as it were ties or knots of the reftrained, too hard and drie excrements, 
the which hee caft out by his mouth a little before his death, which brought him to his 
end, beeing not helped in time by fitting medicines. Now thefe are the caufes of the colick, 
according to the opinion of the ancient and modern Phyficians, of whofe figns I judg it not 
amite beer to treat in particular. You (hall know the patient is troubled with the ftone- 
colick (by the pain which is fixed, and as it were kept in one place, to wit,of the kidnies 5 
by his former manner of life, as if the patient hath formerly voided Hones or gravel toge- 
ther with his urine 5 by the pain of the hips and tefticles for the formerly mentioned cau- 
fes, and laflly, by that the patient cab's forth by Hone 01' urine,for that the great and labo- 
rious endevor of nature to cafl forth the Hone which is in the kidnies, is propagated by a 
certain fympathie, and like fludie of the neighboring parts, ftirring up the expulfive facul- 
ties each to his work. The figns of a flatulent colick are, a tenlive pain, fuch as if the guts 
were rent or torn in pieces, together with a noife or rumbling in the bellie. The force of 
the fhut-up winde is fomtimes fo great, that it rendeth or teareth the guts in hinder, no o- 
therwife then a fwine's bladder too hard blown up. Which when it happen's, the patient 
die's with much vomiting, becaufthe flomack oppreft with winde,can contain norimbrace 
no meat. The colick whith is occafioned by the too long keeping in of the excrements, is 
accompanied with the weight and pain of the bellie, the tenfion of the guts, head-ach, ap- 
parent hardnefs of the bellie , and the complaint of the patient that hee hath not gon to 
flool in a long time. That which proceed s from a cholerick inflammation, yeeld's a fenf 
of great heat and pulfation in the midft of the bellie, by reafbn of the veins and arteries 
which are in the ■pancreas and coats of the guts, and there are the other figns of a Phlegmon, 
although alfb this as it were inflammation may arife alfo from fait, acrid and vifeous 
phlegm, which nature can neither expel upwards by vomit, nor downwards by ftool 5 this 
fundrie times is aflbeiated with a difficultie of makeing water,for that when as the right gut 
is inflamed, the bladder is prefled by reafon of their focietie or neighborhood. The collick 
which proceed's from the contorfion of the guts, fhew's it felf by the exceflive crueltie of the 
pain arifing, for that the guts are not in their due fite and place, and becaufthe excrements 
by their too long detention acquire a preternatural heat 5 and this is the caufof the death 
of manie fuch as have ruptures, for that the gut falling down from the natural place into 
the cod, beeing a preternatural place, is redoubled, and kept there as it were bound, whereby 
the excrements beeing baked,becoming more acridly hot,cauf inflammation, and by railing 
up flatulencies, increafthe diftenfion through all the guts, until at length a deadly Ileos or 
colick arifing, they com forth at the mouth. For prognofticks; it is better to have the 
pain in the colick to wander up and down, then to bee fixed: it is good alfb that the ex- 
crements are not wholly ffippreft. But the evil figns that are heer pronounce the affe& ei- 
ther difficult or deadly- Now thefe ffiew that it is deadlie, intolerable tormenting pain,con- 
tinual vomiting, cold fweat, coldnefe of the extreme parts, hicketing by reafbn of the fym- 
pathie the ftomack hath with the guts, a phrenfie by the confent of the brain with the flo- 
mach, and oft-times a convulfion, by drawing the matter into the nervs. But fuch af have 
gripeing and pain about their navil and loins, which can neither bee helped by medicine 
nor otherwife, it end's in a dropfie. The cure muft bee diverfified according to the varietie 
of the caufes, for the ftone-collick is cured by medicines proper to the ftone ; that which is 
caufedby an Enterocele, is cured by the onely reftoreing the gut to its place; that which is 
occafioned by worms, requires medicines fit to kill and caft forth the worms. But that 
which proceed's from the weakness and refrigeration of the guts and ftomack, is cured by 
heating and ftrengthening medicines as well applied outwardly , as taken in inwardly by 
the mouth, or otherwaies. The beginning of the cure of that which is occafioned by tough 
phlegm and flatulencies, is by the mitigation of the pain, feeing there is nothing which 
more dejeft's the powers then pain. To this purpofe fhall you provide baths, Semicupia, fo- 
l" mentations of mallows, marfli-mallows, violet leavs,penie-royal,fennel, Origanum., the feeds 
of time and fenugreek, flowers of caniomil, melilote, and other fuch like,which have power 
to heat, drie, attenuate, and rarifie the skin, fo to diffipate the winde. But «11 fuch muft bee 
t. aftually hot. Alfo the bellie may bee anointed with this following ointment. R.o/ez cba- 
petro[.& galang.an. ol.jalvi* aut tbymi cbrmice 
extrafi.q.f. The following liniment is much commended by Holler ius- Pk.olei rut.&nardi,an, 
Qvi.galbani cum aq.vit.diffoluti 3'11. liquefatiisfitnul adde zibete gr-iiii. crocij gr.vi far linimentum, 
Alfo little bags made with millet, oats and fait fried with a little white wine in a frying- 
pan, fhall bee applied hot upon the bellie and flanks, and renewed before they grow cold. 
You may, in head of thefe bags, ufe ox-bladders half filled with a dtco&ion of refoNing 
things 5 
An hiftorie. 
Signs whereby 
wee know that 
the cdick 
proceed 'i from 
this or that 
eauf. 
Hip.aphor. to. 
The cure. 
Baths and ano- 
dine fomenta- 
tions. 
An ointmcn Wbofe Qure isperformed by Surgerie. 
LiB.17. 
441 
things ; as fait, rofemarie, time,lavander, bay-berries,and the like: then injeft a glyfter bee- 
ing thus made. Bc.quatuor remol. an-m.i. orig.puleg.calamentb. an.ny.fi. anifi,carui an.mrfi.flOr. 
anetb.an.p.i' bulliant in bydromele ad fb.i. in qua diffolve bened. laxat.mellif antbofati,[acc rub.an.%1.1 
olei anetb.& Let a glyfter bee made to bee injefted at twice ; for the guts be- 
ing ftretched out cannot contain theaccuftomed dofts of a glyfter : Alfo this following gly- 
fter is much approQved.Bc.vini malvat.& olei nucum, an.fyn.aqua vite, %i.olei juniperi, <& rut. 
per quintam effent extrafi.anfyii. Let this bee injcfted as hot as the patient can endure. I have 
oft-times as by miracle helped intolerable pain caufed by the winde-collick and phlegm 
with this glyfter. Avicen prefcribe's a carminative glyfter made of hyflop, origanum, acorur, 
anif-feeds, and Englifli galengal. Let the patient feed upon meats of good juice and eafie di- 
geftion, as broths made with the yolks of eggs, faffron, hot herbsand a nutmeg; let him 
drink good wine, as Muskadine, or hypocras made with good wine fo to heat the ftomach 
and guts. For in Galen s opinion, all windinefs is generated by a remils heat. But if the 
pain (hall continue, a large cupping-glafs (hall bee applied to the navel, to draw and difli- 
pate the windinefs; the bellie (hall bee bound with ftrong and broad ligatures, to ftrengthen 
the guts, and di feu(s the matter of flatulencies. The patients taught by nature, life this re- 
medie,whil'ft none admoniftiing them, they prefs the bellie with their hands in the bitter- 
nefs of pain. But if the pain cannot bee thus appeafed , wee muft com to fuch medicines as: 
work by an occult propertie, as the dried gut of a Wolf, fora dram thereof made into pow- 
der it given in wine with good fuccefs. That colick which is canted by a cholerickin- 
flammation require's contrarie medicines, to wit, blood-letting, and a refrigerateing diet; < 
potions made of Diacatbolicon and Calf a diffolved in barlie-water, alfo cooling glyfters. A- 
vicen preforibe's narcoticks, for that beeing cold , they are contrarie to the morbifick cauf 
which is hot and drie; fiich are pills of Philonium. Alfo pills of Hyera picra in the quantitie 
opium and faffron, of each one grain, may beeufed. Alfo baths are appointed, 
made of water wherein mallows, marfli-mallows, violet-leavs, flowers of white lilies, let- 
tuce, purflainhave been boiled, to correct the acrimonie of the cholerick and hot humors, 
whence the dileaf and fymptom arifeth. That colick which is like to this, and proceeds 
from (alt, acrid, thick and tough phlegm, is cured, the humor beeing firft attenuated and 
diffufed, and at length evacuated by medicines taken by the mouth and otherwise, accord- 
ing to the prefcription of the learned Phyfician. But Avicen cure's that which is occafioned 
by the foppreflion of the hardened excrements, and twineing of them by meats which have 
an emollient facultie, fuch as humefting broths, as that which is made of an old cock tired 
with running, and threfhed to death, and fo boiled with dill, polypodie, and a little fait, 
until the flefh fall from the bones; alfo hee ufeth detergent glyfters, fuch as this which fol- 
low's. Bc.betx, m.i. furfurir, pi. ficus, nu.x. altb.m.i. fiat decofiioad Ibi.inqua diffolve nitri & 
murioe anfyi.facc. f i. ol.fefamini, %ii. But if the obftru&ion bee more contumacious,you muft 
ufe more powerful ones made ex cyclamin.centaurio,&biera But if the ob- 
ftruftion do notwithstanding remain, fo that the excrements com forth at the mouth, Ma- 
rianas SanEius wi(heth(by the counftl of manic who have fo free'd themfelvs from this dead- 
lie (ymptom) to drink three pounds of quick-filver with water onely. For the doubled,and 
as it twined up-gut is unfolded by the weight of the quick-filver, and the excrements are de- < 
preft and thruft forth, and the worms are killed which gave occalion to this affeft. John of1 
S.Gerw4»r,that moft worthie Apothecarie, hath told mee that hee (aw a Gentleman, who 
when & hee could not bee free'd from the pain of the colick by anie means prefcribed by 
learned Phyficians, at length by the counfel of a certain German his friend, drank three 
ounces of oil of fweet almonds drawn without fire, and mixed with fom white wine and 
pellitorie-water, and fwallowed a leaden bullet befmeared with quick-filver, and that bullet 
coming prefently out by his fundament, hee was wholly free'd from his colick. 
Why glyfters 
in the collick 
muftbee given 
in lefs quan- 
tise. 
me. 
dicines. 
The cure of a 
cholerkk col- 
lick. 
The force of 
quick-lilver in 
the unfolding 
of the guts. 
An hiftorie. 
CHAP. L1X. 
OfPblebotomie, or Blood-letting. 
Hlebotomie is the opening of a vein, evacuating the blood with the reft of 
the humors; thus Arteritomie, is the opening of an arterie. The firft fcope 
of phlebotomie is the evacuation of the blood offending in quantise, al- 
though oft-times the Phyfician's intention is to draw forth tha blood which 
offend's in qualitic, or either way by opening a vein. Repletion, which is 
canted by the quantitie, is two-fold ; the one ad vires, that is, to the ftrength, the veins bee- 
ing otherwife not verie much fwelled; this make's men infirm and weak, nature not able to 
bear his humor, of what kinde foever it bee. The other s termed ad vafa, that is, to the vef- 
fcls, the which is fo called comparatively to the plentie of blood, although the ftrength 
may verie well away therewith. The veflels are oft-times broke by this kinde of repletion, 
fb that the patient caft's and (pit's up blood, or elfevacuate's it by the nofe, womb, hemor- 
rhoids, or varices. The repletion which is ad vires, is known by the heavinels and weari- 
P p 3 fomnefs 
What Phlebo- 
tomy is. 
The ufc. 
; Repletion 
. two-fold. 
The figns. 442 
Of diverf preternatural Ajfeds, 
Lib.17. 
fomnefsofthe whole bodie j but that which is advafats perceived by their 'diftenfion and 
Five fcopos in 
letting blood. 
n fulnefs, both of them band in need of evacuation. But blood is onely to bee let by opening 
a vein, for five refpe&s: the firft is to leflen the abundance of blood, as in phletorick bo- 
dies, anu thole who are troubled with inflammation without anic plenitude. The fecond 
is for diversion, or revulfion, as when a vein of the right, is opened to ftay the bleeding of 
the left noftril. The third is, to allure or draw down: as when the fapbenn is opened in the 
ankle, to draw down the courfes in women. The fourth is for alteration or introdu&ion 
of another qualities as when in fharp fevers wee open a vein to breath out that blood 
which is heated in the veffcls, and cooling the refidue which remain's behinde. The fifth, 
is to prevent imminent difeafes 5 as when in the Spring and Autumn wee draw blood by 
opening a vein in fuch as are fubjeft to {pitting of blood, the fquinancie, plurifie, falling* 
ficknefs, apoplexie, madnefs, gout, or in fuch as are wounded, for to prevent the inflam- 
mation which is to bee feared. Before blood-letting, if there bee anie old excrements in the 
guts, they fhall bee evacuated by a gentle glyfter, or fuppofitorie, leaft the mefaraick veins 
: fhould thence draw unto them anie impuritie. Bloud muft not bee drawn from ancient peo- 
ple, unlefs fom prefent necefiitie require it,leaft the native heat,which is but languid in them, 
fhould bee brought to extreme debilitie, and their fubftance decay; neither muft anie in 
like fort bee taken from children, for fear of refolving their powers by reafon of the ten- 
derness of their fubftance, and rarenefs of their habit. The quantitie of blood which is to 
bee let, muft bee coniidered by the ftrength of the patient,and greatnefs of the difeaf: there- 
fore if the patient bee weak, and the difeaf require large evacuation, it will bee convenient 
. to part the letting of blood, yea by the interpofition of fom daies. The vein of the fore- 
head beeing opened is good for the pain of the hind part of the head; yet firft wee foment 
the part with warm water, that fo the skin may beefofter, and the blood drawn into the 
veins in greater plentie. In the fquinancie, the veins which are under the tongue muft bee 
opened aflant, without putting anie ligatures about the neck, for fear of ftrangling. Phle- 
botomie is neceflarie in all difeafes which flop or hinder the breathing, or takeaway the 
voice or fpeech, as likewise in all contufions by a heavie broke, or fall from high, in an a- 
poplexie, fquinancie, and burning fever, though the ftrength bee not great, nor the blood 
faultie in quantitie or qualitie, blood muft not bee let in the height of a fever. Moft judg it 
fit to draw blood from the veins moft remote from the affefted and inflamed part, for that 
thus the courfof the humors may bee diverted,the next veins on the contrarie beeing open- 
ed, the humors may bee the more drawn into the affected part, and fo increaf the burden 
and pain. But this opinion of theirs is verie erroneous, for an opened vein alwaies evacu- 
ate's and burden's the next part. For I have fundrie times opened the veins and arteries of 
the affected part, as of the hands and feet in the Gout of thefe parts; of the temples in the 
Megrim; whereupon the pain alwaies was fbmwhat aflwaged, tor that together with the e- 
vacuated blood, the malignitie of the Gout, and the hot fpirics (the caufers of the Head-ach 
or Megrim) were evacuated. For thus Galen wifheth to open the arteries of the temples in a 
great and contumacious defluxion falling upon the eies, or in the Megrim,or Head-ach. 
From whence 
wee muftnot 
draw blood. 
When and for 
what it is ne- 
ccfljrie. 
nit. 
CHAP. LX. 
How to open a or draw blood fi-om thence. 
How to place 
the patient. 
de firft thing is, to feat or place the patient in as good a pofture as you can, 
to wit, in his bed, if hee bee weak j but in a chair, if ftrong; yet fb, that the 
light may fall directly upon the vein which you intend to open. Then the 
Surgeon fhall rub the arm with his hand, or a warm linnen cloth, that the 
blood may flow the more plentifully into the vein. Then hee fhall bindc the 
vein with a ligature a little above the place appointed to bee opened, and hee fhall draw 
back the blood upwards towards the ligature from the lower part j and if it bee the right 
arm, hee fhall take hold thereof with his left hand ; but if the left,then with his right hand, 
prefling the vein in the mean time with his thumb a little below the place where you mean 
to open it, leaft it fhould flip away; and that it may bee the more fwoln by forcingup the 
blood. Then with his nail hee fhall mark or defign the place to bee opened, and fhall anoint 
it, beeing fb marked, with butter or oil, whereby the skin may bee relaxed, and the lancet 
enter more eafily,and therefore the feftion may bee the lefs painful- Hee fhall hold his lan- 
cet between his thumb and fore-finger, neither too near, nor too far from the point j hee 
fhall reft his other three fingers upon the patient's arm, that fo his hand may bee the more 
fteddie, and lefs trembling. Then fhall hee open the vein with an incifion agreeable to the 
magnitude of the vefTel, and the indifferent thicknefs of the contained blood, fomwhat a- 
flant, diligently avoiding the arterie which lie's under the Bafilica, and the nery, or tendon 
of the two-headed mufcle, which lie's under the Median vein- But for the Cepha- 
lick> it may bee opened without danger. As much blood as is fufficient beeing drawn, ac- 
cording to the minde of the Phyfician, hee fhall loof the ligature, and laying a little bolfler 
under 
Rubbing the 
atm. 
Bindcing it 
before wee d- 
pen the vein. 
Why the B*/?- 
lica andMedf 
an may not 
bee opened fo 
fafely as the 
Cephalick, Lib.17. 
Whofe Cure is performed by Surgerie. 
443 
under, hee (hall with a ligature binde up the wounded part today the bleeding, the liga- 
ture (hall bee neither too ftraight, norloof, but (b that the patient may freely bend and 
extend his arm; wherefore whifft that is in doing, hee mult not hold his arm ftraight out, 
but gently bended, otherwite hee cannot freely bend it. 
The bindeing 
up after 
blood-letting. 
"Thefigure of a Lancet to let blood witball. 
CHAP. LXI. 
dpping-glafles are applied Specially when the matter con junft and impaft in 
ante part is to bee evacuated , and then chiefly there is place for fcarification 
after the Cupping-glafles : yet they are allb applied for revulfion and diverfi- 
on; for when an humor continually flow's down into the eies, they may bee 
applied to the Ihoulders with a great flame , for fo they draw more ftrongly 
and effeftually. They are allb applied under women's breafts , for to flop the courfts flow- 
ing too immoderately, but to their thighs, for to provoke'them. They are allb applied to 
fuch as are bit by venemous beafts , as alfo to parts poflefled by a peftiferous Bubo or Car- 
buncle, lb to draw the poifon from within outwards. For (as Celfa lai th) a Cupping-glals 
where it is faftned on, if the skin bee firft Icarified, draw's forth blood ; but if it bee whole, 
then it draw's Ipirit. Alfothey are applied to the bellie, when anie grols or thick windi- 
nefs Ihut up in the guts, or membranes of the mufcles of the Epigajirium, or lower bellie cau- 
flng the colick, is to bee difcufled. Allb they are faftned to the Hypocondrie s» when as flatu- 
lencie in the liver, or Ipken, (well's up the entrail lying there-under , or in too great a 
bleeding at the note. Alfo they are fet againft the reins in the bottom of the bellie, whereas 
the ureters run down to draw down the ftone into the bladder, when as it flop's in the mid- 
dle or entrance of the ureter. You (hall make choice of greater and lefler Cupping-glafles, 
according to the condition of the part, and the contained matter. But to thoft parts 
whereto theft cannot by realbn of their greatneft bee applied , you may fit horns for the 
famepurpoft. 
Of Cufflng-glaffes, or Ventofes. 
The ufeof 
Cupping- 
glafles. 
Lib.S.oap.i. 
ths Of diverfpreternatural Affects, 
LIB.17. 
444 
7 be figures of Cupping-glaffes of different bignefs, with little holes in their bottoms, which (ball 
bee flopped with wax, when you apply them to the part; but opened when you would 
take them off, that fo the air may enter in with the more eaf. 
Htrw Lib.17. 
whoje Cure is performed by Surgerie. 
445 
Horns which without fire, by onely fucking at the upper hole, draw from the part 
lying under them. 
CHAP. LX!!. 
• 
N thofe parts of the bodie whereto Cupping-glafles and horns cannot bee 
applied, to thole Leeches may for the moft part bee put, as to the funda- 
ment, to open the coat of the hemorrhoid veins, to the mouth of the womb, 
the gums, lips, note, fingers. After the Leech, beeing filled with blood,(ball 
fall off, if the difeafrequire a large evacuation of blood, and the part affefted 
- - may endure it,Cupping-glafles,or Horns, or other Leeches fhall bee fiibftitu- 
ted. If the Leeches bee handled with the bare hand, they are angred,and becom lb ftomach- 
ful, as that they will not bite; wherefore you fhall hold them in a white and clean linnen 
cloth, and applie them to the skin, beeing firft lightly fcarified,or befmeared with the blood 
of lorn other creature ; for thus they will take hold of the flefh,together with the skin more 
greedily and fully. To cauf them fall off, you fhall put fom powder of aloes, fait or afhes 
upon their heads. If anie defire to know how much blood they have drawn, let him iprinkle 
them with fait made into powder, as foon as they are com off; for thus they will vomit up 
what blood foever they have fucked. If you defire they fhould fuck more blood then they 
are able to contain, cut off their tails as they fuck, for thus they will make no end of fuck- 
ing, for that it run's out as they flick it. The Leeches, by fucking, draw the blood not 
onely from the affefted part whereto they are applied, but alfo from the adjacent and di- 
ftant parts. Alfo fomtimes the part bleed's a good while after the Leeches bee fallen away, 
which happen's not by fcarification after the application of Cupping-glafles or Horns. If 
you cannot ftop the bleeding after the falling away of the Leeches, then prefs the half of a 
bean upon the wound, imtirit ftick of it felf, for thus it will flay 5 alfo a burnt rag may bee 
fitly applied with a bolfter and fit ligature. \ 
Of Leeches, and their ufe. 
The ufc of 
Leeches. 
How to applic 
them. 
How to cauf 
them to fall 
off. 
The end of tie feyenteenth (Book, 446 
Lib.i8. 
Of the GOUT. 
The eighteenth Book. 
CHAP. I. 
*Ihe defcription of the Gout. 
What it is. 
He Gout is a dileaf occupying and harming the fubftance of the Joints by the fal- 
ling down and colle&ion of a virulent matter accompanied by four humors. This 
word Arthritis or Gout, is general for everie joint fo affefted > yet it enjoie's di- 
verf particular names in fundrie joints of the bodie : as that which falleth upon 
the joint of the Jaw, is termed Siagonagra, forthat the Greeks call the Jaw Siagom that 
which affe&'s the neck is termed 'trachelagra,for that the neck is termed Tracbelos; that which 
trouble's the back-bone is called Rbacifagra, for the ipine is termed Rbacis : that which 
moleft's the flioulders Omagra, for the joint of thefhoulder is called Oworzthat which af- 
feft's the joint of the Collar-bones Cleifagra, for that the Greeks call this bone Chis: that 
in the Elbow, Pechyagra, for Pechys fignifieth the elbow: the gout in the hand is called Cbi- 
ragra, in the Hip Ifchias, in the knee Gonagras in the feet Podagra, for that the Hand, Hip, 
Knee, and Foot are in Greek termed, Cbeir, Ifcbion, Gony, and Pous. When as there is great 
abundance of humors in a bodie, and the patient lead's a fedentarie life, notfomone, but 
all the joints of the bodie are at once troubled with the Gout. 
Particular 
Gouts- 
CHAP. II. 
Of the occult caufes of the Gout. 
He humor caufing the Gout is not of a more known, or eafily expreft nature 
then that which caufeth the plague, Lues venerea, or falling ficknefs. For it is 
of a kinde and nature clean different from that which cauf a Phlegmon, oedema, 
erylipelas, or Scirrhus; for, as Aetius faith, it never cometh to fuppuration like 
otner humors, not for that, as I think, becauf it happen's in bloodlefs parts,but 
through the occafion of fom occult malignitie. Hereto may bee added that the humors 
which cauf the fore-mentioned tumors, when as they fall down upon aniepart, not then 
truly when they are turned into pus or matter, do they cauf fb fharp pains as that which 
caufeth the Gout, for the pain thereof is far more (harp, then of that humor which caufeth 
an ulcerated Cancer. Befidesthefe humors, when they rail upon the joints through anieo- 
ther occafion, never turn into knots , onely that which caufeth the Gout in the joints, af- 
ter it hath fallen thither, is at length hardnqd into a certain knottie and as it were plafter- 
like fubftance to bee amended by no remedies. But feeing it offend's not the parts by which 
it flow's down, (no more then the matter which creeping upwards from the lower parts to 
the brain,caufleth the Ep Hep fie) as fbon as it falleth into the (paces of the Joints it caufleth 
cruel pain, one while with heat, another while with cold. For you may fee Com troubled 
with the Gout, who complain that their pained joints are burn't; there are others to whom 
they feem colder then anie ice, fb that they cannot bee fufficiently heated to their heart's de- 
fire ; verily you may fomtimes fee in the fame bodie troubled with the Gout,that the Joints 
of the right fide will as it were burn with heat, but on the left fide will bee ftiff with cold; 
or which is more, the knee in the fame fide to bee tormented with a hot diftemper, and the 
ancle troubled with a cold. Laftly, there fomtimes happen's a fucceflion of pain in a fiiccefi- 
fion ofdaies, as the fame joints will bee this day troubled with a hot, to morrow with a 
cold diftemper, fo that wee need not marvel to fee Phyficians prefcribe one while hot, ano- 
ther while cold medicines againft the fame difeaf of the fame part and bodie. Alfo it fom- 
times happen's that the malignitie of this humor doth not onely not yeeld to medicines,but 
it is rather made fb that the patients affirm that they are far better when they have 
none, then when they have anie remedies applied. For all things beeing rightly don, and 
according to reafbn, yet the difeafwill com again at certain feafons by fits; and hereupon 
it is faid by Horace: 6 
Qui cupit, autnwtuit, juvat ilium fie domus aut res, 
Vt lippum pitta tabula, fomenta podagram. 
Riches the covetous, and fearful fb do 
As pi&ures fore eies,Bathes the Gout do eaf Certain- 
Lih.i xiwp.ii. 
The refetn- 
blance of the 
Gout to the 
Epilcpfic. 
The ftrange 
varietie of the 
Gout. LiB.lS. 
Qonceming the Gout. 
447 
Certainly fuch as have this difeaf hereditarily, can no more bee helped and throughly 
free'd therefrom, then thole in whom the matter of the dileaf is becom knottie, whereof 
Ovid thus fpeaketh: 
Tol/ere nodofam nefcit medicina fodagram. ' ' 
Phylick the knottie Gout it cannot heal. 
Thefe realbns have induced manie to believ that the eflence of this difeafis unknown, for 
there is a certain occult and inexplicable virulencie, the autor of fo great malignitie and 
contumacie. Which Avicen teem's to acknowledg, when hee write's that there is a certain J 
kinde of Gout whole matter is fo acute and malign, that it it at anie time bee augmented by* 
the force of anger, it may fuffice to kill the partie by fudden death. Therefore Galen him- J 
felf write's that Treacle muft bee ufed in all Arthritical and goutie affefts,and as I think, for j 
no other reafon, then for that it drie's, waffs and weaken's the malignitie thereof. Gordoni- 
us is of the fame opinion, but addeth withall, that the bodie muft bee prepared and purged , 
before wee ufe T reacle. Therefore the matter of the Gout is a thin and virulent humor, yet 
not contagious, offending in qualitie rather then quantitie, caufing extreme pains, and j 
therefore inftigateing the humors together with the caliginous and flatulent fpirits prepared < 
or readie for defluxion upon the affe&ed parts. Therefore as the biteings of Alps, and (ting- i 
ing of Wafps cauf cruel pain with fudden fwelling and bl iftering,which is by the heat of the 
humors which the poifon hath tainted, and not by the Ample folution of continuitie, fee- 
ing that wee daily fee Shoo-makers and Tailors pricking their fleffi with aules and needles 
without haveing anie Inch lymptom; So the virulencie of the gout caufeth intolerable 
tormenting pain, not by the abundance, becauf it happen's to manie who have the gout, 
no fign of defluxion appearingin the joints,but onely by a malign and inexplicable qualitie, 
by reafon whereof thefe pains do not ceafunlefs abated by the help of medicines, or nature, 
or both. The recital of the following hiftories will give much light to that inexplicable 
and virulent malignitie of the matter caufing the Gout. Whil'ft King Charls the the ninth j 
of happie memorie, wasatBurdeaux, there was brought to Cbafflellain and Caftellan the 
King's Phyficians, and Tafte a Phyfician of Burdeaux, Nicolas Lambert and my felf Surge- 
ons, a certain Gentlewoman fom fortie yeers old, exceedingly troubled for manie yeers by 
reafon of a tumor fcarce equalling the bignefs of a peaG on the outiide of the joint of the 
left Hip: one of her tormenting fits took her in my prefence; ffiee pretently began to crie . 
and roar, and rafhly and violently to throw her bodie this way and that way, with moti- 
ons and geftures above a woman's, yea a man's nature. For fhee thruft her head between her 
legs, laid her feet upon her ffioulders, you would have faid fhee had been poffefled of the 
Divel. This fit held her fom quarter of an hour; dureing all which time I heedfiilly obfer- 
ved whether the grieved part fwelled anie bigger then it was acuftomed, whether there hap- 
ned anie new inflammation ; but there was no alteration as far as I could gather by fight 
or feeling, but onely that fhee cried out more loudly when as I touched it. The fit pafled, 
a great heat took her, all her bodie ran down with fweat, with fo great wearineteand 
weak nefs of all her members, that fhee could not fo much as ftir her little finger. There 
could bee no fufpicion of an Epileptick, for this woman all the time of her agonie did per- 
feftly make ufe of all her fenfes, did (peak, difcourG and had no convulfion. Neither did fhee > 
fpare anie coft or diligence, whereby fhee might bee cured of her difeaf by the helpofPhy- 
ficians or famous Surgeons •, fhee confulted alfo with witches, wizzards and charmers, fo 
that fhee had left nothing unattempted, but all art was exceeded by the great ne(s of the dif- 
cafl When I had (hewed all thefe things at our confultation, wee all with one content were 
of this opinion, to applie a potential Cauterie to the grieved part, or the tumor.I my felfap- 
plicd it: after the fall of the Efchar verie black and virulent Janies flowed out, which free'd 
the woman of her pain and diteaf for ever after. Whence you may gather, that the caufof 
fo great evil was a certain venenate malignitie, hurting rather by an inexplicable qualitie 
then quantities which beeing overcomand evacutatcd by the Cauterie, all pain abfolutely 
ceated. Upon the like occafion, but on the right arm, the wife of the Queen's Coach-man 
at Amboif confulted Cbafpel/ain, CafteHan and mee, earneftly craveing eaf of her pain, for 
fhee was fo grievoufly tormented by fits, that through impatiencie, beeing carelefs of her 
felG fhee endeavored to caft her felf headlong out of her chamber window, for fear where- 
of fhee had a guard put upon her. Wee judged that the like monfter was to bee aflaulted 
with the like weapon, neither were wee deceived, for ufeing a potential Cauterie, this had 
like fuccefs as the former. Wherefore the bitternefs of the pain of the gout is not occafio- 
ned by the onely weaknefs of the joints, for thus the pain fhould bee continual, and alwaies 
like it felf j neither is it from the diftemper of a fimple humor, for no fuch thing happen's in 
other tumors of what kinde fbever they bee of; but it proceed's from a venenate, malign, 
occult and inexplicable qualitie of the matter: wherefore this difeaf Hand's in need of a di- 
ligent Phyfician and a painful Surgeon. , 
CHAP. 
* • • > - ■ : ' i 11 t- ' ...... 
Lib i.fett.iz, 
':raft.z.cq>. 
Lib. de tbev.ad 
Pifinemc,i$» 
The matter of 
the gout par- 
take's of oc- 
cult maligni- 
tie. 
An hiftorie. 
A terrible fit. 
How an Epi- 
; Uptick fit dif- 
fer *s from the 
i Gout. 448 
Concerning the Gout. 
Lib.18. 
CHAP. III. 
Of the manifeft caufes of the Gout. 
The firft pri- 
mitive cauf of 
the Gout. 
Lthough thefe things may bee true which wee have delivered of the occult cauf 
of the Gout, yet there bee and are vulgarly affigned others, of which a pro- 
bable reafon may bee rendred,wherein this malignitie,whereof wee have fpoken, 
lie's hid and is feated. Therefore as of manie other difeafes, fo alfo of the 
Gout there are affigned three caufes; that is, the primitive, antecedent,and con- 
junft : the primitive is twofold, one drawn from their firft original and their mother's 
womb, which happen's to fuch as are generated of Goutie parents, chiefly ifwhil'ft they 
were conceived, this goutie matter did aftually abound and fall upon the joints. For the 
feed fall's from all the parts of the bodie, as faith Hippocrates, and Ariftotle affirm's lib. de gen. 
animal. Yet this caufe's not an inevitable neceffitie of haveing the Gout, for as manie begot 
of found and healthful parents ase taken by the Gout by their proper and primarie default; 
fo manie live free from this dileaf, whole Fathers notwithftanding were troubled therewith. 
It is probable that they have this benefit and priviledg by the goodnefs of their Mother's 
feed, and the laudable temper of the womb 5 whereof the one by the mixture and the other 
by the gentle heat, may amend and correft the faults of the paternal feed 5 for otherwife the 
difeafwould becom hereditarie, and goutie perfons would neceffarily generate goutie; for 
the feed fblloweth the temper and complexion of the partie generateing, as it is (hewed by 
Avicen. Another primitive cauf is from inordinate diet,efpecially in the ufe of meat,drink, 
exercifeand Venerie. Laftly, by unprofitable humors which are generated and heaped up 
in the bodie, which in procefs of time acquire a virulent malignitie; for thefe fill the head 
with vapors raifed up from them, whence the membranes, nervs and tendons, and confe- 
quently the joints becom more lax and weak. They offend in feeding who eat much meat, 
and that of lundrie kindes at the lame meal, who drink ftrong wine without anie mixture, 
who Heep prefently after meat, and which ufe not moderate exercifes 5 for hence a plenitude, 
an obftruftion of the velfels, cruditites, and the encreaf of excrements, elpecially lerous. 
Which if they flow down unto the joints, without doubt they cauf this difeaf; for the 
joints are weak either by nature or accident in companion of the other parts of the bodie: 
by nature, as if they be loof & foft from their firft originahby accident,as by a blow,fall,hard 
travelling, tuning in the liin by day, in the cold by night, racking, too .frequent Venerie, 
elpecially fuddenly after meat; for thus the heat is diffolved by reafon of the diffipation of 
thefpirits caufed in the effufion of Iced, whence manie crude humors, which by an unfea- 
Ibnable motion are lent into the finews and joints. Through this occafion old men,becauf 
their native heat is the more weak, are commonly troubled with the Gout. Befides alfo the 
luppreffion of excrements accuftomed to bee avoided at certain times, as the courfes, hemor- 
hoids, vomit, fcouring, caufeth this dileaf. Hence it is, that in the opinion of Hippocrates, 
A woman is not troubled with the Gout, unlefs her courfes fail her. They are in the fame 
cafe who have old andruning ulcers fuddenly healed, or varices cut and healed, unlefs by a 
ftriftcourfofdiet they hinder the generation and encreafof accuftomed excrements .Alfo 
thofe which recover of great and long difeafes, unlefs they bee fully and perfeftly purged, 
either by nature or art,thefe humors falling into the joints,wch are the reliques of the difeaf 
make them to becom goutie : and thus much for the primitive cauf. The internal or antece-» 
dent cauf is, the abundance of humors, thelargenefsofthe veflels and paflages which run 
to the joints, the ftrength of the amandating bowels, the loofhefs, foftnefs and imbecilitie 
ofthe receiving jonits. The Conjunft cauf is the humor it felf impaft and fhut up in the 
capacities and cavities of the joints. Now the unprofitable humor, on everie fide lent down 
by the ftrength of the expulfivc fiicultie, foonea linger's about the joints, for that they are 
of a cold nature and denf, fo that once impaft in that place, it cannot bee eafily digefted and 
refolved. This humor then caufeth pain by reafon of diftention or folution of continuitie, 
diftemper, and befides the virulencie and malignitie which it acquire's. But it favor's of 
the nature fomtimes of one, fomtimesof more humorsj whence the Gout is either phle- 
gmonous, or eryfipilatous, edematous, or mix't. The concourf of flatulencies, together 
with the flowing down humors, and as it were tumult by the hinderance of tranfpiration, 
encreafeth the dolorifick diftention in the membranes, tendons, ligaments and other bodies 
wherein the joint confift's. 
Lib.de aerejoc. 
& aqua. 
Lib. 1. cap. 17. 
Lib. 3.feu a a. 
tnift.x.wp.f. 
Another pri- 
mitive cauf of 
thcGour. 
Apb.ig.Sefi.f 
The antece- 
dent caufof 
the Gout. 
The conjunft 
Five caufes of 
the pain of the 
Gout. 
CHAP. IV. 
VVhat and how 
the matter of 
the gout coin's 
down fromthc 
brain. 
Out of what fart the matter of the Gout may flow down upon the joint f. 
THe matter of the Gout cometh for the moft part fom the liver, or brain; that which 
defcend's from the brain is phlegmatick, fe'rous, thin and clear, fuch as ufually drop's 
out of the note, endued with a malign and venenate qualities Now it pafleth out by the 
'Tnufcu- Lib.18. 
Concerning the (jout. 
449 
mufculous skin and pericranium, as alfo through that large hole by which the Ipinal mar- 
row, the brain's fubititute, is propagated into the fpine, by the coats and tendons of the 
nervs into the fpaces of the joints, and it is commonly cold. That which proceed's from 
the liver is diffused by the great vein and arteries filled and puffed up, and participate's of 
the nature of the four humors, of which the mafs of the blood confift's, more frequently 
accompanied with an hot diftemper, together with a goutie malignitie. Befides this manner 
of the Gout,which is caufled by defluxion,there is another which is by congeftion 5 as, when! 
the too weak digeftive facultie of the joints cannot aflimilate the juices lent to them. 
Gout by con® 
geftion. t 
CHAP. V. 
The figns of the humor flowing fiom the brain. 
Hen the defluxion is at hand, there is an heavinefs of the head, a defire to reft, 
and a dulnefs with the pain of the outer parts, then chiefly perceptible, when 
the hairs are turned up, or backwards; the mufculous skin of the 
head is puffed up as fwoln with a certain oedematous tumor; the patients feem 
to bee much different from themfelvs by reafon of the fundions of the minde hurt by the ma- 
ligni tie of the humor, from whence the natural faculties are not free; as the crudities of the 
ftomach, and the frequent and acrid belchings may teftifie. 
CHAP. VI. 
The figns of a goutie humor,proceeding fiom the liver* 
He right Hypocondrie is hot in fuch goutie perlons , yea the inner parts are 
much heated by the bowel 5 blood and choler carrie the (way 3 the veins are 
large and fwoln, a defluxion Hidden ly fall's down, Specially if there bee a 
I greater quantitie of choler then of other humors in the mats of the blood. 
But if, as it often fall's out, the whole blood , by means of crudities degene- 
rate into phlegm and a whayilh humor; then will it com to pafs, that the Gout alfo,which 
proceed's from the liver, may bee pituitous or phlegmatick,and participate of the nature of 
anixdema , like that which proceed's from the brain. As if the fame mats of blood decline 
towards melancholic, the Gov: which thence arifeth, refemble's the nature of a fcirrbus yet 
that can fcarce happen, that melancholic by reafon of the thicknefs and flownefs to motion 
may fall upon the joints. Yet notwithftanding, becaufe wee {peak of that which may bee 
of thele, it will not bee unprofitable briefly to diftinguifh the figns of each humor , and the 
differences of Gouts to bee deduced from thence. 
When the 
Gouti which 
proceed's 
from the de* 
fault of the li- 
ver, aflimi- . 
ate's the na- 
' ture of an 
adtma. 
Why the Gout 
feldom pro- 
ceed's from 
melancholic. 
CHAP. VII. 
By what figns wee may underftand this or that humor to accompanie the goutie malignitie- 
Ou may give a guefs hereat by the patient's age, temper, feafon of the year, 
condition of the countrie where hee live's, his diet and condition of life, the 
increafof the pain in the morning, noon, evening or night, by the proprietie 
of the beating, pricking, fharp or dull pain; by numnels, as in a melancholic 
gout or itching; as in that which is caufled by tough phlegm,. by the lenfible 
appearance of the part in lhape and coior (as for example fake in a phlegmatick Gout, the 
color of the affefted part is verie little changed from its ftlf and the neighboring well parts, 
in a languine Gout it look's red, in a cholerick it is fierie or pale, in a melancholic livid 
or blackilh) by the heat and bignefs which is greater in a fanguine and phlegmatick then in 
the reft, by the change: and laftly, by things helping and hurting. And there bee fom, who 
for the knowledg of thele differences, with us to view the patient's urine , and feel their 
pulf, and confider thele excrements, which in each particular nature are accuftomed to a- 
bound or flow, and are now fuddenly and unaccuftomarily fuppreft. For hence may bee 
taken the figns of the dominion of this or that humor. But a more ample knowledg of 
thefe things may bee drawn from the humors predominant in each perlon, and the figns of 
tumors formerly delivered. Onely this is to bee noted by the way, that the Gout which is 
caufled by melancholic, is rare to bee found. 
Qjl 
CHAP. 450 
Concerning the Cjvut 
Lib.18. 
CHAP. VIII. 
in the Gout. 
Y the writein gs of Phyficians the pains of the Gout are accounted amongft the 
moft grievous and acute; fo that through vehemencie of pain manie are almoft 
mad, and wife themfelvs dead. They have certain periods and fits, according 
to the matter and condition of the humor wherin this malign and inexplica- 
ble goutie virulencie reiide's. Yet they more frequently invade in the Spring 
and Autumn; fuch as have it hereditarie are fcarce ever throughly free therfrom, as neither 
fuch as have it knottie: for in the former it was born with them, and implanted, and as it 
were fixed in the original of life; but in the other, the matter is becom plafter-like, fo that 
it can neither bee refolved nor ripened. That which proceed s from a cold and pituitous mat- 
ter, cauffeth not fuch cruel tormenting pain, as that which is of an hot, (anguine or chole- 
rick cauf, neither is it fo fpeedily healed, for that the hot and thin matter is more readily 
diflblved; therfore commonly it ceaftth not until fortie dales bee paft: Befides allb, by how 
much the fubftance of the affefted part is more denf, and the expulfive facultie more weak, 
by (b much the pain is more tedious. Hence it is, that thole goutie pains which moleft the 
knee, heel and huckle-bone, are more contumacious The Gout which proceed's of an hot 
matter, reft's not before the fourteenth or twentieth daie. That which is occafioned by a- 
crid choler, by the bitternefs of the inflammation and pain caufleth a diflicultie of breath- 
ing, raveing, and fundrie times a gangrene of the affefted part, and laftly death; and healed, 
. it often leav's a palfie behinde it. Amongft all the goutie pains, the Sciatica challenged! 
the prime place, by the greatnefs of the pain and multitude of fymptoms; it bring's un- 
qtiietnefs and watching, a fever,diflocation, perpetual lamenels, and the dccaie of the whole 
leg, yea and oftefi-times of the whole bodie. Now lamenefsand leannefs, or decaie of the 
part are thus occafioned, for that the decurrent humor forceth the head of the thigh-bone 
out of the cavitie of the huckle-bone; this beeing forced out prefleth the mufcles, veins, ar- 
teries, and that notable and large nerv which run's along the thigh, even to the furtheft 
joints of the toes, and by the waie is diverfly difperftd over the mulcles of the whole leg: 
Therfore becauf the head of the thigh is put out of its place, the patient is forced to halt; 
becaufthe veflels and nervs areopprefled, the nourifement and fpiritsdo not freely flow 
into the parts ther-under, whence proceed's their decaie. Yet it fundrie times happen's, 
that the head of the thigh beeing not difplaced, manie halt becaufthe vifcid humor, which 
is naturally implanted in that place, and continually flow's thither, both for the nutri- 
tion of theft parts, and the lubrication of the joint for quicker motion, is hardened by heat 
and idlenefs , and the other unprofitable humors which flow down do there concrete, and 
fb intercept the libectieof motion. A grofs and vifcid humor intowhat joint foever it 
falleth and ftaieth, doth the fame. For by concretion it turn's into a plafter-like nature 
at or near the joint, poflefling the cavities therof,and itdepraveth the figure of the part, 
makeing it crooked and knotted, which formerly was ftraight and fmooth. Furthermore, 
everie diftemperature cabled by the defluxion of humors, if it feall lie long upon anie 
part, deprave's all the a&ions, and oft-times wholly abolifeeth them; fo that there may 
bee three caufles of the leannefs or decaie of the joint by the Gout, the obftruftion or cotn- 
preffion of the veflels, idlenefs and an heftick diftemper: but two of lamenefs, diflocati- 
on and the concretion of an adventitious humor impact in the joint. If contrarie to cu- 
ftom andreafbnthe pains of the Gout do not go away, or return at their accu Homed 
periods, moft grievous and dangerous difeafes theron follow ; for the matter accuftomed 
to flow down into the joints> if it feiz upon the fubftance of the liver, caufle's a phlegmon; 
if it ftaie in the larger veins, a continual fever : if it flow in the membrane invefting the 
ribs, a plurifie; if it betake it ftlf to the guts, and adhere to their coats, the colick, or 
Iliaca faljio : and to conclude, it produceth divers other fymptoms, according to the di- 
verfitieof the parts whereto it flow's and abide's. For thus fundrie that have been trou- 
bled with the Gout, becom paralytick, becaufthe matter, which formerly flowed down 
into the joints, ftaie's in the fubftance and pores of the nervs, and fb hinder's the fpirit 
that it cannot freely in its whole fubftance pafs through them: hence therfore com's the 
refblution of the part, whereinto the nerv is inferred. Old men can never bee quite or 
abfblutely cured of the Gout, forthat themafs of their blood is fb departed from its 
primarie and native goodnefs , that it can no more bee reftored, then dead or fbwred 
wine. The Gout, which proceed's from a cold cauf, invadeth flowly,andby little and 
little, and is helped by the uft of hot things ; that which is from an hot matter,quickly 
feew's it felf, and is helped by the uft of cold things. Now, although the Gout more fre- 
quently return's in the Spring and Fall, yet it com's in the midft of winter, the nervs beeing 
weaknedby theexcefs of cold, and the humors prefled out; otherwhiles in the mid'ft of 
Summer,the fame beeing diffuftd and diffipated. Laftly, it com's at anie time or ftafbn of 
the year, if thoft who are fubjeft to this difeaf feed plenteoufly, and do all things accord- 
ing 
The Gout fre- < 
quent in the j 
Spring & Fall., 
What Gout 
uncureable* J 
Gal.adaphw. 
Wfett.i. 
Why the Sch- 
tica caufleth 
lamenefs. 
Theecauffes 
of the lame- 
nts or decay 
of the limbs. 
How the Gout 
turn's into the 
Palfie. 
Why the Gout 
tike's one in 
winter,and the 
midft of fuxn* 
men Lib.18. 
whofe (Jure is performed by Surgerie. 
451 
ing to their own mindes and dcfire. 1 note who are troubled with the Gout, feel and per- 
ceiv change of weather, itorms, rains, fnows, windes, and fuch like, before they com. A 
Southerlie conftitution of the air, for example, fill's the bodie with humidities, and ftir's up 
the humors that lie quiet in the bodie; and therefore cauf defluxions upon the weaker parts, 
fuch as the joints, both by nature, as beeing without blood and flelh, as alfo by accident, 
for that they a long time have been accuftomed to bee fo tormented therefore their pains 
are increafed in a wet feafon. Manie of thele that are troubled with the Gout, defire ve- 
nerie in the bitternels of their pain, becaufthe internal heat wherewith they then are in- 
flamed, doth not diflipate into Ipirits and air, as the feverilh heat doth, but diflblv's, and 
as it were melt's down the leminal humor, which diflblved, flow's to the genitals , filleth 
and diftend's them. The lame thing befall's carriage and running horles, for in thefe by 
labor, much heat (end's flatulencies to the bottom of thebellie. Yet venerie is verie hurtful 
to fuch as are troubled with the Gout, becauf it diffipate's the Ipirits and native heat, and 
encrealeth the unnatural heat; whereby it cometh to pafs, that the nervous parts are weak- 
ned, and the pain exafperated. Rich men, that is, fuch as feed riotoufly on varietie of dain- 
ties, and in the mean (pace live idlely and lazily are more frequently and cruelly tormented 
with the Gout then poor people,who live fpareingly and hardly:Wherefore there have been 
feen not a few of liich rich and riotous perfons, who haveing (pent their eftates, have there- 
with changed their health, together with their fortune and diet, and fo have been wholly 
freed from the Gout. 
Why fuch as 
have the Gout 
upon them, do 
oft-times de, 
fire venerie. 
Venerie hurt- 
ful in the 
Gout. 
CHAP. IX. 
77;e general method of preventing and cureing the Gout. 
dofe who delire to prevent the Gout,muft not glut themftlvs with meat,muft bee 
quick to labor,and abftain from wine & venerie, or certainly muft not ufe them, 
unlefs for their healths fake, muft vomit and purge at certain times. Hippocrates 
write's,that boies are not troubled with the Gout before the ufe of venerie. Yet 
at this day manie Eunuchs are feen to have the Gout,but Specially thofe who abound with 
idlenefs and pleafure j yet thefe wee have heretofore mentioned are verie effeftual, not onely 
for the prevention,but alfo for the cure of the prefent difeaf. Yet wee muft diligently diftin- 
guilh the caulfes, what they bee,and whence they may proceed, and oppofe thereto remedies 
contrarie in quantitie and qualitie.There are abfolutely three diftinft caufles of the Gout:A 
tainture from the parents; a corruption of the humors by diet and air j a native,or adventi- 
tious weaknefs of the joints. Againft thefe there is a two-fold indication : the firft is the eva- 
cuation and alteration of the peccant humors,the other the ftrengthning of the weak joints* 
Thefe two fhall bee performed by diet conveniently appointed , purgeing , blood-letting, 
provocation of the hemorrhoids, courfes, vomit, fweat, urine, and fit application of local 
medicines. Therefore, when the time fhall com, wherein the Gout accuftometh to return 
by courf, the patient fhall have a care of himftlfbydt diligent manner of diet, hee fhall leflen 
the matter of the difeaf by phlebotomie (if that the Gout fhall arife from the blood) from 
the oppofite part, that by the fame means revulfion and evacuation may bee made, as 
if the upper parts bee inflamed, blood fhall bee drawn from the lower; if on the contrarie 
the lower, out of the upper, alwaies obferving the ftraightnefs of the fibres. Thus the right 
arm beeing troubled with a goutie inflammation, the Saphcia of the right leg (hall bee open- 
ed, and fo on the contrarie; but if this general blood-letting beeing premifed , the pain 
fhall not ceaf, it will bee requifite to open the vein next to the pain, which I have often per- 
formed with happie fuccefs. 
Yet phlebotomie hath not the like effeft in all, for it is not available to fuch as are con- 
tinually and uncertainly troubled with goutie pains, or whofe bodies are weak and cold, 
wherein phlegm onely is predominant. Wee may fay the fame of purgeing, for though it 
bee oft-times neceflarie, yet too frequently re-iterated,it prove's hurtful j furthermore,nei- 
ther of theft remedies is ufaally verie profitable to fuch as obferv no order in meat & drink, 
which ufe venerie too intemperately, who abound with crude and contumacious humors; 
whofe joints by long vexation of the contrafted an heftick diftemper and weak- 
nefs, fo that they are departed from their natural conftitution, and fuffered a great change 
of their proper fubftance. Wherefore as often as thefe greater remedies fhall bee ufed a Phy- 
fician fhall bee called,who according to his judgment may determine thereof. For oft-times 
diet proveth more available then medicines : therefore the patient (if the matter of the Gout 
bee hot) fhall either drink no wine at all, or elf verie much allaied, that is, as much as his 
cuftom and the conftitution of his ftomach can endure. A fit time for purgeing and 
bleeding is the Spring and Autumn, becauf, according to the opinion of Hippocra- 
tes , Gouts reign chiefly in theft feafbn j in Autumn, for that the heat of the pre- 
cedent Summer debilitateth the digeftive facultie, the native heat beeing diflip.ated : 
as alfo the eating of Summer-fruits hath heaped up plentie of crude humors in the 
Q_q 2 bodie, 
Aph.$o-/eft6t 
Two general 
fcopcs of cutt- 
ing the Gout. 
Whence blood 
nwft bee let in 
the Gout. 
What goutic 
perfons findc 
no benefit by 
phlebotomje. 
In what Gout 
diet prove's 
more cffiftuaj 
then medi- 
cines. Concerning the Cjout. 
Lib.18. 
452 
bodie, which eafily flow down into 'the paflages of the joints opened and dilated by the 
Summer's heat: add heerunto, that the inequalitie or variablencfs of Autumn weakneth all 
nervous parts, and contequently the joints. But in the Spring, for that the humors forced 
inward, by the coldnels of the Winter , are drawn forth from the centre to the circumfe- 
rence of the bodie, and beeing attenuated , fall into the joints upon a verie (mall occafion, 
therfore theer is great both neceffitie and opportunitie for evacuation, which if it (hall not 
avert the accuftomed fit, yet it will make it more gentle and eafie. 
CHAP. X. 
Of Vomiting 
To what gout 
vomiting is to 
beeuied. 
it Omiting is by all the Antients exceedingly commended, not onely for the pro 
0 vention, but alio for the cure, Specially when as the matter floweth from the 
brain and ftomach; for the phlegmatick, ferous and cholerick humors, which 
ufiially flow from the joints, are excluded and diverted by vomit, and alio theer 
is attenuation of that phlegm, which beeing more thick and vifcid, adhereth to the roots 
of the ftomach : yet you muft confider and fee, that the patient bee not of too weak a fto- 
mach and brain, for in this cafe vomiting is to bee fufpefted. For the time, fuch as have 
e excrementitious humors flowing down to the ftomach through anie occafion, as by exer- 
cife and motion, muft vomit before they eat ; on the contrarie,fuch as are over-charged with 
an old congeftion of humors, muft vomit after they have eaten fbmthing. Certainly, it is 
fafer vomiting after meat, then it is before. For the drie ftomach cannot, unlefs with great 
contention and ftraining , free it felf from the vifcid humors impaft in the coats thereof; 
and hence there is no finall danger of breaking a vein or arterie in the cheft or lungs, efpe- 
cially if the patient bee ftraight-chefted, and long-necked, the feafon cold, and hee unaccu- 
ftomed to fiich evacuation. I remember that with this kinde of remedie I cured a certain 
Gentleman of Geneva, grievoufly molefted with a cruel pain in his ffioulder, and therby im- 
potent to ufe his left arm ; the Phyficians and Surgeons of Lions feemed to omit nothing 
elffor his cure. For they had ufed purgeing, phlcbotomie, hunger, a diet-drink of Gudia- 
cum and China (although his difeaf was not occafioned by the Lues Venerea) and diverf o- 
ther topick medicines, neither yet did they anie thing avail. Now learning by him that 
hee was not apt to vomit, but that it was difficult to him, Iwiffied him to feed more 
plentifully, and that of manie and fiindrie meats ; as fat meat, onions, leeks: with fundrie 
drinks; as beer, ptifan , fweet and (harp wine, and that hee ffiould as it were over-charge 
his ftomach at his meal, and prefently after get him to his bed; for fb it would happen, 
that nature not endureing fo great confufion and perturbation of meats and drinks, wherof 
fbm weer corrupted alreadie in the ftomach, and other-fbm fcarce altered at all, nature not 
endureing this confufion and perturbation, would eafily, and of its own accord provoke 
the ftomach to vomit; which that it might the beteer fiicceed, hee ffiould help forward na- 
ture's endeavor, by thrufting his finger or a feather into his throat, that fb the thick and 
tenacious phlegm might by the fame means bee evacuated : and not content to do thus once, 
I wiffied him to do the like the fecond and third daie following; for fo it verifieth that fay- 
ing of Hippocrates/the fecond and third daie exclude the reliques ofthefirft: afterwards, that hee 
ffiould vomit twice a month, chaw maftick falling, rub his neck and the pained part xvith 
aqua witt, ftrengthened by infufing therin lavander, rofemarie, and cloves grofly beaten, 
confirm his arm by indifferent exercife: hee performed all this, and fo became free from 
his pain, and recovered the ufe of his arm. Thofe who do not like fiich plentiful feeding, 
ffiall drink a great quantitie of warm water , wherin radiffi roots have been boiled, and 
they ffiall have a care leaft by ufing their ftomachs to this excretion by vomit, they weaken 
the digeftive and retentive faciiltie therof. Wherfore fuch as can naturally, (hall think it 
fufficient to vomit twice a month. 
What time the 
fitteft ther- 
fore. 
An hiftoric. 
How to make 
one vomit 
cafily. 
Lib.de rtt.vi- 
ftis. 
CHAP. XI. 
'The other general remedies for the Gout. 
He defluxion of ferous humors is verie fitly diverted from the joints by the urine 
by the Life of diuretick medicines. Therfore the roots of (brrel, parflie, rufcuf, 
aftaragus, and graft, and the like, (hall bee boiled in broth, and given to fuch as 
have the Gout: for when the urine floweth much and thick, the pain is lefl- 
ned. Maniehave found benefit byiflues; for the Arthritick malignitie flow's 
forth of thefe, as by rivelets ; experience (hew's it in fiich as are troubled with the Lucs Ve- 
nerea, for in thofe that you cannot overcom the malignitie by the proper antidote, that is, 
Quick-filver,they feel no greater eafof the pain,then by application of caufticks,and make- 
ing of iflues.They (hall bee made in lundrie places,according to the difference of the pained 
joints, 
How diurc- 
ticks are good 
for the Gout. 
Iflues or fon- 
tanels. Lib.18. 
whofe Qure is performed by Snr gene. 
453 
joints, to wit, in the beginning or the neck , ii the defluxion proceed from the brain , and 
fall into the joints of the collarbones or fhoulderjif into the elbow or hand, under the 
mufck Epomis it into the hip, knees and feet, lorn three fingers breadth under the knee, on 
the in-fide: for thus thcer will follow more plentiful evacuation, by reafbn that the Sapbeia 
runneth down that way. Yet if the patient bee troubled with much bulinefs, and muft tra- 
vel much on horfi-back, then fhall they bee made on the out-fide of the leg,between the two 
bones thereof, that fb they may trouble him the lets in rideing. If anie had rather ufe an a- 
ftual cauterie, let him take fuch an one as is triangular and (harp, that fo hee may with 
more fpeed and lels pain perform that which hee intend's, and let him thruft it through a 
plate of iron which hath an hole therein, and let the place bee marked,leaft hee (hould err 5 
the ulcer fhall bee kept open, by putting in a pill of gold, filver, lint, of the root of orris, 
hermodaftiies, gentian, wax, wherwith fom powder of vitriol, mercurie or alum (hall bee 
incorporated, leait it (hould fill up with flefh fooner then the Phylician fhall think fit. In 
the mean (pace, the head, oft-times the original of the evil, (hall bee evacuated by takeing 
in the winter the pits cocbit, and de Affajeretb; but in, dimmer fine quibus, or Imperials, be- 
fore the Full of the Moon. Be.pul.hyert agar.recent. troeb. & rbei an.fii. myrobal. cbe- 
bul.%$. tamarind, cum infufionefen£,fiat znaffa de qua formentur pil/.vi. pro drachma $ let the 
patient take two before flipper everie eighth di?e; the daie after hee (hall drink fbm broth of 
the decoilion of cicers, and the diuretick roots. Alfo thefe following pils will bee good to 
purge the phlegmatick and ferous humor- Bc.pillular.fcetid. & de bermodattil.av. formentur 
cum fucco vel fyrup.rofar.folut. Or elf, Be.aloes agarici troebif. & rhei, pilul-ar- 
thrit. & de hermodatt.an £)ii. diacrzd.Q-. cum melle rofatofiat maffa, capiat pondM, as the Phyfi- 
cian fhall think fit, by whole advice thefe (hall bee ufed and changed as occafion fhall offer 
it felf, and the nature of the humor cauffing the difeaf. The day after the purgeing, the pa- 
tient fhall take three hours before meat half a dram of treacle , to ftrengthen the entrails : 
pils are preferred before liquid medicines, for that by their long ftaie in the ftomach they 
eafily attraft the noxious humor from the brain, and the other more diftant parts. I have 
known fom Phyficians, who mixing with ordinarie pils a good quantitie of fcamonie, as 
feven or eight grains, with a little ginger, lead it (hould hurt the ftomach, have purged by 
(tool a great quantitie of ferous humors; the daie following they gave barlie cream to cor- 
reft the harm which the fcamonie may have don to the ftomach. Others for the fame pur- 
pofe give treacle, which doth not onely ftrengthen the entrails, but alfb weaken's the viru- 
Icncie of the goutie malignitie; the orifice of the ventricle muft bee (hut after meat, that fo 
the vapors afleending to the brain may bee reftrained: for this purpofe common drige-pow- 
der, marmelate, or conferv of rofes are good. In a wet feafbn ufe cephalick perfumes thus 
made : mafiicb. an.%1. gr anorum juniperi, baccarum lauri, an.%fi. ligni aloes 
affe odor ate $i.p. Let them bee grofly beaten, let the fume bee received in tow,or card- 
ed cotton, and io applied to the head. Alfo the excrementitious humors (ball bee dried 
up by the following powder ftrowed on the patient's head for fifteen daies. Be.fol. rof. rub. 
feme,ft£cbad. utriufque 4w.n1.fk wiz'/n, %iiii. furfuris loti in vino albo, |iii- florum cbamcem.melil.an. 
p-i. fem.anifi, %i. falls commit. fiat omnium ptulvis. Let it bee put into linnen bags,with which, 
beeing warmed at the fire in a frying-pan, and kept with ftirring, the head (hall bee rub- 
bed. Let the following medicine bee chawed, and kept in the mouth in the form of a ma- 
fticatorie, in the time of the falling down of the defluxidn. Be. cubelarum, nucis mofebat- 
pyretbrz, £ii. mafiicb.rad.fiapbifagr. eryngiz, Let them all bee made 
into powder, and mixed together, and tied up in a little taffatie to the bignefs of a ha- 
fel-nut, and let them bee rowled up and down the mouth with the tongue to cauf (pit- 
ting or falivation. Working with the hands, and friftions of the arms , efpecially in the 
morning after the evacuation of the excrements, are good for fuch as are troubled with 
the Gout in the feet, for fb, it not onely caufleth revulfion from the feet, but alfo the re- 
(blution of that which is unprofitable. 
Where to bee 
m?dc. 
An adual 
cauterie. 
Pils. 
Common pils 
with the addi- 
tion of fcamo- 
nie. 
Tre»cle,how 
ufeful in the 
Gout. 
Cephalick fu- 
migations. 
Cephalick 
A mafticato- 
rie. 
CHAP. XII. 
Fter the bodie is once fed, they muft not return to meat before that the conco&ion 
bee perfe&ed in the ftomach, leaft the liver bee forced to draw by the melaraick 
veins that which is yet crude and ill digefted, and as it were forced thence. 
Whence the depravation of the nutriment of the whole bodie; for the following 
decoftions doe not amend the default of the firft. Let them make choice of meat of 
good juice and eafie digeftion, rofted for fuch as are phlegmatick, but boiled for fuch 
as are cholerick: As they (hall fhun much varietie one meal, fo muft they efchue the ufe of • 
pulfts, milk-meats, fallads, and (harp things $ as verjuice, vineger, the juice of oranges, and 
citrons.They fhal not eat unlefs they bee hungrie,& (hall defift ther-from before they bee ful- 
ly fatisfied,if it bee but for this, that whil'ft the native heat is bufied in the digeftion of meat 
Qjj 5 plenteoufly 
What diet is convenient for fuch as have the Gout. 
The fault of 
the firftcon- 
co&ion, is nor 
amended in 
the after. Concerning the Gout. 
Lib.18. 
454 
plenteoufly eaten, it is diverted from the conco&ion of the noxious humors. The flefh of 
great fowl, as fwans, cranes, peacocks are not of and are with more diflicul- 
tie digefted in the ftomach. Som of the ancients have difallowed of the eating of capons.and 
the like birds, becauf they are fubjeft to bee troubled With the Gout in the feet. Fillies are 
to bee fhunned, for that they heap up excrementitious humors, and are eafily corrupted in 
the ftomach, yea and relax it by continual ufe. Of the flefh of beafts,veal is moft to bee com- 
mended, for that it breed's temperate blood, and laudable juice, and is eafily digefted. Nei- 
ther in the mean time is mutton to bee found fault withall. But the like hunger or abfti- 
nence muft not bee appointed to all men troubled with the Gout, for fuch as are of a fan- 
. guine and cholerick complexion, becauf they are endued with much , and much wafteing 
heat, are to bee refrefhed with more plentiful nourifhment; for hunger fharpen's choler,and 
; fo augment's their pains; neither in the interim muft they bee fed with too much moift meats, 
for too much moifture, befides that it is the autor of putrefaftion, will cauf defluxions,and 
draw down the matter to the joints. Therefore the cholerick humor muft bee incraflated 
and refrigerated by takeing things inwardly , and applying things outwardly, leaft by its 
tenuitie it fhould fall down into the grieved parts. To this purpofe conduce broths altered 
with lettuce, purflain, forel, and the like and barlie creams made with a deco&ion of 
the four cold feeds* Phlegmaekk bodies, by reafon that they have not fo vigorous heat, do 
as it were carrie their provaftt:about them , wherefore they muft not bee fed, neither with 
i manie, nor with moift meats. FA 11 that are troubled with the Gout, muft fhun thofe things 
which are hard of digeftion, and which are foon corrupted, for they all have a certain re- 
mifs fever,which diminifheth the native heat, and make's the meats apt to putrefie. Too 
plentiful drinking not onely of wine, but alfo of anie other liquor, is to bee avoided. For 
by too great a quantitie of moifture the meat float's in the ftomach, and the native heat is 
in fbm fort extinguifhed, whence proceed crudities- Som Phyficians commend the ufe of 
white wine, for that it provoke's urine, which is not altogether to bee difallowed, if fb bee 
that the bodie bee free from excrements, otherwife by this, as it were a vehicle, efpecially if 
the temperature of the bodie bee fbmwhat more hot, they fhall bee carried down into the 
joints. Therefore in fuch a cafe I fhould rather advife them to ufe claret,which is fbmwhat 
weak and aftringent, for that it doth not fo much offend the head nor joints, and it fhuts 
and ftrengthen's the orifices of the veflels. Yet it will bee more convenient wholly to ab- 
ftain therefrom, and inftead thereof to drink an drome I made after this manner : ft.aqut 
ft.iiii. meltis opt.q.i. bulliant ad confumptionem ft.i. bene defiumando, adde ad finem, falviti p.i. im'o 
ft tiger fit pituitojus, cinnamomi aut caryopbillorum momentum. For cholerick perfbns make a fu- 
gred water thus: Rc-aquti fontis ib.iiii.faccari Ib-fi.colenturpermanicam fine ebullitione, addenda 
in fine cinnamomi For thus the ftomach fhall alfo bee ftrengthened; alfo hee may drink 
ftifan, wherein at the end of the deco&ion fhall bee boiled fbm dried roles, or elf fom fyrup 
of pomegranates added thereto,leaft it fhould offend the ftomach; as foon as it come's from 
off the fire, let it ftand and fettle, and then ftrain it through an hypocras-bag, or clean lin- 
nen cloth. 
Capons fub- 
jeft to the 
gout. 
Cholerick per- 
fons cannot a- 
way with long 
falling. 
Phlegmatick 
bodies in fall- 
ing feed upon 
themfelvs. 
White wine 
not good for 
the gout. 
Claret may 
bee the fafelier 
drunk. 
Hydromel moft 
fafely. 
An Hydrofac- 
wum. 
CHAP. XIII. 
T is a matter of much conlequence for the prevention of this evil, to ftrengthen 
thesjoints, whereby they may bee able to refill the humors preternaturally falling 
down upon them. Wherfore it is good morning and evening to rub them with 
oleum ompbacinum, that is, oil made of olives not com to their perfect maturitie j or 
with oil of rofes mixed with common fait finely powdered. It may alfo bee mixed with 
common oil, adding thereto the powder of Hart's-horn , as that which hath an aftringent 
and drying facultie. Alfo it is good to bathe them in this following lee: Bccort.granat.nucum 
cupref.gallarum,fumacb.cortic.querni, an%ii.falis com.alumin. rocb. an.%i- falvia, rorifmar. lavendul. 
lauri, iv& artbretic.an.m.i. rofar.rub.rn.fi. bulliant omnia in fex fkvini crafli & aftringentis, & lixi- 
wio parato ex aquacbalibeata,& cinere querno. Then foment the part with fponges or cotton- 
cloths ; after,this fomentation fhall bee carefully wiped and dried with hot linnen cloths, 
takeing heed of cold. The juice of unripe haws tempered with oxycrate is a Angular thing 
for this purpole. But if you defire to ftrengthen the joints weakned by a cold cauf, then, 
R.falvit, rorifm. tbymi, lavendul. laur. abfinth. anm.i. caryopbyl.zinzib.piperif, conquaffatorum an. 
%i.infundanturinaquh vite &\vini rubri aftringentis, an.Vb.iiii. bulliant leniter inbalneomari#. 
With this liquor foment the joints morning and evening. Som think it good to ftrengthen 
the joints, to tread grapes in vintage-time, which if they bee not able to do, then let them 
wafti their feet in the muft or new prefled wine. Alfo bags may bee thus made for the lame 
purpole. Befall com.alum.rocb.cort.granat.fumach.berberif, nucum cupreffiian.Jini.fol.falvi<ie,rorifm. 
rofar.rub.an.rn.fi. Let them bee all put in linnen bags, and boiled in lee, and lo make a de- 
co&ion for to foment the joints. 
CHAP. 
How to ftrengthen the Joints. 
A fomentati- 
on to ftreng- 
then the 
joints. 
The juice of 
haws with 
oxycrate. 
Bags. Qoncerning the (font 
Lib.iS. 
455 
CHAP. XIV. 
Of the Palliative Cure of the Gout and the material caufes thereof. 
Eer alfo mutt wee conlider the caufes whence this difeaf proceed's, the tem- 
per of the di leafed bodie, the parts affefted, and thofe from whence it pro- 
ceeds. For as thefe are not alwaies alike, fo neither can one and the like re- 
medie bee ufeful in everie Gout. For firft thole which proceed of a coldcauf 
require other remedies, then thole which arife from a hot, and that which 
proceed's from anie one limple humor,then that from wch arifeth diverf mix- 
ed together.ForCholer alone caufeth cruel pains,but tempered by the admixture of Phlegm, 
itbecom's more gentle. Furthermore fom remedies are good in thebeginning, fom in the 
encreaf and fom at other times. Neither may wee ufe reperculfives in the Sciatica, as wee 
may in the Gout of the feet and other joints j unlefs per adventure the part bee fearfully in- 
flamed. Takeing thefe things to confideration wee muft obferv that the Palliative cure of 
that Gout, which cannot abfblutely bee helped, as that which is hereditarie and inveterate, 
is performed by four Icopes. The firft isby appointing a convenient diet in the fix things wch 
are termed not-natural. The fecond by evacuaterng & diverting the antecedent matter, both 
by purgeing and phlebotomie.The third by topick medicines according to the condition of 
the morbifick humor and nature.The fourth by corre&ing the lymptoms, but Specially the 
pain, whereof in thefe affefts there is oft-times fo great excels by reafon of the inexplicable 
and invincible malignitie of the virulent qualitie allbciateing the humor that it alone is 
oft-times fufficient to kill the patient. And becaufthe varietie of morbifick caufes, bring's 
a varietie of remedies, fitted to thele four intentions, therefore it behoov's a Phyfician to 
bee moft attentive in the diftinftion of the caufes. For hee may bee eafily deceived and mi- 
ftake one for another, for arthritick pains proceeding from a cold matter, if they bee mi- 
tigated by the application of Narcotick and cold medicines, it may induce us to believ that 
the material cauf is hot, though really it bee not lb; for Narcoticks aflwage pain, not for 
that they arecontrarie to the cauf thereof, but becaufthey take away the fenf by induceing 
a numnefs 5 on the contrarie, the material cauf may Ibmtimes feem cold, which notwlth- 
ftanding is hot, for that it becom's better by application of hot medicines, that is,by take- 
ing an argument from that which help's, becauf contraries are cured by contraries, and the 
like preferved by the like. But herein confift's the error, for that hot medicines profit not by 
their contrarietie, but by the attenuation of thegrofs matter, by the rarefa&ion of the skin 
and diflipateing them into air. Whence you may gather, that an argument drawn from 
that which help's and hurt's, is verie deceitful: moreover it may happen that a large quan- 
titie of cold matter flowing down from the brain, may cauf great pain by reafon of the vi- 
rulencie, and a finall quantitie of choler mixed therewith, which ferv's for a vehicle. to Carrie 
down the tough and flow phlegm into the joints, whence the patient becom's thirftie and 
feverifl by reafon of the heat and inflammation of thefe parts, wherby fuch as are lets caute- 
lous and hcedie will eafily bee induced to beleev that fom hot matter is the occafion of this 
Gout. Now when as not fom one fimple humor but different by reafon of mixture, cau- 
feth the Gout, the yellowifh color of the part may deceiv one, as, if the evil matter fhould 
proceed from choler onely, which by the tenuitie of its fubftance leaving the center, eafily 
poflt fleth the circumference of the bodie or part: and notwithftanding much phlegm beeing 
as it were en raged by the admixtion of a little choler, may bee the chief cauf ofthe 
may peradventure bee difcovered by the encreaf of pain in the night feafon. A fever arifeing 
by means of pain and watching may encreaf the conceived opinion of choler, which at- 
tenuateingand diffufeing the humors, drive's them into the joints, and caufeth fierie urines, 
tinftured with much choler, and a quick pulfl Yet notwithftanding the Phyfician fliall 
bee in an error, it deceived with thefe appearances,hee attempt the cure of this Gout,as arife- 
ing from a hot, and not from a cold cauf: yet I am not ignorant that the cure of the pro- 
per difeaf muft bee neglefted for the cure of the fymptoms. Befides alfo it may com to pals 
that choler may bee the cauf of the Gout, aud notwithftanding no figns thereof may appear 
in the skin and furface of the affefted part, becauf the coldnels of the ambient air, and the 
force of applied Narcoticks may have deftroied the color of the juices lying therunder, and 
as it were imprinted a certain blacknels. It alfo happen's, that the bodie beeing over-char- 
ged with a great quantitie ofgrofs and vifcid humors, the expulfive facultie may difeharge 
fom portion thereof unto the joints , but leav the reft impaft in the cavitie of fom entrail, 
where caufing obftruftion and putrefaftion may prefently cauf a fever, and that intermit- 
ting, if it bee final!, and obftruft onely the lefler veins, and thefe of the habit of the bodie. 
Wherfore then it is not fufficient that the Phyfician employ himfelf in the cure of the 
Gout, but it behoov's him much more to attend the cure of the fever, which if it bee con- 
tinual, it diferedit's the Phyfician, and endanger's the patient 5 if it bee intermitting,it eafi- 
ly becom's continual, unlefe it bee withftood with fit remedies, that is', unlelsyou 
let blood,the bellie beeing firft gently purged, and nature bee prefently free'd by a ftronger 
purge 
The (copes of 
cureing. 
Reptrcuflives 
not tobeeufed 
in the Sciatica. 
The palliative 
cure performed 
by four (copes. 
An argument 
taken from 
that which 
helpeth orgi- 
veth eaf, is not 
alwaiescertain. 
How cold dif- 
eafes may bee 
helps 1 by cold, 
and hot,by hot 
medicines. 
The firft thing 
that may dc- 
:eiv a Phyfici- 
an. 
The fecond. 
The third. 
The fourth. 
The fifth. 
The fixth, 456 
Qoncernin? the Gout. 
Lib.i8. 
Whj' ftrong 
purges mult be 
given to fuch 
as have the 
Gout. 
purge of the troublefbm burden of humors. Now it is convenient, the purge bee fomwhat 
. ftronger then ordinarie, for if itfhould bee too weak, it will ftir up the humors, but 
not carrie them away, and they thus agitated will fall into the pained and weak joints,and 
caufthe Gout to By this it appears how deceitful that conje&ure is,, which relic's 
and is grounded on one iign, as often as wee muft pronounce judgment of morbifick caufes. 
Wherfore to conclude, wee muft think that opinion moft certain concerning the matter of 
. the difeaf, which is Strengthened with multiplicitie of figns, as thofe which are drawn from 
the color of the part, the heat or coldnefs manifeft to the touch, thole things that help and 
hurt, the patient's familiar and ufiial diet, temper, age, region, feafbn of the yeer, propri- 
etie of pain, the exacerbation or excefs thereof,in what daies, and in what hours of the daie, 
the length of thefe fits, the urine and other excrements coming from the patient's bodie. 
But for that not a few are in that herefie, that they think that wee muft neither purge nor 
let blood in the Gout, weee muft heer convince that opinion. For feeing that phyiick is 
the addition of that which want's, and the takeing of thofe things that are fuperfluous, 
and the Gout is a dileafwhich hath its effence from the plentie of abounding humors, cer- 
tainly, without the evacuation of them by purgeing and bleeding, wee cannot hope to cure, 
cither it, or the pain which accompanies it. Metric, in his Treatife of the Gout write's, 
that it muft bee cured by purgeing, ufed not onely in the declination, but alfo in the height 
of the difeaf which wee have found true by experience; and it is conlbnant to this faying 
of Hippocrates $ in pains wee muft purge by the ftool. Befides alfo, Galen profeffeth that in 
great inflammations, fevers and pains, hee knew no greater nor furer remedie then to let 
blood, even to the fainting of the patient. If thofe which are in this cafe fhall not becom 
better by purgeing and phlebotomie conveniently prefcribed, then it happen's by the means 
of drunkennefs, gluttonie, and the like diftemper. For hence abundance of crude humors 
are heaped up, which by thir contumacie yeeld themfelvs lefs obedient to medicines. There- 
fore fuch goutie perfons as are intemperate and giv'n to gluttonie and venerie, may hope for 
no health by ufe of medicines. 
That judg- 
ment moft cer- 
tain which 
reft's upon 
multiplicitie 
of fig ns. 
Why wee muft 
ufe purge ing 
and bleeding 
in the Gout. 
Lib.de aflefi.ubi 
de Arthrit lo- 
quitur. 
Adafh.ii. 
fefi.i. 
Lib.de cur.pey 
fangmifsionem. 
CHAP. XV. 
Of local medicines which may bee ufed to a cold Gout. 
It is not fafe 
to uferepercuf- 
fives in the 
Gout before 
purgeing. 
Ittle do topick medicines avail, unlefs the bodie of the goutie patient (hail bee 
purged from excrementitious humors; belides alfo there is danger leaft by the ufe 
of repelling medicines, the virulencie of the humor may bee driv'n into the en- 
trails, which thing hath been the caufof fudden death tomanie. Now in the 
firft place wee will (peak of local medicines which are thought meet for a phle- 
gmatick juice, becaufthis is more frequent, then that which is from a hot cauf. At the be- 
gining in everie gout, the Sciatica excepted, wee muft ufe aftringent things which have a fa- 
cultieto binde or ftrengthen the joints , and to drie and wafte the excrementitious humor. 
As, R. fol* fabin* m.fS. nucum cuprefi Jiii. aluminis rocb. fygum. tragacanth* Jiiii. mucaginis pfi- 
lii <& cydon. quantum fufficit, fiat cataplafma. Or, R. ftercoris bubuli recentis ft>. i. mellit rof. |iiii. 
oleirof.& aceti anfyi. bulliant Jimulpar%m, fiat cataplafma. Or elf R. olei rofar. &myrtillan. 
|ii. pulveris myrrh* & aides an. fy acaci* |ii-P. incorporentur cum aquh gallarum cottarum, & fiat 
unguentum. Som boil (age, camomile and melilote flowers, wormwood and dane-wort, of 
each a handful in a fofficient quantitie ofvineger, then they put the grieved part into this 
decoftion beeing warm; and by frequent ufeing this medicine, it hath been found to repel 
and confume the noxious humor, not onely cold, but alfo cholerick; and alfo to ftreng- 
then the part. The frefti feces of Olives laid to the part, affwage pain : dried Oranges boil- 
ed in vineger, beaten and applied,do the feme* Or, R. medii corticis ulmi fo.p. caud* equin, 
jhzcbad. confolid. majoris, an. m.j3. aluminis roch. tburis an. farin. bordei %v. lixivii com. quan- 
tum fufficit, fat cataplafma ad formampultis fails liquid*. Commonly then when as the part 
fwelleth up, the pain is leflned, for that the expulfive facultie driveth the' humor from the 
center into the circumference of the part, that is, from within outward; for in like fort, 
luch as have the tooth-ache have leis pain when their cheeks begin to fwell. 
After repercuffives, wee muft com to thofe which evacuate theconteined humor by evacu- 
ateing or refolving it. For everie defiuxion ofhumors remaining in anie part require's eva- 
cuation. Neither muft wee marvel thereat, if the digefted humor doth not vanifh at the firft 
time; for wee muft have regard to the cold phlegm which is thick and vifcid, as allo of the 
part which is ligamentous, membranous and nervous, and confequently more denfthen 
flelhie parts. R. rad. Bryon. ftgilli beat. Mari*. anfyv. bulliant in lixivio, poftea terantur, & colen- 
tur per fetaceum, addendo farin. bordei & fabarum an. fy olei cbam*m. %ni. fiat cataplafma. Or, R. 
bordei & lupin. 4g. |iii .fulpburis vivi & fain com. an. mellis comfy. pul aloes & myrrbean.fy. 
aq. vit. fy cum lixivio,fiat cataplafma. Or, R. fucci calium rub. aceti boniy anfyiii. farin. bordei 
pul. vitellos ovorum nu. iii. olei cbam*mfyii. croci £)ii, fom burn the roots 
and ftalks of Coleworts,and mix the afhes with hog's greaf and the powder of Orris, and 
fo 
An aftringent 
Cataplafm. 
A difcuffing 
fomentation. 
One, partly a- 
ftringent and 
partly difcuf- 
fing. 
Why the gou- 
tie humor doth 
not prefently 
vanifh upon the 
ufe of reper- 
cufiivts. 
Greater di£ 
cuffcs Lib.i8. 
Qoncerning the (font. 
457 
Co make a pulcis- Or, R. Latfis vaccini ft.ii. mic# pants albi quantum fujficit, bulliant fimul, ad- 
denda pulveris fubtilis florum cbam#m. &meliloti an. m.p. croci £)i. vitellos ovorum nu. iiii.o/. rof. 
%iii. butyri recentis %i. terebinth. %ii. fiat cataplafma ad formam pultis fails liquid#, ThisCata- 
plafm may bee applied with good fuccefs, not onely to phlegmatick and cold, but alfo to 
anie gout, at anie time to mitigate the extremitie of the pain in men of anie temper, and it 
muft bee changed twice or thrice a daie. Alfo Triacle diffolved in wine, and anointed on 
the part, is faid to affwage this pain. You may for the lame pur pole make and applie em- 
plafterrs, unguents, cerats and liniments: This may bee the form of an cmplafter. R.gum- 
mi ammoniaci, bdelii,ftyracis, cum aceto &• aqua vit. dijfolve adde far in. f#nugr> 5P- olei 
cbam#m.& anetb. cer# quantum fujficit, fiat empaftrum molle, Or, R. rad. bryon.figjll. beat 
Mari#, an. bulliant in lixivio complete, & colentur per fetaceum,addenda olei cbam. |iiii. fevi bir- 
cini cpfanov. quantum fujficit, fiat emplaftrum molle. Or, R. gum. ammon. opopanacis galba- 
ni. an.pfii, diffolvantur in aceto» poftea colentur, adde olei liliorum, terebinth, venet.anfiffi. picifna- 
valis,&cer. nov. quantum fujficit,fiat emplaftrum molle. Or elf, Ec.fuccirad. enul.camp. & ebuli 
an. rad. altb. ft. (5. coquantur & colentur per petaceum, addendofiorum cbam. melil. fambuchi,ro- 
rifrnar. & byperici an p. ii. nucum cuprefi, nu. iiii. ol. cbam. anetb. hyper, liliorum, de fiica an. $ii. 
pinguedinis anatis, pallin. anferis an. ranas viridas vivas nu.vi.catellos duos nuper natos, bulliant 
omnia fimul, zn ft. ii- fi.vinioderiferi&unaaqu£vit.adconfumptionem fuccorum & vini, &offi- 
um catellorum dijfolutionem, & for titer exprimantur exprejfionis adde terebinth.%iii. cer. quan- 
tum fufficit, fia emplaftrum molle. devigo. Oxicroceum, de mucilaginibus , de meliloto 
and the like mixed together, and foftned with a little oil or axungia, are of the like facultie, 
and good for the lame purpofe. 
Let this bee the form of an ointment. R. anferem pinguem, & imple catellis duobus, de quibus 
deme cutem, vifcera, caput & pedes item accipe r anas nu. x. colubros detrafla cute infruftra diffefios 
nu. iv. mithridat. & tberiac. fol.falvi#, rorifmar. thymi,rut#, an. m.p. baccarum lauri,& 
j uniperi, conquaffat. anf%i. pulveris nuc. mofcbat. zinzib. caryophyl. & piper, an. $i. de eo quod ftil- 
labat fiat unguent um vel linimentum cum cera & terebinth, veneta, pauca aquh vit# addita this mar- 
veloufly alfwageth the pain of the Gout arifeing from a cold caul? Another, R. gummi pini, 
& lodani, an. gummi elemi & pifcis naval, an. terebinth, venet. clar# $vi. cbam#m. & hlio- 
rum an. ffvi.vini rub. ft. i. ]3. aq.vit. &falv. an. 3vi. diffolvantur omnia fimul lento igne, baculo fem- 
per agiiando, deinde adde pul. ireos.flor. baccarum lauri et hermodatyl. mafticbes, myrrh# et 
olibani an. farin# incorporentur omnia fimul, fiat unguentm molle. Or R. mucag, 
feminis f#nugr. in aceto extraff. quantum volueris, cui mifcemellis quantum fujficit, let them bee 
boiled together until they acquire the conliftenceof anointment. Thefe things (hall bee 
changed, as often as need (hall leem to require. Alfo ah anodine and difeufling fomentati- 
ons are good to refolv; as this, R. fol.rut#,falv. rorifmar, an. md. bulliant cum aceto &vino', 
and lb make a decoftion for a fomentation, which you may ule not onely in a cold Gout, 
but alfo in a hot, becauf it relblveth and ftrengtheneth the part by aftriftion, andfree'th it 
from the defiuxion : you muft have a care that the medicines which are tiled to pains of the 
Gout bee changed now and then. For in this kinde ofdifeaf that remedie which did good 
a little before,and now availcth,will in a Ihort time becom hurtful. 
But if the contumacieand exefs of the pain bee lb great, that it will not yeeldto thede- 
fcribed medicines ; then it is fit, becauf the difeaf is extreme, toufe (according to Hippocra- 
tes's counfel) extreme, ftich as are thofe which follow. R. axungi# gal!in#, olei laurini maftic. 
&euphorb.an.%i. pulv.euphorb. &pyretb an. litus, herewith let the partbeerubbede- 
veriedaie,for it is a verie effectual medicine. For euphorbium and Pellitorie by their heat at- 
tenuate and refolv, the capon's greafand oil of baies relax , the oil of maftich ftrengthen- 
eth the part and hindereth a new defluxion. Alfo there is made a verie anodine ointment of 
oil of Foxes, wheerin earth-worms,the roots of elecampane and bryonie have been boiled, 
with a little turpentine and wax; this foften's, attenuate's and refolv's the cold humor im- 
paft in the joints* Or elf R. feminis finapi pulviferati, & aceto acerrimo dijfoluti, mellisana- 
cardani aqu#vit#'ffi..falis com. let them bee all mixed together, and applied to the 
pained part. Or, R. picis nigr#fffm. terebinth, venet# i. fulpburis vivi fubtiliter pulverifati 
olei quantum fujficit, liquefiant fimul, fiat emplaftrum; let it bee fpread upon lether, and laid up- 
on the part for two or three daie's fpace,if the patient perceiv anie eaftherby ;if otherwise, 
let it bee changed as wee faid before. Somforthe fame purpole applie nettles therto, and 
prefently after wafh the part in the fea or fait water. Others foment the part with vineger 
wherin pigeons hath been boiled. A veficatorie made of verie fower leaven^cantharides,and 
a little aqua vit# is verie powerful to eveauate the conjunft matter. For thus the malign and ; 
virulent ferum,or whayilh humor is let out, whence follow's fom eafof the pain. Now there 1 
are fomgoutie pains, which cannot bee leffned or affwaged unlefs by remedies more power- 1 
fill then the diftemper, therfore veficatories ought not to bee reje&ed, feeing that the An- 
cients in this affeft have alfo made ufe of aftual cauteries,as wee fhall fhew heerafter. Chrifto- 
pber Andreas in his book termed O'ecoitarie [that is, domeftick much commend's 
Ox-dung wrapped in cabbage or vine-leays, and roafted in the embers, and fo applied hot 
too the grieved part. 
C H A P, 
A cataplafm 
good for anie 
Gout at anie 
time. 
Difcuffing em- 
plafters. 
Ointments, 
Difeufling fer- 
mentations. 
Remedies mutt 
bee often chan- 
gedin the gout 
A great dif- 
cuffer. 
An anodine. 
: A veficitorie 
againftthecon- 
tumacie of the 
conjunft mat- 
, ter. 458 
Qoncerning the Gout 
Lib.i8. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Gf local medicines to bee applied to hot or fanguin Gout. 
Whatrepercuf- 
fives are here 
required. 
Eremuft wee in the begining make uft of repercuflives, fuch as are cold and 
drie, that they may contend with the morbihck matter by both their quali- 
ties 5 alfo let them bee aftri&ive, fo to add ftrength to the part. But I would 
have you alwaies to underhand that you muh firh premile general medi- 
cines. R. albuminum ovorum nu. iv./accz latiucx&folani an. |i. aq. rofar. |ii. z«- 
corporentur Jimul, & fiat linimentum fcepius renovandum, Others take the meal of 
barlie, lentils, acatia, oil of rofes,myrtles, and with a little vineger they make a cataplafm; 
Or, Rc.fumach. myrtillorum, boli arm, an. acati<e,corticum granat. baluft. an. 3b aq. plantag.& 
rofar, an. ol. rofati farina bordei & lentium quantum fatis erit, fiat cataplafma. 
This is verie excellent and effectual to hay or hinder phlegmonous and erifipelatous tu- 
mors. Alfo you may make a cataplafm ex mucagine Cydoniorum in aqua rofarum extracta, cafsie 
fiftula, oleo rojato, & aceto : Or, R. pampinorum vitis viridum, m.ii, terantur & bulliant in oxycra- 
to ex aqua fabrorum, cui adde fumacb. conquaffat. %i. olei rofai. faring bordei quantum fufficit, 
fiat cataplafma. Orel£ Rc. fucci fempervivi,byofcyami, portulace an. corticum mali granati 
arins bordei %v. vini aufteri quantum fujficit, fiat cataplafma-, this is much commended, for 
it hath entring thereinto wine and the pomgranate pill, which both are verie great aftri- 
ftives ; and the juices are exceeding cooling, the meal alfo hinder's and thicken's the fan- 
guin humors that are readie to flow down, and make the medicine of a good confiflence. 
Another: Rc.fol. byofeyami <&* acetofe an. m.i. involvantur papyro, & fub cineribus coquantur, mox 
cum unguento populeon. aut rofat. %ii. incorporenturand then lay this Cataplafm thus made 
warm unto the part. Another: R. fiorum byofeiami ft.ii. ponantur in phialA vitreata, & reconde 
infimo equino donee putruerint, accipe exputredine inquibus diffolve olei de junipero lini- 
mentum ad ufum. Others beat pulp of a Gourd or Citral in a mortar, and fo applie it. Ano- 
ther: R. mucag. fem. pfilih& cyton.exteatf. in aq. rofar. & folani olei rofati ompbacini 
vinigranat. |i. vitellos ovo. cum albumine nu. iii. camphors %i. encorporentur Jimul,fiat lini-t 
mentum. Or elf, R. ol.rofat. ompbacini |iv. album, ovorum cum vitelli? nu.vi. fucci plantag. et fo- 
lani an%i. farin# bordei %iii. incorporentur fimul, fiat cataplafma. Or, Re. farime fabarum et bordei 
an. %iii. olei rofati,%ir oxycrati quantum fujficit, coquantur fimul, fiat cataplafma. Another; R. 
mucag. fem. pfilii%iiii. ol. rofati acetal vitellos ovorum, nu. iii. croci $i. mifee. Plinie report- 
ed! that Sextus Pomponius the Governor of the hither-Spain, as hee overlooked the winow- 
ing of his corn, was taken by the pain of the Gout in his feet, wherfore hee cover'd himfelf 
with the Wheat above his knees, and lb was eafed, his feet beeing wonderfully dried ; and 
hee afterwards ufed this kinde of remedie. It is note-worthie, which often happeneth, 
that the pain cannot bee altogether eafed by foch remedies, by reafon of the abundance of 
blood impaft in the part; wherefore it muft bee evacuated: which I have don in manie with 
good fuccefs, opening the vein which was moft fwelled and nigh to the affe&ed part; for 
the pain was prelently aflwaged. Neither muft wee too long make ule of repercuflives; leaft 
the matter becom fo hardned, that it can fcarce bee afterwards relblved, as when it (hall bee 
concrete into knots and plafter-like ftones : relblving medicines are to bee mixed with re- 
percuflives conveniently applied, fo to difeufs the humor remaining as yet in the part, 
whereof fhall bee fpoken in the following Chapter. 
An excellent 
aftringent ca- 
taplafm. 
Lib.zi.cap.zf. 
Phlcbotomieto 
evacuate the 
conjunct mat- 
ter,and affwage 
pain. 
CHAP. XVII. 
fiSSSEBM He repercuflives that muft firft bee uled in this kinde of Gout ought to bee cold 
and moift, that fo they may refift both the qualities of choler; filch are the 
MjB Km leavs of night-lhade , purflain , houf-leek, henbane,forrel, plantain, poppie, 
UQKhub cold water and the like, whereof may bee made diverf compositions. As,R.pc- 
ci byofcyami, fempervivi.la3uc.an.%ii. farin. bordei %i. olei rofati %ii. agitando fimul fiat 
medicamentum; let it bee applied and often changed, for fo at length it will aflwage the in- 
flammation. Som think the brain of a hog mixed with white ftarch , or barlie-meal and 
oil of roles, an excellent medicine. The leavs of mallows boiled in water, and beaten with 
a peftil, and applied, aflwage pain. R. mucag. fem. pfitHi extrafl. in aq. folani, vel 
farin.bordei Ji. acetiq.f. fiat linimentum. Or el£ R. unguent, rofat. me[n£,& populeian %iii.Juc- 
ci melonum Jii. alb. ovorum, nu.iii. mifceanturfimul pro litu. Allb a fpunge dipped in oxycrate, 
and prefled out again and applied thereto doth the lame. Or elf R. fol, caulium rub. m. ii. co- 
quantur in oxycrato & terantur: adde ovorum vitellos tres,olei rofati Jiii. faring border quantum fuf- 
ficit, fingatur cataplafma. Allb you may take the crude juice of qole-Wdrts, dane-weed, and 
roles beaten and prefled out, andofthele incorporated with oil-of roles and barlie-meal 
make a cataplafm. In winter-time, when as thefe things cannot bee had green, you may ule 
unguent* 
Of local medicines for a Gout. 
Whatrepercuf- 
fives are beer 
required. Lib.18. 
Concerning the Gout. 
459 
unguentum tnfrigidans Galeni &populeon. Or elG R. cere alb<e fyi. croci 9'- opii £iiii. o/ez rofati 
quantum fuflicit, marcerentur opium & crocus in aceto, deinde terantur et incorporentur cumceraet t 
oleo,fiat ceratum; fpread it upon a cloth, and lay it upon the part, and all about it, and let 
it bee often renewed. Som cut Frogs open and applie them to the grieved part. It is con- 
firmed by fimdrie men's experience, that pain of the Sciatica, when it would yeeld to no o- 
therremedie, to have been affwaged by anointing the afte&ed with the mucous water or 
gellie of Snails , beeing ufed for the (pace of (even or eight daies, the truth whereof was' 
allured mee by the worthie Gentleman the Lord of Longemau, a man of great honeftie and1 
credit, who himfelf was troubled for fix month's fpace with the Sciatica* This water is thus 
made. Take fiftie or fixtie red Snails, put them in a copper-pot or kettle,andfprinkle them 
over with common fait, and keep them fo for the (pace of a daie; then prefs them in a courf 
or hair-cloth 5 in the exprefled liquor dip linnen rags and applie them lb dipped to the part 
affefted, and renew them often. But if there bee great inflammation, the Snails (hall bee 
boiled in Vineger and Rote-water. They fay that Citrons or Oranges boiled inVineger, 
and beaten in a mortar, and incorporated with a little barlie or bean flower, are good a- 
gainft thefe pains. Or elf, R. porno rum cottorum in latte ft.i. butyri |i. vitellos ovorum, nu. ii. ace- 
tify, fiat cataplajma. There are fom who take cheef- curd newly made, and mix it in a mor- 
tar with oil of Roles and barlie-meal, and fo applie it; itreprefleth inflammation and afi- 
fwageth pain. Others mix caffia newly extracted forth of the cane, with the juice of Gourds 
or Melons. Others applie to the part the leavs of Coleworts, and Dane-weed or fmallage, 
or all three mixed together and beaten with a little Vineger. Others macerate or fteep an 
ounce of linfeed in Wurt, and make the mucilage extrafted therefrom into a Cataplafm 
with fom oil of Rotes and barlie-meal. Som put oil of poppies to the pulp of Citrulls or 
Gourds beeing beaten,and fo incorporate them together, and applie it. 
This following medicine hath its credit from a certain Gafcoin of Bafas that was 
throughly cured therewith, when as hee had been vexed long and much with goutie pains, 
jibove the common cuftom of fuch as are troubled with that dileaf. Thus it is; Take a. 
great ridg-tile thick and ftrong, and heat it red hot in the fire, then put it into fuch another1 
tile of the fame bignete, but cold, leaft it fhould burn the bed-clothes, then forthwith fill 
the hot one with fo manie Dane-wurt-leavs, that the patient may fafcly lay the affefted part 
therein without anie danger of burning it. Then let thepatient endure the heat that corn's 
therefrom, and by fweat receiv the fruit thereof, for the (pace of an hour, fobftituteing 
frelh Dane-wurt-leavs, if the former becom too drie, as alfo another hot tile, if the former 
(hall grow too cold before the hour bee ended. This beeing don, let the part bee dried with 
warm and drie linnen clothes. Ute this particular ftove for the fpace of fifteen 
daies, and that in the morning fading ; afterward annoint the part with this < 
following ointment. R. fucci ebuli ft. i. [L olei com. ft. i. mifceantur fimul, and let them bee 
put into a ftrait mouthed glafs, and well luted up; then let it boil in balneo Mar it, beeing 
firfl mixed with fom wine, untill the half thereof bee continued , for the (pace of ten or 
twelv hours, then let it cool, and fo keep for ute, adding thereto in the time of anoint- 
ing, fom few drops of aqua vite. It may bee anointed twice or thrice in a daie, long after 
meat. Moreover,the roots and leavs of Dane-wurt boiled in water, beaten and applied af- 
fwage pain; the oil thereof chimically extracted perform's the fame. 
But ifthe contumacious pain cannot bee mitigated by the defcribed remedies, and becom- 
ing intolerably hot and rageing, make the patient almoft to fwoun, then muft wee flieto 1 
Narcoticks. For although the temper of the part may bee weakned by thefe, the native 
heat diminifhed or rather extinguiflied; yet this is a far lefs inconvenience then to let the 
whole bodie bee wafted by pain. Thefe things have a powerful refrigerateing and drying 
facultie, takeing away the tenf of the pain, and furthermore, incraffate, thin acrid and 
biteing humors, fach as cholerick humors are. Wherefore if the matter which caufleth the , 
pain bee thick, wee muft abftain from Narcoticks, or certainly ute them with great caution. 1 
nc.micepanis fecalini parton cotti in latte, fyi. vitellos ovorum, eu.ii. opii. 5*1. fuccorum falani,by- 
ofcyami, mandragort, portulact, fempervivi, an. fy. let them bee mixed together and applied,and 
often changed. Or dC, Be. fol. hyofeyami cicute, acetofan, m. i. bulliant in oxycrato & contun- 
dantur, cumque vitellis ovorum crudorum nu.ii. & olei rofat. fyii. farm- bordei quod fatls fat, incorpo- 
rentur, fiat cataplafma; with the ufe thereof I am accuftomed to aflwage great pains. Or R. 
opii camphorelet nenupb. fyi. lattisfyii. unguent, rof. Galeni fyw.incorporentur firnulin mor- 
tar io, applicentur. Moreover, cold water applied and dropped upon the p art drop by drop, 
is narcotick and ftupefaftive, as Hippocrates affirmeth, Jpbor. 29. Sett. 5. for a moderate 
numnefsmitigateth pain- There is alfo another reafon why it may bee profitably ufed in all 
pains of the Gout, for that by repelling the humors, it hindereth their defluxion into the 
part. Mandrag-apples boiled in milk, and beaten, do the fame thing; alfo the leavs of hen- 
bane, hemlock, lettuce, purflain, beeing fo boiled, do the fame. If anie defire to ufe thefe 
more cold, hee muft applie them crude,and not boiled. 
But the excels of pain beeing mitigated, wee muft defift from the ufe of fuch narcoticks, 
and they muft rather bee ftrengthened with hot and digerateing things; otherwife there 
will 
A cerate with 
opium. 
The water of 
Snails. 
An hiftorie. 
A particular 
ftovc. 
An ointment 
of the juice of 
Dane*wnrt. 
When to ufe 
narcoticks. 
A cataplafoa 
with opium. 460 
Concerning the Gout. 
Lib. 18- 
How to amend 
the harm don 
by Narcoticks. 
will bee danger left it bee too much weakned, the temper thereof beeing deftroied, and id 
afterwards it may bee fubjeft to everie kinde of defluxion.Wherefore it fhall bee ftrengthened 
with the formerly difcufling fomentations) and theft enfuing remedies. As, R. gum. ammo- 
niaci & bdelii an$i. dijfvlvantur in acete, & pajfml ur per fetaceum, addenda ftyracis liquid. & far in. 
fanugr. an. pulv. ireos §iiii. olei cbamtm. Jii. pulveris pjretbri 311. cum cera , fiat em- 
plaftrum malle. Or,elQR. rad. emult, ebuli altbet an. ft.p. fem. Uni, fxnugr.. an. 
nu. xx. coquantkr complete &trajiciantur per fetaceum, addenda pul. eupborb. cbamtm. anetb. 
& rutacei, an. medullt cervi %'iv.fiat cataplafma. Yet you muff ufe moderation in difcufi- 
ling, left thefubtler part of the impaft humor beeing difcufled, the grofler part may turn 
into a ftonie confidence, which alfo is to bee feared in ufting repercuflives. 
I alfo omitted, that according to the opinion of the Antients, bathes offrefh water, 
wherein cooling herbs have been boiled, uftd three hours after meat, conduce much to the 
aflwageing of pain 5 for fo uftd, they are more convenient in cholerick natures, and fpare 
bodies, for that they humeft the more, and quickly digeft the thin and cholerick, and conft- 
quently acrid vapors, the pores beeing opened, and the humors difiipated by the gentle 
warmneft of the bath. After the bath,the bodie muft bee anointed with bjdrtlium, or oil and 
water tempered together, left the native heat exhale and the bodie becom more weak. 
Meats of more grots juice are more convenient, as beef, fheeps-feet, and the like , if fo bee 
that the patient can digeft them, for theft infpiflate the cholerick blood, and make it more 
unfit for defluxion. 
Difcuflcrs. 
A mean to bee 
ufe J in difiuf- 
fing. 
Bathes a Tw age 
the pain of the 
Gout. 
How meats of 
grofs juice are 
profitable. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
What remedies mufl bee ufed in fains of the joints froceeeding of a diftemper onelyy without matter. 
Ains alfo happen in the joints by diftemper without anie matter, which 
though rare, yet becauf I happened once to feel them, I have thought good 
to fhew what remedies I ufed againft them. I once earneftly bulled in ftudie, 
and therefore not tenfible of fuch external injuries as might befall mee; a little 
winde coming fecretly in by the crannies of my fludie, fell upon my left Hip; 
at length wearied with ftudie, aflbon as I rofe up to go my way, I could not 
Hand upon my feet, I felt fuch bitter pain without anie fwelling or humor which might bee 
dilcerned. Therefore I was forced to go to bed, and calling to minde, that cold, which was 
abfolutely hurtful to the nervs, had bred mee that pain, I attempted to drive it away by the 
frequent application of verie hot clothes; which, though they fcorched and bliiteredthe 
found parts adjoining thereto, yet did they fcarcemake anie impreflion upon the part where 
the pain was fettled, the diftemper was fo great, and lb firmly fixed therein. And I laied 
thereto bags filled with fried oats and millet, and dipped in hot red wine; as alfo ox-blad- 
ders half filled with a deco&ion of hot herbs- And laftly, a wooden difh almoft filled with 
hotafhes, covered over with fage, rofinarie and rue lightly bruited, and fo covered with a 
cloth, which, fprinkled over with aqua tent forth a vapor which affwaged the 
pain. Alfo brown bread newly drawn out of the oven, and fprinkled over with rote-water, 
and applied, did verie much good. And that I might more fully expel this hurtful cold, I 
put ftone-bottles filled with hot water, to the foals of my feet., that the brain might bee 
heated by the ftraightneis and continuitie of the nervs. At length, by the help of thefe re- 
medies, I was verie well free'd from this contumacious diftemper, when it had held mee for 
the fpace of four and twentie hours. 
There is another kinde ofGoutie pain fomtimes canted by a certain excrement! tious mat- 
ter , but fo thin and fubtle that it cannot bee difcerned by the eies. It is a certain fuliginous 
or footie vapor, liketo that which paffeth from burning candles or lamps, which adhcre's 
and concrete's to anie thing that is oppoted thereto; which beeing infe&ed by the mixture 
of a virulent terous humor whitherfoever it runneth, cauteth extreme pain, fomwhiles in 
thete, and otherwhiles in other joints, unlefs you make a way therefore, when as it teeketh 
paflage forth, wich mutt bee don by horns, cupping-glafTes, velicatories, cauteries, or 
other the like art. 
An hiftoric. 
Hip.ap.io. 
feit. 
Divers reme- 
dies for pain 
arifeing from a 
cold diftemper 
without mat- 
ter. 
A fuliginous 
vapor Com- 
times the cauf 
of the Gout, 
CHAP. XIX. 
What is to bee don after tbe fit of Gout is over. 
Hew to ftreng- 
then the joints. 
T is convenient when the pain is aflwag d, that you itrcngthen the joints. Now, to 
ftrengthen them is not onely to binde and drie, but wholly to amend the weaknefs 
left in the part by the difeaf, that is to difcuft the humor., if anie fuperfluitie thereof 
remain; but to humeft the part, if the moiflure bee exhauftedand dried up. But fuch as are 
troubled with the gout, after they are free'd from their pain, have notwithftanding ftich 
impotencie of their joints that they cannot go of along time after; for that the nervs and 
tendons 
Remedies for 
theweakncfs 
left in the 
joints after the 
pain is gon. Lib.18. 
Concerning the Gout. 
461 
tendons which are in great number in the feet, beeing moiftned with much phlegm,are fo 
relaxed, that they can no more fuftaih or bear themlelvs upon their feet, then paper when it 
is wet can bee made to Hand. Wherefore, that they may recover the ufe of their feet, the 
impafted humor muft by all means bee difcufled, and /pent with fomentations, cataplalms, 
drying and aftringcnt emplafters. You may ufe the formerly defcribed fomentation, en- 
creaiing the quaintitie of alum and fait, and adding thereto a like quantitie of'jutybur vi- 
vum: then the following emplafter fhall bee applied thereto. R.maf. enqlaft. contra rupturam 
yulv.rof.rub.nucum cuprefigal!arum,gran myrtil.& fol.ejufdem, thuris,maftich. & ca- 
malaxentur omnia ftmul.manibui inuntiis oleomyrtino & mafticbino, fiat emplaftrum. 
Let it bee (pread upon leather to a juft bignels, and applied to the top and foie of the foot. 
Draw over the plaller, and the whole leg a ftocking made of a tanned-dog's-skin j thisem- 
plailer ftrengtheneth the nervs, draweth forth the humor impaft therein, and intercept's 
the defluxion.But the dog-skin-ftocking prefervcth the native heat of the part, and for that 
it bindeth, hindreth the defluxion into the feet. 
The benefit of 
■ a dog-skin 
ftocking. 
CHAP. XX. 
Of the T ophi, or facts which grow at the joints of fuch as are troubled with the Gout. 
Dm that are troubled with the Gout, have knottie bunches growing in their 
joints, wThich by the antients were called Topbi. Theie are generated by the 
congeftion ofgrofs, vilcid and crude phlegm, with a little admixtion of an a- 
crid and cholerick humor. Theie matters remain fettled in the part, for that 
it beeing too weak cannot digeft and deprefs them; wherefore beeing there 
impact, they ealily concrete into a certain plafter-like or chalk- like fubftance, whileft by the 
adventitious and burning heat caufled by pain, and the goutie malignitie, their more fubtle 
part is dilperledjbut the grofler lubfide's. Yet fomtimes the unfit application of repercuflive 
or difcuflive medicines is a caufof the generation of theie Tophi. For by the former, the im- 
part matter is incraflated and gathered together 5 but by the later, the fubtle part beeing dif- 
culfed, the remnant that fubfide's, concrete's into Tophi. Thofe medicines which are made 
to mollitie, ought to have a moderately heating, and humerting facultie, that they may 
diffule, and as it were difTolv the impart matter 5 luch is warm water, the decortion of e- 
mollient herbs, the decortion of calv's or fheep's entrails, heads and feet: after theie or the 
like fomentations, you lhall ule the following medicine. R.axungie, human, anfiris & galli- 
ne,medulcervin. an. tereb.wendfii.aq.viteparum, cere quantum fufficit, fiat unguentum molle. 
Then this which followeth will bee good. R.rad. altb. liliorum, bryon. lapath. acuti, 
coquantur complete, & trajiciantur per fitaceunr, adds gum. amnwn.bdel. galb. opopanacis in aceto 
difiolutorum incorporentur fimul, & applicentur. Or elf, R.c/ez liliorum, a- 
mygd-dul.medulle cruris mucag.fim.lini, altb.fcenugr. an. %i. cere quantum fufficitj fiat 
ceratum. Or elf, R.emplde vigo cum mercurio;& cerat de cefipo bum i da de fir ip t. Pbilagrii, an%ii. 
malaxentur fimul cum oleo lilior.fiat mafia. Or elQ R.gum.ammon. opopan.galb. bdel. difiolutorum in 
aceto, an.Jii. panno lineo colatis, adde pulv. fulph. nitr.finapi, pyretbri, an.Jft fiyracis, liq & axung- 
rej.pini,tereb.ven.an.$fi.cere quantumJufficit,fiat ceratum molle. This which follow's 
is thought 1110ft effertual in the opinion of Galen and Avicen. R.pedes porcel.bene falfos, 
nuiiii.weterem pernam,cum illis coque : addenda fubfinem, radicis bryonie, lapath.acut. 
gie tauri, & medul. cervin.an.%1. cum cafio putrefaEio fiat emplmoll? ad ufum This which fol- 
low's is al lb moft effertual. R.cafei acris & putrefaEii, 5 iiii. pulv.fulph.vivi euphorb.& pyreth.an. 
decoEiionis veteris perne & porcellorum quodfufficit ad incorporandum, ducantur in mortario, & 
fiat ernpLad ufum. Or elf, R.frume terebAfii. olei veteris,lixivii, quo lane pileorum la- 
vantur, & cere quantum fufficit, fiat ceratum fatis molle. After the ufe of emollients, a fumiga- 
tion lhall bee made in this manner: Heat a cogle-ftone, mill-ftone or brick red hot in the 
fire, take it forth, and caft upon it a fufficient quantitie of verie Utarp vineger, and aqua wi- 
fe, the riling vapor (hall bee diligently received by the afferted member, for this hath a fa- 
cultie to attenuate and cut.grofs, vilcid, and plafter-like matter, yea alfo, and to break the 
skin ; yet that is broken oftime of its own accord , without the help of either medicine or 
inftniment. To conclude, theie medicines which are good to mollifie fcirrhous tumors,the 
fame are alfo good to loften the goutie knots and tophi. But wee muft note,that theie knot- 
tie bunches are lomtimes fuppurated, not truly by the impart and plafter-like matter, but by 
a new defluxion comming on a fudden, and then it is necellarie to make way for the con- 
tained matter, which beeing don, firft there commeth forth an humor like milk, then a 
plafter-like matter, then it leav's behinde it an ulcer to bee cured by applying thereto 
empLgratia Dei, and others as the Surgeon lhall think fit. 
Whence the 
Tophi arcgl* 
aerated. 
The unfit ap- 
plication of 
difcuflive and 
repercuflive 
medicines 
caufthe Tophi, 
Mollifying 
medicines. 
Lib.to.fimp. 
tratt.z.c,ii» 
An effectual 
fumigation. 
R r 
CHAP. 462 
Concerning the Cjout. 
lib.i8. 
CHAP. XXL 
Of Flatulencies contained in the joints, and counterfeiting true Gouts, and of the 
remedies to bee ufed ■ 
Ftimes there is fmall quantitie of humor, which move's the pain of the Gout; 
but much fiatulencie mixed therewith, efpecially in great joints, as in the huc- 
kle or hip-bone, and the knees; theylbmtimes cauffo great diftention, that 
they drive the heads of the bones forth of their places. You may partly 
underhand it is fo, if atenfive pain afflift the patient with anie lenf of hea- 
vinefs; if when you prefs the tumor with your fingers, the place retain no mark or im- 
preflion thereof, as happen's in an oedema: but on the contrarie, a flatulent Ipirit lift's it up 
as it were by renitencie, as if one ftiould thruft a pair of bellows, which are filled with 
winde; hence the part cannot perform its ducie, for that the fpaces of the joints are poflefA 
fed with abundance of flatulencies,fb that the libertie of motion is intercepted,and the mem- 
ber is kept as it were bound up. Manie no verie skilful Surgeons , putting their fingers to 
thele kinde of tumors, fo that lifting up the one,they prefs down the other, when as they 
perceive the fiatulencie, as it were, riling between their lingers, fuppofing it to bee the mo- 
tion of pot, or matter alreadie generated & flowing up and down, as is ufual in impoftumes, 
they have opened it by incifion; buc when as nothing flowed forth, it appeared how much 
they were deceived, yet in the interim, by this their ralhnefs they have caufled manie dange- 
rous fymptoms: as increaf of pain, defluxion of humors, by force whereof the bones have 
been diflocated,and brought to the patient an uncureable lamenefs.But thefe flatulent Gouts 
are feldom without fom phlegmatick matter, which is neither too crude, nor vifeid. Such 
like flatulencies are notealily difeuifed, nor at the firft endeavor,by reafon of a cold diftem- 
per which they bring to the part, and the denlitie of the membranesand ligaments, by 
which the articulation is knit and fattened, fo that Icarce anie part of that which is there 
fhut up can breathe forth of filch ftraight paflages. Therefore the cure mutt bee undertaken 
with refolving, difcuffing, and drying fomentations; as for example, with a decoftion of 
fennel, anif feeds, rue,chamomil,melilote,fage, rolemarie, origanum, calamints,hore-hound, 
and the like, boiled in wine with a little lee, rofe-vineger, and common fait. This follow- 
ing ointment fhall bee ufed after the fomentation. R.o/ez cbamoem.anetb.rutdauri, cum 
certi alba, fiat linimentum, addenda aq.vite-parum. After you have annointed it, applie thereto 
this following cataplafm. l&.flor.cbam.melil.anerh.rof.rub.fulv.an.ni.i.fol malv.& abfintb.an.rn.fi. 
furfur, m i. bulliant omnia fimul cum lixivio,&vino rubro, deinde fiftentur cum meduUaq>anis,& fa- 
ring fabarum, quantum fufficit, fiat catafilajma, addendo ol.rofar. & myrtin.an.ffii. Som highly ap- 
proov of this following medicine for the watteing of flatulencies. R.axung.fiuilZfiy. calcis vi- 
v<e,%ifi. terantur diligenterin mortario, & incorforata afphcentur. Or elf, R,fiercor.caprar.cofii 
cum vino & aceto, anRfi.tereb.venet.&mel.com.an.ffiiaq.vit#, %fi.ful.rad.Ireosflorent.&fabin.an. 
olei rut.& fabarum quantum JuJficit. Make a cataplafm to the form of a 
pultis. Allb ftoups dipped in oxycrate, and wrung out, lhall bee applied : in this oxycrate 
lhall bee boiled wormwood, origanum, chamomil, melilote, rue,common fait, adding there- 
to lorn aqua vita. Then the part lhall bee bound up as ftraight as the patient can endure it; 
in conclufion , that the native ftrength may by little and little bee reftored to the part, it 
lhall bee fomented with lee made of the afhes of oak-wood, and the cuttings of vines, 
wherein lhall bee boiled fait, fulphur, choice alum, and wetting linnen-clothes, or ftoups 
therein, and applying them, it lhall bee ftraightly fwathed up. Yet if great pain lhall more 
cruelly vex the part, then neglefting for a time the proper cure of the you lhall with- 
ftandthe fymptom by rubbing the part, and annointingit with lorn difcuffing oil, laying 
thereon lom moift wooll, and other anodyne things. 
In what joints 
flatulencies 
are chiefly ge- 
nerated. 
Signs of flatu- 
lencies. 
How flatulen- 
cies may make 
you belief 
there is pusf or 
matter. 
Why hard to 
cure* 
CHAP. XXII. 
Of the Ifehias, Hip-gout, or Sciatica, 
Or that the Hip-gout in the greatnefs of the caufles, bitternefe of pain, and vehe- 
mencie of other lymptoms, eafily exceed's the other kindes of Gout , therefore I 
have thought good to treat thereofinparticular.Thepain of the Sciatica is there- 
fore the moft bitter, and the fymptoms moft violent, for that the dearticulation 
of the huckle-bone, with the head of the thigh-bone, is more deep then the reft j becauf 
alfo the phlegmatick humor which caufleth it, is commonly more plenteous, cold, 
grofs, and vifeid, that flow's down into this joint: and laftly, becauf the Sciatica com- 
monly focceed's fbm other chronical difeaf, by realbn of the tranflation and falling 
down thither of the matter, becom malign and corrupt by the long continuance of the for- 
mer difeaf But the pain not onely trouble's the hip, but entring deep, is extended to the 
mufcles of the buttocks, the groins, knees, and verie ends of the toes, yea often times it 
* vexeth 
Why it hath 
the moft grie- 
vous iym- 
ptoms. 
The cauf of 
the large 
fpreading of 
the pain. Lib.18. 
Concerning the Gout. 
463 
vexeth the patient with a fenf of pain in theverie vertebra of the loins, fo that it make's the 
patients,*and alfo oftimes the verie Phyficians and Surgeons to think it the winde or ftone- 
colick. The cairfe of fitch wandering and difperfed pain is to bee referred to the manifold 
diftribiition ofthe itervs which com to that joint Trom the loins and bolie-bone, for they 
are lent into the miifcles of the buttocks y and fo dilperfed over the whole leg to the verie 
ends of the toes, as it is'fhewed in our Anatomic. Therefore the pain is largely extended, 
that is, to what part fdever a nervrun's which corn's from the atie&ed hip. Oftentimes 
there is no (welling, no redfiefs, nor diftemper manifeft to the eie, by reafon that the veins 
are verie few which rife into the (iirface and skin of this part, and the humor lies,as it were, 
funk in ; which is the caufthat diverf times the excrementitious humors mixed with flatu- 
lencie, run fa violently into the cavitie of this joint, that relaxing the ligaments, as well 
proper as common, the head of the thigh-bone is ealily driven out from hence, fo that it 
may never bee reftored again, if it remain fo for anie (pace of time; for that in this time the1 
humor falling down into this cavitie, by delate concrete's as it were into a ftonie bodie,and 
the head of the thigh-bone wear's it lelf another cavitie in the neighboring bone; but the 
lips of the true cavitie, which are griftlie, becom more ftraight and depreft: and laftly, all 
the ligamentous bodies moiftned with this excrementitious humor becom more loof and 
weak}whence (ucceed manic and moft grievous lymptoms; as lamenefs, and the decaie not 
onely of the thigh anil leg, but at length of the whole bodie; and laftly, a flow and heftick 
fever, which in conjjnuance of time will continue the patient for the caufles formerly men- 
tioned. Thereto Phyficians and Surgeons have a care that they refift it at the firft,and, 
with luch powerfet remedies as are mentioned in the following Chapter,hinder thelpring- 
ing up and growth of the formerly mentioned (ymptoms. 
The thigh- 
bone often 
diflocatcd by 
the Sciatica. 
CHAP. XXIII. 
Hoe cure of the Sciatica. 
Hough the Sciatica bee commonly occafioned by tough phlegm, yet if the pa- 
tient bee (li*ong,and abound with blood,and all things elf confent3it (hall bee 
good to draw blood by opening a vein; for phlebotomie equally evacuate's 
• all humors .-therefore the falling down of the humors into the part alfeftedj* 
1 is thereby hindered or retarded. Verily, I have known no fpeedier remedie to 
alfwage the pain of inflammation, then blood-letting, beeing firft made on the Bafilica of 
the grieved lide for revulfion's fake; and then for evacuation of the conjunct matter on the 
vena Ifchiadica, which is at the out-fide of the ankle , if the pain of the Sciatica bee more on 
the out-fide; or elf on the Sapbeia, which is on the in-fide of the ankle,if the inner parts bee 
more pained. The quantitie of blood which is to bee drawn , mull bee left to the judgment 
of the Phylician , without whole advice I would attempt nothing in this cafe. Alfo acrid 
gly tiers are good,if there bee nothing which may hinder; as ulcers of the guts , or hemor- 
rhoids. cbam.me- 
lil.anetb.anp.i.fem anif. &fxnic.an.%fi.fiat decociio ad fti. in colatura diflolve bierx & diaphen.an. 
antbof.facc. rub. an.%1. olei liliorum %iii.fiat clyfier. Strong purgations are alfo here ufe- 
full, as of pidul.fxtid.arthritic. 4flajeretb.de Hermodatiylis, and others ufed in phlegmatick cauf- 
les. Elettuarium Diacarthami purgeth choler and phlegm. Often vomitings do not onely eva- 
cuate the humors, but alfo make revulfion, as wee have formerly delivered. Baths & fweats 
profit no otherwife then a decoftion of Guaicum or farfaparil/a. If heat molefl the part, then 
foment it with oil of rofes and vineger, efpecially if the pain bee deep in, for vineger by its 
tenuitie pierceth to the bottom, and make's way for the oil, which of its own nature is ano- 
dyne. After the ufe of general medicines,you (hall applie attra&ive and refolving things: 
emplafters of pitch and fulphur, or of ammoniacum, eupborbium, terebintbina, propolis, galbanum, 
bdelium, Opopanax, draw the humor from within to the furface or skin. As in like fort alfo 
the chymical oil of fage, rofemarie , pellitorie of Spain , and fuch other like do the fame, 
which by reafon of the tenuitie of their fubftance, and their ieparation from earthie impu- 
ritie, have far more powerful and expedite faculties to penetrate and difcufs. Yet muft you 
ufe none of all thefe without verie good judgment and deliberation, otherwife there will 
bee danger of inflammation. 
There may alfo bee made fomentations ofdifcufling and refolving herbs,as the roots and 
leavs of dane-weeds, orris, bay and juniper-berries, the feeds of fenugreek, fennel,the 
leavs of fage, rofemarie, chamomile, melilote, elder, and the like, boiled in wine and oil: 
the following plafter is much commended by the antients to digell, or refolv and aflwage 
the pain , with this which draw's forth thorns, fplinters, and rotten bones. Rc.jem.urtic» 
mundat.fipumx borac.flalis ammoniaci,rad.ariftolocb. rotund, colocyntb. terebinth. venet.an.\x. fxnug* 
piperis longi,x)lobal[am.tbur.myrrbx, a dip is cap. gum.pifti, cer<e,ft>fi. lafiif ficus fylv-%fi> 
ex omnibus fecundicm artem prxparatis cum oleo liliorum, & vini generofi quantitate fufficientefiat 
emplaftrum. Let it bee applied to the hip. Or, Ec.finapi acerrimo aceto diffoluti, Jii. fermenti 
Rr 2 acris, 
Why wee muft 
open a vein in 
the Sciatica, 
When tbe vena 
Ifchiadica and 
Sapheia muft 
bee opened in 
the Sciatica. 
Strong purgi» 
tions inthe 
Sciatica. Concerning the (j out. 
464 
■ i. ■■■ 11 'A 1 "" "- - 1 '■ ■" „ 
olei laur. deficit, an.^u.far.fatnug^fterr4e 
formicarum cum ovis, fti. fol.laur.falv.rut. roriftn- fermium-terreft. The earth 
with the eggs and worms fhall bee boiled apart with the whjte herbs cut in pieces, 
and thefe beeing drained out,the reft of the things fhalj .bep added according ;p art, and 
then it ihall bee applied to the hip. Or df, eo- 
quantur complete & terantur, trajiciantur per [etaceum, addenda farin. fxnug.& 
liorum, & cer<e It refoly's, aflwageth 
pain, and calleth forth the humors to the skin. Or elf, beat* Mari#,fyi. empl-dia- 
chyl.albi, in aqua vit& difioluti, $ii. pl-defticli nardi quantum fufficit, fiat empl. 
Let it bee fpread upon leather, and applied warm. I have oftentimes iuddenjy affwaged the 
pain of the Sciatica, by putting to the pained hip the root of black Bi jonie cut into flices, 
and applied,when the matter was cold.Or elf,R,cene citrine fimul 
in vafe duplici, & ubi reftixerint, adde flor.chamtmarid.flor. nardi, 
fior.thymi, an.yi. interiors cinamomi cleft. & croft, £iv.malaxantur fimul ma- 
nibus axungia porci vetere nonfalita unftis, & fiat mafia empl. But if the pain bee not by this 
means affwaged, then muft wee com to more powerful medicines, as to ufe great cupping- 
glafles applied with much flame, and to veficatories: As, fy.cantbarid. quibus detraftt funt alt, 
acerrimi incorporentur fimul, & fiat veficatorium. Alfo 
blifters may bee raifed by applying the inner rinde of Travellers-joy to the weight of fom 
two drams, a little beneath the grieved part: you muft have a care that the ulcers that re- 
main after the skin of the blifters is taken off, do run, and bee kept open for fbm time af- 
ter, that fo more of the humor contained in the part may bee drawn away. But if wee can- 
not avail by thefe means, wee muft, according to Hippocrates his counfel, com to the laft and 
extremeft remedie. Such (faith hee) as are troubled with a long pain of tbe Sciatica, have tbeir bip 
fall out of joint, tbeir leg confutne's, and they becom lame, unlefstbey bee burnt. Wee have alfb read 
the fame approved by Celfus. It is tbe laft (laith hee) and moft effeftual medicine in longer difeafes, 
to cauterize with hot irons tbe skin of tbe bip in three or four places , and then not to heal up thefe ul- 
cers orfontenels as foon as may bee, but to keep them open, by putting thereinto bullets of gold, or filver, 
or pills of gentian, or wax melted and wrought up with the powder of vitriol, mer curie, arid the like ca- 
tbereticks, until tbe afieft againft which wee ufe this remedie bee helped, for by this means manie have 
been helped. Therefore three or four aftual cauteries, or hot irons fhall bee fo thruft in about 
the joint of the hip, that they may enter into the flefh fom fingers breadth, yet fb that you 
fhun the nervs. Cauteries here do good, for that by heating the part, they heat and diffolv 
. the cold humors, they cut, attenuate, and draw forth the grofs and vifeid, fo that they flow 
out by the ulcers, together with the quitture. Over and befides, the ligaments are ftrength- 
ned by their cicatrization, and their loofnefs helped 5 and by this means the whole part is 
notably corroborated. 
Black brionie 
difcuficth. 
A ftrong vefi- 
catoric. 
The inner 
rinde of Tra- 
vellers-joy a 
veficatorie. 
Aep.uit.feft.6. 
11. 
The ufc of 
cauteries in the 
Sciatica. 
CHAP. XXIIII. 
Of the flatulent convulfion, or convulfive contraction, which is commonly called by the 
French, Goute Grampe, and by the Engliffy, The Cramp. 
Hat which the French call Goutc Gramme, wee here intend to treat of, induced 
thereto rather by the affinitie of the name , then of the thing ; for if one fpeak 
truly, it is a certain kinde of convullion generated by a flatulent matter, by the 
violence of whole running down or motion , oftimes the neck, arms, and legs 
are either extended, or contracted into themlelvs with great pain, but that for a Ihort time. 
The cauf thereof is a grolsand tough vapor, infinuating it felf into the branches of the 
nervs, and the membranes of the mufcles. It take's one on the night, rather then on the 
day, for that then the heat and Ipirits ufually retire themfelvs into the entrails and centre 
of the bodie whence it is that flatulencies may bee generated,which will fill up, diftend and 
pull the part whereinto they run, juft as wee lee lute-ftrings areextended. This affeft often 
take's filch as fwim in cold water, and caufleth manie to bee drowned, though excellent 
Iwimmers, their members by this means beeing fo ftraightly contrafted,that they cannot by 
anie means bee extended. For the skin, by the coldnelsof the water is contracted and con- 
denied, and the pores thereof fhut, fo that the engendered flatulencies have no'paflage 
brth. Such as give themlelvs to drunkennels and gluttonie, or lloth and idlenefs, are ufu- 
ally more frequently troubled with this dileaf, by reafon of their heaping up of crudities. 
Therefore it is cured by moderate diet, and ordering of the bodie, and exercile of each part 
thereof; for thus they gather ftrength,and the generation of the flatulent matter is hindred. 
n the verie time when it take's one, the patient lhall bee cured by long rubbing with warm 
clothes, and aqua z/ite, wherein the leavs of fage, rolemarie, thyme, favorie, lavander, clovs, 
anger, and the like dilcuflmgand refblving thingshave been infufed. Theextenfionand 
icxion of the members or joints, and walking, are alfo good. 
What the 
Cramp is. 
The cauf 
thereof. 
Who fubjed 
thereto. 
The cure. 
The end of the eighteenth Book' Lib.ip. 
465 
Of the Lues Venerea, and thofe Symptoms which 
happen by mean's thereof. 
The nineteenth Book. 
CHAP. I. 
de French call the Lues-Venerea the Neapolitan difeaf 5 the Italians andi 
Germans (as alfo the Englilh) term it the French difeaf j the Latines call 1 
it Pudendagra: others name it otherwife, But it make's no great matter 
how it bee called 5 if the thing it fell bee underftood: Therefore the 
Lues Venerea is a difeaf gotten or taken by touch, but chiefly that which 
is in unclean copulation 3 and it partake's of an occult qualitie, com- 
monly takeing its original from ulcers of the privie parts , and then 
further manifefting its felf by puftles of the head , and other external 
parts 3 ana jaitiy, mfe&ing the entrails and inner parts with cruel and no&urnal torment- 
ing pain of the head, fhoulders, joints, and other parts. In procefs of time,it caufleth knots, 
and hard tophi: andlaftly, corrupt's and foul's the bones , diflblving them, the flefh about 
them beeing ofttimes not hurt 3 but it corrupteth and weakneth the fubftance of other parts, I 
according to the condition of each of them, the diftemper and evil habit of the affe&ed bo- 
dies, and the inveteration or continuance of the morbiiick cauf For fom lofe one of their 
eies, others both : Som lofe a great portion of the eie-Iids, other-fom look verie gaftly, 
and not likethemfelvs,and fom becom fquint-eied. Som lofe their hearing, others have 
their nofes fall flat, the palat of their mouths perforated with the lofs of the bone Lthmoi- 
des, fo that inftead of free and perfeft utterance, they faulter and fumble in their Ipeech. Som 
have their mouths drawn awry, others their yards cut off, and women a great part of their 
privities tainted with corruption. There bee fom, who have the urethra or paflageof the 
yard obftrufted by budding caruncles, or inflamed puftles, fo that they cannot make water 
without the help of a Catheter, readie to die within a (hort time, either by the fuppreflion 
of the urine, or by a gangrene arifing in thefe parts , unlefe you fuccor them by the ampu- 
tation of their yards. Others becom lame of their arms, and other-fom of their legs, and a 
third fort grow iftiff by the contraction of all their members 3 fo that they have nothing 
left them found but their voice, which ferveth for no other purpofe but to bewail their mi- 
feries, for which it is icantly fofficient. Wherefore fhould 1 trouble' you with mention of 
thofe that can fcantly draw their breath by reafon of an Afthma : oc thofe whole bodies 
wafte with an heftick fever, and flow confamption ? It fare's far worf with thefe, who have 
all their bodies deformed by a leprofie arifeing there-hence, and have all their throttles and 
throats eaten with putrid and cancrous ulcers 3 their hair falling off from their heads, their 
hands and feet cleft with tetters and fcalie chinks: neither is their cafe much better, who, 
haveing their brains tainted with this difeaf, have their whole bodies fliaken by fits of 
falling-ficknels 3 who troubled with a filthie and curfed flux of the bellie, do continu- 
ally caft forth ftinking and bloodie filth. Laftly, there are no kindes of difeafes, no forts 
of fymptoms, wherewith this difeaf is not complicate, never to bee taken away, unlels 
the virulencie of this murrain bee wholly taken away, and impugned by its proper anti- 
dote, that is, argentum vivum. 
What the Lues 
Venerea is. 
What hurt it 
doth to the 
bodie. 
The Leprofie 
fomtimes the 
off-fpring of 
the LuesPe- 
neau. 
CHAP. II. 
Here are two efficient caufles of the Lues Venerea; the firft is, a certain occult 
and fpecifick qualitie, which cannot bee demonitrated; yet it may bee referred 
to God, as by whole command this hath aflailed mankinde, as a Icourge or 
puniffiment to reftrain the too wanton and lalcivious lulls of impure whore- 
mongers. The other is an impure touch or contagion, and principally , that 
which happeneth in copulation. Whether the man or woman have their privities troubled 
with virulent ulcers, or bee molefted with a virulent ftrangurie (which difeafcraftie Whores 
color by the name of the whites) the malignitie catcheth hold of the other; thus a woman 
R r 3 taketh 
Of the cauffes of hte Lues Venerea. 
The Lues Ve- 
nerea the 
fcourge of 
Whore-mon- 
gers. 466 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
Lib.icj. 
taketh this difeaf by a man, cafting it in her hot, open and moift womb but a man taketh 
it from a woman, which, for example fake, hath (bm (mall while before received the viru- 
lent feed of a whore-mailer polluted with this difeaf the mucous fames whereof remaining 
in the wrinckles of the woman's womb, may bee drawn in by the pores of the (landing and 
open yard, whence (iicceed malign ulcers, and a virulent itrangurie. This virulencie, like a 
torch or candle fet on fire, will by little and little bee propagated and fent by the veins, 
arteries and nervs to the noble parts; whole malignitie a ftrong liver not endureing, by 
the ftrength of the natural expulfive facultie, will fend it into the groins, whereon follow 
abfeefles, therefore called Venereal Bubo's, Thefe, if they return in again, and caft not 
forth matter by beeing opened, they will, by their falling back into the veins and arteries, 
infeft the ma(s of the blood by the like tainture, and thence will enfue the Lues Venerea. Yet 
this difeaf may bee got by a more occult manner of touch, as by breathing onely. For it is 
not al togatheeije licks reafon and experience, that a woman long troubled with this difeaQ 
may by inrportunate and often kifling , transfufe malignitie into a childe ; for the tender 
and (oft (ubftance of a little childe may bee altered , infe&ed, and by little and little cor- 
rupted by receiving of filthie, and in their whole kinde malign vapors. For it is known, 
and now vulgarly beleeved, that mid-wives, by receiving the childe of a woman infefted 
with this difeaf, to have got this affeft , the malignitie beeing taken and drawn into their 
bodies through the pores of their hands by the paffages of the veins and arteries. Neither 
doth it fpare anie condition, (ex, nor age of men : for, not onely whofoever ufe copulati- 
on, but (uch as onely lie with them, may bee taken by this virulencie ; yea verily , if they 
onely lie in the (beets or coverings which retain his fweat, or the virulencie caft forth by 
an ulcer. The fame danger may aflail thole who (hall drink in the fame veflel after fuch as 
are troubled with this difeaf. For by the impure touch of their lips, they leav a virulent 
fames and (pittle upon the edges of the cup, which is no lefs contagious in its kinde then the 
virulencie of leprous perfons, or the fome of mad dogs. Wherefore it is no marvel if chil- 
dren nurfed by an infefted nurf, draw in the feeds of this difeaf together with the milk, 
which is onely blood whitened in the breafts; or infe&ed fucking children by their hot and 
ulcerated mouths, may transfufe this malignitie into the bodie Of the nurG by the rare,loof 
and porous (ubftance of the dugs which it frequently fucketh. 
This following hiftorie is verie memorable to this purpofe. A certain verie good Citti- 
zen of this Cittie of Paris granted to his wife, beeing a verie chafte woman, that conditio- 
nally lhee (hould nurf her own childe, of which lhee was lately delivered, lhee Ihould have a 
nurf in the houfto eaf her of fom part of the labor: by ill hap, the nurf they took was 
troubled with this difeaf; wherfore lhee prefently.infe&ed the childe,the childe the mother, 
the mother her husband, and hee two of his children, who frequently accompanied him at 
bed & board,beeing ignorant of that malignitie wherewith hee was inwardly tainted.In the 
mean while the mother when lhee obferved that her nurf-childe came not forward,but cried 
almoft perpetually, lhee asked my counfel to tell her the cauf of the difeaf; which was not 
hard to bee don,for the whole bodie thereof was replenilhed with venereal (cabs and puftles, 
the hired nurfes and the mother's nipples were eaten in with virulent ulcers;alfo the father's, 
and the two other children's bodies, whereof the one was three, the other four years old, 
were troubled with the like puftles and fcabs. 1 told them, that they had all the Lues Ve- 
nerea, which took its original and firft off-(pring by malign contagion from the hired nurf. 
I had them in cure, and by God's help healed them all, except the fucking-chi Ide, which 
died in the cure. But the hired nurf was foundly lathed in the prifon, and Ihould have 
been whipped through all the ftreets of the Cittie, but that the Magiftrate had a care to pre- 
ferv the credit of the unfortunate familie. 
Venereal Bu- 
bo's returning 
in again,oeca- 
fion the Lues 
Veneres. 
The Lues Ve- 
nerea may bee 
got.by the 
onely cotntnu 
nicationof 
vapor. 
How nurfes 
may infeft 
children, and 
they their nur- 
fes. 
An hiftorie. 
CHAP. III. 
In what humor the malignitie of the Lues Venerea reftde's. 
Hough in the opinion of manie the antecedent cauf of this difeaf bee the mals 
of blood containing the four humors, yet I had rather place the matter, and 
primarie, and chief feat thereof in grofs and vifcid phlegm infe&ed with the 
malign qualitieof the venereous venom, and from this beginning and founda- 
tion, I think by a certain contagious growth it (boner or later infeft's the o- 
ther humors, as each of them is difpofed or apt to fuffer. Of which my opinion there are 
manie arguments, but this chiefly, That by the evacuation of a phlegmatick humor, whe- 
ther by the mouth and falivation , or by ftool, urine, or fweat in men of what temper 
foever , whether cholerick, fanguine or melancholick, the difeaf is helped or cured. Se- 
condly, for that the excels of pain is more by night then by day, becauf then the phlegm 
bearing fway, fever's the perioftium from the bone, or elf oflend's it and the reft of the mem- 
branous and nervous bodies by the acrimonie of its malignitie. Thirdly, becauf the patients 
are hurt by the ufe of cold things, but uftially finde benefit by hot medicines, whether they 
bee 
Why the pain 
is worf upon 
the nightjthen 
on the day. Lib. 19. 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
467 
bee ointments, plafters fumigations, or whatfoever elf, inwardly taken, or outwardly ap- 
plied. Fourthly, for that in venereous puftles there is found a certain hardnefs at the 
root, though outwardly they make fhew ofcholer or blood. For beeing opened, you fhall 
finde them fluffed with a certain plafter-like andtophous matter, or elf with rough phlegm, 
or vifcous •> whence arife thefe hard tophi, orbonie excrefcences upon the bonesj if not 
from phlegmatick humors there heaped up and concrete. Fifthly, for that the fpermatick 
aud cold parts do primarily and principally feel the harm of this difeaf. Sixthly,for that the 
ulcerswhich over-fpread the bodie by reafon of this difeaf admit of no cure, unlefs you 
cauf fweats. Therefore if the matter of the difeaf and fuch ulcers as accompanie it, were 
hot and drie, it would grow worf, and bee rather increafed by a decoction of Guajacum, the 
roots of China, or jar jap ar ill a. Seventhly, becauf oftimes this difeaf the feed thereof beeing 
taken or drawn into the bodie, fb lieth hid for the (pace of a yeer, that it fhew's no fign 
thereof, which happen's not indifeafes proceeding from an hot matter,which caufleth quick 
and violent motions. By this it appeareth that the bafts and foundation of the Luet venerea 
is placed or dated in a phlegmatick humor ; yet may not denie, but that other humors con- 
fufed therewith may bee alfo in fault, and defiled with the like contagion. For there are 
fcarce anie tumors which proceed from a fimple humor , and that of one kinde, but as 
in tumors, fo here the denomination is to bee taken from that humor which carrieth 
the chief fway. 
This difeaf 
fomtimes lie's 
long hid in the 
bodie before it 
fliew it felf. 
CHAP. IV. 
Of the figns of the Lues Venerea. 
■ Hen the Lues venerea is lately taken, malign ulcers appear in the privities, fuel- 
lings in the groins,a virulent ftrangurie nmneth ofttinies with filthie fanies which 
t proceeds either from the proftatt, or the ulcers of urethra ; the patient is trou- 
bled with pains in his joints, head, and (houlders,and as it were breakings of his 
arms, legs and all his members, they are wearie without a caul, fo that neither the foot nor 
hand can eafily perform his dude; their mouths are inflamed, afwelling trouble's their 
throats, which take's away their freedom of {peaking and (wallowing, yea of their verie 
(pittie puftles rife over all their bodies, but chiefly certain garlands of them engirt their 
temples and heads 5 the (bedding or lo(s of the hair, difgraceth the head and chin 5 and 
leannefs deformeth the reft of the bodie j yetallofthefeufenotto appear in all bodies, but 
fbm of them in fom. But the moft certain figns of this difeafare, a callous ulcer in the pri- 
vities, hard and ill conditioned, and this fame is judged to have the fame force in a progno- 
ftick, if after it bee cicatrized, it retain the fame callous hardnefs; the Bubo's or dwel- 
lings in the groins to return back into the bodie without coming to (uppuration or other 
manifeft cauf: thefe two figns, if they concur in the fame patient, you may judg or foretel 
that the Lues venerea is either prefent, or at hand 5 yet this difeaf happeneth to manie with- 
out the concourf of thefe two figns, which alfo bewraieth it (elf by other manifeft figns, 
as ulcers and puftles in the reft of the bodie, rebellious againft medicines though power- 
ful, and diicreetly applied, unlefs the whole bodie bee anointed with Argentum vivum. But 
when as the difeaf becometh inveterate, manie becom impotent to venerie, and the mali- 
gnitieand number of the (ymptoms encreaf, their pains remain fixed and ftable, verie hard 
and knotted tophi grow upon the bones, and oftimes they becom rotten and foul, as allo 
the hands and feet by the corruption of fait phlegm are troubled with chops or clefts, and 
their heads are (eazed upon by an opbia/is and alopecia whitifh tumors with roots deep faft- 
nedin, arifein fundrie parts of the bodie, filled with a matter like the meat of a chefnut, 
or like a tendon 5 if they bee opened they degenerate into diverf ulcers, as putrid, eating, 
and other fuch, according to the nature and conditon of the affe&ed bodies. But why the 
pains are more grievous on the night (eafbn, this may bee added to the true reafbn wee ren- 1 
dred in the precedent Chapter, firft for that the venereous virulencie lying as it were afleep 1 
is ftirred up and enraged by the warmnefs of the bed and coverings thereof 5 Secondly, by 1 
reafbn of the patient's thoughts which on the night feafon are whollyturned and fixed 
upon the onely ob jeft of pain. 
The moft cer- 
tain figns of 
the Lues vene~ 
vet. 
Twoothersau- 
fes of the excels 
of pain in the 
night. 
CHAP. V. 
Of Prognoflickj. 
F the difeaf bee lately taken, aflbciated by a few fymptoms, as with fbm final num- 
ber of puftles,and little and wandring pains,and the bodie befides bee young and 
in good cafe, andtheconftitution of the feafon bee good and favorable, as the 
Spring, then the cure is eafie, and may bee happily performed. But on the contra- 
ries that which is inveterate and enraged by the fcllowfhip ofmanie and malign fymptcans, 
as 
The fignsof a 
cureable Lues 
veiKrcf, 468 
Concerning Lues Venerea. 
Lib.19. 
as a fixed pain of the head, knots and rottennefs of the bones, ill-naturd ulcers in a bodie 
verie much fallen away and weak, and whereof the cure hath been alreadie fundrie times 
undertaken by Empyricks, but in vain; or elf by learned Phylicians, but to whole reme- 
dies, approved by reafon and experience, the malignitie of the difcaf and the rebellious vi- 
rulencie hath refuted to yeeld, is to bee thought incureable, efpecially, if to thefe fo manie 
evils, this bee added, that the patient bee almoft wafted with a confumption and heftick 
leannels, by reafon of the decaie of the native moifture. Wherefore youmuft onely attempt 
fuch by a palliative cure; yet bee warie here in makeing your prognoftick i for many have 
been accounted in a defperate cafe, who have recovered; for by the benefit of God and na- 
ture, wonders oftimes happen in difeafes. Young men who are of a rare or lax habit of 
bodie are more fubjeft to this difeaf, then fuch as are of a contrarie habit and complexion. 
For as not all who are converfant with fuch as have the or live in a peftilent air, are 
alike affe&ed; lb neither all who lie or accompanie with luch as have the Lues venerea, are 
alike infected or tainted. The pains of luch as have this difeaf,are far different from the pains 
of the Gout. For thole of the Gout return and torment by certain periods and fits,but the 
other are continual and almoft alwaies like themfelvs; Goutie pains poflels the joints, and 
in thefe condenf a plafter-like matter into knots; but thofe of the Pocks are ratherfaft- 
ned in the mid'ft of the bones, and at length dilfolv them by rottennefs and putrefaftion. 
Venereous ulcers which are upon the yard are hard to cure, but if beeing healed, they fhall 
remain hard and callous , they arefigns of the difeaf lying hid in the bodie. 
Generally, the Lues venerea which now reigneth is far more milde and eafie to bee cured 
then that which was in former times, when as it firft began amongft us : befides, each day 
it leemeth to bee milder then other. Aftrologers think the cauf hereof to bee this, for that 
the celeftial influences which firft brought in this difeaf in fuccefs of time by the contrarie 
revolutions of the Stars, lofe their power and becom weak; fo that it may feem fomwhat 
likely, that at length after lorn few yeers it may wholly ceaf; no otherwife then the dileaf 
termed Montana, which was verie like this in manie fymptoms, and troubled manie of the 
Romans in the reign of Liberia-, and the Lichen, which in the time of Claudius (who fuc- 
ceededTiberius) vexed not onely Italic, but all Europe befides. Yet Phyficians had rather 
take to themfelvs the glorie of this lefs rageing dileaf, and to refer it to the manie and 
wholfom means, which have been invented, ufed and oppofed thereto by the moft happie 
labors of noble wits. 
The figns of 
an incureable 
noe. 
How thefc 
pains differ 
from thofe of 
the gout. 
The Lues ve- 
nerea becom's 
more gentle 
then formerly 
it was. 
CHAP. VI. 
How manie, and what means there are to oppugn this difeaf. 
Why the deco 
ftion of Guai 
cam is not 
fufficient to 
impugn the 
difeaf. 
Anie forts of remedies have been found out by manie to oppugn and overcom 
this difeaf. Yet at this daie there are onely four which are principally ufed. 
Thefirftisbyadecoftion of Guaicum j the fecond by unftionj the third by 
emplafters, and the fourth by fumigation : all of them by Hydrargyrum, the 
firft excepted. Yet that is not fufficiently ftrong and powerful j for experience 
hath taught, that thedecoftion of Guaicum hath not fufficient ftrengch to extinguilh the ve- 
nom of the venereous virulencie, but onely to give iteaffor a time for becauf it heat's, 
attenuate's, provoke's fweat and urine, wall's the excrementitious humors by drying them, 
it feemeth to cure the for that thereupon, for fom time, the pain and all other fym- 
ptoms feem more remifs ; but thefe endeavors are weak and deceitful, as whereby that onely 
which is more fubtle in the humors in fault, is exhaufted and difperfed by fweat. But Hy- 
drargyrum, is a certain higher power, contain's therein all the power of Guaicum, yet much 
more excellent and efficacious; for befides that it heat*s,attenuate>s,cut's, refolv's and drie's, 
it provokes fweat andurine,and befides itexpel's noxious humors upwards and downwards, 
by the mouth and ftool. By which evacuations not onely the morefubtle,but alfo the more 
grofs and feculent excrements,wherein the feat of this difeaf is properly fixed, are difperfed 
and evacuated, by which the Phyfician may bee bold to allure himfelf of certain victorie o~ 
ver the difeaf. But after the uft of the decoftion of Guaicum, frelhpains aud knots arifeby 
thereliques of the more grofs and vifcous humors left in the cavities of the entrails 5 but 
Hydrargyrum leav's no reliques behinde it. 
Hydrargyrum is 
fufficient to 
overcom the 
difeff.' 
CHAP. VII. 
THat is preferred before the reft, which is of a great log, of a duskie color, new, gum- 
mie,with a frelh ftrong fmell, an acrid and fbmwhat biteing tafte, the bark cleaving 
verie dole to the wood. It hath a facultie to heat, rarifie, attenuate, attraft, to cauf iweat, 
and move urine, and befides by a fpecifick propertie to weaken (he virulencie of the Lues z>e~, 
7ierea. 
How to make choice of the wood Guaicum. 
The facultic. Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
LlB.ip. 
469 
nerea. There are three fubftances taken notice of in this wood: thefirft is the bark,the other 
is a whitifh wood which is next to the bark, the third is the heart of the wood, that is the 
inner, blackifh, and more duskie part thereof. The bark is the more drie, wherefore you 
fhaUufeit when as you would drie more powerfully; themidle fubftance is more moift, 
becauf it is more fucculent and fet; that which lieth between both, is of a milde temper. 
Wherefore the two laft are more convenient for delicate natures and rare bodies, which re- 
quire lefs drying. Furthermore, the bark muft bee given to denf and ftrong natures, that 
by the more fierie force thereof, the humors may bee made more fluid, and the paflages of 
the bodie more paffable. But I would here bee underftood to mean fuch bark as not putrid 
& rotten with age,co which fault it is verie fubjeft,for that long before it bee (hipped by our 
people, the wood lieth in heaps upon the fhore in the open air, until they can tinde chap- 
men for it; which when it is brought aboard, it is flowed in the hold or bottom of the fhip, 
where beneath by the fea through the the chinks of the boards, and above by the mariners, 
it ufually gathereth much dirt. When it is brought hither to us, it is bought and fold by 
weight, wherefore, that it may keep the weight, the Druggifts lay it up in vaults and cellars 
underground, where the furface thereof bedewed with much moifture, can fcarce efcape 
mouldinefs and rottennefs. Wherefore, I do not like to give the decoftion either of the 
bark or wood which is next thereto to fick people. 
The parts. 
The hot and 
fierie facultie 
of the barks 
CHAP. VIII. 
Of the preparation of the decoblion of Guaicum. 
Jrft you muft have your Guaicum lhaved into (mall pieces, and to everie pound ' 
of the lhaveings, add of fair water eight, ten , or twelv pintes , more or left as c 
the nature of the partie, and condition of the diftaf lhall Item to require, ac- c 
cording to the rule ofthe formerly mentioned indications. Let the water bee ' 
hot or warm, efpecially if it bee in Winter, that (b it may the more eafily and 
throughly enter into the bodie of the wood , and draw into it felf the faculties thereof in 
the (pace of twentie four hours, wherein it is macerated; then boil it in in balnea, to avoid 
empyreuma, or tafte of fire, which it will contraft by boiling it over a hot fire. Yet fom, no-, 
thing regard this, but think the patient lufficiently ftrved, if they make a decoftion in an 
earthen-pot well glazed, over a gentle fire, fo that no part of the liquor may run over the 
mouth of the velleljfor that thus fo much of the ftrength of the decoftion might vanilh away. 
Howfoever it bee made,let it bee boiled to the confumption of half, a third,or fourth part, as 
the nature of the patient,and diftaf (hall ftem to require. There bee fom who mix diverf fim- 
ples therwith, which have an occult and proper fympathie with that part of the bodie which 
is principally hurt by the diftaf which at theleaft may lerv in Head of a vehicle to carrie the 
facultiesoftlftdecoftionthitherwherethedifeaf moft reigneth-Others add thereto purge- 
ing medicineSjWhole judgment I cannot approve of,for that I think it is not for the patient's 
good to attempt two evacuations at once; that is to expell the humors by (weat, by the 
habit of the bodie, and by purgeing by the bellie; for that as much urine, fo alfo much ' 
fweat lhew's little evacuation by ftool. Fortheft two motions are contrarie, which na-1 
ture cannot brook at once. For purgeing draw's from the Circumference to the Center, but, 
(weat run's a quite contrarie courf, and this is the opinion of manie and great 
This firft decoftion beeing boiled out and (trained, the like quantitie ' of water lhall bee put 
to the ftulf, or maft, that lb beeing boiled again without anie further infulion, and (train- 
ed, with the addition of a little cinnamon for the ftrengthening of the ftomack, the patient 
may ule it at his meals, and between his meals, if hee bee drie, for his ordinarie drink. The 
quantitie of the firft decoftion to bee taken at once, ought to bee lorn five or fix ounces,and 
it (hall bee drunk warm, that lb it may bee the (boner brought into aftion, and left the a- 
ftual coldnefs Ihould offend the ftomach; and then the patient beeing well covered, lhall 
keep himftlf in bld,and there expeft fweat which if it comhlowly on,it lhall bee helped for- 
wards with ftone-bottles filled full of water, and put to the (bles of the feet. If anie parts 1 
in the interim lhall bee much pained, they lhall bee comforted by applying of fwines-blad- 1 
ders half filled with the fame decoftion heated. Neither will it bee unprofitable before the 
decoftion bee drunk, to ruboyer all the bodie with warm lihnen clothes,that by this means 
the humors may bee attenuated, and the pores of the skin opened. When hee (hall have 
fwet fom two hours, the parts oppofiteto the grieved places, lhall firft bee wiped, then pre- 
(ently, but more gently the grieved parts themftlvs, left a greater conflux of humors flow 
thereto. Theft things beeing don, hee lhall keep himfelf in bed, Ihunning the cold air 
until hee bee cooled and com to himftlf again, fom two hours after hee lhall (b dine, as the 
diftaf and his former cuftom lhall ftem to require; fix hours after, betakeing himftlf to his 
bed, hee lhall drink the like quantitie of the decoftion, and order himftlf as before. But 
if hee bee either weak, or wearie of his bed, it lhall bee (iiflicient to keep the houf without 
lying down » for although hee lhall not fweat, yet there will bee a great diflipation of the 
vapors 
The'proporti- 
on of the Gu<u- 
raw to the wa- 
ter. 
Why the deco- 
dion ought to 
bee performed 
with a drie 
heat. 
Whether it bee 
fit to add pur- 
ges to a deco- 
dion of Guai» 
cum. 
Hip.aph.ult. 
felt. 6. 
How, and in 
what quan title 
this decodion 
muft bee taken. 
Flow todrie 
the fweat of the 
>od.e. 470 
Qoncerning the Lues Venerea. 
LiB.iy. 
vapors, and venenate fpirits, by inftniible transpiration 5 for the Lues venera by the onely 
communication of theft, often times catchethhold3and propagates it felf in lying with a 
bedfellow tainted therewith. Butasitisrequifitetohave let blood, and purged thebodie 
by the advice of a Phyfician, before the takeing of the decoftion of Guaicum ; fowhil'fthee 
doth take it, it much conduceth to keep the bellie foluble (which is much bound by the 
heat anddrienefsofiiich adrink)andtopreftrvthe puritie of the firft veins by a glyfter, 
or laxative medicine taken everie fifth, or fixth day. But for the uftot it, wee muft warily 
obftrv, takeing indication, not onely from the malignitie and contumacie of the diftaQ 
but allo from the particular nature of the patient 5 for filch as have their bodie wafted by 
heat & leannefs,8c their skin drie and fcalie(whence you may gather a great aduftion of the 
humors,&,as it were,a certain incinerationof the habit of the bodie)muft more fpareingly 
make uft of theft things, but rather temper thebodie by humefting things taken inwardly, 
and applied outwardly, as bathes, ointments without Quick-lilver, and Other fuch like 
■things. Andthtna verie weak decoftion ofGuaicum [hall bee uftd for a few daies before 
your un&ion with Quick-filver. A more plentiful diet, as it draw's forth the difeaf^which 
of its own nature is long, fo a more fpareing and (lender diet make's the ulcers more rebel- 
lious and contumacious,by a heftick drienefs. 
Therefore a middle courf muft bee kept, and meats made choice of which are fit, and na- 
turally engender good and laudable juice in the bodie. For it is not onely great ignorance, 
but much more crueltie, to go about to contein all patients without anic difference, within 
the ftrait allowance of four ounces of Ship-bisket, & twelv damask prunes : for I judg it far 
better to diet the patient with Lamb,Veal,Kid, Pullets,fat Larks, and black-birds, as thoft 
which have a greater familiaritie with our bodies, then Prunes and the like Junkets. Let 
his bread bee made of white wheat, well levened, neither too new, or tough, neither too old 
or hard. Let his drink bee made of the mafs, or {trainings of the firft deco&ion of Guaicunf 
boiled with more water, as was formerly mentioned; yet if there ariftanie great weakneft 
of the faculties, you may permit the uft of fom little wine, drinking efpecially before each 
a cup of the laft mentioned deco&ion. Let him avoid deep preftntly after meat, for fo the 
head is filled with grofs vapors. Paffions, or perturbations of the minde muft alfo bee avoi- 
ded, for that by theft the fpirits are inflamed and diflipated 5 all the delights of honeft plea- 
fiire are to bee defired, but venerie wholly avoided, as that which weaken's all the nervous 
parts. Manie in ftead of a decoftion of Guaicwn, uft a decoftion of China. Now this China 
is the root of a certain Rulh, knottie, rare,and heavie, when it is frelh, but light when it is 
waxed oldj it is alfo without finell,whence manie judg it void of anie effeftual qualitie,ir is 
brought into ufe out of India,it it thus prepar*d,it is cut into thin round flices,boil'd in foun- 
tain or.river water, and is given to patients to drink morning & evening after this manner. 
.J&. rad. chin, in aqut font, tkxii.infundantur per hor. xii. & coquantur ad confum- 
ption. tertia partis. Let him take Jvi. in the morning, and fo much at night 5 let him expert 
afweatin his bed: afeconddecoftion may bee made of the mafs remaining of the firft, but 
with a left quantitie of water put thereto, which alfo by longer boiling may draw forth the 
ftrength remaining in the mafs, and bee uftd at meals for ordinarie drink. There are fom 
, who make a third deco&ion thereof,but that is wholly unprofitable & unufeful. SarfapariUa 
is prepared alfo juft after the fame manner. 
How long this 
dccoftienmuft 
bee ufed. 
The manner of 
diet. 
To whom,and 
what manner 
efwinetmy 
bee allowed 
The descripti- 
on of china. 
The preparati- 
on. 
OtSvfarefilla. 
CHAP. IX. 
Of thefecond manner ofcureing the Lues Venerea, which is performed by fritlion or untiion. 
When the Bo- 
die muft bee 
prepared with 
hume&ing 
things before 
unftion. 
»He cure of the Lues Venerea which is performed by undion and fridion is more 
certain, yet not in everie kinde, condition and feafon thereof. For ifthedieaf 
bee inveterate from an humor, tough, grofs, vifcous, and more tenacioufly fi- 
xed in the (olid parts, as you may gather by the knottie tumors of the bones; 
for then wee are fo far from doing anie good with afridiortufedatthefirft, 
that on the contrarie wee bring the patient in danger of his life,unlefs wee (hal have firft pre- 
pared the humor to expulfion,by emollient and digefting things firft ufed.But if it bee lately 
taken with moveable pains, puftles,and ulcers in the jaws, throat and privie parts,then may 
it bee eafily cured without fuch preparatives, Specially if the humor bee fufficiently obedi- 
ent, and as it were prepared of it felf, and its own nature. Therefore firft ufeing general 
medicines, you may afterwards com to ufe the undion with Hydrargyrum. 
CHAP. X- 
Of the choice preparation and mixing of Hydrargyrum. 
HTdrargyrum which is deer, thin, white and fluid, is thebeft: on* the contrarie, that 
which is livid, aud not fo fluid, is thought to bee adulterated by the admixture of fom Lib.ij?. 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
471 
lead. That it may bee the purer, ftrain it through fom fheeps-leather,forby prefling it,when 
it is bound up, it pafleth through by its fubtiltie, and leav's the filth and leaden droft 
behinde it on the infide. Then it may bee boil'd in vineger with fage, rofemarie,thyme, ca- 
momile, melilcte, and ftrained again, that fo manie waies cleanfed, it may enter into oint- 
merits and plafters: To kill it more furely, it fhall bee long wrought, and as it were ground 
in a mortar,that it may bee broken and feparatedinto moft fmall particles,that by this means 
it may not bee able to gather it (elf into the former bodie: to which purpofe you may alfo 
add lorn fulpbur, or fublimate, as wee fhall fliew hereafter. It is moft ufually mixed with hogs- 
greaf, adding thereto lbw oil of turpentine, nutmegs, cloves, fage?and Galen s treacle. If a 
Leucopblegmatia together with the Lues Venerea affeft the bodie, then hot, attenuateing, cut- 
ting and. dying things fhall bee added to the medicine, which fhall bee provided for unftion; 
the fame fhall bee don when as wee would have it to enter into the liibftance of the bones. 
But if the patient bee of a cholerick temper, and his blood eafie to bee inflamed, you fhall 
make choice of left hot, attra&ive and dilcufling things. As when the bodie {hall bee reple- 
nifhed with knottie and fcirrhous tumors,or fqualid by exceflive drinefs,then fhall emollient 
and hume&ing things mixed therewith. But that fuch ointments may have abetterconfi- 
ftence, I ule to add to each pound thereof, four, five, or fix yolks of hard eggs. Therefore 
this fhall bee the form of the ointment called Vigoes. R. axung- porci3 fti. olei cbamxm. aneth. 
mafticb.&laurini, an.%1. ftyrac. liquid. $x. rad enulx, camp, paritm trite, & ebuli,an%m. pul. eu- 
vini odorif. tki.jbulUant omnia fimul ufque ad confumptionem vini, deinde colentur; colatur# 
adde Ijthargyr# auriffyii. tburis, mafticb. ref-pini,$ifi. tereb venet fi. argenti vivigiv. cert 
alb<£,%ifi. liquefaflisoleis, cumceraincorporentur omnia fimul, fiat Unimentum ad ufum. 
argenti vivi preparation fulpuris vivi, axung. porci, falls expcrtisfiLi. vitellos 
ovorum fub cineribus cotiorum, nu. iii. olei terebinth. & laurini, tberiac. vet. & 
fiat linimentum ut artls eft. You fhall compole it firft the fublimatum and fulpbur fhall bee 
finely poudred, then 1dm part of the Argentum vivum and hog-greafput to them, then pre- 
fently after, fom of the hard yolks of eggs, continually and diligently ftirring and mixing 
them all together. All thefe beeing well incorporate, add fom riiore Argentum vivum, hogs- 
grea£ and yolks of eggs,and incorporate them with the former; at the laft add the oils,then 
treacle, and methridate, and fo let them all bee beaten together for a whole daies {pace, and 
thus you (hall make an oinment of a good confiftence, which I have often ufed with good 
fticcefs. Yet the hogs-greaf fhall bee firft boiled with the hot herbs good for the finews, as 
fage, rofemarie, thyme, marjerom, lavander and others which the feafon affords. Forfo 
the axungia acquired a more attenuating facultie,and confolidateing of thole parts which the 
Lues Venerea afflift's. Befldes, when unguents are made for this purpofe, that fiich virulencie 
may bee drawn from within outwards, by fweats and tranfpiration throughthe pores of the 
skin, no man need doubt, but that they ought to bee furnifhed with relaxing,and ratifying, 
and attra&ive faculties. But axungia, befldes that it verie fit ro kill the Argentum vivum, it al- 
fo relaxeth and mollifieth. Now Oleum laurinum, de fpicti, rutaceum, rarifie, digeft and alfwage 
pain. Turpentine alfo extinguifheth and bridleth the Argentum vivum, moderately heat's, 
refolds and ftrengthen's the nervous parts. But Argentum vivum is the proper antidote of the 
Lues Venerea, as that which cure's it howfoever ufed, drying by the fobtiltie of the parts,and 
provokeing fweat. Verily Treacle and Methridate fomwhat conduce to retund the virulen- 
cie of t hi s'difeaf,but unlefs Jrgtvzfww vivum affift as a ferret to hunt, and an Alexiteriumto 
impugn the difeaf,they can do no great matter 
HowtokilUr- 
gentumvivum, 
What to mix 
therewith. 
, An unftion 
, withargrBWw 
, vivum. 
Another. 
How to make 
it. 
How to pre- 
pare the hog's- 
greafbefore 
you mix the ar- 
gentum vivum 
therewith. 
CHAP. XI. 
He bodie and humors apt to caufor nourifli a plethora or inflammation, beeing 
prepared by digeftive firups, and evacuated by purgeing and bleeding as is fit- 
ting,according to the direftion of fom Phyfitian,the patient (hall bee (hut up in a 
parlor or chamber, hot either by nature or art, and free from cold blafts of 
winde. f or cold is moft pernitious in this both for that it hurt's the nervous parts, 
alreadie ill affefted by reafon of the difeaf,as allo for that it leflen's the efficacie of medicines. 
Wherefore maniedo ill in this, who, whether .in winter or dimmer, annoint their patients 
in a large room, expofed on eyerie fide to the windes. They deal (bmwhat more wifely, 
who put a cloth faftned like half a tent prefently behinde the patient, though annointed by 
the fire-fide, fo to keep away the cold air from him. Yet it is fafeft to fet, and annoint the 
patient either in a little room, or elfin fom corner of a large room, (eparated from the red 
or the room by fom hangings, and building a dove, or makeing (dm fire therein, for fo hee 
bee may ftand or fit as heebeft like's, the longer, and with the lefs offence, and bee equally 
beared on everie fide, whereas fuch as are annointed in a chimney by a fire's fide cannot but 
bee heated unequally, beeing readie to burn on the one fide, whil'ft the other is cold, which 
motions are contrarie and hurtful to that wee require: befides,if the patient (hall bee weak, 
hee 
How to ufe the VnOtion. 
Cold moft 
hurtful to fuch 
as are troubled 
with the 
venerea. 472 
Concerning ?Ae LuesVenerea. 
Lib.ip 
hee cannot Rand and endure the heat of the fire. Or if hee bee IhamefacY, hee will bee un- 
willing to (hew all his bodie at once naked to the but hee may without anie harm3 
and with modeftie3 lying on a bed in a little room3 wherein a Rove is made, have all his linis 
annointed about the and prelently bound up> either with floups5 or carded cotton3 
or brown paper. 
CHAP. XII. 
Ifbat cautions to bee obferved in rubbing or annointing the Patient. 
The patient, if 
it may bee con- 
veniently don, 
muft bee an- 
notated fall- 
ing. 
£e fhall bee annointed or rubbed over with the ointment in the morning, the 
concoftion and diftribution of the meat beeing perfefted, which funftions o- 
therwife would not bee well performed, the powers of nature beeing diftra- 
fted into feveral operations. Yet if the patient fhall bee weak, you may fom 
hour before the unftion,give him fom gellie, the yolk of an egg, or fom 
broth made of meat, boiled to pieces, but verie fpareingly, left nature, intent 
upon the concoftion offolid meats, or in great quantitie, fhould bee drawn away from that 
which wee intend. At firft,let onely the joints of the lims bee annointed,as about the wrefts, 
elbows, knees, anckles, fhoulders. But afterward, if the patient fhall bee more ftrong, and 
a greater commotipn of the humors and bodie feem necelfarie, the emunftories of the prin- 
cipal parts may alfo bee annointed, and the whole fpine of the back j yet haveing much care, 
and alwaies fhunning the principal and noble parts, left wee fhould do as thofe butcherlie 
Empericks do, who equally, and in like manner daub and rub over all the bodie, from the 
foies of the feet, to the crown of the head: moreover, diligent regard muft bee had of thofe 
parts, which are feazedupon by the fymptoms of this difeaef, that they may bee more an- 
nointed,and that it may bee more throughly rubbed in.Yetyou muft alwaies begin your an- 
nointing or rubbing at thofeparts which are lefs offended,left the humors fhould bee drawn 
in greater meafure to the grieved part. And as gentle frications do not Efficiently open the 
pores of the skin, fo more ftrong and hard ones fhut them up, cauf pain, and more plenti- 
fully attraft the morbifick matter. Wherefore it will bee more couvenient to ufe mode- 
rate friftions, takeing indication from the ftrength of the patient, as that whereto wee muft 
ftill have the chief regard. There is alfo another thing whereto the Phyfician and Surgeon 
muft diligently attend, as that, which if it bee not carefully prevented,will either haften the 
death of the patient, or make him ftibj eft to a relapG that is,the quantitie of the remedies and 
unftions, and the number of the friftions. Which confideration, together with that which 
is of the degrees of the temperaments of the whole bodie, and each part thereof, much trou- 
ble's the mindcs of good Phyficians, and maketh the art conjeftural, it is far from beeing at- 
tained to by Empericks. Yet wee muft endeavor by method and reafbn, that by the rule of 
indications fbfrequently mentioned, wee may attain to the knowledg thereof, as near as 
■ may bee.For to have perfeft knowledg hereof,and to fay that thofe need onely four, others 
live, and otherfbm Hx,more or fewer friftions at the beginning, which Empericks common- 
ly do, is a thing both impoflible and vain. All thefe muft bee changed and ordered accord- 
ing to the malignitie and continuance of the difeaf and the condition of the affefted bodies. 
Verily wee muft fo long ufe friftions and unftions, until the virulent humors bee perfeftly 
evacuated by fpitting and falivation, by ftool, urine, fweat, or infenfible tranfpiration. 
Which you may underftand by the falling away and drying up of the puftles and ulcers, and 
theceafing of the pains and other fymptoms proper to this difeaf. In manie, by reafon of 
the more denfand compaft habit of the bodie nature is more flow in excretion. Yet I have 
learn't by long experience, fhat it is beft to annoint and chafe fiich twice in a daie,to wit, 
morning and evening, fix hours after meat. For fo you fhall profit more inonedaie, then 
- by the fingle friftion of three daies. But on the conV'aie, 1 have often,and with good fiiccefs, 
rubbed over but each other day more rare and delicate bodies, giveing them one or two daies 
reft to recolleft their ftrength,which by the too much diffolution of their fpirits becomming 
too weak, were not fufficient to cxpell the reliques of the morbifick matter. And certainly 
about the end of the appointed friftion, efpecially when as the patient begin's to flux at the 
mouth, the bodies, together with the noxious humors are made fo fluid by the means of the 
precedent friftion,that one friftion is then more efficacious then two were at the beginning. 
Therefore as Galen bid's, when as the difeaf is great, and the ftrength of the patient infirm, 
that wee fhould part our blood-lettings, and draw a little and a little at once; fo alfo here 
when as wee fhall obferv nature ftirred up, and readie bent to anie kinde of evacuation by 
the mouth, ftool, or other like; you ought not to ufe anie unftion or friftion oftner then 
once in a daie 5 yea, certainly it will bee better to intermit for fom few daies. For thus Ma[- 
fa report's, that there was a certain man who almoft wafted with a confumption beeing con- 
tinually afflifted with the moft grievous pains of this difeaf and reputed in a defperate cafe 
by other Phyficians, was notwithftanding at length recovered by him, when as hee had an- 
nointed him thirtie fevcn times, putting fom time between for the recoverie of his ftrength. 
I my 
In what places 
the bodie muft 
bee anno inted. 
Where to begin 
the unftion. 
What it is that 
m»keth the art 
ofPhyfickcon- 
jeftural. 
Who muft bee 
rubbed over 
once, who 
twice in a daie 
and who but e- 
verie other 
drie. 
Llb.de ven* Lis-ip- 
Concerning the fines Venerea. 
473 
I rify felf have obferved others, who thus, by the interpofitipn of one or two daies, bceing 
robbed over fom fifteen or feventsen times, have perfed ly recovered. Wherefore you mtift 
take this courf iurefolved arid weak bodies, yet in the you have a care, that 
ths fridions bee not too weak, and fo few, that themorbifick caufmay not bee touched 
to .the quick : for in this kinde of difcaf nature doth not of ififelf endeavour aniecrz/b,' or1 
excretion; it require's the auxiliarie forces of medicines, by whole afliftance it may expel! [ 
all the malignitie. Thefe are iigns of fuch a crifif, either at hand, or alreadie pref ent, if the J 
patient bee fo reftlefs,, fo loath all things, that hee cannot remain in one place either B 
Hadding or lying, bee can neither eat nor drink, if hee bee opprefled with a continual S 
wearihefs, aimoil readie to (wound, yet have a good and equal pulf, and gripeings in his f: 
bcllie aftiid him with bloodie and vifcous dejedions, until at length nature after one or 
twodaies portion ofthemorbifick matter.beeingfpent,bee fomwhat free'd, and all pains' 
and Symptoms fo much abated, as the excretions have proceeded. But whereas medicines 
arb not fuflicient in number or ftrength, there follow's an impcrfed cri/is, which leav's be- 
hiridc it fom reliques of the morbifick matter, which like leaven do fo by little and little 
infed the whole mafs of the humors, that oftimes after ten years fpace, the difcaf rifetjf as 
out of an ambtifh, or lurking-hole, and becom's far worfthen before- But wee muftin like 1 
manner have a care leaft thefe medicines, that are either given inwardly , or applied out- c 
wardly, bee not tooftrong : for by cauffing fuch colliquation of the radical moifture and J 
folid parts, manie have been brought into an incureable confumption. In others fordid and 
putrid ulcers have thence arifen in the mouth, which having eaten a great part of the pal- 
late and tongue, have degenerated into a deadly Cancer. In others hereupon the tongue 
hath fo fwelled up, that it hath filled the whole capacitie of the mouth, fo that it could not 
beg bended to anie part of the mouth for chawing, whereupon they have by little and lit- 
tle been famifhed. In other fom there hath been caufled fo great colliquation of humors, 
that for a whole moneth after, tough and filthie Haver hath continually flowed out of their 
mouths. Other fom have the mufcles of their jaws relaxed; others troubled withacon- 
vuifion, fo that dureing the reft of their lives they can fcarce gape. Others, by lofing a 
portion of their jaw, have loft fom of their teeth. But you muft not alwaies fb long an-: 
nointand chafe the bodie, untila flux of the mouth or bellie appear. For you may finds 
fundrie perfbns,who, if you fhould annoint or rub them to death, you cannot bring them 
to flux at the mouth; yet thefe will recover notwithftanding, excretion beeing made ei- 
ther by infenfible transpiration, or evacuation of urine, or fom gentle flux of the bellie, 
either procured by art, or comming of itfelf. In which cafe I have oblerved that manie£ 
have received much good by a purgeing decoftion of Guaicum, adminiftred according to the jr 
quantitie of the peccant humor, and given for lorn daies in the morning, adding thereto o 
white wine, if the bodie abounded with tough and vifeid humors. Dyfenteries, or £ 
bloodie Fluxes caufled by unftions, may bee helped by glyfters , wherein much Hogf-greaf 
is diflblved to rotund the acrimonie caufled by the medicine and humor which nourifheth 
the Dyfenterie. Alfo new treacle diflblved in new milk, is thought wonderfully to miti- tc 
gate this fymptoni. ft 
Nature is not 
fufficicntly a- 
ble to expel 
the virulent 
matter. 
Signs that the 
crifa is nigh. 
Inconvenien- 
ces following 
upon immode* 
race unftions. 
For what per- 
lons a purge- 
ing decodion 
of Guwnm is 
good. 
The cure of a 
Dyfenterie oc- 
cafioned by 
too ftrong 
fridion. 
CHAP. XIII. 
Of the third manner of cure, which it performed by cerates, and emplafterst as 
fubftitutes of unfiions. 
Or that fundrie by reafon of the name abhor the life of fri&ion,which is per- 
formed by the fore-mentioned ointments, therefore there is found out an- 
other manner of cure by cerates and emplafters , as lubftitutes of Frictions, 
but that ufually is fbmwhat flower; for which purpofe it is not needful 
onely to ufe the things which are described by Figo, but you may alfo devife 
other,which are more or left anodyne,emollient, attenuating,dilcuffing, or 
drying,according to the condition of the prefent difeaf, fymptoms,humors and patient, ne- 
ver omitting Hydrargyrum, the onely antidote of this difeaf. Such emplafters mitigate pains 
and knots, and refolv all hardnefs, and are abfolutely verie effeftual, for continually flick- 
ing to the bodie,they continually operate. Wherfore they are of prime ufe in relapfes of this 
difeafjor when the humors are thick and vifcous, or otherwife lie deep in the bodie,and ve- 
rie difficult to root out. But for that they work more (lowly oftimes, fiich as ufe them are 
forced at length to ufe fom friftions to ftimulate nature,and caufthe Reedier excretion.Yet 
in fom whofe bodies and humors have been fluid, either by nature or art, the applied em- 
plafters have in three daies (pace procured evacuation fiifficient for the difeaf, lb that if they 
fiad not been taken away, they would have caufled a colliquation,like that which wee lately 
mentioned in too violent friction. Wherefore you (hall ufe the like difcretion in takeing of 
theft,as you uft in your unftions and fri&ion. In ftead ofemf.de Vigo,this following may bee 
fitly uftd. ft.mafft emf.de melii;& oxycrocei,an.tbfi.argenti oko laurino, & de ftica, 
S f rfducantur 
The cure by 
emplafters 
more flow.' 
In what cafe 
they are chiefly 
ufcful. 
The defcripti- 
oo of an cm* 
pl after. Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
LlB.Ip. 
474 
reducdntur ad for mam emflaftri. Theft*plafters muft bee equally .fpread upon lether, and laid 
upon the fame places of the joints, as were formerly mentioned in the cure by friftions.Yet 
foni there bee, who cover with the plafter all the arm, from the hand even to the fhoul- 
der , and all the leg from the top of the knee, even to the ends of the toes, which thine I 
do not difallow of, if fo bee that the places of the joints bee covered over with a thicker 
plafter. They muft bee left flicking there fo long, until nature bee ftirred up and provoked 
to caufexcretion of the virulent'humors. Yet if in the interim great itching fhall arift in 
the parts, you may take them off fo long dhtil the parts fhall bee fomented with a decoftion 
of the flowers of camomile, melilote, red rofes, and the like made in wine, to difcufsthat 
ivhich cauled the itching, and thin yoti may lay them on again. Som, to hinder the rifting 
of anie itch, lay not the bare plafter to the part, but cover it over with farcenet, fo to keep it 
from flicking, ai)d thus intercept the tranfpiration of the part, thecaufofitchingThey fhall 
bee ftrongef or weaker, and lie to the part a longer or Ihorter (pace, as long as the indica- 
tions, fo often formerly mentioned, fliall feem to require. The effefts of emplafters are the 
fameas offriftionsj for they cauf excretion, one while by infenfible tranfpiration, other- 
whiles by a Diarrhea,or flux ofthebellie; fomtimes by urines, but moft frequently (which 
Crifis is alfo moft certain)by falivation.Sordid and virulent ulcers often breed in the mouth, 
tongue, pallate and gums by falivation, by reafon of the acrimonie of the virulent humors 
adhering to the fides of the mouth : to hinder the growth of theft, manie in jeft glyfters 
made of eijnollient things, efpecially at the beginning of the falivation, fo to draw down- 
wards the humors forceibly flying up in greater quantitie then is fit , although the partit: 
felf may endure them. 
There are alfo fom, who to the fame end give a purgeing medicine at the verie time when 
as thehnmorsarereadie to move upwards, the which I think is not afafecourf The cure 
of foch ulcers is far different from the cure of others. For they ought by no means to bee re- 
percufled or repelled, how inflamed foever they bee, but onelytobee mitigated by garga- 
rifins, fo onely to leflen the heat,and that by this frequent Walhing of the mouth, you may 
hinder the flicking or furring of vifeid humors to fuch like ulcers. A decoftion of barlie, 
co w'f-milk warm,held and gargled in the mouth, the mucilages of the feeds of mallows, 
marfh-mallows, ffilium, lettuce, line extracted in the water of barlie, mallows, and pellito- 
rie of wall, are good for this purpofe; for thus the ulcers becom more milde, and the tena- 
citie of the adherent humors is looted. Y ou muft at the firft beware of ftrong detergent me- 
dicines, for almoff all fuch have acrimonie joined with them, which will encreaf the pain* 
but chiefly in the ftate of the difeaf: for fo, the ulcers gently cleanfed by frequent gargling, 
Would becom worf by the ufe of acrid things. Therefore it fhall bee fufficient to make ufe 
of the fore-mentioned medicines, fo to hinder the encreaf of the filth, and inflammation of 
the ulcers, if fo Beethat fuch ulcers bee not too exceeding malign and burning. For if ft 
fhall happed either by the powerful efficacie of the applied plafters, or by the violence of na- 
ture in its motion of the ill humors upward, that fuch ftore of vifeous and grots humors are 
carried to the mouth, that it want's little, but that the part it felf is over-ruled by the mor- 
bifick matter, fo that by the violence and continuance of the flux,the mouth and jaws becom 
fb (welled, that a gangrene is to bee feared, by hindering the entrance of the fpirits, and ex- 
tinguifhing of the native heat of thefe parts. In this cafe wee are forced to leav the proper 
cure for to withftand the accidents, and for this purpofe wee ufe reftri&ive and repelling 
things, fuch as are barlie water, plantain, night-(hade, knot-grafs, and the 
like, with fyrup of rofts, violets, quinces, berberies, pomegranates and the like; alfo 
fuch are the mucilages and deco&ions of the feeds of lettuce, quinces, plantain,night- 
ihade, water-lillies,wood-bine,&c. Alfo it is convenient to procure fweats by ftoves,or the 
application of anie hot and drie things; for thus the humors which run forth of the veflels 
into all the furface of the bodieare diverted. But when as the courfof the humors running 
to the mouth, is beginning to flop, and the tumors and ulcers begin to leflen, then 
nothing hinder's, but that wee may ufe gently detergent things, as, fyrup. rofarum 
ftccarum, mel rofatwn, Diamoron, Dianucum, and the like. But when it is time to drie 
the ulcers, they may bee lightly touched with alum-water, or with acua fortis, fuch 
as Gold-fmiths have ufed for the feparation of metals. They may alfo frequently 
ufe drying gargarifms made with aftri&ion of the waters of rofes, plantain, 
night-fhade, fhepherd's-purf, knot-grafs, and dog's-tongue, boiling therein balau- 
ftia, rof. rub. myrtil. fumacb, alumen. acacia t berber. gall* malicor. and the like. 
Dureing the time of fluxing or falivation you muft diet and feed the patient with 
liquid meats, and thofe of good juice, and eafie digeftion, for that then hee can 
neither chaw, fwallow, nor digeft hard things. For nature wholly intent upon 
the excretion of the noxious and peccant humors, as alfo weakfted by the 
bittemefs of pain, watchings, and unquietnefs, and confequently a great refolu- 
tion of the fpirits, cannot infift powerfully upon the work of conco&ion. 
Therefore hee fhall bee fed with rear new-laid eggs, caudles of the fame, barlic-creams, 
cullefles made of ia decoftion of knuckles of veal > and a capon, and gellies, and 
with 
What excreti- 
on beft in this 
difeaf. 
To avoid the 
ulcers of the 
mouth. 
To cure them. 
Reftriftive 
and repelling 
gargarifins. 
To drie the ul- 
cers of the 
mouth. 
Manner of 
diet when the 
mouth is ulce- 
rated. Lib.ip. 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
475 
with thefe in (mall quantitie,but frequently adminiftred,alwaies gargling his mouth before 
heeeat. For his drink hee (hall ufe a deco&ion of Guaicum aromatized with a little cinna- 
mon ; but if anie defire that the drink (hall becom nourishment., for that the patients cannot 
fee don more folid meats, you may give them old wine, claret and thin, mixed with (bm 
barlie-water. Som there are who fteep fom crums of pure manchet in the forefaid wine,and 
then prefs it out, but yet fo, that there may fbm part of the bread remain therein,which may 
make it more nourifhing, and lefs fharp or acrid. Others fteep bread hot out of the oven,in 
wine, for the fpace of a night, then they diftil it all over in balneo the liquor which 
firft com's over is more ftrong and hot, but that which flow's out afterwards, more milde, 
and fuch as the patient may ufe to mix with his wine without anie danger , for his better 
nourishment, and the recoverie of his ftrength. 
For to refrelh the fpirits in fear of fainting, muskedine, hippocras, ro(e-vineger, and the 
like, put to the nofe to fmell to, will bee (ufficient, unlefs peradventure the patient fliould 
naturally abhor fuch things,for fo they would rather dejeft the powers and fpirits.In the in- 
terim,you. muft have care of the bellie,that you keep it open by gentle and emollient glyfters. 
To make their 
i drink nourifli- 
I ing* 
CHAP. XI111. 
□m have deviled a fourth manner of cureing the Lues Venerea, which is by pj/t- 
tus, or fumigations. I do not much approov hereof, by reafon of limdrie ma- 
lign fymptoms which thence arife, for they infeft and corrupt by their vene- 
mous contagion, the brain and lungs, by whom they are primarily and fully 
received, whence the patients dureing the refidue of their lives have {linking breaths. Yea, 
manie while they have been thus handled, have been taken hold of by a convulfion, and a 
trembling of their heads, hands, and legs, with a deafnefs, apoplexie, and laftly, miferable 
death, by reafon of the malign vapors of fulphur and quick-filver, whereof cinnabaris con- 
flit's, drawn in by their mouth, note, and all the reft of the bodie. Wherefore I can never ap- 
proov the ufe ot fuch fumigations which are to bee received in fumes by the mouth and no* 
ilrils for to work upon the whole bodie; yet I do not difl ike of that, which is undertaken 
for fom one part onely, as to drie up ill-conditioned ulcers, which fo affeft it, that they 
cannot bee overcom by anie other means, or for to difperfor digeft knots, orto refolv fixed 
pains, otherwile unmoveable. Thefe fumigations, by reafon of the admixture of argentum 
vivum, have an attenuating, cutting, refolving, and colliquating facultie. Thole who pre- 
pare theie fumigations for the cure of the whole difeaf and bodie, take this courf They 
put the patient under a tent or canopie made clofe on everie fide, left anie thing fhould ex- 
pire, and they put in unto him a veflel filled with hot coles, whereupon they plentifully 
throw Cinnabaris, that fo they may on everie fide enjoy the rifeing fume, juft after the lame 
manner as Farriers ufe co finoak their horfes for the glaunders : they repeat this everie day 
fo long, until they begin to flux at the mouth. The principal matter or bafis of luch fumi- 
gations, as wee have alreadie noted, is Cinnabaris confifting of fulphur and argentum vivum 
mixed together 5 there is added alfo, radix ireos flor. thus, olibanum, myrrhajuncus odoratus, afl'a 
odorata, mafliche, terebinthina, & theriaca, all which have a facultie to refolv and ftrengthen the 
Ipiri tSj) and nature, and correft the flinch and evil qualitie of the argentum vivum.There are 
alfo other fumigations made after another manner,but that alfo when as the argentum vivum 
is extinft,and as it were fix't after this manner;let fom lead bee melted,& let there be poured 
or put thereto lorn argentum vivum, then let it all bee powdred, adding thereto antimonie, a- 
loes, maftich, coprefs, orpiment,and benjamin made into powder, and framed into Trochi- 
Ices with fom turpentine. Or R cinnabaris, rub.& calamity, nucis 
benzoinifl$.excipe terebintb.fiant trocbifci fonderis $ii. for the fore-laid ufe. The terebinthina is 
added to incorporate the drie things , and the gums are added to yield matter to the fume. 
But virulent ulcers of the Lues Venerea fhall not bee fumigated before they bee cleanfed j alfo 
this following fumigation is good. Rc.cinnab.Q. benzoini, myrrh#, ftyracis, olibani, ofofanacis, 
an. m acis, thuris, terebinthina, &flat [uffumigium. 
Of the fourth manner of cureing tbe Lues Venerea. 
The hurt that 
follow's upon 
fumigations. 
lWhat fumiga- 
f tionsgood. 
The common 
manner of 
ufingthem. 
The matter of 
them. 
Trochifces for 
fumigations. 
CHAP. XV. 
T'be cure of the Jymptoms, or affeEis of the Lues Venerea: andfirft, 
of the Vleers of the Yard. 
Allous and malign ulcers in this difeafmay grow all over the yards but thefe 
are far more malign which arife on the prepuce, then thofe that grow on the 
Glans, or nut of the yard. Now they are rebellious to the common medicines 
of ulcers which happen other-waies, and they are allo fiibjeft to turn into a 
gangrene, fo that fundrie, who have not in time provided for themfelvs by 
S f 2 the 
The ulcers cf 
the prepuce 
more malign 
then thofe of 
the Glans, 476 
Qoncerning the Lues Venerea. 
LlB.ip. 
the life of argentum vivum, are forced for their negligence to fuffer the lofs of their Glam, 
and oftimes of their whole yard* Yet I am of opinion, that I think wee muft begin the cure 
of all ulcers of the yard with the general remedies of ulcers. For all ulcers arifing in thefe 
parts by reafon of copulation, are not virulent. But when as wee fhall finde that wee doe 
no good by this means, and that the difeaf notwithftanding grow's worf and worf, then 
muft wee com to make ufe of fuch things as receiv argentum vivum, that by thefe wee may re- 
lift the virulencie which is readie to difperf it felf over all the bodie, yet it is abfolutely ne- 
ceflarie that all thefe things bee endued with fuch faculties as may retund the malign acri- 
monie of this venom, fuch an one is this following collyrium of Vc.vini albi, fti. 
aq'rof.& plan.ag. an.quart.i. viridis aloes, myrrb#, terantur fubtili/fi- 
nie, & fiat collyrium- Alfo thefe ulcers may bee profitably touched with mercurie-water , or 
aqua fortis which the Gold-fmiths have ufed, or elf mercuric in powder, or our tgyptiacum : 
but the falling away of the Efchar fhall bee procured with bafilicon, or frefh butter. Yet I 
think it not fit to ufe thefe acrid things without verie great caution, for fear of a gangrene, 
which eafily happen's to this part. But if fuch ulcers are fo ft ubborn , that they will not 
yeild to thefe remedies, then muft we com to the fri&ion or unftion of the groins , perine- 
um, and ulcers, with the ointments formerly prefcribcd for the general fri&ion. Alfo fumi- 
gations may bee made, as wee mentioned in the former chapter. For thus at length the ma- 
lignitieof the virulent humor will bee overcom, and the callous hardnefs mollified sand 
laftly, the ulcers themfelvs cleanfed, and beeing cleanfed, confolidated. Somtimes after the 
perfeft cure offuch ulcers, there will appear manifeft figns of the Lues Venerea in manie, 
which fhewed not themfelvs before, for that the virulencie flowed forth of the running ul- 
cers, and now this vent beeing ftopt, it flow's back into the bodie, and fhew's figns thereof 
in other parts j and thefe men have need of a general unftion. 
Lanfranck's 
eollyrium. 
* This which by 
out Autor is 
here termed 
Stranguria vt'rtf 
lent a, and in 
French Chaudepif- 
fe, is the fame 
which by other 
Autorsis ufual- 
ly termed Cjonor- 
that virulent a, 
and by us vulgar- 
ly in Englifh.TAe 
running of the 
reins. 
CHAP. XVI. 
How a Gonorrhoea differeth f om a * virulent Strangurie. 
Ven to this day .verie manie have thought that the virulent Strangurie hath 
fom affinitie with the Gonorrhoea of the Antients, but you lhall underhand by 
that which follow's, that they are much different. For a Gonorrhoea is an tfn- 
voluntarie effufion of feed running from the whole bodie to the genitals, by 
realbn of the refblution and palfie of the retentive facultie of thele parts, as it 
is delivered by Galen, lib.de lac.affect. This dileaf befalleth others by the colleftion of the 
blood and fcminal matter by the.veffels of the whole bodie, which not turning into fat and 
good flefli, take's it courf to the genitals ; but on the contrarie> a virulent Strangurie is a 
running, or rather dropping out of the urinarie paflage, pf ayellowifh, livid, bloodie,fil- 
thie fanies, like to puf, or matter not well concofted, oftentimes fretting and exulcerating 
the pallage with the acrimonie, and caufling a painful erection of the yard, and diftenlion 
of all the genital parts. For in thisere&ion there is caufled as it were a convulsive con- 
traftion of thele parts. And hence it is that the patients complain, that they feel as it were 
a flring flretched ftiff in that part, which draw's the yard as it were downwards. The cauf 
hereof is a grofs and flatulent Ipirit, filling and diftending by its plentie, the whole chan- 
nel or hollow nerv ; yea verily, the whole porous liibftance of the yard. If to thele Sym- 
ptoms this bee added, that the urinarie paflage bee exulcerated, a grievous pain afflift's the 
patient, whil'ft hee make's water, for that the ulcers are irritated by the (harp urine palling 
that way. Such a virulent ftrangurie or running of the reins oftirnes continueth for two 
or three years Ipace: but the Gonorrhea, or running of the feed cannot endure fo long , but 
that it will bring the bodie to an extreme and deadlie leannels, for that the matter of the 
feed is of the more benign and laudable portion of the blood, as you may perceiv by thole 
who have too immoderately ufed copulation but the fpace of one night. I* or Rich have their 
faces more lean and lank , and the reft of their bodies enervated , languiflieth and becom- 
meth dull. By this wee have delivered, it may bee perceived that the running of a virulent 
ftrangurie, is not the running of a feminal humor, fit for generation of ifliie, but rather of 
a vilcous and acrid filth, which hath acquired a venenate malignitie by the corruption of 
the whole liibftance. 
What a viru- 
lent ftrangu- 
rie is. 
The cauf of 
the convulfive 
diftenfion of 
the yard. 
Vid. Ant. de- 
fin.med.apud 
Galen. 
What kinde of 
matter floweth 
forth in a viru- 
lent ftrangu- 
ric. 
CHAP. XVII. 
Of the causes and differences of tbcfcalding, orfbarpnefs of the urine. 
He heat or fcalding of the water, which is one kinde of the virulent. ftranguiie, 
arileth from fom one of thele three caufles; to wit, repletion, inanition, and 
contagion. That which proceeds from repletion, proceed's either from too 
great abundance of blood, or by a painful and tedious journie in the hot fun, 
The cauf* of a 
particular re- 
pletion of the 
privie parts. Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
Lib.19. 
477 
or by feeding upon hot, acrid, diuretick and flatulent meats caufling tenfion and heat in the 
urinarie parts, whence proceed's the inflammation of them and the genital parts, whence it 
happen's that not onely a leminal,but alfo much other moifture may flow unto theft parts, 
but principally to the pro ff ate, which are glandules lituate at the roots, or beginning of the 
neck of the bladder, in which place the Ipermatick veflels end; allb abftinence from venerie 
caufleth this plenitude in fom who have ufually had to do with women , elpecially the ex- 
pullive facultie of the ftminal and urinarie parts beeing weak, fo that they are not of them- 
ftlvs able to free themftlvs from this burden. For then the fupprefled matter is corrupted, 
and by its acrimonie contra&ed, by an adventitious and putredinous heat, it caufleth heat 
and pain in the paflage forth. The proff ate Iwelling with liich inflamed matter, in proceft 
of time becom ulcerated, the abftefs beeing broken. The purulent fanies dropping and flow- 
ing hence alongft the urinarie paflage caufles ulcers by the acrimonie, which the urine fal- 
ling upon,exafperate's; whence Iharp pain, which allo continueth for lorn Ihort time after 
makeing of water, and together therewith by reafon of the inflammation, the pain's attra- 
ction, and the vaporous fpirit's diftenfion, the yard Hand's, and is contracted with pain, as 
wee noted in the formed Chapter. But that which happen's through inanition, is acquired' 
by the immoderate and unfit ufe of venerie, for hereby the oilie and radical moifture of the J 
fore-mentioned glandules is exhaufted, which wafted and fpent, the urine cannot but bee J 
troublefom and Iharp by the way to the whole urethra. From which ftnf of Iharp pain, the 
fcalding of the urine hath its denomination. That which com's by contagion, is caufled 
by impure copulation with an unclean perlon, or with a woman, which fom fliort while 
before hath received the tainted feed of a virulent perlon, or elf hath the whites, or her pri- 
vities troubled with hidden and ftcret ulcers, or carrieth a virulent»lpirit ihutup or hidden 
there, which heated and refafcitated by copulation, preftntly infeCFs the whole bodie with 
the like contagion,no otherwift then the fting of a Scorpion or Phalangium, by calling a lit- 
tle poifon into the skin, prelently infect's the whole bodie, the force of the poifon ipread- 
ing further then one would believ, fo that the partie fall's down dead in a Ihort while after. 
Thus therefore the leminal humor contained in the proftate, is corrupted by the tainture of 
the ill drawn thence by the yard,and the contagion infeCFs the part it felf ; whence follow's : 
an abftels, which calling forth the virulencie by the urinarie paflage, caufleth a virulent 
ftrangurie 5 and the malign vapor carried up with lorn portion of the humor unto the en- 
trails and principal parts, caufthe Lues Venerea. 
Thecaufies of 
the inanition 
of the genital 
parts. 
■ The reafon of 
a contagious 
■ ftrangurie. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
Ee ought not to bee negligent or carelels in cureing this affeft , for of it pro- 
ceed,pernicious accidents,as wee have formerly told you, and neglefted, it be- 
com's uncureable, fo that (bm have it run out of their urinarie pallage dureing 
their lives 5 oftimes to their former milerie is added a luppreflion of the urine, 
tne projtat* and neck of the bladder beeing inflamed and unmealurably (welled. Copulati- 
on,and the ule of acrid or flatulent meats increaf this inflammation , and allb together 
therewith caul an Ifcburia , or ftoppage of the urine; they are worf at the change of the 
Moon : certain death follow's upon fuch a ftoppage; as I oblerved in a certain man , who 
troubled for ten years fpace with a virulent ftrangurie, at length died by the ftoppage of 
his water. Hee tiled to bee taken with a flopping of his urine, as often as hee tiled anie vio- 
• lent exercile, and then hee helped himfelf by putting up a filver Catheter, which for that 
purpole hee ftill carried about him 5 it happened on a certain time, that hee could not 
thruft it up into his bladder, wherefore hee lent for mee , that I might help him to make 
water, for which purpofe when 1 had ufed all my skill, it proved in vain : when hee was 
dead, and his bodie opened, his bladder was found full, and verie much diftended with u- 
rine, but the groftat£ preternaturally (welled, ulcerated, and full of matter relembling that 
, which formerly ufed to run out of his yard, whereby you may gather, that this virulencie 
flow's from the proftat£, which run's forth of the yard in a virulent ftrangurie,and not from 
the reins, as manie have imagined. Certainly, a virulent ftrangurie, if it bee of anie long 
continuance, is to bee judged a certain particular Lues Venerea, fo that it cannot bee cured 
unlefs by frictions with Hydrargyrum. But the ulcers which poflels the neck of the bladder 
are eafily dilcerned from thefe which are in the bodie or capacitie thereof. For in the later 
the filth com's away as the patient make's water, and is found mixed with the urine, with 
certain firings or membranous bodies comming forth in the urine: to theft may bee added, 
the far greater flinch of this filth which iflueth out of the capacitie of the bladder. Now 
muft wee treat of the cure of both thefe diftafts, that is, the Gonorrhoea and virulent Stran- 
gurie; but firft of the former- 
Prognofticky in a virulent Stranguries 
A virulent 
ftrangurie 
continue's 
with fom 
dureinj their 
lives. 
An hiftorie, 
From what 
part the mat- 
ter of a viru- 
lent 
tie flow's. 
Sf 3 
CHAR 478 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
Lib.19 
CHAP. XIX. 
'Ibe chief beads of cureing a Gonorrhoea. 
Et a Phyfician bee called, who may give dire&ion for purgeing, bleeding and 
diet, if the affeft proceed from a fulnefs and abundance of blood and leminal 
matter; all things fhall bee Ihunned which breed more blood in the bodie,which 
increaf feed,and ftir to venerie. Wherefore hee mult abftain from wine, unlefs 
it bee weak and aftringent, and hee muft not onely efchue familiaritie with women, but 
their verie pictures, and all things which may call them to his remembrance, Specially if 
hee love them dearly; ftrong exerciles do good, as the carrying Of heavie burdens even un- 
til they fweat, fwimming in cold water, little fleep, refrigerations of the loins and genital 
parts, by annointing them with unguentinn rofarum refrigerant Galeni & nutritum , putting 
thereupon a double cloth fteeped in oxycrate, and often renewed. But if the refolution or 
weakneis of the retentive facultie of thele parts bee the cauf of this dileaQ contra&ed by too 
much ule of venerie before they arrive at an age fit to perform fiich exercile; in this cafe 
ftrengthning andaftringent things muft both bee taken inwardly, and applied outwardly. 
But now I haften to treat of the virulent Strangurie, which is more proper to my purpole. 
Diet. 
For a ftrangu- 
rie occafioned 
by repletion. 
For the decaie 
of the reten- 
tive facuhie. 
CHAP. XX. 
Tbe general cure both of tbe fcalding of the watert and tbe virulent Strangurie. 
Diet. 
Ee muft diverfly order the cure of this difeaf,according to the varietie of the cauf- 
fes and accidents thereof. Firft, care muft bee had of the diet , and all fuch things 
(harmed as inflame the blood, or cauf windinefs; of which nature are all diure- 
tick and flatulent things, as alfo ftrong and virulent exercifes. Purgeing and 
bleeding are convenient, efpecially, if fulneft caufthe affeft. Womens companies muft bee 
(banned and thoughts of venereous matters; the patient ought not to lie upon a (oft bed, 
but upon a quilt or matterice, and never, if hee can help it, upon his back : boiled meats 
are better then rofted, efpecially boil'd with forrel, lettuce, purflain, cleanfed barlie,and the 
four cold feeds beaten : for fauce, let him ufe none, unlefs the juice of an orange, pome- 
granate, or verjuice •, let him Ihun wine, and in (lead thereof ufe a deception of barlie and 
liquorice, an bydromel, or bydrofaccarum with a little cinnamon, or that which is termed 
Potus divinuf. In the morning let him (up of a barlie cream, wherein hath been boiled a no- 
dulus of the four cold feeds beaten together with the feeds of white poppie ; for thus it refri- 
gerated}, mitigateth and cleanfeth 5 alfo the fyrups of marffi-mallows and maiden-hair are 
good. Alfo purgeing the bellie with half an ounce of Caflia, (bmtimes alone, otherwhiles 
with a dram or half a dram of Rubarb in powder put thereto, is good. And thefe follow- 
ing pills are alfo convenient. ■pilul.Jine quibus rbei elect/ %ft.capbur<e gr.iiii. cum te- 
rebinthina formenturpilulgj let them bee taken after thefirft fleep. Venice turpentine alone, 
or adding thereto fom Rubarb in powder , with oil of fweet almonds newly drawn with- 
out fire, or (dm fyrup of maiden-hair,is a lingular medicine in this cafe , for it hath an ex- 
cellent lenitive and cleanfing facultie, as alfo to help forwards the expulfive facultie, to caft 
forth the virulent matter contained in the pro flats. You may by the bitternefs perceiv how 
it refift's putrefa&ion, and you may gather how it perform's its office in the reins and uri- 
narie parts, by the fmell it leav's in the urine after the ufe thereof. But if there bee anip who 
cannot take it in form of a bole, you may eafily make it potable, by difldiving it in a mor- 
tar with the yolk of an egg, and fome white wine, as I learned of a certain Apothecarie, 
who kept it as a great fecret. If the difeafcom by inanition or emptinefs, it (hall bee helped 
by fattie injections, oilie and emollient potions, and inwardly takeing and applying 
thefe things which have the like facultie , and (Running thefe things which caufled the dif- 
eaf How to cure that which happen's by contagion, or impure copulation, it (hall bee a- 
bundantly (hewed in the enfuing Chapter. 
Pills. 
T he force of 
Venice-tur- 
pentine in this 
ctifeaf* 
How to bee 
made potable. 
CHAP. XXL 
I\ .-1 Irft, wee muft begin with the mitigation of pain , and haying the inflammati- 
| r/v on, which (hall bee performed by makeing injection into the urethra, with this 
following decoCtion warm. Be fem. pftlii, lafluct, papav. albi, plantag. cydon. Uni, 
j J byofcyanti albi, detrabantur mucores in aquis [olani & rofar. ad quantitatem Juf- 
u±___ ..-±11 fl ci ent ent, adde trocbifc.alborum Rhafis camphoratorum in pollinem redafiorum, 
fimul,& fiat injetfio frequent. For thisbecaufit hath a refrigerateing facultie, will help the 
inflamma- 
The proper cure of a virulent Strangurie. 
An injeftion 
to flay inflam' 
mation. LiB.iy. 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
479 
inflammation, mitigate pain, and by the mucilaginous facultie lenifie the roughnefs of the 
urethra, and defend it by covering it with the flimie fubftance, againftthe acrimonie of the 
urine and virulent humors. In head hereof you may ule cow's milk newly milked,or warm- 
ed at the fire. Milk doth not onely conduce hereto, beeing thus inje&ed, but alfo drunk, 
for it hath a refrigerateing and cleanfing facultie, and by the fubtiltie of the parts it quick- 
ly arrive's at the urinarie pafl'ages. Furthermore, it will bee good to annoint with cerat.re- 
friger.Galeni addita campbora, or with ceratum centalinum, ung.comitifa, or nutritum, upon the re- 
gion of the kidnies, loins and perineum, as alfo to annoint the cods and yard. But before 
you ufe the forefaid ointments or the like, let them bee melted over the fire, but have a care 
that you make them not too hot, leaft they Ihould lole their refrigerateing qualitie, which 
is the thing wee chiefly defire in them. Haveing ufed the forefaid ointment,it will bee con- 
venient to applie thereupon fom linnen clothes moiftened in oxycrate, compofed etc aquis 
plantaginif, jolani, [empervivi,rofarum, and the like. If the patient bee tormented with into- 
lerable pain in makeing water, and alfo fom fmall time after, as it commonly commeth to 
pafs, I would wifli him that hee Ihould make water, putting his yard into a chamber-pot 
filled with milk or water warmed. The pain by this means beeing aflwaged, wee muft com 
to the cleanfing of the ulcers by this or the likeinje&ion: R.bydrometitif frr.de rojis 
Jiccir,& de injeciio- But if there bee need of more powerful detection,you 
may fafely add, as I have frequently tried,a little egyptiacum. I have alfo found this follow- 
ing decoftion to bee verie good for this purpole. R. wzz albi odoriferi, Ibfi. aquar. plantag.& 
tris, ty.alo'es pulverifanda,& bulliant fimul. 
Keep the decoition for to make injeftion withall. You may increafor diminifh the quan- 
titie and force of the ingredients entring into this compofition, as the patient and difeaf 
fhall feem to require. The ulcers beeing thus cleanled, wee mult hafren to drie them, fo that 
wee may at length cicatrize them.This may bee don by drying up the fuperfluous moiilure, 
and ftrengthning the parts that are moiftned and relaxed by the continual defluxion , for 
which purpole this following deco&ion is verie profitable. Rc.aq.fabrorum, ibi.pftdiarum, ba- 
lauft.nucum cupref.conquaflatorum,an.%ifi.femin. Jumacb.&berber.an.^ii.fyrup. rofar. & de abfintb, 
decotiio. You may keep it for an injeftion to bee often injefted into the urethra 
withafyringe, fo long as that there fhall no matter or filth flow over thereat, for then 
there is certain hope of the cure. 
The faculties 
ofmilkagainft 
a virulent 
ftranjurie. 
How to make 
water without 
pain. 
Detergent in- 
jedions. 
How the 
cleanfed ulcers 
may bee dried. 
CHAP. XXII. 
Of Caruncles, or flefbie excrefeences which fomtimes happen to grow in the Urethra, 
by the heat or fcalding of the urine. 
Sharp humor which flow's from the Glandules, termed Proftate, and continu- 
ally run's alongft the urinarie paflage, in fbm places by the way it fret's, and 
exulcerate's by the acrimonie the urethra in men , but the neck of the womb in 
women. In thefe, as allo is ufual in other ulcers, there fomtimes grow s up a 
fuperflous flelh, which oftimes hinder's the calling orcomming forth of the 
feed and urine by their appropriate and common paflage, whence manie mifehiefs arife; 
whence it is that fuch ulcers as have caruncles growing upon them mult bee diligently cured, 
But firft Wee muft know whether they bee new or old. For the later are more difficultly to 
bee cured then the former, becauf the caruncles that grow upon them becom callous and 
hard, beeing oftimes cicatrized. Wee know that there are caruncles, if the Catheter cannot 
freely pafs alongft the paflage of the urine, but finde's fo manie flops in the way,as it meet's 
with caruncles that flop the paflage; if the patient can hardly make water, or if his water 
run in a verie fmall ftreatn, or two ftreams, or crookedly, or onely by drop and drop, with 
fuch tormenting pain, that hee is readie to let go his excrements , yea and oftimes doth id, 
after the fame manner as fuch as are troubled with the ftone in the bladder- After makeing 
water, as alfo after copulation, fom portion of the urine and feed ftaie's at the rough places 
of the caruncles, fo that the patient is forced to prefs his yard, to prefs forth fuch reliques. 
Somtimes the urine is wholly flopped , whence proceed's fuch difteniion of the bladder, 
that it caufleth inflammation, and the urine flowing back into the bodie, haften's the death 
of the patient. Yet fomtimes the urine thus fuppreft, fweat's forth preternaturally in fun- 
drie places, as at the fundament, ■perintunt, cod, yard, groins. As fbon as wee, by anie of the 
fore-mentioned figns , fhall fhfpeft that there is a caruncle about to grow, it is expedient 
forthwith toufe means for the cure thereofj for a caruncle from a verie little beginning 
doth in a ffiort time grow fo big, that at the length it becom's incureable: verily, you may 
eafilyguefs at the difficultie of the cure by that wee have formerly delivered of theeflence 
hereof, belides, medicines cah verie hardly arrive thereat. The fitteft feafon for the under- 
takeing hereof is the Spring, and the next thereto is Winter ;yet ifit bee verie troublefom, 
you muft delaie no time. Whileft the cure is in hand, the patient ought wholly to abftain 
from venerie, for by the ufe thereof, the kidnies, fpermatick veflels, projtat£, and the whole 
yard, 
How caruncles 
com to grow 
upon the ul- 
cers of the ge- 
nital parts. 
Callous carun- 
cles hard co 
cure. 
Signs. 
The fuppreft 
urine com's 
forth whereas 
it can get vento 
The fitteft 
time for the 
cure. 
Why venerie 
muftbee 
cfchued. 480 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
Lib.ip. 
yard, fwell up and wax hot, and draw to them from the neighboring and up- 
per parts, whence abundance of excrements in the affe&ed parts, much hindering the cure. 
You muft beware of acrid and corrodeing things in the u(e of detergent injeftions, for that 
thus the urethra beeing endued with moft exquifite fenf, may bee eafily offended, whence 
might enfue manie ill accidents. Neither muft wee bee frighted, if at fom times wee fee 
blood flow forth of fecret or hidden caruncles. For this help's tolhorten the cure, becauf 
the difeaf is hindered from growth, by takeing away portion of the conjunct matter, the 
part allb it felf is eafed from the oppreffmg burden, for the material caufof caruncles is fu- 
perfluous blood. Wherefore unlefs fuch bleeding happen of it felf, it is not amifs to procure 
it by thrufting in a Catheter fomwhat hard, yet with good advice. If the caruncles bee inve- 
terate, and callous, then muftthey bee mollified by fomentations, ointments, cataplafins, 
plafters, and fumigations ; you may thus make a fomentation. Bcrad.altb.& lilior.alb.an.%bf. 
' rad.bryoni*, & fol malvar. violarum, parietar. & mercur.an. m.f3. fem. Uni. fcenugr.an. 
ping.nu.xii.florum chamxm.& contundenda,incidenda incidantur, 
bulliant omnia in aqua communi: make a fomentation, and applie it with fbft fponges. Of the 
mafs of the ftrained-out things, you may make a cataplafm after this manner. Bc.pr*ditfa 
materialia, terantur, & trajiciantur, adde axungi* porci, unguenti bafiliconU, cataplafma: 
let it bee applied prefently after the fomentation. You may u(e this following liniment 
whil'ft the cataplafm is providing. Bc.unguenti alth.& agripp* an cefipi humid*, & axung. 
human an%i.butyri recent#, olei lilior.& chamoem. liquefiant fimul, addenda aqu* vit* %i.fiat 
linimentum: let it bee applied outwardly upon the part wherein the caruncles are. For the 
fame purpofe plafters (hall bee applied, which may bee diverfified, and fitted as you (hall 
think good; yet Emplaftrum de Vigo truly made, exceedeth all the reft in a mollifying facul- 
tie, and in wafteing (uch callous hardnefs. The following fumigation is alfo good for the 
" fame purpofe; take (bm pieces of a mill-ft one (for this wee ufe in ftead of the pyrites men- 
tioned by the Antients) or elf fome bricks of large fize, after they are heated hot in the fire, 
let them bee put into a pan, and (et under a clofe ftool, then cauf the patient to fit thereon, 
. as if hee were going to ftool, then pour upon the hot ftones equal parts of verie (harp vine- 
ger, and verie good aqua vit*, and calling clothes about him , that nothing may exhale in 
vain: let himreceiv the affeending vapor at his fundament, perineum, fcrotum, and urethra- 
Moreover, that this medicine may work the better effeft, you may put the patient naked in- 
to the barrel noted with this letter A. (b that hee may fit upon a feat or board perforated 
on that part, whereas his genitals are, then place the pan, holding the hot ftones between 
his legs, then prefently fprinkle the ftones with the fore-mentioned liquor, by the door 
marked with the letter B. Thus the patient (hall eafily receiv the fume that exhale's there- 
from, and none thereof bee loft, hee covering and vailing himfelf on everie fide. Such a fo- 
• migation in Galen's opinion, hath a facultie to penetrate, cut, refblv, foften and digeft feir- 
rhous hardnefles. 
The paticular 
cure. 
A fomentation 
A ataphfm. 
A liniment- 
rigo's empla- 
fter efFedual 
to foften a Ca 
runclc* 
kfuffumigwn 
AdGlauc.lib.i 
up.f. 
A Barrel fitted to receiv the fume in. 
CHAP. LiB.ip. 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
481 
CHAP. XXIII. 
JVhat other remedies fhal! bee ufed to Caruncles occafioned by Hie Lues Venerea. 
lit ifyou fufpeft that thefe Caruncles com or are occafioned by a virulent hu- 
mor, or the malignitie of the Lues venerea, it is meet that the patient obferv fuch 
a diet as ufually is prefcribed to fuch as are troubled with the Lues Venerea; let 
himufe a decoftion of Guaicum, and let the ferin<eum and the whole yard bee an- 
notated with ointment made for the Lues Venerea-, otherwise the Surgeon will 
lofe his labor, fa the interim, whil'ft hee (hall fweat in his bed, hee fhall bee wifhed to hold 
between his legs a ftone-bottle filled with hot water, or elf a hot brick wrapped in linnen 
cloaths, moiftened in vineger and aqua vite for thus the heat and vapor will affcend to the 
genitals, which..together with the help of the applied ointment, will diflblv the matter of the 
Caruncles, and beeing thus fbftened, they muft bee confiimed with convenient medicines. 
Wherefore firft it they becom callous,or cicatrized (which you may fufpeft if they caft forth 
no excrementitious humiditic) they fhall beeexafperated, excoriated and torn with a leaden 
Catheter. haveing a rough button at the end like a round file. Hee fhall fo long ufe the Cathe- 
ter put into theUrethra, thrufting it up and down the fame way fo long and often as hee 
fhall think fit for the breaking and tearing the Caruncles, hee fhall permit them thus torn to 
bleed freely,fb to eafthe affefted part. You may alfo for the fame purpofe put into the Ure- 
thra the Catheter marked with this letter B; whereinto putting a filver wier fharp at t,he up- 
per end, that by often thrufting it in and out it may wear and make plain the refilling Ca- 
runcles. Verily, by this means I have helped manie much perplexed with the fearful danger 
of this difeafi Som better like of the Catheter marked with this letter A, beeing thus ufed: 
it is thruft into the Urethra with the prominent cutting fides downwards, and then prefling 
the yard on the outfideclofe with your hand to the Catheter in the place where the Carun- 
cles are, it is drawn forth again. 
Particular de- 
faults of the 
Lues Venerea 
not to bee cu- 
red unlefs by 
the general re- 
medie ofthe vi~ 
tulencie. 
Caruncles, if 
callout, muft 
firft bee foft- 
ned> 
Catheters fit towear afunder> or tear Caruncles. 
A fbewetb the Catheter with the inferted filver wier, but not hanging forth thereat. 
B fbewetb the Catheter with the inferted filver wiar banging forth at the end. 
The Caruncle thus torn fliall bee ftrowcd over with the following powder, beeing verie 
effectual to wafte ard confume all Caruncles of the privities without much pain. Ik. herb, 
fabin. in umbra ocr<e, antimon, tuth. pr<eparat.an.t$. fiat pulv. fubtilifjimus, let it bee ap- 
plied in the following manner. Put the powder into the pipe or Catheter haveing holes in 
the*fides thereof, the which is the lowermoft of the laft defcribed. Then put the Catheter 
into the urinarie paflage until the flit or opennefs of the fide com to the Caruncle,then into 
the hollownels of the Catheter put a filver'wier, wrapped about the end with a little linnen 
rag, which as jt is thruft up, will allo thruft up the powder therewith, until it fliall com to 
the flit againft the caruncle, then will it adhere to the caruncle, bloodie, by reafon of the 
late attrition. Then fliall you draw forth the Catheter, firft twineing it about,that fo it may 
not fcrape off the powder again. If intolerable pain hereupon happen,it fhall bee aflwaged, 
and the inflammation reftrainedby the following injection. Ik. fuccorum portulac<e, plantag. 
folani, & fempervivi, album ovorum.nu.vi. agitentur diu in mortario plumbeo; let it beein- 
je&ed warm into the urethra with a lyringe. In ftead hereof you may alfo make ule of ano- 
ther injeftion, which is formerly prefcribed. Neither will it bee unprofitable to applie re- 
percuflives to the genitals, to hinder pain and inflammation. You may alfo ufe other medi- 
cines, haveing a facultie to confume the Caruncle, amongft which thefe following are ex- 
cellent, 
A powder to 
wafte Carun- 
cles. 
How to applic 
it. 
An injedion 
to hinder in- 
flammation. 482 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
LlB.ip. 
An emplaftcr 0 
ufed by the 
Surgeons of 
Mount? etier for 
Caruncles. . 
cellent. R. viridis tris, auripignienti, 'vitriol. Rom. aluminit rocb. infundantur omnia in 
acet, acerrimo, atque inter duo marmora in pollinem redigantur : then let it bee expofed to the 
fummer's fun, and dried, again infilled in fharp vineger, and then as before ground upon a 
marble, (b that you finde nothing fharp with your fingers; laftly, let it bee oppofed to the 
firn until it may bee made into moft fubtil powder,and all the acrimoniebee vanifhed,which 
will bee commonly in eight daies fpace. Then, adignem, 
quoufque coi'erint in emplajl. folidt conjiftenti<e,ab igne turn fcmotis, a'ddcpulv. let them 
bee mixed with a fpatula, and put it upon the fire until it com to fo hard a confiftence, that 
it will ftick faft to a wax candle, or lead wier, fo that it may not com off by handling with 
your hands. The Surgeons of Montpelier u(e this medicine: This following is another,R. 
tutbi<epr<eparat.$vi. antimonii£iii. trocbijc. alborum, Rhaf. camphor a corticis granati, aluminis 
ufti, fpongi# ufa 9ii. let them bee all made iuto powder : then, R. ung.diapompboligof, 
& alb.Rhafistan.%ii.mijceaniur cum predict if pulver ibw in mortar io & diu agitentur: 
let a verie fine rag bee fpread over with this ointment, and wrapped about a wax candle,and 
fo thruft into then draw forth the candle by twineing it a contrarie way; fo 
let the end of the rag hang out of the yard, fo to pluck ir forth again, when as you (hall 
think it hath don what it can to the Caruncle, which is, when it hath covered it with the 
medicine with which it was fpread.Som alfo make wax candles with a (lender, but ftiff wick, 
whole end, which is to bee put to wear and confume the Caruncle, is compofed of the fol- 
lowing medicine. R. Emplaftri nigri,vel diathylonisireai,%ii.pulv. fabin£,ocx£,vitriol Rom. 
calcin. pul. mer. an. amnia liquejcant jimul ad difium ufum. Whil'ft the cure (hall bee in hand, 
by thefe following medicins ; Let the patient bee careful that hee fo (hake hit yard after make- 
ing water, that hee may (hake forth all the reliques of the urine which may chance to flop 
at the Caruncles; for if but one drop (hould (lay there, it would bee fufficient to fpoil the 
whole operation of the applied medicines. After that the Caruncle (hall bee worn away and 
wholly confirmed by the defcribed medicines, which you may know by the urine flowing 
forth freely, and in a full flream, and by thrufting up a Catheter into the bladder without 
anieftoppage; then it remain's that the ulcers bee dried and cicatrized; for which purpofe 
the following injeftion is verie powerfill and efleftual, and without anie acrimonie. fy.aq. 
fabr or urn,tb.fi- nuc. cupref.gallar. bulliant omnia Jimul Jecund.art. 
fo make a decoftion for an inje&ion, which you (hall ufe fo long, until no excrementitious 
humiditie diflill out of the yard. The following powder drie's more powerfully, and con- 
(equently haften's forwards cicatrization, and it is alfo without acrimonie. R. lapidem cala- 
min.lotumjeJlM ovorum uftjfi corallum rubrum, corticemgranat. comminue omnia in pollinem\\tt 
this powder be uiedto the ulcers, with a wax candle joined to (dm unguentum dejiccativum ru- 
brum, or fom (uch like thing. Alfo firings or rods of lead thruft into the urethra as thick as 
' the paflage will fuffer, even to the ulcers, beeing firft befmeared with quickfilver, and kept 
in daie and night as long as the patient can endure, are good to bee ufed. For they drie by 
their touch and cicatrize, they dilate the urinarie paflage without pain, and laftly hinder 
the fides of the ulcers from corrupting one another. 
Another era- 
plafter. 
How to applie 
it. 
A caution in 
makein g wa- 
ter. 
Signs that the 
Caruncle is 
worn away. 
An epulotick 
injeftion. 
Quick- film 
by drying cau- 
feth cicatriza- 
tion. 
CHAP. XXIV. 
Of venereal Buboes, or fallings in the Groins. 
The efficient 
and material 
caufes ofvene- 
reous Bubo's. 
He virulencieoftbe Lues Venerea is fomtimes communicated to the Liver, which 
if it have a powerful expullive facultie, it expell's it into the groins,as the pro- 
per emun&ories thereof, whence proceed venereal Buboes. The matter of theft 
forthe moft part is abundance of cold, tough, and vifcous humors, as you may 
gather by the hardneft and whiteneft of the tumor, the pravitie of the pain, and 
contumacie of cureing; which alfo is another reafon, befides theft that wee formerly menti- 
oned,why the virulencie of this diftaf may bee thought commonly to fatten it ftlfin a phle- 
gmatick humor.Yet fomtimes venereal Buboes proceed from a hot, acrid andcholerick hu- 
mor, aflbciated with great pain and heat, and which thereupon often degenerate into viru- 
lent and corroding ulcers. Som venereous Buboes are fiich conjoined accidents of the Lues 
Venerea, that they foretel it; ftich are theft which for a fmall while (hew a manifeft tumor, 
and fuddenly, without aniemanifett occafion hide themftlvs again, and return back to the 
noble parts. Others are diftinft from the Lues Venerea though they have a fimilitude of ef- 
ftnce and matter therewith, and which therefore may bee healed, the Lues Venerea yet re- 
maining uncured. Such ai£ theft which are ufiially ften, and which therefore compared 
with the former, may bee teamed fimple and not implicit. Forthe cure, youmuft notufe 
difcutting medicines,lett relblving the more fubtil part, the grofler dregs becom impaft and 
concrete there; but much left mutt wee uft repercuffives, for that the matter is virulent. 
Wherefore onely attra&ive and iiippurateing medicines are here to bee uftd>agreeable to the 
humor predominant and cauiing the tumor, as more hot things in crdematous and ftir- 
rhous tumors,then in thoft which reftmblethe nature of a phlegmon or eryfipelas: the indica- 
tion 
What Bubo's 
foretel the  
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
483 
tion taken from the raritie anddeniitie of bodies infinuate's the fame varietie. The apply- 
ing of cupping glafles is verie effe&ual to draw it forth. But when as it is drawn forth,you 
(hall forthwith applie on emplaftick medicine, and then you (hall com to fuppuratives. 
When the tumor is ripe it (hall bee opened with a potential cauterie,if it peoceed from a cold 
cauf; for by the induceing of heat the refidue of the crude matter is more eafily concofted, 
befides when as an ulcer ofthiskinde is opened, the matter will bee more eafily evacuated, 
neither (hall it bee fit to ufe anietent, but onely to applie pledgets. The refidue of the cure 
(hall bee performed by detergent medicines, and then if need require, the patient (hall bee 
let blood, and the humors evacacuated by apurgeing medicine, but not before the perfeft 
maturitie thereof < 
Cupping,' 
A potential 
Cauterie. 
CHAP. XXV. 
Of the Exoftofis, bunches or kytots growing upon tbe bones by reafon of the Lues Venerea- 
Ard tumors, Exojiofes and knots have their matter from thick and tough 
phlegm, which cannot bee diflblved, unlels by hot medicines, which have a 
nullifying and diffolving faculties Fop which purpofe, befides thole medi- 
cines which ufually are applied to Icirrhous humors, you muft alfo make ufe 
of arg. viv. commonly after this manner. R. empl. filii Zacb.& 
emplafi. de vigor'll. cerat. o/ip- defcript, Pbilagr. argent, vivi ex- 
tinci. fyi.fi at emplaftrum. Spread it upon leather for your ufe. In the mean (pace let the pati- 
ent oblerv a Ipareing diet 3 for thus hee lhall bee helped, if fo the iiibftance of the 
bones bee yet unperilhed. For if it bee putrified and rotten, then defcribed medicines are of 
no ufe, bntyou muft of neceftitie lay bare the bone, either by incifion , or elf by an aftualor 
potential cauterie s but I had rather do it with an a&ual, forthat it extract's the virulencie 
impact in the bones, as alfo it haften's the abfeefs, or falling away of the corrupted bone. It 
(hall bee of a convenient figure to cauterize the bone, as round, fquare, or long. Initially, 
before the application of fuch a Cauftick, firft divide the flefti that lie's over it with an inci- 
fion-knife, that fo the pain may bee the lefs, becauf the flefti cannot burn't through but in a 
longtime, by which the fire may come to the bone- But it will not bee amifs, before wee 
treat of this art, firft to confider the nature of the rottennefs of the bones. 
The matter of 
knots and vi- 
rulent Tophi. 
An emplafter 
againftthe * 
bunching out 
of the bones. 
CHAP. XXVI. , 
Wby the bones becom rotten, and by what ftgns.it may bee perceived. 
Hat Iblution of Coucinuitie which is in the bones, is called by Galen, Catagina. 
Thisufuallyis the caufofrottennefs; for,bones that are grated, bruifed,rent, 
perforated, broken, luxated, inflamed and defpoiled of the flelh and skin are 
eafily corrupted; for dilpoiled of their covering, they are altered by the appulf 
of the air, wch they formerly never felt, whence alfo their blood & proper nou- r 
rifhment is dried up& exhaufted. Befides alfo,the fanies running down by realbn of wounds 
& old ulcers, in procefs of time fallen's it felf into their lubftance,and putrefie's by little 
and little; this putrefaction is encreafed and cauled by the too much ule of oilie and fattie 
medicines, as moift and fuppurate things; for hence the ulcer becommeth more filthie and 
malign, the flelh of the neighboring parts groweth hot, is turned into which prefently 
falling upon the bone lying under it, inflame's it. Laltly, the bones are fubjeft to the lame 
difeafes, as the flelh that lieth under them is; befides alfo according to Galen, the beginning 
of inflammation oftimes proceed's from the bones jbut they beat not,becauGaccording to the 
opinion of the ancicnts,pulfation is a dolorifick motion of the Arteries,but the bones want 
fenf. Which verily 1 cannot denie, but allb wee muft confefs that the membrane that en- 
compafleth them, and the arteries that enter into their bodie, are endued with moft exquifite 
fenf Wherefore the arteries comprefled and waxing hot by reafon of the inflamed bone, 
caufa lenf ofpain in the peri oft ium,fo that the patients complain of a dull and deep pain,as it 
were funk into the fubftance of the bones. The rottennels or corruption is oftimes manifeft 
to the eie,as when the bone is lai'd bare,for then it varieth from the natural color, and be- 
com's livid, yellowilh or black. Otherwife you may perceiv it by touch, as by learching it 
with a probe, as when you meet with anje inequalitie or roughnels, or when but gently 
touching it, your probe run's into the fubftance of the bone as into rotten wood; for a bone 
is naturally hard, but beeing rotten,becom's foft. Yet hardnefs is not an infallible fign of a 
found bone. For I have feen rotten and bared bones, to have fomtimes grown lb hard, by 
theappulfof the air, that a Trepan could not, without a ftrong endeavor, enter them. Alfo 
the rottennefs of the bone is known by the condition of the filth which flow's forth of the 
ulcer, for it is not onely more thin and liquid, but alfo moreftinking. Furthermore, fuch 
ulcers have a foft, loof and waterie flelh5 befides allb, they are untoward and rebellious to 
farcotkk 
Gil.Meth.6o 
The frequent 
caufofthe rot- 
tenenfs of 
bones. 
Hip.lib.de utc. 
fraft. 
Gal. lib.de turn, 
cont.net* 
Signs of the 
rottennefs. 
Hardnefsis no 
infallible fign 
of found bones. 484 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
Lib.ijj. 
farcotick and epulotick medicines; to which if they chance to yeeld and bee cicatrized} yet 
within a {bort while after the fear will relerit of its own accord, for that nature, deftitute 
of the firm and found foundation of the bones, cannot build up a laudable and conftant 
flefli. Neither is it fufficient that the Surgeon know certainly that the bone is rotten and 
corrupt, it is furthermore fit hee know, whether this corruption bee fuperficiarie, or pierce 
deep into the fubftance of the bone, that hee may know how much of the bone muft bee fca- 
led For fcaleing is the onely cure of that which is corrupted; now it is fcaled by that 
which drie's excedingly,&draw's forth all the humiditie,afwell theexcrementitious,theau- 
tor of therotennefs,asthealimentarie. For thus it remain's without blood and nourifh- 
ment, and confequendy life alfo; whence it muft of neceflitie fcale or fall off, beeing defti- 
tute ofthe glue or moifiure which joined it to the found parts in vicinitie and communi- 
on of life, like as leavs which fall away from the trees, the humiditie beeing exhaufted, 
by which, as by glue, they adhered to the boughs. For this purpofe Catagmatick powders 
are prepared to amend the corruption which is onely fuperficiarie. R. pul. aloes, cret* cornbu- 
ft*, pompbolygos,an.%ii. ireosflor. ariflolocb. rot. myrrh. cerujf*,an.%i. pul. ofteor. combufi.'sft. teran- 
tur fubtiliff.fiat pulvif •, let it bee applied either alone by it felf, or elf with liQnie and a little 
aquavit*. Alfo the following emplafter beeing applied, ftir' sup nature to the exclufionof 
the broken bones, andcleanfeth the ulcers from the more grofs and vifcidfanies. R. cer. 
nov.ref.pini,gum.ammon. & elemi} pul'mafticb. myrrb.an%ft. ariftol.rot.ireos flor, 
aloes, opopan. euphorb.an.^i-olci rofati quantum fuflicit, fiat emplafi. fecundum artem. Eupborbium, 
J according to pzo/corii/er take's off the fcales of bones in onedaie. Hereto alfo conduceth 
Emp. de betonica. Or, R. olei caryophyl.%ft. mifeeantur fimul in mortario, &utere. But 
if that part of the bone wWch is corrupt cannot thus bee taken away, then muft you ufe the 
fcaleing Trepans and Scrapers defcribed formerly in wounds ofthe head; efpecially if anie 
more great or folid bone bee foul. Furthermore the here-defcribed Trepan will bee good 
to perforate the rotten bone in manie places where it is corrupted, until, as it were, a cer- 
tain bloodie moifture iflue forth at the holes; for thus it more freely enjoie's the air, and al- 
fo the force ofthe medicines admitted by theft: holes work's more powerfully. 
The cure of a 
rotten bone. 
Acatsgmatick 
powder. 
A defquama- 
torie or (cak- 
ing plaftcr* 
7S« 
A Trepan with two triangular bits and a-pin to bold them in the as alfo another 
Trepanhaveing four-fquare and fix-quare bits convenient for to bee ufed 
in the rottennefs of greater bones. 
But if the rottennefs bee more deep,and the bone more hard, either by nature or accident, 
as by the occafion of the too long admiflion of the air,then the rotten icales (hall bee cut off 
by the inftruments defcribed in wounds of the head, driveing them into the bone withlca- 
den mallets, left the part fhould bee too much offended or fhaken with the blow. The fcales 
and fragments (hall bee taken forth with mullets, the figns that all the rottennefs is taken a- 
way, are the folidnefs of the bone thereunder, and the bloodie moifture (wearing out 
thereat. 
CHAP. 
Signs that the 
rottennefs is 
taken away. Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
Lib.iy. 
485 
CHAP. XXVII. 
Ofattual and potential Cauteries, 
Ik if the defcribed remedies cannot take place, by reafon of the malignitie or 
magnitude of the rottennels, then muft wee com to aftual and potential Caute- 
ries. But I fhould rather approov of aftual, becauf by ftrengthening the part, 
they corifame the excrementitious humors wherewith it is over-charged , to 
wit, the matter of the Caries; which is not lb effeftually performed by poten- 
tial Cauteries. Yet are wee oftimes forced to ule thele, to pleaf the patients which are ter- 
rified at, and affraid of hot irons. Potential Cauteries are aqua fortis, aqua vitrioli, Icalding 
oil3melted fulphur and boiling, and the like; in pouring on of which I would have the Sur- 
geon to bee prudent and induftious, lefthee Ihouldralhly violate the neighboring (bund 
parts by the burning touch of thele things; which his temeritie would cauf vehement pains, 
inflammations, and other horrid lymptoms. For aftual Cauteries, their varietie in figure is 
fo great, that it cannot bee defined, much lefs let down in writeing; for they muft bee va- 
ried according to the largenefs of the rottennels , and the figure and conformation of the 
fouled bones. Such as are more ufual I have thought good here to delineate unto you,con- 
tent onely to admonifti you thus much, that fom of thele work by pricking , fbm by cut- 
ting, fom flat-wile, and other-fom with their points made to the form of an Olive-leaf. 
Adual Quite* 
ties to bee pre- 
ferred before 
potential. 
Potential Cau- 
teriei. 
Sundrie forms of aliual Cauteries fit in all necejfarie cafes of all farts- 
Tt 
Other 486 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
Lib.19. 
Other Cauteries. 
Other Cauteries for the fame purpofe. 
The following figure of a Cauterie is fit for virulent knots that arife in the fcull, when 
you defire to take away the flefli that cover's the bone; for this purpofe it is made hollow 
andfharp in a triangular and quadrangular form, divided as it were into three branches, 
that you may fo make ufe of which you pleaf 
the LlB.ip. 
Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
487 
the figure of an hollow and cutting Cauterie. 
The Cauteries, whofe forms are hereafter expreft, take place in rotten bones that lie deep 
in, wherein you cannot make ufe of the formerly defcribed, without touching of the neigh- 
boring (bund parts. To avoid which danger, you (hall put your Cauterie even to the bone 
through an iron pipe, which may keep the neighboring and fieffiie parts from burning. 
Actual Cauteries with their pipes. 
Great difcommodities enfue upon too rath, 
that is, too frequently applied Cauteries, or too 
long adhering to the bone ; for by this immode- 
rate and fierie heat not onely the excrementiti- 
ous humiditie of the rotten bone is confumed, 
but alfo the radical and fubftantial moifture of 
the part is exhaufted; wherein alone nature en- 
deavouring to call off the corrupt fcales, and le- 
ver the (bund from the rotten bone, and to (iib- 
ftitute fleffi, (land's and confift's. Whereof the 
mealureof applying of Cauteries ought to bee 
taken from the greatnefs of the rottennefs , and 
the excrementitious, or after a manner, foaming 
humiditie (wearing through the pores of the bone. But before you prefs yourCauterie into 
the rotten bone which lie's verie deep in,as that which happen's in the thigh-bone,and upon 
other verie flefhie parts, you mull diligently defend the neighboring found and fieffiie 
part, as it were with a covering, for that the humor diffuted by the touch of the fire,burn's 
the other places whereunto it diffuteth it felf like fcalding oil. After the cauterization,you 
muft help forwards the falling away ot the fcales , by fomtimes dropping in our oil of 
whelps, beeing made fcalding hot. This oil, though verie fit for this purpote, yet do I not 
judge it fit to ute it too often, it may fuffice to have dropped it in,(bm twice or thrice. For 
at length it may violate the found bone, that lie's under the rotten, by the oilie, fubtil and 
moift fubftance. Furthermore, a bone is the moft drie part of the bodie, therefore unftuous 
and moift medicines are contrarie to its temper and confidence. But it conduceth often and 
gently to moov the (bales alreadie beginning to feparate themtelvs, and it haften's the flack- 
nefs of nature in calling them off. Yet may you not ute force, unlefs peradventure when as 
they hang as it were by a (lender thred ; otherwite if the unwarie Surgeon forcibly pluck 
away the fcales before that nature hath put a cover upon the found bone, hee (hall give way 
to a new alteration and fowlnefs by the appulf of the air. Furthermore , after the corrupt 
(cale is falling offby the force of nature expelling it, you muft have diligent heed that you 
put not eating or corroding medicines upon the bone that is under it; for thus thou (halt 
confume or wade the fleffi which nature hath generated thereupon , which competed of 
newly concreted blood, is like in foftnefs to newly crudled milk , which otherwife in time 
would grow into a more (olid and hard confidence. This under-growing flefti by little and 
little thruft's the rotten bone above it, out of its place, and is the cauf of the fcaling there- 
of; it is at the firll gathered together like the granes of a pomegranate, with a red,(mooth & 
equal fames, and not (linking, and at length it call's forth a white matter. Therefore then 
wee muft rather draw thereon cephalick powder computed offuch things as have a facultie 
T t 2 to 
Manner of ap- 
plying of 
Cauteries. 
Oil of whelps 
help's for- 
wards the 
cafting off of 
fcales. 
A caution in 
mooving the 
fcaks of burnt 
bones. 
Cephalick 
powders of 
what compO' 
fed.. 488 
Concerning Lues Venerea. 
L!B.I2. 
to drie without btteiug, fitch as are Orril-roots,walhed aloes,maftich, myrrh, barlie-flowr, 
and the like. Lafily, it mufi bee cicatrized 5 it is better that fcales of bones fall away of 
themfelvs by the onely force of nature,then to bee plucked away by the force of medicines or 
inftrumenrsj as are too violently and forcibly plucked away ,leav corners like to 
fiftulons ulcers. Neither ought the corrupted membranes when they are turned into pus to 
bee plucked away too violently , or to bee touched by too acrid medicines 5 for pain here- 
upon arifeing hath divers times caufled inflammation, convulfion and other pernicious 
fymptoms. Therefore it is better to commit this bufinefs to nature , which in fuccefs of 
time, by makeing of the expulsive fecultie, will eafily free it lelf from this rotten fob- 
ftance j for that which is quick as far as it is able , will ftill put away that which is dead 
from it. ' 
CHAP. XXVIII. 
Of a Vulnerarie potion. 
lit if the contumacious of the bone, and alfo a rebellions ulcer (hall 
not yield to the defcnbed remedies, it will bee convenient to prelcribe a vulne- 
rarie potion to the patient. For nature helped by fuch a potion, hath to my 
knowledg fandrie times don wondrous things, in the amendment of corrupt 
bones, and confolidacion of ulcers. For theie potions though they do not 
purge the noxious humors away by ftool, yet are they wondrous effe&ual to cleanf ulcers, 
and free them from the excels of excrementitious humors, to cleanf the blood, and purge it 
from all impuritie, to agglutinate broken bones, and knit the finews. I have here thought, 
good to fpeak of them, and chiefly, for that they were much commended by the Antients, 
but negle&ed by the modern Phyficians and Surgeons. But if the cure of wounds and old 
ulcers bee performed by deterlion, and the repofition of the loft fubftance, what medicine 
Can (boner or rather do it then that, which by its admirable and almoft divine force fo 
purgeth the blood» that thereof as from a fit and laudable matter, the He fh or anie other loft 
fubftance may bee fitly reftored, and the part recover its former union ? But if fiftulous Ul- 
cers, Cancers, Gouts, and the like difeafes bee offended by the u(e of falt,fpiced,acrid meats, 
and others which are of (ubtil parts, as muftard, onions, andgarlike, or anie other excels 
in meat or drink j why may they not becom milde and gentle by medicated and contrarie 
meats and drinks, or at leaft bee reduced to a more equal temper ? Therefore that Surgeons 
may know of what things fuch compofitions may arife,I have here thought good to reckon 
them up, that you may learn what they are. 
The ufe o£ 
vuinerarie po 
tions. 
Scabious. 
Sanicle. 
Bugle. 
Mouf-ear. 
Burnet. 
Madder. 
tanfie. 
tops of bemp. 
tops of brambles. 
Sow's-bread. 
Comforie the greater and leffer. 
Vervine. 
Biftort. 
Mug-wurt. 
Reriwincle. 
Centaurie. 
Adder s-tongue. 
Betome. 
Carduus benedittus. 
The cordial flowers. 
Ariftolocbia, or Birth- wurts. 
Speed-well. 
Agrimonie. 
the CapiUaries- 
Herb-Robert* 
Dove's-foot. 
Dogs-tongue. 
Avenes. 
Rrunella. 
Ofinund. 
Clarie. 
Gentian. 
Herniaria. 
Red Cole-wurt,or Cabbage. 
Scordium. 
Cat's-mint. 
Cinque-foil. 
River-Crabs. 
Mace. 
Bole-armenick. 
Return, or Tobacco 
Mead-fweet. 
Colt's-foot. 
Dandelion. 
Rlantane. 
S .John's-wurt. 
du • thefe the Surgeon fhall make choice according to the mindeand judgment of the 
Phyfician, luch as hee lhall think fit and proper to everie ulcer or wound,or to each wound- 
ed and ulcerated part, according to the condition of the time , the temper of the patient, 
and kindeor nature of the dileaf You may make drinks not onely of the deco&ions of 
thele, but alfo of their juices in white wine, or cenomel, which are good not onely to purifie 
the Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
LlB.lp. 
489 
the mafs of the blood, to cleanffanious, virulent,filthie and dylfenterious ulcers,but alio to 
drive away putrefaction, fcale-bones, diflolv clotted blood in bruiles, to draw, pluck out 
and exterminate all ftrange bodies, as I have often oblerved to my great admiration. They 
are compelled uliially after this manner. R.pzvc. bugul. ficabiof.beton.fcord. nepet. uvar. 
fnund.fem.byper.& card.ben.an.%i.trium flor.cord.an.p.ii. coquantur complete in aq.communi 5 poftea in 
fine adde vini alb. tnel. rof. & cinnatn. quod[ufficit,fiat decottio, coletur per manic am> Let him drink 
§iii. in the morning 3.hours before dinner. You may alfo with good fuccefs make injecti- 
ons with the fame liquor into fiftulous and finuous ulcers, as alfo to walh the fordid ulcers 
therewith. You may alfo boil the fame fimples, as herbs, flowers and feeds in the patient's 
broths, that fo they may acquire a medicinablc and nourilhing facultie. For the time of the 
affeCt, wherein you may with good luccefs make ufe of thele, wee have read in Guido, that 
bee uied not to prelcribe thefe potions to his patients when as they were newly wounded, 
for that they commonly are compoled of things hot and opening, which heat and attenu- 
ate the blood, whence there would bee danger of a defluxion,upon the affefted part-Where- 
fore when the matter is com to liippuration, when as there nothing remain's , but to cleanf 
the ulcer, and fill it with flefh, no inflammation as now remaining in the part, I judg thele 
potions may then bee ufed with good luccefs. 
The form of a 
vulnerarie po- 
tion. 
In what time 
ofthedifeaf 
they are chiefly 
to bee ufed. 
;chap. XXIX. 
Of Letters, Ring-worms, or Chops occajtoned by the Lues Venerea. 
Pon the cure of the Lues Venerea, ufually Tetters and Chops happen thereupon, 
which make furrows in the.palms of the hands and foies of the feet. They ac- 
quire their matter from fait phlegm, or aduft choler, or the reliques of the ve- 
nereous virulencie fenttthither.The cure, efpecially when as the difeaf is grown 
old, is difficult j byreafSn that the humor hath long accuftomed to flow that 
way,and for that it hath corrupted the habit of the part by the continual defluxion ; but the 
cure is more eafie, if the difeaf bee newly bred. Now you may know it is newly bred by 
the rednefs, accompanied by a great itching, and not onely a drinefs of the skin, but alfb a 
thicknefs and denfnefs thereof.That which is old,befides thefe fore-recited figns,have fcale- 
lie and bran-like hardneflcs conjoyned therewith, which by fcratching and rubbing caft off 
fcales. For general medicines , the diftemper of the liver, and habit of the bodiemuft bee 
correfted, which by the occafion of the former difeaf and remedies apt to inflame the blood, 
cannot but much fwerv from their native temper. This may bee don by diet conveniently 
appointed, by purgeing and altering medicines, bleeding, batheing, applying of cupping- 
glaffes and horns. For topick or particular medicines, waffi fiich as are newly or lately bred 
with the following water which drie's;and is of fubtil parts. 1&.aq.rof.& aq.alum- 
fubl.tyv.fiat lent-&nunim.ebulin baln.mar. This water (hall bee made 
more or lefs forcible, according to the condition of the difeaf Or, R.ol.tart.%ii.fep.com.%iv. 
nt zfc.fi at unguent.ad ufum. If the Phyfician ffiall think good, let the patient ufe a decoftion of 
Guaicum, but that verie weak. But old Tetters and Chops muft bee foftned with emollient, 
attenuating and inciding deco&ions, as alfo with liniments,ointments and plafters haveing 
the fame effect. Then let the refidue of the cure bee performed by fumigations, filch as this 
which follow's. Rc.pul.cinab tart.& tberiac. 
q.f.fiant trochzfcz j ufe at each time fom them, and let onely the affefted parts receiv the 
fmoak. Som commend the rubbing of the hands with the following medicine. Take the 
affies of wine-lees, make thereof a -lee, and ftrain it through an hypocrafs-bag , then put 
thereto fbm rennet, let them bee well mixed together in a mortar, and herewith let the 
hands bee rubbed or wafhed. Or, Or elQ R.ref.pz'nz,%i. cerufaffi. 
citri & lapatb.acut.an.%fi. Let them bee incorporated , and make a lini- 
ment to bee ufed to the part. If to this you add fublimate fo wafhed and prepared, as wo- 
men ufe for their faces, you ffiall make it more effeff uall. Others take burnt alum made in- 
to powder, and incorporated with the yolk of an egg, the juice of citrons , and a little a- 
loes diflblved in oxjmel fcilhticwn. 
Signs of the 
new-bred dif' 
caf. 
The cure of 
newly com 
Tetters. 
A water dry- 
ing virulent 
Tetters. 
The cure of 
old Tetters. 
A Fumigati* 
on. 
A Liniment. 
CHAP. XXX. 
Ofcureing the Lues Venerea in infants and little children. 
iNfants oftimes conceiv the feeds of this difeaf in the wombs of their mothers, and 
are born infefted thcre-withall, parties prefently arising over all the bodies, in- 
; fefting with the like difeaf as manie nurfes as give them fuck ; they fcarce ever re- 
cover thereof, for that they contrafted the difeaf from their firfc confirmation. But 
fiich as are fbmwhat bigger,if they chance to catch the dileaf after they are born by flicking 
fom infe&ed nurf, or by anie other occafion or kinde of contagion, often times receiv cure. 
. T t 3 For Concerning the Lues Venerea. 
LlB.ip. 
490 
For firft, you fhall cauf the nurfto ufe the aqua theriacalis here-under defcribed, for the fpace 
of twentie or more daies, that fb fhee may the better arm her felf againft the contagion of 
this yield milk which may have the facultie both of meat and medicines fhee fhall 
bee careful as often as fhee giv's the childe fuck, to wafh and drie her teat or pap, left the 
virulencie that the childe breath'es out at his mouth, bee impaft in the little holes of the 
teat through which the milk flow's out. Now the puftles of little children fhall bee an- 
notated with fom ointment that receive's argentum vivum in fbm fmall quantitie, as unguen- 
turn enulatum cum mercurio, or the like. Then fhall it bee fwathed or bound up in fwathes and 
clothes aired with the formerly defcribed fumigations.For the reft, it fhall bee kept as warm 
as you can in fbm warm place. Thefe and the like miift bee don not in one continued courQ 
but at feveral feafbns, otherwife it is to bee feared, that it would cauf ulcers to arife in the 
mouth, or elf falivation. If anie ulcers arife in the mouth, and fpread therein, they fhall bee 
touched with the formerly defcribed waters, but made fomwhat weaker, haveing regard to 
the tender age of the patient 5 if the infant fhall get this difeaf of its nurf, let the nurf bee 
prefently changed, for it beeing otherwife nourifhed with tainted and virulent blood, can 
never bee healed. Manie have by thefe means recovered j but fuch as have perifh't, have not 
perifh't by the default of medicines, but by the malignitie and vehemencie of the difeaf 
The cure. 
Adefcrtytien of the Aqua Theriacalis, or treacle-water formerly mentioned. 
A treacle- 
water. 
R rrffor.interior.ligni fantii gummojt, ftii. polypod.querni, vini albi dulcedinis experts tbii. 
aqu* fontan.purijf.ltviii.aquar.cichor.& fumar.an.%iv.fem.junip.heder.&baccar.lauri carys- 
phyl.& citri faccaro condit. conf rofantbos, cichor. buglof. borag.an%fi. conf tnula 
camp.tberiac.vet.& diftil them all in balnea Marit, after the following manner. 
Let the Guaicum bee infilled in equal parts of wine, and the fore-mentioned waters for the 
fpace of twelv hours, and the refidue of the things in that which remain's of the fame wine 
and waters for fix hours fpace, beating fuch things as may require it, then let them bee mix- 
ed altogether, that fb the liquor may bee endued with all their faculties. Which that it 
may bee the more effeftually performed, let them bee boiled, put up in glafs-bottles, clofe- 
ly flopped for fom three or four hours (pace, in a large kettle filled with boiling water,then 
let them bee put into a glafs alembick, and fo diftilled. Give of this di (tilled liquor at 
once, bee ing aromatized with 3*1. of cinnamon, and9i.of Diamargariton, and fugar, 
to give it a pleafing tafte. Such a drink doth not onely refund the virulencie of the Lues Ve- 
nerea, but flrengthen's the noble parts. Rondeletius make's an aqua tberiacalis after this man- 
ner. rad temperen- 
tur omnia in vino albo, & diftillentur in vafe vitrio : referv the water for ufe 5 whereof let the pa- 
tient take with |iii. of forrel and buglofs-water : hee wilheth this to bee don when hee 
fhall enter into bed or a ftove; for fb this diftilled liquor will cauf fweat more eafily, and 
mitigate pain, whether given by it felf, or with a decoftion of grommel, or of cbyna, or bur- 
dock-roots ; yet if the patient bee of a phlegmatick conftitution,hee fhall ufe a deco&ion of 
Guaicum in ftead of a deco&ion of cbyna, for it penetrate s more fpeedily , by reafbn of its 
fubtiltie of parts, and allo expell's the dolorifick matter. 
The manner 
ofmakcing it. 
RmdehliM his 
treacle-water. 
The end of the nineteenth Book. Lib.io. 
491 
Of the Small Body and Measles: As alfo of 
IVorms, and the Leprofie. 
The twentieth (Booh 
CHAP. I. 
Oftbe caufes of the Small Pocky and Meazles. 
O R that the final! Pocks and Meazles are diftafes, which ufiially arefore- 
runners and fore-tellers of the Plague, not onely by the corruption of hi» 
mors, but oftimes by default of the air; moreover, for that worms are oft- 
times generated in the plague, 1 have thought good to write of theft things, 
to the end that by this treatife the young Surgeon may bee more amply and 
perfeftly inftrufted in that peftilent difeaf Alio 1 have thought good to treat 
ofthe Leprofieas beeing the off-fpring of the higheft corruption of humors in the bodie. 
Now the final! Pocks are puftles, and the Meazles fpots,which arife in the top of the skin by 
reafbn of the impuritie of the corrupt blood lent thither by the force of nature. Moft of the 
Antients have delivered that this impuritie Is the reliques of the menftruous blood remain- 
ing in the bodie of the infant, beeing of that matter from whence it drew nourishment in 
the womb, which lying frill or quiet for fom fpace of time, but ftirred up at the firft oppor- 
tunitie of a hotter Summer, ora foutherlie or rainie feafon, or a hidden malignitie in the 
air, and boiling upj or working with the whole mafs of the blood, fpreador (hew themftlvs 
upon the whole furface of the bodie. An argument hereof is, there are few or none who 
have not been troubled with this difeaf, at leaft once in their lives, which when it begin's to 
fliewitfelf, not content to fet upon fom one, it commonly feazeth upon more : now com- 
monly there is as much difference between the finall pocks and meazles, as there is between 
a Carbuncle and a peftilent Bubo. For the finall pocks arife of a more grofs and vifcous 
matter, to wit,of a phlegmatick humor. But the meazles of a more fubtil and hot; that is, 
a cholerick matter, therefore this yeeld's no marks thereof, but certain finall ipots without 
anie tumor, and thefe either red, purple, or black. But the finall pocks are extuberateing 
puftles, white in themid'ft,but red in the circumference, an argument of blood mixed with 
choler, yet they are fcarce known at the beginning,th at is on the fir ft or fecond daie they ap- 
pear ; but on the third and fourth daie they bunch out and rife up into a tumor, becom- 
ming xvhite before they turn into a fcab; but the meazles remain ftill the fame. Further-' 
more the finall pocks prick like needles by reafbn of a certain acrimonie,and caufan itching; 
the meazles do neither, either becauf the matter is hot fb acrid and biteing, or elf for that 
it is more fubtil, it eafily exh ale's, neither is it kept ffiut up under the skin. The patients 
often fneez when as theft matters feek paflage out, by reafon of the putrid vapors aftending 
from the lower parts upwards to the brain. They are held with a continual Fever, with 
pains in their backs, itching oftheir nofe, head-ach, and a vertiginous heavinefs, and 
with a kinde of fwounding or fainting, a nauftous difpofition, and vomiting, a hoarft 
nefs, difficult and frequent breathing, an inclination to deep, a heavinefs of all the mem- 
bers, their eies are ficrie and fwollen, their urine red and troubled- For prognofticks, wee 
may truely fay thus much, That the matter whence this affeft take's its original, partake's 
of fo malign, peftilent and contagious a qualitie, that not content to mangle and fpoil the 
flefhie part, it alfo cat's and corrupt's the bones like the Lues Venerea, as I obferved not one- 
ly in Anno Dow. 15 68. but alfo in diverf other yeers, whereof I think it not amifs to fet 
dowm this notable example. 
The daughter of Claude Pique a book-feller,dwelling in S. James his ftreet at Parity beeing 
fom four or five yeers old,haveing been fick of the finall pocks for the (pace of a month, and 
nature could not overcom the malignitie of the diftaf, there roft abftefles upon the fternon 
and the joints of the fhoulders,whoft eating and virulent matter,corroded the bones of the 
fternon,and divided them in funder; alfo it confumed a great part of the top of the fhoulder* 
bone, and the head of the blade-bone : of this thing I had witnefles with me, Marcus Myron 
Phyfician of Paris} and at this prefent the King's chief Phyfician,Jo/;w Doreau Surgeon to the 
Conte de Bryane, the bodie being diflefted in their preftnee. Alfo you may obftrv in manie 
killed by the malignitie of this difeaf, and differed, that it caufeth fuch impreffion of cor- 
ruption 
What the final 
Pocks and 
Meazlcs are. 
Their matter. 
Why the Mea 
zles do not 
itch. 
Prognofticks, 
An hiftotte. 492 
(Concerning the Small 
Lib.zo. 
ruption in the principall parts, asbring's the dropfie, ptifick, a hoarfnefs, .Aftbma, bloody 
flux ulcerating the guts, and at length bringing death, as the putties have raged or raigned 
over thefe or thele entrails, as you fee them to do over the furface of the body; for they do 
not onely moleft the external parts, by leaving the impreflions & (cars ofthe putties and ul- 
cers,rooting themfelvs deep in the flefh,but alfo oft times they take away the facultie of mo- 
tion, eating afiinder, and weakning the joints of the elbow, wreft, knee and ancle. More- 
over lundry have been deprived of their fight by them, as the Lord Guytnenay, others have 
loft their hearing, and otherfom their fmclling, a flefhy excrefcence growing in thepaflages 
of the note and ears. But if anie reliquesof the difeaf remain, and that the whole matter 
thereof bee not expelled by the ftrength of nature, then (ymptoms afterwards arife, which 
favor ofthe malignitie of the humor , yea and equall the harm of the (ymptoms of the 
Luer Venerea. 
What grievous 
and pernftious 
fymptomsmay 
happen by the 
ftuall Pocks* 
CHAP. 1 I. 
Of the cure of the SmaU Pocks and Meazles. 
He cure of this dileaf uleth to bee divers,according to the condition of the humor 
free from, or partaker of the venenate qualitie. For if it partake of malign itie,and 
the childe bee a fucking childe, fuch things (hall bee given to the Nuri as may in- 
fringe and overcom the ftrength of the malignitie,as wee (hall lhew more at large, 
when wee com to treat of the cure of children which are fick of the Plague;howloever it bee, 
the childe muft bee kept in a warm room free from winde, an d muft be wrapped and covered 
with fcarlet cioaths, untill the pocks com forth. There fhall bee provided for the Nuri' me- 
dicated broths with purllain , lettuce, forrell, fuccory,borage, and French barly bound up 
in a cloth. Shee fhall fhun all fait, fpiced and baked meats, and in Read ofwine drink a de- 
co&ion of liquorice, raifons and forrel roots. Shee fhall alfo take purgeing medicins, as if 
fhee were fick of the fame dileaf, that fo her milk may becom medicinable. Laftly, fhee lhall 
obferv the fame diet as is ufually prefcribed to fuch as have the plague. You fhall give the 
childe no pap,or if you give it anie,let k be verie little. But if the childe bee weaqed,let him 
abftain from flelh, until the feaver have left him, and the pocks bee fully com forth: in ftead 
of fielh let him feed on barly and almond creames, chicken broths, wherein the fore-named 
herbs have been boy led, panadoes, gellies, culafies, prunes and raifons. Let his drink bee a 
ptifan made of French barlie,grafs & forrel roots,or with a nodula containing the four cold 
ieeds,the pulp of prunes and raifons,with the lhaveings of Ivorieand hartf-horn; between 
meals the lame decoftion may bee mixed with fbm iyrup of violets, but not of roles or a- 
ny other aftringent lyrup,left wee hinder the courf and inclination of the humor outwards. 
Let his lleep bee moderate, for too found deep draws back the matter to the center, and lu- 
cre aft th the fever; you muft neither purge,nor draw blood thedifeafincrealing or bceing at 
the height,unlcfs paradventure there bee a great plenitude, or elle the dileafcomplicate with 
other, as with a pleurifie,infiammation ofthe eyes,or an fquinancie which require it,left the 
motion of nature Ihouldbe difturbed; but you ftiall think it Sufficient to loofe the bellie 
with a gentle glyfter: but when the height of the dileaf is over, and in the declenlion 
thereof, you may with Caflia or fom ftronger medicine evacuate part of the humors and the 
reliqiics of the difeaf But in the Rate and increaf it is better to ufe fudorificks, which by 
attenuating the humors and relaxing the pores of the skin may drive the cauf of the dif- 
eaf fom the center to the circumference, which otherwife refideing in the bodie might bee 
a cauf of death, as I and Richard Hubert oblerved in two maids, whereof one was four, and 
the other leventeen yeers old; for wee differing them both beeing dead, found their en- 
trails covered with fcabbie or crufted. puftles, like thole that break forth upon the skin. Wee 
muft not think that a bleeding at Dole at the beginning of the difeaf or in the firft four or 
five daies Ihould carrie away the matter and original of the dileaf, for ncverthelefs the pocks 
will com forth ; but for that this is a true and natural crifis of this as that which is 
carried to the liirface & circumference of the bodie,luch bleeding muft not bes flopped,unlefs 
you fear it will cauf (wounding. The matter lhall bee drawn out with a decoftion of figs, 
husked lentils, citron-feeds, the feeds of fennel,parllie, fmallage, roots ofgrafs, raifons and 
dates. For fuch a decoftion, certainly if it have power to cauf fweat, hath alfo a facultie to 
fend forth unto the skin the morbifick humor; the feeds of fennel and the like opening 
things relax and open the pores ofthe skinffigs lenifie the acrimonie of the matter, and gent- 
ly the lentils keep the jaws and throat, and all the inward parts from puftles, and 
hinder a flux by realbn of their moderate aftriftion, but haveing their husks on, they would 
binde more then is required in the dileaf; dates are thought to comfort the ftomach,and ci- 
tron-feeds to defend the heart from malignitie, licorilh to fmooth the throat, and hinder 
hoarfhefs and cauf fweat. But thefe things lhall bee given long after meat, for it is not fit to 
fweat presently after meat; fbm there bee who would have the childe wrapped in linnen 
clothes fteep'd in this dcco&ion beeing hot, and afterwards hard wrung forth. Yet I had 
rather 
The cure. 
The childe 
mu ft h i vc no 
pap. 
How found 
fleep doth 
harm in this 
difeaf 
Ofpurgeing, 
bleeding and 
fudorificks 
An hiftorie* 
A fudorifick 
decodion. 
When it is beft 
to procure 
fwcat. Lib.zo. 
c5Vfeasftes and 
493 
rather to me bladders or fpunges, or hot bricks for the fame purpofe; certainly a decoftion 
of millet, figs and raifons, with fom fugar, caufeth fweat powerfully. Neither is it amifs 
whil'ft the patient is covered in all other parts of the bodie, and fweat's, to fan his face, for 
thus the native heat is kept inandfo ftrengthned, and fainting hindred, and a greater excre- 
tion of excrementitious humors caufed. To which purpofe you may alfo put now and then 
to the patient's nofe a nodulus made with a little vineger and water of rofes, camphire, the 
powder of fanders, and other odoriferous things which have a cooling facultie, this alfo 
will keep the note from puftles. 
CHAP. HI. 
JFbat parts muft bee armed againfi, and preferred from the Pockj. 
He eies, note, throat, lungs and inward parts ought to bee kept free'r from the 
eruption of putties then the other parts; for that their nature and confidence is 
more obnoxious to the malignitie of this virulencie, and they are eafilyer cor- 
rupted and blemifhed. Therefore left the eies fhould bee hurt, you muft defend 
them when you firft begin to fufpeft thedifeaQ with the eie-lids, alfo moiftning 
them with rote-water, verjuce or vineger, and a little camphire. There are tom alfo who for 
this purpofe alto make a decoftion of Sumach,berberie-fetds, pomgranate-pills, aloes, and 
a little iaffron; the juice of fowr pomgranates, and the water of the whites of eggs drop- 
ped in with rote-water are good for the fame purpofe ; alfo woman's milk mixed 
with rote-water and often renewed; and laftly all fitch things or have a repercullive 
qualitie. Yet if the eies bee much fwoln and red, you fhall not ute repercuffives alone, but 
mix therewith difcuflers and cleanfers, fuch as are fit by a familaritie of nature to ftrengthen 
the fight; and let thefe bee tempered with fom fennel or eie-bright water. Then the patient 
fhall not look upon the light or red things for fear of pain and inflammation; wherefore in 
the Rate of the difeaQ when the pain and inflammation of the eies are at their height, gently 
drying and difeuflivethings properly conduceing to the eies are moft convenient, as wafhed 
aloes, tuttie and Antimonie in the water of fennel, eie-bright and rofes. The formerly 
mentioned Modulus will prefcrv the note,and linnen clothes dipped in the fore-faid aftringent 
decoftion, put into the noftrils and outwardly applied. Wee fhall defend the jaws,throat, 
and throtle, and preferv the integritieof the voice by a gargle of oxycrate, or the juice of 
fbwr pomgranates, holding alfo the grains of them in their mouths,and often routing them 
up and down therein, as alfo by nodula's of the feeds of pji/zMW,quinces and the like cold and 
aftringent things. Wee muft provide for the lungs and refpiration by fyrups of jubes,violets, 
rofes, white poppies, pomgranates, water-lillies,and the like. Now when as the Pocks are 
throughly com forth, then may you permit the patient to ufe fomwhat a free'r diet, and you 
muft wholly bufie your felf in ripening and evacuateing the matter, drying and fcaleing 
them. But for the Measles, they are cured by refolution onely, and not by fuppuration; 
the Pocks may bee ripened by annointing them with frefh butter, by fomenting them with 
a decodion of the roots of mallows, lil lies, figs, line-feeds and the like. After they are ripe, 
they fhall have their heads clipped off with a pair of f ci Hers, or elf bee opened with a golden 
or filver-needle,left the matter contained in them, fhould corrode the flefh that lie's thereun- 
der, and after the cure, leav the prints or pock-holes behinde it, which would cauffom de- 
formitie; the/w, or matter beeing evacuated, they fhall bee dried up with unguent, rofat. ad- 
ding thereto cerufs, litharge, aloes and a little faffron in powder; for thefe have not onely 
a facultie to drie, but alfo to regenerate fle(h;for the fame purpofe the flowr of barlie and lu- 
pines are diflblved and mixed with rote-water, and the affefted parts annointed therewith 
with a fine linnen rag;fom annoint them with the fward of bacon boiled in water and wine, 
then prefently ftrow upon them the flowr of barlie or lupines, or both of them. Others 
mix erudehonie newly taken from the comb, with barlie-flowr, and therewithal! annoint 
the puftles fb to drie them; beeing dried up like a feurf or fcab, they annoint them with oil 
of rofes, violets, almonds, or elfwith fom cream, that they may the fooner fall away, the 
puftles beeing broken ; tedious itchings follicit the patients to fcratch, whence happen's ex- 
coriation and filthie ulcers, for fcratching is the occafion of greater attraftion. Wherefore 
you fhall bindc the fick childe's hand, and foment the itching parts with a deco&ion of 
marfh-mallows, barlie and lupines, with the addition of fom fait. But if it bee alreadie ex- 
coriated, then fhall you heal it with unguent album camphor at. adding thereto a little powder 
of aloes or or a little deficcativum rubrum. But if notwithftanding all yqur appli- 
cation of repelling medicines, puftles neverthelefs break forth at the eies , then muft they 
bee diligently cured with all manner of co//yrz^3haveing a care that the inflammation of that 
part grow not to that bignefs, as to break the eies, and that which fomtimes happen's to 
drive them forth of their proper orbs.If anie cruftie ulcers arife in the noftrils, they may bee 
dried and caufed to fall away by putting up of ointments. Such as arife in the mouth, pa- 
How to defend 
the eies. 
When theeies 
mutt not bee 
defended by re- 
pcrcuffivcsone- 
ly. 
How to defend 
the noft. 
How the 
mouth. 
How the lungs 
How to pre- 
ven t pock-ar rs. 
Remedies for 
excoriation* Concerning the Small Tocky, 
Lib.zo. 
494 
late and throat, with hoarfhefs and difficultie of fwallowing, may bee helped by gargarifms 
made with barlie-water,the waters of plantain and chervil, with fom fyrup of roles, or Di- 
amoron dilfolved therein ; the patient fhall hold in his mouth fugar of rofes or the tablets of 
•E/eff. diatragacantbfrigid. The Pock-arrs left in the face, if they bunch out undecently, fhall 
bee clipped away with a pair of feiflers, and then annointed with frefh ungnent. citrin. or elf 
with this liniment. R. amyli triticei, & amygdalarum cxcorticatarum,an.$ifi. gum.tr 
feminismelonum,fabarum ficcarum excorticate farin£hordei,an>%nii. Let them all bee made into 
fine powder, and then incorporated with rofe-water,and fb make a liniment, wherewith an- 
noint the face with a feather 5 let it bee wiped away in the morning, wafhing the face with 
fom water and wheat-bran; hereto alfo conduceth lac virginale; duck's and capon's 
greafare good to fmooth the roughnefs of the skin, as alfo oil of lillies 5 hares-blood of one 
newly killed and hot, is good to fill and plain, as alfo whiten the pock-holes,if they bee of- 
ten rubbed therewith. In Head hereof manie ufe the fward of Bacon rubbed warm thereon; 
alfo the diftilled waters of bean flowers, lillie-roots, reed-roots, egg-fhels, and oil of eggs 
are thought verie prevalent to wafte and fmooth the Pock-arrs. 
For the ulcers 
of the mouth 
and jaws. 
To help the 
un fightlie fears 
of the face. 
A Difcourf of certain monftrous creatures which breed againft nature intbe bodies of men, wo- 
men., and little children, which may ferv as an induction to the enfuing difcourf of worms* 
As in the macrocofmos or bigger world, fo in the microcofmos or leffer world there are 
windes, thunders, earth-quakes, fhowrs, inundations of waters,fterilities,fertilities, Hones, 
mountains & fundrie forts offruits & creatures thence arife.For whocan denie butthat there 
is winde contained fhut up in flatulent abfeefles, and in the guts of thofe that are troubled 
wt,] the colick?Flatulencies make fo great a noif in diverf women's bellies,if fo bee you hand 
near them, thatyou would think you hearda great number of frogs croaking on the night- 
time:That water is contained in waterie abfeefles, & the bellie of Rich as have the dropfie,is 
manifefted by that cure which is performed by the letting forth of the water fin fits of Agues 
the whole bodie is no otherwife lhaken & tremble's,then the earth when it is heard to bel- 
low, and felt to (hake under our feet* Hee which fhall fee the ftones which are taken out of 
the bladder, and com from the kidnies and diverf other parts of the bodie, cannot denie but 
! that ftones are generated in our bodies. Furthermore wee fee both men and women who in 
their face or fom other parts, fhew the impreflion, or imprinted figure of a cherrie, plumb, 
fervice, fig-mulberrie and the like fruit j the cauf hereof is thought to bee the power of the 
imagination concurring with the formative facultie, and the tendernefs of theyeeldingand 
wax-like embryon, eafie to bee brought into anie form or figure by reafon of the proper and 
native humiditie. For you fhall finde that all their mothers whil'ft they went with them 
have earneftly defired or longed for fuch things, which, whil'ft they have tooearneftly agi- 
tated in their mindes, they have tranf-ferred the fhape unto the-childe, whil'ft that they 
could not enjoy the things themfelvs. Now who can denie but that the bunches of the back 
and large wens refemble mountains ? Who can gain-fay, but that fqualid ftcrilitie may bee 
aflimilated to the heftick drinefs of wafted and confumed perfbns ? and fertilitie deciphered 
by the bodie diftended with much flefh and fat, fb that the legs can fcarce Hand under the 
burden of the bellie ? But that diverf creatures are generated in one creature, that is in man, 
and that in fundrie parts of him, the following hiftories fhall make it evident. 
Holler ins tell's that a certain Italian by frequent fmelling to the herb Bafil,had a Scorpion 
bred in his brain, which cauffed long & vehement pain,and at length death; therefore I have 
here expreft the figure of that Scorpion, found, when as his brain was opened. 
A companion 
between the 
bigger and kf- 
fer world. 
The generati- 
on ofwindcin 
man's bodie. 
Of water. 
Of (tones. 
Offruks from 
the firft con- 
formation. 
I * 
Lib.de rxoib- 
interctp.T. 
'The figure of a Scorpion. 
It make's Hollerius conje&ure of the cauf and original of this Scorpion, probable for that 
. Chryfippus, Ttyophanes and Plinie write, that of bafil beaten between two ftones, and laid in 
the fun, there will com Scorpions. 
Fernelius write's that in a certain fouldier, who was flat nofed,upon the too longreftraint 
or ftoppage of a certain filthie matter that flowed out of the note, that there were generated 
two hairie worms of the bignefs of ones finger, which at length made him mad, hee had no 
manifeft fever,and hee died about the twentieth day: this was their fhape, by asmuch as wee 
can gather by Feme Ums his words, 
Lib. de pity t, 
morbiscap.7. 
Tbe Lib.zo. 
eagles and Worms,&c. 
495 
effigies of worms mentioned by Fernelius. 
Lewis Z) wet, a man ofgreat learning 
Accredit,told me that he had com forth 
with his urine, after along and diffi- 
cult difeaf, a quick creature, of color 
red, but otherwife like in ffiape a Mil- 
lepes, that is,a Cheflop,or Hog-louC 
An hiftoric* 
foapeofa Millepes caff forth by urine, 
Count Charts of Mansfieldt, laft Summer 
troubled with a grievous and continual fever, 
in the Duke of Guifes place caft forth a filthie 
matter at his yard, in the ffiape of a live thing 
almoft juft in this form. 
An hiftorie* 
The fljape of a thing cafi forth by urine. 
Monftrous creatures alfb offundrie forms are alfb generated in wombs of women; fbm- 
whiles alone, otherwhiles with a mola, andfomtime with a childe naturally and well made; 
as frogs, toads,ferpents, lizzards: which therefore the Antients have termed theLumbard's 
brethren, for that it was ufual with their women, that together with their natural and per- 
feft iflue they brought into the world worms, ferpents, and monftrous creatures of that 
kinde generated mtheir wombs, for that they alwaies more refpe&ed the decking of their 
bodies, then they did their diet. For it happened whileft they fed on fruits,weeds and traffi, 
and fuch things as were of ill juice, they generated a putrid matter, or certainly verie fub- 
jeft to putrefaction and corruption, and confequently opportune to generate fiichun- 
perfeft creatures.i-JoubertM telleth that there were two Italian women, that in one month 
brought forth eaqh .of them a monftrous birth; the one that married a Tailor,brought forth 
a thing lb ittefembled a Rat without a tail; but the other a Gentlewoman, 
brought forth a larger, for it was of the bignefs of a Cat; both of them were black, and as 
foon as they came out of the womb, they ran up high on the wall, and held faft thereon 
with their nails. Lycoftbenes write's that in AinoDom. 1494. a woman at Cracovia, in the 
ftreet which taketh name from the holie Ghoft, was delivered of a dead childe, who had a 
ferpent faftned upon his back, which fed upon this dead childe, as you perceiv by this fol- 
lowing figure. 
Nicolatu Flor. 
Libm? fopul. 
T'he -faure af a ferpent fa/bied to a cbilde. 
Levinus Leninite tell's a verie ftrange hiftorie to this purpofe. Som few yeers agone (faith 
heeja certain woman of the Iflein Flanders,which beeing with childeby a Sailor,her bellie 
(welled 
Lib.de occult. 
nat.mir.cap.9. 496 
Concerning the 
Lib.zi. 
fwelled up fo fpeedily, that it feemed fhee would not bee able to carrie her burden to the 
term prefcribed by nature; her ninth month beeing ended fhee call's a midwife, and prefent- 
ly after ftrong throws and pains, fhee firft brought forth a deformed lump of flefh, haveing 
as it were two handles on the fides, ftretched forth to the length and manner of arms, and 
it moved and panted with a certain vital motion,after the manner of fpunges and fea-nettles; 
but afterwards there came forth of her womb a monfter with a crooked nofe, a long and 
round neck, terrible eies,a fharp tail, and wonderful quick of the feet, it was fhaped much 
after this manner. 
the fbape cfa monfier that came forth of a womans womb. 
Asfoon as it came into the light it filled the whole room with a noife & hi fling, running 
to everie fide to finde out a lurking hole wherein to hide its head,but the women which were 
prefent, with a joint confent fell upon it, and fmothered it with cuffiions, at length the 
poor woman wearied with long travel, was delivered of a boie, butfo evilly entreated and 
handled by this monfter, that it died as foon as it was chriftened. 
Cornelius Gemma a Phyfician of Lovain, telleth that there were manie verie monftrous and 
ftrange things caft forth both upwards and downwards out of the bellie of a certain maid of 
Lovain, of the age of fifteen years. Amongft the reft, fhee caft forth at her fundament, toge- 
ther with her excrements,a liveing creature fom foot & half long, thicker then ones thumb, 
verie like an eel, but that it had a verie hairie tail; I have here given you the figure of the 
monfter as it was exprefled by him. 
Lib.de divinix 
natuf.Cbaraiie- 
rifmis. 
the figure of a monfter that came fortb'of a maid's bellie. 
An biftorie. 
Mafter Peter Barque and Claude le grand, Surgeons of Verdun, lately affirmed to mee that 
they cured the wife of a certain Citizen of Verdun, which out of an Abfcefs broken in the 
bellie, caft forth a great number ofworms, together with the quittur; and thefc were of the 
thicknefs of ones finger, with (harp heads, which fb gnawed her guts, that the excrements 
for a long time came forth at the ulcer, but now ffiee is perfe&ly recovered. 
Anthonie Bcnenius a Phyfician of Florence telleth; that one John Menufierus, a man of fortie 
yeers of age, troubled with continual pains at his ftomach, was often at the point of death, 
neither found hee anie help by the counfels ofmanie Phyficians which hee ufed. At length 
comming to have his advice, hee gave him a vomit, by means whereof hee caft up a great 
quantitie of corrupt and putrid matter, yet was hee not thereby eafed of his pain. Therefore 
hee gave him another vomit, by force whereof hee caft up much matter like to the former, 
and together therewith a worm of four fingers long, haveing a red round head, of the big- 
ness of a great pea£covered over the bodie with a foft downinefs,with a forked tail, in man- 
net of an half moon,going upon four feet,two before,and two behinde. 
An hiftoric. 
the figure of a worm caft forth by vomit. 
•the Lib.xo. 
eagles and 
497 
Why ihould I mention the prodigious bodies which are found in abfcefles, as ftones, 
chalk, fand, coles, fnail-fhels, ftrawes, hay, horns, hairs, and manie kindes of living and 
dead creatures > For there is nothing in the generation of theft things (caufled by corrupti- 
on, preceded by much alteration) which may make us admire,or hold us in fulpence,elpeci- 
ally if wee flial confider that nature,the fruitful parent of all things,hath put divers portions 
and particles of the univerlal matter whereof the greater world is competed into this micro- 
cofinos, or little world, man 5 whereby hee might the rather feem to bee made to the rcfem- 
blance and form of the greater. Wherefore it fo defport's it ftlf here, that it may counter- 
feit and re.'emble all the aftions and motions which it uftth to perform in the fcene of the 
greater world, in this little one, if fo bee that matter bee not wanting. 
The efficient 
and material 
caufles of fuch 
things as are 
preternatural- 
ly generated in 
our bodies. 
CHAP. IIII. 
Grofs, vifcid and crude humor is the material cauf of worms , which haveing 
got the beginning of corruption in the ftomach, is quickly carried into the 
guts, and there it putrefie's, haveing not acquired the form of laudable Cbylut in 
the firft concoftion. This, for that it is vifcid, tenacioufly adhere's to the guts, 
neither is it eafily evacuated with the other excrements; therefore by delay it 
further putrefies, and by the efficacie of heat, it turn's into the matter and nourifhment for 
This alimentarie humor beeing confumed, unlefs fom fre(h,fupplie the want there- 
of, which may eaftheir hunger, they moov in the guts with great violence, they 
aufgrievous and great pains, yea, and oftimes they creep up to the ftomach, and Co com 
forth by the mouth, and fomtimes they aflcend into the holes of the palate, and com forth 
it the note. Worms are of three forts for fom are round and long, others broad and long, 
others fhort and (lender. The firft are called by the Antients Terete s,that is, round; for that 
they are long and round. The fecond are named Tenit , for that their bodies are long and 
broad, like a rowler or fwathe. The third are termed -dfcarider, for that they commonly 
wrap themfelvs up round. Other differences of worms are taken from their colors s as red, 
white, black, afh-colored, yellowiih. Som alfo are hairie, with a great head like the little 
fifh which the French call Chabot ,wee3 a Miller's-thumb; in fom difeafes manie worms are ge- 
nerated and caft forth by the fundament, as fmall as hairs, and ufually of color white, and 
thefe are they which are called dfiarzdes. The diverfitie of colors in worms proceedeth not 
from the like diftinft diverfitie of humors whereof they are generated. For the melancho- 
lick and cholerick humor by their qualities are wholly unfit to generate worms. But this 
manifold varietie in color, is by reafon of the different corruption of the cbylow or phleg- 
matick humor whereof they are bred. The long and broad worms are oftentimes ftretch- 
td alongft all the guts, beeing like to a mucous or albuminous fobftance; and verily I law 
one voided by a woman, which was like to a ferpent, and fom fix foot long, which ought 
not to teem ftrange, feeing it is noted by the Antients, that they have feen worms fo long, 
as the length of the whole guts, that is, feven times the length of ones bodk.TFieruf write's, 
that hee faw a countrie-man who voided a worm eight foot and one inch long, in head and 
mouth refembling a Duck, which therefore I have thought good here to exprefs. 
Of the worms which ufe to breed in the guts. 
How worms 
are generated. 
• The reafon 
that they fom- 
times com 
forth at the 
mouth. 
The different 
ces of worms. 
An hiftorie. 
An hiftorie.' 
the figure of a worm, generated in, and caft forth of the guts. 
Valeriola affirmeth, that hee Caw a worm above nine foot long. Now as worms differ in 
fhape, fo are their places of generation alfb different. For the round and long worms are 
commonly generated in the (mailer guts, the reft in the greater, but efpecially the Afcarides: 
V none 
tntbferwk 498 
Concerning the &c. 
Lib.zo. 
In what pla- 
ces of the bel- 
lie worms arc 
generated. 
■ none breed in the ftomach, as that which is the place of the firft conco&ion. There truly 
' the matter which breedeth thefe worms, get's the firft rudiment of corruption , but corn's 
: to perfe&ion onely in the guts; they breed in fom infants in their mothers bellies, by the 
pravitie and corrupt nature of the humor flowing from the mother for the nourilhmentof 
the childe, which for that then they do not expell it by liege, it by delay putrefieth the 
• more, and yield's fit matter for the breeding of worms, as fom have obferved out of Hipo- 
crates. Laftly, worms breed in people of anie age that are Bellie-gods, and given to glutto- 
nie, as alfo in liich as feed upon meats of ill juice, and apt to corrupt, as crude lummer- 
fruits, cheef, and milk-meats. But to know in what part of the guts the worms do lurk, 
you muft note, that when they are in the fmallguts, the patients complain of a pain in their 
ftomach, with a dog-like appetite, whereby they require manic and feveral things without 
reafon,a great part of the nourifhment beeing confumed by the worms lying there; they 
are alto fubjeft to often fainting, by reafon of the lympathie which the ftomach, beeing a 
part of moft exquifite hath with the heart, the note itches, the breath ftink's, byreafon 
of the exhalations fent up from the meat corrupting in the ftomach; through whichocca- 
fion they are alfo given to fleep, but are now and then waked there-from by Hidden Cart- 
ings and fears; they are held with a continued and flow fever, a drie cough, a winking 
with their eie-lids, and often changcing of the color of their faces. But long and broad 
worms, beeing the innates of the greater guts, fhew themfelvs by ftools replenifhed with 
manic floughs,here and there refembling the feeds of a Musk-melon or Cucumber, 
' are known by the itching they cauf in the fundament, cauffmg a fenf as if it were Ants rui- 
ning up and down j caulfmgalfo atenafmus , and falling down of the fundament. Thisis 
the caufof all thefe fymptoms ; their fleep is turbulent and often glamorous, when as hot, 
acrid and fubtil vapors, railed by the worms from the like humor and their food,are lent up 
to the head ; but found fleep by the contrarie, as when a miftie vapor is lent up from a grols 
and cold matter. They dream they eat their fleep, for that while the worms do more 
greedily confume the chylous matter in the guts, they ftir up the fenfof the like a&ion in 
the phantafie. «They grate or gnalh their teeth by reafon of a certain convulfifick repletion, 
themufcles of the temples and jaws beeing diftended byplentieof vapors- Adrie cough 
com s by the confent of the vital parts ferving for refpiration , which the natural, to wit, 
the Diaphragma, or midriff, fmit upon by acrid vapors, and irritated as though there were 
fom humor to bee expelled by coughing. Thele lame acrid fumes allailing the orifice of the 
ventricle,caufeither an hicketting, orelfa fainting, according to the condition of their 
contiftence, grofs or thin $ thefe carried up to the parts of the face cauf an itching of the 
nofe, adarknefs of the fight, and a hidden changeing of the color in the cheeks. Great 
worms are worf then little ones, red then white, living then dead, manie then few, variega- 
ted then thofe of one color, as thofe which are figns of a greater corruption. Such as are 
caft forth bloodieand Iprinkled with blood, are deadlie, for they fhew that the fubftanci 
ofthe guts is eaten alimderjfor oftimes they corrode and perforate the bodieof the gu. 
wherein they are contained , and thence penetrate into divers parts of thebellie, fo that 
they have com forth Runtimes the navel, haveing eaten themfelvs a pallage forth , as HoZ- 
lerius affirmeth. When as children troubled with the worms draw their breath with diffi- 
cultie, and wax moift over all their bodies, it is a fign that death is at hand. If at the begin- 
ning of (harp fevers, round worms com forth alive , it is a fign of a peftilent fever, the 
malignitie of whofe matter they could not endure, but were forced to com forth. But if 
they bee caft forth dead, they are figns of greater corruption in the humors, and of a more 
venenate malignitie. 
Adfinem lib. 4 
de morbis. 
Signs of 
worms in the 
final! guts. 
Signs of 
worms in the 
great guts. 
Signs of 4/U 
rides. 
Why worms 
of divers co- 
lors are more 
dangerous. 
CHAP. V. 
What cure to bee ufed for the Worms. 
The genera! 
indications of 
cureing the 
worms. 
N this difeaf there is but one indication,that is, the excluhon or editing out 
of the worms, either alive or dead, forth of the bodie , as beeing fuch that 
in their whole kinde are againft nature; all things muft bee Ihunned which 
are apt to heap up putrefaction in the bodie by their corruption, fuch as 
are crude fruits, cheef, milk-meats, fifties, and laftly, ffich things as are of a 
difficult and hard digeftion, but prone co corruption. Pap is fit for chil- 
dren, tor that they require moift things,but thefe ought to anfwer in a certain fimilitude to 
the confidence and thicknels of milk, that Co they may the moreeafily bee corroded and aP 
iimilated, and fuch onely is that pap which is made with wheat flower,not crude,but baked 
in an oven, that the pap made therewith may not bee too vifeid nor thick, if it ffiould onely 
bee boiled in a pan as much as the milk would require; or elf the milk would bee too rerre- 
ftrial, or too wateriffi, all the fattie portion thereof beeing refolved, the cheelie and whayiffi 
portion remainingjif it ffiould boil fo much as were ncceflarie for the fol boiling of the crude 
meat j Measles, and 
Lib.zo. 
499 
meats they whic hufe meal otherwise in pap yeeld matter for the generateing of grots and 
vifcid humors in the ftomich, whence happen's obftruftion in the firft veins and fubftance of 
the liver; by obftruftion worms breed in the guts, and the ftone in the kidnies and bladder. 
The patient muft bee fed often, and with meats of good juice, left the worms through want 
of nourilhment, Ihould gnaw the fubftanceof the guts. Now when as fuch things breed of 
a putrid matter, the patient fliall bee purged, and the putrefaftion repreft by medicines men- 
tioned in our Treatife of the Plague. For the quick killing and calling of them forth, lyrup 
of fuccorie, or of lemmons with rubarb, a little treacle or methridate is a lingular medicine, v 
if there bee no fever; you may alfo for the fame purpofe ufe this following medicine.R.corww a 
cervi, pul. rafur. fem. tanacet. & contra fiat decottio pro parva doji,in cola- v 
tura infunde rbei optimist. diffdue fyrupz de abfintbiofffi. make a potion, give it in the b 
morning diree hours before anie broth. Oil of Olives drunk, kill's worms ; as allb water of 
knot-grafs drunk with milk; and in like manner all bitter things. Yet I could firft wilh 
themtogiveaglyfter made of milk, honie andluger, without oils and bitter things, left 
Ihunning thereof, they leav the lower guts, and com upwards;for this is natural to worms, 
to fhun bitter things, and follow fwect things. Whence you may learn, that to the bitter 
things which you give by the mouth, you muft alwaies mix fweet things, that allured by the 
fweetiefs,they may devour them more greedily,thatfothey may kil them.Therefore I would . 
with milk and fuger, mix the feeds of centaurie, Kwe,wormwood, aloes and the like: hartfe * 
horn is verie effectual againft worms, wherefore you may infufe thereof in the f 
water or drink that the patient drink's,as allo to boil fom thereof in his broths.So alfo trea- 
cle drunk or taken in broth,killeth the worms; purflain boiled in broths, and diftilled and 
drunk, is alfo good againft the worms; as allb fiiccorieand mints; alfo a deco&ion of the lel- 
ferhoul-leek and febeftens given with fuger before meat; it is no lets effe&ual to put worm- 
feeds in their pap, and in rolled apples, and lb to give them it. Allb you may make J 
fuppolitories after this manner , and put them up into the fundament. R. coraUi fub- 3 
albi, rafur£ eboris, cornu cervi ufti, ireos an£)n> mellifalbi |iip, aqu£ centinodi£ q.f. ad omnia con- * 
ccrporanda,fiant Glandes: let one bee putupeveriedaie, of the weight of $ii. for children; 
thefe fuppolitories are chiefly to bee ufed for dfcarides, as thofe which adhere to the right 
gut.To fiich children as can take nothing by the mouth,you fhall applie cataplafms to their 
navels made of the powder of cummin-feeds, the fiowr of lupines, worm-wood, fouthern- 
wood, tanfie, the leavs of artichokes, Rue, the powder of coloquintida, citron-feeds, aloes, 
arf-finart,horf-mint,peach-leavs,C(^Mamarus,ZedoariatCope and ox-gall. Suchcataplafins 
arc oftimes fpred over all the bellie, mixing therewith aftringent things for the lirengthen- 
ing of the part, as oil of myrtles, Quinces and maftich; you may alfo applie a great onion 
hollowed in the mid'ft, and filled with aloes and treacle, and lb rolled in the members,then 
beaten with bitter almonds,and an ox-gall. Alfo you may makeemplafters of bitter things, - 
as this which follow's. R. fellis bubuliffucci calocyn.%1. terantur & mifeeantur Ji- l 
muljncorporentur cum farina lupinorum: make hereof an emplafter to bee laid upon the Navel.1 
Liniments and ointments may bee allb made for the fame purpofe to annoint the bellie, 
yt>u may alfo make plafters for the navel of pil/ul£ ruf. annointingin the mean time the fun- 
dament with honie and fuger, that they may bee chafed from above with bitter things, and 
allured downwards with tweet things.Or elf take worms that have been call forth,drie them 
in an iron-pan over the fire, then powder them, and give them with wine or fbm other li- 
quor to bee drunk, for fo they are thought quickly to kill the reft ofthe worms. Hereto al- 
lo conduceth the juice of citrons, drunk with the oil of bitter almonds, or fallet-oil. Alfo 
fom make bathes againft this affeft of worm-wood® galls, peach-leavs boiled in water,and 
then bathe the childe therein. 
But in cureing the worms, yon muft obferv that this difeaf is oftimes entangled with 
ther more grievous difea£ as an acute and burning fever, a flux orfcouring, and the like, 
in which (as for example fake) a fever beeing prefent and conjoined therewith, if you fhall 
give worm-feeds, old Treacle, myrrh, aloes, you fhall increaf the fever and flux,for that bit- 
ter things are verie contrarie to thefe affects. But if, on the contrarie, in a flux whereby the 
worms are excluded, you fhall give corral, and the flowr of Lentils, you fhall augment the 
fever, makeing the matter more contumacious by drie and aftringent things. Therefore the 
Phy fician fhall bee careful in confidering whether the fever bee a fymptomof the worms, or 
on the contrarie it bee eflential, and not fymptomatick; that this beeing known, heemay 
principally infill in the ufe of fuch medicines as refill both affefts, as purgeing and bitterilh 
in a fever and worms, but bitter and fomwhat aftri&ive things in the worms and flux. 
Wherfore, and 
w her with ,fuch 
as have the 
worms,muft 
bee purged. 
Hirtf-horn 
good againft 
the worms. 
Suppofitoriee 
againft the 
j/laridej. 
A plaftet a- 
gainft the 
worms. 
■ A fever fom- 
: times a fym- 
ptom,andfom- 
. times a difeaf. 
V V 2 
GHAp. Qoncerninp the 
500 
Lib.20. 
CHAP. VI, 
4 foort defeription of tbe Elephantiafis or Leprofie, and of the caujfes thereof. 
His difeaf is termed Elepbantiajis , becauf the skin of fiich as are troubled there- 
with is rough, fcabious, wrinkled and unequal, like the skin of an Elephant. 
Yet this name may feemto beeimpofed thereon by reafon of the greatnefs of 
the difeaf. Som from the opinion of the Arabians have termed it Ltpra, or Le- 
protic (but improperly, for the Lepra is a kinde of fcab and difeaf of the skin. Which is vul- 
garly called Malum fancli manis) which word for the prelent wee will ufe, as that which pre- 
by cuftom and antiquitie. Now the Leprofie (according to Paulus) is a Career of the 
whole bodie, the which (as Avicen add's) corrupt's the complexion, form and figure of the 
members. Galen think's the caul arileth from the error of the languifying facultie,through 
whole default the aff milation in the Hefti and habit of the bodie is depraved, and much 
changed from it felf, and the rule of nature. But ad Glauconem, hee define's this difeaf An 
effufion of troubled or grots blood into the veins and habit of the whole bodie. This dif- 
eaf is judged great,for that it partake's of a certain venenate virulencie,depraveing themem- 
bers and comlinefsof the whole bodie. Now it appears, that the Leprofie partake't of a 
certain venenate virulencie by this, that fiich as are melancholick in the whole habit of their 
bodies, are not leprous. Now this difeaf is compofed of three differences of dileafes: Fiift,ic 
confift's of a diftemper againft nature., as that which at the beginning is hot and drie, and 
at length the ebullition of the humors ccaling, and the heat dilperled, it becom's cold ind 
drie, which is the conjunft caufof this lymptom. Alfoit confift's of an evil compolitionor 
conformation, for that it deprave s the figure and beautie of the parts. Alfo it confift's of a 
folution ofcontinuitie, when as the Hefti and skin are cleft in divers parts with ulcers and 
chops. The Leprofie hath for the moft part three general caufies, that is, the primitive, an- 
tecedent, and conjun&ive : The primitive cauf is either from the firft conformation, or 
com's to them after they are born. It is thought to bee in him from the firft conformation, 
who was conceived of depraved and menftruous blood, and fiich as inclined to melancholic; 
who was begot of the leprous feed of one or both his parents, for leprous perfons generate 
leprous, becauf the principal parts beeing tainted and corrupted with a melancholick and 
venenate juice, it muft neceffarily follow, that the whole mafs of blood and feed that fall's 
from it, and the whole bodie ftiould alfo bee vitiated. This cauf happen's to thofe that are 
alreadie born, by long ftaying and inhabiting in maritime countries,whereas the grots and 
miftie air, in fuccels of time, induceth the like fault into the humors of the bodie; for that, 
according to Hippocrates, fuch as the air is, fuch is the ipirit, and fiich the humors. Alfo 
long abideing in verie hot places, becauf the blood is tonified by heat, but in cold places, 
for th at they incraflate , and congealing the fpirits do after a manner ftupifie, may bee 
thought the primitive caufies of this difeaf. Thus in fom places of Germanic there are di* 
vers leprous perfons ; but they are more frequent in Spain, and over all Africa, then in all 
the world betide, and in Languedoc, Provence and Guyertne, are more then in whole France 
befides. Familiaritie, copulation, and cohabitation with leprous perfons may bee reckoned 
amongft the caufies thereof,becaul they transfer this difeaf to their familiars by their breath, 
fweat and fpittle left on the edges of the pots or cups. This difeaf is alfo cauffed by the too 
frequent ufe of fait, fpiced, acrid andgrofs meats, as the flefti of Swine, Affes, Bears, pulf, 
milk-meats; fo alfo grofs and ftrong wines, drunkennels, gluttonie, a laborious life, full 
of forrow and cares, for that they incrafiate, and as it were burn the blood. But the retenti- 
on of melancholick excrements, as the fiippreflion of the hemorrhoids, courfes,finall pocks 
and meazles, as alfo a quartain fever accuftomed to com at let-times; the drying up of old 
ulcers, for that they defile the mats of the blood with a melancholick drofsand filth. Now 
you muft underftand, that the caufof the Leprofie by the retention of the fuperfluities, hap- 
pen's, becaufthe corrupt blood is not evacuated, but regurgitate's over the whole bodie,and 
corrupt's the blood that Ihould nourifti all the members; wherefore the aflimilative facul- 
tie cannot well aflimilate by reafon of the corruption and default of the juice; and thus in 
conclufion the Leprofie is caufied. The antecedent caufies are the humors difpofed to adu- 
ftion and corruption into melancholie,by the torrid heat; for in bodies poflefled with fuch 
heat, the humors by aduftion eafily turn into melancholic, which in time acquiring the rna- 
lignitie and corruption of a virulent and venenate qualitie, yield's a beginning and eflence 
to the Leprofie. The conjunft caufies are the melancholick humors, which are now par- 
takers ofa venenate and malign qualitie, and Ipread over the whole habit of the bodie, cor- 
rupting and deftroying it firft by an hot and drie diftemper , and then by a cold and drie, 
contrarie to the beginnings of life. For hence inevitable death muft enfiie, becauf our life 
confift's in the moderation of heat and moifture. 
Lib. 4. cap. i. 
There is,a cer- 
tain hidden vi- 
rulenciein the 
Leprofie. 
The primitive 
cauf of a Le- 
ptofie. 
How they may 
bee leprous 
from their firft 
conformation. 
The antece- 
dent caul ofa 
Leprofie. 
The conjund 
cauf. 
How it com's 
to bee deadlie* 
CHAP. Lib.zo. 
Measles, and JTorms, &c. 
501 
CHAP. VII. 
'The figns of a Leprofie, breeding, prefent, and already confirmed. 
le difpofition of the bodie and humors to a Leprofie is (hewed by the change 
of the native and frefh color of the face, by that affeft of the face, which is 
commonly called Guttarofacea, red and blackilh iiiifufions and puftles, the 
falling away of the hairs, and a great thirft, and a drinels of the mouth both 
by night and day, a (linking breath, little ulcers in the mouth, the change 
of the voice to hoarfnefs, a delire of venerie above nature and cuftom. Now there are four 
times of this difeaf, the beginning, ftate and declenfion. The beginning is, when as 
the malignitie hath not gon further then the inner parts and bowels, wherupon the ftrength n 
muft need's bee more languid. The increafis,when as the virulencie com's forth, and the 
ligns and fymptoms are everie day increafed in number and ftrength. The ftate is, when as i 
the members are exulcerated. The declenfion is, when as the afpeft of the face is horrid,the 1 
extreme parts fall away by the profund itie and malignitie of the ulcers, fo that none,no not o 
of the common fort of people, can doubt of the difeaf. According to the doftrine of the 
Antients, wee muft in (earching out of the figns of this difeaf beeing prefent, have chief re- 
gard to the head. Forthefignsof difeafes more properly and truly fiiew themfelvs in the 
face, by reafon of the foftnefs and raritie of the fubftance thereof, and the tenuitie of the 
skin that cover's it 5 wherefore a black and aduft humor diffufed there-under, eafily fhew's 
it (elf, and that not onely by the mutation of the color, but alfo of the charafter and bulk, 
and oftimes by manifeft hurting it. Wherefore you muft obferv in the head whether it have 
(cauls, and whether in the place of thole hairs that are fallen away, others more tender, 
ftiort and rare grow up, which is likely to happen through defeft of fit nourilhment to pre- 
ferv and generate hairs, through corruption of the hairie foalp that fhould bee ftored with 
fuch nourilhment, and of the habit it felf, and through the unfitnels thereof to contain 
hairs : laftly,by the acrimonie of the vapors fent up from the aduft humors and entrails,fret- 
ting afunder the roots of the hairs. But if not onely the hair, but alfo fom portion of the ' 
skin and flefh about the roots of the hair, comaway by pulling, it is an argument of per- < 
feft corruption: let this therefore be the firft fign of a Leprofie. A fecond and verie certain 1 
fign is, a numerous and manifeft circumfcription of round and hardpulhes or puftles under 
th^eie-brows,and behinde theears,and in feveral places of the face, refembling round and 
hard kernels, occafioned by the default of the aflimulating facultie. The caufof this default 
is the grofnefs of the flowing nourilhment, by which means it beeing impaft, and flopping 
in the ftraitnels of the Way, it grow's round,as it were compaffed about in the place whereas 
it ftick's, and by the means of the cruditie, for that it is not aflimulated, and by delay, it is 
further hardned. The third fign is, the more contraft and exaft roundnefs of the ears,their 
grofnefs, and as it were grainie fpiflitude or denfoefs; the caufoftheir roundnefs is thecon- 
fumption of the flaps and flefhie part through want of nourilhment, and excels of heat; but 
the occafion of their grainie fpiflitude is the grofnefs of the earthie nourilhment flowing 
thither. The fourth fign is a Lion-like wrinkling of the fore-head, which is the reafon that ( 
fom term this dileaf morbus Leoninus; the cauf hereof is the great drinels of the habit of the 
bodie, which alfo is the reafon that the bark of an old oak is rough and wrinkled. The, 
fifth is, the exaft roundnefs of theeies, and their fix't and immoovable fteddinels; verily 
the eies are naturally almoft round, yet they appear obtufe, and fomwhat broad on the fore- 
fide,but end in a Conus on the hind part,by reafon of the concourf and figure of the mulcles 
and fat inverting them. Therefore thele beeing confomed either through defeft of laudable 
nourilhment, or elf by the acrimonie of the flowing humor, they are reftored to their proper 
figure and roundnefs. Now the mufcles which mooved the eies beeing confiimed, and the 
fat which facilitated their motion wafted, it com's to pafs that they ftand ftiff and unmoov- 
able, beeing deftitute of the parts yeelding motion, and the facilitie thereof. The fixth fign 
is, the noftrils flat outwardly, but inwardly ftraight amd contrafted, that is, an earthie and 
grols humor forced from within outwards, which (wel s the fides or edges of the noftrils; 
whence it is, that the paflages of the note appear as it were obftrufted by the thicknefs of this 
humor; but they are deprefled and flatted by reafon of the reft of the face and all the neigh- 
boring parts fwoln more then their wont; add hereto that the partition is confumed by the 
acrimonie of the corrodeing and ulcerateing humor. The feventh is, the lifting up, thick- 
nefs and fwelling of the lips, the filthinefs, ftinch and corrofion of the gums by acrid va- 
pors rifeing to the mouth; but the lips of leprous perfons are more fwoln by the internal 
heat burning and incraflateing the humors, as the outward heat of the Sun doth in the 
Moors. The eighth fign is, the fwelling and blacknefs of the tongue, and as it were varicous 
veins lying under it; becauf the tongue, beeing by nature fpongeous and rare, is eafily ftored 
. with excrementitious humors,lent from the inner parts unto the habit of the bodie: which 
fame is the cauf why the grandules placed about the tongue above and below,are fwoln hard 
& round,no otherwife then fcrophulous or meazled fwine.Laftly, all their face rifeth in red 
V v 3 bunches 
The begin- 
ning of a Le- 
profie. 
The incteaf. 
The ftate. 
The dcclenfi- 
; on. 
The firft fign 
oftheLepro- 
fie. 
I Ju 
III. 
IV. 
Why it is ai- 
led morbui Leo- 
nine. 
V. 
VX- 
VI t 
VIIL 502 
Meazj.es and jTorms, &c. 
Lib.zo. 
bunches or putties, and is over-fpread with a duskie and obfcure rednels ; the eies are fierie, 
fierce and fixed, by a melancholick chacheftick dilpolition of the whole bodie , manifeft 
figns whereof appear in the face by reafon of the fore-mentioned caufles,yet /dm leprous 
perfons have theit faces tihftured with a yellowilh, others with a whitifh color, according 
to the condition of the humor, which lerv's fora bafts to the leprous malignitie. For hence 
Phyficians affirm that there are three forts of Leproiies; one ' a reddiffi black color, con- 
fifting in a melancholick humor; another of a yellowitti green, in a cholerick humor; ano- 
ther in a whitilh yellow, grounded upon aduft phlegm. The ninth fign is a /linking of the 
breath, as alfo of all the excrements proceeding from leprous bodies, by reafon of the ma- 
lignitie conceived in the humors. The tenth is, a hoarfnels, a fhakeing, harfti and obfeure 
voice, comming as it were out of the nofe, by reafon of the lungs, recurrent nervs, and mu- 
fcles of the throttle tainted with the grofneft of a virulent and aduft humor; the fore- 
mentioned conftriftion and obft ruCtion of the inner paflage of the nofe; and laftly, the 
afperitie aud inequalitie of the weazon by immoderate drinels, as it happen's to liich as 
have drunk plentifully of ftrong wines without anie mixture. This immoderate drinels of 
the mufcles lerving for refpiration make's them to bee troubled with a difficultie of breathe- 
ing. The eleventh, fign is verie obfervable , which is a morphew or defedation of all the 
skin, with a drie roughnels and grainie inequalitie, foch as appears in the skins of plucked 
geel, with manie tetters on everie fide,a filthie fcab,and ulcers not calling off onely a brain- 
like feurf, but alfo Icales and crufts. Thecaufof this drie fcab is the heat of the burning 
bowels and humors unequally contracting and wrinkling the skin, 'no otherwife then as 
leather is wrinkled by the heat of the fun or fire. The catifof the filthie /cab and lerpigi- 
nous ulcers, is the eating and corrodeing condition of the melancholick humor,and the vc* 
nenate corruption, it alfo beeingthe autor of corruption, fo that it may bee nomarvell if 
the digeftive facultie of the liver beeing fpoiled, the affimilative of a malign and unfit matter 
lent into the habit of the bodie cannot well nor fitly perform that which may bee for the 
bodie's gc ?d. The twelfth is, the fenfof a certain pricking, as it were of goads or needles 
over all the skin, cauffed by an acrid vapor hindred from palling forth, and intercepted by 
the thicknefs of the skin. The thirteenth is a confumption and emaciation of the mufcles 
which are between the thumb and fore-finger, not onely by reafon that the nouriffiing and 
affimilating faculties want fit matter wherewith they may repair the loff of thele parts, for 
that is common to the/e with the reft of the bodie; but becaul the/e mufoles naturally rile up 
unto a certain moiintarious tumor,therfore their depreffion is the more manifeft.And this is 
the caul that the /houlders of leprous perfons ftand out like wit,the emaciation of 
the inward part of the mulcle Trapozitej.The fourteenth fign is,the diminution a 
rramn -ls over all the bodie by reafon that the nervs are obftrufted by the thicknefs of the 
melancholick humor hindring the free palfage of the animal Zpirit, that it cannot com to 
the parts that Ihould receiv fenf, the/e in the interim remaining free which are lent into the 
mufcles for motion's fake,and by this note I chiefly make trial of leprous perfons,thruftinga 
fom-what long and thick needle fom-what deep into the great tendon endued with moft 
exquifite lenG which run's to the heel, which, if they do not well feel, I conclude, that they 
are certainly leprous. Now, for that they thus lole their fenf, their motion remaining en- 
tire, the cauf hereof is, that the nervs which are difleminated to the skin are more affected, 
and thole that run into the mufcles are not fo much; and therefore when as you prick them 
fomwhat deep, they feel the prick, which they do not in the forface of the skin. The fif- 
teenth is, the corruption of the extreme parts poffeffed by putrefaction and a gangrene, by 
reafon of the corruption of the humors lent thither by the ftrength of the bowels, infecting 
with the like tainture the parts wherein they remain: add hereto that the animal lenficive 
facultie is there decaied, and as often as anie facultie hath forfaken anie part, the reft pre- 
/ently after a manner negleft it. The fixteenth is , they are troubled with terrible dreams, 
for they leem in their fleep to lee divels, lerpents, dungeons, graves, dead bodies, and the 
like, by reafon of the black vapors of the melancholick humor troubling the phantafie with 
black and difinal vilions, by which reafon alfo fuch as are bitten of a mad dog fear the wa- 
ter. The feventeenth is, that at the beginning and increaf of the dileaf they are lubtil,craf- 
tie and furious by reafon of the heat of the humors and blood 5 but at length in the ftatc 
anddeclenfion they becom craftie and fo/picious, the heat and burning of the blood and en- 
trails decaying by little and little ; therefore then fearing all things whereof there is no 
cauGand diftrufting of their own ftrength,they endeavor by craft malicioufly to circumvent 
thole with whom they deal, for that they perceiv their powers to fail them. The eighteenth 
is, a defire of venerie above their nature, both for that they are inwardly burned with a 
ftrange heat, as alfo by the mixture of flatulencies therewith (for whofe generation the me- 
lancholick humor is moft fit) which are agitated, and violently carried through the veins 
and genital parts by the preternatural heat j but at length,when this heat is cooled, and that 
they are fallen into an hot and drie diftemper, they mightily abhor venerie, which then 
would bee verie hurtful to them, as it alfo is at the beginning of the dileaG becaufthey have 
fmall ftore of /pirits and native heat, both which are diffipated by venerie. The nineteenth 
is, 
IX. 
X. 
XI. 
XII. 
XIII. 
XIV. 
XV. 
XVI. 
XVII. 
XVIII. 
XIX. Lib.zo. 
eagles and Worms,&c> 
503 
is, the fo great thicknels of their grofs and livid that if you wafli it, you may finde a 
fandie matter therein, as fom have found by experience, by reafon of the great aduftion 
and aflation thereof. The twentieth is,the languidnefs and weaknefs of the pulf(by reafon 
of the oppreflion of the vital and pulfifick facultie by a cloud of groft vapors.) Herewith 
alfo their urine fomtimes is thick and troubled,like the urine of carriage-beafts, if the uri- 
narie veflels bee permeable and free; otherwife it is thin, if there bee obftruftion, which 
onely fuffer's that which is thin to flow forth by the urinarie paflages j now the urine is 
oftentimes of a pale alh-color, and oftimes it imelfs like as the other excrements do in this 
difear. Verily there are manie other figns of the Leprofie, as the flowneft of the bellie by 
reafon of the heat of the liver, often belchirigs by reafon that the ftomach is troubled by the 
reflux of a melancholick humor,frequent fneefing by reafon of the fulnefs of the brain; to 
theft, this may bee added moft frequently, that the face and all the skin is unftuous or 
greafie, fo that water poured thereon, will not in anie place adhere thereto :I conceiv it is 
by the internal heat diffolving the fat that lie's under the skin, which therefore alwaies 
look's as if it were greafed or annotated therewith in leprous perfons. Now of theft fore- 
mentioned figns, fom are univocal, that is, which truly and neceflarily fhew the Leprofie: 
other-lbm are equivocal or common, that is, which conduce as well to the knowledg of o- 
ther diftafts as this. To conclude, that afluredly is a Leprofie which is accompanied with 
all, or certainly the moll part of theft fore-mentioned figns. 
XX. 
Why their fa- 
ces teem to 
bee gteafie* 
CHAP. VIII. 
Of Prognoflicks in the Leprofie ; and bow to provide for fuch as ftandinfear thereof. 
He Leprolie is a dileaf which pafleth to the ifliie, as contagious almoft as the 
Plague, fcarce cureable at the beginning, incureable when as it is confirmed, i 
becauf it is a Cancer of the whole bodie; now if fom one Cancer of fome one 
part lhall take deep root therein, it is judged incureable. Furthermore, the 
remedies which to this day have been found out againft this dilcaQ are judged 
inferior and unequal in ftrength thereto. Befides, the ligns of this dileaf do not outwardly 
(hew themfelvs before that the bowels bee ftized upon, pofleffed and corrupted by the ma- 
lignitie of the humor, efpecially in luch as have the white Leprolie, fundrie of which you 
may lee about Bordeaux, and in little Brittain, who notwithstanding inwardly burn with 
fo great heat, that it will fuddenly wrinkle and wither an apple held a Ihort while in their 
hand, as if it had laid for manie daies in the fun. There is another thing that increaleth the 
difficultie of this difeaf, which is an equal pravitie of the three principal faculties whereby 
life is prelerved. The deceitful and terrible vifions in the Heep, and numnefs in feeling,hr- 
gue the depravation of the animal facultie; now the weaknefs of the vital facultie is lhewed 
by the weaknefs of the the oblcuritie of the hoarf and jarring voice, the difficultie of 
breatheing, and ftinking breath 5 the decay of the natural is manifefted by the depravation 
of the work of the liver in fanguification, whence the firft and principal cauf of this harm 
arileth. Now becauf wee cannot promile cure to luch as have a confirmed Leprolie 5 and 
that wee dare not do it to Inch as have been troubled therewith but fora Ihort Ipace, it re- 
main's that wee briefly lhew how to free fuch as are readie to fall into fo fearful a dileaf. 
Such therefore muft firft of all Ihun all things in diet and courf of life, whereby the blood 
and humors may bee too vehemently heated, wherof wee have formerly madelbm mention* 
Let them make choice of meats of good or indifferent juice, fuch as wee lhall delcribe in 
treating of the diet of luch as are lick of the plague 5 purgeing, bleeding, batheing, cupping, 
to evacuate the impuritie of the blood, and mitigate the heat of the liver, lhall bee prelcri- 
bed by fom learned Phylician. Valefiuf de 'I'arenta much commend's gelding in this cav,nei- 
ther do I think it can bee dilliked. For men fubjeft to this difeafmay bee effeminated by 
the amputation of their tefticles, and fo degenerate into a womanilh nature, and the heat 
of the liver boiling the blood, beeing extinguilhed, they becom cold and moift, which tem- 
per is direftly contrarie to the hot and drie diftemper of leprous perlons; befides the leprous 
beeing thus deprived of the facultie of generation, that contagion of this difeafis taken a* 
way which lpreadeth,and is diffuled amongft mankinds by the propagation of their iflue. 
Why the Le« 
proGe is in- 
curcable. 
The curei 
The diet. 
Gelding good 
againftthc le- 
proGe* 
The end of the twentieth Book* Lib.zi. 
504 
Of Toifins,and of theSita'ngof a mad Dog, and 
the Biteings and Stingings of other 
venemous Creatures. 
The one and twentieth Booh 
CHAP. I. 
The cauf of writeing this Treatife of Poifons. 
ve reafons have princip lly mooved mee to undertake to write this Trea- 
tife of Poifons, according to the opinion of the Antients. The firft is, that 
I might inftruft the Sui geon what remedies muft prefently bee ufed to foci 
as are hurt by poifons, in the interim whil'ft greater means may bee expe- 
cted from a Phyfician.The fecond is,that hee may know by certain figns& 
notes fiich as are poifoncd or hurt by poifonous means, and fo make report 
thereof to the Judges, or to fiich as it may concern.The third is, that thofe Gentlemen and 
others who live in the countrie, and far from Cities, and ftore of greater means, may learn 
fbmthing by my labors by which they may help their friends bitten by an Adder,mad Dog, 
or other poifonous creature, in fo dangerous, fiidden and ufoal a cafe. The fourth is, that 
everie one may beware of poifons , and know their fymptoms when prefent, that beeing 
known, they may fpeedily feek for a remedie. The fifth is, that by this my labor all men 
may know what my good will is, and how well minded I am towards the common-wealth 
in general, and each man in particular, to the glorie of God. I do not here fo much arm 
malicious and wicked perfons to hurt,as Surgeons to provide to help and defend each man's 
life againft poifon; which they did not underhand, or at leaft feemed not fo to do , which 
takeing this my labor in evil part, have malicioufly interpreted my meaning. 
- But now at length, that wee may com to the matter; I will begin at the general divifion 
of poifons, and then handle each frecies thereof feverally: but firft let us give this rule,That 
poifon is that which either outwardly applied or ftruck in, or inwardly taken into the 
bodie, hath power to kill it, no otherwife, then meat well drcft is apt to nourifh it. For 
Conciliator write's,that the properties of poifon are contrarie to nourifhments in their whole 
fobftance; for as nourifliment is turned into blood, and in each part of the bodie whereto it 
is applied to nourifh,by perfect aflimilation is fob1 ituted in the place of that portion which 
flow's away each moment. Thus on the contrarie poifon turn's our bodies into a nature 
like it felf and venenate, for as everie agent imprint's the force and qualities thereof in the 
fobjeft patient, thus poifon by the immoderation of faculties in their whole nature contra- 
rie to us, changeth our fubftance into its nature, no otherwife then fire tumeth chaff in a 
moment into its own nature, and fo confome's it. Therefore it is truly delivered by the An* 
tients, who have diligently pried into the faculties of natural things, that it is poifon that 
may kill men by deftroying and corrupting their temper, and thecompoforeand conforma- 
tion of the bodie. Now all poifons arefaidto proceed either from the corrupt air, or 
from living creatures, plants and minerals, or by an artificial malignitie in diftilling, fob- 
liming and diverfly mixing of poifonous and fuming things. Hence arife fundrie differen- 
ces of poifons j neither do they all work after the fame manner : for fom corrupt our nature 
by the unmeaforeablenefs of the manifeft and elementarie qualities whereof they confift, 
others from a fpecifick and occult propertie. Hence it is that? fom kill fooner then other- 
• fom; neither is it true, that all of them prefently affail the heart,but others are naturally at 
deadlie ftrife with other parts of the bodie, as Cantbaridet with the bladder, the fea-Hare 
with the lungs, the Torpedo with the hands, which it ftupefieth, though the fifliers rod bee 
betwixt them. Thus of medicines , there are fom which are apt prefently to comfort and 
ftrengthen the heart j others the brain, as fttcbw; others the ftomach, as cinnamon: Alfo 
there are fom poifons which work both waies, that is, by manifeft and occult qualities , as 
Eupborbium; for that both by the exceflive heat and the whole fubftance , or the difcord of 
the whole fubftance with ours, corrupt's our nature. An argument hereof is, that Treacle, 
which by its qualitie is manifeftly hot, infringeth the force thereof, as alfo of all others of 
an occult propcrtic. Poifons which work by an occult and fpecifick propertie, do not there- 
A ' \ fore 
What is to bee 
accounted 
poifon. 
The differen- 
ces of poifon. 
All poifons 
have not a pe- 
culiar antipa- 
thic with the 
heart. Lib.ii. 
Concerning 
505 
fore do it, beecauf they are too immoderately hot, cold drie, moift ; but for that they are 
abfolutely fuch, and have that eflencefrom the flares and celeftial influence, which is apt to 
diflblv and deftroie the ftrength of jaiui's bodie,becauf beeing taken,but even in a final quan- 
titie, yet are they of fo pernicious a qualitie, that tjhey kill almoft in a moment. Now poi- 
fbns do not onely kill beeing taken into the bouid, bht fom beeing put or applied outward- 
ly; neither do venemous creatures onely harm by their ftingingaud biteing,but alfo by their 
excrements, as fpittle, blood, the touch and breath. 
> CHAP; n. 
, .'j . ...... \ ■ .<. ' ■ 
How poifons beeing fmall in quantitie, may fry their onely toucbiMtf fo great alterations. 
T feemeth ft range tomanie, how it may com to pals, that poifon taken or 
admitted in a fmall quantitie, may almoft in a moment produce fo pernici- 
ous effects overall the bodie, and all the parts, faculties, and aftidns, fo that 
beeing admitted but in a little quantitie, itfwell's up the bodie into a great 
bignefs. Neither ought it to feem lets ftrange,how Antidotes and Counter- 
poifons, which are oppoftd to poifon,can fo ftiddenly break and weaken the 
great and pernicious etfe&s thereof, beeing it is not likely that fo fmall a particle of poifon 
or Antidote can divide it felf into fo manie, and fo far fever'd particles of our bodie. There 
arefom (faith Galen) who think that fom things by touch onely,by the power of their qua- 
litie, may alter thoft things which are next to them; and that this appear's plainly in the 
fifh Torpedo, as that which hath fo powerful a qualitie, that it can lend it along'ft the filher's 
rod to the hand, and fo make it becom torped or numb. But on the contrarie, Philofophers 
teach, that accidents, fiich as qualities are, cannot without their ftibjefts remove and diffuft 
themfelvs into other fubje&s. Therefore Galen's other anfwer is more agreeable to reafon, 
that fo manie and great affefts of poifons and remedies a rife either from a certain fpiritor 
or fubtilhumiditie; not truly, for that this fprr|t and ftibtil humiditie may bee difperfed 
over the whole bodie and all the parts thereotfWdcn it affect's, but that little, which is en- 
tred the bodie, as caft in by the ftroak of a Spider,3 the fting of a Scorpion, infeff s and 
corrupt's all the next parts by contagion with' the like qualitie, theft others that are next to 
them, until from an exceeding fmall portion of the blood, if the ftroak mall light into the 
veins, it fhall fpread over the whole mafs of blood 5 or of phlegm, if the poifon fhall chance 
to com to the ftomach, and fo the force thereof fhall bee propagated and diffufed over all the 
humors and bowels. The doubt of Antidotes is left, for theft* beeing taken in greater quan- 
titie, when they fhall com into the ftomach, warmed by the heat or the place, they becom 
hot, and fend forth vapors, which ftiddenly diffufed over the bodie by the fubtiltie of their 
fubftance,do by their contrarie forces dull and weaken the malignitie of the poifon.Where- 
fore you may often fee when as Antidotes are given in lefs quantitie then is fit, that they 
are left prevalent,neither do they anfwer to our expectation in overcomming the malignitie 
of the poifon; fo that it muft neceflarily follow that theft muft not onely in qualities, but 
alfo in quantitie bee fuperior to poifons. 
Cap.j.lib.G. 
de loc.affeli> 
• The truerea- 
| fonofthewon- 
drous effects of 
poifons. 
CHAP. III. 
l?rhetber there bee anie fuch poifons as will kill at a fet time ? 
O the propounded queftion; whether there may bee poifons which within a cer- 
tain and definite time f put cafe a month or year) may kill men. 'IbeoybraftM thus 
anfwer's; of poifons,fom morefpeedily perform their parts,others more flowly; 
yet may you iinde no fuch as will kill in let limits of time, according to the will 
and delire of men.For that fom kill fooner or later then others jthey do not this 
of their own or proper nature, as Phyficians rightly judg,but becauf the fubje& upon which 
they light, doth more or lets refift or yeeld to their efficacie. Experience tfieweth the truth 
hereof; for the fame fort of poifon in the fame weight and meafure given to limdrie men of 
different tempers and complexions, will kill one in an hour, another in fix hours, or in a 
daie,and on the contrarie will not lb much as hurt fbm third man. You may allo obferv 
the fame in purgeing medicines. For the fame purge given to diverf men in rile fame pro- 
portion, will purge fom fooner, fbm later, fbm more iparingly, others more plentifully, 
and otherfom not atall;alfo with fom it will work gently, with otherfom with pain and 
gripeings. Of which diverfitie, there can no other cauf bee afligned, then men's different 
natures in complexion and temper, which no man can fb exaftly know andcomprehend, as 
to have certain knowledg how much and how long the native heat can refift and 
labor againft the ftrchgth of the poifon, or how pervious or open the paf&gesof the bodie 
may bee,whereby the poifon may arrive at the heart and principal parts. For in fuch(forexA 
no/ ample 
No poifons 
kill in a fee 
time. 
, How poifons 
com ci kill (bo- 
ner or later. 506 
Concerning &c. 
Lib.21. 
xample fake) as have the paflages of their arteries more large, the poifon may more readily 
& fpeedily enter into the heart together wth the air that is continually drawn into the bodie. 
CHAP. IV. 
Whether fueb creatures as feed upon poifonous things bee alfo poifonous; and whether they may bee 
eaten fafely and without harm. 
.licks, Storks, Herns, Peacocks, Turkies, and other birds, feed upon Toads, 
Vipers, Afps, Snakes, Scorpions, Spiders, Caterpillers, and other venemous - 
things. Wherefore it is worthie the queftioning, whether fuch like creatures 
nourifhed with fuch food, can kill or poifon fuch perlons as (hall afterward 
I eat them ? Matthiolus write's that all late Autors, who have treated ofpoi- 
fons, to bee abfolutely of this opinion, That men may fafely and without anie danger feed 
upon fuch creatures, for that they convert the beafts into their nature after they have eaten 
them, and on the contrarie are not changed by them. This reafon though verie probable, 
yet doth it not make thefe beads to bee wholly harmlefs,efpecially if they bee often eaten or 
fed upon. Vi ofc or ides and Galen teem to maintain this opinion, whereas they write, that the 
milk, which is nothing elf then the relented blood of fuch beafts as feed upon fcammonie, 
hellebore and fpurge, purgeth violently. Therefore Phyficians, defireous to purge a fucking 
childe,give purges to the nurfes, whence the milk becomming purgeing, becom's both meat 
and medicine to the childe. The flefti of thrufties, which feed upon Juniper-berries, favor's 
of Juniper. Birds that are fed with worm-wood or garlick, either tafte bitter, or have the 
ftrong fent of garlick. Whiteings taken with garlick, fo fmell thereof, that they will not 
forego that fmell or tafte by anie faking, frying or boiling; for which foie reafon, manie 
who hate garlick,are forced to abftain from thefe fifties. The flefti of Rabbits that feed upon 
pennie-royal and jupiper,favor of them; Phyficians with that Goats,Cows and Afles,whofe 
milk they would ufe for Confumptions or other difeafes, ftiould bee fed fom fpace before, 
and everie daie wth thele or thefe herbs fit for the cureing of this or that difeafi 
For Gii/enaffirm'sthathee doubt's not, but tfiat inVxiccefs of time the flefti of creatures will 
bee changed by the meats whereon they feed,and at length favor thereof. Therefore I do not 
allow that the flefti of fuch things as feed upon venemous things, fhould bee eaten for food, 
unlefs it bee fom long fpace after they have diluted fuch repafte, and that all the venom bee 
digefted and overcom by the efficacie of their proper heat, fothat nothing thereof may re- 
main in tafte, fmell or fubftance, but bee all vaniftied away. For manie die fuddenly, the cauf 
of whofe deaths are unknown,which peradventure was from nothing the fympathie 
and antipathie of bodies, for that thefe things cauf death and difeaf to fom, that nourifli o- 
therfom [according to our vulgar Englifti proverb; that which is one mans meat, is another 
man's foifon.'] 
Such things as 
feed upon poi- 
fon may bee 
eaten without 
danger. 
Lib. de fimp. 
fault. 
The occafion 
of fudden 
dearhin manic 
CHAP. V. 
The generalftgns of fuch as are foifoned. 
Common ffgns 
offuch as are 
poifoncd. 
Ee will firft declare what the general figns of poifon are, and then wee will defcend 
to particulars, whereby wee may pronounce that one ispoifoned with this or that 
poifon. Wee certainly know that a man is poifoned, when as hee complain's of a 
great heavinefs of his whole bodie, fo that he is wearie of himlelf; when as fom horrid and 
loathfom tafte fweat's out from the orifice of the ftomach to the mouth and tongue, wholly 
different from that tafte;that meat, howfoever corrupted, can fend up : when as the color of 
the face changerh fuddenly, fomwhilesto blacks fom times to yellow, or anie other color, 
much differing from the common cuftom of man ; when nauleoufnefs with frequent vomi- 
ting,troubleth the patient,and that hee is molefted with fo great nnquietnefs,that all things 
may feem to bee turned upfide down. Wee know that the poifon work's by the proper, and 
from the whole fubftance, when as without anie manifeft fenfof great heat or coldnefs, the 
patient fwound's often with cold fweats, for ufually foch poifons have no certain and di- 
ftinft part wherewith they are at enmitie, as cantbarides have with the bladder. But as they 
work by their whole fubftance, and an occult proprietieof form; fo do they prefently and 
direftly aflail the heart, our effence and life, and the fortrefs and beginning of the vital fa- 
cultie. Now will wee foew the figns whereby poifons, that work by manifeft and elemen- 
tarie qualities, may bee known. Thole who exceed in heat, burn or make an impreflionof 
heat in the tongue, the mouth, throat, ftomach, guts, and all the inner parts, with great 
thirft, unquietnefs, and perpetual fweats. But if to their excefs of heat they bee 
accompanied with a corrodeing and putrefying qualitie, as Arfenick, 
Rofe-ager or Ratf-bane, Verdegreacep Orpiment, and the like, they then cauf in the 
ftomach 
Signs of hot 
poifons. LlB.21. 
Concerning Toifons, 
507 
flomach and guts intolerable pricking pains, rumblings in the bellie, and continual and in- 
tolerable thirft. Thefc are liicceeded by vomitings, with fweats fomwhiles hot, fomwhiles 
cold, with fwoundings, whence iudden death enfue's. Poifons that kill by too great cold-1 
nefs, induce a dull or heavie Heep, or drowzinefs,from which you cannot eaiily rouz or wa-1 
ken them; fomtimes they fo trouble the brain, that the patients perform manie undecent 
geftures and antick tricks with their mouths and eies,arms and legs,like as fuch as are fran- 
tick; they arc troubled with cold fweats, their faces becom blackifh or yellowiih, alwaies 
ghaftlie,all their bodies are benummed, and they die in a Ihort time unlels they bee helped; 
poifons of this kinde are Hemlock, Poppie, Night-ffiade, Henbane, Mandrag. Drie poi-J 
(pus are ufually accompanied by heat with moifture, for although fulpbur bee hot and drie, I 
yet hath it moifture, to hold the parts together, as all things which have a confiftcnce have; 
yet are they called drie, by reafon that drinefs is predominant in them: fuch things make the 
tongue and throat drie and rough, with unquenchable thirft; the bellie is fo bound, that fo 
much as the urine cannot have free paflage forth; all the members grow fqualid by drinefs, 
the patients cannot Heep : poifons of this kinde are Lytharge,Cerufs, Lime, fcales of Brafs, 
fileings of Lead, prepared antimonie. On the contrarie, moift poifons induce a perpetual 
fleep, a flux or fcouring therefolution of all the nervs and joints,fo that not fo much as the 
eies may bee faithfully contained in their orbs,but will hang as readie to fall out;the extreme 
parrs, as the hands, feet,nofe and ears corrupt and putrefie, at which time they are alfo trou- 
bled with thirft by reafon of their ftrong heat, alwaies the companion of putrefa&ion, and 
oftimes the autor thereof: now when this commeth to pafs, death is at hand- Verie manie 
denie that there can bee anie moift poifons found, that is, fuch as may kill by the efficacie of 
their humiditie, becauf there are no fuch things to bee found, as may com to the fourth de- 
gree of moifture. Yet there is an example that averts the contrarie, which was of one, who 
fleeping on the night, was bitten by a Serpent, as Gilbertos Jwgficwr affirmeth; for dying 
thereof, when as his fcrvant,defirous to awaken his Matter out of his deep, took him by the 
arm, all the flefh beeing putrefied, fell off, and prefently the bones alfb fell afunder, beeing 
deprived of their flefh, which could not happen, unlefs by excefs of the venemous humiditie 
which lay hidden in the teeth and fpittle of the ferpent. Alfo wee have found it noted by 
Hippocrates, that in a rainie, humid and foutherly conftitution of the year, it happened by 
the malign violence of the venenate and putrefying humiditie, that the flefh of the arms and 
legs becomming rotten, fell away by peece-meal, and the bones remained bare; yea alfb and 
the bones themfclvs in fom putrefied and fell away; neither doth the Lues Venerea kill by 
anie other means, then by a fretting and putrefying force of humiditie, by whofe efficacie 
the fbli di tie of the bones is diffolved 5 then much more the flefh may bee tainted and confu- ' 
med by putrefa&ion, 
To thefe and fuch poifons which work by a manifeft and elementarie facultie, when as 
they fhall bee received into the bodie after what manner foever, you fhall forthwith oppofe 
their contraries, and if by chance it bee not manifeft, what, and of what diftinft kinde of 
poifon that is, you muft know that fiich poifons as work by occult properties, it is not by 
reafon as yet found out how they will affeff the bodie, but onely by experience. Therefore 
to thefe you muft oppofe their like antidotes,which may by their whole fiibftance ftrengthen 
the heart and vital facultie, and withftand the ftrengthof the poifon. But to this our di- 
flinftion of poifons, working by a manifeft and elementarie qualitie, their opinion is con-: 
trarie, who affirm that the venom of all poifbnousbeaftsare therefore cold, forthat fuch as 
are bitten or flung with them, are forthwith felt to bee colder then a ftone. And that fer- 
pents for fear of cold, when as winter is at handi keep themfclvs in holes and dens under 
ground, or elf,as vipers ufc to do, lie under ftones; under which, you may often finde them 
fliff and numb, and fb unapt for motion,that you may eafily take them up in your hand.But 
the coldnefs that is perceived or felt in fuch as are bitten or flung, is not occafioned by the 
coldnefs of the poifon, but by the abfcnce of the natural heat, withdrawing it felf in the ve- 
rie inftant of the ftroak, from the fiirface into the center of the bodie, both for the defence 
of the heart, as the principal part; as alfo for that there is nothing which fb much diflipate's, 
or fo much oppugn's the vital heat,as poifon, of what kinde foever it bee, doth. 
Signs of cold 
poifons. 
Signs of due 
poifons. 
Signs of moift 
poifons. 
An hiftorie. 
rid. 
The Lues Ve- 
nerea kill's by 
ex cefs of moi- 
ft ure. 
All poifons are 
not cold. 
Why fuch,as 
arepoifoned or 
ftung,arecold« 
CHAP. VI. 
How, or by wbat means to fbun» or efchew Poifons. 
T is a matter of much difficultie to avoid poifons, becauf Rich as at this time 
temper them, are fo throughly prepared for deceit and mifchief, that they will 
deceiv even the moft warie and quick-lighted; for they (bqualifie the ingrate 
tafte and fmell,by the admixture of fweet and well-lmelling things, that they < 
cannot ealily bee perceived even by the skilful. Therefore fuch as fear poilbn- j 
ing, ought to take heed of meats cooked with much art, verie fweet,lalt,fbwr, i 
or notably endued with anie other tafte. And when they are oppreft with hunger or thirft, ' 
they 
What, fuch as 
fear poifoning, 
muft obferv in 
their diet. 
$ Qoncerning (Poyfons) &c. 
LlB.lI. 
508 
they muft not eat nor drink too greedily3 but have a diligent regard to the tafte of inch 
things as they eat or drink; befides, before meat let them take fuch things as may weaken 
the ftrength of the poifons; fuch as is the fat broth of good nourilhing flefh-meats 5 in the 
morning let them arm themfelvs with treacle or mithridate, and conferv of roles, or the 
leavs of rue, a walnut and drie figs 5 befides, let him pretently drink a little draught of muf- 
kedine or 1dm other good wine5 when one fufpe&s hee hath taken any poifon in meat or 
drink, let him forbear deeping. For befides that the force of poilbn is oft times fb rapid , 
that itconfume's our life in a fliort (pace, as fire dothflubble, as allb for that it is drawn 
more inwardly into the fecretpaflages of the bodie by deep. Wherefore in fuch a cate it is 
better to procure vomit by drinking Hydrtleum warm, or butter dilfolved in warm oil, or a 
: deco&ion of line, or fenugreek-feeds, or fat broth, for thus the received poifon is alfo caft 
forth therewith, or elf the acrimonie thereof retunded, and the bellie looted. 
You may fee this by dailie experience, for caufticks, veficatories, and the like acrid things 
beeing applied to an anointed part, will not blifter nor exulcerate the part. Neither doth the 
vomit conduce onely in this, that it excludeth the poilbn, but it fhew',s either by the tafte, 
fmell, or color, the kinde of the taken-poifon; fo that then by ufeing the proper Antidote, 
it may bee the more eafily and fpeedily refifted, yet notwithftanding if you conceiv that the 
poifon have deteended deeper in the Guts, you may with a glyfter draw away the reft there- 
of which adher's to the coats of the Guts. But if the patient cannot vomit, then fhall fom 
purgeing medicine bee given him f orthwith,and fuch as are thought more particularly to re- 
lift poilbn, luch as are Agarick, Aloes, the leffer Centaurie, Rubarb and other things, ac- 
cording to the direftion of the learned Phyfician. Then fhall you adminifter glyfters made 
with Cafjia, fattie deco&ions, ftieep-fuet, or butter or Cowf-milk, with the mucilages of 
Line-feed, ffilium-Ceeds, quince-teeds,and other luch things as are ufually given in a Dyten- 
terie, or bloodie flux, that fuch things may hinder the adhefion of the poifon to the coats of 
the Guts,and by their un&uoufhefsrctund the acrimonie of the poifon,and mitigate if anie 
thing fhall alreadie bee ulcerated, and ablblutely defend the found parts from the malign ef- 
fects of the poifon. But let this bee a perpetual rule, That the poifon beefpeedily drawn 
back by the lame way it entred into the bodie 5 as, if it entred by finelling in at the noftrils, 
let it bee drawn back by fneefing, if by the mouth into the ftomach, let it bee excluded by 
vomit;if by the fundament into the bellie,then by glyfter j if by the privities into the womb, 
then by metrenebites or injeftions made thereinto 5 if by a bite, fting or wound, let revulfion 
bee made by fuch things as have a powerful attractive facultie; for thus wee make diverfions, 
that by thete wee may not onely hinder the poifon from aflailing the heart, but alfb that 
by this means wee may draw it from within outwards. Wherefore ftrong ligatures caft a- 
bout the arms, thighs and legs, are good in this cafe. Alfo large cupping glafles applied 
with flame to fundrie parts of the bodie are good. Alfo bathes of warm water, with ade- 
coftion offuch things as refift poifon, fbuthern-wbod, calamint, rue, betonie, horehound, 
pennie-royall, bayes, fcordium, fmallage,Icabious, mints, valerian,and thelike, aregood in 
this cate. Alfo fweats are good,beeing provoked fb much as the ftrength of the patient can 
endure. But if hee bee verie weaTthie, whom wee fufpeft poifoned, it will bee fafer to put 
him into the bellie of an ox, horf or mule, and then prelently into another aflbon as the 
former is cold, that fb the poifon may bee drawn forth by the gentle and vaporous heat of 
the new killed beaft 5 yet do none of thete things without the advice of a Phylician,if it may 
conveniently bee had. 
Why fie ep is 
hurtfull. ' 
Why and how 
vomit muftbee 
procured. 
When and 
wherewith 
they (hall bee 
purged. 
The cure of 
poifoned 
wounds. 
CHAP. XIIII. 
How the corrupt or venemoM Air way kill a Man. 
By how manic, 
and what 
means the air 
may bee in- 
fefted. 
HE air is infefted and corrupted by the admixture of malign vapors, either 
arifeing from the unburied bodies of fuch as are (lain in great conflifts, or ex- 
haleingout of the earth after earth-quakes,for the air,long pent up in the ca- 
vities and bowels of the earth, and deprived of the freedom & commerce of the 
open air, is corrupted,and acquires a malign qualitie,which it prefently trans- 
ferred! unto fiich as meet therewith. Allo there is a certain malignitie of the air, which ac- 
companied! thunders, and lightnings, which favours of a fiilphureous virulencie, fo that 
whatfoever wilde beafts (hall devour the creatures killed therewith, they becom mad, and 
die immediately; for the fire of lightning hath a far more rapid, fubtil, and greater force 
then other fires, fb that it may rightly bee termed a Fire of Fires. 
An argument hereof is, that it melteth the head of a fpear, not harming the wood, and 
filver and gold, not hurting the purf wherein it is contained. Alfb the air is infefted by 
fumigations, which prefently admitted into the bodie and bowels by the mouth and note in 
relpiration, by the skin and arteries in perforation, doth eafily kill the fpirits and humors 
bceing firft infefted, and then within a fhort fpace after, the folid fubftance of the principal 
parts, and chiefly of the heart beeing turned into their nature, unleft the man bee firft pro 
» vided 
How thunders 
and lightnings 
may infcft the 
air. Lib.zi. 
Concerning Toifons, 
509 
provided for by fneefing, vomiting, fweating, purgeing by the bellie, or fom other excreti- 
on. Forthat poifon which is carried into the bodie by fmell, is the moft rapid and effeftu- 
all, by fo much as a vapor or exhalation is of more fobtil and quicklier-piercing eflencethen 
an humor. Yet notwithftanding, wilt thou fay, it is not credible, that anie bee kill'd by a- 
nie vapor railed by the force of fire, as of a torch, or a warming-pan, for that the venenate1 
qualitie of the thing that is burnt, is diflipated and confomed by the force of the fire,purge- , 
ing and cleanfing all things. This reafon is falfly feigned to the deftru&ion of the lives of 
carelefs people; for fulphureous brands kindled at a clear fire,do notwithftanding caft forth 
a fulphureous vapor. Whether do not Lignum aloes and Juniper , when they are burnt in a 
flame, fmell lefs fweetly > 
Pope Clement, the leventh of that name, the uncle of our Kings mother, was poifoned by 
the fume of a poifonous torch that was carried lighted before him, and died thereof. Ma- 
tbiolus telleth, that there were two Mountebanks in the market-place of Sienna, the one of 
which but fmelling to a poifoned gillie-flower given him by the other, fell down deadpre- 
lently. 
A certain man not long ago, when hee had put to his nofe, and fmelled a little unto a po- 
mander, which was lecretly poifoned , was prefently taken with a Vertigo, and all his face 
fwelled, and unlels that hee had gotten fpeedie help by fternutatories and other means, hee 
had died Ihortly after of the fame kinde of death that Pope Clement did. 
The fafeft prefervative againft luch poifons is, not to fmell to them : moreover, fom af- 
firm, that there are orepared fom poifons of fiich force, that beeing annointed but on the 
faddle, they will kill the rider, and others, that if you but annoint the ftirrups therewith, 
they will fend fo deadlie poilbnous a qualitie into the rider, through his boots, that hee 
(hall die thereof within a Ihort time after: which things, though they bee fcarce credible, 
becauf foch poifons touch not the naked skin, yet have they an example innature,whereby 
they may defend themlelvs. For the Torpedo (end's a narcotick,and certainly deadly force in- 
to the arm, and fo into the bodie of the filher, the cords of the net beeing between them. 
Whether the 
vapor that a- 
riiech from a 
burnt thing 
may poifon 
one. 
An hiftorie. 
CHAP. VIII. 
that everie kinde of poifon bath its proper and peculiar Signs and Effetts. 
S poifons are diftinft in fyecies, fo each frecies differ's in their figns and effe&s ? 
neither is it poflibleto finde anie one kinde of poifon, which may bee accom- 
panied or produce all the figns and effe&s of all poifons, otherwife Phyfici- 
i ans fhould in vain have written of the figns and effefts of each of them, as alfo 
oftheir proper remedies and antidotes. For what kinde of poifon fhall that 
bee, which fhall cauf a burning heat in the ftomach,bellie,liver,bladder and kidnies,which 
fhall cauf a hicketting, which fhall cauf the whole bodie to tremble and fhake, which fhall 
take away the voice and fpeech, which fhall cauf convulfions, fhall weaken the pulfifick fa- 
cultie, which fhall intercept the freedom of breathing, which fhall ftupeiie and caft into a 
dead fleep, which fhall together, and at once cauf a Vertigo in the head, dimnefs in the 
fight, a ftrangling, or ftoppage of the breath, thirft, bleeding, fever, ftoppage of the urine, 
perpetual vomiting, rednefs, lividnefs, andpalenefs of the face, refolutions of the powers, 
and manie other things, all which are caufled by all forts ofpoifon. Laftly,no bodie will 
denie but that hot poifons may kill more fpeedily then cold, for that they are more (peedily 
actuated by the native heat. 
Hot poifons 
kill fooner 
then cold* 
CHAP. IX. 
'the Effects of poifons from particular venemous things, and what Prognofticks 
may thence bee made. 
T is the opinion of Cornelius Celfa, and almoft of all the Antients, that the 
bite ofeverie beaft had lorn virulencie,butyet lorn more then other-lbm-They 
are moft virulent that are infli&ed by venemous beafts,as Afps, Vipers,Water- 
fnakes, and all kindes of Serpents , Bafilisks, Dragons, Toads, mad Dogs, 
Scorpions, Spiders, Bees, Walps, and the like. They are lefs malign, which 
are of creatures wanting venom,as of Horfes, Apes, Cats, Dogs not mad, and 
manic other things,which though of their own nature they are without poilbn,yet in their 
bites there is fomthing more dolorifick and ill natured, then in common wounds infli&ed 
by other occafions : I beleev, that in their Haver or fanies,there is fomthing,! know not how 
to term it,contrarie to our nature,which imprint's a malign qualitiein the ulcer,which allb 
you may oblerv in the tearings and Icratchings of liich creatures as have (harp claws, as Lions 
and Cats. Moreover manie affirm,that they have found by experience, that the bites of men 
are not altogether without virulencie, elpecially of luch as are red-haired & freckled, chiefly 
X x when 
Lib-1.cap. it. 
The bites of 
all wilde 
beafts arc viru- 
lent. 
i The bites of a 
red-haired 
man virulent.' Concerning &c. 
-Lib.21. 
510 
when as they are angred ; it is probable that the bites of other perlons want this malignitie, 
feeing that their fpittle will cure fmall ulcerations. Wherefore,itahere (hall happen difticul- 
tieof cure in a wound, caulled by a man's biteing, which is neither red haired nor freckled, 
neither angrie •, this happen's not by means of the Ipittle, nor by ante malign qualitie, but 
by reafon of the contuiion, caulled by the bluntnefs of the teeth, not cutting, but bruiling 
the part, for beeing not fharp, they cannot lb ealily enter the flelh, unlefs by bruiling and 
tearing, after the manner of heavie and blunt ftrokes and weapons, wounds beeing occalio- 
ned by fuch are more hard to bee cured, then fuch as are made by cutting and fharp wea- 
pons. But of the fore-faid biteings of venemous creatures, there are few which do not kill 
in a Ihort Ipace, and almoft in a moment, but principally if the poifon bee lent into the bo- 
die by a live creature, for in fuch poifon there is much heat; alfo there is therein a greater 
tenuitie, which ferv's as vehicles thereto into what place or part foever of the bodie they 
tend, the which the poifons taken from dead creatures are defeftive of. Wherefore fom of 
theft kill a man in the fpace of an hour, as the poilbn Alps, Bafilisks and Toads; others 
not unlefs in two or three daies ipace , as of water-Snakes ■> a Spider, and Scorpion require 
moi't time to kill, yet all of them admitted but in the leaft quantitie, do in a Ihort (pace 
cauf great and deadlie mutations in the bodie, as if they had breathed in a peftiferous air, 
and with the like violence, taint and change into their own nature all the members and 
bowels, by which theft lame members do in the time ofperfeft health change laudable meats 
into their nature and lubftance. The place whereas thefe poifonous creatures live, and the 
time, conduce to the pernicioulhels of the poilbn, for liich as live in drie,mountanous, and 
fun-burnt places kill more fpeedily then liich as bee in moift andmarilh grounds ; alfo they 
are more hurtful in winter then in fnmmer; and the poifon is more deadly which proceed's 
from hungrie, angrie and falling creatures,then that which com's from liich as are full and 
quiet; as alfo that which proceed's from young things,chiefly when as they are Simulated to 
venerie, is more powerful then that which com's from old and decrepit; from femals worf 
then from males; from fuch as have fed upon other venemous things, rather then from liich 
as have abftained from them, as fromfnakes which have devoured toads, vipers which have 
fed upon ftorpions, Ipiders and Caterpillers. Yet the reafon of the efficacie of poifons de- 
pends from their proper, that is, their fubtil or grols confidence, and the greater or lels 
aptneft of the affefted bodie to liiffer. For hot men that have larger and more open veins 
and arteries, yeeld the poifon freer pallage to the heart. Therefore they which have more 
cold and ftraight veflels, are longer ere they die of the like poilbn; fuch as are full, are not 
fo foon harmed as thoft that are falling: for meats, befides that by filling the veflels, they 
give not the poilbn lb free paflage, they alfo fir engthen the heart by the multiplication of 
fpirits, fo that it more powerfully refift's pernicious venom. Ifthe poifon work by an oc- 
cult and fpecifick propertie, it caufleth the cure and prognoftick to bee difficult, and then 
mull: wee have recourfto Antidotes, as theft which in their whole fubftance refill poifons; 
but principally to treacle, becauf there enter into the compofition thereof medicines which 
are hot, cold, moift and drie: whence it is, that it refund's and withftand's all poifons, 
chiefly liich as confift of a Ample nature,liich as theft which com from venemous creatures, 
plants and minerals; and which are not prepared by the deteftable art of empoifoners. 
Contufcd 
wounds harder 
to heal then 
(uch as are cut. 
Why treacle 
refund's the 
force of all 
fi tuple poi- 
fons. 
CHAP. X. 
What cure muff lee ufed to the biteings and ftingings of venemous beafts- 
Lire muft fpeedily bee uled without aniedelaieto the bites and itingings of 
venemous beafts, which may by all means dilperfthe poifon, and keep it 
from entering into the bodie j for when the principal parts arepoflefled, it 
boot's nothing to ule medicines afterwards. Therefore thcAntients have 
propounded a double indication to lead us to the findeing out of medicines 
in luch a cate, to wit, the evacuation of the virulent and venenate humor,and the change or 
alteration of the lame and the affefted bodie. But feeing evacuation is of two forts, to wit, 
toiiverjal 9 which is by the inner parts ; and particular; which is by the outward parts. Wee 
muft begin at the particular, by luch to pick medicines as are fit to draw out, and refund 
the venom; for wee muft not alwaies begih a cure with general things, as fom think, es- 
pecially in external dileales, as wounds, fra&ures, diflocations, venemous bites and pun- 
ftures. Wherefore hereto as fpeedily as you may, you fliall applie remedies fit for 
the bites and punftures of venemous beafts; as for example, the wounds lhall bee 
prefently waflied with urine, with lea-water, aqua or wine, or vineger where- 
in old treacle or muftard fhall bee dilfolved. Let luch wafhing bee performed verie 
hot, and ftrongly chafed in, and then leav upon the wound and round about it, linnen 
rags, or lint fteeped in the fame liquor. There bee lorn who think it not fit to lay treacle 
thereto, becauf, as they lay, it drivers the poifon in. But the authoritieof Galen convin- 
ceththat opinion, forhee writeth that if treacle bee applied to this kindeof wounds 
before 
A double in- 
dication in the 
cure of vene- 
mous bites. v 
Lotions fit for 
venemous 
bites. 
Lib.dttberiaia. Lib.zi. 
ConcerningPoifons, 
511 
before that the venom fhal arrive at the noble parts,it much conduceth.Allb reafon confutes 
it; for viper's flefli enters the compofition of treacle which attracts the venom by the fimi- 
litude offubftance, as the Load-ftone draweth iron$or Amber ftraws. Moreover, the other 
Ample medicines which enter this compofition, refolv and confume the virulencie and ve- 
nom, and beeing inwardly taken, it defendeth the heart and other noble parts, and corro- 
borated! the fpirits. Experience teacheth that mithridate fitly given in the Head of treacle 
worketh the like efleft. The medicines that are taken inwardly and applied outwardly for 
evacuation, muft bee offubtil parts, that they may quickly iniinuate themfelvs into everie 
part to retund tjie malignitie of the poifon; wherefore garlick,onions, leeks,are verie good 
in this cafe, for that they are vaporous ; alfo jcordiumjlue, ditiamnw, the lefler Centaurie , 
milkie juice of unripe figs, and the like, are good; there is a kinde 
of wilde buglbfs amongft all other plants, which hath a lingular force againft venemous 
bites, whence it is termed Echium and viperinum, and that for two caufles; the firft is, becauf 
in the purple flowers that grow amongft the leav's, there is a refemblance to the head of 
a viper or adder. Another reafon is, becauf it heal's the biting of a viper not onely applied 
outwardly,but alfo helped) fuch as are bitten,beeing drunk in wine,yea,and will not fufler 
thole that have lately drunk thereof to bee bitten at all. Wilde 'lime hath the like efleft; 
though thefe oft-times agree with the poifon in qualitie as in heat, yet do they help in dil- 
cuffing and refolving it; yet, as much as wee may, wee muft labor to have evacuation and 
alteration together. It is moft convenient, if the part affefted will permit, to applie large 
cupping-glafles with much flame and horns; alfo fucking is good, the mouth beeing firft 
walked in wine wherein lome treacle is diflblved, and with oil,left any thing Ihould adhere 
thereto, for it will hinder it,if lb bee the mouth bee no where ulcerated. It is good allb to 
applie horf leeches 5 lorn with to applie to the wound, the fundaments of hens or turkies 
that lay cgs, for that fuch are opener behinde, firft putting fait upon them that they may 
gape the wider, (hutting their beaks and opening them now and then left they Ihould bee 
ftifled, and ever and anon to fubftitute others infteadoffuch as die or are luflbcated; for 
thus it is thought the poifon is drawn forth, and pafleth into the bird by the fundament. 
There bee others which had rather applie to the wound live birds cut afunderin the midft, 
and fo laid to hot, for that they ghefs thele refill poifon by a natural difeord. But certain- 
ly it is by their heat whereby they do not onely digeft toads, alps? vipers, Icorpions ando- 
ther venemous things, but alfo wear alunder and foften land, ftones, and moft drie and fto- 
nie feeds in their gizzards; wherefore wee muft think them very good to draw out the poi- 
fbn and diffipateit. But nothing is fo forcible to difperf and retund the venom, as the im- . 
preflion of cauteries, efpecially aftual, for a hot iron works more effe&ually and fpeedily, 
and caufleth an ulcer which will remain open a longer time. Wherefore to caufthe fpeedier 
falling away of the Efchar, you (hall fcarilie it to the quick, and then plentifully annoint 1 
the place. For thus the poifon will thefooner pals forth. But this muft bee done before 
the poilbn enter's far into the bodie, for otherwife Cauteries will not onely do no good, 
but further torment the patient, and weaken him to no purpofe. Let drawing plafters bee 
laid to the wound and neighboring parts, made of turpentine, black pitch,and 
other gummie and refinous things. After the falling away of the Efehar, bajilicon lhall bee 
applied, quickned with a little Precipitate, for it is very efleftual in thefe cafes, for that it 
draweth forth the virulent fanies out ofthe bottom of the wound, neither doth it lufler the 
wound to bee clofed fpeedily. To which purpofe they put in a piece of a Ipunge, or a root 
of Gentian or Hermodaftyl, or fom acrid medicine, as xgyptiacinn, or Precipitate mixed with 
the powder of Alum, or a caullick beaten to powder. But you muftalwaies obferv this, 
that with your ointments you muft alwaies mix fom Treacle or Mithridate,or the juice of 
bypericon, or the like, which have power to attraft and difperfthe poilbn, and cleanfthe ul-, 
cer; yet if too vehement heat lhall caufliich pain as is likely to bring a gangren by the dif- 
fipation of the fpirits, then neglefting the cure of the proper difeaf for a time, wee muft la- 
bor to correft thefymptom. But in this cafe you muft obferv this rule, that you let no 
blood, give no purgeing medicine, nor gly fter,nor vomit,nor ufe no bath, nor other thing 
that may procure fweat, untill three daies bee paft after the bite or fling. In the mean fpace 
let the patient fhun all manner of labor, but chiefly venerie, left by caufing an agitation 
of the humors, the poilbn get fooner to the heart. Therefore then it is time to ufe univer- 
fal evacuations, when as you lhall fulpeft that the poilbn isdiflufed over the veins and 
whole inner part of the bodie befides. Before you lhall give nothing, unlels medicines of 
Treacle or Mithridate and the like things,which have a facultie to refill poifon, and ftreng- 
then the whole bodie by their benign and vital vapor, although their fubftance go no fur- 
ther then the ftomach. Thus pills when they are fwallowed, though they go no further 
then the ftomach, yet do they draw matter out of the joints and head; and ftrong gly tiers, 
though they pafs no further then the guts, yet by their qualitie diffufed further with the 
vapor, they draw from the moft diftant parts; yet you muft give an Antidote, not onely 
more powerfull then the poifon in qualitie, but alfo greater in quanti tie, that fo it may the 
more eafily overcom and exfpcll the poifon. Wherefore you muft give it twice in a daie, 
X x 2 and 
Treacle out- 
wardly applied 
and inwardly 
taken good a- 
gainft veno- 
mous bites. 
The force of 
Ecbiwi. 
Theeffiacie 
of Cauteries a- 
gainft vene- 
mous bites. 
The force of 
Precipitate a- 
gainft vene- 
incus wounds. 
When hoc 
things ari not 
convenient for 
poifoned 
wounds. 
Antidotes 
tnuft bee given 
in great 
quantities. 512 
Concerning ~Poi[onsy &c. 
Lib.zi. 
and continue it fo long untill you faall know that the flrength of the poifon is weakned 
and overcom by the remiffion and decay of the malign fymptoms. Yet in the mean while, 
you mull not neglcd the diftemper cauffed in the part by the poifon,but muft rather correft 
it by the application of the remedies contrarie to the dillemper, as by cold things, if great 
heat afflift the afiefted part and whole bodie; by hot things on the contrarie, if it feem as 
cold as a (lone, which oft-times happen's. And-let thus much fufficefor the general cure of 
poifons: now will wee com to their particular cure. 
CHAP. XL 
dogs fooner becom mad then other creatures, and what bee tbe/igns thereof. 
Dogs natural- 
ly fubjeft to 
madnefs. 
Ogs bccom mad fooner then other creatures,becaufnaturally they injoy that 
temper and condition of humors which hath an eafie inclination to that 
kinde of diftaf, and as it were a certain difpofition, becauf they feed upon 
carrion and corrupt, putrid and (linking things, and lap water of the like 
condition ; befides the trouble and vexation oflofing their matters, make's 
them to run everie waie, painfully fearchingand fmellingto everie thing, and negle&iilg 
their meat. A heating of the blood enfiie's upon this pain, and by this heat it is turned in- 
to a melancholic, whence they becom mao. But yet dogs do not alwaies becom mad by 
means of heat, but alfo by occalion of cold, that is, by contrarie caufies; for they fall into 
this dileafnot onely in the dog-daies, but alfo in the depth of winter. For dogs abound 
with melancholik humors, to wit cold anddrie. Butfuchhumors as in the fummer 
through excefs of heat, fo in the depth of winter by conftipation and the fuppreffion of fu- 
liginous excrements, they ealilie turn into melancholic. Hence follow's a verie burning and 
continual feaver, which caufleth or bringeth with it a madnefs. Add hereto, that in the 
depth of winter the heat which is contained within is redoubled, and in like manner as the 
fcorching heat in fummer, it breed's and turn's the humors into melancholic. Al lb dogs be- 
com mad by contagion, as fuch as are bitten by another mad dog. A mad dog hath Ipark- 
lingand fierieeies, with a fixed look, cruel andafquint ,hee carrie's his head heavily, 
hanging down towards the ground, and fomwhat on one fide,hee gape's, and thruft's forth 
his tongue, which is livid and blackilh; and beeing Ihort breathed, call's forth much filth 
at his nofe,and much foaming matter at his mouth; in his gate, as if hee fufpefted and fear- 
ed all things, hee keepeth no one or certain path, but run's one while to this fide, another 
while to that, and Humbling like onethat is drunk, hee oft-times falleth down on the 
ground; hee violently affail's whatfoever hee meet's withall, whether it bee man, tree, wall, 
dog, or any thing elf; other dogs Ihun him, and prefently fent him a far off. But if another 
unawars chance to fall foul on him, hee yeeld's himlelf to his mercy, fawn's upon him, and 
privily labor's to get from him, though hee bee the ftronger and greater. Hee is unmindful 
of eating and drinking, hee bark's not ,yet hee bite's all hee meet's without anie difference, 
not Ipareing his mailer, as who at this time hee knows not from a firanger or enemic. For 
it is the propertie of melancholietodifturbthe underftanding, fo that fuch perfons as are 
melancholick, do notonely rageagainft, and ule violence to their friends and parents, but 
allb upon themlelvs. But when as hee lee's water, hee tremble's and (hake's, and his haires 
Hand up on'end. 
Dogs becom 
ma'lJnot onelj 
in the heat of 
fummer,but aL 
fo in the deptl 
of winter. 
Why tnelan- 
cholick per- 
fons hurtthem- 
felvs. 
CHAP. XII. 
By what fignes wee may fytow a man is bitten by a mad dog. 
The bite of a 
mad dog not 
vetie painful 
at the firft. 
T is not fo ealie at the firft to know a man that is bitten with a mad dog;and 
principally for this reafon, becauf the wound made by his teeth caufleth no 
more pain then other wounds ufiially do ; contrarie to the wounds made 
by the fling or bite of other poilbnous creatures , as thole which prelently 
after they are infli&ed, cauf lharp pain, great heat, fwelling and abundance 
of other malign accidents, according to the nature of the poifon; but the 
malignitieof the bite of a mad dog appear*s not before that the venom (hall invade the 
noble parts. Yet when you are fiifpicious of fuch a wound, you may acquire a certain 
knowledg and experience thereof by putting a piece of bread into the quitture that come's 
from the wound. For if a hungrie dog negleft, yea more flie from it, and dare not fo much 
as fmell thereto, it is thought to bee a certain lign that the wound was inflifted by a mad 
dog. Others add, That if anie give this piece of bread to hens,that they will die the lame 
daie they have eaten it; yet this later, I makeing experiment thereof,failed, for devouring 
this virulent bread, they became not a jot the worf Wherefore I think the former fign to 
bee the more certain , for dogs have a wonderful and lure fmelling facultie, whereby 
they lent and perceiv the malignitie of die like creature. But when as the rageing 
virulencie 
Signs of the 
bite of a mad 
dog. Lib.-zi. 
Concerning Toifpns, &c. 
513 
virulencie hath invaded the noble parts, then thepatfents,becommingfilent and forrowful, S 
think of manie things, and at the beginning mike a noiie with their teeth ; they make no v 
anfwer to the purpofe, they are more teftie then ordinarie, and in their Heeps they are trou- 8 
bled with dreams, and ftrange phantafies, and fearfohvifions : and laftly, they becom affraid " 
of the water. But after that the poifon hath fixedit felf into the fubftance; of the noble 
parts, then all their faculties are difturbed, all the light oFtheir memorie, fenfes, reafon and 
judgment is extinguifhed. Wherefore becomming ftark mad, they know not fuch as Hand 
by them, nor their friends, no nor themfel vs, falling upon fuch as they meet withall and 
themfelvs with their teeth, and nails, and feet. Often, twitchings like convulsions do fud- 
denly rife in their limbs; I judgthemoccafioned by extraordinariedrinefs,which hath as it 
were wholly drunk up all the humiditie of the nervous parts; there is a great drinefs of the 
mouth with intolerable thirft, yet without anie dpffiv of drink-, becauf the minde beeing 
troubled, they becom unmindful and negligent of fuch things as concern them, and are 
needful for them; the eies look fierie and red, and ajl the face is of the fame color 5 they ftill 
think of dogs, and feem to lee them, yea and defire to bark and bite juft after the manner of 
dogs : I conjecture, that the virulent humor hath changed all tbe humors and the whole 
bodie into the like nature , fo that they think themfelvs allb dogs 5 whence their voice be- f 
com s hoarf by much endeavouring to bark, haveing forgot all decencie, like impudent* 
dogs, to the great horror of the beholders. Fortheir voice grow's hoarf by reafon of the 
great drinefs of the aftera arteria; they fhun the light, as that which is enemie to melancho- 1 
lie, wherewith the whole fubftance of the brain is repleniftied : on the contrarie, they defire i 
darknefs, as that which is like and friendly to them. But they are affraid of the water 
(though good to mitigate their great diftemper of heat and drinefe) and they flie from 1 
looking-glafles, becaulthey imagin they fee dogs in them, whereof they are much affraid,' 
by reafon whereof they Ihun the water , and all polite and clear bodies which may fopplie 
the ufe of a looking-glafe ; fo that they throw themfelvs on the ground , as if they would 
hide themfelvs therein, left they ffiould bee bitten again: for they affirm, that hee which is 
bitten by a mad dog, alwaies hath a dog in his mind, and fo remain's fixed in that fad cogi- 
tation. Wherefore thinking that hee fee's him in the water, hee tremble's for fear, and 
therefore Ihtjn's the water. Others write, that the bodie by madnefs becommeth wondrous 
drie, wherefore they hate the water, as that which is contrarie thereto, beeing abfolutely 
the moifteft element, and fo they lay that this is the reafon of their fearing the water. Ruffus 
write's, that madnefs is a kinde of melancholic, and that fear is the proper lymptom there- 
of, according to Hippocrates; wherefore this or that kinde of melancholic beget's a fear of 
thefe or thefe things , but chiefly ofibright things, Inch as looking-glafles and water, by 
reafon that melancholick perfons leek darknels and folitarinefs; by reafon of the black cor- 
ruption of the humor wherewith they abound. They fall into cold fweats, a fomie, (link- 
ing and greenilh matter flow's from the ulcer, by reafon of the heat of the antecedent cauf 
and ulcerated part. The urine moft commonly appear's watriffi, by reafon that the ftrain- 
ers, as it were, of the kidnies, are ftraightned by the heat and drinefs of the venom. Yet 
fomtimes alfo it appear's more thick and black, as when nature powerfully ufing the expul- 
five facultie, attempt's to drive forth by urine the melancholick humor, the feat of the ve- 
nom. Alfo fomtimes it is wholly foppreft, beeing either incraflated by hot drinefs , or elf 
the minde beeing carried other-waies, and forgetful of its own dutie,until at length the pa- 
tients, vexed by the crueltie of Co manie lymptoms, and overcom by the bitternefs of pain, 
die frantick, by reafon that medicines have not been ipeedily and fitly applied. For few of 
thofe who have ufed remedies in time, have periflied of this difeaf. 1 
Signs, by 
which you may 
gather that the 
noble pans arc 
tainted. 
Why men be- 
comming mad 
bark like dogs. 
Why they 
(han the light. 
Why they are 
afFraid of the 
water. 
After. 
The bite of a 
mad dog taken 
in hand in 
time, is for the 
moft part cure- 
able. 
CHAP. XIII. 
Ee cannot Co eafily Ihun the danger wee are incident to by mad dogs, as that 
of other beafts, by realbnheeis a domeftick creature, and houled under the 
fame roof with us. The virulencie that refide's in his foam or Ila ver is hot and 
drie, malign., venenate and contagious, fo that it caufleth a diftemper like to it 
fdf, in the bodie whereto it lhall applie it felf, and Ipread it (elf over the whole bodie by 
the arteries; for it doth not onely hurt when as it is taken in by a bite or punfture,but even 
applied to the skin, unlels it bee forthwith wafhed away with fait water or urine. Neither 
doth this venom hurt equally, or at all times alike, for it harm's more oriels, according to 
the inclination of the air to heat or cold, the depth of the wound, the ftrength of the pati- 
ent's bodie, and the ill humors thereof, and their difpofition to putrefaction, the freedom 
and largenefs of the pallages. Now malign lymptoms happen Iboner or later, as in 1dm a- 
bout the fortieth day, in others about fix moneths, and in others a year after. There bee 
lom who thereupon are troubled with the falling-ficknefs, and at length grow mad: fuch 
as fell into a fear of the water, never recover. Yet Avicen think's their calc is not delperate, 
Xx 3 if 
Prognofticks. 
The venom of 
a mad dog ap- 
plied outward- 
ly one'.y may 
caufmadnefs- 
; Whether the 
Hidrepbebia or 
fear of water 
bee incurable® 514 
ConcerningcPoifonsi 
Lib.21. 
if as yet they can know their face in a glafs; for hence you may gather, that all the animal 
faculties are not yet overthrown, but that they ftand in need of ftrong purgations, as wee 
(hall (hew hereafter. Aetiiu tell's, that there was a certain Philofopher, who taken with this 
difeaf, and a fear of water, when as hee defcended with a great courage unto the bath, and 
in the water beholding the fhape of the dog that bit him, hee made a ftand, but afliamed 
thereof, hee forthwith cried out, d coni cum Balneo ? i.e. What hath a dog to do with a 
Bath ? which words beeing uttered, hee threw himftlf forcibly into the Bath, and fearlefly 
drank of the water thereof, and fo was freed from his difeaf together with his erroneous o- 
pinion. It is a deadlie fign to tumble themfelvs on the ground, to have an hoarf voice , for 
that is an argument that the weazon is beeom rough by reafon of too exceflive drinefs. Fi- 
nally,the principal parts beeing poflefled, there is no recoverie or life to bee hoped for. Men 
may well fall mad,though they bee not bit by a mad dog. For as the humors are often in- 
flamed of themfelvs,and caufa Cancer or Leprofie, fodo they alfo madnefs in melancholick 
perlons. The bites of vipers and other venemous creatures caufnot like fymptoms tothefe 
that com by the biteing of a mad dog; becaufthey die before fuch can com forth or lhew 
themfelvs.Great wounds made by mad dogs are not equally fo dangerous as little, for from 
the former,great plentie of venemous matter flow's outjbut in the later,it is almoft all kept in. 
An hiftorie. 
CHAP. XIV. 
His cafe alfo require's fpeedie remedies 5 for fuch things are in vain which com 
long after the hurt. The Lawyer Baidu experienced this to his great harm j for 
beeing by chance lightly bit in the lip by a little dog wherewith hce was de- 
lighted, not knowing that hee was mad, and neglecting the wound, by reafon 
of the (malnefs thereof, after fom four moneths {pace, hee died mad, haveing 
then in vain aflaied all manner of medicines. Wherefore obferving thefe things both for e- 
vacuation, as alfo for alteration , which wee have formerly mentioned in the general cure 
of wounds inflifted by the bite or fling of venemous creatures, and by all the means there 
fpecified, wee muft draw forth the venom; and if the wound bee large,then fuffer it to bleed 
long and much, for fo fom part of the poifon will bee exhaufted; if it bee not great, it (hall 
bee enlarged by fcarification, or an occult cauterie , neither (hall it bee healed or clofed up 
at the fooneft, till fourtie daies bee palled. Sorrel beaten and applied to the wound, and the 
decoftion thereof taken inwardly, is verie effe&ual in this cafe, as Aetius affirm's. To the 
lame purpofe you may with good fuccefe make a lotion and friftion with muftard diflolved 
in urine or vineger, leaving upon the wound a double cloth moiftned in the fame deco&i- 
on : laftly, all acrid, biteing, and verie attractive medicines are convenient in this cafe. 
Wherefore fom applie rocket boiled and beaten with butter and felt; others take the flower 
of Orobus, and temper it with home, fait and vineger, and applie it hot. Horfl-dung boiled 
in lharp vineger, or brimftone beaten to powder, and tempered with ones fpittle, is good. 
Alfo black pitch melted with fom felt, and a little Eupberbium mixed therewith , and fo 
applied, is good. Som write, that the hairs of the dog, whofe.bite caufled the madnefe, 
applied by themfelvs, by their lympathie or limilitude of fubftance draw the venom from 
within outwards jfor fo a Scorpion beaten and applied to the place whereas it flung, by 
drawing out the poifon that it fent in, reftore's the patient to health, both thefe by often 
experience are affirmed to have certain event. Others chaw unground wheat, and lay it 
upon the wound, others rofte beans under hot embers, then husk them, and cleav them, 
and fo applie them. Alfo the wound may bee wholfomly walked and fomented with a de- 
coction of Docks, and then the herb beaten may bee applied thereto; alfo the patient may 
drink the decoCtion; and by this one remedie A'etius affirm's that hee hath recovered divers; 
for thus it move's urine plentifully, which is thought much to conduce to the cure of this 
difeaf. There bee fom who applie the leavs of betonie and nettles beaten with common felt, 
others make a medicine to the feme purpofe and after the feme manner of an Onion, the 
leavs of rue and felt. Yet the reft are exceeded by treacle diflolved in aqua vit£ or ftrong 
wine, and rubbed hard upon the part,fo that the blood may follow, laying upon the wound 
when you have wiped it,cloths dipped in the feme medicine,then prefently applie garlick or 
onions beaten with common felt and turpentine: by this onely remedie 1 free'd one of the 
daughters of Madameifel/e de Gron from the lymptoms of madnels,& healed the wound,when 
as a mad dog had bit her grievoufly in the calf of the right leg* Alto it is good prefently to 
eat garlick with bread,and then to drink after it a draught of good wine, for garlick by its 
fpirituous heat will defend the noble parts from poifon. There bee fom who wilh to eat the 
rolled liver of the dog that hurt them, or elf the liver of a goat, of which remedies as yet I 
have had no experience. Others preferibe a dram of the feeds of Agnus caftus to bee drunk 
with wine and butter.Othersthe powder of river-crabs,burntand drunk in wine. OrJ&.rad. 
aftacorum fluviatdnfumo combuft.&infol/inem Give $i. of 
this 
What cure mutt bee ufed to fuch as are bitten by a mad dog* 
An hiftorie. 
The force of 
Sorrel. 
The force of 
Docks, 
An hiftorie. Lib.zi. 
Concerning^otfons, 
515 
this lame powder in the deco&ion of river-crabs, and let them drink thereof oft at lundrie 
times. Manie have caft themlelvs into the fea, neither have they thence had anie help againft 
madnefs, as Ferrand Pozet the Cardinal teftiheth in his book of poifons; wherefore you muft 
not relie upon upon that remedie, but rather you muft have recourfto fuch things as are fet 
in the books of Phyficians, and approved by certain and manifold experience. But feeing1 
that no poifon can kill, uiilefs it bee taken or admitted into the bodie, wee muft not fear a- 
nie harm by Iprinkling our bodies with the fames of a mad dog, viper, toad, or anie other 
ftich like venemous creature,if lb bee that it bee prelently wiped or wafhed clean away. 
Leaping into 
the lea no cer- 
tain remediea- 
gainft madnefs. 
CHAP. XV. 
cure muft bee ufed to fueb as fear the water, but yet are able to kriow themfelvs in a glafs. 
|Uch as have not their animal facultie as yet o'recom by the malignitie of the ' 
rageing venom, muft haye ftrong purgations given them. Wherefore, if in a- 
nie cafe Antimonie bee ufeful, then is it in this, as that which caufeth fweats, 1 
loofeth the bellie,and procure's vomiting. For it is a part of extreme and dan- 
gerous madnefs to hope to overcom the cruel malignitie of this poifon alrea- 
die admitted into the bowels, by gentle purgeing medicines. Affuredly, fuch 
and fo great danger is never overcom without danger. Bathes alfo conduce, which may di- 
fperfand draw forth the poifon by caufling fweats. Alfo manie and frequent treacle-potions 
are good to retund the venom,and ftrengthen the bowelsjalfo it will bee fitting to give them 
water and all other liquid things, which they fo much abhor,in a cup with a cover. Alwaies 
let fuch as are poifoned,or bitten, or (lung by a mad dog or other venemous beaft,keep them- 
felvs in fom Warm and light place, that the poifon which by coldnefs is forced in, may bee 
the readilyer drawn out by the means of heat,and the fpirits bee recreated by the brightnefr 
of the air, and therefore moov from the center to the circumference of the bodie, and let the 
room bee perfumed with fweet things. To eat verie hot and fait things prefently at the be- 
ginning, as onions, leeks, all Ipiced meats, and ftrong wine not allaied, feem' not to bee be- 
fidesreafon; becauffuch things by their fpirituous heat hinder the diffufion of the poifon 
over the bodie>and ftrengthen the filled entrails. There bee fom alfo that would have them 
to feed upon grots and vilcous meats, which by obftru&ing the veflcls, may hinder thcpaP 
fage of the poifon to the heart and other parts; and by the fame reafon it will bee better to 
fill themlelvs wth meat to fatietie then otherwife;becauf the malignitie of humors is encreaf- 
ed by hunger,then which nothing can beemore harmful to venemous wounds. Yet within a 
fliort while after, as within five or fi?f they muft return to a mediocritie, and life all 
things temperate, boiled meats rather then rofted,and that in a decp&ion of opening things, 
fo to moov urine. Laftly, they muft keep fuch a diet as melancholick perfons ought to do; 
neither lhall they let blood, left fo the poifon Ihould bee further drawn into the veins; but 
it is good that the patient's bodie bee foluble from the verie firft. £et their drink bee wine 
indifferently allaied with water, oxjmelJimplex, or the lyrup of the juice of Citron with boi- 
led water; or elf this following Julip. R. fucci Ihnonum, & malorum citrfan fuc. gran.acid. 
§ii. aqu,£ acetof<e,.min.& rof.an.Ji. aq.font.cott. quantum fufficit, fiat Julep, ut artis eft. Sleep is to 
bee avoided until the force of the poifon is abated; for by fleep the humors flow back into 
the bowels. All things that refill poifon muft bee given anie waie whatfoever, as lemons, o- 
ranges, angelica-roots, gentian, tormentil, burnet,vervin,c4rJw beneditfus, borage, buglofs, 
and the like.Let all things that are afterwards let before the patient bee meats of good juice, 
fuch as are veal, kid, mutton, partridg, pullets, capons, and the like. 
The force of 
Antimonie a- 
cainftmadnefc. 
Why deep is 
hurtful to fuch 
as are bitten by 
a mad dog,and 
all fuch as are 
pojfoncd. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Of the biteing of a Viper or Adder, and the Jymptoms and cure thereof 
He remedies that were formerly mentioned againft thebiteings of mad dogs,the 
fame may bee tiled againft all venemous bites and fting, yet neverthelels each 
poifon hath his pecular antidote.Vipers or Adders(as wee vulgarly term them) 
have in their gums, or the (paces between their teeth, little bladders filled with 
a virulent fanies, which is preffed out into the part that they bite with their 
teeth. There forthwith arifeth a pricking pain, the part at the firft is much (wollen, and 
thenthewholebodie,unlels it bee hindred : grofs and bloodie filth fweat's out of the 
wound, little blifters rift round about it, as if it were burn't, the wound gnaw's, and as it 
were feed's upon the flefh, great inflammation poflefleth the liver and the gums, and the 
whole bodie bccom'sveriedrie, becomming of apaleor yellowcifli color, with thirft un- 
quenchable ythe bellie is griped by fits, a cholerick vomiting molefteth them,the ftomach is 
troubled with a hicketting, the patients are taken with often ftvoundings, with cold fweat, 
the fore-runner of death, unicfs you provide by fit medicines for the noble parts, before 
the 
The bites of 
vipers how vi- 
rulent. 
The fymptotns 516 
Concerning FoifonSy'&c. 
Lib.2i. 
An hiftcrie. 
the poifon fhall invade them. Matthiolus tell's that hee law a countrie-man,who, as hee was 
mowing a meadow, by chance cut an Adder in two with his fithe,which when hee thought 
it was dead,hee took the one half whereon the head remained,without anie fear in his hand, 
but the enraged creature,turning about her headjCtuelly bit him by one of his fingers,which 
finger, as men ufiially do (efpecially when as they think of no fiich thing J hee put into his 
mouth, and fucked out the blood and poifon, and prefently fell down dead. 
When as Charts the ninth was at Montpelier,! went into the (hop of one Farges an Apothe- 
carie, who then made a folemndifpenfation of Treacle, where not Satisfying riiyfelfwith 
the looking upon the vipers which were there in a glafs, readie for the compofition, I 
thought to take one of them in my hands,but whil'ft that I too curioufly and fecurcly hand- 
led her teeth which were in her upper jaw, covered with a skin, as it were a cafe to keep the 
poifon in, the beaft catched hold of the verie end of my fore-finger, and bit mee in the foace 
which is between the nail and the flefhj whence prefently there arofe great pain, both by 
reafon of the part endued withmoft exquifite fenfe, as alfo by the malignitie of the poifon: 
forthwith I exceeding ftraitly bound my finger above the wound,that fo I might prefs forth 
the blood and poifon, left they fhould diflufe themfelvs further over the bodie. I diflblved 
old treacle in aqua vita, wherein I dipped and moiftned cotton, and fo put it to the wound, 
and within a few daies I throwly recovered by this onely medicine. You may ufe in ftead of 
Treacle, Methridate and fundrie other things, which by reafon of their heat are powerful 
drawers, as a quill rofted in hot embers, garlick and leeks beaten and applied, barlie flowr 
tempered with vineger, honie, and goats-dung, and fo applied like apultis.' Som think it 
fufficient forthwith to wafli and foment the wound with vinegcr, fait, and a little honie. 
Galen write's that the poifon inflifted by the bite of a viper,may bee drawn forth by applying 
to the wound the head of a viper, but otherfom applie the whole viper beaten to mafh. 
An hiftorie. 
Remedies for 
the bite of a 
viper. 
Lib.de theme. 
CHAP. XVII'. 
Of the Serpent called Hsemorfhous. 
He Serpent Hoemorrbout is fo called, becauf by biteing hee caufeth blood to drop 
out of all the padages of the wounded bodie 5 hee is of a fmall bodie, of the big- 
nets of a viper,with eies burning with a certain fieriebrightnefs,and a moft beau- 
tiful skin. The back of him(as Avicen write's)is fpotted with manie black fpots, 
his neck little, and his tail verie fmall : the part which hee bite's forthwith 
grow's blackifli, by reafon of the extin&ion of ofthe native heat, which is extinguished by 
fiich poifon whith is contrarie thereto in its whole fubftance.' Th ep follow's a pain of the 
flomach and heart, thefe parts beeing touched with the peftiferous qualitie of the poifon. 
Thele pains areleconded by vomiting, the orifice ofthe ventricle beeing relaxed by a Diar- 
rbza, the retentive facultie of all the parts of the bellie beeing weakned, and the veins which 
are ipred through the guts, not beeing able to retain the blood contained in them. For the 
blood is feen to flow out, as in ftreams, from the note, mouth, ears, fundament, privities, 
corners of the eies,roots of the nail, and gums, which putrefie,the teeth falling out of them. 
Moreover there happen's a difficultie of breathing, and ftoppage ofthe urine, with a deadlie 
convulfion. 
The cure is forthwith to (carifie, and burn the bitten part, or elf to cut it quite off,if that 
it may bee don without danger of life, and then to ufe powerfullie drawing Antidotes. 
The Hamor- 
rhons why fo 
called* 
Wondetfull 
bleedings. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
Of the Serpent called Seps. 
laoif He Serpent Seps is fo called, becauf it caufleth the part which it bite's, forth- 
with to putrefie, by reafon of the cruel malignitie of its poifon. It is not much 
HHI unlike the Hatnorrbous, but that it curl's or twine's up the tail in divers circles. 
Paufanias write's that this ferpent is of an afh-colour, a broad head, (mall neck, 
big bellie, writhen tail, and as hee goe's,hee run's afide like a crab. But his skin 
is variegated and fpotted with feveral colors,like to Tapiftrie, By the Grueltie of his cauftick 
The reafon of 
the name,and 
defcription of 
the Seps, Lib.2i. 
Concerning 
517 
and putrefying venom, hee burn's the part which hee hath bit, with moft bitter pain; hee 
cauleth the thedding of the hairs, and as Aetiut addeth, the wound at the tint caiieth for Ji 
manifeft blood> but within a little while after, dinking tilth The putrefied atfefted parts 
wax white,and the bodie all over becorn's of the color of that fcurf,which is termed Alphas, 
fo that by the wickedneft ofthis putrefa&ive potion, not onely the fpirits are reiblved, but 
alfo the whole bodie confumed,as by fire,a peifilent carbuncle, and other putrid tumors, a- 
rifting from a hot and humidor futfocateingconhitudon of the air. Now for the reme- 
dies, they muft bee fuch as are formerly prefcribed againit the biteings of a viper. 
The fytn- 
ptoms. 
The figure of tbe Serpent Seps. 
CHAP. XIX. 
Oftbe Cockatrice. 
He Bafilisk far exceed's all kindes of Serpents in the curftnefe of its poifon.There- 
fore it is affirmed by Nieander,that into what place foever hee com's, other ve- 
nemous creatures do forthwith flie thence, for that none of them can fo much as 
endure his hiflingj for hee is thought to kill all things even with this, and not 
with his biteing and touch onely 5 belides, if ante of them haften to get anie meat or drink, 
and perceiv that the Bafilisk is not far from from thence, he fiie's back, and negleft's the get- 
ting of nouriffiment necefiTarie for life. Galen write's,that the Baiilisk is a yellowiffi ferpent, 
with a ffiarp head, and three rifeings diftinguiffied with white fpots, and rifeing up in form 
of a crown, by reafon whereof hee is Ailed the King of Serpents* Certainly the violence of 
his poifon in killing men is fo great, that hee is therefore thought to kill men, and other 
creatures by his fight onely* Solinut affirm's,that the bodie of a dead Bafilisk hath wondrous 
faculties. Wherefore the inhabitants of Pergamum, in antient times, gave a mightie price for 
one, to hang upon thejoifts of the temple of jtyollo, fo to drive away the Spiders and Birds, 
left they ffiould there weav their webs, or the other build their nefts in that facred place. Ve- 
rily no ravenous creature will touch their carkafs; but if conftrained by hunger they do 
touch it, then they forthwith fall down dead in the fame place : and this happens not one- 
ly by eating their Dodie, but alfo by devouring of the bodies of fuch beafts as are killed by 
their biteings. They kill the trees and Ihrubs by which they pafs, not onely by their touch, 
but even with their breath. Among the weftern is the fountain Nigris, near1 
which there is a ferpent called Catablepasfinall in bodie,and flow,haveing a great head ; wch • 
it fcarce can carrie, but that it lie's alwaies upon the ground, otherwife it would kill abun- 
dance ofpeople,for it forthwith kil's all that fee's the eies thereof,the Bafilisk hath the fame 
force; hee is bred in the province of Gyrene, of the length of fom twelv fingers, with a white 
(pot in his head, refembling a hee chafeth away all ferpents with his hils:Weafels are 
the deftruftion of Rich monfters : thus it pleated nature, that nothing thould bee without 
its equal; they aflail them in their dens, beeing eafily known by the barrennets or confum- 
ption of the foil* Thete kill them alfo by their lent, and they die, and the fight of nature 
is ended: ffius nature to' the magnanimous Lion, left there thould bee nothing which hee 
might fear, hath oppoted the weak creature the Cock, by whole crowing onely hee is terri-' 
fled and put to flight. Erafifiratuf write's,that a golden yellownefs affeft's the bitten part of: 
fuch as are hurt by a Bafilisk, but a blacknels and tumor poflefleth the reft of the bodie, all 
the fleffi of the mutcles within a while after falling away peece-meal. An antidote againft 1 
this muft bee made of a dram of Cafioreum, diflolved in wine and drunken, or in the juice of 
poppie. But Aetius think's it luperfluous to write remedies againft the Bafilisk, when as the 
light and hearing onely kill's Rich as either fee or hear her. 
The efficacie 
of the poifon 
of the Bafilisk. 
Lib.de theriac. 
Why the Bafi- 
I sk is thought 
to kill by his 
onely fight. 
Plin. lib. 8. 
cap.zi. 
The Catablepas» 
Nothing in 
nature with- 
out its equal. 
Symptoms. 
Cure' 
Th 518 
Concerning (Poifons) &c. 
Lib.zt. 
Ike figure of a Bafilifk» 
CHAP. XX. 
Of the Salamander. 
* • ♦ 
He Salamander kill's not onely fuch as it bite s, by makeing a venemous im- 
preflion, but it alfo infe&'s the fruits and herbs over which it creep's, with a 
fpittle or grots moifture which fweat's out of all the bodie, to the great dan- 
ger of the health and life of fuch as eat theft things at unawares: wherefore it 
need not ftem ftrange, which is received by fom late writers , that fom fami- 
lies have all died by drinking water out of the pits, whereinto a Salamander by accident was 
fallen- For if it fhall creep upon a tree , it infeft's all the fruit with the qualities of cold 
and mbift poifon, wherein it yield's not to Aconite. 
Aettus write's, that fuch as are infe&ed with the poifon of a Salamander, certain parts of 
their bodie grow livid, to that they fall away often, beeing putrefied. At the firft there ap- 
pear white fpots over the bodie, then red, afterwards black with putrefaction, and the fal- 
ling away of the hairs. The cure is, to procure vomit, to loof the bellie with a glyfter, and 
to give them Treacle and Mithridate in potions. Avicen prefcribe's the fame things againft 
this kinde of poifon as againft ofium, by.reafon of the cold nature of them both j the pro- 
per antidote is turpentine, ftjrax, nettle-feeds, and cyprefs-leavs. Diofcorides write's, that the 
Salamander is a kinde of Lizard,dull, variegated, and which is falfly reputed not to bee 
burnt by fire. But PUnie faith fhee is fo cold , that fhee extinguifheth the fire by her touch 
onely, beeing laied upon hot coals. On the contrarie, Mattbioluf faith, that caft into a 
great flame, they are quickly confumed. It is eafie out of Actiuf to reconcile theft disagree- 
ing opinions. This creature, faith hee, pafleth through a burning flame, and is not hurt, 
the flame divideing it ftlf, and giveing her way , but if fhee continue anie time in the fire, 
the cold humor beeing confumed in her, fhee is burnt. Now the Salamander is black, va- 
riegated, with yellow fpots, ftar-fafhion. 
The malign! 
tie of a Sala- 
mander. 
The temper of 
her. 
Symptoms. 
The cure. 
How a Sala- 
mander may 
bee laid to 
live in the fire. 
'the figure of a Salamander. 
CHAP. XXI. 
Of the Torpedo. 
THe Toledo hath his name from the effeft, by reafon that by his touch and power the 
members becom torpid and numb; in muddie (hoars it live's upon fifiu which fhee catch- 
eth by craft, r or lying in the mud3fhee fo ftupefie's thole that are nigh her , that fhee eafily 
prey s upon them, fhee hath the fame power over men , for fhee (end's a numnefs not onely 
into the arm of the fifher-man,but alfo over all his bodie , although his fifhers pole bee be- 
tween them. e The 
The craft of 
the Torpedo. 
Hss ftupefying 
force. Lib.zi. 
Concerning Toifons, &c. 
519 
tbe effigies of a Torpedo. 
CHAP. XXII. 
Of the Biteings of Afps. 
He wound which is made by an Afp is verie final!, as if a needle were thruft into 
the part, and without anie Iwelling. Thefe fymptonis follow upon her bite,fiid- 
den darknefs cloud's their eies, much agitation in all their bodies, but gentle 
notwithftandingja moderate pain of the ftomach trouble's them,their fore-heads 
are continually troubled with convulfive twitchings, their cheeks tremble, and 
their eie-lids fall gently to reft and fleep; the blood which flows from the wound is little, 
but black; death no longer deferred then the third part of adaie, will take them away by 
convulfions, unlels you make refiftence with fitting remedies. The male-Afp make's two 
wounds, the female four, as it alfo happen's in the biteings of vipers. Now for that that the 
poifon of Alps congeal's the blood in the veins and arteries, therefore you muft ufe againft 
itfiichthingsasarehotandfiibtilofparts,as mithridate or treacle diflblved in aquavitt, 
and the fame powred into the wound ; the patient muft bee warmed by baths , fri&ions, 
walking, and the like. When as the hurt part becommeth purple, black or green, it is a fign 
that the native heat is extinft and fiiffocated by the malignitie of the venom.Thereforethen 
it is beft to amputate the member, if the partie bee able to endure it, and there bee nothing 
which may hinder. Kzgo write's, that hec law a Mountebank at Florence, who, that hee 
might fell the more of his Antidotes, and at the better rate , let an Afp to bite him by the 
finger, but hee died thereof fom four hours after. To the fame purpofe you may read Mat- 
tbioluf,whereas hee write's that thofe Impoftors or Mountebanks to cozen the better,and de- 
ceiv the people,ufe to hunt and take vipers and alps long after the fpring, that is,then when- 
as they have caft forth their moft deadlie poilbn;then they feed them w*h meats formerly un- 
ufiial to them, fo that by long keeping and care, at the length they bring it to pals,that they 
put off a great of their venemous nature; neither beeing thus fatisiied,they make them often- 
times to bite upon peeces of flefli, that fo they may caft forth into them the venom which is 
contained in the membrane between their teeth and gums. Laftly, they force them to bite, 
lick and fwallow down an aftringent medicine, which they compofe and carrie about for 
the fame purpofe,that fo they may obftruft thepaflages by the venom ufed to flow out, 
for thus as length their bites will bee harmlefs, or without great danger. This therefore is 
their art, that Co they may fell their counterfeit treacle to the people at a high rate, as that 
which is a moft fafe remedie againft all poifonous bites. Cbrijtapber Andrew in his book cal- 
led Oicoiatria, write's that the I Hands of Spain are everie where full and ftor'd with ferpents, ( 
alps, and all forts of venemous beafts, againft whofe bites they never obferved or found anie * 
benefit in treacle. But the efficacie of the following Antidote is lb certain and excellent,and 
approoved by fo manifold experience,that in the confidence thereof,they will notbeeaffraid 
to let themfelvs bee bitten by an Alp. Nowthis medicine is compofed of the leavs ofMullet, 
Avenes and red-ftock-gilliflowrs in like quantitie, which they boil in (harp vineger and the i 
urine of a found man, and therewith foment the wounded part. Yet if hee have not taken ' 
nor ufed anie thing of a good while after the wound, it will bee better and more ceitian, if 
the patient drink three ounces of this deco&ion falling two hours before meat. 
Symptoms* 
Cureing. 
An hiftorie. 
By what means 
Afps may bee 
made lefi hurt- 
ful. 
Gtl.lib.de They, 
ad fifonem. 
Againft the 
bites of what 
ferpentstreacle 
doth no good. 
A certain re- 
mcdie againft 
the biteing of 
Afps. ♦ 
CHAP* XXIII. 
I Have thought good in a true hiftorie to deliver the virulent malignitieof the bite of a 
Snake,& the remedies thercof.Whenas King Charts the ninth was at Moulins3Mo»«/fc«r Le 
Fmr, 
Of the biteing of a Snake.. 
An hiftorie. 520 
Concerning &c. 
Lib.21. 
Feure the King's Phylician,& I were called to cure the Cook of the Ladie of Caftelpers. Who 
gathering hops in a hedg to make a fallet,was bit on the hand by a fnake that there lay hid, 
hee putting his hand to his mouth, flicked the wound to eaf the pain by fucking forth the 
venom. But his tongue forthwith fwelled to big,that hee could not fpeak his minde :befides, 
his whole arm, even to his flioulder, was in like fort much fwelled, his pain was fo vehe- 
ment, that it made him (woun twice in my prefence, his face was wan and livid like to a dead 
bodies and though I defpaired of his recoverie, yet not differing him to bee quite forfaken, 
1 walhed his mouth with treacle diflblved in white wine,and gave him fom thereof to drink, 
adding thereto fom aqua vite. I opened his fwoln arm with manie and deep fcarifications, e- 
fpecially in the place where hee was hurt, I differed the blood which was wholly ferous and 
famous,, to flow more plentifully,! walhed the wovnds with treacle and mithridate diflbl- 
ved in aqua vita, and then I put him exceeding warm in bed, procureing Iweat, and makeing 
him to lie awake,left deep Ihotild draw the poifon inwards to the entrails. I by thefe means 
fo far prevailed, that on the day after hee was free'd from all his malign fymptoms. There- 
fore I judged, it onely remained for a perfeft cure, that the wound Ihould bee long kept 
open and waftied with treacle j neither was I deceived, for within a few daies hee was 
perfe&ly recovered* 
The cure. 
CHAP. XXIV. 
Of the biteings of "toads. 
The bites of 
Toads how 
harmful. 
Hough Toads want teeth, yet with their hard and rough gums they fo ftraitly 
prefs or pinch the part which they (hall take hold on, that they will force their 
poifon thereinto, and fo over the whole bodie by the pores of the preffed part. 
Moreover they caft forth their venom by urine , fpittle and vomit upon herbs, 
but chiefly upon Strawberries,the which they are reported greatly to affe&.Hencc 
manie fuddenly and ignorantly catch their deaths. 
I heard from a man of verie good credit, that there were two merchants not far from the 
Citie Tbolout, who wh Heft dinner was provideing, walked into the Garden that belonged to 
the Inn, where they gathered fom fage leavs, and unwaflied as they were put them into their 
wine. They had not as yet dined, when beeing taken with a fudden Vertigo, the whole Inn 
teemed to run round, then lofing their light, they fell into a fwound, intermixed now and 
then with convulfions. But they Hammered with their lips and tongues becomming black; 
a froward and horrid look, with continual vomiting, and a cold fweat, the fore-runner of 
death, which prefently feazed upon them,their bodies becomming exceedingly much fwoln. 
But the Juftices of the place fufpe&ing that they were poilbned, made the Inn-keeper and 
the Guefts to bee apprehended, beeeing examined they all conftantly and with one voice an- 
fwered, That the dead parties ate of the fame meat and drink which the reft did, butonely 
that they put fage into their wine.. A Phyfician was asked the queftion whether fage might 
bee poifoned; hee anfwered, it might : but to com to the purpote, it muft appear 
whether anie venemous creature hath poifoned the plant with her fpittle or venemous janies. 
This which was lightly pronounced, and onely by conjefture, was by the eie found to bee 
true.For at the root thereof there was found a hole in the ground full of Toads,who got out 
by putting in of warm water, made it credible that the plant was poifoned by their fpittle 
and urine,whereby you may underftand how unwifely they do,who devour herbs and fruits 
newly gathered without wafhing. Alfo wee muft take heed left falling afleep in the fields, 
wee lie not near the holes which toads or other venemous beafts of the fame nature have 
made their habitation. B or thence a venemous or deadlie air may bee drawn into the lungs. 
For the fame caufwee muft abftain from eating of frogs in the month of May, becauf then 
they engender with toads. Oxen in feeding lomtimes lick up fmall toads together with the 
grate, which prefently will breed their great harm, for thereupon the oxen fwell fo big,that 
they often burft withall. Neither is the venom of toads deadly onely beeing taken inwardly, 
blit even fprinkled upon the skin, unlefs they forthwith wipe the place, and wafh it with u- 
rine, water and fait. Such as are poifoned by a toad turn yellow,fwell over all their bodies, 
are taken withan Afthmatick dimcultie of breathing, a Vertigo, convulfion, {wounding,and 
lattly by death it telf. Thefe fb horrid fymptoms are judged inherent in the poifqn of toads, 
not onely by reafon of the elementarie qualities thereof, coldnete and moifture, which are 
chiefly predominant therein; but much rather by the occult propertie which is apt to pu- 
trefie the humors of that bodie whereto it fliall happen. Therefore it will bee convenient 
toprocmv vomit, efpecially if the poifbn bee taken by the mouth, to give glifters, and to 
weaken theftrength of the poifon by hot and attenuateing Antidotes , as treacle and me- 
thridate diflblved in good wine; but in conclufion to digeft it by bathes, ftoves, and much 
and great exercite. Rondeletiut in his book de affirm'sthe fame things of the curted 
of toads, as wee have formerly delivered: yet that they teldom bi te, but that they 
caft forth either their urine, the which they gather in a great quantitie in a large bladder, or 
elf 
An hiftork. 
The fymptoms 
occafioned by 
the poifon of 
Toads. 
May-frogs. 
The cute. LlB.Xf. 
Concerning^oifons, &c. 
521 
elf their venemous fpittle or breath againft fuch as they meet withall, or aflail; befidesj the 
herbs which are tainted by their poifonous breath , but much more fiich as are fprinkled 
with their fpittle or urine, are fufficient to kill fuch as eat them. The Antidotes are juice 
of betonie, plantane, mug-wurt, as alfo the blood of Tortoifes made with flower into 
pills, and forthwith diflblved in wine, and drunken. Plinie write's, that the hearts and 
fpleens of Toads refill poifon. The vulgar opinion is falf, who think that the Toad-ftone 
is found in their heads, which is good againft poifon. * 
Antidotes a- 
gamft the poi- 
fonof Toads.' 
CHAP. XXV. 
Of tbe flinging of a Scorpion, 
Scorpion is a imall creature with a round bodie in form of an egg,with manie 
feet, and a long tail confifting of manie joints, the laft whereof is thicker,and 
a little longer then the reft, at the verie end thereof is a fting,in fom two,hoi- ' 
low and replete with cold poifon,the which by the fting it. call's into the ob- 
vious bodie j it hath five legs on each fide forked with ftrong claws,not unlike 
to a Crab or Lobfter, but the two foremoft are bigger then the reft; they are of a blackilh or 
footie color, they go alide, alide 5 and oftimes faften themfelvs with their mouths and feet 
fo faft to men, that they can fcarce bee plucked there-hence.There bee (dm tvho have wings 
like the wings of Locufts, wafteing the corn , and all green things with their biteing and 
burning. Such are unknown in France. Thele fiie divers countries, like winged Ants. This 
is likely to bee true by that which Mattbiohu write's, that the husband-men in Caftile in 
Spain, in digging the earth oftimes finde a fwarm of Scorpions,which betake themfelvs thi- 
ther againft winter. Plinie write's, that Scorpions laid wafte a certain part of /Ethiopia, by 
chaleing away the inhabitants.The Antients made divers kindes of Scorpions,according to 
their varietie or difference of colors, fom beeing yellow, others brown,reddilh,afli- colored, 
green,whitilh, black, duskie; fom have wings,and fom are without. They are more or lefs 
deadlie, according to the countries they inhabit. In Tulcanie and Scithia they are abfolute- 
ly deadlie, but at Trent,and in the Hand Pharos their flinging is harmkls. The place flung 
by a Scorpion preiently begin's to bee inHamed, it waxeth red,grow's hard, and fwell's,and 
the patient is again pained, hee is one while hot, another while cold, labor preiently wea- 
rie's him, and his pain is fom-whiles more, and fom-whiles lefs, hee Iweat's and (hake's as if 
hee had an Ague, his hair Hand's upright, palenefs dif-color's his members, and hee feel's a 
pain, as if hee were pricked with needles over all his skin, winde flieth out backwards , hee 
drive's to vomit and go to ftool, but doth nothing j hee is molefted with a continual fever 
and (wounding, which at length proov's deadlie, unlels it bee remedied. Diofcorides write's, 
that a Scorpion beaten and laid to the place where hee is flung,is a remedie thereto 5 as alfo 
eaten rolled to the lame purpole. It is an ufiiall, but certain remedie to annoint the fifing 
place with the oil of Scorpions. There bee fom who drop into the wound the milkie juice 
of figs 5 others applie calamint beaten, other-lorn ule barlie-meal mixed with a deco&ion 
of Rue. Snails beaten together with their Ihells, and laid thereon, preiently alfwage pain. 
Sulphur vivum mixed with Turpentine, and applied plafter-wile, is good j as allb the leavs 
of Rue beaten,.and laid thereto. In like fort allbthe herb Scorpioides, which thence took its 
name, is convenient, as alfo abryonie-root boiled and mixed with a litile fulphur and old 
oil. Diofcorides affirm's, Agarick in powder ? or taken in wine to bee an Antidote againft 
poilbns, verily it is exceeding good againft the ftingings or biteingsof lerpents. Yet the 
continual ufe of a bath Hand's in flead of all thefe, as allb fweat, and drinking wine Ibm- 
whatallai'd. Now Scorpions may bee chafed away by a fumigation of Sulphur and Galba- 
num fallb oil of Scorpions dropped into their holes, hinder's their comming forth.. juice 
ofraddifh doth the lame. For they will never touch onethat is befmeared with the juice'of 
radifh or garlick, yea verily, they will not dare to com near him. 
The defcriptn 
on of a Scon- 
pion. 
His tail. 
Winged Scor- 
pIOD$« 
Symptoms.' 
Lib.t.cap.ioi 
& 
Lib,3 .cap, I. 
Scorpions cha- 
fed away with 
the juice of 
Garlick or ' 
Radifh. 
CHAP. XXVI. 
Of toe fiingitig of Bees, W'afys, &c. ■ 
Ees, Wafps, Hornets and foch lilce; cauf great pain in the skin wounded by 
their flinging, by reafon of the curfoiefs of the venom which they fend into the 
bodie by the wound, yet are they feldom deadlie,but yet if they let upon a matt, 
by multitudes, they may com to kill him. For thtis they have fom times been the 
death ot hor'fes; Wherefore becatif fiich as are flung by thefe, by reafon of the crueltid of 
paih, may think they are wounded by a more virulent and deadlie creature, I. think it'not 
amifs to fet down what fignes follow upon their ftingings. Great pain presently arlfeth, ! 
which continueth untill the fling left in the part is taken forth, the part becbm's red and 
fwoln, and there rifeth a path or little Wilier. The cure is, forthwithto fuck the wound 
Y y verie 
Symptoms. 
The curd Qonceming (Poijonsi 
Lib. zi. 
522 
verie hard, and thereby to draw forth the flings, which if they cannot thus bee gotten out, 
the place, if nothing hinder, is to bee cut, or elf temper allies with leven or oil, and fo ap- 
plie them : the part alfo may bee verie conveniently put into hot water, and there fomen- 
ted for an houres (pace, and at length walhed in lea-water. Crelfes beaten and applied, al- 
(wage the pain and difculs the humor caufling the tumor. Ox-dung macerated in oil and 
vineger, and applied hot, doth the fame. There are fom who applie to the part the lame 
creatures beaten, as wee formerly faid of Scorpions ; beans chawed and laid to the part af- 
(wage pain. Vineger, honie and fait applied exceeding hot, are good, if befides, you dip a 
cloth therein, and lay it upon the place; futybur vivum tempered with (pittie hath the fame 
effect The milkie juice of unripe figs incorporated with honie, is judged verie effe&ual,but 
it is much the better,mixed with treacle. Walps will not fling nor bite fuch as annoint their 
bodies with the juice of mallows mixed with oil. They may bee quickly chafed away with 
the fume of brimftone and fuch like things. A wafp is faid, if lhee finde a viper dead, to dip 
her fting in the others poifon, and thence men learned toempoifon the heads of their ar- 
rows. The rough and hairie worms, which are commonly called Bear-worms, elpecially 
thole which breed about a Pine-tree, cauf great itching, rednefs and fwelling in the part 
which they bite, touch or grate upon verie hard. A remedie hereof is onions beaten with 
vineger, and the reft of the things formerly mentioned. 
The bitts of 
Bear-worms. 
CHAP. XXVII. 
weav webs with various art, yet in thefe they alwaies make alurking- 
hole, fo to lie in wait to catch the intrapped flies, and fb to prey upon them. 
There are manie forts of Spiders; one is termed Rhagium, round, and like a 
black-berrie, whence it taketh the name; it hath a verie finall mouth under the 
mid'ft of the bellie, and moft fliort feet, as if they were imperfeft, her bite is as 
painful as the fting of a Scorpion. Another is called Lupus, or the Wolf-Spider, becauf lhee 
doth not onely lie in wait to catch Flies, but alfo Bees and Wafps, and all fuch things as 
may flee into her web* The third is named Myrmecion, it is larger then an Ant, but headed 
like one, the bodie thereof is black, and hath white fpots or ftreaks running towards the 
back- The fourth kinde may bee called Veftarium, in other things refembling a Wafp , but 
that it want's the wings; of a reddilh color , and liveing onely on herbs. The Antients 
have thought their biteings to bee venemous. Now their poifon is therefore thought to bee 
cold, becauf the fymptoms thence arifeing are winde in the bellie, refrigerations of the ex- 
treme parts of the bodie, numnefs in the bitten part, with fenf of cold and fliakeing. The 
wound muft forthwith bee walked with verie hot vineger; then muft you lay thereto Oni- 
onsj and luch like things beaten, then procure fweat by art, as by baths and ftoves , yet no- 
thing is more effe&ual then treacle and mithridate. 
Of the bite of a Spider. 
Differences of 
Spiders. 
CHAP. XXVIII. 
Of Cantharides and Bupreftes. 
The defcripti 
on of Ctmhu- 
7ides. 
4ntbarzd.es fliine as it were with a golden color, acceptable to the eie, by reafon of the 
commixture of a blewifh or greenifh color therewith , yet their fmell is ungrateful. 
They are hot and drie in the fourth degree, and fo cauftick, corrofive and venemous, 
not onely by reafon of their cauftick qualitie, but becaufof a fecret antipathic which they 
naturally have againft the urinarie parts ; which effefts they produce not onely if they bee 
taken by the mouth into the bodie,but even applied outwardly to raif blifters. Such as have 
taken them inwardly,have the tafte of pitch,or fom thing like cedria, or the rofin of Cedars 
in their mouths, it is likely that this tafte proceed's from the humors diflblved by the pu- 
tredinous heat in the ftomach, guts & liver,and the vapors that there-hence arife; for taken 
inwardly,they gnaw,exulcerate and burn all parts from the mouth even to the bellie,whence 
enfueth a bloodie-flux, excrements flowing out, which referable the walkings of new-killed 
flefh. Then follow's a burning fever, vertigo, madnefs, reftlefiiefs,the brain beeing difturbed 
by the plentie of vapors lifted up from the corroded and burnt parts and humors , which 
therefore when as they appear, you may know the afleftis uncureable. In the parts ap- 
pointed for the receiving and conveiance of the urine they cauf a burning 
excpriation, ftrong and continual ereftion of the yard, whence enfue's a bloodie and 
painful ftrangurie, in ftead of which there oftimes happen's orfucceed'san Ifchurief QX 
ftoppage of the water, whence a gangrene and mortification of the!paflt, and fo in 
conclufion of the whole bodie befides. When as Cantbarides are taken inwardly, there- 
medie is vomiting,drinking of Cows-milk to correft the heat and drinefs, good to mi- 
tigate the ulcers, and ftay the dy[enterie 5 it is good alfo to injeft it into the guts by glyfter. 
\ ' ' In 
Enemies to 
the Bladder. 
Symptoms. Concerning'? oifons, &c. 
Lib.zj. 
523 
In (lead thereof fallet-oil, or oil of fweet almond's is convenient to retund the acrimonie of 
the poifon faftned to the fides of the ftomach. The reft and whole cure of this poifon you 
may learn by the following hiftorie. A certain whore,the better to enjoy the companie of 
a young Abbot who loved her, entertained him with a banquet, and (prinkled divers of/ 
their cates with the powder of Cantbarides,to incite him the more to venerie The next day, 
when as the Abbot caft forth pure blood at his fundament and yard which ftood verie ftiffe, 
hee called fom Phyficians, who prefently by the fore-mentioned (ymptoms,which were all 
verie apparent in him, underftood that hee had Cantbarides given him: wherefore they ; 
purged him upwards with vomits , and downwards by glyfters made with French-barlie, 
Rice, a decottion of mallowes, feeds of line and fenugreek,oil oflillies, goats-faet: then 
preftntly after they gave him a little treacle with a good quantitie of confervas of violets, 
which might draw the poifon outwards, they gave him milk to drink, and cauffed him to 
to uft injettions into the urinarie paflage and guts made ofrefrigerateing things,as the juice 
of lettuce, purflaine, cucumbers, gourds, melons ; of tough and vifcid things, that fo they 
might flick the more eafily and longer to the ulcerated parts,as the mucilages of pfilium, 
mallows, quince-feeds, fyrup of water-lillies, poppies and violets, frefli butter, and oil 
of fweet almonds, and they made him drink onely barlie-water, or the common ptifan ; 
they let him feed on veal, kid , and pork boiled with lettuce, purflaine, barly and violet 
leaves, the which by their humidicie might relax the bellie, and by their toughneft lenifie 
the roughnefs of afperitie; they applied alfo refrigerateing things to the loines, fhare and 
perinxum to affwage tlft heat of the urine. At length they put him into a warm bath, and to 
conclude, they left nothing u«attempted to draw forth or weaken the poifon. But all their 
endeavors were in vain, for the Abbot died, not beeing deftitute of remedies conveniently 
prefcdbed, but overcom by the contumacious maligni tie of the poifon. The Phyficians i 
pains had far better fuccefs in a certain Gentlewoman againft this kinde of affett; her 
whole face was deformed with red, fierie and filthie puftles, fo that all fhunncd her compa- 
nie aS if fhee had been troubled with a Leprofie, and were readie to forbid her the focietie 
of men; fhee came to Paris, and calling Holleriw and Grealmus Phyficians, mee and Caballus 
beeing Surgeons, fhee made a grievous complaint, and befbught us earneftly for fom reme- 
die againft fo great a deformitie of her face having diligently confidered her caft, wee pro- 
nounced her tree from a Leprofie; but wee judged it fit to applie to her whole face a vefica- 
torie of Cantbarides,three or four houres after the application whereof,the medicines beeing , 
com to work its effctt, her bladder began to burn exceedingly, and the neck of her womb > 
tofwell, with gripings, continual vomiting, making of water and ftowring, a troublefbm 1 
agitation of the bodie and members, a burning and abfolutely fierie fever. 1 forthwith' 
called the Phyficians, it was decree'd that fhee fhould drink wine plentifully, and that it 
(hould bee in jetted by the fundament into the guts, and by the urinarie paflage into the 
bladder and the nccK of the womb, and that fhee fhould keep her felf, untill the pain were 
mitigated, in a warm bath made of thedecottion of Line-feeds, the roots and leaves ofmal- 
lowes, marfh-mallowes, violets , henbane , purflain and lettuce; and her loines and geni- 
tals fhould bee anointed with unguentum rofatum andpopuleon ftirred and incorporated with 
oxycrate. By theft means, all the fymptoms were mitigated. Her face in the interim rofe 
all in ablifter, and much purulent matter came out thereof and fo the deformitie, where- 
with fhee was formerly troubled, vanifhed away for ever , fo that within a while after (hee 
was married, and had manie children, and is yet living in perfett health. 
Buprejtes alfb are of the kinde of Cantbarides, beeing like unto them in fhape and facultie. 
If an Ox or fheep or anie other creature fhall in feeding devour one of them, hee will pre- 
ftntly (well up like a Tun; whence alfo they take their name: if a man take them inward- 
ly,he fhall endure the like (ymptoms as in takeing Cantbar ides, and over and befides both his 
ftomach and his whole bellie fhall bee wonderfully puffed up, as if hee had a Dropfie. It 
is probable that this inflation like a tympanic happenethby humors diffuftd and refblved 
into vapors by the fierie acrimonie of the venom: They are to bee cured after the fame 
manner as (iich as have drunk Cantbarides, Laftly,asin all other poifons which are taken 
into the bodie, fo alfb here, if the poifon taken by the mouth bee thought as yet to bee in 
the ftomach, you muft then procure vomit. If it bee gotten into the guts, then muft it bee 
drawn away by glyfters; if diffiifed over all the bodie, then muft you make uft of foch 
things as may drive the poifon forth from the center to the circumference, fuch as arc 
baths and (loves. 
A hiflorie. 
The cure.1 
A hiftcrie. 
Canthwides ap- 
plied to the 
head, ulcerate 
the bladder. 
A remcdie a- 
gainft Leprous 
puftles. 
The rcafon of 
the name. 
CHAP. XXIX. 
Of Horf-leeches. , 
HOrf-leeches are alfo venemous, efpecially fuch as live in muddie (linking ditches, for ] 
theft are left hurtful which refide in clear and pure waters. Wherefore, before they are 
Yy 2 to 
What horf- 
leeche* moil 
virulent. Concerning Foifons, 
Lib.zi. 
524 
to bee uted in cafes of phyfick ,they muft bee kept for fom dates fpace in clean water, that 
fo they may purge themfelvs; otherwife they may chance to leav ulcers hard to cure in the 
places whereto they ffiall bee applied, and the rather, if they bee violently plucked off, be- 
cauf they by that means leav their teeth faftned in the part. Now hee which by chance hath 
(wallowed a Horf-leech, muft bee asked in what part hee feeleth. her, that is, the fenf of her 
fucking. For if fhee ftick in the top of the throat or gullet, or in the midd'ft thereof, the 
part fhall bee often wafhed with muftard diflblved in vineger. If fhee bee near the orifice of 
the ventricle,it is fit that the patient by little and little (wallow down oil with a little vine- 
ger. But if fheefaften to the ftomach, or the bottom of the ventricle, the patient, by the 
plucking of the part, fhall perceiv a certain fenf of (ticking, the patient will fpit blood, and 
will for fear becom melancholick. To force her thence, hee fhall drink warm water with 
oil 5 but if fhee cannot fo bee looted, then fhall you mix aloes therewith, or fom thing en- 
dued with the like bitternefs,for (hee will by that means leav her hold, and (b bee caft forth 
by vomit. You may perceiv this by fuch as are applied to the skin, on the external parts, 
for by the afperfion of bitter things, whether they bee full or emptie, they will forfake their 
hold. Then fhall the patient take aftringent things, which may ftop the blood flowing 
forth of the bitten part, fuch is Conferv ofRofes, with terra figillata, and 
other more aftringent things, if need fo require. For if they (hall adhere to (bm greater 
branch of fom vein or arterie, it will bee more difficult to ftop the flowing blood. 
But for that not the earth onely , but the tea alfo produceth venemous creatures, wee 
will in like (brt treat of them, as wee have alreadie don of the other, beginning with the 
Lampron. 
Divers reme- 
dies according 
to the diverfi- 
tie of the 
parts. 
CHAP. XXX. 
Of the Lantfron. 
The defer i pti- 
on of the 
Lampton* 
He Lampron, called in Latine Murtna, is a fea-fifh fbmthing in fhape refembling 
a Lamprie, but fhee is bigger and thicker, and hatha larger mouth, with teeth 
long, fharp and bending inwards, fhee is of a duskie color, diftinguifhed with 
whitifh fpots, and fbm two cubits length; the Antients had them in great 
etteem, becaufthey yield good nouri(hment,and may bee kept long alive, in pools or ponds, 
and id taken as the owners pleaf to ferv their table, as it is fufficiently known by the hifto- 
rie of the Roman Cr affix. Shee by her biteing induceth the fame iymptoms as the viper,and 
it may bee helped by the fame means. Verily the Lampron hath inch familiaritie with ehe 
Viper, that leaving her natural element the fea, fhee leapeth afhoar, and feeketh out the Vi- 
per in her den to join with her in copulation, as it is written by JElian and Nicander. 
The natural 
friendfliip of 
the Lampron 
and Viper. 
CHAP. XXXI. 
He fea-Dragon, called by the French Viva, for his vivacitie (and by the Englifli 
a Viver, or as fom fay, a gua-viver) becauf beeing taken in fifliing, and drawn 
out of the fea, fliee is faid long to furvive. Her pricks are poifbnous3but chiefly 
thoie that are at the edges of her gils. Which is the reafbn that Cooks cut off 
their heads before they ferv them up to the table; and at Roven the fiflier-men 
lay them not upon their flails to fell before they have cut off their heads. The wounded 
part of fuch as are hurt, pain's them much with inflammation, a fever, fwounning, gan- 
grene and deadlie mortification, unlefs it bee quickly withftood. Not verie long ago the 
wife of Monfieur Fromaget, Secretarie of the requefts, was wounded with a prick of this fifh in 
her middle-finger, there followed a fwelling and rednefs of the part, without much pain , 
but perceiving the fwelling to encreaf, beeing made more warie by the mifehance of her 
neighbor the wife of Monfteur Bargelonne, Lievtenant particular in the Chaftelet of Paris, 
who died not long before by the like accident beeing neglefled, lent for mee3 I under- 
ftanding the caufof her difeaf, laid to her pained finger and her whole hand,befidesa pul- 
tis made of a great Onion rofted under the coles, leaven, and a little treacle. The next day I 
wilhed her to dip her whole hand into warm water, fo to draw forth the poifon, then I di- 
vided the skin about it with much fcarification, but onely fuperficiarily; to the gaffes I ap- 
plied Leeches, which by fucking drawing a fiifficient quantitie of blood, I put thereto trea- 
cle diffolved in aqua vite. The next day the fwelling was aflwaged, and the pain eafed, and 
within a few daies fliee was perfeftly well. Dio far ides write's , that this fifh divided in the 
mid'ft, and applied to the wound, will cure it. 
Of the Draco-marinus, or fea-Dragon. 
Symptoms. 
An hiftorie. 
The cure. 
CHAP. Lib.zi. 
Concerning*? oifont, &c. 
525 
CHAP. XXXII. 
Of the Paftinaca marina, or Sting-Ray, which fom call the Fiercc-claw. 
Uch as are ftung by a Sting-Ray (as A'etiut hath written) the place of the wound 
doth manifeftly appear; there enfiie's thereon lading pain and the numnefs of 
the whole bodie. And feeing that it hath a (harp and firm fting, whereby the 
nervs by the .deepnefs of the ftroke may bee wounded, it fo happen's that tom 
die forthwith, their whole'bodies differing convulfions. Moreover, it will kill even the ve- 
rie trees into whole roots it is faftned. Yet Plinie affirm'$,that it is good againft the pain of 
the teeth, if the gums bee (carified therewith, yea, and it beeing made into powder with 
white Hellebore, or of it felf, will cauf teeth to fall out without anie pain, or anie violence 
offered to them. This fifh is good meat, the head and tail excepted fom of them have two 
flings, other-fom but one; thefe ftings are (harp like a faw with the teeth turned towards 
their heads. Offlianus write's, that their ftings are more poifbnous then the Perfian's ar- 
rows, for the force of the poifbn remaineth, the fifh beeing dead, which will kill not onely 
living creatures, but plants alfo. Fifher-men, when they catch this fifh, prefently fpoil him 
of his fting, left they fhould bee hurt therewith. But if by chance they bee hurt therewith, 
then take they forth his liver, and lay it to the wound; furthermore, the fifh beeing burnt 
and made into powder, is the true antidote of his wound. The Sting-Ray live's in muddle 
places near the (hoar, upon the fifhes that hee hunteth and cattheth with his fting , haveing 
the teeth thereof turned towards his head for the fame purpofe. Hee is not unlike a Ray, 
and I have here given you his figure. 
Thefym- 
ptoms. 
The virulcncie 
of her fling. 
The figure of a Sting-Ray. 
CHAP. XXXIII. 
Linie call's the Sea-hare, a mats or deformed piece of Hefti. Galen faith it is like 
a Snail taken forth of the (hell. It is exceedingly poifonous in the judgment J 
of the Antients; wherefore it is notamifc to let down the defcription of it, 
left wee might eat it at unawares, too earneftly view it, or fmcll thereto,as al- 
lo that wee may ufe it againft the poilbn thereof; it is an inhabitant not 
oneiy or tne lea, but allo of lakes of lea-water, Specially fuch as are muddie; it is of the 
fame color as the hair of the land-hare is,it hath a hole in the head,out of which hee putteth , 
a certain piece of Hefti,and pluck's it back again when aS hee is leen. Pau Im, Aetiuf,'Plinie, j. 
Galen and Nicander are of one opinion, and agree in this, that if a woman big with childe < 
do too earneftly look upon one, ftiee will vomit,and preftntly after abort.They which have < 
drunk this poifon,faith Di ofcor ide J, are troubled with pain inthebellie, and their urine is 
flopped. If they do make water, then is it bloodies they rundown with (linking (wear, 
which fmell's of fifti ;(a cholerick vomiting fomtimes mixed with blood enfue's thereon. 
Aetius write's, that all their bodies turn yellow , their faces fwell, and their feet, but 
chiefly their genital member, which is the caufthey cannot make water freely. Galen write's, . 
that it is the propertie of the Sea-hare to exulcerate the lungs. Their antidote is Afle' s-milk, 
muskadine, or honied-wine continually drunken, oradecoftion of the roots andleavs of 
Yy 3 mallows. 
Of the Lepus marinus, or Sea-hare. 
The defetipti- 
on of the Sea- 
hare. 
The earned 
beholding of a 
Sea-hare will 
caul abortion* 
rhe fym- 
ptoms. 
The antidote. 526 
ConcerningcPoifons, &c. 
Lib.zi. 
Mallows. It is good for the falling away of the hair. I have here given you the figure there- 
of out of Rondeletius his book of Fifties. 
The figure of a Sea-Hare. 
CHAP. XXXIV. 
Of the poifon of Cats* 
Ot onely the brain of a Cat, beeing eaten, is poifbnous and deadlie to man, 
but allb their hair , their breath, yea and their verie pretence to lom proov 
deadlie.For although anie hair devoured unawares,may bee enough to choak 
one,by flopping the inftruments of refpiration, yet the hairs of a Cat by a 
certain occult propertie,are judged moft dangerous in this cafe: befides alfo, 
their breath is infefted with a certain hurtfulmalignitie.For Mattbiolus faith, 
that hee knew 1dm, who beeing lb delighted with Cats, that they could never go to bed 
without them , have by fo often drawing in the air with their breath, fallen into a con- 
fumption of the lungs, which occafioned their death. Moreover,it is manifeft that the verie 
fight of their eies is hurtful, which appear's by this , that fbm but feeing or hearing them, 
prefently fall down in a fwound j yet I would not judg that to happen by the malicious vi- 
rulencie of the Cat,but alfo by the peculiar nature of the partie,and a qualitie generated with 
him, and lent from heaven. When as, faith Matthiolus, a certain Germane in winter-time, 
came with us into a ftove to fupper, whereas were divers of our acquaintance, a certain wo- 
man,knowing this man's nature, left that hee fhould fee her kicling which lhee kept, and fo 
fhould go away in a chafe, lhee fhut her up in a cup-board in the fame chamber. But for all 
that hee did not fee her, neither heard her crie,yet within a little fpace,when hee had drawn 
in the air, infefted with the breath of the Cat, that qualitie of temperament, contrarie, or 
enemie to Cats, beeing provoked, hee began to fweat, to look pale,and to crie out (all of us 
admireing it) Here lies a Cat in fom corner or other', neither could hee bee quiet till the Cat 
was taken away. But fiich as have eaten the brains of a Cat, are taken with often Vertigo's, 
and now and then becom foolifh and mad: they are helped by procureing vomit, and take- 
ing the Antidote againft this poifbn, that is, half a fcruple of Musk, diflolved and drunk in 
wine. There bee (bm who prefcribe the confeftion Diatnofcbum to bee taken everie morning, 
four hours before meat. By this you may gather,that it is not fo fabulous that the common 
fort report,that Cats will kill or harm children ; for lying to their mouths with the weight 
of their whole bodies, they hinder the paffage forth of the fuliginous vapors, and the moti- 
on of the cheft, and infeft and ftifle the fpirits of tender infants, by the peftiferous air and 
exhalation which they fend forth. 
A Cat's bait 
moft fubjeft 
to choak. 
The breath of 
a Cat moft 
hurtful ro the 
lungs. 
An hiftorio. 
A wonderful 
antipathic be- 
tween a man 
and a Cat. 
The Antidote 
againft the 
brains of a 
Cat. 
CHAP. XXXV. 
Of certain poifonous Plants. 
Aveing defcribed the poifons that com from living creatures, I com to {peak of fuch 
as are from Plants, beginning with the Sardonian herb, which is alfo called Afium 
rifas: this is a kinde of Ranunculus, or Crow-foot: (and,as it is thought,the round- 
leaved water Crow-foot,calledMarfli-crow-foot»or Spear-wort) it taketh away the under* 
Handing of fuch as eat thereof,and by a certain diftention of the nervs,contraft's the cheeks, 
fo that it make's them look as if they laughedjfrom this affeft came that proverbial fpeech of 
the Sardonian laughter, taken in evil part. His Bezoar,as one may term it,is the juice of Balm. 
The juice,fruit,and fubftance of Nay elint taken inwardly, killeth a man the fame day, or 
at the furtheft in three daies: yea,and fuch as efcape the deadlie force thereof by the fpeedie 
and convenient ufe of Antidotes, fall into an heftick fever, or confumption,and becom fub- 
jeft to the falling-ficknefs, as Avicen affirmeth- And hence it is,that barbarous people poifbn 
their arrows therewith. For the lips are forthwith inflamed, and the tongue fo fwell's, that 
tw reafon thereof it cannot bee contained in the mouth, but hang's out with great horror; 
their eies are inflamed, and ft and forth of their head,and they are troubled with a Vertigo and 
/wounding. 
Apiumriffa. 
His Antidote. 
Nape Um, or 
MonkC-hoode Lib.zi. 
Concerning Toifins, 
527 
fwounding, they becom fo weak that they cannot ftir their legs, they are fwoln and puf- 
fed in their bodies,the violence of the poifon is fo great.The An- 
tidote thereof is a certain little creature like a * Mouf, which is 
bred, and live's on the root of NtfeUw, beeing dried and drunk in 
powder, to the weight of two drams. In want hereof, you may 
ufe the Iced of Raddifhor Turnips to drink, and annoint the 
bndie alfo with oil ofScoroions. 
* Our Autor is deceived by the 
(it may bre)miftook the greek word 
in ftead thereof reade piui' for a Flie,a Moufj 
for there is no Mouf to bee fsund, but whole 
fwarms of Flies,which feed thereon: you may 
finde the defcription of an Antidote made 
with them in Lobel'j 
Dorycinum and Solanum Mani cum, or deadlie Night-fhade, are not much different in their 
mortal fymptoms or effefts. Dorycinum beeing drunk, refembleth milk in tafte , it caufleth 
continual hicketting, it troubleth the tongue with the weight of the humor, it caufleth 
blood to bee caft forth of the mouth, and certain mucous matter out of the bellie, like that 
which commeth away in the bloodie flux- A remedie hereto are all lhell-fi(hes,as well crude 
as rofted, alfo Sea-Lobfters and Crabs, and the broth or liquor wherein they are boiled,bee- 
ing drunk. Now the root of Solanum Manicum drunk in the weight of one dram in wine, 
caufleth vain and not unpleafing imaginations, but double this quantitie caufleth a diftra- 
ftion or alienation of the minde for three daies ; but four times fo much kill's. The reme- 
dies are the fame as thefe prefcribed againft Dorycinum. 
Hen-bane drunken, or otherwife taken inwardly by the mouth, caufleth an alienation of 
the minde like drunkennefs5 this alibis accompanied with an agitation of the bodie, and 
exfolution of the fpirits like fwounding. But amongft others, this is a notable fymptom, 
that the patients fo dote, that they think themfelvs to bee whipped : whence their voice 
becom's fo various, that ibmtimes they bray like an Afs or Mule, neigh like an Horfi as A- 
vicen write's. The Antidote is piftick nuts eaten in great plentie, treacle alio and mithridate 
diflblved in fack, alio worm-wood, rue and milk. 
Of Mufhroms, ibm are deadlie and hurtfull of their own kinde and nature, as thofe, 
which broken, prefently becom of divers colours, and putrefie: (fuch as Avicen faith 
thofe are which be found of a grayifli or blewifh colour)others though not hurtfull in qua- 
litie, yet eaten in greater meafure then is fitting, becom deadlie 5 for feeing by nature they 
are verie cold and moift, and confequently abound with no fmall vifcofitie, as the excre- 
mentitious phlegm of the earth or trees whereon they grow, they fuffocateand extinguifh 
the heat of the bodie, as overcom by their quantitie, and ftrangle as if one were hanged,and 
laftly kill. Verily I cannot chufe, but pittying Gourmondizers, who though they know 
that Mufhroms are the feminarie and gate of death , yet do they with a great deal of doo, 
moft greedily devour them; I fay, pittying them, I will fhew them, and teach them the 
art, how they may feed upon this Co much defired dilh, without the endangering of their 
health. Know therefore that Mufhroms may bee eaten without danger, if that they bee fir ft 
boiled with wilde pears: but if you have no wilde pears,you may fiipplie that defeat with o- 
thers which are the moft harfh,either newly gathercd,or dried in the firn. The leavs?as alfb 
the bark of the fame tree, are good, efpecially of the wilde 5 for pears are their Antidote: 
yet Conciliator give's another, to wit, garlick eaten crude, whereto in like fort vineger may 
bee fitly added,fo to cut and attenuate the tough,vifcous and grofs humors, heaped up, and 
in danger to ftrangle one by the too plentiful eating of Mufhroms,as it is delivered by Galen. 
Epbemerum, which fbm call Colcbicum or Bulbus fylveftris, that is, medow faffron, beeing 
taken inwardly,caufleth an itching overall the bodie,no otherwife then thofe that are net- 
tled, or rubbed with the juice of a Squill. Inwardly they feel gnawings, their ftomach is 
troubled with a great heavinefs, and the difeafencreafing, there are ftreaks of blood mixed 
with the excrements.The Antidote thereof is womans milk, Afles or Cows-milk drunken 
tvarm, and in a large quantitie. 
Mandrag taken in great quantitie, either the root or fruit caufleth great fleepihefs, fad- 
nefs, refolution and languifhing of the bodie, fo that after many fcritches and gripeings, 
the patient fall's aflcep in the fame pofture as hee was in, juft as if hee was in a Lethargic. 
Wherefore in times paft they gave Mandrag tofuchaswere to bee difinembred. The ap- 
ples, when as they are ripe,and their feeds taken forth, may bee fafely eaten,for beeing green 
and with their feeds in them, are deadlie.For there arifeth an intolerable heat,which burn's 
the whole fiirface of the bodie , the tongue and mouth wax drie , by reafon whereof they 
gape continually, fo to take in the cold air 5 in which cafe unlefs they bee prefently helped, 
they die with convulfions. But they may eafily bee helped,if they fhall prefently drink iuch 
things as are convenient therefore. Amongft which, in Conciliator's opinion,excell raddifh- 
feeds eaten with fait and bread for the fpace of three daies. Sneefing fhall bee procured, if 
the former remedie do not quickly refrefh them , and a deco&ion of Coriander or Pennie- 
royall in fair water fhall bee given them to drink warm. 
The ungrateful tafte of the juice of black poppie, which is termed Opium, as alfo of Man - 
drag, eafily hinder's them from beeing put into meat or drink , but that they may bee di- 
fcerned, and chiefly for that neither of them can kill, unlefs they bee taken in a good quan- 
tities But becauf there is danger , left they bee given in greater quantitie then is fitting by 
the ignorance of Phyficians, or Apothecaries, you may by thefe figns finde the error. 
There 
Dorjcinum and 
Solatium Mam- 
cum pt deadlie 
Night-(hade. 
The fytn- 
p tom 
len-bane. 
rhe Antidote. 
Mufhroms. 
Their Anti- 
dote. 
In wpidtml' 
Colchicum» or 
Medow- 
Saft'ron. 
The Antidote. 
Mandrag. 
The cure. 
Opium. 
Why not ufed 
in poifonings* 528 
Concerning cPotfons) &c. 
Lib.zi* 
I here enfue's heavie deep, with a vehement itching* fo that the patient oftimes is for- 
ced thereby to caft off his dull deep wherein hee lay, yet hee keep's his eie-lids fhut, beeing 
unable to open them. But by this agitation there flow's out fweat, which find's of orium, 
the bodie waxeth pale, the lips burn, the jaw-bone is relaxed, they breath little and feldom. 
When as theireies wax livid, unlefs they bee drawn afide, and that they are deprefled from 
their orb, wee muft know that death is at hand.The remedie againft this is twodrams of the 
powder ofCaftoreum given in wine. 
Hemlock drunken, caufleth Vertigo's, troubleth the minde, fo that the patients may bee 
taken for mad men; it darkneth the fight, caufleth hicketting, and benum's the extreme 
parts, and laftly ftrangle's with convulfions,by fupprefling or flopping the breath of the Ar- 
terie. Wherefore at the firft, as in other poifons, you muft endeavor to expell it by vomit; 
then injc& glyfters, to expell that which is got into the guts; then ufe wine without mi- 
xture, which is verie powerful in this cafe. Peter Afonen/is think's the Bezoar or Antidote 
thereof to bee a potion of two drams of Treacle, with a decoftion of Dittamnus or Gentian 
in wine. Hee which further defire's to enform himfelf of the eflefts of Hemlock, let him 
read Mattbiolus his commentarie upon Diofcorides, where as hee treat's of the fame fubjeft. 
Aconitum called of Aconis a town of the Periendines, where as it plentifully grow's. Accor- 
dind to Mattbiolus, it kill's Wolvs, Foxes, Dogs, Cats, Swine, Panthers, Leopards, and all 
wilde beafts, mixed with flefh, and fo devoured by them, but it kill's mice by onely fmelling 
thereto. Scorpions, if touched by the root of Aconite, grow numb and torpid, and fb die 
thereof; arrows or darts dipped therein, make incureable wounds. . Thofe who have drunk 
Aconite, their tongue forthwith waxeth fweet with a certain aftriftion, which within a 
while turneth tobitternefs; it caufleth a and (hedding of tears, and a heavinefs or 
ftraitnefs of the cheft and parts about the heart; it make's them break winde downwards,and 
make's all the bodie to tremble. Plinie attribute's fb great celeritie and violence to this poi- 
fbn, that if the genitals of female creatures bee touched therewith, it will kill the fame dale; 
there is no prefenter remedie then fpeedie vomiting after the poifbn is taken. But Conciliator 
think's Ariflolocbia to bee the Antidote thereof. Yet fbm have made it ufeful for man by ex- 
perimenting it againft the flinging of Scorpions, beeing given warm in wine. For it is of 
fuch a nature, that it killeth the partie unlefs it finde fbmthing in him to kill, for then it 
ftrive's thererwith as if it had found an adverfarie. But this fight is onely when as it finde's 
poifbn in the bodiejandthis is marvelous that both the poifons beeing of their own nature 
deadlie, fhould die together, that man may by that means live. There are divers forts there- 
of, one whereof hath a flower like an helmet, as if it were armed to man's deftru&ion; but 
the other here delineated hath leavs like to fo w's-bread, or a cucumber, and a root like the 
tail of a Scorpion. 
The fytn- 
ptoms. 
Hemlock 
Thefymptotns 
The Antidote. 
In Hb.6.diofc. 
Acmitutn. 
Lib.27,cap.i. 
Aconite good 
agaipft the poi- 
fon of Scorpi- 
ons. 
The differen- 
ces. 
'The figure of a certain kinde of Aconite. 
The Yew. 
* This is true 
in fom coun- 
tries,as in Pro- 
vence, Italic, 
Greece,Sc.but 
it is not fo here 
with u? in Eng- 
land's both 
Lobcl and dai-. 
lie experience 
can tcftifie. 
Trees alfo are not without poifon, as 
the Yew and Walnut tree may witnefs: 
Cattel if they feed on the leavs of Yew, are 
' killed therewith. * But men, if they deep 
, under it, or fit under the ftiadow 
. are hurt therewith, and oftimes die there- 
• of. But if they eat it, they are taken with 
abloodie flux, and a coldnefs over all their 
• bodies, and a kinde of ftrangling or ftop- 
page of their breath. All which things the 
Yewcaufleth, not fo much by an elemen- 
tarie and cold qualitie, as by a certain oc- 
cult malignitie, whereby itcorrupteththe 
humors, and ffiaveth the guts. The fame 
things are goodagainft this,as wee havefet 
down againft Hemlock; Nicander affirm's, 
that good wine beeing drunken is areme- 
die thereto. There is alfo malignitie in a 
Wall-nut-tree, which Grevinut affirm's 
that hee found by experience, whifft hee 
unawares fate under one and flept there in 
the mid'ft of Summer. For wakeing, hee 
had a fenf of cold over all hisbodie,a hea- 
vinefsof his head, and pain that lafted fix 
daies. The remedies are the fame as againft 
the Yew. 
The Antidote. 
The Wall-nut 
tree. 
CHAP Lib.zi. 
Concerning (Poifonsi 
529 
CHAP. XXXVI. 
Of Bezoar, and Bezoartickjnedicines. 
O R that wee have made mention of Bezoar , in treating of the remedies of < 
poifons, I judg I (hall not do amifs,if I lhall explain, what the word mean's,and 
the reafon thereof. Poifon abfolutely taken is that which kills by a certain 
fpecifick antipathic contrarie to our nature. So an Antidote or Counter-poi- 
fon is by the Arabians in their mother-tongue termed Bedezahar, as the prefer- 
versoflife. This word is unknown to the Greeks and Latines, and inufe onely with the 
Arabians and Perfians,becaufthe thing it felffirft came from them, as it is plainly (hewed by 
Garcias ab ho rto,Phy fician to the Vice-roy of the Indies,in his hiftorie of the Spices and Sim- 
ples of the Eaft-Indies. In Perfia (faith hee) and a certain part of India is a certain kinde of 
Goat called Paza'in (wherefore in proper (peaking, the (lone (hould bee termed Pazars of the 
word Paza'in, that (ignifie's a Goat; but wee corruptly term it Bezaror Bezoar} the color 
of this beaft is commonly reddifh, the height thereof indifferent,in whole ftomach concrete's 
the ftone called Bezoar; it grow's by little and little about a ftraw or fom fuch like liibftance 
in fcaleslike to the fcalesof an onion, fo that when as the firft (cale is taken off, the next 
appcar's more (mooth and Ihineing as you ftill take them away, the which amongft others 
is the fign of good Bezoar and not adulterate.This ftone is found in fundriefhapes,but com- 
monly it refemble's an Acorn or Date-done; it is fomtimes of a fanguin color, and other- 
whiles of a honie-like or yellowilh color,but moft frequently of a blackifh or dark green,re- 
fembling the color of mad Apples, or clfof a Civet-Cat. This (lone hath no heart nor ker- 
nel in the mid'ft, but powder in the cavitie thereof, which is allb of the lame facultie. Now 
this ftone is light and not verie hard, but lb that it may ealily bee fcraped or rafped like ala- 
blafter, fo that it will diffolv, beeing long macerated in water; at firft it was common a- 
mongft us, and of no verie great price, becaufour people who trafficked in Perfia, bought it 
ataneafierate. But after that the faculties thereof were found out, it began to be more rare 
and dear, and it was prohibited by an Edift from the King of theCountrie, thatnobodie 
Ihould fell a Goat to the ftranger-Merchants, unlels hee firft killed him and took forth the 
done, and brought it to the King. Of the notes by which the ftone is there are 
manic counterfeits brought hither) the firft is alreadie declared; the other is, it may bee 
blown up by the breath, like an oxe's hide; for if the winde break through, and do not ftay 
in the denlitie thereof, it is accounted counterfeit. They ufe it, induced thereto by our ex- 
ample, not onely againft poifons, but alfo againft the bites of venemous beafts. The richer 
fort of the Countrie purge twice a year, to wit, in March and September; and then, five 
daies together they take the powder of this ftone macerated in Role-water, the weight of 
ten grains at a time: for by this remedie they think their youth is preferved, as alfo the 
ftrength of their members. There bee fom who take the weight of thirtie drams; yet the 
more warie exceed not twelv grains. The fame Autor addeth that hee uleth it with verie 
good fuccefs in inveterate melancholick dileafes, as the itch, fcab, tetters and leprofie; there- 
fore by the fame realbn 2t may well bee given again a quartane fever. Befides, hee affirmeth 
for certain that the powder contained in the mid'ft of the ftone, put upon the bites of vene- 
mous beafts, prefently free'th the patient from the danger ofthepoifon, as alfo applied to 
to peftilent Carbuncles when they are opened, it draw's forth the venom. But becaufthc 
fmall pocks and meazles are familiar in the Indies, and oftimes dangerous, it is there given 
with good fiiccefs, two grains each daie in Role-water. Mattbiolus fubferibeth to this opi- 
nion of Garcias, witnefling that hee hath found it by frequent experience, that this ftone by 
much exceed's not onely other ftmple medicines of this kinde, but alfo fuch as are termed 
tberiacalia, and what other Antidotes foever. Hereto alfo confent's Abdanalaracb-^ee (faith 
hee) have ften the ftone which they call Bezabar, with the Ions of Almirama the obferver of 
the Law of the God; with which ftone heee bought a ftately and almoft princely houf 
at Corduba. 
Som years ago, a certain Gentleman who had one of thefe ftones which hee brought out 
of Spain, bragged before King Cbarls then beeing at demount in Jmn, of the moft certain 
efficacie of this ftone againft all manner of poifons. Then the King asked of mee, whether 
there were anie Antidote which was equally and in like manner prevalent againft all poi- 
fons ? I anfwered, that nature could not admit it; for neither have all poifons the like ef- 
fe&s, neither do they arife from one cauf; for fom work from an occult and fpecifick pro- 
pertie of their whole nature, others from fom elementarie qualitie which is predomi- 
nant. Wherefore each muft bee withftood with its proper and contrarie antidote; as to the 
hot, that which is cold, and to that which affairs by an occult proprietie of form, another 
which by the fame force to oppugn it, and that it was an eafie matter to make trial hereof 
on (iich as were condemned to bee hanged. The motion pleafed the King, there was a Cook 
brought by the Jailor who was to have been hanged within a while after for ftealiug two 
filver-diffies out of his maftef*s houf Yet the King defired firft to know of him, whether 
hee 
What potton i». 
A fignoftru: 
Bezoar. 
The ufc of 
Bezoar. 
Lib.<;.in Die fa 
&P-73- 
An hiftorie. 
No one thing 
can bee an An- 
tidote agaiuft 
oil poifonSd Concerning Poifons} &c. 
Lib.zj. 
530 
hee would take the poifbn on this condition# that if the Antidote which was predicated to 
have Angular power againft all manner of poifons# which fhould bee prefently given him af- 
ter the poifon# fhould free him from death# that then hee fhould have his life faved. The 
Cook anfwered chearfully#that hee was willing to undergo the hazard yea#and greater mat- 
ters>not onely to fave his life,but to fhun the infamie of the death hee was like to be adjudged 
to.Therefore hee then had poifon given him by the Apothecarie that then waited#& prefent- 
ly after the poifon# fom of the Bedezabar brought from Spain , which beeing taken down# 
within a while after hee began to vomit# and to avoid by ftool with grievous tor- 
ments# and to crie out that his inward parts were burn't with fire. Wherefore beeing thir- 
fiie, and defireing water# they gave it him; an hour after# with the good leav of the Jailor, 
I was admitted to him j I finde him on the ground going like a beaft upon hands and feet, 
with his tongue thruft forth of his mouth#his eies fierie,vomiting, with llore of cold fweats, 
and laftly, the blood flowing forth by his ears# nofe# mouth, fundament and yard. I gave 
him eight ounces of oil to drink# but it did him no good, for it came too late. Wherefore 
at length hee died with great torment and exclamation, the feventh hour from the time that 
hee took the poifon beeing fcarcely pafled. I opened his bodie in the prefence of the Jailor 
and four others, and I found the bottom of his ftomach black and drie , as if it had been 
burn't with a Cauteries whereby I underftood hee had fublimate given him; whofe force the 
Spanifh Bedezahar could not reprefs,wherefore the King commanded to burn it. 
The cauftick 
force of fubli- 
male. 
CHAP. XXXVII. 
Of Mineral Poifons. 
Inerals or metals are either fo taken forth of the bowels of the earth, or elf 
frbm fornaces. Ofthefe manie are poifonous, as arfenick, jublimate, flaftcr, 
cerufs, litharg, verdegreafe, orpiment, filings oflron,brafs, the load-ftone, 
lime and the like. Such as have taken fublimate , the tongue and jaws becom 
ftraightned & rough,as if they drunk the juice of unripe [ervices:you cannot a- 
mend this afperitie wth lenitive gargarifms but wth labor & time 5 for aflbon as 
itdefcend's into the ftomach,it fticketh to it.Therforeprefently after it fret's& exulcerate's; 
it cauffeth unquenchable thirft,and unexplicable torments 5 the tongue is fwoln, the heart 
faint*s,the urine is fuppreft,the cheft can fcarce perform the office of breathing, the bellie is 
griped, and fo great pains happen to other extreme parts,that unlefs they bee helped, the pa- 
tient will die 5 for prcfently will grow upon them, unlefs it bee fpeedily hindered, the de- 
vouring and fierie furie of the poifon, rending or eating into the guts and ftomach, as if they 
were feared with an hot iron, and blood floweth out of the ears, note, mouth, urinarie 
paflage and fundament, and then their cafe is defperate. Thefe and who elf foever ffiall 
take anie corrodeing poifon, fhall bee cured with the fame remedies, as thofe that have 
taken Cantbarides. 
Verdegreaf fb flop's the inftruments of refpiration,that it ftrangle's fuch as have taken it. 
The cure is performed by the fame remedies as help thofe that have taken Arfenick. 
Litharge caufleth a heavinefs in the ftomach , fupprefleth urine, make's the bodie (welled 
and livid. Wee remedie this, by giveing a vomit prefently, then after it pigeons-dung mi- 
xed in ftrong wine,and fo drunken. Peter Afonenfis wiffieth to give oil of fweet almonds and 
figs. Alfo it is good to give relaxing and humefting glyfters, and to annoint the bellie with 
frefh butter, or oil of lillies. 
The fcales of Brafs drunk by troubling the ftomach, cauf a cafting and fcouring. The re- 
medie is, if the patient forthwith vomit, if hee enter into a bath made of thedccoftion of 
Snails, if hee annoint his bellie and breft with butter or oil of lillies, and injeft laxative 
and hume&ing glyfters. 
The Load-ftone make's them mad that take it inwardly. The Antidote thereof is the 
powder of gold and an emerald drunk in ftrong wine, and glyfters of milk and oil offweet 
almonds. 
The filings of Lead, and the fcales or refufe of Iron, cauf great torment to fuch as take 
them down. The which wee help with much milk and frefh butter diffolved therein,or with 
oil of fweet almonds drawn without fire, with relaxing andhume&ing glyfters ufed until 
the pain bee perfeftly aflwaged. 
or Katfi bane,becaufit is of a moft hot and drie nature,induce's thirft 
and heat over all the bodie, and fo great colliquation of all the humors, that although the 
patient by medicines fpeedily given efcape death, yet can they not dureing the residue of 
their lives, ufe their members as they formerly did, beeing deftitute of their ftrength, by rea- 
fon of the great drinefs and contraftion of the joints The Antidote thereof is oil of Pine- 
kernels fpeedily given, and that to the quantitie ofhalfapinte; then procure vomit, then 
give much milk to drink, and glyfters of the fame, and let them fup up fat broths. 
Unquench't-Lime and Aurtyigntenuim, or Orpiment drunk, gnaw the ftomach and guts 
with 
Thefytnptoms 
of fuch as have | 
taken(ubHmate,\ 
Verdegreaf. 
Litharge. 
The fcales of 
Brafs. 
The Load- 
ftone. 
Tileings of 
Lead and fcale 
of Iron. 
Arfhick,Rofc- 
aker or Racf- 
banc. Lib.zi. 
Concerning 'Poifons, 
531 
with great tormenting pain, and canf unquenchable thirft, analperitie of the jaws and 
throat, difficultie of breathing, flopping of the urine, and a Hoodie flux. They may bee 
helped by all fat, hume&ing, and relaxing things which retund the acrimonie, by lenitive 
potions, and fuch things as lubricate the bellie; as alfo by creams, and the mucilages of fom 
feeds, as with a decoftion of the feeds of Line, mallows, marlh-mallows and other liich 
things let down at large in the cure of Cantbaridej. 
Theft exceeding acrid and ftrong waters wherewith Gold-finiths and Chymifts feparate 
gold from filver,beeing taken into the bodie,are hard to cure,becauf they are forthwith dif- 
fused over all the bodie, firft burning the throat and ftomach. Yet it may bee helped by the 
means prefcribed againft unquenched Lime and Orpiment. 
Cerufs caufleth hicketting and a cough, make's the tongue drie, and the extreme parts of 
the bodie numb with cold, the eies heavie to fleep. The patients verie often in themid'ftof 
the day fee fom vain phantafie or apparition, which indeed is nothing; they make a black 
and oftimes bloodie water, they die flrangled unlefs they bee helped. The Antidote, in the 
opinion of'Aetiw and Aviccn, is Scammonie drunk in new wine, or honie and wine, and o- 
ther diuretick things, and Such things as procure vomit, and purge by ftool. 
Plafter, becauf it concreteth and becommeth flonie in the ftomach , caufleth ftrangulati- 
on, by ftraitning and flopping the inftruments that ferv for breathing. The patients receiv 
cure by the fame remedies, as thofe who have eaten mufhorms, or drunk Cerufs: you muft 
add Goof-greaf in the glyflers, and annointthe bellie with oil of lillies and butter. 
11 n quenched 
Lime and Or- 
piment. 
finis. 
Ccrufs. 
Flakier. 
CHAP. XXXVIII. 
Of GMckzJtlver. 
LIick-filver is fb called becauf it refembleth filver in the color, and is in perpetual 
motion, as if it had a fpirit or liveing foul. There is a great controverfie amongft 
tutors concerning it. For moll of them affirm it hot, among whom is Galen, Haly- 
abas, Rbafes, driftotle, Conffantine, Platearius, Nicolas Maffa : they maintain 
their opinion by an argument drawn from things helping and hurting; befides from this, 
that it is offfich fubtil parts, that it penetrate's, diffolv's and performeth all the aftions of 
heat upondenf and hard metals; to wit, it attenuateth, incideth, drieth, caufeth falivati- 
on by the mouth, purgeth by the ftool, mooveth urine and fweat over all the bodie, neither 
doth it ftir np the thinner humors onely, but in like fort the grofs, tough and viffious, 
as thofe which have the Lues Venerea finde byexpeience, ufeing it either in ointments or 
Plafters. 
Others affirm it verie cold and moift, forthat put into emplafters and fo applied, ita£ 
iwageth pain by ftupefaftion, hindering the acrimonie of puftles and cholerick inflamma- 
tions. But by its humiditie it fbfteneth fcirrhous tumors, diflblveth and diffipateth knots 
and topbous knobs; befides,it caufleth the breath of fuch as are annointed therewith to ftink, 
by no other reafon,' then that it putrefie's the obvious humor by its great humiditie. Auicen's 
experiment confirm's this opinion, who affirmeth, that the blood of an Ape that drunk 
Quick-filver,was found concrete about the heart,the carcafs beeing opened. Mattbiolus moo- 
vecFby thefe reafons, write's that Quick-filver killeth men by the exceffive cold and humid 
qualitie, if taken in a large quantitie, becauf it congeal's the blood and vital fpirits, and at 
length the verie fubftance of the heart, as may bee underftood by the hiftorie of a certain A- 
pothecarie, (e t down by Conciliator; who, for to quench his feverifh heat, in ftead of water, 
drunk off a glafof Quick-filver,(for that came firft to his died within a few hours 
after, but firft hee evacuated a good quantitie of the Quick+filver by ftool, the refidue was 
found in his ftomach beeing opened, and that to the weight of one pound; befides, the 
blood was found concrete about his heart. Others ufe another argument to proov it cold, 
and that is drawn from the compofition thereof, becauf it confift's of Lead and other cold 
metals. But this argument is verie weak. For unquench't Lime is made of flints and ftonie 
matter, which is cold, yet neverthelefs it exceed's in heat- Par ace I fas affirmeth that Quick- 
filver is hot in the interior fubftance, but cold in the exterior, that is, cold as it com's forth 
of the Mine. But that coldnefs to bee loft as it is prepared by art, and heat onely to appear 
and bee left therein, fo that it may lerv in ftead of a tin&ure in the transmutation of metals. 
And verily it taken for a rule amongft Chymifts, that all metals are outwardly cold, by 
reafon of the waterie fubftance that is predominant in them,butthat inwardly they are verie 
hot, which then appeal's when when as the coldnefs together with the moifture is fegrega- 
ted; calcination they becom cauftick. Moreover manie account quick-filver poilbn, 
yet experience denie's it. For Marianus Santiuf Roralitanus tell's that hee faw a woman, who 
for certain cmffes and effefts, would at leveral times drink one pound and a half of quick- 
filver, which came from her again by ftool without anie harm. Moreover hee affirmeth that 
hee hath known fundrie who in adefperate Colick (which they commonly call mifererc 
ntei') have been free'd from imminent death,by drinking three pound of quick-filver with wa- 
ter 
The reifon 
why it is fo 
called. 
ini. 
praftic. c.148. 
? ad aiming. 
Meteor. 
tnl.6,Diof,C.i3 
An hiftorie. 
Lib i.dtnai. 
rerum. 
Trati.de t»/k 
& offen* Concerning &c. 
Lib.zi. 
532 
ter onely. For by the weight it open sand unfold's the twined or bound up gut, and thruft's 
forth the hard and hopping excrements; hee addeththat others have found this medicine ef- 
feftual againft the colick, drunk in the quantitie of three ounces. Antonins Mu[a write's, 
that heeufually giveth Quick-filver to children readie to die of the confirmeth 
this, averring that manie have drunk Quick-filver without anie harm, wherefore hee mixeth 
it in his ointments againft ftales and fcabs in little children; whence came that common 
medicine amongft countrie people to kill lice by annointing the head wi.th Quick-filver mi- 
xed with butter or axungia, Mattbiolus affirmeth that manie think it the laft and chiefeft re- 
medie to give to women in travel that cannot bee delivered. I proteft to iatisfie my ftlf con- 
cerning this matter, I gave to a whelp a pound of Quick-filver, which beeing drunk down, 
it voided without anie harm by the bellie. Whereby you may underhand that it is wholly 
without anie venemous qualitic. Verily it is the onely and true Antidote of the Lues Vene- 
rea, and alfo a verie lit medicine for all malign ulcers, as that which more powerfully im- 
pugn's their malignitie then anieother medicines that work onely by their firft qualities. 
Befides, againft that contumacious icab, which is vulgarly called Malum [anfti manis, there 
is not anie more fpeedie or certain remedie. Moreover Guido write's, that if a plate of lead 
bee befmeared or rubbed there with, and then forfom fpace laid upon an ulcer, and conve- 
nientlyfaftned,thatit will foften the callous hardnefs of the lips thereof, and bring it to 
cicatrization, which thing I my felt have oftimes found true by experience. 
Certainly before Guido,Galen much commendf d Quick filver againft malign ulcers and can- 
cers. Neither doth Galen affirm that lead is poifonous(which manie affirm poifonous,becauf 
it confift s of much Quick-filver) but hee onely faith thus much,that water too long kept in 
1 leaden pipes and citterns, by reafon of the droilinefs that it ufeth to gather in lead, cauileth 
bloodie fluxes, which alfo is familiar to brafs and copper. Otherwife manie could not with- 
out danger bear in their bodies leaden bullets dureing the fpace of to manie years, as ufual- 
ly they do. It is reported. It is declared by Lbeodoret Here) in the following hiftories, how 
powerful Quick-filver is to refolv and aflwage pains and inflammations. Not long fince, 
(faith hee) a certain Do&or of Phyfick his boy was troubled with parotides, with great fwel- 
ling, heat, pain and beating; to him by the common confent of the Phylicians ther pre-, 
lent, I applied an Anodine medicine, whoft force was fo great, that the tumor 
fubfided at the firft dreffing, and the pain was much aflwaged At the fecond drefling all 
the fymptoms were more mitigated. At the third dreffing, Iwondring, at the fo great 
efftft of an Anodine Cataplafm, obferved that there was Quick-filver mixed there- 
with, and this happened through the negligence of the Apothecarie, who mixed the fimple 
Anodine medicine preftribed by us, in a mortar wherein but a while before hee had mixed 
an ointment wherinto Quick-filver entred,whofe rel iqus, and fom part thereof yet remain- 
ed therein. This which once by chance fucceeded well, I afterwards wittingly and willing- 
ly uftd to a certain Gentle-wornan troubled with the like difeaf, poflTeffing all the region 
behinde the ears, much of the throat,and a great part of the cheek, when as nature helped 
by common remedies, could not evacuate neither by refolution nor fuppuration, the con- 
tained matter greatly vexing her with pain and pulfation. I to the medicine formerly ufed, 
by the content of the Phyficians51put fom Quick-filver, to within a few daies, the tumor 
was digefted andrefolved. But fom will lay, it reiblvtsthe ftrength of the nerves and limbs, 
as you may fee by fuch as have been annointed therewith for the Lues Venerea, who tremble 
in all their limbs dureing the reft of their lives. This is true,if any ufeit too intemperately 
without meafure, and a difeaf that may require fo great a remedie; for thus wee fee the Gil- 
ders, Plumbers and (uch as dig in mines,by the continual afeent of the vapors of Quick-fil- 
ver to the brain, the fountain of the nervs , by refolving the fpirits, and diffipating the ra- 
dicall and fubftantifick moifture, maketh them fubjeft to the trembling of their joints. Ve- 
rily,ifit bee killed and incorporate with a lift befmeared therewith, which 
may encompafs the bodie like a girdle, it will drive away lice, fleas and cimices', andan- 
nointed about the navel, it kill's the worms in the guts. There are two forts of Quick-fil- 
ver, the one natural, the other artificial. The natural is found running or flowing in the 
veins and bowels of the earth, and amongft meials,and in the fornaces offilver-mines. The 
Artificial is made of minium ( as. it is in Vitruvius') and of the powder of Ivone. Alfo it is 
probable that by art it may beee extrafted out of all metals, but chiefly out of Lead and 
Cinnabaris. You may eafily diftinguifh theft kindes by the dull and blackiffi color, tough 
and grofs fubftance, which as itrun's, leav's an impreffion like melted greaG beeing as it 
were the excrement of lead. The beft Quick-filver of all is pure,clear,thin,and verie white: 
it may bee cleanfed with the drofs of lead, andbecom's more then beeing boiled in (harp 
vineger, with pge, roftmarie, time, lavander,. Or elfgive it by a pound at a time to a whelp, 
to drink down, and beeing caft forth by it, boil it again in vineger, for thus it hath won- 
drous fac ulties, and fitly given produceth -marvelous effefts; nothing is more, contrarie 
thereto then fire. For Qpick-iilver, though of its own nature ponderous, flieth upwards by 
the force of the fire, and forfaketh gold by that means, then which nothing is more friend- 
lie to it. 
CHAP. 
Qaick-filver 
good for wo- 
men in travel. 
For the difeaf 
called Malum 
fanfti manis. 
Lib. de comp, 
med.fecund toe. 
Againft malign 
ulcers. 
Againft the 
Parotides. ® 
Againft lice 
and flits,&c« 
The kindes 
thereof. 
How to puri- 
fie it. Lib.21. 
Concerning 'Poifons &-c. 
533 
CHAP. XXXIX. 
Of the Unicorn's horn. 
Here are verie manieat thisdaie who think themfelvs excellently well armed a- 
gainft poifon and all contagion, if they bee provided with fbm powder of Um- 
corns-horn,or fom infufion made there with-Therefore I have thought it good 
to examine more diligently how much truth this inveterate,and grounded opi- 
nion hath. The better to perform this task, I will propound three heads,where- 
to I will direft my whole difcourf The firft fhall bee of the lignification of this word Vni- 
corn. The fecond, whether there bee anie fiich thing really and truly fo called, or whether 
it bee not rather imaginarie; like as the Chimera and Tragelapbus <? The third, whether that 
which is faid to bee the horn of fuch a beaft,hath anie force or facultie againft poifons? For 
the firft, that is, the name, it is fbm what moreobfcure what the word ( beeing Lie ora) in 
Frenchmay fignifie, then what the Latin or Greek word is. For the French name is fur-, 
ther from the word and lignification ; but it is fo clear and manifeft, that this word Vni~ 
corn# amongft the Latines fignifieth a beaft haveing but one horn, as it is vulgarly known; 
the fame thing is riieant by the Greek word Monoceros. But now for the fecond,! think that 
beaft that is vulgarly called and taken for an Unicorn, is rather a thing imaginarie then 
really in the world. 1 am chiefly induced to believ thus, by thefe conjeftures. Becauf of " 
thofe who have travelled over the world, there is not one that profefleth that ever hee did r 
lee that creature. Certainly the Romans conquered the world, and beeing moft diligent3 
fearchers after all things which were rare and fo excellent, if anie where in anie corner of 
the world this beaft could have been found, they would have found it out, and engraven it 
upon their coins, or arms, as they did Crocodiles, Elephants, Eagles, Panthers, Lions, Ti- 
gers, and other creatures unknown to thefe countries. For thefe that have written of the 
Unicorn,either that they have heard, or that hath bren delivered by tradition, or what 
they in their own mindes and fancies have conceived , you (hall fcarce finde two that agree 
together, either in the defcription of the bodie, or in the nature and condition of her. P/z- L 
nie write's, that Unicorns are for the faftiion of their bodies like to an Horf; that is,as Car- 
dans interprets it, of the bignefs of an Horft with the head of an Hart, the feet of an Ele- 
phant, the tail of a Bore, with one black horn in the mid'ft of his fore-head, of the length 
of two cubits. Munfter, who (as Mattbiolus Jeffs) never faw Unicorns befides painted ones,2 
doth on the contrarie affirm them not to bee of the bignefs of an Horft but of an Hinde-calf 
of three months old, not with feet like an Elephant, but cleft like thofe of Goats, with 
an horn not onely of two, but oftimes of three cubits long, of a Weazel-color, with a neck 
not verie long, nor verie hairie, but haveing few and ffiort hairs hanging to the one fide of 
the neck, the legs are lean and fmall, the buttocks high,but verie hairie. Cardane diflenting 
from both theft, write's, that hee hath an horn in the mid'ft of his fore-head, but that it is 
onely the length of three fingers. Andrew 'Tbevet mention's an Unicorn feen by a certain 
Turkifh Sangjach, which was of the bignefs of a Bull of five or fix moneths old, and had c( 
one horn, but that not in the mid'ft of the fore-head, but upon the top of the crown of the 
head; hee was legg'd and footed like an Aft, but longer haired, and had ears not much un- 
like the Ran gif er, a beaft not unknown in the futyotare or northern countries. 
Thus various therefore is the report concerning the ffiape of this Beaft. Neither is there 
left difference concerning her nature and conditions. For Plinie write's, that the Unicorn 
is a moft fierce beaft, and hath a great bellowing voice, and that ffiee cannot therefore bee 
taken alive. Cardane render s a reafon of this fierceneft, Becauf (faith heC) it inhabit's the de- 
fers of a region fqualid, and filtbie, abounding with 'toads, and fueb like venemow crea- 
tures. Others on the contrarie affirm her to bee of a moft milde, amiable, and gentle nature 
of all others, unlefs one purpoftly offend her, or uft her too harffily; for feeing fhee feed's 
not by Hooping her head to the ground, becauf fhee is hindered therefrom by the length of 
her horn, fhee muft neceflarily feed upon the fruit that hangeth upon trees; out of cratches 
or man's hand fhee ferelefly and harmlefly takes all manner of fruits, herbs, (heaves of corn, 
apples, pears, oranges and pulf. And herein they have proceeded fo far, that they feign they 
will love Virgins, entifed by their beantie, fo that ftaied in the contemplation of them, and 
allured by their entifements, they by this means are often taken by hunters. In this opinion 
is Lewes who denies that Unicorns are wilde or fierce; for hee faith that hee faw 
two, which were ftnt out of Ethiopia to the Saltan, who kept them fhut up in Penns 3 in 
Mecba, a citie of Arabia felix, renowned by the Sepulcher of Mahomet. Tbevet traveling thi- un 
therjtel's that hee diligently inquired of the inhabitants, what there opinion was of fuch a 
beaft, yet could hee never hear anie tidings thereof. Whence it is eafie to difeern, that fuch 
beafts have neither been in our, nor in Vartomands times. The fo great varietie of diflenting 
opinions, eafily induceth mee to beleiv that this word. is not the proper name of 
anie beaft in the world, and that it is a thing onely feigned by Painters, and Writers of na- 
tural things, to delight the readers and beholders.- For as there is but one right waie, but 
, Z z manie 
whit the name 
imports. 
That there is 
no fuch beaft 
as an unicorn. 
Lib.S.cap. 21. 
Mungers opi- 
nion concern- 
ing unicorns. 
Tom. i.lib.f. 
Cap. $. 
Vartomans 
opinion of the 
nature of the 
unicorn. Concerning 
Lib .21. 
534 
manic by-waies and windeings,fb the fpeech of truth is but one,andthat alwaies Ample and 
like it felf, but that of a lie is diverf, and which may eafily refel it felf, by the repugnan- 
cie and incongruitie of opinions, if one fhould fay nothing. What therefore (will fom fay) 
of what creatures are thefe horns, which wee fee wholly different from others, if they bee 
not of Unicorns? 'Ibevet think's them nothing elf then Elephants bones turned and made in- 
to the fafhion that wee fee them j for thus in the Eaftern Countries, fom craftie merchants 
and cunning companions turn, hollow, and beeing fbftened, draw to what length they pleaf 
the teeth of the fifh Pvohard, which live's in the Red and Ethiopian Sea,and beeing fb hand- 
led, they fell them for Unicorn's horn. Verily that which is termed Unicorn's horn, bee- 
ing burnt, fend's forth a fmell like to Ivorie. Now Cardanus affirm's that the teeth and bones 
of Elephants made foft by art,may bee drawn forth,and brought into what form you pleaf, 
like as Ox-bones are. For what is there in the world which the thirfting defire of gold will 
not make men to adulterate and counterfeit ? But it is time that wee com to the third fcope. 
Grant there bee Unicorns,muft it therefore follow that their horns muft bee of fuch efficacie 
againft poifons ? If wee judg by events,and the experience of things,! can proteft thus much, 
that! have often made trial thereof,yet could I never findeanie good fuccefs in the ufe there- 
of againft poifons,in fuch as I have had in cure. If the matter muft bee tried by witnefles and 
autorities, a great part of the Phyficians of better note have long fince bid it adieu,and have 
detrafted from the divine and admirable vertues for which it formerly was fb much defired. 
And this they have don,mooved thereto by manic juft,but two efpecial reafons. The firft is 
of Rondeletius, who in this cafe affirm's that horns are endued with no tafte nor fmell; and 
therefore have no effeft in phyfick,unlefs it bee too drie. Neither (faith hee) am I ignorant 
that fuch as have predicate their worth, fo to make the greater benefit and gain 
► by them,as ofthe ffiaveings or fcrapeings of Unicorn's horn, which they fell for the weight 
in gold, as th at which is fingular good againft poifons and worms 5 which things, I think, 
Hart's-horn and Ivorie do no lefs effectually perform 5 which is the caufwhy, for the fame 
difeaf,and with the like fuccefs,! prefcribe Ivorie to fuch as are poor, and Unicorn's horn 
to the rich, as that they fo much, defire. This is the opinion of Rondeletius, who, without 
anie difference, was wont, for Unicorn's horn, to prefcribe not onely Hart's-horn or Ivo- 
rie, but alfo the bones of Horfes and Dogs, and the ftones of Myrabalanes. Another reafbn 
is, that whatfoever refift's poifbn is cordial, that is, fit to ftrengthen the heart, which is 
chiefly affailed by poifons*, but nothing is convenient to ftrengthen the heart, unleft it bee 
by laudable blood or fpirit, which two are onely familiar to the heart, as beeingthe work- 
houfofthearterious blood and vital fpirits. For al! things are preferved by their like, as 
they are deftroied by their contraries 5 for all things that generate, generate things like 
themfelvs. But Unicorn's horn, as it contain's no fmell, fo neither hath it anie aerie parts, 
but is wholly earthie and drie 5 neither'can it bee converted into blood by the digeftive fa- 
cultie, for as it is without juice, fo is it without fleffi. For as it cannot bee turned into Chy- 
lug) fo neither is it fit to becom that is, juice or blood. Therefore it is joined to the 
heart by no fimilitude,nor familiaritie. Furthermore, there is not a word in Hippocrates and 
Galen concerning the Unicorn's horn, who notwithftanding have in fb manie places com- 
mended Hart's-horn. Therefore D.Cbapelainn the chief Phyfician of Xing Charles the Ninth, 
often ufed to fay, that heewould verie willingly take away that cuftom of dipping apiece 
of Unicorn's horn in the King's cup, but that hee knew that opinion to bee fb deeply in- 
gratfed in the mindes of men, that hee feared, that it would fcarce bee impugned by reafbn. 
Befides (hee laid) if fuch a fuperftitiops medicine do no good,fo certainly it doth no harm, 
unleft it bee to their eftates that buy it with gold, or elf by accident, becauf Princes, whil'ft 
they relie more then is fitting upon the magnified virtues of this horn, negleft to arm them- 
felvs againft poifons by other more convenient means, fo that death oftimes take's them at 
unawares. When as upon a time I inquired of Lewes Duret the Kings Phyfician and Pro- 
feflbr(by reafon of the great opinion that all learned men juftlyhad of his learning and 
judgment) what hee thought of this horn 5 Hee anfwered, that hee attributed no faculties 
thereto: for the confirmation whereof hee rendred the fecond reafbn I have formerly given, 
but more largely and elegantly ; neither feared hee to affirm it aloud, and m plain words 
to his auditorie of learned men, comming from all parts to hear him. But if at anie time 
(ore'com by the fault of the times and place) hee prefcrib'd this horn; that hee did it for no 
other intent, then to help faintings or fwoundings that happen by the abundance of ferous 
humors, floating in the orifice of the ventricle, which make's men ill difpofed, becauf this 
mixed with other things endued with the like facultie, hath power to drink up the wate- 
riffi humiditie by its earthie drieneft. But fom will replie, that neither the Lemnian,nor Ar- 
menian earth,have anie juice in them,neither anie fmell,nor aerie fpirit.lt is granted;neither 
truly are fuch things truly and properly called cordial, but onely by event and accident, for 
that by the excellent aftriftive facultie they have,and flopping the paflages of the veflels,they 
hinder the poifbn from entring into the heart.This is my opinion of Unicorn's horn, which 
if anie do not approov of, hee fhall do mee a favor, if for the publick good,hee ffiall freely 
oppofe his 5 but in the interim take this in good part which I have don. 
T'he end of the one and twentieth 
What the ordi- 
narie Unicorns 
horns are. 
The Unicorn's 
horn is not ef- 
fectual againft 
poifon. 
'Lib.de ponder. 
cap. 19. 
Horns and 
bones net effe- 
ctual unlefs tc 
drie. 
In what cafes 
good* Lib.zz. 
535 
Of the PLAGUE. 
tu>entk fecond iBook. 
CHAP. I. 
Tbe defcription of the Plague. 
4e Plague is a cruel and contagious difeaQ which everie-where 3 like a com- 
mon difeaf, invadeing Man and Beaft, kill's verie manie j being attended, and 
as it were aflociated with a continual fever, botches, carbuncles,fpots,naule- 
oufnels, vomitings, and other fuch malign accidents. This difeaf is not fo 
pernicious or hurtful, by anie elementarie qualitie, as from a certain poifo- 
nous and venenate malignitie, the force whereof exceed's the condition of common putre- 
faftion. Yet I will not denie, but that it is more hurtful in certain bodies, times and regi- 
ons, as alfo manie other dileafes, of which Hipocrates make s mention. But from hence wee 
can onely collet, that the force and malignitie of the plague may bee encrealed, or dimini- 
flied, according to the condition of the elementarie qualities concurring with it j but not 
the whole nature and eflence thereof to depend thereon. 
This peftiferous poifon principally alTail s the vital fpirit, the ftore-houf and original 
whereof is the heart, fothat it the vital fpirit proov itronger, it drive's it far from the 
heart; but if weaker, it beeing overcom and weakned by the hoftile aflault, flie's back into 
the fortrefs of the heart, by the like contagion infefting the heart, and fo the whole bodie, 
beeing fpread into it by the paflages of the arteries. 
Hence it is, peftilent fevers are fomtime fimple and folitarie; other-whiles aflociated with 
a troop of other afle&s, as botches, carbuncles, blanes and fpots, of one or more colors. 
It is probable fuch affefts have their original from the expulfive facultie, whether ftrong 
or weak, provoked by the malignitie of the rageing matter: yet afluredly divers lymptoms 
and changes arile, according to the conftitution of the bodie of the patient, and condition 
of the humor in which the virulencie of the plague chiefly inherent, and laftly, in the na- 
ture of the efficient cauf s 
I thought good, by this defcription, to exprefs the.nature of the plague, at this my firft 
entrance into this matter; for wee can Icarce comprehend it in a proper definition. For al- 
though the force thereof bee definite, and certain in nature, yet it is not altogether cer- 
tain and manifeft in mens mindes,becauf it never happen s after one fort: fothat in fo great 
varietie, it is verie difficult to let down anie thing general and certain. 
What the 
Plague i* 
How it comfc 
to kill. 
The original 
buboes, car* 
hundes,&c. in 
the plague. 
CHAP. IIt 
T is a confirmed, conttant,and received opinion in all Ages amongftChriftians, 
that the plague and other difeaies, which violently aflail the life of man , are often 
lent by the juft anger of God punifliing our offences. The Prophet Amos hath long 
iince taught it, faying. Shall there bee affliction ? frail there bee evil in a Citie, and the Lord hath not 
don it ? On which truly wee ought daily to meditate, and that for two caufles : The firft is, 
that wee alwafes bear this in minde, that wee enjoy health, livejtnove, and have our beeings 
from God, and that it defcend's from that Father of Light; and for this cauf wee are al- 
waies bound to give him great and exceeding thanks. The other is, that knowing the ca- 
lamities, by fending whereof the Divine anger proceed's to revenge, wee may at length re- 
pent, and leaving the way of wickednefs, walk in the paths of godlinefs. For thus wee (hall 
learn to fee in God, our felvs, the Heaven and Earth, the true knowfedg of the caufles of 
the plague, and by a certain Divine Philofophie teach, God to bee the beginning and cauf 
of the fecond caufles, which cannot well without the firft caufgo about nor attempt, much 
lefs perform anie thing. For from hence they borrow their force, order, and conftancie of 
order 5 Co that they ferv as inftruments for God, who rule's and govern's us, and the whole 
world, to perform all his works, by that conftant courfof order, which hee hath appoint- 
ed unchangeable from the beginning. Wherefore all the cauf of a plague is not to bee at- 
tributed to thefe near and inferior caufles or beginnings, as the Epicures and Lucianifts 
Z J 2 commonly 
Of the Divine cauffes of an extraordinarie Plague* 
Amos 
Aits 17, 
Thefecond 
caufles have 
their power 
from God as 
the fir ft cau£ 536 
Concerning the 
Lib.JX; 
commonly do, who attributeing too much,yea all things to Nature, have left nothing to 
God's providence. On the contrarie, wee ought to think,and beleev in all our things,That 
even as God by his omnipotent Power hath created all things of nothing, fo hee by his e- 
ternal Wifdom preftrv's and go vein's the lame, lead's and incline's them as hee pleaftth, 
yea verily at his pleafiire changeth their order, and the whole courf of nature. 
This cauf of an extraordinarie Plague, as wee confefs and acknowledg, fo here wee will 
not proftcute it anie further, but think fit to leav it to Divines, becauf it exceed's the 
bounds of Nature, in which I will now contain my felf. Wherefore let us com to the na- 
tural caufles of the Plague. 
CHAP. III. 
Of the Natural caufles of the Plague, and chiefly of the Seminarie of the Plague 
by the corruption of the Air. 
The general 
caufles of the 
Pligut* 
He general and natural caufles of the Plague are abfolutely two, that is, the in- 
fection of corrupt air, and a preparation and fitneft of corrupt humors to take 
that infedion; for it is noted before out of the doftrine of Galen, that our hu- 
mors may bee corrupted, and degenerate into fuch an alienation which may e- 
qual the malignitie of poifon. 
The air is corrupted, when the four (eafons of the year have not their feafonablenefs,or 
degenerate from themftlvs, either by alteration, or by alienation : as if the conftitution of 
the whole year bee moift and rainie, by reafon of grofs and black clouds; if the Winter bee 
gentle and warm, without anie Northerly winde, which is cold and drie,and by that means 
contrarie to putrefaction; if the Spring, which (hould bee temperate , (hall bee faultie in 
anie excels of diftemper 5 if the Autumn (hall bee ominous by fires in the air, with ftars 
(hooting, and as it were falling down, or terrible comets, never ften without fom difafter; 
if the Summer bee hot, cloudie and moift, and without windes, and the clouds flie from 
the South into the North. Thefe and fuch like unnatural conftitutions of theftafonsof 
the year, were never better, or more excellently handled by anie, then by Hippocrates in his 
Books Epidemion. Therefore the air from hence draw's the feeds of corruption and the 
peftilence, which at length, the like excefs of qualities beeing brought in, it (end's into 
the humors of our bodies, chiefly fuch as are thin and ferous. Although the peftilence doth 
not alwaies neceflarily arife from hence, but fom-whiles fom other kinds of cruel and in- 
fectious difeaf. 
But neither is the air onely corrupted by theft (uperior caufles, butalfo by putrid and 
filthie (linking vapors fpread abroad through the air encompafling us, from the bodies and 
carkafles of things not buried, gapeings and hollowneflas of the earth, or finks and fuch 
like places beeing opened: for the fta often overflowing the land in fom places , and leav- 
ing in the mud or hollownefles of the earth (caufled by earth-quakes) the huge bodies of 
monftrous fifties, which it hide's in its waters, hath given both the occafion and matter of 
a plague. For thus in our time, a Whale caft upon the Tufcan (hore, preftntly caufled a 
plague over all that countrie. 
But as fifties infeft and breed a plague in the air, fo the air beeing corrupted often, cauft 
ftth a peftilence in the fta among fifties, elpecially when they either fwim on the top of the 
water, or are infeCted by the peftilent vapors of the earth lying under them, and rifting 
into the air through the bodie of the water, the later whereof Ariftotle faith, hapnethbut 
feldom. But it often chanceth, that the plague rageing in anie countrie, manie fifties are 
caft upon the coaft , and may bee ften lying on great heaps. But (ulphureous vapors, or 
fuch as partake of anie other malign qualitie, fent forth from places under the ground, by 
gapeings and gulfs opened by earth-quakes, not onely corrupt the air, but al(b infeCt and 
taint the feeds, plants, and all the fruits which wee eat, and fo transfer the peftilent cor- 
ruption into us, and thofe beafts on which wee feed, together with our nouriftiment. The 
truth whereof Empedocles made manifeft, who by (hutting up a great gulf of the earth, ope- 
ned in a vallie between two mountains,free'd ail Sicilie from a plague caufled from thence. 
If windes rifeing fuddenlyfhall drive fuch filthie exhalations from thoft regions in which 
they were peftiferous, into other places,they alfo will carrie the plague with them thither. 
If it bee thus,fom will fay, it (hould feem that wherefoever (linking and putrid exha- 
lations arift, as about JI anding-pools, finksand (hambles, there (hould the Plague reign, 
and ftraight fiiffbcate with its noifom poifon the people which work in fiich places: but 
experience finde's this falfl 
Wee do anfwer, that the putrefaCtion of the Plague is far different, and of another kinde 
t then this common, as that which partake's of a certain ftcret malignitie, and wholly con- 
trarie to our lives, and of which wee cannot eafily give a plain and manifeft reafon. Yet 
e that vulgar putrefaftion wherefoever it bee, doth eafily and quickly entertain and welcom 
the peftiferous contagion, as often as, and whenfoever it com's, as joined to it by a certain 
. familiaritie, 
Lib.6.de toe. 
affettis. 
How the fea- 
fons of the 
year may bee 
laid to want 
their feafona- 
blenefs. 
Haw the air 
may bee cor- 
rupted. 
Lib.&hifl.anim. 
Peftiferous 
putrefaftioais 
fir different 
from ordinarie 
putrefa&ion. Lib.22. 
Concerning the Tlague. 
537 
familiaritie, and at length, it fclfdegenerateing into a peftiferous malignitie , certainly no 
otherwift then thofe difeafes which arift in the plague-time, the putrid difeafts in our bo- 
dies, which at the firft wanted virulencie and contagion, as Ulcers, putrid Fevers,and other 
fuchdiftafes, raifed by the peculiar default of the humors, eafily degenerate into pefti- 
lence, prefently receiving the tainture of the plague, to which they had before a cer-, 
tain preparation. Wherefore in time of the plague, I would advife all men to (hun fuch 
exceeding (linking places, as they would the plague it fclf: that there may bee no prepara- 
tion in our bodies, or humors to catch that infe&ion (without which, as Galen teacheth, 
the Agent hath no power over the Subjeft, for otherwife in a plague-time, the ficknefs 
would equally feiz upon all) Co that the impreflion of the peftiferous qualitie may prefent-J 
ly follow that difpofition. 
But when wee (ay the air is peftilent,wee do not underftand that fincere,elementarie,and 
fimple as it is of its own nature, for fuch is not fubje&to putrefa&ion 5 but that which is 
polluted with ill vapors rifting from the earth, ftanding-waters, vaults, or fta, and degene- 
rate's, and is changed from its native puritie and fimplicitie- But certainly amongft all the 
conftitutions of the air, fit to receiv a peftilent corruption, there is none more fit then an 
hot, moift and bill ftafon 5 for the excels of fuch qualities eafily cauffeth putrefaftion. 
Wherefore the South winde reigning, which is hot and moift, and principally in places 
near the fea, there flefti cannot long bee kept, but it preftntly is tainted and corrupted. , 
Further, weemuft know, that the peftilent malignitie which riftth from the carkafles or 
bodies of men, is more eafily communicated to men 1 that which riftth from oxen,to oxen; 
and that which com's from (heep, to (beep5 by a certain (ympathie and familiaritie of Na- 
ture : no otherwift then the Plague which (hall ftiz upon fom one in a Familie, doth pre- 
ftntly fpread more quickly amongft the reft of that Familie, by reafon of the fimilitude of 
temper, then amongft others of another Familie, difagreeing in their whole temper. There- 
fore the air thus altered and eftranged from its goodnefs of nature, neceflarily drawn in by 
infpiration and tranfpiration, bring's in the fteds of the Plague, and fo conftquently the 
Plague it felf, into bodies prepared and made readie to receiv it. 
Inapeftilsnt 
conftitution 
of rhe air, all 
dtleafcs becom 
peftilent. 
Lib,i.de differ, 
feb. 
How the air 
may bee fa id 
to putrcfie* 
A Southerly 
conftitution of 
the air is the 
fu?l of the 
Plague. 
CHAP. IV. 
Aveing (hewed the caufles from which the air doth putrefie, becom corrupt, and is 
made partaker of a peftilent and poifonous conftitution; wee muft now declare 
what things may cauf the humors to putrefie, and make them fo apt to receiv and 
retain the peftilent air and venenate qualitie. 
Humors putrefie either from fulnefs, which breed's obftruftion; or by diftemperate ex- 
cels ; or iaftly, by admixture of corrupt matter and evil juice,which ill feeding doth (pecial- 
ly cauf to abound in the bodie: For the Plague often follow's the drinking of dead and 
muftie wines, muddie and (landing water , which receiv the finks and filth of a Citie 5 and 
fruits and pulf eaten without difcretion in fcarcitie of other corn, as Peaf, Beans, Lentils, 
Vetches, Acorns, the roots of Fern, and Grafs made into bread. For (uch meats obftruCt, 
heap up ill humors in the bodie, and weaken the ftrength of the faculties,from whence pro- 
ceed s a putrefaction of humors, and in that putrefaction a preparation and difpofition to 
receiv, conceiv,and bring forth the feeds of the Plague: which the filthie fcabs,malign (ores, 
rebellious ulcers, and putrid fevers, beeing all fore-runners of greater putrefaction and cor- 
ruption, do teftifie. Vehement paflions of the minde, as anger, forrow, grief, vexation and 
fear, help forward this corruption of humors, all which hinder nature's diligence and care 
of concoCtion: For as in the Dog-Daies, the lees of wine fubfideing to the bottom, are by 
the ftrength and efficacie of heat drawn up to the top, and mixed with the whole (ubftance 
of the wine, as it were by a certain ebullition, or working; fo melancholick humors, bee- 
ing the dregs or lees of the blood, ftirred up by the paflions of the minde, defile or taint all 
the blood with their feculent impuritie. 
Wee found that fom years agon by experience, at the battel of S.Dewwr.For all wounds, 
by what weapon foever they were made, degenerated into great and filthie putrefactions 
and corruptions, with fevers of the like nature, and were commonly determined by death, 
what medicines, and how diligently foever they were applied; which caufled manie to have 
a falf lufpicion that the weapons on both (ides were poifoned. But there were manifeft 
figns of corruption and putrefaction in the blood let the fame day that anie were hurt, and 
in the principal parts dif-ieCted afterwards, that it was from no other an evil con- 
ftitution of the air, and the mindes of the Souldiers perverted by hate, anger and fear. 
Of the preparation of humors to putrefaction, and admiflion of peftiferous imprefjions. 
Three caufles 
of the putre- 
faction of hu- 
mors* 
Paffions of 
the minde 
help forward 
the putrefacti- 
on of the hu- 
mors. 
Zz 3 
CHAP, 538 
Qmceming the 'Plague 
Lib.zz. 
CHAP. V. 
Mil Jgnt in the &r aid&irth fngmfiicate a Plague. 
Ee may know a Plague to bee at hand and hang over us, if at anie time the air 
and feafons of the year fwarv from their natural conftitution, after thole waies 
I have mentioned before ; if frequent and long continuing Meteors,or fulphu- 
KOtK Thunders infeft the air; if fruits, feeds and pulf bee worm-eaten : If 
Binis foriaKe theft nefts, eggs or young, without anie manifeft cauf; if wee perceiv women 
commonly to abort, by continual breathing in; the vaporous air, beeing corrupted and 
hurtful both co the Embryon and original of life,and by which it hieing fuffocated,is pre- 
feftdy call forth and expelled. Yet notwithftanding, thole airie impreflions do not folely 
corrupt the air, but there may bee allb others raifedby the Sun from the fikhie exhalations 
and poifonous vapors of the earth and waters, or of dead carkafles, which by their unna- 
tural mixture, ealily corrupt the air, fubjeQ to alteration, as which is thin and moift, from 
whence divers Epidermal difcafes, and Inch as everic-whcre feiz upon the common fort, ac- 
cording to the feveral kindes of corruptions, luchas that famous Catarrh with difficultic 
of breathing, which in the year 1510 went almoft over all the world, and raged over al! 
the Cities and Towns of France, with great heavineft of the head (whereupon the French 
named it Cstt-idfa) with a ftraightnels of the heart and lungs, and a cough , a continual fe- 
ver, and Ibmtimes raveing. 
This, although it feized upon manic more then it killed, yet becauf they commonly died 
who were either let blood, or purged, it (hewed it ftlf peftilent by that violent and peculiar 
and unheard of kinds of malignitie. 
Suds allo was the Englilh Sweating-feverwhich unulual, with a 
great deal of terror invaded all the lower parts of German ie, and the Low-Couutries, from 
the year is; 25" unto the year 1 $50, and that chiefly in Autumn. 
Asfoonas this peftilent difeafentred into anieCitie, faddenly two or three hundred 
felt lick on one day, then it departed thence to fam other place.The people ftrucken with 
it latiguilhing, fell down in a fwound, and lying in their beds, fweac continually, haveirig 
a fever, a frequent, quick, and unequal pulf; neither did they kav fweating, till the difeaf 
left them, which was in one or two dates at the malt: yet freed of it, they languilhed long 
after, they all had a beating, or palpitation of the heart, which held fom two or three years, 
and others all their life after. 
Ac the fail beginning it killed manic, before the force of it was known: but afterwards 
verie few, when it was found out by pr a&ice and ufe , that thole who furthered and conti- 
nued their fweats,and ftretigdtened themfelvs with cordials, were all reftored. But at cer- 
tain times many other popular difeafes fpmng up, as putrid fevers, fluxes,bloodie-fluxes,ca- 
tarths, coughs, phrenzies, (quittances, plurilies, inflammations of the lungs, inflammations 
of the ties, apoplexies, lithargies, final! pocks and meazles, (cabs, carbuncles, and malign 
s puftles.. Wherefore the Plague is not alwaies, nor everie-where of one and the fame kin.de, 
: but of divers» which is the cauf that divers names are i mpoftd upon it,according to the va- 
rictie of the dfe&s it being's, and lymptoma which aocompanie it, and kindes of putrefacti- 
on, and hidden qualities of the air. 
They afami, when the Plague is at hand, that Mufhroms grow in greater abundance out 
of the earth, and upon the farface thereof manic kindes of poilbnous infetta creep in great 
numbers, as Spiders , Gaterpillers, Butter-flies, Graft-hoppers, Beetles, Hornets, Wafps, 
Flies., Scorpions, Snarls, Locufts, Toads, Worms, and fcch things as are the pff-fpring of 
putrefefrfou. And alfo wilde benfts tired with the vaporous malignitie of their dens and 
caves in die earth, foefake them; and Moles, Toads, Vipers, Snakes, Lizards, Alps and 
Crocodiles are feen to flieaway, and temoov their habitations in great troops. For theft, 
as alfo fom other creatures, have a manifcft power by the gift of God, and the inftinfr 
of N'ature, to prefege changes of weather, as rains, fhowrs, and fair weather; and fea- 
fons of the year, as the Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, which they teftifie by their ling- 
ing, chirping, crying, flying, playing, and beating with their wings, and fitch like ligns: fo 
alfo they have a perception of a Plague at band. And moreover , the carkafles of fom of 
them which took left heed of themftlvs, fotfocatcd by the pefliferous poifon of the ill air 
contained in the earth, may bee everie-where found , not onely in theft dens , but aifo in 
the plain fields. 
e Theft vapors corrupted: not by a fimple putrcfaftion , but an occult malignitie, are 
drawn out of the bo wels of the earth into the air, by the force of the Sun and Stars , and 
i thence condenied into clouds, which by their falling upon corn, trees and graft, infed and 
corrupt all things which the earth produceth, and allb kill's thofe creatures which feed 
them; yet brute beads fooner then men, as which ftoop and hold their heads down towards 
the ground (the maintainer and breeder of this poifon) that they may get their food from 
chenaThereforc at foch times, skilful husbandmen, taught by long experience, never drive 
• theft 
Why abwtf- 
ous are fre- 
quent iu a pc- 
ftilentfcafon. 
A C with 
difftcultie of 
breathing kil- 
ling mamc. 
The EnglKht 
nu/r. 
The Plagdeis 
notthcdefini'c 
name of one 
dtfeaC 
What Gptisla 
the earth fore- 
tell a Plague. 
How peftilene 
vipers may 
kill plants and 
trees. Lib.iz. 
Concerning the Tlagtte. 
539 
their Cattel or Sheep to pafture, before that the Sun, by the force of his beams, hath wa- > 
fled and diflipated into air this peftiferous dew hanging and abideing upon boughs and leavs 
of trees, herbs, corn and fruits. 
But on the contrarie, that peftilencc which proceeds from fom malign qualitie froma- 
bove, by reafon of evil and certain conjunction of the Stars, is more hurtful to men and 
birds, as thofe who are nearer to heaven. 
chap. vi. 
A veing declared the figns fore-fliewing a Peftilencemow we muft fhew by what 
means wee may fhun the imminent danger thereof and defend our felvs from 
it. No prevention feemed more certain to the Antiens, then moft fpeedily to 
remoov into places fardiftant from the infefted place, and to bee moft flow in 
their return thither again. But thofe, who by reafon of their bufinefc or em- 
ploiments, cannot change their habitation, muft principally have a care of 
two things: The firft is, that they ftrengthen their bodies, and the principal parts thereof 
againft the dailie imminent invafions of the poifon,orthe peftiferous and venenate Air. The 
other, that they abate the force of it, that it may not imprint its virulencie in the bodie; 
which may bee don by correcting the excels of the qualitie inclineing towards it, by the op- 
position of its contrarie. For if it bee hotter then is meet, it muft bee tempered with cool- 
ing things ; if too cold, with heating things: yet this will not fuffice. For wee ought be- 
sides, to amend and purge the corruptions of the venenate malignitie diffufed through it, by 
Fuels and perfumes refilling the poifon thereof. The bodie will bee ftrengthened and more 
powerfully refill the infe&ed Air, if it want excrementitious humors, which may bee pro- 
cured by purgeingand bleeding and for the reft a convenient diet appointed, as fhunning 
much varietie of meats,and hot and moift things,& all fuch which are eafily corrupted in the 
ftomach, and caufobftruftions, fiich as thole things which bee made by Comfit-makers ; 
wee muft Ihun fetietie and drunkennefs,for both of them weaken the powers, which are pre- 
ferved by the moderate ufe of meats of good juice* 
Let moderate excercifes in a cleer Air,and free from anie venemous tainture,precede your 
meals* 
Let the bellite have due evacuation either by Nature or Art. 
Let the heart, the feat of life, and the reft of the bowels bee ftrengthened with Cordials 
and Antidotes applied and taken (as wee (hall hereafter lhewjin the form of epichemes,oint- 
ments, emplafters, waters, pits, powders, tablets, opiates, fumigations, and fuch like. 
Make choice of a pure air, and free from all pollution, and far remote from ftinking pla- 
ces, for fiich is moft fit to prelerv life, to recreate and repair the Spirits; whereas on the con- 
trarie, a cloudie or miftie Air, and luch as is infeftedwith grofsand ftinking vapors, dull's 
the fpirits, dejeft's the appetite, make's the bodie feint and ill colored, opprefleth the heart, 
and is the breeder of manie difeafes. 
The Northern winde is healthful, becauf it is cold and drie. But on the contrarie, the 
Southern winde, becauf it is hot and moift, weaken's the bodie by floth or dulnefe, open's 
the pores, and make's them pervious to the peftiferous malignitie. The Weftern winde is 
alfo unwhollbm, becauf it com's near to the nature of the Southern : wherefore the win- 
dows muft bee fhut up on that fide of the houf on which they blow,but opened on the N orth 
and Eaft-iide, unlels it happen the Plague coni from thence. 
. Kindle a clear fire in all the lodging Chambers of the houf, and perfume the whole houf 
with Aromatick things, as Frankincenf, Myrrh,Benzoin, Ladanum, Styrax, Rofes, Mirtle- 
leavs, Lavander, Rolemarie, Sage, Savorie, wilde Tzwe. Marjarum, Broom, Pine-apples,1 
peeces of Firr, Juniper-berries, Cloves, Perfume's: and let your cloaths bee aired in the 
lame. 
There bee fbm, who think it a great prefervative againft the peftilent Air, to keep a Goat 
in their houfes, becauf the capacitie of the houfes, filled with the ftrong fent which the Goat 
(end's forth, prohibit's the entrance of the venemous Air: which feme reafon hath place al- 
fo in fweet fmels j and befides it argue's, that fiicfi as are hungrieare apter to take the Plague 
then thofe who have eaten moderately: for the bodie is not onely ftrengthened with meat, 
but all the paflages thereof are filled by the vapors diffufed from thence, by which otherwife 
the infe&ed Air would finde a more eafie entrance to the heart. 
Yet the common fort of people yeeld another reafon for the Goat, which is, that one ill 
fent drive's away another, as one wedg drive's forth another 5 which calleth to my minde 
that which is recorded by Alexander that there was a Scythian Phyfician, which 
caufied a Plague, arifeing from the infeftion of the Air, to ceaf, by caufling all the dogs,cats, 
and fiich like beafts which were in theCittie, to bee killed, andcaft their carcaflesup and1 
down the ftreets, that fo by the comming of this new putrid vapor as a ftranger, the former 
peftiferous 
-Sy ufang, what cautions in Air and diety one may prevent tffe Plague. 
Change of pla- 
ces the fureft 
prevention of 
the Plague, 
Two things of 
chief account 
for prevention. 
Diet for pre- 
vention of the 
Plague. 
ties ofa clou- 
die or-foggie 
Air. 
Why the South 
windeis pefti- 
ient. 
The efficacie 
of fire againft 
the 1 bgue. 
Moderate re* 
pletion good 
for prevention, 
A ftrange Art 
co drive-way 
the Plague. 540 
Concerning the blague. 
Lib.zx. 
peftiferous infection,as an old gueft,was put out of its lodging,and fo the Plague ceafed. For 
poifons have not onely an antipathic with their Antidotes,but alfo with fom other poifons. 
Whil'ft the Plague is hot, it is not good to ftir out of door before the rifeing of the Sun: 
wherefore wee muft have patience,until hee have cleanfed the Air with the comfortable light 
of his Beams, and difperfed all the foggie and no&urnal pollutions, which commonly hang 
in the Air in dirtie, and efpecially in low places and Vallies. 
All publick and great meetings and aflemblies muft bee ihunned. 
Tfthe Plague begin in Summer, and feem principally to rage, beeing helped forward by 
the Summers-heat, it is beft to perform a journie begun, or undertaken for neceflarie affairs, 
rather upon the night-time, then on the daiejbecaufthe infeftion take's force, ftrength and 
fubtiltieoffubftance,by which it may more eafily permeate and enter in by the heat of the 
Sun j but by night men's bodies are more ftrong,and all things are more grofs and denf. But 
you muft obferv a clean contrarie courf,if the malignitie feem to borrow ftrength and cele- 
ritie from coldnefs. But you muft alwaies efchew the beams of the Moon, but efpecially at 
the Full: for then our bodies are more languid and weak,and fuller of excrementitious hu- 
mors. Even as trees which for that cauf muft bee cut down in their feafon of the Moon,that 
is,in the decreaf thereof. 
After a little gentle walking in your Chamber, you muft prefently ufe fom means that the 
principal parts may bee ftrengthned by fufcitateing the heat and fpirits , and that the paf- 
fages to them may bee filled, that fo the waiemay bee fhut up from the infeftion comming 
from without. Such as by the ufe of garlick have not their heads troubled,nor their inward 
parts inflamed,as Countrie-People and foch as are ufed to it; to fuch there can bee no more 
certain preforvative and antidote againft the peftiferous fogs or mifts, and the no&urnal ob- 
fcurititie, then to take it in the morning with a draught of good wine; for it beeing abun- 
dantly diffufed prefently overall thebodie, fill's up the paffages thereof, and ftrengthneth 
it in a moment. 
> For water 5 if the Plague proceed from the tainture of the Air, wee muft wholly fhun and 
e avoid Rain-water,becauf it cannot but bee infe&ed by the contagion of the Air. Wherefore 
' the water of Springs and of the deepeft Wells are thought beft. But if the malignitie proceed 
from the vapors contained in the earth,you muft make choice of Rain-water. Yet it is more 
fafe to digeft everie fort of water by boiling it, and to prefer that water before other, which 
is pure and clear to the fight, and without either tafte or fmell,and which befides fuddenly 
take's the extremeft mutation of heat and cold. 
The antipathic 
ofpoifonswith 
poifons. 
Whether in rhe 
Plague-time 
onemuft travel 
by night or by 
daie. 
Why the Moon 
is to bee (hun- 
ned. 
Gat lick good 
againft the 
Plague. 
What water to 
be made choice 
ofintheplague. 
time. 
CHAP. VII. 
Of the Cordial Remedies by which wee may preferv our bodies in fear of the 
Blague, and cure thofe already inf etied therewith. 
Uch as cannot eat without much labor, excercife and hunger, and who are no 
lovers of Break-fafts,haveing evacuated their excrements,before they go from 
home muft ftrengthen the heart with fom Antidote againft the virulencie of 
the infeftion. Amongft which Aqua Theriacalis,or Treacle-water, two ounces, 
with the like quantitie of is much commended beeing drunk, and rub- 
bing the noftrils,mouth and ears with the fame} for the Treacle-water ftreng- 
then's the heart, expell's poifon, and is not onely good for a prefervative, but alfb to cure 
the difeaf it felf: For by fweat it drive's forth the poifon contained within. It (hould bee 
made in June, at which time all iimple medicines, by the vital heat of the Sun, are in their 
greateft efficacie. 
The compofition whereof is thus: Take the roots of Gentian,*Czperw,Tormentil,Di ptam, 
or F raxeZta,Elecampane,of each one ouncejthe Itavs of Mullet,Canfw Benedict us, Divel's-bit, 
Burnet, Scabious, Sheeps-forrel, of each half a handful ; of the tops of Rue a little quanti- 
tie; Mirtle-berries one ounce ;of red Rofe-leavs,the flowers of Buglofs,Borage and S.John's- 
wurt, of each one ounce: let them bee all cleanfed, dried and macerated for the fpace of 
twentie-four hours in one pound of white wine or Malmfie, and of Rofe-water or Sorrel- 
water 5 then let them bee put in a veflel of glafs, and add thereto of Treacle and Mithridate, 
of each four ounces: then dift ill them in Balneo Mari*, and let the diftilled water bee received 
in a glafs-Vial, and let there bee added thereto of. Saffron two drams, of Bole-Armenick, 
Terra figiHata, yellow Sanders, fhaveings of Ivorie and Hartf-horn, of each half an ounce} 
then let the glafs bee well flopped, and let in the Sun for the {pace of eight or ten daies. Let 
the prefcribed quantitie bee taken everie morning fo oft as fhall bee needful. It may bee given 
without hurt to fucking children,& to women great with childe.Butthat it may be the more 
pleafant,it muft be drain'd through an Hippocras-bag,adding thereto fomfuger & cinnamon. 
Som think themfelvs fufficiently defended with a root of Elecampane, Zedoarie, or An- 
gelica, rowled in their mouth, or chawed between their teeth. 
Others drink everie morning one dram of the root of Gentian bruifed, beeing macerated 
for 
Aqm tberiactlu 
go@d againft 
the Plague 
both inwardly 
taken and out- 
wardly applied. 
The compoG- 
tion thereof Lib.zz. 
Concerning the Tlague. 
541 
for the Ipace of one night in two ounces of white wine. 
Others take Worm-wood-wine. 
Others fup up in a rere egg one dram of terra Sigil/ata, or of Hartf-hom, with a little 
Saffron, and drink two ounces of wine after it. 
There bee fom that do infufe Bole-Armenick, the roots of Gentian, Tormentil, Diptam, 
the berries of Juniper, Cloves, Mace, Cinnamon, Saffron, and fitch like, in aquavit* and 
ftrong white wine, and fo diftill it in Balneo Mari*. 
This Cordial water that followeth is of great vertue. T ake of the roots of the long and 
round Ariftalochia, Tormentil, Diptam, of each threedrams, of Zedoarietwo drams, Lignum , 
Aloes, yellow Sanders, of each one dram, of theleavs of Scordium, St. John's-wurt, Sorrel, 
Rue, Sage, ofeach half an ounce, ofBrfj and Juniper-berries, of each three drams, Citron- 
ieeds one dram, Cloves, Mace, Nutmegs, of each two drams, of Maftich, Olibanum»Bole-A.r- 
menick, terra SigiUata, fhaveings of Hartfihorn and Ivorie, of each one ounce, of Saffron 
one fcraple, of the C onfervs of Rofes,Buglols-flowers, water-lillies and old T reacle, of each 
one ounce, ofCamphire half a dram, of aqua vit* half a pinte,pf white wine two pintes and 
a half, make thereof a diftillation in Balneo Marine, The ufe of this diftilled water is even as 
Treacle water is- 
TheEIeftuarie following is verie effe&ual. Takeofthe beftTreaclfe three ounces, Juni- 
per-berries and Cardaus-fieds of each one dram and a half,of Bole-Armenick prepared half, 
an ounce, of the power of the Ele&uarie de Geminis and Viomargariton frigidum, the powder 
of Hartf-horn, and red Coral, of each one dram : mix them with the lyrup of the rindes 
and juice of Pome-Citrons as much as fhallfufhce, and make thereof a liquid Ele&uariein 
the form of an Opiate, let them take everie morning the quantitie of a Filberd, drinking af- 
ter it two drams of the water of Scabious, Cherries, Carduus Beneditfusf and of fom fuch like 
cordiall thing, or of ftrong wine. 
The following Opiate is allb verie profitable, which allb may bee made into Tablets. J 
Takeofthe roots of Angelica, Gentian, Zedoarie, Elecampane, of eath two drams of Ci- 
tron and Sorrel-leeds of each half a dram; of the dried rindes of Citrons, Cinnamon, Bay 
and Juniper-berrie,and Saffrom,ofeach one Icruple; of conferv of Rofes and Buglols, of each 
one ounce ; and fine hard Suger as much as is fufficient: make thereof Tablets of the weight 
of half a dram, let him take one'of them two hours before meat: or make thereof an Opiate 
with equal parts of confervs ofBuglofs and Mel Anthofatum,and lb adding all the reft drieand 
in powder. Or takeofthe roots of Valerian, Tormentil, Diptam, of the leavs of Rue, of 
each half an ounces ofSaffron, Mace, Nutmegs, of each halfadram; of Bole- Armenick pre» 
pared half an ounce; of conferv of Rofes and lyrup of Lemmons as much as will bee fuffidient 
to make thereof an Opiate liquid enough. Or take of the roots of both the Ariftolochia's,of ' 
Gentian, Tormentil, Diptam, of each one dram and an half; of Ginger three drams; of the 
leavs of Rue, Sage, Mints and Pennie-royal,ofeach two drams; of Bay and Juniper-berries, 
Citron-feeds, of each four fcruples; of Mace, Nutmegs, Cloves, Cinnamon, of each two 
drams of Lignum aloes, and yellow Sanders, of each one dram; of Male-Frankincenf, f. Oli- 
banum, Maftich, fhaveings of HartFhorn and Ivorie, of each two Icruple; ofSaffron halfa 
dram; of Bole-Armenick, terra Sigillatat red Coral, Pearl, of each one dram; of confervs of 
Roles, Buglofs-flowers, water-lillies and old Treacle , of each one ounce ; of loafiluger 
one pound and a quarter: a little before the end of the makeing it up, add two drams of con- 
fefiio Alkgrmes, and of Camphire diffolvedin Rofe-water one fcruple; make thereof an Opi- 
ate according to Art,the dole thereof is from half adramto half a Icruple. 
Treacle and Mithridate faithfully compounded, excell all Cordial medicines, adding for 
everie half ounce of them, one ounce and an half of confervs of Roles, or of Buglofs, or of 
Violets, and three drams of Bole-Armenick prepared: Of thefe beeing mix't with ftirring, 
and incorporated together,make a conferv: It muft bee taken in the morning the quantitie of 
a Filberd. You muft chufe that Treacle that is not lefs then four years old, nor above twelv: 
that which is fomwhat new, is judged to bee moft meet for cholerick perlbns;but that which 
is old, for flegmatick and old men. For at the beginning the ftrength of the Ogium that en- 
ter's into the composition thereof, remain's in its full virtue for a year : but afterwards the 
more years old it waxeth,the ftrength thereof is more abolilhed,(b that at length the whole 
compofition becommeth verie hot. 
The confeftion of Alkermes is verie effectual both for a prelervative againft this dileafiand 
alfo for the cure. 
The quantitie ofa Filberd of Rubarb, with one Clove chawed or rowled in the mouth, 
is fuppofed to repell the comming of the peftilent Air: as alfo this compofition following. 
Take of prelerved Citron and Orange pits, of each one dram; of conferv of Rofes, and of 
the roots ofBuglofs, of each three drams ; of Citron-leeeds half an ounce; of AnniEleeds 1 
and Fennel-feeds,of each one dram;of Angelica-Roots four fcruples jfuger of Rofes as much 
as fufficeth: Make a Confe&ion, and cover it with leavs of Gold, and take a little of it up- j 
on a Ipoon before you go abroad everie morning. 
Or take of Pine-apple-kernels, and Fiftick-nuts, infufcdforthe fpaceof fix hours in the 
water 
A Cordial 
water. 
A Cotdial Bic* 
duarie. 
An Opiate. 
Another. 
Another* 
A Gonfeftion 
to bee taken in 
the morning 
again* the pe- 
ftilent Air. 
A March'pane Concerning the Blague. 
Lib.zz. 
542 
water of Scabious and Roles, of each two ounces ; of Almonds blanched in the tore-named 
waters half a pound: of preferred Citron and Orange pills, of each one dram and an half: 
of Angelica-roots four fcruples: make them according to art,unto the form of March-pane, 
or of anie other fiich like confe&ion, and hold a little piece thereof often in your mouth. 
The Tablets following are moft effectual in fiich a cafe. 1 ake of the roots or Diptam, 
Tormentil, Valerian, Elecampane, Eringoes, of each half a dram; 'Ter- 
ra Sigillata, of each one fcruple; of Camphir, Cinnamon, Sorrel-feeds, and Zedoarie, of 
each one fcruple; of the ft ecies of the Eleftuarie Viamargariton frigidum, two fcruples; of con- 
(erv ofRofes, Buglofs, preferved-Citron-pills,Mithridate, Treacle, of each one dram;of 
fine Suger diffolved in Scabious and as much as fhall fuffice : Make thereof 
Tablets, of the weight of a dram, or half a dram: take them in the morning before you eat. 
The pills of Rufus are accounted moft effeftual prelervatives,fo that Rufus hlmfelf faith, 
that hee never knew anie to bee infeftcd that ufed them: the composition of them is thus. 
Take of the beft Aloes half a drani5 of two drams, of Myrrh two 
drams and an half, of Maftich two drams, of Safforn feven grains: put them all together, 
and incorporate them with the juice of Citrons, or the fyrup of Limons, and make thereof 
a mafs, and let it bee kept in leather: Let the patient take the weight of half a dram everie 
morning two or three hours before meat, and let him drink the water of Sorrel after it, 
which through its tartnefs,and thethinnefs of its parts, doth infringe the force and power 
of the malignitie or putrefa&ion: For experience hath taught us, that Sorrel beeing eaten 
or chawed in the mouth, doth make the pricking of Scorpions unhurtful. And for thole 
ingredients which do enter into the compofition of thole pills, Aloes doth cleanf and 
purge. Myrrh refill's putrefaction, Maftich ftrengthen's, Saffron exhilarate's and make's 
liveliethe Ipirits that govern the bodie, efpecially the vital and animal. 
Thofe pills that follow are alfo much approoved. Take of Aloes one ounce, of Myrrh 
half an ounce, of Saffron one fcruple, of Agarick in Trochifces two drams, of Rubarb in 
powder one dram, of Cinnamon two fcruples, of Maftich one dram and an half, of Ci- 
tron-feeds twelve grains: powder them all as is requifite; and make thereof a mafs with 
the lyrup of Maiden-hair : let it bee ufed as aforelaid. 
If the mafs begin to wax hard, the pills that mull prefently bee taken, muft bee mollified 
with the lyrup of Limons. 
Take of wafhed Aloes two ounces, of Saffron one dram,of Myrrh half an ounce, of Am- 
moniac urn dillblved in white wine one ounce, of honie of Rofes, Zedoarie, red Sanders, of 
each one dram, of prepared two drams, of red Coral half an ounce, of Cam- 
phir half a fcruple: make thereof pills according to art. But thole that are fubjeft or apt 
to the hemorrhoids ought not at all, or verie feldom to ufe thole kindes of pills that do re- 
ceiv much Aloes. 
They fay, that King Mithridates affirmed by his own writeing, that whofoever took the 
quantitie of an hafel-nut of the prefervative following, and drank a little wine after it, 
fhould bee free from poifon that day. Take two WaH-nuts , thole that be verie drie , two 
Figs, twentie leavs of Rue, and three grains of Salt: beat them, and incorporate them toge- 
ther, and let them bee ufed as is aforefaid. 
This remedie is alfo faid to bee profitable for thole that are bitten or ftung by lom vene- 
mous beaft, and for this onely, becaufit hath Rue in the compofition thereof.But you muft 
forbid women that are with childe the ufe of this medicine; for Rue is hot and drie in the 
third degree, and therefore it is faid to purge the womb, and provoke the flowers, whereby 
the nourifhment is drawn away from the childe. Of fuch varietie of medicines, every one 
may make choice of that that is moft agreeable to his tafte, and as much thereof as fhall bee 
lufficient. 
Pills of Ruffm. 
Other pills. 
Other pills. 
CHAP. VIII. 
Of local medicines to bee applied outwardly. 
Hofe medicines that have proper and excellent virtues againft the peftilence,are 
not to bee negle&ed to bee applied outwardly, or carried in the hand. And filch 
are all aromatical, aftringent, or fpirituous things, which therefore are endued 
with virtue to repel the venemous and peftiferous air from comming and en- 
tring into the bodie , and to ftrengthen the heart and the brain. Of this kinde are 
Balm, Rofeniarie, Scordium,Sage, Worm-wood, Cloves, Nut-megs, Saffron , the roots of 
Angelica, and Lovage, and fuch like, which muft bee macerated one night in fliarp Vineger 
and Aqua vit£, and then tied in a knot aS big as an egg: or rather let it bee carried in a 
iponge made wet, or (baked in the faid infufion. For there is nothing that doth fooner and 
better hold the fpirituous virtue and ftrength of aromatick things, then a iponge. Where- 
fore it is ofprincipal ufe either to keep or hold fweet things to the note, or to applie Epi- 
thems and Fomentations to the heart. 
■ Tbofe 
Of what na- 
ture the medi- 
cines out- 
wardly ufed 
ought to bee. LlB.%2. 
Concerning the Tlague. 
543 
Thole fweet things ought to bee hot or cold, as the leafon of the year, and kinde of the 
peftilence is As for example,in the Summer you ought to infuft and macerate Cinnamon 
an d Cloves, beaten together, with a little Saffron in equal parts, of vineger of Rofes, and 
Role-water,intc( which you muft dip a fponge, which rowlcd in a fair linnen cloth, you 
may carrie in your |iand, and often finell to. 
T ake of W orm-wood half a handful; ten Cloves, of the roots of Gentian and Angelica, 
of each two drams; of vineger and Rofe-water, of each two ounces; of Treacle and Mithri- 
date, of each one drain ; beat and mix them all well together, and let a Ipongebee dipped 
therein, and ufed as above-laid. They may allb beeencloled inboxes made of iweet wood, 
as of Juniper, Cedar, or Cyprefs, and fo carried for the fame purpole. 
But there is nothing more eafieto bee carried then Pomanders: the form ofwhich is thus: 
Take of yellow Sanders, Mace, Citron-pills, Role and Mirtledeavs, of each two drams ; of 
Benzoin, Ladanum, S torax, of each half a dram ; of Cinnamon and Saffron,of each two fcru- 
ples; ofCamphire and Amber-Greece,of each one fcuple;of Musk three grains. Make there- j 
of a Pomander,with Rofe-water,with the infufion of Tragacanth. Or take red-Rofe-leavs, 
the flowers of Water-lillies and Violets, of each oneounce;of the three Sanders, Coriander- 
feeds, Citron-pills, of each half an ounce; ofCamphire,one dram; let them all bee made in- 
to powder, and with Water of Roles and Tragacanth make a pomander. 
In the Winter it is to bee made thus. Take of Storax, Benzoin, of each one dram and a 
half; of Musk, half a fcruple; of Cloves, Lavander and Ciperus, of each two drams; of the 
root of Orris, i.e. F lower-de-Luce, and Calamus aromaticusi of each two drams and a half; of 
Amber-Grece, three drams; of Gum-Tragacanth diflolved in Role-water and aquavit*,is 
much as (hall fuffice: make thereof a Pomander. 
And for the fame purpole you may allb uleto carrie about with you Iweet powders,made 
of Amber-Greece,SlonzXjOrriSjNutmegs,Cinnamon, Mace, Cloves, Saffron,Benzoin,Musk, < 
Camphire, Roles, Violets, June us odoratus, Marj arum and liich like, of which beeing mixed 
together,Powders may may bee compounded and made. 
Take of the roots of Orris two drams, of Gjpeiw, Calamus aromaticus, red Roses, of each 
half an ounce; of Cloves half a dram, of Storax,one dram; of Musk,eight grains : mix them, 
and make a powder for a bag : or take the roots of Orris two ounces; red-Rofe-lcavs, white 
Sanders, Storax, of each one dram; of Cyprus, one ounce; of Calamus aromaticus, one ounce; 
of Marjarum, half an ounce; of Cloves, three drams; of Lavander, half a dram; of Corian- 
der-leeds, two drams; of good Musk, half a fcruple; of Ladanum and Benzoin, of each a 
dram; of Nutmegs and Cinnamon, of each two drams: Make thereof a fine powder, and 
fow it in a bag. 
It will bee verie convenient alfo to applie to the region of the heart, a bag filled with yel-; 
low Sanders, Mace, Cloves, Cinnamon, Saffron and Treacle lhaken together, and incorpo- 
rated, and iprinkled over with ftrong vineger and Role-water in Summer, and with ftrong 
wine and Muskadine in the Winter. 
Thefe Iweet Aromatick things thar are lb full of ipirits, finelling Iweetly and ftrongly, 
have admirable virtues to ftrengthen the principal parts of the bodie, and to ftir up theex- 
pulfive facultie to expel the poilbn. 
Contrarie-wile, thofe that are (linking and unlavorie, procure a defire to vomit, & diffo- | 
lution of the powers,by which it is manifeft how fooliffi and abfurd their perlwafion is, that i 
counlel luch as are in a peftilent conftitutionofthe Air,toreceivand take in the Linking and < 
unlavorie vapors of fin\s and privies, and that efpecially in the morning. 
But it will not fiifficc to carrie thole prefervatives alone, without the ule of anie other 
thing, but it will bee allb verie profitable to walh all the whole bodie in Vineger of thede- 
co&ion of Juniper and Bay-berries, the Roots ofGentian, Marigolds, S. John's-Wurt, and 
luch like, with Treacle or Mithddate alfo diilblved in it. For vineger is an enemie to all 
poifons in general,whether they bee hot or cold: foritrefifleth andhindereth putrefaftion. 
Neither is it to bee feared, that it ffiould obftruft the pores, by reafon of its coldneft, if the 
bodfc bee bathed in it: for it is of fubtil parts, and the Ipices boiled in it,have virtue to open. 
Whofoever accounteth it hurtful to walh his whole bodie therewith, let him walh onely 
his arm-holes, the region of his heart, his temples> groins, parts of generation; as haveing 
great and marvelous fympathie with the principal and noble parts. 
If anie miflike batheing, let him annoint himfelf with the following Unguent. Take oil 
of Rofes, four ounces; oil of Spike, two ounces; of the powder of Cinnamon and Cloves, 
of each,one ounce and a halfiof Benzoin,half an ounce;of Musk,fix grains; of Treadle, half 
a dram; of Venice-Turpentine,one dram and a half; of Wax, as much as lhall fuffice: make 
thereof a foft Unguent. 
You may alfo drop a few drops of oil of Maftich, of of Gio ves, and fuch like,in- 
to the ears,with a little Ci vet or Musk. 
Pomander* 
Sweet-pow- 
ders. 
- Bags.' 
Unfavorie 
things to bee 
efehewed. 
An Unguent* 
CHAR Concerning the 'Plague. 
Lib.xx. 
544 
CHAP. IX. 
Of other thini,s-to bee obferved for prevention, in fear of the Plague. 
Why Venetie 
is to bee fhun- 
ned. 
en E rie is chiefly to bee efchewed, for by it the powers are debilitated}the (pi ri ts 
diflipated, and the breathing places of the bodie diminiflied, and laftly, all the 
ftrength of nature weakned. A fedentarie lite is to bee Ihunned} as alfo excels in 
diet} tor hence proceed's obftruftion,thc corruption of the juices,and preparation 
. of the bodie to putrefa&ion and the peftilence. 
Women muft bee verie careful that they have their courfes duely, for flopping befides the 
cuftom, they eafily acquire corruption, and draw by contagion the reft of the humors into 
their focietie. Such as have fiftulous, or otherwife old ulcers, muft not heal them up in a 
peftilent feafon j for it is then more convenient rather to make new ones and thefe in con- 
venient and declineing places 5 that as by thefe channels, the fink of the humors of the bo- 
die may bee emptied. 
The Hemorhoids,bleedings3and other the like accuftomed evacuations,muft not bee flop- 
ped, unlefs they exceed meafure. Moreover, they muft at fuch times take heed that they 
touch or handle notanie of thele things wherein the feeds or fuell of the peftilence may lie 
hid; fuch as are hemp, fl&x, quilts and coverings wherein fuch as have had the Plague have 
laid; skins and all lether-things,hangings and cloaths. You umft dwell far from Church- 
yards, efpecially from thole wherein the corps of fuch as have died of the Plague are not bu- 
ried dead in the ground, as in the Church of innocents in Paris, in which place by the fame 
realbn it fundrie times happen's that the bodies are plucked up,rent and torn by dogs. Alfo 
let them dwell far from places of execution,lhambles of flelh and fifli,from tan-houfes,diars, 
tallow-chandlers, cloth-dreflers, farriers, skinners, and from the places wherein metals are 
are call or wrought. The filth and dung, efpecially of Swine, Privies, (landing and mud- 
die waters, and laftly all things of the like evil fmell,muft bee far remote from your habi- 
tation 5 the bellie muft not bee emptied into thole places, into which the excrements of fuch 
as have the plague are caft. The companie of liich as ulually viiite thofe fick of the plague, 
muft bee efchewed, as of Phyficians, Apothecaries, Surgeons, Nurf-Keepers, Grave-makers 
and Bearers. For though they have not the Plague, yet comming out of a peftilent place, 
they may carrie with them lying in their garments, the leeds thereof. You may gather this 
by liich have for a little while ftaied in a perfumer's (hop,for the perfume diffufed in the air, 
beftow's the fmell upon the garments of fuch perfons, fo that gon from thence,fuch as meet 
them, will judg them to carrie perfumes with them. They (hall alfo fliun long watchings 
found fleeping, all palfions of the minde, efpecially anger, hunger, thirft, journying in the 
Sun, for that hath oftimes occafioned a diarie fever, which hath not feldom been feen to 
turn into a peftilent one ; for by dilateing the pore of the skin, they have given entrance 
to the peftilent air, which by that means hath eafily taken hold of the humor dilpofed to 
putrefaction. 
Running ul- 
cers good in 
time of pesti- 
lence. 
Places to bee 
fhunned in 
time of plague. 
What com pa- 
nic to bee a- 
voided. 
You muft do 
nothing in. a 
peftilcnt fea- 
fon whereby 
you may grow 
too hot. 
CHAP- X. 
Vgiftrates ought to have afpecial care that no filth bee heaped up3either in pri- 
vate or publick places : let all things bee kept neat in everie houG and let all 
the ftreets bee kept clean , the dung and filth bee carried forth of the Cittie ■» 
as alfo the dead carcafles of killed dogs & cats,for becaufthey oftimes lick and 
devour the excrements of (uch as have the Sickne(s,therefore they may by their 
familiar entrie into found houies, there propagate the Plague. Wherefore they 
muft either bee driven forth of the Citie,or killed, and fo bee carried forth and buried deep 
in the ground. Wells, fprings, and rivers themftlvs, muft bee free'd and cleanftd from all 
impuritie. Care muft bee had that muftie corn, tainted flefh, nor Pinking fifh bee not let to 
fale. Publick baths and hot-houfts muft bee prohibited, for that in theft, men's bodies are 
weakned, and made more yeelding and pervious to the peftiferous air. They fhall commit 
the cure of fuch as have the Plague, to learned, skilful and honeft Phyficians and Apotheca- 
ries and Surgeons. 
Such as are known to have the Plague,fhall beeftparated from fuch as are free there-from, 
and bee ftnt to fuch fit places as fhall bee provided for them; for this is better and more hu- 
manely don then to fliut up everie man in his own houf. They fhall provide and fore-fee 
that the houfhoW-ftuff of fuch as have the Plague bee not ftt to fale. They fhall ftt figns and 
noted marks upon the houfts ftazed upon by this difeaf, left they fliould unawares run into 
danger. Wherefore to the famepurpoft they (hall procure that the Surgeons and others 
that vifit the fick of the Plague may bee known by fom confpicuous mark, that fuch as pais 
by them may bee admonifhed of the danger 5 they fhall alfo take care that the bodies of 
the 
Of tbe Office of Magistrates in the time of the Plague. 
Why dogs and 
cats mult bee 
killed in a 
Plague-time. 
Why Baths 
and hot-houfcs 
are not then to 
bee allowed. Lib.zz. 
Concerning the Plague. 
545 
the dead bee buried as fpeedily as may bee. For they fooner and more grievoufly putrefie in J 
a ihort time, then the bodies of others of what death foeyer they die. Wherefore, neither ' 
birds,nor ravenous beafts dare once touch their bodies, though unburied; for by tafteing ' 
them they fliould quickly com to their deaths. The keepers of the gates of the Cittie fhall 
bee admonilhed, that they take fpecial care that fuch as are infe&ed, or com from a vifited 
place,do not enter into the Cittie; for from one, the evil may com to fpread it 1 elf further; 
for one fpark may fet a whole Cittie on fire,and one (cabbie iheep infeft a whole flock. And 
becauf there is nothing which may more perfeftly purge the air,and cleanf it from all man- 
ner of noifomnels and infection, then fire; they fhall command that there bee kindled , and 
perpetually kept burning-fires, made with odoriferous and ftrong-fmelling things, as Ju- 
niper, Turpentine, Broom, and the like. 
In Head hereof Levinas tell's, that the Souldiers of the Garrifon of Tornieufed ina 
Plague-time to difcharge their Canons laded onely with powder, turning their mouthsup-1 
on the Cittie, and that morning and evening; that by the vehemencie of the mooved air, the 
peftiferous fogs might bee chafed away; and by the heat of the burned powder, the vene- 
nate and noifom qualitie of the air might bee amended. Laftly, I judg it fit to admonilh Ma- 
giftrates, that they have their eies and mindes attentive upon a murderous and impious 
kinde of Bearers and Nurf- keepers; which allured with a defire of gain (which whil'ft the 
Plague reign's, they get abundantly) annoint the walls, doors, threlholds , knockers of 
gates and locks with the filth and ointments taken from fuch as have the Plague, that the 
Plague within a while after ieizing upon thefe alio, the mailers of them flying away,and the 
familie diiperied, they may there reign alone, and freely and without puniftiment carrie 
thence what they pleaf; oftimes ftrangling iuch as lie readie to die, left recovering , they 
might bee their accuiers. This I remember happened at Lions, Anno Dom. 15 6 5. 
Such as die of 
the Pbgue do 
quickly putrc- 
Lib.t.dg tccult, 
iMt.mirtc. 
The villanie 
of Com bale 
people. 
CHAP. XI. 
What caution muft bee ufed in chuftng Pbyficians, Apothecaries and Surgeons, who may 
have care of fueb as are taken with the Plague. 
1 is the part or iviagiitratcs in tne io great neceintie or cue amictea common- 
wealth, to appoint learned, skilful, and honeft Phyficians, Surgeons, and 
Apothecaries, and fuch as have more regard to the Law of God then to gain, 
to have the care and cure of fuch as are vifited. But principally let them not 
take Surgeons and Apothecaries called by proclamation with (bund of trum- 
pet, that if they will take this charge, they (hall becom free without exami- 
nation or reward. But let them rather bee allured by gifts and honeft rewards, not onely 
then when as neceffitie urgeth; but alfo after the Plague is over. For fuch (ervant-Surgeons 
and Apothecaries as are called by proclamation, fo to gain freedom, are moft commonly 
unskilful and unexperienced Dunces; who, confcious of their own ignorance, and fearing 
to undergo the examination of the Mafters of their Companies, refute no hazard, however 
dangerous, with defire to obtain their freedom. 
It is far worf and more dangerous to fall into the hands of fiich, then into the hands of 
theevs and murderers; for thefe, by providence or ftrength, wee may chance to efcape; but 
wee feek for and embrace the other, and haveing found them , lay our throats bare unto 
them,(b by their unskilfulnefs to bee butchered Certainly by the fault of the times,and thfe 
negleft of Magiftrates, it is almoft com to this pals,that if anie honeft and learned 
ans and Surgeons (hall undertake this cure, they are commonly forced thereto by the Ma- 
giftrate for fear of banifhment or fineing. Therefore becaufthey do it againft their wills, 
they (hew themfelvs left vigilant, cheerful and painful about the fick. They com unwil- 
lingly, and compelled hereto, becauf by the memorie of the fore-paft time, they fufficiently 
know, how fordid and bafely Magiftrates, when the Plague hath been over-paft, have been 
in paying the promifed reward to men of their condition, who have ftoutly run into dan- 
ger ; for thence it happen's, that dureing the reft of their lives , they may fit idle at home, 
for that they are infamous, and feared by the people onely for this, that a while agon they 
vifited fiich as had the Plague. Therefore I would have Magiftrates prudent, faithfill, and 
free in chufeing honeft, learned and skilful men , who may undergo this fo difficult and 
dangerous a charge. • ■ 
CHAP. XII. 
How fuch of undertake the cure of the Plague ought to arm tbemfeht. 
FIrft they muft think and hold for certain, that they are not called to this office by Our lots are 
men, but by God, (b dire&ingthe counlels andaftionsof men as hee thinketh fit. m the hands of 
Therefore they (hall confidently enter into the cure thereof, for that our lot, life and death tbe or ' 
A a a are 546 
Concerning the 'Plague. 
LlB.ZZi 
are in the hands of the Lord : but notwithftanding they ought not to negleft remedies, 
which are given to men for prevention, left by neglefting the gifts of God, they may feem 
to riegkft him alfo that is the giver of fo manie good and excellent benefits. Therefore 
firft let them by purgeing and bleeding evacuate the humors fubjeft to putrefa&ion , and to 
conceiv the feeds of the peftilence. Let them make two fontanella's by application of cau- 
teries, to bee as rivelets to evacuate the excrementitious humors which are daily by little 
> and little heaped up in usj let one of them bee in the right arm a little below the mufcle E- 
f ow; the other the fpace of three fingers under the knee on the in-fide of the left leg. This 
is found by experience a verie certain means of prevention. Let them walh their whole bo- 
dies with the following lotion. Rc.aqu# rof.acetz rofati, aut [ambucini,vini albiaut malvatici, 
rtw.tfe.vi. rad.enul# canty.angelic£,gentian-biftorte, baccar-juntyeri, beder<e, 
falvi<£,rorifinar.ab/inth.rut£, an.m.i. cortiw citri,%fi.tberiac<e & mitbridat. an%i. conquaffanda con- 
quaffent, bulliant lento igni, & fcrventwr ad ufam ante commemoratum. Theepithems,unguentsand 
bags formerly defcribed (ball bee applied to the region of the heart. I have read it noted by 
John Baft ift'J beodoftM,that amongft other things, Arfenick may bee profitably applied to the 
region of the heart, that fo it may by little and little accuftom it felf to poifons, that after- 
wards it may bee lefs harmed by their incurfion, firft makeing their aflault upon it. 
Let their garments bee made of Chamelet, Dutch-Sarge, Satin, Taffatie, or the like. Or 
elf if they cannot of thefe, let them bee of fom other handfom Stuff, but not of Cloth, 
Freez, or the like, that they may take the vcnenate air, and carrie it with them to the infe- 
ftion of the found. They (hall oftimes change their cloaths, ihirts and other linnen, and 
perfume them with aromatick things Get them warily approach to the lick, more warily 
fpeak unto him, with their faces looking away from him, rather then towards him , fo 
that they may not receiv the breath of his mouth, neither the vapor nor finell of anie of his 
excrements. 
When as I upon a time beeing called to vifit one that lay fick of the Plague, came too 
near and heedlefly to him, and prefently by Hidden cafting off the cloaths, laid him bare, 
that fo I might the better view a Bubo, that hee had in his right groin, and two Carbuncles 
that were on his bellie, then prefently a thick, filthie and putrid vapor arifeing from the 
broken abfcefs of the Carbuncle, as out of a raked puddle , affcended by my noftrils to my 
brain, whereupon I fainted, and fell down fenflefs upon the ground ; raifed up a little af- 
ter, all things feemed to mee to run round j and I was readie to fall again, but that I ftaied 
my felf by takeing hold of f . bed-poft. But one thing comforted mee,that there appeared 
no figns that my heart was afiefted, either by pain or panting, or the ftrong and contuma- 
cious failing of my powers. Ari argument that the animal fpirits were onely diffipated by 
a venenate vapor, and that the fiibftance of the heart was no way wronged, was a fnee- 
fing which took mee fo violently, that I fneefed ten times, and then fell a bleeding at the 
nofe 5 which excretion, 1 believ, ftee'd mee from all the impreflion of the malignitie. Let 
others, warned by this mine example, learn to bee wifer and more warie in this cafe , left 
they com to a worfmifliap then befel mee. 
Where to 
makeiffues in 
the time of the 
Plague. 
Cftp.S. 
Epifl. a. 
What to wear, 
How to vifit 
your patients. 
An hiflorie* 
CHAP. XIII. 
Of the figns offucb as are infefied with the Plague. 
Whence cer- 
tain figns of 
the Plague 
may bee taken, 
Ee muftnot flay fo long before wee pronounce one to have the Plague, until 
there bee pain and a tumor under his arm-holes, or in his groin, or fpots (vulgar- 
ly called 'Tokens) appear over all the bodie, or carbuncles arite: for maniedie 
through the venenate malignitie, before thefe figns appear. Wherefore the chie- 
feft and trueft figns of this difeaf are to bee taken from the heart, beeing the manfion of life, 
which chiefly and firft of all is wont to bee affailed by the force of the poifbn. Therefore 
they that are infe&ed with the Peftilence, are vexed with often fwoundings and fainting; 
their pulfis feebler and flower then other, but fomtimes more frequent, but that is fpeci- 
ally in the night-fcafbn; they feel prickings over all their bodie, as if it were the pricking 
of needles j but their noftrils do itch specially by occafion of the malign vapors riteing 
upwards from the lower and inner, into the upper parts, their breaft burneth , their heart 
beateth with pain under the left dug, difficultie of takeing breath, ptiflick, cough , pain of 
the heart, and fiich an elation or*putfing up of the Hypocondria, or fides of the bellie , di- 
ftended with the abundance of vapors railed by the force of the feverilh heat, that the pati- 
ent will in a manner teem to have the Tympanie. They are molefted with a defire to vomit, 
and oftentimes with much and painful vomiting, wherein green and black matter is teen, 
and alwaies of divers colors,anlwering in proportion to the excrements of the lower parts, 
the ftomach beemg drawn into a content with the heart, by reafon of the vicinitie and 
communion of the veflels; oftentimes blood alone, and that pure, is excluded and caft up 
in vomiting 5 and is not onely caft up by vomiting out of the ftomach, but alfb verie often 
out of the noftrils, fundament 5 and in women,out of the womb 5 the inward parts are often 
burned, 
The caufof 
vomiting in 
fuch as have 
the plague* Lib.zz. 
Concerning the Tlague. 
547 
burned, and the outward parts are (tiff with cold , the whole heat of the patient beeing 
drawn violently inward, after the manner of a Cupping-glais, by the ftrong burning of the ' 
inner parts then the eie-lids wax blew, as it were through fom contufion, all the whole : 
face hath an horrid afpeft, and as it were the color of lead, the eies are burning red, and as * 
it were fwoln, or puffed up with blood, or anie other humor, fhed tears , and to conclude, 
the whole habit of the bodie is fomwhat changed, and turned yellow. 
Manie have a burning fever, which doth (hew its felf by the patient's ulcerated jaws,un- 
quenchable thirft, drineis and blacknefs of the tongue, and it caufleth fuch a phrenfie by in- 
flameing the brain, that the patients, running naked out of their beds, leek to throw them- 
felvs out of windows into the pits and rivers that are at hand. In fom the joints of the bo- 
die are fo weakned, that they cannot go nor hand; from the beginning they are as it were 
buried in a long (wound and deep deep, by reafon that the fever fendeth up to the brain the t 
grofs vapors from the crude and cold humors, as it were from green wood newly kindled • 
to make a fire* 1 
Such deeping doth hold him efpecially while the matter of the lore or carbuncle is drawn 
together, and beginneth to com to fiippuration. Oftentimes when they are awaked out of 
deep, there do fpots and marks appear dilperfed over the skin, with a (linking Iweat. But 
if thofe vapors bee (harp that are ftirred up unto the head, in (lead of deep they cauf great 
wakeing, and alwaies there is much diverfitie of accidents in the urine of thofe that are in- 
fefted with the Plague,by reafon of the divers temperature and condition of bodies: neither 
is the urine at all times,and in all men of the fame confidence and color: For fomtimes they 
are like unto the urine of thofe that are (bund and in health, that is to (ay, laudable in co- 
lor and fubftance; becauf that when the heart is affefted by the venemous air , that entreth 
in unto it, the (pirits are more greatly grieved and molefted then the humors : but thole,z.e. 
the (pirits, are infefted and corrupted when theft do begin to corrupt. 
But Urines onely (hew the difpofitions of the humors or parts in which they are made, 
colle&ed together, and through which they pais. 
This reafon ftemeth truer to mee then theirs which fay, that nature terrified with the 
malignities of the poifon avoid's contention,and doth not refift or labor to digeft the mat- 
ter that caufleth the difeaf. 
Manie have their appetites fo overthrown, that they can abflain from meat for the (pace 
of three daies together. 
And to conclude, the varietie of accidents is almofl infinite, which appear and Ipring 
up in this kinde of difeaf, by reafon of the diverfitie of the poifon, and condition of the 
bodies and grieved parts : but they do not all appear in each man; but (bm in one , and 
lorn in another. 
Their looks 
are fuddenly 
changed. 
Why Com that 
are taken with 
the plague are 
fleepie. 
Why their u- 
rines are like 
thole that are 
found. 
CHAP. XIV. 
Jfhat figns in the Plague are mortal. 
T is a moft deadlie fign in the Peftilence, to have a continual and burning fe- 
ver, to have the tongue drie, rough, and black, to breathe with and to 
draw in a great quantitie of breath,but breathe out little, to talk idlely; to have 
phrcnfie and madnefs together, with unquenchable thirft and great watching; to 
have convulfions, the hicket, heart-beating, and to fwound verie often and vehemently: 
further, tolling and turning in the bed, with a loathing of meats, and dailie vomits of a 
green, black, and bloodie color; and the face pale, black, of an horrid and cruel alpeft, be- 
dewed with a cold Iweat, and verie mortal figns. 
There are 1dm which at the verie beginning have ulcerous and painful wearinefs, pric- 
king under the skin, with great torment of pain 5 the eies look cruelly and ftareingly, the 
voice waxeth the tongue rough and ftutting, and the underftanding decaying 5 the 
patient uttereth and talketh of frivolous things. Truly thole are verie dangeroufly 
tick, no otherwife then thofe whofe urine is pale, black, and troubled like unto the u- 
rine of carriage-beafts, or lee, with divers colored clouds or contents; as blew, green, 
black, fattie and oilie, as alfo refembling in lhew a Spiders web, with a round bodie fwim- 
ming on the top. 
If the flelh of the carbuncle bee drie and black ,* as it were feared with an hot iron, if the 
flefh about it bee black and blew, if the matter do flow back,and turn in, if they have a lask 
with greatly {linking, liquid, thin, clammie, black, green or blewilh ordure 5 if they avoid 
wormsjby reatbn of. the great corruption of the humors , and yet for all this the patient is 
never the better 5 if the eies wax often dim, if the noftrils bee contra&ed or drawn together, 
if they have a grievous cramp, the mouth bee drawn afide, the mulclesof the facebeeing 
drawn or contracted equally or unequally 5 if the nails bee black 5 if they bee often troubled 
Aaa 2 . with 
An ulcerous 
and painful 
wearinefs 
from the be- 
ginning fliew- 
cth the Plague 
to bee deadlie. 548 
Concerning the Plague. 
Lib .22,. 
with the Hicket, or have a Convulfion and refolution over all the bodie, then you may 
certainly prognofticate that death is at hand, and you may ule cordial medicines onely,but 
it is too late to purge, or let blood. 
CHAP. XV. 
Signs of the Plague comming by contagion of the air without anie fault of the humors* 
Ou (hall underhand, that the Peftilence proceed's from the corruption of the 
air, if it bee verie contagious,and dilperfeth it lelf into fundrie places in a mo- 
ment. If it kill quickly and manie, fo that whil'ft fundrie perlons go about 
their ufual bufinels, walk in the places of common relbrt,and through the 
Greets, they liiddenly fall down and die, no fign of the dileaf or harm appear- 
ing, nor anie pain opprelTing them j for the malignitie of the corrupt air is quick and verie 
(peedie in infe&ing our fpirits, overthrowing the ftrength of the heart, and killing the pa- 
tient. The patients are not troubled with great agitation, becauf the fpiritsdiflipatedby 
the rapid malignitie of the poifon, cannot endure that labor; befides they are taken with 
frequent fwoundings, few of them have Bubo's, few have Blains com forth 5 and by the 
fame realbn their urines are like to thole of found men. 
Why they have 
no fores. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Signs of the Plague drawn into the bodie by the fault and putrefaction of humors* 
jrmeriy wee nave recKonea up tne cauues or tne corruption or numors 
from plenitude , obftru&ion , diftemper, and the ill juice of meats. Now 
muftwee deliver the figns of each corrupt humor which reign's in us, that 
it may bee reduced to foundnefs and perfeftion of nature by the oppoiition. 
of its contrarie, or elf bee evacuated by phyfick. Therefore if thebodie 
bee more yellow then ufiial, it is a lign of choler offending in quantitie and 
qualitie. If more black, then of melancholic; if more pale, then of phlegm ; if more red, 
with the veins fwoln up and full, then of blood. Alfb the color of the rifeing blains, tu- 
mors and fpots, exprefs the color of the predominant humor, as alfo the excrements caft 
forth by vomit, ftool and otherwife ; the heavinefs and cheerfulnefs of the affefted bodie ; 
the manner of the prefent fever; the time of the year, age, region, diet. Such things as have 
a cutting, penetrateing, attenuateing, and cleanfing facultie, take away obftru&ion. By 
means of obftruftion fevers oftimes accompanie the Plague, and thefe not onely continual, 
but alfb intermitting, like tertians or quartanes. Therefore that Plague that is fixed in the 
infeftion or corruption of a cholerick humor, fhew's it felf by the fore-mentioned figns of 
predominateing choler, to wit,the heat of the skin, blains, and excrements, as alfb in the 
quicknefs of killing, and vehemencie of the fymptoms, bitternefs of the mouth , a painful- 
and continual endeavour of going to ftool,by reafon of the acrimonie of choler ftimulateing 
and rakeing the guts in the pafiage forth. That which refide's in the corrupt fubftance of 
grofs humors, as of blood, fheweth it felf by manic and plentiful fweats, by a fcouring, by 
which are avoided manie and various humors; and oftimes alfo bloodie matter that pro- 
ceeds from corrupt phlegm, it invade's with more fofind deep, and cauflefs wearinefs of all 
the members; when they are awakened out of their deep, they are not fcldom troubled with 
a trembling over all their joints, the entrance and way of the fpirits into the members bee- 
ing obftru&ed by the grofnefs of the humors. That which is feated in the corruption of a 
melancholick humor, is accompanied with heavinefs and pain of the head, much penfive- 
nefs, a deep and finall pulf. But the moft certain fign of the Plague refideing in the cor- 
ruption of the humors, is to bee taken from the urine. For the figns of the vitiated humors 
cannot but fhew themfelvs in the urines: therefore troubled urines, and fuch as are like 
thofe of carriage-beafts, as alfb black and green, give certain notice thereof. But fom are 
much troubled with thirfl, others not at alljbecauf choler or phlegm fbmtimes onely putre- 
fie in the ftomach or orifice of the ventricle; fomtimes befides they will weaken the govern- 
ment of the natural faculties of the part, as of the appetite. But if the fever happen by the 
default and infeftion both of the air and humors 5 then will there bee, a great confufion of 
the fore-mentioned figns and fymptoms. • 
Signs of cho- 
ler. 
When the u« 
rine is to bee 
looked upon. 
Why fora are 
much troubled 
with thirft, o- 
thers not at 
all. 
CHAP. LlB.22. 
Concerning the Plague. 
549 
CHAP. XVII. 
Of the Prognoftication that is to bee inftituted in the Plague, 
lO U may well fore-tell the future motions and events of diteates, when you 
throughly know the nature of the diteaQ and accidents thereof, and the condi- 
tion, funftion, and excellencie of the bodie and grieved parts: Although that 
this may bee Ipoken in general. That there is no certain prediftion in peftilent ] 
diteates, either to health or death,for they have verie unconftant motions,fom- < 
times fwift and quick, fomtimes flow, and fomtimes choaking or fuffocateing in a moment, 
while one breath's in the venemous air, as hee is going about anie of his neceflarie affairs, 
haveing puftles rifeing in the skin with fharp pain, and as though the whole bodie were 
pricked all over with needles, or the ftings of Bees. Which I have feen with mine eies in the 
Plague that was at Lions when Charts the French King lay there. It manie times commeth to 
pals that the accidents that were verie vehement and rageing a little before, arc fiiddenly ate 
lwaged,andthe patients do think themtelvs better,or almoft perfectly found. Which happen's 
to Marie one of the Queen-Mother her maids, in that notable peftilent conftitution of the 
Air, that year when Charis the French-King lay at the Caftle of Roffilion: For when fhee was 
infefted, a great tumor or Bubo arote in her groin, andfuddenly it went in again, fo that the 
third day of her iicknefs, fhee faid fhee was without anie grief or diteaf at all, but that fhee 
was troubled with the difficultie of makeing water ; and I think it was becaufthe the bladder 
was enflamed by the reflux of the matter 5 but fhee was found in minde and bodie, and wal- 
ked up and down the chamber on the fame day that fhee died-The itrangenefsof which thing 
made the King fb fearful,that hee hafted to depart thence. 
Although this difeaf doth fpare no man of what age, temperature, complexion, diet*and 1 
condition foever, yet it aflaulteth young men that are cholerick and fanguine,morc often 1 
then old men that are cold and drie, in whom the moifture that is the nourifher of putrefa- < 
ftion by reafon of their age is confiimed, and the waies,paflages and pores of theskin,where- ' 
by the venemous air fliould enter and pierce in,are more ftrait and narrow. And moreover, 
becaufold men do alwaies ftay at home,but young men for their neceflarie bufinefs,and alfo 
for their delight and pleafare, are alwaies more abroad in the day-time, in the air, where- 
hence the pollution of the peftilence commeth more often. 
That peftilence that com's by the corruption of the humors, is not fo contagious as that, 
which commeth by the default of the air. But thofe that arephlegmatick and melancholick, 1 
are moft commonly grieved with that kinde of peftilence becauf in them the humors are - 
more clammie and grots, and their bodies more cold and lets perlpirable, for which caufes 
the humors fooner and more fpeedily putrefie. 
Men that are of an ill juice are alto moft apt to this kinde of peftilence,for in the naughtie 
qualitie of the juice there is a great preparation of the humors unto putrefaftion: You may 
know it by this, that when the peftilence reigneth, there are no other diteates among the 
common people, which have their original of anie ill juice, but they all degenerate into the 
Plague. Therefore when they begin to appear and wander up and down, it is a token that 
the peftilence will (hortly ceafl or is almoft at an end. 
But here alfo I would have you to unerftand thofe to bee of an ill juice, which have no 
pores in their skin, by which,as it were by rivers,the evil juice which is contrarie to nature, 
may bee evacuated and purged. And I have noted and obterved, that thofe are lefs in danger 
of the peftilence which have cancerous ulcers and ftinking fores in their notes, and fuch as, 
infefted with the French Pocks, have by reafon thereof, tumors and rotten ulcers, or have 
the King's-evil running upon them,the Leprofie or the Scab: and to conclude,all thofe that 
have fiftula's and running in their bodies. 
I think thote that have quartane Fevers are the better priviledged for the lame, becauf that 
by the Fit caufling fweat, that commeth eyerie fourth daie, they avoid much of the evil juice 
that was engendred. 
This is more like to bee true, then to think that the poifon that commeth from without, 
may bee driv'n away by that which lurketh within. 
Contrariwite, women that are great with childe, as I have noted, becaufthey have much 
ill juice, beeing prohibited from their accuftomed evacuations,are verie apt to take this dif- 
eaf, and fo teldom recover after the are infefted. 
Black orblew impoftumes, and Ipots and puftles of the fame color, difperted over the 
skin, argue that the difeaf is altogether incureable and mortal. 
When the fwelling or fore goeth or commeth before the Fever,it is a good fignflbr it de- 
clareth that themalignitie is verie weak and feeble, and that nature hath overcom it, which 
of it telf is able to drive fo great portion thereof from the inner parts. But if the fore or tu- 
mor com after the Fever, it is a mortal and deadlie fign, for it is certain that it commeth of 
the venemous matter not tranflated,but dilperted;not by the viftorieof nature,but through 
A a a 3 the 
Mo certain pre- 
diftion in the 
Plague. 
An hiftorie. 
Why young 
men fooncr 
take the Plague 
then old. 
What Plague 
moft contagi- 
ous. 
Who leaft fub- 
je ft to take the 
Plague. 
Who fubjeft 
thereto. 
Sigjns the 
difeafisinGurc- 
ablc. 
A good fign. 
A dead lie fign. 550 
Concerning the Plague 
Lib.zx. 
the multitude of the matter, with the weight whereof nature is overcom. 
When the Moon decreafeth,thofethat are infefted with the Peftilence are in great doubt 
and danger of death, becaufthen the humors that were colle&ed and gathered together be- 
fore the Full of the Moon,through delay and abundance, do fwell the more, and the facul- 
ties by which thebadit is governed,becom more weak and feeble, becauf of the imbecillitie 
of the native heat, which before was nourilhed and augmented by the light, and fo confe- 
quently by the heat of the full-Moon : For as it is noted by Arifiotle3 the warnings of the 
Moon are more cold and weak: and thence it is that women have their menftrual fluxes 
chiefly or mo ft commonly at that time. 
In agrofs and cloudie Air the peftilent infe&ion is lefs vehement and contagious then in 
■ a thin and fubtil Air » whether that thinnefs of the Air proceed from the heat of the Sun, 
or from the North winde and cold. Therefore at Park3 where naturally; and alfo through 
the abundance of filth that is about the Citie,the Air is dark and grofs, the peftilent infecti- 
on is lefs fierce and contagious then it is in Province3 for the fubtil tie of the Air ftimulates or 
helps forward the Plague. 
But this difeaf is mortal and pernicious wherefoever it bee, becauf it luddenly aflaulteth 
the heart, which is the Manfion, or as it were the fortrefs or caftle of life : but commonly 
not before the figns and tokens of it appear on the bodie: and yet you ffiall fcarce finde 
anie man that thinketh of calling thePhyfician to help to preferv him from fo great danger 
before the figns thereof bee evident to bee feen and felt: but then the heart is aflaulted: 
And when the heart is lb aflaulted, what hope of life is there, or health to bee looked for. 
Thereforebecauf medicines com, oft-times too late, and this maladie is as it were a fudden 
- and winged meflenger of our death, is commeth to pafs that fo manie die thereof. And 
c moreover, becauf of the firft fufpicion of this fo dire and cruel a difeaf, the imagination and 
' minde( whole force in the diverfly much ftirring up of the humors is great & almoft incredi- 
ble) is fo troubled with.fear of imminent death,anddelpair of health,that together with the 
perturbed humors, all the ftrength and power of nature falleth and finketh down. 
This you may perceiv and know, by reafon that the keepers of fiich as are lick, and the 
bearers which are not fearfull, but verie confident, although they do all the baleft offi- 
ces which may bee for the fick, are commonly not infe&ed, and leldom die thereof if 
infe&ed. ' 
-iJJ 4 : • Aii . 
In what air 
tn oft contagi- 
ous. 
Whateffefts 
ear and confi- 
dence produce 
in the Plague. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
de Plague oft-times findeth fuel in our bodies, and oftirnes allurements, to wit 
the putrefaftion of humors, or aptnefs to putrefie: but it never thence hath its 
firft originall, for that com's alwaies from the defiled air; therefore a peftilent 
fever is thus bred in us: The peftilent Air drawn by inlpiration into the lungs 
and tranlpiration into the utmoft mouths of the veines and arteries ipread over the skin,the 
blood or elf the humors alreadie putrefying or apt to putrefie therein, are infeftedand turn- 
ed into a certain kindeof malignitie refembling the nature of the agent. Thefe humors, 
like unquench't lime when it is firft fprinkled with water,fend forth a putrid vapor, which 
carried to the principal parts and heart efpecially, infefteth the (pirituous blood boiling in 
the ventricles thereof, and therewith alfb the vital fpirits; and hence proceed's a certain 
feverifh heat. This heat diffufed over the bodie by the arteries,together with a malign qua- 
litie, taint's all,even the folid parts of the bones with the peftiferous venom, and befides, 
caufleth divers fymptoms, according to the nature thereof, and the condition of the bodie 
and the humors wherein it is. Then is the conflift of the malignitie availing, and nature 
defending, manifeft; in which if nature prevail, it, ufing the help of the expulfive facultie, 
will fend and drive it far from the noble parts, either by fweats, vomits, bleeding, evacuati- 
on by ftool or urine, buboes>carbuncles,puftles, (pots, and other fuch kindes of breakings out 
over the skin. But on the contrarie, if the malignitie prevail, and nature bee too weak, and 
yeeld, and that firft hee bee troubled with often panting or palpitation of the heart; then 
prefently after with frequent faintings, the patient then at length will die. For this is a 
great fign of the Plague or a peftilent fever, if prefently a t the firft, with no labor,nor anie 
evacuation worth the fpeaking of, their ftrength fail them, and they becom exceeding faint. 
You may finrfe the other figns mentioned in our preceding difcourC 
How a-peftilent fever com s to bee bred in y- 
The original 
of the Plague 
alwaies from 
the Air. 
Signs that na- 
ture is orccoin. 
CHAP. Lib.zi. 
Concerning Poifong 
551 
CHAP. XIX. 
Into what place the Patient ought to betake himfelf fi fion as bee finders himfelf infetfed. 
Ee have faid that the perpetual and firft original of the peftilence commeth of 
the Air, therefore fo foon as one is blafted with the peftiferous Air, after hee 
hath taken fom prefcrvative againft themalignitie thereof, hee muft withdraw 
himfelfintofom wholefom Air, that is, clean and pure from any venemous 
infeftion or contagion /or there is great hope of health by the alteration of the 
Air; for wee do moft frequently and abundantly draw in the Air of all things, fo that wee 
cannot want it for a minute of time: therefore of the Air that is drawn in depcndeth the 
corredion, amendment, or increaf of the poifon or malignitie that is received, as the Air is 
pure, fincere,or corrupted' 
There bee fom that do think it good to (hut the patient in a clofe chamber, fhutting the 
windows to prohibit the entrance of the Air as much as they are able: But I think it more 
convenient that thofe windows Ihould bee open from whence that winde bloweth that is 
direftly contrarie unto that which brought in the venemous Air: For although there bee no 
other caul,yet if the Air bee not mooved,or agitated,but (hut up in a dole place,it will foon 
bee corrupted. T herefore in a dole and quiet place that is not fubjeft to the entrance of the 
Air,I would with the Patient to make winde, or to procure Air with a thick and great doth 
dipped or macerated in water and vineger mixed together, and tied to a long ftaff, that by 
toiling it up and down the dole chamber,the winde or air thereof may cool and recreate the 
Patient. The Patient mufteverie daie bee carried into a frefh chamber, and the beds and the 
linnen cloaths muft bee changed:there muft alwaies bee a clear and bright fire in the patient's 
chamber, and especially in the night, whereby the air may bee made more pure, clean, and 
void of nightly vapors, and ofthefilthie and peftilent breath proceeding from the Patient, 
or his excrements. In the mean time, left (if it bee in hot weather) the Patient Ihould bee 
iveakned or made more faint by reafon that the heat of the fire doth difperfand wafte his Ipi- 
rits, the floor or ground of his chamber muft bee fprinkled or watered with vineger and wa- 
ter, or ftro wed with the branches of Vines made moift in cold water, with the leavs and 
flowers of Water-lillies, or Poplar,or foch like. In the fervent heat of Summer hee muft ab- 
ftain from Fumigations that do fmelltoo ftrongly, becauf that by affaulting the head, they 
increaf the pain. 
If the Patient could to that coft, it were good to hang all the chamber where hee licth, 
and alfothebed, with thick or courf linnen cloaths moiftned in vineger and water of Ro- 
les. Thole linnen cloaths ought not to bee verie white, but fomwhat brown, becauf much 
and great whitenefs doth dilperf the fight, and by wafteing the Ipirits, doth increaf the pain 
of the head : for which caufalfo the chamber ought not to bee verie lightfom. 
Contrariwifc, on the night feafon there ought to bee fires and perfumes made, which by 
their moderate light,may moderately call forth the Ipirits. 
Sweet fires may bee made of little peeces of the wood of Juniper, Broom, Alh, Tamarisk, 
of the rinde of Oranges, Limmons, Cloves. Benzoin, gum-Arabick, Orris-roots, Myrrh, 
grofly beaten together, and laid on the burning coals put into a chafing-dilh. Truly the 
breath or fmoak of the wood or berries of Juniper, is thought to'drive fcrpents a great waic 
from the place where it is burn't. The virtue of the Afti-tree againft venom is fo great,as Pli- 
7iie teftifieth, that a fcrpentwill not com under the lhadow thereof, no,not in the morning, 
nor evening,when the lhadow of anie thing is moft great and long,but hee will run from it. 
I my fclf have prooved that if a circle or compafs bee made with the boughs of an Alh-tree, 
and a fire made in the mid'ft thereof,and a ferpent put within the compafs of the boughs,that 
theferpent will rather run into the fire then through the Alh-boughs. 
There is alfo another means to correft the Air. You may fprinkle vineger of the deco&i- 
on of Rwe, Sage, Rofcmarie, Bay-berries, Juniper-berries, Czpem-nuts, and fuch like, on 
ftones or bricks red hot, and put in a pot or pan, that all the whole chamber where the pa- 
tient lieth may bee perfumed with the vapor thereof. 
Alfo Fumigations may bee made of fommatter that is more grofs and clammie, that by 
the force of the fire the fume may continue the longer,as of Ladanum, Myrrh, Maftich,Rofin, 
Turpentine, S tor ax,Olibanum, Benzoin, Bay-berries, Juniper- berries,Cloves,&?ge} Rofcmarie, 
and Marjarum, ftamped together,and fuch like. 
Thote that are rich and wealthie may have Candles and Fumes made of wax, or Tallow 
mixed with fom fweet things. 
A fponge macerated in vineger of Rofes, and Water of the fame, and a little ofthe de- 
co&ion of Cloves, and of Camphire added thereto , ought alwaies to bee readie at the 
patient's hand, that by often fmelling unto it, the animal-fpirits may bee recreated and 
ftrengthned. 
The water following is verie effeftual for this matter. Take of Orris four ounces; of \ 
Zedoarie, Spikenard, of eaeh fix drams ; of Storax, Benzoin, Cinnamon, Nutmegs, Cloves,'t 
of 
Change of the 
Air conduceth 
to the cure of 
the Plague. 
Air pen't up is 
apt to putrefie. 
The materials 
forfweet fires. 
Lib.i6.cap. 13. 
Perfumes. 
Sweet candles. 
A fweet water 
to fmell to. Qoncerning tbeTlague. 
Lib.zz. 
552 
of each one ounce and a half; of old T reacle, half an ounce: bruif them into grols powder, 
and macerate them for the fpace of twelv hours in four pound of white and ftrong wine; 
then diftill them in a Limbeck ofglafs on hot allies, and in that liquor wet a fponge, and 
then let it bee tied in alinnen cloth, or doled in a box, and lb often put into the noftrils. 
Or take of the vineger and water of Rofes, of each four ounces; of Camphire, fix grains; 
of Treacle, half a dram: let them bee dilfolved together, and put into a vial ofglafs, which 
the patient may often put into his note. 
This Nodula following is more meet for this matter. Take ot Role-leavs, two pugils; 
of Orris, half an ounce; of Calamus Cinnamon, Cloves, of each two drams; of 
Storax and Ben zoin, of each one dram and a half; of Cyprus, half a dram; beat them into a 
grofs powder, make thereof a Nodulabetween two peeces of Cambrick or Lawn of the big- 
nefs of an hand-ball, then let it bee moiftned in eight ounces of Role-water, and two oun- 
ces of Rofe-vineger, and let the patient fmell to it often. Thole things mult bee varied ac- 
cordrngtothetime: For in the Summer you muftule neither Musk nor Civet, nor fiich 
like hot things: and moreover women that are fubjeft to fits of the Mother, and thofe that 
have Fevers or the head-ach, ought not to ufe thofethings that are fo ftrong fmelling and 
hotjbut you muft make choice of things more gentle: Therefore things that are made with 
a little Camphire and Cloves bruited and macerated together in Rofe-water and vineger of 
Roles, fhall bee fufficient. 
A Uodula to 
fmell to. 
CHAP. XX. 
What Diet ougtht to bee obferved, andfirft of the choice of Meat. 
le order of Diet in a peftilent difeaf ought to bee cooling and drying; not flen- 
der,but fomwhat full;Becauf by thiskinde of difeaf there commeth wafteing of 
the fpirits,and exfolution of the faculties , which inferreth often fwounding, 
therefore that lofs muft bee repaired as foon as may bee with more quantitieof 
meats that are of eafie concoftion and digeftion.Therefore I never law anie bee- 
; ing infefted with the peftilence that kept a (lender diet, that recovered his health,but died 5 
and few that had a good ftomach, and fed well,died. 
Sweet, grofs, moift and clammie meats, and thofe which are altogether, and exquifitely 
of fubtil parts, are to bee avoided; for the Tweet do ealily take fire, and are foon inflamed 5 
the moift will putrefie;the grofs and clammie oftftruft, and therefore engender putrefaftionj 
thofe meats that are fubtil parts, over-much attenuate the humors, and inflame them 5 and 
do ftir up hot and fliarp vapors into the brain, whereof commeth a Fever. Therefore wee 
muft efchew Garlick and Onions, Muftard, faltedaud fpiced Meats, andallkindeofPulf 
muft alfo bee avoided, becauf they engender grofs windes,which are the autors of obftrufti- 
on: but the decoftion of them is not alwaies to bee refuted, becauf it a provoker of urine. 
Therefore let this bee their order of diet : let their bread bee of Wheat or Barlie, well 
wrought, well leavened and falted, neither too new, nor too ftale: let them bee fed with 
fuch meat as may bee eafily concoftedanddigefted, and may engender much laudable juice, 
and verie little excremental, as are the flefh of Wether-Lambs, Kids, Leverets, Pullets, Par- 
tridges, Pigeons, Thrufhes, Larks, Quails, Black-Birds, Turtle- Doves, Moor-Hens, Phe- 
fants,and fuch like 5 avoiding water-Fowls. Let the flefh bee moiftned in Ver-juice of un- 
ripe Grapes, Vineger, or the juice of Limmons, Oranges, Citrons, tart-Pomgranats, Bar- 
berries, Goof-berries,or red Currance, or of garden and wildc-forrel: for all thefe fbwr 
things are verie wholfom in this kinde of difeaf, for they do ftir up the appetite, relift the 
venemous qualitie and putrefaftion of the humors, reftrain the heat of the Fever, and pro- 
hibit the corruption of the meats in the ftomach. Although that thofe that have a more weak 
ftomach, and are endued with a more exaft fenG and are fubjeft to the Cough and difeafes 
of the Lungs,muft not ufe thefe, unlefs they bee mixed with Sugar and Cinnamon. 
If the patient at anie time bee fed with fodden meats, let the brothesbee made with Let- 
tuce,Purflain,Succorie,Borage, Sorrel, Hops, Buglofs: Crefles,Burnet, Marigolds, Chervil, 
the cooling Seeds, French-Barlie and Oat-meal, with a little Saffron, for Saffron doth en- 
gender maniefpirits, and refifteth poifon. To thefe opening roots may bee added toa- 
void obftruftionjyet much broth muft bee refilled by reafbn of moifture.The fruit of Capers 
eaten at the beginning of the Meal provoke the appetite, and prohibit obftruftionsjbut they 
ought not to bee feafoned with over-much oil and fait,that they may alfo with good fiiccefs 
bee put into broths. 
Fifties are altogether to bee avoided, becauf they foon corrupt in the Stomach: but if the 
patient bee delighted with them, thofe that live in ftonie places muft beechofenj that is to 
fay,thofe that live in pure and fandie water,and about rocks and ftones,as are Trouts,Pikes, 
Pearches, Gudgeons andCrevifes boiled in milk, Wilks,and fuch like.And concerning Sea- 
fifh,he may bee fed with Gilthead«,Gurnarts,with all the kindes of Cod-fifh/Whiteings not 
feafoned withfalt,andTurbuts. 
Eggs 
Why fuch as 
have the plague 
may feed more 
fully. 
Pulfmuft bee 
fhannede 
The manner 
of Diet. Lib.zi.- 
Concerning the Tlagtie. 
553 
Eggs potched and eaten with the juice of Sorrel, are verie good. Likewife Barlie-water 
feafoned with the grains of a tart Pomgranat ,and it the Fever bee vehement, with the feeds 
of white Poppie. Such barlie-water is ealie to bed concofted and digefted,it c leanfeth great- 
ly, and moiften's and mollifieth thebellie. But in fom it procures an appetite to vomit,and 
pain of the head, and thole muft abftain from it. But in head of Barlie-water they may ufe 
pap, and bread crammed in the decodion of a Capon. 
For the fecond let him have railins of the Sun newly fodden in Rofe-waterwith 1 
Sugar,fowr Damask-Prunes, tart Cherries, Pippins and Katharine-Pears: < 
And in the later end of the Meal, Quinces rolled in the embers, Marmalate of Quinces, I 
and conjervs of Buglofs or of Rofes, and fiich like, may bee taken : or elf this powder t 
following. 
Take of Coriander-feeds prepared, two drams: of Pearl, Rofe-Ieavs, (haveings of Hartf- 
horn and Ivorie, of each half a dram3 of Amber, two fcruples 5 of Cinnamon one fcruple 5 
of Unicorn's horn, and the bone in a Stagg's heart, of each half a fcruple 5 of Sugar of Ro- 
les, four ounces : make thereof a powder, and ufe it after meats. 
If the patient bee fomwhatweak,hee mult beefed with Gellie made of the flefh of aCa- 
pon, and Veal fodden together in the water of Sorrel, Carduus Benedict™, with a little quan- 
ofRofe-vineger, Cinnamon, Sugar, and other fiich like, as the prefent neceflitie (hall feem 
to require. 
In the night feafbn for all events and mifchances, the patient muft have readie-prepared 
broth of meats of good digeftion,with a little of the juice of Citrons or Pomgranats. 
This reftaurative that followeth may ferv for all. T ake of the confers of Buglofs,Borage, * 
Violets, Water-lillie, and Succorie, of each two ounces 5 of the powder of the Eleftuarie' 
Diamargaritum frigidum,of the Trochifces of Camphir,ofeach three drams 3 of Citron-feeds, 
CarduM-feeds, Sorrel-feeds, the roots oBDifiamnw, Tormentil,, of each two drams 3 of the 
broth of a young Capon,made with Lettuce,Purflain, Buglofs and Borage boiled in it, fix 
pintes 3 put them in a Limbeck of glafs with the flefh of two Pullets, of lb manic Partridges, 
and with fifteen leavs of pure Gold: make thereof a diftillation over afbftfire. Then take 
ofthediftilled liquor, half a pinte, (train it through a woollen bag, with two ounces of 
white Sugar, and halfa dram of Cinnamon : Let the patient ufe this when hee is thirftie. 
Or elf put the flefh of one old Capon,and of a leg of Veal, two minced Partridges, and two 
drams of whole Cinnamon without anie liquor, in a Limbeck of glafs,well luted and cove- 
red, and fo let them boil in Balneo Mari# unto the perfeft conco&ion. For fo the flefhes 
will bee boiled in their own juice, without anie hurt of the fire 3 then let the juice bee pref- 
fed out there-hence with a Prefs:give the patient for everie dofe,one ounce of the juice with 
fom cordial waters, fomTrifantalum, and Diamargaritum frigidum. 
The prefer vs of fweet fruits are to bee avoided, becaufthat fweet things turn into choler 
but the confeftion of tart prunes, Cherries, and fiich like may bee fitly ufed. But becauf 
there is no kinde of ficknefs that fo weaken's the ftrength,as the plague 3 it is alwaies necef- 
farie, but yet fparingly and often, to feed the patient, Hill haveing refpeft unto his cuftom, 
age, the region, and the time : for through emptinefs there is great danger, left that the ve- 
nemous matter that is driv'n out to the fuperficiall parts of the bodie, fhould bee called back 
into the inward parts, by an hungrieftomach, and the ftomach it felf fhould be filled with 
cholerick, hot, thin, and (harp excremental humors, whereof commeth biteing of the fto- 
mach,and gripeings in the guts. 
For the fecond 
courf. 
in the end of 
he 
A reftaurative 
irink. 
CHAP. VII. 
What drinkjhepatient infetted ought to ufe. 
F the fever bee great and burning, the patient muft abftain from wine, unleft 
that hee bee fiibjeft to (wounding : and hee may drink the Oxymel follow- 
ing in head thereof. 
Take of fair water, three quarts; wherein boil four ounces,ofhonie un- 
till the third part beeconfiimed, fcumming it continually 5 then ftrajn it, 
and put it into a clean veflel, and add thereto four ounces of vineger, and 
as much cinnamon as will fuffice to give it a taft. Or elf a fugred water, as followeth. Take 
two quarts of fair waterjof hard (ugar,fix ouncesjof cinnamon,two ouncesjftrain it through 
a woollen bag or cloth without anie boiling 5 and when the patient will uft it, put there- 
to a little of the juice of Citrons. The fyrup of the juice of Citrons excelleth amongft all 
others that are ufed againft the peftilence. 
The u(e of the Jul ip following is alfb verie wholfom. Take of the juice of Sorrel well 
clarified,half a juice of Lettuce fo clarified, four ounces 5 of the beft hard fugar, 
one poundjboil them together to a perfe&iomthen let them be (trained & clarified,adding a 
little before the end a little vineger,and fo let it be ufed between meals with boiled water,or 
with equal portions of the water of Sorrel, Lettuce, Scabious and Buglofs: or take of this 
former 
AnOxynula 
A Julip, Concerning the Tlague 
Lib.zx. 
554 
mer defcribed Julip brained and clarified four ounces; let it bee mixed with one pound of 
the fore-named cordial waters, and boil them together a little. And when they are taken 
from the fire, put thereto of yellow Sanders one dram; of beaten Cinnamon half a dram; 
brain it through a cloth: when it is cold,let it bee given the patient to drink with the juice 
of Citrons* 
Thofe that have been accuftomed to drink fider,perrie,beer or ale,ought to ufe that drink 
bill, fo that it it bee clear, tranfparent,and thin, and made of thofe fruits that are fomwhat 
tart; for troubled and dreggilh drink doth not onely engender grofs humors, but alfo cru- 
dities, windinefs, and obbruftions of the firb region of thebodie, whereof com's a fever. 
Oxycrate beeing given in manner following, doth aflwage the heat of the fever, and re- 
prefs the putrefaction of the humors, and the fiercenefs of the venom, and alfo expelleth the 
water through the veins, if fo bee that the patients are not troubled with /pitting of blood, 
cough, y.exing, and altogether weak of bomach: for fuch mub avoid tart things. 
Take of fair water, one quart; of white or red vineger three ounces; of fine fugar,four 
ounces; of fyrup of Rofes, two ounces: boil them a little, and then give the patient there- 
of to drink. Or take of the juice of Limons and Citrons, of each half an ounce; of the juice 
of fowr Pomgranats,two ounces; of the water of Sorrel and Rofes, of each an ounce; of 
fair water boiled, as much as fhall fiiffice: make thereof a Julip, and ufe it between meals. 
Or take the fyrup of Limmons and of red entrance, of each one ounce; of the water of lil- 
lies, four ounces; of fair water boiled, half a pinte; make thereof a Julip. Or take of the 
fyrups of water-Lillies and vineger, of each half and ounce; diflolv it in five ounces of the 
water of Sorrel; of fair water one pinte: make thereof a Julip. 
But if the patient bee young,and have a brong and good bomach, and cholerick by nature, 
I think it not unmeet for him to drink a full & large draught of fountain-water cold;for that 
iseffeftual to rebrain and quench the heat of the Fever; and contrariwife, they that drink 
cold water often, and a verie fmall quafititie at a time, as the Smith doth fprinkle water on 
the fire at his Forge,do increafthe heat and burning, and thereby make it endure the longer. 
Therefore by the judgment of Celfus, when the difeaf is in the chief increaf, and the patient 
hath endured thirb for the fpace of three or four daies,cold water muft bee given unto him 
in great quantitie,fo that hee may drink pah his fatietie, that when his bellie and bomach 
are filled beyond meafure, and fufficiently cooled,hee may vomit. 
Som do not drink fo much thereof as may cauf them to vomit, but do drink even unto 
fatietie, and fo ufe it for a cooling medicine; but when either of thefe is don, the patient 
muft bee covered with manie cloaths,and fo placed that hee may fleep;and for the mob part 
after long thirb and watching, and after long fulnefs, and long,and great heat, found deep 
commeth; by which great fweat is fent out,and that is a prefent help. 
But thirb mub fomtimes bee quenched with little pieces of Melons, Gourds, Cucumbers, 
with the leav's of Lettuce, Sorrel,and Purllain,mademoib or foaked in cold watet,or with 
a little fquare piece of a Citron,Limmon, or Orange macerated in Rofe-water, and fprink- 
led with Sugar, and fo held in the mouth, and then changed. 
But if the patient bee aged, his brength weak, flegmatick by nature, and giv'n to wine, 
when the bate of the Fever is fomwhat pah, and the chief heat beginning to aflwage, hee 
may drink wine verie much allayed at his meat; for to reftore his brength, and to fupplie 
the want of the wabed fpirits. The patient ought not by anie means to fuffer great thirb,but 
mub mitigate it by drinking, or elf allay it by walking his mouth with oxycrate and fuch 
likejand hee may therein allbwaflihis hands and his face,for that doth recreate the brength. 
if the flux or lask trouble him, hee may verie well ufe to drink Reeled water, and alfo boiled 
milk, wherein manie Rones comming red hot out of the fire have been manie times quench- 
ed. For the drinefs and roughnefs of the mouth, it is verie good to have a cooling, moi- 
Rening & lenifying lotion of the mucilaginous water of the infufion of the feeds of Quin- 
ces, f/iliutn, id eft, Flea-wurt, adding thereto a little Campbir , with the Water of Plantain 
and Rofes; then cleanf and wipe outthefilth,and then moiflen the mouth,by holding there- 
in a little oil of fweat Almonds mixed with a little fyrup of Violets. If the roughnefs breed 
or degenerate into ulcers, they muft bee touched with the water of the infufion of [ub- 
Innate, or Aquafortis. 
But becaufwee have formerly made frequent mention of drinking of water, I have here 
thought good to fpeak fomwhat of the choice and goodnefs of waters. The choice of wa- 
ters is not to bee neglefted, becaufa great part of our diet depend's thereon ; for befides that 
wee ufe it either alone, or mixed with wine for drink, Wee alfo knead bread, boil meat,and 
make broths therewith* Manie think that rain-water which falls in fummer, and is kept 
in a ciRern well placed and made, is the wholefomefl of all. Then next thereto they judge 
that fpring water which nm's out of the tops oftnountains,through rocks, cliffs & Rones: 
in the third place they put Well-water , or that which rifeth from the foots of hils. Alfo 
the river-watet is good that is taken out of the mid'R or bream. Lake or pond-water 
is the worb, efpecially if it band bill for fuch is fruitfull of and bored with manie 
venemous creatures, as Snakes, Toads, and the like. That which com's by the 
melting 
The commo- 
dities of oxy- 
crate. 
To whom 
hurtfull. 
The drinking 
of cold water 
to whom and 
when profita- 
ble. 
Lib. 3.cap, 7. 
For drienefs 
or roughnefs 
of the mouth 
For the Ulcers 
thereof. 
The choice of 
waters. Lib.zi. 
Concerning (PoiJons) 
555 
melting of Snow and Ice is verie ill,by reafbn of the too refrigerateing facultie and earthlie 
nature. But of fpring and Well-waters thele are to bee judged the bell, which areinfipid, 
without fmell, and colours fiich as are clear, warmilh in winter,and cold in fummer, which 
are quickly hot,and quickly cold5that is,which are moft lighten which all manner ofpulG - 
turnips, and the like, are eafily and quickly boiled. Laftly, when as fuch as ufiially drink1 
thereof, have clear voices and Ihrill, their chefts found, andalivelie andfrefh colour in 
their faces. 
aphtr. z6. 
CHAP. XXII. 
Of Antidotes to bee ufed in the Plague. 
Ow wee muft treat of the proper cure of this difeaf, which muft bee ufed as 
foon as may bee poflible, becauf this kindeof poifon in fwiftnefs exccedeth 
the celeritie of the medicine. Therefore it is better to err in this, that you 
ffiould think everie difeaf to bee peftilent in a peftilent feafon, and to cure it 
as the Peftilence : becauf that fo long as the air is polluted with the feeds of 
the Peftilence, the humors in the bodie are foon infefted with the vicinitie of 
fuch an air, fo that then there happeneth no difeaf void of the Peftilence, that is to fay, 
which is not peftilent from the beginning by his own nature, or which is not made 
peftilent. 
Manie begin the cure with blooddetting, lorn with purgeingj and fom with Antidotes. 
Wee, takeing a conlideration of the fubftance of that part that is aflaulted, firft of all begin 
the cure with an Antidote ; becaufthat by its fpecifick propertie , it defends the heart from 
poifon, as much as it is offended therewith. Although there are allo other Antidotes which 
preferv and keep the heart and the patient from the danger ofPoilbnand the Peftilence,not 
onely becauf they do infringe the power of the poifon in their whole fubftance,but allo be- 
cauf they drive and expel it out of all the bodie by (weat, vomiting, feouring, and fuch o- 
ther kindes of evacuations. 
The Antidote muft bee give'n in fuch a quantitie as may bee diffident to overcom the poi- 
fbn ; but becauf it is not good to ufe it in greater quantitie then needeth, left it fliould o- 
verthrow our nature, for whole prefervation onely it is ufed 5 therefore that which cannot 
bee taken together at once, muft bee taken at feveral times, that fom portion thereof may 
daily bee ufed fo long, untill all the accidents,effefts and impreflions of the poifon beepaft; 
and that there bee nothing to bee feared. Som ofthofe Antidotes confift of portions of ve- 
nemous things, beeing tempered together, and mixed in an apt proportion with other me- 
dicines, whofe power is contrarie to the venom : as Treacle , which hath for an ingredient 
the fleffi of Vipers, that it beeing thereto mixed may fervas a guide to bring all the Antidote 
unto the place where the venenate malignitie hath made the chief impreflion 5 becauf by the 
fimilitude of nature and lympathie, one poifon is foddenly (hatched and carried into ano- 
ther. There are other abfolutely poifonous 5 which neverthelefs are Antidotes one unto 
another: as a Scorpion himfelf cureth the pricks of a Scorpion. But Treacle and. 
Mithridate excel all other Antidotes: for by ftrengthening the nobleft part, and the 
manfton of life, they repair and recreate the wafted Spirits, and overcom the poifon, 
not onely beeing taken inwardly, but alfo applied outwardly to the region of the 
heart, Botches and Carbuncles : for by an hidden propertie they draw the poi- 
fons unto them, as Amber doth Chaff, and digeft it when it is drawn, and (poil and rob it 
of all its deadlie force, as it is declared at large by Galent in his book de 'Iberiaca ad Pifonem, 
by moft true reafons and experiments. But you will fay that thefe things are hot, and that 
the plague is often accompanied with a burning fever.But thereto I antwer, there isnotfo 
great danger in the fever,as in the peftilence, although in the giveing of Treacle, I would 
not altogether feemto negleft the fever,but think it good to minifter or applie it mixed with 
cordial-cooling medicines, as with the Trochifces of Camphir, fyrup ofLimmons, of wa- 
ter-Lillies, the water of Sorrel, and {fuch like. And for the fame cauf wee ought not to 
chufe old Treacle, but that which is of a middle age, as of one or two years old: to thofe 
that are ftrong, you may give half a dram 5 and to thofe that are more weak, a dram. 
The patient ought to walk prefently after hee hath taken Treacle, Mithridate, or anie 
other Antidote; but yet as moderately as hee can: not like unto manie, which when they 
perceiv themfelvs ro bee infe&ed, do not ceafto courf and runup and down, until they have 
no ftrength to foftain their bodies j for fo they diffolv nature, fo that it cannot fuffice to o- 
vercomthe contagion. After moderate walking, the patient muft bee put warm to bed, and 
covered with manie cloaths, and warm brick-bats or tiles applied to the foies of his feet 5 or 
in ftead thereof you may ufe fwines bladders filled with hot water, and applie them to the 
groins and arm-holes, to provoke fweat: for fweating in this difeaf is a moft excellent re- 
medie, both for to evacuate the humors in the fever, and alfo to drive forth the malignitie 
in the peftilence, although everie . fweat brings not fo rth the fruit qf health. For George 
Agricolt 
The begin- ■ 
ning of the 
cure muft bee 
by Antidotes. 
In what quan- 
titie they muft 
bee taken. 
Why poifon- 
ous things are 
put into Anti** 
dotes. 
Soin poifons 
Antidotes to 
other-fom. 
How to walk 
after the take- 
ingofan An- 
tidete. 556 
Qoncerning theTlague. 
LlB.22,- 
Agricola faith, that hee faw a woman at Mifnia in Germanic, that did (weat fo for the ipace 
of three daies, that the blood came forth at her head and bread, and yet neverthelefs (hee 
died. -7 
This potion following will provoke (weat. Take the roots of China (haved in thin pree- 
ces one ounce and half; of Guaicum two ounces; of the bark of Tamarisk one ounce 5 of 
Angelica-roots two drams;of the (havings of Hartfi-horn one ounce;of Juniper-berries three 
drams ; put them into a vial of glafs that will contain fix quarts, put thereto four quarts 
of running or river-water that is pure and clear, macerate them for the fpace of one whole 
night on the aflies: and in the morning boil them all in Balneo Mari#, until! the half bee 
confumed, which will bee don in the (pace of fix hours ; then let them bee (trained through 
a bag, and then (trained again, but let that bee with fix ounces of fugar of Roles, and a little 
T reacle: let the patient take eight ounces or fewer of that liquor,and it will provoke fweat. 
The powder following is al(b verie profitable. Take of the leav's of Dittamnuf , the roots 
of Tormentil, Betonie, of each half an ounce 5 of Bole-Armenick prepared one ounce; of 
Terr a Sigi Hat a three drams; of Aloes and My rrh,of each half a dram; of Saffron one dram; 
of Maftich two drams: powder them all according to art, and give one dram thereof dif- 
folved in Role-water, or the water of wilde-forrel, and let the patient walk fo (bon as hee 
hath taken that powder; then let him bee laid in his bed to fweat as I have (hewed before. 
The water following is greatly commended againft poifon. Take the roots of Gentian 
. and Cyperut) of each three drams; of Carduus benedittus, Burnet, of each one handful; of Sor- 
rel-feeds andDivels-bit,ofeach two pugils; of Ivie and Juniper-berries, of each half an 
ounce; of the flowers of Buglofs,Violets,and red-Rofes, of each two pugils: powder them 
(bmwhat grofly;then foak or fteep them for a night in white wine and Rofe-water:then add 
thereto of Bole-Armenick one ounce; of Treacle half an ounce;diftill them all in Balneo Ma- 
ri#, and keep the diflilled liquor in a vial of glafs well covered or clofe flopped for your 
ufe: let the patient tak fix ounces thereof with Sugar and a little Cinnamon and Saffron: 
then let him walk, and then fweat asisaforefaid:the treacle and cordial-water formerly pre- 
feribed, are verie profitble for this purpofe. Alibthe the water following is greatly com- 
mended. Take of Sorrel fix hand-fuls;of Rue one handful: drie them and macerate them in 
vineger for the (pace of four and twentie hours,adding thereto four ounces of T reacleimake 
thereof a diftillation in Balneo Mari#, and let the diflilled water bee kept for your ufe; and 
Co Coon as the patient doth think himfelf to bee infe&ed; let him take four ounces of that 
o liquor, then lerhim walk and fweat. Hee muft leav fweating when hee beginneth to wax 
faint and weak; or wh<m the humor that run's down his bodie bcgin's to wax cold, then 
his bodie muft bee wiped with warm cioaths, and dried. The patient ought not to fweat 
with a full ftomach; tor (b the heat is called away from performing the office of concoftion: 
alfo hee muft not deep when hee is in his fweat; left the malignitie go inwardly with the 
heat and fpir its unto the principal parts : but if the patient bee much inclined to deep, hee 
muft bee kept from it with hard rubbing, and bands tied about the extreme parts of his bo- 
die,and with much noifofthofe that are about him, and let his friends comfort him with 
the good hope that they have of his recoverie; but if all this will not keep him from deep, 
diflblv Caftoreum in tart vineger, vit#, and let it bee injected into his noftrils : and 
Jet him bee kept continually wakeing the firft day, and on the fecond and third, even unto 
the fourth; that is to (ay, unto the perfeft expulfion of the venom; and let him not deep a- 
bove three or four hours on a daie and a night- In the mean time let the Phyfician that (hall 
bee prefent confider all things by his ftrength: for it is to bee feared, that great watchings 
will diffolv the ftrength, and make the patient weak: you muft not let him eat within three 
hours after his fweating; in the mean feafon, as his ftrength (hall require, let him take the 
rinde of a preferred Citron, conferw of Rofes, bread tofted and fteeped in wine, the meat of 
preserved Myrabolane, or (dm fuch like thing. 
A fudorifick 
potion. 
A fudorifick 
powder. 
A diftilled wa- 
ter againft the 
Plague. 
Another. 
What mean to 
bee ufed in 
fweating. 
CHAP. XXIII. 
Of Epithems to bee ufedfor tbe ftrengthening of the principal parts. 
Whereof they 
muft beemade. 
Here are alfb fom topick medicines to bee reckoned amongft Antidotes, which 
muft bee outwardly applied asfpeedilyasmay bee, as cordial and hepatick Epi- 
thems for the fafetie of the noble parts, and ftrengthening of the faculties, as 
thole that drive the venenate air far from the bowels : they may bee made 
of cordial things not onely hot, but allo cold, that they may temper 
the heat, and more powerfully rcperculs. They muft bee applied warm with fcarlet, or a 
double linnen cloth, or a foft fpunge dipped in them, if fo bee that a Carbuncle do not pof- 
fefs the regions of the moft noble parts ; for it is not fit to ufe repercuflives to a Carbuncle. 
You may make Epithems after the following forms; R. aquar. rof. tlantag. & folan. an. 
Jiv. aqu<e acetof. vini granat. & aceti, an. Jiii. fantal. rub. & coral, rub. tberiac. vet. 
fj?. croci Ji. cariofb. mifce,fiat efitbeina. Or elf, R.aqu. rof. & flantag. an%x. 
/ aceti 
Repercuflives 
not fit to bee 
applied to 
Carbuncles* LlB.ZZ. 
Concerning the 
557 
acet, caryopb.[ant. rub. coraLrub.pulverij.pul.diamargarit. frigid. an, 3$. caphura mofcbi 
aji. Qi.fiat epitbema. Or, R. aquar. rofar. &meliffa an- |iv. aceti rof. Jiii. caryopbil. 
3$. croco 9ii« caphurt 9i. boli arm. terra figil, & zedoar. an. fiat epitbema. Orel!, R. aceti rof. 
& aqua rofat.an. capbua 3p. tberiac. & fiat epitbema. Or elf, aqu. rofar. ne- 
nupb. buglof. acetofe, aceti rofar. an.fk-fi.fant. rub.rof. rub.an.%iii.flor. nenupb. violar- capbur. anzfi. 
metbridat. & tberiac terantur& mifceanturfimul omnia. When you intend to u(e them, 
take fom portion of them in a veflel by itsfelf3 wherewith let the affe&ed bowel bee fo- 
mented warm. . . . 
CHAP. XXIV. 
Whether purgeing and blood-letting bee neceffariein the beginning of peftilent difeafet. 
O foon as the heart is ftrengthened and corroborated with cordialsand antidotes, 
wee muft com to phlebotomie and purgeing. As concerning blood-letting in 
this cate there is a great controverfie among Phyficians. Thole that with it to 
, bee tiled, lay or affirm that the peftilent Fever doth infix it felf in the blood, and 
therein alfo the peftilent malignitie taketh its feat; and therefore it will foon infeft the o- 
ther humors, unlefs that the blood bee evacuated, and the infeftion that remaineth in the 
blood bee thereby taken away. Contrariwile, thole that do not allow phlebotomie in this 
cafe, alledg, that it often commeth to pals that the blood is void of malignitie when the o- 
ther humors are infefted with the venemous contagion. If anie man require my judgment 
in this doubtful queftion, I lay, that the peftilence fomtimes doth depend on the default of 
the Air : this default beeing drawn through the palfages of the bodie, doth at length pierce 
unto the intrails,as weemay underftand by the abfcefles which break out one while behinde . 
the ears, fomtimes in the arm-holes, and fomtimes in the groins, as the brain, heart or liver < 
are infefted. And hereof alfo com Carbuncles, and other colle&ions of matter, and erupti- 
ons, which are leen in all parts of the bodie; byreafon that nature ufeing the ftrength of 
the expulfive facultie, doth drive forth whatfoever is noilbm or hurtful. Therefore if the 
Phyfician will follow this motion ofnature, hee muft neither purge nor let blood, left that 
by a contrarie motion, that is, by drawing in from without, the motion of nature which 
proceeds outwardly from within, ffiould bee troubled. So wee often fee in thofe who are 
purged or let blood for luch Buboes as com through unlawful copulation, that the matter 
is thereby made contumacious, and by drawing it inwardly, it Ipeedily caulfeth the French 
Pocks. 
Wherefore, when Buboes, Carbuncles,and other peftilent eruption appear, which com 
through the default of the air, wee oug tto abftain from purgeing and phlebotomie; but 
it islufficient to tore-arm the heart inwardly and outwardly with Antidotes that are endued 
with a proper virtue of refilling the poifon. For it is not to bee doubted, but that when na- 
ture is debilitated with both kindes of evacuation, and when the Ipirits together with the 
blood are exhaufted, the venemous air will loon pierce,and bee received into theemptie bo- 
die,where it exercileth its tyrannic to the utter deftruftion thereof. 
In the year of ourLord God 15 66. in which yearthere was greaat mortalitie throughout 
all France, by reafon of the peftilence and peftilent difeafes, I earneftly and diligently in- 
quired of all the Phyficians and Chyrurgians of all the Cittiesf through which King Cbarls 
the Ninth pafled in his progrefs unto Bayon) what fiiccefs their patient had after they were let 
blood and purged; whereunto they all anfwered alike, that they had diligently obferved, 
that all that were infe&ed with the Peftilence, and were lett bleed 1'om quantitie of blood,or 
had their bodies lomwhat ftrongly purged, thenceforwards waxed and weaker, and lb at 
length died 5 but others which were not let blood nor purged, but took cordial Antidotes 
inwardly, and applied them outwardly,for the moft part elcaped and recovered their health: 
for that kinde of Peftilence took its original of the primitive and folitarie default of the Air, 
and not of the corruption of the humors. 
The like event was noted in the hoarfnefs that wee fpake of before: that is to lay,that the, 
patients waxed worfand worfby purgeing and phlebotomie; but yet I do not difallow ei- ■ 
ther of thole remedies, if there bee great fulnefs in the bodie, efpecially in the beginning, 1 
and if the matter have a cruel violence, whereof may bee feared the breaking in unto lorn 
noble part. For wee know that it is confirmed by Hippocrates, that what dileaf foever is 
caufled by repletion, muft bee cured by evacuation; and that in difeafes that are verie ffiarp, 
if the matter do (well, it ought to be remedied the lame day, for delaie in luch difeafes 
is dangerous; but luch difeafes are not caufled or infifted upon man's bodie by reafon, 
or occafion of the peftilence, but of the dileafed bodies, and difeafes t he mfel vs corn- 
mixed together with the peftilence : therefore then peradventure it is lawful to purge 
ftrongly, and to let a good quantitie of blood, left that the peftilent venom ffiould take 
hold of the matter that is prepared, and fo infeft it with a contagion, whereby the peftilence 
Bbb taketh 
Reafons for 
and againft 
blood-letting 
in rhe Plague. 
The compo- 
fing of this 
controverfie 
An hiftorie. 
When purging 
md bleeding 
maybeeufed. 
Aph.iz.feti.i. 
Apb.io.fift.4, Concerning the Tlague. 
558 
LlB.Zj,; 
taketh new and for greater ftrength ; especially asCtlfus admonilheth us, where heefaith, 
that, by how much the fooner thole ftidden invafions do happen, by fo much thefooner 
remedies muft bee ufed, yea or rather raflily applied; therefore if the veins fwell, the face 
wax fieriered; if the arteries of the temples beat ftrongly; if the patient can verie hardly 
breath by reafon of a weight in his ftomach; if his fpittle bee bloodie; then ought hee to 
bee let blood without delaie,for the caufles before-mentioned. It feem's beft to open the Li- 
k z/er-vein on the left arm, whereby the heart and fpleen may bee better difeharged of their a- 
1 bundant matter; yet blood-letting is not good at all times, for it is not expedient when the 
bodie beginneth to wax ftiff by reafon of the comming of a Fever;for then by drawing back 
the heat andfpirits inwardly, the outward parts bpeing deftitute of blood, wax ftiff and cold, 
therefore blood cannot bee letten then without great tofs of the ftrength, and perturbation 
of the humors. And it is to bee noted, that when thofe plethorick caufes are prelent, there 
is one Indication of blood-letting in a fimple peftilent Fever, and another in that which 
hath a Bubo, id eft, a Botch or a Carbuncle joined therewith. For in one or both of thefe, 
beeing joined with a vehement and ftrong burning Fever, blood muft bee letten by open- 
ing the vein that is neareft unto the tumor or fwelling againft nature, keeping the ftraight- 
that this beeing open, the blood might bee drawn more direftly from the 
part affefted; for all and everie retra&ion of putrefied blood unto the noble parts, is to bee 
avoided, becauf it is noifom and hurtful to nature, and to the patient. Therefore, for ex- 
ample lake, admit the patient bee plethorick by repletion ; which is called AdVafa, id eft, 
unto the Veffels, and Ad Vires, id eftt unto the Strength : and therewithal hee hath a tumor 
that is peftilent in the parts belonging unto head or neck; the blood muft bee let out of the 
cephalick or median vein, or out of one of their branches difperfed in the arm on the grie- 
ved lide.But if through occafion of fat, or anie other fiich like cauf, thole veins do not ap- 
pear in the arm, there bee fom that give counlel in fuch a cafe to open the vein that is be- 
tween the fore-finger and the thumb, the hand beeing put into warm water, whereby that 
vein may fwell'and bee filled with blood gathered thither by means of the heat. 
If the tumor bee under the arm-hole, or about thole places, the liv er- vein, or the median 
muft bee opened which runneth along'ft the hand: if it bee in the groin, the vein of the 
hamm, or Sapbena, or anie other vein above the foot that appeareth well, but alwaies on the 
grieved fide. And phlebotomie muft bee performed before the third daie : for this dileaf is 
of the kinde or nature of (harp difeafes; becauf that within four and twentie hours it run- 
neth paft help. In letting of blood you muft have confideration of the ftrength. You may 
perceiv that the patient is readie to (wound, when that his forehead waxeth moift, with a 
(mall fweat fuddenly arifeing, by the akeing or pain at the ftomach, with an appetite to vo- 
mit, and defire to go to ftool, gapeing, blacknels of the lips, and liidden alteration of the 
face unto palenels: and laftly moft certainly by a filial! and flow pulf : and then you muft 
lay your finger on the vein, and ftop it until the patient com to himlelf again, either by na- 
ture, or elfreftored by art; that is to fay, by giveingunto him bread dipped in wine, or a- 
nie other fuch like thing: then if you have not taken blood enough,you muft let it go again, 
and bleed fo much asthegreatnefs of the dileaf, or the ftrength of the patient will permit 
or require: which beeing don fom of the Antidotes that are prefcribed before will bee 
verie profitable ro bee drunk, which may repair the ftrength , and infringe the force of the 
malignitie. 
Why blood 
muft bee let on 
the left arm in 
the Plague. 
CHAP. XXV. 
Ofpurgeing medicines in a Peftilent difeaf. 
What purges fit 
in the Plague. 
F you call to minde the proper indications , purgeing fhall feem neceflarie in 
this kinde of difeaf > and thatmuft bee prefcribed as the prefent cafe and ne- 
ceflitie requireth; rightly confidering that the difeaf is hidden, and doth re- 
quire medicines that may with all (peed drive out of the bodie the hurtful hu- 
mor wherein the noifbm qualitie doth lurk and is hidden; which medicines 
are divers by reafbn of the diverfitie of the kinde of the humor, and the 
condition or temperature of the patient. For this purpofe fix grains of Scammonie beaten 
into powder, or elf ten grains are commonly miniftred to the patient with one dram of 
Treacle. Alfopilsmay bee made in this form: Take of Treacle and Mithridate, of each 
one dramjof Sulphur vivum finely powdred half a dram?of Diagridium four grains:make there- 
of Pils.Or, take three drams of Aloesjof Myrrh and Saffron of each one dram; of white Hel- 
lebore and each four 9-make thereof a mafs with old treacle, and let the patir 
ent take four fcruples thereof for a dole,three hours before his pils may bee pro- 
fitably given to thofe that are weak. The antient Phyficians have greatly commended A- 
garick for this difeaf, becauf it doth draw the noifbm humors out of all the members: 
and 
Pili. Lib.zz. 
Concerning the'Plague. 
559 
and the virtues thereof are like unto thole of Treacle; for it is thought to ftrengthen the 
heart, and to draw out the malignitie by purgeing. To thole that are ftrong, the weight of 
two drams may bee given, and to thole that are more weak, half a dram. It is better to give 
theinfufionin adeco&ion, thcninfubftance; forbeeing elefted and prepared truly into 
Trochifces, it may bee called a divine kinde of medicine. 
Jntimonium is highly praifed by the experience of manie ; but becaufl know the ule there- 
of is condemned by thecouncel and decree of the School of Phyficians at Paris, I will here 
ceaf to fpeakof it. 
Thole medicines that cauf fweats are thought to excel all others, when the Peftilence 
commeth of the venemous Air; among whom the efficacie of that which followeth hath 
been prooved, to the great good of manie in that Peftilence which was lately throughout all 
Germanic, as Matthias Rodler Chancellor to Duke George the Count Palatine lignified unto 
mee by letters. 
They do take a bundle of Mugwurt, and of the alhes thereof after it is burn't, they make 2 
a lee with four pintes of water; then they do let it over the fire,and boil it in a veflel of earth i 
well leaded, until the liquor bee confumed, theearthie dregs falling into the bottom like J 
unto fait, whereof they make Trochifces of the weight of a crown of gold : then they1 
diflblv one or two of thefe Trochifces, according to the ftrcngth of the patient,in good 
Muskadine, and give it the patient to drink,and let him walk after that hee hath drunk it for 
the fpace of half an hour; then lay him in his bed, and there fweat him two or three 
hours, and then hee will vomit, and his bellie will bee looledas if hee had taken An- 
timonie; and fo they were all for the moft part cured, [efpecially all thole that took that, 
remedie betimes: and before the difeaf went to their heart; as I my felfhave prooved in 
1dm that were lick at Paris, with moft happie luccels: Truely Mugwurt is highly commen- 
ded by the Antient Phyficians, beeing taken and applied inwardly or outwardly againft the 
biteings of venemous creatures; fo that it is not to bee doubted but that it hath great virtue 
againft the Peftilence. 
I have heard it moft certainly reported by Gilbert us Heroaldus phyfician of Mompilier, that 
eight ounces of the pickle of Anchovis,drunk at one draught,is a moft certain & approved re- 
medie againft the Peftilence, as hee and manie other have often found by experience For 
the Plague is no other thing but a verie great putrefaftion; for the corre&ion and amend- 
ment whereof,there is nothing more apt or fit then this pickle or fubftance of Anchovis,bee- 
ing melted by the Sun and force of the fait that is ftrewed thereon.There bee lorn which infule 
one dram of Walwurt-leed in white wine,and affirmthat it drunken wil perform the like ef- 
feft asAntimonie. Others diflblv a little weight of the feed of Kwe beeing bruifed inMuP 
kadine, with the quantitie of a bean of Treacle, and fo drink it. Others beat or bruifan 
handful of the leavs or tops of Broom in half a pinte of white wine,and fo give it to the pa- 
tient to drink, to cauf him to vomit, loof his bellie, and make him to Iweat. Truly thole 
that are wounded or bit with venemous beafts, If they binde broom above the wound, it 
will prohibit or hinder the venom from dilperfing it felf, or going anie further: therefore a 
drink made thereof will prohibit the venom from going anie nearer the heart. Som take of 
the root of Elecampane, Kermes-berries and broom; of the powder of 
Ivorie and Hartf-horn, of each half a dram: they do bruifand beat all thefe, and infule them 
for the fpace of four and twentie hours in white wine and aqua wit# on the warm embers,and 
then ftrain it, and give the patient three or four ounces thereof to drink; this provoke's 
fweat, and infjringeth the power of the poifons : and the potion following hath the fame 
virtue. 
Take good Muftard half an ounce ; of Treacle or Mithridate the weight of a bean; difi- 
folv them in white wine, and a little aqua wit#, and let the patient drink it, and fweat there- 
on with walking. You may alfo roft a great Onion made hollow, and filled with half a 
dram of Treacle and vineger under the embers; and then ftrain it, and mix the juice that is 
prefled out of it the water of Sorrel, Carduus Beneditfusi or anie other cordial thing,and 
withdteongjwine; and give the patient to drink thereof to provoke fweat, and to repel the 
malignitie. Or elf take as much Garlick as the quantitie of a big Nut; of Rue and Celan- 
dine, of each twentie leavs; bruifthem all in white wine and a little aqua wit# then ftrain 
it, and give the patient thereof to drink. There bee fom that do drink the juice that is pref- 
fed out ofCelandine and Mallows, with three ounces of Vineger,and half an ounce of the 
oil of Wall-nuts,and then by much walking do unburthen their ftomach and bellie upwards 
and downwards, and fo are helped. When the venemous air hath already crept into and in- 
feftcd the humors,one dram of the dried leavs of the Bay-tree macerated for the fpace of two 
daies in Vineger and drunk, is thought to bee a moft foveraign medicine to provoke fweat, 
loofhefs of the bellie, and vomiting. 
Matthiolus inhisTreatifede Morbogallico writeth, that the powder of Mercurie miniftred 
unto the patient with the juice of Carduus Benedicts, or with the Ele&uarie de Gentmis, will 
drive away the peftilence before it bee confirmed in the bodie, by provokeing vomit, loof- 
Bbb 2 nefs 
An effe&ual 
(udorifick and 
alfo purgeing 
medicine. 
The virtues of 
Mugwurt. 
VideRondtltt, 
Lib.j.defif.c3, 
A Potion* 560 
Concerning the Flague. 
Lib.zz 
nets of the bellie and feat: one dram of Calchanthum or white Copperas diflblved in 
Rofe-water, petformeth thelikeeffeftin the fame difeaf. Som do give the patient a little 
quantitie of the oil of Scorpions with white wine to expel the poifbn by vomit, and there- 
withal they annoint the region of the heart, the breft and the wrifts of the hands. I think 
thefe verie meet to bee ufed often in bodies that are ftrong and well exercifed, becaufweaker 
medicines do evacuate little or nothing at all, but onely moov the humors, whereby com- 
meth a Fever. When a fufficient quantitie of the malignitie is evacuated, then you muft 
minifter things that may ftrengthen the bellie and ftomach, and with-hold the agitation or 
working of the humors: and fuch is the confe&ion of Alkermes. 
CHAP. XXVI. 
the malignitie bee carried into the brain, and nature bee not able to expel it,it 
inflame s not onely it, but alfo the membranes that cover it: which inflammation 
doth one while hurt, trouble,or abolifti the imagination-, another while thejudg- 
ment; and (bmtimes the memorie; according to the fituation of the inflammation, 
Whether it bee in the former,hinder,or middle part of the head;but hereof commeth alwaies 
aPhrenfie, withfierie rednefs of the eies and face and heavinefs and burning of the whole 
head. If this will not bee amended with Clyfters, and with opening the Cephalick vein in 
the arm, the arteries of the temples muft bee opened, takeingfo much blood out of them, as 
the greatnels of the Symptoms and the ftrength of the patient (hall require and permit. T ru- 
ly the incilion that is made in opening of an arterie will dole and join together as readily, 
f and with as little difficultie, as the incifion of a vein. And of fuch an incilion of an arterie, 
• commeth prefent help; by reafon that the tenlive and (harp vapors do plentifully breath out 
together with the arterious blood. It were alfo verie good to provoke a flux of blood at the 
nofe, if nature bee apt to exonerate herfelf that way. For as Hippocrates faith, when the 
head is grieved,or generally aketh,if matter ,water, orblood flow out at the noftrils,mouth, 
or ears, it prefently cure's thedifeaf. Such bleeding is to bee provoked by ftrong blowing, 
or ftriveingto cleanfthenofe, by icratching or picking of the inner fide of the noftrils, by 
pricking with an horf-hair,and long holding down of the head- 
The Lord of Fontains, a Knight of the Order, when wee were at Bay on, had a bleeding at 
the nofe, which came naturally for the fpace of two daies,and thereby hee was free'd of a pe- 
ftilent Fever which hee had before, a great fweat rifeing therewithal, andfhordy after his 
Carbuncles came to fuppuration, and by God's grace hee recovered his health beeing under 
my cure. If the blood do flow out and cannot bee flopped when it ought, the hands, arms, 
and legs muft bee tied with bands ; and fponges wet in Oxycrate muft bee put under the 
arm-holes, cupping-glafles muft bee applied unto the dugs, the region of the Liver and 
Spleen 5 and you muft put into the noftrils, thedounofthe willow-tree, or anie other a- 
ftringent medicine, incorporated with the hairs pluck't from the flank, bellie or throat of 
an Hare, Bole-Armcnick, ierra Sigillata, the juice of Plantane and Knot-grafs mixedtoge- 
ther; and furthermore the patient muft bee placed or laied in a cool place.But if the pain bee 
nothing mitigated notwithftanding all thefe fluxes of blood, wee muft com to medicines 
that procure deep, whole forms are thefe. 
Take of green Lettuce one handful 5 flowrs of water-Lillies and Violets, of each two pu- 
gils ; one head of white-Poppie bruifecfiof the four cold feeds,ofeach two drams; of Liquo- 
rice and Raifins, of each one dram: make thereof a decoftion, and in the (training dilfolv 
one ounce and a half of Viacodion: make thereof a large potion to bee given when they go 
to reft. Alfo Barlie-cream may bee prepared in the water of water-Lillies and of Sorrel, of 
each two ounces padding thereto fix or eight grains of Opium : of the four cold feeds, and 
of white-Poppie feeds, of each half an ounce; and let the lame bee boiled in broths with 
Lettuce and Purflain; alfo the pills de Cynogloffo, i. e. Hounds-tongue may bee given.Clyfters 
that provoke fleep muft bee tiled. which may bee thus prepared. 
T ake of Barlie-water half a pinte 5 oil of Violets and water-Lillies, of each two ounces; 
of the water of Plantain and Purflain, or rather of their juices, three ounces 5 ofCamphir 
(even grains,and the whites of three eggs:make thereof a Clyfter. The head muft bee fomen- 
ted with Rofe-vineger, the hair beeing firft (haven away, leaving a double cloth wet therein 
on the fame, and often renewed. Sheeps-lungs taken warm out of the bodies, may bee ap- 
plied to the head, as long as they are warm. Cupping-glafles with and without fcarification 
may bee applied to the neck and (houlder-blades. The arms and legs muft bee ftrongly 
bound, beeing firft well rubbed to divert the fharp vapors and humors from the head* 
Frontals may alfo bee made on this manner. Take of the oil of Roles and water-Lil- 
lies , of each two ounces; of the oil of Poppie half an ounce ; of Opium, one dram; 
of Rofe-vineger, one ounce; of Camphir half a dram; mix them together. Alfo Nodules 
may 
Ofmunie Symptoms which happen together with the Plague : andfirft of the pain of the head. 
The cauf of 
phrenfie in th 
Plague. 
The benefit of 
opening an ar- 
terie. 
4pb.io.fett.6. 
An hiftorie. 
To ftay blee- 
ding. 
Medicines to 
procure fleep. Lib.zz. 
Concerning the 
561 
may bee made of the flowrs of Poppies, Henbane,water-Lillies,Mandrags beaten in Rote- 
water with a little Vineger, and a little Camphir , and let them bee often applied to the no- 
ftrils: for this purpote Cataplafms alfb may bee laid to the forehead. As, Take ofthe mu- 
cilage of the feeds of Pftlium»id eft, Flea-wurt, and Quince-feeds extra&ed in Rote-water, 
three ounces; of Barlie-meal four ounces; of the powder of Rote-leavs, the flowers ofwa- 
ter-Lillies and Violets, of each half an ounce; of the feeds of Poppies and Purflain,of each 
two ounces ; of the water and vineger of Rotes, of each three ounces: make thereof a Ca- 
taplafm, and applie it warm unto the head. Or take of the juice of Lettuce, water-Lillies, 
Henbane, Purflain, of each half a pinte; of Rote-leavs in powder, the teeds of Poppie, of 
each half an ounce; oil of Rotes three ounces; of vineger two ounces; of Barlie-meal as 
much as fhall faffice: make thereof a Cataplafm in the form of a liquid Pultis. When the 
heat of the head is mitigated by thefe medicines,and the inflammation of the brain aflwaged, 
wee mull com unto digefting and refolving fomentations, wich may difperf the matter of 
the vapors. But commonly in pain of the head, they do ufe to binde the forehead and hin- 
der part ofthe head verie ftrongly, which in this cate muft bee avoided. 
ACataplafm. 
CHAP. XXVII. 
Of the beat of the Kidnies. 
He heat of the Kidnies is tempered by annointing with unguent • refrigerant Galen 
newly made, adding thereto the whites of eggs well beaten, that to the oint- 
ment may keep moift the longer; let this liniment bee renewed everie quarter of 
an hour, wipeing away the reliques of the old. Or, R, aq. rof. tfc.p. fucci plant. 
alb. ovorum iv. olei rofacei, & nenupb. aceti tnifce ad ufum. When 
you have annointed the part, lay thereon the leavs of water-Lillies or the like hold herbs, 
and then prefently thereupon a double linnen cloth dipped in oxycrate and wrung out a- 
gain, and often changed ; the patient (hall not lie upon a fether-bed, but on a quilt fluffed 
with the chaff of Oats,or upon a Mat with manie doubled cloaths or Chamelet fpread there- 
on. To the region of the heart may in the mean time bee applied a refrigerateing and alexite- 
rial medicine,as this which followeth.R. wig. nenuphar ini, |ii. acet. rof. & aq-rof. 
an.ty. tberiac<e,$i. thefemelted and mixed together make a loft ointment, which 
fpred upon a fcarlet cloth m ay bee applied to the region of the heart. Or, R. tberiac# 
fucci citri acidi,& limonit,av 5P- coral.rub. &fem.rofar. capbur* & croci, 4tt.gra.iiii. let 
them bee all mixed together, and make an ointment or liniment. 
At the head of the patient as hee lie's in his bed, (hall bee fct an Ewr or cock with a bafin 
under it to receiv the water, which by dropping may refemble rain. Let the foies of the feet 
and palms of the hands bee gently fcratched, and the patient lie far from noi£ and fo at 
length hee may fall to fom reft. 
An ointment 
for the reins. 
Anointment 
for the heart. 
The noifof 
dropping; wa- 
ter draw s on 
fleep. 
CHAP. XXVIII. 
Oftbe Eruptions and Spot;, which commonly are called by the name of Purples and Tokens. 
He skin,in peftilent Fevers,is marked and variegated in divers places with fpots, 
like unto the biteings of Fleas or Gnats, which are not alwaies fimple,but ma- 
nie times arife in form like unto a grain of millet, The more fpots appear, the 
better it is for the patient: they are of divers colors according to the virulencie 
of the malignitie, and condition of the matter, as red, yellow,brown,violet or 
purple, blew and black. And becauf for the moft part they are of a purple color, therefore 
wee call them purples. Others call them LenticuLe j becauf they have the color and form of 
Lentiles. They are alfo called Ptfiliones,(i.') Butterflies; becauf they do fuddenly feiz or 
fall upon di vers regions of the bodie, like unto winged Butterflies; fomtimes the face, fom- 
times the arms and legs, and fomtimes all the whole bodie;oftentimes they do not onely af- 
feft the upper part of the skin, but go deeper into the flelh, (pecially when they proceed of 
matter that is grofs and aduft. They do fomtimes appear great and broad, affe&ing the 
whole arm, leg or face, like unto an Eryfyelas: to conclude, they are divers according to 
the varietie of the humor that offends in quantitie or qualitie. 
If they are of a purple or black color, with often fwounding, and fink in fuddenly 
out anie manifeft c au£ they fore-fhew death. 
The caufof the breaking out of thofe fpots, is the working or heat of the blood, by rea- 
fon of the crueltie of the venom received, or admitted. 1 hey often arife at the beginning of 
a peftilent Fever: manie times before the breaking out of the Sore,or Botch or Carbuncle, 
Bbb 3 and 
The differen- 
ces of the fpots 
in the Plague: 
Their levcral 
names,and the 
refons of 
them. 
When figns of 
death. 562 
Qoncerning the <Plagm. 
Lib.zx. 
and manie times af ter : but then they fhew fo great a corruption of the humors in the bo- 
die, that ncithe r the fores nor carbuncles will fuffice to receiv them; and therefore they ap- 
pear as fore-runners of death. Somtimes they break out alone , without a botch or car- 
buncle,which if they bee red, and have no evil fymptoms joyned with them , they are not 
wont to proov deadlie: they appear,for the molt /art, on the third or fourth daie of the 
difeaf, and fomtimes later, and Ibmtimes they appear not before the patient bee dead; be- 
cauf the working or heat of the humors beeing the off-spring of putrefaftion, is not as yet 
reftrained and ceaftd 
Wherefore then principally the putrid heat, which is greateft a little before the death of 
the patient, drive's the excremental humors , which are the matter of the ipots unto the 
skin; or elf, becauf nature in the lafl conflift hath contended with fom greater endeavor 
then before (which is common to all things that arc readie to die) a little before the in- 
ftant time of death, the peftilent humor beeing prefently driven unto the skin and nature 
thus weakned by theft extreme conflifts falleth down proftrate, and is quite overthrown by 
the remnant of the matter. 
Why they 
fomtimes ap- 
pear after the 
death of the 
patient. 
CHAP. XXIX. 
Ou muft firft of all take heed , left you drive in the humor that is comming 
outwards with repercuflives : therefore beware of cold, all purgeing things, 
phlebotomie, and drowfie or found deeping. For all fuch things do draw the 
humors inwardly, and work contrarie to nature. But it is better to provoke 
the motion of nature outwardly, by applying of drawing medicines outward- 
ly , and miniftring medicines to provoke fweat inwardly j for.otherwife by repelling and 
flopping the matter of the eruptions, there will bee great danger, left the heart bee oppref- 
fed with the abundance of the venom flowing back; or elf by turning into the bellie, it in- 
feros a mortal bloodie flux : which difcommoditics that they may bee avoided, I have 
thought good to fit down this remedie,whofe eflicacie I have known and prooved manie 
times, and on divers perfons, when by reafbn of the weaknefs of the expulfive facultie, and 
the thicknefs of the skin, the matter of the fpots cannot break forth, but is conftrained to 
lurk under the skin, lifting it up into bunches and knobs. 
I was brought unto the invention of this remedie, by comparifon of the like.For when 1 
underftood, that the eflence of the French pocks (and Jikewife of the peftilence) confifted in 
a certain hidden virulencie, and venemous qualitie,! foon defcended unto that opinion,that 
even as by the annointing of the bodie with the unguent compounded of Quick-(liver, the 
grofs and clammie humors which are fixed in the bones, and unmoovable, are diffolved, 
relaxed, and drawn from the center into the fuperficial parts of the bodie, by ftreng- 
thening and birring up the expulfive facultie, and evacuated by fweating and fluxing at the 
mouth; that fo it fliould com to pals inpeftilent fevers, that nature beeing ftrengthened 
with the lame kinde of unftion, might unload her felf of fom portion of the venemous and 
peftilent humor, by opening the pores and palfages, and letting it break forth into fpots 
and puftles, and into all kinde of eruptions. Therefore I have annointed manie in whom 
nature leemed to make paflage for the venemous matter verie (lowly, firft looting their bel- 
lie with a glyfter, and then giveing them treacle-water to drink, which might defend the vi- 
tal facultie of the heart, but yet not diftend the ftomach , as though they had the French 
pocks, and I obtained my expefted purpofe: In ftead of the treacle-water you may ufe the 
deco&ion of Guaicnm, which doth heat, drie, provoke fweat, and repel putrefa&ion, ad- 
ding thereto alfo vineger, that by the fubtiltie thereof, it may pierce the better, and with- 
ftand the putrefa&ion. This is the defcripdon of the unguent. 
Take of Hogf-greafone pound,boil it a little with the leavs of Sdge, Rolemarie, of 
each half an handfull, ftrain it, and in the ftraining extinguilh five ounces of Quick-filver, 
s which hath been firft boiled in vinegerwith the fore-mentioned herbs; of Sal Nit rum three 
drams ; the yelks of three eggs boiled until they bee hard: of Treacle and Mithridate, of 
each halfan ounce; of Venice-Turpentine, oil of Scorpions and Bays, of each three oun- 
ces ; incorporate them altogether in a mortar, and make thereof an unguent, wherewith an- 
noint the patient's arm-holes and groins,avoiding the parts that belong to the head,breaft, 
and back-bone 4 then let him bee laid in his bed,and covered warm, and let him fweat there 
for the (pace of two hours, and then let his bodie bee wiped and clean(ed;and if it may 
bee, let him bee laid in another bed, and there let him bee refrefhed with the broth of the 
deco&ion of a Capon, reer eggs, and with fuch like meats of good juice that are eafie to bee 
concofted and digefted; let him bee annointed the fecond and third daie, unlefs the fpots 
appear before. 
If the patient flux at the mouth, it muft not be flopped: when the fpots and puftles do 
all appear, and the patient hath made an end of fweating, it (hall bee convenient to ufe 
diuretick 
Of the cure of Eruptionsand Spots. 
They are to 
bee cured by 
drivcing forth* 
The indicati- 
on of curein g 
taken from the 
like. 
An ointment 
to draw them 
forth when as 
they appear 
too flowly- Lib.zz. 
Concerning the 'Plgaue. 
563 
diuretick medicines,for by theft the remnant of the matter of the (pot, which happily-could 
not all breath forth, may eafily bee purged and avoided by urine. 
If anie noble or gentlemen refuft to beeannointed with this unguent, let them bee enclo- 
fed in the bodie of a Mule or Horf that is newly killed, and when that is cold, let them bee 
laiedin another, until the puftles and eruptions do break forth, beeing drawn by that natu- 
ral heat. For fo Matthiolus writeth that Valentinus,the Ion of Pope Alexander the lixt,was de- 
livered from the danger of moft deadlie poifon which hee had drunk. 
In pro am.lib.6. 
Diofi. 
CHAP. XXX. 
Peftilent Bubo is a tumor at the beginning long and moveable, and in the ftate, and 
full perfeftion copped, and with a fharp head, unmoveable and fixed deeply in the 
glandules, or kernels 5 by which the brain exonerate's it felf of the venemous and 
peftiferous matter into the kernels that are behinde the ears, and in the neck : the 
heart into thofe that are in the arm-holes; and the Liver, into thofe that are in the groin 5 
that is,when all the matter is grofs and clammie,fothat it cannot bee drawn out by fpots and 
puftles breaking out on the skin ; and fb the matter of a Carbuncle is (harp, and fo fervent, 
that it maketh an Efcbar on the place where it is fixed. In the beginning, while the Bubo is 
breeding, it maketh the patient to feel, as it were, a cord or rope ftretched out in the place, 
or a hardned nerv with pricking pain: and fliortly after the matter is railed up as it were in- 
to knob, and by little and little it groweth bigger, and is inflamed, thefe accidents before 
mentioned accompanying it.lf the tumor be red,and increaf by little & little,it is a good and 
falutarie lign : but if it bee livid or black,and com verie flowly unto his juft bignefs, it is a 
deadlie fignjt is allo a deadlie fign if it increaffuddenly,and com to his juft bignefs as it were 
with a fwift violence, and as in a moment, have all the fymptoms in the higheft excels; as 
pain, fwelling and burning. Buboes or Sores appear fomtimes of a natural color, like un- 
to the skin, and in all other things like unto an oedematous tumor, which notwithftanding 
will fuddenly bring the patient to deftruftion; like thofe that are livid and black,wherefore 
it is not good to truft too much to thofe kindes of tumors. 
Ofafeftilent Bubo, or Plague-fore. 
What a pefti- 
IcntBwtois. 
The figns of 
Bubo's klutarie 
and deadlie. 
CHAP. .XXXI. 
O (bon as the Bubo appear's, applie a Cupping-glafs with a great flame unto it, ■ 
unlefs it Bee that kinde of Bubo which will fuddenly have all the accidents of( 
burning and fwelling in the higheft nature; but firft the skin muft bee annoin- i 
ted with the oil of lillies, that fo it beeing made more loof, the Cupping-glafs < 
may draw the ftronger and more powerfully; it ought to ftick to the part for the fpace of 
a quarter of an hour, and bee renewed and applied again everie three quarters of an 
hour, for fo at length the venom (hall bee the better drawn forth from anie noble part that 
is weak, and the work of luppuration or refolution, which foever nature hath aflailed,will 
the better and fooner bee abfolved and perfected: which may bee allb don by the applica- 
tion of the following ointment. 
Take ofTJuguentum Dialtb#a one ounce and a half; oil of Scorpions half an ounce; of 
Mithridate diflblved in Aqua. vit#, half a dram; this liniment will verie well relax and 
loolen the skin, open the pores thereof, and fpend forth portion of that matter which the 
Cupping-glals hath drawn thither : in ftead thereof mollifying fomentations may bee 
made, and other drawing and fuppurating medicines, which ihall bee defcribed here- 
after. 
A veficatorie applied in a meet place below the Bubo profit's them verle, much but not a- . 
bove; as for example. If the Bubo bee in the throat, the Veficatorie muft bee applied unto 
the Ihoulder-blade on the fame fide; if it bee in the arm-holes, it muft bee applied in the 
mid1 ft of the arm, or of the ffioulder-bone, on the inner fide: if in the groin, in the mid'ft 
of the thigh on the inner fide, that by the double paflage that is open for to draw out the 
matter, the part wherein the venom is gathered together, may bee the better exonerated. 
Spurge, Crow-foot, Arfmart, Bear-foot, Brionie, the middle bark of Travellers-)oy, 
the rindes of Mullet, Flammula or upright Virgins-bower, are fit for railing blifterS. If you 
cannot com by thole fimple medicines, you may applie this which followeth. Which may 
bee prepared at all times. 
T ake Cantbarides, Pepper, Euyborbium3 Pellitorie of Spain, of each half a dram; of lower a 
leaven, two drams; of Muftard one dram, and a little Vineget; the vineger is added there- v< 
to to withhold or reftrain the vehemencie of the Ctfabaridej; but in want of this medicine 
it (hall fuffice to drop Icalding oil or water, or a burning candle, or to lay a burning coal 
on 
Of the cure of Buboes,or Plague-fores. 
The ufe of 
cupping-glaf- 
les in cuieing 
of a Bubo. 
A liniment. 
A compound 
veficacoric, 564 
Concerning the Diagne. 
Lib.zz. 
on the place: for (o you may raif blifters, which muft prefently bee cut away, and you 
muft fee that you keep the ulcers open & flowing as long as you can,by applying the leav's 
of red-colwurts, Beets, or Ivie dipped in warm water, and annointed with oil or frefh but- 
ter. Som applie Cauteries, but Veficatories work with more fpeed: for before the Efchar of 
the Cauteries will fall away, the patient may die : therefore the ulcers that are made with 
Veficatories willfiiffice to evacuate the peftilent venom, becaufthat doth work rather by its 
qualitie then by its quantitie. Let the abfeefs bee fomented as is (hewed before: and then 
let the medicine following, which hath vertue to draw, bee applied. 
Fill a great onion, beeing hollowed, with Treacle and the leav's of 7?ue3 then roft it un- 
der the hot Embers, beat it with a little Leaven, and a little Swines-greaf, and fo applie it 
warm unto the abfcefs or fore; let it bee changed everie fix hours. Or take the roots of 
Marfh-mallows and Lillies, of each half a pound; of Line, Fenugreek, and IVIuftard-feeds,of 
each half an ounce; of Treacle one dram; ten Figs, and as much Hogs-greaf as (hall (uffice: 
make thereof a cataplafm according to Art. Or, take of Onions and Garlick roftedinthe 
Embers, of each three ounces : bruif them withone ounce of fowr leaven, adding there- 
to one ounce; Treacle one dram; Mithridate half a dram; of old 
Hogs-greaf on ounce; of Cantbar ides in powder one fcruple; of Pigeons-dung two drams: 
beat them and mix them together into the form of a cataplafm. Hereunto old Rennet is 
verie profitable, for it is hot, and therefore attraftive,beeing mixed with old Leaven and Ba- 
filicon: you ought to ufe thefe until the abfcefs bee grown unto its full ripenefs and big- 
nefs; but if prefently after the beginning there bee great inflammation, with (harp pain, as it 
often happeneth, efpecially when the abfcefles bee of the kinde of Carbuncles; wee muft ab- 
ftain from thofe remedies that are hot and attra&ive, and alfo from thofe that are verie em- 
plaftick and clammie; becaufthey do altogether clofe the pores of the skin; or becaufthey 
refolv the thinner part of the collected matter, which ifit might remain, would bring the 
other fooner to fuppuration : or elf becauf they may perchance draw more quantitie of the 
hot matter then the part can bear; whereof commeth rather corruption then maturation : 
and laft ofall becaufthey increafthe fever and pain, which inferred! danger ofa convulli- 
on or mortal Gangrene. Therefore in fuch a cafe it is beft to ufe cold and temperate local 
medicines, as the leavs of Henbane and Sorrel rofted under the coales, Galen's pul- 
tis, and fuch like. 
There are manie that for fear of death, have with their own hands pulled away the Bubo 
with a pair of Smiths-pincers : others have digged the fle(h round about it, and fo gotten 
it wholly out. And to conclude others have becom lb mad, that they have thruft an hot i- 
ron into it with their own hand, that the venom might have a paflage forth : of all which 
I do not allow one; for fuch abfcefles do not com from without, as the biteings of virulent 
beafts, but from within, and moreover becauf pain is by thefe means increafed, and the hu- 
mor is made more malign and fierce. Therefore I think it fufficient to ufe medicines that re- 
lax, open the pores of the skin, and digeft portion of the venom by tranfpiration, as are 
thefe that follow. Take the roots of Marfh-mallows and Lillies, ofeach fix ounces; of 
Camomil and Melilot-flowers, of each half an handful ; of Lin-feeds half an ounce; of 
the leav's of Rue half an handful : boil them and ftrain them, dip fponges in the draining, 
and therewith let the tumor bee fomented along time. Or, take the crum of hot bread, and 
fprinkle it with Treacle-water, or with aqua vit£3 and Cows-milk or Goats-milk, and the 
yelks of three egs , put them all on ftupes or flax, and applie them warm unto the place. 
Or, take of fowr Rie-leaven four ounces ; of Baftlicon two ounces; three yelks of egs; oil 
of Lillies two ounces ; Treacle one dram: let bee received on ftupes, and applied in like 
manner. Or, take of Diachylon and Baftlicon3 of each two ounces; oil of Lillies one ounce 
and an half: let them bee melted and mixed together, and let it bee applied as is abovefaid. 
When you fee, feel and know, according to reafon, that the Bubo is com to perfect fuppura- 
tion, it muft bee opened, with an incifion-knife, or an aftual or potential Cauterie, but it 
is beft to bee don with apotential Cauterie,unle(s that happely there bee great inflammati- 
on, becauf it doth draw the venom from beneath unto the iuperficial parts, and maketh a 
larger orifice for the matter that is contained thereinmeither muft it be looked for,that na- 
. ture (hould o.pen it of her (elf; for then there were danger that left while nature doth work 
(lowly,a yenemous vapor (hould bee ftirred up,which ftrikeing the heart by the arteries,the 
brain by the nervs, and the liver by the veins, (hould caufa new increaf of the venemous in- 
fection. Fpr fear whereof there bee fom that will not expeft the perfect maturation and (iip- 
. puration, but as it were in the mid'ft of the cruditie and maturitie will make an orifice for 
it to pafe forth at: yet if it bee done before the tumor bee at his perfect maturitie, pain, a 
Fever, and all accidents are ftirred up and enraged, whereof commeth a malign ulcer that 
often degenerat's into a Gangrene. For the moft part about the tenth or eleventh daie the 
work offuppuration (eemeth perfe&ed and finifhed; but it may bee fooner or later by rea- 
fbn of the application of medicines, the condition of the matter, and ftate of the part: when 
the matter commeth forth, you muft yet ufe (uppurative and mollifying medicines, to ma- 
turate 
Why veficato- 
ries are better 
then cauteries 
in a peftilent 
Bubo. 
Strong draw- 
ing cataiplaf- 
mes. 
Againft fuch 
as cat away 
Plague-fores. 
A (igeftive fo 
mentation. 
An anodyne 
Cataplafm* 
Why it is beft 
to open a I 
plague-fore 
with a poten- 
tial cauterie. Lib.zz. 
Concerning the Rlague. 
565 
maturate the remains thereof; in the mean while cleanfing the ulcer by putting mundifica- 
tives into it, as wee fhall declare in the cure of Carbuncles. But if the tumor feem to link 
in,or hide it felf again, it muft bee revoked and procured to com forth again, by applying 
ot Cupping-glafles with fcarification, and with (harp medicines, yea, and with Cauteries 
both aftua! and potential. 
When the Cauteries are applied, it (hall bee veriegood to applie a veficatorie a little be- 
low it, that there might bee fom palfage open for the venom while the Efchar is in falling 
away. For fo they that are troubled with the French-Pocks, fo long as they have open and 
flowing ulcers, fo long are they void of any pain that is worth the (peaking of; which ul- 
cers beeing clofed and cicatrized, they do prefently complain of great £ain. If you fufpefl 
that the Bubo is more malign by reafon that it is of a green, or black and inflamed color, 
as are thofe that com of a melancholick humor by adaftion, turned into a grofs and rebelli- 
ous melancholick humor,(b that by the more copious influx thereof into the part, there it, 
danger ofa gangrene and mortification; then the places about the abfcefs muft bee armed 
with repercuflives, but not the abfcefs it felf; and this may b:e the form of the repercuflives : 
T ake of the juice of houf-leek,Pur(lain, Sorrel, Night-(hade, of each two ounces ; of Vine- 
ger one ounce,the whites of three egs,of oil of Roles and water-Lillies, of each two ounces 
and a half: ftir them together, and applie it about the Bubo, and renew it often: or boil a 
Pomgranat in vineger, beat it with Vnguentum Rofatum, or Po-puleon newly made,and applie 
it as is aforefaid. If thefe things do not ftop the influx of other humors, the abfcefs it felf 
and the places about it muft bee (carified round about, if the part will permit it; that the 
part exonerated of portion of the venom may not (land in danger of the extin&ion of the 
proper and natural heat, by the greater quantitieand malignitie of the humors that flow 
unto it- In fcarifying you muft have care of the great veflels, for fear of an irrepugnable 
flux of blood, which in this cafe is verie hard to bee flayed or refilled; both becauf the part 
it felfis greatly inflamed, and the humor verie fierce;for the expulfion whereof, nature,care- 
ful for the prefervation of the part and all the bodie befides, feemeth to labor and work. 
But yet you muft fufferfb much of the blood and humor to flow out as the patient is able 
to abide without the lofs of his ftrength. Moreover, you may (pend forth the fuperfluous 
portion of the malignitie, with relaxing, mollifying,and refolving fomentations: as, Take 
the roots of Marlh-mallows, Lillies and Elecampane, of each one pound; ofLin-feeds and 
Fenugreek, of each one ounce; of Fennel-feeds and Anile-feeds, of each half an ounce;of the 
leavs of Rue, Sage., Rofemarie, of each one handfull, of Camomil and Melilot-flowrs, 
of each three handfuls; boil them all together, and make thereof a decoftion for a fomenta- 
tion ; ufe it with a fponge according to Art. Allb after the aforefaid fcarification, wee may 
put Hens, or Turkies that lay egs( which therefore have their fundaments more wide and 
open, and for the lame purpofe put a little fait into their fundaments ) upon the (harp top 
of the Bubo, that by (hutting their bills at fcveral times they may draw and fuck the venom 
into their bodies, far more ftrongly and better then cupping-glafles, becauf they are endued 
with a natural propertie againft poifon, for they eat and concoft Toads, Efts, and fuch 
like virulent beafts; when one Hen is killed with the poifon that lhee hath drawn into her 
bodie, you muft applie another, and then the third, fourth, lift and fixt within the fpace of 
half an hour. There bee fom that will rather cut them, or elf ufe whelps cut afunder in the 
mid'ft, and applied warm unto the place; that by the heat of the creature that is yet Icarce 
dead, portion of the venom may bee diflipated and exhaled. But if neverthelefe there 
bee apie fear of a Gangrene at hand, you muft cut the flefli with a deeper fcarification, 
not onely avoiding the greater veflels, but alfo the nervs, for fear of convulfion : and af- 
ter the fcarification and a fufficient flux qf blood, you muft wafh it with JEgyptiacum,Trear 
cle and Mithridate diflblved in lea-water,aqua uiu and Vineger. For (iich a lotion hath vir- 
tue to ftay putrefaftion, repel the venom,and prohibit the blood from concretion: but if the 
Grangrene cannot bee avoided fo, cauteries may bee applied to the part: efpecially aftual, 
becauf they do more effe&ually repel the force of the poifon, and ftrengthen the part. Pre- 
fently after the impreflion of the hot iron, the Efchar muft bee cut away even unto the 
quick-flelh, that the venemous vapors and the humors may have a free paflage forth; for it 
is not to bee looked for that they will com forth of themfelvs. With thefe inunftions they ' 
are wont to haften the falling away of the Efchar. Take of the mucilage of marlh-mallows 
and Lin-feeds, of each two ounces; frefli butter, or Hog's-greaf one ounce; the yelks of i 
three eggs ; incorporate them together,and make thereof an ointment: butter,Swines-greafc 
oil of Rofes, with the yelks of eggs, perform the felf fame thing. When the Efchar isfal- 
len away wee muft ufe digeftives. As take of the juice of Plantane, Water-Betonie, and 
Smallage,of each three ounces ; honie of Rofes four ounces; Venice-Turpentine five oun- 
ces ; Barlic-fiower three drams; Aloes two drams; oil of Rofes four ounces; Treacle, half a 
dram : make a mundificative according to Art. Or,Take of Venice* Turpentine four ounces; 
fyrupof dried Rofes and Wormwood, of each an ounce; of the powder of Aloes, Maftich, 
Myrrh,Barlie-flower, of each one dram; of Mithridate half an ounce; incorporate them 
together. This unguent that followeth is verie meet for putrefied and corroding ulcers: 
Take 
How to draw 
forth a fore 
that feem's to 
go in again. 
When reper- 
cuflives may 
bee applied. 
Why too much 
bleeding is co 
bee feared. 
Liniments to 
haftenthc fal- 
ling away of 
the Efchar. 
' Againft citing 
' Ulcers. 566 
Concerning the Tlague. 
Lib.zz. 
Take red Orpiment one ounce; of unquenched Lime, burnt Alum, Pomgranat-pills, of 
each fix drams; of Olibanum, Galls, of each two drams; of Wax and Oil as much as (hall fuf- 
fice, make thereof an unguent. This doth mundifie ftrongly, confume putrefied flefh, and 
drie up virulent humidities that engender Gangrenes. But there is not a more exccellent 
unguent then JEgyptiacum increafed in ftrength,for befides manie other virtues that it hath, 
it doth confume and wafte the proud flelh; for there is neither oil nor wax that goeth in- 
to the compofition thereof, with which things the virtue of (harp medicines convenient 
for iuch ulcers, is delaied, and as it were dulled and hindered from their perfeft operation 
lb long as the ulcer is kept open. There have been manie that beeing dilealed with this dL 
feaf, have had much matter and venemous filth com out at their abfcdfes; fo that it leemed 
lufficient, and they have bin thought well recovered, yet have they died fuddenly. In the 
meanwhile whenthefe things are in doing, cordial medicines are not to bee omitted to 
ftrengthen the heart. And purgations muft bee renewed at certain leafons, that nature may 
bee everie waie unloaded of the burthen of the venenate humors. 
Thepraifof 
dgyptiacum. 
CHAP. XXXII. 
Of the Nature, Cauffes and Signes of a peftilent Carbuncle. 
What a Car- 
buncle is. 
Peftilent Carbuncle is a fmall tumor, or rather a malign puftle, hot and rageing, 
confiding of blood vitiated by the corruption of the proper fubftance. It often 
commeth to pafs through the occalion of this untameable malignitie, that the 
Carbuncle cannot bee governed or contained within the dominion of nature. In 
the beginning it is fcarce fo big as a feed or grain of Millet or Peaf flicking firmly unto the 
part and immoveable, fo that the skin cannot bee pulled from the flefh; but fhortly after it 
increafeth like unto a Bubo unto a round and fharp head, with great heat, pricking pain, as 
if it were with needls, burning and intolerable, efpecially a little before night, and while 
the meat is in concofting, more then when it is perfectly conco&ed. In the mid'fl thereof 
appeareth a bladder puffed up and filled with famous matter. If you cut this bladder, you 
fhall finde the flefh under it parched, burned and black; as if there had bin a burning cole 
laid there, whereby it feemeth that it took the name of Carbuncle; but the flefh that is about 
the place is like a Rain-Bow, of divers colours, as red, dark,geen, purple,livid, and black; 
but yet alwaies with a fhineing blacknefsjike unto ftone-pitch, or like unto the true preci- 
ous ftone which they call a Carbuncle, whereof fom alfb fay it took the name. Som call it a 
Nail, becaufit inferreth like pain as a nail driven into the flefh. There are manie Carbun- 
cles which take their beginning with a cruftie ulcer without a puftle, like to the burning of 
a hot iron : and thefe are of a black colour, they increaf quickly, according to the conditi- 
on of the matter whereof they are made. All peftilent Carbuncles have a Fever joined with 
them, and the grieved part feemeth to bee fo heavie,as if it were covered or prefled with lead 
tied hard with a ligature. there commeth mortal fwounings, faintings, tolling, turning, 
idle-talking, rageing, gangrens and mortifications; notonelyto the part,butalfbto the 
whole bodie; by reafon (as I think) of the oppreflion of the fpirits of the part, and the fuf- 
' focation of the naturall heat, as wee fee alfb in manie that have a peftilent Bubo. For a Bubo 
, and Carbuncle are tumors ofa near affinitie,fb that the one doth fcarce com without the o- 
ther, confifting of one kinde of matter,unlefs that which maketh the Bubo is more grofs and 
clammie, and that which caufleth the Carbuncle more fharp,burning and rageing, by reafon 
of its greater fiibtiltie, fb that it maketh anEfchar on the place where it is, as wee noted 
before. 
The figns of 
a Carbuncle. 
When fo cal- 
led. 
Symptoms of 
Carbuncles. 
How the mat- 
ter a Bubo 
ana Carbuncle 
differ. 
CHAP. XXXIII. 
Om haveing the peftilence have but one Carbuncle, and fom more in divers 
parts of their bodie, and in manie it happeneth that they have the Bubo and 
Carbuncle before they haveanie Fever; which giveth better hope of health , 
if there bee no other malign accident therewith: for it is a fign that nature 
is the viftor, and hath gotten the upper-hand, which excluded the peftilent 
venom before it could com to aflault the heart. But if a Carbuncle and Bubo 
com after the Fever, it is mortal; for it is a token that the heart is affefted, mooved and in- 
cenled with the furious rage of the venom; whereof prefently commeth afeverifh heat or 
burning, and corruption of the humors, lent as it were from the center unto the fiiperficies 
of thebodie. It is a good fign when the patient's minde is not troubled from the beginning 
untill the feventh daie; but when the Bubo or Carbuncle finketh down again Ihortly after 
that it isrifen, it is a mortallfign, efpecially if ill accidents foliowit. If after they are 
brought tofuppuration they prefently wax drie without anie reafon thereof,it is an ill fign: 
' • z Thofe 
What may bee made in peftilent Buboes and Carbuncles- 
Why it is dead 
lie to have a 
Tore com after 
the Fever. Lib.i-z. 
Concerning the Plague. 
567 
Thole Carbuncles that are generated of blood have a greater Efchar then thole that are made 
of choler ; becauf that blood is of a grots con(iftencc,and therefore occupieth a greater room 
xq the flefli: contrariwife, a cholerick humor is more (mall in qnantitie and thin, and it ta- 
k,tth little room in the vpper part of the flelh onely, as you may fee in an Ery/ipelas. And I 
have teen Carbuncles whole Efchars were as broad and as large as half the back : alfo I have 
teen others, which going up by the (houlders to the throat, did fo eat away the flefli that 
was under them, that the rough arterie or winde-pipe might bee teen bare, when the Efchar 
was fallen away: I had once aCarbuncle which was in the mid'ft of my bellie,lb that when 
the Efchar was fallen away, I might verie plainly tee the Piritoneum or Rim: and the cica- 
trice that remaineth is as broad as my hand: but they do not (pread themfelvs fo far with- 
out the great danger or death of the patient. There are alfo fom Carbuncles which begin- 
ning at the parts under the chin,ditperfthemfelves by little and little unto the pattel-bones, 
and fo ftrangle the patient. So in manie, the Buboes in the groin arife above a great part of 
the mufcles of the Epigaftrium. Truly of thofe abfcefles that are (b large and great in quan- 1 
Utie, and lb terrible to bee feen, there is great danger of death to the patient, or at leaft to 1 
the grived part. For after the confolidation, the part remaineth as if it were leprous, which * 
aboliflieth the aftion of the part, as I have feen in manie. Oftentimes alfo the corruption 
of the matter is fo great,that the flefli leaveth the bones bare : but Carbuncles often leav the 
joints and ligaments quite refolved through the occafion of the moifture that is (baked and 
iunk in unto them; for they often caft out putrefied and virulent fanious matter: whereby 
eating and creeping ulcers are bred, manie blitters and putties arifing up in the parts round 
about it ; which (hortly breaking into one, make a great ulcer. Thete com verie fcldom 
and (lowly unto (uppuration, or at lead to caft out laudable matter, specially if they have 
their original of choler ; becauf the matter is fooner burned with heat, then fuppurated. 
Therefore then, if they can bee brought to fuppuration by no medicines ; if the tumor ftill 
remain black; if when they are opened,nothing at all, or elf a verie little (harp moifture doth , 
com forth,they are altogether mortal; and there is (carce one of a thoufand who hath thete t 
accidents that recovereth health : difperfed fmall blifters, comming of vapors flirted up by 
the matter that is under the skin, and are there ftaied and kept from paflage forth, do not 
neceflarily fore-fliew death in Carbuncles. But if the part bee (woln or puffed up, if it bee 
of a green orblack color, and if it feel neither pricking nor burning, it is a fign of a mortal 
Gangren. Buboes or Carbuncles fcldom or never com without a Fever: but the Fever is more 
vehement when they are in the emunftories, or nervous parts, then when they are in the 
flelhlie parts, yet it is lefs, and all Symptoms are lets, and more tolerable in a man that is 
ftrong and of a good temperature: Carbuncles not onely affeft the outward, but al(b the 
inward parts, and oftentimes both together. If the heart bee vexed in fuch fort with a Car- 
buncle that nothing thereof appeareth forth on the fuperficial parts, all hope of life is pafr, 
and thofc die fciddenly, eating, drinking or walking, and not thinking anie thing of death. 
If the Carbuncle bee in the middriffor lungs, they are (bon (uffbcated: If it bee in the 
brain, the patient becommeth frantick, and fo dieth. If it bee in the parts appointed for the 
paflage of the urine, they die of the fuppreflion of their water, as it happened in the Queen- 
mother's waiting maide at the Caftle of Rofli lion, of whom I fpeak before. If it bee in the 
ftomach, it inferreth the accidents that are (hewed in this hiftorie following. 
While I was Surgeon in the Hofpital of Paris, a young and ftrong Monk of the order , 
of St. Vidor, beeing overfce'r of the woman that kept the fick people of that place, fell into 
a continual Fever verie fuddenly, with his tongue black, drie, rough, (by reafbn of the pu- 
trefied and corrupted humors, and the vapors riling from the whole bodie unto that place) 
and hanging out like unto an hound's, with unquenchable thirft, often fwounding and de- 
fire to vomit. Hee hath convulfions over all his bodie through the vehemencie andmalig- 
nitieof the diteaG 2nd (b hee died the third day: Wherefore thofc that kept the fick people 
in the Hofpital, thought that hee had been poifbned, for the certain knowledg whereofthe 
Governors of the Hoipital commanded his bodie to bee opened. 
I therefore calling to mee a Phyfician and Surgeon, wee found in the bottom of his fto- 
mach a print or impreflion, as if it had been with an hot Iron or potential Cauterie, with 
an Efchar or cruft as broad as one's nail, all the reft of his ftomach was greatly contracted 
and fhrunk up together, and as it were hornie ; which wee confidering, and efpecially the 
Efchar which was deep in the (ubftance of the ftomach, wee all (aid with one voice that hee 
was poifbned with Sublimate or Arfcnick. But behold, while I was (owing up his bellie, 
I perceived manie black fpots difperfcd diverfly throughout the skin: then 1 asked my com- 
panie what they thought of thofc (pots; truly (find I) it feemeth unto mee that they are 
like unto the purple (pots or marks that are in the peftilence. The Phyfician and the Sur- 
geon denied it, and laid that they were the biteings of fleas. But I perfwaded them to confi- 
der the number of them over all the whole bodie, and al(b of their great depth anddeprefli- 
on into the flefli; for when wee had thruft needls deep into the flefli in the middeft of 
them , and (o cut away the flefli about the needle,wee found the flefli about the needle to bee ' 
black: moreover his noftrils, nails,and ears were livid,and all the conftitution of his bodie • 
was 
Huge pc ft i lent 
Abfcctfes com- 
monly dcadlie* 
Deadlie Car- 
buncles. 
An hiftorie. 
How to diftin* 
guifli purple 
(pots from flea* 
bitein gs. 568 
Concerning the Diague. 
Lib.zz; 
was contrarie, and far unlike to the bodies of thofe that died of other ficknefles or dife 
eafes. Alfo it was credibly reported unto us by thofe that kept him, that his face was fb al- 
tered a little before hee died, that his familiar friends could hardly know him. Wee per- 
fwaded by thefe proofs, revoked our former opinion and fentence, and made a Certificate to 
bee fent unto the Governors and Matters of the Hofpital, fetting our hands and feals unto 
it, to certifie them that hee died of a peftilent Carbuncle. 
.CHAP. XXXIV. 
Of the cure of a peftilent Carbuncle. 
Why empla- 
ftickjVerie hot, 
and great 
drawers are 
not good for a 
Carbuncle. 
Y the fore-named figns of a peftilent Carbuncle, and efpecially by the bitternefe 
of the pain, malignitie of the venemous matter, and by the burning fever that 
is therewithal annexed, I think it manifeft , that verie hot, emplaftick , and 
drawing medicines Ihould not bee applied to this kinde of tumor ; becauf they 
prohibit or hinder the exhalation,or wafteing forth of the venenate malignitie ; 
becauf that by flopping the pores ot the skin, they increafand caufa greater heat in the part 
then there was before.Therefore it is better to ufe refolvi ng medicines, which may afiwage 
heat, and refolv the pores of the skin. Therefore lirft the place mufl bee fomented with wa- 
ter and oil mixed together, wherein a little Treacle hath been difiblved, leaving thereon 
ftupes wet therein : you may allb ufe the decoftion of Mallows, the roots of Lillies, Line- 
feeds, Figs, with oil of Hypericon, for to make the skin thin, and to draw forth the matter ; 
and the day following you mufl applie the Cataplafm following. 
Take the leavs of Sorrel and Hen-bane, roft them under the hot allies; afterwards beat 
them with four yelks of eggs, two drams of Treacle, oil of Lillies , three ounces ; Barlie- 
meal as much as lhall fuffice: make thereof a Cataplafm in the form of a liquid pultif •, this 
aflwageth heat, and furthereth fuppuration. Or, take the roots of Marfti-mallows and Lil- 
lies, of each four ounces; Line-leeds half an ounce; boil them, beat them, and then flrain 
them through a cerf, adding thereto of frelh butter one ounce and an half; of Mithridate 
one dram; of Earlie-meal as much as fhall fuffice : make thereof a Cataplafm according to 
art: thofe Cataplafins that follow are moft effectual to draw the venemous matter forth,and 
to make a perfect fuppuration , efpecially when the flux of the matter is not fo great, but 
that thepartmay bear it. Take the roots of white Lillies, Onions, Leaven, of eachhalfan 
ounce; Muftard-feeds, Pigeon's dung, Sope, of each one dram; fix Snails in their fhels ;of 
fine Sugar, Treacle and Mithridate, of each half a dram; beat them altogether, and incorpo- 
rate them with the yelks of eggs : make thereof a Cataplafm, and applie it warm. Or, take 
the yelks of fix eggs; of fait pov\ dered one ounce; of oil of Lillies and T reacle, of each 
half a dram; Barlie-meal as much as fhall fuffice: make thereof a Cataplafm. Takeofordi- 
narie Diachylon four ounces; of TJnguentum Ba/ilicon two ounces; oil of Violets half an ounce: 
make thereof a medicine. Manie antient Profeflbrs greatly commend Scabious groun'd, or 
brayed between two ftones, and mixed with old Hog's greaf, the yelks of eggs, and a little 
fait; for it will cauf fuppuration in Carbuncles : alfo an egg mixed with Barlie-meal, and 
oil of Violets doth mitigate pain, and hippurate. A Raddiffi-root cut in dices, and fo the 
dices laid one after one unto a Carbuncle or peftilent Tumor , doth mightily draw out the 
poifon. The juice of Colt's-foot doth extinguilh the heat of Carbuncles. The herb called 
n Divel's-bit, beeing bruifed, worketh the like effeft. I have often ufed the medicine follow- 
ing unto the heat of Carbuncles, with verie good fiiccefs; it doth alfo afiwage pain,and cauf 
fuppuration. Take of the foot feraped from achimniefour ounces, of common fait two 
ounces ; beat them into fmall powder, adding thereto the yelks of two eggs, and ftir them 
well together until it com to have the confidence of a pultis,and let it bee applied warm un- 
to the Carbuncle. In the beginning, the point or head of the Carbuncle mufl bee burned, if 
it bee black ; by dropping thereinto fealding hot oil, or aqua fortis : for by fuch a burning 
the venom is fuffocated, as touched by lightening, and the pain is much leflened, as I have 
prooved often times : neither is it to bee feared, left that this burning fhould bee too pain- 
ful, for it toucheth nothing but the point of the Carbuncle, which by reafbn of the Efehar 
that is there, is void of fenfi After this burning, you nnift go forward with the former-de- 
feribed medicines, until the Efehar feemeth to feparate it felf from the flefh round about it, 
which is a token of the patient's recoverie; for it fignifieth that nature is ftrong and able to 
f refift the poifon. After the fall of the Efehar you mufl ufe gentle mundificatives, as thofe 
which wee have preferibed in a peftilent Bubo not omitting fbmtimes the ufe of fuppura- 
tive and mollifying medicines, that while the grofs matter is cleanfed, that which is as yet 
crude may bee brought to fuppuration : for then the indication is twofolcL; the one to fup- 
'puratethat which remain's as yet crude and raxv in the part, and the other to cleanf that 
which remain's conco&ed and perfectly digefted in the ulcer. 
A Cataplafm 
fora peftilent 
Carbuncle. 
Another. 
Other Cat?- 
plafms. 
The effect of 
Scabious a- 
ganft a pefti- 
lent Carbun- 
cle- 
A Raddifh 
root draw*s 
out the venon 
powerfully. 
The top of a 
Carbuncle, 
when,why,and 
with what to 
bee burned. 
The falling of 
the Efchar 
promifeth 
health. 
A twofold in- 
dication. 
CHAP. .Lib.22. 
Concerning the 'Plague. 
569 
CHAP. XXXV. 
Of the itching and inflammation happening in peftilent ulcers, and how to cicatrize them. 
He parts adjoyning to a peRilent Ulcer, oft-times are fuperficiarily excoriated 
by reafon of ulcerous puftles, which here and there with burning and great * 
itching prick and vellicate the part. The cauf may happen either externally or Jt 
internally; internally, by a thin and biteing fanies , which fweating from the 
Ulcer, moiRen's the neighboring parts. But externally by the conRipation of 
the pores of the skin induced by the continual application of medicines. To remedie this, A 
the place muft bee fomented with difcufling and relaxing things, as aqua fortis, which the 
Gold-fmiths have ufed for feparateing of metals, Alum-water, the water of Lime, Brine, Kl 
and the like. But Ulcers left by Carbuncles and peRilent Bubo's, are difficultly cicatrized y 
by reafon of the corrodeing fanies, proceeding from the cholerick, or phlegmatick and fal't c< 
blood, which beeing in fault by the corruption of the whole fobfiance caufleth the abfcefs. n 
Betides, fuch Ulcers are commonly round, and therefore hard to bee cicatrized , for that2 
the Quitture hath no free paffage forth ; fo the fanies, of its own nature acrid and corrode- 
ing , doth by delaie acquire greater acrimonie and introfitie; fo by its burning touch dif- 
folving the adjacent flefh, it hinder's the conjunction and unition of the lips of the Ulcer: 
but in the interim, the lips of the Ulcer becom callous, which, unlefs they bee helped by 
cutting, or eating medicines, the Ulcer cannot bee heajed ; for that by their denfitie they 
hinder the fweating out of a fufficient quantitie of the dewie glue to heal up the Ulcer. 
Now the Ulcer beeing plained and brought equal to the other fleffi , wee muR ufe Epulo- 1 
ticks, that is, fuch things as have a facultie to cicatrize Ulcers by condenfing and harden- E 
ing the furface of the fleffi : of thefe there are two kindes 5 for fom without much biteing 
binde and drie: fuch are Pomegranat-pills, Oak-bark, Tulia,Litharge,burn't bones, fcales 
of brafs, Galls, Cyprefs-nuts, Minium , Antimonie, Eole-Annenicf , the burn't and waffied 
ffiels of OiRers, Lime nine times waffied, and manie metalline things. Others are next to 
thefe, by which proud fleffi is confumed 5 but Rich muR bee fpareingly ufed: of this kinds is 
waffied Vitriol, burn't Alum, which excelleth other Epuloticks, by reafon of the excellent 
drying and aRringent facultie confblidateing the fleffi, which by beeing moiRened by an 
excrementitious humor, grow's lank. For that the fear which is made, is commonly un-1 
lightly in this kinde of Ulcers, as red, livid, black, fwoln, rough, by reafon of the great a- f 
duflion imprinted in the part, as by a burning cole : therefore I have thought good hereto ( 
let down fom means,by which this deformitie may bee correfted or amended. If the fear bee 
too big,or high,it ffiall bee plained by makeing convenient ligation and Rraight bindeing 
to the part a plate of lead rubbed over with Quick-iilverj but you may whiten it,by annoint- 
ing it with Lime nine times wafhed (that fo it may bee more gentle,and lofe the acrimonie) 
and incorporated with oil of Roles. Som take two pound of Tartar or Argole, burn it, 
and then powder it *, put it in a cloth, and fo let it hang in a moifl Vault or Cellar, and 
fet a veffel under it to receiv the dropping of liquor, which is good to bee rubbed for a 
good fpace upon the fear. The fame facultie is thought to bee in that moiflureof eggs 
which fweat's through the ffiell, whil'R they are rofied at the coles; as alfo unguentum citri- 
jium, and Emplaft.de cerufsa newly made. The three following compofitions are much ap- 
prooved. Bc.slxungi# fuilLe nonies lote in aceto acerrimo |iv. cinab.fucci titri, & alum.ufti,an.%fi. 
fulpbur.vivi ignem baud experti, pulvisi then let them all bee incorporated to- 
gether, and make an ointment: it attenuate s the skin, and cleanfeth fpots. Rc.olei by of. olei 
tartar.% ft. cer# ftmul lento ignejdeinde adde ftermatceti 
removeantur ab igne donee inftigid.poftea adde troch.alb. Jxbafis pul tandem cum 
mali cirei fucco omnia diligenter cotnmifee, fiat linimentum. Or elf, bulliat in aqub 
com.ibi.ad dimid.deinde adde fulph vivi ignem non experti, & alum.crudi,pulverif.an.%ifi.colcnt.pr£- 
ditt.& addatur capb byofeyami $ip. Let this medicine bee kept in a lead or glafs-veflel; 
and when you would ufe it, dip linnen cloaths therein, and lay them to the part. You may 
alfo ufe thefe medicines againfl the rednefs of the face $ and you may fetch them off in the 
morning, by waffiing the face with warm water and bran. 
Why the adja- 
cent parts are 
troubled with 
itching. 
A fomentati- 
on for this 
itch. 
Why thefe Ul- 
cers are hard 
to bee cicatri- 
zed. 
Two forts of 
Epuloticks. 
Remedies a* 
gainft the de- 
formitie of 
fears. 
Ointments to 
attenuate and 
take away 
fears. 
CHAP. XXXVI. 
Of fundrie 'kindes of Evacuations, andfirftof Sweating and Vomiting* 
He peftilent malignitie is not onely evacuated and (ent forth by the eruption of 
pullies and fpots, but alfo by fweat, vomit, bleeding at nofe, at the b&norrbo'icb, 
by the courfes, a flux of the bellie, and other waies; fo that nature by everie 
kinde of excretion may bee free'd from the deadlie poilbn, efpecially that which 
is not as yet arrived at the heart. But chief regard muft bee had to the inclination of na- 
C c c - ture. 
Why the pefti- 
lent malgnitie 
, is not carried 
away by one 
way, but by 
manic* Concerning tbe Plague 
Lib.U. 
570 
Wee muft have 
chief regard to 
the motion of 
nature. 
e ture, and wee muit attend what way it chiefly aim's at} and what kinde of excretion it af- 
0 left's. Yet fiich evacuations are not alwaies critical, but ufually fymptomatical; for that 
oft-times nature is fo irritated by the untameable malignity of the matter, thatitcan no 
e way digeftit; but is forced by anie means to fend it away crude as it is. Wherefore, if na- 
ture may feem by the moiftnefs of the skin, the fuppreflion of urine, and other figns to 
affeft a crijis and excretion by fweat, you then fhall procure it by the formerly mentioned 
means. It is delivered by the Antients, that all fweats in acute difeafes are falutarie, which 
happen upon a critical day, which are univerfal and hot, and lignified before the critical 
day. But in this rapid and deadlie difeaf of the Plague, wee muftnot expefta Crifts, but 
as toon as wee can, and by what means wee may, to free nature from fb dire and potent an 
enemie. 
But oft-times the tough and grofs excrementitious humors may bee purged by vomit, 
which could not bee evacuated by ftrong purges. Therefore alfb by this manner of excre- 
tion may wee hope for the cxclufion of the peftilent venom, if there bee nothing which 
may hinder; and nature by frequent naufeoufnefs may feem to affeft this way: the endea- 
vor thereof fhall bee helped by giveing fbm half a pinte of warm water to bee drunk with 
four ounces of common oil, an ounce of vineger , and a little juice of raddifh: after the 
takeing of the potion, it is fit to thruft into the throat a Goofiquill dipped in the fame oil, 
or elf a branch of Rofemarie; or elf by thrufting in the fingers, fo to procure vomit; alfo a 
potion of eight ounces of the mucilaginous water of the dt?coftion of Line-feeds will 
procure vomit. Or elf, Rc.rad. rapb. in taleol.firtt' vel fem.ejus, & bulliant 
in aqu# com. quod fufficit pro doft. in colaturd diffolve oxym.& fyr.acet.an.lflexbibeatur polio larga 
& tepida. Or elQBc.oxym. ol.com.Zii.paretur potio tepid. But nature mult not bee 
forc't, unlefs of its own accord it undertake this motion 5 for forced and violent vomiting, 
diffend's the nervous fibres of the ventricle, dejeft's the ftrength , break's the veffels of the 
lungs, whence proceed's a deadlie fpitting of blood. Wherefore if the ftomach fhall trou- 
ble it felf with a vain and hurtful defire to vomit, it (hall rather bee ftrengthened with bags 
of Rofes, Worm-wood, and Sanders, ufeing inwardly the juice of Quinces and Berberies, 
and broths made for the fame purpofe. 
bigns 01 future 
fwcat. 
A Cylfif muft 
not bee ex- 
pefted in rhe 
Pbgue. 
How to pro- 
cure vomit. 
Why vomit 
mutt not bee 
forced. 
CHAP. XXXVII. 
Of Spitting, Salivation, Sneefing, Belching, Hicketting, and malting ofJVater, 
ThecfFeft of 
fpitting in pe- 
ftilcnt difeafes. 
Hat long evacuations may bee made by Spitting and Salivation, you may 
learn by the example of fuch as have a plurifie; for the matter of the plurifie 
beeing turned into fw, the purulent matter fuck't up by the rare and fpon- 
geous (iibftance of the lungs, and thence drawn into the afliera arteria, is laft- 
ly caft out by the mouth. 
There is none ignorant, how much fuch as have the Lues Venerea are helped by Saliva- 
tion and Spitting. But theft (hall bee procured by Mafticatorie of the roots of Ireos, Pelli- 
torie of Spain, Maftich, and the like; the mucilage of Line-feeds held in the mouth will 
work the fame effect 
That fuch as have a moift brain may expel their fiiperfluous humors by fneefing and 
blowing their notes; the brain, by the ftrength of the expulfive facultie, beeing ftirredup to 
the exclufion of that which is harmful, may bee known by the example of old people and 
children which are daily purged by their nofes; the brain is ftirred up to both kindes of ex- 
cretion from caufles either internal or external: from the internals by a phlegmatick and 
vaporous matter, which contained in the brain, offend's it; externally, as by receiving the 
beams of the fun in the noftrils, or by tickling them with a feather, or blowing into them 
the powder of Hellebore, Euphorbium, Pyrethrum, Muftard-fted, and the like fternutamento- 
ries. For then the brain is ftraightened by its own expulfive facultie, to the excretion of 
that which is troublous unto it. Sneefing breaketh forth with noif, for that the matter 
pafleth through ftraights, to wit, by the draining pafiages of the Os cribrofum, which is Sea- 
ted at the roots of the noftrils. It is not fit to cauf fneefing in a bodie verie plethorick,un- 
lefs you have firft premiftd general medicines, left the humors fhould bee more powerfully 
drawn into the brain, and fo caufan Apoplexie, Vertigo, or the like fymptoms. 
By Belching the flatulencies contained in the ventricle,beeing the off-fpring of cruditie, 
or flatulent meats, are expelled ; thefe by their tafte and finell, pleafing, ftinking,fweet,bit- 
ter or tart, fhew the condition and kinde of cruditie of the humors from whence they are 
railed: now vomiting f'ree'th the ftomach of crudities, but the diftemper muft bee corre&ed 
by contraries, as altering things to bee preftribed by the Phyfician. 
Hicketting is acontra&ion and extenfion of the nervous fibres of the ftomach, to caft 
forth fuch things as are too contumacioufly impaft in the coats thereof; yet repletion onely 
is not the cauf thereof,but fomtimes inanition alfo; lb oft-times a putrid vapor, from fbm 
other place, breaking into the ftomach, as from a peftilent Mo, or Carbuncle; alfo all 
acfd 
The force of 
Salivation. 
The force of 
Sneefing. 
The commo- 
dities of Belch 
ing. Lib.zz. 
Concerning the "Plague 
571 
aicd and acrid things,; becaufthey prick, vellicate and provoke the tunicles of the ventricle, 
as vineger, fpiced things, and the like soften and contumacious hickctting after purgeing, a 
wound or vomiting is ill; but if a convulfion prefently happen thereon, it is deadlie. 
Several remedies muft bee tiled according to the varietie of the caufles : for repletion 
help's that hicketting that proceed's from inanition and evacuation, that which happen's 
by repletion J that which proceed's from a putrid and venemous vapor, is helped by Trea- 
cle and Antidotes; that which is occafioned by acid and acrid things, is cured by the ule of 
grofs, fattie, and cold things. 
Now the whole bodie is oft-times purged by urine, and by this way the feverilh matter is ' 
chiefly and properly accu homed to bee evacuated: not a few, beeing troubled with the Lues 1 
Fwiere4> when as they could not bee brought to falivation by unftion,have been cured by the * 
large evacuation of urine caufled by diuretick medicines. Diureticks, wherewithal! you 
may moov urine, are formerly defcribed in treating of the ftone.But wee muft abftain from \ 
more acrid diureticks, efpecially when as inflammation is in the bladder; for otherwile the c 
noxious humors are Cent to the affefted part, whence there is danger of a deadlie Gangrene. 1 
Therefore then it is better to u(e diverfion by fweat. 1 
The whole 
bodie purged 
by urine. 
When wee 
ought to ab- 
ftainfromdi- 
uretick*. 
CHAP. XXXVIII. 
Of the Menftrual and Hemorrhoidal purgation. 
Ot onely reafon, but alfo manifold experience induceth us to beleev , that 
women, by the benefit of their menftrual purgation, efcape,and arefree'd 
from great, peftilent, and abfolutely deadlie difeafes j wherefore it muft bee 
procured by remedies, both inwardly taken, and outwardly applied : thefe 
may bee taken inwardly with good liiccefs, Caljia lignea, Cinnamon, the 
Bar^of the root of a Mulberrie? Safforn, Agrick, Nutmeg, Savine , Diagri- 
dium, and divers others. But if the affefl: require more vehement medicines , the roots of 
Tithymel, Antimonie, Cantbarides (taken in Imall quantitie) moov the courfts moft power- 
fully ; friftions and ligatures made upon the thighs and legs conduce hereto, as alfo cup- 
ping in the inner and middle part of the thighs, the opening of the vein Saphena, Leeches ap- 
plied to the orifice of the neck of the womb, peflaries, nodula's, glyfters, baths, fomentati- 
ons made of oderiferous things, which by the fragrancie of their odor, or rather by their 
heat, may attenuate and cut grofs humors, open the obftrufted orifices, of the veins 5 fuch are 
the roots of Marffo mallows, Orris, Parflie, Fennel, Kneholn, the leavs and flowrs of Saint < 
John's-wurt, Aft ar agus, Rocket, Balm, Chervile, Mug-wurt, Mints, Pennie-royal, Savorie, 
Roftmarie, Rue, Time, Sage, Bay-berries, Broom, Ginger, Cloves, Pepper, Nutmegs, and 
the like ; the vapor of the boiling whereof, let the woman , fitting upon a perforated feat, 
receiv by a funnel into the neck of her womb , covering herftlf warm on all (ides , that fo 
nothing may otherwife break forth. Of the fame things may bee made baths , as well 
general,as particular. Alfo peflaries are good made after this manner* hTtheriac. mitbrid. ■ 
caff or.'gum. ammoniac, an. %i. mifce cum bombace in fucco mercurials tintfo,fiat peffarium. 1 
Or eif, tb-rad.petrofelin. & foenug.fub cineribis cottas, deinde contufas cum pulftapbyfag.pyretb. croco 
oleo liliorum1, fo make a peflarie in the form ot a fiippofitorie or nodala. Or, ISc.pulv. 
tnyTrb.& aloes,an.%bfol.fabin.nigel.artbewif.an %ii.rad.Helleb.nigr %i.croci, fucco mercur. & 
rnelle communi: make a peflarie iu cotton. This which follow's is more effectual. Bc.fucci rut. 
abfintb.an.%ii.myrrb.euphorb.caffor.fabin. diacrid.terebintb.galban.tberiac,an.%i. make a peflarie ac- 
cording to art; let a thred hangout of the one end of the peflaries, that fo you may eafily 
draw them forth as you pleafl . * 
But if this menftruous flux one provoked, flow too immoderately, it muft bee flopped t 
by ufeing meats ofgrofler and more vifcid juice, by opening a vein in the arm, application £ 
of cuppin g-glafles under the dugs, frictions and ligations of the upper parts, as the arms, £ 
putting up of peflaries, application of refrigerateing and aftringent plafters, to the lower 
bellie, fbare and loins, laying the woman in a convenient place,and not upon a feather-bed. 
This following injeftion ftoppeth the blood flowing out of the womb. \S.aqU£ plant.& 
fabror.an.fki.'nucum cupref.gallar.immatur.an.%ii.berber fumacb.balauft. witriol.rom.alum.rocb.an.%u. 
bulliant omnia fimul,& flat decoffia: of this make ihje&ion into the womb- In the perfor- 
mance of all theft things, I would have the Surgeon depend upon the advice of a Phyfician, 
as the occafion and place fhall permit. p 
But if nature endeavor to free it fclf of the peftilent matter by the bwmorrboides, you y 
may provoke them by frictions and ftrong ligatures in the lower parts, as if the thighs 
or legs were broken, by wentofes applied with great flame to the inner fide of the thigh, 
by application of hot and attractive things to the fundament, foch as are fomentations, 
emplafters, unguents j foch as is ufoally made of an Onion rofted under the embers, and in- 
corporated with Treacle, and a little oil of Rue: after the bwmorrbo'id veins, by theft means, 
com to (hew themfelvs, they fhall bee rubbed with rough linnen clothes, or Fig-leavs, 
Ccc 2 or 
How to pro- 
voke the cour- 
fes. 
How aroma- 
tick things 
provoke the 
courfes. 
Peflaries to 
provoke the 
;erms. 
How to flop 
the co jrfes 
flowing too 
immoderately. 
How to pro- 
voke the has- 
morrhoids. 572 
Concerning the Diagne. 
LlB.ZZ; 
or a raw Onion, or an Ox-gall mixt with fom powder ofColloquintida. Laftly,you may ap- 
plie Horfi leeches, or you may open them with a lancet, if they hang much forth of the fun- 
dament, and bee fwoln with much blood. But if they flow too immoderately, they may bee 
ftai'd by the fame means as the courfes. 
CHAP. XXXIX. 
Of procuring evacuation by ftool, or a flux of the bellie. 
Ature often times, both by it ftlf, of its own accord, as alio helped by laxa- 
tive and purgeing medicines, caft's into the bellie and guts, as into the fink 
of the bodie, the whole matter of a peftilent difeaf^whence are caufled Diar- 
rheas, Lienteries, and Dysenteries; you may diftinguifh theft kindes of fluxes 
of the bellie, by the evacuated excrements. For if they bee thin and finqere, 
that is, retain the nature of one, and that a fimple humor, as of choler, me- 
lancholic, or phlegm; and if they bee caft forth in a great quantitie, without the ulceration 
or excoriation of the guts, vehement,or fretting pain, then it is a Diarrhea, which fbm alfb 
caIIJIuxus bumoralif. It is called a Lienteria, when as by the refblved retentive facultie of the 
ftomach and guts caufled by ill humors, either there collefted, or flowing from fbm other 
place; or by a cold and moift diftemper, the meat is caft forth crude, and almoft as it was 
taken.. A Dyjenteria is, when as manie and different things,and oft-times mixt with blood, 
are caft forth with pain, gripeings, and an ulcer of the guts, caufled by acrid choler , fret- 
ting in hinder the coats of the veflels. 
But if in anie kinde of difeaf, certainly in a peftilent one, fluxes of the bellie happen Im- 
moderate in quantitie, and horrible in the qualitie of their contents, as liquid, vifcous, fro- 
th ie, as from melted greafi yellow, red, purple, green, affi-colored , black, and exceeding 
ftinking. The cauCs various, and manie forts of ill humors,whichtaken hold of by the pe- 
ftilent malignitie, turn into divers fiecies, differing in their whole kinde both from their 
particular, as alfo from nature in general, by reafon of the corruption of their proper fob- 
ftance, whoft inftparable fign is ftinch, which is oft-times accompanied by worms. 
In the camp at Amiens, a peftilent Dyfenterie was over all the Camp, in this the ftrongeft 
fouldiers purged forth meer blood ' I diflefting fom of their dead bodies, obferved the 
mouths or the Mefara'ickyv eins and arteries , opened and much fwollen; and whereas they 
entered into the guts, were juft like little Catyledones,out of which as I prefled them> there 
flowed blood. For both by the exceflive heat of the Summer's fun, and the mindes of the 
enraged fouldiers, great quantitie of acrid and cholerick humor was generated, and fo flow- 
ed into the bellie: but you (hall know whether the greater or lefler guts bee ulcerated, bet- 
ter by the mixture of the blood with the excrements, th< n by the fite of the pain; therefore 
in the one you muft rather work by glyfters; but in the other, by medicines taken by the 
mouth. 
Therefore, if by gripeings, a tenefmus, the murmuring and working of the guts , you 
fufpeft in a peftilent diftaf, that nature endeavor's to disburden it ftlf by the lower parts, 
neither in the mean while doth it fucceed to your defire,then muft it bee helped forward by 
art, as by takeing a potion of of bier a (implex, and a dram of Diapbenicon diflblved in 
Worm-wood water. * 
Alfo Glyfters are good in this cafe, not onely for that they affwage the gripeings and 
pains,& draw by continuation or fucceffion from the whole bodie; but alfo becaufthey free 
the and guts from obftruftion and fluffing ; fo that by opening,and as it were 
unlocking of the paflages, nature may afterwards more freely free it ftlf from the noxious 
humors. In fuch Glyflers they alfo fomtimes mix two or three drams of Treacle , that by 
one and the lame labor they may retund the venenate malignitie of the matter. 
There may alfo bee made for the fame purpoft Suppofitories of boiled honie, ?i. of hie- 
ra picra and common fait, of each or that they may bee the ftronger,of honie |iii. of 
Ox-gall of Scammonie, Eupborbiunu and Coloquintida powdred, of each The want of 
theft may bee fupplhd by Nodulas made in this form. Bev i tell. ovor. nu-iii. fellis bubuli, & 
well is, com.t$. let them bee flirred together, and well incorporated, and fo parted 
into linnen ra«s, and then bound up into Nodulas, of the bignefs of a Fil-berd, and fo 
put Up into the fundament; you may make them more acrid, by adding fom powder of E«- 
pborbium, or Coloquintida. 
WhataDMr 
Yh<ta is. 
What a D]fen- 
ter in is. 
The cauf of 
various and 
ftinking excre- 
ments in the 
Plague. 
An hiftone. 
A Potion. 
Supfofitories. 
CHAP. XL. 
Of flopping the flux of the bellie. 
Violent and immoderate fcourings, for that they refolv the facultie, and lead the pati- 
ent into a confumption and death 5 therefore if they fhall appear to bee fuch,they muft 
. • . > ' . ' V ' bee Lib.zz. 
Concerning the Plague. 
573 
bee ftaied in time by things taken and injected by the mouth and fundament. To this pur- 
pole may a pudding bee made of wheat-flowr boiled in the water of the decoftion of one / 
Pomegranat, Berberies, terra figillata, and white Poppie-feeds, of each £i. d 
The following Almond-milk ftrengthen's the ftomach,and mitigate's the acrimonieof the 11 
cholerick humor, provoking the guts to excretion. Take fweet Ajmonds boiled in the wa- 
ter of Barlie, wherein ft eel or iron hath been quenched; beat them in a marble-mortar,and 
fo with fbm of the fame water make them into an Almond-milk , whereto adding £i. of 
Diarhodon .Abbatit, you may give it to the patient to drink. 
This following medicine I learn't ofDrChappelaine, the King's chief Phyfician, who re- 
ceived it of his father, and held it as a great fecret, and was wont to prefcribe it with hap- 
pie fuccef, to his patients. It is thus: Vc.boli armen. terraJigil. lapid.bemat. an.$i. picif navalif, I 
rub.marg.elett.corn.cervi uft. & loti in aq.plant. faccar. rof.%ii.fiat pulvifc. Of this ® 
let the patient take a fpoonful before meat, or with the yelk of an egg. r 
Cbriftopber Andrew in his cecoiatria, much commendeth dog's-dung, when as the dog hath 
for three daies before been fed onely with bones. 
Quinces rolled in embers, or boiled in a pot, the Conferv of Cornelian-cherries, Prefer- 
red Berberies and Myrabalans,rofted nutmeg taken before meat, ftrengthen the ftomach,and 
flay the lask , the patient mull feed upon good meats, and thefe rather rolled then boiled. 
His drink fhall bee calibeate-water of the deco&ion of a fowr Pomegranat beaten , or of j 
the decoftion of a Quince, Medlars, Cervices, Mulberries, Bramble-berries, and the like 
things, endued with a facultie to binde and wafte the excrementitious humidities of the bo- 
die : thefe waters fhall bee mixed with fyrup of red Currants, julip of Rofes, and the like. 
Let the region of the ftomach and bellie bee annointed with oil of Maftich3Mofcbatelinum, 
Myrtles, and Quinces. Alfb a cruft of bread newly drawn forth of the oven , and fteeped 
in vineger and Rofe-water,may bee profitably applied; or elfa cataplafin of red Rofes,Su- 
mach, Berberies, Myrtles, the pulp of Maftich, Bean-flowr, and honie of Rofes 
made up with calibeate-water. , ' 
Anodyne, abftergent,aft ringent, confolidateing and nourifhing glyfters fhall bee inje&ed. 
Thefe following retund the acrimonie of humors, and aflwage pain. fk.fol.lattuc. byofc. ace- ' 
tof.portul.an.m.i.flor.violar. & nenupb. an.%1fi.fiat clyfter. Or elf, fk.rbf.rub. hard. mund. fem.plant. ' 
an.p.i.fiat decottio, in colatura adde olei rof%ii.vitel.ovor.ii.fiat clyfter. Or, Rc.decottionis capi, crur. 
vitellin.& capit.vervicin. una cum pellejb.ii. in qua coquantur fol.violar. malv.mer cur. plantag. an. 
m.i. bord.mund.%\.quatuor fem. frigid.major.an.%fi.in colatura dijfolve caff.recenter extrafl. %i. 
ol.viol.%iv. vitel/or.ovor.ii.facc.rub.%i. fiat clyfter. Or, fk.fior. cbamam. melil. anetb. an.p.i.rad.bif- 
mal.%i.fiat decottio in latte •, colatura adde mucag.fem.lin.fanagr.extratt. in aqua malv.%ii. faccar.rub. 
%i.olei cham.&anetb.an.%ifi. vitellor.ovor.il. fiat clyfter. 
Such glyfters mull bee long kept, that they may more readily mitigate pain.When fliave- 
ings of the guts appear in the fiools, it is an argument that there is an ulcer in the guts ; 
therefore then wee mull ufe detergent and confolidateing glyfters, as this which follow's. 
fk.bordei integr.p.ii.rof.rub.flor.chamcem.plantag.apii, an.p.i.fiat decottio, in colaturli diffolve me Hit 
rofat.& fyr.de abfintb.an%ifi.vitel.ovor.ii. This following glyfter confolidateth. Bafucci plan- 
tag.centinod& portulac.nu.%ii. bol armen.fang, dr aeon, hircini difloluti, cly- 
fter. Alfo Cow's-milk boiled with Plantain, and mixed with fyrup of Rofes, is an excel- 
lent medicine for the ulcerated guts. 
This following glyfter binde's. Bc.cand.equin. plant.polygon. an.m-i. fiat decottio in latte uftu- 
lato ad quart.iii. & in colatura adde boli armen. albumina duor. ovor. fiat cly- 
fter. Or elf9 R.fuc.plant.arnoglofcentinod.portulac.refidentia fatta depuratorum quantum fufficitpro 
clyftere, addenda pul. boli armeni, terras ol.myrtbin.& rofat.an.%ii.fiat clyfter. 
If pure blood flow forth of the guts, I could with you to ufe ftronger aftriftives. To 
which purpofe I much commend a decoftionofPomegranat-pills, of Cyprefs-nuts, red 
Rofe leavs, Sumach, and Alum, and Vitriol made with Smith's water; and fo made into 
glyfters, without anie oil. It will bee good with the fame decoftion to foment the funda- 
ment, perineum, and the whole bellie. 
Aftringent glyfters ought not to bee ufed before that the noxious humors bee drawn a- 
way, and purged by purgeing medicines, otherwife by the ftoppage hereof, the bodie may 
chance to bee opprefled. 
If the patient bee fo weak, that hee cannot take or fwallow anie thing by mouth, nutri- 
tive glyfters fhall bee given him. fy.decottionis capi pinguir, & crur. vitulini, cott.cum acetofdjbu- 
glofio,boragine,pimpine!/a,lattuca,%x. velxii. in quibiu diffolve vitcllos ovorum, nu.iii. faccari ro- 
fati, & aque vit<e, an.%i. butyri recentis non faliti, fiat clyfter. 
A haftie pud* 
ding co ftay 
the Task. 
D. Chappelaiifx 
medicine to 
ftay a fcou- 
ring. 
Drink. 
Ointments. 
Glyfter to 
ftay a flux. 
A glyfter for 
ulcerated guts* 
A verieaftrin"- 
gent glyfter.,' 
A nourifliing 
glyfter. 
Ccc 3 
CHAP. Qoncerning the 
Lib.xz. 
574 
CHAP. XLI. 
Of evacuation by infenfible 
He peftilent malignitie, as it is oftimes drawn by the pores , by tranfpiration 
into the bodie, fo oftimes it is Tent forth invilibly the fame way again. For 
our native heat, that is never idle in us, difperleth the noxious humors, atte- 
nuated into vapors and air through the unperceivable breathing-places of the 
skin. An argument hereof is, wee fee that the tumors and ablcefles againft 
nature, even when they are com to luppuration , are oftimes refolved and difcuffed by the 
onely efficacie of nature, and heat, without ante help of art. Therefore there is no doubt, 
but that nature, beeing prevalent, may free it felf from the peftilent malignitie by tranfpi- 
ration, fom Abfcels, or Carbuncle beeing com forth, and fom matter collefted in fom 
certain part of the bodie. For when as nature and the native heat are powerful and ftrong, 
nothing is impolfible to it, efpecially when the paffages are alfo in like manner free 
and open. 
Tumors arc 
o (times dif- 
cuffed by the 
force of nature 
after they arc 
fuppurated. 
CHAP. XLII. 
How to cure Infants and Children taken with the Plague. 
F that it happen that fucking or weaned children bee infe&ed with the pc- 
ftilence, they muft bee cured after another order then is yet defcribed. The 
Nurf of the fucking childe muft govern her felf fo in diet and the ule of 
medicines, as if lheewere infe&edwith thepeftilence her felf: Her diet 
confifteth in the ule of the fix things not natural. Therefore let it bee mo- 
derate ; for the fruit or profit of that moderation in diet cannot chufe but 
com unto the Nurfes milk, and fo unto the Infant that liveth by the milk. And the Infant 
it felf muft keep the fame diet as near as hee can in fleep,wakeing, and expulfion, or avoid- 
ing of fiiperfluous humors and excrements of the bodie. Let the Nurf bee fed with thole 
things that mitigate the violence of the feverifli heat: as cooling broths, cooling herbs, and 
meats of a moderate temperature: lhee muft wholly abftain from wine , and annoint her 
nipples , as often as (hee giveth the Infant fuck, with water, or juice of Sorrel, tempered 
with Sugar of Roles. But the Infants heart muft bee fortified againft the violence of the in- 
creafing venom, by giveing it one fcruple of Treacle in the Nurle's milk,the broth of a Pul- 
let, or lorn other cordial water. It is allb verie neceflarie to annoint the region of the heart, 
the emunftories, and both the wrifts with the lame medicine : neither were it unprofitable 
tofmell often unto Treacle dillblved in Role-water, vineger of Roles, and a little Aqua 
vit£, that lb nature may bee ftrengtheued againft the malignitie of the venom* When the 
children are weaned, and fomwhat well grown, they may take medicines by the mouth ; 
for when they are able to concoft and turn into blood meats that are more grols and firm 
then milk, they may eafily aftuate a gentle medicine. Therefore a potion muft bee prepa- 
red for them of twelv grains of Treacle, dillblved with a little of the fyrup of Succorie in 
fom cordial water, or the broth of a Capon: unlels that anie had rather give it with Con- 
ferw ofRofes,in form of a bole: but Treacle muft bee given to children in verie fmall quan- 
titie, for if it bee taken in anie large quantitie, there is great danger , left that by inflame- 
ing the humors, it infer a fever. Furthermore, broth may bee prepared to bee taken often, 
made of a Capon lealbned with Sorrel, Lettuce, Purflain and cooling feeds, adding thereto 
and terra ftgillata, of each one ounce, beeing tied in a rag , and fomtimes 
prefled out from the decoftion. For whether it bee by its marvellous facul- 
tie of drying, or by fom hidden propertie, hath this virtue,that beeing drunken (according 
as Galen witnefleth) it cureth thole that are infefted with the peftilence, if lb bee that they 
may bee cured by phyfick j fo that thofe that cannot bee cured with Bole- cannot 
bee preferved by anie other medicines. But becauf the- bodies of children are warm, moift 
and vaporous, they are eafily delivered of fom portion of the venenate matter through the 
pores of the skin by provokeing fweat, with a decoftion of Parllie-feeds, Prunes,Figs, and 
the roots of Sorrel, with a little of the powder of Hart's-horn, or Ivorie. But that the 
fweat may bee more abundant and copious,applie Iponges dipped and prefled out in the hot 
decoftion of Sage, Rofemarie, Lavender, Bays, Cammomil, Melilot and Mallows , or elf 
Swine's bladders half filled with the fame decoftion, to the arm-holes, and to the groins. In 
the time that they fweat, let their faces bee fanned to cool them. Alfo let a nodule of 
Treacle, diflblved in vineger and water of Roles, bee applied to the noftrils; but alwaies 
ule a moderation in fweating,becauf that children are of a lubftance that is eafie to bee dilfi- 
pated and refolvcd: fo that oftentimes although they do not fweat, yet they feel the com- 
modities 
The nurfmuft 
bee dieted 
when as the 
childe is tick. 
Medicines 
may bee given 
to fuch as are 
weaned. 
Lib.g.jMp.ca.7. 
The benefit of I 
children. ; LlB.22. 
Concerning theTlgaue. 
575 
modifies of fweating , the matter of the venom beeing diflipated by the force of the beat 
through the pores of the skin. But in the fweating, while the face is fanned, and fweet 
and cordial things applied to the noftrils,nature mull bee recreated and ftrengthened,which 
otherwile would bee debilitated through fweating, that it may bee better able to expel the 
venom. After that the fweat is wiped away, it is verie profitable to take a potion of Con- 
ferv of Roles, with the powder of Hart's-horn, or of Ivorie dilfolved in the waters of Bu- 
glet's and Sorrel, the better to cool and defend the heart. If there appear anie tumor un- 
der the arm-holes, or in the groin, let it bee brought to maturation with a mollifying,re- 
laxing, drawing, and then with a fuppurative fomentation, or cataplafm ; alwaies ufeing 
and handling it as gently as you may, confidering the tender age of the Infant. If you have 
need to purge the patient, the purgation following may bee prefcribed with great profit. 
Take of Rubarb in powder one dram; infufe it in the water of Car duns BenediEiw, with one 
fcruple of Cinnamon; in the (training difiolv two drams of Diacatboliconj of iyrup ofRo- 
fes laxative three drams; make thereof a fmall potion. This is the cure of the Peftilence,' 
and of the peftilent Fever, as far as I could learn from the mod learned Phylicians, and 
have obferved my felf by manifold experience by the grace and permiflion of God: 
of whom alone, as the Autor of all good things that mortal men enjoy, 
the true and certain prefervatives againft the Peftilence, are 
to bee defired and hoped for. 
The form of a 
purge to bee 
given to a 
childe. 
The end of the twentie fecond Book. 
OF 576 
Of the Means and Manner to repair or fupplie the na- 
tural or accidental defedts or wants in Man's bodie. 
The twentie third Book. 
CHAP. I. 
How the lofs of the natural or true eie may lee covered, hidden or {hadowed. 
Aveing at large treated in the former Books of Tumors, Wounds, Ulcers, 
Fraftures and Luxations, by what means things diflblved and diflocated 
might bee united, things united feparated, and fuperfluities confumed or a- 
bated: Now it remain's, that wee fpeak of the fourth office or dutie of the 
Chirurgion, which is to fupplie or repair thole things that are wanting by 
nature, through the default of the firft conformation, or afterwards by 1dm 
milchance. Therefore, if that through anie milchance, as by anie inflammation, anie man's 
tie happen to bee broken or put out, and the humors Ipilt or wafted > or if it bee ftrucken 
out of his place or cavitie wherein it was naturally placed by anie violent ftroke or if it 
wafte or conliime by realbn of a confumption of the proper liibftance, then there is no hope 
to reftore the fight or fun&ion of the eie, yet you may cover the deformitie of the eie fo 
loft (which is all you can do in fuch a cafe) by this means: If that when you have perfectly 
cured and healed the ulcer, you may put another eie artificially made of gold or filver,coun- 
terfeited and enamelled, lb that it may feem to have the brightnels, or gemmie decencie of 
the natural eie, into the place of the eie that is fo loft. 
The fourth 
dotie of a Sur- 
geon. 
"the forms of eies artificially made of gold or filver, policed and enameled){hewing 
both the inner and outer fide. 
But if the patient bee unwilling , or by reafon of fom other means cannot wear this eie 
fo prepared, in his head ; you may make another on this wile. You muft have a firing or 
wier of iron bowed or crooked3like unto women's ear-wiers3made to binde the head harder 
or loofer, as it plealeth the patient, from the lower part of the head behinde above the ear, 
unto the greater corner of the eie; this rod or wier muft bee covered with filk; and it muft 
allb bee lomwhat broad at both ends, left that the lharpnels thereof fliould pierce or prick 
anie part that it commeth unto. But that end wherewith the emptie hollownels muft bee 
covered, ought to bee broader then the other, and covered with a thin piece pf leather,that 
thereon the colors of the eie that is loft may bee lhadowed or counterfeited. Here followeth 
the figure or portraiture of liich a firing or wier. 
Tbe LiB.23. 
ASupplie of the defers of Man's bodie 
577 
Tfce form of an iron wier wherewith the deformitie of an eie that if loft may bee 
jbadowed or covered. 
CHAP. II. 
By what means a part of the Nofe that if cut off, may bee reftored; or how in ftead of the nofe that 
if cut off another counterfeit nofe may beefaftened, or placed in the ftead. 
Hen the whole Nofe is cut oft from the face, or portion of the noftrils, from 
the Nofe, it cannot bee reftored or joyned again; for it is not in men, as it is 
in plants. For plants have a weak and feeble heat; and furthermore, it ise-1 
qually difperfed into all the fubftance of the plant or tree, neither is it eafie' 
to bee contumed or wafted: for when the boughs or branches of trees are broken, torn, or, 
cut away, they live nevertheless, and will grow again when they are fet and grafted ; nei- s 
ther is there anie feat for the heart rightly prepared in them from whence the heat muft ne- < 
ceflarily run, and difperf it felf continually into all the parts thereof. But contrariwife,tlie1 
feparated parts of more perfeft living creatures, as of men, are incontinently deprived of 
life 5 becauf they have their nourifnment, life,fenf, and whole fiiftentation not of themfelvs, 
by faculties flowing or comming unto them from fom other parts 5 neither are they gover- 
ned by their own heat, as but by a borrowed heat: fo that above or befide the natu- 
ral facultie of the liver, another vital facultie commeth unto it from the heart. 
Wherefore in ftead of the Nofe cut away or confumed,it isrequifiteto fobftitute ano- 
ther made by art j becauf that nature cannot fupplie that defefUthiS Nofe fb artificially 
made, muft bee of gold, filver, paper, or linnen clothes glewed together, it muft bee fo co- 
lored, counterfeited, and made both of fafhion, figure and bignefs, that it may as aptly as 
is poflible, refemble the natural Nofe: it muft bee bound or ftayed with little threds or laces 
unto the hinder part part of the head or the hat. Alfo if there bee anie portion of the up- 
per lip cut off with the nofe,you may fhadow it with annexing lorn fuch thing that is want- 
ing unto the nofe, and cover it with the hair on his upper lip, that hee may not want anie 
thing that may adorn or beautifie the face. Therefore I have thought it neceffarie to fet 
down the figure or form of both thefe kindes. 
Why the parts 
of plants bee- 
ing cut off, 
may grow a- 
g*in,but thofe 
of man can- 
not. 
ibe fupplie of the defects in Man's bodie. 
Lm.z}. 
578 
The form of a nofe artificially made, both alone by it felf» and alfo with the up 
. \ ... per-lip covered as it were with the hair of the beard) 
A ftrange cun 
for a cut-off 
nofe. 
There was a Surgeon of Italic of late years which would reftore or repair the portion of 
the no/c that was cut away after this manner. Hee firft fcarified the callous edges of the 
maimed nofe round about, as is ufiially don in the cure of hare-lips : then hee made a galh 
orcavitie inthemufcleofthearm, which is called Biceps, as large as the greatnefs of the 
portion of the nofe which was cut away did require: and into that galh or cavitie fo made, 
liee would put that part of the nofefo wounded, and binde the patient's head to his arm,as 
if it were to a poll, fo fall that it might remain firm, liable and immoveable, and not lean or 
bow anie way 5 and about fortie daies after, or at that time when hee judged the fiefh of the 
nofe was pcrie&ly agglutinated with the fiefh of the arm; hee cut out as much of the fiefh of 
the arm, cleaving faft unto the nofe,as was Efficient to fupplie the defcft of that which was 
Jolt* aud then hee would make it even, and bring it, as by licking, to the fafhion and form 
of a nofe, as<ifcar,as art would permit; and in the mean while hee did feed his patient with 
> PRnadoes, gellies and all- fiich things as wereeafie to bee fwallowed and digefted. And hee 
did this wo rkof curein g th eplace where the fiefh was fo cut out, onely with certain balms 
imd agghifin W„e liquors. A. younger brother of the familie of St. fhoan, beeing wearie of 
a filver-nofe, which beeing artificially made, hee had worn in the place of his nofe that was 
cutoff, Went to this Chjrurgian into Italie, and by the mean fore-named practice hee re- 
covered addled f fiefh again, to the great admiration of all thofethat knew him before.This 
thing truly is poffible to bee don, cut it is verie difficult both to the patient fuffering, and 
allo to the Chirurgian working. For that the fiefh that is taken out of the arm is not of 
the like temperature as the fleffi of the note is 5 alfo the holes of the reftored nofe cannot bee 
made as the were before. * % . 1 
An hiftoric. 
CHAP. III. 
Ofjbc flatting made in ftead of tliofe that areloflor wanting. 
T oftentimes happeneth that the fore-teeth are mooved, broken or ftricken 
out of their places by fom violent blow, which caufleth deformitieof the 
mouth, and hinder's plain pronunciation. Therefore when the jaw isre- 
ftored (it it were luxated or fraftured) and the gums brought into their 
former hardnefs; other teeth artificially made of bone or Ivorie may bee 
put in the place ofthofe that are wanting, and they muft bee joined one Taft 
untoanotner, and alfo fo faftned unto the natural teeth adjoining, that are whole; and 
this muft chiefly bee don with a thred of gold or filver, or for want of either , with a com- 
mon thred offilk or flax, as it is declared at large by Hipocrates, and alfo defcribed in this 
figure following. 
StH.tJib.de 
art.fent.tf. 
Ibt Lib.23. 
A fubblie of the defeAs in Man's bodie. 
579 
Tbe figure of Teetb bound or faftned together. 
CHAP. mi. 
Anie times it happeneth that a portion or part of the bone of the Palat, bat- 
ing broken with the (hot of a gun, or corroded by the virulencie of the Lues 
Venerea, fall's away, which make's the patients, to whom this happeneth, that 
they cannot pronounce their words diftin&ly, but obfcurely, and fnuffling: 
therefore I have thought it a thing worthie the labor to (hew the means how it 
may bee helped by art. It mult bee don by filling the cavitie of the Palat with a plate of 
gold or filver, a little bigger then the cavitie it felf is. But it muft bee as thick as a French 
Crown, and made like unto a difh in figure; and on the upper fide,which fhall bee towards 
the brain, a little fponge muft bee faftened , which, when it is moiftened with the moifiure 
diftilling from the brain , will becom more fwoln, and puffed up; fo that it will fill the 
concavitie of the Palat, that the artificial Palat cannot fall down, but Hand fall and firm, 
as if it flood of it lelf. This is the true figure of thole inftruments,whole certain ule I have 
oblerved not by once dr twice, but by manifold trials in the battels fought beyond the 
Of filling the bollownefs of tbe Palat. 
The caufies 
and hurt that 
: cnfue'a of rhe 
loft palat. 
Alps. 
T'he figure of plates to fill or fupplie the defers of tbe Palat. 
figure of another plate for tbe Pal at, on wbofe upper fide there is a button, which tnajt bee 
turned when it is put into tbe place, with a fmall Ravens bill, likg this wbofe 
figure is here exprefled* 
CHAP. 580 
A Jitpplie of the defeats in Man's bodie. 
CHAP. V. 
How to belpfucb as cannot fpeakjy reafon of tbe lofs of fom part of the tongue. 
Hance gave place and autoritie to this remedie, as to manie other in our Art. 
A certain man dwelling in a village named Tvoy le fom twen- 
tie four miles from Bourges, had a great piece of his tongue cut off; by which 
occafion bee remain'd dumb fom three years.lt happen'd on a time that as hee 
was in the fields with reapers, hee drinking in a wooden difh, was tickled by 
fom of the ftanders by, not endureing the tickling, hee fuddenly broke out 
into articulate and intelligible words. Hee himfelf wondring thereat, and delighted with 
the noveltie of the thing, as a miracle, put the fame difh to his mouth juft in the fame man- 
ner as before, and then hee Ipakefo plainly and articulately, that hee might bee underftood 
by them all. Wherefore a long time following hee alwaies carried this difh in his bofom, 
to utter his minde, until at length neceflitie, the miftrefs of arts, and giver of wit induceing 
him, hee caufled a wooden inftrument to bee neatly cut and made for him, like the which is 
here delineated, which hee alwaies carried hanging at his neck, as the onely interpreter of 
his minde, and the key of his fpeech. 
A re me die 
found out by 
accident. 
An hiftorfe. 
An inftrument made to fupplie the defect of the fpeecb when the tongue is cut off. 
The ufe of tbe Inftrument is this. 
A. flieweth the upper part of it which was of the thicknefs of a nine-pence, which hee 
did fo hold between his cutting teeth, that it could not com out of his mouth nor bee feen. 
B. flieweth the lower part, as thick as a fix-pence, which hee did put hard to the reft of his 
tongue, dole to the membranous ligament which is under the tongue. That place which 
is depreft andfomwhat hollowed, marked with the letter C. is the inner part of the inftru- 
ment. D. flieweth the outfide of the fame. Hee hanged it about his neck with the firing that 
is tied thereto. 
Textor the Phyfician of Bourges (hewed mee this inftrument : and I my felf made trial 
thereof on a young man whdfe tongue was ait off, and it fucceeded well, and took verie 
good effect And I think other Surgeons in fiich cafes may do the like. 
CHAP. VI. 
Of covering or repairing certain def efts ordefaults in the face. 
oftentimes happened], that the face is deformed by the hidden flafhing of 
Gun-powder, or by a peftilent Carbuncle, fo that one cannot behold it 
i without great horror. Such perlons muft bee fo trimmed and ordered, that 
S&f. AIx they may com *n foni^e manner into the companie of others.The lips if they 
WwMSS bee either cut off with a fword, or deformed with the erolion or eating of a 
peftilen t Carbuncle or ulcerated Gswcer, lb that the teedi may beefeen to lie 
bare with great deformitie. If the lofs or confomption of the lip bee not verie great, it may 
bee repaired by that waie which wee have prescribed in the cure of hare-lips, or of an ulce- 
rated Cancer. But if it bee great, then muft there bee a lip of gold made for it, ib fliadowed 
and counterfeited, that it may not bee much unlike in color to the natural lip, and it muft 
beefaftned and tied to the hat or cap that the patient weareth on his head, that fo it may 
remain liable and firm. 
CHAR LlB.Z}. 
A fufplie of the defeats in Man's bodie. 
581 
CHAP. VII. 
Of the defers of the Ears. 
LIch as want their Ears, either naturally or by misfortune, as through a wound, 
carbuncle, cancer, or the biteing of wilde beafts: if lb bee that the Ear bee not 
wholly wanting, wafted,con fumed, or torn away; but that fom portioh thereof 
doth yet remain,then muft it not bee negle&ed,but muft have manic holes made 
therein with a bodkin5 and after that the holes are cicatrized, let fom convenient thing, 
made like unto the piece of the Ear that is loft, bee tied or faftned unto it by thefe holes. 
But if the Ear bee wholly wanting, another muft bee made of paper artificially glewed 
together, or elf of leather , and fo fattened with laces , from the top or hinder part of the 
head, that it may ftand in the appointed place; and fo the hair muft bee permitted to grow 
long, or elf tom cap worn under the hat, which may hide or cover the deformitie, unlets 
you had rather have it to bee lhadowed or counterfeited by fom Painter , that thereby it 
may referable the color of a natural Ear; and fo retain in it the place where it ought to 
ftand, with a rod or wier comming from the top or hinder part of the head, as wee have 
fpoken before in the lols of the Eie and the form thereof is this. 
CHAP. VIII. 
Of amending the deformitie of fucb as are 
He bodies of manie, efpecially young maids or girls (by reafbn that they are 
more moift and tender then the bodies of boys) are made crooked in procefs 
of time, efpecially by the wrenching afide and crookednefs of the back-bone. 
I It hath manie cauffcs, that is to fay, in the firft conformation in the womb, 
' and afterwards by misfortune; as a fail, bruiG or anie fuch like accident ; but 
specially by the unhandfoni and undecent fituation of their bodies, when they are young 
and tender, either in carrying, fitting or ftanding (and efpecially, when they are taught to 
go too foon) fainting, tewing, writeing, or in doing anie fuch like thing. 
In the mean while, that I may not omit the occafion of crookednefs, thathappen's tel- 
dom to the Countrie-people, but is much incident to the inhabitants of great T owns and 
Cities, which is by reafbn of the ftraightnefs and narrownefs of tire garments that are worn 
by them, which is occalioned by the follie of mothers, who while they covet to have their 
young daughters bodies fb fmall in the middle as may bee poffible , pluck and draw their 
bones awrie, and make them crooked. For the ligaments of the back-bone beeing verie ten- 
der, fbft and moift at that age, cannot ftay it ftraight, and ftrongly 5 but beeing pliant, eafily 
permit's the fpondels to flip awrie inwards, outwards, or fide-wite, as they are thruft or 
forced. 
The remedie for this deformitie is to have breaft-plates of iron , full of holes all over 
them , whereby they may bee lighter to wear; and they muft bee fo lined with bombafte, 
that they may hurt no place of the bodie. Everie three months new plates muft bee made 
for thote that are not yet arrived at their full growth5 for otherwite by the dailie afflux of 
more matter, they would becom worf But thete plates will do them fmall good that arc al- 
readie at their full growth. 
Ddd Tfc 
Cauffej of 
crookedncfs. Lib.zj. 
582 
»_A jupplte of the defers in Man's bodie. 
The form of an iron Ereaft-platc, to amend the croofydnefs of the Bodie. 
CHAP. IX. 
How to reliev fuch at have their urine flow from them againft their wils, and fueb 
as want their yards. 
M thole that have the Strangurie, of what cauf foever that maladie com 
meth, the urine pafleth from them by drops, againft their wils and confent. 
This accident is verie grievous and troublefom, elpecially to men that tra- 
vell: and for their fakes onely I have invented the inftrument here beneath 
defcribed. It is made like unto a clofe breech or hole; it muft bee of latin, 
and to contain fom four ounces: it muft bee put into the patient's hofe, be- 
tween his thighs, unto which it muft bee tied with a point by the ring. Into the open and 
hollow mouth of this inftrument} which is noted with the letter C. the patient muft put 
his yard; and into this concavitie or hollownefs goeth a ftay fomwhat deep , it is marked 
with the letter B. and made or placed there, both to hold or bear the end of the yard , and 
allb by his dole joint that it muft have unto the veflel, to ftay the urine from going back 
again, when it is once in. But the letters A..and D. do fignifie all the inftrument; that the 
former part, and this the hinder part thereof. Now this is the Ihape thereof. 
An inftrumcnt 
for fuch as 
cannot hold 
their water. 
The figure of an Inftrument, which you may call, A Bafin, or Receptacle for the Urine. 
1 hofe that have theiryards cut off clofe to their bellies , are greatly troubled in make- 
ing of urine, fo that they are conftrained to fit down like women, for their eaf. 1 have de- 
viied this pipe or conduit, haveing an hole through it as big as one finger, which may bee 
made of wood, or rather of latin. 
A. and C. do fhew the bignefs and length of the pipe. B.fheweth the brink on the broa- 
der end. D.flieweththe out-fide of the brink. This Inftrument muft bee applied to the 
lower Lib.23* 
A fupplie of.the defers in Man's bodie 
583 
lower part of os pefii'nis: on the upper end it is compalled with a brink for the pallage of 
the urine, for thereby it will receiv the urine better, and carrie it from the patient, as hee 
ftandeth upright. 
The defcription of a pipe or conduit, ferving in /lead of the yard inmakeing of water, 
which therefore wee may call an artificial! yard. 
A 
, C 
CHAP. X. 
By what means the peri/bed function or action of a thumb or finger may bee 
torrefied and amended- 
Hen a fmew or tendon is cut clean afimder, the aftion in that part, whereof it 
was the author, is altogether abolifhed ; id that the member cannot bend or 
ftretchoutit telf, unlefs it bee holpen by art: which thing I performed in a 
certain Gentleman belongingxo Annas ot Montmorenci e, General of the French 
Horf men, who in the battle of Dreux received fo great a wound with a back- 
fword,upon the out-lide of the wrift of the right hand, that the tendons that did ereft or 
draw up the thumb were cut clean in funder; and alfb , when the wound was throughly 
whole and confblidated, the thumb was bowed inwards, and fell into the palm of the 
hand, fo that hee could not extend or lift it up, unlefs k were by the help of the other 
hand, and then it would prefently fall down again; by reafon whereof hee could hold nei- 
ther fword; (pear, nor javelin in his hand, fo that hee was altogether unprofitable for war, 
without which hee fuppofed there was no life. Wherefore hee confiilted with mee about 
the cutting away of his thumb, which did hinder his gripeing, which I refuted to do, and 
told him, that I conceived a means how it might bee remedied without cutting away. 
Therefore I cauffed a cafe to bee made for it of latin, whereinto I put the thumb : this cafe 
was fo artificially fattened by two firings that were put into two rings, made in it above the 
joint of the hand, that the thumb flood upright, and ftraightout, by reafon whereof hee 
was able afterwards to handle anie kinde of weapon. 
An Inftorie. 
The form of a thumb or finger-.ftal! of iron or latin, to lift up or erefi the thumb, or anie 
other finger that cannot bee erefied of it felf. 
If that in anie man the finews or tendons , which hold the hand upright, bee cut afim- 
der with a wound, to that hee is not able tG lift up his hand, it may eafily bee erefted or 
lifted up with this Inftrument that followeth, beeing made of an equal, ftraight, thin, but 
yet firong plate of latin, lined on the inner fide with filk, or anie fiich like loft thing, and 
fo plac't in the wrift of the hand, that it may com unto the palm, or the firft joints of the 
Ddd 2 fingers; A fupplie ofthe defeats in Man's bodie. 
584 
Lib.Z}.1 
fingers; and it muft bee tied above with convenient ftaies, and fo the difcommoditie of the 
depreflion, or hanging of the hand, may bee avoided: therefore this Inftrument may bee 
called the Ere&or of the Hand. 
Tlx Eretfor of the Hand. 
CHAiP. XI. 
Of helping thofe that are Vari or Valgi, that is, crook-legged, or crook-footed, 
inwards or outwards. 
Hfofe are faid to bee Vari, whote feet or legs are bowed or crooked inwards. 
This default is either from the firft conformation in the womb, through the de- 
fault in the mother, who hath her legs in like manner crooked j or becauf that 
in the time when fhee is great with childe, fliee commonly fit's with her legs a- 
crols: or elf, after the childe is born, and that, either becauf his legs bee not well fwathed, 
when hee is lai'd into the cradle, or elf, becauf they bee not well pleated in carrying the in- 
fant 5 or if hee bee not well looked unto by the Nurf, when hee learneth to go: for the 
bones are verie tender, and alnioft as flexible as wax. 
But contrariwife, thole are called Valgi,whofe legs are crooked or bowed outwards. This 
may com through the default of the firft conformation, as well as the other •, for by both, the 
feet alfo and the knees may bee made crooked; which thing, wholbever will amend, muft 
reftore the bones into their proper and natural place 5 fo that in thofe that are varous, hee 
muft thruft the bones outwards, as though hee would make them valgous: neither is it fuf- 
ficient to thruft them fo, but they ought allb to bee retained there in their places after they 
are fo thruft; for otherwite they beeing not well eftablilhed, would flip back again. 
They muft bee ftai'd in their places,by applying of collars and bolfterson that fide where- 
unto the bones do lean, and incline themfelvs 5 for the fame purpote boots may bee made 
of leather, of the thicknefs of a teftone, haveing a flit in the former part all along the bone 
of the leg, and allb under the foie of the foot, that beeing drawn together on both fides, 
they may bee the better fitted, and fit cloter to the leg. And let this medicine following bee 
applied all about the leg. R.tburif, mafticb.aloes, boli ar men i, rocb.refina pinificae, 
jubiilzfjimcpulverif.an.^iii.faring album.ovor.q.f. make thereof a medicine. You may 
alfo add a little Turpentine, left it Ihould drie fooner, or more vehemently then is necefla- 
rie. But you muft beware, and take great heed, left that fiich as were of late varouf or val- 
gout, Ihould attempt or ftrain themfelvs to go,before that their joints bee confirmed 5 for fo 
the bones that were lately tet in their places, may flip afide again. A nd moreover, until they 
are able to go without danger, let them wear high fhoos tied clote to their feet, that the 
bones may bee ftaied the better, and more firmly in their places 5 but let that fide of the foal 
of the Ihoo bee under-lai'd whither the foot did incline before it was reftored. 
What Vmu is, 
What 
is* 
A plater to 
hold faft refto- 
fed bones* 
the Lib.23. 
A fupplie ofthe defeats in Man's bodie. 
585 
The form of tittle Boots, whereof the one is open, and the otherfbut. 
CHAP. XII. 
By what means Arms, Leas, and Hands may bee made by art, and placed in /lead of the natural 
Arms, Legs, or Hands that are cut off and loft. 
Eceflitie oftentimes conftrain's us to finde out the meanes whereby wee may 
> help and imitate nature, and fupplie the defeft of members that are periflied 
and loft. And hereof it commeth that wee may perform the fun&ions of go- 
, ing, ftanding and handling with arms and hands made by art, and undergo 
our neceflarie flexions and extenfions with both of them. I have gotten the 
forms of all thole members made fo by art, and the proper names of all the 
Engines and Inftruments whereby thole artificially made are called, to my great coft and 
charges, of a moft ingenuous and excellent Smith dwelling at Paris, who is called of thofe 
that know him, and allo of ftrangers, by no other name then the little Lorain; and here 1 
have caufled them to bee portraied,or fet down,that thole that ftand in need of fuch things, 
after the example of them, may cauffom Smith, or liich like work-man to ferv them in the 
like cafe. They are not onely profitable for the neceflitie of the bodie, but alfo for the de- 
eencie and comlinels thereof. And here followeth their forms. 
Ddd 3 
ibe A Jupplie of the defers in Man's indie. 
LlB.Z}. 
586 
Tbe form of an Hand made artificially of iron. 
figure following fbewetb the bacb-fide of an Hand artificially made, and fo that 
it may bee tied to tbe arm orfieev. 
Tbe  
A fttpplie of the defe&s in Man's bodie. 
587 
T'he form tf an Arm made of iron verie artificially. 
*tbe d'efcription of Legs made artificially of iron. 
tbe 588 
// fupplie of the defers in Man's bodie 
Lib.xj; 
the form of a woodden Leg made for poor men. 
A. Shewetb tbe ftump or flock, of the woodden Leg. BB.Sbeweth the two ftaies which muft bee on both 
fides of tbe Leg, tbefborter of them muft bee on the inner fide. CC.Shewetb tbe pillow or bolfter, 
whereon tbe knee muft reft in tbe bottom between the two ftaies, that fo it may reft tbe fofter. 
DD.Sbewetb the tbongs or girths with their round buclfi.es, put through tbe two ftaies on either fide 
to flay the knee in bis place firm and immoovable, that it flip not afide, E. Sheweth the tbigbit 
felfi that you may Iqiow after what fafbion it muft ftand. 
It happen's allb manie times, that the patient, that had the nervs or tendons of his Leg 
wounded, long after the wound is whole and confolidated, cannot go but with verie great 
pain and torment, by realbn that the foot cannot follow the mulcle, that Ihould draw it 
up. That this maladie may bee remedied, you ought to fallen a linnen band made verie 
ftrong unto the fhoo that the patient weareth on that his pained foot; and at the knee it 
mull have a flit where the knee may com forth in bowing of the Leg: and it mull bee truf- 
fed up fall unto the patient's middle, that it may the better lift up and ereft the foot in go- 
ing, This band is marked in the figure following with the letters AA. 
CHAP. Lib. 23. 
A fupplie of the defers in Man's bodie. 
589 
CHAP. XIII. 
Of amending or belpinglamenefs or halting. 
not onely a great deformitie, butalfo verie troublefom and grievous. 
llr&J R Therefore if that anie bee grieved therewith by reafon that one of his legsis 
& HI Ihorter then the other, it may bee holpen by putting under his fhort foot this 
fitting crutch, which, wee are now about to defcribe. F or by the help of this, 
bee J not onely go upright, but alio more eafily and with little labor or no 
pain at all. It was taught mee by Nicolas Piccard Chirurgian to the Duke of Lorain. The 
form thereof is this. 
A. Shewetb tbe ftaffor fiilt of this crutch, which muft bee made of wood. B. Shewetb the Seat of iron 
whereon tbe tbigb reftetbjufi under tbe buttock. C. Sbeweth a prop which fiaieth up tbe feat whereon 
all the weight of tbe patient's bodie refietb. D. Shewetb tbe fiirrup, freeing made of iron, and bowing 
crooked upwards, that the foot may (land firm, and not flip off it when the patient goeth. E. Sbeweth 
tbe prop that fiaieth or boldetb up tbe fiirrup to firengthen it. F. Shewetb the foot of the fiilt or 
crutch made of iron with manie pikes, and compared with a ring or ferule, fo to keep it from /lipping. 
G. Tbe crofs or head of the crutch which tbe patient mufi put under his arm-bole to lean upon, as it is to 
lee feenin tbe figure. 
Tbeendof the tuwitie third Book. 590 
Lib.14.. 
Of the Generation of Man. 
The twentte fourth 'Book 
The Preface. 
The diftinfti- 
on of male and 
female. 
OD, the Creator and maker of all things, immediately after the Creation of the 
florid, of his unfpeakable counfel and inefiitnable wifdom not onely diftinguifbed 
mankinde, but all other liveing creatures alfo into a double fex, to wit, of male 
and female; that fo they beeing moved and enticed by the allurements of lufi,might 
defire copulation, thence to have procreation. For this bountiful Lord bath appoin- 
tedit as a folace unto everie liveing creature againfithe moft certain and fatal ne- 
ce/Jitie of death: than for as much as each particular liveing creature cannot con- 
tinue for ever, yet they may endure by their fpecies or bfinde by propagation and fucceffion of creatures, 
whicb is by procreation, fo long as tbe world endureth. In this conjunction or copulation replenifbed 
with fuch delectable 'pleafure, (which God bath chiefly eftablifbed by the law of Matrimonief) the male 
and femaleyeeld forth their feeds, which prefently mixed and conjoined, are received and kep't in tbe fe- 
male's womb. For tbe feed is a certain fpumous or foamie humor replenished with vital fpirit, by the 
benefit whereof, as it were by a certain ebullition or fermentation, it is puffed up, and fwoln bigger, and 
both the feeds beeing feparated from tbe more pure blood of both the parents, are the material and for- 
mal beginning of the iffue ; for the feed of the male beeing caft and received into the womb, is accounted 
tbe principal and efficient caufbut the feed of tbe female is reputed the fubjacent matter, or the matter 
whereon it worketh. Good and laudable feed ought to bee white, fbining, clammie, knottie, fmelling like 
unto tbe elder or palm, deletiable to bees, and finding down in the bottom of water beeing put into it, for 
that which fwimmeth on the water is efteemed unfruitful for a great portion commetbfrom the brain,yet 
fom thereof falT> from the whole bodie, and from all tbe parts both firm and foft thereof. For unlefs it 
com from tbe whole bodie,and everie part thereof,all and everie part of the iffue cannot bee formed thereby: 
becauflike things are engendred of their like: and therefore it commeth that tbe chi Ide refembletb tbe pa- 
rents,not onely in ftature and favor,but alfo in the conformation and proportion of bis Ums and members, 
'and complexion and temperature of his inward parts, fo that difeafes are oft-times hereditarie, the weak- 
nefs of tbjs or that entral beeing tranfiated from the parent to tbe childe. I here are font which fuppofe this 
falffng of the feed from the whole bodie not to to bee underfiood according to tbe weight and matter, as if it 
wefe a certain portion of all the bloodfeparated from the refi-, but according to the power andform, that 
* lhe animal, natural and vital fpirits, beeing tbe framers of formation and life, and alfo the for- 
mative facultie to fall down from all the parts into tbe feed, that is wrought or perfected by tbe T<efticles, 
for proof and confirmation whereof, they alledgthat manie perfeff, found, abfolute, and well proportioned 
children, are born of lame and decrepit parents. 
The caufof 
thisdiftindion 
Whae feed is. 
The conditi- 
ons ofgood 
feed. 
Seed falleth 
from all the 
parts of the 
bodie* 
Wherefore ma- 
nie difeafes are 
hereditarie. 
How feed is to 
bee underftood 
to fall from the 
whole bodie. 
CHAP. I. 
IFhy the generative farts are endued with great pleafure. 
H Certain great pleafure accompanieth the fun&ion of the parts appointed for 
generation, and before it, inliveing creatures that are of a luftie age, when 
matter aboundeth in thole parts, there goeth a certain fervent or furious de- 
lire:the caufles thereof manie,of which the chiefeft is,That the kinde may bee 
preferred and kept for ever,by the propagation and (ubftitution of other live- 
ing creatures of the fame kinde. For brute beafts which want reafon, and therefore cannot 
bee felicitous for the prefervation of their kinde, never com to carnal copulation, unlefe 
they bee mooved thereunto by a certain vehement provocation of unbridled luft, and as it 
were by the ftimulation ofvenerie. Butman, that is endued with reafon, beeing a divine 
and moft noble creature, would never yeeld nor make his minde fubjeft to a thing fo abjeft 
and filthie as is carnal copulation,but that the venereous ticklings,raifed in thofe parts,relax 
the feveritie of his minde; or reafen admoniftieth him that the memorie of his name ought 
not to end with his life, but to be preferved unto all generations,as far as may bee poflible,by 
the propagation of his feed or iflue.Therefore by reafon of this profit or commoditie,nature 
hath 
What moveth 
a man to copu- 
lation. Lib.24.. 
Concerning the Generation of 
591 
hath endued the genital parts with a far more exaft or exquiiite fenf then the other parts,by 
lending the great iinews unto them,and moreover thee hath caufled them to bee bedewed or 
moiftned with a certain whayifli much unlike the feed Cent fromthe glandules or 
kernels called proftate, fituated in men at the beginning of the neck of the bladder, but in wo- 
men at the bottom of the womb: this moifture hath a certain fharpnefe or biteing, forthat 
kinde of humors of all others can chiefly provoke thole parts to their funftion or office, and 
yeeld them a dele&able pleafure, while they are in execution of the fame. For even fo whay- 
ilhand lharp humors, when they are gathered together under the skin, if they wax warm, 
tickle with a certain pleafent itching, and by their motion infer delight: but the nature of 
the genital parts or members is not ftirred up or provoked to the expulfion of the feed with 
thefe provocations of the humors, abounding either in quantitie or qualitie onely, but a 
certain great and hot fpirit or breath contained in thofe parts, doth begin to dilate it felf 
more and more, which caufleth a certain incredible excels of pleafure or voluptuoufnefs, 
wherewith the genitals beeing replete,are ipread forth or diftended eyerie waie unto their fid 
greatnefs. The yard is given to men whereby they may call out their feed dire&ly or ftraight* 
ly into the woman's womb, and the neck of the womb to women, whereby they may re- 
ceiv that feed lb call forth, by the open or wide mouth of the fame neck, and alfo that they 
may caft forth their own feed, fent through the fpermatick veflels unto their tefticles; thefe 
fpermatick veflels, that is to fay, the vein lying above,and the arterie lying below, do make' 
manie flexions or windeings, yet one as manie as the other, like unto the tendrils of vines 
diverfly platted or folded together,and in thefe folds or bendings the blood and fpirit which 
are carried unto the tefticles, are conco&ed a longer time, and fo converted into a white 
feminal fubftance. The lower ofthefe flexions or bowings do end in the ftones or tefticles, 
But the tefticles, forafmuch as they are thin, and fpongeous or hollow, receiving the 
humor which was begun to bee concofted in the fore-named veflels, concoft it again them- 
felvs : but the tefticles of men concoft the more perfe&ly for the procreation of the iflue;and 
the tefticles of women more imperfectly, becaufthey are more cold, lets, weak and feeble,but 
the feed becommeth white by the contact or touch of the tefticles, becauf the fubftance of 
them is white. The male is fuch as engendreth in another, and the female in her felf, 
fpermatick veflels which are implanted in the inner capacitie of the womb. But out of all 
doubt unlefs nature had preparedfo manic allurements, baits and provocations of pleafure, i 
there is fearce anie man fo hot or delighted in venereous aCts, which confidering and mark-i 
ing the place appointed for humane conception, the loathfomnefs of the filth which daily ■ 
falleth down unto it, and wherewithal! it ishumefted and moiftned, and the vicinitie and 
nearnefs of the great gut under it, and of the bladdder above it, but would ffiun the embra- 
ces of women. Nor would anie woman defire the companie of man, which once premedi- 
tate's or fore-think's with her felf on the labor that Ihee fhall foftain in bearing the 
burthen of her childe nine months, and of the almoft deadlie pains that fhee fhall fuffer in 
her deliverie. 
Men that ufe too frequent oftentimes in ftead of feed caft forth a crude and 
bloodie humor, and fomtimes alfo meer blood it felf 5 and oft-times they can hardly make 
water but with great pain, by reafbn that the clammie and oifiemoifture,which nature hath < 
placed in the glandules called proftate, to make the paffage of the urine flipperie, and to de- * 
fend it againft the ffiarpnefe of the urine that pafleth through it, is wafted, fo that afterward 
they fhall ftand in need of the help of a Surgeon to cauf them to make water with eaf and 
without pain, by injefting of a little oil out of a Syringe into the conduit of the yard. For 
in generation it is fit the man caft forth his feed into the womb, with a certain impetuofitie, 1 
his yard beeing ftiff and diftended, and the woman to receiv the feme without delay into { 
her womb, beeing wide open, left that through delay the feed wax cold, and fo becom un- 
fruitful by reafon that the fpirits are diflipated and confumed. The yard is diftended or 
made ftiff,when the nervous,fpongeous and hollow fubftance thereof is replete and puffed up 
wrh a flatuIentfpirit.The womb allure's or draw's the mafeuline feed into it felf by the mouth 
thereof,and it receiv's the woman's feed by the horns from the fpermatick veflels which com 
from the tefticles into the hollownefe or concavitieofthe womb,that fb it may bee tempered 
by conjun&ion, commiftion and confufion with the man's feed, and fo reduced or brought 
unto a certain equalitieffor generation or conception cannot follow without the concourf of 
two feeds, well and perfe&ly wrought in the verie feme moment oftime,nor without a lau- 
dable difpofition of the womb both in temperature and complexion : if in this mixture of 
feeds the man's feed in qualitie and quantitie exceed the woman's,it will bee a man-childe;1 
if not, a woman-childe, although that in either of the kindes there is both the man's and ! 
woman's feed > as you may fee by the dailie experience of thofe men who by their firft wives 
have had boies onely, and by their fecond wives had girls onely: the like you may fee in ' 
certain women, who by their firft husbands have had males onely, and by their fecond hus- 
bands females onely. Moreover one and the feme man is not alwaies like affe&ed to get a 
man or a woman-childe; for by reafbn of his age, temperature and diet, hee doth fom- 
times yeeld forth feed endued with a mafeuline virtue, and fomtimes with a feminine or 
weak 
Why the geni- 
tals are endu- 
ed withawhiy- 
iih aioiftur&o 
The caufof the 
foldings of the 
fpermatick vef- 
fels. 
Women's tc- 
ftides more 
impetfeft. 
Why manie 
m n and wo- 
men abhor ve< 
nereous copu- 
lation. 
Why the ftran- 
gurie enfueth 
immoderate 
copulation. 
What things 
ntceiErieunto 
ge aeration. 
Why a male, 
and why a fe- 
male is engen- 
died. 592 
Qoncerning the (generation of Man. 
Lib.24., 
weak virtue, fo that it is no marvel if men getfomtimes men, and fomtimes women- 
children. 
CHAP. II. 
Of what qualitie the feed is, whereof the male, and whereof the female is engendred. 
Me children are engendred of a more hot and drie feed, and women of a more 
cold and moift: for there is much lets ftrength in cold then in heat, and like- 
wife in moifture then in drinefs; and that is the caufwhy it will bee longer 
before a girl is formed in the womb then a boy. In the feed lieth both the pro- 
creative and the formative power:as for examplejin the power of Melon-feed 
are fituate the ftalks, branches, leavs, flowrs, fruit, the form, color, fmel, tafte, feed and all. 
The like reafon is of other feeds 5 fo Apple-grafts engrafted in the ftock of a Pear-tree,bear 
Apples 5 and wee do alwaies finde and fee by experience, that the tree(by virtue of grafting J 
that is convert it felf into the nature of the Siens wherewith it is grafted. But 
although the childe that is born doth referable or is verie like unto the father or the mother, 
as his or her feed exceedeth in the mixture 5 yet for the moft part it happeneth that the chil- 
dren are more like unto the father then the mother, becauf that in the time of copulation,the 
minde of the woman is more fixed on her husband, then the minde of the husband on, or 
towards his wife: for in time of copulation or conception, the forms, or the liknefles of 
thofe things that are conceived or kept in minde,are tranfported and impreffed in the childe 
or ifliie 5 for fo they affirm that there was a certain Queen of the /Ethiopians who brought 
forth a white childe, the reafon was (as ffiee confefledj that at the time of copulation with 
her King, fhee thought on a marvelous white thing, with a verie ftrong imagination. 
Therefore Hejiod advertifeth all married people not to give themfelvs to carnal copulation 
when they return from burials, but when they com from feafts and plaies, left that their 
fad, heavie, and penfive cogitations, fhould bee fo transfufed and engrafted in the ifliie, that 
they fhould contaminate or infeft the pleafant joifulnefs of his life with fad, penfive or pafli- 
onate thoughts. Somtimes it happeneth, although verie feldom,the childe is neither like the 
father nor the mother, but in favor refembleth his Grandfather,or anie other of his kindred, 
by reafon that in the inward parts of the parents, the engrafted power and nature of the 
Grandfather lieth hidden : which when it hath lurked there long, not working anie effeft, 
at length break's forth by means of fom hidden occafion : wherein nature refembleth the 
Painter, makeing the lively portraiture of a thing, which as far as the fiibjeft matter will 
permit, doth form the ifliie lik unto the parents in everie habit j fo that often-times thedife 
eafesofthe parents are transferred or participated unto the children, as it were by a certain 
hereditarie title: for thofe that are crook-back't get crook-back't children, thofe that are 
lame, lame; thofe that are leprous, leprous 5 thofe that have the ftone, children haveing the 
ftone; thofe that have the ptiiick,children haveing the ptifick 5 and thofe that have the gout, 
children haveing the gout: for the feed follow's the power, nature, temperature and com- 
plexion of him that engendereth it. Therefore of thofe that are in health and found, heal- 
thie and found; and of thofe that are weak and difeafed, weak and difeafed children are be- 
gotten, unlefs happily the feed of one of the parents that is found doth correct or amend the 
difeafed impreffion of the other that is difeafed, or elf the temperate and found womb as it 
were by the gentle and pleafant breath thereof. 
Why men chil- 
dren are Cooner 
formed in the 
womb then 
women. 
The feed isthat 
in power from 
whence each 
thing cometh 
or floweth. 
Why the chil- 
dren are moft 
commonly like 
unto tjxeir fa- 
thers. ' 
When children 
fhould bee be- 
gotten. 
Why often- 
times the childe 
refembleth the 
Grandfather. 
Why fomtimes 
thofe that are 
difeafed do get 
found children, 
CHAP. III. 
What is the cauf why Females of all brute beaftst beeing great with young, do neither deft re, nor 
admit the males, until they have brought forth their Young. 
vWhy the fenf 
of venereous 
«fts is given to 
brute beafts. 
He cauf hereof is, forafmuch as they are mooved by fenfonely,they applie them- 
felvs unto the thing that is prefent, verie little, or nothing at all perceiving 
things that are paft, and to com. Therefore after they have conceived, they are 
unmindeful of the pleafurethat is paft,and do abhor copulation : for the fenfor 
feeling of luft is given unto them by nature, onely for the prefervation of their 
kinde, and notfor voluptuoufhefs, or delegation. But the males rageing, (welling, and as 
it were ftimulated by the provocations of the heat, or fervencie of their luft, do then run 
unto them, follow and defire copulation, becaufa certain ftrong odor or fmell commeth in- 
to the air from their fecret or genital parts, which pierceth into their noftrils , and unto 
their brain, and fo inferreth an imagination, defire, and heat. Contrariwife, the fenf and 
feeling of venereous aftions feemeth to bee given by nature to women , not onely for 
the propagation ofiflue and for the confervation of mankinde, but alfo to mitigate and af- 
fwage the miferies of man's life, as it were by the entifements of that pleafuret alfb the 
great ftoreof hot blood that is about the heart, wherewith men abound,maketh greatly to 
this 
Why of brute 
hearts the 
males rageing 
withluft/ol- 
low after the 
females. 
Wherefore a 
woman when 
fhee is with 
childe/lcfireth 
copulation. Pages 593-594 missing Lib.2.4.. 
Concerning the (generation of Man 
595 
enter into the childe's bodie by the hole of the navel. Here Galen doth admire the lingular 
providence of God and Nature; becaufthat in fuch a multitude of veflels, and in fo long a 
paflage or length that they go or are produced, the vein doth never confound it felf, nor 
flick to the arterie, nor the arterie to the vein 5 but everie veflel joineth it felf to the veflel of 
its own kinde. But the umbilical vein, or navel-vein, entering into the bodie of the childe, 
doth join it felfprefently to the hollow part of the liver ; but the arterie is divided into 
two, which join themfelvs to the two Iliack arteries along the tides of the bladder, and are 
prefently covered with the peritoneum j and by the benefit thereof are annexed unto the parts 
which it goe's unto. Thole finall veins and arteries are as it were the roots of the childe 5 
but the vein and arterie of the navgfrare as it were the bodie of the tree , to bring down the 
nutriment to nourilh the childe. Ob firft, vJ'be live in the womb the life of a plant, and 
then next the life of a fenfitive creature: and, as the firft tunicle of the childe is called Cho- 
rion, or Allantoides •, fo the other is called Amnios, or Agnina, which doth compafs the feed or 
childe about on everie fide. Thefe membranes are moft thin, yea for their thinnefs like un- 
to the Spider's web,woven one upon another5 and alfb connexed in manie places by the ex- 
tremities of certain fmall and hairie fobftances, which at length, by the adjunftion of their 
like do get ftrength 5 whereby you may underftand, what is the caufwhy by divers and vio- 
lent motions of the mother in going and dancing, or leaping, and alfb of the infant in the 
womb, thofe membranes are not almoft broken. For they are fb conjoined by the knots of 
thofe hairie fiibftances,that between them nothing,neither the urine,nor the fweat can com, 
as you may plainly and evidently perceiv in the difleftion of a woman's bodie that is great 
with childe, not depending on anie other man's opinion , bee it never fb old or inveterate: 
yet the ftrength of thofe membranes is not fo great, but that they may bee fbon broken in 
the birth, by the kicking of the childe. 
The vein ne- 
ver joincth it 
Telfwith the 
artcrie. 
Hippocrates 
calkth all the 
membranes 
that compafs 
the infant in 
the womb}ac- 
cording to the 
judgment of 
G«/t7iin his 
book de ufu 
partiumtby the 
name of the /e- 
cundines. 
CHAP. VIII. 
Anie of the antient Writers have written that there are five veflels found in the 
navel. But yet in manie, nay all the bodies 1 fought in for them,1 could never 
finde but three ; that is to fay, one vein, which is very large, fo that in the pat- 
(age thereof it will receiv the tag of a point, and two arteries, but not lb large, 
but much narrower ; becauf the childe wanteth or ftandeth in need of much 
more blood for his conformation, and the nutriment or increafof his parts, then of vital 
fpirit* 
Thele veflels makeing the bodie of the navel, which, as it is thought, is formed within 
nine or ten daies, by their doubling and folding, make knots like unto the knots of a Fran- 
cifcan Friers girdle, that flaying the running blood in thofe their knottie windeings , they 
might more perfeftly concoft the lame: as may bee feen in the ejaculatorie fpermatick vel- 
fels,for which ufe alfo the length of the navel is half an ell; fo that in manie infants that are 
fomwhat grown, it is found three or four times doubled about their neck or thigh. 
As long as the childe is in his mother's womb, hee taketh his nutriment onely by the na- 
vel, and not by his mouth ; neither doth hee enjoy the ufe of eies, ears , nofrrils or funda- 
ment, neither needeth hee the funftions of the heart. For fpirituous blood goeth unto it 
by the arteries of the navel, and into the Iliack arteries; and from the Iliack arteries unto all 
the other arteries of the whole bodie , for by the motion of thele onely the infant doth 
breathe. Therefore it is not to bee fiippofed that the air is carried or drawn in by the lungs 
unto the heart,in the bodie of the childe; but contrariwife from the heart to the lungs.For 
neither the heart doth perform the generation or working of blood, or of the vita! fpirits. 
For the iflue or infant is contented with them as they are made and wrought by his mother. 
Which, until it hath obtained a full, perfeft and whole defcription of his parts and mem- 
bers, cannot bee called a childe; but rather an embryon, or an imperfeft fubllance. 
Oftbe Vmbilical veflels, or tbe veflels belonging to the navel. 
An old opini- 
on confuted. 
Towhat ufe 
the knots of 
the childe'a 
, navel in the 
wombferveth« 
The childe in 
the womb ta~ 
keth his nutri- 
ment by his 
navel) not by 
his mouth. 
, How the 
childe breath** 
' eth. 
CHAP. IX. 
Of tbe ebullition or fuelling oftbe feed in the womb, and of the concretion of the bubbles 
or bladders, or tbe three principal entrals. 
M the fix firft daies of conception the new veflels are thought to bee made 
and brought forth of the eminencies or cotylidons of the mother's veflels, 
and difperfed into all the whole feed, as they were fibres, or hairie firings. 
Thofe, as they pierce the womb, fb do they equally and in like manner pe- 
netrate the tunicle Chorion. And it is carried this way, beeing a paflage not 
onely neceflarie for the nutriment and conformation of the parts, but alfo 
into the veins diverfly woven and dilperfed into the skin Chorion. For thereby it commeth 
Eee 2 to 596 
Concerning the Generation of Man 
LIB.Z4.. 
to pafs, that the feed it felf boileth,and as it were fermenteth or fwelleth,not onely through 
occasion of the place, but alfo of the blood and vital fpirits that flow unto it and then it 
rifeth into three bubbles or bladders,like unto the bubbles which are occaiionedby the rain 
falling into a river or channel full of water. Thefe three bubbles or bladders , are certain 
rude, or new forms, or concretions of the three principall entrals, that is to fay , of the 
liver, heart and brain. All this former time it is called feed, and by no other name 5 but 
when thofe bubbles arife, it is called an embryon,or the rude form of a bodie until the per- 
feft conformation of all the members : on the fourth day after that the vein of the navel is 
formed, it fucketh grofler blood, that is, of a more full nutriment out of the Cotylidons. And 
this blood, becauf it is more grofs,eafily congeal's and curdle's in that place,where it ought 
to prepare the liver fully and abfolutely made. For tlfjn it is 6f a notable great bignefs a- 
bove all the other parts j and therefore it is called Parencbyma,beczu£it is but onely a certain 
congealing or concretion of blood brought together thither, or in that place. From the 
gibbous part thereof fpringeth the greater part or trunk of the hollow vein,called common- 
ly vena cava, which doth difperfhis fmall branches, which are like unto hairs, into alfo the 
fiibftance thereof: and then it is divided into two branches, whereof the one goeth up- 
wards, the other downwards unto all the particular parts of the bodie. 
In the mean feafon the arteries of the navel fuck fpirituous blood out of the eminencies 
or Cotylidons of the mother's arteries, whereof, that is to fay,of the more fervent and fpiritu- 
ous blood, the heart is formed in the fecond bladder or bubble, beeing endued with a more 
flefhie, found, and thick fiibftance, as it behooveth that veflel to bee, which is the fountain 
from whence the heat floweth, and hath a continual motion. 
In this the virtue formative hath made two hollow places 5 one on the right fide, another 
on the left. In the right, the root of the hollow vein is infixed or ingrafted , carrying thi- 
ther neceflarie nutriment for the heart: in the left is formed the ftamp or root of an arterie, 
which prefently doth divide it felf into two branches, the greater whereof goeth upwards 
to the upper parts, and the wider unto the lower parts, carrying unto all the parts of fhe 
bodie life and vital heat. 
The three 
bladders. 
When the feed 
is called an 
an embryon. 
Why the liver 
is called P«- 
renchyma. 
CHAP. X. 
He far greater portion of the feed goeth into this third bubble, that is to fay, 
yeelding matter for the conformation of the brain, and all the head For a grea- 
ter quantitie of feed ought to go unto the conformation of the head and 
brain; becauf thefe parts are not fanguine or bloodie , as the heart and liver; 
but in a manner without blood, bonie, marrow, cartilaginous, nervous , and 
membranous, whofe parts, as the veins, arteries, nervs, ligaments, panicles, and skin , are 
called parts; becaufthey obtain their firft conformation almoftof feed onely : 
although that afterwards they are nouriftied with blood, as the other flelhie and mufculous 
parts are. But yet the blood, when it is com unto thole parts,degenerateth, and turneth in- 
to a thing fomwhat Ipermatick, by virtue of the aflimulative facultie of thole parts. All the 
other parts of the head, form and falhion themlelvs unto the form of the brain, when it is 
formed; and thole parts which are lituated and placed about it for defence efpecially, are 
hardened into bones. 
The head, as the feat of the fenfes, and manlion of the minde and reafon, is lituated in 
the higheft place; that from thence, as it were from a loftie tower or turret, it might rule 
and govern all the other members , and their fun&ions and aftions that are under it: for 
there the foul or life, which is the re&refs or governefs, is lituated; and from thence it flow- 
eth, and is difperled into all the whole bodie. Nature hath framed thefe three principal en- 
trals, as props and fuftentations for the weight of all the reft of the bodie: for which mat- 
ter allo (hee hath framed the bones. 
The firft bones that appear to bee formed,or arc fuppofed to bee conformed,are the bones 
called off a Ilium, connexed or united by Ipbndyls that are between them: then all the other 
members are framed and proportioned by their concavities and hollownefles, which gener- 
ally are feven, that is to lay, two of the ears, two of the note, one of the mouth ,and in the 
parts beneath the head, one of the fundament, and another of the yard or conduit of the 
bladder; and furthermore in women, one of the neck of the womb,without the which they 
can never bee made mothers or bear children. 
W hen all thele are finilhed, nature, that lhee might polilh her excellent work in all forts, 
hath covered all the bodie and everie member thereof with -skin. Into this excellent work or 
l Microcofinos Co perfected, God, the author of nature and all things, infuleth or ingrafteth a 
foul or life: which St. Auguftine prooveth by this fentence of Mofes: Ifanie man finite a wo- 
man with child, fo that thereby fbee bee delivered before ber natural .time, and the child be dead> beeing 
firfl formed in tbewombjet him die the death ; but if the child ba'tbnot as yet obtained the ful proportion 
• i ' and 
Of the third Bubble or Bladder, -wherein the head and the brain is formed. 
Why the grea- 
ter portion of 
feed goeth into 
generation of 
the head and 
brain. 
Why the head 
is placed on 
the top of the 
bedie. 
EJffiLio.qtl.fi LlB.Zzj- 
Concerning the (jeneration of <£M.an. 
597 
and conformation o f bis bodie and members, let bim recommence it with monie. Therefore it is not to 
bee thought that the life is derived,propagated or taken from Adam or our parents,a$ it were 
an hereditarie thing diftributed unto all mankinde by their parents 5 but wee muft believit 
to bee immediately created of God, even at the verie inftant time when the child isabfolute- 
ly perfected in the lineaments of his bodie, and fo given unto it by him. 
So therefore the rude lumps of flelh called mol# that engender in women's wombs, and 
mongers of the like breeding and confufed bignefs, although by reafon of a certain quake- 
ing and fhivering motion,they feem to have lite,yet they cannot bee fuppoled to bee endued 
with a lite or a reatbnable foul: but they have their motion, nutriment and increaf wholly ' 
of the natural and infixed facultie of the womb, and of the generative or procreative fpirit 
that is ingrafted naturally in the teed. 
But even as the infant in the womb obtaineth not perfect conformation before the thir- 
tieth day, fo likewile it doth not move before thefixtieth day: at which time it is moft com- 
monly not perceived'by women, by reafon of the fmalnefs of the motion. But now let us 
tpeak briefly of the life or foul, wherein confifteth the principal original ofeverie fun&ion 
in the bodie, and likewife of generation. 
The WflAsin 
the womb liv- 
eth not as the 
childe. 
CHAP. XI. 
Of the life or foul. 
HE foul entreth into the bodie, fo foon as it hath obtained a perfed and abfo- 
lute diftin&ion and conformation of the members in the womb , which in male- 
children, by reafon of the more ftrong and forming heat which is ingraffed in 
them, is about the fortieth day, and in females about the fortie fifth day; in (bm 
(boner, and in fom later, by reafon of the efficacie of the matter working, and 
pliantnefs or obedience of the matter whereon it worketh. Neither doth the life or foul 
beeing thus infpired into the bodie prefently execute or perform all his functions, becaufthe 
inftruments that are placed about it cannot obtain a firm and hard confiftence neceflarie for 
the lively, but efpecially for the more divine minifteries of the life or foul, but in a long 
procefs of age or time. 
Thole inftruments of the (bul are vitiated either in the firft conformation, as when the 
formorfalhion of the head is Ihaped upwards or pyramidal, as was the head of 'Therfites3 
that lived in the time of the Trojan war, and of 'Iriboulet and that lived in later 
years; or alfo by fom cafualtie,as by the violent handling of the midwife,who by comprefli- 
on, by reafon that the fcul is then tender and (oft, hath caufled the capacitie of the ventri- 
cles that bee under the brain to bee too narrow forthem: or by a fall, ftroak, diforder in 
diet, as by drunkennefs, or a fever, which inferreth a lithargie , exceflive fleepinefs, or 
phrenfie. 
Prefently after the foul is entred the bodie,God endueth it with divers and fundrie gifts: 
hereof it commeth that (bm are endued with wifdom by thefpirit; others with knowlcdg 
by the fame fpirit; others with the gift of healing by the fame fpirit; others with power, 
dominion and rule; others with prophefie; others with diverfities of tongues; and to o- 
thers other endowments, as it hath pleafed the divine providence and bountie of God to 
beftow upon them, againft which no man ought to contend or (peak. For it is not meet that the 
thing formed fbould fay unto him that formed it3 why baft thou made mee thus ? bdft> not the Potter power 
io make of the fame lump of claie one veffel to honor and another to dishonor ? it is not my purpofe, 
neither belongeth it unto mee or anie other humane creature to (earch out the reafon of 
thofe things, But onely to admire them with all humilitie , But yet I dare affirm this one 
thingjthata noble and excellent foul neglefteth elementarie and tranfitorie things,and is ra- 
viffied and mooved with the contemplation of celeftial,which it cannot freely enjoie before 
it bee (eparated from this earthlie inclofure or prilbn of the bodie,and bee reftored unto its 
original. 
Therefore the foul is the inward Entclechia or perfection, or the primitive cauf of all mo- 
tions and funftions both natural and animal, and the true form of man. The Antients 
have endevoured to exprefs the obfcure fence thereof by many defcriptions. For they have 
called it a celeftiall (pirit, and a fuperior, incorporal, invifible, an immortal eflence, which 
is to bee comprehended of its (elf alone, that is, of the mindeor underftanding. Others 
have not doubted but that wee have our (buls infpired by the univerfal divine minde, which 
as they are alive, fo they do beftow life on the bodies unto whom they are annexed or 
united. And although this life bee difperfed into all the whole bodie, and into everie b 
portion of the fame , yet is it void of all corporal weight or mixtion , and it is e 
wholly and alone in everie feveral part, beeing Ample and invifible , without all ' 
compofition or mixture , yet endued with manie virtues and faculties 5 which it f 
E e e 3 doth , 
" The life goeth 
■ not into the 
tnafsoffeed 
that doth en- 
gender the 
childe, before 
the bodie of 
the childe and 
each part 
thereof hath 
his perfeft 
proportion and 
form. 
Why the life or 
foul doth not 
prefently exe- 
cute all his of- 
fices. 
i Cor.c, iz. 
What the foul 
or life is. 
The life is in 
all the whole 
bodie, and in 
everie portion 
thereon 
The life or 
foul i$ fimple 
and indivifi- 
blc Concerning the (feneration of Man. 
LIB.24.. 
598 
doth utter in divers parts of the bodie: For it feeleth, imagineth, judgeth,remembreth,un- 
derftandeth, and ruleth all our defires, pleafures, and animal motions ; it fee'th, heareth, 
fmelleth, tafteth, toucheth: and it hath divers names of thefe fo manie and fo great functi- 
ons, which it performeth in divers parts of the bodie. It is called the foul or life ; becauf it 
maketh the bodie live, which of it felf is dead. It is called the ftirit or breath j becauf it in- 
fpireth our bodies. It is called reafon:, becaufit difcerneth truth from fallhood, as it were 
by a certain divine rule.lt is termed the minde ; becauf it is mindeful of things paft, in re-cal- 
ling and remembring them: And it is called the vigor or courage ■, becauf it giveth vigor and 
courage to the fluggifh weight, or mats of the bodie. And laftly, it is called the fenf and 
underftanding; becauf it comprehendeth things that are fenfible and intelligible. Becauf it is 
it cannot occupie a place by corporeal extenfion; although notwithftanding 
it filleth the whole bodie. It is fimfle ; becaufit is but one in eflence, not increafed, nor di- 
minifhed: for it is no lefs in a Dwarf then in a Giant 5 and it is like perfect and great in an 
infant as in a man, according to its own nature. 
But there are three kindes of bodies informed by a foul whereby they live : the firft bee- 
ing the moft imperfeft, is of plants ; the fecond of brute beafts ; and the third of men. The 
plants live by a vegetative 5 beafts by a fenfitive ; and men by an intellective foul. And as 
the fenfitive foul of brute beafts is endued with all the virtues of the vegetative ; fo the hu- 
" mane intellective comprehendeth the virtues of all the inferior, notfeparated by anie divi- 
e Aon, but by beeing indivifibly united with reafon and underftanding, into one humane 
form and foul whereon they depend. But becauf wee have laid a little before, that divers 
funftions of the life are refident, and appear in divers parts of the bodie herein this place, 
omitting all others, wee will profecute thofe onely which are accounted the principal. 
The principal functions of an humane foul, according to the opinion of manie, are 
four in number, proceeding from fo manie faculties, and confequently from one foul ; they 
i-are thefe: The Common Senf, Imagination, Reafoning, and Memorie. And they think 
that the common or interior fenfdoth receiv the forms and images of fenfible things, bee- 
ing carried by the fpirit through the paflage of the nervs, as an inftrument of the external 
n fenfes, as it were a meflenger to go between them 5 and it ferv's not onely to receiv them, 
but alfo to know, perceiv,and difcern them. Fortheeie, wherein the external fenfof fee- 
ing confifteth, doth not know white or black. Therefore it cannot difcern the differences 
of colors, as neither the tongue tafte's, nor the nofe favor's, nor the ears found, nor laftly, 
the hands their touching qualitie: yea, the eie doth not of it felf perceiv that it fee'th, nor 
the nofe that it fmelleth, nor the ears that they hear, nor the tongue that it tafteth, nor the 
hands that they touch. For all thefe things are the offices and funftions of the common 
fenf; for this fenf knoweth that the eie hath feen fom thing, either white,black,red, a man, 
horf, fheep, or fom fuch like material thing; yea, even when the Aght is gon and paft 5 and 
fo likewife the nofe to have fmelled this or that favor , the ear to have heard this or that 
found,'the tongue to have tafted this or that tafte, and the hand to have touched this or 
that thing, bee they never fo divers. For all the external fenfes, and all the funftions there- 
of do end, and are referred to the Common fenG as it were the lines of a circle from the cir- 
cumference into the center, as it is expreffed in this figure. 
Divers names, 
and the reafon 
of divers 
names that arc 
given to hu- 
mane forms. 
Three kindes 
of liveing bo- 
dies. 
The fuperior 
foul contained 
in it felf all the 
powers of the 
inferior. 
What the com- 
mon fenf. 
The fuuftion 
of the common 
fenf is double. 
For what cauf 
the internal 
fenf is called 
the common 
fenf. 
For which caufit is called the common or principal fenf; for that therein the primitive 
power of feeling or perceiving is Atuated, for it ufeth the minifterie or fervice of the exter- 
nal fenfes, to know manie and divers things, whofe differences it doth difcern and judg;but 
Ample things, that are of themfelvs, and without anie compofition and connexion , which 
may conftitute anie thing true or falf, or anie argumentation 9 belongeth onely to the 
minde, underftanding, or reafon. For this was the counfel of nature, that the external fen- 
fes fhould receiv the forms of things foperficially, lightly, and gently onely ; like as a glafs, 
1 not to anie other end, but that they fhould prefently fend them unto the Common (en£as it 
were unto their center and prince, which hee (that is to fay, the Common fenf) delivereth 
to bee collefted unto the underftanding or reafoning facultie of the foul, which Avicen and 
Averrots have fuppofed to bee Atuated in the former part of the brain. 
Next unto the common fenf followeth the phantafie or imagination , (b called, be- 
cauf of it arife the forms and Idea's that are conceived in the minde, called of the Greeks 
Phantafmata. 
The common 
fenf underftan' 
deth or know- 
eth thofethings 
that are fimple 
onely. 
What imagi- 
nation is. Lib.z4-u 
Concerning the (feneration ofMdn, 
599 
Tbantaj'mata. This doth never reft but in thole that deep : neither alwaies in them, for oft- 
times in them it caulleth dreams,and caufeth them tb fuppofe they fee and perceiv fuch 
things as were never perceived by the fenfes, nor which the nature of things, nor the order 
of the world will permit. The power of this facultie of the minde is fo great in us, that it 
often bringeth the whole bodie in lubjeftion unto it. 
For it is recorded in hiftorie, that Alexander the Great fitting at Table, and hearing 77- 
motbeus the Mufician fing a Martial fonnet unto his Cythern,that hee prefently leaped from 
the table, and called for arrnsj but when again the Mufician mollified his tune, hee return- 
ed to the table and fate down as before. The power of imagination cauffedby mufical har- 
monic, was fo great, that it fubje&ed to it the courage of the World's conqueror, by whole 
various motion, it would now as it were cauf him to run headlong to arms, and then paci- 
fic and quiet him, and fo cauf him to return to his chair and banquetting again. And there 
was one whofoever it was, who fom few years agon, feeing the Turk dance on a rope on 
high, with both his feet fall ned in abalin, turned his eies from fo dangerous a fight or 
Tpedacle, although came of purpole to fee it, and ftricken with fuch fear, that his bo- 
die fhook and heart quaked, for fear left that by Hidden falling down headlong hee Ihould 
break his neck. Manie looking down from an high and loftie place, are fo ftricken with 
fear, that fuddenly they fall down headlong, beeing fo overcom and bound with the ima- 
gination of the danger, that their own ftrength is notable tofiiftain them. Therefore it 
manifeftly appeareth that God hath dealt moft gracioully and loveingly with us,who unto 
this power of imagination, hath joined another, that is, the facultie or power of reafon and 
underftanding $ which difcerning falfdangers and perils from true,doth luftain and hold up 
a man that hee may not bee overthrown by them. 
After this appearetftand approacheth to perform his funftion , the facultie of Realbn, 1 
beeing the Prince of all the principal faculties of the foul 5 which bringeth together, i 
compofeth, joineth, and reduceth allthefimple and divided forms or images of things 
into one heap, that by dividcing, colle&ing, and reafoning it might difcern and trie truth 
from falfliood. 
This facultie of Underftanding or Reafon is fubjeft to no facultie or inftrument of the 
bodie, but is free, and penetrateth into everie fecret, intricate and hidden thing with an in- * 
credible celeritie: by which a man lee'th what will follow, perceiveth the originals and 
caufles of things, is not ignorant of the proceedings of things; hee compareth things that 
are paft with thole that are prelent and to com, decreeing what to follow, and what to a- 
void. This bridleth and with-holdeth the furious motions of the minde, bridleth the over- 
haftie motions of the tongue, and admonilheth the fpeaker that before the words pals out of 
his mouth, hee ought with diligence and diferetion to ponder and confider the thing where- 
of hee is about to fpeak. 
After Reafon and Judgment followeth Memorie , which keeping and conferving all , 
forms and images that it receiveth of the fenfes, and which Realbn ihall appoint, and as a i 
faithful keeper and conferver, receiveth all things, and imprinteth and fealeth them as well 
by their own virtue and power, as by the impulfion and adherence of thole things in the bo- 
die of the brain, without anie impreflion of the matter that when occafion ferveth,wcemay 
bring them forth there-hence as out of a trealurie or ftore-houl. For otherwife, towhat 
purpofe were it to read, hear, and note fo manie things, unlefs wee were able to keep and 
retain them in minde by the care and cuftodieof the Memorie or Brain > Therefore aflured- 
ly God hath given us this onely remedie and prefervative againft the oblivion and ignorance 
of things, which although of it felf and of its own nature it bee of greater efficacie, yet by 
dailie and often meditation it is trimmed and made more exquifite and perfeft. And hence 
it was that the Antients termed wildom the daughter of memorie and experience. Manie 
have fuppofed that the manfion or feat of the Memorie, is in the hinder part, or in the ven- 
tricle of the Cerebellum 5 by reafon that it is apt to receiv the forms of things,becauf of the en- 
grafted drinels and hardnefs thereof. 
. What Reafon 
> 
The fun&ions 
ofReafon. 
What memorie 
is. 
Wifdom the 
daughter of 
memorie and 
experience. 
CHAP. XII. 
Of the natural excrements in general, and efyecially oftbofe that the cbilde 
or infant beeing in the ■womb excludetb. 
Efore I declare what excrements the infant excludeth in the womb and by what 
paflages, I think it good to (peak of the excrements which all men do naturally 
void. All that is called an excrement which nature is accuftomed to feparate and 
caft out from the laudable aud nourifhing juice. There are manie kindes of 
thole excrements. 
The firft is of the firft conco&ion, which is performed in the ftomach, which beeing dri- 
ven down into the inteftines or guts, is voided by the fundament. ' 
The fecond commeth from the Liver and it ufually is three-fold, or of three kindes; one 
choler- 
What an ex- 
crement is. 
The excre- 
ment ofthefirft 
concoftion. Concerning the (generation of Man 
LlBeXzj. 
600 
Theexcrement 
of the (econd 
concodion is 
triple. 
cholerick, whereof a great portion is (ent into the bladder of the gall, that by fweating 
out there-hence, it might ftir up the expulfive facultie of the guts to expel and exclude the 
excrements. The other is like unto whay, which goeth with the blood into the veins, and 
is as it were a vehicle thereto to bring it unto all the parts of the bodie , and into everie ca- 
pillar vein for to nourifli the whole bodies and after it hath performed that funftion, it is 
partly expelled by fweat, and partly fent into the bladder, and fb excluded with the urine. 
The third is the melancholick excrement which beeing drawn by the milt, the purer and 
thinner part thereof goeth into the nourifhment of the milt, and after the remnant is part- 
ly purged out downwards by the Hemorrhoidal veins, and partly fent to the orifice of the 
t ftomach, to inftimulate and provoke the appetite. The laft commeth of the laft concoftion, 
which is abfblved in the habit of the bodie, and breathed out, partly by infenfible tranfpira- 
tion, is partly confumed by fweating, and partly floweth out by the evident and manifeft 
paflages that are proper to everie part: as it happeneth in the brain before all other partsjfor 
it doth unload it felt of this kinde of excrement by the paflages of the nofe,mouth,ears,eies, 
p a la t-bone and futures of the fail. 
Therefore if anie of thole excrements bee ftaied altogether, or anie longer then it is meet 
they fhould,the default is to bee amended by diet and medicine. Furthermore, there are o- 
ther forts ofexcrements not natural, of which wee have entreated at large in our book of 
the peftilence. 
When the infant is in the mother's womb, until hee is fully andabfolutely formedin all 
the lineaments of his bodie,hee fends forth his urine by the paffage of the navel or urachus- 
But a little before the time of childe-birth, the urachus is doled, and then the man-childe 
voideth his urine by the conduit of the yard, and the woman-childe by the neck of the 
womb. This urine is gathered together and contained in the coat Chorion or Allantoides, to- 
gether with the other excrements, that is to fay,fweat,and fuch whayifh fuperfluities of the 
menftrual matter, for the more eafie bearing up of the floteing or fwimming childe. But in 
■ the time of childe-birth , when the infant by kicking breaketh the membranes, thofe hu- 
mors run out, which when the midwives perceiv,they take it as a certain fign that the childe 
is at hand. For if the infant com forth together with thofe waters, the birth is like to bee 
more eafie, and with the better fiiccefs; for the neck of the womb and all the genitals are 
id by their moifture relaxed and made flipperie , that by the endevor and ftirring of the 
infant the birth will bee more eafie, and with the better fuccefs: contrariwife, if the infant 
bee not excluded before all thefe humors bee wholly flowed out and gon , but remaineth as 
it were in adrie place, preftntly through drinels the neck of the womb and all the genitals 
will bee contrafted and drawn together, fo that the birth of the childe will bee verie dif- 
ficult and hard, unlefs the neck of the womb, to amend that default, bee annointed with oil 
or fbm other relaxing liquor. Moreover, when the childe is in the womb, hee voideth no 
excrements by the fundament, unlefs it bee when at the time of the birth, the proper mem- 
branes and receptacles are bur'ft by the ftriveing of the infant,for hee doth not take his meat 
at the mouth, wherefore the ftomach is idle then, and doth not execute the office of turning 
rhe meats into chylus, nor of anie other concoftion; wherefore nothing can go down from 
n it into the guts. Neither have I feldom feen infants born without anie hole in their funda- 
. meat, fb that 1 have been conftrained with a knife to cut in funder the membrane or tuniclc 
that grew over and flopped it. And how can fuch excrements bee engendred, when the 
childe beeing in the womb, is nouriflied with the more laudable portion of the menftrual 
blood ? therefore the iflue or childe is wont to yeeld or avoid two kindes or forts of excre- 
ments, fplongas hee is in the womb, that is to fay, iweat and urine, in both which hee 
fwimsj butthey arefeparatedby themfelvs,by a certain tunicle called Allantoides, as it may 
bee feen in kids, dogs, fheep, and other brute beafls j for as much as in mankinde the tunicle 
,;iCtymon and Allantoides or all one membraneJf the woman bee great of a man- 
'childe, fhee is more merrie, ftrong, and better colored, all the time of her childe-bearingjbut 
ifof a woman-childe, fhee is ill colored, becaufthat women are not fo hot as men. 
The males begin to ftir within three months and an half, but females after : if a woman 
conceiv a male-childe, fhee hath all her right parts ftronger to everie work: wherefore they 
do begin to fet forwards their right fodt firft in going, and when they arife they lean on 
the right arm, the right dug will fooner fwell and wax hard : the male-children ftir more 
in the right fide then in the left, and the female-children rather in the left then in the right 
fide., •• 
T he excremen 
efthe third 
concodion is 
triple. 
Thcufeofthe 
navel-firing. 
The irgns of 
fpeedie and ca- 
fe deliverance. 
Children born 
wiebottta paf- 
fage in their 
tadaeneat. 
■ io nut; 'J 
CHAP. Lib.1z|.. 
Concerning the Generation ofoZMan 
601 
Vfitbwbat travail the Childe is brought into the world, and of the cauf of this labor and travail. 
CHAP. XIII. 
Fieri the natural prefixed and prefcribed time of chilcle-birthis com, the childe 
beeing then grown greater,require's a greater quahtitie bf food : which when 
hee cannot receiv in fufficient meafure by his navel, with great labor and (hi- 
ving hee endeavoreth to get forth therefore then hee is mooved with a ftrong- 
:r violence,and doth break the membranes wherein hee is contained. Then the 
womb, becauf it is not able to endure fiich violent motions,nor fuftain or hold up the childe 
anie longer, by reafon that the conceptacles of the membranes are broken afunder, is rela- 
xed. and then the childe purfuing the air which hee feeleth to enter in at the mouth of the 
womb, whichthenisverie wide and gapeing, is carried with his head downwards, and fb 
commeth into the world with great? pain both unto it felf, and alfo unto his mother, by 
reafon of the tendernefsof his bodie, and alfo by reafon of the nervous neck of his mo- 
thers womb,and feparation of the bone called Os Ilium from the bone called Os facrum. For 
unlefs thofe bones were drawn in funder, how could not onely twins that cleav fall toge- 
ther, but alfo one childe alone,com forth at fo narrow a paffage as the neck of the womb is? 
Not onely reafon, but alfo experience con firmeth it; for I opened the bodies of women pre- 
(ently after they have died of travail in childe-birth, in whom I have found the bones of Ili- 
um to bee drawn the bredth of ones finger from Os facrum: and moreover, in manie unto 
whom I have been called, beeing in great extremitie of difficult and hard travail, I have not 
onely heard, but alfo felt the bones to cracle and make a noif, when I laid my hand upon 
the coccyx or rump,by the violence of the diftention. Alfo honeft matrons have declared 
unto mee that they themfelvs, a few daies before the birth , have felt and heard the noif of 
thofe bones feparateing themfelvs one from another with great pain. Alfo a long time after 
the birth manie do feel great pain and ach about the region of the coccyx and Os facrum, fo 
that when nature is not able to repair the diffolved continuitie of the bones of llium3 they are 
conftrained to halt all the daies of their life after. But the bones of the (hare called Offapu- 
bif) Ihaveneverfeentobeefeparated,asmaniedo alfo affirm. It is reported that in Italic 
the coccyxor rump in all maidens, that when they com to bee married thee may bear chil- 
dren with the leffer travail in childe-birth ■, but this is a forged tale, for that bone beeing 
broken, is naturally and of its own accord repaired, and ioined together again with a CaHus, 
whereby the birth of the childe will bee more difficult and hard. 
Why the infant 
is born fom- 
timeswith his 
head forwards" 
In the time of 
childc birth the 
bones of Ilium 
and Osfacvum 
are drawn and 
extended one 
from another. 
An Italian fa- 
ble. 
CHAP. XIV. 
Of the fnuation of the infant in the womb. 
Eaton cannot fhew the certain fituation of the infant in the womb, for I have 
found it altogether uncertain,variable and diverf both in liveing and dead women: 
in the dead by opening their bodies prefently after they were dead; and in the live- 
ing by helping them by the induftrie of my hand, when they have been in danger 
of perilhing by travail of childe-birth : for by putting my hand into the womb, I have felt 
the infant comming forth,tomtimes with his feet forwards, fomeimes with his hands, and 
fomtimes With his hands and feet turned backwards, and fomtimes forwards as the figure 
following plainly defcribeth. 
The fituation 
of the infant in 
the womb is 
diverf. 
I have often found them comming forth with their knees forwards, and fomtimeswith 
one ofthefeet3and fomtimeswith their bellie forwards, their hands and feet beeing lifted 
upwards,as the former figure (heweth at large. Som~ 602 
Concerning the Generation of Man 
LlB.Zzp 
Somtimes I have found tbe infant cam- 
ming with his feet downwards ftrideinga- 
fomtimes headlong, ftretching one 
of bis arms downward out at length* and 
that was an Hermaphrodite, as the figure 
fol/owinatdainly declare th. 
One time I observed in the birth of 
twins, that tbs one came with bis bead for- 
wards> and tbe other with bis feet, according 
as here I have thought good to defcribe 
them. 
In the bodies of women that died in travail of childe I have fomtimes found children no 
bigger then if they had been but four months in the womb, fituated in a round compafs like 
a hoop, with their head bowed down to their knees, with both their hands under the 
knees, and their heels clofe to their buttocks. And moreover, I proteft before God that I 
found a childe beeing yet alive in the bodie of his mother (whom I opened fb foon as fhee 
was dead) lying all along ftretched out, with his face upwards, and the palms of his hands 
joined together,*as if hee were at praier. 
CHAP. XV. 
Which is the legitimate and natural3 and which the illegitimate or unnatural time of childe-birtb. 
Mankinde 
hath no certain 
timeofbring- 
ingforthjoung 
O all liveing creatures, except man, the time of conception and bringing forth 
their young is certain and definite; but the iflue of man commeth into the 
world , fomtimes in the feventh, fomtimes in the eighth; and fomtimes, which 
is moft frequent, in the ninth month; fomtimes in the tenth month; yea fom- 
times in the beginning of the eleventh month. Maffiainus report's that Lucius 
Papyriut the Pretor, the fecond heir commencing a fuit, gave the pofleflion of the goods a- 
way from him, feeing the mother of the childe affirmed that fhee went thirteen months 
therewith, beeing there is no certain definite time of childe-birth. The childe that is born 
in the fixt month cannot bee long-lived, becaufthat at that time all his bodie or members 
are not perfeftly finiffied, or abfolutely formed. In the feventh month it is prooved by reafbn 
e and experience that the infant may bee long-lived. But in the eighth month it is feldom or 
never long-lived: the reafbn thereof is, as the Aftronomers fuppofe, becaufthat at that time 
Saturn ruleth, whofe coldnefs and drinefs iscontrarie to the original of life: but yet the 
phyfical reafon is more true; for the phylicians fay that the childe in the womb doth often- 
times in the feventh month ftrive to bee fet at libertie from the inclofure of the womb, and 
therefore it contendeth and laboreth greatly, and fo with laboring amd driving it becom- 
meth weak, that all the time of the eighth month it cannot recover his ftrength again,where- 
by it may renew his accuftomed ufe of (h iving, and that fbm by fuch laboring and ftriving 
hurt themfelvs, and fo die. Yetfomftrong andluftie women are thought to bring forth 
their children, beeing livelie and ftrong, on the eighth month, as Ariftotle teftifieth of the 
Egyptians, the Poets of the inhabitants of the Ifle of Naxuh and manie of the Spaniards. 
Furthermore I cannot fufficientjy marvel, that the womb,which all the time of childe-bear- 
ing is fb doled together, that one can fcarceput a probe into it, unlels it bee by fuperfoetati- 
on, or when it is open for a Ihort time to purge it felf, that presently before the time of 
childe-birth, it fhould gape and wax lb wide, that the infant may pafs through it, anp pre- 
fently after it to clofe again as if it had never been opened. But becauf that the travail of 
the firft time of childe-birth is wont to bee verie difficult and grievous, I think it not un- 
meet that all women, a littlebefore the lime of thtir firft travail, annoint and relax their 
privie parts with the unguent here defcribed, ft. cr. cetz, i|ii. ol, amigd. cert 
Why the childe 
is fcarce alive 
in the eighth 
month. 
Lib. 4. dt bift. 
animxap,?. LlB.Zz].. 
Qoncerning the (feneration of Man. 
603 
inedul. cer-vin. §iii. axung. anf.& gallin. an. tereb. make thereof an ointment to 
noint the thighs, fliare, pnvie-parts and genitals. Furthermore, it ffiall not bee unprofita" 
ble, to make a truCs or girdle of moft thin and gentle dog-skin, which beeing alfo annoin- 
ted with the fame unguent, may lerv verie neceflarily for the better carrying of the infant in 
the womb. Alfo baths that are made of the decoftion of mollifying herbs,are alfo verie pro- 
fitable to relax the privie parts a little before the time of the birth. That is fuppofed to bee 
a natural and eafie birth, when the infant commeth forth with his head forwards, prefent- 
ly following the flux of water; and that is more difficult, when the infant commeth with 
his feet forwards : all the other waies are moft difficult. Therefore Mid-wives are to bee ad- 
monifhed that as often as they perceiv the childeto bee comming forth none of thole waies 
but either with his bellieor his back forwards, as it were double; or elf with his hands and 
feet together, or with his head forwards, and one of bis hands ftretched out, that they ffiould 
turn it, and draw it out by the feet; for the doing whereo£>if they bee not Efficient Jet them 
crave the affiftance and help of fom expert Chirurgian. 3 
The natural 
and eafiechild- 
birth. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Signs of the birth at band. 
Here will bee great pain under the navel, and at the groins, and fpreading there- 
hence toward the Vertebra of the loins, and then efpecially when they are drawn 
back from the Os facrum, the bones Ilia and the Coccyx are thruft outward, the ge- 
nitals fwell with pain, and a certain Fever-like ffiakeing invade's the bodie, the 
face waxeth red by reafbn ofthe endeavor of nature, armed unto the expulfion of the infant. 
And when thefe figns appear, let all things bee prepared readie to the childe-birth. There- 
forefirft of all let the woman that is in travail bee placed in her bed conveniently, neither 
with her face upwards, nor fitting, but with her back upwards and fomwhat high, that thee j 
may breath at libertie, and have the more power or ftrength to labor. Therefore fhee 
ought to have her legs wide one from another, and crooked , or her heels fomwhat bowed 
up towards her buttocks, lb that fhee may lean on a ftaff that muft beee placed overthwart 
the bed. There are fom that do travail in a ftool or a chair made for the fame purpofe: others 
Handing upright on their feet, and leaning on the poaft or piller of the bed. But you muft 
take diligent heed that you do not exhort or perfwade the woman in travail to ftrive or la- 
bor to expel the birth before the fore.named figns thereof do manifeftly fhew that it is at 
hand. For by fiich labor or pains fhee might vbee wearied or ioweakned, that when fhee 
(hould ftrive or labor, fhee fhall have no power or ftrength fo to do. If all thefe things do 
fall out well in the childe-birth. the bufinefs is to be committed to nature, and to the Mid- 
wife. And the woman with* childe muft onely bee'admonilhed that when fhee feeleth verie 
ftrong pain, that fhee prefently therewith ftrive with moft ftrong expreflion , fhutting her 
mouth and nofe if fhee pleaf, and at the fame time let the Midwife with her hands force the 
infant from above downwards. But if the birth bee more difficult and painful, by reafbn 
that the waters wherein the infant lay are flown out long before, and the womb bee drie, 
this ointment following is to bee prepared. R, butyri recentis fine [ale in aqub artemefia loti^ii.1 
mucaginis ficuum, femin. cum aqua fabina Uliorumfffi.rtaka there- ( 
of an ointment, wherewith let the Midwife often annoint the fecret parts. Alfb this pow- : 
der following may bee prepared. R. Cinnamon. cort. caflia fitful. ditfamni Jaccb. albi ad < 
fondus omnium : make thereof a moft fubtil and fine powder. Let the woman that is in ex- ' 
tremitie by reafbn of difficult and painful travail in childe-birth, take half an ounce thereof < 
at a time, with the decoftion oflin-feed, or in white wine, for it will cauf more fpeedie and ( 
eafie deliverance of the childe. 
Moreover let the midwife annoint her hands with this ointment following as often as 
fhee putteth them into the neck of the womb, and therewith alfb annoint the parts about 
it. olei ex feminibus lini,%i$. olei de ladani make thereof 
a liniment. Moreover, you may provoke fheefing, by putting a little pepper or white He- 
lebore in powder into the noftrils. Lin-feed beaten, and given in potion, with the water of 
Mugwurt and Savine, is fuppofed to cauf fpeedie deliverance. Alfb the medicine following 
is commended for the fame purpofe. R. corticis cafjia fifiul, conqwafiata cicer. rub.mfi. bulli- 
ant cum vino albo & aqua fufficienti, fubfinem addenda fabina,%ii. in colatura pro dofi adde 
crocigr.Yi. make thereof a potion, which beeing taken, let fheefing bee provoked, as it is 
above-faid, and let her fhutor clofe her mouth and noftrils. 
Manie times it happeneth that the infant commeth into the world out of the womb,have- 
ing his head covered or wrapped about with a portion of the fecundine or tunicle wherein 
it is inclofed, efpecially, when by the much, ftrong, and happie ftriveing of the mother, hee 
commeth forth together with the water wherein it lieth in the womb, and then the mid- 
wives prophefie or fore-tell that the childe fhall bee happie, becaufhee is born as it were 
with a hood on his head. But I fuppofc that it doth betoken health of bodie both to the in- 
fant 
How the wo- 
man that tra- 
vailcthinchild- 
birh muft bee 
placed in her 
bed. 
An unftion to 
fupplie the de- 
fed of the wa- 
ters that are 
flowed out too 
long before 
the birth. 
A powder to 
cauffpeedie de- 
liverance in 
cbilde-birth. 
fefi.j.e 
A potion cau- 
sing fpeedie de- 
liverance. 604 
Concerning the Generation of Adan 
Lib. id.. 
fant and alfo to his mother; for it is a token ofealie deliverance. For when the birth is 
difficult and painful, the childe never bringeth that membrane out with him, but it remain- 
ed! behindein the paflage of the gentitals or fecret parts, becaufthey are narrow. For even 
fo the Snake or Adder when ffiee (hould caft her skin thereby to renew her age, creepeth 
through fom narrow or ftrait paflage. Prefently after birth, the woman fo delivered muft 
take two or three fpoonfuls of the oil of fweet almonds extrafted without fire, and tempe- 
red with fugar.Som will rather ufe the yelks of egs with fugar,fom the wine called hypocras, 
others cullifes or gellie: but alwaies divers things are to bee uftd, according as the patient 
or the woman in childe-bed (hall bee grieved, and as the Phylician (hall give counfel, both 
to eafand affwage the furious torments and pain of the throws, to recover her ftrengch and 
nouriffi her. 
. Throws com prefently after the birth of the childe, becauf that then the veines ( nature 
beeing wholly converted to expulfion ) caft out the reliques of the menftrual matter that 
hath been fuppreffed for the fpace of nine months,into the womb with great violence, which 
becaufthey are grofs, flimie and dreggiffi, cannot com forth without great pain both to the 
veines from whence they com, and alfo unto the womb whereinto they go: alfo then by the 
converfion of that portion thereof that remaineth into winde, and by the undilcreet ad- 
miffion of the air in the time of the childe-birth, the womb and all the fecret parts will fwel, 
unleft it bee prevented with fom digefting, repelling or mollifying oil, or by artificial row- 
ling of the parts about the bellie. 
What a woman 
in travail muft 
take prefently 
after her deli- 
verance. 
Thecaufofthe 
after-throw*. 
CHAP- XVII. 
L J J 
<elently after the childe is bom, the midwife muft draw away the fecundine 
or after-birth, as gently as thee can: but if ffiee cannot, let her put her hands 
into the womb, and fo draw it out, feparateing it from the other parts j for o- 
therwife if it ffiould continue longer, it would bee more difficult to bee got- 
ten out, becaufthat prelently after the birth,the orifice of the womb is drawn 
together and clofed, and then all thefecundine muft bee taken from the childe. Therefore 
the navel-ftring muft bee tied with a double thred an inch from the bellie. Let not the knot 
bee too hard, left that part of the navel-ftring which is without the knot (hould fall away 
fooner then it ought, neither too flack or loof, left that an exceeding and mortal flux of 
blood ffiould follow after it is cut off,and left that through it (that is to fay the navel-ftring) 
the cold air ffiould enter into childes-bodie. When the knot is fo made, the navel-ftring 
muft bee cut in funder the bredth of two fingers beneath it with a (harp knife. Upon the fe- 
dion you muft applie a double linnen cloth dipped in oil of Roles, or of fweet Almonds, to 
mitigate the pain j for fo within a few daies after, that which is beneath the knot will tall 
away beeing deftitute of life and nourilhment, by reafon that the vein and arterie are tied fo 
clofe, that no life nor nourilhment can com unto it: commonly all midwives do let it lie 
unto the bare bellie of the infant, whereof commeth grievous pain and gripeing, by reafon 
of the coldnefs thereof which dieth by little and little as deftitute of vital heat. But it were 
far better to roul it in foft cotton or lint, until it bee mortified, and fo fall away. 
Thofe midwives do unadvifedly, who fo foon as the infant is born do prefently tie the 
navel-ftring and cut it off,not looking firft for the voiding of the fecundine. When all thele 
things are don, the infant muft bee wiped, cleanfed and rubbed from all filth and excrement 
with oil of Rofes or Myrtles. For thereby the pores of the skin will bee better ffiut, and the 
habit of the bodie the more ftrengthened. 
There bee fom that waffi infants at that time in warm water and red wine,and afterwards 
annoint them with the fore-named oils. Others waffi them not with wine alone, but boil 
therein red Roles and the leavs of Myrtles , adding thereto a little fait; and then ufeing 
this lotion for the (pace of five or fix daies, they not onely waffi away the filth, but alfo re- 
folv and digeft, if there bee anie hard or contufed place in the infant's tender bodie, by reafon 
ofthe hard travail and labor in childe-birth. Their toes and fingers muft bee handled,drawn 
afonder and bowed, and the joints of the arms and legs muft bee extended and bowed for 
manie daies and often 5 that thereby that portion of the excremental humor that remaineth 
in the joints,by motion may bee heated and refolveddf there bee anie default in the members, 
either in conformation, conftruftion or focietie with thole that are adjoining to them, it 
muft bee correfted or amended with fpeed. Moreover, you muft look whether anie of the 
natural paflages bee ftopped,or covered with a membrane, as it often happeneth. For if anie 
luch cover or flop the orifices of the ears, noftrils, mouth, yard or womb, it muft bee cut in 
fonder by the Chirurgion,and the paflage muft bee kept open by putting in of tents ,peffaries 
or dolels,left otherwift they ffiould join together again after they are cut. If hee have one 
finger more then hee ffiould naturally, if his his fingers do cleav dole together,like unto the 
feet of a Goof or Duck, if the ligamental membrane that is under the tongue bee more ffiort 
and 
What is to bee don prefently after the childe is born. 
Whythefecun- 
dine or after- 
birth muft bee 
taken away 
prefently after 
the birth ofthc 
childe. 
The bindeing 
of the childcs 
navel-ftring 
after the birth. 
The defaults 
that are com- 
monly in chil- 
dren newly 
born* 
Th: defaults of 
conformation 
muft bee fpee- 
dily amended.  
Concerning the Generation ofCTvian. 
605 
and ftifferthen it ought, that the infant cannot liick, nor in time to com, (peak, by realbn 
thereof j and if there bee anie other thing contrarie to nature, it muft bee all amended by 
the induftrie of lorn expert Chirurgian. 
Manie times in children newly born, there fticketh on the inner fide of their mouth and 
on their tongue, a certain chalkie fubftance, both in color and in conliftence; this affeft 
proceeding from the diftemperature of the mouth, the French-men call it the white Cancer. 
It will not permit the infant to fuck, and will Ihortly breed and degenerate into ulcers that 
will creep into the jawes, and even unto the throat, and unlefs it bee cleanled Ipeedily, will 
bee their death. Forremedie whereof, it mu ft bee cleanled by deterfives, as with a iinnen 
cloth bound to a little ftick,and dipped in a medicine of an indifferent conliftence made with 
oil of fweet almonds, honie and fugar. For by rubbing this gently on it, the filth may bee 
mollified, and fo cleanled or walhed awaie. 
Moreover it will bee verie meet and convenient to give the infant one fpoonful of oil of 
almonds, to m ike his bellie loof and flipperie, to alfwage the roughnels of the weafon and 
gullet, and to diflblv the tough phlegm, which caufleth a cough, and fomtimes diflicultie of 
breathing. If the eie-lids cleav together, or if they bee joined together, or agglutinated to 
the coats cornea or adnata', if the waterie tumor called hydrocephalos affeft the head, then 
muft they bee cured by the proper remedies formerly prefcribed , againft each di- 
feaf. * 
Manie from their birth have Ipots or marks, which the common people of France call 
Signes, that is, marks orfigns. Som of theleare plain and equal with the skin, others are 
railed up in little tumors, and like unto warts, fom have hairs upon them, manie times they 
are fmooth, black or pale yet for themoft part red. When they rife in the face, they fpread 
abroad thereon manie times with great deformitie- Manie think the cauf thereof to bee a 
certain portion of the menftrual matter cleaving to the fides of the womb, comming of a 
frelh flux, if happily a man do yet ule copulation with the woman, or elf diftilling out of 
the veins into the womb, mixed and concorporated with the feeds at that time when they 
are congealed, infeding this or that part of the ifliie j beeing drawn out of the leminal bo- 
die,with their own color. Women refer the cauf thereof unto their longing when they are 
with childe; which may imprint the image of the thing they long for or defire,in the cnilde 
or iflue chat is not as yet formed ( as the force and power of imagination in humane bo- 
dies is verie great:) but when the childe is formed, no imagination is able to leav the im- 
prellion of anie thing in it, no more then it could cauf horns to grow on the head of King 
Cbyfitsas hee Hept prelently after hee was returned from attentively beholding Bulls fight- 
ing together. Som of thole Ipots bee cureable, others not 5 as thole that are great, and thole 1 
that are on the lips, noftrils, and eie-lids. Butthole that are like untowarcs, becaul they 
are partakers of a certain malign qualitie and mtlancholick matter, which may bee irritated, 
by indeavouring to cure them, are not to bee medled with at all, for beeing troubled and. 
angered, they foon turn into a Cancer ( which they call Noli me tangere ) .* Thofe that are ' 
cureaole are fmall, and in fiich parts as they may bee dealt withall without danger. There- 
fore they muft bee pierced through by the roots with a needle and a thread, and lb beeing 1 
lifted up by the ends of the thread, they muft bee cut awaie, and the wound that remaineth < 
muft bee cured according to the general method of wounds. 
There are lorn that fuppole the red fpots that are railed up into little knobs and bunches, 
may bee walhed awaie and confumed by rubbing and annointing them often with menftru- 
al blood, or the blood of the fecundine or after-birth. Thole that are hairie and Ibmwhat 
railed up like unto a Want or Mouf, muft bee pierced through the roots in three or four 
places, and ftraightly bound, fo that at length beeing deftitute of life and nutriment, they 
may fall awaie. after they are fain awaie , the ulcer that remaineth muft bee cured as other 
ulcers are. Ifthere bee anie fuperfluous flelh remaining, it muft bee taken awaie by applying 
or the powder of Mercurie, and fuch like : but if It bee doubted that it com- 
meth from the root of the tumor that may happily remain, it muft bee burned awaie by the 
root with oil of vitriol or aqua fortis. 
There is allb an other kinde or fort of Ipots, of a livid or violet-color,commingelpecial- 
ly in the face about the lips, with a foft,flack,lax,thin, and unpalnful tumor, and the veins 
as if they were varicous round about it. This kinde of tumor groweth greater when it ariP 
eth on children that are wayward and crying, and in men of riper years that are cholerick 
and angrie,and then it will bee of a diverf color,like unto a lappet or flap of flelh that hang- 
er hover the Turkie-cock's bill. When they have don crying, or cealed their anger, the tu- 
mor will return to his own natural color again. But you muft not attempt to cure it in peo- 
ple that are of thefe conditions. 
Remedies for 
the Cancer in 
a chdde's 
mouth. 
An old fable 
of King Chy- 
w. 
Which uncure- 
able. 
Which and 
how they are 
curcablc. 
Fff 
CHAR 606 
Concerning the (generation of Man. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
How to full awaie the fecundine or after-birth. 
Whyir is cal- 
led the fecun- 
dine. 
Suppole that they are called fecundines, becauf they do griev the woman 
that is with childe the fecond time,as it were a fecond birth: for if there 
bee feveral children in the womb at once, and of different (exes, 
they then have everie one their feveral fecundines,which thing is verie neceft 
farie to bee known by all midwives. For they do manie times remain be- 
hinde in the womb when the childe is born, either by reafbn of the weak- 
aeft of the woman in travail, which by contending and laboring for the 
birth of her childe, hathfpent all her ftrength : or elf by a tumor rifing fuddenlyin the 
neck of the womb, by reafon of the long and difficult birth, and the cold air unadvifedly 
permitted to ftrike into the orifice of the womb. For fo the liberties of the waies or pafla- 
ges are flopped and made more narrow, fo that nothing can com forth : or elf becauf they 
are doubled and foulded in the womb, and the waters gon out from them with the infant, 
fo that they remain as it were in a drie place: or elf becaufthey yet flick in the womb by the 
knots of the veins and arteries, which commonly happeneth in thole that are delivered be- 
fore their time. For even as apples which are not ripe, cannot bee pulled from the tree but 
by violence; but when they are ripe, they will fall off of their own accord : fo the fecun- 
dine before the natural time of the birth can hardly bee pulled awaie but by violence 5 but 
at the prefixed natural time of the birth, it may eafily bee drawn awaie. 
Manieand grievous accidents follow the flaying of the lecundine; as fuffbeation of the 
womb, often (wounding, by reafbn that groft vapors arife from the putrefa&ion unto the 
midriff, heart and brain: therefore they muft bee pulled awaie with (peed from the womb, 
gently handling the navel, if it may bee fo poflibly don. But if it cannot bee don fo, the wo- 
man muft bee placed as fhee was wont when that the childe will not com forth naturally>but 
muft bee drawn forth by art. Therefore the midwife having her hand annointed with oil, 
muft put it gently into the womb, and finding out the navel-firing, muft follow it untill it 
com unto the lecundine, and if it do as yet cleav to the womb by the cotylidons, fhee muft 
ffiakeand move it gently up and down, that lb when it is fhaked and loofed, fhee may draw 
it out gently; but if it fhould bee drawn with violence, it were to bee feared left that the 
womb fhould allb follow: for by violent attraftion fom of the veflels, and alfo fom of the 
nervous ligaments, whereby the womb is faftened on each fide, may bee rent, whereof fol- 
loweth corruption ofbloodfhed out of the veffels, and thence commeth inflammation, an 
abfeefs or a mortal gangrene. Neither is there lets danger of a convulfion by reafon of the 
breaking of the nervous bodies, neither is there anie left danger of the falling down of the 
womb. If that there bee anie knots or clods of blood remaining together with the 
lecundine, the Midwife muft draw them out one by one, lb that not anie may bee 
left behinde. 
Som women have voided their lecundine, when it could not bee drawn forth by anie 
meanes, long after the birth of the childe, by the neck of their womb, piece-meal, rotten 
and corrupted,with manie grievous and painfull accidents. Allb it (hall bee verie requifite to 
provoke the indeavor of the expulfive facultie by fternutatories, aromatick fomentations of 
the neck of the womb, by mollifying inje&ions: and contrariwife,by applying luch things 
to the noftrils as yeeld a rank favor or finell, with a potion made of mug-wort and bay-ber- 
ries taken in honie and wine mixed together, or with half a dram of the powder of favin,or 
with the hair of a womans head, burnt and beaten to powder, and given to drink 5 and to 
conclude, with all things that provoke the tearms or courfes. 
The cauffes of 
the flaying of 
the fecund ines. 
Accidents that 
follow the 
flaying of the 
fecundines. 
The manner 
of drawing 
out the fecun- 
dines that re- 
main after the 
birth. 
Thecaufof 
the falling 
down of the 
wood). 
The accidents 
that com of 
the violent 
pulling of the 
womb, toge- 
ther with the 
Tecundine. 
CHAP. XIX. 
things muft bee given to the infant by the mouth, before hee bee permitted to teat or dug. 
Ta draw 
fleam from 
the childe's 
moutb0 
T will bee verie profitable to rub all the inner fide of the childe's mouth and 
palat gently with treacle and honie, or the oil of Iweet almonds extrafted 
without fire, and if you can, to cauf it to Iwallow lorn of thole things: 
for thereby much flegmatick moifture will bee drawn from the mouth, and 
allb will bee mooved or provoked to bee vomited up from the ftomach j for 
zifthele excremental humors Ihould bee mixed with the milk that is flick- 
ed, they would corrupt it, and then the vapors that arile from the corrupted milk unto 
the brain would infer moft pernicious accidents. And you may know that there are manie 
excremental things in the ftomach and guts of children by this, becauf that lb loon as they 
com into the world, and often before theyfuckmilkor take anie other thing, they void 
downwards manie excrements diverlly colored, as yellow, green, and black. Therefore ma- 
nie, that they may Ipcedily evacuate the matter that caufeth the fretting of the guts, do not 
onely Li B.24. 
Concerning the (jeneration of 
607 
onely minifter thole things fore-named, but alfo fom laxative lyrup,asthat that is made of 1 
damask-Rofes. But before the infant bee put to fuck the mother, it is fitting to prefs fom] 
milk out of her breft into its mouth, that fo the fibres of the ftomach may by little and lit- J 
tie accuftom them lei vs to draw in the milk. 
Milk fooncor* 
rupted io a 
flegmacick Ro- 
ma ch. 
CHAP. XX. 
Hat all mothers would nurf their own children were greatly to bee wiihed: for 
the mother s milk is far more familiar nourifhment for the infant then that of 
anie Nurf: for it is nothing elf but the fame blood made white in the duggs, ' 
wherewith before it was nourifhed in the womb. For the mother ought not to 
give the childe fuck for the (pace of a few daies after the birth, but firft to expeft 
the perfeft expurgation and avoiding of the excremental humors. And in the mean time let 
her cauf her breafls to bee fucked of another, or manie other children, or of (dm wholfbm 
or (bber maid, whereby the milk may bee drawn by little and little unto her breads, and al- 
fo by little and little purified. 
For a certain fpace after the birth, the milk will bee troubled, and the humors of the bo- 
die mooved: fo that by long flaying in the duggs, it will feem to degenerate from its natur- 
al goodnefs, as the grofnefs ofit is fbmwhat congealed, the manifeft heat in touching,and 
the yellow color thereofteftifieth evidently. Therefore it is neceflarie that others fhould 
comin place thereof when it is fucked out, wherewith the infant may bee nouriflied. But 
if the mother or the Nurfchance to take anie difeaf, as a Fever, Scouring, or anie filch like, 
let her give the childe to another,to give it fuck,led that the childe chance to take theNur- 
fes difeafes. And moreover, mothers ought to nurf their own children,becauf for the moft 
part they are far more vigilant and careful in bringing up and attending their children,then 
hired and mercenarie Nurfes, which do not fo much regard the infant, as the gain they fhal 
have by the keeping ofit, for themott part. Thofethatdo not nurf their own children, 
eannot rightly bee termed mothers: for they do not abfblutely perform the dutie of a mo- 
ther unto their childe, as Marcus Aurelius the Roman Emperor was wont to fay. For it is a 
certain unnatural, imperfeft and half kinde of a mother's dutie,to bear a childe, and prefent- 
lytoabandonorputitawaieasif it were forfaken: tonourifli and feed a thing in their 
womb ( which they neither know nor fee ) with their own Hood, and then not to nourifh 
it when they fee it in the world alive, a creature or reafonable foul,now requireing the help 
and fuftentation of the mother. 
That mothers ought to nurf or give fuckjtnto their own children. 
The 
milk is moft 
familiar for 
the childe. 
The difeafof 
the Nurfis 
participated 
unto the 
childe. 
Gel.lib.u.tf.l, 
CHAP. XXI. 
Of the choice of Nurfes. 
Anie husbands take fiich pittie on their tender wives, that they provide Nurfts 
for their children, that unto the paines that they have liiftainedin bearing 
them, they may not allb add the trouble of nurling them : wherefore fuch a 
Nurfmuftbeecholen which hath had two or three children* For the duggs 
which have been alreadie fucked and accuftomed to bee filled, have the veines 
and arteries more large and capable to receiv the more milk. In the choice ofaNurf there 
is ten things to bee confidered verie diligently. as, her age, the habit of her bodie, her be- 
haviour, the condition of her milk, the form, not onely of her duggs or breafts,but allb of 
her teats or nipples, the time from her childe-birth, the fex of her laft infant or childe,that 
fliee bee not with childe, that lhee bee found and m perfeft health. As concerning her age; - 
lhee ought not to bee under twentie five years, nor above thirtie five: the time that is be- < 
tween is the time of ftrength, more temperate, and more wholfom and healthie, and left a- 
bounding with excremental humors. And becaaf her bodie doth not then grow or increap 
lhee muft of neceflitie have the more aboundance of blood. After thirtie five years in manie 
themenftrual fluxes do cea£ and therefore it is to bee liippoled that they have the lefs nu- 
triment for children. ' ' 
The Nurfmuft alfo bee of a good habit, or fquare or wel-fet bodie, her breaft broad, her' 
color lively, not fat, nor lean, but well-made , her flelh not loft and tender, but thick, and < 
hard or ftrong, whereby lhee may bee the more able to induce watching and taking of pains 
about the childe; lhee muft not have a red or freckled face, but brown or Ibmwhat fhadow- 
ed or mixed with redneft: for truly liich women are more hot then thofe that are red in the 
face, by reafon whereof they muft needs concoft and tum their meat the better into blood. 
For according to the judgment of Sextut Chttvntnfih as blackilh or brown ground is more - 
fertil then the white : even lb a brown woman hath more ftoreof milk. You muft look wel 
on her head, left lhee fliould have the Icucf or running forest fee that her teeth bee not 
Fff 2 foul 
The heft az 
of a NurL 
The beft habit 
ofbodiein a 
NuiT. 
LjHktf.W' 608 
Concerning the Generation of Man 
LlB.Zz].. 
foul or rotten, nor her breath {linking, nor no ulcer nor fore about her bodie, and that ffiee 
bee not born of goutieor leprous Parents. 
Shee ought to bee quick and diligent in keeping the childe neat and clean, chafte, fober, 
f merrie, alwaies laughing and fouling on her Infant, often finging unto it, and (peaking di- 
ftinftly and plainly, for foee is the onely Miftreis to teach the childe to fpeak. Let her bee 
wel-mannered, becauf the manners of the Nurf are participated unto the Infant together 
with the milk. For the whelps of dogs, if they do fuck Wolves or Lionefles, will becom 
more fierce and cruel then otherwifo they would. Contrariwift, the Lions whelps wil leave 
their (avagnenefs and fiercenefs, if that they bee brought up and nourifoed with the milk of 
anie Bitch, or other tame beaft. If a Goat give a Lamb fuck,the fame Lamb's-wooll will bee 
more hard then others: contrariewife, if a Sheep give a Kid fuck, the fame Kids hair will 
bee more foft then another Kid's-hair. Shee ought to bee fober,and the rather for this cauf, 
becaufmanieNurfesbeeing overloaden with wine and banqueting, often let their chil- 
dren unto their breafts to fock, and then fall afleep, and fo fuddcnly ftrangle or choak 
them. 
I Shee muft abftain from copulation: for copulation troubleth and mooveth the humors 
. and the blood, and therefore the milk itfelf 5 and it diminifoeththequantitieofmilk, be- 
caufit provoketh the menftruall flux, and caufeth the milk to have a certain ftrong and vir- 
ous qualitie, fuch as wee may perceiv to breath from them that are incenfed with the fer- 
vent luft and defire ofvenerie. And moreover, becaufthat thereby they may happen to bee 
with childe, whereof infoeth diicommoditie both to her own childe that is within her bo- 
die, and allo to the nurf-childe : to the nurf-childe, becaufthat the milk that it fucketh 
will bee worf and more depraved then other wife it would bee, by reafon that the more laud- 
able blood after the conception remaineth about the womb, for the nutriment and increa- 
fing of the infant in the womb; and the more impure blood goethinto the dugs, which 
breedeth impure or unclean milk: but to theconceived childe, becaufit will caufit to have 
icarcitie of food 5 for, fo much as the fucking-childe flicker h, fo much the childe conceived 
in the womb wanteth. 
Alfofoee ought to have abroad breaft, and her dugs indifferently big, not flack or hang- 
0 ing, but of a middle confidence, between foft and hard ; forfoch dugs will concoft the 
blood into milk the better,becaufthat in firm flelh the heat is more ftrong and compact. You 
may by touching trie whether the fleffi bee folid and firm, as alfo by the difperfing of the 
veines, eafily to bee (een by reafon of their (welling and blewnefs, through the dugs, as it 
were into manie ftreams or little rivelets; for in fleffi that is loof and flack, they lie hidden. 
Thole dugs that are of a competent bigneis, receiv or contain no more milk then is fuffici- 
ent to nouriffi the infant. In thole dugs that are great and hard, the milk is as it were fuffo- 
cated, flopped or bound in, fo that the childe in fucking can fcarce draw it out. and more- 
over, if the dugs bee hard, the childe putting his mouth to the breaft, may ftrike his note a- 
gainft it,and fohurt it, whereby hee may either refute to fock,or if hee doth proceed to fock, 
by continual flicking, and placeing of his note on the hard breaft,it may becom flat, and the 
noftrils turned upwards, to his great deformitie, when hee (hall com to age. If the teates 
or nipples of the dugs do ftand fomwhat low or deprefled inwards on the tops of the dugs, 
the childe can hardly take them between its lips, therefore his flicking will bee verie labori- 
ous. If the nipples or teates bee verie big,they will fo fill all his mouth,that hee cannot well 
c ufe his tongue in fucking or in (wallowing the milk. 
ie Wee may judg of or know the nature and condition of the milk ,by the quantitie,qualitie, 
color, (avor and tafte; when the quantitie of the milk is fo little, that it will not fuffice to 
nouriffi the infant, it cannot bee good and laudable; for it argueth fom diftemperature ei- 
ther of the whole bodie, or at leaft of the dugs, efpecially a hot and drie diftemperature. But 
when it fuperaboundeth, and is more then the infant can fpend, it exhaufteth the juice of 
the Nuries bodie; and when it cannot all bee drawn out by the infant, it cluttereth, and 
congealeth or corrupteth in the dugs. Yet I would rather with it to abound, then to bee di- 
fedive, for the fuperabounding quantitie may bee prefled out before the childe bee fet to the 
s breaft. 
f That milk that is of a mean confidence between thick and thin, is efteemed to bee the 
belt. For it betokeneth the ftrength and vigor of the facultie that ingendereth it in the 
breafts. Therefore if one drop of the milk bee laid on the nail of ones thumb, beeing firft 
made verie clean and fair, if the thumb bee not mooved, and it run off the nail, it fignifieth 
that it is waterie-milk : but if it ftick to the nail, although the end of the thumb bee bowed 
downwards, it flwweth that it is too groft and thick: but if it remain on the nail fo long 
as you hold it upright, and fall from it when you hold it a little afide or downwards by lit- 
tle and little, it ffieweth it is verie good milk. And that which is exquifitely white, is beft 
Ik of all. For the milk is no other thing then blood made white. 
Therefore, if it bee of anie other color, it argueth a default in the blood: fo that if it bee 
prown, it betokeneth melancholick blood; if it bee yellow,it fignifieth cholerick blood; if 
it it bee wan and pale,it betokeneth phlegmatick blood;if it bee fomwhat red,it argueth the 
weaknefs 
Ofwhatbeha' 
viorthe Nurf 
muft bee* 
Why the Nurf 
muft abftain 
from copulati- ' 
on. * 
What dugs a 
Nurfought to 
have. 
What is to bee 
obfcrved in the 
milk. 
■The Uudabh 
confidence ol 
milk. 
Why the milk 
ought to bee 
vcric white. 609 
Lib.14. 
Concerning the Generation of Man. 
weaknefsof the facultic that engendreth the milk. It ought to bee fweet, fragrant, and plea- 
fant in fmell j for if it ftrike into the noftrils with a certain fharpnefs, as for the moft part 
the milk of women that havered hair and little freckles on their faces doth , it prognofti- 
cates a hot and cholerick nature: if with a certain fowernefs, it portendcth a cold and me- ' 
lancholick nature. In tafte it ought to bee fweet,and as it were fugered, for the bitter, faltifh, i 
(harp, and ftiptick, is naught. And here I cannot but admire the providence of nature,which j 
hath caufled the blood wherewith the childe fhould bee nourifhed to bee turned into milk: { 
which unlefs it were fo, who is hee that would not turn his face from, and abhor fo griev- | 
ous and terrible a ipeftacle of the childes mouth fo imbrued and befineared with blood ? ] 
What mother or Nurf would not bee amazed at everie moment with the fear of the blood fo 
often (hed out, or fucked by the infant for his nourifhment > Moreover, wee Ihould want 
two helps of fuilentation, that is to fay. Butter and Cheef. 
Neither ought the childe to bee permitted to fuck within five or fix daies after it is born, 
both for the reafon before alledged, and alfo becauf hee hath need of fo much time to reft 
quiet, and eafhimfelf after the pains hee hath fuftained in his birth : in the mean feafon the 
mother mutt have her breafts drawn by fom maid that drinketh no wine, or elflhee may 
fuck or draw them her felf with an artificial! inftrument which I will defcribe hereafter. ( 
That Nurf that hath born a man childe is to bee preferred before another, becauf her 
milk is the better concofted, the heat of the male-childe doubling the mother's heat. And 
moreover, the women that are great with childe of a male-childe, are better colored, and in 
better ftrength, and better able to do anie thing all the time oftheir greatnefs,which proov- 
eth the fame : and moreover the blood is more laudable,and the milk better. Furthermore, 
it behooveth the Nurfto bee brought on bed, or to travail at her juft and prefixed or natural 
time : for when the childe is born before his time of fom inward cauQ it argueth that there 
is fom default lurking and hidden in the bodie and humors thereof. 
Why a woman 
that hath red 
hair,or frec- 
kles on her 
face cannot 
bee a good 
Nurf. 
Why that Nurf 
that hath born 
a man-cbrlde 
is to bee pre- 
ferred before 
another. 
Why dree can* 
not bee a good 
Nurfwhofe 
childe was 
born before 
the time* 
CHAP. XXII. 
Och in eating, drinking, fleeping, watching, excerciling and refting, the Nurfes 
diet muft bee divers, according as the nature of the childe both in habit and tem- 
perature fhall bee: as for example, if the childe bee altogether of a more hot 
blood, the Nurfboth in feeding and ordering her felfought to follow a cool- 
ing diet. In general, let her eat meats of good juice, moderate in quantitie and 
qualitie, let her live in a pure and clear air, let her abftain from all ipices, and all (altedand 
fpiced meats, and all (harp things, wine, Specially that which is not allayed or mixed with 
water, and carnal copulation with a man, let her avoid all perturbations of the minde, but 
anger efpecially, let her u(e moderate exercife, unlels it bee the exercife of her armes and up- ' 
per parts, rather then the leggs and lowerparts,whereby the greater attraction of the blood, ] 
thatmuft bee turned into milk, may bee made towards the dugs. Let her place her childe lb • 
in the Cradle that his head may bee higher then all the bodie, that lb the excremental hu- < 
mors may bee the better (ent from the brain unto the paflages that are beneath it. Let her I 
fwathe it fo as the neck and all the back-bone may bee ftraight and equal. As long as the 1 
childe fucketh, and is not fed with ftronger meat, it is better to lay himalwaie on his back, ' 
then anie other waie, for the back is, as it were the Keel in a (hip, the ground-work and , 
foundation of all the whole bodie, whereon the infant may (afely and eafily reft, But if hee 
lie on the (ide, it were danger left that the bones of the ribsbeeing foft and tender, not 
ftrong enough, and united with flack bands, (hould bow under the weight of the reft, and 
fo wax crooked, whereby the infant might becom crook-backed. But when hee beginneth 
to breed teeth, and to bee fed with more ftrong meat,and alfo the bones and connexions of 
them begin to wax more firm and hard, hee muft bee laied one while one this fide, another 
while on that, and now and then alfo on his back. And the more hee groweth, the more let 
him bee accuftomed to lie on his Tides s and as hee lieth in the Cradle, let him bee turned 
unto that place whereat the light commeth in,left that otherwife hee may becom pur- 
blinde, for the eie of its own native is bright and light-fom, and therefore alwaies defireth 
the light, and abhoreth darknefs, for all things are moft delighted with their like, and (hun 
their contraries. Therefore vnlefs the light com's direftly into the childt's face, hee turneth 
himlelf everie waie beeing verie forrowful, and ftriveth to turn his head and eies that hee 
may have the light; and that often turning and fowling of his eies at length groweth into 
a cuftom that cannot bee left: and fo it commeth to pafs that the infant doth either becom 
pur-blind , if hee let his eies ftedfaftlyon one thing, or elf his eies do becom trembling, 
alwaies turning and unftable, if hee caft his eies on mailie things that are round about him : 
which is the reafon that Nurfes,beeing taught by experience,cauf over the head ofthe childe 
lying in the Cradle, an arch or vault of Wickers covered with cloath to bee made, thereby 
to reftrain, direft, and eftablilh the uncertain and wandering motions of the childe*s eies. 
Fff 3 If 
What diet the Nurf ought to ufe, and in what fituation free ought to place the infant in the Cradle. 
Anger greatly 
hurtetb the 
Nurf. 
The exercifc 
of the arms ia 
belt for the 
Nurf. How 
the chi Ide 
fbould bee 
placed in the 
Cradle, 
Why an arch 
of wickers 
mutt bee made 
over the 
childe's head 
lying in the 
Cradle* 610 
Concerning the (generation of Man. 
Lib. 24.. 
Why a fquirit- 
eied Nurfcauf- 
feth the childe 
to bee fquinr- 
eied. 
If the Nurfbee fquint-eied, lhee cannot look upon the childe but fide-waies , whereof it 
conimeth to pals that the childe beeing moift, tender, flexible, and prone to anie thing with 
his bodie, and fo likewile with.his eie, by a long and dailie cuftom unto his Nurle's fight, 
doth foon take the like cuftom to look after that fort alfo , which afterwards hee cannot 
leavor alter. For thole evil things that wee learn in our youth, do flick firmly by us j but 
the good qualities are eafily changed into worf. In the eies of thofe that are fquint-eied, 
thofe two mulcles which do draw the eies to the greater or lefler corner, are chiefly or more 
frequently mooved. Therefore either of thele beeing confirmed in their turning afide by 
long ufe, as the exercife of their proper office increafeth the ftrength, loon overcom's the 
contrarie or withftanding mufcles, called the Antagonists , and bring's them into their fub- 
jeftion, fb that,will they, nill they , they bring the eie unto this or that corner as they lift. 
So children becom left-handed,when they permit their right hand to languilh with idlenels 
and fluggilhnefs, and ftrengthen their left hand with continual ufe and motion to do everie 
a&ion therewithal!, and to bring by the exercife thereof more nutriment unto that part. 
But if men (as fom affirm) beeing of ripe years, and in their full growth, by dailie focietie 
and companie of thole that are lame and halt do alfo halt, not mindeing fo to do, but it 
commeth againft their wills, and when they think nothing thereof, why ffiould not the like 
happen in children, whole (oft and tender fubftance is as flexible and pliant as wax unto e- 
verie imprelfion ? Moreover, children, at they becom lame and crook-back't 5 fo do they alfo 
becom fquint-eied by the hereditarie default of their parents. 
How children 
becotn left- 
handed. 
CHAP. XXIII. 
is a moft meet food or meat for children; becaufthey require moift nou- 
rifliment, and it muft bee anfwerable in thicknefs to the milk, that fo it may 
not bee difficult to bee concofted or digefled. For pap hath thefe three con- 
ditions,fo that it bee made with wheaten flower, and that not crude, but 
boiled : let it bee put into a new earthen pot or pipkin, and fo let into an o- 
ven at the time when bread is fet.thereinto to bee baked; and let it remain 
there until the bread bee baked and drawn out: for when it is fo baked, it is lefs clammie 
and crude. Thofe that mix the meal crude with the milk, are conftrained to abide one of 
thefe difcommodities or other, either to give the meal grots and clammie unto the childe, 
if that the pap bee onely firft boiled over the fire in a pipkin or.skellet, Co long as ffiall bee 
neceflarie for the milk; hence com obftruftions in the mefaraick veins , and in the final! 
veins of the liver, fretting and worms in the guts, and the Hone in the reins- Or elf they 
give the childe the milk, defpoiled of its butteriffi and whayiffi portion, and the terreftrial, 
and cheef-like, or curd-like remaining, if the pap bee boiled Co long as is neceflarie for the 
meal: for the milk rcquireth not fo great, neither can it fiiffer Co long boiling as the meaL 
Thofe that do ufe crude meal, and have no hurt by it, are greatly bound to nature for fo 
great a benefit. But Galen willeth children to bee nouriffied onely with the Nurfe's milk, fo 
long as the Nurf hath enough to nouriffi and feed it. And truly there are manie children 
that are contented with milk onely , and will receiv no pap until they are three months 
old. If the childe at anie time bee coflive,and cannot void the excrements, let him have a 
cataplafm made with one dram of Aloes,of white and black Hellebore,of each fifteen grains, 
beeing all incorporated in as much of an Ox gall as is fufficient, and extended or fpread on 
Cotton like unto a fultie, as broad as the palm of ones hand,and fo applie it upon the navel 
warm: Moreover, this cataplafm hath alfo virtue to kill the worms in the bellie. Manie 
times children have fretting of the guts, that maketh them to crie, which commeth of cru- 
ditie. This muft bee cured by applying unto the bellie fweatie or moift wooll,macerated in 
oil of Camomil. 
If when the childe's teeth begin to grow,hee chance to bite the nipple of the Nurfe's breaft, 
there will bee an ulcer verie contumacious and hard to bee cured; becauf that the fucking 
of the childe, and the rubbing of the clothes do keep it alwaies raw ; it [muft bee cured 
with fomenting it with Alum-water, and then prefently after the fomentation putting 
thereupon a cover of lead, made like unto a hat, as they are here deferibed,with manie holes 
in the top, whereat both the milk, and alfo the fanious matter chat commeth from the ul- 
cers may go out j for lead it felf will cure ulcers. 
How to make fay for children. 
Three lauda- 
ble conditions 
of pap. 
How the meal 
mu ft bee pre- 
pared t© make 
the pap with' 
all. 
Why the meal 
wherewith the 
papmuftbee - 
made,muft 
firft bee boiled 
or biked. 
Lib.i.de fanit. 
Mend. 
Acataplafmto 
relax the 
childc's btllie. 
for the fret'- 
ting of the 
guts in chil- 
dren. 
For the ulcers 
of the nipples 
or teats. 
II* Lib.24.. 
Concerning the Generation of Mau'. 
611 
The figure of leaden Nifties to bee put upon the Nipple or Teat of the Nurf 
when it it ulcerated. 
Children may bee caufled to ceaf their crying four manner of waies, that is to fay, by 
giveing them the teat, by rocking them in a cradle, by finging unto them,and by changeing 
the clothes and fwathes wherein they are wrapped. They muft not bee rocked too violently 
in the cradle, left that the milk that is fucked fhould bee .corrupted by the too violent mo- 
tion,by reafbn whereof they muft not bee handled violently an io other way, and not alto- 
gether prohibited, or not fuffered to crie. For by crying the breaft and lungs are dilated, 
and made bigger and wider; the natural parts the ftronger, and the brain, noftrils, the eies 
and mouth are purged, by the tears and filth that com from the eies and noftrils. But they 
muft not bee permitted to crie long or fiercely, for fear of breaking the production of the 
Peritoneum, and thereby caufling the falling down of the guts into the cod , which rupture 
is called of the Greeks Enterocele; or of the caul,which the Greeks call Epiplocele. 
What mode- 
rate crying 
workcth in the 
infant. 
What immo- 
derate crying 
cauflcth. 
CHAP. XXIV. 
Of the weaning of Children. 
Anie are weaned in the eighteenth month, fomin the twentieth; but all, or 
the moft part, in the fecond year: for then their teeth appear , by whole pre- 
fence nature feemeth to require lorn harder meat then milk or pap, wherewith 
children are delighted, and will feed more earneftly thereon. But there is no 
certain time of weaning of children. For the teeth of (dm will appear (boner, 
and fom later; for they are prepared of nature for no other purpole then to chaw the meat. 
If children bee weaned before their teeth appear , and bee fed with meat that is Ibmwhat' 
hard and folid, according to the judgment of Avicen, they are incident to manie difeafes 
comming through cruditie; becauf the ftomach is yet but weak, and wanteth that prepara- 
tion of the meats which is made in the mouth by chawing; which men of ripe years cannot 
want without offence : when the childe is two years old, and the teeth appear, if the childe 
more vehemently defire harder meats, and doth feed on them with plealure and good luc- 
ce(s , hee may bee lafely weaned s for it cannot bee fuppofed that hee hath this appetite of 
hard meats in vain, by the inftinft of nature. Yet hee may not bee weaned without fuch an 
appetite, if all other things bee correfpondent, that is to lay, his teeth and age; for thofe 
things are eaten without an appetite, cannot profit. But if the childe bee weak,ficklie, 
or feeble, hee ought not to bee weaned. And when the meet time of weaning commeth,the 
Nurf mult now and then ule him to the teat, whereby hee may leav it by little and little, 
and then let the teat bee annointed or rubbed with bitter things, as with Aloes, water of 
the infufion of Colocynthw, or Wormwood, or with Muftard, or Soot fteeped in water, or 
fuch like. Children that are fcabbie in their heads, and over all their bodies, and which 
void much phlegm at their mouth and noftrils, and manie excrements downwards, are like 
to bee ftrong and found of bodie; for fo they are purged of excremental humors: contrari- 
wile, thole that are clean and fair of bodie, gather the matter of manie dileafts in their bo- 
dies, which in procels of time will break forth and appear. Certainly,by the Hidden falling 
of fuch matters into the back-bone, may becom crook-back't. 
When children 
muft bee 
weaned* 
Why children 
muft not bee 
weaned before 
their reeth ap- 
pear. 
How children 
muft bee 
weaned. 
i What children 
»are ftrong and 
, found of bo* 
die. 
An often cauf 
of fudden 
crookednefs. 
CHAP. 612 
Concerning theGeneration of Mam 
LlB.Zzj-.' 
CHAP. XXV. 
what figns it may bee kriown whither the childe in the womb bee dead or alive 
F neither the Chirurgians hand , not the mother can perceiv the infant to 
moov, if the waters bee flowed out, and the fecundine com forth, you may 
certainly affirm that the infant is dead in the womb, for this is the molt infal- 
lible fign of all others : for becaufthe childe in the womb doth breath but by 
the arterie of the navel, and the breath is received by the Cotyledon of the arte- 
ries of the womb , it muft of necelfitie com to pafs that when the fecundine is 
feparated from the infant, no air nor breath can com unto it. Wherefore fo often as the 
fecundine is excluded before the childe, you may take it for a certain token of the death 
thereof: when the childe is dead , it will bee more heavie to the mother then it was before 
when it was alive , becauf it is now no more fuftained by the fpirits and faculties where- 
with before it was governed and ruled,for fo wee lee dead men to bee heavier then thole that 
are alive, and men chat are weak though hunger and fatpin to bee heavier then when they 
are well refrelhed, and allo when the mother etidine's her bodie anie way, the infant 
falleth that way alfo even as it were a ftone. The mother is alfo vexed with lharp pain from 
the privities even to the navel, with a perpetual defire of makeing water , and going to 
ftool, becauf that nature is wholly bulled in the expulfion or avoidance of that which is 
dead : for that which is alive will expel the dead fo far as it can from it felf, becauf the one 
is altogethet dWreiit from the other 5 butlikenefs, if :anie thingcoil join's and unite's 
things together > the genitals are cold in touching, and the mother complaineth that thee 
iceleth a coldncfs in her womb, by reafon that the heat of die infant is eicringuilhed, where- 
vvith before her heat was doubled : manie filthie excrements com from her, and alfo the 
mother's breach ftinketh , lhee fwoundeth often, all which for the moft part happen With- 
in three dales after the death of the childe: for the infant's bodie will fooner corrupt ill the 
pipther's womb then it would in the open air , becauf that, according to the judgment of 
Galen, all hot and moift things, beeingin like manner cncldfed in ahot andmoiftplace,e- 
Ipe.claliy if by reafon of the thicknefs or ftraitnefs of the place they cannot receiv the air, 
will Ipeedily corrupt. N ow by the rifeing up of fuch vapors from the dead unto the brain 
andJieart, fuch accidents may Coon follow , her face will bee clean altered, feeming livid 
and ghaftly, her dugs fall and hang loof and lank, and her bellie will bee more hard and 
fwollen then it was before. In all bodies fo putrefying, the natural heat vaniiheth away,and 
in place thereof fucceedeth a preternatural, by the working whereof the putrefied and dif- 
folved humors are ftirred up into vapors, and converted into winde, and thofe vapors, be- 
caufthey poffefs and fill more fpace and room (for naturalifts fay that of one part of water 
ten parts of air are made) do fo puff up the putrefied bodie into a greater bignels. You may 
note the fame thing in bodies that are gangrenate, for they call forth manie lharp vapors,yet 
nevertheless they are fwollen and puffed up. 
Nowfo loon as the Chirurgian fhall know that the childeis dead by all thefe fore-named 
figns, hee fhall with all diligence endeavor to fave the mother fo Ipeedily as hee can, and if 
the Phylicians cannot prevail with potions, baths, fumigations, fternutatories, vomits,and 
liniments appointed to expel the infant,let him prepare himfelf to the work following 5 but 
fir ft let him coniider the ftrength of the woman, for if hee perceiv that lhee bee weak and fee- 
ble by the fmalnefs of her pulf, by her fmall, feldom and cold breathing, and by the altered 
and death-like color in her face,by her cold fweats,and by the coldnefs of the extreme parts, 
let him abftain from the work, and onely affirm that lhee will die Ihortly j contrariwife,if 
her ftrength bee yet good, let him with all confidence and induftrie deliver her on this wife 
from the danger of death. 
A rnoft certain 
fign of the 
childc dead in 
the womb. 
Whenthechilde 
is dead in the 
womb hee is 
more heavie 
then bee was 
before bceinj 
alive* 
Thatwhich is 
alive will not 
fufferthat 
which is deal. 
Lib.de tumofib. 
Why the bellie 
of a woman 
will bee more 
bigwh?n the 
childe is dead 
with'nherthep 
it waS before 
when it was * 
alive. 
Thp flgn« of a 
woman that is 
weak. 
CHA XXVI. 
After whitfort 
the woman in 
travail muft 
bee. placed 
when the child 
beeing dead in 
herwomb,muft 
bee drawn out. 
lereforefirftofalltheairof the chamber muft bee made temperate, and reduced 
into a certain mediocritie, fo that it may neither bee too hot nor too cold. Then 
hee muft bee aptly placed, that is to fay, overthwart the bed-fide, with her but- 
ocks fomwhat high, haveing a hard ftuffcd pillow or boulfter under them, fo that 
thee may bee in a mean figure of foliation, neither fitting altogether upright, nor altogether 
lying along on her back ; for fo lhee may reft quietly, and draw her breath with eaf, neither 
Ml the ligaments of the womb bee extended fo as they would if thee lay upright on her 
back, her heels muft bee drawn up dole to her buttocks, and there bound with broad and 
foft linnen rowlers. The rowler muft firft com about her neck, and then croft-wile over her 
thoulders, and fo to the feet, and there it muft crols again, and fo bee rowled about the legs 
thighs3 and then it muft bee brought up to the neck again, and there made faft, fo that lhee 
may 
Oftbe Cbirurgical extractions oftbe cbil.de from the womb either dead or alive. 
How flice muft 
bee bound Lib.14-. 
Concerning the (jenerationof't'Man. 
613 
may not bee able to moov her as one fliould be tied when he is to bee cut of the ftone* 
But that (hee may not bee wearied, or left that her bodie Ihould yceld or fink down as the 
Chirurgian draweth the bodie of the infant from her, and fo hinder the work, let him cauf i 
her feet to bee let againft the fide of the bed, and then let tom of the ftrong ftanders by hold i 
her faft by the legs and fhoulders. Then that the air may not enter into the womb, and that1 
the work may bee don with the more decencie, her privie parts and thighs muft bee covered * 
with a warm double linnen cloth.Then muft theChirurgian,haveing his nails clolely pared,J 
and his rings (if hee wear aniej drawn off his fingers, and his arms naked,bare, and well an- t 
nointed with oil, gently draw the flaps of the neck of the womb afunder, and then let him < 
put his hand gently into the mouth of the womb, haveing firft made it gentle and flipperie 
with much oil; and when his hand is in, let him finde out the form and fituation of the 1 
childe, whether it bee one or two, or whether it bee a Mole or not. And when hee findeth ' 
that hee commeth naturally, with his head toward the mouth or orifice of the womb, hee ( 
muft lift him up gently, and fo turn him that his feet may com forwards, and when hee hath I 
brought his feet forwards, hee muft draw one of them gently out at the neck of the womb, < 
and then hee muft binde it with fom broad and foft or filken band a little above the heel 
with an indifferent flick knot, and when hee hath fo bound it, hee muft put it up again in- 
to the womb, then hee muft put his hand in again, and finde out t he other foot, and draw it 
alfoout of the womb, and when it is out of the womb, let him draw out the other again 
whereunto hee had before tied the one end of the band, and when hee hath them both out, 
let him join them both clofe together, and foby by little and little let him draw all the 
whole bodie from the womb. Alfo other women or Midwives may help the endeavor of the 
Chirurgian, by prefling the patient's bellie with their hands downwards as the infant goeth 
out: and the woman herfelf by holding her breath, and clofeing her mouth and noftrils,and 
by driveing her breath down/aards with great violence, may veriemuch help the expulfion. 
I with him to put back the foot into the womb again after hee hath tied it, becauf if that hee 
fliould permit it to remain in the neck of the womb , it would hinder the entrance of his 
hand when hee putteth it in to draw out the other. But if there bee two children In the 
womb at once, let the Chirurgian take heed left that hee take npt of either of them a leg, 
for by drawing them fo, hee (hall profit nothing at all, and yet exceedingly hurt the woman. 
Therefore that hee may not bee fo deceived, when hee hath drawn out one foot and tied it, 
and put it up again,let him with his hand follow the band wherewithal! the foot is tied,and 
fo go unto the foot, and then to the groin of the childe andthen from thence bee may foon 
finde out the other foot of the fame childe:for if it fliould happen otherwife, hee might draw 
the legs and the thighs out: but it would com no further, neither is it meet that hee fliould 
com out with his arms along by his fides, or bee drawn out on that fort, but one of his 
arms muft bee ftretched out above his head, ond the other down by his fide, for otherwife 
the orifice of the womb when it were delivered of filch a graft trunk, as it would bee when 
his bodie fliould bee drawn out with his arms along by his fides., would fo (brink and draw 
it felf when the bodie fliould com unto the neck , onely by the accord of nature requiring 
union, that it would ftrangle and kill the infant, fo thatit cannot bee drawn there-hence 
unleft it bee with a hook put under, or faftned under his in his mouth, or in the hol- 
lownefs of his eie. But if the infant lieth as if hee would com with his hands forwards, or 
if his hands bee forth alreadie, fo that it may feem heemay bee drawn forth eafily that way, 
yet it muft not bee fo don; for fo his head would double backwards over his fhoulders, to 
the great danger of his mother. Once 1 was called unto the birth of. an infant, whom the 
midwives had aflaied to draw out by the arm, fo that the arm had been fo lorig forth that it 
was gangrenate,wHereby thechilde died;! told them preftntly that his arm muft bee put in a- 
gain, and hee muft bee turned otherwife. But when it could not bee put back by reafon of 
the great (welling thereof, and ajfo ofthe mother's genitals, I determined to cut it qffwith 
an incifion knife, cutting the mufcles as near as I could to he fhoulder, yet drawing the 
flefli upwards,that when I had taken off the bone with a pair tof cutting pincers, it might 
com down again to cover the fhivered end of the bone, left otherwife when it were thruft in 
again into the womb, it plight hurt the mother. Which beeing don, 1 turned him with his 
feet forwards, and drew him out as is before faid. But if the tumor either naturally or by 
fom accident, that is to fay, byptftrtfa&ion, which may perchancfe com, bee (b great 
that hee cannot bee turned according to the Surgeon's intention, nor bee drawn out 
according as the tumor;muft bee diminifhed, apd tfien he? muft bee drawn 
out as is afore-faid,'and that meft bee don at once. As for example, if the dead 
infant appear at the orifice of the womb, which our rijidwiyes call the Garland, 
when it gapeth, is open and dilated, but yet his head beeing more great and puffed 
up with winde (b that it cannot com forth, as sbee fo through that 
difeaf which the Greeks call Macrophifocepbalos, the Surgeon muft fallen a hook urn 
der his chin, or in his mouth, or elf in the hole of his which is bet- 
ter and more expedient, in the hinder part of his head* For when thefcull is fo opened, 
there will bee a paffage whereat the winde may pafsout, audio whenthe tumor falleth 
■' , ; 2.' and 
How the Chi- 
rurgian ought 
to prepare him- 
felf and his pa- 
tient to the 
drawing out of 
the chi Ide from 
the womb. 
How theinfans 
that is dead in 
the womb muft 
bee turned a 
bound and 
drawn out* 
: A caution to a- 
. void ftrangling 
of the infant in 
drawing out 
1 the bodie.' 
Why the childe 
mult not bee 
drawn out with 
his bands for- 
wards. 
An hiftorie. 
To diminiih 
the winde 
wherewith the 
infant beeing 
dead in the 
wombjfwel- 
leth and is pu£» 
fed up that hee 
cannot bee got- 
ten out of the 
womb. 614 
Concerning the Generation of Man. 
L 15.2.4.. 
and decrealeth, let him draw the infant out by little and little s but not rafhly, left hee 
fhould break that whereon hee hath taken hold: the figure of thofe hooks is thus. 
Tbe form of Hoofy for drawing put tbe infant that is dead in tbe womb, 
But if the breaft bee troubled with the like fault, the hooks muft bee faftned about the 
chanel-bone: if there bee a Dropfie or a Tympanic in the bellie,the hooks muft bee faftned 
either in the flioit ribs, that is to lay, in the mufcles that are between the ribs, or efpecially, 
if the dileaf do allb delcend into the feet, about the bones that are above the groin 5 or elf 
putting the crooked knife here piftured into the womb with his left hand, let him makein- 
cifion in the childe s bellie, and fo get out all his entrals by the incifion: for when hee is fo 
bowelled, all the water that caufied the Dropfie will out. But the Surgeon muft do none of 
all thefe things but when the childe is dead, and the woman that travelleth in fiich danger 
that fliee cannot handlbmly bee holpen. 
But if by any means it happeneth,that all the infant's members bee cut away by little and 
little,and that the head onely remaineth behinde in the womb,which I have lomtimes againft 
my will, and with great lorrow feen 5 then the left hand, beeing annointed with oil of Lil- 
lies, or frelh Butter, muft bee put into the womb, wherewith the Surgeon muft finde out the 
mouth, putting his finger into it; then with his right hand hee muft put up the hook (ac- 
, cording to the dire&ion of the left hand) gently, and by little and little , and fo fatten it in 
the mouth, eie, or under the chin 5 and when hee hath firmly fixed or fattened it, hee muft 
therewith draw out the head by little and little, for fear of loofiiing or breaking the part 
whereon hee hath hold. In ftead of this Hook, you may ufe the Inftruments that are herede- 
fcribed, which therefore I have taken out of the Surgerie of Francif Dalecbamp > for they are 
fo made,that they may eafily take hold of a ipherical and round bodie with the branches, as 
with fingers. 
How the head 
of the infantjif 
it remain in 
the womb fe- 
parated from 
the bodicjUiay 
bee drawn out. 
Gryphon's Talons,ttat is to fay, Infttuments made to draw out the bead of a dead 
infant that it feparated in tbe womb from tbe reft of the bodie. 
Bui LlB.lzJ.. 
Concerning the Generation of -CMan. 
615 
But it is not verie ealie to take hold on the head when it remaineth alone in the womb, by 
reafon of the roundnefs thereof, for it will flip and Aide up and down, unlefs the bellie be | 
prefled down, and on both fides, thereby to hold it unto the inftrument, that it may with i 
more facilitie take hold thereon. i 
Why the head 
bceing alone 
in the womb} 
is more diffi- 
mltcobee 
out. 
CHAP. XXV1I. 
What muft bee don unto tbe woman in travail frefently after her deliverance. 
•Here is nothing fo great an enemie to a woman in travail, especially to her 
whole childe is drawn away by violence, as cold : wherefore with all care and 
, diligence lhee mull bee kept and defended from cold. For after the birth , her 
bodie beeing void and emptie, doth eafily receiv the air that will enter into 
everie thing that is emptie, and hence (hee waxeth cold, her womb is diftended 
and puffed up 3 and the orifices of the veffels thereof are fhut and doled, whereof commeth 
luppreffion of the after-birth, or other after-purgations. And thereof commeth manie grie- 
vous accidents, as hyfterical fufFocation, painful fretting of the guts, fevers, and other mor- 
tall dileales. 
What woman foever will avoid that dilcommoditie,let her hold her legs or thighs acrols, 
for in fo doing, thofe partS-that were feparated will bee joined and dole together again. Let 
her bellie bee allo bound or rowled with a ligature of an indifferent bredth and length, 
which may keep the cold air from the womb, and allb prels the blood out that is contain- 
ed in all the lubtlance thereof. Then give her fom Capon-broth or Caudle, with Saffron, 
or with the powder called Pulvis duels, or elf bread toafted and dipped in wine wherein 
Spice is brewed, for to reftore her ftrength, and to keep away the fretting of the guts.When 
the Secundine is drawn out, and is yet hot from the womb, it muft bee laid warm unto the 
region of the womb, especially in the Winter, but in the Summer,the hot skin of a weather 
newlie killed mull bee laid unto the whole bellie, and unto the region of the loins. But 
then the curtains ofthe bed muft bee kept dawn, and all the windows and doors of 
chamber muft bee kept Ihut with all diligence, that no cold air may com unto the woman , 
that travaileth, but that lhee may lie and take her reft quietly. The Weather's skin muft 
be taken away after that it hath lien five or fix hours,and then all the region of her bellie muft? 
bee annointed with the ointment following. 
R.fpermatis amygdal.dulcium & olei cera 
nova quantum fuflicitjmake thereof an ointment, wherewith let her bee annointed twice in the i 
daie: let a plafterof Galbanum bee applied to the navel, in the mid'ft whereof put fom few1 
grains ofCivet or Musk, fo that the fmel of the plafter may not Strike up into hernoftrils. • 
Then let this medicine following bee applied, commonly called Tela Gualterin. R. cera nova, j 
?iv. fpermatis CefiJ i(L terebinth, veneta in aquH rofacea olei amygdal.dulcium & bypericonit • 
dn. %i. olei mafticb. & myrtini3an. JfS. axungia cervi,melt them altogether, and when they < 
are melted, take it from the fire, and then dip a linnen cloth therein , as big as may ferv to * 
fit the region of the bellie, whereunto it is to bee applied. Thele remedies will keep the ex- 
ternal region of the bellie from wrinkling. 
But of all other, the medicine following excelleth. R. limacum rub.foi.florum antbos quart. 
iiii. let them bee cut all in final! peeces, and put into an earthen pot well nealed with lead, 
and dole flopped, then let it bee let in the dung of horles for the fpace of fortie daies, and 
then bee prefied or ftrained, and let the liquor th at is ftrained out bee kept in aglalswell 
covered, and let in the Sun for the fpace of three or four daies, and therewith annoint the 
bellie of the woman that lieth in childe bed. If lhee bee greatly tormented with throws, let 
the powder following bee given unto her. R. anifi conditi $ii. nucis mofebat. cornu cervi uft. an. 
nucleorum datty 11 or. aloes & cinnamoni,an.$u. make thereof a molt fubtil powder, 
let her take thereof at once with white wine warm. Or, R. rad. confolida majority. nu- 
cleorum perjicorum, nucis mofebat. an.Qii. carab. ambragraca gra.iv. make thereofa powder, 
let her take one dram thereof at a time with white wine, or if lhee have a fever, with the 
broth of a Capon. Let there bee hot bags applied to the genitals,bellie and reins; thele bags 
muft bee made of millet and oats fried in a frying-pan with a little white wine. 
But if through the violence of the extraftion the genital parts bee torn, as antient writers 
affirm it hath com to pals, fo that the two holes, as the two holes of the privie-parts and 
ofthe fundament have been torn into one, then that which is rent muft bee Hitched up, gi 
and the wound cured according to art. Which is a moil unfortunate chance for the mother 
afterwards, for when lhee Shall travail again, lhee cannot have her genital parts to extend 
and draw tbemfelvs in again by reaSbn of the fear. So that then it will bee needful that the 
Chirurgian Shall again open the place that was cicatrized, for otherwise lhee Shall never bee 
delivered, although lhee ftrive and contend never fo much. I have don the like cure in two 
women that dwelt in Paris. 
< CHAP. 
Cold an ene- 
mie to women 
in travail. 
What accidents 
follow the ca- 
king of cold in 
a woman that 
is delivered of 
child e. 
Secundines 
muft bee laid 
to the region 
of the womb 
whil'ft they bee 
warm. 
Unguents for 
the woman in 
travail that the 
region of the 
bcilie may not 
bee wrinkled. 
The medicine 
called 7eU 
A powder for 
the fretting of 
the guts. 
What muft bee 
don when the 
groin is torn 
in childc-bit th 616 
Concerning the Generation of.Man 
LlB.lz}.. 
CHAP. XXVIII. 
Wbat cure muft bee ufed to the Dugs and Teats oftbofe that are1>rougbt to bed. 
To drive the 
milk down- 
ward. 
, F great (tore and abundance of milk bee m tne Dreait,anct the woman be not 
willing to nurf her own childe, they muft bee annointed with the unguent 
following, to repel the milk, and cauf it to bee expelled through the womb. 
R. olei rof.myrtini an%ni. acai rofat. them together,and there- 
with annointing befprinklethem with the powder ofMyrtils, and then ap- 
plie the plafter following. R. pulv. mafiichini nucit mofibat, nucis cu- 
frefli balauftmyrtil. Ireos, florent. olei myrtini Jiii. terebinth, veneta |ii. cert nova 
quantum fuflicit, make thereof a foft plafter. 
The leavs of brook- lime,crefles and box boiled together in urine and vineger,are thought 
a prefent remedie for this purpofe, that is to fay, to draw the milk from the breafts. And o- 
thers take the clay that falleth down into the bottom of the trough wherein the grinde- 
ftone, whereon (words are grownd, turneth,and mix it with oil of ro(es,aud applie it warm 
unto the dugs, which in Ihort (pace, as it is thought,will aiTwage the pain, ftay the inflam- 
mation, and drive the milk out of the dugs. The decoftion of ground-lvie, Peruwinkle, 
red Roles, and roach Alum beeing prepared in oxycrate, and ufed in the form of a 
fomentation, is thought to perform the like effeft : the like virtue have the lees of red wine, 
applied to the dugs with vineger, or the diftilled water of unripe Pine-apples applied to the 
breafts withlinnen cloaths wet therein, or hemlock beaten and applied with the young and 
tender leavs of a gourd. 
( This medicine following is approoved by u(e : Take the leavs of Sage, Smallage, 
! and Chervil, and cut or chop them verie (mall, and incorporate them in vineger and oil of 
Rofts, and fo applie it warm to the breaft, and renue it thrice a day. In the mean time let 
Cupping-glades bee applied to the inner (ide of the thigh and groin, and al(b above the na- 
vel. For this is verie effeftual to draw the milk out of the breafts into the womb by the veins 
whereby the womb communicateth with the breafts. Moreover, they may let children 
: or little whelps fuck their breafts, whereby they may draw out the milk that is fixed faft in 
their dugs, in fteed whereof wee have invented this inftrument of glals , wherewith, when 
the broader orifice is faft'ned or placed on the breaft or dug, and the pipe turned upwards to- 
wards her mouth, (hee may fuck her own breafts her felf. 
Bywhatreafon, 
and which way 
cupping-glaf- 
fes beeingfa- 
ft'ned on the 
groin or above 
the navel, do 
draw milk ont 
the of brcafts. 
71)e form of a little glafr, which freeing put on the nipple, the woman 
ma) fuck her own frreafa. 
Inftead of this inftrument, a viol of glafs beeing fir ft made warm, and the mouth there- 
of applied to the nipple or teat, by reafon of the heat and widenefs thereof will draw the 
milk forth into the bottom thereof, as it were by a certain fucking. The after-purgations 
beeing firft evacuated, which is don for the moft part within twentie daies after the birth, 
if the woman bee not in danger of a fever, nor have anie other accident, let her enter into a 
bath, made of niarjerom, mint, fage, rofemarie, mugwurt, agrimonie, penniroyal, the 
flowrs of camomil, melilote, dill, beeing boiled in moft pure and clear running water. 
All the day following let another fuch like bath bee prepared, whereunto let thefe things 
following bee added. R.farini fatarum & aven.an.tk.iii. far in. or obi, lufindr. & gland. «w,ibi. 
falis com. ifeii. gallarum, nucum cuprefji, rofar. rub. m.vi. caryoybyl.nucum 
boil them all in common water, then few them all in a clean linnen cloth, 
as it were in a bag, and caft them therein into the bath wherein Iron red hot hath been ex- 
tinguilhed, and let the woman that hath lately travailed fit down therein fo long as lhee 
pleafeth, and when fhee commeth out let her bee laid warm in bed, and let her take fom 
freferved Orange-pill, or bread toafted and dipped in Hippocras,or in wine brewed with Ipi- 
ces,and then let her fweat,ifthe fweatwill com forth of its own accord. 
On the next day letaftringent fomentations bee applied to the genitals on this wile pre- 
' pared- [fc. gaUaK nucum cuprefli, corticum granat. an%i rofar. rub.m i. tbymij majoran. an. m.fl alu. 
■ minis roebt, falis com. boil them all together in red wine, and make thereof a deco- 
ction for a fomentation, for the fore-named ufe. The diftilled liquor following is verie 
excellent 
Aftringent fo- 
mentations for 
the privic parts. Lib.z<|.. 
Qoncerning the Generation of Man. 
617 
excellent and effe&ual to confirm and to draw in the dugs, or anie other loofparts. R. cary- 
opbyl. nucit mojcbat.nucum cugrefi an. maftich. |ii. alumin. rocb. %'ifi.glandium & corticis quer- 
ni, dzz.ftfi rofar. rubr m.i. cort.granat. terr*figillat. %i. cornu cervi ufti%fi. myrtiHor. fanguinis 
dracon.anQ. boli ar mini. ireos florent. Ji. fumacb.berber. m.fl conquaffentur omnia, 
& macerentur fpatio duorum dierum, in ft.fi aqut rofarum ftii. yrunorum jyveflr. mefyilorum, fomo- 
runt quernvcum,& ft.JS. aqut fabrorum, aceti denique fortiffljiv. afterward diltil it over a gentle 
fire, and keep the diililled liquor for your ule, wherewith let the parts bee fomented twice 
in a day. And after the fomentation, let wollen cloaths or flupes of linnen cloth bee dipped 
in the liquor, and then prefled out out and laid to the place. When all thele tilings are don 
and paff, the woman may again keep companie with her husband. 
A diftilkd li- 
quor for to 
draw together* 
the dugs that 
are loofand 
flack. 
CHAP. XXIX. 
Wbat the cauffes of difficult andfainfal travail in cbilde-hirtb are. 
4efault dependeth fomtimes on the mother, and fomtimes on the infant or 
childe within the womb. On the mother, if ffiee bee more fat, i f lhee bee given 
to gormandize or great eating, if lhee bee too lean or young, as Savanarola 
thinketh her to bee, that is great with childe at nine years of age, or unexpcrt, 
- or more old, or weaker then fhee fhould bee either by nature or by fom accident: 
as by diieafes that fhee hath had a little before the time of childe-birth, or with a great flux 
of blood. But thofe that fall in travail before the ful and prefixed time, are verie difficult to 
deliver, becaufthe fruit is yet unripe, and not rcadie or ealie to bee delivered. If the neck or 
orifice of the womb bee narrow, either from the firll conformation, or afterwards by fom 
chance as by an ulcer cicatrized: or more hard and callous, by reafon that it hath been torn 
before at the birth of fom other childe, and fo cicatrized again, lo that if the cicatrized 
place bee not cut even in the moment of the deliverance, both the childe and the mother 
will bee in danger of death 5 alfo the rude handling of the midwife may hinder the free de- 
liverance of the childe. Oftentimes women are letted in travail by ihamefac'tneis, by reafon 
of the prefence of fom man, or hate to torn woman there prelent. 
Ifthe fecundine bee pulled away fooner then it is neceffarie, it may cauf a great flux of 
blood to fill the womb, fo that then it cannot perforin his exclulive facultie, no otherwile 
then the bladder when it is dillended by reafon of over*abundance of water that is therein, 
cannot cad it forth, fo that there is aftoppage of the urine. But the womb is much rather 
hindred, or the facultie of childe-birth is flopped or delaied, if together with the flopping 
of the fecundine, there bee either a Mole or fom other bodie contrarie to nature in the 
womb. In the fecundines of two women whom I delivered of two children that were dead 
in their bodies, I found a great quantitie of (and like unto that which is found about the 
the banks of rivers, fo that the gravel or land that was in each fecundine was a full pound in 
weight. 
Alfo the infant may bee the occafion of difficult childe-birth, as, if too big , if it com o- 
verthwart, if it com with its face upwards, and its buttocks forwards, if it com with its 
feet and hands both forwards at once, if it bee dead and fwoun by reafon of corruption, if 
it bee monftrous, if it have two bodies or two heads, ifit bee manifold or feven-fold, asAl- 
bucrafis affirmeth he hath feen,if there bee a mole annexed thereto,if it bee verie weak,ifwhen 
the waters are flowed out, it doth not moov or ftir, or offer its (elf to com forth. Yet not- 
wzthftanding, it happeneth fomtimes that the fault is neither in the mother nor the childe, 
but in the air, which beeing cold, doth fo binde, congeal and make ftiff the genital parts, 
that they cannot bee relaxed : or, beeing contrariwife too hot,it weakeneth the woman that 
is in travail, by reafon that it walletb the fpirits, wherein all the ftrength conlifteth: or in 
theignorant or unexpert midwife, who cannot artificially rule and govern the endeavors 
of the woman in travail. 
The birth is wont to bee eafie, if it bee in the due and per fixed natural time, ifthe childe 
offer himlelfluftily to com forth with his head forwards, prefently after the waters are com 
forth, and the mother in like manner lullie andllrong: thole which are wont to bee troub- 
led with verie difficult childe-birth, ought a little before the time of the birth, to go into an 
half-tub filled with the decoftion of mollifying roots and feeds,to have their genitals, womb 
and neck thereof to bee annointed, with much oil, and the intellines that are full and loa- 
ded mull bee unburthened of the excrements, and du n the expulfive facultie provoked with 
a Iharp glyfler, that the tumors and fwelling of the birth concurring therewith, the more ea- 
lie exclulion may bee made. But I like it rather better, that the woman in travail Ihould bee 
placed in a chair that hath the back thereof lean ing backwards, then in her bed,but the chair 
mull have a hole in the bottom, whereby the bones that mull bee dilated in the birth, may 
have more freedom to dole themfelvs again. 
The caulfi-sof 
the difficult 
childe-birth 
that are in the 
: woman that 
travaikth. 
The paflions 
of the mindc 
hinder the 
birth. 
Thecaufles of 
difficult child- 
birth that are 
in the infant. 
The external 
caufcs of diffi- 
cult childe- 
birth. 
Which is an 
cafie birth. 
What caufleth 
eafinefscf 
child-birth. 
Ggg 
CHAP. Concerning the (generation ofMan. 
LIB.24.. 
618 
CHAP. XXX. 
Tbe cauf of Abortion or untimely birth. 
What Aborti- 
on is. 
Bortion or untimely birth is one thing, and effluxion another. They call abor- 
tion the hidden exclufion of the childe alreadie formed and alive, before the per- 
fect inaturi tie thereof, Eut that is called effluxion, which is the tailing down 
of feeds mixed together and coagulated but for the (pace of a few daies, onely in 
the forms of membranes or tunicles, congealed blood,and of an unfhapen or de- 
formed piece of flefh; the Midwives of our countrie call it a falf branch or bud. This efflux, 
ion is great pain and moft bitter and cruel torment to the woman: leaving be- 
hinde it weaknefs of bodie far greater then if the childe were born at the due time. The 
caufes ofabortion or untimely birth, whereof the childe is called an abortive, are manie, as 
a great feouring, a ftrangurie joined with heat and inflammation, fliarp fretting of the guts, 
a great and continual cough, exceeding vomiting, vehement labor in running, leaping, and 
dauncing, and by a great fall from on high, carrying of a great burthen, riding on a trot- 
ting-horf, or in a Coach, by vehement, often and ardent copulation with men, or by a 
great blow or ftroke on the bellie. For all thefe and fiich like vehement and inordinate mo- 
tions diHolv the ligaments of the womb, and fo cauf abortion or untimely birth. 
Alfo whatfoever prefleth or girdeth in the mothers bellie, and therewith alfo the womb 
that is within it, as are thofe Ivorie or Whale-bone buskes, which women wear on their 
bodies,-thereby to keep down their bellies ; by thefe and fuch like things the childe is letted 
or hindred from growing to his full ftrength, fo that by exprefiion, or as it were by compul- 
fion, hee is often forced to com forth before the legitimate and lawful time. Thundering, 
the noifof the (hooting of great Ordnance, the found, and vehement noifof the ringing of 
Bells conftrain women to fall in travell before their time, efpecially women that are young, 
whofe bodies are foft, flack and tenderer then thofe that bcc of riper years. Long and great 
falling, a great flux of blood, efpecially when the infant is grown fomwhat great: but if it 
bee but two moneths old, the danger is not fo great, becaufthen hee needeth not fo great 
quantitie of nourifhment, alfo a long difeaf of the mother,which conliimeth the blood, caufe 
leth the childe to com forth beeing deftitute of ftore of nourifhment before the fit time. 
Moreover, fulnefs, by reafon of the eating great ftore of meats, often maketh or caufleth un- 
timely birth ; becaufit depraveth the ftrength, and prefleth down the childe: as likewife the 
ufe of meats that are of an evil juice, which they luft or long for. But bath's, becauf they re- 
lax the ligaments of the womb, and hot houfes, for that the fervent and choaking air is re- 
ceived into the bodie, provoke the infant to ftrive to go forth to take the cold air, and Co 
cauf abortion. 
What women foever,beeing indifferently well in their bodies,travail in the fecond or third 
moneth without anie manifeft cauf, thofe have theCotylidones of their womb full of filth 
and matter, and cannot hold up the infant, by reafon of the weight thereof,but are broken: 
Moreover, fiidden or continual perturbations of the minde, whether they bee through anger 
or fear,may cauf women co travail before their time,and are accounted as the caufes of abor- 
tions,for that they cauf great and vehement trouble in the bodie. Thofe women that are like 
to travail before their time,their dugs will wax little: therefore when a woman is great with 
childe, if her dugs fuddenly wax fmall or (lender,it is align that Ihse will travail before her 
timejthe caufofliich fhrinking of the dugs is,that the matter of the milk is drawn back into 
the womb,by reafon that the infant wanteth nourilhment to nourilh & fuccour it withall. 
Which (carcitie the infant not long abiding,ftriveth to go forth to feek that abroad which 
hee cannot have within, for among the caufes which do make the infant to com out of the 
womb,thofe are moft ufually named with Hippocrates, the neceffitieofamorelarge nutri- 
ment and air. 
Therefore if a woman that is with childe have one of her dugs fmall,if(hee have two chil- 
dren,fliee is like to travail of one of them before the full and perfeft time: fo that if the right 
1 dug bee (mall, it is a man-childe, but if it bee the left dug it is a female. Women are in far 
more pain when they bring forth their children before the time,then if it were at the full and 
due time; becaufthat whatfoever is concrarie to nature,is troublefom, painfull,and alfo of- 
f centimes dangerous. If there bee anie error committed at the firft time of the childe-birth, it 
is commonly feen that it happeneth alwaies after at each time of childe-birth. Therefore, to 
fiinde out the caufes of that error, you muft take thecounfel of fom Phyfician, and after his 
' counfel indeavour to amend the fame. Truly thisplafter following beeing applied to the 
reines doth confirm the womb,and (lay the infant therein.Bc.ladani .%i.nucis mofchat 
nucis cuprefsiyboli armeni,terr<£ftgil. fanguin.dracony pftdiorumj)ipociftid.an.%i.. 
„ tnapiicb u.gummi picis navald^i.fi.ar# quantum [ufficit.fiat 
it emplaft.fecundum ertew.-fpread it for your ufe upon leacher.lf the pare begin to itch,let the pla- 
fter bee taken awaie,& inftead thereof ufe unguent.rofat.or refrig. Galen, or this that followeth. 
R.oZez myrtini.mafticb.cydonior. an.% i.bypo. boli armen. fang 
quant-fuf. make thereof an ointment according unto art. There are women that bear the 
diilde 
What Effluxi- 
on is. 
Women are 
in more pain 
by rcafon of 
the effluxion 
then at the 
true birth. 
The caufes of 
Abortion. I 
Girding of the 
bellie may 
cauf untimely 
birth. 
How bathes 
and hot houfes 
eauf untimely 
birth. 
37felt 
Hip.aph.4f. 
ft a. f. 
Hip.npb.3ti 
fett. ?. 
Women are in 
more pain at 
the untimely ' 
birth then at 
the due time of 
b:rth. 
The error of 
thefirft child- 
birth cont]-, 
nues after- 
ward*. 
A plafter flay- 
ing the infant 
in the womb. Lib.24.. 
Qmcerning the Generation of Man. 
619 
childe in their womb ten or eleven whole moneths,and fuch children have their conformati-1 
on ofmuch quantitie of feed: wherefore they will bee more big,great and ftrong, and there- : 
fore they require more time to com to their perfection and maturitiejfor thole fruits that are ] 
great will not bee fo foon ripe as thole that are imall. But children that are Imall and little' 
of bodie do often com to their perfection and maturitie in feven or nine moneths: if ano- 
ther things are correfpondent in greatnels and bignels of bodie , it happeneth for the moft 
part that the woman with childe is not delivered before the ninth moneth beedon,or at the 
leaftwife in the fame moneth. But a male childe will bee commohly born at thebeginning,' 
or a little before the beginning of the fame moneth, by reafon of his engrafftedUieat which 
caufleth maturitie and ripenels. Furthermore, the infant is fooner com to rri furitie and J 
perfection in a hot woman then in a cold, for it is the propertie of heat to ripen. 
What children 
are ten or ele- 
ven moneths in 
the womb. 
A male will 
bee born foon- 
er then a fe- 
male. 
CHAP. XXXI. 
Howto preferv the infant in tbe womb, when the mother is dead. 
F all the figns of death appear in the woman thatlieth in travel, and cannot 
bee delivered3there mutt then bee a Surgeon readie and at hand, which may o- 
pen he r bodie fofoon as fliee is dead, whereby the infant may bee preferved 
in iafetiesneither can it bee foppofed fiifficient if the mother's mouth and pri- 
vie parts bee held open ; for the infant being enclofed in his mother's womb, J 
and compared with the membranes,cannot take his breath,but by the contra- * 
ftions and dilatations of the arterie of the navel. But when the mother is dead, thelungs J 
do not execute their office and funftion : therefore they cannot gather in the air that com- I 
pafleth thebodie by the mouth orafyera arteria into their own fiibftance, or into the arteries 1 
that are difperfed throughout the bodie thereof, by reafon whereof it cannot fend it unto 1 
the heart by the veinie arterie which is called arteria venalis : for if the heart want air, there ' 
cannot bee anie in the great arterie which is called arteria aortay whofe funftion it is to draw ' 
it from the heart; as alfo by reafon thereof it is wanting in the arteries of the womb,which ; 
are as it were the little conduits of the great arterie, whereinto the air that is brought from 
the heart is derived, and floweth in'unto thefe little ones of all the bodie, and likewife of 
the womb. Wherefore it muft of neceffitie follow that the air is wanting to the cotyle- 
dons of the fecundines, to the arterie of the infants navel, the iliack arteries alfo, and there- 
fore unto his heart,and fo unto his bodie: for the air being drawn by the the mother's 
lungs, is accuftomed to com to the infant by this continuation of paflages. Therefore be- 
cauf death maketh all the motions of the mother's bodie to ceaf, it is far better to open her 
bodie fo loon as ffiee is dead, beginning thedncifion at the cartelage, Xtyboides, or breaft- 
blade, and makeing it in a form femicircular, cutting the ski®, mufcles and yeritoTwum, not 
touching the guts: then the womb being lifted up, muft firft bee cut, left that otherwife the 
infant might perchance bee touched or hurt with the knife. 
You ffiall oftentimes finde the child unmoveable, as though hee Were dead ; but not be- 
cauf hee is dead indeed, but by reafon that hee, beeing deftitute of the accede of the fpirits 
by the death of the mother, hath contrafted a great weaknefs : yet you may know whether 
hee bee dead indeed or not, by handling the arterie of the navel, for it will beat and pant if 
hee bee alive, otherwife not j but if there bee anie life yet remaining in him , ffiortly after 
hee hath taken in the air, and is recreated with the accefs will move all his mem- 
bers, and alfo all his whole bodie* In fo great a weaknefs or debilitie of the ftrehgth of the 
childe, by cutting the navel ftring, but it muft rather bee laid clofe to the region of the bel- 
lie thereof, that thereby the heat (if there bee anie jot remaining) may bee ftirred up again. 
But I cannot fufficiently marvail at the infblencie of thofe that affirm that they have feen 
women whofe bellies and womb have been more then once cut, and the infant taken out, 
when it could no otherwife bee gotten forth, and yet notwithftanding alive; which thing 
there is no man can perfwade mee can bee done, without the death of the mother4, by reafon 
of the neceffarie greatnefs of the wound that muft bee made in the mufcles of the bellie, and 
fubftance of the womb, for the womb of a woman that is great with child, by reafon that 
it fwelleth, and is diftended with much bloud, muft needs yield a great flux of bloud,which 
of neceffitie muft bee mortal. And to conclude, when that the wound or incifion of the 
womb is cicatrized, it will not permit or fuffer the womb to bee dilated or extended to re- 
ceiv or bear a new birth. For thefe and fuch like other caufles, this Kinde of cure, as defpe- 
rate and dangerous, is not (in mine opinion) to be ufcd. 
Why It is not 
fufficient to 
preferv life in 
the childeto 
hold open the ' 
mouth and pri- 
vie parts of the 
mother fo foon 
as thee is dead 
and the childc 
alive in her 
bodie. 
How the bel- 
lie of the wo- 
man chat dieth 
in travel mull 
bee cur open to 
fave the childc. 
■Mow it may 
bee known 
whether the 
infant bee a* 
live or not. 
Ggg 2 
CHAP, 620 
Concerning the Generation of Man. 
LlB.24.. 
CHAP. XXXII. 
Of fuperfetation. 
Uperfetation is when a woman doth bear two or more children at one time 
in her womb, and they bee enclofed each in his feveral fecundine: but thole 
that are included in the lame fecundine, are fuppofed to bee conceived 
at one and the fame time of copulation, by realon of the great and copious 
abundance of leed , and thefe have no number of daies between their conce- 
ption and birth, but all at once. For as prefently after meat the ftomach which is naturally 
of a good temper, is contra&ed or drawn together about the meat,to comprehend it on eve- 
rie fide, though fmall in quantitie, as it were by both hands, fo that it cannot rowl neither 
unto this or that fide; fo the womb is drawn together unto the conception about both the 
feeds,affoon as they are brought into the capacitie thereof, and is fo drawn in unto it on eve- 
riefide, that it may com together into one bodie, not permitting anie portion thereof to 
go into anie other region or fide, fo that by one time of copulation the feed that is mixed 
together, cannot engender more children then one, which are divided by their fecundines. 
And moreover, becauf there are no fuch cells in the wombs of women , as are fuppofed, or 
rather known to bee in the wombs ofbeafts, which therefore bring forth manieat one con- 
ception or birth. But now if anie part of the woman's womb doth not applie and adjoin it 
felf clofely to the conception of the feed already received5left anie thing fhould bee given by 
nature for no purpofe, it muft of necelfitie follow that it muft bee filled with air, which will 
alter and corrupt the feeds. Therefore the generation of more then one infant at a time, 
haveingeverie one his feveral fecundine, is on this wife. If a woman conceiv by copulation 
with a man as this day, and if that for a few daies after the conception, the orifice of the 
womb bee not cxaftly fhut, but rather gape a little, and if lhee do then ufe copulation a- 
gain, fo that at both thefe times of copulation there may bee an effufion or perfeft mixture 
of the fertile feed in the womb, there will follow a new conception, or (uperfetation. For 
(uperfetation is no other then a certain fecond conception, when the woman already with 
childe, again ufeth copulation with a man, and Co conceiveth again, according to the judg- 
ment of Hippocrates. But there may bee manie caufles alledged why the womb which did 
join and clofe doth open and unloof it felf again.For there bee fbm that fuppofe the womb to 
bee open at certain times after the conception,that there may bee an ifliie out for certain ex- 
cremental matters that are contained therein, and therefore that the woman that hath fe> 
conceived alreadie,and fhall then ufe copulatiojrt with a man again,fhall alfo conceiv again; 
Others fay that the womb ofit felf, and ofits own nature is verie defirous of feed or co- 
pulation, or elf beeing heated or enflamed with the pleafent motion of the man mooving 
her thereto, doth at length unclofe it felf to receiv the man's feed: for likewifeit happeneth 
manie times that the orifice of the ftomach beeing fhut after eating, is prefently unloofed a- 
gain, when other delicate meats are offered to bee eaten : even fo may the womb unclofe it 
felf again at certain feafons, whereof com manifold iffues, whofe time of birth and alfo of 
conception are different. For as Plinie writeth, when there hath been a little (pace between 
two conceptions, they are both haftened, as it appeared in Hercules and his brother Ipbiclesj 
and in her which haveing two children at a birth,brought forth one like unto her husband, 
and another like unto the adulterer. And alfo in the Procomefian Have or bond-woman, 
who, by copulation on the feme day, brought forth one like unto her matter, and another 
like unto his fteward: and in another who brought forth one at the due time of childe-birth, 
and another at five months end. And again in another, who bringing forth her burthen on 
the feventh month, brought forth two more in the months following. But this is a moft 
manifeft argument of iuperfetation, that as manie children as are in the womb (unlefe they 
bee twins of the feme fex) fo manie fecundines are there, as 1 have often feen my felf. And it 
is verie likely that if they were conceived in the feme moment of time, that they fhould all 
bee included in one fecundine. But when a woman hath more children then two at one bur- 
denjit feemeth to bee a monftrous thing, becauf that nature hath given herbuttwobreafts. 
Although wee fhall hereafter rehearf manie examples of more numerous births. 
What fuperfe- 
tation is. 
A woman's 
womb is not 
diftinguiflied 
intodivuf 
cels. 
The reafon of 
fu per fetation. 
Lib. de fuper- 
fattationibus. 
Why the 
womb after 
the conception 
of the feed, 
doth many 
times after- 
wards open. 
Lib,j. cap.it. 
CHAP. XXXIII. 
Of tbe tumor called Mola, or a Mole growing in the womb of Women. 
The reafon of 
the name. 
F the Greek word Myle, which fignifieth a Mill-ftone,this tumor called Ma hath 
its name j for it is like unto a Mill-hone both in the round or circular figure, 
andalfoin hard confiftence, for the which felf fame reafon the whirl-bone of 
the knee is called of the Latines and of the Greeks Myle» But the tumor 
called Mola, whereof wee here entreat, is nothing elf but a certain falf concepti- 
on of deformed flelh, round and hard,conceived in the womb as it were rude andunperfeft, 
and 
What a kola 
is. • Lib.24. 
Concerning the (jeneration ofMan. 
621 
not diftinguilhed into members, comming by corrupt, weak, and difeaied feed, and of the 
immoderate flux of the termes, aS it is defined by Hippocrates. This is inclofed in no fecun- 
dine, but as it were in its own skin. 
There are fbm that think the Mola to bee ingendered of the concourf or mixture of the wo- 
mans feed and menftrual blood, without the communication of the mans feed. But the opi- 
nion of Galen is, that never anie man law a woman conceiv either a or anie other fuch 
thing, without copulation of man , as a hen laieth eggs without a cock: for the onely < 
cauf and original of that motion is in the mans feed, and the mans feed doth onely minifter1 
matter for the generation thereof. Of the fame opinion is Aviceny who thinketh the Mola 
to bee made by the confluxion ofthe mans feed that is unfertile, with the womans 5 tvhen 1 
as it, becaufunfruitful, onely puff's up or make's the uromans feed to fwellas leaven into a 1 
greater bignefs, but not into anie perfeft lhape or form. Which is alfo of the opinion of Fer- 
neliitf, by the decrees of Hippocrates and Avicen: for the immoderate fluxes of the courfes 
are conducing to the generation of the Mola, which overwhelming the mans feed, beeing 
now unfruitful and weak, doth conftrain it to delift from its interprifeof conformation al- 
readie begun, as vanquilhed or wholly overcom: for the generation of the Mola commeth 
not of a Ample heat working upon a clammie and grofs humor, as worms are generated; but 
of both the feeds, by the efficacie of a certain fpirit, after a fort prolifical, as may bee under- 
ftood by the membranes wherein the Mola is inclofed,by the ligaments whereby manie times 
it is faftened or bound to the true conception or childe, engendered or begotten by fuperfoe- 
tation ; and finally, by the increaf, and great and fluggilh weight. If all men were hot per- 
iwaded that the conflux of a mans feed muft of neceflitie concur to the generation of the Mo- 
la} it would bee no fmall cloak or cover towomen to avoid the lhame and reproach of their 
light behavior. ' 
Lib.de fleril. 
Cap. 7. lib.de 
ufu part. 
How the mola 
is engendered. 
CHAP. XXXIV. 
How to difcern a true, conception from a falf conception or Mola. 
The fignes <5f 
a mola inclo- 
fed in the 
womb. 
Hen the Mola is inclofed in the womb, the fame things appear as in the true and 
lawful conception. But the more proper fignes of the Mola are thefe: there is 
a certain pricking pain, which at the beginning troubleth thebellie as if it 
were the cholick, the belly will Iwel fboner then it would if it were the true 
iuue, ana will bee diftended with greater hardnefs, and is more difficult and troublefom to 
carrie, becaufit is contrarie to nature, and void of foul or life. Pretently after the concep- 
tion the dugs fwel and puff up, but ffiortly they fall and becom lank and lax 5 for nature 
fendeth milk thither in vain, becauf there is no iflue in the womb that may ipend the fame. 
The Mola will move before the third month, although it bee obfcurely, but the true con- 
ception will not: but this motion of the Mola is not of the intellectual foul, but of the fa, 
cultie of the womb, and oftht fpirit of the feed dilperted through the lubftance of the Molaj 
for it is nourifhed and increafeth after the manner of plants, but not by reafon of a foul or 
fpiritlent from above, as the infant doth. Moreover, that motion that the infant hath in 
its due and appointed time, differeth much from the motion of the Mola; for the childe is 
mooved to the right tide, to the left fide, and to everie fide gently, but the Mola3 by reafon 
of its heavinefs, is fixed, and rowleth in manner of a ftpne, carried by the weight thereof 
unto what fide foever the woman declineth her telf. The woman that hath a Mola,'in her 
womb doth dalie wax leaner and leaner in all her members, but elpecially in her Jeggs, al- 
though notwitfiftanding towards night they will fwel, fo that flic will bee vefie lpw or 
heavie in going, the natural heat forfakeing the parts remote from the heart by little and 
little: and moreover, her bellie Iwel's, by ae'afon that the menftrual matter refteth about 
thole places, and is not continued in the nouriffiment of the-Molaflieeis' fwpln asif fhee 
had the dropfie, but that it is harder, and doth not rile again when it is prefled with the fin- 
gers. The navel doth not ftand out as it will do when the true iflue is conteined in the womb, 
neither do the courles flow as they fomtimes do in the true conception; but fomtimes 
great fluxes happen, which eaf the weight of thebellie. In manic when the Mola doth clear 
not verie fall, it falleth awaie within three or four moneths, beeing not as yet com unto its 
juft bignelsjand manie times it.cleaveth to the fides of the womb & Cotylidons verie firmly , 
fo that fom women carrie it in their wombs five or fix yeers,and fom as long as they live. 
The wife of Guiliam Roger Pewterer, dwelling in St. Ritters ftreet, bore a Mela in her 
womb leventeen yeers, who beeing of the age of fiftie yeers, died 5 and 1 haveing opened her 
found the bodie of her womb to bee almoft looted, and not tied or bound by its accuftom- 
ed ligatures, but as it were hanging onely by the neck,and furthermore cleaving to the Kall 
adjoining to it, haveing but onely one tefticle, and that on the right fide, and that fomwhat 
broader and looter then ufual: the homes were not to bee feen except it were on that fide , 
the veflels were on the neck onely, and there verie maryfeft and puffed up, it was as big as a 
mans head. When I had taken it out of her bodie, I brought it home unto my houQ that at 
Ggg? 
By what fa- 
cultie the 
womb moov- 
eth. 
How the mo- 
tion of the 
mola differeth 
from the 
motion of the 
infant in the 
womb. 
The mola doth 
turn to each 
fide of the 
womb, as the 
fituation of 
the bodie is. 
A hiftorie, 622 
Concerning the Generation of Man. 
' LlB.2.g. 
my leaflire 1 might tinde out what was conteined in it fo long;therefbre,on a certain day,cal- 
ling together the chief Phyticians of Paris, as MaffiLeM, Alexis, Vigor,de S.Pont.Feure, Brovet, 
Violais, Grealmus,Ravin, Marefcotius, MilotM,Hautin,Riolan, Lujfon s and Surgeons,as Brun, Co- 
interelj Guillemeau; all thele beeing prefent, I opened the womb, and I found it in all the 
bodie thereof, and in the proper tunicle, fo fchirrhous, and fo hard, that I could hardly cut 
or make a knife to enter it: the bodie thereof was three fingers thick. In the midft of the 
capacitie thereof! found a lump of flefli as bigas both myfifts, like unto a Cow's udder, 
cleaving to the tides of the womb but in certain placee, of a verie chick, unequal and clod- 
difli fubftance, with manie bodies therein,even as are commonly found in wens and griftles, 
difperfed through it as if it were bones. The judgment of all that were prefent was, that 
this great tumor at the tirft was a Mola, which in procefs of time degenerated into a fchir- 
rous bodie, together with the proper fubftance of the womb. Moreover, in the middle of 
the neck of the womb, wee found a tumor as big as a Turkie's egg, of fubftance hard, carti- 
laginous and bonie,filling all the whole neck,but efpecially the inward orifice of the womb, 
which the common people of France do call the Garland, fo that by that paflage nothing 
could go out, or enter into the womb: all that tumor weighed nine pounds and two oun- 
ces, which I, by reafon of the novellie of the thing, keep in my clofer, and here I have de- 
Icribed it* 
The defcripti- 
on of a Mold 
carried feven- 
teen yeers in 
the womb. 
the external form and description of the fore-named womb. 
A. Shewetb the bodie of the womb* 
B. 'the tefticle. 
C. the of the womb, wherein that little tumor wot contained. 
D. Shewetb the end of the of the womb that was fluckfd in funder, and alfo the veffeb 
whereby it drew the nutriment unto ih 
E. Shewetb the band. 
FFF.tbe veffels difterfed thorow the wombt LiB.24. 
Concerning tbe Generation of Man-. 
623 
'Ibe defer iption of tbewomb freeing open, andShewing tbe Mola contained therein. 
A.A. Shew the external and Superficial part of tbe womb. BB-E.B. Shew the tbictyefs of the 
lodie, or proper fubftance of tbe womb. C. Sbeweth the Mola. D.D. Shew that concOvitie wherein 
the Mola was contained, or inclojed in the womb. 
As long as the Woman carried this Mola in her womb,fhee felt moft (harp pain in her bel- 
lie, the region of her bellie was marvellous hard, diftended and large, as if it were a wo- 
man that had manie children at once in her womb 5 fo that manie Phyficians, when the 
time of childe-birth was pafl, fuppofedthat fwelling of the bellie to com of thedropfie, and 
affaied to cure it as they would the dropfie 5 but for all the medicines they could ufe, the 
bellie became never the leffer. Oftentimes the urine was flopped for the fpace of three 
daies, and then the makeing of urine was verie painfull unto her, and manie times alfo her 
excrements were flopped for the fpace of a week, by reafon that the guts Were prefled by thfc 
weight of the Mola. At certain feafbns, as everie third moneth, there came exceeding great 
fluxes, the matter thereof could not bee carried through the capacitie of the womb, as wee 
faid before, becanfit was exactly fhut and flopped, but through the veflelsby which virgins, 
and alfo certain other women great with childe evacuate their menftrual matter. If the Mola 
bee expelled or call out in the firft or fecond moneth, as manie times it fo happcneth, it is 
called of women an unprofitable or falfe conception. Somtimes there are found in one 
womb two or three moles feparated one from another, and (omtimes bound or tied to the 
found and perfeft infant. As it happened in the wife of Valleriola the Phyfician, which was 
delivered of a Mola which fhee had carried in her womb twelve moneths, annexed with a 
childe of four moneths old, which had deprived the infant both of its room and nutri- 
ment. For it is alwaies to bee certainly fuppofed,that the Mola, as a cruel beaft, by its (ocie- 
tie,and keeping it from its nutriment and place, kil's the infant that is joined unto it. 
I remember once I opened thebodie of a dead woman, which had a Mola in her womb, as 
big as a Goof-egg, which when nature had affaied by manie vain endevors to call out, re- 
mained notwithstanding, and at length putrefied, and therewith infefted the whole womb, 
whereoffhee died. There bee fom which judging themfelvs great with childe,doe about the 
ninth or tenth moneth expell no other thing but founding blafls of winde j whereby the 
Womb fuddenly falling down, and waxing more (lender, they are faid in a mockerie to have 
been delivered of a fart. To conclude, whatfoever refemble's beeing with childe, if it bee 
not excluded at the due and lawful time of childe-birth by its own accord,or by the flrength 
of nature, then mufl it bee expelled by art. 
A vain or un- 
profitable con* 
ception. 
The Mold 
kill*s the in- 
ftnt in the 
it 'S fattened 
un:o it. 
CHAP. XXXV. 
What cure muft bee ufed to the Mola. 
A LI things that provoke the flowers and (ecundines,and exclude the infant,beeing dead, 
are to bee prefcribed, given inwardly5putup, and applied outwardly, as*the trochifces 
of 624 
Qoncerning the (feneration ofMan 
LIB.Z4.. 
Thofe things 
that provoke 
the flowrs for- 
cibly3 do alfo 
confume or 
wafte the molt. 
of «ijrr/^5hermodaftyls,and fuch like,firft haveing fomentations that are relaxing and mol- 
lifying alwaies applied to the places. You mull ufe thefe medicines and phtebotomie, diet 
and baths then and fo long as it fhall feem neceflarie to the Phyfician that is prelent. But Jf 
it happen's that the mola is feparated or loofed from the womb, and nature cannot expel 
it when it is fo looted, let the Chirurgian place the woman in that htuation that wee laid 
lhee was to bee put in, when the childe was to bee drawn from her. Then opening her ge- 
nital parts, let him take hold on it by putting an inftrument into it, which by reafon of 
the likenefs thereof is called a Gryphon's Talon, for it cannot bee taken hold on other- 
wile, by reafon of the roundnels thereof,for it hath no place whereon it bee may taken hold 
of: therefore when one taketh hold on it with his hand,it cannot bee hoi den faftby reafon 
of the (lipperinels thereof, but will run aud flip back into the hollownels of the womb,like 
unto a bowl or great ball; but it may bee more eafdy taken hold on with the Gryphon's Ta- 
lon, if the bellie bee prelfed on both fides that it may remain ftill while the Gryphon's Ta- 
lon take's hold on it, for when it hath taken good hold on it, it may bee eafily drawn 
out. When the mola is drawn out, the fame cure muft bee ufed to the woman, as is ufed to a 
Woman after that lhee is delivered of childe. 
The Chirurgi- 
cal extradion 
ofthe»vZ<r, 
The figure of an aninfirument called a Gryphon's Talon, to draw out the 
Mola when it is loof in the womb. 
CHAP. XXXVI. 
Of Tumors or fweHings happening to the Pancreas or fweet-breadi and the whole Mefenterie. 
He tumors of other places and parts in the bellie ought diligently to bee diitin- 
guilhed from the niola, and other tumors of the womb. For when the tumors 
arife in the glandula called Pancreas, and in all the whole Mefenterium, manie un- 
skilfulChirurgians take them for mola's or feirrhous tumors of the womb,and fo 
goerroneoully about to curethem,as (hall appear by thefe hiftories following, 
Ifabel Rolant the wife of John Bony dwelling in Paris in the ftreet Moncey near to St. Ger- 
vlfe his Church, beeing threefcore years of age, departed this life in the year of our Lord 
15 78. on the twentie fecond daie of Oftober: and her bodie beeing opened in theprefence 
of Doftor Milot the Phyfician, hee, when the Mefenterie was taken out of the bodie,caufled 
it to bee carried home to his that at his leafure hee might finde out the cauf of this 
mortal difeaf, which was alwaies fufpe&edto bee in the Mefenterie. Therefore on a time 
calling Brove, Chappel, Marefiotins, Arragonins, Bail/utius, Reburtias, and Riolan, all 
Doftorsof Phylick, and mee and Pinew Chirurgians, to his houf to fee the fame. Where 
wee found all the Mefenterie and the Pancreas in the Mefenterie fwoln and puffed up with a 
marvellous and almoft incredible tumor, fo that it weighed ten pound and a half, altoge- 
ther feirrhous on theoutfide, cleaving on the hinder part onely to the vertebresof the loins: 
but on the fore-part to the Ptritonxism Joeing alfo feirrhous and wholly cartilaginous.More- 
over, there were infinite other abfeefles in the fame Mefenterie, eyerie one doled in his feve- 
- ral cift, fom filled with a honie-like,fbm filled with a tallow-like,fom with an albugineous, 
and fom with a waterifh liquor or humor, whereof fom alfo were like untopapj and to 
conclude, look how manie abfeefles there were, fo manie kindes or differences of matters 
there were. It was then eight years fince that tijmpr .began to grow by little and little 
wihout feeling and pain unto fuch a greatneff, becaufthat the Mefenterie it felf was with- 
out pain in a manner. For the woman her felt could do all the faculties of nature almoft as 
well as if (hee had been found and whole, except that two months before fhee died, fhee 
was conftrained to keep her bed, becauf fhee had a continual fever, which endured fo 
Tongas fhee lived,and alfo becaufthat the Mefenterie, beeing as it were feparated or torn 
from its roots or feat, did rowl up and down, ip the bellie, not without'the fee- 
ling of grievous pain : for, as wee faid before, it did flick but onely to the wertebres of 
the 
An hiftoric. 
Apoftumes of 
diverf kindes 
in the Mefente- 
riutn. 
The accidents 
that com when 
the Mefenteri- 
um is feparated 
from she bo- 
dies adjoining. LiB.2,4.. 
Concerning the (generation of Man. 
625 
the loins and ferzton^«;«,and nothing at all to the guts and other parts whereunto it is as it 
were naturally knit or joined. 
Therefore becauf the weight and heavinels thereof deprefled the bladder,it caufled a great 
difficultie in her making of water, and alfo becauf it refted on the guts,it made it verie pain- 
ful for her to go to ftool, fo that the excrements would not com down except fhee took a 
(harp glyfter to cauf them:and as concerning glyfters,they could not bee put up high enough 
by reafon of the greatnefs of the tumor which enclofed and flnit the way ; and fuppofitories 
did no good at all. It was alfo verie difficult for her to take breath, by reafon that the mid- 
riff or diapbragma was comprefled with the tumor. There were fom that did fufpeft it to bee ■ 
a mola, others thought that it came by reafon of the dropfie. Afluredly this dileaf caufled < 
thedropfietoenfue; neither was the cauf thereof obfcure, for the fun&ion of the Liver 
was fru flrated by reafon that the concoftion or the alteration of the Chylus was intercepted - 
by occafion of the tumor: and moreover, the Liver it felf had a proper dileaf,for it was hard 
and fcirrhous, and had manie abfcefles both within and without it,and all over it.Themilt 
tvas fcarce free from putrefaftion,the guts and Kall were fomwhat blew and fpotted,and to 
bee briefithere was nothing found in the lower bellie. 
There is the like hiftorie to bee read, written by Philip Ingraft#, in his book of tumors, 
of a certain Moor that was hanged for theft, for f faith hee) when his bodie was publickly 
differed, in the Mefenterium were found feventie fcrophulous tumors, and fo manie abfcef. 
fes were contained or encloled in their leveralcifls or skins, and flicking to the external 
Specially of the greater guts : the matter contained in them was divers, for it was 
hard, knottie,clammie, glutinous, liquid and waterifli,; but the entrails, efpecially the Li- 
ver and the milt,were found free from all manner of tainture,becauf (as the fame Author al- 
being ftrong,had fent all the evil juice,and the corruption of the entrals into 
the Mefenterie:and verily this Moor,fo long as he lived,was in good & perfect health.With- 
but doubt the corruption of fuperfluous humors for the moft part is fo great (as is noted by 
Fernelius') that it cannot bee received in the receptacles that nature hath appointed for it 5 
therefore then no fmall portion thereof falleth into the parts adjoining, and Specially into i 
the Mefenterie and Pancre#, which are as it were the fink of the whole bodie. In thole bo- 
dies which through continual and dailie gluttonie abound with choler, melancholic and ' 
phlegm, if it bee not purged in time, nature beeing ftrong and luftie, doth depel and drive' 
it down into the pancre# and the Mefenterie, which are as places of no great repute,and that 
etpecially out of the Liver and Milt by thofe veins or branches of the vena porta which end or 
go not into the guts, but are terminated in the Mefenterie and Pancreas. In thefe places di- 
verf humors are heaped together, which in procels of time turn into a loofandfoft tumor, 
and then if they grow bigger, into a ftiff, hard and verie fcirrhous tumor. Whereof Feme- 
lias affirmeth that in thofe places hee hath found the caufles of choler, melancholic, fluxes, 
dylenteries,cachexia's,atrophia'SjConfumptions, tedious and uncertain fevers, and laftly 
of manie hidden diteales, by the takeing whereof lorn have received their health, that have 
been thought paft cure. Moreover Ingraft# affirmeth out of Julius Pollux that Scrophulae's ' 
may bee engendred in the Mefenterie, which nothing differ's from the minde and opinion 1 
of Galen, who faith that Scrophulae's are nothing elf but indurate and fcirrhous kernels.' 
But the Mefenterium with his glandules beeing great and manie, makeing the Pancre#, doth 
eftablifli, ftrengthen and confirm the divifions of the veflels. Alfo the fcirrbus of the proper 
fiibflance of the womb is to bee diftinguilhed from the mola: for in the bodies of fbm wo- 
men that I have opened, I have found the womb annoied with a fcirrhous tumor as big as 
a man's head, in the cureing whereof Phy ficians nothing prevailed, becauf they fuppofed it 
to bee a mola contained in the capacitie of the womb,and not a fcirrhous tumor in the bo- 
die thereof* 
The dtopfie 
commingofg 
turn or of the 
Mtfcncmum, 
Tom.i.tra.il 
cap.i. 
Lib.6.part. mor, 
cap.7. 
The Me(ente~ 
rium is the fink 
' of the bodie. 
The Scrophu - 
lie's in the 
Mefenterium, 
Kfdrrhui of 
the womb. 
CHAP. XXXVII. 
Oftbe cauf ofbarrennefs inmen. 
Here are manie caufles of barrenneft in men,that is to fay, the too hot, cold, drie or 
moift diftemper of the feed,the more liquid and flexible confidence thereof,fo that it 
cannot ftay in the womb,but will prefently flow outagaimfor fuch is the feed of old 
men and dripline;s,and of fiich as ufe the aft of generation too often andimmoderately: for 
thereby the feed becommeth crude and waterifh, becauf it doth not remain his due and law- 
ful time in the tefticles,wherein it fliould bee perfeftly wrought and concofted, but is eva- 
cuated by wanton copulation.Furthermore,that the feed may bee fertile,it mud of neceflitie 
bee copious in quantitie,but in qualitie well concofted,moderately thick,clammte,& puffed 
with abundance of fpirits;both theft conditions are wanting in the feed of them that ufe co- 
pulation too oftemand moreover, becauf the wives of thoft men never gather a juft quanti- 
tieoffeed laudable both in qualitie and confidence in their tedicles, whereby it commeth to 
pals that they are the left provoked or delighted with venereous aftions,and perform the aft 
with 
How the feed 
is unfcrtil. Concerning the Generation of Man. 
LlB¥2z)_- 
626 
With lefs alacritie,fo that they yeeld themfelvs lefs prone to conception. Therefore let thole 
that would bee parents of manie children ufe a mediocritie in the ufe of vencrie, 
The woman may perceiv that the man's feed hathfom diftemperature in it, if when 
fhee hath received it into her womb, fhee feeleth it fharp, hot or cold, if the man bee more 
quick or flow in the aft. Manie becom barren after they have been cut for the ftone, and 
. likewife when they have had a wound behinde the ears, whereby certain branches of the ju- 
gular veins and arteries have been cut, that are there, fo that after thofe veflels have been ci- 
catrized, there followed an interception of the feminal matter downwards, and alfoofthe 
communitie which ought ofneceflitie to bee between the brain and the tefticls,lb that when 
the conduits or paflages are flopped, the ftones or tefticles cannot anie more receiv, neither 
matter nor lively fpirits from the brain in fo great quantitie as it was wont, whereof it muft 
of neceflitie follow, that the feed muft bee lefler in quantitie,and weaker in qualitie. 
Thofe that have their tefticles cut off,or elfcomprefled or contufed by violence,cannot be- 
get children, becauf that either they want that help the tefticles Ihould minifter in the aft of 
generation, or elf becauf the paflage of the feminal matter is intercepted or flopped with a 
Callus: by reafon whereof they cannot yeeld forth feed* but a certain clammie humor con- 
tained in the glandules called froftate(yet with fom feeling of delight). 
Moreover the defefts or imperfeftions of the yard may cauf barrennefs: as, if it bee too 
fhort, or ifit bee fbunreafonable great, that it renteth the privie parts of the woman, and 
fo caufleth a flux of blood, for then it is fo painful to the woman,that fliee cannot void 
her feed, for that cannot bee excluded without pleafure and delight, alfo if the fliortnefs of 
the ligature ligament that is under .the yard doth make it to bee crooked, and violate the ftiff 
ftraightncfs thereof, fo that it cannot bee put direftly or flraightly into the woman's privie 
parts. There bee fom that have not the orifice of the conduit of the yard rightly in the end 
thereof,but a little higher,fb that they cannot ejaculate or caft out their feed into the womb. 
Alfo the particular palfie of the yard is numbred among the caufles of barrennefs;and yoif 
may proov whether the palfie bee in the yard by dipping the genitals in cold water : for ex- 
cept they do draw themfelvs together or flirink up after it,it is a token of the palfie; for mem- 
bers that have the palfie, by the touching of cold water, do not flirink up, but remain in 
their accuftomed laxitie and loofnefs : but in this cafe the genitals are endued with fmall fcnf; 
the feed commeth out without pleafure or ftiffnefs of the yard; the ftones in touching arc 
cold; and to conclude, thofe that have their bodies daily waxing lean through a confampti- 
on, or that are vexed with an evil habit ordifpofition,or with the obilruftion of fom of the 
entrals, are barren and unfertil, and likewife thofe in whom fom noble part neceflarie to life 
and generation exceedeth the bounds of nature with fpm great diftemperature, and laftly 
thofe who by aniemeans have their genital parts deformed. 
Here I omit thofe that are withhold™ from the aft of generation by inchantment,magick, 
witching and inchanted knots, bands and ligatures,for thofe caufles belong not to Phyfick, 
neither may they bee taken away by the remedies of our Art. The Doctors of the Canon 
laws have made mention of thofe magick bands which may have power in them, in the par- 
ticular title De impotentibns & incantafa; alfo St. Auguft. hath made menti- 
on of them, T'raci.y. in Joan. 
How the cut- 
ting of the 
veins behinde 
the earsma- 
keth men bar- 
ren. 
The defaults 
of the yard. 
The lignofthe 
palfie in the 
yard. 
M?gick bands 
and enchanted 
knots. 
CHAP. XXXVIII. 
Oftbe barrenness or unfruitfulnefs ofTfomen, 
The cauf why 
the neck of the 
womb is nar- 
row. 
Woman tnay becom barren or unfruitful through the obftruftion of the pa£ 
fage of the feed,or through ftraitnefs and narrownels of the neck of the womb 
comming either through the default of the formative facultie, or elf after- 
wards by fom mifchance, as by an abfcefs,fc7rriw,warts, chaps,or by an ulcer, 
which being cicatrized, doth make the way more narrow, fo that the yard can- 
not have free paflage thereinto : Moreover, the membrane calle Hymen, when it groweth in 
the mid'ft or in the bottom ofthe neck of the womb, hinder's the receiving of the man's 
feed. Alfo if the womb bee over-flipperie, or more over wide,it maketh the woman 
to bee barren s fbdoth the fuppreflion of the menftrual fluxes, or the too immoderate flow- 
ing of the courfes or whites : which commeth by the default of the womb,or fbm entral,or 
of the whole bodie, which confumeth the menftrual matter,& carrieth the feed away with it. 
The cold and moift diQemperature of the womb, extinguifhe's and fuffocate's the man's 
feed, and maketh it that it will not ftay or cleav unto the womb, and flay till it bee conce- 
ded : but the more hot and drie doth corrupt for want of nourifhment,for the feeds that are 
fbwn either in a marilh or fandie ground cannot profper well: alfb amola contained in the 
womb, the falling down of the womb, the leannefs of the woman's bodie, ill humors bred 
by eating crude and raw fruits, or great, or overmuch, whereof obftrudlons and crudities 
follow which hinder her fruitfulnels. Furthermore, by the uie of ftupefa&ive things, the 
feminal matter is congealed and retrained, and though it flow and bee caft out, yet it is de- 
, prived 
The mem- 
brane called 
Hymen, 
Tbecaur of 
the flux of 
women. Lib.24. 
Concerning the Generation of zcMan. 
627 
prived ofthe prolifick power, and of the lively heat andfpirits, the orifices or cotylidones 
of the veins and arteries are flopped, and fothe paffage for the menflrual matter into the 
womb,is flopped. When the Kall isfo far that it girdeth in the womb narrowly, it hinder- 
eth the fruitfulnefs of the woman, becauf it will not permit the mans feed to enter into the 
womb. Moreover the fat and flefhie habit ofthe man or woman hinder generation. For it 
hindereth them that they cannot jointheir genital parts together: and by how much the 
more blood goeth into fat, by fo much the lefs is remaining to bee turned into, feed & men- 
ftrual blood, which two are the originals and principals of generation. Thole women that 
are fpeckled in the face, fomwhat lean, and pale, becaufthey have their genitals moiflned 
with a faltifh, (harp and tickling humor, are more given to venerie then thofe that are red 
and fat. Finally, Hippocrates fet's down four caufes onelywhy women are barren and un-* 
fruitful. The firfl is, becauf they cannot receiv the mans feed, by reafon ofthe fault ofthe 
neck of the womb ; the fecond, becauf when it is received into the womb, they cannot con- 
ceiv it i the third is, becaufthey cannot nourifh it j the fourth, becaufthey are not able to 
carrie or bear it untill the due and lawful time of birth. Thefe things arc neceffarie to gener- 
ation, the object, will, facultie, concourf of the feeds, and the remaining or abiding there- 
of in the womb, untill the due and appointed natural time. 
dph 
i<fu par cap. 
drift.in prob, 
fcfi deftcr.qua. 
3-6-4- 
CHAP. XXXIX. 
fix fignes of a difteinpered nomb. 
Hat woman is thought to have her womb too hot, whole courfes com forth fpar- 
ingly and with pain3and exulcerate by reafon of their heat,the fuperfluous mat- 
ter of the blood becing diflblved or turned into winde by the power of the heat; 
whereupon that menftrual blood that floweth forth is moregrofs and black.For 
it is the propertie of heat, by digefting the thinner fubftance, to thicken the reft, 
and byaduftion to make it more black. Furthermore, fheethat hath her genitals itching 
with the defire of copulation, will foon exclude the feed in copulation, and lhee (h all feel it 
more fliarp as it goeth through the paflages. That woman hath too cold a womb whole 
flowers are either flopped, or flow fparingly, and thofe pale and not well colored. 
Thole that have lei's defire of copulation, have lefs delight therein, and their feed is more 
liquid and waterilh, and not flaining a linnen cloth by flicking thereunto,and it is fparing- 
ly and (lowly caft forth. That womb is too moift that floweth continually with manie li- 
quid excrements, which therefore will not hold the feed, but prelently after copulation fiif- 
fereth it to fall out j which will eafily cauf abortion. The fignes of too driea womb ap- 
pear in the little quantitie of the courfes,in the profufion of a fmall quantitie of feed, by the 
defire of copulation, whereby it may bee made flipperie by the moifture of the feed, by the 
filfures in the neck thereof,by the. chaps and itching,for all things for tvant of moifture will 
foon chap, even like unto the ground, which in the funimer by reafon of great drought or 
drinefs, will chap and chink this waie and that waie, and on the contrarie with moiflure it 
will clofe and join together again as it were with glew. 
A woman is thought to have all opportunities unto conception when her courfes or flow- 
ers do ceaf, for then the womb is void of excremental filth, and becauf it is yet open , it 
will the more eafily receiv the mans feed , and when it hath received it, it will 
better retain it in the wrinkles of the cotylidones yet gaping as it were in rough and unequal 
places. Yet a woman will eafily conceav a little before the time that the flowers ought to 
flow : becauf that the menftrual matter. falling at firft like dew into the womb, 
is verie meet and fit to nourifh the feed, and not to drive it out again, or to fuffocate it. 
Thofewhich ufe copulation when their courfes fall down aboundantly, will verie lurd- 
lydrfeldomcencei v, and if they do conceiv,the childe will bee weak and difeafed, and 
Specially ifthe womans blood that flow's out bee unfound; butifthc blood bee good and 
laudable, the childe will bee fiibjeft to all plethorick difeafts. There are fom women 
in whom prelently after the flux of the termes, the orifice of the womb will bee do- 
led, fo that they muftofneceflitie ufe copulation with a man when their menftrual flux 
floweth, if at leaft they would conceiv at all. A woman may bear children from the age 
of fourteen untill fortie or fiftie; which time vvhofoever doth exceed, will bear until! 
threefcore yeers,becauf the menftrual fluxes are kept, the prolifical facultie is alfo preferved : 
therefore manie women have brought forth children at that age,but after thattime no wo- 
man can bear, as Ariffotle writeth. 
Yet Plinie faith that Cor lie 1 fa Q who was of the houf of the Sctyiocs') becing in the fixtie 
fecond yeer of her age, bear VoIk/Im Saturnine who was Conful; Valefcus de 'Parent a alfo af- 
firmeth, that hee faw a woman that bear a childe on the fixtie fecond yeer of her age, have- 
ing born before pn*the fixtieth and fixtie firft yeer. Therefore it is to bee (uppofed that by 
reafon of the varietie of the air, region, diet and temperament, the menftrual flux and pro- 
creative facultiefeafeth infom fooner,in fomlater; whichvarietie taketh place alfoin men. 
For 
The fignes of a 
hot womb. 
The fignes of 
a cold womb. 
The fignes of 
a moift womb. 
The fignes of 
dtic womb. 
A meet time 
for concepti- 
on* 
drift.£.7.de hi'., 
anim.c.i &.c\f 
Lib.6.cap, ji. 628 
Qcerning the Generation of Man. 
Lib,Z2|.. 
Lib.7.de hift. e~ 
For in them although the feed be genitable for the moft part in the fecond feventh yeer, yet 
truly it is unfruitful untill the third feventh yeer. And whereas moll: men beget children 
untill they bee threefcore yeers old, which time if they pafs, they beget till feventie: yet 
there are fom known that have begot children untill the eightieth yeer. Moreover, Ylinie 
wriueth that Maftniffa the King begot a Ton when hee was fourfcore and fix yeers of age, and 
alfb Cato the Cenfor after that hee was fourfcore- 
Lib. 7» cap. 14. 
CHAP. XL. 
What is the 
falling down 
of the womb. 
Of tbe falling down, or perverJi on, or turning of the womb. 
He womb is faid to fall down and bee perverted,when it is mooved out of its pro- 
per and natural place as when the bands and ligatures thereof beeing looted 
and relaxed, it falleth down unto one fide or other, or into its own neck, or elf 
pafleth further, ib that it com's out at the neck, and a great portion thereof ap- 
pear £ wiLuOiit the privie parts. Therefore what things foever refolv, relax,or burfl the liga- 
ments or bands whereby the womb is tied,are fiippoted to bee the cauffes of this accident. It 
fomtimes happen's by vehement labor or travail in childe-birth, when the womb with vio- 
lence excluding the iffue and the fcctindines, alfo follow's and fall's down, turning the in- 
nedide thereof outward. And fomtimes the foolifh rafhnefs of the Midwife,when fhee draw- 
eth away the womb with the infant, or with the tecundine cleaving faft thereunto, and fo 
drawing it down and turning the inner-(ide outward. Furthermore, a heavie bearing of the 
womb, the bearing or the carriage of a great burthen, holding or flretching of the hands or 
bodie upwards in the time of greatnefs with childe, a fall, contufion, fhakeing, or jogging 
by rideing, either in a Waggon or Coach ; or on horf-back, or leaping or dancing, the fal- 
ling down of a more large and abundant humor, great gripeing, a ftrong and continual 
cough, a 'Tenefrnus, or often defire to go to ftool, yet not voiding anie thing, neefing, a ma- 
nifold and great birth, difficult bearing of the womb, an affmatical and orthopnoical diffi- 
cultie of breathing, whatfoever doth weigh tilie prefs down the Diapbragma or Midriff, or 
the mufcles of the Epi^aflriu)n} the takeing of cold air in the time of travail with childe, or 
in the flowing of the menftrual flux, fitting on a cold marble-ftone, or anie other fuch like 
cold thing, are thought often times to bee the occafion of thefe accidents, becaufthey may 
bring the womb out of its place. 
It fall's down in manie(faith AriftotleJby reafon of the defire of copulation that they have, 
either by reafon of the luflinsfs of their youth,or elf becauf they have abftained a long time 
from it. t • ' 
\ ou may know that the womb is fallen down by the pain of thote parts wherehence it is 
fallen, that is to fay by the entrals, loines, os and by a tra&able tumor at the neck of 
the womb,and often with a vifible hanging out, ofa diverfgreatnefs,according to the quan- 
titie that is fallen down. It is teen fomtimes like unto a piece of red flefh,hanging out at the 
neck of the womb, of the bignefs and form of a Goofegg; if the woman (land upright,fhee 
feeleth the weight to lie on her privie parts,but if fhee fit or lie,then fhee perceiveth it on her 
back, or go to the flool, the ftraight gut called inteftinum reflum will bee prefled or loaden as 
ifit were with a burthen, iffhee lie on her bellie,then her urine will bee flopped,fo thatfhee 
fhall fear to the copulation with a man. 
When the womb is newly relaxed in a young woman, itmaybeefbon cured, but ifit 
hath been long down in an old woman, it is not to bee helped. Ifthe palfie of the ligaments 
thereof have occafioned the falling,it fcarce admit's of cure, but ifit falKs down by means of 
putrefaftion, it cannot poflibly bee cured. If a great quantitie thereof hang out between the 
thighes, it can hardly bee cured j but it is corrupted by takeing the air, and by the falling 
down of the urine and filthy and by the motions of the thighes in going it is ulcerated, and 
foputrefie's. 
I remember that once I cured a young woman who had her womb hanging out at her 
privie parts as big as an egg, and I did lb well perform and perfeft the cure thereof, that af- 
terwards fhee conceived, and bare children manie times,and her womb never fell down. 
The cauflis, 
hijlo'i'. anitn. 
cap. z. 
The fignes. 
The prog- 
nofticatiofis. 
A hiflorie. 
CHAP. XLI. 
'I be cure of the falling down of the womb. 
Remedies for 
the affcenfion 
of the womb. 
Y this word, falling down of the womb, wee underfland eyerie motion of the 
womb out of its place or (cat: therefore if the womb alccnd upwards, wee mu ft 
ufe the fame medicines as in ftrangulation of the womb. If it bee turned towards 
„ either fide, it muft bee reftored and drawn back to its right place, by applying 
and ufing cupping-glafies. But if it defcend and fall down into its own neck, but yet not in 
great quantitie, the woman muft bee placed fo that her buttocks may bee verie high, and her 
legs acrofs jthen cupping-glafies muft bee applied to her navel and and when 
the Lib.14.. 
Concerning the (generation of 
629 
the womb is fo brought into its place, injections that biude and drie ftrongly muft bee in- 
jected into the neck of the womb, (linking fumigations muft bee ufed unto the privie parts, 
and Iweet things tiled to the mouth and note. But if the womb hang down in great quan- 
titie between the thighs, it muft be cured by placing the woman after another fort, and by 
uling other kinde of medicines. Firft ofall fhee muft bee fo laied on herback, her buttocks 
and thighs fo lifted up, and her legs fo drawn back as when the childe or fecundine are to 
bee taken or drawn from her; then the neck of the womb, and whatfoever hangeth out 
thereat,muft be anointed with oil of lillies, frelh butter, capons greaf, and fuch like,then it 
muft be thruft gently with the fingers up into its place, thefick or pained woman in the 
mean time helping or furthering the endeavour by drawing in of her breath as if lhe did fop, 
drawing up as it were that which is fallen down. 
After that the womb is reftored unto its place,whatfoever is filled with the ointment muft 
bee wiped with a foft and clean cloth, left that by the flipperinefs thereof the womb fhould 
fall down again; the genitals muft bee fomented with an aftringentdecoftion,made with 
pomegranate pils, cyprefs nuts, gals, roach allom, horf-tail, fumach, berberies, boiled in 
the water wherein Smiths quench their irons; of thele materials make a powder, where- 
with let thole places bee fprinkled: let a peflarie of a competent bignefs bee put in at the 
neck of the womb,but let it bee eight or nine fingers in length, according to the proportion 
of the grieved patient's bodie. Let them bee made either with latin, or of cork covered with 
wax, of an oval form, haveing a thread at one end,whereby they may bee drawn back again 
as need required. 
For the falling 
down of the 
womb, proper- 
ly fo called. 
'The forms of oval yeffarics. 
k.fbeweth the bodie of the 
Pefarie. 
B.fhewetb the thread where- 
with it muft be tied to 
the tbigb. 
When all this is don, let the lick woman keep her (elf quiet in her bed, with her buttocks 
lying verie high,and her legs acrofs, for the (pace of eight or ten daies: in the mean while 
the application of cupping glafles will ftaie the womb in the right place and feat after it is 
reftored thereunto: but if fhee hath taken any hurt by cold air, let the privie parts bee fo- 
mented with a difcufling and heating fomentation, on this wile. Be. fol. altb. falv. lavend. ro- 
riftnar. artemif. flor, cbamzm.melilot. an. m fi.fem. anif. fanugr. aft. § i. let them bee all well boi- ' 
led in water and wine, and make thereof a decoftion for your ule. Give her alfo glyfters, 
that when the guts are emptied of the excrements, the womb may the better bee received in- 
to the void and emptie capacitie of the bellie : for this reafon the bladder is alfo to bee 
emptied, for otherwile it were dangerous left that the womb lying between them both bee- 
ing fol, (hould bee kept down and cannot bee put up into its own proper place by reafon 
thereof. Alfo vomiting is fuppofed to bee a lingular remedie to draw up the womb that is1 
fallen down: furthermore alfo it purgeth out the phlegm which did moiften and relax J 
the ligaments of the womb; for as the womb in the time of copulation at the beginning of < 
the conception is moved downwards to meet the feed, fo the itomack, even of its own ac-\ 
cord, is lifted upwards when it is provoked by theinjurieof anie thing that is contrarie 
unto it,to caft it out with greater violence, but when it is fo railed up, it draw's up toge- 
ther therewith the ■peritoneum, the womb, and alfo the bodie or parts annexed unto it. If it 
cannot bee cured or reftored unto its place by thefe prefcribed remedies, and that it bee ul- ' 
cerated and fo putrefied that it cannot be reftored unto his place again, we are commanded • 
by the precepts of art to cut it away, and then to cure the womb according to art, but firft it ' 
(hould be tied, and as much as is neceflarie muft bee cut off, and the reft feared with a cau- ' 
terie. There are fom women that have had almoft all their womb cut off,without anie dan- 
ger of their life,as Taulw teftifieth. 
John Langius Phyfician to the Count Palatine,writeth that Carpus the Chirurgian took out 
H h h the 
A difeuffing 
and hearing 
fomentation. 
How vomiting 
is profitable to 
the falling 
down of rhe 
womb. 
The cutting 
away of the 
womb when 
it is putrefied* 
Lib.6. 
Epifi.mid. (Concerning the (feneration of Man. 
Lib.Zz)-. 
630 
the womb of a woman of BononM, hee beeing prefent, and yet the woman lived and was ve- 
rie well after it. Antonito Benivenito Phyiician of Florence, writeth that hee was called by 77- 
.golito the Phyiician to the cure of a woman whofe womb was corrupted and fell away from 
her by pieces, and yet lhee lived ten years after it. 
There was a certain woman, beeing found of bodie, of good repute, and about the age of 
thirtie years, in whom, Ihortly after lhee had been married thetecond time, which was in 
Anno 2571. haveing no childe by her firft husband,the lawful figns of a right conception did 
appear: yet in procefs of time there arofe about the lower part of her privities the ten! or 
feeling of a weight or heavinefs, beeing fo troublefom unto her by realbn that it was pain- 
ful,and alfo for that it flopped her urine, that lhee was conftrained to ditelote her mifchance 
to Cbriftofber Mombey a Surgeon her neighbor dwelling in the Suburbs of S.Germans5 who 
haveing feen the tumor or fwelling in her groin, alfwaged the pain with mollifying, and 
anodyne fomentations and cataplafms; but pretently after hee had don this, hee found on 
the inner fide of the lip of the orifice of the neck of the womb,an impoflume rotten and run- 
ning, as if it had been out of an abteete newly broken, with fanious matter, fomwhat red, 
yellow,and pale,running a long time. Yet for all this the feeling of the heavinels or weight 
was nothing diminilhed, but did rather encreaf daily, fo that from the year of our Lord 
1573. lhee could not turn herfelf beeing in her bed on this or that fide, unlefs lhee laid her 
hand on her bellie to bear and eaf herfelf of the weight, and alfo lhee faid when lhee turned 
herfelf,lhee teem to feel a thing like unto a bowle to rowle in her bodie unto the fide where- 
unto lhee turned her neither could lhee go to ftool, or avoid her excrements ftanding or 
fitting, unlefs lhee lifted up that weight with her hands towards her ftomach or midriff: 
when lhee was about to go lhee could fcarce fet forwards hgr feet, as if there had fomthing 
hanged between her thighs, that did hinder her going. At certain teafons that rotten apo- 
flume would open or unclote of it telf, and flow & run with it's wonted fanious matter,but 
then lhee was grievoufly vexed with pain of the head, and all her members, Iwouning, loa- 
thing, vomiting, and almoft choaking. Id that by the perfwafion of a foolilh woman lhee 
was induced and contented to take Antimonium; {the working and ftrength thereof was fo 
great and violent, that after manie vomits, with manie frettings of the guts and watrie deje- 
ctions or ftools, lhee thought her fundament fell down; but beeing certified by a woman 
that was a familiar friend of hers, unto whom lhee lhewed her lelf, that there was nothing 
fallen down at or from her fundament, but it was from her womb, lhee called, in the year of 
our Lord 1575* Surgeons, as my James Guillemsau, and Antonie Vieux, that wee might 
help her in this extremitie. 
When wee had diligently and with godd conlideration weighed the whole eftate of her 
dileaf, wee agree'd with one content, that that which was fallen down Ihould bee cut away, 
becaufthat by the black color, ftinking, and other, fuch figns, it gave a teftimonie of a pu- 
trefied and corrupted thing. Therefore for two daies wee drew out the bodie by little and 
little, and piece-meal, which Teemed unto the Phyficians that wee had called, as Alexius, 
Gaudinus, Feureus, and Violaneus, and allb to our felvs, to bee the bodie of the womb, which 
thing wee prooved to bee fo, becauf one of the tefticles came out whole, and alfo a thick 
membrane or skin, beeingthe relick of the mola, which beeing luppurated, and the abfeefe 
broken, came out by little and little in matter 5 after that all this bodie was fo drawn away, 
the lick woman began to wax better and better, yet notwithftanding for the Ipace of nine 
daies before it was taken away, lhee voided nothing by fiege,and her urine allb was flopped 
for the Ipace of four daies. 
After this all things became as they were before, and lhee lived in good health three 
months after, and then died of a Pleurifie that came on her verie fiiddenly, and I haveing 
opened her bodie, obferving and marking everie thing verie diligently, could not finde the 
womb at all, but in ftead thereof there was a certain hard and callous bodie, which Nature, 
who is never idle, had framed in ftead thereof, to fupplie the want thereof, or to fill the 
hollownels of the bellie. 
Trac.de mirand. 
mirb.cauf. 
AnHiftorie* 
Antimonium ta- 
ken in a potion 
doth cauf the 
womb to fall 
down. 
The fignsof 
the fubftancc 
of the womb 
drawn our. 
CHAP. XL II. 
n lorn virgins or maidens in the orifice of the neck of the womb there is found a 
certain tunicle or membrane called of antient writers Hymen, which prohibited! 
the copulation of a man,and cauffeth a woman to be barren ; this tunicle is lup- 
poled, by manic, and they not of the common fort onely, but allb learned Phyli- 
cians,to bee, as it were, the enclofure of the virginitie or maiden-head. But I 
could never finde it in anie., leeking of all ages from three to twelv, of all that I had under 
my hands in the Hofpital of Paris. 
Yet once I law it in a virgin of leventeen yeers, whom her mother had contra&ed to a 
man, and lheekncw neverthelefs there was ibmthing in her privie parts that hindered her 
from 
Of the tunicle or membrane called Hymen. 
Whether there 
bee a mem- 
brane called 
Hymen. 
An HifloHe. LlB.£2p 
Concerning the (feneration of zCMan. 
631 
from bearing of children, who defired mee to fee her; and I found a verie thin nervous mem- 
brane a little beueath the nymphf, neer unto the orifice of the neck of the womb; in the midft 
there was a verie little hole whereout the terms might flow :1 feeing the thicknefs thereof 
cut it in funder with my feiflars, and told her mother what fhee fhould do afterwards: and 
truly ftiee married fhortly after and bore children. Rcaldur Columbia is of my opinion 9 and 
faith that this is teen verie ftldom ? for theft are his words : under the nymph# in manie, but 
not in all virgins,there is another membrane,which when it is prefent (which is but feldom) 
it ftoppeth,fo that the yard cannot bee put into the orifice of the womb 5 for it is verie thick 
aboov towards the bladder, it hath an hole by which the courfes flow out. And hee alfo ad- 
deth, that hee obferved it in two y oung virgins, and in one elder maid. 
Avicen writeth, that in virgins in the neck of the womb there are tunicleS competed of 
veins and ligaments verie little, rifeing from each part of the neck whereof, which at the firft 
tim&of copulation are wont to beebroken,and the bloud to run out. Almanjor writeth,that 
in virgins, the paflage of the neck of the womb is verie wrinkled, or narrow and ftraight, 
and thoft wrinkles to be woven or ftaied together with manie little veins and arteries, 
which are broken at the firft time of copulation. 
Theft are the judgments of Phyfitians of this membrane: Midwives will certainly affirm 
that they know a virgin from one that is defloured, by the breach or foundnefs of that 
membrane. But by their report too credulous Judges are fbon brought to commit an error. ' 
For that Midwives can fpeak nothing certainly of this membrane, may bee proved by this, 
becauf that one faith that the fituation thereof is in the verie entrance of the privie parts, 
others faie it is in the midft of the neck of the womb, and others faie it is within at the in- 
ner orifice thereof,and fom are of an opinion that they faie or fuppote that it cannot be feen 
or perceived before the firft birth. But truly of a thing fo rare,and which is contrarie to na- 
ture, there cannot be anie thing fpoken for certaintie. Therefore the blood that commeth 
out at the firft time of copulation,come's not alwaies by the breaking of that membrane,but 
by the breaking and violating or renting of the little veins which are woven and befpread 
all over the fuperficial and inward parts of the womb and neck thereof, defeending into the 
wrinkles, which in thoft that have not yetufed $he aft of generation, are clofed as if they 
were glewed together: although that thoft maids that are at their due time of marriage, 
feel no pain nor no flux of blood, efpecially if the man's yard be anfwerablc to the neck of 
the womb; whereby it appear's evidently how greatly the inhabitants of Fez, the metropo-' 
litan citie of Mauritania, are deceived: for Leo the Affrican writeth, that it is the cuftom 
among them, that fofoon as the married man and his fpoufe are returned home to their 
houf from the church where they have been married, they prefently (hut themfelves into a 
chamber, and make faft the door, while the marriage dinner is preparing : in the mean 
while fom old or grave matron ftandeth waiting before the chamber door,to receiv a bloodie 
linnen cloth the new married husband is to deliver her there,which when fheehath received, 
fhee bring's it into the midft of all the companie of guefts, as a frefh fpoil and teftimonie of 
the married wives virginitie,and then for joie thereof they all fall to banquetting folcmnly. 
But if through evil fortune it happeneth that in this time of copulation the fpouf bleedeth 
not in the privie parts, fhee is reftored again unto her parents, which is a verie great re- 
proach unto them,and all the guefts depart home fad,heavie,and without dinner. 
Moreover,there are fom,that having learned the moft filthie and infamous arts of bawderie, 
proftitute common harlots to make gain thereof, making men that are naughtily given to < 
beleevthat they are pure virgins, making them to think that the aft of gefSeration is verie! 
painful and grievous unto them, as if they had never uted it before, although they are verie 
expert therein indeed; for they do cauf the neck of the womb to be fo wrinkled and fhrunk 
together, fo that the fides thereof (hall even almoft clofe or meet together, then they put 
thereinto the bladders of fifties, or galls of beafts filled full of blood, and fo deceiv the igno- 
rant and young lecher, by the fraud and deceit of their evil arts, and in the time of copula- 
tion they mix fighs with groanes,and womanlike cryings,and the crocodiles tears,that they 
may ftem to be virgins, and never to have dealt with man before.. 
Lib.tt.ctp, 
Lib.}. (ent.ii, 
trrfl.i.cap.i. 
The trifles of 
midwives 
about the 
membrane cal- 
led Hymen. 
What virgins 
at the firfl: time 
of copulation 
do not bleed as 
their privie 
parts. 
• The fikhie de- 
i ceic of bauds 
. and harlots. 
CHAP. XLI1I. 
of the membrane called Hymen, 
Obn Wrieruf writeth that there was a maid at Camburge, who in the middeft of 
the neck of the womb, had a thick and ftrong membrane growing overthwart, 
fo that when the monethlie tearms (hould come out, it would not permit them, 
fo that thereby the menftrual matter was flopped and flowed back again, 
which caufled a great tumor and difteniion in the bellie, with great tor- 
ment, as if ffiee had been in travel! with childe : the midwives beeing called , and having 
feen and confidered all that had been don, and did appear, did all with one voice affirm, 
that ffiee fuftained the pains of childe-birth, although that the maid her fell de- 
nied that lhee ever dealt with man. Therefore then this forefaid Author was called, 
H h h 2 who 
Lib. de profi. 
daman.cap. 632 
Concerning the Generation of Man. 
LlB,2z}.. 
who, when the midwives were void of help and counfel, might help this wretched maid 
haveing alreadie had here urine flopped now three whole weeks, and perplexed with great 
watchings,lofs of appetite,and loathing : and when hee had feen the grieved place,and mark- 
ed the orifice of the neck of the womb,hee faw it flopped with a thick membrane •, hee knew 
alfo that that fudden breaking out of bloud into the womb and the veflels thereof, and the 
paffage for thofe matters that was flopped, was the cauf of her grievous and tormenting 
pain. And therefore hee called a Chyrurgian prefently, and willed him to divide the mem- 
branethat was in the midft, that did ftop the flux of bloud, which beeing don, there came 
forth as much black congealed and putrefied bloud as as waighed fbm eight pounds. In three 
daies after fhee was well and void of all difeafand pain. I have thought it good to fet down 
this example here, becauf it is not worthie to bee noted, and profitable to bee imitated, as 
the like bccafion fhall happen. /j 
CHAP. XLIIII. 
Of the ftrangulation of the womb. 
Wbat is the 
ftiatigttlacion 
of the womb. 
He firangulation of the womb, or that which commethfrom the womb,is an in- 
terception or flopping of the libertie in breathing or takeing winde,becauf that 
, the womb, fwoln or puffed up byreafon of the accefs of grofs vapors and hu- 
mors that are contained therein,and alfb fnatched as it were by a convulfive mo- 
tion, by reafon that the veflels and ligaments diftended with fulnefs, are fb car- 
ried upwards againft the midriff and parts of the breafl, that it maketh the breath to bet 
fhort, and often as if a thing lay upon the breafl and prefled it. 
Moreover, the womb fwelleth , becauf there is contained or inclofed in it a certain Jub- 
ilance, caulked by the defluxion either of the feed or flowers, or of the womb or whites,or of 
fom other humor,tumor,abfcefs,rotten apoflume,or fom ill juice, putrefying, or getting, or 
ingendering an ill qualitie, and relblved intogrofs vapors. Thefe, as they affeft fimdryor 
divers places, infer divers and fundrie accidents,as rumbling and noifin the bcllie, if it bee 
in the guts, defire to vomit, after (with feldom vomiting) commeth wearinefs and loathing 
of meat, if it trouble the flomach. Choaking with firangulation , if it affail the breafl and 
throat j fwooning,if it vex the heart; madnefs, or elf that which is contrarie thereto, found 
fleep or droufinefs, if it griev the brain: all which oftentimes proov as malign as the biteing 
of a mad dog, or equal the flinging or biteings of venemous beafts. 
It hath been obferved, that more grievous fymptomes have proceeded from the corruption 
of the feed, then of the menftrual bloud. For by how much everie thing is more perfeft and 
and noble, while it is contained within the bounds ofthe integritie of it's own nature,by fb 
much it isthe more grievous and perillous, when by corruption it hath once tranfgrefled 
the laws thereof. But this kinde of accident doth verie feldom griev thofe women which 
have their menftrual flux well and orderly, and do ufe copulation familiarly j but verie often 
thofe women that have not their menftrual flux as they mould, and do want, and are defti- 
tute of husbands, efpecially if they bee great eaters, and lead a folitarie life. When the vef- 
fels and ligaments of the womb are fwollen and diftended as we faid before, fb much as is ad- 
ded to their latitude or bredth,fb much is wanting in their length: and therefore it hapiwth 
that the womb, beeing remooved out of it's feat, doth one while fall to the right fide to- 
wards the 1 iver,Jomtimes to the left towards the milt, fbmtimes upwards unto the midriff 
and flomach, fbmtimes downwards, and fo forwards unto the bladder, whereof commeth an 
Ifchurie and Ilrangurie; or backwards, whereof commeth oppreflion of the ftraight gut, and 
and fiippreflion of the excrements, and the 'Tenefinw. 
But although wee acknowledg the womb to decline to thofe parts which wee named, yet 
it is not by accident onely, as when it is drawn by the proper and common ligaments and 
bands, when they are contrafted or made fhorter, beeing diftended with fulnefs, but alfb of 
it's felf, as when it is forced or provoked through the grief of fbmthing contrarie to nature 
that is contained therein: it wandreth fomtimes unto one fide, and fomtimes unto another 
' part with a plain and evident natural motion, like unto the flomach which imbraceth anie 
thing that is gentle and milde, but avoideth anie thing that is offenfive and hurtful 5 yet wee 
denie that fo great accidents may bee birred up by the falling of it alone unto this or that 
1 fide, for then it might happen, that women that are great with childe, whofe wombs are 
' fo diftended by reafon that the childe is great, that it doth prefs the midriff, might bee 
troubled with a ftrangulation like unto this; but much rather by a venemous humor 
breathing out a malign and grofs vapor, not onely by the veins and arteries, but alfo by the 
pores that are invifible, which pollute's the faculties of the parts which it toucheth with 
it's venomous malignitie and infe&ion', and intercept's the funftions thereof. Nei- 
ther doth the varietie of the parts receiving onely, but alfo of the matter received, cauf 
varietie of accidents. 
For fom accidents com by fupprefllonof the terms , others com by corruption of the 
feed, 
Whythe womb 
fwclleth. 
The accidents 
that com of 
the ftrangling 
of the womb. 
Whit the 
ftrangulation 
thatcommeth 
ofthe corrup- 
ts (Xi of the 
feed is more 
dangerous 
then that that 
com's of the 
corruption of 
the bloud. 
Thecauf of 
the divejf tur- 
ning of the 
womb into di- 
vers parts of 
thebodie. 
The womb is 
not fo greatly 
mooved by an 
accident,but 
by it felf. 
Whereof com 
fuch divers ac- 
cidents of 
fh angulation 
of the womb- Lib. 24.. 
Concerning the Generation 
633 
feed, but if the matter bee cold, it bringeth a droufinefs , beeing lifted up unto the brain, 
whereby the woman finketh down as if lhee were aftonifhed, and lieth without motion,and' 
ienf or feeling, and the beating of the arteries,and the breathing are fo fmall.that fomtimes 
it is thought they are not at all, but that the woman is altogether dead. If it be more grofs, 
it inferreth a convulfion j if it participate of the nature of a grofs melancholick humor , it 
bringeth inch heavinefs, fear,and forrowfulnefs,that the party that is vexed therewith fhall 
fhall think that heelhall die prefently, and cannot bee brought out of his mindebyanie 
means or reafon : if of a cholerick humor, it caufleth the madnefs called furor uterinum and 
fuch a pratling, that they fpeak all things that are to bee concealed; and a giddinefs of the 
head, by reafon that the animal fpirit is fuddenly fhaken by the admixtion of a putrefied va- 
pour and hot fpirit: but nothing is more admirable, then that this difeaf taketh the patient 
ibmtimes with laughing, and fomtimes with weeping, for fom at the firft will weep and then 
laugh in the lame difeaf and ftate thereof. 
But it exceedeth all admiration which Hol/erius writeth ufiially happened to two of the 
daughters of the Provoft of Roven. For they were held with long laughter for an hour or 
two before the fit, which neither for fear, admonition, nor for any other means they 
could hold ; and their parents chid them, and asked them wherefore they did lb,they anfwe- 
red, that they were not able to ftay their laughter. The aflcention of the womb is diligent- 
ly to bee diftinguilhed from the ftrangulation thereof; for the accidents of the aflcention 
and of the ftrangulation are not one, but the woman is onely opprefled with a certain pain 
of the heart, dilficultie of breathing, or Iwouning, but yet without fear, without raveing 
or idle talking, or any other greater accident. 
Therefore oftentimes contrary caufles infer the aflcention: that is, overmuch drinels of 
the womb, laboring through the defeft of moifture, whereby it is forced after too violent 
and immoderate evacuations ftf the flowers, and in childe-bed, and fiich like, and laborious 
and painful travel in childe-bed, through which occafion it waxeth hot, contrary to nature, 
and withereth and turneth it felf with a certain violence unto the parts adjoining , that 
is to fay, unto the liver, ftomach and midriff: if haply it may draw fom moifture there- 
hence unto it. I omit that the womb may be brought unto it*s place upwards by often 
fmelling to aromatick things, yet in the mean while it infer's not the ftrangulation that 
wee defcribed before. 
The caufof 
fleepinefs in 
the ftrangula- 
tion of the 
womb. 
The caufof a 
droufic mad- 
neCs. 
A hiftorfc. 
The afleention 
of the womb is 
to bee diftin- 
guiihed from 
the ftrangula- 
: tion. 
CHAP. XLV. 
7'he fvyis of imminent ftrangulation of the womb. 
Store that thefe fore-named accidents com, the woman think's that a certain pain* 
full thing arifeth from her womb unto the orifice of the ftomach and heart, and 
fheethinkethher (elf to bee opprefled and choaked, fhee complaineth her felf to 
bee in great pain,and that a certain lump or heavie thing clime's up from the low- 
er parts unto her throat, and ftoppeth her winde, her heart burneth and panteth. And in 
manie the womb and veflels of the womb fo fwell, that they cannot ftand upright on their 
legs, but are conftrained to lie down flat on their bellies , that they may bee the lefs grieved 
with the pain, and to prefs that down ftrongly with their hands, that kemeth to arife up- 
wards, although that not the womb it felf, but the vapor aflcendeth from the womb, as wee 
(aid before: but when thefitt is at hand, their faces are pale on a hidden, their underftand- 
ing is darkncd, they becom flow and weak in the legs, with unablenefs to ftand. Hereof 
commeth found fleep, foolilh talking, interception of the fenfes, and breath as if they were 
dead, lots of ipeech, the contraftion of their legs, and the like. 
The womb it 
felf doth not Co' 
well make the 
afleention as 
the vapoc 
thereof. 
CHAP. XLVI. 
How to know whether the woman bee dead in the firangulation of the not. 
Have thought it meet (becaufmanie women, not onely in ancient times, but in our 
own and our fathers memorie have been fo taken with this kinde of fymptome, that 
they have been fiippoled and laid out for dead,although truly they were alive:} to let 
down tne ligns in fiich a cafe which do argue life and death. Therefore firft of all it may 
be prooved, whether lhee bee alive or dead, by laying or holding a clear and fmooth 
looking-glals before her mouth and noftrils. For, if lhee breath, although it bee never fo 
obfcurely, thethin vapor that commeth out will (lain or make the glals duskie. Alfo a fine ; 
dounifh feather taken from under the wing of any bird, or elf a fine flock beeing held' 
before the mouth,will by the trembling or Ihakeing motion thereof, (hew that there is torn ! 
breath, and therefore life remaining in the bodie. But you may proov moft certainly whe- 
ther there bee anie fpark of life remaining in the bodie, by blowing fom fneefing powders, 
ofpellitorie of Spain,and eleborc into the noftrils.But though there no breath appear, yet 
H h h 3 muft 
Women live* 
ing taken for 
dead. 
How women 
that have the 
fuffoeation of 
the womb,Hve 
onely bytrari- 
fpiration with- 
out breathing Concerning the Generation of Man. 
LiB.24.. 
634 
muft you not judg the woman For dead, for the fmall vital heat,by which3beeing drawn in. 
to the heart,fhee yet liveth,is contented with tranfpiration onely,and required not much at. 
tradion; which is performed by the contraction and dilatation of the breaft and lungs unto 
How flics, 
gnats and pif- 
raises do live 
all the winter 
without 
breathing. ? 
the prefervation of it's felf. For follies, gnats, pifmires and fuch like, becauf they are of a 
cold temperament, live unmoovably inclofed in the caves of the earth, no token of breath- 
ing appearing in them, becauf there is a little heat left in them, which may bee conferved 
by the office of the arteries and heart, that is to fay, by perforation, without the motion of 
the breaft, becatif the greateft ufe of refpiration is, that the inward heat may bee preferved 
by refrigeration and ventilation. 1 hole that do not mark this , fall into that error which 
almoft colt the life !of him who in our time firft gave life to anotomical adminiftration, 
that was almoft decaied and neglected. 
For hee beeing called in Spain to open the bodie of a noble woman which was fuppofed 
dead through ftrangulation of the womb, behold, at the fecond impreffion of the incifion 
knife, fhec began fudddenly to com to her felf, and by the mooving of her members and bo- 
die, which was fuppofed to bee altogether dead, and with crying, to fhew manifeft figns 
that there was fom life remaining in her. Which thing flrook fuch an admiration and hor- 
ror into the hearts of al! her friends that were prefent, that they accounted the Phyfician, 
beeing before of a good fame and report,as infamous,odious and deteftable,fo that it wanted 
but little but that they would have fcratched out his ties prefently : wherefore hee thought 
there was no better Waie for him,if hee would live fafe,then to forfake the countrie.But nei- 
ther could hee fo alfo avoid the horrible prick and inward wound of his confcience (from 
whofe judgment no offender can bee abfolved) for his inconfiderate dealing, but within few 
daies after, beeing confumud with forrow,hee died,to the great lofs of the Common-wealth, 
and theartof Phyfick. 
A h flo.ie. 
jfjlAIP. XL VII. 
Howto know whether the ftrangulation of the womb corn's of the fuppreflon of the 
flowers, or the corruption of the feed. 
The figns of 
fuffocation of 
the womb 
commiogof 
corrupt feed. 
Here are two chief caufles efpecially, as moft frequently happening of the firan- 
gulation of the womb : but when it proceedeth from the corruption of the feed, 
> all the accidents are more grievous and violent: diflicultie of breathing goes be- 
fore, and fhortly after com's deprivation thereof 5 the whole habit of the bodie 
feemeth more cold then a ftone: the woman is a widow j or elf hath great fiore 
or abundance of feed, arid hath been ufed to the companie of a man, by the abfence whereof 
fhee was before wont to be pained with heavinefs of the head, to loath her meat, and to bee 
troubled'with fadnefs and fear,but chiefly with riielancholie. Moreover when fhee hath fati£ 
tied, artdevcrie Waief ulfilled her luft, and then prefently on a hidden begins to contain her 
felf. ItisVCrie likely that fhee is fuffocated by the fuppreffion of the flowers, which former 
ly had them well and fiifficiently, which formerly had been fed with hot, moift and manie- 
and therefore engendring much bloud,which fitteth much,which is grieved with fom 
weight and fwelling in the region of the bellie, with pain in; the ftomach, and a delire to vo- 
mit, and with flich other accidents as com by the fuppreffion of the flowers. Thofe who are 
free'd from the fit of the fuffocation of the womb,either by nature or by art, in a fhort time 
tfieif color commeth into their faces by little and little, and the whole bodie beginneth to 
ftfongjandthe teeth,that were let and doled faft together, begin (the jaws beeing loof- 
ed} tb open and unclofe again, and laftly, fom moifture floweth from the fecret parts with 
a certain tickling pleafiire j but in fom women, as in thofe efpecially in whom the neck of 
the womb is tickled with the Midwives finger,in ftead of that moifture com's thick and grots 
feed, which moifture or feed when it is fallen, the womb beeing before as it were rageing,is 
reftored unto it's own proper nature and place, and by little and little all fymptoms vanifh 
away. Men by the fuppreffion of their feed have not the like fymptomes as women have, be- 
- cauf mans feed is not fb cold and moift, but far more per left and better digefted , and there- 
fore more meet to refift putrefaction , and whiles it is brought or drawn together by little 
and little, it is diffipated by great and violent exercife. 
The figns 
when it com's 
of the fuppref- 
ficnof the 
flowers. 
The. figns of 
onferecorvtdng 
of or from die 
fuffocationof 
the womb'. 
Why the fup- 
prefsion of the 
feed is not pe- 
rilous dr dead- 
ly Co fifrel.' 
CHAP. XLVIII. 
Th$ pulling 
of the hairs of 
the loflhr parts, 
are profitable 
both for this 
maladie and 
for the caufof 
tfic fame. 
Of ibe cure of the Strnnguhtlion of the reomu. 
Eeing that the ftrangulation of the womb is a hidden and fharp difeaQit therefore 
requireth a prefent and fpeedieremedie,for if it bee neglefted it manie times cauf- 
feth prefent death* Therefore,when this maladie commeth3the lick woman muft 
presently bee placed on her back,haveing her breaft and ftomach loof/and all her 
cloaths & garments flack & loofabout her,whereby lhee may take breath the moreeafilyjand LIB.24. 
Concerning the (generation of 
635 
fliee muft be called on by her own name,with a loud voice in her ears,and pulled hard by the 
hairs of the temples and neck, but yet Specially by the hairs of the fecret parts, that by pro- 
vokeing or caufting pain in the lower parts, the patient may not onely bee brought to her 
felf again, but alfo that the (harp and malign vapor aflcending upwards, may bee drawn 
downwards : the legs and arms muft bee bound and tied with painful ligatures, all thebodie 
muft bee rubbed over with rough linnen clothes befprinkled with fait and vineger, until it 
bee verie fore and red, and let this peflarie following bee put into the womb. Bc.fucci mercu- 
rial- artemif. an. ii. in quibutdiffolve pul. bened. 3 iii« pulradic. enult camp, galang. minor, an. 5.1. 
make thereof a peflarie. Then let the foals of her feet beeannointed with oil ofbaies, or 
with fom fuch like oil, let a great cupping-glafs with a great flame bee applied to the bellie 
below the navel, to the inner part of the thigh, and to the groin, whereby both the matter 
that climes upwards, and alfo the womb it felf running the fame waie,may bee brought 
downwards or drawn back. There may bee made a fumigation of fpices to bee received up 
into the womb,which,that it may bee the eafier don,the womb may bee held open by putting 
in this inftrumenthere defcribed into the neck thereof. Let it bee made of gold, filver or latin 
into the form of a peflarie;at the one endthereofjthat is to fay,that end which goeth up into 
the neck of the womb,let there bee made manie holes on each fide,but at the lower end let it 
bee made with a fpring , that it may open and flint as you will have it. Alfoit muft have 
two laces or bands by which it muft bee made faft unto a fwathe or girdle tied about the pa- 
tient's bellie. 
A Peffaric, 
'The defcription of a veffel made with a 
funnel or pipe for to fumigate 
the womb. 
The form of a Peffafieto bee put in 
of tbe womb to bold it open. 
The 636 
Concerning the feneration of Man. 
Lib.24,. 
The matter of 
fwcet tuur.ga- 
tOnS. 
jOy what power 
fwcet fumiga- 
tions uo leitore 
the womb unto 
its own nature 
and place. 
Stinking fmels 
to bee applied 
to the noihils. 
The matter and ingredients of fweet and aromatick fumigations, are cinnamom, callam. 
aromat.lig.alo s,ladanum,benzoin,thyme>pepper, clove?, lavander, calaminth, mugworth, 
penniroyal, alepta mojchat. nutmegs, musk, amber, fquinant, and fuch like, which for their 
iwectfmell and iympathie, allure or entice the womb downwards, by their heat confiime 
and digeft the thick vapors, and putrefied ill juice. Contrariwife, let the noftrils bee perfu- 
med with fetid and rank fmels, and let thefe bee made with gum. galbannm, fagapenum} ammo- 
niacum, affafeetida, bitumen, oil of Jeat,fhuff of a tallow-candle when it is blown out, with 
the fume of bird's tethers, efpecially of Partridges and Woodcocks, of man's hair or goat's 
hair, of old lether, of horf hoofs, and fuch like things burned, whofe noifom or pftenfive 
favor the womb avoiding, doth return unto its own place or feat again. 
Moreover it fhall bee verie neceflarie to procure vomit by thrufting a goof fether down 
into the throat, or elf the hairs of the patient's own head. Shortly after fhee muft ufe a po- 
tion of fifteen grains of black pepper bruifed and diflolved in hydromel, or water and honie 
mixed together, or in fom ftrong wine, which remedie Avicen holdeth for a fecret. 
Alfo in Head thereof three hours before meat 5f$. of Treacle diflolved In of the water 
of wormwood may bee given her : Alfo it is thought that one drop of the oil of Jeat drop- 
ped on the tongue, is a verie profitable remedie. There bee fom that allow a potion of half 
a dram of Cdfloreum diflolved in white wine, or in the broth of a Capon; alfo it is profitable 
not onely to give her Treacle to drink, but alfo to injeft it into the womb, beeing firft dif- 
■ folved in aqua vit£, and in the mean time to drop two drops of oil of Sage, or fom fuch Chi- 
mical oil, into the ears. If fhee bee drowfie or fleepie, fhee muft bee awaked or kept wakeing 
with fneefing powders, of white hellebore and pellitorie. 
: It is alfo requifite to injeft glyfters both into the fundament and fecret parts, which muft 
bee made of the decoftion of things that difeufs winde, as of calamint, mugwort, lavander, 
penniroyaljcammomil, melilot, and fuch like ; and let peflaries or fuppofitories bee made of 
ladanum, ginger, gallia mofebat. treacle, mithridate,civet and musk, of the oil of cloves, anni- 
feeds, fage, rofemarie, and fuch like, chymically drawn; this following is a convenient de- 
■ fcription of a glyfter. ariftolocb. an. £i. fol.abfyntb.artemeft£} ma- 
tricar.puleg. origani, an m.i. baccarum lauri,juniperi &fambuc. an p.i. fem 
florum ftxcbadosyrorifmarin.falvi£3centaur.minor.an.p ii.fiat decociio, cape colatur£ ft.i in qua diffolve 
mellis antbofatijacc.rubr. & benedan.% i..diacbartb.%ii. olei anetb.mard,an make thereof a gly- 
fter, and and applie this plaifter following to the bellie. R. mafs.empl. oxycrocei, & melilot. an, 
oleinard. as much as fhall fuffice to makeit conveniently fbft,make thereofa plaiter, and 
n fpread it on leather, and applie it to the region of the bellie when the fit is ended: if fhee bee 
married, let her forthwith ufe copulation, and bee ftrongly encountered by her husband, for 
i there is no remedie more prefent then this. 
. Let the midwife annoint her fingers with oleum nardinum or mofchetalinum, or of cloves, or 
elf of fpike mixed with musk, ambergreef, civet, and other fweet powders, and with thefe 
c let her rub or tickle the top of the neck of the womb which toucheth the inner orifice; but 
her fecret parts muft firft bee warmed by the applying of warm linnen cloaths,for fo at length 
the venomous matter contained in the womb, (hall bee diflolved and flow out, and the ma- 
lign, fharp and flatulent vapors, whereby the womb is driven as it were into a furie or rage, 
fhall bee refolved and diffipated, and fo when the conjunct matter of the difeaf is fcattered 
and wafted, the womb, and alfo the woman fhall bee reftored unto themfelvs again. 
Som hold it for a fecret to rub the navel with the juice of garlick boiled and mixed 
with aloes. 
Avicrn's fecret 
for fuffbeation 
of the womb. 
Ctflarciim drun- 
ken. 
Exprcflionsin- 
to the womb. 
The matter of 
peflarics. 
Aglyfter fcat- 
terrggrofs 
vapors. 
A quick,certain 
and a plealant 
remedie for 
the fu flotation 
of the womb. 
Tickling of 
the neck of the 
womb. 
CHAP. XLIX. 
Of women's monthly flux or courfes. 
Thereafon of 
the names of 
the monthlie 
flux of women. 
- Sually they call the flux of blond , that ifliieth from the lecret parts of women, 
| monthlie flowers or courfes , becauf it happenth to them everie month Co long 
I as they are in health. There bee fom which call them terms, becaufthey return 
I at their ufoal time. Manie of the French men call it lepmains, becauf in fuch as 
* fit much, and are given to plentiful! feeding, it endureth almoft for the (pace of 
(even dales. Som call them purgations, becauf that by this flux all a woman's bodie is pur.- 
ged of fuperfluous humors. There bee fom alfo that call thofe fluxes the flowers,becauf that 
as in plants the flower buddeth out before the fruits; Co in women kinde this flux goeth be- 
fore the iflue, or the conception thereof. 
For the courfes flow not before a woman bee able to conceiv;for how fliould the feed 
beeingcaft into the womb have his nourifhment and increaf,and how Ihould the childe have 
his nourifhment when it is formed of the feed, if this neceflaric humor were wanting in the 
womb ? yet it may bee fom women may conceiv without the flux of the courfes: but that is 
' in fuch as have fo much of the humor gathered together,as is wont to remain in thole which 
are purged, although it bee not fo great a quantitie that it may flow out, as it is recorded 
by 
What women 
do conceiVythis 
flux not appea- 
ring at all. LiB.24.. 
Qoncerning the (jeneration ofMan. 
637 
by Ariftotle. But as it is in fom verie great, and in fom verie little,fo it is in fom feldom,and 
in fom verie often. 
There are fom that are purged twice,and fom thrice in a moneth, but it is altogether in 
th ofc who have a great liver, large veins, and are filled and fed with many and greatly nou- 
rilhing meats, which fit idlcly at home all day, which haveing Hept all night, do notwith- 
Handing lie in bed deeping a great part Of the day alfo, which live in a hot,moift,rainie and 
foutherly air, which ufe warm baths of fweet waters and gentle fiiftions, which ule and are 
greatly delighted with carnal copulation : inthefeand fiich like women the courfes flow 
more frequently and abundantly. 
But contrariwife, in thofethat have fmall and obfcure veins, in thole that have their bo- 
dies more furnifhed and big either with flelh or with fat, are more feldom purged, and alfo 
more fparingly, becauf that the fiiperfluous quantitie of blood ufeth to go into the habit of 
the bodie. Alfo tender, delicate and fair women are lets purged than thofe that are brown 
and endued with a more compaft flelh, becauf that by the raritie of their bodies,they fuffer a 
greater wafting or difiipation of their fubftance by tranfpiration. Moreover, they are not 
id greatly purged with this kinde of purgation, which fom other folemn or accuftomed eva- 
cuation in anie other place of their bodie,as by the note or hemorrhoids. 
And as concerning their age, old women are purged when the Moon is old, and young 
women when the Moon is new, as it is thought. I think the cauf thereof is, for that the 
Moon ruleth moift bodies, for by the variable motion thereof the Sea floweth and ebbeth, 
and bones,marrow and plants abound with their genital humor, 
Therefore young people which have much blood, and more fluxible, and their bodies 
more fluxible, are foon moved unto a flux, although it bee even in the firft quarter of the 
Moon's rifing or increafing : but the humors of old women, becauf they wax Iliff as it were 
with cold,and are not Co abundant,and have moredenf bodies and ftraighter veflels, are not 
Co apt to a flux, nor do they ib eafily flow, except it bee in the full of the Moon, or elfin 
the decreaf; that is to fay, becauf the blood that is gathered in the full of the Moon fall's 
from the body even of its own weighty for that by reafon of the decreafing or wane of the 
Moon this time of the moneth is more cold and moift. 
i What womcA 
. have this men- 
. ftrual! flux of- 
I ten, abundant* 
ly, and for a 
• longer fpace 
' then others. 
What women 
have this flux 
more fcldom, 
kfs,and a far 
more fhorc 
time then 
others. 
; Why young 
Women are 
purged in the 
new of the 
Moon. 
Why old wo- 
men are purged 
in the wane of 
the Moon. 
CHAP. L. 
-Tbe caufes of tbe monetblji flux or courfa. 
lEcauf a woman is more cold, and therefore hath the digeftive facultie more 
y weak,it cometh to pals,that fliee requireth and defireth more meat or food than 
£ fliee can digeft or concoft: And becaufthat fiiperfluous humor that remaineth 
j is not digefted by exercile,nor by the efficacie of ftrong and lively heat, there- 
j fore by the providence or benefit of nature it floweth out by the veins of the 
womb, by the power of the expulfive faculty, at its own certain and prefixed 
feafon or time. But then especially it beginneth to flow, and a certain crude portion of < 
blood to bee expelled, being hurtfull and malign otherwile in no qualitie, when nature ( 
hath laid her principal foundations of the increaf of the bodie, lb that in greatnefs of the I 
bodie,fliee hath com as it were in a manner to the higheft top, that is to lay, from the thir- 
teenth to the fiftieth yeer of our age. 
Moreover, the childe cannot bee formed in the womb, nor have his nutriment orencreaf 
without this flux: therefore this iMnother finall cauf of themonethly flux. Manieare- 
peri waded that women do far more abound with blood than men,confidering how great an t 
abundance of blood they caft forth of their fecret parts everie moneth, from the thirteenth > 
to the fiftieth year of their age: how much women great with childe, of whom allb nianie£ 
are menftruall,yeeld unto the nutriment and encreaf of the childe in their wombs, and how 
much Phyficians take from women that are with childe by opening of a vein, which other- 
wile would bee delivered before their naturall and prefixed time; how great a quantitie 
thereof they avoid in the birth of their children, and for ten or twelv daies after, and how 
great a quantitie of milk they Ipend for the nourifliment of the childe when they give fuck, 
which milk is none other thing than blood made white by the power of the kernels that are 
in the dugs,which doth luffice to nourilh the childe, bee hee great or little ■, yet notwith- 
ftanding manic nurles in the mean while are menftrual: and as that may be true, lb certain- 
ly this is true, that one dram (that I may fo fpeak) of a mans blood, is ofmorc efficacie to < 
nourifli and encreaf than two pounds of woman's blood, becauf it is far more pert eft, more, 
concofted,wroiight,andbetter replenifhed with abundance offpirits: whereby it commeth c 
to pals that a man endued with a more ftrong heat, doth more ealily convert what meat lb-1 
ever he eateth unto thenourifliment and fubftance of liis bodie; and if that anie luperfluitie J 
remain's, he doth ealily digeft and fcatter it by inlenfible tranfpiration. But a woman be- f 
ing more cold than a man, becauf fliee taketh more than fliee can concoft, doth ga- f 
ther together more humors, which becauf lhee cannot difperf, by realbn of the i 
unperfeft* 
The material 
caufeof the 
monethlie 
flux. 
When the 
monethlyflux 
begin'sto flow. 
The final 
:auf. 
A woman cx- 
ceed's a man in 
quantitie of 
blood. 
A man ex- 
cecdeth a wo- 
man in the 
qualitie of his 
blood. 
A man is more 
hoc than a wo- 
man,andthcre- 
fore not men- 
ftrual. 638 
Concerning the (feneration of.Man 
LIB.Z4.. 
unperfeftnefs and weaknefs of her heat, it is neceflarie that fliee fhould fiiffer, and have he r 
monethly purgation, elpecially when fliee groweth unto fom bignefs 5 but there is no flic h 
need in a man. 
CHAP. LI. 
T'be caufles of tbe fuppreflon of tbe courfes or menftrual/flux. 
He courfes are fupprefled or flopped by manie caufles, as by (harp, vehement, and 
long difeafes,by fear, forrow, hunger, immoderate labors, watchings, fluxes of 
the bellie, great bleeding, haemorrhoids, fluxes of blood at the mouth, and eva- 
cuations in anie other part of the bodie whatfoever, often opening of a vein, 
great fweats, ulcers flowing much and long, fcabbinets of the whole skin, immoderate grot- 
nets and clamminefs of the blood, and by eating of raw fruits, and drinking of cold water, 
by (luggithnets and thicknets of the veffels, and alfo the obftruftion of them by the defaults 
and dileafes of the womb, by diftemperature, an abfcefs, an ulcer, by the obftruftion of the 
inner orifice thereof, by the growing of a Callus, caruncle,cicatrize of a wound or ulcer,or 
membrane growing there, by injefting of aftringent things into the neck of the womb, 
which place manie women endeavor fbolifhly to make narrow: I fpeak nothing of age, 
greatnels with childe, and nurfing of children, becaufthete caufles are not betides nature, 
(neither do they require the help of the Phyfitian. 
Manie women, when their flowers or tearms be flopped, degenerate after a manner into a 
certain manly nature, whence they are called Viragines, that is to fay, ftout, or manly wo- 
men j therefore their voice is more loud and big,likeunto a mans, and they become bearded. 
In the citie Ab de r a (faith Hippocrates) Pbaetbufa the wife of Pytbeas at the firft did bear 
children and was fruitful, but when her husband was exiled, her flowers were flopped for a 
long time: but when thefe things happened,her bodie became manlike and rough,and had a 
beard, and her voice was great and thrill. Theverie fame thing happened to Namy/ia the 
wife of Gorgippus in T'bafus. Thofe virgins that from the beginning have not their moneth- 
ly flux, and yet neverthelets enjoy their perfect health,they muft neceflarily be hot and drie, 
or rather of a manly heat and drinefs,that they may fo ditperf and diflipate by trantpiration, 
as men do, the excrements that are gathered,but verily all fuch are barren. 
The foolith 
endeavor of 
making the 
orifice of the 
womb narrow 
is rewarde d 
with the dif- 
commoditic ol 
flopping of 
the flowers. 
What women 
are called 
Vivagines. 
Lib.6.epidem 
fed 7. 
1 he women 
that are called 
viraginei are 
barren. 
CHAP. L11. 
Wbat accidents follow the fupprefion or flopping of tbe monethly flux or flowers. 
Hen the flowers or monethly flux are flopped, dileales affeff the womb, and from 
thence pats into all the whole bodie. For thereof commeth fuffocation of the 
womb, headach, fwouning, beating of the heart, and fwelling of the breads and 
fecret parts,inflammation ofthe womb,an abfcefs,ulcer, cancer,a feaver, naufeouP 
nefs,vomitings,difficult and flow conco&ion, the droplie, ftrangurie, the full womb prefling 
upon the orifice of the bladder, black and bloodie urine, by reafon that portion of the blood 
fweateth out into the bladder. In manie women the flopped matter of the monethly flux is 
excluded by vomiting, urine,and the haemorrhoids, in fom it groweth into varices. In my 
wife, when lhee was a maid, the menftrual matter was excluded and purged by the noftrils. 
The wife of Peter Feure of Cafteaudun, was purged of her menftrual matter by the dugs everie 
moneth, and in fuch abundance, that fcarce three or four cioaths were able to drie it and 
fuck it up. 
In thofe that have not the flux monethly to evacuate this plenitude by fom part or place 
of the bodie, there often follow's difficultie of breathing, melancholic, madnels, the gout, 
an ill difpolitionof the whole bodie, diffblution of the ftrength of the whole bodie, want 
of appetite, a conlumption, the falling ficknefs,an apoplexie. 
Thofe whole blood is laudable, yet not fo abundant, do receiv no other difcommoditie 
by the fuppreflion of the flowers, unlefs it be that the womb burn's or itcheth with the de- 
lire of copulation, by reafon that the womb is diftended with hot and itching blood, efpeci- 
ally if they lead a fedentary life. Thole women that have been accuftomed to bear children, 
are not fb grieved and evil at eafe when their flowers are flopped by anie chance contrarie to 
5 nature, as thofe women which did never conceiv, becauf they have been ufed to be filled, 
and the veflels by reafon of their cuftomarie repletion and diftention, are more large and ca- 
pacious : when the courfes flow, the appetite is partly dejefted, for that nature, beeing then 
wholly applied to expulfion,cannot throughly concoft or digeft, the face waxeth pale, and 
without its lively color, becauf that the heat with the fpirits, go from without inwards, fo 
to help and aid the expulfive facultie. 
Why the fti'an- 
gurie, or bloo- 
dinefs of the 
urine follow-, 
eth thefup- 
prcflionof the 
flowers. 
Hiftoriesof 
fuch as were 
purged of their 
menftrual flux 
by thenofe 
and dugs. 
To what wo- 
men thefup- 
preffionof the 
moneths is 
moft grievous. 
CHAP. Lib.24.. 
(Concerning the (feneration of Man. 
639 
CHAP. LIII. 
Of provoking the flowers or courfes. 
He fuppreflion of the flowers is a plethorick therefore muft bee cured 
by evacuation, which muft bee don by opening the vein called Saphena, which 
is at the ankle, but firft let the bafilike vein of the arm bee opened, efpecially 
if the bodie bee plethorick, left that there Ihould a greater attraftion bee made 
into the womb, and by fuch attraction or flowing in, there Ihould Come a 
greater obftruftion. When the veins of the womb are diftended with fo great a fwelling 
that they may bee feen, it will bee verie profitable to applie horf-leeches to the neck thereof: 
peflaries for women may bee ufed; but fumigations of aromatick things are more meet 
for maids, becauf they are baftifull and (hamefac'd. Unguents, liniments, emplafters, cata- 
plafms, that fcrv for that matter, are to bee prefcribed and applied to the ftcret parts, liga- 
tures and friftions of the thighs and legs are not to bee omitted, fomentations and fternu- 
tatories are to bee ufed , and cupping glafles are to bee applied to the groins, walking, 
dancing,rideing,often and wanton copulation with her husband, and fuch like exercifes, 
provoke the flowers. Of plants, the flowers of Sc. John's-Wurt, the roots of fennel, and 
alparagus, brufcus or butcher's-broom,of parfleie,brook-lime,bafil, balm, betonie, garlick, 
onions, crifta marina, coftmarie, the rinde or bark of caflia fiftula,calamint,origanum,pen- 
niroyall, mugwort, thyme,hyflbp,fage,marjoram,roftmarie, horehound, rue, favin, fpurge, 
faftron,agarick,the flowers of elder, baie-berries, the berries of Ivie,fcammonie, Cantbarides, 
pyrethrum or pellitorie of Spain, eupborbium. The aromatick things are amomum,cinnamon, 
Iquinanth, nutmegs, calamus aromaticw, cyperw, ginger, cloves, galingal, pepper, cubibes, 
amber,musk, (piknard, and fiich like; of all which let fomentations, fumigations, baths, 
broaths, boles, potions, pils, lyrups, apozemes, and opiates be made as the Phyficians fhall 
think good. 
The apozeme that followeth is proved to be verie effeftualL ftfil.&flor.di&am.an.p H.pim- 
pinel. m p. omnium capillar, an. p i. artemif. thymi, marjor. origan, an.m p. petrofelin. 
i p. rad. pjeon.bifiort. an. 5 p. cicerum rub. fem. pxon. fanicul. an. 5 p. make thereof a 
deco&ion in a fufficient quantitie of water, adding thereto cinnamon 5 iii.in one pint of the 
decoftion diffblvc (after it is {trained) of the fyntp of mugwort, and of hyflbp, an. 5 ii. 
diarrbod. abbat. % i. let it be (trained through a bag,'with 3 ii. of the kernels of Dates, and let 
her take 5 iiii. in the morning. 
Let peflaries bee made with galbanum, ammoniacum', and fiich like mollifying things,beaten 
into a mats in a mortar with a hot peftel, and made into the form of a peflarie, and then let 
them bee mixed with oil of Jafmine, eupborbium,nn ox-gall,the juice of mugwurt, and other 
fiich like, wherein there is power to provoke the flowers, as with fcammonie in powder: 
let them be as big as ones thumb,fix fingers long, and rowled in lawn, or fbm fuch like thin 
linnencloth; of the fame things nodula's may bee made. Alfo peflaries may bee prepared 
with honie boiled, adding thereto convenient powders,as of fcammonie,pellitorie,and fiich 
like. Neither ought theft to ftaie long in the neck of the womb, left they Ihould exulcerate, 
and they muft be pulled back by a thread that muft bee put through them, and then the ori- 
fice of the womb muft bee fomented With white wine of the decod ion of penniroyall or 
mother-wort. 
But it is to be noted, that if the fupprelfion of the flowers happeneth through the default 
of the flopped orifice of the womb, or by inflammation, thefe maladies muft firft bee cured 
before we come unto thoft things that of ptoper ftrength and virtue provoke the 
flowers: as for example, if fuch things bee made and given when the womb is inflamed,the 
blood beeing drawn into the grieved place,and the humors (harp' ned, and the bodie of the 
womb heated, the inflammation will bee increafed. So if there bee anie (uperfludusflefh, if 
there beeanie Callus of a wound or ulcer, or if there bee anie membrane (hutting the orifice 
of the womb, and fo flopping the flux of the flowers,they muft firft bee confiimed and taken 
away before anie of thoft things bee adminiftred. But the opportunitie of takeing and 
applying of things, muft bee taken from the time wherein the fick woman was wont to bee 
purged before the (lopping, or if (hee never had the flowers, in the decreaf of the Moon; 
for fo wee (hall have cuftom, nature,and the external efficient caufe to help art. When theft 
medicines are u(cd,the women are not to be put intobaths or hot houfes,as maniedo,except 
the maladie proceed from the denfitie of the veflels, and the grofnefs and clamminefs of the 
blood. For fweats hinder the menftrual flux, by diverting and turning the matter ano- 
ther waie. 
Why the vein 
called bafilica 
in the arm 
muftbe opened 
before the vein 
faphena in the 
foot. 
Horf-leeches 
to be applied 
to the neck of 
the womb. 
Plants that 
provoke the 
flowers. 
Sweet things. 
An apoxeme 
to provoke the 
flowers. 
Whatcaufles 
of the flopping 
of the flowers 
ipuft be cured 
before the dif- 
eaf itfelf. 
The fitteft 
time to pro* 
voke the 
Howers. 
Why hot hoU" 
fes do hurt 
rhofe in whom 
the flowers 
are to be pro* 
The figns of the approaching of the menstrual flux. 
WHen the monthlie flux firft approacheth, the dugs itch and become more fwoln and 
hard then they were wont, the woman is more defirous of copulation, by reafon of 
the 
CHAP. L I 111. Concerning the Generation of Man. 
Lib. 
640 
What women 
do love and 
what women 
do loath the 
aft of genera- 
tion when the 
months are 
flopped. 
the ebullition of the provoked bloody and the acrimonie of the blood that remaineth, her 
voice becommeth bigger, her lecrct parts itch, burn, fwell, and wax red. If they ftaie long, 
fhee hath pain in her loins and head, naufedufnels and vomiting troubleth the ftomach: 
notwithftanding, if thofe matters which flow together in the womb, either of their own 
nature,or by corruption,bee cold,they loath the aft ofgeneration,by reafon that the womb 
waxeth feeble through fluggiffinefs and waterie humors filling the lame, and it floweth by 
the lecret parts verie foftly. Thofe maids that are marriageable, although they have the 
menftrual flux verie well, yet they are troubled with headach, naufeoufnels, and often vo- 
miting, want of appetite, longing, an ill habite of bodie,difficultie of breathing, trembling 
of the heart, fwouning, melancholie, fearfull dreams, watching, with fadnefs and heavi- 
nefs, becauf that the genital parts burning and itching, they imagine the aft of generation, 
whereby it commeth to pafs that the leminal matter,either remaining in the tefticles in great 
abundance,or elf powred into the hollownels of the womb,by the tickling of the genitals,is 
corrupted,and acquireth a venemous qualitie, and caufleth fuch like accidents as happen's 
in the fuffocation of the womb. 
Maids that live in the countrie are not Co troubled with thofe difeales, becauf there is no 
fuch lying in vrait for their maiden-heads,and alfo they live fparingly and hardly,and Ipend 
their time in continual labor. You may fee manie maids Co full of juice, that it runneth in 
great abundance, as if they were not menftrual, into their dugs, and is there converted into 
milk,which they have in as great quantitie as nurles, as we read it recorded by Hippocrates. 
If a woman which is neither great with childe, nor hath born children, hath milk, fliee 
wants the menftrual fluxes; whereby you may underftand that that conclufion is not good 
which affirmeth that a woman which hath milk in her breafts, either to be delivered of 
childe, or to be great with childe: for Cardanus writeth that hce knew one Antonie Euzus at 
Genua, who beeing thirtie years of age, had fo much milk in his breafts as was fufficient to 
nurf a childe; for the breeding and efficient caule of milk proceed $ not onely from the 
engrafted facultie of the glandulous fubftance,but much rather from the aftion of the man's 
feed ; for proof whereof you may fee manie men that have verie much milk in their breafts, 
and manie women that almoft have no milk,unlefs they receiv man's feed. Alfo women that 
are ftrong and luftie like unto men, which the Latines call Viragines, that is to fay, whole 
feed commeth unto a manly nature, when the flowers are flopped, concoft the blood, and 
therefore when it wanteth paflage forth, by the likenels of the fubftance it is drawn into the 
dugs, and becommeth perfeft milk : thofe that have the flowers plentifully and continually 
for the fpace of four or five daies, are better purged and with more happie luccefs then thofe 
that have them for a longer time. 
With what ac- 
cidents thofe 
that are mar- 
riageable and 
are not mar- 
ried, are trou- 
bled. 
The cauf of fo 
manic acci- 
dents. 
Apb.36.fell.5. 
Lib. t>de fubt. 
The efficient 
cauf of rhe 
milk Is to be 
noted. 
CHAP. LV. 
Wbat accidents follow immoderate fluxes of the flowers or courfes. 
F the menftrual flux floweth immoderately, there alfo follow's manie accidents; 
for the concoction is fruftrated, the appetite overthrow'll, then follow's coldnefs 
throughout all the bodie, exolution of all the faculties, an ill habit of all thebodie, 
leannels, the droplie, an heftick fever, convullion, Iwouning, and often Hidden death : if a- 
nie have them too exceeding immoderatly,the blood is (harp and burning, and alfo (linking, 
the lick woman is alfo troubled with a continual fever, and her tongue will bee drie5 ulcers 
arife in the gums and all the whole mouth. In women the flowers do flow by the veins and 
arteries which rile out of the Ipermatick vellels, and ended in the bottom and lides of the 
womb, but in virgins and in women great with childe, whole children are found and 
healthful, by the branches of the hypogaftrick vein and arterie, which are Ipred and difper- 
fed over the neck of the womb, The cauf of this immoderate flux is in the quantitieor 
qualitic of the blood, in both the fault is unrealbnable copulation, especially with a man 
that hath a yard of a monftrous greatnels,and the diflblution of the retentive facultie of the 
vellels : oftentimes allb the flowers flow immoderately by realbn of a painful and a difficult 
birth of the childe or the after-birth, beeing pulled by violence from the cotyledons of the 
womb,or by reafon that the veins and arteries of the neck of the womb are torn by the com- 
ming forth of the infant with great travel, and manie times by the ufe of (harp medicines, 
and exulcerating peflaries. Oft-times allb nature avoids all the juice of the whole bodie 
critically by the womb after a great difeaf, which flux is not raffily or liiddenly to be flop- 
ped. That menftrual blood that floweth from the womb is more grofs,black, and clottie, but 
that which commeth from the neck of the womb is more clear,liquid and red. 
By what pores 
the flowers do 
flow in a wo- 
man and in a 
maid. 
The cauffcs of 
an unreafona- 
ble flux of 
blood. 
The critical 
flax of the 
flowers. 
Thefignf of . 
blood flowing 
from the ' 
womb or neck i 
of rhe womb. 
CHAP, Lib.ZzJ.. 
Concerning the (generation of Man. 
641 
CHAP. LVI. 
Of flopping tbe immoderate flowing of the flowers or courfes. 
Ou muft make choice of fiich meats and drinks as have power to incraflate the 
blood; for as the flowers are provoked with meats that are hot, and of liibtil 
parts, Co they are flopped by fiich meats as are cooling, thickning, aftringent, 
and ftiptick, as are barlie-waters, fodden rice, the extreme parts of beafts s as of 
oxen, calvs, ftieep, either fried or fodden with fbrrel, purflain, plantain , fliep- 
herp's-purf, lumach, the buds of brambles, berberries, and luch like. It is fiippofed that a 
Hart's-horn burned, wafhed,and taken in aftringent water, will ftop all immoderate fluxes; 
likewife fanguis dr acorns,terra ftgillata, bolus armenus, lapis btmatites, coral beaten into moft fiib- 
til powder, and drunk in fteeled water; alfo pap made with milk, wherein fteel hath often- 
times been quenched, and the flowr of wheat, barlie, beans, or rice, is verie efteftual for the 
fame. Quinces, cervices, medlars, cornelian-berries, or cherries may likewife bee eaten at 
the lecond Julips are to bee uled of fteeled waters, with the lyrup of drie roles,pome- 
granats, forrel, myrtles, quinces, or old confervs of red roles, but wine is to bee avoided: but 
if the ftrength bee fo extenuated, that they require it, you muft chufe grofs and aftringent 
wine tempered with fteeled water; exerciles are to bee Ihunned , elpecially venereous exer- 
cifes, anger is to bee avoided, a cold air is to bee cholen, which (if it bee not lb naturally) 
muft bee made lb by fprinkling cold things on the ground,efpecially if the lummer or heat 
bee then in his full ftrength; found lleeping ftaie s all evacuations, except Iweating. The 
opening of a vein in the arm, cupping-glafles fattened on the breafts, bands, and painful fri- 
ftions of the upper parts are greatly commended in this maladie. 
But if you perceiv that the caufof this accident lieth in a cholerick ill juice mixed with 
the blood, the bodie muft bee purged with medicines that purge choler and water , as Ru- 
barb, Myrobalanes, Tamarinds, Sebeftens, and the purgeing lyrup of Rofes. 
The inftituti* 
on or order of 
life. 
Purgeing. 
CHAP. LVII. 
Of local medicines to bee ufed againfi the immoderate flopping of the Courfes. 
Lfo unguents are made to flay the immoderate flux of the terms , and likewife 
inje&ions and peflaries. This or itich like may bee the form of an unguent, 
Bc.e/ mafticb.& myrt.an. 5 ii. nucurn cupref. fucci rofar. 
pulvjnafticbin.%ii<boli quantum jufficit, fiat unguen- 
turn. An injeftion may bee thus made. Bc.aqplantag.rofar.rubr.burf£ paftor. cen- 
iinodii, an.Vbfi. corticif querni, nucum cupreiji, gallar.non berberisjumacb. balaufl. a- 
lumin.rocb.an.%i.make thereof a deco&ion, and injeft it inafyringe blunt-pointed into the 
womb 5 left if it fhould bee (harp , it might hurt the fides of the neck of the womb 5 alfo 
Snails beaten with their (hells, and applied to the navel, are verie profitable.Quinces rolled 
under the coles, and incorporated with the powder of Myrtles, and and put 
into the neck of the womb, are marvellous effeftual for this matter. The form of a peflarie 
may bee thus. fygallardmmaturar.combuft.& in aceto extinttar.ifi. pulv.rad. 
fympbytfiumacbmajlicb.fucci acac/£, cornu ceruft.colopbon, myrrb£,jcori£ ferri}an.$i.caphur.$ii.niix 
them,and incorporate them all together with the juice of knot-grafs, fyngreen,night-fhade, 
hen-bane, water-lillies,plantain,of each as much as is fufficient,and make thereof a peflarie. 
Cooling things,as Oxycrate, unguentum rofatum,and fuch like , are with great profit tiled 
to the region of the loins, thighs, and genital parts: but if this immoderate flux do com by 
erofion, (b that the matter thereof continually exulcerateth the neck of the womb 5 let the 
place be« annointed with the milk of a fhee-Afs, with barlie-water,or bindeing and aftrin- 
gent mucelages, as of Pfilium, Quinces,Gum Tragacanth, Arabick, and fuch like. 
An unguent; 
An aftringent 
injeftion. 
Aftringent 
peffarics. 
CHAP. LVIII. 
Of Womens Fluxes, or the Whites* 
Elides the fore-named Flux , which by the law of nature happeneth to women 
monthly, there is alfo another called a Woman's Flux , becauf it is onely pro- 
per and peculiar to them: this fomtimes wearieth the woman with a long and 
continual diftillation from the womb, or through the womb, comming from 
the whole bodie without pain, no otherwile then when the whole fiiperfluous 
filth of the bodie is purged by the reins or urine 5 foratimes it returneth at uncertain fea- 
fons, and fomtimes with pain and exulcerateing the places of the womb: it differeth from 
the menftrual Flux, becauf that this for the fpace of a few daies, as !it (hall feem convenient 
to nature, cafteth forth laudable bloods but this Womans Flux yeeldeth impure ill juice. 
Hi fomtimes 
The resfon of 
the name. 
The diffe- 
rences. 642 
Concerning the Generation of Man. 
LiB.24.. 
fomtimes fanious, fomtimes ferous and livid, otherwhiles white and thick, like unto bar- 
lie-cream, proceeding from flegmatick blood : this laft kinde thereof is moft frequent. 
Therefore wee fee women that are flegmatick, and of a foft and loof habit of bodie, to bee 
often troubled with this difeaf j and therefore they will fay among themfelvs that they have 
the whites. And as the matter is divers, fb it will ftain their fmocks with a different color. 
Truely, if it bee perfe&ly red and fanguine,it is to bee thought it commeth by erofion, or 
the exfblution of the fiibftance of the veflels of the womb, or of the neck thereof: therefore 
it commeth verie feldom of blood, and not at all except the woman bee either great with 
cbilde, or ceaf to bee menftrual for fom other cauf; for then in ftead of the monethly flux 
there flbweth a certain whayilh excrement, which ftaineth her cloaths with the color of wa- 
ter wherein flefh is walhed* 
Alfo it verie feldom proceed's ofa melancholick humor,and then for the moft part it cauf- 
feth a cancer in the womb. But often-times the purulent and bloodie matter of an ulcer ly- 
ing hidden in the womb, deceiveth the unskilful Chirurgian or Phyfician: but it is notfb 
hard to know thefe difeafes one from the other j for the matter that floweth from an ulcer , 
; becauf( as it is faid ) it is purulent, it is alfo leffer, groffer, ftinking, and more white. But 
thofe that have ulcers in thofe places, efpecially in the neck of the womb,cannot have copu- 
lation with a man without pain, 
What women 
are apt to this 
flux. 
Women's flux 
commeth serie 
feldom of 
blood. 
By what figns 
an ulcer in the 
womb may bee 
known from 
the white 
flowers* 
CHAP. L1X. 
Omtiraes the caufof the Whites confifteth in the proper weaknefs of the womb, 
or elf in the uncleannefs thereof; and (bmtimes by the default of the principal 
parts. For if the brain or the ftomach bee cooled , or the liver flopped or (chir- 
rous,manie crudities are engendered, which if they run, or fall down into the 
Womb that is weak by nature, they cauf the Flux of the womb, or Whites: but 
if this Flux bee moderate,and not fharp, it keepeth the bodie from malign difeales 5 other- 
wife it ufeth to infer a confiimption, kannefs, palenefs, and an oedematous (welling of the 
legs, the falling down of the womb, the deje&ion of the appetite and all the faculties, and 
continual (adnefs and (brrowfulnefs; from which it is verie hard to perfwade the fick wo- 
man, becaufe that her mindeand heart will bee almoft broken, by reafon of the (hame that 
(hee taketh, becauf (itch filth floweth continually ; it hindereth conception, becauf it either 
cOrrupteth, or driveth out the feed when it is conceived. Often-times, if it floppeth fora 
few months, the matter that ftaieth there caufleth an ablcels about the womb in the bodie 
or neck thereof; and by the breaking of the abfcefs there followeth rotten and cancerous 
ulcers, (bmtimes in the Womb, fomtimes in the groin, and often in the hips. 
This difear is hard to bee cured, not onely by reafon of it (elf, as becauf all the whole 
filth and fuperfluous excrements of a woman's bodie floweth down into the womb, as it 
Were into a fink 5 becauf it is naturally weak, hath an inferior fituation, manie veflels end- 
ing therein 5 and laft of all, becauf the courfes are wont to com through it; as al(b by rea- 
fon of the fick woman, who often-times had rather die then to have that place £een, the 
difeaf known, or permit local medicines to bee applied thereto: for (b faith Montanw, that 
on a time hee was called to a noble woman of Italic, who was troubled with this difeaf un- 
to whom hee gave counfel to have cleanfing decoftions injefted into her womb , which 
when (hee heard, fhee fell into a (wound , and defired her husband never thereafter to ufc 
his counfel in anie thing. 
Of the cauffes of the Whites. 
How a wo- 
man's flux is 
wholfotn. 
How it caui- 
feth difeafes. 
How it lettetli 
the concepti- 
on. 
Why it is hard 
to bee cured. 
An hfftorie. 
CHAP. LX. 
If the flux of a 
woman bee 
red,wherein it 
difeeth from 
the tncnftrual 
flux. 
F the matter that floweth out in this difeaf bee of a red color , it differeth from 
the natural monthly flux in this onely, becauf it keep's no order or certain time 
in its returning. Therefore phlebotomie and other remedies which wee have 
fpoken of, as requifite for the menftrual flux, when it floweth immoderately , is 
here neceflarie to bee ufed. But if it bee white, or doth teftifieor argue the ill 
juice ofthis or that humor by anie other color, a purgation muft bee prefcribed of fuch 
things as are proper to the humors that offend's: for it is not good to flop fuch a flux fiidr 
it is neceflarie,that Co thebodie fhould bee purged of fuch filth or abundance of hu- 
mors:for they that do haftcn to flop it,caufthe dropfie,by reafbn that this fink of humors is 
turned back into the liver; or elf a cancer in the womb,becauf it is ftaied there; or a fever,or 
other difeafes, according to the condition of the part that receiveth it.Therfore wee muft not 
com to local deterfives, deficcatives,reftriftives, unlefs wee have firft ufed univerfal remedies 
according to art. Alum-baths, baths of brimftone, and of bitumen, or iron, are convenient 
for 
'The cure of the Whites. 
A woman' s 
fiaxisnotfud- 
denly tobee 
flopped* 
What baths 
are proflcabk. LlB.Zzj" 
(Concerning the Generation of Man. 
643 
for the whites that, com of a phlegmatick humor; in ftead whereof baths may bee made of'' 
the deco&ion of herbs that are hot, drie, and indued with an aromatick power, with alom 3 
and pebbls, or flint-ftones red hot thrown into the fame. Let this bee the form of a clean- 
ling decoftion and injeftion. R- fol. abfyntb. agrimon. centinod. burf-paft. an. m ft. boil them ; 
together, and make thereof a decoftion, in which diflolv mellis-rofar. aloes, myrrh#, fa-' 
lis nitri, an. $i. make thereof an inje&ion, the woman beeing fo placed on a pillow under 
her buttocks that the neck of the womb beeing more high, may bee wide open : when the 
inje&ion is received, let the woman fet her legs acrofs, and draw them up to her buttocks, 
and fo (hce may keep tfftt which is injeded. They that indeavor to drie and binde more 
ftrongly, add the juice of acatia, green gals, the rindes of pomegranates, roch-alome, ro- 
mane vitriol, and they boil them in Smiths-water and red-wine; peflaries may bee made of 
the like facultie. 4 
If the matter that commeth forth bee of an ill color or Imell, it is like that there is a rot- 
ten ulcer; therefore wee ought to injeft thofe things that have power to correft the putre- 
faftion : among which #g yptiacum. dilfolved in lie or red-wine, excelleth. There are women 
which when they are troubled with a virulent Gonorrhea,or an involuiftarie flux ofthe feed, 
cloaking the fault with an honeft nam?, do untruly lay that they have the whites, becauf 
that in both thele difeales a great abundance of filth is avoided. But the Chyrurgian may 
eafily perceivthat maladieby the rottennefs ofthe matter that floweth out, and hce lhall 
perfwade himfelf that it will not bee cured without falivation or fluxing at the mouth, and 
iweats. In the mean while let him put in an inflrument made like unto a pefTariCj and cauf 
the lick woman to hold it there : this inflrument muft havemanie holes in the upper end, 
through which the purulent matter may pafs, which by flaying or flopping might get a 
lharpnels ; as alfo that lb the womb may breath the more freely,and may bee kept more tem- 
perate and cool by receiving the air, by the benefit ofa Ipring whereby this inflrument, bee- 
ing made like unto a pelfarie, is opened and (hut. 
What baths 
are profitable. 
An aftringent 
iniedion* 
The fignsofa 
putrefied ulcer 
in the womb. 
The virulent 
Gonorrhea, is 
like unto the 
flux of wo- 
men. 
I he form of an Inflrument made like unto a Peffarie, whereby the 
womb may bee ventilated' 
A. Sheweth the end of the 
Infir ument, which muft have 
manie holes therein. 
B. Sheweth the bodie of 
the Inftrument. 
C. Sheweth the -plate 
whereby the mouth of the In- 
ftrument is opened and [hut, 
as wide and as clofe as you 
will , for to receiv the air 
more freely. 
D. the faring. 
EE.'xS'bw the laces and 
bands to tie about the pati- 
ent's bodie, that fo the In- 
ftrument may bee ftaied and 
kept faft in bis place. 
CHAP. LXI. 
Of the Hoemorrhoides and JKarts of the of tbs womb. 
Ike as in the fundament, lb in the neck of the womb,there are Hamorrbo'ider,and 
as it were varicous veins, often-times flowing with much blood, or with a red 
and flinking whayifh humor. Som of thele, by reafon of their rednels and great 
inequalitie as it were of knobs, are like unripe Mulberries, and are called vulgar- 
ly ucux mui ales, that is to fay, the veins or hoemorrboides like unto Mulberries: others are like 
unto Grapes, and therefore are named uvales other lorn are like unto warts > and therefore 
are called verrucales : lorn appear and (hew themlelvs with a great tumor, others are lit- 
tle, and in the bottom of the neck of the womb ; others are in the fide or edg thereof. A- 
cbrocordon is a kinde of wart with a callous bunch or knot, haveing a thin or (lender root, 
and a greater head, like unto the knot of a rope, hanging by a fmall thred j it is called of the 
Arabians, verruca botoralis. 
There is allb another kinde of wart, which becauf of his great roughnefs and inequali- 
tie, is called thymus, as relembling the flower of Thyme. All fuch difeafes are exalperated 
aud made more grievous by anie exercile, elpecially by venereous acts; manie times they 
» . J i i 2 have 
The differen- 
ces of the Hm- 
monhoidei of 
the neck of the 
womb. 
What an 4cr<h 
chordonis. 
What a Thy. 
r/w is. 644 
Concerning the Generation of Man. 
Lib.24.. 
have a certain malignitie, and an hidden virulencie joined with them, by occafion whereof 
they are aggravated even by touching onely j becaufthey have their matter of a rageing hu- 
mor:therefore to thefe wee may not rightly ule a true,but onely the palliative cure,as they 
term it : the Latines call them onely ficus, but the French men name them with an adjunft. 
Saint fiacrius figs. 
S. Fidcrint 
figs. 
CHAP. LXII. 
Of the cure of the Hearts that are in the 
Whit warts 
of the womb 
mutt bee 
bound} and fo 
cutoff. 
THe warts that grow in the neck of the womb, if they bee not malignant, are to bee tied 
with a thred, and Co cut off, Thole that lie hid more deep in the womb, rqay bee feen 
and cured by opening the matrix with a Dilater made for the purpole. 
Divers Specula matricis, or Dilatcrs for the infection of the Matrix. 
Another form of a Dilater,or Speculum matricis, whereof the declaration followeth. 
A. Sbewetb the fcrew, which fbuttetb and ofenetb the Dilater of the Matrix. 
BB. Shew the arms or branches of the Instrument, which ought to bee eight or nine fingers long. 
But Lib. 
Concerning the Generation ofSMan 
645 
But thefe Dilaters of the matrix ought to bee of a bignefs, correfpondent to the patient's 
bodie 5 let them bee put into the matrix, when the woman is placed as wee have faid, when 
the childe is to bee drawn out of her bodie. That inftrument is moft meet to tie the warts, 
which wee have defcribed in the relaxation of the palate or Uvula: let them bee tied harder 
and harder everie day until they fall away. 1 herefore for the cureing of warts there are 
three chief fcopes, as bands, feftions, cauteries ; and left they grow up again , let oil of vi- 
triol bee dropped on the place, or aqua fortis t or fbm of the lee whereof potential cauteries 
are made. This water following is moft effeftual to confume and wafte warts. 
virid.&YK, $11. alnm.r9cb.5iu.fal & fublim.an.5ft* beat them all together, 
and boil them; let one or two drops of this water bee dropped on the grieved place , not 
touching anie place elf; but if there bee an ulcer, it muft bee cured as I have (hewed before. 
A certain man, ftudious of phyfick, of late affirmed to mee, that Ox-dung tempered with 
the leavs or powder of Savi ne? would wafte the warts of the womb,if it were applied there- 
to warm; which, whether it bee true or not, let Experience, the miftrefsof things, bee 
judg. put into unguents will do it, and (as it is likely) more effe&ually; 
for they will confume the calloufnefs which groweth between the toes or fingers. I have 
prooved by experience, that the warts that grow on the hands, may bee cured by applying 
of Purflain beaten or ftamp't in its own juice. The leavs and flowers of Marigolds do cer- 
tainly perform the (elf-fame thing. 
Three fcopes 
of the cure of 
warts in the 
womb. 
An tfFedual 
water to con- 
fume warts. 
Unguents to 
confume 
warts. 
CHAP. LXIII. 
Of Chaps, and tbofewrinkled and bard excrefcences, which the Greeks call 
Condylomata. 
Haps or Fiflures, are cleft and verie long little Ulcers, with pain verie fharp and 
burning, by rea/bn of the bkeing of an acrid, fait and drying humor, makeing 
lb great a contra&ion, and often-times narrownefs in the fundament and the 
neck of the womb, that fcarcely the top of one's finger may bee put into the 
orifice thereof, like unto pieces of leather or parchment, which are wrinkled 
and parched by holding of them to the fire. They rife fomtimes in the mouth, fo that the 
patient can neither (peak, eat, nor open his mouth* fo that the Surgeon is conftrained tG cut 
it. In the cure thereof, all (harp things are to bee avoided, and thofe which mollifie are to 
bee' ufed, and the grieved place or part is to bee moiftened with fomentations, liniments, 
cataplafins, emplafters; and if the maladie bee in the womb, a dilater of the matrix or pef- 
farie muft bee put thereinto verie often, fo to widen that which is over hard, and too much 
drawn together or narrow, and then the cleft little ulcers muft bee cicatrized. Condylomata 
are certain wrinkled and hard bunches, and as it were excrefcences of the flefh, rifeing efpe- 
cially in the wrinkled edges of the fundament and neck of the womb. Cooling and relaxing 
medicines ought to bee ufed againft this difea£ fuch as are oil of eggs,and oil of lin-feed, 
take of each of them two ounces, beat them together a long time in a leaden mortar, and 
therewith anoint the grieved part; but if there bee an inflammation, put thereto a little 
Camphir. . . .< . 
What Chaps 
are. 
The cure. 
What Ccndy lo- 
rn ua are. 
The cure. 
CHAP. LX1V. 
Of the itching of the womb. 
M women., efpecially fuch as are old, there often-times commeth an itch- 
ing in the neck of the womb, which doth fo trouble them with pain, and 
a defire to (cratch, that it taketh away their- deep. Not long fince a wo- 
man asked my counfel, that was fo troubled with this kinde of maladie, 
that dice was conftrained to extinguish or ftay the itching burning of her 
fecret parts by fprinkling cinders of fire, and rubbing them hard on th*3, 
place. I counfelled her to take diflolved in fea-water or lee, and inje& it in her fe- 
cret parts with a (yringe, and to wet ftupes of flax in the fame medicine, and put them up 
into the womb, and fo lhee was cured. Manie times this itch commeth in the fundament or 
tefticles of aged men, by reafon of the gathering together or conflux of fait flegm, which 
when it falleth into the eies, it caufleth the patient to have much ado to refrain (cratch ing : 
when this matter hath di(per(ed into the whole habit of the bodie, it caufleth a burning or 
itching fcab, which muft bee cured by a cooling and a moiftning diet, by phlebdtomie and 
purgeing of the (alt humor, by baths and horns applied, with (carification and annointing 
of the whole bodie with the unftion following. 
[alif nitri,aflat. tartar, Jtapbifag. futyb.viv.%'1. argent.viv%ii.acet. rof. quarti.-, incorporate 
them all together, and make thereof a liniment according to art,and ufe it as isfaid before: 
unguentum enulatum cum mercurio is thought to have great force,not without de(ert,to aflwage 
I i i 3 the 
What the itch 
of the womb 
Ahiftorie. 
The cwf ®f 
the itch. 
The virtue of 
unguent, enulac. 646 
Concerning the Generation of Man. 
the itch, and drie the fcab, Som ute this that followeth. 
$bif:%i. let them all bee diflblved in vinegar of Rotes , adding thereto butyr.recent.q-f. make 
thereof a liniment for the fore-named ufe. 
CHAP. LXV. 
1'he cauf. 
Anie women that have had great travel and ftrains in- childe-birth, have the 
great Inteftine (called of the Latines craffum inteftinum) or Gut, relaxed and 
flipped down ; which kinde of affeft happeneth much to children, by reafon of 
aphlegmatick humor moiftening the fybintter-mufcle of the fundament, and 
the two others called Levatores. For the cure thereof, firft of all the Gut called 
return inteftinum, or the ftraightGut, is to bee fomented with a deco&ion of heating and re- 
folving herbs, as of Sage, Rolemarie, Lavander, Thyme, and fuch like; and then of aftrin- 
gent things, as of Rofes, Myrtils, the rindes of Pomegranats, Cyprefs-nuts, Galls , with a 
little Alum , then it muft bee fprinkled with the powder of things that are aftringent with- 
out biteing: and laft of all, it is to bee reftored, and gently put into its place. That is fop- 
poled to bee an effeftual and lingular remedie for this purpofe, which is made of twelv red 
Snails put into a pot with Alum,and as much of Salt,and lhaken up and down a long 
time,for lb at length when they are dead there will remain an humor, which muft bee put 
upon Cotton, and applied to the Gut that is fain down. By the fame cauf (that is to fay, 
of painful childe-birth in fom women) there arifeth a great fwelling in the navel 5 for when 
the yeriton<eum is relaxed or broken, fomtimes the Kall, and lomtimes the Guts flip out: 
manie times flatulencies com thither: the cau£ as I now lhewed, is over great {training or 
ftretching of the bellie, by a great burthen carried in the womb , and great travel in childe- 
birth :if the fain-down Guts make that tumor, pain joined together with that tumor 
doth vex the patient; aud if it bee prefled, you may hear the noif of the Guts going back a- 
gain : if it bee the Kall, then the tumor is foft, and almoft without pain 5 neither can you 
hear anie noif by comprelfion: if it bee winde, the tumor is loof and loft, yet it is foch as 
will yeeld to the prefling of the finger with lorn found, and will foon return again: if the 
tumor bee great, it cannot bee cured, unlels the -peritoneum bee cut, as it is faid in the cure of 
of ruptures. In the Church-porches of Paris, 1 have leen Beggar-women, who by the fal- 
ling down of the Guts, have had foch tumors as big as a bowl, who notwithftanding could 
go, and do all other things as if they had been found, and in perfect health: I think it was, 
becauf the faces or excrements, by reafon of the greatnefs of the tumor, and the bignels or 
widenefs of the Inteftines, had a free paflage in and out. 
Of the relaxation of the great Gut, or Inteftine, which haffeneth to women. 
The cure. 
An eftedual 
icmedie. 
The differen' 
ces and figns. 
An hiftorie. 
CHAP. LXVI. 
Of the relaxation of the navel in children. 
Ften-times in children newly born, the navel fwelleth as big as an egg, becauf it 
hath not been well cut or bound,or becauf the whayifh humors are flowed thi- 
ther, or becauf that part hath, extended it felf too much by crying, by reafon of 
the pains of the fretting of the childe's guts,manie times the childe bringeth that 
rumor joined with an abfceft with him from his mother's womb : but let not the Chirurgi- 
an aflay to open that abfcefs, for if it bee opened, the guts com out through the incifion, as I 
have feen in manie, and efpecially'in a childe of my Lord Martines ; for when Peter of the 
Rock, the Chirurgian, opened an abfcefs that was in it, the bowels ran out at the incifion, 
and the infant died 5 and it wanted but little that the Gentlemen of my Lord's retinue that 
were there, had ftrangled the Chirurgian. Therefore when lohn Gromontiuf the Carver de- 
fired mee, and requefted mee of late that I would do the like in his fon, I refilled to do it, be- 
cauf it was in danger of its life by it alreadie, and in three daies after the abfcefs broke, and 
the bowels gufhed out, and the childe died. 
An abfcefs not 
to bee opened. 
An hiftorie. 
CHAP. IX. 
Of the fain that children have in breeding of teeth. 
The time of 
breeding of 
the teeth. 
Mildren are greatly vexed with their teeth, which caufgreat pain when they 
begin to break, as it were, out of their (hell or (heath, and begin to com 
fortfi, the gums beeing broken, which for the moft part happeneth about 
the feventh month of the childe's age. This pain commeth with itching and 
fcratching of the gums, an inflammation, flux of the bellie, whereof manie 
times commeth a fever, falling of the hair, a convulfion, at length death. The cauf of the 
• r pain IyIB.24. 
Concerning the (generation of ■'S\dan. 
647 
pain is the (blution of the continuitie of the gums by the comming forth of the teeth. 
The fignes oi that pain is an unaccuftomed burning, or heat ot the childe's mouth, which 
may bee perceived by the nurfthat giveth it fuck, a (welling of the gums and cheeks, and ' 
the childe's beeing more way-ward and crying then it was wont, and it will put its fingers ' 
to its mouth, and it will rub them on its gums as though it were about tofcratch, and it 
flavereth much. That the Phy lician may remedie this, hee mull cure thenurfasiffheehad 
the fever, and lhee muft not fuller the childe to fuck fo often, but make him cool and moift 
when hee thirfteth by giving him at certain times/yrupus alexandrinut, fyrup, de limonibus , or. 
the (yrup of pomegranats with boiled watenyet the childe mult not hold thole things that 
are actually cold long in his mouth, for fuch by bindeing the gums, do in fom fort ftay the 
teeeth that are newly comming forth '■> but things that lenifie and mollifie are rather to bee 
uled, that is to fay,fuch things as do by little and little relax the loof flelh of the gums, and 
allo allwage the pain. Therefore the Nurflhall often-times rub the childe's gums with her 
fingers, annointed or befmeared with oil of Iweet al monds, frelh-butter, honie, fugar, mu- 
cilage of the feeds of ffolium, or of the feeds of marlh mallows extrafted in the water of pel- 
letorie of the wall. Som think that the brain of a hare,or ofa fucking pig rofted or fodden, 
through a fecret propertie, are effectual for the fame: and on the outiide (hall bee applied 
a cataplafin of barlie-meal, milk, oil of roles, and the yelks of egs. Alfo a ftick of liquorice 
Ihaven and bruited and annointed with honie, oranie of the forenamed fyrups, and often 
rubbed in the mouth or on the gums, is likewife profitable; fo is alfo anie toie for the 
childe to plaie withall, wherein a wolve's tooth is fee, for this by fcratching doth alfwage 
the painfull itching, and rarifie the gums, and in fbm weareth them that the teeth appear 
the (boner. But manie times it happened! that all thele and fuch like medicines profit no- 
thing at all, by reafon of the contumacie of the gums, by hardnefs or the weaknefs of the 
childe's nature : therefore in fuch a cauf, before the fore-named mortal accidents com, I 
would perfwade the Chirurgian to open the gums in fuch places as the teeth bunch out 
with a little (welling, with a knife or lancet,fo breaking and opening a waie for them,not- 
withftanding that a little flux of blood will follow by the tenfionof the gums : of which 
kindeofremedie I have with profperous and happie fuccefs made trial in fom of mine own 
children, in the prefence ofFeuteut, Altinus, and Cortinus, Doftors of Phylick, and Guille- 
wmk the King's Chirurgian, which is much better and more fafethen to do as (bm nurfes 
do, who taught onelyby the inftin& of nature, with their nails and (cratching, break and 
tear, or rent the children's gums. The DukebfNwm had a fonof eight months old, 
which died of late, and when wee, with the Phylicians that were prefent, dili gently fought 
for the caufofhis death, wee could impute it unto nothing elf, then to the contumacious 
hardnefs of the gums, which was greater then was convenient for a childe of that age; for 
therefore the teeth could not break forth, nor make a paffage for themfelvs to com forth: 
of which our judgment this was the trial, that when wee ait his gums with a knife, wee 
found all his teeth appearing as it were in an arraie, readie to com forth, which if it had 
been don wh en hee lived, doubtlefs hee might have been preferved. 
The caufof 
the pain in 
breeding 
teeth. 
The figns. 
The cure. 
What power 
Scratching of 
the gums hath 
to affwage the 
pain of them. 
An hiftorle. 
The end of tie tmittie fourth <Book 648 
LlB.25' 
Of Monsters and Trodtgies. 
Th twentie fifth Book* 
The Preface. 
if call Monfter i, what things foever are brought forth contrarie to the common decree and or- 
der of nature. So wee term that infant monftrous, which R born with. one arm alone, or with 
two beads. But wee define Prodigies»tbofe things which happen contrarie to the whole courf of 
nature, that is, altogether differing and diffenting from nature : as if a woman fhauld bee de- 
livered of a Snake, or a T)og. Of the fir fl fort are thought all thofe, in which anie oftbofe things, which 
ought, and are accuftomed to bee, according to nature, is wanting, or doth abound, is changed, worn, cove- 
red or defended, hurt,or not put in his right place: forfomtimes fom areborn with more fingers then they 
fhould, otbevfom but with one finger: fom with thofe parts divided which fhould bee joined, others with 
thofe parts joined which fhould bee divided:fom are bomwith the privities of both fexes, male and female. 
And Ariftotle faw a Goat with a horn upon her tyiee. No liveing creature was ever born which wanted 
the Heart,but fom have been feen wanting the Spleen,others with two Spleens,and fom wanting one oftbe 
Reins. And none have bin kpown to have wanted the whole Liver,although fom have been found that bad 
it not perfefi and whole: and there have been thofe which wanted the Gall, when by nature they fhould 
have bad it: and be ft des it hath been feen that the Liver, contrarie to his natural fite, hath lien on the 
left fide, and tbe Spleen on the right. Som women alfo have had their privities clofed,and not perforated, 
the membranous obftacle, which they call the Hymen,hindering. And men are fomtimes bomwith their 
fundaments, ears,nofes,and the reft of the paffages fhut, and are accounted m onhrous, nature erring from 
its entended fcope. But to conclude,thofe Monfters are thought to portend fom ill,which are much differing 
from their nature. « ' ( ' 
What a Mon- 
Per is. 
What aProdi- 
gic is. 
chap: k 
Of the cauf of Moiiflers; and fir ft ofthofe Monfters which appear for the glorie 
of God, and the punijbment of mens 
lere ape reckoned upmanie caufles ofMonfteng the firft whereof is the glorieofGod, 
that his immenf power may bee manifefted to thole which are ignorant of it, by the 
fending of thole things which happen contrarie to nature: for thus our Sawior-Chsift 
anfwered the T)ifciples ("asking whether bee or his parents had offended, who beeingZw» 
blinde, received his light from him) that neither bee nor his parents had committed anie fault 
fo great, but this to happened onely that the glorie and majeftie of God Ihould bee divulged 
by that miracle, and liich great works. 
Another cauf is, that God may either punifli men's wickednels, or lhew ligns of punilh- 
ment at hand,becaufparents lomtimes lie and join themfelvs together without law and mea- 
fure, or luxurioully and beaftly, or at liich times as they ought to forbear by the command 
of God and the Church, luch monftrous, horrid and unnatural births do happen. 
'the figure of a Colt with a man's face. 
At Verona Anno Dom. 
i 2 5 4. a mare foaled a 
colt with the perfeft face 
of a man, but all the reft 
of the bodie like an horf: 
a little after that, the 
war between the Floren- 
tines and Pifans began , 
by which all lu/zewas 
in acombuftion. 
About Lib.25. 
Of Monsters and Prodigies. 
649 
Lbe figure of a winged Monfter. 
About the time that Pope Julius the fe- 
cond raifed up all Italic, and the greateft 
part of Chriftendom , againft Lewis the 
twelfth the King of France 3 in the year of 
of our Lord 1512. (in which yearj upon 
Eafter daie, near Ravenna was fought that 
mortal battel, in which the Pope's forces 
were overthrown) a monfter was born in 
Ravenna, haveing a horn upon the crown of 
his head, and befides,'two wings, and one 
foot alone, moft like to the feet of birds of 
prey,and in the knee thereof an eie, the pri- 
vities of male and female, the reft of the bo- 
die like a man, as you may fee by this fi- 
gure. 
The third cauf is, an abundance of feed 
and overflowing matter* The fourth, the 
fame in too little quantitie, and deficient. 
The lift, the force and efficacie of imaginati- 
on. The fixt, the ftraightnefs of the womb. 
The feventh, the difbrderly fite of the partie 
with childe,and the pofition of the parts of 
the bodie. 1 he eight, a tall, ftrain or ftroak, Specially upon the bellieof a woman with 
childe. The ninth, hereditarie difeafes, or affefts by anie other accident. The tenth, the 
confufion and mingling together of the feed. The eleventh, the craft and wickednefsof 
the divel. There are fom others which are accounted for monfters, becauf their original or 
ellence full of admiration, or do aflume 3 certain prodigious form by the craft of fbm beg- 
ging companions; therefore wee will /peak briefly of them in their place in this our treatife 
of monfters. 
CHAP. IL 
Of Monjiers cauffed by too great abundance of feed- 
Eeing wee have already handled the two former and truly final caufles of mon- 
gers, wee muft now com to thole which are material,corporeal and efficient cau- 
les, takeing our beginning from that wee call the too great abundance of the 
matter of feed. Itis the opinion of thole Philolbphers which have written of 
monfters, that if at anie time a creature bearing one at once, as man, lhall call forth more 
feed in copulation then is neceflarie to the generation of one bodie, it cannot bee that one- 
ly one ffiould bee begot of all that; therefore from thence either two or more muftarile: 
whereby it commeth to pals, that thele are rather judged wonders, becauf they happen lel- 
dom, and contrarie to common cuftom. Superfluous parts happen by the fame cauG that 
twins and manie at one birth, contrarie to nature's do chance, that is, by a larger ef- 
fufion of feed then is required for the frameing of that part , that fo it exceed's either in 
number or elf in greatnefs. So /luftin tell's that in his time in the Eaft an infant was born, 
haveipg all the parts from the bellie upwards double, but from thence downwards Angle 
and Ample: for it had two heads,foureies, two breafts, four hands, in all the reft like to a- 
notherchilde, and it lived a little while. Cdiw Rbodiginuf faith hee faw two monfters in 
Italie, the one male, the other female, handlbmly and neatly made through all their bodies, 
except their heads, which were double; the male died within a few daies after it was born; 
but the female (whole lhape is here delineated) lived twenty-five years,which is contrarie to 
the common cuftom of monfters j for they for the moft part are verie ffiort-Iiv'd, becauf 
they both live and are born, as it were, againft nature's conlent; to which may bee added,, 
they do not love themlelvs, by realbn they are made a fcorn to others, and by that means. 
lead a hated life. 
Monfters are 
feldom long- 
lived. 
But Of iVvionflers and 'Prodigies 
650 
Lib. 2.5. 
But it is moft remarkable which Lycoftbenes tellcth of a * Woman-monitor, for, exce- 
pting her two heads, fhee was framed in the reft of her bodie to an exaft perfeftion : her 
two heads had the like defire to eat and drink, to deep, to fpeak,and to do everie thing ; fhee 
begged from door to door, eyerie one giveing to her freely. Yet at length ftiee was banifh't 
Bavaria, left that by the frequent looking upon her, the imagination of women with childe, 
ftrongly mooved, fhould make the like impreflion in the infants they bare in their wombs. 
The effigies of a * Maid with two beads. 
T'he effigies of two a Girls whofebacly grew together. 
In the year of our Lord 1475. at Verona in Italic, two a Girls were born with their 
backs flicking together from the lower part of the fhoulders unto the verie buttocks. The 
noveltie and ftrangenels of the thing mooved their parents, becing but poor, to carrie them 
through all the chief towns in Italie to get monie ofallfuch as came to fee them. 
The figure of a man with another growing out of him. 
In the year 1530. there was a man to bee 
feen at Parks, out of whole bellie another, 
perfeft in all his members except head,hang- 
ed forth as if hee had been grafted there. The 
man was fortie years old, and hee carried the 
other implanted or growing out of him, in 
his arms, with fuch admiration to the be- 
holders, that manie ran verie earnefliy to 
fee him. 
Ibt LiB.25. 
OfMongers and Trodigies. 
651 
The effigies of a horned or hooded monfter. 
At guiers, a fmall village fom ten miles fem Turine in 
Savoy, in the year 1578. upon the feventeenthdaieofja- 
nuarie, about eight a clock at night, an honeft matron 
brought forth a childe haveingfive horns, lik to Ram's 
horns,let oppofite to one another upon his head: hee had 
allo a long peece of flefh, like in fom fort to a French- 
hood which women ufed to wear, hanging down from 
his forehead by the nape of his neck almoft the length of 
his back: two otherpeeces offlefh, like the collar of a 
ihirt, were wrapped about his neck - the finger's ends of 
both his hands fbmwhat refembled a Hawk's talons, and 
his knees feemed to bee in his hams: the right leg and the 
right foot were of a verie red color 5 the reft of the bodie 
was of a tawnie color :* it is faid hee gave fo terrible a 
fcritch when hee was brought forth, that the Midwives, 
and the reft of the women that were at her labor, werefb 
frighted that they prefently left the houf and ran away. 
When the Duke of Savoy heard of this monfter, hee com- 
manded it fhould bee brought to him, which performed, 
one would hardly think what various cenfures the Cour- 
tiers gave of it. 
The monfter you fee here delineated, was found in the 
middle and inpermoft part of an * Egg, with the face of a 
man, but hairs yeelding a horrid representation of Snakes; 
the chin had three other fhakes ftretched forth like a beard. 
It was firft feen at Autun, at the houf of one Bancberon a 
Lawyer, a maid breaking manie egs to butter : the white 
of this egg given a Cat, prefently killed her. Laftly this 
monfter comming to the hands of the Baron Senecy» was 
brought to King Cbarls the ninth beeing then at Metz. 
'the fhaye of a monfter found in an * Egg. 
The effigies of a monftrous b Childe, baveing 
two heads,two arms and four legs. 4 
In the year 1546. a woman at Pari/ in her 
fixt month of her account, brought forth a 
b Childe haveing two heads, two artns and four 
legs : J, differing the bodie of it, found but one 
heart,by which one may know it was but one 
infant. For you may know this from Afi/lotle, 
whether the monftrous birth bee one or more joined together,by the principal part:for if the 
bodiehave but one heart,it is but onejif two,it is double by the joining together in the con- 
• In 
ception. Of and'Prodigies. 
L1B.Z5. 
652 
In the year 1569. a certain woman of lower f was delivered of * Twins joined together 
with one headland mutually embraceing each other. Renat m Ciretus the famous Chirurgian 
of thofe parts,Cent mee their Sceleton. 
the portraiture of * twins joined toge- 
ther with one head. 
the effigies of two c Girls beeing twins, 
joined together by their fore-heads. 
Munffir write's that in the village not far from in the year 1495. hee faw 
two c Girls perfeft and entire in everie part oftheir bodies, bur they had their foreheads 
fo joined together that they could not bee parted or fevered by anie art: they lived together 
ten years; then the one dying, it was needful to feparate the liveing from the dead: but fhee 
did not long out-live her After, by rcafbn of the malignitie of the wound made in parting 
themafunder. 
In the year of our Lord 1570: the twentieth of Julie, at Paris, in the ftreet Gravilliers, at 
thefign of the Bell, thefe two infants were born, differing in lex, with thatfhapeofbodie 
that you fee here exprefled in the figure. • They were baptized in the Church of S. Nicolas of 
the fields, and named Ludovicus and Ludovica, their father was a Mafbn, his name was Peter 
Germane, his furname Petit Dieu (z.) little-God, his mother's name was Mathea Petronilla. 
the fhape of the infants lately born at Paris. 
Tn LiB.25. 
Of Monsters and Prodigies. 
653 
In the year 1572 in Pont de See, near Angers a little town, were born upon the tenth daie 
of Julie, two girls, perfeft in their limbs,but that they had but four fingers apiece on their 
left hands: they clave together in their fore parts,from their chin to their navel, which was 
but one, as their heart alfo but one; their liver was divided into four lobes: they lived 
half an hour, and were baptized. 
"The figure of two girls joined together in 
their breafts and bellie. 
Tfo figure of a childe with two beads, and 
the bodie as big as one of four monetbs old. 
caf.3» 
Cdius Rbodiginus tell's, that in a town of his countrie called Sarzano, Italie beeing trou- 
bled with civil Wars, there was born a monfter of unufual bignefs 5 for hee had two heads, 
having all his limbs anfwerable in greatnefs and tallnefs to a childe of four months old; be- 
tween his two heads, which were both alike, at the fetting on of the fhoulder, it had a third 
hand put forth, which did not exceed the ears in length, for it was not all feen: it was born 
the 5. of the Ides of March31514* 
"The figure of one with four legs and 
as manie arms. 
'The figure of a man out of whofe bellie another 
head {hewed it felf. 
Jovianu Pont an m tell's in the year 1529. 
the ninth daie of Januarie,there was a man 
childe born in Germanie, haveing four 
arms, and as many legs. 
In the year that Francis the firft King of 
France entered into league with the Swijfes, 
there was born a monfter in Germanies out 
the midft of whole bellie there ftood a great 
head; it came to man's age, and his lower, 
and as it were inferred head,was nourifhed 
as much as the true and upper head. 
Kk k ln Of Monger sand {Prodigies. 
Lib,25.' 
654 
Tbe (bflVe of two tnonftrous Twins, beeing but of one onely Sex. 
In the year 1572. the laftdaieof 
Februarie, in rhe parifh of Vinban, in 
thewaieas you go from Carnuta to 
Paris, in a fmall village called Bordes 
one called Cypriana Giranda, the wife 
of James Merchant a husbandman, 
brought forth this monfter whole 
(hape you fee here delineated, which 
lived until the Sundaie 
beeing but of one onelyfex, which 
was the female. 
In the year 1572. onEafter 
Mundaie at Metz in Lorain , in 
the Inn whole fign is the Holie 
Ghoft,a Sow pigped a pig, w 
had eight legs, four ears, and 
the head of a dog 5 the hinder 
part from the bellie downward 
was parted in two as in twins, 
but the fore-parts grew .'into 
one 5 it had two tongues in the 
mouth, with four teeth in the 
upper jaw, and as manie in the 
lower. The (ex was not to bee 
diftinguiffied,whether it were a 
Bore or Sow pig, for there was 
one flit under the tail, and the 
hinder parts were all rent and 
open.The (hape of this monfter, 
as it is here fet down, was fent 
mee by Borgefius the famous 
Phyfician of Metz. 
Tbe fbape of a monftrus Pig. 
CHAP. III. 
Of women bringing manie Children at one birth. 
Oman is a creature bringing ulually but one at a birth: but there have been lorn 
who who have brought forth two, lorn three, lorn four, fom five, fix, or more at 
one birth. Empedocles thought that the abundance of feed was the cauf of luch nu- 
merous births : the Sto'ikj affirm the diverI cells or partitions of the womb to bee 
the cauf j for the feed beeing varioufly parted into thefe,partitions , and the conception di- 
vided, there are more children brought forth; no then in rivers,the water beating 
• againft the rocks, is turned into divers circles or rounds.y But Ariftotle faith there is no rea- 
fon to think fo, for in women that parting of the womb into cells, as in dogs and fows, ta- 
keth no place; for women's wombs have but one parted into two recedes, the right 
and left, nothing comming between, except by chahte diltinguilhed by a certaine line; for 
often twins lie in the lame fide of the lypmb. lAriftotle's opinion is , that a woman cannot 
bring forth more then five children at due birth. The maid of Auguftus Cefar brought forth 
five at a birth,and,a Ihort while after,(he and her children died. In the year 15 54. at Be-arn in 
Switzerland, the wife of Dr. John Gelenger brought forth five children atone birth,three boies 
and two girls. Albucrafis, affirm's a woman to have been the mother of feven children at one 
birth;and another,who by fom external injurie did abort,brought forth fifteen perfectly Iha- 
ped in all their parts. Elinie report's that it was extant in the writeings of Phyficians, that 
twelv children were born at one birth;and that thf re was anotherin Peloponnefus which four 
ieveral times was delivered of five children at one birth , and that the greater part of thole 
children lived. It is reported by Valecbampius that Boftaventura the Have of one Savil, a gen- 
tleman of Senapt one time brought forth (even children, of whichfourwere baptized.In our 
time,between Sarte and Main., in the pariffi of far from Cbambellay, there is a fami- 
lie and noble houf called Maldemeure; the wife of the Lord of Maldemeure, the firft year lhee 
was married brought forth twins, the lecond year lhee had three children, the third year 
four, the fourth year five, the fifth year fix, and of that birth lhee died: of th-ole fix one is 
yet alive, and is Lord of Maldemeure. In the valley of Beaufort, in the countie of Anjou, 
a young woman the daughter of Mace Cbanniere, when at one perfeft birth lhee had 
brought forth one childe,the tenth daie following lhee fell in labor of another, but could 
not bee delivered untill it was pulled from her by force, and was the death of the mother. 
Martin 
4'Depen, anim. 
I,ib.7.C<tpl I. Lib.15. 
Of Monsters and 'Prodigies. 
655 
T'be picture of Dorothie, great with childe 
with manic children. 
Martin Cromerw the autor of the Polith hifto- 
rie, writeth that one Margaret, a woman 
Iprung from a noble and ancient familie neer 
Cracovia, and wife to Count VirboJlaM, 
brought forth at one birth thirtie five live 
children, upon the twentieth daie of Jan. 
in the year Pic ns Mirandula 
writeth that one Dorotbie an Italian had 
twentie children at two births; at the firft 
nine, and at the ftcond eleven, and that fhee 
was fo big, that lhee was forced to bear up 
her bellie, which laie upon her knees, with 
abroad and large fcarf tied about her neck,as 
you may fee by this figure. 
The nfnth 
Book of the 
Polifh Hifto- 
lie. 
And they are to bee reprehended here again, who affirm the cauf of numerous births to 
coniift in the varietie of the cels of the womb,for they feign a Woman's womb to have (even 
cels or partitions 5 three on the right fide for males, three on the left fide for femals,and one 
in the mid'ft for Hermophrodites or Scrats: and this untruth hath gon lb far,that there have 
been fom that affirmed everie of thefe feven cels to have been divided into ten partitions,into 
which the feed difperfed,doth bring forth a divers and numerous encreaGaccording to the 
varietie of cels furniffied with the matter of feed; which, though it may feem to have been 
the opinion of Hippocrates,in his Book Ve natura Pueri, notwithftanding it is repugnant to 
reafon,and to thole things which are manifeftly apparent to the eies and fenfts. 
The opinion of Ariftotle is more probable,who faith twins and more at one birth, are be- 
got and brought forth by the fame cauf that the fixth finger groweth on the hand,that is,b/ 
the abundant plentie of the feed,which is greater and more copious then can bee all taken up 
in the natural framing of one bodie 5 for if it all bee forced into one,it maketh one with the 
parts encrealed more then is fit,either in greatnefs or number j but if it bee,as it were,cloven 
into divers parts,it caufleth more then one at one birth. 
Lib.i.degen. 
tnim.cep-i' 
CHAP. IV. 
Of Hermaphrodites, or Scrats* 
Nd here allo wee muft (peak of Hermoph rodites,becauf they draw the cauf of their 
generation and conformation from the abundance of feed,and are called lb, becauf 
they are of both fexes,the woman yeelding as much feed as the 'man. For hereupon 
" it commeth to pals that the forming/facultie (which al wales endeavor's to produce 
iomthing likeitfelf) doth labor both the matters almoft with equal force,and is the cauf 
that one bodie is of both fexes. 
Yet lom make four differences of Hermoph rodites j the firft of which is the male Hermo- 
phrodite,who is a perfeft and ablblute male,and hath onely a flit in the Perineum not perfo- 
rated,and from which neither urine nor feed doth flow. The fecond is the female, which be- 
sides her natural privitie,hath a flelhie and skinnie fimilitude of a man's yard, but unapt for 
erection and ejaculation of feed, and wanteth the cod and ft ones j the third difference is 
of jhofe, which albeit they bear the exprefs figures of members belonging to both 
fexes, commonly fet the one againft the other, yet are found unapt for generation, the 
one of them onely ferving for makeing of water: the fourth difference is ofthofe who are 
Kkk 2 able Of Monflers and Prodigies. 
Lib,Z5. 
656 
able in both (exes, and throughly perform the part of both man and woman, becauf they 
.have the genitals of both fixes complete and perfeft, andalfo the right brcft like a man, and 
the left like a woman: the laws command thole to chufi the lex which they will ufi, and in 
which they will remain and live, judging them to death if they bee found to have departed 
from the fex they made choice of, for fom are thought to have abufid both, and promifiu- 
oufly to have had their pleafure with men and women. There are figns by which the Phy- 
licians may difiern whether the Hermophrodites are able in the male or female lex, or whe- 
ther they are impotent in both: thefe figns are molt apparent in the privities and face j for 
if the matrix bee exaft in all it's demenfions, and lb perforated that it may admit a man's 
'yard, if the courfes flow that waie, if the hair of the head bee long, flender and foft, and to 
conclude,if to this tender habite of the bodie a timid and weak condition of the minde bee 
added, the female fex is predominant, and they are plainly to bee judged women. But if 
they have the Perineum and fundament full of hairs, (the which in women are commonly 
without anie) if they have a yard of a convenient largenefs, if it hand well and readily, and 
yeeld feed, the male fex hath the preheminence, and they are to bee judged men. But if the 
conformation of both the genitals bee alike in figure,quantitie,and efficacie, it is thought to 
bee equally able in both fixes: although by the opinion of thofi who have double 
genitals, the one ofthe male, the other of the female, the one of them is alwaies perfeft, 
the other imperfeft. 
Lib.t de gener. 
anim.cap.f. 
'Tbefigure of Hermaphrodite twins cleaving 
together with their bacfs. 
7'he effigies of an Herniopbrodite haveing 
four bands and feet. 
The fame day the Venetians and Genoefes entred 
into league , there was a monfter born in Italic 
haveing four arms and feet., and but one head; it 
lived a little after it was baptized. James Ruef a 
Helvetian Chirurgian faith hee faw the like5but 
which befides had the privities of both lexes, 
whofe figure I have therefore let forth, Pag. 653. 
Anno Dorn. 148 6.In the Palatinate, at the 
village Pobach, neer Heidelberg, there were 
twins, both Hermophrodites, born with 
their backs flicking together. 
CHAP. V. 
Of the changeing of Sex. 
Matttt Lufitanus report's that in the village Efquina, there was a maid na- 
med Maria Patera, who at the appointed age for her courfes to flow, 
had in ftead of them a man's yard, laying before that time hid and 
covered, fo that of a woman ffiee became a man, and therefore 
laying afide her woman's habite , was cloathed in man's, and change- 
ing her name, was called Emanuel', who, when hee had got much 
i wealth by manic and great negotiations and commerce in India, 
returned into his countrie y and married a wife: but Lufitanttf faith heedid not certainly 
know whether hee had anie children, but that hee was certain he remained alwaies 
beardlels. . 
Anthonie Loqucneux, the King's keeper or receiver of his rents of St.Quintain at Vermandvir, 
lately affirmed to mee that hee faw a man at Reimer, at the Inn haveing the fign of the S wan, 
. l : . in LiB.25. 
Of Monsters and'Prodigies. 
657 
in the year 15 60. who was taken for a woman untill the fourteenth year of his age; for then 
it happened as he played fbmwhat wantonly with a maid which laie in the fame bed with 
him, his members (hitherto lying bid) ftarted forth and unfolded themfelvs: which when 
his parents knew (by help of the Ecclefiaftick power) they changed his name from Joan to 
John, and put him in man's apparel. 
Somyears agon, beeing in the train of King Cbarls the Ninth,in the French Gla(s-hou£ 
I was (hewed a man called Germane but by fom Germane Maria (becauf in former 
times when hee was a woman hee was called Marie') hee was of an indifferent ftature, and 
well fet bodie, with a thick and red beard; hee was taken for a girl until the fifteenth year 
of his age, becauf there was no fign of beeing a man feen in his bodie, and for that amongft 
women, hee in like attire did thofe things which pertain to women: in the fifteenth year 
of his age, whileft hee fomwhat earneftly purtued hogs given into his charge to bee kept, 
who running into the corn, hee leaped violently over a ditch, whereby it came to pals that 
the ftaies and foldings beeing broken, his hidden members fuddenly broke forth, but not 
without pain; going home,hee weeping complained to his mother that his guts came forth: 
with which his mother amazed, calling Phyficians and Surgeons to counlel, heard hee was 
turned into a man ; therefore the whole bufinefs beeing brought to the Cardinal the Bifhop 
of Lenuncure} an a ffemblie beeing called, hee received the name and habite of a man, 
Plinie report's that the fon otCafjinus of a girl became aboy,liveing with his parents 5 but 
by the command of the Sooth-faie'rs hee was carried into a defert Ifle, becauf tney thought 
fuch monfters did alwaies (hew or portend fom monftrous thing. Certainly women have 
fo manie and like parts lying in their womb,as men have hanging forth; onely a ftrongand 
livelie heat feem's to bee wanting,which may drive forth that which lie's hid within: there- 
fore in procefs of time, the heat beeing increated and flourithing, and the humiditie (which 
is predominant in childe-hood) overcom, it is not impoflible that the virile members,which 
hitherto (luggifli by defeft of heat, lay hid, may bee put forth 5 efpecially if to that ftrength 
of the growing heat fom vehement concuflion or jaftation of the bodie bee joined. There- 
fore I think it manifeft by theft experiments and reafons, that it is not fabulous that iom 
women have been changed into men : but you fFia.ll finde, in no hiftorie men, that have dege- 
nerated into women; for nature alwaies intend's and goe's from the imperfeft to the more 
perfeft, but not bafely from the more perfeft to the imperfect 
CHAP. V I. 
Of Mongers caufed by the defeat of Seed. 
\ on the contrarie, the feed bee anie thing deficient in quantitie, for the confor- 
mation of the infant or infants, fomone or more members will bee wanting, or 
more ftiort and decrepite. Hereupon it happen's that nature intending twins, 
a childe is born with two heads, and but one arm, or altogether lame in the reft 
of his limbs. 
The effigies of a monstrous cbilde, by reafon of 
tbe defect of the matter of feed. 
Anno I faw at Saint Andrew's 
Church in Paris, a boy nine years old, born in 
the village ParfaviUa, iix miles from Guife his 
father's name was Peter Renard, and his mother, 
Marguete: hee had but two fingers on his right 
hand, his arm was well proportioned from the 
top of his flioulder almoft to his wrift, but 
from thence to his two finger's ends it was verie 
deformed, hee wanted his legs and thighs, al- 
though from the right buttock a certain unper- 
feft figure, haveing onely four toes , feemed to 
put it felf forth; from the midft of the left but- 
tock two toes fprung out, the one of which 
was not much unlike a man's yard, as you may 
fee by the figure. 
Kkk j 
In 658 
Of <£Monflers and Prodigies. 
Lib.25. 
In the year 1562m the Calends of November, at Villa franca in Gafconie, this monitor, a 
headlefs woman, whole figure thou here lee'ft, was born, which figure Dr. John Altinw the 
Phyfician gave to mee, when 1 went about this book of Monitors, hee haveing received it 
from Fontanus the Phyfician of Angoleftre, who ferioully affirmed hee law it. 
T'be figure of a monftrous woman witbout a bead, before and bebinde. 
T'be effigies of a man witbout arms, doing 
all tbat is ufually don with bands. 
Tik effigies ofamottfterwitb two beads, 
two legs, and but one arm. 
A few years agon there was a man of fortie years old to bee leen at Paris, who although 
hee wanted his arms, notwithftanding did indifferently perform all thole things which are 
ufiially don with the hands; for with the top of his Ihoulder, head and neck > hee would 
ftrikeanAxe or Hatchet with as fare >and firong a blow into a poft, as anie other man 
could do with his hand: and hee would lalh a Coach-man's whip , that hee would make it 
give a great crack, by the ftrong refra&ion of the air 5 but hee ate, drank, plai'd at cards, and 
loch Lib.15. 
Of Monsters and 
659 
fiich like, with his feet. But at laft hee was taken for a thief and murderer, was hanged, and 
fattened to a wheel. 
Allo not long ago there was a woman at Pari/ without arms,which neverthelefs did cut, 
few, and do many other things, as if (hee had her hands. 
Wee read in Hipocrates,that Attagenis his wife brought forth a childe all of flefli with- 
out anie bone, and notwithftandingk had all the parts well formed. 
CHAP. VII. 
Of Mongers, which take their cauf and [bap by imagination* 
He Antients haveing diligently fought into all the fecrets of nature, have mark- 
ed and obferved other caulTes of the generation of Monfters: for, underftanding 
the force of imagination to bee fo powerful in u$,as for the moft part,it may al- 
ter the bodie of them that imagine, they foon perfwaded themfelvs that the fa- 
cultie which formeth the infant may bee led and governed by the firm and ftrong cogitation 
of the Parents begetting them (often deluded by nofturnal and deceitful apparitions) or 
by the mother conceiving them 5 and fo that which is ftrongly conceived in the minde, im- 
print's the force into the infant conceived in the womb : which thing manie think to bee 
confirmed by Mofes, becauf hee tell's that Jacob encreafed and bettered the part of the lheep 
granted to him by Laban, his wive's father, by putting rods, haveing the bark in part pul- 
led offjfinely ftreaked with white and green, in the places where they ufed to drink, efpeci- 
ally at the time they engendred , that the reprefentation apprehended in the conception, 
fliould bee prefently impreffed in the young , for the force of imagination hath fo much 
power over the infant, that it let's upon it the notes or charafters of the thing conceived. 
Wee have read in Heliodorus, that Perftna Queen of JEtbiopa, by her husband Hiduftes, 
beeingalfo an Ethiope, had a daughter of a white complexion 5 becauf in the embraces of 
her husband, by which fhee proved with childe, fhee earneftly fixed her eie and minde upon 
the pifture of the fair Andromeda ftanding oppofite to her. Damajcetie report's, that hee faw 
a maid hairie like a Bear, which had that deformitie by no other cauf or occafron then that 
her mother earneftly beheld, iu the verie inftant of receiving and conceiving the feed , the 
image of S.Jobn covered with a Camel's skin, hanging upon the pofts of the bed. 
They by this explication of the cauffes,free'd a certain noble woman fron 
fufpition ofadulterie,who beeing white her felf, and her husband alfo white, brought 
forth a childe as black as an Ethiopian, becauf in copulation fhee ftrongly and continual!) 
had in her minde the pifture of the Ethiope. 
The force of 
imagination 
upon the bodie 
and humors. J 
Gm.cbty.30. 
The effigies of a maid all bairie, and an infant that was blackjy the imagination of their Parents 
There 660 
Of (infers and 'Prodigies. 
L ib.25. 
There are lorn who think the infant once formed in the womb, which is don at the ut- 
moft within two and fortie daies after the conception, is in no danger of the mother's ima- 
gination, neither of the feed of the father which is call into the womb ; becauf uhen it hath 
got a perfeft figure, it cannot bee altered with anie external form ot things 5 which whether 
it bee true, or no, is not here to bee inquired of: truly I think it belt to keep the woman, 
all the time fhee goeth with childe, from the fight of fuch lhapes and figures. 
In Stecquer a village of Saxonie, they fay, a monfter was born,with four feet,eies, mouth, 
and note like a calf, with a round and red excrefcence of flefh on the forehead, and alfba 
piece of flefh like a hood hung from his neck upon his back, and it was deformed with its 
thighs tom and cut. 
'the figure of an infant with a face like a Frog, 
the effigies of a horrid Monfter, haveingfeet 
bands and other parts like a Calf. 
AinoVom. 1517. in the parifli Kingfwood, in the forreft Biera, in the waietoFon- 
taiu-Bleau, there was a monfter born, with the face of a Frog, beeing feen by John Bellanger, 
Chirurgian to the King's Engineers, before the Juftices of the town of Harmoy, principally 
John Bribon the King's procurator in that place. The father's name was jdmadams the Little, 
nis mother's Magdalene Sarbucata, who troubled with a fever, by a woman's perfwafion, 
held a quick frog in her hand until it died,fliee came thus to bed with her husband and con- 
ceived ; Bellanger, a man of an acute wit, thought this was the cauf of the monftrous defor- 
mitie of the childe. 
CHA VIII. 
Of Mongers caujfed by the ftraitnefs of tbe womb. 
That the 
ftaaitnefs or 
littlencfs of 
the womb may 
bee the occafi- 
on of mongers 
E Eare conftrained to confefs by the event of things , that monfters are, bred and 
caufled by the flraitnefs of the womb; for fo apples growing upon the trees, if be- 
fore they com to juft ripenefs, they bee put into ftrait veflcls, their growth is hin- 
dred- So fom whelps which women take delight in, are hindred from anie further 
growth by the littlenefc of the place in which they are kept-Who know's not that the plants 
growing in the earth, are hindred from a longer progrefs and propagation of their roots,by 
the oppofition of a flint, or anie other folid bodie, and therefore in (uch places are crook- 
ed, (lender and weak, but on the other part, where they have free nourifhment, to bee ftrait 
and ftrong > for feeing that by the opinion of Naturalifls, the place is the form of the thing 
placed ; it is neceflarie that thole things that are (hut up in ftraiter fpaces,prohibited of free 
motion, (hould be leflened, depraved, and lamed. 
Empedocles and Dtybilw acknowledged three caufles of monftrous births: The too great 
or final! matter of the feed 5 the corruption of the (ecd ;and depravation of growth by the 
flraitnefs or figure of the womb: which they thought the chicfeflofall jbecaufthey 
thought LiB.25. 
Of Mongers and 
661 
thought the cafe was fuch in natural births, as in forming of metals and fufible things, of 
which ftatues beeing made,do lefs exprefs the things they bee made for,if the molds or forms 
into which the matter is poured, bee rough, fcabrous, too ftrait,or otherwife faultie. 
CHAP. IX. 
Ofmonfters cauffed by the ill flaceing of the mother, in fitting, lying down, or anie other 
fite of the bodie in the time of her beeing with childe. 
EE often too negligently and carelefly corrupt the benefits and corporal en« 
dowments of nature in the comlinefs and dignitie of conformation: it is a 
thing to bee lamented and pitied in all, but Specially in women swith childes 
becauf that fault doth not only hurt the mother3but deform's and pervert's the 
infant which is contained in her womb: for wee mooving anie manner of waie5 muft necet 
farily moov whatfbever is within us. Therefore they which fit idlely at home all the time 
of their beeing with childe, or crofs-legged3 thofe which holding their heads down, do fow 
or work with the needle , or do any other labor, which prefs the bellie too hard with 
cloaths, breeches or fwathes,do produce children wrie-necked3ftooping3 crooked, and disfi* 
gured in their feet,hands3and the reft of their joints, as you may fee in the following figure. 
the effigies of a childe, who from the fir ft conception, by the fite of the 
mother, bad his hands and feet /landing crookfd. 
CHAP. X. 
Of confers, cuff'd by a firoke»W, or the like occafion- 
Here is no doubt but if anjeinjurie happen to a woman with childe, by rea- 
fon of a ftroke, fall from on high idr the like occafion, the hurt alfo. may 
extend to the childe. T hereforeby jhefe occafions the tenderphones may bee 
broken, wreftcd, drained, ordepravdl after fom other monflrous mann r, 
and more, by the like violence of inch things, a vein is often opened or 
broken, or a flux of bloud, or great vomiting,is clifled by the vehement 
whole bodie, by which means the childe want s ndiirifhnient, an ere 
and little, and altogether monftrous. CHAP. 662 
Of <£Monflers and Trodigtes. 
Lib.zj. 
CHAP. XI. 
Of Monfters which have their original by reafon of hereditarie difeafes. 
Y the injurie of hereditarie difeafes , infants grow monftrous, that is, mon- 
ftroufly deformed: for crook't-back't produce crook-back't, and often-times 
fo crooked, that between the bunch behinde and before, the head lie's hid, as a 
Tortoif in her (hell: id lame produce lame, flat-nos'd their like, dwarfs bring 
forth dwarfs,lean bring forth lean, and fat produce fat. 
CHAP. XII. 
HHat which followeth is a horrid thing to bee fpoken 5 but the chafteminde of the 
Reader will give mee pardon, and conceive thajt, which not onely the Stoicks, 
but all Philofophers, who are bufied about the fearch of the caufles of things, 
muft hold,That there is nothing obfeene orfilthie to bee fpoken. Thofe things 
that are accounted obfeene may bee fpoken without blame, but they cannot bee 
afted or perpetrated without great wickednefs, furie and madnefs; therefore that ill which 
in obfcuritie confift's not in word, but wholly in the aft. Therefore in times paft there have 
beenfbm, who nothing fearing the Deitie, neither the Law, nor themfelvs, that is, their 
foul, have foabjefted and proftratedthemfelvs, that they have thought themfelvs nothing 
different from beafts: wherefore Atheifts, Sodomites, Out-laws, forgetful of their own ex- 
cellencie and divinitie, and transformed by filthie lull, have not doubted to have filthie 
and abominable copulation with beafts. This fo great, fo horrid a crime, for whofe expia- 
tion all the fires in the world are not fufficient, though they too malicioufly craftie, have 
concealed, and the confcious beafts could not utter, yet the generated mi (-th a pen iffue hath 
abundantly fpoken and declared, by the unfpeakable power of God, the revenger and puni- 
Iher offuch impious and horrible aftions. For of this various and promifeuous confufion 
of feeds of a different kinde, Monfters have been generated and born, who have been partly 
men, andpartly beafts. 
The like deformitie of iffue is produced, if beafts of a different fpecies do copulate toge- 
ther, nature alwaies affefting to generate fbmthing which may bee like it felf: for wheat 
grow's not but by fowing of wheat, noran apricock but by the fetting or grafting of an a- 
pricock; for nature is a nioft diligent preferver of the fpecies of things. 
Of Monfter i by tbe confujion of feed of divers kjndes. 
*tbe effigies of a Monger balf man and balf dog. 
Anno Dom. 1493. there was generated 
of a woman and a dog, an iflue, which 
from the navel upwards perfeftly re- 
fembled the fhape of the mother, but 
therehence downwards the fire, that is, 
the dog. This monfter was lent to the 
Pope that then reigned, as Volaterane 
writeth : alfo Cardane mention's it; 
wherefore I have given you the figure 
thereof. 
Ctrdm.Kb.i4- 
devar.rtrwn 
"f-9* 
Ctlius Lib.z?. 
Of Mongers and 
663 
'Ibe figure of a Monfter in face refembling a man, 
bnt a Goat in his other members. 
CAius Rhodoginus write's that at Sib*> 
ris t a heardf-man called Cbrathis fell in 
love with a Goat, and accompanied with 
her, and of this deteftable and brutifli co- 
pulation an infant was born, which in 
legs refembled the dam, but the face was 
like the father's. 
The figure of a pig, with the bead, face, bands, and feet of a man* 
Anno Dow* mo. In & 
certain town of Liege ( as 
faith Lycoftbenes _) a Sow 
farrowed a pig with the 
head, face, hands, and feet 
ofaman,but in the reft of 
the bodie refembling a 
fwine. 
Anno Dom. 15 64. at Eruxels, at the houf of one Joeft Dittzpeert, in the ftreet Warmoesbrt-* 
efts,a Sow farrowed fix pigs, thefirft whereof was a monfter representing a man in the head, 
face, fore-feet and (houlders,but in the reft of the bodie another pig, for it had the genitals 
of a fow-pig, and it fucked like other pigs. But the ftcond daie after it was farrowed, it was 
killed of the people together with the lbw, by reafon of the monftroufnels of the thing.Here 
followed! the figure thereof. 
'The effffies of a Monfter half man and balffwine. 664 
Of and Trodigies 
LIB.Z5. 
Anno Dom. 1571. at Antwerp, the wife of one Michael a Printer dwelling with one John 
Molline a Graver or Carver, at the fign of the Golden Foot, in the Camiftrate, on St. tbomas 
his daie,at ten of the clock in the morning, brought forth a monfter wholly like adog, but 
that it had a fhorter neck, and the head of a bird, but without anie fethers on it. This mon- 
fter was not alive,for that the mother was delivered before her time; but fliee giveing a great 
fcritch in the inftant of her deliverance, the chimnie of the houf fell down, yet hurt no bo- 
die, no not Co much as anie one of four little children that fate by the fire-fide. 
the figure of a manlier likga dog, but with a head like a bird. 
Leto is Ge Hi us writeth that hee hath 
read in an approved autor, that an Ew 
once brought forth a Lion, a beaft of 
an unlike and adverf nature to her. 
AnnoDom- 1577- in the town BBw- 
J/e, three miles from Melon, there was 
lambed a Lamb,haveing three heads,the 
middlemoft of which was bigger then 
the reft, when one bleated they all 
bleated. John Bellanger the Chirurgian 
of Melon affirmed that hee (aw this 
monfter,and hee got it drawn,and lent 
the figure thereof to mee with that hu- 
mane monfter that had the head of a 
Frog, which wee have formerly deftri- 
bed. 
There are fom monfters in whole 
generation by this there may ftem to 
bee fom divine cauf, for that their be- 
ginnings cannot bee derived or drawn 
from the general cauf of monfters,that 
is, nature,or the errors thereof, by rea- 
fon of fom of the fore-mentioned par- 
ticular caufles: fuch are theft monfters 
that are wholly again all nature, like 
that which wee formerly mentioned,of 
a Lion yeaned by an Ew. 
Yet Aftrologers (left there fliould 
ftem to bee anie thing which they are - 
ignorant of) refer the caufles of theft to certain conftellations and afpefts of the Planets 
and Stars, according to Ariftotle's laying in his Problems 5 in confirmation whereof they 
tell us this tale. It happened in the time of Albertus Magnus, that in a certain village, a Cow 
brought forth a Calf, which was half a man: the townf-men apprehended the heardB-man, 
and condemned him as guiltie of fuch a crime,to bee preftntly burnt together with the Cow; 
but by good luck Albertus was there, to whom they gave credit by reafbn of his much and 
certain experience in Aftrologie, that it was no occafioned by anie humane wickednefs, but 
by the efficacie of a certain pofition of the ftars, that this monfter was born. 
CHAP* 
the figure of a three-beaded Lamb, Lib.z$. 
Of Mongers and Trodigies. 
665 
CHAP. XIII. 
Of monfters occasioned by the craft and fubtiltie of the Devil. 
N treating of fuch monfters as are occafioned by the craft of the Devil, wee 
crave pardon of the courteous Reader,if peradventure going further from bur 
purpofe, wee may feem to fpeak more freely and largely of the exiftence, na- 
ture, & kindes of Devils.Therefore firft it is manifeft that there are Conjurers, 1 
Charmers, and Witches, which whatfoever they do, perform it by an agree-0 
ment and compact with the Devil, to whom they have addifted themfelvs: for f* 
none Jan oee admitted into thatfocietie of Witches, who hath not forfaken God the Crea- 
tor,and his Saviour,and hath not transferred the worfhip due to him above,upon the Devil, 
to vhom hee hath obliged himfelf. And afluredly, whofoeveraddift's himfelf to thefe Ma- V 
gicd vanities and witch-crafts, doth it, either becauf hee doubt's of God's powepromifcs, 
ftuJie and great good will towards us: or elffor that hee is madded with an earnhft defire of 
knowing things to com; or elfbecauf difdaining povertie, hee affeft's and defire's from a 
pjor eftate to becom rich on the hidden. It is the conftant opinion of all, both antient and 
nodern,aswellPhilofophersas Divines, that there arefom fiich men 5 which when they 
Rave once addicted themfelvs to impious and divelifh Arts, can by the wondrous craft of the 
Divel, do manie ft range things, and change and corrupt bodies, and the health and life of 
them, and the condition of all mundane things. Alfo experience forceth us to confefs the 
fame, for punifhments are ordained by the laws againft the profeflbrs and praftifers of fiich 
Arts ; but there are no laws again thofe things which neither ever have been,nor never came 
into the knowledg of men : for fiich things are rightly judged and accounted for impofli- 
bilities, which have never been feen nor heard of. 
Before the birth of Chrift there have been manie fiich people, for you may finde in Exo- 
dus and Leviticus laws made againft fiich perlons by Mofes, by whom God gave the Law to his L 
people. The Lord gave the fentence of death to Ochawos by his Prophet, for that hee turned 
into thefe kinde of people. Wee are taught by the Scriptures that there are good and evil 
fpirits, and that the former are termed Angels, but the later Devils 5 for the law is alfo faid i 
to bee given by theminiftrie of Angels: and it is laid that our bodies fhall rife again at the C 
found of a trumpet, and the voice of an Arch-angel. Chrift faid that God would fend his 1 
Angels to receiv the Eled into the heavens. 
The hiftorie of Job teftifieth ehat the Devil lent fire from heaven, and killed his fheep and 
cattel, and raifed windes that fhook the four corners of the houG and overwhelmed his chil- 
dren in the ruines thereof. The hiftorie of Acbab mentioneth a certain lying fpirit in the 
mouth of the falf Prophets.Sathan entring into Judas, moved him to betraie Chrift. Devils, J 
who in a great number poflefled the bod/e of a man, were called and obtained of 
Chrift that they might enter into Swine, whom they carried headlong into the 
Sea. 
• In the beginning God created a great number of Angels,that thofe divine and incorporeal 
fpirits might inhabit heaven, and as meflengers, fignifie God's pleafiire to men, and as mini- 
fters or fervants,perform his commands,who might bee as over-feers & proteftors of humane 
affairs. Yet of this great number there were fom who were blinded by pride,and thereby alfo 
caft down from the prefence, and heavenlie habitation of God the Creator. Thefe harm- 
ful and craftie fpirits delude men's mindes by divers jugling tricks,and are alwaies contri- 1 
ving fbmthing to our harm, and would in a fhort fpace deftroie mankinde, but that God re- e 
ftrain's their furie; for they can onely do fo much as is permitted them: Expelled heaven, * 
fbm ofthem inhabit the air; others,the bowels of the earth; there to remain until God fhall c 
com to judg the world: and as you fee the clouds in the air fomwhiles to refemble centaures, 
otherwhiles ferpents,rocks, towers, men, birds, fifties, and other fhapes: fo thefe fpirits 
turn themfelvs into all the fhapes and wondrous forms of things; as oft-times into wilde- 
beafts, into ferpents, toads, owls, lapwings, crows or ravens, goats,affes, dogs,cats,wolvs, 
buls, and the like. Moreover, they oft-times aflume and enter humane bodies, as well dead 
as alive, whom they torment and puni(h,yea alfo they transform themfelvs into angels of 
light. 
They feign themfelvs to beefhut up and forced by Magical rings,but that is onely their r 
deceit and craft, they wifh, fear, love, hate, and oft-times as by the appointment and decree 0 
of God they punifti malefa&ors : for wee read that God fent evil angels into Egypt, there to 
deftroie. They houl on the night,they murmure and rattle,as if they were bound in chains, 
they move benches, tables, counters, props, cupboards, children in the cradles, plaie at ta- 
bles and chefs,turn over books,tell monie,walk up and down rooms and are heard to laugh, 
to open windows and doores, caft founding veffels, as brafs and the like, upon the ground, 
break ftone-pots & glaffes, & make other the like noifes. Yet none of all thefe things appear 
to us when as we arife in the morning,neither find we anie thing out of its place or broken. 
L 11 They 
There are for- 
ceters,and how 
they com fo to 
bee. 
What induceth 
them thereto. 
Exod.cap.22'. 
Levit.cap.ip* 
Hebr.1.14. 
Gal. $.19. 
1 Thefati(t 
Jfar.al.34* 
The power of 
evil (pints •- 
/cr mankinds. 
I The diffcren- 
1 ces of devils. 
' The delufioua 
■ of devils* Of Mongers and Prodigies 
Lib. 25. 
666 
Their titles 
and names. 
They are called by divers names, as Devils, evil Spirits, Incubi, Succubi, Hobgoblins, Fairies, 
Robin-good-fellows, evil-Angels, Sathan, Lucifer, the father of lies, Prince of darknels 
and of the world, Legion, and other names agreeable to their offices and natures. 
CHAP. XIV. 
Oftbe fubterrene Devils, and fuch as haunt Mines. 
What the De- 
vils iu Mines 
do. 
Ewis Lav at er write's, that by the certain report of fiich as work in that in 
tom Mines there are feen fpirits, who in the fhape and habit ofmen, work there, 
and running up and down leem to do much work, when as notwithftmding 
they do nothing indeed.But in the mean time they hurt none of the by-ftaaders, 
unlefs they bee provoked thereto by words, or laughter. For then they will- 
throw lom heavie or hard thing upon him that hurt them,or injure them fom other waie. 
The fame autor affirm's that there is a filver Mine in Rhetia, out of which Peter Priot, the 
Governor of the place, did in his time get much Iilver. In this Mine there was a Devil,who 
chiefly on Fridaie,when as the Miners put the Mineral they had digged into tubs, kept a 
great quarter, and made himfelf exceeding bufie, and poured the Mineral as hee lifted, oat 
of one tub into another. It happened one daie that hee was more bufie then it ufed to bee,fo 
that one of the Miners reviled him, and bad him bee gone on a vengeance to the puniflimen: 
appointed for him. The Devil offended with his imprecation and feoff, fo wrefted the Mi- 
ner, takeing him by the head, twineing his neck about, hee fet his face behindehim, yet 
was not the workman killed therewith, but lived, and was known by divers for manie years 
after- 
• CHAP. XV. 
what means the Devils may deceiv us. 
mindes involved in the earthie habitation of our bodies, may bee deluded by 
the Devils divers waiesffor they excel in puritieand fubtiltie ofeffence,and in the 
fl | much ufe of things:befides, they challenge a great preheminence, as the Princes 
of this world, over all fublunarie bodies. Wherefore is is no marvel if they, the 
taachers and parents of lies , fhould caft clouds and mifts before our eies from 
the beginning, and turn themfelvs into a thoufand fhapes of things and bodies,that by thefe 
juglings and tricks they may fhado w and darken men's mindes. 
Devils are {pi- 
nts,and from 
ctcrnitie* 
CHAP. XVI. 
Of Sucubi and Incubi. 
Owerful by thefe fore-mentioned arts and deceits, they have fundrie times ac- 
companied with men in copulation, whereupon fuch as have had to do with 
men were called 5w«Z»i,thofe which made ufe of women, Incubi. Verily Sc. 
Auguftine feemeth not to bee altogether againft it, but that they, takeing upon 
them the fhape of man, may fill the genitals, as by the help of nature, to the 
cnu niau Dy Lids means they may draw afide the unwarie, by the flames of luft, from virtue 
and chaftitie. 
John Ruef in his book of the conception and generation of man, write s that in his time, 
a certain woman ofmonftrous luft, and wondrous impudencie, had to do by night with a 
Divel, that turned himfelf into a man, and that her bellie (welled upprefently after the aft; 
and when as ftiee thought fhee was with childe, (hee fell into fo grievous a difeaf, that (hee 
voided all her entrails by ftool, medicines nothing at all prevailing. 
The like hiftorie is told of the fervant of a certain Butcher, who thinking too attentive- 
ly on venereous matters, a Devil appeared to him in the fhape of a woman, with whomf fup- 
pofing it to bee a a woman J when as hee had to do, his genitals fb burned after the aft, that 
becomming enflamed hee died with a great deal of torment. 
Neither doth Peter Paludanus, and Martin Arelatenfis think it abfiird to affirm that Devils 
may beget children, if they fhall ejaculate into the woman's womb feed taken from ibm 
man either dead or alive. Yet this opinion is moft abfiird and full of falfitie, man's feed 
confifting of a feminal or fanguineous matter, and much fpirit: if it run otherwaies then 
into the womb from the tefticles, and ftaie never fo little a while,it lofeth it ftrength andef- 
ficacie, the heat and fpiri ts vaniffiing away; for even the too great length of a man's yard,is 
reckoned amongft the caufles of barrennefs , by reafoh that the feed is cooled by the length 
of the waie. If anie in copulation,after the ejaculation of the feed, prefently draw themfelvs 
from the woman s embraces, they are thought not to generate, by reafon of the air entring 
into 
The reafon of 
the name. 
Lib. if.de civil. 
Deijcap.n. 
& xj. 
An hiflorie. 
Another. 
An opinion 
confuted. Lib.25. 
Of Monfters and Prodigies. 
667 
into the yet open womb, which is thought to corrupt the feed. By which it appear's how * 
falf that hiftorie in Averrois is, of a certain woman that laid ftee conceived with childe by 
a man's feed fhed in a bath, and fo drawn into her womb, fhee entring the bath prefently af- OJ 
ter his departure forth. It is much lels credible that Divels can copulate with women, for 
they are of an ablblute Ipirituous nature, but bloud and flefh are neceflarie for the generati- 
on of man. What natural reafon can allow that the incorporeal Devils can love corporeal 
women > And how can wee think that they can generate, who want the inftruments of ge- 
neration > How can they who neither eat nor drink bee faid to fwel with feed > Now where 
the propagation of the fpecies is not neceflarie to bee lupplied by the lucceflion of individu- 
als, Nature hath given no defire of venerie, neither hath it imparted the ufe of generation; 
but the devils once created were made immortal by God's appointment: If the facultieof-j 
generation fhould bee granted to devils, long fince all places had been full of them. Where- o 
fore if at anie time women with childe by the familiaritie of the devil, feem to travel, we 
mull think it happen's by thofe arts wee mentioned in the former chapter,to wit, they ule to 
fluff tip the bodies of living women with old clouts, bones,pieces of iron, thorns, twifted 
hairs,, pieces of wood, ferpents, and a world of fuch trumperie, wholly diflenting from a 
womans nature:who afterwards,the time,as it were,of their deliverie drawing nigh,through 
the5 womb of her that was falfly judged with childe, before the blinded, and, as it were, 
bound up eies of the by-ftanding women, they give vent to their impoftures. The follow- 
ing hiftorie, recorded in the writings of manie moft credible authors,may give credit hereto. 
There was at Convince, a fair damofel called Margaret, who ferved a wealthie Citizen: lhee i 
gave it out everie where that fhee was with childe by lying with the devil on a certain night. 
Wherefore the Magiftrates thought it fit fhee fhould bee kept in prilbn, that it might bee 
apparent both to them and others, what the end of this exploit would bee. The time of de- 
liverance approchingjhee felt pains like thofe which women endure in travel; at length,af- 
ter manie throws, by the midwive's help, in head of a childe, fliee brought forth iron nails, 
pieces of wood, of glafkjboneSjftoneSjhairs, tow,and the like things,as much different from 
each other, as from the nature of her that brought, them forth, and which were formerly 
thruft in by the devil to delude the too credulous minds of men. 
The Church acknowledgeth that devils, by the permillion and appointment of Godpu- < 
nifhing our wickednefs, may abufe a certain lhape, fo to ule copulation with mankinde.But1 
that an humane birth may thence arife, it not onely affirm's to bee falf, but deteft's as impi- ' 
ous, as which believ's that there was never anie man begot without the feed of man, our Sa- 
viour Chrift excepted. Now what confufion and perturbation of creatures fhould poffefs 
this world (as Cajsianus faith} if devils could conceiv by copulation with men ? or if women 
fhould proov with clylde by accompanying them,how manie monfters would the devils have 
brought forth from the beginning of the world ? how manie prodigies by calling their feed 
into the wombs of wilde and bruit beafts ? for by the opinion of Philolbphers, as often as 
facultie and will concur, the effeft muft neceflarily follow: now the devils never have wan- 
ted will to difturb mankinde, and the order of this world: for the devil, as they lay, 
enemie from the beginning; and as God is the autor of order, and beautie, lb the devil, by 
pride, contrarie to God, is the caufler of confufion and wickednefs. 
Wherefore if power fhould accrew equall to his evilminde and nature,and his infinite de- 
lire of mifehief and envie,who can doubt but a great confufion of all things and fpecies, and 
alfo great deformitie would invade the decent and comlie order of this univerf, monfters a- 
rifeing on everie fide: But feeing that devils are incorporeal, what reafon can induce us to 
believ that they can bee delighted with venereous aftions: and what will can there bee where 
as there is no delight, nor anie decaie of the fpecies to bee feared > feeing that by God's ap- 
pointment they are immortal, fo to remain for ever in punifhment : fo what need they fuc- 
ceflion of individuals by generation > wherefore if they neither will nor can jt is a madnefs 
to think that they do commix with man. 
Averrois bis hi- 
ftorie convift 
of falflioocL 
The illufions 
of the devil,, 
: A hi ftorie 
Our fins are 
thecauf that 
the devils a* 
bufe us. 
CHAP. XVII. 
Hat I may refrefh the mlnde of the Reader, invited to thefe hiftories of monfters 
raifed tip by the art of the devil, witches, and conjurers, his fervants,! have 
thought good to add the following hiftorie of certain diftafts, and remedies 
fuptrnatural,and wholly magical out of Fernelius. There are difeafes,which as 
they are ftnt amohgft men by God beeing offended, fo they cannot expeft cure 
othervvift then from God, from whence they are thought fupernaturally to have their ef- 
fefice and cure. Thus the air oft-times, yet chiefly in the time of King David, being defiled 
with the peftilence, killed fixtie odd thoufand perlons. 
Thus Ezechias was ftruck with a grievous diftaf: Job vvas'defiled with filthie ulcers by Sa- 
than at command. Andas the Devil, the cruel eriemie of mankinde, commonly 
Lila '; ufeth 
Of fitfernatural difeafes and remedies. 
; Lib. i. de abdit, 
, cauf. cap.16. 668 
Of tZMonjlers and Trodigies. 
Lib.25. 
Witches hurt i 
by the devil's | 
alii ft a nee. 
ufeth by God's permiflion toafflift thole, fo wicked perfons by the wondrous fubtiltie of 
1 the devil, offer violence and do harm to manie. Som invoke 1 know not what Ipirits, and 
adjure them with herbs, exorcifms, imprecations,incantations, charms: others hang about 
their necks, or otherwife carrie certain writings, charafters, rings, images, and other fuch 
impious fluff* Som ufe longs, founds or numbers : fomtimes potions, perfumes, and Irnels; 
fomtimes geftuces and jugling. There bee fom that make the portraiture of the abfent partiein 
wax, and boaft that they can cauf or bring a dileaf into what Ibever part thereof they prick, 
by the force of their words and ftars, into the like part of the partie abfent; and they have 
no few other tricks to bring difeafes. 
We know for certain that magicians, witches, and conjurers, have by charms fo bound 
fbm, that they could not have to do with their wives 5 and have made others fo impotent,as 
if they had been gelt or made eunuchs. Neither do wicked men onely fend difeafet into 
man's bodie, but alfo devils themfelvs. Thefe truely are foon diftrafted with a certain hrie, 
but in this one thing they differ from fimple madnefs,for that they fpeak things ofgreatdife 
ficultie, tell things paft andhid,difclofethefecretsof fuch as are prefent, and revile them 
manie waies, and are terrified, tremble and grow angrie by the power of divine words. 
One not very long agon, beeing by reafon of heat exceeding drie in the night time, ris- 
ing out of his fleep,and not findeing drink, took an apple that hee found by chance,and eat- 
ing it, hee thought his jaws were (hut and held faft as by ones hands, and that hee was al- 
moft ftrangled : and alfo, now polfefled of a devil entring into him, hee feemed in the dark 
to bee devoured of a huge exceeding black dog, which hee, afterwards reftored to his former 
health, orderly related to mee. There were divers, who by his pulfr heat and the roughnefe 
of his tongue, thought him to bee in a fever, and by his watching, and the perturbation of 
his minde, thought him onely to rave. 
Another young Noble man, fom few years fince, was troubled at fet times with a lhaking 
of the bodie, and as it were, a convulfion, wherewith one while hee would moov onely his 
left arm, another while the right arm, and alfo lorn times but one finger onely, fomwhiles 
but one leg, fomtimes the other, and at other times the whole trunk of his bodie, with fuch 
force and agilitie, that lying in his bed, hee could fcarce bee held by four men 5 his head laie 
without anie fliakeing, his tongue and Ipeech was free, his underftanding found, and all his 
fenfes perfeft even in the height of his fit. Hee was taken at the leaft ten times a daie,well in 
the fpaces between, but wearied with labor: it might have been judged a true Epilepfie,if the 
underftanding and fenfes had failed. 
The moft judicious Phyfitians who were called to him, judged it a convulfion, cofen-ger- 
mane to the falling ficknels, proceeding from a malign and venemous vapor impaftinthe 
(pine of the back, whence a vapor diflperfed it felf over allthenervs, .which pafs from the 
(pine every waie into the limbs, but not into the brain. To remoov this, which they judged 
the cauf, frequent glyfters are ordained, and ftrong purges of all forts, cupping-glafles are 
applied to the beginnings of the nervs, fomentations, unftions, emplafters, firftto difculs, 
then to ftrengthen and wear away3 the malign qualitie: Thefe things doing little good,hee 
was fweated with bathes, ftoves, and a decoftion of Guacurn , which did no more good then 
the former, for that wee were all far from the knowledg of the true caufe of his difeaf: for 
in the third month, a certain devil was found to bee the autor of all this ill, bewraying 
.himfelf by voice , and unaccuftomed words and fentences, as well Latin as Greek 
•( though the patient were ignorant of the Greek tongue) : heelaied open manie fecrets 
of the by-ftanders, and chiefly of the Phyficians, derideing them for that heehadabu- 
fed them to the patients great harm, becauf they had brought his bodie fb low by needlels 
purgations. 
When his father came to vifit him, hee would crie out long before hee came at him,or law 
him, drive away this vifitant, and keep him from coming in here, or elf pluck his chain 
from about his neck : for on this (as it is the cuftom of the French order of Knights) there 
hangs the image of St. Michael. If holieand divine things were read before him, hee (hook 
and trembled more violently. When his fit was over, hee remembred all that was don, and 
affirmed that hee did it againft his will, and that hee was forrie for it. The devil, forced by 
ceremonies and exorcifins, denied that hee was damned for anie crime, and faid that hee was 
a fpirit: beeing asked who hee was, and by what means and power hee did thefe things, hee 
faid that hee had manie habitations into which hee could betake himfelf, and in the time 
of his reft, hee could torment others : that hee was caft into this bodie by a certain perlon 
whom hee would not name, andthat heeentredby his feet up to his neck, and that hee 
would go forth again the feme waie, when as his appointed time was com. Hee fpokeof 
fimdrie other things, as others which are poflefled ufe to do. 
Now I fpeak not thefe things as new or ftrange, but that it may appear that devils lom- 
times entring into the bodie, do Ibmwhiles torment it by diverf and uncough wajes 5 other 
whiles they do not enter in, but either agitate the good humors of the bodie, or draw the 
ill into the principal parts, of with them obftruft the veins or other paflages, or chang the 
ftrufture of the inftruments, from which caufles innumerable difeafes,proceed: of thele,de- 
vils 
if 
A hiftoric. 
A hiftoric. 
The devil j 
ftuw's himfelfz 
by fpeaking of' 
greek. c 
Devils wax 
angrie,and are 
terrified by'di- 
vine things. Lib.%5. 
Of Monjlers and 
669 
vi Is are the a utors, and wretched and forlorn perfons the minifters: and the reafon of thefe 
things is beyond the fearch of nature. 
Plinie tel's that the Emperor Nero in his time, found magical arts moft vain and falf: but 
what need wee alledg profane writers, when as thofe things that are recorded in Scripture 
of the pithonifs, of the woman fpeaking in her bellie, of King Nebucbodonozor, of the Magi- 
tiansof Pharaoh, and other fuch things not a few, proov that there both is , and hath been 
Magick • Plinie tel's of Venarcbus, that heetafteing of the entrails of a facrificed childe,turn- 
ed himfek into a Wolf- Wee reade in Homer that Circes, in the long wandring of Vlyffes, 
changed his companions into beafts, with an inchanted cup or potion: and in Virgil, that 
the growing corn may bee fpoiled or carried away by inchantments : which things, unlefs 
they were approoved and witnefled by manie men's credits, the wifdom of Magiftrates and 
Lawyers, would not have made fo manie Laws againft Magicians, neither would there have 
been a mulft impofed upon their heads by thelaw of the twelv tables, who had inchanted o- 
ther men's corn. But as in magical arts the devil doth not exhibit things themfelvs, as thole 
which hee cannot make, but onely certain fhews or appearances of things: fo in thefe which 
are anie waies accomodated to the ufe of Phyfick, the cure is neither certain, nor fafe, but 
deceitful, captious, and dangerous. 
I havefeen the JaundiQ over the whole bodie, cured in one night, by a written fcroul jt 
hanged about the neck: alfo I have feen Agues chafed away by words and filch ceremonies, cei 
but in a Ihort while after they returned again and became much worf Now there are Ibm is 
vain things,and verily the fancies of old women, which becauf they have long poflefled the b] 
mindes of men, weakned with too much fuperftition, we term them fuperftitious. Thele are 
fuch as wee cannot truly fay of them,wherefore and whence they have the faculties aflcribed 
to them: for they neither arife from the temperament, neither from the other manifeft quali- 
ties,neither from the whole fubftance, neither from a divine ormagical power, from which 
two laft mentioned, all medicines beyond nature, and which are confequently to beeufed to 
difeafes, whole cflence arefupernatural,muft proceed. Such like old wive s medicines & fiiper- 
ftitions remedies are written figures and charafters,tings,where neither the afliftance of God 
or Spirits is implored. Let me ask you, is it not a liiperftitious medicine to heal the falling 
licknefs, to carrie in writing the names of the three Kings, Gafpar, Melchior, and Baltbafar, J} 
who came to worlhip Chrift > To help the tooth ached! one whil'ft Mafs is in faying,touch d 
his teeth, faying thele words, Os non comminuetis ex eo > To ftaie vomiting with certain cere- 
monies and words, which they abfent pronounce,thinking it fufficient if that they but one- 
ly know the patient's name. 
I law a certain fellow that with murmuring a few words, and touching the part, would 
ftanch bloud out of what part foever it flowed: there bee Ibm who to that purpole faie this, 
Ve latere e]us exivit Sanguis & Aqua. How manie praiers or charms are carried about to cure 
agues ? Ibm takeing hold of the patient's hand,faie,jE7«e facilis tibi Febris hac fit, atque Maria 
virgini Chriftipartus. Another waffieth his hands with the patient before the fit, faying to 
himfelf that folemn Plalm, Exaltabo teOeus meus Rex, &c. If one tell an Afs in his earthat 
hee is ftung by a Scorpion,they faie that the danger is immediately over. 
As there are manie liiperftitious words, fo there are many fuperftitious writings alfo. To 
help lore eies, a paper wherein the two greek letters, p and A, are written muft bee tied in 
a thread,and hanged about the neck. And for the tooth ache this ridiculous laying, Strigi- 
les, falce]que dentata, dentium dolorem perfanate. Allb oft times there is no fmall fuperftition in 
things that are outwardly applied. Such is that of Apollonius in Plinie, to fcarifie the gums 
in the tooth-ach, with the tooth of one that died a violent death: to make pils of the skul 
of one hanged, againft the bitings of a mad dog : to cure the falling ficknels by eating the 
flelh of a wilde beaft, killed with the lame iron wherewith a man was killed : that hee fhall 
bee free'd from a quartain ague who fhall drink the wine whereinto the (word that hath cut 
off a man's head,lhall bee put; and hee, the parings of whofe nails lhall bee tied in a linnen 
cloth to the neck of a quick Eel, and the Eel let go into the water again. The pain of the 
Milt to bee alfwaged, if a beaft's Milt bee laid upon it, and the Phyfician faie that hee cure's 
or make's a medicine for the Milt. Anie one to bee free'd from the cough, who fhall fpit in 
the mouth of a Toad, letting her go away alive. The halter wherein one hath been hanged 
put about the temples,to help the head-ach. This word Abracadabra,written on a paper, af- 
ter the manner Jefcribed by Serenus, and hanged about the neck, to help agues or fevers, e- 
fpecially femitertians. What truth can bee in that which fundr ie affirm, that a leaf of Latby- 
ris, which is akinde of Spurge, if it bee plucked upwards, will cauf vomit, but broken 
downwards, will moov to ftool ? You may alfo finde manie other fuperftitious fiftions 
concerning herbs, fuch as Galen report's that Andreas and Pamphilus writ, as incantations, 
transformations, and herbs dedicated to conjurers and devils. 
I had thought never in this place to have mentioned thefe and the like, but that there may 
bee every where found fuch wicked perfons, who leaving the arts and means , which are 
appointed by God to preferv the health of man's bodie, flie to the fuperftitious and ridicu- 
lous remedies of forcerers, or rather of devils, which notwithftanding the devil fomtimes 
L 1 1 3 make's 
It Is but a de- 
ceitful cure that 
is performed 
by the dkvil* 
Old wire's fu- 
perftitious me- 
dicines againft 
divers difeafes 
Lib ,6.de Of <£\4on(iers and Trodtgies. 
Lib.z$. 
670 
make's to perform their wifh't for effefts, that fo hee may (fill keep them enfnared and ad- 
dicted to his fervice. Neither is it to bee approoved which manie fay, that it is good to bee 
healed by anie art or means, for that healing is a good work. This faying is unworthy of a 
Chriftian,and favor's rather of him that truft's more to the devil then in God.Thofe Empe- 
ricks are not of the focie tie of Sorcerers and Magitians, who heal fimple wounds with drie 
lint, or lint dip't in water : this cure is neither magical nor miraculous, as many (uppole, 
but wholly natural,proceeding from the healing fountains of nature, wounds and fraftures, 
which the Surgeon may heal by onely takeing away the impediments, that is pain, defluxi- 
on, inflammation,an abfeefs and gangrene, which retard and hinder the cure offuchdifeafes 
The following examples will fufficiently make evident the devil's malicioufhefs,always wic- 
kedly and craftily plotting againft our fafetie and life. 
A certain woman of Florence (as Langius write's) haveing a malign ulcer,and beeing trou- 
bled with intolerable pain at the ftomach, fo that the Phyfitians could give her no eaf: be- 
hold on a hidden (hee vomited up long and crooked nails, and brafs needles, wrapped up 
with wax and hairs, and at length a great gobbet of fle(h, fo big that a Giants jawscodd 
fcarce (wallow it. 
But that which happened in the year of our redemption 153 9. in a certain town called 
Fugenftal, in the Biflioprick of Eijiet, exceed's all credit,unlefs there were eie-witnefles of ap- 
prooved integritie yet living.Tn this town,one Ulrich Neufeffer an husbandman,was torment- 
ed with grievous pain in the one fide of his bellie,hee fuddenly got hold of an iron key with 
his hand under the skin, which was not hurt, the which the Barbar-Surgeon of the place cut 
out with arazor;yet for all this the pain ceafed not,but hee grew every daic worf then other: 
wherefore expecting no other remedie but death, hee got a knife and cut his throat. His dead 
bodie was opened, and in his ftomach were found a round and loggilh piece of wood, four 
fleel knives,part (harp,and part toothed like a law,and two (harp pieces of iron,each where- 
of exceeded the length of a (pan, there was alfo as it were a ball of hair. All thefe things 
were put in by the craft and deceit of of the devil. Thus far Lcingfus. 
CHAP. XVIII. 
Of the Cozenages and crafty 'tricks of Beggars. 
\veing treated of Monfters, it follow's that wee (peak of thofe things which 
either of themfelvs, by reafon of their nature full of admiration, havefom 
kind of monftroufnefs in them j or elf from fbm other waies, as by the craft 
and cozenage of men. And bccauf to the laft mentioned crafts of the Devil, 
the fubtle devices of begging companions are fomwhat alike, therefore I will 
handle them in the next place,that the Surgeon beeing admonifhed of them, 
may bee more cautious and cunning in difcerning them when hec meet's with them. 
Anno Dom- 15 25\when I was at Anjou, there ftood a craftie beggar begging at the Church 
door, who tying ana hideing his own arm behinde his back, fhewed in heed thereof,one cut 
from the bodie of one that was hanged, and this hee proped up and bound to his brett, and 
fb laid it open to view, as if it had been all enflamed , fo to moovfuch as palied by unto 
greater commiferation of him. The cozenage lay hid, every one giving him monie,until at 
length his counterfeit arm not beeing fiirely fattened, fell upon the ground, many feeing and 
obferving it: hee beeing apprehended and laid in prifon, by the appointment of the Magi- 
ftrate, was whipped through the town, with his falf arm hanging before him, and fo ba- 
Anhiftorie of 
a counterfeit 
arm. 
nilhed. 
I had a brother called John Parey, a Surgeon,who dwelt in Vitre in Britanie; hee once ob- 
ferved a young woman begging, who (hewed her breaft, as if it had a cancrous ulcer there- 
on, looking fearfully by realbn of much fordid filth,wherewith it leemed to defile the cloth 
that lay under it. But when as hee had more diligently beheld the woman's face,and the frefli 
color thereof, as allb of the places about the ulcer, and the good habite of the whole bodie 
agreeable to that color ( for lhee was fomwhat fat, and of a very good habit of bodie) hee 
was eafily hereby induced to fulpeft lom roguery and deceit. Hee acquainted the Magiftrate 
with this his fulpicion,andgot leav that hee might carrie her home to his hou£lb to learch 
her more narrowly. Where opening her breaft, hee found under her arm-pit, a ipong moift- 
ned with a commixture of beaft'sbloud and milk, and carried through an elder-pipe to the 
hidden holes of her counterfeit cancer. Therefore hee foment's her breaft with warm water, 
and with the moifture thereof looleth the skins of black, green, and yellow frogs, laid up- 
on it, andftuck together with glew, made of bole armenick, the white of an egg, and flow- 
er ; and thele beeing thus fetched off, heefound her breaft perfe&ly (bund. 
The beggar beeing call for this into prilbn, confefled that lhee was taught this trick by a 
beggar that lay with her, who himlelf allb, by putting about his leg an Oxes Milt, and per- 
forating it in lundry places, that lb the forementioned liquor might drop out, counterfeit- 
ed an ulcer of a monftrous bignefs and malignitie, covering the edges of the Milt on every 
fide 
Another of a 
cancrous breft Lib.25. 
Of Monsters and Prodigies. 
671 
fide with a filthie cloth. This beggar was diligently enquired after,but could not bee found; 
and lb (hee was whipped and baniffied. 
Within le(s then a year after, there came into the fame citie another notable craftie com- 
panion, who prelently takeing up the Church doors, laid open his wares; to wit, a Ker- 
cher with fom finall pieces of monie lying thereon, a wooden Barrel, and* Cliquets,where- 
with hee would ever now and then make a great noif: his face was Ipread over with great 
thick pufdes, beeing of a blackiffi red color, and made with glue like thole that have the Le- 
profie: this his ghaftly look made him to bee pitied by all men, which was the cauf that eve- 
rie'one gave him monie. Then my brother came fomwhat nearer him, and asked him how 
long hee had been troubled with this fo cruell dileaf; hee anfwered with an oblcure and 
hoarf voice, that hee was born a Leper from from his mother's wvmb, and that his parents 
both died of this wicked difeaf, fo that their members fell away piece-meal. Now hee had 
a woollen fwathe about his chaps, wherewith (haveing his left hand under his cloak) hee fo 
flraitnedhis chaps, that much black bloud role into his face, and made him fo hoarf that 
hee could fcarce (peak; yet hee could not contain himlelf, but that in fpeaking hee ever now 
and then flackned the fwathe with his hand, the freelier to draw his breath : which when 
my brother had oblerved, fufpe&ing fom cozenage, hee obtained leav of the Magiftrate to 
fearch and examine the man whether hee were truly leprous, or no. Firfl: therefore hee 
took away his fwathe or rowler that was about his neck, then waffied his face with warm 
water, fo that the counterfeit glued puftles were dilfolved, and his face (free from all tain- 
ture) (hewed it lelfof a good and natural color and (hape. Then hee laid bare his whole 
body, and diligently viewed each part, and found no lign of a Leprolie, one or other. 
Which when the Magiftrate once heard, hee made him to bee put in prifon, and to bee thrice 
whipped through the ftreets of the citie, with his barrel hanging before him, and his cliquets 
behinde him, adding thereto thepuniihment of perpetual banifliment. It hap'nedthat as 
hee was whipped the third market-day, the people cried out to the hang-man in jeft, that 
hee (hould not fear to lafh him foundly, for beeing leprous hee could not feel it: the execu- 
tioner incited by this crie of the people, did fo belabor him, that the wretch died of his 
whipping within a (hort while after, haveing a juft reward for his wickednels. For thele 
impoftors, befides that they live like drohes, feigning this or that difeaf, and fb beeing idle, 
enjoy the fruits of others labors; they alfo divers times conlpireing together, take away the 
lives and goods of honeft and fiibftantial citizens, and other people: for there are fom of 
them,that in an evening, as men that have no habitation, defire lodging for a night, and it 
beeing granted them,they,when as the mafter of the houfand his familie are afleep,open the 
doors to their comrades,men as wicked as themfelvs, and kill and carrie away all they can. 
Certainly wee may juftly affirm, that this craftie begging is the mother and fchool of all 
diffioneftie: for how manie a&s of bawdrie. and poifoning everie where corrupt the wells 
and publick fountains ? How manie places have been burnt under the (hew of begging ? 
Where can you get more fit (pies? Where more fit undertakers and workers of all manner 
of villanie, then out of the crew of-thefe beggers ? 
Somof them there are, ivho befmear their faces with foot laid in water, fo to feem to 
have the Jaundifi But you may at the firft fight finde out the deceit, by the native whitenefs 
of the utter coat of the eie, called Adnata, which in fuch as truly have the Jabndil, ufeth to 
bee died and overcaft with a yellowiffi color; alfo you may bee more certain thereof, if you 
wet a cloth in water or fpittle , andfo rub the face, for the adventitious yellownefs will 
quickly vaniffi, and the true native color (hew it (elf. 
Somtherebee, who not content to have mangled, and filthily exulcerated their limbs 
with cauftick herbs, and other cauteries ; or to have made their bodies more Iwoln , or elf 
lean, with medicated drinks; or to have deformed themfelvs fom other waie,but from good 
and honeft Citizens, who have charitably relieved them, they have ftolh children, have bro- 
ken or diflocated their arms and legs, have cut out their tongues, have depreffed the cheft, 
Or whole breaft; that with thele, as their own children, begging up and down fhecountrie, 
they may get the more relief, pitifully complaining that they came by this ttilichance by 
thunder, or lightning, or lorn other ftrange accident. 
Laftly,they part the Kingdom amongft themfelvs as into Provinces, and communicate by 
letters one to auother,what news or new quaint devifes there are to conceal or advance their 
roguerie: to which purpole they have invented a new language onely known to themfelvs, 
fo to difeourf together and not to bee underftood by others. £Wee here vulgarly term 
it * . . ' < , J ■ 
Dr. F It telle a Phylician of Paritt entreated mee to bear him companie to his countrie houf 
at four miles from Pari*. Where aflboh as Wee arrived, and were walking in the 
Court, there came prelently to us a good Inftie well fleffi't manlie woman, begging alms for 
Fiacre fake', and takeing up her coat and herfmock, (hee (hewed a great gut.hanging 
down fom half a foot, which (eemedas if it had hanged out of her fundament, whereout 
there dropped filth like unto pw, which had all ftained her legs and (mock, moft beaftly and 
filthie to look upon. Fleet lie asked her how long (hee had been troubled with this difeaf: 
fhee 
Of one feign* 
ing himfelf 
leprous. 
*Cliquecs arc 
things made 
fomwhat re- 
fembling a 
fmall wool- 
card,but have 
two or three 
little pieces of 
boards fo faft- 
ned together 
with leather* 
that they will 
make a great 
noif with them 
and thefearc 
ufed by the 
[ French beg- 
A multitude of 
beggars hurt- 
ful to thecicie. 
How to difeo- 
ver fuch a 
counterfeit 
the Jaundif. 
Of one coun- 
terfeiting the 
falling of the 
fundament. 672 
Of Monsters and Prodigies. 
Lib.zj. 
fhee anfwered that it was four years fince fhee firft had it. Hence hee eafily gathered that fhee 
plaied the counterfeit: for it was not likelie that fuch abundance of purulent matter came 
forth of the bodie of fo well flelh't and colored a woman; for ihee would rather have been 
verie lean and in a confumption. Wherefore provoked with juft anger, by reafon of the wic- 
kednefs of the deceit, hee run upon her and threw her down upon the ground, and trod her 
under his feet, and hit her divers blows npon the bellie,fb that hee made the gut,which hung 
at her, to com away, and by threatning her with more grievous puniffiment, made her con- 
fefs the cozenage, and that it was not her gut, but of an ox , which being filled with bloud 
and milk, and tied at both ends, fliee put the one of them into her fundament, and let the 
filth flow forth at verie little holes. 
n- Not verie long ago, a woman equally as Ihamelefs, offered her felf to the overfeers of the 
jg poor of Paris, entreating that fliee might bee entredfor one of their Penfioners , for that 
her womb was fallen down by a dangerous and difficult birth, wherefore fliee was unable to 
work for her living. Then they commanded that fliee fliould bee tried and examined,accor- 
ding to the cuftom, by the Surgeons which are therefore appointed. Who feeing how the 
whole bufinefs was carried, made report fliee was a counterfeit 5 for fliee had thruft an ox's 
bladder, half blown and befmeared with beaftlie bloud by the neck, whereto fliee had faftned 
a little fpoiige, into the neck of her womb, for the fponge beeing filled and fwollen up by 
the accuftomed moiftureof the womb, fo held up the ox s bladder that hanged thereat, that 
fliee might fafely go without anie fear of the falling of it out, neither could it bee pulled 
forth but with good force. For this her device fliee was put into prifon , and beeing firft 
whipped,was after baniflied. Their cozenage is not much unlike this, who by fitly applying 
a flieep's paunch to their groin, counterfeit themfelvs to beeburften. 
Anno i)om. 1561. there came to Paris a luftie, flout, and verie fat Norman woman,beeing 
about fbm thirtie years old, who begging from door to door , did caft to meet with rich 
women, and verie familiarly and pittifully would relate unto them her misfortune 5 faying, 
fliee had a fnake in her bellie , which crept in at her mouth as fliee flep't in an hemp-land : 
fliee would let one feel her ftir, by putting their hand unto her bellie, adding alfb that fhee 
was troubled daie and night with it's unceflant gnawing of her guts. The noveltie of this 
fad chance, mooved alltopitieand admiration, wherefore as much as they could, they afl- 
filled her with means and counfel. Amongft the reft, there was a woman of great devotion 
and charltie, who fending for Dr. Holferius, Cbevall, and mee, asked us if this fnake could by 
anie means be gotten forth. Hollerius gave her a ftrong purgation, hopeing that by ftirring 
up the expulfive facultie, the ferpent might bee caft forth , together with the noxious hu- 
mors. But this hope had no fuch fuccefs. Wherefore when as wee met again, wee thought 
it fit to put a Speculum matricis into the neck of her womb, fo to fee if wee could difeern ei- 
ther her head or tail: but I makeing large dilatation of her womb, could fee no fuch thing, 
onely wee obferved a certain voluntarie motion, whereof fliee her felf was the author, by 
contra&ing and dilateing the mufcles of the lower bellie. Which when as wee had obfer- 
ved, perceiving the deceit and impofture, wee thought good fb to terrifie and her, and make 
her confefs the deceit, to tell her that fliee muft take another, but that a more ftrong purga- 
tion 5 that what wee could not do by the former, as more gentle, wee might attain to by the 
later, as far ftronger. Shee diflembling all fear, and confcious of her craft and diffimulati- 
on, after wee were gon in the evening, packing up her fluff, and a great deal more then her 
own, fheefecretly ftole away, not bidding her hoftefs farewel: and thus at length the fraud 
was apparent, to the lots of the honeft gentlewoman. I faw this baggage, fix daies after, fit- 
ting luftily upon a Pack-horfl, at the gate Mont-martre , and laughing heartily with fuch as 
brought Sea-fifli to town 5 and fhee was returning (as it was moil likely) into her countrie, 
feeing her cozenage was difeovered here. 
Such as feign themfelvs dumb , draw back and double their tongues in their mouths. 
Such as falling down counterfeit the falling ficknefs, binde ftraitly both their wrefts with 
plates of iron, tumble and rowl themfelvs in the mire, fprinkle and defile their heads and 
faces with beafts bloud, and fliake their limbs and whole bodie. Laftly, by putting fope in- 
to their mouths, they foam at the mouth like thofe that havejthe falling ficknefs. Otherfbm 
With flour make a kinde of glue, wherewith they befmear their whole bodies, as if they had 
that Leprofie or Scab, that is vulgarly termed, Malum fantti manis, Neither muft wee think 
this art of counterfeiting and cheating begging to bee new, and of late invention, for long 
ago it flourifhed in Afia, even in the time of Hippocrates, as may appear by his book De 
Acre, Locis, & Aquis. But by how much this difeaf hath taken more deep root, and grown 
more inveterate by procefs of time , by fo much it muft more diligently and carefully bee 
looked to and prevented, by cruelly punifhing filch counterfeits : for that by this feigned 
begging, as the nouriflier of floth, and fhop of all difhoneftie, that which is taken from 
the good is bellowed upon the ill, and one wicked and counterfeit begger hurt's all 
other wretched people. 
Of one feign- 
ing the falling 
down of the 
womb. 
Of a begger 
that feigned 
her fclf to 
have a fnake 
in her bellic. 
The craft of 
fuch as feign 
themfelvsto 
have the fal- 
ling fickncfs. 
Of fuch as 
feign them- 
fcl vs leprous. 
CHAR LiB.25. 
Of Monsters and Prodigies. 
673 
CHAP. XIX. 
Of ftrange or monstrous accidents in difeafes. 
; Hat monftroufnefs foever was in the laft mentioned parties, it was made up by the 
f craft of beggars for filthie gain. But if there bee anie monftroufnefs in the follow- 
j ing narrations, it is of nature, but working, as it were, miraculoufly, by fomfe- 
cret and occult means 5 for thus there are oft times monfters in difeafes. Before the : 
town of St. John de Angeley, a Ibuldier called Francis, of the companie of Captain Muret, was 
wounded with a Harquebuz-(hot on the bellie, between his navel and tides j the bullet was ' 
not taken out, becauf the Surgeons, who fearched him diligently ,could not finde it: where- : 
fore hee was troubled with grievous and tormenting pains, until the ninth daie after hee re- , 
ceired the wound, the bullet came forth at his fundament: wherefore within three weeks 1 
after hee was perfectly whole. Hee was healed by Simon Crinay, the Surgeon of the 
French companies. ... > 
James Pope, Lord of St. Albans in Oaupbine, was wounded at the skirmifli at Cbafenay,have- 
ing three harquebuz bullets entring into hisbodie, one whereof pierced under his throat, 
where it buncheth out as with a knot, neer tothe pipe of his longs, even to the beginning of 
the vertebra of the neck,in which place the leaden bullet ftuck, and as yet doth remain.Here- 
upon hee was afflifted with manie and fearfully mptoms,as a fever,and a great (welling of his 
whole neck, Co that for ten whole daies hee could fwallow nothing but broaths and liquid 
things. Yet hee recovered, and remained! wellat this prefent, by the cure of James Oalam 
the Surgeon. ; 
Alexander P>enedicius make's mention of a certain countrie-man, who, (hot into the back 
with a dart, drawing out the (haft, the head was left behinde, beeing in length about the 
bredch of two fingers, but hooked and (harp on the fides. When as the Surgeon had care- 
fully and diligently fought for it, and could by no means fiudeit, hee healed up the wound, 
but two months after this crooked head came forth at his fundament. > 
The fame author tclleth that at Venice a virgin (wallowed a needle, which fbm two years 
after (hee voided by urine,covered over with a ftonie matter, gathered about vifeous humors. 
Catherine Per lan, the wife of William a Draper of Paris, dwelling in the Jewrie, 
as (hee rode on horf back into the countrie,a needle out of her pin-cufhion, was got under 
her by accident, ran Co deep into her right buttock, that it could not by anie art or force bee 
plucked forth. Four months after (hee lent for mee to com to her, and (hee told mee that as 
often as (hee had to do with her husband, fhee (offered extreme pricking pain in her right 
groin; putting my hand thereto, as I felt it, my fingers met with fomthing fharp and hard : 
wherefore I ufed the matter lb,that I drew forth the needle all ruftie: this may bee accounted 
a miracle, that fteel, naturally heavie, (hould rife upwards, from the buttock to the groin, 
and pierce the mufeles of the thigh, without caufling an abfeels. 
Anno Oom. 1566. thetwofonsof Laurence Collo (men excellent in cutting for tht-ftone) 
took forth a ftone of the bignels of a wall-nut, in the mid'ft whereof was a needle, juft like . 
thofe that (hoo-makers ufe: the patient's name was Peter Cocquin, dwelling in the llrret Ga- 
land at the place called Maubert at Paris, and I think hee is yet living. This ftone was (hewed 
to King Charls the ninth, for the monftroufnefs of the thing, I beeing then prefent, which 
beeing given me by the Surgeon, I preferv amongft my other rarities. 
Monftershap' 
pen alfo in 
difeafes. 
A bullet ihot 
into the bcllie 
came forth ac 
the fundament. 
A bullet flick- 
ing in the 
' throat and pa- 
tient recover- 
ing. 
Lib. 3. anatom, 
cap. 9. 
Acrookediron 
Ihot into the 
back came 
forth at the 
fundament. 
A fwallowed 
needle voided 
by urine. 
A needle run- 
ning in at the 
buttock came 
forthat the 
groin. 
A needle in the 
mid 'ft of a 
ftone taken 
forth of the j 
Anno Oom. 15 yo.the Dut- 
chefs of FerraraatParis, (ent 
for John CoUo}to take a ftone 
out of a Confectioner. This 
ftone , though it weighed 
nine ounces, & was as thick 
as one's lift,yet was it happi- 
lie taken out, the patient re- 
covering, Francis Reujfet 3and 
Jofepb Jstvelle, the Dutchels 
Phyficians, beeing prefent. 
Yet not long after this Con- 
feftioner died by the ftop- 
page of his water, by reafon 
of two other little ftones, 
which about to deftend 
from the kidnies to the Mad- 
der, ftaied in the mid-way of 
the Ureters.The figure of the 
extracted ftone was this. 
Tbe figure of a ftone taken forth of tlx bladder of a Confectioner. 674 
Of Monsters and 'Prodigies. 
Lib,2. 
Anno Oom. 15 69. Laurence Collo the younger, took three Hones out of the bladder of one 
dwelling at Marly, called commonly tire-vit: becauf beeing troubled with the Hone from 
the tenth year of his age, hee continually fcratched his yard, each of the Hones were as big 
as an hen's egg ; of color white, they all together weighed twelv ounces. When they were 
prefented to King Charts, then lying at Saint Mauredes Fauffez, hee made one of them to bee 
broken with a hammer, and in the middeft thereof there was found another, of a chefiiut 
color, but otherwife much like a Peach hone. Thefe three Hones, beflowed on mee by the 
brethren, I have here reprefented to the life. 
the effigies of the three forementioned ft ones, whereof one is broken 
I have in the difte&ing of dead bodies, obterved divers Hones, of various forms and fi- 
figures, aS of pigs, whelps, and the like. Dalecbanipius telleth that hee law a man, which 
by an abteefs of his loins, which turned to a Fiftula, voided manie Hones out of his kidnies, 
and yet notwithteanding could endure tq ride on hOff-back , or in a coach. John Magnus, 
the King's mob learned and skilful Phyfidian , havein£ in cure a woman, troubled with 
cruel tormeht and pains of the bellie and fundamept, ient for mee, that by putting a Spe- 
culum into the fundament, hee might tee if hee could perceiv anie diteernable cauf of fo 
great and pertinacious pain : and when as hee could tee nothing which might further him 
: in the findeing out of the cauf of her pain (following reafon as a guid) by giveing her 
often glyHers'and purgations, hee brought it fo to pafs, that fliee at length voided 
a Hone at her fundalnent of thebignefeof a Tennis-ball: which once avoided, all her 
pains ceated. 
Hippocrates tell's that the fervant of Ttyferis in Lariffa, when lhee was young, in uteing ve- 
nerie was much pained, and yet fomtimes without pain, yet fliee never conceived. But when 
as fliee was fixtie years old, lhee was pained in the after-noon as if fliee had been in labor. 
When as fliee one daie before noon had eaten manie afterward fliee was taken with a 
mote violent paiu, far exceeding all her former, and fhee felt a certain rough thing riteing 
up in the orifice of her womb. But fliee falling into a fwoun, another woman putting in 
her hand, got out a fliarp Hone of the bignefs of a whirl, and then fliee forthwith became 
well, and remained fo. ; ? : 
In a certain woman, who, as Holler ius tell's, for the (pace of four months was troubled 
with an incredible pain in makeing water, two Hones were found in her heart, with manie 
abteefles, her kidnies and bladder beeing whole. ' , : 
Anno Horn. 1558.1 opened in JobnBourlier a Tailor,dwelling in the Hreet of St. Honore, 
a watrie abteefs in his knee, wherein f found a Hone, white, hard, and finooth, of the thick- 
nets of an Almond; which beeing taken out, hee recovered. Certainly there is no part of 
the bodie wherein Hones may not breed and grow. 
Anthonie Benevenius a Florentine Phyfician write's,that a certain woman fwallowed a brafs 
needle without anie pain, and continued a year after without feeling or complaining of it: 
but at the end thereof fhee was niolefled with great pains in her bellie 5 for helping ofwhich 
fliee asked the advife of all the Phyficians fliee could, makeing, in the interim, no mention 
of the fwallowed needle. Wherefore thee had no benefit by all the medicines fliee took; and 
fhee continued in pain for the fpace of two years, until at length the needle came forth at a 
little hole b/her navel, and fliee recovered her health. - 
A Scholar 
A ftone by the 
forceof purg- 
ing medicines 
voided by the 
fundament. 
$. Epid. 
A ftonc com- 
ming out of 
the neck of the 
womb. 
Lib. i. cap. de 
palpt cond. 
No part of the 
bodie wherein 
fl ones may not 
bee found. 
A needle fwal- 
lowed 3 came 
forth at the 
navel fom two 
years after. Ljb.15. 
OfNlonjlers.aml FrAigics. 
675 
A Scholar named ChamhAant,a native offie«rga,a fludent i,n.T*r<M,iii 
fwallowed a ftalk of grafis, which came afterwards whole out between two of his ribs, with 
the great danger of the (cholar's life. For it could com there nnleis by palling or breaking 
through the lungs, the encompaffing membrane, and the intercoftal mufcles, yet hee recove- 
red, Fernelius and Haguet having him in cure. A H O 
Cabrolle Chirurgian to Mounfieur the Marshal of AjrviUe, told mee thatFrancx Guillenet the 
Chirurgian of firiall village fom eight miles fromMbmpAier,had in cure, and hea- 
led a certain Shepherd, who was forced by thecvs tofwallowaknife of the length of half a 
foot, with a horn handle of the tbickneG of ones 4bumb < jhte> kept it the (pace of half a 
yeer, yet With and hee fell much away, but yet was not in a until 
at length an abfeefs tifeing in his groin, with great (lore of verie (linking quitture, the 
knife Was there taken forth in the prefence of the Judices, and left with Joubert the Phyfici- 
an of Aftmpe/ier. ■ <' < cue'. < j 
Mounfteux the Duke of Rohan had a Fool called Guido,who fwallowed the point of a fword 
of the length of three fingers,and hee voided it at his fundament on the twelfth daie follow- 
ing,yet with much adoo: there are yet living manie (gentlemen of Britanie,who were eie-wit- 
nefles thereof. 
There have been fundrie women withchilde, who have (b caft forth piece-meal children 
that have died in their wombs, as that the bones have broke themfelvs a paflage forth at the 
navel, but the flefh, diflblved as it were into quitture, flowed out by the neck of the womb 
and the fundament, the mothers remaining alive, aS Dalechampius obferv's out of Albucrafis. 
Is it not verie ftrange that there have bin women, who troubled with a fit of the Mother, 
have lien three whole daies without motion,without breathing,'or pulf that were anie waie 
apparent, and (b have been carried out for dead ? 
A certain young man, as Fernelius tell's, by fomwhat too vehement exercife, was taken 
with fuch a cough, that it left him not for a moment of time, until hee therewith had caft 
forth a whole impoftume of the bignefs of a pigeon's egg,wherein, beeing opened, there was 
found quitture exquifitely white and equal. Hee (pitblood two daies after,had a great fever, 
and was much diftempered ,yet notwithftanding hee recoveredhis health. 
Anno Dorn. 1578.Corner, dwelling at St.Maure def Fauffez, a widow offorde 
yeers old, beeing fick of a tertian Fever, in the beginning of her fit vomited up a great 
quantitie of choler, and together therewith three hairie <worms,m figure, color, and ma- 
gnitude like the worms called Bear-worms, yet fomwhat blacker; they lived eight whole 
daies after without anie food : the Chirurgian of this town brought them to Dr. Milot ,who 
(hewed them to Feure, Le Gros, Marefcot and Courtin Phyficians, and to mee alfp. . 
This following hiftorie, taken out of the Chronicles of Monftrele, exceed's all admiration. ' 
A certain Franck-Archer of Meudon, four miles from Faris, was for robberie condemned to ' 
bee hanged: in the mean time it was told the King by the Phyficians, that manie in Faris at ' 
that time were troubled with the (lone, and amongft the reft the Lord of Bofcage, and that it ] 
would bee for the good ofmanie, ifthey might view and difcern with their eies the parts 
themfelvs wherein fo cruel a difeafdid breed, and that it might bee don much better in a li- 
ving then in a dead bodie, and that they might make trial upon the bodie of the Franck-Ar- 
cher, who had formerly been troubled with thefe pains. The King granted their requeft; 
wherefore opening his bodie they viewed the breathing parts, and fatisfied themfelvs .as 
much as they de(ired,and having diligently andexa&ly reftored each part to its proper place, 
the bodie,by the King's command,was fewed up again,and drefTed and cured with great care. 
It came fo to pais, that this Franck-Archer recoverd in a few daies, and getting his pardon, 
got good ftore of monie befides. 
Alexander Beneditfus tell's that hee faw a woman called who having loft all her 
teeth, and beeing bald, yet had others came up in their places, when as (hee was fourfcore 
yeers old. f 
SteyhenTelJitera Chirurgian of Orleance,told mee that noting ago hee cured one Charts j 
Verigncl, a Serjeant of Orleance, of a wound received in his habi, yvhereby the two tendons c 
bending the ham,were quite cut in (under.Hee took this order in the the pa- 
tient to bend his leg,then hee fewed together the ends of the cut-tendpns, tfen placed .die 
member in that fite, and handled with that art, that at length hee heaH the vvpund, tfee pa- 
tient not halting at all. Truly this is a memorable thing,and carefully and heedfully to bee 
imitated by the young Chirurgian. 
How manie havel (een, who wounded and thruft through the bodie with fvvordsj ar-? 
rows, pikes, bullets, have had portion of the brain cut offby a woftnd of the head, an arm 
or legtaken avvaie by a cannon-bullet, yet have recovered ? and how manie on the contra- 
rie, have died of light and (mail wounds, not worth the fpeaktng of. 
A certain man was (hot in near to his groin with an arrow, whom wee have (een, faith ? 
Hippocrates,and hee recovered beyond all men's expe&ationjThe arrovv's-head was not taken 
forth, for it was verie deep in, neither did the wound bleed verie much, neither did hee 
halt : but wee found the head, and took it forth fix yeers after hee was hurt. 
Now 
A fprigof gras 
(wallowed 
came forth 
whole again 
between the 
ribs. 
A knife fwal- 
lowed, came 
forth at an ab> 
fcefsinthe 
groin. 
The point of a 
fwordfwallow- 
ed came 
forth at the 
fundament* 
Wonderful 
excretions of 
infants out of 
the womb. 
Women trou- 
bled with thp 
Another laid 
out for dead. 
An impoftume 
fpitout, of the 
bignefs of a 
Pigeon's egg. 
Wormscaft up 
in the fit of an 
Ague, 
This narration 
exceed's not 
onely alladmi- 
ration,but al- 
fo belief. 
Pratt, lib.64' 
1 cap. i. 
f. Epidtoh 676 
Of 'SMonflers and Trodigies. 
LlB.JJi 
Now Hipocrates give's no reafon of it's fo long ftaie, but that hee faith it might bee fulpe- 
fted it laie hid between the nervs, and that no vein nor arterie was cut thereby. 
CHAP. XX. 
Of the wonderful original, orbreeding of font creatures. 
Boifl.in biflor, 
prdig. 
E E have read in Boiftey, that a certain work-man of Avignion , when as hee 
lived in that cittie, opened a leaden coffin,wherein a dead bodie laie, that was 
fo clofely faudered 3 that the air could not get in5 and as hee opened it, 
hee was bitten by a ferpent that laie therein, with lb venomous and dead- 
lie a bite , that it had neer to have coft him his life. Yet the original of this 
creature is not fo prodigious as hee fuppoftth, for it is an ufual thing for a Serpent to breed 
of anie putrefied carcafs, but chiefly of man's. 
BaptiftaLeo write's, that in the time of Pope Martin the fifth, there was a live-Serpent 
: found enclofed in a vafte, butfolid Marble,no chink appearing in (uchdenffoliditie,where- 
■ by this living creature might breathe. 
Whileft in my vine-yard> that is at Mendon, I caufled certain huge ftones to bee broken to 
pieces, a Toad was found in the mid'ft of one of them* When as I much admired thereat, 
becauf there was no fpace wherein this creature could bee generated, increaf, or live; the 
Stone-cutter wiflied mee not to marvel thereat, for it wss a common thing, and that hee 
faw it almoft everiedaie. Certainly it may com to pals, that from the more moift portion 
of ftones, contained in places moift and underground, and the celeftial heat mixing and 
diffusing it felf over the whole mafs of the world, the matter may bee animated for the 
generation of thefe creatures. 
It is a common 
thing for a fer- 
pent to breed 
of the dead 
corp's of a 
man. 
Alive ferpent 
in a folid Mar- 
ble 
The caufof 
fuch wonder- 
ful generati- 
ons. 
CHAP. XXI. 
Oftbe wondrous nature of fom marine things, and other living creatures. 
He laft mentioned creatures were wonderful in their original, or rather in their 
£rowth: but thele which follow, though they bee not wonderful of themlelvs, 
IOb as thole that confift of their own proper nature, and that working well and af- 
ter an ordinarie manner 5 yet they are wondrous to us, or rather monftrous, 
for that they are not verie familiar to us. For the raritie and vaftnefs of 
bodies, is in fom fort monftrous. Of this fort there are manie, elpecially in the Sea, 
whole lecret corners and receptacles are not pervious to men: as Tritons, which from the 
middle upwards are reported to have the fliape of men. And the Strenes, Nereides or Mere- 
maids, who (according to PlinieJ have the faces of women, and fcalie bodies; yea, where as 
they have the fliape of man: neither yet can the forementioned confufion and conjunftion of 
feeds take anie place here, for as wee lately laid,they confift of their own proper nature. 
When Mena was Prefident of Egypt, and walked on the banks of Nilas, hee law a Sea-mon- 
fter in the fliape of a man, comming forth of the waters : his fliape was juft like to a man even 
to the middle, with his countenance compofed to gravitie, his hair yellow, yet intermixed 
with fom graie,his ftomach bonie, his arms orderly made and jointed, his other parts ended 
in a fifli. Three daies after in the morning, there was leen another Sea-monfter, but with 
fliape or countenance of a woman, as appeared by her face,her long hair, and fwoln breafts: 
boththefe monitors continued fo long above water,that anie one might view them verie well 
Lify.cap. 
effigies of the Triton and Siren of Nilus. LiB.27. 
Of Monfters and Prodigies. 
677 
In our times let ins,in Norway was a monfter taken in a tempeftuous which 
as manie as faw termed a Monk,by reafon of the fliape which you may ice here fee 
forth. -- 
1 be figure of a fib m the habit or (hate of a Ki(hnt>. 
Tbe figure of a fifh refembling a 
Aino Dorn. 1531. there; was feen a fea-monfter in the habit of a BiQiop, covered over with 
fcails : Rondoletius and Gefner have defcribed it. 
Gefner profefleth that hee received from JeromCardane this monfter, having the head of a 
Bear, the feet and hands of an Ape. 
fbe effigies of a Sea-mojler beaded like a Bear. 
Not long before the death 
of Pope Paw/ the third 5 in 
themid'ft of the Tyrrhene 
tea,a monfter was taken,& 
prefented to the (ucceflbr of 
of this Paul: it was in fhape 
& bignels like to a Lion,but 
all fcalie;and the voice was 
like a man's voice. It was 
brought to Rome to the 
great admiration of all men, 
but it lived not long there, 
beeing deftitute of it's own 
natural place and nourifti- 
ment, as it is reported by 
Philip Forreft. 
'I'be effigies of a Lion-like fcalie Sea-monfier, 678 
Of tSMfonfters and Trodigies 
Lib.25; 
Anno Dom. 15 23. the third daie of November, there was feen at Rome this fea-monfter, of 
the bignefs of a childe of five years old, like to a man even to the nave], except the ears 5 in 
the other parts it refeinbled a fifh. 
The effigies of a Sea-monfter with a man's face. 
Gefner make's mention of this Sea-Monfter,and faith that hee had the figure thereof from a 
Painter, who took it from the veriefifh, which heefaw at Antwerp. The head look's verie 
ghaftly, having two horns,prick-ears, and arms not much unlike a man, but in the other 
parts it was like a filh. It was taken in the Illyrian Sea, as it came a ihore out of the water to 
catch a little ch ilde: for being hurt by ft ones caft by fifher-men that law it, it returned a 
while after to the Ihore from whence it fled, and there died. 
The effigies of a Sea-Vevil. 
Gefner tel's that a Sea-monfter with the head, mane, andbreaftof ahorQ and the reft of 
his bodie like a fifli, was feen and taken in the ocean-Sea, brought to Rome, and prefented to 
the Pope. 
Olaus Magnus tel's that a Sea-monfter taken at Bergen, with the head andfhapeof a Calf, 
was given him by a certain Englifh Gentleman. The like of which was prefented lately to 
King Cbarls the ninth, and was long kept living in the waters at Fountain-Bleau, and it went 
oft-times a fhore. This is much different from the common Sea-calf or Seal. 
* *,This here fi- 
gured is the 1 
fea Mor f,ta- 
ken common- 
ly by our men 
in their green- 
land voiages: 
and 1 judg the 
fea-Bore and 
Elephant to 
bee the fame, 
butthat the 
Painter hath 
fhewedhis skil 
too mu.h in 
the one: and 
the otht r is an 
old Morf, as 
tbishert figu- 
red is a young 
one. 
If be effigies of a monfir ous * Sea-calf 
This Lib.25. 
Of Mon/lers and Prodigies. 
679 
This great monfter was feen in the Ocean-fea, with the head of a Bore, but longer tusks 
ftiarp and cutting, with leads let in a wonderful order, as you may lee by this figure, * 
The effigies of a Sea-bore. 
Olaus Magnus writes that this monfter was taken at fbjle an Ifland of the North , Anno 
Vom. 15 3 8. it was of a bignefs almoft incredible, as that which was feventie two foot long, 
and fourteen high, and feven foot between the eies : now the liver was fo large that there 
with they filled five hogflieads, the head refembled a fwine, having as it were a half-Moon 
on the back, and three eies in the mid'ft of his fides, his whole bodie was fcalie. 
the effigies of a monftrous Sear Swine. 
The Sea-Elephant, as Hettor Bdetius write's in his delcription of Scotland $ it is a 
creature that live s both in the water andalhore, having tyvo teeth like to Elephants,with 
which as oft as hee defire's to fleep, hee hang's himfelf upon a rock, and then hee fleep'sfo 
fbundly, that Mariners feeing him at fea, have time to com afhore and to binde him, by 
cafting ftrong ropes about him. But when as hee is not awaken'd by this means, they throw 
Hones at himjand makes a great noif 5 with which awakned,hee endevour's to leap back in- 
to the fea with his accuftomed violence, butfindeing himlelf faft, hee grow's fo gentle, that 
they may deal with him as they pleaf. Wherefore they then kill him, take out his fat and 
divide or cut his skin into thongs, which becauf they are ftrong and do not rot, are much 
efteemed of. 
Tk effigies of a Sea-Etybant. 
The Arabians of Mount Maznan, which run's aiong'ft the Red Sea, chiefly feed on a 
fi(h called which is verie terrible and much feared by other iilh, beeing nine or ten 
foot long, and of the breadth agreeable thereto,and it is covered with fcales like a Crocodile * 
M m m 2 A' Of Mongers and Prodigies 
LiB.zy. 
680 
A Crocodile is a vail creature, comming fomtimes to bee fifteen cubites long, and feeing 
it is a creature that doth not bring forth young, but eggs,it ufeth at the molt to laie fom fix- 
tie eggs, no bigger then Goole eggs, rileng to fiich bignefs from fo fmall beginnings ( for 
the hatched young one is proportionable to the egg) ftiee is verie long-lived. 
It hath fo fmall and ufelefs a tongue, that it may feem to have none at all. Wherefore fee- 
ing it live's both on land and water ; as it live's on land it is to bee taken for a tongue, but as 
it live's part of the life in the water it hath noufe of a tongue, and therefore is not to bee re- 
: puted one. For fifties either wholly want tongues, or elf have them fo impedite and bound, 
that they ferv for little ufe.TheCrocodile onely of alljother things moov's the upper jaw,the 
• lower remaining unmovable: for her feet,they are neither good to take nor hold anie things 
fhee hath eies not unlike thofe of fwine, long teeth ftanding forth of the mouth,moft (harp 
claws, a fcailie skin, fo hard that no weapon can pierce it. Of the land-Crocodile ( relem- 
bling this both land and water one) is made the medicine Crocodilea, moft fingular for fore 
eies, beeing annotated with the juice of leeks, it is good againft fuffufions or dimnefs of thje 
fight; it take's away freckles, puftles, and fpotsjthe Gall annotated on the eies help's Cata- 
racts, but thebloud clear's the fight. 
7 hevet faith they live in the fountains of the river or rather in a lake flowing from 
• the fame fountains, and that hee faw fom that were fix paces long,and a yard crofs the back, 
fb that their verie looks were formidable. They catch them thus ; when as the water ofNilus 
fyVs9 the Egyptians let down a line, haveing thereto fattened an iron hook of fom three 
pound waight, made verie large and ftrong, upon this hook they put a piece of flefti of a Ca- 
mel or fom other beaft5 which when as hee fee's, hee prefently fal's upon it, and devour'sit 
hook and all, wherewith when hee finde's himfelf to bee cruelly pulled and pinched, it 
would delight you to fee how hee fret's and leap's aloft; then they draw him thus hooked, 
by little and little to the ftiore, and fatten the rope furely to the next tree, left hee fhould fall 
upon them that are about him; then with prongs,and fuch things they fobelabor his bellie, 
whereas his skin is fbft and thin, that at length they kill him,and uncafeing him,they make 
readie his flefti, and eat it for delicious food. John Lereus, in his hittorie of Brajil, write's,that 
the Salvages of that countrie willingly feed upon Crocodiles, and that hee faw fom who 
brought into their houfes young ones, wherewith their children gathering about it, would 
plaie without receiving anie harm thereby. 
True (faith FUnis') is that common opinion, Whatfoever is brought forth in anie part of 
Nature, that alfb is in the lea, and manie other things over and above, that are in no other 
place. You may perceiv that there are not onely the refemblances of liveing creatures, but 
alfb of other things; if you look upon the fword, faw, cucumber, like in finel and color 
to that of the earth, that you may lefs wonder at the Sea-feather and grape, whole figures I 
have here given you out of Rondeletius. 
The fea-feather is like thofe feathers of birds, which are worn in hats for ornament,after 
they are trimmed and dreft for that purpofc. The fiftiermen call them fea-pricks, for that 
one end of them refembleth the end of a man's yard, when the prepuce is drawn off it. As 
long as it is alive it fwel's, and becom's fomtimes bigger and fomtimes lefler ; but dead, it 
becom's verie flaccid and lank : it (bine's bright on the night like a ftar. 
You may by this gather, that this which wee here exprefs is the Grape whereof Plinis 
mak's mention,becauf in the furface and upper part thereof it much refemble's a fair bunch 
of Grapes; it is fbmwhat longifti, like a mis-ftiapen club, and hang's upon a long ftalk. 
the inner parts are nothing but confufion, fomtimes diftinguiftied with little glandules,like 
that wee have here figured alone by it felf. 
TheCrocodile 
onelymoov's 
the upper jaw. 
Expends dili- 
gent er Plimi lo- 
cum lib.zS.c.% 
Cofmograph tom. 
i.Z.z.c.8. 
How they take 
Crocodiles. 
Cap. 10. 
Lib.9.cap.z. 
The figures of the Sea-Feather and Grape, 
In the Sea near the Ifland ffifyaniola in the Weft Indies, there may bee feen manie mon- 
ftrous fifties, amongft which Tbevet in his Cofinographie thought this moft rare and obferv- 
able, which in the vulgar language of the natives is termed Aloes. For it is juft like a goo£ 
With a long and ftraight neck, with the head ending (harp,or in a Cone, not much unlike a 
fugar- Lib.25. 
Of Monfters and Prodigies 
681 
liigar-pear, it is no bigger than a goo£ it wanteth fcails, it hath foure fins under the bellie 
for fwimming, when it is above water you would laie that it were a goof 
The Sarmatian, or Eaftern Germane Ocean contain's fifties unknown to hot 
and verie monftrous. Such is that which relembling a lhail,equars a barrell in magnitude of 
bodie,and a flag in the largenefs and branches of her horns : the ends of her horns are roun- 
ded as it were into little balls, -ffiineing like unto pearls, the neck is thick, the eies Ihineing 
like unto little candles, with a roundilh nofe fet with hairs like to a cat's, the mouth wide, 
whereunder hang's a piece of flefti verie uglie to behold. It goe's on fourelegs, with fo manie 
broad and crooked feet, the which with a long tail, and variegated like a Tiger, lerv's her 
for fins to fwim withal. This creature is fo timerous, that though it be an Amphibium, that 
is, which live's both in the water and aftiore, yet ufually it keep's it lelf in the lea, neither 
doth it com aftiore to feed,unlefs in a verie clear feafon. The flefti thereof is verie good and 
grateful meat, andthebloud medicinable for fuch as have their livers ill affefted, or their 
lungs ulcerated, as the bloud of great Tortoifes is good for the Leprofie. Tbevet in his Cof- 
mbgraphie affirmeth that hee faw this in Denmark. 
In a deep lake of frefti water, upon which Hand's the great cittie or town of Tbemiftitan, in 
the Kingdom of Mexico, which is built upon piles, like as Venice is, there is found a fifti of 
the bignels of a calf,called by the Southern Salvages, Andura, but by thole of the place,and 
th£ Spaniards the conquerers of that place, Hogd. It is headed and eared almoft like a Iwine; 
from the chaps hang five long bearded appendices, or the length of fom half a foot, like the 
beard of a Barbel. It hath flefti verie grateful and goodtoeat.lt bringeth forth live young 
like as the Whale. As it fwim's in waters, it leem's green, yellow, red, and of manie colors, 
like a Chameleon: it is moft frequently converfant about the fliore-fides of the lake, and 
there it feed's upon the leavs of the tree called Hoga, whence alfo the fifti hath its name. It is 
fearfully toothed and fierce fifti, killing and devouring liich as it meeteth withal , though 
they bee bigger then her lelf: which is the realbn why the Fiftiermen chiefly dcfire to kill 
her, as Tbevet affirmeth in his Cofinographie. 
The blond of 
gr eat Tort oifet 
good for the 
leprolie. 
Tom.i.lib.zQ, 
'The monftrous fifh Hbga. 
Andrew Tbevet in his Cofmographie write's that as hee failed to America, hee law infinite 
(lore of flying fifties, called by the falvages Bulampecb, whorifingout of the water, fliefom 
fiftie paces, elcaping by that means from other greater fifti that think to devour them. 
This kinde of flying Hfh exceed's not the bignefs of a Mackrel, is round headed, with a 
blewifti back,two wings which equal the length of almoft all their bodie. They oft-times 
flie in fuch a multitude, that they fall foul upon the fails of ffiips, whileft they hinder one 
another's fflght,and by this means they fall upon the decks,and becom a preie to the failers: 
which fame thing wee have read confirmed by John Lereus in his hiftorie of Brefil. 
In the Venetian gulf, between Venice and Ravenna, two miles above Quioza, Anno Dorn. 
1550. there was taken a flying fifti, verie horrible and monftrous, beeing four foot long, it 
had a verie great head, with two eies (landing in a line, and not one againft another , with 
two ears, and a double mouth, a fhout verie flefliie and green, two wings, five holes in her 
throat, like thole of a Lampreie,atail an ell long, at the letting on whereof there were two 
little wings. This monfter was brought alive to Quioza, and prefented to the chief of the 
cittie, as a thing whereof the like had not been formerly leen. 
Mmm 3 
fbt Of Monsters and 'Prodigies. 
LiB.zy. 
682 
T'be figure of a monftrous flying Fife. 
There are fo manie and different forts of ftiels to bee found in the Sea, that it may bee 
truely faid, that Nature, the hand-maid of the Almightie,difport's it (elfin the frameingof 
them. In id great diveriitie I have chiefly made choice of three to treat of here, as thoie that 
areworthieof the greateft admiration. In theie lie hid certain little fifties, as (hails in their 
ftiels, which Ariftotlc cal's Cancelli9 and hee affirmeth them to bee the common companions 
of the * crufted and ftieli fifties, as thoie which in their fpeczes or kinde are like to Lobfters , 
and ufe to bee bred without ftiels; but as they creep into ftiels,and there inhabit, they are like 
to ftieli fifties. It is one of thefe that is termed the Hermite. Hee hath two fomwhat long 
and (lender horns,under which are his eies, alwaies ftanding out of his head, as th ofe which 
hee cannot pluck and draw in, as Crabs can* His fore-feet have claws upon them, where- 
with hee defend's himfelf,and carrie's meat to his mouth,haveing two other on each fide,and 
a third beeing lefler, the which hee ufeth in going. The female laie's eggs, which hang forth 
at her back part as if they were put upon a thread, beeing joined together by certain little 
membranes. Laftly, in the opinion of JElian9 the Cancellus or fmall Craie-fifti is born naked 
and without a (hell, but within a while after,(hee of manie which (hee finde's empue,make's 
choice of a fit one, and when as grown bigger, (hee cannot bee contained or dwell anie lon- 
ger therein, or elf beeing ftimulated with a natural defire of copulation,(hee remoov's into 
a more capacious and convenient one. Theie little Craie-fiihes oft-times fight together for 
their habitation, and the ftronger carrie's away theemptie (hell,or elf make's the weaker to 
quit pofleflion* Now the ftieli is either of a Nerita, or 7Wo,and oft-times of a finall Purple5 
and entring into pofleision,fhee carrie's it about,there feed's and grow s, and then leek's a 
more capacious one, as Ariftotle faith in the formerly-cited place. 
4.«fc hi]!. anim. 
cap. 4. 
* By crufted is 
meant Crabs, 
Lebfters, 
Shrimps, and 
fuch like. 
The defcripti- 
oe of the Her- 
mite cray-filh. 
ZiE7.Mp.3i, 
They change 
their habitati- 
on for two 
caufles. 
Tfte effigies of the emptie feefs wbereinto the Cancelli «/e to creep to dwell. 
What the Pin- 
wrez,or dwarf- 
crab is. 
Som think that this Bernard the Hermit is that kinde of Cancellus which is by Plinie ter- 
med Pinnoter j but in truth the Pinnoter is not a kinde of Cancellus, or Cray-fifh, but of a lit- 
tle Crab. Now in dritfotle there is much difference between Cancellus and Cancer parvus t 
though Plinie may feem to confound them 5 for hee is bred naked, haveing his cruft onely, 
but without a fhell: wherefore feeing that by nature hee want's it, hee diligently fearche's 
for it, and dwell's in it, when as hee hath found it: But the Pinnoter is not bred by it felf 
alone, but in Pinn<e and fom others, and hee changeth not his habitation, becauf (asAriftotle 
think's Lib.25. 
Of Monfters and Trodigies. 
683 
think's) beeing of the kindeof dwarf-Crabs, it never grow's big, neither dwells it in emptie 
(hells. Now the Pinna, or Pin is a kinde of ftiell-fifti, it breed's in muddie places, and isal- 
waies open, neither is it at anie time without a companion, which they therefore call the 
Pinnoter, or Pinnopbylax3 (i.e.) the Pin-keeper, as Plinie faith. Verily that thefe things are 
thus, you may plainly perceiv by thefe words of Athentus. Cbryftppus Solenfts 5. deHoneft. & 
Volupt. faith the Pinna and Pinnoter aflift and further each other, neither can they live afuncjer. 
The Pinna may bee referred to the kindes of oifters, but the Pinnoter is a dwarf-crab: the Pin- 
na open's her (hell for the little fifties to enter thereinto j the Pinnoter hand's by, obferving if 
anie com in, which ifthey do, hee give's the Pin notice thereof by biteing, who prefently 
thereupon (hut's her (hell, and lb they feed together upon that they catch by this means. 
Thus Atbeneus. Shee is alfo for this her craft mentioned by Plutarch in his writeings. The. 
Pinnoter is (bmtimes called by Cancer dapisajfefiator. 
But that which by thefe authors is attributed to the dwarf-Crab, the fame by Cicero is af- 
fcribed to the little (hrimp: Now the Pinna (faith hee) opening her two large (hells, enter's 
into confederacie with the little (hrimp for getting of food, wherefore when little fifties 
fwim into her gapeing (hell, then the Pinna, admoniftied by the ftirimp's biteing her, (hut's 
her (hell 5 thus two unlike creatures get their livings together. But Plutarch feem's to make 
the Pinna to bee the Pearl-oifter, in that work of his, whereas hee inquireth whether the 
craft of Water or Land-beafts bee the greater. 
What the Pz«- 
n<t is. 
Lib. 9 capes'. 
Lib. j. Deipno. 
The fa mill ar i- 
tie and craft of 
thePwz and 
Pinnoter, 
Lib.tMnu, 
deornm. 
Tbe figure of bim out of bis Cell, 
Tfte effigies of Bernard the Hermite 
boufedinhis fbell. 
But amongft the moft miraculous fifties may fittly bee placed the or Sailer,of fbm 
called Pompylos fit is thought to bee akinde of Polypus) it com's with the face upwards to the 
top of the Sea, railing it lelf by little and little, that calling forth all the water by a pipe, as 
if it had a Pump, it ealily 
float's ; then putting 
back the two firft ten- 
drils or arms, it extend's 
between them a membrane 
of wondrous finenels or 
thinnefs,which gathering 
air like as a fail, and lhee 
rowing with the reft ol 
her arms, lhee guid's her 
lelf with her tail in the 
mid'ft, as a Rudder. Thus 
lhee fail's along in imita- 
tion of Pinnaces, aud if 
anie thing affright her, 
lhee prefently take's in 
water,and finks her felf. 
Plin. lib. 
The (bape of Nautilos, or Sailer-fijb 684 
OfAdon Ilers and Prodigies. 
Lib.25. 
How the 
Whale may b< 
reckoned a- 
rnengft mon« 
fters. 
The better to ftore this Treatife of Monfters, abufing the name with the Poets, wee will 
: reckon up the whale amongft the Sea-monfters, by realon of his monftrous and wondrous 
magnitude. Now the Whale is the greateft by much of all the fifties of the Sea, for molt 
commonly this beaft is thirtie fix cubits long , eight high , the flit of his mouth is eigh- 
teen toot long, teeth they have none, but in Head thereof in each Jaw hornie black excres- 
cences or fins [which wee vulgarly term Whale-bones J which by little and little end in 
Small hairs like to a fwine's briftles, which comming and (landing out of his mouth, 
are in head of Guides, left whileft hee fwim's with a blinde and rapid violence, hee might 
run againft a rock. His eies are diftant one from the other the (pace of four ells, which 
outwardly appear fmall, but inwardly they are bigger then a man's head ; wherefore they 
are deceived that faie that they are no bigger then an Ox's eies: his nofe is ftiort, but in 
the middle of his tore-head hee hath a pipe whereat hee draw's in the air, and call's forth 
a whole ftiower or river of water, that therewith hee will even link the veflels or boats 
of Mariners; when hee hath filled himlelf beyond meafure, hee crie's out or roar's with Id 
great or ftrong a voice, that hee may bee heard two miles off. Hee hath two verie large 
fins upon his lides wherewith hee fwim's , and under which in the time of danger hee 
hide's his young; hee hath none upon his back. His tail in lite is like to the tails of Dol- 
phins , neither is it much unlike in lhape, which when hee moov's, hee lb tolfeth the 
Sea, that hee drown's and overturn's the boats that heetoucheth. You may by dif- 
fering them finde that a Whale bring's forth live -young, and give's them fuck; for 
the male hath teflicles and a yard, but the female a womb and dugs. They are taken 
' in divers places about winter , but chiefly about the coaft of Aquitane , at a fmall town 
which is vulgarly called Biarris, fom fix miles diftant from Bayon: whereunto 1 beeing 
fent by King Cbarls the ninth when hee was at Bayon } to cure the Prince of Rocbe Sur- 
Tou , I was an eie-witnefle how they are caught ; and allo I confirmed that which I had 
formerly read to that purpole, in that excellent and moll true hiftorie of fifties fet forth 
by Rondeletius. Now at that town there is a little hill, in the top whereof there is a 
Tower of verie great antiquitie, from which as from a watch-tower they keep watch 
whether or no anie Whales fwim that waie. Wherefore the watch-men from the tower, 
either feeing , or by the horrible noif hearing a Whale to pafs that waie, they give war- 
ning thereof to the inhabitants by the beating of Drums, and ringing a Bell: which lign 
once given , they all run forthwith , as to extinguilh the Cittie if it were on fire, bee- 
ing furniftied with weapons and all things fitting for that purpole. For the people 
of that countrie are verie diligent and expert in catching the Whale. Wherefore in each 
of the boats furniftied with all things either to aflail or flie, there are put ten luftie row- 
ers, and divers othersfurniftied with harping iroiis to ftrike the Whale;which beeing 
call and faftned in her, they loof out huge long ropes faftned to them , until fuch time 
as hee bee dead, then together with the ropes, and aflifted by the waves of the fea, 
they draw the Whale (wearied with running and laboring, and fainting by reafon of 
the magnitude and multitude of his wounds, beeing in the time of their conflift dili- 
gently chafed and driven toward the ftiore) a land; and merrily part the preie, each 
whereof hath his (hare, according to the number of the irons thrown, the magnitude 
of the wound, and the neceflitie and excellencie of the bounded part for life: each of 
their harping-irons are known by their peculiar marks. In the heat of the skirmifti manie 
Hand up and down in boats, onely for this purpofe,to take up fuch as chance to fall into the 
Sea, left they Ihould bee drowned. The ihales are caught with more difficultie, the females 
more ealily, Specially if their young ones bee with them; for whil'ft they linger to help 
and fuccour them,they lofe the occafion of efcaping. The flefti is of no efteem, the tongue 
onely is commendable; for beeing verie large, and of a verie lax fubftance, it is poudered, 
and by moft Gentlemen accounted for a daintie. The lard is difperfed over manie countries, 
to bee boiled and eaten with fifti in the time of Lent, that Gourmandizers may have fbm- 
thingto ferv them in ftead of flefti which is then forbidden. There is great ftore of fat in 
them in the parts under the skin and bellie, which melted, concreet's not again, byjeafon 
of thefubtiltie of the parts, they keep it to burn in lamps, and to ufe about their fhips. 
Thehoufes of the fifti-eaters are builded with their bones ;alfo orchards in the coaft of 
Aquitane are fenced with thefe bones- The fins that ftand forth of their mouths, which are 
commonly called Whale-bones, beeing dried and poliftied, ferve to make busks for women, 
whip-ftaves, and little ftaves, as alfo to ftiffen garments. Manie make feats or fteols of the 
vertebra or fpondils of the back-bone. 
A Whale 
bring's forth 
young, and 
fuckle's them. 
How they are 
caught. 
Why the fe- 
males are 
moreeafily 
caught then 
the males* 
Whale-hone. 
The Lib.xj. 
Of Monfers and Prodigies. 
685 
The manner of cutting up the fRhale. 
fn the river Sc aide, ten miles from Antwerp, Anno Dom. i477.thefeconddaieof Jafte,there 
a Whale taken, of a blacki Ih blue color, lhee had a fpout hole in the top of her head, 
< tit of which lhee caft great ftore of water: lhee was fiftie eight foot long, and fixteen foot 
high: her tail was fourteen foot broad; from the eie to the end of her nole was fbm fixteen 
foot- Her lower jaw was fix foot on each fide, fhee had twentie five teeth, which lhee could 
hide in her upper jaw, there beeing holes for them, it beeing whollie toothlels; for which 
one thing this Whale may bee judged monftrous, forthat nature hath denied them teeth, and 
and for that in creatures that are not horned, it is fo ordained by nature , that when they 
have teeth in their lower jaw, they Ihould have others alfo in the upper to anlwer to them, 
fo to chaw their meat. The longeft of thele teeth exceed not fix inches. 
There is (as Plinie report's) a verie fmall filhaccuftomed to live about rocks , it is called j 
Ecbeneis, never excceeding the length of a foot; it is thought that fhips go more (lowly iff 
this ftick to them: wherefore the Latins have allb given it a name of Remora, for that a Ihip ' 
beeing under fail with a good winde, may by the Ecbeneis leazing on her as if lhee would de- J 
vour her, bee ftaied againft the Sailer's wills, and ftand ftill as if lhee were in a lafe harbor.1 
Wherefore lhee is laid in the Aftian fight to have ftaied the Ihip of Marcus 
to go about and encourage, his fouldiers, fo that hee was forced to enter into another Ihip, 
and thereupon Cefar's navie came upon them too haftily, and before they were provided. 
Shee alfo ftai'd the Ihip of the Emperor Cains, comming from Aftura to Antes , his Ihip of 
all the navie makeing no waie; neither did they long wonder at this ftaie , the cauf beeing 
prelently known; fom forthwith leaping into the Sea to finde the cauf thereof, there found 
her about the fticking to the Rudder, and they lhewed her to Caius, beeing wroth 
that this fo fmall a thing Ihould ftop him, and countermand the endevour of fortie 
Rowers. * 
Therefore this little fifli fame's and infringe's the violence and madnefs of the world, and 
that with *no labor, not without holding or anie other waie, but onely by fticking thereto. 
Cetainly how ever it com's to pafs, who from this example of holding of fhips,can doubt of 
anie power or effect of nature, in medicines which grow naturally > Yea, and without this 
example, the Torpedo out of the fea alfo may bee fufheient, who a far off, and at diftance,if it 
bee touched with a fpear or rod, will benumb even the ftrongeft arms, and retard the feet, 
how ever nimble to run away. 
& lib.ii.ctp.x 
The wondrous 
power of the 
Remora. 
The wondrons 
force of the 
1 Torpedo. 
CHAP. XXII. 
Of the admirable nature of Birds, and of fom Beafts. 
Hat there bee divers things not onely in the Sea, but alio in the air and earth, 
which by the wonderful condition of their own nature may equal that of Mon- 
fters, the onely Eftrich may ferv for a witnels. It is the biggeft of Birds,though 
indeed it partly refemble's a bird, and partly a beaft (and it is familiar to Africa 
and as which contrarie to the nature of beafts hath feathers, and againft the cu- 
ftom of birds cannot die aloft; for it hath not feathers fit to flie, but like unto hairs, yet 
will it out-run a horf. The natural force of the ftomach in concofting is miraculous, as to 
which nothing is untameable: fhee laic's eggs of a wondrous largnefs, fo that they may bee 
framed into cups: their feathers are moft beautiful, as you may perceiv by this following 
figure. 
6 ; The 
The Eflrich is 
between a bird 
aud a beaft. 
The wondrous 
force of her 
ftonoach. 686 
Of on tiers and Trodigies. 
Lib.25. 
'Ebe figure of an Eftricb. 
Anieonemay eafily ga- 
ther of what a prodigious 
magnitude an Ellrich is, by 
the greatnefs of his bones, 
three of thefe birds were 
kept at the King s charge, 
by the Marefchal de Rets : 
one whereof dying, it was 
beftowedupon mee, where- 
of I have with great dili- 
gence made a Sceleton. 
*fbe delineation of tbe Sceleton of an Eftrich. 
A. Shew s the head5which was fomwhat thicker then the head of a Crane,of the length 
of one s hand, plain from the crown even to the beak; the beak being divided to the mid- 
dle region of the eie,beeing roundift at the end thereof, 
B.The LIB.25. 
Of Monjlers and Prodigies. 
687 
B. The neck, a yard long, confining of feventeen vertebra's., each whereof on each fide 
isfurniflied with a tranfverf proceft looking downwards, of fom fingers length, exce- 
pting the two which are next the head, as which want thele, and are joined together by 
Ginglynws. 
C. The back is of a foot's length, confifting of feven Vertebra. 
D. The holie-bone of two foot long, in whofe top there is a tranfverf procefs,under 
which there lie's a great hole. 
E. Three more, but lefs. 
F. G. H. After which there follow's the cavitie orfocket, whereinto the head of the 
thigh-bone is received and hid. This externally and on the fide producerh a perforated 
bone, noted with the letter I. perforated I faie at the beginning, for it is prelently united 
at the letter, K. then is it forked and divided into two other bones, whereof one is big- 
ger then the other. The lefs is noted with the letter, L. then are they both united at the 
letter M each of them is half a foot and four inches longi But from that part whereas 
they firft begun to bee divided, to that whereas they are united, there is a hole fom four 
fingers broad, but the length of one's hand, or more, and it is noted with the letter N. 
Therefidue of the bone is like to a pruning knife three inches broad, but fix in length: at 
the end whereunder is the letter, 0. it is joined by coalition. 
P. The rump confifting of nine vertebra's, like to a man's. The thigh-bones are two, 
whereof that which is noted with the letter <gjs of the length of a foot,and of thicknefs 
equal to a horle's thigh. The other next under (which peradventure you may call the leg- 
bone) noted with K. is a foot and half long: it hath joined thereto the Fibula., or lefler 
focil of the length, but which grow's fmaller as it corn's lower. 
S. Is the leg, to which the foot adhere's, being one foot and a half long, divided at 
the end into two claws,the one bigger,the other left, whereof each confift s of three bonesj 
T. Eight ribs, which are inferted into the S ter non, the three middlemoft of theie have 
a bonie production like to a hook. 
V. Is the Sternon, confifting of one bone of fom foot's length, representing a buckler,to 
this there is joined another bone, which ftretched over the three firft ribs, is in ftead of cla- 
vicles or collar-bones. 
X. The firft bone of the wing, which is one foot and half long. 
r. Two bones under this, equivalent to the ell and wand, under which there are fix o- 
ther bones compoling the point of the wing, noted with Z. 
This whole Sceleton is feven foot long,and fo manic foot or more high from the feet to 
the beak : there are manie other obfervable things in his compofure, but 1 have thought 
fit to omitt them for brevi tie's fake. 
Jerotn Cardane in his books De [ubtilitate, write's, that in the Hands of the Moluccas you 
may fomtimes finde lying upon the ground , or take up in the waters, a dead bird called a 
Manucodiata, that is in Hebrew, the bird of God, it is never feen alive. It Jive's aloft in the 
air, it is like a Swallow in bodie and beak, yet diftinguilhed with divers colored feathers: 
for thole on the top of the head are of a golden color,thofe of the neck like toa Mallard, but 
the tail and wings like Pe- 
acocks; * it want's feet: 
Wherefore if it becom 
wearie with flying, or de- 
fire fleep, it hang's up the 
bodie by twineing the fea- 
thers about fam bough of 
a tree. Itpafleth through 
the air,wherein it muft re- 
main as long as it live s, 
with great celeritie, and 
live's by the air and dew 
onely. The cock hatha 
cavitie depreft in the back, 
wherein the hen laie's and 
fit's upon her eggs> I faw 
one at Paris which was 
prefented to King Cbarls 
the ninth. V , 
Wee have read in Cofinographie, that hee law a bird in which in that 
countrie fpeech is called in this verie monftrous and deformed, for.that the beak «• 
in length and thicknels, exceed's the bignefsof the reft of the bodie; it feed's on pepper,as 
the black-birds and felfares with us do upon Ivie-berries, which are not lefs hot then 
pepper. 
The defcripti- 
on ofthe bird 
of Paradife. 
Tbe effigies of a Manucodiata3 or bird of Paradife. 
* Wholbever 
de fire's to 
know more of 
the tiuih of 
this bird,let 
him read Clait- 
fius in the Ait- 
flarium ad lib. "} 
cap. i. exotico-> 
rum. 
A cer- 688 
Of Monfers and Prodigies. 
Lib. 25. 
A certain Gentleman of Provence brought a bird of thiskinde from that countries to pre- 
fentit to King Charts the ninth, but dying in the waie hee could not prefent it alive.Where- 
fore the King wifhed the Marejcbal de Rets to give her to mee, that, I might take forth her 
bowels and embalm her, that (hee might bee kept amongft the King's rarities. Ididwhat I 
could, yet not long after fhee rotted: (hee refembled a crow in bodie and feathers, but had a 
yellowiftibeak, clear, fmooth, and toothed like a faw, and of ftich length and thicknefsas 
wee formerly mentioned. I keep it yet as a certain monftrous thing* 
fthevet write's, that frequently found a certain wilde beaft 
called of the the bignefs of in Ethiopian Monkie. It is a verie monftrous creature, 
but in nothing more, then that it is thought to live upon the air onely; the skin,as if it were 
died in grain, is of a fcarlet color, yet it is in fom places (potted and variegated: it hath a 
round-head like to a boul, with feet round, broadband wanting hurtful nails. The Moors 
kill it and u(e to eat the flefti of it, beeing firft brui(ed,that fo it may bee the more tender. 
In the Realm of Camota, of Abob3 of Benga, and other mountains of Cangipa, Plimatiq and 
Catagan, which are in the inner India, beyond the river of Ganges, fom five degrees beyond the 
Tropick of Cancer, is found a beaft, which the Weftern German's call Giraff. This beaft in 
head, ears, and cloven feet, is riot much unlike our Do ; it hath a verie (lender neck, but it 
is fom fix foot long, and there are few beafts that exceed him in the length of their legs: his 
tail is round,but reacheth no further then his hams; his skin is exceeding beautiful,yet fom- 
what rough,having hair thereon fomwhat longer then a Cow,it is (potted and variegated in 
fom places with fpots of a middle color, between white and chefnut, fo as Leopards are: fop 
which cauf by fom Greek Hiftorians it is called a Cameleepardalis: it is fo wilde before it bee 
taken, that with the good-will it will not fo much as bee (een. Therefore it inhabited and 
live's onely in defert and fecret places, unknown to the reft of the beafts of that region. Hee 
prefently (lie's away at the fight of a man, yet is hee taken at length, for that hee is not verie 
(peedie in running away j once taken, hee is as eafily and (peedily tamed as anie wilde beaft 
whatfoever. Hee hath a- 
bove his crown two 
ftraight horns covered 
with hairs, and of a 
foot's length. When as 
hee hold's up his head 
and neck hee is as high as 
a Lance. Hee feed's upon 
herbs and the leavsand 
boughs of trees 5 yea, 
hee is al(b delighted 
with bread. 
tom.i.cap, 11. 
lib-q. 
Thevet tom i. 
lib. u, cap. 13. 
effigies of Giraffa. 
Such .Lib.25. 
Of Mon/lers and Prodigies. 
689 
Such as fail in the red lea along the coaft of Arabia , meet with an Hand called by the 
Arabians Cadenwta j in that part thereof where the river Plata run's , is found a wilde beaft, 
called by the barbarous inhabitants Paraff'oupi , beeing of the bigneisof a Mule, headed not 
unlike one, yet rough and haired like to a Bear, but not of fo dark a color, but inclineing 
to yellow, with cloven feet like a Hart: Ihee hath two long horns on her head, but not 
branched, fomwhat refembling thofe fo much magnified horns of Unicorns. For the na- 
tive's of the place, bitten by theyenemous tooth of either beaft or fifti, are prefently helped 
and recover by drinking the water wherein fiich horns have been infilled for fix or (even 
daies (pace, as Tbevet in his Cofinographie report's. 
In one of the Iflands of the Moluccas there is found a beaft living both on land and water 
like as a Crocodile ; it is called faantfburcb, it is of the bignefs of an Hart, it hath one horn 
in the fore-head, moovable after the fafhion of the nole of a Turkic-cock: it is fom three 
foot and an half long, and never thicker then a man's arm 5 his neck is covered over with 
an alh color, hee hath two feet like to a goof's feet, wherewith hee fwim's both in frelh 
and fait waters. His fore-feet are like to a flag's, hee live's upon fifti. Manie have perfwa- 
ded themfelvs that this beaft is a kinde of Unicorn , and that therefore his horn fhbuld bee 
good againft poifons. T he King of the Ifland love's to bee called by the name of this beaft 5 
and fo alfo other Kings take to themfelvs the names of the wilde beads, fifties, or fruits, 
that are moft precious and obfervable in their dominions, as "tbevet report's. 
Mauritania and , and that part of that is beyond the defcrts and fyrtes, 
bring forth Elephants; but thofe of India are far larger. Now although in the largenefs 
of their bodie they exceed all four-footed beafts, yet may they bee more fpeedily and eafily 
tamed then other beafts. For they may bee taught to do manie things above the common 
nature of beads. Their skin is fomwhat like to a Buffies, with little hair upon it, but that 
which is, is afli colored, his head large, his neck fliort, his ears two handfuls broad, his 
note or trunk verie long, ahd hanging down almoft to the ground, hollow like as a trum- 
pet , the which hee ufeth in ftead of an hand, his mouth is not far from his breaft , not 
much unlike a fwine's, from the upper part whereof two large teeth thruft forth themfelvs, 
his legs are thick and ftrong, not confifting of one bone as manie formerly have falflybe- 
leeved (for they kneel to admit their PUder, or to bee laden, and then rife up again of them- 
felvs) his feet are round like a quoit fom two or three hand's bredth, and divided into five 
clefts. Hee hath a tail like a Buffle, but not verie rough , fom three hand's bredth long, 
wherefore they would bee much troubled with flies and wafps, but that nature hath recom- 
penced the Ihortnefs of their tails by another waie j for when they finde themfelvs mole- 
fled, they contraft their skin fo ftrongly, that they fuffocate and kill thefe little creatures 
taken in the wrinkles thereof 5 they over-take a man running by going only, for his legs are 
proportionable to the reft of his bodie. 
They feed upon the leavs and fruits of trees, neither is anie tree fo ftrong or well rooted, 
which they cannot throw down and break. They grow to bee fixteen handfuls high, 
wherefore foch as ride upon an Elephant are much troubled as if they went to tea. They 
are of fo unbridled a nature, that they cannot endure anje head-ftall or reins, there- 
fore you muft fuffer them to take the courf and waie they pleaf. Yet do they obey their 
countrie-men without anie great trouble 5 for they feem after fom fort to underftand 
their fpeech, wherefore they are eafily governed by their known voices and words. They 
throw down a man that anger's them, firft taking him up with their trunk and lifting him 
aloft,and then letting him fall, they thread him under foot, and leav him not before hee bee 
dead. Ariftotle write's that Elephants generate not before they bee twentie years old : they 
know notadulterie, neither touch they anie female but one, from which they alfo diligent- 
ly abftain when they know Ihee hath once conceived. It cannot bee known how long they 
go with young, the reafon is forthat their copulation is notfeen, for they never do it but in 
fecret. The females bring forth refting upon their hinde legs, and with pain like women, 
they lick their young, and thefe prefently fee and go, and fuck with their mouths, and not 
with their trunks. You may fee Elephant's teeth of a monftrousand ftupendious bignefs, 
at Venice, Rome, Nafles9 and Paris j they term it Ivorie , and it is ufed for Cabinets , Harps, 
Combs, and otherfuch like ufe$. 
The Indian 
Elephants are 
bigger then 
the African. 
How they 
keep flies 
from them. 
Lib.9.de bi (I, 
anim.cap.28. 
It is not 
known how 
long an Ele- 
phant go's 
with young. 
Nnn 
Tbs Lib,Z5 
690 
Of Monsters and Prodigies. 
The figure of an Elephant. 
Wee Lib. 25. 
Of Mongers and Frodigies. 
691 
Wee have read in Tbevet, that in Florida there are gn at Bulls, called in that countrie ' 
tongue Beautrol, they have horns of a foot long, a bunch on their back like a Camel, their1 
hair long and yellow , the tail of a Lion 5 there is fcarce anie creature more fierce or wilde,, 
for it can never bee tamed, unlefs it bee taken from the dam. The Salvages ule their hides 
againlt the cold, and their horns as an Antidote againft poifbn. 
The fame author affirm's that whileft hee failed in the redfea, hee fawa monfterin the 
hands of certain Indian merchants , which in the biguefs and fhape of his limbs was 1 
not unlike a Tiger, yet had the face of a man, but a verie flat note: befides, his fore 
feet were like a man's hands, but the hinde like the feet of a Tigre , hee had no tail, 
hee was of a dun color: to conclude, in head, ears, neck\ ana face it refembled a 
man, but in the blackilh and curled hair, a Moor: for the other parts they were like a Ti- 
gre 5 they called it 'Tbanaftb. 
Tom.z.lib. x?. 
cap, x. 
Their horns 
good againft 
poifon. 
Tom.idib.i. 
csp.io. 
ibe figure of a beaU called Thana&h. 
This following monfter is Co Grange that it will ftarce bee believed, but by thoft 
that have feenit: it is bred in America, and by the Salvages called Flai'it, of thebig- 
neft of a Monkie, with a great bellie, almoft touching the ground, and the head and 
face of a childe: beeing taken, it mourns and figh's like to a man that is troubled andper- 
plext; it is of an afh-color, hath the feet divided into three claws, four fingers long, 
and (harper then thofe of a Lion : it climbe's trees, and live's there more frequently then up- 
on the ground, the tail is no longer then thebredth of three fingers. It is ftrange and al- 
moft monftrous that theft kinde of creatures have never been feen to feed upon,or eat anie 
thing: for the Salvages have kept them long in their houfes to make trial thereof, where- 
fore they think them to live by the air. 
nn 2 692 
Of Monsters and Prodigies. 
Lib.25 
The figure of the be aft called Haiit. 
I have taken this following monfter out of Leo's African hiftorie; iris verie deformed,be- 
ing round after the manner of a TortoiQ two yellow lines crofting each other at right an- 
gles, divide his back jateverieend of which hee hath.oneeie, and alfo one ear, (b that fiich 
a creature may fee on everie (ide with his four eies, as alio hear by his (b manie ears: yet hath 
hee but one mouth, and one bellie to contain his meat, but his round bodie is encompafled 
with manie feet,by whole help hee can go aniewaie hee pleaf without turning of his bodie, 
his tail is (bmthing long and verie hairie at the end The inhabitants affirm, that his blood 
is moreeffe&uall in healing of wounds then anie balibm. 
Blood as good 
as balfom. 
It is ((range that the Rhinoceros (hould bee a born enenrie to the Elephant; wherefore hee 
whet's his horn, which grow's upon his nofe, upon the rocks, andfo prepare'® himfelf for 
fight, wherein hee chiefly aflails the bellie,as that which hee kjiow's to bee the fbfteft: hee 
is as long as an Elephant, but his legs are mu ch (hotter, hee is of the color of box , yet 
fomwhat (potted. Pompe was the firft, that (hewed one at Rome. 
FtifUfrCW 
'the Lib.25. 
Of Monslers and Prodigies. 
693 
N n n j 
Tbe Of Mongers and Trodigies. 
Lib,25- 
694 
'the figure of the Chameleon. 
Africa produceth the Chameleon, yet is 
it more frequent in India: hee is in lhape 
and greatnels like a Lizard, but that his 
legs are ftraight and higher, his lides are 
joined to the bellie as in filh,and his back 
ftand's up after the fame manner, his 
note ftand's out not much unlike a 
{wine's, his tail is long, and £ndeth 
fliarp, and hee fould's it up in a round, 
like a ferpent, his nails are crooked, his 
pace flow like as the Tortoif, his bodie 
rough, hee never Ihut's his eies, neither 
doth hee look about by the mooving of 
the apple, but by the turning of the 
whole eie. The nature of his color is ve- 
rie wonderful, for hee changeth it now 
and then in his eies and tail, and whole 
bodie befide; andheealwaies aflimilate's 
that which hee is next to , unlels it bee 
red or white* His skin is verie thin, and 
his bodie clear ; therefore the one of 
thefe two, either the color of the neigh- 
bouring things in fo great fubtiltie of 
his clear skin, eafily Ihine's as in a glafs; 
or elf various humors diverfly ftirred up 
in him, according to the varietie of his 
affeftions, repreient divers colors in his 
skin, as a Turkie-cock dothinthofe 
flelhie excrefcences under his throat,and 
upon his head: hee is pale when hee is 
dead. Mathiolus write*s that the right eie 
taken from a living Chameleon take's a- 
way the white fpots which are about the 
thornie coat oftHteie; hisbodiebeing 
beaten,and mixed with Goat's milk,and 
rubbed upon aniepart,fetcheth off hairs; 
his gall difcufleth the Catara&s of the 
eie. 
Plbilib.S.C.33. 
drift, lib.z.hift, 
Mim.cap.iz. 
The ftrange 
nature of the 
color of the 
Chameleon. 
CHAP. XXIII. 
Of Celeflial Monfters. 
P Eradventure it hath not been ftrange that monitors have been generated upon the earth 
and in the Sea: but for monitors to appear in heaven, and in the upper region of the air, 
exceed's all admiration* Yet have wee often read it written by the antients, that the face of 
heaven hath been deformed,by bearded,tailed, and haired Comets; by meteors reprefenting 
burning torches,and lamps,pillars, darts,lhields,troups of clouds, hoftilely aflailing each o- 
cher; Dragons,two Moons,Suns,and the like monitors and prodigies. An- JLib.zj. 
Of Monjlen and Prodigies. 
695 
Antiquitie hath not teen anie thing more pro- 
digious then that Comet which appeared with 
bloodie hair in Vverftine, upon the ninth date of 
Otfober, 15 28,.for it was fo horrible and fearful 
a fpeftacle, that divers died with fear, and manie 
fell into grievous dileafes; going from the Eaft to 
the South, it endured no longer then one hour 
and a quarter: in the top whereof was feen a ben- 
ding arm holding a great (word in a threat'ning 
hand5 at the end thereof appeared three ftars, but 
that over which the point of the (word direftly 
hanged was more bright and clear then the reft : 
on each fide of this Comet were feen manie 
fpears,fwords, and other kindes of weapons died 
with blood, which were intermixt with men's 
heads, haveing long and terrible hair and beards, 
as you may fee in this figure. 
Alfo there have been feen great and thick bars 
of Iron to have fain from heaven, which have 
prefently been turned into fwords and rapiers. 
At Sugolia in the borders of Hungarian ftone fell 
from heaven with a great noif, the feventh daie of 
September;, Anno jDom. 15 14. it weighed two hun- 
dred and fiftie pound : the Citizens hanged it up 
with a great iron-chain put through it, in the 
mid'ft of the Church of their Cittie, and uted to 
fhewit,as a miracle, to travellers of better note 
that pafs'd that waie.t Plinie report's that claftiing 
of armour, and the found of a trumpet were 
heard from heaven often, before and after the 
Cimbrianwar. The fame author write's that in the third Conful-fhip of Marius, the Ama- 
rines and Judortines faw the heavenlie armies comming from Eaft and Weft 5 and fo joining, 
thofe beeing vanquifhed which came from the Eaft. Which fame thing was feen in Lufalia,3.t 
a town called Jubea,vwo hours after mid-night, A Dorn. 15 35. But in AJJom. 1550. upon the 
19. daie of Julie, in Saxonie, not far from Wittenburg, there appeared in theair a great Stag, 
incomp ailed with two armed hofts, makeing a great noif in their conflift, and at the fame 
inftant it rained blood in great abundance, the fun feemed to bee cloven in two pieces, and 
the one of them to fall upon the earth. A little before the takeing of Constantinople from the 
Chriftians, there appeared a great armie in the air appointed to fight,attended on with a great 
companie of dogs and other wild beafts. Julius Obfequius report's that in A.Dom. 45 8. it rain- 
ed flefli in Italie}in greater and lefler pieces, part of which were devoured by the birds before 
they fell upon the earth: that which fell upon the earth kept long unputrefied, and unchan- 
ged in color and frnel. A.Vom.yBy.Otbo the third being Emperor,it rained corn in Italic. A.D. 
180. it rained milk and oil in great abundance, and fruit-bearing trees brought forth corn. 
Lycoftbenes tel's that in the time of Char Is the fifth, whil'ft Maidenberg was befieged, three funs 
firft appeared about y.a clock in the morning, and then were feen for a whole daie whereof 
the middlemoft was thebrighteft,the two others were reddifh, and of a bloodie color;but in 
the night time there appeared three Moons. The fame appeared in Bavaria, An. Dorn. 1554- 
But if fo prodigious and ftrange things happen in the heavens befides the common order 
of nature, fhall wethink it incredible that the like may happen in the earth ? An. 
the whole earth quaked, mount JEtna eaft forth flames and (parks of fire,with which manie 
houfesof the neighbouring villages were burn'd. An.Dom. 1531. in Portugal there was an 
earthquake for eight daies,and it quaked (even or eight times each daie 5 fo that in Lisbone a- 
lone it eaft down a thoufand and fiftie houfes, and more then fix hundred were fpoiled. Fer- 
rara lately was almoft wholly demolifh'd by a fearful earthquake. Above all which ever have 
been heaid is that prodigie which happened in the time of Plinie, at the death of Nero the 
Emperor in the Marucine field, the whole Olive-field of Veaius Marcellus a Romane Knight 
going over the high waie,and the fields which were againft it comming into the place there- 
of. Whyfhould I mention the miracles of waters, from whole depth and ftreams, firesand 
great flames have oft broke forth > They tell out of St. Auguftine, that the fire of the facrifice, 
which for thofe feventie years of the Babylonian captivitie endured under the water, was 
extinguifhed,.Antiochus felling the prieft-hood to Jafon. What miracle is this, that the fire 
fhould live in the water, above its force and natural efficacie,and that the water fhould forget 
the extinguifhing facultie I Verily Philofophers truely affirm that the elements, which are 
underftood to be contrarie, and to fight in varietie among themfelvs, are mutually joyned 
and tied together by a marvellous confederacie. 
Tte end of the Twentie fifth Book. 
the figure of a fearful Comet, 
L.i.C.f?. 
Prefages of 
thetakeing of 
Confi antinople. 
Monftrous 
rains. 
Earth quakes. 
Lib,i. cap.Ji, 696 
OF THE 
Faculties of Simple MEDICINES, 
Of their Compofition and Ufe. 
AS ALSO 
TheTwentie fixthBook. 
The Preface. 
SMongft the cauffes which wee term healthful, and other remedies which pertain to the 
health of man, and the expelling of Difeafes, Medicines eafily challenge tbe prime place} 
which (as it is delivered by Solomon) God bath produced out of the earth, and they are 
not to bee abhorred by a wife man; for there is nothing in tbe world, w icb fooner, and as 
by a miracle, affwageth the horrid torments of difeafes. therefore Herophilus called them 
fittingly admini fired,The hands of the Gods. And hence it was that fuch Phyficians as excelled in tbe 
knowledg of Medicines, have amongft the Antients acquired an opinion of Divinitie. It cannot by words 
bee expreffed what power they have in healing, Wherefore the kriowledg of them is verie neceffarie not 
onely for the prevention, but alfo for the driveing away of Difeafes. 
The excellen- 
ce of medi' 
cincs. 
CHAP. I. 
Wbat a medicine is, and how it differed) from nourishment 
EE define a medicine to bee,That which hath power to change the bodie according 
to one or more qualities; and that fuch as cannot bee changed into our nature: 
. contrarie whereto wee term that nourifhment which may bee converted into the 
fubftance of our bodies. But wee define them by the word power , becauf they have not an 
abfblute nature,but as by relation and depending upon the condition of the bodies by whom 
they are taken. For that which is medicine to one,is meat to another,and that which is meat 
to this, is medicine to that. Thus for example. Hellebore is nourishment to the Qyail, but 
a medicine to man: Hemlock is nourifhment to a Sterling, but poifon to a Goof: the Fe- 
rnla is food to an Afs, but poifon to other cattel. Now this diverfitie is to bee attributed to 
the different natures of creatures. 
It is recorded in hiftorie, that the fame by long ufe may happen in men.They report that a 
maid was prefented to Alexander the Great,who nourifhed with Napellus, and other poifons, 
had by long ufe made them familiar to her,fo that the verie breath fhee breathed was deadlie 
to theby-ftanders. Therefore it ought to feem no marvail,if at anie time it happen, that me- 
dicines turn into the nature and nourifhment of our bodies: for wee commonly may lee 
birds and fwine feed upon ferpents and toads without anie harm: and laftly, 
- -Serpent i Ciconia pullos 
Nutrit, &per devia rura lacerta : 
Illi eadem jumptis quxruntanimaliapennis. 
The Stork with Serpents and with Lizards caught, 
In waielefs places nourifheth her brood : 
And they the fame purfue, when as they 're taught 
To ufe their wing, to get their wifh'd-for food. 
CHAP. II. 
The differences of Medicines in their matter and fubftance. 
The earth the 
mother of ri- 
ches and medi 
ciness 
ren as the concealed glorie of worldlie riches lieth hid in the bowels of the earth, 
and depths of the lea and waters,as gold,filverand all forts of metals, gemms and 
pretious ftones,furnifh'd with admirable virtues} fb wee may behold the fuperficies 
ot this earth clothed with almoft an infinite varietie of trees, fhrubs, and herbs: where wee 
may contemplate and wonder at the innumerable diverlities of roots, leavs, flowers, fruits, 
gums , their finds, pleafant tafls and colors,but much more at their virtues. This fame mo- 
*ther-earth,as with her breafts,nouri(heth marvellous diftinft kindes of liveing creatures,va- 
rious in their fpringing, encreaf and ftrength. Wherein the immenf goodnefs of God, the 
great Architeft and framer of all things, dothmoft clearly appear towards man,as who hath 
fubjefted to our government,as a patrimonie, foampie and plentiful provifion of nature for 
our ddight in nourifhment and neceffitic of healing. Therefore the antient Phyficians have 
right- Lib.z6. 
Offimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
697 
rightly delivered,that all forts of medicines may bee abundantly had from liveing creatures, 
plants, the earth, water and air. 
Medicines are taken from liveing creatures either whole and entire, or elf the parts - 
and excrements of them. Wee ofttimes ufe in Phyfick whole creatures, as foxes,whelps, < 
hedg-hogs, frogs, fnails, worms,crabs,and other living creatures. Wee alfo make ufe of fom I 
parts of them, as the liver of a Wolf or Goat,the lungs of the fox, the bone of the flags' 
heart, Cranium bumanum, fat, blood, flelh, marrow, the cods of the Caftor or Beaver, which , 
is therefore termed Caftoreum, and fuch other particles that are ufeful in Phyfick. Wee know 
alfo that there are fom medicines taken from excrements,as horns, nails,hairs,feathers, skin; 
as alfo from urine, dung, fpittle, honie, eggs, wax, milk, wool, fweat, and others of this 
kinde, under which wee may comprehend musk, civet, pearl, oefipus, and fundrie others of 
this nature. 
Wee take medicines from plants, both whole, and alfo from their parts, whether Crees, 
fhrubs, or herbs. For we oft-times ufefuccorie, marfh-mallows, mallows, plantain, and the 
like, whole: but otherwhiles onely the roots of plants, their pith, wood, bark, Ihoots, 
flalks, leavs, flowers, feeds, fruits, juices, gums, rofines, modes, and the like. 
Things taken from the earth for the ufe and matter of medicine, are either earths, ftones, 
or Minerals. The forts of earth are Bole-Armenick, Terra refilller's-ear th, chalk, pot- 
ters claie, and fuch like.Stones, are the pumice, Marchifite of gold, filver, brafs, marble,the 
load-ftone, plaifter, chalk, fulpbur vivum, lapis fpecularis, and others. Metals and Minerals are 
gold, filver, tin, lead, brafs, iron, fteel, antimonie, cerufe, brimftone, Cinnaber, litharge of 
gold and filver, tuttie, true Pompbolix, verdigreece, alum, romane vitriol, copras white and 
green, faits of fimdrie kinds,bothof Arfenicks, and fuch like. 
The following medicines are from frelh water, rain-water, fpring-water, river-water, and 
all things thence arifeing, as water-lentile, common flags, water-lilies, water-mints, and 
all the creatures that live/therein. From the falt-water are taken fait, Alcyonium, all forts of 
coral, fhels of fifti, as alfo cuttie-bones, fponges, and all creatures of the lea. From waters 
mixt of fait and frefh, the herb Androjace (which grow's in plentie in the marlhes at Fontig- 
nan and Cape de Sete} Afpbaltum, which is found in the dead fea. 
From the air proceed's Manna, therefore called mel-derium ( i. e.) honie of the air,and al- 
fo all other kindes of dew that are ufeful in Phyfick, by reafon of the virtues they receiv 
from the firn which raifeth them up; from the air, whereas they make fom ftaie; as alfo from 
the plants, whereupon they fall and refide. 
What medi- 
cines taken 
fromlivcing 
creatures. 
What fro® 
piants. 
What from 
the earth. 
What from the 
water. 
What from the 
air. 
CHAP. III. 
The differences of fimples in their qualities and effects* 
LL the mentioned forts of fimples are indued with one or more of the four facul- 
ties, whereof I nowpurpofe to treat. 
The firft facultie common to all the reft,and as it were their foundation,flow's 
from the four firft qualities of the prime bodies or elements, that is heat,coldnels, 
drinefs, and moifture, and this either Ample or compound, as one or two of thele prime 
qualities exceed in the temper of the medicine, as may appear by this following. 
The fimple qualitie is either to Heat, Cool, Humeft, Drie. 
The compound, arifeing from two joined qualities, either Heat's and drie's,Heat's and moi- 
ften's, Cool s and drie's, Cool's and moiften's. 
Heat moderate, Heat's, Attenuate's, Rarifie's, Open's the paflages, Digeft's, Suppurate's- 
Immoderate, Inflame's and burn's , Bite's, whence follow's Violentattraftion, Rubrificati- 
on, Confumption, Colliquation, Anefchar, Mortification. 
Cold moderate, Cooleth, Condenfeth, Obftrufteth. Immoderate, Congeal's, Stupifie's, 
Mortifie's. 
Moi fare moderate. Humeft's, Lubricate's, Levigate's and mitigates. Glue's. Immode- 
rate, Obftruft's, lift's up into a flatulent tumor, Specially if it bee a vaporous hu- 
miditie. 
Vrinefs moderate, Dries, Rarifie's, Attenuate's. Immoderate, Binde's, Contraft's or 
(brink's, Caufleth chops andlcails. 
Theefteftof thefe qualities is diftinguilhed, and as Galen obferv's digefted into thefe or- 
ders, which wee term Degrees, fo that by a certain proportion and meafiire, they may ferv to 
oppugn dileafes, as the fame GcZewaffirm's. For to a dileaf (for example) hot in the fecond 
degree, no other medicine muft bee ufed then that which is cold in the like degree: Where- 
fore all fimple medicines are Hot, Cold,Moift,or Drie ; in the beginning middle,or extr ne, 
of the firft, fecond, third, or fourth degree. 
The Heat, Coldnefs, Moifture, Drinefs, of the firft, fecond, third, fourth degree; is ei- 
ther Obfcure, Manifeft, Vehement or Excefti ve. 
An 
id 
afowit. 698 
Of fimple Medicines, and their Vfe, 
LiB.zd. 
Examples of 
the degrees 
of heat* 
An example of heat diftinguifhed thus by degrees, may bee thus 5 Warm water is tempe- 
rate 5 that which is a little hotter, is in the firft degree of heat 5 if manifeftly hot, it is in the 
fecond degree; but if it heat more vehemently, it may bee thought to com to the third 5 but 
if it fcald, then wee know that it hath arrived to the fourth degree of heat. Such alfo is the 
diftinftion of coldnels, moifture, and drinels by degrees. Wherefore it will bee worth our 
labor, to give you examples of certain medicines, diftinguifhed in their order and degree, by 
which you may the more eafily give conje&ure of the reft. 
Simple Medicines hot in the 
Firft degree. Abfintbium. Maa. Amygdala dulcia. Beta. Brafica. Cbamamelum. Ladanum. 
Semen Lini. Save arum. Ervum,five Orobus. Vinum novum: Foroldis judged hot in thele- 
cond or third degree, as it is more or lefs years oldK 
Second degree. Ammoniacum. Arthemifia. Anetbum. Foenugracum. Mafticbe. Salvia. Marrubi- 
um. Meliffa. Apium. Cbatmepytis. Crocus. Ficus, thus. Myrrba.Mel. Nuxmofcbata. Fix utraque turn 
arida corporibus particulifque filidioribus aptior, tumliquida delicatioribas. Sc ill a. Sar corolla. Bryonia. 
Sal. Opopanax. Ammi. 
Third degree. Abrotanum.Agnus caftus.Anifum.Afarum.Ariftolocbia.Chanvedrys.Sabina.Calamin- 
tba.Cinnamomum.Iris.Juniperus.Hyffbpus-Origanum.Sagapenum. Cbelidonium majus. But a faliva. 
Fourth degree. Allium. Capa. Eupborbium. Nafturtium. Pyrethrum- Sinapi Titbymalli.Anacardi. 
Cbelidonium minus, Galena. Yet ours, by reafon of the gentlenefs of the air, and moifture of 
our foil, is not fo acrid. Buta fylveftris. This, as all wilde and not cultivated things, be- 
com's more ftrong and acrid then the Garden-Rue. 
Simples cold in the 
Firft degree. Atriplex. Hordeum. Cydonia mala. Malva. Pyra. Fruna. Bo fa. Viola. 
Second degree.Acacia. Cucurbita. Cucumis. Mala granata acida3 dulcia enim temperata funt 
potifis. Plantago.Polyganum.Solanum bortenfe; namidquod fomniferum dicitur, vi refrigerandi ad 
papaver accedit. 
Third degree. Hyofcyamus. Solanum fomniferum. Fortulaca. Sempervivum. Mandragora. 
Fourth degree.Cicuta.Papaveris genera omnia9excepto Corniculato ? buic enimincidendi & abfter- 
gendi vim attribuii Gal. Certe nitrofum & falfum guftu percipitur, quo fit ut calida & ficca fit natura. 
Opium. Simples moift in the 
Firft degree. Bugloflum. Viola-Malva.Bapum.Spinacia. 
Second degree. Ammoniacum. Laciuca. Cucurbita. Cucumis. Melones. Portulaca. 
Simples drie in the 
Firft degree.T'bus.Cbamamelum.BrafJiica.Sarcocolla.Crocus.Faba-Fanugracum.Hordeum integrum. 
Second degree. Artemifia. Fix arida. Orobus. Flantago. Balaufiiai Nux mofchata. Lens Mafiicbe. 
Mel. Sal. Anetbum. Myrrba. 
Third degree. Abrotonumuftum. Abfintbium. Myrtus. Acetum.Aloe. Milium. Cuminum. Sanguis 
draconis. Galla. Sabina. 
Fourth degree. Piper. Allium. Nafturtium. Sinapi. Eupborbium. 
Thole wee have mentioned have of themlelvs and their own nature all foch qualities? yet 
, do they produce far other effects by accident, and befides their own nature in our bodies, 
by reafon of which they are termed accidental caufles. This (hall bee made manifeft by the 
following examples. 
External heat by accident refrigerate's the bodie within, becauf it open's the paflages and 
pores, and call's for the internal heat, together with the fpirits and humors by Iweats: 
whence it follow's, that thedigeftion is worf, and the appetite is diminiftied. The lame 
encompafling heat alfo humeft s by accident, whileft it diftufe's the humors concrete with 
cold: for thus Venetie is thought to humeft. 
The like may bee laid of Cold , for that it heat's, not by it's proper and native, but 
by an adventitious force: whereof you may make trial in Winter, when as the ambi- 
ent cold, by (hutting the pores of the bodie, hinder's the breathing forth and diflipa- 
pation of the native heat. Whence it is inwardly doubled, and the concoftion better 
performed, and the appetite ftrengthned. This fame Cold alfo drie's by accident, when 
as it by accident reperculfe's the humor that was readie to flow down into anie part, 
and whil'ft it concrete's that which is gathered in the part: for thus, by the immoderate 
uleof repercuflers, an cedematous tumor proceeding from grots and vilcid phlegm, de- 
generate's into a feirrhus. 
Drinels and Moifture, becauf they are more paflive qualities, lhew their effe&s by not fo 
manifeft operations, as heat and cold do; but in companion of them they are rather to bee 
judged as matter,or a fubjeft. 
The effcfts of 
the firft quali- 
ties by acci- 
dent* 
CHAP. IV/ 
Of the fecond faculties of Medicines- 
XX / E term thofe the fecond faculties of Medicines, Which have dependance upon the 
v V firft, which are formerly mentioned,as it is the part of Heat to Rarifie3Attraft,Open, 
Attenuate, LlB.zd. 
Of /tmple Medicines, and their fe. 
699 
Attenuate, Levigate, Cleanf. Of Cold, to CondenQ Repercufs, Shut up, Incraflate, Exa- 
iperate, Conftipate. Of Moifture, to Soften, Relax. Of Drinefs, to Harden. Stiffen. 
Hence wee term that an attractive medicine, which hath an attractive facultie, as on the 
contrarie, that a repercuflive, that repel's; a detergent, that which cleanfes vifcous matter. 
Wee call that an Emplaftick medicine, which not onely fhut's up the pores of the bodie, 
but reduce s the liquid bodies therein contained to a certain equalitie and fubftance. 
Thus alfo emollients, relaxers, and the reft, have their denominations from their effefts , as 
wee (hall declare hereafter. 
CHAP. V. 
Of the third faculties of Medicines, 
fe third facultie of medicines depend's for the moft part upon the firft and fecond 
faculties, fomtimes conjoined, otherwhiles feparate. Alfo fomtimes it follow's 
neither of thefe faculties, but a certain propertie and inexplicable qualitie, 
which is onely known by experience. Now the operations of this third facultie 
are to agglutinate, to fill with fiefh, to cicatrize, to affwage pain, to moovorftaie 
the urine, milk, feed, the courfes, fweats, vomits, and performfiichlike operations in, 
or about the bodie. 
Thus the generation of flelh is produced by the concourf of two faculties, that is, of dry- 
ing and cleanfing. But drinefs and aftriftion produce a glutinating and cicatrizing facultie. 
A hot and attenuating facultie caufleth fweats, moov s urine, the courfes,and the like in the 
bodie; butcontrarie faculties retard and flop the fame. 
To mitigate pain, proceeds' onely from the firft facultie, to wit, from heat,or a moderate- 
ly heating facultie; to procure reft, from cold onely, or coldnefs ioined with fommoifture. 
But to procure vomit, proceed's neither from the firft nor fecond facultie , but from a cer- 
tain occult andeflential propertie, which is naturally implanted in Agarick, and other 
naufeous and vomitorie medicines. 
CHAP. VI. 
lHe fourth facultie of medicines is not of the fame condition with thole that are for- 
| merly mentioned; for it depend's not upon them , or anie other manifeft or ele- 
j mentarie qualitie, but on an occult propertie of the whole fubftance; by means 
whereof, it work's rather upon this then that part, upon this rather then that hu- 
mor. Wherefore Phyficians cannot by anie realbn finde out this facultie, but onely by ex- 
perience, as wee have laid a little before of medicines procuring vomit. Hence it is, that 
names are given to thole medicines from thofe parts that they chiefly relpeft: For they are 
termed Cephalicks, which reipeft the head 5 as, Betonie, Marjarom, Sage, Rolemarie, Ste- 
eb as. Pneumonicks, which refpeft the Lungs ; as , Liquorice , fweet Almonds, Orris, Ele- 
campane. Cordials, that ftrengthen the heart: as, as Saffron, Cinnamom, Citrons j but 
chiefly their rindes, Buglols, Coral, Ivorie. Stomatical, which relpeft the ftomach, and the 
orifice thereof: as, Nutmegs, Mint, Maftick, Pepper,Ginger. Hepaticks, which refpeft 
the Liver : as , Wormwood, Agrimonie, Spiknard, Succorie, Sanders. Spleneticks, 
which have relation to the fpleen: as, as Time , Epitbymum, Broom flowers. Cetrach, 
bark of their roots, the bark of Tamarisk. Diureticks, fuch as refpeft 
the kidnies and urinarie paflagcs: as, the roots of Smallage , Afperagus, Fennel, But- 
cher's broom, the four greater cold feeds, Turpentine, Plantain, Saxifrage. Arthni- 
ticks, or liich as ftrengthen the joints: as Cowflips, Charntpytis, Elecampane, Calamint, 
Hermodaftils, and the like. 
To this rank may bee referred purging medicines, which, furnilhed with a fpecifick 
propertie, lhew their efficacie on one humor more then another humor, and that im- 
paft more in one part then in another. For thus Agrick chiefly draw's phlegm from the 
head and joints , Rubarb draw's choller chiefly from the Liver, and hurt's the kidnies. 
But let us here forbear the confideration of fuch things, as not appertaining to Sur- 
gerie. But fom medicines of this kinde are furnifhed with one limple facultie, other- 
fom with more , and thofe contrarie, whereof you tafte may give you fufficient notice: 
for Rubard at the firft touch of the tongue is found acrid and hot 5 but when you com 
to chaw and throughly to tafte it, you lhall finde it to partake of an earthlie aftri&i- 
on. Therefore becauf taftes give notice of the faculties of medicines, therefore I have 
thought good to treat of them briefly. 
Of the fourth facultie of Medicines. 
The fourth fa- 
cultie of medi- 
cines depend1* 
onely upon an 
occult pro- 
pertie. 
CHAP. Of ftnple Medicines, and their 
LlB.zd. 
700 
CHAP. VII. 
Of Taftes. 
Afte, as Galen deliver's according to Jriftotle and 'tbcopbraftM , is a certain con- 
co&lonof moifture in drinefs, caufled by means of heat, which wee know or 
dlfcern by the tongue well tempered, and fittingly furnifhed with fpittle and 
his nervs. There are nine differences of taftes; for there are three judged hot, 
to wit, the acrid, bitter, and fait: three cold; the acid, auftere,and acerb: three 
temperate; the fweet, the oilieor fat, and the infipide. Now they are thought fo manie,ac- 
cording to the different degrees of concoftion 5 for it appears greater in hot taftes, and as it 
were a certain aflation, but lefs in cold, but indifferent, and as it were an elixation in things 
temperate: therefore Nature obferv's this order in the conco&ion of fapid bodies , that at 
thetirftthe acerb tafte fhould take place, then the auftere, and laftly,the acid: from thefe 
(as it were) rudiments of concoftion, arlfe's an infipid, then an oilie, then a fweet perfe&ly 
conco&ed and temperate. This concoftion exceeding the bounds of mediocritie,there arife's 
a fait tafte, then a bitter, and then an acrid with the higheft excefs of almoftafierie heat. 
Yet I would bee thus underftood, that all things that are by nature fapid, do not alwaies afi- 
fcend to the height of fweetnefs by the'degrees of acerbitie,aufteritie, and aciditie,a$ though 
it were of abfolute neceflitie, that all things that are fweet, they fhould bee acerb, auftere, 
and acid. For there are manie things found, efpecially in plants and their fruits, which 
when they fhall arrive to their perfection and maturitie, are acid, bitter, or fait, but beeing 
yet unripe, and not com to full perfection, they havqa certain fweetnefs, which afterwards> 
by a further digeftion, or perfection and concoCtion, acquire a bitter, auftere , or acid tafte. 
For thus bitternefs in Wormwood and Aloes, acrimonie in Pepper or Pellitorie, is a perfe- 
ftion of nature, a full ripenefs and perfeCt concoCtion, and not an excefs of heat in that 
fiecies. Alfo acerbitie and aufteritie is a perfection of nature,and no t a rudiment in Services 
and Cornelians; aciditie or tartnefs is alfo in verjuice. But in verie manie things it fo fall's 
out, that the fweet or fattie taftes becomfb, and acquire their perfection by concoCtion, as in 
Grapes, Figs, Pears,Apples,and almoft all other fuch fruits,as wee ufually feed upon.There- 
fore I will now treat of each of them in order, firft beginning with cold taftes. 
The acerb tafte is cold and terreftrial, and of a fubftance abfolutely grofs, beeing lets hu- 
mid then the auftere, but much lefs then the acid. It notablie cool's and drie's, it conden- 
fat's, binde's, repel's,efpecially from the fuperficies,and it alfo exafperate's j this tafte refide's, 
and may bee found in Pomegranat pills, Galls, Sumach, and Cy prefs nuts. 
The auftere is nigheft in temper and effeCts to the acerb, but fomwhat moifter; for the 
acerb abfolutely confift's in a terreftrial and cold fubftance. Wherefore this, increafed by a 
degree of concoCtion, acquire's more ftore either of heat alone, or elf of moifture alone,or 
elf of both together f moifture, I fay, and that is either aierie, or elf watrie. Therefore if 
thefe fruits, which before their maturitie are acerb, have an acceflion of heat, then do they 
becom fweet, as you perceiv by Chefnuts j but if there bee an acceflion of moifture onely, 
and that more grofs, of acerb they becom auftere: for both the taftes are in the like degree 
of cold, but the auftere is the moifture. But if to the fame frigiditie remaining in fruits, a 
certain fubtle humiditieaccrew, then is there cauffed an acid tafte. But if they have an ac- 
ceflion of a watrifh moifture and heat,they will acquire a fweet tafte, or elf oilie,if the humi- 
ditie accrewing with the heat bee aierie. 
I have judged it requifite to admonifh you hereof, that you might know by what means 
fapid bodies mitigated becom fweet of acerb, as it were by thefe interpofed degrees of au- 
fleritie, aciditie, and oilinefs, as they acquire a various acceflion of heat and moifture fepa- 
rately, or conjunCtly. 
Now by all that wee have delivered, you may gather, that all acerb and auftere things are 
cold anddrie; and as they are cold, they repel and hinder defluxions : as they are drie and 
terreftrial, they condenfate, incraflate, conftipate,and ftraiten the paffages; yea, and they 
alfo cicatrize: but acerb things perform this far more powerfully, as thofe which are abfb- 
lutely terrene, Cold, and drie, not partaking of moifture, or water. Now auftere things con- 
fift (as it were) in a middle matter, that is, in a more dilute terrene bodie, as it is apparent' 
in Services, unripe Grapes, Cornelians, Medlars, Crabs, wilde Pears, and all fort of unripe 
fruits, whence it is termed a crude tafte. 
The acid tafte is of a cold and watrifh nature, but moft fubtle, by benefit whereof 
it penetrate's, and divides almoft as powerfully as the acrid. It incide's or divide's, at- 
tenuate's, bite's,cleanfe's, open's obftruftions, repel's and drie's. For by the means of the 
deep piercing cold, it repel's all deflu&ions j and by the drying facultie, Which is ftrong 
even in it's watrie confidence, it ftaie's and flops all bleedings, the hxmorrhoides and dyfeti- 
teries* The force thereof is chiefly manifeft in Vineger , as alfo in the juice of Citrons, 
Sorrel, Cherries, Berberies, and the like. And this is the nature of cold taftes , now it is 
time wee fpeak of fuch as are temperate. 
The 
Lib-i.fimpl. 
Differences of 
taftes. 
The acerb, 
tafte. 
The auftere. 
The acid tafte. LiB.zd. 
Of fimple Medicines> and their ufe. 
701 
The infipid is improperly termed a tafte, as that which is rather a privation of taftes,1 
it is in fom fort cold , and of a verie watrifti and grofs nature., it infpiflate's, conftipate's, 
and ftupifie's. This kinde of tafte is chiefly nianifeft in Water , and next in Gourds, Ci- 
trals, and maniefuch like things. 
The oilie cafte is hot, humid, and aierie ; therefore it humeft's, relaxate's, mollifie's, lu- 1 
bricate's. Of this kinde are oil, butter, fat which is not rauced by age, nor acrid by nature, 
as that of Lions and Foxes. 
The fweet tafte is made by a moderate and well concofting heat, confifting in a matter 1 
more tenuious and hot then the infipid, but in fomwhat more grofs then the oilie, from 
w hich in the firft qualities it doth not differ; therefore it is of a hot, aierie, and temperate 
nature. Therefore everie (weet thing detergeth, levigate's, concoft's, ripen's, relaxe's, and 
aflwageth pain. Examples of this tafte may bee had in Sugar,Honie,Manna, fweet Almonds, 
Milk, and other like. Now let us com to hot taftes. 
The fait tafte is hot and aftringent, lefs earthie then the bitter, as that which refide's as it' 
were in a middle matter. For it proceed's from an earthie drinefs, which is formerly terri- 
fied and attenuated by the force of heat in a watrie humiditie. Wherefore that which is 
fait contraft's the pores, cut's, cleanfe's, digeft's, or rather drie's up the humors by the dri- 
nefs thereof,without anie manifeft fenf of heat, whence it is, that it vindicate's from putre- 
iaftion. Under this kinde are conteined all forts of fait; as falt-peter, niter, [al dmmonia- 
cum, falgemm£3 common-falt, fea-water, and fuch other like. 
The bitter tafte is hot, earthie, and drying; for the matter thereof is grofs and earthie, ' 
which the abounding heat hath terrified and dried up. Wherefore bitter things taken in- 
wardly, purge and carrie away fuperfluous humors : and outwardly applied, they mundifie 
and deterge ulcers, they open the mouths and paflages of the veins oft-times by their ab- 
ftergent facultie; whence it is that they moov the courfes and haemorrhoides. The principal 
things indued with this tafte are Aloes, Gall, Wormwood, Gentian, the lefler Centaurie, 
Coloquintida, Fumitorie, Soot, and fiich like. 
The acrid tafte is hot, of a fubtil and fierie nature; for it is kindled of a hot, fubtle, and' 
drie matter, neither can it coniift in anie other. Therefore that which is acrid, heat's,prick s 
or bite's the mouth by the acrimonie, it heat's, and oft-times burn's,it penearate's,open's the 
paflagesJattenuate1s,attraft's and draw's forth grofs humors,evacuate's and (end's forth urine, 
the courfes,andfweat: befides it oft-times is feptick, bliftering, and efcharotick ; and laftly, 
burning,and cauftick.The feptick and putrefaftive things are fublimate,Cb«mieZe»,the juice of 
Tbapfta.The veficatories are Dittander,Cantharides,Crow-foot,Muftard,Pellitorie of Spain, 
Euphorbium. But the cauftick and efcharotick are Lime, Oke-afhes, and the like. 
But tvee know medicines not onely by the tafte, but alfo by our other fenfes, as touch, 
fight, hearing, finell. And as by the tafte, fo alfo by thefe wee judg of and trie the goodnefe 
of medicines, and diftinguifh the true legitimate from the adulterate. The touch judge's 
what are hot and cold,moift and drie, rough and gentle, or fmooth, hard and foft, brittle 
or friable, glutinous and vifeid, drie or flipperie. Wee approov of the goodnefs of medicines 
by their color, brightnefs, or duskinefs,whereof the eie is judg; for wee commend that Sen- 
na which is fomwhat greenifh, but diflike the whitifh: as alfo wee like well of fuch Caflia 
as is black both within and without, fhining and full, and not drie and fhrunk up. Yet the 
judgment of the firft qualities, by the color is deceitful, or none at all; for fuch things as 
are white, or the color of Snow,are not therefore colcl: for fundrie of them are hot,as Lime. 
Neither are red things to bee therefore judged hot; for Roles cool. Alfo medicines are cho- 
len by the finell; for fuch as have a good, frefh, and natural finell, are commonly hot, and 
in their perfeft vigor. On the contrarie, things that want finell are for the moft part cold 
and evan id. By hearing wee diftinguifh things full from fuch as areemptie : thus wee chute 
Caflia, which thaken, make's nonoif with the grains or feeds rattling in it. Hitherto wee 
have explained the firft, fecond, third, and fourth faculties of medicines in general,and have 
(hewed how they may bee found out: now muft wee more particularly treat of their fecond 
and third faculties, becauf by reafon of thefe they chiefly com into ufc in Surgerie: Yet let 
mee firft briefly lhew by what means and arts they may bee prepared. 
The infipid. 
The oiliec 
The fweet 
rhe file. 
The bitter?, 
The acrkL 
CHAP. VIII. 
O prepare medicines,is nothing elf, then by Art to make them more commodious for 
uie and compolition, whereby they are either made 
More gentle. Bybruiftngj as when medicines are broken by ftriking and rubbing 
grindeing in a mortar, and that either of Brafs, Iron, Lead, Glals, Wood, Marble, and 
other like. Coniidering the thing which is to bee beaten. The ftrength or force wherewith 
it muft bee performed. The time or fpace. The fituation. The things to bee added. The con* 
fiftencc which the thing beaten muft bee of. 
v O o o More 
Of the preparation of Medicines. Of fimple Medicines, and their nfe, 
LlB.Zd. 
702 
More ftrong 
By fearfing, whereby wee teparate the pure and finer from the more impure and grofs, 
which is don by fivs and feartes,made of Wood,Parchment,Hor£hair,Silk,Lawn. Wherein 
is to bee noted, that the fame confideration is to bee had in fearfing,asin beating 5 therefore 
fuch things as are to bee finely powdered, muft bee fearted in a finer fearf: fuch as are more 
grofs, in a courier. More pleafant 
By diffolving or Which is nothing elf but a diflblving of a fimpleor a compound 
medicine, of a thick or hard confiftence, either into a mean confiftence;, or a little more li- 
quid or foft, which is performed either by heat onely for by heat gums and horns are mo- 
llified : or by liquor, as by vineger, water, wine, juice of Limmons, &c. 
More whelefom 
By deftccation or hardening 5 which is nothing elf, but the confuming of the fiiperfluous 
and hurtful moifture; and this is performed, either by the Sun, or by Fire. By infufton 5 
which is nothing elf but the tempering or macerating of a medicinea little beaten or 
cut, in fom liquor appropriate and fit for our purpote; as in Milk,Vineger, Water,oil, 
and the like, fb long as the nature of the [medicine require's. To Infufion, Nutrition may 
bee reduced, which is nothing elf, but as it were a certain accretion of the medicine, by 
beeing moiftened, macerated, rubbed, or groun'd with fom moifture, efpecially with heat. 
By burning; that is, by confuming the humiditie which is in them. And that, either that 
they may bee the better powdered,beeing otherwife too glutinous, or that they may laie 
afide their grofs eflence, and becom of a fubtiler temper 5 or that they may put off, or partly 
lofe fom fierie qualitie, as acrimonie, Gal. ftmplicium. Or that they may acquire a 
new color.Now all things are burnt,either alone 5 as,fuch things as have a fattie moifture, as 
hairs,fweatie wool,horns: Or elf with fom combuftible matterjasfulphur, alum, fait, barlie, 
&c. More fit for mixture 
By boiling or '.elixation 5 which is performed by a humid heat ; as burning is by a 
drie, and that either that wee may increaf the weak faculties of fiich medicines as are 
boiled, by boiling them with fuch as are ftronger ; or elf to weaken fiich as are too 
ftrong, or elf wholly to diflipate fiich as are contrarie: Or that one facultie may arite offun- 
drie things of different faculties beeing boiled together, or for the longer keeping them, 
or bringing them to a certain form or confiftence: All which are don,by the Fire,or Sun.By 
wafting owcleanfing; whereby the impuritie of the medicine is wafted away or chanted , and 
fiich things are either hard:as metals,ftones,parts of living creatures, condenfed juices, and 
otherlike: Orfoftjas Rofins, Gums,Fats,Oils And thete ought firft to bee finely beaten,that 
the water may penetrate in all their fiibftance.Or to bee diflblved, and caft into a veffel filled 
with water, and fb ftirred, and then fullered to fubfide, fo that the fat mayfwim aloft: And 
this muft bee don fo long that the water retain nothing thereof in color,fmell, or tafte. 
CHAP. IX. 
Aftringents 
are underftood 
by the name 
of repellers. 
Spelling or repercuffive medicines are cold., and of grofs and earthie parts; by 
which name alte) aftringent medicines are underftood, becauf they hinder the 
falling down of the humors upon the part. Repercuffives are fuch, either of 
their nature, and of themtelvs, or elf by accident , beeing not fuch of their 
own nature. Thete which of themtelvs are fuch, are of two kindes; for fom 
are watrifh and moift, without anie aftri&ive facultie, which almoft wholly proceed's from 
an earthie eflencej wherefore that facultie of repelling which they poflefs,they have it whol- 
ly from coldnefs. Of this kinde are lettuce, purflain, fow-thiftle,duck's-meat, kidnie-wurt, 
cucumbers, melons, gourds, houf-leek, mandrag-apples, night-lhade, henbane, and the 
which cool powerfully, and unlefs they bee taken away before the part wax blackilh, they 
extinguifhthe natural heat. Other fom are of an earthie eflence, and therefore aftri&ive; 
but yet fom of thefe are hot, other fom cold. Such things as are cold of temper, and of an 
earthie conliftence, are properly and truly termed repellers. Of thefe, fom are temple, other 
fom compound: the temples are plaintain, vine-leavs, leavsof rotes, okes, brambles,cyprete, 
berberies, fumacb, all unripe fruits, verjuice, vineger, red wine, the juice of fower pomegra- 
nats, acacia, the juice of barberries, and quinces, hypociftis, pomegranate-pills, oke-bark, the 
flowers ofwildepomegranats, the meal of barlie, beans, panick, oats, millet, orobus mixed 
with juices in form of a pultis, bole-armenick, draconis,cerufst litharge,terra ftgillata, 
fuller's-earth, chalk, marl, the load-ftone, lead, corals, all marchifites, antimonie, (podium;, 
true pompbylix., all forts of earth, and other things of the like nature. 
Now compound things are Oleum rofaceum} ompha cinum, papaveris, cidonio- 
unguentum rofatiem, album rbafi-s , campboratum, emplaftrum diacalcitbeos, dif- 
folved in vineger and oil of rotes, deficcativum rubrum., populeon 3 emplaftrum nigrum feu te- 
trapbarmacum of Galen s defciption, empl, contra ruptur-am, de cerufa, pro matrice. All fuch cold 
repercuffives 
Of repelling, or repercuflive Medicines, 
The differen- 
ces of rcper- 
cufiives. Lib.26. 
Of jmiple Medicines, and their ufe. 
703 
repercuflives are more effectual if they bee affociated withtenuitie of fubftance, either of' 
themfelvs, or by mixture with fom other things : for to this purpofe wee often mix vine-1 
gar, camphire, and the like things of fubtil parts, with repercuflives of grofs parts , that: 
they may ferv as vehicles to carrie in the repercuhive's facultie. Repercuflives of grofs! 
parts and hot, are wormwood, centorie, gentian, agrimonie, favin, coriander, mint, baie- 
leavs, cardamomes, calamus, aromaticus, aloes, fpiknard, faffron, nutmeg, cinnamom,amber, 
fait, alum, coporas, fulpbur, oleum abfintbinum, mafticbinum, nardinum , cofiinum, ceratum9 i 
Gal. ftomacbicum, fantalinum, emflaflrum diacalcitheos. But fuch things as repel by acci- ; 
dent, are bandages , comprefles, linnen-cloths , and rowlers of all forts, cafes, cauteries, 
blood-letting, cupping, painful friftions in the oppofite parts, and other fuch like things 
as are properly (aid to make revulfion. The ufe of repercuflives is to force back the humor 
which flow's from anie other place into the part, and thus they mitigate the heat of 
fiich inflammation as that defluxion of humors hath caufled , yea , oft-times to affwage 
and help pain, the fever, abfcefs, malign ulcers, and mortification. Such repercuflives 
muft alwaies bee fb oppofed to the difeaf, that refpeft may bee had to the temper, com- 
plexion , and particular nature of the part whereto they are applied; for all parts 
cannot equally bear the like force of repercuflives, as nervous and other fpermatick and 
cold parts. Furthermore, there are fom parts whereto wee may by no means applie reper- 
cuflives j as the groins, arm-pits, and thofe glandules or kernels which are behinde the 
ears and brain, left the humor fhould retire back into fom of thePrincipal parts: the 
like reafbn is alfo of bodies; for the bodies of women, children, eunuchs, cannot endure 
fo ftrong repercuflives and the like excels of cold as the manlie and vigorous bodies 
Befides, everie difeaf require's not repercuflives, for if the bodie bee repleat with ill hu- 
mors ; if it bee plethorick; the ufe of repercuflives , unlefs after general purgation, can- 
not bee fafe; as neither if the humor, which is in motion,fhall bee venenate, grofs, acrid, 
critical, or (hall cauf great pain in the part, for then on the contrarie wee muft rather make 
ufe of attraftives. But now if the difeaf bee great , weak repercuflives will avail nothing 
againft it, as lettuce againft a great inflammation; and thou fhalt do ill if thou let upon a 
fmall defluxion with powerful repellers ; for by that means the skin is ftraitned, and the 
paflages thereof flop't, whereby the inflammation is increafed, or elf brought to a [cirrus. 
Wherefore let the Surgeon have a care that hee temper the force of his Repercuflives accor- 
ding to the magnitude of the difeaf. 
Why things of 
(ubtil parts 
are oft-times 
mixed with re- 
percuffiyes. 
Repellers by 
accident. 
When, and to 
r what parts re- 
, percufliyes 
muftbgcap- 
1 plied. 
CHAP. X. 
M attractive medicine is contrarie to the repeller 5 the Greeks call it He lei 1- 
cum, it is of a hot and thin fubftance, whereby it draweth forth into the 
liiperficies of the bodie that which lieth hid in the center , although lom- 
times it doth it by an occult qualitie ; other-whiles allo by accident, as by 
the acrimonie. Thole things which by a manifeft qualitie do attraCt, are either Ample 
or compound. 
The Ample are Bryonia, allium, cep a, porrum , araftolocbia, bermodaflyli, ciclamen, lilium, 
figillum beat# Marie, arum, afarum, afpbodelus, gentiana , pyrethrum, ruta, fabina, calamen- 
tum, omnes titbymalorum fpecies, vifcum , abrotanum, anagallis, urtica, ranunculus, ftrutbium, 
and fuch like: Ammoniac um, bdelium, gabbanum , fagapenum , eupborbium, afpbaltum, cinis e 
face vinivel aceti, calx viva, fulphur, fal ammoniacus, omnis falis fpecier, auripigmentum , oleum 
vetus, adeps leonis, urfi, canis, anferis, vipere, ranarum, axungia poici vetuflate acris, aut at- 
tritu rotarum. Compofita verb, ut oleum de fpica, pbilofophorum, de terebintbina, de croco, de 
fcorpionibus, rutaceum, vulpinum, laurinum, anetbinum, de vitriolo, unguentum Agrippe, ar agon, 
feu auxiliare,martiatum,enulatum,theriaca,mitbridatium, ernpl. demeliloto, diachylon magnum & 
parvum, oxycroceum, divinum. 
Thole things which draw by a lecret propertie in nature, as are the load-ftone, quick- 
Alver, pyonie, amber, all antidotes and triacles that are remedies again ft the biteings of ve- 
nemous beafts, and all purging medicines. 
Thele which draw by accident, perform it otherwife then of their own nature, they have 
that qualitie out of putrefaction and corruption, as dove's dung> goat's dung, cow-dung, 
man's dung, and all kinds of dungs: alfo leven, old cheef, and fuch like. 
Cupping glafles, leeches, lyringes, rougher and harder frictions, lucking, pain, 
ftraight ligations, cauteries do alfo draw, but after a different manner from them lpo- 
ken of before. 
Attraftive medicaments muft neither burn nor dilculs, and beeing verie ftrong and lharp, 
they Ihould bee tempered and mixed with oil of roles, and other lenitives: but to weak 
ones Ihould bee added oil of baies, calx viva, and luch like to ftrengthen them. The ule 
of attraftives is to draw poifon toward the skin, and to haften forward critical abfcelfes; 
Oooa and 
Of attractive medicines. 
What ana t- 
traftive medi- 
cine is. 
Attraftives by 
a manifeft 
qualitie. 
By an occult. 
By accident 
Their ufco Of limbic Medicines,and their ufe. 
Lib.26. 
704 
and they make thofe parts which are benummed and confumed, to have life, they reftore the 
refrigerated parts by drawing thither the fpirits 5 they draw forth the vifeous filth of malign 
ulcers that lie's hid in the nervs, and hollow paflages of them ; they alfo draw out fcales of 
bones, fplinters of wood, nails, thorns, arrows, and that matter which is impaft in hard- 
ned inflammations. 
CHAP. XI. 
Of refolving Medicines. 
What a refol- 
ving medicine 
is. 
The differen- 
ces thereof. 
Hat is called a refblving medicine , which by heat, and the tenuitic of his fub- 
ftance openeth the pores, attenuates the humors , diffipate's and difcufleth 
by evaporating the unprofitable matter. There are two forts of thefekindes 
, of medicines j the one is called Areoticum or ratifying; the other is termed 
8 Diapboreticum, or digefting. 
The Areoticum by a mean heat, and not drie , and indued with a tenuitie of fub- 
ftance, openeth and relaxeth the skin , and draweth forth the matter (hut up under 
it, whereby it may eaf pain, like as Anodynes, becaufit doth not much depart from 
a temperate heat. 
But the Diapboreticum beeing much hotter , whatfoever fticketh in the part beeing 
there impaft, it doth by thin vapor infenfibly diflipate : therefore the acrid and hot 
things are in this cafe to bee made ufe of rather then then attra&ives,becauf that cold and 
grofsnefs is more difficulty to bee digeftcd , and the length and involution of the waies 
beeing to bee confidered. The Arxotick, which wee may call weak refol vers, are either 
Ample or compound. 
The fimples are thefe, Bifmalva tota, parietaria, adiantbum , mercurialis, ebulus,Valeriana, 
rofmarinus, falvia, thymus- chamemelum, melilotum, anetbum, farina bordei, tritici, feminis Uni, 
fenugreci, nigella, furfur, adeps galline, anferis, anatis, cuniculi, vituli almoft all metals un- 
lefs ffich as are acrid* The compounds are Oleum cbamemolinum, anetbinum, liliaceum ' catello- 
rum,lumbricorum, Keirinum, de vitellis ovorum,de tritico,amygdalarum. dulcium,'Onguentum de al- 
thea, empl. diachylum;, ireatum. Diaphoreticks or digeftives, are alfo both Ample and com- 
pound : The fimpleare Ariffolocbia,enula campana, iris,cjpa, fey Ila, figillum Salomonis, figilium 
beate Marie, bryonia, panis porcinus, dracunculus, afpbodelus, origanum, mentba, pulegium, fabina, 
ferpillum, calamentba, byffop us, urtica, artbemifia, lavenduia, chamepytis, anifum , faniculum , cumi- 
num, piper, nux mofebata, coriandrum, bacce lauri & juniperi, farina, fabarum, lupinorum, orobi, 
milii, frumenti, furfur, mica panis, acetum tepidum, oxycratum, vinum vetus aut aromaticum, mel, 
aqua vite, muria, adeps tauri, equi, leonis, cams, bird , medulla cervi, cruris bovis & arietis, 
ammoniacum , galbanum » opopanax , fagapenum , myrrba , bdelium, thus , terebintbina , pix 
nigra, ladanum, fiirax, calamita, benioinum, ftercus caprinum, columbinum,caninum,bubulum9 
& alie ftercorum (pedes. 
Compound diaphoreticks are Oleum amygdalarum amararum, Juniperinum, laurinum, de 
fcorpionibus, irinum, coftinum, nardinum, de terebintbina, de croco, canabinutn, rapbaninum, e 
cucumere agrefii, vulpinum, rutaceum, pbilofopborum de lateribus, de euphorbio, de tartaro, de 
petroleoj de berva, five ricininum, unguent, Agrippe, aragon, martiatum, enulatum, empl. de Vigo, 
without addition, and with addition, oxycroceum, diacalcitbeos, diflblved in a digefting oil to 
the form of a cerat. 
Araeoticks are profitably ufed in the increaf and ftate of fiiperficial tumors. 
But Diaphoreticks are not to bee ufed in the increaf of tumors, unlefs fom aftringent bee 
added, left by their more ftrong digeftion, they fhould draw and increaf the defluxion : but 
when the tumors decline, they are then onely to bee ufed in the parts chiefly where the skin 
is denf and hard, and when the humor is cold and grofs, and lying hid deep in the bodie, 
fo that the virtue of medicaments can hardly com thereto: but confideration is to bee had 
of the parts to which refblutives are to bee applied j for you may not applie relaxers or dia- 
phoreticks to the liver, fpleen, ft omach,or bowels, unlefs you add fom aftringents, of which 
a great part mull bee aromaticks. 
To the parts, where fenf is more dull, may bee applied the ftronger diaphoreticks, but 
thofe parts which are indued with a more exquifite fen£ as the eie and the nervs, to them 
wee muft applie weaker. When the matter is grofs and cold, things cutting and attenua- 
ting, and then emollient are to bee ufed, and fo by degrees com to diaphoreticks; otherwise 
that onely is refolved which is the moft fiibtil of unprofitable matter, the groflerbecom- 
ming concrete and hardned. But if the part bee afflifted with a continual defluxion, 
fb that there may bee danger of a gangrene or Iphacel, it is not lawful then to make ufe 
of refblvers, but you muft in the place where the humor flow's, divide the skin by fcarifi- 
cation, as it is moft learnedly noted by Hollerith in that profitable book of his left topofte- 
ritie, whofe title is. De materia Chirurgica, 
CHAP* 
The me of dia- 
phorcticks. LlB.Ztf. 
Of fimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
705 
CHAP. XII. 
Of Suppuratives. 
Supparative medicine is faid to bee that, which (hutting the pores, and pre- i 
venting tranfpiration by his emplaftick confiftence, increafeth the matter f 
of native heat, and therefore turneth the matter caft out of the veflels into 
and fanies. It is of nature hot and moift, and proportionable to the 
native heat of the part to which it is applied , and or an emplaftick confi- 
ftence 5 that fo it may hinder the native heat from beeing exhaled j in which refpeft it 
differeth from emollients and mala&icks, of which wee (hall fpeak hereafter. There bee: 
two kindes of (iippuratives, for fom do it of themfelvs , and by their proper qualitie 5 
others by accident. Thole things which by their own ftrength do bring to fuppuration, 
are either fimples or compounds. 
Simples are radix liliorum, ctfa, allium, malvarum omnium folia & femina,buglo[fum, acanthus, 
fenecio,viol£, farietaria, crocus, caules, ficus, faffuLe mundate, with a deco&ion of thele things, 
farina tritici,farinavolatilis, farinabordei excorticati, lolii, feminis Uni & fxnugrtci, galbannm, 
ammoniacum,ftyrax finguis, ladanum, vijcum aucufatorum, thus, fix, cera, refina, colla, adefs,fuillus9 
vitulinus ,vaccinus, cafrinusy butyrum, vitellus ovi, xfifus humida, fiercus fuillum, columbinum, capri- 
num, pueri. 
Compounds are oleum liliorum, lumbricorum, de croco, unguent. bafilicum, emflaft. diacbilon com- 
mune, magnum, de mucilaginibus. 
Thofe things do luppurate by accident which work it onely by the means of an empla- 
ftick confiftence : for fo often-times aftringents, becauf they are of earthie and thick parts, 
are found to fuppurate; luch are unguentum de holo nutritum,and luch like. Such alfo are thofe 
which by their coldnefs keep the heat in, and (hut the pores. Hence it is that the qualities 
of forrel are commended to generate fus: for whil'ft it keepeth the heat within, it increafeth 
his effefts, to the thickning of the fuppurable matter,and the overcomming other rebellious 
qualities. Wee ule things ripening in great inflammations, whofe growth wee cannot hin- 
der with repellers, or increaf with refolvers or difcuflers. 
' What a fup»' 
putative mcdi- 
i cine is. 
Differences c£ 
fuppurativcs, 
' Suppurative? 
> by accident. 
CHAP. XIII. 
Hat is defined to bee a mollifying medicine, which by a ftfonger heat then that ' 
which is proper to (iippuratives, without anie manifeft qualitie of drying or ■ 
moiftning, again malaxeth or fofteneth hardned bodies : wherefore this dif- ' 
fer's from that which fiippurate's, becauf that they bee hot in the firft or ft- j 
cond degree, according to the ftveral temper of the bodie, or part to which it 
is applied, working rather by the quantitie of heat, then the qualitie: contrariwife , that 
which mollifieth beeing indued with a greater heat , rather worketh by the qualitie of the 
heat, beeing otherwift in drinels and moifture temperate. 
Although as manie things agree together in fom refpe&s, though of a diverf nature; fo 
manie emollients are fuch as are hot in the firft degree, and drie in the ftcond and third, that 
To they may the better difperf [and diffiife that which is congealed , by taking away a lit- 
tle ofthe humiditie,which is contained within the part affefted:but not by exhaufting it 
wholly by the violence of heat or drinefs : for hereon would follow a greater hardnefs. 
Things mollifying, are either fimple or compound; and theft again ftrong or weak.' 
The weak are. Radix liliorum alborum, cucumeris agreftis, althe# 9 folia malv£,bifmalv£, li-* 
liorum, anetbi fummifates, viola, branca urftna, femen malvx, bifmalvt, lini,fanugr<eci, caricipin-' 
gues,pafful£ mundat£,pedum,capitum,inteflinopum vervecinorum decoctum, adeps ex junioribus & 
caftrati), domefticis, feeminis animalibus, adeps fuillus, vitulinus, badinus, caprinus, bubulus, vulpinus, 
gallinaceus, anferinus, anatinus, olor inns, effic aces. The weaker are things more gentle ; as, Buty- 
rum, lana fuccida, cera pinguis, vitellus ovi, medulla ex ofjibus, cervina, ovilla, caprina. The com- 
pound are oil, wherein are boiled mollifying herbs; as, Oleum liliorum, chatmemelinum, amyg- 
dalarum dulcium. Stronger emolliments are, Acetum, adeps taurinus, urfinus,cervinus,leoninus,par- 
dalinus, apri, equi fevum, pinea, picea, abietina, terebentbina, ammoniacum, bdelium,ftyrax, galbanum, 
ladanum, propolis, opopanax, ung. de emp- diachylon commune & magnum, de mucilaginibus, ce- 
roneum,oxycroceum,Joannis de vige. 
Wee uft emollients in (cirrous tumors of the muftles, or in the lips of ulcers, in anie of 
the limbs, bellie, glandules, bowels, by reafon of a grofs, cold, and viftous matter, either 
phlegmatick, or melancholick. Yet thofe tumors which com of melancholies commonly 
turn to cancers, which are exafperated by mollifying things. On the contrarie, (iich as pro- 
ceed from a phlegmatick matter,are brought to an equalitie ofconfiftence,by the uft of emol- 
lients. Furthermore, there are three things obftrvable in the uft of emollients: the firft is, 
O o o 3 duly 
Of Mollifying things. 
Gal. Mp.7« Hb. 
f. /imp. 
How luppura- 
tives &eraob 
lients differ. 
The differed* 
ces ofemolli' 
cnts. 
Their life. 706 
Offimple Medicines,and their ufe. 
Lib.2,6' 
Things obftr 
vable in the 
ufe of emolli 
ents. 
duly to conlider how much the affe&ed parts differ's from his proper and naturall temper 
and proportion, that fo wee may applie an equivalent remedie. The lecond is, that wee di- 
" ftinguilh the natures of the parts. The third is, that wee artificially gather after what man- 
ner this mollifying muft bee performed; that is, whether wee Ihould mingle with the emollb 
ments, deterfive or difcufling medicines. For there are manie delperate fcirrous tumors,that 
is, liich as cannot bee overcom by anie emollient medicine , as thole which are grown fo 
hard, that they have loft their fenf; and thereupon are becom fmooth and without hairs. 
Here you muft obferv, that the part fomtimes becom's cold in lb great an excels, that the 
native heat plainly appear's to languilh, fo that it cannot aftuate anie medicine. That this 
janguilhing heat may bee refufcitated, an iron-ftove (hall bee fet neer to the part, where- 
in a good thick piece of iron heated redhotfhall beeencloled, for fo the ftove will keep 
hot a long time. 
Tbe figure of an iron [love. 
A. Tbe cafe of t be ftove. 
B. The iron-Bat to bee heated* 
C. The lid to [but tbe Hove. 
CHAP. XIV. 
Of Deterfives, or Mundificatives. 
Deterlive is defined to be that which doth deterge or cleanfan ulcer,and purge forth 
a double kinde of excrement; of the which one is thicker, which is commonly cal- 
led fordes, which is drawn forth from the bottom of the ulcer, by the edifications 
qualitie of the medicine, the other is more thin and waterie, which the Greeks call 
Icbor, the Latins Sanies, which is taken away by thedrinefs of the medicine 5 and therefore 
Hippocrates hath well advifed,that everie ulcer muft bee cleanfed and dried. 
Of DeterfiveSjlbm are fimple,fom compound, fom ftronger, fom weaker. Thelimple are 
either bitter, fweet,or fowr: the bitter are Gentiana, Ariftolocbia, iris, enula, fcilla, ferpentaria, 
centaurinumminas, abfinthium, marrubium, perforata, abrotonen, apium, chelidonium, ruta, byffopus, 
fcabiofa, artbemijia, eupatorium,aloe,fumus terr<e, badera terr efir is, a lixivium made with the afhes 
of thefe things, lupini, orobus, amygdala amar a, faba, terebintbina,myrrha, mafticbe,fagapenum,gal- 
banum, ammoniacum, the gals of beafts, fiercus caprinum, urina bene cotta, fquamma<£ris,£s uftum, 
<erugo,fcorta &ris, anttmonium, calx, cbalcitis, mify, fory, alumen. The fweet are Gioia, rofa, melli- 
lotum, ficus pingues, dattyli, uv& pajfie, glycyrrbiza, aqua bordei, aqua mulfa, vinum dulce, mel facca- 
rum, ferum, lattis, manna, thus. The lharp are all kinde of fowr things, Capreoli vitiurn, acetum, 
and other acid things. The compound are Syrupus de abfinthio, de fumaria, de marrubio, deeu- 
patorio, de artbemi/ia, acetofus, lixivium, oleum de vitel/is ovorum, de terebintbina, de tartaro, unguen- 
turn mundificativum de apio, apoftolorum,pulvis mercurialis. Wee ufe fuch things as deterge, that 
the liiperfluous matter beeing taken away, nature may the more conveniently regenerate flelh 
to fill up the cavitie: But in the ufe of them, confederation is firft to bee had of the whole 
bodie, whether it bee healthie, plethorick, or ill difpoled, there is confederation to bee had 
of the part, which is moifter and drier,,indued with a more exquilite or duller fenf. But 
oftentimes accidents befal ulcers belides nature, as a callus, a defluxion of a hot or otherwife 
malign humor, and the like fymptoms, Laftly, confideration is to bee had, whether it bee a 
new 
Deterfives. 
Their life. Lib.26. 
Of fimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
707 
new or inveterate ulcer ; for from hence, according to the indication, remedies are appoin- 
ted different in quantitie and qualitie :fo that oftentimes wee are conftrained to appoint the 
bitter remediein ftead of the fweet. Neither truly with a painful and drie ulcer doth anie o- 
ther then a liquid deterfive agree: neithd?to the moift anie that of a drie confi- 
ftence, as Powders. 
CHAP. XV. 
Hat medicine is laid to bee farcotick, which by its drinefs help's nature to rege- 
nerate flelh in an ulcer hollow, and diligently cleanled from all excrements.But 
this is properly don by blood indifferent in qualitie and quantitie. Wherefore,if I 
wee muft (peak according to the truth of the thing, there is no medicine which t 
can properly and truly be called farcotick: For thole which vulgarly go under 
that name, are onely accidentally fuch j as thole which without biting and erofion do drie 
up and deterge the excrements of an ulcer, which hinder theendevour of nature in generat- 
ing of flelh. For as by the law of nature, from that nourilhment which flow's to the nou- 
rilhingof the part, there is a remain, or a certain thin excrement, flowing from fom other 
place, called by the Greeks Ichor, and by the Latines Sanies: Thus by the corruption of the 
part there concreet's another grofler excrement, termed Rypos by the Greeks, and Sordes by 
the Latines. That make's the ulcer more moift, this morefilthie. Hence it is, thateverie 
wound which require's reftitutionof the loftfubftance, muft bee cured with two forts of 
medicines, the one to drie up and wafte the luperfluous humiditie thereof, the other to fetch 
off the filth: and by how much the wound is the deeper, by fo much it require's more liquid 
medicines, that lb they may the more eafily enter into everie part thereof. 
But diverfitie of things fhall bee appointed according to the various temper of the part. 
For if the affefted part fhall bee moift by nature, fuch things lhall bee chofen as lhall bee lefs 
drie: if on the contrarie the part bee drie, then liich things lhall bee uled as bee more drie $ 
but manie forts of medicines lhall bee alTociated with the farcoticks, according to the mani- 
fold complication of the effefts pollefling the ulcer.Therefore nature onely is to bee accoun- 
ted the workmafter, and the efficient caufin the regenerating of flelh, and laudable blood the 
material cauf,and the medicine the helping or affifting cauf,or rather the caufwithout which 
it cannot bee: as,that by cleanling and moderately drying without anie vehement heat,tak'es 
away all hinderances of incarnation and orders, and fit's the blood to receiv the form of 
flelh. This kinde of medicine according to Galen9 ought to be drie onely in the firft degree, 
left,by too much drienefs, it might drink up the blood and matter of the future flelh, which 
notwithftanding is to bee underftood of farcoticks, which are to bee applied to a delicate and 
temperate bodie. For if the ulcer bee more moift,or the bodie more hard then is fit, wee may 
allcend to liich things as are drie, even in the third degree. And hence it is that fuch drie me- 
dicines may firft bee called deterfives, and then prelently farcoticks. A farcotick medicine is 
either Ample or compound, ftronger or weaker. Simple farcotick medicines are, jfriftolocbia 
utraque, iris, acorus, dracunculus, a[arum9 fympbyti omnia genera9betonica9 [anicula, 
gua major,el minor eorumque fucci. 
'Terebintbina lota & non lota, re/ina pini, gummi arabicum, farcdcolla, mafticbe, colopbonia, manna tbit- 
ris, cortex ejufdem, aloe, olibanum-) myrrba, mel, vinum, fanguis draconis, lytbargyros auri, fpodium, 
famfholix, tutia, plumbum uftum lotum,fcoria ferri. The compound farcoticks are,Oleum byparico- 
nis, ol. ovorum, maftichinum,& cetera olea, qu# balfami nomine appellant ur, unguentum aureum, emp. 
de betonica, vigonis, dejanua, Emp. gratia Dei, Emp. nigrum. Wee ule not larcoticks before that 
the ulcer bee cleanfed and free'd from pain, defluftion, inflammation, hardnefs, and diftem- 
per. In ufing thele things wee confider the temper of the bodie, and the affefted part: 
For oft-times a part otherwife lets drie by nature, require's a more powerful drying medi- 
cine, and ftronger farcotick, then another part which is more drie , and this for fom other 
reafon, whicltQught to com into our confideration: For example, thegMw; would bee more 
dried then the produce, although it bee of a temper lefs drie, becauf it is a paflage of the u- 
rine. Wherefore wee muft diligently obferv the condition of the affefted parts, and thence 
taking indication, make choice of more ftrongfatcoticks. For both that which is too little, 
and that which is too much farcotick, make's a fordid ulcer: the firft, becauf it drie's not 
ffifficiendy; the later, for that by its acrimonie it caufleth defluxion. Therefore diligent 
Care muft bee uled in the examination hereof. 
Of Sarcoticky. 
No medicine 
truly farcotiek 
Simple farco« 
ticks. 
Compound 
Sarco ticks. 
CHAP. XVI. 
Of Epuleticltf, or spinning mecicines. 
AN Epulotick medicine is that which covereth the part with skin: it is faid to bee fuch 
as by drienefs and aftri&ion without biting deficcate's,binde's and condensate's the fleffi 
into a certain callous fubftance, like to the skin, which wee commonly call a cicatrize or 
fear; 708 
Of fimple Medicines, and their u(e. 
Lib.26. 
fear: yet this, as the generating of fiefli, is the work of nature. A medicine therefore is 
faid to bee Epulotick, for that it aflift's nature in fubftituting and generating a fear, in ftead 
of the true skin, whileft it confume's the fiiperfluous humidities, condenfate's, incraffate's, 
and binde's the next adjacent fiefli; therefore it ought to drie more powerfully then a farco- 
f tick* Epulotick medicines are of three kinds: the firft is the true epulotick: which onely 
drie's and bind's. The fecond is an acrid and biting epulotick, which, for that it wafte's the 
proud fiefli,is called lb j and this muft bee fparingly ufed, and that onely to hard and ruftick 
bodies. The third is that which onely drie's without aftriftion. The things whereof they 
confift are thefe: jiriftolocbia utraque, gentiana, iris, centaurium majus, pentaphyllon, fytnpbytum 
majus, cham£drys,betonica, cauda equina, eupatorium, zerbenaca, plant aginis & fymphiti folia, gall*, 
baccamyrti»glandes & earum calices, balauftia, cuprefsi nuces,malicorium, cortex quer cits, cortex ta- 
tnaricis, cortex ligni aloes, acacia, colopbonia, farcocolla, fanguir draconis, ladanum, lithargyros,au~ 
ri, argenti, cerufa, -plumbum uftum, alumen uftum,. rutbia, fquamma <erit & ferri, & eorum [coria,£ru- 
go,flos <eris, &s uftum et lotum, fulpbur vivum, cbryfocolla, corali, bolus armenus, terra Jigillata, cine- 
res buccenarum,ofireorum, filicis, offa ufla et ftccata, caries lignorum, ung. dcapompbolygos, ung. alb, 
rhafts, de ficcativum rubrum, emp. decerufa, de betonica, diacalcitbeos, emp. nigrum. 
Weeufe Epuloticks when as the ulcer is almoft filled up,and equal to the adjacent skin. In 
the ufe of thefe wee muft alwaies have refpeft to the tendernefs and hardnefs of thebodie; 
for fuch things as are corrofives to tender and delicate bodies, are epulotick to hard and ru- 
ftick bodies. Alfo wee have much regard, whether the bodie bee plethorick or replete with 
ill humors, for fuch do not eafily admit cicatrization. Alfo it is moft worthie of your obfer- 
vation, to mark whether the ulcer that is to bee cicatrized, bee fed or nouriflied by the pre- 
fent deleft of anie part, as the liver, fpleen, lungs, ora varix lying about it. For it cannot 
bee cicatrized before thefe impediments (if anie fiich bee) bee taken away. Laftly, the cal- 
lous lips of an ulcer, unlefs they bee fcarified or foftened, hinder cicatrization. Therefore 
all fuch defaults muft bee taken away, and then fiich an Epulotick applied,as may not by the 
too much drienefs leav the fear too hollow, or the too little, leav it too high. 
Three forts of 
Epuloticks. 
Their life. 
CHAP. XVII. 
Of Agglutinatives. 
Ldutinatmg, or agglutinative medicine is or a middle nature, between the bar- 
cotick and ftrong then the former, and weaker then the later, 
for it is drie to the fecond degree.lt by the drying and aftriftive facultie,void of 
all deterfion,con join's parts that are diftant, or rather lend's helping hands to 
nature the principal agent in this work. Glutinatives, whether they bee ftrongly 
or weakly fuch, do agglutinate either by their proper or accidental nature: Of this fort are 
Plantaginis omnes fiecies3 confolida utraque3bugloffa3 millefolium, f imp inella,f>ilofella, cau- 
da equina, fempervivum, telepbium,fanicula, atrattilis, folia quercits et dracunculi, falix, ebulus, 
fambucus, pentapbyllon, veronica, cortex pini, ulmi, palm* quercits, Aqua vitis, aq. e folliculis ulmi, 
fuccus calamintb*, vinum aufterum, terebinthina, mjirrba, Janguis dr ac onia, bolus armenus, terra figil- 
lata, omnia denique acerba. 
Glutinatives by accident are thole that hinder deflu&ion, and binde the part, as Sutures, 
Bandages, Reft, rowlers, and the like. Wee ule glutinatives in green, and as yet bloodie 
wounds, whence the Greeks call a glutinative medicine En<eM4, although fomtimes they are 
tiled to inveterate, malign, fiftulous and finuous ulcers; for they hinder the deflu&ion from 
comming to the lips of ulcers. You muft coniider, when as you intend to applie them,whe- 
ther the skin bee whole or no: For ulcers knit together, or heal more difficultly, if the skin 
bee rubbed off, or cut, or other wife loft. Neither ought you to bee 'unmindful of the fore- 
mentioned cautions and indications drawn from the iex,the tendernefs or hardnefs of the af- 
fefted bodie, the continuance and magnitude of the ulcer: for hence indication muft bee ta- 
ken, what the quantitie and qualitie of the medicine ought to bee. 
Agglutinative 
medicines. 
Glutinatives 
by accident. 
CHAP. X VIII. 
dat medicine is Paid to bee Pyrotick or Cauftick, which by its acrimonieand biting> 
commonly conlifting in an earthie confiftence,either fuperficially corrode s, or more 
deeply eat's and putrifie's, or laftly, burn sand confome's the skin and flelh, fo that 
it even pierce's into callous and hard bodies. Therefore there are three degrees of Pyroticks; 
for fom are termed cathaeretick or corroding, for that they wafte the proud flelh of an ulce- 
rated or anie other part, and thefe are judged the weaker fort of Pyroticks. Otherfom arc 
termed Septick or putrefying,as thole which deftroie and difldiv the tender and new-lprung- 
up flelh, and raif blifters in the skin, and thefe are more powerful then the chathaereticks. 
Laftly, there are otherfom termed moft powerful Efcharoticks, which by their fierie and ter- 
reftrial 
Of Pyroticks3 or Medicines. 
Three dbgrces 
of Caufticb, Lib.z6. 
OfJimple Medicines, and their life. 
709 
redrial qualitie caul' efchars or crufts •, whereupon they are alfo termed Ruptoria, and poten- 
tial Cauteries : Now all thefe differences are taken from that they are more or lefs powerful. 
For it oft-times happen'?,that according to the different temper and confidence of the parts, 
according to the longer or fhorter daie, a Cathsretick may penetrate as far as a Septick,and 
on the contrarie,an Efcharotick may enter no farther then a Septick. , 
Thefe are judged Cathxreticks, Spongia ufta, alumen uftum & non uft urn, vitriolum uftum, calx < 
mediocriter lota, trugo, cbalcbantbum, fquamma tris, oleum devitriolo, trochifci andronis, pbafionis, 
afphodelorum, ung. JEgipticum, apoftolorum, pulvis mercurii, arfenicum fublimatum. 
Septicks and Velicatories are, Radix fcill<e,brygni£, figill. beat# Mari#, bugloffa, radix ran- . 
nunculi,panisporcini, apium, rifus, lac tithymallorum, lacfici, eupborbium, anacardus,finapi,cantba~ 
rides, arfenicum fublimatum: For allthefe weaken the native temper and confidence of the 
part, and draw thereunto humors plainly contrarie to nature. 
Efcharoticks or Caufticks are Calx viva, fax vini cremata, & prtcipue aceti, ignis, whereto 
are referred all Cauteries, as well aftual as potential, whereof wee (hall treat hereafter. 
Wee ule Cathaereticks in tender bodies and difeafes not verie contumacious ; therefore 
by how much they are lefs acrid and painful, by fo much oft-times they penetrate the deep- 
er, for that they are lefs troublefom by delaie; but wee ule Septicks, and fomtimesEfcharo- 
ticks in ulcers that are callous, putrid, and of unexhaufted humiditie, but principally in 
cancers, carbuncles, and excellive hxmorrhagies. When as wee make ufe ot thefe, thepati- 
ent muft have a convenient diet appointed, muft abftain from wine: laftly, they mud not 
bee uled but with great diferetion •, for otherwife they may cauf fevers, great inflammations, 
intolerable pains, fwounings, gangreens, and fphacels. Cauteries heedfully ufed, ftrengthen 
and drie the part, amend an untameable didemper, dull the force of poilbn, bridle putrefa- 
ction and mortification, and bring fundrie other benefits. 
' 
Septicksand 
Vclicatories. 
Efcharotick s. 
Their uf*e. 
CHAP. XT X. 
Of Anodynes, or [ueb as mittigate or affwage pain. 
Efore wee treat of Anodyne medicines, wee think it fit to (peak of the nature 
of pain. Now pain is a forrowful and troublefom cauffed by fom hidden 
diftemper, or folution of continuitie. There are three things neceffarie to cauf 
pain s The efficient cauf, that is, a fodain departure from a natural temper or 
union: the fenfiblenefs of thebodie receiving the dolorifick cauf: laftly, the 
apprehenfion of this induced change, cauffed either by diftemper or union for otherwife 
with how exquifite foever fenf the bodie receiving the cauf is indued with , unlefs it appre- 
hend and mark it, there is no pain prefent. Hence is that Aphorifm of 
parte aliqua corporis dolentes dolorem omnirio nonfantiunt, bis mens tgrotat, that is, Whofbever 
pained in anie part of their bodies do wholly feel no pain, their underftanding is ill affefted 
and depraved. Heat, cold, moiffiire and drinefs, induce a fodain change of temper; and heat 
and cold cauf ffiarp pain, drinefs moderate,but moifture fcarce anie at all: for moifture cauf- 
feth not pain fb much by its qualitie, as it doth by the quantitie. Both the fore-mentioned 
qualities, efpecially affociated with matter, as alfo certain external cauffi s too violently aft 
failing fuch as thefe that may cauf contufion, cut, prick, or too much extend- Wherefore 
pain is a fymptom of the touch, accompanying almoft all diftafts; therefore oft-times leav- 
ing thefe, they turn the counfel of the Phyfician to mitigate them, which is performed ei- 
ther by mitigating the efficient cauffes of pain, or dulling the fenf of the part. Hereupon 
they make three differences of Anodynes: For fbmftrv to cure the diftaf, otherfom to mi- 
tigate it,otherfbm ftupifie, and are narcotick. We term fuch curative of the difeafts, which 
refift, and are contrarie to the cauffes of diftafes.Thus pain, cauffed by a hot diftemper,is ta- 
ken away by oil of Flofes, Oxycrate, and other fuch like things, which amend and take a- 
way the cauf of pain, to wit the excefs of heat.Pain cauffed by a cold diftemper, is amended 
by Oleum Laurinum, Nardinum, de Caftoreo. Pain occafioned by too much drinels, is helped 
by Hydrtlium, a bath of frefl and warm water. Laftly, by this word Anodyne, taken in the 
largeftfenf, we underftand all purging medicines, Phlebotomie, Scarification, Cauteries, 
Cuppings, Glyfters, and other fuch like things as evacuate anie ftoreof the dolorifick mat- 
ter. But fuch as are properly termed Anodynes, are of two forts : for fom are temperate,o- 
thers hot and moift in the firft degree, and conftquently, near to thoft that are temperate ; 
thefe prefer? the native heat in the proper integritie, thus they amend all diftemperatures j of 
this kinde are accounted Sallad oil, oil of fweet Almonds, the yolks of eggs, and a few 
other fuch like things, theft ftrengthen the native heat, that thus increaftd in fubftance, it 
may with the more facilitie or'ecom the cauf of pain : befides alfb, they rarifie, attenuate, 
digeft, andconfequently evacuate both groft and viftid humors, as allb cloudie flatulencies 
hindred from paifing forth : fuch are flares cbamameli, meliloti, crocus, oleum 
tbinum, oleum lini, oleum ex famine altb<££, lumbricorum, ovorum, ex tritico, butyr um, lana fatccida, 
fuillus adeps, witulinus, gallinaceus, anfarinus, bum anus, ex anguilla,cunicula,& aliis. Lac muliebre', 
& vaccinum,mucago faminis lini, f<enutyr.£ci altbtxyinalvt, velejufmodi faminum decofium: as alfb 
Decotfum liliorum, capitisrfedum, & inteftinorum arietis et hcedi, Nar- 
What pain 
What proper- 
ly termed A- ' 
nodynes arc/ 710 
Offimple Medicines,and their ufe. 
Lib.2,6. 
Narcoricks 
improperly 
termed ano- 
dynes. 
Narcoticks,or ftupefying medicines, improperly termed Anodynes,arecoldin the fourth 
degree, therefore by their excefs of cold, they intercept or hinder the padage of the animal 
fpirit to the part, whence it is that they take away fenf : of this fort are hyofcyamus, cicuta, 
folanum manicum, mandragora, ■palaver, opium, artiiflimavincula. 
You may make ufe of the firft fort of Anodynes in all difeafes , which are cured by the 
oppofition of their contraries: but of the fecond, to expugn pains that are not verie con- 
tumacious, that by their application wee may refift defluxion, inflammation, the fever, and 
other fymptoms.But whereas the bitternefs of pain is fo exceflive-great that it will not ftoop 
to other medicines, then at the length muft wee com to the third fort of anodynes. Yet oft- 
times the bitternefs of pain is fo great that verie narcoticks muft bee applied in the firft place, 
if Wee would have the part and the whole man to bee in fafetie. Yet the two frequent ufe of 
them, efpecially alone without the addition of faffron, myrrh, caftoreum, or fom foch like 
thing, ufeth to bee verie dangerous : for they extinguish the native heat, and cauf mortifi- 
cation, manifefted by the blacknefs of the part. But intolerable pains, to wit, foch as are 
occafioned by the excefs of inflammation and gangrenes, may bee fooner mitigated byo- 
pening a vein, purging and foarifying the part affefted, then either by properly-termed ano- 
dynes or narcoticks,to wit, that pain may bee the remedie of pain. By purgers wee here un- 
derftand not onely foch,as taken by the mouth, produce that effeftj but alfo foch as out- 
wardly applied perform the fame, as thofe whereof Aetius makers mention, As, 
R.pulp# feumedul. colocynth. femin. eruc. rut. fylveft. elaterii, gr. cindii, latbyrid. expurgatar. 
galban. nitri, cer<e} fingulorum, | iiii. opopan. $ ii. terebinth. 5 vi. terenda terito, ettaurino fellepaul- 
latim irrigate, donee apte imbibantwr. Then applie it about the navel even to the fhare, for thus 
it will purge by ftool 5 if on the contrarie you applie it to the bottom of the ftomach, it will 
cauf vomit. Another 5 R. elaterii, colocyntb. fcammon. fquamm# xris, radic- cucumer. agrefi* 
latbyrid. an. 5 i. autpro latbyrid. titbymal. fuccum terito et cribrato, at cum oleo plurimum falls babente 
fubigito 5 magnam indepilam e Una confertam hoc medicamento illitam, umbilico aut lumbis applica- 
tor Or, R.fellis cindii virid.^iv.fuccilupinor. eupborb. i. pulp.colo- 
cyntb. tantundem &dip.vulpin.recent.%vi. adip. viper. ftercor. muris, fucci pxon.caflor. 
ftngulor. 3 iv. ol. liguftrin. vi. ol. antiq. § ifiat unguentum vel oleum. Itpurgeth without trou- 
ble, and befides the other commodities it alfo is good againft diftra&ion or madnefs. Two 
fpoonftils is the greateft quantitie to bee ufed at one time,for in fom,one is fufficient:annoint 
therewith the navel and thereabouts, and a juft purgation will enfoe thereupon, which if it 
fhall flic out beyond your exfpe&ation,you may foment the bellie with a fpongemoiftened in 
warm wine and prefled forth again, it will bee prefently ftaied. Moreover Fernelius lib. 7. 
metbodi, make's mention of a laxative ointment. 
The ufe of 
them. 
Tetnh.i .Jen. 3. 
Purgatives to 
bee externally 
applied. 
The cotnpofi- 
tionof a pur-J 
g-ingoiland 
ointment. 
CHAP. XX. 
Of the compofition and ufe of Medicines. 
Ttherto wee have fpoken of the faculties of Ample medicines , now wee think 
good to/faie fomthing of the compounding of them: for fo by the Architeft 
are had and known everie thing apart,and then hee fettle's the workmen to the 
building, the conceived form of which hath been in his minde ever fince hee did 
' enterprife it. Therefore the compofition of divers medicaments with their qua- 
lities and effects, is a mingling appointed by the art of the Phyfician. Hence therefore rbewn3 
abjynthium9 although they have divers fubftances and faculties, yet are notwithftan- 
dingcalled Ample medicines, becauf they have that varietie from Nature,not from Art. But 
wee manie times call Ample fiich things as are compounded by art, as oxym. fimpl. oxyfaccb. 
fimflex.) as compared to greater compoAtions. And therefore oftentimes wee ufe compound 
medicines, becauf alwaies the Ample medicine alone, hath not ftrength enough to oppugn 
the difeaf. For manie times the Ack labor with manifold, and not Ample effefts, from which 
there beeing taken a various indication, wee gather contrarie Ample medicines, to applie to 
everie affeft, in one compoAtion. But oftentimes the nature of the part of the patient, or of 
the bodie affefted,requireth another kinde of medicament which may bee proper for the re- 
moovingthat difeaf j wherefore it is fo made to oppugn the difeaf andndtoffend the bo- 
die : and wee mingle manie other together, whole effefts may temper one another. Moreo- 
ver, the compofition of medicines was neceflarie. that becauf thofe things which have not 
a good tafte, color,or finell,by art or compofition,might bee made more grateful.Compound 
medicines of which we intend to fpeak, are Glyfters, Suppofitories, PefTaries, Oils, 
Liniments, Ointments, Emplafters, Cerats, Pultifles, Cataplafms, Fomentations, Embroca- 
tions, Epithemates, Veficatories, Cauteries, Collyria, Errbina, Sneefing-powders, Maftica- 
tories, Gargarifins, Dentifrices, Bags, Fumigations, Semicupiums, Baths. But firft it is ex- 
pedient that I faie fomthing of weights and meafures, with their notes, by which medicines 
commonly are meafured and noted by Phyficians, 
GAl.z.fimp.4. 
defanit.tMnd. 
The neceffitie 
of compound 
medicines. 
CHAP. LlB.ad. 
Of fimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
711 
CHAP. XXI. 
Zerie weight arifeth from a beginning and foundation, as it were; for as our bo- 
dies do arife of the four firft iimple bodies or elements, into which they are often 
refolved.- fo all weights do arife from the grain, which is as it were thebeginning 
and end of the reft. Now hereby is underftood a barlie-corn or grain, and that fuch as is nei- 
ther too drie, or overgrown with mouldinefs, or rancid, but well conditioned, and of an 
indifferent bignefs. 
Ten grains of thefe make an Obolia; two Oboli, or twentie grains make a fcruple, three 
fcruples, or fixtie grains make a dram, eight drams make one ounce, twelv ounces make one* 
pound medicinal, which is for the moft part the greateft weight ufed by Phyficians, and 
which they feldom exceed; and it is refblved into ounces, drams, fcruples, oboli and grains, 
which is the leaft weight. To exprefs thefe weights we ufe certain notes, the pound is ex- 
prefled by this note , ft. the ounce by this J, the dram thus the fcruple thus 9, the obolu$ 
with the beginning letter thus obol. the grain with his beginning letter thus,g. But fbmtimes 
wee meafure the quantitie of medicines by meafures and not alwaies by weights ; and there- 
fore wee exprefs a han dful by this note, m. a pugil thus,p« number thus, n. and the half part 
of everie weight and meafure is expreffed by this note,f$. put after everie note oftheaforefaid 
weights and meafures of the fame fort,as the halfpound,ft p.the half ounce,Efland fb of the 
reft.Moreover,in defcribing the fame medicament we ufe the notes fomtimes of weights,fbm- 
times of meafuresjand therefore it is to bee noted that herbs, green or drie, are figned with 
thefe notes,m.p,but thofe which are drieand bee brought to powder,with thefe notes,p, 
Roots, by thefe notes, m. Barks, by thefe notes, 5-Seeds, by thefe notes, 5.3. 
Fruits, by thefe notes, an. p. J. T 9- Flowers, by thefe notes, p. m. 3. Pulfes, by thefe 
notes, p.?. 5. 
All other medicaments either drie or liquid, are defcribed with thefe notes, ft. 5.5. .9 
obol. g. 
Having expounded thefe things, let us come to the defcription of compound medicines 
beginning with gly fters firft, as the remedie which is moft common and familiar, and almoft 
chiefly neceflarie of all others. 
Of mights and and the notes of both of them. 
A grain the 
beginning of 
all weight. 
What is means 
by a grain. 
I Obobu. 
[ A fcruple. 
A dram. 
> An ounce. 
■ A pound. 
CHAP. XXII. 
Glyfter is an inje&ion prepared firft and properly for the grofs inteftines and funda 
ment; for fomtimes glyfters are ufed and made for the ftomach, fplecn, reins, blad- 
der, womb, mefenterie, and alfo for the head, from whence oftentimes by (harp gly- 
fters, the hurtfull matter is brought downwards, as wee fee in Apoplexies. Therefore there 
is no part of the bodie which receiv's notfom benefit by glyfters,but more or lefs according 
to the vicinitie they have with the bellie,and the ftrength of the glyfter: for there are divers 
forts of glyfters, fom emollients, other evacuating, fom anodynes , fom aftringents, (dm 
cleanfing, fom farcotick, and epulotick, and fom may bee faid to nourifh. They may bee all 
made of the parts of plants or beafts, with compound medicines either folutive, or alter- 
ing, and others according to the advife of the Phyfician. The parts of plants which are u- 
led to this purpole, are roots, feeds, leavs, flowers, fruits, fhouts, juices, mucilages. Parts ' 
of beafts are yolks of eggs and whites, honie, chickens, capons, old cocks well beaten , 
heads and feet of fheep, the inteftines, whey, milk, fewet, axungia, and fuch like in decocti- 
ons, wherein wee mingle and diflblv iimple and compound medicines. Wee fomtimes ufe 
without anie other medicament, to make a glyfter with oil alone,as oil of nuts for the Co- 
lick, of whey alone, the decoftion of the head and feet of the fheep alone, and of thedeco- 
ftion of Cicers and barlie do wee prepare glyfters. 
The quantitie of a glyfter is fomtimes lefs according to the divers difpofition of men and 
their difeafes : for weak children the quantitie is lefs: for women with child,' 
and in the colick, dyfenterie, lyenterie, or when much hardened excrement, is 
within. But when we would abundantly moov the excrement, and there is nothing that 
may hinder, the dofe of a glyfter for the moft part is half a pound, one pound,or three quar- 
ters of a pound. The glyfter muft bee inje&ed warm or hot, more or lefs, according to the 
nature or condition of the lick : for beeing cold it offend'sthe inteftines, and the neighbor- 
ing nervous parts, which are cold of themfelvs. It muft bee given by degrees, for beeing in- 
jeCfed fuddenly, the winde which is ufiially in the guts will beat it back again, whence com's 
intolerable pain. But this will bee more clear by that wee fhall teach concerning the differen- 
ces of glyfters, whereof there fhall bee fufficient examples. 
R. malv. violar. bifmalv. acantb. an. m i. radic.altb. lilior. an. J. i. pafful. ficuum ping, J P* fiat 
decottio ap tb i. in qua diffolve caff. butyr, recent, an. § i. ol. viol. iii. jwt Clyfter. f 
Glyfters, that do evacuate, are prepared by the counfel of the Phyfician, and of divers 
Simplesjbeing boiled for feveral purpofes, Therefore if the humors bee cold which are to 
bee 
Of Glyfters. 
What a gly- 
fter is. 
Differences of 
glyfters. 
The materials 
of glyfters. 
Their quartit'e 
An emollient 
glyftcr. Of fimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
Lib.z6. 
712 
AGlyfter to 
cvact'ate a cold 
phlegmatick 
humor. 
bee evacuated, the Glyfter fliall bee after this manner. Ec.Salvu, origani, abrotoni, cbam£m. 
1 melilot. an. m. ft.feminum anifi, fenic. cumini, an. 5 iii. femin. cart bar. £ii. Make a deco&ion of 
them, wherein diffolv Diapbon. Hier. Simpl. an ol. anetb. cbam£m. an. Meilis Antho. 
face. rub. an.%i.fiat Clyfter. . 
To evacuate Cbolerickjnattcr, prepare a Glyfter after this manner, lx. quat. remollient. paret. Ci- 
chor. endi. an. m. f>. Semen, quat. frigid. Major, 'an. %iii. bordei integri. p. i. Make a decoftion of 
them, and diifolv in it Caff. i. Ol. viol.mellisviol.an.% ii.fiat Clyfter. r 
To evacuate melancholic, t bis Glyfter following will bee ufeful. R. Fumiter. Centaur, 
Mercurials, an. m- i. Polyp. Qu- folicul. fenn£, an. % iii. feminis agni cadi, 'Tbymi, an. 5 ii« Make a 
decoftion and diffolv therein, Confed* Hamecb. (5. Caff, recens extract. 5 iii. clei violati, lilior, 
an. Sacc. rub. mellisviol. an.Ji$. falis, $i. And thofe Glyfters do not onely evacuate the 
humors that offend, but alfo correft the diftemper of the bowels and inward parts.For the 
Glyfters defcribed againft pitutious andmelancholickmatter,help the colddiftemper 5 but 
that which is for choler, the hotdiftemper. Purging medicines , which are diffolved in the 
decoftion of Glyfters, are verie ftrong, as, Confed. Hamech. Benedida, Viaprun. Solutivum, 
Diapb£nicon, beeing ufed from to §i. at moft: but the weaker and more gentle are Ca- 
tbolicon. Cajfia, Hiera fimplex,from £vi. to at moft.. 
An Anodyne Glyfter is ufually made without fuch things as purge or evacuate: as, R. Flor. Cba- 
m£m.melil. Anetb. an. p. i. rad. boil them in Milk,and to the decoftion add Muca- 
ginis feminis lini fxnUgrtci extrad* in [accarialbi, olei anethi, chanwneli, 
vitellos ovorum duos, fiat Clyfter. Thefe Glyfters fhould bee kept longer in the bodie, that fo 
they may more eafily mitigate pain. the example of an aftringent Glyfter. 
R. Equifeti plantag. poligami. an. m i. boil them in lade uftulato, to the deco&ion 
(trained add Bole armeni, fanguinis draconis, an.%11, olei rofati, album, ovorum duorum, fiat Cly- 
fter. Wee ufe thefe kinde of Glyfters in Dyfenteries, and in the immoderate flux of the Ha> 
morhoid veines,having firft evacuated the ufual excrements.Glyfters, which be farcotick,epu- 
lotick, and cleanfers of the greater guts, and fit for the curing of ulcers,are to bee prepared 
of (uch medicines as are defcribed before in their proper Chapters. 
Alimentarie Glyfters are made of the decoftion of Chickens, Capons, Cocks, beeing 
boiled to a gellie, and ftrongly preft forth. They are alfo prepared of Marrow, gellie,which 
are not altogether fo ftrong as thofe which are commonly taken by the mouth, becauf the 
facultie of conco&ion in the guts, is much weaker then that of the ftomach .Oftentimes al- 
fo the matter of thefe kinde of Glyfters are prepared in wine, where there is no pain of the 
head or fever, but more frequently in the decoftion of Barlie,and in Milk, adding the yolks 
of Eggs,and fom fmall quantitie of white fugar, left by the cleanfing facultie it move the 
guts to excretion. And therefore Sugar of Rofes is thought better, which is conceived to 
fomwhat binding. Here you may have example of fuch Glyfters. R. Vecodionis Capi perfede 
codi ft. i. P- faccarialbi, |(3. mifce,fiat Clyfter. R. Vecodi PuHi & Galattn£,an. tb.fi.vini 
fiat Clyfter. R. Decodi bordei mundati, & in cremorem redadi ft.p. ladis boni ft. i. Vitel/os ovorum 
duos,fiatClyfter. We ufe thefe kinde of Glyfters to ftrengthen children, old and weak 
men, and bodies which are in a Confumpff on.But in the ufe of thefe there are three things 
to beeobferved: Firft, that the feculent excrements may bee taken away, either by ftrength 
of nature, or by art» as by a fuppofitorie, or an emollient Glyfter,left the alimentarie mat- 
ter beeing mingled with them, fhould fo bee infefted and corrupted. The other is , that 
there bee great quantitie given, that fo fom may afleend to the upper guts. The third is,that 
the fick (Jeep after the taking of it; for fo it is more eafily converted into nourifhment, and 
the elementarie matter is better keptffor deep hindereth evacuations.In Glyfters of this kinde 
wee muft beware of Salt, Honie, and oil 5 for the two firft provoke excretion by their a- 
crimonie, and the laft by his humiditie doth relaxate and lubricate. They t who think no 
kinde of Glyfter can nourifti or fuftein the bodie, relie upon this reafon: That it is necef- 
farie whatfbever nouriftieth, fhould have a triple commutation or conco&ion in the bodie : 
- firft, in the ftomach 5 fecond in the liver : thirdly, in all the members. But this opinion is 
0 repugnant to reafon and experience : to reafon, for that a certain fenf of fuch things as 
q are defedive, is implanted in all and everie of the natural parts of our bodie. Therefore 
feeing nutrition is a repletion of that which is emptie, without doubt the emptie and hun- 
grie parts will draw from anie place that nourilhment that is fit and convenient for them , 
andindefeft thereof, whatfoever they meet with, which by anie familiaritie may affwage 
and fatisfie their defire.But the alimentarie Glyfters,by us defcribed,confift of things which 
agreeverie well with the nature of our bodies, and fuch as are boiled and ordered with 
much art, (b to applie the chylification to bee performed in the ftomach. Therefore they 
may bee drawn in by the meferaick veins of the guts; which according to Galen, have a cer- 
tain attraftive facultie. And thence they may bee eafily carried through the gate-vein, liver, 
f and fo over the whole bodie. And experience teacheth, that manie fick people, when they 
couldtake nothing by the mouth , have been fufteined manie daies by the help of thefe 
kinde of Glyfters. What is more to bee faid ? Wee have (een thofe who have taken a Sup- 
pofitorie by the fundament, and vomited it at the mouth 5 by which it alfo appeareth, that 
four 
An Anodyne 
Glyfter. 
An Aftringcnt 
Glyftcr. 
Nouriflung 
Glyfters. 
Their ufe. 
Their Argu- 
ment that de- 
nieGlyflersto 
nourifli. 
Confuted firft 
by reafon. 
Secondly, ty 
experience. Lib. z6. 
Offimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
713 
fomthing may How without danger of the lick trom the guts into the ftomach. 
Commonly they give Glyfters anie hour of the daie, without anie relpeft ofx time, but it 
ihould not bee don unlefs a great while after meals,otherwise the meat,being hindered from 
digeftion, will bee drawn out of the ftomach by the Glyfter. ■ 
Glyfters are ufed to help the weaker expulfive facultie of the guts,and by conftquence al- 
fo of the other parts, both that fuch as through want of age, and old people, and fuch as 
by reafonof great imbecilitie by ficknefs cannot admit of a purging medicine, may by this 
means at leaft eaf themftlvs of the trouble and burden of hurtful humors. Galen hath attri- 
buted to Storks the invention of Glyfters, which with their bils, having drunk Sea-water 
which from faltneft hath a purging qualitie, walh thethfelvs by that part, whereby they uft 
to bring away the excrements of their meats,and of the bodie. But a Glyfter is fitly taken 
after this manner: whileft the Syringe is exprefled, let the patient hold open his mouth 5 
for by this means all the mufcles of the Abdomen, which help by compreflion the excretion 
of the guts,are relaxed. Let him wear nothing that may gird in his bellie,let him lie upon 
his right fide, bending in a femicircular figure ; and fo the Glyfter. will the more eafily pafs 
to the upper guts, and (as it were) by an overflowing, wet and walh all the guts and excre- 
ments. It hap'neth otherwift to thoft who lie upon their left fide; for the Glyfter beeing 
fo inje&ed, is conceived to abide, and (as it were) to ftop in the Inteftinum return, or Colon, 
becauf in this fite theft two inteftines are opprefled, and as it were Ihut up with the weight 
of the upper guts. A little while hee may lie upon his back after hee hath received the Gly- 
fter, and prefently after hee may turn himftlf on either fide. And if there bee pain in anie 
part, fo long as hee is able hee may incline to that fide. Moreover, becauf there are manie 
who cannot by anie reafon bee periwaded to lhew their buttocks to him that Ihould admi- 
nifter the Glyfter, a foolilh fhamefaftnefs hindering them: therefore I thought good in 
this place to give the figure of an Inftrument, with which one may give a Glyfter to himftlf, 
by putting up the pipe into the fundamentjilting the buttocks a little up. The pipe is mar- 
ked with this letter A. The bodie of the Syringe, whereinto the Glyfter muft bee put,with 
this Letter 2>. 
* The common 
J ufe of glyftcrs. 
The'fick ha- 
ving reaived 
the glyfter, 
tnuft turn to 
their fide grie- 
▼cd. 
Tfo figure of a Glyfter pipe and Syringe, by benefit whereof a man may 
give himfelf a Glyfter. 
CHAP. XXIII. 
Of Suppofitories3Nodules, andPetfaries. 
Suppofitorie is a certain medicament, formed like unto a tent, or gobbet of 
paite, fiich as is commonly ufed to fat Fowl. It is put into the fundament, that 
it might excite the fphin&er-mufcle to fend forth thofe excrements which are 
knit in the guts. Antiently it had the form of an Acorn, whence it is called 
to this daie Glans. The Suppofitories,wee now ufually make,have the form of 
aPeflarie, that is round and longifti, in the form ot a They are either weak, 
Wronger, or fliarp ■, the weak are made of the ftalks or the roots of Beets, <ot Lard, boiled 
Honie with Salt, or of Caftle-fope. The ftronger of purging powders, as, Hiera with Salt 
and Honie, The fliarp with Scamonie, Eupborbium, Coloquintida3 and like things powdred, 
and with Honie, or the juices of fliarp herbs, or mingled with the gals of beads. It is com- 
monly made thus : as, R. Meilis ?i. Salis aut yulveris alterius 
R. Meilis cotii pd. 9 ft 9*i. fiat Suftofitorium. Wee ute Suppo- 
sitories,when the lick by his infirmitie is unwilling,or not able to bear or away with a Gly- 
fter, as in burning Fevers: or, when as one beeing injefted, is flow, and refteth in the guts. 
And wee u(e the (harper Suppositories in (bporiferous affefts of the head , that they might 
provoke the dull facultie of the gut§ to expuliion. As alfo, when the condition of the difl- 
Ppp eaf 
The different 
ces. 
The foriD,' 
Thc«r«. 714 
Offtmpie Medicines,and their ufe. 
LlB.z6. 
eaf is fuch, that by the life of Glyfters there is manifeft hurt; as, in an JLnterocele,where the 
gut fo fwel's 5 that over and above it bee filled by the glyfter infufed,it would the more prefs 
the fo that ftraight-waies by the relaxed or broken part it might eaf ily bee de- 
volved into the Cod. 
Nodules have the fame ufe with Suppofitories, and are oftentimes fubftituted in (lead of 
Glyfters. They are made of gentle medicines, as the yelks of Eggs with a little Salt and 
Butter, or of Gall and Honie tied up in a cloth in the form of a Filbert/he firing of it may 
hang forth., whereby the Nodule in the fundament may bee drawn forth. This defcription 
; may bee an example of Nodules: ft. Vitellum unius ovi, cui adde falis modicum, fellis vnvecis, 
mellisam mifce, fiantNoduli filo appenfi. 
A Pefiarie is grolfer than a Suppofitorie, and is appointed for the womb, beeing made 
with Cotton-wool or Silk beeped in fom medicament, and then put into the neck of the 
womb. 
A peflarie is ufed either to ulcers of the neck of the womb, or for the procuring or hop- 
ing of the Menftrua, or againft fordid and hurtful humors of the Womb caufing hyfterical 
paflions, and therefore to bee wafted away and evacuated. Therefore in the compolition of 
peffaries are tiled gums, juices, feeds of herbs, roots, and manie other things, according to 
theadvifeof the Phyfician; they are alfo made of afolid confiftence, the bignefs of a fin- 
ger, that they may enter into the neck of the womb 5 thele beeing tied with a firing, which 
muft hang forth to pluck it out withal when evafion ferv's. This following may bee an 
example of their defcription. I&.myrrb. aloes, an 3 b jabin.femin- nigel. arthemif. an. ra- 
dio. ellebor. nig. $i. croci, 9 k cumfucco mercurial. & mellefiat peffus; let it bee tied to the thigh 
with a thred. Or thus, ft. majlicb. tburii, an. § iii. alum, rof. rub. nuc. cupref. ladan- by- 
foci, fuinacb, myrtil. an.% iii.fiant pejfi cum fucco arnoglof. & cotoniorum, According to this ex- 
ample others may bee made for to mollifie,to binde,to cleanly to incarnate, to cicatrize and 
cover the ulcers of the womb: they are to bee put up when the patient lieth in bed,and to 
bee kept all night. 
Pellaries are alfo made of medicinable powders, not onely mixed with fom juice.but al- 
fo with thole powders alone beeing put into a little bag of fom thin matter, beeing fluffed 
with a little cotton that' it might bee of a convenient ftifnels,and this kind of peffaries may 
bee ufed profitably in the falling of the mother. 
./In example of one mentioned by Rondeletius in bis bookjif inward Medicines, is as followed). 
ft. Benioini,ftyracis, caryopb. an. gal. mofebi, gr. vi.fiat pulvis this beeing made up with 
cotton may bee put up into the bodie. 
The form cfa 
Noduie. 
Peffarics. 
Their ufe. 
Againft the faf- 
focation of the 
Meeker. 
CHAP. X IIII. 
Of Oil's. 
'Roperly and commonly wee call oil that juice which is prefled forth of O- 
lives 5 but the word is ufed more largly, for wee call everie juice of a fluxi- 
ble,unftuous, and airie fubftance, Oil. There are three differences of thefe 
oleaginous juices: The firft is of thole things which yield oil by expreflion, 
as well fruits as feeds beeing bruifed, that by beating the oilie juice may bee 
prefled forth;fbm are drawn without fire,as oil of fweetand bitter almonds, 
on or nuts, off alma Chrijii. Others are made to run by the help of fire, by which meansds 
gotten oil of baies,linfeed-oil, rape-oil, oil of hemp, and fuch like : The manner of draw- 
ing oil from feeds is fet down by Mefue in his third book* 
The fecond fort of thofe oils which are made by the infufion of Ample medicines in oil> 
wherein they leav their qualities : and this is don three feveral waies, the firft is by boiling 
of roots, leays, tops of flowers, fruits, feeds, gums, whole beafts, with wine, water,or fom 
other juice,with common or anie other oil, until the wine,water,juice bee confumed,which 
J ou may perceiv to bee perflfkly don, if you caft a drop of the oil into the fire, and it ma- 
keth no noil but burneth. It is to bee remembred that fomtimes the feeds or fruits are for a 
certain time to bee macerated before they are fet to the fire; but it muft bee boiled in a double 
veflel, left the oil partake of the fire. 
After this manner is made oleum coftinum, rutaceum, de croco, cydoniorum, myrtilforumynafticbi- 
nums de eufborbio, de and manie others. The fecond is by a certain time 
of maceration, fom-upon hot afhes, others in horf-dung,that by that moderate heat the oil 
might draw forth the effects of the infufed medicines into it felf. The third is by infolation 
that is, when thefe or thefe flowers, beeing infufed in oil, are expofed to the fun, that by 
the heat thereof the oil may change, and draw into him felf the facultie of the flowers 
which are infufed: of this kinde are oil of roles, camomil, [dill, lilies, of water-lilies, 
violets, and others, as you may fee in Mefue. 
The third kinde is properly that of theChimifts, and is don by refblution made after 
f divers manners, and of this fort there are divers admirable qualities of divers oleaginous 
juices,whether they bee made by the Am or fire,or putrefaftion,as wee ihall fpeak in his place 
hereafter. Wee 
The making 
oils byinfofion 
The manner of 
oils by refolu. 
cion. Lib.id. 
Of fimple Medicines,and their life 
715 
Wee ufe oils when wee would have the virtue of the medicament to pierce deep, or the 
fubftance of the medicines mingled with the oil to bee.foft and gentle. Moreover, when 
wee prepare oils that ffiould bee of a cooling qualitie, the common oil of the unripe Olive 
is to bee tiled: of that ffiould the oil of rofeS bee made. 
A.gain,when wee would prepare oils of heating qualities, fuch as are Oleum pbilofopborum, 
or of Tiles, fweet and ripe oil is to bee chofen. 
CH AP.XXV. 
Of Liniments. 
A Liniment is an external medicine of a mean confidence, between an oil and an oint- 
ment, for it is thicker then an oil; for befides oil it is compounded with butter, ax- a 
ungia and fuch like,which is the reafon why a liniment is more efficacious in ripening and* 
mitigating pain, then fimpleoil. The varieties of liniments are drawn from their effefts,fom 
cool, others heat, ibmhumeft, fom ripen, others by composition are made for divers ufes. 
The matter whereof they are ulually made, is oil, axungia, fiiet, butter, all thole things 
which have an oilie fubftance or conliftence, as ftyrax liquida, turpentine, the mucilages of 
fenugreek, marffi-mallows, marrow, and other like. To thefe are fomtimes added powders 
of roots, feeds, flowers, rindes, metals, but fparingly, that the liniment may bee of a li- 
quid conliftence. 
An example of a liniment that is good to attenuate, heat, and this that fol/oweth. 
R. ol amygd. amar.lilior. an. 5i. axung. anat. gallin.an. butyr, fal expert. §i. mucag.fem.altb. 
fanugr. extraCt. in aq. hyffop.an.% P- croci, ireos3 an. $i.fiat linimentum. 
'This may bee an example of a liniment to burned and mollifie. 
R. ol. amygd. dulc. Jii, axung.human. f>. mucag. femin. malv. extract, in aq. parietar.% (5. fiat 
linimentum: you may add a little faffron. There bee manie others like thefe which ma y bee 
made for divers affe&s. They are ealily applied to everie part of the bodie, becauf they are 
not lb liquid as oils : the reafon is, they are more agreeable to anie of the parts. If they bee 
to enter into anie crooked narrow pallage, fuch as the ear, they muft bee more liquid, and 
have more oil: if they bee to ftick on the part, they will admit of more axungia and fuet. 
They are deceived who think that the difference between liniments and ointments is, that 
there is no wax in liniments as there is in unguents for there bee fom unguents which ad- 
mit not anie wax to bee added, as <egyptiacum, and all fuch as are ufed in gangreens, and all 
forts of putrid ulcers 5 becauf to thefe kinds of difeafes all fattie things, as oils, fats, ro- 
fins, and wax, are enemies. Therefore wee fubftitute in the place of them in £gyptiacum }ho- 
nie and verdigreaf 5 for of thefe it hath his confidence,and his qualitie of cleaniing. 
What a lini- 
ment is. 
CHAP. XXVI. 
ntments are of a more (olid confidence then Liniments, and are therefore of more 
force. Their differences ate partly taken from their efteds ; for fom heat, others 
cool, fom drie, and torn humeft/om clean£ fom corroborate, fom wafte dead flefh, 
and others cicatrize, partly from the varietie of colors, partly from the firft invertors, as 
Album rubrum: partly from the number of thefimple medicaments where- 
of they bee made, as, 'tetrapbarmacum, tl'ripbarmacumi or Nutritum : partly from that medica- 
ment which is principal in the compofition, hence are they called, Vnguentum de Lythargj/ro3 
de Minio, Diapompboligor3 and fiich like. They are compounded of herbs, roots,feeds, fruits, 
metals, and part of Beafts; the juices and other liquid things beeing confirmed away by 
boiling, as wee have (aid in the Chapter of compound Oils. Herbs, and the parts of them, 
if they bee drie, muft bee powd'red,and alfo metals j but beeing green, they are boiled and 
(trained forth, and the juice fo prefled is wafted by boiling.Gums and Rofins fom are pow- 
dred, others beeing put to fom convenient liquor are diflblved by fire : So wax is diflblved 
in the Oil. In the compofition of unguents this proportion is ufually observed,that for one 
ounce of powder, two ounces of Wax,and eight of oil is added : notwithftandingfor that 
Wax ferveth onely to the confidence of the ointment, it is better to leav the quantitie to 
to the will of the Apothecarie; but hee may bee more fparing in adding Wax to the oint- 
ments in Summer then in winter, for the heat of Summer, drying them, addeth to the 
confidence by examples propounded, thefe common precepts will more plainly appear. 
R. Olei rof- iv. pil- lepor. bol. armen. terr* an. bal. Gallar. an. 3(3* tritis terendis, & ft- 
niulmixtis3 addiacera quod fuflicit, fiat unguentum. Here wee muft obferv, that there bee three 
waiesof making ointments: The firft is of thofe which are made onely by ftirringor 
grindeing in the Mortar without anie fire,and fo is made Unguentum nutritum. The fecond 
is, when wee diflblv Wax in Oil, Fat, or fomfuch fubftance with fife : and beeing all difl- 
folved, wee mingle the powders according to the proportion wee noted before. After 
which manner are made 'Vneuentum Aureum, Bafilicon, Piapompholigos, Veficcativum rubrum, 
p p p 2 Enulatum, 
Of Ointments. 
Ointments 
and their dif- 
ferences. 
m 
Adfaingms. 716 
Offimpie Medicines,and their ufe. 
LiB.26. 
Enulatum. The third lore is, when wee bruile herbs with a Peftell, and mingle them with 
Ajcungie, boiling them together, and then (training them, and the ointment is that which 
is (trained. Therefore let us proceed to explain this by examples. 
- R. Lytbar. auri triti & loti IfyS. olei rof. ft.i. aceti rof. fiat Vnguenlum. Firfl:, wee put the 
Lytharge into the Mortar, powring in a little Oil, and working it with a Peftil,that it may 
grow thick,then with the Oil wee put a little Vineger,continually working,until they min- 
gle into one bodie, now and then between whiles adding fomtimes a little Oil, fbmtimes a- 
little Vineger, until the whole bee brought to the confidence ofan ointment. If of an oint- 
ment of this kinde thou wouldeft make a black plafter, by degrees conlume all the Vineger, 
fo lhall the plafter thine and grow black. 
R. Cert citr. |vi. olei boni ib.ii. tereb. re fin. & colopb. an. olib. mafticb. an. %i. croci&i. 
'fiat Vnguentum. Firft, diflblv the Wax with a good part of Oil,then add the Rofin and Co- 
•lophonie broken finall. Thele beeing diflblved, take the compofition from the fire, and then 
add the Turpentine; when the whole is fomwhat cooled, add the Olibanum and Maftick bce- 
ing finely powdred, then the Saffron, which thall bee macerated in the reft of the Oil. 
Tetrapharmacon is fo called, becauf it is made of four Ample medicines, Wax, Rofin , 
Pitch, Tallow, of each a likeqnantitie, and fo equally mixed. 
R Refin. picis nigr. adip.vituli. & cert an %ii. £. Olei veteris olivarummaturarum,lb.i. (3.or if 
you would have it harder, lb. i. that ointment is alfo called Bafiliicon, the Wax beeing cut 
fmall and diffolved in Oil,then add the reft of the things, which beeing diflblved, thou (halt 
have the defired ointment. 
R. Olei rof.^ix.cer. alb. folani bortenfts, §iv. Ceruf. Pompbolygos,plumbiufti 
& loti, olib. puri,an.%fi fiatunguentum. Diflblv the Wax in the Oil with a gentle fire, then 
you lhall take it from the fire, and add to the reft of the ingredients, working them toge- 
ther in a ftone-Mortar, powring on the juice by degrees, at leaft fo much of it as will in- 
corporate. i 
R. Lap. calam. ter. fig. an. f ii. Litbarg. auri, ceruf. an. jS. Camphor. cert, Olei rofat. 
viol. an. %iii.fiat Vnguentum. Diflblv the Wax in the Oyl, then let it to cool, and work in 
the powders with a Ipatter, and atlaft add the Camphir diflblved in a little Oil of Roles, 
or Rolewater. 
R. Rad. enul' campan. cott. cum aceto & contuf. ut decet lb. f>. Axung. porci, olei commu. an. |i£. 
argen.vivi exftincii,et tereb. lot. an. $i.fal. commu. pulverati, incorporate them according 
to art. The boiled roots muft bee drawn through a Sieve, which beeing boiled by a gentle 
fire with the Axungia, muft bee continually ftirred,then put to the Salt with Oil and Wax: 
when you let it from the fire to cool, then add the Qpickfilver5beeing killed with a little Ax- 
ungia and Turpentine. 
R. Olei rofat. cernf. alb. |iii. cer.alb. |ii. make it thus: Let the Cerufs bee finely pow- 
dred, and put into the Oil and Wax whil'ft it is hot, and fo work the whole together, until 
they lhall bee brought into a bodie. 
R. Rad,Altb. Ib.i. femi. lini, feenugr. an. Ib. j3. Scillt |iii. Olei com. lb. ii. cer. lb. terebinth, 
gum. heder, galb. an. |i. coloph et re fin. Jiii. The roots and feeds beeing bruifed, are infufed for 
three daies in five pints of water ; boil them until three ounces bee confumed,and then draw 
forth the Mucilage, and boil it with the Oil, then add Wax cut fmall: thefe beeing taken 
from the fire, the Galbanum beeing diflblved with Vineger, and mingled with the Turpen- 
tine, muft bee added together with the Gum Hedert, Colophonie, and Rofin. 
R.Ocul.populi arb.lb.i-fi fol.papaveris nigr. Mandrag, byoficami, latiuct,fempervivi parvi et ma- 
folani) umbilici veneris, feu cymbalar. bardant, f Cordiw , Fcrnelius, et 
Nicolaus fingulorum %iii. prtfcribunf) Adipis fuilli recentis falis expertis, lb. ii. wz boni, Ib.i. fiat 
Vuguentum. The Poplar buds and Violet leavs mnft bee bruifed and macerated in the Axun- 
gia for the (pace of two moneths, that is until the reft of the herbs bee readie ; for they 
cannot bee gathered before the Summer time, but the Poplar buds and Violets may bee had 
in March. They muft bee bruifed and mingled verie well, and let in a warm place for eight 
daies; then add one pint of ftrong Vinegar, and boil them till it bee confiimed,which may 
bee perceived by cafting a little of it into the fire, then ftrain it forth ,& put up the Ointment. 
R. Ferch. cer. alb. ref. an. £xiv. Opopanacis, floris,feuviridis trisfnam hiefios tris non proprih 
accipitur pro granuliS) qut fcintillarum inftar ab tre exiliunt dum a fa bris ferrariia aqua tingitur: fed 
pro viridi tris ufurpatur) cujus contra maligna ulcera nott funt qut omnino id Vuguentum 
eft comparatum) an. ammon. ariftol- Ion. thuris mafeuli an. $vi. myrrbt et galbani an. 
bdellii 5 vi. Lytbarg. 5ix. olei lb. ii. fiat Vnguentum. The Litharge is to bee mingled with two 
ounces of Oil for the fpace of five hours, and with a gentle fire to bee boiled until it com to 
the confidence of honie, andbeealwaies ftirring, left it burn: beeing taken from the fire and 
warm,the Wax and the Rofin,beeing diflblved,with the reft of the oil,muft bee added.Then 
put to it, when it is cooling, the Gums diflblved in Vineger, boiled and incorporated with 
the Turpentine.Then the Ariftolochia, Myrrh, and Frankincenf are to bee mingled, and laft 
of all the Verdig reaf, beeing in fine powder,and fprinckled in: and fo the unguent is made* 
R. Cortic. median, caftan, conic, median, querc. cortic, median, gland, mirtil. equefi cortic. fabar. 
acinor. 
Uftguentum 
tritum. 
anguentum m- 
reum. 
uag. Tetrapfar- 
mtcum,ftu Ba- 
fiiicum. ! 
ung.Dhfpem- 
pbolygpj. 
Ung, deficcati- 
vum rubrum. 
ting. Enuhtum. 
ting. Album 
Rua fa. 
veAltbaa. 
ung.Populeum. 
sing. Apoflolo* 
rum. 
Cwfaiffa, Lib.z6. 
Of finiple Medicines, and their tfe. 
717 
forbor. ft tear. immatur.mefpillor, immaturor. rad. cbelidon.fotior. prunor. fylveft.'an. 
5 ifi. Aqu* plantaginis, ft.viii. cer. nov. |viii fi.oleimyrtillor. ft. ii£. Then thele things which 
follow, beeing finely powdred, are to beciprinkled in. 
R- Pulver a corticis mediani caftan, corticis mediani gland. cortic. median, arb. gland. ideft,qUerc. 
gallar. an. %i. Cineris of. cruris bovis, myrtill acinor.uvar. forbor. ficcor. an. ] fi. Trocbijcorum de 
Z'nguentum. Firffmake a decoftion corticis mediani arboris querent, acini uvar. 
rad. chelid. mefpil. forbor. equif. feminis myrtil. foliar.prunifylveftris-cort. fabar.cortit. medianigland, 
cortic. caftan. & gdUdr. in the Plantain water for the (pace of two hours, then ftrain it, and 
divide the liquor into nine parts, walking the Wax, diflblved with the Oil of Myrtilsfevert 
times j the liquor beeing all fpent, and the Wax and Oil beeing melted, theninfperge the 
powders, Crwrn bovis, afium, cortic. median. querc. median, cortic. gland. caftan, gallar forbor. me 
fpil. feminum myrtil. acinor.uvar. and at the laft the Trochifces carab. after this manner fhall 
you make this Ointment. 
R- Olei abfinth,mafticb. de pulver. abfintb. rof. major.mentb. an. %i. Cdryopb. 
cinam. mafticb. galang. an. Powder thole things which are to bee powdred, and with a fiif-( 
ficient quantitie of Wax make a foft ointment,wherewith let the ftomach be annotated one 
hour before meals continually. 
R. Cer.alb. Ib.ii. ceruf. litbarg. auri, an. Ib.i. myrrh. medul. cervi, an. %ii. thuris, %i. olti, lb. ft 1 
Boil the Litharge in the oil to a mean conliftence, then add to the Wa± and Cerufs , and' 
when it will not ftick to the fingers, take it from the fire, and put in the Medulla, when it t 
beginneth to cool, the Myrrba and Thus, beeing finely powdred , muft bee cab in by little 
and little, and the ointment may bee put up for ufe. The chops of the fundament, and re- 
mollient Peflaries are likewile made of it, and it is verie good againft the bitings of mad 
Dogs, andthepunftures of nervsand tendons, keeping wounds lb that they do not ag- 
glutinate. 
R. Picis pinguis, Ib.i. Opopanacis in aceto forti, oleo liliorum, & vetcri porci axungia cotti, |iii. 
fiat Vnguentum. Oleum ex Jinapi is good againft thole bitings of mad beaftsand pun&iLiedJ 
nervs : for it doth open wounds when they are cicatrized. Ointments are tiled to overcom 
the contumacie of a ftubborn evil by their firm and dole fticktag to, efpecially if there fhall 
need no medicine to go further into the bodie. 
Vng.pro/lama' 
cbo. 
wng.ad morfm 
r uh iofos,ex U. i 
Gal.de comp* 
[ec,genera* 
tJDecompjned* 
(tc,gen. 
CHAP. XXVII. 
Of Cerats and Emplafters, 
Uch affinitie there is in the compofition of a Ceratand Emplafter, that often- 
times the one is taken for the other, as is ufiially done in Ointments and Lini- 
ments. A Cerat is a compofition more folid and hard then an ointment, and 
fofter then a plalter, having his name from Wax, which taking away the fluid- 
neis ot the oil, bringeth him to his confiftence. The differences of Cerats are taken fom 
from the parts by which they are called, as Ceratum ftomacbicum : fom from the effefts, as Ce- 
ratum refrigerant Galeni:Others from the fimple medicaments which are the chief in the com- 
pofition, as Ceratum Santalinum. The proper matter of Ceratsis, new Wax and Oils,beeing 
appropriated to the grief of thefe, or thole parts ; fo that Liniments and Ointments do 
fcarce differ from Cerats, if they admit of Wax : for if ointment of Roles Ihould have Wax 
added to it, it were no longer an Ointment but a Cerat. 
Cerats, which are made with Rolins, Gums, and Metals, do rather deferv the names of 
Emplafters then Cerats. And therefore Ceratum ad Hernias, wee commonly call Emplaftrum 
contra Rupturam. If that pain or inflammation do griev anie part, wee make Cerats of pla- 
iner, diflolved with Oil, left that the more hard and heavie confiftence of the Emplafter 
Ihould bee troublefom to the part, and hinder perlpiration: and therefore laying alide the 
compofition of Cerats, let us/peak of Emplafiers. 
An Emplafter is a compofition which is made up of all kinde of medicines, elpecially Of 
fat and drie things, agreeing in one grofs, vilcous, fofid, and hard bodie flicking to the fin- 
gers. The differences of Emplafters are taken from thole things,which the varietie of oint- 
ments are taken from. Of thole things which go into the compofition of an Emplafter, 
fom are onely ufed for their qualitie and facultie, as Wine, Vinegar, Juices. Others to 
make the confiftence, as Litharge (which, according to Galen, is the proper matter of 
Emplafters) Wax, Oil, and Rofin. Others bee ufeful for both, as Gums, Metals, 
parts of beaf'ts, Rofin, Turpentine to digeft, tocleanf, and drie. Of Emplafters, fom 
are made by boiling, fom are brought into a form without boiling; thole which bee made 
without fire, do fuddenly drie, nor are they vifcous : they are made with meal and pow- 
der, with fom juice, or with fom humid matter mingled with them. But plafters of this 
kinde may rather bee called hard ointments, or cataplafms: for plafters properly fo cal- 
led are boiled, fom of them longer, fom Ihorter, according to the nature Of thole things 
P p p 3 which 
Whit a Cerat 
is. 
The diffcreh* 
CCS. 
Emplafleis. Offimple Medicines, andtheir ufe. 
Lib.z6. 
718 
which make up the compolition of the Emplafter: Therefore it will bee worth our la- 
bor to know what Emplafters do ask more, or which left boiling. For roots, woods, 
leavs, ftalks, flowers, feeds, beeing dried, and brought into powder, are to bee added laft, 
when the plafter is boiled as it were, and taken from the lire, left the virtue of thefe things 
bee loft. But if green things are to bee ufed in a compolition, they are to bee boiled in 
fom liquor, and beeing prefled forth, that which is ftramed to bee mingled with the reft 
of the compolition ; or if there bee juice to bee uted, it is to bee bruited and prefled 
forth, which is fo to bee boiled with the other things, that nothing for the 
qualitie is to remain with the mixture, as weeufetodo in Empl. de Janua, feu Betonica, 
& GratiaDei. The fame is to bee don with Mucilages, but that by their clamminefs they 
do more relift the fire. But there doth much of oil and honie remain in their plafters 
when they are made. Thofe juices which are hardened by concretion, as, Aloes, Hypocy- 
ftif, Acacia, when they are ufed in the compolition of a plafter, and bee yet new, they 
muft bee macerated and diflblved in fom proper liquor, and then they are to bee boiled to 
the confiimption of that liquor. Gums, as, Opopanax, Galbanum, Sagaptnum, Ammoniacum, 
muft bee diflblved in Wine, Vinegar, or Aquawitt, then ftrained and boiled to the con- 
fiimption of the liquor, and then mixed with the reft of the plafter. And that they may 
have the exaft quan tide of Gums and Pitch, it is neceflarie that firft they bee diflblved, 
ftrained, and boiledbecauf of the flicks and fordid matter which are mingled with 
them. You muft have refpeft alfo to the liquor youufeto diflblv them in ; for Vin- 
egar of the belt Wine doth more powerfully penetrate, then that which is of weak and 
bad Wine. 
Other Gums,which are drier,are to bee powdred,and are to bee mingled with plafters laft 
of all. Metals, as, JEj ufium, Cbalcitis, Magnet, Bolus Armenus, Sulphur, Auripigmentum, and o- 
thers, which may bee brought to powder, muft bee mingled laft, unleft advife bee given by 
long boiling to dull the fierce qualities of them. The like confideration is to bee had of 
Rofin, Pitch, and Turpentine, which muft bee put in after the Wax,and may not bee boiled 
but verie gently ; but the fats are mingled whil'ft the other things are boiling. The Litharge 
is to bee boiled with the oil to a juft confiftence, if wee would have the plafter drie without 
biting. Cerufs may endure as long boiling, but then the plafter fliall not bee white,neither 
will the Litharge of filver make a plafter with fo good a color as Litharge of gold. More- 
over, this order muft bee obferved in boiling up of plafters : the Litharge muft bee boiled 
to his confiftence; juices or mucilages are to bee boiled away,then add the fats,then the drie 
Rofin, Wax, Gums, Turpentine, and after them the powders: You fliall know the plafter 
is boiled enough by his confiftence, grofi, hard, glutinous, and flicking to the fingers, bee- 
ing cooled in the air, water, or upon a ftone. Alfo you fliall know it by his exafl: mixtion, 
if that all the things becom one mafs hard to bee broken. 
The quantitie of things which are to bee put into a plafter can hardly bee deftribed, but 
an artificial conjecture may bee given, by confidering the medicaments, which make the 
plafter ftiff, and of a confiftence,and the juft hardneft and foftnefs they make beeing boiled. 
Wax is not put into fuch plafters wherein is Labdanwn for that is in ftead of Wax. For if 
there fliall bee in the compofition of a plafter fom emplaftick medicaments, the Wax (hall 
bee the left: Contrariwite, if they fliall bee almoft all liquid things, the Wax fliall bee in- 
creafedfo much,as fliall bee neceflarie for the confiftence of the plafter. The quantitie of 
the Wax alfomuft bee altered according to thetime, or the air; therefore it is fit to leav this 
to the art and judgment of the Apothecarie. Emplafters are fbmtimes made of ointments 
by the addition of wax, or drie rofin, or fbm other hard or fblid matter. Som would that 
a handful of medicaments poudred, fhould bee mingled with one ounce, or an ounce and an 
half of oil, or fom fuch liquor, but for this thing nothing can certainly bee determined : 
Onely in plafters defcribed by the Antients there muft bee great care had, wherein hee muft 
bee verie well verfed, who will not err in the defcribing the dote of them; and therefore wee 
will here give you the more common forms of plafters. 
R. ol. chamtm, aneth. de [pica, liliacei, an. ? ii. ol. de croco, i. pingued. porci, ft i. pingued. wi- 
, tul. ft p. v. t buris, 3 x* ol. lauri, i f>. ranas. viv. nu. vi. pingued. wiper, wel ejus loco hu- 
man. J ii £. lumbricor. lotor. in wino, J iiifS.fucci ebuli, cnul. ana. 5 ii. fcba>nantbi,ft<£chados,matri- 
car. an. m ii. wini oderiferi, ft ii. litbarg auri, ft i. terebinth, clarke, % ii. ftyracis liquid. J i/8. ar- 
genti wivi exftin8i,Comuch as the prefent occafion fliall require, and the fick fliall bee able to 
bear, and make up the plafter they do commonly add four ounces of quick-filver, yet for 
the moft part they do increaf the dote, as they defire the plafter fhould bee ftronger : the 
worms muft bee waflied with fair water, and then with a little wine to cleanf them from 
their earthie filth, of which they are full, and fo the frogs are to bee wafli't and ma- 
cerated in wine, and fb boiled together to the confiimption of a third part ; then 
the Squinanth muft bee bruited, the Feverfew and the Stsechas cutfinall, and they bee- 
ing added, to bee boiled to the confumtion of one pint, and beeing boiled fufficiently, the 
deco&ion beeingcooled fliall beeftrainedand kept; and the Litharge is to bee infufedfor 
twclv hours inthcoil of Camomil3dill,Lilics3 Saffron ,andthcaxungia's above fpoken of. 
tn i ' " Then 
Signs of a 
plafter per- 
feftly boiled. 
The quantitic 
of things to 
bee put into 
plafters. 
Empl.de Pty 
with Mercuric, Lib.2(5. 
Of fimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
719 
Then boil them all with a gentle fire,by and by taking from it from the fire , and add one 
quart of thedeco&ion above fpoken of, then let it to the fire again that the decoftion may 
bee confumed, and then by degrees add to the reft of the decoftion : the oil of fpike fhall bee 
referved unto the laft, which may give the plafter a good fmell. Then are added the juices 
of walwurt and enula,which muft bee boiled until they bee wafted away. Afterwards it bee- 
ing taken from the fire, to the compofition is added the frankincenf and euphorbium, and 
white wax as much as fhall fuffice. When the whole mafs fhall cool, then at laft is min- 
gled the quick-filver exiting turpentine, oil of bitter almonds, baies, fpike, of line, ftyrax 
and axungia, beeing continually ftirred, and it fhall bee made up upon a ftoneinto rolls. 
Unlefs the quick-filver bee well extinguiflied, it will run all into one place, and unlefs 
you tarrie until the compofition cool, it will vapor away in fume. 
R. crocz,3ii. bdelli, maftich. ammonftyrac. liquid, cer# alb. lb f8. tereb. vi.medul. cruris a 
7jacc£, adipis anfertniy an oefipiyvel fi defit, axung. gallin. 5 lx. olei nard, quantum fatls ad magda- ex 
leones'formandos,expreffionis fcill#,%ifi.olibaniy fevi vitul.%1. The atfipus,fepumy adeps, medulla, 
cera, are to bee diffolved together ; when they cool, add the ammoniacum diffolved in the de- 
ception of fenugreek and camomil, half an ounce, and fo much juice of fquills, then put 
to the ftyrax and turpentine, ftirring them continually 5 then add the bdellium, ma- 
ftich, aloes, brought into fine powder,and when they are perfectly incorporated into a mats 
let them bee made up with oleum nardinum into rolls. 
R. terebinth, lb p. refin. fti. cer alb. % iv. mafticb. %i. fol.verben. betonic. pimpinel. an. m i. The £ 
herbs beeing green, the tops are to bee cut and bruifed in a ftone-mortar, and boiled in red 
wine to the confumption of one third part. To the drained liquor add wax cut into fmall 
pieces, and beeing diffolved by the fire ; the liquor beeing confirmed put to the rofin, when 
it fhall cool add the Maftich powdred, working it with your hands,by which it may bee in- 
corporated with the reft of the things. 
R. (ucci beton plantag. apiiy an. Ib i. cer#,picis, refin. tereb. an. lb p. fiat empl. The juices are 1 
to bee mingled with the wax beeing diflolved, and boiling them until three parts bee con- c 
fumed, add the rofin and pitch, which beeing diffolved and hot, muft bee drained, and then 
add the turpentine,and makeup the plafter. 
R. crocificis com. (or rather Jzrzjr nivalis, becauf this emplafter is ufed to difcufs and £ 
draw forth the matter which cauffeth the pain in the joints) calopb. cer#, an. | ii. tereb.galb. 0 
amnion, thuris, myrrh#, maftich. an. 5 v p. The cera, pix, and colophonia are by little and little to 
bee diffolved, to which add the gums diffolved according to arc, and mingled with the tere- 
binth ; and taking it from the fire add the tbusy myrrha, and at laft the crocus in fine powder, 
and then make it up into rowls with oil of worms, 
R. ol. com. tb ii. ceruf. fubtilif. ib i. boil them together with a gentle fisa, ftirring them up j 
continually until they com to the bodie of an emplafter; if you would have the plafter 
whiter, take but J ix. of the oil. 
R. lytharg- iriti, acet.fortif. an. ft p. ol. antiq. ft i. fiat emplaftrum: let the oil bee mingled : 
with the litharge for the fpace of twelv hours 5 then boil them to a good confiftence, putting J 
in the vineger by little and little 5 but you fhall not take it from the fire until the vineger 
bee quite wafted away. 
R. ol. vet. ft iii. axung.vet.fine fale,fb ii. litharg.trit. ft iii.vitriol.% iv.Iet the oil bee mingled ; 
with the litharge for the fpace of twelv hours 5 and boil them to a good confiliepce,then add c 
to the axungia, ftirring them continually with a fpatter made of the palm-tree,reed, or wil- 
low,and beeing fufficiently boiled, take it from the fire,and add the vitriol in fine powder. 
R. picis naval, aloes, an. § iii. liibarg. cer#, coiopb. galban. ammoniac, an. § ii. J>z/cz querni, vi. , 
gypfiuft. utriufque ariftolocb. iv. myrrh#, thuris, an vi. tereb. ii. pulveris vermium terreftri- 
um, gallar. utriufq. confalid. bol. arm. an. iv.fang humani, ft i.fiat emplaft. It you would have it 
of a verie good confiftence, you may add of the oil of myrtils or maftich, ftp. you fhall 
make it thus : T ake the skin of a Ram cut in pieces,and boil it in an hundred pintes of water 
and vineger until it com to a glue of ftiff gellic, in which you fhall diffolv the vifc. quer. then 
add the pitch and wax broken into fmall pieces, and if you will you may add the oil with 
them, afterwards the galban. and ammoniac, diffolved in vineger, beeing mingled with the 
terebinth, may bee added. Then add the litharge, gjjp jum,bol. ariftoloch.confilida, vermes & fang, 
human. At laft the myrrh,thus, colophon and aloe, ftirring them continually 5 and that they may 
bee the better mingled, work the plafter with a hot peftil in a mortar. 
R. mucagfem.liniyrad.altb.fcenug.median.corticis ulmi> liliacei, chain- anetb.an, am- t 
mon. opdpanac. fagap. ana fiat empl. Fernelius hath |xx.ot wax: 
the wax beeing cut fmall muft bee mingled with the oilsand the mucilages, ftirring them 
continually with a wooden fpatter till the liquorb.ee confumed.Then the gums diffolved and 
mingled with the terebinthina,muft bee added,and laft of all the faffron finely powdered. 
R. ol. rof myrtil.ung.populeon,ana,^iv.pingued'irfis'gdllin. f ii. fibi arietis cafirati, fepi vaccini,an. 
§vi. pingued. poici, litbarg.auri, argenti, an. iii. ceruf. J iv. minif J.iii. tereb. j iv« cer#,q.f.fiat 
emplaftrum vel ceratummolle. The Utbargir-os, cerufdy2nd minium are to bee brought into fine 
powder,feverally beeing fprinkled With a little rofe water,left the fineft of it fhould fire away; 
thefe 
Cerattim orfe ft 
ex Philagrfo. 
De gratia Dei: 
Dejanuafeu 
de Betoiticd. 
oxycroceum. 
De certitd. 
Tripbarmacums 
feu nigrum. 
Diapalma, feu 
diachalciteor. 
Contra ruptu 
ram. 
De mucaginibM 
De rninid. 720 
Offimple Medicmes}and their ufe. 
Lib.z6. 
thefe beeing mingled with the oil of roles and myrtles,with a gentle fire may bee boiled un- 
til they com to the confiftence of honiejthen add the axungia's, and boil them till the 
whole grow black, after add the and that beeing diflblved take it from the fife, and 
then add the unguentumpopuleon, and fom wax if there bee need, and io bring it to the form 
of a pl alter. 
R. litbarg.puripul&ii, oLirin.cbamm.anctb.an?viii. ping, 
uvar.pafar.jucci cefipi, vil fitereb, J iii. ref. ? li. fiat 
emplaftrum. The litharge is to bee mingled with the oil before it bee let to the fire, then by a 
gentle fire it is to bee boiled to a juft confiftence ; after the mucilage by degrees muft bee put 
in, which beeing confumed the juices muft bee added and the ifthyocolla, and they beeing 
wafted too, then put to the wax, rolin, then taking the whole from the fire, add the cefipus 
and terebinthina. 
Wee ufe plafters when wee would have the remedie ftfck longer and firmer to the part, and 
would not have the ftrength of the medicament to flie away or exhale too fuddenly. 
Diacbylon 
magnum. 
The ufc of 
plafters- 
CHAP. XXVIII. 
Of Cataplafms and Fultiffes. 
The matter of 
cataplafms. 
Ataplafins are not much unlike to emplafters lefs properly Co called, for they may bee 
fpread upon linnen cloths and itoups like them, and fo applied to the grieved parts. 
They are compofed of roots, leavs, fruits, flowers, ieeds,herbs,juices,oils, fats,mar- 
rows, meals, roll ns. Of theft fom mull bee boiled, others crude. The boiled are made of 
herbs boiled tender, and fo drawn forth an adding oils and axungia's thereto.The 
crude are made of herbs beaten, or their juices mixed with oil and flower, or other powders 
appropiate to the part or difeaf, as the Phyfician (hall chink fit. The quantitie of medicines 
emring theft compofitions cahfcarce bee defined, forthat they muft bee varied as wee would 
have the compolition of a fofter or harder bodie. Verily they ought to bee more groftand 
denf when as wee defire to ripen anie thing, but more foft and liquid when wee endevour to 
diftuft. Weeuft cataplafms to aflwagepain, digelf,diftuft and refolv unnatural tumorsand 
flatulencies. They ought to bee moderately hot and of fubtil parts, fo to attraft and draw 
forth 5 yet their uft is fufpe&ed the bodie beeing not yet purged, for thus they draw down 
more matter into the affefted part. Neither muft wee uft thefe when as the matter that is to 
bee difcufl'ed is more groftand earth ie, for thus the fubtler parts will bee onely difcufl'ed, 
, and the groft remain impaft in the part unlefs your cataplafm bee made of an equal mixture 
of things, not only difcufling,but alfo emollient, as it is largely handled by Galen. 
This (hall bee largely illuftrated by examples. As, R. medul. panis, ft (3. decoquantur in latte 
pingui, adde olei cbamam. 5 [>• axung. galin fiat cataplafina. Or, R. rad. altb. | iii.fol.malvfene- 
donis, an. ni i. fem. lini, fanug. au. 3 ii. ficus, ping. nu. vi. dequoquantar in aqua, & per fetaceum 
tranfmittantur, addenda olei lilior. 5 i far. bord 5 ii axung. porcin. 5 i P* fiat cataplafina. Or, Bc.far. 
fab.& orob. an-1 ii. pulv. cbamam. & melil. an. iii. ol.irin.& amygd.amar. fucci rut. f fi.fiat 
cataplafina. Pultifles differ not from cataplafms, but that they ufiially confift of meals boiled 
s in oil, water,honie,or axungia. Pultifles for the ripening of tumors are made of the flour of 
barlie, wheat, and milk, efpecially in the affefts of the entrals ; or elf to drie and binde , of 
the meal of rice, lentils, or Grohns with vineger; or to cleanft and they are made ofhonie,the 
flour of beans and lupines, adding thereto fom old oil, or anie other oil of hot qualitie, and 
fo makea diftufling pultis. Alfo anodyne pultifles may bee made with milk; as thus for ex- 
ample, Bcfarintriticex, mica panis purifiimi, $ iii. decoquantur in latte, &fiat pulticula. Be. far in. 
1,'ordei & fab. an% ii. far. orob. iii. decoquantur in bydromelete , addenda mellif quart. i» olei amyg. 
amar. 5 ii./ntf pulticula. Wee uft pultifles for the (amepurpofe as wee do cataplafms, to the af- 
fefts both of the internal and external parts. Wee fomtimes uft them for the killing of 
worms, and foch as are made of the meal of Lupines boiled in vineger, with an ox's gall, or 
in a deco&ion of wormwood, and other foch like bitter things. 
Their ufe. 
Lib. i. adglauc. 
uli defcirrho. 
An anodyne 
otaplafm. 
A ripening 
cataplafm. 
A dilculiing 
c-'taplafm. 
How Pulriflcs 
differ from 
cata plaims. 
A ripening 
caaplafm. 
CHAP. XXIX. 
Of Fomentations. 
7otu or fomentation is an evaporation or hot lotion, chiefly ufed to mollifie, relax 
and aflwage pain, confiding of medicines having thefe faculties. A fomentation 
commonly ufeth to bee moift, beeing ufually made of the fame things as embroca- 
tions, to wit,of roots,feeds,flowers.)boiled in water or wine. The roots here ufed 
are commonly of mallows, marlh-mallows, and lilies. The feeds are of mallows , marfh- 
fmallage, line,fenugreek. Flowers are of camomil 5 melilot, figs, raifins, 
and the like : all which are to bee boiled in wine, water, or lee,the confumption of the third 
part or the half: as, 
Rfo Rad.altb.& lil. an.jjii. fetn.linifanug.cutnin.an. , jiij. flo. cbam. melii & aneib.an.p.i. [ummit. 
orzg.m.p, buUiant in tquis fartibns3 aqux & vini, in duabm fartibus ague, una vini, aut in 
Lixivia Lib.z6. 
Of finiple Medicines, and their ufe. 
721 
Lixivio cineris farmentorum, ad tertH partis confumptionem, fiat fotus. In imitation hereof you 
may eafily defcribe other fomentations, as occalion and neceffitie fhall require. 
Wee ule fomentations before wee applie cataplafms, ointments or plafters to the part, 
that Co wee may open the breathing places or pores of the skin, relax the parts , attenuate 
the humor, that thus the waie may bee the more open to the following medicines. The bo- 
die beeing foft purged, fomentations may bee ufed to what parts you pleaf They may bee 
applied with a female-fpunge, for it is gentler and fofter then the male 5 with felt, woollen 
cloaths, or the like dipped in the warm decoction wrung out, and often renued •, otherwiie, 
you may fill a Swine's bladder half foil (elpecially in pains of the fides)of the decoftion, 
or elf a ftone-bottle, fo to keep hot the longer ;yet fo, that the bottle bee wrapped in cotton, 
wool, or the like foft thing, that fo it may not by the hardnefs and roughnefs offend the 
part, according to Hipocrates. 
Their ufe. 
2. De Vitin in 
acKtis, 
CHAP. XXX. 
Of Embrocations. 
1N E mbrocbe, or Embrocation is a watering, when as from on high wee (as it were) 
fhowr down fom moilture upon anie part. This kinde of remedie is chieriy uled in 
' the parts of the head, and it is uled to the coronal future, for that the skull is more 
thin in that part, fo that by the fpiracula or breathing places of this future, more open then 
thole of the other futures, the force of the medicine may more eaiily penetrate unto the Me- 
ninges, or membranes of the brain. The matter of Embrocations is roots,leavs,flowers,Leeds, 
fruits, and other things,according to the intention and will ot the Phylician. They are boi- 
led in water and wine, to the half or third part. Embrocations may allo bee made of Lie or 
Brine againlt the cold and humid affefts of the brain. Somtimes of oil and vineger, other- 
whiles of oil onely. J&.fol plantag.& folan.an ni.i.fem.portul & nymph. 
& rof.anp.fi.fiat decoti. ad ibi. cum aceti ft alte fubeundum fit, ex quit irrigetur pars inflammata. 
In affefts of the brain, when wee would repercufs, wee often and with good fuccefs ule 
oil of Roles with a fourth part of vineger. 
Wee ule Embrocations, that together with the air drawn into the bodie by the Viaftole of 
the arteries, the ftibtler part of the humor may penetrate , and fo cool the inflamed part : 
for the chief ufe of embrocations is in hotaffefts. Allb wee ufe embrocations, when as 
for fear of an haemorrhagic, or the flying afunderof a broken or dillocated member , wee 
dare not loof the bandages wherewith the member is bound. For then wee drop down fom 
decoftion or oil from high upon the bandages, that by thele the force of the medicine may 
enter into the affefted member. 
' What an Em- 
1 brocationis* 
Their ufe. 
(C H A P. XXXI. 
Of Epitbemes. 
Pitbema,or an Epitheme, is a composition uled in the dilealcs of the parts of the low- 
er and middle bellie, like to a fomentation, and not much unlike an embrocation* 
They are made of waters, juices, and powders, by means whereof they are uled to 
inc neart, cheft, liver and other parts. Wine is added to them tor the more or lets penetra- 
tion, as the condition of the hot or cold affeft (hall feem to requires for if you delire to heat, 
more wine muftbee added, as in fwooning by the clotting of blood,by the corruption of the 
feed, by drinking torn cold poifon: the contrarie is to bee don in a fainting by dillipation of 
the Ipirits by feverilh heats, alfo vineger may bee added. The matter of medicines proper to 
the entrails is formerly defcribed,yet wee commonly ufe the fiecies of eleftuaries,as thefiecies 
eleft triafantali the liver beeing affefted, and Diamargariton in affefts of the heart. The pro- 
portion of the juices or liquors to the powders,ufe's to bee this, to everie pinte of them 
of thefe,of wine or elf of vineger |i. You may gather this by the following example. 
R. aqu. rof. bagl. borag. an. fiii. fucci fcabiof. 3jii. pul. elect, diamarg. frigid cart, citrificci 
coral, raf. ebor. an. % ft. fem citri & card. ben. an. croci & mofibi an. gra- 5 • addenda vini albi 
%ii. fiat Epitbema pro corde. 
Epithemes are profitably applied in he&ick and burning fevers to the liver,heart,and cheft, 
if fo bee that they bee rather applied to the region of the lungs ; then of the heartj for the 
heat of the lungs beeing by this means tempered, the drawn in air becom's lefs hot in pefti- 
lent and drying fevers. They are prepared of hume&ing, refrigerateing,and cordiall things, 
fo to temper the heat, and recreate the vital facultie. Somtimes alfo wee ufe Epithemes to 
ft rengthen the heart, and drive there-hence venenate exhalations , lifted or railed up from 
aniepart which isgangrenate orlphacelate. Som cotton, or the like, fteeped or moiftened 
with fitch liquors and powders warmed, is now and then to bee applied to the affe&ed en- 
trail 5 this kinde of remedie, as alfo all other topick and particular medicines, ought not to 
bee ufed, unlefs you have firft premifed general things. 
CHAP. 
What an Epi- 
theme is. 
In the Gxth 
Chapter. 
A cordial Epi- 
theme* 
Their ufe. Of fimple and their uje. 
LlB.Zdi 
722 
CHAP. XXXII. 
Of Potential Cauteries. 
The ufe of 
potential 
cauteries. 
Hat kinde of Pyrotick, which is termed a Potential Cauterie, burn's, and caufleth 
an efchar. The uft of thefe kindes of Cauteries is to make evacuation, derivation, 
revulfion, or attraction of the humors by thole parts whereto they are applied. 
Wherefore they are often and with good fuccefs ufed in the punftures and bites of 
venemous beads, in a venemous, as alfo in a peftilent Bubo and Carbuncle, unlefs the inflam- 
mation bee great: for the fire doth not onely open the part, but alfo retund's the force of the 
poifon, call's forth, and plentifully evacuate's the conjunft matter. Alfo they are good in 
phlegmatick and contumacious tumors 5 for by their heat they take away the force and en- 
devours of our weak heat. Alfo they are profitably applied to ftanch bleeding, to eat or 
wafte the fuperfluous fleffi of ulcersand wens, to .bring down the callous lips of ulcers, and 
other things too long here to infift upon. 
' The materials of theft Cauteries are Oke-affies, Pot-affies, the aflies of Tartar, of Tithy- 
mals or fpurges, the Fig-tree, the ftalks of Colewurts and beans, cuttings of Vines, as alfo 
fal ammoniacum, alkali, axungia vitrijal wtrwn,Roman Vitriol,and the like j for of thefe things 
there is made a fait, which by it's heat is cauflick and elcharotick, like to an hot iron and 
burning coal: Therefore it violently looft's the continuitie by eating into the skin,together 
with the fle(h there-under* 1 have thought good here to give you divers forms of them. 
Take of unquench't Lime exftinguiffied in a bowl of Barber's Lee three pounds: When the 
Lee is fettled, let it bee (trained, and into the ftraining put of Axungia vitri, or Sandiver,cal- 
cined Argol, of each two pounds, of Sal nitrum & ammoniacum, of each four ounces, thefe 
things muft bee beaten into a grofs powder, then muft they bee boiled over the fire, and af- 
ter the boiling let them remain in the Lee for four and twentie hours (pace, beeing often 
ftirred about, and then (trained through a thick and double linnen-cloth , left anie of the 
earthlie drofs get thorow together with the liquor.This (trained liquor, which is as clear as 
water, they call Cafitel/um, and they put it in a braftn Bafin, fuch as Barbers uft, and fo ftt it 
upon the fire,and aflbonas it boil's, they keep it with continual (tiering, left the (alt (hould 
adhere to the bafin ; the Cafitel/um beeing half boiled away,they put in two ounces of pow- 
dred vitriol, fo to haften the falling of the efchar, and fo they keep the bafin over the fire 
until all the liquor bee almoft wafted away. Then they cut into pieces the (alt or that ear- 
thie matter, which remain's after the boiling away of the Cayellum, and with a knife or hot 
iron (patula, form them into cauteries of fach figure and magnitude as they think fitting, 
and fo they laie them up, or keep them for ufe in a viol or glafs cloftly flopped, that the 
air get not in: Or, 
Take a bundle or fufficient quantitie of Bean-ftalks or husks , of Colewurt-ftalks two 
little bundles, of cuttings of Vines four handfuls, burn them all to allies, which put into 
a veflel of river-water, fo let them infuft for a daie's fpace,beeing ftirred ever now and then > 
to this adde two pounds of unquench't Lime, of .Axungia vitri half a pound, of calcined 
Tartar two pounds, of Sal niter four ounces, infuft all theft, beeing made into powder, in 
the forefaid Lee for two or three daies (pace, often ftirring it, then (train the Cafitel/um or li- 
quor through a thick cloth until it becom clear. Put it into a bafon, and fet it over the 
fire, and when as the moifture is almoft wholly fpent, let two or three ounces of vitriol bee 
added, when the moifture is fufficiently evaporated, make cauteries of that which remain's, 
after the formerly mentioned manner* 
Take of the allies of found, knottie, old Oke as much as you pieaf,make thereof a Lee; 
powr this Lee again upon other frelh allies of the fame wood, let this bee don three or four 
times, then quench fom Lime in this Lee, and of thefe two make a CafiteUum, whereof you 
may make moll approoved cauteries. For (itch allies are hot in the fourth degree; and in like 
fort the (tones, whereof the lime by burning becom's fierieand hot to the fourth degree: 
Verily, I have made cauteries of Oke-afhes onely, which have wrought quickly and power- 
fully. The Cafitellum or Lee is thought fufficiently ftrong, if that an egg willfwim therein 
without finking. Or, 
Take of the allies of bean-ftalks three pounds, of unquench't lime, Argol, of the afhes 
of Oke-wood, beeing all well burnt, of each two pounds. Let them for two daies fpace bee 
infuftd into a veflel full of Lee made of the allies of Oke-wood, and bee often ftirred up and 
down. Let this Lee then bee put into another veflel,having manie holes in the bottom there- 
of, covered with ftrums or ftraw-pipes, that the Cafitellum flowing through thefe ftrait paf- 
fages may becom more clear. Let it bee put twice or thrice upon the aflies , that fo it may 
the better extraft the heat and cauftick qualitie of the affies. Then putting it into a Bar- 
ber's bafin, ftt it over the fire, and when it (hall begin togrow thick, the fire muft bee increa- 
fed, and cauteries made of this concreting matter. 
The following cauteries are the beft that ever I made trial of, as thoft that applied to the 
arm in the bignefs ©f a PcaQ in the (pace of half an hour without pain, efpecially if the part 
of ifrfelf bee painlefs and free from inflammation, eat into the skin and flefli even to the 
, . bone. 
The matter of 
them. 
The forms of 
them. 
The fign of 
good Ctpitel- 
The fxailtie 
cf the filken 
cauterie. Lib.z6. 
OfJim fie Medicines, and their ufe. 
723 
bone, and make an ulcer of the bignefs of ones finger's end, and they leav an efchar fo moift 
and humid, that within four or five daies ipace it will fall away of it felf without anie fca- 
rification. I have thought good to call thefe cauteries Silken or Velvet ones, not onely for T! 
that they are like Silk, gentle and without pain, but chiefly becauf I obtained the defcription thc 
of them of a certain Chymilt, who kept it as a great (beret, for fom Velvet and much entrea- 
tie: Their defcription is this, . . . 
Take of the allies of Bean-flalks, of the allies of Oke-wood well burnt, of each three Tj 
pounds, let them bee infilled in a prettie quantitie of river-water, and bee often ftirred up fC] 
and down, then add thereto of unquencht lime four pounds, which beeing quencht, ftir it 
now and then together for two daie's fpace, that the Cafitellum may becom the ftronger,then 
(train it through a thick and flrong linnen-cloth, and thus (trained,put it three or four times 
upon the allies, that fo it may draw more of the cauftick faculties from them, then boil it in 
a Barber's bafin, or elf an earthen one well leaded, upon a good Char-coal-fire, until it be- 
com thick. But a great part of the fecret or art confilt s in the manner and limit of this boi- 
ling ; for this Cayitellum becomming thick and concreating into fait, muft not bee kept fo 
long upon the fire, until all the moifture (hall bee vanilhed and fpent by the heat thereof: for 
thus alfo the force of the forefaid medicines, which alfo conlift's in a fpirituous fubftance, 
will bee much dilfipated and weakned; therefore before it bee com to extreme drinefs,it (hall 
bee taken off from the fire, to wit, when as yet there lhall fom thick moifiure remain,which 
may not hinder the cauteries from beeing made up into a form. The made-up cauteries lhall 
bee put up into a glafs moll clofely luted up or Hopped, that the air may not dilfolv them, 
and fo they (hall bee laid up and kept in a drie place. Now, becauf the powder of Mer- 
curic is neer to cauteries in the effeftsand facultie thereof, which therefore is termed Pm/- 
w Angelica for the excellencie; therefore I have thought good to give you the defcription 
thereof, which is thus: 
R. Aurifigmenti citrini, floris falls nitri, ItiffL alumin. roche, ttii. vitrioli rom. ftiii. 1 
Let them all beepowdred, and put into a Retort, having a large receiver well luted put ° 
thereto. Then fet the Retort over a Fornace, and let the diftillation bee made firft with a ( 
gentle fire,then increafed by little and little,fo that the receiver may wax a little reddilh. 1 
R. Argenti vivi, tbp. aquafortis, tfei.fonantur in q>b'iala,& fiat q>ulvis,ut fequitur. 
Take a large earthen pot, whereinto put the viol or bolt-head wherein the Argentum ui- 
vum and Aqua fortis are conteined, (etting it in alhes up to the neck thereof, then let the pot 
over a fornace, or upon hot cools, fothat it may boil and evaporate away the Aqua fortis: 
neither in the interim will the glafs bee in anie danger of breaking, when all the water is va- 
nifhed away, which you may know is don when as it leav's fmoaking ■> fuffer it to becom 
cold, then take it forth of the afhes, and you lhall finde calcined Mercurie in the bottom, of 
the color of red Lead, Separated from the white, yellow or black excrement; for the white 
that concrete's in the top is called Sublimate, which if it (hould remain with the calcined 
Mercurie, you (hall make it into powder, and put it in a brafs-veflel upon fom coals , ftir- 
ring or turning it with a fyatula for the (pace of an hour or two : for thus it will 
lofe a great part of the acrimonie and biting, whence it will becom lefs painful in 
the operation. 
The cauf of 
the name. 
Their de* 
fcrintion. 
The defcripti- 
on of Mercuric 
or Angelical 
powder. 
CHAP. XXXIII. 
Of Veficatories, 
[Eficatorie and rubrifying ointments, cataplafins, or plafters are made of acrid me- 
! dicines, which have power to draw forth to the fiiperficies of the bodie fuch hu- 
| mors as lie deep, by exw Icerating the skin and caufling blifters. Their matter is 
the fame with feptick medicines; as, Sinafi, anacardus, cantbar ides, eupborb. radices 
fcylke, bryon. and the like, which with honie, turpentine, leaven,gum,or rofin, may bee made 
into cataplafins, ointments, or plafters ; therefore the compofure of veficatories , or rather 
their confidence differ's not from that of hard or foft unguents. Therefore I will give you 
one example or delcription of them, which is thus. 
R. cantbarid. eupborbii,finapi, mellis anacardini, modico aceti, & fermenti quod fit fails 
exctfianturi& fiat weficatorium. Som of the antients think it better to make up thefe medicines 
with water rather then with vineger, becauf experience teacheth that vineger abate's the 
ftrength of muftard. Wee ufe this kinde of medicine in long difeafes, when as wee cannot 
anie thing prevail with other remedies 5 Specially in the head-ach, megrim,epileptic,/czafzca, 
gout, the bites and punftures of venemous creatures, peftilent and other invetc* 
rate and contumacious difiales. 
Alfo wee ufe them when as wee would reftorelife and ftrength to a dead or decaied part, 
for thus they are drawn back together with the heat j for which purpofe wee muftmake 
choif of more gentle veficatories,as fuch which onely rubrifie , fo that the part may onely 
becom red,and not bee burnt:the part muft firft bee ftrongly rubbed,that the decaicd and dull 
heat may bee rowzed and ftirred up, the pores of the skin more opened, that theforce of the 
medicine may enter the deeper into the bodie. CHAP. 
Whatveiica- 
totie and ru- 
brifying medi- 
cines are. 
The 
on of a v«G- 
catorie. 
Their nfe.* Offimple Medicines}and their uje. 
Lib.2<5« 
724 
CHAP. XXXIV. 
Of Collyria. 
What a collyti- 
amis. 
Collyrium is a medicine proper for the eies, made of powder finely levigated and 
groun'd into the form of Alcbobol, as the Arabians and our Alchymifts term it: 
yet the word in a more general acception is tiled for anie liquid medicine, made 
with liquors and powders, and applied or tiled to anie part. Wherefore collyria 
are of three kindes, fom are moilt or liquid, which are properly called collyria-, 
others drie, which are of the fame confidence withTrochilces; others have the confidence 
of honie, or a liniment. The liquid fer v for the greater and lefler corners of the eies 5 thole 
of the confidence of honie are meet for the apple of the eie 5 but the drie are to bee made into 
powder, and fo blown into the eies: alfo fomtimes they are to bee diflblved in fom juice, or 
other convenient liquor, that fo they may bee made into a mold collyria. 
Therefore collyria. have diverf ufes, and are applied to leveral parts according to the inten- 
tion and counfel of the Phyfician: for liquid collyria put into the corners of the eies do more 
readily mitigate the heat of their inflammation, by reafon they enter more eafily by the te- 
nuitie of their liibdance,fuch things as have a more firm confidence adhere more tenacioufly, 
and work more certainly. Moift collyria are made of juices,mucilages, waters of herbs, flow- 
ers,feeds,metalline bodies,galls,and other fuch like medicines, which are repercuflives, refol- 
vers,detergents,anodynes,and the like,according to the nature of the prefent difeaf. 
Somtimes they are made of juices and diftilled waters onely, otherwhiles powders, or drie 
collyria made into powder, are mixed with them,together with the white of an egg. Powders 
are preferibed to $ii. and liquors to §v. in medicines for the eies 5 but for other parts, 
as when it is to bee injected into the urinarie paflage, they may bee preferibed to thequan- 
titie of a pinte* Drie collyria are made of powders exceeding finely beaten or groun'd, and 
incorporated with lom juice, whence it is that they differ little from Trochifees. Where- 
fore the collyrium album Rbafis is now ufiially termed a Trochifee , and kept with them. Ca- 
theretick powders are not applied in the form of a moift collyrium, but in the form of a lini- 
ment, that is, incorporated with fat or oil. All tjiefe things (hall bee made more plainly by 
the following examples. 
. R. aq.plant.& rofar.an. %'ii.album. ovi unum, bene agitatum, mi fee 3 fiat collyrium. R. aq. rofar. & 
viol. an. troebif. alb. Rbaf. cum opio, yi.fi at collyrium. Or, R. de co ci. fxnug. mucag.fem. 
Uni, faccar. cand. £i. croci, collyr. R. thuris, myrrh. £)ii. tut. prepar. & antimon, lot. an. 
£ii. cum fucco chelidon. fiat collyriumin umbra ficcand. R- fellisperdic. ant lepor.^fi.[ucci 
faccar. cand. fyrup. rof. excipiantur,fiat collyrium. 
Wee ufe collyria in wounds, ulcers, fiftula's, fuffufions, inflammations, and other difeafes 
of the eies. 
The differen- 
ces of them. 
Their ufe. 
Their matter. 
A repercuffive 
collyrium. 
An anodyne. 
A detergent. 
CHAP. XXXV. 
Of Errbines aud Sternutatories 
What an er- 
rhine is. 
Rrhines are medicines appointed to bee put into the nofe to purge the brain of 
( it's excrementicious humors by the noftrils,or to deterge fiich excrements as are 
i therein, by reafon of an polypus, or the like difeaf. Errhines are either li- 
( quid or drie, or elf hard,and of the confiftence of an cmplafter. Liquid errhines, 
which ufiially are to purge the head, are made of the juices of herbs 5 as beets, 
colewurts, marjoram, pimpernel, hyffbp or balm, or of their decoftions taken alone,or mix- 
ed with wine, or fyrup, as oxymcl fcilliticum, fyrup of hyffbp, rofes, or mel anthofatum: fom- 
times powders are mixed with thefe liquors j as of pepper , eupborbium., pellitorie of Spain, 
hore-hound, nigella romana, caftoreum, myrrh, white ellebore, fow-bread, and other like, in a 
fmall quantitie, to wit, to ji. little more or lefs according to the vehemencie of thedifeaf 
Wee will make this more plain by examples. 
R. fucci brafic. an. $i. depurentur, & modice bulliant cum vini albi, %ii. oxymelit. 
fiat errbinum. When as you defire to attraft more powerfully from the brain, you 
may diflblv in errhines fom purging medicines; as agarick, diapb&nicon, fenna, cartbamus, and 
the like: hence doth arifethe diftinftion of errhines into fiich as are meet to purge phlegm, 
choler, and melancholie. This following example is let down by Rondeletius. R. rad. pyretb. 
hid. an. cadam. origon. an. m i. agar, trocbifc. flor, antbos & ftzcbad. an. p i. fiat de- 
co ft io in colatur. fti. diffolve mellis antbofati & fcillit. an. fiat caput purgium. But it is better to 
this purpofe to makeufe of purging fimples; as agarick, turbeth, coloquintida,and the like, 
then of compofitions 5 as diapbtnicon, for thefe make the deco&ion more thick, and lefs fit to 
enter the paffages of the noftrils, and the fiev-like bones, but apt rather there to cauf ob- 
ftruftion, and intercept the freedom of refpiration. 
Be. fucci bete, %i.aq. falv.& beton.an. pul. caftor. piper. & pyreth. an, fiat caput 
purgium. Drieerrhines that are termed fiernutatories, for that they cauf fneefing, are made 
of powders onsly, to which purpofe the laft mentioned things are ufed 5 as alfo aromatick 
things 
Their diffe- 
rences. 
The form of 
®ne. 
An errhine 
purging 
phlegm. 
An errhine 
with powders, LlB.zd* 
Of fimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
725 
A fternuu- 
torie. 
things in a fmall quantitie, as to $ii. at the moft: as, R. major- nigel, caryopb. zinzib, 
pyretb.& panisporcin.an.$fi.eupborb.ty.terantur,&' in nares in/ufflentur.Errhinesofthe 
conli Hence of Emplafters,by the Latins vulgarly called made of the defcribed pow- 
ders or gums diilblved in the juice of fom of the forementioned herbs,incorporated with tur- 
pentine and wax, that fo tfeey may the better bee made into a pyramidal form to bee put into 
the noftrils. As, R. major an. falv. nigel. pip. alb. caryopb. galang. pyretb.eupborb. 
panis porcin. ellebor. alb. an. 9i. terantur, & inpulverem redigantur- And then with turpentine and 
wax as much as (hall bee fuHicient, make them up into Nafalia of a pyramidal or taper-fafhion. 
Wee ufe errhines in inveterate difeafes of the brain; as the epilepfie, fear of blindenefs,an apo- 
plexie, lethargie, convullion, the loft fenf of fmelling: yet wee firft ufe general remedies and 
evacuations, left by fneefing and the like concuflion of the brain for the exclufion of that 
which is offenfive thereto, there fhould bee made a greater attra&ion of impuritie from the 
(ubjacent parts. Liquid thingsmuft bee drawn up into the noftrils warm out of the palm of 
the hand, to the quantitie of JfL the mouth beeing in the interim filled with water, left the at- 
tracted liquor fhould fall upon the palat, and fo upon the lungs : drie errhines are to bee 
blown into the note with a pipe or quill: folid ones muft bee faftned to a thrcd, that they may 
bee drawn forth as need require's,when as they are put up into the noftrils. The morning(the 
bellie beeing emptie) is the fitteft times for the ufe of errhines. If by their force the nofe fhall 
bee troubled with an itching,the pain thereof muft bee mitigated by woman's milk, or oil of 
violets. The ufe of attra&ive errhines is hurtful to filch as are troubled with difeafes of thei 
eiesjor ulcers in the nofe,as it oft-times fall's out in the Lues venerea.: wherefore in this cafe it f 
will bee beft to ufe Apophlegmatifms, which may divert the matter from the noie. 
The matter of 
foliderrhmej. 
Their life. 
rhe manner of 
jfingthem. 
! To whom 
. they are 
' hurtful. 
Of apophlegmatifms, ar Mafticatories. 
CHAP. XXXVI. 
APophlegntatifmoi in Greek, and Mafticatoria in Latine, are medicines which kept or held in 
the mouth and fbmwhat chawed, do draw by the mouth forth of the brain excrementiti- L 
ous humors, Specially phlegm : now they are chiefly made four manner of waies > the fir ft is * 
when as the medicines are received in honie or wax, and formed into pills , and fo given to 
chaw upon. The fecond is, when as the fame things are bound up in a fine linnen-cloth, fo to 
bee held in the mouth. The third is when as adecoftionof acrid medicines is kept in the 
mouth for aprettiefpace. The fourth is when as fom acrid medicine, or otherwise drawing 
phlegm, as pellitorie of Spain, maftich, and the like, is taken of itfelf to the quantitie of a 
hafel-nut, and fo chawed in the mouth for fom fpace. The matter of mafticatorics is of the 
kinde of acrid medicines ; as of pepper, muftard, hyffop, ginger, pellitorie of Spain , and the 
likejamongft which you muft make choice chiefly of fuch as are not troublefom by anie ingrate 
tafte, that fo they may bee the longer kept in the mouth with the lefs offence and loathing. Yet 
mafticatories are fomtimes made of harfh or acerb medicines 5 as of berberies, the hones of 
prunes or cherries, which held for fom fpace in the mouth, draw no lefs ftore of phlegm then 
acrid things ; for the verie motion and cowling them up and down the mouth attraft's, becauf 
it heat's, compreffe's, and expreffe's : the quantitie of the medicine ought to bee from to 
as, 1&. pyretb. ftapbifag. an. £ip. maflicb. & involventur nodulir in mafticatoria. 
Or, R. zinzib.finap. an- eupborb. piper. 3$. excipiantur fiant paftil/ipro mafticatoriis. 
R. byffop. tbym. origan, falv. an. p i. boil them in water to wafh the mouth withall. Or, 
caryopb. an pyreth. pip. an Zfi.ftapbifagr. mastiches y excipiantur,fiant paftilli pro maftica- 
toriis. Wee ufe mafticatories in old difeales of the brain, dimnefs of the fight, deafnefs, puftles 
of the head and face, and fomtimes to divert the excrements which run to the nofe beeing 
ulcerated. 
Mafticatories are verie hurtful to fuch as have their mouths or throats ulcerated, asalfoto' 
them whole longs arefubjeft to inflammations, diftillations and ulcers for then errhines are 
more proEtable to derive the matter of the difeaf by the noftrils.For though the humor drawn 
from the brain into the mouth by the means of the mafticatorie, may bee thence caft forth by 
coughing and fpitting, yet in the interim nature will bee fo inured to that paflage for the hu- 
mor, fo that it will run that waie when as wee deep, and fall down upon the parts thereunder, 
weak either by nature,or by accident. 
The time fitteft for the ufe pf Apophlegmatifms is the morning, the bodie beeing firft pur- 
ged; if anie ingrateful tafte remain in the mouth, or adhere to the tongue by ufing of ma- 
fticatories, you fhall take it away by walking t;he mouth with warm water, or a decoftion of 
liquorice and barlie. 
What an apo- 
phlegmatifai 
is. 
The differen- 
ces. 
The life of 
mafticatories, 
To whom 
hurtful, 
CHAP. XXXVII. 
Of Gargar ifins- 
A Gargle or gargarifm is a liquid compofition fit for to wafh the mouth and all the parts, 
thereof, to hinder defluftion and inflammation, to heal the ulcers which are in thofei 
parts, to aflwage pain. Their compofition is two-fold,thefirftis ofadecoftion of roots,leavs, ( 
Q_q q flowers, 
!What a gargle 
:is. 
The diftcra 
ces thereof* 726 
Of fimple and their uje. 
Lib. 16; 
flowers, fruits, and feeds fit for the difeaf; now the deco&ion is to bee made either in fair wa* 
ter alone, or with the admixture of white or red wine, or in the decoftion of liquorice and 
barlie, or of pe&oral things, as the intention of the Phyfician is to repel, cool, or hinder in* 
fiammation 5 as in the tooth-ach caufled by matter which is yet in motion ; to difcufs,as in the 
tooth-acb already at the height; or to cleanf, as in the ulcers of the mouth 5 or to drie and 
binde, as when it is fit to heal the ulcers already cleanfed. 
r. The other waie of making of gargarifms is without deco&ion, which is, when as wee make 
them either of diflilled waters onely, or by mixing them with fyrups, mucilages, milk, the 
whey of Gbat's-milk carefully ftrained. There are mixed fbmtimes, with a decoftion, diflilled 
waters and mucilages, mel rofatum,exymel lex, di amor on, diannewn3 bfera, picra3 oxyfacebara, 
fyrup.derofis /icand other things, as the prefent cafe fhall feem to require} 
as tLh\m3balauftid3 myrrh, olibanum3 ginger, pepper, cinnamom, drie rofeS,and manie fuch things? 
even fb that oft-times there enter into gargles fuch medicines as have force to draw from the 
brain 5 as pellitorie of Spain, carthamus, turbith,and fuch things as have no bitterneft, which 
is the caul' that neither agarick nor coloquintida ought to enter into gargarifms. 
The quantitie of liquor for a gargarifin is commonly from ft> fi. to ibi. mix therewith fbm 
%ii. of fyrups, but put in powders fparingly; as fom $iii. Alum may fomtimes bee put in to 
3vi. let mucilages bee extracted out of feeds: let thefe ferv for fbm examples. 
t R. plant, polygpn. oxalidis, an. m i. rofar. rub. p hordei, p i. fiat decoEiio ad in qua diflolve 
fyrupi myrtillorum, $vi. dianucum, % ft. fiat gargarifma, Or, R. eham melil anetb. an. p i. rof. rttb.p 
pafful. mund. &ficuum, an. p in. decoquantur in &quis partibw vini & aqut, ad addenda macag.Jem. 
/ini, & fcenugr. an. %'ii.fiat gargarifina. 
Or elf, Bc.aq.plantag. mellis rojati colati, yn.fyxup, refar.fiaar.&deabfintb. 
an. fiat gargarifrna. 
Wee tile gargles in the morning falling after general purgations", they are fbmtimes taken 
or ufed cold, when as malign, acrid, and thin humor fall's down,fomtimes warm, but let thefe 
things bee don according as the Phyfician fhall advife. 
Their matter. 
An aflringcnt 
eargle. 
An anodyne 
gargle. 
A deterfiye. 
CHAP. XXXVIH. 
Of Dentifrices. 
Entifricesare medicines prepared and ierving divers waies for to cleanfr whiten, 
and faften the teeth; for from their ufe they take their name. Of thefe, fom are 
drie, other fom moift: of the drie, fom have the form of opiats, others of pow- 
ders grofly beaten, but the moift are commonly made by diftillation: the matter 
of drie dentifrices is taken from detergent and drying things 5 fuch as are coral 
white and red, hart's-horn,fcuttle-bones, alum, cryftal, pumice, 
balauftia, acorns, all forts of flrclls of fifties: all thefe are to bee made into powder either by 
burning, orwithout it, for fcuttle-boneS bnrn'tcaft forth a linking and nnpleafantfnjell. To 
thefeforfiftell fake are added certain aromatick things 5 as cinnamom, cloves, nutmegs, and 
the like: liich powders if mixed with fom fyrup 5 as oxymelfciliilicum, or with mucilage ofgum 
arabick and tragacanth, will becom opiaits, to bee made into a pyramidal form of (bm finger's 
length, round or Iquare, and ftiarp pointed, that dried they may ferv for dentifrices. 
Somtimes emollient roots are boiled With (alt or alum, thatdried again they may bee 
ufed for dentifrices: moift ones are made of drying herbs , diftilled together with drying 
and aftringent things. \ 
t All the differences fliall appear by the following examples. R. lapidis fpong. pumicis 3 & cornu 
cervi uft. an. coral. rub. & cryftal. an. 51. alum. &fdl. uft. an. 3'ijS. cinnamom &caryopb. rofar.rub* 
pulver. an. >yii. fiat pult'is pro dentrificio. Or, R. offis fiepi£} %£.mafticbes, coralli rubri ufti 3 an. £ii. 
cornu cervi ufii, alum inis-> car bonis, rorifmarini, an. $i. cirmamomi, $ii. fiat pulvis pro dentifricio. 
Or, R. oflis fepise, alum.. & falls ufti, an. ui. cryftalli,glandium,myrrb£,lburis, an. corticis granna- 
torum, macis , cinnamomi, an. *)i. fiat pulvis qui excipiatur mucagine gummi tragacanth. &formen* 
tur pyramides long#, ficcand. pro dentifricio. Or,R. rad. malv<£ junioris , &, 
coquantur in aqua falsa aut alwmirofa, delude ficcentur in furno pro dentifricio. R. falls, §vi. 
alumin. iburis , mafiichest fanguis dracottis, an. aqu& rof. %vi. diftftlentur in alembico vitreo 
pro dentrifricio. 
Dentrihces are not onely good to polifli, cleanf, and ftrengthen the teeth; but wee alfo oft- 
times ufe them for the tooth- ach, the difeafes of the mouth, and ulcers of gums. You may 
ufe them in the morning, before and after meat. 
The ancients, of lentisk-wood made themfelvs tooth-picks, and fuch devifes to ftrengthen 
their loof teeth, which alfo at thisdaie-is in ufe with thofe of with whom -this 
wood is plentiful, fo that it may bee brought thence for the tife of Noblemen and Gentlemen 5 
myrrh may alfo ferv for this fame ufe, and anie other aftringent wood. 
Our people commonly ufe the ftalks of fennel? yet have they no faculty to faften the teeth, 
but their fmell is grateful. 
What a den. 
tifrice is. 
Thedifferen. 
ces. 
The matter ' 
whereof they 
confift. 
A powder for 
a Dentifrice! 
Their ufe. 
CHAK IvIB.Zd. 
Of fimple Medicines}and their if e 
727 
CHAP. XXXIX. 
-Iy licians term a bag or facculus, the compofition or mixture of drie and po wdred me-' 
dicines put in a bag, therefore it is as it were a drie fomentation. Their differences i 
are not drawn from anie other thing then from the varietie of the parts wheretor< 
they are applied : fuch as are for the head muft bee made into the fafhion of a cap, 
thofe which bee for the whole ventricle muft bee made into the form of a cithern; thofc for the 
fpleen, like to an ox's tongue : laftly, liich as are for the liver, heart, and other parts, muft bee 
made according to the figure of thole parts. Their matter is ulually taken from whole feeds 
fried in a frying-pan, or made into powder, there are fomtimes added roots, flowers, fruits, 
rindes, cordial-powders, and other drie medicines, which may bee eafily brought into pow- 
der, and conduce to the grieved parts; the quantitieis different according to the magnitude of 
the affefted parts : In the books of praftifcrs it is commonly found prefcribed from |iii.to 5vifS 
fomtimes flowers, and drie herbs are prefcribed by handfuls and pugils : and here there is 
need of an artificial conjefture to conceiv and appoint a fit quantitie of powders: but let 
us give you fom examples. 
R- rofar.rub. p i. mafticb. cor alii rub. anifi,& nucis mofebat. $i.fammitat., 
abfinth. & mentb.an. m i. iritis omnibus, fiat facculus confutus & compunttus pro ventriculo. * 
Be. fur fur is macri, p i. $ii. rofar- rub. flor, rorifinarini, ft<ecbados, caryoph. an. mii. j 
fol. beton. &falv. an. tritis omnibus fiat cucupba, interfata & c ale facia fumo tburis, & fandaracb#1 
exuflorum, capiti apponatur. 
R. flor.'borag. buglof. &violar. an. p ii. cortzc. cztrz ficci,macis,ligni aloes, eboris, an.$i. { 
ojfis de corde cervi, croci, an. 9ii • fol. melif. mjS. pulveris diambrx. contritis omnibus fiat facculus e 
ferico pro corde, irrorandus aqua fcabiofa. 
Wee ufe bags for the ftrengthening of the noble parts; as the brain, heart, liver : as alfo 
for thofc lets noble; as the ftomach: laftly for difcufling flatulencies in what part foever; aS in 
the collick,and in a baftard pleurilie proceeding from flatulencies. The powders muft bee ftraw- 
ed upon carded bombaft, that they run not together, and then they muft bee fcwed up or quil- 
ted in a bag of linnen or taffatie. 
Wee often-times moiften thefc bags in wine or diftilled water, and fomtimes not with the 
fubftance thereof, but by the vapor onely of fuch liquors put into a hot difh: thus oft-times 
the bags are heated by the vapor onely, and oft-times at the fire in a difh by often turning 
them. Thefc, if intended for the heart, ought to bee of crimfon or scarlet filk,becauf the icar- 
let-berrie, called by the Arabians Kermes, is laid to refrefh and recreate the heart* Certainly 
they muft alwaies bee made of fom fine thing, whether it bee linnen or lilk. 
Of Bags or guilts. 
. What a bag 
or quilt is. 
1 Their diffe- 
(rences. 
. A quilt for the 
ftomach. 
, A cap fora 
, cold head. 
A quilt for the 
heart* 
Their life, 
CHAP. XL. 
Of Fumigations. 
' Sufffius or fumigation is an evaporation of medicines having fom vifeous and fattie, 
i moifture : of fumigations fom are drie, otherfom moift, the drie have the form oftro- j 
! chifes or pills : their matter ought to bee fattie and vifeous, fo that it may fend forth , 
a fmokeby beeing burnt: fuch are ladanum, myrrh, maftich, pitch, wax,rofin, turpen-1 
tine, cafioreum, tty rax, frankincenG olibanum 3 and other gums, which may bee mixed with con- 
venient powders : for they yeeld them a bodie and firm confidence; the fumigations that are 
made of powders onely, yeeld neither fo ftrong nor long a fume. 
The quantitie of the powders muft bee from tof i0. but the gums to jfii.as,R. fandaracb*, 
mafiicbes. rofar. an. benioiniy galang. an. $iib terebinthina excipiantur, & fiant trocbifciy quibus in-f 
cenfis fiifiumigentur tegumenta capitif. R. marchafitoe, bdellii, myrrh*, fiyracis, an. cer* flav*, 
& terebinth, quod fufficit, 'fiant formul* pro fuffumigio. R. cinnabarisy ftyracis & benzoiniy an.%ii,, 
cum terebinth, fiant trocbijci pro fufiumigio per embotum. 
Wee ufe fumigations in great obftruftions of the brain, ulcers of the longs, the aftbma, an 
old cough, pains of the fides, womb, and the difcafes of fom other parts ; fomtimes the whole J 
bodie is fumigated, as in the cure of the Lues, venerea to procure fweat: fomtimes onely fom ■ 
one part whereto fom relicks of the Lues adhere's; fuch fumigations are made of cinnabarisy 
wherein there is much hydrargyrum. The fume muft bee received by a funnel, that fo it may. 
not beedilperfed, but may all bee carried unto the part affefted, as is ulually don in the affe&s < 
of the womb and ears. 
In fumigations for the brain and cheft, the vapor would bee received with open mouth; 
which thence may pais by the weafon into the cheft, by the palat and noftrils into the brain : 
but in the interim let the head bee vailed, that none of the vapor may flie away. Moift fu- 
migations are made fomwhiles of the decoftion of herbs , otherwhiles of fom one limple 
medicine boiled iuoil, fomtimes a hot fire-ftone is quench't in vineger, wine, aqua vit*, or 
the like liquor, fo to raifa humid vapor. Wee oft-times ufe this kindeof fumigationin 
overcomming fcirrous affefts, when as wee would cut, difcufe, penetrate deep, and drie: take 
this as an example thereof 
Q_q q 2 Rd laterwt 
■ Whit a fumi- 
. gation is. 
Their diffe- 
rences and 
. matter. 
A cephalick 
fume. 
For the hard' 
nefs of the 
finews. 
For the relicks' 
of the Lues 
venerea 
The manner 
of nfing tbems 728 
Of fimple (JAdedicines, and their uje. 
Lib.z<5. 
The manner 
ofamoift fu- 
migation. 
Be. laterem u'numfatlf craffum3 autmarcbafitam ponderis ffei. heat it red hot, and then let it bee 
quencht in (harp vineger, powring thereon in the mean while a little aqua vit£, make a fumi- 
gation for the grieved part. 
Fumes of the deco&ionof herbs do verie little differ from fomentations properly fo called; 
for they differ not in the manner of their compofure, but onely in the application to the af- 
fefted parts: therefore let this bee an example of a humid fumigation. 
R. abfintb.falv. rut. origan- an. p i. rad. bryon. & afar. an. f £. fem. finap. & cumin, an. $ii. deco- 
quantur in duabus partibuf aqu£, & una vini pro fuffitu auris cum emboto: and oft-times fuch fumiga- 
tions are made for the whole bodie, whereof wee fhall treat hereafter. 
Amoiff fume 
for the ears. 
CHAP. XLI. 
Of a particular, or balf-batb. 
What an infe( 
fas is. 
Semicupium or half-bath, is a bath for the one half of the bodie 5 that is, for the parts 
from the bellie downwards : it is called alfo an infeffio, becaufthe patient fittetn to 
bathe in the decoftion of herbs : in which form and refpeft a femicupium differ's from 
a fomentation; for it is competed of the fame matter, to wit, a decoftion of herbs, 
roots, feeds, fruits, but in this the quantitie of the decoftion is the greater, as wee (hall teach 
by the following example. 
R. malv- bifmalv. cum toto 9 an. m i beton. [axifrag. pariet. an. m i.fem. melon, milii folis, al}%- 
, an. $iii. deer. rub. p. ii. rad. apii, graminlf,fxmculi, cryngii, an. $ i. decoquantur in fufficiente 
aqu<epro infeffu. 
Wee ute thete half-baths in affects of the kidnies,bladder, womb, fundament, and lower bel- 
lie, or otherwife when as the patient by reafon of weakness and fear of diffipating the ipirits, 
Fcannotfuffer or away with a whole bath. The manner of ufing it is thus: Fill fombags with 
the boiled herbs, or other parts of plants, and cauf the patient to fit upon them; yet in the in- 
terim keep the vapors from the head, left they fliould offend it, by calling over it a linnen- 
cloth, or elf let him not enter thereinto until the vapor bee exhaled. 
The matter. 
AhalRbath 
for the Hone 
in thekidnies. 
Theufe. 
The manner of 
u/ing it. 1 
CHAP. XLII. 
Of Baths. 
!Vths are nothing elf then as it were a fomentation of the whole bodie3both for prefer- 
ving health, and the cure of difeafes: this is a verie commodious form of medicine, 
and among other external medicines much celebrated by the Greek, Arabian, and La- 
tine Phyficians. For a bath, befides that it digeft's the acrid humors, and footie excrements ly- 
ing under the skin, mitigate's pains and wearinefs, and correft's all cxcefs of diftemper : more- 
over, in the cure of fevers, and manie other contumacious inveterate difeafes it is the chief 
and laft remedie, and as it were the refuge of health, ftored with pleating delight. Baths are of 
two forts,fom natural, others artificial: natural, are thofe which of their own accord, with out 
the operation or help of art, prevail or excel in anie medicinal qualitie. For the water which 
of it lelf is devoid of all qualitie that is perceivatyp by the tafte, if it chance to bee ftrained 
through the veins of metals,it furnifhe's and impregnate's it lelf with their qualities and effects: 
hence it is that all foch water excel's in a drying facultie, fomtimes with cooling and aftri&i- 
on, and otherwhiles with heat and a difcufling qualitie. The baths whole waters beeing hot or 
warm, do boil up, take their heat from the cavities of the earth and mines filled with firejwhich 
thing is of much admiration whence this fire fhould arife in fubterrene places, what may kin- 
dle it, what feed or nourifh it for fo manie years, and keep it from beeing exftinft. Som Philo- 
fophers would have it kindled by the beams of the fun,others by the force of lightning penetra- 
ting the bowels of the earth,others by the violence of the air vehemently or violently agitated, 
no otherwife then fire is ftruck by the collifion of a flint and fteel. Yet it is better to refer the 
cauf of fo great an effect unto God the maker of the Univerf,whole providence piercing everie 
waie into all parts of the World, enter's and governs the fecret parts and paflages thereof. 
Notwithftanding they have leemed to have com neareft the truth, who refer the cauf of heat in 
waters unto theftoreof brimftoneconteined in certain places of the earth, becauf among all 
minerals it hath moft fire and matter fitteft for the nourifhing thereof. Therefore to it they at- 
tribute the flames of fire which the Sicilian mour/tain JEtna continually fend's forth. Hence 
alfo it is that the moft part of fuch waters fmell of Sulphur, yet others fmell of Alum, others 
of Nitre, others of Tar,and fom ofCoperas. 
Now you may know from the admixture of what metalline bodies the waters acquire their 
faculties by their tafte,fent,color,mud,which adhere's to the channels through which the water 
run's,as alfo by an artificial feparation of the more terrettrial parts from the more iubtil.For the 
earthiedrofs which fobfides or remain's by the boiling of fuch waters, will retein the faculties 
and fobftance of brimftone, alum,and the like minerals: befides alfo,by the effefts and the cure 
of thefe or thefe difeafes, you may alfo gather of what nature they are. Wherefore wee will 
deferibe each of thefe kindes of waters by their effects, beginning firft with the Sulphureous. 
Sulphureous waters powerfully heat, drie, refolv,open, and draw from the center unto the 
furface 
The faculties 
of Baths. 
Their diffe- 
rences* 
Natural Baths 
How to know 
whence the 
Baths have 
their efficacie. LlB.Zd. 
Offimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
729 
furface of the bodie; they cleanf the skin troubled with fcabs and tetters ; they ceaf the itch- 
ing of ulcers, anddigeftand exhauft the caufles of the gout, they help pains of the colick 
and hardened fpleens. But they are not to bee drunk, not onely by reafon of their ungrateful 
fmell and tafte, but allb by reafon of the malitioufhefs of their fubftance,offenfive to the inner 
parts of the bodie, but chiefly to the liver. 
Aluminous waters tail verie aftri&ively,therefore they drie powerfully,they have no Rich ma- 
nifeft heat,yet drunk, they loof the bellie: I beleev by reafon of their heat and nitrous qualitie 
they cleanf and ftaie defluxions,and the courfes flowing too immoderately 5 they alfo are good 
againft the tooth-ach,eating ulcers,and the hidden ablcefles of the other parts of the mouth. 
Salt and nitrous waters lhew themfelvs fiifficiently by their heat: they heat, drie, binde, < 
cleanf, difcufs, attenuate, refill putrefaftion, take away the blacknefs comming of bruifes, heal 
fcabbie and malign ulcers, and help all oedematous tumors. 
Bituminous waters heat, digeft,and by long continuance foften thehard'ned finews 5 they 
are different according to the various conditions of the bitumen that they walh, and par- 
take of the qualities thereof. 
Bralen waters, that is, fuch as retain the qualities of brafs; heat, drie, cleanf digeft, cut, 
binde, are good againft eating ulcers, fiftula's, the hardnefs of the eie-lids, and they wafte and 
eat away the flelhlie excrefcences of the note and fundament. 
Iron water's, cool, drie, and binde powerfully, therefore they help ablcefles, hardened milts, 
the weaknefles of the ftomach and ventricle, the unvoluntarie fhedding of the urine, and the 
too much flowing terms, as alfo the hot diftemper of the liver and kidnies. Som fuch are in 
Lucan territorie in Italie. 
Leaden water's, refrigerate, drie, and perform fuch other operations as lead doth; the like 
may bee faid of thole waters that flow by chalk, plafter, and other fuch minerals, as which all 
of them take and perform the qualities of the bodies by which they pafs. 
Hot waters or baths help cold and moift difeafes 5 as the palfie, convulfion, the ftiffnefs and 
attraction of thenervs, trembling, palpitations, cold diftillations upon the joints, the infla- 
tions of the members by a dropfie, the jaundif by obftru&ion of a grofs, tough, and cold hu- 
mor, the pains of the fides, colick, and kidnies, barrennefs in women, the fuppreffion of their 
courfes, the liiffocation of the womb, cauflefs wearinefs: thole dileafes that fpoil the skin 5 as 
tetters, the leprofie of both forts, the fcab, and other dileafes arifingfrom a grofs, cold, and 
obftmfting humor, for they provoke fweats. 
Yet fuch muft fliun them as are of a cholerick nature, and have a hot liver, for they 
would cauf a Cachexia and dropfie by over-heating the liver. Cold waters or baths heal 
the hot diftemper of the whole bodie and each of the parts thereof, and they are more fre- 
quently taken inwardly then applied outwardly 5 they help the laxnefs of the bowels, as the 
relblution of the retentive facultieof the ftomach, entrals, kidnies, bladder, and they allb 
add ftrength to them. Wherefore they both temper the heat of the liver, and allb ftreng- 
thenit, theyftaiethe Diarrhea, Dyfenterie, Couries,unvoluntariefheddingof urine, the 
Gonnorrbea, Sweats, and Bleedings. In this kinde are chiefly commemdable the waters of the 
Spaw in the countrie of Lzege, which inwardly and outwardly have almoft the fame facultie, 
and bring much benefit without anie inconWnience, as thole that are commonly ufed in the 
drinksand broths of the inhabitants. 
In imitation of natural baths, there may in want of them bee made artifical ones,by the in- 
filling and mixing the powders of the formerly defcribed minerals; as,Brimftone, Alum,Nitre, 
Bitumen .-allo you may manie times quench in common or rain-water, iron, brafs, filverand 
gold heated red hot, and lb give them to bee drunk by the patient, for fuch waters do oft-times 
retein the qualities and faculties of the metals quenched in them, as you may perceiv by the 
happie fuccels of fuch as have ufed them againft the Dyfenterie. 
Befides thefe, there are alfo other baths made by art of Ample water, fomtimes without 
the admixture of anie other thing, but otherwhiles with medicinal things mixed there- v 
with, and boiled therein. But after what manner foever thefe bee made, they ought to 
bee warm , for warm-water hume&'s , relaxe's, mollifie's the folid parrs, if at anie time 
they bee too drie, hard, anddenf j by the alcititious heat it open's the pores of the skin, 
digeft's attraft's, and difeufles fuliginous and acrid excrements remaining between the flelh 
and the skin. It is good againft fun-burning and wearinefs, whereby the fimilar parts are 
dried more then is fit. To conclude, whether wee bee too hot or cold, or to drie, or bee 
naufeous, weefinde manifeft profits by baths made of fweet or warm-water, as thole that may 
fuppliethedefeftof fri&ionsand exercifes: for they bring the bodie to a mediocritie of tem- 
per, they increaf and ftrengthen the native color, and by procuring fweat difculs flatulencies: 
therefore they are verie uleful in hectick fevers, and in the declenfion of all fevers, and 
againft raving and talking idlely , for the procure deep. But becauf water alone cannot 
long adhere to the bodie, let oil bee mixed or put upon them , which may hold in the water, °' 
and keep it longer to the skin. 
Thefe baths are good againft the inflammations of the lungs and fides,for they mitigate pain, 
and help forward that which is fuppurated to exclufion, when as general remedies according 
to art have preceded, for otherwife they will cauf a greater defluxion on the afflicted parts: 
Q_q q 3 for 
The condition 
of natural ful- 
phureous wa- 
ters. 
Of aluminous 
waters. 
Of Tait aud 
J nitrous. 
Of bitumi- 
nous. 
Of brafen. 
Of iron. 
Of Leaden. 
Of hot baths 
To whom 
hurtful. 
The facultie* 
of cold-baths 
The Spaw. 
Of artificial 
baths. 
The facultie of 
a bath of 
warm-water. 
Why wee put 
oil into baths* 730 
Of flmple Medicines, and their ufe. 
LiB.26. 
for a bath (in Galen s opinion) is profitably ufed to difeafes when as the morbifick matter is 
concofted. To this purpole is chofen rain-water,then i iver-water>fo that it bee not muddie,and 
then fountain-water; the water offtanding-lakesand fens is not approoved of, for it is fit that 
the water which is made choif of for a bath of Iweet water, Ihould bee light and of fubtil 
parts, for baths of waters which are more then immoderately hot or cold yceld no foch com- 
moditie ; but verily they hurt in this,that they (hut up or dole the pores of the bodie, and keep 
in the fuliginous excrements under the skin; other baths of fweet or fiefli water confift of the 
fame matter as fomentations do,whence it is that lorn of them relax,others mitigate pain,others 
cleanly and otherlbm procure the courfes, that is compounded of a decodion of ingredients or 
plants having fuch operations. To thefe there is fomtimes added wine, other whiles oil, fom- 
times frefli butter or milk, as when the urine is flopped, when nephiritick pains are violent, 
when the nervs are contracted, when the habit of the bodie wafte's and wrinkles with a hedick 
drinefs, for this corrugation is amended by relaxing things, but it is watred,and as it were fat- 
ted by humeding things, which may penetrate and transfufe the oilie or fattie humiditie into 
thebodie thus ratified and opened by the warmnefs of a bath. 
Anodyne baths are made of a decodion of medicines of a middle nature, fuch as are tempe- 
rate and relaxing things, with which wee may alfo fomtimes mix refolving things; they are 
boiled in water and wine, efpecially in pains of the colick proceeding from vitreous phlegm, 
lor grofs and thick flatulencies conteined or flint up in the bellie, kidnies, or womb. In fuch 
l baths it is not fit to fweat,jbut onely to fit in them fo long until the bitternels of the pain bee 
alfwaged or mitigated,left the powers,weakned by pain,fhould bee more refolved by the break- 
ing forth of fweat: emollients are fomtimemixed with gentle detergents, when as the skin is 
rough and cold,or when the fcails or cruft of fcabs is more hard then ufiial,then in conclufion, 
wee muft com to ftrong deterfives and driers;laftly to drying and fomwhat aftridive medicines 
fo to ftrengthen the skin, that it may not yeeld it felf fo eafie and open to receiv defluxions* 
By giving you one example the whole manner of prefcribing a bath may appear. 
R. rad-lilior.abbor.bifinalv. au.tbii. malv.pariettviolar. an. mf$ fem.liniy fetnug. bifrnalv. an.l&i. 
for. cbarn. melil. anetb. an. p vi. fiat decociio in fuficienti aqu£ permifeito olei liliorum & 
Uni ana, ifeii. balneum in quo diutiits natet £ge.r. 
Baths though noble remedies approoved by ufe and reafon, yet unlefs they bee fitly and dif- 
erectly ufed in time, plentie, and qualitie , they do much harm; for they cauf ftiakings and 
chilnefs,pains,denfitie of the skin, or too much rarefadion thereof, and oft-times a refolution 
of all the faculties. Wherefore a man muft bee mindeful of thefe cautions before hee enter into 
a bath: Firft, that there bee no weaknefle of anie noble and principal bowel,for the weak parts 
eafily receiv the humors which the bath hath diflufed and ratified, the waies lying open which 
tend from the whole bodie to the principal parts. Neither muft there bee anie plentie of crude 
humors in the firft region, for fo they fliould bee attraded and diflufed over all the bodie:there- 
fore it is not onely fit that general purgations fliould precede , but alfo particular by the bellie 
and urine: befides, the patient fliould beeftrong, that can fafting endure a bath as long as 
it is needful. Laftly, the bath ought to hee in a warm and filent place, left anie cold 
air by it's blowing , or the water by it's cold appulf, cauf a fhivering or fliaking of the bodie 
whence a fever may enfiie. 
The morning is a fit time for bathing, the ftomach beeing fafting and emptie, or fix hours 
after meat, if it beerequifite that the patient fliould bathe twice a daie, otherwise the meat yet 
crude would bee fnatched by the heat of the bath out of the ftomach into the veins and habit or 
the bodie. Manie, of all thefeafonsof the year, make choif of the fpring and end of fummer 
and in thefe times they chufe a clear daie,neither troubled with ftormie wlndes, nor too fharp 
an air. As long as the patient is in the bath, it is fit that hee take no meat, unlefs peradventure 
to comfort him hee take a little bread moiftened in wine, or the juice of an orange, or fom da- 
mask-prunes to quench his thirft: his ftrength will fhew how long it is fit that hee fliould ftaie 
in, for hee muft not ftaie there to the refolution of his powers, for in baths the humid and (pi- 
er rituous fubftance is much diflipated. Comming forth of the bath,they muft prefently get them 
tbto bed, and bee well covered, that by fweating, the excrements, drawn unto the skin by the 
heat of the bath, may break out: the fweat cleanfed, let them ufe gentle frictions, or walkings 
then let him feed upon meat of good juice and eafie digeftion, by reafon that the ftomach can- 
not but bee weakned in fom fom fort by the bath. 
Thatquantitieof meat is judged moderate, the weight whereof (hall not opprefs the fto- 
mach : venerie after bathing muft not bee ufed, becauf to the refolution of the fpirit by the 
bath, it add's another new caufof further (pending or diflipating them. Som wifli thofe that 
ufe the bath by reafon of fom contra&ion, pain, or other affeftsof the nervs, prefently after 
bathing, to dawb or befmear the afle&ed nervous part with the claie or mud of the bath, th at by 
making it up as it were in this pafte, the virtue of the bath may work more effeftually,and may 
more throughly enter into the affeCted part. 
Thefecautionsbeeingdiligentlyobfervedjthereisno doubt but the profit by batheswill 
bee great and wonderfukthe fame things are to bee obferved in the ufe of ftoves or hot-houfes, 
for the ufe and efleft of baths andHot-houfes is almoft the fame, which the antients there- 
fore ufed by turn, fo that comming forth of the bath they entred a ffoveand called it alfo 
by 
Why wee mult, 
not continue 
in the bath till I 
wee fweat. 
A mollifying 
and anodyne 
bath. 
Cautions to 
bee obferved 
in the afe of 
baths. 
The fitteft 
time for 
bathing. 
How to order 
the patient 
comming forth 
of the bath. Lib.z6. 
Of [imple Medicines, and their ufe. 
731 
by the name of a bath, as you may gather from fundrie places of Galen in his Methodus med. 
wherefore I think it fit in the next to fpeak of them. 
CHAP. XL III. 
Of Stoves or Hot-boufes. 
are either drie or moift: Drie, by railing a hot and drie aerie exhalation, fb to 
imprint their faculties in the bodie,thatit thereby waxeth hot, and the pores beeing 
opened, run down with fweat. There are divers waies to raif fuch an exhalation: 
at Paris, and wherelbever there are ftoves or publick hot-houfes, they are railed by a 
clear fire put under a vaulted fornace, whence it beeing prefently diifufed, heat's the whole 
room; Yet everieone may make himfelf fiich a ftove as hee fhall judge beft and fitteft. 
Allb you may put red hot cogle-ftones or bricks into a tub,having firft laid the bottom there- 
of with bricks or iron-plates, and fo fet a feat in the mid'ft thereof, wherein the patient fit- 
ting, well covered with a canopie drawn over him, may receiv the exhalation arifing from 
the ftones that are aboufrhim, and fo have the benefit of fweating: but in this cale wee muft oft 
look to and fee the patient, for it fbmtimes happen's thatfom, negle&ed by their keepers o- 
therwife emploied, becoming faint, and their fenf failing them by the diifipation of their fpi- 
rits by the force of the hot exhalation, have funk down with all their bodies upon the ftones 
lying under them, and lb have been carried half dead andburn't into their beds.Som alfo take 
the benefit of fweating in a fornace or oven, as loon as bread is drawn out thereof. But Ido 
not much approov of this kind of fweating, becauf the patient cannot as hee will, much 
lefs ashee pleafeth, lie or turn himfelf therein. 
Humid ftoves or fiidatories are thofe wherein fweat is caufled by a vapor or moift heat: this a 
vapor muft beeraifed fromadecoftiont>f roots, leavs; flowers, and feeds, which are thoughtfl 
fit for this purpofe; the deco&ion is to bee made in water or wine, or both together. There- 
fore let them all bee put into a great veflel well luted, from the top o f whofe cover iron or 
tin-pipes may com into the bathing-tub (landing near thereto,between the two bottoms there- 
of, by means whereof the hot vapor may enter thereinto, and diftufe it felf therein. Now it is 
fit the bathing-tub ftiould bee furniftied with a double bottom, the one below and whole, the 
other fomwhat higher and perforated with manie holes, whereupon the patient fitting may re- 
ceiv a fudorifick vapor over all his bodie: now this vapor, if at anie time it becom too hot, 
muft bee tempered by opening the hole, which muft for the feme purpofe bee made in the top 
of the pipe, that foit may bee opened and Ihut at pleafure. In the interim the tub (hall bee 
clofely covered where- 
in the patient fit's, hee 
putting forth onely 
his head, that fo hee 
may draw in the cool 
air. In defeat of luch 
pipes, the herbs fhall 
bee boiled by them- 
felvs in a caldron or 
kettle, and this fhall 
bee fet thus hot into 
the bathing-tub at the 
patient's feet, and Jo 
,by calling into it hea- 
rted ftones, a great and 
fudorifick vapor fhall 
,bee raifed. 
, The differen- 
ces of Stoye j. 
, How nude. 
i A vapourous 
. floveo rbath 
The delineationof a bathing Tub, having a double bottom, with a veffel near 
thereto, with fifes camming therefrom, and entring between the 
two bottoms of the Tub. 
CHAP. XLIV. 
Of Fuci, that is wafbes, and fuch things for the fmootbing and beautifying of the skin. 
dis following difcourf is not intended for thole women tvhich addicted to filthie lull, 
leek to beautifie their faces, as baits and allurements to filthie plealures: but it is inten - 
ded for thole onely, which the better to reftrain the wandring luffs of their husbands, 
may endevouf by art to take away thofe Ipots and deformities which have happened to fall on 
their faces either by accident or age. 
The color thatappear's in the face, either laudable or illaudable,abundantly lhew's the tem- 
per both of the bodie, as allo of thole humors that have the chief dominion 
therein : for everie humor die's the skin of the whole bodie, but chiefly of the face with the 
color thereof: for choler bearing Iwaiein the bodie, the face look's yellowifh; phlegm ru- 
ling, it look's whitilh or pale 5 if melancholic exceed, then blackilh or fwarth; but it blood 
have 
As the color 
ofthg skin is 
fuch istheha- 
mor tb*tu 
thereunder, Of fimple Medicines, and their ufe. 
Lib.16. 
732 
have the dominion, the color is frefh and red. Yet there is other things happening externa fly 
which change the native color of the face, as fun-burning, cold, pleafure, forrow, fear, 
watching, fafting, pain, old diftafes, the corruption of meats and drinks: for the flourifhing 
color of the cheeks is not onely extinguilhedby the immoderate ufe of vineger,but by drink- 
ing of corrupt waters the facebecom's fwoln and pale. 
On the contrarie, laudable meats and drinks make the bodie to bee well colored and comly, 
for that they yield good juice, and confequently a good habit. Therefore if the (pots of th 
face proceed from the plenitude and ill difpofition of humors, the bodie fhall bee evacuate > 
by blood-letting; if from the infirmitie of anie principal bowel, that muft firft of all b e 
ftrengthened; but the care of all thefe things belong's to the Phyfician : wee here onely fee 
after particular remedies which may fmooth the face, and take away the fpots, and other de 
fefts thereof, and give it a laudable color. 
Firft the face fhall bee waftied with the water of lillie-flowrs,of bean-flowers, water-lillies, 
of diftilled milk, or elf with the water wherein fbm barlie or ftarch hath been beeped- The 
dried face fhall bee anointed with the ointments prefently to be? defcribed; for fiich wafhing 
cleanfeth and prepareth the face to receiv the force of the ointments, *no otherwife then an a - 
lumed lee prepair's the hairs to drink up and retein the color that wee defire. Therefore the 
face beeing thus cleaned and prepared,you may ufe the following medicines,as thofe that hav 
a facultie tobeautifie, extend, and fmooth the skin : as, 
R. gum. tragacanth-, conquaff. £ii. diftemgerentur in vafe vitrid cum tb ii. aqux communis, ficgummi 
liffolvcntur, inde albefcet aqua. Or elf. R. litbargyri auri, ceruf. & falis com. an. | |3. aceti aqu* 
Hantig. an. macerentur litbargyros& cerufa in aceto feorfim ger tret aut quatuor boras, 
[al verb et camgbora in aqua quam inflituto tuo agtam delegeris: then filter them both feveral,and mix 
them together beeing fo tiltred, when as you would ufe them. 
R.lahis vaccini,ttdib aranciorumet limon. an. nu. iv. faccari albifsimi, et alum, rocb. di- 
ftillentur omnia fimnl: let the limmons and oranges bee cut into flices, and then bee infufed in 
milk, adding thereto the fugar and alum; then let the mall bee diftilled together in balnea Ma- 
ria; the water that com's thereof will make the face fmooth arfd lovelie. Therefore about bed- 
time it will bee good to cover the face with linncn-clothes dipped therein. A water alfo diftil- 
led of fnails gathered in a vine-yard, juice of limmons, the flowers of white mullain mixed to- 
gether in equal proportion with a like quantitie of the liquor contained in the bladders of 
Elm-leavs, is verie good for the fame purpofe. Alfo this, 
R. mica ganis al bi, lb iv.flor. fabar. rofar. alb. flor, nanugb. lilior. & in ireos, an. lb ii. lattis vac- 
cini, lb vi' ova. nu.viii. aceti ogb lb i.diftillentur omnia fimul in alembico vitreo, & fiat aqua ad facie' 
et manuum lotionem. Or, R. olei de tartaro, J iii. mucag.fem. gfilii, J i. ceruf. in oleo rof.diffolut. ifi. 
borac. [al. gem. art. %i.fiat linimentum gro facie. Or, R. cagonem vivurn, et cafeum ex latte cagrino re- 
centur confettum, limon. nu. iv. over. nu. iv. ceruf lot. in aq. rofar. % ii. boracis, i camgb. 3 ii. aq. 
flor, fabar. lb iv. fiat omnium infufio ger xxiv. horas, gofiea diftillentur in alembico vitreo. 
There is a moft excellent fucus made of the marrow of fheeps-bones, which fmooth's the 
roughnefsof the skin, beautifie's the face j now it muft bee thus extrafted. Take the bones, 
fevered from the flefh by boiling,beat them,and fo boil them in water,when they are well boil 
ed, take them from the fire, and when the water is cold, gather the fat that fwim's upon it, and 
therewith anoint your face when as you go to bed, and wafh it in the morning with the for- 
merly prefcribed water. 
falls ceruf "%ii»ung.citrin.vel fgermat. ceti,%i. malaxentur flmul. et fiat linimentum, addendo 
olei ovor. 5 ii. The Sal cerufie is thus made, grinde Cerilfs ipto verie fine powder, and infufe 
lb i. thereof in a pottle of diftilled vineger for four or five daies, then filter it, then fet that 
you have filtred in a glafed earthen veflel over a gentle fire until it concrete into fait, juft as 
you do the cagitellum in making of cauteries. 
R. excrementi lacert. ofsis f#gi<e, tartari, vinialbi, rafur.* corn, cerv.farin. oriz. an. gartes <equales, 
fiat gulvis, infundatur in aqua dijiillata amygdalarum dulcium, limacum vinialium,flor. nenugb. huic ad- 
dito mellis albi gar gondus,: let them bee all incorporated in a marble mortar, and kept in a glafs 
or filver veflel, and at night anoint the face herewith j it wonderfully prevails' againft the red- 
nefs of the face, if after the annointing it you fhall cover the face with a linnen cloth moiften 
edin the former defcribed water. • 
R. fublim. i. argent, viv.faliv. extintf. ii.margarit.non gerforat. i. cagb. i ft. incorgorentur fl- 
mul in mortario marmoreo, cum gifiillo ligneo, ger tres boras ducantur et fricentur, reducanturque in tenu- 
ifiimumgulverem, confefius gulvis abluatur aquhmyrti et deficcetur, ferveturque ad ufum, adde foliorunt 
auri et ar genii,nil* x. When as you would ufe this powder, put into the palm of your hand a 
little oil of maftic,or of fweet-almonds,then prefently in that oil diflblv a little ef the defcri- 
bed powder, and fb work it into an ointment,wherewith let the face bee anointed at bed-time 
but it is fit firft to wafh the face with the formerly defcribed waters, and again in the morning 
when you rife. 
t When the face is freed from wrincles and fpots, then may you paint the cheeks with a rofie 
and flourifhingcolor; for of the commixture of white and red arifeth a native and beautih j 
color: for this purpofe take as much as you fhall think fit of brafil, and alchunet 5 fteep them 
m alum-water, and therewith touch the cheeks and lips, and fo fuffer it to drie in: there is 
allb 
Waterswhere- 
withto wafli 
the face. 
Compound: 
liquors where 
with to wafh 
the face. 
Virgin's milk- 
The marrow 
of fheepf- 
bones good 
tolmooththe 
face. 
How to make 
Sdcertif]*, 
How to paint 
the face. Lib.26. 
Of fimple their ufe 
733 
alfo fpanifli red made for this purpofe; others rub the mentioned parts with a fheep's-skin di- 
ed red : mouover the trillion that is made by the hand onely, caufleth apleafiug rednefs in the 
face, by drawing thither the blood and fpirits. 
CHAP. XLV. 
Of the Gutta or a fierie face. 
[is treatile of Fuci put's mee in minde to (aie fomthing in this place of helping the 
preternatural redneis which poflefleth the nofe and cheeks, and oft-times all the face 
oefides,one while with a tumor,otherwhiles without,fomtimes with puftles and fcabs, * 
by reafon of the admixtion of a nitrous and aduft humor. Pra&itioners have termed it 
rofacea. This (hew's both more and more uglie in winter then in (ummer, becauf the cold clo- 
feth the pores of the skin, fb that the matter contained thereunder is pent up for want of tran- 
fpiration, whence it becom's acrid and biting, fo that as it were boiling up, it lift's or raileth 
the skin into puftles and (cabs 5 it is a contumacious difeaQ and oft-times not to bee helped by 
medicine. 
For the general method of curing this difeaQ it is fit that the patient abflein from wine, 
and from all things in general that by their heat inflame the blood, and ditiule it by their va- 
porous fubftance: hee (hall (hun hot and verie cold places, and fliall procure that his bellie 
may bee foluble, either by nature or art. Let blood firft bee drawn out of the bafilica, then 
from the vena frontis, and laftly from the vein of the nofe. Let leeches bee applied to fundrie 
places of the face, and cupping-glalfes with fcarification to the (boulders. 
For particular or proper remedies, if the dileaf bee inveterate, the hardnefs (hall firft bee 
fbft'ned with emollient things, then aflaulted with the following ointments, which (hall bee 
uled or changed by the Chirurgian as the Phyfician (hall think fid 
R.jkccz citri, ceruf. quantum fufficit ad eum inffiffandum, argenti vivi cum faliva et fulfhure vi- 
vo 3(3 incorforentur fimul,et fiat unguentum. 
R. boracis, 3 it.farincicer. etfabar. i. cum melle et fucco ceftfiant trocbifci: when 
you would ufe them, diffolv them in rote and plantain-water and fpread them upon linnen 
clothes, and foapplie them on the night-time to the affeftcd parts, and fo let them ofc times 
bee renued. 
R. unguenti citrini recenter difpenfati, § ii. fulf buris vivi, % ]3. cum rnodico olei fem» cucurb. et fucci 
limonum, fiat unguentum with this let the face be anointed when you go to bed, in the morning 
let it bee wafhed away with role-water, beeing white by reafon of bran infufed therein : 
moreover, (harp vineger boiled with bran and rofe-water, and applied as before, powerfully 
take's away the rednels of the face. 
R. ceruf & litbarg. auri, fulf hurls vivi fulverifati, an, (3. fonantur. in fbiala cum aceto & aqua 
rofarum : linnen cloths dipped herein (hall bee applied to the face on the night, and it (hall bee 
tn rirpnn t-Pip it* in mnrninrr timfI'i r 1 
for the firft daies is troubled and (linking,but tneie paucu,u uccuHicui cicar ana wen uncttuig. 
Som boil bran in vineger and the water of water-lilies, and in this decoftion they diflblv of 
fulf bur and camphire a fit proportion to the quantitie of the deco&ion, and they applie cloths 
moiftened in this medicine to the face in the evening. 
R album, ovor. nu. ii. aqut rof. % i (3. fucci flantag. & lafatb. acut. an. % i fublimati, 9 i. incorf0- 
fentur in mortario marmoreo. R. axung. forci decies in aceto lot<e,%iv. argenti vivifi i. aluminisfiulfbu- 
ris vivi, au. 3 i.fiftentur omnia diu in mortario flumbeo, &fiat unguentum argentum vivum non debet 
nifi extremo loco affundi. R. rad• lafatb. acut. & aff bedel. an. coquantur in aceto fciUitico, foftea 
tundantur, etfetaceo trajiciantur, addenda aurifigmenti, 3 ii. fulfburis vivi, 3 x.let them bee incorpo- 
rated and make an ointment to bee u(ed to drie up thepuftles. 
R. rad. liliorum fub cineribus coftorum, iv. fiftillo tufis, et fetaceo trajetfis, adde butyri recentis, et 
axung. forci, lot# in aceto, an. f i. fulfburis vivi, 3 iii. camfbor. 9 iii. fucci limonum quantum fufficit, 
malaxentur fimul et fiat unguentum. R. lattis virginalis,tk aluminis, % ft. fulfhuris vivi, i. fucci 
limonum, 5 iv. falls com. 3. (3. let them all bee diftilled in a glafs alembick,and the water kept for 
the forementioned u(es. 
R, lafatb. acut. flantagin. et affbodel. an- 5 i (3. olei vitel. ovor. | i. terebinth, venet. (3. fucci limo- 
num, 3 iii. aluminis combuft. 3 i. argenti vivi exftinfl. i.olei liliorum, ft. tundantur omnia in morta- 
rio flumbeo, addenda fubfinem argent, viv. ne mortario adb<erefcat. The juice of onions beaten with 
fait, or the yelks of eggs are good for the fame purpofe. 
For (laying and killing of Ring-wormsand Tetters, theleavs of hellebore beaten with vi- 
neger are good, the milk of the fig-tree is good of it felf, asalfo that of the (purges, ormu- 
(larddilfolved in ftrong vineger with a little fulphur. Or, 
R. fulf buris, calcantbi, & aluminis, in aceto forti, trajiciantur f er lineum, ap- 
plie the exprefled juice. Others macerate an egg in (harp vineger, with coperas and fulfbur vi- 
vum beaten into fine powder, then they drain or prefs it through a linnen cloth. 
But feeing the forementioned medicines are acrid, and for the moft part eating and corro- 
ding, 
Why Worf in 
winter then 
>in fanunar. 
Diet. 
Remedies' 
An apporved 
ointment, 
•t To drie up 
thepuftels. 
To kill let* 
ter* 734 
Of /imple and their ufe. 
Lib.z6. 
ding, it cannot beebut that they muft make the skin harfh and rough, therefore to fmooth 
and levigate it again, you (hall make life of the following ointment. 
R. tercb. ven. tarn diu lot#, ut acrimoniam nullam babcat, butjri jalis expertis, an. % i olei vitel. 
ovor. i. axung. porci in aqua rofarum lot#, | f>. cert parum, fiat linimentum ad ufium. To the fame 
purpofe you may alfo make u(e of fomof the foremeutioned medicines. 
To (mooch 
the skin. 
CHAP. XLI. 
What things 
are fit to die 
the hair. 
r firft the hairs, (to take the fucus or tinfture, and to retain it) muft bee prepared with 
Lie, wherein a little roch-Alum isdiffblved. Thus the fattie (calcs may bee wafhed and 
taken away, which hinder, and (as it were) keep away the fucus, that it cannot adhere 
or penetrate into the bodie of the hair* Then muft wee com to particular or proper and fitting 
medicines for this purpofe. Theft ought to bee aromatick and cephalick, and (bmwhat ftip- 
tick,that by their odoriferous &aftringent power they may ftrengthen the animal facultie.Fur 
thermore,they muft beof fubtil parts,that they may enter even into the inner roots ofthe hairs. 
R. Sulpburis,vitrioli, gallarum, calcis viv£,litbargyri, an.%ii.fcori£ inpollinemre- 
ducantur, et cum aq. communi incorp or entur,ut indefiat mafia: with this at bed time let the hairs bee 
rubbed, and in the morning let them bee fmoothed with the fame. 
R. calcis lot£, 5 i litbargyri utriufq-, 5 P* decotto gallarum, corticum, nucum, fiat mafia, addenda 
olei cbamem. 3 ii. R. lytbarg. auri, 5 ii* ower clavellat. i/8. calcis wiv. 3 i. difiolve omnia cum urina. 
Isominis donee acquirant confiftentiam unguenti pro untiione capillorum. R. calcis lot£, J. ii. cum decott. 
falv. et cart, granat. fiat pafta ad formam pultis fatls liquid£: let the hair at bed-time bee died here- 
with, and walhed in the morning with wine and water. 
Now the manner of wafhing lime is thus : Infuft in ten or twelv pints of fair water one 
pound oflime, then pour out the water by ftooping the veflel, putting more in the (lead there- 
of 5 the third time in ftead of common water pour thereon the water of the decoftion offage 
and galls, let the lime lie therein for fo manie hours, then in like manner pour it off by ftoop- 
ing the veflel j and thus you (hall have your lime well walhed. There is alfo found a way how 
to die or black the hair by onely powring of (dm liquor thereon : as, R. argenti purifsimi,^iit 
reducantur in tenuiffimas lamina*, ponantur in ampulla vitrea cum 5 ii. aqu£ feparationis auri et argenti, 
et aqu£ rofar. 3 vi. The preparing of this water is thus, put into a viol the water of ftparation 
and the filver, and (et it upon hot coals (b to diflblv the filver, which beeing don then take it 
from the fire, and when it is cold, add thereto the roft-water But if you would black it more 
deeply, add more filver thereto, if left, then a fmaller quantitie 5 to u(e it, you muft fteep the 
comb wherewith you comb your head in this water. 
Rc.plumbiufti, ii.gallarum nonperforat.cortic. terr£ figilferret, bifpan.an.% ii.vi- 
triol. rom. vi.falis gem. § i caryoph. nucis mofeb. an. § i. falis ammon. aloes, an. 3 fi. fiat pulvis fub- 
tiliffimus: let this powder bee macerated in vinegar for three daies (pace, then diftil it all in an 
waf-pr that corn's therefrom is good for the forefaidnft. The following medi- 
To blackjhe bair. 
Howto Wafh 
lime. 
A water to 
black the hair. 
To make t 
hair of a fl 
en color. 
CHAP. XL VI I. 
Of Pfilothra, or Depilatories : and alfo of facet-waters- 
MEdicines to fetch off hair, which by the Greeks are termed Pjilotbra, and Depilatoria in 
latine vulgarly, are made as you may learn by theft following examples. R. calc if uiv£, 
§ iii. auripigmenti£ i. let the lime bee quench'd in fair water,and then the orpiment added with 
fom aromatic thing: have a care that the medicine lie not too long upon the part, otherwife 
it will burn; and this medicine muft bee made to the confidence of a pultis and applied warm, 
firft fomenting the part with warm water; for then the hair will fall off by gentle rubbing or 
wafiling it with warm water: but if there happen anie excoriation thereupon, you may help 
it by theule of wwgaentWHi roptwiw, or fom other of the like facultie. 
R. calcis viv. aurip. citrin. an% i. amyl.fpumt argent, an- J terantur et incorporentur cum aq. com. 
buUiantfimul: you fhall certainly know that it is fufficiently boiled, if putting thereinto a goo- 
fes quill, the feathers com prefently of: fom make into powder equal parts of unquench'd, 
lime and orpiment,they tie them up in a cloth,with which beeing fteepedin water they beftnear 
the part, and within a while after by gently ftroaking the head, the hairs faFs away of it felf 
The following waters are verie fitting for to wafli the hands,face,and whole bodie, as alfo lin- 
nen, becauf they yield a grateful finel: the firft is lavander-water thus to bee made. R. flor, la- 
wend.ft)iv.aq.rofar.& vini alb.an. lb ii. aq. vit£9 %iv.mifceantur omnia flmul} &fiat diflillatio in balneo 
Maru: the fame water may alfo bee had without diftillation, if you put lom lavander-flowers 
in fair water,and fo fet them to fun in a glafs,or put them in balneo,adding a little oil of fpike 
and musk .Clove-water is thus made.l&.caryoph.'%ii .aq.rofar.tbii.macerenturfpatio xxiv.borarum-fet 
difliHentur in balneoMarit.Sweet-water commonly fo called,is made of divers odoriferous things 
put together; as thus, R. mentbt,majorant fly ii.radicis ireos* 
mofcbat<e,ana,%limonum,nu Av. macereniuromnia inaquarofarum. 
fpacio viginti quatuor diflillentur in balneo Marit, addenda Mofcbi, 9 
'The end of the 'Iwentie 
A depilatotie. 
Another. 
Sweet-waters* 
lavender-wa. 
ten 
Clove-water. 
Sweet- water. 735 
Of D I ST ILLATIONS. 
The Tweritie feventh Book. 
CH A P. I. 
TPhat Diftilldtioh andhowmanie kindes tbereof there bee. 
Aving finifh'd the Treatife of the faculties of medicines, it now feem's requisite 
that wee (peak fomwhat of Chymiftrie and fuch medicines as are extracted by 
fire. Thete are fuch as confift of a certain fift eflence feparated from their ear- 
thie impuritie by Difti!lation,ih which there is a lingular, and almoft divine ef- 
ficacie in the cure of diteafes. So that of fo great an abundance of the medicines 
there is fcarce anie which at this daieChymifts do not diftil, or otherwife make them more 
ftrong and effectual then they were before. Now diftillatidn is a certain Art or Way by which 
the liquor or humid part of things, by the virtue ind force of fire or fom femblable heat ( as 
the matter (hall teem to requilt) is extracted and drawn, beeing firft refolved into vapor and 
then condens'd again by cold. Som call this art Sublimation or fubliming, which fignifie's no- 
thing el<5 but to Separate the pure from the impure ; the parts that are faiore fhbtil and delicate 
from thole that are more corpulent, grofs and excrementious ; as alfo to make thofe matters 
whole fubftance is more grols, to becou? more pure and fincere, either for that the terteftrial 
parts are ill-united and conjoined, or otherwife confuted into the whole and dilperled by the 
heat and fo carried up; the other grofter parts remaining together in the bottom of the veftel. 
Or a diftillation is the extraction or effufion of moifture diftilling drop by drop, from the 
note of the Alembeck or anie fuch like veffels Before this effufion or falling down of the li- 
quor there goe's a certain concbftidn performed by the virtue of heat, which feparate's the 
iubftances of onekinde from thofe of another that were confutedly mixed together in one bo- 
die, and fo bring's them into one certain form or bodies which may bee good and profitable 
for divers diteafes. Som things require the heat of a clear fire, others a flame; others the heat 
of the Sun; others of alhes,or fand,or the filings of Iron; others horf dung, or boiling wa- 
ter, or the oilie vapor or fteam thereof. In all thefe kinds of fires, there are four confiderable 
degrees of heat. The firft is conteined in the limits of warmth,and fuch is warm water,or the 
vapor of hot water. The tecond is a little hotter, but yet fo as the hand may abide it, without 
anie harm, fuch is the heat of Afhes. The third exceeds the vehemencie of the tecond,where- 
fore the hand cannot long endure this without hurt, and fiich is the heat of fand. The fourth 
is fo violent, that it burneth anie thing that commeth near, and fiich are the filings of Iron. 
The firft degree is moft convenient to diftil fuch things asarefubtil and moi ft as flowers. 
The tecond fuch as are fubtil and drie as thote things which are odoriferous and aromatical,as 
Cinnamom, Ginger, Cloves. The third is fitted to diftil fuch things as are of a moredenfe 
fubftanceand fuller of juice; fuch as are fom Roots, and gums. The fourth is fit for metals 
and minerals, as Allum,Vitriol, Amber, Jet, &c. In like manner you may diftil without heat; 
asweeufeto do in thofe things Which are diftilled by (training, as when the more pure is 
drawn aud feparated from that which is moft unpure and earthie, as wee do in Lac Virginalet 
and other things which are (trained through an hypocras-bag, or with a piece of cloth cut in 
form of a tongue, or by fettling,or by a veftel made of Ivie wood: foretimes alfofomthings 
may bee diftilled, by coldnefs and humiditie, and fo wee mike the oil of Tartar, Myrrh and 
Vitriols, by laying them upon a marble in a cold and moift place. 
What diflil- 
lation is. 
Four degrees 
of heat- 
What heat 
fitted for 
what things. 
CHAP. II. 
Of the matter and* form of Fornaces, 
He matter andform of Fornaces life's to bee divers. For fom FornaceS ufe to bee made of 
bricks and daie, otherfom of claie onely., which are the better and more lafting, if fo 
bee the claie bee fat and well tempered with whites of Eggs and hair. Yet in fudden oc- 
cafions when there is prefent neceffitie of diflillation, Fornaces may bee made of bricks, fo 
laid together that,the joints may riot agree, but bee unequal} for fo the ftru&tire will bee the 
ftronger. The beft and fitteft form of a Fbrnace for di [till at io n is round; for fo the heat of the 
fire carried up equally diffufe's it felf everie waie,which happen's not in a Fornace of another 
figure, as fquare or triangular, for the corners difperf and fcparate the force of the fire. Their 
magnitude muft bee fiich as [hall bee fit for the receiving of the vefleL For their thicknefs; fo 
greatjas neceffitie [hall feem to requir. They muft bee made with' two bottoms,dtftnYguifh'd as 
it were into two forges, one below which mafyrectiv theafhes of the coals' or the like other 
fuel, 
The matter 
1 the heft for 
Fornaces. 
A round forftt 
the heft fOt 
Fo'rnaCcs, 736 
' Of 'Di/lillationS', 
LiB.27. 
fuel, the other above to contein the burning coals or fire. The bottom of this upper muft ei- 
ther be an iron-grate, or elf itmuft bee perforated with nianie holes, that fo the afhes may the 
more eafily fall down into the bottom, which otherwife would extinguifh the fire; yet fom 
Fornaceshave three partitions, as the Fornace for reverberation. In the firft andloweft the 
afhes are received, in thefecond the coals are put, and in the third the matter which is calcin'd 
or elf diftilled. The third ought to have a femicircular cover, that fo the heat or flame may 
bee reflefted upon the conteined matter. The lower partition fhall have one or more doors, 
by which the fallen-down afhes may bee taken forth. But the upper muft have but one, where- 
by the coals or wood may bee put in.But in the top or upper part of the Fornace where it fhall 
feem moft fit, there fhall bee two or three holes made, that by them you may blow the fire,and 
that the fmoak may more freely pafs out. But thefe fore-mentioned doors muft have their 
Ihutters, much like an oven's mouth. But in defeft of a fornace or fit matter to build one with- 
all, wee may ufe a kettle, fet upon a treefoot,after the manner that wee fhall prefently declare, 
when wee com to fpeak of chat diftillation which is to bee made by 'Balneum Maria.. 
CHAP. III. 
Of veffelsfit for Diftillation. 
Eflels for Diftillation confift of different matter and form,for they are either of Lead, 
Tin, or Brafs; or elf earthen veflels and theft are fomtimes leaded, foretimes not: or 
elf they are of Gold,Silver,or Glafs. Now for leaden veflels they are worf then the 
reft, and utterly to bee refilled, efpecially when as the liquors which are drawn by 
them are to bee taken into the bodie by the mouth,by reafon of the malignant qualities which 
are laid to bee in Lead; by which occafion Galen condemn's thofe waters which run, and are 
conteined in leaden pipes, which byrealbn of their faltifhnefs andacrimonie which favor's of 
quickfilver, they caul dyfenteries. Therefore you may perceiv fuch waters as are diftilled 
through a leaden head to bee indued with a more acrid and violentp-iercing vapor, by reafon 
the portion of that faltifhnefs diflolvedin them , and as it Were fhaved from the Alembeck or 
head, defile's the diftilled liquors, and whiten's and turn's them into a milkie fubftance : but 
copper or brafs-heads are more hurtful then Lead, for they make the waters that com through 
them to favor or participate of brafs. Thofe that are of gold and filver are lels hurtful; but the 
greatnefs of the coft hinder s us from making heads of fuch metals; therefore wee muft have 
a care that our veflels for diftillation bee either of pottcrs-mctal leaded, or elf of brafs, or of 
that jug metal which is commonly called terra betovacenfis, and theft rather then of lead or a- 
nie other metal. Verily glafles are thought the beft 5 and next to them earthen veflels leaded , 
then of jug-metal, and laftly theft of tin. Therd is great varietie of veflels for diftillation in 
form and figure; for fore are of an oval or cylindrical figure, that is, of a round andlongifh ; 
others are twined and crooked, others of other fhapes, as you may fee in the beaks of the Chi- 
mifts. Of this almoft infinite varietie of figures 1 will in fit place give you the delineation and 
uft of fuch as fhall feem to bee moft neceflarie. 
Leaden veffels 
il. 
Erafs worf. 
The Left veC- 
fels for diftil- 
lation. 
What things are to bee csnfidered in diftillation. 
CHAP. IIII. 
Irftmakechoif of a fit place in your houf for the fornace, fo that it may neither hin- 
der anie thing, nor bee in danger of the falling of anie thing that (hall lie over it. 
When you fhall diftil anie thing of a malign or venenate qualitie,yee (hall (land by it 
as little as you may, left the vapor Ihould do you anie harm: when you provide glals-veflels 
for diftillation, make choifof fuch, as are exquifitely baked,without flaws or cracks,and fuch 
as are everie where fmooth. Let not the fire at firft bee verie violent, not onely for fear of brea- 
king the veflels, but alfo for that the firft fire in diftillation muftbee gentle, and fo increafed by 
little and little. The things to bee diftilled, ought not to bee put in too great quantitie into 
thebodie of the Still, left they ftiould rife up or flie over. Hot things that they may bee more 
effeftual muft bee twice or thrife diftilled, by powring upon them their own diftilled water or 
other frefli materials, or elf by diftilling them feverally and by themfelvs : of this kindeare 
gums, wax, fats, or oils. 
But in each other repeated diftillations you muft fomthing leflen the force of the fire, for 
the matter attenuated by the former diftillation cannot afterward endure fo great heat: but a- 
romatick things, as Cloves, Cinnamom,e>c. as allb the chimical oils of Sage , Rofemarie, 
Tyme, &c. ought not to bee diftilled or reftihed over again, for that wee muft prefently after 
the firft diftillation have a diligent care to feparate them from the phlegm,that is,the more wa- 
trie fubftance of the whole liquor,to which purpofe wee muft have regard to that which is di- 
ft illed, for there are fom things which lend over their phlegm as Vineger; others, wherein it 
; com's laft, as * aqua vit<e. 
If you would give to things to bee diftilled another tafte or finell then that which they have 
naturally,you may mix with them lom odoriferous thing, as Cinnamom,Camphire,or Musk, 
or the like, as you plea£ and fo diftil them together. The diftilled liquors are drawn by the 
, . » heat 
Hot things 
muft bee of- 
ten diftilled. 
* By #qu<t w 
r« in this and I 
moft other 
places is 
meant nothing 
but the fpirit 
of wine. LiB.xy. 
Of D ifillations. 
737 
heat of allies or fand, favor of and retain a certain enrpyreuma, or ihiatch of the fire; for the 
helping of which, you ihall put them into glalles clofe ftopt, andfo expole them to the fun, 
and now and then open the glafles that this fierie impreflion may exhale, and the phlegmon bee 
conliimed, if that there fhall bee anie. But though in all diftillation, there are mame things 
to bee obferved, yet are there two things, chiefly worthie of note. The firft is, the matter that 
is to bee diftilled and wrought upon, that is, of what kinde it is, and what the nature thereof 
may do and fuffer. The other is the Fornace, which ought to bee provided of a convenient 
matter and figure of that which is to bee diftilled : for you cannot draw anie thing of anie 
matter,neither of everie mixture beeing diftilled can you rightly exfpeft oil or water.For mix't 
bodies do not confift of an equal portion of the four Elements,but fom are more aierie,others 
more fierie, fom participate more of the water, others more of the earth, and that prefently 
from their firft original. Therefore as watrie things yield more water; fo aierie and fierie 
things yield more oil when they are diftilled; neither are all inftruments fit for the extracting 
of everie liquor. Moreover you muft note, that the waterie liquor fomtimes com's forth in 
thefirft place, and prefently after by the help of a ftronger fire follow's the oilie, which wee 
finde happen's as often as the plant or parts of the plants,which are diftilled,are of a cold tem- 
perament ; for in hot things it happen's otherwife, for the firft liquor which com's forth is oi- 
fte, and the following wateriih. 
CHAP* V. Of wbat fafbion tbe veffels for tbe diftilling of waters ought to bee. 
ffracj Or the diftilling of anie kinde of waters, two kinde ot veflels are neceflarie, which are ' 
grsHa comprehended under this one generall name of anAlembick. They call one of them' 
the bodie,or conteining vef- 
el, the other the head, that 
is,the cap or top wherein the 
aflcending vapors are con- 
denfated or turned into wa- 
ter. It is called the head,be- 
cauf it hand's over the bodie, 
like as an head , from the 
head there com's out a pipe 
or note whereby the diftilled 
liquor flow's drop by drop 
into the receiver}as you may 
fee by the figure. 
The parts of 
an Alembick* 
TheFoinace for a Balneum Maria with the their receivers. 
hH 
L D J 
JD 
A. Shew's a brafs kettle full of 
water. 
B. cover of the kettle perfo~ 
rated in two places to give 
paffage forth to the veffels. 
C. Apipe or Cbimnie added to 
the kettle, wherein the fire is 
conteined to heat tbe water. 
D. The confifting of 
his bodie. and head. 
E. The receiver whereinto tbe 
diftilled liquor run's. 
tE 
E| 
The effi&es of another balneum M arise, not fo eajily to bee remoovedas the former. 
A. Shew's the ziefelor Coffer that content's the water. 
B. The Alembic kj'et in water. 
But left the bottom of the Alembick beeing half 
foil- ftiould float up and down in the water,and fo 
ftick againft thefides of the Kettle; I have thought 
good to fhew you the waie and means to prevent 
that danger. 
R.rr 
A, Shew's 738 
Of distillations. 
LIB.27. 
A. Sbew's the vefiel or glafs-Alembick- 
B. A plate of lead whereon it Hand's. 
C. Strings that binde the to the 
plate. 
D. Rings through which tbe firings are put to 
faften the Alembick. 
You may diftil the liquors of things 
by the vapor or ftream of boiling water, 
if fo bee that you bee provided of Veflels 
and forms made after this following 
manner, 
A Fornace with bis veffel s to diftil liquors with the fleam of boilingwater. 
A. Shew's the he ad of the Alembick. 
B. The bodie thereof, placed in a brafs-veffel made for 
thatpurpofe. 
C. A brafs-veffel perforated in manie places toreceiv 
the vapor of the water, "this veffel [ball contein the 
Alembickjompaffed about with [aw-duft, not onely 
that it may the better and longer retein the beat of the 
vapor, but alfo left it fbould bee broken by tbe hard 
touch of the brafen vejjel. 
D. Shew's the brafs veffel containing the water as it is 
plac'd in the Fornace. 
E. 'The Fornace, conteining the veffel. 
F. A Funnel by which you may now and then pour in 
waterin ftead of that which is vanifh'd and difsipa- 
ted by the heat of tbe fire. 
G. Tbe Receiver. 
Now for the faculties of diftilled waters it is certain, that thole which are drawn in balneo 
Maria or a double veflel, are far better and efficacious , becauf they do not onely retein the 
fmell of the things which are diftilled, butalfo the tafte, as aciditie, harffinefs, fweetnefs,bit- 
ternefs, and other qualities, fo that they will neither favor of fmoak nor burning; for the 
1 milde and gentle heat of a bath contein's by his humiditie, the more fubtil parts of the plants 
that are diftilled, that they may not bee diffipated and exhaled, contrarie to which it ufiially 
happen's in things which are diftilled by the burning heat of wood or coals. For thefe have a 
certain nitrous and acrid tafte, favoring of the fmoak of fire. Befides, they acquire a malign 
qualitie from the veflels out of which they are diftilled, efpecially if they bee of Lead, whence 
they contraft qualities hurtful to the principal, vital, and natural parts. 
Therefore the plants which are thus diftilled, if they bee bitter by nature, prefently becom 
infipid, as you may perceiv by wormwood-water thus diftilled. Thofe things which are di- 
ftilled in Balneo Maria are contained in a glafs-veftel, from which they can borrow no malign 
qualitie. Therefore the waters fo drawn are more effeftual and pleating in tafte, fmel, and 
fight. You may draw waters not onely from one kinde of plant, but alfb from manie com- 
pounded and mixed together : of thefe fom are alimentarie, others medicinal, yea and pur- 
ging 5 others acquir'd for fmell,others for waffiing or fmoothing of women's faces,as wee ffiall 
fhew hereafter. 
Why thofe 
things that are 
diftiiled in 
Balnea retein 
more of the 
ftrength of 
things. 
How the materials mufl bee prepared before Diftillation. 
CHAP. VI. 
Hings before they bee put into the Alembick muft undergo a preparation, that is, they 
muft bee cut fmall, beaten and macerated, that is, fteepedinfom liquor, that fothey 
may bee the more eafjly diftilled and yield the more water? and retein their native fmell 
and Lib. 17. 
Of 'Difiillations. 
739 
and faculties ; yet fuch preparation is not convenient for all things j for there bee fbm things, 
which need no inlulion or maceration, but mu ft rather bee dried before they bee diftilled, as be 
Sage, Ty me,Rofemarie, and the like, by reafon of their too much humiditie •, it will bee fuf- 
ficient to fprinkle other things with fom liquor onely.In this preparation there are two things be 
obfervable, to wit,the time of the infulion,and condition of the liquor wherein thefe things 
ought to bee infufed. The time of the infulion is different according to the varietie of the mat- 
ter to bee macerated; for things that are hard, folid,drie or whole, muft bee longer macerated, 
then filch as are tender, frefhly gathered or beaten : whence it is that roots and feeds require 
a longer time of infulion; flowers and leavs a fhorter, and the like of other things. ;The li- 
quors wherein infufion muft bee made, ought to bee agreeable to the things infufed. For hot 
ingredients require hot liquors, and cold fuch as are cold wherein they may bee infufed. 
Such things as have not much juice, as Betonie, wormwood and the like, or which are verie 
odoriferous,as all aromatick things,would bee infufed in winejfo to preferv their fmell, which 
otherwife by the force of the fire, by reafon of the tenuitie of the fiibftance eafily vaniftie's.But 
if wee defire that the diftilled liquor fhouldmore exaftlyretein and have the facultieof thee 
things whereof it is diftilled, then muft you infufe it in the juice thereof or fom fuch appro-1 
priate liquor, that it may fwim in it whileft it is diftilled, or at leaft let it bee fprinkled 
therewith. 
What things 
need not to 
bee macerated 
, before they 
beediffolyede 
: The macerati- 
on of plants 
in their own 
juke. 
CHAP. VII. 
Of tbe Art of di frilling of waters. 
I defcribe the manner how to diftil waters J think it not amifs briefly to reckon up™{ 
h°wmanie forts of diftilled waters there bee, and what the faculties of them are. ten 
Therefore of diftilled waters Com are medicinal,as the waters of Rofes, Plantain, Sor- 
rel, Sage, and the like: others are alimentarie, as thole waters that wee call reftauratives; o- 
therfomare compofed of both, Rich as are thele reftaurative waters which are alfo mixed with 
medicinal things; others are purging, as the diftilled water of green and freftiRubarb; o- 
therlbm ferv for fmoothing the skin , and others for Imell 5 of which lort are thofe that are 
diftilled of aromatick things. 
To diftil Role-water, it will bee good to macerate the Roles before you diftil them for the R° 
fpace of two or three daies, in fom formerly diftilled Role-water, or their prefled-out juice, 
luting the veflel dole; then put them into an Alembic clolely luted to his head and his Recei- 
ver, and fo put into Mar it, as wee have formerly defcribed* 
The diftilled Alimentarie liquors are nothing elf than thofe that wee vulgarly call Reftau- 
ratives 5 this is the manner and art of preparing them. Take of Veal, Mutton, Kid, Capon 
Pullet, Cock, Patridg, Phefant, as much as lhall feem fit for your purpole: cut it (mail, and 
left it Ihould require hear, or enrpyreuma from the fire,mix therewith a handful of French-Bar- 
lie, and of red Role- lea' id frefh, but firft fteeped in the juice of P om granats,or citrons 
and Rofewater with a little Cxbnamom,as much. 
But if you defire that this reftaurative Ihould 
not onely bee alimentarie,but allb medicinal,you 
fhalladd thereto fuch things as.lhall rcfiftthe 
dileaf, fiich as are Cordial powders as of El-Dia- 
margaribfrigid. T>e getnmis}Aromaticum Rofat.Con- 
fervof Buglofs,Borrage, roots, herbs, feedsand 
other things of that kinde. But if it bee in a pe- 
ftiferous feafon, Triacle, Mithridate and other 
Antidotes lhall bee added 5 each of thele lhall bee 
laid in ranks or orders one over another,which is 
vulgarly termed frratumfuper frratum, in a glafs A- 
lembick, and diftilled in balneo Mari# with the 
heat of Alhes, or elf of warm fand, as the fi- 
gure lhew's. ESS 
The varieties 
of ftilled wa- 
ters. 
• Rpfe.watv* 
Reftwratives. 
The delineation of a Balneum Marias, which 
may alfo fervfor to diflil with afljes. 
A. Shew's the Fornace with the hole to take forth the 
the Afbes. 
B. Shew's another Fornace, as it were fet in the other: 
now it is of Brafs ,and runs through the mid'ft of the 
kettle made alfo of brafs, that fo theconteined water 
or afhes may bee the more eafily heated. 
C. The kettle wherein the water3afbes3 or fand are con- 
teined. 
D. The Alembickjet in the water3 a[hes3 or fand3 with 
the mouths of the receivers. 
E. The bottom of the fecond brafs Fornace, wbofe top 
is marked with B. which conteins the fire. 
Rrr 2 There Of T)ijlillatons. 
Lib.217, 
740 
Anotherwaie 
of making re- 
ftaurativc Li- 
<l<wcs. 
There may beemade other reftauratives in fhorrer time with lefs labor and coft. To this 
purpole the flefhmuft bee beaten and cut thin, and Co thruft through with a double thred, Co 
that the pieces thereof may touch each other; then put them into a glafs, and let the thred 
hang out ; fo ftop up the glafs clofe with a linnen cloth, Cotten or Tow, and lute it up with 
pafte made of meal and the whites of eggs; then let it up to the neck in a kettle of water,but 
fo that it touch not the bottom,but let it bee kept upright by the formerly-delcribed 
make a gentle fire there-under,until the conteined flelh by long boiling (hall bee dillblved into 
juice, and that will commonly bee in fom four hours fpace. This beeing don, let the fire bee 
taken from under the kettle, but take not forth the glafs before the water bee cold , left it bee- 
ing hot fhould bee broken by the fudden appulf of the cold air. Wherefore when as it is cold, 
let it; bee opened, and the thred with the pieces of flelh bee drawn forth, fo that onely the juice 
may bee left remaining 5 then ftrain it through a bag, and aromatize it with Sugar and Cinna- 
mom,adding a little juice of Citron, V erjuice or V ineger,as it (ball beft like the patient's palate. 
After this manner you may quickly, eafily,and without great coft have and prepare all forts 
of reftauratives afwellmedicated as fimple.But the force and facultie of purging medicines is ex- 
. traced after a clean contrarie manner then the oils and waters which are drawn of Aromatick 
things, as Sage,Rofemarie,Tyme,Anifeeds,Fennel,Cloves,Cinnamom,Nutmegs,and the like. 
For the ftrength of the(e,as that which is fubtil and aierie, flie's upwards in diftillationjbutthe 
ftrength of purging things, as Turbith, Agarick Rubarb and the like, fubfide in the bottom. 
For the purgative facultie of thefe purgers inleparably adhere's to the bodies and fiibftances. 
Now for fweet waters and fuch as lerv to fmooth the skin of the face, they may bee diftil- 
led in Balnea Mari# like as Role-water. 
CHAP. VIII. 
How to diftil Aqua vitx or the ft irits offline. 
&ke of good White or Claret-wine or Sack which is not fowr nor muftie, nor other- 
wife corrupt, or of the Lees,that quantitie which may ferv to fil the veflel wherein you 
make the diftillation to a third parts then put on your head furniffied with the nofeor 
pipe, and fo make your diftillation in Balnco Maria. The oftner it is diftilled, or (as they term 
1C it) re&ified, the more noble and effe&ual it becom's. Therefore fbm diftil it feven times over. 
At the firft diftillation it may fuffice to draw a fourth or third part of the whole-5 to wit, of 
twentie four pintes of Wine or Lees, draw fix or eight pintes of diftilled liquor. 
At the fecond time the half part of that is three or four pintes. 
At the third diftillation the half part again, that is, two pints s fb that the oftner you diftil 
it over, the left liquor you have, but it will bee a great deal the more efficacious. I do well like 
that the firft diftillation bee made in Affies s the fecond in Balneum Maria. T o conclude , that 
aqua vita is to bee approoved of, neither is it anie oftner to bee diftilled,which put into a fpoon 
or faucet, and there fet on fire,burn's wholly away and leav's no liquor,or moifture in the bot- 
tom of the veflel 5 if you drop a drop of oil into this fame water, it continually fal's to the 
bottom 5 or if you drop a drop into the palm of your hand,it will quickly vaniffi away,which 
are two other notes of the probation of this liquor. < 
\ The faculties and effefts of aqua vita are innumerable, it is good againft the epilepfie and all 
cold difeafes,it aflwage's the pains of the teeth, it is good forpunftures and wounds of the 
Ncrvs, faintings, fwoonings,gangreens and mortification, both of it's fleffi,as alfoput too- 
ther medicines for a vehicle. 
There is this difference between the diftilling of wine and Vineger, wine beeing of an aie- 
rieand vaporous fubftance, that which is the beft and moft effectual in it, to wit, the aierie and 
fierie liquor, com's from it prefently at the firft diftillation.Therefore the refidue that remain's 
in the bottom of the veflel, is of a cold drie and acrid nature j on the contrarie,the water that 
com's firft from V ineger beeing diftilled is infipid and flegmatick. For Vineger is made by 
the corruption of wine, and the fegregation of the fierie and aerie parts 5 wherefore the Wine 
becoming fowr, there remain's nothing of the former fubftance but phlegm 5 wherefore fee- 
ing phlegm is chiefly predominant in Vineger, it firft rife's in diftillation* Wherefore hee that 
hope's to diftil the fpirit of Vineger, hee muft caft away the phlegmatick fubftance,that firft 
fubftance that firft rife's,and when by his tafte hee (hall perceiv the fpirit of the Vineger, hee 
ffiall keep the fire there-under,until the flowing liquor ffiall becom as thick as honie; then muft 
the fire bee taken away, otherwife the burning of it will cauf a great ftinch. 
The veflels fit to diftil aqua vita and Vineger are divers, as an Alembick or Retort fet in fend 
or Affies j a Copper or brafs-bottom of a Stil, with a head thereto, having a pipecomming 
forth thereof which run's into a worm, or pipefaft'ned in a barrel or veflel filled with cold- 
water, and having the lower end comming forth thereof, whole figure wee ffiall give you when 
as wee com to fpeak of the drawing of oils out of vegetables. 
Spirit of wine 
feven times 
rectified. 
The faculties 
of the fpirit* 
of wine. ( 
The diftilling 
of Wineand 
Vmeger is 
different. 
CHA. L1B.Z7. 
Of Dillillations, 
741 
CHAP. IX. 
Of the manner of retfifyin&tbat is, how to increaf tbeftrengtb of waters,that have been once diflilled. 
O reftifie the waters that have been diflilled in you muft fet them in 
the Sun in glaffes well flopped and half filled, beeing fet in fand to the third part 
of their height, that the water waxing hot by the heat of the Sun may feparate it 
felf from the phlegm mixed therewith, which will bee performed in 12; or X 5. 
daies» There is another better waie to do this, which is to diftil them again in Bal- 
nea with a gentle fire,or if you will put them into a Retort furnifhed with his receiver,and fet 
them upon chryftal or iron-bowls, or in an iron-mortar dire&ly oppofite to the beams of the 
Sun, as you may learn by thefe enfuing figns. 
The fir ft wait. 
Thefecond. 
A Retort with bis receiver {landing upon Cbryftal- 
bowls, juft oppofite to the Sun-beams. 
Another Retort with bis receiver {landing inaMar- 
bleor Iron-mor tar^direft ly oppojite to the Sun. 
A. Shew's rfo Retort. 
'B.lhe marble,or Iron-mortar • 
C.the receiver. 
A. Shew's the Retort, 
B. receiver. 
C. the Cryftal bowls. 
CHAP. X. 
Of diftillatidn befitting. 
HOu (hall let three bafins or veflels of convenient matter in that fite and order that 
each may bee higher than other 5 that which ftand's in the higheft place, fliall con* 
tein the liquor to bee diftilled, and that which ftand's loweft fliall receiv the diftil- 
liquor. Out of the firft and fecond veflel fliall hang flireds or pieces of cloth 
or cotten, 'with their broader ends in the liquor or upper veflel j and the other (harper ends 
hanging down,whereby the more fubtil and defecate liquor may fall down by drops into the 
veflel that ftand's under it, but the grofler and more feculent part may fubfide in the firft and 
fecond veflel. You by this means may at the fame time aiftil the fame liquor divers times, if 
you place manie veflels one under another after the fore-mentioned manner,and fb put flireds 
intoeach of them, fo that the loweft veflel may receiv the purified liquor. In (lead of this di- 
flillation Apothecaries oft-times ufe bags. J v j c 
This manner of diftillation was invented to make more clear and pure waters, and all jui- 
cesand compofitions,which are of fuch a liquid confiftence. You may take an example from 
Lfa Virginia orVirgin's-milk ,of1 
which this is the description. 
R. litbarg. auri diligenterpulverif. 
§iii. macerentur in dceti boni Jvi. tri- 
urn borarum ftatio,feorjim etiam in a- 
quaplantaginir, folani, aut 
communi fal infundatur 5 then diflil 
them both by flireds, then mix the 
diftilled liquors, and you fliall 
have that which for the milkie 
whitenefs is termed Virgin's milk, 
beeing good againft the rednels c 
and pimples of the face , as weef* 
have noted in our Antidotarie. 
"The dcfcription of veflels to perform the diftillation or 
filtration by fhreds. 
&&&& 
A. Skew's the vejfel. 
B, the Cloths or fhreds. 
R r r 3 
GHA. Of T)ifiliations. 
Lib. 
742 
CHAP. XI. 
Wbat andbowmanie waies tbey are to makgoils. 
Ou may by three means efpecially draw to extraft the oils that you defire. The firft is 
by exprefiion, and fo are made the oils of Olives, nuts, feeds, fruits and the like.Un- 
der this is thought to bee conteined elixation, when as the beaten materials are boil- 
ed in water, that fo the oil may fwim aloft, and by this means are made the oils of the feeds 
of Elder and danewort, and of Baie-berries. Another is by infufion, as that which is by infil- 
ling the parts of plants and other things in oils.The third is by diftillation,fuch is that which 
' is drawn by the heat of the fire, whether by affcent or by defcent, or by concourf 5 The firft 
waie is known by alls now it is thus, take almonds in their husks, beat them, work them into 
amafj, then put them into a bag made of hair, or elf of ftrong cloth firft fteeped in water or 
in white-wine,then put them into prefs and fo extraft their oil. You may do the fame in pine- 
apple-kernels. Hazel-nuts, Coco-nuts, nutmegs, peach-kernels, the feeds of gourdsandcu- 
cumbers, piftick-nuts,and all fuchoilie things. Oil of baies may bee made of ripe baie-berries 
newly gathered,let them bee beaten in a mortar and fo boiled in a double veflel,and then forth- 
with put into prefs, foto extraft oil as you do from Almonds,unlefs you had rather get it by 
boiling as wee have formerly noted-. Oile of Eggs is made of the yelks of Eggs boiled ve- 
riehard 5 when they are fo, rubthem to pieces with your fingers, then frie them in a pan o- 
ver a gentle fire, continually ftirringthem with a fpoon until they becom red, and the oil bee 
refblved and flow from them ■, then put them into a hair-cloth, and fo prefs forth the oil. The 
oils prepared by infufion are thus made, make choif of good oil wherein let plants, or crea- 
tures, or the parts of them bee macerated for fom convenient time, that is, until they may 
feem to have transfufed their faculties into the oil, then let them bee boiled, foftrainedor 
preffed out. But if anie aquofitie remain, let it bee evaporated by boiling. Som tn compoun- 
ding of oils add gums to them, of which though wee have formerly fpoken in our Antidota- 
rie, yet have I thought good to give you this one example. R. flor, hyper. R fi.immittantur in phi- 
alam cumflo. cent. & gum- elemi, an. %ii. olei com. ft ii. Let them bee expofed all the heat of Sum- 
mer to the Sun. If anie will add aquavit# wherein fbm Benzoin is diffolved, hee fhall have a 
moft excellent oil in this kind. Oil of opti- 
mi |viii. Let them all bee boiled together to the confumption of the wine, then ftrainthe oil 
and referv it in a veflel. 
Oils by ex- 
preflion. 
By infufion. 
By dlftillati- 
on. 
Oil ofBaie- 
beiriM. 
OF Egg> 
Oil of 8. 
CHAP. XII. 
Of extracting of Oils of vegetables by Di filiation. 
Lmoftall herbs that carrie their flowers and feeds in an umble, have feeds of of a 
hot, fubtil and aierie fubftance,and confequently oilie. Now becaufthe oilie fub- 
ftance that is conteined in iimple bodies is of two kindes, therefore the manner al- 
fb of extracting is twofold. For fom is grofs, earth ie,vifcous, and wholly confu- 
ted and mixt with the bodies out of which they ought to bee drawn5as that which 
Wee have laid is uiiially extracted by expreflion j this becauf it moft tenacioufly adhere's to the 
grofler fubftance, and part of the bodie,therefore it cannot by reafbn of this natural groflhefs, 
bee lifted up, or affeend. Otherfom are of a (lender and aierie fubftance,which is eafily fevered 
: from their bodie, wherefore beeihg put to diftillation it eafily rife's : fuch is the onejyfub- 
• fiance of aromatick things, as of Juniper, Anifteds, Cloves, Nutmegs, Cinnamom, Pepper, 
Ginger, and the like odoriferous and fpicie things. This is the manner of extracting oils out 
-<>f them j let your matter bee well beaten and infilled in water to that proportion, that for e- 
verie pound of the material, there may bee ten pints of water; infufe it in a copper-bottom, 
-having a head thereto either tinned or filvered over, and furnifhed with a couller filled with 
cold-water. Set your veflel upon a fornace having a fire in it, or elf in (and, or allies. When as 
the water conteined in the head (hall wax hot, you muft draw it forth, and put in cold,that fb 
the fpirits may the better bee condenftd, and may not (lie away: you (hall put a long-neck't- 
receiver to the note of the Alembick,and you fhall increafthe fire, until the things contained 
in the Alembick boil. 
There is another manner of performing this diftillation, the matter preftrved and infilled 
' as wee have formerly declared, fliall bee put in a brafs or copper-bottom covered with his head, 
to which fhall bee fitted or well luted, a worm of Tin, this worm wall run through a barrel 
filled with cold-water, that the liquor which flow's forth with the oil, may bee cooled in the 
paffage forth; at the lower end of this worm you fliall ft t your Receiver. The fire gentle at 
the firft, fliall bee increafed by little and little, until the conteined matter, as wee formerly faid 
do boil5 but take heed that you make not too quick or vehement a fire, for fb the matter (wel- 
ing up by boiling may exceed the bounds of the conteining veflel, and fo violently file over. 
Obftrving theft things, you fliall preftntly attheverie firft fee an oilie moifture flowing 
forth together with the watrifh. When the oil hath don owing which you may know by the 
color of the diftilled liquor,as alfbby the confiftence and tafte, then put out the fire; and you 
may ftparate the oil from the water by a little veflel madelike a Thimble and tied to the 
end of a flick j [or, which is better, with a glafs-funnel, or inftrument made of glals for 
the 
What oilsare 
to bee drawn 
byexpreffion. 
The fir ft man« 
net of drawing 
oils by diftil- 
lation. 
Anorhcr vyaie. Lib-xj. 
Of 'Diftillations t 
743 
the fame Here you muft alio note that there bee lorn Oils that fwim upon the top of 
the water; as oil of anifeeds; otherfom on the contrarie, which fall to the bottom; aS oil of' 
Cinnamom, Mace, and Cloves. 
Moreover you mtift note, that the watrifh moifture, or water that is diftilled with oil of 
Anifeed and Cinnamom, is whitifh, and in fiiccefs of time, will in fbm Ihiall proportion turn 
into oil. Alfb thefe waters muft bee kept feveral,for they are far more excellent then thofe that 
are diftilled by Balneum Mari£} eipecially thofe that firft com forth together with the oil. Oils 
are of the lame faculties with the bodies from whence they are extrafted, but much more effe- 
ftual; for the force which formerly was diffufed in manie pounds of this, or that medicine,is 
after diftillation contrafted into a few drams. For example, the facultie that was dilperfed 
over i. pound of Cloves, will bee contrafted into two ounces of oil at the moft; and that 
which was in a pound of Cinnamom will bee drawn into or at the moft of oil. But 
to draw the greater quantitie with the lefler charge, and without tear of breaking the veflels, 
whereto glafles are fubjeft, I like that you diftil them in copper-veflels, for you need not fear 
that the oil which is diftilled by them will contraft an ill qualitie from the copper, for the wa- 
trifh moifture that flow's forth together therewith will hinder it, efpecially if the copper fhall 
bee tinned or filvered over. I have thought good to describe and fet before your eyes, the whole 
manner of this operation. 
What oils &11 
to the bottom 
A Fornace with fet vetfels to extratt the Chymical oils3 or Jpirits of Sage, Rofemarie, Tyme, Lavander, 
Anifeeds, Fennel-feeds, Cloves, Nutmegs, Cinnamom^epper, Ginger,and the like as affo to diffil the 
fpirit of Wine, ofVineger and Aquavits. In fiead of the barrel and worm, you may ufe a bead with 
a bucket or rowler about it. 
A. Shew's the bottom, which ought to bee of Copper 
and tinned on the in-fide. t 
B. The head. 
C. Barrel filled with cold water to refrigerate 
and condenfate the water and oil that run through 
the pipe or worm that is put through it. 
D. A pipe of brafs or lattin,or rather a worm of Tin 
running through the Barrel. 
E. The Alembick, fet in the fornace with the fire 
under it. 
Now becaufwee have made mention of Cinnamom, Pepper, and other fpices which grew 
not here with us, I have thought good to defcribe thefeout of Tbevet's Colmographie, hee ha- 
feen them growing.Pepper grow's upon fhrubs in India, thefe fhrubs (end forth little bran- 
ches whereon hang clufters of berries3like to Ivie-berries, or bunches of fmall black grapes,or 
currans the leavs are like thole of the Citron-tree, but (harpifh and pricking. 
The Indians gather thole berries wi th great diligence, and How them up in large cellars, as 
foon as they com to perfeft maturitie. Wherefore it oft-times happen's, that there are more 
then 200 (hips upon the coaft of the lefler lava an Ifland of that countrie, to carrie thence Pep- 
per and other Ipices. Pepper is ufed in Antidotes againft poifbns , it provoke's urine, digeft's, 
attraft's, refolv's, and cure's the bites of Serpents. It is properly applied and taken inwardly 
againft a cold ftomach; in fauces it help's concoftion and procure's appetite; you muft make 
choif of liich as is black, heavie, and not flaccid. The trees which bear* white, and thole that 
bear black pepper, are fo like each other, that the natives themlelvs know not which is which, 
unlefs when they have their fruit hanging upon them, as the like happen's upon our Vines 
which bear white and black grapes. 
The tree that yeeld's Cinnamom grow's in the mountain's of India,and hath leavs verie like i 
to baie-leavs j branches and (hoots at certain times of the year are cut from this tree, by the ap-r 
pomtment of the King of that Province, the bark of which is that wee term Cjrinamom.This 
is fold to no ftranger unlefs at the King's pleafure and hee letting the price thereof, it is not 
lawful for others to cut thereof* 
Galen 
The defctiptL. 
on of Pepper, 
The ufts 
thereof, 
The CinniA 
mom tree#. 744 
Of Dillillations. 
LIB.Z7, 
7. fimp. 
Galen write's that Cinnamom is of verie fubtil parts, hot in the third degree, and partaking 
of fom aftriftion j therefore it cut's and diflblv's the excrements of the bodie, ftrengthen's the 
parts, provoke's the courfes when as they ftop by reafon of the admixture of grofs humors j it 
fweeten's the breath, and yeeld's a fine tafte and fmell to medicines, hippocras, and fauces. Of 
Cinnamom there is made an excellent water againft all cold difeafes, & alio againft fwoonings, 
the plague and poifons. The compofition thereof is this. Takeofthechoifeft and beft Cinna- 
mom one pound, beat it grofly, and put thereto of Rofe-water four pintes,of white-wine half 
a pinte, beeing thus mixed, put them into a glafs and fo let them hand in infufion 2 4. hours, 
often ftirring of them. Then dift il them in Balneo Mari#, clofely luting the receiver and veflels 
left the fpirit fhould flie away. 
An excellent 
Cinnaniom- 
tree. 
CHAP. XIII. 
Another manner bow to draw the eflence and fpirits of herbs,flowers, feeds,and fpices j as alfo ofRu- 
' barb, Agaric^,Turbith, Hermodatyls, and other Purgers. 
Ou may extraft the eflences and fpirits of the things mentioned in the title of this 
Chapter,as thus. Take Sugar, Rubarb, Cinnamom, or anie other material you 
pleaf j cut it fmall, or elf beat it, then put it into a glafs with a long neck , and 
pour thereupon as much aqua vita as fhall bee fufficient to cover the materials or 
ingredients, and to over-top them fom fingers bredth, then ftop up the glafs verie 
clofe that no air enter thereinto; Thus fuffer it to infufe for eight daies in balneo with a verie 
gentle heat; for thus the aqua vita will extraft the faculties of the ingredients, which you fhall 
know that it hath don, when as you fhall fee it perfeftly tinftured with the color of the ingre- 
dients. The eight daies ended, you fhall put this fame aqua vita into another veflel filled with 
the like quantitie of the fame materials prepared after the fame manner , that it may alfb take 
■ forth the tinfture thereof,'and do thus three or four times, untill the aqua vita bee deeply tin- 
ftured with the color of the infufed Ingredients. 
But if the materials from whence you defire to extraft this fpirit or eflence,bee of great price; 
as Lignum Aloes, Lubar b, &c. You muft not think it fufficient to infufe it once onely, but you 
mutt go over it twice, or thrice, until all the efficacie bee exftrafted out thereof, you may 
know that it is all wholly infipid. 
Thefe things thus don,as is fitting,put all the liquor tinftured and furniffied with the color 
and ftrength of the ingredients, into an Alembick, fitted and clofely luted to it's head , and 
Co put into Balneum Maria, that fo you may extraft or draw off the aqua vita, to keep for the 
like purpofe,and fo you fhall have the fpirit, and eflence remaining in the bottom. 
Now if you defire to bring this extraft to the height of honie, fet it in an earthen-pot well 
leaded, upon hot afhes, fo that the thin part thereof may bee evaporated , for thus at length, 
youffiall have a moft'noble and effeftual effence of that thing which you have diftilled,where- 
of one fcruple will bee more powerful in purging,then two or three drams of the thing its felf. 
A fign that the 
Ipint of wine 
hath fetcht out 
the ftrength of 
the ingredi- 
ents. 
A fign that 
the ingredi- 
ents have loft 
their flrength. 
CHAP. XhV. 
How to extratt oil out of Gums, condenfed juices, and roftns, as alfo out of fom woods. 
ALL oils that are drawn out o£ gums,oilie-woods and metals, are extra&ed by that veflel 
which wee vulgarly term a Retort. It muft bee made of gla(s,or jug's-metal well leaded, 
and of fiich bignefs as fhall bee convenient for the operation you intend, though commonly it 
fhould bee made to hold fom gallon and an half of water 5 the neck thereofmuft bee a foot and 
a half, or at leaft a foot long. T he receiver is commonly a vial whereinto the neck of the Re- 
tort is fitted and inferted. Then the Retort [hall bee fet in an earthen pan filled with afhes, Or 
Land, and fo fet into a furnace, as you may fee by the following figure. 
the figure of a Furnace., with bis earthen-fan and receiver* 
What a Re- 
tort is. 
R. Shew's the fornace< 
B. earthen-pan, orvejfel to [ettbe Retort im 
C. 'the Retort or Cucurbits. 
D.T&e Receiver. 
Of Lib. z-j. 
Of D if illations. 
745 
Of gums, fom are liquid, fom folid; and of the folid, fom are more folid then otherfom; 
thole that are folid are more troublefom to diftil then the liquid, for they are not lb eafily dif- 
folved or melted, neither do they yeeld fo well to the fire, fo that oft-times they are burnt be- 
fore they bee dilfolved 5 whence it is that fom for everie pound of folid gum add two or three 
pounds of molt clear and liquid oil of Turpentine. Belides, liquid things are alfo hard to bee 
diftilled, becauf when as they com to bee throughly hot at the fire, they fwell up fo much,that 
they exceed,or run out of the Retort, and fo fall into the Receiver, as they were put into the 
Retortjcfpecially if fo beethat the fire bee too hot at the firft.Manie to Ihun this inconvenience 
add to the things put into the Retort, fom land, as it were, to balaft it withal. 
Oil of Rofin and Turpentine is thus made;take two or three pounds of Turpentine,and put 
it into a Retort of fuch largenefs that three parts thereof might remain emptie, and for everie ] 
pound of Turpentine add three or four ounces of land 5 then place the Retort in an earthen- 
pan,filled with lifted alhes, and let it upon the fornace as is fit, and to the neck thereof fit and 
clolely lute a Receiver. Laftly,kindle there-under a foft fire at the firft, left the conteined ma- 
terials fhould run over 5 increaf this fire by little and little, and take heed that the things be- 
com not too hot on a fudden. At the firft, a clear and acid liquor will drop out, wherein a cer- 
tain lediment ufe's to concrete; then will flow forth a moft clear oil, fomwhat refembling the 
watrie and phlegmatick liquor 5 then muft the fire bee fomwhat increaled, that the third oilie, 
clear,thin and verie golden colored liquor may rile and diftil 5 but then alfo a clearer and more 
violent fire muft bee raifed, that fo'you may extraft an oil that will bee red like a carbuncle, 
and of a confidence indifferently thick. Thus therefore you may extraft four kindesof li- 
quors our of Turpentine, and receiv them beeing different in leveral Receivers 5 yet I judg it 
better to recciv them all in one, that fo by diftilling them again afterwards you may feparate 
your defired oil; now there will ten or twelv ounces of oiljflow from an ounce of Tur- 
pentine. This kinde of oil iseffeftual againft the Palfie, Convulfions, piinftures of the nervs, 
and wounds of all the nervous parts. 
But you lhall thus extraft oil out of wax 5 Take one pound of wax, melt it, and put it into 
a glafs-Retort fet in fand, or alhes, as wee mentioned a little before in drawing of oil of Tur- 
pentine, then diftil it, by increafing the fire by degrees. There diftil's nothing forth of wax, 
befides an oilie iubftanceand a little Pblegma, yet portion of this oilie fubftahce prefently con- 
crete's into a certain butter-like matter, which therefore would bee diftilled over again j you 
may draw or viii. of oil, from one pound of wax. 
This oil is effeftual againft Contufions, and alfo verie good againft cold affefts. 
The differen - 
ces of Gums> 
Cautions in 
diliillingof 
Gums. 
■ How to make 
' oil of Tur- 
pentn ft 
) How to make 
. oil of wax. 
The faculties 
thereof. 
CHAP. XV. 
C)m there bee who extraft thefe kindes of oils with the Retort let in allies or fand, as 
wee mentioned in the former Chapter of Oils of more liquid Gums, adding for everie 
pound of Gum two pintes of Aqua vit#,and two or three ounces of Oil of Turpentine* 
then let them infuft for eight or ten daies in Balnea mari#, or elf in horftdung; then let it to 
diflil in a Retort. Now this is the true manner of making of Oils of Myrrh; Take Myrrh 
made into line powder, and therewith fill hard Eggs in head of their yelks beeing taken out; 
then place the Eggs upon a gridiron , or liich like grate in fom moift place as a cellar, 
and fet under them a leaden-earthen-pan; the Myrrh will diflblv into an oilie-water, 
which beeing prefently put into a glafs and well flopped, with an equal quantitie of re- 
ftified Aquavit#, and fo fet for three or four months in hot horf-dung, which paft the 
veflel fhall bee taken forth , and fo flopped that the conteined liquor may bee poured into 
an Alembick , for there will certain grofs fettling by this means remain in the bottom, 
then let your Alembick in Balneo and fo draw off the Aqua vit# and phlegmatick liquor, 
and there will remain in the bottom a pure and clear oil, whereto you may give a curious co- 
lor by mixing therewith fom Alkanet, and a fmell by dropping thereinto a little oil of Sage, 
Cinnamom, or Cloves. 
Now let us fhew the compofition and manner of making of balfams by giving you qpe or 
two examples; the firft of which is taken out of Fejalius his Surgerie; and is this. 
R. terebinth, dpt. ft i. tburis, myrrh#, gum. bere'di} 'centaur, ma-1 
joris,ligni aides, galang#, caryopbyll. confolid# majoris,Cinnamomi, nucis mofchat. zeddr.ri#,'1 
zinzib. dictamni albi, an. o/ez vermium terreftrium, %ii. aqua vit# ftvi. 
The manner of making it is this; Let all thefe things bee beaten and made fmall, and fo in- 
fuftd for three daies fpace in Aqua z>zLe, then diftilled in a Retort juft as wee laid, yon muft 
diftil oil of Turpentine and Wax. There will flow hence three forts of liquors; the firft wa- 
trifh and clear, the other thin, and of pure golden color: the third of the color of a Car- 
buncle, which is the true Balfam. The firft liquor is effeftual againft the weaknefs of the 
flomach comming of a cold cauf, for that it cut's phlegm anddifcuffe's flatulencies ; thefc- 
cond help's frefli and hot bleeding wounds , as alfo thepalfie. The third is chiefly effeftual 
agajnft theft fame effefts. The compofition of the following Balfamum is out of Fallopius and 
is this. R. terebinth, clar#, ft. ii. olei de [etftine Uni ft. i. reftn# pini, tburis, myrrh#, aloes, 
ma/ticbes, 
Of extracting of Oils out of the harder forts of Gums •, as myrrh, maflicb?Frankjncenf, and tbe like. 
How to make 
oil of myrrh. 
HoW togi vi 
it a pleating 
color and 
fmelb 
Vefalius his 
BalGim. 
'PiUotiu his 
Balfartb 746 
Of 'TDijlillations. 
LIB.Z7. 
wafticbes, farco.coM*} an. macis, ligni Abes, an. |ii. crocz, Let them all bee put into aglals- 
Retort, let in alhes and fo diftilltd. Firfl: there will com forth a clear water, then prelenly after 
a reddiih oil, molt profitable for wounds. 
Now you mull know that by this means, wee may eafily diftil all Axungia's, fats, parts of 
creatures, woods, all kindes of barks and feeds s if fo bee that they bee firfl: macerated as they 
ought to bee, yet fo that there will com forth more watrie then oilie humiditie. Now for that 
wee formerly frequently mentioned "Ibus or Frankincenf I have here thought good out of Tbe- 
vet's Cofmographie to give you the defcription of the tree from which it flow's. The Fran- 
kincenf-tree (faith hee) grow's naturally in Arabia, refemble's a Pine,yeeldinga moifturethat 
is prefently hardened, and it concrete's into whitifh clear grains, fattie within, which caft into 
the fire, take flame. Now Frankincenf is adulerated with Pine-rofin and Gum, which is the 
cauf that you fhall feldom findcthat with us, as it is here defcribed; you may finde out the de- 
ceit as thus, for that neither Rofin nor anie other Gum take's flame, for R ofin go's away in 
fmoak, but Frankincenf prefently burn's. The fmell alfo bewraie's the'counterfeit,for it yeeld's 
no grateful fmell as Frankincenf doth. The Arabians wound the tree that fo the liquor may 
the more readily flow forth, whereof they make great gain. It fill's up hollow ulcers and cica- 
trize's them;wherefore it enter's as a chief ingredient into artificial balfam 5 Frankincenf alone 
made into powder and applied, ftanche's the blood that flow's out of the wounds. 
Matbiolus faith, that it beeing mixed with Fuller's-earth, and oil of Rofes, is a Angular re- 
medie againft the inflammation of the breafts of women lately delivered of childe. 
What Fran- 
kincenf is. 
The faculties 
thereof. 
CHAP. XVI. 
The making of oil of Vitriol. 
Ake ten pounds of Vitriol, which beeing made into powder,put it into an earthen- 
pot, and fet it upon hot coals , untill it bee calcined, which is when as it beconr- 
reddilh; after fom five or fix hours, when as it lhall bee throughly cold, break the 
pot, and let the Vitriol bee again made into powder, that lb it may bee calcined 
again, and you fhall do thus lb often and long until it (hall bee perfeftly calcined, which is 
when as it (hall bee exaftly red; then let it bee made into powder, and put into an earthen-Re- 
tort, like that wherein aqua fortis is ulually drawn, adding for everie pound of your calcined 
Vitriol of tile-flireds, or powdered-brick i quarter; then put the Retort furniflied with it's re- 
ceiver into a Fornace of Reverberation, alwaies keeping a ftrong fire, and that for the /pace of 
48. hours, more oriels according to the manner and plentie of the diftilling liquor. You lhall 
know the diftillation is finiflied when as the Receiver lhall begin to recover his native perlpi- 
cuitie,beeing not now filled with vaporous fpirits, wherewith as long as the humor diftil's it is 
replenilhed and look's white. 
Now for the Receiver there are two things to bee oblerved. The firft is,that it bee great and 
verie capacious, that it may not bee diftended and broken by the abundant flowing of vapo- 
rous fpirits, as it doth oft-times happen 5 another thing is, that you let it in a veflel filled with 
cold water, left it Ihould bee broken by beeing over hotj you may eafily perceiv all this 
by the enluing figure. 
The fign of 
perSeftly calci- 
ned vitriol. 
A Fernace or Reverberation furnifhed with bis Retort and Receiver, 
A. Shew9/ the Fornace. 
B. Retort. 
C. *the Receiver. 
D. Tbe vejjel filled with celd water, 
CHAR LiB.zy. 
Of Distillations; 
747 
CHAP. XVII. 
A Table or Catalogue of Medicines and Infiruments ferving for the cure of Difeafes. 
MEdicines, and Medicinal meats fit for the cure of Difeafes, are taken from living 
Creatures, Plants and Minerals. From living creatures are taken. 
Horns. Hoovs. Hairs. Feathers. Sbel/s. Sculls, Scales. Sweatt- Skins. Fats. Fleft. Blood. Entrails, 
Urine. Bones. Extreme parts. Hearts. Liver. Lungs. Brain. Womb. Secundine. Tefticles.Pizzle.Bladdev 
Sperm. Tail. Coats of the Vent ride. Expirations. Brifiles. Silk,. Webs. Tears. Spittle. Honie.Wax.Eggs* 
Milk. Butter. Cbeef. Marrow. Rennet. 
Smells whether they bee ftinking or fweet,as alfb Poifbns:whole creatures themlelvs: as, 
Foxes. Whelps. Hedg-hogs .Frogs. Worms.Crabs Craie-fifhes.Scorpions.Horfleecbes.Swal/ows.Dungs, 
From Plants, that is. Trees, Shrubs, and Herbs, are taken 
Roots. Mofs. Pith. Siens. Buds. Stalky. Leavs. Flowers. Cups. Fibers, or hairie-threds. Ears. Seeds. 
Wood. Meal. Juices. Tears. Oils. Gums. Ro fins. Rottennefs. Mafsor fpiffament. Manna , which 
falling down like dew upon plants, prefently concrete's. Whole plants, as Mallows. Onions, e>c. 
Metals, or Minerals, are taken either from the Water, or Earth, and are either kindcs of 
Earth, Stones, or Metals, &c. The kindes of Earth arc, 
Bole-Armenicp Terra figillata. Fuller's-earth. Plafier. Lime. 
Now the kindes of Stones are 
Flints. Lapis Judaicus. Lapis Lyncis. The Pumice. Lap. Haematites. Amiantus. Galaftites. 
Spunge-fiones. Diamonds. Saphire. Chryfolite.Topace. Load-fione. The Pyrites or fire-fione. Alabldfier; 
Marble. Cryfial, and manie other pretious fiones. 
The kindes of Salts as well Natural as Artificial are 
Common fait Sal nitrum. Sal Alkali Sal Ammoniacum. Salt of Urine. Salt of tartar and gene- 
rally all faits that may bee made of ante kjnde of Plants. '< f 
Thole that are commonly called Minerals are 
Mar ch a fit te. Antimonie.Mufcovic-Glafs, Tuttie. Arfnick- Orpiment. Lazure, or blue. Rofe-agar.Brito- 
fione. Quick-fitIver. White-Copras. Chalcitis. Pforie. Roman Vitriol. Colcother, vitriol, or green co- 
per as. Alumen Iciffile,Common Alum. Alumen rotundum. Round Alum.Mumen liquidum. Alumen 
plumolum. Borax, or Burrace. Bitumen, Naphtha- Cinnabaris, or Vermillion. Lytbarge of Gold. 
Lytbarge of Silver.ChryFocolla.Scandaracha.Red-lead. White-Lead, and divers other. 
Now the Metals themlelvs are 
Gold, Silver, Iron, Lead, Tin, Brafs, Copper, Steel, Lattin andfucb as arifefrom thefe 5 as thefcales, 
verdigreaf, rufi, &c. 
Now from the Waters; as the Sea, Rivers, Lakes and Fountains, and the mud of thefe wa- 
ters, are taken divers medicines, as white and red Corral, Pearls, and infinite other things 
which Nature the hand-maid of the great Architect of this world, hath produced for the cure 
of difeafes; lb that into what part foever you turn your eies, whether to the furface of the 
earth, or the bowels thereof, a great multitude of remedies prefent themlelvs to your view.The 
choif of all which is taken from their fiibftance, or quantitie, qualitie, aftion, place, feafon, 
fmell,tafte,lite,figure,and weight,other circumftances,as Sylvius hath abundantly lhewed in his 
Book written upon this Subjefts. Of thefe Simples are made diverf Compofitions , as, 
Collyria. Caputpurgia. Eclegmata. Dentifrices. Dentilcalpia. Apophlegmatilmi. Gargarifms. 
Pills. Boles. Potions. Emplafiers. Unguents. Cerats. Liniments. Embrocations. Fomentations. Epithemes. 
Attradives. Refolvers. Suppuratives. Emollients. Mundificatives. Incarnatives.Cicatrizers. Putrifiers. 
Corrofives. Agglutinatives. Anodynes. Apozemes. Julips. Syrups. Powders. Tablets. Opiats. Confervs. 
Prefervs. Confeftions. Rowls. Vomits. Sternutatories. Sudorificks. Glyfiers. Peffaries. 
migations. Trocbifces.Frontrals. Caps. Stomachers. Bags. Batbs. Half-batbs. Virgins-milly Fuci. Pi- 
cations. Depilatories. Veficatories. Potential cauteries. Nofe-gaies. Fans. Canopies , or extended cloths to 
make winde. Artificial fountains, to difiil or drop down liquors- 
Now thefe that are thought to bee nourilhing Medicines, are, 
Refiauratives. Culliffes. Expreffions. Gellies. Ptifans. Barlie-creams. Panadoes. Almond-milky .march- 
pains. Wafers. Hydrofacchar- Hydromel, and fuch other drinks. Mucilages-Oxymel- Oxycrate.Rofe- 
Vineger. Hydrxlium. Metheglin. Cider. Drinks of Services, Ale. Beer. Vineger. Verjuice. Oil. Steeled- 
water. Water brewed with bread-crums. Hippocras, Perrie, and fuel) like. 
Waters and di ft illed oils, and divers other Chymical extra&ions. 
As the waters and oils of hot, drie and aromatick things, drawn in a copper-Alembick,with 
a cooler, with ten times as much water in weight as of herbs 5 now the herbs muft bee drie,that 
the dift illation may the better liicceed. 
Waters are extra&ed out of flowers put into a Retort, by the heat of the Sun, or of Dung, 
or of an heap of prefled-out Grapes, or by Balneo, if there bee a Receiver put and clolely luted 
thereto. All kindes of laltof things calcined, dilfolved in water, and twice or thrice filtred, 
that lb they may becom more pure and fit to yeeld oil. 
Other diftillations are made either in Cellars by thecoldnels or moifture of the place, the 
things beeing laid either upon a marble, or elf hanged up in a bag •, and thus is made oil of 
Tartar, and of lalts, and other things of an Aluminous nature. 
Bones muft bee diftilled by defeent, or by the joining together of veflcls, All woods, roots.? 748 
Of Diftillatons. 
LiB.zy. 
barks, (hells of fifties, and feed, or grains; as of corn, broom, beans, and other things whofe 
juice cannot bee got out by bee diftilled by defeent, or by the joining together 
of veflels in a Reverberatorie Fornace. 
Metals calcined and having acquired the nature of fait, ought to bee diflblved and filtred, 
and then evaporated till they bee dric; then let them bee diflblved in diftilled vineger, and then 
evaporated and dried again ; for fo they will eafily diftil in a Cellar upon a Marble, or in a 
bag.Or elf by putting them into a glaffieRetort,and fetting it in fand,and fo giving fire thereto 
by degrees until all the waterie humiditie bee diftilled; then change the receiver, and lute ano- 
ther clofe to the Retort,then increaf the fire above and below, and thus there will flow forth 
an oil verie red colored: Thus are all metalline things diftilled, as Alums, faits, &c. 
Gums, axungi<e,and generally all rofins are diftilled by Retort fet in an earthen veflel filled 
with Allies upon a Fornace; now the 'fire muft bee increafedby little and little according to 
the different condition of the diftilled matters. 
"the Veffels and Inftruments fervingfor Diftillations are commonly thefe. 
Bottoms of Alembicks. The heads of them, from whence the liquors drop.Refrigeratories. 
Veflels for fiiblimation. For Reverberation. For diftilling by delcent. Crucibiles and other 
fiich. Veflels for Calcination. Hair-drainers. Bags. Earthen-platters. Veflels for circulati- 
on, as Pelicanes. Earthen-Bafins for filtring. Fornaces. The fecret Fornaces of Philofo- 
phers. The Philofopher's egg. Cucurbites. Retorts. Bolt-heads. Urinals. Receivers. Vet- 
tels fo fittted together that the lowermoft receiv's the mouth of the uppermoft , whence they 
may bee termed conjoined Veflels : They are ufed in diftilling per defeenjum. Marbs exquifitely 
fmooth for diftillations to bee made in Cellars. Pots to diflblv calcined metalls in. 
A Catalogue of the Surgeon's Inftruments mentioned in this whole work. 
Ings wherein little Lancets lie hid, to open Impoftumes. Trunks or hollow Indru- 
druments going with fprings. A vent, or cooler for the womb made like a peflarie. 
Hollow teqts. Sundrie Cauteries ; as flat, round, (harp-pointed, cutting,&c. Con- 
ftriftorie rings to twitch or binde the Columella. Speculum Oris. Ocul. Ani. Uteri. 
A trunk orpipe with an aftual Cauterie in it. Crooked Knives. A pipe in form of a quill. 
Divers trufles, with one or more boulders. A (houlder-band to bee put about the neck , to 
hold up a trufs. A needle to draw through a golden wier, &c. Pipes with feneftels, and 
needls fit for futures. Cutting mullets. Mullets onely to hold and not to cut. Mullets to 
take forth /plinters of bones. Mullets to draw teeth. An incilion-knife. Scrapers to plain 
or finooth the bones, or elf to cut them. Cutting or hollow Scrapers. A leaden mallet to 
drive the Scrapers or Chizzels into the (cull. A Gimblet in lhape andufe refembling that 
which Coopers ufe to lift up the funk ftaves of their cask withal. Lcvatories, of which kinde 
is the three-footed one. Old Levatories, which taken by their handls, and their tongues put 
under the deprcft bones, lift them up. Saws. A deftjuamatorie Trepan. Pliers to take forth 
iplinters of bones. A Gimblet to perforate the fcull. A Trepan fit to divide the fcull, with 
the fcrue,point,or piercer, brace, and cover or cap that keep's it from running in too far. A 
plate to fet one foot of the Compais upon. A cutting pair of Compalfes both open and (hut. 
A fit inftrument to deprefs the Dura mater without hurting thereof. A (yringe to make injeftion 
withal. A pair of Pincers with holes through them to take up the skin for making a Seton. 
Setons as well drie,as moiftned with ointments. The Beaks of Crows, Parrats,Swans,Ducks, 
Lizards,Cranes, are either draight,crooked,toothed,or finooth. Catch-bullets, and Pliers to 
draw forth pieces of mail,and (plinters of bones that lie deep in. Hollow and fmooth Dilaters 
diverfly made for the different wounds of the parts-Probes fit for to put flamula's into wounds; 
and thefe are either ftraight or crooked, perforated or unperforated. Scrued mullets to draw 
forth barbed heads of arrows, and the like. Lancets to let blood, and fcarrifie as well ftraight, 
as crooked. A pyulcos,or Matter-drawer. Ligatures,bands,fwathes,thongs of leather,woollen, 
linnen,round, flit, (own together; again fom are upper-binders, others under- binders. Again 
thefe are either exprefling, or elfconteining,and that either the applied medicine,or the lips of 
wounds, or members put in a fit pofture,which therefore they call a farcotick Ligature. Thred. 
Bottoms,or clews of thred,or yarn. Pledgets,comprefles,boulfters,doubled cloaths. 
Splints. Cafles. Boxes. Junks Gloflbcomies. Am bi,a kinde of Gloffocomie. A pullie with 
it's wheels,and wooden and iron-pins,whereon the wheels may run. Ropes as well to draw & 
extend,as hold up the member,&c. Scrue-pins. A hand-vice. Hooks. Buttons or ftaies to fa- 
llen to the skin to hold together the lips of the wounds. Lint. Cufhions,pillows,linncn-cloths. 
Files. Catheters,guiders of the work. A bathing chair or 
feat,bathing-tubs,half-tubs,caldrons,funnels,with all other circumfiances belonging to a bath. 
Stoves,or hot-houfes to (weat in. Cocks to turn and let out water. A Gimblet to break the 
Hone. Hooks. Hollow probes flit on the upper-fides. Winged Inftrumentsto draw forth ftones. 
An inftrument to cleanfthe bladder. Spathula's ftraight and crooked. Cupping-glafles. Horns. 
Pipes or catheters to wear Caruncles. Artificial members, as eies of gold enamelled, &c. An 
Urinal,or cafe to fave the water in. An artificial yard. Crutches. Nipples, or leaden covers 
for fore breads. Griffins talons to draw forth a mola,out of the womb. A (ucking-glafs to 
draw a bread withal. Peflaries, both long and oval. Syringes to give glyfters,as alfo to make 
inje&ion into the ears and womb. The LiB.iy. 
749 
The Effigies of Hippocrates of Gris 
the Prince of Phyficians, 
te potuerefuperba 
Eo'i nunquam fleftere dfygis opes, 
Cecropidafronti ex auro fulgente coronam 
T romer iti memores impofuere tua. 
Gratia fed levis eft, Aftais tantws zAtbenis » 
Afec fuit bine uni quam tibi partus bonos, 
Jfam quod qua recreent languentia corpora morbo 
Taonias fueris promere largus opes. 
Sed tua tam fundit, quam magni machina mundi 
infgnis tam tuaJama volat. 
Bon. Gra. Paris, Medic. 
Sff 
Seledt 750 
LiB.27. 
Select Aphorifms concerning Surgerie, collected out of 
the Aphorifms of the great Hippocrates, 
afpbor. 27. [eft. 6. 
T 7T THofbever beeing fuppurate or hydropical, are burnt, or cut therefore, if all the mat- 
V V ter, or water flow forth at once, they certainly die. 
31.6. The drinking of wine, or a bath, fomentation, blood-letting, or purging, help the 
pains of the eies. 
3 8. 6. Such as have hidden, or not ulcerated Cancers, had better not to cure them. For 
healed they quickly die, not cured they live the longer. 
55. 6. Gootie-pains ufually ftir in the Spring and Fall. 
28. 6> Eunuchs are not troubled with the Gout, neither do they becom bald. 
49. 6. Whofoever are troubled with the Gout, have eaf in fortie daies, the inflammation 
qpafing. 
66, 5. In great and dangerous wounds,if no (welling appear, it is ill. 
67. 5. Soft tumors are good, but crude ones ill. 
25. 6, For an Eryfipelof, or inflammation to return from without inwards, it is not goods 
but to com from within outwards, is verie good. 
19. 7. An Ery/ipelas comming upon the baring of a bone, is evil. 
20. 7. Putrefadion,or fiippuration comming upon an Eryftpelw, is ill. 
21. 6. If Varices or Haemorrhoides happen to fiich as are mad, their madncls ceafe's. 
21. 7. A flux of blood entiling upon a great pulfation in ulcers is ill. 
26. 2. It is better that a fever happen upon a convulfion, then a convulfion upon a fever. 
4. 6. Thole Ulcers that have the skin fmooth or (hiding about them, are evil. 
18. 6. The wound is deadlie whereby the bladder, brain, heart, midriff, anie of the (mail 
guts, ftomach, or Liver are hurt. 
45. 6. Whatfoever ulcers are of a year's continuance or more, the bone muft neceflarily 
Icale, and the fears becom hollow. 
2. 7. The bone beeing affefted, if the flefh bee livid, it is ill. 
14. 7. Stupiditie and lack of reafon, upon a blow of the head, is evil. 
24. 7. A Z)t7zrzw« happen's if a bone (to wit, the fculi) bee cut even to theholIowneG 
thereof. 
WhiPftPw, or matter is in generating, painsand fevers happen rather then when it is 
alreadie made. 
18. 5. Cold things are hurtful to the bones, teeth, nervs, brain, fpinal marrow, but hot 
things are good. 
46. 2. Two pains infefting together, but not the fame place, the more vehement obfeure's 
the other. 
74. 7. A corruption an abfeefs of the bone is caufled by the corruption of the flefk. 
5 06. Coacar. prtnot. A livid or drie ulcer, or yellowifh,is deadlie. 
19. 6. When as a bone, or gr-jftle, or nerv, or fmall portion of the cheek, or the prepuce 
is cut afunder, it neither increase's, nor grow's together. 
2 4. 6. 4pb.& 513. Coacar. If' anie of the fmall guts bee cut, it knit's not again. 
50. 7. Thofe that have the brain fphacelate, that is, corrupt, they die vvjthin three daies 5 
if they efcape thefe, they recover. 
9. 7. Bleeding at a wound caufling a convulfion, is the fore-teller of death. 
20. 5. Cold is biting to ulcers 5 harden's the skin, caufle's pain,not eafily comming to flip* 
puration, blacknefs, aguifh fhakings,convulfions, cramps. 
5 08. Coac, Thofe who have the temples ait, have a convulfion upon the parts contraric to 
the feftion. 
44. 7. Whofoever beeing fuppurate are burnt or cut, if pure and white quitture (hall flow 
forth they efcape 5 but if that which is bloodie, feculent, and ftinking, then they die. 
Galen. Comment, ad Apbor. 29.2, It is not fit to take in hand to cure fuch as are in a dofpe- 
rate cafe, but to leav them, one fore-telling the end of the difeafi 
Celfut, Cap, 10. Lib. 2 o' It is better to trie a doubtful remedie then none at all. 
The Lib. 18. 
751 
The Effigies of G a l e n the Prince of Phyfi- 
cians next to Hippocrates. 
Quum erat Hippoyratem divinoefiemineT)irvum.J 
Orbem muneribus conciliare Jtbi: 
Scripta fed in volvit tarn multo tenigmate3verum 
quamvis filers nullus habere queat ■ 
Tergamei auxilio nifi fint monimenta Cfaleni, 
Qui docta ambages fifiulit arte finis 
Ergo matte eslo virtute, arcana refibens, 
QusenuUi filer ant not a (fCpalenef) prius ■ 
Obfiringenfque orbem ceternotibi munere totum, 
jEternis facras te quoque temporibus. 
Bon. Gra. Paris. Mebic. 
Sffi 
Rules Lib.27. 
752 
Rules of Surgerie by the Autor. 
iT)Raftice is an operation agreeable to the their Legs, neither to walk, ftand nor fit 3 but 
I Rules and Laws of the Theorie. to reft themielvs in bed. 
2 Health is not received by Words,but by 20 All biting and acrid medicines areof- 
Remedies fitly ufed. fenfive to clean Ulcers. 
3 Remedies known and approoved byufe 21 For reftoring of diflocations you muft 
and reafon, are to bee preferred before fuch as hold them faft , ftretch them out, and force 
are unknown, or but lately found out. them in. 
4 Science without experience get's the 2 2 A great Gangrene admifs no cure, but 
Phyfician no great credit with the Patient. cutting. 
5 Hee that would perform anie great and 23 A monfter is a thing differing from the 
notable work, muft diligently applie himfelf laws of nature. 
to the knowledg of his fubjefl:. 24 Wounds of the Cheft prefently becom 
6 It is the part of a good Phyfician to heal fanious and purulent. 
the difeaf, or certainly to bring it to a better 25 The wounds made by all venemous crea- 
pafs, as nature (hall give leav. tures are dangerous. 
' 7 The Surgeon muft beeaftive, induftrious, 26 The fouth-winde blowing, wounded 
and well-handed , and not truft too much to members eafily becom mortified. 
1 1 1 1 1 2 7 Such as are wounded, and defire to bee 
8 Hee that hath not been verfed in the ope- quickly whole, muft keep a fparediet. 
rations of the Art, nor a frequent auditor of 28 Untemperate bodies do not eafily reco- 
theLe&ures of fiich as are learned therein, and ver of difeafes. 
Let's forth himfelf for a brave Surgeon, for 29 Round Ulcers,unlefs they bee drawn in- 
that hee hath read much, hee is either much de- to another figure, do not eafily heal up. 
ceived or impudent, 30 An Eryfipelatous Ulcer require's purga- 
9 Heelhall never do anie thingpraif-wor- gation by ftool. 
thie, that hath got his mafterie in Surgerie by . 31 Crying is good for an infant,for it ferv's 
gold, not by uie. in ftead of exercile and evacuation. 
10 You (hall comfort the Patient with hope 3 2 Grief is good for none but fuch as are 
or Recovene, even when as there is danger verie fat. 
of death. 3 3 Idlenefs weaken's and exftinguilheth the 
II 1 o change Phyficians and Surgeons is native heat. 
troublefom,but not good for the Patient. 24 An ill-natured Ulcer yeeld's not unlefs 
i21 hough the difeaf proov long, yet it is to a powerful renaedie. 
not fit that the Phyficians give over the patient 3 5 A bath refolv's and difcuffes humors 
13 Great wounds of large velfels are to bee and gently procure's fweat. 
judged deadlie. || 3 6 Cold difeafes are troublefom to old 
14 Eyerie contufion muft bee brought to people, and hard to bee helped; but in young 
luppuration. bodies they are neither fo troublefom, not 
15 As the nature or kinde of the difeaf muft contumacious. 
bee known, fo alfo muft the remedie. 3 7 Exercifed bodies are lefs fubjeft to difeafes 
. 16 An Abfcefs of the bone of thepalat,is 38 Moift bodies though they need fmall 
m danger to cauf a ftinking-breath. nourifliment, yet ftand they in need of large 
87 Bleeding cauiled by heat muft bee re- evacuation. 
PreQbw°Idj r • 39 Sick people die fooner of an hot diftem- 
. 18 Wounds of nervous parts require medi- per then of a cold, by reafon of the quick and 
ones which by the fubtiltie of the parts may aftive operation of fire. 
enter in and draw from far. - 40 The quitture that flow's from an ulcer is 
19.1t is notht for fuch as have Ulcers in laudable,which is white, finooth and equal. 
The end of the tiventie feventh (Book. LiB.28. 
753 
How to make Reports, and to Embalm the Dead- 
The Twentie eighth Book. 
Ow it onely remain's that wee inftruft the Surgeon in making and framing his Re- 
i port, or opinion, either of the death of anie perlon, or of the weaknels, or depriva- 
[ vation of anie member in the funftion or execution of its proper office and dutie. 
Herein it is meet that hee bee verie confiderate that is to laie, ingenious or wile in 
making his Report, becauf the events of difeales are often-times doubtful and uncertain, nei- 
ther can anie man fore-tel them certainly, whether they will bee for life or death , by realbn 
of the manifold nature of the lubjeft of which wee (peak, and alfo the uncertain condition of 
the humors both in their kinde and motion. Which was the cauf why Hippocrates even in the 
firfl: of his Aphorifins pronounceth, that judgment is difficult. But firfl: of all, it is verie expe- 
dient that a Surgeon bee of an honeft minde, that hee may alwaies have before his eies a care- 
ful regard of true pietie; that is to laie, the fear of God and faith in Chrift, and love toward 
his neighbors, with hope of life everlafting, left that hee beeing carried away by favor, or cor- 
rupted with monie or rewards, ffiould affirm or teftifie thole wounds to bee finall that are great, 
and thole great that are fmall; for the report of the wound is received of the Surgeon accord- 
ing to the Civil Law. 
It is recorded in the works of antient Phyficians that wounds may bee called great for 
three relpe&s. 
The firft is by realbn of the greatnels of the diflblved Unitie or refolution of Continuitie > 
and fuch are thele wounds which made by a violent ftroke with a back-fword have cut off the 
arm, or leg, or overthwart the breaft. The lecond is by realbn of the dignitie or worthinels 
of the part j now this dignitie dependeth on the excellencie of the aftion; therefore thus anie 
little wound made with a bodkin, knife, in anie part whole fubftance is noble : as in Brain, 
Heart, Liver or anie other part whole aftion and funftion is neceffarie to prelerv life, as in 
the Weafant, Lungs, or Bladder, is judged great. The third is, by reafon of the great- 
nels and ill habit, or the abundance of ill humors or debilitie of all the wounded bodies fo 
thofe wounds that are made in the nervous parts, and old decaied people, are faid to bee great. 
But in fearching of wounds let the Surgeon take heed that hee bee not deceived by his probe. 
For manie times it cannot go into the bottom of the wound but ftoppeth, and fticketh in 
thewaie , either becauf hee hath not placed the patient in the lame pofture, wherein hee 
was when hee received his hurt 5 or elf for that the ftroke beeing made down right, flips 
afide to the right or left hand, or elf from below upwards, or from above downwards, and 
then hee may exlpeft that the wound is but little and will bee cured in a ffiort time, when 
it is like to bee long in curing, or elf mortal. Therefore from the firft daie it behoov- 
eth him to fufpend his judgment of the wound until the ninth, for in time the accidents 
will fhew themfelvs manifeftly, whether they bee finall or great, according to the condition 
of the wound, or wounded bodies, and the ftate of the air according to his primitive quali- 
ties, or venemous corruption. 
But generally the figns, whereby wee may judg of difeales, whether they bee great or finall, 
of long or fliort continuance, mortal or not mortal, are four. For they are drawn either 
from the nature and eflence of the or from the cauf or effefts thereof, or elf from the fi- 
militude, proportion, and companion of thole difeales with the feafon or prelent conftitution 
of the times. Therefore if wee are called to the cure of a green wound,whole nature and dan- 
ger is no other but a Ample lolution of Continuitie in the mufculous flelh, wee may prelent- 
ly pronounce that wound to bee of no danger, and that it will loon bee cured. But if it have 
an Ulcer annexed unto it,that is, if it bee famous, then wee may laie it will bee more difficult 
and long in curing j and fo wee may pronounce of all difeales, taking a fign of their effcnce and 
nature. But of the figns that are taken of the caufles, let this bee an example. A wound that is 
made with afharp-pointedand heavie weapon; as with an halberd beeing ftricken with great 
violence muft bee accounted great,yea and alfo mortal,if the accidents bee correfpondent. 
But if the patient fall to the ground through the violence of the ftroke,if a cholerick vomit- 
ing follow thereon,if his fight fail him,together with a giddinefs, if blood com for at his eies 
and noftrils,if diftraftion follow with lots of memorie and lenf of feeling : wee may laie, that 
all the hope of life remaineth in one finall fign which is to bee deduced from the effects of 
the wound. But by the comparing it unto the fealbn that then is, and difeales that then affault 
man's bodie, wee may laie, that all thole that are wounded with gun-fhot are in danger of 
death, as it happened in the skirmifhes at the liege of Roan, and at the battel of Saint Denis. 
For at that time, whether it were by reafon of the fault of the heavens, or air, through 
Sff5 the 
. Why a Surge- 
on muft bee 
careful in ma- 
king of Re- 
ports. 
What judg- 
ment is diffi- 
cult. 
Wounds ter- 
med great for 
three refpefb. 
How long a 
Surgeon miift 
' fufpend his 
judgment in 
fom cafes. 
General figns 
whereas by 
wee judg of 
difeafes. 
Woundsdead- 
lie 6y the fault 
of the air. 754 
How to ma!{e deports, and to Snbalm the dead. 
Lib.z8 
the evil humors of man's bodie, and the difturbance of them ; all wounds that were made b y 
gun-(hot, were for the moft part mortal. So likewifeat certain feafons of the year, wee fee the 
imall-pocks and meazels break forth in children, as it were by a certain peftilent contagion to 
the deftruftion of children onely, inferring a moft cruel vomit and laskj and in fuch a feafon 
.the judgment of thofe difeates is not difficult. But you by the following figns may know 
what parts are wounded. If the patient fall down with the ftroke, if hee lie fenfiefs, as it were 
afleep, if hee avoid his excrements unwittingly, if hee bee taken with giddinefs, if blood 
com out at his ears, mouth, andnofe, and if hee vomit choler, you may underftand that 
the fcull is fraftured, or pierced through, by the deleft in his underftanding and difcourf. 
You alfo may know when the fcull is fraftured, by the judgment of your external fenfes, as 
if by feeling it with your finger you finde it elevated or deprefled beyond the natural limits, 
if by ftriking it with the end of a probe, when the Pericranium or nervous film that inve- 
fteth the fcull is cut crofs-wife; and fo divided there from it, yeeld a bafe and unperfeft 
found like unto a pot-fheard that is broken, or rather like unto an earthen-pitcher that hath 
a cleft, or rent therein. 
But wee may fay, that death is at hand if his reafon and underftanding fail him, if hee bee 
fpeechlefs,ifhisfightforfakehim,if hee would tumble head-long out of his bed, beeing not 
at all able to remoov the other parts of his bodie; if hee have a continual fever ,if his tongue bee 
black with drinefs,if the edges of the wound bee black or drie,andcaft forth no fanious matter, 
if they refemble the color of falted-fleffi,if hee have an apoplexie,phrenfie,convulfion or palfie, 
with an involuntarie excretion, or abfolutefuppreffion of the urine and excrements. You may 
know that a man hath his throat, that is, his weafon and winde-pipe cut. Firft by the fight of 
his wound, and next by the aboliffiment of the funftion or office thereof both waies, for the 
patient can neither fpeak nor fwallow anie meat or drink ; and the parts that are cut afunder, 
divide themfelvs by retraftion upwards or downwards one from another , whereof commeth 
fudden or prefent death. You may know that a wound hath pierced into the breaft or conca- 
vitie of the bodie, if the air com forth at the wound making a certain whizzing noif,if the pa- 
tient breathe with greatdifficultie, if hee feel a great heavinefs or weight on or about the 
midriff, whereby it may bee gathered, that a great quantitie of blood lieth on the place or 
midriff, and fo caufleth him to feel a weight or heavinefs, which by little and little , will bee 
caft up by vomiting. But a little after a fever commeth, and the breath is unfavorie, and (link- 
ing, by reafon that the putrifying blood is turned into fanies: the patient cannot lie but on 
his back, and hee hath an often defire to vomit, but if hee efcape death, his wound will degene- 
■ rate into a Fiftula, and at length will confume him by little and little. 
c Wee may know that the Lungs are wounded by the foaming and fpumous blood comming 
out both at the wound and caft up by vomiting; hee is vexed with a grievous fhortnefs of 
breath and with a pain in his fides. Wee may perceiv the Heart to bee wounded by the abun- 
dance of blood that commeth out at the wound , by the trembling of all the whole bodie, by 
the faint and (mail pulf, palenefs of the face, cold fwcat, with often fwooning, coldnefs of the 
extreme parts, and fudden death. 
Wrhen the midriff (which the Latines call Diaphragm aJis wounded,the patient feeleth a great 
weight in that place,heeraveth and talketh idlely, hee is troubled with fhortnefs of winde, a 
cough, and fit of greevous pain , and drawing of the intrals upwards. Wherefore when all 
thefe accidents appear, wee may certainly pronounce that death is at hand. 
Death appeareth fuddenly, by a wound of the hollow Vein, or the great Arterie, by reafon 
of the great and violent evacuation of blood and fpirits, whereby thefunftions of the Heart 
and Lungs are flopped and hindered. 
The marrow of the back bone beeing pierced, the patient is affaulted with a palfie or con- 
vulfion verie fuddenly,and fence and motion faileth in the parts beneath it, the excrements of 
the bladder are either evacuated againft the patients will,or elf are altogether flopped. 
When the Liver is wounded,much blood commeth out at the wound,and pricking-pain di- 
fperfeth it felf even unto the fword-like griftle, which hath it's fituation at the lower end of 
the breaft-bone called Siernon: the blood that faileth from thence down into the inteftines 
doth often-times infer moft malign accidents, yea, and fbmtimes death. 
. When the ftomach is wounded, the meat and drink com out at the wound, there followeth 
a vomiting of pure choler, then commeth fweating and coldnefs, of the extreme parts , and 
therefore wee ought to prognofticate death to follow fuch a wound. 
When the Milt or Splene is wounded, black and grofs blood cometh out at the wound, 
the patient will bee verie thirftie, with pain on the left fide, and the blood break's forth 
into the bellie, and there putrifying canffethmoft malign and greevous accidents, and 
oten-times death to follow. 
When the guts are wounded, the whole bodie is griped and pained, the excrements com 
out at the wound, whereat alfo often-times the guts break forth with great violence. 
When the Reins or Kidnies are wounded, the patient will have great pain in making his 
urine, and the blood commeth out together therewith; the pain commeth down even unto 
the groin, yard, and tefticles. 
When the Bladder and Ureters are wounded, the. pain goeth even unto the entrails ; the 
parts 
Signs of a fra-' 
Surcd fcull. i 
Signs of death 
by a wound 
on the head. 
Signs that the 
throat is cut. 
Signs that a 
wound hath 
pierced in the 
concavitie of 
thecheft. 
Signs that the 
Lungs are 
wounded. 
That the 
Heart is' 
wounded. 
The Midriff. 
The Ven»CtL- 
va, and great 
Artorie. 
The fpinal 
marrow. 
The Liver. 
The Stomach, 
The Spleen. 
The Guts, 
Hie Kidnies. 
The Bladder* Lib.28. 
How to make and to Enbalm the dead. 
755 
parts all about, and belonging to the groin are diftended, the urine is bloodie that is made,and 
the fame allo commeth oftentimes out of the wound. 
When the womb is wounded,the blood commeth out at the privities,and all other accidents 
appear, like as when the bladder is wounded. 
When the finews are pricked or cut half afonder, there is great pain in the affe&ed place, 
and there followeth a fudden inflammation, flux, abcefs, fever, convulfion, and oftentimes a 
gangrene or mortification of the part, whereof commeth death , unlels it bee fpeedily 
prevented. 
Having declared the figns and tokens of wounded parts, it now remaineth that wee fet 
down other figns of certain kindes of death that are not common,or natural,whereabout when 
there is great ftrife and contention made,it oftentimes is determined and ended by the judgment 
of the difcreet Phyfician or Surgeon. 
Therefore if it chance,that a nurf either through drunkennefs,or negligence, lie's upon her 
infant lying in bed with her and fo Aifle's or fmother's it to death.-If your judgment bee requi- 
red, whether the infant died through the default, or negligence of the nurf? or through 1dm 
violent or fudden diteates that laie hidden and lurking in the bodie thereof ? You ftiall finde 
out the truth of the matter by thete figns following. 
For if the infant were in good health before; if hee were not froward or crying; if his 
mouth and noftrils, now beeing dead, bee moift'ned or bedewed with a certain foam, if his 
face bee not pale,but of a Violet or Purple color; if when the bodie is opened the Lungs bee 
found fwoln and puffed up, as it were with a certain vaporous foam and all other intrals 
founddt is a token that the infantwas ftifled,fmothered or ftrangledby fom outward violence. 
If the bodie or'dead corps of a man bee found lying in a field, or houf alone, and you bee 
called by a Magiftrate to deliver your opinion,whether the man were (lain by lightning or fom 
other violent death ? You may by the following figns finde out the certaintie hereof. 
For everie bodie that is blafted, or ftricken with lightning,doth caft forth or breathe out an 
unwholfom, flinking or fulphureous imel, fo that the birds or fowls of the air, nor dogs will 
not once touch it, much lels preie or feed on it: the part that was ftricken oftentimes found, 
and without a wound, but if you tearch it well, you fhall finde the bones under the skin to 
bee bruited, broken or (hivered in pieces. 
But if the lightning .hath pierced into the bodie, which making a wound therein (accor- 
ding to the judgment of Plinie) the wounded part is far colder then all the reft of the bodie, 
For lightning driveth the moft thin and fierie air before it, and ftriketh it i nto the bodie with 
great violence, by the force whereof the heat that was in the part is foon difperfed, wafted 
aud confumed. Lightning doth alwaies leav fom imprelfion or fign of fom fire either by ufti- 
on or blacknefs: for no lightning is without fire. 
Moreover whereas all other living creatures when they are ftricken with lightning fall on 
the contrarie fide, onely man falleth on the affefted fide, if hee bee not turned with violence 
toward the coaft or region from whence the lightening came. 
If a man bee ftricken with lightening while hee is afleep, hee will bee found with eies open; 
contrariwife, if hee bee ftricken while hee is awake, his eies will bee clofed, as Plinie writeth- 
Philip Commines writeth that thote bodies that are ftricken with lightning are not fiibjeft to 
corruption as others are. 
Therefore in antient time it was their cuftom neither to burn,nor burie them,for the brim- 
ftone which the lightning bringeth withit, was unto them in ftead of fait, forthat by the 
drienefs and fierie heat thereof it did preterv them from putrefaftion. 
Allo it may bee inquired in judgement, Whether aniethat is dead and wounded, received 
thete wounds alive or dead. Truely the wounds that are made of a living man, if hee die of 
them, after his death will appear red and bloodie, with the fides or edges fwoln,or pale round 
about: contrariwite, thote that are made in a dead man, will bee neither red, bloodie, fwoln, 
nor puffed up. For all the faculties and ftmftions of life in the bodie do ceaf and fall toge- 
ther by death; fo that thenceforth no fpirits nor blood can bee fent, or flow into the wounded 
place. Therefore by thete figns which fhall appear it may bee declared that hee was wounded 
dead or alive. 
The like queflion may com in judgment when a man is found hanged, whether hee weres 
dead, or alive. Therefore if hee were hanged alive , the imprelfion or print of the rope will £ 
appear red, pale, orblack, and the skin round about it will bee contra&ed or wrinkled, by c 
reafon of the compreflion which the cord hath made; alfo oftentimes the head of the afpera 
arteria is rent and torn, and the tecond fpondyl, and the neck luxated or mooved out of his 
place.Alfo the arms and leggs will bee pale, by reafon of the violent and fudden fuffbcation of 
the fpirits : moreover there will bee a foam about his mouth, and a foamie and filthie matter 
hanging out of his noftrils, beeing tent thither both by reafon that the Lungs are (uddenly 
heated and fuffbcated,as alfo by the convulfion and conculfion of the brain like as it were in 
the falling-licknefs. Contrariwite if hee bee hanged dead, none of thefe figns appear: for 
neither the print of the rope appear s red or pale, but of the fame color as the other 
parts of the bodie are, becauf in dead men the blood and fpirits do not flow tothegreev- 
ed parts* 
r . Who- 
The womb< 
The nervs. 
Signs that ar, 
infant is ftno. 
dieted,or o- 
yer-laid. 
Signs of fiicb 
as are (lain by 
lightning. 
£ifi.a,erfp.54. 
Signs of 
wonnds given 
to a living 
and dead man 
Signs whether 
one bee hang- 
ed alive or 
dead. 756 
How to make sports, and to Smbalm the Head. 
Lib.18- 
Whether one 
found dead in 
tha water 
came therein 
alive or dead. 
j Whofoeveris found dead in the waters, you (hall know whether they were thrown into the 
water alive or dead. For all the bellie of him that was thrown in alive, will bee fwoln and 
puiftd up by reafon of the water that is conteined therein ; certain clammie excrements com 
* out at his mouth and noftrils, the ends of his fingers will bee worn and excoriated,becauf that 
hee died ftriving and digging or (craping in the fand or bottom of the river5feeking fomwhat 
whereon hee might take hold to fave himfelf from drowning. Contrariwifeif hee bee thrown 
into the waters,beeing dead before, his bellie will not bee fwol'n, becauf that in a dead man 
all the paflages and conduits of the bodie do fall together, and are flopped and doled,and for 
that a dead man breathe's not,there appeareth no foam nor filthie matter about his mouth and 
note, and much left can the tops of his fingers bee worn and excoriated, for when a man is al- 
readie dead, hee cannot ftrive againft death. 
But as concerning the bodies of thofe that are drowned, thofe that fwim on the upper part 
of the water beeing fwoln or puffed up, they are not fo by reafon of the water that is contei- 
ned in the bellie, but by reafon of a certain vapor, into which a great portion of the humors 
of the bodie are converted by the efficacie of the putrifying heat. Therefore this fwelling ap- 
peareth not in all men which do perifh, or elf are caft out dead into the waters, but onely in 
them which are corrupted with the filthinefs or muddinefs of the water, long time after they 
were drowned, and caft on the fhore. 
» But now I will declare the accidents that com to thofe that are fiiffocated and ftifled or fmo- 
y thered with the vapor of kindled or burning-charcoals, and how you may fore-tel thecaufles 
thereof by the hiftorie following. In the yeareof our Lord God 1575. the tenth daie of 
May, I with Robert Greauline Doftor of Phyfick,was lent for by Mailer Hamel an Advocate of 
the Court of Parlament of Paris, to fee and (hew my opinion on two of his fervants,of whom 
the one was his Clerk, and the other his Horf-keeper. All his familie fiippofed them dead, be- 
cauf they could not perceiv or feel their Arteries to beat, all the extreme parts of their bodies 
werecold, they could neither fpeak nor moov, their faces were pale and wan, neither could 
they bee railed up with anie violent beating or plucking by the hair. Therefore all men ac- 
counted them dead, and the queftion was onely of whatkinde of death they died, fortheir 
mailer fiifpeftedthat fbmbodie had ftrangled them, others thought that each of them had 
flopped one another's winde with their hands : and others judged that they were taken with 
a fudden apoplexie. But I prefently inquired whether there had been anie fire made with coals 
in the houf lately, whereunto their mailer giving ear, fought about all the corners of the 
chamber ( for the chamber was verie little and clofe) and atlaft found an earthen-pan with 
charcoal half burned: which when wee once faw, wee all affirmed with one voice,that it was 
the cauf of all this misfortune,& that it was the malign fume and venemous vapor, which had 
(mothered them, as it were by flopping the paflages of their breath. Therefore 1 put my hand 
to the regions of their hearts, where I might perceiv that there was fom life remaining by the 
heat and pulfation that I felt though it were verie little, wherefore wee thought it convenient 
to augment and increaf it. Therefore firft of all, artificially opened their mouths,which were 
verie fall doted, and flicking obftinately together 5 and thereinto both with a fpoon and al- 
fo with a filver-pipe, wee put aqua vite often diftilled with diflolved bzerc and triade 5 when 
wee had injefted thefe medicines often into their mouths, they began to moov and to ftretch 
themfelvs, and to caft up and expel manie vifcous excreme ntal and filthie humors at their 
mouth and noftrils, and their lungs feemed to bee hot, as it were in their throats. 
Therefore then wee gave them vomitories of a great quantitie of Oxymel, and beat them 
often violently on the laft fpondil of the back, and firft of the loins, both with the hand and 
knee (for unto this place the orifice of the ftomach is turned) that by the power of the vo- 
mitorie medicine, and concuflion of the ftomach, they might bee conftrained to vomit. Nei- 
ther did our purpofefal us, for prefently they voided clammie, yellow and fpumous phlegm 
and blood. 
But wee not beeing content with all this, blowedup into their noftrils, out of a Goof- 
quil, the powder of Eupborbium, that the expulfive fa cult it? of the brain might bee ftirred 
up to the expulfion of that which opprefled it j therefore prefently the brain beeing ffiaken, 
or mooved with (heeling and inftimulated thereunto by rubbing the chymical oil of mints on 
the palate and on the cheeks, they expelled much vifcous and clammie matter at their 
noftrils. 
Then wee ufed friftions of their arms, legs, and back-bones 5 and miniftred ffiarp gly- 
flers, by whole efficacie the bellie beeing abundantly loolened, they began prefently to fpeak 
and to take things that were miniftred unto them of their own accord, and fo came to them- 
lelvs again. 
In the doing of all thefe things, James Guillemeau Surgeon unto the King, and of Pa- 
ris, and John of Saint Germanes the Apothecarie, did much help and further us. 
In the afternoon that the matter beeing well begun might have good fuccels , John Hautie, 
and Lewis 'Ibibaut, both molt learned Phylicians, were lent for unto us, with whom wee 
might confult on other things that were to bee don* They highly commended all things 
that wee had don alreadie, thought it verie convenient that cordials fhould bee miniftred un- 
them, which,by ingendring of laudable humors, might not onely generate new fpirics, but 
alfo 
Of fiich as are 
fmothered by 
Charcoal. Lib.28. 
Horn to make Embalm the Dead. 
757 
aho■attenuate and purifie thofe that were grofs and cloudie in their bodies. The reft of our 
coniultatiou was Spent in the inquirie of the cauf of fo dire a mifchance. For they faid it 
was no new or ftiange thing, tnatmenmay bee finothered with the fume and cloudie vapor 
of burning coals. . . r 
for wee reads in the works of Fulgofiw, Volaterenus ind Egnatius, that as the Emperor Jo- 
umtan travelled in winter-time towards Rome, hee beeing wearie in his journie, refted at 
a village called Didaftanes, which divideth Bithynia from Galatia, where hee laiein a cham- 
ber tnat was newly made, andplaiftered with lime, wherein they burn'd manie coals, for to 
drie the work or plaftering, that was but as yet green on the walls or roof of the cham- 
ber. Now hee died the verie fame night beeing fmothered or ftrangled with the deadlie and 
poifonous vapor of the burned charcoal, in the mid'ft of the night; this happened to him 
in the eight month of his reign, the thirtieth year of his age , and on the twentieth daie of 
Auguft. But what need wee to amplifie this matter by the antient hiftories, feeing that not 
manie years fince three fervants died in the houf of John Bigine goldfmith, who dwellethac 
the turning of the bridge of the Change, by reafbn of a fire made of coals in a dole cham- 
ber, without a chimnie where they laie. And as concerning thecaufles, thefe were alledged. 
Manie were of opinion that it happened by the default of the vapor proceeding from the 
burned coals,which beeing in a place void of all air or winde, infers fiich like accidents as the 
vapor or muft of new wine doth, that is to faie, pain, and giddinefs of the head. For both 
thefe kinds of vapor belides that they are crude, like unto thofe things whereof they com, can 
alfb verie fuddenly obftruT the original of theNervs, and fo cauf aconvulfion, by reafbn of 
the grolfnefs of their fubftance. 
For fo Hipocrates writing of thofe accidents that happen by the vapor of new wine,fpeak- 
eth. If anie man beeing drunken do fuddenly becom fpeechlefs and hath a convulfion, hee di- 
eth unlefs hee have a fever therewithal; or if hee recover not his fpeech again when his drun- 
kennefs is over. 
Even on the fame manner the vapor of the coals aflaulting the brain caufledthem to bee 
fpeechlefs, unmoovable and void of all fenf, and had died fhortly unlefs by miniftring and 
applying warm medicines into the mouth and to the noftrils, the grolfnefs of the vapor had 
been attenuated, and the expulfive faculties mooved or provoked to expel all thofe things 
that were noifom : and alfo although at the firft fight the Lungs appeared to bee grieved more 
then all the other parts, by reafon that they drew the malign vapor into the bodie , yet when 
you confider them well, it will manifeftly appear that they are not grieved, unlefs it bee 
by the fympathie or affinitie that they have with the brain when it is verie grievoufly af- 
flifted. 
The proof hereof is, becauf prefently after, there followeth an interception or defeft of 
the voice, fenfand motion : which accidents could not bee unlefs the beginning or original 
of the nervs were intercepted orletted from performing its funftion, beeing burthened by 
fom matter contrarie to nature. 
And even as thofe that have an apoplexie do not die but for want of refpiration, yet with- * 
out anie offence of the Lungs, even fo thefe two young men's deaths were at hand, by reafbn c 
that their refpiration or breathing was in a manner altogether intercepted, not through anie 1 
default of the Lungs, but of the brain and nervs diftributing fenf and motion to the whole1 
bodie and efpecially to the inftruments of refpiration. Others contrariwife contended 
and faid, thatthere was no default in the brain, but conjeftured the interception of the vi- 
tal fpirits letted or hindered from going up into the brain from the heart, by reafbn that 
the padages of the Lungs were flopped, to bee the occafion that fufticient matter could 
not bee afforded for to preferv and feed the animal-fpirit. Which was the cauf that thofe 
young men were in danger of death, for want of refpiration , without which there can bee 
no life. 
For the heart beeing in fuch a cafe, cannot deliver it felf from the fuliginous vapor that 
encompafs it, by reafbn that the Lungs are obftru&ed by the groffnefs of the vapor of the 
coals, whereby infpiration cannot well bee made, for it is made by the comparing air 
drawn into our bodies : but the air that compaffeth us doth that which nature endevoureth 
to do by infpiration, for itmoderateth the heat of the heart, and therefore it ought to bee 
endued with four qualities. The firft is, that the quantitie that is drawn into the bodie 
bee fufticient. The fecond is, that it bee cold, or temperate in quantitie. The third is, that 
it bee of a thin and mean confiftence. The fourth is, that it bee of a gentle and benign 
fubftance. z 
But thefe four conditions were wanting in the air which thefe two young men drew into 
their bodies beeing in a clofe chamber. 
For firft, it was little in quantitie, by reafbn that fmall quantitie that was conteined in that 
little clofe chamber, was partly confumed by the fire of coals, nootherwife then the air 
that is conteined in a cupping-glafs is confumed in a moment by the flame fofoonas it is 
kindled* 
Furthermore it was neither cold nor temperate,but as it were inflamed with the burning fire 
of coals. 
Thirdly, 
: lib.23. 
An hiftorie. 
Self. 5, 
I. 
The occafion 
ofthe death 
of fuch as 
have the apo- 
plexie. 
Conditions of 
the air good 
to breathe in. 758 
How to and to Embalm the dead, 
Lib.z 8. 
Thirdly, it was more grois in confidence then it Ihould bee by reafon of the admixtion of 
the grofler vapor of the coals: for the nature ot the air is fo that it may bee foon altered, and 
will verie quickly receiv the forms and impreflions of thofe fubftances that are about it. 
LafHy, it was noifom and hurtful in fubftance, and altogether ofienfive to the aierie fiib- 
ftance of ourbodies.For Charcoals are made of green wood burnt in pits under ground,and 
then extinguifht with their own fume or fmoak, as all Colliers can tell. Thefe were the o- 
pinions of moft learned men although they were not altogether agreeable one unto another, 
yet both of them depended on their proper reafons.For this at leaft is manifeft, that thole pat- 
(ages, which are common to the breft and brain, were then flopped with the groflhefs of the 
vapors of the coals: whereby it appeareth that both thefe parts were in fault, for as much as 
the confent and connexion of them with the other parts of the bodie is fo great, that 
they cannot long abide found and perfeft without their mutual help by reafon of the lo- 
ving and friendlie fympathic and affinitie that is between all the parts of the bodie one with 
another. 
Wherefore the ventricles of the brain, the paflages of the lungs and the fleepie Arteries 
beeing flopped, the vital fpirit was prohibited from entring into the brain, and confequently 
the animal fpirit retained and kep't in, fb that it could not com or difperf it felf through the 
whole bodie, whence happened the defeft of two of the faculties neceflarie for life. 
It manie times happeneth and is a queftion too frequently handled concerning women's mai- 
* den-heads; whereof the judgement is verie difficult. Yet fom ancient women and Midwives 
will brag that they afluredly know it by certain and infallible figns. For (faie they) in fuch 
as are virgins there is a certain membrane of parchment-like skin in the neck of the womb, 
which will hinder the thrufling in of the finger if it bee put in anie thing deep, which mem- 
brane is broken when firft they have carnal copulation, as may afterwards bee perceived by the 
free entrance of the finger. Befides, fuch as are defloured have the neck of their womb more 
large and wide; as on the contrarie, it is more contracted, ftrait and narrow in virgins. But 
howdeceitful and untrue thefe figns and tokens are, ffiall appear by that which followeth; 
for this membrane is a thing preternatural,and which is fcarce found to bee in one of a thou- 
fand from the firft conformation. Now the neck of the womb will bee more open or ftrait 
according to the bignefs and age of the partie. For all the parts of the bodie have a certain mu- 
tual proportion and commenfuration in a well-made bodie. 
Joubertus hath written, that at Letioure in Gafconie, a woman was delivered of a child in the 
ninth year of her age,and that (hee is yet alive and called Joan de Perie being wife to Videau Be- 
ebe the receiver of the amercements of the King of Navare: which is a moft evident argument, 
that there are (bm women more ableto accompanie with a man at nine years old, then manie 
other at fifteen, by reafon of the ample capacitie of their womb and the neck thereof; Befides 
alfo, this paflage is enlarged in manie by fom accident, as by thrufling their own fingers more 
ftrongly thereinto by reafon of fom itching, or by the putting up of a Nodule, or Peffarie of 
the bignefs of a man's yard, for to bring down the courfes. Neither to have milk in their 
brefts is anie certain fign of loft virginitie; For Hippocrates thus write's ; But if a woman 
which is neither with child, nor hath had one, have milk in her brefts , then her courles have 
failed her. 
Moreover, Ariftotle report's that there bee men who have fuch plentie of milk in their brefts, 
that it may bee fucked or milked out. ' 
Car dan writes, that hee faw at Venice one Antonie Bufsey fbm 30. years old, who had milk 
in his brefts iu fuch plentie, as fufficed to fuckle a child, fo that it did not onely drop, but 
fpring out with violence like a woman's milk. Wherefore let Magiftrates beware left thus ad- 
moniffied, they too raffily afleent to the reports of women. Let Phyficians and Chirurgions 
have a care left they do too impudently bring Magiftrates into an error, which will not re- 
dound fo much to the judge's difgrace, as to their's. 
But if anie defire toknow, whether one bee poifoned, let him fearch for the Symptoms and 
figns in the foregoing and particular treatif of poifons. But that this doftrine of making re- 
ports may bee the eafier, I think it fit to give prefidents, in imitation whereof the young Chi- 
rurgion may frame others. The firft prefident ffiall bee of death to enfue; a fecond of a doubt- 
ful judgement of life and death 5 the third of a impotencie of a member; the fourth of the hurt- 
ing of manie members. 
I A.P. Chirurgion of Paris, this twentieth.daie of Maie by the command of the Counfel, 
entred into the houf of John Brojey, whom I found lying in bed, wounded on his head,with 
a wound in his left temple, piercing the bone with a fraChire and effrafture, or depreflion of 
the broken bone, fcales and meninges into the fubftance of the brain, by means whereof, his 
pulf was weak, hee was troubled with raving, convulfion, cold fweat, and his appetite was de- 
jefted. Whereby may bee gathered that certain and fpeedie death is at hand. In witnefs where- 
of I have figned this Report with my own hand. 
By the Coroner s command I havevifited Peter Lucey, whom I found fick in bed, beeing 
wounded with a Halbert on his right thigh.Now the wound is of the bredth of three fingers 
and (b deep that it pierce's quite through his thigh with the cutting alio of the vein and arterie 
whence enffied much eflufion of blood,which hath exceedingly weakned him,& caufled him to 
(wound 
Of the figns 
of virginities 
Lib.de ertor. 
popul. 
5* 
Li J. 4. de hifla 
lib. 12. de 
(iebtiliiate. 
A certificate 
of death. 
Another in a 
doubtfid cafe* ■ Lib.zS. 
Hoyv to make Reports, and to Embalm the dead. 
759 
(wound often; now all his thigh is fwoln,livid, and give's occafion to fear worf fymptoms, 
which is the cauf that the health and fafetie of the partie is to bee doubted of. 
By the Juftice's command I entred into the houf of James Bertey, to vifithisown brother; 
I found him wounded in his right arm, with a wound of fom four fingers bignefs, with 
the cutting of the tendons bending the leg, and of the veins, arteries, and Nervs* Where- 
fore I affirm that hee is in danger of his life, by reafon of the malign fymptoms that ufu- 
ally happen upon fuch wounds, fiich' as are great pain , a fever, inflammation, abfcefs, con- 
vulfion, gangrene and the like. Wherefore hee ftand s of provident and careful drefling, 
by benefit whereof if hee efcape death, without doubt hee will continue lame , during 
the remainder of his life , by reafon of the impotencie of the wounded part. And this 1 
affirm under my hand* 
Wee the Surgeons of Pcrft, by the command of the Senate, this twentieth daie of March, 
have vifited Mafter Lewis Vertoman., whom wee found hurt with five wounds. The firft infli- 
cted on his head, in the middle of his fore-head-bone, to the bignefs of three fingers, and it 
penetrate's even to the fecond table, fo that wee were forced to pluck away three fplintersof 
the fame bone. The other was athwart his right cheek, and reachetli from his ear to the mid'ft 
of his note, wherefore wee ftitched it with four ftitches. The third is on the mid'ft of his bcL- 
lie, of the bignefs of two fingers, but fo deep that it afeend's into the capacitie of the bellie, fo 
that wee were forced to cut away portion of the Kall, comming out thereat, to the bignefs of 
a walnut, becauf having loft it's natural color, it grew black and putrified. The fourth was 
upon the back of his left hand, the bignefs almoft of four fingers, with the cutting of the 
veins, arteries, nervs, and part of the bones of that part 5 whence it is, that hee will bee lame 
of that hand, howfbever carefully and diligently healed. 
Now becauf by hurting the fpinal marrow, men becom lame, fomtimes of a leg; it is fit 
you know that the fpinal marrow defeend's from the brain like a rivelet for the diftribution 
of the nervs, who might diftribute fenf and motion to all the parts under the head 5 where- 
fore if by hurting the fpinal marrow, the patient's arms or hands are refolved dr numB,ob 
wholly without fenf, it is a fign thefe nervs are hurt which com forth of the fifth, fixth, fe- 
venth vertebra of the neck. But if the fame accidents happen to the thigh, leg or foot with 
refrigeration, fo that the excrements flow voluntarily, without the patient's knowledg, or elf 
are totally fuppreft, it is a fign that the finews which proceed from the vertebra of the loins 
and holie-bone are hurt, or in fault; fo that the animal-facultie bellowing fenf and motion 
upon the whole bodie, and the benefit of opening and {hutting to the fphin&er-mufcle of the 
bladder and fundament, cannot fhew it's felf in thefe parts, by which means hidden death hap- 
pen's, efpecially if there bee difficultie of breathing therewith. 
Beeing to make report of a childe killed with the mother, have a care that you make a dif- 
creet report, whether the childe were perfeft in all the parts and members thereof, that 1 
the Judg may equally puniffi the autor thereof. For hee meriteth far greater punilhment, J 
who hath killed a childe perfectly fhaped and made in all the members; that is, hee which 
hath killed a live-childe, then hee which hath killed an Embry an, that is, a certain concre- 
tion of the fpermatick bodie. For Mofes punifheth the former with death, as that htc 
(hould give life for life, but the other with a pecuniarie mulft. But I ijudgit fit to exemplifie 
this report by a Prefident. 
I A.E. By the Judges command vifited Miftris Margaret Vlmarie, whom I found fick in bed, 
having a ftrong fever upon her, with a convulfion and efflux of blood out of her womb, by rea- 
fon of a wound in her lower bellie, below her navil on the right fide, penetrating into the ca- 
pacitie of her bellie, and the wound therein; whence it hath com to pals, that fhee was delive- 
red before her time of a male childe, perfect in all his members but dead, beeing killed by the 
fame wound, piercing through his fcull into the marrow of the brain. Which in a fhort time 
will bee the death of the mother alfo* In teftimonie whereof, I have put my hand and feal. 
In the lofs of 
a member# 
Another in 
the hurts of 
divers parts. 
A caution in 
making report 
ofa woman 
with childe 
teeing killed 
Tfo manner bow to Embalm the Dead. 
Had determined to finifh this my tedious work with the precedent Treatif of Re- 
ports ; but a better thought came into my head, which was, to bring Man,whole cure 
I had undertaken, from his Infancie, to his End, and even to his Grave; fo that no- 
thing might bee here defective which the Surgeon might by his profeflion, perform about man's 
bodie either alive, or dead. Verily there hath fcarce ever been a Nation Co barbarous, which 
hath not onely been careful for the Burial, but alfo for the Embalming or preferving of their 
dead bodies. For the verie Scythiansswho have leemed to exceed other Nations in barbarouf- 
nets and inhumanitie, have don this; for (according to Herodotus) the Scythians burie not the • 
corps of their King, before that beeing embowelled and fluffed hill of beaten Cyprels,Frankin-! 
cenf, the feeds of Perllie, and Anif, hee bee alfo wrapped in fear-cloths. The like care n 
hath alfo polielled the mindes of the Ethiopians; for having disburdened the corps of their 
friends, of their intralsand flelh, theyplaftered them over, and then having thus rough-c 
caft them, they painted them over with colors fo to exprefs the dead to the life; they inclofedf 
The care 
the Scythe anj 
in the Embal- 
ming tbeir 
deal. 
Th like far.' 
Of th? W'!.(r; 
pidii How to make Reports, and to Embalm the dead, 
Lib.28. 
760 
them thus adorned in a hollow pillar of glafs, that thus incloftd they might beeften and yet 
not annoie the fpeftators with their fmell. Then were they kept the (pace of a year, in the 
hands of their next kindred; who, during this fpace, offered and facrificed to them. The year 
ended, they carried them forth of the cittie,and placed them about the walls each in his proper 
vault,as Herodo twaffirm's. But this pious care of the dead, did far otherwife affeft the Egjpfi- 
then it did other nations. For they were fo ftudious to preferv the meinorie of their aqcc- 
ftors, that they Embalmed their whole bodie with aromatick ointments, and ftt them in trans- 
lucent Urns, or glafs-Cells in the more eminent and honored part of their houfts, that fo they 
might have them daily in their fight,and might bee as monuments, and inciters to ftir them up 
to imitate their Father's and Grandfire's virtues. Befides alfo the bodies thus embalmed with 
aromatick and balfamick ointments, were in (lead of a moft fare pawn, fo that if anie Egyptian 
had need of a great fam of monie,they might eafily procure it of fuch as knew them and their 
neighbors, by pawning the dead bodie of fom of their dead parents. For by this means the cre- 
ditor was certain, that hee which pawned it would fooner loft his life,then break his promift. 
But if all things fo unhappily fucceeded with anie,fo that through povertie hee could not fetch 
home his pawn again, but was forced to forgo it, hee was fo infamous amongft all men,during 
the reft of his life, as one banifhed, or forlorn 5 and lofing his freedom hee fhall becom a ftr- 
vant, yea, (corned and reviled of all men, hee (hould bee accounted unworthie to enjoie the 
light and focietie of men. And certainly the Egyptians underftanding the life which wee here 
lead, to bee of fhort continuance, companion beeing made with that which wee are to live af- 
*er the ftparation of the foul from the bodie, they were more negligent in building their hon- 
es they dwelt in,but in rareing the pyramids which ihould ferv them in ftead of fepulcres, 
:hey were fo beyond reafon famptuous and magnificent, that for the building of one of theft 
edifices fo renowned over all the world, which King Cheoper begun, a hundred thouland men 
were everie three months, for twentie years fpace there kept at work: It was five furlongs, and 
beeing fquare,each fide was 800. foot long, and fo much in height. Almoft all the pieces of 
marble went to the building thereof, were thirtie foot long, engraven and carved with various 
workmanfliip,as Herodotus report's. But before the bodies were committed to theft magnificent 
Sepulcres, they were carried to the Salters and Embalmers, who for that purpoft had allow- 
ance of out of the publick ftock. Theft befmeared them with Aromatick,and Baliamick oint- 
ments, and ftwed up the incifions they made, then ftrewed them over with (alt, and then co- 
vered them with brine for 70. daies 5 which beeing exfpired, they waflied them, beeing taken 
thence, and all the filth beeing taken ofF, they wrapped them in Cotton-cloths, glued together 
with a certain gum 5 then their kinfmen placed them thus ordered in a wooden Coffin carved 
like to a man. This was the facred and accuftomed rite of Embalming and Burying dead bo- 
dies amongft the Egyptians which were of the richer fort. Our countrie-men the French, ftir- 
red up with the like defire, embalm the bodies of their Kings and Nobles with (pices and 
(weet ointments. Which cuftom they may feem pioufly and chriftianly to have taken from 
the Old and New Teftament, and the antient and laudable cn ft om of the Jews 5 for you may 
read in the New Teftament that Jofepb bought a fine linnen-cloth, and Nicodemus brought 
a mixture of myrrh and Aloes about 100. pound weight, that they might embalm and burie 
the bodie of Jejus Chrift our Saviour,for a fign and argument of the renovation and future in- 
tegritie which they hoped for by the refarreftion of the dead. Which thing the Jews* had re- 
ceived by tradition from their anceftors. For Jofepb in the old Teftament commanded his 
Phyficians, they (hould embalm the dead bodie of his father with (pices- 
But the bodie which is to bee embalmed with (pices for verie long continuance muft firft 
' of all bee embowelled, keeping the heart apart, that it may bee embalmed and kept as the 
kinsfolks fhall think fit. Alfo the brain, the fcull beeing divided with a faw, (hall bee taken 
out. Then (hall you make deep incifions along the arms, thighs, kgs, back, loins and but- 
tocks, efpecially where the greater veins and arteries run, firft that by this means the blood 
may bee prefled forth, which otherwift would puirefie and give occafion and beginning to pu- 
trefaftion to the reft of the bodie; and then that there may bee (jpaqe to put in the aromatick 
powders; the whole bodie (hall bee wafhed over with a fpunge dipped in aqua vity, and 
ftong vineger, wherein (hall bee boiled tvormwood, aloes, coloquintida, common (alt and 
alum. Then theft incifions, and all the paflages and open places of the bodie, and the 
three bellies fhall bee (luffed with the following (pices grofly powdered. R. pul. rofar. cba- 
mym- melil. baljami, mentby, anethi, falvitj lavwid. rorijmar. marjoran. thymi, abfinthii, cyperi, 
calami aromat. gentians, ireos florent. ajflt odorate, caryophyll. nucis mofchat, cinnamomi, ftyracis, cala- 
mity. benjoini. rnyrrby, aloes, fantal. omnium quod [ufficit. Let tbsdneifions bee (owed up and the 
open fpaces that nothing fall out; then forthwith let the whole bodie beeannointed with Tur- 
pentine diffolved with oil of Roftsand Camomil, adding,if you (hall think it fit, fom Chy- 
mical oils of (pices, and then let it bee again ftrewed over with the fore-mentioned powder; 
then wrap it in a linnen-cloth, and then in (ear-cloths. 
Laftly, let it bee put in a Coffin of Lead, fare ibuderedand filled up with drie(weet 
herbs. But if there bee no plentie of the fore-mentioned fpices, as it ufually happen's in be- 
fieged towns, the Surgeon (hall bee contented with the powder of quenched lime, common 
allies made of oke-wood. 
Eor 
Lib. ?. 
Of the 
Vims, 
Yhereafon of, 
building the J 
Eglptia'nsPy- | 
ramids. 
Lib. 2. 
John ip, 39. 
Gen.Jo.*« 
The manner 
of embalming 
for along 
continuance. 
How to em- 
balm bodies 
when as wee 
want {pices. LiB.zy. 
761 
For thus the bodiebeeingover and above waffied in ftrong vinegar, or Lee, fhall bee kept a 
long time, if fo bee that a great difldiving heat do not bear fwaie, or if it bee not put in a hot■ 
and moift place. And this condition of time and place is the cauf why the dead bodies of Prin-' 
cesand Kings, though embalmed with Art and colt, within the (pace of fix or (even daies, in ( 
which they are kept to bee (hewed to the people after their embalming,do caft forth fo greevous 
a (ent,that none can induce it; fo that they are forced to bee put in a leaden Coffin. For the 
air which incompafleth them groweth fo hot by reafon of the multitude of people flowing to 
the fpeftacle,and the burning of lights night and dale, that the fmall portion of the native heat 
which ramaineth beeing diflipated, they eafily putrefie, eipecially when as they are not firft 
moiftened and macerated in the liquor of aromatick things, as the JEgjptztfHrantiently ufed to 
do, fteeping them in brine for 70 daies, as I formerly told you out of Herodotus. I put in minde 
hereby, u(e, that fo the embalming may becom the more durable, to fteep the bodies ( beeing 
embowelled, and pricked all over with (harp bodkins, that fo the liquor hindering putrefa&i- 
on may penetrate the deeper into them J in a wooden tub filled with ftrong vinegar of the de- 
coftion of aromatick and bitter things, as Aides, Rue, Wormwood, and Coloquintida; and 
there keep them for twentie daies,pouring thereinto eleven or twelv pintes of Aqua vitt. Then 
taking it forth, and fetting it on the feet, I keep it in a clear and drie place. I have at home the 
bodie of one that was hanged,which 1 begged of the Sheriff, embalmed after this manner, which 
remaine's found for more then 25 yeers, (b that you may tell all the mufcles of the right fide, 
( which 1 have cut up even to their heads, and plucked them from thole that are next them for 
diftinftion's (ake,that fo I may view them with my eies, and handle them with my hands as of- 
ten as I pleaf9that by renuingmy memoriel may work more certainly andlurely, when as I 
have anie more curious operation to bee performed) the left fide remain's whole,and the Lungs 
Heart, Dzaphragma, ftomach, fplene, "kidnies, beard , haiers, yea and the nails , which beeing 
pared, I have often obferved to grow again to their former bignefs. 
And let this bee the bound of this our immenf labor's and by God's favor,our refhto whom 
Almightie, all-powerful,immortal and invifible,bee afcribed all honor and glorie for ever,and 
ever, Amen, 
Why the bo- 
dies of our 
Princes* how 
well foevet 
embalmed* 
corrupt in a 
few dales* 
Labor intprobus omnia vincit* 
The end of the Treatif of reports , and embalming the dead. 
The Apologie and Treatif, conteining the voiages made 
into divers places. By Anibrofe Tare of Laval in 
Maine, Counfellor and chief Chirugion to the King. 
The twentie ninth Book. 
Ruelylhad not put my hand to the pen, to write on fuch a thing, ®er' 'aJ 
fom have impudently injured, taxed, and more through Paf.,c"I"hat"d' d 
mee, then for zeal or love they bear to the publick good; which was, concei a y 
manner of tying the Veins and Arteries , writing thus as followeth. 
Male ieitur & nirniitm°arroganter inconfidtus & temerarius quidam, vafirum ufiionem fofi emortui 
omnibus flurMm <°mmcnd"'amfi 
vumquendam deligandi vafanwdunt, contra veteres omnes me icos fin ' J actl*artem Canam 
cere cuyiens,nec animadvertit majoramulto pericula ex ipfa vaforu *^ram fi acu nervofam aliquant 
urnifM hberxtm and raft pt4n blame and con- 
OF what the 
Adverfarieac- 
cufeth the An • 
tor. 
The words of 
the Advert- 
rie. 762 
Ai Apologie or Treatif, 
Lib.29. 
of the Antient Phyficians, taking no heed, nor beeing well advifed, that there happen's far greater pe- 
rils, and accidents, through this new waie of tying the veflels (which hee will have to bee made with a 
needle,piercing deeply the found part) then by the burning and uftion of the faid veflels 5 for if the 
needle fhall prick anie nervous part, yea the nerv it felf, when hee iliall by this new and unaccuftonied 
waie abfurdly conftrein the vein by bindeing it,therc mu ft neceflarily follow a new inflammation 5 from 
an convulfion; from a convulfion,death : for fear of which accidents, Galen never durft 
flitch tranfverfal wounds,(which notwithftanding were lefs dangereiisjbsfore hee had difcovered the A- 
poneurofesof themufcles. Moreover thepincers with which,after the feftion, the flelh is again dilace- 
rated, while hee think's to draw the veflels out which are drawn in toward their original, bring no left 
pain then thecautering irons do. And if anie one having experimented this new manner of crueltie 
have efcaped danger,hee ought to render thanks to Almightie God for ever,through whole goodneft hee 
hath been free'd from fuch tyrannic, feeling rather his executioner then his methodical Chirurgion. 
TbeAutors what fweet words are here for one,who is faid to bee a wife and learned Doftor? hee re- 
anfwen. member's not that his white beard admonilheth him, not to fpeak anie thing unworthie of his 
age,and that hee ought to put off and drive out of him all envie and rancor conceived againft his neigh- 
bor. So now I will prove by autoritie, reafon and experience, that the faid Veins and Arteries ought to 
bee tied. Autorities. 
AS for Autorities,! will com to that of that worthie man Hippocrates, who wil's and command' the 
cure of Fiftula's in the fundament by ligature,as well to confume the callofitie,as to avoid hemor- 
ragie. In the book of Fiftula's of the fundament chap. 3. book. 5. leaf 4. 
Galen, Treatif 2. chap. 17. in his method, fpeaking of a flux of blood made by an outward cauG of 
whom fie here the words. It is (faith hee) moft fure to tie the root of the veflel, which I underftand to 
bee that which is moft near to the Liver,or the heart. 
Avicen, Treatif 3. doft. 1. chap. 3. command's to tie the vein and the Arterie, after it is difcovered 
towards his original. 
Guido of Cauliac,fpeaking of the wounds of the Veins and Arteries,injoineth the Chirurgion to make 
the ligature in the veflel. 
Mafter Hol/ier in the 3. book, chap. 4. of the matter of Chirurgerie, fpeaking of a flux of blood, 
command's expreffly to tie the veflels. 
Calmetheus in the 12. chap, of the wounds in the Veins and Arteries, tel's a moft lure waie to ftaie a 
flux of blood, by ligature of the veflel. 
Celfus, chap.26.book 5.from whom the faid Phyfician hath fnatchedthe moft part of his book,charg- 
eth exprefly,to tie the veflels in a flux of blood happening to wounds,as a remedie moft eafie & moft fure. 
Vejaliiu in his Chirurgerie, chap. 4 book 3. willeththat the veflels bee tied in a flux of blood. 
John de Vigo, book 1. treatif 1. treating of a hemorragie in bleeding wounds, command's to tie the 
Vein, and the Arterie. 
Tegaultius chap. 12.book 2. treating of the means to ftaie the flux of blood, command's to pinch the 
Vein or Arterie with a Crow or Parrat's-bill, then to tie it with a verie ftrong thred. 
Peter of Argillata of Bullongne, treatif 4. chap. 11. book. 1. difeourfing of a flux of blood, and the 
means to ftop it, giveth a fourth waie expresfly, which is made by ligature of the veflels. 
John Andreas a Cruce, a Venetian, book i.feft. 3 .chap. i6.pag.$. upon the 88. chap, of the book ofPaul 
make's mention of a method, to ftaie a flux of blood by the ligature of the veflels. 
P' Alechamp command's to tie the Veins and Arteries* 
See then f my little good man) the autorities which command you to tie the veflels. As for the rea- 
fbns, I will debate of them. 
The hemorragie(14ie you)is not fb much to bee feared in the leftion of the Call, as that of the Va- 
rices, and the incifion of the temporal Arteries,as after the amputation of a member.Now you your felf 
command that in cutting the Varices, the flux of blood bee flopped by the ligature of the veflels. in the 
book 2. chap, of Angealogie, leaf 176. You command the fame in the book ofStitches i.ehap. fpeaking 
of the flitch,with the amputation and feftion of the Call, changed by the outward air, fee heer your 
own words : After that muft bee confidered concerning the Call: for if there bee anie part corrupted, 
putrified, withered,or blackifli: Firft having tied, for fear of a flux of blood, you do not bid afterward 
to have it cauterifedj but to faie the truth, you have your eies Ihut, and all your fenfes dulled, when you 
would fpeak againft fo fure a method, and that it is not but through anger, and an ill will. For there 
is nothing which hath more power to drive reafon from her feat, then choice and anger.Moreover when 
one come's tocauterife and difmember the parts, oftentimes when the Efchar come's to fal oftjthere hap- 
pen s a new flux of blood : As I have feen divers times, not having yet been infpired by God, with lb 
fure a means then, when I ufed the heat of fire. Which if you have not found, or underftood this method 
in the books of the Antients, you ought not thus to tread it under your feet, and (peak unlucke ly of 
one who all his life hath preferred the profit of the Common-wealth before his own particular.lt is not 
more then reafbnable to bee founded upon the faying of Hippocrates j in the chapter of burning, 2.book 
leaf 206. upon whofe autoritie you ferv your felf,which is thus That what the medicament cureth not 
the iron doth, and what the iron doth not amend, the fire exterminateth: It is a thing which favor's not 
of a Chriftian, to fall to burning at the firft dafh without flaying for anie more gentle remedies.As you 
your felfwrite, in the firft book leaf 5. fpeaking of the conditions required in a Chirurgion to cure 
well i which paflage you borrow from fom other place: for that which may bee don gently without fire, 
is much more commended then otherwift. Is it not a thing which all fchools hold as a Maxim,that wee 
muft Lib. 19. 
concerning diverf Voiages. 
763 
muft alvvaies begin with molt ealie remedies, which if they bee not fufficientywee muft then 
com to extreme,following the doftrine of Hippocrates ? Galen command's in the place before 
alledgedjto treat or dreis the difeafed quickly, lately, and with the leaft pain that is poflible. 
(jalen in 4. 
book of the 
Me/A.and in 
the book of - . , , , 
Art of Hippocr »te> <Apho> the *. book. 1 • In the book of 
Let us com to Reason. 
NOvv fo it is,that one cannot appne not irons due vvitn extreme and vehement pain m a knhble pare 
void of a Gangrene,which would bee caufof a Convulsion,Fever,yea oft-times of Death.Moreover 
it would bee a long while afterwards before the poor patients were cured, becaufthat by the 
a&ion of the fire there is made an efchar,vvhich proceed's from the fubjeft flefli,which beeing 
fallen, nature muft regenerate a new flefli in ftead of that which hath been burned; as alfo the bone re- 
main's difcovered and bare; and by this means,for themoft part there remain's an ulcer incurable. More- 
over there is yet another accident. It happeneth that oftentimes the cruft beeing fain ofF, the flefli not 
beeing well renued, the blood iffueth out as it did before.But when they (hall beetied,the ligature fal's 
not off until the firft flefli have verie well covered them again : which is proved by Galen in the 5. book 
of his that efcharotick medicines which caufa cruft or efchar,vvhenfoever they fall off,leav 
the part more bare then the natural habit require's.For the generation of a cruft proceed's from the parts 
fiibjeft, and which are fituate round about it, beeing alfo burned,as 1 may faie: wherefore by how much 
the part is burnt, by fo much it loleth the natural heat.Then tell mee when it is neceffarie to 
ufe efcarotick medicines,or cantering irons?'Tis when the flux of blood iscaufledby erofion, 
or lom Gangrene or putrefa&ion. Now is it thus ? In frefli bleeding wounds there is neither Gangrene, 
nor putrefaftion.Therefore,the cauteries ought not to bee there applied. And when the Antients com- 
manded to applie hot irons to the mouths of the veffels,it hath not been onely to ftaie the flux of blood, 
but chiefly to correft the malignitie, or gangrenous putrefaction which might fpoil the neighboring 
parts. And it muft bee here noted,that if I had known luch accidents to happen,which you have declared 
in your book,in drawing and tying the veffels,! had never been twice deceivedjnor would I ever have left 
by my writings to pofteritie,fuch a waie of flopping a flux of blood.But 1 writ it after 1 had feen it don & 
did it verie often, with happie fuccefs.See then what may happen through your inconfiderate counfd, 
without examining,or ftanding upon the facilitie ot tying the faid veffels-For fee,heer's your 
fcope and proposition,to tie the veflels after amputation is a new rcmedie, faie you; then it 
muit not bee ufed, it is an ill argument for a Doftor. 
Of what the 
efchar is made 
Words of the 
adverfirie* 
Propofiuons 
of the Adver- 
(arie. 
But as for that (faie youjone mult ule hre after the amputation of members, to confume and drie the 
putrefadion,which is a common thing in Gangrenes,and mortifications,that indeed hath no place here, 
becauf the praftice is to amputate the part above that which is mortified, and corrupted; as Celfa write's 
and command's,to make the amputation upon the fecond part,rather then to leav aniewhit of 
the corrupted. I would willingly ask you, if when a vein is cut tranfverf, and that it; is verie 
mnch retraced towards the original,whether you would make no confcience to burn till that you had 
found the orifice of the vein,or arterie; and if it bee not more eafie onely with a Crow-bil to pinch and 
draw the veflel,and fo tie it?In which you may openly fhew your ignorance,and that you have 
your minde feazed with much rancor and choler.Wee dailiefee the ligature of the veflels pra- 
&ifed with happie fuccefs after the amputation of a part, which I will now verifie by experiences and hi- 
ftories,of thofe to whom the faid ligaturehath Deen made, and perfons yet living. 
THe 16.of June 15 82. in the prefence of M. John Liebaud doftor in the facultie ofPhyfick 
at Paris,Claud Viard fworn Surgeon,M.Mtfbm7z Hanw,Surgeon ofMonfieur de Souvray, 
and 1,/oun Cbarbonel M.Barber-Surgeon of well underftanding the Theorick#and PraftickjrfSurge- 
rie, did with gooddexteritie amputate the left leg of a woman tormented the (pace of three years with 
extreme pain,by reafon of a great Carier which was in the bone Aftragal, Cyboides, great and little focil, 
and through all the nervous parts,through which lhee felt extreme and intolerable pains night and daie: 
(heels called Marie of Hojiel, aged 28.years,or thereabouts,wife of Peter Herve. Efquire of the Kitchin to 
the Ladie Vucbefr of Vzez3dwelling in the ftreet of Verbois on the other fide S.Martin in the fields,dwel- 
ling at the fign of the S. Jobn's-head;where the laid Cbarbonel cut off the laid leg, the bredth of 4. large 
fingers below the knee,& after that hee had incifed the flefh,& fawed the bone, hee griped the 
vein with the Crow-bil,then the Arterie,then tied them;from whence I proteft to God(which 
the companie that were there,can witnefs)that in all the operation that was fuddenly don,there was not 
fpilt one porrenger of blood; and 1 bid the faid Cbarbonel to let it bleed more, following the precept of 
Hippocrates,that it is good,in all wounds and alfo in inveterate ulcers,to let the blood run;by 
this means,the part islefs fubjeft to inflammation,The faid Cbarbonelcontinued the dreffing of 
her,who was cured in two months,without anie flux of blood happening unto her,or other ill accident; 
and fhee went to fee you at your lodging beeing perfeftly cured. 
Another hiftorie of late memorie,of a finging-man of our Ladie's Church named M. Colt, who 
broke both the bones of his leg which were crufht in divers pieces, infomuch that there was no 
hope of cure,to vvithftand a gangrene and mortification,and by confequence death. Monfieur Helin Do- 
dor Regent in the facultie of Phyfick,a man of honor and good knovvledg,GM Viard, & Simon Peter, 
fvvorn Surgeons of P<zw,men well exercifed in Surgerie;and Balthazar of Le)he,and Lefcbenal, 
M.Barber-Surgeons, well experimented in the operations of Surgerie, were all of opinion,to 
vvithftand the accidents afore faid, to make entire amputation of the whole leg,a little above the 
broken & fhivered bones & the torn nervs,veins,arterie,;the operation was nimbly don,by the faid Viard 
and the blood ftanch't by the ligature of the veflels in the prefence of the faid Helin, and M. Tonfard great 
vicar of our Eadie's Church,and was continually dreft by the faid Lefcbenal, and I went to fee him other- 
whiles; hee was happily cured without the application of hot irons,and walkech luftily on a wood- 
den leg. T112 In 
In 5. book c. 
'and 7. 
book c. 3 J. 
In the ch» of 
cutting-book 
the a. 
Expenentef.. 
Anotable hi- 
ftorie. 
The operation 
of Charbmel. 
In the7. lent, 
of the book 
of Ulcers. 
Another 
Hiftorie. 
operation 
don by Vi- 
ard. 764 
An Apologie or TreattJ 
LlB.Zp. 
Hiitoi-ie year 1583. the ic.daie of December, Touffaint Poflon born at Ronievilie, at this!prefent 
1101 le* dwelling at Beauvais near Dour dan, having his legg all ulcered, and all the bones cariez'd and 
rotten, praied niee for the honor of God to cut off his leg by reafon of the great pain which hee could 
no longer endure. After his bodie was prepared, I caufled his leg to bee cut off, four fingers below the 
rotula of the knee, by Daniel P owlet one of my tervants,to teach him and to imbolden him in fiich works; 
and there hee readily tied the veflels to ftaie the bleeding,without application of hot irons, in the pre- 
fence of James Gulilemeau ordinarie Surgeon to the King, and John Charbonell mafter-Surgeon of Paris'. 
and daring the cure was vifited by WLaffile and M Courtin Doftors, Regents in the facultie of medicine 
at Paris.The laid operation was made in the houf of John Gohel Inn-keeper, dwelling at the fign of the 
white-horfin the Greve. I will not here forget to faie,that the Ladie Princeis of Montpenfier, knowing 
that hee was poor,and in my hands,gave him monie to paie for his chamber and diet.Hee was well cured, 
Gcd bee prailed, and is returned home to his houf with a woodden-leg. 
AGangreen happened to half of the leg to one named Nicolas Mefnager aged 76. years , 
dwelling in S. Honor es ftreet, at the fign of the Basket; which happened to him through 
an inward cauf,fo that wee were conftrained to cutoff his leg to fave his life : and it was ta- 
ken off by Antonie Renaud, mailer Barber-Surgeon of Paris the i6.daie of December 1583. in 
the pretence of M. Le Fort,and M La Noile fworn Surgeons of Paris; and the blood was ftanched by the 
ligature of the veflels,and hee is at this pretent cured and in health, walking with a wooden-leg. 
AWater.man at the Port of Nefle,dwelling near Monfieur de Afw,Poft-mafter,named John Bouf- 
fiereau, in whote hands a Musket brake afiinder, which broke the bones of his head, and rent 
and tore the other parts in fuch fort that it was needful and neceflarie to make amputation of the hand 
two fingers above the wrift: which was don by James Guillemau then Surgeon in ordinarie to 
the King, who dwelt at that time with mee. The operation likewite beeing readily don, and 
the blood ftanch'd by the Ligature of the veflels without burning irons , hee is at this pretent living. 
A Merchant Grocer dwelling in S-Denis-ftreet at the fign of the great Tour no is named the 
JudgjWho fell upon his head,where was made a wound near the temporal mufcle, where 
hee had an arterie opened, from whence iflued forth blood with great impetuofitie,infomuch 
* that common remedies would not terv the turn ; I was called thither, where I found Nl.Rafle, 
M. Cointeret,M..Priard,(wom Surgeons of Paris,to ftaie blood;where pretently I took a needle and thred, 
and tied the arterie, and it bled no more after that, and was quicklie cured. M. Rouffelet can witnete it, 
not long fince Deacon of your Facultie, who was in the cure with us. 
A Sergeant of theChaftlet dwelling near S. Andrew des Arts, who had a ftroak of a (word 
* upon the throat in the Clacks medow, which cut afunder the jugular vein extern,as foon 
as hee was hurt hee put his handkercher upon the wound, and came to look mee at my houf, 
and when hee tookawaie his handkercher the blood leaped out with great impetuofitie: I fuddenly tied 
the vein toward the root;hee by this means was ftanched and cured, thanks bee to God. And if one had 
followed your manner of ftanching blood by cauteries, I leav it to bee fiippoted whether hee had been 
cured; I think hee had been dead in the hands of the operator. If 1 would recite all thote whole veflels 
were tied to ftaie the blood which have been cured, I fhould not have ended this long time;fo that mee 
thinks there are Hrftories enough recited to make you believ the blood of veins and arteries is lately 
ftanched without applying anie outward cauteries. 
Du Bartas. Hee that doth flrive againft experience, 
Daigtis not to talfiof anie learned fcience. 
TVTOw my little mafter,teeing that you reproch mee that I have not Written all the operati- 
J_N ons of Surgerie in my works which the Ancients write of,l Ihould bee verie forrie for it: 
for then indeed might you juftly call mee Carnifex. 1 have left them becauf they are too cruel, 
and am willing to follow the moderns,who have moderated fuch cruel tie: which notwithftanding you 
have followed liep by ftep, as appeareth by the operations here written,extra&ed from your book,which 
you have drawn here and there from certain ancient Autors, fiich as follow, and fuch as you have never 
praftifed nor teen. "Thefirfl operation. 
TO inveterate fluxions of the eies,and Nligrimes,Paulus JFlgineta as alfo Albucafis command 
to md&eArteriotomie, tee here the words of the fame Atginete. Y ou mark the Arteries 
which are behind the ears,then divide them in cutting to the verie bone, and make a great in- 
cifion the brpdth of two fingers,even till theArterie bee found,as you command to bee don in 
your book; but I holding the opinion of G<ife»,who command's to drels the diteated quickly, 
lafely, and with the leaft pain that is poffible, I teach the young Surgeon the means to reme- 
die fuch evils in opening the Arteries behinde the ears,& thofe of the temples, with oneonely 
incifion, as a letting Blood,and not to make a great incifion, & cut out work for a long time. 
TO fluxions which are made a long time upon the eies, Paul AEginete and Albucafis com- 
mand to make incifion which they call Perifcethifmos or Augiologie of the Greeks; and tee 
heer the words of Paul-, In this operation firft the head is fhaved, then taking heed of touch- 
ing the temporal mufcles, a tranfverf incifion muft bee made.beginning at the left temple and 
finilhingat the right, which you have put in your book word for word, without changing anie thing : 
which fheweth openly you are a right wound-maker; as may bee teen in the Chapter which you call the 
Crown cut, which is made half round under the Coronal future from one temple to another 
even to the bone. Now I do not teach fiich a cruel kinde of remedie, but inftruft the opera- 
tor by reafon, autoritie and notable proof of a fiire and certain waie to remedie fiich affedH- 
ons without butchering men in this kinde. ln 
Another Hi- 
ftotie. 
Gahgreen 
happening by 
an Antece- 
dent cauC 
Another 
Hiftorie. 
Operation 
don by GzjzZ- 
lemau. 
Another Hi- 
ftorie. 
Operation 
don by the 
Antor- 
Another Hi- 
ftbrie. 
Another Ope- 
ration. 
Book <f.c.4j. 
book 2.C.4. 
book 3. c, 9. 
fed. 7. 
In the 2book 
oftbechap'of 
Ifypo'pitil m , 
book r 4 ch. 
laft of the 
Meth. 
in the 4 tn.ot 
the 16 book 
of my work, 
Book <5.C7, 
Book 2.C.5. 
'The (econd. 
In the 2. book 
Chap- of Peri- 
Ccythifm. 
In the 26. ch. 
of the j?. book 
of my works. LlB.2p. 
conteining diverj Voiages. 
765 
F the cure of Empyema, Paul ALginet, Albuc rafts and Cel fa commanded to applie fom thir- 
book zxh.tt A teen, others fifteen Cauteries to give iflTue to the matter conteined in the breft, as the (aid 
bookj.ch.12 Cel fa in the afore-faid place appointeth for Afthmatick people, which is a thing out of all 
reafon ( which refpeft to their honor bee it fpoken) that fince the Surgeon's fcope is to give iflue to the 
matter therein conteined, there is no other queftion then to make apertion, to evacuate the matter in the 
moft inferiour part, I have (hewed the young Surgeon the means to do it fafely, without tormenting the 
patients for nothing. > 
IN Paps that are too great,Paul AEginet and Albucrafis command's to make a crofs-incifion, to 
take out all the fat, and then join together the wound by ftitch: in brief, it is to flea a man 
alive, which I have never praftiftd, nor counfel it to bee don by the young Surgeon* 
ky- chap. io.book 6. chap. 46. book 2. chap. 47. . , 
ALbucrajis and Paul jEgznet will cauterize the Liver and the Splene with hot irons, which 
rhf» mnrlfrnR haw n#>vpr nraftirprli fnr inrLvrl r#*afnn is manifefllv rpmicmant 
The fourth. 
Guido QfCau- 
liac the *. 
treatif. Dod 
i*chap.i. 1 
The fifth. 
In the fir ft 
book, chap. ' r 
and jo. alR> in book *. chap, 32. book 6. chap. 47. and 48. 
Thefwth. 
In the J. 
book chap.i. 
Dt inturntt 
morbis. book 
i.chap. 23. 
book j. feft- 
3. chap. 8g. 
book 6. chap. 
So In the 3. 
bookisxh. 
IN the Paracentefts which is made in the third kinde of Dropiie called Aj cites, CeliUs Aureli- 
anus commandeth divers apertions to bee made in thebellie. Albucrafts applie's nine aftual 
cauteries, that is to faie, four about the Navel, one upon the Stomach, one upon the Splene, 
one upon the Liver, two behinde the fpondy Is, one of them near thebreft, the laft near the 
ftomach. jEtius is likewife of the fame opinion, to open the bellie with divers cauteries. IPaul 
JEginet command's toapplie five aftual cauteries to make the faid Paracentefts. But abhorring 
fuch a kinde of burning,of which you (peak much in your third book, 1 fhew another kinde 
of practice, the which is don by making a Ample incifion in the faid bellie, as may bee feed 
in my works, with happie fuccefs.I do not teach young men in my works the manner of burning, which 
the Antients have called infibulare, that is not in praftice though Celjus writeth of it. 
IN the Sciatick proceeding from an internal cauf and becaufthe vifcous humors difplace 
the bones, Paul command's to burn or cauterize the faid joint to the bone: Diafcorides com- 
mand's the fame, Which I do not find expedient, taking indication from the fubjacent parts; 
for there where one would burn,'tis in the place of four twin-mufcles, tinder which pafleth 
the great Nerv defending from the Holie-bone; which beeing burnt, I leav it to your ceh- 
fure what might happen, as Galen remarketh fpeaking of the uftion which muft bee made id 
the fhoulders called humerus. 
IN the outward laxation of the Spondyls, Hippocrates command's to binde the man right 
upon a Ladder,the Arms and Legs tied and bound: then afterwards having railed the Lad- 
der to the top of a tower, ortheridg'of anhouf, with a great rope in a pullie, then to let 
the patient fall plumb down upon the hard pavement; which Hippocrates faie's was don in his 
time. But I do not fhew of anie fuch waie of giving the ftrapado to fficn, but I fhew the Sur- 
geon,in my workSjthe xXzaie to reduce them furely,and without great pain.Moreover I fliould 
bee forrie to follow the faying of the faid Hippocrates, in the third book De morbis, who command's in 
thedifeaf called Volvulus to cauf the bellie to bee blown with a pair of bellows, putting the nofel of 
them into the inteftinum retfum, and then blow there till the bellie bee much ftretcht, afterwards to give 
an emollient glyfter, and to flop the fundament with a fponge. Such practice as this is not made now a 
daies,therefore wonder not if I have not fpoken of it- And you not beeing contented to patch together 
the operations of the above-faid Autors,you have alfb taken divers in my works, as everie man may 
know: which fheweth manifeftly that there is nothing of your own in your Surgeon's Guide .1 leav out 
divers other unprofitable operations which you quote in your book, without knowing what beafts they 
are,in never having feen them praftifed; butbecauf you have found them written in the books of the 
Antients, you have put them into your book. • 
Moreover you faie that you will teach me my lefibn in the operations of Surgerie, which I think you 
cannot do: becauf 1 have not onely learned them in my ftudie, and by the hearing of manie years the lef- 
fbns of Doctors of Phyfick: but as I have laid before in my epiftle to the Reader, I was refident the fpace 
of 3 .years in the Hofpital of Paris, where 1 had the means to fee and learn divers works of Surgerie, upon 
divers difeafes,together with the Anatomie,upon a great number of dead bodies,as oftentimes I have fuf- 
ficiently made trial publickly in the Phyficians fchool at Paris, and my good luck hath made mee feen 
much more.For beeing called to the fervice of the King of France (four of which I have ferted) I have 
been in companie at battels,skirmiffies, aflaults, and befeiging of citties and fortrefles;as alfo I have been 
fhut up in citties with thole that have been befieged,having charge to drefs thofe that were hurt. Alfo I 
have dwelt manie years in this great and famous cittie of Paris,where, thanks bee to God,I have lived in 
verie good reputation amongft all men,and have not been efteemed the lea ft in ranck of men of my pro- 
feffion,feeing there was not anie cure,were it never fo difficult and great, where my hand and my counfel 
have not been required, as I make it appear in this my work. Now dare you (thefe things beeing un- 
derftood ) faie you will teach mee to perform the works of Surgerie, fince you never went further then 
your fludie? The operations of the fame are four in general (as wee have declared heretofore J where 
you may make but three, that is to faie,join that which is feparated,feparate that which was conjoin- 
ed, and to take awaie that which is fuperfluous, and the fourth which I make, is as much neceflarie as 
induftrious ihventioh,to add to nature that which is wanting, as I have ihewed here above. Alfo it is your 
will that the Surgeon make but three operations above-faid without medling to ordain a fimple Cata- 
plafm, faying it is that which com's to your part belonging to the Phyfician : And that the An- 
tients ( in the difeourf which you have made to the Reader ) have divided the pra&ice of Phyfick 
T113 \ into 
Thefeventh. 
In the 7.book 
c.if. book 6. 
c.7<J.book 2. 
c-7*.upon the 
fcntence 49* 
ofttei. 
on of the 
book of Arts. 
The eighth. 
Sentence the 
ax and »3-of 
the J.fe&ion 
of the book 
of the joints 
c. >4. of the 
a 5. book. An Apologie or Rreatif 
Lib.2,9. 
766 
into three kindcs, that is to lay, Diet, Medicine,and Chirurgerie. But I would willingly demand of you 
who hath made the partition, and where anie thing fliould bee don, who are thole which are content 
with their part, without anie enterprize upon the other ? For Hippocrates, Galen, JEtius, Auicen, in brief, 
all the Phylicians, as well Greeks and Latins as Arabians, have never fo treated of the one, that they 
have not treated of the other, for the great aflinitieand tie that there is between them two,and it Ihould 
bee verie difficult to do otherwife. Now when you will vilifie Chirurgerie fo much, you fpeakagainft 
your (elf; for in your Epiftle which you have dedicated to Monfleur of Martignes, you fay, that Chi- 
rurgerie is the molt noble part of Phyfick, as well by reafon of the original antiquitie, neceflitie, as 
certaintie in her aftions; for lhee work's Luce aperta, as learnedly writeth Celfus in the beginning of 
his (eve nth book; therefore it is to bee believed you never went out of yourftudie, but to teach Theo- 
rickfifif you have been able to doe it. J 
Afaitfimiii- The operations of Chirurgerie are learnt by the eie, and by the touch. I will (ay that you 
tade. much referable a yong Lad of low Britanie, of plump buttocks, where was fluff fufficient; who 
demanded leav of his lather to com to Paris,to take France; beeing arrived the Organift of our Ladies 
Church met with him at the Pallace-gate, who took him to blow the Organs, where hee was remain- 
ing three years : hee faw hee could fomwhat fpeak French, hee return's to his Father, and told him that 
hee (pake good Fiench, and moreover hee knew well, to plaie on the Organs: his father received him ve- 
rie joifully, forthat hee was fo wife and learned in fo fhort a time. Hee went to the Organift of their 
great Church, andpraiedhim to permit his fonto plaie on the Organs, to the end hee might know 
whether his fon was becom fo skilful a mafter, as hee faid hee was; which the Organift agreed to veric 
willingly. Beeing entred to the Organs, heecaft himfelf with a full leap to the bellows, the mafter Or- 
ganift bid him plaie, and that hee would blow; then this good mafter anfwer's, Let him plaie himfelf 
on the organs if hee would for him, hee could do nothing but plaie on the bellows. I think al(b my lit- 
tle mafter, that you know nothing elf, but to prattle in a chair; but I will plaie upon the keies, and 
make the Organs found (that is to fay) 1 will do the operations of Chirurgerie, that which you can- 
not in anie wife doe, becauf you have not gon from your ftudie or the fchools, as I have faid before. 
But alfo, as I have faid alreadie in the Epiftle to the Reader, that the laborer doth little profit by talk- 
ing of the (eafons, difeourf of the manner of tilling the earth, to fhew what feeds are proper to each 
foil; all which is nothing if hee put not his hand to the Plough, and couple the Oxen together. So 
likewife is it no great matter if you do not know the Pratiicf, for a man may execute Chirurgerie well, 
al though hee have no tongue at all. As Cornelius Celfus hath verie well remarked in his firft book when 
hee faith, Mor bos noneloquentia, fedremediis curari: qua Ji quit elinguis,ufu diferetus bene nbrityhunc aliquan- 
to majorem medicum futurum, quam Ji fine ufu linguam fuam excoluerit; that is to fay ; Difeafes are not to bee 
cu red by eloquence, but by remedies well and duely applied, which if anie wife and difereet man though 
hee have no tongue know well the ufe thereof, this man in time fhall becom the greater Phyfician, than 
if without pra&ife his tongue were dip't with oratorie;the which you your (elf confefs in your (aid book 
by a Tetraftick which is thus: 
To taliks not all in Chirurgions Art, 
. But working with the hands; 
Aptly to drejs each grieved part, 
And guid, fire, fyiife, and bands. 
Arifiotle in the firft book of his Metaphy (icks the firft chapter faith, Experience is almoft like unto 
(cience ,and by the fame,Art and fcience have been invented. And indeed wee fee thefe which are experi- 
mented,attain fooner to that which they intend,then thofe which have reafon and not experience,becauf 
that the faid experience is a knowledg of Angular and particular things, and fcience on the contrarie is a 
knowL dg of things univerfaLNow that which is particular is more healable then that which is univerfal 
therefore thofe which have experience are more wife and more efteemed,then thofe which want it,by rea- 
fon they know what theydo.Moreoverl fay,that fcience without experience,bringeth no great afliirance. 
Alciat a Do&or of Milan, boafted one daie of himfelf, that his glorie was greater and more famous 
then that of Counfellors, Prefidents, mafters of Requeft : becauf that it Was by his fcience, and his in- 
ftruftions that they became fuch i but hee was anfwered by a Councilor, that he was like unto a whet- 
ftone, which made the knife (harp and readie to cut, not beeing able fo to do it felf, and alledged the 
verfes of Horace that; Fungebatur vice cot is, acutum 
Reddere qua ferrum valetfexors ipfafecandi. 
See you now (my little mafter) my anfwers to your calumniations, and pray you, if you bear a good 
minde (to the publick good ) to review and correft your book, asfoon as you can, and not to hold 
young Chirurgions in this error by the reading of the fame,where you teach them to ufe hot irons after 
the amputation of members, to ftaie a flux of blood, feeing there is another means,and not fo cruel and 
more fure and eafie. Moreover if to daie after an affaultof a Citie, where diverf Souldiers have had 
arms and kggs broken, and (hot oft by Cannon-bullets, Cutlas and other inftruments of war; to ftaie 
the flux of blood, if you fliould ufe hot irons, it would bee needful to have a forge, and much coals to 
heat them : and alfo the fouldiers would hold you in fuch horror for this Grueltie, that they would kill 
you like a Calf,even as in times paft they did one of the chiefeft Chirurgions of Rome, which may 
bee found written before in the third chapter of the Introdu&ion of Surgerie, the r ♦ book. Now left the 
Senators of your writings fliould fall into fuch inconveniencie,! praie them to follow the method afore- 
faid, the which I have (hewed to bee true and certain, and approQved by autoritie, reafon and ex- 
perience. . . . • 
The Lib.ZJ). 
concerning dtverj Voiages. 
767 
The voiage A /IOreo ver, I will here fhew to the readers the places where 1 have had means to learn the 
•f Thudn, IV1Art ofSurgerie. for the better inftrufting of the young Surgeon : and firft in the year 
15 3 s* 15 3 6. the great King Francis fent a great Annie to Flyurin, to recover the Cittie and Cattles, 
which the Marquefs of Guaft, Lieutenant-General of the Emperor had taken: where the high Conftable 
of France the great Mafter, was Lievtenant-General of the Armie, and Montier de Montaiti Colonel-Ge- 
neral of the Foot, of which I was then Surgeon. A great part of the Armie arrived in the Countrie of 
Suz>e? wee found the enemie which ftopt the paflage, and had made certain Forts, and Trenches, info- 
much that to hunt them out and make them leav the place, wee were forced to fight, where there were 
divers hurt and (lain, as well of the one tide as of the other: but the enemies were conftrained to retire, 
The ret-r' 8et 3nto was caufled partly by one Captain Fait, who climed with di- 
of th? enemie. vers of the fouldiers of his companie upon a little Mountain3 there where hee thot dire&Iy 
upon the enemies, hee received a ftiot upon the ankle of his right foot, wherewith prefently hee fell to 
the ground; and laid then. Now is the Fat taken. I drefled him, and God healed him. Wee entred the 
throng in the Citie, and palled over the dead bodies, and fom which were not yet dead, wee heard them 
crie under our horfe's-feet, which made my heart relent to hear them. And truly I repented to have for- 
(aken Paris to fee fo pitiful a fpeftacle. Beeing in the Citie, I entred into a ftable thinking to lodg my 
own, and my man's where I found four dead fouldiers, and three which were leaning againft the 
Hiftorie. wall, their faces wholly disfigured, and neither faw nor heard, nor fpoke :; and their clothes 
did yet flame with gun-powder which had burnt them. Beholding them with pittie, there happened to 
com an old Souldier, who asked mee if there were anie poflible means to cure them, I told him no: hee 
prefently approached to them, and cut their throats without choler. Seeing this great crueltie, I told 
him hee was a wicked man, hee anfwered mee that hee praied to God, that whensoever hee fhould bee 
in fuch a cafe, that hee might finde fom one that would doe as much to him, to the end that hee might 
not miferably languid). And to return to our former difeourf, the enemie was fummoned to render, 
which they foon did, and went out, their lives onely faved, with a white ftaff in their hands; the greateft 
part whereof went and got to the Caftle of Fillane, where there was about 200. Spaniards; Monfier the 
Conftable would not leav them behinde, to the end that the waie might bee made free. This Caftle is 
feated upon a little mountain, which gave great afliirance to them within, that one could not plant the 
Ordnance to beat upon it, and were fummoned to render, or that they fhould bee cut in pieces; which 
Brave aafirtr t^iey Aatty refufed, making anfwer, That they were as good and faithful fervants to the Em- 
of the foul- peror, as Mounfier the Conftable could beeto the King his mafter. Their anfwer heard,they 
diers* made by force of arm,two great Cannons to bee mounted in the night with cords and ropes, 
by the Swiflersand Lanfquenets 5 when as the ill luck would have it, the two Cannons beeing feated, a 
Gunner by great negligence fet on fire a great bag of gun-powder; wherewith hee was burned together 
with ten or twelv fouldiers '■> and moreover the flame of the powder was acauf of difeovering the Ar- 
tillerie, which made them,that all night they of the Caftle did nothing but fhoot at that place where 
they difeovered the two pieces of Ordnance,wherewith they kiI'd & hurt a great number of our people. 
The next daie early in the morning a Batterie was made, which in a few hours made a breach, which 
beeing made, they demanded to parlie with us 5 but 'twas too late for them : For in the mean time our 
Exempfarie French foot feeing them amazed, mounted to the breach, and cut theft) all in pieces, except a 
puniihment. fajr youngluftie maid of Piednwunt, which a greatLord would have kept and preferved for him 
to keep him companie in the night, for fear of the greedie wolf. The Captain and Enfign were taken 
alive, but foon after were hanged upon the gate of the Cittie, to the end they might give example and 
fear to the Imperial fouldiers not to beeforafliand foolifh,to bee willing to hold fuch places againft 
fo great an Annie. Now all the faid fouldiers of thcCaftle, feeing our people co'mming with a moft vio- 
lent fork, did all their endevour to defend themfelvs, they kil'd and hurt a great companie of our foul- 
diers, with pikes, muskets, and ftones,where the Surgeons had good ftore ofworkcutout. Now at that 
time I was a frefh water fouldier, I had not yet feen wounds made by gun-fhot at the firft drefling. It is 
Coanfei of true51 had read in John de in the firft book of Wounds in General, the eighth Chapter, 
v£>. that wounds made by weapons of fire did participate of Vcnenofitie, by reafon of the powder, 
and for their cure command's to cauterize them with oil of Elders fcalding- hot, in which fhould bee 
mingled a little treacle; and not to fail,before I would applie of the faid oil,knowing that fuch a thing 
might bring to the patient great pain, I was willing to know firft, before I applied it, how the other 
Surgeons did for the firft drefling, which was to applie the faid oil the hotteft that was poflible into the 
wounds, with tents and fetons j infomuck that I took courage to do as they did. At laft I wanted oil, 
and was conftrained in ftead thereof, to applie a digeftive of yelks of eggs, oil of rofes, and turpentine. 
In the night I could not fleep in quiet, fearing fom default in not cauterizing, that I fhould fitide thofe to 
whom 1 had not ufed the burning-oil dead inipoifoned; which made mee rife veriC earlie to 
where beyond my expe&ation, I found thofe to whom I had applied my digeftive medicine, 
abKan's to feel little plain, and their wounds without inflammation or tumor, having refteditafo- 
happie fuccefs. nayc night: the other to whom was ufed the faid burning-oil, I found them fevc- 
rifh, with great pain and tumor about the edges of their And then I refolved with my fell, no6- 
ver fo cruelly to burn poor men wounded with gun-fhot. Beeing at I found a Surgeon,Who had 
the fame above all others, for the curing of wounds of gun-fhot, into whofe favor I found toeans to in- 
finuatc my felf, to have the receit of his Balm , as hee called it wherewith hee drefTed wounds of that 
kinde, and hee held mee of the fpace of two years, before I could poflible draw the Receit from him. In 
the end by gifts and prefents hee gave it mee, which was this6 to boil young whelps new pupped, in 768 
Jn Apologie or Treatif, 
LIB.29. 
oil of Lilies, prepared earth-worms, with Turpentine of Venice. Then was I joifuland 
wounds whhtOr my heart made glad, that I had underftood his remedie, which was like to that which I had 
gun fliot. obtained by great chance. See then how I have learned to drefs wounds made with gun- 
fhot, not by books. My Lord Marfhal of Montian remained Lieutenant-General for the King in Pied- 
mont, having ten or twelv thoufand men m garrifon through the Citties and Caftles , who often com- 
bated with fwords and other weapons, as alfo with muskets j and if there were four hurt, I had alwaies 
three of them; and if there were queftion of cutting off an arm or a leg, or to trepan, or to reduce a 
frafture or diflocation, I brought it well to pafs. The (aid Lord Marfhal Cent mee one while this waie, 
another while that waie, for to drefs the appointed Souldiers which were beaten as well in other Citties 
as that of 'Thurin, infbmuch that I was alwaies in the Countrie one waie or other. Monfieur the Mar- 
fhal fent fora Phyfician to Milan,who had no lefs reputation in the medicinal Art (then the difeafed 
Monfieur le Grand') to take him in hand for an hepatical flux, whereof at laft hee died. This Phyfician 
was a certain while at Tburin to deal with him, and was often called to vifit the hurt people, where hee 
alwaies found mee, and I confulted with him, and fom other Surgeons, and when wee had refblvedto 
do anie ferious work of Surgerie, 'twas Ambrofe Pare that put his hand thereto, where I did it promptly 
and with dexteritie, and with a great aflurance, in fo much that thefaid Phyfician admired mee, to fee 
mee Co readie in the operation of Surgerie, feeing the fmall age which I had- One daie difcourfing with 
the faid Lord Marfhal, hee laid to him, Signor tu, hai un Chirurgico giovane di anni, ma egli g vec- 
ckjo di fafere e di efperientia. Guarde lo bene, percbe egli ti far a fervicio & bonore. That is to faie, 
Thou halt a young Surgeon of age, but hee is old in knowledg and experience , preferv him 
well, for hee will do thee fervicc and honor. But the old man knew not that I had dwelt three years in 
the Hofpitai of Paris, there to drefs the difeafed. In the end Monfieur Marfhal died with his hepatical 
flux. Beeing dead, the King lent Monfieur the Marfhal of Annebaut to bee in his place, who 
did mee this honor to praie mee to dwell with himj and that hfee tvould ufe mee as well or 
better, then Monfieur the Marfhal Montian; which I would not do for the grief I had for the 
lots of my mailer who loved mee intimately,and I him in the like manner 5 and fo 1 came back to Paris* 
T Went to the Camp of Marolle, with the deceafed Monfieur de Roban, where King Francis 
was in perfon; and I was Surgeon of the companie of the faid Monfieur de Rohan. Now the 
King was advertifed by Monfieur de Eftampes, governor of Britanie, that the Englifh had hoift 
fail to land in Low Britanie, andpraied him that hee would fend Monfieur de Roban, and 
Monfieur Jr Laval for fuccour, becaufthey were the Lords of that Countrie, and for their fakes thofe of 
that Countrie would beat back the enemie and keep them from landing. Having received this advertife- 
ment, his Majeftie difpatched to fend the faid Lords for the relief of their Countrie , and to each was 
given as much power as to the Governor; in fo much that they were all three the King's Lieutenants. 
They took willingly this charge upon them, and fpeedily went away in Pofte, and lead mee with them 
to Landreneau, there where wee found everie one in arms, the Alarum-bells founding on everie fide, yea, 
five or fix leagues about the Harbors, that is to faie, Breft, Conquet, Crozon, Le Fou Donlac, Laudanec, each 
of them well furnifht with Artillerie; as Cannons, Demie-cahnons, Culverins, Sakers, Serpentines, 
Falcons, Harquebuzcs: in brief, there was nothing wanting in Artillerie, or Souldiers, as well Britains 
as French, to hinder that the Englifh made no landing, as they had refolved at their parting from Eng- 
land. The enemie's Armie came unto the verie mouth of the Cannon, and when wee perceived them 
that they would land, they were faluted with Cannon-fhot, and wee difeovered our men of War, toge- 
ther with our Artillerie i they fled to Sea again : where J was glad to fee their veflels hoif fail 
again, which was in a great number and in good order,and feemed like a forreft which march- 
ed upon the Sea. I faw a thing alfo whereat I marvelled much, which was,that the bullets of great peeces 
made great rebound's, and grazed upon the water as upon the ground. Now to make the matter fhort, 
the Englifh did us no harm, and returned whole and found into England,and left u$ in peace. Wee ftai'd 
in that Countrie in garrifon, till wee were allured that their Armie was difperfed. In the mean time 
our horf-men exerdfed their feats of aftivitie 5 as to run at the ring, fight in duel, and others , fo that 
there was frill fomthing to emploie mee withal. Monfieur de Eframfes, to make fport and pleafure to 
faid Monfieur de Roban,and Laval,and other gentlemen, caufleddiverf Countrie wenches, to com to the 
feafts, to ling fongs in the Low Braitain tongue, where their harmonie was like the croaking of Frogs, 
while they are in love. Moreover made them dance the Britanie Lriorie, without moving feet 
or Buttocks, hee made them hear and fee much good. Otherwhiles they caufled the Wraftlers 
of the Citties, and T owns, to com where there was a Prize for the beft, and (port was feldom 
ended, but that one or other had a leg or arm broken, or the fhoulder or hip difplaced: there 
was a little man of Low Britanie of a fquare bodie and well fet, who held along time the cre- 
dit of the field, and, by his skill and ftrength, threw five or fix to the ground; there came to him a great 
fchool-malter, who was faid to bee one of the beft Wraftlers of all Britanie: hee entred into the lifts,ha- 
ving taken off his long jacket, in hole and doubler, and beeing neer the little man, hee feemed as if hee 
had been tied to his girdle. Notwithstanding when each of them took hold of the collar, they were a 
long time without doing anie thing, and they thought they would remain equal in force and skill: but 
the little man caft himfelf with an ambling leap under this great Pedant, and took him on his fhoulder, 
and caft him on his kidnies fpread abroad like a frog, and then all the companie laugh't at the skill and 
ftrength of the little fellow- This great Dative had a great fpight, for beeing caft by fb little a man: 
hee rofe again in choler, and would have his revenge. They took hold again of each other's collar, and 
were again a good while at their hold without fallingto the ground :in the end this great man let 
himfelf 
Witneft oF 
the dexteritie. 
of the Autor 
The death of 
Marthal 
Montian- 
TheVoiageof 
Marolle and 
©flow Brita- 
nie, 1543. 
The Englifh 
retire. 
Dances of the 
Conntrie 
wenches. 
Wraftlerazlit- 
tle Britain a 
good wraftkr. Lib.19. 
concerning diverj Poiages. 
769 
uinkii'dBri' fall uPon the little, and in falling put his elbow upon the pitch of his ftomach,and 
Uln ' ' burft his heart, and kil'd him ftark dead. And knowing hee had given him his death's blow, 
took again his long caffock, and went away with his tail between his legs and hid himfelf, feeing that 
the little man came not again to himfelf, either for wine, vineger, or anie other thing that was prefen- 
ted unto him; I drew near to him, and felt his pulf which did not beat at all, then I faid hee was dead: 
then the Britans who affifted the wraftlingfaid aloud ini their jabberring, that is not in the fport. And 
fom faid that the faid Pedagoge was accuftomed to do fo, and that but a year palled hee had don the like 
in a Wraftling. I would need's open the bodie to know the cauf of this fudden death, where 
I found much blood in the Thorax and in the inferior bellie, andl ftrived to finde out anie 'a- 
pertion in the place, from whence might ilTue fo great a quantitie of blood, which I could 
not do for all the diligence I could make. Now I beleev it was perDiapedefin or ; that is to 
faie, by the apertion of the mouths of the velfels, or by their porolities; the poor little Wraftler was bu- 
ried.I took leav of Meffieurs de Laval&nd Efiatnps. Monfieur de Rohan,gave mec a prelent offiftie 
double duckets, and an ambling-horf, and Monfieur de Laval another for my man, and Monfieur de 
Eftamps, a Diamond of thirtie Crowns, and fo I returned to my houf at Paris. 
A Little while after Monlieur de Rohan took mee with him pofte, to the camp of Parpig- 
nan ; beeing there, the enemie made a Sallie forth, and came and inclofed three pieces 
of our Artillerie, where they were beaten back to the gates of the citie: which was not don 
without hurting and killing manie, and amongft the reft de Brijjac, (who was then chief mafter of the 
Artillerie) received a musket {hot upon the Ihoulder: returning to his Tent, all the others that were 
hurt followed him, hoping to bee dreft by the Surgeons, that ought to drefs them. Beeing com to his 
Tent and laid on his bed, the bullet was fearched for by three or four the moft expert Surgeons of the 
Armie, who could not finde it, but laid it was entred into his bodie. 
In the end hee called for mee, to fee if I were more skilful then them, becauf hee had known 
mee before in Piedmount: by and by 1 made him rife from his bed, and praied him to put his 
bodie into that pollute as it was then when hee received his hurt; which hee did, taking a javelin be- 
tween his hands as hee held the Pike in theskirmilh. 1 put my hand about the wound, and found the 
bullet in the flelh, making a little tumor under the Omoplate : having found it I ftieiwed them the place 
where it was, and it was taken out by Mafter Nicolas Lavernaut Surgeon to Monlieur the Dolphin, who 
was the King's Lievtenant in that armie,yet notwithftanding the honor remained to mee for findeing it. 
I law one thing of great remark, which is this : That a fouldier in my prefence gave to one 
of his fellows a ftroke with an Halbard upon the head, penetrating even to the left ventricle 
of the brain, without falling to the ground. Hee that ftroke him faid, Hee had heard that hee had chea- 
ted at dice,and that hee had drawn a great fum of monie,and that it was his cuftom to cheat;! was called 
to drels him, which I did as it were for the laft,knowing well that hee would quickly die : having dreft 
him hee returned all alone to his lodging,which was at leaft two hundred paces diftant: 1 bid one of his 
companions fend for aPrieft to dilpofe of the affairs of his Ibul; hee help'c him to one who ftaid with 
him to the laft galp. The next daie the patient lent for mee by his lhee-friend in a boie's apparel to com 
to drels him, which I would not do, fearing hee (hould die under my hands; and to put it off, I faid I 
muft not take of thedrefling till the third daie, by reafon hee would die though hee were never touched. 
The third daie hee came ftaggering, and found mee in my Tent accompanied with his wench, and prai- 
ed mee moft affectionately to drels him: And [hewed mee a purf wherein hee had an hundred or fixicore 
pieces of gold, and that hee would content mee to my defire ; for all that, yet notwithftanding I left not 
off to defer the taking off his dreifing, fearing left hee fhould die at the fame inftant. Certain gentlemen 
defired mee to go drefs him, which I did at their requeft,but in drelfing him hee died under my hands in 
aConvulfion. Now this Prieft accompanied him until death, wholeazed upon the purf left another 
Ihould take it, faying,Hee would faie Malles for his foul. Moreover hee furnifht himfelfwith his cloaths, 
and with all the reft of his things. I have recited this Hiftorie as a monftrous thing, that the Souldier 
fell not to ground when hee had received this great ftroke, and was in good fenfes even till death. Soon 
after, the Camp was broken for divers cauffes ; the one, becauf wee were advertifed that four companies 
of Spaniards were entred into Parpignam; the other, that the plague begun much in our camp; and it was 
told us by the people of thecountrie , that Ihortly there would bee a great over-flowing of the Sea, 
which might drown us all; and the prefage which they had, was a verie great winde from Sea, which 
arofe in liich manner that there remained not one Tent which was not broken and overthrown , for all 
the ftrength and diligence that could bee given; and the Kitchins beeing all uncovered, the winde raifed 
fo the duft and fand, which lalted and pondered our meat in fuchfort, that wee could not eat it, fo that 
wee were conftrained to boil it in pots and other veflels well covered. 
Now wee did not un-camp our felvs in fo good time, but that there were many Carts and Carters 
Mules, and Mule-drivers drowned in the Sea, with great lofs of baggage. The Camp broken, I 
returned to Paris. 
King Francis railed a great Armie to viftual Landrefy: on the other fide, the Emperor had 
no lels people, yea much more ; that is to faie, eighteen thouland Germans, ten thou- 
fand Spaniards, fix thoufand WaUonsy ten thoufand English, and a matter of thirteen or four- 
teen thoufand Horf. I flaw the two Armies near one another, within Cannon-fhot, and it was thought 
they would never part without giving battel. There were fom certain foolilh gentlemen who would 
approach the enemie's Camp; certain fliot was made at them, and fom died at the place, others had their 
legs or arms carried away. The King having don what hee defired3 which was to visual Landrefy, reti- 
red 
The bodie 
opened by the 
Autor. 
The Voiage 
ofParpignan, 
>5<r 
Addrefi 'of 
the Autor. 
Hiftorie. 
TheVcage to 
Landrefy, 
*544. An Apologie or Treatif, 
LlB.Zp. 
770 
tired himfelf with his armie to Guife, which was the daie after All-Saims, one thoufand five hundred 
fortie four, and from thence I returned to Paris. 
A Little while after wee went to Boulogne, where the Engliffi feeing our Armie, left the 
Forts which they had, that is to faie,Moulamhert ; the little Paradife, Monplaifir, the fort 
of Sbatillon, the Portet,the fort Dardelot. One daie going through the Camp to dreft my hurt 
people, the enemies who were in the Tower of Order, (hot off a piece of Ordnance, thinking to kill 
hodmen which ftai'd to talk one with another.lt happened that the bullet pafled verie near one of them 
which threw him to the ground, and 'twas thought the faid bullet had toucht him, which it did not at 
all,but onely the winde of the faid bullet in the mid'ft of his coat, which went with fuch a force that all 
the outward part of the thigh became black and blue, and had much ado to (land. I dreft him, and made 
him divers Scarifications to evacuate the contufed blood, which the winde of the laid bullet had made * 
& the rebounds that it made on the ground,kil'd four fouldiers which remained dead in the place. I was 
not far from this ftroke, fo that 1 felt fomwhat the moved air, without doing mee anie harm,then a little 
fear which made mee ftoop my head verie low,but the bullet was alreadie pafled far beyond mee. 
TheSouldiers mockt mee to bee afraid of a bullet alreadie gon. (My little Mafter) I think if you 
had been there, that I had not been afraid alone, and that you would have had your fhare of it. What 
(hall I (aie more > Monfieur the Duke of Guife,Francis of Lorrain, was hurt before Bullogne with 
a ftroke of a Lance, which above the right eie, declining towards the noft, entered and pafled 
quite through on the other between the nucha and the ear , with fo great a violence, that the 
head of the Lance with a great part of the wood was broken and remained within, in fuch fort that it 
could not bee drawn out but with great force, yea,with Smith's pincers. Notwithftanding all thia vio- 
lence which was not don without breaking of bones, nervs, and arteries, and other parts 5 my Said 
Lord, by the help of God,was cured: the Said Lord went alwaies with open face, which was the cauf 
that the Lance went through on the other fide. 
{T Went the Voiage to Germanie in the year 1552. with Monfieur de Bohan Captain of fiftie 
Ihorfi where I was Surgeon of his companie, which I have faid alreadie. In this voiage Mon- 
fieur the high Conftable of France was General of the Armie: Monfieur de Cbaftillon, fince Ad- 
miral, was chief Colonel of the Foot, having four Regiments of Lanfquenets, under the Conduft of 
theft Captains, Recrod and Ringrave, having each of them two Regiments, each Regiment was of ten 
Enfigns, and each Enfign of five hundred men. And befides theft, was Captain Chattel, who conduced 
the troops that the Proteftant-Princes had lent to the King. This was a verie companie on foot, accom- 
panied with fifteen hundred Hor£ with the following of each one two Archers, which might make 
Four thoufand and five hundred Horf, befides two thoufand Light horf, and as manie musketeers 
on horf-back, of whom Monfieur de Aumalle was General, befides the great number of Nobilitie 
who came for their pleafure. Moreover, the King was accompanied with two hundred Gentlemen of 
his houG and likewife with divers Princes ; there was alfo for his troop that ftrved him , the French 
Scottifb, and Sniffers Guards, amounting to fix hundred men on foot, and the Companies of Monfieur 
the Dolphin, Meffteres de Guife, de Aumalle, and of the Marftial of Saint Andrew, which amounted to four 
hundred Lances, which was a marvellous thing to ftefuch a fair Companie 5 and in this equipage the 
King entered into Dbou and Mets. I will not omit to tell that it was ordained, that the Companions of 
Mefferes de Rohan, of the Count of Sancerr, of larnac, which was each of them of fiftie horifi went by 
the Wings of the Camp; and God know's wee had (carcitie of viftuals, and I proteft to God, that at 
three divers times I had thought I fliould have been famiffit, and it was not for want of monie, fori 
had enough, and wee could not have viftuals but by force, by reafon that the Pefants withdrew it all 
into the Cities and Caftles. 
One of the fervants of a Captain of the companie of Monfieur de Rohan, went with others thinking 
to enter into a Church where the Pefants were retired, thinking to finde viduals by force or love: but 
amongft the reft this man was well beaten, and returned with (even wounds, with a fword in the head; 
the leaft of which penetrated the fecond table of the fcull, and heehad four other upon the arms, and 
upon the right (houlder, which cut more then one half of the blade-bone,or Omoplate. Hee was brought 
back to his matter's lodging, who fteing of him (b wounded, and they were to depart thence the mor- 
row after at the break of daie, and not thinking ever hee could bee cured, made him a grave, and would 
have caft him therein, faying that, or elf the Pefants would maffacreand kill him 51 mov'd with pittie, 
told him,that hee might bee cured if hee were well dreft: divers Gentlemen of the companie praied him 
thathee would cauf him to bee brought along with the Baggage, feeing I had the willingnefs to dreft 
him; to which hee agreed, and after that I hadcloth'd him, hee was put up into a cart upon a bed well 
covered and well accommodated, which one horf did draw. I did the office ofaPhyfician,Apothecarie, 
Surgeon, and Cook; I dreft him even to the end of his cure, and God cured him, in fo much that all 
theft three Companies admired at this cure. The horf-men of the companie of Monfieur de Rohan, the 
firft mutter that was made, gave mee each one, one Crown,and the Archers half a Crown. 
AT the return from the German Camp, King Henrie befieged Danvilliers, thofe within 
would not render. They were well beaten, and our powder failed us, in the mean time 
they (hot much at our people. There was a Culverin-ffiot pafled a traverf the Tent of Mon- 
fieur'de Rohan, which hit a Gentleman's Leg, which was of his train; which I was fain to finiffitlie 
cutting off, the which was don without applying hot irons. 
The King fent for powder to Sedan, which beeing com, they began a greater batterie then 
before, m fiich fort that they made a breach. Meffiers de Guife, and the high Conftable beeing 
in 
The Voiigeof 
Boulogne. 
M45f 
The hurt of 
Monfieur 
dtGuife. 
The Voiageof 
Germanic. 
The Voiageof 
Danvilliers. 
»5S». 
Another; 
Hiftorie. LlB.Zp. 
conteining divert Voiages. 
771 
in the King's Chamber, told him they concluded the next daie to make aflault, and that they were afe 
fured they fhould enter into it, and that they Ihould keep it fecret left the enemie were advertifed. And 
all of them promifed not to fpeak of it to anie one- Now there was a groom of the King's chamber 
who laie under the King's bed in the Camp to deep, underftood that they refolved the next daie to give 
an aflault, hee prefently revealed it to a certain Captain, and told him that for certain, the daie follow- 
ing aflault Ihould bee given, and that hee had heard it of the King, and praied the laid Captain that 
hee would not (peak a word of it to anie bodie, which hee promifed 5 but his promife was not kept, 
for at the fame inftant, hee went and declared it to a Captain, and this Captain to another Captain, 
and from the Captains to fbm of the fouldiers, faying alwaies, faie nothing. It was fo well hid that the 
next daie early in the morning, there was feen the greateft part of the Souldiers with their round hole 
and their breeches cut at knee for the better mounting at the breach. The King was advertifed of the 
yumor which run through the Camp, that the aflault muft bee given, whereof hee much marvelled, 
feeing there were but three of that advife, which had promifed one to another, not to tell it to anie 
one. The King lent for Monfieur de Guife, to know if hee had not talked of this aflault; hee (wore and 
affirmed to him hee had not told it to anie bodie; and Monfieur the Conftable faid as much 5 who faid 
to the King,hee muft exprefsly know who had declared this fetret Counfel; feeing they were but three. 
Inquifition was made from Captain to Captain, in the end the truth was found ; for one laid 'twas ftich 
a one told mee, another faid as much, till at length they came to the firft, who declared hee had learned 
it of a Groom of the King's-Chamber, named Guyard, born at Blois, the fon of the deceafed King Fran- 
cis his Barber. The King lent for him into his Tent, in the prefence of Monfieur de Guife, and of Mon- 
fieur the Conftable, to underftand from him whence hee had it, and who told him that this aflault was 
to bee given. The King told him, that if hee did not tell the truth, that hee would cauf him to bee han- 
ged j then hee declared, hee laie down under his bed thinking to Heep, and fo having heard it, hee decla- 
red it to a Captain who was a friend of his, to the end hee might prepare himfelf with his Souldiers 
the firft for the aflault. After the King knew the truth; hee told him hee fhouId never ferv him again, 
and that hee deferved to bee hanged , and forbid him ever to com again to the Court. My 
Groom of the Chamber went away with this fad news, and laie with one of the King's Sur- 
geons in Ordinarie, named Mafter Lew, and in the'night gave himfelf fix wounds with a 
knife, and cut his throat 5 yet the faid Surgeon perceived nothing till morning, till hee faw 
the bed bloodie, and the dead bodie by him: hee much marvelled at this fpe&acle upon his waking, and 
was afraid left they fhould faie hee was the cauf of this murther; but was fbon free'd, knowing the cauf 
to bee from defperation, having loft the good amitie which the King bore to him. The faid Guyard was 
buried. And thofe of Vanvilliers when they faw the breach large enough for them to enter in, and the 
Souldiers prepared for the aflault, yeelded themfelvs to the mercie of the King. The chief of them were 
prifbners, and the Souldiers lent away without arms. The Camp beeing broken up I returned to Faris 
with my Gentleman whole leg I had cut off, Idrefthimand God cured him; Ifent him to his houf 
merrie with his wooden leg, and was content, faying thathee efcaped good cheap, not to have been mi- 
ferable burnt, as you write in your book, my little Mafter. 
A Little while after, King Henrie levied an Armie of thirtie thoufand men , to go make 
fpoil about Hedin> The King of Navarre who was then called Monfieur de Vendo[me, was 
chief of the Armie, and the King's Lievtenant. Beeing at S. Denis in France, flaying while 
the Companies pafled by, hee lent for mee to Paris to com fpeak with him $ beeing there,hee 
praied mee, and his requeft was a command, that I would follow him this Voiagdjand I 
about to make my excufe, told him my wife was fick in her bed ; hee made mee anfwer, That 
there were Phyficians at Paris for to cure her; and that hee as well left his own , who was as well des- 
cended as mine; promifing mee that hee would ufe mee well, and forthwith gave command that I fhould 
bee lodged as one of his Train. Seeing this great affeftion, which hee had to lead mee with him, 1 durft 
not refufe him. I went and met with him at the Caftle of Compt, within three or four leagues of Hedin, 
there where there was the Emperor's Souldiers in garrifon with a number of Peffants round about: hee 
caufled them to bee fummoned to render themfelvs 5 and they made anfwer they fhould never have them 
but by pieces, and let them do their worft, and they would do their belt to defend themfelvs. They put 
confidence in their ditches full of water, and in two hours with a great number of Bavins, and certain 
emptie Casks, waie was made to pate over the Foot: when they muft go to the aflault and were beaten 
with five pieces of Cannon, till a breach was made large enough to enter in, where they within received 
the aflau t verie valiantly, and not without killing and hurting a great number of our people with 
musket-fhot, pikes, and ftones. In the end when they faw themfelvs conftreined, they put fire to their 
powder and munition, which was the cauf of burning manic of our people, and their's like- 
wife, and they were all almoft put to the fword. Notwithftanding fom of our Souldiers had 
taken twentie or thirtie, hoping to have ranfom for them. That was known, and ordered by 
the Counfel, that it fhould bee proclamed by the Trumpet through the Camp, that all Souldiers who 
had anie Spaniards prifbners, were to kill them, upon pain to bee hanged and ftrangled, which was don 
upon cold blood. From thence wee went and burnt divers Villages, whofe barns were hill of all kinde 
of grain, to my great grief. Wee went along even to Tournahan, where there wasa verie great Tower 
where the Enemies retired, but there was no man found in it, all was pillaged,and the Tower 
was made to leap by a Mine, and then with gun-powder turned topfie-turvie. After that, the 
Camp was broken up, and I returned to Paris. I will not yet forget to write that the daie af- 
ter the Caftle of Compt was taken, Monfieur de Vendofine tent a Gentleman to the King to make report to 
him 
What it is to 
reveal the fe- 
Crets of Prin- 
ces. 
TheVoiage 
of Caftle the 
Comptjsjz. 
The King of 
Navarre prat- 
ed the Autor 
to follow him 
Hiftorie of 
defperate 
people. 
The taking of 
Cattle of 
Compt. 772 
An zApologie or Treatif, 
LlB.lp* 
him of all which had palled, and amongft other things, told the King that 1 had greatly don my dutie 
in drelling thole that were wounded , and that I had (hewed him eighteen bullets which I had taken or 
drawn out of the hurt bodies, and that there were divers more which I could neither finde, nor draw 
out, and told more good of mee then there was by half. Then the King faid hee would have mee into 
his lervice, and commanded Monfieur de Gogui er his chief Phyfician to write meedown as entertained 
one of his: Surgeons in ordinarie, and that llhould go meet with him at Rbeimes within ten or twelv 
daies; which I did, where hee did mee the honor to command mee that I would dwell near him, and 
that hee would do mee good. Then I thank'd him moft humbly for the honor it plealed him to do mee, 
in calling mee to his lervice. 
THe Emperor having befieged Mets, and in the hardeft time of winter, as each one know's 
of frelh memorie: and that there was in theCittie five or fix thoufand men,and amongft 
the reft (even Princess that is to faie, Monfieur the Duke of Guife the King's Lievtenant, 
Meflieurs d' Anguien, de Conde, de Montpenfter, de La Roch uprn Ton, Monfieur de Nemours, and di- 
vers other Gentlemen, with a number of old Captains of War, who often made Tallies forth 
upon the enemies, (as wee (hall (peak of hereafter) which was not don without flaying ma- 
nie, as well on the one fide as the other. For the moft part all our wounded people died, and it was 
thought the medicaments,wherewith they were drefled,were poifoned; which caufled Monfieur de Guife 
and other Princes to lend to the King for mee, and that hee would lend mee with Drogues to them, 
for they beleeved their's were poifoned, feeing that of their hurt people few efcaped. I do not beleev 
there was anie poifon, but the great ftrokes of the Cutlafles, musket-(hot, and the extremitie of cold was 
the caufi The King caufled one to write to Monfieur the Marlhal of S. Andrew which was his Lievtenant 
at Verdun, that hee found fom means to make mee enter into Mets. The faid Lord Marlhal of S. Andrew 
and Monfieur the Marlhal of old Ville, got an Im/mw Captain, who promiled them to make 
mee enter in, which hee did, and for which hee had fifteen hundred Crowns: the King having 
heard of the promift which the Italian Captain had made, fent for mee, and commanded mee to take 
of his Apothecarie named Daigue, liich, and as manie Drogues as I Ihould think fit for the hurt who 
were befieged, which I did, as much as a poft-horf could carrie. The King gave mee charge to (peak to 
Monfieur de Guife, and to the Princes, and Captains who were at Mets. Beeing arrived at Verdun, a few 
daies after the Monfieur the Marlhal of S. Andrew, caufled horles to bee given to mee, and my 
man,and for the Italian, who Ipake verie good high Dutch, Spanifb,and JVallon, with his own 
natural tongue. When wee were within eight or ten Leagues of Mets, wee went not but in the night, 
and beeing near the Camp, I faw a league and a half off bright fires about the Cittie, which feemed as if 
all the earth were on fire, and I thought wee could never pals through thole fires without beeing difco- 
vered, and by confeqftent bee hanged and ftrangled, or cut in pieces , or paie a great ranfom. To fpeak 
truth, I wilhed my felf at Paris,for the imminent dianger which I fore-law. God guided lb well our af- 
fairs that wee entred into the Cittie at midnight with a certain Token , which the Captain had with 
another Captain of the companie of Monfieur de Guife: which Lord 1 weut to, and found him in bed, 
who received mee with great thanks, beeing joiful of my comming. I did my meflage to him of all that 
the King had commanded mee to faie to him; I told him I had a little letter to give to him, and that the 
next daie I would not fail to deliver it him. That don, hee commanded mee a good lodging, and that I 
Ihould bee well uled, and bid mee I Ihould not fail to bee the next daie upon the Breach, where I Ihould 
meet with all the Princes, and divers Captains, which I did 5 who received mee with great joie, who did 
mee the honor to imbrace mee, and tell mee I was verie welcom, adding withal, they did not fear to die 
if they Ihould chance to bee hurt. Monfieur de la Rech upon Ton was the firft that feafted mee, and inqui- 
red of mee what they faid at the Court concerning the Cittie of Mets: I told him what I thought good- 
Then prelently hee defired mee to go fee one of his Gentlemen, named Monfieur de Magnane, at this pre- 
fent Knight of the King's Order, and Lievtenant of his Majeftic's Guard 5 who had his leg broken by a 
Cannon-lhot. I found him in his bed, his leg bended and crooked , without anie drefling upon it 5 be- 
cauf a Gentleman promifed him cure, having his name, and his girdle, with certain words. The poor 
Gentleman wept, and cried with pain which hee felt, not fleeping either night or daie, in four 
daies: then I mock't at this impofture and falf promile. Prelently I did fo nimbly reftore and 
drefs his Leg, that hee was without pain and Hept all night, and fince (thanks bee to God J was cured, 
and is yet at this prefent living,doing fervice to the King. The faid Lord of the Roch upon Ton fent mee a 
tun of wine to my lodging, and bid tell mee, when it was drunken hee would lend mee another. Thar 
don, Monfieur de Guife gave mee a lift of certain Captains and Lords, and commanded mee to tell them 
what the King had given Mee in chargejvvhich 1 did,vvhich was to do his commendations and a thankf- 
giving for the dutie they had don, and did in the keeping of the Cittie of Mets, and that hee would ac- 
knovvledg it. I was more then eight daies in acquitting my charge, becauf they were manie 5 firft to the 
Princes and others; as the Duke of Horace, the Count of Martigues, and his brother, Monfieur de Bauge, 
the Lords Montmuranc'/, and d'Anvilkithen Marlhal of France, Monfieur de La Chapel, Bonnivet Caroug now 
Governorof Rohan, the Vadafme of Chartres, the Count of Lude, Monfieur de Biron now Marlhal of 
France, Monfieur de Randan the Rochfoucaut, Boxdaille d'Etrez, the younger , Monfieur de S. John in Dol- 
phin), and manie others which it would bee too long to recite; and chiefly to divers Captains who had 
verie well don their dutie in defenfof their lives and Cittie. 1 demanded afterwards of Monfieur de 
Guife, what it plealed I Ihould do with the Drogues which I had brought, hee bid mee impart them to 
the Surgeons and Apothecaries, and chiefly to the poor hurt Souldiers in the Holpital which were in 
great number; which I did, and can affure you, I could not do fo much as go and fee them, but they 
lent 
The Voiage of 
Mets,i$5 2, 
The names 
of the Princes 
who were at 
the fiegeof 
Mets. 
Commifsion 
of the Autor» 
Hiftorie. -LlB.Zp. 
containing diverf Votages. 
773 
(ent for mee to vifit and drefs them. All the befieged Lords praied mee carefully to follicite above all 
others Monfieur de Pienne who was hurt at the breach by a ftone railed by a Cannon-lhot in 
the Temple with a fra&ure, and deprelfing of the bone. They told mee that prefently when 
hee received the ftroak, hee fell to the earth aS dead, and caft blood out of his mouth , 
and ears with great vomitings, and was fourteen daies without fpeaking one word, or having 
anie realon; there happened to him alfo ftartings fomwhat like Convuliions, and had all his face 
fwell'd and livid. Hee was trepan'd on the fide of the temporal mufcle upon the Os Coronate. I dreft him 
with other Surgeons, and God cured him j and is at this daie living, God bee thanked. The Emperor 
caufled batterie to bee made with fortie double Cahnons, where they fpared no powder night nor daie. 
Prefently when Monfieur de Guife law the Artillerie feated to make a breach, hee made the neareft hou- 
<es to bee pulled down to make Ramparts, and the polls and beams were ranged end to end, and be- 
tween two clods of earth, beds and packs of wool, and then other polls and beams were put again up- 
on them as before. Now much wood ofthe houles of the Suburbs, which had been put to the ground 
for fear left the enemie Ihould bee lodged, clofe covered, and that they fhould not help themfelvs with 
anie woodjlerved well to repair the Breach. Everie one was bufied to carried earth to make the Ram- 
parts night and daie. Meflieres the Princes, Lords and Captains, Lievtenants, Enfigns, did 
all carrie the Basket,to give example to the Souldiers and Citizens to do the like,which they 
did: yea, both Ladies and Gentlewomen, and thole which had not baskets , helpt themfelvs with ket- 
tles, panniars, lacks, Iheets, and with what elf they could to carrie earth ; in lb much that the enemie 
had no Iboner beaten down the Wall, but hee found behinde it a Rampart more ftrong. The Wall bee- 
ing fain, our Souldiers cried to thofe without, the Fox, the Fox, the Fox, and fpake a thoufand inju- 
ries one to another. Monfieur de Guife commanded upon pain of death that no man Ihould fpeak to them 
without, for fear left there fhould bee fbm Traitor who would give them intelligence what was don in 
the Cittie ; the command made, they tied living Cats at the end of their Pikes, and put them upon the 
Wall, and cried with the Cats, miau, miau. 
Truly the Emperialifts were verie much vexed to have been lb long making a Breach, and at 
fb great expend which was the breach of fourfcore fteps , to enter fiftie men in front, where 
they found a Rampart more ftrong then the wall; they fell upon the poor Cats and (hot at them with 
their muskets as they ufe to do at birds.Our people did oftentimes make Tallies by the command of Mon- 
fieur de Guife. The daie before there was a great prefs to make themfelvs enrowled, who muft make the 
fallie, chiefly of the young Nobilitie,lead by well experimented Captains. Infomuch that it was a great 
favor to permit them to fallie forth and run upon the enemie : and they {allied forth alwaies the num- 
ber of one hundred, or fixfcore armed men with Cutlafles, Muskets, Piftols, Pikes, Partifans and Hal- 
berds , which went even to their trenches to awaken them. Where they prefently made an alarum 
throughout all their Camp, and their Drums founded, plan, plan, ta, ti,ta, ta, ta, ti,ta,tou, touf,touf: 
likewife their Trumpets and Cornets founded,to the faddle, to the faddle,to the faddle,to hor£ 
to horf, to the faddle, to horf. And all their fouldiers cri'd. Arm, arm, arm, to arms, to arms,to arms, 
arm, to arms, arm,to arms, arm to arms, like the crie after Wolvs, and all divers tongues, according to 
their Nations : and they were feen to go out from their tents, and little lodgings, as thick as little Bees, 
when their hive is difcovered 5 to fuccor their fellows , who had their throats cut like fheep. The 
horf-men likewife came from all parts, a great gallop, patati, patata, patati, patata, ta, ta, patata, pa- 
tata, and tarried well, that they might not bee in the throng, where ftroaks were imparted to give and 
receiv. And when our men law they were forced, they returned into the Citie,' ftill fighting, and thofe 
who run after were beaten back with the Artillerie which they had charged with flint-ftones , and 
four-fquare pieces of iron; and our fouldiers who were upon the faid Wall made a vollie of (hot, and 
fhowred down their bullets upon them like hail, to fend them back to their lodging, where divers 
remained in the place of the combat, and alfo our men did not all com with whole skins, and there 
ftill remained fom for the Tithe, who were joiful to die in the bed of honor. And where there was a 
horf hurt, hee was flaied, and eaten by the Souldiers in (lead of beef and Bacon , and it was fit I 
muft run to drefs our hurt men. A few daies after other fallies were made, which did much anger 
the enemies, becauf they did not let them fleep but little in fafetie. Monfieur de Guife, made a war-like 
ftratagem, which was, Hee lent a Pefant who was none of thewifeft with two pair of letters toward 
the King, to whom hee gave ten Crowns, and promifed the King fhould give him an hundred, provided 
hee gave him the letters. In the one, hee fent word that the enemie made no fign of retiring himfelf,and 
by all force made a great Breach,which hee hoped to defend, yea,to the lofing of his life,and of all thofe 
that were within 5 and that the enemie had fo well placed his Artillerie in a certain place which hee 
named, that with difficultie was it kept that they had not entered into it, feeing it was a place the 
moft weak of all the Cittie: but hee hoped quickly to fill it up again in fuch fort, that they cannot bee 
able to enter. One of thefe Letters was fewed in the lining of his doublet, and hee was bid to take heed 
that hee told it not to anie man. And there was alfo another given to him", wherein the faid Monfieur 
de Guife fent word to the King, that hee and all the befieged did hope well to keep the Citie, and other 
matters which I ceaf to fpeak of. They made the Pefant go forth in the night, and prefently after hee 
was taken by one that flood Sentinel, and carried to the Duke of Albe, to underfland what was don in 
theCittie, and they asked him if hee had anie letters, hee faid, yes, and gave them one 5 and having feen 
it, hee was put to his oath, whether hee had anie other, and hee (wore, not j then they felt and fearch't 
him,and found that which was lewed to his doublet, and the poor meflenger was hanged. 
The (aid letters were communicated to theEmperor,who caufled his counfcl to bee called there,where 
V v v it 
The hurt of 
Monfieur di 
Pienne, tre- 
pan'd and cu- 
red. 
Princes carried 
the Baskets. 
Breach. 774 
An Abologie or Freatif 
LIB.29. 
it was refolved, fincethey could do nothing at the firft breach , that preiently the Artillerie (hould bee 
drawn to the place which they thought the moft weak,where they made great attempts to make another 
breach, and dig'd and undermined the wall, and endevoured to take the Tower of Hell, yet they durft 
not com to the affault. The Duke of Albe declared to the Emperor that the fouldiers died daily, yet 
more then the number of two hundred, and that there was but little hope to enter into the Citie,feeing 
the feafon, and the great quantitie of Souldiersthat were there. The Emperor demanded what people 
they were that died, and if that they were gentlemen of remark or qualitie: anfwer was made, that they 
were all poor fouldiers; then laid hee,It make's no matter if they die, comparing them to caterpillers 
and grafhoppers, which eat the buds of the earth. And if they were of anie faihion, they would not 
bee in the Camp for twelv (hillings the month, and therefore no great harm if they died- Moreover hee 
faid,Hee would never part from before that Cittie, till hee had taken it by force or famine, although hee 
(hould lo(e all hrs Armie; by reafon of the great number of Princes which were therein, with the moft 
part of the Nobilitieof France. From whom hee hoped to draw double his expenf, and that hee 
would go once again to to vilit the Parifiens,and make himfelf King of all the Kingdom of France. 
Monfieurde Guife with the Princes , Captains, and Souldiers, and generally all the Citizens of the 
Cittie, having underftoodthe intention of the Emperor, which was to extirpate us all, they advifed of 
all they had to do : And fince it was not permitted to the Souldiers,nor Citizens, no nor to the Prin- 
ces, nor Lords themfelvs to eat either fre(h-fifh, or venifon,as likewife fom partridges,woodcocks,larks, 
plovers, for fear left they had gathered fom peftilential air which might give us anie contagion $ but 
that they (hould content themfelvs with the ammunition-fare 5 that is to laic, with bilquet, Beef, pou- 
dered-cows, lard, and gammons of bacon: Likewife fi(h5 as green-fifh, falmon , fturgcon , anchovies, 
pilchers and herrings, alfopeaf, beans, rift, garlike, onions, prunes, cheef, butter, oil, fait, pepper, 
ginger, nutmegs, and other Spiceries to put into pies, chiefly to horf-flelh, which without that would 
have had a verieilltafte 5 divers Cittizens having gardens in the Cittie fowed therein great Raddifhes, 
Turnips, Carrots, and Leeks, which they kept well and full dear, againft the extremitie of hunger. 
Now all thefe ammunition-vi&uals were diftributed by weight, meafure, and juftice, according to 
the qualitie of the perfon, becauf wee knew not how long the fiege would laft. For having under- 
flood from the mouth of the Emperor, that hee would never part from before Mets, till hee had taken 
it by force or famine; the visual s were leflened, for that which was wont to bee diftributed to three, 
was now (hared amongft four, and defenf made they fhould not fell what remained after their dinner, 
but 'twas permitted to give it to the wenches that followed the Camp , And role alwaies from table 
with an appetite, for fear they fhould bee fubjeft to take Phyflck. And, before wee would yeeld our 
felvs to the mercie of our enemies, had refolved to eat our Afles, Mules, Horfes, Dogs, Cats and Rats; 
yea, our boots and other skins which wee could foften and frie. All the befieged did generally refolv 
to defend themfelvs with all forts of Inftruments of War; that is tofaie, To rank, and charge the An- 
tillerie, at the entrie of the Breach, with bullets, (tones, cart-nails, bars, and chains of iron. Alfo all 
kindes and differences of artificial Fire 5 as Boertes, Bariquado's, Granado's, Ports, Lances, Torches, 
Squibs, burning-faggots. Moreover, foalding-water, melted-lead , powder of unquenched lime to 
blinde their eies. Alfo they were refolved to have made holes through and through their houles, 
there to lodg musketeers, there to batter in the flank and haften them to go , or elf make them lie for 
altogether. Alfo there was order given to the women to unpave the ftreets,and to caft them out at theit 
windows, billets,tables,treffles,forms,and (tools, which would have troubled their brains: moreover, 
there was a little further, a ftrong Court of Guard, fil'd with carts and pallifado's, pipes and hogfheads 
fil'd with earth for barriquado's to ferv to interlaie with faulcons, faulconets, field-pieces, harquibu- 
zes, muskets, and piftols, and wilde-fire, which would have broken legs and thighs, infomuch that they 
had been beaten in head, in flank, and in tail ; and where they had forced this Court of Guard, there 
was others at the crolfing of the ftreets, each diftant an hundred paces, who had been as bad com- 
panions as the firft, and would not have been without making a great manic Widdows and Orphans. 
And if fortune would have been fo much againft us, as to have broken our Courts of Guard, there was 
yet (even great Baftallions ordered in (quare, and triangle, to combate altogether, each one accompa- 
nied with a Prince to give them boldnefs, and encourage them to fight, even till the laft gafp, and to die 
altogether. Moreover it was refolved, that each one fhould carrie his treafure, rings and jewels , and 
their houfhold-ftuff of the beft, to burn them in the great place, and to put them into allies rather then 
theenemie (hould prevail, and make Trophies of their (poils ; likewife there was people appointed 
to put fire to the munition, and to beat out the heads of the Wine-cask, others to put the fire in 
each hou£ to burn our enemies and us together : The Cittizens had accorded it thus , rather then to 
fee the bloodie knife upon their throat, and their Wives and Daughters violated, and to bee taken by 
force, by the cruel and inhumane Spaniards, Now wee had certain prifoners which Monfieur de Guife 
font away upon their faith, to whom was fecretly imparted our laft refolution, will, and delperate 
mindes 5 who beeing arrived in their Camp, do not defer the publilhing; which bridled the great impe- 
tuofitie, and will of the fouldiers to enter anie more into the Cittie to cut our throats, and to enrich 
themfelves of our pillags. The Emperor having underftood this deliberation of the great Warriour, 
the Duke of Guife put water in his wine, and reftreined his great choler and fiirie, faying, Hee could not 
enter into the Cittie without making a great (laughter and butcherie, and (pill much blood, as well of 
the defendents,as of the a(Iailants,and that they (hould bee dead together,and in the end could have no- 
thing elf but a few a(hes,and that afterward it might bee (poken of that,as of the deftru&ion Jerufalem al- 
readiemade byT/tw & Fefpatian,The Emperor then having underftood our laft refolution,& feeing their 
little LiB.29. 
conteining diverj Voiages. 
775 
little prevailing by their batterie and undermining,and the great plague which was in his whole armie, 
and the indifpofition of the time, and the want of victuals and monie, and that his fouldiers forfook 
him,and went away in great companies; concluded in the end to retire themfelvs accompanied with 
theCavallerie ofhisVantgard, with the greateft part of his Artillerie, and the Battalia : The Marquefs 
of Brandeborg was the laft which uncampt, mainteined by certain bands of Spaniard/, Bohemians, and his 
Germane companies,and there remained one daie and a half after,to the great grief of Monfieur de Guife* 
who caufled four pieces of Artillerie to bee brought out of the Cittie, which hee caufled to bee difehar- 
ged at him on one fide 5 and the other to haften them to bee gon, which hee did full quickly.with all his 
Troops. Hee beeing a quarter of a league from Mets was taken with a fear left our Cavallerie fhould fait 
upon him in the Here,which caufled him to put fire to his munition-powder, and leav certain pieces of 
Artillerie,and much baggage which hee could notcarrie,becaufthe Vantgard,and the Battalia,and great 
Cannons had too much broken the waie. Our horf-men would by all means have gon out of the cittie 
to have fain upon their breech.But Monfieur de Guife would never permit them, but oh the contrarie wee 
fhould rather make plain their waie, and make them bridges of gold and filver, and let them go, beeing 
like to a good lhepherd, who will not lofe one of his flieep. See now how our well-beloved Imperialifts 
went away from before the Cittie of Mets,which was the daie after Cbri(hnas daie, to the great content- 
inent of the befieged, and hohor of Princes,Captains,and Souldiers, who had endured the travels of this 
liege the (pace of two months. Notwithftanding they did not all go, there wanted twentie thoufand 
who were dead, as well by Artillerie,by the fword,asalfo by the plague,cold, and hunger,and for fpight 
they could notenter into the Cittie to cut our throats, and have the pillage: and alfo a great number 
of their horfes died, of which they had eaten a great part in ftead of Beef and Bacon. They went where 
they had been encamped, where they found divers dead-bodies not yet buried, and the earth all digged 
like S. Innocent's Church-yard in the time of the plague. They did likewife leav in their lodgings,pavil- 
lions and tents, divers fick people: allo bullets, arms, carts, waggons, and other baggage, with a great 
manie of munition4oavs,lpoiled and rotten by the rain and (how,yet the fouldiers had it but by weight 
and meafure5 and likewife they left great provifion of wood,of the reiriainders of the houfes of the Vil- 
lages which they had pluckt down two or three miles compafs, likewife divers other houfes of pleaftire 
belonging to the Citizens,accompanied with fair gardens, grafs-plats fil'd with fruit-trees, for without 
that they had been ftarv'd with cold,and had been conftreined to have rais'd the fiege fooner. The Said 
Monfieur de Guife caufled the dead to bee buried, and drefs their fick people 5 likewife the enemies left in 
the Abbie of S. Arnoul divers of their hurt fouldiers which they could not lead with them : the Said 
Monfieur de Guife fent them all vi&uals enough, and commanded mee and other Surgeons to go drefs 
them and give them medicines 5 which wee willingly did, and think they would not have don the like 
toward others (becauf the Spaniard is moft cruel, perfidious, and inhumane,aiid therefore enemie to all 
Nations) which is proved by Lopez a Spaniard, and Benzo of Milan, and others who have written the hi- 
ftorie ot America, and the Wcft-Mw,who have been conftreined to confefe, that the crueltie, avarice, 
blalphemie, and wickednefs of the Spaniards, have altogether alienated the poor Indians from the Reli- 
gion which the Said Spaniards are faid to hold. And all write, they arc lefs worth then the Idolatrous 
Indians, by the cruel ufage don to the faid Indians. 
And a few daies after wee fent a Trumpet to I'bionville toward the enemie, that they fhould fend back 
for their wounded meh in fafetie, which they did with Carts and Waggons,but not enough. Monfieur 
de Guife,caufled them to have Carts and Carters, to help to carrie them to the Said Tbionwille. Our Said 
Carters beeing returned back, brought us word that the waie was paved with dead bodies, and that 
they never lead back the half,for they died in their Carts,and the Spaniards feeing them at the point of 
death, before they had caft out their laft gafp, caft them out of their Carts, and buried them in the mud 
and mire, faying, They had no order to bring back the dead. Moreover our Said Carters laid, they met 
by the waie divers Carts loaden with baggage flicking in the mire, which they durft not fend for back, 
for fear leftthofeof Utfets fhould fall upon them. I will again return to the caufof their mortalitie, 
which was principally through hunger, plague, and cold; for the fnow was two foot thick upon the 
earth, and they were lodged in the caves of the earth, oncly covered with a littlediraW. Notwithftand- 
ing each Souldier had his field-bed, and a covering ftrewed with glittering ftars, more bright then 
fine gold, and everie daie had white fheets , and lodged at the fign of the Moon, and made good 
cheer when they had it, and pai'd their hofte fo well over-night, that in the morning they 
went away quite, fhaking their ears, and they needed no comb to take away the doun out of 
their hairs either of head or beard, and found alwaiesa white table-cloth, lofing good meals for 
want of Viftuals. Alfo the greateft part of them had neither boots, nor buskins, flippers, hofe, 
or fhooes, and divers had rather have none then have them , becauf they were alwaies in mud, 
half waie of the leg; and becauf they went bare-leg'd , wee called them the Emperor's Apoftles. 
After the Camp was wholly broken, I diftributed my patients into the hands of the Surgeons of 
the Cittie , to finifh their cure: then I took leav of Monfieur de Guife, who came back toward 
the King , who received mee with a loving countenance , and demanded of mee how I did 
enter into the Cittie of eJWets. I recounted to him all that I had don , hee caufled two 
hundred crowns to bee given mee, and one hundred I had at my going out , and told mee 
hee would not leav mee poor 5 then I thanked him moft humbly for the good and the honor which 
hee pleafed to do mee. 
CHaris the Emperor caufled the Cittie of 'IberoHerme to bee befieged, where Monfieur, 
the Duke of Savoy, was General of the whole Armie: it was taken by aflault where there 
V v v 2 was 
TlieVoiage of 
Hedin.t 776 
An Apologie or Freatlf, 
Lib. 
was a great number of our men Gain and prifoners. The King willing to prevent that the enemie 
fhould not alfo com to befiege the Cittie and Caftle of Hedin, fent Mefliers the Duke Boidllion, the Duke 
Horace, the Marquefs of Fillars, a number of Captains, and about eight hundred fouldiers, and during 
the fiege of Tiber ouenne,the Said Lords fortified the faid Caftle of Hedm,in fuch fort that it feenied impreg- 
nable. The King fent mee to the Said Lord to help them with my Art, if there were anie need. Now 
foon after the taking of Tiberoiienne, wee were befieged with the Armie: there was a quick clear fountain 
or Spring, within Cannon-(hot, where there was about fourfcore whores, and wenches of the enemies, 
who were round about it to draw water. I was upon a Rampart beholding the Camp, and feeing fo ma- 
nie idlers about the faid fountain, I praied Monlieur de Pont Commifiarie of the Artillerie, to make one 
Cannon-lhot at that roguilh companie, hee made mee much denial, anfwering mee that fuch kinde of 
people were not Worth the powder they fhould wafte. Again I praied him to level the Cannon, telling 
of him,the more dead,the fewer enemies ; which hee did through my requeft, and at that fhot fifteen or 
fixteen were kil'd,and manie hurt. Our fouldiers (allied forth upon the enemies, where there was minie 
kil'd and flain with musket-fliot and (words, as well on the one fide, as of the other, and our fouldiers 
did often make Callies forth upon the enemies before their trenches were made5 where I had much Work 
cut out,fo that I had no reft night nor daie for drefling the wounded. And I will tell this by the waie, 
that wee had put manie of them in a great Tower,laid upon a little ftraw,and their pillows were (tones, 
their coverlets were their cloaks, of thofe that had anie. WhiFft the batterie was making,as manie fhot 
as the Cannons made, the patients faid they felt pain iri their wounds, as if one had given them blows 
with a ftaff,the one cri'd his head,the other his arm,and fo of other partsjdivers of their wounds bled a 
fre(h,yea in greater quantitie then firft when they were wounded,and then it was 1 muft run to ftaic their 
bleeding. My little mafter,if you had been there,you had been much troubled with your hot-irons,you 
had need to have had much charcoal to make them red hot, and beleev they would have flain you like a 
Calf for this crueltie. Now through this diabolical tempeft of the Eccho from thefe thundering In- 
ftruments, and by the great and vehement agitation of the collifion of the air refbunding and reverbe- 
rating in the wounds of the hurt divers died, and others becauf they could not reft byreafbn 
of the groans and cries that they made night and daie 5 and alfo for want of good nourifhment, and 
other good ufage neceffarie to wounded people. Now my little mafter, if you had been there you would 
hardly have given them gellie, reftauratives, cullifes, preflures, panado, cleanfed barlie, white meat, al- 
mond-milk, prunes, raifins, and other proper meats tor fick people: your ordinance would onely have 
been accomplifht in paper, but in effect they could have had nothing but old Cow-bief, which was ta- 
ken about Hedin for our munition, faked and half-boiled, in fb much that who would have eat it, hee 
muft pull it with the force of his teeth, as birds of Preie do carrion. I will not forget their linneH 
wherewith they were dreft, which was onely reWalhed everie daie , and dried at the fire, and therefore 
drieandftubborn like Parchment, I leav you to think how their wounds could heal well. There were 
four luftie whores to whom charge was given to wdfh their linnen , who difeharged their dutie under 
penaltie of the batoon,and alfo they wanted both fope and water. See then how the fick people died for 
want of nourilhments,and other neceflarie things. One daie our enemies feigned to give us a general 
aflault,to draw our Souldiers upon the breach,to the end,to know ourcountenance & behaviour reverie 
one ran thither,wee had made great provifion of artificial fire to defend the breach; a Prieft belonging 
to Nlonfienr du Bouillon took a granado, thinking to throw it on the enemies, and (etit on fire (boner 
then it ought to have don: it brake afimder, and the fire fell amongft our fire-works, which were put 
into a houf near the breach j which was to us a marvellous difafter, becauf it burned divers poor fouldi- 
ers : it allo took hold on the houf it (elf, and wee had been all burned had not great help beenufed for to 
quench it 5 there was but one Well there wherein was water in our Caftle, which was almoft quite dri- 
ed up, and in ftead of water wee took beerand quenched it: then afterWards wee had great Icarcitie of 
water, and to drink the reft that remained which weemuft ftrain through napkins. 
Now the enemie feeing this finoak and tempeft of thefire-jvorks which caft a verie great flame and 
clalhing noi£ beleeved wee had put the fire on purpofe for the defenf of our breach, to burn them, and 
that wee had great ftore of others. That made them to bee of another opinion, then to take us by af- 
fault 5 they did undermine, and dig into the greateft part of our walls, fo that it was the Waie to over- 
throw wholly the Caftle topfie-turvie, and when the mines Were finiflit, and that their Artillerie (hot, 
the whole Caftle did (hake under us like an earth-quake,which did much aftonifh us. Moreover hee had 
levelled five pieces of Artillerie which they had feated upon a little hill, to plaie upon our backs when 
wee fhould go to defend the breach. 
The Duke Horace had a Cannon-fliot upon one (houlder, which carried away his arm on one fide and 
the bodie On the other, without beeing able to (peak one onely word. His death was to us a great difi- 
after for the rank which hee held in his place. 
Likevvife Monfieur de Martigues had a ftroak with a bullet which pierc't through his Lungs 51 dreft 
him, as I will declare hereafter. Then wee demanded Pari, and a Trumpet was lent toward the Prince 
of Piedmont, to know what compofition it pleafed him to make us: His anfirver was, that all the chief, 
as Gentlemen, Captains, Lievtenants, and Enfigns, (hould bee taken for ranfom , and the Souldiers 
(hould go out without Arms 5 and if they refilled this fair and honeft proffer, the next daie wee ought 
to bee affured they would have us by aflault or otherwife. Counfel Was held, where I was called to 
know if I would fign as divers Captains,Gentlemen,and others,that the place (hould bee rendered up. 
I made anfvver it was not poflible to bee held,and that I would fign it with my proper blood,for the lit- 
tle hope that I had,that wee could refill the enemies force,& alfo for the great defire Which I had to bee 
out Lib.z?. 
concerning diverf Voiages. 
777 
out of this torment, and hell ; for I Hept not either night or daie, by reafon of the great number of hurt 
people, which were about two hundred. The dead bodies ycelded a great putrefaftion , beeing heaped 
one upon the other like fagots, and not beeing covered with earth becauf wee had it not; and when I 
entred into one lodging, Souldiers attended mee at the door to go drels others at another; when I went 
forth, there was ftriving who Ihould have mee, and they carried mee like a holie bodie not touching the 
ground with my foot in fpight one of another; nor could I latisfie fo great a number of hurt people. 
Moreover 1 had not what was neceflarie to drefs them withal; for it is not fufficient that the Surgeon 
do his dutie towards the patients, but the patient muft alfo do his, and the afliftance, and all exterior 
things; witnels Hipocrates in his firft dpboriftne. Now having underftood the refolution of the yeeld- 
ing up of our place, I knew our affairs went not well; and for fear of beeing known , I gave a velvet 
coat,a Satin doublet, a veriefine cloth-cloak lin'd with velvct,to a fouldier,who gave mee a fcurvie old 
torn doublet cut and flaftit with ufing, and a leather jerkin well examined, and an ill favored hat, and 
a little cloak 51 finutcht the collar of my fhirt with water in which I had mingled a little foot; likewile 
I wore out my ftockings with a ftone at the knees and the heels as if they had been worn a long time, 
and I did as much to my fhooes, in fo much , that they would rather take mee for a Chimnie-fweeper, 
then a King's Surgeon. I went in this Equipage towards Monfieur de Martigues,where I praied him that 
hee would take order that I might remain near him to drefs him, which heeagree'dto moft willingly, 
and had as much defire I Ihould remain with him as my felf. Soon after, the Commiflioners, who had 
charge to eleft the prifoners, entred into the Caftle,the leventeenth daie Qi Julie one thouland five hun- 
dred fiftie three, where they made Mejfieurs the DukeofBo»z7/on,the Marquels of Villars, the Baron of 
Culan, Monfieur du Pont Commiflarie of the Artillerie, and Monfieur de Martigues, and J to bee taken 
through the requeft that hee made to them; and all other Gentlemen which they could perceiv were able 
to paie anie raniom, and the moft part of the Souldiers and the chief of the Companies, having fodi, 
and fo manie paifoners as they would. 
• Afterward the Spanifb Souldiers entered by the Breach without anie refiftanCe, for otirs efteeriied they 
would hold their faith and compofition that they ftiould have their lives faved. They entred in with 
a great furie to kill, pillage, and to rifle all they reteined : fom hoping to have ranfom, they tied their 
ftones with Arquebuficords, which was caft over a pike which two held upon their fhoulders, then pul- 
led thefaid cord with a great violence and derifion, as if they would ring a bell, telling them that they 
muft put themlelvs to the ranfom, and tell of what houles they were; and if they faw they could have 
no profit, made them cruelly die between their hands, or prelently after their genital parts would have 
fain into a gangrene,and total mortification; but they kil'd them all with their daggers, and cut their 
throats. See now their great crueltie and perfidioufnels,let him truft to it that will. Now to return to 
my purpole, beeing lead from the Caftle to the Citie with Monfieur de Martigues, there was a Gentleman 
of the Duke of Savoyes, who asked mee if Monfieur de Martigues wound was curable, I anfwered not 5 
who prelently went and told the Duke of Savoy; now I thought hee would fend Phyficians and Surge- 
ons to vifit and drels my Said Monfieur de Martigues: in the mean time I thought with my lelf whether 
I ought to make it nice, and not to acknowledg my lelf a Surgeon, for fear left they Ihould retein mee 
to drels their wounded, and in the end they would know I was the King's Surgeon, and that they 
would make mee paie a great ranfom. On the other fide I feared, if I Ihould not make my felf known 
to bee a Surgeon, and to have carefully drefled Monfieur de , they would cut my throat, 
fo that I took a refolution to make it appear to them hee would not die for want of good drefling and 
looking to. Soon after, fee, there arrive divers Gentlemen accompanied with the Phyfician and Sur- 
geon to the Emperor, and thole of the laid Duke of Savoy, with fix other Surgeons following the Ar- 
mie, to lee the hurt of the laid Lord of CMartigues, and to know of mee how I had drefled him, and 
with what medicines. The Emperor's Phyfician bid mee declare the eflence of the wound,and how I had 
dreftit. Now all the afliftance had a verie attentive ear to know if the wound were mortal or not; I 
began to make a difcourf that Monfieur de Martigues looking over the wall to perceiv them that did 
undermine it, received a (hot from an Arquebuf quite through the bodie; prelently I was called to drefs 
him, I faw hee caft blood out of his mouth, and his wounds. Moreover hee had a great diflicultie of 
breathing, and caft out winde by the faid wounds with a whittling, in fo much that it would blow out 
a candle, and heelaid, hee hadamoft lharp pricking pain at the entrance of the bullet- Ido beleer 
and think it might bee fom little pieces of bones which prickt the Lungs. When they made their Sy- 
ftole and Diaftole, I put my finger into him; where I found the entrance of the bullet to have broken 
the fourth Rib in the middle, and leaks of bones which the faid bullet had thruft in, and the out-going 
of it had likewife broken the lift Rib with pieces of bones which had been driv'n from within outward; 
I drew out fom ,but not all,becauf they were verie deep and adherent ! put in each wound a Tent,having 
the head verie large,tied with a thred, left by the infpiration it might bee drawn into the capacitie of the 
Thorax9 which hath been known by experience to the detriment of the poor wounded; for beeing 
fain in , it cannot bee taken out, which is the cauf that engenders putrefaftiqn, a thing contrarie 
to nature. The laid Tents were annointed with a medicine compoled of yelks of eggs, rewzce-Turpen- 
tine, with a little oil of Roles: My intention for putting the Tents was to ftaie the flux of blood, and 
to hinder that the outward air did not enter into the breft, which might have cooled the Lungs and by 
conlequent the heart. The faid Tents were alfo put, to the end that iflue might bee given for the blood 
that was Ipilt within the Thorax. I put upon the wound great Emplafters of Diacalcitheos in. which I had 
relented oil of Rofes and Vineger to the avoiding of inflammation, then I put great ftupes of Oxycrate, 
and bound him up, but not hard, to the end hee might have eafie relpirations; that don, 1 drew from 
Vvvj him 778 
An Apologie or Treatif, 
Lib.zj?. 
him five porrengers of blood from the Bafilick vein of the right arm, to the end, to make revulfion of 
the blood which run's from the wounds into theTborax, having firft taken indication from the woun- 
ded part, and chiefly his forces,conlidering his youth and his (anguine temper; Hee prefently after went 
to ftool,and by his urine and liege call: great quantitie of blood. And as for the pain which hee laid hee 
felt at the entrance of the bullet, which was as if hee had been pricked with a bodkin, that was becauf 
the Lungs by their motion beat againft the fplinters of the broken Rib.Now the Lungs are covered with 
a coat comming from the membrane called Pleura, interweaved with nervs of the jixt Conjugation from 
the brain, which was cauf of the extreme pain hee felt; likewife hee had great difficultie of breathing, 
which proceeded from the blood which was fpilt in the capacitie of the Thorax, and upon the Diaphragm, 
the principal inftrument of re(piration,and from the dilaceration of the mufcles which are between each 
Pub, which help allb to make the exfpiration and the infpiration; and likewife becauf the Lungs were 
torn and wounded by the bullet, which hath caufled him ever finceto fpit black and putrid blood in 
coughing* The fever feazed him loon after hee was hurt,with faintings and (woonings. It leemed tomee 
that the faid fever proceeded from the putredinous vapors ariling from the blood which is out of his pro- 
per vellels, which hath fain down,and will yet flow down. The wound of the Lungs is grown great and 
will grow more great, becauf it is in perpetual motion, both (leeping and waking, and is dilated and 
compreft to let the air to the heart,and caft fuliginous vapors out: by the unnatural heat is made inflam- 
mation, then the expullive virtue is conftreined to caft out by cough whatfoever is obnoxious unto it: 
for the Lungs cannot bee purged but by coughing, and by coughing the wound is dilated , and grow's 
greater, from whence the blood ilfues out in great abundance, which blood is drawn from the heart by 
the vein arterial to give them nourilhment, and to the heart by the vena cava; his meat was barlie-broth, 
ftued prunes,fomtimes panado-,his drink was PtifamHee could not lie but upon his back which (hewed hee 
had a great quantitie of blood fpilt within the capacitie of the Thorax,and beeing Ipread or fpilled along 
the lpondyls,doth notfo much prefs the Lungs as it doth beeing laid on thefides or fitting. 
What (hall I faie more, butthat the Said Lord Martigues fence the time hee was hnrt hath not repoled 
one hour onely,and hath alwaies caft out bloodie urines and ftools. Thefe things then Mefferts confide- 
red, one can make no other prognoftick but that hee will die in a few daies,which is to my great grief. 
Having ended my difeourf, I dreft him as I was wont; having difeovered his wounds,the Phyficians and 
other afliftants prefently knew the truth of what I had faid. 
The faid Phyficians having felt his pulfand known his forces to bee almoft (pent and aboli(hed,con- 
cluded with mee that in a few daies hee would die; and at the fame inftant went all toward the Lord 
of Savoy, where they all faid, that the faid Lord Martigues would die in a (hort time; hee anfwered, it 
were poffible if hee were well dreft hee might efcape : Then they all with one voice laid, hee had been ve- 
rie well dreft, and folicited with all things neceflarie for the curing of his wounds, and could not bee 
better,and that it was impoflible to cure him, and that his wound was mortal of neceflitie. The Monfi- 
eur de Savoy (hewed himfelf to bee verie much difeontented and wept, and asked them again if for cer- 
tain they all held him deplored and remedilefs, they all anfwered, yes. Then a certain Spanish impoftor 
offered himfelf, who promifed on his life that hee would cure him, and if hee failed to cure him, they 
(hould cut him in an hundred pieces 5 but hee would not have anie Phyficians, Surgeons, or Apotheca- 
ries with him* And at the fame inftant the Said Lord of Savoy told the Phyficians and Surgeons they 
(hould not in anie wife go anie more to fee the Said Lord of Martigues. Alfo hee lent a Gentleman to 
mee to forbid mee upon pain of life not to touch anie more the Said Lord of Martigues, which I promi- 
fed not do 5 wherefore I was verie glad, feeing hee (hould not die in my hands, and commanded the faid 
Impoftor to drefs the (aid Lord of Martigues. And that hee (hould have no other Phyficians nor Surge- 
ons but him5 hee came prefently to the laid Lord of Martigues, who told him, 
Senor Cavallero el fenor Dugueme ba mandado que venieffe i cur ar voftra herida, yo osjuro 5 Dios que antes de 
debio dias yo os baga[ubir i Cavallo con la lanfa en puno contafque no ago queyo qnos togue, Comereis y bibereis to 
das comidas que fueren de voTro guftoy yo hare la diet a pro V. m.y defto os de veu afeguirar fibre de mi,yo be fanado 
num bos que teni an magoresberidas que la voftra' That is to faie, Lord Cavalleere, Monfieur the Duke of 
Savoy, hath commanded mee to com drefs thy wound; I (wear to thee by God, that before eight daies I 
will make thee mount on horf-back with thy Lance in thy hand, provided that no man may touch thee 
but my felf; thou (halt eat and drink anie thing thou haft a minde to, I will perform thy diet for thee, 
and of this thou maieft bee allured upon my promife, I have cured divers who have had greater wounds 
then thine: and the Lord replied, God give you grace to do it. 
Hee demanded of the Said Lord a (hirt, and tore it in little rags, which hee put a crofe, muttering and 
murmuring certain words over the wounds; and having dreft him, permitted him to eat and drink 
what hee would, telling him hee would obferv a diet for him, which hee did, eating but fix prunes and 
fix bits of bread at a meal, and drinking but beer. Notwithftanding, two daies after, the Said Lord of 
Martigues died', and my Spaniard, Ceeing.of him in the Agonie, eclip'ft himfelf and got away without 
bidding farewel to anie bodie; and I beleev if hee had been taken, hee had been hang'd for his falf pro- 
mife.*, which hee had made to Monfieur the Duke of Savoy, and to divers other gentlemen. 
. Hee died about ten of the clock in the morning, and after dinner, the Said Lord of Savoy, fent Phyfi- 
cians, and Surgeons, and his Apothecarie, with a great quantitie of Drogues , to embalm him; they 
came accompanied with divers Gentlemen and Captains of the Armie. 
The Emperor's Surgeon came neer to mee, andpraied mee kindly to open the bodie; which I refufetf, 
telling him I was not worthie to carrie his plafter-box after him: hee praied mee again, which then I 
did for his fake, if it (b liked him* I would yet again haveexcufedmy felf, that feeing hee was not Lm.zp. 
conteining divert Voiages. 
779 
willing to embalm him,that hee would give this charge to another Surgeon of the companie; hee made 
mee yet anfwer,that hee would it fhould bee I,and if I would not do it,I might hereafter repent it:know- 
ing this his affeftion3for fear hee fhould not do mee anie diipleafure,! took therafor and pretented it to 
all in particular, telling them I was not well pra&ited to do luch operations which they all refuted. 
The bodie beeing placed upon a table,truely I purpoted to (hew them that I was an Anotomift,decla- 
ring to them divers things,which fhould bee here too long to recited began to tell-all thecompanic that 
I was fin e the bullet had broken too ribs,and that it had pate d through the Lungs, and that they fhould 
finde the wound much enlarged, becauf they are in perpetual motion, fleeping or waking, and by this 
motion the wound was the more dilacerated. Alfo that there was great quantitie of blood fpilt in the 
capacitie of the breft, and upon the midriff, and fplinters of the broken ribs which were beaten in at the 
entrance of the bullet,and the iffuing forth of it,had carried out. Indeed all which 1 had told them was 
found true in the dead bodie. 
One of the Phyficians asked mee,which way the blood might pate to bee caft out by urine, beeing 
conteined in the iboraxd. anfwered him that there was a manifeft conduit,which is the Vena Azygos jnE® 
having nourifh'd the ribs,the reft of the blood defcend's under theDiapbragm,8c on the left fide is conjoin- 
ed to the emulgent vein, which is the waie by which the matter in plcureftes and in Empiema3do manifeftly 
emptie themfelvs by urine and ftool. As it is likewife feen, the pure milk of the brefts of women newly 
brought to bed,to defcend by the Manrmillarie-Veins, and to bee evacuated downwards by the neck of 
the womb without beeing mixt with the blood. And fuch a thing is don ( as it were by a miracle of na- 
turejby her expulfive and fequefting virtue,which is teen by experience of two glate-veflels called Mount- 
wines let the one bee filled with water,and the other with Claret-wine, and let them bee put the one up- 
on the other, that is to faie,that which (hall bee filled with water, upon that which fhall bee filled with 
wine; and you fhall apparently tee the wine mount up to the top of the veflel quite through the water, 
and the water defcend a traverl the wine, and go to the bottom of the veflel without mixture of both; 
andif fuch a thing bee don fo exteriorly and openly to the fenf of oureie, by things without life: you 
muft believ the fame in our underftanding. That nature can make matter and blood to pate, having been 
out of their veflels,yea,through the bones,without beeing mingled with the good blood. 
Our difcourfended:! embalmed thebodie,and put it into a coffin; after that the Emperors Surgeon 
took mee apart,and told mee if I would remain with him that hee would ufe mee verie well, and that 
hee would clothe mee anew, alfo that I fhould ride on horf-back. 1 thank'd him verie kindely for the 
honor hee didmee,and told him that! had nodefire to do fervice to Grangers, and enemies to my coun- 
trie; then hee told mee I was a fool,and if hee were prifoner as I,hee would terv the devil to get his liber- 
ties In the end I told him flat that I would not dwell at all with him. 
The Emperor's Phyfician returned toward the faid Lord of Savoy, where hee declared the cauf of the 
death of the faid Lord of Martigues,and told him that it was impoffible for all the men in the world to 
have cured him; and confirmed again, that I had don what was neccfTarie to bee don, and praied him to 
win mee to his tervice, and fpake better of mee then I deterved. 
Having been perfwaded to take mee to his fervice,hee gave charge to one of his ftewards named Mon- 
fieur du Boucbet> to tell mee,if I would dwelin his tervice that hee would utemee kindely:,! anfwered him 
that I thank'd him moft humbly,and that I had refolved not to dwel with anie ftranger. This my anfwer 
beeing heard by the Duke of was fbmwhat in choler,& faid,he would tend mee to the Gallics. 
Monfieur de Vaudeville^Governor ofGravelin^ndColonel of the tevcnteen Enfigns of foot, praied 
him to give mee to him,to drete him of an ulcer which hee had in his leg this fix or tevcn years; Mon- 
fieur de Savoy told him becauf 1 was of worth, that hee was content, and if I rankled his leg it would bee- 
well don ; Hee anfwered that if hee perceived anie thing,hee would cauf my throat to bee cut. 
Soon after,t he faid Lord of Vaudeville tent for mee by four Germane Halberdiers,which affrighted mee 
much, not knowing whither they led mee,they fpake no more French then I high arrived at 
his lodging, hee told mee I was welcom, and that I was his; and as loon as I Ihould have cured him of 
that ulcer in his leg, that hee would give meeleav to bee gon without taking anie ranfom of mee. 1 told 
him that I was not able to paie anie ranfom. 
Then hee made his Phyfician and Surgeons in ordinarieto ffiew mee his ulcerated leg ; having teen 
and confidered it, wee went apart into a chamber where I began to tell them, that the faid ulcer was an- 
nual,not beeing Ample but complicated : that is of a round figure and fcalie, having the lips hard and 
callous, hollow and fordid: accompanied with a great varicous vein which did perpetually feed it; be- 
fides a great tumor,and a phlegmonous diftemper verie painful through the wholeleg,in a bodie of cho- 
lerick complexion ; as the hair of his face and beard demonftrated. The method to cure it, (if cured it 
could beej was to begin with univerlal things, that is,with purgation and bleeding,and with this order 
of diet,that hee Ihould uot ute anie wine at all,nor anie telt meats,or of great nourifliment,chiefly thete 
which did heat the blood: afterward the cure muft begin with diversfcarifications about the ulcer, and 
totally cutting away the callous edges or lips,and giving along or a triangular figure,for the round will 
verie hardly cure, as the Antientsliave left it in writing, which is feen by experience* That don, the 
filth muft bee mundified,as alfo the corrupted fleffi, which fhould bee don with Vnguentum JEgyptiacum, 
and upon it a bolfter dipt in juice of Plantain and Nightlhade and Oxycrate, and roul the leg beginning 
at the foot, and finiffiing at the knee, not forgetting a little bolfter upon the Varicous vein, to the end no 
fuperfluities fhould flow to the ulcer. Moreover that hee fhould take reft in his bed, which is comman- 
ded by Hippocratesfaith,that thofevvho have fore legs fhould not ufe much ftanding or fitting, 
but lying along And after thefe things don and the ulcer well mundified, a plate of Lead rubbed with 
quickfilver 780 
An Apologie or 'Treatif, 
LiB.29. 
<Juickfilver (hould bee applied. See then the means, by which the faid Lord Vaudeville might bee cured 
of the faid ulcer; all which they found good. Then the Phyfician left mee with the Surgeon, and went 
to the,Lord Vaudeville; to tell him that hee did allure him I would cure him,and told him that I had re- 
vived to do for the cure of his ulcer: whereof hee was verie joyful. Hee made mee to bee called to him, 
and asked mee if I was of the opinion that this ulcer could bee cured,and I told him, yes, provided hee 
would bee obedient to what hee ought. Hee made mee a promife hee would perform all things which I 
Would appoint; and as (boil as his ulcer fhould bee cured, hee would give mee liber tie to return without 
paying anie ranfom.Then I befeech'd him to com to a better compolition with mee,telling him that the 
time would bee too long to bee in libertie, if I ftaied till hee was perfeftly well,and that I hoped with in 
fifteen daies the ulcer fhould bee diminifhed more then one half, and it fhould bee without pain,and that 
his Phyficians and Surgeons would finifh the reft of the cure verie eafily. To which hee agree'd,and then 
I took a piece of paper, and cut it the largenefs of the ulcer, which I gave him, and kept as much my felf. 
I praied him to keep promife, when hee fhould finde his buhnefs don: Hee fwore by the faith of a Gen- 
tleman hee would doe it; then I refolved to drefs him well according to the method of Galen, which was, 
that after all ftrange things were taken out of the ulcer, and that there wanted nothing but filling up 
with flefh, I dreft him but once a daie,andhee found that verie ftrange. And likewife his Phyfician which 
was but a frefh man in thofe affairs,who would perfwade mee with the patient,to drefs him two or three 
times a daie,I praied him to let mee do what I thought good; and that it was not to prolong the cure,but 
on the contrarie to haften it,(for the great defire I had to bee in libertie. And that hee would look in 
Galen in the fourth book of the compofition of medicaments fecundum genera, who faith, that if a medi- 
cine do not remain long upon the part it profit's not fo much, as when it doth continue long; a thing 
which manie Phyficians have been ignorant of, and have thought it hath been better to change the Pla- 
tter often. And this ill cuftom is Co inveterate and rooted, that the Patients themfelvs accufe often-times 
the Surgeons of negligence, becauf they do not oftner remove their emplafters; But they are deceived. 
For as you have read in my works in divers places; The qualities of all bodies which mutually touch, 
operate one againft another,and both of them fuffer fbmthing, where one of them is much ftronger then 
the other,by means whereof the (aid qualities are united, they familiarife with the time, although they 
are much differing from the manner, that the qualitie of the medicament doth unite, an&fbmtimes be- 
com's like to that of the bodie, which is a verie profitable thing. Therefore they faie hee is to bee praif- 
ed much who tirft invented not to change the plafter fo often, becauf it is known by experience, this is 
a good invention. 
Moreover it is (aid, great fault is committed to drefs ulcers often in wiping of them hard, for one 
take's not away onely the unprofitable excrement, which is thepwr or Sanies of the ulcer, but the matter 
whereof the flefh is engendred ; wherefore for the reafbns aforefaid it is not needful to drefs ulcers 
fo often. 
The faid Lord Vaudeville, would (ee whether that which I alleged out of Galen were true, and com- 
manded the (aid Phyfician to look there, for that hee would know it; hee caufed the book to bee 
brought upon the table, where my laying was found true, and then the Phyfician was afhamed, and I 
verie joyful. So that the faid Lord of Vaudeville defired not to bee drefled but once a daiej infomuch that 
within fifteen daies the ulcer was almoft cicatrized; the compofition beeing made between us, I began to 
be merrie.Hee made mee eat & drink at his Table,when there were not men of more great rank with him. 
Hee gave mee a great red (carf,which hee commanded mee to wear. I may (aie I was as glad of it as a 
dog that hath a clog,for fear hee fhould go into the vineyard and eat the grapes. The Phyfician and 
Surgeon led mee through the Camp to vifit their huVfpeople, where I took notice what our enemies 
did; 1 perceived they had no more pieces of Cannon,but onely thentie five or thirtie pieces for the field. 
Monfieur de Vaudeville held Monfieur de Bauge pri(bne'4 /he brother of Monfieur de Martigues who di* 
ed at Hedz'tf.The (aid Lord of Bauge was prilbner in the Caftleofthe heap of wood belonging to the 
Emperor, who had been taken at 1'hero'itenne by two Spanifs Souldiers. Now the (aid Lord of Vaudeville 
having looked well upon him, conceived hee muft bee a Gentleman of (bm good houf, and to bee the 
better allured, hee cauffed him to have his flockings pulled off,and feeing his flockings and his feet clear 
and neat, together with his white fine lock, it confirmecbhim the better in his opinion, that it was a man 
was able to paiefom good ranfom. Hee demand's of the Souldiers if they would take thirtie Crowns 
for their prifoner, and that hee would give it to them prefently, to whichxhey agree'd willingly,becauf 
they had neither means to keep him, nor feed him; behdes they knew not his worth, therefore they de- 
livered their prifoner into the hands of the faid Lord of Vaudeville, who prefently fent him to the Ca- 
ttle of the heap of wood with a guard of four Souldiers with other Gentlemen prifbners of ours. The 
faid Lord Bauge would not difcover himfelf, who hee was, and endured verie much, beeing kept bat 
with bread and water,and laie upon a little draw. The (aid Lord of Vaudeville after the taking of Hedin, 
(ent word to the faid Lord Baugeand other prifbners, that the place of Hedin was taken, and the lift of 
thofe that had been (lain, and amongft the reft, Monfieur de Martigues: and when the (aid Lord oC Bauge 
heard the found of the death of his brother the Lord Martigues, hee began much to weep and lament; 
his keeper demanded of him,why hee made (b manie and (b great lamentations ? Hee declared unto them 
that it was for Monfieur de Martigues his brothers lake. Having under flood that, the Captain of the 
Caftle difpatch'd a man avvaie quickly, to tell it to Monfieur de Vaudeville that hee had a good prifoner; 
who having received this good news rejoiced greatly,and the next daie (ent mee with his Phyfician and 
four Souldiers to the Wood-caftle to know if his prifoner would give him fifteen thoufand Crowns 
for a ranfom; hee would (end him free to his own hou£ and for the prefent hee defired but the fecuri- 
tie Lib.z$>. 
concerning diverf Voiages. 
781 
tie of two Merchants of Antwerp, that hee would name. The faid Lord Vaudeville perfwaded mee that 
I would make his agreement with his prifoner. See then why hee lent mee to the wooden Caftle, and 
commanded the Captain of the Caftle to ule him well, and to put him into a Chamber hung with Tape- 
ftrie, and that they Ihould make the guard more flrong,and from that time they made him good chear 
at his expence. 
The anfwer of the Said Lord of Bauge was, that to put himfelf to ranlbm hee was not able ; and that, 
that depended upon Monfieur d'Eftamps his Uncle,and of Miftris de Breffure his Aunt, and than hee had 
not anie means to paie fuch aranfom. I returned with my keepers to the faid Lord Vaudeville, and told 
him the anlwer of his faid prifoner, who told mee,Perhaps hee Ihould not out at fo good a rate, which 
was true, for hee was difeovered. And forthwith the Queen of Hungarie, and the Duke of Savoy lent 
word to the Lord Vaudeville,that this morfel was too great for him, and that heemuft fend him to them, 
(which hee did) and that hee had enough prifoners befides him:hee was put to fourtiethoufand Crowns 
ranlbm befides other expenfes. 
Returning toward the Said Lord Vaudeville I palled by S. Omer, where I law their great pieces of bat- 
terie,whereof the greateft part was flawed and broken. I came back allb by 'I'heroiienne, where I did not 
fee fo much as ftone upon ftone, unlels the mark of a great Church. For the Emperor gave command- 
ment to the countrie people within five or fix leagues about,that they Ihould emptie and carrie awaie the 
ftones ; infomuch, that now one may drive a cart over the Cittie, as is likewile don at Hedin, without 
anie appearance of Caftle or Fortrels. See then the milchief which com's by the wars. 
And to return to my purpofe, prelently after my faid Lord Vaudeville was verie well of his ulcer and 
little wanted of the entire cure,which was the cauf hee gave mee my leav, and made mee bee conduced 
with a Pafs-port by a Trumpet to Abbeville, where I took poft, and went and found the King Henrie my 
Matter at Auftmon, who received mee with joie,and a good countenance. 
Hee lent for the Duke of Guije the high Conftable of France, and Monfieur d'EJlrez,to underftand by 
mee what had paft at the taking of Hedin; and I made him a faithful report, and allured them I had leen 
the great pieces of Batterie, which they had carried to S. Omer. Whereof the King was verie joyful, be- 
cauf hee feared left the enemie Ihould com further into France. Hee gave mee two hundred Crowns to 
retire my lelf to my own houf, and I was verie glad to bee in libertie and out of this great torment and 
noif of thunder from the Diabolick artillerie, and far from the Souldiers, blalphemers and deniers of 
God. 1 will not omit to tell here that, after the taking of Hedin, the King was advertifed that I was 
not (lain, but that I was a prifoner, which his Majeftie caufled to bee written to my wife by Monfieur 
du Goguier bis chief Phyfician, and that lhee Ihould not bee in anie trouble of minde for mee, for that I 
wasfafe and well, and that hee would paie my ran Com. 
AFter the battel of S.&htintin, the King lent for mee to the Fere in 'I'artemx 
fieur the Marlhal of Bourdillon, to have a pafs-port by the Duke of Savoie to go to drefs 
Monfieur the Conftable, who was grievoufly hurt with a Piftol-lhot in the back, whereof hee was like 
to die,and remained a prifoner in his cnemie's hands. But the Duke of Savoy would not give confent 
that I Ihould go to the Said Lord Conftable,faying,hee Ihould not remain without a Surgeon, and that 
hee doubted I was not lent onely to drels him, but to give him fom advertifement, and that hec knew I 
underftood fomthing elf befides Surgerie, and that hee knew mee to have been his prifoner at Hedin, 
Monfieur theMarlhal of Bourdillon advertifed the King of the Duke's denial, by which means the King 
writ to the faid Lord of Bourdillon,that if my Ladie,the Lord high Conftable's wife, did fend anie bodie 
of her houf, which was an able man, that 1 Ihould give him a letter,and that I Ihould alfo have told him 
by word of mouth, what the King and monfieur the Cardin al of Lorraine had given mee in charge.T wo 
daies after there arrive's a lervant of the Lord Conftables chamber, who brought him (hires, and other 
linnen, for which the faid Lord Marlhal gave pafs-port,to go to the Said Lord Conftable I was verie 
glad thereof,and gave him my letter, and gave him his leflbn, of that which his Mafter ihould do,beeing 
prifoner. I had thought beeing difeharged of my embaflage to return toward the King. But the faid 
Lord of Bourdillon prai'd mee to ftaie with him at the Fere to drefs a great number of people who were 
hurt, and werethither retired after the battel; and that hee would fend word to the King, the cauf of 
my ftaie; which I did. The wounds of the hurt people were greatly (linking,and full of worms with 
Gangrene and putrefaction; fo that I vv?s epnftreined to com to my knife to amputate that which was 
fpoild, which was not without cutting alarms and legs, as alfo to Trepan divers. Now there were not 
anie medicines to bee had at the Fere,becauf the Surgeons of our Camp had carried all with them;I found 
out that the Chariot of the Artillerie tarried behinde at the Fere,nor had it yet been touched 1 prai'd the 
Lord Marlhal that hee would cauf fom of the drogues to bee delivered to mee which were in hee 
did,and there was given to mee one half at a time : five or fix daies after 1 was conftreined to take the 
reft, neither was there half enough to drefs fo great a number of the people, and to correft and ftaie the 
putrifaftion, and to kill the worms that were entred into their wounds ■, I wafhed them with 
cum diflblved in wine and Aqua vita, and did for them, all which I could poftible, yetnotwithftanding 
all my diligence, verie manie of them died. 
There were Gentlemen at the Fere who had charge to finde out the dead bodie of Monfieur de Boif- 
Dolphin the elder, who had been flain in the battel; they praied mee to accompanie them to the Camp to 
finde him out amongft the dead, if it were poftible, which indeed was impoflible; feeing that the bodies 
were all disfavoured and overwhelmed with putrefaftion. Wee faw more then half a league about us the 
earth covered with dead bodies, neither could wee abide long there, for the cadaverous fents, which 
did arifefrom the dead bodies, as well of men as of horfes. And 1 think wee were the cauf, that fo great 
a num- 
The battel of 
S'. 
■ S57. 782 
An Apologie or Rreatif 
LlB.2<?. 
a number ot nies,roie trom tne oeau ooaies, wnicn were procreated by their numiditie and the heat o 
the Sun, having their tails green and blew; that beeing up in the air made a fliadow in the Sun. We< 
heard them buz,or hum,which was much marvel to us. And I think it was enough to cauf the Plague 
where they alighted. ( My little mailer) I would you had been there as I was,to diftinguifh the ordurei 
and alfo to make report to them which were never there.Now beeing cloied and annoied in that Coun- 
tries prai'd Monfieur the Lord Marihal, to give nice my leav to bee gon, and that I was affraid I Ihoulc 
bee lick, by reafon of my too great pains,and the ft inks which did arife from the wounded bodies,which 
did almoft all die, for what diligence foever was ufed unto them. Hee made other Surgeons to com finift 
the drefling of the faid hurt people, and I went away with his good grace and favor. Hee wrote a lettei 
to the King, of the pains hee had taken with the poor wounded. Then I returned to Farit, where 1 
found yet manie Gentlemen who had been hurt, and were there retired after the battel. 
THe King fent mee to Dourlan, and made meebee conduced by Captain Govaft with fifth 
men in arms,for fear I Ihould bee taken by the enemies. And feeing that in the waie wet 
were al waies in alarms, 1 cauffed my man to alight, making him to bee my mafter for that time,and I got 
upon his horf,which carried my mail, and took his cloak and hat, and gave him my ambling Marc. Mj 
man beeing put upon her back, one would have taken him for the mafter, and I for the fervant.Thofe ol 
Daurian feeing us far off, thought wee were enemies, and let flic their Cannon-(hot at us.Captain Gavaft 
my condu&or,made fign with his hat, that wee were not enemies, fo that they left (hooting,and weeen- 
tred into Dourlan with great joie. Thofe of Dourlan made a fallie forth,upon the enemies five or fixdaiec 
before,who kil'd and hurt divers of our Captains, and good (buldiers; and amongft the reft Captain 
St. Aubin valiant at the fword,whom Monfieur de Guifeloved verie well,and for whom chiefly the King 
fent mee thither, who beeing in the fit of a quartan fever, would needs go out to command thegreatefl 
part of his companie: a Spaniard feeing him that hee commanded, perceived hee was a Captain, and 
(hot a musket-bullet quite through his neck; my Captain St. Aubin thought with this ftroakheewas 
dead, and with the fear (1 proteft to God) hee loft his quartan ague, and was altogether free'd from it. 1 
drefled him with Antonie Portal Surgeon in ordinarie to the King, and divers other Souldiers: fom died , 
others efcaped quite with the lois ol a leg,or an arm,or the lofs ofan eie,and they laid they efcapedgood 
cheap, efcape that can.When the enemie had broke their Camp, 1 returned to Par is. Here 1 hold my peace 
nf mv little mafter, who was more at eaf in his houf, then I at the Wars. 
YEt I will not omit to (peak of the voiage of the Harbor of Grace; then when they made 
the approches to plant the Artillerie, the Englifh who were within it kil'd fom of our 
Souldiers,and divers Pioners,who undermined, who when they were feen tobeefb hurt that there was 
no hope of curing, their fellows ftript them and putthem yet alive,in the Mines,which ferved them for 
fo much filling earth.The Englijb feeing they could notwithftand an aflault, becaufthey were verie much 
attainted with difeafes,and chiefly with the plague, they yielded, their lives and jewels faved. The King 
caufled them to have fhips to return to England, beeing glad to bee out of this place infefted with the 
Plague: the greateft part died, and carrid the plague into England,and fince have not yet been exempted. 
Captain Sari about mafter of the Camp, was left there in garrifon, with fix Enfigns on foot, who had no 
fear of the plague, and were verie joiful to enter therein, hoping there to make good cheer. My little 
mafter had you been there you had don as they. 
XT Ow for the taking ot Rouen they kil'd divers of ours before the aflault,and at the aflault: 
1X1 thedaie after they entred into the Cittie,! trepaned eight or nine, who were hurt at the 
breach with the ftroaks of ftones. There was fo malignant an air, that divers died, yea of verie final! 
hurts, infomuch that fom thought they had poifoned their bullets: thofe within faid the like by us,for 
although they were well treated in their necelfities within the cittie, yet they died alfo as well as thofe 
without. The King of Navar was hurt in the Ihoulder with a bullet fom few daies before the aflault; 1 
vifited and helpt to drefs him, with his own Surgeon, named M. Gilbert one of the chief of Montpelier, 
and others.They could not finde the bullet,! fearch'd for it verie exaftiy, I perceived by conjecture,that it 
was entred by the head of the Adjutorium, and that it had run into the cavitie of the faid bone, which 
was the cauf wee could not finde it. The moft part of them faid it,was entred and loit within the ca- 
vitie of the bodie.Monfieur the Prince of the Rockjtyon Ton, who intimately loved the King of Navar, 
drevvmeetoonefide,andasktmeeif the wound was mortal. I told him yea, becauf all wounds made 
in great joints, and principally contufed wounds, were mortal according to all Autors who had writ- 
ten of them. Hee inquired of the others what they thought, and chiefly of the faid Gilbert, who told 
him that hee had great hope that the king his mafter would bee cured, and the Said Prince was verie 
Joyful. Four daies after the King and the Qjieen-mother, Monfieur the Cardinal of Row bon his brother, 
Monfieur the Prince of Rockjqon Ton, Monfieur de Guife, and other great perfonages,after wee had dref- 
fed the King of Navar, caufleda confultation to bee made in their prefences,where there were divers Phy- 
ficians and Surgeons: each man (aid what feemed good unto him, and there was not one of them,who 
had not good hope of him,faying that the King would bee cured, & I perfifted alwaies on the contrarie. 
Monfieur the Prince of the Rockjipon Ton who loved mee, withdrew meeafide, and faid I was onely 
againft the opinion of all the reft, and praied mee not to beeobftinate againft fo manie worthie men. I 
anfvvered him, that when I faw anie goodfigns of cure, I would change my advife. Divers confultati- 
ons were made,where I never changed my word, and prognoftick , fuch as I had made at the firft dref- 
fing,and alwaies faid that the arm would fall into a Gangrene,which it did,what diligence foever could 
bee had for the contrarie ; and gave up his foul to God the eighteenth daie of his hurt. Monfieur the 
Prince upon Ton, having heard of the death of the Said King , fent his Phyfician and Surgeon toward 
mee, 
The wage ot 
the camp of 
lAmxnhtSSB 
The voiage of 
Harbor of 
Grace. 15tf3- 
The voiage to LlB.Zp. 
concerning diverf dotages. 
783 
mee, named Feure now in ordiuarie to the King, and to the Queen-mother, to tell mee, that hee would 
have the bullet taken out, and that it thould bee look't for in what place (bever it could bee found: then 
I was verie joyful,and told them that I was well allured to finde it quickly,which 1 did in their pretences, 
and divers Gentlemen. It was lodged in the verie midft of the cavitie or the Adiutorie bone. My Said 
Prince having it, Iftewed it to the King and the Queen,who all faidmy prognoftick was found true.The 
bodie was laid to reft in theCaftL-Galliard, and I returned to Paris where I found divers hurt men who 
were hurt at the breach of and chiefly Italians, who deiired mee verie much to dreft them, which I 
did willingly 5 there were divers that recovered, and others died. I believ ( my little mailer) you were 
called to drefs fom of them, for the great number there was of them. 
THe daie after the battel given at Prewar, the King commanded mee, to go drefs Monfieur 
the Count of Em,who had been hurt with a Piftol-lhot in the right thigh,neer the joint 
of the hip j which fraftured and broke the Os femoris in divers places, from whence divers accidents did 
ante, and then death, which was to my great grief. The daie after my arrival I would go to the field, 
Where the battel was given, to fee the dead bodies; I law a league about, all the earth covered , where 
there was by eftimation five and twentie thoufand men and more.All which were dilpatch'd in the fpace 
of two hours. I wogld (my little matter_) for the love I bear you, that you had been there to recount it 
to your teholars and to your children.Now in the meantime while I was at Dreux I vifited and dreft a 
great number of gentlemen and poor fouldiers, and amongft the reft manie 5wjfer-Captains, I drefled 
fourteen in*one chamber onely all hurt with Piftol-fliot, and other inttruments of diabolical fire, and 
not one of the fourteen died. Monfieur the Count of Em beeing dead, I made no long tarrying at f)reuxt 
there came Surgeons from Paris who performed well their dutie toward the hurt people, as P/gruy, Coin- 
teret, Hubert, and others; and I returned to Paris, where I found diyers gentlemen wounded, who had 
retired themtelvs thither after the battel to beedreft.of their hurts. 
DVring the battel of Moncontour King Cbarls was atPlefsis the Towers, where hee heard 
they had won it; a great number of hurt gentlemen and Souldiers withdrew therpfelvg 
into the Cittie and foburbs of Towers, tojbee dreft and help'd, where the King and Queen- 
Mother commanded mee to lhew my dutiewith the dther Surgeons,who were then in quarter, as Pigray, 
du Bais, Portail, and one named Siret, aiSurgeon of towers, aman verie skilful in Surgerie, and at that 
time Surgeon to the Kings brother, and for the multitude of the wounded wee were but little in repote, 
nor the Phyficians likewiteCount Mansfield Governor of the Duckie of Luxembourg, Knight of the King 
of Stains order, was greatly hurt in the battel, in the left arm, with a Piftol-lhot, which broke a great 
part of the joint of the elbow, and had retiredhimtelf to Bourgueil neer towers ', beeing there hee tent 
a gentleman to the King, affeftionately to beteech him to fendotie of hi*Surgeons to help him in his 
hurt. Counsel was held what Surgeon fliQiddbee tent.. Monfieur the Marshal of Montmorency told the 
King and Queen,that it were beft to tend him his chief Surgeon,and declared: tQ them that the Said Lord 
Mansfield was one part of the caufof winning the battel. The King faidfiat hele would not that I ftiould 
go, but would have mee remain cloteto himThen the Queen-Mother faid, Ifhould but go and com,and 
that hee mutt confider it was a ftrange Lord, who was com from the king of Spains fide , to help and 
foccourhim. And upon this hee permitted tnee to go, provided that I fhould return quickly. After this 
refolution hee fr nt for mee, and likewite the Queen-Mother, and commanded mee to go finde the Said 
Lord Mansfield in the place, where I was to ferv him in all I could, for the cure of his hurt; I went and 
found him>having with mee a letter from their Majeftieshaving teen it, hee received mee with a good 
will,and from thenceforth difcharged three other Surgeons that dreft him; which was to my great grieft 
becauf his hurt feemed to mee uncurable. Now at Bowguedl there were retired divers Gentlemen, who had 
been hurt at the faid battel, knowing that Monfieur de Guifie was there, who had been alfb verie much 
hurt with a Piftol-fhot through one leg,well allured that hee wouldhave good Surgeons to drefs him,and 
allb that hee,beeing kinde and liberal, would afsift them with a great part of their necesfities. And for my 
part, I did help and aid them with all my Art,as much as it waspoftible; (bm died,fbm recovered accor- 
ding to their hurts. The Count Kingrave died, who had fuch a Ihot in the Ihoulder, as the king of Ndi/ar 
before Eowen.Monfieur de Baffonpiere Colonel of twelv hundred hurt allb in filch a like place as 
Count Mansfield, whom I dreft and God cured. God lb well bleffed my work that within three weeks ! 
1 led him back to Paris, where I mutt as yet make fom incifiohs in the arm of the Said Lord Mansfield,U> 
draw out the bones which were greatly broken and caries*d: hee vvas cured;by the grace of God, and 
gave mee an honeft reward, fo that I vvas well contented with him,and hee with mee,as hee hath fince 
made it appear: hee writ a letter to the Duke of Jfcot how that hee vvas cured of his hurt, and allb 
Monfieur de Baffontpiere of his, and divers others, which I had dreft after the battel of Monicontour, and 
countelled him to beteech the king of France my good mafter to give mee leav to go tee Monfieur the 
the Marquels of Auret his brother. 
A /TOnfieur the Duke of Afcot did not fail to tend a Gentleman to the king with a letter, 
■ V1 humbly to beteech him to do him lb much good and honour,as to permit and command 
his chief Surgeon to com to tee the Marquefs of Auret his brother; who had received a Musket-(hot near 
the knee, with ffafture of the bone, about teven months fince, which the Phyficians and Surgeons in 
thote parts were much troubled to cure. The King tent for mee and comman ded rnee to go fee the Said 
Lord Auret, and to help him in all that I could for the cure of his hurt; I told him I would emploieal! 
all that little knowledge which it hath pleated God to give mee. I went then conduced by two gen- 
tlemen to the Cattle of Auret,which is a league and a half from Mounts in Hainaut,where the Said Mar- 
quefe was:as fbon as I arrived I vifited him,and told him theKing had commanded mee to com to fee him, 
The voage of 
the battel of 
Drexx, i J 
The vouapot 
the battelof 
Mnumtow, 
It 6a. 
Voiageof 784. 
An Apologie or Trcalif, 
LlB.Zp. 
arid to drefs him of his hurt 5 hee told mee hee was glad of my comming, and was much bound to the 
King to havedon him the honor to have fent mee to him I found him in a great fever his eies verie much 
(link, with a countenance gaftlie and yellow, his tongue drie and rough, and all thebodie emaciated and 
lean, his ipeech low like that of a dying man : then I found his thigh much fwelled, apoftemated, ulce- 
rated, and cafting out a green (linking matter5 I fearch'd it with a filver probe, and by the fame I found 
a cavitie neer the groin, ending ip the middle of the thigh, and others about the knee, fanious and cu- 
niculous; alfo certain fcales of bones, fom (eparated, others not.The legs were much tumified, and foa- 
ked with a pituitous humor, cold, mdift, and flatulent; infomuch that the natural heat was in the waie 
to bee fuffocated,and ex(tingui(hed,and the (aid leg crooked and retraced toward the buttocks,his rump 
ulcerated the bredth of the palm of an hand, and hee faid hee felt there a great pain and Smarting, and 
likewife in his reins, infomuch that hee could not take anie reft night or daie 5 neither had hee anic appe- 
tite to eat, but to drink enough ■■> it was told mee that hee fell often into faintings and fwoonings, and 
fomtimes as it were by an Epilepfie, and had oftentimes defire to vomit, with fuch a trembling that hee 
could not carrie his hands to his mouth. Seeing and confidering all thefe great accidents, and the forces 
much abated 5 truly I was much grieved to have gon to him, becauf mee thought there was little appea- 
rance that hee could efcape. Notwithftanding to give him courage and good hope, I told him, that 1 
would quickly fet him on foot by the grace of God, and the Phyfician's and Surgeon's helpiHaving (een 
him, I went a walking into a Garden, where I praied to God that hee would give mee the grace to cure 
him, and that hee would give a bleflin * to our hands and medicaments, to combat againft fo manie 
complicated maladies. I bethought in my minde the waies I mult keep to do it. They called mee to din- 
ner, I entred into the kitchin where I (aw taken out of a great pot, half a Mutton, a qi arter of Veal, 
three great pieces of Beef, and two pullets, and a great piece ot Bacon, with great ftore of good Herbs. 
Then I faid to my felf this broth was full of juice, and of good nourfhment; After dinner all the Phy- 
ficians and Surgeons aflembled, weeentred into conference in the prefence ot Monfieur the Duke of 
dfcot, and fom Gentlemen that did accompanie him ; I began to tell the Surgeons that I marvelled much 
they had made no apertions in the Marquefs's thigh, which was all apoftumated, and the matter that if. 
(ued out was foul and (linking, which (hewed it had a long time lurked there, and that 1 had found with 
my probe a Caries in the bone,and (mall fcales which were alreadie feparated ; they made mee anfwer,hee 
would never give confent and likewife it mas almo'ft two months iince they could win him to put on 
clean (heets on his bed,neither durft'anie one (carce touch the coverlet hee felt (b great pain.Then (aid 1, 
for to cure him, wee muft touch other things then the coverlet of the bed.Eac h one faid what hee thought 
beft of the Lord's grief, and for conclusion held it altogether deplorable. 1 told them there was yet fom 
hop?, becauf of his youth/and that God and nature do fomtime fuch things which feem to Phyficians 
and Surgeons to bee impoisible.My confutation was,that all thole accidents were com by reafon of the 
bullet hitting near the joint o; the knee, which had broken the ligaments, tendons,arid ojoneurofes of the 
mufcles which tie the faid joint together with the Os femoris 5 alfo nervs,veins, and arteries from whence 
had followed pain, inflammation,apofteme and ulcer: and that wee muft begin the cure by the difeaf, 
which was the cauf of all the faid Occidents, that is to (aie, to make apertions,to give ifliie to the matter 
reteined intheinterfpaces of the mu fries, and in the fiibftance of them: Likewife to the bones which 
caufled a great corruption in the whole thigh, from whence the vapors did arife and were carried to the 
hearts, which caufled the fyncope and the fever; and the fever an univerfal heat through the whole bodie; 
and by confequent, depravation of the whol Oeconomie ; Likewife that the (aid vapors were communica- 
ted to the brain, which caufled the Epilepfie, and trembling, and to the (lomach difdfin and loathing, 
and hindred it from doing his fim&ions, which are chiefly to concoft and digeft the meat, and to con- 
vert it into Chylus; which not beeing well concofted, they ingender crudities and obftruftions, which 
make's that the parts are not nourithed, and by confequent the bodie drie's,and grow's lean; and becauf 
alfo it did not do anie exercife, for everie part which hath not his motion remaineth languid, and atro- 
fiated, becaufthe heat and (pirits are not lent or drawn thither,from whence follow's mortification. And 
to nourifh and fatten the bodie,fri&ions muft bee made univerfally through the whole bodie,with warm 
linnen clothes above, below, on the right fide: and left, and round about: to the end to draw the blood 
and (pirits from within outward, and to r efolv anie fuliginous vapors reteined between the skin,and the 
flefh 5 thereby the parts (hall bee nourithed and reftored,(as 1 have heretofore faid in the tenth book trea- 
ting of the wounds of Gun-(hot) and wee muft then ceaf when wee fee heat and rednefs in the skin, 
for feir of refolving that wee have alreadie drawn, and by confequent make it becom more lean. As for 
the ulcer which hee hath upon his rump, which came through too long lying upon it without beeing re- 
moved, which was the cauf that the fpirits could not flourifti or (hine in it; by the means of which there 
(houldbee inflammation, apofteme and then ulcer, yea with lo(s of fiibftance of the iubjeft flefh, with a 
verie great pain: becauf of the nervs which are difleminated in this part* That wee muft likewife piit 
him into another (oft bed, ard give him a clean (hirt,and (heets ; otherwifi all that wee could do would 
ferv for nothing, becauf that thofe excrements and vapors of the matter reteined fo long in his bed, 
are drawn in by the Syftole and Diaftole of the Arteries which are diffeminated through the skin, and 
cauf the fpirits to change and acquire an ill qualitie and corruption which is (een in fom that (hall lie in 
a bed where one hath fweat for the Pox,who will get the Pox by the putrid vapors which (hall remain 
foaked in t he (heets and coverlets. Now the cauf why hee could in no wile deep, and was as it were in a 
confiimption, 'twas becauf hee ate little, and did not do anie exercife, and becauf hee was grieved with 
extreme pain. For there is nothing thatabateth fo much the (Irength as pain.The cauf why his tongue 
was drie and fowl, was through the vehemencie of the heat of the fever, by thevapors which afleended 
through Lib. 29. 
concerning div erf Voiages 
785 
through the whole bodie to the mouth. For as wee faie in a common proverb,when the oven is well heat, 
the throat teel's it. Having difcourfed of the caufles and accidents, 1 laid they muft bee cured by their 
contraries, and firft wee muft appeaf the pain,making apertions in the thigh to evacuate the matter rc- 
temed, not evacuating all at a time for fear left by a fudden great evacuation there might happen a great 
decaie of fpirits which might much weaken the patient and foorten his daies. Secondly, to look unto 
the great fwelling and cold of his leg, fearing left it Ihould fall into a Gangrene; and that aftual heat 
muft bee applied unto him, becauf the potential could not reduce the intemperature de potentia ad attum; 
for this cauf hot bricks muft bee applied round about, on which Ihould bee caft a deco&ion of nerval 
herbs boiled in wine and vineger, then wrapt up in fom napkin, and to the feet an earthen bottle filled 
with the faid decoftion, ftopt and wrapt up with fom linnen clothes j alfo that fomentations muft bee 
made upon the thigh, and the whole Leg, of adeco&ion made of Sage, Rotemarie, Tyme, Lavender, 
flowers of Camomile, Melilot,and red-Rotes boiled in white-Wine, and a Lixivium made with Oke- 
afoes, with a little Vineger, and half an handful of fait. This deco&ion hath virtue to attenuate,in- 
cifo, refolv and drie the grols vifcous humor. The faid fomentations muft bee ufed a long while, to the 
end there may bee a greater refolution; for beeing fo don a long time together, more is refolved then at- 
tracted, becauf the humor conteined in the part is liquified, the skin and the flefli of the mufcles is ra- 
tified. Thirdly, that there muft bee applied upon the rump a great emplafter made of the red deficcative 
and ungaentum Comitiffe of each equal parts incorporated together, to the end to appeaf his pain and 
drie up the ulcer, alfo to make hiiYi a little doun-pillow which might bear his rump aloft without lean- 
ing upon it. Fourthly, to refrelh the heat of his kidnies one Ihould applie the unguent called Refrige- 
rans Galeni freflily made, and upon that the leavs of water-Lilies. Then a napkin dipt in Oxy crate,wrung 
out and often renewed: and for the corroboration and ftrengthening of his heart a refreftiing medicine 
Ihould bee applied made with oil of nenuphar, and unguent of Rotes and a little faffron diflblved in 
Rote-vineger, and Triaclelpread upon a piece of Scarlet: For the Syncope which proceeded from the 
debilitation of the natural ftrength troubling the brain. Alfo hee muft ute good nourilhment full of 
juice, as rere eggs, Damask-prunes ftewed in wine and fogar, alfo Panado made of the broth of the great 
pot (of which I have alreadie ipoken) with the white fleftiie parts of Capons, and Partridg-wings min- 
ced finall, and other roft-meat eafie of digeftion, as Veal, Goat,Pigeon,Partridg,and the like. The ftuce 
Ihould bee Orenges, Verjuice, Sorrel, (harp Pomgranats ; and that hee Ihould likewife eat of them 
boiled with good herbs; as Sorrel, Lettuce, Purflain, Succorie, Buglofs, Marigolds, and other the 
like. At night hee might ute cleanted Barlie with juice of Nenuphar and Sorrel, of each two ounces , 
with five or fix grains of Opium and of the four cold teeds bruited, of each half an ounce, which is 
a remedie nourifhing and medicinal, which will provoke him to fleep: that his bread Ihould bee of 
Mellin, neither too new, nor too ftale; and for the great pain of his head, his hair muft bee cut, 
and rub his head with Oxirrbodinum luke-warm, and leav a double-cloth wet therein upon it; likewite 
Ihould bee made for him a frontal of oil of Rotes, Nenuphar, Poppies, and a little opium and Rote-Vi- 
neger, and a little Camphir and to renew it fomtimes. Moreover oue Ihould cauf him to finel to the 
flowers of Henbane and Nenuphar bruited with Vineger,Rote-water and a little Camphir wrapped in a 
handkercher, which lhall bee often and a long time held to his note, to the end that the fmell may bee 
communicated to the brain, and thete things to bee continued, till that the great inflammation and pain 
bee paft, for fear of cooling the brain too much. Befides one may cauf it to rain artificially in powring 
down from fom high place into a kettle, and that it may make fuch a noif that the patient may hear it, 
by thefe means fleep lhall bee provoked on him. And as for the retraftion of his leg that there was hope 
to redrels it, when evacuation was made of the matter and other humors conteined in the thigh,which 
by their extention (made by repletion) have drawn back the leg, which might bee remedied in rubbing 
the whole joint of the knee with unguentum Dialthta and oil of Lilies, and a little aqua vit£, and upon 
it to bee laid, black-wool with the greaf thereof. Likewite putting in the ham of a feather-pillow fol- 
ded in double, and by little and little to make his leg toftretch out. All which my difeourf was well 
approoved of by the Phyficians and Surgeons. the confoltation ended wee went to the lick patient, and 
I made him three apertions in his thigh, from whence ifliied out great quantitie of matterand Sanies; 
and at the fame time I drew out fom fcales of bones, nor would I let out too much abundance of the 
faid matter for fear of too much decaying his ftrength: Then two or three hours after I caufled a bed to 
bee made near his own, where there were clean white lheets,then a ftrong man lifted him into it, and 
rejoiced much in that hee was taken out of his foul ftinking bed. Soon after hee demanded to fleep, 
which hee did almoft four hours, where all the people of the houf began to rejoice, chiefly Monlieur 
the Duke of Afcot his brother. 
The daies following I made injections into the bottom of the cavities of the ulcer, made with Egy- 
pt iacum, diflblved fomtimes in aqua vita, and fomtimes in wine. I applied to mundifie and drie the Ipon- 
gie and loof fle(h,bolftersj at the bottom of the finuofities, hollow tents of lead, that the Sanies might 
have paflage out; and upon it a great Emplafter of Viacalcitheos diflblved in wine : likewife 1 didrowl 
it with foch dexteritie, that hee had no pain, which beeing appeafed the fever began much to diminilh. 
Then I made him drink wine moderately allaied with water,knowing that it reftore's and quicken's the 
fpirits: and all the things which wee refted on in the confoltation were accompliftit, according to time 
and order; and his pains and fever ceated, hee began to grow better and dilcharged two of his Surgeons, 
and one of his Phyficians,fo that wee were but three with him.Now I remained thereabout two months, 
which was not without teeing divers lick people, as well rich as poor, which came to mee three or four 
leagues about. They gave meat and drink to the needje, all which hee recommended to mee, andpraied 
X x x mee 786 
An Apologie or <Treatij\ 
Lib.2<?. 
mee allo for his fake to help them. I proteft I did not refute anie one, and did to them what I poflibly 
could, whereof hee was joyful. Then when I faw hee began to mend, I told him hee muft have a con- 
fort of Violons and a Jefter to make him merrie, which hee did : in one month wee fo wrought, that 
hee could hold himfelf up in a chair, and made himfelf to bee carried and walk in his garden , and at 
the gate of his Caftle to fee the people pafs by. The Countrie people of two or three leagues about, 
knowing they could tee him, came the feaft daie male and female, to ling and dance pell mell, in joie of 
his amendment, all beeing verie glad to fee him, which was not don without good laughing and drink- 
ing.Hee caus'd ftill a barrel of beer to bee given them , and they drank all merrily to his good health. 
And the Citizens of Mont Hainaut and other gentlemen neighbors came to fee him in ad- 
miration, as a man comming from the tomb. And as foon as hee began to mend, hee was 
not without companie , and as one went out another came in to viiit him . his table was al- 
ways well Covered. Hee was greatly loved of the Nobilitie, and of the common people, as 
well for his liberalise as by reafon of his beautie, and honeftie, having a pleafant look and a gracious 
fpeech, infomuch that thofe that beheld his face were conftrained to love him. The chief of the 
Cittie 'of Monts cime on Saturdaie to befeech him to permit mee to go to Mons where they had a 
great defire to feaft and make mee good chear for his fake. Hee told them hee would praie mee to go 
there, which hee did. But I made them anfwer that they (hould not do mee fo much honor, as allb that 
they could not give mee better chear then I had with him. And hee praied mee again affectionately to 
go thither,and that I Ihould do that for his lake,to which I agree'd. The daie after they fetcht mee with 
two Coaches, and beeing arrived at Monts wee found the dinner readie, and the chief of the Cittie with 
their wives, ftaied for mee with a good will. Wee went to the Table and they placed mee at the upper 
end, and drank all to mee, and to the health of Monfieur D'auret, faying that hee was verie happie, and 
they likewife to have obteined mee to take him in hand, for that they knew that in this companie, hee 
was greatly honored and loved. After dinner they led mee back to the Caftle of where Monfieur 
the Marauefs ftaied for mee with great exfpeCfation to recount unto him, what wee had don in our ban- 
quet, I told him that all the companie had drank divers times to his healths in fix weeks hee began to up- 
hold himfelf a little with crutches, and to grow verie fat and get a fivelie natural colour. Now hee had 
a defire to go to Beaumont which is the dwelling place of Monfieur the Duke of Afcot, and made himtelf 
bee carried in a great chair with eight men by turns, and the Countrie folks where wee palled along, 
knowing'twas Monfieur the Marquefs fought and ftrove together who Ihould carrie him, and con- 
ftrained us to drink, but it was but Beer, but 1 believ had it been Wine or Hippocras they would have 
given it us with a verie good will, fo much did they lhew themfelvs joyful to tee the Said Marquefs, and 
praied all to God for him. Beeing arrived at Beaumont all the people came before us to do him reverence, 
and praied God to blefs him, and keep him in good health. Wee entred into the Caftle where there was 
more then fiftie gentlemen which the Duke of Afcot had tent for to com make good chear with his bro- 
ther,who kept his table furnilht three daies together. After dinner the gentlemen ran at the Ring,plaied 
at Foils, and rejoiced greatly to fee Monfieur Auret, becauf they had heard hee would never com out of 
his bed again, or bee cured of his hurt. 1 wasalwaies at the upper end of the table, where everie one 
drank caroufes to him,and mee, thinking to make mee foxt,which they could not do: For I drank but 
according to my old cuftom.A few daies after wee returned back and took leav of Madam the Dutchefs 
of Afcot, who took a Diamond-ring from her finger which lhee gave mee , acknowledging I had verie 
well dreft her brother; which Diamond was better worth then fiftie Crowns. Monfieur Auret grew ftill 
better and better, and walked all alone roundabout his garden with crutches. I beg'd leav of him divers 
times to com awaie to Paris, declaring that his Phyfician and Surgeon would well do the reft that re- 
mained, for the.cure of his grief. And now to begin a little to eftrange my felf from him, 1 praied him 
to give mee leav to go fee the Cittie of Antwerp, which hee willingly accorded to: and commanded his 
Steward to conduft mee thither accompanied with two pages : wee pafled through Malignes and Brux- 
elle, where the chief of the Cittie praied the Said Steward, that at our return they might hear-of it; 
and that they had a great defire to feaft mee, as they of Monts had don. I thank'd them moft kindely,and 
told them that I was not worthie of fuch honor; I was two daies and a half to tee the Cittie of An- 
twerp where fom Merchant s knowing the Steward, praied him to do them the honor, that they might 
beftow a dinner or fupper upon us. There was ftriving who Ihould have us, and were all verie joiful to 
hear of the good health of the Marquefsof Auret, doing mee more honor then I exfpe&ed.To conclude, 
wee came back to the Marquefs making good cheer, and within five or fix daies I asked my leav of him , 
which hee granted with great grief, and gave mee an honeft Prefent, and of great value,and made mee bee 
conducted by the (aid mafter of his houf and two Pages, even to my houf at Paris. 
I have forgot to tell you, that the Spaniards havefince ruined,and demolifht his Caftle of Auret,Cuck^t, 
pillag'd, rifled and burnt all the houfes, and Villages belonging unto him, becauf hee Would not bee of 
their fide, in the {laughters and mines of the Low Countries. 
Thevoiageof rT",He King with his Camp remained not long at Bourges, but thote within yielded it up, 
Baurges,i$61 f and went out with their jewels laved. I know nothing worthie of memorie, but that 
a boie of the Kings privie kitchin, who beeing neer the walls of the Cittie before the compofition was 
made, cried with a loud voice, Hugue not, huguenot, flioot here, (hoot here having his arms lifted up, 
and his hand ftretched out; a fouldier (hot his hand quite through with a bullet : having received his 
ftroak, hee came and found mee out to drete him. My Lord high-Conftable, teeing the boie to have his 
hand af bloodie, and all rent and torn ; demanded of him who had hurt him. Then there was a Gen- 
111 man who faw the Ihot made, faid it was well beftowed becauf hee cried, Huguemt, flioot here,(hoot 
here. contcining div er J Voiages. 
LiB.29. 
787 
here.Then the Said Lord Conftable faid this Huguenot was a good musketeer, and pare a pittiful minde, 
for it was verie likelie if hee would have (hot at his head, hee might have don it more eafily then in the 
hand. 1 drefs'd the faid Cook who was verie fick, but at length was cured., but with lamenefs of his 
hand, and everfince his companions call him hee is living. 
The battel of A Nd as for the battel of Saint Denis there were divers (lain as well on one fide,as on the 
Mw jCV other: ours beeing hurt, went back to Paris to bee drefled together with thpprifoners 
who were taken, whereof I drefled a great part. The King commanded mee ,by the requeft of the Ladie 
high-Conftable, to go to her houf todrefsmy Lord, who had received a PiftoLlhot in the middle of 
thefpondils of his back, whereby hee prefentdy loft all fenf and motion of thighs and kgs, with reten- 
tion of excrements, not beeing able to caft out his Urine, nor anie thing by the fundament, becauf that 
the (pinal marrow, ( from whence proceed the finews to give fenf and motion to the inferiour parts,) 
was bruited, broken, and torn by the vehemence of the bullet. Hee likewife loft his reafon,and under- 
Handing, and in a few daies hee died. The Surgeons of Paris were a long time troubled tpdrefs the 
faid wounded people, 1 believ ( my little mafter ) that you faw fom of them. I befeech the great God 
of vi&orjes, that wee may never bee emploied in fuch evil encounters and difafters. 
The K TOw I faie moreover, what I did in the voiage with the King to Bayonne, where wee have 
1AI been two years and more to compafs all this Kingdom > where in divers Citties and 
Villages I have been called into confutations for divers diteafes, with the deceated Monfieur Chaglain 
chief Phyfician to the King and Monfieur Cbaftellan chief to the Queen-Mother, a man of great honor 
and knowledge in Phyfick and Surgerie: making this voiage I was alwaies inquifitive of the Surgeons 
if they had mirked anie rare thing of remark intheir praTke,to the end to learn fom new thing.Beeing 
at Bayonne there happened two things of remark for tKe young Surgeons. The firft was, that I dreft a 
Spanifli Gentleman, who had a grievousgreat impoftume in his'throat: hee came to have been touched 
by the deceated King Charts for the Evil. 1 made incifion in his Apofteme, where there was found great 
quantitie of creeping worms as big as the point of a fpindle, having a black head; and there was great 
quantitie of rotten flefh.Moreover there was under his tongue an irnpoftume called Ranula, which hin- 
dred him to utter forth his words,and toeat and fwallow his meat:hee praied mee with his held up hands 
to open it for him if it could beedonwithout peril of his perfon, which 1 immediately did, and found 
under my Lancet a folid bodie,which was five ftones,like thote which are drawn from the bladder. The 
greateft was as big as an Almond and the other like little long Beans,which were five in number; in this 
apofteme was conteined a flimie humor of a yellow color which was more then four fpoonfuls j I left 
him in the hands of a Surgeon of theCittieto finifii his cure. 
Monfieur de Funtain Knight of the Kings Order, hada great continual peftilent Fever, accompanied 
with divers Carboncles in divers parts of his bodie, who was two daies without ceafing to bleed at 
at nofe, nor could it bee ftanch'd; and by that means the fever ceafed with a verie great fweat,and foon 
after the Carboncles ripened and were by mee drefled,and,by the grace of God, cured. 
I have publifh'd this Apologie to the end that each man may know, with what foot I have alwaies 
marched, and I think there is not anie man fo ticklifh, which taketh not in good part what I have faid, 
feeing my diteourf is true, and that the effeft flieweth the thing to the eie, reafon beeing my warrant 
again ft all Calumnies. 
The end of tlx Afwlogie and Voiages. 
FINIS. 
X X X 2 A General Table of all the chief things treated of 
in this Work. 
A 
A Bortions why frequent in a peftilentfcafbn, 8 
aCX their caufles &c. 618 
Antipathic, fee Tympathie. 
Antipathic between fom Men and a Cat>5 26. Of 
poifbns with poifon* 5 40 
mon precepts for their ute, 35 8. Utes whereto 
they ferv, ibid. 
Bema/dthe Hermit. 689 
lAbduftores mufiuli, ,74»®£ 1 
Abfcefses how to bee opened, 2°3 
Aconite,the fymptoms caufled thereby, and their 
Ants, 44. their care, ibid. 
Apes their imitationof men's aftions, 5 2 
Aptum rifuf, the poifonous qualitie thereof, with 
the cure, 5 2<s 
Apologie concerning wounds made by Gun-fboc, 
Barrennefs thecauf thereof in men» 62j. In wo- 
men, 6'6 
Bafilisk,her defcription, bite, and the cure thereof 
cure, 518 
Aflual cauteries preferred before potential, 485 • 
S 7 
Battels where the Autor was prefent: See voiage., 
Their forms and ufe, ibid. Their force againft 
324. Thatfuchwoundsarenot poifoncd,j2<J. 
• j • 14 
venemous bites, 511 
Concerning bindeing of veffels,8cc. 
Baths good in pain of the eies, 466 
Aftion, the definition and divifion thereof, '7 
Apophlegmatifms what, andt heir ufe, 7 2 J 
Baths their faculties and differences, 628. How 
Voluntarie action, ibid. 
cApepbyfes clino ides, ' 135.136 
to know whence they have their efficacie, tbid. 
Adders their bitings, the fymptoms thereon en- 
Aphorifms concerning Surgerie felefted out of 
Their faculties and to whom half 
fuing, together with the cure, 515 
Hippotratet,y59 of the Autor, ytf» 
baths, if>id. 
\Adipofa vena, 90 
lAddu&ore s mufiuli, 174 
Adj unfti of things natural, 17 
Apoltumes, fee impoftumes. 
Apothecaries, choii of fuch as lhall hayecare of 
thofe fick of the plague, 545 
Beautrol a beaft of Florida, 691 
Bear-worms, the bites and the cure thereof. 
522 
Jive coni unffiva, one of the coats of the 
95 
Bears their craft, 42, 
eie, >42 
the poifonous qual'tie, and the cure 
Bcafts inventors or" fom remedies, ibid. Their fa- 
Egileps what, the differences thereof, 4°7- The 
thereof, 5 3« 
cultie in prefaging,ibid. Their love and care of 
cure, 4° 8 
tberiacalis the defcription and manner 
their young, 43. Moft wilde ones may bee 
tamed, 48. They know one another's voice, 
Egyptian™, the force thereof againft putrefafti' 
thereof, 490. 540. good againft thePlague, 
on, 3 24. a cleanfer and n ota luppurat/ve ,325 
defcriptionsthereof,? 38.318- the praifthere- 
ibid. 
Bees their government, 43. Care and juftice,»W. 
idwhow diflilled. 
Their itinging and the cure thereof, 521 
of, 5 
vdyxrM humor, 144 
Beggars their cofcnagcs andcraftie tricks, 6 70 
After-birth, fee Sccundine. 504 
iAracbnotdes,five araneoja tunica,1 144 
Bellie, why not borne, The divifion of the 
After-tongue, M3 
After-wrjft. 1 7 
Arxotick medicines. i 704 
lower bellie ilid. 
lArehagettu a Romane Surgeon, flain by the peo- 
Bezoar and Bezoartick medicines, 529 
Age what, the divifion thereof, 6 
Ages compared; to the four feafons of the year, 
7 
ple. 2 
Biceps rnu/cutia, 171 
Argentum vivune, fee Hydrargyrum. 
Bindeing of the vcffek for Weeding, 266. An A- 
utriflomctbm the philofbpher a great obferver of 
pologie therefore, Autoritics therefore , 
Agonic what, 
Bees, 4 4 
Rcafon, Fxpcriencc, Hiftories to con- 
AgueSs fee quotidian* quartai&* tertUn* 
Baftard Agueshow cured. 224 
Agglutinative medicines 255, their nature and ufe, 
&o 703 
Arm or flioulder-bone rhe fraSure thereof, 
Arm and the bone and mulcles thereof, 168. The 
firm it. 
Birds their induftrie in building their nefts, 43. 
defeft thereof bow to bee fupplicd, 585,587 
Ravenous birds, counterfeit man's voice, 54. 
Arfnick, the poifonous qualitie thereof, and the 
They have taught men to fing, Hid. 
Air an Element, the prime qualities thereof, 6<'« 
the neceffitie thereof for lite, 22. whichhurtful, 
cure, 530 
Arrows, wounds made by them, and their fevcral 
Bird of Paradife, 686 
Birth. See Childe-birth. 
ibid. What underftood thereby, ibid. How it 
forms, 3 27. How to bee drawn forth, 328 
Bitings of man and Beaft yenenate, 26 2, 509 
Bitings of a Mad-dog, Adder &c. fee Dog, Ad- 
der, &c. 
change's our bodies, 2$. Though in Summer 
colder then the brain, 2J7. How it becom's 
Arterie what, 74. The divifion of the 
feendent arterie,87,89. Diftribution of the left 
feurtful, 314. How to bee corrected, 3 2 2.Of 
what force in breeding diteafes, 3 24. What force 
fubdavian arterie, it9. the Axillarie, 165 
Bitter things not fit to bee injefted into wounds 
Of the crural, 176. Not dangerous to bee o~ 
of theCheft, 297 
the Stars have upon it, 325. How that which 
is corrupt or-venemous may kill a man, 509. 
How it may bee corrupted, 5 39* Pent up it is 
apt to putrifie, 5 49- change thereof conduce's 
to the cure of the plague. 5$ 1 
what, 102 
tunica,there is no fuch,flicwcd by 3. 
teveral reafons, 
<Albugineujburner, theute thereof, 145 
Almonds of the throatorears, their hiftorie, 230 
pened, 402. Rough Arterie, 12 3. Figure of 
Bladder of the Gall, 8y 
the Arteries, 120 
(Aiteria venofa, and the del? ruff ion thereof, 114 
Bladder of urine, 95. The fubftmcc, figure, &C- 
ibid- Signs of the wounds thereof, 302. Ulcers 
Carefydec, 119.Ce/vrcalisibid. Inttrcofialu,ibid. 
thereofand their cure, 3 5 2>4 3 7 
"PAamnraria, ibid. Mufculofa, ibid. Humeral la 
duplex, ibid. Theraciea daptex, ibid. 
1 22, Mu/cula, 177 
iX rthrodia what, j 9 , 
Blcar-eies their differences and cure, 405 
Bleeding in wounds,how helped, 256. How flop- 
ped by bindeing the veflels, 26 Why devi- 
led by our Autor,341 • In amputation of mem- 
Articulation and the kindes thereof, ibid. 
have known, 497 
bers, 339 
Blood che temper thereof, 7. The material ana. 
their tumor with the caufles and figns thereof, 
the cure, . ,bid' 
Afcites, fee Dropfir. 
Afpe his b'te, and the fymptoms that happen 
thereon, with their cure, 519 
AH' s-milk how to bee ufed in the cure ofa He- 
ftick, 300 
,JfiragaliU. j 8 3 
theroma what, 212. The cure thereof, ibid. 
efficient caufles thereof, ibid. Where perfe&ed, 
ib'd- All thefour humors comprehended under 
that ge-cral name, Hid. compared with hew 
wine, ib/d. the nature, confidence, color, tafte 
and ute, 8 
Blood-letting whether neceffarieat the beginning 
of peftilentditeafes, ' 657 
Almonds increaf the pain of the head, 27a 
topee in what; thecauf, which curable, and how,- 
and which not, 399 
tunica the fubftance and compofurc there 
Of, • . . I03 
velretiformrs tunica, 14c 
Amputation of a member when to bee made, 33 8 
How to bee performed ibid, to ftanch bleeding 
enfuing thereon, 3 39. howto drefs the part, 
340.T0 perform the reft of the cure, ibid, fbm- 
timesmadeata joint, 3 42 
Anatomie, theneceflitieof the knowlcdg thereof, 
how helped, 
Attraftive medicines what, 703 
Bloo i - letting, when neceffarie in a fynocus, 205. 
When in an Eryfipelas, 206. When in a Terti- 
.Auricula Cordie, 11 3 
Auripigmentum, the poifonous qualitie, and the 
an, 208. In what wounds not neceffarie, 255. 
1 he two chief indications thereof, 27 9 .Why 
enre thereof, 5 30 
Autumn, the condition thereof, 7 
nereffarie in the frafture of the heel, See 
Phlebotnmie. 
Axioms anatomical, 95. x 19,144.16 Philo- 
Bloodie Urine aid the cauffes thereof,&c. 43 6 
68. A threefold method thereof, ibid. The de- 
finition thereof, 
fophical. " 144 
Boat bone, 183 
Bo lie how divided, 6 3, 6 5» The fore part there- 
Anatomical adminiftration of the lower Bellie , 
66. Of thefternon.ioj. Axioms, 95. 119, 
144. »66 
cAueutifina what, 224. how cured, 225. wh ich 
incurable, **'"• 
Anger, the effefts thereof, 2 9 
Angina, fee Iquinacie.. 
iXiMOMhow manie waies taken, 4. See Soul. 
Animal parts which,6 3, Their divifion, ibid. 
Anodyne medicines, 709. For the eies, 291• in 
pains of the teeth, .. 3°4 
Antidotes muft bee given in great quantities, 511 • 
NO one againft all poifonsj 29. To bee ufed in 
cure of the Plague, 555 
B 
T) Ack- bone and the ufe thereof, 15 $ 
IJRags, the diyerfiticandule. 727 
Ball-bellows, 313 
of, 66. The back-part. ibid. The crooked- 
nefs therco f how helped, 5 8 * 
Bolftcrs and other ute, 278 
Bone', how theyfcel,6t. Their definition, 106. 
Their differences,ibid. How hurt by the tre- 
Balneum Manx, 737 
pan, 283. What batten's their fcaling, ibid. 
Balfams fit to beal fimple, not confuted wounds, 
326 
Ba Ham of Vefialius's deteription 74?.of Fallopius 
his defcription, ibid. An anodyne, and farco- 
tick one, 30 5 
Bandages their differences, 3 57. What cloth beft 
for them, ibid. Indications how to fit them 
ibid. Three kindes neceffarie in fraaures Com - 
Their corruption, 283. How helped, 287 
Bones of the fcul,i 26 oftheface,! 3 8.of the note 
rb. of the auditorie paffage, 149. of the arm, 
16 8 of the back, 15 5. of the breft, 105. of the 
cubit, 1 yo.ofthe wrift,after wrift, and fingers, 
1 ? r. Seed- bones, 17 3 .of the thigh, 179. of the 
leg,i8r. ofthefoot,i8?. of the toes, »8f- A 
brief recital of all the Bones, 18 8 
Bones The (fable. 
Bones more brittle in froft.e weather, 3 6*. foo- Cerats what, their differences, 717 
Corroborating medicines* 212 
ner knit in young bodies, ibid. Their general Ceratum cefypi ex Philagrio, 719 
cure beeing broken or diflocated, 3 <5 3. How Cerufs, the poifonous qualitie thereof, and the 
Cotyle what, 19 j 
Cotyledones what, 100-394 
to help the lymptoms happening thereon, 3 64. cure, 531 
Whv they becom rotten in the Lue venerea , Certificates in Tundrie cafes, 
Cour fes how to provoke them, 371,638. how 
to flop them, 571,641. The reafon of their 
and how it may bee perceived,481. How help- Chalazion an effeS of the eie-lid, 40 3 
name, 636- Theircaufles ibid, caufles of their 
ed, ibid. Chamelion his lhape and nature, - 694 
fupprtflion,6 3 8. what fymptomsfollow there- 
Hones ftricken in the throat or j aw, how to bee Chance fomtimes exceed's a rt, 3 7- F inde's out re- 
on, 6 3 9 • fy mptoins that * follow their immo- 
got out. 35* medies, . 309 
derate flowing, ibid. 
Tbrachiaus MuCculut, 171 Change ol native temper, bow it happen's, 
Crabs, 3 x 
Brain and the Hiftorie thereof, 128, The Ven- _ 1? 
tricles thereof, 130. The mammillarie procef- Chaps, or Chops occafioned by the Luos venerea, 
fes, ibid. and the cure, 489- In divers parts by other 
Brain,' the mboving or concuffion thereof, 271. means,and their cure, 639 
Cramp, the caufand cure thereof. 464 
Cranes obferv order in flying and keep watch, 
5 1 
Cremafter muffles, 9 g 
howcured. " 273 Charcoal cauffethiuffocation, 756 
Cridones what difeaf, and the cure, 250 
Brefts, 107. Their magnitude, figure, &c, ibid. ChemfifisinaSe&c>f theeie-lids, 406 
How they communicate with the womb, ibid. Cheft and the parts thereof, 106. why partly 
Breft-bone, the Hiftorie thereof. ibid. griftly, partly bonie,i6nT Thedivifionthere- 
Breft-bone, the depreflion or frafture thereof, how of, ibid. The wounds thereof, 279. Their 
Crocodiles may bee tamed, " 3 g 
Crookednefs how helped, 382 
Crural vein, 176. Arterie, 177 
Ciweusmn/culus, j.g* 
helped, 367 cure, ih'd. They eafily degenerate into a Fiftula 
Crus how taken. 
"Brevis Mufculus, 17* 298 
Cryfiallinus humor. j a 4 
Bronchpcele, the differences thereof, and the cure, Childe, whether alive or dead in the womb, 
Cubit, the bones and muffles thereof, 17® 
233 612. If dead, then how to bee extruded, 
Cubit bones, the fradure of them, ' 369 
Bruifes, fee Contufions. 613 
£ub tide IOS, 
Bubo*s,by what means the humor that cause's them Children why like their fathers, and grand fathers, 
Cupping glafles and their ufe, 443. Their ufe in 
flow's down, 176 591. Born without a paflage in the funda- 
the cure of a Bubo. '* 563 
Bubo's , venereal ones returning in again caufles ment, 6°°. Their fite in the womb , fid, 
Cures accidental and flrange, 37, 38. deceitful» 
the Lues venerea, 466- Their efficient and When and how to bee weaned , 611- Their 
materialcaufles, 481. Their cure ibid. pain in breeding teeth, 646- They may 
Cuftom how forcible, 24 
Bubo's in the Plague, whence their original, 535. have impoflumes in their mother's womb , 
Cuticle,the matter,quantitie, figure, &e. thereof 
the deffription,figns, and cure, 563. progno- 380 
67 
fticks, ibid, childe-birth and the cauf thereof, 6°!• Thena- 
Cuttel- fi fh his craft, y 1 
"Bubonocele what, 238 tural and unnaturall time thereof, 602. Wo- 
Bullets fhot out of Guns do not bum,312. They men have no certain time, ibid. Signs it is at 
cannot beepoifoned, 311. remain in the bodie hand ,603- What's to bee don after it, 
after the healing of wounds, 322 604 
Bupreftes their poifbn and their cure, 522 China-root, the preparation and ufe thereof, 
Cyfticat gemellae, gg 
O. 
T-'Sofrrtr, 95 
j J Death, the inevitable caufthereof,3o. How 
Burns, how kept from bliftering, 310. See Com- 469 
buftions. Chirurgerie, fee Surgerie. 
fudden to manie, 506 
Bifhop-fifh, 677 chkurgion, fee Surgeon, 
Definition of Surgerie, 1 
Choler, the temper thereof, 8- The nature con- 
Definition how different from a deffription 6 < 
f, fiflence, color, tafte and ufe, 10. The effects 
thereof, 11. Not natural, how bred and the 
mia what, »8 kindes thereof, ibid. 
V jCxcum intefimum, 81 cholerick perfons, their habit of bodie,manners 
Defluxion of humors how diverted, * 20 < 
the caufles thereof, 261. The cure, 
. . . ibid. 
Deliverance in childc-birth how furthered, 6°i 
Cafcanoim os, 183 and difeafes, 12. They cannot long brook fa- 
Wh ch difficult,504. Whichtafie, * ibid- 
Cahaca arteria, 87 fling, , 454 
Callus what, and whence it proceed's, 253. Bet- chorion what, 103 
Deltoid?s mufculus, 1 yo 
Dentifrices, their differences, matter, and form. 
ter generated by meats of grofs nouriihment, Chylus, what, 8 
7'6 
362. Made morehandfom by Ligation, ibid, a kinde of Rupture, &c-23 8.The cure. 
The material and efficient caufles thereof, 377. 243 
Medicines conducing to the generation there- cinni mom and the water thereof, 744 
> Depilatories, 
Derwrt, •• v 67 
• Deterfives, 203. theirufe, ibid. 
of, ibid. How to know it is a breeding, ibid, rbavicle, fee Collar-bone. 
Devils and their differences, 66 f. Their titlesand 
What may hinder the generation thereof, and rleitoris, . 102 names, 666- They are terrified and anm-ed bv 
how to help it beeing ill formed, 373 clyfter,when prefently to bee given after bloo.(■ 
divers things, " 
Camels their kinds and condition, $ 1 letting, 205. See Glyfter. 
Cancer, the reafon of the name , 219. Caufles coats,common coat of the muffles, the fubftance 
Devil of the Sea, 
» what, thecaufles, figns, and cure. a.z8 
thereof, ibid, differences, 220. Which not to quantitie, &c-thereof, 70. of theeies, 142 Diaphoretick medicines, io? 
bee cured, ibid. The cure if not ulcerated, of the womb, l02 Diep/irarma, fee Midriff, whv called Phrenes 
ibid. Cure if ulcerated, ibid. Topick medi- Cocatricc, fee Bafilisk, 
' 1 io 
cines to bee thereto applied, 221 Cocks are kinglie and martial birds, 5' 
0 Diaphylii what, igr 
Cancer or Canker in a childe'smouth how to bee Colchnum the poifonous qualitie thereof, and the Diarie fever, the caufles and figns, 204. the cure, 
helped, 6°5 cure, • 
ibid. 
Cannons, fee Guns» Colick, and the kindes thereof, &r. 439 Ttiarthrofis, 191 
Cantharides, their malignitie and the help thereof, Colon. 81 Die-bone, ,8? 
522. Applied to the head they ulcerate the collar-bones, or Clavicles, their Hiftorie, 107, Diet hath power to alter or preferv the tempera- 
bladder, 523 iog. Their fracture, 366. How to help it, ment, 
Capons fubieft to the Gout, 454 ibd. Their diflocation and Cure, 384 Diet convenient for Rich as have the Gout, 2.ri 
Carbuncles whence their original, J 33. whyto Collyna what, their differences and ufe, 724 
4 For fuch as fear the ftone, 422. In prevention 
called, together with their nature, caufles, and color is the bewraier of the temperament, 20 of the Plague, 53?. In the cure thereof, yj i 
figns, 566- prognofticks , ibid, cure, columella, See Uvula, . 553 
Combuftions and their differences, 33 3.their cure, Differences of muffles, 73 
Caries ofitum, 2°b »» 
»• DieitMuoflexoresmufculi, 173, 186 
Carpifiexores mufculi '7i Common fcnf what, $98 'DigitumtenfbresmuCcidi, 173,186! 
Carpuenfores mufculi, ibid. Comparifon between rhe bigger and the lefler Diploe what, 127 
Cartilago feueiftrmis, vel enftfbrmie, i°5 world, 494 Difeaf the definition and divifion thereof, 3o.cauf- 
Caruncles, their caufles, figures, and cure, 479- romplexus mujtulus, 15 
7 fes, ibid. 
Other waies of cure, 480 Competition of mediCineSjthe neceflitie thereof, Difeafes flrange and mbnflrous, jy 
Cafes, their form and ufe, 361 739 Difeafesincident to fahguine, cholerick,nhlesma- 
Cafpiliieaftrangefifh, 52 comprefles, fee Bolfters- 
tick and rrelancholick perfons, 12. Wherefore 
Catagmatick pouders, 282 concoftion, fault of the firft conccft'on not men- fom arehcreditarie, spo. fupernatural, (,G7 
Catalogue of medicines and inttruments for their (ied in the after, 4 ■ 
13 Monitrous accidents in them, 
preparation, 747. &C. of Surgical inftru- Concuflionof the brain, how helped, 2! 
19 Diflocations, their kindcsand manner, ?61. thrir 
ments, 748 Condylomata, what they are,and their cure, 645 d.ffereaces, 362, Caufffs, ibid. Signs, 
Cataplafms their matter and ufe, 720 Conformation, the faults thereof muft bee fpeedi- Prognofticks, 363. The g-'nerakure, 382. 
Catarra&s, where bred, 145- Their differences, ly helped. 5 
caufles, &c. 409. Their cure at the beginning Congeflion, two caufles thereof, v 
04 Symptoms that may tefal a diflocated member, 
96 
ibid. The touching of them, . 411 Contufions what, their caufles, 330. general Diflocation of the jaw, 383- The cure, 384. 
Catarrh fomtimes malign, and killing manic, cure, ibid. How to» bee handled if joined with and ibid. Of the Collar bone, it id Of the 
538 a wound, 331. How without a wound, ibid. fpioe, 3 8 $. Of the head, ibid., Of the neck, 
Catharetick medicines - 70? how kept from gangrening, ibid. 388. Of the Rump, ibid. OftbeR'hs, ibid. 
Cats, their poifonous qualitie, and the Antipathic Contufions of the ribs, their cure, 3 
between fern men and them, <26 Convulfion, the kindes and caufles thereof, 2 
32 of the fhoulder, >bid. Of the elbow, 
<7 Of the dtylhfcrmiifioeeirus, 397. Oftbewrifi 
Cauftick medicines their nature and ufe, 708 the cure, 23 8, 3 59- why on thecontrarie 328. Of the afterwrift, 398. Of the fingers. 
Cauteries, aftualones preferred before potential, part in wounds of the head, 2 
76 lb. Olthe thigh or hip, ibid. Of the whirl- 
483. Their feveral forms, 486. Their ufe, Convulfive twitching in broken members and 
the bone, 394- Of the knee forwards,395 of 
487; Their force againft venemous bites, 5 11 cauf thereof, 3 
76 thegre.tcrandfffler- Poole,394. of theheel 
potential ones, 722 Comes have taught the art of und'rmin'ng, 
50 ibd Ot the Paftern or anckle-bonc. 397. 
Cephalewbat, 19c fornea tunica, 1 
Cephaliea vena. 163 Cor one j what, 1 
Cephalick powders how compofed, 487 Coronabsvsna, 
4» Of the inftep and back of the foot, ibid. Of 
91 the toes, ibid. 
D fmembnng, fee Amputarbn. 
X k x 3 Diftempcra- 'The 
Di'ftemperature and tbc diverfitie thereof , ? t 
Erythrois tunica, 9 2 
Efchar how to batten the falling awaie thereof 
Hermit, 685. Of the failing-fi(h, ibid. Of 
Di'dillation and the kindes thereof, 735. For- 
the Whale, 685. Of an Eftuch, 686- Of 
naces and the veflels therefore, 736• What 
r.6 5. Medicines caufling it, 70? 
Efcaroticks, 709. Whv ufed to fpread ulcers, 
the birds of Varadife , 6 8 7. of a Giraffa, 
to bee confidered therein, 737- How to pre- 
688- Of a beaft called Thanafth, 691. Of 
pare the materials therefore, 73X. How to 
304 
the Beaft Haiit, and a monftrous African- 
diftil waters, 739. How aqua vita;, 740. 
How to reftifie them, 741. To diftil in the 
Eflrich between a bird and a beaft, 6%6. Thelce- 
bead, 692. Of a Chameleon, 694 
letonofone, ibid. 
Figuresof Fornacesand other things fit for diftil- 
Sun, ibid, By filtring, ibid Of Oils, 741 
Evacuation and the kindes thereof, 28. What to 
lation, 737, 738, 739, 741, 743,744, 
Of Spirits, 744. Of Oils out of Gums,«/'»W- 
bee obferved therein, 2 9 
746 
Of Oil of Vitriol. 746 
Eunuchcs aflim ilated to women, 1t 
Excrements of the firft, fecond, and third conco- 
Figure of a fraftured arm with a wound in a fit- 
Docilitieof beafts. 5 2 
pofture , 370. Of a Leg fraftured with a 
Dogs their love to their matters, 46- Theirdoci- 
ftionwhat, 599 
wound and bound up, 3 74. Of Ligature for 
litie, 5 2. Why they becom mad looner then 0- 
Exercife, the ufe and beft time for it,26. The qua- 
extention, 382. How to reflore the diflocated 
ther creatures, 512. How their bites may bee 
litie thereof, ibid. 
fpine, 386. Of putting the fhoulderinto 
known, ibid. Prognotticks, 513. The cure of 
fuch as are bitten by them, < 14 
Exomphalos, or (landing forth of the navel, 
238 
joint, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394. 
Oi the ambi and the ufe thereof, 394, 396. 
Ofreftoring the diflocated Elbow, 396- Of 
Dorycnium, the poifonous qualitie thereof and the 
Epoflofit in Lue venerea, 483 
Experience without reaibn, of what account, 
cure, 527 
Doves free from adulterie, 4? 
the thigh-bone diflocated inwards, 393. Out- 
34 
wards, 394. Of reftoring a knee diflocated 
Drato man fin, the fea-Dragon his poifonous pun- 
Eie brows, T42 
forwards, 395 
fture, the fymptom s and cure, 5 24 
Eie-lids, ibid. To ftaie them beeing too lax.402 
Figure of a Semicupium , 425. -Of a Barrel 
Dracunc ulus what, 247, The cure, ibid. 
To open them foftned together, 404. To help 
to bee ufed in the cure of a Caruncle , 480- 
Dragons their craft, 51 
their itching, ibid. 
Of the Helmet- flour , $ 28* Of the fite of 
Dreams of the(anguine1cholerick,pblegmatickand 
Eies their fight and quicknefs, 141. Figure, com- 
pofure, &c. ibid. Their mufcles coats, and 
humors, 142, 143. theirwounds, 29t.rohide 
the cbilde in the < womb, 601. Of leaden nip- 
malancholick perfons, 12.Not to beeneglefted, 
ples >611. Of a glafs to fuck the brefts with 
26 
616 
Dropfre what, 234/rhe differences,Symptoms and 
the lofs or deleft of them, Hid. their ulcers, 
Figures of Artificial Eies, Of nofes, 
cauffes, 2 3 f. Signs and Prognotticks ibid. The 
349. their cure, 350. their effefts, 402, &c. 
578. Of Teeth, 579. Palats, ibid. Howto 
fupplie the defeft of the tongue, 580. Of the 
cure, ibid. Following upon a Tumor of the me- 
their inflammation, 4°i 
fenterie, 6 24 
Dugs, their fubftance> magnitude,&c. 107. What 
F. 
Ears, tSr . Iron Breft-plates, 582. Of an 
urine bafin and artificial-Yard, tbid. Of an 
to bee don to drie up milk, 616 
Duodenum, the magnitude, &c. 8 < 
TTAce difeloferof affeftionsandpaffions 29.the 
wounds thereof»29O. How to help the rednefs 
iron-finger-ftall, 583- Of an ereftorofthe 
hand, 584- Of Boots for Rich as are crook- 
Dura mater what, 128. Tbehurts thereof by Tre- 
legged, 585. Of an artificial-hand, $86- 
Of an arm and leg, 5 87, c 8 8 • Of a crutch, 
panning, and how helped, 288. Remedies for 
the inflammation and Apoftumation thereof, 
thereof, ... 733 
Faculties what, 15, their divifion, 16 
589 
;• ibid- Why it eafily endure's acrid medicines. 219 
Falling down of the Fundament the cauffes and 
Filings of lead, their harm taken inwardly, aDd 
E. 
cure thereof, 2 
Fat, the fubftance, and cauf, &c. thereof, 69 
cure, ' 530 
Filtration the manner and ufe thereof, 
FT ars,thelr parts and compofure, 148. Their 
11 wounds and cure 2j»y. To fupplic their defefts, 
Why not generated under the skul.aqo. How 
tobcediftinguifhed from the brain, ibid. the 
Fingersand their parts, &c. 172. their diflocati- 
on , whyt eafily reftored, ibid, how to 
cure thereof beeing wounded, 303 
take awaie fuch as bee fuperfluous , and help 
581. Their ulcers, 351. Their flopping, and 
things falling into them how helped, 412 
Fences what, *51 
thofe that flick together, 417. How to fiip- 
Faulcon her fight with the Hern, 54 
plie their defefts, 583 
Ban of the heart, 
Faultsof conformation mutt bee fpeedily helped, 
Fire and the qualities thereof, 3. Hie force there- 
Ear-wax, for what ufe it ferv's, 149 
504. Of the firft concoftion, not helped in the 
of againft the Plague, 539 
Earth a cold and drie element, 4 
after, 453 
Fifhes their induftrie, 50. They may bee tamed, 
Earthquakes, their cauf, 3'3 
Fear and the effefts thereof, 29 
48 
Ecchomofis what, and how cured, 267 
Fever fomtimes a fymp om , otherwbiles a dif- 
Fuller a fifh fo called, $ t 
Etho, the cauf thereof, 14? 
eaf, 
Flatulent tumors, their caufles, figns, and cure , 
Effefts of Phlegm. o -Of cholerand 
Fevers accompanying Phlegmons and their cure, 
Ejaculatorie veffelsin men93• In women, p? 
204. Happening upon Eryfipelous tumors, 
20B.' Upon Oedematous tumors, 212. Upon 
Schirrous tumors, 223. The cure of baftard in- 
Flatulencies about the joints counterfeiting the 
Elbow,the dislocation thereof, 3? 5-how toreftore 
Gent, 46a 
itdiflocated outwardly, ibid. Totheinfide,j$>7 
fee 
Why moft fubjeft to the anchyliofis, # ib. 
termitting Fevers. 224 
Fiftula's what, their differences,figns, 8ec. 355 
Elements how underftood, and their principal qua- 
Feet and their bones, 183. Their twofold ufe, 
Their cure, ibid. In the Fundament, ibid. The 
lities, 3. What thofe of generation are,4.What 
1*5 
cure, ibid. Upon the wounds of the cheft, and 
thefe of mixt bodies iredbid, The cauf of their 
Feirce Clare a fiih, 525 
the cure, 298 
tranfimutation, 3 r J 
Females of what feed generated, 592 
Ftbraaurii what,. * ' 148 
Fleihly Pannicle, the Hiftorie thereof, 6 8 
Elephants, their ftrength, pietie, &c. 46- Where 
Flefh quickly putrifie's in maritime parts 
bred, and their qualities, 689 
Fibula, i8r 
Figures in Anatomie, and firft of the forepart of 
314 
Embalming the dead, 759. The manner how, 760 
Flexeres mufeuli, 18®. Superitr 1 8 7 
Embryon, when it take's that name, 566 
man, 65. Of the backparts, 66. Of the 
lower bellie, and parts thereof, 7 6, Of 
Flux of blood in wounds now helped, 
Embrocation what, and how performed, 7 21 
Flux of the bellie how to bee flopped, $72' 
Emollient and refolving medicines, 215,218 
theftomach, 80. Of theveffclsoffeedandu- 
571 
Emplafters what, their differences^17. Signs they 
rine, 91. Of the bladder and yard, 9 6 • Of 
Flying fifftof amonftrousfhape, 682 
areperfeftly boiled, 718.Their ufe,72o. Cau- 
tions in tbeirapplication, , 211 
the womb, >98. Of fom parts in women 
Foeiie what, 181. How to cure the reparation of 
the greaterard leffer, 6 31 • The reparation from 
different from thofe of men, 101. Of the 
Emplaftrum de Vigo cum .Mercurio, 718. Degra- 
hollow vein, n6. Of the Arteries, 120. 
Of the rough Atterie or weazon, 122. Firft 
the paftern-bone, 3 2 
tia Dei, ibid. De Det mica five de janua, ibid. 
Fomentations and their ufe , 720. For broken 
0'Cycrotium,yi6. D* cerufd.ibid.TripharmOcum 
and fecond of the brain, 129. Third of the 
bones , 379. They hurt plethorick bodies, 
feu nigrum ibid. Dtacalma feu Diacalcitheos, ib. 
Cerebellum, 130. Fourth and fifth of the 
ibid. What to bee obferved in their ufe, 
Centra ibid. De JKuci'agiiubus, ib. 
De minis, ibid. Diachylum magnum, ibid. 
brain, 132, The filth of tbc brain, ibtd. 
Seventh (hewing the Ncrvs of the brain, 254. 
, ibidu 
Fornaces ,their matter and form> 735,73 7> 73 3, 
Empyema what, 234. The cure thereof, ibid. 
The eighth of the brain, J 35. Of the fpinal 
&c. 
Empiinefs, *8 
marrow, 137. Of the eie, 143. Of the 
Fwux, 13 t 
Fmulgens . 90 
chief mufcles of the face, 147. Of the lower 
Foxes and their crafts, 50 
■Enartbrofis, a kinde of articulation, 1 i 
jaw, ibid- Of the ears, 148. Of the back- 
bone, 154. Of the mufcles in fundne para 
Frafturewhat, and the differences thereof, 
Enterocele a kinde of Rupture, 238 
Ephemera febris, 204. ThccaufTesand figns there- 
Their caufles, 362- Signs and Prognotticks, 
of the bodie, 156, 157, M*, 159, »6o, 
161- Of the nervs, >63. Of the bones in 
ibid. Their general cure, 363. Howto help 
of, ibid. The cure. ibid. 
the fymptoms, 3 64- Why deadlie in the joint 
Epidermis, 6 J 
Epidydimis, 9 3 
Epigaftrium what,66. The conteining parts there- 
the hands, 172. Of the thigh-bone, 179. 
of the (houlder ,367. why ntar a joint more 
Of the bones in the feet, 184. Of the Sceleton, 
dangerous, 
188,189,190 
* rafturesof the fcul, their differences, 262. of 
of, ibid. 
Figures of Inftrurrents ufed in Surgerie, See In- 
the cauffes and figns,ibtd. 264. Signs manifeftto 
Ep igaflrica vent, 9 
Epiglottis what, 15 
ftruments. 
fenf ,' A Fiffure the firft kind of fra- 
Figures of divers forts of javelins and arrow-heads, 
fture, ibid. How to finde it beeing Idsmani- 
Epipleonwtet. 78 
327 
feft, ibid. A contufion the fecond kinde offra- 
Epiplois vena, by 
Figuresof monfters, 648., 649. &c. Of di- 
fture, 267. An Effrafture the third kinde , 
Epiplocele, 
vers beafts, &c- as of the Succarath, 45. 
269. A Seat the fourth kinde, 271. Refoni- 
Epitbemes to ftrcngtben the principal parts, 84 5 
Of the Elephant, 47, 690. Of the Rhinoce- 
tus the fifth kinde,ibid. The Prognofticks, 274 
Their composition and ule, 721 
ros, 49. Of the Camel, 3>. Of the Croco- 
dile, 58,693- Of the Crab, 219. Of the 
general cure of them and their fymptoms,277. 
Epoints mufcnlus, *7° 
They are hurt by venerie,279. By noifi ibid. 
Epulis what, the fymptoms and cure, 229. 
Scorpion, &c. 494,495. Of the Serpent He- 
' The particul ar cure r 81. Whv Trepanned, 282 
Epulo:ick,or skinning medicines,their kindes and 
monhous, fi6. Of the Serpent Seps, 5x7, 
Of theBafilisk,5i8. Of the Salamander and 
Fraftcres more particularly and firft of the nofe , 
ufe, 707 
365.Of the lower jaw, ibid. Of the Collar-bone 
666.Of the fhoulder-blade, ibid. Of thebreft- 
Eppbincs their differences, defcription and ufe, 
Torpedo, ibid, of the fting Raie, 525. of 
724 
theSea-hare, 526. Of the monk andbifoop- 
bone, 367.01' the 'R.ibs.ibid. Of the vertebra.or 
206. What tumors referred there- 
fifh, 677. Of the Sea-divel, Of the Sea-Mors, 
Rack-bones, 769. Of the Holie bone , ibid. 
to, 199. the differences thereof, 262. Progno- 
and Bore, 6?7. Of thefifli Hoga,68r. Of a 
Of the Rump, ibid Of the Hip. ibid. Of 
tticks, 262. Their cure, ibid. 
monftrous flying-filh, (82. Of Bernard the 
the Ihoulder or arm- bone, ibid. Of the cubit 
or  Tablet 
or Ell a Wand, 370. Of the Hand, 37 r. Of the 
Thigh, ibid- Of the Thigh near the joint, 373. 
Of the Or whirl-bone, ibid. Of the leg, 
3 74. Of the bones of the feet. 399 
Hamon ho id.ilis arteriat five mefenteripa inferior. 
88 
Hatmorrhous a Serpent h's bite, the figns and cure' 
5 lg 
The fraftureof the low. r jaw. 265 
How to help it. 3<stf 
The diflocation thereof. 383 
Fraftures aflbeiated with wounds, how to bee 
Hint, a ftrange bead. a 
bird, the inventer of glyfters* 41 
Ichneumon * bow hee arm's himfelf to aflail the 
bound up. 35?>375« 
Hair, what the original and ufe, 125. How to 
French Pox, fee Lues ventrea. 
make it black. 7 3 4. How to take it off. ibid.- 
Crocodile. 48 
Friftions their kindes and ufe. 2 5 
Hairie-fcalp, the connexion and'ufe, 125. The 
Idlenefs, the difeommndities thereof. 26 
Fuci, how made. 73 r 
wounds thereof not to bee neglected, ibid. The 
Jejunum intejlinum. g 1 
ibid. 
iliaca amria. g9 
Vena. 
Fumigations, their differences, matter and form. 
cure thereof beeing contufed/ 280 
727 
Hand taken generally , what, 164. Thefraffure 
Fundament, the falling down thereof. 2 
thereof with the cure, 370. Howto fuppliethe 
The cauffes and cures. 646 
defeft thereof. 584, 5 8 <5 
Ilium os. 
fungus, an excrefcence fomtimes happening in 
Hares how they provide for their young. 46 
Hl conformation. ,T 
F railures of the fcull. 2 8 6 
Hare-lips what, 293. Their cure ibid. 
Harmowa what. 191 
Imagination, and the forcethereof. 598 
Impoftors, their impudencie and craft. 29 287 
Impoftume, what, their cauffes and differences. 
Hawks 5 4 
Head, the general defer'ption thereof, 124. The 
tAlens Effigies and praife. 7 €9 
V TGabi and the bladder thereof,&c. 8 5 
conteining and contemed parts thereof, ibid. 
The mufculcus skin thereof, 125 - Why affeffed 
Signs of them in general. 
Prognofticks. 
Ganglion,what. 214- properly focalled. ibid. 
when anie membranous part is hurt, ibid. The 
What confidetable in opening of them. 20 2 
Inanition, fee Etnptinefs. ' 
Gangrene what, 3 35* The general and particular 
watrictumor thereof, 226. The wound?, there- 
cauffes, ibid- That which is occafioned by cold, 
of, 262. &c. The falling away of the hair and 
upon what part it feaze',,3 36.Signs,ibid. Prog- 
other affects thereof, 399. The diflocation 
j27 i4« 
Indication, whence to bee drawn, 2 of feeding 
nofticks, 337- The general cure, ibid. The par- 
thereof. 385 
25, what, 3 a. the kindes, ibid, table of them 
ticular cure, :6id. 
Hearing, the organ, objeft, &c. thereof- 18 
3 6. obfervable in wounds by gun-fliot- 3 20 
Infant, what hee muft take before hee fuck, 6061 
their crying what it doth. 6 r 1. how to bee pre- 
fervedinthe womb when the mother is dead, 
JeeChilde. 
Gargareon. I 51 
Heart, and the hiftorie thereof. 112. The ventri- 
Gargarifms, their matter and form. 72 5 
des thereof, 113. Signs of the wounds thereof. 
repelling,ripening and detergent ones, 233 
296 
Garlick good againlt the Plague. 5 40 
Heat, one and the fame efficient cauf of all humors 
Cjaflncavena. 86 
at the fame time, 10. three cauffes thereof. 196. 
Inflammation of the almonds of the throat, and 
Cjaftrepip'ois vena, ibid. Major. ibid- 
Geef, their warinefs in flying over mount Taiatu. 
Hetfick fever with the differences , cauffes, figns 
and cure. 299 
their cure, 230, of the Vvula- ibid, of the 
eies. 4q5 
5» 
Hedg hogs,how they provide for their young. 46 
Inflammation hinder's the repofition cr putting 
diflocated members into joint. 
Gemelli mufculi. 186 
Heel, and the parts thereof; 183. Why a fradure 
Qemtni mufculi. _ _ 180 
thereof fo dangerous , ibid. The diflocation 
Infeffw, what, their manner, mattcr,and ufe y zg 
Generation, what it is, 17.Wbatneceffarie thereto. 
thereof, Symptoms following upon the 
Inftrumcnts ufed in Surgerie for opening abfeef- 
593 
contufion thereof, ibid. Why fubjeCt to inflam- 
Generation of the Navil. 594 
mation. 
Al'cnt for the womb. 222, 64 3 
An iron-plate and aftual cauterie for the cute 
olthe Ranula. 
Giddinefs, fee Vertigo. 
Hemicrania, fee Megrim. 
Ginglymos what. 19 r 
Hemlock the poifonous qualitie thereof, and 
Giraffa a ftrange bcaft. 688 
the cure- 528 
Confl riflorie rings to binde the Columella. 2 2 ■ 
Glandula what fort of tumor. 213 
Henbane the poifonousqualitie and the cure. 527 
Speculum oris. 
G Undid* lacry malto. 142 
Hermophrodites, . 20. and 6; 5. 
Glandules in general, 80. At the root of the 
Hern, his fight, and the Falcon. 54 
An incifion-knife. 2 2 2. 
tongue, 151 .Their inflammation and cure. 230 
Hernia kindes thereof,2 3 8. Humor alls. 
Glans penis, 9*7. Not rightly perforated, howto 
245 
An a&ual cautei ie with the plate, for the cure of 
•^T''ka?4- of a pipe ro evacuate the 
rhtCf 1!\the,Dropl'c' '17-wherewith to make 
the golden ligature, 242. to Hitch up wounds. 
bee helped. 4,9 
Glyfters, their differences, materials, &c. 71 r. 
Several defcriptions of them, ibid. They may 
nourifh. y 12 
Herps and the kindes thereof, 207, The cure. ib. 
Hip-gout, (eefciatica. 
Hip, the diflocation thereof, 389. Prognofticks, 
JJ>o. Signs that it is diflocated outwardlyot 
Goat's dung is good to difeufs {cirrous tumors. 
inwardly, jpo.Diflacated forwards, 391. back- 
A razor or incifion-knife, 2 a cbizzel, 26s 
tort a tbree-footed leva! 
269, Saws todi- 
260 neflfcu a defquamatorie Trepan, 
a *7°- ScraPers> pincers.i nd 
Ln met' '7°' A piercer t0 enter aTre- 
a L rrTrepans ' 281' Tcwbellum, 284. 
zfej TLll5e SCraper' cutt'ng-tompaffes, 
l°j duic P'PC? and fyringe. 286. to de- 
prefs Speculum oculist 
LLLsnfV PfPesufed in the 
298. to draw out bullets, 
3 to, «c. Dilaters and Probes to draw through 
;2iy 
Golden ligature, how made. '242 
wards, ibid, how to reftore the inward difloca. 
tion, 392. the forward diflocation, 394. the 
Gomplofis what. 
Gonorrhea, how different from a virulent ftran- 
gurie, the cure. 4y 8 
backward diflocation. ibid. 
Hippocrates his Effigies. 749 
Hoga, a monfl rous fifh. 681 
Gout, the names and kindes thereof, 44 6. the occult 
Holes of the inner bafis of the fcull, 13 <J. of the 
cauffes thereof, ibid- the manifest cauffes there- 
external bafis thereof, ibid, fmall ones fomtimes 
of, 448. out of what parts it may flow, 449. 
remain after the cure of great wounds. 294 
figns that it flow's from the Brain, or Liver, ib. 
Holie-bone,his number of Vertebra,and their ufe, 
How to know this or that humor accompanying 
15 5. the frafture thereof. 3 69 
the Goutie malignitie, ibid. Prognoftickss4jo. 
Hordeolum, an affeft of the eie-lids, 40 3 
The general method to prevent and cure it, 451 
Horns ufed in fteadof Ventofe's. 445 
Vomiting fomtimes good, 452. Other gene- 
Horf-leeches, their application and ufe, ibid, their 
ral remedies, ibid. Diet convenient, 453. what 
virulencie and cure. ibid. 
k'-^arlfiCat2r' 53r- A difinembring 
knife and faw, <39. A dilator to open the mouth, 
Id • pyoulcos , or matter-drawer. 251. 
?7I. A lattin-cafe, 376 a 
pulhe and band-vice, cal- 
led Ambi, 393.httlc hooks,needles,and an in 
wine not good, 4 5 4. How to ftrengthen the 
joints,ibid. The palliative cure thereof, 43?. 
Hot-houfes how made. r 3 < 
Hulpalu, a monftrous beaft. <588 
Local medicines in a cold Gout, 446. In a hot 
Humeraria arteria, »2o. Vena, igj 
or fangume Gout, 458. InaCholerick Gout, 
Humors, their temperaments, 7. the knowledg of 
ibid. What is to bee don after the fit is over, 
themneceffarie, 8. their definition and divifion, 
460. Tophi or knots how caufled, 461. The 
hip-gout or fciatica, 462. The cure thereof. 
Griftleswhat, >06, of the note, 14;. of the La- 
ibid. Serous and fecundarie; as Ros, Cambium, 
Gluten, it. an argument of their great putre- 
faction. 314 
cilion-knife to take away the Web, 407. fifes 
for filing the teeth, 41 f.forcfeanfing and draw- 
ing the teeth, 4 rtf. cutting mullets to takeoff 
nnx- - j 
Humors of the eie. 142 
faperfluous finders, 418. A Catheter a->o 
Groins their wounds, 303. Their tumors, fee 
lAqueus. 144 
Gimbletto break the ftone in the paffige of 
the yard, 42 5. other inftrumcnts to take out the 
flcwe.zW. ufed m cutting for the ftone, 426. 
and 4? 2 a lancet, and Cupping-glafles a4z 
Horns to bee ufed for ventofes, 445. Catheter's 
to wear away caruncles, 481. Trepans for rot- 
ten bones, 4-4. cauteries, 48? Gr'ffin's 
Bubo's. 
Guajacum , the choif faculties and parts, 
CryfiaUinus. ibid. 
Vitretu. 145 
The preparation of tbedecoffion thereof, 469. 
Hydatis. 4o 3 
The ufe. 470 
Hydrargyrum, the choif, preparation , and ufe 
Gullet and the hiftorie thereof, 123.The wounds 
thereof in the Lues Venerea. 473 
thereof. ?.9? 
Hydrophalia, whether uncurable, 513. What cure 
Gums overgrown with flefh, how to bee helped. 
muft bee ufed therein. 5,4 
tallons .24. Hooks to draw forth cbdWet 
014. Sp cula matricss. g. . 
~ . r - • rZ29 
Hydrocephaloswbat, 282. The caufles, differences 
Guns, who their inventer ,307. Their force, 308. 
The cauf of their reports. 312 
figns, &c. ibid, the cure- 2 z<5 
Hydrocele. 228,1,4 
Inftrumcnts, when neceffaricinrefloring broken 
bones. & * 
Gun-powder not poifonous, 31°, 31». How made, 
Hywtw. IOf 
Intercartalaginei mufculi. 
Intercpjlal.u arteria. f t 
Intercollales mufculitxterni, 142. Interni \bid 
JnterofJesnvVculi, 
Intefiinalis vena. n7 
Iniromoventes mufculi. « 
Joie, and the effoffs thereof. „ 
_ , ibid. 
Gun a rofacea what, 7 3 3 .The cure- ibid. 
Guts, their fubftance, figure, and number. 8 1 
Their fite and connexion, ibid. A£hon,82. How 
to bee taken forth, 89. Signs that they are 
Whether anie or no. g - o 
A hiftorie thereof. 
Hyoides or, thereafonof tire name, compofure 
fite, &c. thereof. j 
Hspocond ia, their fite. 
wounded,89, Their cure, 301, 302. Their Ul- 
Hvpochyma. 40a 
cers. J5, 
H. 
pjTErnorrho.ids what, their differencesand cure. 
Hypoga/trica vena* So 
HJW», 409 
Hypothenar. 
I. 
Joints,thc1rwounds.3o5.how to firengthen them 
the r i'1"' 
Ifchiadica vena, vp6. Ifchium os. 
Iffues, or fontanels. 
356. In the neck of the womb. 64, 
Uamorrhoidalis interna, 8y. Externa. 90 
T Aundifl a medicine therefore. < 5 , 7 
1 Jaw,the bones their produftioni. 139 
Itchingofthe womb. 
Judgment, why difficult 
Jungs»wbaML,theirLfe. 
Kall, The TMe, 
Mafleter mufrlc. 147 
Ndpellu, the poifonous qualitieand cl re. $ 26 
K- 
Majloideus Mufcuhu. 15 ° 
Narcoticks, 202. cautions in their ufe, 207 in?- 
Mafticatories, their form and ufe. 7 2 5 
properly termed Anodynes. 710 
V All, it's fubftance, &c. 78. what to bee don 
when it fail's out in wounds. 301 
Matrix. See Womb. 
Nara, what. ai» 
Medow-faffron, the poifonous qualitie thereof, 
Nates. jjg 
Kernelsof the ears* >48 
and cure. 527 
Nature oft doth ftrange things in curing difeafes. 
Kibes, where bred- 186 
Meat, the quantise and qualitie thereof, 2 3. accu- 
Kidnies, their fubftance, &c. 91. figns that they 
ftomed more grateful and nourithing 24. order 
Natural parts, and theirdivifion. 
are wounded, 302. Ulcers, and their cure, 3 52> 
to bceobferved in eating,ibid- the time, ibid. 
Natural, toe Things, Facujiies, Aflions. 
437. their heat how tempered. 5 61 
fit to generate a Calhu. 3 7 8 
Navel, what, the figure and compofure, 103. the 
generation thereof, 5 94. the relaxation there- 
Kings-evil, what, the cauf, s 15. the cure. jwd. 
Meaz les, wbar, their matter, 491. why they itch 
Knee diflocated forward, how to reftore it. 3 9 5 
not, ibid, their cure. 49 2 
of in children , 646- the (welling or ftandina 
Medtaflmum, it's fubftance, &c- 199 
forth thereof, 23 8. the cure. sbid. 
I. 
Medicines, their excellence, 696- their definition 
Nautilus, or failing- fifh. 
and differerence in matter and fubftance, ibid. 
Neck, and the parts thereof, 153. the wounds 
T Agophthalmia, what, 291. the cauffes and 
in qualities, and of their firft faculties, 697. 
thediffocatfon thereof. 385 
J cure. * 402,403 
their fecond, third, and fourth faculties, 698,, 
Necrofis, or mortification. 331 
Lamenefs how helped. 5 89 
69?. the preparation, 701. the competition 
neceffitie and ufe thereof. 710 
Nervs what, 73. their diflribution to the natural 
Lamprie, their care of their young. 4 8 
parts, 89 of the fixth conjugation, and their 
Lampron, their poifonous bite. 52 4 
Megn'm, the cauffes, &c. thereof. 401 
diftnbution, 119. Kamus coflabs9 ibid, 
Larinx. what meant thereby, 152. it's magnitude, 
Melancholic,the tempers thereof, 8. the nature 
rens, ibid, ftonsachiciu, ibid, their (evcnconju- 
figure, compolitre, &c. ibid. 
Latiflimus mufculne, 164 
confidence, &c. 9. the effefts thereof, 10. of it 
gations. xj, 
corrupted. 11 
Nervs of the neck, back, and arms, 166. of the 
Leeches, fee Horf-leeches. 
Melancholick per fons, their complexions, &c. 13- 
loins, holie-bone,and thigh. 177 
Leg, taken in general, what, iff. the bone there- 
why they hurt themfelvs. 512 
Net vs and nervous p*rts> thieir wounds, 302. their 
of, 181. 'the wounds, 30 3. the fradure and 
Meliceris, what kinde of tumor. 212 
cure. ?04. 
cure, 374-the cure of the Autor's legbeeing 
broken, 374, 375- their crookednefs bow hel- 
JHembranofyt mufculiu. 182 
Night-fliade, the deadlie night-(hade, his poifo- 
Memotie, what. 599 
nous qualitie,and the cure. e ay 
ped,584. defeft(applied. 587,588 
Leprofie, and the cauffes thereof, 500. the figns, 
Menftrual flux, figns of th: firft approach thereof, 
N ghtingales fing excellently. 
639. toeCourfes. 
Nipples, 107. how to help their forenefs. 11 
jot, &c. why called Morbus leoninus, ibid. the 
Meninges,their number, &c. 128 
Nodm, what. 
Prognofticks, diet, cure, 503. it fomtimesfol- 
Mercuric, fublimate, it's cauftick force, J 30. the 
Nodules, their form and ufe. 71 
low's the Lues venerea. 4.6, 
cure. ibid. 
Nothern people how tempered. 14 
Lepus marinuo,the potion,the fymptoms, and cure. 
Meremaid. 676 
Nofe, and the parts thereof, 145. the wounds 
525 
Mefentcric, it's fubftance , &c. 8 3. the tumors 
thereof, 204, their cure, ibid, how to fupplie 
the defeft thereof, 577. the ulcers thereof. 35 0 
Levator muf:ulin,i6i.Levstores Ani. 82 
Life, what, and it's effidts,4r 7. • toe Soul. 
thereof, 6 2 4. the fink of the bodie. 6 2 j 
Midriff, it's fubftance, &c. no. figns of the 
their cure, ibid, the fraflure, 
Ligaments, their ufe, 73- why without fenf, 155 
woun is thereof. 296 
Nurfes, their error in bindeing and lacing of chil. 
dren, 387. they may infra children with the 
their difference, ibid, the r wounds. 306 
Miik foon corrupt's in a Phlegmatick ftormch, 
Ligatures for wounds are of three forts, 2 54. too 
bard hurtful, x88. they muff bee neatly made, 
607. the choif thereof > 6°8. how to drive it 
downwards. 616 
Lues venerea, and bee infeded by them, 466. 
participate their difeafes to their children, 607. 
358. for what ufes they chiefly ferv ,360. in 
M'llipescaft forth by urine. 495 
the choif of them, ibid. 4c. of their diet, and 
ufeat this daie For features , 372. how in fra- 
Milr. See Spleen* 
other crcumftances. 6og.&a 
ftures joined with wounds, 375- which forex- 
Mola, the reafon of the name, and how,bred,6 20, 
Nutrition, what. 16,17. 
tentfon. 3S2. See Bandages. 
Lightning, the wonderful nature, and the (linking 
finell thereof, 312. how it may infra the Air. 
tfir.howtobecdifcerned from a true concepti- 
ception, ibid, a hiftorie and delcription of a 
Nympbt. lot 
ftrange one. 6 2 2. the figure thereof, 623. what 
0. 
508 
cure to bee u(ed thereto. 
dependent mufdes, 74, afeendent 
Lime unquencht, the hurtful qualitie and cure 
Mollifying medicines, 105 
53i 
Monk's hood, the poifon and cure. 516 
Liniments are not to bee ufedin wounds of th* 
Monftrom creatures bred in man- 494 
Obhquator externus mufculm. 173 
cheft, 298. their matter,form, and ufe. 7 5 < 
Monfters what, 648. their caufles and deferiptt- 
Obtitratores mufculi. xgs 
Lion, his provident care in going. 
ons,iW. Vc. cauffed by defeft of feed, 657. 
Oedema, what, 209. which tumors referred there- 
Lion of the fea. 677 
by imagination, 6 5 9 by ftraitnels of the womb, 
to, 199. the differences thereof, 209. thecaufi. 
fes, 2io. figns.prognoftfcks,cure. ibid. 
Liepiiudo. 405 
660. by the fite of the mother,661. bya ftroak, 
Litharge, it's poifonousqualitie and cure. 530 
Liver, what, 84. it's fubftance, 85. figns of the 
&c ibid, by confufion of the feed of divers 
Ve ephagws, or Gullet, the fubftance, attentive 
kindes, 66 j. by the craft of the devil, 66^. of 
force, tkc. thereof, 123. the magnitude, figure. 
wounds thereof, 301. why it is called paren- 
the fea. $76 677 
fite, temper, and aftion. tb;d. 
cl.yma. 596 
Morf, Sea-calf or Elephant. £78,6 79 
Oil of whelps, the delcription, and ufe thereof, 
Lons, their nervs. 177 
Mortification, and the figns thereof* ■ ' 338 
3 °?>3 18.it help's forward the (balingof bones. 
Lom.wwm/ckIm. 171,182 
Lues venerea, whit, 465. the hurt it Caufleth, ibid. 
Mother. See Womb- 
Mothers fitted to nurf their own children, 607 
487 
Oils, and the fcveral making of them, 714,742. 
by diftillation,ifi/d. out ofgums. 744,74? 
the caufles thereof, 465 in what humor the 
their milk moftfamiliarto them. ibid. 
malignitie refideth 466. it cauffc's more pain 
Motion, which voluntarie, 18. taken for all man- 
Ointments, their differences, defcriptions, and 
in the night then >n the daie, ibid, fomtimes 
ner ofexerdfe. 25 
mjre' j L j- -r 
lie's long" hid, 467. figns thereof, ibid, progno- 
Mouth, and the parts thereof. 151. the ulcers 
OM-age, and the dtvfoon thereof, 6. it is a difcafi 
flicks, 467. how to bee opnugned, 4 8 to 
and their cure, 3 50, 3 5how to prevent and 
heal them in cure of the Lues venerea 474 
whom wine may bee allowed, 470. the fecond 
Old wive , medicines. 669 
mannerofcure, ibid, theth'rd mannerof cure, 
Mummie, frequently ufed in contufions, 3 3 2. not 
what. 17O 
47 3 - the fourth manner, 4.75. how to cure it's 
fymptoms, ibid, it caufle's bunches on the bones, 
good therein. 33 3 
Oment eWi or the Kall, the fubftance, magnitude, 
Mundificatives- 706 
Macles, what, 70- their differences, and whence 
ligui'c, and compofure thereof, 78. tlic conne- 
xion, temper, and two-fold ufe, ibid, it fom- 
timesbindei'sconception. ibid. 
483. rotten bones, bow perceived and cured, 
ibid, tettar, and chaps occafioned thereby, and 
taken, ibid. St 71. &c. their parts, 73. a fur- 
their cure, 489, how to cure children of this 
difeaf, ibid, it kill's by excefs of moifture- 507 
ther inquirie into the parts of them. ibid. 
Operations of Surgerie , of what nature, 1. why 
Mufdes of the Epsgaftrium, 74. of the funda- 
fom>which are mentioned by the Antients, are 
Lumharis regio , fivebimbi , 65. sArteria, 8 J. 
ment, 8 2. of the teftides, 93. 'of the bladder, 
om itted by t he Autor. 7 (, 4 
Vena. 89 
96. of the yard, 97. the broad mufde, 140 that 
O/wrw.why not ufed in 27. the fytnp - 
Lumbrici mufcult. 17 5,187 
Lungs, their fubftance, &c. no, in, figns of 
their wounds, 296. which curable. 299 
open and (hut the eie,ibid. of the eie, 142. of 
thenofe. 145. of the face, of the lower 
toms cauflcd bv it, and their cure. 5 28 
Order to bee obferved in eating our meat, &c. 24, 
jiw, ibid. of the bone Hyoides. 149. of the 
in lying to deep. w 
Organical pins, which , fit. what obfervablein 
Lupi a, what, their cauffes and cure. 213 
tongue, 150. of the Larinx, 152 .of the Epi- 
Luxation, 379. which incurable. 381 
glottis, 153. oftheeneck. 15 6. of the cheft and 
each of them. 
Lying in bed, how it mull bee. 27 
loin , 16*, 162. of the (boulder-blade, 16 3* 
Orifices of the heart. 1,4 
of the arm, 16 8. of the cubit, 170. moving 
Orpiment,the poifonous qualitiethereof, and tte 
M. 
the band, 173. of the infide of the hand, 174. 
cure. 
Ik K Ad dog. See Dog. 
1 Vl Magic k • and the power thereof. 667 
moving the thigh, 180. of the leg, 182 moving 
the foot, r 85. of the toes, 187. an epitome or 
Os & o/ja, oceipitis, I 2fi. Bafilia/e, ib'.d. Coronate, 
ibid. Bregmatis, five pariptalia, ibid. Parofct, 
ibid. Cuneiforme,five (phenoides, n7. Ftl-mw- 
brief recital of a 11 the mufdes. 191,192 
Magiftrate's office in time of plague. 544 
Mufeulous skin of the head, 125. the wounds 
des, crib-o(tim,(eu/pongio(um, ibid. Zwmi. 
Males of what feed generated. 592 
thereof and their cure. 279 
five jugate, 138. Hyoides, jp(iloides,fire. 149. 
Malleolus, one of the bones of the auditorie paf- 
Mufeulofavena,??: Arteria. 119 
&c. Se(dmoidi, 173. Iliuni, 178, Itebitim. 
(age. 127, 149 
Mufliroms, their hurtful and deadlie qualitie, and 
L. ibid. 
Mammillarie procefles, 130. their ufe. 133 
the cure. $ 27 
Pmvm- 178 
Mammavia arteria. 119 
Mufick, the power thereof. 37 
Innomtnata. 185. toe Boni'S. 
Man, his excellence, 5 6. &c. the divifion of his 
difeaf of the eie,the cauf,and cure. 409 
a filthie ulcer of the nofe , the cauf, and 
bodie.63. why diftinguiflied into male and 
cure. J5.o 
female. 590 
7. 3 
Mandrag, it's danger and cure. 527 
Marrow, why it may teem to have the fenf of 
T~\ Ain,and thecaufrsthtreof. 196 
J7 it muft bee aflwaged. uo 
TVT Ails, why added to the fingers. 164 
xN why grow generated. 
feeling. ' 378 
lhe  'Table 
The difcommodities thereof. ibid. 
In wounds how hel ped. 257 
Palat, the nervs, holes, and coat thereof, &c. 
151 
How to iupplie the defcfls thereof. 5 79 
Palmaris mijculitf, 174 
Palfie,the differences,caufles,& c.thereof. 259 
The cure. 260 
Follows upon wounds of the neck. ■ 2 9 5 
Divine caufles thereof, ibid. Natural caufi. 
fcs» 5 3 6- Tigris of the air and earth that 
prognosticate it, 538. Cautions in air and 
diet to prevent it , Prefermives a- 
gainft it, 540, 541, 542, &c. Others cb- 
lervations for prevention, 544. Such as die 
thereof quickly putrefie , 54;. How fuch 
as undertake the cure thereof muff arm 
themfelvs, ibid. &c. Signs of infection, 546 
reins and bladder, 437. in the Gout, 4$0, 
in the Lties venerea, 467. Sec. in a virulent 
ftrangurie, 5-77, in the fmall pox, 491. in 
the leprofie, 50j. concerningpoifons t 
in the bite of a mad dog ,513. in the plague, 
549. in p.'ague fores. 
Pronatoresmtfculi. 174 
Properties of a good Surgeon. 2 
Pancreas , the fubftance , fite , i&c* 
thereof. 
Mortal figns, <47. Signs thereof, without 
Prollrates. 
400 
93. &c. 
347 
734 
The tumors thereof. 
Pannicle. Sse F lefhie- 
83. &c. 
$24 
fault of the humors , 548. with the pu- 
trefaction of them , ibid. Prognofticks there- 
in, 549- What to bee don when one fihde's 
himfelf infeffed , 551. Diet, 552, 553. 
&c. Antidotes , 555- &c- Epitbemes to 
ftrengthen the principal parts ,556. Whe- 
ther purging and bleeding bee neceflarie at 
Proud flefli in ulcers, how helped. 
Phlothra, their form and ufe. 
Pap, how to bee made for children. 610 
and the condition thereof. ibid. 
'Paricentefis, and the realbns for and againft it. 
236 
Pulf,the triple ufe thereof. 16 
U,^On *n a Ph*rSm<:)n how caufled. 200 
Pultifles how different from Cataplafms, 
The place where, and manner how. 
the beginning, 557. What purges fit, 5 $8. 
P aureus. 
Paraffoupi, a ftrange beaft. 
Paraftates,theirfubftance, &c. 
Paronychia, what. 
£89 
93 
&c. Symptoms accompanying difeaf, 
56°. Spots or Tokens, $6t. Their cure, 
$92. Sores, 563. &c. See Bubo's and 
Puncture of a nerv, why deadlie. 304 
Purging, whether neceflarie in the beginningof 
peftilent difeafes. 
The cure. 
Parotides their fite and ufe* 
ibid. 
148 
Carbuncles. Suhdrie evacuations, $69,570. 
&c. How to cure infants and children there- 
Purple fpots, or tokens ill the plague. 
561 
Their difference,prognoftick,cure,&C. 228 
Partridg, their care of their young. 45 
Parts hmilar. 61 
Organical. i bid. 
Inftrumental. . 62 
Things confiderable in each part. ibid. 
Principal parts which , and why fo called, 
iiidr 
Of generation, ibid. J9o. diftinguilhed into 
three. 6 3 
The conteining parts ofthe lower bellie. £6 
of. 5,4 
Plafter, the hurtful qualitie thereof, and the cure. 
Plaflers. See Emplafters. 
Plant ar is wifculus. 18 <5 
Pleura, what, the original, magnitude,figure, 
&C. 109 
Pieurine, what. a 3 4 
P[exist choroides. , j < 
Pneumatocele- 
Polyp", the reafonof the name. ibid. 
pus, or quitture, the figns thereof. 202 
How it may flow from the wounded part, and 
bee evacuated by urine and ftoo.'. 435 
Putrefaftion in the plague different from common 
putrefafiion. - , g 
Three caufles thereof. 53- 
pies may bee taught to (peak. 5 5 
Pylorus. go 
Pyramidal mufdes. 
Pyroticks, their nature, kindes, and ufe. 708 
Of thecheft. 
I06 
The differences. ibid 
St. 
Paffions of the minde, their force. 
29 
The cure. Hid. Sec, 
' They help forward putrefaction. 
Paftinaca marina, os the fting-Raie. 
Patella, what. 
Pedlar alls mufcultu. 
537 
18r 
<*4 
Poplitteus mufculus. 183 
Porus biliarts. g_ 
Potential cauteries. 7 2 a.&c. 
Pox, French pox. See Lues venerea. 
Q U tdrigemini mufeuli. 111 
ague or fever, the caufles, figns, 
fymptoms. 223 
Prognofticks, and cure. tbid. 
Quickfilver, why fo called. 53c 
Whether hot or cold . ibid. 
Wherefore good. 532, 
The kindes thereof. tbid. 
How to purifie it. ibid. 
See Hydrargyrum. 
fever,thecauf thereof, 216 
The figns, fymptoms, &c. ' ibid. 
The cure. 217 
How to bee diftinguilhed from a double Ter- 
P edium, what. 
Pediofus mulculm. 
Pelvis, the fite and the ufes thereof. 
Pericardium, and the hiftorie thereof 
Pericranium, what, and the ufe thereof. 
Perinaum, what. 
Pet 10ft turn. 
Pattonaum, the fubftance and quantitie 
The figure,compofure, fite, ufe, &c. 
Perone. 
185 
187 
<3< 
III 
97 
125 
thereof! 
.77 
tbid. 
181 
Small pox what,their matter. 491 
What pernicious fymptoms may follow upon 
them. 
prognofticks. 49 ( 
The cure. _ 
What parts to bee armed againft, and preferved 
therefrom, . 493 
Foifons, the cauf of writing them. 5 04 
What they are. ibid. 
Their differences. ibid. 
All of them have not a peculiar Antipathic with 
PeronaM mufculus. 
18<S 
with the heart. ibid. 
' -w 
Perturbations of theminde. See Paffions. 
How in fmall quantities they may work great 
R. 
Peflaries, their form and ufe. 
7*3 
alterations by touch onely. 5 o 5 
Peftilence, See Plague. 
The recons of their wondrous effects , ibid. 
Arif hnnf'c thrir PraiQnrx*- 
Peftilent fever, how bred. 
Pharinx, what. 
5So 
15* 
None of them kill at a fet time , ibid- How 
they kill fooner or later, ibid. Whether things 
l\,Radifh root draw's out venom powerfully. 
Phlebotomie, the invention thereof! 
42 
feeding on poifons. bee poifonous , 509. Ge- 
370 
8-7 
Neceflarie in a Srnocus putrida. 
a°5 
neral figns that one is poifoned, tbid. How to 
Ramus {plenictu. 
The ufe, ftope, ire. thereof. 
441 
fhun poilbn, $07 The general cure of poi- 
•7 
How to bee performed. 
442 
fons, 508. Whether vapors arifing from 
Ranula wbv fo called, (he cauf and cure. 229 
See Blood-letting. 
Phlegm, the temper thereof, 
7 
things burnt, may poifon one. $09. Each 
poifon hath it's proper effeds, ibid. Their ef- 
Ratfbane, or Rofeager, the poifonous qualitie 
□ nJ r„rn - 
is blood half conceded. 
9 
feds and prognofticks, ibid. 'The cure of poi- 
Raving. See Delyrium. 
Reafon, and the functions thereof. 
Rebti mufculi. 
Refium inteflmum. 
Reins, See Kidnies, 
3 J- 
Why it hath no proper receptacle. tbid. 
Hie nature, confidence, color, tafte and ufe. 
ibid. 
The effefls thereof. 10 
fonous bites. 510 
Poifon of A Iders, Afps, Toads, &c. See Adders, 
Alps,Toads, &c. 
Poifonous plants, and the remediesagainft them. 
$S»9 
157,i<5S. 
81 
Not natural, how bred, and the kindes thereof. 
5 2 &•&<-, 
Poifons of Minerals and their remedies. 
Remedies fupernatural. 
See Medicines. 
66f 
Howmame wares it com's fo. 
Phlegmatick perlons, their manners and 
210 
diieafes. 
12 
5, 530 
Praputium, 97. to help the! fhortnefs thereof, 
and fuch as have been circumcifed, 418. The 
Remora, the wondrous force thereof. 
Repletio ad vafa ir ad vires. 
Repercuffives. 
What diffWade's their ufe. 
68f 
28 
In failing they feed upon themfelvs. 
ulcers thereof are worf then thofe of the 
198 
Phlegmon, what kinde of tumor. 
Wnat tumors may bee reduced 
454 
Glans. 475. &C. 
When co bee ufcd. 
199 
thereto* 
Preparation of fimple medicines, and the divers 
kindes thereof. 701. &c. 
Fit to becjiut into, and upon the eie. 
Their differences,&c. 
70Z 
How different from a phlegmonous 
ibid- 
Prefervatives againft the plague. 54»,$4,» 
Reports how to bee made. 
Refolvine medicines, and their kindes. 
753 
tumor. 
542. Sec. 
704 
How generated. 
ibid. 
ibid- 
Principal parts which, and why fo called. 
61 
Refolving and ftrengthening medicines, 
abv. 21Z 
The cauffesand figns thereof- 
20 0 
Proctfjds mammiUares, 13 j 
Refpiration how a volunt notion. 
18 
The cure. 
ibid- 
Precedes of the K ght, oblique, tranfverf, 
The ufe thereof. 
in 
The cute when it is ulcerated. 
Phrenic* lArteria- 
2r>2 
87 
15 3-&c. that called the tooth, 154. 
and Coracoides. 163 
Reft neceflarie for knitting of broken bones. 37 j 
Rete mirabile. 10 c 
Pbthifis oculi. 
406 
Prodigie , what, 648. divers of them, 
Whether different from the Plexus 
ceaoidec. 
Phy mo fit (7 paraphymolis, what. 410. &c. 
694. Sec. 
X 
Phyfick,the fubjeft thereof. 
6l 
Prognofticks in Impoftumes , 197. in an 
ErifipelM, 208. in an Oedema, 210. in 
Rhinocerot. 
49 
Phyficians to have care of fueb as have the 
phgue, 
His enmitic with the Elephant. 
how tobeechofen. 
$4f 
a Scirtus, 218. in a quartain Ague, 223. 
Rhomb aides mufcultts. 
Phyfbcele. 
238 
in an Jlneurifma ,22$. in the Parotides, 
Ribs their number, connexion, and confidence. 
Pi* mater, the confidence, ufe, &c. 
128 
228. in the Dropfie, 235, in a Sarcocele, 
Pigeons, See Doves. 
Filot-fiih. 
50 
245. in wounds, 253. in fradtures of the 
fcull , 274. in wounds of the liver and 
Their contufion, and a flrange fymptom fom- 
times happening thereon. 
P me glandule. 
»3< 
guts, 302. in a Gangrene, 337. in ul- 
Their frafture, the danger and cure. 
367 
Pinna amts, which. 
148 
cers, 344. in Fraftures, 36*. in Diflo- 
Svmptorr s enfuing thereon. 
36R 
Pinna & Pinnoter- 
683 
cation, 381. in a diflocated jaw, 383. in 
Their diflocation and cure. 
381 
Pilmire. See Ant. 
the diflocated rertebrn , 387. in a diflo- 
Right mufcles of the Epigaflrittm. 
Pith of the back. 
<37 
cated Hip, in the ftone , 421. in fuppref- 
Rim of the bellie. 
77 
Plague what, 535. how it com's to kill 
■ ibid. 
iion of the urine , 4J$. in the ulcerated 
The figure, compofure, &'c. thereof, 
ibid. 
Ring  'Table 
R i r ° - worm ■'« 
207 
Signs in geneial whereby to judgof difeafes. 753 
subclavian-d're Artcrie and Vein. 
i'<51 
Silk-worms, their induflrie. 4j 
Subclavim m'lfcuhss. jfiz 
Rough arytrie. 
J 2?- 
Similar parts, how man e, and which- 6t 
Succarath, a heal! of the Weft Indies. 45 
Howlers, See 
Simple medicines, their differences in qualities and 
Suffufio. See Catar. ct. 
RuL. s <: f Surge ri'. 
Run p, the faftures thereof. 
7!2 
effeSs, *57. bo.-, cold.mo'ft.drie in all degrees, 
Suggillations Ste ( ontufions. 
3*9 
ibid. 698 tbcii accidental qualities ibid, their 
Summer, the temper thereof. 7 
Th-diflocation thereof. 
388 
preparation. 701 
Stipinatores mufculi. 
The cure. 
ibid- 
Siren. 676 
Suppuration, the figns thereof, 197. caufled by 
Ruptures, 
2-8 
Skin two-fold, the utmoft or fcarf-skin, 67. the 
natural heat. 315 
The r kinrler 
ibid. 
true skin, ibid, the fubftance, magnitude, &c- 
Suppuratives, 202, 21 j-. an effeflualone, 324. 
their differences, & c. 7® 5, how they differ f rom 
Their cure. 2 39,2 40,241 
thereof. ibid. 
Sleep, what it is, ig. the fit time, the ufe and abufe 
emollients. ibid.- 
$. 
thereof, 27. when hurtful, 217. how to pro- 
Superfoetation what, 6 20. the reafon thereof, ib. 
cure it. 5*° 
Suppofitories, thdr difference,form, and ufe. 713 
O i/cez mufculw. 
163 
Smelling, the objeft and medium thereof. 18 
Suppreflion ot urine. See Urine. 
9° 
Snake, hisbite, and thecure. 519,5 20 
S argerie, what, 1. the operation thereof. ibid. 
Surgeons, what nceeflane for them, 1. their office, 
S ac> o-lumbut mufcultu. 
162 
Solarium manicum, the poifonous qualitie, and 
Salamander, thefvmntoms that enfac upon his 
cure. 5 27 
2 thechoifof fuchas fliall have care ot thofe 
poifcn, and the cure. 
Salivation. 
518 
So'etu mu(culm. 186 
fick of the plague, J|4. they mult bee careful 
28 
Solution of continuitie, 42. why harder to repair 
in making Reports,? 5 3 - how long in fom cafes 
Santmine oerfons, their manners and difeafes. > 2 
in bones. 362 
they muft fufpend their judgments, they 
Sapheia waa.whcn and where to bee opened. 
176 
Sorrow, the effefts thereof. 18 
muft have acareleft they bring Magiftrates in- 
Sarcoce'e, 
238 
Soul, or life, what it perform's in plants, beafts, 
and men, 7. when it enter's into a man's bo- 
to an error, 758- how to Report,or make Cer- 
The proenofticks and cure. 
245 
tificates in divers cafes. ibid. &c. 
Sarcoticks, Ample and compound. 
707 
die, &c. 55>7 
Sutures of the Icull, their number, &c. taj.want- 
None ti ulv fueb. 
ibid. 
Sounds, whence the difference. > 4a 
in fom, ibid, why not to bee trepaned,, r 26, 
S abious, the effect thereof againfta peftilcntcar- 
Southern people how tempered. 17 
284. Sutures in wounds, their forts and manner 
bunde. 
568 
South-winde why peftilent. 539 
how to bee performed, 2 $ 25 6 
Scails,how known to bee fevered from the bones. 
Sownning what,the cauffes and cure, 261 
Sweating ficknefs. 
Scails of bra fs, their poifonous qualitie and 
37* 
Sparrows with what care they breed their young. 
Sweet-bread. gj 
cure. 
43 
Sweet-waters. 734 
r3° 
Spevmatica arteria, 90. Rewa. ibid. 
Swine aflift their fellows* 
Of iron, their harm and cure. 
ibid. 
Spcrmatick veflels in men, 92. in women, 97. (the 
Symptoms,their definition and divifion. 31 
Sral'd-head the figns and cure thereof. 
399 
cauf of their foldings. ' 591 
Sympathie and Antipathic of living creatures. 
Scalenus mufculut. • 
160 
Sphmfter muffle of the fundament, 82. of the 
. 55 
Scalp, ha jrie-fcalp. 
125 
bladder. 95 
SympbyfiSy a kinde of articulation. J 1 „ j 
Scaphoidcs os. 
183 
Spiders, their induftrie, 58. their differences and 
Synmsofis, Synarthrofis y Synchondvefis , Syne** 
Scars, how to help their deformitic. 
5*9 
bites. 522 
,rofi5- , " ibid. 
Scavust a fiih. 
5° 
Spinal-marrow , the coats , fubftance,' ufe, &c. 
thereof, 13 7. figns of the wounds thereof. 297 
Synocus putmda, it's cauf and cure. 205 
Sceleton. 188, 189,190. what. 
ibid. 
T. 
Sciatica, the cauf, &c. 
461 
Spin atm rmdcu Im. 1 j 
The cure. 
4*3 
Spine, the diflocation thereof, 385, 386. howto 
rTT'Alparia, what. s 1 j 
Scinw, what. 
3I7 
reftoreit, 386. a further inquirie thereof, 387 
What tumors referred thereto. 
199 
prognofticks. ibid. 
JL Tarentula's poifonous bite, and'Cure. 37 
The differences,figns,and prognofticks. 
218 
Spirit, what, 18. three-fold, viz. Animal, Vital, 
and natural, t <)• fixed, ibid, their ufe. 20 
Tarfus,what. 
Cure. 
ibid. 
Taftes, what, their differences , 700. their feverai 
Scorpion bred in the brain by fmelling to ! 
Bafil. 
Spirits how to bee extracted out of herbs and flow- 
denominations and natures. ibid. 701 
520 
ers, &c. 744 
Talking, what. 
Their defcription, fling, and cure. 
Scrophul*, their cauf and cure. 
521 
Splene.the fubftance, magnitude, figure, &c.there- 
Teeth, their number, divifion, and ufe, 139. 
nJ 
of, 86 
wherein they differ from other bones. i4o.pain 
Scull, and the bones thereof. 
126 
Splenius mufculus. 157 
of them how helped, 304. their affefls, 4*14. 
The fraftures thereof. See Fra&urcs. 
Splints and their ufe. 361 
how to draw them, 41 J. to deanf them, 417. 
Depreflions thereof how helped- 
367 
Spring, the temper thereof. 7 
how to fupplie their defeft, 378. to help" the 
Where to bee trepaned. 
285 
Squinancie, the differences, fymptoms, &;.thereof, 
pain in breeding them. * 646 
Sea-feather and grape. 
680 
2 3 2. the care. . ibid. 
Temporal muffle, 146, what enfue's the cutting 
Sea bare, his defcription, poifon, and the cure 
Stapes, one of the bones of the Auditoric paflage. 
thereof. ,85 
thereof. 
5'5 
. I27'I49 
Temperament, what, the divifion* thereof, 4 ad. 
Seafonsofthe year. 
7 
Staphilomayin effeft of the eies, the caufles there. 
pondm, ibid, ad jufliiiam, $• of a bone, liga- 
Secundine, why prelently to bee taken away 
after 
of. 408 
ment, griftle, tendon, vein, arterie. 6. ofaees. 
the birth of the childe. 
604 
Stars, how they work upon the Air. 2 2 
ibid, of humors. 7 
Why fo called. 
606 
Steatoma, what. 212 
Temper of the four feafonsof the year, ibid, na- 
Cauffesof the ftaie, and fymptoms that follow 
Sternon, the anatomical adminiflration thereof. 
tive temper how changed. ' ' rj 
thereon. 
ibid 
108 
Temperatures in particular; as of the Ibuth*rn, 
Seed-bones* x73j 
. 185 
Sternutamentorie.', their defcription and ufe.|b724 
northern, &c. people. 13,! 4 
Seed,the con lition of that which is good. 
590 
Stinging of Bees, Walps, Scorpions, &c. See Bees, 
Tenfbres mtfculi. < go 
The qualities. 
592 
Wafps, Scorpions, &c. 
Tentigo. tot. 
The ebullition thereof, &c. 
595 
Sing-Raie , the fymptoms that follow his fling, 
Tertian agues, orfevers, their caufles, &c. 3o8« 
Why the greareft portion thereof go's to these- 
and the cure. 525 
their cure. ibid. &c. 
neration of the head and brain. 
59<5 
Stink, an infeparable companion of putrefaftion. 
Teftides, their fubftance, 92. in women, 97. their 
Serins, the inftrument,objea, &c. thereof. 
>7 
249 
wounds. ' ' joj 
Semicutium, the form, manner, and ufe thereof, 
Stomach, the fubftance, magmtudc, &c. thereof, 
Ttjiudo, what. 2,2 
Tettars, their kindcs and caufles, fo7. their cure 
Sewlbmatm m-ifeubw. 
728 
79.the orifices thereof,itaOigns of the wounds 
>*3 
thereof, 3 01. the ulcers thereof. 3 y a 
ibid. &c- 73 3. occafioned by the Lues wwzeat 
489. their cure. rfd 
$enf, common fenf, and the funutons thereof. 598 
Stones. See Teftkles. 
Septum luctd''.vn» 
130 
Stone, the caufles thereof, 419. figns of it in the 
Thanadh, a ftrange beaft. 69 i 
Thenar mu(culus. 174,187 
Thigh, the nervs thereof, r77. ft»s proper parts, 
178. and wounds thereof. 303 
Septick medicines. 
709 
kidniesand bladder, ibid, prognofticks, 42 r. 
Serpent Ha-rrot r-ous, his bite and cure. 
Seps, bis bite and cure. 
516 
517 
the prevention thereof, 422. what to bee don 
when the ftone fall's into the ureter, 423. figns 
Eafilik, his bite andcure. 
AQ>, his bite md cure. 
5<7 
5'9 
it is fain out of the ureter into the bladder, 4 2 4- 
what to bee don when it is in the neck of the 
Thigh-bone, the appendices and procefles there- 
of, 179,'80. the Injure and cure, 371, nigh 
to the joint, 373. it's diflocation, 389, 463. 
See Hip. 
Snake, his bite and cure. 519, 5 2 0 
Stratus Mu!culm J-6 2. posterior drfuperiov, 
bladder, or the paflage of the yard, .ibid, how 
to.cut for the ftone in the bladder, 427,428.&c. 
ibid, minor* 
163 
how to cure the wound, 431. to help the ulcer 
Things natural, 3. not natural,.21. why ib called, 
Serous humor. 
io 
when the urine flow's out by it, 433. how to 
ibid, againft nature. ' 30 
StffyMowzd Oj//* « I71u8$ 
cut women for the ftone, 68 a.divers ftrange 
Thorax, the cheft and parts thereof. 105 
Seton, wherefore good, 292. the manner of ma- 
ones mentioned. 673 
Thoracea avteria. 120 
king thereof. 
ibid. 
Storks, their pietie. 46 
Throat, how to get out bones,and fuch like things 
that (lick therein. 413 
Throttle, and the part s thereof, 152. 
Thows, and their cauf. 60 4 
Sex, what, and the difference thereof. 
20 
Stoves, how to bee made. 731 
Hiftories of the change thereof. 
65 8 
Strangurie, the caufles, &c. thereof 439- a viru- 
Shame, and fliamefai/tncls, tbeit effects. 
30 
lent one, what, 476. the cauflesand differences 
Shin-bone. 
181 
thereof, ibid, prognofticks, 477. from what 
TZrzMWiwbat. 121 
Sho-ilcter blade , the fractures thereof, 366, thd 
part the matter thereof flow's, ibid, the general 
Tibia. i8r 
core, 307.the dii'ocarton, 388 tbefrft 
man- 
cure, 478. the proper cure, ibid, why it fiic- 
ceedeth immoderate copulation. 591 
Tibialis anticus mufeulus, 18 6. pofliciu. ibid. 
ner of reftoring it, 3 89. the fecond ma 
inner, 
' J " 
Toad,his bite, and cure. 503 
Tongue,it'squantitle, 8cc. tje. it's wounds, it's 
3 90. the third manner, i bid. the fourth manner, 
3 91. the fifth, iAzd. the fixth, 392. bow to re- 
Strangulation of the mother or womb, 631.'figns 
of ('the approach thereof, 633. the cauflesand 
floteit d:{located forwards, 394. outwards,395 
_ upwards. ibid. 
Signs of (anguine , cholerick , pblcgmatfck, and 
melancholic!: perfons. 12, i 3 
cure. CJ4 
Strengthening medicines. See Corroborating. 
Struma. See King's-evil. 
Sublimate. See Mercuric. 
cure, 294. it's impediments and contraction,and 
the'cure, 417. 
fiil r, 210, their inflammations, and their cure. 
ibid. 
* 
Tooth- 'The Table 
Tooth -a ch, the caufles, figns &c. 41J 
good in time of the plague, 3 44. Ulcers in parti- 
Whites, the reafon of the name, differences, &c« 
1 ophi, or knots at the joints in fom chat have the 
cular,and firft of the eies, 3 50 of the nofe.iW. 
<5« t i caufles, 642. their cure. i bid. 
gout, how cauffed>4tft. the Lues wwwbbw 
helped. 483 
of the mouth,ibid.oE the ears, 3 5 x.of the winde- 
pipe,weazon,ftomach,and guts, ib.of the kidnies 
and bladder, 3 J 2.of the womb. 353. that hap- 
Whitlows 246 
Wine, which not good in gout. 45 4 
Torptio, his craft, and ftupefying force. 5 18 
Windes, their tempers and qualities. I4,22 
Touching, how performed. 18 
pen upon the frafture, of the leg, rump , and 
heel, 3 7 <5. how to prevent them, 3 7y,they muft 
' Winter, and the temper thereof, 7. how it increaf- 
Taucha, a ftrange bird. 689 
eth the native hear. ibid. 
Trapezius m.i(cuhu. 163 
bee feldom drtft when the callus is breeding,ibid. 
Wtldom the daughter of memorieand experience- 
Tranfverftrius nt ifcuhu. 159 
Umbilical veflels, how manic and what. 595 
Tranfverf mufcles of the Epigafb i tm- 76 
Unftion to bee ufed in the Lues 470. their 
Witcheshurt by the Divel'aafliftance. 668 
Triade, how ufeful in the gout,45 3. how it dull's 
ufe,471. cautions in their ufe, 472- and the in- 
Wolvs, their deceits and ambufheS. 50 
the force of Ample poifons. 5 10 
conveniences following the immoderate ufe. 
Womb, the fubftance, magnitude,&c. thereof, 99. 
Trepan, when to bee applied, z6&. their defcripti- 
on, 283 where to bee applied. 285 
473 
the coats thereof, 102.figns of the wounds there 
Vngula, or the web on the eie, the caufles, prog- 
of, 302. ulcers thereof, and their cure, 353. 
Trepaningwhy ufed, 282. how performed, ibid. 
nofticks, and cure, 40S.Sc;. 
when it hath received the feed it is Quit up,594, 
a caution in performance thereof. 283 
ffnguentum adfbingens, 715. nutvitum,716. au- 
reum. ibid, bafUtcunt, five tetrapharmacum, ib. 
the falling down thereof how cauflcd,6o£. iris 
Triangulus mufculm- 163 
notdiilinguiflied into cells, 620. a feirrus there- 
Triton- 676 
diapompholigos, ibid. deficcattvim, rub. ibid. 
of, 6 2 5. figns of the diftemper thereof, 627. 
'Trochanter • 180 
emditumjb, .Album Rhafis,ib. ■Althea, ib.po- 
which meet for conception, ibid, of the falling 
Trudes, their form and ufe. 240,241 
puleon, ib. apojtolorum, ib. comuiffa, ib. pro lio- 
down, per ver tion, or turning thereof, 628. the 
cure thereof,ibid it muft bee cut away when it is 
Tumors, the'rdifferences, 195.their general caud- 
micho, 717. ad morfus rabiofos. ibid. 
les, figns, 196. general cure, 198. which hirdeft 
Unicorn , if anie fuch beaft, what the name im- 
putrefied, 619. the ftrangulation or fuffocation 
to bee cured, ibid- the four principal, 199, fla- 
tulent and watrifli, their figns and cure, 21 r. 
port's, 533. what the ordinarie horns are, 534. 
not effeftual againft poifon, ibid, effectual onely 
thereof, 63 2. See Strangulation. 
Women, their nature, 20. how to know whether 
they have conceived, 593. thpir travel in childe- 
of the gums, 2 29, of the almonds of the 
to drie, ibid, in what cafes good. ibid. 
throat, 230. of the navel, 238. of the groin and 
Voices, whence fo various. 152 
birth, and the cauf thereof, do 1.what muft bee 
cods, ibid- of the knees. 247 
Vomits,their force,28. their defcription. 217 
don to them prefently after their deliverance, 
Turtles. 46 
Vomiting,whv it happen's in the Colick, 82. the 
<5 04.bearing manie children at a birth. <5$ 4 
Tympanites. See Dropfie. 
fitted time therefore,45 i-to make it eafie. ibid. 
Wonderful net. 135 
Voiages and other emploiments, wherein the Au- 
Wondrous original of fom creatures, £76, nature 
V- 
tor was prelent} Of Thurin.yiSy. of Marolle and 
of fbm marine things. ibid. 
V T olives of the heart, their adion, fite, &c. 
V 114 
Low of Perpignan, 789. of Lan- 
Worms in the teeth,their caufles, and how killed, 
drefie, ibtd.oiBologn, 770.of Germanic,zlzd.of 
Danvillers, ibid. ofCaftleof Compt, 771. of 
4 r 5- bred in the head, 494. caft forth by urine, 
495.how generated-and their differences. 497. 
Varicous bodies. 93 
Mets, of Hedin, 775. Battel of S. 
of monftrous length ibid, figns, 49 8. the cure. th. 
yartces, what, their caufles, fignsand cure. 3 
tin, 781. voiage of Amiens, of Harbour, of 
Wounds may bee cured onely with lint and wa- 
yas breve,(eu venoftm. 87 
Grace, ibid, to Roven, ibid, battell of Dreux, 
ter ' 39 
ya ft ejaculatoria- 93 
783. of Moncontoar, ibid. Voiageof Flanders, 
Wounds termed great in three relpe&s. 3 
yaflt mifeuli. 181 
ibid, of Burges, 786. battel of S. Dennis, ibid- 
Wounds poifoned how cured. 508 
Vein, what, 74. Gate-vein,and it's diftribution,8<» 
voiage of Baton. 787 
Wounds of the head at Paris, and of the legs at 
defeendent hollow vein, and it's diftribution, 
Urachus, 194. 
Avignon, why hard to bee cured. 32® 
89. afeendent hollow vein.and it's diftribution, 
Ureters, their fubllance, 8cc. 95 
Wounds, what, the divers appellation and divifion 
115. they are more then arteries, x 19. thofe of 
Urine ftopt by dislocation of the thigh-bone, 391. 
of them,251. theircaufles and figns, 252 pro»- 
the eies, 14^. which to bee opened in the in- 
fuppreflion thereof how deadlie, 4 21. how it hap • 
nofticks,2 53 fmall ones fomtimes mortal, ibid. 
flammation of the eies, zAid.the cephalick ,165. 
pen's by internal caufles,434.by external, 43 5. 
their cure in general,ibid.to ftaie their bleeding, 
2 5 6. to help pain. 2 57. why fom die of final! 
Median, ibid. diftribution of the fubclaVian vein, 
prognofticks, ibid, things unprofitable in the 
ibid- of the axillarie, ibid, of the crural. 176 
whole bodie, parged thereby,»W. bloodie, the 
ones, and others recover of great, 273. whether 
Kent parti, 86. cava, % 9. ar ter io fa, 114. phrenic*, 
differences and caufles thereof, 4jff. the cure, 
better to cure in children or in old people. 274 
coronates, azygos, tntercoflalis, mammar'i*,n c 
437. fcalding thereof how helped, 478. a re- 
Wounds of the head, See Fradures. Of the mufeu- 
cer vic alts, mufculofa, ibid, axillaris, hunter alia, 
ceptacle for fuch as cannot keep it, 581. Urines 
lous skin thereof, 279. their cure, 280. of the 
jugularis interna & externa, 116. re'll pupis, 
of fuch as have the plague fomtimes like thofe 
face,290.ofthe eie.brows ibid.of the eies, 291, 
118. cephalic*, hunter aria, median t, «6 5. /u/- 
that are in health. 547 
of the cheek,39 3.of the note, 29 4 of the tonmiej 
'Vttella, & plertica, 166. fapheia, vel faphena. 
Utelif, a Hrange fifli. 5 2 
iWd.of the ears, z 9 $• of the neck and throated 
of the weazon and gullet, iftd- of the cheft* -bid- 
ifchisdica, 176, mufcula, poplitea, furalis, if- 
yvea tunica. >4* 
chiadica major. 
Vulnarie potions, their ufe, 488. thenamesof the 
et_ the heart, lungs, and midriff, 298. ofthe 
Venerie, it's dilcommodities in wounds of the 
fimples whereof they are competed, their 
fpine, zW, what wounds of the lungs curable, 
head. 279 
form,and when chiefly to bee uted. 489 
299. of the Etigadri'im or lower bellie, 301. 
Venem ous bites and flings how to bee cured- 510 
Uu'tlr.the fiteand ute thereof,«5i.the inflimmati- 
their cure, 302. of the Kall, ibid, of thefatj 
Venom of a mad dog, outwardly applied,caufleth 
on and relax »t!On thereof, 230. the cure, ibid- 
303. of the groins, yard, and teftides, ibid, of 
madnefs. $ i j 
the thighs and legs, ibid, ofthe nervs and ner- 
Ventofe's their form and ufe. 443.4.4 
ir. 
vous parts, ibid, of the joints, i&zd. of the 
Ventricle. See Stomach. 
. ligaments. 305,3o<? 
Ventricles of the brain. 136 
fT TAlnut tree,and themalignitiethereof.yaS 
vV Warts of the neck of the womb, 
Wounds confuted muft bee brought to figu- 
Verdegreaf, it's poifonousqualitie and cure. 530 
ration. 3!* 
Vertehr*, and their precedes, 15 3. of the neck,/W 
their cure. <544 
Wounds made by gun-(hot are not burnt, neither 
of the holie-bone , 155. how different from 
thofe of the loins i*r. Tenth of the back,how 
Wailies to beauti fie the skin • 731 
Wafps, their fl inging how helped. 5 x r 
Watching, and the diteommodicies thereof. 27 
muft they bee cauterized, 309. they may bee 
drefl'edwith fuppuradves , 310. whv hard to 
cure, ibid, why they look black, 312.they have 
to the middle of the fpine, 162. their difloca - 
tion, See Spine. 
Fezrzgo.it's caufles and figns, 4ot. the cure. ibid. 
Water,it'squalities,3,beft in time of plague, 540 
noElchar, ibid, why fo deadlie, 31?. in what 
Waters, how to bee diftilled- 7 3 
bodies not eafily cured, 314. their divifion, 315 
Veflels for diftillation. 
Watrifli tumors,theirTigns and cure. 2 i 1 
figns, ibid, how to bee dreft at the firft, ibid. & 
Velicitories why better then cauteries in cure of a 
Weapons, of the Antients compared with thofe of 
318 how the fecond time, 319. they al] arc 
peftilentbubo, fd?. whereof made 709. their 
the modern times. 308 
contufed. 324 
defcription and ufe. 713 
Wea-zon,the fubllance,&c.thereof, '22. how to bee 
Wounds made by arrows how different from thofe 
Viper. See Adder. 
opened in extreme diteates, 236, the wounds 
made by gun (hot. 327 
Virgmitie the figns thereof. 758 
thereof, 29 $ • the ulcers thereof. 351 
Wrift, and the bones thereof, 171. the diflocation 
Vital parts whLh, tf 3. their divifion. <54 
Weaknefs, two caufles thereof. (9& 
thereof, and the cure. 
Vitreu humor. 
Web on the eie, which curable, and which not, 407 
Viver, or,as fom term it, the Weaver , a fifh , his 
the cure. ibid. 
r. 
poifonous prick and the cure. $ 24 
Wedg-bone. 135 
TZ'Atd, and the parts thereof, 97. the wounds 
JL thcreof.3o3.to help the cori thereof 19. the 
Ulccrsconjoined with tumorshow cured, 207. in 
Weights anl meafures, with their notes- 711 
what bodies not eafily cured, 314. their nature, 
Wens,the-'r caufles and cure,213.&c.bow todiftin 
caufles, &c. 343. figns, prognofticks,344. their 
gilifh them m the breft from a Cancer. 214 
Wnale,why reckoned among monfters, 684. they 
malign ulcersthereof, 475. to fiippiie the deffft 
general cure, 345. Ggnsof adiftempered one, 
thereof formaking water. 582 
and the cure, 446. a painful one and the cure, 
347- with proul flefli in them,ibid, putrid and 
bring forth young and fuckle them, ibid, how 
caught. ibid. 
Yew-tree, his malignitie. 5 2 8 
breeding worms, ibid- a fordid one, 3 58. a ma- 
Whale bone. ibid. 
z. 
lign, virulent, and eating one, ibid, advertile- 
Whirl-bone, the frafture thereof and cure. 373. 
Irbus, the Kall, the fubftaftce, &e. thereof. 
ments concerning the time of drefling ulcers, 
the d 1 {location thereof. 394 
349.how to bin ie them up,ibid. fuch as run are 
White lime. 77 
Zj 78 
FINIS; t ArrEioAoriA- | 
ix* 
i °r' a * 
J Defcription of the Veflells in the body of J 
A£?45 
« MAN, J 
pG™ 0 
Of the three kinds , z. e, 
® OF THE f 
f VEINS, ARTERIES, and NERVES, j 
«&* Efpecially of thofe in the Limbs and Habit of the Body : «|* 
«0» ' pg* 
X Whereof there are alfo given Anatomicall Figures, $ 
Q the largeft and faireft that ever were publiflied with any 
X ENGLISH Book.) X 
4» 4» 
In three Tractates. «§» 
$ 
--■- - -----■-- - y gg, 
«§» Tranflated out of the Anatomie of Adrianus ag, 
Ǥg whomthefe parts are more largely and accurately defcribed then 
by other Authors;the more fill tra fiat ion whercof5being a pare 
•|g of Anatomie fo ufcfull in order to C hirurgicall Operations > hath been 
<§» judged very worthy to be annexed unto this prefent work. 
its* 
g «g» 
t - ,g, 
•§» LONDON, i«» 
2* Printed by Rich.ird Cotes, for lohn Clark, and are to bee fold at the lower 
endof Cheapfide, entring into Mercers-chappell, 1649. The Preface. 
F how great conference a more perfe& knowledge 
of Anatomie is to the Art of and Chirurge- 
ry, hath beenfrequently and abundantly made out by 
Anatomijis, P by fit i an s and C birurgeons, upon 
/ion, in their fever all writings', though the thing 
it felf fpeak, fo plainly in its own behalf, that much 
need not be faid in this fynd. The ca/e is plain, that 
n>ith the like facility and fucceffe may a Mariner, making out fame 
unknown land-jleer bu courfe through the main Ocean, where nothing 
but fea and skie appears,wit bout the help of his Card and Compaffe,as 4 
Pbyfician judgofthe natural! action, or preternatural I affeSi of any 
part of the body, or a Chirurgeon inflitute any operation about thefame* 
without the Anatomicall knowledge thereof, and therefore no more (ball 
be faid to this effect. Anatomic may be very commodioufly reduced to 
four difiinci kinds, or diftinguifhed according to (o many principal! 
partS. !• j Splanchnologies that is, the defcription of the 
Bowels contained in the three Cavities or Bellies of the body, the lower, 
middle, and fupreme. j OJleologie, which is the def crip th 
on of all the bones of the body. 3. MuoAoyfa , Myologie, being the Ana- 
tomicall hijlory of all the Mufcles. 4. 5 Angeiologie 5 defcril 
bing all the Veffells of the body : i. e. the Veins, Arteries, and Nerves, 
lhefe laft, though having nofenfible cavities, being reputed veffells in 
the account of Anatotnifis* Now though all thefe parts or kinds of 
Anatomic, are needfull both to Phyfickjmd Chirurgery, yet are they net 
all of a like neceffity to both ; but the firft of more abfolute neeejpty to 
the Art of the other three,to Chirurgery. And therefore 
though all four have been treated on by the learned author ofthis Volume, 
yet in reafon it could not but be advant agio us and acceptable to Chi- 
rurgeons to have fome farther helps in our Enghfb tongue, for improve- 
ment in the three later kinds before mentioned,or in fome of them at Icaji. 
Now for Ofleologie, the parts them (elves, or the dry bones are and may 
be kept at hand, for frequent view and contemplation upon them , 
whereby their fever all Figures, Articulations, and all other particulars 
obfervable about them, may be rendred familiar, in order to practice 
about Frames and Lu* at ionstand without fuch Autopfie,much cannot 
A 3 'The Preface. 
be acquired by the readingof Defcriptions,or fight o f Delineat ions.To- 
rt ar dMyo logic,there hathbeen a peculiar traElate of late publifebed inEng- 
lifh,which may be ufeful in that re/peEl to thofe who cannot peruf Latin 
Authors. So that the great eft want feemed to he in that kind or part of 
Anatomic, which is the laft in the Enumeration, i. e. Angeio logic, or 
theDefcription of the Veffellst, the more exaSi or part icular knowledge 
whereoff efpecially of thofe in the Habit of the body, will appear, upon a 
true accompt,more neceffary to the exercife of Chirurgicall operations, at 
greater certainty, and with more fecnrity, then the kpowledg of the 
Mufcles. Tdpon thefe confederations, being confnlted by the Eublifher of 
this Work,what peece or TraEiatein any if nd,of Chirurgery or Anatomy, 
I thought might to good purpofe be added thereunto', I refolved him,that 
I could thinkofnothing more adv ant agio us in this if nd, then a fuller 
and more accurate Anatomicall Defcriptiori of the Leins, Arteries, and 
Nerves in the body ofMan,tranflated out of the Anatomic 
adding alfo the moft ufefull Anatomicall Figures, relating to the faid 
Deferiptions, of the fame largeneffe as they are in the Editions of tbefaid 
Author intoXiQ',which were firft taken out of Vefalius,and are the largeft 
and fair eft that are ext ant: the cafe being here,as in Mathematical inftru- 
ments,in which,how much the largeneffe conduceth to certainty in ufe,is 
well known. Accordingly be bath not fpared for care and co ft, in procu- 
ring a Scholar every way competent to tranflate the Defcriptions of thefe 
parts ,out of the forementioned author, and an able Artificer to cut the 
Figures. And as the werkjsnow accomplished, I doubt not but good 
improvement may be made thereof, by fucb Chirurgeons, as being not 
able to make ufe of the Origin all, ftand in need offucb helps,if they will 
not be wanting to tbevijelves for induftry in the ufe hereof. 
J.G. 
THE Tract.1. 
1 
The firft Treatife, 
Concerning 
The V E I N E S. 
Note that rite. 
Letters,which 
we cnclofed 
rhusf ] 
refer to the par*, 
titular tables at 
the end of th$c 
CHAP. I. 
Reckons up the branches or propagations of the vena portae er the and explains an A- 
phorifm of Hippocrates, that makes very much to thepurpofe. 
Et us come now to the Hiftory of the veins, in which we will begin 
with the vena port* or gate-vein, as that which fpreads not fo wide 
afid far as the common hollow one. For ,k is wont to be diftribu- 
ted only through the loweft belly, and not at all to propagate it 
felf out of it; nor does it branch through all the parts of that, but 
fuch only as are appropriated to the nutritive faculty, namely the 
Liver,the bladder of Gall,the Stomach, the Spleeri,the Sweet-bread, 
Kall,Guts, and Mefentery,for the Hollow vein fends its propagati- 
ons to the reft, as the Reins,Bladder, and thole parts which ferye for. 
generation. But that the manner of this diftribution may be more cafily underftood, for 
our better method in teaching,likening the whole vein to a tree, we will divide it into 
four parts,one of which we will call the Roots, as that part which is in the Liver; ano- 
ther t he Trunk, which continues it felf on and is not divided; a third the Branches into 
which the Trunk is divided; a fourth, Twigs or Surcles, fuch fmall veins as the Trunk 
(hoots out at its tides; before it be divided into its branches. Which terms ought dili- 
gently to be obferved, becaufe we have endeavoured by the propriety of thefe words to 
give light to this obfeure Treatife concerning the veins. But that they may moreeafily 
be committed to memory, and all that concerns this bufinefs be written with more bre- 
vity, following fome very learned later Authors, we will give every part its name from 
the place of its infection. 
From the outfide then of the Liver fome very little hairy veins arc prolonged towards 
its inner region,and by little and little meet together into greater branches, fo that at 
length they become five, which again gathered together like roots about the middle of 
the hollow fide of the Liver, but fomewhat hinderly near to the back, make, a notable 
flock or Trunk, which at length ifluing forth near to thofe enlinencies of the liver,which 
by the Greeks are termed Gates, is cal'd the Gate-vein, and flow deferves the name 
ofaTrunk. , . -, . . • . 
This Trunk parting now from the Liverdefeends fomewhat obliquely towardslhe left 
fide, under the Gut cal'd Duodenum, where above the Rack -bones it gets a firm feat; but 
before it be divided into branches, two twigs fprout from it; the firft of which being 
very fmall, arifing out of the uppermoft and forepart of the Trunk, as foon as it is come 
forth from the Liver, is fcattered into the neck,and body of the bladder of Gall, or into 
its outer coat,with a numerous fucceflion of very little branches,fuch as wehave faid above 
are called hairy veins. This twig is cald in Greek in Latin you may render it* 
the vein of the bladder of Gall. Vefaliut layes there are two branches,Which run 
through the bladder of Gall, whence they are called by fome Cyftic* gemeUe, the twin vein? 
ofthcGall, but this makes no great matter. The fecond twig being greater then tfic 
former, but lower, arifing from the fame fore part,and more to the right, is inferred into; 
f)lor& or t,he lower mouth of ftomach, into whole hinder part, which looks towards the 
back, it fcatters many fmall branches,from whence it is commonly called the 
mach-branch,but perhaps for memories fake it may be better termed tyloriw, or branch,of 
Bbbb . • * ,' - ■ 
Treatifej 
wherein they 
are fee* 
Through what 
parts the Gate* 
vc in is difper- 
fed, 
The divjfion of 
the Gate-vein 
into the roots, 
trunk, branches 
and twigs. 
The Rootrj 
The Trunk; 
Thetwigstfao 
grow out be- 
fore thejdivifi- 
on of the 2 
A Defcription of the Veins 
Tract.1. 
the lower mouth of the Stomach,becaufe there are others alfo, which are called Stomach- 
branches. 
Thefe two twigs being thus propagated,the Trunk runs downwards, and inclining all 
the way fomewhat to the left is divided into two notable branches,a right, and a left one: 
the left is fome thing higher then the right,but lefler; the right lower,but greater: the left 
fpreads it felf through the flomach,the kclLone part of the colon or colique gut,and the 
fpleen;the right through the Guts and Mefentery that is called Splenica or Spleen-vein, or 
the linear one; this theMefenterick. 
Now the Spleen-vein, after it is thus come forth from the Trunk,is carried athwart, 
being underpropt by the membrane of the Kall, toward the Spleen, into which before it 
r be confumed, it (hoots forth certain twigs, both from its upper part, and from its lower; 
from its upper part one, that afeending obliquely to the left fide of the Stomach, that 
looks toward the back,is divided into three propagations, of which the outermoft on 
either fide are conveyed into the Stomach, andprefently fcatter into more twigs; but 
the middle one afeending through the fame hinder part fpreads itfelf through the upper 
region of the Stomach, and compafles the left orifice or mouth,round about like a crown., 
from whence it is called avkua or Coronaria,the Crown-vein of the Stomach. This fl- 
gain fends forth continually fome fmall branches upwards to the end of the Gullet, and 
others downwards through the Stomach. All this branch is called Gaftricw, the Stomach 
branch, becaufe it is the greateft, and moft capacious of all thofe, which come to the Sto- 
mach. From the lower part of the Spleen branch arife two twigs ; one, which is fmall, 
fending forth other little fprigs to the right fide of the lower membrane of the 
.Kell, and the colique Gut annexed thereunto, is commonly called Epiplois dextra, 
you may Latin it Omentalit, the right Kall-vein. Another anfwering to that branch, 
which arifes from the higher part of the Spleen-vein, and begets the Crown-vein, 
is inferred in the lower membrane of the Kall, and prefcntly after its rife is di- 
vided into two branches, which parting one from another a great diftance beget many 
other twigs, which are fpent upon the lower membrane of the Kall, which like a Mefen- 
tery ties the colique gut to the back, as alfo upon that part of the colique Gut, which 
is io tyed. It is called Epiplois,or Omentalis poftica, the hinder Kall vein. After the Spleen- 
branch has thus fcattered many twigs, now drawing near to the Spleen it is cleft into 
f two branches,an upper, and a lower one; which are broken into others in the very Paren- 
- chyma or flefh of the Spleen. From the upper, fometimes before it enters the Spleen,fome- 
times when it is already entered, there fprouts forth a double or threefold twig, very 
1 famous among the writers of Phy fick,which they commonly call breve the fhort veflcli, 
out we the venall, to diftinguifh it from the Artcriall vcflel that anfwers to it: this is in- 
ferred into the left fide of the bottom of the Stomach, fometimes alfo higher,and about the 
left orifice or mouth. Which is the caufewhy fome Phyfitians, and commonly Anato- 
niiftstoo have foolifhly thought, that the melancholick humor is returned from the 
Spleen through this veflcli back into the Stomach, to provoke appetite. But you may of- 
A ten find bodies, in which it is altogether wanting. From the lower branch, which goes 
to the nether part of the Spleen, one propagation arifes, which being pretty big, and 
notable is reflefted towards the right hand, like the foregoing, and compafles the bottom 
of the Stomach on the left fide, and alfo fends many little branches to the higher mem- 
brane of the Kall on the left fide; it is called Gaftro-epiplois ftniftra, the left Stomach and 
Kell-vein. There is alfo another notable branch, which is found in moft to arife from 
the lower Spleen-branch $ very feldom from the Spleen it felf. This is carried down- 
wards, and fcattering twigs over all the left fide of the colique Gut, goes on further by 
the whole length of the ftraitGut, and at length determins in the membranous fub- 
ftance thereof, and in the fundament with many little twigs. Phyfitians make mention 
* of this very often, and call it interna, the inner emroid vein, to diftinguifli 
it from the outer, which is derived from the Hollow-vein. It is truly and properly called 
the Emroid vein; I fay, properly, and truly, becaufe fometimes they call by that name the 
veins of the noftrills,gums, and mouth, that caft forth blood, and without pain. In this 
largefenfe the Philofopher took it 3. depart, animal, where he makes menftruous purga- 
tion alfo a fpecics of the emroids. But the Emroids properly fo called by Phyfitians are 
dilatations of this vein in the fundament, caufed as well by black and yellow choler, as 
alfo by a fait phlegm,as by the melancholick humor. And thefe are of two kinds; C<ec^e9 
blind piles,which caft out no blood, but (well out like the ftonc of a grape into the fun- 
dament or out of it: Others aperU,open, which caft out the blood, which they contain. 
The learned Hippocrates hath left us a peculiar book, a golden one indeed, concerning the 
cure of thefe. The remaining part of the Spleen-branch is fpent upon the whole Spleen, 
and therein is fcattered into divers and very fmall propagations, entring the very flefli of 
it'about the hollow, and middle line. And thefe are the fprigs which grow out of the 
Spleen-branch. 
The Mefentcrick vein, or right branch of the Gate-vein is joined to the Mefentery, as 
foon as it comes from the back, and is divided into two chief branches, which palling 
through 
The two 
branches. 
Splenica. 
Circles riling 
from the upper 
part of the 
Spicenick- 
branch. 
Ctremria. 
'rcles riling 
nthe 
•r parr of 
Spleenick. 
inch. 
Zpipltit fifth 
The divifionof 
the Spleen ick;- 
braach. 
A propagation 
of the uppe.r 
branch. 
A propagation 
of the lower 
branch. 
finiftra. 
J/ttncrrhoidalif 
1« 
& Tract.1. 
A Defcription of the Veinr. 
3 
through the Mefentery betwixt its two coats,are each of them cleft into an infinite num- 
bcr of final! branches, and they again into lefs twigs, which going to the guts make up 
thofe veins fo famous among Phyfitians, that are called the Mefaraick-veins. The firft 
of thefe branches is called the right Mefenterick vein from the "right fide, wherein it is 
placed, and is likewife twofold, whence it came to pafs, that Vejaliw, and almoft all q- 
thers, who follow him,reckon three Mefenterick veins. This branch is infected into the 
Jejunum or empty gut, the Ileum, or circled gut, the or blind gut, and the right fide 
of the Colique gut,where it lies nm to the reins, and liver; and although both its bran- 
ches (hoot forth many propagations from themfelves,fo that it is very hard to exprefle any 
number of them,-as well becaufe they vary much by reafon of their fubjefts, as allo, becaule 
they do not obierve the very fame order and courfe, yet it hath been obfervcd,that for the 
nioft part there are fourtcen,which afterwards are fcattered into an infinite company of o- 
ther twigs.Thefe when they are come to the guts, only gape with their little mouths into 
their coat,and enter not the cavity it felf/hat being compalfed about within with a certain 
cruft. But as we have faid above,that in nioft parts of our body,the divarications or divisi- 
ons of the veflels are attended with certain glandules, partly that they may make the fafer 
progrefle, partly leaft they (hould fink down, and withall the flow and ebb of the blood fo 
very neceflary be hindered ; fo here alfo thedivifions of the veflels, which are fcattered 
through the Mefentery, arc bolftered up with certain glandules, which with their pro- 
pagations obferve fuch an exaft proportion, that the greater glandules do fuftain the 
greater branches, and thclefs the lefler. When thefe glandules fwell with a Scirrhut the 
veflels being preft clofe together, and the diftribution of the chylus through the veins, 
and con fequently of the bloud through the body being hindered; there follows a Con- 
fumption, and pining of the whole body. The left Mefenterick vein is divided into the 
middle part of the Mefentery, and alfo that part of the Colique Gut, which runs from 
theleft region of the Stomach as far as to the ftrait gut. The hjmorrhoidalis interna, or 
inner Emroid vein, of which we fpake a little before, fometimes arifes from this vein, as 
Vefaliw hath obferved, which affording fome fprigs to the Colique gut, at laft running 
forward through the whole length of the ftrait gut, determins in the fundament. But 
before the Mefenterick trunk be divided into theie two branches, it firft fends forth two 
propagations, one of which is called Gaftro-epiploif dextra,or the Right Stomach and Kail- 
vein, which creeps through the right bottom of the Stomach, before, and behind, as 
alfo through the Jupper membrane of the Kall; the other called by others Inteftina* 
lis, or the Gut vein, by us the Duodena, reaches to the middle of the Gut Duodenum 5 
and the beginning of the Empty gut or Jejunum, and defeends all along through 
them. ; j 
The chief ufe of the Gate-vein is to nourifli thofe parts, which are featedin the loweft 
belly, and need a thicker and more feculent blond, luch as are all thole parts, which 
ferve for nutrition. For their blood ought to be thicker, that it might be hotter, when 
heat is alwayes more powerfull in a thicker body : fo then the Roots of the Gate-vein 
nourifh the Liver,the Trunk nourifhes the Pancreas or Sweet-bread; of the Twigs,the Cy- 
fticw, or Gall-twig nourifhes the bladder of the Gall; the Spleen-branch,all the entrails, 
which ferve for nutrition, except the Mefentery,and the Guts; the Twig Pyloricus, »or-of 
the lower mouth of the Stomach, the Gaftricw or Stomach-branch,both the Stomach and 
Kail-veins, and the fliort veflell nourifh the Stomach. For I do not think that the fhort 
veflell was made by nature for the carrying back of melancholick humor to the Stomach, 
but chiefly for its nourifhments fake ; when that blood, which is generated in the Spleen, 
is not melancholy, and excrementitious humor, but rather the beft, although foniewhat 
thicker then other blond, and that becaufe the parts that are to be nourifhed, by the 
Spleen branch, needed a thicker blond, then they which are to be nourifhed by the 
Mefenterick. Both the Stomach and Kail-veins nourifli the upper membrane of the Kall >• 
the right and the hinder Epiplois, or the Kall-veins , the lower. The Spleen is nourifhed 
by thofe two branches, into which the Spleen-vein is cleft, and which enter its parenchyma, 
or flefh through its middle line : the Mefentery, and almoft all the Guts by the two Mefen- 
terick branches; the Gut Duodenum by the propagations called Duodena but the empty 
Gut, the Ileum or circled Gut the blind Gut, or the right fide of tfie Collique or Colon by 
the right Mefenterick-branch. The left fide of the Colique, and all the ftrait-Gutby 
tht hsemorrhoidall vein ; but the middle part which lies under the Stomach, by the hin- 
der Kall-vein. The fecond ufe is to attraft the Chylus, and carry it to the Liver; whole 
veins are nioft famous for the making of bloud. But the fame veins which nourifh the. 
Mefenterick branch, do allb attraft the chylw, as we fhall fhew you hereafter, when we 
fhall infift upon the Hiftory ofit. The third ufe is to empty out the excrements from, 
the body through the Guts. Thus we fee that the cholerick humor is fometimes poured 
forth out of the Liver through the Mefenterick-branch in the bloudy flux, and cholerick 
Ioofnefs, and the melancholick dregs through the Emroicl-vein. The fourth ufe is to 
help the concoftion of the Liver. Thus we fee that the thicker part of the chylut, which 
is called melancholy,is astrafted by the fpleenicjc branch, not that the feat of melancholy 
B b b b 2 is 
The right Me. 
fenterick 
branch. 
The left Me- 
fenterick. 
Propagations 
that arife be- 
fore the divifi- 
onof rhe Me, 
renrerick. 
Dextra. 
Inteftintfa. 
Thcfirft qfeo? 
the Gate vcw; 
The fecijiid 
ufe. 
The third ufc0 
The fourth* 4 
A Description of the Heins 
Tract.i. 
is in the Spleen, but that it may be more attenuated, and better concoftcd by the benefit 
of the arteries, which are moft abounding in the Spleen, and fo not difturb , or hin- 
der theconcoftion, which is famed to be in the veins of the Liver, as it ufually happens, 
that whenfoever the Spleen is troubled with any difeafe,the work of making bloud is pre- 
fen tly harmed. 
But becaufe there has been mention made hereof the Eraroid-veins, it feemed, that it 
would not be unfeafonable if I did refer to this place the explanation of a moft excellent 
Aphorifm, which is the twelfth of the fixth Seftion, when it cannot be underftood with- 
out theHiftory of Anatomy, and is not fo faithfully explained by others, as was necef- 
fary. Hipocrates writes in it, afpofpofJlct; InGbp nivfuvQ- 
>1 fOlOTv, that is,he that is cured of okFEmro ids,unlefs one of them be preferved, 
is in danger of falling into a Dropfie, or Qbnfumption. In explanation hereof we will 
firft doubt of the Aphorifm, then w£»rill defpute of the manner whereby a Dropfie, or 
Confumption follows upon the cure of old Emroids. But we may not without caufe 
doubt of the truth of it, becaufe the fame Hippocrates in a Book concerning the Emroids, 
which I think to be very much his own, whatever Mercurial# fay though otherwife a moft 
learned man, bids us to turn the Emroids, and forbids us to leave any unburnt, but to 
burn them all. And truly 14, Book, defirous to reconcile thefe two places, 
atthofe words wjr K** that is, unlefs one be preferved, being overcome, thinks 
that a manner of diet is to be underftood, not an Emroid,as if Hipocrates fhould fay:Thou 
(halt not cure one that hath long had the Emroids, unlefs the Patient will diligently ob- 
ferve a convenient manner of diet prefcribedby thee 5 for otherwife there is danger of his 
falling into a Dropfie, or Confumption. But Galen in his Comment upon that Apho- 
rifm writes exprefly, that Hippocrates fayes, that unlefs one Emroid be preferved, fuch dan- 
ger will enfue,and makes no mention at all of diet. And, what is more, dayly experi- 
ence fufficiently witnefles9that fuch mifehiefs do enfue though never fo exaft a diet be kept, 
and the reafon taken from the manner, wherein they h'appcn , and which we (hall 
prefently explain, does abundantly manifeft it. Whence it is evident, that thefe two 
places of Hippocrates are left ftill in controverfie, and contradicting one another from this 
anfwer of Aetiw. But the right anfwerwill be, if we fay, that Hippocrates when he 
writes in his Book of the Emroids, that fora perfeft cure they muft all be burnt, fpeaks 
not of old Emroids, but of fuch only as are lately come, or when nature has already en- 
deavoured to expell the humor, which was otherwife purged out of the Emroids fome 
other way,whcther it be by iffues,or by a Fiftula,or fome ulcer in the Leg. For fuch may 
be very well and without danger of Confumption, or Dropfie, the rather, if the entrails 
be yet whole and found, and efpecially if a good rule of diet follow. Nor does the cure 
of all old Emroids neceflarily bring on a Dropfie or Confumption, but only for the moft 
part they threaten a danger of thefe difeafes to enfue, for fometimes the melancholick 
matter being hurried up into the brains, there follows madnefs, as it happened to Alcippus, 
in Hippocrates 4. Epidem. For, fayes he, this Alcippi# having the Emroids was forbidden to 
be cured, for after the cure he fell madd, but an accute Feavcr following it, he was reco- 
vered. For explanation of the fecond doubt, firft let us hear Galen for he in his Commen- 
tary upon the Aphorifm, fayes tC That the Emroids come by reafon of feculent, and me- 
cc lancholick bloud, which the Liver drives down to the mouths of certain veins, and fb 
<c this way being ftopt,and abundance of grofs humor burdens the Liver, and ftifles the 
cc naturall heat,which being extinguifht, no more bloud is generated, but only water, 
cc which nature afterwards driving it into the abdomen,or paunch, makes a Dopfie. But if 
cc the Liver fend that abundance of melancholick humor to the Lungs, fome veflell being 
<e broken, there follows a Confumption. This interpretation of Galen, befides that it 
teems very obteure to us, is not altogether agreeable to truth. For firft, it is falte in my 
judgment, which Galen fets down in his Comment, that it is impoflible,that the Emroids 
fhould be caufed without an abundance of feculent and thick bloud when it jmay be 
proved both by reafons, and authority,that they come alfo from choler and phlegm. By 
the authority of Hippocrates, who in thebeginning of his Book concerning the Emroids, 
witnefles that this difeafe is caufed in this manner j to wit, when choler,or phlegm falling 
down into the veins of the Straight-Gut, heats the bloud,which is in the veins. For thefe 
veins being heated attraft the bloud out of the little veins, that are near, and when they 
are filled, the inward part of the Seat fwels, and the heads of the veins appear out of it. 
But by reafon it is proved thus ; when madnefles are caufed by phlegm, or choler, as Hip- 
pocrates witnefles in his Book De Morbo Sacra, the fame Author in the 6. Aphorifm, 21.pro- 
feffes that that madnefs is taken away, if there follow fwellingsofthe veins, or Emroids 
in thote that are fb mad. Now the madnefs would not be taken away, if melancholick 
humor did only come for th by the Emroids 5 for then the caufe of the difeafe would not 
be purged out. But I my felf alfo have teen formerly in Germany fome Noblemen, tliat 
Were troubled with fait catarrhs, afterwards recovered by a great flux of the Emroidsjthat 
I am of opinion, that not only melancholy, but alfo fait phlegm and choler are >wont to 
purged out by the Emroids. Wherefore if it happen, that one, #ho has been long trou- 
bled 
The explana- 
tion of a cer- 
tain A pho rifm 
of /fippocrates. 
I. 
2. Tract.i. 
A Defeription of the Veins. 
5 
bled with the Emroids, be cured afterwards, that choler and phlegm, either breed,obftru- 
ftions in the Liver, or Spleen, or being gathered together in fome plenty by ftretching 
the vcffels contained in the abdomen,or paunch,breaks through them, or by their quality 
corrodes and cats their way out, and makes a Dropfie in the Abdomen-, or clfe by railing 
obftru&ions in the Liver, and extinguiffiing thcnaturall heat, generates much water, and 
ferous humor in flead of bloud,which palling through the veins,make a fpecies of the Drop- 
lie called Leucop Megmat ids -, but if this humor go back to the Breaft, or Lungs, it breaks 
through, or eats cut their veflels, and hence follows a fpitting firft of Moiid,then of cor- 
rupt matter,and from thence at laft aConfumption,as Hippocrates teaches in his Aphorifm. 
But in this place it is firft of all to be obferved, that there are two forts of propagations 
of veins, which make the Emroids : for there are fome propagations of the Gate-vein, 
of which we have already treated ; but there are others of the hollow-vein, which arife 
from the Iliacall branches,of which we are to fpeak hereafter. Now if the forementioned 
humors, whether melancholick,or cholerick, or phkgmatick,and fait, flow through the 
propagations of the Gate-vein, the internail Emroids are cauffid, which being cured, the 
matter flows back into the branches of the Gate-vein,that are flattered through the lower 
Belly into which the veins bcingloadcn with thefe humors unburden themfelves,and make 
afeecies of the Dropfie called if they flowthrough the branches of the Hollow- 
vein,they caufe the external Emroids,and thefe being cured againft the Precept of Hippocra- 
tesfehere is danger of a Confumption to enfue, becaufe from hence there is an ealie paflage 
of the peccant matter through the Hollow-vein to the Lungs, nigh to the Heart.And this 
is that which wc have of a good while obferved, that many,who have been long troubled 
with Fiftula's of the Fundament > and afterwards cured,through the ignorance of Phyfi- 
tians, have fain into a fpitting of bloud, and then into a Confumption. Nay we remem- 
ber, that a maid was once cured by us in Germany, which had a Fiftula in the middle of her 
Hip, and for three years had fought help from many in vain, but being cured ffiee fell at 
length after three or four months into a fpitting of much bloud. Although ffiee was 
fcarfe ten years old, I let her bloud prefently in the foot of that fide on which ffiee had 
been troubled with the Fiftula, and purging* her body, and laying on a cautery near 
the place, in which the Fiftula had been, I eafily freed her in this manner from imminent 
danger of a Confumption. This fpitting of bloud happened from no other caufe, but 
that ffiarp and cholerick matter, which when it could no longer find a way out by the 
Fiftula, got up afterwards to the Lungs through the branches of the Hollow-vein. But 
Hippocrates fayes exprefly, that there is danger of a Dropfie, or Confumption to follow, 
becaufe it fometimes falls out, that neither of thefehappen, but rather fome other difeafe 
infues, as it happened to Alcippus, who fell into a madnefle, and from that into an acute 
Feaver: fometimes alfo the bloudy flux follows, and other mifehiefs. Sometimes alfo 
it happens, that they who are fo cured, arepreferved ftill in health,by abundance ofilrinCjj 
iweatings,remedies, and a good rule of diet. 
CHAP. II. 
Treats of the 'fuperior, or ascendent Trunks of the Vena Cava, or Hol/ow- 
vein, and the branches which it fcatters through the Head. 
E E are now to confider the other vein, which as we told you is called Cava, the 
Hollow one Fa], which fpreads it felf much wider, then the Gate-vein, as being 
diftributed throughout the whole body. For its office is to nouriffi all thofe 
parts of our body, which conduce not to the concoftion of the food, and thofe 
parts being fpread far and wide, it is neceflary, that the Hollow-vein alfo be very large, 
and extended to a great length : and becaufe they ought tobenouriffitwith a thinner, and 
more elaborate bloud, and not fo thick and feculent, as that wherewith the Stomach, 
Spleen, and Kall are nouriffit; therefore the bloud which the Hollow-vein makes, and 
carries,is allo more pure,thin and fincere. 
In delivering the Hiftory of this vein, although we are not of their opinion, who de- 
rive its beginning either from the Liver, or heart, yet becaufe we muft begin our Treatife 
•of it fomewhere, we thought fit to follow the received cuftome of Anatomifts, and fo for 
perfpicuitics fake we dial 1 alwayes fpeak of it, as if it took its birth from the Liver. It 
may be added, that it fpreads certain roots as it were in the Liver, juft like the Gate-vein, 
in the Hiftory of which when for thatreafbn we took our rife from thofe roots, we may 
not without caufebegin thence alfo with the Hollow one. But this vein although it 
run dire&ly through the whole Trunk of the body, and make one very notable flock [DI 
that is drawn out through the middle, and loweft belly, like one ftraight line continued, 
or rather in manner of a channell, or conduit pipe, is notwithftanding wont to be divi- 
ded into two by reafon of the Liver, and fo one to be called the Afccndent Trunk, the 
other the Defccndent. For indeed that is not true, to which many perfwade rhemfelves, 
The ufc of th® 
Hollow-vcirti 
• The method to 
be observed in* 
rhe Hiftory of 
this Vein. 6 
A Defer ip t ion of the Deinr. 
Tract. 1. 
that the Hollow-vein in its going forth from the Liver, like the great Artery, when it 
comes out of the heart, is cleft into two Trunks 5 but if hereafter they be called Trunks 
by me, you muft bcleeve, that I do it only for orders fake in teaching. The Afcendent 
therefore or upper Trunk [A.D.] is that which hands about the Liver, and is terminated 
about the Jugulum, or Hollow of the Neck 5 but that is called the Dependent one [T.V.-] 
which is beneath the Liver, and reaches dpwn as far as the Legs. For both of them are af- 
terwards divided into branches, of which they of the Afcendent [m and q ] ate carried up- 
wards to the Head, as the Jugular or Neck-branches; or to the Arms, as the Brachiales 
[G and I J or Arm-veins ; thele of the Defccndent Trunk to the Legs, and are called ths 
Crurall branches. [ T ]. We will (peak therefore of all thefe in order, fo that we firft 
deliver the Hiftory of the Afcendent Trunk, then of its branches, that grow up partly to 
the Head,partly to the Arms , after that we will come to the Defccndent Trunk, and its 
branchesjthat are digefted into the Legs. 
!t As therefore we have faid, that many little Veins like roots grew out of the Hollow 
fide of the Liver, which alwayes by degrees inferred into the greater veins, and all of them 
at length meeting together about the middle of it did make a T runk; fo in the fame man - 
ncr outofa circuit of the Convex fide of the Liver a numerous propagation of veins ifliies 
forth, which afterwards meet together in one Trunk.This Trunk makes its way through 
the nervous part of itsmidriffe on its right fide, and pafiing through it goes undivided 
to the or Hollow of the Neck, and becaufe it climbs upwards, it is commonly 
called the Afcendent Trunk by them,who conceive that the Hollow-vein rifes out of the 
Liver. It is much greater then the Defcendent, becaufe the upper parts are nourifhed by 
it alone ; but almoft all the inferior parts, that are contained in the loweft Belly, by the 
Gate-vein. But although it be not parted into any branches, untill it come to the Jugu- 
5 lum 5 yet before that it fpreads fome propagations at its fides, and of thofc, three notable 
ones. The firft [e is that which is called Phrenica, or the vein of the Midriffe, on ei- 
ther fide one, and is diftributed throughout the whole Midriffe, which is called 
with a numerous i flue, fending little branches to the neighbouring Pericardium) or purfe 
of the Heart, and the mediafiinum, or partition of the Cheft 5 which when it has now got 
above, and entred the Cheft, it inclines a little to the left hand, and enters the pericardium, 
and being hidden very clofe over againft the eight rack-bone of the Cheft, is very ftrong- 
ly infixt into the Right ventricle [C] of the heart; that Ariflotle did not without caufe 
guefle, that it fprung from hence. But before it be fo infixed, it fends out another pro- 
pagation [b bj which is a notable one, and extends itfelf by the hinder part of the 
Heart, and the left fide of it, towards the forepart, compafling the bafts of the Heart like a 
Crown, from whence it is called Coronaria, or the Crown-vein of the Heart. This fcat- 
ters many branches through all the outer furface of the Heart, but efpecially through the 
left fide, as that which needed a more copious aliment then the right fide, becaufe of the 
continuall, and greater motion there. But becaufe the flefh of the Heart is hard,and folid, 
it ought therefore to be nourifht with a thicker bloud,from whence it is, that this branch 
grows out of the vein, before it enters the Heart, to wit, when the blond is fomewhat 
thicker, and not yet attenuated in the cavities of the Heart. Near to the originall of this 
there is a little valve, or floud-gate, which hinders the bloud from flowing back to the 
Hollow-vein, as it might eafily do by reafbn of the continuall motion ofthe Heart.When 
the Hollow-vein has now gotten above the Heart, it becomes lefler, and perforates again 
the Pericardium,and forfakes the Rack-bones of the Back, and being got above the Gullet, 
the rough Artery, and the aorta, or Great Artery, (which lean fo upon one another, 
that the Gullet takes hold ofthe bodies of the Rack-bones, the rough Artery lies upon 
that,and the aorta again upon this)it climbs upwards through the midft of the divifion of 
the Lungs, where the right part is feparated from the left. But becaufe by this means it 
could not get to the Back, and the little branches, if it fiiould have lent forth any filch, 
had been very liable to danger of breaking, being fo hanged up 5 therefore it fends forth 
a third propagation [ccj as fbon as it is got out of the Pericardium or purfe of the 
Heart. The Greeks call this vein the Latins fine pari, or carens co/z/wge,without a 
companion, or wanting a mate, becaufe in a man there is but one, and it has no compa- 
nion, or mate on the left fide, as other veinshave 5 though in creatures that chew the 
cud, it is double, and plainly to be perceived of both fides. But it ifliies forth about the 
fifth Rack-bone ofthe Cheft out ofthe hinderpartof the Hollow-vein, and the right 
fide, and goes downwards, notdireftly, but inclining a little toward the right hand is as 
it were reflected backwards to the Back-bone: but as fbon as it reaches the eighth, or 
ninth rib, it is cleft above the Spine of the Back into two branches, which running 
downwards pafle through the divifion of the Midriffe, which is betwixt its two pro- 
duftions, and fo are fpread abroad into the loweft Belly : Of thefe the left,which is fome- 
times the greater, hiding itfelf about the tranfverfc Proceflesof the Rack-bones, and 
under the left produ&ion of the midrifle and the originall of the firft bending mufcle of 
thethighj is inferted into the left Emulgent, either near to its beginning, or (as it oft 
happens) into the middle of it. But the right, running on likewife under the mem- 
branes 
The Afcendent 
Truhk. 
Propagations 
of rhe 4fcen- 
dent Trunk 
fbreniea. 
Coriturit. 
A£vj/©-. Tract.1. 
A Description of the Veins. 
7 
branes about the tranfverfe procefles of the right fide, and the right production of the 
Septum or Midriffe, and the beginning of the fame firft bender of the thigh, which keeps 
the right fide, is implanted fometimes into the very Trunk of the Hollow-vein, fame- 
times into the firft vein of the Loins: And we are indebted for this obfervation to the 
learnedFallopiut, who would have the matter that, is gathered together in th e Cheft, whe- 
ther it be watery, or purulent and corrupt, or fanguinous, to be evacuated by the bene- 
fit of the left branch of this vein; of which notwithstanding we will fayfomething 
briefly in the following Book. But this vein in its journey fhoots 
forth twigs of both fides, as well right, as left, of which the right are more notable, and 
larger, of which there arc numbred almoft alwayes ten; which run out to as many distan- 
ces of the lower ribs, and make the inferiour Intcrcoftall veins. But I fay they are almoft 
alwayes ten, becaufe it happens very feldom, that all the distances of the ribs receive 
branches from this vein, the two uppermoft, to wit, the firft and fecond diftance getting 
their farcies or twigs front the fourth branch, that is prefcntly to be mentioned? But 
theft twigs run ftraight forwards near to the lower fide of the ribs, where there are ca- 
vities cut out for them, as we have taught in the fecond Book. And truly this place isdi* 
ligently to be taken notice of by Students in Chirurgery, becaufe of the opening of the 
Cheft in the difeafe called they may know that incifion is to be made in the 
uppermoft place of the rib, becaufe in the lower the veflels would be harmed to the great 
indangering of life. But theft veins do not run through the whole length of the true ribs* 
but are terminated together with the bony part.Btit the propagations of the Mammary vein 
nourifh the fix diftances between the griftles of the ftven true ribs,as we fha.ll tell you by 
and by. Ytfc in the Baftard ribs they run even beyond the Griftles towards the Abdomen 
or Paunch, into whofe Mufcles they infinuate themfelves. But there are certain other 
little branches propagated from the fame vein, by which nourifhment is derived to the 
marrow of the Rack-bon and the Mufcles, to .wit, thoft about which they arc carried: 
fome allo are implanted into the Mediaftinum near to theback.This vein fine pari without a 
companion,being thus conftituted, the Hollow-vein afeends to the Jugulwn, or Hollow 
of the Neck [D~| being liipported by the Mediafiinum, and a certain loft and glandulous bo- 
dy,which the Greeks call » and is placed in the higheftpart of the Cheft, to defend 
the divarications of the veins there hanging up from all danger of breaking. 
And here the Hollow-vein is firft divided into two notable branches [E E] from which 
all hofe veins arife, that run as well to the Head,as to the Arms, or to certain Mufcles of 
the Abdomen. Of thefe one goes to the right fide,and the other to the left,which as long 
as they yet are in the Cheft, are called Subclaviifiubclxvun branches,becaufe they go under 
the clavicular Coller-bones;but as foon as they have gotten out of the Cheft,and attain 
to the Arm-hole,they are named Axillares, the Axillary-veins [F]. From both of them 
very many propagations ifllle forth, fome of which arife from their upper part, and fome 
from their lower. In our recitall of them we will obftrve this order, that they which 
are neereft to the Trunk, fhall be firft mentioned by us; and they laft, which are fartheft 
from it. 
The firft propagation then ifliics out near the very root of the divarication or divifion : 
of the Trunk, and is called Interceftalif fiperior, the upper Intcrcoftall vein; QeJ there is 
of either fide one, which being very little, and defcending along by the roots of the ribs, 
as far as to the third rib, fends two twigs [ f f ] overthwart, like the vena fine pari, to the ( 
two diftances of the upper ribs. But if the vena fine pari fends its propagations to all : 
the diftances (as it fometimes happens) then it is Wanting not without caufe. Sometime* , 
the fame vein arifes from the Trunk of the Ho How-vein, before its divifion into the 
fabclavian branches. 
Another vein f g fometimes arifes from the fore-part of the bifurcation; fometimes 
from the root of the Subclavian branch, and is double, of cither fide one : fometimes al- 
fo only'one grows out of the middle of the Trunk, before it be divided; which at length, 
when it has attained unto the Brcaft-bonc, is parted into a right, and a left branch. For 
Nature is wont to fport, as fometimes in its other works, fo efpecially in the rife of veins, 
fo that they are not fpread in all bodies after the fame manner. But this is called Mani- 1 
maria, the Mammary vein, which, when foever it arifes, going toward 'the fore-part, 
ftrives to get up to the higher part of the Breaft-bonc, and defeends by the fides of it, and 
when it is come to the Breaft-blade, about its fides goes out of the Cheft, and runs on di- 
reftly under the right Mufcles of the Abdomen, even to the Navill, near to which it ia 
joynedby an Anaftomofis,or inoculation [10J with an Epigaftrick-vein [9] that afeenda 
and meets k 5 by the benefit whereof arifes that notable fympathy betwixt the womb, 
and Breaftscof women, of'which we fhall fpeak more hereafter in the eight Chapter,when 
we fhall infift on that Hiftory of the Epigaftrick-vein. But before it leave the Cheft, in 
its defeent, it diftributes one branch a piece to the fix diftances betwixt the Griftles of the 
ftven upper true ribs, of cither fide, which are terminated whh the Griftles near to the 
end of the bony part of die ribs, in which place we told you that the branches of the, 
vein fine pari, (with the extremities of which thefe are joyned) were ended. From thefe 
T'iv J.i-ti- ,»T 
The diyjfien 
of rhe Hollow* 
vein into the 
cwo.iubclavj. 
an branches. 
Propagations 
from the lowci? 
part of the 
Subclavian* 
branches. 
In tcrcoftafa fit* 
pirivr. 8 
A Defcription of the Veins 
Tract.i. 
veins, which are diftributed in this manner to the diftances ofthe Grilles, fome others 
very worthy of our noticed© arifc,which are difleminated both into the Mufcles,that lye 
upon the Breaft, and into the Paps. Near to thefe a third [h] arifes, and ionic times al- 
io grows out of the Trunk, which is called Mediaftina, becaufe it fpreads itfelf into the 
Mediaftinum, or membrane that clofes up the cavity of the Cheft, being extended all a- 
longby it, with the left Nerve of the Midrifle. The fourth [ij commonly called Cert>i~ 
calif, or the Neck-vein,is a large vein of both fides which running ebliquely,upward,and 
backward, to the Tranfverfe procefles of the Rack-bones of the Neck, and climbing up 
through their holes, (from whence perhaps it might be better named 'Vertebrati.? ) 
affords fprigs to the Mufcles, that lye next upon the Rack-boneL When this vein has 
got above the Tranfverfc Procefle of the feventh Rack-bone, it derives a notable branch 
of the Sinus or Canale-, in the Neck, through the hole that is made for the outlet of the 
Nerves; and then another, when it comes above the Procefle of the fixt Spondyll, or 
Rack-bone, and again another, when it has left the fifth Spondyll,untill at laft it comes 
to the Procefle of the firft Rack-bone, which notwithftanding it does not touch, much 
lefle does itpafle into the Skull, (as VefaliM would have it) near which it goes partly to 
the fame finus orcanale, partly it is diftributed into the hinder parts of the Neck. For 
there are two long finus filled with bloud, which are made out of the hard membrane of 
the Brain, one of each fide, being placed at the fides ofthe marrow of the Neck. From 
thefe little branches are diftributed, which nourifh the marrow of the Back-bone, and 
the neighbouring parts; they begin about the Junfture of the Head with the firft Rack- 
bone, and end near to the feventh Rack-bone of the Neck. Thefe two finw, of which 
one is ofthe Right, the other on the Left fide, have fome communion betwixt them- 
felves by a little pipe, and that a fhort one, which is derived overthwart from the one 
to the other, for the mo ft part about that region of the Neck,which is betwixt the fecond, 
and third Rack-bones. At laft there is a fift vein [I] which arifes from the hinder part, 
called Mufatla inferior, or the lower Mufcle-vein, which is dftributed in many branches 
to the Mufcles in the lower part of the Neck, (and fo extending the Head and Neck, 
from whence the vein might be rightlycr called Cerwicalif,or the Neck-vein) and alfo to 
thofe in the higher part of the Cheft near to the Rack-bones. 
From the upper part of the Subclavian branches, whileft the Hollow-vein is yet in 
the Cheft, three propagations ifliie forth, two of which do very well defers to be no- 
ted, which take their way upward, under the Mufcles that bend the Head. The former 
of the two looks more inwards, and is called Jugulara interna, the inner Jugular veimthe 
other inclines to the outer parts, and is commonly called Jugular if externa, the outer Ju 
gularvein. For both of them arife near to the Jugulum, or Hollow of the Neck, and 
afeend by that to the Head. The inner is greater, and the outer lefle in a man; but in 
Brutes 'tis contrary. But when almoft all Appellations are derived, and that beft, not 
from the place, through which the veins pafle, but from their infertion; perhaps they 
might be rightlier named Cephalic* or Capitales,Head-veins. The inner Jugular vein [mJ 
takes its originall near to the joint,by which the Clavicles or Patel-bones are tyed to the 
Cheft, and as foon as it arifes, is joined with the arteria carotif, or fleepy Artery, and a 
Nerve of the fixt pair, as companions in its journey, at the fide of the rough Artery, 
and climbing to the Chops, about the middle ofthe way is parted into two branches, 
of which one is called the outer, the other the inner branch. The outer is fo called, be- 
caufe it comes not into the inner parts of the Head, but being divided into two at the 
corner of the lower Cheek, diftributes one branch to the Chops, and the other near to the 
Ears, and Face. The inner branch, all the way, is joyned to the Arteria Carotif,or fleepy 
Artery, even to the bafisof the Skull, whither when it is arrived on the backfide, it is 
likewife cleft into two branches, but of uneauall bignefle. For the firft [ n ] is greater 
and more hinderly, being carried backward obliquely, which having propagated fome 
twigs to the Mufcles under the Gullet, and in the forepart of the Rack-bones ofthe 
Neck, through the fecondholeof the occipitiutn orNowl-bone enters the Skull with the 
lefler branch of the Arteria Carotif, through which faid hole the fixt pair of the Nerves de- 
feends: and thus this branch eaters the firft [i] and fecond of the thick mem- 
brane. The fecond branch [ p J being fma Iler, and more to the forepart, quite forfaking 
the Arteria Carotif, or fleepy Artery, goes to the forepart of the Head, and after that by 
the way it has beftowed a Circle not very notable upon the Organ of hearing, it enters 
the Skull through the feventh hole of the Wedg-bone, or Os Cuneiform. This is difperfed 
through the bafts, and fides of the thick membrane, with a numerous ifliie of branches, 
the prints whereof are obferved in the inner furface of the bones of the forepart of the 
Head, as we have faid above in the fecond Book. Wee will call thefe two branches, be- 
caufe they go to the brain, Encephalici,as if you fhould fay Cerebrates, of the Brain, and 
that (hall be the greater this the lefler. The externall Jugular vein QqJ a* 
feending under the skin, and quadrat us, or Square-Mufcle, that draws d-o wn 
the Cheeks, by the fides ofthe Neck, when it comes to the Ear, is cleft into two branches 
[r] onc of which I call Profundus, the deep one, becaufe it enters the Mufcles, and retires 
into 
Mediajlin* 
Cervieali/- 
jfropajations 
that arife from 
the upper part 
efthe Subclar 
vian branches. 
JugularM in- 
terna. 
Extern* 
pigularb 
Externa. 
Trtfimdw. Tr.4CT,I. 
A Defcriptionof tbe Vein «■. 
9 
into the more inward parts, the other Cutanes the Skin-branch. The deep or inner one 
! s] in its firft divarications meets with Glandules about the Chops, and fends forth 
propagations worthy of our notice to the Larinx or Throttle, and the Glandules, that 
grow to it, as alfo to the Mu'cles of the Chops, and of the bone called bjodes, among 
which that which creeps all along under the tongue, is a notable one, and is fcattered 
into many little branches, which are fcen, if the Tongue be lift up, even befoie dif- 
feftion. From this deep branch three others arife, which enter into the inner parts of 
the Head, and the Skull. The firft, after it has fpread little branches into the Chops, 
and Mouth, enters the Skull, through the firft hole of the Temple-bone. The next 
£ej pafles out of the fo epart of the eye through the fecond hole of the Wedg-bone, at 
which the fecond pair of Nerves gets out, and runs with fome circles through the thicker 
Membrane upwards. The third is fcattered out of the breadth of the Noftrils through 
the hole of the Os cribrofum, or five-bone into the fame Membrane. Thefe two nourifli 
this forepart, to which the third Jtnus reaches not, but ends near to the partition of the 
Mamillary Procefles. But the outer or Skinbranch [ u] creeping by the skin of the Head, 
and ftayed up with the Glandules under the Ear, which they call Parotides, is divided 
into two branches 5 of which the Anteriour [x] is carried upward obliquely through 
the Cheeks to the inner corner of the Eye , diftributing little branches by the way 
to the Nofe; and going on to the Eye-brow, is joyned with the remainder of the 
branch of the other fide, and makes the Strait-vein, which they call vena front is,the Fore- 
head vein, fyj and which in madnefie is opened to very great advantage. To this the 
Satyr ift alludes, whui fpeaking of a certain foolifh fellow, hee fayes,--pertun- 
dite venam. 
The other or Pofteriour branch is carried behind, and fends branches to the Temples 
IXI and skin of the Back-part [a | of the Head. A third vein, which arifes out of the 
upper part of the Subclavian branches, is commonly called Mufcula Juperior, the upper 
Mufcle-vein, in relation to another of the fame name arifing out of the lower part. It 
iffaes out near to the external 1 Jugular vein, and is difperfed into the Mufcles,and skin of 
the back-fide of the Neck,in regard whereof we fhal not do amifle to cal it Cervical is fuperior 
or the higher Neck-vein | B ]. But now let us return to the diftribution of the Subcla- 
vian-vein, from which we have digreft. This vein, as foon as it gets out of the cavity of 
theCheft, is called Axillaris [F], and when it comes to the Arm-pit, is divided into two 
notable branches, called Cephalic# or Head-vein [GJ and Ba/flicaflJ, which are after ward 
difleminated throughout the whole Arm. But before the Axillary-vein be thus divided, 
it fends forth two twigs : the firft [7 J is called Scapularis interna the inner Blade-vein,and 
is diftributed through the Mufcles on the infide of the Shoulder-blade : the other 
named Scapular is externa, or the outer blade-vein, it is a pretty big one, and is implanted 
into the Mufcles of the outer, and gibbous part of the fame Shoulder-blade. But the 
vein Ea/ilica alfo,before it enters the Arm,(hoots out two propagations; one called Phoraci- 
ca fuperior,or the upper Cheft-veinfG becaufe it arifes out of a higher part then the follow- 
ing, it is a very notable one,and runs through the infide of the peftorall Mufcle that brings 
the Arm forward to the Breft 5 itdiftributes branches alfo to the other Mufcles of the 
Brcft, as alfo to the Skin of the Dugs in women. The other is called Pboracica inferior,the 
lower Cheft-vein [ ( J, a great and notable one likewife, which defeending along the fide 
oftheCheft is diftributed efpecially through the third broad Mufcle or Lotijjimw that 
moves the Arm backward, fcattering many little branches from itfelf, which afterwards 
are joyned by Andftomofis or inoculation, with the branches of the vein fine pari, that 
fallout of theCheft. And this vein fometimes grows out of the former, or the up- 
per Cheft-vein» Thefe branches being thus diftributed, the Axillary-vein reaches into 
the Arm. 
Three bran- 
ches entring 
the skull. 
Cutentih'i 
Mufciita Supe- 
rior. 
The divifion 
. of rhe Axillar/ 
vein into two 
branches.- 
Its propagari- 
ons before irs 
divifion. 
capillarii in- 
terna. 
Externa. 
Thoracica fpe- 
rior. 
Tboracica infe- 
rior. 
CHAP. III. 
Shews bow the Axillary-vein is diftributed through the Arm, 
He Axillary-vein [F] therefore is cleft into two branches, as foon as it conies 
near to the Ann, but thofe branches are of different bignefle. For the up- 
per f G| which they call Cephaliw3the Head-branch,is fmaller; but the lower 
vein [T called Bajilicajs almoft thrice greater.The Cephalick allo is as it were 
wholly juft under the skin, & finks not with above one branch into the deeper 
retreats of the Mufcles ; wherefore it has neither Artery, nor Nerves for its companions, 
they being addifted to the more inward rooms of the body. But the Bafilick-vein partly 
creeps on under the skin, partly hides itfelf under the Mufcles, and therefore it ought 
with good reafon to exceed the other in bigneffe, as being deftined for the nourifhment of 
more parts. It hath both Nerves, and Arteries as companions in its journey, which is 
the caufe, why upon the cutting of this vein the blond fpins out with a force j but of the 
C c c c con- 
The di vifiofl 
of rhe Axiltary 
vein. 10 
A Defcription of the Reins 
Tract.i. 
contrary, the Cephalick being cut, it conies forth foftly : which we fee fome Phyfitians 
unskilful! in difleftions, Handing by whileft the vein is opened, foolifhly refer to the 
ftrength, or weaknefle of the mind,or body. We arc now to fpeak briefly of the manner 
of the diftribution of both thefe veins through the Arm, beginning from the upper,as the 
lefler branch. 
The Cephalic* [G ] therefore is called by Vesalius Burner aria, or the vein of the Arm, be- 
cauft by the Arm it defeends into the Hand; by others Cubit i exterior, the cuter vein of 
the cubit, from its fituation, becauft it runs on the outfide of the Cubit, as the Bafilica 
contrariwife does on the infide. By fome later writers it is commonly called the 
Head-vein,becaufe it is wont to be opened in difeafes of the Head, through-the error of the 
Ancients, who thought ignorantly, that it arifes from the external Jugular vein,and there- 
fore empties the blond immediately out of the Head. But it arifes from the upper part of 
the Axillary vein, & climbing over the Tendon of the Serrrtw minor,ov lefler Saw-Mufcle, 
that bends the Shoulder-blade forward to the Breaft,it runs betwixt the Mufcle called Pc/- 
toides, which lifts up the Arm, and the beginning of the Pcftorall Mufcle, which brings 
it forward to the Breaft, where it arifes from Coller-bone,and fo it runs 
down by the Arm to the out fide of the firft Mufcle that bends the Cubit, which they call 
Biceps,or the»double-headed reafon whereof the more learned Chirurgeons have 
wifely ufedto make iffues betwixt theMufcles Biceps, andDeltoides forifliies ought al- 
wayesto be made at the feat of fome notable vein, that the matter may more eafily be 
voided out. But although this vein be not divided into branches,whileft it is thus carried 
down by the upward part of the Arm, yet it ftatters fome twigs [uande] of both fides 
into the afore.aid Mufcles, and the skin. At length when it is come to the Cubit, it runs 
under the flefliy Me j brane, as a vein under the skin fhould, and To preftnts itfelf to the 
fight without difleftion. But about the very joint of the Cubit at the external! protube- 
• ration of the Arm, it is wont to be divided [ Hj for the nioft part into three branches, an 
outer, an inner, and a middle one. The two former run under the skin,the third deeper. 
The firft or middle one, [ij which is often wanting,. is very little, and deeper, and pe- 
netrates into the fubftance of the Mufcles, efpecially of thoft two, that bend the fecond, 
and third joint of the fingers, as alfo of the long of the Radius, or wand of the 
Arm. The fecond [xj and inner,and chief of the three branches is carried down obliquely 
under the skin, and joins with the inner branch of the Baftlica, three fingers below the 
joint of the Cubit, with which it makes up the vein, that Phyfitians call Mediana, the 
middle vein [*]. This running down obliquely by the middle Region of the Cubit, di- 
ftributes many Circles to the Radius or wand, and at length itfelf is divided into two 
lefler branches; of which the outer goes to the infide of the wrift,toward the thumb; 
the other and inner [V] runs to the fore, and middle fingers. The outer of theft is cal- 
led by fome Cephahcamanus, and is opened to very good purpoft in difeafes of the Head, 
or Teeth. Now the third branch |_h] or outer Cephalick-vein climbs up to the Mufcle 
called the long fupinator of the Radius, or wand,difperfing divers little veins into the skin, 
and fo is carried obliquely through the Radius, or wand, and having attained to the 
middle of its length enters the outfide of the Cubit, and in that fame place is joyned with 
a little branch|V]of the Bafilick-vein,being united thereto it goes on to the outfide of the 
wrift ;and diftributes veins to that part of the Hand,which lies before the little,and Ring- 
fingers,. as alfo to the fingers themftlves. This vein,efpecially that,which retpefts the little 
Finger,is commonly called 5alvate//<?, and the Section of it is much commended by Practi- 
tioners in Phyfick in melancholy diftafts.Which being fometimes called in qucftion,and I 
having obferved, that experience does favour thofe Practitioners, endeavoured to find 
out thecaufe, and found that there are many inoculations here of this vein with the Ar- 
teries, as the inoculations are ufually more frequent about the extream parts, as being 
more removed from the fountain of heat, and therefore wanting a hotter, and more fpi- 
ritedbloud. This vein therefore being cut, becaufe the Inoculations are fonear,it can- 
not be, butthat the bloudofthe Arteries fhould be alfo let out, which cannot be fo 
well done by opening the veins of the Cubit, becaufe the Bnafiomcfes or Inoculations 
are fomewhat morediftant from the place, in which the vein is opened. And hence it 
is, that the bloud, which is emptied out of the Hand,is much fairer and redder,then that 
out of the Arm, becaufe the Arterious blond there al way es runs out together with that 
of the veins. But there being fix times more Arteries, then there are veins in the 
Spleen,it is neceflary, that its difeafes be much helped, when the peccant blond is drawn 
out of thofe veflels,wherein it was. 
The other branch of the Axillary-vein,that is the inner, and greater, is the Bafilica fl J 
which according to its fituation in different arms hath found different names among wri- 
ters praftiftd in Phyfick.For in the right arm it is called Hepatica or the liver-veinjbut in 
the left Splenica, or the fpleen-vein.They chooft that to be opened in difeafes of the liver, 
this in difeafes of thefpleen.But it iflaes forth under thearmpit,and difperfing many pro- 
pagations to the Glandules5that are frequent thereabout, it is carried dowm by the upper 
part of the Arm to the fide of the double headcd-Muftle, or Biceps, between the Mufcles 
that 
ThcCepha- 
lick vein. 
Three bran- 
ches of the Ce- 
phalick-vcin. 
Sain atelia. 
The baClick 
vein. Tract.i. 
A Defer ip t ion ofthe Deinr. 
11 
that bend and ftretch out the Cubit, and not far from its, egrefle out of the Cheft, is divi- 
tf'td m into two notable branches, of which one is called Profundus or deep, the other 
Subcutaneuss orbranch under the skin, from their lite, and progrcfle. The deep one 
or Profundus [L], which for the moft part is the thicker, all the way it goes , penetrates 
into the more inward parts of the Ann 5 having the Axillary Artery, that runs into the 
Arm, every where for its companion , as allb the fourth branch of the third Nerve of the 
Arm. But it is carried betwixt the two Mufcles, which bend the Cubit, and, having 
paft its joint, is cleft [M] into two branches 5 of which the outer [N] near to the radius 
or wand, (from whence it might be called Kaditw) goes down to the Hand, and Mat- 
ters little branches toward the Thumb and Fore-finger, as al Co the middle one ; but the 
inner branch [O] palling near to the bone of the Cubit, (from whence it deferves the 
name of Cubiteus) diftributes finall branches to the middle, and little fingers; but as the 
outer fends its propagations to the Mufcles on the outfide of the Hand 5 fo the inner to 
thole on the inlide. The other is the branch or under the skin [P] which * 
is carried down by the in fide of the Arm, {battering divers little branches to the skin, 1 
and parts adjacent, but when it is come to the inner protubcration of the Arm, it is divi- 
ded [ QJ into an outer, and inner branch, like as the Cephalick is. The inner [R] 
is carried down obliquely, beneath the bought of the Arm, and being united with 
the inner branch [k] of the Cephalick, makes the vein called Mediana, [/] of which we 
fpake before. But the outer [S j near to the inner protuberation of the Arm being divi- 
ded into two branches, is carried by the greater alfing the Region of the ulna or ell 
downward to the wrift, and fcatters icfelf into the lit tic Finger,but by the other it is de- 
rived to the infide of the Hand. 
But in this place it is worth our pains to advertife with other the moft learned 
Anatomifts; that it ought not to be believed, that the fame order, and courfe of 
veins is to be found in all men ; when the difle&ion of bodies does demonftrate, that 
fcarfe two. in a thoufand do accurately obferve the fame diftribution of the veins. Where- 
fore we ought not to be fb fcrupulous in choofing out places for the openings of veins,as 
fome that are unexperienced, are wont; but to choofe that vein efpecially, which may 
be moft lately opened, becaufe it is belt ieen. For fometimes the Cephalick or Head- 
vein is fo fmall, that it can hardly bedifeerned ; ahd fometimes on the contrary theBa- 
filick is fo. Wherefore he lhall do beft 3 who will rather follow wifecounfell, then the 
fcrupulous opinion of unskillfull men. 
The branches 
of rhe bafihek 
vriri* 
Profundw. 
Subculhneiii. 
Its divlfion into 
an oncej and an 
inner branch. 
CHAP. IV. 
Explains the lower, or defiendent Trunks of the Hollow-win. 
E have done with the upper Trunk, and branches of the Hollow-vein, it remains 
now, that we treat alfo of the lower. Neverthelefie (as we have above alio ad- 
monifht) they are not indeed two Trunks, as Galen would have them, but one 
only which reaches in one continued line from its divifion about the fifth Rack- 
bone of the Loins QV] as far as to the Jugulum, or Hollow of the Neck [ D] : but, for 
methods fake in teaching, we thus divide it by reafon of the Liver,-which Handing as it 
were in the middle of it, feems to part it into an upper, and a lower Trunk. As there- 
fore that is the upper one [ AD] which runs up from the Liver to the Hollow of the Neck? 
fo that is the lower [T V ( which beginning at the fame Liver is terminated at the Os ja- 
er urn, or Holy-bone. Andas the upper did run on undivided through the Cheft, fcattering 
only fonie propagations at its fidcs ? fo the lower alfo Hides down in tire through the 
whole Abdomen, or paunch, only fome twigs fprouting from it. But when it has at- 
tained to the fifth Rack-bone of the Loins, it is cleft into thofetwo notable branches 
called Iliad [XX] as the upper is into the Subclavian, which Iliacall branches afterward 
reaching into the Legs make the Crurall-veins ? as the fubclavian carried into the Arms 
make the Brachiales, or Arm-veins. Let us fpeak therefore in this Chapter of the 
Trunk, and its propagations, as long as it yet is in the lower belly. Then let us come to. 
the crurall branches. 
From the defeendent Trunk then [TV] before it part into branches, arife four veins. 
For as foon as it is come forth from the hinder part of the Liver, it declines to the right 
fide of the Back, and (ends forth a propagation from its own left fide which they call 
Adipofa ftnifira, the left fatty vein Q u on the left fide] becaufe it pafles to the fat and outer 
membrane of the Kidneys, which arifes from the Peritoneum or Rim of the Belly, as alfo 
to the Glandule, that grows above the Kidneys. There is another j y on the right fide] 
anfwering to this on the right fide, but which does very fcldom grow out of the Trunk, 
but rather from the upper fide of the middle part of the Emulgent vein ? and becaufc it 
is diftributed in the fame manner as the left is, it is called Adfya dextra, the right Fatty 
vein. Yet fometimes you may fee the contrary alio to happen, and this right vein to 
C c c c 2 com* 
The infrnoet 
Trunk of rhe 
Hollow-vein. ' 
Fourpropaga* 
cions arifing 
from theTrunk 
before its divi* 
fion. 
A dip oft, A Defer ip tion ofthe Deins 
T RACT.I. 
12 
come forth of the Trunk, andjhe left out of the Emulgent. For there are divers fpor- 
tings of nature to befeen in the veins; and you cannot cafily meet with a dead body, in 
which you may not find fomething new, and differing from others. After this the Hol- 
low-vein palling on, when it comes beyond themiddle oftheback, about the fiift Ptack- 
bone of the Loyns, it brings forth a fecond pair of veins [p J very notable, which ha- 
ftens direftlytothe Kidneys, upon whofe fubftance it is wholly fpent. And hence it 
is called Renale, the pair of Kidney-veins from its infertion 5 but from its ufeLmtilgetis, 
becaufe the Kidneys feem by this pair to milk out the wheyie or ferous moifture in the 
bloud, and to draw it to thcmfelves. It is therefore very thick, but yet fhort, and not 
of equall length, nor riling dire&ly oppofiteeach to his fellow. It is fhort, becaufe it 
did not need length, which for the moft part is given by nature to veffels for fome pre- 
vious preparation. It is unequall, becaufe it was fitting the left fliould be longer then 
the right,by rcafon that it was ncceflary to bring the fpermaticall vein out of it.But the 
beginning of both anfwers not dircftly one to another, left one fliould be hindered by 
the aftion of the other. And the left is higher then the right, becaufe the left Kidney 
is alfo feated higher, then the right. But the Emulgent branches, as foon as they arife 
out of the Trunk, do notprefently go to the cavity of the Kidneys, but are firft divi- 
ded into two greater branches, and fo, accompanied with Arteries, enter the concavous 
fide of the Kidneys, and afterward being broken into lefler branches are fcattered quite 
through the whole fubftance of the Kidneys, and at laft determin with their fmall hairy 
ends ip certain flefhy procefles,which they cal M<?wmz//rfre;.Thefe veins do ferve not only for 
the bringing of nourifhment to the Kidneys, but alfo for the carrying down of the fe- 
rous moifture to thofe flefhy Procefles called Mammipares, through which it is drained 
into the pipes of the Ureters, and then gathered together into that cavity oftheirscal- 
led the Pelvis, and fo drops down by little and little into the bladder, as we fhall fhew, 
when we open the Hiftoryofthe Kidneys. And here the place is to benoted,in which 
the ftones of the Kidneys are wont to be generated, which is not in the Emulgent veflels, 
I mean veins, or Artery j but rather in the very cavity of the Kidneys, or in the Pelvis, 
and pipes of the Ureters. For in theft if a vifeous matter be at any time received, either 
it is hardened there by rcafon of a notable heat, or elfe through cold is congealed into 
graveli or ftone. For this matter is not only a crude, and uncofted kind of bloud,which 
like fnivell fometimes is wont to abound in the mafic of bloud, but oftentimes alfo that 
excrementitious phlegm which falls down from the Head, through the veins and Arte- 
ries, both into the Hollow-vein, and the great Artcry,and fometimes into the Stomach, 
and Guts. Of which this feems to be a manifeft fign, that they who are fubjeft to dif- 
eafes of the Stone, are very often troubled with rheumes, and pains of the Colique; of 
which whilftfome perfwade themfelves that it is caufed by wind, dayly experience hath 
taught me, that it comes from phlegm 5 becaufe I have obferved, that they, who are 
troubled with the Stone in the Kidneys, had .their Colon or Col ique-gut alwayes ftuft 
with plenty of this phlegm, and that this being taken away, the Stone has been no 
longer bred. And therefore oft-times I givefcouring Clyfters, and fuchas gently purge 
phlegm, not only to fuchas have the Stone already, but alfo to fuch as arcthrcatned 
with the breeding of it,with a great deal of benefit to the Patients. But all thofe things 
are perpetually to be avoided,which drive out the Stones, as well becaufe moft of that 
nature are hot, as alfo becaufe they are able to drive down the crude matter plentifully 
to the Kidneys. We thought fit therefore to infift upon this, that we may accommo- 
date the ftudy of Anatomy to the very praftife of Phyfick; efpecially feeing that the 
place, wherein the Stone is bred, is not commonly known, becaufe the moft famed Fer- 
nelius, whom the greateft number of Phyfitians does for the moft part follow, Lib. 6. 
Patholog. c. 12. thinks that fmall graveli is bred in the proper fubftance of the Kidneys, 
and wafhed from thence by the flowing of the Urine, and carryed into the cavity, and 
fo the Urine full of graveli Aides down through the Ureters into the Bladder. But if 
: any one enquire alfo the caufe , /why the left Kidney is more fubjeft to the Stone, then 
the rights wemuft conclude, that this happens, becaufe the Colique-gut lies more up- 
on the left Kidney, in whofe cells this phlegm, of which we fpake, abounding, either 
it fweats through the pores, and is fucktinto the Kidneys, or elfe by rcafon of its 
nearnefle, the Kidneys arc exceedingly cooled experience having often taught us, that 
this kind of phlegmatick matter is indeed a&ually exceeding cold in the body, as they 
have fufficiently perceived, who have voided it in great plenty by Stool. After this 
there follows a third pair and 4] called (perw<?tzc<e, or jewzWw, the fpermaticall, or 
feeds veins, becaufe they carry down matter for making of the feed. Thefe differ in 
their originall. For the left Q 4 ] a riles from the in (ide, and middle part of the Emul- 
gent, and communicating fome furcles to that part of the Peritoneum., or rim of the bel- 
ly, which covers the Mufcles, that lie in the Loins, itgoesfaft by the laid Peritoneum, 
and defeends obliquely 5 but, when it has attained to the Os pubis, or the Share-bone,ri- 
ding over it, it pafles through the Peritoneum, and holes of the oblique and tranfverfe 
Mnfrles of the abdomen., with whofe procefles being fiiftained it is conco&ed into certain 
varicous 
• t 
Emnlgentes. 
The place in 
which the 
ftones of the 
Kidneys are 
bred. 
Why the left 
Kidney is more 
fubjefl to the 
(JonCjthenthe 
right- 
Spermit! c£. Tract. 1. 
A Defcription of tbe 
13 
varicous circlings, which are joined with the fpermaticall Artery by Anaftomojes or In- 
oculations, and at length it ends in the Tefticlc of its own fide. But the right fpermati- 
call vein [x] arifesnotouc of the Emulgen t, but the Trunk itfelf, and the forepart 
of it, a lictle beneath the Emu Igent-vein, and afterwards obferves a likecourfe with the 
former. And thus they are in males, though we may obferve nature oftentimes vary- 
ing in them: but in women, although they arife in the fame manner, and obferve the 
famecourfe withthofe in men, as far as the Holy-bone yet they fall not out of the 
Peritoneum, nor reach unto the (hare-bones, but before they come to the Tefticles, are cleft 
into two unequall branches ; the lefler of which is fcattered into the hides of the Woinb, 
toward the bottom of it; the greater being joined to the fpermaticall Artery,and inocu- 
lated with it, enters into the Tefticle of its own fide. Laft of all the fourth pair is cal- 
led [X]Lumbares, the Loin-veins [ 4 4 4 I two, or three, which the Hollow-vein fends 
forth from its backfidc, which looks towards the bodies of the P<ack-bones of the 
Loins 5 and therefore they are not to be feen, unlefle the Trunk of the Hollow-vein be 
lifted up. Thefe veins go in through the holes of the Rack-bones, through tvhich the 
Nerves goout, andfo carry nourifhment to the Spinall marrow. From them two o- 
ther veins, tyed on both (ides to the fide of the Marrow, afeend toward the brain, with 
which afterward two veins defeending from the internall Jugular, are joined by an 
/lowo/zr of Inoculation. 
Thefe propagations being thus fentout, when the Hollow-vein has almoft attained 
to the Sacrum, or Holy-bone, about the fifth Rack-bone of the Loins, it inclines under 
the great Artery, and is cut into two notable branches called X/fiaz [XX] which having 
gone a little way are again cleft into two others [Y and Z ] of unequall bignefle, of 
which one is called the inner, the other the outer. The inner is leffe, the outer larger 
and greater. But before they be fo divided,they fcatter two other propagations, the firfl: 
of which [5] is commonly called Mufcula fuferior, the upper Mufcie-vein, which is 
difleminated overthwart, through the Mufcles of the Loins, and Abdomen;) or paunch, 
from whence I would call it Mujcula the Mufcle-vein of the Loins: the other[6J 
is named Sacra, or the Holy-vein,becaufe it reaches fome little twigs to the upper holes of 
the Holy-bone,for the nourifhing of the faid bone and the Spinal 1-Marrow. 
But from both the Iliacall branches many veins fifue, before they go out of the Peri- l 
toneum or Rim of the Belly toward the Legs ; and from the inner branch two. The firft 
[7] arifes from the outfide called Macula media, the middleMufcle-vein; becaufe 
it is fcattered into all the Mufcles of the Buttocks, and into their skin: For it 
carries aliment to all thofe Mufcles, which are of the outfide, or Back of the bone Ilium 
or Hanch-bone, as alfo to the very joint of the Hip, that for this caufe it ought to be 
efpecially taken notice of by them, who would fomewhat curioufly confiderthe caufe of 
the ach in the Hip, or the Sciatica. I fhould think that this vein may not be amifle 
called Glutea from its infection, becaufe it is implanted into the Mufcles called Glutei, 
or Mufcles of the Buttocks. The other [8] grows out of the infide, and is a notable 
vein, galled Hyfogaftrica, or the vein of the water-courfe, from its diftribution into al- 
moft all the parts of the Hyfogaftrium,or water-courfe. From this fifties a branch named 
PLemorrhoidalis externa, the outer Emroid-vein, becaufe if at any time it fwels with a more 
facculent blond, or hot,or fait, it makes the outward Emroids of the Fundament. This, 
affords twigs to the holes of the Os [acrum, or Holy-bone,butbcftows greater branches 
upon the Mufcles of the Return or the Strait-Gut, as far as to the outer skin 
of the Fundament. There is alfo another branch arifing from the fame Hypogaftrick- 
vefri, which we call Cyfticus, the Bladder-branch, and is worthy of obfervation both in 
men, and women ; in men, becaufe it is fpent upon the Bladder ; but in women, becaufe 
in them being fuftained with a fat membrane, it goes with fome twigs to the Bladder ; 
but with more to the bottom of the Womb ; and with more manifeft ones to the Neck of 
it, by which veins alone fome think that the monthly courfes flow in Virgins, and 
fome alfo think the fame in women. But the monthly courfes do not only flow out by 
thefe branches, but by thofe alfo, which we told you were fent from the fpermaticall 
branch,and which go to the bottom of the Womb, not to the Neck. For the menftruous 
blond is ufually purged out,whether in virgins,or women,every month;not only through 
the Neckpbut efpecially through thofe paflages of the Womb,called Cotyledones. Which we 
have fhown here at Padua, publiquely in the Theater, the firft year of our being Profeflbr, 
in the carkafle of a certain woman having her monthly courles. For we faW that the 
Hypogaftrick branches, and the Tpermatick veflels with the Tefticles were filled with 
blond, and that the Womb itfelf did pour out a thicker bloud, the little mouths of the 
veins in the inner part of the Womb lying open , and manifeftly gaping. Yet I faw 
twice in others, that the menftruous bloud came out of the veins of the Neck 
only, not alfo out of the Womb, and in another on the contrary that it flowed 
out of the Womb only. But the ordinary way is for women to be purged at them 
both, and not at one only,except when befidcs the intent of nature obftm&ions do feem 
to hinder their flowing. ' / 
Lumfarei. 
The divifion 
of rhe Trunk 
into the'two 
Iliacall bran- 
ches. 
Mufcula fufe- 
tier. r 
Sacra. 
Propagations 
of the inner I- 
liacall branch. 
G!ntnea, 
typogaftrici. 
Jfamorrhoidafy 
ex terna* 
Qfticuit A Defer iption of the Veins 
Tract. 1. 
14 
But we have obfervcd, and fcen divers times, whilefl: we were about the cure of Ulcers 
in the privie Members, and Neck ofthe Womb, that at what time the monthly courfes 
do flow, the mouth of the Womb gapes. 1 faw alfo then, that thofe parts were dilated 
with a certain ftinking moifture, and that the Neck ofthe Womb appeared much larger , 
then it was wont to be at other times. And therefore no man need to wonder at that, 
which hath been obferved by fome Writers of our age, that in the time of their courfes 
thefe parts have been fo widened in fome, that being new married, although they were 
true Virgins, they have for this reafon been accufed, and thought to have been defloured. 
Wherefore if it happen, that any,who are new married, doubt of their Wiles virginity, 
becaufe they find the privy paflage very wide, it will behove them to confider, whether 
their flowres were not at that time upon them.Now at length the remainder of the inner 
Iliacall Trunk makes to the Share bone, and taking to it a propagation of the outer Ilia- 
call, together with which it makes one vein, and fo patting through the Peritoneum, and 
hole of the Share-bone, it fpreads itfelf into the Leg,and is extended almoft beyond the 
middle of theThigh on the infide. 
From the outer branch in like manner fome veins iflue: and firft of all, that which is 
called Epigaftrica, or vein of the lower Belly [ 9] which arifes from the higher part of the 
branch, and is fo named, becaufe it goes to the Mufclcs ofthe to wit, the 
right Mufcles of the Abdomen. For patting with its chief branch out of the Peritoneum or 
Rim ofthe Belly, it climbs ftraightupof both fides under the right Mnfcle,till it come 
near to the Navill, where it is joined by Anaftomojis with the defending Mammary-veins. 
But this Anaftomofis or Inoculation is feldom found in men, but in women it is very 
confpicuous, from whence alfo GalenLib. deDiffed. ven. & Arter. Cap. 8. witnefles, that 
that great fympathy betwixt the Womb and the Breafts or Dugs is caufed by thefe two 
veflels. But the mofl learned Hippocrates has explained this fympathy in many Apho- 
rifms of the fifth Seftion. For in the fiftieth Aphorifm he fayes. If you would flop the 
courfes in a woman, apply a very great Cupping-glaflc to her Breafts. And in the thirty 
feventh. If the Breafts of a great bellied woman, do ofa fodain become fmall, the child 
proves Abortive. And in the thirty eight 5 If one of the Breafts of a great bellyed wo- 
man become fmall, one ofthe Twins, that fhe goes with, proves Abortive 5 and that a 
Male, if the right Breaft be fmall; a Female, if the left: fo the Womb being difeafed, the 
Nipples become pale ; and upon aDropfie in the Womb they fwell up. But there is a 
fympathy alfo not only by reafon of the veins, but alfo ofthe Nerves, that come from 
the fix th Conjugation. Whence we fee, that if the Breafts of a Woman, or Virgin be 
handled, they are provoked to luft 5 fo that for this reafon alfo thofe women, that have 
great Breafts may be accounted more luftfull, as Afra is in Marti all. But it is conveni- 
ent to note concerning the originall of this vein, that very often it arifes out of the Cru- 
rall branch, which we fhall by and by defcribe, but oftner out of the Iliacall. Another 
vein is the Pudenda [11] which arifes from the infide of the outer Iliacall branch, after it 
is come out. of the Peritoneum, or Rim ofthe Belly, and it is called Pudenda, becaufe it is 
fpent upon the privities of both Sexes. For in men it is diftributed into the Scrotum or 
Cod, and into the skin of the Yard 5 but in women it is propagated to the L!ps and skin 
ofthe privy paflage, to the Nympha or wings, and other parts of it j but in both men 
and women to the Glandules, that lye about the leskes, whence arifes that confluxe 
of matter into thefe Glandules, in a peftilent or venereous Bubo. Laftly, the Mufcula 
inferior, or lower Mufcle-vein is that, which goes to the joint of the Hip, and 
is difleminated into the skin, and Mufclcs thereabout, by reafon whereof in my judgment 
by a ftrifter Appellation it might be better called Coxendica, or Coxalif, the Hip- 
vein. 
Propagations 
of the outer 
Iliacall branch, 
EPifaftrica- 
Pudenda. 
Mufcula infe- 
rior* 
CHAP. V. 
Reckons up the propagations, and branches of the outer Iliacall branch diffeminated through the 
crus, or great Foot, that reaches from the lower part of the Buttocks to the ends of the Toes- 
He outer branch then of the Iliacall veins [ZQ when it hath fent forth the laid 
propagations,falls out of the Rim of the belly3 and is carried to thejfopmw or 
leskes, through the upper and inner region of the Hip-bone, through which the 
firft and fecond bending Mufeles of the Thigh do defccnd, and makes the Cru- 
rall vein The Hiftory whereof that we may deliver in an eafie method,we will divide 
it into Trunk, and Branches. But before the Trunk be cleft into its branches, it fhoots 
out four propagations ; the firft of which is that they call Saphena, [13I and vein of 
the inner Ankle, becaule it runs near thereunto , it is alfb commonly called by Phyfiti- 
ans venatali.) but improperly, as we have laid above in our firft Book.But it arifcs from 
the inner fide of the Trunk, prefently after its departure out of the Peritoneum, or rim of 
the Belly, and having no Artery forks companion, runs ftraight downwards under the 
- . skin 
The divifion of 
the Crural vein 
into a Trunk 
and branches. 
Four propaga- 
tions of the 
Trank before 
irs divifion, 
Saphena. Tract,!. 
A Defcription ofthe Geins. 
15 
skin,through the infides of the Thigh,& Legrand when it is now come to the inner Ankle, 
it fpreads itfelf into the upperpart ofthe Foot, and (carters a branch overthwarc/rom 
which afterward many others arife, that are distributed in their order to every one of 
the Toes.This vein fcatters other propagations by the way,but which arc feldom found 
anfwcrable one to another,either in number,or bigneflc;as we have already more then once 
intimated,that nature is found to (port in the veins, but efpecially in thefe of the joints. 
The Hrft [17] of thefe propagations,not far from the originall of the vein itfelf, is dele 
into the upper skin of the inner Region of the Thigh, in two branches 5 of which the 
outer, which is the thicker, creeps through.the fore, and outfide of the Thigh, under the 
skin j but the inner goes more inwardly, and fpreads itfelf into the rim ofthe Belly .The 
fecond[i8J is propagated, when the vein has now attained to the middle of the Thigh. 
The third propagation [1 9; arifes about the Knee,and brings forth two off-fprings,one, 
which is difleminated into the skin ofthe forepart ofthe Knee, by the Patella or Whirl- 
bone, but the other into the skin of the Backlide, where the bending, or Ham is, about 
which it is rowledorjicularly. The fourth [20] is carried to the middle of the Tibia 
or Leg, with furcles forward, and backward. Over again ft the Saphena, another vein 
1*4 I is brought forth from the outfide ofthe Trunk, but (hot ter then the vein Sityhena 
is, and reaches outward, and overthwart into the «kin, that covers the forepart of the 
Hip-bone, as alfo into the Mufcles ofthe fame place, which the 1-ater Anatomifts call 
Piehia. Thefe propagations being brought forth, the Trunk afterwards is drefccht into 
the Mufcles, that cornpafle the bone ofthe Thigh, andfetsoutathirdpropagation£i53 
which they call Mujcula the Mu(cle-vein ; and there ufe to be two of them. For the 
outer,which is the lefle, fends (hoots to the fecond,and fourth, extending Mufcles of the 
Tibia or Leg,together with the skin 5 theinner,and greater, affords twigs to the third ex- 
tender of the Leg, and to almoft all the Mufcles about the Thigh. After this the< Trunk 
turning to theBackfide, and defeending by degrees, fcatters fome other twigs into the 
membranes of the Mufcles, and by and by fends out a fourth vein, which runs into the 
backfide of the Thigh, and is called Poplitea, the Ham-vein [16\ much fpoken of by wri- 
ters of Phyfick, but efpecially by Piiffocrates the chiefof them, who 6. Ep idem. 1. 5. com- 
mends much the-opening of it in difeafes in the Kidneys. But it is oftentimes feated 
too deep to be cut without very great difficulty. I have learnt by frequent <experience, 
that ilfues made in the Sura or calf of the Leg, to which this vein fpreads itfelf] have 
done a great deab of good in many difeafes. This vein, when it is propagated, fome- 
times receives the addition of a Sprig from the inner branch ofthe Mufcle-vein; often- 
times alfo two propagations iffiie from the Trunk, one higher, and another lower,which 
afterward are united in their journey .But prefently after its rife it fcatters fome branches 
into the skin of the Thigh, about the higher and hinder part of it; then it runs down 
direftly throughthe middle of the Ham, or bending of the Leg, into the Calf, to 
which it diftributes many Surcles,that run on with an uncertain courfe, fomedireftly, 
fome overthwart, and fome obliquely. Thefe little branches being thus diflemina- 
ted, the vein pafles on as far as to the Taha. or Cockall-bonc, and there at length 
determins. 
And this is the progrefle of the Crurall-Trunk, and thefe the propagations which it 
fcatters, before it be divided. For lying upon the bone ofthe Thigh, itfo defeends, and 
runs fide-long near to it, that, when it has attained to the Knee, it is carried betwixt 
the two loweft, and hindmoft heads ofthe Thigh, in which place [a] it is cleft afunder 
into two branches, an outer, and an inner one. But they are of unequall bignefle, the 
cuter being the fmaller, and the inner the greater, but both of them [0 A] are fcattered 
through the Leg, and lowed part of the Foot. The inner Q©'] in its defeent fends fome 
propagations to the Mufcles, that are placed on the backfide of the Leg, and efpecially 
thole which make the Calf, but moftof all to the inner part of the Gafteronemiia 
externia, or outward Calf-Mufcle, andfo afterward continuing its courfe downward, 
when it is come to the lower dftendix of the Tibia or Leg, andhasbeftowed fome fhoots 
upon the skin, it is reflected under the inner Ankle [22 j and runs out as far as to the 
great Toe. The outer is prefently cleft into two lefler branches, that are likewife 
unequall, of which the inner [ s'] that is the greater, and lies deep, is wholly fpent up- 
on the Mufcles of the Calf] running all along direftly betwixt the two heads of the Ga- 
externia 9 or firft moving Mufcle ofthe Foot, as alfo betwixt the Gafieronemiia 
or inward Calf-Mufcle, and the Tibieia anticia or forward Leg-Mufcle, and at lad 
betwixt the Mufcles, that bend the Toes,diftributing fome furcles every where by the way 
to the Mufcles, through which it pafles. When it comes to the mid length of the Leg, 
it is again fubdivided into an inner,and an outer branch. The inner of thefe difiributes a 
twig near to the joint of the Tibia or greater Leg-bone,and the bone called the Cockall, 
defeends with the Tendons of the Mufcles, and is divided into the fore, and the 
middle Toes. The outer pafles on near to the Fibula, or lefler bone ofthe Leg, and when 
it comes to the Ligament, which tyes together the greater and lefler bones of the Leg, it 
frioots forth a branch.which perforating the Ligament runs into the Foot, and is fcattered 
into the Mufclesj which bend the Toes ofthe Foot outward. But 
Four propaga- 
tions of the 
Vein Saphena, 
Ifcbiei. 
Mh/chIa. 
Pop lite a. 
The divifio® 
of the Trunk 
into two 
branches. 16 
A Defer ip t ion of the Veins 
T ra cm* 
But the outer and lefle branch [n] of the Crurall-vein goes from that divifion of the 
outer branch, which is made near the Ham, to the upper Appendix ot the Fibula, as alio 
to the outer,and hinder part of the Fibia, where fcattering many little branches, it goes 
to the outer Ankle,and at. laftends in the Foot. 
And this is the univerfall Hiftory of the Hollow and Gate-veins, wherein we have 
perfected the whole courfe of their diftributions. It feems yet to remain, that we (peak 
of the Umbilical!, and Arterious veins. Butbecaufe the Umbilicall vein is nothing 
clfe but a more notable propagation iffuing out of the Gate-vein 5 and in a man grown 
performs the office of a Ligament, rather then a vein; becaule it keeps the Liver in its 
place 5 as the ftoricsof them do witnefle, who upon the cutting off, or wounding of 
the Navill, have fodainly dyed, their refpiration being hindred by the weight of the 
Liver falling out of its place, and putting down the Viaphragma or Midrifle with it; 
we thought it not worth our pains to make any more mention of it in this place. But 
if any one will obftinately contend that it is a peculiar vein with arguments fetcht 
out of his own Brain, we know no bettep counfell, that we can give him, then to 
confult better with his own fenfe, or if he will contend further, to purge his Head 
with Hellebore, that that dimnefle of his Eye-fight may be a little taken away. But wc 
fhall with more convenience make mention of the Vena Arterio[a, or Arteriall-vein,in the 
following Book, when we fhall explain the Hiftory of the Arteria venefa, or venal! Artery, 
becaufe they are very like one another, and therefore the fame pains may ferve them 
both. 17 
An Explanation of the Table of the Veins. 
AD. 
. This Table delineates the Hollow-vein, en- 
tire,and tree from all parts. Wherein we have 
marked the Trunks, and largerbranches,with 
pretty great letters: but the propagations 
with little ones; and when they are at an end, 
with figures. 
n. 
0 0. 
and region of the Ear , is joined by the inner all the 
way to the Arteria carotis,orfieepy Artery,and is di- 
vided near to the skull into two branches called Ence- 
phalic! or of the Brain, by Spigelius ; of which the 
hindmoft and greater, n, having entred into the 
skull through the jecond hole of the Newl bone, is in- 
serted 0 o,into the firft i,and jecond 2 finus of the thicks 
membrane. But the forcmoft and lefler, p, having 
He Afcendent Trunk of the Hollow 
P- 
the beginning whereof is about 
entred through the feventh hole of the wedg-bene,is feat- 
*1' A,which notes the place, wherein the 
tered through the fides of the thiefmembrane. The fe-* 
Liver fbould ftand in the proportion 
q- 
cond is the outer Jugular vein, q,which getting up by 
of this figure, the end about D. For 
r. 
the fides of the Necffis divided near to the Ears,r, in- 
it paffes on undivided from the convex part of the 
f. 
to two branches', of which the one called Profun- 
a a a. 
Liver, about which it jeatters little branches, a a a. 
dus, P,is variously dijfcminated into the Mufcles of 
as far as to the Hollow of the Neck', but it fcatters 
fame propagations,three in number. The firft ofthefe, 
the Larinx or Throttle, and the bone called hyoides, as 
alfo into the Tongue, the Palat, and hollowneffe of t he 
X X. 
xx, if called vena Phftnica the vein of the Midrifi, 
Noftrils, and laftly into the skull with three propagati- 
which if diftributed of both fides into the midrieffe and 
Pericardium, or purfe of the Heart growing thereto, 
as alfo into the Mediaftinum orpartitionofthe Cheft. 
L. 
ons, of which that which paffes t out of the forepart of 
the eye, through the jecond hole of the wedg~bone,is very 
well delineated here.The other called Subcutancus, 
Another is Vena Coronaria the Crown-vein, 
u. 
u, firft of all Spreads its fore-branch x,into the Muf- 
bb. 
bb, which embraces the bafis of the heart in manner of 
X. 
cles and skin of the Face,which joins with its fellow a- 
a Crown, dijperfing many Surclesto the point of it. 
y- 
bout the top of the nofe,and makes the Forehead vein y; 
The third is the vein Azygos, or without a mate, 
then it ifj'ues out another hinder branch, which 
cc. 
c c, which iffuing out from the right fide of the Hol- 
low-vein,a bout the heart,about the fifth 
of the Che ft, goes down near to the right fide of the 
creeps upward along the temples,z, and partly is carryed 
behind the ears to the skin of the bacfpart of the head. 
jS. 
a The third, Cervicalis Superior, the upper vein 
Backbones',far as to the fecond almoft of the loines. 
oftheNecf, 8 is propagated into the Mufcles behind 
add 
There are ten propagations d d d from th if, font to as 
on the bacffide of the Necf 7 here are three finus or 
many bony diftancesofthe ribs,which are called Inter- 
jmall channels of the thiefmembrane of the brain, the 
coftales inferior es, the lower veins betwixt the ribs. 
I. 
Hr ft or right one is marked with i,thc fecond or left 
B. 
Shews how the Trunk A D if bowed toward the 
2. 
one with 2, the third with 3.7he hinder part of thi/g 
right fide,becauje of the Situation of the heart. 
3- 
which is nearer to the Howl of the Head, isfbadow- 
C. 
7he orifice of the HoUow-vein reaching into the 
ed-,but the forepart, which is next the Forehead,is [een 
right ventricle of the heart. 
manifeftlyi From this finus many little veins, which 
D. 
7 he divifion of the Afcer.dert Hol- 
F. 
they call , are reacht forth to both fides. 
low of the Rieck., into two branches E E. which they 
Here the [ubclavian vein takes on it the name of 
EE. 
call fubclaviae, or the veins under the Collar-bones. 
Axillaris or the vein of the Armpit, and is divided 
From thefe arife many propagations,fome iffuing from 
into two branches, the Cephalicf G, and the Bafilick 
the lower,others from the upper part of them. 
1. But before this divifton it jeatters two twigs : 
Out of the lower part iffue five. The firft jr 
oz/ZedIntercoftalis fuperior the upper vein beeween 
the ribs, e, and fcatters two Surcles r f, to the diftan- 
ces of the three upper ribs. The fecond is mamma- 
X 
<h. 
the firft called fcapularis interna, or the inner 
vein of the fhoulder blade, y, the other Scapularis 
e. 
externa, the outer blade vein A The Bafilicfvein 
ff. 
alfo, I, before it enters the Arm, propagates two • 
o. 
ria the vein of the dugs, g, which, defending under 
one called Thoracica fuperior, the upper Cheft- 
s 
the breaft-bone, as paras to the ftrait Mufcles of the 
e. 
vein,** which isdiftributedthrough the infide of the 
Abdomen,is inoculated i o,with the 
Pictor all Mufcle, and in women, through the Dugs 
climbing upward, 9, giving iurcles to the Griftly di- 
the other called Thoracica inferior, the lower 
ftances of the true ribs, as alfo to the Mediaftinum, 
and MujcUs, that lie upon the breaft. The third cal- 
?. 
Cheft-vein, which defending along the fide of the 
s 
Cheft,goes to the Mnfcle called Aoifcalptor. 
h. 
led Mediaftina, h, is'difieminated into the Media- 
G. 
The Cephalick vein, which, before its divifion9 
ftinum,orp4rt/tz'ow oftheCheft. The fourth,ver- 
fends away a fprig, it, into the Mufcle dcltoidcs, and 
j. 
tebralis. or the vein of the i. climbs up 
another 9 into the Mufcles of the Cubit. 
through the holes,that are bored in the tranfverffe pro- 
IRhenthe Cephalicf vein comes to the joint of the 
ceffes of the Rack-bones of the Neck, distributing 
Sprigs to the Mufcles, that lie upon the 
H. 
Cubit, at the outer bunching forth of the Arm it is cut 
irito three branches, H.The firft,<> or deep and middle 
The fifth is called Cervicalis or the vein of the bin- 
/. 
one goes to the Mujcles arifingfrom the faid protube- 
1. 
der part of the Neck,I,diftributed into the Mufcles,jea- 
X. 
ration. The fecond x, er inner goes to the making 
ted on the lower part of the backjide of the neckband on 
of the vein called Mediana a. The third or outer 
the upper part of theCheft.Out of the upper part 
A4' 
is carried obliquely,v,by the radius or leffer bone of the 
iffue three .The firft jrjugularis interna, the inner 
vein of the Hollow of the Neck# m, which having jent I 
overfmall [prigs from its outer branch to the Chops, 1 
F. 
Cubit,to the out fide of the Arm, and fo creeping on ob- 
liquely all the way, when it is come to the root of the 
Ill* 
wrift, it is joined with a little branch of the Ba- 
D ddd 18 
An Explanation ofthe Table of the Veins. 
fi lick-vein, t, and makes the vein called Salvatella. 
1 he Bafilick-vcin, which on the right hand if cal- 
led Hepatica, or of the Liver, on the left Lienaris, of 
6. 
and Sacra or the holy-vein6. 
Y. 
The inner Iliacall vein, before it goes out of the 
Peritoneum, or rim of the belly,/boots out two propa- 
the Spleen. 7 hi/ before its divifion fends out a Surcle, 
7- 
gations, the fir fl called Glutaeay, and the fecond Hy- 
e. 
0, to the heads of the Mujcles of the Cubit 5 and then 
8. 
pogaftrica 8. The remainder of it pafing through the 
•sr. 
another notable one which being carried down ol- 
Peritoneum,is fp ent upon the infide of the I high. 
ligucly, be flows its Surcles upon the Mujcles, that arije 
from the outer protuberation of the Arm. 
Z. 
The outer Iliacall vein likewise before its going 
forth of the Peritoneum fcatters-three propagations ; 
K. 
7 he divifion of the K into two branechs, 
the one called Profundus or the deep one, the other 
Subcutaneus,or branch under the d'/rt.The deep one 
9- 
the firft called Epigaftrica 9,going into the Mufcles 
of the Ep igaftrium, and the fir ait ones of the Abdo- 
men, where they are joined by Anaftomofis, or inocu- 
L. 
L,whcn it comes to the bending of the cubit,is divided in- 
10. 
lation 10. The fccond called Pudenda, 11, /pent 
M. 
to two,M,one of which called Radius N, at the Radi- 
us,or leffer bone of the Cubitjthe other called cubjteus, 
11. 
upon the privy parts. The third Coxalis, 12,upon the 
N. 
12. 
Mufcles of the Hip. 
o. 
O, at the greater bone of the Cubit, goes to the hand. 
Subcutaneus, or the branch next under the skin P, 
Here the outer Iliacall vein having pafi through the 
P. 
Peritoneum or rim of the Belly enters the Crus, and 
near to the inner protuberation of the Arm is divided, 
r. 
begins to be called the Crurall Trunk Tjhat is undi- 
R. 
into two other, of which the inner R together with 
the inner branch of the Cephalic fix-, up the vein 
vided as far as to the two lower heads of the "I high. But 
it reaches forth four propagations before its divifion. 
medianax, which is likewife divided into two bran- 
The firft; 15, is called Saphena,wbzch creeps through 
p. 
ches,the outer of which, is called by jome Cephalica 
the infide of the Leg,under the skin as far as to the ends 
«■» 
nianus. and goes to the Thumbs the inner <? to the 
14. 
of the Toes. Another 14 called Ifcnia isfpread out 
S. 
fore and middle fingers: The outer S going to the 
wrift,is joined toward the little finger with the outer 
*5- 
z 
into the skin upon the Hip-bone. The third 15 
named Mufcula is [ent tothe Mufcles,which extend the 
7. 
branch of the about t- 
16. 
Leg. The fourth 16 named Poplitea is distributed 
f. 
The little valves ,which are found in the veins of the 
into the Calf of the Leg. 
j»ints,are handfomely cutout here, as it Were to be j'een 
*3- 
The vein Saphena alfa fcatters from it/elf four 
through. 
J7- 
farcies, the firft 17 into the upper part of the skin of 
T. 
The Dependent Trunk of the Hollow-vein which 
the infide of the Thigh : the fecond 18 about the 
begins about the region of the Liver T, and ends 
19. 
middle of the Thigh : the third 19 into the Knee : 
V. 1 
y about the fifth Sack-bone of the loins V. "There are 
20. 
the fourth 20 is carried forward and backward to the 
y. 
four Twigs growing from this. The firft y called A- 
middle of the Leg. 
dipofaor Fattie-vein, diftributed to the Membrane of 
A. 
The divifion of the Crurall Trunks near to the two 
F 
the Kidneys. The fecond 9 the Emulgent going to 
©. 
lower heads of theThigh into an inner branch &>and an 
the Kidney. The third,prjeparans vas,tbe preparing 
A. 
outer one A. 
X- 
veffell; the right one % arifing out of the TrunkfE-V. 
0. 
The inner difiributes little branches to the Mufcles 
4* 
the left 4 out of the left Emulgent,both afterward going 
21. 
of the Calf 21 ,and then\uns down under the inner ankje 
into the Tefticles wt The fourth is the three Lum- 
22. 
to the great Toe 22. 
444. 
barcs or loin-veins 444. 
A. 
The outer prefently is cleft into two branches, an in- 
The divifion of the Vefcendent Trunk/V, into the 
S' 
ner one St and an outer n. That is [pent wholfyupon tfie 
XX. 
two Iliac all branches XX, both which are again divi- 
n. 
Mufcles of the Calf: this pa/fes on near to the Fi- 
Y. 
ded into two other,an inner one Y, and an outer Z. But 
bula or leffer bone of the Leg, through the outer and 
z. 
5* 
before this divifion two propagations are iffued forth, 
Mufcula lumbalis,or the Mufcle-vein of the loins 5, 
backjfide of the Leg. 
the TRACT.2. 
21 
The fecond Treating 
Concerning 
The A R T E R I E S. 
CHAP. L 
Shews the upper or afcendent of the great Artery, with its propagations 
that are diftributed through the Plead. 
Here is no controverGe among writers of Anatomy concerning ' 
the number and originall of the Arteries, but an unanimous * 
confent, that all the propagations, which are fcattcred through- ' 
I out the body, take their rife from one, which they call Aorta, 
and that this is derived out of the Heart, But th<r Heart con- 
lifting oftwo finuf or cavities, a right, and a left ones this great 
Artery grows out of the left ftnw or ventricle [ A], where it 
is largeft, and more hard, and griftly, then elfewhere. But as 
foon as it is grown out, and before it fall out of the Pericardium 
or purfe of the Heart, it prcfently propagates two fmall fprigs 
[a a] one of each fide, which they call A(teri<e Coronari*, the Crown-Arteries, becaufe 
together with the vena Coronal it, or Crown-vein, they compafle the bafts of the Heart in 
manner of a Crown,and from thefe many propagations are fcattered downward all along 
chc Heart.But they are more,and greater about the left,then the right ventricle,as we have 
alfo formerly faid concerning the vein, becaufe the Heart needs a greater plenty of bloud 
on that fide, as which beats with a pcrpetuall, and more violent motion, wherein more 
bloud is digefted, then the right finus or ventricle does : yet that propagation is bigger, 
and longer, which arifes out of the right fide of the Artery: fometimes alfo there is on- 
ly one, at whofe orifice a little valve is found. Thefe propagations being thus diflemi- 
nated, the Artery afeends fomewhat, under the Trunk of the vena Arter ioa, or Arteriall- 
vein, and pierces through the Pericardium, and, having got above it, is cleft [Bl into two 
branches, which becaufe of their notable greatnefle we will call Trunks, and becaufe one 
afeends [C] and the other runs downward [ QJ] that fha.ll be the Afcendent Trank, this 
the Defcendent. Yet the Defcendcnt, and lower one is bigger by much then the upper, 
that ferves more parts, then this. For the Afcendent one goes only to fbme 
Carts of the Cheft, to the Head, and Arms j but the lower to very many parts of the 
Ar eft, to all the loweft Belly, and the Legs. That therefore we may treat of the great 
grttery with more perfpicuity, we will firft fhew the Afcendent Trunk, and its pro- 
thifie through the Cheft, and Head, and after that its branches diftributed through 
d e Arms. Then we will fall upon the Defcendent one, and explain the manner of its 
iftribution through the Cheft, and loweft belly,and laftly through the Legs. 
The Afcendent therefore orupper Trunk of the being faftened to the Oefto- 
or Glillet, climbs upward betwixt the rough Artery, and Hollow-vein, and the 
mediaftinum, or partition of the Cheft. Which fituation of it they ought diligently to 
obferve,who defire to know the reafon of that Aphorifm,which is the four and twentieth 
of the fifth Seftion in Hippocrates: For, fayes he, cold things, as fnow, and ice, are ene- 
mies to the Breaft, provoke coughs, and caufe eruptions of bloud, and diftillations. Tru- 
ly they are enemies to the Breaft, becaufe, whilcft they are fwallowed down through the 
Gullet, they cool the rough Artery,that lies next to it, together with the Gullet, which 
part being of it felf cold does eafily take harm from fo violent a cold : hence the cough, 
and7 other di fcafes ofthe Breaft follow one another in along row. But i flues of bloud 
happen in like manner, the great Artery being cooled,whereby the vi tall Spirits, and the 
bloud are driven back to the Heart, and from thence arc fent up forcibly to the Head, 
which being ftufc, eruptions of bloudarc caufed by its dropping forth at the Noftriis, as 
'> alfo 
The originsH 
of the great 
Artery. 
Arteri* Core* 
nuridt the 
Crown-Ar- 
teries. 
The divifia»i' 
of the great 
Artery into 
two Trunks. 
VVh?r pan* 
both the 
T ranks nou* 
rifh. 
The order of 
that whichi* 
to befaid»' TrACT.2. 
22 
Arteries 
alfo catarrhs and diftillations, it being driven down undigefted to the infcriour parts. 
And hence alfo a reafon may be rendred,why fome, upon drinking of cold water after 
hement motions, and exercife of the body, have prelently been fuffocatcd, the puff n 
of the heart, and grievous (woundings following thereupon. For the Artery being ve- 
hemently cool'd, the blood is congealed,as well that, which was in the Aorta9 or Great 
artery, as that which abides in the heart, ; from whence happen at firft fearful} (ymptoms, 
and then fuddain death. But we havefeen in thefe men, that a vein being opened, the 
blond hath come out thick,and cold,and with very great difficulty, whence alfo we have 
not found a more prefent remedy for them,then fuch things, as by'reafon of the thinnefs 
of their parts have a power of diffolving the clots of blood. Hence alfo a reafon may be 
given, why in burning feaversthe tongue becomes black , and the difeafed can hardly 
(wallow. For although it be true ( which is the caufe commonly affign'd ) that many 
vapors are lent up from the whole body to the head; yet we may afcribe amain caufe 
of this blacknefleto the nearnefle of the artery, which being fet on fire,and inflamed,pro- 
cures much mifehief to the gullet, and confequently to the tongue it felf. 
But the Afcendent Trunk,whilft it pafles thus upwards, is divided into the two fubcla- 
, vian arteries, [DD] of which one runs to the right fide,and the other to the kft.They are 
called [ubclavit, as long as they are in the cheft,for the fame reafon as the fubclavian veins 
i are fo called, becaufe they run under the ciavicide or collar-bones : but as foon as ever 
they are fain out of the cheft, they change their name,and are called Axillares QE]. From 
both the fubclavian arteries, when they have attained to the firft rib (for before that they 
fend forth no propagations ) many fprigs iflue outgas well from their upper, as lower 
part. From the lower iflues the upper Intercoftall artery, or Intercoftalif j wpmer[b j,which 
being faftned to the roots of the ribs, beftowes particular branches upon the diftances of 
the four uppermoft which run under the ribs,together with the veins,as far as to the gri- 
ftles, from which propagations are difperfed into the marrow of the back, and the neigh- 
bouring mufcles. From the upper part iflues firft that which is commonly called Cervica- 
lif, or the artery of the neck [ c ],but better of the rack-bones , which arifes 
more backward,and toward the bodies of the rack-bones,and afeending obliquely,near to 
the feventh rack-bonc of the neck,like the neck-vein,pafles through the holes of the tranf- 
verfc precedes,and upper rack-bones of the neck,where it (hoots out many propagations, 
which enter the fpinall marrow through the common holes, at which the nerves go out. 
It (ends alfo a pretty company to the mufcles that are feated on. the backfide of the neck, 
and afeends to the nowle-bone together with the vein, through whofc firft notable hole, 
by which the fpinall marrow defeends out of the head, it enters the skull. After this it 
is joined With its fellow of the other (ide under the fpinall marrow, which remains yet in 
the skull, and fo runs ftraight forwards, under the middle of the bafts of the brain; but 
when it hath now attain'd to the or (addle of the wedg-bone,upon which the phleg- 
matick glandule lies, it is divided into two branches, a right, and a left one, both which 
at the fide of the faddle creep to the fecond pair of the nerves, where being broken on 
both fides into an infinite number of furcles, they are difperfed betwixt the firft and fe- 
cond pair of the nerves, and folded together with the thin membrane make that com- 
plication of veflcls call'dplexus Choroides. The next is arteria mammariaov artery of the 
paps [d] which being reflefted under the breft-bone( accompanied with the mammary 
vein ) defeends along its fides, and when it comes to the griftle called Fnfi-formis, or the 
breaft-blade, about the fides thereof goes out of the cheft, and running under the right 
mufcles of the abdomen^defeends direftly through the lower fide of them,and at length neer 
the navell, is joined by anaftonwfis or inoculation [ with the Epigaftrick artery ply- 
ing upward[i^j. But before it leaves the cheft, it fcatters particular branches to 
fix diftances betwixt the griftles of the feven true ribs, which branches determin togu* 
ther with the griftles. A third [ e J is otherwife called M.u[cula the mufcle artery, t 
might bee better, and more ftriftly named Cervicalis9 being it is difleminated into 
mufcles, that are placed in the region of the neck,as far as to the occipitium or nowl of 
head. v 
Thefe branches being fent out,the fubclavian artery goes out of the cavity of the ch., 
and getting above the firft ribs tends obliquely to the arm-pit, and fo makes the axilla- 
ry artery QE] which afterward is fpread into the arm. But before that it (carters feme 
propagations, and from its lower fart three,of which the firft is fcafularit interna9 the inner- 
blade artery £ f ] which goes to the mufcles on the hollow fide of the fhoulder-blade. A- 
? nother is 'Ihoracicafuferior the upper cheft artery'[ g 3, which goes to the pe&orall mufcle, 
that leads the (boulder forward to the breaft, and the other mufcles that lie upon the 
breaft, and is a pretty big one. The third is ihoracica inferior the lower artery of the 
cheft,[lfj which is alfo a large one, and running down all along the fide of the cheft, is 
the greateft part of it fcattered into the broad mufcle called L at if win} which moves the 
fhoulder backward from the breaft. From the upper part of the axillary artery arifes one 
called fcapularis externa the outer blade-artery [ i ],which climbing up to the top of the 
fbnnirier is into the mufcles that cover the gibbous fide of theffioulder- 
blade 
The divifion 
of rhe Afcen- 
dent trunk into 
two branches. 
The fubclavian 
arteries. 
Interceftatefu- 
perier3 the up* 
per artery be- 
tween the ribs. 
Vertebrate, rhe 
artery of the 
rack-bones. 
Matnmariajte 
artery of the 
paps. 
Ctrviaate, the 
artery of the 
neck. 
Arterfd axilla- 
ris. 
Its branches 
before it enters 
into the arm. 
From its lower 
part. 
Vrornksupper 
m one. TRact.2, 
Concerning the Arteries. 
23 
blade. The remaining part of the axillary artery pafles on incompany of the Bafilick 
vein to the arm, upon all which it is afterward lpent,df whofe diftribution we will (peak 
in the following Chapter; 
That which remains yet of the Afcendena T rank [ L] being fuftained with the "Th} mat 
neer to the upper part of the breaft-bone,is divided into two branches [ MM Jwhich they 
call or /operates the fleepy arteries, becaule they being'obftrufted, or anyway 
ftopt, we prefently fall afleep, of which Valuerda witnefles in Anatom, lib. 6. c. 11. that 
Realdus Columbus made tryall in a young among a great company of men. They are 
unequall in bignefle, the right one being much thicker then the left, but they tend di- 
re&ly upward, being carried along by the fides of the neck, and faftned to the rough ar- 
tery, and to the internail jugular veins, by the benefit of a membrane, and when they 
arc come to the cups, are divided into two branches [NJ of which one is the outer , the 
other the inner one : that is the lefie, this is the greater. The outer [O ] fends propa- 1 
gations [+J to the cheeks and mufcles of the face; then when it is come to the ear , it is | 
divided in twain ; for one branch [r] of it goes to the backfide of the ear , from which i 
ttyo branches under the ear enter the neather jaw through the firft hole of it, that is fea- 
ted at its precedes, and throughout the length thereof are difleminated into the roots 
of all the lower teeth; that which remains, going out at the fecond hole; which is pla- 
ced at the chin, is fcattered into the lip. The other branch [ q ] creeps through the Tem- 
ples and fore-head, and is fpent upon the mufcles of the face. The inner branch £Plof the 
fleepy artery, or artcri a Encephalic a the brain-artery,is carried into the chops; and having 
icattered lome propagations to the tongue and throttle, is divided about the bafts of the 
skull, into two unequall branches, to wit, a greater,and a lelfer one. The lejjer and hind- 
tnoft Qs] is carried together with the greater Enccphalick branch of the iriternall jugular ' 
vein to the back-fide of the skull, enters through the fecond hole of the occipitium or ' 
nowl-bone, and goes into the Jinus or canale of the thick membrane. The greater and 
wore forward f t J having entred the cavity of the skull through a hole made on purpofe 
for it in the temple-bone, and attain'd to the faddle of the wedg-bone, going every 
where under the hard membrane;firft of all propagates a branch on both fides into the fide 
of the thick membrane, then in beafts fcattering an infinite number of furcles makes the 
Rete mirabile or wonderfull net,which indeed may be found in a man too, but it is very 
little, and feems but a lhadow in refpeft of that in beafts .Thele furcles being thus placed 
it pierces through the thick membrane of the brain,and having got out of it,lends'another 
propagation out of the skull,through the fecond hole of the wedg-bone to the eye , and 
its mufcles, as alfo to the temple mufcle, that lifts up the lower jaw; and then going 
ftraight up to the/fidc of the phlegmatick glandule, it is divided into two branches, an 
outer, and an inner. The inner is joined with its fellow of the other fide, and being 
joined they are wafted into many little arteries, which are difperfed through the thin' 
membrane, and the very fubftance of the brain, to the originallof the optick nerves. The 
outer being refleftedand fuftained with the thin membrane, goes into the forward ventri- 
cle of the brain; being divided into many furcles, which are united with thole little arte- 
ries, which ariie from the vertebral#,or artery of the rack-bones;fome with thofe which 
the vertebrall artery fcatters through the bafts of the head under the brain, but others 
with thole which it defleminates through the thin membrane and fubftance of the brain, 
together with which they make thep/wo# chor tides. 
The tteep/ 
arteries. 
The divifionof 
them. 
The outer, 
bran ch of the 
face. 
The inner j o'i 
branch of the 
brain. 
. The divifion 
p thereof into 
a letter and 
j greater branch.- 
A fubdivifiori 
of the greater.- 
CHAP. II. 
DecUr is the Hifiory of the Axillary artery being 
dijtrifoited through the Arm. 
HE Axillary artery therefore when it is cofne to the arm,taking the name of 
the Arm-trunk [FF] is carried in one undivided flock, beyond the bent of 
the cubit, through the/ infidc of the arm, difperfing fome fmall pro- 
pagations on both Tides to the mufcles that lie on the infide of the upper part 
of the arm. But it goes faft by the inner or deep branch of the Bafilick vein , 
as an unfeparable companion of it, whofe conduft and fteps it every where follows. But 
prefently felling down by the back-fide of the upper part of the arme, where the mufcles 
which extend the cubit flick to it, it fends forth two propagations f 1 & m ] the lower 
ofwhich is a very notable one, and fo it is writhed back toward the bent of the cubit, 
and having attained thereunto it reaches out two fiircles [ nn Jone of each fide, fo ma- 
nifeft, that the pulfeis there oftentimes evidently enough perceived. Then going under 
the bent of the cubit, through the infide of it,and finking down betwixt the two mufcles 
that bend the feco nd and third bones of the four fingers, it is cut [GJ into two notable 
branches, one of which is an outer, the other an inner one. The outer [ H ] is carried 
• along 
' Bntchlafa mini 
cHr,the trunk 
of the arm. 
The divifiorf 
chereofinro 
two brauchcr. 
The outer 
branch* 24 
Concerningtbe Arteries. 
along the Radi™, or letter bone of the cubit (whence I call it Radiew ) and goes directly 
to the wrift, in which place Phyfitians feel the pulfe j it being very manifeft, byreafon 
that the artery lies next under the skin. But not far from the root of the wrift ic (hoots out 
a little branch Q o J which runs under the tendons of the mufcles, which extend the thumb, 
intotheoutfide ofthe hand, and is fpent upon the mufcles, which are placed betwixt the 
firft bone of the thumb, andthatoftheafter-wrift, which fupports the fore-finger. This 
branch being propagated, going under the inner annular ligament of the wrift, and the 
broad tendon ofthe palm-mufcle, it is divided into three branches [ ppp] like the vein, and 
nerve, that are its companions. The firft of thefe goes to theinfideot the thumb, the 
fecond to the infide of the fore-finger , and the third to that of the middle .The firft, and 
iecond are each of them parted into two branches; the third is undivided. Tbt inner branch 
ofthe trunk ofthe arm £ I] runs ftraight along thexlna or greater bone of thecubit ( and 
for that reafon I edit ic Cxbitew ) and is diverted into the palm of the hand. But it is fo 
hidden among the mufcles, that it is hardly perceived to beat, unlette in lean folkes; and 
therefore Phyfitians alwaies lay their hands upon the outer branch,when they feel the pulfe 
in the wrift. But it pattes on under the tranfverfe ligament of the wrift, and the tendon of 
the palm-mufcle, in company of a vein,and nerve, and (carters two branches into the little 
finger, as many into the ring'finger,and one into the outfide of the middle. 
The inner 
branch. 
CHAP. III. 
Shewes the Inf eriour or Dependent Trunk of the great 
artery, and the propagation thereof through 
the middle find loweft bellies. 
EE have faid above, that the great artery [ A ] as foon as it has gotten above 
the Pericardium or purfe of the heart,is B] into two branches; of which 
one goes upward, the other defeends to the parts below. We have already handled 
the upper branch; it remains that wee explain the other allo. 
The Defcendent trunk therefore [ Qj anfwering in proportion to the flock of a tree, is 
carried down to the fifth rack-bone of the chcft,and declining fomewhat to the left, cleaves 
to that fide of the body of the rack-bones, and fo defeends leifurely. When it has now paft 
the midriffe through that divifion refembling a femi-circle,which is betwixt the productions 
of the feptum tranfverfitm or midriffe,prefently it runs out by the rack-bones of the loins, lea- 
ning upon the middle of their body,til it come to the laft of them,where near to the os Jacrwm 
it is divided[R]into two notable branches£SS]which with other Anatomifts we wil cal I/m- 
ci the Iliacal arteries from their fituation.In this journey it (carters many propagations from 
it (elf,which are very worthy to be diligently obferved,becau(e from thence we may eafily give 
a reafon ofmany accidents in difeafes. But they are in number eight,the Intercoftal arteries, 
the two Phrenic or arteries of the midriffe, the Coeliacall one,then the upper Mefenterick3the 
two Emulgents, as many (permaticall ones, at laft the lower Mefenterick, and the Lumbares9 
or arteriesof the loins. Of thefe the Intercoftalls are fcattered,whilft the trunk is yet in the 
cheftjthe reft, whilft it pafles on through the loweft belly .But fome of them accompany the 
branches ofthe gate-vein, as the Coeliacall,and both the Mefentericall arteries jothers thole 
of the hollow vein, as the reft. Now we will treat of theft in order, beginning from the 
Intercoftalls, or arteries between the ribs, which are placed uppermoft, Prefently there- 
fore after the Deftendent trunk [Q] is iffued forth, from its back-fide it ftnds over little 
branches on both fides to the diftances ofthe eight lower ribs, which they call Intercoftales 
the lower arteries between the ribs [uu u ]j.n refpeft of the upper Intercoftall, of 
which we have fpoke above. Theft affociating themfelves with the veins and nerves of the 
feme name, goftraigbton by the lower fide of the ribs; where peculiar finta or channells 
are cut out for them. But as the Intercoftall veins reach in the true ribs only to the griftlcs, 
but in the baftard ones fomewhat farther, to wit, to the fides of the abdomen: fo alto the ar- 
teries end in them together with the bony part of the ribs, but in th eft run out a little far- 
ther. And thefe arteries fend over fome propagations through the holes of the nerves to the 
fpin all marrow, and to the mufcles that lie upon the rack*bones of the back, juft as we have 
laid the Intercoftall veins were propagated. But the ufe of them is to diffufe the vitall fpirit, 
and the blood to the mufcles betwixt the ribs, befides which they have all© another notable 
office, to wit, of carrying down the water, and purulent matter, that is gathered together in 
thecheft, into the great artery, and from thence by the Emulgent branches to the bladder. 
Although I am not ignorant that the moft learned and others who have fead be- 
fore me in this moft famous Univerfity ofPadua, have (hewn another way to their Audi- 
tors* by which either purulent matter, or water might be conveighed forth by help of the 
kidneys, to wit, the vein finepari, or without a companion, a little branch whereof in the 
left 
The DtCctri- 
dent trunk. 
Its progreflc. 
In'proptgati. 
®ns. 
Intereofialef in* 
ferifrtiithe ar- 
teries between 
the lower 
Their ufe. £ ract.2» 
Concerning tbe Arteries 
25 
eft fideg3?s inco th? Einlgeic of the left kidney. Bac this way which we (hew through 
the latercoft ill arteries, is by much the (hotter; that I pafs by this, that any matter 
heaped together may be more eafily difpatchr away through the arteries then the veins.Nor 
needs any one here to be afraid, left the vital spirits (hould be infefted from thefe excrementi- 
tiousand ill humors,whereby the heart may incurre fearfull (ympcomes; when we willingly 
grant ( which experience alfo hath ofcentaught us) that whilft the corrupt matter is empti* 
ed out by the urine, the fick parties have 'often fain into fits of fwotmding, and other dif- 
eafcs; fometimes alfo have died fuddenly, when the peccant humor has been of too great a 
quantity, or too bad a quality, and has offered fo much violence to nature,that the hea£,and 
fpirits have been overcome therewith. But here a certain place in Hippocrates calls upon me 
to explain it, which has long and often troubled my mind. The place is in Coacis prano- 
tienib™, where he fays; They, who together with the heart have their whole lungs infla- 
med, fo that it falls to the (ide, are deprived of motion all overi and the parties fo difeafed 
lie cold, fenfelefle, and die the fecond or third day .But if this happen to the lungs without 
the heart,they live not fo long:Yet fome alfo are preferved.I have often thought with my (elf, 
what (hould bethat (ympathy of the heart and lungs with the brain and nerves, that from 
the inflammation of thofe parts, the Patient (hould be fo deprived of fenfe and motion all 
over, when the fame Hippocrates teacheth in the fame place,that the dileafed fiiffer fuch depri- 
vation in that part,& livid (pots appear on the outfide about the rib, where-about the Aorta 
(fo he feems to call the lobes or divifions of the lungs ) being inflamed fall to the fide. But 
if they be not much inflamed, fo that they fall not down to the fide; he fayes that there is a 
pain indeed all over, but no deprivation of fenfe or motion, nor any fpots appear.Having 
deliberated often with my felf, at length I came to be of this opinion; that there was no o- 
ther cau(e,bat the (ympathy betwixt thefe Intercoftal arteries,and the marrow in the back* 
bone. This fympathy arifes from thole propagations,which we told through the 
holes ofthe rack-bonesof the cheft into the backbone. Wherefore if the lungs,and heart befo 
mightily inflamed,that great plenty of bloud ru(h into the great artery,whereupon it fwells, 
as alfo thefe veflels betwixt the ribs,and confequently thofe furcles which go to the marrow 
of the back-bone; truly it cannot be, but that both the marrow, and the nerves, which ifliis 
out of it,be compreftj from whence what elfe can follow, but the refolutions ofthofe parts, 
into which thole nerves are implanted, and to which they impart the faculty of motion > 
This opinion feems to mee to bee wonderfully confirmed by a certain pretty obfervation, 
which thelearned Cornelim Gemma has in his book, de btmititraopejlilehti. A certain ftudi- 
o'.is young man,fayes he, through the whole courfe of his difeafe, had his left eye lefle then 
the other. He was pain'd in the left fide,efpecially all the time the fit raged; but about the 
crifis or change thereof, the artery of his left leg being (woln up was moved according to 
its length, that being to be feen by us it feemed to be turned upward and downward like a 
rope pull'd back. Who will not here willingly confefle,that this matter was in the 
when the crifis was made by them? But from this that hath been faidareafon may be alfo gi- 
ven of another obfervation of which is 4 de he (ayes thus: In a cer- 
tain man, whowas-troubled with a vehement inflammation of the lungs, as well the outer, 
as the inner parts of his arm, from the cubit to the very ends of his fingers labour'd with 
difficulty of fenfe, and their motion alfo was fomewhat empair'd. In the fame man alfo 
the nerves, which are in the firft, and fecond dlftances betwixt the ribs,fuftained harm. And 
a little afeer,This man was quickly reftot'd to his health, to wit, a medicine being applyed 
to the place, from whence the nerves iflue forth, near to the firft, and fecond fpaces betwixt 
the ribs. By reafon of the fame branches betwixt the ribs John Kaleriola, the fon of that 
Phyfitian, whofe obfervations we have, being yet a boy fuffered Convulfion-fits in a grie- 
vous Pleurifie. 
The arteries called Phrenic* of the midriffe, [xx ] are two; one ofeach fide, which ari- 
fing out of the trunk, prefently after it is come forth of the hollow of the cheft,being divided 
into more branches, are (battered into the midriffe, but efpecially into the lower fide of it, 
near to the rack-bones ofthe back .They (p rinkle fome (mall twigs alfo into the upper 
pyt, which afterwards go to the Pericardium or purfe of the heart, there where it growes 
to the midriffe. 
The Cceliaca or Stomach-Artery is but one, fo called, becaufe it fends over branches to 
theyjjixfa, that is, the Stomach. This, being moft like to thefpleenick branch of the 
Gate-vein, affords many branches to the Stomach, Liver, Bladder of Gall, Kell, the gut 
Duodenum, the beginning of the Jejunum or empty Gut,a part of the Colon or Colique-Gut, 
the Sweet-bread, and Spleen. But it arifes out of the forefideof the body of the Trunk, 
and being ftayed up all the way by the upper part of the lower membrane of the Kall, is 
divided into two notable branches, but of unequall bigneffe, one of which goes to the 
right, the other to the left: that is the lefle, this the greater, '/he right branch therefore is 
joined with the defeendent Gate-vein in the Pancreas or Sweet-bread, that is placed under 
the hinder part of the Stomach, and leaning there upon the membranes of the Kall goes to 
thcLiver;and its fiiulnefle is worth the taking notice of,if you look upon the largenefs 
•f the Liver, which the Ancients long fince, and at this day have made the work- 
E houfe 
Theexplana* 
nation of a 
place in Hip* 
pscrate-r. 
2? 
Phrenic* the 
arterie* of the? 
midriffc» 
3° 
Caliac*. 
The two bran., 
ches thereof. , 
The right 
branch. 26 
Concerning the Arteries. 
Tract.2. 
houfeofthebloud.But it is infected in the hollow part, near to the Trunk of the Gate- 
vein, and is fo fmall, becaufe that part of the Liver, which entertains the roots of the 
Gate-vein, needed not a greater Artery ; but the otherpart-which hath the propagati- 
ons of the Hollow-vein, receives great plenty of vitall Ipirit lent over from the Heart 
through the Hollow-vein. Yet before it enters into the Liver, it difleminates in the 
way many farcies,and thofe partly from its upper fide, partly from its lower; from the up- 
per fide two, firft, that which 1 call PyloricM, which ariies in the mid-way, and being di- 
vided into many little branches is fcattered into the back-fide of the right orifice of the 
Stomach. The other is called Cyftict gemel/<ef the Twin-Arteries of the bladder of Gall, 
which are two little branches, and go into the bladder of Gall, and prefently are divided 
into many propagations. From the lowerfide likewife two arife. The firft is Epiplojs dex- 
tra or the right Kail-Artery, which is implanted into the right fide of the lower mem- 
brane of the Kall, and part of the Colique-Gut annexed thereunto. The other is cleft 
into two branches, of which one called Inteftinah9 the Gut-Artery pafles on to the Pks- 
denum, and beginning of the Jejunum or empty Gut: the other, named Gaftroepiploisdex- 
tra the right Stomach and Kall Artery, fomewhat larger then the former, turns down to 
right fide of the bottome of the Stomach, and being fapported by the upper membrane of 
the Kall, ifliies out fame (hoots from the upper part to the fore and back-iides of the Sto- 
mach ; but from the lower to that membrane of the Kall, upon which it leans. 7he I eft 
y and greater branch is called Arteria Splenica the Spleen Artery, which flicking to the lower 
membrane of the Kall, and the Glandules placed therein, pafles on together with the 
Spleen-vein, to which it is faftened,and in like manner diftributes its propagations to 
the Spleen. But inthe way likewife it diftributes branches from both parts of it: from 
the upper ifliies Gafirica the Stomach-Artery, which reaches into the middle of the hinder 
part of the Stomach, or that, wherewith it leanes upon the back, and afeending from 
thence it compafles the left orifice of the Stomach round about like acrown, and difperfes 
little twigs, partly upward to the end of the Gullet, partly downward, and thofe great- 
er, and more numerous,inta the Stomach,and fo it makes the Arteria Coronaria or Crown- 
Artery,like to the Crown-vein, which arifes from the Gate-vein, as we have faid in the 
fore-guing Treatife. But from its lower fide the Splcen-A tery fends out the Epip lots finiftra, or 
left Kali-Artery, about that, part, wherewith it now attains to the Spleen, which runs 
out into the left fide of the membrane of the lower part of the Kall. This Artery pre- 
fently after its rife is cleft into two branches, which part very far afunder from each o- 
ther, from which many other Arteries arife, that are all confumed upon the faid mem- 
brane of the Kall,and the Colique gut, that is tyed thereto. Thefe branches being iflued, 
the Spleen-Artery draws nearer to the Spleen, and juft like the vein of the fame name, 
which accompanies it all the way,is cleft into two branches like the Letter Y,one of which 
may be called the upper, the other the lower, which afterward entring by the hollow part 
of the Spleen are (plintered into an infinite number of little fprigs, fo that there are five 
times more Arteries there, then veins. Whence it comes to pafle, that in inflammations 
of the Spleen, if you lay your hand to the left Hypochondrium-pr place under the Griftles of 
the Baftard-ribs, it feems to pant. But before this entry of the Artery of the lower 
branch makes a notable anaftomofis or inoculation with the lower branch of the vein, and 
propagates a twig to the lower membrane of theKall. But from the upper branchiflues 
one called Gaflro-epiplois the left Stomach and KalLArtery, which being fattened 
to the upper membrane of the Kai is derived into the left fide of the bottom of the Stomach, 
beftowing little branches upon the fore and back-fides of it, or alfo upon the upper part of 
the Kall. Another ifluing from the upper branch makes the was breve Arter iofum,or (hort Ar- 
teriall vcflell,carried,like the vein its name-fake,to the left fide, and orifice of the Stomach* 
The ufe of the right branch,which goes to the liver,befides the common one,which it hath, 
is this, as often as the bladder of Gall is obftrufted, to carry down choler to the Guts, 
and efpecially to the Colon, into which fome of its branches are implanted. Which is the 
reafon, that in bloudy Flixes the Ulcers are almoft alwayes found inthe great Guts, and 
efpecially in the Colon., very feldome in the; fmall ones. For this artery, when either the 
Liver being over hot breeds abundance of choler, or the bladder of Gall is obftru&ed,re- 
ceiving into itfelf ftore of choler carries it diredly over to the Colon., or Colique Gut. In 
: like manner the ufe of the left branch, or Spleen Artery, befides the common one, is 
to throw down choler, melancholy and wheay humors, if at any time the Spleen abound 
with them, to the Guts. Moreover by this fame way the waterifh humors in fuch as have 
the Dropfie, are fometimes committed either to the Guts, or to the Kidneys and Blad- 
der. This fame branch is that by which the drink pafles fo fodainly through the whole 
body, and by which ill humors are caft out by vomit. This fame is the caufe, that upon 
a full Stomach we make little water; but more when the conco&ion therein is finifhed. 
For the Stomach being much diftended prefles it; but that once empty, it can perform its 
office. This fame branch teaches us that a (lender diet is to be prefcr'bed to them, 
who are to take purges,that the way may be open for the medicins, as well that, by which 
the 
Propagations 
from its uj per 
parr. 
I. 
2. 
From its lower 
parr. 
1. 
2. 
The left branch 
Propagations 
from its upper 
part. 
From its lower 
part. 
Sts divificn. 
* The ufe of the 
tight branch. 
Why ulcers 
are morefre. 
qutnt in rhe 
great guts. 
The ufe of the 
deft. Tr*ct.2. 
Concerning the Arteries» 
27 
the excrements are lent over to the Stomach, as that, by which they are conveyed to the 
Guts. This fame branch alfo, if you adde the two Mefentericks, is the feat of the hypo- 
chondriacall Melancholy. For this difeafe arifing from the obftru&ion of the entrails, 
which are contained in the lowelt belly,it is neceflary that the arteries here (hould fuffer ve- 
ry much,which the very Symptomes,that happen in this dileafe,may fufficiently inform us. 
Mc'ienterica fuperior, the upper Artery of the Mefentery Qy] arifes a little below the Cce- 
liacall, being diftributed like the Meferaick vein(which is its companion) with numerous 
propagations into the Guts called Ilium and Jejunum,2s alfo that region of the Co/on,which 
reaches from the Hollow of the Liver as far as the right Kidney, and fo for the molt part 
into the upper part of the Mefentery. In which place it is to be obferved, that the Artery 
fometimes lies upon the vein, fometimes on the contrary the vein upon the Artery, and 
fb is carried betwixt both the Membranes of the Mefentery .But thefe Arteries in many pla- 
ces in the Mefentery have Glandules,which were made for the free perfpiration of the vef- 
lels, and efpecially of the Arteries,whereby it comes to paffe,that thefe Glandules labour- 
ing with a hard tumor,or 5czrrb«<,th'c vclfels are compreft,and a pining away of the whole 
body follows thereupon. 
ThcEmulgent arteries [Y] are two, one the right,another the left one. Both ifliie out 
under the forementioned Artery, where the firft, and fecond Rack-bones of the loins are 
coupled together by the Ligament. But they arifeoutof either fide of the Trunk, al- 
though not direftly over againft one another,as alfo it is in the Emulgent veins, the right 
one being lower then the left. Thefe Arteries,when they come to the Kidney,are cleft into 
two branches, with which they arc inferred into the finut or channels of the cavity of the 
Kidneys, and like the veins are confumed in an infinite number of little fprigs upon their 
fubftance. Their ufe, befides the common one,is to purge out the whey,which is found in 
great plenty in the Arteries. < 
The fpermaticall, or feed-arteries are likewife two, which arife out of the fore- 
part of the Trunk of the great Artery, their originals touching each other 5 for the left 
Artery iflues not from the Emulgent, as the left fpermaticall vein does. Afterward 
in their defeent th ey are made faft to the veins of their own fide, and in men are carried 
through the proceffes of the Peritoneum or Rim of the Belly to the Tefticles:but in women, 
when they come fomewhat near to the Tefticles, they are divided into two parts, one of 
which is carried to the Tefticles, the other to the bottom of the womb. But the arteries 
do fo come to the womb, that they only water it at the fides, and pierce not at all into the 
inner parts of it.Which truly came to pafle by the great providence of wifeft nature,fince it 
had not been fo fafe to have brought them down to the inner furface of the womb, 
by reafon that in the coming forth of the child very great ifliiings of bloud would 
be caufed to the no fmall danger of the woman in Child-bed,if the Arteries had been an- 
nexed to the Womb on the infide.Hence alfo it is,that in the time of delivery they flow by 
little and little, not rufhing down with violence. 
Mefcnterica inferzor,the lower Artery of the Mefentery [£],arifes near to the Osfacrum, or 
great bone, a little above the divifion of the Trunk into the Iliacall banches, and goes 
into tlw left fide of the Colon, and into the ftrait gut, defeending with the hsemorrhoidall 
veins to the very end of the Fundament, and making the haonorrhoidall Arteries. It is 
queftioned concerning the ufe of both the Mefentericks, whether befides the common,they 
have any peculiar one. For Galen in his 4. of the ufe of the parts, feems to make mention 
of fome other when he would have fome part of the chylw to be attrafted by them. And 
in the book, whether bloudbe contained in the Arteries, in the fifth Chapter, he 1ayes.- 
•If we divide the loweft belly, and the inner membrane, we fhall plainly fee the Arteries 
in the Mefentery filled with milk in Kids newly yeaned, but in living creatures that arc 
grown,full of fomething elfe. In which words Anatomicall experience teaches us,that not 
enely the Mefaraick veins, but Arteries atfo do manifeftly draw the chylw to them. Which 
being fo indeed, it is altogether to be beleeved, that thechylw is either afterward tranf- 
ported by them into the veins, or elfe turned into bloud by the Arteries themfelves.Nor 
will this feem wonderful to any one who fhall confider alfo that the mothers bloud is con- 
veyed through the Umbilical! Arteries to the child,whileft it is yet fhut up in the Womb. 
But if the bloud which is received by the veins ought yet to be better worked, as any di- 
ligent inquirer into nature will conclude it ought; truly that which is received by the 
Arteries will require to be fo much the more exaftly laboured, by how much the better 
it is , then that of the veins. But it is fo laboured in the Arteries themfelves, and in 
the Spleen, being haled into the Coeliacall Artery,and carried to the Spleen. And this 
is an excel lent ufe of the Mefenterick Arteries, whileft a man enjoyes perfeft health, 
befides which wee will adde another alfo, as often as he leaves to be in health. 
For thefe Arteries take to them the excrements of the whole body, that they may car- 
ry them down to the Guts, in like manner as the veins do, by which nature doth both 
attraft the chylut, and likewife expell the noifome humors out of the body, as choler, 
phlegm, and melancholy. Choler is thus expelled oftentimes in continuall and inter- 
mitting cholerick feavers, a folution whereof follows by a loofnefle: Phlegm is fo 
E e e c 2 expelled 
4- 
Mefenterict fk- 
pGrior* 
An obfervarf- 
©rt« 
EmnlgenteS. 
Their afe. 
6, 
Spermuticx; 
, 7'. .7 
Mejenterica in- 
ferior. 
Its uf«« 28 
Concerning the Arteries. 
Tract.2. 
cxpell'd, as often as bloady fluxes happen to fiich as have the gout in the feet, which eafe 
them of their pain, if the intent of nature be advanced by the help of a wife P hyfitian.Laft- 
ly melancholy is conveyed out by boththeMefentericks, but efpecially by the hemorrhoi- 
dal! branch ; whence Hippocrates fayes, 6. Epidem, He which has the Emroids naturally, 
{ball neither be troubled with the pain of the fide,or inflammation of the lungs}nor with fel- 
lons or black puftles, called Terminth's nor with the Leprofy, canker,or other difeafes. For 
there is avery great fympathy betwixt the breaftand the haemorrhoidall artery, becaurethe 
trunk, out of which it arifes, defending from the heart, prefently after it firft iflues from 
thence, propagates the Intercoftall branches, Moreover all black cholerick humours are 
purg'd by this means out of the whole body, thatcankers5and leprofies cannot be caufed by 
them. From thefe voluntary purgings which nature it felf has found out, wee may now 
judgof fuch as are caufed by thehelpof a Phyfitian, and may be termed Artificial!. For an 
opinion of fome men hath prevailed much in outage, that the body cannot be purged by 
clyfters, but only by thofe medicins, which are taken at the mouth. But I will not only 
believe, but alfo being taught it by experience can witnefle, that,ifthe clyfters contain in 
them purging medicins, the whole body is very commodioufly cleanfed. Forthewhole 
colick gut receiving the matter of the clyfter, the verrue itfelf of the medicin draws down 
the noifbme Jhumors by the arteries out of the Aorta or great artery. Which being granted, 
we may give a reafon(what we have feen very often)why Suppofitories made of white helle- 
bore produce the fome fymptomes,as are wont to be cauledin them,who have taken in white 
hellebore at the mouth. In like manner from hence we may fetch the reafon ;why the belly 
is ftrongly purged,the region about the navell,being anointed with purging medicins.For the 
vertueof the medicin is attracted by the arteries, and by them afterward it purges. Thefe 
» arteries are they , by which the difeafe of the colick is changed into the gout, and on the 
contrary the gout into the colick, as we have it in Hippocrates 6. £pidem. Sett, 4. where 
he fayes : One, that was vexed with the pain of the colick on the right fide, had fome 
> cafe, whileft the gout held him ; but this difeafe being cured, he was pained more. The 
'reafon hereof was this, becaufe that humor, which caufed the gout, was carried out of the 
joints to the colick gut, whereby the colick difeafe was increafed. inquiring 
into the caufe of this, refers us to hidden and unknown paflages, to which, it feems to me, 
that we need not fly, if we fay, that the humors are brought out of the crural! arteries into 
the trunk, and out of this into the Mefenterick branches, and laftly, out of thefe into the 
guts 5 for this is the fhorteft, and moft convenient way. Nor is there any reafon, that we 
fhould be afraid of that pollution of the vital! fpir its, which they will obje& to us if the 
excrementitious humors pafle through the arteries; for this betrayes their great ignorance as 
well in Anatomy,as in folidphyfick5and it would be very eafie,if I would digreffe,to prove 
in this place, that a great part of the humors in our body flow down through the arteries. 
For in them the ftrength of nature exceeds,and is more vigorous, that whenfbever it is pro- 
voked, it is moft apt to expell; and the bloud being ftirred by their continuall beating, as 
alfo by its own nature,makes all that is therein more fit to flow. And who will not be- 
leeve that excrements are carried through the arteries, who confiders the flowings 
down from the fpleen, in which there being five times more arteries, then there are 
veins, truly it is ncceflary that that ballaft of the fpleen be carried out through the 
arteries ? 
The four Liimbaret or loin-arteries[»>Jarife out of the backfide of the trunk of the great 
artery,all along as itpafles through the region of the loins.Thcy run through the icommon 
holes into the rack-bones of the loins, and to their marrow, and alfo into the neighbour- 
ing mufcles. And at the fide of the marrow, after they have entred the rackbones, they 
climb upon both fides to the brain together with the veins of the loins. But they are all e- 
quallybig, if you except thofe two, which iflue out near to the os facrum or holy-bone, 
which are not only derived jinto the rack-bones to the marrow, and to the mufcles therea- 
bout, but are alfo fent overthwart through the peritoneum* and mufcles of the Abdomen, The 
two laft are by fome called Adxfixlxjitperiores the upper mufcle-arteries, and are diftinguifhe 
from the Lumbare/, Andthefeare the arteries, which if we obferve, we (hall eafily give the 
reafonypf many things, of which Phy fitians do ftill difpute very hotly; but efpecially 
of.tffiat moft difficult queftion, which is controverted among Phyfitians, by what wayes, 
, and in what manner the colick ends in a palfie or in the falling ficknefle. For we have the 
1 9^^crvat'on lu faulw JEgimtalib, J. c. 4^. where he fayes t the colick , as it were by a cer- 
■ fain peftilerit contagion, ended with many in the falling ficknefle, with others in arefoluti- 
of the joints or palfie, their fenfe remaining ; and they who fell into the falling fick- 
ndfe, for the moft part dyed; but they who fell into the palfie, were moft of them pre- 
ferved; the caufe of thedifeafe being carried to another place in the folution. For the 
humor, that caufed the difeafe, came back out of the colick gut through the mefentericall ar- 
teries, from whence being afterward tranfported into the trunk of the great artery, it 
came alfo to thelxmbaresor arteries of the loins, which fwcllingwith bloud preft together 
the neighbouring nerves, from which came rhe palfie in the feet. And this we have often 
obferved, as well incur felves, as in others, efpecially in former years, when thefe di £ 
cafes 
An oa Pefvati- 
on. 
VVhy anoin- 
ting of the na« 
veil with fnch 
things as purge, 
loofen the 
belly. 
How the colick 
is changed into 
the gourmand on 
•the contrary* 
8. 
Lumbarei* 
How the colick 
difeafcends in 
a palfie or Epi* 
Jepfie. Tract.2. 
Concerning the Arteries. 
29 
cafes at Yadtta were Epidemiall. Yet the Palfie is not alwayes a perfect oneffiut often (as' 
am wont tocallic ) imperfeft, becaufe the power to walk is not wholly taken away, but the 
difeafed ftan d upon their feet with a great deal of difficulty. Many at that time being deceived 
in the knowledge of the difeafe, miftaking this for a great weaknefle of body contra&ed by 
their fickne(Ie,endeavoured to take it away by eating and drinking largely,but in vain. This 
alfoisthecaule, why the Falling-ficknefs,and Lethargies too, as we have oft-times feen. 
follow after the Colick, becaufe the matter being Cent over from the Mefenterick arteries tc 
thofe ofthe loins,mayealily go from them into the brain, to which thofe very veffells are 
carried. 
Butthe trunk of the great artery, when it is come to the laft rack-bone of the loins, ha- 
ving taken its journey all the way 5which we have (hewed, under the hollow vein, at the 
left fide, here gets above the vein,left it ffioold be worn away in that continuall motion by 
the hardnefs of the holy-bone. But it is divided,nootherwife then the hollos? vein is,into 
two notable branches [ S. S. ] which are called by Anatomifts the Iliacall arteries from their 
fituation, and being carried downward obliquely to the thigh referable the r ofthe Greeks 
turned upfide down. But they alfo juft like the Iliacall veins, to which they are exaftly 
anfwering, before they be implanted into the thigh, (hoot out a pretty number of branches. 
But from the lower fide of the artery before the Iliacall branches be divided,iffue forth faerie 
the holy arteries which are notable ones, and carried downward, leaning upon the 
holy-bone,pafle through the holes thereof and run to the marrow and backfide of the 
bone. And through thefe alfo there is a way for the matter, that makes the Colick , to 
caufc the Palfie of the legs. 
After this a little below the divifion of the trunk, the Iliacall arteries are fubdivided into 
two branches, one of which is the inner and lefs; the other outer and greater. The left 
and inner £ T ] iffues out two propagations, one from its outfide, the other from its infide. 
The outer [ e ] is commonly called Mufcula, by us more ftriftly Gluua the mufcle of the but- 
tocks, becaufe it runsdown with its name fake vein, betwixt the holy and hip bones,where 
they part one from another, and fcatters many twigs into the mufcles, which lye upon the 
Oj Ilium, or hanch -bone, called Glutti, or the mufcles of the buttocks; becaufe they are 
the authors of them. 
T/;e is called j which is very notable, and large, and, being carried 
direftiy down to the lower fide of the holy-bone,it affords certain propagations in men to 
thebottome, and neck of the bladder, as alfo to the ifraitgut, which alfo may bee called 
the H jemorrhoidall arteries; but in women, to whom this branch is (bmewhat larger, it di- 
ftributes a great number of propagations, befides thofe to the fore-named parts, into the 
lower region alfo of the bottoms of the womb,and likewKe into its neck.Hence we may ga- 
ther the reafon, why ,if the womb reach to the middle of the hip, Convulfions are caufed,as 
Hippocrates witneffeth, lib. de natttra mislie bri.hs alfo if the worab fal down to the hip, why 
the monthly flowers are fuppreft,and a pain is caufed in the foftnefs ofthe fides, and in the 
loweft belly. For the blood which nature drives to the wombe, cannot bee laid in there, 
thearteries being preft together by the falling down of it; fo that neceffarily flowing back, 
it fils the neighbouring veins and arteries, which fwelling up caufe thefe pains. For wee 
have oft-times feen in diffeftions thefe veins fo fwoln,that they have been feven fold bigger 
then chemfelvcs. Hence alfo a reafon may be given of the thirty fecond Aphorifm of the 
fifth fedion in the fame Hippocrates, where he witneffes, that a woman vomiting blood is 
rid of her difeafe, upon the iffuing forth of her tcarms. Which happening by the confent of 
all by revulfion or attraction of the humour to a contrary part, and that not by the benefit 
of the veins, becaufe the veins of the ftomach arife out of the gate-vein, but they of the 
wombe from the Hollow one- there is no other fympathy to bee fought for, then that 
which is caufed by the arteries, eipecially when the Hypogaftrick or artery of the lower part 
of the lowed belly is not far diftant from the Coeliacall, or artery of the ftomach. Hence 
likewise a reafon will be given of the Aphorifm that follows this, wherein he judgeth the 
.Htmorrbagia or abundant iffuing forth of blood at the noftrills to bee profitable when the 
monthly courfcs do fail. The remaining part of the leffer Iliacall artery defcends,and brings 
forth the Umbilicall or navell artery [ »»] ,which is carried down near to the length of the 
great artery, and is tyed with ftrong membranes to the fides of the bladder of urine. But it 
loles its hollownefle in thofe that are once out ofthe wombe. After this £ & 3 
acall vein which is joined to it,it goes through the hole of the (hare bone, or of pubis, whicht 
before it be pad,it takes to it a propagation iffued from the outer Uiacal branch,and fo goes 
out ofthe hole,andbeing departed from it fpends it felf,in like manner as the inner UiacalF 
vein does5upon the mufclesjpartly thofe with which the hole is ftoptjand partly thofe which 
arife from the (bare bone. At length being terminated at the middle almoft ofthe length of 
the thigh, the end of it meets [ 0 ], and is united with the ends ofthe branches [v ] of the 
inner mufcle-artery ofthe leg,ofwhich we fhall fpeak in the next Chapter. 
The greater or outer Iliacall artery Q V]produces likewife two propagations-the firji of which 
[i]is called Epigaftrica9which arifing from the outfide of it, a little before it paffes through 
or rim of the belly is refl6ftedupward,andafcends bythe infide of the ftrait 
mufcle 
Saer*. 
The divifion 
of rhe Iliaca!£ 
arteries into are 
inner and outer 
branch. 
Propagations 
ofrheinner or 
lefle branch. 
I. 
Glutta. 
2. 
typBgaftricfr 
A'-reria umbOi" 
calis. 
Propagations 
of the oarer or 
greater Iliacall 
branch. 
I. 
Epigaftricas or 
rhe artery of ths 
upper patrol 
: the lower h-c^y' 30 
Concerning tbe Arteries 
1 r Ac re2. 
mufcle til about the navel it be inoculated with the dependent Mammary ai tery.The other [Vj 
is called is a little inner propagationjbeing not divided intofo many branches 
as the vein of that name is.But it arifes prelently after the artery is gone our of 
and being carried overthwart along the commilfure or joyning together of the (hare-bone«9is 
(pent at the privy parts upon the skin of the yard. That which remains of this trunk goes 
into the crw [X], whereof we (hall now (peak. 
Pudenda or the 
artery of the 
Privy parts. 
CHAP. IV. 
The propagations of the outer Iliacall branch ,rvhicb are diftributed through 
the Crus or great foot,containing the thigh, and foot. 
Ter that the outer branch [ V ] has propagated the fore-mentioned branches, 
it departs cut of the peritoneum or rim of the belly, and at the groin is carried 
into the crus, by the fame way which the crurall vein takes, under which it 
goes, and is joined in company therewith every where, and fo it makes the 
trunk of the Crurall arterie [ X ], ( as we will alwaies call it) . But pre- 
fently after it hath got beyond the peritoneum, it ifliies forth a propagation from the out- 
fide, which is called Macula cruralis exterior, the outer mufcle-artery of the Crus, which 
being carried downward is propagated into the mufcles that cover the forefide of the 
bone ®f the thigh. Sometimes over againft this, but oftner a little below, yet of the 
infide another is brought forth, called Mujcula cruralis interna, the inner mufcle-artery 
of the Cr us,[ v ] which is diftributed in many branches through the third bending mufcle 
of the thigh, called 'tricep s, and thofe on the infide of the thigh, as far as the knee; 
the ends of which branches are joined with the end of the inner lliacall artery ,which we 
told you deftends through the hole of the fliare-bones to the Crus, Theft propagati- 
ons being difpatcht away, the crurall trunk defeends from the groin , together with the 
crural vein;and is fo bent backward near to the bone of the thigh,that when it is come to 
the ham, it Hands betwixt the two hindmoft heads of the thigh. For prudent nature 
does alwaies obferve this, to carry down the veflells about thatjide of the joint where 
the bending is, left if they fhould go on that fide whereon the joint is extended, they 
fhopld be compreft. But in the very mid-way as it were, as it runs down through the 
thigh,it fends out a which breaking into more furcles runs out through 
the muftles that are ftated on the backfideofthe thigh, together with the ham-vein;and 
at length defeending through the ham ( whence it is called Poplitea the ham-artery) is di- 
ftributed with many Iprigs into the call of the leg.But whilft it Hayes in the ham, it fends 
out a propagation L ? p ] on each fide, tothefidcsof the joint of the knee, which then 
finking deeper,'' are confumed partly in the joint it felf, partly upon the mufcles called 
tafteromenii that make the calf; from whence they are called Sur ales,the arteries of the calf. 
Aft& that the Crurall trunk lyes in the ham [ Y ], it ftnds forth a propagation from 
its outfide [ <r ] which runs down near to the Fibula or lefler bone of the leg, and is hid 
betwixt the mufcle, that moves the foot outward,and the fecond bending mufcle of the 
inftep, and diftributes it felf into the reft, that lye on the forepart of the leg,as far as they 
are flelhy, and till they begin to be contorted by the outer ankle. A little under this fame 
another artery [ T ] is brought forth out of the backfide of the trunk, which runs down 
as far to the mixing together of the tendons of the calf-mufcles. Then another Miflues 
out of the fame backfide of the trunk, but under the fecond,which defeending and palling 
through the tranfverft ligament, runs down by the top of the foot, and is diffuftd into 
the mufcles that move the toes outward.The remainder^r] of the trunk is carryed down- 
ward by the backfide of the leg,and about the inner ankle offers a furcle [ <? ] to the foot, 
which goes to the mufcle of the great toe,and creeps through the top of the foot.Butthe 
trunk it felf lying hid among the tendons of the mufcles of the toes is cut into two 
branches; of which the Inner £ 4 ] beftowes two fiircles upon the great toe; two upon 
the fore toe, and one upon the middle; the outer [ « ] two upon the little toe, and two 
upon the toes next to it, on the lower fide. But although the progrefle of the arteries 
be for the moft part fuch, as we have defcribed, yet what we have faid formerly of the 
veins,that their diftribution varies much, not only according to the diverfity of bodies, 
but alfo of fides in the body of the fame man, is true alfo of the arteries,whieh in divers 
pen are diverfly diftributed. 
The trunk of 
the erurall arte- 
ry and its pro- 
pagations ere 
it bee divided. 
I. 
2, 
3- 
4- 
AN TRACT.2. 
31 
An Explanation of the Table of the Arteries. 
This Table comprifes the deline- 
h 
h5 Thoracica inferior the lower ar- 
A 
ation of the great Artery ,entire 
and free from all the parts. 
He large beginning of 
teryofthe cheft, which defeending a- 
long the fides of the chefi , is inferted 
into the mufcle called Anifcalptor , 
that moves the upper part of the arm 
/Sal the great artery,where 
it iffues out of the left 
ventricle of the heart: 
butprefently after its 
before it yet 
i 
backyard. Betwixt g andh a little 
branch is placed, one of them which 
here are difl'eminated into the glandules 
of thearm.pit./From the upper pare 
ijfues one,i,caled fcapqlaris externa 
a a 
u out Qj peri- 
cardium or purfe of the heart, it 
fboots forth the two Coronary arteries, 
a, a, which encamp affe the bafis of the 
FF 
the outer blade artery, being difpofed of 
into the mufcles, on the outfide of the 
(boulder-blade. 
In this place the axillary artery 
B 
heart in manner of a crown. 
But presently having pa ft the peri- 
cardium it is divided B into two 
1 m 
changes its name,and is called Brachi- 
alis the trunk_ofthe arm,that is undi- 
vided as far as G,Scattering two twigs 
trunks5 one of which is the Afcendent 
1 and m into the mufcles that cover the 
C 
C5 theotherthe Dependent one 
The Afccndent trunk C,is by and 
n n 
bone of the upper part of the arm on the 
backfide-, and two other n n,one of each 
DD 
by divided into the two fubclavian ar- 
teries D D,bcth which when they have 
G 
fide about the bending of the cubit* 
Theparting in twain of the Brach i all 
attained to the fir ft rib, fc after many 
propagations', partly from the higher, 
partly from their lower fide. 
H 
artery under the bought of the cubit in- 
to an outer H, and inner branch I. 
The outer branch of this divifion, 
b 
From the lower fide iffues Inter- 
coftalis fuperior, the upper artery 
between the ribsfb,communicating par- 
o 
or Radieus, running ftraight along the 
radius or leffer bone of the cubit to the 
wrift,and diftributing a branch o into 
ticular twigs to the di fiances of the 
four upper ribs. 
the mufcles footed betwixt the firft 
bone of the thumb, and that of the me- 
From the higher fideiffue three. 
The firft is vertebralis/he artery of 
therackJrtneS) c, creeping on by the 
tranfverfe proceffes of the raebyfiones of 
th enemas far as to the skull. The 
fecond mammaria the artery of the 
ppp 
tacarpium or after-wrifi, which fu- 
ftains the fore-finger,and then three o- 
ther, ppp, which are difperfed into 
1 
the firft outer fingers,the thumb, and 
wit, the two fingers next thereunto. 
The inner brar^rh, or Cubiteus 
d 
dugs, d, which defeending under the 
p fifing along the greater bone of the 
breafi-bone,runs out as far as to the feat 
of the navill,and difiributes fprigs into 
the difiances of the grifiles of the true 
ribs,and then into the mufcles that lye 
L 
cubit, is at length canfumed in a double 
branch upon the two inner fingers-, to 
ring-finger and little one. 
Theremainingpart of the Afcendent 
upon the breaft •, at length about the 
navill it joins by anaftomofis or ino- 
culation, x,with the afeending Epiga- 
MM 
trunks tt'hich near to the upper part of 
the breaft-bone is cleft into two bran- 
ches MM called Carotides, or the 
ftriefartery, i. The third cervica- 
lisortbe artery of the backjide of the 
neck?e,is propagated to the mufcles on 
the backjide of the as far as the 
fleepy arteries.- Thefe tend diretfly Up- 
ward by the fides of the neckband being 
come to the chops .are divided into two 
N 
branches about N, one of which is the 
nowl of the head. 
Theft branches being iffued out, the 
ot 
outer O, the other the inner P« 
The outer Carotis propagates 
fubclavian artery goes to the arm-pit, 
and takes the name of Axillaris,about 
• - 
twigs 4 to the Buccae or cheeky puffes , 
and to the mufcles of the face ; but a- 
bout the ear it is cut into two 
E 
E, andfo is difiufed into the arm. let 
before it enters thereinto, it (boots out 
q 
a formoft one,cp,which is caried through 
feme twigs from both parts of it-' from 
r 
the Temples-, arid a hinder one,r, that 
f 
the lower threes of which the firft, 
f, is called fcapularis interna the 
is diffeminated along the backfide of the 
ear under the skin. 
inner blade artery, becaufe it is [pent 
P 
The Inner Carotis, going to the 
upon the mufcles that cover the hollow 
fide of the (boulder-blade.The fecond 
is Thoracica fuperior the upper 
f 
skul is divided near to the bafis there- 
of into two branches-,of which the one 
and leffer,f,which goes into the finus 
g 
chefi artery,g,di [perfed into the mujcles 
on theforefide of the chefi. The third 
I 
on the fide of the thick m embrane, is 
cut off here, whereabout it finks into 
tht An Explanation of the Table of the Arteries. 
32 
t 
the styll: the other and greater, t, 
e 
The remainder under 9, taking to it a 
enters the styll,through a peculiar hole 
bored for it in the temple-bone. 
propagation from the outer Iliacal arte- 
ry,flips down through the hole of the 
The Defcendent trunk of the 
great artery, reaching downward to 
the rackfones of the back 
flare-bone into the Crus, the 
end of it joining about e with the inner 
mufile artery o f the Crus». 
From th if before its div ifion at 'R, 
many propagations are fcattered,whicb 
we will now rehearfe in order. 
V 
The outer Iliacall artery Hkewife 
before its going forth of the perito- 
naeum produces two. The firfi is cal- 
Firfi then are Intercoftales infe- 
riores, the lower arteries between the 
1 
led Epigaftrica, ?, digefted into the 
wwfe/ej of the Epigaftrium, and the 
uuu 
ribs, u u u, distributed to the di fian- 
1 freight ones of the abdomen, where 
ces of the eight lower ribs, from which 
propagations are brought to the mar- 
X 
it is joined by inoculation, h, with the 
defeending mammary artery d. The 
row of the back-bone-, and to the mu- 
files that growto the backhand chefl.Af- 
A 
other called Pudenda \>goes to the 
privy parts. 
ter this the trunkjaffing on diflributes 
two more., called Phrenicae the arte- 
X 
In th is place the outer Iliacall ar- 
tery havingpafi the Periton^im,en- 
X X 
tellies of the midriffe x xfiecaufi they 
are dfipofidof into the midriffe. 'then 
follows Cceliaca or the fiomach. After 
that Mefenterica fuperior/he upper 
ters the Crus,and begins to be called 
theCrurall trunk, which iffues out 
more propagations. The fir ft Mu- 
fcula cruralis exterior, the outer 
y 
artery of the Mefentery,y, reachingout 
into the guts Jejunum,Ileum, as 
alfi into that part of the Colon,which 
reaches from the hollow of the liver as 
mufile artery of the Crus, p,that if 
propagated into the mufiles, that cover 
the fore fide of the Thigh-bone. The 
fecond is the inner mufile-artery of 
far as the right Ifidney. After this the 
V 
the Crus, x, digefied through the third 
bending mufile of the thigh; and thofi 
mufiles that are on the infide of thc 
z 
Emulgent arteries, z, propagated to 
the kidneys. Then fpermaticae, the 
et 
feed arteries, a.,going to the tefiicles, 
thigh-,the endo of it are joined with the 
under which is Mefenterica inferi- 
or the lower artery of the Mefenterie , 
a 
ends of the inner Iliacal artery about q. 
The third is Pop] i tea, the ham-ar- 
£ 
into the left fide of the co - 
lick, and into the fir ait gut, and ma- 
9T 
tery ,7r. running out into the mufiles on 
the backfide of the thigh.The fourth 
king the hemorroidall arteries. Lafily 
Lumbarcs the arteries of the loins, 
is fiiralis the calf-artery f which if 
double, iffuing out there, where the 
y 
yyy, which going to the rackfones o, 
the loins joint by joint, are difiributed, 
into the peritonaeum or rim of the 
belly, and the mufilcs growing to the 
racf-boncs. 
V 
crurall trunk is hid betwixt the two 
lower heads of the thigh, andfpreading 
out on both fides into the joint of the 
knee,and the two heads of the fir fl ex- 
tending mufile of the foot. 
R 
Thefe branches being iffued forth,the 
trunfi about the fift tf the 
1 
Here the great artery lyes in the 
ham, where it is divided into bran- 
ches of une quail bigneffe. 
ss 
loins,is divided into two branches S S 
called the Iliacall, both nhich are a- 
gainbrefieninto two other, an inner 
ff 
A Iprig iffuing from its outfide, and 
reacht out to the fibula or leffer bone 
branch T, and an outer one V. Eut 
before this divifion in the very parting 
in twain of the facra the 
of the leg, betwixt the mufile that 
, moves the foot outward, and the fecond 
bending one of the inflep. 
cP 
holy artery <A, difiributed into the holes 
of the os facrum or holy lone, to the 
The trunkdefeending by the back-fide 
of the leg. 
marrow thereof. 
7 
A higher branch iffuing out of the 
T 
The inner Iliacall artery, before it 
backfide of the trunk 
falls cut of the peritonaeum, iffues 
forth two propagations : from its 
V 
A lower branch iffuing out of the 
backfide of the trunk 
e 
outer fide, that glutaea,«, 
difiributed into the mufiles of the but- 
r 
The remainder of the trunk defen- 
ding by the leg, which offers a little 
tocks-, from its inner fide, that 
<p 
branch <? to the inner ankje. 
called Hypogaflrica, Agoing into the 
The divifion of the trunks into an 
bladder and yard, and in women alfi to 
the lottome of ihwcmb. After this 
4 i 
inner branch 4 that is propagated to the 
great toe,and the two next $ and an outer, 
it runs down, and finds forth theum- 
G> 
a,propagated to the little toe, and the 
MM 
bilicall arteries n » ,that tend upward 
near to the length of the great artery.' 
two next to that. 
THE rTRACT 
35 
The third Treatife 
I. J 
Concerning 
The NERVES. 
CHAP. 1. 
Of the nerves ef the brain. 
thofe eight Conjugations, which arife from the marrow of the 
' brain drawn oh tin length, whileft it is yet contained within the 
J limits of the skull, that offers itfelf in the firft place, which maizes the 
J nerves, that arefo famous among all the Maftcrs of Anatomy., 
For thefe are not only the biggeft, if you look upon their thick- 
' nefle; but alfo without doubt the fofteft of all the nerves of the bo- 
v dy. But they arife out of the middle of the bafts of rhe brain,on the 
> forepart, according to the opinion of the Ancients,but indeed, if the 
head bp turned upfide down in the difleftion [(which is the proper 
way) out of the beginning of the former trunks of the fpinall marrow, that their origi- 
nal! is as it were in the back part of the head, and prefently each of them by little and 
little making towards its mate, they are united (not only joyned, as fbme would have 
it) oyer the faddle of the wedg-bone, and make one common fquare body, the marrow 
within them being mixt together. After that prefently feparating /again, each of them 
is carried obliquely into the eye of its own fide, entring the orb thereof through the firft 
hole of the wedg-bone, and ending at the very centre of the eye. In this pair we may 
eafily fhew thofe two membranes, which are derived to the nerves from the two me- 
ninges of the brain, as alfo the very inner marrowy fubftance, which comes from the bo- 
dy of the brain. Yet the nerve it felf is not cleft into more branches, (as the other are) 
but lying hid makes the coats of the eye 5 and out of the thick membrane it forms that 
coat, which is called Cornea, the horny one;out of the thin membrane that is called Vvea, 
the grapey one; but out of the fubftance of the marrow the Retina or coat like a net. For 
as foon as it is arrived at the centre of the eye, thefe membranes are difplayed, and making 
a fphere contain the humors in them. Thefe nerves convey the faculty of feeing to tlie 
eyes ; wherefore, they being obftrufted, or compreft, a blindnefle infues. Galen hath a- ' 
fcribed holes to them, and Herophilus for the fame reafon called them 07nw.it t the1 
paflages of the fight, teaching that there is a fenfible hollo wnefle plainly to be feen in 1 
them, whom for all that almoft all Anatomifts do contradict But I have heretofore 
fhewen in the Univerfitie of Padua, and in a great aflembly of men, that there are certain 
paflages continuing from thebeginning ofthefenerves,as far as to the place, where they 
meet together, and prefently after that vanilhing away toward the eye. And therefore I 
fhewed that the Ancients may not only beexcufed, but alfb that they writ the truth, 
efpecially when none of them have laid, that thefe paflages were great, but only filch, as 
did not altogether efcape the fight, if one would make tryall thereof in a great living 
creature, and by a clear light, and prefently after it is killed. For Galen himfelf requires 
thefe three conditions, 7. placit. 4. and lib. de oculis, that one may fee them. But before 
we depart hence, I will bring in fome problemes, that, befides thehiftory itfelf, I may p 
alfb fhew the ufe of that, which I fay, efpecially when in our time they only for the 
moft part follow the ftudy of Anatomy, who imploy their induftry in the behalf ofPhy- 
fick. The firft therefore fhal 1 be, what is the caufe, that many upon fneefing often (cfpe- 
cially when they have provoked it for the nonce) have of afodain fain blind. This hap- 
pens, either becaufe the branches of thefleepy arteries, which arc fo near to the optick 
nerves, that they touch, are fijlcd, and being fo, prefle together thofe nerves; or elfe be- 
F f f f 2 caufe 
The firft paU 
of the brain. 
Its original!. 
Progrefle= 
Inferxion.' 
The holes of 
the optick 
nerves, 
Froblemes. 
I. 36 
Concerning the Nerves 
Ik AC 1.3. 
caufe a copious, and that a phlegmatick humor has fain out of the brain into the optick 
nerves, and obftrufted them. I have feen thofe, that have been blind through the firft 
caufe, fometimes cured by a Seton 5 but I never remember, that any, in whom this a- 
rofe from phlegmatick humorSjhave recovered, except one having the French pox, who 
being anointed with quick-filver, all the humors melting away, was reftored to health. 
But it is not the part of a good and pious Phy litian, to make ufe of thofe things, which, 
being full of danger, may do more harm, if they prove hurtfull, then they can procure 
good, if they beprofitable. And truly it is better not to cure blindnefle, then to caufe 
death ; although oftentimes rafhnefle helps them, whom reafon helps not, as the moft 
elegant of Phyfitians Ce/ptf fayeS elegantly.In the mean time indifeaksof the eyes, they 
who pra&ife Phyfick, may learn rather to adminifter thofe things, which bring the 
phlegm out by the palat, then to draw the noxious humors to the noftrils. That I may 
conceal befides the danger which they avoid, that more profit arifes from the mcdicins, 
that void the phlegm out of the head through the mouth 5 which both long experience 
hath hitherto taught, and Anatomy perfwades, when the optick nerves in their origi- 
nal! are not far diftant from the palat-, but farther from the fpongy bone, and it is a pre- 
ternatural! way, by which the humors are carried, aS hath been already demonftrated by 
the learned Vefalius. Then it is difputed, by what means the eye can fall out of its orb. 
the optick nerve not being broke, whereof we have very many hiftories. But it is not 
hard to give an anfwer, to wit, that the nerves maybe very much extended in length. 
Whileft therefore this nerve receives much moifture irt the inflammations of the eyes, it ea- 
fily comes to pafle, that it is flackned 5 but the mufcles themfelves fwelling very much, 
when they can no longer be contained in the orb, leap forth out of it. For this falling 
forth of the eyes moft commonly proceeds from inflammations; fuch as are the ftories of 
the moft learned Fegd,who cured a woman in this cafe by procuring the flux of her terms, 
and a young man by digefting ointments.But the queftion is very worthy to be made men- 
tion of, and that gives me an occafion to explain it, which I have read in fome Authors, 
that fuch as Were before blind, upon receiving of a wound overthwart the fore- 
head , and fome, upon a great loofnefle of the belly arifing on a fodain, have re- 
ceived their fight, and that prefently. The caufe of their blindnefle Was no other, then 
the comprelTion ofthefe nerves proceeding from the neighboUr-veflels,to Wit,theveins,and 
arteries being Iwoln with bloud,Which fuch a Wound prefently emptyed. Wherefore I 
alfo fometimes,and not without fuccefle,in that/peefej of blindnefle, which the Barbarians 
call Gutta open the middle vein of the fore-head,out of which I draw bloud fo long, 
till it ceafcs to run ofits one accord. 
The fecond pair arifes, as the ancient Ahatomifts fay, from thefides of the bafts (A the 
forepart of the brain,hear to the originall of the firft pair.But the new difleftion (hew s,that 
it ifliies out at the infide of the beginning of the fpinall marrow, and that they are fo 
United in their originall, that they make one common angle,which is the caufe why both 
the eyes are moved together to the fame fides. It is much fmaller, if you compare it 
With the firftpair, andharder, and goes out of the skull through the fecond hole of 
the wedg-bone, which is fomewhat long, and fb it enters the orb of the eye. By and 
by it is divided into many fprigs, which goe to the mufcles of the eye 5 and thefirft climb- 
ing up above the firft pair,or the optick nerves, is dilpofed of into the two mufcles,as well 
that, which lifts up the eye-lip, as that which lifts up the eye. Another very confpicuous 
one is difleminated in many furcles into the mufcle,which moves the eye in ward. 7third, 
no contemptible one neither,being divided firft into two fibres,and by and by into more, 
is fent into the mufcle,that draws down the eye .* the fourth ,into the lower or lefler of the 
oblique mufcles,that rowls the eye about toward the other angle. At length It ifliies out 
fom e thin fibres,which being joined with the firft pair are diftributed to the outer mem- 
branes of the eye,fo that this fecond pair is propagated only to four mufcles ofthe eye,and 
to that, which lifts up the eye-lid. The ufe of this pair is,to impart the faculty of motion 
to the mufeles of the eyes. 
The third pair arifes with a very fmall nerve out of the lower, and hinder part of the 
marrow of the brain, and runs direftly forwards under the bafts of the brain, being 
tyed po the fecond conjugation, together with which it enters into the orb of the eye 
through the laid fecond hole of the wedg-bone.By and by it is divided into four branches, 
of which thefirft offers a little branch to the upper, and greater of the oblique mufcles of 
the eye, or that called the mufcle of the pulley, and then falling out through the hole of 
the fore-head-bone above the orb of the eye, in the skin,and mufcle of the fore-head, 
which ought rather to be called the mufele ofthe ey-brows.This branch is diligently to be 
taken notice of,becaufe I have long fince ob£erted,that,it being hurt with a flight wound 
the eye-lid fell down,whileft the mufcle of the eye-brow by reafon thereof fell into a Fai- 
lle. I have feen alfo the fame palfiecaufed bycold,and narcotick medicicins,lbmewhat un- 
reafonably applyed for the procuring of fleep. But hence alfo a reafon may be rendred, 
why Hippocrates 1. Prognoftic. reckons it among thefigns of death in acutedifeafes to 
fleep with the eyes half Open. For this is an ill fign for that reafon, becaufe it fignifies, 
that 
2. 
3* 
Thefecsnd 
pair. 
Its Qriginall. 
Branches. 
1. 
2. 
3- 
4: 
Vfe. 
The third 
pair. 
Its original!. 
Ranches. 
I. 
An obferva- 
tion.  
of the 'Brdin. 
37 
that the nerves are very much dry cd, and fo the brain itfelf, whence it comes to pafle, 
that they,who are fo difeafed,for the moft part fuffering convulfions afterward dye. In 
fome alfo a fore-runner of the Falling-ficknefle is wont to arifefrom the fame caufe iu 
the eye-lids, the eyes, and the whole face, when this third pair is pluckt by the humors 
begetting the falling-ficknefle, and fo aconvuliion of the eyes, and face is caufed. The 
fecond branch is carried downward, and falls out through the hole of the fourth bone of 
the upper jaw, which is under the orb of the eye, and prcfently fcattering into more 
propagations, on the forepart of the face, is fpent upon the mufcles, that move the upper 
lip,and wing of the note outward, as alfo upon the lip itfelf, and the gums of the teeth, 
called or fhredders. The third it fent through the hole of the fecond bone of the 
upper jaw, behind the caruncle, that is placed in the inner angle of the eye, to the wide 
cavity of the noftrills, being fpread throughout its coat,whereby it comes to pafle,that it 
is indued with a very fliarpe fenfe,and being but lightly touch'e caufes fneezing.Tfoe fourth 
goes out through that crevife, which is betwixt the firft bone of the upper jaw, and the 
wedg-bone,in the outer angle of the eye, or through the fourth hole of the wedg-bone,and 
departs to the inner fide of the temporall mufcle. The ufe of this pair is to convey the fa* 
culty of moving to the faid mufcles. 
The fourthpair arifes out- of the marrow of the brain on the backfide, goes out of the 
skull through the fixt hole of the wedge-bone, and running ftraight down, propagates 
three branches from itfelf. "The firft is prefently after its going out of the skull, which 
being writhed fometimes about in manner of the tendrells of a vine,or gourd,and united 
to two fprigs of the Auditory nerve ( of which we are to (peak next ) afterward diftri* 
butes furcles to the temporall mufcle, that lifts up the lower jaw, and that which moves it 
forward from the head, as alfo to the mufcles of the cheeks. After this the pair running 
farther down, ifliies forth a fecond branch, which propagates furcles in order to the gums 
of the upper cheek-teeth called the grinders, and alfo to the teeth themfel Ves. The third 
branch ifluing forth from the backfide of the nervc,and entring the hole of the lower jaw- 
bonethat is bored in the inner furface of it,at the originall of the procefles,beftows little 
branches in order to the roots of the teeth, and at length going forth through the fore- 
moft hole in the outer furface is terminated in the lower lip,and skin of it.The remainder 
of this nerve is (pent upon the coat of the tongue near to the root, and Co gives it the 
power of diftinguifhing fapors or tailing. 
But note in this place, that thefe two pairs which we have now recounted, I iay>, the 
third and fourth,are commonly reckoned for one by Anatomifts, and that the third ; but 
with this diftindion,that they fay this very pair arifes with a double root; the one (mai- 
ler , and the other thicker. They call that the fmaller root, which wee fet down for 
the third pair; that the thicker, which we make the fourth. But we diftinguifti them , 
becaufe indeed they are not joined together, neither in their original!, nor in their pro- 
grefle. But that which they account for the fourth pair, teems not to bee diftinguifhed, 
from the third; as Valuerda himtelfgrants, lib. p. felnatomu. cap. 4. 
The fifth pair ifliies out of the marrow of the brain drawn out in length,on that fide 
whereon a part of the cerebellum or after-brain is joined to it, arifing out of two nerves, 
of which one is fofter, the other harder. Thefe go out of the membrane together , and 
enter the organs of hearing, through the hole of the temple-bone, that is bored in the 
ftony procefle thereof, being a large one and winding. After this that harder part goes 
forthwith to the forefide, being carried through a peculiar channel!, and returns back- 
ward again obliquely through the fame bone, and departs into the firft cavity of the in- 
ner ear. From thence being more reflefted, it fends forth two propagations,one higher., 
the other lower; but both pafs through their peculiar holes. The upper is carried through 
the tranfverfe hole of the fame bone, through which alfo a little vein pafles into the or* 
gan of hearing; and a little after it is come forth of it, is joined with that branch of the 
fourth pair ( as we have delivered; but as other commonly count the pairs of the third} 
which we told you was writhed about, like the tendrell of a Vine. The lower goes out 
through the third hole of the fame bone, which is very narrow and winding; and being 
carried overthwart above the mufcle of the lower jaw, that moves it fidewards,defcendsj 
into the chops, having difleminated a pretty many propagations into the noftrills. But 
forthwith it is joined with the propagation of the fourth pair,that refembles the tendrell 
ofaVine, or that fprig which goes to the tongue, from which it pafles to the roots of 
the teeth, and mufcles of the cheeks, as alfo to the skin that goes about the root of the 
outer, or little ear. Anatomifts do beleeve,that by means of this branch it Comes to 
pafle, that they who are bom deaf, are for the moft part dumb alfo. But that fofter part 
of this p air is carried together with the hard part; and when it is come to that firft ca- 
vity of the inner ear, it is fpread throughout it in manner of a membrane, and fo it 
defervesto bee called theAuditbry nerve, as miniftring all the fpirits, that ferve for 
hearing. 
The pair arifes fomewhat more toward the lower and hinder part, then the fifth 
am 
2„ 
Zfa. 
The fourth 
pair. 
its original] 
branches. 
I. 
A note* 
The fifth pairi 
Its origiftaJh 
Its two partsa 
He harden 
The (oft par6 
les aft. 
The fix th pair 
Iw Origin! & 38 
Concerning the Nerves 
Tract.5. 
and not with one, but with many little nerves fevered from each other , which for all 
that are prefently joined together, although they do not dole fo, as to make one only, 
but two diftinft ones alwaies, yet are they contained in one membrane, arifing from the 
Duta meninx of the brain, which hath deceived many, fo that they have accounted them 
for one. Being thus joined,they defcend both together out of the skull, through the fe- 
cond and third hole of the nowl bone; through which fame the lefler branch of the 
fleepy artery, and the greater of the Jugular vein enter into the skull. There being 
then two nerves, the one in its egrefle inclines more to the forepart of the faid hole , and 
is the lefler of the two ; the other to the hinder part, and is the greater. That presently 
after its going forth of the skull, tends ftraight downward to the mufcles of the tongue 
and chops, and to the parts placedin the mouth,upon which it is wholly confumed. 
Ihij on the contrary fends its firft propagation to the mufcles feated on the backfide of 
the neck, efpecially to the firft muicle of the fhoulder~bladc,called Cucullarir or the cowl- 
mufcle, and then adhering to the feventh pair, and the aforefaid artery and vein, by 
the benefit of certain membranes, it runs down to the (ides of the throtle, to whole 
mufcles, efpecially thofe feated in the inner cavity, it diftributes furcles overthwart. 
Here many propagations of nerves meeting together, and parting afunder again, a cer- 
tain texture is made, wherein knots are found not unlike to the glandules,thax are tyed 
to the divarications of the veflels ; which was firft obferved by the moft learned Anato- 
miftFdFopw, who would have it referable the body of an olive. But the greater nerve it 
felf going in the middle betwixt thofe fame veflells which 1 fpake of, is carried leifurely 
from the throtle to the rough artery, and running down at the fide thereof, tends to 
the cheft. 
' But before it enters thereinto, it is divided over the hollow of the neck into two bran- 
ches, of which one is the outer and lefle: the other the inner and greater. We fhall now 
(peak briefly of the diftribution and propagations of them, butfe that being the right 
trunk isdifleminated in another manner then the left, we fet down ohe hiftory of each by 
itfelf 5 and firft of the right, then of the left. 
clhe outer branch then of the right nerve fends out propagations prefently after the divifi- 
on to the mufcle that bends the head, called Maftoideuf, as alfo to that of the bone hyoides , 
called fternohyoideufj and that of the Larinx or throtle, called fternothyroidew, after this it 
the cavity of the cheft, and when it comes to the axillary artery, ifliies forth 
from its infide fometimes three, fometimes two furcles one under another which 
arc returned about the faid.axillary artery, as it were an axel-tree, or ( to fay 
trulyer ) a kind of pulley, and doling together make one nerve; which being 
faftned to the right fide of the rough artery, by the benefit of a membrane,run's back 
from the lower part thereof to the higheft, and hafts to the right fide of the throtle, lea- 
ning upon a glandule, which is placed at the root of the right fide.Having paft this, it is 
forthwith divided into mamy furcles,which are (pent upon the mufcles of their own fide, 
which are placed in the throtle, and have their heads downward, giving motion to 
them. And this nerve is called Recurrens9the returning one from its progrefle,and is very 
' famous among all, being lb made by skilfull nature with great wifdome, that it might 
be inferted into the mufcles of the throtle, whofe heads look downward, when all the 
nerves that give motion, ought to be infected into the heads , and to look towards the 
end , not on the contrary. And becaufe the throtle is an organ of the voice,but the voice 
cannot be uttered without motion of the mufcles, that either open the cartilages of the 
throtle, or flint them; therefore thele nerves, which impart to the mufcles the power of 
moving and contracting themfelves, being either bound hard or cutoff, it happens for 
that caufe,that the voice is taken away. This may be very handfomely (hewn in dogs,or 
in a hog, becaufe the o ne continually makes a noife with barking, the other with grun- 
ting. For one of thefe nerves being cut off,halfe the voice is taken away; but both being 
cut, it is wholly loft.The recurrent propagation being thus conftituted, the outer branch 
running down obliquely under the hollow of the necK, after that by the way ithath 
diftributed furcles of an indifferent bignefle into the Plcura9 or membrane of the ribs, and 
into the coat of the lungs, and given others to the pericardium or purfe of the heart,and to 
the heart it felf; - it defeends farther within the duplication of the mediaftinum, and near to 
the rack-bones is divided into two branches, which make the right nerve of the left orifice of 
the ftomach., arc carried obliquely, and then piercing through the midriffc,together with 
the gullet, to which for all that they afford never a branch, are confumed upon the left 
orifice of the ftomach, with many branches like a little net,and fo encompaflc it together 
with the left nerve, that it feems wholly to confift of nerves.Hense there is fb great a fym- 
pathy of the ftomach, not only with the brain., but with the heart alfo;that fuch difeafes, 
as pain the upper orifice, feem to be of the heart, and indeed fo they are, the fame heart 
fuffering pain, becaufe of this nerve being pained. And this is the true caufe, to wit, 
the communion of this nerve, not the nearnefle of both the entrails, as others fay. The 
inner branch goes to the inner fide of the root of the firft rib of the cheft, and cleaving to 
the 
The letter 
nerve. 
The greater 
nerve, 3 nd its 
propagation. 
The branches 
of the greater 
nerve. 
The propaga- 
tions of the < 
outer bran ch of, 
the right nerve. 
I. 
2? 
The right re- 
current nerve. 
3- 
4. 
5- 
Whence the 
fympathy is be- 
twixt the fto- 
rnach and heart. 
Propagations 
of rhe inner 
branch* Tract.5. 
Oftbe Nerves. 
39 
the rack-bones inader the Pleura,runs dotvn through the roots of the reft of the ribs, ta- 
king to it a little branch from every one of the Intercoftall nerves, that iflue out of the 
back-boncjthen pafling through the midriffe with the Defcendent trunk of thegreat artery 
it is carried as far as to the osjacrum or great bone, at the region whereof it iflues out 
three propagations, which are diftributed into thenaturall inner parts. The firft goes 
to the lower membrane of the Kall, and defcending through it is parted into three little 
branches, of which one is diftributed to the right fideofthe fame membrane, and to that 
part of the colick gut, that is joined unto it •' another the leaft of them, and a very finall 
one, to the guts e/woden«w,and the jejunum about its beginning; the third to the bottom of 
theftomach on the right fide, and to the upper membrane of the Kall, which is fome- 
thing the larger. That which remains of this propagation is fpent upon the hollow 
part of the Liver, and the bladder of gall. The ferond goes into the right kidney, and 
the membrane thereof. The third, which is greater then cither of the former, defcen- 
ding to the firft rack-bone of the loins,reache3 into the right fide of the mefentery andt in- 
to the guts, that are tyed thereto, entring the center of the mefentery in com- 
pany of an artery, and a vein. The remainder goes into the bladder, and in women into 
the right fide of the bottom of the womb. But the outer branch of the left nerve, laving 
that in its defeent it has offered fprigs both to the Pleura, or membrane invefting the 
ribs, and to the coat of the lungs, and that outwardly, as alfo to the purfc of the heart, 
and heart itfclf inwardly, at that part of the Defcendent trunk of the great artery,where 
it firft ifliies out of the heart, and is bowed to the back-bone,it fends forth three furcles, 
which returning to the faid artery cloie together into one nerve, which is called (inifter 
recurrens nervus, the left returning nerve, and in like manner as the right one, takes its 
progrefle upward, and is propagated into the mufcles of the Larinx, or throttle. After 
this it ifliies out a fmall fprig, which is diftributed through the bafts of the heart, and 
coat of it in manner of hairs. Afterward the remainder defeends inclining itfelf oblique- 
ly to the right, and goes to the upper orifice of the ftomach, into the right fide where- 
of it is diffi.ifed,as the right branch was before into the left fide, being divided into many 
little branches in manner of a net. From this a furcle is carried down along the upper 
part of the ftomach to the pylorus, or lower orifice, which when it hath as it werein.ter- 
woven with lome fprigs, it goes into the hollow of the liver. The inwer branch firft of 
all takes to it propagations from the intercoftall nerves, and then palling through the 
midriffe is divided into three. The firft of them goes overthwart to the Spleen, and in 
the way (hoots out two fprigs, one, which is like wife fent into the lower membrane of 
the Kall, and part of the colick-gut, which is tyed thereto; another into the left fide of 
the bottom of theftomach, and into the upper membrane of the Kall. Thejecond pro* 
pagation goes into the left fide of the Mefentery, and the guts of thatplace; fometimes 
allb it ifliies fprigs, which run out with the feminary vcflels through the procefles of 
the Peritoneum, or rim of the belly to the tefticles. The third goes to the left Kidney, 
and the fat membrane thereof. The remainder of the branch pafles to the left fide of the 
bladder, and of the bottom of the womb. The ufeof this pair is manifeft enough, as 
being very notorious,when the outer branch beftows little boughs upon the middle bow* 
els,but the inner upon all thofe of the loweft belly, and the right branch upon thofe 
of the right fide, the left on thofe of the left. Befides this ufe it conduces by the returning 
branches alfo to the framing of the voice,by imparting the faculty of motion to the muf- 
cles of the throttle. - 
The fewenth pair arifes in the utmoftpart of the nowl-bone, where the marrow of the 
brain is ready to goe out of the skull, and fo is counted the hardeft of all the nerves, that 
have their original! within the skull. But it arifes in fome roots feparated from each o- 
ther, which joining together on both fidcs into one, it goes out of the skull through 
the fourth and fifth holes of the nowl-bone (which are placed betwixt that greateft one, 
which opens a way for the defcent of the fpinall marrow, and that, at which the fixtn 
pair goes out) and prefcntly after its egrefle is involved in one common membrane 
with the fixth pair; whence fome, not fo diligently obferving it, have beleeved that 
they were mixt one with another; and thus they defeend together. When it 
comes to the root of the tongue, it diftributes furcles into all the mufcles thereof fending 
over fome alfo to certain mufcles of the bone hyoides, and of the throttle, as alfo to thofe, 
which take their beginning from the appendix called ftyloides. The ufc of this conjugation is 
to carry down the faculty of fcnfe, & motion from the brain,to the mufcles of the tongue. 
To thefe feven pairs, which are commonly fo numbred, we adde an Eighth which makes 
the nerves of finelling, by which a faculty is derived from the brain of apprehending 
the odours of things without. Thefc are commonly affirmed to arife out of the marrowy 
fubftance of the brain, in the bafts thereof, near to the firft pair; but the new difleftion 
of the brain, and which is performed by turning it upfidedown, hath taught us, tha$ 
they arife at the utmoft fides of the brain, in that part, which is above the holes of the 
ears,whereby it is manifeft, that hitherto only one half of them hath been (hewn. They 
are very (harp at their original!,and diftant one from the othcrsbut going,forward by dr 
gr 
2; 
3- 
> The outer 
branch of the 
left nerve. 
Its propaga- 
tions. 
The left recur-' 
rem nerve; 
rPropagariortt 
of rhe inner 
branch of the 
Jefe nerve. 
b 
2. 
3* 
Vfa' 
; The fcventlg 
pair* 
Its origiaaht 
Its u(e0 
The eighth 
pair. 
Its orig 40 
Of the Nerves. 
"I RAC T.gj. 
grees, betwixt'the uppermoft and middle prominence of the brain, they grow thicker, 
and draw nearer one to another, and fo at length they lye down above the firms orcavi- 
ties of the fpongy bone within the skull. Thefe arethruft into the mammillary pro- 
cefles of the ..brain: but Galen and Marinus.fi whom almoft all Anatomifls have followed) 
would not call them by the name of Nerves, although they altogether agree therewith in 
their colour,courfe, and ufe, becaufe they neither have productions like the reft of the 
nerves, nor go out of the cavity of the skull: but truly they feemtometo commit no 
other a fophifm,then they, who have expelled the teeth out of the number of the bones 
becaufe they are not invefted on the outfide with a membrane,as others arp,al though nei- 
ther this makes any thing to the eflence of the bones,nor that to the e Hence of the nerves. 
CHAP. II. 
Concerning the nerves of the Sp inall marrow properly fo 
andfirjl of thofe of the Rack-bones of the Nech 
Attire, the wife parent of all things, as fhee hath framed the nerves, that 
they might ferve for the carrying of the faculties, and fpirits, that 
are generated in the brain, becaufe the brain itfelf could not be diflufed 
through the whole body : fo when the fame could not conveniently bc- 
ftow nerves upon all the parts, by reafon of their too great diftance, fhee 
made the fpinall marrow, which is nothing elfe, but the marrow of the 
after-brain and brain, extended through the long conduit pipe of the rack-bones of the 
back. And therefore we having already viewed thofe nerves, which take their originall 
from the marrow of the brain, whileftitisyet contained in the skull; it remains now, 
that we take a view of them alfo,which come from the fpondyls of the back-bone .* But it 
is called marrow, not that it hath any affinity by reafon of its fubftance with the 
marrow of the bones 5 but bccaufe like marrow it is contained within the rack- 
bones ; but the fubftance thereof is like that of the brain , which itfelf alfo Plata 
called marrow; and it is named the fpinall marrow, or of the to diftinguifh it 
from both thofe, that are not contained in the back-bone, but cither in the skull, as 
the brain, or in the hollownefle of the bones, as that which is properly called marrow. 
This fubftance is covered with two membranes, no otherwife then the brain itfelf is, 
from whence it takes its Originall,the one thick,the other thinner,which are invefted with 
a certain third, ftrong, and membranous covering, that Galen thought to be the ligament 
of the rack-bones. But it was made to that end, that it might diftribute fenfe, and 
motion to the mufcles, aad membranes, to which thofe pairs of the brain do not reach. 
Therefore, when there is a good number of nerves arifing there from, yet we ffiall eafily 
reduce them to fome certain clafles, or companies, if wc fay that they all make up 
thirty pairs, of which feven belong to the marrow, whileft it is carried through the 
rack-boneS of the neck; twelve, whileft it is carried through thofe of the chcft ; five, 
through thofe of the loins; and laftly fix to that, which is contained in the holes of the 
osfacrum, or great bone. But thefe nerves go out through the holes of the rack-bones, 
and either with a double originall on the fore and hinder part, as it happens in the two firft 
conjugations of the neck, and five of the great bone, which arife not from the fides, that 
is, from the right, or left part, but iflue forth two branches before and behind; or elfe 
ftith a (Ingle one, through one hole bored in both fides of the rack-bones, as happens in all 
the reft of the pairs, in which one nerve ifliies from the right fide, the other from the left. 
But the firft, and fecond pair have a double beginning, left if they fhould arife with a 
fingle one, that being fomewhat thicker might have been hurt by the joints of the rack- 
bones ; or if the hole fhould be made larger, the rack-bone (which was fmall enough of 
itfelf ) fhould be liable to breaking. Therefore that both thefe evils might be avoided, the 
wife Opificet made a double beginning,one on the forcpart,another on the hinder.But the 
•right branches go every where to the right fide, the left to the left,and they arediftributed 
on both fides after the fame manner. 
The firft pair therefore [tab. i.w.i.J a rifts with its firft,and for enwft prop agationftab.i.Bjfrom 
the forepart of the fpinall marrow, and pafles cut betwixt the nowl-bone, and the firft 
rack bone of the neck, near to the fides of that round ligament, wherewith the tocth- 
Jike proceflc of the fecond rack-bone is tyed to the forefide of the nowl-bone, and fo 
it is, diftributed into the mufcles over the neck, and under the gullet, that bend the neck. 
IFiththe other, andhinder propagation, [tab. 2. Fig. i. C."] it likewife falls out through the 
hole, that is common to the nowl-bone, and firft rack-bone of the neck, toward the hin- 
der part, but with a double fprig , one of which being fmall is fpent upon the leffer 
ftrait mufcles, and the upper oblique ones, that extend the head; the other reaches 
out into the beginning of the mufcle, which lifts up the ffioulder-blade. 
' ? The 
The fpinall 
marrow. 
VVhy it is cal* 
lad marrow. 
Itis wrapt up 
in two mem- 
branes. 
The conjuga- 
tions or pairs 
ofthefpinall 
marrow. 
The firfl pair of 
the neck. i Tract.3. 
Concerning tbe Nerves. 
41 
The fecondpair [tab. i. 2.] with its fore-branch [ tab. i.D,] (which is (lender, then the 
hinder on e,, though both of them feem fmall enough) arifing from die fore-part of the 
marrow goes forth betwixt the firft, and fecond rack-boms at the fide of the tooth-like 
procefle, which branch is dlftributed into the mufcles, that lie upon the neck, as well as 
the fore-branch of thefirft pair,which is wrapped together with it ; and isalmoft wholly 
fpencupon the skin of the face. With its hinder branch [tab. 2. Fig. i.E.J it flips out 
through the fides of the backward procefle of the fecond rack-bone, but prefently is 
cleft into two branches of uncquallbigne(fe,ofwhich that which is the thicker[tab.2. fi.i.F»] 
tends from the forepart to the hinder, where the mufcles feated on both fides of the hindet 
part of the neck do meet together,& there being mixt[t.2.f. 1 the third propagation 
of the third pair of the nerves,it runs out through the middle of the faid mufcles,returri- 
ing from the hinder to the foreparts, andfo is diftributed into all the skin of the head, 
as far as to the top of the crown, 2.f.t. H] as alfo to the ears. The other branch ,which 
is the/lenderer, is in erted into the greater ftraight mufcles, and the lower oblique ones, 
that extend the head. Galen makes mention of thefe branches lib. 4. de locis affeft. which 
place we (hall not think much to tranicribe hither, it making very much to the illuftra- 
tion of the ufe of this kind of learning.Not long fince,faycs he,they ulcerated the head of a 
certain man, by laying on medicins vehemently heating,thinking by this means his fenfe, 
that was greatly impaired, might be recovered. But we cured this very man, having 
found out the feat of thedifeafe as well from other accidents, as from the primitive, or 
procatarftick caufes. For we diligently examined him about every one of them, apd 
found that this was one; when he had walked in much raincaufedby a violent wind, 
his cloak was wet about his neck, fo that he felt hjmfelf affe&ed with a vehement cold 
in that part: fo then if you know, that four nerves afeend from the firft racks of the 
back-bone to the head,frohi which the skin about it receives itsfenfe,you will eafily find 
out the feat of the difeafe,that therefore being hcaled,the skin of the head was healed alfo, 
as having no primary difeafe. 
The third pair [tab. 1.3.3 ifliies out of the common hole in the fides, which is betwixt the 
fecond and third rack-bones, and prefently after it gets out, is cleft into two branches, of 
which the more forward one [tab. 1.1.] is fubdivided into propagations. The firfl 
f t.2.K] goes to the firft bending mufcle of the neck,or the long one; the fecond [*t. 1 .L.] runs 
down,and being united with a fprig of the fourth pairQnd,. 1 .QJ ends in the mufcles, that 
lye under the gullet. The third [tab. 1. M.] climbsup, and joining with the thicker branch 
of the fecond pair but now mentioned [tab.2.f. 1 .F] is fpent upon the skin of the hinder 
part of the head. The fourth [tab. i.NJis imparted to the tranfverfe mufcles, or to the 
firft pair of the extenders of the neck, and to that, which lifts up the (houldcr-blade, of 
which two mufcles that ends in the tranfverfe procefles of the neck, this begins therein; 
and at length it is digefted into the fquare mufcle, that draws down the cheeks, which is 
called by Galen vnaTw/MpvaFtf.The hinder branch [tab. 2.f.i. O] is implanted into the (ccond 
pair of mufcles,that extend the cheft. - 
The fourth pair [tab. 1. out of the common hole of the third, and fourth 
rack-bones,and like the third pair is divided into two uncquall branches. The more forward 
and greatcr[tab.i .P Jis cleft into three other twigs,of which the firft [tab.i.QJ is joinedwith 
anotherbr nchofthe third pair [tai.i.L] and goes to the firft long pair of mufcles, that 
bend the neck. Another [goes to the tranfverfe mufcle, orfirft ofthofe, which ex- 
tend the neck, and to the firft of the (boulder-blade, called Cucul/aris,the cowl-mufcle. The 
third [tab. 1 .S] being fmaller then the other, and joyned with a furcle of the fifth pair,and 
another branch of the fixth pair, near to the mediaftinum or membrane that parts the cheft 
in the middle, and above the Pericardium, pafles on downward, that out of thefe three 
principles the nerve of the midriffe may be made up. The hinder branch [tab.z.f. i,T] goes to- 
ward the fpine or ridge, under the mufcles, which are placed thereabout, to which alfo 
it affords a good number of branches,and from thence being led downward between the 
mufcles on both fides of the neck, it is carried to the fquare mufcle, that draws down the 
cheeks. In this place it is worth our labour to inquire what may be the reafon, that they 
who are troubled with a Refblution,or deprivation of motion in the whole body,have ne- 
vcrthelefle the motion of their midriffe for a while free : fome make anfwer, that this hap- 
pens, bccaufe although no fpirits are (ent over from the brain,yet they may be diffuied out 
of the marrow of the back. But thefe men beg the queftion, when we fiippofe, that no fpi- 
rits come from hence,becauie we (ee that all the mufcles of the whole body,to which nerves 
are (ent from the marrow of the back, are refolved or deprived of motion. Therefore I 
thought fit to feek out for another anfwer, and to fay that the midriffe has two motions, 
one, that is voluntary,which we ufe, whilft we breath ftrongly ; another naturall one, 
when the fibres are extended,and contrafted of themfelves./ A man therefore is preferved by 
this naturall motion, when we fee that breathing is little, and weak, and as much as 
fuffices, that the lungs may be moved a little. 
The fifth pair [tab.1 .numb, goes out betwixt the fourth and fifth rack-bonej, and, like 
the two laft fore-going, is cleft into two branches. The forwarder of them [tab.i ,U] iftues 
Gggg forth 
The fccond 
pair. 
.The third pair. 
' les fore-branch 
Its hind«' 
branch. 
The fourth 
pair. 
The f« re- 
branch. 
les prOpagX' 
cions. 
I. 
2a 
3* 
The hinder 
branch. 
A queftionu 
The fifth1 nerve? 
Its fore- 
branch,, 46 
Concerning the Nerves. 
Tract. . 
forth fome propagations.firfl [tab.i .betwixt U and 6] goes to the mufcles, that bend 
the neck. Another [tab. I .X] together with propagations of the fourth3and fixth pairs,fome- 
times alfo of the feventh, to wit, then when the branch of the fourth is wanting, defeends 
near to the fide of the gullet through the forepart of the rack-bones of the neck,and is im- 
planted into themidriffe, & fo makes the midriffe nerve.7 he third [ti Y] is carried through 
the upper part, and outfide of the arm,to the fecond mufcle of the arm,to wit,that which 
lifts it up, called Deltoides,from whence little branches are fent over to the firft,and i'econd, 
that is to the cowl-mufcle,& the lifter up of the fhoulder-blade.'fhe jwth 
i. b ] at the neck of the fhoulder-blade is cleft into two,of which the formerftab. i .c]goes in- 
to the mufcle Deltoides,at that part where it arifes from the clavicles or canal-bonerthe lat- 
ter and thicker [tab. 1 .d] is inferted into the fourth pair of mufcles of the bone lyoides, cal- 
led coracohyo/deum, and from thence imparts a finall branch to the upper mufcle over the 
fhoulder-blade called fuperfcapularir, and to the mufcle Pe/tozdct, where it arifes from the 
fpine of the fhoulder-blade.Tfce hinder branch [tab.2.f. i .eJis writhen toward the back-bone, 
and diftributed in the fame manner, as the hin'der branch of the fourth pair is. 
The fixth pair [tab.i.num b.6\ goes out under the fifth rack-bone, and in like manner as 
the other pairs are,is divided into two branches.Tfce forwarder and greater [tab.i. f] after it 
has propagated that fprig,[W.i.g] which wefaid is joined with the fourth,and fifth pair, 
[tab. i -S and X] to the making up of the nerve of the midriffe [t ab. i .i] palling on farther is 
united with the two next following pairs,the feventh of the neck,and the firft of the cheft, 
and is again feparated from them, and then again being joined with them it fo weaves a 
certain net-like texture,from which nerves are ifiiied forth, go to the arm. 7he hinder 
[tab.2.figi. 1] is carried to the hind mufcles,which extend the head,and neck. 
Thefeventh pair [tab.i.n. is derived from the marrow of the neck, and iflues forth 
through the common hole of the fixth, and feventh rack-bones. 7he forwarder, and greater 
branch thereof [tab. i.iff] is joined presently after itsegrefle with the fixth nerve of the 
neck,and the firft of the cheft,and for the greater part is carried with the reft to the arm.TZze 
binder and kffer branch [tab.2. fig. i.ff] goes to the mufcles,that lye upon the neck, and to the 
fquare one,that draws down the cheeks. 
The hinder 
branch. 
The fixth pair, 
its fore- 
branch. 
Its hinder 
branch. 
The feventh 
pair. 
The fore- 
branch. 
The hinder. 
CHAP. III. 
Concerning the Nerves of the marrow of the of the Cheft. 
Wclve conjugations of nerves ifliie forth from the Ipinall marrow, whilft it 
runs through the rack-bones of the back,as the mo ft learned Vefalius has right- 
ly opinioned,howcver there are but eleven holes bored in the twelve rack- 
bones thereof as Columbus objected , becaule the firft pair pafles out between 
the laft rack-bone of the neck, and the firft of the back, wherefore it ought 
to be numbred rather among the pairs of the cheftathen thofe of the neck. All thefe con- 
jugations after their egrefle are divided in two ; and the one branch which is the greater, 
alwayes bends forward 5 the other which is the lefle is bent to the hinder parts,and to the 
mufclcs, that lye upon the back. 
The firft pair then [tab. 1. numb. 8~] of the nerves , which iflue forth from the mar- 
row of thecheft, goes out of the common hole of the feventh rack bone of the neck, 
and the firft of the cheft, in the fame manner, as the five pairs laft mentioned do, 
and in like fort alfo is forthwith divided into two branches. The forwarder, • and 
greater [tab. 1. o] is united, [tab. 1. p] partly with the feventh nerve of the neck , 
partly with the fecond of the cheft, in that manner, which we have before explained; 
and fo afterward is wholly confumed upon the arms, excepting one propagation 
[tab. 1. q| which arifingat the beginning of it, is joined with the faid nerves, and 
runs into the foreparts, near the length of the firft rib of thecheft, to the breaft bone, 
bellowing a fprig upon the fubclavian mufcle, after that being reflefted upward it is 
fpent upon the mulcles,which take their originall from the top of the breft-bone: filch are 
the mufcle,that bends the head called Maftoidew;that which draws down the bone hyoides,or 
fternohyoideus; and the firft of them which extend the buckler-like griftle of the throttle, 
called thyroides, or the mufcle fternothyroideus. But to the two laftlbmetimes branches 
are fent over from the fixt conjugation of the brain, and the third of the cheft. The 
fame branch alfo when it has paft the arm-pit, being ready to go to the arm, iflues forth 
a certain other propagation from its hinder part, which goes to the mufclcs feated in the 
hollownefle of the Ihoulder-blade. The hinder and leffe branch [id. 2. fig. 1. r] lies hid un- 
der the mulcles, which grow to the rack-bones, and imparts fome propagations to the 
lecond bending mufcle of the neck, and to them which extend the head and neck; but 
when it has attained to the fpine of the leventh rack-bone, it goes overthwart to the 
lower fide, and diftributes furcles into the firft mufcle of the lhoulder-blade,or that like 
a Monk's cowl,and into the third of the fame, called Rhomboides, as alfo into the upper 
of the hindmoft law-mulcles. The 
The firft Pair. 
Its fore - branch 
Its hinder 
branch. Tkact.9. 
■Concerning the Nerves. 
41 
The fecondpair ta. i.num. 9. ] breaks out betwixt the firft and ftcond rack-bones of 
the cheft, and is cleft likewife into two branches. The forwarder [ t. 1. s.'Q is united with 
the firftpair of the cheft; and thus the firftand fecond pairs of the cheft are united by 
Hirns, with the fifth, fixth, and ftventh of the neck, that the one are not difterned from 
the other; but make a net not unlike to thofe firings which hang at Cardinals hatsjfrom 
which afterward all the nerves that go to the arms, iffue forth, and cake their original!. 
This fpreads out a branch [ t. 1. t ] which goes forward throHgh the firft diftance betwixt 
the ribs, according to the courfe of the firft rib, as far as to thebreaft-bone, making the 
firft Intercoftall nerve, from which furclcs [ t1. u ] -are diftributed into the mufcles that 
lie upon the ■cheft. "The hinder branch [ t. 2. pi. x]has the fame diflemination with 
that of the foregoing pair. 
The other ten pairs \ tab. 1. numb. 10,11,12. and fo on to 19 inclufively 3 of the 
nerves of the cheft, obferve the fame manner both of their rife , and diftribution. For 
they all iflue out of the common holes of the rack-bones at the fides, and preftntly after 
their egrefle are cleft into two branches of unequal bignefle, one of which is the forwar- 
der and greater;the other, the inner and lefle. The forward branches f ta. 1. j.-] ( which 
make the nerves between the ribs ) are carried into the forc-fide,and each of \ them affords 
a little branch in order according to its length,to the inner branch of the fixth pair,which 
defcends under the pleura to the roots of the ribs. Thefe branches are joined with the In- 
tercoftall veins and arteries; together with which they paflc along the rib to the forepart 
through the jlnus or chanel, which is cut out on the lower and infide of the ribs.But they 
which belong to the true ribs, go on as far as to the breaft-bone; but they which belong 
to the baftard ones, are carried into the forepart of the abdomen above the peritoneum or 
rim of the belly. From thefe nerves many branches are difleminated into the mufcles be- 
tween the ribs,not only in the inner, but the outer onesalfb,as wel as into the 
i.«]which lye upon the cheft; fuch as are the fourth,andfifth mufcles of the fhoulder-bladc 
or the two formoft faw-mufcles, as alfb the broad one, called Latifjimus Q tab. 1. (2 j that 
moves the arm backward from the breaft. In like manner a propagation goes from the 
fifth Intercoftall nerve, about the middle of the rib , palling through the Intercoftall 
mufcle, into the firft pair of the mufcles of the 1.* ] as alfo into the skin 
of the cheft; and being divided in four parts is diftributed into the peftorall mufcle that 
moves the arm forward to the breaft,and alfo into the skin, from which fome fprigs doc 
afterward goe to the nipples of the breaft | ta.i. y] and impart to them a very (harp 
fenfe. The hinder branches [ ta. 2. fi.i. goe backward to the fpine, or ridge , between 
the mufcles going to the rack-bones, which have the charge of extending the cheft. Yet 
are they not wholly fpent upon theft mufcles, but when they have now attained to the 
tops of the fpines, they fall out between the mufcles of both fides, whereabout they are 
joined to one another, and fo afterward they give nerves to all the mufcles , which arift 
out of the tops of the fpines of the rack-bones. Such are the firft extending mufcle of the 
head, called Triangular is ,or Splenetic the third mufcle of the fhoulder-bladc,or Rhomboidesj 
the firft of the fhoulder-blade, or Cucullaris, the third broad muftle that leads the arm a- 
way from the breaft, called sfnifcalptor, and the hinder faJV-mufcle. A good number alfo 
of furcles are diftributed into the skin of the back. 
The fccond 
pair. 
rhe fore- 
branch. 
• The binder 
one. 
The other 
ccn pairs. 
Their fore* 
»branches. 
Their hinder 
branches» 
CHAP. IV. 
Concerning the nerves of the marrow of the rack-bones of the loins. 
Rom the fpinall marrow, whilft it is carried through the loins,although there 
beonly four holes,yet five pairs ifliie forth , the firft being between the laft 
rack-bone of the cheft, and the firft loins. But they go forth through the 
common holes, and being gone forth , are diftributed in like manner as 
we have faid of the nerves of the cheft; when from everyone of them, pre- 
fentlv after its gong out, onebranch, and that the greater, fpreads it ielfe forward ; 
the other and lefle backward. The formoft branches run to the mufcles. of the abdomen y 
or outer and forepart of the loweft belly; the hindmo/i to them, which lie upon the fpmes 
of the rack-bones, and the bones without a name, from whence they impart lome little 
branches alfo to the skin that covers the loyns. But the fore-branches are knit together, 
the firft with thefecond, the fecond with the third, the third with the fourth, aud the 
fourth with the fifth in the fame fa(hion,as we faid the nerves of the arm were,whilft they 
make the net-like complication. 
The falitwr thmSta.mm.i. 20. Jas the reft do alfo;going out under theferrtWMWB, or 
rlmofthebelly, through the common hole of the rack-bones, which is betwixt the 
laft rack-bone of the cheft, and the firft of the loins; prefently after its cgretle 11 d'ft 
into tw > branches. The fore-im®*,which is greater, goesjnto the flefliy parts of the nud- 
ri ff- and into the beginning of the firft bendi ng mufcle of the thigh, called 4«w. 
' Gggg2 t'rom 
The firft pairCc 
Its fore-branch 42 
Concerning the Nerves. 
Tract.5* 
The hinder 
one. 
From this nerve a certain furcle [ ta. 1.39.] takes its beginning., reaching out for the 
moft part with the preparing artery to the tefticlc. The hinder branch [ ta. 2. fig. 1. Kw.42.3 
Tends propagations into the mufcles that lie upon the back fide of the rack-bones of the 
loins,filch as are the firftand third of them which extend the cheft, that being called Dorjt 
longi(Jimus3 this facrolumbw, asalfothe mufcle which extend the loins : but when they iff 
fue out from the tops of the fpines,wherabout the faid mufcles are joined one to another, 
they run to the fides,and are implanted into the broad mufcle,th at leads the arm outward 
from the breaft, called Latiffimw. 
The fecond pair [ t. 1. n. 21. ] goes out under the firft bending mufcle of the thigh, called 
betwixt the firft and fecond rack-bones of the loins. Uhe fore-branch thereof isdi- 
ftributed to the fecond bending mufcle of the thigh, that fills up the cavity of os Ili- 
um, or the hanch-bone, and the firft bending one of the leg, called Fafcialis, as alfo to the 
skin of the thigh. The hinder branch going out of the abdomen is diftributed to the three 
mufcles that extend the thigh, or the Glutei, and to that which extends the leg, called 
Mcmbranofus, the membranous mufcle. 
The third pair [ t. 1. M.22. ] iffues forth likewife under the firft bending mufcle of the 
thigh, betwixt the fecond and third rack-bones. The fore-branch thereof paffes over near 
to the hanch bones, diftributing two propagations; one which goes to the knee, and 
its skin; another f 1.1.51. Jwhich accompanies the vein of the inner ancle, called faphena. 
The hinder branch is rcfle&ed and diffeminated into the mufcles which lie upon the 
loins. 
The fourth pair [ t. i.w.23. ] is the greateft of all the nerves of the loins, and being car- 
ried under the faid mufcle that bends the thigh, as alfo under the os pubis, or fhare-bone, 
accompanies the Crurall vein and artery. 
The fifth andlaft pair [t. i.n. 24.] iffues out betwixt the fourth and fifth rack-bones; 
the fore-branch whereof pafles through the hole which is betwixt the hip-bone,the os pubis, 
or fhare-bone, and the os Ilium or hanch-bone, and diftributes fome propagations to the 
two mufcles that turn the thigh about, calledObturatores, others to the fecond and third 
bending ones of the thigh, and others to the mufcles of the yard. The hinder branch goes 
into the mufcles, and skin upon the rack bones. 
T hefccond. 
The third. 
The fourth. 
The fifth. 
CHAP. V. 
Concerning the nerves of the war row of os facrum or the great hone. 
Vft of all from the marrow which is contained in the rack-bones of the oj fa- 
the fix laft pairs of the nerves of the fpinall marrow do ifliie forth. The 
firft of thefe [ t. j. n. 2 5. J goes out betwixt the laft rack-bone of the loins , 
ind the firft of the great or holy bone, in the very lame manner as the rcft,that 
arife out of the rack-bones of the loins, and likewise after the fame fort is di- 
vided into two branches. 'The fore-branch although it be mixed with the crurall nerves .fends 
yet a foi?cle £ t.1.43 • ] over near to the inner region of os Ilium, and is difperfed into the 
mufcles of the abdomen, and into the fecond bending one of the thigh. The hinder 
£ t. 2.f. 1. n. 44«] is difleminated into the mufcles that arife from the os Ilium or hanch- 
bone, and efpecially into the firft of them, that extend the thigh, or the greater Gluteus, 
as alfo into the skin of the buttocks. 
The other five pairs have fomething proper to themfelves j fo that before they go out of 
the bone, they are every of them double on each fide, and fo from every one ctl 
them a double branch is carried on each fide, one to the forepart, another to the 
hinder. The three uppermoft of the fore-branches, as that of the firft pair alfo, go to the 
Crus, or parts of the body below the buttocks : the two loweft go into the mufcles of 
the fundament and in women to the neck of the womb, in men to the yard 5 
but in both fexes to the outer privy parts. The hinder branches are diftributed to the 
mufcles feated on the backfide of the bones Ilium, and facrum. Of this fort are the firft and 
third extending mufcles of the cheft, or Dor ft longiffimus, the long mufcle of the back, and 
facrolumbus, that which bends the loins, called facer, and the broad mufcle that leads the 
arm away from the bread; as alfo the three which extend the thigh, being the authors of 
the buttocks, and therefore calledglutei the buttock-mufcles. And this is the utmoft end 
of the fpinall marrow, which reaching into the rump-bone, called os coccygis is in this 
manner terminated: And this is the hiftory of the thirty pairs of the nerves which go out 
of the fpinall marrow,which is diligently and accurately to be committed to the memory ? 
that we may know to what place remedies ought to be applyed, if at any time from fome 
externall caufe, as by a fall from aloft, or a bruife,or fome notable compreflion,any part 
fhallhave loft either motion, or fenfe, or both. For the remedies muft be applyed al waits 
to the beginning of that nerve,not to the place, in which the fymptome is perceived. 
/ • ' CHAP. 
The fir ft paire. 
The other 
five pairs. Trac 
Concerning the Nerves'. 
45 
CHAP. V I. , 
the Nerves which are diftributed 
through the Arms. 
Hofe nerves being now enumerated, which are difperfed through 
the mufcles of the three bellyes, and the parts contained in them 5 it re- 
mains that wedefcribe thofe alfo, which are propagated through the 
or extream parts of the body. Here we meet with them firft, 
which are diftributed through the arms, whereof there are fix pairs com- 
monly fet down by Anatomifts arifing from the fifth , fixth, and feventh 
pair of the nerves, that come out of the marrow of the neck, and from the firft, and fecond 
of thofe, which iffue out of the cheft. Thefe nerves go out through the common holes 
of the rack-bones, on both fides, and prefently after their going out are united one 
among another with their forwarder, and greater branches, by and by are feparated one- 
freen another again, and joined again, and finally feparated, fo that they feem to make 
blit a certain net-like texture, which cannot be better likened then to thofe firings of 
Cardinals hats. This implication of nerves goes forth under the clavicle, or coller- 
bone, about that place, where the axillary veins and arteries go out of the hollow of 
the cheft, and from this all the nerves of the arm take their originall. But their 
rife is very uncertain by reafon of their being fo knit together, wherefore wee 
in our relation of them will rather follow the footfteps of other men, then our 
own obfervations, left wee fhould feem to affeft new opinions rafhly, and without 
neceffity. 
The firfl nerve then[W. 1. e] which is carried to the arm, is a double propagation, 
namely the third, and fourth of the fore branch of the fifth pair of the neek. For the one 
branch [tab. 1. Y] is carried to the fecond mufcle of the upper part of the arm cal- 
led Deltoides, and to the skin that lies upon it: the other Q tab. 1. b 3 goes toward 
the neck of the fhoulder-blade, where it is cleft into two branches; the former of 
which f tab. 1. c] goes into the mufcle Deltoides, where it arifes from the collar- 
bone ; the latter [tab. 1. d] is inferred into the fourth pair of the mufcles of the 
bone hjoides called coracohjioideum, and from thence affords a little branch to the 
upper fuperfeapular mufcle, and the Deltoides, at what place it arifes from the fpinc of 
the fhoulder-blade. This nerve runs out through the higher fide of the arm; blit the other 
five are carried through the arm-pit into the arm, and in the fame are Mattered into more 
branches. 
The fecond nerve [tab. is thicker, and takes it originall from that net-like compli- 
cation, of which we fpake , yet, from what nerve cannot be evident enough. This is 
carried down through the middle, and fore-part of the arm; into which it enters under 
the firft bender of the cubit, or the double-headed mufcle, at that part, where its two 
heads are united one with the other, and where the tendons are inferred both of the 
peftorall mufcle, that leads the arm forward to the breaft, and of the Deltoides, that lifts 
it up. Being hid then under this mufcle it fends forth two propagations [tab. 1. »j one 
of each fide, which enters into the two heads of the mufcle bicepsand after that about 
the middle of the length of the upper part of the arm, going under the fame double- 
headed mufcle, it (hoots forth another fprig [tab. 1. t] by means whereof it is joined with 
■ V third nerve; and from thence defeenuing it diftributes in its progrefle a furcle 
[tac !.sl from its outfide to the head of the longer of the two mufcles of the radius or 
wand, that turns the palm of the hand downward. When it is now come to the ben- 
ding of the cubit, being led to the flefhy membrane, near to the outfide of the tendon of 
the faiddouble-headed mufcle, it is diftributedinto the skin, being divided into two 
branches,of which one is the outer,the other the innerjthat is the flenderer,this the thick- 
er.Tbe outer then (Yd). i.fj being carried down a good way with a branch of the Gepha- 
lick vein through the infideof the cubit, is diftributed [tab. 1.to the fecond bone of 
the thumb. 7he inner brunch (tab. i. m] is fubdivided under the common vein of the 
arm, or the middle one, called Me di ana, into two branches, the eater whereof [tab. 1.] 
going on obliquely under the skin leaving the vein goes away toward the radius as far as 
tothewreft : but the inner [tab. 1.beingfaftened to the inner branch of the Cephalick- 
vein,when it goes more obliquely, in the region of the cubit is cleft into two fpeciall 
branches,of which one [tab.1 isdiftributed through the region of theleflerbone of the 
cubit,the other [Yrta.o] through the region of the greater bone tothewrift, and from 
thence,that being paffinto the skin of the infide of the hand. 
The third nerve ofthearm[t4&.i.{f] or the third, which is carried to the arm, lies next'" 
under the fecond, and in like manner with it arifes from that net-like texture. This 
aerve, whilft it paffes through the arm-pit, before it has yet attained to the arm,brings 
@ g g g 3 forth 
71ie firft nerve' 
of ths arm. 
The feconct 
In progreffir# 
Its 
ons.; 
Its branches. 
The outer. 
The 
The third# 46 
Concerning the Nerves. 
Tract. 2. 
forth a propagation, [tab. I* which is difpcrfcd under the skin betwixt the Pc&orall 
mufcle, that leads the arm to the breaft, and the mufcle Deltoides, that lifts up the fame. 
But when it hath firft attained to the arm, it hides itfelf under the mufcle Biceps, or 
firft bender of the cubit, and palling on downward together with the feco nd nerve, it 
fends out a littlebranch [tab. l./J into the head of the fecond bending mufcle of the 
cubit. After this defeending it receives a branch [tab. I. from the fecond nerve, 
by means whereof they are joined one with the other/, and then it goes farther 
through the forepart of the arm unto the bending of the cubit, being alwaycs equally 
diftant from the fecond nerve, and is carried into the protuberation of the infide of the 
arm, aud the fore-part thereof. When it hath paft this, it iffues forth many propaga- 
tions, [tab. i. <| which together with the branches, that are derived from the fifth 
nerve, which is carried through the hinder region of the fame protuberation, are 
diftributed into the mufcle s, that arefeatedon the infide of the cubit,and arife from the 
inner protuberation of the arm: fuch are the two,that bend the uttermoft bones of the 
fore-fingers, and that, which bends the third joint of the thumb. After this it fends out 
another propagation, which is carried down between the faid mufclcs through the- radius 
together with a vein,and artery,to the wrift, and palling through under the the tranfverfe 
ligamentjfcattcrs fome fmall fprigs into the mufcle, that moves the thumb outward from 
the fingers,and the two,that bend the firft joint of the fame. After this when it is come 
to the palm of the hand,it is divided into three branches; the firft of which (car- 
ters two twigs into the thumb,the fecond as many into the fore-finger,the third fends one 
to the middle finger on the infide. 
The fourth nerve [tab. 2. fig. 1. Tj isthebiggeft of all them, which are carried to the 
arm, as being almoft thrice thicker then the reft. Thisarifes, as well as the other,from 
the net-like complication, and from thence is carried down through the arm, in like 
manner as the third is, lying deep every where among the mufclcs, having the bafilick- 
vein, and axillary artery for its companions. But prefently after it hath entred the 
arm, it derives many, but fmall fprigs [tab.i.fig. a] into the heads of the mufclcs,that 
extend the cubit; and before it is come to half the length of the upper part of the arm, 
it is contorted obliquely downward to the bone thereofand pafles on betwixt that, and 
the mufclcs, which extend the cubit. But before it be wholly refle&ed, it fends forth a 
furcle [tab. 2. fig. 1. rjfrom its infide, which goes betwixt the faid mufclcs, as alfb the 
fecond of them, that bend the cubit, and is fpent upon the skin, that clothes the infide 
of the arm, fome fibres being propagated upward, and downward. Having difleminated 
this propagation it goes by degrees through the hinder part to the outfide of the arm, 
being carried through the cavity of the outer protuberation of the upper bone 
of the arm, that is cut out in the back-fide thereof, where likewife it fends out 
a furcle, [tab. 2. fig. i.a] going to the skin, that covers the lower part of the out- 
fide of the arm 5 and then another [tab. 2. fig. 1 ©3 which is diftributed into the skin,as 
far as to the wrift. After that near to the joint of the cubit it is divided into two 
branches, an outer, and an inner one, which being hid deep, and among the mufcles, 
as the whole trunk alfb, defeend to the wrift. The outer branch [tab.2. fig. i.A] goes a- 
long the radius, or wand, and when it is come to the wrift,paffes through the tranfverfe 
ligament, on the outer part, and by and by is fubdivided [tab. 2. fig- 1.2] into two bran- 
ches, of which owe goes with a double fprig into the outfide of the thumb,the other is fpent 
partly upon the fore-finger,partly on the middle one But the inner branch [t reach- 
ing along the cubit fcatters more propagations, the/hf? into the firft mufcle 
that extends the fingers, the fecond [ta.2.fig. 1.<f]into the fecond,that extends the fingers 5 the 
thirdft.2.fi. 1.^]into the innermufclc,that extends the wrift. But in its ptrogrefle [t.z.fi.iSQ 
it affords propagations to the three beginnings of themufcles,that take their original from 
the ulna,or greater bone of the cubit.The remainder ofit ends in the wrift, [tab.2.fig. 1.31]. 
The fifth nerve [tab.i.nmnb. 32] arifing lower then any of the fore-mentioned, out of 
fame net-like complication,and being joined to the fourth, defeends through the infide 
of the arm, between the mufclcs, that bend, and extend the cubit. This fcatters no pro- 
pagation from itfelf, but remains intire,till it be come to the inner protuberation of the 
arm, at whole hinder cavity it is reflected, and is diftributed afterward in the fame man- 
ner with the third nerve,which pafles through the forefide of the fame pro tuberation. For 
both of them beftow propagations [tab. 1.3 3J upon the mufclcs, which grow out of the 
inner protubcration of the arm, and keep the infide of the cubit. It iflues forth a pro- 
pagation alfo [tab.i. 3 4.3 which being carried through the radius3or wand; goes between 
the mufcles, which bend the fecond, and third joints of the fingers, and fo to the palm 
of the hand, & fends out the firft branch9which being parted in two is implanted into the in- 
fide of the little finger;then another, which being alfo cut in two goes into the ring-finger, 
and at laft another that goes to the outer part of the infide of the middle finger. But from 
this fame fifth nerve,and from the outfide near to the middle of the length of the radiw3or 
wand,there grows out a certain other furcle,Qt.l.35.Jwhich being divided into three bran- 
ches is difleminated into the outer part of thcmiddlesthcring-finger,and the little one. 
Th? 
f 
The fourth. 
Its propagati- 
ons. 
Its two bran- 
ches. 
The outer. 
The inner. 
The fifth nerve Tract. 5. 
Concerning the Nerves, 
47 
'ths jixth nerue[tab,i. numb.36,J iflues out of theloweft part ofthe net-like complication, 
and going through the arm-pit,and infideof the upper part of thearm,8c of the cubit, un- 
der the skin it makes haft to the inner protuberation of the upper-bone of the arm,difpcr- 
ling many farcies in its way to the neighbouring skin. Qt.1. 37. 3y.]But as (bon as it has 
attained to this protuberation,it is cleft into many propagations,fome of which lie under 
the branches of the balllick vein,fome lie over, and fo being carried under the skin,when 
they arc come down to the wrift, they end [ ta. 1.3 8.] 
The fix th. 
CHAP. VIII. 
of the nerves that are diftributed through the thighs fiegs, and feet. 
Here are four pairs of nerves,which are propagated through the Crura. They 
arife from the three lower conjugations of the loins, and the four upper ones 
of theffi great bone,which after they are gone through forth the com- 
mon holes of the rack-bones,as wel as the nerves,whieh.are diftributed through 
the arm, make a certain complication like the meiftiing of a net, but far grea- 
ter then that other. Nor are thefe nerves of equall bignefs, but the firft [ta. i .n.46. ] and 
the third [ta. 1. 56. ] are final 1, wherefore alfo they reach but to the thigh;the fecond 
[ t. 1. 5 o. ] is fomewhat thicker, and reaches to the leg; but the fourth [ 1.1. 61.] alone 
is thicker then the three other put together; and is carried down as far as to the utmoft 
ends of the toes. 
The firft nerve then [ ta. 1.46. ] growes out of the higher part of the net-like complica- 
tion, where the third nerve of the loins is joined with the fourth £ ta. 1.47. But it is pre- 
iently carried downward under the rim of the belly, to the thigh; lying upon the outfide 
of the tendon of the firft bending mufcle of the thigh, to which when it is come, it fends 
out a propagation [ta. 1.48.] which runs out through the skin on the forepart of the 
thigh, as far as to the joint of the knee, and there ends, and offers furcles | ta. i. 49.] to 
the firft bending mufcle of the leg,as alfo to the fecond and third,that extend the fame. 
The fecond nerve £ 1.t.50. ] arifes out of the fame complication, and below the firft, 
over againft the connexion of the third and fourth rack-bones of the loins. This together 
with the crurall vein, and artery, ( which are the outer Iliacall branches ) defcends 
through the groin into the thigh, which when it has attained to,prefently it itfues forth 
a notable propagation [ta. 1.51. ] from its infide, lying upon the fyhena or vein of the 
inner ankle, on the forepart, all the way it goes under the skin through the inner parts 
of the crus to the great toe. But as the vein faphena it felf diftributes fome (prigs in the 
way to the skin next to it, fo alfo this nerve fends out many propagations, of which 
that is the chief [ t.1.5 3. ] which it gives to the forefide of the knee. But the trunk it felf 
121. 1. 54. J when it has fent out this propagation,pafles together with the trunk of the' 
crurall vein and artery into the thigh,and is fcattered into the mufcles feated on the infide 
of the thigh,efpecially[ 1.1.5 5. ]into the third bending one of the thigh,and the fourth 
extending one of the leg,and fo afterward it is terminated above the knee. 
7 he third ft. 1. n. 5 6. J grows out of the complication, under the fecond, over againft 
the conjunction of the fourth and fifth rack-bones of the loins. This nerve being carried 
down upon the fecond bending mufcle of the thigh, called Iliac us internw, pafles through 
the hole ofthe fhare-bone, and affords propagations £ 157.] to the two mufcles, that 
turn the thigh about,which they cal Obturatoresjdie. ftoppers,to wit,of that faid hole,as alfo 
to the two mufcles that ereft the yard,which arife out of the bone of the hip. From thence 
like fhetwo foregoing nerves, it defcends, and diftributes little nerves into the skin, that 
clothes the inner part ofthe thigh [t. 1. 58.] The remaining part £ t. 1.57.] lies deep, 
the chief propagation whereof [t. 1.6o.]is (pent partly on the fecond, partly on the third 
mufcle that bend the leg. 
The fourth nerve [ t. 1. n. 61.1 is made up out of the fore-branches of the four upper pairs 
of the great bone being united together. By reafon whereof it pafles the reft, yea and all 
the nerves of the whole body, not only in thicknefle, but in hardnefle alfo, as being 
made ofthe laft, that iflue out ofthe fpine, or ridge. This enters into the hinder part 
of the thigh through the cavity, that is in the hinder part of the hip-bone. But prefently 
it fends forth a notable propagation [j. 1.62.3 fr°m its back-fide, which ftayes a pretty 
while under the firft extending mufcle of the thigh, or Gluteus magnus} the great buttock- 
mufcle, and from thence is difperfed into the skin that covers the buttocks, and the back- 
fide of the thigh to the middle of its length.Then it fends other propagations 
on both fidcs, three for the moft part to the heads of the third, fourth, and fifth mufcles 
that extend the leg, and to the third bending one ofthe thigh. After this the trunk of 
thenefve defcends among the mufcles feated on the hinder part of the thigh, near to the 
bone, as far as half the length thereof, and diftributes another branch [ 1.1. 64.3 to that 
flelhy lump of the fifth bending mufcle ofthe leg, called BicepSj which grows to it on the 
infide, 
• . / • f r .. i,;/- a Jr* 
• The firft nerve,' 
The feeond. 
The progress 
of rhe trunks 
The thirdj 
The fourth/ 
The progrefl© 
of the trunks 48 
Concerning the Nerves. 
Tract. 
infide, after it has gone beyond the middle of the thigh. From hence alfo other farcies 
proceed, which arc diftributed into the skin on the backfide of the thigh. But the trunk 
it ielf proceeding farther on, at length attains to the knee betwixt the two heads of the 
bone of the thigh, and imparts a fmall branch [1.1. 65.] on each fide into the fir ft ex- 
tending mufcle of the foot, and the foie mufcle, called plantarir, and by and by is divided, 
[ t. 1. 66. ] into the inner cavity of the knee,'or in the ham into two unequall branches, 
which are diftributed alone through the leg and foot. For there is not any nerve which 
runs out through the leg, befidesthefe two branches of the fourth; if you except only 
that notable propagation, which being derived from the fecond nerve, as we have faid, 
defcends in company of the vein the inner part of the crw.'Ihe outer branch 
[ t. 1.67.] is the fmaller,and goes toward that part where the upper appendix of the fibula, 
or lefler bone of the leg is joined with the tibia, or greater bone thereof fcatteringa 
1.6 8.Jin theway,which goes to the outer ancle under the skin,diftributing 
in the mean time, many fprigs to the skin. But the branch it ielf [ ta. 1. 6 9. ] pafles be- 
tween the mufcles feated on theforefideof the leg,and going through the long ligament 
of thetibia andfibula, or two bones of the leg, pafles together with the tendons of the 
mufcles that extend the toes, under the tranfverfe ligament, and difperfes little branches 
to the fides of the Upper part of the toes.'The ifiner branch[j. 1.72 Jis carried down through 
the backfide of the crus, lurking betwixt the mufcle of the ible of the foot, 
and the firft of them, that move the foot obliquely, aS alfo the long bending mufcles of 
the toes; and. being joined afterward with the branch of the outer, which pafles through 
the ligament, it goes to the foie of the foot, and diftributes propagations in both the 
fides of the lower part of the toes. 
. 3cUvifion. 
FINIS. 
AN rf'RACT 
Concerning tbe Nerves. 
49 
An Explanation of the two Tables of the Nerves. 
t He thirty pairs of the nerves of 
1 Itgrom outofthc[fine of the (bwlder-bMe. 
• 
the marrow ol thebrain,whilit 
hfe it is carried through the (pint 
rS or ridge3are exp reft in thefe 
two Tables the prelent & the 
following one. Wee have in fcribed com- 
mon charafters on both ofthem;though 
many alfo bee peculiar to one 5 after 
which we have prefently fet the number 
of the Table.But the fir ft (hews the rack- 
bones of the fpine and the nerves that if- 
fue from thence on the for elide; the fe- 
e 2. 
6. 1. 
f 1. 
g1-. 
h 1. 
i, 1. 
1 2. 
7.1. 
ni 1. 2. 
1 he hinder branch, e. 
Die llxth pair of the neefe whofe fore- 
branch f, when it has propagated that circle 
with the fourth andfifth pair , Sand 
Xfrnakfs the nerve of the midrifi, if joined 
with the two following,}.}, and thus it makes 
up the nerve of the midriffe iffo that this ?•'? 
out of three farcies S, X, and g. 'Ihe hinder 
branch 1. 
The (cventh pair of the neefe whoje fore - 
branch is m, its hinder one h. 
WW.l.t. 1. 
condon the backfide. 
8. 1. 
The firft pair of the chefr, whofe fore- 
&C. 
8 as fir as 
as far as toy.The (even rackfeoncs of the neck; 
to 19. The twelve rackybones of thechefr. 
0 1. p 1. 
blanch 0, is united,p, with the feventh pair 
.of the neefi, and fecond of the chefr, fpreading 
20 as far as 
to 24. The five rackybones of the loins. 
ql. 
a propagation q, through the upper fide of the 
as far as 
to 30. The fix bones of the os Cacrum. Thefe 
fame figures do fraud for the fairs of thefpinall 
marrow. 
r 2. 
9 i- 
t 1. 
firfr rib. The hinder branch r. 
The fecond pair of the chefr, whofe fore- 
branch lends forth a farcle t, running out 
K ta. i. 
The feat of the fpinall marrow, where it firfr 
* 
through thefirfrfpacebetwixt the ribs, and 
& 2. 
enters into the racky bones. 
U I. 
fending farcies u to the mufcles of the chefr. 
I. I. 
The firft pair of the neck, whofe forwarder 
X 2. 
The hinder branch X. 
B i.C 2. 
propagations is B; the hinder C. 
Thefecond pair, whofe fore-propagati- 
10,11,12 
&c.to 19 
The paires of nerves from the ninth to 
the twentieth, which have the fame (erics of 
2. I. D. 
on is D, its hinder E,from this two branches 
inclu- 
propagations, and especially to the difrar.ces of 
E 2. 
E 2.F 2. 
grow out-, the (lender one marked with the 
letter E, the other thick one with F, which 
is mixed with a branch of the third pair M, 
lively 1. 
the ribs. The fore-branches of thefe fifig.i.) 
are fettered into the mufcles [eatedon the 
forep art of the chefr,and partly into their er 
G 
H 
about G. But thecourfe thereof to the styi of 
the crown, and backfide of the head is marked 
with the letter H. 
y l.X I.. 
region, as y,partly into their lower z,which in 
women go alfo to the breafrs-,and then they fend 
other farcies into the heads of the oblique de* 
3- '• 
The third pair of the neefe whofe fore- 
CC 1. 
/tending mufcles of the abdomen a., and into 
1.1. 
branch I is divided into four propagations.The 
/3 1. 
that which leadsthe arm from thebreafr/?, ano- 
K. i. 
firft K is implanttd into the mufcles, that bend 
yi. J' 1. 
ther goes to the nipple of the breafr y. The 
M. i. 
the neck; Thefecond Lis mixt with a twig 
of the fourth pair QjThe thirdMZf mixt with 
the thicker propagation of the hinder branch of 
« 1. 
' hinder branch 
The firft nerve that goes to the arm , 
which isfeattered into the skin of the out fide of 
N. 
the fecondpair F. The fourth N is inferted 
into the mufcles that are joined to the tranj- 
verfe pracejfes of the rack-bones. 
»« I. 
the arm. 
The (econd nerve that goes to the arm, 
whofe two firft propagations » ngoeto the tw« 
O 2. 
4. I. 
The hinder branch O. 
The fourth pair of the neefe, whofe fore- 
t. 
heads of the mufcle Biceps '.then it joins with 
the third nerve by a furclef. Thirdly, it 
P. 
Qj. 
Ri. 
branch P is cleft into three propagations. The 
firft QJoins withthe fecond propagation of the 
thirdpairL. The fecond R goes into the 
fl I. 
carries a propagation to the longer mufcle ;hat 
turns the palm of the hand downward 9. But 
about the bending of the cubit it is divided 
Si. 
tranfverfe mufcle of the neck; The third S. 
t I. 
into two branches, an outer >, and an inner 
T2. 
The hinder branch T. 
K1- 
eno «.That i defending along the radius or 
5.1. 
The fifth pair of the fore-branch 
i 
wand, is inferted at the outfide of the fecond 
V 1. 
V iffaes out jome farcies. The firft goes to the 
mufcles that bend the neck# being to be feen in 
A I. 
/z I. 
joint of the thumb a. This« is by and by 
fubdivided into an outer [j., and an inner 
the firfr table between V, and the number 6. 
V I. I 
branch v. This v is again cleft in the region 
Xi. 
The (econd X wwl'pig thegreatefr part of the 
0 It 
of the cubit into an outer branch ®, and ari 
Y. 
a 1. 
b 1. 
nerve of the midriffe. The third Y goes to 
the mujcle Deltoides,of which there is a pro- 
pagation, a, which goes to the skin, that covers 
the mufcles Del to ides , and Biceps. The 
fourth b, at the necfaof the (boulder-blade is 
7T I. 
P *• 
ff I. 
inner oneyr. 
The third nerve entring the arm p,before 
it attains to the arm, (cotters a (prig betwixt 
the Fefioral mujcle, aaciDcltoides a.By and by 
having entred the arm, it distributes another, 
c 1. 
cleft into two branches', one of which, c, en~ 
ters into the mufcle Deltoidc-s , at what part 
it growes out of the Collar-bone : the other, 
7 I. 
V 1. 
7,into the*fecond mufcle that lends the cubit. 
Alfter that defending it receives a branch 
from the (econd nerve when it is pafr the 
d 1. 
d, is implanted into the fame,inthe place where 
5s I. 
bought of the arm, it is difiributed into many 
farcies 50 
An Explanation of the two T ables of the Nerves. 
* ! furcles 0, at length about the palm of the 
50.1. 
The fecond crurall notable pro- 
i.. . j 
and it is divided into three branches %. 
The fourth ner**e entring the arm. 
51.I. 
pagation whereof 51 runs out in the fame 
courfe with the vein Saphena to the end of 
the foot, and there ends about 52. In the 
mean time it proffers another notable furcle 
ohichisthc greateft of all them that goc to 
he arm, is not mar fed with any letters in the 
52.1. 
h 
t'ce.... table, but in the third only, left'thefe- 
53.1. 
53 to theforefide of the finee. But the remain- 
pc 
ond fbould be too much blurred with Letters. 
54.1. 
der of the trunks enters deep into the thigh, 
1 r 
this fodainly after it has entred the arm, 
reaches out fmall [prigs into the mufcles, 
55.1. 
and gives out a fmall branch 55, but without 
queftion the chief. 
drat extend the cubit, then another into 
56.1. 
The third crurall nerve,whofe propaga- 
the inner skyn,upwards and downward r > and 
57.1. 
tion goes to the mufcles called Obtura- 
.. i another intothe lower part A, and another 
58.1. 
tores, and another 58 to the skin. There- 
©, which goes as far as to the wrift. After 
59.1. 
mainder 59 lies deep intangledin the mufcles 
this near to the bought of the arm it is 
divided into two branches,an outer one and 
an inner n That A about the tranfverfe h- 
60.1. 
whofe chief propagation is 60, which is im- 
plants J into the fecond and third mufcles that 
bend the Leg. * 
gament is again divided in twoZ- 7.his n 
61.1. 
The fourth, and that the thictyl of all 
1 
reaching all along the cubit fends forth more 
propagations, the firft S, the fecond the 
62.1. 
the nerves of the crus, whofe firft branch is 
6 2,which is inferted into the skjn of the but- 
third 4- Then another in its progreffe n- 
63.1,' 
tocky 5 another 63 is diftributed into the 
7 he remainder ends in the wrift 51. 
heads, of the mufcles that arife from the ap- 
pendix of the Hip : a third 64 is given to 
the fifth maf de, that bends the leg y and 0- 
2,1, j 
The fifth that enters the arm,which a- 
bout the inner protuberation of the arm, is dif- 
94- 
feminated lil% to the third. Its firft furcle 3 
its fecond 34,1ft third 3 5. 
65.1. 
thers 65 go into the outer calf-mufcle. and 
that of the foie of the foot. But about the lower 
**7 e 
The fixth nerve of the arm, which goes 
under the skin impartingmany fprigs to it 37, 
37,37.7hc end of it is 38* 
66.1. 
hpnds of the th igh it is divided 66 into two 
branches, to w # an outer one, 67. and an 
inner 7 2 
Y 
The five pairs of the nerves of the 
67. i. 
The outer bi anch, a propagation where- 
of 68 is [ent under the skftb that co' ..rs the 
outer part of the leg,aud the ouifide . fot. 
'•3> 
loins : the firft 20, the fecond 21, the third 
22,the fourth 23, the fifth 24. A certain 
68.1. 
branch ariftng from the firft pair of the loins 
20,and defending for the mo ft Ipart with the 
preparing artery tothetefticle. 
7he courfe of the nerves through the mufcles 
69.1. 
70.1. 
But the branch itfelf 69 goes tothe cznMiexiffi 
of the leffer bone of the leg with the greater 5 
fending forth another furcle 70 tothe forepart 
of the leg under the skin: the remainder of it 
js x. 
I of the Abdomen from which branches 41 
| goes to the mu'.cle that leads the arm outwarc 
j from the breaft. 
71.1. 
72.1. 
71 reaches along the fibula or leffer L / of 
The inner branch a propag. on 
I The hinder branches of the nerves of the 
; loins. 
73.1. 
whereof, 73,goes through the infide of leg 
toward the calf,and infide of the foot un .he 
| The fix pairs of the nerves of the great 
| bone. Ofthefe thefirft is cond 26, 
74.1. 
skyn: and then another 74 is fcaltered into 
the skin, efpecial/y that which covers the calf. 
l2.I. 
the third 27,the fourth 28, the fifth 29, the 
• fifcth 30. 
' A Surcle reacht out from the fore-branch 
of the firft nerve of the great bone to the infide 
75-75-J- 
Another alfo 7 5,75 goes into the fore-part of 
the leg through the ligament that joins the lef- 
fer bone of the leg to the greater,and afterward 
isfpent on the upper fide of the foot. The laft 
- 
of the hanch bone, and jo to the mufcles of the 
I abdomen, that arife from that bone.Then a- 
> nother fpreading out from the hinder-branch 
to the mufcles jeated onthe os Ilium, 
■er the hanch-bone. 
The termination ofthefpinall marrow paf- 
j fing on without a mate, and undivided. 
The firft nerve entring the arsis.7 his a- 
76.1. 
77.1. 
propagation 76 runs out betwixt the inner 
and outer calf-mufcles. The remainder of 
the trunkygoes by the inner ankle tothe lower 
partofthefoot,diftributingtwo furcles apeice 
to the lower part of al! the toes. 
The fecond and third figures of the 
fecond Table. Thefe two figures do exhibit 
the nerves of the arm and leg in a larger form. 
| rifes where the third nerve of the loins meets 
then the firft table does,fo that all, which con- 
[ with the fourth 47. A branch of this 48 goes 
cerns thofe nerves, may be ftrew'n moreaccu* 
| to the skjn 5 but 49 it is entangled among ths 
| mufcles, that are feated on the outfide cf the 
[ thigh. 
1 
rately herein. But they have common chara- 
cters, and the fame explanation of the fame 
ferves for both. 
THE I H E Readers ordinary charity is de fired in behalfe 
of the P S E. Such faults, as are more 
j corifiderable in the/e three L /i f IS E Sy 
and from which the 'Translation might pofiibly 
1 have fitffered, are here. fet downs. As for thofe 
' petty flips, wbichconcerne the mi[placing of com- 
inas, or the they will be as eafly by the 
have been committed by the Printer, and are amended even before they 
are taimen not ice of > 
PA G. i. line 3. read c or, ibid.1.3 4. for read 
ib.l.39. read of theftomach* p.3.1.15. put out (we havefaidabove thatf) ib. 1. 
24. for {divided') read diftributed* ib.l. 5 5. read propagation's. forf or the right) 
read and&c. ib.l.di.for (Mefenterick branch) read Mefentery* p.4.1.17.for (turn) 
burne* ib.l. 3 5. rca•! very wed cure d, ib. I.41. read acute.* ib. I.45. for (and abun- 
dance) read an abundance, p.5.1.7, read Leucophlegmatia, p.6.1.4. ahout the 
liver, ib. l.i 7. for (a circuit) the circuit, read of the midriffe* p.8,1.12. 
read tothe finus*fo.\.atf. for cheek read jaw* ibJ.58.for (circle) Jurcle, p. 9. 1.1. 
lead Cutanew, ib.1.4. read hyaides* ib.l. 11. read farcies* as alfo p. 10.I.35. p.i 1. 
I.9. read Radius, pag.i 2.1ine32. for fnivell) read a mucous matter ib.l, 67. for 
( concocted ) contorted 16. line 12. for ( putting ) pulling * pag. 
18.I.13. read Radietcs* p.23.1.12. for (cups) chops* p.25.1.36. for (change)rcad 
judication* p.26.1.42, for (of the lower) the lower* p.28.1.20, read the fane fywp- 
p.31.1.35. put out tv/'r, ib.l.39. read the, p.32.1.21; read thefts 
for i read of* 0.36.1.49* read the outer angle* p.38.1.34, 
for returned read turned* read many farcies* 
I.40. Splenicw* 46. read thefrft of the going out* p.47. Lio. 
gone forth through* p.48.1.6. in the inner, ib.l.22. for circle 
read Jurcle* ib. 1.3 5. hinder branches, 
YJNJS.